Create stable folder and move stable docs there

1904 files changed, 0 insertions, 467125 deletions

diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/.tx/config b/docs/mcc-help/.tx/config
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bf0e723..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/.tx/config
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-[main]
-host = https://www.transifex.com
-
-[mageia.mcc-help]
-file_filter = <lang>.po
-source_file = mcc-help.pot
-source_lang = en
-type = PO
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b8e1456..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9732 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013,2015
-# Davidmp <medipas@gmail.com>, 2016
-# davidochobits <davidochobits@openmailbox.org>, 2015-2016
-# davidochobits <davidochobits@openmailbox.org>, 2015
-# Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013,2015
-# Davidmp <medipas@gmail.com>, 2016
-# Robert Antoni Buj Gelonch <rbuj@fedoraproject.org>, 2015,2017-2018
-# Robert Antoni Buj Gelonch <rbuj@fedoraproject.org>, 2015
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-02-10 09:47+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-02-23 15:27+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Robert Antoni Buj Gelonch <rbuj@fedoraproject.org>\n"
-"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"ca/)\n"
-"Language: ca\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accedeix a dispositius i directoris compartits WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> com a root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es troba al centre de "
-"control de Mageia, sota la pestanya Compartició en xarxa, amb l'etiqueta "
-"<guilabel>Configura les comparticions WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Introducció"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> és un "
-"protocol que permet muntar el directori d'un servidor web localment, de "
-"manera que aparegui com un directori local. Cal que l'equip remot executi un "
-"servidor WebDAV. Això no és l'objectiu d'aquesta eina per configurar el "
-"servidor WebDAV."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "S'està creant una nova entrada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"La primera pantalla de l'eina mostra les entrades que estan configurades, si "
-"escau, i un botó <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. S'utilitza per crear una "
-"entrada. Introduïu l'URL del servidor en el camp de la nova pantalla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Aleshores obtindreu una pantalla amb els botons de les opcions per "
-"seleccionar algunes accions. Continueu amb l'acció <guibutton>Punt de "
-"muntatge</guibutton> en fer clic al botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> "
-"després de seleccionar el botó d'opció, com el <guibutton>Servidor</"
-"guibutton> ja està configurat. No obstant això, és possible corregir-ho, si "
-"cal."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"El contingut del directori remot serà accessible a través d'aquest punt de "
-"muntatge."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"En el següent pas, doneu el vostre nom d'usuari i la vostra contrasenya. Si "
-"necessiteu algunes altres opcions, podeu donar-les a la pantalla "
-"<guibutton>avançat</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"L'opció <guibutton>Munta</guibutton> us permet muntar immediatament l'accés."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Després que accepteu la configuració amb el botó d'opció <guibutton>Llest</"
-"guibutton>, la primera pantalla es mostra de nou i el vostre nou punt de "
-"muntatge es llista. Després de triar <guibutton>Sortir</guibutton>, us "
-"demanarà si voleu o no desar les modificacions al <emphasis>/etc/fstab</"
-"emphasis>. Seleccioneu aquesta opció si voleu que el directori remot estigui "
-"disponible en cada arrancada. Si la configuració és per a l'ús d'una sola "
-"vegada, no la deseu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Comparteix les particions del disc dur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> com a root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta eina senzilla <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> us permet, a "
-"l'administrador, que els usuaris comparteixin parts dels seus propis "
-"subdirectoris de /home amb altres usuaris d'una mateixa xarxa local que "
-"poden tenir ordinadors executant Linux o el sistema operatiu Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Es troba al centre de control de Mageia, sota l'etiqueta de disc local, "
-"etiquetada com \"Comparteix les vostres particions del disc dur\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"En primer lloc, responeu a la pregunta:  \"<guilabel>Voleu que els usuaris "
-"puguin compartir alguns dels seus directoris?</guilabel>\", feu clic a "
-"<guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> , si la resposta és no per a tots els "
-"usuaris, feu clic a <guibutton>Permet a tots els usuaris</guibutton> per a "
-"tots els usuaris i feu clic a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton>, si la "
-"resposta és no per alguns usuaris i sí per als altres. En aquest últim cas, "
-"els usuaris que estan autoritzats a compartir els seus directoris han de "
-"pertànyer al grup fileshare, que es crea automàticament al sistema. Se us "
-"demanarà sobre això més endavant. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Feu clic a <guilabel>D'acord</guilabel>, us apareixerà una segona pantalla "
-"que us demanarà que trieu entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o <guibutton>SMB</"
-"guibutton>. Marqueu <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux és l'únic sistema "
-"operatiu a la xarxa, marqueu <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la xarxa inclou "
-"màquines Linux i Windows i després feu clic a <guibutton>D'acord</"
-"guibutton>. S'instal·laran els paquets requerits si és necessari."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"La configuració s'ha completat llevat que es va triar l'opció "
-"Personalitzada. En aquest cas , una pantalla extra li demana que obri "
-"Userdrake. Aquesta eina us permet afegir usuaris autoritzats a compartir els "
-"seus directoris al grup fileshare. A la fitxa Usuari, feu clic en l'usuari "
-"per afegir al grup fileshare, a continuació <guimenuitem>Edita</"
-"guimenuitem>, a la pestanya Grups. Marqueu el grup fileshare i feu clic a "
-"<guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>. Per obtenir més informació sobre Userdrake, "
-"consulteu <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">aquesta pàgina</xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Quan afegiu un nou usuari al grup fileshare, heu de desconnectar i tornar a "
-"connectar la xarxa per a les modificacions que s'han de tenir en compte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"A partir d'ara cada usuari que pertanyi al grup fileshare pot seleccionar en "
-"el seu/seva gestió de fitxers els directoris que siguin per compartir, "
-"encara que no tots els administradors d'arxius disposen d'aquest servei."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
-#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "ca"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accedeix a un disc o un directori NFS compartit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> com a root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta eina <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet declarar "
-"alguns directoris compartits per ser accessibles a tots els usuaris de la "
-"màquina. El protocol utilitzat per això és NFS que està disponible a la "
-"majoria de sistemes Linux o UNIX. El directori compartit serà així "
-"directament a l'arrencada.  Directoris compartits poden ser també "
-"accessibles directament en una única sessió amb les eines com ara els "
-"exploradors de fitxers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Procediment"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccioneu <guibutton>buscar servidors</guibutton> per obtenir una llista "
-"de servidors que comparteixen directoris."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Feu clic al símbol > abans que el nom del servidor per mostrar la llista de "
-"directoris compartits i seleccioneu el directori al qual voleu accedir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"El botó <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</guibutton> estarà disponible i cal "
-"especificar el lloc per muntar el directori."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Després d'escollir el punt de muntatge, el podeu muntar.  També podeu "
-"verificar i canviar algunes opcions amb el botó <guibutton>Opcions</"
-"guibutton>. Després de muntar el directori, podeu desmuntar-ho amb el mateix "
-"botó."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"En acceptar la configuració amb el botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>, "
-"apareixerà un missatge en pantalla, preguntant \"Voleu deixar les "
-"modificacions a /etc/fstab\". Això farà el directori disponible a cada "
-"arrancada, si la xarxa és accessible. El nou directori estarà disponible en "
-"l'explorador de fitxers, per exemple al Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Enregistrador CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> com a root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta eina <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es troba sota la "
-"pestanya dels discs locals al centre de control de Mageia etiquetats d'acord "
-"amb el maquinari extraïble (només reproductors CD/DVD i gravadores i unitats "
-"de disquets)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "El seu objectiu és definir la forma en què es munta el disc extraïble."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"A la part superior de la finestra hi ha una breu descripció del maquinari i "
-"les opcions triades per muntar-lo. Utilitzeu el menú de la part inferior per "
-"canviar-los. Marqueu l'element que voleu canviar i després feu clic al botó "
-"<guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Punt de muntatge"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Marqueu aquesta opció per canviar el punt de muntatge. L'opció per defecte "
-"és /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Opcions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Moltes opcions de muntatge es poden triar aquí, sigui directament a la "
-"llista o mitjançant el submenú <guilabel>Avançat</guilabel>.  Els principals "
-"són:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"usuari permet que un usuari normal (no root) pugui muntar un disc extraïble, "
-"aquesta opció implica noexec, nosuid i nodev. L'usuari que ha muntat el disc "
-"és l'únic que pot desmuntar-lo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accedeix a discs i directoris compartits amb Windows (SMB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> com a root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet declarar que va "
-"compartir directoris per a ser accessibles a tots els usuaris de la màquina. "
-"El protocol utilitzat per això és SMB que s'ha popularitzat als sistemes "
-"Windows(R). El directori compartit estarà disponible directament en "
-"l'arrencada. Es pot accedir als directoris compartits directament en una "
-"sola sessió per un usuari amb les eines com ara l'explorador de fitxers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Abans d'iniciar l'eina, és una bona idea declarar els noms dels servidors "
-"disponibles, per exemple amb <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccioneu <guibutton>buscar servidors</guibutton> per obtenir una llista "
-"de servidors que comparteixen directoris."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Feu clic al nom del servidor i en &gt; abans que el nom del servidor per "
-"mostrar la llista dels directoris compartits i seleccioneu el directori el "
-"qual vol accedir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"El botó <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</guibutton> estarà disponible, ha "
-"d'especificar on muntar el directori."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Després d'escollir el punt de muntatge, es pot muntar amb el botó "
-"<guimenu>Muntar</guimenu>. També pot verificar i canviar algunes opcions amb "
-"el botó <guimenu>Opcions</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"En opcions, podeu especificar el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya dels que "
-"poden connectar-se al servidor SMB. Després de muntar el directori, pots "
-"desmuntar el directori amb el mateix botó."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Després d'acceptar la configuració amb el botó Llest. un missatge us "
-"preguntarà \"Voleu deixar les modificacions a /etc/fstab\". Això permetrà al "
-"directori romandre disponible a cada arrancada, si la xarxa és accessible."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis>  com a root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> us permet administrar "
-"els efectes d'escriptori 3D al vostre sistema operatiu. Els efectes 3D estan "
-"desactivats per defecte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Començant"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Per utilitzar aquesta eina, cal tenir instal·lat el paquet glxinfo. Si el "
-"paquet no està instal·lat, us demanarà que ho feu abans de començar drak3d."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Després d'iniciar drak3d, se us proporcionarà una finestra de menú. Aquí es "
-"pot triar entre <guilabel>Sense efectes 3D</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz "
-"Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion és part d'un gestor de composició/finestra, "
-"que inclou efectes especials accelerats per maquinari per al seu escriptori. "
-"Trieu <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> per començar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Si aquesta és la primera vegada que utilitzeu aquest programa després d'una "
-"instal·lació neta de Mageia, rebreu un missatge d'advertència que us diu "
-"quins paquets necessiten ser instal·lats per tal d'utilitzar Compiz Fussion. "
-"Feu clic al botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> per continuar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Un cop instal·lats els paquets apropiats, s'adonarà que s'ha seleccionat "
-"Compiz Fussion al menú drak3d, però ha de tancar la sessió i tornar a "
-"iniciar-la perquè els canvis tinguin efecte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Després d'inicia sessió de nou, Compiz Fusion serà activat. Per configurar "
-"Compiz Fussion, vegeu la pàgina per l'eina ccssm (CompizConfig Settings "
-"Manager)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Resolució de problemes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "No es pot veure l'escriptori després d'iniciar sessió"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Si després d'activar Compiz Fusion intenta iniciar sessió en el seu "
-"escriptori, però no pot veure res, reiniciï l'equip per tornar a la pantalla "
-"d'accés. Un cop allà, feu clic a la icona d'escriptori i seleccioneu drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Quan us connecteu, si el vostre compte apareix com a administrador, se us "
-"demanarà la vostra contrasenya de nou. En cas contrari, utilitzeu el nom "
-"d'administrador amb el vostre compte. A continuació, podeu desfer els canvis "
-"que poden haver causat el problema d'inici de sessió."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Autenticació"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> com a root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> li permet modificar la "
-"manera en què pot ser reconegut com a usuari de la màquina o en la xarxa. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Per defecte, la informació per la seva autentificació s'emmagatzema en un "
-"arxiu en el seu ordinador. Modifica-ho solament si l'administrador de la "
-"xarxa el convida a fer-ho i li dóna informació al respecte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Prepara l'entrada automàtica per entrar automàticament"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> li permet connectar-se "
-"al mateix usuari, si el seu entorn / escriptori, sense demanar cap "
-"contrasenya. Es diu autoconnexió. Això és generalment una bona idea quan "
-"només hi ha un usuari que utilitzi la màquina. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Es troba sota la pestanya <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arrencada</emphasis> al "
-"centre de control de Mageia amb l'etiqueta \"Configuració d'inici de sessió "
-"automàtic per iniciar sessió automàticament\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Els botons de la interfície són bastant òbvies:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Marqueu <guibutton>Inicia l'entorn gràfic quan el sistema s'inicia</"
-"guibutton>, si voleu que el sistema X Windows s'executi després de "
-"reiniciar. Si no és així, el sistema s'iniciarà en mode text. No obstant "
-"això, serà possible iniciar la interfície gràfica manualment. Això es pot "
-"fer amb el llançament de 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la primera casella està activada, hi ha dues opcions més disponibles, "
-"marqueu o bé <guibutton>No, no vull autoconnexió</guibutton>, si voleu que "
-"el sistema continuï preguntant quin usuari connectar (i la contrasenya) o bé "
-"seleccioneu <guibutton>Sí, vull autoconnexió amb aquest (usuari, "
-"escriptori)</guibutton>, si cal. En aquest cas, també és necessari proveir "
-"el <guibutton>nom per defecte</guibutton> i l'<guibutton>escriptori per "
-"defecte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Prepara el sistema d'arrencada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> com a root. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"No utilitzeu aquesta eina si no sabeu exactament el que esteu fent. La "
-"modificació d'alguns paràmetres poden evitar que la vostra màquina s'iniciï "
-"de nou!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "El botó <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> dóna algunes opcions extres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Habilita ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"L'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) és un estàndard per la "
-"gestió de l'energia. Es pot estalviar energia parant dispositius no "
-"utilitzats, aquest va ser el mètode abans de l'APM. Marqueu aquesta casella "
-"si el vostre maquinari funciona amb l'ACPI."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Habilita SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Si teniu un processador amb HyperThreading, Mageia ho veurà com un "
-"processador dual i habilitarà SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"L'<guilabel>etiqueta</guilabel> és de forma lliure, escriviu aquí el que "
-"vulgueu que es mostri al menú. Coincideix amb l'ordre \"title\" del Grub. "
-"Per exemple: Mageia3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"El camp <guilabel>Imatge</guilabel> conté el nom del kernel. Coincideix amb "
-"l'ordre de Grub \"kernel\". Per exemple /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"El camp <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conté el nom del dispositiu en el qual "
-"s'emmagatzema el kernel. Coincideix amb l'ordre de Grub \"root\". Per "
-"exemple (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"El camp <guilabel>Annexa</guilabel> conté les opcions que han de donar-se al "
-"kernel en l'arrencada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la casella <guilabel>Predeterminat</guilabel> està marcada, Grub "
-"arrencarà aquesta entrada per defecte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> com a root. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> només pot ser iniciada "
-"i utilitzada a la línia d'ordres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Es recomana escriure la sortida d'aquesta ordre a un arxiu, per exemple fent "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, però "
-"segur de tindre prou espai al disc en primer lloc: l'arxiu fàcilment pot "
-"ocupar diversos GB de grandària."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"La sortida és massa gran per a adjuntar un informe d'error sense eliminar "
-"primer les parts que no siguin necessàries."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr ""
-"Amb aquesta ordre es recopila la següent informació del vostre sistema:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "particions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "versió de mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Quan es va escriure aquesta pàgina d'ajuda, la part de la sortida del "
-"\"syslog\" estava buida, ja que aquesta eina encara no s'havia ajustat al "
-"nostre canvi al systemd. Si encara està buida, podeu recuperar el \"syslog\" "
-"fent (com a root)  <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. Si no teniu una gran quantitat d'espai en disc, per exemple podeu "
-"agafar les últimes 5.000 línies del registre amb: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"En general, aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> s'inicia "
-"automàticament quan una eina a Mageia falla. No obstant això, també és "
-"possible que, després de presentar un informe d'error, se li demanarà per "
-"iniciar aquesta eina per comprovar algunes de les informacions que dóna i, a "
-"continuació, establir l'informe d'error existent."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Si un nou informe d'error ha de ser presentat i no esteu acostumat a fer "
-"això, aleshores si us plau, llegiu <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Com informar d'un error correctament</"
-"link> abans de fer clic al botó \"Informar\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"En cas que l'error ja s'hagi presentat per algú altre (aleshores, el "
-"missatge d'error que va donar drakbug serà el mateix), és útil per afegir un "
-"comentari a aquest informe existent on també vàreu veure l'error."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Gestiona la data i l'hora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> com a root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es troba sota la "
-"pestanya Sistema al centre de control de Mageia amb l'etiqueta <guilabel>"
-"\"Administra la data i l'hora\"</guilabel>. En alguns entorns d'escriptori "
-"també ho trobem disponible fent clic al botó dret / Ajusteu data i hora ... "
-"en el rellotge de la safata del sistema."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "És una eina molt senzilla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"A la part superior esquerra, trobem el <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendari</"
-"emphasis>. A la captura de pantalla anterior, la data es Setembre (a la part "
-"superior esquerra), el segon (en blau) i és diumenge. Seleccioneu el mes (o "
-"l'any) fent clic a les petites fletxes a cada costat de Setembre (o 2012). "
-"Seleccioneu el dia fent clic en el seu número."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"A la part inferior esquerra hi ha la sincronització del <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Protocol de Temps de Xarxa</emphasis>, és possible tenir un rellotge "
-"sempre a temps mitjançant la sincronització amb un servidor. Marqueu "
-"<guilabel>Habilita Protocol de Temps de Xarxa</guilabel> i trieu el servidor "
-"més proper. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"A la part dreta hi ha el <emphasis role=\"bold\">rellotge</emphasis>. És "
-"inútil ajustar el rellotge si NTP està activat. Tres caixes mostren les "
-"hores, minuts i segons (15, 28 i 22 a la captura de pantalla). Fer servir "
-"les fletxes per ajustar el rellotge a l'hora correcta. El format no pot "
-"canviar-se aquí, veure la configuració de l'entorn de l'escriptori per això."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Almenys, a la part inferior dreta, seleccioneu la vostra zona horària, feu "
-"clic al botó <guibutton>Canviar Zona Horària</guibutton> i selecciona a la "
-"llista la ciutat més propera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Fins i tot si no és possible seleccionar un format de data o hora en aquesta "
-"eina, es mostrarà a l'escriptori d'acord amb la configuració de localització."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Elimina una connexió"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"També podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> com a root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí, podeu eliminar una interfície de xarxa<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Feu clic al menú desplegable, seleccioneu el que vulgueu suprimir i feu clic "
-"a <emphasis>següent</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Veuràs un missatge que la interfície de xarxa s'ha eliminat correctament. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Prepara una interfície de xarxa nova (LAN, XDSI, ADSL, etc.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> com a root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta eina<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet configurar la "
-"major part de la xarxa local o connexió a Internet. Heu de conèixer una mica "
-"d'informació del vostre proveïdor d'accés o l'administrador de la xarxa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccioneu el tipus de connexió que desitjar establir, segons el tipus de "
-"maquinari i el tipus de proveïdor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Una connexió nova amb fil (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"La primera finestra enumera les interfícies que estan disponibles. "
-"Seleccioneu la que vulgueu configurar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"En aquest punt, l'elecció es dóna entre una automàtica o una adreça IP "
-"manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "IP automàtica."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Paràmetres de xarxa/IP</emphasis>: heu de seleccionar si els "
-"servidors DNS són declarats per servidor DHCP o s'especifiquen de forma "
-"manual, com s'explica a continuació. En l'últim cas, l'adreça IP dels "
-"servidors DNS s'ha d'establir. El nom d'amfitrió de l'ordinador es pot "
-"especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica HOSTNAME, el nom <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte. El nom d'amfitrió també pot "
-"ser proporcionat pel servidor DHCP amb l'opció <emphasis>Assignar un nom "
-"d'amfitrió del servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No tots els servidors DHCP tenen "
-"una funció d'aquest tipus i si està configurant el seu PC per obtenir una "
-"adreça IP d'un encaminador domèstic ADSL, és poc probable."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "El botó avançat dóna l'oportunitat d'especificar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-"Domini de cerca (no accessible, segons el que disposa pel servidor DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "el client DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "Temps esgotat DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Utilitzeu el servidor YP des de DHCP (s'activa per defecte): especifiqueu el "
-"servidor NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "Utilitzi el servidor NTPD des de DHCP (sincronització de rellotge)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"El HOSTNAME requerit per DHCP. Utilitzeu aquesta opció si el servidor DHCP "
-"requereix que el client especifiqui un nom d'amfitrió abans de rebre una "
-"adreça IP. Aquesta opció no és tractada per alguns servidors DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Després d'acceptar, els últims passos que són comuns a tots els paràmetres "
-"de connexió s'expliquen: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Configuració manual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Configuració Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: heu de declarar quins "
-"servidors DNS es volen utilitzar. El HOSTNAME de l'ordinador es pot "
-"especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica el HOSTNAME , el nom <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Dins dels paràmetres avançats, podeu especificar un <emphasis>domini de "
-"cerca</emphasis>. En general, seria el vostre domini personal, és a dir, si "
-"el vostre ordinador es diu \"splash\", i el seu nom de domini complet és "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", el domini de cerca seria \"boatanchor.net\". A "
-"menys que específicament es necessiti, no fa falta definir-ho.  Un cop més, "
-"l'ADSL domèstica no necessitaria aquest paràmetre."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Una connexió nova de satèl·lit (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Una connexió nova de mòdem per cable"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Heu d'especificar un mètode d'autentificació:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Cap"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (necessari per a Telstra). En aquest cas, heu de proporcionar el "
-"nom d'usuari i contrasenya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Paràmetres del cable/IP</emphasis>: heu de seleccionar si els "
-"servidors DNS són declarats pel servidor DHCP o s'especifiquen de forma "
-"manual, com s'explica a continuació. En l'últim cas, s'ha d'establir "
-"l'adreça IP dels servidors DNS. El nom d'amfitrió de l'ordinador es pot "
-"especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica el HOSTNAME, el nom <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte. El nom d'amfitrió també pot "
-"ser proporcionat pel servidor DHCP amb l'opció <emphasis>Assigna el nom "
-"d'amfitrió des del servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No tots els servidors DHCP "
-"tenen una funció d'aquest tipus i si està configurant el vostre PC per "
-"obtenir una adreça IP d'un encaminador ADSL domèstic, és poc probable."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Paràmetres del cable/IP</emphasis>: cal declarar els servidors DNS "
-"a utilitzar.  El HOSTNAME de l'ordinador es pot especificar aquí. Si no "
-"s'especifica el HOSTNAME, el nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
-"s'atribueix per defecte. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Dins dels paràmetres avançats, podeu especificar un <emphasis>domini de "
-"cerca</emphasis>. En general seria el vostre domini personal, és a dir, si "
-"el vostre ordinador es diu \"splash\", i el seu nom de domini complet és "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", el domini de cerca seria \"boatanchor.net\". A "
-"menys que específicament no ho necessiteu, no caldria definir aquest "
-"paràmetre. Un cop més, la connexió domèstica no necessitaria aquest "
-"paràmetre."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Una connexió nova ADSL"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Si l'eina detecta interfícies de xarxa, ofereix selecciona una i configurar-"
-"la."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Es proposa una llista de proveïdors, classificats per països. Seleccioni el "
-"seu proveïdor. Si no apareix, seleccioni l'opció <guilabel>No llistades</"
-"guilabel> i després ingressi les opcions donades pel seu proveïdor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Seleccioneu un dels protocols disponibles:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Configuració TCP/IP manual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Protocol de tunneling punt a punt (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Paràmetres de l'accés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Compte d'accés (nom d'usuari)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Contrasenya del compte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Avançat) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Avançat) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Una connexió nova XDSI"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "L'auxiliar us demana quin dispositiu s'ha de configurar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Elecció manual (targeta XDSI interna)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Mòdem XDSI extern"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Es proposa una llista de maquinari, classificats per categoria i fabricant. "
-"Seleccioneu la seva targeta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocol per la resta del món, excepte Europa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"A continuació s'ofereix una llista de proveïdors, classificats per països. "
-"Seleccioneu el seu proveïdor. Si no apareix, selecció l'opció <guilabel>No "
-"és a la llista</guilabel> i després ingresseu les opcions que el seu "
-"proveïdor li va donar. Després li demanarà paràmetres:  "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Nom de la connexió"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Número de telèfon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "ID d'entrada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Mètode d'autenticació"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Després d'això, heu de seleccionar si s'obté l'adreça IP pel mètode "
-"automàtic o manual. En l'últim cas, introduïu l'adreça IP i la màscara de "
-"subxarxa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"El següent pas és triar com s'obtenen les adreces dels servidors DNS, pel "
-"mètode automàtic o manual. En el cas de la configuració manual, heu de "
-"posar: "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Nom de domini"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Primer i segon Servidor DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecciona si el nom de l'amfitrió està configurat des de la IP. Aquesta "
-"opció se selecciona únicament si esteu segur que el vostre proveïdor està "
-"configurat per acceptar-ho."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"El següent pas és triar la forma en què s'obté la direcció de la "
-"passarel·la, pel mètode automàtic o manual. En el cas de la configuració "
-"manual, ha d'introduir l'adreça IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Una connexió nova sense fil (Wi-Fi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Gestionat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Clau de xifratge"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Obtén el servidor YP mitjançant DHCP (marcat per defecte): especifiqueu els "
-"servidors NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Una connexió nova GPRS/Edge/3G"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Nom del punt d'accés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Una connexió nova de xarxa de marcatge directe de Bluetooth"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Una connexió nova de mòdem telefònic analògic (XTC)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Selecció manual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Basat en script"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Basat en terminal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Acabant la configuració"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "En el pas pròxim, pots especificar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Permetre als usuaris gestionar la connexió</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Inicieu la connexió en l'arrencada</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Habilita el comptatge del trànsit</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Connexió en calent de la xarxa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Habilita el túnel d'IPv6 a IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Obre una consola com a administrador"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Gestiona les particions de disc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Prepara el gestor de pantalla"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Prepara el vostre tallafoc personal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Gestiona, afegeix i elimina lletres. Importa lletres de Windows (TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Control patern"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Comparteix la connexió a internet amb altres màquines locals"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Definicions dels amfitrions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Configuració avançada de les interfícies de xarxa i del tallafoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Centre de xarxes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "El botó dels paràmetres avançats"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Administra diferents perfils de xarxa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Comparteix discs o directoris mitjançant NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Finestra principal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Es mostra una llista de directoris que són compartits. En aquest pas, la "
-"llista es buida. El botó <guibutton>Afegeix</guibutton> dóna accés a una "
-"eina de configuració."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Modifica l'entrada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"L'eina de configuració s'anomena \"Modificar les dades\".  També es pot "
-"posar en marxa amb el botó <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Els següents "
-"paràmetres estan disponibles."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Directori NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí podeu especificar quin directori es va compartir. El botó "
-"<guibutton>Directori</guibutton> dóna accés a un navegador per seleccionar-"
-"ho."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Accés a l'amfitrió"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí podeu especificar els amfitrions que estan autoritzats per accedir al "
-"directori compartit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "Els clients NFS poden especificar-se en un nombre de maneres:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>únic amfitrió</emphasis>: un amfitrió, ja sigui per un àlies "
-"reconegut, el nom del domini complet o una adreça IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Assignació de l'id. d'usuari"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Opcions avançades"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Entrades del menú"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Fins ara la llista té almenys una entrada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Servidor intermediari"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies "
-"the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The "
-"firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Configura l'autenticació per les eines de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Instantànies "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuració del so"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Configura un SAI per monitorar el corrent"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuració"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Resum"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Fi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Configura DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Configura DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Instal·lació del paquet dhcp-server, si cal;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Configura l'hora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Instal·lació del paquet <code>ntp</code>, si cal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Configura FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Configura el servidor intermediari"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Instal·lació del paquet squid, si cal;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Configuració del dimoni OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Opcions generals"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Gestiona els serveis de sistema activant-los o desactivant-los"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Gestiona la localització del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Mètode d'entrada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Visualitza i cerca els registres del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Servei Webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Servidor de correu Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Servidor FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Servidor World Wide Web Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Servidor SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Servidor Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Servei Xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Actualització de paquets de programari"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Arrencada"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Configura els passos de l'arrencada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Centre de control de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota "
-"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
-"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://"
-"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a "
-"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Maquinari"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Administra el maquinari"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Configura els gràfics"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Configura teclat i ratolí"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Configura impressió i escaneig"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Altres"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Discs locals"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Serveis de xarxa"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Compartició en xarxa"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Configura les comparticions Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Configura les comparticions NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Configura les comparticions WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Administra dispositius de xarxa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Personalitza i assegura la xarxa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Seguretat"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Compartició"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Sistema"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Administra els serveis del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Localització"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Eines d'administració"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Configura la freqüència de les actualitzacions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Prepara el dispositiu de punter (ratolí, ratolí tàctil)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Sistema de seguretat i auditoria"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Seguretat de la xarxa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Permisos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Icona"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Prepara un escàner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instal·lació"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Gestió de programari"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importa documents i paràmetres de Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Usuaris i grups"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Prepara el servidor gràfic"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Opcions:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e888f24c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centre de control de Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">The tools to configure the Mageia system</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota
-la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a
-millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equip de
-documentació</link>.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 01f5c6e9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centre de control de Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota
-la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a
-millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equip de
-documentació</link>.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 087d9289..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Actualització de paquets de programari</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management.</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
-drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
-are prompted to do so.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
-those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
-default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
-<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process.</para>
-
-  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
-the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
-means you can click to drop down a text.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
-displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>
-. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 88aef013..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Prepara el servidor gràfic</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
-graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
-as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphic card</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
-configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
-one with a proprietary driver.</para>
-
-  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
-manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
-order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
-Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
-graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
-in your Desktop Environment.</para>
-
-      <para>If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
-Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
-    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
-use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
-example).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
-you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
-isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
-<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolution:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
-colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>When you change the color depth, a
-multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview
-of what the selected color depth looks like.</para>
-
-  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
-one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
-and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
-set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
-select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
-
-  <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for
-another one.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and
-restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking
-on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the
-graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
-text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
-XFdrake's text version.</para>
-    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
-to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
-right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Opcions:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
-restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
-three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
-<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
-booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
-may be unchecked for a server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
-you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
-previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
-and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7af06bbe..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Accedeix a dispositius i directoris compartits WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Aquesta eina<footnote><para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> com a root.</para>
-  </footnote> es troba al centre de
-control de Mageia, sota la pestanya Compartició en xarxa, amb l'etiqueta
-<guilabel>Configura les comparticions WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducció</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> és un
-protocol que permet muntar el directori d'un servidor web localment, de
-manera que aparegui com un directori local. Cal que l'equip remot executi un
-servidor WebDAV. Això no és l'objectiu d'aquesta eina per configurar el
-servidor WebDAV.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>S'està creant una nova entrada</title>
-
-    <para>La primera pantalla de l'eina mostra les entrades que estan configurades, si
-escau, i un botó <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. S'utilitza per crear una
-entrada. Introduïu l'URL del servidor en el camp de la nova pantalla.</para>
-
-    <para>Aleshores obtindreu una pantalla amb els botons de les opcions per
-seleccionar algunes accions. Continueu amb l'acció <guibutton>Punt de
-muntatge</guibutton> en fer clic al botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>
-després de seleccionar el botó d'opció, com el
-<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ja està configurat. No obstant això, és
-possible corregir-ho, si cal.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>El contingut del directori remot serà accessible a través d'aquest punt de
-muntatge.</para>
-
-    <para>En el següent pas, doneu el vostre nom d'usuari i la vostra contrasenya. Si
-necessiteu algunes altres opcions, podeu donar-les a la pantalla
-<guibutton>avançat</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>L'opció <guibutton>Munta</guibutton> us permet muntar immediatament l'accés.</para>
-
-    <para>Després que accepteu la configuració amb el botó d'opció
-<guibutton>Llest</guibutton>, la primera pantalla es mostra de nou i el
-vostre nou punt de muntatge es llista. Després de triar
-<guibutton>Sortir</guibutton>, us demanarà si voleu o no desar les
-modificacions al <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Seleccioneu aquesta opció
-si voleu que el directori remot estigui disponible en cada arrancada. Si la
-configuració és per a l'ús d'una sola vegada, no la deseu.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 96d3ae74..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Comparteix les particions del disc dur</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Aquesta eina senzilla <footnote><para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> com a root.</para></footnote> us permet, a
-l'administrador, que els usuaris comparteixin parts dels seus propis
-subdirectoris de /home amb altres usuaris d'una mateixa xarxa local que
-poden tenir ordinadors executant Linux o el sistema operatiu Windows.</para>
-
-  <para>Es troba al centre de control de Mageia, sota l'etiqueta de disc local,
-etiquetada com "Comparteix les vostres particions del disc dur".</para>
-
-  <para>En primer lloc, responeu a la pregunta:  "<guilabel>Voleu que els usuaris
-puguin compartir alguns dels seus directoris?</guilabel>", feu clic a
-<guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> , si la resposta és no per a tots els
-usuaris, feu clic a <guibutton>Permet a tots els usuaris</guibutton> per a
-tots els usuaris i feu clic a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton>, si la
-resposta és no per alguns usuaris i sí per als altres. En aquest últim cas,
-els usuaris que estan autoritzats a compartir els seus directoris han de
-pertànyer al grup fileshare, que es crea automàticament al sistema. Se us
-demanarà sobre això més endavant. </para>
-
-  <para>Feu clic a <guilabel>D'acord</guilabel>, us apareixerà una segona pantalla
-que us demanarà que trieu entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Marqueu <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux és
-l'únic sistema operatiu a la xarxa, marqueu <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la
-xarxa inclou màquines Linux i Windows i després feu clic a
-<guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>. S'instal·laran els paquets requerits si és
-necessari.</para>
-
-  <para>La configuració s'ha completat llevat que es va triar l'opció
-Personalitzada. En aquest cas , una pantalla extra li demana que obri
-Userdrake. Aquesta eina us permet afegir usuaris autoritzats a compartir els
-seus directoris al grup fileshare. A la fitxa Usuari, feu clic en l'usuari
-per afegir al grup fileshare, a continuació
-<guimenuitem>Edita</guimenuitem>, a la pestanya Grups. Marqueu el grup
-fileshare i feu clic a <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>. Per obtenir més
-informació sobre Userdrake, consulteu <xref linkend="userdrake">aquesta
-pàgina</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Quan afegiu un nou usuari al grup fileshare, heu de desconnectar i tornar a
-connectar la xarxa per a les modificacions que s'han de tenir en compte.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>A partir d'ara cada usuari que pertanyi al grup fileshare pot seleccionar en
-el seu/seva gestió de fitxers els directoris que siguin per compartir,
-encara que no tots els administradors d'arxius disposen d'aquest servei.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e657b862..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Accedeix a un disc o un directori NFS compartit</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducció</title>
-
-    <para>Aquesta eina <footnote>
-        <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> com a root.</para>
-      </footnote> permet declarar alguns
-directoris compartits per ser accessibles a tots els usuaris de la
-màquina. El protocol utilitzat per això és NFS que està disponible a la
-majoria de sistemes Linux o UNIX. El directori compartit serà així
-directament a l'arrencada.  Directoris compartits poden ser també
-accessibles directament en una única sessió amb les eines com ara els
-exploradors de fitxers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procediment</title>
-
-    <para>Seleccioneu <guibutton>buscar servidors</guibutton> per obtenir una llista
-de servidors que comparteixen directoris.</para>
-
-    <para>Feu clic al símbol > abans que el nom del servidor per mostrar la llista de
-directoris compartits i seleccioneu el directori al qual voleu accedir.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>El botó <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</guibutton> estarà disponible i cal
-especificar el lloc per muntar el directori.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Després d'escollir el punt de muntatge, el podeu muntar.  També podeu
-verificar i canviar algunes opcions amb el botó
-<guibutton>Opcions</guibutton>. Després de muntar el directori, podeu
-desmuntar-ho amb el mateix botó.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>En acceptar la configuració amb el botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>,
-apareixerà un missatge en pantalla, preguntant "Voleu deixar les
-modificacions a /etc/fstab". Això farà el directori disponible a cada
-arrancada, si la xarxa és accessible. El nou directori estarà disponible en
-l'explorador de fitxers, per exemple al Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ad8ebc03..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Enregistrador CD/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Aquesta eina <footnote>
-      <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> com a root.</para>
-    </footnote> es troba sota la pestanya
-dels discs locals al centre de control de Mageia etiquetats d'acord amb el
-maquinari extraïble (només reproductors CD/DVD i gravadores i unitats de
-disquets). </para>
-
-  <para>El seu objectiu és definir la forma en què es munta el disc extraïble. </para>
-
-  <para>A la part superior de la finestra hi ha una breu descripció del maquinari i
-les opcions triades per muntar-lo. Utilitzeu el menú de la part inferior per
-canviar-los. Marqueu l'element que voleu canviar i després feu clic al botó
-<guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Punt de muntatge</title>
-
-    <para>Marqueu aquesta opció per canviar el punt de muntatge. L'opció per defecte
-és /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Opcions</title>
-
-    <para>Moltes opcions de muntatge es poden triar aquí, sigui directament a la
-llista o mitjançant el submenú <guilabel>Avançat</guilabel>.  Els principals
-són:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>usuari permet que un usuari normal (no root) pugui muntar un disc extraïble,
-aquesta opció implica noexec, nosuid i nodev. L'usuari que ha muntat el disc
-és l'únic que pot desmuntar-lo. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d0c8a2d8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Accedeix a discs i directoris compartits amb Windows (SMB)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducció</title>
-
-    <para>Aquesta eina<footnote>
-        <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> com a root.</para>
-      </footnote> permet declarar que va
-compartir directoris per a ser accessibles a tots els usuaris de la
-màquina. El protocol utilitzat per això és SMB que s'ha popularitzat als
-sistemes Windows(R). El directori compartit estarà disponible directament en
-l'arrencada. Es pot accedir als directoris compartits directament en una
-sola sessió per un usuari amb les eines com ara l'explorador de fitxers.</para>
-
-    <para>Abans d'iniciar l'eina, és una bona idea declarar els noms dels servidors
-disponibles, per exemple amb <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procediment</title>
-
-    <para>Seleccioneu <guibutton>buscar servidors</guibutton> per obtenir una llista
-de servidors que comparteixen directoris.</para>
-
-    <para>Feu clic al nom del servidor i en &gt; abans que el nom del servidor per
-mostrar la llista dels directoris compartits i seleccioneu el directori el
-qual vol accedir.</para>
-
-    <para>El botó <guibutton>Punt de muntatge</guibutton> estarà disponible, ha
-d'especificar on muntar el directori.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Després d'escollir el punt de muntatge, es pot muntar amb el botó
-<guimenu>Muntar</guimenu>. També pot verificar i canviar algunes opcions amb
-el botó <guimenu>Opcions</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>En opcions, podeu especificar el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya dels que
-poden connectar-se al servidor SMB. Després de muntar el directori, pots
-desmuntar el directori amb el mateix botó.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Després d'acceptar la configuració amb el botó Llest. un missatge us
-preguntarà "Voleu deixar les modificacions a /etc/fstab". Això permetrà al
-directori romandre disponible a cada arrancada, si la xarxa és accessible.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 449b785d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D Desktop Effects</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducció</title>
-
-    <para>Aquesta eina<footnote>
-        <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis>  com a root.</para>
-      </footnote> us permet administrar els
-efectes d'escriptori 3D al vostre sistema operatiu. Els efectes 3D estan
-desactivats per defecte.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Començant</title>
-
-    <para>Per utilitzar aquesta eina, cal tenir instal·lat el paquet glxinfo. Si el
-paquet no està instal·lat, us demanarà que ho feu abans de començar drak3d.</para>
-
-    <para>Després d'iniciar drak3d, se us proporcionarà una finestra de menú. Aquí es
-pot triar entre <guilabel>Sense efectes 3D</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz
-Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion és part d'un gestor de composició/finestra,
-que inclou efectes especials accelerats per maquinari per al seu
-escriptori. Trieu <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> per començar.</para>
-
-    <para>Si aquesta és la primera vegada que utilitzeu aquest programa després d'una
-instal·lació neta de Mageia, rebreu un missatge d'advertència que us diu
-quins paquets necessiten ser instal·lats per tal d'utilitzar Compiz
-Fussion. Feu clic al botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> per continuar.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Un cop instal·lats els paquets apropiats, s'adonarà que s'ha seleccionat
-Compiz Fussion al menú drak3d, però ha de tancar la sessió i tornar a
-iniciar-la perquè els canvis tinguin efecte.</para>
-
-    <para>Després d'inicia sessió de nou, Compiz Fusion serà activat. Per configurar
-Compiz Fussion, vegeu la pàgina per l'eina ccssm (CompizConfig Settings
-Manager).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Resolució de problemes</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>No es pot veure l'escriptori després d'iniciar sessió</title>
-
-      <para>Si després d'activar Compiz Fusion intenta iniciar sessió en el seu
-escriptori, però no pot veure res, reiniciï l'equip per tornar a la pantalla
-d'accés. Un cop allà, feu clic a la icona d'escriptori i seleccioneu drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Quan us connecteu, si el vostre compte apareix com a administrador, se us
-demanarà la vostra contrasenya de nou. En cas contrari, utilitzeu el nom
-d'administrador amb el vostre compte. A continuació, podeu desfer els canvis
-que poden haver causat el problema d'inici de sessió.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5693b4da..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autenticació</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Aquesta eina<footnote><para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> com a root.</para></footnote> li permet modificar la
-manera en què pot ser reconegut com a usuari de la màquina o en la xarxa. </para>
-
-  <para>Per defecte, la informació per la seva autentificació s'emmagatzema en un
-arxiu en el seu ordinador. Modifica-ho solament si l'administrador de la
-xarxa el convida a fer-ho i li dóna informació al respecte.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e76c5699..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Prepara l'entrada automàtica per entrar automàticament</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Aquesta eina<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> li permet connectar-se al
-mateix usuari, si el seu entorn / escriptori, sense demanar cap
-contrasenya. Es diu autoconnexió. Això és generalment una bona idea quan
-només hi ha un usuari que utilitzi la màquina. </para>
-
-  <para>Es troba sota la pestanya <emphasis role="bold">Arrencada</emphasis> al
-centre de control de Mageia amb l'etiqueta "Configuració d'inici de sessió
-automàtic per iniciar sessió automàticament".</para>
-
-  <para>Els botons de la interfície són bastant òbvies:</para>
-
-  <para>Marqueu <guibutton>Inicia l'entorn gràfic quan el sistema
-s'inicia</guibutton>, si voleu que el sistema X Windows s'executi després de
-reiniciar. Si no és així, el sistema s'iniciarà en mode text. No obstant
-això, serà possible iniciar la interfície gràfica manualment. Això es pot
-fer amb el llançament de 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>Si la primera casella està activada, hi ha dues opcions més disponibles,
-marqueu o bé <guibutton>No, no vull autoconnexió</guibutton>, si voleu que
-el sistema continuï preguntant quin usuari connectar (i la contrasenya) o bé
-seleccioneu <guibutton>Sí, vull autoconnexió amb aquest (usuari,
-escriptori)</guibutton>, si cal. En aquest cas, també és necessari proveir
-el <guibutton>nom per defecte</guibutton> i l'<guibutton>escriptori per
-defecte</guibutton>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a5af9288..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Prepara el sistema d'arrencada</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
-slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
-(ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> com a root. </para>
-    </footnote> allows you to configure the
-boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot,
-etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled "Set up
-boot system".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>No utilitzeu aquesta eina si no sabeu exactament el que esteu fent. La
-modificació d'alguns paràmetres poden evitar que la vostra màquina s'iniciï
-de nou!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if
-using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub,
-Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question
-of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the
-<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you
-are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any
-modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para>
-
-  <para>In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is
-installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common
-to all operating systems installed.</para>
-
-  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
-the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
-seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available
-operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is
-made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
-possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
-
-  <para>El botó <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> dóna algunes opcions extres.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Habilita ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>L'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) és un estàndard per la
-gestió de l'energia. Es pot estalviar energia parant dispositius no
-utilitzats, aquest va ser el mètode abans de l'APM. Marqueu aquesta casella
-si el vostre maquinari funciona amb l'ACPI.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Habilita SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for
-multicore processors.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Si teniu un processador amb HyperThreading, Mageia ho veurà com un
-processador dual i habilitarà SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two
-components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
-APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses
-to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
-for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
-system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
-"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
-APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
-loader you chose.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot
-time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu
-entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you
-click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>
-buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or
-to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be
-able to use these tools.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>L'<guilabel>etiqueta</guilabel> és de forma lliure, escriviu aquí el que
-vulgueu que es mostri al menú. Coincideix amb l'ordre "title" del Grub. Per
-exemple: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>El camp <guilabel>Imatge</guilabel> conté el nom del kernel. Coincideix amb
-l'ordre de Grub "kernel". Per exemple /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>El camp <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conté el nom del dispositiu en el qual
-s'emmagatzema el kernel. Coincideix amb l'ordre de Grub "root". Per exemple
-(hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>El camp <guilabel>Annexa</guilabel> conté les opcions que han de donar-se al
-kernel en l'arrencada.</para>
-
-      <para>Si la casella <guilabel>Predeterminat</guilabel> està marcada, Grub
-arrencarà aquesta entrada per defecte.</para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
-file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, in the drop-down lists.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in
-Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
-one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>El camp <guilabel>Annexa</guilabel> conté les opcions que han de donar-se al
-kernel en l'arrencada.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
-to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
-<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
-Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
-touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable
-unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 15bce4a6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia Bug Report Tool</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>En general, aquesta eina<footnote><para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> s'inicia
-automàticament quan una eina a Mageia falla. No obstant això, també és
-possible que, després de presentar un informe d'error, se li demanarà per
-iniciar aquesta eina per comprovar algunes de les informacions que dóna i, a
-continuació, establir l'informe d'error existent.</para>
-
-  <para>Si un nou informe d'error ha de ser presentat i no esteu acostumat a fer
-això, aleshores si us plau, llegiu <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Com
-informar d'un error correctament</link> abans de fer clic al botó
-"Informar".</para>
-
-  <para>En cas que l'error ja s'hagi presentat per algú altre (aleshores, el
-missatge d'error que va donar drakbug serà el mateix), és útil per afegir un
-comentari a aquest informe existent on també vàreu veure l'error.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 203a25bb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Aquesta eina<footnote><para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> com a root. </para></footnote> només pot ser iniciada i
-utilitzada a la línia d'ordres.</para>
-
-<para>Es recomana escriure la sortida d'aquesta ordre a un arxiu, per exemple fent
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, però
-segur de tindre prou espai al disc en primer lloc: l'arxiu fàcilment pot
-ocupar diversos GB de grandària.</para>
-<note><para>La sortida és massa gran per a adjuntar un informe d'error sense eliminar
-primer les parts que no siguin necessàries.</para></note>
-  <para>Amb aquesta ordre es recopila la següent informació del vostre sistema:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> particions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> versió de mageia</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Quan es va escriure aquesta pàgina d'ajuda, la part de la sortida del
-"syslog" estava buida, ja que aquesta eina encara no s'havia ajustat al
-nostre canvi al systemd. Si encara està buida, podeu recuperar el "syslog"
-fent (com a root)  <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a >
-journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Si no teniu una gran quantitat d'espai en disc,
-per exemple podeu agafar les últimes 5.000 línies del registre amb:
-<emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a965511c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Gestiona la data i l'hora</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Aquesta eina<footnote>
-      <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> com a root.</para>
-    </footnote> es troba sota la pestanya
-Sistema al centre de control de Mageia amb l'etiqueta <guilabel>"Administra
-la data i l'hora"</guilabel>. En alguns entorns d'escriptori també ho trobem
-disponible fent clic al botó dret / Ajusteu data i hora ... en el rellotge
-de la safata del sistema.</para>
-
-  <para>És una eina molt senzilla.</para>
-
-  <para>A la part superior esquerra, trobem el <emphasis
-role="bold">calendari</emphasis>. A la captura de pantalla anterior, la data
-es Setembre (a la part superior esquerra), el segon (en blau) i és
-diumenge. Seleccioneu el mes (o l'any) fent clic a les petites fletxes a
-cada costat de Setembre (o 2012). Seleccioneu el dia fent clic en el seu
-número.</para>
-
-  <para>A la part inferior esquerra hi ha la sincronització del <emphasis
-role="bold">Protocol de Temps de Xarxa</emphasis>, és possible tenir un
-rellotge sempre a temps mitjançant la sincronització amb un
-servidor. Marqueu <guilabel>Habilita Protocol de Temps de Xarxa</guilabel> i
-trieu el servidor més proper. </para>
-
-  <para>A la part dreta hi ha el <emphasis role="bold">rellotge</emphasis>. És
-inútil ajustar el rellotge si NTP està activat. Tres caixes mostren les
-hores, minuts i segons (15, 28 i 22 a la captura de pantalla). Fer servir
-les fletxes per ajustar el rellotge a l'hora correcta. El format no pot
-canviar-se aquí, veure la configuració de l'entorn de l'escriptori per això.</para>
-
-  <para>Almenys, a la part inferior dreta, seleccioneu la vostra zona horària, feu
-clic al botó <guibutton>Canviar Zona Horària</guibutton> i selecciona a la
-llista la ciutat més propera.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Fins i tot si no és possible seleccionar un format de data o hora en aquesta
-eina, es mostrarà a l'escriptori d'acord amb la configuració de
-localització.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 23b298bf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Elimina una connexió</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Aquí, podeu eliminar una interfície de xarxa<footnote><para>També podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> com a root.</para></footnote>. </para> 
-    <para>Feu clic al menú desplegable, seleccioneu el que vulgueu suprimir i feu clic
-a <emphasis>següent</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Veuràs un missatge que la interfície de xarxa s'ha eliminat correctament. </para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 51fa5ba4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,819 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Prepara una interfície de xarxa nova (LAN, XDSI, ADSL, etc.)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducció</title>
-
-    <para>Aquesta eina<footnote>
-        <para>Podeu iniciar aquesta eina des de la línia d'ordres, escrivint <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> com a root.</para>
-      </footnote> permet configurar la major
-part de la xarxa local o connexió a Internet. Heu de conèixer una mica
-d'informació del vostre proveïdor d'accés o l'administrador de la xarxa.</para>
-
-    <para>Seleccioneu el tipus de connexió que desitjar establir, segons el tipus de
-maquinari i el tipus de proveïdor.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una connexió nova amb fil (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>La primera finestra enumera les interfícies que estan
-disponibles. Seleccioneu la que vulgueu configurar.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>En aquest punt, l'elecció es dóna entre una automàtica o una adreça IP
-manual.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automàtica.</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Paràmetres de xarxa/IP</emphasis>: heu de seleccionar si els
-servidors DNS són declarats per servidor DHCP o s'especifiquen de forma
-manual, com s'explica a continuació. En l'últim cas, l'adreça IP dels
-servidors DNS s'ha d'establir. El nom d'amfitrió de l'ordinador es pot
-especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica HOSTNAME, el nom
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte. El nom
-d'amfitrió també pot ser proporcionat pel servidor DHCP amb l'opció
-<emphasis>Assignar un nom d'amfitrió del servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No tots
-els servidors DHCP tenen una funció d'aquest tipus i si està configurant el
-seu PC per obtenir una adreça IP d'un encaminador domèstic ADSL, és poc
-probable.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>El botó avançat dóna l'oportunitat d'especificar:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Domini de cerca (no accessible, segons el que disposa pel servidor DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>el client DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Temps esgotat DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Utilitzeu el servidor YP des de DHCP (s'activa per defecte): especifiqueu el
-servidor NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Utilitzi el servidor NTPD des de DHCP (sincronització de rellotge)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>El HOSTNAME requerit per DHCP. Utilitzeu aquesta opció si el servidor DHCP
-requereix que el client especifiqui un nom d'amfitrió abans de rebre una
-adreça IP. Aquesta opció no és tractada per alguns servidors DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Després d'acceptar, els últims passos que són comuns a tots els paràmetres
-de connexió s'expliquen: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configuració manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Configuració Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: heu de declarar quins
-servidors DNS es volen utilitzar. El HOSTNAME de l'ordinador es pot
-especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica el HOSTNAME , el nom
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>Dins dels paràmetres avançats, podeu especificar un <emphasis>domini de
-cerca</emphasis>. En general, seria el vostre domini personal, és a dir, si
-el vostre ordinador es diu "splash", i el seu nom de domini complet és
-"splash.boatanchor.net", el domini de cerca seria "boatanchor.net". A menys
-que específicament es necessiti, no fa falta definir-ho.  Un cop més, l'ADSL
-domèstica no necessitaria aquest paràmetre.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una connexió nova de satèl·lit (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una connexió nova de mòdem per cable</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>La primera finestra enumera les interfícies que estan
-disponibles. Seleccioneu la que vulgueu configurar.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>En aquest punt, l'elecció es dóna entre una automàtica o una adreça IP
-manual.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Heu d'especificar un mètode d'autentificació:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Cap</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necessari per a Telstra). En aquest cas, heu de proporcionar el
-nom d'usuari i contrasenya.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automàtica.</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Paràmetres del cable/IP</emphasis>: heu de seleccionar si els
-servidors DNS són declarats pel servidor DHCP o s'especifiquen de forma
-manual, com s'explica a continuació. En l'últim cas, s'ha d'establir
-l'adreça IP dels servidors DNS. El nom d'amfitrió de l'ordinador es pot
-especificar aquí. Si no s'especifica el HOSTNAME, el nom
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> s'atribueix per defecte. El nom
-d'amfitrió també pot ser proporcionat pel servidor DHCP amb l'opció
-<emphasis>Assigna el nom d'amfitrió des del servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No
-tots els servidors DHCP tenen una funció d'aquest tipus i si està
-configurant el vostre PC per obtenir una adreça IP d'un encaminador ADSL
-domèstic, és poc probable.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>El botó avançat dóna l'oportunitat d'especificar:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Domini de cerca (no accessible, segons el que disposa pel servidor DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>el client DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Temps esgotat DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Utilitzeu el servidor YP des de DHCP (s'activa per defecte): especifiqueu el
-servidor NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Utilitzi el servidor NTPD des de DHCP (sincronització de rellotge)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>El HOSTNAME requerit per DHCP. Utilitzeu aquesta opció si el servidor DHCP
-requereix que el client especifiqui un nom d'amfitrió abans de rebre una
-adreça IP. Aquesta opció no és tractada per alguns servidors DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Després d'acceptar, els últims passos que són comuns a tots els paràmetres
-de connexió s'expliquen: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configuració manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Paràmetres del cable/IP</emphasis>: cal declarar els servidors DNS
-a utilitzar.  El HOSTNAME de l'ordinador es pot especificar aquí. Si no
-s'especifica el HOSTNAME, el nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>
-s'atribueix per defecte. </para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>Dins dels paràmetres avançats, podeu especificar un <emphasis>domini de
-cerca</emphasis>. En general seria el vostre domini personal, és a dir, si
-el vostre ordinador es diu "splash", i el seu nom de domini complet és
-"splash.boatanchor.net", el domini de cerca seria "boatanchor.net". A menys
-que específicament no ho necessiteu, no caldria definir aquest paràmetre. Un
-cop més, la connexió domèstica no necessitaria aquest paràmetre.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una connexió nova ADSL</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Si l'eina detecta interfícies de xarxa, ofereix selecciona una i
-configurar-la.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Es proposa una llista de proveïdors, classificats per països. Seleccioni el
-seu proveïdor. Si no apareix, seleccioni l'opció <guilabel>No
-llistades</guilabel> i després ingressi les opcions donades pel seu
-proveïdor.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Seleccioneu un dels protocols disponibles:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Configuració TCP/IP manual</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol de tunneling punt a punt (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Paràmetres de l'accés</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Compte d'accés (nom d'usuari)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Contrasenya del compte</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avançat) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avançat) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una connexió nova XDSI</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>L'auxiliar us demana quin dispositiu s'ha de configurar:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Elecció manual (targeta XDSI interna)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Mòdem XDSI extern</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Es proposa una llista de maquinari, classificats per categoria i
-fabricant. Seleccioneu la seva targeta.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Seleccioneu un dels protocols disponibles:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol per la resta del món, excepte Europa (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A continuació s'ofereix una llista de proveïdors, classificats per
-països. Seleccioneu el seu proveïdor. Si no apareix, selecció l'opció
-<guilabel>No és a la llista</guilabel> i després ingresseu les opcions que
-el seu proveïdor li va donar. Després li demanarà paràmetres:  </para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nom de la connexió</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Número de telèfon</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ID d'entrada</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Contrasenya del compte</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Mètode d'autenticació</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Després d'això, heu de seleccionar si s'obté l'adreça IP pel mètode
-automàtic o manual. En l'últim cas, introduïu l'adreça IP i la màscara de
-subxarxa.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>El següent pas és triar com s'obtenen les adreces dels servidors DNS, pel
-mètode automàtic o manual. En el cas de la configuració manual, heu de
-posar: </para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nom de domini</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Primer i segon Servidor DNS</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Selecciona si el nom de l'amfitrió està configurat des de la IP. Aquesta
-opció se selecciona únicament si esteu segur que el vostre proveïdor està
-configurat per acceptar-ho.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>El següent pas és triar la forma en què s'obté la direcció de la
-passarel·la, pel mètode automàtic o manual. En el cas de la configuració
-manual, ha d'introduir l'adreça IP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una connexió nova sense fil (Wi-Fi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
-Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper
-only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that
-the card has detected.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Operating mode:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Gestionat</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To access to an existing access point (the most frequent).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To configure direct connection between computers.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Network Name (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Some old hardware deals only this encryption method.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Clau de xifratge</para>
-
-            <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a
-manual IP address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automàtica.</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
-declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is
-specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
-Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>El botó avançat dóna l'oportunitat d'especificar:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Domini de cerca (no accessible, segons el que disposa pel servidor DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>el client DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Temps esgotat DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obtén el servidor YP mitjançant DHCP (marcat per defecte): especifiqueu els
-servidors NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Utilitzi el servidor NTPD des de DHCP (sincronització de rellotge)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>El HOSTNAME requerit per DHCP. Utilitzeu aquesta opció si el servidor DHCP
-requereix que el client especifiqui un nom d'amfitrió abans de rebre una
-adreça IP. Aquesta opció no és tractada per alguns servidors DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
-connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configuració manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
-before the period.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una connexió nova GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Es proposa una llista de proveïdors, classificats per països. Seleccioni el
-seu proveïdor. Si no apareix, seleccioni l'opció <guilabel>No
-llistades</guilabel> i després ingressi les opcions donades pel seu
-proveïdor.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Provide access settings</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nom del punt d'accés</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Compte d'accés (nom d'usuari)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Contrasenya del compte</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una connexió nova de xarxa de marcatge directe de Bluetooth</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una connexió nova de mòdem telefònic analògic (XTC)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>L'auxiliar us demana quin dispositiu s'ha de configurar:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Selecció manual</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Detected hardware, if any.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of ports is proposed. Select your port.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
-gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Connection name</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Phone number</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Login ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Password</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Basat en script</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Basat en terminal</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Els propers passos estan exposalts a <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Acabant la configuració</title>
-
-    <para>En el pas pròxim, pots especificar:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Permetre als usuaris gestionar la connexió</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Inicieu la connexió en l'arrencada</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Habilita el comptatge del trànsit</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
-access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
-automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>With the advanced button, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metric (10 by default)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Connexió en calent de la xarxa</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Habilita el túnel d'IPv6 a IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start
-immediately or not.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c3828f50..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Obre una consola com a administrador</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives you access to a console
-which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more
-information about that.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b72d438..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Gestiona les particions de disc</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk o diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
-error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
-partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
-see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
-<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
-want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
-preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
-resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
-partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
-all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
-disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
-partition.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called "EFI System
-Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it contains
-all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot
-choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition
-must be unmounted first.</para>
-
-  <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para>
-
-  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
-delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
-<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
-selected</para>
-
-  <para>You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
-gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be
-seen in the screenshot below.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 061eec34..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Prepara el gestor de pantalla</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Here<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> you can choose which display
-manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
-on your system will be shown.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
-different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
-is a lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 53882b27..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Prepara el vostre tallafoc personal</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Security
-tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
-firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
-security, permissions and audit".</para>
-
-  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
-connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
-first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
-attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
-<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
-the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
-
-  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
-<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
-<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
-examples :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>The listed ports should be separated by a space.</para>
-
-  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
-checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
-it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
-recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
-allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
-<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
-box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
-somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
-corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
-below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
-warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
-
-  <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the
-Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary
-packages are downloaded.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
-Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 65cf44b4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Gestiona, afegeix i elimina lletres. Importa lletres de Windows (TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It
-allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen
-above shows:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>a preview of the selected font.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>some buttons explained here later.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You
-must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Options:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able
-to use the fonts.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Uninstall:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be
-careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the
-documents that use them.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Import:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
-supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
-<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
-role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
-fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
-done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
-main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 75297198..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Control patern</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
-Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
-drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
-restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
-useful capabilities:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
-controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
-only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
-blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
-website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
-control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuring Parental controls</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
-Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
-your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
-feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
-users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
-an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
-prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
-then suggest you reboot.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
-control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
-is opened.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the
-websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all
-the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
-their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
-right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
-not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an
-user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
-remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
-with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
-<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
-window.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title>
-
-      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Block Programs Tab</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to
-restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the
-applications you wish to block.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand
-side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d269c3f0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Comparteix la connexió a internet amb altres màquines locals</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Principles</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
-computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
-network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
-other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
-gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
-must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
-the Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
-set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Gateway wizard</title>
-
-    <para>The wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> offers successive steps
-which are shown below:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this
-and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard
-automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that
-what is proposed is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes
-one, check that this is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask
-and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual
-configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to
-specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
-it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
-with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
-proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
-printers and to share them.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configure the client</title>
-
-    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
-specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
-automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
-to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
-using.</para>
-
-    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
-specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
-gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Stop connection sharing</title>
-
-    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
-the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
-sharing.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fdb74114..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Definicions dels amfitrions</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
-IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows to
-specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
-instead of the IP-address.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Add</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window
-to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an
-alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modify</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the
-same window.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2de5adbc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Configuració avançada de les interfícies de xarxa i del tallafoc</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4634aad3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Centre de xarxes</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Network
-&amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducció</title>
-
-    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
-configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
-etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
-on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
-settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
-network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
-ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
-
-    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
-first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
-networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
-the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
-connected.</para>
-
-    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
-networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
-strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
-the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
-either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
-or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
-to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
-window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
-key in particular).</para>
-
-    <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Monitor button</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
-PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
-available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
--> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
-local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
-gives details about connection status.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
-accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Configure button</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For a wired network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
-creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
-configuration may give better results.</para>
-
-    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
-like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
-<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
-the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
-the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
-have to reconnect to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network
-Manager:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
-point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
-<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
-access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
-passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
-personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
-in private networks.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
-point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>El botó dels paràmetres avançats</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 89a50a5d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Administra diferents perfils de xarxa</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 31efc5fa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Comparteix discs o directoris mitjançant NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prerequisites</title>
-
-    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is launched for the
-first time, it may display the following message:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Finestra principal</title>
-
-    <para>Es mostra una llista de directoris que són compartits. En aquest pas, la
-llista es buida. El botó <guibutton>Afegeix</guibutton> dóna accés a una
-eina de configuració.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Modifica l'entrada</title>
-
-    <para>L'eina de configuració s'anomena "Modificar les dades".  També es pot posar
-en marxa amb el botó <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Els següents
-paràmetres estan disponibles.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Directori NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Aquí podeu especificar quin directori es va compartir. El botó
-<guibutton>Directori</guibutton> dóna accés a un navegador per
-seleccionar-ho.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Accés a l'amfitrió</title>
-
-      <para>Aquí podeu especificar els amfitrions que estan autoritzats per accedir al
-directori compartit.</para>
-
-      <para>Els clients NFS poden especificar-se en un nombre de maneres:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>únic amfitrió</emphasis>: un amfitrió, ja sigui per un àlies
-reconegut, el nom del domini complet o una adreça IP.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
-characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
-domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
-hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
-`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Assignació de l'id. d'usuari</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
-0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
-cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
-the server itself.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
-squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
-(no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
-to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
-directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
-mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
-the anonymous account.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Opcions avançades</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
-originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
-is on by default.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
-and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
-request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
-using this option.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
-violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
-by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
-help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
-exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Entrades del menú</title>
-
-    <para>Fins ara la llista té almenys una entrada.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cef80ef..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Servidor intermediari</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
-this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
-administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
-some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
-
-  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
-proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
-an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control their complexity.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index efc1d1cf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configure Media</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
-repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
-to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
-below).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
-USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
-used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
-packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
-media type CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
-i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
-your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
-don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
-the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">The columns</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
-some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Update:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
-media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
-this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
-and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
-versions contain at least:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
-supported by Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
-are not free</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
-be patent claims in some countries.</para>
-
-        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
-version of Mageia was released.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
-due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
-even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
-backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
-of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
-corrections.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">The buttons on the right</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Remove:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
-remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since
-all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
-proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
-contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
-adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
-you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
-specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
-the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
-in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
-release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
-be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">The menu</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
-click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
-too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
-actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
-out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
-between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
-<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
-clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
-close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
-mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that
-isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
-name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
-the medium type)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
-or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
-download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
-update only, always or never).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
-the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
-window that appear, select a medium and then click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
-on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
-here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
-necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
-page</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bc02bd7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Share directories and drives with Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducció</title>
-
-    <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
-resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
-the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is
-also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the
-resources of the Samba server.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Preparation</title>
-
-    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
-address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
-<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the
-station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
-firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title>
-
-    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis
-role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> checks if
-needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
-yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already
-selected.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
-access to the shared resources.</para>
-
-    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
-the network.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Choose the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
-resource</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
-each share</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
-address or host name.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
-described in the Windows workstations.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
-configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
-option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
-not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
-as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
-group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
-account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Declare a directory to share</title>
-
-    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
-<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
-the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
-name can not be modified.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Entrades del menú</title>
-
-    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
-
-      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Printers share</title>
-
-    <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba users</title>
-
-    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
-resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fd6e44f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configura l'autenticació per les eines de Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
-usually done by the administrator.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
-the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
-drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the
-same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 286b11eb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Instantànies </title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
-<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
-tools</guilabel> section.</para>
-  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
-about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
-proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
-
- <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
-<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
-Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
-<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
-the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
-files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
-<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
-the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
-included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
-done.</para>
-	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
-<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
-USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index abb7119f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Configuració del so</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and
-troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you
-change the sound card.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
-inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
-sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
-volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
-enabled.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
-is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
-fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an
-obvious button.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 208b4960..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Configura un SAI per monitorar el corrent</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f233be2f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network access</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducció</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure secure
-access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
-workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
-configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
-already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
-network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuració</title>
-
-    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
-protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
-
-    <para>Then give your connection a name.</para>
-
-    <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
-first time the tool is used.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
-from the network administrator.</para>
-
-        <para>Advanced parameters:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
-connection.</para>
-
-    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
-connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
-to this VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 819f8c16..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configure webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
-server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a web server?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
-accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the web server wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introducció</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server User Module</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows users to create their own sites.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User web directory name</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
-display it.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Resum</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Fi</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c21fa2aa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configura DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c5fd455e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configura DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
-interfaces</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
-be installed before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
-standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
-configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
-communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introducció</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
-which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select IP range</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
-the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
-some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Resum</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hold on...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
-change things around.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hours later...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instal·lació del paquet dhcp-server, si cal;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
-adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 617f73b9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configura l'hora</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
-your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
-default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
-packages.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
-time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
-because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
-arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
-click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
-may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instal·lació del paquet <code>ntp</code>, si cal.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
-servers;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
-name;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
-<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b578dd8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configura FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
-protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introducció</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Information</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
-complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
-(File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Resum</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Fi</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e5f6c9dd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configura el servidor intermediari</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
-before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
-
-    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
-as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introducció</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Resum</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Start during boot?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Fi</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instal·lació del paquet squid, si cal;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e50a4ce..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configuració del dimoni OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
-communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
-other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
-via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
-(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
-respectively). (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
-<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opcions generals</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
-then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Resum</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Fi</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 49836ce5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Gestiona els serveis de sistema activant-los o desactivant-los</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3eca3510..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Hardware configuration</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives a general view of the
-hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
-look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
-<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
-<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The window</title>
-
-    <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para>
-
-    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
-grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
-category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
-
-    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
-<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
-about the content of the fields.</para>
-
-    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
-available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
-parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
-used by experts only.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
-configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The menu</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Opcions</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
-enable automatic detection:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
-the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
-be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 378cc19d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducció</title>
-
-    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> helps you
-configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
-Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
-be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
-"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Keyboard Layout</title>
-
-    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
-in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
-layout should be used for.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Keyboard Type</title>
-
-    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
-unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f6c715f1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Gestiona la localització del sistema</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root.
-  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
-section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
-your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
-language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
-compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
-language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
-countries not listed.</para>
-
-  <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Mètode d'entrada</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
-input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
-methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
-Korean, etc).</para>
-  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
-users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
-  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
-and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
-part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f23d6fee..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Visualitza i cerca els registres del sistema</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
-logs</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To do a search in the logs</title>
-
-    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
-<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
-<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
-to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
-possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
-month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
-day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
-to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
-file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
-clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
-configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
-updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
-the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
-address.</para>
-
-    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
-Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
-Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
-running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
-look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
-
-    <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servei Webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor de correu Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor World Wide Web Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servei Xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
-unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
-the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
-out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
-to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
-
-    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
-person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
-or on the Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 24755eb1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fcac27c1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
-PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
-packages to work.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
-is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
-
-  <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Information about the network</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
-
-  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
-lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
-called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ce00e2c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Arrencada</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
-steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configura els passos de l'arrencada</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a9b67cf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Maquinari</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your
-hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Administra el maquinari</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
-hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configura els gràfics</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configura teclat i ratolí</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configura impressió i escaneig</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
-the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Altres</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a542f13..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
-choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
-installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
-selected in the big right panel.</para>
-
-	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
-tools.</para>
-
-<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
-any of the MCC tabs.</para>
-
-	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
-screens.</para>
-
-        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
-the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e50a96c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Discs locals</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
-local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Discs locals</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ae4f4e95..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Network and Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link
-below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administra dispositius de xarxa</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personalitza i assegura la xarxa</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Altres</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ba08b95..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Serveis de xarxa</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
-the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
-between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
-on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Serveis de xarxa</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c344aa97..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Compartició en xarxa</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and
-directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configura les comparticions Windows(R)</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
-directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configura les comparticions NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configura les comparticions WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a7b1e593..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Seguretat</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
-link below to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Seguretat</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
-and audit</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d07d22fe..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Compartició</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
-visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
-choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
-below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Compartició</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 92ffb518..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistema</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration
-tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administra els serveis del sistema</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Localització</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Eines d'administració</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 34d8040f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configura la freqüència de les actualitzacions</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
-Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
-updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
-check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
-out.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dfbd1ede..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Prepara el dispositiu de punter (ratolí, ratolí tàctil)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
-Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
-
-  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
-and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
-PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
-immediately taken into account.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8689dcf8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Sistema de seguretat i auditoria</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
-msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
-approaches:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
-make it more secure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
-you if something seems dangerous.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
-set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
-enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
-own customised security levels.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Overview tab</title>
-
-    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
-
-    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
-button on the right side to configure them:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>enabled or not</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
-and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Security settings tab</title>
-
-    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
-<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
-below.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Basic security tab</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
-allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
-in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
-following levels are available:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
-do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
-your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
-constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
-if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
-vulnerable to attack.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
-configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
-constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
-detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
-permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
-versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
-you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
-system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
-the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
-5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
-such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
-system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
-but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>These levels are saved in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
-your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for
-power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
-level settings.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
-to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
-by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
-can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
-and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
-the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
-enable it.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
-immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
-problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
-files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
-security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
-any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
-the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
-to the options.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>System security tab</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
-description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
-column.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
-screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
-actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
-selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
-choice.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
-using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
-have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
-saving them.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Seguretat de la xarxa</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
-
-      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
-security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
-if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
-checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
-
-      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
-these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
-allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
-messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
-below shows four exceptions.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
-button</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
-<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
-<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
-obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
-<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
-tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Permisos</title>
-    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
-enforcement.</para>
-    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
-secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
-level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
-into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
-into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
-intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
-also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
-you want. Current configuration is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
-list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
-can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
-owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
-given rule:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
-defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
-if not, but does not change anything.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
-permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
-permissions.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
-and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
-the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
-not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
-menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
-the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
-    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
-configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
-in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
-check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
-checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
-account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
-use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
-changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
-manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
-in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
-the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
-the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d7adc92..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Other Mageia Tools</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
-Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
-next pages.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>And more tools?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cd0262e8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduction to rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
-program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
-graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
-package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
-servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
-available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
-certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
-default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
-packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
-of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
-included in the packages.</para>
-
-    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
-the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
-will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
-: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
-and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
-it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
-thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
-packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The main parts of the screen</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
-time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
-interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
-dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
-updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
-probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
-this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
-of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
-packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
-not installed.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
-summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
-in the packages.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
-for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
-"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
-.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
-sub categories.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
-description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
-can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
-package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The status column</title>
-
-    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
-category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
-list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
-is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
-installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
-uncheck the box before the package name and click on
-<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Icona</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legend</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is already installed</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be installed</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is an update</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be uninstalled</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
-icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
-on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
-with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when
-clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The dependencies</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
-are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
-information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
-dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
-may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
-library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
-button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
-install.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 07e854ae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Prepara un escàner</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instal·lació</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>This tool <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to configure a
-single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
-also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
-remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
-
-    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
-message:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
-<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
-installed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
-the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
-sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
-cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
-scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
-scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
-list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
-<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Choose port</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
-ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
-case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
-
-    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
-similar to the one below.</para>
-<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
-accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
-decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
-this machine.</para>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
-deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
-this computer.</para>
-
-    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
-from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
-machines.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
-offers to do it.</para>
-
-    <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
-"net"</para>
-
-    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifics</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
-(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
-you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivers are available from <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
-with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
-ignored.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
-steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
-each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
-after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
-firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
-downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
-    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
-each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
-what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 753f2d3d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Gestió de programari</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
-management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Gestió de programari</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your
-system</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
-sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c9ece5e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,341 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Install and configure a printer</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introducció</title>
-
-    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
-ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
-interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
-offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
-which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
-and openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
-installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
-
-    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
-section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
-printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
-for.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of
-dependencies are needed.</para>
-
-    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
-detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
-printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
-printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
-will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
-name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
-"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
-automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
-drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
-next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
-to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
-options.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Select printer from database</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>provide PPD file</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>search for a driver to download</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
-first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
-driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
-encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
-which know to work.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Complete the installation process</title>
-
-    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
-allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
-the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
-available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
-this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
-printers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Network printer</title>
-
-    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
-wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
-another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
-IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
-as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
-one.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
-printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
-configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
-on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
-Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
-as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
-after "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
-your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
-you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
-Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
-and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
-says "host".</para>
-
-    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
-protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
-list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
-
-    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
-which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Network printing protocols</title>
-
-    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
-JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
-via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
-known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
-which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
-IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
-manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
-IP-adress is not required.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
-protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
-the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
-changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
-the same as above.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The other protocols are:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
-be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
-some ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
-but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
-defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
-with TLS secured protocol.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
-accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
-station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
-the URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-documentation.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Device Properties</title>
-
-    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
-parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
-system, but you can specify a different one with the
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
-another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
-of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Troubleshoot</title>
-
-    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
-inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
-<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Specifics</title>
-
-    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
-Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
-check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
-is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
-redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
-the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
-tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
-works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
-up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
-page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
-for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
-
-    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
-devices</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
-detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
-<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
-tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
-menu. Also view <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
-for the management of the printer.</para>
-
-    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
-features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
-allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
-case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
-picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
-open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
-card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
-the QPDL protocol.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
-package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
-be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
-according to your architecture. </para>
-
-    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
-conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
-<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7224cd66..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importa documents i paràmetres de Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled
-<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
-from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
-immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
-explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
-
-  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
-
-  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
-choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
-Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
-than yours own.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
-transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
-(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
-example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
-import purposes.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import documents:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
-appropriate item in this window.</para>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import bookmarks:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
-<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 424d5e6b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Usuaris i grups</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
-"Manage users on system"</para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
-means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
-(ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
-the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
-<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
-entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
-or nothing as well!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
-
-  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
-recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
-password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
-use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
-shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
-you entered what you intended to.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
-you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
-Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
-checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
-user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
-
-  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
-after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
-group ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
-for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
-Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
-accounts.</para>
-
-  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
-as the account is locked.</para>
-
-  <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
-expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
-password periodically.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
-the user is a member of.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
-effective until his/her next login.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
-name.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
-who are members of the group</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
-role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
-ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
-has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
-refresh the display.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
-to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
-is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
-to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
-end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
-in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs.po b/docs/mcc-help/cs.po
deleted file mode 100644
index acbb01ae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9419 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# fri, 2013
-# Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>, 2014-2015
-# Luděk Janča <joelp@email.cz>, 2016-2017
-# fri, 2013
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-11 13:01+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Luděk Janča <joelp@email.cz>\n"
-"Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"cs/)\n"
-"Language: cs\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Přístup k diskům a adresářům sdíleným pomocí WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tento nástroj můžete spustit z příkazové řádky zadáním <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> jako root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tento nástroj<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se nachází v "
-"ovládacím středisku Mageia v kartě pro Sdílení v síti označené "
-"<guilabel>Nastavit sdílení pomocí WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Úvod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> je "
-"protokol, který umožňuje připojit adresář webového serveru tak, že vypadá "
-"jako lokální adresář. Je nezbytné, aby na vzdáleném stroji byl spuštěn "
-"WebDAV server. Účelem tohoto nástroje není konfigurace serveru WebDAV."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Vytvoření nového záznamu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Sdílet diskové oddíly tohoto počítače"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "cs"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Nastavit přístup k diskům a adresářům sdíleným pomocí NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Postup"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "CD/DVD vypalovačka"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tento nástroj můžete jako root spustit z příkazového řádku zadáním <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Přípojný bod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Pro změnu přípojného bodu zaškrtněte toto pole. Výchozí je /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Volby"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Přístup k diskům a adresářům na systémech Windows (pomocí Samba)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "3D efekty grafického prostředí"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Začínáme"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Řešení problémů"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Ověření"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Nastavit automatické přihlášení do systému"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Nastavit způsob zavedení systému"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Povolit ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Povolit SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Sbírat logy a systémové informace pro hlášení chyb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Tyto následující příkazy shromažďují informace o vašem systému:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partitions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "mageia version"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Upravit datum a čas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Odstranit připojení"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Zde můžete mazat síťové rozhraní<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Nastavit nové síťové rozhraní (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Nové pevné připojení (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Ruční nastavení"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Žádné"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Ruční nastavení TCP/IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP přes Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Nastavení přístupu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Váš účet (uživatelské jméno)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Externí ISDN modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Název připojení"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Telefonní číslo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Přihlašovací jméno"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Metoda ověření"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Název domény"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Spravované"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Šifrovací klíč"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Název přístupového bodu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Ruční volba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Script-based"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Terminal-based"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metrika (výchozí je 10)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Rychlé připojení do sítě"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Povolit tunel IPv6 na IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Spustit konzoli pro správce systému"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Spravovat diskové oddíly"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk nebo diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Nastavit správce obrazovky"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Nastavit váš osobní firewall"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : otevře port 80 protokolu TCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000:24010/udp : otevře všechny porty od 24000 do 24010 protokolu UDP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Uvedené porty by měly být odděleny mezerou."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Spravovat, přidávat a odebírat písma, včetně importu písem ze systému "
-"Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tento nástroj můžete spustit z příkazového řádku zadáním <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> jako root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Rodičovský dohled"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Nastavení rodičovského dohledu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Sdílet připojení k internetu s ostatními lokálními počítači"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Zásady"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Určení adres počítačů"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Pokročilé nastavení síťových rozhraní a firewallů"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Síťové centrum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Spravovat různé síťové profily"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Nastavit sdílení disků a adresářů pomocí NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Předpoklady"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Upravit záznam"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Adresář NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Přístup k počítači"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Mapování uživatelského ID"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Pokročilé volby"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Nastavení zdrojů"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Sdílení adresářů a jednotek s pomocí Samby"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba je protokol používaný v různých operačních systémech ke sdílení "
-"některých zdrojů, jako adresáře nebo tiskárny. Tento nástroj umožňuje "
-"nastavit stroj jako Samba server pomocí protokolu SMB/CIFS. Tento protokol "
-"se používá také v systému Windows(R) a na pracovních stanic s tímto "
-"operačním systémem lze přistupovat k prostředkům na Samba serveru."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Příprava"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Konfigurace ověřování na nástroje Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Snímky"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Nastavit zvuk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Nastavit UPS pro sledování elektrického napájení"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Nastavení"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Pro Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Rozšířené parametry:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Souhrn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Ukončit"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Upravit nastavení DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Upravit nastavení DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Nastavit čas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Nastavit FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Upravit nastavení proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Nastavení démonu OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Obecné volby"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Spouštět a zastavovat systémové služby"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Nastavení hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Jednotka JAZ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Paralelní jednotka ZIP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Rozložení klávesnice"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Typ klávesnice"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Upravit nastavení lokalizace systému"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Vstupní metoda"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Prohlížet a prohledávat systémové záznamy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Služba Webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Postfix Mail Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd Service"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Aktualizace balíčků softwaru"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud jsou k dispozici aktualizace, applet v systémové liště vás upozorní "
-"zobrazením této červené ikony <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
-"\"0\"/> . Pro aktualizaci systému stačí kliknout a zadat heslo uživatele."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Zavádění systému"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro konfiguraci "
-"zavaděče. Klikněte na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Nastavit kroky zavádění systému"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Ovládací centrum Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Texty a snímky obrazovky v této příručce jsou dostupné pod licencí CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tato příručka byla vytvořena s pomocí <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
-"\">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
-"\">NeoDoc</link>em."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Byl napsán dobrovolníky v jejich volném čase. Spojte se, prosím, s <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentačním týmem</"
-"link>, pokud byste chtěli pomoci tuto příručku vylepšit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardware"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro konfiguraci "
-"hardware. Klikněte na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Spravovat hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Procházet a konfigurovat "
-"hardware</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Nastavit grafiku"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurace efektů 3D Desktopu</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Nastavit myš a klávesnici"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Nastavit tisk a skenování"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Nastavení tiskáren, "
-"fronty tiskových úloh, ...</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Ostatní"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "O příručce pro Ovládací centrum Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Ovládací centrum Mageia (MCC) má na výběr v levém sloupci osm různých "
-"záložek  a pokud byl nainstalován balíček drakwizard dokonce záložek deset. "
-"Každá z těchto záložek poskytuje odlišnou sadu nástrojů, které mohou být "
-"vybrány v pravé části."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Deset následujících kapitol je o těchto deseti záložkách a souvisejících "
-"nástrojích."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Poslední kapitola je o některých dalších nástrojích Mageia, které nemohou "
-"být vybrány ze záložek v MCC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr "Názvy zde se budou mnohdy shodovat s názvy obrazovek nástrojů."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Je zde také k dispozici vyhledávací lišta, ke které můžete přistupovat "
-"kliknutím na záložku \"Hledat\" v levém sloupci."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Místní disky"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro správu a "
-"sdílení místních disků. Klikněte na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Síťové služby"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Sdílení v síti"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro sdílení disků "
-"a adresářů. Klikněte na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Nastavit sdílení s Windows"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Sdílejte disky a "
-"adresáře se  systémy Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Nastavit sdílení pomocí NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Nastavit sdílení pomocí WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Síť a Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika síťovými nástroji. Klikněte "
-"na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Spravovat síťová zařízení"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Přizpůsobit síť a nastavit její zabezpečení"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Bezpečnost"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Sdílení"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Systém"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika systémovými nástroji a "
-"nástroji pro správu. Klikněte na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Spravovat systémové služby"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Lokalizace"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Nástroje pro správu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Nastavit frekvenci aktualizací"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Nastavit polohovací zařízení (myš, touchpad)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Zabezpečení a audit systému"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Zabezpečení sítě"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Oprávnění"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Úvod do rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Ikona"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Legenda"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Tento balíček je již nainstalován"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Tento balíček bude nainstalován"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Tento balíček nelze změnit"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Tento balíček je aktualizací"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Tento balíček bude odinstalován"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Nastavit skener"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instalace"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Správa softwaru"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro správu "
-"softwaru. Pokud se chcete dozvědět více klikněte na některý z odkazů níže."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualizovat váš systém</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Nastavení zdrojů "
-"software pro instalaci a aktualizaci</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Instalace a konfigurace tiskárny"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC bude žádat o instalaci dvou balíčků:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Pro pokračování je třeba akceptovat tuto instalaci. Závislosti mohou "
-"potřebovat až 230MB."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Chcete-li přidat tiskárnu, klepněte na tlačítko \"Přidat tiskárnu\". Systém "
-"se bude snažit odhalit všechny tiskárny a porty které jsou k dispozici. "
-"Snímek zobrazuje tiskárny připojené k paralelnímu portu. Pokud je zjištěna "
-"tiskárna na USB portu, bude zobrazena na prvním řádku. Okno se také pokusí "
-"nakonfigurovat síťové tiskárny."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Výběr tiskárny z databáze"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Síťová tiskárna"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Síťové tiskárny jsou tiskárny, které jsou připojeny přímo ke kabelové nebo "
-"bezdrátové síti, jsou připojeny k printserveru nebo jsou připojeny k jiné "
-"pracovní stanice, která slouží jako printserver."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Protokoly síťového tisku"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importovat dokumenty a nastavení z MS Windows"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Uživatelé a skupiny"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Přidat uživatele</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Přidat skupinu</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Upravit</emphasis> (vybraného uživatele)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Upravit</emphasis> (s vybranou skupinou)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Smazat</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Obnovit</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Účet hosta</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Nastavit grafický server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafická karta</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Volby:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 715940f6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Ovládací centrum Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">The tools to configure the Mageia system</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Texty a snímky obrazovky v této příručce jsou dostupné pod licencí CC BY-SA
-3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Tato příručka byla vytvořena s pomocí <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>em.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Byl napsán dobrovolníky v jejich volném čase. Spojte se, prosím, s <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentačním
-týmem</link>, pokud byste chtěli pomoci tuto příručku vylepšit.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index baf3d6d6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Ovládací centrum Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Texty a snímky obrazovky v této příručce jsou dostupné pod licencí CC BY-SA
-3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Tato příručka byla vytvořena s pomocí <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> vyvinutého <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>em.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Byl napsán dobrovolníky v jejich volném čase. Spojte se, prosím, s <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentačním
-týmem</link>, pokud byste chtěli pomoci tuto příručku vylepšit.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bcd2998..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Aktualizace balíčků softwaru</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management.</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
-drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
-are prompted to do so.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
-those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
-default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
-<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process.</para>
-
-  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
-the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
-means you can click to drop down a text.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Pokud jsou k dispozici aktualizace, applet v systémové liště vás upozorní
-zobrazením této červené ikony <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>
-. Pro aktualizaci systému stačí kliknout a zadat heslo uživatele.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b27b0534..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Nastavit grafický server</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
-graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
-as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grafická karta</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
-configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
-one with a proprietary driver.</para>
-
-  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
-manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
-order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
-Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
-graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
-in your Desktop Environment.</para>
-
-      <para>If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
-Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
-    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
-use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
-example).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
-you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
-isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
-<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolution:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
-colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>When you change the color depth, a
-multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview
-of what the selected color depth looks like.</para>
-
-  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
-one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
-and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
-set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
-select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
-
-  <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for
-another one.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and
-restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking
-on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the
-graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
-text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
-XFdrake's text version.</para>
-    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
-to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
-right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Volby:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
-restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
-three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
-<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
-booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
-may be unchecked for a server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
-you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
-previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
-and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f68a76a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Přístup k diskům a adresářům sdíleným pomocí WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tento nástroj<footnote><para>Tento nástroj můžete spustit z příkazové řádky zadáním <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> jako root.</para>
-  </footnote> se nachází v ovládacím
-středisku Mageia v kartě pro Sdílení v síti označené <guilabel>Nastavit
-sdílení pomocí WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Úvod</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> je
-protokol, který umožňuje připojit adresář webového serveru tak, že vypadá
-jako lokální adresář. Je nezbytné, aby na vzdáleném stroji byl spuštěn
-WebDAV server. Účelem tohoto nástroje není konfigurace serveru WebDAV.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vytvoření nového záznamu</title>
-
-    <para>The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if
-any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new
-entry. Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen.</para>
-
-    <para>Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue
-with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the
-<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct
-it, if needed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount
-point.</para>
-
-    <para>In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other
-options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the
-access.</para>
-
-    <para>After you accepted the configuration with the radio button
-<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your
-new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you
-are asked whether or not to save the modifications in
-<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the
-remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for
-one-time usage, do not save it.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e82bf74..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Sdílet diskové oddíly tohoto počítače</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This simple tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> allows you, the
-administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home
-subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have
-computers running either Linux or Windows operating system.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled
-"Share your hard disk partitions".</para>
-
-  <para>First, answer the question : "<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to
-share some of their directories ?</guilabel>", click on <guibutton>No
-sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on
-<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on
-<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for
-the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their
-directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically
-created by the system. You will be asked about this later.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you
-choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.
-Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on
-the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both
-Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any
-required packages will be installed if necessary.</para>
-
-  <para>The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In
-this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows
-you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare
-group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group,
-then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the
-fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information
-about Userdrake, see <xref linkend="userdrake">this page</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and
-reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her
-file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers
-have this facility.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a8896c81..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Nastavit přístup k diskům a adresářům sdíleným pomocí NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Úvod</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare some
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix
-systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at
-boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session
-for a user with tools such as file browsers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Postup</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers
-which share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the
-shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have
-to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and
-change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After
-mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button,
-a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab
-modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the
-network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file
-browser, for example in Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 18e6c1a5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD vypalovačka</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>Tento nástroj můžete jako root spustit z příkazového řádku zadáním <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote>is found under the tab Local
-disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable
-hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only). </para>
-
-  <para>Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted. </para>
-
-  <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and
-the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change
-them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-button. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Přípojný bod</title>
-
-    <para>Pro změnu přípojného bodu zaškrtněte toto pole. Výchozí je /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Volby</title>
-
-    <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this
-option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is
-the only one who can umount it. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 587e1672..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Přístup k diskům a adresářům na systémech Windows (pomocí Samba)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Úvod</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare which
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R)
-systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared
-directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with
-tools such as file browsers.</para>
-
-    <para>Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of
-available servers, for example with <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Postup</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who
-share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the
-list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you
-have to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount
-button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the
-<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to
-connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it
-with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask
-"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will allow
-directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The
-new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in
-dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bff9e41d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D efekty grafického prostředí</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Úvod</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> lets you manage the 3D
-desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by
-default.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Začínáme</title>
-
-    <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the
-package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can
-start.</para>
-
-    <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you
-can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a
-composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special
-effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn
-it on.</para>
-
-    <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of
-Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be
-installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz
-Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in
-for the changes to take effect.</para>
-
-    <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz
-Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Řešení problémů</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Can't See Desktop after Logging in</title>
-
-      <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop
-but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in
-screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be
-prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login
-with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the
-log in problem.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 18d14829..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Ověření</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the
-manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para>
-
-  <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your
-computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so
-and give information about that.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b5190a3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Nastavit automatické přihlášení do systému</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to automatically
-login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any
-password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good idea when there
-is only one user like to be using the machine.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the
-Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para>
-
-  <para>The interface buttons are pretty obvious:</para>
-
-  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
-starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
-boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
-possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
-launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
-<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
-continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check
-<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if
-needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default
-username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f6603730..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Nastavit způsob zavedení systému</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
-slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
-(ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to configure the
-boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot,
-etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled "Set up
-boot system".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing
-some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if
-using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub,
-Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question
-of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the
-<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you
-are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any
-modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para>
-
-  <para>In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is
-installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common
-to all operating systems installed.</para>
-
-  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
-the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
-seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available
-operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is
-made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
-possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Povolit ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the
-power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was
-the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI
-compatible.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Povolit SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for
-multicore processors.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual
-processor and enable SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two
-components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
-APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses
-to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
-for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
-system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
-"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
-APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
-loader you chose.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot
-time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu
-entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you
-click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>
-buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or
-to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be
-able to use these tools.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want
-to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command "title". For
-example: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches
-the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the
-kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this
-entry by default.</para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
-file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, in the drop-down lists.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in
-Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
-one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
-to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
-<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
-Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
-touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable
-unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 38cf2149..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia Bug Report Tool</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically
-when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing
-a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the
-information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para>
-
-  <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that,
-then please read <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
-report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para>
-
-  <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message
-that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to
-that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c378b3ef..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Sbírat logy a systémové informace pro hlášení chyb</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by
-doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>,
-but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be
-several GBs large.</para>
-<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing
-the unneeded parts.</para></note>
-  <para>Tyto následující příkazy shromažďují informace o vašem systému:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of this command's
-output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch
-to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as
-root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If
-you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000
-lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail
--n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bf74c02..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Upravit datum a čas</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the tab System
-in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and
-time"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a
-right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para>It's a very simple tool.</para>
-
-  <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On
-the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on
-the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month
-(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or
-2012). Select the day by clicking on its number.</para>
-
-  <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time
-Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on
-time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time
-Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para>
-
-  <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's
-useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours,
-minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows
-to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see
-your desktop environment settings for that.</para>
-
-  <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the
-<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the
-nearest town.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they
-will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation
-settings.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e1711584..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Odstranit připojení</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Zde můžete mazat síťové rozhraní<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then
-click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted
-successfully.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 48ce40e9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,808 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Nastavit nové síťové rozhraní (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Úvod</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure much of
-local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from
-your access provider or your network administrator.</para>
-
-    <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware
-and provider you have.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nové pevné připojení (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ruční nastavení</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS
-servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no
-HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Satellite connection (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Cable modem connection</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>You have to specify a authentication method:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Žádné</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name
-and password.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ruční nastavení</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers
-to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME
-is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic connection would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new DSL connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Ruční nastavení TCP/IP</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP přes Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nastavení přístupu</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Váš účet (uživatelské jméno)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new ISDN connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manual choice (internal ISDN card)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Externí ISDN modem</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and
-manufacturer. Select your card.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave
-you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Název připojení</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Telefonní číslo</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Přihlašovací jméno</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Metoda ověření</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or
-manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by
-automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to
-put:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Název domény</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>First and second DNS Server</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you
-are sure that your provider is configured to accept it.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic
-or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the
-IP address.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Wireless connection (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
-Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper
-only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that
-the card has detected.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Operating mode:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Spravované</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To access to an existing access point (the most frequent).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To configure direct connection between computers.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Network Name (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Some old hardware deals only this encryption method.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Šifrovací klíč</para>
-
-            <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a
-manual IP address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
-declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is
-specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
-Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
-connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ruční nastavení</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
-before the period.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Provide access settings</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Název přístupového bodu</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Váš účet (uživatelské jméno)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ruční volba</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Detected hardware, if any.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of ports is proposed. Select your port.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
-gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Connection name</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Phone number</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Login ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Password</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Script-based</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Terminal-based</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Ending the configuration</title>
-
-    <para>In the next step, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
-access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
-automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>With the advanced button, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metrika (výchozí je 10)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Rychlé připojení do sítě</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Povolit tunel IPv6 na IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start
-immediately or not.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e6657dc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Spustit konzoli pro správce systému</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives you access to a console
-which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more
-information about that.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 07a58ad3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Spravovat diskové oddíly</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk nebo diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
-error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
-partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
-see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
-<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
-want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
-preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
-resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
-partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
-all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
-disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
-partition.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called "EFI System
-Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it contains
-all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot
-choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition
-must be unmounted first.</para>
-
-  <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para>
-
-  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
-delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
-<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
-selected</para>
-
-  <para>You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
-gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be
-seen in the screenshot below.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d6010e3e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Nastavit správce obrazovky</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Here<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> you can choose which display
-manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
-on your system will be shown.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
-different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
-is a lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 442e69ae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Nastavit váš osobní firewall</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Security
-tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
-firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
-security, permissions and audit".</para>
-
-  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
-connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
-first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
-attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
-<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
-the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
-
-  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
-<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
-<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
-examples :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : otevře port 80 protokolu TCP</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : otevře všechny porty od 24000 do 24010 protokolu UDP</para>
-
-  <para>Uvedené porty by měly být odděleny mezerou.</para>
-
-  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
-checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
-it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
-recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
-allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
-<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
-box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
-somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
-corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
-below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
-warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
-
-  <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the
-Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary
-packages are downloaded.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
-Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a49fdf87..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Spravovat, přidávat a odebírat písma, včetně importu písem ze systému
-Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>Tento nástroj můžete spustit z příkazového řádku zadáním <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> jako root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It
-allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen
-above shows:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>a preview of the selected font.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>some buttons explained here later.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You
-must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Options:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able
-to use the fonts.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Uninstall:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be
-careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the
-documents that use them.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Import:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
-supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
-<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
-role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
-fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
-done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
-main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 458cb7ae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Rodičovský dohled</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
-Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
-drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
-restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
-useful capabilities:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
-controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
-only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
-blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
-website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
-control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nastavení rodičovského dohledu</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
-Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
-your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
-feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
-users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
-an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
-prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
-then suggest you reboot.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
-control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
-is opened.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the
-websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all
-the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
-their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
-right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
-not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an
-user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
-remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
-with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
-<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
-window.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title>
-
-      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Block Programs Tab</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to
-restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the
-applications you wish to block.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand
-side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bccce7ea..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Sdílet připojení k internetu s ostatními lokálními počítači</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Zásady</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
-computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
-network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
-other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
-gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
-must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
-the Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
-set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Gateway wizard</title>
-
-    <para>The wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> offers successive steps
-which are shown below:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this
-and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard
-automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that
-what is proposed is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes
-one, check that this is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask
-and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual
-configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to
-specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
-it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
-with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
-proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
-printers and to share them.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configure the client</title>
-
-    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
-specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
-automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
-to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
-using.</para>
-
-    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
-specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
-gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Stop connection sharing</title>
-
-    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
-the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
-sharing.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index afbbd432..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Určení adres počítačů</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
-IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows to
-specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
-instead of the IP-address.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Add</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window
-to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an
-alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modify</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the
-same window.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e8c9fa08..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Pokročilé nastavení síťových rozhraní a firewallů</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fb7803c7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Síťové centrum</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Network
-&amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Úvod</title>
-
-    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
-configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
-etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
-on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
-settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
-network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
-ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
-
-    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
-first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
-networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
-the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
-connected.</para>
-
-    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
-networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
-strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
-the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
-either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
-or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
-to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
-window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
-key in particular).</para>
-
-    <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Monitor button</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
-PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
-available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
--> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
-local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
-gives details about connection status.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
-accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Configure button</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For a wired network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
-creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
-configuration may give better results.</para>
-
-    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
-like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
-<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
-the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
-the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
-have to reconnect to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network
-Manager:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
-point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
-<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
-access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
-passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
-personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
-in private networks.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
-point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Advanced Settings button</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cb7f6726..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Spravovat různé síťové profily</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 43e5f60b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Nastavit sdílení disků a adresářů pomocí NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Předpoklady</title>
-
-    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is launched for the
-first time, it may display the following message:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Main window</title>
-
-    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list
-is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
-configuration tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Upravit záznam</title>
-
-    <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
-with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
-available.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Adresář NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The
-<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose
-it.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Přístup k počítači</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
-directory.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name
-recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
-characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
-domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
-hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
-`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Mapování uživatelského ID</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
-0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
-cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
-the server itself.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
-squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
-(no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
-to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
-directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
-mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
-the anonymous account.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Pokročilé volby</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
-originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
-is on by default.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
-and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
-request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
-using this option.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
-violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
-by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
-help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
-exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu entries</title>
-
-    <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 05641e56..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
-this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
-administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
-some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
-
-  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
-proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
-an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control their complexity.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index aa020f18..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Nastavení zdrojů</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
-repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
-to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
-below).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
-USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
-used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
-packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
-media type CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
-i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
-your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
-don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
-the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">The columns</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
-some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Update:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
-media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
-this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
-and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
-versions contain at least:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
-supported by Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
-are not free</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
-be patent claims in some countries.</para>
-
-        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
-version of Mageia was released.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
-due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
-even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
-backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
-of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
-corrections.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">The buttons on the right</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Remove:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
-remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since
-all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
-proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
-contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
-adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
-you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
-specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
-the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
-in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
-release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
-be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">The menu</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
-click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
-too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
-actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
-out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
-between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
-<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
-clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
-close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
-mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that
-isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
-name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
-the medium type)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
-or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
-download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
-update only, always or never).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
-the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
-window that appear, select a medium and then click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
-on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
-here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
-necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
-page</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e38cff5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Sdílení adresářů a jednotek s pomocí Samby</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Úvod</title>
-
-    <para>Samba je protokol používaný v různých operačních systémech ke sdílení
-některých zdrojů, jako adresáře nebo tiskárny. Tento nástroj umožňuje
-nastavit stroj jako Samba server pomocí protokolu SMB/CIFS. Tento protokol
-se používá také v systému Windows(R) a na pracovních stanic s tímto
-operačním systémem lze přistupovat k prostředkům na Samba serveru.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Příprava</title>
-
-    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
-address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
-<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the
-station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
-firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title>
-
-    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis
-role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> checks if
-needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
-yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already
-selected.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
-access to the shared resources.</para>
-
-    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
-the network.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Choose the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
-resource</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
-each share</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
-address or host name.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
-described in the Windows workstations.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
-configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
-option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
-not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
-as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
-group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
-account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Declare a directory to share</title>
-
-    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
-<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
-the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
-name can not be modified.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu entries</title>
-
-    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
-
-      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Printers share</title>
-
-    <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba users</title>
-
-    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
-resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d1c434a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Konfigurace ověřování na nástroje Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
-usually done by the administrator.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
-the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
-drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the
-same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a52a9816..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Snímky</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
-<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
-tools</guilabel> section.</para>
-  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
-about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
-proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
-
- <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
-<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
-Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
-<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
-the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
-files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
-<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
-the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
-included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
-done.</para>
-	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
-<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
-USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ffe91e5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Nastavit zvuk</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and
-troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you
-change the sound card.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
-inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
-sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
-volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
-enabled.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
-is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
-fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an
-obvious button.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d1c34e3c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Nastavit UPS pro sledování elektrického napájení</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ce35c617..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network access</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Úvod</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure secure
-access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
-workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
-configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
-already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
-network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nastavení</title>
-
-    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
-protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
-
-    <para>Then give your connection a name.</para>
-
-    <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Pro Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
-first time the tool is used.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
-from the network administrator.</para>
-
-        <para>Rozšířené parametry:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
-connection.</para>
-
-    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
-connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
-to this VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 716459e6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configure webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
-server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a web server?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
-accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the web server wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Úvod</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server User Module</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows users to create their own sites.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User web directory name</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
-display it.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Souhrn</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Ukončit</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c0eefe3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Upravit nastavení DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fa3e02df..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Upravit nastavení DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
-interfaces</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
-be installed before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
-standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
-configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
-communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Úvod</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
-which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select IP range</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
-the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
-some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Souhrn</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hold on...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
-change things around.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hours later...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
-adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e724688..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Nastavit čas</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
-your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
-default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
-packages.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
-time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
-because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
-arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
-click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
-may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
-servers;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
-name;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
-<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 35b829d9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Nastavit FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
-protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Úvod</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Information</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
-complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
-(File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Souhrn</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Ukončit</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f72347db..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Upravit nastavení proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
-before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
-
-    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
-as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Úvod</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Souhrn</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Start during boot?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ukončit</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fe9b70a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Nastavení démonu OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
-communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
-other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
-via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
-(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
-respectively). (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
-<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Obecné volby</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
-then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Souhrn</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Ukončit</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 40a32ef6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Spouštět a zastavovat systémové služby</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 61913f8d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Nastavení hardware</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives a general view of the
-hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
-look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
-<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
-<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The window</title>
-
-    <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para>
-
-    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
-grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
-category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
-
-    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
-<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
-about the content of the fields.</para>
-
-    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
-available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
-parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
-used by experts only.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
-configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The menu</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Volby</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
-enable automatic detection:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jednotka JAZ</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Paralelní jednotka ZIP</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
-the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
-be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c7315aa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Úvod</title>
-
-    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> helps you
-configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
-Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
-be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
-"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Rozložení klávesnice</title>
-
-    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
-in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
-layout should be used for.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Typ klávesnice</title>
-
-    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
-unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e75f6761..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Upravit nastavení lokalizace systému</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root.
-  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
-section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
-your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
-language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
-compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
-language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
-countries not listed.</para>
-
-  <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Vstupní metoda</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
-input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
-methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
-Korean, etc).</para>
-  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
-users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
-  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
-and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
-part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 297c180a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Prohlížet a prohledávat systémové záznamy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
-logs</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To do a search in the logs</title>
-
-    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
-<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
-<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
-to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
-possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
-month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
-day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
-to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
-file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
-clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
-configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
-updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
-the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
-address.</para>
-
-    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
-Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
-Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
-running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
-look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
-
-    <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Služba Webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix Mail Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache World Wide Web Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd Service</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
-unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
-the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
-out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
-to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
-
-    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
-person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
-or on the Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 311e13b1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e71f01b2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
-PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
-packages to work.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
-is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
-
-  <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Information about the network</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
-
-  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
-lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
-called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d29587a3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Zavádění systému</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro konfiguraci
-zavaděče. Klikněte na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Nastavit kroky zavádění systému</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 665f8120..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro konfiguraci
-hardware. Klikněte na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Spravovat hardware</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Procházet a konfigurovat
-hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Nastavit grafiku</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Konfigurace efektů 3D
-Desktopu</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Nastavit myš a klávesnici</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Nastavit tisk a skenování</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Nastavení tiskáren,
-fronty tiskových úloh, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Ostatní</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f61bbd6c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">O příručce pro Ovládací centrum Mageia</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Ovládací centrum Mageia (MCC) má na výběr v levém sloupci osm různých
-záložek  a pokud byl nainstalován balíček drakwizard dokonce záložek
-deset. Každá z těchto záložek poskytuje odlišnou sadu nástrojů, které mohou
-být vybrány v pravé části.</para>
-
-	<para>Deset následujících kapitol je o těchto deseti záložkách a souvisejících
-nástrojích.</para>
-
-<para>Poslední kapitola je o některých dalších nástrojích Mageia, které nemohou
-být vybrány ze záložek v MCC.</para>
-
-	<para>Názvy zde se budou mnohdy shodovat s názvy obrazovek nástrojů.</para>
-
-        <para>Je zde také k dispozici vyhledávací lišta, ke které můžete přistupovat
-kliknutím na záložku "Hledat" v levém sloupci.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 471a17aa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Místní disky</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro správu a
-sdílení místních disků. Klikněte na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Místní disky</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 08c96417..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Síť a Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika síťovými nástroji. Klikněte
-na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Spravovat síťová zařízení</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Přizpůsobit síť a nastavit její zabezpečení</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Ostatní</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d49bf8c3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Síťové služby</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
-the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
-between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
-on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Síťové služby</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 800a660c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Sdílení v síti</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro sdílení disků
-a adresářů. Klikněte na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Nastavit sdílení s Windows</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Sdílejte disky a adresáře
-se  systémy Windows (SMB)</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Nastavit sdílení pomocí NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Nastavit sdílení pomocí WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 78e014fc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Bezpečnost</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
-link below to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Bezpečnost</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
-and audit</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dc21c7db..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Sdílení</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
-visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
-choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
-below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sdílení</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c7e700b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Systém</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika systémovými nástroji a
-nástroji pro správu. Klikněte na odkaz níže a dozvíte se více.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Spravovat systémové služby</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Lokalizace</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Nástroje pro správu</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d73cf40b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Nastavit frekvenci aktualizací</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
-Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
-updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
-check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
-out.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 51e87b65..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Nastavit polohovací zařízení (myš, touchpad)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
-Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
-
-  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
-and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
-PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
-immediately taken into account.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 214e805b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Zabezpečení a audit systému</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
-msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
-approaches:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
-make it more secure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
-you if something seems dangerous.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
-set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
-enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
-own customised security levels.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Overview tab</title>
-
-    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
-
-    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
-button on the right side to configure them:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>enabled or not</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
-and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Security settings tab</title>
-
-    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
-<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
-below.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Basic security tab</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
-allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
-in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
-following levels are available:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
-do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
-your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
-constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
-if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
-vulnerable to attack.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
-configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
-constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
-detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
-permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
-versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
-you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
-system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
-the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
-5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
-such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
-system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
-but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>These levels are saved in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
-your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for
-power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
-level settings.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
-to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
-by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
-can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
-and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
-the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
-enable it.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
-immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
-problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
-files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
-security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
-any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
-the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
-to the options.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>System security tab</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
-description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
-column.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
-screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
-actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
-selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
-choice.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
-using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
-have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
-saving them.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Zabezpečení sítě</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
-
-      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
-security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
-if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
-checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
-
-      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
-these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
-allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
-messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
-below shows four exceptions.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
-button</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
-<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
-<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
-obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
-<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
-tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Oprávnění</title>
-    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
-enforcement.</para>
-    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
-secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
-level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
-into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
-into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
-intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
-also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
-you want. Current configuration is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
-list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
-can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
-owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
-given rule:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
-defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
-if not, but does not change anything.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
-permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
-permissions.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
-and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
-the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
-not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
-menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
-the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
-    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
-configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
-in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
-check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
-checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
-account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
-use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
-changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
-manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
-in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
-the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
-the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d6c799b8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Other Mageia Tools</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
-Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
-next pages.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>And more tools?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a0f9b928..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Úvod do rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
-program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
-graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
-package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
-servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
-available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
-certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
-default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
-packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
-of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
-included in the packages.</para>
-
-    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
-the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
-will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
-: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
-and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
-it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
-thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
-packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The main parts of the screen</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
-time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
-interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
-dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
-updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
-probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
-this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
-of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
-packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
-not installed.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
-summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
-in the packages.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
-for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
-"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
-.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
-sub categories.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
-description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
-can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
-package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The status column</title>
-
-    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
-category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
-list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
-is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
-installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
-uncheck the box before the package name and click on
-<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Ikona</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legenda</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Tento balíček je již nainstalován</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Tento balíček bude nainstalován</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Tento balíček nelze změnit</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Tento balíček je aktualizací</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Tento balíček bude odinstalován</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
-icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
-on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
-with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when
-clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The dependencies</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
-are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
-information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
-dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
-may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
-library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
-button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
-install.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 14163aa2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Nastavit skener</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instalace</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>This tool <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to configure a
-single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
-also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
-remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
-
-    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
-message:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
-<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
-installed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
-the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
-sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
-cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
-scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
-scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
-list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
-<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Choose port</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
-ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
-case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
-
-    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
-similar to the one below.</para>
-<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
-accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
-decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
-this machine.</para>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
-deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
-this computer.</para>
-
-    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
-from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
-machines.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
-offers to do it.</para>
-
-    <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
-"net"</para>
-
-    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifics</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
-(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
-you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivers are available from <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
-with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
-ignored.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
-steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
-each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
-after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
-firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
-downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
-    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
-each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
-what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d32a5c1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Správa softwaru</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro správu
-softwaru. Pokud se chcete dozvědět více klikněte na některý z odkazů níže.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Správa softwaru</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualizovat váš
-systém</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Nastavení zdrojů
-software pro instalaci a aktualizaci</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 42bd5ca4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,341 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Instalace a konfigurace tiskárny</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Úvod</title>
-
-    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
-ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
-interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
-offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
-which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
-and openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
-installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
-
-    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
-section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
-printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
-for.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC bude žádat o instalaci dvou balíčků:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Pro pokračování je třeba akceptovat tuto instalaci. Závislosti mohou
-potřebovat až 230MB.</para>
-
-    <para>Chcete-li přidat tiskárnu, klepněte na tlačítko "Přidat tiskárnu". Systém se
-bude snažit odhalit všechny tiskárny a porty které jsou k dispozici. Snímek
-zobrazuje tiskárny připojené k paralelnímu portu. Pokud je zjištěna tiskárna
-na USB portu, bude zobrazena na prvním řádku. Okno se také pokusí
-nakonfigurovat síťové tiskárny.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
-name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
-"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
-automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
-drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
-next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
-to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
-options.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Výběr tiskárny z databáze</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>provide PPD file</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>search for a driver to download</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
-first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
-driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
-encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
-which know to work.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Complete the installation process</title>
-
-    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
-allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
-the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
-available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
-this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
-printers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Síťová tiskárna</title>
-
-    <para>Síťové tiskárny jsou tiskárny, které jsou připojeny přímo ke kabelové nebo
-bezdrátové síti, jsou připojeny k printserveru nebo jsou připojeny k jiné
-pracovní stanice, která slouží jako printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
-IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
-as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
-one.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
-printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
-configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
-on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
-Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
-as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
-after "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
-your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
-you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
-Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
-and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
-says "host".</para>
-
-    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
-protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
-list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
-
-    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
-which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Protokoly síťového tisku</title>
-
-    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
-JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
-via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
-known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
-which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
-IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
-manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
-IP-adress is not required.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
-protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
-the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
-changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
-the same as above.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The other protocols are:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
-be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
-some ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
-but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
-defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
-with TLS secured protocol.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
-accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
-station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
-the URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-documentation.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Device Properties</title>
-
-    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
-parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
-system, but you can specify a different one with the
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
-another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
-of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Troubleshoot</title>
-
-    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
-inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
-<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Specifics</title>
-
-    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
-Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
-check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
-is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
-redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
-the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
-tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
-works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
-up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
-page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
-for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
-
-    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
-devices</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
-detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
-<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
-tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
-menu. Also view <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
-for the management of the printer.</para>
-
-    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
-features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
-allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
-case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
-picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
-open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
-card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
-the QPDL protocol.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
-package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
-be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
-according to your architecture. </para>
-
-    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
-conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
-<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cb60b76..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importovat dokumenty a nastavení z MS Windows</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled
-<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
-from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
-immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
-explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
-
-  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
-
-  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
-choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
-Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
-than yours own.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
-transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
-(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
-example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
-import purposes.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import documents:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
-appropriate item in this window.</para>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import bookmarks:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
-<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d19dcd9e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Uživatelé a skupiny</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
-"Manage users on system"</para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
-means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
-(ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
-the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
-<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Přidat uživatele</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
-entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
-or nothing as well!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
-
-  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
-recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
-password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
-use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
-shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
-you entered what you intended to.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
-you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
-Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
-checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
-user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
-
-  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
-after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Přidat skupinu</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
-group ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Upravit</emphasis> (vybraného uživatele)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
-for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
-Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
-accounts.</para>
-
-  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
-as the account is locked.</para>
-
-  <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
-expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
-password periodically.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
-the user is a member of.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
-effective until his/her next login.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Upravit</emphasis> (s vybranou skupinou)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
-name.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
-who are members of the group</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Smazat</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
-role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
-ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
-has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Obnovit</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
-refresh the display.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Účet hosta</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
-to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
-is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
-to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
-end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
-in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da.po b/docs/mcc-help/da.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 19b0e263..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9337 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# scootergrisen, 2017
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 18:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-16 20:06+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: scootergrisen\n"
-"Language-Team: Danish (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"da/)\n"
-"Language: da\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Adgang til WebDAV-delte drev og kataloger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Introduktion"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Del dine partitioner på disken"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "da"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Adgang til NFS-delte drev og kataloger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Monteringssti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Valg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Adgang til Windows (SMB) delte drev og kataloger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Problemløsning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Godkendelse"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Opsæt automatisk login til automatisk at logge ind"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Opsæt opstart af system"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Håndtér dato og tid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Fjern en forbindelse"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Opsætning af et nyt netværksgrænseflade (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Manuel konfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Ingen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Manuel TCP/IP-konfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Adgangsopsætning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Konto-login (brugernavn)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Eksternt ISDN modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Navn på forbindelsen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Telefonnummer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Brugernavn"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Autentifikationsmetode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Domænenavn"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Administreret (managed)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Krypteringsnøgle"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Navn for adgangspunkt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Manuelt valg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Skript-baseret"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Terminal-baseret"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Hotplugging af netværk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Aktivér IPv6 til IPv4-tunnel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Åbn en konsol som administrator"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Administrér diskpartitioner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Opsætning af Indlogningshåndtering"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Opsætning af personlig brandmur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Administér, tilføj og fjern skrifttyper. Importér Windows ®-skrifttyper"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Styring for forældre"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Del internetforbindelsen med andre lokale maskiner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Definition af værter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Avanceret opsætning af netværksgrænseflader og brandmur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Netværkscenter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Administrér forskellige netværksprofiler"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Del drev og kataloger med NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Ændr indgang"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Vært-adgang"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Omformning af Bruger-ID"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Avancerede tilvalg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Konfigurér autentifikation for Mageia-værktøjer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Øjebliksbilleder"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguration af lyd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Opsætning af UPS for overvågning af strømforsyning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Oversigt"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Afslut"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Konfigurér DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Konfigurér DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Konfigurér tid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Konfigurér FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Konfigurér proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "OpenSSH-serverkonfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Generelle indstillinger"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Administrér systemtjenester ved at aktivere eller deaktivere dem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Administrér sprogtilpasning for dit system"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Vis og søg i systemlogger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Webmin-tjeneste"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Postfix postserver"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd-tjeneste"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Opdatering af programpakker"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Opstart"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Konfigurér opstarts-trin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia kontrolcenter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardware"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Administrér dit udstyr"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Konfigurér grafik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Konfigurér mus og tastatur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Konfigurér printning og skanning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Andre"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Lokal diske"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Netværkstjenester"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Netværksdeling"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Konfigurér Windows®- fildelinger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Konfigurér NFS-fildelinger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Konfigurér WebDAV-fildelinger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Administrér dine netværksenheder"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Tilpasning og sikring af dit netværk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Sikkerhed"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Fildeling"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "System"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Administrér systemets tjenester"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Tilpasning til sprog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Administrationsværktøjer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Konfigurér frekvens for opdateringer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Opsætning af peger-enheden (mus, museplade)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Systemsikkerhed og overvågning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Netværkssikkerhed"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Rettigheder"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Ikon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Opsætning af skannere"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr ""
-"Administration\n"
-"af programmer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importér Windows®-dokumenter og -indstillinger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Brugere og grupper"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Opsætning af grafisk server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Valgmuligheder:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 28f81aac..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia kontrolcenter</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">The tools to configure the Mageia system</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
-3.0 license <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d27ea55..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia kontrolcenter</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
-3.0 license <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3126ce5d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Opdatering af programpakker</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management.</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
-drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
-are prompted to do so.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
-those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
-default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
-<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process.</para>
-
-  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
-the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
-means you can click to drop down a text.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
-displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>
-. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f7cf29ec..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Opsætning af grafisk server</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
-graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
-as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphic card</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
-configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
-one with a proprietary driver.</para>
-
-  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
-manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
-order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
-Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
-graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
-in your Desktop Environment.</para>
-
-      <para>If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
-Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
-    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
-use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
-example).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
-you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
-isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
-<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolution:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
-colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>When you change the color depth, a
-multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview
-of what the selected color depth looks like.</para>
-
-  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
-one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
-and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
-set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
-select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
-
-  <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for
-another one.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and
-restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking
-on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the
-graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
-text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
-XFdrake's text version.</para>
-    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
-to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
-right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Valgmuligheder:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
-restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
-three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
-<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
-booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
-may be unchecked for a server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
-you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
-previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
-and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bd67f6e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Adgang til WebDAV-delte drev og kataloger</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root.</para>
-  </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure
-WebDAV shares</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduktion</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> is a
-protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it
-appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a
-WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV
-server.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Creating a new entry</title>
-
-    <para>The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if
-any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new
-entry. Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen.</para>
-
-    <para>Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue
-with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the
-<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct
-it, if needed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount
-point.</para>
-
-    <para>In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other
-options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the
-access.</para>
-
-    <para>After you accepted the configuration with the radio button
-<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your
-new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you
-are asked whether or not to save the modifications in
-<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the
-remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for
-one-time usage, do not save it.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c8b0b14e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Del dine partitioner på disken</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This simple tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> allows you, the
-administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home
-subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have
-computers running either Linux or Windows operating system.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled
-"Share your hard disk partitions".</para>
-
-  <para>First, answer the question : "<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to
-share some of their directories ?</guilabel>", click on <guibutton>No
-sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on
-<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on
-<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for
-the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their
-directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically
-created by the system. You will be asked about this later.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you
-choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.
-Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on
-the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both
-Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any
-required packages will be installed if necessary.</para>
-
-  <para>The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In
-this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows
-you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare
-group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group,
-then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the
-fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information
-about Userdrake, see <xref linkend="userdrake">this page</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and
-reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her
-file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers
-have this facility.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d08dbba6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Adgang til NFS-delte drev og kataloger</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduktion</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare some
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix
-systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at
-boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session
-for a user with tools such as file browsers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedure</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers
-which share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the
-shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have
-to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and
-change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After
-mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button,
-a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab
-modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the
-network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file
-browser, for example in Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d3dda512..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD burner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is found under the tab Local
-disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable
-hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only). </para>
-
-  <para>Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted. </para>
-
-  <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and
-the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change
-them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-button. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Monteringssti</title>
-
-    <para>Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Valg</title>
-
-    <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this
-option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is
-the only one who can umount it. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d06204b5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Adgang til Windows (SMB) delte drev og kataloger</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduktion</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare which
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R)
-systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared
-directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with
-tools such as file browsers.</para>
-
-    <para>Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of
-available servers, for example with <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedure</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who
-share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the
-list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you
-have to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount
-button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the
-<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to
-connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it
-with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask
-"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will allow
-directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The
-new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in
-dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c18ff3c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D Desktop Effects</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduktion</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> lets you manage the 3D
-desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by
-default.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Getting Started</title>
-
-    <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the
-package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can
-start.</para>
-
-    <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you
-can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a
-composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special
-effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn
-it on.</para>
-
-    <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of
-Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be
-installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz
-Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in
-for the changes to take effect.</para>
-
-    <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz
-Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Problemløsning</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Can't See Desktop after Logging in</title>
-
-      <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop
-but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in
-screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be
-prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login
-with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the
-log in problem.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 55d7f5c5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Godkendelse</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the
-manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para>
-
-  <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your
-computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so
-and give information about that.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 25585ecb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Opsæt automatisk login til automatisk at logge ind</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to automatically
-login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any
-password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good idea when there
-is only one user like to be using the machine.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the
-Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para>
-
-  <para>The interface buttons are pretty obvious:</para>
-
-  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
-starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
-boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
-possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
-launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
-<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
-continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check
-<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if
-needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default
-username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 90844c0b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Opsæt opstart af system</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
-slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
-(ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to configure the
-boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot,
-etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled "Set up
-boot system".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing
-some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if
-using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub,
-Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question
-of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the
-<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you
-are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any
-modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para>
-
-  <para>In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is
-installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common
-to all operating systems installed.</para>
-
-  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
-the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
-seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available
-operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is
-made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
-possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the
-power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was
-the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI
-compatible.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for
-multicore processors.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual
-processor and enable SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two
-components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
-APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses
-to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
-for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
-system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
-"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
-APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
-loader you chose.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot
-time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu
-entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you
-click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>
-buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or
-to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be
-able to use these tools.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want
-to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command "title". For
-example: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches
-the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the
-kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this
-entry by default.</para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
-file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, in the drop-down lists.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in
-Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
-one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
-to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
-<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
-Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
-touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable
-unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e827c3cc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia Bug Report Tool</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically
-when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing
-a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the
-information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para>
-
-  <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that,
-then please read <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
-report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para>
-
-  <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message
-that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to
-that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a23cc6a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by
-doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>,
-but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be
-several GBs large.</para>
-<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing
-the unneeded parts.</para></note>
-  <para>This command collects the following information on your system:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of this command's
-output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch
-to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as
-root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If
-you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000
-lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail
--n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4632892c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Håndtér dato og tid</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the tab System
-in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and
-time"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a
-right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para>It's a very simple tool.</para>
-
-  <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On
-the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on
-the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month
-(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or
-2012). Select the day by clicking on its number.</para>
-
-  <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time
-Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on
-time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time
-Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para>
-
-  <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's
-useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours,
-minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows
-to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see
-your desktop environment settings for that.</para>
-
-  <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the
-<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the
-nearest town.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they
-will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation
-settings.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0af09c3d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Fjern en forbindelse</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then
-click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted
-successfully.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 00066246..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,808 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Opsætning af et nyt netværksgrænseflade (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduktion</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure much of
-local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from
-your access provider or your network administrator.</para>
-
-    <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware
-and provider you have.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Wired connection (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuel konfiguration</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS
-servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no
-HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Satellite connection (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Cable modem connection</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>You have to specify a authentication method:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ingen</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name
-and password.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuel konfiguration</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers
-to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME
-is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic connection would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new DSL connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manuel TCP/IP-konfiguration</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Adgangsopsætning</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto-login (brugernavn)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new ISDN connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manual choice (internal ISDN card)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Eksternt ISDN modem</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and
-manufacturer. Select your card.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave
-you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Navn på forbindelsen</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Telefonnummer</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Brugernavn</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Autentifikationsmetode</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or
-manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by
-automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to
-put:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Domænenavn</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>First and second DNS Server</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you
-are sure that your provider is configured to accept it.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic
-or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the
-IP address.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Wireless connection (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
-Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper
-only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that
-the card has detected.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Operating mode:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Administreret (managed)</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To access to an existing access point (the most frequent).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To configure direct connection between computers.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Network Name (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Some old hardware deals only this encryption method.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Krypteringsnøgle</para>
-
-            <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a
-manual IP address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
-declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is
-specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
-Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
-connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuel konfiguration</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
-before the period.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Provide access settings</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Navn for adgangspunkt</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto-login (brugernavn)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Manuelt valg</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Detected hardware, if any.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of ports is proposed. Select your port.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
-gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Connection name</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Phone number</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Login ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Password</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Skript-baseret</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Terminal-baseret</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Ending the configuration</title>
-
-    <para>In the next step, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
-access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
-automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>With the advanced button, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metric (10 by default)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hotplugging af netværk</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Aktivér IPv6 til IPv4-tunnel</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start
-immediately or not.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d701e25..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Åbn en konsol som administrator</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives you access to a console
-which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more
-information about that.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bb00b2fe..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Administrér diskpartitioner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk or diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
-error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
-partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
-see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
-<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
-want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
-preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
-resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
-partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
-all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
-disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
-partition.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called "EFI System
-Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it contains
-all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot
-choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition
-must be unmounted first.</para>
-
-  <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para>
-
-  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
-delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
-<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
-selected</para>
-
-  <para>You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
-gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be
-seen in the screenshot below.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 94d2e910..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Opsætning af Indlogningshåndtering</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Here<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> you can choose which display
-manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
-on your system will be shown.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
-different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
-is a lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 39c4a3c9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Opsætning af personlig brandmur</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Security
-tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
-firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
-security, permissions and audit".</para>
-
-  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
-connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
-first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
-attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
-<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
-the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
-
-  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
-<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
-<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
-examples :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>The listed ports should be separated by a space.</para>
-
-  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
-checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
-it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
-recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
-allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
-<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
-box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
-somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
-corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
-below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
-warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
-
-  <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the
-Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary
-packages are downloaded.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
-Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4977e231..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Administér, tilføj og fjern skrifttyper. Importér Windows ®-skrifttyper</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It
-allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen
-above shows:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>a preview of the selected font.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>some buttons explained here later.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You
-must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Options:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able
-to use the fonts.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Uninstall:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be
-careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the
-documents that use them.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Import:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
-supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
-<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
-role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
-fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
-done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
-main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 99a9a4b7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Styring for forældre</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
-Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
-drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
-restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
-useful capabilities:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
-controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
-only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
-blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
-website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
-control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuring Parental controls</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
-Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
-your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
-feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
-users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
-an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
-prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
-then suggest you reboot.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
-control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
-is opened.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the
-websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all
-the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
-their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
-right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
-not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an
-user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
-remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
-with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
-<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
-window.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title>
-
-      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Block Programs Tab</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to
-restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the
-applications you wish to block.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand
-side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fbd0a9b9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Del internetforbindelsen med andre lokale maskiner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Principles</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
-computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
-network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
-other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
-gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
-must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
-the Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
-set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Gateway wizard</title>
-
-    <para>The wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> offers successive steps
-which are shown below:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this
-and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard
-automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that
-what is proposed is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes
-one, check that this is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask
-and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual
-configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to
-specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
-it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
-with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
-proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
-printers and to share them.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configure the client</title>
-
-    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
-specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
-automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
-to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
-using.</para>
-
-    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
-specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
-gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Stop connection sharing</title>
-
-    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
-the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
-sharing.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 54b84fa7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Definition af værter</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
-IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows to
-specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
-instead of the IP-address.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Add</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window
-to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an
-alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modify</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the
-same window.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 477da809..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Avanceret opsætning af netværksgrænseflader og brandmur</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e630fc95..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Netværkscenter</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Network
-&amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduktion</title>
-
-    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
-configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
-etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
-on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
-settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
-network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
-ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
-
-    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
-first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
-networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
-the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
-connected.</para>
-
-    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
-networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
-strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
-the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
-either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
-or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
-to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
-window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
-key in particular).</para>
-
-    <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Monitor button</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
-PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
-available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
--> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
-local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
-gives details about connection status.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
-accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Configure button</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For a wired network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
-creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
-configuration may give better results.</para>
-
-    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
-like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
-<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
-the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
-the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
-have to reconnect to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network
-Manager:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
-point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
-<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
-access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
-passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
-personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
-in private networks.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
-point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Advanced Settings button</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cd89a69a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Administrér forskellige netværksprofiler</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 024730a5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Del drev og kataloger med NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prerequisites</title>
-
-    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is launched for the
-first time, it may display the following message:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Main window</title>
-
-    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list
-is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
-configuration tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ændr indgang</title>
-
-    <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
-with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
-available.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Directory</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The
-<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose
-it.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Vært-adgang</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
-directory.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name
-recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
-characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
-domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
-hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
-`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Omformning af Bruger-ID</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
-0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
-cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
-the server itself.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
-squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
-(no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
-to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
-directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
-mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
-the anonymous account.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Avancerede tilvalg</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
-originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
-is on by default.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
-and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
-request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
-using this option.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
-violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
-by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
-help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
-exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu entries</title>
-
-    <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d529349..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
-this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
-administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
-some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
-
-  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
-proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
-an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control their complexity.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 298c1b0f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configure Media</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
-repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
-to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
-below).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
-USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
-used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
-packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
-media type CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
-i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
-your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
-don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
-the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">The columns</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
-some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Update:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
-media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
-this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
-and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
-versions contain at least:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
-supported by Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
-are not free</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
-be patent claims in some countries.</para>
-
-        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
-version of Mageia was released.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
-due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
-even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
-backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
-of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
-corrections.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">The buttons on the right</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Remove:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
-remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since
-all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
-proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
-contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
-adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
-you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
-specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
-the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
-in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
-release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
-be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">The menu</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
-click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
-too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
-actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
-out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
-between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
-<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
-clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
-close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
-mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that
-isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
-name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
-the medium type)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
-or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
-download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
-update only, always or never).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
-the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
-window that appear, select a medium and then click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
-on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
-here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
-necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
-page</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d1869f29..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Share directories and drives with Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduktion</title>
-
-    <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
-resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
-the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is
-also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the
-resources of the Samba server.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Preparation</title>
-
-    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
-address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
-<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the
-station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
-firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title>
-
-    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis
-role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> checks if
-needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
-yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already
-selected.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
-access to the shared resources.</para>
-
-    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
-the network.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Choose the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
-resource</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
-each share</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
-address or host name.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
-described in the Windows workstations.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
-configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
-option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
-not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
-as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
-group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
-account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Declare a directory to share</title>
-
-    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
-<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
-the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
-name can not be modified.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu entries</title>
-
-    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
-
-      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Printers share</title>
-
-    <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba users</title>
-
-    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
-resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c2f999b1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Konfigurér autentifikation for Mageia-værktøjer</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
-usually done by the administrator.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
-the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
-drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the
-same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9642ab30..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Øjebliksbilleder</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
-<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
-tools</guilabel> section.</para>
-  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
-about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
-proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
-
- <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
-<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
-Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
-<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
-the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
-files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
-<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
-the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
-included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
-done.</para>
-	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
-<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
-USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a7d25195..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Konfiguration af lyd</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and
-troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you
-change the sound card.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
-inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
-sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
-volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
-enabled.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
-is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
-fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an
-obvious button.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d47c185..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Opsætning af UPS for overvågning af strømforsyning</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f1ff106..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network access</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduktion</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure secure
-access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
-workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
-configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
-already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
-network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfiguration</title>
-
-    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
-protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
-
-    <para>Then give your connection a name.</para>
-
-    <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
-first time the tool is used.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
-from the network administrator.</para>
-
-        <para>Advanced parameters:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
-connection.</para>
-
-    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
-connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
-to this VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a34e66bb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configure webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
-server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a web server?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
-accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the web server wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introduktion</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server User Module</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows users to create their own sites.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User web directory name</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
-display it.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Oversigt</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Afslut</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 52fc6745..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Konfigurér DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a8b6a2b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Konfigurér DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
-interfaces</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
-be installed before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
-standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
-configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
-communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introduktion</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
-which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select IP range</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
-the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
-some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Oversigt</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hold on...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
-change things around.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hours later...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
-adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a176d4f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Konfigurér tid</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
-your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
-default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
-packages.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
-time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
-because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
-arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
-click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
-may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
-servers;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
-name;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
-<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 78faa0cc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Konfigurér FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
-protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introduktion</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Information</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
-complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
-(File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Oversigt</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Afslut</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 714e1185..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Konfigurér proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
-before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
-
-    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
-as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introduktion</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Oversigt</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Start during boot?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Afslut</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d720bed8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH-serverkonfiguration</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
-communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
-other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
-via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
-(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
-respectively). (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
-<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Generelle indstillinger</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
-then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Oversigt</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Afslut</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 32d39f4e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Administrér systemtjenester ved at aktivere eller deaktivere dem</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3381aa7e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Hardware configuration</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives a general view of the
-hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
-look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
-<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
-<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The window</title>
-
-    <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para>
-
-    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
-grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
-category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
-
-    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
-<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
-about the content of the fields.</para>
-
-    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
-available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
-parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
-used by experts only.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
-configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The menu</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Valg</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
-enable automatic detection:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
-the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
-be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f9eaf76..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduktion</title>
-
-    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> helps you
-configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
-Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
-be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
-"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Keyboard Layout</title>
-
-    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
-in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
-layout should be used for.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Keyboard Type</title>
-
-    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
-unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ad49349..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Administrér sprogtilpasning for dit system</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root.
-  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
-section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
-your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
-language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
-compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
-language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
-countries not listed.</para>
-
-  <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Input method</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
-input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
-methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
-Korean, etc).</para>
-  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
-users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
-  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
-and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
-part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fd920c5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Vis og søg i systemlogger</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
-logs</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To do a search in the logs</title>
-
-    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
-<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
-<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
-to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
-possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
-month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
-day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
-to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
-file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
-clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
-configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
-updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
-the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
-address.</para>
-
-    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
-Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
-Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
-running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
-look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
-
-    <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin-tjeneste</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix postserver</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache World Wide Web Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd-tjeneste</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
-unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
-the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
-out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
-to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
-
-    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
-person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
-or on the Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 95ffd484..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c6c346e2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
-PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
-packages to work.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
-is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
-
-  <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Information about the network</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
-
-  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
-lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
-called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 75ebcbff..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Opstart</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
-steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurér opstarts-trin</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 12e2880e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your
-hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Administrér dit udstyr</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
-hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurér grafik</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurér mus og tastatur</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurér printning og skanning</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
-the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Andre</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0786f7bb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
-choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
-installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
-selected in the big right panel.</para>
-
-	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
-tools.</para>
-
-<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
-any of the MCC tabs.</para>
-
-	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
-screens.</para>
-
-        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
-the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b8fa6ddf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Lokal diske</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
-local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Lokal diske</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index eaad281a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Network and Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link
-below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administrér dine netværksenheder</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Tilpasning og sikring af dit netværk</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Andre</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a82c0204..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Netværkstjenester</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
-the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
-between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
-on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Netværkstjenester</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 36d7736e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Netværksdeling</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and
-directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurér Windows®- fildelinger</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
-directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurér NFS-fildelinger</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurér WebDAV-fildelinger</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 74315906..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Sikkerhed</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
-link below to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sikkerhed</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
-and audit</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 70614ed2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Fildeling</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
-visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
-choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
-below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Fildeling</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c37d96d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">System</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration
-tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administrér systemets tjenester</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Tilpasning til sprog</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administrationsværktøjer</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cd0da105..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Konfigurér frekvens for opdateringer</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
-Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
-updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
-check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
-out.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a8d31dc2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Opsætning af peger-enheden (mus, museplade)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
-Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
-
-  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
-and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
-PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
-immediately taken into account.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3717b3cb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Systemsikkerhed og overvågning</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
-msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
-approaches:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
-make it more secure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
-you if something seems dangerous.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
-set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
-enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
-own customised security levels.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Overview tab</title>
-
-    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
-
-    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
-button on the right side to configure them:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>enabled or not</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
-and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Security settings tab</title>
-
-    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
-<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
-below.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Basic security tab</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
-allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
-in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
-following levels are available:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
-do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
-your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
-constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
-if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
-vulnerable to attack.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
-configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
-constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
-detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
-permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
-versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
-you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
-system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
-the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
-5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
-such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
-system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
-but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>These levels are saved in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
-your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for
-power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
-level settings.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
-to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
-by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
-can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
-and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
-the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
-enable it.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
-immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
-problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
-files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
-security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
-any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
-the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
-to the options.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>System security tab</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
-description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
-column.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
-screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
-actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
-selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
-choice.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
-using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
-have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
-saving them.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Netværkssikkerhed</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
-
-      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
-security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
-if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
-checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
-
-      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
-these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
-allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
-messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
-below shows four exceptions.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
-button</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
-<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
-<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
-obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
-<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
-tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Rettigheder</title>
-    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
-enforcement.</para>
-    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
-secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
-level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
-into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
-into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
-intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
-also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
-you want. Current configuration is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
-list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
-can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
-owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
-given rule:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
-defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
-if not, but does not change anything.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
-permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
-permissions.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
-and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
-the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
-not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
-menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
-the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
-    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
-configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
-in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
-check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
-checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
-account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
-use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
-changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
-manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
-in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
-the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
-the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 50218761..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Other Mageia Tools</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
-Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
-next pages.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>And more tools?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b9f084f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduction to rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
-program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
-graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
-package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
-servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
-available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
-certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
-default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
-packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
-of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
-included in the packages.</para>
-
-    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
-the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
-will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
-: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
-and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
-it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
-thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
-packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The main parts of the screen</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
-time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
-interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
-dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
-updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
-probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
-this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
-of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
-packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
-not installed.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
-summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
-in the packages.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
-for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
-"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
-.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
-sub categories.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
-description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
-can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
-package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The status column</title>
-
-    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
-category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
-list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
-is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
-installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
-uncheck the box before the package name and click on
-<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Ikon</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legend</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is already installed</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be installed</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is an update</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be uninstalled</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
-icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
-on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
-with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when
-clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The dependencies</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
-are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
-information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
-dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
-may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
-library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
-button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
-install.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 88414446..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Opsætning af skannere</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installation</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>This tool <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to configure a
-single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
-also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
-remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
-
-    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
-message:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
-<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
-installed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
-the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
-sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
-cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
-scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
-scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
-list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
-<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Choose port</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
-ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
-case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
-
-    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
-similar to the one below.</para>
-<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
-accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
-decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
-this machine.</para>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
-deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
-this computer.</para>
-
-    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
-from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
-machines.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
-offers to do it.</para>
-
-    <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
-"net"</para>
-
-    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifics</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
-(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
-you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivers are available from <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
-with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
-ignored.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
-steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
-each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
-after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
-firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
-downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
-    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
-each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
-what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ed1ca209..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Administration
-af programmer</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
-management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Administration
-af programmer</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your
-system</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
-sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d41838de..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,341 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Install and configure a printer</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introduktion</title>
-
-    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
-ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
-interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
-offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
-which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
-and openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
-installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
-
-    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
-section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
-printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
-for.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of
-dependencies are needed.</para>
-
-    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
-detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
-printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
-printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
-will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
-name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
-"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
-automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
-drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
-next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
-to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
-options.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Select printer from database</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>provide PPD file</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>search for a driver to download</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
-first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
-driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
-encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
-which know to work.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Complete the installation process</title>
-
-    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
-allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
-the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
-available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
-this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
-printers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Network printer</title>
-
-    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
-wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
-another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
-IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
-as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
-one.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
-printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
-configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
-on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
-Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
-as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
-after "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
-your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
-you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
-Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
-and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
-says "host".</para>
-
-    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
-protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
-list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
-
-    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
-which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Network printing protocols</title>
-
-    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
-JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
-via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
-known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
-which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
-IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
-manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
-IP-adress is not required.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
-protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
-the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
-changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
-the same as above.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The other protocols are:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
-be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
-some ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
-but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
-defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
-with TLS secured protocol.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
-accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
-station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
-the URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-documentation.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Device Properties</title>
-
-    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
-parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
-system, but you can specify a different one with the
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
-another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
-of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Troubleshoot</title>
-
-    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
-inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
-<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Specifics</title>
-
-    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
-Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
-check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
-is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
-redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
-the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
-tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
-works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
-up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
-page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
-for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
-
-    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
-devices</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
-detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
-<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
-tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
-menu. Also view <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
-for the management of the printer.</para>
-
-    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
-features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
-allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
-case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
-picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
-open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
-card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
-the QPDL protocol.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
-package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
-be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
-according to your architecture. </para>
-
-    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
-conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
-<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c2b87b64..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="da">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importér Windows®-dokumenter og -indstillinger</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled
-<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
-from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
-immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
-explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
-
-  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
-
-  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
-choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
-Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
-than yours own.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
-transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
-(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
-example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
-import purposes.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import documents:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
-appropriate item in this window.</para>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import bookmarks:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
-<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/da/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/da/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 448916b5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/da/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="da" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Brugere og grupper</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
-"Manage users on system"</para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
-means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
-(ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
-the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
-<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
-entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
-or nothing as well!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
-
-  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
-recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
-password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
-use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
-shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
-you entered what you intended to.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
-you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
-Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
-checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
-user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
-
-  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
-after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
-group ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
-for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
-Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
-accounts.</para>
-
-  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
-as the account is locked.</para>
-
-  <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
-expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
-password periodically.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
-the user is a member of.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
-effective until his/her next login.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
-name.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
-who are members of the group</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
-role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
-ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
-has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
-refresh the display.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
-to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
-is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
-to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
-end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
-in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de.po b/docs/mcc-help/de.po
deleted file mode 100644
index f9ec812d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11728 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014
-# brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014
-# Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>, 2014-2016
-# Nicolas Peifer, 2016
-# jonas2790, 2014
-# jonas2790, 2014
-# jonmie <jonasmiehe@gmail.com>, 2014
-# jonmie <jonasmiehe@gmail.com>, 2014
-# latte, 2013
-# psyca, 2014-2017
-# Marc Lattemann, 2013
-# Marc Lattemann, 2013
-# Marc Lattemann, 2013
-# Nicolas Peifer, 2016
-# Nicolas Peifer, 2016
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 18:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-05 15:44+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: psyca\n"
-"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"de/)\n"
-"Language: de\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Zugriff auf über WebDAV freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im "
-"Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben mit dem Namen "
-"<guilabel>Einstellungen für WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Einleitung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> ist "
-"ein Protokoll, welches erlaubt, Verzeichnisse auf einem Webserver lokal "
-"einzubinden, sodass es wie ein lokales Verzeichnis erscheint. Dazu ist es "
-"notwendig, das auf dem Remote-Computer ein WebDAV-Server läuft. Ziel dieses "
-"Werkzeugs ist nicht die Konfiguration eines WebDAV Servers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Einen neuen Eintrag erstellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Das erste Fenster von diesem Werkzeug zeigt die bereits konfigurierten "
-"Einträge an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> "
-"Knopf. Benutze diesen, um einen neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld "
-"des neuen Fensters die Server-URL ein."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Anschließend erhalten Sie einen Auswahlbildschirm, in dem Sie einige "
-"Aktionen auswählen können. Fahre mit dem <guibutton>Einhängepunkt</"
-"guibutton> fort, indem Sie darauf klicken und anschließend auf "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>, da der <guibutton>Server</guibutton> bereits "
-"konfiguriert wurde. Sie können diesen aber, falls nötig, korrigieren."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Der Inhalt des entfernten Verzeichnisses wird durch diesen Einhängepunkt "
-"zugänglich sein."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Geben Sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort an. "
-"Wenn Sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können Sie diese im "
-"<guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt Ihnen den Zugriff direkt "
-"einzuhängen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Nachdem Sie die Konfiguration mit den Radio Buttons mit <guibutton>Fertig</"
-"guibutton> akzeptiert haben, wird der erste Bildschirm wieder angezeigt und "
-"Ihr neuer Einhängepunkt wird aufgelistet. Nachdem Sie <guibutton>Beenden</"
-"guibutton> ausgewählt haben, werden Sie gefragt ob die Änderungen in "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> gespeichert werden sollen. Wählen Sie dies, "
-"wenn Sie möchten, dass das entfernte Verzeichnis bei jedem Systemstart "
-"verfügbar sein soll. Falls Ihre Konfiguration nur für eine einmalige Nutzung "
-"verwendet werden soll, speichern Sie dies nicht."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Mit diesem Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können Sie "
-"Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux "
-"oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab "
-"unter \"Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Beantworten Sie zuerst die Frage :\"<guilabel>Wollen Sie Benutzern erlauben, "
-"Verzeichnisse freizugeben?</guilabel>\". Klicke auf <guibutton>Keine "
-"Freigaben</guibutton>, wenn die Antwort für alle Nutzer nein ist, klicke auf "
-"<guibutton>Allen Benutzern erlauben</guibutton> für alle Nutzer und klicke "
-"auf <guibutton>Benutzerdefiniert</guibutton>, wenn die Antwort für bestimme "
-"Nutzer nein und für andere ja ist. Im letzten Fall müssen sich die Nutzer, "
-"welche autorisiert sind ihre Verzeichnisse freizugeben, in der fileshare "
-"Gruppe befinden, welche automatisch vom System erstellt wird. Sie werden "
-"danach später gefragt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicke auf <guilabel>OK</guilabel> und es erscheint ein zweiter Bildschirm "
-"welcher Sie danach fragt ob Sie <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> oder "
-"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> verwenden möchten. Wähle <guibutton>NFS</"
-"guibutton> wenn sie Linux als einziges Betriebssystem im Netzwerk verwenden "
-"oder wählen Sie <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> wenn im Netzwerk beides, Linux "
-"und Windows Rechner, verwendet werden. Klicke anschließend auf "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Die hierfür benötigten Pakete werden, falls "
-"nötig, anschließend installiert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Die Konfiguration ist nun abgeschlossen, außer Sie haben die "
-"benutzerdefinierte Konfiguration ausgewählt. In diesem Fall erscheint ein "
-"weiterer Bildschirm welcher Sie auffordert Userdrake zu öffnen. Dieses "
-"Werkzeug erlaubt Ihnen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzuzufügen, damit "
-"diese Ihre Verzeichnisse freigeben können. Klicke im Reiter Benutzer auf den "
-"Nutzer, der zur fileshare Gruppe hinzugefügt werden soll, danach auf "
-"<guimenuitem>Bearbeiten</guimenuitem> und anschließend auf den Reiter "
-"Gruppen im neu geöffneten Fenster. Aktiviere dort die Gruppe fileshare und "
-"klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Weitere Informationen über Userdrake, "
-"finden Sie auf <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">dieser Seite</xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen, müssen Sie "
-"das Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Ab jetzt kann jeder Benutzer, der in der Gruppe fileshare ist, in ihrem/"
-"seinem Dateimanager die zu teilenden Verzeichnisse auswählen. Allerdings ist "
-"dies nicht mit jedem Dateimanager möglich."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "de"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Zugriff auf über NFS freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt es Ihnen "
-"festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem "
-"Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll NFS verwendet, "
-"welches auf den meisten Linux oder Unix Systemen verfügbar ist. Das geteilte "
-"Verzeichnis wird direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse "
-"können auch direkt in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen "
-"wie Dateibrowsern aufgerufen werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Vorgehensweise"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle <guibutton>Server suchen</guibutton> um eine Liste an Servern, welche "
-"Verzeichnisse freigegeben haben, zu erhalten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicke auf das > Symbol vor dem Servernamen um eine Liste an freigegebenen "
-"Verzeichnissen zu sehen und wähle das Verzeichnis aus, auf das Sie zugreifen "
-"möchten."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Schaltfläche <guibutton>Einhängepunkt</guibutton> erscheint und Sie "
-"müssen festlegen wo das Verzeichnis eingebunden werden soll."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach der Auswahl des Einhängepunkts können Sie diesen Einhängen. Sie können "
-"auch einige Optionen mit der <guibutton>Optionen</guibutton> Schaltfläche "
-"überprüfen und ändern. Nach dem einhängen des Verzeichnisses können Sie "
-"diesen mit der gleichen Schaltfläche wieder aushängen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach dem bestätigen der Konfiguration mit der <guibutton>Fertig</guibutton> "
-"Schaltfläche, erscheint eine Meldung die Sie fragt \"Wollen Sie die "
-"Änderungen in /etc/fstab speichern?\". Dies macht das Verzeichnis bei jedem "
-"Systemstart verfügbar, wenn der Zugriff auf das Netzwerk vorhanden ist. Das "
-"neue Verzeichnis ist anschließend in Ihrem Datei-Browser verfügbar, wie z.B. "
-"in Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "CD/DVD Brenner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im "
-"Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter 'Lokale Festplatten' und ist "
-"abhängig von Ihrer wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und "
-"Diskettenlaufwerke)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist dafür gedacht um festzulegen, auf welchem Weg die Wechsellaufwerke "
-"eingebunden werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Im oberen Bereich des Fensters befindet sich eine kurze Beschreibung Ihrer "
-"Hardware und die ausgewählten Optionen um diese einzubinden. Verwende das "
-"untere Menü um diese zu ändern. Klicke zuerst den Punkt der geändert werden "
-"soll an und anschließend die <guibutton>OK</guibutton> Schaltfläche."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Einhängepunkt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen sie dies aus, um den Einhängepunkt zu verändern. Standardmäßig ist "
-"er /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Optionen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Viele Einhängeoptionen können entweder hier direkt aus der Liste ausgewählt "
-"werden oder über das Untermenü <guilabel>Fortgeschritten</guilabel>. Die "
-"Hauptpunkte sind:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"user erlaubt einem normalen Benutzer (nicht root) das einhängen von "
-"Wechsellaufwerken, wobei diese Auswahl noexec, nosuid und nodev beinhaltet. "
-"Der Nutzer der das Laufwerk einbindet ist der einzige, der es wieder "
-"aushängen kann."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr ""
-"Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt es Ihnen "
-"festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem "
-"Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet, "
-"welches auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte "
-"Verzeichnis wird direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse "
-"können auch direkt in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen "
-"wie Dateibrowsern aufgerufen werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Bevor Sie das Werkzeug starten wäre es eine gute Idee die Namen der "
-"verfügbaren Server festzulegen, zum Beispiel mit <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/"
-">"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle <guibutton>Server suchen</guibutton> um eine Liste an Servern anzeigen "
-"zu lassen, auf denen Verzeichnisse zur geteilten Nutzung freigegeben sind."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicke auf das &gt; Symbol vor dem Servernamen um eine Liste an "
-"freigegebenen Verzeichnissen zu sehen und wähle das Verzeichnis aus, auf das "
-"Sie zugreifen möchten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Schaltfläche <guibutton>Einhängepunkt</guibutton> erscheint und Sie "
-"müssen festlegen wo das Verzeichnis eingebunden werden soll."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach der Auswahl des Einhängepunkts können Sie diesen über die "
-"<guimenu>Einhängen</guimenu>-Schaltfläche einbinden. Sie können auch einige "
-"Optionen mit der <guibutton>Optionen</guibutton> Schaltfläche überprüfen und "
-"ändern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"In den Optionen können Sie den Benutzernamen und das Passwort festlegen, "
-"damit Sie Zugriff auf den SMB Server haben. Nach dem einhängen des "
-"Verzeichnisses können Sie diesen mit der gleichen Schaltfläche wieder "
-"aushängen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach dem bestätigen der Konfiguration mit der Fertig Schaltfläche, erscheint "
-"eine Meldung die Sie fragt \"Wollen Sie die Änderungen in /etc/fstab "
-"speichern?\". Das speichern macht Ihnen das Verzeichnis bei jedem "
-"Systemstart verfügbar, wenn der Zugriff auf das Netzwerk vorhanden ist. Das "
-"neue Verzeichnis ist anschließend in Ihrem Datei-Browser verfügbar, wie z.B. "
-"in Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "3D-Desktop-Effekte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lässt Sie die 3D "
-"Desktopeffekte auf Ihrem Betriebssystem verwalten. 3D Effekte sind "
-"standardmäßig ausgeschaltet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Erste Schritte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Um dieses Werkzeug zu verwenden, muss das glxinfo Paket installiert sein. "
-"Falls das Paket nicht installiert ist, werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun, "
-"bevor drak3d gestartet werden kann."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach dem starten von drak3d wird Ihnen ein Menüfenster angezeigt. Hier "
-"können Sie entweder <guilabel>keine 3D-Desktop-Effekte</guilabel> oder "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> auswählen. Compiz Fusion ist ein Teil "
-"einer Composition/Fenstermanager, welches hardwarebeschleunigte "
-"Spezialeffekte für Ihren Desktop enthält. Wähle <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
-"guilabel> um diese zu aktivieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, "
-"werden Sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, die sagt, welche Pakete "
-"nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken Sie auf "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Sobald die dazugehörigen Pakete installiert sind werden Sie feststellen, das "
-"Compiz Fusion im drak3d Menü ausgewählt ist, jedoch müssen Sie sich abmelden "
-"und erneut anmelden damit die Änderungen in Kraft treten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach dem wieder anmelden wird Compiz Fusion aktiviert sein. Um Compiz Fusion "
-"zu konfigurieren schaue auf die Seite für das ccsm (CompizConfig Settings "
-"Manager) Werkzeug."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Problembehebung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Der Desktop wird nach dem anmelden nicht angezeigt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie nach dem aktivieren von Compiz Fusion versuchen sich wieder "
-"anzumelden, jedoch keinen Desktop sehen, starten Sie Ihren Computer neu um "
-"zurück in den Anmeldebildschirm zu kommen. Sobald Sie dort sind, klicken Sie "
-"auf das Desktopsymbol und wählen drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie sich anmelden, wenn Ihr Zugang als Administrator gelistet ist, "
-"werden Sie erneut nach dem Passwort gefragt. Ansonsten nutzen Sie den "
-"Administratorzugang mit seinem/ihrem Zugang. Anschließend können Sie die "
-"Änderungen rückgängig machen, welche womöglich das Anmeldeproblem verursacht "
-"haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Authentifizierung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Mit drakauth<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können Sie einstellen "
-"wie die Identitätsprüfung der Benutzer (Benutzerauthentifikation) "
-"durchgeführt werden soll. Die Identitätsprüfung kann durch das lokale System "
-"oder durch ein externes System durchgeführt werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Standardmäßig werden die Authentifizierungsinformationen in einer Datei auf "
-"Ihrem Computer gespeichert. Ändern Sie diese Einstellung nur, falls Ihr "
-"Netzwerkadministrator Sie dazu auffordert und Ihnen nähere Informationen "
-"dazu mitteilt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> als root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt Ihnen das "
-"immer der gleiche Nutzer automatisch mit seiner Desktop-Umgebung angemeldet "
-"wird, ohne das nach einem Passwort gefragt wird. Dies ist nützlich wenn es "
-"nur einen Nutzer gibt, welcher das System verwenden möchte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum in dem <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Systemstart</emphasis> Tab unter \"Autologin einrichten zur automatischen "
-"Anmeldung\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Die Schaltflächen der Benutzeroberfläche sind ziemlich eindeutig:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Aktiviere <guibutton>Die grafische Umgebung beim hochfahren automatisch "
-"starten</guibutton>, wenn Sie möchten, dass das X Window System beim Start "
-"ausgeführt werden soll. Falls nicht, startet das System im Textmodus. "
-"Trotzdem können Sie die grafische Oberfläche manuell starten. Diese kann "
-"durch den Befehl 'startx' oder 'systemctl start dm' gestartet werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn die erste Box ausgewählt wurde sind zwei weitere Wahlmöglichkeiten "
-"verfügbar. Entweder <guibutton>Nein, ich will kein Autologin</guibutton>, "
-"falls Sie weiterhin möchten, dass das System Sie fragt, welcher Nutzer (mit "
-"Passwort) sich anmelden möchte oder wähle <guibutton>Ja, ich will Autologin "
-"mit diesem Benutzer und dieser Arbeitsumgebung</guibutton> falls gewünscht. "
-"Im letzteren Fall müssen Sie den <guilabel>Standardbenutzer</guilabel> und "
-"die <guilabel>Standard Arbeitsumgebung</guilabel> auswählen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Bootmanager einrichten "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie ein UEFI System, anstatt einem BIOS System verwenden, sieht die "
-"Benutzeroberfläche etwas anders aus, da das Bootgerät die EFI-"
-"Systempartition (ESP) ist."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt Ihnen die "
-"Booteinstellungen einzurichten (Wahl des Bootloaders, setzen eines "
-"Passworts, das System welches standardmäßig gestartet werden soll, etc.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie finden es im Systemstart Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter "
-"\"Bootmanager einrichten\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Verwende dieses Werkzeug nicht, wenn Sie nicht genau wissen was Sie tun. Das "
-"ändern einiger Einstellungen kann dazu führen, dass Ihr System nächstes Mal "
-"womöglich nicht mehr bootet !"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"Im ersten Teil, genannt <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, können Sie, falls "
-"Sie ein BIOS System nutzen, den <guibutton>Zu verwendender Bootloader</"
-"guibutton> auswählen: GRUB, GRUB 2 oder Lilo und ob mit einem grafischen "
-"oder einem Textmenü. Es ist nur eine Auswahl bezüglich des eigenen "
-"Geschmacks, es hat sonst keine weiteren Auswirkungen. Sie können auch das "
-"<guibutton>Boot-Gerät</guibutton> auswählen, wobei Sie hier nichts ändern "
-"sollten, solange Sie sich nicht auskennen. Das Boot-Gerät ist das, auf dem "
-"der Bootloader installiert wird und eine Änderung kann eventuell dazu "
-"führen, dass das System nicht mehr bootet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Bei einem UEFI-System wird der Bootloader <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> "
-"verwendet und ist in der Partition /boot/EFI installiert. Diese Partition "
-"ist mit dem Dateisystem FAT32 formatiert und daher mit allen installierten "
-"Betriebssystemen kompatibel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"Im zweiten Teil, <guilabel>Hauptoptionen</guilabel> genannt, können Sie die "
-"<guibutton>Wartezeit vor dem Starten des Standard-Betriebssystems</"
-"guibutton>, in Sekunden, festlegen. Während dieser Wartezeit wird der "
-"Bootloader (Grub oder Lilo) eine Liste mit den installierten "
-"Betriebssystemen anzeigen und darauf warten, dass ein Betriebssystem "
-"ausgewählt wird. Wird keine Auswahl getroffen, wird der Bootloader das "
-"Standard-Betriebssystem starten, sobald die Wartezeit um ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"Im dritten und letzten Abschnitt, <guibutton>Sicherheit</guibutton> genannt, "
-"ist es möglich ein Passwort für den Bootloader festzulegen. Dies bedeutet "
-"dass ein Benutzername und Passwort während des Bootvorgangs abgefragt wird, "
-"um einen Booteintrag auszuwählen oder die Einstellungen zu ändern. Der "
-"Benutzername ist \"root\" und das Passwort ist das von Ihnen festgelegte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Schaltfläche <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> bietet einige "
-"zusätzliche Optionen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI aktivieren:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) ist ein Standard für die "
-"Energieverwaltung. Es kann Strom sparen durch das ausschalten von "
-"ungenutzten Geräten; dies war eine Methode die damals APM nutzte. Aktiviere "
-"die Box wenn Ihre Hardware ACPI unterstützt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>SMP aktivieren:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP steht für symmetrisches Multiprozessorsystem und ist eine Architektur "
-"für Mehrprozessorsysteme."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als "
-"dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>APIC aktivieren</guibutton> und <guibutton>Lokales APIC "
-"aktivieren:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC steht für Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Das von Intel "
-"entwickelte APIC-System besteht aus zwei Komponenten, der lokalen APIC "
-"(LAPIC) und der I/O APIC. Letzteres leitet die Interrupts, die es von den "
-"peripheren Datenübertragungssystemen erhält, zu einem oder mehreren lokalen "
-"APICs, die sich im Prozessor befinden. Es ist enorm nützlich für "
-"Multiprozessorsysteme. Einige Computer haben mit dem APIC-System Probleme, "
-"was zum Einfrieren des Systems oder zur Beeinträchtigung der Geräteerkennung "
-"führen kann (Fehlermeldung \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Deaktivieren "
-"Sie in diesem Fall APIC und/oder lokales APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"Der folgende Bildschirm, nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> "
-"gedrückt haben, unterscheidet sich abhängig vom Bootloader, den Sie gewählt "
-"haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "Sie nutzen Grub Legacy oder Lilo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"In diesem Fall können Sie während des Boot-Vorgangs eine Liste mit allen "
-"verfügbaren Einträgen sehen. Der Standard-Eintrag ist mit einem Stern "
-"markiert. Um die Reihenfolge der Menü-Einträge zu andern, klicken Sie auf "
-"die Pfeile, um den ausgewählten Eintrag zu verschieben. Wenn Sie auf die "
-"Schaltfläche <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> oder <guibutton>Ändern</"
-"guibutton> klicken, öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, in dem Sie einen neuen "
-"Eintrag im Bootloader-Menü anlegen können oder einen vorhandene Eintrag "
-"modifizieren können. Um dieses Tool zu nutzen, müssen Sie sich mit Lilo oder "
-"Grub auskennen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Das Feld <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben Sie "
-"hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub "
-"Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"Das <guilabel>Abbild</guilabel> Feld enthält den Kernel Namen. Es stimmt mit "
-"dem Grub Kommando \"kernel\" überein. Zum Beispiel /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"Das <guilabel>Root</guilabel> Feld enthält den Gerätenamen auf dem sich der "
-"Kernel befindet. Es stimmt mit dem Grub Kommando \"root\" überein. Zum "
-"Beispiel (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"Das <guilabel>Hinzufügen / Erweitern</guilabel> Feld enthält die Parameter, "
-"welche dem Kernel beim Booten übergeben werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn die Box <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> ausgewählt ist, wird Grub mit "
-"diesem Eintrag standardmäßig booten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"Im separaten <guilabel>Fortgeschritten</guilabel> Bildschirm ist es möglich, "
-"den <guilabel>Video-Modus</guilabel>, eine <guilabel>Init-RamDisk</guilabel> "
-"Datei und ein <guilabel>Netzwerk Profil</guilabel>, siehe <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, aus der Dropdown Liste zu wählen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"Sie nutzen Grub2 oder Grub2-efi (die Bootloader welche als Standard im "
-"Legacy Modus oder UEFI-Modus verwendet werden):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"In diesem Fall zeigt die Dropdown-Liste, mit <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> "
-"bezeichnet, alle verfügbaren Einträge an; Klicke auf den Eintrag den Sie als "
-"Voreinstellung möchten."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie andere Betriebssysteme installiert haben wird Mageia diese in Ihr "
-"neues Mageia Bootmenü hinzufügen. Falls Sie dies nicht haben möchten, "
-"entferne die Auswahl in der Box <guilabel>Fremdes OS testen</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"Im separaten <guilabel>Fortgeschritten</guilabel> Bildschirm ist es möglich, "
-"den <guilabel>Video-Modus</guilabel> auszuwählen. Falls Sie kein bootbares "
-"Mageia haben möchten, dieses jedoch über den Chainloader eines anderen "
-"Betriebssystem starten möchten, wähle die Box <guilabel>Verändere nichts an "
-"der ESP oder dem MBR</guilabel> aus und bestätige die Warnmeldung."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn der Bootloader nicht auf der ESP oder dem MBR installiert wird bedeutet "
-"dies, dass die Installation nicht bootbar ist solange diese nicht von einem "
-"Bootloader eines anderen Betriebssystem (Chainloading) geladen wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Um mehrere weitere Parameter festzulegen, können Sie das Werkzeug "
-"<emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis> verwenden, welcher in den Mageia "
-"Quellen verfügbar ist (siehe unten)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-"Logs und Systeminformationen zum melden von Fehlern (Bug Report) sammeln"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die "
-"Kommandozeile gestartet und verwendet werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Es wird empfohlen die Ausgabe dieses Befehls in eine Datei zu schreiben, wie "
-"zum Beispiel durch den Befehl <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
-"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>. Vergewissern Sie sich jedoch vorher, ob Sie "
-"genügend Speicherplatz haben: die Datei kann leicht eine Größe von mehreren "
-"GB haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Ausgabe ist viel zu groß um diese einem Fehlerbericht anzuhängen, wenn "
-"nicht vorher die nicht benötigten Teile entfernt werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Der Befehl sammelt die folgenden Informationen von Ihrem System:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "Partitionen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "Mageia Version"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Zum Zeitpunkt, an dem die Hilfeseite geschrieben wurde, war der \"syslog\" "
-"Teil des Ausgabebefehls leer, da dieses Werkzeug noch nicht auf unseren "
-"Wechsel zu systemd angepasst wurde. Wenn dieser weiterhin leer ist können "
-"Sie den \"syslog\" durch das ausführen des Befehls (als root) <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> erhalten. Falls Sie "
-"nicht genügend Speicherplatz haben, können Sie stattdessen, zum Beispiel, "
-"die letzten 5000 Zeilen des Logs speichern, mit: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Mageia Bugreport-Werkzeug"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Normalerweise startet dieses Programm<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> automatisch wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich, "
-"dass Sie nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports gebeten werden, dieses Programm "
-"zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu liefern, als solche, die schon im "
-"Report stehen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll und Sie sich noch nicht sicher "
-"fühlen, lesen Sie bitte <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"(englisch), bevor Sie auf 'Bericht' klicken"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Im Fall, das der Fehler bereits von jemand anderen gemeldet wurde (die "
-"Fehlermeldung die drakbug gibt wird dann die selbe sein), ist es nützlich "
-"ein Kommentar zu dem bestehenden Report zu geben, das Sie den Fehler auch "
-"bemerkt haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit einstellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finden Sie im "
-"Mageia-Kontrollzentrum im Reiter \"System\" unter <guilabel>\"Datum und Zeit "
-"einstellen\"</guilabel>. In manchen Desktop-Umgebungen können Sie das "
-"Werkzeug auch aufrufen, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Uhrzeit "
-"in der Systemleiste klicken und \"Datum und Zeit einstellen\" auswählen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Es ist ein sehr einfaches Werkzeug"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"Im oberen linken Teil befindet sich der <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kalender</"
-"emphasis>. Im Screenshot haben wir das Datum November (oben links), 2013 "
-"(oben rechts), den 11. (in Blau) und es ist ein Montag. Wähle den Monat "
-"(oder das Jahr) durch klicken auf die kleinen Pfeile auf jeder Seite von "
-"November (oder 2013). Wähle den Tag durch klicken auf die Nummer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"Unten links befindet sich die <emphasis role=\"bold\">Netzwerk "
-"Zeitprotokoll</emphasis>-Synchronisierung. Es ist möglich eine Uhr zu "
-"bekommen, welche immer genau geht, indem sie mit einem Server synchronisiert "
-"wird. Klicke auf <guilabel>Aktiviere das Netzwerk Zeitprotokoll</guilabel> "
-"und wähle einen Server in der Nähe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Auf der rechten Seite ist die <emphasis role=\"bold\">Uhr</emphasis>. Es ist "
-"nutzlos die Uhr einzustellen wenn NTP aktiviert ist. Drei Kästchen zeigen "
-"die Stunden, Minuten und Sekunden (13, 25 und 9 im Screenshot). Nutze die "
-"kleinen Pfeile um die Uhr auf die richtige Zeit einzustellen. Das Zeitformat "
-"kann hier nicht geändert werden, schauen Sie sich hierfür die Einstellungen "
-"der Desktop-Umgebung an."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Zuletzt können Sie unten rechts die Zeitzone auswählen, indem Sie auf die "
-"<guibutton>Zeitzone ändern</guibutton> Schaltfläche drücken und in der Liste "
-"die nächste Stadt auswählen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Selbst wenn es nicht möglich ist das Datum- oder das Zeitformat in diesem "
-"Werkzeug auszuwählen, werden diese entsprechend Ihrer "
-"Lokalisierungseinstellung Ihres Desktop angezeigt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Eine Verbindung entfernen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier können Sie eine Netzwerkschnittstelle löschen<placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicken Sie hierfür auf das Dropdown-Menü, wähle die Verbindung die Sie "
-"entfernen möchten und klicke anschließend auf <emphasis>Weiter</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Daraufhin wird eine Meldung angezeigt, dass das Netzwerkgerät erfolgreich "
-"gelöscht wurde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Eine Netzwerkschnittstelle erstellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt die "
-"Konfiguration des Netzwerk- bzw. Internetzugriffs. Sie benötigen hierzu "
-"Informationen von Ihrem Netzwerkadministrator bzw. Internetanbieter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle die Art der Verbindung die Sie einrichten möchten, abhängig von der "
-"Hardware und dem Provider den Sie nutzen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Eine neue kabelgebundene Verbindung (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Das erste Fenster listet die verfügbaren Geräte auf. Wähle das Gerät aus, "
-"das eingerichtet werden soll."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"An diesem Punkt können Sie zwischen einer automatisch generierten oder "
-"manuell eingegebenen IP-Adresse wählen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "Automatische IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen auswählen, ob DNS-"
-"Server durch den DHCP-Server bekannt gegeben werden oder, wie unten erklärt, "
-"manuell festgelegt werden müssen. In letzterem Fall muss die IP-Adresse des "
-"DNS-Servers eingetragen werden. Der Rechnername bezeichnet den eigenen "
-"Computer und kann frei gewählt werden. Wird kein Rechnername gewählt, wird "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> verwendet. Der Rechnername kann "
-"auch durch den DHCP-Server vergeben werden. Hierfür muss die Option "
-"<emphasis>Name des Hosts über DHCP zuweisen</emphasis> aktiviert werden. "
-"Nicht alle DHCP-Server unterstützen diese Funktion. Falls Sie Ihren PC so "
-"einrichten, dass er eine IP-Adresse von Ihrem heimischen DSL-Router beziehen "
-"soll, ist es unwahrscheinlich, dass die zuletzt genannte Funktion "
-"unterstützt wird."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr ""
-"Die Fortgeschrittene Optionen Schaltfläche bietet die Möglichkeit folgendes "
-"festzulegen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-"Suchdomäne (hierauf hat man keinen Zugriff, wenn dieser vom DHCP Server "
-"festgelegt wird)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "der DHCP-Client"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP Zeitüberschreitung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Den YP-Server via DHCP Server bekommen (standardmäßig aktiviert): "
-"spezifiziert den NIS Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "NTPD-Server via DHCP bekommen (Synchronisation der Uhr)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"den Rechnernamen, der von DHCP benötigt wird. Benutzen Sie diese Option nur, "
-"falls der DHCP-Server zum Beziehen einer IP-Adresse einen Rechnernamen "
-"verlangt. Diese Option wird von manchen DHCP-Servern nicht umgesetzt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Nachdem die Einstellungen akzeptiert wurden, folgen Sie den Schritten, die "
-"für die Einrichtung von allen Netzwerkschnittstellen notwendig sind: <xref "
-"linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Manuelle Konfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen angeben, welche "
-"DNS-Server verwendet werden sollen. Der Rechnername des Computer kann hier "
-"ebenfalls angegeben werden. Falls kein Rechnername angegeben wird, wird "
-"standardmäßig <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> verwendet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"In einem Heim-Netzwerk folgt die IP-Adresse gewöhnlich dem Muster "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> und die Netzwerkmaske ist normalerweise "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. Die Daten für das Gateway und den DNS-"
-"Server können Sie der Homepage Ihres Internetanbieters entnehmen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Unter \"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\" können Sie eine <emphasis>Suchdomäne</"
-"emphasis> festlegen. Dies ist üblicherweise Ihre Heim-Domäne, d. h. wenn Ihr "
-"Computer \"blubb\" heißt und der volle Domänenname \"blubb.bootanker.de\" "
-"lautet, so lautet die Suchdomäne \"bootanker.de\". Solange Sie die "
-"Suchdomäne nicht benötigen, ist es in Ordnung, wenn Sie die Einstellung leer "
-"lassen. Auch für diesen Fall gilt: Für einen privaten ADSL-Anschluss werden "
-"Sie diese Einstellung nicht benötigen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Die nächsten Schritte werden in <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/> "
-"beschrieben"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Eine neue Satelliten-Verbindung (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Abschnitt wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht geschrieben. "
-"Wenn Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten, kontaktieren Sie "
-"bitte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">das "
-"Doc Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Eine neue Modem-Verbindung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Sie müssen eine Authentifizierungsmethode angeben:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Keine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (erforderlich für Telstra). In diesem Fall müssen Sie den "
-"Benutzernamen und das Passwort angeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen auswählen, ob DNS-"
-"Server durch den DHCP-Server bekannt gegeben werden oder, wie unten erklärt, "
-"manuell festgelegt werden müssen. In letzterem Fall muss die IP-Adresse des "
-"DNS-Servers eingetragen werden. Der Rechnername bezeichnet den eigenen "
-"Computer und kann frei gewählt werden. Wird kein Rechnername gewählt, wird "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> verwendet. Der Rechnername kann "
-"auch durch den DHCP-Server vergeben werden. Hierfür muss die Option "
-"<emphasis>Name des Hosts über DHCP zuweisen</emphasis> aktiviert werden. "
-"Nicht alle DHCP-Server unterstützen diese Funktion. Falls Sie Ihren PC so "
-"einrichten, dass er eine IP-Adresse von Ihrem heimischen DSL-Router beziehen "
-"soll, ist es unwahrscheinlich, dass die zuletzt genannte Funktion "
-"unterstützt wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen angeben, welche "
-"DNS-Server verwendet werden sollen. Der Rechnername des Computer kann hier "
-"ebenfalls angegeben werden. Falls kein Rechnername angegeben wird, wird "
-"standardmäßig <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> verwendet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Unter \"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\" können Sie eine <emphasis>Suchdomäne</"
-"emphasis> festlegen. Dies ist üblicherweise Ihre Heim-Domäne, d. h. wenn Ihr "
-"Computer \"blubb\" heißt und der volle Domänenname \"blubb.bootanker.de\" "
-"lautet, so lautet die Suchdomäne \"bootanker.de\". Solange Sie die "
-"Suchdomäne nicht benötigen, ist es in Ordnung, wenn Sie die Einstellung leer "
-"lassen. Auch für diesen Fall gilt: Für einen privaten ADSL-Anschluss werden "
-"Sie diese Einstellung nicht benötigen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Eine neue DSL-Verbindung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn dieses Werkzeug Netzwerkgeräte erkennt, bietet es an, eines auszuwählen "
-"und zu konfigurieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Es wird eine, nach Ländern geordnete, Providerliste angezeigt. Wählen Sie "
-"Ihren Provider. Falls dieser nicht aufgelistet ist, wähle die Option "
-"<guilabel>Nicht aufgeführt</guilabel> und gebe anschließend die Zugangsdaten "
-"an, welche Sie von Ihrem Provider erhalten haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Wählen Sie eins der verfügbaren Protokolle aus:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Manuelle TCP/IP Konfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP über ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP über Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Zugangseinstellungen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Benutzername (Login)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Passwort"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Pfad-ID (VPI):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Circuit-ID (VCI):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Eine neue ISDN-Verbindung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Der Assistent fragt welches Gerät konfiguriert werden soll:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl (Interne ISDN-Karte)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Externes ISDN-Modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Eine Hardwareliste wird angezeigt, klassifiziert nach Kategorie und "
-"Hersteller. Wählen Sie Ihre Karte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protokoll für den Rest der Welt, außer Europa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protokoll für Europa (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Daraufhin wird eine Liste von Telekommunikationsanbietern angezeigt, die "
-"nach Ländern gruppiert ist. Wählen Sie Ihren Anbieter aus. Falls Ihr "
-"Anbieter nicht aufgelistet ist, wählen Sie die Option <guilabel>nicht "
-"aufgeführt</guilabel> aus und geben Sie die Daten ein, die Sie von Ihrem "
-"Anbieter erhalten haben. Danach werden Sie nach den folgenden Parametern "
-"gefragt:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Name der Verbindung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Telefonnummer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Login-ID"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Authentifizierungsmethode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Anschließend müssen Sie auswählen, ob Sie die IP-Adresse durch die "
-"automatische oder manuelle Methode erhalten möchten. Im letzten Fall müssen "
-"Sie die IP-Adresse und Subnetzmaske eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Der nächste Schritt ist es auszuwählen, wie die DNS Serveradresse zur "
-"Verfügung gestellt wird; durch die automatische oder manuelle Methode. Im "
-"Fall der manuellen Konfiguration, müssen Sie folgendes eingeben:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Name der Domäne"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Erster und zweiter DNS Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen Sie aus, ob der Rechnername über IP vergeben wird. Diese Option "
-"sollten Sie nur dann auswählen, wenn Sie sicher sind, dass Ihr "
-"Telekommunikationsanbieter dies unterstützt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Im nächsten Schritt ist auszuwählen, ob die Gateway-Adresse manuell "
-"festgelegt wird oder ob sie automatisch bezogen werden soll. Im Falle der "
-"manuellen Konfiguration, ist die IP-Adresse anzugeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Eine neue Drahtlos-Verbindung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Das erste Fenster listet die Geräte welche verfügbar sind, sowie einen "
-"Eintrag für Windows Treiber (ndiswrapper). Wähle das Gerät aus welches "
-"eingerichtet werden soll. Verwende ndiswrapper nur wenn die anderen "
-"Konfigurationsmethoden nicht funktionieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"In diesem Schritt haben Sie die Auswahl zwischen verschiedene "
-"Zugriffspunkte, welche die Karte gefunden hat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Spezifische Parameter für die WLAN-Karte müssen bereitgestellt werden:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Betriebsmodus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Geführt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr ""
-"Um auf einen bestehenden Access Point/Zugangspunkt zuzugreifen (die "
-"häufigste Auswahl)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Direkt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Um eine direkte Verbindung zwischen Computern zu konfigurieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Netzwerkname (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Verschlüsselungsmodus: Dies hängt davon ab wie der Zugriffspunkt "
-"konfiguriert ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren wird empfohlen, wenn es Ihre Hardware "
-"unterstützt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Einige alte Hardware unterstützt nur dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Schlüssel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser wird normalerweise von der Hardware bereitgestellt, welche den "
-"Zugangspunkt bereitstellt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"In diesem Schritt haben Sie die Auswahl zwischen einer automatisch "
-"generierten IP-Adresse oder einer manuellen IP-Adresse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen auswählen, ob DNS-Server "
-"durch den DHCP-Server oder manuell festgelegt werden. In letzterem Fall muss "
-"die IP-Adresse des DNS-Servers eingegeben werden. Der Rechnername des "
-"Computers kann hier angegeben werden. Wird kein Rechnername angegeben, wird "
-"standardmäßig localhost.localdomain verwendet. Der Rechnername kann auch "
-"durch den DHCP-Server vergeben werden, indem die Option <emphasis>Name des "
-"Hosts über DHCP zuweisen</emphasis> aktiviert wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Den YP-Server via DHCP Server bekommen (standardmäßig aktiviert): "
-"spezifiziert die NIS Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Um die Konfiguration abzuschließen, folgen Sie bitte den Anweisungen unter "
-"<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen angeben, welche DNS-Server "
-"verwendet werden sollen. Der Rechnername des Computer kann hier ebenfalls "
-"angegeben werden. Falls kein Rechnername angegeben wird, wird standardmäßig "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> verwendet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"In einem Heim-Netzwerk folgt die IP-Adresse gewöhnlich dem Muster "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> und die Netzwerkmaske ist normalerweise "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. Die Daten für das Gateway und den DNS-"
-"Server können Sie der Homepage Ihres Internetanbieters entnehmen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Unter \"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\" können Sie eine <emphasis>Suchdomäne</"
-"emphasis> angeben. Diese muss gleich Ihrem Rechnernamen ohne den ersten Teil "
-"vor dem Punkt sein."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Eine neue GPRS/Edge/3G Verbindung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn das Werkzeug eine drahtlose Schnittstelle erkennt, bietet es Ihnen an, "
-"eine einzurichten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Es wird nach dem PIN gefragt. Lasse es leer, wenn keine PIN erforderlich ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Der Assistent fragt nach dem Netzwerk. Falls dieses nicht erkannt wurde "
-"wähle <guilabel>Nicht aufgeführt</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Gebe die Zugangsdaten ein"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Access-Point-Name"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Eine neue Bluetooth-Dial-In Netzwerkverbindung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Eine neue Verbindung über ein analoges Modem (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Gefundene Hardware, falls vorhanden"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr ""
-"Eine Liste an vorgeschlagenen Ports wird angezeigt. Wählen Sie Ihren Port "
-"aus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls es noch nicht installiert ist, wird Ihnen empfohlen, dass Sie das "
-"Paket <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> installieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Es wird eine, nach Ländern geordnete, Providerliste angezeigt. Wählen Sie "
-"Ihren Provider aus. Falls dieser nicht aufgelistet ist, wähle die Option "
-"<guilabel>Nicht aufgeführt</guilabel> und geben Sie anschließend die "
-"Zugangsdaten an, welche Sie von Ihrem Provider erhalten haben. Sie werden "
-"nach folgenden Einwahleinstellungen gefragt:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Verbindungs Name</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Telefonnummer</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Passwort</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Authentifizierung</emphasis>, Auswahl:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Skript-basiert"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Terminal-basiert"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Beenden der Konfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Im nächsten Schritt können Sie festlegen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Den Benutzer die Verwaltung der Verbindung ermöglichen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Starten der Verbindung beim Booten</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Netzwerkverkehr-Protokollierung aktivieren</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Erlaubt der Schnittstelle vom Netzwerk-Manager gesteuert zu "
-"werden</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls es sich um eine Drahtlosverbindung handelt, erscheint ein Zusatzfeld "
-"mit <emphasis>Erlaube Access-Point-Roaming</emphasis> welches die "
-"Möglichkeit bietet, dass automatisch zwischen Access-Points gewechselt wird, "
-"abhängig von der Signalstärke."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Mit dem Fortgeschrittene Optionen Knopf können Sie festlegen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metrisch (standardmäßig 10)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Netzwerk Hotplugging"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Aktiviere IPv6-zu-IPv4-Tunnel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Der letzte Schritt erlaubt Ihnen festzulegen, ob die Verbindung sofort "
-"aufgebaut werden soll oder nicht."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Eine Konsole mit Administratorrechten öffnen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gibt Ihnen Zugriff "
-"auf die Konsole, welche direkt mit root-Rechten geöffnet wird. Wir glauben "
-"nicht, das Sie hierfür weitere Informationen benötigen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Partitionen verwalten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk oder diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
-"emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist sehr mächtig. "
-"Ein kleiner Fehler oder eine Katze die auf Ihre Tastatur springt kann dafür "
-"sorgen, dass alle Dateien auf einer Partition oder sogar die gesamte "
-"Festplatte gelöscht wird. Aus diesem Grund sehen Sie das Fenster am Anfang "
-"des eigentlichen Werkzeugbildschirms. Klicke auf <emphasis>Verlassen</"
-"emphasis>, wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind, dass Sie fortfahren möchten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie mehr als ein Laufwerk haben, können Sie durch anklicken des "
-"jeweiligen Tab (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.), auf das Laufwerk wechseln, welches Sie "
-"bearbeiten möchten."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können zwischen vielen Aktionen wählen um Ihre Festplatte nach eigenen "
-"Präferenzen anzupassen. Löschen der vollständigen Festplatte, splitten oder "
-"zusammenführen von Partitionen, ändern der Größe oder des Dateisystems, "
-"formatieren oder anschauen was sich auf der Partition befindet: es ist all "
-"das möglich. Der <emphasis><guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"Knopf im unteren Bereich ist um das komplette Laufwerk zu löschen, die "
-"anderen Knöpfe werden auf der rechten Seite sichtbar, nachdem Sie auf eine "
-"Partition geklickt haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie ein UEFI System besitzen, können Sie eine kleine Partition mit dem "
-"Namen \"EFI System Partition\" sehen, welche unter /boot/EFI eingebunden "
-"ist. Lösche diese niemals, da diese die Bootloader der ganzen anderen "
-"Betriebssysteme enthält."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn die ausgewählte Partition eingehangen ist, wie im Beispiel unten, "
-"können Sie nicht auswählen, die Größe zu ändern, zu formatieren oder diese "
-"zu löschen. Um dies machen zu können muss die Partition zuerst ausgehangen "
-"werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist nur Möglich die Größe einer Partition auf der rechten Seite zu ändern"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Um den Partitionstyp zu ändern (zum Beispiel von ext3 auf ext4) müssen Sie "
-"die Partition löschen und diese erneut mit dem neuen Typ erstellen. Die "
-"Schaltfläche <guibutton role=\"bold\">Erstellen</guibutton> wird angezeigt, "
-"wenn ein leerer Platz auf dem Laufwerk ausgewählt wurde"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können auch einen Einhängepunkt wählen der nicht existiert, er wird "
-"erstellt."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Beim Auswählen von <emphasis><guibutton>In den Experten-Modus wechseln</"
-"guibutton></emphasis>, erhalten Sie einige weitere verfügbare Aktionen, wie "
-"das ändern der Partitionsbezeichnung, welches Sie im Screenshot unten sehen "
-"können."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Display-Manager einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können Sie auswählen welcher "
-"Display-Manager verwendet werden soll, um sich in Ihrer Desktop-Umgebung "
-"anzumelden. Nur die auf dem System verfügbaren werden angezeigt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Die meisten Nutzer werden nur bemerken, dass die mitgelieferten "
-"Anmeldebildschirme anders aussehen. Es gibt allerdings auch Unterschiede in "
-"den unterstützten Eigenschaften. LXDM ist ein leichtgewichtiger Display-"
-"Manager, SDDM und GDM haben einige Extras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Persönliche Firewall einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im "
-"Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sicherheit</"
-"emphasis> mit dem Namen <guilabel>Persönliche Firewall einrichten</"
-"guilabel>. Es ist das gleiche Werkzeug wie dass, welches sich im ersten "
-"Reiter von \"Konfiguration der Systemsicherheit, Rechte und Prüfungen\" "
-"befindet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Eine grundlegende Firewall ist bei Mageia standardmäßig installiert. Alle "
-"eingehenden Verbindungen von außen werden geblockt, wenn diese nicht "
-"autorisiert sind. Im ersten Bildschirm oben können Sie die Dienste "
-"auswählen, welche eine Verbindung erlaubt werden soll. Zu Ihrer Sicherheit "
-"sollten Sie die erste Box abwählen - <guilabel>Alles (Keine Firewall)</"
-"guilabel> - außer Sie möchten die Firewall deaktivieren. Wähle nur die "
-"benötigten Dienste aus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist möglich die Portnummern, die offen sein sollen, manuell einzugeben. "
-"Klicke auf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> und es wird ein "
-"neues Fenster geöffnet. Im Feld <guilabel>Andere Ports</guilabel> gebe die "
-"benötigten Ports ähnlich wie im folgenden Beispiel ein :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : öffnet das Port 80 TCP Protokoll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : öffnet alle Ports von 24000 bis 24010 des UDP Protokolls"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Die aufgelisteten Ports sollten mit einem Leerzeichen getrennt werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn die Box <guilabel>Firewall-Meldungen in den Systemprotokollen "
-"aufzeichnen</guilabel> aktiviert ist werden die Meldungen der Firewall in "
-"den Systemlogs gespeichert"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie keine spezifischen Dienste hosten (Web- oder Mailserver, "
-"Dateiaustausch, ...) ist es möglich nichts auszuwählen. Es wird Sie beim "
-"Zugriff auf das Internet nicht hindern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"In der nächsten Ansicht können die interaktiven Firewall-Optionen "
-"konfiguriert werden. Sie werden bei Verbindungsversuchen gewarnt, falls Sie "
-"wenigstens die erste Option <guilabel>Interaktive Firewall verwenden</"
-"guilabel> per Haken aktivieren. Aktivieren Sie die zweite Option per Haken, "
-"wenn Sie gewarnt werden wollen, falls die Ports Ihres Rechners gescannt "
-"werden (um Schwachstellen zu finden und in Ihr System einzudringen). Die "
-"weiteren Optionen, ab Option Nr. 3, korrespondieren mit den Ports, die Sie "
-"in den vorherigen zwei Ansichten geöffnet haben. Das folgende Bildschirmfoto "
-"zeigt nur zwei Optionen: SSH-Server und 80:150/tcp. Aktivieren Sie sie, wenn "
-"Sie gewarnt werden wollen, falls eine Verbindung zu diesen Ports aufgebaut "
-"wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Warnungen werden durch das Netzwerk-Applet als Warnhinweise ausgegeben."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle im letzten Bildschirm aus, welche Netzwerkgeräte mit dem Internet "
-"verbunden sind und geschützt werden müssen. Sobald Sie die OK Schaltfläche "
-"drücken werden die dafür nötigen Pakete heruntergeladen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie nicht wissen was Sie auswählen sollen, schauen Sie im MCC Reiter "
-"Netzwerk &amp; Internet unter dem \"Eine Netzwerkschnittstelle erstellen\" "
-"Symbol, nach."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Schriften verwalten, hinzufügen und entfernen. Import von Windows(TM)-"
-"Schriften"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia "
-"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> "
-"verfügbar. Es erlaubt Ihnen die Schriftarten, welche auf Ihrem Computer "
-"vorhanden sind, zu verwalten. Der oben abgebildete Hauptbildschirm zeigt:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "die installierten Schriftartnamen, Stile und Größen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "eine Vorschau der ausgewählten Schriftart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "einige Schaltflächen werden hier später erklärt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows-Schriftarten holen: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Schaltfläche fügt automatisch die Schriftarten hinzu, welche auf der "
-"Windows Partition gefunden wurden. Sie müssen hierfür Microsoft Windows "
-"installiert haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Optionen:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Es erlaubt Ihnen die Anwendungen oder Geräte (meistens Drucker) zu "
-"spezifizieren, welche die Schriftarten verwenden dürfen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Deinstallieren:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Schaltfläche ist dazu da um installierte Schriftarten zu entfernen und "
-"eventuell etwas Speicherplatz zu sparen. Sei vorsichtig beim entfernen der "
-"Schriftarten, da dies beachtliche Folgen bei den Dokumenten hervorrufen "
-"kann, welche diese verwenden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importieren:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Erlaubt Ihnen Schriftarten von einem Drittanbieter (CD, Internet, ...) "
-"hinzuzufügen. Die unterstützten Formate sind ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm und "
-"gsf. Klicke auf die <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importieren</emphasis> "
-"Schaltfläche und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hinzufügen</"
-"emphasis>. Ein Dateimanager erscheint, in dem Sie die Schriftarten auswählen "
-"können, die Sie installieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Installieren</emphasis>, wenn Sie diese ausgewählt haben. Sie "
-"werden im Verzeichnis /usr/share/fonts installiert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls die neu installierte (oder entfernte) Schriftart nicht im Drakfont "
-"Hauptbildschirm erscheint, schließe und öffne es erneut um die Änderung zu "
-"sehen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Kindersicherungen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im "
-"Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter Sicherheit mit dem Namen "
-"<guilabel>Kindersicherung</guilabel>. Falls Ihnen dies nicht angezeigt wird "
-"müssen Sie das drakguard Paket installieren (standardmäßig nicht "
-"installiert)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Präsentation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard ist ein einfacher Weg eine Kindersicherung in Ihrem Computer "
-"einzurichten, um einzuschränken wer was tun darf und zu welcher Tageszeit. "
-"Drakguard bietet hierfür drei nützliche Fähigkeiten:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Es schränkt den Webzugang der dort genannten Nutzer zu den festgelegten "
-"Zeiten am Tag ein. Dies wird durch die Kontrollierung der, in Mageia "
-"eingebauten, Shorewall Firewall erreicht."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Es blockiert die Ausführung von bestimmten Befehle der dort genannten "
-"Nutzer, so dass diese nur die Befehle ausführen können, welche Sie erlaubt "
-"haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Es schränkt den Zugriff auf Webseiten ein, sowohl manuell definiert anhand "
-"einer Black-/Whitelist, als auch dynamisch basierend anhand des Inhalts der "
-"Webseite. Um dies zu erreichen verwendet Drakguard den führenden Open-Source "
-"Kindersicherungs-Blocker DansGuardian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Kindersicherung einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Ihr Computer Festplattenpartitionen hat, welche als Ext2, Ext3 oder "
-"ReiserFS formatiert sind, dann werden Sie ein Pop-up sehen, welcher Ihnen "
-"anbieten, ACL für Ihre Partitionen zu konfigurieren. ACL steht für Access "
-"Control List (Zugriffssteuerungsliste) und ist eine Eigenschaft des Linux "
-"Kernels, welche es erlaubt den Zugriff auf bestimme Dateien für bestimmte "
-"Nutzer einzuschränken. ACL ist im Ext4 und Btrfs Dateisystem integriert, "
-"muss jedoch durch eine Option bei Ext2, Ext3 oder ReiserFS Partitionen "
-"aktiviert werden. Wenn Sie 'Ja' auswählen wird drakguard all Ihre "
-"Partitionen für die ACL Unterstützung konfigurieren und anschließend "
-"empfehlen das System neu zu starten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kindersicherung einschalten</guibutton>: Wenn dies ausgewählt "
-"wurde ist die Kindersicherung aktiv und der Zugang zum <guilabel>Programme "
-"sperren</guilabel> Reiter möglich."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Sperre den gesamten Netzwerk-Verkehr</guibutton>: Wenn dies "
-"ausgewählt wurde werden alle Webseiten blockiert, bis auf die, welche im "
-"Whitelist Reiter eingetragen sind. Ansonsten sind alle Webseiten erlaubt, "
-"außer die, welche im Blacklist Reiter stehen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Benutzerzugang</guibutton>: Benutzer auf der linken Seite haben "
-"eingeschränkten Zugriff anhand den Regeln die Sie festlegen. Benutzer auf "
-"der rechten Seite haben unbegrenzten Zugriff, damit erwachsene Benutzer des "
-"Computers mit den Einschränkungen nicht belästigt werden. Wähle einen "
-"Benutzer auf der linken Seite aus und klicke <guibutton>Hinzufügen</"
-"guibutton> um ihn/sie zu den erlaubten Benutzern hinzuzufügen. Wähle einen "
-"Benutzer auf der rechten Seite aus und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</"
-"guibutton>, um diesen von den erlaubten Benutzern zu entfernen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Zeitkontrolle:</guibutton> Wenn dies ausgewählt wurde wird die "
-"Internetverbindung mit den Beschränkungen zwischen dem <guilabel>Beginn</"
-"guilabel> Zeitpunkt und dem <guilabel>Ende</guilabel> Zeitpunkt erlaubt. "
-"Außerhalb dieses Zeitfensters ist der Zugriff komplett blockiert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Blacklist/Whitelist Tab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebe die Webseiten URL in das obere Feld ein und klicke auf den "
-"<guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> Knopf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Programme sperren Reiter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Definierte Anwendungen blockieren</guibutton>: Aktiviert die "
-"Verwendung von ACL um den Zugriff zu bestimmten Programme zu sperren. Gebe "
-"den Pfad zur Anwendung an, die Sie zu blockieren wünschen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Entsperrte Benutzer</guibutton> Liste: Nutzer die auf der rechten "
-"Seite der Liste aufgelistet sind, werden nicht von den ACL Blockierung "
-"eingeschränkt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Die Internetverbindung mit anderen lokalen Rechnern teilen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Prinzipien"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dies ist nützlich wenn Sie einen "
-"Computer (3) haben, welcher Zugriff auf das Internet (2) hat und zudem auch "
-"mit einem lokalen Netzwerk (1) verbunden ist. Sie können den Computer (3) "
-"als ein Gateway verwenden um den anderen Rechnern (5) und (6) in dem lokalen "
-"Netzwerk (1) auch Zugriff darauf zu geben. Hierfür muss das Gateway zwei "
-"Schnittstellen besitzen; die erste, z.B. eine Netzwerkkarte, muss mit dem "
-"lokalen Netzwerk verbunden sein und die zweite (4) eine Verbindung mit dem "
-"Internet (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Der erste Schritt ist es nachzuprüfen, dass das Netzwerk sowie der Zugriff "
-"auf das Internet eingerichtet ist, wie es in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/"
-"> dokumentiert ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Gateway-Assistent"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Der Assistent<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bietet folgende "
-"Schritte, welche unten angezeigt werden:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls der Einrichtungsassistent nicht mindestens zwei Schnittstellen "
-"erkennt, wird eine Warnung ausgegeben und Sie werden dazu gefragt, ob die "
-"Netzwerkverbindung unterbrochen werden soll und die Hardware konfiguriert "
-"werden soll."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen Sie eine Schnittstelle für die Internetverbindung aus. Der "
-"Einrichtungsassistent schlägt automatisch eine Schnittstelle vor, aber Sie "
-"sollten überprüfen, ob dieser Vorschlag in Ordnung ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen Sie aus, welche Schnittstelle für den LAN-Zugriff benutzt werden "
-"soll. Der Einrichtungsassistent macht wiederum einen Vorschlag, aber Sie "
-"sollten überprüfen, ob der Vorschlag in Ordnung ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Der Einrichtungsassistent schlägt Parameter für das LAN-Netzwerk vor, z. B. "
-"IP-Adresse, Netzwerk-Maske und Domänenname. Bitte überprüfen Sie, dass diese "
-"Parameter für Ihre tatsächliche Netzwerk-Konfiguration geeignet sind. Es "
-"wird empfohlen, die vorgeschlagenen Werte zu übernehmen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Geben Sie an, ob der Computer als DNS-Server benutzt werden muss. Falls dies "
-"zutrifft, so wird der Einrichtungsassistent überprüfen, dass <code>bind</"
-"code> installiert ist. Anderenfalls müssen Sie die Adresse eines DNS-Servers "
-"angeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"Geben Sie an, ob der Computer als DHCP-Server genutzt werden soll. Falls "
-"dies zutrifft, so wird der Einrichtungsassistent überprüfen, dass <code>dhcp-"
-"server</code> installiert ist und außerdem eine Konfiguration des zu "
-"verwendenden IP-Bereichs anbieten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"Geben Sie an, ob der Computer als Proxy-Server verwendet werden soll. Falls "
-"ja, so prüft der Einrichtungsassistent, ob <code>squid</code> installiert "
-"ist und bietet an, <code>squid</code> mit der Adresse des Administrators "
-"(admin@meinedomaene.de), dem Proxy-Namen (meinefirewall@meinedomaene.de), "
-"dem Port (3128) und der Cache-Größe (100 Mb) zu konfigurieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Im letzten Schritt können Sie überprüfen lassen, ob der Gateway-Rechner mit "
-"Druckern verbunden ist und diese ggf. teilen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie werden auf die Notwendigkeit hingewiesen, die Firewall zu prüfen, falls "
-"diese aktiv ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Client konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie den Gateway-Rechner mit DHCP eingerichtet haben, müssen Sie nur "
-"noch im Netzwerkkonfigurationstool einstellen, dass Sie automatisch eine IP-"
-"Adresse (via DHCP) beziehen wollen. Die Parameter werden automatisch "
-"empfangen, wenn die Verbindung zum Netzwerk hergestellt wurde. Diese Methode "
-"ist für alle Client-Betriebssysteme gültig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn die Netzwerkparameter manuell konfiguriert werden müssen, muss "
-"insbesondere die IP-Adresse des Gateways angegeben werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Beenden der gemeinsamen Nutzung der Verbindung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie die gemeinsame Nutzung der Verbindung auf dem Mageia Computer "
-"beenden möchten, starten Sie dieses Werkzeug. Es bietet die Möglichkeit die "
-"Verbindung neu zu konfigurieren oder die gemeinsame Nutzung zu beenden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Hosts Definitionen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn einige Systeme in Ihrem Netzwerk bestimmte Dienste anbieten und diese "
-"über eine feste IP-Adresse verfügen, erlaubt Ihnen dieses "
-"Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, einen Namen für diese "
-"festzulegen, um darauf einfacher zugreifen zu können. Anschließend können "
-"Sie diesen Namen, statt die IP-Adressen, hierfür verwenden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Mit dieser Schaltfläche fügen Sie den Namen eines neuen Systems hinzu. In "
-"einem neuen Fenster können Sie IP-Adresse, Rechnername und einen optionalen "
-"Alias festlegen. Ein Alias kann auf die gleiche Art und Weise verwendet "
-"werden wie ein Rechnername."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ändern</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können die Parameter eines vorhandenen Eintrags editieren. Es wird das "
-"gleiche Fenster wie beim Hinzufügen angezeigt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen für Netzwerkschnittstellen und Firewall"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Seite wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht geschrieben. Wenn "
-"Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten, kontaktieren Sie bitte "
-"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">das Doc "
-"Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Netzwerkzentrum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im "
-"Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter Netzwerk &amp; Internet mit dem "
-"Namen \"Netzwerk-Zentrum\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn das Werkzeug gestartet wird öffnet sich ein Fenster, welches alle "
-"konfigurierten Netzwerke an diesem Computer auflistet, egal welchen Typs "
-"(Kabel, Drahtlos, Satelit, etc.). Sobald darauf geklickt wird erscheinen "
-"drei oder vier Schaltflächen, abhängig vom Netzwerktyp, welche Ihnen "
-"erlauben das Netzwerk anzuzeigen, Einstellungen zu ändern oder eine "
-"Verbindung aufzubauen/zu trennen. Dieses Werkzeug ist nicht dazu gedacht ein "
-"Netzwerk zu erstellen, hierfür gilt der Eintrag <guilabel>Eine "
-"Netzwerkschnittstelle erstellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> im selben "
-"MCC Tab."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"Der Screenshot unten zeigt ein Beispiel in dem wir zwei Netzwerkgeräte sehen "
-"können. Das erste ist über Kabel und nicht verbunden, erkennbar am Symbol "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> (wenn es verbunden wäre "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>) und das zweite zeigt ein "
-"drahtloses Netzwerk, bei dem man am Symbol erkennt das es auch nicht "
-"verbunden ist <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>, und falls "
-"verbunden es dieses Symbol <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/"
-"> anzeigen würde. Für die anderen Netzwerktypen ist der Farbcode immer der "
-"gleiche; grün wenn verbunden und rot wenn nicht verbunden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"Im Wireless Abschnitt auf dem Screenshot können Sie die erkannten Netzwerke "
-"sehen, mit der <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, der <guilabel>Signalstärke</"
-"guilabel>, ob diese verschlüsselt ist (in rot) oder nicht (in grün) und den "
-"<guilabel>Betriebsmodus</guilabel>. Klicke auf ein ausgewähltes Netzwerk und "
-"dann entweder auf <guibutton>Überwachen</guibutton>, "
-"<guibutton>Konfigurieren</guibutton> oder <guibutton>Verbinden</guibutton>. "
-"Es ist hier auch möglich auf ein anderes Netzwerk zu wechseln. Falls ein "
-"privates Netzwerk ausgewählt wurde erscheint das Netzwerk-Einstellungen "
-"Fenster und wird Sie nach weiteren Einstellungen fragen (im speziellen den "
-"Verschlüsselungsschlüssel)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> um das Fenster neu zu "
-"laden."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Der überwachen Knopf"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Knopf erlaubt Ihnen die Netzwerkaktivitäten, Downloads (am PC "
-"ankommend, in rot) und Uploads (im Internet ankommend, in grün) anzuschauen. "
-"Der gleiche Bildschirm ist durch Rechtsklick auf das <guimenu>Internetsymbol "
-"in der Systemleiste -> Netzwerk überwachen</guimenu> erreichbar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Für jedes Netzwerk gibt es einen separaten Tab (hier ist eth0, das "
-"Netzwerkgerät und lo, der lokale Loopback) und einen Verbindungen Tab, "
-"welcher Details über den Verbindungsstatus anzeigt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Im unteren Bereich des Fensters gibt es dem Bereich <guilabel>Traffic-"
-"Accounting</guilabel>, welchen wir uns im nächsten Abschnitt anschauen "
-"werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Die Konfigurationsschaltfläche"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Für ein drahtgebundenes Netzwerk</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist möglich alle Einstellungen, die während der Netzwerkeinrichtung "
-"gemacht wurden, zu ändern. Am häufigsten reicht es <guibutton>Automatische "
-"IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> auszuwählen, aber im Fall "
-"von Problemen könnte die manuelle Konfiguration bessere Ergebnisse liefern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"In einem Heim-Netzwerk folgt die IP-Adresse gewöhnlich dem Muster "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> und die Netzwerkmaske ist normalerweise "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. Die Daten für das Gateway und den DNS-"
-"Server können Sie der Homepage Ihres Internetanbieters entnehmen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Netzwerkverkehr-Protokollierung aktivieren</guibutton> - falls "
-"aktiviert, so wird der Netzwerkverkehr pro Stunde, pro Tag oder pro Monat "
-"zahlenmäßig erfasst. Die Ergebnisse werden in der Ansicht des Netzwerk-"
-"Monitors angezeigt, die im vorherigen Abschnitt gezeigt wurde. "
-"Gegebenenfalls muss die Netzwerkverbindung neu aufgebaut werden, wenn diese "
-"Option aktiviert wurde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erlaubt der Schnittstelle vom Netzwerk-Manager "
-"gesteuert zu werden:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Die Schaltfläche Erweitert:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Für ein drahtloses Netzwerk</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-"Der folgende Text behandelt lediglich Themen, die weiter oben noch nicht "
-"erklärt wurden."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Betriebsmodus:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen Sie <guilabel>Geführt</guilabel>, falls es sich um eine Verbindung "
-"über einen Zugangspunkt (access point) handelt und eine <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">ESSID</emphasis> erkannt wurde. Wählen Sie <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel>, "
-"falls es sich um ein Ad-hoc-Netzwerk handelt. Wählen Sie <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Master</emphasis>, falls Ihre Netzwerk-Karte als Zugangspunkt "
-"(access point) dienen soll und Ihre Netzwerk-Karte diesen Modus unterstützt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Verschlüsselungsmodus und -schlüssel:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls es ein privates Netzwerk ist, müssen Sie diese Einstellungen kennen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> nutzt ein Passwort und ist schwächer als WPA, "
-"welches eine Passphrase verwendet. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> "
-"wird auch WPA Personal oder WPA Home genannt. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</"
-"guilabel> wird nicht oft für private Netzwerke verwendet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erlaube Access-Point-Roaming</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Roaming ist eine Technologie die erlaubt, wenn aktiviert, den Zugangspunkt/"
-"Access Point zu wechseln, während man mit dem Netzwerk weiterhin verbunden "
-"bleibt."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Die Erweiterte Einstellungen-Schaltfläche"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Verwalten unterschiedlicher Netzwerkprofile"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit NFS freigeben"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Voraussetzungen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn der Assistent<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> das erste Mal "
-"gestartet wird, wird möglicherweise folgende Meldung angezeigt:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "Das Paket nfs-utils muss installiert sein. Soll es installiert werden?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach dem abschließen der Installation wird ein Fenster mit einer leeren "
-"Liste angezeigt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Hauptfenster"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Eine Liste mit freigegebenen Verzeichnisse wird angezeigt. In diesem Schritt "
-"ist die Liste leer. Die <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> Schaltfläche "
-"bietet Ihnen Zugriff zum Konfigurationswerkzeug."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Veränderter Eintrag"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Das Konfigurationswerkzeug wird \"Veränderter Eintrag\" genannt. Es kann "
-"auch über die <guibutton>Ändern</guibutton> Schaltfläche gestartet werden. "
-"Die folgenden Parameter sind verfügbar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "NFS-Verzeichnis"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier können Sie festlegen welches Verzeichnis freigegeben werden soll. Der "
-"<guibutton>Verzeichnis</guibutton> Knopf bietet Ihnen Zugriff auf einen "
-"Browser um es auszuwählen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Rechnerzugriff"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier können Sie die Hosts festlegen, welche Autorisiert sind auf das "
-"freigegebene Verzeichnis zuzugreifen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "NFS Klients können auf verschiedene Wege angegeben werden:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Einzelrechner</emphasis>: Ein Rechner, entweder durch einen "
-"Kurznamen, welcher durch die Namensauflösung erkannt wird, den vollen "
-"qualifizierten Domänennamen oder einer IP-Adresse angeben"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Netzgruppen</emphasis>: NIS-Netzgruppen können als @Gruppe "
-"angegeben werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Platzhalter</emphasis>: Rechnernamen können die Platzhalter „*“ "
-"und „?“ enthalten. Zum Beispiel: *.cs.foo.edu entspricht allen Rechnern in "
-"der Domäne  cs.foo.edu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-Netzwerke</emphasis>: Sie können auch Verzeichnisse für alle "
-"Rechner eines IP-(Sub)Netzwerkes gleichzeitig freigeben. Zum Beispiel durch "
-"Anhängen von `/255.255.252.0' oder `/22' an die Netzwerk-Basis-Adresse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Benutzer-ID-Abbildung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>root-Benutzer auf anonymous abbilden</emphasis>: Bildet Anfragen "
-"des Root-Benutzers, uid/gid 0, auf anonymous, uid/gid (root_squash), ab. Der "
-"Root-Benutzer des Clients kann nicht auf Dateien des Servers zugreifen, die "
-"vom Root-Benutzer des Servers erstellt wurden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>erlaube echten entfernten root-Zugriff</emphasis>: Deaktiviere "
-"root squashing. Diese Option (no_root_squash) ist hauptsächlich für Clients "
-"ohne eigene Laufwerke gedacht."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>alle Benutzer auf anonymous abbilden</emphasis>: Bilde alle UIDs "
-"und GIDs auf den Benutzer anonymous ab (all_squash). Dies ist nützlich für "
-"mittels NFS exportierte öffentliche FTP-Verzeichnisse, News-Spool-"
-"Verzeichnisse etc. Die gegenteilige Option lautet \"Keine Benutzer-UID-"
-"Abbildung\" (no_all_squash) und stellt die Standard-Einstellung dar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid und anongid</emphasis>: Setze die UID und die GID explizit "
-"auf die Werte des anonymous-Benutzerkontos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Gesicherte Verbindung</emphasis>: Diese Option erfordert, dass "
-"Anfragen von einem Port ausgehen, der kleiner ist als IPPORT_RESERVED "
-"(1024). Diese Option ist standardmäßig aktiviert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Nur-Lese-Freigabe</emphasis>: Erlaubt entweder nur lesenden "
-"Zugriff oder gleichzeitig lesenden und schreibenden Zugriff auf das NFS-"
-"Laufwerk. Die Standard-Einstellung verbietet alle Zugriffe, die das "
-"Dateisystem ändern. Diese Standard-Einstellung kann erzwungen werden, indem "
-"die Option \"Nur-Lese-Freigabe\" explizit aktiviert wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Gleichzeitiger Zugriff</emphasis>: Hindert den NFS-Server daran, "
-"gegen das NFS-Protokoll zu verstoßen und auf Anfragen zu antworten, bevor "
-"die daraus resultierenden Änderungen auf das Speichermedium (z. B. "
-"Festplatte) geschrieben sind."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Unterverzeichnis-Überprüfung</emphasis>: Aktiviere die "
-"Unterverzeichnis-Überprüfung, welche die Sicherung in manchen Fällen "
-"verbessern kann, aber die Ausfallsicherheit beeinträchtigt. Details können "
-"der Man-Page exports(5) entnommen werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Menüeinträge"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Aktuell enthält die Liste mindestens einen Eintrag."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Datei|Schreibe conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration speichern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS-Server|Neu starten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Der Server wird gestoppt und mit den aktuellen Konfigurationsdateien neu "
-"gestartet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS-Server|Neu laden"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Die angezeigte Konfiguration wird aus den aktuellen Konfigurationsdateien "
-"neu geladen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie einen Proxy-Server nutzen müssen, um in das Internet zu gelangen, "
-"können Sie dieses Tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> verwenden, "
-"um die entsprechenden Einstellungen vorzunehmen. Ihr Netzwerk-Administrator "
-"wird Ihnen die benötigten Informationen geben. Sie können außerdem durch "
-"Außnahmen Dienste festlegen, die ohne den Proxy erreicht werden können."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Aus dem Wikipedia-Artikel Proxy-Server, Stand 24.09.2012: In "
-"Computernetzwerken ist ein Proxy-Server ein Server (ein Computersystem oder "
-"eine Anwendung), der als Vermittler zwischen Client und Server fungiert. "
-"Clients können sich mit dem Proxy-Server verbinden und einen Dienst "
-"anfordern, der von einem Server angeboten wird. Ein Dienst kann "
-"beispielsweise eine Datei, eine Verbindung, eine Web-Seite oder eine andere "
-"Ressource sein."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Medien konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die "
-"Softwarequellen (auch Repositorys, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt) "
-"einzurichten. Das bedeutet, dass Sie die Medienquellen auswählen müssen, "
-"welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen "
-"verwendet werden soll (siehe den Hinzufügen Button)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie Mageia von einem optischen Medium (CD oder DVD) oder einem USB-"
-"Stick installieren, wird das jeweilige Medium als Softwarequelle "
-"eingerichtet. Um zu verhindern dass Sie dazu aufgefordert werden das Medium "
-"einzulegen wenn Sie neue Pakete installieren, sollten Sie diese Medien "
-"deaktivieren (oder löschen). (Es wird als Medientyp CD-Rom gelistet)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit "
-"(x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr "
-"System nun 32-Bit oder 64-Bit verwendet; diese werden noarch Pakete genannt. "
-"Diese haben zwar kein eigenes noarch Verzeichnis auf den Spiegelservern, "
-"befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64 Medien."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Software verwalten</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/> verfügbar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Die Spalten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Spalte Aktiviert:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um neue Pakete zu installieren. Sei "
-"vorsichtig mit bestimmten Medien wie Testing oder Debug, diese könnten dein "
-"System unbrauchbar machen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Spalte Aktualiserungen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese "
-"müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit \"Update\" im Namen sollten "
-"ausgewählt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in "
-"diesem Werkzeug verändern. Sie müssen hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen "
-"und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Spalte Medium:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositorys für die "
-"finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> welches die meisten Programme "
-"enthält die von Mageia unterstützt werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> enthält einige Programme die "
-"nicht unter einer freien Lizenz stehen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> enthält freie Software welche "
-"allerdings in einigen Ländern Patente verletzen könnte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Jedes Medium hat 4 Untersektionen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> enthält die Pakete vom Tag der "
-"Veröffentlichung der Mageia Version."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> enthält Pakete die seit der "
-"Veröffentlichung aufgrund von Sicherheits- oder Fehlerbehebungen "
-"aktualisiert wurden. Jeder sollte dieses Medium aktiviert haben, selbst wenn "
-"man eine langsame Internetverbindung verwendet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> enthält einige Pakete von "
-"neueren Mageia Versionen welche von Cauldron (die nächste Version die in "
-"Arbeit ist) zurückportiert wurden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue "
-"Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team "
-"die Beseitigung dessen prüfen können."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Die Knöpfe auf der rechten Seite"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Entfernen:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Um ein Medium zu entfernen, klicke auf das Medium und anschließend diesen "
-"Knopf. Es wird empfohlen das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet "
-"wurde (z.B. CD oder DVD) zu entfernen, da alle Pakete in den offiziellen "
-"Core Medien enthalten sind."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Bearbeiten:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Erlaubt Ihnen das ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL, "
-"downloader und Proxy)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Hinzufügen:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Fügt die offiziellen Repositorys die im Internet verfügbar sind hinzu. Diese "
-"Repositorys enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete Software. Durch klicken "
-"der \"Hinzufügen\" Schaltfläche, wird die Spiegelliste in den Einstellung "
-"hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, dass es nur Installationen und "
-"Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe verwendet. Falls Sie "
-"einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, dann sollte er über "
-"\"Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen\" über das Dropdown Menü \"Datei"
-"\" ausgewählt werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Nach oben und unten zeigende Pfeile:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Ändert die Listenordnung. Wenn Drakrpm nach Paketen sucht, liest es die "
-"Listen in der angezeigten Reihenfolge und installiert das erste Paket, das "
-"mit der passenden Veröffentlichungsnummer gefunden wurde - sollte es einen "
-"Versionsunterschied geben, wird die neuste Veröffentlichung installiert. Aus "
-"diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositorys am Anfang stehen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Das Menü"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Aktualisieren:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche Sie "
-"aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den "
-"<guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie mit dem aktuellen Spiegelserver nicht zufrieden sind, weil dieser "
-"z. B. zu langsam oder häufig nicht erreichbar ist, können Sie einen anderen "
-"Server auswählen. Wählen Sie alle gegenwärtigen Medien und klicke auf "
-"<guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um diese aus der Liste zu nehmen. Klicke "
-"anschließend auf <guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver "
-"hinzufügen</guimenu> und wähle zwischen nur aktualisieren oder kompletter "
-"Set (wenn Sie nicht wissen, was Sie auswählen sollen, klicken Sie auf "
-"<guibutton>kompletter Set</guibutton>) und bestätigen Sie den "
-"Verbindungsaufbau mit <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Folgendes Fenster wird "
-"daraufhin geöffnet:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen Sie "
-"ihr Land oder eines in Ihrer Nähe auswählen können. Durch das Klicken auf "
-"das > Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle "
-"einen aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Hinzufügen eines Benutzer Mediums:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist möglich ein neues Medium (z.B. von einem Drittanbieter) hinzuzufügen, "
-"welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Wähle den Medientyp, gebe ihm "
-"einen guten Namen welchen das Medium beschreibt und gib die URL (oder den "
-"Pfad zum Medientyp) ein."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Globale Einstellungen:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es Ihnen auszuwählen, ob zu installierende RPMs "
-"verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm "
-"verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im "
-"XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -Standard-, Nur "
-"Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Schlüssel verwalten:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur "
-"Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes "
-"Medium möglich einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das "
-"erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</"
-"guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder wähle einen Schlüssel "
-"und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um einen Schlüssel "
-"abzulehnen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "Tu dies mit bedacht, wie alle sicherheitsrelevanten Dinge"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxy-Server verwenden müssen, "
-"können Sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den  <guibutton>Proxy "
-"Hostnamen</guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel> "
-"und das <guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Für weiterführende Informationen über das konfigurieren der Medien, schaue "
-"auf der <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management"
-"\">Mageia Wiki Seite</link> nach."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit Samba freigeben"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba ist ein Protokoll, das von verschiedenen Betriebssystemen verwendet "
-"wird, um Ressourcen wie z. B. Verzeichnisse oder Drucker zu teilen. Dieses "
-"Tool erlaubt es Ihnen, mit Hilfe des Protokolls SMB/CIFS Ihren Rechner als "
-"Samba-Server einzurichten. Dieses Protokoll wird auch von Windows(R) "
-"verwendet und Computer mit diesem Betriebssystem können auf die Ressourcen "
-"des Samba-Servers zugreifen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Vorbereitung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"Damit andere Computer auf den Server zugreifen können, muss der Server eine "
-"feste IP-Adresse besitzen. Dies kann direkt auf dem Server, z. B. mit <xref "
-"linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, oder auf dem DHCP-Server eingestellt "
-"werden. Der DHCP-Server ist nämlich in der Lage, einen Computer anhand "
-"seiner MAC-Adresse zu identifizieren und ihm immer die gleiche IP-Adresse "
-"zuzuweisen. Die Firewall des Server-Rechners muss außerdem so eingestellt "
-"werden, dass ankommende Anfragen zum Samba-Server akzeptiert werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Einrichtungsassistent - Standalone-Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Während dem ersten Start prüft das Einrichtungswerkzeug<placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, ob die benötigten Pakete installiert sind und "
-"schlägt ggf. vor, diese zu installieren, falls sie nicht installiert sind. "
-"Anschließend wird der Einrichtungsassistent für die Konfiguration des Samba-"
-"Servers gestartet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr "Im nächsten Fenster ist bereits die Option \"Standalone\" ausgewählt."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Dann ist der Name der Arbeitsgruppe anzugeben. Computer, die auf den Samba-"
-"Server zugreifen möchten, sollten sich in der selben Arbeitsgruppe befinden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Der Netbios-Name wird im Netzwerk als Bezeichner für den Server verwendet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Wählen Sie den Sicherheitsmodus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: Der Client muss authentifiziert werden, um auf "
-"die Freigabe zugreifen zu können."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: Der Client authentifiziert sich für jede "
-"Freigabe getrennt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können IP-Adressen oder Namen der Computer festlegen, die auf die "
-"Freigabe zugreifen dürfen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Geben Sie den Server-Banner an. Der Banner ist die Beschreibung, die Windows-"
-"Computern angezeigt wird, wenn sie den Server sehen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Der Ort, an dem Samba die Log-/Protokollinformationen abspeichert, kann im "
-"nächsten Schritt festgelegt werden."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Der Assistent zeigt vor dem bestätigen der Konfiguration eine Auflistung der "
-"gewählten Parameter an. Bei der Bestätigung wird die Konfiguration "
-"anschließend unter <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> geschrieben."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Einrichtungsassistent - Primärer Domänencontroller"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Falls die Option \"Primärer "
-"Domänencontroller\" ausgewählt wurde, fragt der Einrichtungsassistent nach "
-"Admin-Namen und, ob Wins unterstützt werden soll oder nicht. Die darauf "
-"folgenden Schritte sind die gleichen wie bei der Einrichtung des Standalone-"
-"Servers, außer dass Sie den Sicherheits-Modus wählen können:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Domäne</guilabel>: Stellt einen Mechanismus bereit, um alle "
-"Benutzer- und Gruppenkonten in einem zentralen, gemeinsamen Konten-"
-"Verzeichnis zu speichern. Das zentrale Konten-Verzeichnis wird unter den "
-"(Sicherheits-)Controllern geteilt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Ein Verzeichnis zur gemeinsamen Nutzung freigeben"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Mit der <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> Schaltfläche erhalten wir:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Auf diese Weise kann ein neuer Eintrag hinzugefügt werden. Nachträglich kann "
-"er über die Schaltfläche <guibutton>Ändern</guibutton> editiert werden. Dort "
-"kann z. B. eingestellt werden, ob das Verzeichnis öffentlich sichtbar, "
-"lesbar oder beschreibbar ist. Der Name der Freigabe kann nicht geändert "
-"werden."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn die Liste mindestens einen Eintrag enthält können folgende Menüeinträge "
-"verwendet werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Speichert die aktuelle Konfiguration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba-Server|Konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "Der Assistent kann mit diesem Befehl erneut ausgeführt werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba-Server|Neu starten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba-Server|Neu laden"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Druckerfreigabe"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba ermöglicht Ihnen auch Drucker für die gemeinsame Nutzung freizugeben."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Samba-Benutzer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"In diesem Reiter können Sie Nutzer hinzufügen, damit diese auf die "
-"freigegebenen Ressourcen zugreifen können, wenn eine Autorisierung "
-"erforderlich ist. Sie können die Nutzer dort hinzufügen <xref linkend="
-"\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Die Authentifizierung für die Mageia-Werkzeuge einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia "
-"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sicherheit</emphasis> "
-"verfügbar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Hiermit können Sie den normalen Benutzern die nötigen Rechte geben um "
-"Aufgaben, welche normalerweiße vom Administrator durchgeführt werden, "
-"auszuführen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-"Klicke auf den kleinen Pfeil vor dem jeweiligen Posten, den Sie aufklappen "
-"möchten:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Die meisten Werkzeuge, die auch im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar sind, "
-"werden auf der linken Seite des Fensters angezeigt (siehe Screenshot oben) "
-"und für jedes Werkzeug eine Dropdown-Liste auf der rechten Seite, welches "
-"Ihnen folgende Auswahl bietet:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Standard: Der Startmodus hängt von der gewählten Sicherheitsstufe ab. Schaue "
-"hierfür im gleichen Mageia Kontrollzentrum Reiter, im Werkzeug "
-"\"Konfiguration der Systemsicherheit, Rechte und Prüfungen\" nach."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Benutzer Passwort: Das Benutzerpasswort wird abgefragt, bevor das Werkzeug "
-"gestartet wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Root Passwort: Das root Passwort wird abgefragt, bevor das Werkzeug "
-"gestartet wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
-"Kein Passwort: Es wird vor dem Start des Werkzeugs kein Passwort abgefragt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Snapshots"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist verfügbar im "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel>-Tab des Mageia Kontrollzentrums, in der "
-"<guilabel>Administrations-Werkzeuge</guilabel> Sektion."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie das Werkzeug das erste Mal im MCC starten, wird Ihnen eine Meldung "
-"zum installieren von draksnapshot angezeigt. Klicke auf "
-"<guibutton>Installieren</guibutton> um fortzufahren. Draksnapshot und einige "
-"weitere Pakete welche benötigt werden, werden installiert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicke erneut auf <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel> und Ihnen wird der "
-"<guilabel>Einstellungen</guilabel> Bildschirm angezeigt. Tippe "
-"<guilabel>Backups aktivieren</guilabel> an und falls Sie das komplette "
-"System sichern möchten auf <guilabel>Ein Backup des gesamten Systems "
-"erstellen</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie nur ein Teil der Verzeichnisse sichern möchten wählen Sie "
-"<guilabel>Fortgeschritten</guilabel>. Ihnen wird ein kleiner Pop-Up "
-"Bildschirm angezeigt. Verwende den <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> und "
-"<guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> Knopf in der Nähe der <guilabel>Liste der "
-"zu sichernden Verzeichnisse</guilabel> um Verzeichnisse und Dateien zur "
-"Sicherung hinzuzufügen oder auszuschließen. Verwende die gleichen Knöpfe in "
-"der Nähe der <guilabel>Liste der auszuschließenden Verzeichnisse</guilabel> "
-"um Unterverzeichnisse und/oder Dateien aus den ausgewählten Verzeichnissen "
-"auszuschließen, welche <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> in der "
-"Sicherung enthalten sein sollen. Klicke auf <guibutton>Schließen</"
-"guibutton>, wenn Sie fertig sind."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Geben Sie nun den Pfad an um den <guilabel>Speicherplatz der Backups "
-"festzulegen</guilabel> oder wähle den <guibutton>Durchsuchen</guibutton> "
-"Knopf um den korrekten Pfad auszuwählen. Jeder eingehängte USB-Stick oder "
-"jede externe Festplatte kann unter <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"Dein_Benutzername/</emphasis> gefunden werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicke auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> um den Snapshot zu erstellen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Soundkonfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia "
-"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> "
-"verfügbar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, PulseAudio Optionen und die "
-"Fehlersuche. Es wird Ihnen helfen, falls Sie Tonprobleme feststellen oder "
-"wenn Sie die Soundkarte wechseln."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> ist ein Soundserver. Er empfängt alle "
-"Soundeingänge, mixt diese anhand den Nutzereinstellungen und schickt den "
-"daraus resultierenden Ton zum Ausgang. Siehe <guimenu>Menü ->Sound and video "
-"-> PulseAudio Lautstärkeregelung</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio ist der Standard Soundserver und es wird empfohlen diesen "
-"aktiviert zu lassen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Der <guilabel>Störungsfreie Modus</guilabel> verbessert PulseAudio mit "
-"einigen Programmen. Es wird empfohlen dies aktiviert zu lassen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Die <guibutton>Problembehebung</guibutton> Schaltfläche hilft Ihnen beim "
-"beheben von Problemen, falls welche auftreten. Sie werden es nützlich finden "
-"diese auszuprobieren, bevor Sie die Community um Hilfe fragen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"Die <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> Schaltfläche zeigt ein neues "
-"Fenster mit einem eindeutigen Knopf."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Einrichten einer USV zur Stromkontrolle"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Konfigurieren der VPN-Verbindungen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Mit diesem Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann eine "
-"sichere Tunnel-Verbindung zwischen einem Computer und einem entfernten "
-"Netzwerk hergestellt werden. An dieser Stelle wird nur beschrieben wie der "
-"lokale Computer eingerichtet werden muss. Es wird vorausgesetzt, dass das "
-"entfernte Netzwerk bereits im Betrieb ist und Sie vom Netzwerk-Administrator "
-"die notwendigen Verbindungsinformationen erhalten haben, z. B. in Form "
-"einer .pcf-Konfigurationsdatei."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle zuerst entweder Cisco VPN-Concentrator oder OpenVPN, abhängig davon "
-"welches Protokoll für Ihr virtuelles privates Netzwerk verwendet wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Geben Sie anschließend Ihrer Verbindung einen Namen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Im nächsten Bildschirm geben Sie die Details für Ihre VPN-Verbindung ein."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Für Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Für openvpn. Das openvpn Paket und seine Abhängigkeiten werden bei der "
-"ersten Verwendung des Werkzeugs installiert."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Wähle die Dateien, welche Sie "
-"vom Netzwerkadministrator erhalten haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Erweiterte Parameter:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "Das nächste Bild fragt nach der IP-Adresse für das Gateway."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Sobald die Parameter eingestellt sind haben Sie die Option die VPN-"
-"Verbindung zu starten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Diese VPN-Verbindung kann so eingerichtet werden, dass sie automatisch "
-"zusammen mit einer Netzwerkverbindung hergestellt wird. Um dies zu "
-"erreichen, muss die Netzwerkverbindung so konfiguriert werden, dass immer "
-"eine Verbindung zum VPN aufgebaut wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Webserver einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann Sie dabei "
-"unterstützen, einen Webserver einzurichten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Was ist ein Webserver?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Webserver ist die Software, welche Ihnen hilft, Webinhalte bereitzustellen "
-"die über das Internet zugänglich ist.  (Aus Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Einen Webserver mit drakwizard apache2 einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Willkommen beim Webserver-Assistent."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Die erste Seite ist nur eine Einleitung. Klicke auf <guibutton>Weiter</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Wähle die Serverfreigabe: Lokales Netzwerk und/oder weltweit"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Den Webserver im Internet freizugeben birgt einige Risiken. Seien Sie auf "
-"schlimme Dinge gefasst."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Server Nutzermodule"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Erlaubt Nutzern ihre eigene Seite zu erstellen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Webverzeichnisname des Nutzers"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Der Nutzer muss ein Verzeichnis erstellen und mit Daten füllen, danach wird "
-"der Server diese anzeigen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Wurzelverzeichnis des Servers"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Erlaubt es, das Verzeichnis des Web-Servers festzulegen, in dem Dateien "
-"abzulegen sind."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Übersicht"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Nehmen Sie sich eine Sekunde um die Optionen zu überprüfen. Klicke danach "
-"auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Assistent beenden"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie haben es geschaft! Klicke auf <guibutton>Assistent beenden</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "DNS konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "DHCP konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug funktioniert in Mageia 4, aufgrund neuen Namensschemen für "
-"Netzwerkgeräte, nicht"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann Sie dabei "
-"unterstützen, einen <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Server einzurichten. Es ist eine "
-"Komponente von drakwizard, welches Sie installiert haben sollten um Zugriff "
-"darauf zu haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Was ist DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Das Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) ist ein "
-"standardisiertes Netzwerkprotokoll, welches für IP-Netzwerke verwendet wird, "
-"das dynamisch IP-Adressen und andere Informationen konfiguriert, welche für "
-"eine Internetkommunikation benötigt werden. (Aus Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Einen DHCP-Server mit drakwizard dhcp einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Willkommen beim DHCP-Server-Assistenten."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Adapter auswählen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle das Netzwerkgerät, welches mit dem Subnetz verbunden ist und welches "
-"DHCP die IP-Adresse zuordnet. Klicke danach auf <guibutton>Weiter</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "IP-Bereich auswählen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen Sie Anfang und Ende des IP-Bereichs aus, den der Server verwalten "
-"soll. Zusätzlich geben Sie die IP-Adresse des Gateways an, welches Ihr "
-"lokales Netzwerk mit dem Internet verbindet. Dann klicken Sie bitte auf "
-"<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Warte einen Moment..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Dies kann behoben werden. Klicke ein paar Mal auf <guibutton>Zurück</"
-"guibutton> und ändere einige Dinge."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Stunden später..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Was wurde getan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Installation des Pakets dhcp-server falls nötig;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;"
-"</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Erstellen einer neuen <code>dhcpd.conf</code> anhand von <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> und hinzufügen der "
-"neuen Parameter:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Zudem, bearbeiten der Webmin Konfigurationsdatei <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/"
-"config</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Neustarten von <code>dhcpd</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Zeit konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist dafür da, um "
-"die Zeit deines Servers mit einem externen Server zu synchronisieren. Es ist "
-"nicht standardmäßig installiert und Sie müssen zusätzlich die drakwizard und "
-"drakwizard-base Pakete installieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "NTP-Server mit drakwizard ntp einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach einem Willkommensbildschirm (siehe oben), fordert Sie der zweite auf, "
-"drei Zeitserver aus der Dropdown-Liste auszuwählen und schlägt vor pool.ntp."
-"org zwei Mal zu verwenden, da dieser Server immer auf verfügbare Zeitserver "
-"verweist."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Der folgende Bildschirm erlaubt es Ihnen die Region und die Stadt "
-"auszuwählen und zeigt danach eine Zusammenfassung. Falls etwas falsch sein "
-"sollte, können Sie es einfach ändern, indem Sie den <guibutton>Zurück</"
-"guibutton> Knopf drücken. Wenn alles korrekt ist, klicke auf den "
-"<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> Knopf und fahre mit dem Test fort. Es wird "
-"womöglich einige Zeit dauern und Sie werden abschließend folgenden "
-"Bildschirm sehen:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug führt die folgenden Schritte aus:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Installation des Pakets <code>ntp</code> falls nötig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Sichern der Dateien <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> nach <code>/etc/"
-"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> und <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> nach "
-"<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Schreiben einer neuen Datei, <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>, mit einer "
-"Liste der Server;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Bearbeiten der Datei <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> durch hinzufügen des ersten "
-"Servernamen;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Stoppen und starten der <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> und <code>ntpd</"
-"code> Dienste;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"Einstellen der Hardware-Uhr auf die aktuelle Systemzeit mit Referenz zur UTC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "FTP konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann Sie dabei "
-"unterstützen, einen <acronym>FTP</acronym> Server einzurichten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Was ist <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Das File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) ist ein Standard "
-"Netzwerkprotokoll um Dateien von einem Host auf einen anderen Host über ein "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-basiertes Netzwerk, wie das Internet, zu übertragen. "
-"(Aus Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Einen FTP-Server mit drakwizard proftpd einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Willkommen beim FTP Assistenten. Schnallen Sie sich an."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Den FTP-Server im Internet freizugeben birgt einige Risiken. Seien Sie auf "
-"schlimme Dinge gefasst."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Serverinformation"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Bitte geben Sie Folgendes ein: Einen Namen für den Server, eine E-Mail-"
-"Adresse für Beschwerden und ob Root-Zugriff erlaubt werden soll."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Serveroptionen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurieren Sie Port, Chroot-Benutzerverzeichnisse, FTP-Wiederaufnahme und/"
-"oder <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann Sie dabei "
-"unterstützen, einen Proxy-Server einzurichten. Es ist eine Komponente von "
-"drakwizard, welches Sie installiert haben sollten um Zugriff darauf zu haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Was ist ein Proxy-Server?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Aus dem Wikipedia-Artikel Proxy-Server, Stand 24.09.2012: In "
-"Computernetzwerken ist ein Proxy-Server ein Server (ein Computersystem oder "
-"eine Anwendung), der als Vermittler zwischen Client und Server fungiert. "
-"Clients können sich mit dem Proxy-Server verbinden und einen Dienst "
-"anfordern, der von einem Server angeboten wird. Ein Dienst kann "
-"beispielsweise eine Datei, eine Verbindung, eine Web-Seite oder eine andere "
-"Ressource sein."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Einen Proxy-Server mit drakwizard squid einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Willkommen beim Proxy-Server Einrichtungsassistenten."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Den Proxy-Port auswählen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle den Proxy-Port auf den der Browser eine Verbindung aufbauen soll. "
-"Klicke danach auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Arbeitsspeicher und Laufwerknutzung einstellen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lege das Limit für Arbeitsspeicher und den Speicherplatz des Laufwerks fest, "
-"klicke danach auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Netzwerkzugriffskontrolle auswählen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle die Sichtbarkeit entweder im lokalen Netzwerk oder weltweit und klicke "
-"dann auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Netzwerkzugriff gewähren"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Gewähre Zugriff auf lokale Netzwerke, klicke anschließend auf "
-"<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Hoher-Level-Proxy-Server nutzen?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Durch weiteren Proxy-Server kaskadieren? Falls nicht, überspringen Sie bitte "
-"den nächsten Schritt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "URL und Port des Hoher-Level-Proxys"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Geben Sie den Rechnernamen und den Port des Hoher-Level-Proxys an und "
-"klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Während dem Booten starten?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle aus, ob der Proxy-Server während dem Booten gestartet werden soll. "
-"Klicke danach auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Installation des Pakets squid falls nötig;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/squid/"
-"squid.conf.orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Erstellen einer neuen <code>squid.conf</code> anhand von <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> und hinzufügen der neuen Parameter:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 oder 3 und <code>http_access</code> entsprechend dem "
-"gewählten Level"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "<code>squid</code> wird neu gestartet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "OpenSSH Daemon-Konfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann Sie dabei "
-"unterstützen, einen <acronym>SSH</acronym>-Daemon einzurichten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Was ist <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) ist ein kryptographisches Netzwerkprotokoll für sichere "
-"Datenübertragungen, Fern-Zugriff per Kommandozeile und andere "
-"Sicherheitsdienste zwischen zwei vernetzten Computern. Das Protokoll "
-"verbindet einen Server und einen Client über einen sicheren Kanal oder über "
-"ein unsicheres Netzwerk. Auf dem Server muss ein SSH-Server laufen und auf "
-"dem SSH-Client muss entsprechend ein <acronym>SSH</acronym>-Client laufen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Einen <acronym>SSH</acronym>-Daemon mit drakwizard sshd einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Willkommen beim OpenSSH-Assistenten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Wähle die Art der Konfigurationsoptionen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle <guilabel>Experte</guilabel> für alle Optionen oder <guilabel>Neuling</"
-"guilabel> um die Schritte 3-7 zu überspringen. Klicke auf <guibutton>Weiter</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Stellt die Sichtbarkeits- und Root-Zugriffsoptionen ein. Port 22 ist der "
-"Standard <acronym>SSH</acronym>-Port."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Authentifizierungsverfahren"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Erlaube eine Vielzahl an Authentifizierungsmethoden, welche die Nutzer beim "
-"verbinden verwenden können, klicke anschließend auf <guibutton>Weiter</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Protokollierung"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen Sie die Protokollierungsmethode und das Ausgabelevel, dann klicken "
-"Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Anmeldeoptionen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurieren Sie die Anmeldeoptionen, dann klicken Sie auf "
-"<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Benutzeranmeldeoptionen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfiguriere die Einstellungen für den Nutzerzugriff, klicke anschließend "
-"auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Komprimierung und Weiterleitung"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfiguriere die X11 Weiterleitung und Komprimierung während der "
-"Übertragung, klicke anschließend auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Ein- oder Ausschalten von Systemdiensten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bietet eine "
-"allgemeine Ansicht über die Hardware in Ihrem Computer. Wenn das Werkzeug "
-"gestartet wird führt es die Aufgabe aus, nach jeder Hardwarekomponente zu "
-"schauen. Hierfür verwendet es den Befehl <code>ldetect</code>, welche sich "
-"auf eine Hardwareliste im <code>ldetect-lst</code> Paket bezieht."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Das Fenster"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Das Fenster ist in zwei Spalten unterteilt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Die linke Spalte enthält eine Liste der erkannten Hardware. Die Geräte sind "
-"in Kategorien gruppiert. Klicke auf das &gt; um den Inhalt der Kategorien "
-"anzeigen zu lassen. Jedes Gerät kann in dieser Spalte ausgewählt werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Die rechte Spalte zeigt Informationen über das ausgewählte Gerät. Die "
-"<guimenu>Hilfe -&gt; Felderbeschreibung</guimenu> zeigt einige Informationen "
-"über den Inhalt der Felder."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Je nachdem welche Art von Gerät ausgewählt wurde, sind ein oder zwei Knöpfe "
-"am Ende der rechten Spalte verfügbar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Aktuelle Treiberoptionen setzen</guibutton>: Kann verwendet "
-"werden, um das Modul zu parametrisieren, das für das Gerät verwendet wird. "
-"Diese Option darf nur von Experten benutzt werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Konfigurationswerkzeug starten</guibutton>: Zugriff auf das "
-"Werkzeug, womit man das Gerät konfigurieren kann. Auf das Werkzeug kann "
-"häufig auch direkt über das MCC zugegriffen werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Das <guimenu>Optionen</guimenu> Menü bietet Kästchen zum anklicken an, um "
-"die automatische Erkennung zu aktivieren:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "Modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "JAZ Gerät"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Parallele Zip-Laufwerke"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Erkennungen sind standardmäßig nicht aktiviert, da diese langsam sind. "
-"Aktiviere die entsprechende Kästen, sobald Sie die Hardware angeschlossen "
-"haben. Die Erkennung wird einsatzbereit sein, wenn das Werkzeug das nächste "
-"Mal gestartet wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Einstellen des Tastaturlayouts"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Das keyboarddrake Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hilft "
-"Ihnen das Standardlayout Ihrer Tastatur zu konfigurieren, welche Sie für "
-"Mageia verwenden möchten. Es beeinflusst das Tastaturlayout von allen "
-"Nutzern auf diesem System. Es kann in der Hardware Sektion des Mageia "
-"Kontrollzentrums (MCC), unter \"Konfigurieren der Maus und des Keyboards\" "
-"gefunden werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Tastaturlayout"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier können Sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout Sie verwenden möchten. Die "
-"Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land "
-"und/oder Ethnie des Layouts, wofür diese verwendet wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Tastaturtyp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Menü lässt Sie den Typ Ihrer Tastatur, die Sie verwenden, auswählen. "
-"Falls Sie sich unsicher sind, welche Sie wählen sollen, ist es das beste es "
-"auf dem Standardtyp zu lassen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Auswählen der Region und Sprache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im "
-"System Bereich im Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) mit dem Namen \"Auswählen der "
-"Region und Sprache\". Es öffnet ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre Sprache "
-"auswählen können. Die Auswahl ist an die Sprachen, die Sie während der "
-"Installation ausgewählt haben angepasst."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Die <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> Schaltfläche bietet Zugriff um "
-"die Kompatibilität mit der alten Codierung (nicht UTF-8) zu aktivieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Das zweite Fenster zeigt eine Liste an Ländern, abhängig von der "
-"ausgewählten Sprache. Die Schaltfläche <guibutton>Andere Länder</guibutton> "
-"bietet Zugriff auf Länder die nicht aufgelistet sind."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Sie sollten Ihre Sitzung nach jeder Modifikation neu starten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Eingabemethode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Im <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> Bildschirm können Sie auch eine "
-"Eingabemethode auswählen (aus dem Dropdown-Menü am Ende der Liste). "
-"Eingabemethoden erlauben Nutzern die Eingabe von mehrsprachige Buchstaben "
-"(chinesisch, japanisch, koreanisch, etc.)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Für asiatische und afrikanische Sprachumgebungen wird IBus als Standard-"
-"Eingabemethode eingerichtet, damit die Benutzer dies nicht manuell "
-"konfigurieren brauchen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) bieten ebenfalls ähnliche "
-"Funktionen und können, falls diese nicht im Dropdown-Menü verfügbar sind, in "
-"einem anderen Teil des Mageia Kontrollzentrums installiert werden. Siehe "
-"<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Betrachten und Durchsuchen von System-Protokollen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im "
-"Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter System mit dem Namen "
-"<guilabel>Betrachten und Durchsuchen von System-Protokollen</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Um eine Suche in den Protokollen durchzuführen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Geben Sie als erstes die Schlagwörter, nach denen Sie suchen wollen, in das "
-"Feld  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Übereinstimmung mit</emphasis> ein und/oder "
-"geben Sie in das Feld <emphasis role=\"bold\">jedoch keine Übereinstimmung "
-"mit</emphasis> Schlagwörter ein, die nicht in den Suchergebnissen enthalten "
-"sein sollen. Wählen Sie dann mittels <guilabel>Datei wählen</guilabel> die "
-"Datei(en) aus, die durchsucht werden soll(en). Optional kann die Suche auf "
-"einen bestimmten Tag beschränkt werden. Wählen Sie dazu im <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Kalender</emphasis> die Option \"<guibutton>Nur für diesen Tag "
-"zeigen</guibutton>\" und wählen Sie den entsprechenden Tag aus. Zum Schluss "
-"klicken Sie auf die <guibutton>Suchen</guibutton>-Schaltfläche, um sich die "
-"Ergebnisse im Bereich <guilabel>Inhalt der Log-Datei</guilabel> anzeigen zu "
-"lassen. Es ist möglich, die Suchergebnisse im .txt-Format zu speichern, "
-"indem Sie auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Speichern</emphasis> klicken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Die <guibutton>Logbücher der Mageia-Werkzeuge</guibutton> beinhalten die "
-"protokollierten Daten der Mageia-Konfigurationswerkzeuge wie z. B. die "
-"Werkzeuge des Mageia-Kontrollzentrums. Diese Logbücher werden jedes Mal "
-"aktualisiert, wenn eine Einstellung geändert wurde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "E-Mail-Benachrichtigungssystem einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>E-Mail-Benachrichtigung</guibutton> überprüft die Systemlast und "
-"die Dienste stündlich und sendet, falls notwendig, eine E-Mail zur "
-"hinterlegten Adresse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Um dieses Werkzeug zu konfigurieren, klicken Sie auf <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">E-Mail-Benachrichtigung</emphasis> und dann, im nächsten Fenster, auf das "
-"ausklappbare Menü <guibutton>E-Mail-Benachrichtigungssystem einstellen</"
-"guibutton>. Hiermit werden alle laufenden Dienste angezeigt und Sie können "
-"auswählen, welcher beobachtet werden soll (s. Bildschirmfoto oben)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Die folgenden Dienste können beobachtet werden :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Webmin-Dienst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Postfix E-Mail-Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP-Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Apache Web-Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH-Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba-Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd-Dienst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "BIND-Domänennamenauflösung"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen Sie im nächsten Dialog den Wert für die <guilabel>Systemauslastung</"
-"guilabel> aus, der für Sie nicht mehr akzeptabel ist. Die Systemlast gibt an "
-"wie stark ein Prozess nachgefragt wird. Eine hohe Last verlangsamt das "
-"System und eine sehr hohe Last kann ein Indiz dafür sein, dass der Prozess "
-"außer Kontrolle geraten ist. Der Standardwert ist 3. Wir empfehlen, den "
-"Lastwert auf das Dreifache der Anzahl der Prozessoren zu setzen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Geben Sie im letzten Dialog die <guilabel>E-Mail-Adresse</guilabel> der "
-"Person an, die benachrichtigt werden soll, und geben Sie den zu benutzenden "
-"<guilabel>E-Mail-Server</guilabel> (lokal oder im Internet) an."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Vorhandene NFS und SMB Freigaben anzeigen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Tool  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die "
-"Kommandozeile gestartet werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Seite wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht geschrieben. "
-"Wenn Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten, kontaktieren Sie "
-"bitte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">das "
-"Dokumentationsteam.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Ihre PCI, USB und PCMCIA Informationen anzeigen lassen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die "
-"Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr Informationen wenn "
-"es als root benutzt wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von allen verbundenen Geräten zu ihrem "
-"Computer (USB, PCI und PCMCIA) und die verwendeten Treiber. Es benötigt die "
-"ldetect und ldetect-lst Pakete damit es funktioniert."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Mit der -v Option fügt lspcidrake die Hersteller- und Geräteidentifikationen "
-"hinzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine "
-"Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden, "
-"wie in diesen Beispielen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Informationen über die Grafikkarte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Information über das Netzwerk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "  -i um Groß- und Kleinschreibung zu ignorieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"In dem unteren Bild können Sie sehen was die -v Option für lspcidrake und "
-"die -i Option für grep bewirkt."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Es gibt ein weiteres Werkzeug, welches Ihnen Informationen über die Hardware "
-"gibt, es heißt <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (als root "
-"auszuführen)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Aktualisierung der Softwarepakete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate oder drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> als root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia "
-"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten</"
-"emphasis> verfügbar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Damit dies funktioniert benötigt MageiaUpdate mit drakrpm-editmedia "
-"konfigurierte Repositorys, mit einigen Medien, als Aktualisieren markiert. "
-"Falls dies nicht der Fall ist werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und "
-"listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositorys verfügbar "
-"sind. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen "
-"und installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</"
-"guibutton> Knopf um den Prozess zu starten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren "
-"Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></"
-"emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, dass Sie darauf klicken können, um "
-"einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert Sie eine Anwendung in der "
-"Systemleiste durch ein rotes Symbol <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>. Klicken Sie einfach darauf und geben Sie ihr Benutzerpasswort "
-"ein, um das System zu aktualisieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Systemstart"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Werkzeuge wählen, um "
-"die Boot-Schritte zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen Link weiter unten um "
-"mehr zu erfahren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Booteinstellungen konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia-Kontrollzentrum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Die Werkzeuge zum konfigurieren des Mageia-Systems"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 "
-"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> veröffentlicht."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
-"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren "
-"Sie das <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
-"\">Dokumentationsteam</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese "
-"Anleitung zu verbessern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardware"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Werkzeuge auswählen, "
-"um ihre Hardware zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um "
-"mehr zu erfahren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Verwalten Sie Ihre Hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Betrachten und Konfigurieren der "
-"Hardware</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Grafiksystem konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der 3D Desktop Effekte</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Konfigurieren der Maus und der Tastatur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Konfigurieren des Druckers und Scanners"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Einrichten des "
-"Druckers/der Drucker, der Druckerwarteschlange, ...</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Andere"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Über die Anleitung für das Mageia Kontrollzentrum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) bietet in der linken Spalte acht "
-"verschiedene Optionen oder Tabs zur Auswahl an und sogar zehn, wenn das "
-"Paket drakwizard installiert wurde. Jeder dieser Tabs enthalten verschiedene "
-"Zusammenstellungen von Werkzeugen, welche in dem großen rechten Panel "
-"ausgewählt werden können."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Die folgenden zehn Kapitel beschreiben diese zehn Optionen und die "
-"dazugehörigen Werkzeuge."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Das letzte Kapitel handelt von anderen Mageia Werkzeugen, die nicht über die "
-"MCC Tabs ausgewählt werden können."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Überschriften der Seiten verwenden häufig die gleichen Namen, wie die "
-"auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Namen der Werkzeuge."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist zudem auch eine Suchleiste verfügbar, welche Sie aufrufen können, "
-"indem Sie in der linken Spalte auf den \"Suchen\" Tab klicken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Lokale Festplatten"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Werkzeuge zur "
-"Verwaltung oder Freigabe der lokalen Laufwerke wählen. Klicke auf einen Link "
-"weiter unten um mehr zu erfahren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Netzwerkdienste"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Bildschirm und der für die <emphasis>Dateifreigabe</emphasis> ist nur "
-"sichtbar, wenn das <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> Paket installiert ist. "
-"Sie können zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeuge auswählen, um verschiedene "
-"Server einzurichten. Klicke auf einen Link weiter unten oder auf <xref "
-"linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> um mehr darüber zu erfahren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Netzwerkfreigabe"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Werkzeuge, zur "
-"Freigabe von Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse für die gemeinsame Nutzung, "
-"auswählen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Windows(R)-Freigaben konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Zugriff auf über SMB "
-"(für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "NFS-Freigaben verwalten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "WebDAV-Freigaben konfigurieren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Netzwerk &amp; Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Netzwerk-Werkzeuge "
-"wählen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Verwalten der Netzwerkschnittstellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Einstellen und Absichern des Netzwerkes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Sicherheit"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Sicherheits-Werkzeuge "
-"wählen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der Systemsicherheit, "
-"Berechtigungen und Überprüfungen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Dateifreigabe"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Bildschirm und der für <emphasis>Netzwerkdienste</emphasis> ist nur "
-"sichtbar wenn das <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> Paket installiert ist. Sie "
-"können zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeuge auswählen, um verschiedene Server "
-"einzurichten. Klicke auf einen Link weiter unten oder auf <xref linkend="
-"\"mcc-networkservices\"/>, um mehr darüber zu erfahren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "System"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen System- und "
-"Administrationswerkzeuge wählen. Klicke auf einen Link weiter unten um mehr "
-"darüber zu erfahren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Verwalten der System-Dienste"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Lokalisierung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Administrationswerkzeuge"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Die Aktualisierungsfrequenz einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia "
-"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> "
-"verfügbar. Es ist auch durch einen <guimenu>Rechtsklick / Konfiguration der "
-"Aktualisierungen</guimenu> auf das rote Symbol <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in der Systemleiste erreichbar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt Ihnen die Frequenz einzustellen, in welchen "
-"Zeitabständen Mageia nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die "
-"Verzögerung nach dem Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt "
-"Ihnen die Möglichkeit, einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue "
-"Mageia Veröffentlichung verfügbar ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Einrichten des Zeigegeräts (Maus, Touchpad)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> als root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Da Sie eine Maus benötigen um Mageia zu installieren, wurde diese bereits "
-"von Drakinstall installiert. Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es eine andere Maus zu "
-"installieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Mäuse sind sortiert nach Verbindungsanschlüsse und dann nach Modelle. "
-"Wählen Sie Ihre Maus aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Am "
-"häufigsten ist \"Universell / Einige PS/2- &amp; USB-Mäuse\" geeignet für "
-"aktuelle Mäuse. Die neue Maus ist dann sofort verwendbar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Systemsicherheit und Prüfung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> als root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist eine grafische "
-"Benutzeroberfläche für msec, mit der Sie die Sicherheit Ihres Systems auf "
-"zwei Arten konfigurieren können:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Es legt das Systemverhalten fest, msec erzwingt Systemänderungen, um das "
-"System sicherer zu machen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Es führt automatisch periodische System-Überprüfungen durch, um Gefahren "
-"aufzuspüren und Sie ggf. davor zu warnen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"msec benutzt das Konzept der \"Sicherheitslevel\", die dazu gedacht sind, "
-"eine Menge von Systemberechtigungen zu konfigurieren, die auf Änderungen "
-"geprüft werden können oder zur Durchsetzung verwendet werden können. Einige "
-"von ihnen werden von Mageia vorgeschlagen, aber Sie können Ihre eigenen "
-"Sicherheitslevel definieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Übersichtsregisterkarte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Siehe das obige Bildschirmfoto"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Der erste Reiter zeigt eine Liste von verschiedenen Sicherheitswerkzeuge mit "
-"einer Schaltfläche auf der rechten Seite, um diese zu konfigurieren:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Firewall, welche auch unter MCC / Sicherheit / Persönliche Firewall "
-"einrichten, gefunden werden kann."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Aktualisierungen, welche auch unter MCC / Software verwalten / Aktualisieren "
-"des Systems, gefunden werden kann."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec selbst mit einigen Informationen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "aktiviert oder nicht"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "die konfigurierte Basissicherheitsebene"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"das Datum der letzten regelmäßigen Überprüfung, eine Schaltfläche um einen "
-"detaillierten Bericht anzuzeigen sowie eine Schaltfläche um eine Überprüfung "
-"jetzt auszuführen. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Reiter Sicherheitseinstellungen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Ein Klick auf den zweiten Tab oder auf die <guibutton>Einrichten</guibutton> "
-"Schaltfläche neben Sicherheit, führt zum gleichen, unten abgebildeten, "
-"Bildschirm."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Reiter Grundsicherheit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sicherheitsstufen:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Nach dem aktivieren der Box <guilabel>MSEC Tool einschalten</guilabel>, "
-"können Sie in diesem Reiter durch einen Doppelklick die Sicherheitsstufe "
-"auszuwählen, welche anschließend fettgedruckt angezeigt wird. Wenn die Box "
-"nicht aktiviert ist, ist die Stufe « keine » ausgewählt. Die folgenden "
-"Stufen sind verfügbar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Stufe <emphasis role=\"bold\">keine</emphasis>. Diese Stufe ist dafür "
-"gedacht, wenn Sie msec nicht für die Kontrolle der Systemsicherheit "
-"verwenden und diese selbst abstimmen möchten. Es deaktiviert alle "
-"Sicherheitsüberprüfungen und bietet keine Einschränkungen oder Grenzen "
-"bezüglich der Systemkonfiguration und den Einstellungen. Bitte verwende "
-"diese Stufe nur wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun, da dadurch das System "
-"verwundbar und angreifbar wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Stufe <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Dies ist die "
-"Standardkonfiguration wenn es installiert wird und ist für normale Nutzer "
-"gedacht. Es enthält verschiedene Systemeinstellungen und führt tägliche "
-"Sicherheitsüberprüfungen aus, welche auf Änderungen der Systemdateien, "
-"Systemzugänge und gefährdete Verzeichnisberechtigungen überprüft (Diese "
-"Stufe ist vergleichbar mit Stufe 2 und 3 aus früheren msec Versionen)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Stufe <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. Diese Stufe ist dafür "
-"gedacht, wenn Sie sicherstellen möchten, dass Ihr System abgesichert und "
-"trotzdem nutzbar ist. Es schränkt die Systemrechte weiter ein und führt "
-"mehrere regelmäßige Überprüfungen aus. Außerdem ist der Zugriff auf das "
-"System stärker begrenzt. (Diese Stufe ist vergleichbar mit Stufe 4 (hoch) "
-"und 5 (paranoid) aus früheren msec Versionen)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Neben diesen Stufen werden auch weitere, Aufgabenorientierte "
-"Sicherheitseinstellungen angeboten, darunter die Stufen <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> und "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Diese vorkonfigurierten "
-"Systemsicherheitsstufen richten sich an die am häufigsten verwendeten "
-"Anwendungsfälle."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Die letzten zwei Stufen, <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> und "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis>, sind keine richtigen "
-"Sicherheitsstufen sondern vielmehr nur Werkzeuge für regelmäßige "
-"Überprüfungen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Stufen sind unter <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;stufenname></"
-"filename> gespeichert. Sie können Ihre eigene Sicherheitsstufe festlegen und "
-"diese mit dem entsprechenden Dateinamen, <filename>level.&lt;stufenname></"
-"filename>, im Verzeichnis <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> "
-"speichern. Diese Möglichkeit ist für erfahrene Nutzer gedacht, welche eine "
-"eigens angepasste oder deutlich sichere Systemkonfiguration benötigen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Beachte, dass vom Nutzer geänderte Einstellungen vorrangig, vor den "
-"standardmäßig eingestellten Stufen behandelt werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sicherheitswarnungen:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie das Kästchen <guibutton>Sicherheitswarnungen per E-Mail versenden "
-"an:</guibutton> ausgewählt haben, werden die von msec generierten "
-"Sicherheitswarnungen mittels lokaler E-Mail an den Sicherheitsadministrator "
-"gesendet, den Sie im nebenstehenden Feld eingetragen haben. Sie können "
-"entweder einen lokalen Benutzer oder eine komplette E-Mail-Adresse in das "
-"Feld eintragen (das lokale E-Mail-Konto und der E-Mail-Client muss "
-"entsprechend eingerichtet werden). Schließlich können Sie noch einstellen, "
-"ob die Sicherheitswarnungen direkt auf Ihrem Desktop angezeigt werden "
-"sollen. Setzen Sie hierzu einfach den entsprechenden Haken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Es wird dringend empfohlen, die Option Sicherheitswarnungen zu aktivieren, "
-"damit der Sicherheits-Administrator über mögliche Sicherheitsprobleme "
-"informiert wird. Falls die Option deaktiviert ist, muss der Administrator "
-"regelmäßig die Logbuch-Dateien unter <filename>/var/log/security</filename> "
-"überprüfen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sicherheitsoptionen:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Das Erstellen einer individuell angepassten Sicherheitsstufe ist nicht der "
-"einzige Weg, um die Computersicherheit anzupassen. Es ist ebenfalls möglich "
-"die im Folgenden abgebildeten Tabs zu nutzen, um gewisse Optionen "
-"anzupassen. Die aktuelle Konfiguration von msec ist in der Datei <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename> gespeichert. Diese Datei enthält "
-"den aktuellen Namen der Sicherheitsstufe und eine Liste mit den "
-"eingestellten Optionen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Reiter Systemsicherheit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Reiter zeigt alle Sicherheitsoptionen in der linken Spalte, eine "
-"Beschreibung in der zentralen Spalte und ihre aktuellen Werte in der rechten "
-"Spalte."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Um eine Option zu ändern, klicke doppelt darauf und ein neues Fenster "
-"erscheint (siehe den Screenshot unten). Dieser zeigt den Optionsnamen, eine "
-"kurze Beschreibung, der aktuelle und der Standardwert, sowie eine Dropdown-"
-"Liste in dem der neue Wert ausgewählt werden kann. Klicke auf die "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> Schaltfläche um die Auswahl zu bestätigen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Vergessen Sie nicht beim verlassen von msecgui Ihre Einstellungen über das "
-"Menü <guimenu>Datei -> Speichern der Konfiguration</guimenu> zu sichern. "
-"Wenn Sie die Einstellungen geändert haben zeigt Ihnen msecgui eine Übersicht "
-"der Änderungen, bevor diese gespeichert werden."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Netzwerksicherheit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Reiter zeigt alle Netzwerkoptionen an und funktioniert wie die "
-"vorherigen Reiter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Regelmäßige Checks Reiter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Periodische Prüfungen zielen darauf ab, den Sicherheitsadministrator mittels "
-"Sicherheitswarnungen über potenzielle Gefahren aufzuklären."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Reiter zeigt alle periodischen Prüfungen an, die durch msec "
-"durchgeführt werden, und den Rhythmus der Prüfungen, falls die Option "
-"<guibutton>Aktiviere regelmäßige Sicherheitskontrollen</guibutton> aktiviert "
-"wurde. Änderungen können wie im vorherigen Reiter vorgenommen werden."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Ausnahmen Reiter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Manchmal werden Warnnachrichten bei bekannten oder gewollten Situationen "
-"angezeigt. In diesen Fällen sind diese nutzlos und verschwenden Zeit für den "
-"Administrator. Dieser Reiter erlaubt Ihnen so viele Ausnahmen wie Sie "
-"möchten zu erstellen, um nicht gewollte Warnnachrichten zu vermeiden. Diese "
-"ist beim ersten Start von msec leer."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Um eine Ausnahme zu erstellen, klicke auf die <guibutton>eine Regel "
-"hinzufügen</guibutton> Schaltfläche"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle die gewünschte geplante Überprüfung aus der Dropdown-Liste "
-"<guilabel>Überprüfe</guilabel> aus und gebe anschließend die "
-"<guilabel>Ausnahme</guilabel> im Textfeld ein. Das hinzufügen einer Ausnahme "
-"ist nicht endgültig und kann mit der <guibutton>Löschen</guibutton> "
-"Schaltfläche im <guilabel>Ausnahmen</guilabel> Reiter entfernt werden oder "
-"durch einen Doppelklick auf die Regel, geändert werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Berechtigungen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Reiter ist dazu gedacht, die Berechtigung von Dateien und "
-"Verzeichnissen zu prüfen und zu erzwingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"msec kennt, analog zu den Sicherheitsstufen, unterschiedliche "
-"Berechtigungsstufen (standard, sicher, ...). Diese Berechtigungsstufen "
-"werden entsprechend der gewählten Sicherheitsstufe aktiviert. Sie können "
-"Ihre eigenen, individuell angepassten Berechtigungsstufen erstellen und in "
-"besonderen Dateien mit dem Namen <filename>perm.&lt;levelname&gt;</filename> "
-"im Ordner <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> ablegen. Diese Funktion "
-"ist für erfahrene Nutzer gedacht, die eine individuell angepasste "
-"Konfiguration benötigen. Es ist auch möglich, den im folgenden dargestellten "
-"Reiter zu verwenden, um Berechtigungen zu ändern. Die aktuelle Konfiguration "
-"wird in der Datei <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> "
-"gespeichert. Diese Datei enthält eine Liste mit den konfigurierten "
-"Berechtigungen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Die Standard-Berechtigungen sind in einer Liste von Regeln sichtbar (eine "
-"Regel pro Zeile). Sie können auf der linken Seite die Dateien oder "
-"Verzeichnisse sehen, die von der Regel betroffen sind. Danach wird der "
-"Benutzer, die Gruppe und anschließend die Berechtigungen für die Regel "
-"angezeigt. Falls, für eine festgelegte Regel:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"die Box <guilabel>Erzwingen</guilabel> nicht ausgewählt ist, wird msec nur "
-"überprüfen ob die festgelegten Berechtigungen für diese Regel angewendet "
-"werden und sendet eine Warnnachricht, falls dies nicht der Fall ist, ändert "
-"jedoch nichts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"die Box <guilabel>Erzwingen</guilabel> ausgewählt ist, wird msec die "
-"festgelegten Berechtigungen, nach der ersten geplanten Überprüfung, regeln "
-"und, falls diese von den in msec festgelegten Einstellungen abweichen, "
-"überschreiben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Damit dies funktioniert, muss die Option CHECK_PERMS im <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Regelmäßige Checks Reiter</emphasis>, dementsprechend konfiguriert werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Um eine neue Regel zu erstellen, klicke auf die <guibutton>eine Regel "
-"hinzufügen</guibutton> Schaltfläche und fülle alle Felder, wie in den "
-"Beispiel unten, aus. Der Joker * ist im <guilabel>Datei</guilabel> Feld "
-"erlaubt. “current” bedeutet keine Änderung."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicke auf die <guibutton>OK</guibutton> Schaltfläche um die Auswahl zu "
-"bestätigen und vergiss nicht vor dem verlassen von msecgui, über das Menü "
-"<guimenu>Datei -> Speichern der Konfiguration</guimenu>, zu speichern. Falls "
-"Sie die Einstellungen geändert haben, zeigt Ihnen msecgui eine Vorschau der "
-"Änderungen an, die gemacht werden, bevor diese gespeichert werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist auch möglich die Regeln durch das erstellen oder bearbeiten der "
-"Konfigurationsdatei <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> "
-"festzulegen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Änderungen im <emphasis role=\"bold\">Berechtigungen Reiter</emphasis> (oder "
-"direkt über die Konfigurationsdatei) werden bei der ersten regelmäßigen "
-"Überprüfung übernommen (siehe die Option CHECK_PERMS und dem <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Regelmäßige Checks Reiter</emphasis>). Falls Sie möchten, dass die "
-"Änderungen direkt übernommen werden, verwende mit root-Rechten den Befehl "
-"msecperms in der Konsole. Sie können vorher den Befehl msecperms -p "
-"verwenden, um die Berechtigungen anzuzeigen, welche durch msecperms geändert "
-"werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bitte beachten Sie: Haben Sie im Reiter <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Berechtigungen</emphasis> für eine bestimmte Datei das Kästchen "
-"<guilabel>Erzwingen</guilabel> angekreuzt und ändern Sie die Berechtigungen "
-"für diese Datei per Konsole oder Dateimanager, so wird msec die alten "
-"Berechtigungen nach einer Weile wiederherstellen. Die Wiederherstellung "
-"erfolgt gemäß den Optionen CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE im Reiter "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Regelmäßige Checks</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Weitere Mageia Werkzeuge"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Es gibt mehr Mageia Werkzeuge, als diese, welche über das Mageia "
-"Kontrollzentrum gestartet werden können. Klicke auf einen Link unten, um "
-"mehr darüber zu erfahren oder lese auf der nächsten Seite weiter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>MUSS NOCH VERFASST WERDEN</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Und weitere Werkzeuge?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Installieren &amp; Entfernen von Software"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Einführung in rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> als root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, auch drakrpm "
-"genannt, ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und "
-"aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem "
-"Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt "
-"von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen wird. Es zeigt Ihnen die neusten "
-"Anwendungen und Pakete, die für Ihren Computer verfügbar sind. Ein "
-"Filtersystem erlaubt es Ihnen nur bestimmte Typen von Pakete anzeigen zu "
-"lassen: eventuell möchten Sie nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen "
-"(Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Sie können sich auch nur "
-"nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch können Sie nach dem Namen "
-"der Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen "
-"Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen "
-"suchen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Damit dies funktioniert, müssen die Repositorys in rpmdrake eingerichtet "
-"sein, siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Während der Installation, ist das konfigurierte Repository, das Medium, "
-"welches für die Installation verwendet wird, generell die DVD oder CD. Falls "
-"Sie das Medium eingestellt lassen, wird rpmdrake jedes Mal danach fragen, "
-"wenn Sie ein Paket installieren möchten, mit der Pop-Up Meldung: "
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Wenn die oben gezeigte Nachricht "
-"Sie stört und Sie eine gute Internetverbindung haben mit einem nicht zu "
-"stark eingrenzenden Download-Limit, ist es ratsam das Medium zu entfernen "
-"und es mit den Online-Repositorys zu ersetzen. Siehe  <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Zudem sind die Online-Repositorys immer aktuell, enthalten viel mehr Pakete "
-"und erlauben das aktualisieren Ihrer installierten Pakete."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Die Hauptbestandteile des Bildschirms"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pakettyp Filter:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Filter erlaubt Ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn "
-"Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit "
-"einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und "
-"deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch "
-"Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von "
-"neueren Mageia-Versionen anzeigen lassen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Standard Filtereinstellungen sind für Neueinsteiger in Linux oder "
-"Mageia, die möglicherweise keine Befehlszeile oder spezielle Werkzeuge "
-"verwenden möchten. Da Sie dieses Dokument lesen sind Sie offensichtlich "
-"daran interessiert Ihr Wissen bezüglich Mageia zu erweitern. Aus diesem "
-"Grund wäre es das Beste \"Alle\" im Filter auszuwählen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paketstatus Filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Filter erlaubt es Ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete "
-"welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht "
-"installierten, anzeigen zu lassen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Suchmodus:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicke auf dieses Symbol um nach dem Paketnamen, die zusammengefasste "
-"Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den "
-"Paketen enthalten sind, zu suchen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Finden\" Box:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebe hier einen oder mehrere Schlüsselwörter ein. Wenn Sie mehr als ein "
-"Schlüsselwort für die Suche verwenden möchten, nutze '|' zwischen den "
-"Wörtern. Wenn SIe z.B. nach \"mplayer\" und \"xine\" zur gleichen Zeit "
-"suchen möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Alles löschen:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Symbol kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der \"Finden\" "
-"Box löschen, die eingegeben wurden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategorienliste:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien "
-"und Unterkategorien."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beschreibung Panel:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette "
-"Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket "
-"an. Es kann präzise Informationen über das Paket, die Dateien die im Paket "
-"enthalten sind, sowie eine Liste der zuletzt durch den Maintainer gemachte "
-"Änderungen anzeigen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Die Statusspalte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sobald Sie die Filter korrekt eingestellt haben, können Sie Ihre Software "
-"entweder anhand der Kategorie (oben in Bereich 6) oder anhand dem Namen/"
-"Zusammenfassung/Beschreibung, durch verwenden von Bereich 4, finden. Eine "
-"Liste an Paketen anhand Ihrer Anfrage und nicht vergessen, dem gewählten "
-"Medium, wird mit verschiedenen Statusmarkierungen angezeigt, je nachdem ob "
-"das Paket installiert/nicht installiert/eine Aktualisierung ist. Um den "
-"Status zu ändern, klicke auf das Kästchen vor dem Paketnamen um dieses "
-"auszuwählen oder abzuwählen und klicke danach auf <guibutton>Anwenden</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Symbol"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Legende"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Dieses Paket ist bereits installiert"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Dieses Paket wird installiert"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Dieses Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Dieses Paket ist eine Aktualisierung"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Dieses Paket wird deinstalliert"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Beispiele in dem oben gezeigten Screenshot:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn ich digikam abwähle (der grüne Pfeil zeigt uns, das es installiert "
-"ist), wird das Statussymbol rot mit einem Pfeil der nach oben Zeigt, und es "
-"wird deinstalliert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sobald ich qdigidoc auswähle (welches nicht installiert ist, siehe Status), "
-"erscheint das orange Symbol mit dem Pfeil nach unten und es wird installiert "
-"sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Die Abhängigkeiten"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Einige Pakete benötigen andere Pakete, auch Abhängigkeiten genannt, um zu "
-"funktionieren. Dies sind z.B. Bibliotheken oder Werkzeuge. In diesem Fall "
-"zeigt Rpmdrake ein Hinweisfenster an, welches Ihnen erlaubt, die "
-"ausgewählten Abhängigkeiten zu bestätigen, die Operation abzubrechen oder "
-"mehr Informationen zu erhalten (siehe oben). Es kann auch vorkommen das "
-"verschiedene Pakete die benötigte Bibliothek enthalten. In diesem Fall zeigt "
-"rpmdrake eine Liste der Alternativen, mit einem Knopf um mehr Informationen "
-"anzeigen zu lassen und einen weiteren Knopf um auszuwählen, welches Paket "
-"installiert werden soll."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Scanner einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> als root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt Ihnen ein "
-"einfaches Scannergerät oder ein Multifunktionsgerät mit einem Scanner, "
-"einzurichten. Es erlaubt Ihnen auch lokale Geräte, die mit diesem Computer "
-"verbunden sind, mit einem entfernten Rechner zu teilen oder auf entfernte "
-"Scanner zuzugreifen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie das Werkzeug das erste Mal starten, erhalten Sie womöglich folgende "
-"Meldung:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"Die SANE-Pakete müssen installiert sein um Scanner nutzen zu "
-"können.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Wollen Sie die SANE-Pakete installieren?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> um fortzufahren. Es wird <code>scanner-gui</"
-"code> und <code>task-scanning</code> installiert, falls diese noch nicht "
-"installiert sind."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Ihr Scanner korrekt identifiziert wurde, wie in dem oberen Bildschirm, "
-"sehen Sie den Namen des Scanners und der Scanner ist bereit zur Verwendung "
-"mit, zum Beispiel, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> oder <emphasis>Simple Scan</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Im Fall, dass Sie jetzt den <emphasis>Gemeinsamer Scannerzugriff</emphasis> "
-"konfigurieren möchten, können Sie darüber in <xref linkend=\"scannersharing"
-"\"/> lesen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sollte der Scanner nicht korrekt erkannt und die Kabel und der Anschaltknopf "
-"bereits überprüft worden sein, sowie der Klick auf <emphasis>Suche nach "
-"neuen Scannern</emphasis> nicht weiterführen, müssen Sie auf "
-"<emphasis>Scanner manuell hinzufügen</emphasis> drücken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle den Hersteller Ihres Scanners aus der Liste die Ihnen angezeigt wird "
-"aus, anschließend das Modell aus der Herstellerliste und klicke auf "
-"<emphasis>OK</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie ihren Scanner nicht in der Liste finden können, klicke auf "
-"<emphasis>Abbrechen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bitte überprüfe auf der <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/"
-"sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> Seite, ob Ihr Scanner "
-"unterstützt wird und frage in den <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia."
-"org/en/\">Foren</link> nach Hilfe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Wählen Sie einen Port aus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können die Einstellung <emphasis>Verfügbare Ports automatisch erkennen</"
-"emphasis> unverändert lassen, solange der Scanner nicht an einem "
-"Parallelport angeschlossen ist. In diesem Fall wähle <emphasis>/dev/"
-"parport0</emphasis> falls Sie nur einen haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach dem Klick auf <emphasis>OK</emphasis> sehen Sie in den meisten Fällen "
-"einen Bildschirm, ähnlich zu dem unten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie nicht diesen Bildschirm erhalten, lesen Sie bitte weiter unter "
-"<xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Gemeinsamer Scannerzugriff"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier können Sie auswählen, ob der am Computer verbundene Scanner für "
-"entfernte Rechner freigegeben werden soll und für welche Rechner dieser "
-"freigegeben wird. Sie können hier auch entscheiden, ob auf entfernte Rechner "
-"freigegebene Scanner, mit diesem Computer, zugegriffen werden kann."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Scanner mit Rechnern teilen : Name oder IP-Adresse der Hosts können in die "
-"Hostliste hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden, um den Zugriff auf die lokalen "
-"Geräte dieses Computers zu ermöglichen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Benutze Scanner auf entfernten Computern : Name oder IP-Adresse der Hosts "
-"können in die Hostliste hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden, um Zugriff auf "
-"einem entfernten Scanner zu erhalten."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-"Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: Sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Scanner mit Rechnern teilen: Lege fest, welche Hosts hinzugefügt werden "
-"sollen oder erlaube alle entfernte Maschinen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"\"Alle entfernten Maschinen\" wird der Zugriff auf den lokalen Scanner "
-"gewährt."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls das Paket <emphasis>saned</emphasis> noch nicht installiert ist, "
-"bietet das Werkzeug an, dies zu tun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Zum Schluß wird das Werkzeug diese Dateien modifizieren:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> um die Direktive \"net\" "
-"hinzuzufügen oder zu kommentieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Es konfiguriert auch <emphasis>saned</emphasis> und <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> so, dass es während des Bootvorgangs gestartet wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Spezifisches"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Die meisten HP Scanner werden vom <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) verwaltet, welches auch die Drucker verwaltet. In diesem Fall "
-"erlaubt Ihnen das Werkzeug nicht diese zu konfigurieren sondern fordert Sie "
-"stattdessen auf den <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> zu verwenden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Treiber sind auf <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/"
-"search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">dieser Seite</link> verfügbar. Wenn es dort "
-"beschrieben ist, müssen Sie zuerst das <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> Paket "
-"und anschließend <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in dieser Reihenfolge) "
-"installieren. Es ist möglich dass das <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> Paket eine "
-"Warnung über einen Konflikt mit <emphasis>sane</emphasis> anzeigt. Nutzer "
-"haben gemeldet, dass diese Warnung ignoriert werden kann."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Zusätzliche Installationsschritte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist möglich, dass Sie nach der Auswahl des Ports für Ihren Scanner im "
-"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> Bildschirm, einen oder mehrere weitere "
-"Schritte durchführen müssen um Ihren Scanner vollständig einzurichten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"In manchen Fällen wird Ihnen angezeigt, dass die Firmware des Scanners bei "
-"jedem Start geladen werden muss. Nachdem Sie die Firmware auf Ihren Computer "
-"geladen haben, können Sie mit diesem Werkzeug die Firmware auf das Gerät "
-"laden. In diesem Dialog können Sie die Firmware von einer CD oder von einer "
-"Windows-Installation installieren oder Sie können die Firmware installieren, "
-"die Sie von der Internetseite des Scannerherstellers heruntergeladen haben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn die Firmware Ihres Gerätes geladen werden muss, kann dies bei jeder "
-"Erstbenutzung einige Zeit dauern, womöglich auch länger als eine Minute. "
-"Gedulden Sie sich ein wenig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ihnen dürfte auch ein Bildschirm angezeigt werden, der Sie dazu auffordert, "
-"die Datei <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf</"
-"emphasis> anzupassen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lesen Sie die vorliegenden Informationen (oder andere) sorgfältig und falls "
-"Sie nicht weiter wissen, können Sie gerne in den <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">Foren</link> um Rat fragen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Software-Verwaltung"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Werkzeuge auswählen, "
-"welche die Softwareverwaltung betreffen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, "
-"um mehr zu erfahren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualisieren des "
-"Systems</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paketquellen für "
-"Installation und Aktualisierungen einrichten</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Installation und Einrichten eines Druckers"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Drucken unter Mageia wird von einem Server namens CUPS verwaltet. Es besitzt "
-"eine eigene <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://"
-"localhost:631\">Konfigurationsoberfläche</link> welche über den "
-"Internetbrowser verfügbar ist, allerdings bietet Mageia ein eigenes Werkzeug "
-"um Drucker zu installieren, welches system-config-printer genannt wird und "
-"auch in anderen Distributionen wie Fedora, Madriva, Ubuntu und openSUSE "
-"verwendet wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie sollten die non-free Repositorys aktivieren bevor Sie die Installation "
-"fortfahren, da einige Treiber nur auf diesem Weg verfügbar sind."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Das root Passwort wird hierfür "
-"abgefragt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Druckerinstallation wird in der <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>-Sektion "
-"des Mageia Kontrollzentrums angeboten. Wähle das <guilabel>Konfigurieren des "
-"Druckers und Scanners</guilabel> Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC wird bezüglich der Installation von zwei Paketen nachfragen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist nötig die Installation zu akzeptieren um fortzufahren. Bis zu 230MB "
-"an Abhängigkeiten werden benötigt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Um einen Drucker hinzuzufügen, wähle den \"Hinzufügen\" Knopf. Das System "
-"wird versuchen jeden Drucker und die verfügbaren Ports zu erkennen. Der "
-"Screenshot zeigt einen Drucker, der mit einem Parallelport verbunden ist. "
-"Wenn ein Drucker erkannt wurde, wie ein Drucker am USB-Anschluss, wird "
-"dieser in der ersten Zeile angezeigt. Das Fenster bietet auch das "
-"konfigurieren von Netzwerkdrucker an."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Automatisch erkannte Drucker"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dies bezieht sich hauptsächlich auf USB-Drucker. Das Werkzeug findet "
-"automatisch den Namen des Druckers und zeigt diesen an. Wähle den Drucker "
-"aus und klicke auf \"Weiter\". Falls ein bekannter Treiber für den Drucker "
-"zugeordnet werden kann wird dieser automatisch installiert. Falls es mehr "
-"als einen Treiber gibt oder kein bekannter Treiber gefunden wurde wird ein "
-"Fenster Sie auffordern, einen auszuwählen oder bereitzustellen, wie im "
-"nächsten Absatz beschrieben. Fahre fort mit <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/> "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Nicht automatisch erkannte Drucker"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie einen Port auswählen wird das System eine Treiberliste laden und "
-"ein Fenster anzeigen um einen Treiber auszuwählen. Die Auswahl kann anhand "
-"von einer der folgenden Möglichkeiten getroffen werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Einen Drucker aus der Datenbank auswählen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "eine PPD Datei bereitstellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "nach einem herunterladbaren Treiber suchen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Bei der Auswahl \"Drucker aus Datenbank auswählen\", schlägt das Fenster "
-"zuerst einen Druckerhersteller vor, anschließend ein Gerät und einen Treiber "
-"welcher zu diesem zugeordnet werden kann. Falls mehr als ein Treiber "
-"vorgeschlagen wird, wähle einen der empfohlen wird, außer Sie haben vorher "
-"bereits Probleme mit diesem festgestellt. In dem Fall wählen Sie einen, bei "
-"dem Sie wissen das er funktioniert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Installationsvorgang abschließen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach der Treiberauswahl werden Sie in einem Fenster nach weiteren "
-"Informationen gefragt, welche dem System die Zuordnung und Auffindung des "
-"Druckers ermöglicht. Die erste Zeile ist der Name, unter welchem das Gerät "
-"in Anwendungen als verfügbarer Drucker angezeigt werden soll. Der Installer "
-"empfiehlt danach eine Testseite zu drucken. Nach diesem Schritt ist der "
-"Drucker im System eingerichtet und erscheint in der Liste der verfügbaren "
-"Drucker."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Netzwerkdrucker"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Netzwerkdrucker sind Drucker welche direkt an ein kabelgebundenes oder "
-"drahtloses Netzwerk verbunden sind, welche mit einem Druckserver verbunden "
-"sind oder welche, die mit einer Workstation verbunden sind der als "
-"Druckserver dient."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Häufig ist es besser den DHCP Server so zu konfigurieren, dass immer eine "
-"feste IP-Adresse für die MAC-Adresse des Druckers vergeben wird. Dies sollte "
-"natürlich auch die selbe IP-Adresse sein, die der Drucker über einen "
-"Druckserver festgelegt bekam, falls eine feste IP festgelegt wurde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Drucker MAC-Adresse ist eine Seriennummer, die der Drucker, Druckserver "
-"oder Computer erhalten hat, welche anhand einer durch den Drucker gedruckten "
-"Konfigurationsseite oder möglicherweise auf einem Etikett am Drucker oder "
-"Druckserver entnommen werden kann. Falls der für die gemeinsame Nutzung "
-"freigegebene Drucker am Mageia System angeschlossen ist, können Sie dort als "
-"root <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> ausführen, um die MAC-"
-"Adresse anzeigen zu lassen. Es ist eine Zusammenstellung aus Nummern und "
-"Buchstaben nach \"HWaddr\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können Ihren Netzwerk-Drucker hinzufügen, indem Sie das Protokoll "
-"auswählen, mit dem Ihr Drucker mit Ihrem Computer über das Netzwerk "
-"kommuniziert. Falls Sie das Protokoll nicht kennen, können Sie im Menü "
-"<guilabel>Gerät wählen</guilabel> die Option <guilabel>Netzwerkdrucker</"
-"guilabel> - <guilabel>Netzwerkdrucker finden</guilabel> wählen und die IP-"
-"Adresse des Druckers in das Feld \"Host\" auf der rechten Seite eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn das Werkzeug Ihren Drucker oder Druckerserver erkennt, wird es ein "
-"Protokoll vorschlagen und eine Warteschlange, aber Sie können auch eine "
-"passendere Warteschlange aus der Liste darunter auswählen oder den richtigen "
-"Warteschlangennamen angeben, falls er nicht in der Liste aufgeführt ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Schauen Sie in die Beschreibung, welche Sie mit Ihrem Drucker oder "
-"Druckserver erhalten haben, um herauszufinden welche(s) Protokoll(e) dieser "
-"unterstützt und für mögliche festgelegte Namen der Druckerwarteschlange."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Netzwerkdruck-Protokolle"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Eine aktuelle Technologie, die von Hewlett-Packard entwickelt wird, heißt "
-"JetDirect. Sie erlaubt den Zugriff auf einen Drucker, der direkt mit dem "
-"Netzwerk verbunden ist. Sie müssen die IP-Adresse kennen, unter der der "
-"Drucker im Netzwerk erreichbar ist. Die JetDirect-Technologie wird auch von "
-"ADSL-Routern verwendet, die einen USB-Anschluss für einen Drucker besitzen. "
-"In diesem Fall benötigen Sie die IP-Adresse Ihres Routers. Bitte beachten "
-"Sie, dass das Werkzeug \"HP Gerätemanager\" dynamische IP-Adressen verwalten "
-"kann und dazu eine URI wie beispielsweise <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;Name-Ihres-"
-"Druckers></emphasis> vergeben kann. In diesem Fall wird eine feste IP-"
-"Adresse nicht benötigt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen Sie als Protokoll die Option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</"
-"guilabel> und geben Sie die Adresse in das Eingabefeld <guilabel>Host:</"
-"guilabel> ein. Ändern Sie die <guilabel>Port-Nummer</guilabel> nicht - außer "
-"Sie wissen, dass dies erforderlich ist. Nach der Auswahl des Protokolls "
-"folgt die Auswahl des Treibers, die genau so abläuft wie weiter oben "
-"beschrieben."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Die weiteren Protokolle sind:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: Ein Drucker worüber "
-"über das TCP/IP Netzwerk mit dem IPP Protokoll zugegriffen werden kann, z. "
-"B. ein Drucker der mit einer Station über CUPS verbunden ist. Dieses "
-"Protokoll wird womöglich auch von einigen ADSL Router verwendet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>Das gleiche wie "
-"ipp, jedoch wird für die Übertragung HTTP und das abgesicherte TLS Protokoll "
-"verwendet. Der Port muss festgelegt werden. Als Standard wird der Port 631 "
-"verwendet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>Das selbe wie ipp, "
-"jedoch mit dem abgesicherten TLS Protokoll."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR Host oder Drucker</emphasis>: Ein Drucker worüber über das "
-"TCP/IP Netzwerk mit dem LPD Protokoll zugegriffen werden kann, z. B. ein "
-"Drucker der mit einer Station über LPD verbunden ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Windows-Drucker via SAMBA</emphasis>: Ein Drucker der mit einer "
-"Station verbunden ist, welche mit Windows oder einem SMB Server läuft und im "
-"Netzwerk freigegeben wurde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"Die URI kann auch direkt eingegeben werden. Hier sind einige Beispiele wie "
-"sich die URI zusammensetzt:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Line Printer Daemon (LPD)-Protokoll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Weitere Informationen finden Sie in der <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/"
-"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS-Dokumentation.</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Geräteeigenschaften"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können auf die Eigenschaften des Geräts zugreifen. Das Menü erlaubt den "
-"Zugriff auf die Parameter des CUPS-Servers. Standardmäßig wird ein CUPS-"
-"Server auf Ihrem System gestartet, aber Sie können ebenso mittels "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Verbinden...</guimenuitem> einen "
-"anderen Server angeben. Über <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Einstellungen</guimenuitem> erreichen Sie ein Fenster, in dem "
-"Sie andere Server-spezifische Parameter einstellen können."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Problembehebung"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können einige Informationen zu auftretende Fehler während dem Drucken in "
-"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> finden"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können auch im Menü, unter <guimenu>Hilfe</guimenu> | "
-"<guilabel>Fehlersuche</guilabel>, auf ein Werkzeug zugreifen, um die "
-"Fehlergründe herauszufinden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist möglich das einige Treiber für bestimmte Drucker in Mageia nicht "
-"verfügbar sind oder nicht funktionieren. In diesem Fall schaue auf der <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> Webseite "
-"nach, um zu überprüfen, ob ein Treiber für Ihr Gerät verfügbar ist. Falls "
-"ja, schaue nach ob das Paket bereits in Mageia bzw. den Quellen vorhanden "
-"ist und installiere diesen manuell. Führe anschließend den "
-"Installationsvorgang erneut durch und richte den Drucker ein. Auf alle Fälle "
-"sollte das Problem in Bugzilla oder im Forum gemeldet werden, falls Sie mit "
-"dem Werkzeug vertraut sind, und gebe das Modell und die Treiberinformationen "
-"an, sowie ob der Drucker nach der Installation funktioniert oder nicht. Hier "
-"sind einige Quellen unter denen Sie weitere aktuelle Treiber oder "
-"weiterführende Informationen zu neueren Geräten finden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother Drucker</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Diese Seite</link> zeigt Ihnen eine Liste an Treiber "
-"die Brother anbietet. Suchen Sie nach dem Treiber für Ihr Gerät, laden Sie "
-"diese(n) als rpm herunter und installieren Sie ihn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie sollten die Brother Treiber installieren bevor Sie das "
-"Konfigurationsprogramm starten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard Drucker und Multifunktionsgeräte</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Gerät nutzt das hplip Werkzeug. Es wird automatisch nach der "
-"Erkennung oder der Auswahl des Druckers installiert. Sie können weitere "
-"Information <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html"
-"\">hier</link> finden. Das Werkzeug \"HP Gerätemanager\" ist verfügbar im "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> Menü. Schaue Sie sich auch die <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
-"\">Konfiguration</link> für die Verwaltung des Druckers an."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Ein HP All-in-one Gerät muss als Drucker installiert werden und die "
-"Scannereigenschaft wird hinzugefügt. Beachte das manchmal die Xsane "
-"Schnittstelle es nicht erlaubt Fotos oder Dias zu scannen (der "
-"Beleuchtungsschlitten funktioniert nicht). In diesem Fall ist es möglich, "
-"den Stand-alone-Betrieb zum Scannen zu verwenden und das Bild auf einer am "
-"Gerät direkt angeschlossenen Speicherkarte oder USB-Stick zu sichern. "
-"Anschließend können Sie Ihre gewünschte Bildsoftware öffnen und das Bild von "
-"der Speicherkarte laden, welche im /media Verzeichnis angezeigt wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung Farbdrucker</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Für spezielle Samsung und Xerox Farbdrucker bietet <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">diese Seite Treiber</link> für das QPDL Protokoll."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson Drucker und Scanner</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Treiber für Epson Drucker sind <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson."
-"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">auf dieser Seite</link> verfügbar. Für "
-"den Scanner-Teil müssen Sie zuerst das \"iscan-data\" Paket installieren, "
-"anschließend das \"iscan\" Paket (in dieser Reihenfolge). Ein iscan-plugin "
-"Paket kann gegebenenfalls auch verfügbar sein und muss installiert werden. "
-"Wähle das <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> Paket anhand Ihrer verwendeten "
-"Systemarchitektur aus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist möglich dass das iscan Paket eine Warnmeldung anzeigt bezüglich eines "
-"Konflikts mit sane. Nutzer haben gemeldet das diese Warnung ignoriert werden "
-"kann."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon Drucker</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Für Canon Drucker ist es möglicherweise empfehlenswert ein Werkzeug mit dem "
-"Namen turboprint zu installieren, welches <link ns2:href=\"http://www."
-"turboprint.info/\">hier verfügbar</link> ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importieren von Windows(TM)-Dokumenten und -Einstellungen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Befehlszeile starten, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im "
-"Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</"
-"emphasis> mit dem Namen <guilabel>Importieren von Windows(TM)-Dokumenten und "
-"-Einstellungen</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt einem Administrator, Dokumente und Einstellungen von "
-"Nutzern, aus einer <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP oder <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> Installation "
-"vom gleichen Rechner, auf dem sich auch die Mageia Installation befindet, zu "
-"importieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Beachte das alle Änderungen von transfugdrake sofort durchgeführt werden, "
-"sobald auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> gedrückt wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach dem starten von transfugdrake sehen Sie die erste Seite des Assistenten "
-"mit einigen Erklärungen über das Werkzeug und die Importoptionen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Sobald Sie die Beschreibung gelesen und verstanden haben, drücke auf den "
-"<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> Knopf. Dies sollte eine Erkennung der "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> Installation durchführen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn der Schritt zur Erkennung beendet ist, sehen Sie eine Seite welche "
-"Ihnen erlaubt den Benutzerzugang von <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> und Mageia für das Importierverfahren auszuwählen. Es "
-"ist möglich einen anderen, statt Ihren,  Benutzerzugang auszuwählen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Bitte beachte die Einschränkung des Migrations-Assistenten (das Backend von "
-"transfugdrake), das <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"Benutzerzugänge mit speziellen Symbolen eventuell fehlerhaft dargestellt "
-"werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Migration kann eine Weile dauern, abhängig von der Größe des "
-"Dokumentenverzeichnisses."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Einige <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> Anwendungen "
-"(vorallem Treiber) erstellen möglicherweise Nutzerzugänge für verschiedene "
-"Vorgänge. Zum Beispiel werden Nvidia Treiber in <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> durch Verwendung von <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> "
-"aktualisiert. Verwende bitte nicht solche Zugänge für den Importvorgang."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Sobald Sie fertig mit der Auswahl des Benutzerzugangs sind, drücke auf die "
-"<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> Schaltfläche. Die nächste Seite wird dazu "
-"verwendet die Methode zum importieren von Dokumenten auszuwählen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake wurde dafür erstellt, um <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> Dateien aus den <emphasis>Meine Dokumente</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis>Eigene Musik</emphasis> und <emphasis>Eigene Bilder</emphasis> "
-"Verzeichnissen zu importieren. Es ist möglich das importieren zu "
-"überspringen, indem man dies im Fenster auswählt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Sobald Sie die Importiermethode der Dokumente ausgewählt haben drücke auf "
-"die <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> Schaltfläche. Auf der nächsten Seite "
-"können Sie die Importiermethode für Lesezeichen auswählen:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake kann Lesezeichen aus <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> "
-"und <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> in die Lesezeichen von "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> unter Mageia importieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle die gewünschte Importauswahl und drücke die <guibutton>Weiter</"
-"guibutton> Schaltfläche."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-"Die nächste Seite erlaubt Ihnen das importieren des Desktophintergrund:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle die gewünschte Auswahl und drücke die <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> "
-"Schaltfläche."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Die letzte Seite des Assistenten zeigt eine Meldung zur Beglückwünschung. "
-"Drücke einfach auf die <guibutton>Assistent beenden</guibutton> Schaltfläche."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Benutzer und Gruppen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Befehlszeile starten, indem Sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im "
-"Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</"
-"emphasis> mit dem Namen <guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt einem Administrator die Verwaltung der Benutzer und "
-"der Gruppen. Dies bedeutet das Benutzer oder Gruppen hinzugefügt oder "
-"gelöscht und die Einstellungen bearbeitet werden können (ID, shell, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn userdrake geöffnet ist werden alle bestehenden Systembenutzer im "
-"<guibutton>Benutzer</guibutton> Reiter aufgelistet und alle Gruppen im "
-"<guibutton>Gruppen</guibutton> Reiter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Benutzer hinzufügen</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Knopf öffnet ein neues Fenster, bei dem alle Felder leer angezeigt "
-"werden:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Das Feld <emphasis role=\"bold\">Vollständiger Name</emphasis> ist dafür "
-"gedacht den Familienname und Vorname einzugeben, es ist jedoch auch möglich "
-"etwas anderes hineinzuschreiben oder auch gar nichts!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Benutzername</emphasis> ist das einzige Feld das "
-"benötigt wird."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Das vergeben eines <emphasis role=\"bold\">Passwort</emphasis> ist sehr "
-"empfehlenswert. Es wird ein kleines Schild auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. "
-"Wenn es rot ist, ist das Passwort schwach, zu kurz oder zu ähnlich zum "
-"Benutzername. Sie sollten Zahlen, klein und großgeschriebene Zeichen, "
-"Satzzeichen, usw. verwenden. Das Schild wird orange und anschließend grün, "
-"je nach Passwortsicherheit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"Das <emphasis role=\"bold\">Passwort bestätigen</emphasis> Feld ist um "
-"sicherzustellen, dass das Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>ist eine Dropdown-Liste, "
-"welche es erlaubt die Shell zu ändern die der Benutzer verwenden soll, den "
-"Sie hinzufügen. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Private Gruppe für den Benutzer erstellen</"
-"emphasis>. Wenn dies angeklickt ist wird automatisch eine Gruppe erstellt "
-"mit dem gleichen Namen und der neue Benutzer ist der einzige Benutzer in "
-"dieser Gruppe (dies kann nachträglich geändert werden)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Die anderen Auswahlmöglichkeiten sollten eindeutig sein. Der neue Benutzer "
-"wird direkt nach dem Klick auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> erstellt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Gruppe hinzufügen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie müssen nur den neuen Gruppennamen eingeben und falls benötigt, die "
-"spezifische Gruppen-ID."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Bearbeiten</emphasis> (einen ausgewählten Benutzer)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Benutzerdaten</guibutton>: Erlaubt Ihnen all die eingegebenen "
-"Daten bei der Benutzererstellung zu ändern (die ID kann nicht geändert "
-"werden)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Benutzerkonto-Info</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Die erste Auswahl ist um ein Ablaufdatum für das Benutzerkonto festzulegen. "
-"Man kann nach diesem Datum nicht mehr darauf zugreifen. Dies ist für "
-"temporäre Konten nützlich."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"Die zweite Auswahl ist um den Zugang zu sperren. Man kann darauf nicht mehr "
-"zugreifen solange der Zugang gesperrt ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Es ist auch möglich, das Symbol zu ändern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Passwort-Info</emphasis>: Erlaubt Ihnen ein "
-"Ablaufdatum für das Passwort festzulegen. Dies zwingt den Nutzer das "
-"Passwort regelmäßig zu ändern."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppen</emphasis>: Hier können Sie die Gruppen "
-"auswählen, denen der Benutzer angehört."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie die Einstellungen eines aktuell verbundenen Benutzers ändern, "
-"werden die Änderungen erst bei seinem/ihrem nächsten Login aktiv."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Bearbeiten</emphasis> (eine ausgewählte Gruppe)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppendaten</emphasis>: Erlaubt Ihnen das ändern "
-"des Gruppennamen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Benutzer in dieser Gruppe</emphasis>: Hier können "
-"Sie die Nutzer auswählen, welche Mitglied der Gruppe sein sollen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Löschen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Wähle einen Nutzer oder eine Gruppe und klicke auf  <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Löschen</emphasis> um diesen zu entfernen. Wählen Sie einen Nutzer, "
-"erscheint ein Fenster und fragt ob das persönliche Verzeichnis und die "
-"Mailbox auch gelöscht werden soll. Wenn eine private Gruppe für den Nutzer "
-"erstellt wurde, wird diese auch gelöscht."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Es ist möglich eine Gruppe zu löschen, welche nicht leer ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Aktualisieren</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Nutzerdatenbank kann außerhalb von Userdrake geändert werden. Klicke auf "
-"dieses Symbol um die Anzeige zu aktualisieren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Gastkonto</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gast</emphasis> ist ein spezieller Zugang. Er ist "
-"dafür gedacht, jemanden temporären Zugriff auf das System zu bieten, mit "
-"kompletter Absicherung. Der Benutzername ist xguest, es gibt kein Passwort "
-"und es ist nicht möglich Änderungen am System über diesen Zugang zu machen. "
-"Das persönliche Verzeichnis wird beim beenden der Sitzung gelöscht. Dieser "
-"Zugang ist standardmäßig aktiviert, um diesen zu deaktivieren klicke auf das "
-"Menü unter <guimenu>Bearbeiten -> Das Gast-Benutzerkonto entfernen</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Grafischen Server einrichten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können dieses Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile starten, indem Sie "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> als normaler Nutzer oder <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis> als root eingeben. Beachte die Großbuchstaben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar. Wähle <emphasis><guilabel>Grafischen "
-"Server einrichten</guilabel></emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/> aus. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Schaltflächen ermöglichen Ihnen die Änderung der grafischen "
-"Konfiguration."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafikkarte</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Grafikkarte die aktuell erkannt wurde, sowie den dazugehörigen "
-"konfigurierten Server, werden angezeigt. Klicke auf den Knopf um den Server, "
-"z. B. auf einen mit proprietärem Treiber, zu ändern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Die verfügbaren Server sind unter <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> nach "
-"Hersteller in alphabetischen Reihenfolge sortiert, anschließend nach Modell, "
-"auch in alphabetischer Reihenfolge. Die freien Treiber sind unter <guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel> in alphabetischer Reihenfolge gelistet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Im Fall eines Problems wird <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> mit den meisten "
-"Grafikkarten funktionieren und Ihnen Zeit geben, den richtigen Treiber zu "
-"finden und zu installieren, während Sie sich in Ihrer Desktop-Umgebung "
-"befinden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn selbst Vesa nicht funktionieren sollte, wähle <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</"
-"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, welches auch während der "
-"Installation von Mageia verwendet wird, allerdings erlaubt es Ihnen nicht "
-"die Auflösung oder Bildwiederholrate zu ändern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls Sie sich für einen freien Treiber entschieden haben, werden Sie "
-"womöglich gefragt ob Sie stattdessen einen proprietären Treiber mit mehr "
-"Funktionen nutzen möchten (z. B. 3D Effekte)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Auf dem gleichen Weg wie oben wird der aktuell erkannte Bildschirm angezeigt "
-"und Sie können auf die Schaltfläche drücken um diesen auf einen anderen zu "
-"ändern. Falls der gewünschte Monitor sich nicht in der <guilabel>Hersteller</"
-"guilabel>-Liste befindet, wähle in der <guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>-Liste "
-"einen mit den gleichen Eigenschaften aus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Auflösung:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieser Knopf erlaubt die Auswahl der Auflösung (Anzahl an Pixel) und die "
-"Farbtiefe (Anzahl an Farben). Es wird dieser Bildschirm angezeigt:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Wenn Sie die Farbtiefe ändern, "
-"erscheint eine mehrfarbige Leiste in der nähe der zweiten Schaltfläche und "
-"zeigt eine Vorschau, wie die ausgewählte Farbtiefe aussieht."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Der erste Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Auflösung, klicke darauf um eine andere "
-"auszuwählen. Die Liste zeigt alle verfügbaren auswählen abhängig von der "
-"Grafikkarte und des Monitors. Es ist möglich auf <guilabel>Andere</guilabel> "
-"zu klicken um eine andere Auflösung einzustellen, aber behalte in "
-"Erinnerung, das Sie den Monitor beschädigen oder eine unbrauchbare "
-"Einstellung durchführen können."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Der zweite Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Farbtiefe, klicke darauf um diese auf "
-"eine andere umzustellen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Abhängig von der gewählten Auflösung, ist es eventuell notwendig das Sie "
-"sich abmelden und die grafische Benutzeroberfläche neu starten, damit die "
-"Einstellungen übernommen werden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Sobald die Konfiguration abgeschlossen ist, wird empfohlen einen Test "
-"durchzuführen, bevor auf OK geklickt wird, da es einfacher ist die "
-"Einstellungen gleich anzupassen statt später, wenn die grafische Umgebung "
-"nicht funktioniert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Im Fall einer nicht funktionierenden grafischen Umgebung, drücke Alt+Strg+F2 "
-"um eine Textumgebung zu öffnen, melden Sie sich als root an und gib XFdrake "
-"(mit den Großbuchstaben) ein, um die Textversion von XFdrake zu verwenden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Falls der Test fehlschlägt, warte einfach bis zum Ende. Falls er "
-"funktionierte, aber Sie trotzdem nichts ändern möchten, klicken auf "
-"<guibutton>Nein</guibutton>. Falls alles korrekt ist klicke auf <guibutton "
-"role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Optionen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Globale Einstellungen</guilabel>: Wenn <emphasis>Strg-Alt-"
-"Rücktaste deaktivieren</emphasis> ausgewählt ist, wird es nicht mehr möglich "
-"sein den X Server durch drücken der Strg-Alt-Rücktaste neu zu starten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Grafikkarten Optionen</guilabel>: Erlaubt Ihnen drei spezifische "
-"Funktionen zu aktivieren oder deaktivieren, was abhängig von Ihrer "
-"Grafikkarte ist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Grafikumgebung zur Startzeit</guilabel>: Meistens ist "
-"<guilabel>Automatisch beim Start in den Grafik-Modus (Xorg) wechseln</"
-"guilabel> ausgewählt um beim Booten in den grafischen Modus zu wechseln. Für "
-"Server ist dies möglicherweise abgewählt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Nach einem Klick auf den <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> Knopf wird das "
-"System Sie auffordern die Änderungen zu bestätigen. Sie haben immer noch die "
-"Möglichkeit die Änderung abzubrechen und die vorige Konfiguration zu "
-"behalten oder die Änderung zu übernehmen. In diesem Fall müssen Sie sich "
-"abmelden und neu anmelden um die neue Konfiguration zu aktivieren."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a021d89..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia-Kontrollzentrum</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Die Werkzeuge zum konfigurieren des Mageia-Systems</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0
-<link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
-veröffentlicht.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt
-von <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
-	    </para>
-            <para>Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren
-Sie das <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentationsteam</link>,
-wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e738ea7a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia-Kontrollzentrum</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0
-<link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
-veröffentlicht.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt
-von <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
-	    </para>
-            <para>Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren
-Sie das <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentationsteam</link>,
-wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d7e8d32b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Aktualisierung der Softwarepakete</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate oder drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von
-<emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> oder <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> als root.</para>
-    </footnote> ist im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-verwalten</emphasis> verfügbar.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Damit dies funktioniert benötigt MageiaUpdate mit drakrpm-editmedia
-konfigurierte Repositorys, mit einigen Medien, als Aktualisieren
-markiert. Falls dies nicht der Fall ist werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und
-listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositorys verfügbar
-sind. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen
-und installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den
-<guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf um den Prozess zu starten.</para>
-
-  <para>Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren
-Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role="bold">
-></emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, dass Sie darauf klicken können,
-um einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert Sie eine Anwendung in der
-Systemleiste durch ein rotes Symbol <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>. Klicken Sie einfach darauf und geben Sie ihr Benutzerpasswort ein,
-um das System zu aktualisieren.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fda0a23f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Grafischen Server einrichten</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar. Wähle
-<emphasis><guilabel>Grafischen Server
-einrichten</guilabel></emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile starten, indem Sie
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> als normaler Nutzer oder
-<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> als root eingeben. Beachte die Großbuchstaben.</para>
-    </footnote> aus. </para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Die Schaltflächen ermöglichen Ihnen die Änderung der grafischen
-Konfiguration.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grafikkarte</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>Die Grafikkarte die aktuell erkannt wurde, sowie den dazugehörigen
-konfigurierten Server, werden angezeigt. Klicke auf den Knopf um den Server,
-z. B. auf einen mit proprietärem Treiber, zu ändern.</para>
-
-  <para>Die verfügbaren Server sind unter <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> nach
-Hersteller in alphabetischen Reihenfolge sortiert, anschließend nach Modell,
-auch in alphabetischer Reihenfolge. Die freien Treiber sind unter <guilabel>
-Xorg</guilabel> in alphabetischer Reihenfolge gelistet.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Im Fall eines Problems wird <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> mit den meisten
-Grafikkarten funktionieren und Ihnen Zeit geben, den richtigen Treiber zu
-finden und zu installieren, während Sie sich in Ihrer Desktop-Umgebung
-befinden.</para>
-
-      <para>Wenn selbst Vesa nicht funktionieren sollte, wähle
-<emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>,
-welches auch während der Installation von Mageia verwendet wird, allerdings
-erlaubt es Ihnen nicht die Auflösung oder Bildwiederholrate zu ändern.</para>
-    </note>Falls Sie sich für einen freien Treiber entschieden haben, werden Sie
-womöglich gefragt ob Sie stattdessen einen proprietären Treiber mit mehr
-Funktionen nutzen möchten (z. B. 3D Effekte).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Auf dem gleichen Weg wie oben wird der aktuell erkannte Bildschirm angezeigt
-und Sie können auf die Schaltfläche drücken um diesen auf einen anderen zu
-ändern. Falls der gewünschte Monitor sich nicht in der
-<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel>-Liste befindet, wähle in der
-<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>-Liste einen mit den gleichen Eigenschaften
-aus.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Auflösung:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Dieser Knopf erlaubt die Auswahl der Auflösung (Anzahl an Pixel) und die
-Farbtiefe (Anzahl an Farben). Es wird dieser Bildschirm angezeigt:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Wenn Sie die Farbtiefe ändern,
-erscheint eine mehrfarbige Leiste in der nähe der zweiten Schaltfläche und
-zeigt eine Vorschau, wie die ausgewählte Farbtiefe aussieht.</para>
-
-  <para>Der erste Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Auflösung, klicke darauf um eine andere
-auszuwählen. Die Liste zeigt alle verfügbaren auswählen abhängig von der
-Grafikkarte und des Monitors. Es ist möglich auf <guilabel>Andere</guilabel>
-zu klicken um eine andere Auflösung einzustellen, aber behalte in
-Erinnerung, das Sie den Monitor beschädigen oder eine unbrauchbare
-Einstellung durchführen können.</para>
-
-  <para>Der zweite Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Farbtiefe, klicke darauf um diese auf
-eine andere umzustellen.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Abhängig von der gewählten Auflösung, ist es eventuell notwendig das Sie
-sich abmelden und die grafische Benutzeroberfläche neu starten, damit die
-Einstellungen übernommen werden.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Sobald die Konfiguration abgeschlossen ist, wird empfohlen einen Test
-durchzuführen, bevor auf OK geklickt wird, da es einfacher ist die
-Einstellungen gleich anzupassen statt später, wenn die grafische Umgebung
-nicht funktioniert.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Im Fall einer nicht funktionierenden grafischen Umgebung, drücke Alt+Strg+F2
-um eine Textumgebung zu öffnen, melden Sie sich als root an und gib XFdrake
-(mit den Großbuchstaben) ein, um die Textversion von XFdrake zu verwenden.</para>
-    </note>Falls der Test fehlschlägt, warte einfach bis zum Ende. Falls er
-funktionierte, aber Sie trotzdem nichts ändern möchten, klicken auf
-<guibutton>Nein</guibutton>. Falls alles korrekt ist klicke auf <guibutton
-role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Optionen:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Globale Einstellungen</guilabel>: Wenn
-<emphasis>Strg-Alt-Rücktaste deaktivieren</emphasis> ausgewählt ist, wird es
-nicht mehr möglich sein den X Server durch drücken der Strg-Alt-Rücktaste
-neu zu starten.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Grafikkarten Optionen</guilabel>: Erlaubt Ihnen drei spezifische
-Funktionen zu aktivieren oder deaktivieren, was abhängig von Ihrer
-Grafikkarte ist.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Grafikumgebung zur Startzeit</guilabel>: Meistens ist
-<guilabel>Automatisch beim Start in den Grafik-Modus (Xorg)
-wechseln</guilabel> ausgewählt um beim Booten in den grafischen Modus zu
-wechseln. Für Server ist dies möglicherweise abgewählt.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>Nach einem Klick auf den <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> Knopf wird das
-System Sie auffordern die Änderungen zu bestätigen. Sie haben immer noch die
-Möglichkeit die Änderung abzubrechen und die vorige Konfiguration zu
-behalten oder die Änderung zu übernehmen. In diesem Fall müssen Sie sich
-abmelden und neu anmelden um die neue Konfiguration zu aktivieren.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cb2072f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Zugriff auf über WebDAV freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
-  </footnote> befindet sich im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben mit dem Namen
-<guilabel>Einstellungen für WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einleitung</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> ist ein
-Protokoll, welches erlaubt, Verzeichnisse auf einem Webserver lokal
-einzubinden, sodass es wie ein lokales Verzeichnis erscheint. Dazu ist es
-notwendig, das auf dem Remote-Computer ein WebDAV-Server läuft. Ziel dieses
-Werkzeugs ist nicht die Konfiguration eines WebDAV Servers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einen neuen Eintrag erstellen</title>
-
-    <para>Das erste Fenster von diesem Werkzeug zeigt die bereits konfigurierten
-Einträge an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton>
-Knopf. Benutze diesen, um einen neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld
-des neuen Fensters die Server-URL ein.</para>
-
-    <para>Anschließend erhalten Sie einen Auswahlbildschirm, in dem Sie einige
-Aktionen auswählen können. Fahre mit dem
-<guibutton>Einhängepunkt</guibutton> fort, indem Sie darauf klicken und
-anschließend auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, da der
-<guibutton>Server</guibutton> bereits konfiguriert wurde. Sie können diesen
-aber, falls nötig, korrigieren.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Der Inhalt des entfernten Verzeichnisses wird durch diesen Einhängepunkt
-zugänglich sein.</para>
-
-    <para>Geben Sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort
-an. Wenn Sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können Sie diese im
-<guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt Ihnen den Zugriff direkt
-einzuhängen.</para>
-
-    <para>Nachdem Sie die Konfiguration mit den Radio Buttons mit
-<guibutton>Fertig</guibutton> akzeptiert haben, wird der erste Bildschirm
-wieder angezeigt und Ihr neuer Einhängepunkt wird aufgelistet. Nachdem Sie
-<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> ausgewählt haben, werden Sie gefragt ob die
-Änderungen in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> gespeichert werden
-sollen. Wählen Sie dies, wenn Sie möchten, dass das entfernte Verzeichnis
-bei jedem Systemstart verfügbar sein soll. Falls Ihre Konfiguration nur für
-eine einmalige Nutzung verwendet werden soll, speichern Sie dies nicht.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a18fab9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Mit diesem Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para></footnote> können Sie
-Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux
-oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen.</para>
-
-  <para>Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab
-unter "Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben".</para>
-
-  <para>Beantworten Sie zuerst die Frage :"<guilabel>Wollen Sie Benutzern erlauben,
-Verzeichnisse freizugeben?</guilabel>". Klicke auf <guibutton>Keine
-Freigaben</guibutton>, wenn die Antwort für alle Nutzer nein ist, klicke auf
-<guibutton>Allen Benutzern erlauben</guibutton> für alle Nutzer und klicke
-auf <guibutton>Benutzerdefiniert</guibutton>, wenn die Antwort für bestimme
-Nutzer nein und für andere ja ist. Im letzten Fall müssen sich die Nutzer,
-welche autorisiert sind ihre Verzeichnisse freizugeben, in der fileshare
-Gruppe befinden, welche automatisch vom System erstellt wird. Sie werden
-danach später gefragt.</para>
-
-  <para>Klicke auf <guilabel>OK</guilabel> und es erscheint ein zweiter Bildschirm
-welcher Sie danach fragt ob Sie <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> oder
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> verwenden möchten. Wähle
-<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> wenn sie Linux als einziges Betriebssystem im
-Netzwerk verwenden oder wählen Sie <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> wenn im
-Netzwerk beides, Linux und Windows Rechner, verwendet werden. Klicke
-anschließend auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Die hierfür benötigten Pakete
-werden, falls nötig, anschließend installiert.</para>
-
-  <para>Die Konfiguration ist nun abgeschlossen, außer Sie haben die
-benutzerdefinierte Konfiguration ausgewählt. In diesem Fall erscheint ein
-weiterer Bildschirm welcher Sie auffordert Userdrake zu öffnen. Dieses
-Werkzeug erlaubt Ihnen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzuzufügen, damit
-diese Ihre Verzeichnisse freigeben können. Klicke im Reiter Benutzer auf den
-Nutzer, der zur fileshare Gruppe hinzugefügt werden soll, danach auf
-<guimenuitem>Bearbeiten</guimenuitem> und anschließend auf den Reiter
-Gruppen im neu geöffneten Fenster. Aktiviere dort die Gruppe fileshare und
-klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Weitere Informationen über Userdrake,
-finden Sie auf <xref linkend="userdrake">dieser Seite</xref>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Wenn Sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen, müssen Sie
-das Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Ab jetzt kann jeder Benutzer, der in der Gruppe fileshare ist, in
-ihrem/seinem Dateimanager die zu teilenden Verzeichnisse
-auswählen. Allerdings ist dies nicht mit jedem Dateimanager möglich.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8404c2ee..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Zugriff auf über NFS freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einleitung</title>
-
-    <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
-      </footnote> erlaubt es Ihnen
-festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem
-Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll NFS verwendet,
-welches auf den meisten Linux oder Unix Systemen verfügbar ist. Das geteilte
-Verzeichnis wird direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse
-können auch direkt in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen
-wie Dateibrowsern aufgerufen werden.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vorgehensweise</title>
-
-    <para>Wähle <guibutton>Server suchen</guibutton> um eine Liste an Servern, welche
-Verzeichnisse freigegeben haben, zu erhalten.</para>
-
-    <para>Klicke auf das > Symbol vor dem Servernamen um eine Liste an freigegebenen
-Verzeichnissen zu sehen und wähle das Verzeichnis aus, auf das Sie zugreifen
-möchten.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Die Schaltfläche <guibutton>Einhängepunkt</guibutton> erscheint und Sie
-müssen festlegen wo das Verzeichnis eingebunden werden soll.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Nach der Auswahl des Einhängepunkts können Sie diesen Einhängen. Sie können
-auch einige Optionen mit der <guibutton>Optionen</guibutton> Schaltfläche
-überprüfen und ändern. Nach dem einhängen des Verzeichnisses können Sie
-diesen mit der gleichen Schaltfläche wieder aushängen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Nach dem bestätigen der Konfiguration mit der <guibutton>Fertig</guibutton>
-Schaltfläche, erscheint eine Meldung die Sie fragt "Wollen Sie die
-Änderungen in /etc/fstab speichern?". Dies macht das Verzeichnis bei jedem
-Systemstart verfügbar, wenn der Zugriff auf das Netzwerk vorhanden ist. Das
-neue Verzeichnis ist anschließend in Ihrem Datei-Browser verfügbar, wie
-z.B. in Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6060752f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD Brenner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug <footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> befindet sich im
-Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter 'Lokale Festplatten' und ist
-abhängig von Ihrer wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und
-Diskettenlaufwerke) </para>
-
-  <para>Es ist dafür gedacht um festzulegen, auf welchem Weg die Wechsellaufwerke
-eingebunden werden. </para>
-
-  <para>Im oberen Bereich des Fensters befindet sich eine kurze Beschreibung Ihrer
-Hardware und die ausgewählten Optionen um diese einzubinden. Verwende das
-untere Menü um diese zu ändern. Klicke zuerst den Punkt der geändert werden
-soll an und anschließend die <guibutton>OK</guibutton> Schaltfläche. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einhängepunkt</title>
-
-    <para>Wählen sie dies aus, um den Einhängepunkt zu verändern. Standardmäßig ist er
-/media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Optionen</title>
-
-    <para>Viele Einhängeoptionen können entweder hier direkt aus der Liste ausgewählt
-werden oder über das Untermenü <guilabel>Fortgeschritten</guilabel>. Die
-Hauptpunkte sind:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>user erlaubt einem normalen Benutzer (nicht root) das einhängen von
-Wechsellaufwerken, wobei diese Auswahl noexec, nosuid und nodev
-beinhaltet. Der Nutzer der das Laufwerk einbindet ist der einzige, der es
-wieder aushängen kann. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ca4f628b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einleitung</title>
-
-    <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
-      </footnote> erlaubt es Ihnen
-festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem
-Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet,
-welches auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte
-Verzeichnis wird direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse
-können auch direkt in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen
-wie Dateibrowsern aufgerufen werden.</para>
-
-    <para>Bevor Sie das Werkzeug starten wäre es eine gute Idee die Namen der
-verfügbaren Server festzulegen, zum Beispiel mit <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vorgehensweise</title>
-
-    <para>Wähle <guibutton>Server suchen</guibutton> um eine Liste an Servern anzeigen
-zu lassen, auf denen Verzeichnisse zur geteilten Nutzung freigegeben sind.</para>
-
-    <para>Klicke auf das &gt; Symbol vor dem Servernamen um eine Liste an
-freigegebenen Verzeichnissen zu sehen und wähle das Verzeichnis aus, auf das
-Sie zugreifen möchten.</para>
-
-    <para>Die Schaltfläche <guibutton>Einhängepunkt</guibutton> erscheint und Sie
-müssen festlegen wo das Verzeichnis eingebunden werden soll.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Nach der Auswahl des Einhängepunkts können Sie diesen über die
-<guimenu>Einhängen</guimenu>-Schaltfläche einbinden. Sie können auch einige
-Optionen mit der <guibutton>Optionen</guibutton> Schaltfläche überprüfen und
-ändern.</para>
-
-    <para>In den Optionen können Sie den Benutzernamen und das Passwort festlegen,
-damit Sie Zugriff auf den SMB Server haben. Nach dem einhängen des
-Verzeichnisses können Sie diesen mit der gleichen Schaltfläche wieder
-aushängen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Nach dem bestätigen der Konfiguration mit der Fertig Schaltfläche, erscheint
-eine Meldung die Sie fragt "Wollen Sie die Änderungen in /etc/fstab
-speichern?". Das speichern macht Ihnen das Verzeichnis bei jedem Systemstart
-verfügbar, wenn der Zugriff auf das Netzwerk vorhanden ist. Das neue
-Verzeichnis ist anschließend in Ihrem Datei-Browser verfügbar, wie z.B. in
-Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a63f83cd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D-Desktop-Effekte</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einleitung</title>
-
-    <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-      </footnote> lässt Sie die 3D
-Desktopeffekte auf Ihrem Betriebssystem verwalten. 3D Effekte sind
-standardmäßig ausgeschaltet.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Erste Schritte</title>
-
-    <para>Um dieses Werkzeug zu verwenden, muss das glxinfo Paket installiert
-sein. Falls das Paket nicht installiert ist, werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu
-tun, bevor drak3d gestartet werden kann.</para>
-
-    <para>Nach dem starten von drak3d wird Ihnen ein Menüfenster angezeigt. Hier
-können Sie entweder <guilabel>keine 3D-Desktop-Effekte</guilabel> oder
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> auswählen. Compiz Fusion ist ein Teil
-einer Composition/Fenstermanager, welches hardwarebeschleunigte
-Spezialeffekte für Ihren Desktop enthält. Wähle <guilabel>Compiz
-Fusion</guilabel> um diese zu aktivieren.</para>
-
-    <para>Wenn Sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten,
-werden Sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, die sagt, welche Pakete
-nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken Sie auf
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Sobald die dazugehörigen Pakete installiert sind werden Sie feststellen, das
-Compiz Fusion im drak3d Menü ausgewählt ist, jedoch müssen Sie sich abmelden
-und erneut anmelden damit die Änderungen in Kraft treten.</para>
-
-    <para>Nach dem wieder anmelden wird Compiz Fusion aktiviert sein. Um Compiz Fusion
-zu konfigurieren schaue auf die Seite für das ccsm (CompizConfig Settings
-Manager) Werkzeug.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Problembehebung</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Der Desktop wird nach dem anmelden nicht angezeigt</title>
-
-      <para>Falls Sie nach dem aktivieren von Compiz Fusion versuchen sich wieder
-anzumelden, jedoch keinen Desktop sehen, starten Sie Ihren Computer neu um
-zurück in den Anmeldebildschirm zu kommen. Sobald Sie dort sind, klicken Sie
-auf das Desktopsymbol und wählen drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Wenn Sie sich anmelden, wenn Ihr Zugang als Administrator gelistet ist,
-werden Sie erneut nach dem Passwort gefragt. Ansonsten nutzen Sie den
-Administratorzugang mit seinem/ihrem Zugang. Anschließend können Sie die
-Änderungen rückgängig machen, welche womöglich das Anmeldeproblem verursacht
-haben.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 789f69b9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Authentifizierung</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Mit drakauth<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para></footnote> können Sie einstellen wie
-die Identitätsprüfung der Benutzer (Benutzerauthentifikation) durchgeführt
-werden soll. Die Identitätsprüfung kann durch das lokale System oder durch
-ein externes System durchgeführt werden.</para>
-
-  <para>Standardmäßig werden die Authentifizierungsinformationen in einer Datei auf
-Ihrem Computer gespeichert. Ändern Sie diese Einstellung nur, falls Ihr
-Netzwerkadministrator Sie dazu auffordert und Ihnen nähere Informationen
-dazu mitteilt.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c5e038fb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von
-<emphasis role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> als root.</para>
-    </footnote> erlaubt Ihnen das immer
-der gleiche Nutzer automatisch mit seiner Desktop-Umgebung angemeldet wird,
-ohne das nach einem Passwort gefragt wird. Dies ist nützlich wenn es nur
-einen Nutzer gibt, welcher das System verwenden möchte.</para>
-
-  <para>Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum in dem <emphasis
-role="bold">Systemstart</emphasis> Tab unter "Autologin einrichten zur
-automatischen Anmeldung".</para>
-
-  <para>Die Schaltflächen der Benutzeroberfläche sind ziemlich eindeutig:</para>
-
-  <para>Aktiviere <guibutton>Die grafische Umgebung beim hochfahren automatisch
-starten</guibutton>, wenn Sie möchten, dass das X Window System beim Start
-ausgeführt werden soll. Falls nicht, startet das System im
-Textmodus. Trotzdem können Sie die grafische Oberfläche manuell
-starten. Diese kann durch den Befehl 'startx' oder 'systemctl start dm'
-gestartet werden.</para>
-
-  <para>Wenn die erste Box ausgewählt wurde sind zwei weitere Wahlmöglichkeiten
-verfügbar. Entweder <guibutton>Nein, ich will kein Autologin</guibutton>,
-falls Sie weiterhin möchten, dass das System Sie fragt, welcher Nutzer (mit
-Passwort) sich anmelden möchte oder wähle <guibutton>Ja, ich will Autologin
-mit diesem Benutzer und dieser Arbeitsumgebung</guibutton> falls
-gewünscht. Im letzteren Fall müssen Sie den
-<guilabel>Standardbenutzer</guilabel> und die <guilabel>Standard
-Arbeitsumgebung</guilabel> auswählen.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 29cf54ff..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Bootmanager einrichten </title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Falls Sie ein UEFI System, anstatt einem BIOS System verwenden, sieht die
-Benutzeroberfläche etwas anders aus, da das Bootgerät die
-EFI-Systempartition (ESP) ist.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
-    </footnote> erlaubt Ihnen die
-Booteinstellungen einzurichten (Wahl des Bootloaders, setzen eines
-Passworts, das System welches standardmäßig gestartet werden soll, etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>Sie finden es im Systemstart Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter
-"Bootmanager einrichten".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Verwende dieses Werkzeug nicht, wenn Sie nicht genau wissen was Sie tun. Das
-ändern einiger Einstellungen kann dazu führen, dass Ihr System nächstes Mal
-womöglich nicht mehr bootet !</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Im ersten Teil, genannt <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, können Sie, falls
-Sie ein BIOS System nutzen, den <guibutton>Zu verwendender
-Bootloader</guibutton> auswählen: GRUB, GRUB 2 oder Lilo und ob mit einem
-grafischen oder einem Textmenü. Es ist nur eine Auswahl bezüglich des
-eigenen Geschmacks, es hat sonst keine weiteren Auswirkungen. Sie können
-auch das <guibutton>Boot-Gerät</guibutton> auswählen, wobei Sie hier nichts
-ändern sollten, solange Sie sich nicht auskennen. Das Boot-Gerät ist das,
-auf dem der Bootloader installiert wird und eine Änderung kann eventuell
-dazu führen, dass das System nicht mehr bootet.</para>
-
-  <para>Bei einem UEFI-System wird der Bootloader <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel>
-verwendet und ist in der Partition /boot/EFI installiert. Diese Partition
-ist mit dem Dateisystem FAT32 formatiert und daher mit allen installierten
-Betriebssystemen kompatibel.</para>
-
-  <para>Im zweiten Teil, <guilabel>Hauptoptionen</guilabel> genannt, können Sie die
-<guibutton>Wartezeit vor dem Starten des
-Standard-Betriebssystems</guibutton>, in Sekunden, festlegen. Während dieser
-Wartezeit wird der Bootloader (Grub oder Lilo) eine Liste mit den
-installierten Betriebssystemen anzeigen und darauf warten, dass ein
-Betriebssystem ausgewählt wird. Wird keine Auswahl getroffen, wird der
-Bootloader das Standard-Betriebssystem starten, sobald die Wartezeit um ist.</para>
-
-  <para>Im dritten und letzten Abschnitt, <guibutton>Sicherheit</guibutton> genannt,
-ist es möglich ein Passwort für den Bootloader festzulegen. Dies bedeutet
-dass ein Benutzername und Passwort während des Bootvorgangs abgefragt wird,
-um einen Booteintrag auszuwählen oder die Einstellungen zu ändern. Der
-Benutzername ist "root" und das Passwort ist das von Ihnen festgelegte.</para>
-
-  <para>Die Schaltfläche <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> bietet einige
-zusätzliche Optionen.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>ACPI aktivieren:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) ist ein Standard für die
-Energieverwaltung. Es kann Strom sparen durch das ausschalten von
-ungenutzten Geräten; dies war eine Methode die damals APM nutzte. Aktiviere
-die Box wenn Ihre Hardware ACPI unterstützt.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>SMP aktivieren:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP steht für symmetrisches Multiprozessorsystem und ist eine Architektur
-für Mehrprozessorsysteme.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Wenn Sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als
-dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>APIC aktivieren</guibutton> und <guibutton>Lokales APIC
-aktivieren:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC steht für Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Das von Intel
-entwickelte APIC-System besteht aus zwei Komponenten, der lokalen APIC
-(LAPIC) und der I/O APIC. Letzteres leitet die Interrupts, die es von den
-peripheren Datenübertragungssystemen erhält, zu einem oder mehreren lokalen
-APICs, die sich im Prozessor befinden. Es ist enorm nützlich für
-Multiprozessorsysteme. Einige Computer haben mit dem APIC-System Probleme,
-was zum Einfrieren des Systems oder zur Beeinträchtigung der Geräteerkennung
-führen kann (Fehlermeldung "spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). Deaktivieren
-Sie in diesem Fall APIC und/oder lokales APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Der folgende Bildschirm, nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>
-gedrückt haben, unterscheidet sich abhängig vom Bootloader, den Sie gewählt
-haben.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Sie nutzen Grub Legacy oder Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In diesem Fall können Sie während des Boot-Vorgangs eine Liste mit allen
-verfügbaren Einträgen sehen. Der Standard-Eintrag ist mit einem Stern
-markiert. Um die Reihenfolge der Menü-Einträge zu andern, klicken Sie auf
-die Pfeile, um den ausgewählten Eintrag zu verschieben. Wenn Sie auf die
-Schaltfläche <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> oder
-<guibutton>Ändern</guibutton> klicken, öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, in dem
-Sie einen neuen Eintrag im Bootloader-Menü anlegen können oder einen
-vorhandene Eintrag modifizieren können. Um dieses Tool zu nutzen, müssen Sie
-sich mit Lilo oder Grub auskennen.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Das Feld <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben Sie
-hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub
-Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3</para>
-
-      <para>Das <guilabel>Abbild</guilabel> Feld enthält den Kernel Namen. Es stimmt mit
-dem Grub Kommando "kernel" überein. Zum Beispiel /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>Das <guilabel>Root</guilabel> Feld enthält den Gerätenamen auf dem sich der
-Kernel befindet. Es stimmt mit dem Grub Kommando "root" überein. Zum
-Beispiel (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>Das <guilabel>Hinzufügen / Erweitern</guilabel> Feld enthält die Parameter,
-welche dem Kernel beim Booten übergeben werden.</para>
-
-      <para>Wenn die Box <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> ausgewählt ist, wird Grub mit
-diesem Eintrag standardmäßig booten.</para>
-
-      <para>Im separaten <guilabel>Fortgeschritten</guilabel> Bildschirm ist es möglich,
-den <guilabel>Video-Modus</guilabel>, eine <guilabel>Init-RamDisk</guilabel>
-Datei und ein <guilabel>Netzwerk Profil</guilabel>, siehe <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, aus der Dropdown Liste zu wählen.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Sie nutzen Grub2 oder Grub2-efi (die Bootloader welche als Standard im
-Legacy Modus oder UEFI-Modus verwendet werden):</para>
-
-      <para>In diesem Fall zeigt die Dropdown-Liste, mit <guilabel>Standard</guilabel>
-bezeichnet, alle verfügbaren Einträge an; Klicke auf den Eintrag den Sie als
-Voreinstellung möchten.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Das <guilabel>Hinzufügen / Erweitern</guilabel> Feld enthält die Parameter,
-welche dem Kernel beim Booten übergeben werden.</para>
-
-      <para>Falls Sie andere Betriebssysteme installiert haben wird Mageia diese in Ihr
-neues Mageia Bootmenü hinzufügen. Falls Sie dies nicht haben möchten,
-entferne die Auswahl in der Box <guilabel>Fremdes OS testen</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>Im separaten <guilabel>Fortgeschritten</guilabel> Bildschirm ist es möglich,
-den <guilabel>Video-Modus</guilabel> auszuwählen. Falls Sie kein bootbares
-Mageia haben möchten, dieses jedoch über den Chainloader eines anderen
-Betriebssystem starten möchten, wähle die Box <guilabel>Verändere nichts an
-der ESP oder dem MBR</guilabel> aus und bestätige die Warnmeldung.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Wenn der Bootloader nicht auf der ESP oder dem MBR installiert wird bedeutet
-dies, dass die Installation nicht bootbar ist solange diese nicht von einem
-Bootloader eines anderen Betriebssystem (Chainloading) geladen wird.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>Um mehrere weitere Parameter festzulegen, können Sie das Werkzeug
-<emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis> verwenden, welcher in den Mageia
-Quellen verfügbar ist (siehe unten).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 980acbb9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia Bugreport-Werkzeug</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Normalerweise startet dieses Programm<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para></footnote>
-automatisch wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich,
-dass Sie nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports gebeten werden, dieses Programm
-zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu liefern, als solche, die schon im
-Report stehen.</para>
-
-  <para>Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll und Sie sich noch nicht sicher
-fühlen, lesen Sie bitte <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
-report a bug report properly</link> (englisch), bevor Sie auf 'Bericht'
-klicken</para>
-
-  <para>Im Fall, das der Fehler bereits von jemand anderen gemeldet wurde (die
-Fehlermeldung die drakbug gibt wird dann die selbe sein), ist es nützlich
-ein Kommentar zu dem bestehenden Report zu geben, das Sie den Fehler auch
-bemerkt haben.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 86bc02cc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Logs und Systeminformationen zum melden von Fehlern (Bug Report) sammeln</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para></footnote> kann nur über die
-Kommandozeile gestartet und verwendet werden.</para>
-
-<para>Es wird empfohlen die Ausgabe dieses Befehls in eine Datei zu schreiben, wie
-zum Beispiel durch den Befehl <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>. Vergewissern Sie sich jedoch vorher, ob Sie
-genügend Speicherplatz haben: die Datei kann leicht eine Größe von mehreren
-GB haben.</para>
-<note><para>Die Ausgabe ist viel zu groß um diese einem Fehlerbericht anzuhängen, wenn
-nicht vorher die nicht benötigten Teile entfernt werden.</para></note>
-  <para>Der Befehl sammelt die folgenden Informationen von Ihrem System:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Partitionen</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Mageia Version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Zum Zeitpunkt, an dem die Hilfeseite geschrieben wurde, war der "syslog"
-Teil des Ausgabebefehls leer, da dieses Werkzeug noch nicht auf unseren
-Wechsel zu systemd angepasst wurde. Wenn dieser weiterhin leer ist können
-Sie den "syslog" durch das ausführen des Befehls (als root) <emphasis
-role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> erhalten. Falls Sie
-nicht genügend Speicherplatz haben, können Sie stattdessen, zum Beispiel,
-die letzten 5000 Zeilen des Logs speichern, mit: <emphasis
-role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9acd33db..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Datum und Uhrzeit einstellen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> finden Sie im
-Mageia-Kontrollzentrum im Reiter "System" unter <guilabel>"Datum und Zeit
-einstellen"</guilabel>. In manchen Desktop-Umgebungen können Sie das
-Werkzeug auch aufrufen, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Uhrzeit
-in der Systemleiste klicken und "Datum und Zeit einstellen" auswählen.</para>
-
-  <para>Es ist ein sehr einfaches Werkzeug</para>
-
-  <para>Im oberen linken Teil befindet sich der <emphasis
-role="bold">Kalender</emphasis>. Im Screenshot haben wir das Datum November
-(oben links), 2013 (oben rechts), den 11. (in Blau) und es ist ein
-Montag. Wähle den Monat (oder das Jahr) durch klicken auf die kleinen Pfeile
-auf jeder Seite von November (oder 2013). Wähle den Tag durch klicken auf
-die Nummer.</para>
-
-  <para>Unten links befindet sich die <emphasis role="bold">Netzwerk
-Zeitprotokoll</emphasis>-Synchronisierung. Es ist möglich eine Uhr zu
-bekommen, welche immer genau geht, indem sie mit einem Server synchronisiert
-wird. Klicke auf <guilabel>Aktiviere das Netzwerk Zeitprotokoll</guilabel>
-und wähle einen Server in der Nähe.</para>
-
-  <para>Auf der rechten Seite ist die <emphasis role="bold">Uhr</emphasis>. Es ist
-nutzlos die Uhr einzustellen wenn NTP aktiviert ist. Drei Kästchen zeigen
-die Stunden, Minuten und Sekunden (13, 25 und 9 im Screenshot). Nutze die
-kleinen Pfeile um die Uhr auf die richtige Zeit einzustellen. Das Zeitformat
-kann hier nicht geändert werden, schauen Sie sich hierfür die Einstellungen
-der Desktop-Umgebung an.</para>
-
-  <para>Zuletzt können Sie unten rechts die Zeitzone auswählen, indem Sie auf die
-<guibutton>Zeitzone ändern</guibutton> Schaltfläche drücken und in der Liste
-die nächste Stadt auswählen.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Selbst wenn es nicht möglich ist das Datum- oder das Zeitformat in diesem
-Werkzeug auszuwählen, werden diese entsprechend Ihrer
-Lokalisierungseinstellung Ihres Desktop angezeigt.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 22cb845a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Eine Verbindung entfernen</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Hier können Sie eine Netzwerkschnittstelle löschen<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Klicken Sie hierfür auf das Dropdown-Menü, wähle die Verbindung die Sie
-entfernen möchten und klicke anschließend auf <emphasis>Weiter</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Daraufhin wird eine Meldung angezeigt, dass das Netzwerkgerät erfolgreich
-gelöscht wurde.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4348bef7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,855 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Eine Netzwerkschnittstelle erstellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einleitung</title>
-
-    <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-      </footnote> erlaubt die
-Konfiguration des Netzwerk- bzw. Internetzugriffs. Sie benötigen hierzu
-Informationen von Ihrem Netzwerkadministrator bzw. Internetanbieter.</para>
-
-    <para>Wähle die Art der Verbindung die Sie einrichten möchten, abhängig von der
-Hardware und dem Provider den Sie nutzen.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eine neue kabelgebundene Verbindung (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Das erste Fenster listet die verfügbaren Geräte auf. Wähle das Gerät aus,
-das eingerichtet werden soll.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>An diesem Punkt können Sie zwischen einer automatisch generierten oder
-manuell eingegebenen IP-Adresse wählen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatische IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen auswählen, ob
-DNS-Server durch den DHCP-Server bekannt gegeben werden oder, wie unten
-erklärt, manuell festgelegt werden müssen. In letzterem Fall muss die
-IP-Adresse des DNS-Servers eingetragen werden. Der Rechnername bezeichnet
-den eigenen Computer und kann frei gewählt werden. Wird kein Rechnername
-gewählt, wird <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> verwendet. Der
-Rechnername kann auch durch den DHCP-Server vergeben werden. Hierfür muss
-die Option <emphasis>Name des Hosts über DHCP zuweisen</emphasis> aktiviert
-werden. Nicht alle DHCP-Server unterstützen diese Funktion. Falls Sie Ihren
-PC so einrichten, dass er eine IP-Adresse von Ihrem heimischen DSL-Router
-beziehen soll, ist es unwahrscheinlich, dass die zuletzt genannte Funktion
-unterstützt wird.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Die Fortgeschrittene Optionen Schaltfläche bietet die Möglichkeit folgendes
-festzulegen:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Suchdomäne (hierauf hat man keinen Zugriff, wenn dieser vom DHCP Server
-festgelegt wird)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>der DHCP-Client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP Zeitüberschreitung</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Den YP-Server via DHCP Server bekommen (standardmäßig aktiviert):
-spezifiziert den NIS Server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD-Server via DHCP bekommen (Synchronisation der Uhr)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>den Rechnernamen, der von DHCP benötigt wird. Benutzen Sie diese Option nur,
-falls der DHCP-Server zum Beziehen einer IP-Adresse einen Rechnernamen
-verlangt. Diese Option wird von manchen DHCP-Servern nicht umgesetzt.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nachdem die Einstellungen akzeptiert wurden, folgen Sie den Schritten, die
-für die Einrichtung von allen Netzwerkschnittstellen notwendig sind: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuelle Konfiguration</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen angeben, welche
-DNS-Server verwendet werden sollen. Der Rechnername des Computer kann hier
-ebenfalls angegeben werden. Falls kein Rechnername angegeben wird, wird
-standardmäßig <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> verwendet.</para>
-
-            <para>In einem Heim-Netzwerk folgt die IP-Adresse gewöhnlich dem Muster
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> und die Netzwerkmaske ist normalerweise
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. Die Daten für das Gateway und den
-DNS-Server können Sie der Homepage Ihres Internetanbieters entnehmen.</para>
-
-            <para>Unter "Fortgeschrittene Optionen" können Sie eine
-<emphasis>Suchdomäne</emphasis> festlegen. Dies ist üblicherweise Ihre
-Heim-Domäne, d. h. wenn Ihr Computer "blubb" heißt und der volle Domänenname
-"blubb.bootanker.de" lautet, so lautet die Suchdomäne
-"bootanker.de". Solange Sie die Suchdomäne nicht benötigen, ist es in
-Ordnung, wenn Sie die Einstellung leer lassen. Auch für diesen Fall gilt:
-Für einen privaten ADSL-Anschluss werden Sie diese Einstellung nicht
-benötigen.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Die nächsten Schritte werden in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>
-beschrieben</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eine neue Satelliten-Verbindung (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Dieser Abschnitt wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht
-geschrieben. Wenn Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten,
-kontaktieren Sie bitte <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das Doc
-Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eine neue Modem-Verbindung</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Das erste Fenster listet die verfügbaren Geräte auf. Wähle das Gerät aus,
-das eingerichtet werden soll.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>An diesem Punkt können Sie zwischen einer automatisch generierten oder
-manuell eingegebenen IP-Adresse wählen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Sie müssen eine Authentifizierungsmethode angeben:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Keine</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (erforderlich für Telstra). In diesem Fall müssen Sie den
-Benutzernamen und das Passwort angeben.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatische IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen auswählen, ob
-DNS-Server durch den DHCP-Server bekannt gegeben werden oder, wie unten
-erklärt, manuell festgelegt werden müssen. In letzterem Fall muss die
-IP-Adresse des DNS-Servers eingetragen werden. Der Rechnername bezeichnet
-den eigenen Computer und kann frei gewählt werden. Wird kein Rechnername
-gewählt, wird <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> verwendet. Der
-Rechnername kann auch durch den DHCP-Server vergeben werden. Hierfür muss
-die Option <emphasis>Name des Hosts über DHCP zuweisen</emphasis> aktiviert
-werden. Nicht alle DHCP-Server unterstützen diese Funktion. Falls Sie Ihren
-PC so einrichten, dass er eine IP-Adresse von Ihrem heimischen DSL-Router
-beziehen soll, ist es unwahrscheinlich, dass die zuletzt genannte Funktion
-unterstützt wird.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Die Fortgeschrittene Optionen Schaltfläche bietet die Möglichkeit folgendes
-festzulegen:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Suchdomäne (hierauf hat man keinen Zugriff, wenn dieser vom DHCP Server
-festgelegt wird)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>der DHCP-Client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP Zeitüberschreitung</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Den YP-Server via DHCP Server bekommen (standardmäßig aktiviert):
-spezifiziert den NIS Server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD-Server via DHCP bekommen (Synchronisation der Uhr)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>den Rechnernamen, der von DHCP benötigt wird. Benutzen Sie diese Option nur,
-falls der DHCP-Server zum Beziehen einer IP-Adresse einen Rechnernamen
-verlangt. Diese Option wird von manchen DHCP-Servern nicht umgesetzt.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nachdem die Einstellungen akzeptiert wurden, folgen Sie den Schritten, die
-für die Einrichtung von allen Netzwerkschnittstellen notwendig sind: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuelle Konfiguration</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen angeben, welche
-DNS-Server verwendet werden sollen. Der Rechnername des Computer kann hier
-ebenfalls angegeben werden. Falls kein Rechnername angegeben wird, wird
-standardmäßig <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> verwendet.</para>
-
-            <para>In einem Heim-Netzwerk folgt die IP-Adresse gewöhnlich dem Muster
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> und die Netzwerkmaske ist normalerweise
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. Die Daten für das Gateway und den
-DNS-Server können Sie der Homepage Ihres Internetanbieters entnehmen.</para>
-
-            <para>Unter "Fortgeschrittene Optionen" können Sie eine
-<emphasis>Suchdomäne</emphasis> festlegen. Dies ist üblicherweise Ihre
-Heim-Domäne, d. h. wenn Ihr Computer "blubb" heißt und der volle Domänenname
-"blubb.bootanker.de" lautet, so lautet die Suchdomäne
-"bootanker.de". Solange Sie die Suchdomäne nicht benötigen, ist es in
-Ordnung, wenn Sie die Einstellung leer lassen. Auch für diesen Fall gilt:
-Für einen privaten ADSL-Anschluss werden Sie diese Einstellung nicht
-benötigen.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Die nächsten Schritte werden in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>
-beschrieben</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eine neue DSL-Verbindung</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Wenn dieses Werkzeug Netzwerkgeräte erkennt, bietet es an, eines auszuwählen
-und zu konfigurieren.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Es wird eine, nach Ländern geordnete, Providerliste angezeigt. Wählen Sie
-Ihren Provider. Falls dieser nicht aufgelistet ist, wähle die Option
-<guilabel>Nicht aufgeführt</guilabel> und gebe anschließend die Zugangsdaten
-an, welche Sie von Ihrem Provider erhalten haben.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Wählen Sie eins der verfügbaren Protokolle aus:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manuelle TCP/IP Konfiguration</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP über ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP über Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zugangseinstellungen</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Benutzername (Login)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Passwort</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Pfad-ID (VPI):</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Circuit-ID (VCI):</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Die nächsten Schritte werden in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>
-beschrieben</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eine neue ISDN-Verbindung</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Der Assistent fragt welches Gerät konfiguriert werden soll:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manuelle Auswahl (Interne ISDN-Karte)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Externes ISDN-Modem</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Eine Hardwareliste wird angezeigt, klassifiziert nach Kategorie und
-Hersteller. Wählen Sie Ihre Karte.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Wählen Sie eins der verfügbaren Protokolle aus:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokoll für den Rest der Welt, außer Europa (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokoll für Europa (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Daraufhin wird eine Liste von Telekommunikationsanbietern angezeigt, die
-nach Ländern gruppiert ist. Wählen Sie Ihren Anbieter aus. Falls Ihr
-Anbieter nicht aufgelistet ist, wählen Sie die Option <guilabel>nicht
-aufgeführt</guilabel> aus und geben Sie die Daten ein, die Sie von Ihrem
-Anbieter erhalten haben. Danach werden Sie nach den folgenden Parametern
-gefragt:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Name der Verbindung</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Telefonnummer</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Login-ID</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Passwort</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Authentifizierungsmethode</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Anschließend müssen Sie auswählen, ob Sie die IP-Adresse durch die
-automatische oder manuelle Methode erhalten möchten. Im letzten Fall müssen
-Sie die IP-Adresse und Subnetzmaske eingeben.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Der nächste Schritt ist es auszuwählen, wie die DNS Serveradresse zur
-Verfügung gestellt wird; durch die automatische oder manuelle Methode. Im
-Fall der manuellen Konfiguration, müssen Sie folgendes eingeben:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Name der Domäne</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Erster und zweiter DNS Server</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Wählen Sie aus, ob der Rechnername über IP vergeben wird. Diese Option
-sollten Sie nur dann auswählen, wenn Sie sicher sind, dass Ihr
-Telekommunikationsanbieter dies unterstützt.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Im nächsten Schritt ist auszuwählen, ob die Gateway-Adresse manuell
-festgelegt wird oder ob sie automatisch bezogen werden soll. Im Falle der
-manuellen Konfiguration, ist die IP-Adresse anzugeben.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Die nächsten Schritte werden in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>
-beschrieben</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eine neue Drahtlos-Verbindung</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Das erste Fenster listet die Geräte welche verfügbar sind, sowie einen
-Eintrag für Windows Treiber (ndiswrapper). Wähle das Gerät aus welches
-eingerichtet werden soll. Verwende ndiswrapper nur wenn die anderen
-Konfigurationsmethoden nicht funktionieren.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>In diesem Schritt haben Sie die Auswahl zwischen verschiedene
-Zugriffspunkte, welche die Karte gefunden hat.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Spezifische Parameter für die WLAN-Karte müssen bereitgestellt werden:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Betriebsmodus</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Geführt</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Um auf einen bestehenden Access Point/Zugangspunkt zuzugreifen (die
-häufigste Auswahl)</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Direkt</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Um eine direkte Verbindung zwischen Computern zu konfigurieren.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Netzwerkname (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Verschlüsselungsmodus: Dies hängt davon ab wie der Zugriffspunkt
-konfiguriert ist.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren wird empfohlen, wenn es Ihre Hardware
-unterstützt.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Einige alte Hardware unterstützt nur dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Schlüssel</para>
-
-            <para>Dieser wird normalerweise von der Hardware bereitgestellt, welche den
-Zugangspunkt bereitstellt.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>In diesem Schritt haben Sie die Auswahl zwischen einer automatisch
-generierten IP-Adresse oder einer manuellen IP-Adresse.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatische IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen auswählen, ob DNS-Server
-durch den DHCP-Server oder manuell festgelegt werden. In letzterem Fall muss
-die IP-Adresse des DNS-Servers eingegeben werden. Der Rechnername des
-Computers kann hier angegeben werden. Wird kein Rechnername angegeben, wird
-standardmäßig localhost.localdomain verwendet. Der Rechnername kann auch
-durch den DHCP-Server vergeben werden, indem die Option <emphasis>Name des
-Hosts über DHCP zuweisen</emphasis> aktiviert wird.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Die Fortgeschrittene Optionen Schaltfläche bietet die Möglichkeit folgendes
-festzulegen:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Suchdomäne (hierauf hat man keinen Zugriff, wenn dieser vom DHCP Server
-festgelegt wird)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>der DHCP-Client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP Zeitüberschreitung</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Den YP-Server via DHCP Server bekommen (standardmäßig aktiviert):
-spezifiziert die NIS Server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD-Server via DHCP bekommen (Synchronisation der Uhr)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>den Rechnernamen, der von DHCP benötigt wird. Benutzen Sie diese Option nur,
-falls der DHCP-Server zum Beziehen einer IP-Adresse einen Rechnernamen
-verlangt. Diese Option wird von manchen DHCP-Servern nicht umgesetzt.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Um die Konfiguration abzuschließen, folgen Sie bitte den Anweisungen unter
-<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuelle Konfiguration</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP-Einstellungen</emphasis>: Sie müssen angeben, welche DNS-Server
-verwendet werden sollen. Der Rechnername des Computer kann hier ebenfalls
-angegeben werden. Falls kein Rechnername angegeben wird, wird standardmäßig
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> verwendet.</para>
-
-            <para>In einem Heim-Netzwerk folgt die IP-Adresse gewöhnlich dem Muster
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> und die Netzwerkmaske ist normalerweise
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. Die Daten für das Gateway und den
-DNS-Server können Sie der Homepage Ihres Internetanbieters entnehmen.</para>
-
-            <para>Unter "Fortgeschrittene Optionen" können Sie eine
-<emphasis>Suchdomäne</emphasis> angeben. Diese muss gleich Ihrem
-Rechnernamen ohne den ersten Teil vor dem Punkt sein.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Die nächsten Schritte werden in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>
-beschrieben</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eine neue GPRS/Edge/3G Verbindung</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Wenn das Werkzeug eine drahtlose Schnittstelle erkennt, bietet es Ihnen an,
-eine einzurichten.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Es wird nach dem PIN gefragt. Lasse es leer, wenn keine PIN erforderlich
-ist.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Der Assistent fragt nach dem Netzwerk. Falls dieses nicht erkannt wurde
-wähle <guilabel>Nicht aufgeführt</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Es wird eine, nach Ländern geordnete, Providerliste angezeigt. Wählen Sie
-Ihren Provider. Falls dieser nicht aufgelistet ist, wähle die Option
-<guilabel>Nicht aufgeführt</guilabel> und gebe anschließend die Zugangsdaten
-an, welche Sie von Ihrem Provider erhalten haben.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Gebe die Zugangsdaten ein</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Access-Point-Name</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Benutzername (Login)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Passwort</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Die nächsten Schritte werden in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>
-beschrieben</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eine neue Bluetooth-Dial-In Netzwerkverbindung</title>
-
-    <para>Dieser Abschnitt wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht
-geschrieben. Wenn Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten,
-kontaktieren Sie bitte <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das Doc
-Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eine neue Verbindung über ein analoges Modem (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Der Assistent fragt welches Gerät konfiguriert werden soll:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Manuelle Auswahl</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Gefundene Hardware, falls vorhanden</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Eine Liste an vorgeschlagenen Ports wird angezeigt. Wählen Sie Ihren Port
-aus.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Falls es noch nicht installiert ist, wird Ihnen empfohlen, dass Sie das
-Paket <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> installieren.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Es wird eine, nach Ländern geordnete, Providerliste angezeigt. Wählen Sie
-Ihren Provider aus. Falls dieser nicht aufgelistet ist, wähle die Option
-<guilabel>Nicht aufgeführt</guilabel> und geben Sie anschließend die
-Zugangsdaten an, welche Sie von Ihrem Provider erhalten haben. Sie werden
-nach folgenden Einwahleinstellungen gefragt:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Verbindungs Name</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Telefonnummer</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Login ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Passwort</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Authentifizierung</emphasis>, Auswahl:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Skript-basiert</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Terminal-basiert</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Die nächsten Schritte werden in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>
-beschrieben</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Beenden der Konfiguration</title>
-
-    <para>Im nächsten Schritt können Sie festlegen:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Den Benutzer die Verwaltung der Verbindung ermöglichen</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Starten der Verbindung beim Booten</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Netzwerkverkehr-Protokollierung aktivieren</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Erlaubt der Schnittstelle vom Netzwerk-Manager gesteuert zu
-werden</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Falls es sich um eine Drahtlosverbindung handelt, erscheint ein Zusatzfeld
-mit <emphasis>Erlaube Access-Point-Roaming</emphasis> welches die
-Möglichkeit bietet, dass automatisch zwischen Access-Points gewechselt wird,
-abhängig von der Signalstärke.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Mit dem Fortgeschrittene Optionen Knopf können Sie festlegen:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metrisch (standardmäßig 10)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Netzwerk Hotplugging</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Aktiviere IPv6-zu-IPv4-Tunnel</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Der letzte Schritt erlaubt Ihnen festzulegen, ob die Verbindung sofort
-aufgebaut werden soll oder nicht.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index eebc17d4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Eine Konsole mit Administratorrechten öffnen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> gibt Ihnen Zugriff auf
-die Konsole, welche direkt mit root-Rechten geöffnet wird. Wir glauben
-nicht, das Sie hierfür weitere Informationen benötigen.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a368649..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Partitionen verwalten</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk oder diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-      </footnote> ist sehr mächtig. Ein
-kleiner Fehler oder eine Katze die auf Ihre Tastatur springt kann dafür
-sorgen, dass alle Dateien auf einer Partition oder sogar die gesamte
-Festplatte gelöscht wird. Aus diesem Grund sehen Sie das Fenster am Anfang
-des eigentlichen Werkzeugbildschirms. Klicke auf
-<emphasis>Verlassen</emphasis>, wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind, dass Sie
-fortfahren möchten.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Falls Sie mehr als ein Laufwerk haben, können Sie durch anklicken des
-jeweiligen Tab (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.), auf das Laufwerk wechseln, welches Sie
-bearbeiten möchten.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Sie können zwischen vielen Aktionen wählen um Ihre Festplatte nach eigenen
-Präferenzen anzupassen. Löschen der vollständigen Festplatte, splitten oder
-zusammenführen von Partitionen, ändern der Größe oder des Dateisystems,
-formatieren oder anschauen was sich auf der Partition befindet: es ist all
-das möglich. Der <emphasis><guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton></emphasis>
-Knopf im unteren Bereich ist um das komplette Laufwerk zu löschen, die
-anderen Knöpfe werden auf der rechten Seite sichtbar, nachdem Sie auf eine
-Partition geklickt haben.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Falls Sie ein UEFI System besitzen, können Sie eine kleine Partition mit dem
-Namen "EFI System Partition" sehen, welche unter /boot/EFI eingebunden
-ist. Lösche diese niemals, da diese die Bootloader der ganzen anderen
-Betriebssysteme enthält.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Wenn die ausgewählte Partition eingehangen ist, wie im Beispiel unten,
-können Sie nicht auswählen, die Größe zu ändern, zu formatieren oder diese
-zu löschen. Um dies machen zu können muss die Partition zuerst ausgehangen
-werden.</para>
-
-  <para>Es ist nur Möglich die Größe einer Partition auf der rechten Seite zu ändern</para>
-
-  <para>Um den Partitionstyp zu ändern (zum Beispiel von ext3 auf ext4) müssen Sie
-die Partition löschen und diese erneut mit dem neuen Typ erstellen. Die
-Schaltfläche <guibutton role="bold">Erstellen</guibutton> wird angezeigt,
-wenn ein leerer Platz auf dem Laufwerk ausgewählt wurde</para>
-
-  <para>Sie können auch einen Einhängepunkt wählen der nicht existiert, er wird
-erstellt.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Beim Auswählen von <emphasis><guibutton>In den Experten-Modus
-wechseln</guibutton></emphasis>, erhalten Sie einige weitere verfügbare
-Aktionen, wie das ändern der Partitionsbezeichnung, welches Sie im
-Screenshot unten sehen können.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b457391..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Display-Manager einrichten</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Hier<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para></footnote> können Sie auswählen welcher
-Display-Manager verwendet werden soll, um sich in Ihrer Desktop-Umgebung
-anzumelden. Nur die auf dem System verfügbaren werden angezeigt.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Die meisten Nutzer werden nur bemerken, dass die mitgelieferten
-Anmeldebildschirme anders aussehen. Es gibt allerdings auch Unterschiede in
-den unterstützten Eigenschaften. LXDM ist ein leichtgewichtiger
-Display-Manager, SDDM und GDM haben einige Extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 49d4fb47..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Persönliche Firewall einrichten</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> befindet sich im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter <emphasis role="bold">Sicherheit</emphasis>
-mit dem Namen <guilabel>Persönliche Firewall einrichten</guilabel>. Es ist
-das gleiche Werkzeug wie dass, welches sich im ersten Reiter von
-"Konfiguration der Systemsicherheit, Rechte und Prüfungen" befindet.</para>
-
-  <para>Eine grundlegende Firewall ist bei Mageia standardmäßig installiert. Alle
-eingehenden Verbindungen von außen werden geblockt, wenn diese nicht
-autorisiert sind. Im ersten Bildschirm oben können Sie die Dienste
-auswählen, welche eine Verbindung erlaubt werden soll. Zu Ihrer Sicherheit
-sollten Sie die erste Box abwählen - <guilabel>Alles (Keine
-Firewall)</guilabel> - außer Sie möchten die Firewall deaktivieren. Wähle
-nur die benötigten Dienste aus.</para>
-
-  <para>Es ist möglich die Portnummern, die offen sein sollen, manuell
-einzugeben. Klicke auf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> und
-es wird ein neues Fenster geöffnet. Im Feld <guilabel>Andere
-Ports</guilabel> gebe die benötigten Ports ähnlich wie im folgenden Beispiel
-ein :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : öffnet das Port 80 TCP Protokoll</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : öffnet alle Ports von 24000 bis 24010 des UDP Protokolls</para>
-
-  <para>Die aufgelisteten Ports sollten mit einem Leerzeichen getrennt werden.</para>
-
-  <para>Wenn die Box <guilabel>Firewall-Meldungen in den Systemprotokollen
-aufzeichnen</guilabel> aktiviert ist werden die Meldungen der Firewall in
-den Systemlogs gespeichert</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Wenn Sie keine spezifischen Dienste hosten (Web- oder Mailserver,
-Dateiaustausch, ...) ist es möglich nichts auszuwählen. Es wird Sie beim
-Zugriff auf das Internet nicht hindern.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>In der nächsten Ansicht können die interaktiven Firewall-Optionen
-konfiguriert werden. Sie werden bei Verbindungsversuchen gewarnt, falls Sie
-wenigstens die erste Option <guilabel>Interaktive Firewall
-verwenden</guilabel> per Haken aktivieren. Aktivieren Sie die zweite Option
-per Haken, wenn Sie gewarnt werden wollen, falls die Ports Ihres Rechners
-gescannt werden (um Schwachstellen zu finden und in Ihr System
-einzudringen). Die weiteren Optionen, ab Option Nr. 3, korrespondieren mit
-den Ports, die Sie in den vorherigen zwei Ansichten geöffnet haben. Das
-folgende Bildschirmfoto zeigt nur zwei Optionen: SSH-Server und
-80:150/tcp. Aktivieren Sie sie, wenn Sie gewarnt werden wollen, falls eine
-Verbindung zu diesen Ports aufgebaut wird.</para>
-
-  <para>Diese Warnungen werden durch das Netzwerk-Applet als Warnhinweise
-ausgegeben.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Wähle im letzten Bildschirm aus, welche Netzwerkgeräte mit dem Internet
-verbunden sind und geschützt werden müssen. Sobald Sie die OK Schaltfläche
-drücken werden die dafür nötigen Pakete heruntergeladen.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Falls Sie nicht wissen was Sie auswählen sollen, schauen Sie im MCC Reiter
-Netzwerk &amp; Internet unter dem "Eine Netzwerkschnittstelle erstellen"
-Symbol, nach.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fdcd98ca..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Schriften verwalten, hinzufügen und entfernen. Import von
-Windows(TM)-Schriften</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> ist im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis>
-verfügbar. Es erlaubt Ihnen die Schriftarten, welche auf Ihrem Computer
-vorhanden sind, zu verwalten. Der oben abgebildete Hauptbildschirm zeigt:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>die installierten Schriftartnamen, Stile und Größen.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>eine Vorschau der ausgewählten Schriftart.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>einige Schaltflächen werden hier später erklärt.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Windows-Schriftarten holen: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Diese Schaltfläche fügt automatisch die Schriftarten hinzu, welche auf der
-Windows Partition gefunden wurden. Sie müssen hierfür Microsoft Windows
-installiert haben.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Optionen:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Es erlaubt Ihnen die Anwendungen oder Geräte (meistens Drucker) zu
-spezifizieren, welche die Schriftarten verwenden dürfen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Deinstallieren:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Diese Schaltfläche ist dazu da um installierte Schriftarten zu entfernen und
-eventuell etwas Speicherplatz zu sparen. Sei vorsichtig beim entfernen der
-Schriftarten, da dies beachtliche Folgen bei den Dokumenten hervorrufen
-kann, welche diese verwenden.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importieren:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Erlaubt Ihnen Schriftarten von einem Drittanbieter (CD, Internet, ...)
-hinzuzufügen. Die unterstützten Formate sind ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm und
-gsf. Klicke auf die <emphasis role="bold">Importieren</emphasis>
-Schaltfläche und anschließend auf <emphasis
-role="bold">Hinzufügen</emphasis>. Ein Dateimanager erscheint, in dem Sie
-die Schriftarten auswählen können, die Sie installieren möchten und klicke
-anschließend auf <emphasis role="bold">Installieren</emphasis>, wenn Sie
-diese ausgewählt haben. Sie werden im Verzeichnis /usr/share/fonts
-installiert.</para>
-
-  <para>Falls die neu installierte (oder entfernte) Schriftart nicht im Drakfont
-Hauptbildschirm erscheint, schließe und öffne es erneut um die Änderung zu
-sehen.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 270fd365..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Kindersicherungen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> befindet sich im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter Sicherheit mit dem Namen
-<guilabel>Kindersicherung</guilabel>. Falls Ihnen dies nicht angezeigt wird
-müssen Sie das drakguard Paket installieren (standardmäßig nicht
-installiert).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Präsentation</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard ist ein einfacher Weg eine Kindersicherung in Ihrem Computer
-einzurichten, um einzuschränken wer was tun darf und zu welcher
-Tageszeit. Drakguard bietet hierfür drei nützliche Fähigkeiten:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Es schränkt den Webzugang der dort genannten Nutzer zu den festgelegten
-Zeiten am Tag ein. Dies wird durch die Kontrollierung der, in Mageia
-eingebauten, Shorewall Firewall erreicht.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Es blockiert die Ausführung von bestimmten Befehle der dort genannten
-Nutzer, so dass diese nur die Befehle ausführen können, welche Sie erlaubt
-haben.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Es schränkt den Zugriff auf Webseiten ein, sowohl manuell definiert anhand
-einer Black-/Whitelist, als auch dynamisch basierend anhand des Inhalts der
-Webseite. Um dies zu erreichen verwendet Drakguard den führenden Open-Source
-Kindersicherungs-Blocker DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kindersicherung einrichten</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Falls Ihr Computer Festplattenpartitionen hat, welche als Ext2, Ext3 oder
-ReiserFS formatiert sind, dann werden Sie ein Pop-up sehen, welcher Ihnen
-anbieten, ACL für Ihre Partitionen zu konfigurieren. ACL steht für Access
-Control List (Zugriffssteuerungsliste) und ist eine Eigenschaft des Linux
-Kernels, welche es erlaubt den Zugriff auf bestimme Dateien für bestimmte
-Nutzer einzuschränken. ACL ist im Ext4 und Btrfs Dateisystem integriert,
-muss jedoch durch eine Option bei Ext2, Ext3 oder ReiserFS Partitionen
-aktiviert werden. Wenn Sie 'Ja' auswählen wird drakguard all Ihre
-Partitionen für die ACL Unterstützung konfigurieren und anschließend
-empfehlen das System neu zu starten.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Kindersicherung einschalten</guibutton>: Wenn dies ausgewählt
-wurde ist die Kindersicherung aktiv und der Zugang zum <guilabel>Programme
-sperren</guilabel> Reiter möglich.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Sperre den gesamten Netzwerk-Verkehr</guibutton>: Wenn dies
-ausgewählt wurde werden alle Webseiten blockiert, bis auf die, welche im
-Whitelist Reiter eingetragen sind. Ansonsten sind alle Webseiten erlaubt,
-außer die, welche im Blacklist Reiter stehen.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Benutzerzugang</guibutton>: Benutzer auf der linken Seite haben
-eingeschränkten Zugriff anhand den Regeln die Sie festlegen. Benutzer auf
-der rechten Seite haben unbegrenzten Zugriff, damit erwachsene Benutzer des
-Computers mit den Einschränkungen nicht belästigt werden. Wähle einen
-Benutzer auf der linken Seite aus und klicke
-<guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> um ihn/sie zu den erlaubten Benutzern
-hinzuzufügen. Wähle einen Benutzer auf der rechten Seite aus und klicke auf
-<guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton>, um diesen von den erlaubten Benutzern zu
-entfernen.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Zeitkontrolle:</guibutton> Wenn dies ausgewählt wurde wird die
-Internetverbindung mit den Beschränkungen zwischen dem
-<guilabel>Beginn</guilabel> Zeitpunkt und dem <guilabel>Ende</guilabel>
-Zeitpunkt erlaubt. Außerhalb dieses Zeitfensters ist der Zugriff komplett
-blockiert.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blacklist/Whitelist Tab</title>
-
-      <para>Gebe die Webseiten URL in das obere Feld ein und klicke auf den
-<guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> Knopf.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Programme sperren Reiter</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Definierte Anwendungen blockieren</guibutton>: Aktiviert die
-Verwendung von ACL um den Zugriff zu bestimmten Programme zu sperren. Gebe
-den Pfad zur Anwendung an, die Sie zu blockieren wünschen.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Entsperrte Benutzer</guibutton> Liste: Nutzer die auf der rechten
-Seite der Liste aufgelistet sind, werden nicht von den ACL Blockierung
-eingeschränkt.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a361c6d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Die Internetverbindung mit anderen lokalen Rechnern teilen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Prinzipien</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Dies ist nützlich wenn Sie einen
-Computer (3) haben, welcher Zugriff auf das Internet (2) hat und zudem auch
-mit einem lokalen Netzwerk (1) verbunden ist. Sie können den Computer (3)
-als ein Gateway verwenden um den anderen Rechnern (5) und (6) in dem lokalen
-Netzwerk (1) auch Zugriff darauf zu geben. Hierfür muss das Gateway zwei
-Schnittstellen besitzen; die erste, z.B. eine Netzwerkkarte, muss mit dem
-lokalen Netzwerk verbunden sein und die zweite (4) eine Verbindung mit dem
-Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>Der erste Schritt ist es nachzuprüfen, dass das Netzwerk sowie der Zugriff
-auf das Internet eingerichtet ist, wie es in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>
-dokumentiert ist.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Gateway-Assistent</title>
-
-    <para>Der Assistent<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-      </footnote> bietet folgende Schritte,
-welche unten angezeigt werden:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Falls der Einrichtungsassistent nicht mindestens zwei Schnittstellen
-erkennt, wird eine Warnung ausgegeben und Sie werden dazu gefragt, ob die
-Netzwerkverbindung unterbrochen werden soll und die Hardware konfiguriert
-werden soll.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Wählen Sie eine Schnittstelle für die Internetverbindung aus. Der
-Einrichtungsassistent schlägt automatisch eine Schnittstelle vor, aber Sie
-sollten überprüfen, ob dieser Vorschlag in Ordnung ist.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Wählen Sie aus, welche Schnittstelle für den LAN-Zugriff benutzt werden
-soll. Der Einrichtungsassistent macht wiederum einen Vorschlag, aber Sie
-sollten überprüfen, ob der Vorschlag in Ordnung ist.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Der Einrichtungsassistent schlägt Parameter für das LAN-Netzwerk vor,
-z. B. IP-Adresse, Netzwerk-Maske und Domänenname. Bitte überprüfen Sie, dass
-diese Parameter für Ihre tatsächliche Netzwerk-Konfiguration geeignet
-sind. Es wird empfohlen, die vorgeschlagenen Werte zu übernehmen.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Geben Sie an, ob der Computer als DNS-Server benutzt werden muss. Falls dies
-zutrifft, so wird der Einrichtungsassistent überprüfen, dass
-<code>bind</code> installiert ist. Anderenfalls müssen Sie die Adresse eines
-DNS-Servers angeben.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Geben Sie an, ob der Computer als DHCP-Server genutzt werden soll. Falls
-dies zutrifft, so wird der Einrichtungsassistent überprüfen, dass
-<code>dhcp-server</code> installiert ist und außerdem eine Konfiguration des
-zu verwendenden IP-Bereichs anbieten.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Geben Sie an, ob der Computer als Proxy-Server verwendet werden soll. Falls
-ja, so prüft der Einrichtungsassistent, ob <code>squid</code> installiert
-ist und bietet an, <code>squid</code> mit der Adresse des Administrators
-(admin@meinedomaene.de), dem Proxy-Namen (meinefirewall@meinedomaene.de),
-dem Port (3128) und der Cache-Größe (100 Mb) zu konfigurieren.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Im letzten Schritt können Sie überprüfen lassen, ob der Gateway-Rechner mit
-Druckern verbunden ist und diese ggf. teilen.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Sie werden auf die Notwendigkeit hingewiesen, die Firewall zu prüfen, falls
-diese aktiv ist.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Client konfigurieren</title>
-
-    <para>Wenn Sie den Gateway-Rechner mit DHCP eingerichtet haben, müssen Sie nur
-noch im Netzwerkkonfigurationstool einstellen, dass Sie automatisch eine
-IP-Adresse (via DHCP) beziehen wollen. Die Parameter werden automatisch
-empfangen, wenn die Verbindung zum Netzwerk hergestellt wurde. Diese Methode
-ist für alle Client-Betriebssysteme gültig.</para>
-
-    <para>Wenn die Netzwerkparameter manuell konfiguriert werden müssen, muss
-insbesondere die IP-Adresse des Gateways angegeben werden.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Beenden der gemeinsamen Nutzung der Verbindung</title>
-
-    <para>Falls Sie die gemeinsame Nutzung der Verbindung auf dem Mageia Computer
-beenden möchten, starten Sie dieses Werkzeug. Es bietet die Möglichkeit die
-Verbindung neu zu konfigurieren oder die gemeinsame Nutzung zu beenden.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bf4eaf1e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Hosts Definitionen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Wenn einige Systeme in Ihrem Netzwerk bestimmte Dienste anbieten und diese
-über eine feste IP-Adresse verfügen, erlaubt Ihnen dieses
-Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote>, einen Namen für diese
-festzulegen, um darauf einfacher zugreifen zu können. Anschließend können
-Sie diesen Namen, statt die IP-Adressen, hierfür verwenden.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Mit dieser Schaltfläche fügen Sie den Namen eines neuen Systems hinzu. In
-einem neuen Fenster können Sie IP-Adresse, Rechnername und einen optionalen
-Alias festlegen. Ein Alias kann auf die gleiche Art und Weise verwendet
-werden wie ein Rechnername.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Ändern</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Sie können die Parameter eines vorhandenen Eintrags editieren. Es wird das
-gleiche Fenster wie beim Hinzufügen angezeigt.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a385a15..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Erweiterte Einstellungen für Netzwerkschnittstellen und Firewall</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Diese Seite wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht geschrieben. Wenn
-Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten, kontaktieren Sie bitte
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das Doc
-Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>
-
-  <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 910f7a11..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Netzwerkzentrum</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> befindet sich im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter Netzwerk &amp; Internet mit dem Namen
-"Netzwerk-Zentrum"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einleitung</title>
-
-    <para>Wenn das Werkzeug gestartet wird öffnet sich ein Fenster, welches alle
-konfigurierten Netzwerke an diesem Computer auflistet, egal welchen Typs
-(Kabel, Drahtlos, Satelit, etc.). Sobald darauf geklickt wird erscheinen
-drei oder vier Schaltflächen, abhängig vom Netzwerktyp, welche Ihnen
-erlauben das Netzwerk anzuzeigen, Einstellungen zu ändern oder eine
-Verbindung aufzubauen/zu trennen. Dieses Werkzeug ist nicht dazu gedacht ein
-Netzwerk zu erstellen, hierfür gilt der Eintrag <guilabel>Eine
-Netzwerkschnittstelle erstellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> im selben
-MCC Tab.</para>
-
-    <para>Der Screenshot unten zeigt ein Beispiel in dem wir zwei Netzwerkgeräte sehen
-können. Das erste ist über Kabel und nicht verbunden, erkennbar am Symbol
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (wenn es verbunden wäre
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>) und das zweite zeigt ein
-drahtloses Netzwerk, bei dem man am Symbol erkennt das es auch nicht
-verbunden ist <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>, und falls
-verbunden es dieses Symbol <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>
-anzeigen würde. Für die anderen Netzwerktypen ist der Farbcode immer der
-gleiche; grün wenn verbunden und rot wenn nicht verbunden.</para>
-
-    <para>Im Wireless Abschnitt auf dem Screenshot können Sie die erkannten Netzwerke
-sehen, mit der <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, der
-<guilabel>Signalstärke</guilabel>, ob diese verschlüsselt ist (in rot) oder
-nicht (in grün) und den <guilabel>Betriebsmodus</guilabel>. Klicke auf ein
-ausgewähltes Netzwerk und dann entweder auf
-<guibutton>Überwachen</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurieren</guibutton> oder
-<guibutton>Verbinden</guibutton>. Es ist hier auch möglich auf ein anderes
-Netzwerk zu wechseln. Falls ein privates Netzwerk ausgewählt wurde erscheint
-das Netzwerk-Einstellungen Fenster und wird Sie nach weiteren Einstellungen
-fragen (im speziellen den Verschlüsselungsschlüssel).</para>
-
-    <para>Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> um das Fenster neu zu
-laden.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Der überwachen Knopf</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Dieser Knopf erlaubt Ihnen die Netzwerkaktivitäten, Downloads (am PC
-ankommend, in rot) und Uploads (im Internet ankommend, in grün)
-anzuschauen. Der gleiche Bildschirm ist durch Rechtsklick auf das
-<guimenu>Internetsymbol in der Systemleiste -> Netzwerk überwachen</guimenu>
-erreichbar.</para>
-
-    <para>Für jedes Netzwerk gibt es einen separaten Tab (hier ist eth0, das
-Netzwerkgerät und lo, der lokale Loopback) und einen Verbindungen Tab,
-welcher Details über den Verbindungsstatus anzeigt.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Im unteren Bereich des Fensters gibt es dem Bereich
-<guilabel>Traffic-Accounting</guilabel>, welchen wir uns im nächsten
-Abschnitt anschauen werden.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Die Konfigurationsschaltfläche</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Für ein drahtgebundenes Netzwerk</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Es ist möglich alle Einstellungen, die während der Netzwerkeinrichtung
-gemacht wurden, zu ändern. Am häufigsten reicht es <guibutton>Automatische
-IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> auszuwählen, aber im Fall
-von Problemen könnte die manuelle Konfiguration bessere Ergebnisse liefern.</para>
-
-    <para>In einem Heim-Netzwerk folgt die IP-Adresse gewöhnlich dem Muster
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> und die Netzwerkmaske ist normalerweise
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. Die Daten für das Gateway und den
-DNS-Server können Sie der Homepage Ihres Internetanbieters entnehmen.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Netzwerkverkehr-Protokollierung aktivieren</guibutton> - falls
-aktiviert, so wird der Netzwerkverkehr pro Stunde, pro Tag oder pro Monat
-zahlenmäßig erfasst. Die Ergebnisse werden in der Ansicht des
-Netzwerk-Monitors angezeigt, die im vorherigen Abschnitt gezeigt
-wurde. Gegebenenfalls muss die Netzwerkverbindung neu aufgebaut werden, wenn
-diese Option aktiviert wurde.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Erlaubt der Schnittstelle vom Netzwerk-Manager
-gesteuert zu werden:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Dieser Abschnitt wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht
-geschrieben. Wenn Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten,
-kontaktieren Sie bitte <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das Doc
-Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Die Schaltfläche Erweitert:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Dieser Abschnitt wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht
-geschrieben. Wenn Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten,
-kontaktieren Sie bitte <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das Doc
-Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Für ein drahtloses Netzwerk</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Der folgende Text behandelt lediglich Themen, die weiter oben noch nicht
-erklärt wurden.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Betriebsmodus:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Wählen Sie <guilabel>Geführt</guilabel>, falls es sich um eine Verbindung
-über einen Zugangspunkt (access point) handelt und eine <emphasis
-role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> erkannt wurde. Wählen Sie
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel>, falls es sich um ein Ad-hoc-Netzwerk
-handelt. Wählen Sie <emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis>, falls Ihre
-Netzwerk-Karte als Zugangspunkt (access point) dienen soll und Ihre
-Netzwerk-Karte diesen Modus unterstützt.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Verschlüsselungsmodus und -schlüssel:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Falls es ein privates Netzwerk ist, müssen Sie diese Einstellungen kennen.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> nutzt ein Passwort und ist schwächer als WPA,
-welches eine Passphrase verwendet. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel>
-wird auch WPA Personal oder WPA Home genannt. <guilabel>WPA
-Enterprise</guilabel> wird nicht oft für private Netzwerke verwendet.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Erlaube Access-Point-Roaming</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming ist eine Technologie die erlaubt, wenn aktiviert, den
-Zugangspunkt/Access Point zu wechseln, während man mit dem Netzwerk
-weiterhin verbunden bleibt.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Die Schaltfläche Erweitert:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Diese Seite wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht geschrieben. Wenn
-Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten, kontaktieren Sie bitte
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das Doc
-Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Die Erweiterte Einstellungen-Schaltfläche</title>
-
-    <para>Dieser Abschnitt wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht
-geschrieben. Wenn Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten,
-kontaktieren Sie bitte <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das Doc
-Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bd0bf05f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Verwalten unterschiedlicher Netzwerkprofile</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Diese Seite wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht geschrieben. Wenn
-Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten, kontaktieren Sie bitte
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das Doc
-Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>
-
-  <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b343ec1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit NFS freigeben</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Voraussetzungen</title>
-
-    <para>Wenn der Assistent<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-      </footnote> das erste Mal
-gestartet wird, wird möglicherweise folgende Meldung angezeigt:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Das Paket nfs-utils muss installiert sein. Soll es installiert werden?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Nach dem abschließen der Installation wird ein Fenster mit einer leeren
-Liste angezeigt.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hauptfenster</title>
-
-    <para>Eine Liste mit freigegebenen Verzeichnisse wird angezeigt. In diesem Schritt
-ist die Liste leer. Die <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> Schaltfläche
-bietet Ihnen Zugriff zum Konfigurationswerkzeug.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Veränderter Eintrag</title>
-
-    <para>Das Konfigurationswerkzeug wird "Veränderter Eintrag" genannt. Es kann auch
-über die <guibutton>Ändern</guibutton> Schaltfläche gestartet werden. Die
-folgenden Parameter sind verfügbar.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-Verzeichnis</title>
-
-      <para>Hier können Sie festlegen welches Verzeichnis freigegeben werden soll. Der
-<guibutton>Verzeichnis</guibutton> Knopf bietet Ihnen Zugriff auf einen
-Browser um es auszuwählen.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Rechnerzugriff</title>
-
-      <para>Hier können Sie die Hosts festlegen, welche Autorisiert sind auf das
-freigegebene Verzeichnis zuzugreifen.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS Klients können auf verschiedene Wege angegeben werden:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Einzelrechner</emphasis>: Ein Rechner, entweder durch einen
-Kurznamen, welcher durch die Namensauflösung erkannt wird, den vollen
-qualifizierten Domänennamen oder einer IP-Adresse angeben</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Netzgruppen</emphasis>: NIS-Netzgruppen können als @Gruppe
-angegeben werden.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Platzhalter</emphasis>: Rechnernamen können die Platzhalter „*“
-und „?“ enthalten. Zum Beispiel: *.cs.foo.edu entspricht allen Rechnern in
-der Domäne  cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP-Netzwerke</emphasis>: Sie können auch Verzeichnisse für alle
-Rechner eines IP-(Sub)Netzwerkes gleichzeitig freigeben. Zum Beispiel durch
-Anhängen von `/255.255.252.0' oder `/22' an die Netzwerk-Basis-Adresse.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Benutzer-ID-Abbildung</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>root-Benutzer auf anonymous abbilden</emphasis>: Bildet Anfragen
-des Root-Benutzers, uid/gid 0, auf anonymous, uid/gid (root_squash), ab. Der
-Root-Benutzer des Clients kann nicht auf Dateien des Servers zugreifen, die
-vom Root-Benutzer des Servers erstellt wurden.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>erlaube echten entfernten root-Zugriff</emphasis>: Deaktiviere
-root squashing. Diese Option (no_root_squash) ist hauptsächlich für Clients
-ohne eigene Laufwerke gedacht.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>alle Benutzer auf anonymous abbilden</emphasis>: Bilde alle UIDs
-und GIDs auf den Benutzer anonymous ab (all_squash). Dies ist nützlich für
-mittels NFS exportierte öffentliche FTP-Verzeichnisse,
-News-Spool-Verzeichnisse etc. Die gegenteilige Option lautet "Keine
-Benutzer-UID-Abbildung" (no_all_squash) und stellt die Standard-Einstellung
-dar.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid und anongid</emphasis>: Setze die UID und die GID explizit
-auf die Werte des anonymous-Benutzerkontos.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Erweiterte Einstellungen</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Gesicherte Verbindung</emphasis>: Diese Option erfordert, dass
-Anfragen von einem Port ausgehen, der kleiner ist als IPPORT_RESERVED
-(1024). Diese Option ist standardmäßig aktiviert.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Nur-Lese-Freigabe</emphasis>: Erlaubt entweder nur lesenden
-Zugriff oder gleichzeitig lesenden und schreibenden Zugriff auf das
-NFS-Laufwerk. Die Standard-Einstellung verbietet alle Zugriffe, die das
-Dateisystem ändern. Diese Standard-Einstellung kann erzwungen werden, indem
-die Option "Nur-Lese-Freigabe" explizit aktiviert wird.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Gleichzeitiger Zugriff</emphasis>: Hindert den NFS-Server daran,
-gegen das NFS-Protokoll zu verstoßen und auf Anfragen zu antworten, bevor
-die daraus resultierenden Änderungen auf das Speichermedium
-(z. B. Festplatte) geschrieben sind.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Unterverzeichnis-Überprüfung</emphasis>: Aktiviere die
-Unterverzeichnis-Überprüfung, welche die Sicherung in manchen Fällen
-verbessern kann, aber die Ausfallsicherheit beeinträchtigt. Details können
-der Man-Page exports(5) entnommen werden.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menüeinträge</title>
-
-    <para>Aktuell enthält die Liste mindestens einen Eintrag.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Datei|Schreibe conf</title>
-
-      <para>Aktuelle Konfiguration speichern.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-Server|Neu starten</title>
-
-      <para>Der Server wird gestoppt und mit den aktuellen Konfigurationsdateien neu
-gestartet.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-Server|Neu laden</title>
-
-      <para>Die angezeigte Konfiguration wird aus den aktuellen Konfigurationsdateien
-neu geladen.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 01d83b3e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Falls Sie einen Proxy-Server nutzen müssen, um in das Internet zu gelangen,
-können Sie dieses Tool<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> verwenden, um
-die entsprechenden Einstellungen vorzunehmen. Ihr Netzwerk-Administrator
-wird Ihnen die benötigten Informationen geben. Sie können außerdem durch
-Außnahmen Dienste festlegen, die ohne den Proxy erreicht werden können.</para>
-
-  <para>Aus dem Wikipedia-Artikel Proxy-Server, Stand 24.09.2012: In
-Computernetzwerken ist ein Proxy-Server ein Server (ein Computersystem oder
-eine Anwendung), der als Vermittler zwischen Client und Server
-fungiert. Clients können sich mit dem Proxy-Server verbinden und einen
-Dienst anfordern, der von einem Server angeboten wird. Ein Dienst kann
-beispielsweise eine Datei, eine Verbindung, eine Web-Seite oder eine andere
-Ressource sein.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bc45eb1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Medien konfigurieren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die
-Softwarequellen (auch Repositorys, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt)
-einzurichten. Das bedeutet, dass Sie die Medienquellen auswählen müssen,
-welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen
-verwendet werden soll (siehe den Hinzufügen Button).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Falls Sie Mageia von einem optischen Medium (CD oder DVD) oder einem
-USB-Stick installieren, wird das jeweilige Medium als Softwarequelle
-eingerichtet. Um zu verhindern dass Sie dazu aufgefordert werden das Medium
-einzulegen wenn Sie neue Pakete installieren, sollten Sie diese Medien
-deaktivieren (oder löschen). (Es wird als Medientyp CD-Rom gelistet).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit
-(x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr
-System nun 32-Bit oder 64-Bit verwendet; diese werden noarch Pakete
-genannt. Diese haben zwar kein eigenes noarch Verzeichnis auf den
-Spiegelservern, befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64
-Medien.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Software verwalten</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> verfügbar.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Die Spalten</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Spalte Aktiviert:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um neue Pakete zu installieren. Sei
-vorsichtig mit bestimmten Medien wie Testing oder Debug, diese könnten dein
-System unbrauchbar machen.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Spalte Aktualiserungen:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese
-müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit "Update" im Namen sollten ausgewählt
-werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in diesem Werkzeug
-verändern. Sie müssen hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen und <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Spalte Medium:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositorys für die
-finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> welches die meisten Programme enthält
-die von Mageia unterstützt werden.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> enthält einige Programme die nicht
-unter einer freien Lizenz stehen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> enthält freie Software welche
-allerdings in einigen Ländern Patente verletzen könnte.</para>
-
-        <para>Jedes Medium hat 4 Untersektionen:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> enthält die Pakete vom Tag der
-Veröffentlichung der Mageia Version.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> enthält Pakete die seit der
-Veröffentlichung aufgrund von Sicherheits- oder Fehlerbehebungen
-aktualisiert wurden. Jeder sollte dieses Medium aktiviert haben, selbst wenn
-man eine langsame Internetverbindung verwendet.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> enthält einige Pakete von neueren
-Mageia Versionen welche von Cauldron (die nächste Version die in Arbeit ist)
-zurückportiert wurden.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue
-Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team
-die Beseitigung dessen prüfen können.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Die Knöpfe auf der rechten Seite</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Entfernen:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Um ein Medium zu entfernen, klicke auf das Medium und anschließend diesen
-Knopf. Es wird empfohlen das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet
-wurde (z.B. CD oder DVD) zu entfernen, da alle Pakete in den offiziellen
-Core Medien enthalten sind.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Bearbeiten:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Erlaubt Ihnen das ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL,
-downloader und Proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Hinzufügen:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Fügt die offiziellen Repositorys die im Internet verfügbar sind hinzu. Diese
-Repositorys enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete Software. Durch klicken
-der "Hinzufügen" Schaltfläche, wird die Spiegelliste in den Einstellung
-hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, dass es nur Installationen und
-Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe verwendet. Falls Sie
-einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, dann sollte er über
-"Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen" über das Dropdown Menü "Datei"
-ausgewählt werden.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Nach oben und unten zeigende Pfeile:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Ändert die Listenordnung. Wenn Drakrpm nach Paketen sucht, liest es die
-Listen in der angezeigten Reihenfolge und installiert das erste Paket, das
-mit der passenden Veröffentlichungsnummer gefunden wurde - sollte es einen
-Versionsunterschied geben, wird die neuste Veröffentlichung installiert. Aus
-diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositorys am Anfang stehen.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Das Menü</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Datei -> Aktualisieren:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche Sie
-aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den
-<guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Falls Sie mit dem aktuellen Spiegelserver nicht zufrieden sind, weil dieser
-z. B. zu langsam oder häufig nicht erreichbar ist, können Sie einen anderen
-Server auswählen. Wählen Sie alle gegenwärtigen Medien und klicke auf
-<guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um diese aus der Liste zu nehmen. Klicke
-anschließend auf <guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver
-hinzufügen</guimenu> und wähle zwischen nur aktualisieren oder kompletter
-Set (wenn Sie nicht wissen, was Sie auswählen sollen, klicken Sie auf
-<guibutton>kompletter Set</guibutton>) und bestätigen Sie den
-Verbindungsaufbau mit <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Folgendes Fenster wird
-daraufhin geöffnet:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen Sie
-ihr Land oder eines in Ihrer Nähe auswählen können. Durch das Klicken auf
-das > Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle
-einen aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Datei -> Hinzufügen eines Benutzer Mediums:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Es ist möglich ein neues Medium (z.B. von einem Drittanbieter) hinzuzufügen,
-welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Wähle den Medientyp, gebe ihm einen
-guten Namen welchen das Medium beschreibt und gib die URL (oder den Pfad zum
-Medientyp) ein.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Optionen -> Globale Einstellungen:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es Ihnen auszuwählen, ob zu installierende RPMs
-verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm
-verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im
-XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -Standard-, Nur
-Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Optionen -> Schlüssel verwalten:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur
-Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes
-Medium möglich einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das
-erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf
-<guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder
-wähle einen Schlüssel und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um
-einen Schlüssel abzulehnen.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Tu dies mit bedacht, wie alle sicherheitsrelevanten Dinge</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Optionen -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Falls Sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxy-Server verwenden müssen,
-können Sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den  <guibutton>Proxy
-Hostnamen</guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel>
-und das <guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Für weiterführende Informationen über das konfigurieren der Medien, schaue
-auf der <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">Mageia Wiki
-Seite</link> nach.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 658a3841..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit Samba freigeben</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einleitung</title>
-
-    <para>Samba ist ein Protokoll, das von verschiedenen Betriebssystemen verwendet
-wird, um Ressourcen wie z. B. Verzeichnisse oder Drucker zu teilen. Dieses
-Tool erlaubt es Ihnen, mit Hilfe des Protokolls SMB/CIFS Ihren Rechner als
-Samba-Server einzurichten. Dieses Protokoll wird auch von Windows(R)
-verwendet und Computer mit diesem Betriebssystem können auf die Ressourcen
-des Samba-Servers zugreifen.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vorbereitung</title>
-
-    <para>Damit andere Computer auf den Server zugreifen können, muss der Server eine
-feste IP-Adresse besitzen. Dies kann direkt auf dem Server, z. B. mit <xref
-linkend="draknetcenter"/>, oder auf dem DHCP-Server eingestellt werden. Der
-DHCP-Server ist nämlich in der Lage, einen Computer anhand seiner
-MAC-Adresse zu identifizieren und ihm immer die gleiche IP-Adresse
-zuzuweisen. Die Firewall des Server-Rechners muss außerdem so eingestellt
-werden, dass ankommende Anfragen zum Samba-Server akzeptiert werden.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einrichtungsassistent - Standalone-Server</title>
-
-    <para>Während dem ersten Start prüft das Einrichtungswerkzeug<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-      </footnote>, ob die benötigten Pakete installiert sind und
-schlägt ggf. vor, diese zu installieren, falls sie nicht installiert
-sind. Anschließend wird der Einrichtungsassistent für die Konfiguration des
-Samba-Servers gestartet.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Im nächsten Fenster ist bereits die Option "Standalone" ausgewählt.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Dann ist der Name der Arbeitsgruppe anzugeben. Computer, die auf den
-Samba-Server zugreifen möchten, sollten sich in der selben Arbeitsgruppe
-befinden.</para>
-
-    <para>Der Netbios-Name wird im Netzwerk als Bezeichner für den Server verwendet.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Wählen Sie den Sicherheitsmodus</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: Der Client muss authentifiziert werden, um auf
-die Freigabe zugreifen zu können.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: Der Client authentifiziert sich für jede
-Freigabe getrennt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Sie können IP-Adressen oder Namen der Computer festlegen, die auf die
-Freigabe zugreifen dürfen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Geben Sie den Server-Banner an. Der Banner ist die Beschreibung, die
-Windows-Computern angezeigt wird, wenn sie den Server sehen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Der Ort, an dem Samba die Log-/Protokollinformationen abspeichert, kann im
-nächsten Schritt festgelegt werden.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Der Assistent zeigt vor dem bestätigen der Konfiguration eine Auflistung der
-gewählten Parameter an. Bei der Bestätigung wird die Konfiguration
-anschließend unter <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> geschrieben.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einrichtungsassistent - Primärer Domänencontroller</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Falls die Option "Primärer
-Domänencontroller" ausgewählt wurde, fragt der Einrichtungsassistent nach
-Admin-Namen und, ob Wins unterstützt werden soll oder nicht. Die darauf
-folgenden Schritte sind die gleichen wie bei der Einrichtung des
-Standalone-Servers, außer dass Sie den Sicherheits-Modus wählen können:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>Domäne</guilabel>: Stellt einen Mechanismus bereit, um alle
-Benutzer- und Gruppenkonten in einem zentralen, gemeinsamen
-Konten-Verzeichnis zu speichern. Das zentrale Konten-Verzeichnis wird unter
-den (Sicherheits-)Controllern geteilt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ein Verzeichnis zur gemeinsamen Nutzung freigeben</title>
-
-    <para>Mit der <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> Schaltfläche erhalten wir:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Auf diese Weise kann ein neuer Eintrag hinzugefügt werden. Nachträglich kann
-er über die Schaltfläche <guibutton>Ändern</guibutton> editiert werden. Dort
-kann z. B. eingestellt werden, ob das Verzeichnis öffentlich sichtbar,
-lesbar oder beschreibbar ist. Der Name der Freigabe kann nicht geändert
-werden.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menüeinträge</title>
-
-    <para>Wenn die Liste mindestens einen Eintrag enthält können folgende Menüeinträge
-verwendet werden.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Datei|Schreibe conf</title>
-
-      <para>Speichert die aktuelle Konfiguration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba-Server|Konfigurieren</title>
-
-      <para>Der Assistent kann mit diesem Befehl erneut ausgeführt werden.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba-Server|Neu starten</title>
-
-      <para>Der Server wird gestoppt und mit den aktuellen Konfigurationsdateien neu
-gestartet.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba-Server|Neu laden</title>
-
-      <para>Die angezeigte Konfiguration wird aus den aktuellen Konfigurationsdateien
-neu geladen.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Druckerfreigabe</title>
-
-    <para>Samba ermöglicht Ihnen auch Drucker für die gemeinsame Nutzung freizugeben.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba-Benutzer</title>
-
-    <para>In diesem Reiter können Sie Nutzer hinzufügen, damit diese auf die
-freigegebenen Ressourcen zugreifen können, wenn eine Autorisierung
-erforderlich ist. Sie können die Nutzer dort hinzufügen <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 55681529..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Die Authentifizierung für die Mageia-Werkzeuge einrichten</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> ist im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Sicherheit</emphasis>
-verfügbar.</para>
-
-  <para>Hiermit können Sie den normalen Benutzern die nötigen Rechte geben um
-Aufgaben, welche normalerweiße vom Administrator durchgeführt werden,
-auszuführen.</para>
-
-  <para>Klicke auf den kleinen Pfeil vor dem jeweiligen Posten, den Sie aufklappen
-möchten:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Die meisten Werkzeuge, die auch im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar sind,
-werden auf der linken Seite des Fensters angezeigt (siehe Screenshot oben)
-und für jedes Werkzeug eine Dropdown-Liste auf der rechten Seite, welches
-Ihnen folgende Auswahl bietet:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Standard: Der Startmodus hängt von der gewählten Sicherheitsstufe ab. Schaue
-hierfür im gleichen Mageia Kontrollzentrum Reiter, im Werkzeug
-"Konfiguration der Systemsicherheit, Rechte und Prüfungen" nach.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Benutzer Passwort: Das Benutzerpasswort wird abgefragt, bevor das Werkzeug
-gestartet wird.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Root Passwort: Das root Passwort wird abgefragt, bevor das Werkzeug
-gestartet wird.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Kein Passwort: Es wird vor dem Start des Werkzeugs kein Passwort abgefragt.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 04b96ced..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Snapshots</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para></footnote> ist verfügbar im
-<guilabel>System</guilabel>-Tab des Mageia Kontrollzentrums, in der
-<guilabel>Administrations-Werkzeuge</guilabel> Sektion.</para>
-  <para>Wenn Sie das Werkzeug das erste Mal im MCC starten, wird Ihnen eine Meldung
-zum installieren von draksnapshot angezeigt. Klicke auf
-<guibutton>Installieren</guibutton> um fortzufahren. Draksnapshot und einige
-weitere Pakete welche benötigt werden, werden installiert.</para>
-
- <para>Klicke erneut auf <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel> und Ihnen wird der
-<guilabel>Einstellungen</guilabel> Bildschirm angezeigt. Tippe
-<guilabel>Backups aktivieren</guilabel> an und falls Sie das komplette
-System sichern möchten auf <guilabel>Ein Backup des gesamten Systems
-erstellen</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Falls Sie nur ein Teil der Verzeichnisse sichern möchten wählen Sie
-<guilabel>Fortgeschritten</guilabel>. Ihnen wird ein kleiner Pop-Up
-Bildschirm angezeigt. Verwende den <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> und
-<guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> Knopf in der Nähe der <guilabel>Liste der
-zu sichernden Verzeichnisse</guilabel> um Verzeichnisse und Dateien zur
-Sicherung hinzuzufügen oder auszuschließen. Verwende die gleichen Knöpfe in
-der Nähe der <guilabel>Liste der auszuschließenden Verzeichnisse</guilabel>
-um Unterverzeichnisse und/oder Dateien aus den ausgewählten Verzeichnissen
-auszuschließen, welche <emphasis role="bold">nicht</emphasis> in der
-Sicherung enthalten sein sollen. Klicke auf
-<guibutton>Schließen</guibutton>, wenn Sie fertig sind.</para>
-	  <para>Geben Sie nun den Pfad an um den <guilabel>Speicherplatz der Backups
-festzulegen</guilabel> oder wähle den <guibutton>Durchsuchen</guibutton>
-Knopf um den korrekten Pfad auszuwählen. Jeder eingehängte USB-Stick oder
-jede externe Festplatte kann unter <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/Dein_Benutzername/</emphasis> gefunden werden.
-  </para>
-  <para>Klicke auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> um den Snapshot zu erstellen.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a0362f24..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Soundkonfiguration</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para></footnote> ist im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>
-verfügbar.</para>
-  <para>Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, PulseAudio Optionen und die
-Fehlersuche. Es wird Ihnen helfen, falls Sie Tonprobleme feststellen oder
-wenn Sie die Soundkarte wechseln.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> ist ein Soundserver. Er empfängt alle
-Soundeingänge, mixt diese anhand den Nutzereinstellungen und schickt den
-daraus resultierenden Ton zum Ausgang. Siehe <guimenu>Menü ->Sound and video
--> PulseAudio Lautstärkeregelung</guimenu></para>
-  <para>PulseAudio ist der Standard Soundserver und es wird empfohlen diesen
-aktiviert zu lassen.</para>
-  <para>Der <guilabel>Störungsfreie Modus</guilabel> verbessert PulseAudio mit
-einigen Programmen. Es wird empfohlen dies aktiviert zu lassen.</para>
-  <para>Die <guibutton>Problembehebung</guibutton> Schaltfläche hilft Ihnen beim
-beheben von Problemen, falls welche auftreten. Sie werden es nützlich finden
-diese auszuprobieren, bevor Sie die Community um Hilfe fragen.</para>
-  <para>Die <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> Schaltfläche zeigt ein neues
-Fenster mit einem eindeutigen Knopf.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e07bf5a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Einrichten einer USV zur Stromkontrolle</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Diese Seite wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht geschrieben. Wenn
-Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten, kontaktieren Sie bitte
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das Doc
-Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e75e13d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Konfigurieren der VPN-Verbindungen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einleitung</title>
-
-    <para>Mit diesem Werkzeug<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-      </footnote> kann eine sichere
-Tunnel-Verbindung zwischen einem Computer und einem entfernten Netzwerk
-hergestellt werden. An dieser Stelle wird nur beschrieben wie der lokale
-Computer eingerichtet werden muss. Es wird vorausgesetzt, dass das entfernte
-Netzwerk bereits im Betrieb ist und Sie vom Netzwerk-Administrator die
-notwendigen Verbindungsinformationen erhalten haben, z. B. in Form einer
-.pcf-Konfigurationsdatei.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfiguration</title>
-
-    <para>Wähle zuerst entweder Cisco VPN-Concentrator oder OpenVPN, abhängig davon
-welches Protokoll für Ihr virtuelles privates Netzwerk verwendet wird.</para>
-
-    <para>Geben Sie anschließend Ihrer Verbindung einen Namen.</para>
-
-    <para>Im nächsten Bildschirm geben Sie die Details für Ihre VPN-Verbindung ein.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Für Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Für openvpn. Das openvpn Paket und seine Abhängigkeiten werden bei der
-ersten Verwendung des Werkzeugs installiert.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Wähle die Dateien, welche Sie vom
-Netzwerkadministrator erhalten haben.</para>
-
-        <para>Erweiterte Parameter:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Das nächste Bild fragt nach der IP-Adresse für das Gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Sobald die Parameter eingestellt sind haben Sie die Option die
-VPN-Verbindung zu starten.</para>
-
-    <para>Diese VPN-Verbindung kann so eingerichtet werden, dass sie automatisch
-zusammen mit einer Netzwerkverbindung hergestellt wird. Um dies zu
-erreichen, muss die Netzwerkverbindung so konfiguriert werden, dass immer
-eine Verbindung zum VPN aufgebaut wird.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 52a604e4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Webserver einrichten</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para></footnote> kann Sie dabei
-unterstützen, einen Webserver einzurichten.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Was ist ein Webserver?</title>
-    <para>
-      Webserver ist die Software, welche Ihnen hilft, Webinhalte bereitzustellen
-die über das Internet zugänglich ist.  (Aus Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Einen Webserver mit drakwizard apache2 einrichten</title>
-      <para>
-	Willkommen beim Webserver-Assistent.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Einleitung</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Die erste Seite ist nur eine Einleitung. Klicke auf
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Wähle die Serverfreigabe: Lokales Netzwerk und/oder weltweit</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Den Webserver im Internet freizugeben birgt einige Risiken. Seien Sie auf
-schlimme Dinge gefasst.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Nutzermodule</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Erlaubt Nutzern ihre eigene Seite zu erstellen.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Webverzeichnisname des Nutzers</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Der Nutzer muss ein Verzeichnis erstellen und mit Daten füllen, danach wird
-der Server diese anzeigen.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Wurzelverzeichnis des Servers</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Erlaubt es, das Verzeichnis des Web-Servers festzulegen, in dem Dateien
-abzulegen sind.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Übersicht</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Nehmen Sie sich eine Sekunde um die Optionen zu überprüfen. Klicke danach
-auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Assistent beenden</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sie haben es geschaft! Klicke auf <guibutton>Assistent beenden</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2634ebcc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">DNS konfigurieren</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Diese Seite wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht geschrieben. Wenn
-Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten, kontaktieren Sie bitte
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das Doc
-Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e8cf441..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP konfigurieren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Dieses Werkzeug funktioniert in Mageia 4, aufgrund neuen Namensschemen für
-Netzwerkgeräte, nicht</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> kann Sie dabei
-unterstützen, einen <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Server einzurichten. Es ist eine
-Komponente von drakwizard, welches Sie installiert haben sollten um Zugriff
-darauf zu haben.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Was ist DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>Das Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) ist ein
-standardisiertes Netzwerkprotokoll, welches für IP-Netzwerke verwendet wird,
-das dynamisch IP-Adressen und andere Informationen konfiguriert, welche für
-eine Internetkommunikation benötigt werden. (Aus Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einen DHCP-Server mit drakwizard dhcp einrichten</title>
-
-    <para>Willkommen beim DHCP-Server-Assistenten.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Einleitung</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Die erste Seite ist nur eine Einleitung. Klicke auf
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Adapter auswählen</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Wähle das Netzwerkgerät, welches mit dem Subnetz verbunden ist und welches
-DHCP die IP-Adresse zuordnet. Klicke danach auf
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>IP-Bereich auswählen</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Wählen Sie Anfang und Ende des IP-Bereichs aus, den der Server verwalten
-soll. Zusätzlich geben Sie die IP-Adresse des Gateways an, welches Ihr
-lokales Netzwerk mit dem Internet verbindet. Dann klicken Sie bitte auf
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Übersicht</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Nehmen Sie sich eine Sekunde um die Optionen zu überprüfen. Klicke danach
-auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Warte einen Moment...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Dies kann behoben werden. Klicke ein paar Mal auf
-<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und ändere einige Dinge.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Stunden später...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Was wurde getan</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installation des Pakets dhcp-server falls nötig;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> wird gespeichert in
-<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Erstellen einer neuen <code>dhcpd.conf</code> anhand von
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> und
-hinzufügen der neuen Parameter:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zudem, bearbeiten der Webmin Konfigurationsdatei
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Neustarten von <code>dhcpd</code>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d71b7cf3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Zeit konfigurieren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> ist dafür da, um die
-Zeit deines Servers mit einem externen Server zu synchronisieren. Es ist
-nicht standardmäßig installiert und Sie müssen zusätzlich die drakwizard und
-drakwizard-base Pakete installieren.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>NTP-Server mit drakwizard ntp einrichten</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Nach einem Willkommensbildschirm (siehe oben), fordert Sie der zweite auf,
-drei Zeitserver aus der Dropdown-Liste auszuwählen und schlägt vor
-pool.ntp.org zwei Mal zu verwenden, da dieser Server immer auf verfügbare
-Zeitserver verweist.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Der folgende Bildschirm erlaubt es Ihnen die Region und die Stadt
-auszuwählen und zeigt danach eine Zusammenfassung. Falls etwas falsch sein
-sollte, können Sie es einfach ändern, indem Sie den
-<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> Knopf drücken. Wenn alles korrekt ist, klicke
-auf den <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> Knopf und fahre mit dem Test fort. Es
-wird womöglich einige Zeit dauern und Sie werden abschließend folgenden
-Bildschirm sehen:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Was wurde getan</title>
-
-    <para>Dieses Werkzeug führt die folgenden Schritte aus:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installation des Pakets <code>ntp</code> falls nötig.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sichern der Dateien <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> nach
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> und
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> nach
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Schreiben einer neuen Datei, <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>, mit einer
-Liste der Server;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Bearbeiten der Datei <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> durch hinzufügen des ersten
-Servernamen;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stoppen und starten der <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> und
-<code>ntpd</code> Dienste;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Einstellen der Hardware-Uhr auf die aktuelle Systemzeit mit Referenz zur
-UTC.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b7acf3ef..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">FTP konfigurieren</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para></footnote> kann Sie dabei
-unterstützen, einen <acronym>FTP</acronym> Server einzurichten.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Was ist <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Das File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) ist ein Standard
-Netzwerkprotokoll um Dateien von einem Host auf einen anderen Host über ein
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>-basiertes Netzwerk, wie das Internet, zu
-übertragen. (Aus Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Einen FTP-Server mit drakwizard proftpd einrichten</title>
-      <para>
-	Willkommen beim FTP Assistenten. Schnallen Sie sich an.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Einleitung</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Die erste Seite ist nur eine Einleitung. Klicke auf
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Wähle die Serverfreigabe: Lokales Netzwerk und/oder weltweit</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Den FTP-Server im Internet freizugeben birgt einige Risiken. Seien Sie auf
-schlimme Dinge gefasst.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serverinformation</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bitte geben Sie Folgendes ein: Einen Namen für den Server, eine
-E-Mail-Adresse für Beschwerden und ob Root-Zugriff erlaubt werden soll.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serveroptionen</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfigurieren Sie Port, Chroot-Benutzerverzeichnisse, FTP-Wiederaufnahme
-und/oder <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol).
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Übersicht</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Nehmen Sie sich eine Sekunde um die Optionen zu überprüfen. Klicke danach
-auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Assistent beenden</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sie haben es geschaft! Klicke auf <guibutton>Assistent beenden</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72a26f31..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Proxy konfigurieren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> kann Sie dabei
-unterstützen, einen Proxy-Server einzurichten. Es ist eine Komponente von
-drakwizard, welches Sie installiert haben sollten um Zugriff darauf zu
-haben.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Was ist ein Proxy-Server?</title>
-
-    <para>Aus dem Wikipedia-Artikel Proxy-Server, Stand 24.09.2012: In
-Computernetzwerken ist ein Proxy-Server ein Server (ein Computersystem oder
-eine Anwendung), der als Vermittler zwischen Client und Server
-fungiert. Clients können sich mit dem Proxy-Server verbinden und einen
-Dienst anfordern, der von einem Server angeboten wird. Ein Dienst kann
-beispielsweise eine Datei, eine Verbindung, eine Web-Seite oder eine andere
-Ressource sein.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einen Proxy-Server mit drakwizard squid einrichten</title>
-
-    <para>Willkommen beim Proxy-Server Einrichtungsassistenten.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Einleitung</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Die erste Seite ist nur eine Einleitung. Klicke auf
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Den Proxy-Port auswählen</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Wähle den Proxy-Port auf den der Browser eine Verbindung aufbauen
-soll. Klicke danach auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Arbeitsspeicher und Laufwerknutzung einstellen</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Lege das Limit für Arbeitsspeicher und den Speicherplatz des Laufwerks fest,
-klicke danach auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Netzwerkzugriffskontrolle auswählen</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Wähle die Sichtbarkeit entweder im lokalen Netzwerk oder weltweit und klicke
-dann auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Netzwerkzugriff gewähren</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Gewähre Zugriff auf lokale Netzwerke, klicke anschließend auf
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hoher-Level-Proxy-Server nutzen?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Durch weiteren Proxy-Server kaskadieren? Falls nicht, überspringen Sie bitte
-den nächsten Schritt.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>URL und Port des Hoher-Level-Proxys</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Geben Sie den Rechnernamen und den Port des Hoher-Level-Proxys an und
-klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Übersicht</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Nehmen Sie sich eine Sekunde um die Optionen zu überprüfen. Klicke danach
-auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Während dem Booten starten?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Wähle aus, ob der Proxy-Server während dem Booten gestartet werden
-soll. Klicke danach auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Assistent beenden</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Sie haben es geschaft! Klicke auf <guibutton>Assistent beenden</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Was wurde getan</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installation des Pakets squid falls nötig;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> wird gespeichert in
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Erstellen einer neuen <code>squid.conf</code> anhand von
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> und hinzufügen der neuen Parameter:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 oder 3 und <code>http_access</code> entsprechend dem
-gewählten Level</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>squid</code> wird neu gestartet.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 258eec7f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH Daemon-Konfiguration</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para></footnote> kann Sie dabei
-unterstützen, einen <acronym>SSH</acronym>-Daemon einzurichten.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Was ist <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) ist ein kryptographisches Netzwerkprotokoll für sichere
-Datenübertragungen, Fern-Zugriff per Kommandozeile und andere
-Sicherheitsdienste zwischen zwei vernetzten Computern. Das Protokoll
-verbindet einen Server und einen Client über einen sicheren Kanal oder über
-ein unsicheres Netzwerk. Auf dem Server muss ein SSH-Server laufen und auf
-dem SSH-Client muss entsprechend ein <acronym>SSH</acronym>-Client laufen.
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Einen <acronym>SSH</acronym>-Daemon mit drakwizard sshd einrichten</title>
-      <para>
-	Willkommen beim OpenSSH-Assistenten.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Wähle die Art der Konfigurationsoptionen</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Wähle <guilabel>Experte</guilabel> für alle Optionen oder
-<guilabel>Neuling</guilabel> um die Schritte 3-7 zu überspringen. Klicke auf
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Allgemeine Einstellungen</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Stellt die Sichtbarkeits- und Root-Zugriffsoptionen ein. Port 22 ist der
-Standard <acronym>SSH</acronym>-Port.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Authentifizierungsverfahren</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Erlaube eine Vielzahl an Authentifizierungsmethoden, welche die Nutzer beim
-verbinden verwenden können, klicke anschließend auf
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Protokollierung</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Wählen Sie die Protokollierungsmethode und das Ausgabelevel, dann klicken
-Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Anmeldeoptionen</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfigurieren Sie die Anmeldeoptionen, dann klicken Sie auf
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Benutzeranmeldeoptionen</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfiguriere die Einstellungen für den Nutzerzugriff, klicke anschließend
-auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Komprimierung und Weiterleitung</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfiguriere die X11 Weiterleitung und Komprimierung während der
-Übertragung, klicke anschließend auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Übersicht</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Nehmen Sie sich eine Sekunde um die Optionen zu überprüfen. Klicke danach
-auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Assistent beenden</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sie haben es geschaft! Klicke auf <guibutton>Assistent beenden</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a24682c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Ein- oder Ausschalten von Systemdiensten</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Diese Seite wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht geschrieben. Wenn
-Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten, kontaktieren Sie bitte
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das Doc
-Team.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>   
-
-  <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f4f7ab2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Hardware-Konfiguration</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> bietet eine allgemeine
-Ansicht über die Hardware in Ihrem Computer. Wenn das Werkzeug gestartet
-wird führt es die Aufgabe aus, nach jeder Hardwarekomponente zu
-schauen. Hierfür verwendet es den Befehl <code>ldetect</code>, welche sich
-auf eine Hardwareliste im <code>ldetect-lst</code> Paket bezieht.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Das Fenster</title>
-
-    <para>Das Fenster ist in zwei Spalten unterteilt</para>
-
-    <para>Die linke Spalte enthält eine Liste der erkannten Hardware. Die Geräte sind
-in Kategorien gruppiert. Klicke auf das &gt; um den Inhalt der Kategorien
-anzeigen zu lassen. Jedes Gerät kann in dieser Spalte ausgewählt werden.</para>
-
-    <para>Die rechte Spalte zeigt Informationen über das ausgewählte Gerät. Die
-<guimenu>Hilfe -&gt; Felderbeschreibung</guimenu> zeigt einige Informationen
-über den Inhalt der Felder.</para>
-
-    <para>Je nachdem welche Art von Gerät ausgewählt wurde, sind ein oder zwei Knöpfe
-am Ende der rechten Spalte verfügbar:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Aktuelle Treiberoptionen setzen</guibutton>: Kann verwendet
-werden, um das Modul zu parametrisieren, das für das Gerät verwendet
-wird. Diese Option darf nur von Experten benutzt werden.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Konfigurationswerkzeug starten</guibutton>: Zugriff auf das
-Werkzeug, womit man das Gerät konfigurieren kann. Auf das Werkzeug kann
-häufig auch direkt über das MCC zugegriffen werden.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Das Menü</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Optionen</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>Das <guimenu>Optionen</guimenu> Menü bietet Kästchen zum anklicken an, um
-die automatische Erkennung zu aktivieren:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>JAZ Gerät</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Parallele Zip-Laufwerke</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Die Erkennungen sind standardmäßig nicht aktiviert, da diese langsam
-sind. Aktiviere die entsprechende Kästen, sobald Sie die Hardware
-angeschlossen haben. Die Erkennung wird einsatzbereit sein, wenn das
-Werkzeug das nächste Mal gestartet wird.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6feed6cb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Einstellen des Tastaturlayouts</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Einleitung</title>
-
-    <para>Das keyboarddrake Werkzeug<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-      </footnote> hilft Ihnen
-das Standardlayout Ihrer Tastatur zu konfigurieren, welche Sie für Mageia
-verwenden möchten. Es beeinflusst das Tastaturlayout von allen Nutzern auf
-diesem System. Es kann in der Hardware Sektion des Mageia Kontrollzentrums
-(MCC), unter "Konfigurieren der Maus und des Keyboards" gefunden werden.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tastaturlayout</title>
-
-    <para>Hier können Sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout Sie verwenden möchten. Die
-Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land
-und/oder Ethnie des Layouts, wofür diese verwendet wird.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tastaturtyp</title>
-
-    <para>Dieses Menü lässt Sie den Typ Ihrer Tastatur, die Sie verwenden,
-auswählen. Falls Sie sich unsicher sind, welche Sie wählen sollen, ist es
-das beste es auf dem Standardtyp zu lassen.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fccbb401..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Auswählen der Region und Sprache</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben.
-  </para></footnote> befindet sich im System
-Bereich im Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) mit dem Namen "Auswählen der Region
-und Sprache". Es öffnet ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre Sprache auswählen
-können. Die Auswahl ist an die Sprachen, die Sie während der Installation
-ausgewählt haben angepasst.</para>
-
-  <para>Die <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> Schaltfläche bietet Zugriff um
-die Kompatibilität mit der alten Codierung (nicht UTF-8) zu aktivieren.</para>
-
-  <para>Das zweite Fenster zeigt eine Liste an Ländern, abhängig von der
-ausgewählten Sprache. Die Schaltfläche <guibutton>Andere Länder</guibutton>
-bietet Zugriff auf Länder die nicht aufgelistet sind.</para>
-
-  <para>Sie sollten Ihre Sitzung nach jeder Modifikation neu starten.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Eingabemethode</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>Im <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> Bildschirm können Sie auch eine
-Eingabemethode auswählen (aus dem Dropdown-Menü am Ende der
-Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben Nutzern die Eingabe von mehrsprachige
-Buchstaben (chinesisch, japanisch, koreanisch, etc.).</para>
-  <para> Für asiatische und afrikanische Sprachumgebungen wird IBus als
-Standard-Eingabemethode eingerichtet, damit die Benutzer dies nicht manuell
-konfigurieren brauchen.</para>
-  <para>Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) bieten ebenfalls ähnliche
-Funktionen und können, falls diese nicht im Dropdown-Menü verfügbar sind, in
-einem anderen Teil des Mageia Kontrollzentrums installiert werden. Siehe
-<xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 44d54d17..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Betrachten und Durchsuchen von System-Protokollen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> befindet sich im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter System mit dem Namen <guilabel>Betrachten
-und Durchsuchen von System-Protokollen</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Um eine Suche in den Protokollen durchzuführen</title>
-
-    <para>Geben Sie als erstes die Schlagwörter, nach denen Sie suchen wollen, in das
-Feld  <emphasis role="bold">Übereinstimmung mit</emphasis> ein und/oder
-geben Sie in das Feld <emphasis role="bold">jedoch keine Übereinstimmung
-mit</emphasis> Schlagwörter ein, die nicht in den Suchergebnissen enthalten
-sein sollen. Wählen Sie dann mittels <guilabel>Datei wählen</guilabel> die
-Datei(en) aus, die durchsucht werden soll(en). Optional kann die Suche auf
-einen bestimmten Tag beschränkt werden. Wählen Sie dazu im <emphasis
-role="bold">Kalender</emphasis> die Option "<guibutton>Nur für diesen Tag
-zeigen</guibutton>" und wählen Sie den entsprechenden Tag aus. Zum Schluss
-klicken Sie auf die <guibutton>Suchen</guibutton>-Schaltfläche, um sich die
-Ergebnisse im Bereich <guilabel>Inhalt der Log-Datei</guilabel> anzeigen zu
-lassen. Es ist möglich, die Suchergebnisse im .txt-Format zu speichern,
-indem Sie auf <emphasis role="bold">Speichern</emphasis> klicken.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Die <guibutton>Logbücher der Mageia-Werkzeuge</guibutton> beinhalten die
-protokollierten Daten der Mageia-Konfigurationswerkzeuge wie z. B. die
-Werkzeuge des Mageia-Kontrollzentrums. Diese Logbücher werden jedes Mal
-aktualisiert, wenn eine Einstellung geändert wurde.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>E-Mail-Benachrichtigungssystem einrichten</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>E-Mail-Benachrichtigung</guibutton> überprüft die Systemlast und
-die Dienste stündlich und sendet, falls notwendig, eine E-Mail zur
-hinterlegten Adresse.</para>
-
-    <para>Um dieses Werkzeug zu konfigurieren, klicken Sie auf <emphasis
-role="bold">E-Mail-Benachrichtigung</emphasis> und dann, im nächsten
-Fenster, auf das ausklappbare Menü <guibutton>E-Mail-Benachrichtigungssystem
-einstellen</guibutton>. Hiermit werden alle laufenden Dienste angezeigt und
-Sie können auswählen, welcher beobachtet werden soll (s. Bildschirmfoto
-oben).</para>
-
-    <para>Die folgenden Dienste können beobachtet werden :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin-Dienst</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix E-Mail-Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP-Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache Web-Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH-Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba-Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd-Dienst</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND-Domänennamenauflösung</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Wählen Sie im nächsten Dialog den Wert für die
-<guilabel>Systemauslastung</guilabel> aus, der für Sie nicht mehr akzeptabel
-ist. Die Systemlast gibt an wie stark ein Prozess nachgefragt wird. Eine
-hohe Last verlangsamt das System und eine sehr hohe Last kann ein Indiz
-dafür sein, dass der Prozess außer Kontrolle geraten ist. Der Standardwert
-ist 3. Wir empfehlen, den Lastwert auf das Dreifache der Anzahl der
-Prozessoren zu setzen.</para>
-
-    <para>Geben Sie im letzten Dialog die <guilabel>E-Mail-Adresse</guilabel> der
-Person an, die benachrichtigt werden soll, und geben Sie den zu benutzenden
-<guilabel>E-Mail-Server</guilabel> (lokal oder im Internet) an.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 45792625..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Vorhandene NFS und SMB Freigaben anzeigen</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Dieses Tool  <footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> kann nur über die
-Kommandozeile gestartet werden.</para>
-
-  <para>Dieser Seite wurde aufgrund fehlender Ressourcen noch nicht
-geschrieben. Wenn Sie denken, dass Sie diese Hilfe schreiben könnten,
-kontaktieren Sie bitte <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">das
-Dokumentationsteam.</link> Vielen Dank im Voraus.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 45a6979f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Ihre PCI, USB und PCMCIA Informationen anzeigen lassen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug <footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> kann nur über die
-Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr Informationen wenn
-es als root benutzt wird.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von allen verbundenen Geräten zu ihrem
-Computer (USB, PCI und PCMCIA) und die verwendeten Treiber. Es benötigt die
-ldetect und ldetect-lst Pakete damit es funktioniert.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Mit der -v Option fügt lspcidrake die Hersteller- und Geräteidentifikationen
-hinzu.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine
-Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden,
-wie in diesen Beispielen:</para>
-
-  <para>Informationen über die Grafikkarte</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Information über das Netzwerk</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>  -i um Groß- und Kleinschreibung zu ignorieren</para>
-
-  <para>In dem unteren Bild können Sie sehen was die -v Option für lspcidrake und
-die -i Option für grep bewirkt.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Es gibt ein weiteres Werkzeug, welches Ihnen Informationen über die Hardware
-gibt, es heißt <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (als root
-auszuführen).</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ed014c9d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Systemstart</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Werkzeuge wählen, um
-die Boot-Schritte zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen Link weiter unten um
-mehr zu erfahren.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Booteinstellungen konfigurieren</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 70216b95..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Werkzeuge auswählen,
-um ihre Hardware zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um
-mehr zu erfahren.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Verwalten Sie Ihre Hardware</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Betrachten und Konfigurieren der
-Hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Grafiksystem konfigurieren</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der 3D Desktop
-Effekte</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurieren der Maus und der Tastatur</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurieren des Druckers und Scanners</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Einrichten des
-Druckers/der Drucker, der Druckerwarteschlange, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Andere</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bd58723b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Über die Anleitung für das Mageia Kontrollzentrum</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) bietet in der linken Spalte acht
-verschiedene Optionen oder Tabs zur Auswahl an und sogar zehn, wenn das
-Paket drakwizard installiert wurde. Jeder dieser Tabs enthalten verschiedene
-Zusammenstellungen von Werkzeugen, welche in dem großen rechten Panel
-ausgewählt werden können.</para>
-
-	<para>Die folgenden zehn Kapitel beschreiben diese zehn Optionen und die
-dazugehörigen Werkzeuge.</para>
-
-<para>Das letzte Kapitel handelt von anderen Mageia Werkzeugen, die nicht über die
-MCC Tabs ausgewählt werden können.</para>
-
-	<para>Die Überschriften der Seiten verwenden häufig die gleichen Namen, wie die
-auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Namen der Werkzeuge.</para>
-
-        <para>Es ist zudem auch eine Suchleiste verfügbar, welche Sie aufrufen können,
-indem Sie in der linken Spalte auf den "Suchen" Tab klicken.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e5b9088..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Lokale Festplatten</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Werkzeuge zur
-Verwaltung oder Freigabe der lokalen Laufwerke wählen. Klicke auf einen Link
-weiter unten um mehr zu erfahren.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Lokale Festplatten</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 33765f6b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Netzwerk &amp; Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Netzwerk-Werkzeuge
-wählen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Verwalten der Netzwerkschnittstellen</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Einstellen und Absichern des Netzwerkes</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Andere</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 27090257..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Netzwerkdienste</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieser Bildschirm und der für die <emphasis>Dateifreigabe</emphasis> ist nur
-sichtbar, wenn das <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> Paket installiert
-ist. Sie können zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeuge auswählen, um verschiedene
-Server einzurichten. Klicke auf einen Link weiter unten oder auf <xref
-linkend="mcc-sharing"/> um mehr darüber zu erfahren.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Netzwerkdienste</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ccc9ae5f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Netzwerkfreigabe</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Werkzeuge, zur
-Freigabe von Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse für die gemeinsame Nutzung,
-auswählen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Windows(R)-Freigaben konfigurieren</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Zugriff auf über SMB (für
-Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>NFS-Freigaben verwalten</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>WebDAV-Freigaben konfigurieren</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 818c65c4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Sicherheit</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Sicherheits-Werkzeuge
-wählen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sicherheit</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der Systemsicherheit,
-Berechtigungen und Überprüfungen</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 745e7441..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Dateifreigabe</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieser Bildschirm und der für <emphasis>Netzwerkdienste</emphasis> ist nur
-sichtbar wenn das <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> Paket installiert ist. Sie
-können zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeuge auswählen, um verschiedene Server
-einzurichten. Klicke auf einen Link weiter unten oder auf <xref
-linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>, um mehr darüber zu erfahren.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Dateifreigabe</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4108a852..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">System</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen System- und
-Administrationswerkzeuge wählen. Klicke auf einen Link weiter unten um mehr
-darüber zu erfahren.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Verwalten der System-Dienste</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Lokalisierung</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administrationswerkzeuge</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 849baa2c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Die Aktualisierungsfrequenz einrichten</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> ist im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis>
-verfügbar. Es ist auch durch einen <guimenu>Rechtsklick / Konfiguration der
-Aktualisierungen</guimenu> auf das rote Symbol <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> in der Systemleiste erreichbar.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt Ihnen die Frequenz einzustellen, in welchen
-Zeitabständen Mageia nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die
-Verzögerung nach dem Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt
-Ihnen die Möglichkeit, einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue
-Mageia Veröffentlichung verfügbar ist.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b56386d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Einrichten des Zeigegeräts (Maus, Touchpad)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von
-<emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> als root.</para></footnote> ist im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>
-verfügbar.</para>
-
-  <para>Da Sie eine Maus benötigen um Mageia zu installieren, wurde diese bereits
-von Drakinstall installiert. Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es eine andere Maus zu
-installieren.</para>
-
-  <para>Die Mäuse sind sortiert nach Verbindungsanschlüsse und dann nach
-Modelle. Wählen Sie Ihre Maus aus und klicke auf
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Am häufigsten ist "Universell / Einige PS/2-
-&amp; USB-Mäuse" geeignet für aktuelle Mäuse. Die neue Maus ist dann sofort
-verwendbar.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d5c5158..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,386 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Systemsicherheit und Prüfung</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Präsentation</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von
-<emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> als root.</para>
-    </footnote> ist eine grafische
-Benutzeroberfläche für msec, mit der Sie die Sicherheit Ihres Systems auf
-zwei Arten konfigurieren können:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Es legt das Systemverhalten fest, msec erzwingt Systemänderungen, um das
-System sicherer zu machen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Es führt automatisch periodische System-Überprüfungen durch, um Gefahren
-aufzuspüren und Sie ggf. davor zu warnen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec benutzt das Konzept der "Sicherheitslevel", die dazu gedacht sind, eine
-Menge von Systemberechtigungen zu konfigurieren, die auf Änderungen geprüft
-werden können oder zur Durchsetzung verwendet werden können. Einige von
-ihnen werden von Mageia vorgeschlagen, aber Sie können Ihre eigenen
-Sicherheitslevel definieren.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Übersichtsregisterkarte</title>
-
-    <para>Siehe das obige Bildschirmfoto</para>
-
-    <para>Der erste Reiter zeigt eine Liste von verschiedenen Sicherheitswerkzeuge mit
-einer Schaltfläche auf der rechten Seite, um diese zu konfigurieren:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, welche auch unter MCC / Sicherheit / Persönliche Firewall
-einrichten, gefunden werden kann.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Aktualisierungen, welche auch unter MCC / Software verwalten / Aktualisieren
-des Systems, gefunden werden kann.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec selbst mit einigen Informationen:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>aktiviert oder nicht</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>die konfigurierte Basissicherheitsebene</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>das Datum der letzten regelmäßigen Überprüfung, eine Schaltfläche um einen
-detaillierten Bericht anzuzeigen sowie eine Schaltfläche um eine Überprüfung
-jetzt auszuführen. </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Reiter Sicherheitseinstellungen</title>
-
-    <para>Ein Klick auf den zweiten Tab oder auf die <guibutton>Einrichten</guibutton>
-Schaltfläche neben Sicherheit, führt zum gleichen, unten abgebildeten,
-Bildschirm.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Reiter Grundsicherheit</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Sicherheitsstufen:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Nach dem aktivieren der Box <guilabel>MSEC Tool einschalten</guilabel>,
-können Sie in diesem Reiter durch einen Doppelklick die Sicherheitsstufe
-auszuwählen, welche anschließend fettgedruckt angezeigt wird. Wenn die Box
-nicht aktiviert ist, ist die Stufe « keine » ausgewählt. Die folgenden
-Stufen sind verfügbar:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stufe <emphasis role="bold">keine</emphasis>. Diese Stufe ist dafür gedacht,
-wenn Sie msec nicht für die Kontrolle der Systemsicherheit verwenden und
-diese selbst abstimmen möchten. Es deaktiviert alle Sicherheitsüberprüfungen
-und bietet keine Einschränkungen oder Grenzen bezüglich der
-Systemkonfiguration und den Einstellungen. Bitte verwende diese Stufe nur
-wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun, da dadurch das System verwundbar und
-angreifbar wird.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Stufe <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. Dies ist die
-Standardkonfiguration wenn es installiert wird und ist für normale Nutzer
-gedacht. Es enthält verschiedene Systemeinstellungen und führt tägliche
-Sicherheitsüberprüfungen aus, welche auf Änderungen der Systemdateien,
-Systemzugänge und gefährdete Verzeichnisberechtigungen überprüft (Diese
-Stufe ist vergleichbar mit Stufe 2 und 3 aus früheren msec Versionen).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stufe <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. Diese Stufe ist dafür
-gedacht, wenn Sie sicherstellen möchten, dass Ihr System abgesichert und
-trotzdem nutzbar ist. Es schränkt die Systemrechte weiter ein und führt
-mehrere regelmäßige Überprüfungen aus. Außerdem ist der Zugriff auf das
-System stärker begrenzt. (Diese Stufe ist vergleichbar mit Stufe 4 (hoch)
-und 5 (paranoid) aus früheren msec Versionen).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Neben diesen Stufen werden auch weitere, Aufgabenorientierte
-Sicherheitseinstellungen angeboten, darunter die Stufen <emphasis
-role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> und <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis>. Diese vorkonfigurierten
-Systemsicherheitsstufen richten sich an die am häufigsten verwendeten
-Anwendungsfälle.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>Die letzten zwei Stufen, <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> und
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis>, sind keine richtigen
-Sicherheitsstufen sondern vielmehr nur Werkzeuge für regelmäßige
-Überprüfungen.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Diese Stufen sind unter
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;stufenname></filename>
-gespeichert. Sie können Ihre eigene Sicherheitsstufe festlegen und diese mit
-dem entsprechenden Dateinamen, <filename>level.&lt;stufenname></filename>,
-im Verzeichnis <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> speichern. Diese
-Möglichkeit ist für erfahrene Nutzer gedacht, welche eine eigens angepasste
-oder deutlich sichere Systemkonfiguration benötigen.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Beachte, dass vom Nutzer geänderte Einstellungen vorrangig, vor den
-standardmäßig eingestellten Stufen behandelt werden.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Sicherheitswarnungen:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Falls Sie das Kästchen <guibutton>Sicherheitswarnungen per E-Mail versenden
-an:</guibutton> ausgewählt haben, werden die von msec generierten
-Sicherheitswarnungen mittels lokaler E-Mail an den Sicherheitsadministrator
-gesendet, den Sie im nebenstehenden Feld eingetragen haben. Sie können
-entweder einen lokalen Benutzer oder eine komplette E-Mail-Adresse in das
-Feld eintragen (das lokale E-Mail-Konto und der E-Mail-Client muss
-entsprechend eingerichtet werden). Schließlich können Sie noch einstellen,
-ob die Sicherheitswarnungen direkt auf Ihrem Desktop angezeigt werden
-sollen. Setzen Sie hierzu einfach den entsprechenden Haken.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Es wird dringend empfohlen, die Option Sicherheitswarnungen zu aktivieren,
-damit der Sicherheits-Administrator über mögliche Sicherheitsprobleme
-informiert wird. Falls die Option deaktiviert ist, muss der Administrator
-regelmäßig die Logbuch-Dateien unter <filename>/var/log/security</filename>
-überprüfen.</para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Sicherheitsoptionen:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Das Erstellen einer individuell angepassten Sicherheitsstufe ist nicht der
-einzige Weg, um die Computersicherheit anzupassen. Es ist ebenfalls möglich
-die im Folgenden abgebildeten Tabs zu nutzen, um gewisse Optionen
-anzupassen. Die aktuelle Konfiguration von msec ist in der Datei
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename> gespeichert. Diese
-Datei enthält den aktuellen Namen der Sicherheitsstufe und eine Liste mit
-den eingestellten Optionen.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Reiter Systemsicherheit</title>
-
-      <para>Dieser Reiter zeigt alle Sicherheitsoptionen in der linken Spalte, eine
-Beschreibung in der zentralen Spalte und ihre aktuellen Werte in der rechten
-Spalte.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Um eine Option zu ändern, klicke doppelt darauf und ein neues Fenster
-erscheint (siehe den Screenshot unten). Dieser zeigt den Optionsnamen, eine
-kurze Beschreibung, der aktuelle und der Standardwert, sowie eine
-Dropdown-Liste in dem der neue Wert ausgewählt werden kann. Klicke auf die
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> Schaltfläche um die Auswahl zu bestätigen.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Vergessen Sie nicht beim verlassen von msecgui Ihre Einstellungen über das
-Menü <guimenu>Datei -> Speichern der Konfiguration</guimenu> zu
-sichern. Wenn Sie die Einstellungen geändert haben zeigt Ihnen msecgui eine
-Übersicht der Änderungen, bevor diese gespeichert werden.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Netzwerksicherheit</title>
-
-      <para>Dieser Reiter zeigt alle Netzwerkoptionen an und funktioniert wie die
-vorherigen Reiter</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Regelmäßige Checks Reiter</title>
-
-      <para>Periodische Prüfungen zielen darauf ab, den Sicherheitsadministrator mittels
-Sicherheitswarnungen über potenzielle Gefahren aufzuklären.</para>
-
-      <para>Dieser Reiter zeigt alle periodischen Prüfungen an, die durch msec
-durchgeführt werden, und den Rhythmus der Prüfungen, falls die Option
-<guibutton>Aktiviere regelmäßige Sicherheitskontrollen</guibutton> aktiviert
-wurde. Änderungen können wie im vorherigen Reiter vorgenommen werden.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Ausnahmen Reiter</title>
-
-      <para>Manchmal werden Warnnachrichten bei bekannten oder gewollten Situationen
-angezeigt. In diesen Fällen sind diese nutzlos und verschwenden Zeit für den
-Administrator. Dieser Reiter erlaubt Ihnen so viele Ausnahmen wie Sie
-möchten zu erstellen, um nicht gewollte Warnnachrichten zu vermeiden. Diese
-ist beim ersten Start von msec leer.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Um eine Ausnahme zu erstellen, klicke auf die <guibutton>eine Regel
-hinzufügen</guibutton> Schaltfläche</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Wähle die gewünschte geplante Überprüfung aus der Dropdown-Liste
-<guilabel>Überprüfe</guilabel> aus und gebe anschließend die
-<guilabel>Ausnahme</guilabel> im Textfeld ein. Das hinzufügen einer Ausnahme
-ist nicht endgültig und kann mit der <guibutton>Löschen</guibutton>
-Schaltfläche im <guilabel>Ausnahmen</guilabel> Reiter entfernt werden oder
-durch einen Doppelklick auf die Regel, geändert werden.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Berechtigungen</title>
-    <para>Dieser Reiter ist dazu gedacht, die Berechtigung von Dateien und
-Verzeichnissen zu prüfen und zu erzwingen.</para>
-    <para>msec kennt, analog zu den Sicherheitsstufen, unterschiedliche
-Berechtigungsstufen (standard, sicher, ...). Diese Berechtigungsstufen
-werden entsprechend der gewählten Sicherheitsstufe aktiviert. Sie können
-Ihre eigenen, individuell angepassten Berechtigungsstufen erstellen und in
-besonderen Dateien mit dem Namen <filename>perm.&lt;levelname&gt;</filename>
-im Ordner <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> ablegen. Diese Funktion
-ist für erfahrene Nutzer gedacht, die eine individuell angepasste
-Konfiguration benötigen. Es ist auch möglich, den im folgenden dargestellten
-Reiter zu verwenden, um Berechtigungen zu ändern. Die aktuelle Konfiguration
-wird in der Datei <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>
-gespeichert. Diese Datei enthält eine Liste mit den konfigurierten
-Berechtigungen.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Die Standard-Berechtigungen sind in einer Liste von Regeln sichtbar (eine
-Regel pro Zeile). Sie können auf der linken Seite die Dateien oder
-Verzeichnisse sehen, die von der Regel betroffen sind. Danach wird der
-Benutzer, die Gruppe und anschließend die Berechtigungen für die Regel
-angezeigt. Falls, für eine festgelegte Regel:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>die Box <guilabel>Erzwingen</guilabel> nicht ausgewählt ist, wird msec nur
-überprüfen ob die festgelegten Berechtigungen für diese Regel angewendet
-werden und sendet eine Warnnachricht, falls dies nicht der Fall ist, ändert
-jedoch nichts.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>die Box <guilabel>Erzwingen</guilabel> ausgewählt ist, wird msec die
-festgelegten Berechtigungen, nach der ersten geplanten Überprüfung, regeln
-und, falls diese von den in msec festgelegten Einstellungen abweichen,
-überschreiben.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Damit dies funktioniert, muss die Option CHECK_PERMS im <emphasis
-role="bold">Regelmäßige Checks Reiter</emphasis>, dementsprechend
-konfiguriert werden.</para></important><para>Um eine neue Regel zu erstellen, klicke auf die <guibutton>eine Regel
-hinzufügen</guibutton> Schaltfläche und fülle alle Felder, wie in den
-Beispiel unten, aus. Der Joker * ist im <guilabel>Datei</guilabel> Feld
-erlaubt. “current” bedeutet keine Änderung.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Klicke auf die <guibutton>OK</guibutton> Schaltfläche um die Auswahl zu
-bestätigen und vergiss nicht vor dem verlassen von msecgui, über das Menü
-<guimenu>Datei -> Speichern der Konfiguration</guimenu>, zu speichern. Falls
-Sie die Einstellungen geändert haben, zeigt Ihnen msecgui eine Vorschau der
-Änderungen an, die gemacht werden, bevor diese gespeichert werden. </para>
-    <note><para>Es ist auch möglich die Regeln durch das erstellen oder bearbeiten der
-Konfigurationsdatei <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>
-festzulegen.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Änderungen im <emphasis role="bold">Berechtigungen Reiter</emphasis> (oder
-direkt über die Konfigurationsdatei) werden bei der ersten regelmäßigen
-Überprüfung übernommen (siehe die Option CHECK_PERMS und dem <emphasis
-role="bold">Regelmäßige Checks Reiter</emphasis>). Falls Sie möchten, dass
-die Änderungen direkt übernommen werden, verwende mit root-Rechten den
-Befehl msecperms in der Konsole. Sie können vorher den Befehl msecperms -p
-verwenden, um die Berechtigungen anzuzeigen, welche durch msecperms geändert
-werden.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Bitte beachten Sie: Haben Sie im Reiter <emphasis
-role="bold">Berechtigungen</emphasis> für eine bestimmte Datei das Kästchen
-<guilabel>Erzwingen</guilabel> angekreuzt und ändern Sie die Berechtigungen
-für diese Datei per Konsole oder Dateimanager, so wird msec die alten
-Berechtigungen nach einer Weile wiederherstellen. Die Wiederherstellung
-erfolgt gemäß den Optionen CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE im Reiter
-<emphasis role="bold">Regelmäßige Checks</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c34ca60..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Weitere Mageia Werkzeuge</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Es gibt mehr Mageia Werkzeuge, als diese, welche über das Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum gestartet werden können. Klicke auf einen Link unten, um
-mehr darüber zu erfahren oder lese auf der nächsten Seite weiter.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>MUSS NOCH VERFASST WERDEN</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Und weitere Werkzeuge?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ecd7bffa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Installieren &amp; Entfernen von Software</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Einführung in rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von
-<emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> als root.</para>
-      </footnote>, auch drakrpm genannt,
-ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und
-aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem
-Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt
-von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen wird. Es zeigt Ihnen die neusten
-Anwendungen und Pakete, die für Ihren Computer verfügbar sind. Ein
-Filtersystem erlaubt es Ihnen nur bestimmte Typen von Pakete anzeigen zu
-lassen: eventuell möchten Sie nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen
-(Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Sie können sich auch nur
-nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch können Sie nach dem Namen
-der Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen
-Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen
-suchen.</para>
-
-    <para>Damit dies funktioniert, müssen die Repositorys in rpmdrake eingerichtet
-sein, siehe <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Während der Installation, ist das konfigurierte Repository, das Medium,
-welches für die Installation verwendet wird, generell die DVD oder CD. Falls
-Sie das Medium eingestellt lassen, wird rpmdrake jedes Mal danach fragen,
-wenn Sie ein Paket installieren möchten, mit der Pop-Up Meldung:
-<mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>Wenn die oben gezeigte Nachricht Sie
-stört und Sie eine gute Internetverbindung haben mit einem nicht zu stark
-eingrenzenden Download-Limit, ist es ratsam das Medium zu entfernen und es
-mit den Online-Repositorys zu ersetzen. Siehe  <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Zudem sind die Online-Repositorys immer aktuell, enthalten viel mehr Pakete
-und erlauben das aktualisieren Ihrer installierten Pakete.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Die Hauptbestandteile des Bildschirms</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Pakettyp Filter:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Dieser Filter erlaubt Ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn
-Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit
-einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und
-deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch
-Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von
-neueren Mageia-Versionen anzeigen lassen.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Die Standard Filtereinstellungen sind für Neueinsteiger in Linux oder
-Mageia, die möglicherweise keine Befehlszeile oder spezielle Werkzeuge
-verwenden möchten. Da Sie dieses Dokument lesen sind Sie offensichtlich
-daran interessiert Ihr Wissen bezüglich Mageia zu erweitern. Aus diesem
-Grund wäre es das Beste "Alle" im Filter auszuwählen.</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Paketstatus Filter:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Dieser Filter erlaubt es Ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete
-welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht
-installierten, anzeigen zu lassen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Suchmodus:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Klicke auf dieses Symbol um nach dem Paketnamen, die zusammengefasste
-Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den
-Paketen enthalten sind, zu suchen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Finden" Box:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Gebe hier einen oder mehrere Schlüsselwörter ein. Wenn Sie mehr als ein
-Schlüsselwort für die Suche verwenden möchten, nutze '|' zwischen den
-Wörtern. Wenn SIe z.B. nach "mplayer" und "xine" zur gleichen Zeit suchen
-möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Alles löschen:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Dieses Symbol kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der "Finden" Box
-löschen, die eingegeben wurden.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kategorienliste:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien
-und Unterkategorien.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Beschreibung Panel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette
-Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket
-an. Es kann präzise Informationen über das Paket, die Dateien die im Paket
-enthalten sind, sowie eine Liste der zuletzt durch den Maintainer gemachte
-Änderungen anzeigen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Die Statusspalte</title>
-
-    <para>Sobald Sie die Filter korrekt eingestellt haben, können Sie Ihre Software
-entweder anhand der Kategorie (oben in Bereich 6) oder anhand dem
-Namen/Zusammenfassung/Beschreibung, durch verwenden von Bereich 4,
-finden. Eine Liste an Paketen anhand Ihrer Anfrage und nicht vergessen, dem
-gewählten Medium, wird mit verschiedenen Statusmarkierungen angezeigt, je
-nachdem ob das Paket installiert/nicht installiert/eine Aktualisierung
-ist. Um den Status zu ändern, klicke auf das Kästchen vor dem Paketnamen um
-dieses auszuwählen oder abzuwählen und klicke danach auf
-<guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Symbol</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legende</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Dieses Paket ist bereits installiert</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Dieses Paket wird installiert</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Dieses Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Dieses Paket ist eine Aktualisierung</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Dieses Paket wird deinstalliert</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Beispiele in dem oben gezeigten Screenshot:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Wenn ich digikam abwähle (der grüne Pfeil zeigt uns, das es installiert
-ist), wird das Statussymbol rot mit einem Pfeil der nach oben Zeigt, und es
-wird deinstalliert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Sobald ich qdigidoc auswähle (welches nicht installiert ist, siehe Status),
-erscheint das orange Symbol mit dem Pfeil nach unten und es wird installiert
-sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Die Abhängigkeiten</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Einige Pakete benötigen andere Pakete, auch Abhängigkeiten genannt, um zu
-funktionieren. Dies sind z.B. Bibliotheken oder Werkzeuge. In diesem Fall
-zeigt Rpmdrake ein Hinweisfenster an, welches Ihnen erlaubt, die
-ausgewählten Abhängigkeiten zu bestätigen, die Operation abzubrechen oder
-mehr Informationen zu erhalten (siehe oben). Es kann auch vorkommen das
-verschiedene Pakete die benötigte Bibliothek enthalten. In diesem Fall zeigt
-rpmdrake eine Liste der Alternativen, mit einem Knopf um mehr Informationen
-anzeigen zu lassen und einen weiteren Knopf um auszuwählen, welches Paket
-installiert werden soll.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0407d8bf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,270 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Scanner einrichten</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installation</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Dieses Werkzeug <footnote>
-        <para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von
-<emphasis role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> als root.</para>
-      </footnote> erlaubt Ihnen ein
-einfaches Scannergerät oder ein Multifunktionsgerät mit einem Scanner,
-einzurichten. Es erlaubt Ihnen auch lokale Geräte, die mit diesem Computer
-verbunden sind, mit einem entfernten Rechner zu teilen oder auf entfernte
-Scanner zuzugreifen.</para>
-
-    <para>Wenn Sie das Werkzeug das erste Mal starten, erhalten Sie womöglich folgende
-Meldung:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"Die SANE-Pakete müssen installiert sein um Scanner nutzen zu
-können.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Wollen Sie die SANE-Pakete installieren?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Wähle <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> um fortzufahren. Es wird
-<code>scanner-gui</code> und <code>task-scanning</code> installiert, falls
-diese noch nicht installiert sind.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Wenn Ihr Scanner korrekt identifiziert wurde, wie in dem oberen Bildschirm,
-sehen Sie den Namen des Scanners und der Scanner ist bereit zur Verwendung
-mit, zum Beispiel, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> oder <emphasis>Simple
-Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Im Fall, dass Sie jetzt den <emphasis>Gemeinsamer Scannerzugriff</emphasis>
-konfigurieren möchten, können Sie darüber in <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/> lesen.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Sollte der Scanner nicht korrekt erkannt und die Kabel und der Anschaltknopf
-bereits überprüft worden sein, sowie der Klick auf <emphasis>Suche nach
-neuen Scannern</emphasis> nicht weiterführen, müssen Sie auf
-<emphasis>Scanner manuell hinzufügen</emphasis> drücken.</para>
-
-    <para>Wähle den Hersteller Ihres Scanners aus der Liste die Ihnen angezeigt wird
-aus, anschließend das Modell aus der Herstellerliste und klicke auf
-<emphasis>OK</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Wenn Sie ihren Scanner nicht in der Liste finden können, klicke auf
-<emphasis>Abbrechen</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Bitte überprüfe auf der <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> Seite, ob Ihr Scanner unterstützt wird und frage in
-den <link xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">Foren</link> nach Hilfe.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Wählen Sie einen Port aus</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Sie können die Einstellung <emphasis>Verfügbare Ports automatisch
-erkennen</emphasis> unverändert lassen, solange der Scanner nicht an einem
-Parallelport angeschlossen ist. In diesem Fall wähle
-<emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> falls Sie nur einen haben.</para>
-
-    <para>Nach dem Klick auf <emphasis>OK</emphasis> sehen Sie in den meisten Fällen
-einen Bildschirm, ähnlich zu dem unten.</para>
-<para>Falls Sie nicht diesen Bildschirm erhalten, lesen Sie bitte weiter unter
-<xref linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Gemeinsamer Scannerzugriff</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Hier können Sie auswählen, ob der am Computer verbundene Scanner für
-entfernte Rechner freigegeben werden soll und für welche Rechner dieser
-freigegeben wird. Sie können hier auch entscheiden, ob auf entfernte Rechner
-freigegebene Scanner, mit diesem Computer, zugegriffen werden kann.</para>
-
-    <para>Scanner mit Rechnern teilen : Name oder IP-Adresse der Hosts können in die
-Hostliste hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden, um den Zugriff auf die lokalen
-Geräte dieses Computers zu ermöglichen.</para>
-
-    <para>Benutze Scanner auf entfernten Computern : Name oder IP-Adresse der Hosts
-können in die Hostliste hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden, um Zugriff auf
-einem entfernten Scanner zu erhalten.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: Sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner mit Rechnern teilen: Lege fest, welche Hosts hinzugefügt werden
-sollen oder erlaube alle entfernte Maschinen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"Alle entfernten Maschinen" wird der Zugriff auf den lokalen Scanner
-gewährt.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Falls das Paket <emphasis>saned</emphasis> noch nicht installiert ist,
-bietet das Werkzeug an, dies zu tun.</para>
-
-    <para>Zum Schluß wird das Werkzeug diese Dateien modifizieren:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> um die Direktive "net"
-hinzuzufügen oder zu kommentieren.</para>
-
-    <para>Es konfiguriert auch <emphasis>saned</emphasis> und
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> so, dass es während des Bootvorgangs gestartet
-wird.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Spezifisches</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Die meisten HP Scanner werden vom <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
-(hplip) verwaltet, welches auch die Drucker verwaltet. In diesem Fall
-erlaubt Ihnen das Werkzeug nicht diese zu konfigurieren sondern fordert Sie
-stattdessen auf den <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> zu verwenden.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Treiber sind auf <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">dieser
-Seite</link> verfügbar. Wenn es dort beschrieben ist, müssen Sie zuerst das
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> Paket und anschließend
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in dieser Reihenfolge) installieren. Es ist
-möglich dass das <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> Paket eine Warnung über einen
-Konflikt mit <emphasis>sane</emphasis> anzeigt. Nutzer haben gemeldet, dass
-diese Warnung ignoriert werden kann.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Zusätzliche Installationsschritte</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Es ist möglich, dass Sie nach der Auswahl des Ports für Ihren Scanner im
-<xref linkend="choosescannerport"/> Bildschirm, einen oder mehrere weitere
-Schritte durchführen müssen um Ihren Scanner vollständig einzurichten.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>In manchen Fällen wird Ihnen angezeigt, dass die Firmware des Scanners bei
-jedem Start geladen werden muss. Nachdem Sie die Firmware auf Ihren Computer
-geladen haben, können Sie mit diesem Werkzeug die Firmware auf das Gerät
-laden. In diesem Dialog können Sie die Firmware von einer CD oder von einer
-Windows-Installation installieren oder Sie können die Firmware installieren,
-die Sie von der Internetseite des Scannerherstellers heruntergeladen haben.</para><para>
-    Wenn die Firmware Ihres Gerätes geladen werden muss, kann dies bei jeder
-Erstbenutzung einige Zeit dauern, womöglich auch länger als eine
-Minute. Gedulden Sie sich ein wenig.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Ihnen dürfte auch ein Bildschirm angezeigt werden, der Sie dazu auffordert,
-die Datei <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf</emphasis>
-anzupassen. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Lesen Sie die vorliegenden Informationen (oder andere) sorgfältig und falls
-Sie nicht weiter wissen, können Sie gerne in den <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">Foren</link> um Rat fragen.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e3a7cda2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Software-Verwaltung</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedene Werkzeuge auswählen,
-welche die Softwareverwaltung betreffen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links,
-um mehr zu erfahren.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Software-Verwaltung</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualisieren des
-Systems</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Paketquellen für
-Installation und Aktualisierungen einrichten</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a68d8bc8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,364 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Installation und Einrichten eines Druckers</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Einleitung</title>
-
-    <para>Drucken unter Mageia wird von einem Server namens CUPS verwaltet. Es besitzt
-eine eigene <link ns2:title="CUPS"
-ns2:href="http://localhost:631">Konfigurationsoberfläche</link> welche über
-den Internetbrowser verfügbar ist, allerdings bietet Mageia ein eigenes
-Werkzeug um Drucker zu installieren, welches system-config-printer genannt
-wird und auch in anderen Distributionen wie Fedora, Madriva, Ubuntu und
-openSUSE verwendet wird.</para>
-
-    <para>Sie sollten die non-free Repositorys aktivieren bevor Sie die Installation
-fortfahren, da einige Treiber nur auf diesem Weg verfügbar sind.</para>
-
-    <para>Die Druckerinstallation wird in der <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>-Sektion
-des Mageia Kontrollzentrums angeboten. Wähle das <guilabel>Konfigurieren des
-Druckers und Scanners</guilabel> Werkzeug<footnote>
-        <para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Das root Passwort wird hierfür
-abgefragt.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC wird bezüglich der Installation von zwei Paketen nachfragen:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Es ist nötig die Installation zu akzeptieren um fortzufahren. Bis zu 230MB
-an Abhängigkeiten werden benötigt.</para>
-
-    <para>Um einen Drucker hinzuzufügen, wähle den "Hinzufügen" Knopf. Das System wird
-versuchen jeden Drucker und die verfügbaren Ports zu erkennen. Der
-Screenshot zeigt einen Drucker, der mit einem Parallelport verbunden
-ist. Wenn ein Drucker erkannt wurde, wie ein Drucker am USB-Anschluss, wird
-dieser in der ersten Zeile angezeigt. Das Fenster bietet auch das
-konfigurieren von Netzwerkdrucker an.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Automatisch erkannte Drucker</title>
-
-    <para>Dies bezieht sich hauptsächlich auf USB-Drucker. Das Werkzeug findet
-automatisch den Namen des Druckers und zeigt diesen an. Wähle den Drucker
-aus und klicke auf "Weiter". Falls ein bekannter Treiber für den Drucker
-zugeordnet werden kann wird dieser automatisch installiert. Falls es mehr
-als einen Treiber gibt oder kein bekannter Treiber gefunden wurde wird ein
-Fenster Sie auffordern, einen auszuwählen oder bereitzustellen, wie im
-nächsten Absatz beschrieben. Fahre fort mit <xref linkend="terminate"/> </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Nicht automatisch erkannte Drucker</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Wenn Sie einen Port auswählen wird das System eine Treiberliste laden und
-ein Fenster anzeigen um einen Treiber auszuwählen. Die Auswahl kann anhand
-von einer der folgenden Möglichkeiten getroffen werden.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Einen Drucker aus der Datenbank auswählen</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>eine PPD Datei bereitstellen</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>nach einem herunterladbaren Treiber suchen</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Bei der Auswahl "Drucker aus Datenbank auswählen", schlägt das Fenster
-zuerst einen Druckerhersteller vor, anschließend ein Gerät und einen Treiber
-welcher zu diesem zugeordnet werden kann. Falls mehr als ein Treiber
-vorgeschlagen wird, wähle einen der empfohlen wird, außer Sie haben vorher
-bereits Probleme mit diesem festgestellt. In dem Fall wählen Sie einen, bei
-dem Sie wissen das er funktioniert.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Installationsvorgang abschließen</title>
-
-    <para>Nach der Treiberauswahl werden Sie in einem Fenster nach weiteren
-Informationen gefragt, welche dem System die Zuordnung und Auffindung des
-Druckers ermöglicht. Die erste Zeile ist der Name, unter welchem das Gerät
-in Anwendungen als verfügbarer Drucker angezeigt werden soll. Der Installer
-empfiehlt danach eine Testseite zu drucken. Nach diesem Schritt ist der
-Drucker im System eingerichtet und erscheint in der Liste der verfügbaren
-Drucker.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Netzwerkdrucker</title>
-
-    <para>Netzwerkdrucker sind Drucker welche direkt an ein kabelgebundenes oder
-drahtloses Netzwerk verbunden sind, welche mit einem Druckserver verbunden
-sind oder welche, die mit einer Workstation verbunden sind der als
-Druckserver dient.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Häufig ist es besser den DHCP Server so zu konfigurieren, dass immer eine
-feste IP-Adresse für die MAC-Adresse des Druckers vergeben wird. Dies sollte
-natürlich auch die selbe IP-Adresse sein, die der Drucker über einen
-Druckserver festgelegt bekam, falls eine feste IP festgelegt wurde.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>Die Drucker MAC-Adresse ist eine Seriennummer, die der Drucker, Druckserver
-oder Computer erhalten hat, welche anhand einer durch den Drucker gedruckten
-Konfigurationsseite oder möglicherweise auf einem Etikett am Drucker oder
-Druckserver entnommen werden kann. Falls der für die gemeinsame Nutzung
-freigegebene Drucker am Mageia System angeschlossen ist, können Sie dort als
-root <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> ausführen, um die
-MAC-Adresse anzeigen zu lassen. Es ist eine Zusammenstellung aus Nummern und
-Buchstaben nach "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>Sie können Ihren Netzwerk-Drucker hinzufügen, indem Sie das Protokoll
-auswählen, mit dem Ihr Drucker mit Ihrem Computer über das Netzwerk
-kommuniziert. Falls Sie das Protokoll nicht kennen, können Sie im Menü
-<guilabel>Gerät wählen</guilabel> die Option
-<guilabel>Netzwerkdrucker</guilabel> - <guilabel>Netzwerkdrucker
-finden</guilabel> wählen und die IP-Adresse des Druckers in das Feld "Host"
-auf der rechten Seite eingeben.</para>
-
-    <para>Wenn das Werkzeug Ihren Drucker oder Druckerserver erkennt, wird es ein
-Protokoll vorschlagen und eine Warteschlange, aber Sie können auch eine
-passendere Warteschlange aus der Liste darunter auswählen oder den richtigen
-Warteschlangennamen angeben, falls er nicht in der Liste aufgeführt ist.</para>
-
-    <para>Schauen Sie in die Beschreibung, welche Sie mit Ihrem Drucker oder
-Druckserver erhalten haben, um herauszufinden welche(s) Protokoll(e) dieser
-unterstützt und für mögliche festgelegte Namen der Druckerwarteschlange.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Netzwerkdruck-Protokolle</title>
-
-    <para>Eine aktuelle Technologie, die von Hewlett-Packard entwickelt wird, heißt
-JetDirect. Sie erlaubt den Zugriff auf einen Drucker, der direkt mit dem
-Netzwerk verbunden ist. Sie müssen die IP-Adresse kennen, unter der der
-Drucker im Netzwerk erreichbar ist. Die JetDirect-Technologie wird auch von
-ADSL-Routern verwendet, die einen USB-Anschluss für einen Drucker
-besitzen. In diesem Fall benötigen Sie die IP-Adresse Ihres Routers. Bitte
-beachten Sie, dass das Werkzeug "HP Gerätemanager" dynamische IP-Adressen
-verwalten kann und dazu eine URI wie beispielsweise
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;Name-Ihres-Druckers></emphasis> vergeben kann. In
-diesem Fall wird eine feste IP-Adresse nicht benötigt.</para>
-
-    <para>Wählen Sie als Protokoll die Option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP
-JetDirect</guilabel> und geben Sie die Adresse in das Eingabefeld
-<guilabel>Host:</guilabel> ein. Ändern Sie die
-<guilabel>Port-Nummer</guilabel> nicht - außer Sie wissen, dass dies
-erforderlich ist. Nach der Auswahl des Protokolls folgt die Auswahl des
-Treibers, die genau so abläuft wie weiter oben beschrieben.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Die weiteren Protokolle sind:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: Ein Drucker worüber
-über das TCP/IP Netzwerk mit dem IPP Protokoll zugegriffen werden kann,
-z. B. ein Drucker der mit einer Station über CUPS verbunden ist. Dieses
-Protokoll wird womöglich auch von einigen ADSL Router verwendet.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>Das gleiche wie
-ipp, jedoch wird für die Übertragung HTTP und das abgesicherte TLS Protokoll
-verwendet. Der Port muss festgelegt werden. Als Standard wird der Port 631
-verwendet.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>Das selbe wie ipp,
-jedoch mit dem abgesicherten TLS Protokoll.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR Host oder Drucker</emphasis>: Ein Drucker worüber über das
-TCP/IP Netzwerk mit dem LPD Protokoll zugegriffen werden kann, z. B. ein
-Drucker der mit einer Station über LPD verbunden ist.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows-Drucker via SAMBA</emphasis>: Ein Drucker der mit einer
-Station verbunden ist, welche mit Windows oder einem SMB Server läuft und im
-Netzwerk freigegeben wurde.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Die URI kann auch direkt eingegeben werden. Hier sind einige Beispiele wie
-sich die URI zusammensetzt:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD)-Protokoll</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Weitere Informationen finden Sie in der <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS-Dokumentation.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Geräteeigenschaften</title>
-
-    <para>Sie können auf die Eigenschaften des Geräts zugreifen. Das Menü erlaubt den
-Zugriff auf die Parameter des CUPS-Servers. Standardmäßig wird ein
-CUPS-Server auf Ihrem System gestartet, aber Sie können ebenso mittels
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Verbinden...</guimenuitem> einen
-anderen Server angeben. Über <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Einstellungen</guimenuitem> erreichen Sie ein Fenster, in dem
-Sie andere Server-spezifische Parameter einstellen können.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Problembehebung</title>
-
-    <para>Sie können einige Informationen zu auftretende Fehler während dem Drucken in
-<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> finden</para>
-
-    <para>Sie können auch im Menü, unter <guimenu>Hilfe</guimenu> |
-<guilabel>Fehlersuche</guilabel>, auf ein Werkzeug zugreifen, um die
-Fehlergründe herauszufinden.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Spezifisches</title>
-
-    <para>Es ist möglich das einige Treiber für bestimmte Drucker in Mageia nicht
-verfügbar sind oder nicht funktionieren. In diesem Fall schaue auf der <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> Webseite
-nach, um zu überprüfen, ob ein Treiber für Ihr Gerät verfügbar ist. Falls
-ja, schaue nach ob das Paket bereits in Mageia bzw. den Quellen vorhanden
-ist und installiere diesen manuell. Führe anschließend den
-Installationsvorgang erneut durch und richte den Drucker ein. Auf alle Fälle
-sollte das Problem in Bugzilla oder im Forum gemeldet werden, falls Sie mit
-dem Werkzeug vertraut sind, und gebe das Modell und die Treiberinformationen
-an, sowie ob der Drucker nach der Installation funktioniert oder nicht. Hier
-sind einige Quellen unter denen Sie weitere aktuelle Treiber oder
-weiterführende Informationen zu neueren Geräten finden.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother Drucker</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Diese
-Seite</link> zeigt Ihnen eine Liste an Treiber die Brother anbietet. Suchen
-Sie nach dem Treiber für Ihr Gerät, laden Sie diese(n) als rpm herunter und
-installieren Sie ihn.</para>
-
-    <para>Sie sollten die Brother Treiber installieren bevor Sie das
-Konfigurationsprogramm starten.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard Drucker und
-Multifunktionsgeräte</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Dieses Gerät nutzt das hplip Werkzeug. Es wird automatisch nach der
-Erkennung oder der Auswahl des Druckers installiert. Sie können weitere
-Information <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">hier</link>
-finden. Das Werkzeug "HP Gerätemanager" ist verfügbar im
-<guilabel>System</guilabel> Menü. Schaue Sie sich auch die <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">Konfiguration</link>
-für die Verwaltung des Druckers an.</para>
-
-    <para>Ein HP All-in-one Gerät muss als Drucker installiert werden und die
-Scannereigenschaft wird hinzugefügt. Beachte das manchmal die Xsane
-Schnittstelle es nicht erlaubt Fotos oder Dias zu scannen (der
-Beleuchtungsschlitten funktioniert nicht). In diesem Fall ist es möglich,
-den Stand-alone-Betrieb zum Scannen zu verwenden und das Bild auf einer am
-Gerät direkt angeschlossenen Speicherkarte oder USB-Stick zu
-sichern. Anschließend können Sie Ihre gewünschte Bildsoftware öffnen und das
-Bild von der Speicherkarte laden, welche im /media Verzeichnis angezeigt
-wird.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung Farbdrucker</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Für spezielle Samsung und Xerox Farbdrucker bietet <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">diese Seite Treiber</link> für das
-QPDL Protokoll.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson Drucker und Scanner</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Treiber für Epson Drucker sind <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">auf
-dieser Seite</link> verfügbar. Für den Scanner-Teil müssen Sie zuerst das
-"iscan-data" Paket installieren, anschließend das "iscan" Paket (in dieser
-Reihenfolge). Ein iscan-plugin Paket kann gegebenenfalls auch verfügbar sein
-und muss installiert werden. Wähle das <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> Paket anhand
-Ihrer verwendeten Systemarchitektur aus. </para>
-
-    <para> Es ist möglich dass das iscan Paket eine Warnmeldung anzeigt bezüglich eines
-Konflikts mit sane. Nutzer haben gemeldet das diese Warnung ignoriert werden
-kann.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon Drucker</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Für Canon Drucker ist es möglicherweise empfehlenswert ein Werkzeug mit dem
-Namen turboprint zu installieren, welches <link
-ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">hier verfügbar</link> ist.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e3ff96e4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importieren von Windows(TM)-Dokumenten und -Einstellungen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Befehlszeile starten, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> befindet sich im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> mit
-dem Namen <guilabel>Importieren von Windows(TM)-Dokumenten und
--Einstellungen</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt einem Administrator, Dokumente und Einstellungen von
-Nutzern, aus einer <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000,
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP oder <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-Installation vom gleichen Rechner, auf dem sich auch die Mageia Installation
-befindet, zu importieren.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Beachte das alle Änderungen von transfugdrake sofort durchgeführt werden,
-sobald auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> gedrückt wird.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Nach dem starten von transfugdrake sehen Sie die erste Seite des Assistenten
-mit einigen Erklärungen über das Werkzeug und die Importoptionen.</para>
-
-  <para>Sobald Sie die Beschreibung gelesen und verstanden haben, drücke auf den
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> Knopf. Dies sollte eine Erkennung der
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> Installation durchführen.</para>
-
-  <para>Wenn der Schritt zur Erkennung beendet ist, sehen Sie eine Seite welche
-Ihnen erlaubt den Benutzerzugang von <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> und Mageia für das Importierverfahren
-auszuwählen. Es ist möglich einen anderen, statt Ihren,  Benutzerzugang
-auszuwählen.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Bitte beachte die Einschränkung des Migrations-Assistenten (das Backend von
-transfugdrake), das <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-Benutzerzugänge mit speziellen Symbolen eventuell fehlerhaft dargestellt
-werden.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Die Migration kann eine Weile dauern, abhängig von der Größe des
-Dokumentenverzeichnisses.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Einige <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> Anwendungen
-(vorallem Treiber) erstellen möglicherweise Nutzerzugänge für verschiedene
-Vorgänge. Zum Beispiel werden Nvidia Treiber in <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> durch Verwendung von
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> aktualisiert. Verwende bitte nicht solche
-Zugänge für den Importvorgang.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Sobald Sie fertig mit der Auswahl des Benutzerzugangs sind, drücke auf die
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> Schaltfläche. Die nächste Seite wird dazu
-verwendet die Methode zum importieren von Dokumenten auszuwählen.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake wurde dafür erstellt, um <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> Dateien aus den <emphasis>Meine
-Dokumente</emphasis>, <emphasis>Eigene Musik</emphasis> und <emphasis>Eigene
-Bilder</emphasis> Verzeichnissen zu importieren. Es ist möglich das
-importieren zu überspringen, indem man dies im Fenster auswählt.</para>
-
-  <para>Sobald Sie die Importiermethode der Dokumente ausgewählt haben drücke auf
-die <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> Schaltfläche. Auf der nächsten Seite
-können Sie die Importiermethode für Lesezeichen auswählen:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake kann Lesezeichen aus <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis>
-und <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> in die Lesezeichen von
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> unter Mageia importieren.</para>
-
-  <para>Wähle die gewünschte Importauswahl und drücke die
-<guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> Schaltfläche.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>Die nächste Seite erlaubt Ihnen das importieren des Desktophintergrund:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Wähle die gewünschte Auswahl und drücke die <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>
-Schaltfläche.</para>
-
-  <para>Die letzte Seite des Assistenten zeigt eine Meldung zur
-Beglückwünschung. Drücke einfach auf die <guibutton>Assistent
-beenden</guibutton> Schaltfläche.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4947b47b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Benutzer und Gruppen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
-      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Befehlszeile starten, indem Sie <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
-    </footnote> befindet sich im Mageia
-Kontrollzentrum unter dem Reiter <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> mit
-dem Namen <guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para>Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt einem Administrator die Verwaltung der Benutzer und
-der Gruppen. Dies bedeutet das Benutzer oder Gruppen hinzugefügt oder
-gelöscht und die Einstellungen bearbeitet werden können (ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>Wenn userdrake geöffnet ist werden alle bestehenden Systembenutzer im
-<guibutton>Benutzer</guibutton> Reiter aufgelistet und alle Gruppen im
-<guibutton>Gruppen</guibutton> Reiter.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Benutzer hinzufügen</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Dieser Knopf öffnet ein neues Fenster, bei dem alle Felder leer angezeigt
-werden:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Das Feld <emphasis role="bold">Vollständiger Name</emphasis> ist dafür
-gedacht den Familienname und Vorname einzugeben, es ist jedoch auch möglich
-etwas anderes hineinzuschreiben oder auch gar nichts!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Benutzername</emphasis> ist das einzige Feld das
-benötigt wird.</para>
-
-  <para>Das vergeben eines <emphasis role="bold">Passwort</emphasis> ist sehr
-empfehlenswert. Es wird ein kleines Schild auf der rechten Seite
-angezeigt. Wenn es rot ist, ist das Passwort schwach, zu kurz oder zu
-ähnlich zum Benutzername. Sie sollten Zahlen, klein und großgeschriebene
-Zeichen, Satzzeichen, usw. verwenden. Das Schild wird orange und
-anschließend grün, je nach Passwortsicherheit.</para>
-
-  <para>Das <emphasis role="bold">Passwort bestätigen</emphasis> Feld ist um
-sicherzustellen, dass das Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>ist eine Dropdown-Liste, welche
-es erlaubt die Shell zu ändern die der Benutzer verwenden soll, den Sie
-hinzufügen. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Private Gruppe für den Benutzer
-erstellen</emphasis>. Wenn dies angeklickt ist wird automatisch eine Gruppe
-erstellt mit dem gleichen Namen und der neue Benutzer ist der einzige
-Benutzer in dieser Gruppe (dies kann nachträglich geändert werden).</para>
-
-  <para>Die anderen Auswahlmöglichkeiten sollten eindeutig sein. Der neue Benutzer
-wird direkt nach dem Klick auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> erstellt.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Gruppe hinzufügen</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Sie müssen nur den neuen Gruppennamen eingeben und falls benötigt, die
-spezifische Gruppen-ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Bearbeiten</emphasis> (einen ausgewählten Benutzer)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Benutzerdaten</guibutton>: Erlaubt Ihnen all die eingegebenen
-Daten bei der Benutzererstellung zu ändern (die ID kann nicht geändert
-werden).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Benutzerkonto-Info</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Die erste Auswahl ist um ein Ablaufdatum für das Benutzerkonto
-festzulegen. Man kann nach diesem Datum nicht mehr darauf zugreifen. Dies
-ist für temporäre Konten nützlich.</para>
-
-  <para>Die zweite Auswahl ist um den Zugang zu sperren. Man kann darauf nicht mehr
-zugreifen solange der Zugang gesperrt ist.</para>
-
-  <para>Es ist auch möglich, das Symbol zu ändern.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Passwort-Info</emphasis>: Erlaubt Ihnen ein
-Ablaufdatum für das Passwort festzulegen. Dies zwingt den Nutzer das
-Passwort regelmäßig zu ändern.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Gruppen</emphasis>: Hier können Sie die Gruppen
-auswählen, denen der Benutzer angehört.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Wenn Sie die Einstellungen eines aktuell verbundenen Benutzers ändern,
-werden die Änderungen erst bei seinem/ihrem nächsten Login aktiv.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Bearbeiten</emphasis> (eine ausgewählte Gruppe)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Gruppendaten</emphasis>: Erlaubt Ihnen das ändern des
-Gruppennamen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Benutzer in dieser Gruppe</emphasis>: Hier können Sie
-die Nutzer auswählen, welche Mitglied der Gruppe sein sollen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Löschen</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Wähle einen Nutzer oder eine Gruppe und klicke auf  <emphasis
-role="bold">Löschen</emphasis> um diesen zu entfernen. Wählen Sie einen
-Nutzer, erscheint ein Fenster und fragt ob das persönliche Verzeichnis und
-die Mailbox auch gelöscht werden soll. Wenn eine private Gruppe für den
-Nutzer erstellt wurde, wird diese auch gelöscht.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Es ist möglich eine Gruppe zu löschen, welche nicht leer ist.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Aktualisieren</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Die Nutzerdatenbank kann außerhalb von Userdrake geändert werden. Klicke auf
-dieses Symbol um die Anzeige zu aktualisieren.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Gastkonto</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Gast</emphasis> ist ein spezieller Zugang. Er ist
-dafür gedacht, jemanden temporären Zugriff auf das System zu bieten, mit
-kompletter Absicherung. Der Benutzername ist xguest, es gibt kein Passwort
-und es ist nicht möglich Änderungen am System über diesen Zugang zu
-machen. Das persönliche Verzeichnis wird beim beenden der Sitzung
-gelöscht. Dieser Zugang ist standardmäßig aktiviert, um diesen zu
-deaktivieren klicke auf das Menü unter <guimenu>Bearbeiten -> Das
-Gast-Benutzerkonto entfernen</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el.po b/docs/mcc-help/el.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ec139c2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11813 +0,0 @@
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017.
-# Dimitris Tsiamasiotis <dtsiamasiotis@gmail.com>, 2014.
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-01 18:47+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>\n"
-"Language-Team: Greek <i18n-el@ml.mageia.org>\n"
-"Language: el\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Πρόσβαση σε κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο "
-"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia, στην καρτέλα κοινόχρηστα δικτύου, με την ετικέτα "
-"<guilabel>Ρυθμίστε τις κοινές χρήσεις WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Εισαγωγή"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"To <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> "
-"είναι ένα πρωτόκολλο που σας επιτρέπει την προσάρτηση ενός καταλόγου "
-"εξυπηρετητή ιστού τοπικά, ώστε να εμφανίζεται ως ένας τοπικός φάκελος. "
-"Απαιτείται από το απομακρυσμένο μηχάνημα να εκτελείται ένας εξυπηρετητής  "
-"WebDAV. Η διαμόρφωση του εξυπηρετητή WebDAV δεν είναι στόχος του εργαλείου "
-"αυτού."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Δημιουργία νέας καταχώρισης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Η πρώτη οθόνη εμφανίζει τις ήδη ρυθμισμένες καταχωρίσεις, εάν υπάρχουν, και "
-"ένα κουμπί <guibutton>Νέο</guibutton>. Χρησιμοποιήστε το για να "
-"δημιουργήσετε μια νέα καταχώριση. Εισάγετε το URL του εξυπηρετητή στο πεδίο "
-"της νέας οθόνης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Στη συνέχεια εμφανίζεται μια οθόνη με κουμπιά επιλογών για την επιλογή "
-"μερικών ενεργειών. Συνεχίστε με την ενέργεια <guibutton>Σημείο προσάρτησης</"
-"guibutton> με κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton> αφού επιλέξετε το "
-"κουμπί επιλογών, ενώ ο <guibutton>Εξυπηρετητής</guibutton> είναι ήδη "
-"διαμορφωμένος. Μπορείτε ωστόσο να το διορθώσετε αν χρειάζεται."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Το περιεχόμενο του απομακρυσμένου καταλόγου θα είναι προσβάσιμο από αυτό το "
-"σημείο προσάρτησης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο επόμενο βήμα, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό "
-"πρόσβασης. Αν χρειάζεστε κάποιες άλλες επιλογές, μπορείτε να τις δηλώσετε "
-"στην οθόνη για <guibutton>προχωρημένους</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"Η επιλογή <guibutton>Προσάρτηση</guibutton> σας επιτρέπει να προσαρτήσετε "
-"άμεσα την πρόσβαση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση μέσω του κουμπιού επιλογών <guibutton>Έγινε</"
-"guibutton>, εμφανίζεται πάλι η πρώτη οθόνη με το νέο σας σημείο προσάρτησης. "
-"Μετά την επιλογή <guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton>, θα ερωτηθείτε αν επιθυμείτε "
-"να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές στο  <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>.  Επιλέξτε "
-"το αν επιθυμείτε να γίνεται προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου καταλόγου σε κάθε "
-"εκκίνηση. Αν η διαμόρφωσή σας είναι για μια μόνο χρήση, δεν χρειάζεται να το "
-"αποθηκεύσετε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Μοιραστείτε τις κατατμήσεις του σκληρού δίσκου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ως "
-"root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το απλό εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>σας "
-"επιτρέπει, τον διαχειριστή, να επιτρέψετε στους χρήστες να έχουν κοινόχρηστα "
-"τμήματα του προσωπικού τους καταλόγου /home σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο με Linux ή "
-"Windows συστήματα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου της Mageia, στην καρτέλα Τοπικός Δίσκος, με "
-"τίτλο \"Μοιραστείτε τις κατατμήσεις του σκληρού σας δίσκου\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Πρώτα, απαντήστε στο ερώτημα: «<guilabel>Επιθυμείτε να επιτρέπεται στους "
-"χρήστες να έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους;</guilabel>», κάντε κλικ στο "
-"<guibutton>Χωρίς κοινή χρήση</guibutton> αν η απάντηση είναι όχι για όλους "
-"τους χρήστες, κλικ στο <guibutton>Επιτρέψτε σε όλους τους χρήστες</"
-"guibutton> για να επιτρέψετε σε όλους τους χρήστες και κάντε κλικ στο "
-"<guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> αν η απάντηση είναι ναι για μερικούς "
-"χρήστες και όχι για άλλους. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, οι χρηστές που "
-"επιτρέπεται να έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους θα πρέπει να ανήκουν στην "
-"ομάδα fileshare, η οποία δημιουργείται αυτόματα από το σύστημα. Θα "
-"ερωτηθείτε για αυτό αργότερα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Κάντε κλικ στο <guilabel>Εντάξει</guilabel>, θα εμφανιστεί μια δεύτερη οθόνη "
-"και θα ερωτηθείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> και "
-"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Επιλέξτε <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> αν στο "
-"δίκτυό σας έχετε μόνο συστήματα Linux, ή <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> αν στο "
-"δίκτυό σας υπάρχουν συστήματα Linux και Windows, και πατήστε "
-"<guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. Αν απαιτείται κάποιο πακέτο που δεν είναι "
-"εγκατεστημένο, θα σας ζητηθεί να το εγκαταστήσετε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Η διαμόρφωση έχει τώρα ολοκληρωθεί εκτός και έχετε επιλέξει την επιλογή "
-"Προσαρμοσμένο. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, ένας επιπλέον διάλογος προτρέπει τη "
-"χρήση του Userdrake. Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει να προσθέσετε τους "
-"επιτρεπόμενους χρήστες που θα έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους στην ομάδα "
-"fileshare. Στην καρτέλα Χρήστης, κάντε κλικ στο χρήστη που θέλετε να "
-"προσθέσετε στην ομάδα fileshare, και στη συνέχεια <guimenuitem>Επεξεργασία</"
-"guimenuitem> στην καρτέλα Ομάδες. Επιλέξτε την ομάδα fileshare και κάντε "
-"κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες "
-"σχετικά με το Userdrake, ανατρέξτε σε αυτήν τη <xref linkend=\"userdrake"
-"\">σελίδα</xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Όταν προσθέτετε ένα νέο χρήστη στην ομάδα fileshare, θα πρέπει να "
-"αποσυνδεθείτε και να επανασυνδεθείτε ώστε να ληφθούν υπόψη οι τροποποιήσεις."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο εξής κάθε χρήστης που ανήκει στην ομάδα fileshare μπορεί να επιλέξει, "
-"στον διαχειριστή αρχείων, αν το υποστηρίζει, τους κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους "
-"του."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "el"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Πρόσβαση σε κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει να "
-"δηλώσετε μερικούς κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους να είναι προσβάσιμοι σε όλους "
-"τους χρήστες του υπολογιστή. Το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται είναι το NFS "
-"το οποίο είναι διαθέσιμο σε όλα περίπου τα συστήματα Linux ή Unix. Ο "
-"κοινόχρηστος κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος κατά την εκκίνηση. Οι "
-"κοινόχρηστοι κατάλογοι μπορούν να είναι προσβάσιμοι από έναν χρήστη σε μια "
-"μόνο συνεδρία με τη βοήθεια των ανάλογων εργαλείων όπως έναν περιηγητή "
-"αρχείων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Διαδικασία"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Αναζήτηση εξυπηρετητών</guibutton> να να λάβετε μια "
-"λίστα με εξυπηρετητές που διαθέτουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Πατήστε το σύμβολο > πρίν το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή για να εμφανιστεί η λίστα "
-"των κοινόχρηστων καταλόγων και να επιλέξετε τον κατάλογο που θέλετε να "
-"προσπελάσετε."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Από το κουμπί <guibutton>Σημείο προσάρτησης</guibutton> θα πρέπει να "
-"καθορίσετε τον κατάλογο που θα γίνει η προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου "
-"καταλόγου στο μηχάνημά σας."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Αφού επιλέξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης, μπορείτε να το προσαρτήσετε. Μπορείτε "
-"επίσης να επιβεβαιώσετε και να αλλάξετε κάποιες επιλογές με το κουμπί "
-"<guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton>. Αφού προσαρτήσετε τον κατάλογο, μπορείτε να "
-"τον αποπροσαρτήσετε με το ίδιο κουμπί."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση με το κουμπί <guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton>, θα "
-"ερωτηθείτε αν επιθυμείτε να αποθηκευτούν οι τροποποιήσεις στο /etc/fstab. Με "
-"αυτόν τον τρόπο ο απομακρυσμένος κατάλογος θα προσαρτάται στο σύστημά σας σε "
-"κάθε εκκίνηση, αν το δίκτυο είναι προσβάσιμο. Ο κατάλογος θα είναι "
-"διαθέσιμος στον διαχειριστή αρχείων σας πχ στον Dolphin)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Εγγραφέας CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στην "
-"καρτέλα Τοπικοί δίσκοι στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia ονομασμένο ανάλογα με τον "
-"τύπο του αφαιρουμένου μέσου (Αναπαραγωγείς και εγγραφείς CD/DVD και δισκέτες "
-"μόνο)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Ο σκοπός του είναι να καθορίσει τον τρόπο με τον οποίο ο αφαιρούμενος δίσκος "
-"σας προσαρτάται."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Στην κορυφή του παραθύρου υπάρχει μια σύντομη περιγραφή του υλικού σας και "
-"τις ρυθμισμένες επιλογές προσάρτησης. Για να τις τροποποιήσετε "
-"χρησιμοποιήστε το μενού στο κάτω μέρος. Επιλέξτε το αντικείμενο προς "
-"τροποποίηση και στη συνέχεια πατήστε <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Σημείο προσάρτησης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε αυτό το πλαίσιο για να αλλάξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης. Το "
-"προκαθορισμένο είναι το /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Επιλογές"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Εδώ μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις επιλογές προσάρτησης, είτε απευθείας στη λίστα "
-"είτε το υπομενού <guilabel>Για προχωρημένους</guilabel>. Οι βασικότερες "
-"είναι:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"Η επιλογή user επιτρέπει έναν τυπικό χρήστη (όχι root) να προσαρτήσει τον "
-"αφαιρούμενο δίσκο, αυτή η επιλογή χρειάζεται την ενεργοποίηση των επιλογών "
-"noexec, nosuid και nodev. Ο χρήστης που προσάρτησε τον δίσκο είναι ο μόνος "
-"που μπορεί να τον αποπροσαρτήσει."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Πρόσβαση στους κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους των Windows (SMB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει να "
-"δηλώσετε τους κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους στους υπόλοιπους χρήστες του "
-"μηχανήματος. Το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται είναι το SMB δημοφιλές στα "
-"συστήματα Windows(R). Ο κοινόχρηστος κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος απευθείας "
-"κατά την εκκίνηση. Οι κοινόχρηστοι κατάλογοι μπορούν να είναι προσβάσιμοι "
-"από έναν χρήστη σε μια μόνο συνεδρία με τη βοήθεια των ανάλογων εργαλείων "
-"όπως έναν περιηγητή αρχείων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Πριν ξεκινήσετε το εργαλείο, είναι καλή ιδέα να δηλώσετε τα ονόματα των "
-"διαθέσιμων εξυπηρετητών, για παράδειγμα με το <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Αναζήτηση εξυπηρετητών</guibutton> να να λάβετε μια "
-"λίστα με εξυπηρετητές που διαθέτουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Πατήστε στο όνομα του εξυπηρετητή και στο &gt; πριν το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή "
-"για να εμφανιστεί η λίστα των κοινόχρηστων καταλόγων και να επιλέξετε τον "
-"κατάλογο που θέλετε να προσπελάσετε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Από το κουμπί <guibutton>Σημείο προσάρτησης</guibutton> θα πρέπει να "
-"καθορίσετε τον κατάλογο που θα γίνει η προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου "
-"καταλόγου στο μηχάνημά σας."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Αφού επιλέξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης, μπορεί να προσαρτηθεί με το "
-"<guimenu>Κουμπί προσάρτησης</guimenu>. Μπορείτε επίσης να επιβεβαιώσετε και "
-"να αλλάξετε κάποιες επιλογές με το κουμπί <guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Στις επιλογές, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό αυτών "
-"που μπορούν να συνδεθούν στον εξυπηρετητή SMB. Μετά την προσάρτηση του "
-"καταλόγου, μπορείτε να τον αποπροσαρτήσετε με το ίδιο κουμπί."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση με το κουμπί Έγινε, θα ερωτηθείτε αν "
-"επιθυμείτε να αποθηκευτούν οι τροποποιήσεις στο /etc/fstab. Με αυτόν τον "
-"τρόπο ο απομακρυσμένος κατάλογος θα προσαρτάται στο σύστημά σας σε κάθε "
-"εκκίνηση, αν το δίκτυο είναι προσβάσιμο. Ο κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος "
-"στον διαχειριστή αρχείων σας πχ στον Dolphin)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Εφέ επιφάνειας εργασίας 3D"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει τη "
-"διαχείριση των τρισδιάστατων εφέ της επιφάνειας εργασίας σας. Εξ ορισμού, τα "
-"τρισδιάστατα εφέ είναι απενεργοποιημένα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Ξεκινώντας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο, πρέπει να έχετε εγκατεστημένο το "
-"πακέτο glxinfo. Αν το πακέτο δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο, θα σας προταθεί να το "
-"εγκαταστήσετε πριν μπορέσει το drak3d να ξεκινήσει."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά την εκκίνηση του drak3d, θα εμφανιστεί η οθόνη επιλογών. Εκεί μπορείτε "
-"να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των <guilabel>Χωρίς εφέ επιφάνειας εργασίας 3D</"
-"guilabel>  και <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Το Compiz Fusion είναι "
-"τμήμα ενός διαχειριστή παραθύρων σύνθεσης, ο οποίος περιλαμβάνει ειδικά εφέ "
-"με επιτάχυνση υλικού για την επιφάνεια εργασίας σας. Επιλέξτε "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> για να το ενεργοποιήσετε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν είναι η πρώτη φορά που χρησιμοποιείτε το πρόγραμμα μετά από μια καθαρή "
-"εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα λάβετε ένα προειδοποιητικό μήνυμα σχετικά με τα "
-"απαιτούμενα πακέτα προς εγκατάσταση για τη χρήση του Compiz Fusion. Κάντε "
-"κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Μόλις εγκατασταθούν τα κατάλληλα πακέτα, θα παρατηρήσετε ότι το Compiz "
-"Fusion είναι επιλεγμένο στο μενού drak3d, αλλά θα πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε "
-"σαν χρήστης και να συνδεθείτε πάλι για να ισχύσουν οι αλλαγές."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Αφού συνδεθείτε πάλι, το Compiz Fusion θα είναι ενεργοποιημένο. Για να "
-"ρυθμίσετε το Compiz Fusion, δείτε τη σελίδα για το εργαλείο ccsm "
-"(CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Επίλυση λαθών"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Δεν μπορείτε να δείτε την επιφάνεια εργασίας μετά τη σύνδεση χρήστη"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν μετά την ενεργοποίηση του Compiz Fusion προσπαθήσετε να επανασυνδεθείτε "
-"στην επιφάνεια εργασίας αλλά δεν βλέπετε τίποτα, επανεκκινήστε τον "
-"υπολογιστή και μόλις επανέλθετε στην οθόνη σύνδεσης κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο "
-"Επιφάνειας εργασίας και επιλέξτε drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Αφού συνδεθείτε, αν ο λογαριασμός σας εμφανίζεται ως λογαριασμός "
-"διαχειριστή, θα ερωτηθείτε ξανά για τον κωδικό σας. Διαφορετικά, "
-"χρησιμοποιήστε το όνομα σύνδεσης διαχειριστή. Έπειτα μπορείτε να αναιρέσετε "
-"τις αλλαγές που προκάλεσαν το πρόβλημα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Πιστοποίηση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> επιτρέπει την "
-"επεξεργασία του τρόπου αναγνώρισής σας ως χρήστης του μηχανήματος ή στο "
-"δίκτυο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Εξ ορισμού, οι πληροφορίες της ταυτοποίησής σας είναι αποθηκευμένες σε ένα "
-"αρχείο στον υπολογιστή σας. Επεξεργαστείτε το μόνο αν ο διαχειριστής του "
-"δικτύου σας σας προτρέψει να το κάνετε και σας δώσει τις απαραίτητες "
-"πληροφορίες για να το πραγματοποιήσετε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε την αυτόματη σύνδεση χρήστη"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει την "
-"αυτόματη σύνδεση ενός χρήστη, χωρίς να ερωτηθεί για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης. "
-"Συνήθως εξυπηρετεί όταν υπάρχει μόνο ένας χρήστης στο μηχάνημα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Θα το βρείτε στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Εκκίνηση</emphasis> στο "
-"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία «Ρύθμιση της αυτόματης εκκίνησης "
-"χρήστη»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Τα κουμπιά ελέγχου είναι ευνόητα:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε την <guibutton>«Εκτέλεση του γραφικού περιβάλλοντος κατά την "
-"εκκίνηση του συστήματος»</guibutton>, αν επιθυμείτε την εκκίνηση του "
-"συστήματος γραφικού περιβάλλοντος X Window System κατά την εκκίνηση. "
-"Διαφορετικά, το σύστημα θα εκκινηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου (χωρίς γραφικό "
-"περιβάλλον). Αυτό μπορεί να πραγματοποιηθεί χειροκίνητα εκτελώντας την "
-"εντολή «startx» ή «systemctl start dm»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν η πρώτη επιλογή είναι επιλεγμένη, προσφέρονται άλλες δυο επιλογές· "
-"<guibutton>Όχι δεν επιθυμώ την αυτόματη σύνδεση</guibutton>, αν επιθυμείτε "
-"τη σύνδεση σε κάθε εκκίνηση με το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης ή "
-"επιλέξτε <guibutton>Ναι, επιθυμώ την αυτόματη σύνδεση</guibutton>. Σε αυτήν "
-"την περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να παράσχετε το προεπιλεγμένο <guilabel>Όνομα "
-"χρήστη</guilabel> και το εξ ορισμού <guilabel>Γραφικό περιβάλλον</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε την εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε ένα σύστημα UEFI αντί για BIOS, το περιβάλλον χρήστη είναι "
-"ελαφρώς διαφορετικό όπως το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης το σύστημα κατάτμησης EFI "
-"(ESP)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει να "
-"διαμορφώσετε τις επιλογές εκκίνησης (επιλογή του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, "
-"ορισμός κωδικού πρόσβασης, την προκαθορισμένη εκκίνηση, κλπ) "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Θα το βρείτε στην καρτέλα Εκκίνηση στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία "
-"«Ρύθμιση της εκκίνησης του συστήματος»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο αν δεν ξέρετε τι πραγματικά κάνετε. "
-"Αλλάζοντας μερικές ρυθμίσεις μπορεί να εμποδισθεί η ομαλή εκκίνηση του "
-"υπολογιστή!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"Στην πρώτη ενότητα που ονομάζεται <guilabel>Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης</guilabel>, "
-"αν χρησιμοποιείτε BIOS είναι εφικτό να επιλέξετε το <guibutton>Πρόγραμμα "
-"εκκίνησης που θα χρησιμοποιείται</guibutton>, Grub2 ή Lilo, και αν θα "
-"χρησιμοποιήσετε γραφικό περιβάλλον ή μενού κειμένου. Είναι καθαρά θέμα "
-"προτίμησης, δεν υπάρχουν άλλες επιπτώσεις. Μπορείτε επίσης να ρυθμίσετε τη "
-"<guibutton>συσκευή εκκίνησης</guibutton>, μην αλλάξετε κάτι εδώ εκτός και "
-"είστε ειδικός. Η συσκευή εκκίνησης είναι το μέρος που βρίσκεται "
-"εγκατεστημένο το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης και οποιαδήποτε τροποποίησης μπορεί να "
-"εμποδίσει την εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε ένα σύστημα UEFI, το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης είναι το <guilabel>Grub2-efi</"
-"guilabel> και εγκαθίσταται στην κατάτμηση /boot/EFI. Η μορφοποίηση σε FAT32 "
-"της κατάτμησης είναι κοινή σε όλα τα εγκατεστημένα λειτουργικά συστήματα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο δεύτερο τμήμα με τίτλο <guilabel>Κύριες επιλογές</guilabel>, μπορείτε να "
-"καθορίσετε την <guibutton>καθυστέρηση πριν την εκκίνηση της προεπιλεγμένης "
-"εικόνας</guibutton>, σε δευτερόλεπτα. Κατά την αναμονή, το Grub ή το Lilo θα "
-"εμφανίζουν τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα λειτουργικά συστήματα, προτρέποντάς σας "
-"να κάνετε την επιλογή σας. Αν δεν επιλέξετε κάποιο, το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης "
-"θα εκκινήσει το προεπιλεγμένο μετά το πέρας της χρονικής καθυστέρησης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο τρίτο και τελευταίο τμήμα την <guibutton>Ασφάλεια</guibutton>, σας "
-"επιτρέπεται να ορίσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης. Αυτό "
-"σημαίνει ότι κατά την εκκίνηση θα απαιτείται το όνομα χρήστη και ο κωδικός "
-"πρόσβασης για την αλλαγή μιας καταχώρησης εκκίνησης ή την αλλαγή μιας "
-"ρύθμισης. Το  όνομα χρήστη είναι «root»  και ο κωδικός πρόσβασης είναι αυτός "
-"που θα επιλέξετε εδώ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> παρέχει κάποιες επιπλέον "
-"επιλογές."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"Το ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) είναι ένα πρότυπο για "
-"τη διαχείριση ενέργειας. Μπορεί να εξοικονομεί ενέργεια διακόπτοντας τις μη "
-"χρησιμοποιούμενες συσκευές, Αυτή ήταν η χρησιμοποιούμενη μέθοδος πριν το "
-"APM. Επιλέξτε αυτό το πλαίσιο αν το υλικό σας είναι συμβατό με το ACPI."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Το SMP παραπέμπει στο Symmetric Multi Processors, πρόκειται για μια "
-"αρχιτεκτονική επεξεργαστών πολλαπλών πυρήνων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν έχετε έναν επεξεργαστή με HyperThreading, η Mageia θα το δει σαν διπλό "
-"επεξεργαστή και θα ενεργοποιήσει το SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση APIC</guibutton> και <guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση τοπικού "
-"APIC:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"Το APIC παραπέμπει στο  Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Υπάρχουν "
-"δυο συστατικά στο σύστημα APIC της Intel· το τοπικό APIC (LAPIC) και το I/O "
-"APIC. Ο τελευταίος διαχειρίζεται τις διακοπές που λαμβάνει από τους διαύλους "
-"των περιφερειακών προς ένα ή περισσότερα τοπικά APIC του επεξεργαστή. Είναι "
-"κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να προκαλέσει παγώματα ή λανθασμένο εντοπισμό συσκευών "
-"(«spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, απενεργοποιήστε "
-"το APIC και/ή το Τοπικό APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"Η <guibutton>Επόμενη</guibutton> οθόνη διαφέρει ανάλογα με το πρόγραμμα "
-"εκκίνησης που χρησιμοποιείτε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "Έχετε παλαιού τύπου Grub ή Lilo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, μπορείτε να δείτε τη λίστα όλες τις διαθέσιμες "
-"καταχωρήσεις εκκίνησης. Η εξ ορισμού εμφανίζεται με ένα αστεράκι. Για να "
-"αλλάξετε τη σειρά ταξινόμησης, κάντε κλικ στο πάνω/κάτω βελάκι για να "
-"μετακινήσετε την επιλεγμένη καταχώρηση. Αν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί "
-"<guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> ή στο <guibutton>Επεξεργασία </guibutton>, "
-"θα εμφανιστεί ένας νέος διάλογος για να προσθέσετε μια νέα καταχώρηση στο "
-"πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης ή να επεξεργαστείτε μια υπάρχουσα. Θα πρέπει να είστε "
-"εξοικειωμένοι με το Grub ή το Lilo για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτά τα εργαλεία."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Το πεδίο <guilabel>Ετικέτα</guilabel> είναι ελεύθερης μορφής, μπορείτε να "
-"γράψετε οτιδήποτε επιθυμείτε να εμφανίζεται στο μενού. Αντιστοιχεί στην "
-"εντολή του Grub «title». Για παράδειγμα: Mageia 3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"Το πεδίο <guilabel>Εικόνα</guilabel> περιέχει το όνομα του πυρήνα. "
-"Αντιστοιχεί στην εντολή του Grub «kernel». Για παράδειγμα /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"Το πεδίο <guilabel>Κατάτμηση root</guilabel> περιέχει το όνομα της συσκευής "
-"που βρίσκεται ο πυρήνας. Αντιστοιχεί στην εντολή του Grub «root». Για "
-"παράδειγμα (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"Το πεδίο <guilabel>Επιλογές περασμένες στον πυρήνα</guilabel> περιέχει τις "
-"επιλογές του πυρήνα κατά την εκκίνηση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν είναι επιλεγμένο το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Προκαθορισμένο</guilabel>, το Grub "
-"θα φορτώνει τη συγκεκριμένη καταχώρηση εξ ορισμού."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"Στην επιπλέον οθόνη <guilabel>Για προχωρημένους</guilabel>, μπορείτε να "
-"επιλέξετε τη <guilabel>λειτουργία βίντεο</guilabel>, ένα αρχείο "
-"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> και ένα <guilabel>προφίλ δικτύου</guilabel>, "
-"δείτε στο <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> στην κυλιόμενη λίστα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"Έχετε Grub2 ή Grub2-efi (τα εξ ορισμού προγράμματα εκκίνησης αντιστοίχως "
-"στις λειτουργίες Παλαιού τύπου και UEFI): "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, η αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα με την ονομασία "
-"<guilabel>Default</guilabel> εμφανίζει όλες τις διαθέσιμες καταχωρήσεις· "
-"κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή εξ ορισμού."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Αν έχετε και άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα εγκατεστημένα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να "
-"τα προσθέσει στο νέο μενού εκκίνησης Mageia. Αν δεν το επιθυμείτε, "
-"αποεπιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Εντοπισμός ξένου λειτουργικού</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"Στην επιπλέον οθόνη <guilabel>Για προχωρημένους</guilabel>, μπορείτε να "
-"επιλέξετε την <guilabel>λειτουργία βίντεο</guilabel>. Αν δεν θέλετε μια "
-"εκκινήσιμη Mageia αλλά να την φορτώσετε αλυσιδωτά από ένα άλλο λειτουργικό "
-"σύστημα, επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Μην αγγίξεις το ESP ή το MBR</"
-"guilabel> και αποδεχτείτε την προειδοποίηση."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"Η αποτροπή της εγκατάστασης σε ESP ή MBR σημαίνει ότι η εγκατάσταση δεν "
-"είναι εκτελέσιμη εκτός αν αλυσοδέσετε την φόρτωση από ένα άλλο λειτουργικό "
-"σύστημα ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Για τον καθορισμό πολλών άλλων παραμέτρων, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το "
-"εργαλείο <emphasis>Grub Customize</emphasis>, διαθέσιμο στα αποθετήρια της "
-"Mageia (δείτε παρακάτω)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Συλλογή Καταγραφών και πληροφοριών Συστήματος για αναφορές σφαλμάτων"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να "
-"εκκινηθεί και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Συνιστάται να αποθηκεύσετε την έξοδο αυτής της εντολής σε ένα αρχείο, για "
-"παράδειγμα με <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
-"emphasis>, αλλά σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε αρκετό ελεύθερο χώρο στο σκληρό "
-"δίσκο: το αρχείο μπορεί πολύ εύκολα να καταλάβει μερικά GB."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Η έξοδος της εντολής είναι αρκετά μεγάλη για να την επισυνάψετε σε μια "
-"αναφορά σφάλματος χωρίς πρώτιστα να αφαιρέσετε τα περιττά στοιχεία."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Αυτή η εντολή συλλέγει τις ακόλουθες πληροφορίες στο σύστημά σας:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partitions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "mageia version"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Τη στιγμή που γράφτηκε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο, το τμήμα «syslog» της εξόδου της "
-"εντολής ήταν κενό, διότι αυτό το εργαλείο δεν έχει ακόμα προσαρμοστεί στην "
-"εναλλαγή μας σε systemd. Αν είναι ακόμα κενό, μπορείτε να ανακτήσετε τις "
-"καταγραφές «syslog» εκτελώντας ως root <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a "
-"> journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Αν δεν έχετε αρκετό χώρο στον σκληρό δίσκο, "
-"μπορείτε για παράδειγμα να πάρετε τις τελευταίες 5000 γραμμές της καταγραφής "
-"με: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000."
-"txt</emphasis>. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Εργαλείο αναφοράς σφαλμάτων Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Συνήθως αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"εκτελείται αυτόματα όταν ένα εργαλείο Mageia καταρρεύσει. Ωστόσο, υπάρχει η "
-"πιθανότητα όταν έχετε στείλει μια αναφορά σφάλματος, να σας ζητηθεί να "
-"εκτελέσετε αυτό το εργαλείο ώστε να ελέγξετε μερικές από τις δοσμένες "
-"πληροφορίες, και στη συνέχεια να τις στείλετε στην αναφορά σφάλματος. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν χρειάζεστε να αναφέρετε ένα σφάλμα αλλά δεν είστε αρκετά εξοικειωμένοι-ες "
-"με αυτό, τότε παρακαλώ ανατρέξτε πρώτα στο <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Πώς να αναφέρετε σωστά μια "
-"αναφορά σφάλματος</link> πριν να κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί «Αναφορά»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε περίπτωση που το σφάλμα έχει ήδη αναφερθεί (σε αυτήν την περίπτωση το "
-"μήνυμα λάθους που δόθηκε από το drakbug θα είναι το ίδιο), είναι χρήσιμο να "
-"σχολιάσετε την υπάρχουσα αναφορά σχετικά με την αναπαραγωγή του σφάλματος "
-"στο σύστημά σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε την ημερομηνία και την ώρα"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στην "
-"καρτέλα Σύστημα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia με την ετικέτα "
-"<guilabel>Διαχείριση της ώρας και της ημερομηνίας</guilabel>. Σε μερικά "
-"γραφικά περιβάλλοντα είναι επίσης διαθέσιμο με δεξί κλικ > «Ρύθμιση της "
-"ημερομηνίας και ώρας» ... στο ρολόι του πλαισίου συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Πρόκειται για ένα πολύ απλό εργαλείο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο πάνω αριστερό τμήμα, βρίσκουμε το <emphasis role=\"bold\">ημερολόγιο</"
-"emphasis>. Στο παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο, η ημερομηνία είναι 2 Σεπτεμβρίου, 2012 "
-"και είναι Κυριακή. Επιλέξτε τον μήνα (ή το έτος) με κλικ στα βελάκια σε κάθε "
-"πλευρά του μήνα ή του έτους. Επιλέξτε την ημέρα με κλικ στον αριθμό της."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"Κάτω αριστερά βρίσκουμε του <emphasis role=\"bold\">Δικτυακό πρωτόκολλο ώρας "
-"NTP (Network Time Protocol)</emphasis> για τον συγχρονισμό της ώρας με έναν "
-"εξυπηρετητή. Επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του NTP</guilabel> "
-"και επιλέξτε τον πλησιέστερο εξυπηρετητή. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο δεξιό τμήμα βρίσκεται το <emphasis role=\"bold\">ρολόι</emphasis>. Είναι "
-"ανούσιο να ρυθμίσετε χειροκίνητα την ώρα αν έχετε το NTP ενεργοποιημένο. Τα "
-"τρία πλαίσια εμφανίζουν την ώρα, τα λεπτά και τα δευτερόλεπτα. "
-"Χρησιμοποιήστε τα βελάκια για τη ρύθμιση της ώρας. Για να αλλάξετε τη μορφή "
-"ανατρέξτε στις ρυθμίσεις της επιφάνειας εργασίας σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Τέλος, στο κάτω δεξιό τμήμα, επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας κάνοντας κλικ στο "
-"<guibutton>Αλλαγή της ζώνης ώρας</guibutton> και επιλέξτε στη λίστα την "
-"πλησιέστερη πόλη."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Παρόλο που δεν είναι εφικτό να ρυθμίσετε τη μορφή της ημερομηνίας και της "
-"ώρας από το συγκεκριμένο εργαλείο, θα εμφανίζονται στην επιφάνεια εργασία "
-"σας βάσει των ρυθμίσεων τοπικότητας του συστήματός σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Αφαιρέστε μια σύνδεση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε επίσης να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Εδώ, μπορείτε να διαγράψετε μια σύνδεση δικτύου<placeholder type=\"footnote"
-"\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Πατήστε στο πτυσσόμενο μενού, διαλέξτε αυτό που θέλετε να αφαιρέσετε και "
-"μετά πατήστε <emphasis>επόμενο</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr "Θα δείτε ένα μήνυμα ότι η διεπαφή δικτύου έχει διαγραφεί επιτυχώς."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε μία νέα σύνδεση δικτύου (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> επιτρέπει τη "
-"διαμόρφωση του τοπικού δικτύου και της πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο. Θα πρέπει να "
-"γνωρίζετε κάποιες πληροφορίες από τον πάροχό σας ή τον διαχειριστή του "
-"δικτύου σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε τον τύπο της σύνδεσης που επιθυμείτε να ρυθμίσετε, ανάλογα με τον "
-"τύπο του υλικού σας και τον πάροχό σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Μια νέα ενσύρματη (Ethernet) σύνδεση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Το πρώτο παράθυρο εμφανίζει τις διαθέσιμες διεπαφές. Επιλέξτε μια προς "
-"διαμόρφωση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ μιας αυτόματης ή "
-"χειροκίνητης διεύθυνσης IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "Αυτόματη IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα "
-"καθοριστούν αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή "
-"χειροκίνητα, όπως εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να "
-"καθοριστεί η διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή "
-"(hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, "
-"η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το "
-"όνομα υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή "
-"<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP</emphasis>. "
-"Δεν διαθέτουν όλοι οι εξυπηρετητές DHCP αυτήν τη δυνατότητα και αν κάνετε τη "
-"ρύθμιση στον υπολογιστή σας από έναν οικιακό δρομολογητή ADSL, υπάρχουν "
-"μικρές πιθανότητες αυτή η λειτουργία να δουλέψει."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Το κουμπί «Προχωρημένες» δίνει τη δυνατότητα να καθορίσετε:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-"Τομέας αναζήτησης (δεν είναι προσβάσιμο, διότι παρέχεται απόν εξυπηρετητή "
-"DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "Πελάτης DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "Χρονικό όριο DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών YP από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (εξ ορισμού είναι "
-"επιλεγμένο): καθορίζει τον εξυπηρετητή NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-"Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών NTPD από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (συγχρονισμός των "
-"ρολογιών)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Όνομα υπολογιστή (hostname). Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την επιλογή αν ο "
-"εξυπηρετητής DHCP απαιτεί τον καθορισμό του ονόματος υπολογιστή από τον "
-"πελάτη πριν τη λήψη μιας διεύθυνσης IP. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι αποδεκτή "
-"από μερικούς εξυπηρετητές DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά την αποδοχή, τα τελευταία βήματα τα οποία είναι κοινά για όλες τις "
-"συνδέσεις, εξηγούνται εδώ: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: πρέπει να δηλώσετε τους "
-"εξυπηρετητές DNS προς χρήση. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή μπορεί να καθοριστεί "
-"εδώ. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP συνήθως δείχνει ως <emphasis>192.168."
-"x.x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, "
-"και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου "
-"σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα "
-"αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Συνήθως πρόκειται για τον κύριο τομέα σας· πχ: Αν ο "
-"υπολογιστή σας ονομάζεται «splash», και ο πλήρης τομέας είναι «splash."
-"boatanchor.net», ο τομέας αναζήτησης θα είναι «boatanchor.net». Αυτή η "
-"επιλογή δεν είναι υποχρεωτική, εκτός και αν χρειάζεστε μια συγκεκριμένη "
-"ρύθμιση. Αδρομερώς, οι οικιακοί δρομολογητές δεν χρειάζονται αυτήν την "
-"επιλογή."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end"
-"\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Μια νέα δορυφορική σύνδεση (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε "
-"ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την "
-"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">ομάδα "
-"τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση καλωδιακού μόντεμ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Πρέπει να καθορίσετε μια μέθοδο πιστοποίησης:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Κανένα"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"Χρήση του BPALogin (απαραίτητο το Telstra). Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση θα πρέπει "
-"να παράσχετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Καλωδιακού/IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα "
-"καθοριστούν αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή "
-"χειροκίνητα, όπως εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να "
-"καθοριστεί η διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή "
-"(hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, "
-"η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το "
-"όνομα υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή "
-"<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP</emphasis>. "
-"Δεν διαθέτουν όλοι οι εξυπηρετητές DHCP αυτήν τη δυνατότητα και αν κάνετε τη "
-"ρύθμιση στον υπολογιστή σας από έναν οικιακό δρομολογητή ADSL, υπάρχουν "
-"μικρές πιθανότητες αυτή η λειτουργία να δουλέψει."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Καλωδιακού/IP</emphasis>: πρέπει να δηλώσετε τους "
-"εξυπηρετητές DNS προς χρήση. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή μπορεί να καθοριστεί "
-"εδώ. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα "
-"αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Συνήθως πρόκειται για τον κύριο τομέα σας· πχ: Αν ο "
-"υπολογιστή σας ονομάζεται «splash», και ο πλήρης τομέας είναι «splash."
-"boatanchor.net», ο τομέας αναζήτησης θα είναι «boatanchor.net». Αυτή η "
-"επιλογή δεν είναι υποχρεωτική, εκτός και αν χρειάζεστε μια συγκεκριμένη "
-"ρύθμιση. Αδρομερώς, οι οικιακοί δρομολογητές δεν χρειάζονται αυτήν την "
-"επιλογή."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση DSL"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν το εργαλείο εντοπίσει διεπαφές δικτύου, προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα να "
-"επιλέξετε μία και να τη ρυθμίσετε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον "
-"πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη "
-"καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από "
-"τον πάροχό σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Διαλέξτε ένα από τα διαθέσιμα πρωτόκολλα:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr ""
-"Πρωτόκολλο Δυναμικής Διαμόρφωσης Κεντρικού Υπολογιστή - Dynamic Host "
-"Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση TCP/IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP σε ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP σε Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr ""
-"Πρωτόκολλο διασωλήνωσης από σημείο σε σημείο - Point to Point Tunneling "
-"Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις πρόσβασης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Όνομα λογαριασμού (όνομα χρήστη)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Κωδικός λογαριασμού"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Προχωρημένο) Αναγνωριστικό εικονικής διαδρομής (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Προχωρημένο) Αναγνωριστικό εικονικού κυκλώματος (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Ο οδηγός ρωτά τη συσκευή προς διαμόρφωση:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Χειροκίνητη επιλογή (εσωτερική κάρτα ISDN)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Εξωτερικό μόντεμ ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα υλικού ταξινομημένη ανά κατασκευαστή, όπου "
-"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την κάρτα σας. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Πρωτόκολλο για τον υπόλοιπο κόσμο εκτός Ευρώπης (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Πρωτόκολλο για Ευρώπη (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον "
-"πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη "
-"καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από "
-"τον πάροχό σας. Στη συνέχεια θα ερωτηθείτε για τις ακόλουθες παραμέτρους:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Όνομα σύνδεσης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Αριθμός τηλεφώνου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Αναγνωριστικό σύνδεσης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Μέθοδος πιστοποίησης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Στη συνέχεια θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα λάβετε τη διεύθυνση IP αυτόματα ή "
-"χειροκίνητα. Στη δεύτερη περίπτωση, καθορίστε τη διεύθυνση IP και τη μάσκα "
-"υποδικτύου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Στο επόμενο βήμα θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν οι διευθύνσεις των εξυπηρετητών "
-"DNS θα λαμβάνονται αυτόματα ή χειροκίνητα. Στην δεύτερη περίπτωση, θα πρέπει "
-"να εισαγάγετε:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Όνομα τομέα"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Πρώτος και δεύτερος εξυπηρετητής DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε αν το όνομα υπολογιστή ρυθμίζεται από την διεύθυνση IP. Αυτή η "
-"επιλογή μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι η διαμόρφωση "
-"του παρόχου σας το αποδέχεται."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο επόμενο βήμα θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν οι διευθύνσεις των εξυπηρετητών "
-"πυλών θα λαμβάνονται αυτόματα ή χειροκίνητα. Στην δεύτερη περίπτωση, θα "
-"πρέπει να εισαγάγετε τη διεύθυνση IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Μια νέα ασύρματη σύνδεση (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Η πρώτη οθόνη εμφανίζει μια λίστα με τις διαθέσιμες διεπαφές και μια "
-"καταχώρηση για τον οδηγό Windows (ndiswrapper). Επιλέξτε την επιθυμητή "
-"διεπαφή· χρησιμοποιήστε το ndiswrapper μόνο αν δεν λειτουργούν οι άλλοι "
-"τρόποι διαμόρφωσης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ των διαφόρων σημείων "
-"πρόσβασης που έχουν εντοπιστεί από την κάρτα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Οι παράμετροι που θα πρέπει να συμπληρωθούν για την εκάστοτε κάρτα:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Τρόπος λειτουργίας:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Διαχειριζόμενο"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Για πρόσβαση σε ένα υπάρχον σημείο πρόσβασης (το πιο σύνηθες)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Για τη διαμόρφωση απευθείας σύνδεσης μεταξύ υπολογιστών."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Όνομα δικτύου (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Λειτουργία κρυπτογράφησης: Εξαρτάται από τον τρόπο διαμόρφωσης του σημείου "
-"πρόσβασης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "Η προτεινόμενη μέθοδος κρυπτογράφησης αν υποστηρίζεται από υλικό σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-"Μερικές παλιές συσκευές μπορούν να διαχειριστούν μόνο αυτήν τη μέθοδο "
-"κρυπτογράφησης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Συνήθως παρέχεται με το υλικό του σημείου πρόσβασης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ μιας αυτόματης διεύθυνσης IP "
-"και μιας χειροκίνητης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα καθοριστούν "
-"αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή χειροκίνητα, όπως "
-"εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να καθοριστεί η "
-"διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή (hostname) μπορεί "
-"να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού "
-"ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το όνομα "
-"υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή "
-"<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP</emphasis>. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Λήψη του εξυπηρετητή YP από τον DHCP (εξ ορισμού είναι ενεργοποιημένο): "
-"καθορισμός των εξυπηρετητών NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση, τα τελευταία βήματα, τα οποία είναι κοινά σε "
-"όλες τις διαμορφώσεις σύνδεσης, περιγράφονται εδώ: <xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε τους εξυπηρετητές "
-"DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή (hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν "
-"καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP πάντα δείχνει ως <emphasis>192.168.x."
-"x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, "
-"και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου "
-"σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα "
-"αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Είναι πανομοιότυπος με το όνομα υπολογιστή χωρίς το "
-"πρώτο όνομα, πριν την τελεία."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση GPRS/Edge/3G"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν το εργαλείο εντοπίσει ασύρματες διεπαφές, προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα "
-"επιλογής και διαμόρφωσης αυτών."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Θα σας ζητηθεί ο κωδικός PIN. Αφήστε το κενό αν δεν απαιτείται κωδικός PIN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ο οδηγός θα ρωτήσει για το δίκτυο. Αν δεν έχει εντοπιστεί, επιλέξτε την "
-"επιλογή <guilabel>Μη καταχωρημένο</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Θα πρέπει να παράσχετε τις ρυθμίσεις πρόσβασης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Όνομα σημείου πρόσβασης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση δικτύωσης με κλήση μέσω Bluetooth"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Μια νέα σύνδεση τηλεφώνου αναλογικού μόντεμ (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Χειροκίνητη επιλογή"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Εντοπισμένο υλικό, αν υπάρχει κάποιο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Πρότεινεται μια λίστα από θύρες. Διαλέξτε τη θύρα σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν δεν είναι ακόμα εγκατεστημένο, συνιστάται να εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον "
-"πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη "
-"καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από "
-"τον πάροχό σας. Στη συνέχεια θα ερωτηθείτε για τις επιλογές κλήσεις. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Όνομα σύνδεσης</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Αριθμός τηλεφώνου</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Αναγνωριστικό σύνδεσης</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ταυτοποίηση</emphasis>, επιλέξτε μεταξύ:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Βασισμένο σε ένα σενάριο"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Μέσω τερματικού"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Τέλος της διαμόρφωσης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Στα επόμενα βήματα μπορείτε να καθορίσετε;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Να επιτρέπεται στους χρήστες να διαχειρίζονται την σύνδεση</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis> Να ξεκινάει η σύνδεση κατά την εκκίνηση</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ενεργοποίηση της καταμέτρησης κυκλοφορίας</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Να επιτρέψτε τον έλεγχο της διεπαφής από το Network Manager</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"Στην περίπτωση της ασύρματης σύνδεσης, υπάρχει ένα επιπλέον πλαίσιο "
-"<emphasis>Επιτρέπεται η περιαγωγή του σημείου πρόσβασης</emphasis> το οποίο "
-"δίνει την πιθανότητα αυτόματης εναλλαγής του σημείου πρόσβασης βάσει της "
-"ισχύς του σήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Από το κουμπί «για προχωρημένους» μπορείτε να καθορίσετε:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Μετρικό (εξ ορισμού 10)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Θερμή σύνδεση (Hotplugging) δικτύου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση της σήραγγας IPv6 στο IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Το τελευταίο βήμα σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε αν η σύνδεση θα ξεκινήσει "
-"αμέσως ή όχι."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Ανοίξτε μια κονσόλα ως διαχειριστής"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας δίνει "
-"πρόσβαση σε ένα τερματικό με δικαιώματα root. Δεν νομίζουμε να χρειάζεται "
-"περισσότερη επεξήγηση επ' αυτού."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε τις κατατμήσεις των σκληρών δίσκων"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk ή diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> ή <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Πρόκειται για ένα <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> πολύ ισχυρό "
-"εργαλείο, το παραμικρό σφάλμα ή ένα ακούσιο χτύπημα στο πληκτρολόγιο μπορεί "
-"να αποφέρει την απώλεια των δεδομένων μιας κατάτμησης ή ακόμα τη διαγραφή "
-"όλου του σκληρού δίσκου. Για αυτόν το λόγο, θα δείτε την παραπάνω εικόνα "
-"μόλις εκκινήσετε το εργαλείο. Κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis>Έξοδος</emphasis> αν "
-"δεν είστε σίγουρος ότι επιθυμείτε να συνεχίσετε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν διαθέτετε περισσότερους από έναν σκληρούς δίσκους, μπορείτε να μεταβείτε "
-"στον σκληρό δίσκο που επιθυμείτε να εργαστείτε επιλέγοντας τη σωστή καρτέλα "
-"(sda, sdb, sdc, κλπ)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ πολλών ενεργειών για την προσαρμογή του σκληρού "
-"σας δίσκου στα μέτρα σας. Διαγραφή ολόκληρου του δίσκου, διαχωρισμός ή "
-"συγχώνευση κατατμήσεων, αλλαγή του μεγέθους τους ή του συστήματος αρχείων,  "
-"μορφοποίηση ή προβολή των περιεχομένων της κατάτμησης, όλα αυτά είναι "
-"εφικτά. Με το κουμπί <emphasis><guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton></"
-"emphasis> στο κάτω μέρος μπορείτε να διαγράψετε όλες τις κατατμήσεις, τα "
-"άλλα κουμπιά γίνονται ορατά στο δεξιό τμήμα αφού κάνετε κλικ σε μια "
-"κατάτμηση. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν διαθέτετε ένα σύστημα UEFI, θα βρείτε μια μικρή κατάτμηση επονομαζόμενη "
-"«κατάτμηση συστήματος EFI» και προσαρτημένη στο /boot/EFI. Δεν θα πρέπει να "
-"την διαγράψετε ποτέ διότι περιέχει όλα τα προγράμματα εκκίνησης των διαφόρων "
-"λειτουργικών σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν η επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση έχει προσαρτηθεί, όπως στο κάτωθεν παράδειγμα, δεν "
-"μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος, να τη διαγράψετε ή να τη μορφοποιήσετε. Για "
-"να είστε σε θέση να το κάνετε αυτό θα πρέπει να αποπροσαρτήσετε την "
-"κατάτμηση πρώτα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος μιας κατάτμησης μόνο προς τα δεξιά"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Για να αλλάξετε τον τύπο της κατάτμησης (πχ αλλαγή από ext3 σε ext4) θα "
-"πρέπει να διαγράψετε την κατάτμηση και να την δημιουργήσετε εκ νέου με τον "
-"νέο τύπο συστήματος αρχείων. Το κουμπί <guibutton role=\"bold\">Δημιουργία</"
-"guibutton> εμφανίζεται όταν έχει επιλεγεί ένα κενό τμήμα του δίσκου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ένα μη υπάρχον σημείο προσάρτησης καθώς αυτό θα "
-"δημιουργηθεί."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέγοντας σε <emphasis><guibutton>Εναλλαγή σε προχωρημένη λειτουργία</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> έχουμε στη διάθεσή μας μερικές επιπλέον ενέργειες, "
-"όπως προσθήκη μιας ετικέτας στην κατάτμηση, όπως φαίνεται και στο παρακάτω "
-"στιγμιότυπο."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τον διαχειριστή σύνδεσης χρηστών"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Εδώ<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τον "
-"διαχειριστή σύνδεσης των χρηστών. Εμφανίζονται μόνο αυτοί που είναι "
-"διαθέσιμοι στο σύστημα. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Οι περισσότεροι χρήστες δεν διακρίνουν κάποια διαφορά μεταξύ των οθονών "
-"σύνδεσης. Ωστόσο, υπάρχουν διαφορές στις υποστηριζόμενες λειτουργίες. Ο LXDM "
-"είναι ένας ελαφρύς διαχειριστής σύνδεσης, οι SDDM και GDM προσφέρουν "
-"περισσότερες λειτουργίες."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε το προσωπικό σας τείχος προστασίας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> θα το βρείτε στην "
-"ενότητα «Ασφάλεια» στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia, με την περιγραφή «Ρυθμίστε το "
-"προσωπικό σας τείχος προστασίας». Παραμέτρους του ίδιου εργαλείου μπορείτε "
-"να βρείτε και μέσω του άλλου εργαλείου στην ίδια καρτέλα «Ρυθμίστε την "
-"ασφάλεια του συστήματος, τις άδειες και τους ελέγχους ασφαλείας»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Με την εγκατάσταση της Mageia συμπεριλαμβάνεται και ένα βασικό τείχος "
-"προστασίας. Όλες οι εισερχόμενες συνδέσεις φράζονται αν δεν επιτρέπονται από "
-"το τείχος προστασίας. Στην πρώτη οθόνη παραπάνω, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις "
-"υπηρεσίες για τις οποίες οι εξωτερικές απόπειρες σύνδεσης θα γίνονται "
-"αποδεκτές. Για την ασφάλειά σας αποεπιλέξτε το πρώτο πλαίσιο  - "
-"<guilabel>Όλα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας)</guilabel> - εκτός και αν επιθυμείτε "
-"την απενεργοποίηση του τείχους προστασίας, και την επιλογή των αναγκαίων "
-"υπηρεσιών μόνο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε τον αριθμό θύρας που θέλετε να ανοίξετε χειροκίνητα. "
-"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και θα ανοίξει ένα "
-"νέο παράθυρο. Στο πεδίο <guilabel>Άλλες θύρες</guilabel>, καταχωρήστε τις "
-"επιθυμητές θύρες σύμφωνα με αυτά τα παραδείγματα:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : ανοίγει τη θύρα 80 πρωτόκολλο tcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : ανοίγει όλες τις θύρες από 24000 μέχρι 24010 πρωτόκολλο udp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Οι θύρες στη λίστα θα πρέπει να διαχωρίζονται με κενό."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Αν το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Καταγραφή των μηνυμάτων του τείχους προστασίας στις "
-"καταγραφές συστήματος</guilabel> είναι επιλεγμένο, τα μηνύματα του τείχους "
-"προστασίας θα καταγράφονται στις καταγραφές συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν δεν τρέχετε συγκεκριμένες υπηρεσίες (εξυπηρετητή ιστού ή αλληλογραφίας, "
-"διαμοιρασμό αρχείων, ...) μπορείτε απλά να μην επιλέξετε κάποια υπηρεσία, "
-"κάτι το οποίο και συνιστάται, δεν θα σας εμποδίσει τη σύνδεση με το "
-"διαδίκτυο. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τις επιλογές του διαδραστικού "
-"τείχους προστασίας. Αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό σας επιτρέπει να ειδοποιείστε για "
-"απόπειρες σύνδεσης αν έχει επιλεγεί τουλάχιστον το πρώτο πλαίσιο "
-"<guilabel>Χρήση του διαδραστικού τείχους προστασίας</guilabel>.  Επιλέξτε το "
-"δεύτερο πλαίσιο για να ειδοποιείστε αν οι θύρες σαρώνονται με στόχο τον "
-"εντοπισμό ενός ελαττώματος και την διείσδυση στον υπολογιστή σας. Κάθε "
-"πλαίσιο εφεξής του τρίτου πλαισίου αντιστοιχεί σε μια ανοιγμένη θύρα σε μια "
-"από τις δυο προηγούμενες οθόνες. Στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο μπορούμε να δούμε "
-"δυο τέτοια πλαίσια: εξυπηρετητής SSH και 80:150/tcp. Επιλέξτε τα ώστε να "
-"ειδοποιείστε κάθε φόρα που γίνεται μια απόπειρα σύνδεσης σε αυτές τις θύρες."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Οι προειδοποιήσεις εμφανίζονται σε αναδυόμενα μηνύματα από τη μικροεφαρμογή "
-"δικτύου."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Στην τελευταία οθόνη, επιλέξτε τις διεπαφές δικτύου συνδεδεμένες με το "
-"διαδίκτυο που θα προστατεύονται. Μετά την αποδοχή κάνοντας κλικ στο Εντάξει, "
-"γίνεται λήψη των απαραίτητων πακέτων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν δεν ξέρετε τι να επιλέξετε, ανατρέξτε στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia στην "
-"καρτέλα Δίκτυο &amp; Διαδίκτυο, Ρύθμιση μιας νέας διεπαφής δικτύου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Διαχείριση, προσθήκη και αφαίρεση γραμματοσειρών. Εισαγωγή γραμματοσειρών "
-"Windows™"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο "
-"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Σύστημα</"
-"emphasis>. Σας επιτρέπει τη διαχείριση των διαθέσιμων γραμματοσειρών στον "
-"υπολογιστή σας. Η κύρια οθόνη παραπάνω εμφανίζει:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "τα ονόματα των εγκατεστημένων γραμματοσειρών, το στιλ και το μέγεθος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "μία προεπισκόπηση της επιλεγμένης γραμματοσειράς."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "μερικά κουμπιά επεξηγούνται παρακάτω."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Λήψη των γραμματοσειρών Windows: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το κουμπί προσθέτει αυτόματα τις γραμματοσειρές από την κατάτμηση των "
-"Windows. Θα πρέπει να έχετε τα Microsoft Windows εγκατεστημένα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Επιλογές:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιτρέπει τον καθορισμό των εφαρμογών ή των συσκευών (κυρίως εκτυπωτές) "
-"ικανών να χρησιμοποιήσουν τις γραμματοσειρές."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Απεγκατάσταση:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το κουμπί χρησιμεύει στην αφαίρεση των εγκατεστημένων γραμματοσειρών "
-"και ως εκ τούτου την εξοικονόμηση χώρου. Να είστε προσεκτικοί-ές κατά την "
-"αφαίρεση των γραμματοσειρών διότι μπορεί να έχει επιπτώσεις στα έγγραφα που "
-"τις χρησιμοποιούν."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εισαγωγή:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιτρέπει την προσθήκη γραμματοσειρών τρίτων μέσω ενός CD, από το "
-"διαδίκτυο ... κλπ. Οι υποστηριζόμενες γραμματοσειρές είναι οι ttf, pfa, pfb, "
-"pcf, pfm και gsf. Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold\">Εισαγωγή</"
-"emphasis> και στη συνέχεια στο προσθήκη και θα ανοίξει ένας διαχειριστής "
-"αρχείων μέσω του οποίου μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις γραμματοσειρές προς "
-"εγκατάσταση· κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Εγκατάσταση</emphasis> "
-"όταν είστε έτοιμος-η. Η εγκατάσταση γίνεται στον φάκελο /usr/share/fonts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν δεν εμφανίζονται οι τελευταία εγκατεστημένες γραμματοσειρές (ή "
-"εμφανίζονται οι απεγκατεστημένες) στο παράθυρο του Drakconf, κλείστε και "
-"ανοίξτε εκ νέου το παράθυρο ώστε να ενημερωθούν οι τροποποιήσεις."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Γονικός έλεγχος"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο "
-"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia, και στην καρτέλα Ασφάλεια, με τον τίτλο "
-"<guilabel>Γονικός έλεγχος</guilabel>. Αν δεν το βλέπετε, θα πρέπει να "
-"εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο drakguard (δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο εξ ορισμού)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Παρουσίαση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Το Drakguard είναι ένας εύκολος τρόπος διαμόρφωσης γονικού ελέγχου στον "
-"υπολογιστή σας, ώστε να περιορίσετε τις ενέργειες των χρηστών, και σε ποιο "
-"διάστημα της ημέρας. Το Drakguard έχει τρία χρήσιμα χαρακτηριστικά:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Περιορίζει την πρόσβαση στο διαδίκτυο ανά χρήστη και σε προκαθορισμένο χρόνο "
-"της ημέρας. Αυτό γίνεται μέσω του τείχους προστασίας shorewall το οποίο "
-"είναι ενσωματωμένο στη Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Φράσσει την εκτέλεση συγκεκριμένων εντολών ανά χρήστη ώστε αυτοί οι χρήστες "
-"να μπορούν να εκτελούν μόνο ότι εσείς ορίζετε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Περιορίζει την πρόσβαση σε ιστοσελίδες, χειροκίνητα μέσω μαύρης και λευκής "
-"λίστας, αλλά και δυναμικά βάσει του περιεχομένου της ιστοσελίδας. Για να το "
-"πραγματοποιήσει κάνει χρήση του ανοιχτού κώδικα και πρωταγωνιστή στον γονικό "
-"έλεγχο, DansGuardian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του γονικού ελέγχου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν στον υπολογιστή σας έχετε κατατμήσεις μορφοποιημένες σε Ext2, Ext3, ή "
-"ReiserFS, θα εμφανιστεί ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο για τη διαμόρφωση ACL στις "
-"κατατμήσεις σας. ACL σημαίνει Λίστες Ελέγχου Προσπέλασης ( Access Control "
-"Lists), και είναι ένα χαρακτηριστικό του πυρήνα Linux το οποίο επιτρέπει τον "
-"περιορισμό της προσπέλασης μεμονωμένων αρχείων ανά χρήστη. Το ACL είναι "
-"ενσωματωμένο στους τύπους συστημάτων αρχείων Ext4 και Btrfs, αλλά θα πρέπει "
-"να ενεργοποιηθεί μέσω μιας επιλογής για τα συστήματα αρχείων Ext2, Ext3, ή "
-"ReiserFS. Αν επιλέξετε «Ναι» το drakguard θα διαμορφώσει την υποστήριξη ACL "
-"σε όλες τις κατατμήσεις σας, και θα σας προτείνει την επανεκκίνηση του "
-"υπολογιστή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση του γονικού ελέγχου</guibutton>: Ενεργοποιεί τον "
-"γονικό έλεγχο και την πρόσβαση στην καρτέλα <guilabel>Φραγή προγραμμάτων</"
-"guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Αποκλεισμός όλης της κίνησης δικτύου</guibutton>: Αποκλεισμός της "
-"πρόσβασης σε όλες τις ιστοσελίδες εκτός αυτών της λευκής λίστας. "
-"Διαφορετικά, επιτρέπεται η πρόσβαση σε όλες τις ιστοσελίδες εκτός αυτών στη "
-"μαύρη λίστα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Πρόσβαση χρήστη</guibutton>: Οι χρήστες στην αριστερή στήλη θα "
-"έχουν περιορισμένη πρόσβαση βάσει των καθορισμών σας. Οι χρήστες στη δεξιά "
-"στήλη δεν έχουν περιορισμό πρόσβασης, μπορείτε έτσι να επιτρέψετε στους "
-"ενήλικους χρήστες την πλήρη πρόσβαση. Επιλέξτε έναν χρήστη στην αριστερή "
-"στήλη και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> για να τον "
-"προσθέσετε ως επιτρεπόμενο. Επιλέξτε έναν χρήστη από τη δεξιά στήλη και "
-"κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> για να τον αφαιρέσετε από τη "
-"στήλη των επιτρεπομένων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ελεγκτής χρόνου:</guibutton> Η πρόσβαση στο διαδίκτυο επιτρέπεται "
-"με περιορισμούς μεταξύ του χρόνου <guilabel>Έναρξης</guilabel> και "
-"<guilabel>Τερματισμού</guilabel>. Είναι εντελώς φραγμένη εκτός του "
-"συγκεκριμένου χρονικού διαστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Μαύρη/Λευκή λίστα"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Εισάγετε το URL της ιστοσελίδας στο πρώτο πεδίο στην κορυφή και κάντε κλικ "
-"στο κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη«</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Αποκλεισμός προγραμμάτων"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Αποκλεισμός καθορισμένων εφαρμογών</guibutton>: Ενεργοποιεί τη "
-"χρήση ACL για τον περιορισμό προσπέλασης συγκεκριμένων εφαρμογών. "
-"Καταχωρήστε την πλήρη διαδρομή της εφαρμογής που επιθυμείτε τον αποκλεισμό "
-"πρόσβασης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Λίστα επιτρεπομένων χρηστών</guibutton>: Οι χρήστες που "
-"εμφανίζονται στη δεξιά στήλη δεν θα υφίσταντο ACL αποκλεισμό. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Κοινόχρηστη σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο με άλλους τοπικούς υπολογιστές"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Αρχές λειτουργίας"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Αυτή η λειτουργία είναι χρήσιμη "
-"όταν διαθέτετε έναν υπολογιστή (3) ο οποίος διαθέτει σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο "
-"(2) και ταυτόχρονα είναι συνδεδεμένος σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο (1). Μπορείτε να "
-"χρησιμοποιήσετε τον υπολογιστή (3) ως πύλη για να δώσετε πρόσβαση σύνδεσης "
-"στους άλλους σταθμούς εργασίας (5) και (6) στο τοπικό δίκτυο (1). Για να "
-"επιτευχθεί αυτό, η πύλη θα πρέπει να διαθέτει δυο διεπαφές· μια πρωτεύουσα, "
-"όπως μια διεπαφή ethernet πρέπει να είναι συνδεδεμένη στο τοπικό δίκτυο, και "
-"μια δευτερεύουσα (4) συνδεδεμένη στο διαδίκτυο (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Το πρώτο βήμα αφορά τον έλεγχο πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο και στο τοπικό "
-"δίκτυο, όπως περιγράφεται στο <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Οδηγός Πύλης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ο οδηγός <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> προσφέρει μια ακολουθία "
-"βημάτων όπως περιγράφονται παρακάτω:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν ο μάγος δε βρίσκει τουλάχιστον δύο διεπαφές, προειδοποιεί γι'αυτό και "
-"ζητάει να σταματήσει το δίκτυο και να ρυθμίσει το υλικό."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"καθορίζει τη διεπαφή που χρησιμοποιείται για τη σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο. Ο "
-"οδηγός αυτομάτως συνιστά μια από τις διεπαφές, αλλά θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε "
-"ότι η πρόταση είναι ορθή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"καθορίζει τη διεπαφή που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πρόσβαση στο τοπικό "
-"δίκτυο. Ο οδηγός συνιστά μια, ελέγξτε αν πρόταση είναι ορθή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Ο οδηγός προτείνει παραμέτρους για το τοπικό δίκτυο LAN, όπως τη διεύθυνση "
-"IP, τη μάσκα δικτύου και το όνομα τομέα. Ελέγξτε ότι αυτές οι παράμετροι "
-"ταιριάζουν με την τρέχουσα διαμόρφωση. Συνιστάται η αποδοχή των τιμών αυτών."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί ως εξυπηρετητής DNS. "
-"Αν ναι, ο οδηγός θα επιβεβαιώσει αν το <code>bind</code> είναι "
-"εγκατεστημένο. Διαφορετικά, θα πρέπει να καθορίσετε τη διεύθυνση ενός "
-"εξυπηρετητή DNS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής θα χρησιμοποιείται ως ένας εξυπηρετητής DHCP. Αν "
-"ναι, ο οδηγός επιβεβαιώνει την ύπαρξη του <code>dhcp-server</code> και τότε "
-"προσφέρει την επιλογή του για διαμόρφωση του εύρους αρχής και τέλους των "
-"διευθύνσεων DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής χρησιμοποιείται ως διαμεσολαβητής. Αν ναι, ο "
-"οδηγός θα επιβεβαιώσει αν το <code>squid</code> είναι εγκατεστημένο και "
-"προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα διαμόρφωσης της διεύθυνσης διαχειριστή "
-"(admin@mydomain.com), του ονόματος του διαμεσολαβητή (myfirewall@mydomain."
-"com), της θύρας (3128) και του μεγέθους της λανθάνουσας μνήμης (100 Mb)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Το τελευταίο βήμα σας επιτρέπει να ελέγξετε αν ο υπολογιστής που εξυπηρετεί "
-"ως πύλη είναι συνδεδεμένος σε εκτυπωτές και στη συνέχεια τον διαμοιρασμό "
-"πρόσβασης σε αυτούς."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Θα λάβετε μια προειδοποίηση σχετικά με την ανάγκη επιβεβαίωσης αν το τείχος "
-"προστασίας είναι ενεργό."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τον πελάτη"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν έχετε ρυθμίσει την πύλη του υπολογιστή με DHCP, θα πρέπει μόνο να "
-"καθορίσετε στο εργαλείο διαμόρφωσης δικτύου ότι λαμβάνετε την διεύθυνση "
-"αυτόματα (μέσω DHCP). Οι παράμετροι λαμβάνονται κατά τη σύνδεση στο δίκτυο. "
-"Αυτή η μέθοδος είναι ισχύει ανεξαρτήτου λειτουργικού συστήματος πελάτη."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν καθορίσετε τις παραμέτρους δικτύου χειροκίνητα, θα πρέπει κυρίως να "
-"καθορίσετε την πύλη εισάγοντας τη διεύθυνση IP του υπολογιστή που εξυπηρετεί "
-"ως πύλη."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Διακοπή της κοινοχρησίας σύνδεσης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν θέλετε να διακόψετε την κοινόχρηστη σύνδεση στον υπολογιστή Mageia, "
-"εκκινήστε το εργαλείο και θα σας προσφέρει την επιλογή διαμόρφωσης της "
-"σύνδεσης ή διακοπής της κοινής χρήσης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Καθορισμός των υπολογιστών"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν μερικά συστήματα στο δίκτυό σας σας παρέχουν υπηρεσίες, αυτό το "
-"εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει να "
-"καθορίσετε ένα όνομα για αυτούς για εύκολα πρόσβαση· έπειτα θα μπορείτε να "
-"χρησιμοποιείτε αυτό το όνομα αντί της διεύθυνσης IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Με αυτό το κουμπί, προσθέτετε το όνομα ενός νέου συστήματος. Θα ανοίξει ένα "
-"παράθυρο όπου μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τη διεύθυνση IP, το όνομα του "
-"υπολογιστή του συστήματος, και προαιρετικά ένα ψευδώνυμο το οποίο μπορεί να "
-"χρησιμοποιηθεί με τον ίδιο τρόπο όπως το όνομα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Τροποποίηση</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στις παραμέτρους των προηγούμενων καταχωρήσεων. "
-"Θα ανοίξει το ίδιο παράθυρο:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις για τις διεπαφές δικτύου και το τείχος προστασίας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε "
-"ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την "
-"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">ομάδα "
-"τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Κέντρο δικτύου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> θα το βρείτε στην "
-"καρτέλα Δίκτυο &amp; Διαδίκτυο στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία "
-"«Κέντρο δικτύου»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Αφού εκτελέσετε το εργαλείο, ανοίγει ένα παράθυρο όπου εμφανίζονται όλα τα "
-"διαμορφωμένα δίκτυα στον υπολογιστή, ανεξαρτήτου του τύπου (ενσύρματο, "
-"ασύρματο, δορυφορικό, κλπ.). Αφού κάνετε κλικ σε κάποιο από αυτά, "
-"εμφανίζονται τρία από τα τέσσερα κουμπιά, ανάλογα με τον τύπο του δικτύου, "
-"και σας επιτρέπουν ελέγξετε το δίκτυο και να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις του ή να "
-"κάνετε σύνδεση/αποσύνδεση. Αυτό το εργαλείο δεν έχει ως στόχο τη δημιουργία "
-"ενός δικτύου, για αυτό ανατρέξτε <guilabel>Ρύθμιση μιας διεπαφής δικτύου "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> στην ίδια καρτέλα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου "
-"Mageia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο ως παράδειγμα, μπορούμε να δούμε δυο δίκτυα, το "
-"πρώτο είναι ενσύρματο και συνδεδεμένο, αναγνωρίσιμο από αυτό το εικονίδιο "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (αυτό δείχνει ότι δεν "
-"είναι συνδεδεμένο<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) και το "
-"δεύτερο δείχνει ασύρματα δίκτυα, χωρίς σύνδεση αναγνωρίσιμα από αυτό το "
-"εικονίδιο <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> και από αυτό "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> αν είναι συνδεδεμένο. Για "
-"τους άλλους τύπους δικτύου, ο κωδικός χρώματος είναι πάντα ο ίδιος, πράσινο "
-"αν είναι σε σύνδεση και κόκκινο αν δεν είναι συνδεδεμένο. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο τμήμα της οθόνης με την ασύρματη σύνδεση, μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε όλα "
-"τα δίκτυα που έχουν εντοπιστεί, με το <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, την "
-"<guilabel>ισχύ σήματος</guilabel>, αν είναι κρυπτογραφημένα (με κόκκινο) ή "
-"όχι (με πράσινο), και τον <guilabel>τρόπο λειτουργίας</guilabel>. Κάντε κλικ "
-"στο επιθυμητό δίκτυο και στη συνέχεια είτε στο κουμπί <guibutton>Εποπτεία</"
-"guibutton>, είτε στο <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>, ή "
-"<guibutton>Σύνδεση</guibutton>. Εδώ μπορείτε επίσης να μεταβείτε από το ένα "
-"δίκτυο στο άλλο. Αν επιλέξετε ένα ιδιωτικό δίκτυο, θα ανοίξει το παράθυρο "
-"ρυθμίσεων δικτύου (δείτε παρακάτω) και θα ερωτηθείτε για επιπλέον ρυθμίσεις "
-"(ένα κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης κυρίως)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Ανανέωση</guibutton> για να ενημερώσετε την οθόνη."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Το κουμπί Εποπτεία"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το κουμπί σας επιτρέπει την εποπτεία της δραστηριότητας του δικτύου, "
-"της λήψης (με κόκκινο) και της αποστολής (με πράσινο). Η συγκεκριμένη οθόνη "
-"είναι προσβάσιμη με δεξί κλικ στο <guimenu>εικονίδιο δικτύου στο πλαίσιο "
-"συστήματος > Εποπτεία δικτύου</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε διεπαφή δικτύου (εδώ eth0 είναι το ενσύρματο "
-"δίκτυο, lo ο τοπικός βρόγχος ανακύκλωσης και wlan0 το ασύρματο δίκτυο) και "
-"μια καρτέλα η οποία εμφανίζει πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κατάσταση σύνδεσης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο κάτω μέρος του παραθύρου υπάρχει ο τίτλος <guilabel>Καταμέτρηση "
-"κυκλοφορίας</guilabel>, θα επανέλθουμε σε αυτό στην επόμενη ενότητα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Το κουμπί διαμόρφωσης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Α - Για ένα ενσύρματο δίκτυο</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε όλες τις διαθέσιμες ρυθμίσεις κατά τη διαμόρφωση του "
-"δικτύου. Τις περισσότερες φορές, επιλέγοντας <guibutton>Αυτόματη IP</"
-"guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> αρκεί, αλλά σε περίπτωση "
-"προβλημάτων, η χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση μπορεί να επιφέρει καλύτερα "
-"αποτελέσματα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP πάντα δείχνει ως <emphasis>192.168.x."
-"x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, "
-"και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου "
-"σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση της καταμέτρησης της κυκλοφορίας</guibutton>: Αν "
-"είναι επιλεγμένο θα γίνεται καταμέτρηση της κυκλοφορίας σε ωριαία, ημερήσια, "
-"ή μηνιαία βάση. Τα αποτελέσματα εμφανίζονται στην εποπτεία δικτύου που "
-"περιγράφεται στην προηγούμενη ενότητα. Αφού ενεργοποιηθεί, ίσως να χρειαστεί "
-"να επανασυνδεθείτε στο δίκτυο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Να επιτρέψτε τον έλεγχο της διεπαφής από το Network "
-"Manager</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Το κουμπί για Προχωρημένους:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Β - Για ένα ασύρματο δίκτυο</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Περιγράφονται μόνο τα θέματα που δεν έχουν επεξηγηθεί προηγουμένως."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Τρόπος λειτουργίας:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Διαχειριζόμενο</guilabel> αν η σύνδεση γίνεται μέσω ενός "
-"σημείου πρόσβασης, εντοπίζεται ένα <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>. "
-"Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> αν πρόκειται για ένα δίκτυο από "
-"υπολογιστή σε υπολογιστή (peer-to-peer). Επιλέξτε <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Κύριο</emphasis> αν το δίκτυό σας μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί ως σημείο "
-"πρόσβασης, θα πρέπει να το υποστηρίζει η κάρτα σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Λειτουργία και κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν πρόκειται για ιδιωτικό δίκτυο, θα πρέπει να γνωρίζετε αυτές τις ρυθμίσεις."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"Το <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> χρησιμοποιεί έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης ο οποίος "
-"είναι ασθενέστερος σε σύγκριση με αυτόν του WPA που χρησιμοποιεί ένα "
-"συνθηματικό. Το <guilabel>ήδη κοινόχρηστο κλειδί WPA</guilabel> λέγεται "
-"επίσης προσωπικό WPA ή οικιακό WPA. Το <guilabel>Εταιρικό WPA</guilabel> δεν "
-"χρησιμοποιείται συχνά σε ιδιωτικά δίκτυα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Επιτρέπεται η περιαγωγή του σημείου πρόσβασης</"
-"emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Η περιαγωγή είναι μια τεχνολογία ή οποία επιτρέπει σε υπολογιστές να "
-"αλλάζουν σημείο πρόσβασης ενώ παραμένουν συνδεδεμένοι στο δίκτυο."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Το κουμπί των προχωρημένων ρυθμίσεων"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε διαφορετικά προφίλ δικτύου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Κοινή χρήση δίσκων και καταλόγων μέσω NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Προαπαιτούμενα"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Όταν ο οδηγός <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> εκκινηθεί για πρώτη "
-"φορά, μπορεί να εμφανιστεί το παρακάτω μήνυμα:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr ""
-"Το πακέτο nfs-utils πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί. Θέλετε να το εγκαταστήσετε;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά το πέρας της εγκατάστασης, εμφανίζεται ένα παράθυρο με μια κενή λίστα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Κεντρικό παράθυρο"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Εμφανίζεται μια λίστα με τους κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους. Σε αυτό το βήμα, η "
-"λίστα είναι κενή. Το κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> δίνει πρόσβαση "
-"σε ένα εργαλείο διαχείρισης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Τροποποίηση καταχώρησης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Το εργαλείο διαμόρφωσης έχει τίτλο παραθύρου «Επεξεργασία καταχώρησης». "
-"Μπορείτε επίσης να το ανοίξετε από το κουμπί <guibutton>Επεξεργασία</"
-"guibutton>. Υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες οι παρακάτω παράμετροι."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Κατάλογος NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε τον κοινόχρηστο κατάλογο. Το κουμπί "
-"<guibutton>Κατάλογος</guibutton> σας δίνει πρόσβαση στον διάλογο επιλογής "
-"αρχείων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Πρόσβαση υπολογιστή"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε τους υπολογιστές στους οποίους επιτρέπεται η "
-"προσπέλαση στον κοινόχρηστο κατάλογο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "Οι πελάτες NFS μπορούν να καθοριστούν με περισσότερους τρόπους:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>απλός υπολογιστής</emphasis>: ένας υπολογιστής με ένα συντμημένο "
-"όνομα υπολογιστή που αναγνωρίζεται από τον αναλυτή ονομάτων, είτε ένα έγκυρο "
-"όνομα τομέα (FQDN), είτε μια διεύθυνση IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: ένα όνομα ομάδας NIS μπορεί να δοθεί ως "
-"@group."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>σύμβολα υποκατάσταση</emphasis>: τα ονόματα των υπολογιστών "
-"μπορούν να περιέχουν τα σύμβολα υποκατάστασης * και ?. Για παράδειγμα: *.cs."
-"foo.edu ταιριάζει με όλους τους υπολογιστές του τομέα cs.foo.edu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>δίκτυα IP</emphasis>: μπορείτε επίσης να εξαγάγετε έναν κατάλογο "
-"σε όλους τους υπολογιστές σε ένα (υπό-)δίκτυο IP ταυτόχρονα. Για παράδειγμα "
-"μπορούν να προστεθούν είτε το «/255.255.252.0» ή το «/22» στη βασική έκδοση "
-"του δικτύου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Συσχέτιση ID χρήστη"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>συσχέτιση του χρήστη root ως ανώνυμος</emphasis>: αιτήσεις "
-"συσχέτισης από uid/gid 0 στον ανώνυμο uid/gid (root_squash). Ο χρήστης root "
-"από τον πελάτη δεν μπορεί να κάνει ανάγνωση ή εγγραφή στα αρχεία στον "
-"διακομιστή που έχει δημιουργηθεί από τον root στον ίδιο τον διακομιστή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>επιτρέπεται η πραγματική απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση root</emphasis>: "
-"απενεργοποιεί την παράκαμψη root. Αυτή η επιλογή χρησιμεύει κυρίως σε "
-"πελάτες χωρίς σκληρό δίσκο (no_root_squash)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>συσχέτιση όλων των χρηστών με τον ανώνυμο χρήστη</emphasis>: "
-"συσχέτιση όλων των uid και gid στον ανώνυμο χρήστη (all_squash). Χρήσιμο για "
-"δημόσιους καταλόγους FTP εξαγωγής NFS, καταλόγους ουράς αναμονής ειδήσεων, "
-"κλπ. Η αντίθετη επιλογή είναι χωρίς συσχέτιση UID χρήστη (no_all_squash), η "
-"οποία είναι και η ρύθμιση εξορισμού."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid και anongid</emphasis>: ορίζει ρητώς το uid και gid του "
-"λογαριασμού ανώνυμου χρήστη."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Προχωρημένες επιλογές"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ασφαλής σύνδεση</emphasis>: η επιλογή αυτή προϋποθέτει, ότι οι "
-"αιτήσεις προέρχονται από μια θύρα IP μικρότερη της IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). "
-"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι ενεργοποιημένη εξ ορισμού."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Κοινόχρηστος πόρος ανάγνωσης μόνο</emphasis>: επιτρέπει είτε μόνο "
-"την ανάγνωση, είτε την ανάγνωση και εγγραφή στον τόμο NFS. Από προεπιλογή, "
-"κάθε αίτημα τροποποίησης απορρίπτεται. Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να "
-"προσδιορίσετε ακριβώς την συμπεριφορά αυτή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Συγχρονισμένη πρόσβαση</emphasis>: απαγορεύει στον εξυπηρετητή NFS "
-"να παραβιάσει το πρωτόκολλο NFS απαντώντας στα αιτήματα πριν να έχουν "
-"πραγματοποιηθεί οι σχετικές διεργασίες στις αποθηκευτικές συσκευές (π.χ. "
-"δίσκος)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Έλεγχος υποδέντρου</emphasis>: ενεργοποιεί τον έλεγχο στους "
-"υποκαταλόγους, το οποίο επιτρέπει την βελτίωση της ασφάλειας σε ορισμένες "
-"περιπτώσεις, αλλά μπορεί να μειώσει την αξιοπιστία. Δείτε στη σελίδα "
-"εγχειριδίου exports(5) για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Καταχωρήσεις μενού"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Η λίστα θα πρέπει να περιέχει τουλάχιστον μια καταχώρηση."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Αρχείο | Εγγραφή της διαμόρφωσης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Αποθηκεύστε την τρέχουσα διαμόρφωση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής NFS | Επανεκκίνηση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Διακόπτεται η λειτουργία του εξυπηρετητή και επανεκκινείται με τα τρέχοντα "
-"αρχεία διαμόρφωσης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής NFS | Επαναφόρτωση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Η ρύθμιση που εμφανίζεται επαναφορτώνεται από τα τωρινά αρχεία ρυθμίσεων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Διαμεσολαβητής"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε έναν διαμεσολαβητή για πρόσβαση στο "
-"διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> για να το διαμορφώσετε. Ο διαχειριστής του δικτύου "
-"σας θα σας παράσχει τις απαραίτητες πληροφορίες. Μπορείτε επίσης να "
-"καθορίσετε μερικές υπηρεσίες οι οποίες μπορούν να προσπελαστούν εκτός "
-"διαμεσολαβητή μέσω εξαίρεσης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Από τη Βικιπαίδεια, στις 2014-02-14, από το άρθρο για τον διαμεσολαβητή: "
-"Διακομιστής μεσολάβησης (αγγλ. proxy server) είναι ένας διακομιστής που έχει "
-"στόχο να βελτιώσει την ταχύτητα πλοήγησης στο διαδίκτυο και παράλληλα να "
-"μειώσει την κίνηση του δικτύου προς το διαδίκτυο. Τοποθετείται ενδιάμεσα των "
-"χρηστών και του διαδικτύου. Λαμβάνει τα αιτήματα ιστοσελίδων από έναν "
-"χρήστη, προσκομίζει τη σελίδα από το Διαδίκτυο, και έπειτα την δίνει στον "
-"υπολογιστή που την ζήτησε. Ο proxy server μπορεί να είναι και μέρος ενός "
-"firewall και μπορεί να αποτρέπει τους χάκερς από το να χρησιμοποιήσουν το "
-"διαδίκτυο για να αποκτήσουν πρόσβαση σε υπολογιστές ενός ιδιωτικού δικτύου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση Μέσων"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Το πρώτο πράγμα που θα πρέπει να κάνετε μετά από μια εγκατάσταση είναι η "
-"προσθήκη των πηγών λογισμικού (γνωστές και ως αποθετήρια, μέσα, "
-"καθρεπτισμοί). Δηλαδή, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε τις πηγές των μέσων από όπου "
-"θα γίνεται η εγκατάσταση και η ενημέρωση των εφαρμογών. (βλ. το κουμπί "
-"Προσθήκη παρακάτω)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν κάνατε εγκατάσταση (ή αναβάθμιση) της Mageia μέσω ενός οπτικού μέσου (DVD "
-"ή CD) ή μια συσκευή USB, θα υπάρχει μια διαμορφωμένη πηγή λογισμικού για το "
-"οπτικό μέσο που χρησιμοποιήθηκε. Για να αποφύγετε την ερώτηση κάθε φορά που "
-"θέλετε να εγκαταστήσετε μια εφαρμογή να εισαγάγετε το μέσο, θα πρέπει να "
-"απενεργοποιήσετε (ή να διαγράψετε) το μέσο (πρόκειται για το μέσο που "
-"αναφέρεται με τον τύπο CD-ROM)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Το σύστημά σας λειτουργεί υπό μιας αρχιτεκτονικής που μπορεί να είναι 32-bit "
-"(ονομάζεται i586), ή 64-bit (ονομάζεται x86_64). Ορισμένα πακέτα είναι "
-"ανεξαρτήτου αρχιτεκτονικής και ονομάζονται noarch. Δεν διαθέτουν ξεχωριστό "
-"αποθετήριο αλλά συμπεριλαμβάνονται όλα στα αποθετήρια i586 και x86_64 "
-"αρχιτεκτονικής."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Διαχείριση λογισμικού</emphasis><placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Οι στήλες"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Η στήλη Ενεργοποιημένο:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Το επιλεγμένο μέσο θα χρησιμοποιείται για την εγκατάσταση νέων πακέτων. Να "
-"είστε προσεκτικός-ή με μερικά μέσα όπως τα Testing και Debug, μπορεί να "
-"προκαλέσουν δυσλειτουργίες στο σύστημά σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Η στήλη Ενημερώσεις:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Το επιλεγμένο μέσο θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την ενημέρωση των πακέτων. Μόνο τα "
-"μέσα με το «Updates» στο όνομά τους θα πρέπει να επιλέγονται. Για λόγους "
-"ασφαλείας, αυτή η στήλη δεν είναι επεξεργάσιμη με αυτό το εργαλείο, θα "
-"πρέπει να ανοίξετε ένα τερματικό ως διαχειριστής και να πληκτρολογήσετε "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Η στήλη Μέσο:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Εμφανίζει το όνομα του μέσου. Τα επίσημα αποθετήρια της Mageia σε μια τελική "
-"έκδοση περιέχουν τουλάχιστον:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> περιέχει τα "
-"περισσότερα διαθέσιμα προγράμματα που υποστηρίζονται από τη Mageia τα οποία "
-"υπόκεινται σε άδεια ανοιχτού λογισμικού"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> περιέχει μερικά μη "
-"ελεύθερα ή κλειστού κώδικα προγράμματα. Για παράδειγμα οι οδηγοί καρτών "
-"γραφικών nVidia και ATI, υλικολογισμικό καρτών Wifi κλπ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει ελεύθερο "
-"λογισμικό το οποίο μπορεί να υπόκειται σε περιορισμούς σε ορισμένες χώρες."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Κάθε μέσο διαθέτει τέσσερις υποκατηγορίες:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> περιέχει τα πακέτα "
-"τη στιγμή της κυκλοφορίας της Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> περιέχει τα πακέτα "
-"του αποθετηρίου Release με ενημερώσεις ασφαλείας ή διόρθωσης σφαλμάτων. "
-"Αυτό  το αποθετήριο θα πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένο, ακόμα και με μια αργή "
-"διαδικτυακή σύνδεση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> περιέχει μερικά "
-"πακέτα νέων εκδόσεων τα οποία έχουν εισαχθεί από την έκδοση Cauldron (η "
-"έκδοση υπό ανάπτυξη της Mageia)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα "
-"ενημερώσεων για προσωρινές δοκιμές, με στόχο την εξέτασή τους από την ομάδα "
-"διασφάλισης ποιότητας QA."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Τα κουμπιά στα δεξιά"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Αφαίρεση:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί για να αφαιρέσετε ένα μέσο, όπως για παράδειγμα το "
-"αποθετήριο που δημιουργήθηκε με το CD ή DVD της εγκατάστασης τα οποία "
-"περιέχονται στο αποθετήριο Core."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Επεξεργασία:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Σας επιτρέπει την επεξεργασία του επιλεγμένου μέσου (URL, πρόγραμμα λήψης "
-"και διαμεσολαβητής)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Προσθήκη:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Προσθήκη των διαθέσιμων αποθετηρίων από το διαδίκτυο. Αυτά τα αποθετήρια "
-"περιέχουν μόνο ασφαλές και καλά δοκιμασμένο λογισμικό. Κάνοντας κλικ στο "
-"κουμπί «Προσθήκη» θα γίνει η προσθήκη της λίστας των καθρεπτισμών στη "
-"διαμόρφωσή σας· από σχεδιασμού διασφαλίζεται ότι οι εγκαταστάσεις και "
-"ενημερώσεις θα πραγματοποιούνται από έναν κοντινό σας καθρεπτισμό. Αν "
-"επιθυμείτε την επιλογή ενός συγκεκριμένου καθρεπτισμού, επιλέξτε «Προσθήκη "
-"ενός συγκεκριμένου καθρεπτισμού» από το αναπτυσσόμενο μενού «Αρχείο»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Πάνω και Κάτω βέλη:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Τα πάνω και κάτω βέλη αλλάζουν την σειρά της λίστας. όταν το Drakrpm "
-"αναζητεί ένα πακέτο, κάνει ανάγνωση της λίστας στην εμφανιζόμενη σειρά "
-"ταξινόμησης και εγκαθιστά το πρώτο πακέτο της ίδιας κυκλοφορίας· σε "
-"περίπτωση αναντιστοιχίας εκδόσεων, θα εγκατασταθεί αυτό με την νεώτερη "
-"κυκλοφορία. Για αυτόν το λόγο καλύτερα να τοποθετήσετε τα ταχύτερα "
-"αποθετήρια στην κορυφή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Το μενού"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Αρχείο -> Ενημέρωση:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Αναδύεται ένα παράθυρο με τη λίστα των μέσων. Επιλέξτε αυτά που επιθυμείτε "
-"να ενημερώσετε και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Ενημέρωση</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guimenu>Αρχείο -> Προσθήκη ενός συγκεκριμένου μέσου καθρεπτισμού:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Σε περίπτωση που δεν είστε ικανοποιημένος-η με τον τρέχοντα καθρεπτισμό, "
-"λόγω ότι για παράδειγμα είναι πολύ αργός ή πολύ συχνά μη προσπελάσιμος, "
-"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν άλλο καθρεπτισμό. Επιλέξτε όλα τα τρέχοντα μέσα "
-"και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> για να τους απομακρύνετε. "
-"Κάντε κλικ στο <guimenu>Αρχείο -> Προσθήκη ενός συγκεκριμένου μέσου "
-"καθρεπτισμού</guimenu>, επιλέξτε ανάμεσα αυτών ενημερώσεως μόνο ή πλήρες "
-"σύνολο (αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να επιλέξετε, επιλέξτε <guibutton>Πλήρης σύνολο "
-"πηγών</guibutton>) και επικυρώστε την αποδοχή της σύνδεσης κάνοντας κλικ στο "
-"κουμπί <guibutton>Ναι</guibutton>. Θα ανοίξει το παρακάτω παράθυρο:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να δείτε στα αριστερά, μια λίστα χωρών, επιλέξτε τη δική σας ή μία "
-"πολύ κοντινή πατώντας το σύμβολο >, έτσι θα εμφανιστούν όλοι οι διαθέσιμοι "
-"καθρεφτισμοί σε αυτή τη χώρα. Διαλέξτε έναν και πατήστε το <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Αρχείο -> Προσθήκη ενός συγκεκριμένου μέσου:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Είναι δυνατό να εγκαταστήσετε ένα νέο μέσο (από κάποιον τρίτο για "
-"παράδειγμα) το οποίο δεν υποστηρίζεται από τη Mageia. Ένα νέο παράθυρο "
-"εμφανίζεται:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Επιλέξτε τον τύπο του μέσου, "
-"ορίστε ένα όνομα που θα προσδιορίζει και τον τύπο του και δώστε το URL (ή τη "
-"διαδρομή ανάλογα με το μέσο)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Επιλογές -> Καθολικές επιλογές:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το αντικείμενο σας επιτρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα γίνεται έλεγχος των RPM "
-"που κάνετε εγκατάσταση (πάντα ή ποτέ), το πρόγραμμα τηλεφόρτωσης (curl, wget "
-"ή aria2) και να καθορίσετε την πολιτική λήψης για τις πληροφορίες των "
-"πακέτων (όταν ζητηθεί －εξ ορισμού－, στην ενημέρωση μόνο, πάντα ή ποτέ)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Επιλογές -> Διαχείριση κλειδιών:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Για να εγγυηθεί μια ασφάλεια υψηλού επιπέδου, χρησιμοποιούνται ψηφιακά "
-"κλειδιά για την ταυτοποίηση των μέσων. Μπορείτε για κάθε μέσο να επιτρέψετε "
-"ή να απαγορέψετε ένα κλειδί. Στο παράθυρο που εμφανίζεται, επιλέξτε ένα μέσο "
-"και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> για να επιτρέψετε ένα νέο "
-"κλειδί ή να επιλέξετε ένα κλειδί και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</"
-"guibutton> για να απαγορέψετε το κλειδί."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτές οι ενέργειες θα πρέπει να γίνονται με προσοχή όπως όλες οι ενέργειες "
-"σχετικά ε την ασφάλεια"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Επιλογές -> Διαμεσολαβητής:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε έναν διαμεσολαβητή για την προσπέλαση στο "
-"διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να τον διαμορφώσετε εδώ. Χρειάζεται μόνο να ορίσετε το "
-"<guibutton>Όνομα υπολογιστή του διαμεσολαβητή</guibutton> και αν είναι "
-"απαραίτητο ένα <guilabel>όνομα χρήστη</guilabel> και έναν <guilabel>κωδικό "
-"πρόσβασης</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη διαμόρφωση του μέσου, ανατρέξτε "
-"στο <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Κοινόχρηστοι κατάλογοι και οδηγοί με Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Το Samba είναι ένα πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται σε διαφορετικά λειτουργικά "
-"συστήματα για την κοινή χρήση ορισμένων πόρων όπως κατάλογοι ή εκτυπωτές. "
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει τη διαμόρφωση του υπολογιστή ως έναν "
-"εξυπηρετητή Samba κάνοντας χρήση του πρωτοκόλλου SMB/CIFS. Αυτό το "
-"πρωτόκολλο χρησιμοποιείται επίσης από τα Windows(R) και οι σταθμοί εργασίας "
-"αυτού του λειτουργικού μπορούν να προσπελάσουν τους πόρους του εξυπηρετητή "
-"Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Προετοιμασία"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"Για να είναι προσπελάσιμο από άλλους σταθμούς εργασίας, ο διακομιστής πρέπει "
-"να έχει μια σταθερή διεύθυνση IP. Αυτή μπορεί να καθοριστεί απευθείας στον "
-"διακομιστή, για παράδειγμα με <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, ή στον "
-"διακομιστή DHCP ο οποίος ταυτοποιεί το σταθμό βάσει της MAC διεύθυνσής του "
-"και του δίνει πάντα την ίδια διεύθυνση. Το τείχος προστασίας με τη σειρά του "
-"θα πρέπει να επιτρέπει τις εισερχόμενες αιτήσεις στον διακομιστή Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Οδηγός - Αυτόνομος διακομιστής"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Κατά την πρώτη εκτέλεση, τα εργαλεία <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> ελέγχουν αν τα απαιτούμενα πακέτα είναι εγκατεστημένα και προτείνει την "
-"εγκατάστασή τους αν δεν είναι εγκατεστημένα. Στη συνέχεια εκτελείται ο "
-"οδηγός διαμόρφωσης του εξυπηρετητή Samba."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο επόμενο παράθυρο έχει προεπιλεγεί η διαμόρφωση του Αυτόνομου διακομιστή."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Στη συνέχεια καθορίστε το όνομα της ομάδας εργασίας. Το όνομα θα πρέπει να "
-"είναι το ίδιο για την προσπέλαση των κοινόχρηστων πόρων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Το όνομα netbios είναι το όνομα που θα χρησιμοποιείται για τον καθορισμό του "
-"εξυπηρετητή στο δίκτυο."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε την λειτουργία ασφαλείας:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>χρήστης</guilabel>: ο πελάτης θα πρέπει να είναι ταυτοποιημένος "
-"για την προσπέλαση του πόρου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>κοινόχρηστος πόρος</guilabel>: ο πελάτης ταυτοποιείται ξεχωριστά, "
-"για κάθε πόρο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τους υπολογιστές που επιτρέπεται η προσπέλαση στους "
-"πόρους, βάσει της διεύθυνσης IP ή του ονόματος υπολογιστή."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Καθορίστε το λογότυπο του διακομιστή. Το λογότυπο του εξυπηρετητή είναι ο "
-"τρόπος με τον οποίο ο εξυπηρετητής θα περιγράφεται στους σταθμούς εργασίας "
-"Windows."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Η τοποθεσία καταγραφών του εξυπηρετητή Samba μπορεί να καθοριστεί στο "
-"επόμενο βήμα."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ο οδηγός εμφανίζει μια λίστα με τις επιλεγμένες παραμέτρους πριν την αποδοχή "
-"της διαμόρφωσης. Μετά την αποδοχή της, η διαμόρφωση θα καταχωρηθεί στο "
-"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Οδηγός - Πρωτεύων ελεγκτής τομέα"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Αν είναι επιλεγμένος ο «Πρωτεύων "
-"ελεγκτής τομέα», ο οδηγός θα σας ρωτήσει αν θα υπάρχει υποστήριξη Wins ή όχι "
-"και να παράσχετε τα ονόματα των διαχειριστών. Τα ακολουθούμενα βήματα στη "
-"συνέχεια είναι τα ίδια με αυτά του αυτόνομου εξυπηρετητή, εκτός του ότι "
-"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη λειτουργία ασφαλείας:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>τομέας</guilabel> επιτρέπει την αποθήκευση όλων των λογαριασμών "
-"των χρηστών και των ομάδων σε ένα κεντρικό και κοινόχρηστο αποθετήριο "
-"λογαριασμών. Αυτό το κεντρικό αποθετήριο λογαριασμών, είναι κοινόχρηστο "
-"ανάμεσα στους ελεγκτές (ασφαλείας) του τομέα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Δηλώστε έναν κατάλογο για κοινοχρησία"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Με το κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton>, επιτυγχάνουμε:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Με αυτόν τον τρόπο προστίθεται μια νέα καταχώρηση. Μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί "
-"μέσω του κουμπιού <guibutton>Τροποποίηση</guibutton>. Μπορείτε να "
-"επεξεργαστείτε τις επιλογές όπως αν ο κατάλογος θα είναι ορατός δημόσια, "
-"εγγράψιμος ή προσπελάσιμος. Το όνομα του κοινόχρηστου πόρου δεν μπορεί να "
-"μετονομαστεί."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Όταν η λίστα περιέχει τουλάχιστον μια καταχώρηση θα μπορούν να "
-"χρησιμοποιηθούν και οι καταχωρήσεις."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αποθήκευση της τρέχουσας διαμόρφωσης στο <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Διακομιστής Samba | Διαμόρφωση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "Ο οδηγός μπορεί να εκτελεστεί εκ νέου με αυτήν την εντολή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής  Samba | Επανεκκίνηση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής Samba | Επαναφόρτωση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Κοινή χρήση εκτυπωτών"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Το Samba σας επιτρέπει την κοινή χρήση των εκτυπωτών"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Χρήστες Samba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτήν την καρτέλα μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τους χρήστες στους οποίους "
-"επιτρέπεται η προσπέλαση των κοινόχρηστων πόρων όταν απαιτείται ταυτοποίηση. "
-"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε χρήστες από <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε την πιστοποίηση για τα εργαλεία Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">draksec</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο "
-"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ασφάλεια</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιτρέπει την ανάθεση αδειών στους τυπικούς χρήστες ώστε να πραγματοποιούν "
-"διεργασίες αρμοδιοτήτων διαχειριστή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-"Κάντε κλικ στο μικρό βέλος πριν το αντικείμενο που επιθυμείτε να αναπτύξετε:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Τα περισσότερα από τα διαθέσιμα εργαλεία στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia "
-"εμφανίζονται στην αριστερή πλευρά του παραθύρου (βλέπετε στο στιγμιότυπο "
-"ανωτέρω) και για κάθε εργαλείο, μια αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα στη δεξιά πλευρά σας "
-"σας προσφέρει την επιλογή μεταξύ των:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Εξ ορισμού: Η λειτουργία εκκίνησης εξαρτάται από το επιλεγμένο επίπεδο "
-"ασφαλείας. Ανατρέξτε στην ίδια καρτέλα στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου, στο εργαλείο "
-"«Ρυθμίστε την ασφάλεια του συστήματος, τις άδειες και τους ελέγχους "
-"ασφαλείας»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Κωδικός πρόσβασης χρήστη: Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης χρήστη ερωτάται πριν την "
-"εκτέλεση του εργαλείου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Κωδικός πρόσβασης διαχειριστή: Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης διαχειριστή ερωτάται πριν "
-"την εκτέλεση του εργαλείου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
-"Χωρίς κωδικό πρόσβασης: Εκτέλεση του εργαλείου χωρίς ερώτηση για τον κωδικό "
-"πρόσβασης. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Στιγμιότυπα"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> είναι διαθέσιμο "
-"στην καρτέλα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia, και "
-"στην ενότητα <guilabel>Εργαλεία διαχείρισης</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Κατά την εκτέλεση για πρώτη φορά του εργαλείου στο MCC, θα δείτε ένα μήνυμα "
-"σχετικά με την εγκατάσταση του draksnapshot. Κάντε κλικ στο "
-"<guibutton>εγκατάσταση</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε. Θα εγκατασταθεί το "
-"Draksnapshot και ενδεχομένως και άλλα απαραίτητα πακέτα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Κάντε ξανά κλικ στο <guilabel>Στιγμιότυπα</guilabel> και θα δείτε την οθόνη "
-"<guilabel>Ρυθμίσεις</guilabel>. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση των "
-"αντιγράφων ασφαλείας</guilabel> και, αν επιθυμείτε εφεδρικά αντίγραφα για "
-"όλο το σύστημα, <guilabel>Αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλο το σύστημα</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν επιθυμείτε αντίγραφα ασφαλείας μόνο για ένα μέρος των καταλόγων σας, τότε "
-"επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις</guilabel>. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα "
-"κουμπιά <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> και <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> "
-"στο αναδυόμενο παράθυρο δίπλα από τη <guilabel>λίστα αντιγράφων ασφαλείας</"
-"guilabel> για να συμπεριλάβετε ή να εξαιρέσετε καταλόγους και αρχεία από τα "
-"αντίγραφα ασφαλείας. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα ίδια κουμπιά δίπλα από τη λίστα των "
-"<guilabel>Εξαιρουμένων</guilabel> για να αφαιρέσετε υποκαταλόγους και/ή "
-"αρχεία από τους επιλεγμένους καταλόγους, που <emphasis role=\"bold\">δεν</"
-"emphasis> πρέπει να συμπεριληφθούν στα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας. Κάντε κλικ στο "
-"<guibutton>Κλείσιμο</guibutton> μετά το πέρας της επεξεργασίας σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτό το βήμα μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε τη διαδρομή στο <guilabel>Που να "
-"ληφθούν τα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας</guilabel>, ή κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί "
-"<guibutton>Περιήγηση</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τη σωστή διαδρομή. "
-"Οποιοδήποτε κλειδί USB ή εξωτερικός δίσκος μπορεί να εντοπιστεί στο "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/όνομα_χρήστη/</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-"Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Εφαρμογή</guibutton> για τη δημιουργία του "
-"στιγμιότυπου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση ήχου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο "
-"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Υλικό</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Το Draksound έχει ως στόχο την διαχείριση των ρυθμίσεων του ήχου, τις "
-"επιλογές για το PulseAudio και της επίλυσης των δυσλειτουργιών. Μπορεί να "
-"σας φανεί χρήσιμο αν αντιμετωπίζετε κάποιο πρόβλημα με τον ήχο ή μετά την "
-"αλλαγή κάρτας ήχου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"Το <guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> είναι ένας εξυπηρετητής ήχου. Λαμβάνει "
-"όλες τις εισόδους ήχου, τις μιγνύει βάσει της διαμόρφωσης του χρήστη και "
-"αποστέλλει τον προκύπτον ήχο στην έξοδο. Ανατρέξτε στο <guimenu>Μενού -> "
-"Ήχος και βίντεο -> έλεγχος έντασης PulseAudio</guimenu> για να διαμορφώσετε "
-"αυτές τις ρυθμίσεις."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Το PulseAudio είναι ο εξ ορισμού εξυπηρετητής ήχου και συνιστάται να το "
-"αφήσετε ενεργοποιημένο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Το <guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> βελτιστοποιεί το PulseAudio μέσω κάποιων "
-"προγραμμάτων. Συνιστάται επίσης να το αφήσετε ενεργοποιημένο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Η <guibutton>Επίλυση δυσλειτουργιών</guibutton> βοηθά στην αντιμετώπιση "
-"προβλημάτων. Θα σας φανεί χρήσιμο να το χρησιμοποιήσετε πριν να ζητήσετε "
-"βοήθεια από την κοινότητα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> εμφανίζει ένα νέο "
-"παράθυρο με ένα κοινό κουμπί:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr ""
-"Ρυθμίστε ένα σύστημα αδιάλειπτης τροφοδοσίας (UPS) για την εποπτεία της "
-"ηλεκτρικής τροφοδοσίας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakups</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τις συνδέσεις VPN για διασφάλιση της πρόσβασης στο δίκτυο"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> επιτρέπει τη "
-"διαμόρφωση της ασφαλούς πρόσβασης σε ένα απομακρυσμένο δίκτυο εγκαθιδρύοντας "
-"μια σήραγγα μεταξύ του τοπικού σταθμού εργασίας και του απομακρυσμένου "
-"δικτύου. Εδώ αναφερόμαστε μόνο σχετικά με τη διαμόρφωση από την πλευρά του "
-"σταθμού εργασίας. Υποθέτουμε ότι το απομακρυσμένο δίκτυο είναι ήδη σε "
-"λειτουργία, και ότι διαθέτετε τις πληροφορίες σύνδεσης από το διαχειριστή "
-"δικτύου, όπως ένα αρχείο διαμόρφωσης .pcf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Διαμόρφωση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Κατ' αρχάς, επιλέξτε μεταξύ των Cisco VPN Concentrator ή OpenVPN, ανάλογα με "
-"το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται στο εικονικό ιδιωτικό σας δίκτυο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Μετά δώστε στη σύνδεσή σας ένα όνομα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Στην επόμενη οθόνη, παράσχετε τις λεπτομέρειες για τη σύνδεση σας VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Για Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Για openvpn. Το πακέτο openvpn και οι εξαρτήσεις του θα εγκατασταθούν κατά "
-"την πρώτη εκτέλεση του εργαλείου."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Επιλέξτε τα αρχεία που "
-"παραλάβατε από το διαχειριστή του δικτύου σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Προηγμένες παράμετροι:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "Στην επόμενη οθόνη θα ερωτηθείτε για την διεύθυνση IP της πύλης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Όταν οι παράμετροι έχουν καθοριστεί, έχετε την επιλογή έναρξης της σύνδεσης "
-"VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Η σύνδεση VPN μπορεί να διαμορφωθεί ώστε να εκκινείται με μια σύνδεση στο "
-"δίκτυο. Για να το κάνετε αυτό, επαναδιαμορφώστε τη σύνδεση στο δίκτυο ώστε "
-"να συνδέεται αεί στο VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του εξυπηρετητή ιστού"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να σας "
-"βοηθήσει στη διαμόρφωση ενός εξυπηρετητή ιστού."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Τι είναι ένας εξυπηρετητής ιστού;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Ο εξυπηρετητής ιστού είναι ένα πρόγραμμα το οποίο βοηθά στην παράδοση "
-"περιεχομένου ιστού το οποίο μπορεί να προσπελαστεί μέσω του διαδικτύου (Από "
-"τη Βικιπαίδεια)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Διαμόρφωση ενός εξυπηρετητή ιστού με το drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Καλώς ήλθατε στον οδηγό ρύθμισης του εξυπηρετητή ιστού."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Η πρώτη σελίδα είναι μόνο μια εισαγωγή, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Επιλογή έκθεσης του εξυπηρετητή: Σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο ή στο διαδίκτυο"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Η έκθεση του εξυπηρετητή ιστού στο διαδίκτυο μπορεί να υπολανθάνει "
-"κινδύνους. Να είστε έτοιμοι για παν ενδεχόμενο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Άρθρωμα εξυπηρετητή χρήστη"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Επιτρέπει στο χρήστη να δημιουργήσει τις ιστοσελίδες του."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Το όνομα καταλόγου ιστού του χρήστη"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Ο χρήστης χρειάζεται να δημιουργήσει και να δημοσιοποιήσει τον κατάλογο· στη "
-"συνέχεια ο εξυπηρετητής θα τον εμφανίσει."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Ρίζα εγγράφων εξυπηρετητή"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε τη διαδρομή στα εξ ορισμού έγγραφα του "
-"εξυπηρετητή ιστού."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Σύνοψη"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Πάρτε μια στιγμή να ελέγξετε αυτές τις επιλογές, και στη συνέχεια κάντε κλικ "
-"στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Τερματισμός"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Τελειώσατε! Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Τερματισμός</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση του DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο είναι σπασμένο στη Mageia 4 λόγω του νέου σχήματος "
-"ονομασιών των διεπαφών δικτύου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να σας "
-"βοηθήσει να ρυθμίσετε έναν εξυπηρετητή <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Είναι ένα "
-"συστατικό του drakwizard το οποίο θα πρέπει να έχει εγκατασταθεί από πριν."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Τι είναι το DHCP;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Το πρωτόκολλο δυναμικής ρύθμισης παραμέτρων κεντρικών υπολογιστών (Dynamic "
-"Host Configuration Protocol <acronym>DHCP</acronym>) είναι ένα τυποποιημένο "
-"δικτυακό πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται στα δίκτυα IP τα οποία διαμορφώνουν "
-"δυναμικά τις IP διευθύνσεις και λοιπών πληροφοριών που απαιτούνται για την "
-"επικοινωνία στο διαδίκτυο (Από τη Βικιπαίδεια)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Διαμορφώστε έναν εξυπηρετητή DHCP με το drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Καλώς ήλθατε στον οδηγό διαμόρφωσης του εξυπηρετητή DHCP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Επιλογή προσαρμογές"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε τη διεπαφή δικτύου, η οποία είναι συνδεδεμένη στο υποδίκτυο, και "
-"για την οποία ο DHCP θα αναθέσει τις διευθύνσεις IP, και κάντε κλικ στο "
-"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε το εύρος των διευθύνσεων IP"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Καθορίστε τις διευθύνσεις IP αρχής και τέλους για το εύρος των διευθύνσεων "
-"IP που επιθυμείτε να παρέχει ο εξυπηρετητής, παράλληλα με τη διεύθυνση IP "
-"του μηχανήματος πύλης που είναι συνδεδεμένο σε κάποιο μέρος έξω από το "
-"τοπικό δίκτυο, ευελπιστώντας κοντά στο διαδίκτυο, και κάντε κλικ στο "
-"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Σταθείτε λίγο..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό μπορεί να διορθωθεί. Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> "
-"μερικές φορές και αλλάξτε τις ρυθμίσεις."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Ώρες αργότερα..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Τι έχει γίνει"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του πακέτου dhcp-server αν ήταν απαραίτητο·"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Αποθήκευση του <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> στο <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</"
-"code>·"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Δημιουργία ενός νέου <code>dhcpd.conf</code> ξεκινώντας από το <code>/usr/"
-"share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> και πρόσθεση των "
-"νέων παραμέτρων:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Επίσης τροποποίηση του αρχείου διαμόρφωσης Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/"
-"config</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση του <code>dhcpd</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση της ώρας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Ο σκοπός του εργαλείου αυτού<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> είναι "
-"η ρύθμιση της ώρας του διακομιστή σας συγχρονίζοντάς την με έναν εξωτερικό "
-"διακομιστή. Δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο εξ ορισμού και θα πρέπει επίσης να "
-"εγκαταστήσετε τα πακέτα drakwizard και drakwizard-base."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση ενός εξυπηρετητή NTP μέσω του drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά την οθόνη υποδοχής (δείτε ανωτέρω), η δεύτερη σας ρωτά να επιλέξετε "
-"τρεις εξυπηρετητές ώρας από την αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα και σας συστήνει τη "
-"χρήση του pool.ntp.org δυο φορές διότι αυτός ο εξυπηρετητής υποδεικνύει σε "
-"διαθέσιμους εξυπηρετητές ώρας."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Οι οθόνες που ακολουθούν σας επιτρέπουν να επιλέξετε την περιοχή και την "
-"πόλη και στη συνέχεια καταλήγει στη σύνοψη. Αν κάτι είναι λανθασμένο, "
-"μπορείτε φυσικά να το αλλάξετε χρησιμοποιώντας το κουμπί "
-"<guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton>. Αν όλα είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο "
-"κουμπί <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> για να προχωρήσετε στη δοκιμή. Ίσως να "
-"διαρκέσει ένα χρονικό διάστημα μέχρι να καταλήξετε στην παρακάτω οθόνη:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Τερματισμός</guibutton> για να κλείσετε το "
-"εργαλείο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Αυτό το εργαλείο εκτελεί τα ακόλουθα βήματα:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Εγκαθιστά το πακέτο <code>ntp</code> αν χρειάζεται."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Αποθηκεύει τα αρχεία <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> στο <code>/etc/"
-"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> και <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> στο "
-"<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>·"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Εγγραφή ενός νέου αρχείου <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> με τη λίστα των "
-"εξυπηρετητών·"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Τροποποιεί το αρχείο <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> εισάγοντας το όνομα του "
-"πρώτου εξυπηρετητή·"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Διακοπή και έναρξη των υπηρεσιών <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> και "
-"<code>ntpd</code>·"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του υπολογιστή στην τρέχουσα ώρα συστήματος με αναφορά "
-"την ώρα UTC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να σας "
-"βοηθήσει στη διαμόρφωση ενός εξυπηρετητή <acronym>FTP</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Τι είναι το <acronym>FTP</acronym>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Το Πρωτόκολλο Μεταφοράς Αρχείων (File Transfer Protocol <acronym>FTP</"
-"acronym>) είναι ένα πρότυπο δικτυακού πρωτοκόλλου που χρησιμοποιείται για τη "
-"μεταφορά αρχείων από τον έναν υπολογιστή στον άλλον μέσω ενός δικτύου "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>, όπως το διαδίκτυο. (Από τη Βικιπαίδεια)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Διαμόρφωση ενός εξυπηρετητή FTP μέσω του drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Καλώς ήλθατε στον οδηγό ρύθμισης του εξυπηρετητή FTP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Η έκθεση του εξυπηρετητή FTP στο διαδίκτυο μπορεί να υπολανθάνει κινδύνους. "
-"Να είστε έτοιμοι για παν ενδεχόμενο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Πληροφορίες εξυπηρετητή"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Εισαγάγετε το όνομα αναγνώρισης του εξυπηρετητή στο τοπικό δίκτυο και στο "
-"διαδίκτυο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Επιλογές διακομιστή"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Διαμόρφωση της θύρας ακρόασης, τον κατάλογο chroot, επιτρέψτε τη συνέχιση "
-"μεταφοράς και το <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση διαμεσολαβητή"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να σας "
-"βοηθήσει να ρυθμίσετε έναν εξυπηρετητή διαμεσολαβητή. Είναι ένα συστατικό "
-"του drakwizard το οποίο θα πρέπει να έχει εγκατασταθεί από πριν."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Τι είναι ο διαμεσολαβητής;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Διακομιστής μεσολάβησης (αγγλ proxy server) είναι ένας διακομιστής που έχει "
-"στόχο να βελτιώσει την ταχύτητα πλοήγησης στο διαδίκτυο και παράλληλα να "
-"μειώσει την κίνηση του δικτύου προς το διαδίκτυο. Τοποθετείται ενδιάμεσα των "
-"χρηστών και του διαδικτύου. Λαμβάνει τα αιτήματα ιστοσελίδων από ένα χρήστη, "
-"προσκομίζει τη σελίδα από το Διαδίκτυο, και έπειτα τη δίνει στον υπολογιστή "
-"που την ζήτησε. Ο διαμεσολαβητής μπορεί να είναι και μέρος ενός τείχους "
-"προστασίας και μπορεί να αποτρέπει τους χάκερς από το να χρησιμοποιήσουν το "
-"διαδίκτυο για να αποκτήσουν πρόσβαση σε υπολογιστές ενός ιδιωτικού δικτύου. "
-"(Από τη Βικιπαίδεια)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Διαμορφώστε έναν εξυπηρετητή διαμεσολαβητή με το drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Καλώς ήλθατε στον οδηγό ρύθμισης του εξυπηρετητή μεσολάβησης."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Επιλέγοντας τη θύρα του διαμεσολαβητή"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε τη θύρα σύνδεσης των φυλλομετρητών στο διαμεσολαβητή και κάντε κλικ "
-"στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση της χρήσης της μνήμης και του δίσκου"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ρύθμιση των ορίων λανθάνουσας μνήμης του δίσκου και της μνήμης, και στη "
-"συνέχεια κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Επιλογή Ελέγχου Πρόσβασης Δικτύου"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ρύθμιση της ορατότητας στο τοπικό δίκτυο ή στο διαδίκτυο, και στη συνέχεια "
-"κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Χορήγηση δικτυακής πρόσβασης"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Χορηγήστε την πρόσβαση στα τοπικά δίκτυα και κάντε κλικ στο "
-"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Χρήση ενός διαμεσολαβητή υψηλότερου επιπέδου;"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Χρήση ενός διαμεσολαβητή υψηλότερου επιπέδου; Αν όχι, παραλείψτε στο επόμενο "
-"βήμα"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Το URL και η θύρα του διαμεσολαβητή υψηλότερου επιπέδου"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Παράσχετε το όνομα του υπολογιστή και τη θύρα του διαμεσολαβητή υψηλότερου "
-"επιπέδου, και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Εκκίνηση κατά την έναρξη;"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε αν ο διαμεσολαβητής θα εκκινείται με την έναρξη του συστήματος, και "
-"κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του πακέτου squid αν είναι απαραίτητο·"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Αποθήκευση του <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> στο <code>/etc/squid/squid."
-"conf.orig</code>·"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Δημιουργία ενός νέου <code>squid.conf</code> ξεκινώντας από το <code>squid."
-"conf.default</code> και πρόσθεση των νέων παραμέτρων:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 ή 3 και <code>http_access</code> ανάλογα με το "
-"επίπεδο"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση του <code>squid.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του δαίμονα OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να σας "
-"βοηθήσει να διαμορφώσετε ένα δαίμονα <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Τι είναι το <acronym>SSH</acronym>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Το SSH (Secure Shell) είναι ένα ασφαλές δικτυακό πρωτόκολλο το οποίο "
-"επιτρέπει τη μεταφορά δεδομένων μεταξύ δύο υπολογιστών. Το SSH όχι μόνο "
-"κρυπτογραφεί τα δεδομένα που ανταλλάσσονται κατά τη συνεδρία, αλλά προσφέρει "
-"ένα ασφαλές σύστημα αναγνώρισης καθώς και άλλα χαρακτηριστικά όπως ασφαλή "
-"μεταφορά αρχείων (SSH File Transfer Protocol, SFTP). (Από τη Βικιπαίδεια)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Διαμόρφωση ενός δαίμονα <acronym>SSH</acronym> με το drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Καλώς ήλθατε στον οδηγό ρύθμισης του Open SSH."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε τον τύπο των επιλογών διαμόρφωσης"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Ειδήμονας</guilabel> για όλες τις επιλογές ή "
-"<guilabel>Αρχάριος</guilabel> για την παράλειψη των βημάτων 3-7· κάντε κλικ "
-"στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Γενικές επιλογές"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Ρυθμίζει τις επιλογές ορατότητας και πρόσβασης του διαχειριστή. Η θύρα 22 "
-"είναι η τυπική θύρα για το <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Μέθοδοι ταυτοποίησης"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιτρέπει μια ποικιλία μεθόδων ταυτοποίησης που μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν "
-"οι χρήστες κατά την σύνδεση· στη συνέχεια κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί "
-"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Καταγραφές"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε τις καταγραφές facility και το επίπεδο εξόδου και κάντε κλικ στο "
-"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Επιλογές σύνδεσης"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Διαμόρφωση των ρυθμίσεων ανά σύνδεση και κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Επιλογές σύνδεσης του χρήστη"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Διαμόρφωση των ρυθμίσεων πρόσβασης του χρήστη, και κάντε κλικ στο "
-"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Συμπίεση και προώθηση"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Διαμόρφωση της συμπίεσης και της προώθησης του X11 κατά την μεταφορά, και "
-"κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr ""
-"Διαχειριστείτε τις υπηρεσίες συστήματος ενεργοποιώντας τες ή "
-"απενεργοποιώντας τες."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του υλικού"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> προσφέρει μια "
-"γενική προβολή του υλικού του υπολογιστή σας. Κατά την εκκίνηση το εργαλείο "
-"εκτελεί μια ακολουθία εργασιών για τον εντοπισμό κάθε στοιχείου του υλικού "
-"μέσω της εντολής <code>ldetect</code> η οποία βασίζεται σε μια λίστα υλικού "
-"στο πακέτο <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Το παράθυρο"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Το παράθυρο χωρίζεται σε δύο στήλες."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Η αριστερή στήλη περιέχει μια λίστα με το εντοπισμένο υλικό. Οι συσκευές "
-"ομαδοποιούνται ανά κατηγορία/ Κάντε κλικ στο &gt; για να αναπτύξετε το "
-"περιεχόμενο μιας κατηγορίας. Έκαστη συσκευή μπορεί να επιλεγεί από αυτήν την "
-"στήλη."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Η δεξιά στήλη εμφανίζει πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιλεγμένη συσκευή. Το "
-"μενού <guimenu>Βοήθεια -&gt; Περιγραφή των πεδίων</guimenu> δίνει "
-"πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο των πεδίων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ανάλογα με τον τύπο της επιλεγμένης συσκευής, είναι διαθέσιμα ένα ή δυο "
-"κουμπιά στη βάση της δεξιάς στήλης:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ορισμός επιλογών του τρέχοντος οδηγού</guibutton>: "
-"χρησιμοποιείται για την παραμετροποίηση του αρθρώματος που χρησιμοποιείται "
-"σχετισμένο με τη συσκευή. Αυτό θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιείται μόνο από "
-"ειδήμονες."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Εκτέλεση του εργαλείου διαμόρφωσης</guibutton>: πρόσβαση στο "
-"εργαλείο διαμόρφωσης της συσκευής. Συχνά μπορεί να προσπελαστεί απευθείας "
-"από το Κέντρο Έλεγχου Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Το μενού <guimenu>επιλογές</guimenu> δίνει την δυνατότητα επιλογής πλαισίων "
-"για την ενεργοποίηση της αυτόματης ανίχνευσης:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "Μόντεμ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Συσκευές Jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Παράλληλες συσκευές Zip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Η ανίχνευση αυτών δεν είναι ενεργοποιημένη εξ ορισμού, διότι είναι αργή. "
-"Επιλέξτε τα κατάλληλα πλαίσια ανάλογα με το συνδεδεμένο υλικό που διαθέτετε. "
-"Η ανίχνευση θα πραγματοποιηθεί στην επόμενη εκκίνηση του εργαλείου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τη διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Το keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βοηθά στην "
-"διαμόρφωση της βασικής διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου. Επηρεάζει την διάταξη του "
-"πληκτρολογίου για όλους τους χρήστες. Είναι διαθέσιμο από την ενότητα "
-"«Υλικό» στο κέντρο ελέγχου Mageia (ΚΕM) με την ονομασία «Διαμόρφωση του "
-"ποντικιού και του πληκτρολογίου». "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Διάταξη πληκτρολογίου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την διάταξη πληκτρολογίου προς χρήση. Τα ονόματα "
-"─ταξινομημένα αλφαβητικά─ περιγράφουν την γλώσσα, την χώρα και/ή την "
-"εθνικότητα της κάθε διάταξης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Τύπος πληκτρολογίου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το μενού σας επιτρέπει την επιλογή του τύπου του πληκτρολογίου που "
-"χρησιμοποιείτε. Αν έχετε αμφιβολία αφήστε την εξ ορισμού επιλογή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα του συστήματός σας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε επίσης να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> είναι διαθέσιμο "
-"στην ενότητα Σύστημα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia (ΚΕM (MCC)) με την ονομασία "
-"«Διαχείριση της τοπικότητας του συστήματος». Κατά το άνοιγμα εμφανίζεται ένα "
-"παράθυρο από όπου μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την γλώσσα. Η επιλογή είναι "
-"προσαρμοσμένη στις επιλεγμένες γλώσσες κατά την εγκατάσταση. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> δίνει πρόσβαση στην "
-"ενεργοποίηση της συμβατότητας με παλιά κωδικοποίηση (μη UTF8)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Το δεύτερο παράθυρο εμφανίζει έναν κατάλογο χωρών ανάλογα με την επιλεγμένη "
-"γλώσσα. Το κουμπί <guibutton>Άλλες χώρες</guibutton> δίνει πρόσβαση στις μη "
-"εμφανιζόμενες χώρες."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Θα πρέπει να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση της συνεδρίας μετά από κάθε τροποποίηση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Μέθοδος εισαγωγής"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Στην οθόνη <guilabel>Άλλες χώρες</guilabel> μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε την "
-"μέθοδο εισαγωγής (από το αναπτυσσόμενο μενού κάτωθεν του καταλόγου). Οι "
-"μέθοδοι εισαγωγής επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες την εισαγωγή πολυγλωσσικών "
-"χαρακτήρων (Κινέζικα, Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Για ασιατικές και αφρικανικές τοπικότητες, θα τεθεί το IBus ως η εξ ορισμού "
-"μέθοδος εισαγωγής ούτως ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειάζεται να κάνουν την "
-"διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Υπάρχουν και άλλες μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ.) που παρέχουν "
-"παρόμοιες λειτουργίες και μπορούν ─αν δεν υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες στο "
-"αναπτυσσόμενο μενού─ να εγκατασταθούν από ένα άλλο τμήμα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου "
-"Mageia. Δείτε <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Προβολή και αναζήτηση των καταγραφών του συστήματος"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο "
-"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia στην καρτέλα σύστημα, με τίτλο «<guilabel> Προβολή και "
-"αναζήτηση των καταγραφών του συστήματος</guilabel>»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Για την αναζήτηση στις καταγραφές"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Πρώτα εισαγάγετε την συμβολοσειρά που επιθυμείτε να αναζητήσετε στο πεδίο "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ταιριάζει</emphasis> και/ή αυτήν που <emphasis>δεν "
-"θέλετε</emphasis> να εμφανιστεί στο πεδίο <emphasis role=\"bold\">αλλά δεν "
-"ταιριάζει</emphasis>. Στη συνέχεια επιλέξτε τα αρχεία που θα γίνει η "
-"αναζήτηση από το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Επιλέξτε αρχείο</guilabel>. Προαιρετικά "
-"μπορείτε να περιορίσετε την αναζήτηση σε μια μόνον ημέρα. Επιλέξτε την από "
-"το <emphasis role=\"bold\">ημερολόγιο</emphasis>, μέσω των μικρών βελών σε "
-"κάθε πλευρά του μηνός και του έτους, και επιλέξτε «<guibutton>Εμφάνιση μόνον "
-"για την επιλεγμένη ημέρα</guibutton>». Εν τέλει, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί "
-"<guibutton>αναζήτηση</guibutton> ούτως ώστε να προβληθούν τα αποτελέσματα "
-"στο παράθυρο με τίτλο <guilabel>Περιεχόμενο του αρχείου</guilabel>. Υπάρχει "
-"η δυνατότητα αποθήκευσης των αποτελεσμάτων υπό μορφή .txt κάνοντας κλικ στο "
-"κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold\">Αποθήκευση</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Τα <guibutton>Εργαλεία καταγραφών Mageia</guibutton> περιλαμβάνουν τις "
-"καταγραφές των εργαλείων διαμόρφωσης Mageia όπως των εργαλείων του Κέντρου "
-"Ελέγχου Mageia. Αυτές οι καταγραφές ενημερώνονται σε κάθε τροποποίηση μιας "
-"διαμόρφωσης. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Για την διαμόρφωση της αλληλογραφίας συναγερμού"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"Ο <guibutton>συναγερμός μέσω αλληλογραφίας</guibutton> ελέγχει αυτόματα τον "
-"φόρτο του συστήματος και των υπηρεσιών κάθε ώρα και αν είναι απαραίτητο "
-"στέλνει μια αλληλογραφία στην διαμορφωμένη διεύθυνση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Για την διαμόρφωση του εργαλείου, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Συναγερμός μέσω αλληλογραφίας</emphasis> και στην επόμενη οθόνη, στο "
-"<guibutton>Διαμόρφωση του συστήματος συναγερμού μέσω αλληλογραφίας</"
-"guibutton>. Εδώ εμφανίζονται όλες οι τρέχουσες υπηρεσίες και μπορείτε να "
-"επιλέξετε αυτές που θα εποπτεύονται (Δείτε στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Μπορούν να εποπτευτούν οι κατωτέρω υπηρεσίες:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Υπηρεσία Webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής αλληλογραφίας Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής ιστού Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Υπηρεσία Xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "Ανάλυση ονόματος τομέα BIND"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Στην επόμενη οθόνη, επιλέξτε τον <guilabel>Φόρτο</guilabel> που θεωρείτε "
-"απαράδεκτο. Ο φόρτος αναπαριστά την ζήτηση μιας διεργασίας, ένας υψηλός "
-"φόρτος επιβραδύνει το σύστημα και ένας υψηλός φόρτος μπορεί να υποδηλώνει "
-"ότι η διεργασία έχει τεθεί εκτός ελέγχου. Η τιμή εξ ορισμού είναι 3. "
-"Συνιστάται να θέσετε την τιμή του φόρτου 3 φορές τον αριθμό των επεξεργαστών."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Στην τελευταία οθόνη, εισαγάγετε την <guilabel>διεύθυνση του ηλεκτρονικού "
-"ταχυδρομείου</guilabel> του ατόμου που θα πρέπει να ειδοποιηθεί και τον "
-"<guilabel>διακομιστή ταχυδρομείου</guilabel> που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί (τοπικός "
-"ή στο διαδίκτυο)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Απεικονίζει τους διαθέσιμους κοινόχρηστους πόρους NFS και SMB"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να "
-"εκκινηθεί και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε "
-"ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την "
-"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">ομάδα "
-"τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Απεικόνιση των πληροφοριών περί PCI, USB και PCMCIA"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> μπορεί να "
-"εκκινηθεί και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών. Αν εκτελεστεί με "
-"δικαιώματα διαχειριστή θα εμφανίσει μερικές επιπλέον πληροφορίες. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Η lspcidrake παρέχει τον κατάλογο όλων των συνδεδεμένων συσκευών στον "
-"υπολογιστή (USB, PCI και PCMCIA) και τους χρησιμοποιούμενους οδηγούς. Για "
-"την λειτουργία του απαιτούνται τα πακέτα ldetect και ldetect-lst."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Με το όρισμα -v, η lspcidrake προσθέτει τα αναγνωριστικά του κατασκευαστή "
-"και της συσκευής."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"Η lspcidrake συχνά δημιουργεί πολύ μακριούς καταλόγους και ως εκ τούτου για "
-"την αναζήτηση μιας πληροφορίας συχνά χρησιμοποιείται η διασωλήνωση μέσω της "
-"εντολής grep, όπως στα κάτωθεν παραδείγματα:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κάρτα γραφικών·"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Πληροφορίες σχετικά με το δίκτυο"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "με -i αγνοείται η διάκριση πεζών - κεφαλαίων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"Στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο, μπορείτε να δείτε την ενέργεια της επιλογής -v του "
-"lspcidrake και τη επιλογή -i για το grep ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Υπάρχει ένα άλλο εργαλείο το οποίο παρέχει πληροφορίες σχετικά με το υλικό, "
-"λέγεται <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (εκτέλεση ως "
-"διαχειριστής)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Ενημέρωση Πακέτων Λογισμικού"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate ή drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">Mageiaupdate</emphasis> ή <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο βρίσκεται στο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Διαχείριση "
-"λογισμικού</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Για την λειτουργία του απαιτείται να έχουν διαμορφωθεί τα αποθετήρια μέσω "
-"του drakrpm-editmedia με μερικά μέσα ενημέρωσης διαμορφωμένα. Αν δεν "
-"συμβαίνει αυτό, θα ερωτηθείτε να το κάνετε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά από την εκτέλεση του εργαλείου, γίνεται σάρωση των ήδη εγκατεστημένων "
-"πακέτων και εμφανίζει αυτά με διαθέσιμη ενημέρωση στα αποθετήρια. Είναι εξ "
-"ορισμού επιλεγμένα για λήψη και εγκατάσταση. Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί "
-"<guibutton>Ενημέρωση</guibutton> για την έναρξη της διαδικασίας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Με κλικ σε ένα πακέτο εμφανίζονται περισσότερες πληροφορίες στο κάτω ήμισυ "
-"του παραθύρου. Το σύμβολο <emphasis role=\"bold\">></emphasis> πριν από έναν "
-"τίτλο σημαίνει ότι μπορείτε να αναπτύξετε το κείμενο ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Όταν υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες ενημερώσεις, μια μικροεφαρμογή του πλαισίου "
-"συστήματος θα σας ειδοποιήσει μέσω ενός κόκκινου εικονιδίου <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Απλά κάντε κλικ και εισαγάγετε τον "
-"κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη για να ενημερώσετε το σύστημα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Εκκίνηση"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων για να "
-"ρυθμίσετε τα βήματα εκκίνησης. Πατήστε σε έναν σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να "
-"μάθετε περισσότερα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τα στάδια εκκίνησης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Κέντρο ελέγχου της Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Τα εργαλεία για την διαμόρφωση του συστήματος Mageia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την "
-"άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
-"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</"
-"link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:"
-"href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την "
-"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν "
-"επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ "
-"επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Υλικό"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων για να "
-"ρυθμίσετε το υλικό σας. Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε "
-"περισσότερα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε το υλικό σας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis>Περιήγηση και ρύθμιση του υλικού</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τα γραφικά"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis>Ρύθμιση των εφέ της επιφάνειας εργασίας "
-"3D</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε το ποντίκι και το πληκτρολόγιο"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε την εκτύπωση και τη σάρωση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Ρυθμίστε τον/τους "
-"εκτυπωτή/ές, τις ουρές εργασιών εκτύπωσης, ...</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Άλλα"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Περί του εγχειριδίου του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia (ΚΕM) διαθέτει οκτώ διαφορετικές επιλογές ή "
-"καρτέλες για να επιλέξετε στην αριστερή στήλη, ή δέκα αν έχετε εγκαταστήσει "
-"το πακέτο drakwizard. Η έκαστη καρτέλα προσφέρει ένα διαφορετικό σύνολο "
-"εργαλείων προς επιλογή από τον ευρύ πίνακα στα δεξιά."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Τα παρακάτω δέκα κεφάλαια αναφέρονται στις δέκα αυτές επιλογές και τα "
-"σχετικά εργαλεία."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Το τελευταίο κεφάλαιο αναφέρεται σε μερικά άλλα εργαλεία Mageia, που δεν "
-"μπορούν να επιλεγούν από τις καρτέλες στο ΚΕM."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Οι τίτλοι των σελίδων είναι συχνά οι ίδιοι με τους τίτλους των οθονών των "
-"εργαλείων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Υπάρχει επίσης μια γραμμή αναζήτησης, προσβάσιμη μέσω της καρτέλας "
-"«Αναζήτηση» στην αριστερή στήλη."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Τοπικοί δίσκοι"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων "
-"διαχείρισης ή κοινής χρήσης των τοπικών σας δίσκων. Πατήστε σε έναν σύνδεσμο "
-"παρακάτω για να μάθετε περισσότερα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Υπηρεσίες δικτύου"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτή η οθόνη μαζί με αυτήν της <emphasis>Κοινής χρήσης</emphasis> είναι "
-"ορατές μόνο αν έχετε εγκαταστήσει το πακέτο <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. "
-"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διαφόρων εργαλείων για την διαμόρφωση των "
-"διακομιστών. Κάντε κλικ σε έναν σύνδεσμο παρακάτω ή στο <xref linkend=\"mcc-"
-"sharing\"/>για να μάθετε περισσότερα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Κοινόχρηστα δικτύου"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διαφόρων εργαλείων για "
-"κοινοχρησία δίσκων και καταλόγων. Πατήστε το σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε "
-"περισσότερα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τις κοινές χρήσεις με τα Microsoft Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Κοινή χρήση δίσκων και "
-"καταλόγων με συστήματα Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τα κοινόχρηστα NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τα κοινόχρηστα WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Δίκτυο και Διαδίκτυο"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων δικτύου. "
-"Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε περισσότερα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε τις συσκευές δικτύου σας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Προσαρμόστε και ασφαλίστε το δίκτυό σας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Ασφάλεια"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων ασφαλείας. "
-"Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε περισσότερα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis>Ρυθμίστε την ασφάλεια του συστήματος, "
-"τις άδειες και τους ελέγχους ασφαλείας</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Διαμοιρασμός"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτή η οθόνη μαζί με αυτήν των <emphasis>Υπηρεσιών δικτύου</emphasis> είναι "
-"ορατές μόνο αν έχετε εγκαταστήσει το πακέτο <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. "
-"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διαφόρων εργαλείων για την διαμόρφωση των "
-"διακομιστών. Κάντε κλικ σε έναν σύνδεσμο παρακάτω ή στο <xref linkend=\"mcc-"
-"networkservices\"/>για να μάθετε περισσότερα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Σύστημα"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων συστήματος "
-"και διαχείρισης. Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε περισσότερα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Διαχείριση των υπηρεσιών συστήματος"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Τοπικότητα"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Εργαλεία διαχείρισης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis>Διαχείριση των χρηστών του "
-"συστήματος</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τη συχνότητα των αναβαθμίσεων"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο βρίσκεται στο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Διαχείριση "
-"λογισμικού</emphasis>. Επίσης είναι διαθέσιμο με <guimenu>δεξί κλικ / "
-"διαμόρφωση ενημερώσεων</guimenu> στο κόκκινο εικονίδιο <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> στο πλαίσιο συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Η πρώτη κύλιση ελέγχου σας επιτρέπει την αλλαγή της συχνότητας των ελέγχων "
-"ενημερώσεων και η δεύτερη το χρονικό διάστημα του πρώτου ελέγχου από την "
-"έναρξη του συστήματος. Το πλαίσιο επιλογής σας δίνει την επιλογή ενημέρωσης "
-"κατά την κυκλοφορία μιας νέας έκδοσης της Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τη συσκευή κατάδειξης (ποντίκι, επιφάνεια αφής)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Ένεκα της απαραίτητης χρήσης του ποντικιού για την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, "
-"το Drakinstall έχει φροντίσει για την εγκατάστασή του."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Τα ποντίκια είναι ταξινομημένα ανά τύπο σύνδεσης και έπειτα ανά μοντέλο. "
-"Επιλέξτε το ποντίκι σας και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. "
-"Επί το πλείστον ο τύπος «Οποιοδήποτε PS/2 &amp; USB ποντίκι» είναι κατάλληλο "
-"για ένα σύγχρονο ποντίκι. Το νέο ποντίκι είναι άμεσα έτοιμο προς χρήση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Ασφάλεια και Έλεγχοι Συστήματος"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"Το msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> είναι ένα γραφικό "
-"περιβάλλον χρήστη για το msec που σας επιτρέπει την διαμόρφωση της ασφάλειας "
-"του συστήματός σας βάσει δυο προσεγγίσεων:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Ορίζει την συμπεριφορά του συστήματος, το msec επιβάλει τροποποιήσεις στο "
-"σύστημα ούτως ώστε να το καταστήσει περισσότερο ασφαλές."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Πραγματοποιεί αυτόματα περιοδικούς ελέγχους στο σύστημα ούτως ώστε να σας "
-"προειδοποιεί όταν κάτι φαίνεται ως επικίνδυνο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"Το msec χρησιμοποιεί τον σχεδιασμό των «επιπέδων ασφάλειας» τα οποία "
-"σκοπεύουν στη διαμόρφωση ενός συνόλου αδειών που θα ελέγχονται για αλλαγές ή "
-"επιβολές. Μερικές από αυτές προτείνονται από την Mageia, αλλά μπορείτε να "
-"καθορίσετε τα δικά σας προσαρμοσμένα επίπεδα ασφάλειας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Καρτέλα επισκόπησης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Δείτε το παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Η πρώτη καρτέλα εμφανίζει τον κατάλογο με τα εργαλεία ασφάλειας με ένα "
-"κουμπί στα δεξιά για την διαμόρφωσή τους:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Τείχος προστασίας: μπορεί να προσπελαστεί και στο ΚΕM / Ασφάλεια / Ρυθμίστε "
-"το προσωπικό σας τείχος προστασίας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Ενημερώσεις: υπάρχει επίσης στο ΚΕM / Διαχείριση του λογισμικού / Ενημέρωση "
-"του συστήματος"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "Και το msec συνοδευόμενο με μερικές πληροφορίες:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "ενεργοποιημένο ή όχι"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "Το διαμορφωμένο επίπεδο ασφάλειας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"την ημερομηνία των τελευταίων περιοδικών ελέγχων και ένα κουμπί για την "
-"προβολή μιας λεπτομερούς αναφοράς και ακόμα ένα κουμπί για την άμεση "
-"εκτέλεση των ελέγχων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Καρτέλα ρυθμίσεων ασφάλειας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Με κλικ στην δεύτερη καρτέλα ή στο κουμπί <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton> "
-"της Ασφάλειας, εμφανίζεται η παρακάτω οθόνη:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Καρτέλα βασικής ασφάλειας"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Επίπεδα ασφάλειας:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Αφού έχετε επιλέξει το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του MSEC</guilabel>, "
-"αυτή η καρτέλα σας επιτρέπει με διπλό κλικ να επιλέξετε το επίπεδο ασφάλειας "
-"το οποίο εμφανίζεται με έντονα γράμματα. Αν το πλαίσιο δεν είναι επιλεγμένο, "
-"η ιδιότητα του επιπέδου θα είναι «κανένα». Είναι διαθέσιμα τα παρακάτω "
-"επίπεδα:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Το επίπεδο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Κανένα</emphasis>. Αυτό το επίπεδο "
-"χρησιμοποιείται όταν δεν επιθυμείτε την χρήση του msec για τους ελέγχους "
-"ασφαλείας του συστήματος, και επιθυμείτε την ενεργοποίησή του κατά βούληση. "
-"Απενεργοποιεί όλους τους ελέγχους ασφαλείας και αναιρεί κάθε περιορισμό ή "
-"φραγμό στη διαμόρφωση και τις ρυθμίσεις του συστήματος . Παρακαλώ "
-"χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το επίπεδο μόνο αν είστε σε θέση να γνωρίζετε τι κάνετε, "
-"διότι θα καταστήσει το σύστημα ευάλωτο σε επιθέσεις."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Επίπεδο <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Αυτό είναι το εξ "
-"ορισμού επίπεδο και προορίζεται στον μέσο χρήστη. Περιορίζει μερικές "
-"ρυθμίσεις του συστήματος και εκτελεί καθημερινά ελέγχους ασφαλείας για τον "
-"εντοπισμό αλλαγών στα αρχεία του συστήματος, στους λογαριασμούς και σε "
-"ευάλωτες άδειες καταλόγων. Αυτό το επίπεδο είναι παραπλήσιο των επιπέδων 2 "
-"και 3 από παλαιότερες εκδόσεις του msec."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Επίπεδο <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. Αυτό το επίπεδο "
-"προορίζεται για την σίγουρη διασφάλιση του συστήματος ενώ παραμένει "
-"χρησιμοποιήσιμο. Περιορίζει επιπλέον τις άδειες του συστήματος και εκτελεί "
-"περισσότερους περιοδικούς ελέγχους. Ωστόσο η πρόσβαση στο σύστημα είναι "
-"περισσότερο περιορισμένη. Αυτό το επίπεδο είναι παραπλήσιο των επιπέδων 4 "
-"(Υψηλό) και 5 (Παρανοϊκό) από παλαιότερες εκδόσεις του msec."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Παράλληλα με αυτά τα επίπεδα, παρέχεται επιπλέον διεργασιοστρεφής ασφάλεια, "
-"όπως τα επίπεδα <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> και <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</"
-"emphasis> . Αυτά τα επίπεδα αποσκοπούν στην προδιαμόρφωση της ασφάλειας του "
-"συστήματος βάσει των συνηθέστερων περιπτώσεων χρήσης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Τα τελευταία δυο επίπεδα ονομαζόμενα <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </"
-"emphasis> και <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> δεν είναι "
-"ακριβώς επίπεδα ασφαλείας αλλά περισσότερο εργαλεία περιοδικών ελέγχων μόνο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτά τα επίπεδα αποθηκεύονται στο <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
-"levelname></filename>. Μπορείτε να ορίσετε τα δικά σας επίπεδα ασφάλειας, να "
-"τα αποθηκεύσετε σε συγκεκριμένα αρχεία με την ονομασία <filename>level.&lt;"
-"levelname></filename>, τοποθετημένα στον φάκελο <filename>/etc/security/msec/."
-"</filename>. Αυτή η λειτουργία προορίζεται σε ειδήμονες χρήστες οι οποίοι "
-"χρειάζονται ένα προσαρμοσμένο ή πιο ασφαλής διαμόρφωση συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Έχετε υπόψιν ότι οι τροποποιημένες από τον χρήστη παράμετροι αντικαθιστούν "
-"τις εξ ορισμού ρυθμίσεις του επιπέδου."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Ειδοποιήσεις Ασφαλείας:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν επιλέξετε το πλαίσιο <guibutton>Αποστολή των συναγερμών ασφαλείας μέσω "
-"ηλεκτρονικής αλληλογραφίας στον:</guibutton>, οι συναγερμοί ασφαλείας του "
-"msec θα στέλνονται μέσω τοπικής η· αλληλογραφίας στον διαχειριστή ασφάλειας "
-"που προσδιορίζεται στο παραπλήσιο πεδίο. Μπορείτε να συμπληρώσετε είτε έναν "
-"τοπικό χρήστη είτε μια πλήρης διεύθυνση ηλ. αλληλογραφίας (η τοπική "
-"αλληλογραφία και ο διαχειριστής αλληλογραφίας θα πρέπει να έχουν ρυθμιστεί "
-"αναλόγως). Εν τέλει, μπορείτε να λάβετε τους συναγερμούς ασφαλείας απευθείας "
-"στην επιφάνεια εργασίας. Επιλέξτε το σχετικό πλαίσιο για να το "
-"ενεργοποιήσετε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Συνιστάται να ενεργοποιήσετε την επιλογή των συναγερμών ασφαλείας ούτως ώστε "
-"να ειδοποιήσετε άμεσα τον διαχειριστή του συστήματος για ενδεχόμενα "
-"προβλήματα ασφαλείας. Διαφορετικά, ο διαχειριστής θα πρέπει αν τακτά χρονικά "
-"διαστήματα να ελέγχει τα αρχεία των καταγραφών διαθέσιμα στο <filename>/var/"
-"log/security.</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Επιλογές ασφαλείας:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Η δημιουργία ενός προσαρμοσμένου επιπέδου δεν είναι ο μόνος τρόπος "
-"προσαρμογής της ασφάλειας του υπολογιστή, μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε "
-"τις καρτέλες που παρουσιάζονται εδώ ούτως ώστε να αλλάξετε οποιαδήποτε "
-"επιλογή επιθυμείτε. Η τρέχουσα διαμόρφωση του msec βρίσκεται στην διαδρομή "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Αυτό το αρχείο "
-"περιέχει το όνομα του τρέχοντος επιπέδου και μια λίστα με όλες τις "
-"τροποποιήσεις των επιλογών."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Καρτέλα ασφάλειας συστήματος"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτή η καρτέλα εμφανίζει στην κολόνα της αριστερής πλευράς όλες τις επιλογές "
-"ασφαλείας, στο κέντρο μια περιγραφή, και στην δεξιά στήλη τις τρέχουσες "
-"τιμές."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Για να τροποποιήσετε μια επιλογή, κάντε διπλό κλικ σε αυτήν και θα "
-"εμφανιστεί ένα νέο παράθυρο (δείτε στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο). Σε αυτό "
-"εμφανίζεται το όνομα, μια σύντομη περιγραφή, οι τρέχουσες και οι εξ ορισμού "
-"τιμές, και ένας αναπτυσσόμενος κατάλογος όπου μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μια νέα "
-"τιμή. Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton> για να επικυρώσετε την "
-"επιλογή σας."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Μην ξεχάσετε κατά την έξοδο του msecgui να αποθηκεύσετε οριστικά την "
-"διαμόρφωσή σας μέσω του μενού <guimenu>Αρχείο -> Αποθήκευση της διαμόρφωσης</"
-"guimenu>. Αν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις, το msecgui σας επιτρέπει την "
-"προεπισκόπηση των αλλαγών πριν την αποθήκευσή τους."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Ασφάλεια δικτύου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτή η καρτέλα εμφανίζει όλες τις επιλογές του δικτύου και οι λειτουργίες "
-"είναι παρόμοιες με αυτές της προηγούμενης καρτέλας"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Καρτέλα περιοδικών ελέγχων"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Οι περιοδικοί έλεγχοι έχουν ως σκοπό να πληροφορούν τον διαχειριστή του "
-"συστήματος μέσω των συναγερμών ασφαλείας όλων των καταστάσεων που το msec "
-"θεωρεί εν δυνάμει επικίνδυνες."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτή η καρτέλα εμφανίζει όλους τους πραγματοποιημένους περιοδικούς ελέγχους "
-"του msec και την συχνότητά τους (αν το πλαίσιο <guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση των "
-"περιοδικών ελέγχων ασφαλείας</guibutton> είναι ενεργοποιημένο). Η αλλαγή των "
-"ρυθμίσεων γίνεται όπως και στις προηγούμενες καρτέλες."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Καρτέλα εξαιρέσεων"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Μερικές φορές οι συναγερμοί αφορούν γνωστοποιημένες και θεμιτές καταστάσεις. "
-"Σε αυτές τις περιπτώσεις η αποστολή των μηνυμάτων ασφαλείας στον διαχειριστή "
-"είναι ανούσια και χρονοφθόρα. Αυτή η καρτέλα σας επιτρέπει να δημιουργήσετε "
-"όσες εξαιρέσεις επιθυμείτε ούτως ώστε να αποφύγετε τους ανεπιθύμητους "
-"συναγερμούς. Κατά την πρώτη εκτέλεση του msec δεν υπάρχουν εξ ορισμού "
-"εξαιρέσεις. Το παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο εμφανίζει τέσσερις εξαιρέσεις."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Για να δημιουργήσετε μια εξαίρεση, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη "
-"ενός κανόνα</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε τους επιθυμητούς περιοδικούς ελέγχους από τον αναπτυσσόμενο "
-"κατάλογο με την ονομασία <guilabel>Έλεγχος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια "
-"εισαγάγετε την <guilabel>Εξαίρεση</guilabel> στην περιοχή του κειμένου. Η "
-"προσθήκη μιας εξαίρεσης φυσικά δεν είναι οριστική, μπορείτε είτε να την "
-"διαγράψετε μέσω του κουμπιού <guibutton>Διαγραφή</guibutton> της καρτέλας "
-"των <guilabel>Εξαιρέσεων</guilabel> ή να την τροποποιήσετε με διπλό κλικ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Άδειες"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτή η καρτέλα προορίζεται για τον έλεγχο και την ενίσχυση των αδειών των "
-"αρχείων και των καταλόγων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Όπως και με την ασφάλεια, το msec διαθέτει διαφορετικά επίπεδα αδειών "
-"(τυπικό, ασφαλές, ...), τα οποία ενεργοποιούνται αντιστοίχως με το "
-"επιλεγμένο επίπεδο ασφαλείας. Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε τα δικά σας "
-"προσαρμοσμένα επίπεδα ασφαλείας, και να τα αποθηκεύσετε σε ιδιαίτερα αρχεία "
-"με την ονομασία <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> και να τα "
-"τοποθετήσετε στον κατάλογο <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Αυτή η "
-"λειτουργία απευθύνετε σε ειδήμονες χρήστες οι οποίοι χρειάζονται μια "
-"προσαρμοσμένη διαμόρφωση. Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε την καρτέλα που "
-"παρουσιάζεται εδώ για να αλλάξετε τις άδειες που επιθυμείτε. Η τρέχουσα "
-"διαμόρφωση αποθηκεύεται στο <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</"
-"filename>. Αυτό το αρχείο περιέχει τον κατάλογο όλων των πραγματοποιημένων "
-"τροποποιήσεων στις άδειες."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Οι εξ ορισμού άδειες εμφανίζονται ως μια λίστα κανόνων (ένας κανόνας ανά "
-"γραμμή). Στην αριστερή πλευρά θα βρείτε το αρχείο ή τον φάκελο που αφορά ο "
-"κανόνας, τον ιδιοκτήτη, την ομάδα και τις άδειες που αποδίδονται από τον "
-"κανόνα. Αν για έναν κανόνα:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός</guilabel> δεν είναι επιλεγμένο, το msec "
-"ελέγχει μόνο αν οι καθορισμένες άδειες του κανόνα λαμβάνονται υπόψη "
-"διαφορετικά στέλνει έναν συναγερμό, χωρίς να κάνει κάποια τροποποίηση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός</guilabel> είναι επιλεγμένο, τότε το msec "
-"θα ελέγξει αν οι άδειες του κανόνα λαμβάνονται υπόψη στον πρώτο περιοδικό "
-"έλεγχο και θα αντικαταστήσει τις άδειες."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Για να τεθεί σε λειτουργία θα πρέπει να έχει διαμορφωθεί αναλόγως η επιλογή "
-"CHECK_PERMS στην <emphasis role=\"bold\">καρτέλα των περιοδικών ελέγχων</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέον κανόνα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί "
-"<guibutton>Προσθήκη ενός κανόνα</guibutton> και συμπληρώστε τα πεδία όπως "
-"φαίνεται στο παρακάτω παράδειγμα. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το σύμβολο "
-"υποκατάστασης * στο πεδίο <guilabel>Αρχείο</guilabel>. Το «current» σημαίνει "
-"ότι δεν γίνεται καμιά τροποποίηση."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Για να επικυρώστε την επιλογή κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton> "
-"και μην ξεχάσετε εγκαταλείποντας να αποθηκεύσετε οριστικά την διαμόρφωσή σας "
-"μέσω του μενού <guimenu>Αρχείο -> Αποθήκευση της διαμόρφωσης</guimenu>. Αν "
-"έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις, το msecgui σας επιτρέπει την προεπισκόπηση των "
-"αλλαγών πριν την αποθήκευσή τους."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε επίσης να δημιουργήσετε ή να τροποποιήσετε τους κανόνες "
-"επεξεργάζοντας το αρχείο της διαμόρφωσης <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms."
-"conf</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Οι αλλαγές στην <emphasis role=\"bold\">καρτέλα των αδειών</emphasis> (ή "
-"απευθείας από το αρχείο της διαμόρφωσης) λαμβάνονται υπόψιν κατά τον πρώτο "
-"περιοδικό έλεγχο (ανατρέξτε στην επιλογή CHECK_PERMS στην <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">καρτέλα των περιοδικών ελέγχων</emphasis>). Αν θέλετε να ληφθούν "
-"υπόψη άμεσα, χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή msecperms σε ένα τερματικό με "
-"δικαιώματα διαχειριστή. Προηγουμένως μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή "
-"msecperms -p ούτως ώστε να γνωρίζετε τις άδειες που θα τροποποιηθούν μέσω "
-"της εντολής msecperms."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Μην ξεχνάτε ότι αν τροποποιήσετε τις άδειες σε ένα τερματικό ή στον "
-"διαχειριστή αρχείων, για ένα αρχείο του οποίου το πλαίσιο "
-"<guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός</guilabel> είναι επιλεγμένο στην <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">καρτέλα των αδειών</emphasis>, το msecgui θα επαναγράψει τις παλαιές "
-"ρυθμίσεις μετά από λίγο, ανάλογα με την διαμόρφωση των επιλογών CHECK_PERMS "
-"και CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE στην <emphasis role=\"bold\">καρτέλα των περιοδικών "
-"ελέγχων</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Άλλα εργαλεία της Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Υπάρχουν περισσότερα εργαλεία Mageia που μπορούν να εκκινηθούν από το Κέντρο "
-"Ελέγχου Mageia. Κάντε κλικ σε έναν σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε "
-"περισσότερα, ή συνεχίστε την ανάγνωση των επόμενων σελίδων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>ΠΡΟΣ ΕΓΓΡΑΦΗ</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Και άλλα εργαλεία;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Διαχείριση λογισμικού (εγκατάσταση και αφαίρεση λογισμικού)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Εισαγωγή στο rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, επίσης γνωστό ως "
-"drakrpm, είναι ένα πρόγραμμα για την εγκατάσταση, απεγκατάσταση και "
-"ενημέρωση των πακέτων. Είναι το γραφικό περιβάλλον της εντολής URPMI. Σε "
-"κάθε εκκίνηση, ελέγχει καταλόγους πακέτων (τα λεγόμενα «μέσα») οι οποίοι "
-"λαμβάνονται απευθείας από τους διακομιστές της Mageia, και θα σας "
-"ειδοποιήσει αν υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες ενημερώσεις για το σύστημά σας. Ένα "
-"φίλτρο σας επιτρέπει να εμφανίζεται επιλεγμένους τύπους πακέτων: μπορείτε να "
-"εμφανίσετε μόνο τις εγκατεστημένες εφαρμογές (εξ ορισμού), ή μόνο τις "
-"διαθέσιμες ενημερώσεις. Μπορείτε επίσης να προβάλετε τα μη εγκατεστημένα "
-"πακέτα μόνο. Και εναλλακτικά, να αναζητήσετε ανά όνομα, ή στις περιλήψεις "
-"των περιγραφών ή στις πλήρεις περιγραφές των πακέτων ή στα ονόματα των "
-"αρχείων που περιλαμβάνονται στα πακέτα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Για την λειτουργία του rpmdrake απαιτείται η διαμόρφωση των αποθετηρίων μέσω "
-"του <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Κατά την εγκατάσταση, το διαμορφωμένο αποθετήριο είναι το μέσο που "
-"χρησιμοποιείται στην εγκατάσταση, γενικώς το DVD ή το CD. Αν διατηρήσετε "
-"ενεργό αυτό το αποθετήριο, κάθε φορά που εγκαθιστάτε ένα πακέτο, το rpmdrake "
-"θα εμφανίζει αυτό το αναδυόμενο παράθυρο : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>Αν δεν επιθυμείτε την εμφάνιση του ανωτέρω μηνύματος και διαθέτετε "
-"μια ικανοποιητική σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο, συνιστάται να αφαιρέσετε/"
-"απενεργοποιήσετε το μέσω από τη λίστα των αποθετηρίων και να ρυθμίσετε τη "
-"χρήση των διαδικτυακών αποθετηρίων μέσω του <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-"
-"media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Τα διαδικτυακά αποθετήρια είναι πάντοτε ενημερωμένα, περιέχουν περισσότερα "
-"πακέτα, και σας επιτρέπουν την ενημέρωση των υπαρχόντων πακέτων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Τα κύρια μέρη της οθόνης"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Φίλτρο τύπου πακέτων:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το φίλτρο σας επιτρέπει την εμφάνιση ενός μόνο τύπου πακέτων. Κατά την "
-"πρώτη εκτέλεση του διαχειριστή, εμφανίζει μόνον τις εφαρμογές με γραφικό "
-"περιβάλλον. Μπορείτε να εμφανίσετε είτε όλα τα πακέτα, με τις εξαρτήσεις και "
-"τις βιβλιοθήκες τους ή μόνο ομάδες πακέτων όπως τις εφαρμογές μόνο, τις "
-"ενημερώσεις μόνο ή μόνο οι πρώιμες εκδόσεις πακέτων από την επόμενη έκδοση "
-"της Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Η εξ ορισμού ρύθμιση του φίλτρου είναι προσαρμοσμένη περισσότερο για τους "
-"νέους χρήστες στο Linux ή την Mageia, οι οποίοι πιθανώς να μην επιθυμούν "
-"εργαλεία γραμμής εντολών ή ειδημόνων. Εφόσον διαβάζετε και την παρούσα "
-"τεκμηρίωση, φαίνεται ότι ενδιαφέρεστε να εμβαθύνετε τις γνώσεις σας στη "
-"Mageia, άρα καλύτερα να ρυθμίσετε το φίλτρο σε «Όλα»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Φίλτρο κατάστασης των πακέτων:</"
-"emphasis> </firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το φίλτρο σας επιτρέπει να εμφανίσετε μόνο τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα, "
-"μόνο τα μη εγκατεστημένα πακέτα ή όλα τα πακέτα, εγκατεστημένα και μη."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Λειτουργία αναζήτησης:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Κάντε κλικ σε αυτό το εικονίδιο για να αναζητήσετε στα ονόματα των πακέτων, "
-"στις περιλήψεις τους, στην πλήρη περιγραφή τους ή στα αρχεία που "
-"συμπεριλαμβάνονται στα πακέτα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Πλαίσιο «Αναζήτηση»:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Εδώ μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε μια ή περισσότερες λέξεις κλειδιά. Αν θέλετε να "
-"χρησιμοποιήσετε περισσότερες από μια λέξεις κλειδιά για αναζήτηση "
-"χρησιμοποιήστε το «|» μεταξύ των λέξεων. Για παράδειγμα, για την αναζήτηση "
-"των «mplayer» και «xine» ταυτόχρονα, πληκτρολογήστε «mplayer | xine»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Διαγραφή όλων:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εικονίδιο μπορεί να διαγράψει με ένα πάτημα όλες τις λέξεις κλειδιά "
-"που έχουν εισαχθεί στο κουτί \"Εύρεση\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Λίστα κατηγοριών:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτή η πλευρική γραμμή συγκεντρώνει όλες τις εφαρμογές και τα πακέτα σε "
-"ξεχωριστές κατηγορίες και υποκατηγορίες."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Πίνακας περιγραφής:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτός ο πίνακας εμφανίζει το όνομα του πακέτου, την σύνοψη και την πλήρη "
-"περιγραφή του. Εμφανίζει πολλά χρήσιμα στοιχεία σχετικά με το επιλεγμένο "
-"πακέτο. Εμφανίζει επίσης πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα συμπεριλαμβανόμενα αρχεία "
-"καθώς και το ιστορικό αλλαγών από τον συντηρητή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Η στήλη κατάστασης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά την ρύθμιση των φίλτρων, μπορείτε να αναζητήσετε το λογισμικό είτε ανά "
-"κατηγορία (στην περιοχή 6 ανωτέρω) ή με το όνομα/σύνοψη/περιγραφή από την "
-"περιοχή 4. Στη συνέχεια εμφανίζεται η λίστα των αποτελεσμάτων του ερωτήματος "
-"με το επιλεγμένο μέσο να εμφανίζεται με διαφορετικούς σημαδευτές ανάλογα αν "
-"το πακέτο είναι εγκατεστημένο/μη εγκατεστημένο/ μια ενημέρωση... Για να "
-"αλλάξετε την κατάσταση, απλά επιλέξτε ή αποεπιλέξτε το πλαίσιο πριν το όνομα "
-"του πακέτου και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Εφαρμογή</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Εικονίδιο"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Υπόμνημα"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Το πακέτο αυτό θα εγκατασταθεί"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Το πακέτο αυτό δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι μια αναβάθμιση"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο θα απεγκατασταθεί"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Παραδείγματα στο παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν αποεπιλέξω το digikam (το πράσινο βέλος υποδεικνύει ότι είναι "
-"εγκατεστημένο), το εικονίδιο κατάστασης θα αλλάξει σε ερυθρό με ένα άνω "
-"βέλος και θα απεγκατασταθεί αφού κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>Εφαρμογή</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν επιλέξω το qdigidoc (το οποίο δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο ─όπως φαίνεται από "
-"την κατάσταση─), θα εμφανιστεί ένα πορτοκαλί βέλος κατάστασης και θα "
-"εγκατασταθεί με κλικ στο <guibutton>Εφαρμογή</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Οι εξαρτήσεις"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Μερικά πακέτα για να λειτουργήσουν απαιτούν άλλα πακέτα. Όπως για παράδειγμα "
-"βιβλιοθήκες ή εργαλεία. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση το Rpmdrake εμφανίζει ένα "
-"παράθυρο όπου μπορείτε να αποδεχτείτε τις επιλεγμένες εξαρτήσεις, να "
-"ακυρώσετε την διεργασία ή να λάβετε περισσότερες πληροφορίες (δείτε "
-"ανωτέρω). Υπάρχουν περιπτώσεις όπου περισσότερα πακέτα παρέχουν την "
-"απαιτούμενη βιβλιοθήκη· σε αυτήν την περίπτωση θα ερωτηθείτε για το πακέτο "
-"που επιθυμείτε να εγκαταστήσετε μεταξύ των εναλλακτικών."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε το σαρωτή"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Εγκατάσταση"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> σας επιτρέπει να "
-"διαμορφώσετε μια απλή συσκευή σάρωσης ή ένα πολυλειτουργικό περιφερειακό που "
-"περιέχει έναν σαρωτή. Σας επιτρέπει επίσης την κοινή χρήση των τοπικών "
-"συσκευών που είναι συνδεδεμένες σε αυτόν τον υπολογιστή με έναν "
-"απομακρυσμένο υπολογιστή ή την πρόσβαση σε απομακρυσμένους σαρωτές."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr "Κατά την πρώτη εκκίνηση του εργαλείου θα δείτε το παρακάτω μήνυμα:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Πρέπει να εγκατασταθούν τα πακέτα SANE για μπορέσετε να κάνετε "
-"χρήση των σαρωτών</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Θέλετε να εγκαταστήσετε τα πακέτα SANE;»</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε <emphasis>Ναι</emphasis> για να συνεχίσετε. Θα εγκατασταθούν τα "
-"πακέτα <code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> αν δεν είναι "
-"ήδη εγκατεστημένα."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν ο σαρωτής σας έχει αναγνωριστεί σωστά και εμφανίζεται το όνομα του σαρωτή "
-"στην ανωτέρω οθόνη, ο σαρωτής είναι έτοιμος προς χρήση με ένα πρόγραμμα "
-"σάρωσης όπως το <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ή το <emphasis>Simple Scan</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, ίσως να θελήσετε να διαμορφώσετε την <emphasis>κοινή "
-"χρήση του σαρωτή</emphasis>. Μπορείτε να διαβάσετε σχετικά στο <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ωστόσο, αν ο σαρωτής σας δεν έχει αναγνωριστεί σωστά, και ο έλεγχος της "
-"συνδεσιμότητα των καλωδίων, της ενεργοποίησης της τροφοδοσίας και η "
-"<emphasis>αναζήτηση νέων σαρωτών</emphasis> δεν βοήθησε, δοκιμάστε την "
-"<emphasis>χειροκίνητη προσθήκη σαρωτή</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε την μάρκα του σαρωτή από την προβαλλόμενη λίστα, στη συνέχεια το "
-"μοντέλο και κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis>Εντάξει</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Αν δεν βρίσκετε τον σαρωτή σας στη λίστα κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis>Ακύρωση</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε αν ο σαρωτής σας υποστηρίζεται στη σελίδα <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Υποστηριζόμενες συσκευές</link> και ρωτήστε για βοήθεια στα <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">φόρουμ</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε θύρα"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να αφήσετε αυτήν την ρύθμιση σε <emphasis>Αυτόματος εντοπισμός των "
-"διαθέσιμων θυρών</emphasis> εκτός και αν η διεπαφή του σαρωτή σας είναι μια "
-"παράλληλη θύρα. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση επιλέξτε <emphasis>/dev/parport0</"
-"emphasis> αν έχετε μια."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά το κλικ στο <emphasis>Εντάξει</emphasis>, στις περισσότερες των "
-"περιπτώσεων θα δείτε μια οθόνη παρόμοια με την κατωτέρω."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν δεν δείτε την συγκεκριμένη οθόνη, παρακαλώ ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Κοινή χρήση σαρωτών"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε αν οι συνδεδεμένοι σαρωτές αυτού το μηχανήματος θα "
-"είναι προσβάσιμοι από απομακρυσμένα μηχανήματα και από ποια. Μπορείτε επίσης "
-"να καθορίσετε αν οι σαρωτές των απομακρυσμένων μηχανημάτων θα είναι "
-"διαθέσιμοι σε αυτό το μηχάνημα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Κοινόχρηστοι σαρωτές στους υπολογιστές: το όνομα ή η διεύθυνση IP των "
-"υπολογιστών που μπορούν να προστεθούν ή να διαγραφούν από τη λίστα των "
-"υπολογιστών στους οποίους επιτρέπεται η προσπέλαση στις τοπικές συσκευές σε "
-"αυτό το μηχάνημα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Χρήση των απομακρυσμένων σαρωτών: το όνομα ή η διεύθυνση IP των υπολογιστών "
-"που μπορούν να προστεθούν ή να διαγραφούν από τη λίστα των υπολογιστών  "
-"στους οποίους επιτρέπεται η προσπέλαση σε έναν απομακρυσμένο σαρωτή."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-"Κοινόχρηστοι σαρωτές στους υπολογιστές: μπορείτε να προσθέσετε έναν "
-"υπολογιστή."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Κοινόχρηστοι σαρωτές στους υπολογιστές: καθορίστε τους υπολογιστές προς "
-"προσθήκη, ή επιτρέψτε όλα τα απομακρυσμένα μηχανήματα."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"«Όλα τα απομακρυσμένα μηχανήματα» επιτρέπονται να προσπελάσουν τον τοπικό "
-"σαρωτή."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν το πακέτο <emphasis>sane</emphasis> δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο θα ερωτηθείτε "
-"να το εγκαταστήσετε."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Εν τέλει το εργαλείο θα τροποποιήσει τα παρακάτω αρχεία:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> για την προσθήκη ή την "
-"απενεργοποίηση της οδηγίας «net». "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Θα ρυθμίσει επίσης τα <emphasis>saned</emphasis> και <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> να εκκινούν κατά την έναρξη."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Χαρακτηριστικά"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Οι περισσότεροι σαρωτές HP διαχειρίζονται από τον <emphasis>Διαχειριστή "
-"συσκευών HP</emphasis> (hplip) ο οποίος διαχειρίζεται επίσης τους εκτυπωτές. "
-"Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, αυτό το εργαλείο δεν σας επιτρέπει την διαμόρφωσή "
-"του και σας προτρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον <emphasis>Διαχειριστή συσκευών "
-"HP</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Οι οδηγοί είναι διαθέσιμοι από αυτήν την <link xlink:href=\"http://download."
-"ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">σελίδα</link>. Όταν σας "
-"προταθεί θα πρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο <emphasis>iscan-data</"
-"emphasis>, και στη συνέχεια το <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (με αυτήν την "
-"σειρά). Πιθανώς το πακέτο <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> να εμφανίζει μια "
-"προειδοποίηση σχετικά με μια σύγκρουση με το <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Οι "
-"χρήστες αναφέρουν ότι αυτή η προειδοποίηση μπορεί να αγνοηθεί."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Πρόσθετα βήματα εγκατάστασης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Πιθανώς μετά την επιλογή της θύρας για τον σαρωτή στην οθόνη <xref linkend="
-"\"choosescannerport\"/>, θα πρέπει να πραγματοποιήσετε ένα ή περισσότερα "
-"βήματα ακόμα για την σωστή διαμόρφωση του σαρωτή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε μερικές περιπτώσεις απαιτείται ενημέρωση του υλικολογισμικού του σαρωτή "
-"σε κάθε εκκίνηση. Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την φόρτωσή του στην "
-"συσκευή, αφού έχει εγκατασταθεί στο σύστημά σας . Σε αυτήν την οθόνη "
-"μπορείτε να εγκαταστήσετε το υλικολογισμικό από ένα CD, μια εγκατάσταση "
-"Windows ή αυτό που βρήκατε στην ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Όταν το υλικολογισμικό της συσκευής χρειάζεται να φορτωθεί, η διαδικασία "
-"μπορεί να διαρκέσει πάνω από ένα λεπτό."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Επίσης μπορεί να λάβετε μια οθόνη για την προσαρμογή του αρχείου διαμόρφωσης "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"όνομα_του_συστήματος_υποστήριξης_SANE\".conf.</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Διαβάστε αυτές ή άλλες οδηγίες που θα λάβετε προσεκτικά και αν δεν γνωρίζετε "
-"τι να κάνετε, μην διστάσετε να ρωτήσετε για βοήθεια στο <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">φόρουμ</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Διαχείριση Λογισμικού"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων "
-"διαχείρισης λογισμικού .Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε "
-"περισσότερα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Ενημέρωση του συστήματός "
-"σας</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis>Ρυθμίστε τις πηγές "
-"μέσων για εγκατάσταση και ενημέρωση του λογισμικού</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Εγκαταστήστε και ρυθμίστε έναν εκτυπωτή"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Η εκτύπωση στη Mageia διαχειρίζεται από έναν εξυπηρετητή με το όνομα CUPS. "
-"Διαθέτει το δικό του <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://"
-"localhost:631\">περιβάλλον διαμόρφωσης</link> το οποίο είναι προσπελάσιμο "
-"μέσω ενός φυλλομετρητή διαδικτύου, αλλά η Mageia προσφέρει το δικό της "
-"εργαλείο εγκατάστασης εκτυπωτών, το system-config-printer το οποίο "
-"χρησιμοποιούν και άλλες διανομές όπως οι Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu και "
-"openSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε το αποθετήριο non-free πριν από την εγκατάσταση, "
-"διότι μερικοί οδηγοί είναι διαθέσιμη στο συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">system-config-printer</emphasis>. "
-"Θα ερωτηθείτε για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης διαχειριστή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Η εγκατάσταση των εκτυπωτών πραγματοποιείται από την ενότητα "
-"<guilabel>Υλικό</guilabel> κέντρο ελέγχου Mageia. Επιλέξτε το εργαλείο "
-"<guilabel>Διαμόρφωση της εκτύπωσης και της σάρωσης</guilabel><placeholder "
-"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "Το MCC θα ρωτήσει για την εγκατάσταση δύο πακέτων:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Είναι απαραίτητο να αποδεχτείτε αυτή την εγκατάσταση για να συνεχίσετε. "
-"Χρείαζονται μέχρι και 230ΜΒ εξαρτήσεων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Για την προσθήκη ενός εκτυπωτή, κάντε κλικ στο «Προσθήκη». Το σύστημα θα "
-"προσπαθήσει να εντοπίσει τους εκτυπωτές και τις διαθέσιμες θύρες. Στο "
-"στιγμιότυπο εμφανίζεται ένας συνδεδεμένος εκτυπωτής σε μια παράλληλη θύρα. "
-"Αν εντοπιστεί ένας εκτυπωτής, όπως ένας εκτυπωτής συνδεδεμένος σε μια θύρα "
-"USB, θα εμφανιστεί στην πρώτη γραμμή. Θα γίνει επίσης προσπάθεια εντοπισμού "
-"ενός δικτυακού εκτυπωτή. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Αυτόματα εντοπισμένος εκτυπωτής"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Εδώ εμφανίζονται συνήθως οι εκτυπωτές USB. Το εργαλείο εντοπίζει αυτόματα "
-"και εμφανίζει το όνομα του εκτυπωτή. Επιλέξτε τον εκτυπωτή και στη συνέχεια "
-"κάντε κλικ στο «Επόμενο». Αν υπάρχει κάποιος γνωστός οδηγός συσχετισμένος με "
-"τον εκτυπωτή, θα εγκατασταθεί αυτόματα. Αν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι από έναν "
-"οδηγό ή ο οδηγός είναι άγνωστος, θα ερωτηθείτε σχετικά όπως περιγράφεται "
-"στην επόμενη παράγραφο. Συνέχεια με <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Μη αυτόματα εντοπισμένος εκτυπωτής"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Κατά την επιλογή μιας θύρας, το σύστημα φορτώνει μια λίστα οδηγών και "
-"προβάλλει ένα παράθυρο για την επιλογή του οδηγού. Η επιλογή μπορεί να γίνει "
-"μεταξύ μιας εκ των κατωτέρω επιλογών."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε εκτυπωτή από βάση δεδομένων"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "παροχή ενός αρχείου PPD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "Αναζητήστε έναν οδηγό για να τον κατεβάσετε"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέγοντας από την βάση δεδομένων, σας προτείνεται πρώτα ο κατασκευαστής "
-"του εκτυπωτή, στη συνέχεια το μοντέλο και ο συσχετισμένος οδηγός. Αν "
-"προτείνονται περισσότεροι οδηγοί, επιλέξτε αυτόν που συνιστάται, εκτός και "
-"αν έχετε αντιμετωπίσει προβλήματα με αυτόν προηγουμένως οπότε επιλέγετε "
-"αυτόν που γνωρίζετε ότι δουλεύει."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση της διεργασίας εγκατάστασης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά την επιλογή του οδηγού, θα σας ζητηθούν περαιτέρω πληροφορίες για τον "
-"καθορισμό του εκτυπωτή. Στην πρώτη γραμμή μπορείτε να καθορίσετε το όνομα με "
-"το οποίο θα εμφανίζεται ο εκτυπωτής στις εφαρμογές στην λίστα των διαθέσιμων "
-"εκτυπωτών. Στη συνέχεια σας προτείνεται να εκτυπώσετε μια δοκιμαστική "
-"σελίδα. Μετά το πέρας του βήματος αυτού, ο εκτυπωτής είναι εγκατεστημένος "
-"και διαθέσιμος προς χρήση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Εκτυπωτής δικτύου"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Οι δικτυακοί εκτυπωτές είναι εκτυπωτές που είναι συνδεδεμένοι σε ένα "
-"ενσύρματο ή ασύρματο δίκτυο, που είναι συνδεδεμένοι σε έναν εξυπηρετητή "
-"εκτύπωσης ή που είναι συνδεδεμένοι σε έναν άλλο σταθμό εργασίας και "
-"εξυπηρετεί ως διακομιστής εκτύπωσης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Συχνά, είναι καλύτερα να διαμορφώσετε τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ώστε να "
-"συσχετίζει μια σταθερή διεύθυνση IP με την διεύθυνση MAC του εκτυπωτή. "
-"Φυσικά, αυτή η διεύθυνση είναι επίσης η διεύθυνση που έχει ανατεθεί από το "
-"δίκτυο στον εκτυπωτή ή στον εξυπηρετητή εκτύπωσης, αν διαθέτουν μια σταθερή "
-"διεύθυνση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Η διεύθυνση MAC του εκτυπωτή είναι ένας σειραϊκός αριθμός που έχει δοθεί "
-"στον εκτυπωτή ή τον εξυπηρετητή εκτύπωσης ή τον υπολογιστή στον οποίο είναι "
-"συνδεδεμένος, και μπορεί να ανακτηθεί από μια σελίδα εκτυπωμένη από τον "
-"εκτυπωτή ή γραμμένη σε μια ετικέτα στον εκτυπωτή ή τον εξυπηρετητή "
-"εκτύπωσης. Αν ο κοινόχρηστος εκτυπωτής σας είναι συνδεδεμένος σε ένα σύστημα "
-"Mageia, μπορείτε μα εκτελέσετε το <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> "
-"σε αυτό ως διαχειριστής ούτως ώστε να βρείτε την διεύθυνση MAC. Είναι η "
-"ακολουθία αριθμών και γραμμάτων μετά το «HWaddr»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον δικτυακό σας εκτυπωτή επιλέγοντας το πρωτόκολλο "
-"επικοινωνίας με τον υπολογιστή σας στο δίκτυο. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποιο δίκτυο "
-"να επιλέξετε, μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε την επιλογή  <guilabel>Δικτυακός "
-"εκτυπωτής</guilabel> - <guilabel>Αναζήτηση ενός δικτυακού εκτυπωτή</"
-"guilabel> στο μενού <guilabel>Συσκευές</guilabel> και να δώσετε την "
-"διεύθυνση IP του εκτυπωτή στο πλαίσιο στα δεξιά, στο «υπολογιστής»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν το εργαλείο αναγνωρίσει τον εκτυπωτή σας ή τον εξυπηρετητή εκτύπωσης, θα "
-"σας προτείνει ένα πρωτόκολλο και μια ουρά αναμονής, αλλά μπορείτε να "
-"επιλέξετε μια πιο κατάλληλη από την παρακάτω λίστα ή να δώσετε το σωστό "
-"όνομα της ουράς αναμονής αν αυτό δεν βρίσκεται στην λίστα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση που έρχεται με τον εκτυπωτή ή τον εξυπηρετητή "
-"εκτύπωσης ώστε να βρείτε ποιο πρωτόκολλο υποστηρίζει και τα δυνατά ειδικά "
-"ονόματα ουρών αναμονής."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Πρωτόκολλα διαδικτυακής εκτύπωσης"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Μια συνήθης τεχνική είναι αυτή που έχει αναπτύξει η Hewlett-Packard και "
-"γνωστή με το όνομα JetDirect. Επιτρέπει την πρόσβαση σε έναν εκτυπωτή "
-"συνδεδεμένο στο δίκτυο μέσω μιας θύρας Ethernet. Θα πρέπει να γνωρίζετε την "
-"διεύθυνση IP του εκτυπωτή στο δίκτυο. Αυτή η τεχνική χρησιμοποιείται επίσης "
-"στο εσωτερικό μερικών δρομολογητών ADSL οι οποίοι διαθέτουν μια θύρα USB για "
-"την σύνδεση του εκτυπωτή. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, η διεύθυνση IP του "
-"εκτυπωτή είναι αυτή του δρομολογητή. Σημειωτέων ότι το εργαλείο "
-"«Διαχειριστής των περιφερειακών HP» μπορεί να διαχειρίζει δυναμικά τις "
-"διαμορφωμένες διευθύνσεις IP, να παραμετροποιήσει ένα URI όπως το "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;όνομα του εκτυπωτή></emphasis>. Σε αυτήν την "
-"περίπτωση, δεν απαιτείται μια σταθερή διεύθυνση IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> για το "
-"πρωτόκολλο και δώστε την διεύθυνση στο πλαίσιο <guilabel>Υπολογιστής:</"
-"guilabel>, μην αλλάξετε τον <guilabel>αριθμό της θύρας</guilabel> εκτός αν "
-"σας υποδειχθεί. Μετά την επιλογή του πρωτοκόλλου, η επιλογή του οδηγού "
-"γίνεται όπως ανωτέρω."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Τα άλλα πρωτόκολλα είναι:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: για έναν εκτυπωτή "
-"προσβάσιμο σε ένα δίκτυο TCP/IP μέσω του πρωτοκόλλου IPP, για παράδειγμα, "
-"ένας εκτυπωτής συνδεδεμένος σε έναν σταθμό που χρησιμοποιεί CUPS. Αυτό το "
-"πρωτόκολλο μπορεί επίσης να χρησιμοποιείται από μερικούς δρομολογητές ADSL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>το ίδιο με το IPP, "
-"αλλά μέσω της μεταφοράς http και το ασφαλές πρωτόκολλο TLS. Θα πρέπει να "
-"προσδιοριστεί η θύρα, εξ ορισμού χρησιμοποιείται η 631."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>το ίδιο με το IPP, "
-"αλλά με το ασφαλές πρωτόκολλο TLS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Υπολογιστής ή εκτυπωτής LPD/LPR</emphasis>: για έναν εκτυπωτή "
-"προσβάσιμο σε ένα δίκτυο TCP/IP μέσω του πρωτοκόλλου LPD, για παράδειγμα, "
-"ένας εκτυπωτής συνδεδεμένος σε έναν σταθμό που χρησιμοποιεί LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Εκτυπωτής Windows μέσω SAMBA</emphasis>: ο εκτυπωτής είναι "
-"συνδεδεμένος σε έναν σταθμό Windows ή σε έναν εξυπηρετητή SMB και είναι "
-"κοινόχρηστος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr "Το URI μπορεί να προστεθεί άμεσα. Ορίστε μερικά παραδείγματα URI:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://διεύθυνση-ip-ή-υπολογιστής:θύρα</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://διεύθυνση-ip-ή-υπολογιστής:αριθμός-θύρας/πόρος</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://διεύθυνση-ip-ή-υπολογιστής:αριθμός-θύρας/πόρος</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Πρωτόκολλο Line Printer Daemon (LPD)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://χρήστης@διεύθυνση-ip-ή-υπολογιστής/ουρά</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Επιπρόσθετες πληροφορίες μπορούν αν βρεθούν στην <link ns2:href=\"http://www."
-"cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">τεκμηρίωση CUPS</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Ιδιότητες συσκευής"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Οι ιδιότητες του περιφερειακού είναι διαθέσιμες. Το μενού Εξυπηρετητής "
-"επιτρέπει την πρόσβαση στις παραμέτρους του εξυπηρετητή CUPS. Εξ ορισμού "
-"εκτελείται ένας εξυπηρετητής CUPS στο σύστημά σας, αλλά είναι δυνατό να "
-"καθοριστεί ένας άλλος μέσω του του μενού <guimenu>Εξυπηρετητής</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Σύνδεση...</guimenuitem>, ένα άλλο παράθυρο επιτρέπει την "
-"λεπτομερή ρύθμιση των ειδικών παραμέτρων του εξυπηρετητή μέσω του μενού "
-"<guimenu>Εξυπηρετητής</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Ρυθμίσεις</guimenuitem>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Επίλυση προβλημάτων"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να βρείτε πληροφορίες για σφάλματα κατά την εκτύπωση επιθεωρώντας "
-"το αρχείο καταγραφών <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Είναι διαθέσιμο επίσης ένα εργαλείο διάγνωσης προβλημάτων μέσω του μενού "
-"<guimenu>Βοήθεια</guimenu> | <guilabel> Αντιμετώπιση προβλημάτων</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Είναι πιθανό οι οδηγοί κάποιων εκτυπωτών να μην είναι διαθέσιμοι στη Mageia "
-"ή να μην είναι λειτουργικοί. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, επισκεφτείτε την "
-"ιστοσελίδα <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/"
-"\">openprinting</link> για να ελέγξετε αν υπάρχει ένας διαθέσιμος οδηγός για "
-"τον εκτυπωτή. Αν ναι, αναζητήστε το πακέτο στη Mageia και αν είναι διαθέσιμο "
-"εγκαταστήστε το χειροκίνητα. Στη συνέχεια εκτελέστε εκ νέου την διαδικασία "
-"της εγκατάστασης για την διαμόρφωση του εκτυπωτή. Σε κάθε περίπτωση, "
-"αναφέρετε το πρόβλημα στο bugzilla ή στο φόρουμ. Παράσχετε το μοντέλο του "
-"εκτυπωτή και τον χρησιμοποιούμενο οδηγό και περιγράψτε αν ο εκτυπωτής "
-"λειτουργεί σωστά μετά την εγκατάσταση. Ορίστε μερικοί τρόποι αναζήτησης "
-"άλλων οδηγών ενημερωμένων ή για σύγχρονους εκτυπωτές."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εκτυπωτές Brother</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε <link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/"
-"linux/en/download_prn.html\">αυτήν τη σελίδα</link> υπάρχει μια λίστα οδηγών "
-"που παρέχονται από την Brother. Αναζητήστε τον οδηγό για την συσκευή σας, "
-"τηλεφορτώστε και εγκαταστήστε τα πακέτα rpm."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Θα πρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε τους οδηγούς Brother πριν την εκτέλεση του "
-"εργαλείου διαμόρφωσης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εκτυπωτές Hewlett-Packard και συσκευές Όλα σε ένα</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτές οι συσκευές χρησιμοποιούν το hplip. Είναι εγκατεστημένο αυτόματα μετά "
-"τον εντοπισμό ή την επιλογή του εκτυπωτή. Μπορείτε να βρείτε περισσότερες "
-"πληροφορίες <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html"
-"\">εδώ</link>. Το εργαλείο «Διαχειριστής συσκευών HP» είναι διαθέσιμο υπό το "
-"μενού <guilabel>Σύστημα</guilabel>. Δείτε επίσης στο <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">διαμόρφωση</"
-"link> για την διαχείριση του εκτυπωτή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Ένα περιφερειακό HP Όλα-σε-ένα πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί ως εκτυπωτής και θα "
-"προστεθούν και οι λειτουργίες του σαρωτή. Σημειώστε ότι μερικές φορές το "
-"Xsane δεν επιτρέπει την ψηφιοποίηση φιλμ ή διαφανειών (το φωτεινό κάλυμμα "
-"δεν μπορεί να λειτουργήσει). Σε αυτήν περίπτωση, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε "
-"την αυτόνομη λειτουργία της συσκευής, και να αποθηκεύσετε την εικόνα σε ένα "
-"κλειδί USB ή μια κάρτα μνήμης εισηγμένη στην συσκευή. Στη συνέχεια, ανοίξτε "
-"την προτιμώμενη σας εφαρμογή για την επεξεργασία εικόνων και φορτώστε την "
-"εικόνα από την κάρτα μνήμης η οποία θα έχει εμφανιστεί στον φάκελο /media."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Έγχρωμος εκτυπωτής Samsung</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Για ειδικούς έγχρωμους εκτυπωτές Samsung και Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">αυτή η σελίδα παρέχει οδηγούς</link> για το πρωτόκολλο "
-"QPDL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εκτυπωτές και σαρωτές Epson</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Οι οδηγοί για τους εκτυπωτές Epson είναι διαθέσιμοι από <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">αυτήν την "
-"σελίδα αναζήτησης</link>. Για τον σαρωτή, θα πρέπει πρώτα να εγκαταστήσετε "
-"το πακέτο «iscan-data», και στη συνέχεια το «iscan» (με αυτήν την σειρά). "
-"Ενδεχομένως να σας προταθεί το πακέτο iscan-plugin το οποίο πρέπει να το "
-"εγκαταστήσετε. Επιλέξτε τα πακέτα <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> ανάλογα με την "
-"αρχιτεκτονική του συστήματός σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Είναι πιθανόν το πακέτο iscan να εμφανίσει μια προειδοποίηση σχετικά με μια "
-"σύγκρουση με το sane. Οι χρήστες έχουν αναφέρει ότι αυτή η προειδοποίηση "
-"μπορεί να αγνοηθεί."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εκτυπωτές Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Για τους εκτυπωτές Canon, συνιστάται να εγκαταστήσετε το εργαλείο turboprint "
-"το οποίο είναι διαθέσιμο <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">εδώ</"
-"link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Εισαγωγή εγγράφων και ρυθμίσεων των Windows(ΤΜ)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> θα το βρείτε στην "
-"καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Σύστημα</emphasis> στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia "
-"με την ονομασία <guilabel>Εισαγωγή εγγράδων και ρυθμίσεων των Windows (TM)</"
-"guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο επιτρέπει σε έναν διαχειριστή να εισαγάγει τα έγγραφα και "
-"τις ρυθμίσεις του χρήστη από ένα σύστημα <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> XP ή <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"<trademark>Vista</trademark> εγκατεστημένο στον ίδιο υπολογιστή με την "
-"Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Παρακαλώ σημειώστε ότι όλες οι αλλαγές θα εφαρμοστούν άμεσα από το "
-"transfugdrake με το πάτημα στο κουμπί <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά την εκκίνηση του transfugdrake θα δείτε την πρώτη σελίδα του οδηγού με "
-"μερικές επεξηγήσεις περί του εργαλείου και των επιλογών εισαγωγής."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά την ανάγνωση των οδηγιών πατήστε στο κουμπί <guibutton>Επόμενο</"
-"guibutton> για να ξεκινήσει ο εντοπισμός της εγκατάστασης των <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά το πέρας του βήματος του εντοπισμού θα δείτε μια σελίδα στην οποία "
-"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τους λογαριασμούς στα <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> και στην Mageia για την διαδικασία εισαγωγής. "
-"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν άλλο λογαριασμό εκτός του δικού σας."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Παρακαλώ σημειώστε ότι λόγω περιορισμών του migrate-assistant (το σύστημα "
-"υποστήριξης του transfugdrake) οι λογαριασμοί <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> με ειδικούς χαρακτήρες μπορεί να εμφανίζονται "
-"λανθασμένα."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"Η μεταφορά μπορεί να διαρκέσει αρκετό χρόνο ανάλογα με το μέγεθος των "
-"φακέλων των εγγράφων."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Ορισμένες εφαρμογές <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"(κυρίως οδηγοί συσκευών) μπορεί να δημιουργούν λογαριασμούς χρηστών για "
-"διάφορους σκοπούς. Για παράδειγμα, οι οδηγοί NVidia στα <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> πραγματοποιούν τις ενημερώσεις "
-"χρησιμοποιώντας έναν λογαριασμό <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Παρακαλώ "
-"μην χρησιμοποιείτε τέτοιου είδους λογαριασμούς για εισαγωγή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Όταν τελειώσετε με την επιλογή λογαριασμών πατήστε το κουμπί "
-"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>. Η επόμενη σελίδα χρησιμοποιείται για να "
-"διαλέξετε μια μέθοδο εισαγωγής εγγράφων:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Το transfugdrake έχει σχεδιαστεί να εισάγει δεδομένα των <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> από τις τοποθεσίες <emphasis>Τα έγγραφά "
-"μου</emphasis>; <emphasis>Η μουσική μου</emphasis>, και <emphasis>Οι "
-"φωτογραφίες μου</emphasis>. Μπορείτε να παραλείψετε την εισαγωγή επιλέγοντας "
-"το κατάλληλο αντικείμενο σε αυτό το παράθυρο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Όταν τελειώσετε με την μέθοδο επιλογής των εγγράφων προς εισαγωγή πατήστε το "
-"κουμπί <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>. Στην επόμενη σελίδα μπορείτε να "
-"επιλέξετε την μέθοδο εισαγωγής σελιδοδεικτών."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Το transfugdrake μπορεί να εισάγει σελιδοδείκτες από τον <emphasis>Internet "
-"Explorer</emphasis> και τον <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> στην "
-"εγκατάσταση του <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> στην Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε την προτιμώμενη επιλογή εισαγωγής και πατήστε στο κουμπί "
-"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "Η επόμενη σελίδα σας επιτρέπει να εισάγετε την επιφάνεια εργασίας:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε την προτιμώμενη επιλογή και πατήστε στο κουμπί <guibutton>Επόμενο</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Η τελευταία σελίδα του οδηγού εμφανίζει ένα συγχαρητήριο μήνυμα. Απλά "
-"πατήστε το κουμπί <guibutton>Τερματισμός</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Χρήστες και Ομάδες"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> ως "
-"διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στην "
-"καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Σύστημα</emphasis> στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia "
-"με την ονομασία «Διαχείριση των χρηστών του συστήματος»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Το εργαλείο επιτρέπει σε ένα διαχειριστή να διαχειριστεί τους χρήστες και "
-"τις ομάδες, με την έννοια να προσθέσει ή να διαγράψει ένα χρήστη ή μία ομάδα "
-"και να αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις για το χρήστη και την ομάδα (ID, κέλυφος,...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Όταν το userdrake είναι ανοιχτό, όλοι οι υπάρχοντες χρήστες του συστήματος "
-"εμφανίζονται στην καρτέλα <guibutton>Χρήστες</guibutton>, και όλες οι ομάδες "
-"στην καρτέλα <guibutton>Ομάδες</guibutton>. Και οι δυο καρτέλες λειτουργούν "
-"κατά τον ίδιο τρόπο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Προσθήκη χρήστη</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Αυτό το κουμπί ανοίγει ένα νέο παράθυρο με όλα τα πεδία κενά:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Το πεδίο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Πλήρες όνομα</emphasis> προορίζεται για την "
-"καταχώρηση του ονοματεπώνυμου, αλλά μπορείτε να καταχωρήσετε κάτι άλλο ή "
-"ακόμα και να το αφήσετε κενό!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"Το πεδίο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Χρήστης</emphasis> είναι το μόνο "
-"απαιτούμενο πεδίο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Συνιστάται θερμώς ο καθορισμός ενός <emphasis role=\"bold\">κωδικού "
-"πρόσβασης</emphasis>. Στα δεξιά βρίσκεται μια μικρή ασπίδα, αν είναι ερυθρή, "
-"ο κωδικός πρόσβασης είναι αδύνατος, πολύ μικρός ή πολύ σχετικός με το όνομα "
-"χρήστη. Θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε σύμβολα, πεζούς και κεφαλαίους "
-"χαρακτήρες, σημεία στίξης, κλπ. Η ασπίδα θα εναλλαχτεί σε πορτοκαλί και στη "
-"συνέχεια σε πράσινη όσο βελτιώνεται το σθένος του κωδικού πρόσβασης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"Το πεδίο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Επιβεβαίωση του κωδικού πρόσβασης</"
-"emphasis> διαφυλάσσει την επιθυμητή καταχώρηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"Το πεδίο <guilabel>Κέλυφος σύνδεσης</guilabel> είναι μια αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα "
-"που σας επιτρέπει να αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη "
-"που προσθέτετε. Οι επιλογές είναι Bash, Dash και Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν το πεδίο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Δημιουργία μιας ιδιωτικής ομάδας για τον "
-"χρήστη</emphasis> είναι ενεργοποιημένο, θα δημιουργηθεί αυτόματα μια ομάδα "
-"με το ίδιο όνομα και με τον νέο χρήστη ως το μοναδικό της μέλος (δέχεται "
-"επεξεργασία)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Οι υπόλοιπες επιλογές είναι πασιφανείς. Ο νέος χρήστης δημιουργείται άμεσα "
-"με το πάτημα στο κουμπί <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Προσθήκη ομάδας</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Χρειάζεται μόνο να εισάγετε το νέο όνομα ομάδας και αν απαιτείται, το ID της "
-"συγκεκριμένης ομάδας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Επεξεργασία</emphasis> (του επιλεγμένου χρήστη)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Δεδομένα χρήστη</guibutton>: Σας επιτρέπει την τροποποίηση όλων "
-"των καταχωρημένων δεδομένων του χρήστη κατά την δημιουργία (εκτός του "
-"αναγνωριστικού)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Πληροφορίες λογαριασμού</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Η πρώτη επιλογή καθορίζει την ημερομηνία λήξης για τους λογαριασμούς. Η "
-"σύνδεση είναι αδύνατη με το πέρας της ημερομηνίας αυτής. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο "
-"για προσωρινούς λογαριασμούς."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"Η δεύτερη επιλογή χρησιμεύει για το κλείδωμα του λογαριασμού. Η σύνδεση "
-"είναι αδύνατη όσο ο λογαριασμός είναι κλειδωμένος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Είναι επίσης δυνατό να αλλάξετε το εικονίδιο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Πληροφορίες κωδικού πρόσβασης</emphasis>: Σας "
-"επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε μια ημερομηνία λήξης για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης. Αυτό "
-"εξαναγκάζει τον χρήστη να αλλάζει περιοδικά  τον κωδικό πρόσβασης."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ομάδα</emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις "
-"ομάδες στις οποίες θα είναι μέλος ο χρήστης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν τροποποιείτε έναν χρήστη σε σύνδεση, οι τροποποιήσεις θα λάβουν χώρα κατά "
-"την επόμενη σύνδεση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Επεξεργασία</emphasis> (με μια επιλεγμένη ομάδα)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Δεδομένα ομάδας</emphasis>: Σας επιτρέπει την αλλαγή "
-"του ονόματος της ομάδας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ομάδα χρηστών</emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε "
-"τους χρήστες οι οποίοι είναι μέλη της ομάδος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Διαγραφή</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Επιλέξτε έναν χρήστη ή μια ομάδα και κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Διαγραφή</emphasis> για να τον αφαιρέσετε. Με την διαγραφή ενός χρήστη "
-"εμφανίζεται ένα παράθυρο που σας ρωτά αν επιθυμείτε να διαγράψετε τον "
-"προσωπικό του φάκελο και το γραμματοκιβώτιό του. Αν έχει δημιουργηθεί μια "
-"ιδιωτική ομάδα για τον χρήστη, θα διαγραφεί παρομοίως."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Είναι δυνατό να διαγράψετε μια ομάδα αν δεν είναι κενή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Ανανέωση</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Η βάση δεδομένων χρηστών μπορεί να αλλάξει εκτός του Userdrake. Κάντε κλικ "
-"στο εικονίδιο αυτό για να ανανεώσετε την απεικόνιση. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Λογαριασμός επισκέπτη</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ο λογαριασμός <emphasis role=\"bold\">επισκέπτη</emphasis> είναι ένας "
-"ειδικός λογαριασμός. Έχει σκοπό να δίνει σε κάποιον προσωρινή πρόσβαση στο "
-"σύστημα με απόλυτη ασφάλεια. Το όνομα του χρήστη είναι το xguest, χωρίς "
-"κωδικό πρόσβασης, και είναι δυνατή η τροποποίηση του συστήματος από τον "
-"λογαριασμό αυτό. Οι προσωπικοί κατάλογοι διαγράφονται από το σύστημα κατά "
-"την έξοδο από την συνεδρία. Αυτός ο λογαριασμός είναι ενεργοποιημένος εξ "
-"ορισμού. Για να τον απενεργοποιήσετε κάντε κλικ στο μενού <guimenu>Ενέργειες "
-"-> Απεγκατάσταση του λογαριασμού επισκέπτη</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τον εξυπηρετητή γραφικών"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakx11</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής "
-"συστήματος.."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το εργαλείο βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Υλικό</emphasis>. Επιλέξτε το "
-"<emphasis><guilabel>Διαμόρφωση του εξυπηρετητή γραφικών</guilabel></"
-"emphasis>.<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Τα κουμπιά σας επιτρέπουν να αλλάξετε την παραμετροποίηση των γραφικών."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Κάρτα γραφικών</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Εμφανίζεται η εντοπισμένη τρέχουσα κάρτα γραφικών και ο διαμορφωμένος "
-"εξυπηρετητής γραφικών. Κάντε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί για να αλλάξετε τον "
-"εξυπηρετητή, για παράδειγμα σε έναν με ιδιόκτητο οδηγό."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Οι διαθέσιμοι εξυπηρετητές ταξινομούνται αλφαβητικά κάτω από το "
-"<guilabel>Κατασκευαστής</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια ανά μοντέλο επίσης με "
-"αλφαβητική σειρά. Οι ελεύθεροι οδηγοί ταξινομούνται αλφαβητικά κάτω από το "
-"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Σε περίπτωση προβλημάτων, το <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> θα δουλέψει με "
-"τις περισσότερες κάρτες γραφικών και θα σας δώσει το χρόνο να βρείτε και να "
-"εγκαταστήσετε το σωστό οδηγό ενώ θα είστε στο Περιβάλλον Εργασίας σας."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν ακόμα ο οδηγός Vesa δεν λειτουργεί, επιλέξτε <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</"
-"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, ο οποίος χρησιμοποιείται "
-"κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, αλλά δεν σας επιτρέπει την αλλαγή της "
-"ανάλυσης και του ρυθμού ανανέωσης."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν επιλέξετε έναν ελεύθερο οδηγό, ίσως ρωτηθείτε αν επιθυμείτε να "
-"εγκαταστήσετε έναν ιδιόκτητο οδηγό αντί αυτού με περισσότερα χαρακτηριστικά "
-"(π.χ. τεχνάσματα 3Δ)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Οθόνη:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Με τον ίδιο τρόπο όπως ανωτέρω, εμφανίζεται η εντοπισμένη οθόνη και μπορείτε "
-"να κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί για να το αλλάξετε με ένα άλλο. Αν η επιθυμητή "
-"οθόνη δεν βρίσκεται στον κατάλογο των κατασκευαστών, επιλέξτε από τον "
-"κατάλογο <guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel> μια οθόνη με τα ίδια "
-"χαρακτηριστικά."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ανάλυση:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτό το κουμπί επιτρέπει την επιλογή της ανάλυσης (αριθμός εικονοστοιχείων) "
-"και το βάθος χρώματος (αριθμός χρωμάτων). Παρουσιάζει αυτή την οθόνη:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Κατά την αλλαγή του βάθους "
-"χρώματος, θα εμφανιστεί μια πολύχρωμη γραμμή δίπλα από το δεύτερο κουμπί και "
-"θα εμφανίσει μια προεπισκόπηση με το πώς θα δείχνει το επιλεγμένο βάθος "
-"χρώματος."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Το πρώτο κουμπί δείχνει την τρέχουσα ανάλυση. Κάντε κλικ για να το αλλάξετε. "
-"Η λίστα προσφέρει όλες τις δυνατές επιλογές ανάλογα με την κάρτα γραφικών "
-"και την  οθόνη. Μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο <guilabel>Άλλες</guilabel> για "
-"να δείτε άλλες αναλύσεις αλλά έχετε υπόψιν ότι μπορείτε να καταστρέψετε την "
-"οθόνη σας ή να ορίσετε μια ακατάλληλη ρύθμιση."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Το δεύτερο κουμπί δείχνει το τωρινό βάθος χρώματος, πατήστε το για να το "
-"αλλάξετε σε κάποιο άλλο."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Ανάλογα με την επιλεγμένη ανάλυση, μπορεί να είναι απαραίτητο να "
-"αποσυνδεθείτε σαν χρήστης και να επανεκκινήσετε το γραφικό περιβάλλον για να "
-"τεθούν σε ισχύ οι ρυθμίσεις."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Δοκιμή:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Μόλις η παραμετροποίηση τελειώσει, προτείνεται να κάνετε μια δοκιμή πριν "
-"πατήσετε το OK γιατί είναι ευκολότερο να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις τώρα παρά "
-"αργότερα αν το γραφικό περιβάλλον δε δουλεύει."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Στην περίπτωση ενός γραφικού περιβάλλοντος που δε δουλεύει, πατήστε Alt+Ctrl"
-"+F2 για να ανοίξετε ένα περιβάλλον κειμένου, συνδεθείτε σαν διαχειριστής και "
-"πληκτρολογήστε XFdrake (με τα κεφαλαία) για να χρησιμοποιήσετε την έκδοση "
-"κειμένου του XFdrake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν η δοκιμή αποτύχει, απλά περιμένετε μέχρι το τέλος και αν λειτουργεί αλλά "
-"παρόλα αυτά δεν επιθυμείτε την αλλαγή, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Όχι</"
-"guibutton>, αν όλα είναι σωστά κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton role=\"bold"
-"\">Εντάξει</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Επιλογές:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Καθολικές επιλογές</guilabel>: Αν είναι επιλεγμένο το "
-"<emphasis>Απενεργοποίηση του Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis>, δεν θα είναι "
-"δυνατή η επανεκκίνηση του εξυπηρετητή X με το πάτημα του συνδυασμού των "
-"πλήκτρων Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Κάρτα γραφικών και επιλογές</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει να "
-"ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε τρία ειδικά χαρακτηριστικά ανάλογα με "
-"την κάρτα γραφικών."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Γραφικό περιβάλλον κατά την εκκίνηση</guilabel>: Ως επί το "
-"πλείστον, είναι επιλεγμένο το <emphasis>Αυτόματη εκκίνηση του γραφικού "
-"περιβάλλοντος εργασίας (Xorg), κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματος</emphasis> "
-"ούτως ώστε να εκκινείται το σύστημα σε γραφικό περιβάλλον· μπορεί να "
-"απενεργοποιηθεί για έναν εξυπηρετητή."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Μετά από ένα πάτημα του κουμπιού <guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton>, το σύστημα "
-"θα σας ζητήσει επιβεβαίωση. Υπάρχει ακόμα διαθέσιμος χρόνος για να ακυρώσετε "
-"τα πάντα και να διατηρήσετε την προηγούμενη παραμετροποίηση ή για να κάνετε "
-"αποδοχή. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε και να "
-"επανασυνδεθείτε για να ενεργοποιηθεί η νέα παραμετροποίηση."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-#~ "possible to set a password."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Στο τρίτο και τελευταίο τμήμα, την <guibutton>Ασφάλεια</guibutton>, "
-#~ "μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης."
-
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "Παρουσία ενός συστήματος <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis>:"
-
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "Παρουσία ενός συστήματος <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis>:"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible "
-#~ "to choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Στην επιπλέον οθόνη <guilabel>Προηγμένος</guilabel>, μπορείτε να "
-#~ "επιλέξετε τη <guilabel>λειτουργία βίντεο</guilabel>."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to "
-#~ "select a driver from all the ones available on the computer that match "
-#~ "the sound card."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Η αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα <guilabel>Οδηγών</guilabel> σας επιτρέπει την "
-#~ "επιλογή ενός οδηγού μεταξύ αυτών που είναι διαθέσιμοι στον υπολογιστή και "
-#~ "ταιριάζουν με την κάρτα ήχου."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
-#~ "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
-#~ "possible for its enhanced features."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Επί το πλείστον, είναι δυνατό να επιλέξετε έναν οδηγό χρησιμοποιώντας το "
-#~ "API OSS ή ALSA. Το OSS είναι της παλαιότερης γενιάς και με βασικά "
-#~ "χαρακτηριστικά· συνιστούμε τη χρήση του ALSA όταν είναι εφικτό ώστε να "
-#~ "επωφεληθείτε από τα ενισχυμένα χαρακτηριστικά του."
-
-#~ msgid "Draksound1.png"
-#~ msgstr "Draksound1.png"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
-#~ "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a "
-#~ "driver for your device."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Το πρώτο κουμπί δίνει πλήρη ελευθερία επιλογών. Θα πρέπει να γνωρίζετε τι "
-#~ "κάνετε. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι διαθέσιμη όταν το σύστημα έχει βρει έναν "
-#~ "οδηγό για τη συσκευής σας."
-
-#~ msgid "drakboot --boot"
-#~ msgstr "drakboot --boot"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-#~ "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, "
-#~ "πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ως "
-#~ "διαχειριστής συστήματος."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the "
-#~ "Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</"
-#~ "emphasis>.¶"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο "
-#~ "Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Υλικό</"
-#~ "emphasis>.¶"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If checked, this option will empty the /tmp directory at each boot, "
-#~ "preventing it from become too big and clearing the trackings that don't "
-#~ "need to be kept."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Αν είναι ενεργοποιημένη, αυτή η επιλογή θα αδειάζει τον κατάλογο /tmp σε "
-#~ "κάθε εκκίνηση, αποτρέποντας τον έτσι από το να γίνει πολύ μεγάλος και θα "
-#~ "καθαρίζει τα ίχνη που δε χρειάζεται να κρατούνται. "
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Security options:"
-#~ msgstr "Ασφάλεια"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "File -> Save the configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Σώστε την τωρινή ρύθμιση."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 87cbb473..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Κέντρο ελέγχου της Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Τα εργαλεία για την διαμόρφωση του συστήματος Mageia</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την
-άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link>
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από
-την <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
-	    </para>
-            <para>Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν
-επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ
-επικοινωνήστε με την <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ομάδα της
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bee5ed42..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Κέντρο ελέγχου της Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την
-άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link>
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από
-την <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
-	    </para>
-            <para>Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν
-επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ
-επικοινωνήστε με την <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ομάδα της
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 83c47c4d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Ενημέρωση Πακέτων Λογισμικού</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate ή drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο βρίσκεται στο <footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">Mageiaupdate</emphasis> ή <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote>Κέντρο
-Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role="bold">Διαχείριση
-λογισμικού</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Για την λειτουργία του απαιτείται να έχουν διαμορφωθεί τα αποθετήρια μέσω
-του drakrpm-editmedia με μερικά μέσα ενημέρωσης διαμορφωμένα. Αν δεν
-συμβαίνει αυτό, θα ερωτηθείτε να το κάνετε.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Μετά από την εκτέλεση του εργαλείου, γίνεται σάρωση των ήδη εγκατεστημένων
-πακέτων και εμφανίζει αυτά με διαθέσιμη ενημέρωση στα αποθετήρια. Είναι εξ
-ορισμού επιλεγμένα για λήψη και εγκατάσταση. Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί
-<guibutton>Ενημέρωση</guibutton> για την έναρξη της διαδικασίας.</para>
-
-  <para>Με κλικ σε ένα πακέτο εμφανίζονται περισσότερες πληροφορίες στο κάτω ήμισυ
-του παραθύρου. Το σύμβολο <emphasis role="bold">></emphasis> πριν από έναν
-τίτλο σημαίνει ότι μπορείτε να αναπτύξετε το κείμενο .</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Όταν υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες ενημερώσεις, μια μικροεφαρμογή του πλαισίου
-συστήματος θα σας ειδοποιήσει μέσω ενός κόκκινου εικονιδίου <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>. Απλά κάντε κλικ και εισαγάγετε τον κωδικό
-πρόσβασης του χρήστη για να ενημερώσετε το σύστημα.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index be4b2697..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Ρυθμίστε τον εξυπηρετητή γραφικών</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα
-<emphasis role="bold">Υλικό</emphasis>. Επιλέξτε το
-<emphasis><guilabel>Διαμόρφωση του εξυπηρετητή
-γραφικών</guilabel></emphasis>.<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakx11</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος..</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Τα κουμπιά σας επιτρέπουν να αλλάξετε την παραμετροποίηση των γραφικών.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Κάρτα γραφικών</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>Εμφανίζεται η εντοπισμένη τρέχουσα κάρτα γραφικών και ο διαμορφωμένος
-εξυπηρετητής γραφικών. Κάντε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί για να αλλάξετε τον
-εξυπηρετητή, για παράδειγμα σε έναν με ιδιόκτητο οδηγό.</para>
-
-  <para>Οι διαθέσιμοι εξυπηρετητές ταξινομούνται αλφαβητικά κάτω από το
-<guilabel>Κατασκευαστής</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια ανά μοντέλο επίσης με
-αλφαβητική σειρά. Οι ελεύθεροι οδηγοί ταξινομούνται αλφαβητικά κάτω από το
-<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Σε περίπτωση προβλημάτων, το <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> θα δουλέψει με
-τις περισσότερες κάρτες γραφικών και θα σας δώσει το χρόνο να βρείτε και να
-εγκαταστήσετε το σωστό οδηγό ενώ θα είστε στο Περιβάλλον Εργασίας σας.</para>
-
-      <para>Αν ακόμα ο οδηγός Vesa δεν λειτουργεί, επιλέξτε
-<emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>,
-ο οποίος χρησιμοποιείται κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, αλλά δεν σας
-επιτρέπει την αλλαγή της ανάλυσης και του ρυθμού ανανέωσης.</para>
-    </note>Αν επιλέξετε έναν ελεύθερο οδηγό, ίσως ρωτηθείτε αν επιθυμείτε να
-εγκαταστήσετε έναν ιδιόκτητο οδηγό αντί αυτού με περισσότερα χαρακτηριστικά
-(π.χ. τεχνάσματα 3Δ).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Οθόνη:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Με τον ίδιο τρόπο όπως ανωτέρω, εμφανίζεται η εντοπισμένη οθόνη και μπορείτε
-να κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί για να το αλλάξετε με ένα άλλο. Αν η επιθυμητή
-οθόνη δεν βρίσκεται στον κατάλογο των κατασκευαστών, επιλέξτε από τον
-κατάλογο <guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel> μια οθόνη με τα ίδια
-χαρακτηριστικά.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Ανάλυση:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το κουμπί επιτρέπει την επιλογή της ανάλυσης (αριθμός εικονοστοιχείων)
-και το βάθος χρώματος (αριθμός χρωμάτων). Παρουσιάζει αυτή την οθόνη:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Κατά την αλλαγή του βάθους χρώματος,
-θα εμφανιστεί μια πολύχρωμη γραμμή δίπλα από το δεύτερο κουμπί και θα
-εμφανίσει μια προεπισκόπηση με το πώς θα δείχνει το επιλεγμένο βάθος
-χρώματος.</para>
-
-  <para>Το πρώτο κουμπί δείχνει την τρέχουσα ανάλυση. Κάντε κλικ για να το
-αλλάξετε. Η λίστα προσφέρει όλες τις δυνατές επιλογές ανάλογα με την κάρτα
-γραφικών και την  οθόνη. Μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο
-<guilabel>Άλλες</guilabel> για να δείτε άλλες αναλύσεις αλλά έχετε υπόψιν
-ότι μπορείτε να καταστρέψετε την οθόνη σας ή να ορίσετε μια ακατάλληλη
-ρύθμιση.</para>
-
-  <para>Το δεύτερο κουμπί δείχνει το τωρινό βάθος χρώματος, πατήστε το για να το
-αλλάξετε σε κάποιο άλλο.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Ανάλογα με την επιλεγμένη ανάλυση, μπορεί να είναι απαραίτητο να
-αποσυνδεθείτε σαν χρήστης και να επανεκκινήσετε το γραφικό περιβάλλον για να
-τεθούν σε ισχύ οι ρυθμίσεις.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Δοκιμή:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Μόλις η παραμετροποίηση τελειώσει, προτείνεται να κάνετε μια δοκιμή πριν
-πατήσετε το OK γιατί είναι ευκολότερο να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις τώρα παρά
-αργότερα αν το γραφικό περιβάλλον δε δουλεύει.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Στην περίπτωση ενός γραφικού περιβάλλοντος που δε δουλεύει, πατήστε
-Alt+Ctrl+F2 για να ανοίξετε ένα περιβάλλον κειμένου, συνδεθείτε σαν
-διαχειριστής και πληκτρολογήστε XFdrake (με τα κεφαλαία) για να
-χρησιμοποιήσετε την έκδοση κειμένου του XFdrake.</para>
-    </note>Αν η δοκιμή αποτύχει, απλά περιμένετε μέχρι το τέλος και αν λειτουργεί αλλά
-παρόλα αυτά δεν επιθυμείτε την αλλαγή, κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Όχι</guibutton>, αν όλα είναι σωστά κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton
-role="bold">Εντάξει</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Επιλογές:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Καθολικές επιλογές</guilabel>: Αν είναι επιλεγμένο το
-<emphasis>Απενεργοποίηση του Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis>, δεν θα είναι
-δυνατή η επανεκκίνηση του εξυπηρετητή X με το πάτημα του συνδυασμού των
-πλήκτρων Ctrl+Alt+Backspace.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Κάρτα γραφικών και επιλογές</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει να
-ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε τρία ειδικά χαρακτηριστικά ανάλογα με
-την κάρτα γραφικών.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Γραφικό περιβάλλον κατά την εκκίνηση</guilabel>: Ως επί το
-πλείστον, είναι επιλεγμένο το <emphasis>Αυτόματη εκκίνηση του γραφικού
-περιβάλλοντος εργασίας (Xorg), κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματος</emphasis>
-ούτως ώστε να εκκινείται το σύστημα σε γραφικό περιβάλλον· μπορεί να
-απενεργοποιηθεί για έναν εξυπηρετητή.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>Μετά από ένα πάτημα του κουμπιού <guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton>, το σύστημα
-θα σας ζητήσει επιβεβαίωση. Υπάρχει ακόμα διαθέσιμος χρόνος για να ακυρώσετε
-τα πάντα και να διατηρήσετε την προηγούμενη παραμετροποίηση ή για να κάνετε
-αποδοχή. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε και να
-επανασυνδεθείτε για να ενεργοποιηθεί η νέα παραμετροποίηση.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 398a9eb2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Πρόσβαση σε κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-  </footnote> βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο
-Ελέγχου Mageia, στην καρτέλα κοινόχρηστα δικτύου, με την ετικέτα
-<guilabel>Ρυθμίστε τις κοινές χρήσεις WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-
- <para>To <link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link>
-είναι ένα πρωτόκολλο που σας επιτρέπει την προσάρτηση ενός καταλόγου
-εξυπηρετητή ιστού τοπικά, ώστε να εμφανίζεται ως ένας τοπικός
-φάκελος. Απαιτείται από το απομακρυσμένο μηχάνημα να εκτελείται ένας
-εξυπηρετητής  WebDAV. Η διαμόρφωση του εξυπηρετητή WebDAV δεν είναι στόχος
-του εργαλείου αυτού.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Δημιουργία νέας καταχώρισης</title>
-
-    <para>Η πρώτη οθόνη εμφανίζει τις ήδη ρυθμισμένες καταχωρίσεις, εάν υπάρχουν, και
-ένα κουμπί <guibutton>Νέο</guibutton>. Χρησιμοποιήστε το για να
-δημιουργήσετε μια νέα καταχώριση. Εισάγετε το URL του εξυπηρετητή στο πεδίο
-της νέας οθόνης.</para>
-
-    <para>Στη συνέχεια εμφανίζεται μια οθόνη με κουμπιά επιλογών για την επιλογή
-μερικών ενεργειών. Συνεχίστε με την ενέργεια <guibutton>Σημείο
-προσάρτησης</guibutton> με κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton> αφού
-επιλέξετε το κουμπί επιλογών, ενώ ο <guibutton>Εξυπηρετητής</guibutton>
-είναι ήδη διαμορφωμένος. Μπορείτε ωστόσο να το διορθώσετε αν χρειάζεται.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Το περιεχόμενο του απομακρυσμένου καταλόγου θα είναι προσβάσιμο από αυτό το
-σημείο προσάρτησης.</para>
-
-    <para>Στο επόμενο βήμα, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό
-πρόσβασης. Αν χρειάζεστε κάποιες άλλες επιλογές, μπορείτε να τις δηλώσετε
-στην οθόνη για <guibutton>προχωρημένους</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Η επιλογή <guibutton>Προσάρτηση</guibutton> σας επιτρέπει να προσαρτήσετε
-άμεσα την πρόσβαση.</para>
-
-    <para>Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση μέσω του κουμπιού επιλογών
-<guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton>, εμφανίζεται πάλι η πρώτη οθόνη με το νέο σας
-σημείο προσάρτησης. Μετά την επιλογή <guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton>, θα
-ερωτηθείτε αν επιθυμείτε να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές στο
-<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>.  Επιλέξτε το αν επιθυμείτε να γίνεται
-προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου καταλόγου σε κάθε εκκίνηση. Αν η διαμόρφωσή
-σας είναι για μια μόνο χρήση, δεν χρειάζεται να το αποθηκεύσετε.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 65b4800d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Μοιραστείτε τις κατατμήσεις του σκληρού δίσκου</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το απλό εργαλείο <footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ως
-root.</para></footnote>σας επιτρέπει,
-τον διαχειριστή, να επιτρέψετε στους χρήστες να έχουν κοινόχρηστα τμήματα
-του προσωπικού τους καταλόγου /home σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο με Linux ή Windows
-συστήματα.</para>
-
-  <para>Βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου της Mageia, στην καρτέλα Τοπικός Δίσκος, με
-τίτλο "Μοιραστείτε τις κατατμήσεις του σκληρού σας δίσκου".</para>
-
-  <para>Πρώτα, απαντήστε στο ερώτημα: «<guilabel>Επιθυμείτε να επιτρέπεται στους
-χρήστες να έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους;</guilabel>», κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Χωρίς κοινή χρήση</guibutton> αν η απάντηση είναι όχι για όλους
-τους χρήστες, κλικ στο <guibutton>Επιτρέψτε σε όλους τους
-χρήστες</guibutton> για να επιτρέψετε σε όλους τους χρήστες και κάντε κλικ
-στο <guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> αν η απάντηση είναι ναι για
-μερικούς χρήστες και όχι για άλλους. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, οι χρηστές που
-επιτρέπεται να έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους θα πρέπει να ανήκουν στην
-ομάδα fileshare, η οποία δημιουργείται αυτόματα από το σύστημα. Θα
-ερωτηθείτε για αυτό αργότερα.</para>
-
-  <para>Κάντε κλικ στο <guilabel>Εντάξει</guilabel>, θα εμφανιστεί μια δεύτερη οθόνη
-και θα ερωτηθείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> και
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Επιλέξτε <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> αν στο
-δίκτυό σας έχετε μόνο συστήματα Linux, ή <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> αν στο
-δίκτυό σας υπάρχουν συστήματα Linux και Windows, και πατήστε
-<guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. Αν απαιτείται κάποιο πακέτο που δεν είναι
-εγκατεστημένο, θα σας ζητηθεί να το εγκαταστήσετε.</para>
-
-  <para>Η διαμόρφωση έχει τώρα ολοκληρωθεί εκτός και έχετε επιλέξει την επιλογή
-Προσαρμοσμένο. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, ένας επιπλέον διάλογος προτρέπει τη
-χρήση του Userdrake. Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει να προσθέσετε τους
-επιτρεπόμενους χρήστες που θα έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους στην ομάδα
-fileshare. Στην καρτέλα Χρήστης, κάντε κλικ στο χρήστη που θέλετε να
-προσθέσετε στην ομάδα fileshare, και στη συνέχεια
-<guimenuitem>Επεξεργασία</guimenuitem> στην καρτέλα Ομάδες. Επιλέξτε την
-ομάδα fileshare και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. Για
-περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το Userdrake, ανατρέξτε σε αυτήν τη
-<xref linkend="userdrake">σελίδα</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Όταν προσθέτετε ένα νέο χρήστη στην ομάδα fileshare, θα πρέπει να
-αποσυνδεθείτε και να επανασυνδεθείτε ώστε να ληφθούν υπόψη οι τροποποιήσεις.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Στο εξής κάθε χρήστης που ανήκει στην ομάδα fileshare μπορεί να επιλέξει,
-στον διαχειριστή αρχείων, αν το υποστηρίζει, τους κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους
-του.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 96ca537f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Πρόσβαση σε κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-
-    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote> σας επιτρέπει να
-δηλώσετε μερικούς κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους να είναι προσβάσιμοι σε όλους
-τους χρήστες του υπολογιστή. Το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται είναι το NFS
-το οποίο είναι διαθέσιμο σε όλα περίπου τα συστήματα Linux ή Unix. Ο
-κοινόχρηστος κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος κατά την εκκίνηση. Οι
-κοινόχρηστοι κατάλογοι μπορούν να είναι προσβάσιμοι από έναν χρήστη σε μια
-μόνο συνεδρία με τη βοήθεια των ανάλογων εργαλείων όπως έναν περιηγητή
-αρχείων.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Διαδικασία</title>
-
-    <para>Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Αναζήτηση εξυπηρετητών</guibutton> να να λάβετε μια
-λίστα με εξυπηρετητές που διαθέτουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους.</para>
-
-    <para>Πατήστε το σύμβολο > πρίν το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή για να εμφανιστεί η λίστα
-των κοινόχρηστων καταλόγων και να επιλέξετε τον κατάλογο που θέλετε να
-προσπελάσετε.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Από το κουμπί <guibutton>Σημείο προσάρτησης</guibutton> θα πρέπει να
-καθορίσετε τον κατάλογο που θα γίνει η προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου
-καταλόγου στο μηχάνημά σας.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Αφού επιλέξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης, μπορείτε να το προσαρτήσετε. Μπορείτε
-επίσης να επιβεβαιώσετε και να αλλάξετε κάποιες επιλογές με το κουμπί
-<guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton>. Αφού προσαρτήσετε τον κατάλογο, μπορείτε να
-τον αποπροσαρτήσετε με το ίδιο κουμπί.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση με το κουμπί <guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton>, θα
-ερωτηθείτε αν επιθυμείτε να αποθηκευτούν οι τροποποιήσεις στο /etc/fstab. Με
-αυτόν τον τρόπο ο απομακρυσμένος κατάλογος θα προσαρτάται στο σύστημά σας σε
-κάθε εκκίνηση, αν το δίκτυο είναι προσβάσιμο. Ο κατάλογος θα είναι
-διαθέσιμος στον διαχειριστή αρχείων σας πχ στον Dolphin).</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c4388a3f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Εγγραφέας CD/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> βρίσκεται στην
-καρτέλα Τοπικοί δίσκοι στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia ονομασμένο ανάλογα με τον
-τύπο του αφαιρουμένου μέσου (Αναπαραγωγείς και εγγραφείς CD/DVD και δισκέτες
-μόνο). </para>
-
-  <para>Ο σκοπός του είναι να καθορίσει τον τρόπο με τον οποίο ο αφαιρούμενος δίσκος
-σας προσαρτάται. </para>
-
-  <para>Στην κορυφή του παραθύρου υπάρχει μια σύντομη περιγραφή του υλικού σας και
-τις ρυθμισμένες επιλογές προσάρτησης. Για να τις τροποποιήσετε
-χρησιμοποιήστε το μενού στο κάτω μέρος. Επιλέξτε το αντικείμενο προς
-τροποποίηση και στη συνέχεια πατήστε <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Σημείο προσάρτησης</title>
-
-    <para>Επιλέξτε αυτό το πλαίσιο για να αλλάξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης. Το
-προκαθορισμένο είναι το /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Επιλογές</title>
-
-    <para>Εδώ μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις επιλογές προσάρτησης, είτε απευθείας στη λίστα
-είτε το υπομενού <guilabel>Για προχωρημένους</guilabel>. Οι βασικότερες
-είναι:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>Η επιλογή user επιτρέπει έναν τυπικό χρήστη (όχι root) να προσαρτήσει τον
-αφαιρούμενο δίσκο, αυτή η επιλογή χρειάζεται την ενεργοποίηση των επιλογών
-noexec, nosuid και nodev. Ο χρήστης που προσάρτησε τον δίσκο είναι ο μόνος
-που μπορεί να τον αποπροσαρτήσει. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index da2c56f9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Πρόσβαση στους κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους των Windows (SMB)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-
-    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote> σας επιτρέπει να
-δηλώσετε τους κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους στους υπόλοιπους χρήστες του
-μηχανήματος. Το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται είναι το SMB δημοφιλές στα
-συστήματα Windows(R). Ο κοινόχρηστος κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος απευθείας
-κατά την εκκίνηση. Οι κοινόχρηστοι κατάλογοι μπορούν να είναι προσβάσιμοι
-από έναν χρήστη σε μια μόνο συνεδρία με τη βοήθεια των ανάλογων εργαλείων
-όπως έναν περιηγητή αρχείων.</para>
-
-    <para>Πριν ξεκινήσετε το εργαλείο, είναι καλή ιδέα να δηλώσετε τα ονόματα των
-διαθέσιμων εξυπηρετητών, για παράδειγμα με το <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Διαδικασία</title>
-
-    <para>Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Αναζήτηση εξυπηρετητών</guibutton> να να λάβετε μια
-λίστα με εξυπηρετητές που διαθέτουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους.</para>
-
-    <para>Πατήστε στο όνομα του εξυπηρετητή και στο &gt; πριν το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή
-για να εμφανιστεί η λίστα των κοινόχρηστων καταλόγων και να επιλέξετε τον
-κατάλογο που θέλετε να προσπελάσετε.</para>
-
-    <para>Από το κουμπί <guibutton>Σημείο προσάρτησης</guibutton> θα πρέπει να
-καθορίσετε τον κατάλογο που θα γίνει η προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου
-καταλόγου στο μηχάνημά σας.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Αφού επιλέξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης, μπορεί να προσαρτηθεί με το
-<guimenu>Κουμπί προσάρτησης</guimenu>. Μπορείτε επίσης να επιβεβαιώσετε και
-να αλλάξετε κάποιες επιλογές με το κουμπί <guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton> .</para>
-
-    <para>Στις επιλογές, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό αυτών
-που μπορούν να συνδεθούν στον εξυπηρετητή SMB. Μετά την προσάρτηση του
-καταλόγου, μπορείτε να τον αποπροσαρτήσετε με το ίδιο κουμπί.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση με το κουμπί Έγινε, θα ερωτηθείτε αν
-επιθυμείτε να αποθηκευτούν οι τροποποιήσεις στο /etc/fstab. Με αυτόν τον
-τρόπο ο απομακρυσμένος κατάλογος θα προσαρτάται στο σύστημά σας σε κάθε
-εκκίνηση, αν το δίκτυο είναι προσβάσιμο. Ο κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος
-στον διαχειριστή αρχείων σας πχ στον Dolphin).</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 07a38aa3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Εφέ επιφάνειας εργασίας 3D</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-
-    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drak3d</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote> σας επιτρέπει τη
-διαχείριση των τρισδιάστατων εφέ της επιφάνειας εργασίας σας. Εξ ορισμού, τα
-τρισδιάστατα εφέ είναι απενεργοποιημένα.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Ξεκινώντας</title>
-
-    <para>Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο, πρέπει να έχετε εγκατεστημένο το
-πακέτο glxinfo. Αν το πακέτο δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο, θα σας προταθεί να το
-εγκαταστήσετε πριν μπορέσει το drak3d να ξεκινήσει.</para>
-
-    <para>Μετά την εκκίνηση του drak3d, θα εμφανιστεί η οθόνη επιλογών. Εκεί μπορείτε
-να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των <guilabel>Χωρίς εφέ επιφάνειας εργασίας
-3D</guilabel>  και <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Το Compiz Fusion
-είναι τμήμα ενός διαχειριστή παραθύρων σύνθεσης, ο οποίος περιλαμβάνει
-ειδικά εφέ με επιτάχυνση υλικού για την επιφάνεια εργασίας σας. Επιλέξτε
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> για να το ενεργοποιήσετε.</para>
-
-    <para>Αν είναι η πρώτη φορά που χρησιμοποιείτε το πρόγραμμα μετά από μια καθαρή
-εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα λάβετε ένα προειδοποιητικό μήνυμα σχετικά με τα
-απαιτούμενα πακέτα προς εγκατάσταση για τη χρήση του Compiz Fusion. Κάντε
-κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε. </para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Μόλις εγκατασταθούν τα κατάλληλα πακέτα, θα παρατηρήσετε ότι το Compiz
-Fusion είναι επιλεγμένο στο μενού drak3d, αλλά θα πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε
-σαν χρήστης και να συνδεθείτε πάλι για να ισχύσουν οι αλλαγές.</para>
-
-    <para>Αφού συνδεθείτε πάλι, το Compiz Fusion θα είναι ενεργοποιημένο. Για να
-ρυθμίσετε το Compiz Fusion, δείτε τη σελίδα για το εργαλείο ccsm
-(CompizConfig Settings Manager).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Επίλυση λαθών</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Δεν μπορείτε να δείτε την επιφάνεια εργασίας μετά τη σύνδεση χρήστη</title>
-
-      <para>Αν μετά την ενεργοποίηση του Compiz Fusion προσπαθήσετε να επανασυνδεθείτε
-στην επιφάνεια εργασίας αλλά δεν βλέπετε τίποτα, επανεκκινήστε τον
-υπολογιστή και μόλις επανέλθετε στην οθόνη σύνδεσης κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο
-Επιφάνειας εργασίας και επιλέξτε drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Αφού συνδεθείτε, αν ο λογαριασμός σας εμφανίζεται ως λογαριασμός
-διαχειριστή, θα ερωτηθείτε ξανά για τον κωδικό σας. Διαφορετικά,
-χρησιμοποιήστε το όνομα σύνδεσης διαχειριστή. Έπειτα μπορείτε να αναιρέσετε
-τις αλλαγές που προκάλεσαν το πρόβλημα.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 444f2cec..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Πιστοποίηση</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakauth</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para></footnote> επιτρέπει την
-επεξεργασία του τρόπου αναγνώρισής σας ως χρήστης του μηχανήματος ή στο
-δίκτυο.</para>
-
-  <para>Εξ ορισμού, οι πληροφορίες της ταυτοποίησής σας είναι αποθηκευμένες σε ένα
-αρχείο στον υπολογιστή σας. Επεξεργαστείτε το μόνο αν ο διαχειριστής του
-δικτύου σας σας προτρέψει να το κάνετε και σας δώσει τις απαραίτητες
-πληροφορίες για να το πραγματοποιήσετε.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a10aa28f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Ρυθμίστε την αυτόματη σύνδεση χρήστη</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakautologin</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> σας επιτρέπει την
-αυτόματη σύνδεση ενός χρήστη, χωρίς να ερωτηθεί για τον κωδικό
-πρόσβασης. Συνήθως εξυπηρετεί όταν υπάρχει μόνο ένας χρήστης στο μηχάνημα.</para>
-
-  <para>Θα το βρείτε στην καρτέλα <emphasis role="bold">Εκκίνηση</emphasis> στο
-Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία «Ρύθμιση της αυτόματης εκκίνησης
-χρήστη».</para>
-
-  <para>Τα κουμπιά ελέγχου είναι ευνόητα:</para>
-
-  <para>Επιλέξτε την <guibutton>«Εκτέλεση του γραφικού περιβάλλοντος κατά την
-εκκίνηση του συστήματος»</guibutton>, αν επιθυμείτε την εκκίνηση του
-συστήματος γραφικού περιβάλλοντος X Window System κατά την
-εκκίνηση. Διαφορετικά, το σύστημα θα εκκινηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου (χωρίς
-γραφικό περιβάλλον). Αυτό μπορεί να πραγματοποιηθεί χειροκίνητα εκτελώντας
-την εντολή «startx» ή «systemctl start dm».</para>
-
-  <para>Αν η πρώτη επιλογή είναι επιλεγμένη, προσφέρονται άλλες δυο επιλογές·
-<guibutton>Όχι δεν επιθυμώ την αυτόματη σύνδεση</guibutton>, αν επιθυμείτε
-τη σύνδεση σε κάθε εκκίνηση με το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης ή
-επιλέξτε <guibutton>Ναι, επιθυμώ την αυτόματη σύνδεση</guibutton>. Σε αυτήν
-την περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να παράσχετε το προεπιλεγμένο <guilabel>Όνομα
-χρήστη</guilabel> και το εξ ορισμού <guilabel>Γραφικό περιβάλλον</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 64b24912..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Ρυθμίστε την εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αν χρησιμοποιείτε ένα σύστημα UEFI αντί για BIOS, το περιβάλλον χρήστη είναι
-ελαφρώς διαφορετικό όπως το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης το σύστημα κατάτμησης EFI
-(ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakboot</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> σας επιτρέπει να
-διαμορφώσετε τις επιλογές εκκίνησης (επιλογή του προγράμματος εκκίνησης,
-ορισμός κωδικού πρόσβασης, την προκαθορισμένη εκκίνηση, κλπ) </para>
-
-  <para>Θα το βρείτε στην καρτέλα Εκκίνηση στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία
-«Ρύθμιση της εκκίνησης του συστήματος».</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο αν δεν ξέρετε τι πραγματικά
-κάνετε. Αλλάζοντας μερικές ρυθμίσεις μπορεί να εμποδισθεί η ομαλή εκκίνηση
-του υπολογιστή!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Στην πρώτη ενότητα που ονομάζεται <guilabel>Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης</guilabel>,
-αν χρησιμοποιείτε BIOS είναι εφικτό να επιλέξετε το <guibutton>Πρόγραμμα
-εκκίνησης που θα χρησιμοποιείται</guibutton>, Grub2 ή Lilo, και αν θα
-χρησιμοποιήσετε γραφικό περιβάλλον ή μενού κειμένου. Είναι καθαρά θέμα
-προτίμησης, δεν υπάρχουν άλλες επιπτώσεις. Μπορείτε επίσης να ρυθμίσετε τη
-<guibutton>συσκευή εκκίνησης</guibutton>, μην αλλάξετε κάτι εδώ εκτός και
-είστε ειδικός. Η συσκευή εκκίνησης είναι το μέρος που βρίσκεται
-εγκατεστημένο το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης και οποιαδήποτε τροποποίησης μπορεί να
-εμποδίσει την εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή.</para>
-
-  <para>Σε ένα σύστημα UEFI, το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης είναι το
-<guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> και εγκαθίσταται στην κατάτμηση /boot/EFI. Η
-μορφοποίηση σε FAT32 της κατάτμησης είναι κοινή σε όλα τα εγκατεστημένα
-λειτουργικά συστήματα.</para>
-
-  <para>Στο δεύτερο τμήμα με τίτλο <guilabel>Κύριες επιλογές</guilabel>, μπορείτε να
-καθορίσετε την <guibutton>καθυστέρηση πριν την εκκίνηση της προεπιλεγμένης
-εικόνας</guibutton>, σε δευτερόλεπτα. Κατά την αναμονή, το Grub ή το Lilo θα
-εμφανίζουν τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα λειτουργικά συστήματα, προτρέποντάς σας
-να κάνετε την επιλογή σας. Αν δεν επιλέξετε κάποιο, το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης
-θα εκκινήσει το προεπιλεγμένο μετά το πέρας της χρονικής καθυστέρησης.</para>
-
-  <para>Στο τρίτο και τελευταίο τμήμα την <guibutton>Ασφάλεια</guibutton>, σας
-επιτρέπεται να ορίσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης. Αυτό
-σημαίνει ότι κατά την εκκίνηση θα απαιτείται το όνομα χρήστη και ο κωδικός
-πρόσβασης για την αλλαγή μιας καταχώρησης εκκίνησης ή την αλλαγή μιας
-ρύθμισης. Το  όνομα χρήστη είναι «root»  και ο κωδικός πρόσβασης είναι αυτός
-που θα επιλέξετε εδώ.</para>
-
-  <para>Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> παρέχει κάποιες επιπλέον
-επιλογές.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Το ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) είναι ένα πρότυπο για
-τη διαχείριση ενέργειας. Μπορεί να εξοικονομεί ενέργεια διακόπτοντας τις μη
-χρησιμοποιούμενες συσκευές, Αυτή ήταν η χρησιμοποιούμενη μέθοδος πριν το
-APM. Επιλέξτε αυτό το πλαίσιο αν το υλικό σας είναι συμβατό με το ACPI.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Το SMP παραπέμπει στο Symmetric Multi Processors, πρόκειται για μια
-αρχιτεκτονική επεξεργαστών πολλαπλών πυρήνων.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Αν έχετε έναν επεξεργαστή με HyperThreading, η Mageia θα το δει σαν διπλό
-επεξεργαστή και θα ενεργοποιήσει το SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση APIC</guibutton> και <guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση τοπικού
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Το APIC παραπέμπει στο  Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Υπάρχουν
-δυο συστατικά στο σύστημα APIC της Intel· το τοπικό APIC (LAPIC) και το I/O
-APIC. Ο τελευταίος διαχειρίζεται τις διακοπές που λαμβάνει από τους διαύλους
-των περιφερειακών προς ένα ή περισσότερα τοπικά APIC του επεξεργαστή. Είναι
-κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να προκαλέσει παγώματα ή λανθασμένο εντοπισμό συσκευών
-(«spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, απενεργοποιήστε
-το APIC και/ή το Τοπικό APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Η <guibutton>Επόμενη</guibutton> οθόνη διαφέρει ανάλογα με το πρόγραμμα
-εκκίνησης που χρησιμοποιείτε.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Έχετε παλαιού τύπου Grub ή Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, μπορείτε να δείτε τη λίστα όλες τις διαθέσιμες
-καταχωρήσεις εκκίνησης. Η εξ ορισμού εμφανίζεται με ένα αστεράκι. Για να
-αλλάξετε τη σειρά ταξινόμησης, κάντε κλικ στο πάνω/κάτω βελάκι για να
-μετακινήσετε την επιλεγμένη καταχώρηση. Αν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί
-<guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> ή στο <guibutton>Επεξεργασία </guibutton>,
-θα εμφανιστεί ένας νέος διάλογος για να προσθέσετε μια νέα καταχώρηση στο
-πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης ή να επεξεργαστείτε μια υπάρχουσα. Θα πρέπει να είστε
-εξοικειωμένοι με το Grub ή το Lilo για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτά τα εργαλεία.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Το πεδίο <guilabel>Ετικέτα</guilabel> είναι ελεύθερης μορφής, μπορείτε να
-γράψετε οτιδήποτε επιθυμείτε να εμφανίζεται στο μενού. Αντιστοιχεί στην
-εντολή του Grub «title». Για παράδειγμα: Mageia 3.</para>
-
-      <para>Το πεδίο <guilabel>Εικόνα</guilabel> περιέχει το όνομα του
-πυρήνα. Αντιστοιχεί στην εντολή του Grub «kernel». Για παράδειγμα
-/boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>Το πεδίο <guilabel>Κατάτμηση root</guilabel> περιέχει το όνομα της συσκευής
-που βρίσκεται ο πυρήνας. Αντιστοιχεί στην εντολή του Grub «root». Για
-παράδειγμα (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>Το πεδίο <guilabel>Επιλογές περασμένες στον πυρήνα</guilabel> περιέχει τις
-επιλογές του πυρήνα κατά την εκκίνηση.</para>
-
-      <para>Αν είναι επιλεγμένο το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Προκαθορισμένο</guilabel>, το Grub
-θα φορτώνει τη συγκεκριμένη καταχώρηση εξ ορισμού.</para>
-
-      <para>Στην επιπλέον οθόνη <guilabel>Για προχωρημένους</guilabel>, μπορείτε να
-επιλέξετε τη <guilabel>λειτουργία βίντεο</guilabel>, ένα αρχείο
-<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> και ένα <guilabel>προφίλ δικτύου</guilabel>,
-δείτε στο <xref linkend="draknetprofile"></xref> στην κυλιόμενη λίστα.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Έχετε Grub2 ή Grub2-efi (τα εξ ορισμού προγράμματα εκκίνησης αντιστοίχως
-στις λειτουργίες Παλαιού τύπου και UEFI): </para>
-
-      <para>Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, η αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα με την ονομασία
-<guilabel>Default</guilabel> εμφανίζει όλες τις διαθέσιμες καταχωρήσεις·
-κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή εξ ορισμού.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Το πεδίο <guilabel>Επιλογές περασμένες στον πυρήνα</guilabel> περιέχει τις
-επιλογές του πυρήνα κατά την εκκίνηση.</para>
-
-      <para>Αν έχετε και άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα εγκατεστημένα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να
-τα προσθέσει στο νέο μενού εκκίνησης Mageia. Αν δεν το επιθυμείτε,
-αποεπιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Εντοπισμός ξένου λειτουργικού</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>Στην επιπλέον οθόνη <guilabel>Για προχωρημένους</guilabel>, μπορείτε να
-επιλέξετε την <guilabel>λειτουργία βίντεο</guilabel>. Αν δεν θέλετε μια
-εκκινήσιμη Mageia αλλά να την φορτώσετε αλυσιδωτά από ένα άλλο λειτουργικό
-σύστημα, επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Μην αγγίξεις το ESP ή το
-MBR</guilabel> και αποδεχτείτε την προειδοποίηση.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Η αποτροπή της εγκατάστασης σε ESP ή MBR σημαίνει ότι η εγκατάσταση δεν
-είναι εκτελέσιμη εκτός αν αλυσοδέσετε την φόρτωση από ένα άλλο λειτουργικό
-σύστημα .</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>Για τον καθορισμό πολλών άλλων παραμέτρων, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το
-εργαλείο <emphasis>Grub Customize</emphasis>, διαθέσιμο στα αποθετήρια της
-Mageia (δείτε παρακάτω).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ccbbe97a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Εργαλείο αναφοράς σφαλμάτων Mageia</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Συνήθως αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> εκτελείται
-αυτόματα όταν ένα εργαλείο Mageia καταρρεύσει. Ωστόσο, υπάρχει η πιθανότητα
-όταν έχετε στείλει μια αναφορά σφάλματος, να σας ζητηθεί να εκτελέσετε αυτό
-το εργαλείο ώστε να ελέγξετε μερικές από τις δοσμένες πληροφορίες, και στη
-συνέχεια να τις στείλετε στην αναφορά σφάλματος. </para>
-
-  <para>Αν χρειάζεστε να αναφέρετε ένα σφάλμα αλλά δεν είστε αρκετά εξοικειωμένοι-ες
-με αυτό, τότε παρακαλώ ανατρέξτε πρώτα στο <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Πώς να
-αναφέρετε σωστά μια αναφορά σφάλματος</link> πριν να κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί
-«Αναφορά».</para>
-
-  <para>Σε περίπτωση που το σφάλμα έχει ήδη αναφερθεί (σε αυτήν την περίπτωση το
-μήνυμα λάθους που δόθηκε από το drakbug θα είναι το ίδιο), είναι χρήσιμο να
-σχολιάσετε την υπάρχουσα αναφορά σχετικά με την αναπαραγωγή του σφάλματος
-στο σύστημά σας.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3aae8dd1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Συλλογή Καταγραφών και πληροφοριών Συστήματος για αναφορές σφαλμάτων</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para></footnote> μπορεί να εκκινηθεί
-και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών.</para>
-
-<para>Συνιστάται να αποθηκεύσετε την έξοδο αυτής της εντολής σε ένα αρχείο, για
-παράδειγμα με <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, αλλά σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε αρκετό ελεύθερο
-χώρο στο σκληρό δίσκο: το αρχείο μπορεί πολύ εύκολα να καταλάβει μερικά GB.</para>
-<note><para>Η έξοδος της εντολής είναι αρκετά μεγάλη για να την επισυνάψετε σε μια
-αναφορά σφάλματος χωρίς πρώτιστα να αφαιρέσετε τα περιττά στοιχεία.</para></note>
-  <para>Αυτή η εντολή συλλέγει τις ακόλουθες πληροφορίες στο σύστημά σας:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Τη στιγμή που γράφτηκε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο, το τμήμα «syslog» της εξόδου της
-εντολής ήταν κενό, διότι αυτό το εργαλείο δεν έχει ακόμα προσαρμοστεί στην
-εναλλαγή μας σε systemd. Αν είναι ακόμα κενό, μπορείτε να ανακτήσετε τις
-καταγραφές «syslog» εκτελώντας ως root <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a >
-journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Αν δεν έχετε αρκετό χώρο στον σκληρό δίσκο,
-μπορείτε για παράδειγμα να πάρετε τις τελευταίες 5000 γραμμές της καταγραφής
-με: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>. </para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e93d703d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Διαχειριστείτε την ημερομηνία και την ώρα</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakclock</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> βρίσκεται στην
-καρτέλα Σύστημα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia με την ετικέτα
-<guilabel>Διαχείριση της ώρας και της ημερομηνίας</guilabel>. Σε μερικά
-γραφικά περιβάλλοντα είναι επίσης διαθέσιμο με δεξί κλικ > «Ρύθμιση της
-ημερομηνίας και ώρας» ... στο ρολόι του πλαισίου συστήματος.</para>
-
-  <para>Πρόκειται για ένα πολύ απλό εργαλείο.</para>
-
-  <para>Στο πάνω αριστερό τμήμα, βρίσκουμε το <emphasis
-role="bold">ημερολόγιο</emphasis>. Στο παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο, η ημερομηνία
-είναι 2 Σεπτεμβρίου, 2012 και είναι Κυριακή. Επιλέξτε τον μήνα (ή το έτος)
-με κλικ στα βελάκια σε κάθε πλευρά του μήνα ή του έτους. Επιλέξτε την ημέρα
-με κλικ στον αριθμό της.</para>
-
-  <para>Κάτω αριστερά βρίσκουμε του <emphasis role="bold">Δικτυακό πρωτόκολλο ώρας
-NTP (Network Time Protocol)</emphasis> για τον συγχρονισμό της ώρας με έναν
-εξυπηρετητή. Επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του NTP</guilabel>
-και επιλέξτε τον πλησιέστερο εξυπηρετητή. </para>
-
-  <para>Στο δεξιό τμήμα βρίσκεται το <emphasis role="bold">ρολόι</emphasis>. Είναι
-ανούσιο να ρυθμίσετε χειροκίνητα την ώρα αν έχετε το NTP ενεργοποιημένο. Τα
-τρία πλαίσια εμφανίζουν την ώρα, τα λεπτά και τα
-δευτερόλεπτα. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα βελάκια για τη ρύθμιση της ώρας. Για να
-αλλάξετε τη μορφή ανατρέξτε στις ρυθμίσεις της επιφάνειας εργασίας σας.</para>
-
-  <para>Τέλος, στο κάτω δεξιό τμήμα, επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας κάνοντας κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Αλλαγή της ζώνης ώρας</guibutton> και επιλέξτε στη λίστα την
-πλησιέστερη πόλη.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Παρόλο που δεν είναι εφικτό να ρυθμίσετε τη μορφή της ημερομηνίας και της
-ώρας από το συγκεκριμένο εργαλείο, θα εμφανίζονται στην επιφάνεια εργασία
-σας βάσει των ρυθμίσεων τοπικότητας του συστήματός σας.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d38f7b97..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Αφαιρέστε μια σύνδεση</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Εδώ, μπορείτε να διαγράψετε μια σύνδεση δικτύου<footnote><para>Μπορείτε επίσης να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para></footnote></para> 
-    <para>Πατήστε στο πτυσσόμενο μενού, διαλέξτε αυτό που θέλετε να αφαιρέσετε και
-μετά πατήστε <emphasis>επόμενο</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Θα δείτε ένα μήνυμα ότι η διεπαφή δικτύου έχει διαγραφεί επιτυχώς.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f31780b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,850 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Ρυθμίστε μία νέα σύνδεση δικτύου (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-
-    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakconnect</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote> επιτρέπει τη
-διαμόρφωση του τοπικού δικτύου και της πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο. Θα πρέπει να
-γνωρίζετε κάποιες πληροφορίες από τον πάροχό σας ή τον διαχειριστή του
-δικτύου σας.</para>
-
-    <para>Επιλέξτε τον τύπο της σύνδεσης που επιθυμείτε να ρυθμίσετε, ανάλογα με τον
-τύπο του υλικού σας και τον πάροχό σας.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Μια νέα ενσύρματη (Ethernet) σύνδεση</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Το πρώτο παράθυρο εμφανίζει τις διαθέσιμες διεπαφές. Επιλέξτε μια προς
-διαμόρφωση.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ μιας αυτόματης ή
-χειροκίνητης διεύθυνσης IP.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Αυτόματη IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα
-καθοριστούν αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή
-χειροκίνητα, όπως εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να
-καθοριστεί η διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή
-(hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή,
-η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το
-όνομα υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή
-<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή
-DHCP</emphasis>. Δεν διαθέτουν όλοι οι εξυπηρετητές DHCP αυτήν τη δυνατότητα
-και αν κάνετε τη ρύθμιση στον υπολογιστή σας από έναν οικιακό δρομολογητή
-ADSL, υπάρχουν μικρές πιθανότητες αυτή η λειτουργία να δουλέψει.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Το κουμπί «Προχωρημένες» δίνει τη δυνατότητα να καθορίσετε:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Τομέας αναζήτησης (δεν είναι προσβάσιμο, διότι παρέχεται απόν εξυπηρετητή
-DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Πελάτης DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Χρονικό όριο DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών YP από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (εξ ορισμού είναι
-επιλεγμένο): καθορίζει τον εξυπηρετητή NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών NTPD από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (συγχρονισμός των
-ρολογιών)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Όνομα υπολογιστή (hostname). Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την επιλογή αν ο
-εξυπηρετητής DHCP απαιτεί τον καθορισμό του ονόματος υπολογιστή από τον
-πελάτη πριν τη λήψη μιας διεύθυνσης IP. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι αποδεκτή
-από μερικούς εξυπηρετητές DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Μετά την αποδοχή, τα τελευταία βήματα τα οποία είναι κοινά για όλες τις
-συνδέσεις, εξηγούνται εδώ: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: πρέπει να δηλώσετε τους
-εξυπηρετητές DNS προς χρήση. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή μπορεί να καθοριστεί
-εδώ. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP συνήθως δείχνει ως
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS
-διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο.</para>
-
-            <para>Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα
-αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Συνήθως πρόκειται για τον κύριο τομέα σας· πχ: Αν ο
-υπολογιστή σας ονομάζεται «splash», και ο πλήρης τομέας είναι
-«splash.boatanchor.net», ο τομέας αναζήτησης θα είναι «boatanchor.net». Αυτή
-η επιλογή δεν είναι υποχρεωτική, εκτός και αν χρειάζεστε μια συγκεκριμένη
-ρύθμιση. Αδρομερώς, οι οικιακοί δρομολογητές δεν χρειάζονται αυτήν την
-επιλογή.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Μια νέα δορυφορική σύνδεση (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση καλωδιακού μόντεμ</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Το πρώτο παράθυρο εμφανίζει τις διαθέσιμες διεπαφές. Επιλέξτε μια προς
-διαμόρφωση.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ μιας αυτόματης ή
-χειροκίνητης διεύθυνσης IP.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Πρέπει να καθορίσετε μια μέθοδο πιστοποίησης:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Κανένα</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Χρήση του BPALogin (απαραίτητο το Telstra). Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση θα πρέπει
-να παράσχετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Αυτόματη IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Καλωδιακού/IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα
-καθοριστούν αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή
-χειροκίνητα, όπως εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να
-καθοριστεί η διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή
-(hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή,
-η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το
-όνομα υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή
-<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή
-DHCP</emphasis>. Δεν διαθέτουν όλοι οι εξυπηρετητές DHCP αυτήν τη δυνατότητα
-και αν κάνετε τη ρύθμιση στον υπολογιστή σας από έναν οικιακό δρομολογητή
-ADSL, υπάρχουν μικρές πιθανότητες αυτή η λειτουργία να δουλέψει.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Το κουμπί «Προχωρημένες» δίνει τη δυνατότητα να καθορίσετε:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Τομέας αναζήτησης (δεν είναι προσβάσιμο, διότι παρέχεται απόν εξυπηρετητή
-DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Πελάτης DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Χρονικό όριο DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών YP από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (εξ ορισμού είναι
-επιλεγμένο): καθορίζει τον εξυπηρετητή NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών NTPD από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (συγχρονισμός των
-ρολογιών)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Όνομα υπολογιστή (hostname). Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την επιλογή αν ο
-εξυπηρετητής DHCP απαιτεί τον καθορισμό του ονόματος υπολογιστή από τον
-πελάτη πριν τη λήψη μιας διεύθυνσης IP. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι αποδεκτή
-από μερικούς εξυπηρετητές DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Μετά την αποδοχή, τα τελευταία βήματα τα οποία είναι κοινά για όλες τις
-συνδέσεις, εξηγούνται εδώ: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Καλωδιακού/IP</emphasis>: πρέπει να δηλώσετε τους
-εξυπηρετητές DNS προς χρήση. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή μπορεί να καθοριστεί
-εδώ. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP συνήθως δείχνει ως
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS
-διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο.</para>
-
-            <para>Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα
-αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Συνήθως πρόκειται για τον κύριο τομέα σας· πχ: Αν ο
-υπολογιστή σας ονομάζεται «splash», και ο πλήρης τομέας είναι
-«splash.boatanchor.net», ο τομέας αναζήτησης θα είναι «boatanchor.net». Αυτή
-η επιλογή δεν είναι υποχρεωτική, εκτός και αν χρειάζεστε μια συγκεκριμένη
-ρύθμιση. Αδρομερώς, οι οικιακοί δρομολογητές δεν χρειάζονται αυτήν την
-επιλογή.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση DSL</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Αν το εργαλείο εντοπίσει διεπαφές δικτύου, προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα να
-επιλέξετε μία και να τη ρυθμίσετε.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον
-πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη
-καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από
-τον πάροχό σας.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Διαλέξτε ένα από τα διαθέσιμα πρωτόκολλα:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Πρωτόκολλο Δυναμικής Διαμόρφωσης Κεντρικού Υπολογιστή - Dynamic Host
-Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση TCP/IP</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP σε ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP σε Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Πρωτόκολλο διασωλήνωσης από σημείο σε σημείο - Point to Point Tunneling
-Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ρυθμίσεις πρόσβασης</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Όνομα λογαριασμού (όνομα χρήστη)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Κωδικός λογαριασμού</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Προχωρημένο) Αναγνωριστικό εικονικής διαδρομής (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Προχωρημένο) Αναγνωριστικό εικονικού κυκλώματος (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση ISDN</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ο οδηγός ρωτά τη συσκευή προς διαμόρφωση:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Χειροκίνητη επιλογή (εσωτερική κάρτα ISDN)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Εξωτερικό μόντεμ ISDN</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα υλικού ταξινομημένη ανά κατασκευαστή, όπου
-μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την κάρτα σας. </para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Διαλέξτε ένα από τα διαθέσιμα πρωτόκολλα:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Πρωτόκολλο για τον υπόλοιπο κόσμο εκτός Ευρώπης (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Πρωτόκολλο για Ευρώπη (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον
-πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη
-καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από
-τον πάροχό σας. Στη συνέχεια θα ερωτηθείτε για τις ακόλουθες παραμέτρους:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Όνομα σύνδεσης</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Αριθμός τηλεφώνου</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Αναγνωριστικό σύνδεσης</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Κωδικός λογαριασμού</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Μέθοδος πιστοποίησης</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Στη συνέχεια θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα λάβετε τη διεύθυνση IP αυτόματα ή
-χειροκίνητα. Στη δεύτερη περίπτωση, καθορίστε τη διεύθυνση IP και τη μάσκα
-υποδικτύου.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Στο επόμενο βήμα θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν οι διευθύνσεις των εξυπηρετητών
-DNS θα λαμβάνονται αυτόματα ή χειροκίνητα. Στην δεύτερη περίπτωση, θα πρέπει
-να εισαγάγετε:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Όνομα τομέα</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Πρώτος και δεύτερος εξυπηρετητής DNS</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Επιλέξτε αν το όνομα υπολογιστή ρυθμίζεται από την διεύθυνση IP. Αυτή η
-επιλογή μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι η διαμόρφωση
-του παρόχου σας το αποδέχεται.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Στο επόμενο βήμα θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν οι διευθύνσεις των εξυπηρετητών
-πυλών θα λαμβάνονται αυτόματα ή χειροκίνητα. Στην δεύτερη περίπτωση, θα
-πρέπει να εισαγάγετε τη διεύθυνση IP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Μια νέα ασύρματη σύνδεση (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Η πρώτη οθόνη εμφανίζει μια λίστα με τις διαθέσιμες διεπαφές και μια
-καταχώρηση για τον οδηγό Windows (ndiswrapper). Επιλέξτε την επιθυμητή
-διεπαφή· χρησιμοποιήστε το ndiswrapper μόνο αν δεν λειτουργούν οι άλλοι
-τρόποι διαμόρφωσης.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ των διαφόρων σημείων
-πρόσβασης που έχουν εντοπιστεί από την κάρτα.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Οι παράμετροι που θα πρέπει να συμπληρωθούν για την εκάστοτε κάρτα:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Τρόπος λειτουργίας:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Διαχειριζόμενο</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Για πρόσβαση σε ένα υπάρχον σημείο πρόσβασης (το πιο σύνηθες).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Για τη διαμόρφωση απευθείας σύνδεσης μεταξύ υπολογιστών.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Όνομα δικτύου (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Λειτουργία κρυπτογράφησης: Εξαρτάται από τον τρόπο διαμόρφωσης του σημείου
-πρόσβασης.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Η προτεινόμενη μέθοδος κρυπτογράφησης αν υποστηρίζεται από υλικό σας.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Μερικές παλιές συσκευές μπορούν να διαχειριστούν μόνο αυτήν τη μέθοδο
-κρυπτογράφησης.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης</para>
-
-            <para>Συνήθως παρέχεται με το υλικό του σημείου πρόσβασης.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ μιας αυτόματης διεύθυνσης IP
-και μιας χειροκίνητης</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Αυτόματη IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα καθοριστούν
-αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή χειροκίνητα, όπως
-εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να καθοριστεί η
-διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή (hostname) μπορεί
-να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού
-ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το όνομα
-υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή
-<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP</emphasis>. </para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Το κουμπί «Προχωρημένες» δίνει τη δυνατότητα να καθορίσετε:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Τομέας αναζήτησης (δεν είναι προσβάσιμο, διότι παρέχεται απόν εξυπηρετητή
-DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Πελάτης DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Χρονικό όριο DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Λήψη του εξυπηρετητή YP από τον DHCP (εξ ορισμού είναι ενεργοποιημένο):
-καθορισμός των εξυπηρετητών NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών NTPD από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (συγχρονισμός των
-ρολογιών)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Όνομα υπολογιστή (hostname). Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την επιλογή αν ο
-εξυπηρετητής DHCP απαιτεί τον καθορισμό του ονόματος υπολογιστή από τον
-πελάτη πριν τη λήψη μιας διεύθυνσης IP. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι αποδεκτή
-από μερικούς εξυπηρετητές DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση, τα τελευταία βήματα, τα οποία είναι κοινά σε
-όλες τις διαμορφώσεις σύνδεσης, περιγράφονται εδώ: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε τους εξυπηρετητές
-DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή (hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν
-καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP πάντα δείχνει ως
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS
-διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο.</para>
-
-            <para>Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα
-αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Είναι πανομοιότυπος με το όνομα υπολογιστή χωρίς το
-πρώτο όνομα, πριν την τελεία.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Αν το εργαλείο εντοπίσει ασύρματες διεπαφές, προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα
-επιλογής και διαμόρφωσης αυτών.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Θα σας ζητηθεί ο κωδικός PIN. Αφήστε το κενό αν δεν απαιτείται κωδικός PIN.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ο οδηγός θα ρωτήσει για το δίκτυο. Αν δεν έχει εντοπιστεί, επιλέξτε την
-επιλογή <guilabel>Μη καταχωρημένο</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον
-πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη
-καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από
-τον πάροχό σας.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Θα πρέπει να παράσχετε τις ρυθμίσεις πρόσβασης</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Όνομα σημείου πρόσβασης</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Όνομα λογαριασμού (όνομα χρήστη)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Κωδικός λογαριασμού</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση δικτύωσης με κλήση μέσω Bluetooth</title>
-
-    <para>Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση τηλεφώνου αναλογικού μόντεμ (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ο οδηγός ρωτά τη συσκευή προς διαμόρφωση:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Χειροκίνητη επιλογή</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Εντοπισμένο υλικό, αν υπάρχει κάποιο.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Πρότεινεται μια λίστα από θύρες. Διαλέξτε τη θύρα σας.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Αν δεν είναι ακόμα εγκατεστημένο, συνιστάται να εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον
-πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη
-καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από
-τον πάροχό σας. Στη συνέχεια θα ερωτηθείτε για τις επιλογές κλήσεις. </para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Όνομα σύνδεσης</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Αριθμός τηλεφώνου</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Αναγνωριστικό σύνδεσης</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ταυτοποίηση</emphasis>, επιλέξτε μεταξύ:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Βασισμένο σε ένα σενάριο</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Μέσω τερματικού</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Τέλος της διαμόρφωσης</title>
-
-    <para>Στα επόμενα βήματα μπορείτε να καθορίσετε;</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Να επιτρέπεται στους χρήστες να διαχειρίζονται την
-σύνδεση</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis> Να ξεκινάει η σύνδεση κατά την εκκίνηση</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Ενεργοποίηση της καταμέτρησης κυκλοφορίας</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Να επιτρέψτε τον έλεγχο της διεπαφής από το Network
-Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Στην περίπτωση της ασύρματης σύνδεσης, υπάρχει ένα επιπλέον πλαίσιο
-<emphasis>Επιτρέπεται η περιαγωγή του σημείου πρόσβασης</emphasis> το οποίο
-δίνει την πιθανότητα αυτόματης εναλλαγής του σημείου πρόσβασης βάσει της
-ισχύς του σήματος.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Από το κουμπί «για προχωρημένους» μπορείτε να καθορίσετε:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Μετρικό (εξ ορισμού 10)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Θερμή σύνδεση (Hotplugging) δικτύου</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ενεργοποίηση της σήραγγας IPv6 στο IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Το τελευταίο βήμα σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε αν η σύνδεση θα ξεκινήσει
-αμέσως ή όχι.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c7124d11..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Ανοίξτε μια κονσόλα ως διαχειριστής</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakconsole</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> σας δίνει πρόσβαση σε
-ένα τερματικό με δικαιώματα root. Δεν νομίζουμε να χρειάζεται περισσότερη
-επεξήγηση επ' αυτού.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d7f94184..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Διαχειριστείτε τις κατατμήσεις των σκληρών δίσκων</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk ή diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Πρόκειται για ένα <footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> ή <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote> πολύ ισχυρό
-εργαλείο, το παραμικρό σφάλμα ή ένα ακούσιο χτύπημα στο πληκτρολόγιο μπορεί
-να αποφέρει την απώλεια των δεδομένων μιας κατάτμησης ή ακόμα τη διαγραφή
-όλου του σκληρού δίσκου. Για αυτόν το λόγο, θα δείτε την παραπάνω εικόνα
-μόλις εκκινήσετε το εργαλείο. Κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis>Έξοδος</emphasis> αν
-δεν είστε σίγουρος ότι επιθυμείτε να συνεχίσετε.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Αν διαθέτετε περισσότερους από έναν σκληρούς δίσκους, μπορείτε να μεταβείτε
-στον σκληρό δίσκο που επιθυμείτε να εργαστείτε επιλέγοντας τη σωστή καρτέλα
-(sda, sdb, sdc, κλπ).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ πολλών ενεργειών για την προσαρμογή του σκληρού
-σας δίσκου στα μέτρα σας. Διαγραφή ολόκληρου του δίσκου, διαχωρισμός ή
-συγχώνευση κατατμήσεων, αλλαγή του μεγέθους τους ή του συστήματος αρχείων,
-μορφοποίηση ή προβολή των περιεχομένων της κατάτμησης, όλα αυτά είναι
-εφικτά. Με το κουμπί <emphasis><guibutton>Καθαρισμός
-όλων</guibutton></emphasis> στο κάτω μέρος μπορείτε να διαγράψετε όλες τις
-κατατμήσεις, τα άλλα κουμπιά γίνονται ορατά στο δεξιό τμήμα αφού κάνετε κλικ
-σε μια κατάτμηση. </para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Αν διαθέτετε ένα σύστημα UEFI, θα βρείτε μια μικρή κατάτμηση επονομαζόμενη
-«κατάτμηση συστήματος EFI» και προσαρτημένη στο /boot/EFI. Δεν θα πρέπει να
-την διαγράψετε ποτέ διότι περιέχει όλα τα προγράμματα εκκίνησης των διαφόρων
-λειτουργικών σας.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Αν η επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση έχει προσαρτηθεί, όπως στο κάτωθεν παράδειγμα, δεν
-μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος, να τη διαγράψετε ή να τη μορφοποιήσετε. Για
-να είστε σε θέση να το κάνετε αυτό θα πρέπει να αποπροσαρτήσετε την
-κατάτμηση πρώτα.</para>
-
-  <para>Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος μιας κατάτμησης μόνο προς τα δεξιά</para>
-
-  <para>Για να αλλάξετε τον τύπο της κατάτμησης (πχ αλλαγή από ext3 σε ext4) θα
-πρέπει να διαγράψετε την κατάτμηση και να την δημιουργήσετε εκ νέου με τον
-νέο τύπο συστήματος αρχείων. Το κουμπί <guibutton
-role="bold">Δημιουργία</guibutton> εμφανίζεται όταν έχει επιλεγεί ένα κενό
-τμήμα του δίσκου.</para>
-
-  <para>Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ένα μη υπάρχον σημείο προσάρτησης καθώς αυτό θα
-δημιουργηθεί.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Επιλέγοντας σε <emphasis><guibutton>Εναλλαγή σε προχωρημένη
-λειτουργία</guibutton></emphasis> έχουμε στη διάθεσή μας μερικές επιπλέον
-ενέργειες, όπως προσθήκη μιας ετικέτας στην κατάτμηση, όπως φαίνεται και στο
-παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a85c8046..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Ρυθμίστε τον διαχειριστή σύνδεσης χρηστών</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Εδώ<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakedm</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para></footnote> μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τον
-διαχειριστή σύνδεσης των χρηστών. Εμφανίζονται μόνο αυτοί που είναι
-διαθέσιμοι στο σύστημα. </para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Οι περισσότεροι χρήστες δεν διακρίνουν κάποια διαφορά μεταξύ των οθονών
-σύνδεσης. Ωστόσο, υπάρχουν διαφορές στις υποστηριζόμενες λειτουργίες. Ο LXDM
-είναι ένας ελαφρύς διαχειριστής σύνδεσης, οι SDDM και GDM προσφέρουν
-περισσότερες λειτουργίες.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index af963f10..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Ρυθμίστε το προσωπικό σας τείχος προστασίας</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> θα το βρείτε στην
-ενότητα «Ασφάλεια» στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia, με την περιγραφή «Ρυθμίστε το
-προσωπικό σας τείχος προστασίας». Παραμέτρους του ίδιου εργαλείου μπορείτε
-να βρείτε και μέσω του άλλου εργαλείου στην ίδια καρτέλα «Ρυθμίστε την
-ασφάλεια του συστήματος, τις άδειες και τους ελέγχους ασφαλείας».</para>
-
-  <para>Με την εγκατάσταση της Mageia συμπεριλαμβάνεται και ένα βασικό τείχος
-προστασίας. Όλες οι εισερχόμενες συνδέσεις φράζονται αν δεν επιτρέπονται από
-το τείχος προστασίας. Στην πρώτη οθόνη παραπάνω, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις
-υπηρεσίες για τις οποίες οι εξωτερικές απόπειρες σύνδεσης θα γίνονται
-αποδεκτές. Για την ασφάλειά σας αποεπιλέξτε το πρώτο πλαίσιο  -
-<guilabel>Όλα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας)</guilabel> - εκτός και αν επιθυμείτε
-την απενεργοποίηση του τείχους προστασίας, και την επιλογή των αναγκαίων
-υπηρεσιών μόνο.</para>
-
-  <para>Μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε τον αριθμό θύρας που θέλετε να ανοίξετε
-χειροκίνητα. Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και θα
-ανοίξει ένα νέο παράθυρο. Στο πεδίο <guilabel>Άλλες θύρες</guilabel>,
-καταχωρήστε τις επιθυμητές θύρες σύμφωνα με αυτά τα παραδείγματα:</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : ανοίγει τη θύρα 80 πρωτόκολλο tcp</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : ανοίγει όλες τις θύρες από 24000 μέχρι 24010 πρωτόκολλο
-udp</para>
-
-  <para>Οι θύρες στη λίστα θα πρέπει να διαχωρίζονται με κενό.</para>
-
-  <para>Αν το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Καταγραφή των μηνυμάτων του τείχους προστασίας στις
-καταγραφές συστήματος</guilabel> είναι επιλεγμένο, τα μηνύματα του τείχους
-προστασίας θα καταγράφονται στις καταγραφές συστήματος.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Αν δεν τρέχετε συγκεκριμένες υπηρεσίες (εξυπηρετητή ιστού ή αλληλογραφίας,
-διαμοιρασμό αρχείων, ...) μπορείτε απλά να μην επιλέξετε κάποια υπηρεσία,
-κάτι το οποίο και συνιστάται, δεν θα σας εμποδίσει τη σύνδεση με το
-διαδίκτυο. </para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τις επιλογές του διαδραστικού
-τείχους προστασίας. Αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό σας επιτρέπει να ειδοποιείστε για
-απόπειρες σύνδεσης αν έχει επιλεγεί τουλάχιστον το πρώτο πλαίσιο
-<guilabel>Χρήση του διαδραστικού τείχους προστασίας</guilabel>.  Επιλέξτε το
-δεύτερο πλαίσιο για να ειδοποιείστε αν οι θύρες σαρώνονται με στόχο τον
-εντοπισμό ενός ελαττώματος και την διείσδυση στον υπολογιστή σας. Κάθε
-πλαίσιο εφεξής του τρίτου πλαισίου αντιστοιχεί σε μια ανοιγμένη θύρα σε μια
-από τις δυο προηγούμενες οθόνες. Στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο μπορούμε να δούμε
-δυο τέτοια πλαίσια: εξυπηρετητής SSH και 80:150/tcp. Επιλέξτε τα ώστε να
-ειδοποιείστε κάθε φόρα που γίνεται μια απόπειρα σύνδεσης σε αυτές τις θύρες.</para>
-
-  <para>Οι προειδοποιήσεις εμφανίζονται σε αναδυόμενα μηνύματα από τη μικροεφαρμογή
-δικτύου.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Στην τελευταία οθόνη, επιλέξτε τις διεπαφές δικτύου συνδεδεμένες με το
-διαδίκτυο που θα προστατεύονται. Μετά την αποδοχή κάνοντας κλικ στο Εντάξει,
-γίνεται λήψη των απαραίτητων πακέτων.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Αν δεν ξέρετε τι να επιλέξετε, ανατρέξτε στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia στην
-καρτέλα Δίκτυο &amp; Διαδίκτυο, Ρύθμιση μιας νέας διεπαφής δικτύου.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cff1eaaa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Διαχείριση, προσθήκη και αφαίρεση γραμματοσειρών. Εισαγωγή γραμματοσειρών
-Windows™</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakfont</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο
-Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis
-role="bold">Σύστημα</emphasis>. Σας επιτρέπει τη διαχείριση των διαθέσιμων
-γραμματοσειρών στον υπολογιστή σας. Η κύρια οθόνη παραπάνω εμφανίζει:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>τα ονόματα των εγκατεστημένων γραμματοσειρών, το στιλ και το μέγεθος.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>μία προεπισκόπηση της επιλεγμένης γραμματοσειράς.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>μερικά κουμπιά επεξηγούνται παρακάτω.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Λήψη των γραμματοσειρών Windows: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το κουμπί προσθέτει αυτόματα τις γραμματοσειρές από την κατάτμηση των
-Windows. Θα πρέπει να έχετε τα Microsoft Windows εγκατεστημένα.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Επιλογές:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Επιτρέπει τον καθορισμό των εφαρμογών ή των συσκευών (κυρίως εκτυπωτές)
-ικανών να χρησιμοποιήσουν τις γραμματοσειρές.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Απεγκατάσταση:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το κουμπί χρησιμεύει στην αφαίρεση των εγκατεστημένων γραμματοσειρών
-και ως εκ τούτου την εξοικονόμηση χώρου. Να είστε προσεκτικοί-ές κατά την
-αφαίρεση των γραμματοσειρών διότι μπορεί να έχει επιπτώσεις στα έγγραφα που
-τις χρησιμοποιούν.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Εισαγωγή:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Επιτρέπει την προσθήκη γραμματοσειρών τρίτων μέσω ενός CD, από το διαδίκτυο
-... κλπ. Οι υποστηριζόμενες γραμματοσειρές είναι οι ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm
-και gsf. Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role="bold">Εισαγωγή</emphasis> και
-στη συνέχεια στο προσθήκη και θα ανοίξει ένας διαχειριστής αρχείων μέσω του
-οποίου μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις γραμματοσειρές προς εγκατάσταση· κάντε κλικ
-στο <emphasis role="bold">Εγκατάσταση</emphasis> όταν είστε έτοιμος-η. Η
-εγκατάσταση γίνεται στον φάκελο /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>Αν δεν εμφανίζονται οι τελευταία εγκατεστημένες γραμματοσειρές (ή
-εμφανίζονται οι απεγκατεστημένες) στο παράθυρο του Drakconf, κλείστε και
-ανοίξτε εκ νέου το παράθυρο ώστε να ενημερωθούν οι τροποποιήσεις.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd2a1881..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Γονικός έλεγχος</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakguard</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο
-Ελέγχου Mageia, και στην καρτέλα Ασφάλεια, με τον τίτλο <guilabel>Γονικός
-έλεγχος</guilabel>. Αν δεν το βλέπετε, θα πρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο
-drakguard (δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο εξ ορισμού).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Παρουσίαση</title>
-
-    <para>Το Drakguard είναι ένας εύκολος τρόπος διαμόρφωσης γονικού ελέγχου στον
-υπολογιστή σας, ώστε να περιορίσετε τις ενέργειες των χρηστών, και σε ποιο
-διάστημα της ημέρας. Το Drakguard έχει τρία χρήσιμα χαρακτηριστικά:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Περιορίζει την πρόσβαση στο διαδίκτυο ανά χρήστη και σε προκαθορισμένο χρόνο
-της ημέρας. Αυτό γίνεται μέσω του τείχους προστασίας shorewall το οποίο
-είναι ενσωματωμένο στη Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Φράσσει την εκτέλεση συγκεκριμένων εντολών ανά χρήστη ώστε αυτοί οι χρήστες
-να μπορούν να εκτελούν μόνο ότι εσείς ορίζετε.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Περιορίζει την πρόσβαση σε ιστοσελίδες, χειροκίνητα μέσω μαύρης και λευκής
-λίστας, αλλά και δυναμικά βάσει του περιεχομένου της ιστοσελίδας. Για να το
-πραγματοποιήσει κάνει χρήση του ανοιχτού κώδικα και πρωταγωνιστή στον γονικό
-έλεγχο, DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Διαμόρφωση του γονικού ελέγχου</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Αν στον υπολογιστή σας έχετε κατατμήσεις μορφοποιημένες σε Ext2, Ext3, ή
-ReiserFS, θα εμφανιστεί ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο για τη διαμόρφωση ACL στις
-κατατμήσεις σας. ACL σημαίνει Λίστες Ελέγχου Προσπέλασης ( Access Control
-Lists), και είναι ένα χαρακτηριστικό του πυρήνα Linux το οποίο επιτρέπει τον
-περιορισμό της προσπέλασης μεμονωμένων αρχείων ανά χρήστη. Το ACL είναι
-ενσωματωμένο στους τύπους συστημάτων αρχείων Ext4 και Btrfs, αλλά θα πρέπει
-να ενεργοποιηθεί μέσω μιας επιλογής για τα συστήματα αρχείων Ext2, Ext3, ή
-ReiserFS. Αν επιλέξετε «Ναι» το drakguard θα διαμορφώσει την υποστήριξη ACL
-σε όλες τις κατατμήσεις σας, και θα σας προτείνει την επανεκκίνηση του
-υπολογιστή.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση του γονικού ελέγχου</guibutton>: Ενεργοποιεί τον
-γονικό έλεγχο και την πρόσβαση στην καρτέλα <guilabel>Φραγή
-προγραμμάτων</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Αποκλεισμός όλης της κίνησης δικτύου</guibutton>: Αποκλεισμός της
-πρόσβασης σε όλες τις ιστοσελίδες εκτός αυτών της λευκής
-λίστας. Διαφορετικά, επιτρέπεται η πρόσβαση σε όλες τις ιστοσελίδες εκτός
-αυτών στη μαύρη λίστα.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Πρόσβαση χρήστη</guibutton>: Οι χρήστες στην αριστερή στήλη θα
-έχουν περιορισμένη πρόσβαση βάσει των καθορισμών σας. Οι χρήστες στη δεξιά
-στήλη δεν έχουν περιορισμό πρόσβασης, μπορείτε έτσι να επιτρέψετε στους
-ενήλικους χρήστες την πλήρη πρόσβαση. Επιλέξτε έναν χρήστη στην αριστερή
-στήλη και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> για να τον
-προσθέσετε ως επιτρεπόμενο. Επιλέξτε έναν χρήστη από τη δεξιά στήλη και
-κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> για να τον αφαιρέσετε από τη
-στήλη των επιτρεπομένων.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Ελεγκτής χρόνου:</guibutton> Η πρόσβαση στο διαδίκτυο επιτρέπεται
-με περιορισμούς μεταξύ του χρόνου <guilabel>Έναρξης</guilabel> και
-<guilabel>Τερματισμού</guilabel>. Είναι εντελώς φραγμένη εκτός του
-συγκεκριμένου χρονικού διαστήματος.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Μαύρη/Λευκή λίστα</title>
-
-      <para>Εισάγετε το URL της ιστοσελίδας στο πρώτο πεδίο στην κορυφή και κάντε κλικ
-στο κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη«</guibutton>.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Αποκλεισμός προγραμμάτων</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Αποκλεισμός καθορισμένων εφαρμογών</guibutton>: Ενεργοποιεί τη
-χρήση ACL για τον περιορισμό προσπέλασης συγκεκριμένων
-εφαρμογών. Καταχωρήστε την πλήρη διαδρομή της εφαρμογής που επιθυμείτε τον
-αποκλεισμό πρόσβασης.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Λίστα επιτρεπομένων χρηστών</guibutton>: Οι χρήστες που
-εμφανίζονται στη δεξιά στήλη δεν θα υφίσταντο ACL αποκλεισμό. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 65346f7d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Κοινόχρηστη σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο με άλλους τοπικούς υπολογιστές</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Αρχές λειτουργίας</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Αυτή η λειτουργία είναι χρήσιμη όταν
-διαθέτετε έναν υπολογιστή (3) ο οποίος διαθέτει σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο (2)
-και ταυτόχρονα είναι συνδεδεμένος σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο (1). Μπορείτε να
-χρησιμοποιήσετε τον υπολογιστή (3) ως πύλη για να δώσετε πρόσβαση σύνδεσης
-στους άλλους σταθμούς εργασίας (5) και (6) στο τοπικό δίκτυο (1). Για να
-επιτευχθεί αυτό, η πύλη θα πρέπει να διαθέτει δυο διεπαφές· μια πρωτεύουσα,
-όπως μια διεπαφή ethernet πρέπει να είναι συνδεδεμένη στο τοπικό δίκτυο, και
-μια δευτερεύουσα (4) συνδεδεμένη στο διαδίκτυο (2).</para>
-
-    <para>Το πρώτο βήμα αφορά τον έλεγχο πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο και στο τοπικό
-δίκτυο, όπως περιγράφεται στο <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Οδηγός Πύλης</title>
-
-    <para>Ο οδηγός <footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakgw</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote> προσφέρει μια ακολουθία
-βημάτων όπως περιγράφονται παρακάτω:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Αν ο μάγος δε βρίσκει τουλάχιστον δύο διεπαφές, προειδοποιεί γι'αυτό και
-ζητάει να σταματήσει το δίκτυο και να ρυθμίσει το υλικό.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>καθορίζει τη διεπαφή που χρησιμοποιείται για τη σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο. Ο
-οδηγός αυτομάτως συνιστά μια από τις διεπαφές, αλλά θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε
-ότι η πρόταση είναι ορθή.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>καθορίζει τη διεπαφή που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πρόσβαση στο τοπικό
-δίκτυο. Ο οδηγός συνιστά μια, ελέγξτε αν πρόταση είναι ορθή.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ο οδηγός προτείνει παραμέτρους για το τοπικό δίκτυο LAN, όπως τη διεύθυνση
-IP, τη μάσκα δικτύου και το όνομα τομέα. Ελέγξτε ότι αυτές οι παράμετροι
-ταιριάζουν με την τρέχουσα διαμόρφωση. Συνιστάται η αποδοχή των τιμών αυτών.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί ως εξυπηρετητής
-DNS. Αν ναι, ο οδηγός θα επιβεβαιώσει αν το <code>bind</code> είναι
-εγκατεστημένο. Διαφορετικά, θα πρέπει να καθορίσετε τη διεύθυνση ενός
-εξυπηρετητή DNS.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής θα χρησιμοποιείται ως ένας εξυπηρετητής DHCP. Αν
-ναι, ο οδηγός επιβεβαιώνει την ύπαρξη του <code>dhcp-server</code> και τότε
-προσφέρει την επιλογή του για διαμόρφωση του εύρους αρχής και τέλους των
-διευθύνσεων DHCP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής χρησιμοποιείται ως διαμεσολαβητής. Αν ναι, ο
-οδηγός θα επιβεβαιώσει αν το <code>squid</code> είναι εγκατεστημένο και
-προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα διαμόρφωσης της διεύθυνσης διαχειριστή
-(admin@mydomain.com), του ονόματος του διαμεσολαβητή
-(myfirewall@mydomain.com), της θύρας (3128) και του μεγέθους της λανθάνουσας
-μνήμης (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Το τελευταίο βήμα σας επιτρέπει να ελέγξετε αν ο υπολογιστής που εξυπηρετεί
-ως πύλη είναι συνδεδεμένος σε εκτυπωτές και στη συνέχεια τον διαμοιρασμό
-πρόσβασης σε αυτούς.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Θα λάβετε μια προειδοποίηση σχετικά με την ανάγκη επιβεβαίωσης αν το τείχος
-προστασίας είναι ενεργό.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Ρυθμίστε τον πελάτη</title>
-
-    <para>Αν έχετε ρυθμίσει την πύλη του υπολογιστή με DHCP, θα πρέπει μόνο να
-καθορίσετε στο εργαλείο διαμόρφωσης δικτύου ότι λαμβάνετε την διεύθυνση
-αυτόματα (μέσω DHCP). Οι παράμετροι λαμβάνονται κατά τη σύνδεση στο
-δίκτυο. Αυτή η μέθοδος είναι ισχύει ανεξαρτήτου λειτουργικού συστήματος
-πελάτη.</para>
-
-    <para>Αν καθορίσετε τις παραμέτρους δικτύου χειροκίνητα, θα πρέπει κυρίως να
-καθορίσετε την πύλη εισάγοντας τη διεύθυνση IP του υπολογιστή που εξυπηρετεί
-ως πύλη.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Διακοπή της κοινοχρησίας σύνδεσης</title>
-
-    <para>Αν θέλετε να διακόψετε την κοινόχρηστη σύνδεση στον υπολογιστή Mageia,
-εκκινήστε το εργαλείο και θα σας προσφέρει την επιλογή διαμόρφωσης της
-σύνδεσης ή διακοπής της κοινής χρήσης.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b831fe5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Καθορισμός των υπολογιστών</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αν μερικά συστήματα στο δίκτυό σας σας παρέχουν υπηρεσίες, αυτό το
-εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakhosts</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε
-ένα όνομα για αυτούς για εύκολα πρόσβαση· έπειτα θα μπορείτε να
-χρησιμοποιείτε αυτό το όνομα αντί της διεύθυνσης IP.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Με αυτό το κουμπί, προσθέτετε το όνομα ενός νέου συστήματος. Θα ανοίξει ένα
-παράθυρο όπου μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τη διεύθυνση IP, το όνομα του
-υπολογιστή του συστήματος, και προαιρετικά ένα ψευδώνυμο το οποίο μπορεί να
-χρησιμοποιηθεί με τον ίδιο τρόπο όπως το όνομα.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Τροποποίηση</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Μπορείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στις παραμέτρους των προηγούμενων
-καταχωρήσεων. Θα ανοίξει το ίδιο παράθυρο:</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 423d5a37..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις για τις διεπαφές δικτύου και το τείχος προστασίας</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
-
-  <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dee9ee9e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Κέντρο δικτύου</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> θα το βρείτε στην
-καρτέλα Δίκτυο &amp; Διαδίκτυο στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία
-«Κέντρο δικτύου»</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-
-    <para>Αφού εκτελέσετε το εργαλείο, ανοίγει ένα παράθυρο όπου εμφανίζονται όλα τα
-διαμορφωμένα δίκτυα στον υπολογιστή, ανεξαρτήτου του τύπου (ενσύρματο,
-ασύρματο, δορυφορικό, κλπ.). Αφού κάνετε κλικ σε κάποιο από αυτά,
-εμφανίζονται τρία από τα τέσσερα κουμπιά, ανάλογα με τον τύπο του δικτύου,
-και σας επιτρέπουν ελέγξετε το δίκτυο και να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις του ή να
-κάνετε σύνδεση/αποσύνδεση. Αυτό το εργαλείο δεν έχει ως στόχο τη δημιουργία
-ενός δικτύου, για αυτό ανατρέξτε <guilabel>Ρύθμιση μιας διεπαφής δικτύου
-(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> στην ίδια καρτέλα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου
-Mageia.</para>
-
-    <para>Στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο ως παράδειγμα, μπορούμε να δούμε δυο δίκτυα, το
-πρώτο είναι ενσύρματο και συνδεδεμένο, αναγνωρίσιμο από αυτό το εικονίδιο
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (αυτό δείχνει ότι δεν είναι
-συνδεδεμένο<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>) και το δεύτερο
-δείχνει ασύρματα δίκτυα, χωρίς σύνδεση αναγνωρίσιμα από αυτό το εικονίδιο
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> και από αυτό <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> αν είναι συνδεδεμένο. Για τους άλλους
-τύπους δικτύου, ο κωδικός χρώματος είναι πάντα ο ίδιος, πράσινο αν είναι σε
-σύνδεση και κόκκινο αν δεν είναι συνδεδεμένο. </para>
-
-    <para>Στο τμήμα της οθόνης με την ασύρματη σύνδεση, μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε όλα
-τα δίκτυα που έχουν εντοπιστεί, με το <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, την
-<guilabel>ισχύ σήματος</guilabel>, αν είναι κρυπτογραφημένα (με κόκκινο) ή
-όχι (με πράσινο), και τον <guilabel>τρόπο λειτουργίας</guilabel>. Κάντε κλικ
-στο επιθυμητό δίκτυο και στη συνέχεια είτε στο κουμπί
-<guibutton>Εποπτεία</guibutton>, είτε στο <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>,
-ή <guibutton>Σύνδεση</guibutton>. Εδώ μπορείτε επίσης να μεταβείτε από το
-ένα δίκτυο στο άλλο. Αν επιλέξετε ένα ιδιωτικό δίκτυο, θα ανοίξει το
-παράθυρο ρυθμίσεων δικτύου (δείτε παρακάτω) και θα ερωτηθείτε για επιπλέον
-ρυθμίσεις (ένα κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης κυρίως).</para>
-
-    <para>Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Ανανέωση</guibutton> για να ενημερώσετε την οθόνη.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Το κουμπί Εποπτεία</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Αυτό το κουμπί σας επιτρέπει την εποπτεία της δραστηριότητας του δικτύου,
-της λήψης (με κόκκινο) και της αποστολής (με πράσινο). Η συγκεκριμένη οθόνη
-είναι προσβάσιμη με δεξί κλικ στο <guimenu>εικονίδιο δικτύου στο πλαίσιο
-συστήματος > Εποπτεία δικτύου</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε διεπαφή δικτύου (εδώ eth0 είναι το ενσύρματο
-δίκτυο, lo ο τοπικός βρόγχος ανακύκλωσης και wlan0 το ασύρματο δίκτυο) και
-μια καρτέλα η οποία εμφανίζει πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κατάσταση σύνδεσης.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Στο κάτω μέρος του παραθύρου υπάρχει ο τίτλος <guilabel>Καταμέτρηση
-κυκλοφορίας</guilabel>, θα επανέλθουμε σε αυτό στην επόμενη ενότητα.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Το κουμπί διαμόρφωσης</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Α - Για ένα ενσύρματο δίκτυο</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε όλες τις διαθέσιμες ρυθμίσεις κατά τη διαμόρφωση του
-δικτύου. Τις περισσότερες φορές, επιλέγοντας <guibutton>Αυτόματη
-IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> αρκεί, αλλά σε περίπτωση
-προβλημάτων, η χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση μπορεί να επιφέρει καλύτερα
-αποτελέσματα.</para>
-
-    <para>Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP πάντα δείχνει ως
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS
-διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση της καταμέτρησης της κυκλοφορίας</guibutton>: Αν
-είναι επιλεγμένο θα γίνεται καταμέτρηση της κυκλοφορίας σε ωριαία, ημερήσια,
-ή μηνιαία βάση. Τα αποτελέσματα εμφανίζονται στην εποπτεία δικτύου που
-περιγράφεται στην προηγούμενη ενότητα. Αφού ενεργοποιηθεί, ίσως να χρειαστεί
-να επανασυνδεθείτε στο δίκτυο.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Να επιτρέψτε τον έλεγχο της διεπαφής από το Network
-Manager</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Το κουμπί για Προχωρημένους:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Β - Για ένα ασύρματο δίκτυο</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Περιγράφονται μόνο τα θέματα που δεν έχουν επεξηγηθεί προηγουμένως.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Τρόπος λειτουργίας:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Διαχειριζόμενο</guilabel> αν η σύνδεση γίνεται μέσω ενός
-σημείου πρόσβασης, εντοπίζεται ένα <emphasis
-role="bold">ESSID</emphasis>. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> αν
-πρόκειται για ένα δίκτυο από υπολογιστή σε υπολογιστή
-(peer-to-peer). Επιλέξτε <emphasis role="bold">Κύριο</emphasis> αν το δίκτυό
-σας μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί ως σημείο πρόσβασης, θα πρέπει να το
-υποστηρίζει η κάρτα σας.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Λειτουργία και κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Αν πρόκειται για ιδιωτικό δίκτυο, θα πρέπει να γνωρίζετε αυτές τις
-ρυθμίσεις.</para>
-
-    <para>Το <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> χρησιμοποιεί έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης ο οποίος
-είναι ασθενέστερος σε σύγκριση με αυτόν του WPA που χρησιμοποιεί ένα
-συνθηματικό. Το <guilabel>ήδη κοινόχρηστο κλειδί WPA</guilabel> λέγεται
-επίσης προσωπικό WPA ή οικιακό WPA. Το <guilabel>Εταιρικό WPA</guilabel> δεν
-χρησιμοποιείται συχνά σε ιδιωτικά δίκτυα.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Επιτρέπεται η περιαγωγή του σημείου
-πρόσβασης</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Η περιαγωγή είναι μια τεχνολογία ή οποία επιτρέπει σε υπολογιστές να
-αλλάζουν σημείο πρόσβασης ενώ παραμένουν συνδεδεμένοι στο δίκτυο.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Το κουμπί για Προχωρημένους:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Το κουμπί των προχωρημένων ρυθμίσεων</title>
-
-    <para>Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bc8f5bd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Διαχειριστείτε διαφορετικά προφίλ δικτύου</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
-
-  <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index eaaaec51..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Κοινή χρήση δίσκων και καταλόγων μέσω NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Προαπαιτούμενα</title>
-
-    <para>Όταν ο οδηγός <footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">draknfs</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote> εκκινηθεί για πρώτη
-φορά, μπορεί να εμφανιστεί το παρακάτω μήνυμα:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Το πακέτο nfs-utils πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί. Θέλετε να το εγκαταστήσετε;</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Μετά το πέρας της εγκατάστασης, εμφανίζεται ένα παράθυρο με μια κενή λίστα.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Κεντρικό παράθυρο</title>
-
-    <para>Εμφανίζεται μια λίστα με τους κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους. Σε αυτό το βήμα, η
-λίστα είναι κενή. Το κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> δίνει πρόσβαση
-σε ένα εργαλείο διαχείρισης.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Τροποποίηση καταχώρησης</title>
-
-    <para>Το εργαλείο διαμόρφωσης έχει τίτλο παραθύρου «Επεξεργασία
-καταχώρησης». Μπορείτε επίσης να το ανοίξετε από το κουμπί
-<guibutton>Επεξεργασία</guibutton>. Υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες οι παρακάτω
-παράμετροι.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Κατάλογος NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Εδώ μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε τον κοινόχρηστο κατάλογο. Το κουμπί
-<guibutton>Κατάλογος</guibutton> σας δίνει πρόσβαση στον διάλογο επιλογής
-αρχείων.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Πρόσβαση υπολογιστή</title>
-
-      <para>Εδώ μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε τους υπολογιστές στους οποίους επιτρέπεται η
-προσπέλαση στον κοινόχρηστο κατάλογο.</para>
-
-      <para>Οι πελάτες NFS μπορούν να καθοριστούν με περισσότερους τρόπους:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>απλός υπολογιστής</emphasis>: ένας υπολογιστής με ένα συντμημένο
-όνομα υπολογιστή που αναγνωρίζεται από τον αναλυτή ονομάτων, είτε ένα έγκυρο
-όνομα τομέα (FQDN), είτε μια διεύθυνση IP</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: ένα όνομα ομάδας NIS μπορεί να δοθεί ως
-@group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>σύμβολα υποκατάσταση</emphasis>: τα ονόματα των υπολογιστών
-μπορούν να περιέχουν τα σύμβολα υποκατάστασης * και ?. Για παράδειγμα:
-*.cs.foo.edu ταιριάζει με όλους τους υπολογιστές του τομέα cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>δίκτυα IP</emphasis>: μπορείτε επίσης να εξαγάγετε έναν κατάλογο
-σε όλους τους υπολογιστές σε ένα (υπό-)δίκτυο IP ταυτόχρονα. Για παράδειγμα
-μπορούν να προστεθούν είτε το «/255.255.252.0» ή το «/22» στη βασική έκδοση
-του δικτύου.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Συσχέτιση ID χρήστη</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>συσχέτιση του χρήστη root ως ανώνυμος</emphasis>: αιτήσεις
-συσχέτισης από uid/gid 0 στον ανώνυμο uid/gid (root_squash). Ο χρήστης root
-από τον πελάτη δεν μπορεί να κάνει ανάγνωση ή εγγραφή στα αρχεία στον
-διακομιστή που έχει δημιουργηθεί από τον root στον ίδιο τον διακομιστή.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>επιτρέπεται η πραγματική απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση root</emphasis>:
-απενεργοποιεί την παράκαμψη root. Αυτή η επιλογή χρησιμεύει κυρίως σε
-πελάτες χωρίς σκληρό δίσκο (no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>συσχέτιση όλων των χρηστών με τον ανώνυμο χρήστη</emphasis>:
-συσχέτιση όλων των uid και gid στον ανώνυμο χρήστη (all_squash). Χρήσιμο για
-δημόσιους καταλόγους FTP εξαγωγής NFS, καταλόγους ουράς αναμονής ειδήσεων,
-κλπ. Η αντίθετη επιλογή είναι χωρίς συσχέτιση UID χρήστη (no_all_squash), η
-οποία είναι και η ρύθμιση εξορισμού.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid και anongid</emphasis>: ορίζει ρητώς το uid και gid του
-λογαριασμού ανώνυμου χρήστη.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Προχωρημένες επιλογές</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Ασφαλής σύνδεση</emphasis>: η επιλογή αυτή προϋποθέτει, ότι οι
-αιτήσεις προέρχονται από μια θύρα IP μικρότερη της IPPORT_RESERVED
-(1024). Αυτή η επιλογή είναι ενεργοποιημένη εξ ορισμού.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Κοινόχρηστος πόρος ανάγνωσης μόνο</emphasis>: επιτρέπει είτε μόνο
-την ανάγνωση, είτε την ανάγνωση και εγγραφή στον τόμο NFS. Από προεπιλογή,
-κάθε αίτημα τροποποίησης απορρίπτεται. Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να
-προσδιορίσετε ακριβώς την συμπεριφορά αυτή.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Συγχρονισμένη πρόσβαση</emphasis>: απαγορεύει στον εξυπηρετητή NFS
-να παραβιάσει το πρωτόκολλο NFS απαντώντας στα αιτήματα πριν να έχουν
-πραγματοποιηθεί οι σχετικές διεργασίες στις αποθηκευτικές συσκευές
-(π.χ. δίσκος).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Έλεγχος υποδέντρου</emphasis>: ενεργοποιεί τον έλεγχο στους
-υποκαταλόγους, το οποίο επιτρέπει την βελτίωση της ασφάλειας σε ορισμένες
-περιπτώσεις, αλλά μπορεί να μειώσει την αξιοπιστία. Δείτε στη σελίδα
-εγχειριδίου exports(5) για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Καταχωρήσεις μενού</title>
-
-    <para>Η λίστα θα πρέπει να περιέχει τουλάχιστον μια καταχώρηση.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Αρχείο | Εγγραφή της διαμόρφωσης</title>
-
-      <para>Αποθηκεύστε την τρέχουσα διαμόρφωση.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Εξυπηρετητής NFS | Επανεκκίνηση</title>
-
-      <para>Διακόπτεται η λειτουργία του εξυπηρετητή και επανεκκινείται με τα τρέχοντα
-αρχεία διαμόρφωσης.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Εξυπηρετητής NFS | Επαναφόρτωση</title>
-
-      <para>Η ρύθμιση που εμφανίζεται επαναφορτώνεται από τα τωρινά αρχεία ρυθμίσεων.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd468213..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Διαμεσολαβητής</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε έναν διαμεσολαβητή για πρόσβαση στο
-διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakproxy</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> για να το διαμορφώσετε. Ο διαχειριστής του δικτύου
-σας θα σας παράσχει τις απαραίτητες πληροφορίες. Μπορείτε επίσης να
-καθορίσετε μερικές υπηρεσίες οι οποίες μπορούν να προσπελαστούν εκτός
-διαμεσολαβητή μέσω εξαίρεσης.</para>
-
-  <para>Από τη Βικιπαίδεια, στις 2014-02-14, από το άρθρο για τον διαμεσολαβητή:
-Διακομιστής μεσολάβησης (αγγλ. proxy server) είναι ένας διακομιστής που έχει
-στόχο να βελτιώσει την ταχύτητα πλοήγησης στο διαδίκτυο και παράλληλα να
-μειώσει την κίνηση του δικτύου προς το διαδίκτυο. Τοποθετείται ενδιάμεσα των
-χρηστών και του διαδικτύου. Λαμβάνει τα αιτήματα ιστοσελίδων από έναν
-χρήστη, προσκομίζει τη σελίδα από το Διαδίκτυο, και έπειτα την δίνει στον
-υπολογιστή που την ζήτησε. Ο proxy server μπορεί να είναι και μέρος ενός
-firewall και μπορεί να αποτρέπει τους χάκερς από το να χρησιμοποιήσουν το
-διαδίκτυο για να αποκτήσουν πρόσβαση σε υπολογιστές ενός ιδιωτικού δικτύου.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 84403aa8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Ρύθμιση Μέσων</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Το πρώτο πράγμα που θα πρέπει να κάνετε μετά από μια εγκατάσταση είναι η
-προσθήκη των πηγών λογισμικού (γνωστές και ως αποθετήρια, μέσα,
-καθρεπτισμοί). Δηλαδή, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε τις πηγές των μέσων από όπου
-θα γίνεται η εγκατάσταση και η ενημέρωση των εφαρμογών. (βλ. το κουμπί
-Προσθήκη παρακάτω).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Αν κάνατε εγκατάσταση (ή αναβάθμιση) της Mageia μέσω ενός οπτικού μέσου (DVD
-ή CD) ή μια συσκευή USB, θα υπάρχει μια διαμορφωμένη πηγή λογισμικού για το
-οπτικό μέσο που χρησιμοποιήθηκε. Για να αποφύγετε την ερώτηση κάθε φορά που
-θέλετε να εγκαταστήσετε μια εφαρμογή να εισαγάγετε το μέσο, θα πρέπει να
-απενεργοποιήσετε (ή να διαγράψετε) το μέσο (πρόκειται για το μέσο που
-αναφέρεται με τον τύπο CD-ROM).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Το σύστημά σας λειτουργεί υπό μιας αρχιτεκτονικής που μπορεί να είναι 32-bit
-(ονομάζεται i586), ή 64-bit (ονομάζεται x86_64). Ορισμένα πακέτα είναι
-ανεξαρτήτου αρχιτεκτονικής και ονομάζονται noarch. Δεν διαθέτουν ξεχωριστό
-αποθετήριο αλλά συμπεριλαμβάνονται όλα στα αποθετήρια i586 και x86_64
-αρχιτεκτονικής.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα
-<emphasis role="bold">Διαχείριση λογισμικού</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Οι στήλες</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Η στήλη Ενεργοποιημένο:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Το επιλεγμένο μέσο θα χρησιμοποιείται για την εγκατάσταση νέων πακέτων. Να
-είστε προσεκτικός-ή με μερικά μέσα όπως τα Testing και Debug, μπορεί να
-προκαλέσουν δυσλειτουργίες στο σύστημά σας.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Η στήλη Ενημερώσεις:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Το επιλεγμένο μέσο θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την ενημέρωση των πακέτων. Μόνο τα
-μέσα με το «Updates» στο όνομά τους θα πρέπει να επιλέγονται. Για λόγους
-ασφαλείας, αυτή η στήλη δεν είναι επεξεργάσιμη με αυτό το εργαλείο, θα
-πρέπει να ανοίξετε ένα τερματικό ως διαχειριστής και να πληκτρολογήσετε
-<emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Η στήλη Μέσο:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Εμφανίζει το όνομα του μέσου. Τα επίσημα αποθετήρια της Mageia σε μια τελική
-έκδοση περιέχουν τουλάχιστον:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> περιέχει τα περισσότερα
-διαθέσιμα προγράμματα που υποστηρίζονται από τη Mageia τα οποία υπόκεινται
-σε άδεια ανοιχτού λογισμικού</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> περιέχει μερικά μη
-ελεύθερα ή κλειστού κώδικα προγράμματα. Για παράδειγμα οι οδηγοί καρτών
-γραφικών nVidia και ATI, υλικολογισμικό καρτών Wifi κλπ</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει ελεύθερο
-λογισμικό το οποίο μπορεί να υπόκειται σε περιορισμούς σε ορισμένες χώρες.</para>
-
-        <para>Κάθε μέσο διαθέτει τέσσερις υποκατηγορίες:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> περιέχει τα πακέτα τη
-στιγμή της κυκλοφορίας της Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> περιέχει τα πακέτα
-του αποθετηρίου Release με ενημερώσεις ασφαλείας ή διόρθωσης σφαλμάτων. Αυτό
-το αποθετήριο θα πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένο, ακόμα και με μια αργή
-διαδικτυακή σύνδεση.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> περιέχει μερικά
-πακέτα νέων εκδόσεων τα οποία έχουν εισαχθεί από την έκδοση Cauldron (η
-έκδοση υπό ανάπτυξη της Mageia).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα
-ενημερώσεων για προσωρινές δοκιμές, με στόχο την εξέτασή τους από την ομάδα
-διασφάλισης ποιότητας QA.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Τα κουμπιά στα δεξιά</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Αφαίρεση:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί για να αφαιρέσετε ένα μέσο, όπως για παράδειγμα το
-αποθετήριο που δημιουργήθηκε με το CD ή DVD της εγκατάστασης τα οποία
-περιέχονται στο αποθετήριο Core.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Επεξεργασία:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Σας επιτρέπει την επεξεργασία του επιλεγμένου μέσου (URL, πρόγραμμα λήψης
-και διαμεσολαβητής).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Προσθήκη:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Προσθήκη των διαθέσιμων αποθετηρίων από το διαδίκτυο. Αυτά τα αποθετήρια
-περιέχουν μόνο ασφαλές και καλά δοκιμασμένο λογισμικό. Κάνοντας κλικ στο
-κουμπί «Προσθήκη» θα γίνει η προσθήκη της λίστας των καθρεπτισμών στη
-διαμόρφωσή σας· από σχεδιασμού διασφαλίζεται ότι οι εγκαταστάσεις και
-ενημερώσεις θα πραγματοποιούνται από έναν κοντινό σας καθρεπτισμό. Αν
-επιθυμείτε την επιλογή ενός συγκεκριμένου καθρεπτισμού, επιλέξτε «Προσθήκη
-ενός συγκεκριμένου καθρεπτισμού» από το αναπτυσσόμενο μενού «Αρχείο».</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Πάνω και Κάτω βέλη:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Τα πάνω και κάτω βέλη αλλάζουν την σειρά της λίστας. όταν το Drakrpm
-αναζητεί ένα πακέτο, κάνει ανάγνωση της λίστας στην εμφανιζόμενη σειρά
-ταξινόμησης και εγκαθιστά το πρώτο πακέτο της ίδιας κυκλοφορίας· σε
-περίπτωση αναντιστοιχίας εκδόσεων, θα εγκατασταθεί αυτό με την νεώτερη
-κυκλοφορία. Για αυτόν το λόγο καλύτερα να τοποθετήσετε τα ταχύτερα
-αποθετήρια στην κορυφή.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Το μενού</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Αρχείο -> Ενημέρωση:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Αναδύεται ένα παράθυρο με τη λίστα των μέσων. Επιλέξτε αυτά που επιθυμείτε
-να ενημερώσετε και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Ενημέρωση</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Αρχείο -> Προσθήκη ενός συγκεκριμένου μέσου καθρεπτισμού:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Σε περίπτωση που δεν είστε ικανοποιημένος-η με τον τρέχοντα καθρεπτισμό,
-λόγω ότι για παράδειγμα είναι πολύ αργός ή πολύ συχνά μη προσπελάσιμος,
-μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν άλλο καθρεπτισμό. Επιλέξτε όλα τα τρέχοντα μέσα
-και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> για να τους
-απομακρύνετε. Κάντε κλικ στο <guimenu>Αρχείο -> Προσθήκη ενός συγκεκριμένου
-μέσου καθρεπτισμού</guimenu>, επιλέξτε ανάμεσα αυτών ενημερώσεως μόνο ή
-πλήρες σύνολο (αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να επιλέξετε, επιλέξτε <guibutton>Πλήρης
-σύνολο πηγών</guibutton>) και επικυρώστε την αποδοχή της σύνδεσης κάνοντας
-κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Ναι</guibutton>. Θα ανοίξει το παρακάτω παράθυρο:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Μπορείτε να δείτε στα αριστερά, μια λίστα χωρών, επιλέξτε τη δική σας ή μία
-πολύ κοντινή πατώντας το σύμβολο >, έτσι θα εμφανιστούν όλοι οι διαθέσιμοι
-καθρεφτισμοί σε αυτή τη χώρα. Διαλέξτε έναν και πατήστε το
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Αρχείο -> Προσθήκη ενός συγκεκριμένου μέσου:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Είναι δυνατό να εγκαταστήσετε ένα νέο μέσο (από κάποιον τρίτο για
-παράδειγμα) το οποίο δεν υποστηρίζεται από τη Mageia. Ένα νέο παράθυρο
-εμφανίζεται:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Επιλέξτε τον τύπο του μέσου, ορίστε
-ένα όνομα που θα προσδιορίζει και τον τύπο του και δώστε το URL (ή τη
-διαδρομή ανάλογα με το μέσο)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Επιλογές -> Καθολικές επιλογές:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Αυτό το αντικείμενο σας επιτρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα γίνεται έλεγχος των RPM
-που κάνετε εγκατάσταση (πάντα ή ποτέ), το πρόγραμμα τηλεφόρτωσης (curl, wget
-ή aria2) και να καθορίσετε την πολιτική λήψης για τις πληροφορίες των
-πακέτων (όταν ζητηθεί －εξ ορισμού－, στην ενημέρωση μόνο, πάντα ή ποτέ).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Επιλογές -> Διαχείριση κλειδιών:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Για να εγγυηθεί μια ασφάλεια υψηλού επιπέδου, χρησιμοποιούνται ψηφιακά
-κλειδιά για την ταυτοποίηση των μέσων. Μπορείτε για κάθε μέσο να επιτρέψετε
-ή να απαγορέψετε ένα κλειδί. Στο παράθυρο που εμφανίζεται, επιλέξτε ένα μέσο
-και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> για να επιτρέψετε ένα νέο
-κλειδί ή να επιλέξετε ένα κλειδί και κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> για να απαγορέψετε το κλειδί.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Αυτές οι ενέργειες θα πρέπει να γίνονται με προσοχή όπως όλες οι ενέργειες
-σχετικά ε την ασφάλεια</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Επιλογές -> Διαμεσολαβητής:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Αν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε έναν διαμεσολαβητή για την προσπέλαση στο
-διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να τον διαμορφώσετε εδώ. Χρειάζεται μόνο να ορίσετε το
-<guibutton>Όνομα υπολογιστή του διαμεσολαβητή</guibutton> και αν είναι
-απαραίτητο ένα <guilabel>όνομα χρήστη</guilabel> και έναν <guilabel>κωδικό
-πρόσβασης</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη διαμόρφωση του μέσου, ανατρέξτε
-στο <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">Mageia
-wiki</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e9626483..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Κοινόχρηστοι κατάλογοι και οδηγοί με Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-
-    <para>Το Samba είναι ένα πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται σε διαφορετικά λειτουργικά
-συστήματα για την κοινή χρήση ορισμένων πόρων όπως κατάλογοι ή
-εκτυπωτές. Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει τη διαμόρφωση του υπολογιστή ως
-έναν εξυπηρετητή Samba κάνοντας χρήση του πρωτοκόλλου SMB/CIFS. Αυτό το
-πρωτόκολλο χρησιμοποιείται επίσης από τα Windows(R) και οι σταθμοί εργασίας
-αυτού του λειτουργικού μπορούν να προσπελάσουν τους πόρους του εξυπηρετητή
-Samba.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Προετοιμασία</title>
-
-    <para>Για να είναι προσπελάσιμο από άλλους σταθμούς εργασίας, ο διακομιστής πρέπει
-να έχει μια σταθερή διεύθυνση IP. Αυτή μπορεί να καθοριστεί απευθείας στον
-διακομιστή, για παράδειγμα με <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, ή στον
-διακομιστή DHCP ο οποίος ταυτοποιεί το σταθμό βάσει της MAC διεύθυνσής του
-και του δίνει πάντα την ίδια διεύθυνση. Το τείχος προστασίας με τη σειρά του
-θα πρέπει να επιτρέπει τις εισερχόμενες αιτήσεις στον διακομιστή Samba.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Οδηγός - Αυτόνομος διακομιστής</title>
-
-    <para>Κατά την πρώτη εκτέλεση, τα εργαλεία <footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">draksambashare</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote>
-ελέγχουν αν τα απαιτούμενα πακέτα είναι εγκατεστημένα και προτείνει την
-εγκατάστασή τους αν δεν είναι εγκατεστημένα. Στη συνέχεια εκτελείται ο
-οδηγός διαμόρφωσης του εξυπηρετητή Samba.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Στο επόμενο παράθυρο έχει προεπιλεγεί η διαμόρφωση του Αυτόνομου διακομιστή.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Στη συνέχεια καθορίστε το όνομα της ομάδας εργασίας. Το όνομα θα πρέπει να
-είναι το ίδιο για την προσπέλαση των κοινόχρηστων πόρων.</para>
-
-    <para>Το όνομα netbios είναι το όνομα που θα χρησιμοποιείται για τον καθορισμό του
-εξυπηρετητή στο δίκτυο.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Επιλέξτε την λειτουργία ασφαλείας:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>χρήστης</guilabel>: ο πελάτης θα πρέπει να είναι ταυτοποιημένος
-για την προσπέλαση του πόρου.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>κοινόχρηστος πόρος</guilabel>: ο πελάτης ταυτοποιείται ξεχωριστά,
-για κάθε πόρο.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τους υπολογιστές που επιτρέπεται η προσπέλαση στους
-πόρους, βάσει της διεύθυνσης IP ή του ονόματος υπολογιστή.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Καθορίστε το λογότυπο του διακομιστή. Το λογότυπο του εξυπηρετητή είναι ο
-τρόπος με τον οποίο ο εξυπηρετητής θα περιγράφεται στους σταθμούς εργασίας
-Windows.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Η τοποθεσία καταγραφών του εξυπηρετητή Samba μπορεί να καθοριστεί στο
-επόμενο βήμα.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ο οδηγός εμφανίζει μια λίστα με τις επιλεγμένες παραμέτρους πριν την αποδοχή
-της διαμόρφωσης. Μετά την αποδοχή της, η διαμόρφωση θα καταχωρηθεί στο
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Οδηγός - Πρωτεύων ελεγκτής τομέα</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Αν είναι επιλεγμένος ο «Πρωτεύων
-ελεγκτής τομέα», ο οδηγός θα σας ρωτήσει αν θα υπάρχει υποστήριξη Wins ή όχι
-και να παράσχετε τα ονόματα των διαχειριστών. Τα ακολουθούμενα βήματα στη
-συνέχεια είναι τα ίδια με αυτά του αυτόνομου εξυπηρετητή, εκτός του ότι
-μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη λειτουργία ασφαλείας:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>τομέας</guilabel> επιτρέπει την αποθήκευση όλων των λογαριασμών
-των χρηστών και των ομάδων σε ένα κεντρικό και κοινόχρηστο αποθετήριο
-λογαριασμών. Αυτό το κεντρικό αποθετήριο λογαριασμών, είναι κοινόχρηστο
-ανάμεσα στους ελεγκτές (ασφαλείας) του τομέα.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Δηλώστε έναν κατάλογο για κοινοχρησία</title>
-
-    <para>Με το κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton>, επιτυγχάνουμε:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Με αυτόν τον τρόπο προστίθεται μια νέα καταχώρηση. Μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί
-μέσω του κουμπιού <guibutton>Τροποποίηση</guibutton>. Μπορείτε να
-επεξεργαστείτε τις επιλογές όπως αν ο κατάλογος θα είναι ορατός δημόσια,
-εγγράψιμος ή προσπελάσιμος. Το όνομα του κοινόχρηστου πόρου δεν μπορεί να
-μετονομαστεί.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Καταχωρήσεις μενού</title>
-
-    <para>Όταν η λίστα περιέχει τουλάχιστον μια καταχώρηση θα μπορούν να
-χρησιμοποιηθούν και οι καταχωρήσεις.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Αρχείο | Εγγραφή της διαμόρφωσης</title>
-
-      <para>Αποθήκευση της τρέχουσας διαμόρφωσης στο <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Διακομιστής Samba | Διαμόρφωση</title>
-
-      <para>Ο οδηγός μπορεί να εκτελεστεί εκ νέου με αυτήν την εντολή.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Εξυπηρετητής  Samba | Επανεκκίνηση</title>
-
-      <para>Διακόπτεται η λειτουργία του εξυπηρετητή και επανεκκινείται με τα τρέχοντα
-αρχεία διαμόρφωσης.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Εξυπηρετητής Samba | Επαναφόρτωση</title>
-
-      <para>Η ρύθμιση που εμφανίζεται επαναφορτώνεται από τα τωρινά αρχεία ρυθμίσεων.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Κοινή χρήση εκτυπωτών</title>
-
-    <para>Το Samba σας επιτρέπει την κοινή χρήση των εκτυπωτών</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Χρήστες Samba</title>
-
-    <para>Σε αυτήν την καρτέλα μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τους χρήστες στους οποίους
-επιτρέπεται η προσπέλαση των κοινόχρηστων πόρων όταν απαιτείται
-ταυτοποίηση. Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε χρήστες από <xref linkend="userdrake"/></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 37043c93..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Ρυθμίστε την πιστοποίηση για τα εργαλεία Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">draksec</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο
-Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role="bold">Ασφάλεια</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Επιτρέπει την ανάθεση αδειών στους τυπικούς χρήστες ώστε να πραγματοποιούν
-διεργασίες αρμοδιοτήτων διαχειριστή.</para>
-
-  <para>Κάντε κλικ στο μικρό βέλος πριν το αντικείμενο που επιθυμείτε να αναπτύξετε:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Τα περισσότερα από τα διαθέσιμα εργαλεία στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia
-εμφανίζονται στην αριστερή πλευρά του παραθύρου (βλέπετε στο στιγμιότυπο
-ανωτέρω) και για κάθε εργαλείο, μια αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα στη δεξιά πλευρά σας
-σας προσφέρει την επιλογή μεταξύ των:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Εξ ορισμού: Η λειτουργία εκκίνησης εξαρτάται από το επιλεγμένο επίπεδο
-ασφαλείας. Ανατρέξτε στην ίδια καρτέλα στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου, στο εργαλείο
-«Ρυθμίστε την ασφάλεια του συστήματος, τις άδειες και τους ελέγχους
-ασφαλείας».</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Κωδικός πρόσβασης χρήστη: Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης χρήστη ερωτάται πριν την
-εκτέλεση του εργαλείου.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Κωδικός πρόσβασης διαχειριστή: Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης διαχειριστή ερωτάται πριν
-την εκτέλεση του εργαλείου.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Χωρίς κωδικό πρόσβασης: Εκτέλεση του εργαλείου χωρίς ερώτηση για τον κωδικό
-πρόσβασης. </para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8440bd41..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Στιγμιότυπα</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para></footnote> είναι διαθέσιμο στην
-καρτέλα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia, και στην
-ενότητα <guilabel>Εργαλεία διαχείρισης</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Κατά την εκτέλεση για πρώτη φορά του εργαλείου στο MCC, θα δείτε ένα μήνυμα
-σχετικά με την εγκατάσταση του draksnapshot. Κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>εγκατάσταση</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε. Θα εγκατασταθεί το
-Draksnapshot και ενδεχομένως και άλλα απαραίτητα πακέτα.</para>
-
- <para>Κάντε ξανά κλικ στο <guilabel>Στιγμιότυπα</guilabel> και θα δείτε την οθόνη
-<guilabel>Ρυθμίσεις</guilabel>. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση των
-αντιγράφων ασφαλείας</guilabel> και, αν επιθυμείτε εφεδρικά αντίγραφα για
-όλο το σύστημα, <guilabel>Αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλο το σύστημα</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Αν επιθυμείτε αντίγραφα ασφαλείας μόνο για ένα μέρος των καταλόγων σας, τότε
-επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις</guilabel>. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα
-κουμπιά <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> και <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton>
-στο αναδυόμενο παράθυρο δίπλα από τη <guilabel>λίστα αντιγράφων
-ασφαλείας</guilabel> για να συμπεριλάβετε ή να εξαιρέσετε καταλόγους και
-αρχεία από τα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα ίδια κουμπιά δίπλα από
-τη λίστα των <guilabel>Εξαιρουμένων</guilabel> για να αφαιρέσετε
-υποκαταλόγους και/ή αρχεία από τους επιλεγμένους καταλόγους, που <emphasis
-role="bold">δεν</emphasis> πρέπει να συμπεριληφθούν στα αντίγραφα
-ασφαλείας. Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Κλείσιμο</guibutton> μετά το πέρας της
-επεξεργασίας σας.</para>
-	  <para>Σε αυτό το βήμα μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε τη διαδρομή στο <guilabel>Που να
-ληφθούν τα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας</guilabel>, ή κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί
-<guibutton>Περιήγηση</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τη σωστή
-διαδρομή. Οποιοδήποτε κλειδί USB ή εξωτερικός δίσκος μπορεί να εντοπιστεί
-στο <emphasis role="bold">/run/media/όνομα_χρήστη/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Εφαρμογή</guibutton> για τη δημιουργία του
-στιγμιότυπου.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 90c843cc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Ρύθμιση ήχου</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">draksound</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para></footnote> βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο
-Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role="bold">Υλικό</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Το Draksound έχει ως στόχο την διαχείριση των ρυθμίσεων του ήχου, τις
-επιλογές για το PulseAudio και της επίλυσης των δυσλειτουργιών. Μπορεί να
-σας φανεί χρήσιμο αν αντιμετωπίζετε κάποιο πρόβλημα με τον ήχο ή μετά την
-αλλαγή κάρτας ήχου.</para>
-  <para>Το <guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> είναι ένας εξυπηρετητής ήχου. Λαμβάνει
-όλες τις εισόδους ήχου, τις μιγνύει βάσει της διαμόρφωσης του χρήστη και
-αποστέλλει τον προκύπτον ήχο στην έξοδο. Ανατρέξτε στο <guimenu>Μενού ->
-Ήχος και βίντεο -> έλεγχος έντασης PulseAudio</guimenu> για να διαμορφώσετε
-αυτές τις ρυθμίσεις.</para>
-  <para>Το PulseAudio είναι ο εξ ορισμού εξυπηρετητής ήχου και συνιστάται να το
-αφήσετε ενεργοποιημένο.</para>
-  <para>Το <guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> βελτιστοποιεί το PulseAudio μέσω κάποιων
-προγραμμάτων. Συνιστάται επίσης να το αφήσετε ενεργοποιημένο.</para>
-  <para>Η <guibutton>Επίλυση δυσλειτουργιών</guibutton> βοηθά στην αντιμετώπιση
-προβλημάτων. Θα σας φανεί χρήσιμο να το χρησιμοποιήσετε πριν να ζητήσετε
-βοήθεια από την κοινότητα.</para>
-  <para>Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> εμφανίζει ένα νέο
-παράθυρο με ένα κοινό κουμπί:</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b623af7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Ρυθμίστε ένα σύστημα αδιάλειπτης τροφοδοσίας (UPS) για την εποπτεία της
-ηλεκτρικής τροφοδοσίας</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>   
-
-
-  <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakups</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9044ca77..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Ρυθμίστε τις συνδέσεις VPN για διασφάλιση της πρόσβασης στο δίκτυο</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-
-    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakvpn</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote> επιτρέπει τη
-διαμόρφωση της ασφαλούς πρόσβασης σε ένα απομακρυσμένο δίκτυο εγκαθιδρύοντας
-μια σήραγγα μεταξύ του τοπικού σταθμού εργασίας και του απομακρυσμένου
-δικτύου. Εδώ αναφερόμαστε μόνο σχετικά με τη διαμόρφωση από την πλευρά του
-σταθμού εργασίας. Υποθέτουμε ότι το απομακρυσμένο δίκτυο είναι ήδη σε
-λειτουργία, και ότι διαθέτετε τις πληροφορίες σύνδεσης από το διαχειριστή
-δικτύου, όπως ένα αρχείο διαμόρφωσης .pcf.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Διαμόρφωση</title>
-
-    <para>Κατ' αρχάς, επιλέξτε μεταξύ των Cisco VPN Concentrator ή OpenVPN, ανάλογα με
-το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται στο εικονικό ιδιωτικό σας δίκτυο.</para>
-
-    <para>Μετά δώστε στη σύνδεσή σας ένα όνομα.</para>
-
-    <para>Στην επόμενη οθόνη, παράσχετε τις λεπτομέρειες για τη σύνδεση σας VPN.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Για Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Για openvpn. Το πακέτο openvpn και οι εξαρτήσεις του θα εγκατασταθούν κατά
-την πρώτη εκτέλεση του εργαλείου.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Επιλέξτε τα αρχεία που παραλάβατε
-από το διαχειριστή του δικτύου σας.</para>
-
-        <para>Προηγμένες παράμετροι:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Στην επόμενη οθόνη θα ερωτηθείτε για την διεύθυνση IP της πύλης.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Όταν οι παράμετροι έχουν καθοριστεί, έχετε την επιλογή έναρξης της σύνδεσης
-VPN.</para>
-
-    <para>Η σύνδεση VPN μπορεί να διαμορφωθεί ώστε να εκκινείται με μια σύνδεση στο
-δίκτυο. Για να το κάνετε αυτό, επαναδιαμορφώστε τη σύνδεση στο δίκτυο ώστε
-να συνδέεται αεί στο VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a0c1e9d3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Διαμόρφωση του εξυπηρετητή ιστού</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para></footnote> μπορεί να σας
-βοηθήσει στη διαμόρφωση ενός εξυπηρετητή ιστού.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Τι είναι ένας εξυπηρετητής ιστού;</title>
-    <para>
-      Ο εξυπηρετητής ιστού είναι ένα πρόγραμμα το οποίο βοηθά στην παράδοση
-περιεχομένου ιστού το οποίο μπορεί να προσπελαστεί μέσω του διαδικτύου (Από
-τη Βικιπαίδεια).
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Διαμόρφωση ενός εξυπηρετητή ιστού με το drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Καλώς ήλθατε στον οδηγό ρύθμισης του εξυπηρετητή ιστού.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Η πρώτη σελίδα είναι μόνο μια εισαγωγή, κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Επιλογή έκθεσης του εξυπηρετητή: Σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο ή στο διαδίκτυο</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Η έκθεση του εξυπηρετητή ιστού στο διαδίκτυο μπορεί να υπολανθάνει
-κινδύνους. Να είστε έτοιμοι για παν ενδεχόμενο.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Άρθρωμα εξυπηρετητή χρήστη</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Επιτρέπει στο χρήστη να δημιουργήσει τις ιστοσελίδες του.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Το όνομα καταλόγου ιστού του χρήστη</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ο χρήστης χρειάζεται να δημιουργήσει και να δημοσιοποιήσει τον κατάλογο· στη
-συνέχεια ο εξυπηρετητής θα τον εμφανίσει.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Ρίζα εγγράφων εξυπηρετητή</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε τη διαδρομή στα εξ ορισμού έγγραφα του
-εξυπηρετητή ιστού.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Σύνοψη</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Πάρτε μια στιγμή να ελέγξετε αυτές τις επιλογές, και στη συνέχεια κάντε κλικ
-στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Τερματισμός</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Τελειώσατε! Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Τερματισμός</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ced4cd25..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Ρύθμιση του DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>   
-
-
-  <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 44c416dd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Ρύθμιση DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο είναι σπασμένο στη Mageia 4 λόγω του νέου σχήματος
-ονομασιών των διεπαφών δικτύου.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> μπορεί να σας
-βοηθήσει να ρυθμίσετε έναν εξυπηρετητή <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Είναι ένα
-συστατικό του drakwizard το οποίο θα πρέπει να έχει εγκατασταθεί από πριν.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Τι είναι το DHCP;</title>
-
-    <para>Το πρωτόκολλο δυναμικής ρύθμισης παραμέτρων κεντρικών υπολογιστών (Dynamic
-Host Configuration Protocol <acronym>DHCP</acronym>) είναι ένα τυποποιημένο
-δικτυακό πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται στα δίκτυα IP τα οποία διαμορφώνουν
-δυναμικά τις IP διευθύνσεις και λοιπών πληροφοριών που απαιτούνται για την
-επικοινωνία στο διαδίκτυο (Από τη Βικιπαίδεια).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Διαμορφώστε έναν εξυπηρετητή DHCP με το drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Καλώς ήλθατε στον οδηγό διαμόρφωσης του εξυπηρετητή DHCP.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Η πρώτη σελίδα είναι μόνο μια εισαγωγή, κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Επιλογή προσαρμογές</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Επιλέξτε τη διεπαφή δικτύου, η οποία είναι συνδεδεμένη στο υποδίκτυο, και
-για την οποία ο DHCP θα αναθέσει τις διευθύνσεις IP, και κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Επιλέξτε το εύρος των διευθύνσεων IP</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Καθορίστε τις διευθύνσεις IP αρχής και τέλους για το εύρος των διευθύνσεων
-IP που επιθυμείτε να παρέχει ο εξυπηρετητής, παράλληλα με τη διεύθυνση IP
-του μηχανήματος πύλης που είναι συνδεδεμένο σε κάποιο μέρος έξω από το
-τοπικό δίκτυο, ευελπιστώντας κοντά στο διαδίκτυο, και κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Σύνοψη</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Πάρτε μια στιγμή να ελέγξετε αυτές τις επιλογές, και στη συνέχεια κάντε κλικ
-στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Σταθείτε λίγο...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Αυτό μπορεί να διορθωθεί. Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton>
-μερικές φορές και αλλάξτε τις ρυθμίσεις.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ώρες αργότερα...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Τι έχει γίνει</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Εγκατάσταση του πακέτου dhcp-server αν ήταν απαραίτητο·</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Αποθήκευση του <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> στο
-<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>·</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Δημιουργία ενός νέου <code>dhcpd.conf</code> ξεκινώντας από το
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> και
-πρόσθεση των νέων παραμέτρων:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Επίσης τροποποίηση του αρχείου διαμόρφωσης Webmin
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Επανεκκίνηση του <code>dhcpd</code>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 80157cdf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Ρύθμιση της ώρας</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Ο σκοπός του εργαλείου αυτού<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> είναι η
-ρύθμιση της ώρας του διακομιστή σας συγχρονίζοντάς την με έναν εξωτερικό
-διακομιστή. Δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο εξ ορισμού και θα πρέπει επίσης να
-εγκαταστήσετε τα πακέτα drakwizard και drakwizard-base.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ρύθμιση ενός εξυπηρετητή NTP μέσω του drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Μετά την οθόνη υποδοχής (δείτε ανωτέρω), η δεύτερη σας ρωτά να επιλέξετε
-τρεις εξυπηρετητές ώρας από την αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα και σας συστήνει τη
-χρήση του pool.ntp.org δυο φορές διότι αυτός ο εξυπηρετητής υποδεικνύει σε
-διαθέσιμους εξυπηρετητές ώρας.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Οι οθόνες που ακολουθούν σας επιτρέπουν να επιλέξετε την περιοχή και την
-πόλη και στη συνέχεια καταλήγει στη σύνοψη. Αν κάτι είναι λανθασμένο,
-μπορείτε φυσικά να το αλλάξετε χρησιμοποιώντας το κουμπί
-<guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton>. Αν όλα είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο
-κουμπί <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> για να προχωρήσετε στη δοκιμή. Ίσως να
-διαρκέσει ένα χρονικό διάστημα μέχρι να καταλήξετε στην παρακάτω οθόνη:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Τερματισμός</guibutton> για να κλείσετε το
-εργαλείο.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Τι έχει γίνει</title>
-
-    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο εκτελεί τα ακόλουθα βήματα:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Εγκαθιστά το πακέτο <code>ntp</code> αν χρειάζεται.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Αποθηκεύει τα αρχεία <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> στο
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> και
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> στο
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>·</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Εγγραφή ενός νέου αρχείου <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> με τη λίστα των
-εξυπηρετητών·</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Τροποποιεί το αρχείο <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> εισάγοντας το όνομα του
-πρώτου εξυπηρετητή·</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Διακοπή και έναρξη των υπηρεσιών <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> και
-<code>ntpd</code>·</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του υπολογιστή στην τρέχουσα ώρα συστήματος με αναφορά
-την ώρα UTC.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c17337a8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Διαμόρφωση του FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para></footnote> μπορεί να σας βοηθήσει
-στη διαμόρφωση ενός εξυπηρετητή <acronym>FTP</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Τι είναι το <acronym>FTP</acronym>;</title>
-    <para>
-      Το Πρωτόκολλο Μεταφοράς Αρχείων (File Transfer Protocol
-<acronym>FTP</acronym>) είναι ένα πρότυπο δικτυακού πρωτοκόλλου που
-χρησιμοποιείται για τη μεταφορά αρχείων από τον έναν υπολογιστή στον άλλον
-μέσω ενός δικτύου <acronym>TCP</acronym>, όπως το διαδίκτυο. (Από τη
-Βικιπαίδεια)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Διαμόρφωση ενός εξυπηρετητή FTP μέσω του drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Καλώς ήλθατε στον οδηγό ρύθμισης του εξυπηρετητή FTP.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Η πρώτη σελίδα είναι μόνο μια εισαγωγή, κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Επιλογή έκθεσης του εξυπηρετητή: Σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο ή στο διαδίκτυο</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Η έκθεση του εξυπηρετητή FTP στο διαδίκτυο μπορεί να υπολανθάνει
-κινδύνους. Να είστε έτοιμοι για παν ενδεχόμενο.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Πληροφορίες εξυπηρετητή</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Εισαγάγετε το όνομα αναγνώρισης του εξυπηρετητή στο τοπικό δίκτυο και στο
-διαδίκτυο.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Επιλογές διακομιστή</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Διαμόρφωση της θύρας ακρόασης, τον κατάλογο chroot, επιτρέψτε τη συνέχιση
-μεταφοράς και το <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Σύνοψη</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Πάρτε μια στιγμή να ελέγξετε αυτές τις επιλογές, και στη συνέχεια κάντε κλικ
-στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Τερματισμός</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Τελειώσατε! Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Τερματισμός</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ea89691e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Ρύθμιση διαμεσολαβητή</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> μπορεί να σας βοηθήσει
-να ρυθμίσετε έναν εξυπηρετητή διαμεσολαβητή. Είναι ένα συστατικό του
-drakwizard το οποίο θα πρέπει να έχει εγκατασταθεί από πριν.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Τι είναι ο διαμεσολαβητής;</title>
-
-    <para>Διακομιστής μεσολάβησης (αγγλ proxy server) είναι ένας διακομιστής που έχει
-στόχο να βελτιώσει την ταχύτητα πλοήγησης στο διαδίκτυο και παράλληλα να
-μειώσει την κίνηση του δικτύου προς το διαδίκτυο. Τοποθετείται ενδιάμεσα των
-χρηστών και του διαδικτύου. Λαμβάνει τα αιτήματα ιστοσελίδων από ένα χρήστη,
-προσκομίζει τη σελίδα από το Διαδίκτυο, και έπειτα τη δίνει στον υπολογιστή
-που την ζήτησε. Ο διαμεσολαβητής μπορεί να είναι και μέρος ενός τείχους
-προστασίας και μπορεί να αποτρέπει τους χάκερς από το να χρησιμοποιήσουν το
-διαδίκτυο για να αποκτήσουν πρόσβαση σε υπολογιστές ενός ιδιωτικού
-δικτύου. (Από τη Βικιπαίδεια)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Διαμορφώστε έναν εξυπηρετητή διαμεσολαβητή με το drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Καλώς ήλθατε στον οδηγό ρύθμισης του εξυπηρετητή μεσολάβησης.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Η πρώτη σελίδα είναι μόνο μια εισαγωγή, κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Επιλέγοντας τη θύρα του διαμεσολαβητή</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Επιλέξτε τη θύρα σύνδεσης των φυλλομετρητών στο διαμεσολαβητή και κάντε κλικ
-στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ρύθμιση της χρήσης της μνήμης και του δίσκου</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ρύθμιση των ορίων λανθάνουσας μνήμης του δίσκου και της μνήμης, και στη
-συνέχεια κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Επιλογή Ελέγχου Πρόσβασης Δικτύου</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ρύθμιση της ορατότητας στο τοπικό δίκτυο ή στο διαδίκτυο, και στη συνέχεια
-κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Χορήγηση δικτυακής πρόσβασης</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Χορηγήστε την πρόσβαση στα τοπικά δίκτυα και κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Χρήση ενός διαμεσολαβητή υψηλότερου επιπέδου;</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Χρήση ενός διαμεσολαβητή υψηλότερου επιπέδου; Αν όχι, παραλείψτε στο επόμενο
-βήμα</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Το URL και η θύρα του διαμεσολαβητή υψηλότερου επιπέδου</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Παράσχετε το όνομα του υπολογιστή και τη θύρα του διαμεσολαβητή υψηλότερου
-επιπέδου, και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Σύνοψη</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Πάρτε μια στιγμή να ελέγξετε αυτές τις επιλογές, και στη συνέχεια κάντε κλικ
-στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Εκκίνηση κατά την έναρξη;</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Επιλέξτε αν ο διαμεσολαβητής θα εκκινείται με την έναρξη του συστήματος, και
-κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Τερματισμός</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Τελειώσατε! Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Τερματισμός</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Τι έχει γίνει</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Εγκατάσταση του πακέτου squid αν είναι απαραίτητο·</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Αποθήκευση του <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> στο
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code>·</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Δημιουργία ενός νέου <code>squid.conf</code> ξεκινώντας από το
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> και πρόσθεση των νέων παραμέτρων:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 ή 3 και <code>http_access</code> ανάλογα με το
-επίπεδο</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Επανεκκίνηση του <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d2a3f6bf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Διαμόρφωση του δαίμονα OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para></footnote> μπορεί να σας βοηθήσει
-να διαμορφώσετε ένα δαίμονα <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Τι είναι το <acronym>SSH</acronym>;</title>
-    <para>
-      Το SSH (Secure Shell) είναι ένα ασφαλές δικτυακό πρωτόκολλο το οποίο
-επιτρέπει τη μεταφορά δεδομένων μεταξύ δύο υπολογιστών. Το SSH όχι μόνο
-κρυπτογραφεί τα δεδομένα που ανταλλάσσονται κατά τη συνεδρία, αλλά προσφέρει
-ένα ασφαλές σύστημα αναγνώρισης καθώς και άλλα χαρακτηριστικά όπως ασφαλή
-μεταφορά αρχείων (SSH File Transfer Protocol, SFTP). (Από τη Βικιπαίδεια)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Διαμόρφωση ενός δαίμονα <acronym>SSH</acronym> με το drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Καλώς ήλθατε στον οδηγό ρύθμισης του Open SSH.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Επιλέξτε τον τύπο των επιλογών διαμόρφωσης</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Ειδήμονας</guilabel> για όλες τις επιλογές ή
-<guilabel>Αρχάριος</guilabel> για την παράλειψη των βημάτων 3-7· κάντε κλικ
-στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Γενικές επιλογές</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ρυθμίζει τις επιλογές ορατότητας και πρόσβασης του διαχειριστή. Η θύρα 22
-είναι η τυπική θύρα για το <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Μέθοδοι ταυτοποίησης</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Επιτρέπει μια ποικιλία μεθόδων ταυτοποίησης που μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν
-οι χρήστες κατά την σύνδεση· στη συνέχεια κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Καταγραφές</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Επιλέξτε τις καταγραφές facility και το επίπεδο εξόδου και κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Επιλογές σύνδεσης</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Διαμόρφωση των ρυθμίσεων ανά σύνδεση και κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Επιλογές σύνδεσης του χρήστη</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Διαμόρφωση των ρυθμίσεων πρόσβασης του χρήστη, και κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Συμπίεση και προώθηση</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Διαμόρφωση της συμπίεσης και της προώθησης του X11 κατά την μεταφορά, και
-κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Σύνοψη</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Πάρτε μια στιγμή να ελέγξετε αυτές τις επιλογές, και στη συνέχεια κάντε κλικ
-στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Τερματισμός</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Τελειώσατε! Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Τερματισμός</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 02be1d3e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Διαχειριστείτε τις υπηρεσίες συστήματος ενεργοποιώντας τες ή
-απενεργοποιώντας τες.</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>   
-
-  <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakxservices</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 56fdf29a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Διαμόρφωση του υλικού</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">harddrake2</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> προσφέρει μια γενική
-προβολή του υλικού του υπολογιστή σας. Κατά την εκκίνηση το εργαλείο εκτελεί
-μια ακολουθία εργασιών για τον εντοπισμό κάθε στοιχείου του υλικού μέσω της
-εντολής <code>ldetect</code> η οποία βασίζεται σε μια λίστα υλικού στο
-πακέτο <code>ldetect-lst</code>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Το παράθυρο</title>
-
-    <para>Το παράθυρο χωρίζεται σε δύο στήλες.</para>
-
-    <para>Η αριστερή στήλη περιέχει μια λίστα με το εντοπισμένο υλικό. Οι συσκευές
-ομαδοποιούνται ανά κατηγορία/ Κάντε κλικ στο &gt; για να αναπτύξετε το
-περιεχόμενο μιας κατηγορίας. Έκαστη συσκευή μπορεί να επιλεγεί από αυτήν την
-στήλη.</para>
-
-    <para>Η δεξιά στήλη εμφανίζει πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιλεγμένη συσκευή. Το
-μενού <guimenu>Βοήθεια -&gt; Περιγραφή των πεδίων</guimenu> δίνει
-πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο των πεδίων.</para>
-
-    <para>Ανάλογα με τον τύπο της επιλεγμένης συσκευής, είναι διαθέσιμα ένα ή δυο
-κουμπιά στη βάση της δεξιάς στήλης:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Ορισμός επιλογών του τρέχοντος οδηγού</guibutton>:
-χρησιμοποιείται για την παραμετροποίηση του αρθρώματος που χρησιμοποιείται
-σχετισμένο με τη συσκευή. Αυτό θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιείται μόνο από
-ειδήμονες.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Εκτέλεση του εργαλείου διαμόρφωσης</guibutton>: πρόσβαση στο
-εργαλείο διαμόρφωσης της συσκευής. Συχνά μπορεί να προσπελαστεί απευθείας
-από το Κέντρο Έλεγχου Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Το μενού</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Επιλογές</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>Το μενού <guimenu>επιλογές</guimenu> δίνει την δυνατότητα επιλογής πλαισίων
-για την ενεργοποίηση της αυτόματης ανίχνευσης:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Μόντεμ</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Συσκευές Jaz</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Παράλληλες συσκευές Zip</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Η ανίχνευση αυτών δεν είναι ενεργοποιημένη εξ ορισμού, διότι είναι
-αργή. Επιλέξτε τα κατάλληλα πλαίσια ανάλογα με το συνδεδεμένο υλικό που
-διαθέτετε. Η ανίχνευση θα πραγματοποιηθεί στην επόμενη εκκίνηση του
-εργαλείου.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5dc806b7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Ρυθμίστε τη διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
-
-    <para>Το keyboarddrake<footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote> βοηθά στην διαμόρφωση
-της βασικής διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου. Επηρεάζει την διάταξη του
-πληκτρολογίου για όλους τους χρήστες. Είναι διαθέσιμο από την ενότητα
-«Υλικό» στο κέντρο ελέγχου Mageia (ΚΕM) με την ονομασία «Διαμόρφωση του
-ποντικιού και του πληκτρολογίου». </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Διάταξη πληκτρολογίου</title>
-
-    <para>Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την διάταξη πληκτρολογίου προς χρήση. Τα ονόματα
-─ταξινομημένα αλφαβητικά─ περιγράφουν την γλώσσα, την χώρα και/ή την
-εθνικότητα της κάθε διάταξης.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Τύπος πληκτρολογίου</title>
-
-    <para>Αυτό το μενού σας επιτρέπει την επιλογή του τύπου του πληκτρολογίου που
-χρησιμοποιείτε. Αν έχετε αμφιβολία αφήστε την εξ ορισμού επιλογή.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b84a60e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα του συστήματός σας</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote><para>Μπορείτε επίσης να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">localedrake</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.
-  </para></footnote> είναι διαθέσιμο στην
-ενότητα Σύστημα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia (ΚΕM (MCC)) με την ονομασία
-«Διαχείριση της τοπικότητας του συστήματος». Κατά το άνοιγμα εμφανίζεται ένα
-παράθυρο από όπου μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την γλώσσα. Η επιλογή είναι
-προσαρμοσμένη στις επιλεγμένες γλώσσες κατά την εγκατάσταση. </para>
-
-  <para>Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> δίνει πρόσβαση στην
-ενεργοποίηση της συμβατότητας με παλιά κωδικοποίηση (μη UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>Το δεύτερο παράθυρο εμφανίζει έναν κατάλογο χωρών ανάλογα με την επιλεγμένη
-γλώσσα. Το κουμπί <guibutton>Άλλες χώρες</guibutton> δίνει πρόσβαση στις μη
-εμφανιζόμενες χώρες.</para>
-
-  <para>Θα πρέπει να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση της συνεδρίας μετά από κάθε τροποποίηση.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Μέθοδος εισαγωγής</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>Στην οθόνη <guilabel>Άλλες χώρες</guilabel> μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε την
-μέθοδο εισαγωγής (από το αναπτυσσόμενο μενού κάτωθεν του καταλόγου). Οι
-μέθοδοι εισαγωγής επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες την εισαγωγή πολυγλωσσικών
-χαρακτήρων (Κινέζικα, Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ).</para>
-  <para> Για ασιατικές και αφρικανικές τοπικότητες, θα τεθεί το IBus ως η εξ ορισμού
-μέθοδος εισαγωγής ούτως ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειάζεται να κάνουν την
-διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα.</para>
-  <para>Υπάρχουν και άλλες μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ.) που παρέχουν
-παρόμοιες λειτουργίες και μπορούν ─αν δεν υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες στο
-αναπτυσσόμενο μενού─ να εγκατασταθούν από ένα άλλο τμήμα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου
-Mageia. Δείτε <xref linkend="rpmdrake"/>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bfb6662f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Προβολή και αναζήτηση των καταγραφών του συστήματος</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">logdrake</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο
-Ελέγχου Mageia στην καρτέλα σύστημα, με τίτλο «<guilabel> Προβολή και
-αναζήτηση των καταγραφών του συστήματος</guilabel>».</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Για την αναζήτηση στις καταγραφές</title>
-
-    <para>Πρώτα εισαγάγετε την συμβολοσειρά που επιθυμείτε να αναζητήσετε στο πεδίο
-<emphasis role="bold">Ταιριάζει</emphasis> και/ή αυτήν που <emphasis>δεν
-θέλετε</emphasis> να εμφανιστεί στο πεδίο <emphasis role="bold">αλλά δεν
-ταιριάζει</emphasis>. Στη συνέχεια επιλέξτε τα αρχεία που θα γίνει η
-αναζήτηση από το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Επιλέξτε αρχείο</guilabel>. Προαιρετικά
-μπορείτε να περιορίσετε την αναζήτηση σε μια μόνον ημέρα. Επιλέξτε την από
-το <emphasis role="bold">ημερολόγιο</emphasis>, μέσω των μικρών βελών σε
-κάθε πλευρά του μηνός και του έτους, και επιλέξτε «<guibutton>Εμφάνιση μόνον
-για την επιλεγμένη ημέρα</guibutton>». Εν τέλει, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί
-<guibutton>αναζήτηση</guibutton> ούτως ώστε να προβληθούν τα αποτελέσματα
-στο παράθυρο με τίτλο <guilabel>Περιεχόμενο του αρχείου</guilabel>. Υπάρχει
-η δυνατότητα αποθήκευσης των αποτελεσμάτων υπό μορφή .txt κάνοντας κλικ στο
-κουμπί <emphasis role="bold">Αποθήκευση</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Τα <guibutton>Εργαλεία καταγραφών Mageia</guibutton> περιλαμβάνουν τις
-καταγραφές των εργαλείων διαμόρφωσης Mageia όπως των εργαλείων του Κέντρου
-Ελέγχου Mageia. Αυτές οι καταγραφές ενημερώνονται σε κάθε τροποποίηση μιας
-διαμόρφωσης. </para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Για την διαμόρφωση της αλληλογραφίας συναγερμού</title>
-
-    <para>Ο <guibutton>συναγερμός μέσω αλληλογραφίας</guibutton> ελέγχει αυτόματα τον
-φόρτο του συστήματος και των υπηρεσιών κάθε ώρα και αν είναι απαραίτητο
-στέλνει μια αλληλογραφία στην διαμορφωμένη διεύθυνση.</para>
-
-    <para>Για την διαμόρφωση του εργαλείου, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis
-role="bold">Συναγερμός μέσω αλληλογραφίας</emphasis> και στην επόμενη οθόνη,
-στο <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση του συστήματος συναγερμού μέσω
-αλληλογραφίας</guibutton>. Εδώ εμφανίζονται όλες οι τρέχουσες υπηρεσίες και
-μπορείτε να επιλέξετε αυτές που θα εποπτεύονται (Δείτε στο παρακάτω
-στιγμιότυπο).</para>
-
-    <para>Μπορούν να εποπτευτούν οι κατωτέρω υπηρεσίες:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Υπηρεσία Webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Εξυπηρετητής αλληλογραφίας Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Εξυπηρετητής FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Εξυπηρετητής ιστού Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Εξυπηρετητής SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Εξυπηρετητής Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Υπηρεσία Xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ανάλυση ονόματος τομέα BIND</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Στην επόμενη οθόνη, επιλέξτε τον <guilabel>Φόρτο</guilabel> που θεωρείτε
-απαράδεκτο. Ο φόρτος αναπαριστά την ζήτηση μιας διεργασίας, ένας υψηλός
-φόρτος επιβραδύνει το σύστημα και ένας υψηλός φόρτος μπορεί να υποδηλώνει
-ότι η διεργασία έχει τεθεί εκτός ελέγχου. Η τιμή εξ ορισμού είναι
-3. Συνιστάται να θέσετε την τιμή του φόρτου 3 φορές τον αριθμό των
-επεξεργαστών.</para>
-
-    <para>Στην τελευταία οθόνη, εισαγάγετε την <guilabel>διεύθυνση του ηλεκτρονικού
-ταχυδρομείου</guilabel> του ατόμου που θα πρέπει να ειδοποιηθεί και τον
-<guilabel>διακομιστή ταχυδρομείου</guilabel> που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί (τοπικός
-ή στο διαδίκτυο).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fda18e75..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Απεικονίζει τους διαθέσιμους κοινόχρηστους πόρους NFS και SMB</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> μπορεί να εκκινηθεί
-και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών.</para>
-
-  <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
-ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
-τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 847c3370..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Απεικόνιση των πληροφοριών περί PCI, USB και PCMCIA</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> μπορεί να εκκινηθεί
-και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών. Αν εκτελεστεί με
-δικαιώματα διαχειριστή θα εμφανίσει μερικές επιπλέον πληροφορίες. </para>
-
-  <para>Η lspcidrake παρέχει τον κατάλογο όλων των συνδεδεμένων συσκευών στον
-υπολογιστή (USB, PCI και PCMCIA) και τους χρησιμοποιούμενους οδηγούς. Για
-την λειτουργία του απαιτούνται τα πακέτα ldetect και ldetect-lst.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Με το όρισμα -v, η lspcidrake προσθέτει τα αναγνωριστικά του κατασκευαστή
-και της συσκευής.</para>
-
-  <para>Η lspcidrake συχνά δημιουργεί πολύ μακριούς καταλόγους και ως εκ τούτου για
-την αναζήτηση μιας πληροφορίας συχνά χρησιμοποιείται η διασωλήνωση μέσω της
-εντολής grep, όπως στα κάτωθεν παραδείγματα:</para>
-
-  <para>Πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κάρτα γραφικών·</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Πληροφορίες σχετικά με το δίκτυο</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>με -i αγνοείται η διάκριση πεζών - κεφαλαίων.</para>
-
-  <para>Στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο, μπορείτε να δείτε την ενέργεια της επιλογής -v του
-lspcidrake και τη επιλογή -i για το grep .</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Υπάρχει ένα άλλο εργαλείο το οποίο παρέχει πληροφορίες σχετικά με το υλικό,
-λέγεται <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (εκτέλεση ως
-διαχειριστής)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e26dcd5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Εκκίνηση</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων για να
-ρυθμίσετε τα βήματα εκκίνησης. Πατήστε σε έναν σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να
-μάθετε περισσότερα.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε τα στάδια εκκίνησης</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e366954b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Υλικό</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων για να
-ρυθμίσετε το υλικό σας. Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε
-περισσότερα.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Διαχειριστείτε το υλικό σας</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis>Περιήγηση και ρύθμιση του
-υλικού</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε τα γραφικά</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis>Ρύθμιση των εφέ της επιφάνειας εργασίας
-3D</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε το ποντίκι και το πληκτρολόγιο</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε την εκτύπωση και τη σάρωση</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Ρυθμίστε τον/τους
-εκτυπωτή/ές, τις ουρές εργασιών εκτύπωσης, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Άλλα</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 28c11335..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Περί του εγχειριδίου του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia (ΚΕM) διαθέτει οκτώ διαφορετικές επιλογές ή
-καρτέλες για να επιλέξετε στην αριστερή στήλη, ή δέκα αν έχετε εγκαταστήσει
-το πακέτο drakwizard. Η έκαστη καρτέλα προσφέρει ένα διαφορετικό σύνολο
-εργαλείων προς επιλογή από τον ευρύ πίνακα στα δεξιά.</para>
-
-	<para>Τα παρακάτω δέκα κεφάλαια αναφέρονται στις δέκα αυτές επιλογές και τα
-σχετικά εργαλεία.</para>
-
-<para>Το τελευταίο κεφάλαιο αναφέρεται σε μερικά άλλα εργαλεία Mageia, που δεν
-μπορούν να επιλεγούν από τις καρτέλες στο ΚΕM.</para>
-
-	<para>Οι τίτλοι των σελίδων είναι συχνά οι ίδιοι με τους τίτλους των οθονών των
-εργαλείων.</para>
-
-        <para>Υπάρχει επίσης μια γραμμή αναζήτησης, προσβάσιμη μέσω της καρτέλας
-«Αναζήτηση» στην αριστερή στήλη.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c1a2ccf7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Τοπικοί δίσκοι</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων
-διαχείρισης ή κοινής χρήσης των τοπικών σας δίσκων. Πατήστε σε έναν σύνδεσμο
-παρακάτω για να μάθετε περισσότερα.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Τοπικοί δίσκοι</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 65aad0dd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Δίκτυο και Διαδίκτυο</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων
-δικτύου. Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε περισσότερα.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Διαχειριστείτε τις συσκευές δικτύου σας</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Προσαρμόστε και ασφαλίστε το δίκτυό σας</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Άλλα</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d579811..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Υπηρεσίες δικτύου</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτή η οθόνη μαζί με αυτήν της <emphasis>Κοινής χρήσης</emphasis> είναι
-ορατές μόνο αν έχετε εγκαταστήσει το πακέτο
-<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διαφόρων
-εργαλείων για την διαμόρφωση των διακομιστών. Κάντε κλικ σε έναν σύνδεσμο
-παρακάτω ή στο <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>για να μάθετε περισσότερα.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Υπηρεσίες δικτύου</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f597892b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Κοινόχρηστα δικτύου</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διαφόρων εργαλείων για
-κοινοχρησία δίσκων και καταλόγων. Πατήστε το σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε
-περισσότερα.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε τις κοινές χρήσεις με τα Microsoft Windows(R)</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Κοινή χρήση δίσκων και
-καταλόγων με συστήματα Windows (SMB)</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε τα κοινόχρηστα NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε τα κοινόχρηστα WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 900a9b05..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Ασφάλεια</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων
-ασφαλείας. Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε περισσότερα.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Ασφάλεια</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis>Ρυθμίστε την ασφάλεια του συστήματος, τις
-άδειες και τους ελέγχους ασφαλείας</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ca986476..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Διαμοιρασμός</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτή η οθόνη μαζί με αυτήν των <emphasis>Υπηρεσιών δικτύου</emphasis> είναι
-ορατές μόνο αν έχετε εγκαταστήσει το πακέτο
-<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διαφόρων
-εργαλείων για την διαμόρφωση των διακομιστών. Κάντε κλικ σε έναν σύνδεσμο
-παρακάτω ή στο <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>για να μάθετε
-περισσότερα.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Διαμοιρασμός</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a48fd167..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Σύστημα</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων συστήματος
-και διαχείρισης. Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε περισσότερα.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Διαχείριση των υπηρεσιών συστήματος</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Τοπικότητα</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Εργαλεία διαχείρισης</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis>Διαχείριση των χρηστών του
-συστήματος</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a9066dca..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Ρυθμίστε τη συχνότητα των αναβαθμίσεων</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο βρίσκεται στο <footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote>Κέντρο
-Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role="bold">Διαχείριση
-λογισμικού</emphasis>. Επίσης είναι διαθέσιμο με <guimenu>δεξί κλικ /
-διαμόρφωση ενημερώσεων</guimenu> στο κόκκινο εικονίδιο <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> στο πλαίσιο συστήματος.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Η πρώτη κύλιση ελέγχου σας επιτρέπει την αλλαγή της συχνότητας των ελέγχων
-ενημερώσεων και η δεύτερη το χρονικό διάστημα του πρώτου ελέγχου από την
-έναρξη του συστήματος. Το πλαίσιο επιλογής σας δίνει την επιλογή ενημέρωσης
-κατά την κυκλοφορία μιας νέας έκδοσης της Mageia.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd1c84af..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Ρυθμίστε τη συσκευή κατάδειξης (ποντίκι, επιφάνεια αφής)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">mousedrake</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para></footnote> βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο
-Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role="bold">Υλικό</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Ένεκα της απαραίτητης χρήσης του ποντικιού για την εγκατάσταση της Mageia,
-το Drakinstall έχει φροντίσει για την εγκατάστασή του.</para>
-
-  <para>Τα ποντίκια είναι ταξινομημένα ανά τύπο σύνδεσης και έπειτα ανά
-μοντέλο. Επιλέξτε το ποντίκι σας και κάντε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. Επί το πλείστον ο τύπος «Οποιοδήποτε PS/2
-&amp; USB ποντίκι» είναι κατάλληλο για ένα σύγχρονο ποντίκι. Το νέο ποντίκι
-είναι άμεσα έτοιμο προς χρήση.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d4eae27..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Ασφάλεια και Έλεγχοι Συστήματος</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Παρουσίαση</title>
-
-    <para>Το msecgui<footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">msecgui</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> είναι ένα γραφικό περιβάλλον
-χρήστη για το msec που σας επιτρέπει την διαμόρφωση της ασφάλειας του
-συστήματός σας βάσει δυο προσεγγίσεων:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ορίζει την συμπεριφορά του συστήματος, το msec επιβάλει τροποποιήσεις στο
-σύστημα ούτως ώστε να το καταστήσει περισσότερο ασφαλές.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Πραγματοποιεί αυτόματα περιοδικούς ελέγχους στο σύστημα ούτως ώστε να σας
-προειδοποιεί όταν κάτι φαίνεται ως επικίνδυνο.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Το msec χρησιμοποιεί τον σχεδιασμό των «επιπέδων ασφάλειας» τα οποία
-σκοπεύουν στη διαμόρφωση ενός συνόλου αδειών που θα ελέγχονται για αλλαγές ή
-επιβολές. Μερικές από αυτές προτείνονται από την Mageia, αλλά μπορείτε να
-καθορίσετε τα δικά σας προσαρμοσμένα επίπεδα ασφάλειας.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Καρτέλα επισκόπησης</title>
-
-    <para>Δείτε το παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο</para>
-
-    <para>Η πρώτη καρτέλα εμφανίζει τον κατάλογο με τα εργαλεία ασφάλειας με ένα
-κουμπί στα δεξιά για την διαμόρφωσή τους:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Τείχος προστασίας: μπορεί να προσπελαστεί και στο ΚΕM / Ασφάλεια / Ρυθμίστε
-το προσωπικό σας τείχος προστασίας</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ενημερώσεις: υπάρχει επίσης στο ΚΕM / Διαχείριση του λογισμικού / Ενημέρωση
-του συστήματος</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Και το msec συνοδευόμενο με μερικές πληροφορίες:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>ενεργοποιημένο ή όχι</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Το διαμορφωμένο επίπεδο ασφάλειας</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>την ημερομηνία των τελευταίων περιοδικών ελέγχων και ένα κουμπί για την
-προβολή μιας λεπτομερούς αναφοράς και ακόμα ένα κουμπί για την άμεση
-εκτέλεση των ελέγχων.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Καρτέλα ρυθμίσεων ασφάλειας</title>
-
-    <para>Με κλικ στην δεύτερη καρτέλα ή στο κουμπί <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>
-της Ασφάλειας, εμφανίζεται η παρακάτω οθόνη:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Καρτέλα βασικής ασφάλειας</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Επίπεδα ασφάλειας:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Αφού έχετε επιλέξει το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του MSEC</guilabel>,
-αυτή η καρτέλα σας επιτρέπει με διπλό κλικ να επιλέξετε το επίπεδο ασφάλειας
-το οποίο εμφανίζεται με έντονα γράμματα. Αν το πλαίσιο δεν είναι επιλεγμένο,
-η ιδιότητα του επιπέδου θα είναι «κανένα». Είναι διαθέσιμα τα παρακάτω
-επίπεδα:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Το επίπεδο <emphasis role="bold">Κανένα</emphasis>. Αυτό το επίπεδο
-χρησιμοποιείται όταν δεν επιθυμείτε την χρήση του msec για τους ελέγχους
-ασφαλείας του συστήματος, και επιθυμείτε την ενεργοποίησή του κατά
-βούληση. Απενεργοποιεί όλους τους ελέγχους ασφαλείας και αναιρεί κάθε
-περιορισμό ή φραγμό στη διαμόρφωση και τις ρυθμίσεις του συστήματος
-. Παρακαλώ χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το επίπεδο μόνο αν είστε σε θέση να γνωρίζετε
-τι κάνετε, διότι θα καταστήσει το σύστημα ευάλωτο σε επιθέσεις.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Επίπεδο <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. Αυτό είναι το εξ ορισμού
-επίπεδο και προορίζεται στον μέσο χρήστη. Περιορίζει μερικές ρυθμίσεις του
-συστήματος και εκτελεί καθημερινά ελέγχους ασφαλείας για τον εντοπισμό
-αλλαγών στα αρχεία του συστήματος, στους λογαριασμούς και σε ευάλωτες άδειες
-καταλόγων. Αυτό το επίπεδο είναι παραπλήσιο των επιπέδων 2 και 3 από
-παλαιότερες εκδόσεις του msec.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Επίπεδο <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. Αυτό το επίπεδο προορίζεται
-για την σίγουρη διασφάλιση του συστήματος ενώ παραμένει
-χρησιμοποιήσιμο. Περιορίζει επιπλέον τις άδειες του συστήματος και εκτελεί
-περισσότερους περιοδικούς ελέγχους. Ωστόσο η πρόσβαση στο σύστημα είναι
-περισσότερο περιορισμένη. Αυτό το επίπεδο είναι παραπλήσιο των επιπέδων 4
-(Υψηλό) και 5 (Παρανοϊκό) από παλαιότερες εκδόσεις του msec.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Παράλληλα με αυτά τα επίπεδα, παρέχεται επιπλέον διεργασιοστρεφής ασφάλεια,
-όπως τα επίπεδα <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> και <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> . Αυτά τα επίπεδα αποσκοπούν στην
-προδιαμόρφωση της ασφάλειας του συστήματος βάσει των συνηθέστερων
-περιπτώσεων χρήσης.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>Τα τελευταία δυο επίπεδα ονομαζόμενα <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily
-</emphasis> και <emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> δεν είναι
-ακριβώς επίπεδα ασφαλείας αλλά περισσότερο εργαλεία περιοδικών ελέγχων μόνο.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Αυτά τα επίπεδα αποθηκεύονται στο
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Μπορείτε να
-ορίσετε τα δικά σας επίπεδα ασφάλειας, να τα αποθηκεύσετε σε συγκεκριμένα
-αρχεία με την ονομασία <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>,
-τοποθετημένα στον φάκελο <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename>. Αυτή η
-λειτουργία προορίζεται σε ειδήμονες χρήστες οι οποίοι χρειάζονται ένα
-προσαρμοσμένο ή πιο ασφαλής διαμόρφωση συστήματος.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Έχετε υπόψιν ότι οι τροποποιημένες από τον χρήστη παράμετροι αντικαθιστούν
-τις εξ ορισμού ρυθμίσεις του επιπέδου.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Ειδοποιήσεις Ασφαλείας:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Αν επιλέξετε το πλαίσιο <guibutton>Αποστολή των συναγερμών ασφαλείας μέσω
-ηλεκτρονικής αλληλογραφίας στον:</guibutton>, οι συναγερμοί ασφαλείας του
-msec θα στέλνονται μέσω τοπικής η· αλληλογραφίας στον διαχειριστή ασφάλειας
-που προσδιορίζεται στο παραπλήσιο πεδίο. Μπορείτε να συμπληρώσετε είτε έναν
-τοπικό χρήστη είτε μια πλήρης διεύθυνση ηλ. αλληλογραφίας (η τοπική
-αλληλογραφία και ο διαχειριστής αλληλογραφίας θα πρέπει να έχουν ρυθμιστεί
-αναλόγως). Εν τέλει, μπορείτε να λάβετε τους συναγερμούς ασφαλείας απευθείας
-στην επιφάνεια εργασίας. Επιλέξτε το σχετικό πλαίσιο για να το
-ενεργοποιήσετε.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Συνιστάται να ενεργοποιήσετε την επιλογή των συναγερμών ασφαλείας ούτως ώστε
-να ειδοποιήσετε άμεσα τον διαχειριστή του συστήματος για ενδεχόμενα
-προβλήματα ασφαλείας. Διαφορετικά, ο διαχειριστής θα πρέπει αν τακτά χρονικά
-διαστήματα να ελέγχει τα αρχεία των καταγραφών διαθέσιμα στο
-<filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Επιλογές ασφαλείας:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Η δημιουργία ενός προσαρμοσμένου επιπέδου δεν είναι ο μόνος τρόπος
-προσαρμογής της ασφάλειας του υπολογιστή, μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε
-τις καρτέλες που παρουσιάζονται εδώ ούτως ώστε να αλλάξετε οποιαδήποτε
-επιλογή επιθυμείτε. Η τρέχουσα διαμόρφωση του msec βρίσκεται στην διαδρομή
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Αυτό το αρχείο
-περιέχει το όνομα του τρέχοντος επιπέδου και μια λίστα με όλες τις
-τροποποιήσεις των επιλογών.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Καρτέλα ασφάλειας συστήματος</title>
-
-      <para>Αυτή η καρτέλα εμφανίζει στην κολόνα της αριστερής πλευράς όλες τις επιλογές
-ασφαλείας, στο κέντρο μια περιγραφή, και στην δεξιά στήλη τις τρέχουσες
-τιμές.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Για να τροποποιήσετε μια επιλογή, κάντε διπλό κλικ σε αυτήν και θα
-εμφανιστεί ένα νέο παράθυρο (δείτε στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο). Σε αυτό
-εμφανίζεται το όνομα, μια σύντομη περιγραφή, οι τρέχουσες και οι εξ ορισμού
-τιμές, και ένας αναπτυσσόμενος κατάλογος όπου μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μια νέα
-τιμή. Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton> για να επικυρώσετε την
-επιλογή σας.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Μην ξεχάσετε κατά την έξοδο του msecgui να αποθηκεύσετε οριστικά την
-διαμόρφωσή σας μέσω του μενού <guimenu>Αρχείο -> Αποθήκευση της
-διαμόρφωσης</guimenu>. Αν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις, το msecgui σας
-επιτρέπει την προεπισκόπηση των αλλαγών πριν την αποθήκευσή τους.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Ασφάλεια δικτύου</title>
-
-      <para>Αυτή η καρτέλα εμφανίζει όλες τις επιλογές του δικτύου και οι λειτουργίες
-είναι παρόμοιες με αυτές της προηγούμενης καρτέλας</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Καρτέλα περιοδικών ελέγχων</title>
-
-      <para>Οι περιοδικοί έλεγχοι έχουν ως σκοπό να πληροφορούν τον διαχειριστή του
-συστήματος μέσω των συναγερμών ασφαλείας όλων των καταστάσεων που το msec
-θεωρεί εν δυνάμει επικίνδυνες.</para>
-
-      <para>Αυτή η καρτέλα εμφανίζει όλους τους πραγματοποιημένους περιοδικούς ελέγχους
-του msec και την συχνότητά τους (αν το πλαίσιο <guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση των
-περιοδικών ελέγχων ασφαλείας</guibutton> είναι ενεργοποιημένο). Η αλλαγή των
-ρυθμίσεων γίνεται όπως και στις προηγούμενες καρτέλες.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Καρτέλα εξαιρέσεων</title>
-
-      <para>Μερικές φορές οι συναγερμοί αφορούν γνωστοποιημένες και θεμιτές
-καταστάσεις. Σε αυτές τις περιπτώσεις η αποστολή των μηνυμάτων ασφαλείας
-στον διαχειριστή είναι ανούσια και χρονοφθόρα. Αυτή η καρτέλα σας επιτρέπει
-να δημιουργήσετε όσες εξαιρέσεις επιθυμείτε ούτως ώστε να αποφύγετε τους
-ανεπιθύμητους συναγερμούς. Κατά την πρώτη εκτέλεση του msec δεν υπάρχουν εξ
-ορισμού εξαιρέσεις. Το παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο εμφανίζει τέσσερις εξαιρέσεις.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Για να δημιουργήσετε μια εξαίρεση, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη
-ενός κανόνα</guibutton></para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Επιλέξτε τους επιθυμητούς περιοδικούς ελέγχους από τον αναπτυσσόμενο
-κατάλογο με την ονομασία <guilabel>Έλεγχος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια
-εισαγάγετε την <guilabel>Εξαίρεση</guilabel> στην περιοχή του κειμένου. Η
-προσθήκη μιας εξαίρεσης φυσικά δεν είναι οριστική, μπορείτε είτε να την
-διαγράψετε μέσω του κουμπιού <guibutton>Διαγραφή</guibutton> της καρτέλας
-των <guilabel>Εξαιρέσεων</guilabel> ή να την τροποποιήσετε με διπλό κλικ.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Άδειες</title>
-    <para>Αυτή η καρτέλα προορίζεται για τον έλεγχο και την ενίσχυση των αδειών των
-αρχείων και των καταλόγων.</para>
-    <para>Όπως και με την ασφάλεια, το msec διαθέτει διαφορετικά επίπεδα αδειών
-(τυπικό, ασφαλές, ...), τα οποία ενεργοποιούνται αντιστοίχως με το
-επιλεγμένο επίπεδο ασφαλείας. Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε τα δικά σας
-προσαρμοσμένα επίπεδα ασφαλείας, και να τα αποθηκεύσετε σε ιδιαίτερα αρχεία
-με την ονομασία <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> και να τα
-τοποθετήσετε στον κατάλογο <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Αυτή η
-λειτουργία απευθύνετε σε ειδήμονες χρήστες οι οποίοι χρειάζονται μια
-προσαρμοσμένη διαμόρφωση. Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε την καρτέλα που
-παρουσιάζεται εδώ για να αλλάξετε τις άδειες που επιθυμείτε. Η τρέχουσα
-διαμόρφωση αποθηκεύεται στο
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Αυτό το αρχείο περιέχει
-τον κατάλογο όλων των πραγματοποιημένων τροποποιήσεων στις άδειες.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Οι εξ ορισμού άδειες εμφανίζονται ως μια λίστα κανόνων (ένας κανόνας ανά
-γραμμή). Στην αριστερή πλευρά θα βρείτε το αρχείο ή τον φάκελο που αφορά ο
-κανόνας, τον ιδιοκτήτη, την ομάδα και τις άδειες που αποδίδονται από τον
-κανόνα. Αν για έναν κανόνα:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός</guilabel> δεν είναι επιλεγμένο, το msec
-ελέγχει μόνο αν οι καθορισμένες άδειες του κανόνα λαμβάνονται υπόψη
-διαφορετικά στέλνει έναν συναγερμό, χωρίς να κάνει κάποια τροποποίηση.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός</guilabel> είναι επιλεγμένο, τότε το msec
-θα ελέγξει αν οι άδειες του κανόνα λαμβάνονται υπόψη στον πρώτο περιοδικό
-έλεγχο και θα αντικαταστήσει τις άδειες.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Για να τεθεί σε λειτουργία θα πρέπει να έχει διαμορφωθεί αναλόγως η επιλογή
-CHECK_PERMS στην <emphasis role="bold">καρτέλα των περιοδικών
-ελέγχων</emphasis>.</para></important><para>Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέον κανόνα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί
-<guibutton>Προσθήκη ενός κανόνα</guibutton> και συμπληρώστε τα πεδία όπως
-φαίνεται στο παρακάτω παράδειγμα. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το σύμβολο
-υποκατάστασης * στο πεδίο <guilabel>Αρχείο</guilabel>. Το «current» σημαίνει
-ότι δεν γίνεται καμιά τροποποίηση.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Για να επικυρώστε την επιλογή κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>
-και μην ξεχάσετε εγκαταλείποντας να αποθηκεύσετε οριστικά την διαμόρφωσή σας
-μέσω του μενού <guimenu>Αρχείο -> Αποθήκευση της διαμόρφωσης</guimenu>. Αν
-έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις, το msecgui σας επιτρέπει την προεπισκόπηση των
-αλλαγών πριν την αποθήκευσή τους. </para>
-    <note><para>Μπορείτε επίσης να δημιουργήσετε ή να τροποποιήσετε τους κανόνες
-επεξεργάζοντας το αρχείο της διαμόρφωσης
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Οι αλλαγές στην <emphasis role="bold">καρτέλα των αδειών</emphasis> (ή
-απευθείας από το αρχείο της διαμόρφωσης) λαμβάνονται υπόψιν κατά τον πρώτο
-περιοδικό έλεγχο (ανατρέξτε στην επιλογή CHECK_PERMS στην <emphasis
-role="bold">καρτέλα των περιοδικών ελέγχων</emphasis>). Αν θέλετε να ληφθούν
-υπόψη άμεσα, χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή msecperms σε ένα τερματικό με
-δικαιώματα διαχειριστή. Προηγουμένως μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή
-msecperms -p ούτως ώστε να γνωρίζετε τις άδειες που θα τροποποιηθούν μέσω
-της εντολής msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Μην ξεχνάτε ότι αν τροποποιήσετε τις άδειες σε ένα τερματικό ή στον
-διαχειριστή αρχείων, για ένα αρχείο του οποίου το πλαίσιο
-<guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός</guilabel> είναι επιλεγμένο στην <emphasis
-role="bold">καρτέλα των αδειών</emphasis>, το msecgui θα επαναγράψει τις
-παλαιές ρυθμίσεις μετά από λίγο, ανάλογα με την διαμόρφωση των επιλογών
-CHECK_PERMS και CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE στην <emphasis role="bold">καρτέλα των
-περιοδικών ελέγχων</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 47fd0001..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Άλλα εργαλεία της Mageia</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Υπάρχουν περισσότερα εργαλεία Mageia που μπορούν να εκκινηθούν από το Κέντρο
-Ελέγχου Mageia. Κάντε κλικ σε έναν σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε
-περισσότερα, ή συνεχίστε την ανάγνωση των επόμενων σελίδων.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report</emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>ΠΡΟΣ ΕΓΓΡΑΦΗ</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Και άλλα εργαλεία;</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 86774f6e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Διαχείριση λογισμικού (εγκατάσταση και αφαίρεση λογισμικού)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Εισαγωγή στο rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote>, επίσης γνωστό ως
-drakrpm, είναι ένα πρόγραμμα για την εγκατάσταση, απεγκατάσταση και
-ενημέρωση των πακέτων. Είναι το γραφικό περιβάλλον της εντολής URPMI. Σε
-κάθε εκκίνηση, ελέγχει καταλόγους πακέτων (τα λεγόμενα «μέσα») οι οποίοι
-λαμβάνονται απευθείας από τους διακομιστές της Mageia, και θα σας
-ειδοποιήσει αν υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες ενημερώσεις για το σύστημά σας. Ένα
-φίλτρο σας επιτρέπει να εμφανίζεται επιλεγμένους τύπους πακέτων: μπορείτε να
-εμφανίσετε μόνο τις εγκατεστημένες εφαρμογές (εξ ορισμού), ή μόνο τις
-διαθέσιμες ενημερώσεις. Μπορείτε επίσης να προβάλετε τα μη εγκατεστημένα
-πακέτα μόνο. Και εναλλακτικά, να αναζητήσετε ανά όνομα, ή στις περιλήψεις
-των περιγραφών ή στις πλήρεις περιγραφές των πακέτων ή στα ονόματα των
-αρχείων που περιλαμβάνονται στα πακέτα.</para>
-
-    <para>Για την λειτουργία του rpmdrake απαιτείται η διαμόρφωση των αποθετηρίων μέσω
-του <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Κατά την εγκατάσταση, το διαμορφωμένο αποθετήριο είναι το μέσο που
-χρησιμοποιείται στην εγκατάσταση, γενικώς το DVD ή το CD. Αν διατηρήσετε
-ενεργό αυτό το αποθετήριο, κάθε φορά που εγκαθιστάτε ένα πακέτο, το rpmdrake
-θα εμφανίζει αυτό το αναδυόμενο παράθυρο : <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>Αν δεν επιθυμείτε την εμφάνιση του ανωτέρω μηνύματος και διαθέτετε
-μια ικανοποιητική σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο, συνιστάται να
-αφαιρέσετε/απενεργοποιήσετε το μέσω από τη λίστα των αποθετηρίων και να
-ρυθμίσετε τη χρήση των διαδικτυακών αποθετηρίων μέσω του <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-      <para>Τα διαδικτυακά αποθετήρια είναι πάντοτε ενημερωμένα, περιέχουν περισσότερα
-πακέτα, και σας επιτρέπουν την ενημέρωση των υπαρχόντων πακέτων.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Τα κύρια μέρη της οθόνης</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Φίλτρο τύπου πακέτων:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Αυτό το φίλτρο σας επιτρέπει την εμφάνιση ενός μόνο τύπου πακέτων. Κατά την
-πρώτη εκτέλεση του διαχειριστή, εμφανίζει μόνον τις εφαρμογές με γραφικό
-περιβάλλον. Μπορείτε να εμφανίσετε είτε όλα τα πακέτα, με τις εξαρτήσεις και
-τις βιβλιοθήκες τους ή μόνο ομάδες πακέτων όπως τις εφαρμογές μόνο, τις
-ενημερώσεις μόνο ή μόνο οι πρώιμες εκδόσεις πακέτων από την επόμενη έκδοση
-της Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Η εξ ορισμού ρύθμιση του φίλτρου είναι προσαρμοσμένη περισσότερο για τους
-νέους χρήστες στο Linux ή την Mageia, οι οποίοι πιθανώς να μην επιθυμούν
-εργαλεία γραμμής εντολών ή ειδημόνων. Εφόσον διαβάζετε και την παρούσα
-τεκμηρίωση, φαίνεται ότι ενδιαφέρεστε να εμβαθύνετε τις γνώσεις σας στη
-Mageia, άρα καλύτερα να ρυθμίσετε το φίλτρο σε «Όλα».</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Φίλτρο κατάστασης των πακέτων:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Αυτό το φίλτρο σας επιτρέπει να εμφανίσετε μόνο τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα,
-μόνο τα μη εγκατεστημένα πακέτα ή όλα τα πακέτα, εγκατεστημένα και μη.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Λειτουργία αναζήτησης:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Κάντε κλικ σε αυτό το εικονίδιο για να αναζητήσετε στα ονόματα των πακέτων,
-στις περιλήψεις τους, στην πλήρη περιγραφή τους ή στα αρχεία που
-συμπεριλαμβάνονται στα πακέτα.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Πλαίσιο «Αναζήτηση»:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Εδώ μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε μια ή περισσότερες λέξεις κλειδιά. Αν θέλετε να
-χρησιμοποιήσετε περισσότερες από μια λέξεις κλειδιά για αναζήτηση
-χρησιμοποιήστε το «|» μεταξύ των λέξεων. Για παράδειγμα, για την αναζήτηση
-των «mplayer» και «xine» ταυτόχρονα, πληκτρολογήστε «mplayer | xine».</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Διαγραφή όλων:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Αυτό το εικονίδιο μπορεί να διαγράψει με ένα πάτημα όλες τις λέξεις κλειδιά
-που έχουν εισαχθεί στο κουτί "Εύρεση".</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Λίστα κατηγοριών:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Αυτή η πλευρική γραμμή συγκεντρώνει όλες τις εφαρμογές και τα πακέτα σε
-ξεχωριστές κατηγορίες και υποκατηγορίες.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Πίνακας περιγραφής:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Αυτός ο πίνακας εμφανίζει το όνομα του πακέτου, την σύνοψη και την πλήρη
-περιγραφή του. Εμφανίζει πολλά χρήσιμα στοιχεία σχετικά με το επιλεγμένο
-πακέτο. Εμφανίζει επίσης πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα συμπεριλαμβανόμενα αρχεία
-καθώς και το ιστορικό αλλαγών από τον συντηρητή.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Η στήλη κατάστασης</title>
-
-    <para>Μετά την ρύθμιση των φίλτρων, μπορείτε να αναζητήσετε το λογισμικό είτε ανά
-κατηγορία (στην περιοχή 6 ανωτέρω) ή με το όνομα/σύνοψη/περιγραφή από την
-περιοχή 4. Στη συνέχεια εμφανίζεται η λίστα των αποτελεσμάτων του ερωτήματος
-με το επιλεγμένο μέσο να εμφανίζεται με διαφορετικούς σημαδευτές ανάλογα αν
-το πακέτο είναι εγκατεστημένο/μη εγκατεστημένο/ μια ενημέρωση... Για να
-αλλάξετε την κατάσταση, απλά επιλέξτε ή αποεπιλέξτε το πλαίσιο πριν το όνομα
-του πακέτου και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Εφαρμογή</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Εικονίδιο</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Υπόμνημα</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Το πακέτο αυτό θα εγκατασταθεί</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Το πακέτο αυτό δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Αυτό το πακέτο είναι μια αναβάθμιση</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Αυτό το πακέτο θα απεγκατασταθεί</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Παραδείγματα στο παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Αν αποεπιλέξω το digikam (το πράσινο βέλος υποδεικνύει ότι είναι
-εγκατεστημένο), το εικονίδιο κατάστασης θα αλλάξει σε ερυθρό με ένα άνω
-βέλος και θα απεγκατασταθεί αφού κάνετε κλικ στο
-<guibutton>Εφαρμογή</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Αν επιλέξω το qdigidoc (το οποίο δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο ─όπως φαίνεται από
-την κατάσταση─), θα εμφανιστεί ένα πορτοκαλί βέλος κατάστασης και θα
-εγκατασταθεί με κλικ στο <guibutton>Εφαρμογή</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Οι εξαρτήσεις</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Μερικά πακέτα για να λειτουργήσουν απαιτούν άλλα πακέτα. Όπως για παράδειγμα
-βιβλιοθήκες ή εργαλεία. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση το Rpmdrake εμφανίζει ένα
-παράθυρο όπου μπορείτε να αποδεχτείτε τις επιλεγμένες εξαρτήσεις, να
-ακυρώσετε την διεργασία ή να λάβετε περισσότερες πληροφορίες (δείτε
-ανωτέρω). Υπάρχουν περιπτώσεις όπου περισσότερα πακέτα παρέχουν την
-απαιτούμενη βιβλιοθήκη· σε αυτήν την περίπτωση θα ερωτηθείτε για το πακέτο
-που επιθυμείτε να εγκαταστήσετε μεταξύ των εναλλακτικών.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 62c36992..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Ρυθμίστε το σαρωτή</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Εγκατάσταση</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-      </footnote> σας επιτρέπει να
-διαμορφώσετε μια απλή συσκευή σάρωσης ή ένα πολυλειτουργικό περιφερειακό που
-περιέχει έναν σαρωτή. Σας επιτρέπει επίσης την κοινή χρήση των τοπικών
-συσκευών που είναι συνδεδεμένες σε αυτόν τον υπολογιστή με έναν
-απομακρυσμένο υπολογιστή ή την πρόσβαση σε απομακρυσμένους σαρωτές.</para>
-
-    <para>Κατά την πρώτη εκκίνηση του εργαλείου θα δείτε το παρακάτω μήνυμα:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Πρέπει να εγκατασταθούν τα πακέτα SANE για μπορέσετε να κάνετε
-χρήση των σαρωτών</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Θέλετε να εγκαταστήσετε τα πακέτα SANE;»</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Επιλέξτε <emphasis>Ναι</emphasis> για να συνεχίσετε. Θα εγκατασταθούν τα
-πακέτα <code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> αν δεν είναι
-ήδη εγκατεστημένα.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Αν ο σαρωτής σας έχει αναγνωριστεί σωστά και εμφανίζεται το όνομα του σαρωτή
-στην ανωτέρω οθόνη, ο σαρωτής είναι έτοιμος προς χρήση με ένα πρόγραμμα
-σάρωσης όπως το <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ή το <emphasis>Simple
-Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, ίσως να θελήσετε να διαμορφώσετε την <emphasis>κοινή
-χρήση του σαρωτή</emphasis>. Μπορείτε να διαβάσετε σχετικά στο <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Ωστόσο, αν ο σαρωτής σας δεν έχει αναγνωριστεί σωστά, και ο έλεγχος της
-συνδεσιμότητα των καλωδίων, της ενεργοποίησης της τροφοδοσίας και η
-<emphasis>αναζήτηση νέων σαρωτών</emphasis> δεν βοήθησε, δοκιμάστε την
-<emphasis>χειροκίνητη προσθήκη σαρωτή</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Επιλέξτε την μάρκα του σαρωτή από την προβαλλόμενη λίστα, στη συνέχεια το
-μοντέλο και κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis>Εντάξει</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Αν δεν βρίσκετε τον σαρωτή σας στη λίστα κάντε κλικ στο
-<emphasis>Ακύρωση</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε αν ο σαρωτής σας υποστηρίζεται στη σελίδα <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Υποστηριζόμενες συσκευές</link> και ρωτήστε για βοήθεια στα <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">φόρουμ</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Επιλέξτε θύρα</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Μπορείτε να αφήσετε αυτήν την ρύθμιση σε <emphasis>Αυτόματος εντοπισμός των
-διαθέσιμων θυρών</emphasis> εκτός και αν η διεπαφή του σαρωτή σας είναι μια
-παράλληλη θύρα. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση επιλέξτε
-<emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> αν έχετε μια.</para>
-
-    <para>Μετά το κλικ στο <emphasis>Εντάξει</emphasis>, στις περισσότερες των
-περιπτώσεων θα δείτε μια οθόνη παρόμοια με την κατωτέρω.</para>
-<para>Αν δεν δείτε την συγκεκριμένη οθόνη, παρακαλώ ανατρέξτε στο <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Κοινή χρήση σαρωτών</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε αν οι συνδεδεμένοι σαρωτές αυτού το μηχανήματος θα
-είναι προσβάσιμοι από απομακρυσμένα μηχανήματα και από ποια. Μπορείτε επίσης
-να καθορίσετε αν οι σαρωτές των απομακρυσμένων μηχανημάτων θα είναι
-διαθέσιμοι σε αυτό το μηχάνημα.</para>
-
-    <para>Κοινόχρηστοι σαρωτές στους υπολογιστές: το όνομα ή η διεύθυνση IP των
-υπολογιστών που μπορούν να προστεθούν ή να διαγραφούν από τη λίστα των
-υπολογιστών στους οποίους επιτρέπεται η προσπέλαση στις τοπικές συσκευές σε
-αυτό το μηχάνημα.</para>
-
-    <para>Χρήση των απομακρυσμένων σαρωτών: το όνομα ή η διεύθυνση IP των υπολογιστών
-που μπορούν να προστεθούν ή να διαγραφούν από τη λίστα των υπολογιστών
-στους οποίους επιτρέπεται η προσπέλαση σε έναν απομακρυσμένο σαρωτή.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Κοινόχρηστοι σαρωτές στους υπολογιστές: μπορείτε να προσθέσετε έναν
-υπολογιστή.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Κοινόχρηστοι σαρωτές στους υπολογιστές: καθορίστε τους υπολογιστές προς
-προσθήκη, ή επιτρέψτε όλα τα απομακρυσμένα μηχανήματα.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>«Όλα τα απομακρυσμένα μηχανήματα» επιτρέπονται να προσπελάσουν τον τοπικό
-σαρωτή.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Αν το πακέτο <emphasis>sane</emphasis> δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο θα ερωτηθείτε
-να το εγκαταστήσετε.</para>
-
-    <para>Εν τέλει το εργαλείο θα τροποποιήσει τα παρακάτω αρχεία:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> για την προσθήκη ή την
-απενεργοποίηση της οδηγίας «net». </para>
-
-    <para>Θα ρυθμίσει επίσης τα <emphasis>saned</emphasis> και
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> να εκκινούν κατά την έναρξη.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Χαρακτηριστικά</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Οι περισσότεροι σαρωτές HP διαχειρίζονται από τον <emphasis>Διαχειριστή
-συσκευών HP</emphasis> (hplip) ο οποίος διαχειρίζεται επίσης τους
-εκτυπωτές. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, αυτό το εργαλείο δεν σας επιτρέπει την
-διαμόρφωσή του και σας προτρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον
-<emphasis>Διαχειριστή συσκευών HP</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Οι οδηγοί είναι διαθέσιμοι από αυτήν την <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">σελίδα</link>.
-Όταν σας προταθεί θα πρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, και στη συνέχεια το
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (με αυτήν την σειρά). Πιθανώς το πακέτο
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> να εμφανίζει μια προειδοποίηση σχετικά με μια
-σύγκρουση με το <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Οι χρήστες αναφέρουν ότι αυτή η
-προειδοποίηση μπορεί να αγνοηθεί.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Πρόσθετα βήματα εγκατάστασης</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Πιθανώς μετά την επιλογή της θύρας για τον σαρωτή στην οθόνη <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/>, θα πρέπει να πραγματοποιήσετε ένα ή
-περισσότερα βήματα ακόμα για την σωστή διαμόρφωση του σαρωτή.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Σε μερικές περιπτώσεις απαιτείται ενημέρωση του υλικολογισμικού του σαρωτή
-σε κάθε εκκίνηση. Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την φόρτωσή του στην
-συσκευή, αφού έχει εγκατασταθεί στο σύστημά σας . Σε αυτήν την οθόνη
-μπορείτε να εγκαταστήσετε το υλικολογισμικό από ένα CD, μια εγκατάσταση
-Windows ή αυτό που βρήκατε στην ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή.</para><para>
-    Όταν το υλικολογισμικό της συσκευής χρειάζεται να φορτωθεί, η διαδικασία
-μπορεί να διαρκέσει πάνω από ένα λεπτό.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Επίσης μπορεί να λάβετε μια οθόνη για την προσαρμογή του αρχείου διαμόρφωσης
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"όνομα_του_συστήματος_υποστήριξης_SANE".conf.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Διαβάστε αυτές ή άλλες οδηγίες που θα λάβετε προσεκτικά και αν δεν γνωρίζετε
-τι να κάνετε, μην διστάσετε να ρωτήσετε για βοήθεια στο <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">φόρουμ</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d84be006..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Διαχείριση Λογισμικού</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Σε αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων
-διαχείρισης λογισμικού .Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε
-περισσότερα.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Διαχείριση Λογισμικού</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Ενημέρωση του συστήματός
-σας</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis>Ρυθμίστε τις πηγές μέσων
-για εγκατάσταση και ενημέρωση του λογισμικού</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cee0ffd8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Εγκαταστήστε και ρυθμίστε έναν εκτυπωτή</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Εισαγωγή</title>
-
-    <para>Η εκτύπωση στη Mageia διαχειρίζεται από έναν εξυπηρετητή με το όνομα
-CUPS. Διαθέτει το δικό του <link ns2:title="CUPS"
-ns2:href="http://localhost:631">περιβάλλον διαμόρφωσης</link> το οποίο είναι
-προσπελάσιμο μέσω ενός φυλλομετρητή διαδικτύου, αλλά η Mageia προσφέρει το
-δικό της εργαλείο εγκατάστασης εκτυπωτών, το system-config-printer το οποίο
-χρησιμοποιούν και άλλες διανομές όπως οι Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu και
-openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>Θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε το αποθετήριο non-free πριν από την εγκατάσταση,
-διότι μερικοί οδηγοί είναι διαθέσιμη στο συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο.</para>
-
-    <para>Η εγκατάσταση των εκτυπωτών πραγματοποιείται από την ενότητα
-<guilabel>Υλικό</guilabel> κέντρο ελέγχου Mageia. Επιλέξτε το εργαλείο
-<guilabel>Διαμόρφωση της εκτύπωσης και της σάρωσης</guilabel><footnote>
-        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">system-config-printer</emphasis>. Θα
-ερωτηθείτε για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης διαχειριστή.</para>
-      </footnote></para>
-
-    <para>Το MCC θα ρωτήσει για την εγκατάσταση δύο πακέτων:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Είναι απαραίτητο να αποδεχτείτε αυτή την εγκατάσταση για να
-συνεχίσετε. Χρείαζονται μέχρι και 230ΜΒ εξαρτήσεων.</para>
-
-    <para>Για την προσθήκη ενός εκτυπωτή, κάντε κλικ στο «Προσθήκη». Το σύστημα θα
-προσπαθήσει να εντοπίσει τους εκτυπωτές και τις διαθέσιμες θύρες. Στο
-στιγμιότυπο εμφανίζεται ένας συνδεδεμένος εκτυπωτής σε μια παράλληλη
-θύρα. Αν εντοπιστεί ένας εκτυπωτής, όπως ένας εκτυπωτής συνδεδεμένος σε μια
-θύρα USB, θα εμφανιστεί στην πρώτη γραμμή. Θα γίνει επίσης προσπάθεια
-εντοπισμού ενός δικτυακού εκτυπωτή. </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Αυτόματα εντοπισμένος εκτυπωτής</title>
-
-    <para>Εδώ εμφανίζονται συνήθως οι εκτυπωτές USB. Το εργαλείο εντοπίζει αυτόματα
-και εμφανίζει το όνομα του εκτυπωτή. Επιλέξτε τον εκτυπωτή και στη συνέχεια
-κάντε κλικ στο «Επόμενο». Αν υπάρχει κάποιος γνωστός οδηγός συσχετισμένος με
-τον εκτυπωτή, θα εγκατασταθεί αυτόματα. Αν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι από έναν
-οδηγό ή ο οδηγός είναι άγνωστος, θα ερωτηθείτε σχετικά όπως περιγράφεται
-στην επόμενη παράγραφο. Συνέχεια με <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Μη αυτόματα εντοπισμένος εκτυπωτής</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Κατά την επιλογή μιας θύρας, το σύστημα φορτώνει μια λίστα οδηγών και
-προβάλλει ένα παράθυρο για την επιλογή του οδηγού. Η επιλογή μπορεί να γίνει
-μεταξύ μιας εκ των κατωτέρω επιλογών.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Επιλέξτε εκτυπωτή από βάση δεδομένων</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>παροχή ενός αρχείου PPD</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Αναζητήστε έναν οδηγό για να τον κατεβάσετε</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Επιλέγοντας από την βάση δεδομένων, σας προτείνεται πρώτα ο κατασκευαστής
-του εκτυπωτή, στη συνέχεια το μοντέλο και ο συσχετισμένος οδηγός. Αν
-προτείνονται περισσότεροι οδηγοί, επιλέξτε αυτόν που συνιστάται, εκτός και
-αν έχετε αντιμετωπίσει προβλήματα με αυτόν προηγουμένως οπότε επιλέγετε
-αυτόν που γνωρίζετε ότι δουλεύει.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Ολοκλήρωση της διεργασίας εγκατάστασης</title>
-
-    <para>Μετά την επιλογή του οδηγού, θα σας ζητηθούν περαιτέρω πληροφορίες για τον
-καθορισμό του εκτυπωτή. Στην πρώτη γραμμή μπορείτε να καθορίσετε το όνομα με
-το οποίο θα εμφανίζεται ο εκτυπωτής στις εφαρμογές στην λίστα των διαθέσιμων
-εκτυπωτών. Στη συνέχεια σας προτείνεται να εκτυπώσετε μια δοκιμαστική
-σελίδα. Μετά το πέρας του βήματος αυτού, ο εκτυπωτής είναι εγκατεστημένος
-και διαθέσιμος προς χρήση.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Εκτυπωτής δικτύου</title>
-
-    <para>Οι δικτυακοί εκτυπωτές είναι εκτυπωτές που είναι συνδεδεμένοι σε ένα
-ενσύρματο ή ασύρματο δίκτυο, που είναι συνδεδεμένοι σε έναν εξυπηρετητή
-εκτύπωσης ή που είναι συνδεδεμένοι σε έναν άλλο σταθμό εργασίας και
-εξυπηρετεί ως διακομιστής εκτύπωσης.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Συχνά, είναι καλύτερα να διαμορφώσετε τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ώστε να
-συσχετίζει μια σταθερή διεύθυνση IP με την διεύθυνση MAC του
-εκτυπωτή. Φυσικά, αυτή η διεύθυνση είναι επίσης η διεύθυνση που έχει
-ανατεθεί από το δίκτυο στον εκτυπωτή ή στον εξυπηρετητή εκτύπωσης, αν
-διαθέτουν μια σταθερή διεύθυνση.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>Η διεύθυνση MAC του εκτυπωτή είναι ένας σειραϊκός αριθμός που έχει δοθεί
-στον εκτυπωτή ή τον εξυπηρετητή εκτύπωσης ή τον υπολογιστή στον οποίο είναι
-συνδεδεμένος, και μπορεί να ανακτηθεί από μια σελίδα εκτυπωμένη από τον
-εκτυπωτή ή γραμμένη σε μια ετικέτα στον εκτυπωτή ή τον εξυπηρετητή
-εκτύπωσης. Αν ο κοινόχρηστος εκτυπωτής σας είναι συνδεδεμένος σε ένα σύστημα
-Mageia, μπορείτε μα εκτελέσετε το <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>
-σε αυτό ως διαχειριστής ούτως ώστε να βρείτε την διεύθυνση MAC. Είναι η
-ακολουθία αριθμών και γραμμάτων μετά το «HWaddr».</para>
-
-    <para>Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον δικτυακό σας εκτυπωτή επιλέγοντας το πρωτόκολλο
-επικοινωνίας με τον υπολογιστή σας στο δίκτυο. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποιο δίκτυο
-να επιλέξετε, μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε την επιλογή  <guilabel>Δικτυακός
-εκτυπωτής</guilabel> - <guilabel>Αναζήτηση ενός δικτυακού
-εκτυπωτή</guilabel> στο μενού <guilabel>Συσκευές</guilabel> και να δώσετε
-την διεύθυνση IP του εκτυπωτή στο πλαίσιο στα δεξιά, στο «υπολογιστής».</para>
-
-    <para>Αν το εργαλείο αναγνωρίσει τον εκτυπωτή σας ή τον εξυπηρετητή εκτύπωσης, θα
-σας προτείνει ένα πρωτόκολλο και μια ουρά αναμονής, αλλά μπορείτε να
-επιλέξετε μια πιο κατάλληλη από την παρακάτω λίστα ή να δώσετε το σωστό
-όνομα της ουράς αναμονής αν αυτό δεν βρίσκεται στην λίστα.</para>
-
-    <para>Δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση που έρχεται με τον εκτυπωτή ή τον εξυπηρετητή
-εκτύπωσης ώστε να βρείτε ποιο πρωτόκολλο υποστηρίζει και τα δυνατά ειδικά
-ονόματα ουρών αναμονής.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Πρωτόκολλα διαδικτυακής εκτύπωσης</title>
-
-    <para>Μια συνήθης τεχνική είναι αυτή που έχει αναπτύξει η Hewlett-Packard και
-γνωστή με το όνομα JetDirect. Επιτρέπει την πρόσβαση σε έναν εκτυπωτή
-συνδεδεμένο στο δίκτυο μέσω μιας θύρας Ethernet. Θα πρέπει να γνωρίζετε την
-διεύθυνση IP του εκτυπωτή στο δίκτυο. Αυτή η τεχνική χρησιμοποιείται επίσης
-στο εσωτερικό μερικών δρομολογητών ADSL οι οποίοι διαθέτουν μια θύρα USB για
-την σύνδεση του εκτυπωτή. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, η διεύθυνση IP του
-εκτυπωτή είναι αυτή του δρομολογητή. Σημειωτέων ότι το εργαλείο
-«Διαχειριστής των περιφερειακών HP» μπορεί να διαχειρίζει δυναμικά τις
-διαμορφωμένες διευθύνσεις IP, να παραμετροποιήσει ένα URI όπως το
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;όνομα του εκτυπωτή></emphasis>. Σε αυτήν την
-περίπτωση, δεν απαιτείται μια σταθερή διεύθυνση IP.</para>
-
-    <para>Επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> για το
-πρωτόκολλο και δώστε την διεύθυνση στο πλαίσιο
-<guilabel>Υπολογιστής:</guilabel>, μην αλλάξετε τον <guilabel>αριθμό της
-θύρας</guilabel> εκτός αν σας υποδειχθεί. Μετά την επιλογή του πρωτοκόλλου,
-η επιλογή του οδηγού γίνεται όπως ανωτέρω.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Τα άλλα πρωτόκολλα είναι:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: για έναν εκτυπωτή
-προσβάσιμο σε ένα δίκτυο TCP/IP μέσω του πρωτοκόλλου IPP, για παράδειγμα,
-ένας εκτυπωτής συνδεδεμένος σε έναν σταθμό που χρησιμοποιεί CUPS. Αυτό το
-πρωτόκολλο μπορεί επίσης να χρησιμοποιείται από μερικούς δρομολογητές ADSL.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>το ίδιο με το IPP,
-αλλά μέσω της μεταφοράς http και το ασφαλές πρωτόκολλο TLS. Θα πρέπει να
-προσδιοριστεί η θύρα, εξ ορισμού χρησιμοποιείται η 631.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>το ίδιο με το IPP,
-αλλά με το ασφαλές πρωτόκολλο TLS.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Υπολογιστής ή εκτυπωτής LPD/LPR</emphasis>: για έναν εκτυπωτή
-προσβάσιμο σε ένα δίκτυο TCP/IP μέσω του πρωτοκόλλου LPD, για παράδειγμα,
-ένας εκτυπωτής συνδεδεμένος σε έναν σταθμό που χρησιμοποιεί LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Εκτυπωτής Windows μέσω SAMBA</emphasis>: ο εκτυπωτής είναι
-συνδεδεμένος σε έναν σταθμό Windows ή σε έναν εξυπηρετητή SMB και είναι
-κοινόχρηστος.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Το URI μπορεί να προστεθεί άμεσα. Ορίστε μερικά παραδείγματα URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://διεύθυνση-ip-ή-υπολογιστής:θύρα</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://διεύθυνση-ip-ή-υπολογιστής:αριθμός-θύρας/πόρος</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://διεύθυνση-ip-ή-υπολογιστής:αριθμός-θύρας/πόρος</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Πρωτόκολλο Line Printer Daemon (LPD)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://χρήστης@διεύθυνση-ip-ή-υπολογιστής/ουρά</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Επιπρόσθετες πληροφορίες μπορούν αν βρεθούν στην <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">τεκμηρίωση
-CUPS</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Ιδιότητες συσκευής</title>
-
-    <para>Οι ιδιότητες του περιφερειακού είναι διαθέσιμες. Το μενού Εξυπηρετητής
-επιτρέπει την πρόσβαση στις παραμέτρους του εξυπηρετητή CUPS. Εξ ορισμού
-εκτελείται ένας εξυπηρετητής CUPS στο σύστημά σας, αλλά είναι δυνατό να
-καθοριστεί ένας άλλος μέσω του του μενού <guimenu>Εξυπηρετητής</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Σύνδεση...</guimenuitem>, ένα άλλο παράθυρο επιτρέπει την
-λεπτομερή ρύθμιση των ειδικών παραμέτρων του εξυπηρετητή μέσω του μενού
-<guimenu>Εξυπηρετητής</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Ρυθμίσεις</guimenuitem>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Επίλυση προβλημάτων</title>
-
-    <para>Μπορείτε να βρείτε πληροφορίες για σφάλματα κατά την εκτύπωση επιθεωρώντας
-το αρχείο καταγραφών <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>Είναι διαθέσιμο επίσης ένα εργαλείο διάγνωσης προβλημάτων μέσω του μενού
-<guimenu>Βοήθεια</guimenu> | <guilabel> Αντιμετώπιση προβλημάτων</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Χαρακτηριστικά</title>
-
-    <para>Είναι πιθανό οι οδηγοί κάποιων εκτυπωτών να μην είναι διαθέσιμοι στη Mageia
-ή να μην είναι λειτουργικοί. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, επισκεφτείτε την
-ιστοσελίδα <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> για να
-ελέγξετε αν υπάρχει ένας διαθέσιμος οδηγός για τον εκτυπωτή. Αν ναι,
-αναζητήστε το πακέτο στη Mageia και αν είναι διαθέσιμο εγκαταστήστε το
-χειροκίνητα. Στη συνέχεια εκτελέστε εκ νέου την διαδικασία της εγκατάστασης
-για την διαμόρφωση του εκτυπωτή. Σε κάθε περίπτωση, αναφέρετε το πρόβλημα
-στο bugzilla ή στο φόρουμ. Παράσχετε το μοντέλο του εκτυπωτή και τον
-χρησιμοποιούμενο οδηγό και περιγράψτε αν ο εκτυπωτής λειτουργεί σωστά μετά
-την εγκατάσταση. Ορίστε μερικοί τρόποι αναζήτησης άλλων οδηγών ενημερωμένων
-ή για σύγχρονους εκτυπωτές.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Εκτυπωτές Brother</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Σε <link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">αυτήν
-τη σελίδα</link> υπάρχει μια λίστα οδηγών που παρέχονται από την
-Brother. Αναζητήστε τον οδηγό για την συσκευή σας, τηλεφορτώστε και
-εγκαταστήστε τα πακέτα rpm.</para>
-
-    <para>Θα πρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε τους οδηγούς Brother πριν την εκτέλεση του
-εργαλείου διαμόρφωσης.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Εκτυπωτές Hewlett-Packard και συσκευές Όλα σε
-ένα</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Αυτές οι συσκευές χρησιμοποιούν το hplip. Είναι εγκατεστημένο αυτόματα μετά
-τον εντοπισμό ή την επιλογή του εκτυπωτή. Μπορείτε να βρείτε περισσότερες
-πληροφορίες <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">εδώ</link>. Το
-εργαλείο «Διαχειριστής συσκευών HP» είναι διαθέσιμο υπό το μενού
-<guilabel>Σύστημα</guilabel>. Δείτε επίσης στο <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">διαμόρφωση</link>
-για την διαχείριση του εκτυπωτή.</para>
-
-    <para>Ένα περιφερειακό HP Όλα-σε-ένα πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί ως εκτυπωτής και θα
-προστεθούν και οι λειτουργίες του σαρωτή. Σημειώστε ότι μερικές φορές το
-Xsane δεν επιτρέπει την ψηφιοποίηση φιλμ ή διαφανειών (το φωτεινό κάλυμμα
-δεν μπορεί να λειτουργήσει). Σε αυτήν περίπτωση, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε
-την αυτόνομη λειτουργία της συσκευής, και να αποθηκεύσετε την εικόνα σε ένα
-κλειδί USB ή μια κάρτα μνήμης εισηγμένη στην συσκευή. Στη συνέχεια, ανοίξτε
-την προτιμώμενη σας εφαρμογή για την επεξεργασία εικόνων και φορτώστε την
-εικόνα από την κάρτα μνήμης η οποία θα έχει εμφανιστεί στον φάκελο /media.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Έγχρωμος εκτυπωτής Samsung</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Για ειδικούς έγχρωμους εκτυπωτές Samsung και Xerox, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">αυτή η σελίδα παρέχει οδηγούς</link>
-για το πρωτόκολλο QPDL.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Εκτυπωτές και σαρωτές Epson</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Οι οδηγοί για τους εκτυπωτές Epson είναι διαθέσιμοι από <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">αυτήν
-την σελίδα αναζήτησης</link>. Για τον σαρωτή, θα πρέπει πρώτα να
-εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο «iscan-data», και στη συνέχεια το «iscan» (με αυτήν
-την σειρά). Ενδεχομένως να σας προταθεί το πακέτο iscan-plugin το οποίο
-πρέπει να το εγκαταστήσετε. Επιλέξτε τα πακέτα <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>
-ανάλογα με την αρχιτεκτονική του συστήματός σας. </para>
-
-    <para> Είναι πιθανόν το πακέτο iscan να εμφανίσει μια προειδοποίηση σχετικά με μια
-σύγκρουση με το sane. Οι χρήστες έχουν αναφέρει ότι αυτή η προειδοποίηση
-μπορεί να αγνοηθεί.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Εκτυπωτές Canon</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Για τους εκτυπωτές Canon, συνιστάται να εγκαταστήσετε το εργαλείο turboprint
-το οποίο είναι διαθέσιμο <link
-ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">εδώ</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 60ef4974..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Εισαγωγή εγγράφων και ρυθμίσεων των Windows(ΤΜ)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> ως
-διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> θα το βρείτε στην
-καρτέλα <emphasis role="bold">Σύστημα</emphasis> στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia
-με την ονομασία <guilabel>Εισαγωγή εγγράδων και ρυθμίσεων των Windows
-(TM)</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο επιτρέπει σε έναν διαχειριστή να εισαγάγει τα έγγραφα και
-τις ρυθμίσεις του χρήστη από ένα σύστημα <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP ή <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-εγκατεστημένο στον ίδιο υπολογιστή με την Mageia.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Παρακαλώ σημειώστε ότι όλες οι αλλαγές θα εφαρμοστούν άμεσα από το
-transfugdrake με το πάτημα στο κουμπί <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Μετά την εκκίνηση του transfugdrake θα δείτε την πρώτη σελίδα του οδηγού με
-μερικές επεξηγήσεις περί του εργαλείου και των επιλογών εισαγωγής.</para>
-
-  <para>Μετά την ανάγνωση των οδηγιών πατήστε στο κουμπί
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> για να ξεκινήσει ο εντοπισμός της
-εγκατάστασης των <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>.</para>
-
-  <para>Μετά το πέρας του βήματος του εντοπισμού θα δείτε μια σελίδα στην οποία
-μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τους λογαριασμούς στα <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> και στην Mageia για την διαδικασία
-εισαγωγής. Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν άλλο λογαριασμό εκτός του δικού σας.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Παρακαλώ σημειώστε ότι λόγω περιορισμών του migrate-assistant (το σύστημα
-υποστήριξης του transfugdrake) οι λογαριασμοί <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> με ειδικούς χαρακτήρες μπορεί να
-εμφανίζονται λανθασμένα.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Η μεταφορά μπορεί να διαρκέσει αρκετό χρόνο ανάλογα με το μέγεθος των
-φακέλων των εγγράφων.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Ορισμένες εφαρμογές <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-(κυρίως οδηγοί συσκευών) μπορεί να δημιουργούν λογαριασμούς χρηστών για
-διάφορους σκοπούς. Για παράδειγμα, οι οδηγοί NVidia στα <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> πραγματοποιούν τις ενημερώσεις
-χρησιμοποιώντας έναν λογαριασμό <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Παρακαλώ
-μην χρησιμοποιείτε τέτοιου είδους λογαριασμούς για εισαγωγή.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Όταν τελειώσετε με την επιλογή λογαριασμών πατήστε το κουμπί
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>. Η επόμενη σελίδα χρησιμοποιείται για να
-διαλέξετε μια μέθοδο εισαγωγής εγγράφων:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Το transfugdrake έχει σχεδιαστεί να εισάγει δεδομένα των <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> από τις τοποθεσίες <emphasis>Τα
-έγγραφά μου</emphasis>; <emphasis>Η μουσική μου</emphasis>, και <emphasis>Οι
-φωτογραφίες μου</emphasis>. Μπορείτε να παραλείψετε την εισαγωγή επιλέγοντας
-το κατάλληλο αντικείμενο σε αυτό το παράθυρο.</para>
-
-  <para>Όταν τελειώσετε με την μέθοδο επιλογής των εγγράφων προς εισαγωγή πατήστε το
-κουμπί <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>. Στην επόμενη σελίδα μπορείτε να
-επιλέξετε την μέθοδο εισαγωγής σελιδοδεικτών.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Το transfugdrake μπορεί να εισάγει σελιδοδείκτες από τον <emphasis>Internet
-Explorer</emphasis> και τον <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> στην
-εγκατάσταση του <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> στην Mageia.</para>
-
-  <para>Επιλέξτε την προτιμώμενη επιλογή εισαγωγής και πατήστε στο κουμπί
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>Η επόμενη σελίδα σας επιτρέπει να εισάγετε την επιφάνεια εργασίας:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Επιλέξτε την προτιμώμενη επιλογή και πατήστε στο κουμπί
-<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>Η τελευταία σελίδα του οδηγού εμφανίζει ένα συγχαρητήριο μήνυμα. Απλά
-πατήστε το κουμπί <guibutton>Τερματισμός</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a49f50c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Χρήστες και Ομάδες</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
-      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
-πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">userdrake</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
-συστήματος.</para>
-    </footnote> βρίσκεται στην καρτέλα
-<emphasis role="bold">Σύστημα</emphasis> στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την
-ονομασία «Διαχείριση των χρηστών του συστήματος»</para>
-
-  <para>Το εργαλείο επιτρέπει σε ένα διαχειριστή να διαχειριστεί τους χρήστες και
-τις ομάδες, με την έννοια να προσθέσει ή να διαγράψει ένα χρήστη ή μία ομάδα
-και να αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις για το χρήστη και την ομάδα (ID, κέλυφος,...)</para>
-
-  <para>Όταν το userdrake είναι ανοιχτό, όλοι οι υπάρχοντες χρήστες του συστήματος
-εμφανίζονται στην καρτέλα <guibutton>Χρήστες</guibutton>, και όλες οι ομάδες
-στην καρτέλα <guibutton>Ομάδες</guibutton>. Και οι δυο καρτέλες λειτουργούν
-κατά τον ίδιο τρόπο.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Προσθήκη χρήστη</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Αυτό το κουμπί ανοίγει ένα νέο παράθυρο με όλα τα πεδία κενά:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Το πεδίο <emphasis role="bold">Πλήρες όνομα</emphasis> προορίζεται για την
-καταχώρηση του ονοματεπώνυμου, αλλά μπορείτε να καταχωρήσετε κάτι άλλο ή
-ακόμα και να το αφήσετε κενό!</para>
-
-  <para>Το πεδίο <emphasis role="bold">Χρήστης</emphasis> είναι το μόνο απαιτούμενο
-πεδίο.</para>
-
-  <para>Συνιστάται θερμώς ο καθορισμός ενός <emphasis role="bold">κωδικού
-πρόσβασης</emphasis>. Στα δεξιά βρίσκεται μια μικρή ασπίδα, αν είναι ερυθρή,
-ο κωδικός πρόσβασης είναι αδύνατος, πολύ μικρός ή πολύ σχετικός με το όνομα
-χρήστη. Θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε σύμβολα, πεζούς και κεφαλαίους
-χαρακτήρες, σημεία στίξης, κλπ. Η ασπίδα θα εναλλαχτεί σε πορτοκαλί και στη
-συνέχεια σε πράσινη όσο βελτιώνεται το σθένος του κωδικού πρόσβασης.</para>
-
-  <para>Το πεδίο <emphasis role="bold">Επιβεβαίωση του κωδικού πρόσβασης</emphasis>
-διαφυλάσσει την επιθυμητή καταχώρηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης.</para>
-
-  <para>Το πεδίο <guilabel>Κέλυφος σύνδεσης</guilabel> είναι μια αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα
-που σας επιτρέπει να αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη
-που προσθέτετε. Οι επιλογές είναι Bash, Dash και Sh.</para>
-
-  <para>Αν το πεδίο <emphasis role="bold">Δημιουργία μιας ιδιωτικής ομάδας για τον
-χρήστη</emphasis> είναι ενεργοποιημένο, θα δημιουργηθεί αυτόματα μια ομάδα
-με το ίδιο όνομα και με τον νέο χρήστη ως το μοναδικό της μέλος (δέχεται
-επεξεργασία).</para>
-
-  <para>Οι υπόλοιπες επιλογές είναι πασιφανείς. Ο νέος χρήστης δημιουργείται άμεσα
-με το πάτημα στο κουμπί <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Προσθήκη ομάδας</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Χρειάζεται μόνο να εισάγετε το νέο όνομα ομάδας και αν απαιτείται, το ID της
-συγκεκριμένης ομάδας.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Επεξεργασία</emphasis> (του επιλεγμένου χρήστη)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Δεδομένα χρήστη</guibutton>: Σας επιτρέπει την τροποποίηση όλων
-των καταχωρημένων δεδομένων του χρήστη κατά την δημιουργία (εκτός του
-αναγνωριστικού).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Πληροφορίες λογαριασμού</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Η πρώτη επιλογή καθορίζει την ημερομηνία λήξης για τους λογαριασμούς. Η
-σύνδεση είναι αδύνατη με το πέρας της ημερομηνίας αυτής. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο
-για προσωρινούς λογαριασμούς.</para>
-
-  <para>Η δεύτερη επιλογή χρησιμεύει για το κλείδωμα του λογαριασμού. Η σύνδεση
-είναι αδύνατη όσο ο λογαριασμός είναι κλειδωμένος.</para>
-
-  <para>Είναι επίσης δυνατό να αλλάξετε το εικονίδιο.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Πληροφορίες κωδικού πρόσβασης</emphasis>: Σας
-επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε μια ημερομηνία λήξης για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης. Αυτό
-εξαναγκάζει τον χρήστη να αλλάζει περιοδικά  τον κωδικό πρόσβασης.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Ομάδα</emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις ομάδες
-στις οποίες θα είναι μέλος ο χρήστης.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Αν τροποποιείτε έναν χρήστη σε σύνδεση, οι τροποποιήσεις θα λάβουν χώρα κατά
-την επόμενη σύνδεση.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Επεξεργασία</emphasis> (με μια επιλεγμένη ομάδα)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Δεδομένα ομάδας</emphasis>: Σας επιτρέπει την αλλαγή
-του ονόματος της ομάδας.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Ομάδα χρηστών</emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε
-τους χρήστες οι οποίοι είναι μέλη της ομάδος.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Διαγραφή</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Επιλέξτε έναν χρήστη ή μια ομάδα και κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis
-role="bold">Διαγραφή</emphasis> για να τον αφαιρέσετε. Με την διαγραφή ενός
-χρήστη εμφανίζεται ένα παράθυρο που σας ρωτά αν επιθυμείτε να διαγράψετε τον
-προσωπικό του φάκελο και το γραμματοκιβώτιό του. Αν έχει δημιουργηθεί μια
-ιδιωτική ομάδα για τον χρήστη, θα διαγραφεί παρομοίως.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Είναι δυνατό να διαγράψετε μια ομάδα αν δεν είναι κενή.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Ανανέωση</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Η βάση δεδομένων χρηστών μπορεί να αλλάξει εκτός του Userdrake. Κάντε κλικ
-στο εικονίδιο αυτό για να ανανεώσετε την απεικόνιση. </para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Λογαριασμός επισκέπτη</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Ο λογαριασμός <emphasis role="bold">επισκέπτη</emphasis> είναι ένας ειδικός
-λογαριασμός. Έχει σκοπό να δίνει σε κάποιον προσωρινή πρόσβαση στο σύστημα
-με απόλυτη ασφάλεια. Το όνομα του χρήστη είναι το xguest, χωρίς κωδικό
-πρόσβασης, και είναι δυνατή η τροποποίηση του συστήματος από τον λογαριασμό
-αυτό. Οι προσωπικοί κατάλογοι διαγράφονται από το σύστημα κατά την έξοδο από
-την συνεδρία. Αυτός ο λογαριασμός είναι ενεργοποιημένος εξ ορισμού. Για να
-τον απενεργοποιήσετε κάντε κλικ στο μενού <guimenu>Ενέργειες ->
-Απεγκατάσταση του λογαριασμού επισκέπτη</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8cd111b0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="en" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Control Center</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">The tools to configure the Mageia system</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license
-		    <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d0960beb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --><article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="en" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Control Center</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license
-		    <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 54685e06..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Software Packages Update</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab
-  <emphasis role="bold">Software management.</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
-      drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not,
-      you are prompted to do so.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and
-  lists those with an update available in the repositories. They are all
-  selected by default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on
-  the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process.</para>
-
-  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower
-  half of the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a
-  title means you can click to drop down a text.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you
-      by displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject> . Just click and enter the user password to
-      update the system alike.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e05a6ba7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Set up the graphical server</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab
-  <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up
-  the graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-      <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or
-      <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphic card</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching
-  server configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for
-  example one with a proprietary driver.</para>
-
-  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
-  manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
-  order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
-  Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work
-      with most graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right
-      driver while in your Desktop Environment.</para>
-
-      <para>If even Vesa doesn't work, choose
-      <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-      <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
-      Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh
-      rates.</para>
-    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you
-  want to use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
-  example).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed
-  and you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired
-  monitor isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
-  <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolution:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and
-  the colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>When you change the color depth, a multi-colored bar will
-  appear next to the second button and show a preview of what the selected
-  color depth looks like.</para>
-
-  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for
-  another one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the
-  graphic card and the monitor, it is possible to click on
-  <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to set other resolutions, but bear in mind that
-  you can damage your monitor or select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
-
-  <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change
-  this for another one.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout
-      and restart the graphical environment for the settings to take
-      effect.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before
-  clicking on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if
-  the graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2
-      to open a text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the
-      caps) to to use XFdrake's text version.</para>
-    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you
-  don't want to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if
-  everything is right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Options:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
-      Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible
-      to restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or
-      disable three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the
-      time, <emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
-      booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode,
-      it may be unchecked for a server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system
-  will ask you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep
-  the previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to
-  disconnect and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4814eb8b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Access WebDAV shared drives and
-    directories</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by
-    typing <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root.</para>
-  </footnote> is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Network Sharing
-  tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> is a protocol
-    that allows to mount a web server's directory
-    locally, so that it appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the
-    remote machine run a WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to
-    configure the WebDAV server.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Creating a new entry</title>
-
-    <para>The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if any, and a
-    <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. Insert
-    the server URL in the field of the new screen.</para>
-
-    <para>Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.
-    Continue with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking
-    <guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the
-    <guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however
-    correct it, if needed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this
-    mount point.</para>
-
-    <para>In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some
-    other options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton>
-    screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount
-    immediately the access.</para>
-
-    <para>After you accepted the configuration with the radio button
-    <guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your
-    new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>,
-    you are asked whether or not to save the modifications in
-    <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the
-    remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for
-    one-time usage, do not save it.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 84968053..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Share your hard disk
-    partitions</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This simple tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> allows you, the administrator, to allow users to
-  share parts of their own /home subdirectories with other users of a same
-  local network which may have computers running either Linux or Windows
-  operating system.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab,
-  labelled "Share your hard disk partitions".</para>
-
-  <para>First, answer the question : "<guilabel>Would you like to allow users
-  to share some of their directories ?</guilabel>", click on <guibutton>No
-  sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on
-  <guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on
-  <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for
-  the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their
-  directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically
-  created by the system. You will be asked about this later.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks
-  you choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.
-  Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on
-  the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both
-  Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any
-  required packages will be installed if necessary.</para>
-
-  <para>The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.
-  In this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool
-  allows you to add users authorised to share their directories to the
-  fileshare group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare
-  group, then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the
-  fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information
-  about Userdrake, see <xref linkend="userdrake">this page</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to
-    disconnect and reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken
-    into account.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in
-  his/her file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file
-  managers have this facility.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dc1f96a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="en" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Access NFS shared drives and
-    directories</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare some shared directories to be
-    accessible to all users on the machine. The protocol used for this is NFS
-    which is available on most Linux or Unix systems. The shared directory
-    will be thus available directly at boot. Shared directories can be also
-    accessible directly in a single session for a user with tools such as file
-    browsers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedure</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of
-    servers which share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list
-    of the shared directories and select the directory you want to
-    access.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and
-    you have to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also
-    verify and change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton>
-    button. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same
-    button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, a message will
-    displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". This
-    will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is
-    accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for
-    example in Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 50a399c6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD burner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is found under the tab Local disks in the Mageia Control Center
-  labelled accordingly with your removable hardware (CD/DVD players and
-  burners and floppy drives only). </para>
-
-  <para>Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted. </para>
-
-  <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware
-  and the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change
-  them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-  button. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mount point</title>
-
-    <para>Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is
-    /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Options</title>
-
-    <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or
-    via the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable
-      disk, this option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who
-      mounted the disk is the only one who can umount it. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e5efda6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and
-    directories</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare which shared directories to be
-    accessible to all users on the machine. The protocol used for this is SMB
-    which has been popularized on Windows(R) systems. The shared directory
-    will be available directly at boot. Shared directories can be also
-    accessed directly in a single session by a user with tools such as file
-    browsers.</para>
-
-    <para>Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of
-    available servers, for example with <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedure</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of
-    servers who share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to
-    display the list of the shared directories and select the directory you
-    want to access.</para>
-
-    <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available,
-    you have to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the
-    <guimenu>Mount button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some
-    options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those
-    able to connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can
-    unmount it with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message
-    will ask "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will
-    allow directory to made available at each boot, if the network is
-    accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for
-    example in dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9644c1b1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D Desktop Effects</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> lets you manage the 3D desktop effects on your operating
-    system. 3D effects are turned off by default.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Getting Started</title>
-
-    <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If
-    the package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d
-    can start.</para>
-
-    <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.
-    Here you can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or
-    <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a
-    composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special
-    effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to
-    turn it on.</para>
-
-    <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean
-    installation of Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which
-    packages need to be installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the
-    <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that
-    Compiz Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log
-    back in for the changes to take effect.</para>
-
-    <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure
-    Compiz Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)
-    tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Troubleshooting</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Can't See Desktop after Logging in</title>
-
-      <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into
-      your desktop but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back
-      to the log in screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select
-      drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator,
-      you will be prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the
-      administrator login with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes
-      that may have caused the log in problem.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a1d71e39..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Authentication</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-  role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the manner in which you can be
-  recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para>
-
-  <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file
-  on your computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you
-  to do so and give information about that.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a7ce57b7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Set up autologin to automatically log
-    in</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to automatically login the same user, in her/his
-  desktop environment, without asking for any password. It's called autologin.
-  This is generally a good idea when there is only one user like to be using
-  the machine.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the
-  Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log
-  in".</para>
-
-  <para>The interface buttons are pretty obvious:</para>
-
-  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
-  starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
-  boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
-  possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
-  launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check
-  either <guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the
-  system to continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check
-  <guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if
-  needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default
-  username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c77dd8a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Set up boot system</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
-  slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
-  (ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to configure the boot options (choice of the
-  bootloader, set a password, the default boot, etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled
-  "Set up boot system".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.
-    Changing some settings may prevent your machine from booting again
-    !</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is
-  possible if using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to
-  use</guibutton>, Grub, Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.
-  It is just a question of taste, there are no other consequences. You can
-  also set the <guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here
-  unless you are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is
-  installed and any modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para>
-
-  <para>In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and
-  is installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is
-  common to all operating systems installed.</para>
-
-  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can
-  set the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
-  seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available
-  operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is
-  made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay
-  elapses.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it
-  is possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-  password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-  settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen
-  here.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra
-  options.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for
-  the power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this
-  was the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI
-  compatible.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for
-  multicore processors.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a
-    dual processor and enable SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local
-  APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are
-  two components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
-  APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses
-  to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
-  for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
-  system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
-  "spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
-  APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
-  loader you chose.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at
-      boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the
-      menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.
-      If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or
-      <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> buttons, a new window appears to add a new
-      entry in the bootloader menu or to modify an existing one. You need to
-      be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what
-      you want to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command
-      "title". For example: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It
-      matches the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where
-      the kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example
-      (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be
-      given to the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot
-      this entry by default.</para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is
-      possible to choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an
-      <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> file and a <guilabel>network
-      profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="draknetprofile"/>, in the
-      drop-down lists.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default
-      respectively in Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled
-      <guilabel>Default</guilabel> displays all the available entries; click
-      on the one wanted as the default one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be
-      given to the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
-      add them to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
-      uncheck the box <guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is
-      possible to choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't
-      want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the
-      box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the
-      warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not
-        bootable unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named
-      <emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia
-      repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0915b61e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia Bug Report Tool</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para>
-
-  <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, then please read <link xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para>
-
-  <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e4fc98aa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information 
-		  for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command 
-	line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> as 
-	root.</para></footnote> can only be started and used on the command 
-	line.</para>
-
-<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for 
-	instance by doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > 
-	drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space 
-	first: the file can easily be several GBs large.</para>
-<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without 
-first removing the unneeded parts.</para></note>
-  <para>This command collects the following information on your system:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of 
-	this command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been 
-	adjusted to our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can 
-	retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as root) <emphasis role="bold">
-	journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of 
-	diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log 
-	instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > 
-	journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b40484c9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Manage date and time</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the tab System in the Mageia Control Center
-  labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and time"</guilabel>. In some desktop
-  environments it is also available by a right click / Adjust date and Time
-  ... on the clock in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para>It's a very simple tool.</para>
-
-  <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On the screenshot above, the date is
-  September (on the upper left), 2012 (on the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)
-  and it is a Sunday. Select the month (or year) by clicking on the little
-  arrows on each side of September (or 2012). Select the day by clicking on
-  its number.</para>
-
-  <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time
-  Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on
-  time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time
-  Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para>
-
-  <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's
-  useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours,
-  minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows
-  to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see
-  your desktop environment settings for that.</para>
-
-  <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on
-  the <guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list
-  the nearest town.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this
-    tool, they will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the
-    localisation settings.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7675568c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Remove a connection</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the
-command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted successfully.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ac952dd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,845 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
-    ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure much of local network or Internet
-    access. You have to know some information from your access provider or
-    your network administrator.</para>
-
-    <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which
-    hardware and provider you have.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Wired connection (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.
-        Select the one to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a
-        manual IP address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to
-            select if DNS servers are declared by the DHCP server or are
-            manually specified, as explained below. In the last case, the IP
-            address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer
-            can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name
-            <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-            The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the
-            option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not
-            all DHCP servers have such a function and if you're setting up
-            your PC to get an IP address from a domestic ADSL router, it is
-            unlikely.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP
-                server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify
-                the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of
-                clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if
-                the DHCP server requires the client to specify a hostname
-                before receiving an IP address. This option is not dealt by
-                some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all
-            connection configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manual configuration</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to
-            declare what DNS servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can
-            be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name
-            <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by
-            default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-            <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-            <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS
-            servers are available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-            domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if
-            your computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-            "splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be
-            "boatanchor.net". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to
-            define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need this
-            setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Satellite connection (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you
-    think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-    team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Cable modem connection</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.
-        Select the one to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a
-        manual IP address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>You have to specify a authentication method:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>None</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to
-            provide User name and password.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select
-            if DNS servers are declared by the DHCP server or are manually
-            specified, as explained below. In the last case, the IP address of
-            DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be
-            specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name
-            <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-            The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the
-            option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not
-            all DHCP servers have such a function and if you're setting up
-            your PC to get an IP address from a domestic ADSL router, it is
-            unlikely.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP
-                server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify
-                the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of
-                clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if
-                the DHCP server requires the client to specify a hostname
-                before receiving an IP address. This option is not dealt by
-                some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all
-            connection configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manual configuration</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare
-            what DNS servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be
-            specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name
-            <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by
-            default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-            <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-            <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS
-            servers are available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-            domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if
-            your computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-            "splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be
-            "boatanchor.net". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to
-            define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not need
-            this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new DSL connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select
-          one and to configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.
-          Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-          <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your
-          provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manual TCP/IP configuration</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Access settings</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account Login (user name)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new ISDN connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manual choice (internal ISDN card)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>External ISDN modem</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and
-          manufacturer. Select your card.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe
-              (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.
-          Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-          <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your
-          provider gave you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Connection name</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Phone number</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Login ID</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Authentication method</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by
-          automatic or manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and
-          Subnet mask.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are
-          obtained, by automatic or manual method. In the case of manual
-          configuration, you have to put:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Domain name</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>First and second DNS Server</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to
-              select only if you are sure that your provider is configured to
-              accept it.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is
-          obtained, by automatic or manual method. In the case of manual
-          configuration, you have to enter the IP address.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Wireless connection (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an
-        entry for Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.
-        Use ndiswrapper only if the other configuration methods did not
-        work.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access
-        points that the card has detected.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Operating mode:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Managed</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To access to an existing access point (the most
-                  frequent).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To configure direct connection between
-                  computers.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Network Name (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is
-            configured.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware
-                  allows it.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Some old hardware deals only this encryption
-                  method.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption key</para>
-
-            <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the
-            access point.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP
-        address or a manual IP address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS
-            servers are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified,
-            as explained below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers
-            has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.
-            If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name localhost.localdomain is
-            attributed by default. The Hostname can also be provided by the
-            DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP
-            server</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP
-                server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify
-                the NIS servers</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of
-                clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if
-                the DHCP server requires the client to specify a hostname
-                before receiving an IP address. This option is not dealt by
-                some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common
-            to all connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manual configuration</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS
-            servers. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no
-            HOSTNAME is specified, the name
-            <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by
-            default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
-            <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-            <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS
-            servers are available from your providers website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-            domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first
-            name, before the period.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select
-          one and to configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not
-          required.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the
-          option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.
-          Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-          <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your
-          provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Provide access settings</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Access Point Name</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account Login (user name)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you
-    think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-    team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Manual choice</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Detected hardware, if any.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of ports is proposed. Select your port.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the
-        package <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select
-        your provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-        <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
-        gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Connection name</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Phone number</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Login ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Password</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Script-based</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Terminal-based</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Ending the configuration</title>
-
-    <para>In the next step, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network
-        Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is
-        <emphasis>Allow access point roaming</emphasis> which give the
-        possibility to switch automatically between access point according to
-        the signal strength.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>With the advanced button, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metric (10 by default)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Network Hotplugging</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start
-    immediately or not.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 75e75e73..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Open a console as administrator</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives you access to a console which is directly opened as
-  root. We do not think that you need more information about that.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dc96e737..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Manage disk partitions</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk or diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny error or a cat jumping on your
-    keyboard can lead to losing all data on a partition or even to erasing the
-    entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll see the screen above on top of
-    the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you
-    want to continue.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk
-  you want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
-  preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
-  resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
-  partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
-  all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
-  disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
-  partition.</para>
-
- <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called
-    "EFI System Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because
-    it contains all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you
-  cannot choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the
-  partition must be unmounted first.</para>
-
-  <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para>
-
-  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have
-  to delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
-  <guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
-  selected</para>
-
-  <para>You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be
-  created.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert
-  mode</guibutton></emphasis> gives some extra available actions, like
-  labeling the partition, as can be seen in the screenshot below.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c651760..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-    <title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Set up display manager</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Here<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">You can start this tool from the
-      command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> as
-      root.</para></footnote> you can choose which display manager to use to log into your
-  desktop environment. Only the ones available on your system will be
-  shown.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Most users will only notice that the
-  provided login screens look different. However, there are differences in
-  supported features, too. LXDM is a lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM
-  have more extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c4038afa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Set up your personal firewall</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Security tab in the Mageia Control Center
-  labelled "Set up your personal firewall". It is the same tool in the first
-  tab of "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
-
-  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
-  connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
-  first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
-  attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
-  <guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
-  the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
-
-  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
-  <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
-  <guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
-  examples :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp
-  protocol</para>
-
-  <para>The listed ports should be separated by a space.</para>
-
-  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel>
-  is checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file
-    sharing, ...) it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it
-    is even recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the
-    internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These
-  feature allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first
-  box <guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the
-  second box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
-  somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
-  corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
-  below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
-  warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
-
-  <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network
-  applet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to
-  the Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the
-  necessary packages are downloaded.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network
-    &amp; Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 843ed95c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Manage, add and remove fonts. Import
-    Windows(TM) fonts</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It allows you to manage the fonts
-  available on the computer. The main screen above shows:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>a preview of the selected font.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>some buttons explained here later.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows
-  partition. You must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Options:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)
-  able to use the fonts.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Uninstall:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.
-  Be careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on
-  the documents that use them.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Import:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
-  supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
-  <emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
-  fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
-  done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the
-  Drakfont main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e2a1a83..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Parental Controls</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Security tab,
-  labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label,
-  you have to install the drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your
-    computer to restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard
-    has three useful capabilities:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It
-        does this by controlling the shorewall firewall built into
-        Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so
-        these users can only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
-        blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of
-        the website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource
-        parental control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuring Parental controls</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are
-        formatted in Ext2, Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up
-        offering to configure ACL on your partitions. ACL stands for Access
-        Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel feature that allows access to
-        individual files to be restricted to named users. ACL is built into
-        Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by an option in Ext2,
-        Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this prompt
-        drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
-        then suggest you reboot.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked,
-	the parental control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block
-	programs</guilabel> tab is opened.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all
-    the websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise,
-    all the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will
-    have their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on
-    the right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the
-    computer are not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and
-    click on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.
-    Select an user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>
-    to remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is
-    allowed with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
-    <guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
-    window.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title>
-
-      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on
-      the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Block Programs Tab</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use
-      of ACL to restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to
-      the applications you wish to block.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the
-      right hand side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index afc1a226..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Share the Internet connection with other local
-    machines</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Principles</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a computer (3) which has 
-    Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local network (1). You can
-    use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to other workstations
-    (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the gateway must have
-    two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card must be
-    connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to the
-    Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to
-    Internet are set up, as documented in <xref
-    linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Gateway wizard</title>
-
-    <para>The wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> offers successive steps which are shown below:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it
-          warns about this and asks to stop the network and configure the
-          hardware.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The
-          wizard automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should
-          verify that what is proposed is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard
-          also proposes one, check that this is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP
-          address, mask and domain name. Check that these parameters are
-          compatible with the actual configuration. It is recommended that you
-          accept these values.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes,
-          the wizard will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.
-          Otherwise, you have to specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes,
-          the wizard will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and
-          offer to configure it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP
-          range.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If
-          yes, the wizard will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and
-          offer to configure it, with the address of the administrator
-          (admin@mydomain.com), name of the proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom),
-          the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is
-          connected to printers and to share them.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is
-    active.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configure the client</title>
-
-    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need
-    to specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
-    automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when
-    connecting to the network. This method is valid whatever operating
-    system the client is using.</para>
-
-    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in
-    particular specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine
-    acting as the gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Stop connection sharing</title>
-
-    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer,
-    launch the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop
-    the sharing.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e4689331..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Hosts definitions</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
-  IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows to specify a name to access them more easily. Then you
-  can use that name instead of the IP-address.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Add</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a
-  window to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and
-  optionally an alias which can be used in the same way that the name
-  is.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modify</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get
-  the same window.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d459e4bc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think
-  you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the
-	  command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> as
-  root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c93975c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0">
-  <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-
-  <!-- -->
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Network Center</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia
-  Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
-    configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless,
-    satellite, etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons
-    appear, depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the
-    network, change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't
-    intended to create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network
-    interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
-
-    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks,
-    the first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon
-    <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless networks,
-    not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types, the
-    colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
-    connected.</para>
-
-    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the
-    detected networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the
-    <guilabel>Signal strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not
-    (in green), and the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the
-    chosen one and then either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>,
-    <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is
-    possible here to go from a network to another one. If a private network is
-    selected, the Network Settings window (see below) will open and ask you
-    for extra settings ( an encryption key in particular).</para>
-
-    <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Monitor button</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads
-    (toward the PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The
-    same screen is available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon
-    in the system tray -> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo
-    the local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection
-    which gives details about connection status.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
-      accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Configure button</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For a wired network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
-    creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
-    <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems,
-    manual configuration may give better results.</para>
-
-    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel>
-    always looks like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is
-    255.255.255.0, and the <guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS
-    servers</guilabel> are available from your providers website.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this
-    will count the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results
-    are visible in the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once
-    enabled, you may have to reconnect to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network
-    Manager:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you
-    think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-    team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you
-    think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-    team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an
-    access point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.
-    Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
-    <emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as
-    the access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption
-    key:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA
-    which uses a passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also
-    called WPA personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is
-    not often used in private networks.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its
-    access point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you
-    think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-    team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Advanced Settings button</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you
-    think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-    team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bb648b4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Manage different network profiles</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think
-  you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the
-	  command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as
-  root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 411bf554..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Share drives and directories using NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prerequisites</title>
-
-    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is launched for the first time, it may display the following
-    message:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to
-      install it?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is
-    displayed.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Main window</title>
-
-    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step,
-    the list is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
-    configuration tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Modify entry</title>
-
-    <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also
-    launched with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following
-    parameters are available.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Directory</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The
-      <guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to
-      choose it.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Host access</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the
-      shared directory.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated
-      name recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP
-      address</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as
-      @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the
-      wildcard characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all
-      hosts in the domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories
-      to all hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
-      `/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>User ID Mapping</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests
-      from uid/gid 0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user
-      from the client cannot read or write to the files on the server which
-      are created by root on the server itself.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
-      squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
-      (no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all
-      uids and gids to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for
-      NFS-exported public FTP directories, news spool directories, etc. The
-      opposite option is no user UID mapping (no_all_squash), which is the
-      default setting.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid
-      and gid of the anonymous account.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Advanced options</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that
-      requests originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).
-      This option is on by default.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or
-      both read and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to
-      disallow any request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made
-      explicit by using this option.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server
-      from violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any
-      changes made by these requests have been committed to stable storage
-      (e.g. disc drive).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking
-      which can help improve security in some cases, but can decrease
-      reliability. See exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu entries</title>
-
-    <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration
-      files.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current
-      configuration files.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e7710da..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can
-  use this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-      role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> to configure it. Your net administrator will give you the
-  information you need. You can also specify some services which can be
-  accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
-
-  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer
-  networks, a proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)
-  that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources
-  from other servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some
-  service, such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available
-  from a different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-  simplify and control their complexity.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ea5ecdf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configure Media</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-
-  <!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources
-      (also known as repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select
-      the media sources to be used to install and update packages and
-      applications. (see Add button below).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or
-      CD) or a USB device, there will be a software source configured to the
-      optical media used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you
-      install new packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It
-      will have the media type CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit
-      (called i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent
-      of whether your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch
-      packages. They don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors,
-      but are all in both the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab
-  <emphasis role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">The columns</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious
-    with some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system
-    unusable.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Update:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be
-    enabled. Only media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For
-    security reasons, this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open
-    a console as root and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media
-    --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final
-    release versions contain at least:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most
-        programs available supported by Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some
-        programs which are not free</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which
-        there might be patent claims in some countries.</para>
-
-        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the
-        day the this version of Mageia was released.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated
-        since release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have
-        this medium enabled, even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new
-        versions backported from Cauldron (the next version under
-        development).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for
-        temporary tests of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA
-        team to validate the corrections.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">The buttons on the
-    right</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Remove:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise
-    to remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)
-    since all the packages it contains are in the official Core release
-    medium.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader
-    and proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These
-    repositories contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the
-    "Add" button adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to
-    make sure that you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you
-    prefer to choose a specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a
-    specific media mirror" from the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads
-    the list in the displayed order and will install the first package found
-    for the same release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the
-    latest release will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest
-    repositories at the top.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">The menu</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to
-    update and click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example
-    it's too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select
-    all the actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take
-    them out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media
-    mirror</guimenu>, choose between update only or the full set (if you do
-    not know, choose the <guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and
-    accept the contact by clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window
-    opens:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one
-    very close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the
-    available mirrors in that country. Select one and click on
-    <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for
-    example) that isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart name that well define
-    the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to the medium
-    type)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed"
-    (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to
-    define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand
-    -by default-, update only, always or never).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to
-    authenticate the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or
-    disallow a key. In the window that appear, select a medium and then click
-    on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and
-    click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can
-    configure it here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy
-    hostname</guibutton> and if necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and
-    <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia
-    Wiki page</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0878d11e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Share directories and drives with
-    Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share
-    some resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to
-    configure the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This
-    protocol is also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can
-    access the resources of the Samba server.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Preparation</title>
-
-    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a
-    fixed IP address. This can be specified directly on the server, for
-    example with <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, or at the DHCP server
-    which identifies the station with its
-    MAC-address and give it always the same address. The firewall has also to
-    allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title>
-
-    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by
-        typing<emphasis role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> checks if needed packages are installed and proposes to
-    install them if they are not yet present. Then the wizard to configure
-    the Samba server is launched.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already selected.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same
-    for the access to the shared resources.</para>
-
-    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the
-    server on the network.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Choose the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to
-        access the resource</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself
-        separately for each share</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources,
-    with IP address or host name.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
-    described in the Windows workstations.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the
-    next step.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept
-    the configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
-    <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller" option is selected, the
-    wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or not and to provide
-    admin users names. The following steps are then the same as for standalone
-    server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing
-        all user and group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.
-        The centralized account repository is shared between (security)
-        controllers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Declare a directory to share</title>
-
-    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
-    <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as
-    whether the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.
-    The share name can not be modified.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu entries</title>
-
-    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be
-    used.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration in
-      <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
-
-      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration
-      files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current
-      configuration files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Printers share</title>
-
-    <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba users</title>
-
-    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
-    resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
-    linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b80d42be..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configure authentication for Mageia
-    tools</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish
-  tasks usually done by the administrator.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed
-  in the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool,
-  a drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the
-      same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and
-      audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool
-      launching.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool
-      launching</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any
-      password.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f54069e0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Snapshots</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line,
-			  by typing <emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config
-			  </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's <guilabel>System</guilabel>
-	    tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</guilabel> section.</para>
-  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a
-    message about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
-	  proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be
-          installed.</para>
-
- <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick
-   <guilabel>Enable Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup
-     the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
-    <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> and
-      <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude
-	  directories and files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to
-	    the <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the
-	  chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis>
-	  be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done.</para>
-	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button
-	  to select the correct path. Any mounted USB-key or external HD can be
-	  found in <emphasis role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e4d78f32..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Sound Configuration</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab
-  <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and
-  troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you
-  change the sound card.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the
-  sound inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the
-  resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video ->
-  PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave
-  it enabled.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some
-  programs. It is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance
-  with fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-  before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an obvious button.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 279b4158..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Set up a UPS for power monitoring</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think
-  you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the
-	  command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as
-  root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9eca2116..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network
-    access</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure secure access to a remote network
-    establishing a tunnel between the local workstation and the remote
-    network. We discuss here only of the configuration on the workstation
-    side. We assume that the remote network is already in operation, and that
-    you have the connection information from the network administrator, like a
-    .pcf configuration file .</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuration</title>
-
-    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on
-    which protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
-
-    <para>Then give your connection a name.</para>
-
-    <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN
-    connection.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be
-        installed the first time the tool is used.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received from the network
-        administrator.</para>
-
-        <para>Advanced parameters:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
-    connection.</para>
-
-    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
-    connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always
-    connect to this VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 378e2fa3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configure webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a web server?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the web server wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introduction</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server User Module</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows users to create their own sites.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User web directory name</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will display it.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Summary</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finish</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 35660053..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configure DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think
-  you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the
-	  command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as
-  root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 185b75bf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configure DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for
-      the Net interfaces</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is
-  a component of drakwizard which should be installed before you can access to
-  it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is
-    a standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
-    configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
-    communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introduction</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click
-        <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet,
-        and for which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
-        <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select IP range</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs
-        you want the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine
-        connecting to some place outside the local network, hopefully close to
-        the Internet, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Summary</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-        <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hold on...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few
-        times and change things around.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hours later...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in
-          <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
-          <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>
-          and adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
-          <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 656e2851..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configure time</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-      role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of your server synchronised with an
-  external server. It isn't installed by default and you have to also install
-  the drakwizard and drakwizard-base packages.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to
-        choose three time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use
-        pool.ntp.org twice because this server always points to available time
-        servers.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-                <author>
-                  <personname/>
-                </author>
-
-                <pubdate/>
-              </info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city
-        and then, you arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can
-        obviously change it using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.
-        If everything is right, click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-        button to proceed to the test. It may take a while and you finally get
-        this screen below:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the
-        tool</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
-          <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
-          <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
-          <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the
-          list of servers;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the
-          first server name;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
-          <code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC
-          reference.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f2cafc88..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configure FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>  can help you to set up an <acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a <acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introduction</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Information</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Summary</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finish</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 31ddb524..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configure proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-      role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a proxy server. It is a component of
-  drakwizard which should be installed before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
-
-    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)
-    that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources
-    from other servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some
-    service, such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available
-    from a different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a
-    way to simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introduction</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click
-        <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
-        <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click
-        <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
-        <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click
-        <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next
-        step.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
-        <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Summary</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-        <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Start during boot?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot
-        time, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Finish</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
-          <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
-          <code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new
-          parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code>
-              according to level</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5535c38a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH daemon configuration</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>  can help you to set up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client (running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, respectively). (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>General Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard <acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Summary</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finish</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 48d782b4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Manage system services by enabling or disabling them</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think
-  you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the
-	  command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as
-  root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d2c5abb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Hardware configuration</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-      role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives a general view of the hardware of your computer. When the
-  tool is launched, it executes a job to look for every element of the
-  hardware. For that, it uses the command <code>ldetect </code>which refers to
-  a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The window</title>
-
-    <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para>
-
-    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The
-    devices are grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content
-    of a category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
-
-    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.
-    The <guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
-    about the content of the fields.</para>
-
-    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two
-    buttons are available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be
-        used to parameterize the module which is used in relation to the
-        device. This must used by experts only.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which
-        can configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from
-        the MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The menu</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Options</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check
-    boxes to enable automatic detection:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because
-    they are slow. Check the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware
-    connected. Detection will be operational the next time this tool
-    is started.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 067362c7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title>
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-
-    <subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> helps you configure the basic layout for the keyboard that
-    you wish to use on Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on
-    the system. It can be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control
-    Center (MCC) labelled "Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Keyboard Layout</title>
-
-    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names
-    (listed in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or
-    ethnicity each layout should be used for.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Keyboard Type</title>
-
-    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you
-    are unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default
-    type.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bc4d9f7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Manage localization for your
-    system</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command
-  line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root.
-  </para></footnote> can be found in the System section of the Mageia Control
-  Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for your system". It opens
-  with a window in which you can choose your language. The choice is adapted
-  to languages selected during installation.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate compatibility with old
-  encoding (non UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
-  language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
-  countries not listed.</para>
-
-  <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Input method</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select
-  an input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
-  methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
-  Korean, etc).</para>
-  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input
-  method so users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
-  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar
-  functions and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed
-  in another part of the Mageia Control Center. See
-  <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index db600893..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">View and search system logs</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia Control Center System tab, labelled
-  "<guilabel>View and search system logs</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To do a search in the logs</title>
-
-    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
-    <emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
-    <emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
-    to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
-    possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of
-    the month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
-    day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton>
-    button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
-    file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
-    clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from
-      the Mageia configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.
-      These logs are updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system
-    load and the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the
-    configured address.</para>
-
-    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
-    Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
-    Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all
-    the running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want
-    to look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
-
-    <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin Service</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix Mail Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache World Wide Web Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd Service</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you
-    consider unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high
-    load slows the system down and a very high load may indicate that a
-    process has gone out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend
-    setting the load value to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
-
-    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of
-    the person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use
-    (local or on the Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 733eea8d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool
-    <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis 
-		      role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used on the command line.</para>
-
-  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think 
-	you can write this help, please contact 
-	<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the 
-	       Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dc91ef63..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA
-    Information</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used on the command line. It will give
-  some more information if used under root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer
-  (USB, PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and
-  ldetect-lst packages to work.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device
-  identifications.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an
-  information, it is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in
-  these examples:</para>
-
-  <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Information about the network</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
-
-  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
-  lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
-  called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bd58e131..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Boot</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configure boot steps</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aa70c72..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Manage your hardware</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
-          hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configure graphics</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop
-          effects</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configure mouse and keyboard</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configure printing and scanning</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the
-          printer(s), the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Others</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c11a483..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be selected in the big right panel.</para>
-
-	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools.</para>
-
-<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in any of the MCC tabs.</para>
-
-	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool screens.</para>
-
-        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 48b730aa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Local disks</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Local disks</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f1e87241..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="en">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Network and Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on
-  a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Manage your network devices</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personalize and Secure your network</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Others</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 188d8a66..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Network Services</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Network Services</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d9cf3f2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Network Sharing</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configure Windows(R) shares</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configure NFS shares</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configure WebDAV shares</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a301014a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Security</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Security</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system
-          security, permissions and audit</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d040108..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Sharing</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sharing</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d15c8b26..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">System</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Manage system services</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Localization</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administration tools</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 432f6191..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configure updates frequency</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab
-  <emphasis role="bold">Software management</emphasis>. It is also available
-  by a <guimenu>right click / Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon
-  <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check
-  for updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.
-  The check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
-  out.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 848db2d8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Set up the pointer device (mouse,
-    touchpad)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by
-  typing <emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>
-  is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab
-  <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already
-  installed by Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
-
-  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your
-  mouse and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal /
-  Any PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
-  immediately taken into account.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 161c25d6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,372 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: System Security and Audit</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command 
-    line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for msec that allows to configure 
-    your system security according to two approaches:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the
-        system to make it more secure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in
-		 order to warn you if something seems dangerous.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to
-    configure a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
-    enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define
-    your own customised security levels.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Overview tab</title>
-
-    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
-
-    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with
-    a button on the right side to configure them:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your
-        personal firewall</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your
-        system</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>enabled or not</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a
-            detailed report and another button to execute the checks just
-            now.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Security settings tab</title>
-
-    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
-    <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
-    below.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Basic security tab</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC
-      tool</guilabel>, this tab allows you by a double click to choose the
-      security level that appears then in bold. If the box is not checked, the
-      level « none » is applied. The following levels are available:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is
-          intended if you do not want to use msec to control system security,
-          and prefer tuning it on your own. It disables all security checks
-          and puts no restrictions or constraints on system configuration and
-          settings. Please use this level only if you are knowing what you are
-          doing, as it would leave your system vulnerable to attack.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the
-        default configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.
-        It constrains several system settings and executes daily security
-        checks which detect changes in system files, system accounts, and
-        vulnerable directory permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2
-	and 3 from past msec versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is
-          intended when you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.
-          It further restricts system permissions and executes more periodic
-          checks. Moreover, access to the system is more restricted. (This
-          level is similar to levels 4 (High) and 5 (Paranoid) from old msec
-          versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are
-          also provided, such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver
-	  </emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and 
-	  <emphasis role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels 
-	  attempt to pre-configure system security according to the most common
-	  use cases.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily
-          </emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are 
-	  not really security levels but rather tools for periodic checks 
-	  only.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>These levels are saved in
-      <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can
-      define your own customised security levels, saving them into specific
-      files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into
-      the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is
-      intended for power users which require a customised or more secure
-      system configuration.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over
-        default level settings.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
-      to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be
-      sent by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby
-      field. You can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address
-      (the local e-mail and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At
-      last, you can receive the security alerts directly on your desktop.
-      Check the relevant box to enable it.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option
-      in order to immediately inform the security administrator of possible
-      security problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly
-      check the logs files available in
-      <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the
-      computer security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here
-      after to change any option you want. Current configuration for msec is
-      stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This
-      file contains the current security level name and the list of all the
-      modifications done to the options.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>System security tab</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side
-      column, a description in the centre column, and their current values on
-      the right side column.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears
-      (see screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short
-      description, the actual and default values, and a drop down list where
-      the new value can be selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-      button to validate the choice.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your
-      configuration using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the
-      configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed the settings, msecgui
-      allows you to preview the changes before saving them.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Network security</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the
-      previous tab</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
-
-      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means
-      of security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially
-      dangerous.</para>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their
-      frequency if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security
-      checks</guibutton> is checked. Changes are done like in the previous
-      tabs.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
-
-      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted
-      situations. In these cases they are useless and wasted time for the
-      administrator. This tab allows you to create as many exceptions as you
-      want to avoid unwanted alert messages. It is obviously empty at the
-      first msec start. The screenshot below shows four exceptions.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a
-      rule</guibutton> button</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
-      <guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
-      <guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
-      obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
-      <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the
-      <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double
-      clicK.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Permissions</title>
-    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
-    enforcement.</para>
-    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels
-    (standard, secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen
-    security level. You can create your own customised permissions levels,
-    saving them into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname>
-    </filename> placed into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>
-    . This function is intended for power users which require a customised
-    configuration. It is also possible to use the tab presented here after to
-    change any permission you want. Current configuration is stored in
-    <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
-    list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules
-    (a rule per line). You can see on the left side, the file or folder
-    concerned by the rule, then the owner, then the group and then the
-    permissions given by the rule. If, for a given rule:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only
-          checks if the defined permissions for this rule are respected and
-          sends an alert message if not, but does not change anything.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec
-        will rule the permissions respect at the first periodic check and
-	overwrite the permissions.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in
-    the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured
-    accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the
-    <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button and fill the fields as shown in
-    the example below. The joker * is allowed in the <guilabel>File</guilabel>
-    field. “current” means no modification.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to
-    validate the choice and do not forget when leaving to save definitively
-    your configuration using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the
-    configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed the settings, msecgui allows
-    you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
-    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing
-    the configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission
-    tab</emphasis> (or directly in the configuration file) are taken into
-    account at the first periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the
-    <emphasis role="bold">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to
-    be taken immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console
-    with root rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the
-    permissions that will be changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a
-    console or in a file manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce
-    </guilabel> is checked in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab
-    </emphasis>, msecgui will write the old permissions back after a while,
-    accordingly to the configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and
-    CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic Checks tab
-    </emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d99c5223..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Other Mageia Tools</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the next pages.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report
-		</emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN
-		</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>And more tools?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 05120705..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove
-    Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduction to rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a program for installing,
-    uninstalling and updating packages. It is the graphical user interface of
-    URPMI. At each start up, it will check online package lists (called
-    'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official servers, and will show
-    you each time the latest applications and packages available for your
-    computer. A filter system allows you to display only certain types of
-    packages: you may display only installed applications (by default), or
-    only available updates. You can also view only not installed packages. You
-    can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries of
-    descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
-    included in the packages.</para>
-
-    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium
-      used for the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this
-      medium, rpmdrake will ask it each time you want to install a package,
-      with this pop-up window : <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you and you have a good
-      internet connection without too strict download limit, it is wise to
-      remove that medium and replace it by online repositories thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains
-      much more packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The main parts of the screen</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of
-        packages. The first time you start the manager, it only displays
-        applications with a graphical interface. You can display either all
-        the packages and all their dependencies and libraries or only package
-        groups such as applications only, updates only or backported packages
-        from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or
-          Mageia, who probably do not want command line or specialist tools.
-          Since you're reading this documentation, you're obviously interested
-          in improving your knowledge of Mageia, so it is best to set this
-          filter to "All".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state
-        filter:</emphasis> </firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only
-        the packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both
-        installed and not installed.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through
-        their summaries, through their complete description or through the
-        files included in the packages.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than
-        one keyword for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for
-        "mplayer" and "xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in
-        the "Find" box .</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear
-        categories and sub categories.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
-        description. It displays many useful elements about the selected
-        package. It can also show precise details about the package, the files
-        included in the package as well as a list of the last changes made by
-        the maintainer.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The status column</title>
-
-    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software
-    either by category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using
-    area 4. A list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the
-    chosen medium is shown with different status markers according to whether
-    each package is installed/not installed/an update... To change this
-    status, just check or uncheck the box before the package name and click on
-    <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Icon</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legend</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is already installed</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be installed</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is an update</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be uninstalled</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed),
-        the status icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be
-        uninstalled when clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status),
-        the orange with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will
-        be installed when clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The dependencies</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </screenshot>
-
-    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to
-    work. They are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake
-    displays an information window allowing you to choose whether to accept
-    the selected dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information
-    (see above). It may also happen that various packages are able to provide
-    the needed library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of
-    alternatives with a button to get more information and another button to
-    choose which package to install.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ca16ae6d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,258 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Set up scanner</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installation</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>This tool <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to configure a single scanner device or a
-    multifunction device which includes scanning. It also allows you to
-    share local devices connected to this computer with a remote computer
-    or to access remote scanners.</para>
-
-    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the
-    following message:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use
-    scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE
-    packages?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
-    <code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not
-    yet installed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen
-    you see the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for
-    instance, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple
-    Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
-    sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and
-    checking its cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search
-    for new scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press
-    <emphasis>Add a scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type
-    from the list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
-      <emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
-      xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-      Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
-      xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Choose port</title>
-    </info>
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
-    ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In
-    that case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only
-    one.</para>
-
-    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a
-    screen similar to the one below.</para>
-<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine
-    should be accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You
-    can also decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made
-    available on this machine.</para>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added
-    or deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s),
-    on this computer.</para>
-
-    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or
-    deleted from the list of hosts which give access to a remote
-    scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all
-    remote machines.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local
-    scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the
-    tool offers to do it.</para>
-
-    <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the
-    directive "net"</para>
-
-    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
-    <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifics</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device
-        Manager</emphasis> (hplip) which also manages printers. In this case,
-        this tool does not allow you to configure it and invites you to use
-        <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivers are available from <link
-        xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-        page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
-        <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
-        <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
-        <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a
-        conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this
-        warning can be ignored.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded each time it is started. This tool
-    allows you to load it into the device, after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
-    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at each first
-    usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know what to do,
-    feel free to ask for help in the <link
-    xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 41e82856..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="en"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Software Management</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Software Management</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 21c5c5a7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,342 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-
-  <!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Install and configure a
-    printer</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own
-    <link ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
-    interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
-    offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
-    which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
-    and openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
-    installation, because some drivers may only be available in this
-    way.</para>
-
-    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the
-    <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select
-    the <guilabel>Configure printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-        <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be
-        asked for.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB
-    of dependencies are needed.</para>
-
-    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will
-    try to detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot
-    displays a printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected,
-    such as a printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.
-    The window will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds
-    the name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
-    "Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
-    automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
-    drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in
-    the next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays
-    a window to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the
-    following options.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Select printer from database</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>provide PPD file</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>search for a driver to download</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer
-    manufacturer first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If
-    more than one driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless
-    you have encountered some problems with that one before, in this case
-    select the one which know to work.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Complete the installation process</title>
-
-    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which
-    will allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first
-    line is the name under which the device will appear in applications in the
-    list of available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test
-    page. After this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of
-    available printers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Network printer</title>
-
-    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired
-    or wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are
-    attached to another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always
-      associate a fixed IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course
-      that should be the same as the IP address the printer of printserver is
-      set to, if it has a fixed one.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
-    printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
-    configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a
-    label on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to
-    a Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on
-    it as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and
-    letters after "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to
-    talk to your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol
-    to choose, you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> -
-    <guilabel>Find Network Printer</guilabel> option in the
-    <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu and give the IP address of the printer
-    in the box on the right, where it says "host".</para>
-
-    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose
-    a protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
-    list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the
-    list.</para>
-
-    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver
-    to find which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue
-    names.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Network printing protocols</title>
-
-    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known
-    as JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the
-    network via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the
-    printer is known on the network. This technique is also used inside some
-    ADSL-routers which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this
-    case, the IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device
-    manager" can manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
-    <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case,
-    fixed IP-adress is not required.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
-    protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
-    the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
-    changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver
-    is the same as above.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The other protocols are:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer
-        which can be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for
-        example a printer connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may
-        also be used also by some ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the
-        same as ipp, but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.
-        The port has to be defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same
-        as ipp, but with TLS secured protocol.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which
-        can be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example
-        a printer connected to a station using LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer
-        connected to a station running Windows or a SMB server and
-        shared.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to
-    form the URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-    documentation.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Device Properties</title>
-
-    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access
-    to parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on
-    your system, but you can specify a different one with the
-    <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
-    another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific
-    parameters of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-    <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Troubleshoot</title>
-
-    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
-    inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
-    <guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Specifics</title>
-
-    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not
-    available in Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at
-    the <link ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link>
-    site to check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if
-    the package is already present in Mageia and in this case install it
-    manually. Then, redo the installation process to configure the printer. In
-    all cases, report the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are
-    comfortable with this tool and furnish the model and driver information
-    and whether the printer works or not after installation. Here are some
-    sources to find other up-to-date drivers or for more recent
-    devices.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
-    page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
-    for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
-
-    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration
-    utility.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
-    devices</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically
-    after the detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other
-    information <link ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.
-    The tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the
-    <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
-    for the management of the printer.</para>
-
-    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the
-    scanner features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface
-    doesn't allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).
-    In this case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save
-    the picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.
-    Afterwards, open your favourite imaging software and load your picture
-    from the memory card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link>
-    for the QPDL protocol.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-    search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the
-    "iscan-data" package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin
-    package can also be available and is to install. Choose the
-    <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture. </para>
-
-    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about
-    a conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be
-    ignored.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named
-    turboprint <link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here
-    </link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 14d00558..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="en">
-  <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-
-  <!-- Tproof  -->
-
-  <!-- -->
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Import Windows(TM) documents and
-    settings</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab
-  in the Mageia Control Center labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents
-  and settings</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and
-  settings from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000,
-  <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-  installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
-    immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with
-  some explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
-
-  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
-  <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
-  <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
-
-  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows
-  you to choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-  and Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user
-  account than yours own.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend
-    of transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> user account names with special
-    symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document
-    folders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
-    (especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
-    example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
-    <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
-    import purposes.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
-  <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-  to import documents:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
-  Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
-  Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
-  appropriate item in this window.</para>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
-  <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-  to import bookmarks:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
-  <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
-  <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the
-  <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-
-  <para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-  button.</para>
-
-  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press
-  the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 269b3c19..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/en/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="userdrake">
-  <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-
-  <!-- Tproof  -->
-
-  <!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-
-  <!-- -->
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Users and Groups</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab
-  in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Manage users on system"</para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups,
-  this means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group
-  settings (ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are
-  listed in the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
-  <guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for
-  the entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write
-  anything or nothing as well!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required
-  field.</para>
-
-  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
-  recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
-  password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
-  use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
-  shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength
-  improves.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to
-  ensure you entered what you intended to.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that
-  allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options
-  are Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>,
-  if checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
-  user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
-
-  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created
-  immediately after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the
-  specific group ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data
-  given for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
-  Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
-  accounts.</para>
-
-  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as
-  long as the account is locked.</para>
-
-  <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
-  expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
-  password periodically.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups
-  that the user is a member of.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will
-    not be effective until his/her next login.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the
-  group name.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the
-  users who are members of the group</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
-  ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
-  has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this
-  icon to refresh the display.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is
-  intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total
-  security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to
-  make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories
-  are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default,
-  to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest
-  account</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es.po b/docs/mcc-help/es.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c487d4f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11553 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Adolfo Jayme-Barrientos, 2014
-# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, 2014
-# Adolfo Jayme-Barrientos, 2014
-# Adolfo Jayme-Barrientos, 2014
-# Adolfo Jayme-Barrientos, 2014
-# Miguel Ortega, 2013,2015
-# Diego Bello <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013
-# Diego Bello <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013
-# Eduardo Vidal <evidal86@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014-2015
-# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Francisco Carrillo <fraescaya10@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Francisco Carrillo <fraescaya10@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Jose Manuel López <joselp@outlook.es>, 2013,2016-2017
-# Jose Manuel López <rocholc@hotmail.com>, 2013-2014
-# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
-# melissamorae <inactive+melissamorae@transifex.com>, 2014
-# melissamorae <inactive+melissamorae@transifex.com>, 2014
-# melissamorae <melimora14@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Miguel Ortega, 2013,2015
-# motitos, 2013,2015
-# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Jose Manuel López <inactive+rocholc@transifex.com>, 2013
-# tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014
-# tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2014
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-24 06:49+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jose Manuel López <joselp@outlook.es>\n"
-"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"es/)\n"
-"Language: es\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el "
-"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de "
-"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Introducción"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un "
-"protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para "
-"que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota "
-"tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con "
-"esta herramienta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Creando una nueva entrada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya "
-"configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo "
-"para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo "
-"de la nueva pantalla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con "
-"la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en "
-"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el "
-"<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es "
-"posible corregirla, si es necesario."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita "
-"otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el "
-"acceso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</"
-"guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de "
-"montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se "
-"le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/"
-"fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté "
-"disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola "
-"vez, no la guarde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Compartir sus particiones de disco"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite "
-"al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus "
-"subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden "
-"tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o  Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, "
-"etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle "
-"a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga "
-"click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para "
-"todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</"
-"guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en "
-"<guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si "
-"para otros.  En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus "
-"directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado "
-"automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le "
-"pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</"
-"guibutton>.  Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema "
-"operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye "
-"computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán "
-"inmediatamente, si fuera necesario."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción "
-"Personalizar.  En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake.  Esta "
-"herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios "
-"autorizados a compartir sus directorios.  En la solapa Usuario, haga click "
-"en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</"
-"guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos.  Marque el grupo y haga click en "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\">esta página</xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y "
-"reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir "
-"en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos "
-"estos tengan esa capacidad."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "es"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
-"declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora.  "
-"El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la "
-"mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix.  El directorio compartido estará "
-"disponible desde el arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos "
-"también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier "
-"administrador de archivos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Procedimiento"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista "
-"de servidores que comparten directorios."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para "
-"mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea "
-"acceder."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá "
-"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo.  "
-"También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, "
-"desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>.  Use el mismo botón para "
-"desmontarlo. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se "
-"mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/"
-"fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es "
-"accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de "
-"archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Grabadora CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en "
-"la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el "
-"nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lector-grabadores de CD/DVD y "
-"diskettes)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Su objetivo es definir la forma de montar su disco removible."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware "
-"y de las opciones de montaje elegidas.  Use el menú en la parte inferior "
-"para cambiarlas.  Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Punto de montaje"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/"
-"cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Opciones"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a "
-"través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>.  Las más importantes son:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta "
-"opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el "
-"único que puede desmontarlo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por Windows (SMB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
-"declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios "
-"de la computadora.  El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los "
-"sistemas Windows(TM).  El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el "
-"arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse "
-"directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los "
-"servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista "
-"de servidores que comparten directorios."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga click en el símbolo &gt; que aparece delante del nombre del servidor "
-"para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que "
-"desea acceder."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá "
-"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con "
-"<guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>.  También puede verificar y cambiar "
-"algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos "
-"con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB.  Después de montar el "
-"directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, "
-"aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones "
-"en /etc/fstab?\".  Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada "
-"arranque si la red está accesible.  El nuevo directorio será visible en su "
-"administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Efectos de escritorio 3D"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
-"administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se "
-"encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Comenzando"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado.  "
-"Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de "
-"poder iniciar drak3d. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir "
-"<guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
-"guilabel>.  Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición "
-"de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para "
-"su escritorio.  Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación "
-"limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes "
-"deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion.  Haga click en el "
-"botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que "
-"Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d.  Para que los cambios "
-"surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado.  Para "
-"configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig "
-"Settings Manager)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Solución de problemas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "No se puede ver el escritorio tras iniciar sesión"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el "
-"escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la "
-"pantalla de logueo.  Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y "
-"elija drak3d. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se "
-"le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente.  Caso contrario, use una "
-"cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado "
-"el problema."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Autenticación"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
-"modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta "
-"computadora en la red."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su "
-"computadora.  Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite "
-"y le da instrucciones para ello."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Establecer autologin para iniciar sesión automáticamente"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "acceso automático a drak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "acceso automatico drak.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar "
-"sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir "
-"ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea "
-"cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del "
-"Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión "
-"automático\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Los botones son bastante obvios:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</"
-"guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del "
-"inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es "
-"posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse "
-"ejecutando el comando  'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o "
-"bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el "
-"sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar "
-"automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es "
-"necesario. En este caso, también necesita  suministrar el <guilabel>nombre "
-"de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</"
-"guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Configurar el arranque"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Si está utilizando un sistema UEFI en lugar de BIOS, la interfaz de usuario "
-"es ligeramente diferente ya que el dispositivo de arranque es, obviamente, "
-"la partición del sistema EFI (ESP)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
-"configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una "
-"contraseña, el arranque por defecto, etc.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se encuentra bajo la etiqueta de arranque en el Centro de Control de Mageia "
-"como \"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo.  "
-"Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es "
-"posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub2 o "
-"Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una "
-"cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las "
-"mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de "
-"arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos "
-"que sea un usuario experto. En el dispositivo de arranque se encuentra el "
-"cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque de "
-"su equipo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"En un sistema UEFI, el gestor de arranque es <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> "
-"y se instala en la partición /boot/EFI. Esta partición formateada con FAT32 "
-"es común a todos los sistemas operativos instalados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, "
-"usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la "
-"imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, Grub "
-"o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, invitándolo "
-"a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque iniciará con "
-"el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire el lapso "
-"establecido anteriormente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"En la tercera y última parte, denominada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, "
-"es posible establecer una contraseña para el gestor de arranque. Esto "
-"significa que se le pedirá un nombre de usuario y una contraseña durante el "
-"arranque para seleccionar una entrada de inicio o cambiar la configuración. "
-"El nombre de usuario es \"root\" y la contraseña es la elegida aquí."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras "
-"opciones."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Activar ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la "
-"administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran "
-"en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica.  Marque esta casilla si su "
-"hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Activar SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para "
-"procesadores de varios núcleos. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador "
-"dual y activará SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado.  Hay dos "
-"componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/"
-"O.  Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses "
-"periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando "
-"su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores.  Algunas computadoras "
-"tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una "
-"incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje "
-"de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del "
-"sistema.  En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"La pantalla <guibutton>siguiente</guibutton> difiere según el cargador de "
-"inicio que haya elegido."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "Tiene Grub Legacy o Lilo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las "
-"opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto "
-"está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el "
-"elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los "
-"botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, "
-"aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del "
-"Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar "
-"familiarizado con Lilo o Grub."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el "
-"contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú.  Coincidirá con el comando "
-"\"title\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo: Mageia3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel.  "
-"Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde "
-"se encuentra almacenado el kernel.  Coincide con el comando \"root\" del "
-"Grub.  Por ejemplo (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el "
-"arranque."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta "
-"entrada por defecto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"En la pantalla extra llamada <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>, es posible "
-"elegir el \n"
-" <guilabel>modo de Vídeo</guilabel>, un fichero  <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"y un <guilabel>perfil de red</guilabel>, véase <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile"
-"\"/>, en los menús desplegables."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"Tiene Grub2 o Grub2-efi (cargadores de arranque utilizados por defecto "
-"respectivamente en modo Legacy y modo UEFI):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"En este caso, la lista desplegable denominada <guilabel>Predeterminado</"
-"guilabel> muestra todas las entradas disponibles; haga clic en el que desee "
-"como predeterminado."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Si tiene instalados otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intenta agregarlos al "
-"menú de inicio de Mageia. Si no desea este comportamiento, desmarque la "
-"casilla <guilabel> Sondear sistemas operativos extranjeros</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"En la pantalla adicional denominada <guilabel> Avanzado </guilabel>, es "
-"posible elegir el <guilabel> modo de video </guilabel>. Si no desea un "
-"inicio de Mageia, pero si cargarlo desde otro sistema operativo, marque la "
-"casilla <guilabel> No toque ESP o MBR </guilabel> y acepte la advertencia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"No instalar en ESP o MBR significa que la instalación no es arrancable a "
-"menos que se cargue desde otro sistema operativo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Para configurar muchos otros parámetros, puede utilizar la herramienta "
-"denominada <emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis>, disponible en los "
-"repositorios Mageia (ver más abajo)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Recolectar logs e información del sistema para reportes de bugs"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede "
-"iniciar desde la línea de comandos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo "
-"haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </"
-"emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer "
-"lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero "
-"las partes innecesarias."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Este comando recolecta la siguiente información de su sistema:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "particiones"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "versión de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando se escribió esta ayuda,  la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este "
-"comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a "
-"nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog"
-"\" haciendo  (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl."
-"txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por "
-"ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Herramienta de reportes de bug de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se "
-"inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin "
-"embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se "
-"le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las "
-"informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer "
-"eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </"
-"link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje "
-"de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese "
-"bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Fecha y hora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la "
-"pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>"
-"\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio "
-"también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha "
-"y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Es  una herramienta muy simple."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es  Septiembre "
-"(arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y "
-"es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas "
-"a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su "
-"número."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el "
-"reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque "
-"<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más "
-"cercano."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está "
-"activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 "
-"en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la "
-"hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del "
-"entorno de escritorio para eso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el "
-"botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la "
-"ciudad más cercana."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, "
-"estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de "
-"región."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Quitar una conexión"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego "
-"haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado "
-"correctamente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Configurar un una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
-"varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información "
-"de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el "
-"hardware y el proveedor que usted posee."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Una nueva conexión cableada (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un "
-"para configurar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o "
-"manualmente configurada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "IP automática"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si "
-"los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán "
-"especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la "
-"dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser  \n"
-"configurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado  \n"
-"aquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada.  El Hostname también puede ser "
-"provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción  <emphasis>Asignar Hostname "
-"desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta "
-"función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP "
-"desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "Cliente DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique el "
-"servidor NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP "
-"requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección "
-"IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para "
-"todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración manual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: necesita especificar que "
-"servidores DNS utilizar.El NOMBRE DE EQUIPO de la computadora puede "
-"especificarse aquí. Si no se especifica ninguno, el nombre "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye de forma predeterminada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Para una red residencial, la dirección IP usualmente luce cómo "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la máscara de subred "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, y la Puerta de Enlace y los servidores "
-"DNS están disponibles desde el sitio web de su proveedor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de "
-"dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si "
-"el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\"
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net"
-"\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este "
-"ajuste. Una vez más, el ADSL doméstico no necesitaría este ajuste."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Una nueva conexión satelital (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa "
-"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</"
-"link> Gracias por adelantado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Una nueva conexión por cable módem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Debe especificar un método de autenticación:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Ninguno"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que "
-"proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los "
-"servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma "
-"manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección "
-"IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador "
-"se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto. El nombre "
-"de host también puede ser proporcionada por el servidor DHCP con la opción "
-"<emphasis>Asignar nombre de host desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No todos "
-"los servidores DHCP tienen una función de este tipo y si está configurando "
-"su PC para obtener una dirección IP de un router ADSL doméstico, es poco "
-"probable."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los "
-"servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se "
-"especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> se atribuye por defecto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de "
-"dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si "
-"el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\"
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net"
-"\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este "
-"ajuste. Una vez más, la conexión doméstica no necesitaría este ajuste."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Una nueva conexión DSL"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar "
-"una y configurarla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su "
-"proveedor. Sin está en el listado, seleccione la opción <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> y luego ingrese las opciones que su proveedor le dió."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocolo de Configuración de Host Dinámico (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración manual TCP/IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Configuraciones de acceso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Contraseña de la cuenta"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de ruta virtual (VPI):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de circuito virtual (VCI):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Una nueva conexión ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Elección manual (tarjeta ISDN interna)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Módem ISDN externo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. "
-"Seleccione su tarjeta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocolo para el resto del mundo, excepto Europa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione "
-"su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción "
-"<guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas "
-"por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Nombre de conexión"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Número de teléfono"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "ID de ingreso (login)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Método de autenticación"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método "
-"automático o manual. En este ultimo caso, especifique la dirección IP y la "
-"máscara de Subred."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores "
-"DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la "
-"configuración manual, debe indicar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Nombre de dominio"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Servidores DNS primario y secundario"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta "
-"opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es "
-"obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, "
-"usted debe ingresar la dirección IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Una nueva conexión inalámbrica (WIFI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Una primer ventana muestra una lista de las interfaces que están disponibles "
-"y una entrada para controladores de Windows (ndiswrapper). Seleccione la que "
-"desea configurar. Sólo use ndiswrapper si los otros métodos de configuración "
-"no funcionar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la "
-"tarjeta ha detectado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Los parámetros específicos de la tarjeta inalámbrica deben brindar:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Modo de operación"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Administrado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Acceso a un punto de acceso existente (lo más frecuente)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Para configurar una conexión directa entre computadoras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Nombre de red (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "Este modo de encriptación es preferible si su hardware lo permite"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-"Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Contraseña de encriptado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Configuración de  IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los "
-"servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma "
-"manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección "
-"IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador "
-"se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre "
-"localhost.localdomain se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también "
-"puede ser proporcionado por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar "
-"nombre de host dede el servidor DHCP</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique los "
-"servidores NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Luego de aceptar la configuración es explicado el paso, que es común a todas "
-"las configuraciones de conexión:<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores "
-"DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica "
-"ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se "
-"atribuye por defecto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Para una red residencial, la dirección IP siempre es algo parecido a "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la Máscara de Red es "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> y la Puerta de Enlace y los Servidores "
-"DNS están disponibles en el Sitio Web de su proveedor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificar una <emphasis>Búsqueda de "
-"dominio</emphasis>. Es similar al nombre del host sin el nombre antes del "
-"punto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Una nueva conexión GPRS/Edge/3G"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y "
-"configurarla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "Se solicita el PIN. Dejar en blanco si no se requiere el PIN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"El asistente regunta por una red. Si no es detectada, seleccione la opción,"
-"<guilabel>No listada</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Especifique las configuraciones de acceso a red"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Nombre de punto de acceso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Una nueva conexión a Red por marcado de Bluetooth"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Una nueva conexión por Módem de teléfono analógico (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Elección manual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Hardware detectado, si existe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "La lista de puertos sugeridos, Seleccione el puerto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si todavía no está instalado, se sugerirá que instale el paquete "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su "
-"proveedor. Si no aparece, seleccione la opción \"No listados\", y luego "
-"entre en las opciones de su proveedor. Entonces se le preguntará por las "
-"opciones de acceso telefónico."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Nombre de la conexión</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Número telefónico</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>ID de usuario</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Clave</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Autenticación</emphasis>, elija entre:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Basado en script"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Basado en terminal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Fin de la configuración"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "En el siguiente paso, puede especificar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir a los usuarios administrar la conexión</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Iniciar la conexión al arrancar</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Activar las estadisticas del tráfico</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de "
-"Redes</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"En el caso de una conexión inalámbrica, aparecerá un cuadro suplementario, "
-"que le dará la posibilidad de cambiar automáticamente entre la conexión de "
-"red de acuerdo con la intensidad de la señal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Con el botón Avanzado puede especificar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Métrico (10 de manera predeterminada)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Enchufe en caliente de la red"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Habilitar túnel IPv6 a IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"El último paso le permite especificar si la conexión empieza de inmediato o "
-"no."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Abra una consola de administrador"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le da acceso a "
-"una consola que se abre directamente como root. No creemos que necesite más "
-"información al respecto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Administrar particiones de disco"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es muy potente, "
-"un pequeño error, o una pulsación de teclado erronea, puede conducir a la "
-"pérdida de todos los datos en una partición, o incluso borrar todo el disco "
-"duro. Por esta razón, usted verá la pantalla de arriba, en la parte superior "
-"de la herramienta. Haga click en \"Salir\", si no está seguro de que desea "
-"continuar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Si usted tiene más de un disco duro, puede cambiar el disco duro que desea "
-"trabajar seleccionando la pestaña correcta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted puede elegir entre muchas acciones para ajustar el disco duro a sus "
-"preferencias. Limpiar un disco duro entero, dividir o fusionar particiones, "
-"cambiar su tamaño o su sistema de ficheros, su formato o la visualización de "
-"lo que se encuentra en una partición: todo es posible. El "
-"<emphasis><guibutton> botón Borrar todos </guibutton></emphasis> en la parte "
-"inferior es para borrar el disco completo, el resto de botones se hacen "
-"visibles a la derecha después de hacer clic en una partición."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Si tiene un sistema UEFI, puede ver una pequeña partición llamada "
-"\"partición de sistema EFI\" y montada en / boot / EFI. Nunca lo elimine, ya "
-"que contiene los gestores de arranque de los todos los sistemas operativos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Si se monta la partición seleccionada, como en el siguiente ejemplo, no se "
-"puede optar por cambiar el tamaño, formato o eliminarlo. Primero la "
-"partición debe ser desmontada para poder hacer esto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "Solo se puede redimensionar una partición por su lado derecho"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Para cambiar el tipo de partición (modificar de ext3 a ext4 por ejemplo) "
-"tiene que borrar la partición y volver a crarlo con el nuevo tipo. El botón "
-"\"Crear\" aparece cuando se selecciona una parte vacía del disco."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "Usted puede escoger un punto de montaje, si no existe será creado."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccionando \"Cambiar a modo experto\", da algunas acciones adicionales "
-"disponibles, como el etiquetado de la partición, como se puede ver en la "
-"siguiente imagen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Configurar el administrador de pantalla"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede elegir qué "
-"administrador gráfico va a utilizar para acceder a su entorno de escritorio. "
-"Sólo se mostrarán los disponibles en su sistema."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"La mayoría de los usuarios solo notarán que las pantallas de inicio de "
-"sesión proporcionadas parecen diferentes. Sin embargo, también hay "
-"diferencias en las funciones compatibles. LXDM es un gestor de pantalla "
-"ligero, SDDM y GDM tienen más extras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Configure su cortafuegos personal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo "
-"la pestaña de Seguridad, en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetada como "
-"\"Configurar el servidor de seguridad personal\". Es la misma herramienta en "
-"la primera pestaña de \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema permisos y "
-"auditoría\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Un firewall básico se instala por defecto con Mageia. Todas las conexiones "
-"entrantes desde el exterior se bloquean si no están autorizadas. En la "
-"primera pantalla, puede seleccionar los servicios para los que se aceptan "
-"los intentos de conexión externos. Para su seguridad, desactive la primera "
-"casilla \"Todo (sin cortafuegos)\", a menos que desee desactivar el "
-"firewall, y solo comprobar los servicios necesarios."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Es posible introducir manualmente los números de puerto para abrir. Haga "
-"click en \"Avanzado\" y se abrirá una nueva ventana. En el campo \"Otros "
-"puertos\", introduzca los siguientes puertos necesarios, por ejemplo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : abre el puerto 80 del protocolo tcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : abre todos los puertos desde 24000 hasta 24010 del "
-"protocolo udp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Los puertos enlistados deben separarse con un espacio."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Si la casilla \"Los mensajes de registro de firewall en los registros del "
-"sistema\" está marcada, los mensajes del firewall se guardarán en los "
-"registros del sistema."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Si no aloja servicios específicos (servidor de web o correo, intercambio de "
-"archivos, ...) que es completamente posible  que no hay nada marcado, "
-"incluso se recomienda, no impedirá que se pueda conectar a Internet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"La siguiente pantalla muestra las opciones de Firewall Interactivo. Esto le "
-"advierte de los intentos de conexión si por lo menos la primera casilla "
-"\"Usar Firewall Interactivo\" está marcada. Marque la segunda casilla para "
-"ser avisado si los puertos son escaneados (con el fin de encontrar una falla "
-"en algún lugar y entrar en su máquina). Cada casilla del tercero, "
-"corresponde a un puerto que se abrió en las primeras dos pantallas; en la "
-"siguiente imagen, hay dos de estas casillas: servidor SSH y 80:150 / tcp. "
-"Márquelas para ser avisado cada vez que se intenta una conexión en esos "
-"puertos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Estas advertencias están dadas por los pop-ups de alerta a través del "
-"subprograma Red."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"En la última pantalla, elige qué interfaces de red están conectadas a "
-"Internet y deben ser protegidas. Una vez que se hace clic en el botón "
-"Aceptar, los paquetes necesarios se descargan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Si usted no sabe qué elegir, eche un vistazo en MCC ficha Red &amp; "
-"Internet, icono Configurar una nueva interfaz de red."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Administre, agregue y elimine fuentes. Importe fuentes de Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en "
-"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la ficha \"Sistema\". Se le permite "
-"administrar las fuentes disponibles en el equipo. La pantalla superior "
-"muestra:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "los nombres, estilos y tamaños de las fuente instaladas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "una previsualización del tipo de letra seleccionado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "algunos botones que se explican aquí más tarde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener Fuentes de Windows: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Este botón añade automáticamente los tipos de letra que se encuentren en la "
-"partición de Windows. Debe tener Microsoft Windows instalado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opciones:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Se le permite especificar las aplicaciones o dispositivos (impresoras en su "
-"mayoría) capaces de utilizar las fuentes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Desinstalar:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar "
-"algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede "
-"tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite agregar fuentes de un tercero (CD, internet, ...). Los formatos "
-"soportados son ttf, pfa, PFB, pcf, PFM y gsf. Haga clic en \"Importar\" y "
-"luego en \"Añadir\", aparecerá un administrador donde puede seleccionar los "
-"tipos de letra para instalar, haga clic en \"Instalar\" cuando haya "
-"terminado. Se instalarán en la carpeta /usr/share/fonts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Si las recién instaladas (o eliminadas) fuentes no aparecen en la pantalla "
-"principal drakfont, cierre y vuelva a abrir para ver las modificaciones."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Controles paternos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en "
-"el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña de Seguridad, con la etiqueta "
-"\"Control parental\". Si  no ve esta etiqueta, tendrá que instalar el "
-"paquete drakguard (no se instala por defecto)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Presentación"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard es una manera fácil de configurar controles parentales en el "
-"equipo para restringir quién puede hacer qué, y en qué momentos del día. "
-"Drakguard tiene tres capacidades útiles:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Se restringe el acceso web a los usuarios con nombre para ajustar el reloj. "
-"Lo hace mediante el uso de shorewall, el firewall integrado en Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Bloquea la ejecución de comandos particulares de usuarios nombrados por lo "
-"que estos usuarios sólo puede ejecutar lo que acepta que ejecuten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Asimismo, se restringe el acceso a sitios web, ambos definidos manualmente a "
-"través de listas negras / listas blancas, sino también dinámicamente "
-"basándose en el contenido de la página web. Para lograr esto Drakguard "
-"utiliza el código abierto líder en el control parental bloqueador "
-"DansGuardian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Configurar Controles parentales"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Si su equipo contiene particiones del disco duro que están formateados en "
-"Ext2, Ext3, o formato ReiserFS usted verá una ventana emergente que ofrece "
-"para configurar las ACL en sus particiones. ACL es sinónimo de listas de "
-"control de acceso, y es una característica del kernel de Linux que permite "
-"el acceso a archivos individuales que se restringe a los usuarios con "
-"nombre. ACL está integrado en los sistemas de archivos Ext4 y Btrfs, pero "
-"debe ser habilitada por una opción en particiones ext2, ext3 o reiserfs. Si "
-"selecciona \"Sí\" a esta solicitud drakguard configurará todas las "
-"particiones para apoyar ACL, y entonces te sugiere reiniciar el sistema."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"\"Activar control parental\". Si se marca, el control parental está activado "
-"y el acceso a \"Bloqueo de programas\" se abre."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"\"Bloquear todo el tráfico de red\": Si se selecciona, todos los sitios web "
-"son bloqueados, excepto los de la ficha de la lista blanca. De lo contrario, "
-"todos los sitios web están permitidos, a excepto los de la pestaña \"lista "
-"negra\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"Acceso de ususario: Los usuarios de la izquierda tendrán su acceso "
-"restringido de acuerdo a las reglas que defina. Los usuarios de la derecha "
-"tienen acceso sin restricciones para que los usuarios adultos del equipo no "
-"se desconcierten. Seleccione un usuario en el lado izquierdo y haga clic en "
-"\"Añadir\" para añadir a usuarios permitidos. Seleccione un usuario en el "
-"lado derecho y haga clic en \"Eliminar\" para retirarlo de usuarios "
-"permitidos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"Control de tiempo: Si se selecciona, se permite el acceso a internet con "
-"restricciones entre el tiempo de inicio y apagado del equipo. Estará "
-"totalmente bloqueado fuera de este intervalo de tiempo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Pestaña Lista negra/Lista blanca "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Introduzca la URL del sitio web en el primer campo en la parte superior y "
-"haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Pestaña bloqueo de Programas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"\"Aplicaciones bloqueadas\": Permite el uso de ACL para restringir el acceso "
-"a las aplicaciones específicas. Introduzca la ruta de acceso a las "
-"aplicaciones que desee bloquear."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"\"Lista desbloqueo usuarios\": los usuarios que aparecen en el lado derecho, "
-"no estarán sujetos a bloqueo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Compartir la conexión a Internet con otras máquinas locales"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Principios"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Esto es útil cuando usted tiene "
-"un equipo (3), que tiene acceso a internet (2) y está conectado a una red "
-"local (1). Puede usar el equipo (3) como una puerta de entrada para dar "
-"acceso a otras estaciones de trabajo (5) y (6) en la red local (1). Para "
-"ello, la puerta de enlace debe tener dos interfaces; la primera tal como una "
-"tarjeta Ethernet debe estar conectada a la red local, y la segunda (4) "
-"conectada a internet (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"El primer paso es verificar que la red y el acceso a internet se crean, como "
-"se documenta en <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>.."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Asistente de puerta de enlace"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr "El asistente ofrece sucesivos pasos que se muestran a continuación:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Si el asistente no detecta al menos dos interfaces, advierte acerca de esto "
-"y pide que deje la red y configure el hardware."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar la interfaz que se utiliza para la conexión a Internet. El "
-"asistente automáticamente sugiere una de las interfaces, pero usted debe "
-"verificar que la que se propone es la correcta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar qué interfaz se utiliza para acceder a la Lan. El asistente "
-"también propone uno, asegúrese de que esto es correcto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"El asistente propone parámetros para la red Lan, como la dirección IP, la "
-"máscara y el nombre de dominio. Compruebe que estos parámetros son "
-"compatibles con la configuración real. Se recomienda aceptar estos valores."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar si el equipo va a ser usado como un servidor DNS. En caso "
-"afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"bind\" está instalado. De lo "
-"contrario, tiene que especificar la dirección de un servidor DNS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar si el equipo se va a utilizar com un servidor DHCP. En caso "
-"afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"dhcp-server\" se instala y se "
-"ofrecerá a configurarlo, con direcciones de inicio y final en el rango DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar si el equipo es para ser utilizado como un servidor proxy. En "
-"caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que <code>squid</code> se instala y "
-"se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con la dirección del administrador "
-"(admin@mydomain.com), nombre del representante (myfirewall@mydomaincom), el "
-"puerto (3128) y el tamaño de la caché (100 Mb)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"El último paso le permite comprobar si la puerta de enlace está conectado a "
-"impresoras y para compartirlos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted será advertido de la necesidad de comprobar el firewall si está activo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Configure el cliente"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Si ha configurado la puerta de enlace con DHCP, sólo es necesario "
-"especificar en la herramienta de configuración de red que se obtiene una "
-"dirección de forma automática (mediante DHCP). Los parámetros se obtendrán "
-"cuando se conecta a la red. Este método es válido sea cual sea el sistema "
-"operativo que utiliza el cliente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Si debe especificar manualmente los parámetros de red, debe, en particular, "
-"especificar la puerta de enlace mediante la introducción de la dirección IP "
-"de la máquina que actúa como puerta de enlace."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Detener la conexión compartida"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Si desea dejar de compartir la conexión en el equipo de Mageia, inicie la "
-"herramienta. Ofrecerá configurar la conexión o detener el uso compartido."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Definiciones para los anfitriones"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Si algunos sistemas de la red a la que otorgan los servicios, y tienen "
-"fijadas las direcciones IP, esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/> permite especificar un nombre para acceder a ellos más "
-"fácilmente. A continuación, puede utilizar ese nombre en lugar de la "
-"dirección IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Con este botón, se agrega el nombre de un nuevo sistema. Obtendrá una "
-"ventana para especificar la dirección IP, el nombre de host para el sistema, "
-"y, opcionalmente, un alias que se puede utilizar de la misma manera que el "
-"nombre."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted puede acceder a los parámetros de una entrada previamente definida. "
-"Usted recibe la misma ventana."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Configuración avanzada para las interfaces de red y corta fuegos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa "
-"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</"
-"link> Gracias por adelantado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Centro de Redes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la "
-"pestaña Red &amp; Internet en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la "
-"etiqueta \"Centro de redes\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando se pone en marcha esta herramienta, se abre una ventana que lista "
-"todas las redes configuradas en el equipo, cualquiera que sea su tipo (por "
-"cable, radio, satélite, etc.). Al hacer clic en uno de ellos, aparecen tres "
-"o cuatro botones, dependiendo del tipo de red, para que pueda cuidar de la "
-"red, cambiar su configuración o conectar/desconectar. Esta herramienta no "
-"está destinada a crear una red, para esto vea <guilabel>Configurar una nueva "
-"interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> en la misma pestaña MCC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"En la pantalla de abajo, dada como ejemplo, podemos ver dos redes, la "
-"primera está cableada y conectada, reconocible por este icono<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (éste no está conectado <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) y la segunda sección muestra las "
-"redes inalámbricas, que no están conectados reconocible por este icono "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> y éste <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> si está conectado. Para los otros tipos de "
-"red, el código de color es siempre la misma, verde si está conectado y rojo "
-"si no está conectado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"En la parte inalámbrica de la pantalla, también puede ver todas las redes "
-"detectadas, con el <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Intensidad de la "
-"señal</guilabel>, si están encriptados (en rojo) o no (en verde), y el "
-"<guilabel>Modo de funcionamiento</guilabel>. Haga clic en el elegido y luego "
-"en <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> o "
-"<guibutton>Conectar</guibutton>. Es posible aquí pasar de una red a otra. Si "
-"se selecciona una red privada, la ventana Configuración de red (véase más "
-"adelante) se abrirá y le pedirá ajustes adicionales (una clave de cifrado en "
-"particular)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Click en <guibutton>Refrescar</guibutton> para actualizar la pantalla."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "El botón de Monitor"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Este botón le permite ver la actividad de la red, descargas (hacia el PC, en "
-"rojo) y la carga (hacia el Internet, en verde). En la misma pantalla se "
-"encuentra disponible haciendo clic derecho sobre el <guimenu>icono de "
-"Internet en la bandeja del sistema -> Monitor de red</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Hay una ficha para cada red (aquí eth0 es la red cableada, lo del bucle de "
-"retorno local y wlan0 la red inalámbrica) y una conexión de pestaña que da "
-"detalles sobre el estado de conexión."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"En la parte inferior de la ventana esta el título <guilabel>Detalles de "
-"tráfico</guilabel>, que vamos a discutir en la próxima sección."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "El botón de configuración"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Es posible cambiar todos los ajustes dados durante la creación de la red. La "
-"mayoría de las veces, marque el botón <guibutton>IP automática</guibutton> "
-"para hacer <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>,  pero en el caso de "
-"problemas, los ajustes manuales pueden dar mejores resultados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Para una red residencial, la <guilabel>dirección IP</guilabel> siempre se ve "
-"como 192.168.0.x, la <guilabel>Máscara de red</guilabel> es 255.255.255.0, y "
-"la <guilabel>Puerta de enlace</guilabel> y los <guilabel>servidores DNS</"
-"guilabel> están disponibles en la página web de tus proveedores."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Habilitar las estadisticas del tráfico</guibutton> si marca esta "
-"contará el tráfico en una hora, día o mes. Los resultados son visibles en el "
-"monitor de red detalla en el apartado anterior. Una vez activado, puede que "
-"tenga que volver a conectarse a la red."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el "
-"Administrador de Redes</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Para una red inalámbrica</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Se explican sólo los artículos no vistos ya anteriormente."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de funcionamiento:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione <guilabel>Gestionado</guilabel> si la conexión es a través de un "
-"punto de acceso, hay una <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. "
-"Seleccione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> si es una red punto a punto. "
-"Seleccione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Maestro</emphasis> si su tarjeta de red "
-"se utiliza como punto de acceso, la tarjeta de red debe ser compatible con "
-"este modo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de encriptación y clave de cifrado:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Si se trata de una red privada, necesita saber estos ajustes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utiliza una contraseña y es más débil que WPA que "
-"utiliza una frase de contraseña. <guilabel>Clave WPA Pre-Comparida</"
-"guilabel> también se llama WPA personal o WPA hogar. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</"
-"guilabel> no se utiliza a menudo en redes privadas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir punto de acceso a la itinerancia</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Roaming es una tecnología que permite permite computadora para cambiar su "
-"punto de acceso mientras permanece conectado a la red."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "El botón de Configuraciones avanzadas"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Administrar los diferentes perfiles de red"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Prerequisitos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando el<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> asistente se lanza por "
-"primera vez, se puede mostrar el siguiente mensaje:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de completar la instalación, aparece una ventana con una lista vacía."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Ventana principal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Se muestra una lista de los directorios que son compartidos. En este paso, "
-"la lista está vacía. El botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> da acceso a una "
-"herramienta de configuración."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Modificar entrada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"La herramienta de configuración se denomina \"Modificar los datos\". Puede  "
-"también ponerse en marcha con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Los "
-"siguientes parámetros están disponibles."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Directorio NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí puede especificar qué directorio se va a compartir. El botón "
-"<guibutton>Directorio</guibutton> da acceso a un navegador para "
-"seleccionarlo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Acceso de host"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí puede especificar los hosts que están autorizados para acceder al "
-"directorio compartido."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "Los clientes NFS se pueden especificar de varias maneras:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>host único</emphasis>: un anfitrión, ya sea por un nombre "
-"abreviado reconocido es el resolver, el nombre de dominio completo o una "
-"dirección IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: grupos NIS se pueden dar como @group."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>comodines</emphasis>: nombres de las máquinas pueden contener los "
-"caracteres comodín * y ?. Por ejemplo: *.cs.foo.edu todos los hosts del "
-"dominio cs.foo.edu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Redes IP</emphasis>: también puede exportar los directorios a "
-"todos los hosts de una (sub)red IP simultáneamente. Por ejemplo, ya sea "
-"`/255.255.252.0' o `/22' adjunto a la dirección base de la red."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Mapeo de ID de usuario"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Mapear usuario root como anónimo</emphasis>: redirigir las "
-"peticiones de uid/gid 0 al uid/gid anónimo (root_squash). El usuario "
-"administrador del sistema del cliente no será capaz de leer archivos o "
-"escribir en archivos en el servidor que han sido creados por el "
-"administrador del servidor o el propio servidor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>permitir el acceso remoto real a root</emphasis>: desactivar  la "
-"supresión de root. Esta opción se utiliza principalmente para clientes sin "
-"disco (no_root_squash)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>todos los usuarios asociados con usuario anónimo</emphasis>: "
-"convierte toda UID/GID en usuario anónimo (all_squash). Útil para NFS-"
-"exportado de directorios FTP públicos, directorio noticias, etc. La opción "
-"contraria es (no_all_squash), que se aplica por defecto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid y anongid</emphasis>: establecer explícitamente el uid y "
-"gid de la cuenta anónima."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Opciones avanzadas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las "
-"solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED "
-"(1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo "
-"de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera "
-"predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de "
-"archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar "
-"el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho "
-"por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de "
-"disco)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que "
-"puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir "
-"la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Entradas de menú"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Hasta ahora, la lista tiene al menos una entrada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Archivo|Escribir conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Guardar la configuración actual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS Servidor|Reiniciar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración "
-"actuales."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS Servidor|Recargar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración "
-"actuales."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede utilizar "
-"esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> para configurarlo. "
-"El administrador de red le dará la información que necesita. También puede "
-"especificar algunos servicios que se puede acceder sin el proxy por "
-"excepción."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"De Wikipedia, el 2012-09-24, artículo servidor Proxy: En las redes de "
-"computadoras, un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una "
-"aplicación) que actúa como intermediario en las peticiones de los clientes "
-"en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor "
-"proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página "
-"web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente. El servidor proxy "
-"evalúa la solicitud como una manera de simplificar y controlar su "
-"complejidad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Configurar repositorios"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Lo primero que debe hacer después de una instalación es añadir fuentes de "
-"software (también conocido como repositorios, medios, espejos). Eso "
-"significa que usted debe seleccionar las fuentes de los medios que se "
-"utilizarán para instalar y actualizar los paquetes y aplicaciones. (consulte "
-"el botón Agregar de abajo)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Si instala (o actualiza) Mageia utilizando un medio óptico (CD o DVD) o un "
-"dispositivo USB, habrá una fuente del software configurado para los medios "
-"ópticos utilizados. Para evitar que le solicite que inserte los medios al "
-"instalar nuevos paquetes, debe deshabilitar (o eliminar) este medio. "
-"(Contará con el tipo de medio CD-Rom)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Su sistema se está ejecutando bajo una arquitectura que puede ser de 32 bits "
-"(llamado i586) o 64 bits (llamado x86_64). Algunos paquetes son "
-"independientes de si el sistema es de 32 bits o 64 bits; éstos se llaman "
-"paquetes noarch. Ellos no tienen sus propios directorios noarch en los "
-"espejos, pero están todos en tanto el i586 y x86_64 los medios de "
-"comunicación."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la "
-"etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Administración de software.</"
-"emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Las columnas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Columna Activar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga "
-"cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema "
-"no funcione."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Columna Actualizar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Los medios seleccionados que serán utilizados para actualizar los paquetes "
-"deben estar habilitados. Sólo los medios con \"Update\" en su nombre deben "
-"ser seleccionados. Por razones de seguridad, esta columna no es modificable "
-"en esta herramienta, debe abrir una consola como root y teclear <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Columna de de Medios:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Muestra el nombre del medio. Repositorios oficiales de Mageia de versiones "
-"finales contienen al menos:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> que contiene la mayoría de los "
-"programas disponibles compatibles con Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> que contiene algunos programas "
-"que no son libres"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software libre el cual no puede "
-"reivindicarse en algunos países debido a patentes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en "
-"que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> los paquetes actualizados desde "
-"el lanzamiento por razones de seguridad o de errores. Todo el mundo debería "
-"tener este medio habilitado, incluso con una conexión a Internet muy lenta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> algunos paquetes de nuevas "
-"versiones de backports Caldero (la próxima versión en fase de desarrollo)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> que se utiliza para las pruebas "
-"temporales de nuevas actualizaciones, para permitir que los reporteros de "
-"errores y el equipo de control de calidad para validar las correcciones."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Los botones a la derecha"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Eliminar:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena "
-"idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por "
-"ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core "
-"oficial del lanzamiento. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para "
-"descargar y proxy)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Añadir:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Añadir los repositorios oficiales disponibles en Internet. Estos "
-"repositorios contienen software que es seguro y está bien probado. Al hacer "
-"clic en el botón \"Añadir\" añade servidores réplica de la configuración, "
-"que está diseñado para asegurarse de que instale y actualizace desde una "
-"réplica cercana a usted. Si prefiere elegir un espejo específico, a "
-"continuación, agreguer eligiendo \"Agregar un espejo específico\" en el menú "
-"desplegable \"Archivo\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Cambiar el orden de la lista. Cuando drakrpm busca un paquete, se lee la "
-"lista en el orden que se muestra y se instalará el primer paquete "
-"determinado para el mismo número de versión - en caso de un conflicto de "
-"versiones, se instalará la última versión. Así que si es posible, poner los "
-"repositorios más rápidos en la parte superior."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "El menú"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Se abrirá una ventana con la lista de medios. Seleccione los que desee "
-"actualizar y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Supongamos que usted no está satisfecho con el espejo real, porque por "
-"ejemplo de que sea demasiado lento o a menudo no está disponible, puede "
-"elegir otro espejo. Seleccionar todos los medios de comunicación actuales y "
-"haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para llevarlos a cabo. Haga "
-"clic en <guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico medios</guimenu>, "
-"elegir entre sólo actualización o el conjunto completo (si no sabes, elija "
-"el botón <guibutton>Sistema completo de fuentes</guibutton>) y aceptar el "
-"contacto haciendo clic en <guibutton>Sí</guibutton>. Se abre esta ventana:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puedes ver, a la izquierda, una lista de países, elige el tuyo o uno muy "
-"cercano haciendo clic en el símbolo >, este mostrará todos los espejos "
-"disponibles en ese país. Seleccione uno y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un medio personalizado:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Es posible instalar un nuevo medio (de un tercero, por ejemplo) que no sea "
-"compatible con Mageia. Aparecerá una nueva ventana:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione el tipo de medio, "
-"encontrar un nombre inteligente que bien definen el medio y dar el URL (o la "
-"ruta de acceso, de acuerdo con el tipo de medio)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Opciones globales:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Este elemento le permite elegir cuándo \"Verificar RPMs para ser instalados"
-"\" (siempre o nunca), el programa de descarga (curl, wget o aria2) y definir "
-"la política de descarga para obtener información acerca de los paquetes (en "
-"la demanda -por defecto-, actualizar sólo, siempre o nunca)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Administrar claves:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Para garantizar un alto nivel de seguridad, llaves digitales se utilizan "
-"para autenticar los medios. Es posible para cada medio debe permitir o no "
-"una clave. En la ventana que aparece, seleccione un medio y luego haga clic "
-"en <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> para permitir una nueva clave o para "
-"seleccionar una clave y haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para "
-"rechazar esa tecla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Haga esto con cuidado, al igual que con todas las cuestiones relacionadas "
-"con la seguridad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede "
-"configurarlo aquí. Sólo tiene que dar el <guibutton>nombre de host proxy</"
-"guibutton> y si es necesario un <guilabel>Nombre de usuario</guilabel> y "
-"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de los medios de "
-"comunicación, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Software_management\">la página Wiki de Mageia </link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir "
-"recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite "
-"configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. "
-"Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con "
-"este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Preparación"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"Para acceder desde otras estaciones de trabajo, el servidor tiene que tener "
-"una dirección IP fija. Esto se puede especificar directamente en el "
-"servidor, por ejemplo, con <xref linkend = \"draknetcenter\" />, o en el "
-"servidor DHCP que identifica la estación con su dirección MAC y darle "
-"siempre la misma dirección. El servidor de seguridad también tiene que "
-"permitir que las solicitudes entrantes al servidor Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Asistente - servidor Autónomo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"En la primera ejecución, las herramientas <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/> comprueban si los paquetes necesarios están instalados y proponen "
-"instalarlos si aún no están presentes. A continuación,  se inicia el "
-"asistente para configurarel servidor Samba."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone "
-"está seleccionada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"A continuación, especifique el nombre del grupo de trabajo. Este nombre debe "
-"ser el mismo para el acceso a los recursos compartidos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-"El nombre de NetBIOS es el nombre que se utilizará para designar el servidor "
-"en la red."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Elija el nivel de seguridad:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>usuario</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al "
-"recurso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>compartir</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder "
-"al recurso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede especificar qué máquinas tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos, "
-"con la dirección IP o nombre de host."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este "
-"servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"El lugar donde Samba puede registrar información se puede especificar en el "
-"siguiente paso."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"El asistente muestra una lista de los parámetros elegidos antes de aceptar "
-"la configuración. Cuando se acepta, la configuración será escrita en <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Asistente - Controlador de dominio primario"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Si se selecciona la opción "
-"\"controlador de dominio primario\", el asistente le pide indique si Wins es "
-"para apoyar o no, y para proporcionar los nombres de usuarios de "
-"administrador. Los siguientes pasos son entonces los mismos que para "
-"servidor independiente, a menos que usted elija también el modo de seguridad:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las "
-"cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. "
-"El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores "
-"(de seguridad) del dominio."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Declare un directorio a compartir"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Con el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>, obtenemos:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Por tanto, se añade una nueva entrada. Puede ser modificada con el botón "
-"<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Las opciones pueden ser editadas, por "
-"ejemplo, si el directorio es visible para el público, de escritura o "
-"navegable. El nombre del recurso compartido no se puede modificar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando la lista tiene al menos una entrada, se pueden utilizar las entradas "
-"de menú."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Guardar la configuración actual en <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Servidor de Samba|Configurar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "Se puede ejecutar el asistente de nuevo con esta orden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba servidor|Reiniciar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba Servidor|Recargar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Compartir impresora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba tambien le permite compartir impresoras"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Usuarios de Samba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pestaña, puede agregar usuarios que tienen permiso para acceder a "
-"los recursos compartidos cuando se requiere autenticación. Usted puede "
-"agregar usuarios de <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type="
-"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Configurar autenticación para las herramientas de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en "
-"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold"
-"\">Seguridad</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite dar a los usuarios habituales los derechos necesarios para realizar "
-"las tareas normalmente realizadas por el administrador."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr "Haga clic en la pequeña flecha antes del elemento que desea desplegar:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"La mayoría de las herramientas disponibles en el Centro de Control de Mageia "
-"se muestran en la parte izquierda de la ventana (ver la imagen de arriba) y "
-"para cada herramienta, una lista desplegable en la parte derecha abajo da la "
-"posibilidad de elegir entre:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Por defecto: El modo de puesta en marcha depende del nivel de seguridad "
-"elegido. Ver en la misma pestaña MCC, la función \"Configurar la seguridad "
-"del sistema, permisos y auditoría\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la "
-"herramienta se ejecute"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Contraseña de administrador: La contraseña de root se pregunta antes de la "
-"puesta en marcha de herramientas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Sin contraseña: La herramienta se ejecuta sin pedir contraseña."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Instantáneas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponible "
-"en la pestaña <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> de MCC, en la sección "
-"<guilabel>Herramientas de administración</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Al iniciar esta herramienta en MCC, por primera vez, verá un mensaje acerca "
-"de la instalación draksnapshot. Haga clic en <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> "
-"para continuar. Draksnapshot y algunos otros paquetes que necesita serán "
-"instalados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga clic de nuevo en <guilabel>Instantáneas</guilabel>, verá la pantalla "
-"<guilabel>Configuración</guilabel>. Habilite <guilabel>Activar copias de "
-"seguridad</guilabel> y, si desea hacer copia de seguridad de todo el "
-"sistema, <guilabel>Copia de seguridad de todo el sistema</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Si sólo quiere una copia de seguridad de parte de sus directorios, a "
-"continuación, seleccione <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>. Usted verá una "
-"pequeña pantalla emergente. Utilice los botones <guibutton>Añadir</"
-"guibutton> y <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> junto a <guilabel>la lista de "
-"copia de seguridad</guilabel> para incluir o excluir directorios y archivos "
-"de la copia de seguridad. Utilice los mismos botones junto a la lista "
-"<guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para eliminar los subdirectorios y/o archivos "
-"de los directorios seleccionados, que <emphasis role = \"bold\">no</"
-"emphasis> deben ser incluidos en la copia de seguridad. Haga clic en "
-"<guibutton>Cerrar</guibutton> cuando haya terminado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ahora, especifique el directorio en el que <guilabel>Guardar una copia de "
-"seguridad</guilabel>, o seleccione el botón <guibutton>Examinar</guibutton> "
-"para especificar el directorio correcto. Cualquier llave USB o HD externo "
-"montado se puede encontrar en <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "Click en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton> para hacer la captura."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración de sonido"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en "
-"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold"
-"\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound se ocupa de la configuración de sonido, las opciones de PulseAudio "
-"y la solución de problemas. Le ayudará si experimenta problemas de sonido o "
-"si cambia la tarjeta de sonido."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> es un servidor de sonido. Recibe todas las "
-"entradas de sonido, los mezcla en función de las preferencias del usuario y "
-"envía el sonido resultante a la salida. Consulte <guimenu>Menú -> Sonido y "
-"Video -> PulseAudio control de volumen</guimenu> para ajustar estas "
-"preferencias."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo "
-"activado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos "
-"programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"El botón <guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> le ayuda a solucionar "
-"cualquier problema que pueda tener. Le resultará útil intentar esto antes de "
-"pedir ayuda a la comunidad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> muestra una nueva ventana con un "
-"botón obvio."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Configurar una UPS para monitoreo de energía"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Configurar una conexión VPN para acceso seguro a redes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite "
-"configurar un acceso seguro a una red remota,  se establece un túnel entre "
-"la estación de trabajo local y la red remota. Discutimos aquí sólo de la "
-"configuración en el lado de estación de trabajo. Suponemos que la red remota "
-"ya está en funcionamiento, y que tiene la información de conexión del "
-"administrador de red, como un archivo de configuración .pcf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"En primer lugar, seleccione Cisco VPN concentrador o OpenVPN, dependiendo de "
-"qué protocolo se utiliza para su red privada virtual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "De un nombre a la conexión."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "La siguiente pantalla, provee los detalles para su conexión VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Para las VPN de Cisco"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera "
-"vez que se utilice."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione los archivos que "
-"recibió del administrador de red."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Parámetros avanzados:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "La siguiente pantalla le pide la dirección ip del gateway."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la "
-"conexión VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una "
-"conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse "
-"siempre a esta VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Configurar servidor web"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a "
-"configurar un servidor web."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "¿Qué es un servidor web?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Servidor Web es el software que ayuda a entregar el contenido web que se "
-"puede acceder a través de Internet. (De Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Configuración de un servidor web con drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de servidor web."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en "
-"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Seleccionando servidor exposicion: Red Local y/o Mundial"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Exponer el servidor web a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para "
-"cosas malas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Módulo de usuario de servidor"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Permite a los usuarios crear sus propios sitios."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Nombre de la carpeta web del usuario"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"El usuario necesita para crear y llenar este directorio, el servidor lo "
-"mostrará."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Server Document Root"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de "
-"servidores web."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Resumen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en "
-"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Finalizar"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "¡Ya está! Haga clic en <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Configurar DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Configurar DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta se rompe en Mageia 4 debido a nuevo esquema de nomenclatura "
-"para las interfaces Red"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a "
-"configurar un servidor <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Es un componente de "
-"drakwizard que debería estar instalado antes de poder acceder a él."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "¿Qué es DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"El Protocolo de configuración dinámica de host (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) es "
-"un protocolo de red estándar utilizado en redes IP que configura "
-"dinámicamente direcciones IP y otra información que se necesita para la "
-"comunicación por Internet. (De Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Configuración de un servidor DHCP con drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de servidor DHCP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Selección de Adaptador"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione la interfaz de red, que está conectado a la subred, y para el que "
-"DHCP asignará direcciones IP y haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Seleccione el rango IP"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione el principio y final IP del rango de direcciones IP que desea que "
-"el servidor ofrezca, junto con la IP de la puerta de enlace que conecta a "
-"algún lugar fuera de la red local, ojalá cerca de la Internet, a "
-"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Espere..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Esto se puede solucionar. Haga clic en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> un "
-"par de veces y cambie las cosas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Horas más tarde..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Qué se hace"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Instalando el paquete servidor-dhcp si es necesario;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Guardando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> en <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Creando un nuevo <code>dhcpd.conf</code> a partir de <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos "
-"parámetros:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "red"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>máscara</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>puerta de enlace</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"También modificando el archivo de configuración de Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/"
-"dhcpd/config</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Reiniciando <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Configurar la hora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> propósito es "
-"establecer el momento que su servidor sincroniza con un servidor externo. No "
-"está instalado por defecto y usted tiene que instalar también los paquetes "
-"drakwizard y drakwizard-base."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Configuración de un servidor NTP con drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de una pantalla de bienvenida (véase más arriba), la segunda le pide "
-"que elija tres servidores de tiempo en las listas desplegables y sugiere "
-"utilizar pool.ntp.org dos veces porque este servidor siempre apunta a los "
-"servidores de tiempo disponibles."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Las siguientes pantallas permite elegir la región y la ciudad y luego, se "
-"llega a un resumen. Si algo está mal, es obvio que puede cambiar con el "
-"botón <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Si todo es correcto, haga clic en el "
-"botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar con la prueba. Se "
-"puede tomar un tiempo y finalmente obtener esta pantalla de abajo:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Esta herramienta ejecuta los siguientes pasos:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Instalando el paquete <code>ntp</code> si es necesario"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Guardar los archivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> en <code>/etc/"
-"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> y <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> en <code>/"
-"etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Escribiendo un nuevo archivo <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> con la lista "
-"de servidores;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Modificación del archivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> insertando el nombre del "
-"servidor;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Deteniendo e iniciando servicios <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> y "
-"<code>ntpd</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como "
-"referencia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Configurar FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a "
-"configurar un servidor <acronym>FTP</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "¿Qué es <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Protocolo de transferencia de archivos (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) es un "
-"protocolo de red estándar que se utiliza para transferir archivos de un host "
-"a otro host a través de una  red basada en <acronym>TCP</acronym>, como "
-"Internet. (De Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Configurando un servidor FTP con drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de FTP. Abróchate el cinturón."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Exponer el servidor FTP a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para "
-"cosas malas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Información del Servidor"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Introduzca el nombre con el que el servidor se identificará, dirección de "
-"correo electrónico para quejas y si se debe permitir el acceso de inicio de "
-"sesión a root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Opciones del Servidor"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Establecer puerto de escucha, usuario enjaulado, hojas de permisos y/o "
-"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Configurar proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a "
-"configurar un servidor proxy. Es un componente de drakwizard que debería ser "
-"instalado antes de poder acceder a él."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "¿Qué es un servidor proxy?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) "
-"que actúa como intermediario para solicitudes de clientes en busca de "
-"recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, "
-"solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u "
-"otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente y el servidor proxy evalúa "
-"la solicitud como una forma de simplificar y controlar su complejidad. (De "
-"Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Configurar un servidor proxy con drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de configuración de servidor proxy."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Seleccionando el puerto proxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione el puerto proxy a través del que se conectarán los navegadores, a "
-"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Establecer uso de memoria y disco"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Establezca límites de memoria y caché de disco, haga clic en "
-"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Seleccione Control de Acceso a Redes"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Establecer visibilidad a la red local o mundial, a continuación, en "
-"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Otorgar acceso a la red"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón "
-"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "¿Usar un proxy de nivel superior?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"En cascada a través de un servidor proxy? Si es no, pase al siguiente paso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "URL y puerto del proxy de nivel superior"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Proporcionar el nombre de host proxy y el puerto de nivel superior, a "
-"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "¿Iniciar durante el arranque del sistema?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Elija si el servidor proxy debe iniciarse durante el arranque y, a "
-"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Instalando el paquete squid si es necesario;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Guardar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> en <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Creación de un nuevo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr "<code>nivel</code> 1, 2 o 3 y <code>http_access</code> según el nivel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Reiniciando <code>squid.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración del demonio OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a "
-"configurar un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "¿Qué es <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) es un protocolo de red de cifrado para la comunicación "
-"segura de datos, línea de comandos de inicio de sesión a distancia, "
-"ejecución remota de comandos, y otros servicios de red seguras entre dos "
-"equipos en red que conecta, a través de un canal seguro a través de una red "
-"insegura, un servidor y un cliente (que se ejecuta el servidor SSH y "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> programas cliente, respectivamente). (De Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Configuración de un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym> con sshd drakwizard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Seleccione las opciones de configuración"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Elija <guilabel>Experto</guilabel> para todas las opciones o "
-"<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para omitir los pasos 3-7, haga clic en "
-"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Opciones generales"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Establece las opciones de visibilidad y acceso root. El puerto 22 es el "
-"puerto estándar de <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Métodos de Autenticación"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Permitir una variedad de métodos de autenticación que los usuarios pueden "
-"usar durante la conexión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Inicio de sesión"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Elija facilidad de registro y el nivel de salida, a continuación, haga clic "
-"en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Opciones Inicio de sesión"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurar opciones de cada inicio de sesión, haga clic en "
-"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Opciones de Inicio de sesión de Usuario"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configure las opciones de acceso de los usuarios, a continuación, haga clic "
-"en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Compresión y Reenvío"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurar el reenvío y compresión de X11 durante la transferencia, a "
-"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema habilitando o deshabilitándolos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración de hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ofrece una visión "
-"general del hardware de su computadora. Cuando se pone en marcha la "
-"herramienta, se ejecuta un trabajo de buscar todos los elementos del "
-"hardware. Para ello, se utiliza el comando <code>ldetect</code> que hace "
-"referencia a una lista de hardware en el paquete <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "La ventana"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "La ventana se divide en dos columnas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"La columna de la izquierda contiene una lista del hardware detectado. Los "
-"dispositivos se agrupan por categorías. Haga clic en el enlace &gt; para "
-"ampliar el contenido de una categoría. Cada dispositivo se puede seleccionar "
-"en esta columna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"La columna derecha muestra los datos del dispositivo seleccionado. Use la "
-"opción de menú <guimenu>Ayuda -&gt; Descripción de los campos</guimenu> se "
-"puede obtener una descripción más detallada de los campos que se muestran."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"De acuerdo con el tipo de dispositivo seleccionado, ya sea uno o dos botones "
-"están disponibles en la parte inferior de la columna de la derecha:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Configure las opciones actuales del controlador</guibutton>: esto "
-"puede ser utilizado para parametrizar el módulo que se utiliza en relación "
-"con el dispositivo. Esto debe usado por sólo los expertos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ejecutar la herramienta de configuración</guibutton>: el acceso a "
-"la herramienta que puede configurar el dispositivo. A menudo se puede "
-"acceder directamente a la herramienta desde el MCC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Las <guimenu>Opciones</guimenu> dan la oportunidad de marcar las casillas de "
-"verificación para activar la detección automática:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "módem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Dispositivos Jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Dispositivos zip paralelos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Por defecto estas detecciones no están habilitadas, porque son lentas. "
-"Marque la(s) casilla(s) correspondiente(s) si usted tiene este hardware "
-"conectado. Detección estará en funcionamiento la próxima vez que se inicie "
-"esta herramienta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Configurar la distibución del teclado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"La herramienta KeyboardDrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le "
-"ayuda a configurar la disposición básica para el teclado que desea utilizar "
-"en Mageia. Afecta la distribución de teclado para todos los usuarios en el "
-"sistema. Se puede encontrar en la sección Hardware del Centro de Control de "
-"Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta \"Configurar el ratón y el teclado\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Distribución del teclado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí puede seleccionar qué diseño de teclado desea utilizar. Los nombres (en "
-"orden alfabético) describen el idioma, el país y/o etnia de cada diseño para "
-"ser usado para."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Tipo de teclado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Este menú le permite seleccionar el tipo de teclado que está utilizando. Si "
-"no está seguro de que elegir, lo mejor es dejar el predeterminado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Administrar la localización para su sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se puede encontrar "
-"en la sección Sistema del Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta "
-"\"Administrar la localización de su sistema\". Se abre con una ventana en la "
-"que puede elegir su idioma. La elección está adaptada a los idiomas "
-"seleccionados durante la instalación."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> da acceso para activar la "
-"compatibilidad con la codificación vieja (no UTF8)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"La segunda ventana muestra una lista de los países de acuerdo con el idioma "
-"seleccionado. Las botón <guibutton>Otros países</guibutton> da acceso a los "
-"países no mencionados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Debería reiniciar su sesión después de cada modificación."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Método de entrada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros países</guilabel> también puede "
-"seleccionar un método de entrada (desde el menú desplegable en la parte "
-"inferior de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios meter "
-"caracteres multilingües (chino, japonés, coreano, etc)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Para Asia y África, IBus se establecerá como método de entrada por defecto "
-"para que los usuarios no deban tener que configurarlo manualmente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc.) también proporcionan "
-"funciones similares y pueden, si no está disponible en el menú desplegable, "
-"se instalarán en otra parte del Centro de Control de Mageia. Consulte<xref "
-"linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Vea y busque los registros del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el "
-"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de "
-"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Ver y búscar registros de sistema</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Ejecutar una búsqueda en los registros del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"En primer lugar, introducir la cadena clave que desea buscar en el campo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">coincidente</emphasis> y/o la cadena de clave "
-"<emphasis>no</emphasis> que desea ver entre la respuestas en el campo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">no coincidente</emphasis>. A continuación, "
-"seleccione archivo(s) para buscar en el campo <guilabel>Seleccione el "
-"archivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, es posible limitar la búsqueda a sólo un "
-"día. Seleccione en el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendario</emphasis>, usando "
-"las pequeñas flechas a cada lado del mes y año, y marca \"<guibutton>Mostrar "
-"sólo para el día seleccionado</guibutton>\". Por último, haga clic en el "
-"botón <guibutton>Búscar</guibutton> para ver los resultados en la ventana "
-"llamada <guilabel>Contenido del archivo</guilabel>. Es posible guardar los "
-"resultados en el formato .txt haciendo clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Guardar</emphasis> botón."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Las  <guibutton>Herramientas de Registro de Mageia</guibutton> alberga los "
-"registros de las herramientas de configuración de Mageia como las "
-"herramientas del Centro de Control de Mageia. Estos registros se actualizan "
-"cada vez que una configuración se modifica."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Configurar el sistema de alertas por correo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Alerta de correo</guibutton> comprueba automáticamente la carga "
-"del sistema y los servicios cada hora y si es necesario envía un e-mail a la "
-"dirección configurada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Para configurar esta herramienta, haga clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
-"Alerta mail</emphasis> y luego, en la siguiente pantalla, en la "
-"<guibutton>Configurar el sistema de alerta de correo electrónico</guibutton> "
-"desplegable. Aquí, se muestran todos los servicios que se ejecutan y se "
-"puede elegir cuáles desea mirar el reloj. (Vea la captura de pantalla "
-"anterior)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Se pueden ver los siguientes servicios:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Servicio Webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Servidor de correo Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Servidor FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Servidor web Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Servidor SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Servidor Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Servicio Xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "Resolver Nombres de Dominio por BIND"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"En la siguiente pantalla, seleccione el valor  de<guilabel>Carga</guilabel> "
-"usted considere inaceptable. La carga representa la demanda a un proceso, "
-"una alta carga ralentiza el sistema y una carga muy elevada puede indicar "
-"que un proceso se ha salido de control. El valor predeterminado es 3. Se "
-"recomienda fijar el valor de la carga a 3 veces el número de procesadores."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"En la última pantalla, introduzca la <guilabel>Dirección de correo "
-"electrónico</guilabel> de la persona a ser advertida y el <guilabel>Servidor "
-"de correo</guilabel> para usar (local o en Internet)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Mostrar recursos compartidos NFS y SMB disponibles"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede "
-"iniciar desde la línea de comandos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta página no se ha escrito todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa "
-"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor póngase en contacto con <link ns2:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">el equipo de "
-"documentación</link> Agradeciendo de antemano."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Muesta la información de PCI, USB y PCMCIA"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede "
-"iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá "
-"más información a su disposición."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake da la lista de todos los dispositivos conectados al ordenador "
-"(USB, PCI y PCMCIA) y los controladores utilizados. Se necesita los paquetes "
-"ldetect y ldetect-lst para que funcione."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Con la opción -v, lspcidrake añade las identificaciones de fabricante y del "
-"dispositivo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake menudo genera listas muy largas, por lo que, para encontrar una "
-"información, a menudo se utiliza en una tubería con el comando grep, como en "
-"estos ejemplos:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Información sobre la tarjeta gráfica;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Información de la red"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i para ignorar mayúsculas/minúsculas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y "
-"la opcion -i para grep."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Actualizar software"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en "
-"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Administración de software.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Para que funcione, MageiaUpdate necesita que los repositorios sean "
-"configurados con rpmdrake-edit-media con algunos medios marcados como "
-"actualizaciones. Si no es así, se le pedirá que lo haga."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Tan pronto como se pone en marcha esta herramienta, que escanea los paquetes "
-"instalados y enumera aquellos con una actualización disponible en los "
-"repositorios. Todos ellos son seleccionados por defecto para ser descargados "
-"e instalados automáticamente. Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</"
-"guibutton> para iniciar el proceso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Al hacer clic en un paquete, más información se muestra en la mitad inferior "
-"de la ventana. La impresión <emphasis role=\"bold\">> </emphasis> antes de "
-"un título significa que usted puede hacer clic para desplegar un texto."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando las actualizaciones están disponibles, un applet en la bandeja del "
-"sistema le avisa exhibiendo este icono rojo <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Basta con hacer clic e introduzca la "
-"contraseña de usuario para actualizar el sistema por igual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Arranque"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el "
-"arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Configurar los pasos del arranque"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Centro de Control de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Las herramientas para configurar el sistem Mageia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la "
-"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/"
-"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://"
-"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el "
-"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de "
-"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardware"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el "
-"hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Administrar el hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Configurar los gráficos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del "
-"Escritorio</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Configurar teclado y ratón"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Configurar impresoras y escáneres"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) "
-"impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Otros"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Acerca del manual del Centro de Control de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"El Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) tiene ocho opciones o pestañas "
-"diferentes para elegir en la columna de la izquierda, y hasta diez si se ha "
-"instalado el paquete drakwizard. Cada una de estas pestañas da un conjunto "
-"diferente de herramientas que se pueden seleccionar en el gran panel de la "
-"derecha."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Los diez capítulos siguientes son acerca de esas diez opciones y las "
-"herramientas relacionadas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"El último capítulo trata sobre algunas otras herramientas de Mageia, que no "
-"se pueden elegir en cualquiera de las pestañas de MCC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Los títulos de las páginas a menudo son el mismo que los títulos de las "
-"pantallas de la herramienta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"También hay una barra de búsqueda disponible, que se puede acceder haciendo "
-"clic en la pestaña \"Buscar\" en la columna izquierda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Discos locales"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o "
-"compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Servicios de red"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta pantalla y el de <emphasis>Compartir</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el "
-"paquete <emphasis>drakwizard </emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir "
-"entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic "
-"en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"reparto de MCC\"/>para obtener "
-"más información."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Compartir red"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir "
-"discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Configurar comparticiones de Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y "
-"directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Configurar NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Configurar WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Redes e internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la "
-"red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Administrar las tarjetas de red"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Personalizar y proteger su red"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Seguridad"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga "
-"click en el enlace para saber más."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, "
-"permisos y auditorías</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Compartir"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta pantalla y la de <emphasis>Servicios de red</emphasis> sólo son "
-"visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> está instalado. Se "
-"puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes "
-"servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"MCC-"
-"NetworkServices\"/> para obtener más información."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Sistema"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas "
-"administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Localización"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Herramientas administrativas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Administrar usuarios en el "
-"sistema</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Configure la frecuencia de actualizaciones"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en "
-"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Administración de software</emphasis>. También está disponible por un "
-"<guimenu>click derecho / configuración de Actualizaciones</guimenu> en el "
-"icono rojo <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> en la bandeja "
-"del sistema."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"El primer control deslizante le permite cambiar la frecuencia con Mageia "
-"comprobará las actualizaciones y la segunda el retraso después de arrancar "
-"antes de que el primer chequeo. La casilla de verificación le da la opción "
-"para ser avisado de la salida de una nueva versión de Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Configurar el dispositivo puntero (ratón, touchpad, etc.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Como usted debe tener un ratón para instalar Mageia, uno que ya está "
-"instalado por Drakinstall. Esta herramienta permite la instalación de otro "
-"ratón."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Los ratones se clasifican por tipo de conexión y luego según el modelo. "
-"Seleccione el ratón y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>. "
-"Basicamente \"Cualquier ratón PS / 2 o USB\" reciente es adecuado. El nuevo "
-"ratón se utilizará inmediatamente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Seguridad y Auditoría del Sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es una interfaz gráfica de "
-"usuario para msec que permite configurar la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo "
-"con dos enfoques:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Establece el comportamiento del sistema, msec impone modificaciones en el "
-"sistema para que sea más seguro."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Se lleva a cabo controles periódicos de forma automática en el sistema con "
-"el fin de advertir que si algo parece peligroso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"msec utiliza el concepto de \"niveles de seguridad\", que tiene la intención "
-"de configurar un conjunto de permisos del sistema, que pueden ser auditados "
-"para cambiar o confirmar. Varios de ellos son propuestos por Mageia, pero "
-"usted puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "pestaña Resumen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Ver la captura anterior"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"La primera pestaña retoma la lista de las diferentes herramientas de "
-"seguridad con un botón en el lado derecho para configurarlos:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Firewall, también se encuentra en el MCC / Seguridad / Configure su servidor "
-"de seguridad personal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Actualizaciones, también se encuentran en MCC / Software de Gestión / "
-"Actualizar su sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec alguna información de si misma:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "habilitado o no"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "el nivel de seguridad base configurado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"la fecha de las últimas comprobaciones periódicas y un botón para ver un "
-"informe detallado y otro botón para ejecutar los controles en este momento."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Pestaña opciones de seguridad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Un clic en la segunda pestaña o en <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> "
-"Seguridad lleva a la misma pantalla que se muestra a continuación."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Pestaña seguridad básica"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Niveles de seguridad:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Después de haber marcado la casilla <guilabel>Activar herramienta MSEC</"
-"guilabel>, este registro le permite por un doble click seleccionar el nivel "
-"de seguridad que aparece a continuación en negrita. Si la casilla no está "
-"marcada, se aplica el nivel «ninguno». Los siguientes niveles están "
-"disponibles:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ninguno</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado "
-"si no desea utilizar msec de controlar la seguridad del sistema, y prefiere "
-"sintonizar por su cuenta. Desactiva todos los controles de seguridad y no "
-"pone restricciones o limitaciones en la configuración del sistema y la "
-"configuración. Por favor, use este nivel sólo si va a saber lo que está "
-"haciendo, ya que dejaría a su sistema vulnerable a los ataques."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">estándar</emphasis>. Esta es la configuración "
-"por defecto cuando se instala y está destinado a los usuarios ocasionales. "
-"Restringen varios ajustes del sistema y ejecuta los controles de seguridad "
-"diarios que detectan cambios en los archivos del sistema, las cuentas del "
-"sistema, y los permisos de directorios vulnerables. (Este nivel es similar a "
-"los niveles 2 y 3 de las versiones msec pasadas)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">seguro</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado "
-"cuando desee asegurarse de que su sistema es seguro, aún utilizable. "
-"Asimismo, se restringe aún más permisos del sistema y ejecuta controles más "
-"periódicos. Por otra parte, el acceso al sistema es más restringido. (Este "
-"nivel es similar a los niveles 4 (alto) y 5 (Paranoico) de las versiones "
-"viejas de msec)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Además de esos niveles, también se proporcionan diferentes de seguridad "
-"orientada a tareas, como los niveles <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</"
-"emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor web</emphasis> y <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Tales niveles intentan configurar previamente "
-"la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo a los casos de uso más comunes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Los dos últimos niveles llamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</"
-"emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> no son realmente "
-"los niveles de seguridad, sino más bien sólo instrumentos para controles "
-"periódicos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Estos niveles se guardan en <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
-"levelname></filename>. Puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad "
-"personalizadas, guardarlas en archivos específicos llamados <filename>level."
-"&lt;levelname></filename>, se coloca en la carpeta <filename>/etc/security/"
-"msec/.</filename> Esta función es destinado a usuarios avanzados que "
-"requieren una configuración de sistema personalizado o más seguro."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Tenga en cuenta que los parámetros modificados por el usuario tienen "
-"prioridad sobre los ajustes de nivel por defecto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alertas de seguridad:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Si marca la casilla <guibutton>Enviar alertas de seguridad por correo "
-"electrónico a:</guibutton>, las alertas de seguridad generadas por msec van "
-"a ser enviadas por correo electrónico local a el administrador de seguridad "
-"con nombre en el campo cercano. Usted puede llenar ya sea un usuario local o "
-"una dirección de correo electrónico completa (la dirección de correo local y "
-"el gestor de e-mail debe ajustarse en consecuencia). Por último, usted puede "
-"recibir las alertas de seguridad directamente en el escritorio. Marque la "
-"casilla correspondiente para activarlo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Es muy recomendable activar la opción de alertas de seguridad con el fin de "
-"informar de inmediato al administrador de seguridad de posibles problemas de "
-"seguridad. Si no, el administrador tendrá que comprobar periódicamente los "
-"archivos de registro disponibles en <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opciones de seguridad:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Creación de un nivel personalizado no es la única forma de personalizar la "
-"seguridad de la computadora, también es posible utilizar las fichas "
-"presentadas aquí después de cambiar cualquier opción que desee. La "
-"configuración actual de msec se almacena en <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"security.conf</filename>. Este archivo contiene el nombre actual nivel de "
-"seguridad y la lista de todas las modificaciones hechas a las opciones."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Pestaña de seguridad del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ficha muestra todas las opciones de seguridad en la columna de la "
-"izquierda, una descripción en la columna central, y sus valores actuales en "
-"la columna de la derecha."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Para modificar una opción, haga doble clic sobre ella y aparecerá una nueva "
-"ventana (ver figura de abajo). Se muestra el nombre de la opción, una breve "
-"descripción, los valores reales y los valores predeterminados, y una lista "
-"desplegable donde el nuevo valor se puede seleccionar. Haga clic en el botón "
-"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la elección."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"No se olvide al salir msecgui para guardar definitivamente su configuración "
-"mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</guimenu>. Si "
-"ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar los cambios "
-"antes de guardarlos."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Perfil de red"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta pestaña muestra todas las opciones de red y funciona como la pestaña "
-"anterior"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Pestaña controles periódicos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Revisiones periódicas tienen como objetivo informar al administrador de "
-"seguridad por medio de alertas de seguridad de todas las situaciones que "
-"msec cree potencialmente peligrosas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta pestaña muestra todos los controles periódicos realizados por msec y su "
-"frecuencia si el cuadro <guibutton>Habilitar controles de seguridad "
-"periódicas</guibutton> se marca. Los cambios se realizan como en las "
-"pestañas anteriores."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Pestaña excepciones"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"A veces, los mensajes de alerta se deben a situaciones conocidas y buscadas. "
-"En estos casos se trata de tiempo inútil y perdido para el administrador. "
-"Esta ficha le permite crear tantas excepciones que se quiere evitar los "
-"mensajes de alerta no deseados. Evidentemente, esta vacía en el primer "
-"arranque msec. La siguiente captura de pantalla muestra cuatro excepciones."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Para crear una excepción, pulse en el botón <guibutton>Añadir una regla</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione la comprobación periódica deseada en la lista desplegable llamada "
-"<guilabel>Comprobar</guilabel> y, a continuación, introduzca la "
-"<guilabel>Excepción</guilabel> en el área de texto. Agregar una excepción "
-"obviamente no es definitiva, puede eliminarla con el botón "
-"<guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> de las <guilabel>Excepciones</guilabel> o "
-"modificarlo con un doble clic."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Permisos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ficha está destinada a los permisos de archivos y directorios de "
-"comprobación y la observancia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Al igual que para la seguridad, msec posee diferentes niveles de permisos "
-"(estándar y seguro, ..), que están habilitadas de acuerdo con el nivel de "
-"seguridad elegido. Usted puede crear sus propios niveles personalizados de "
-"permisos, guardarlos en archivos específicos llamados <filename>perm.&lt;"
-"levelName></filename> se coloca en la carpeta <filename>/etc/security/msec/</"
-"filename>. Esta función está pensada para usuarios avanzados que requieren "
-"una configuración personalizada. También es posible utilizar la ficha "
-"presentada aquí después de cambiar cualquier permiso que desea. La "
-"configuración actual se guarda en <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</"
-"filename> Este archivo contiene la lista de todas las modificaciones "
-"realizadas a los permisos."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Permisos predeterminados son visibles como una lista de reglas (una regla "
-"por línea). Se puede ver en el lado izquierdo, el archivo o la carpeta que "
-"se trate por la regla,  el dueño,  el grupo y luego los permisos dados por "
-"la regla. Si, por una regla dada:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> no está marcada, msec sólo comprueba "
-"si se respetan los permisos definidos para esta regla y envía un mensaje de "
-"alerta si no, pero no cambia nada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está marcada, entonces msec dominará "
-"el respecto a los permisos en el primer control periódico y sobrescribir los "
-"permisos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Para que esto funcione, las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">pestaña Revisión periódica</emphasis> se deben configurar en consecuencia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Para crear una nueva regla, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Agregar una "
-"regla</guibutton> y rellene los campos como se muestra en el siguiente "
-"ejemplo. Se permite que el comodín * en el campo <guilabel>Archivo</"
-"guilabel>. \"Actual\" significa que no hay modificación."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la "
-"selección y no se olvide al salir para salvar definitivamente la "
-"configuración mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</"
-"guimenu>. Si ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar "
-"los cambios antes de guardarlos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"También es posible crear o modificar las reglas editando el archivo de "
-"configuración <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Los cambios en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permiso</emphasis> (o "
-"directamente en el archivo de configuración) se tienen en cuenta en la "
-"primera verificación periódica (ver las  opciones CHECK_PERMS en la "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pestaña de chequeos periódicos</emphasis>). Si usted "
-"quiere que sean tomadas en cuenta inmediatamente, use el comando msecperms "
-"en una consola con derechos de root. Usted puede usar antes, el comando "
-"msecperms -p para conocer los permisos que serán cambiados por msecperms."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"No olvide que si modifica los permisos en una consola o en un gestor de "
-"archivos, un archivo en el que el cuadro <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está "
-"marcada en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permisos</emphasis> , msecgui "
-"escribirá los antiguos permisos de nuevo después de un tiempo, de acuerdo a "
-"la configuración de las opciones CHECK_PERMS y CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE en la "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Comprobaciones Periódicas</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Otras herramientas de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el "
-"control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe "
-"leyendo las próximas páginas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>A ser escrito</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Y más herramientas?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Gestor de Software (Instalar y Desinstalar Software)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Introducción a rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, también conocido "
-"como drakrpm, es un programa para la instalación, desinstalación y "
-"actualización de paquetes. Es la interfaz gráfica de usuario de URPMI. En "
-"cada puesta en marcha, comprobará las listas de paquetes en línea (llamados "
-"'medios') descargados directamente desde los servidores oficiales de Mageia, "
-"y cada vez te mostrará las últimas aplicaciones y paquetes disponibles para "
-"tu equipo. Un sistema de filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de "
-"paquetes: usted puede mostrar sólo las aplicaciones instaladas (por "
-"defecto), o sólo las actualizaciones disponibles. También puede ver los "
-"paquetes sólo no instaladas. También puedes buscar por el nombre de un "
-"paquete, o en los resúmenes de las descripciones o en las descripciones "
-"completas de los paquetes o en el archivo de nombres incluidos en los "
-"paquetes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Para que funcione, rpmdrake necesita que los repositorios sean configurados "
-"con <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Durante la instalación, el repositorio configurado es el medio utilizado "
-"para la instalación, en general, el DVD o CD. Si se mantiene este medio, "
-"rpmdrake le preguntará cada vez que se desea instalar un paquete, con esta "
-"ventana emergente: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Si el "
-"mensaje anterior te molesta y tienes una buena conexión a Internet sin "
-"límite de descarga demasiado estricto, es aconsejable eliminar ese medio y "
-"reemplazarlo por repositorios en línea gracias a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-"
-"edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Por otra parte, los repositorios en línea están siempre al día, contienen "
-"mucho más paquetes, y permiten actualizar los paquetes instalados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Las partes principales de la pantalla"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro de tipo de paquete:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Este filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes. La primera "
-"vez que inicie el gestor, que sólo muestra las aplicaciones con una interfaz "
-"gráfica. Puede visualizar todos los paquetes y todas sus dependencias y "
-"bibliotecas o sólo grupos de paquetes, tales como aplicaciones únicas, "
-"actualizaciones o sólo backports paquetes de nuevas versiones de Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"El filtro por omisión es para los nuevos participantes en Linux o Mageia, "
-"que probablemente no quieren la línea de comandos o herramientas "
-"especializadas. Puesto que usted está leyendo esta documentación, obviamente "
-"estás interesado en mejorar su conocimiento de Mageia, así que lo mejor es "
-"configurar este filtro para \"todos\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro de estado del paquete:</emphasis> "
-"</firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Este filtro le permite ver sólo los paquetes instalados, sólo los paquetes "
-"que no están instalados o todos los paquetes, tanto instaladas y no "
-"instaladas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de búsqueda:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en este icono para buscar a través de los nombres de los paquetes, "
-"a través de sus resúmenes, a través de su descripción completa o a través de "
-"los archivos incluidos en los paquetes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">cuadro \"Buscar\":</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Escriba aquí una o más palabras clave. Si quieres utilizar más de una "
-"palabra clave para buscar emplea \"|\" entre las palabras clave, por "
-"ejemplo, Para buscar \"mplayer\" y \"xine\" al mismo tipo de tiempo 'mplayer "
-"| xine'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Borrar todo:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Este icono puede borrar en un clic todas las palabras clave introducidas en "
-"el cuadro \"Buscar\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lista de categorias:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta barra lateral agrupa todas las aplicaciones y paquetes en categorías y "
-"subcategorías claras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Descripción del panel:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Este panel muestra el nombre del paquete, su resumen y descripción completa. "
-"Muestra muchos elementos útiles sobre el paquete seleccionado. También puede "
-"mostrar detalles precisos sobre el paquete, los archivos incluidos en el "
-"paquete, así como una lista de los últimos cambios realizados por el "
-"mantenedor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Columna de estado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Una vez ajustados correctamente los filtros, usted puede encontrar el "
-"software ya sea por categoría (arriba, en el área 6) o por nombre/resumen/"
-"descripción usando el área 4. Una lista de los paquetes que cumplen su "
-"consulta y, no se olvide, el medio elegido se muestra con diferentes "
-"marcadores de estado en función de que cada paquete esté instalado/no "
-"instalado/una actualización... para cambiar este estado, simplemente marque "
-"o desmarque la casilla antes del nombre del paquete y haga clic en "
-"<guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Icono"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Leyenda"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "El paquete ya está instalado"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Este paquete se instalará"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Este paquete no se puede modificar"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Este paquete es una actualización."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Este paquete se desinstalará"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Ejemplos en la captura de pantalla anterior:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si yo desmarco digikam (la flecha verde nos dice que está instalado), el "
-"icono de estado irá rojo con una flecha hacia arriba y se desinstalara al "
-"hacer clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de "
-"estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado "
-"al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Las dependencias"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Algunos paquetes necesitan otros paquetes llamados dependencias con el fin "
-"de trabajar. Son, por ejemplo, las bibliotecas o las herramientas. En este "
-"caso, Rpmdrake muestra una ventana de información que le permite elegir si "
-"acepta las dependencias seleccionadas, cancelar la operación u obtener más "
-"información (ver arriba). También puede ocurrir que varios paquetes pueden "
-"proporcionar la biblioteca necesaria, en cuyo caso rpmdrake muestra la lista "
-"de alternativas con un botón para obtener más información y otro botón para "
-"elegir qué paquetes instalar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Configurar escáner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instalación"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
-"configurar un único dispositivo, el escáner o un dispositivo multifunción "
-"que incluye el escaneo. También te permite compartir dispositivos locales "
-"conectadas a este equipo con un equipo remoto o acceder a escáneres remotos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el "
-"siguiente mensaje:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los "
-"escáneres</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>¿Desea instalar los paquetes SANE?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Elija <emphasis>Sí</emphasis> para continuar. Se instalará <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> y <code>task-scanning</code> si aún no están instaladas."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si el escáner está correctamente identificado, por lo que si en la pantalla "
-"de arriba se ve el nombre de su escáner, el escáner está listo para su uso "
-"con, por ejemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> o <emphasis>Simple Scan</"
-"emphasis> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"En ese caso, es posible que ahora desee configurar la  opción "
-"<emphasis>compartir Scanner</emphasis>. Usted puede leer sobre él en <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sin embargo, si el escáner no se ha identificado correctamente, y comprueba "
-"su cable(s) e interruptor de encendido y luego presionando "
-"<emphasis>Búsqueda de nuevos escáneres</emphasis> no ayuda, tendrás que "
-"pulsar <emphasis>Añadir un escáner manualmente</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Elija la marca de su escáner en la lista que aparece, entonces su tipo en la "
-"lista de esa marca y haga clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Si usted no puede encontrar su escáner en la lista, a continuación, haga "
-"clic en <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Por favor, compruebe si se admite su escáner en el <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos "
-"compatibles</link> página y pedir ayuda en los<link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Escoja el puerto"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede dejar este valor para <emphasis>Auto-detectar puertos disponibles</"
-"emphasis> a menos que la interfaz de su escáner sea un puerto paralelo. En "
-"ese caso, seleccione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> si sólo tiene uno."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Tras hacer clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>, en la mayoría de los casos "
-"podrá ver una pantalla similar a la de abajo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si usted no recibe esa pantalla, por favor, lea las <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Scannersharing"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder "
-"accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede "
-"decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar "
-"accesibles desde esta computadora."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Compartir el escáner a los hosts: nombre o dirección IP de los hosts puede "
-"ser añadido o eliminado de la lista de hosts permitidos a acceder al "
-"dispositivo(s) local en este equipo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Uso de escáneres remotos: nombre o dirección IP de hosts que puede agregar o "
-"eliminar de la lista de los hosts que dan acceso a un escáner remoto."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Scanner compartir con los hosts: puede agregar host."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Compartir el escáner a los hosts: especificar el/los host(s) a agregar, o "
-"permitir todas las máquinas remotas."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr "\"Todas las máquinas remotas\" tienen acceso al escáner local"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Si el paquete <emphasis>saned</emphasis> aún no está instalado, la "
-"herramienta ofrece a hacerlo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Al final, la herramienta se deben modificar estos archivos:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> para añadir o comentar la "
-"directiva \"red\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"También configurará <emphasis>saned</emphasis> y <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> "
-"para iniciarse en el arranque."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Especificos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"La mayoría de los escáneres HP se gestionan desde <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis> (HPLIP), que también gestiona las impresoras. En este "
-"caso, esta herramienta no permite configurar y le invita a utilizar "
-"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Drivers están disponibles en <link xlink:href = \"http://download.ebz.epson."
-"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página</link>. Cuando esté indicado, "
-"debe instalar el  paquete <emphasis>iScan-data</emphasis> en primer lugar, a "
-"continuación, <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> (en este orden). Es posible que el  "
-"paquete <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> genere una advertencia sobre un conflicto "
-"con <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Los usuarios han informado que esta "
-"advertencia puede ser ignorada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Pasos de instalación adicionales"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Es posible que después de seleccionar un puerto para su escáner en la <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> pantalla, usted necesita tomar uno o más "
-"pasos extras para configurar correctamente el escáner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"En algunos casos, se le dice que el escáner necesita su firmware para cargar "
-"cada vez que se inicia. Esta herramienta le permite cargar en el "
-"dispositivo, después de que ha instalado en su sistema. En esta pantalla se "
-"puede instalar el firmware desde un CD o una instalación de Windows, o "
-"instalar el que usted ha descargado de un sitio de Internet del proveedor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando el firmware de su dispositivo necesita ser cargado, puede tardar "
-"mucho tiempo en cada primer uso, posiblemente más de un minuto. Así que se "
-"paciente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Además, es posible que aparezca una pantalla que le indique para ajustar el "
-"archivo <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/ \"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Leer con cuidado unas u otras instrucciones que te dan y si usted no sabe "
-"qué hacer, no dude en pedir ayuda en los <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Gestión de software"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión "
-"de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualiza tu sistema</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar las "
-"fuentes de medios para instalar y actualizar</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Instalar y configurar una impresora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"La impresión se gestiona en Mageia por un servidor denominado CUPS. Tiene su "
-"propio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfaz "
-"de configuración</link> que es accesible a través de un navegador de "
-"Internet, pero Mageia ofrece su propia herramienta para la instalación de "
-"impresoras llamada system-config-printer que se comparte con otras "
-"distribuciones como Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu y openSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"sted debe habilitar el repositorio non-free antes de proceder con la "
-"instalación, debido a que algunos controladores sólo pueden estar "
-"disponibles en este modo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se le pedirá la contraseña de "
-"root para."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalación de la impresora se lleva a cabo en la sección "
-"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia. Seleccione la "
-"herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurar "
-"impresión y escaneado</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC le preguntará por la instalación de dos paquetes:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Es necesario aceptar esta instalación para continuar. Hasta 230MB de "
-"dependencias son necesarios."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Para agregar una impresora, seleccione el botón de \"Agregar\" la impresora. "
-"El sistema intentará detectar las impresoras y los puertos disponibles. La "
-"captura de pantalla muestra una impresora conectada a un puerto paralelo. Si "
-"se detecta una impresora, tal como una impresora en un puerto USB, que se "
-"mostrará en la primera línea. La ventana también intentará configurar una "
-"impresora de red."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Impresora detectada automáticamente"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esto por lo general se refiere a impresoras USB. La utilidad busca "
-"automáticamente el nombre de la impresora y lo muestra. Seleccione la "
-"impresora y haga clic en \"Siguiente\". Si hay un controlador conocido "
-"asociado para la impresora, se instalará automáticamente. Si hay más de un "
-"controlador o controladores no conocidos, una ventana le pedirá que "
-"seleccione o proporcione uno, como se explica en el párrafo siguiente. "
-"Continuar con <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "No detectó automáticamente la impresora"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando se selecciona un puerto, el sistema carga una lista de controladores "
-"y muestra una ventana para seleccionar un driver. La elección puede hacerse "
-"a través de una de las siguientes opciones."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Seleccione la impresora desde la base de datos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "proporcionar archivo PPD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "buscar un controlador para descargar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Al seleccionar a partir de la base de datos, la ventana sugiere un "
-"fabricante de la impresora primero, y luego un dispositivo y un controlador "
-"asociado con él. Si se sugiere más de un controlador, seleccionar uno que se "
-"recomienda, a menos que se haya encontrado con algunos problemas antes, en "
-"este caso, seleccionar el que sabe que funciona."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Completar el proceso de instalación"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de la selección del controlador, una ventana solicitara alguna "
-"información que le permitirá al sistema designar y descubrir la impresora. "
-"La primera línea es el nombre con el que aparecerá el dispositivo en las "
-"aplicaciones en la lista de impresoras disponibles. El programa de "
-"instalación sugiere entonces la impresión de una página de prueba. Después "
-"de este paso, se agrega la impresora y aparece en la lista de impresoras "
-"disponibles."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Impresora en red"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Las impresoras de red son impresoras que están conectadas directamente a una "
-"red cableada o inalámbrica, que están conectadas a un servidor de impresión "
-"o que están unidas a otra estación de trabajo que sirve como servidor de "
-"impresión."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"A menudo, es mejor configurar el servidor DHCP para que siempre asocie una "
-"dirección IP fija a la dirección MAC de la impresora. Por supuesto que debe "
-"ser la misma dirección IP de la impresora del servidor de impresión, si "
-"tiene uno fijo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"La dirección Mac de la impresora es un número de serie dado a la impresora o "
-"servidor de impresión o del ordenador al que está conectado, que se puede "
-"obtener a partir de una página de configuración impresa por la impresora o "
-"que se puede escribir en una etiqueta en la impresora o el servidor de "
-"impresión. Si su impresora compartida está unido a un sistema de Mageia, "
-"puede ejecutar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> en él como root "
-"para encontrar la dirección MAC. Es la secuencia de números y letras después "
-"de \"HWaddr\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted puede agregar la impresora de red mediante la elección del protocolo "
-"que utiliza para hablar con su equipo a través de la red. Si usted no sabe "
-"cuál es el protocolo a elegir, usted puede intentar <guilabel>Impresora de "
-"red</guilabel> - <guilabel>Buscar Impresora de red</guilabel> en el menú "
-"<guilabel>Dispositivos</guilabel> y dar la dirección IP de la impresora en "
-"el cuadro de la derecha, donde dice \"host\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la herramienta reconoce la impresora o el servidor de impresión, "
-"propondrá un protocolo y una cola, pero usted puede elegir uno más apropiado "
-"de la lista siguiente o darle el nombre de la cola correcta si no está en la "
-"lista."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Busque en la documentación que acompaña a la impresora o servidor de "
-"impresión para encontrar protocolo(s) que apoya y los posibles nombres de "
-"cola específicos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Protocolos de impresión por red"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Una técnica actual es un desarrollo de Hewlett-Packard y conocido como "
-"JetDirect. Se permite el acceso a una impresora conectada directamente a la "
-"red a través de un puerto Ethernet. Usted debe conocer la dirección IP a la "
-"que la impresora se conoce en la red. Esta técnica también se utiliza en el "
-"interior de algunos de routers ADSL que contienen un puerto USB para "
-"conectar la impresora. En este caso, la dirección IP es la del router. Tenga "
-"en cuenta que la función \"HP Device Manager\" puede gestionar una "
-"dirección  IP configurada dinámicamente, el establecimiento de un URI como "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis>. En este caso, no se "
-"requiere dirección IP fija."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Elija la opción <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como el "
-"protocolo y establecer la dirección de <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, no cambie "
-"el <guilabel>Número de Puerto</guilabel>, a menos que sepa que necesita ser "
-"cambiado. Después de la selección del protocolo, la selección del "
-"controlador es el mismo que el anterior."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Los otros protocolos son:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: impresora, que se "
-"puede acceder a través de la red TCP/IP por el protocolo IPP. Por ejemplo, "
-"la impresora está conectada a una estación de trabajo que utiliza CUPS. Este "
-"protocolo también puede ser utilizado por algunos ADSL-routers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Protocolo de impresión de Internet (https)</emphasis>: igual que "
-"el IPP, pero el uso de la protección de datos HTTP con TLS. Es necesario "
-"especificar el puerto. El puerto predeterminado es 631."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis> Internet Printing Protocol (IPP):</emphasis> el mismo que ipp, "
-"pero con protocolo seguro TLS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Host o impresora LPD/LPR</emphasis>: impresora, que se puede "
-"acceder a traves del  protocolo de red TCP/IP LPD, por ejemplo una impresora "
-"conectada a una estación de trabajo, que se utiliza LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Impresora de Windows vía SAMBA</emphasis>: una impresora conectada "
-"a una estación con Windows o un servidor SMB y compartido."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"El URI también se puede añadir directamente. Estos son algunos ejemplos de "
-"cómo formar el URI:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Protocolo de Impresion por Internet (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Información adicional se puede encontrar en el <link ns2:href=\"http://www."
-"cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">Documentación de CUPS.</"
-"link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Propiedades del dispositivo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Puede acceder a las propiedades del dispositivo. El menú permite acceder a "
-"los parámetros para el servidor CUPS. Por defecto, un servidor CUPS se "
-"inicia en el sistema, pero puede especificar uno diferente con el menú "
-"<guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectar...</guimenuitem>, otra "
-"ventana que da acceso a la puesta a punto de otros parámetros específicos "
-"del servidor, después <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Configuración</guimenuitem>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Solución de problemas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Puede encontrar información sobre el acontecer errores durante la impresión "
-"mediante la inspección de <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"También puede acceder a una herramienta para diagnosticar problemas "
-"utilizando el menú <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solución de "
-"problemas</guilabel> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Es posible que algunos controladores para impresoras específicas no están "
-"disponibles en Mageia o no sean funcionales. En este caso, echar un vistazo "
-"al sitio <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</"
-"link> para comprobar si está disponible un controlador para su dispositivo. "
-"En caso afirmativo, comprobar si el paquete ya está presente en Mageia y en "
-"este caso instalarlo manualmente. A continuación, vuelva a realizar el "
-"proceso de instalación para configurar la impresora. En todos los casos, "
-"informe del problema en Bugzilla o en el foro si usted se siente cómodo con "
-"esta herramienta y proporcionar la información del modelo y el conductor y "
-"si funciona la impresora o no después de la instalación. Estas son algunas "
-"de las fuentes para encontrar otros conductores en marcha hasta la fecha o "
-"para los dispositivos más recientes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Brother</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> da una lista de los controladores "
-"de Brother. Buscar el controlador para su dispositivo, descargar rpm(s) e "
-"instalar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Deberá instalar controladores de Brother antes de ejecutar la utilidad de "
-"configuración."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Hewlett-Packard y dispositivos todo en "
-"uno</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Estos dispositivos utilizan la herramienta hplip. Se instala automáticamente "
-"después de la detección o la selección de la impresora. Puede encontrar más "
-"información <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html"
-"\">aquí</link>. La herramienta \"Administrador de dispositivos HP\" está "
-"disponible en el menú <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>. Mira también <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
-"\">configuración</link> para la gestión de la impresora."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Un dispositivo HP TAll in one solo debe ser instalado como una impresora y "
-"se añadirán las funciones del escáner. Tenga en cuenta que, a veces, la "
-"interfaz Xsane no permite escanear películas o diapositivas (la iluminación "
-"deslizante puede no funcionar). En este caso, es posible escanear, "
-"utilizando el modo independiente, y guarde la imagen en una tarjeta de "
-"memoria o memoria USB insertada en el dispositivo. Después, abra el software "
-"de imágenes favorito y cargue su fotografía de la tarjeta de memoria en la "
-"carpeta /media."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoara a color Samsung</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Para las impresoras específicas Samsung y Xerox color, <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">Este sitio proporciona drivers</link> para el "
-"protocolo QPDL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoras y scaners Epson</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Los controladores para las impresoras Epson están disponibles en <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta "
-"página de búsqueda</link>. Para la parte del escáner, deberá instalar el "
-"paquete \"iScan-data\" primero, luego \"iScan\" (en este orden). Un paquete "
-"iScan-plugin también puede estar disponible y es para instalar. Elija los "
-"paquetes <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> de acuerdo a su arquitectura."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Es posible que el paquete iScan generaré una advertencia sobre un conflicto "
-"con sane. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser ignorada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoras Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Para impresoras Canon, puede ser aconsejable instalar una herramienta "
-"llamada TurboPrint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponible "
-"aquí</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importar documentos y configuración de Windows™"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis>transfugdrake</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo "
-"la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de "
-"Control de Mageia etiquetado <guilabel>Importación de documentos y ajustes "
-"de Windows (TM)</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"La herramienta permite a un administrador importar los documentos y "
-"configuraciones de usuario desde una instalación de <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000 <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> XP o <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> en el mismo equipo que la "
-"instalación de Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tenga en cuenta que todos los cambios se aplicarán por transfugdrake "
-"inmediatamente después de pulsar <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de iniciar transfugdrake verá la primera página del asistente con "
-"una explicación acerca de las opciones de la herramienta y de importación."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Tan pronto como leer y comprender las instrucciones, pulse el botón "
-"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. Esto debe ejecutar una detección de la "
-"instalación de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando la etapa de detección se ha completado, verá una página que le "
-"permite elegir las cuentas en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark > y Mageia para el procedimiento de importación. Es posible "
-"seleccionar otra cuenta de usuario de la tuya propia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Por favor, tenga en cuenta que debido a las limitaciones del asistente-"
-"migrador (el backend de transfugdrake) de <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> los nombres de cuenta de usuario con símbolos "
-"especiales se puede visualizar de forma incorrecta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"La migración puede llevar algún tiempo, dependiendo del tamaño de las "
-"carpetas de documentos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Algunas aplicaciones de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"(especialmente los controladores) pueden crear cuentas de usuario para "
-"diferentes propósitos. Por ejemplo, los controladoresde NVidia en <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> se actualizan utilizando "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, no usar dichas cuentas para los "
-"fines de importación."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando termine de seleccionar formas de importar las cuentas de usuario, "
-"haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se "
-"utiliza para seleccionar el método de importación de documentos:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake está diseñado para importar de <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> datos de las carpetas <emphasis>Mis Documentos</"
-"emphasis>, <emphasis>Mi música</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mis imágenes</"
-"emphasis>. Es posible saltar la importación seleccionando la opción adecuada "
-"en esta ventana."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Después de completar el método de selección de los documentos de "
-"importación, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se "
-"utiliza para seleccionar el método de importar los marcadores:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake puede importar marcadores de <emphasis>Internet Explorer</"
-"emphasis> y <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a los marcadores de la "
-"instancia de Mageia de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Elija la opción de importación preferido y pulse el botón "
-"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "La página siguiente le permite importar el fondo del escritorio:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Elija la opción que prefiera y pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"La última página del asistente muestra algún mensaje de felicitación. Sólo "
-"tiene que pulsar el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Usuarios y Grupos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis>userdrake</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la "
-"pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control "
-"de Mageia bajo la etiqueta \"Administrar usuarios en el sistema\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"La herramienta permite a un administrador gestionar los usuarios y los "
-"grupos, esto significa añadir o eliminar un usuario o grupo y modificar la "
-"configuración de usuario y de grupo (ID, shell, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando userdrake se abre, todos los usuarios existentes en el sistema se "
-"enumeran en las fichas de <guibutton>Usuarios</guibutton>, y todos los "
-"grupos en la ficha <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>. Ambas pestañas funcionan "
-"de la misma manera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Añadir Usuario</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Este botón abre una ventana nueva con todos los campos vacíos:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"El campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nombre Completo</emphasis> se destina a la "
-"entrada de un nombre y apellido, pero es posible escribir cualquier cosa o "
-"nada, así!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role = \"bold\">Login</emphasis> es el único campo obligatorio."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"El establecimiento de una <emphasis role=\"bold\">Contraseña</emphasis> es "
-"muy recomendable. Hay un escudo a la derecha, si es rojo, la contraseña es "
-"débil, demasiado corto o demasiado similar al nombre de inicio de sesión. "
-"Debe utilizar figuras, caracteres mayúsculas y minúsculas, signos de "
-"puntuación, etc. El escudo se volverá naranja y verde cuando la fortaleza de "
-"la contraseña mejora."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar contraseña</emphasis> campo está ahí para "
-"asegurarse de que ha introducido lo que querías."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell</emphasis> es una lista desplegable que "
-"le permite cambiar el shell utilizado por el usuario que está agregando, las "
-"opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Crear un grupo privado para el usuario</emphasis>, "
-"si esta marcado creará automáticamente un grupo con el mismo nombre y el "
-"nuevo usuario como el único miembro (esto puede ser editado)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Las otras opciones deberían ser obvias. El nuevo usuario se crea "
-"inmediatamente después de hacer clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Añadir Grupo</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted sólo tendrá que introducir el nombre del grupo y, si es necesario, el "
-"ID de grupo específico."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (con un usuario seleccionado)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Datos de usuario</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos los datos "
-"facilitados por el usuario en la creación (el ID no se puede cambiar)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de Cuenta</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"La primera opción es para establecer una fecha de caducidad de la cuenta. La "
-"conexión es imposible después de esta fecha. Esto es útil para cuentas "
-"temporales."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"La segunda opción es bloquear la cuenta, la conexión es imposible mientras "
-"la cuenta está bloqueada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Es también posible cambiar el ícono"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de la contraseña</emphasis>: Permite "
-"establecer una fecha de caducidad para la contraseña, esto obliga al usuario "
-"a cambiar periódicamente su contraseña."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aquí puede seleccionar los grupos "
-"del que el usuario es miembro."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Si está modificando una cuenta de usuario conectado, las modificaciones no "
-"serán efectivos hasta su próximo inicio de sesión."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (con un grupo seleccionado)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datos de Grupo</emphasis>: Permite modificar el "
-"nombre del grupo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede "
-"seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Eliminar</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el "
-"usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse "
-"también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Es posible eliminar un grupo que no este vacío."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refrescar</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"La base de datos del usuario se puede cambiar fuera de UserDrake. Haga clic "
-"en este icono para actualizar la pantalla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Cuenta Invitado</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">invitado</emphasis> es una cuenta especial. Su "
-"objetivo es dar a alguien acceso temporal al sistema con total seguridad. "
-"Inicio de sesión es xguest, no hay ninguna contraseña, y es imposible de "
-"realizar modificaciones en el sistema desde esta cuenta. Los directorios "
-"personales se eliminan al final de la sesión. Esta cuenta está activada por "
-"defecto, para desactivarla, haga clic en el menú <guimenu>Acciones -> cuenta "
-"de invitado Desinstalar</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Configurar el servidor gráfico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuario normal o "
-"<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Cuidado con las letras mayúsculas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta aparece en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Seleccione "
-"<emphasis><guilabel>Configurar el servidor gráfico</guilabel></emphasis>. "
-"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Los botones le permiten cambiar la configuración gráfica."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarjeta gráfica</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"La tarjeta gráfica detectada actualmente se visualiza y el servidor gráfico "
-"correspondiente está configurado. Haga clic en este botón para cambiar  el "
-"controlador, por ejemplo, por un controlador propietario."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Los servidores disponibles se ordenan en <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel> por "
-"fabricante en orden alfabético y luego por modelo también en orden "
-"alfabético. Los drivers libres se ordenan por orden alfabético en "
-"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"En caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> funcionará con la "
-"mayoría de las tarjetas gráficas y le dará tiempo para encontrar e instalar "
-"el controlador adecuado, mientras esta en su Entorno de Escritorio."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Si aún Vesa no funciona, seleccione <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, que se utiliza durante la instalación "
-"de Mageia, pero no le permite cambiar la resolución o frecuencias de "
-"actualización."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Si usted hizo su opción para un controlador libre, es posible que se le "
-"pregunte si desea utilizar un driver propietario con más funciones (efectos "
-"3D, por ejemplo)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"De la misma manera que el anterior, se muestra el monitor actualmente "
-"detectado y puede hacer clic en el botón para cambiar a otro. Si el monitor "
-"deseado no está en la lista <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel>, seleccione en la "
-"lista <guilabel>Genérico</guilabel> un monitor con las mismas "
-"características."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolución:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Este botón permite la elección de la resolución (número de píxeles) y la "
-"profundidad de color (número de colores). Se muestra la siguiente pantalla:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Cuando cambie la profundidad del "
-"color, una barra multicolor aparecerá al lado del segundo botón y aparece "
-"una muestra de cómo sería la profundidad del color."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"El primer botón muestra la resolución actual, haga clic para cambiarlo por "
-"otro. La lista contiene todas las posibles opciones de acuerdo a la tarjeta "
-"gráfica y el monitor, es posible hacer clic en <guilabel>Otros</guilabel> "
-"para establecer otras resoluciones, pero ten en cuenta que puede dañar el "
-"monitor o seleccionar un ajuste incómodo ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"El segundo botón muestra la profundidad actual de color, haga clic para "
-"cambiarlo por otro."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Dependiendo de la resolución elegida, puede ser necesario cerrar la sesión y "
-"reiniciar el entorno gráfico para que los cambios surtan efecto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Una vez que la configuración del hecho, se recomienda hacer una prueba antes "
-"de hacer clic en Aceptar, ya que es más fácil modificar los ajustes ahora "
-"que más tarde si el entorno gráfico no funciona."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"En caso de que el entorno gráfico no funcione, presione Alt + Ctrl + F2 para "
-"abrir un entorno de texto, se conectan como root y tipean XFdrake (con las "
-"tapas) para utilizar la versión de texto de XFdrake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la prueba falla, sólo tiene que esperar hasta el final, si funciona, pero "
-"usted no quiere cambiar, después de todo, haga clic en <guibutton>No</"
-"guibutton>, si todo es correcto, haga clic en <guibutton role=\"bold"
-"\">Aceptar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Opciones:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Opciones globales</guilabel>: Si <emphasis>Desactivar Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Retroceso</emphasis> esta marcado, ya no será posible reiniciar el servidor "
-"X utilizando teclas Ctrl + Alt + Retroceso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Opciones de la tarjeta gráfica</guilabel>: le permite activar o "
-"desactivar tres rasgos específicos en función de la tarjeta gráfica."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica en el arranque</guilabel>: La mayoría de las "
-"veces, <emphasis>Iniciar automáticamente la interfaz gráfica (Xorg) al "
-"arrancar</emphasis> se comprueba para hacer el cambio de arranque para el "
-"modo gráfico, puede ser desactivada para un servidor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Tras hacer clic en el botón <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, el sistema le "
-"pedirá confirmación. Todavía tendrá tiempo de cancelar todo y mantener la "
-"configuración previas, o aceptar. In este caso, tendrá que desconectarse y "
-"volverse a conectar para activar la nueva configuración."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 273e5614..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centro de Control de Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Las herramientas para configurar el sistem Mageia.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la
-licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
-	    </para>
-            <para>Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el
-<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipo de
-Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 96f774d2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centro de Control de Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la
-licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
-	    </para>
-            <para>Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el
-<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipo de
-Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d3c2ee8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Actualizar software</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> está presente en el
-Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis
-role="bold">Administración de software.</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Para que funcione, MageiaUpdate necesita que los repositorios sean
-configurados con rpmdrake-edit-media con algunos medios marcados como
-actualizaciones. Si no es así, se le pedirá que lo haga.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Tan pronto como se pone en marcha esta herramienta, que escanea los paquetes
-instalados y enumera aquellos con una actualización disponible en los
-repositorios. Todos ellos son seleccionados por defecto para ser descargados
-e instalados automáticamente. Haga clic en el botón
-<guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton> para iniciar el proceso.</para>
-
-  <para>Al hacer clic en un paquete, más información se muestra en la mitad inferior
-de la ventana. La impresión <emphasis role="bold">> </emphasis> antes de un
-título significa que usted puede hacer clic para desplegar un texto.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Cuando las actualizaciones están disponibles, un applet en la bandeja del
-sistema le avisa exhibiendo este icono rojo <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>. Basta con hacer clic e introduzca la
-contraseña de usuario para actualizar el sistema por igual.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5546867b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Configurar el servidor gráfico</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta aparece en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta
-<emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Seleccione
-<emphasis><guilabel>Configurar el servidor
-gráfico</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuario normal o
-<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Cuidado con las letras mayúsculas.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Los botones le permiten cambiar la configuración gráfica.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Tarjeta gráfica</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>La tarjeta gráfica detectada actualmente se visualiza y el servidor gráfico
-correspondiente está configurado. Haga clic en este botón para cambiar  el
-controlador, por ejemplo, por un controlador propietario.</para>
-
-  <para>Los servidores disponibles se ordenan en <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel> por
-fabricante en orden alfabético y luego por modelo también en orden
-alfabético. Los drivers libres se ordenan por orden alfabético en
-<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>En caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> funcionará con la
-mayoría de las tarjetas gráficas y le dará tiempo para encontrar e instalar
-el controlador adecuado, mientras esta en su Entorno de Escritorio.</para>
-
-      <para>Si aún Vesa no funciona, seleccione <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, que se utiliza durante la instalación
-de Mageia, pero no le permite cambiar la resolución o frecuencias de
-actualización.</para>
-    </note>Si usted hizo su opción para un controlador libre, es posible que se le
-pregunte si desea utilizar un driver propietario con más funciones (efectos
-3D, por ejemplo).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>De la misma manera que el anterior, se muestra el monitor actualmente
-detectado y puede hacer clic en el botón para cambiar a otro. Si el monitor
-deseado no está en la lista <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel>, seleccione en la
-lista <guilabel>Genérico</guilabel> un monitor con las mismas
-características.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolución:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Este botón permite la elección de la resolución (número de píxeles) y la
-profundidad de color (número de colores). Se muestra la siguiente pantalla:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Cuando cambie la profundidad del
-color, una barra multicolor aparecerá al lado del segundo botón y aparece
-una muestra de cómo sería la profundidad del color.</para>
-
-  <para>El primer botón muestra la resolución actual, haga clic para cambiarlo por
-otro. La lista contiene todas las posibles opciones de acuerdo a la tarjeta
-gráfica y el monitor, es posible hacer clic en <guilabel>Otros</guilabel>
-para establecer otras resoluciones, pero ten en cuenta que puede dañar el
-monitor o seleccionar un ajuste incómodo .</para>
-
-  <para>El segundo botón muestra la profundidad actual de color, haga clic para
-cambiarlo por otro.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Dependiendo de la resolución elegida, puede ser necesario cerrar la sesión y
-reiniciar el entorno gráfico para que los cambios surtan efecto.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Una vez que la configuración del hecho, se recomienda hacer una prueba antes
-de hacer clic en Aceptar, ya que es más fácil modificar los ajustes ahora
-que más tarde si el entorno gráfico no funciona.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>En caso de que el entorno gráfico no funcione, presione Alt + Ctrl + F2 para
-abrir un entorno de texto, se conectan como root y tipean XFdrake (con las
-tapas) para utilizar la versión de texto de XFdrake.</para>
-    </note>Si la prueba falla, sólo tiene que esperar hasta el final, si funciona, pero
-usted no quiere cambiar, después de todo, haga clic en
-<guibutton>No</guibutton>, si todo es correcto, haga clic en <guibutton
-role="bold">Aceptar</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Opciones:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Opciones globales</guilabel>: Si <emphasis>Desactivar
-Ctrl-Alt-Retroceso</emphasis> esta marcado, ya no será posible reiniciar el
-servidor X utilizando teclas Ctrl + Alt + Retroceso.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Opciones de la tarjeta gráfica</guilabel>: le permite activar o
-desactivar tres rasgos específicos en función de la tarjeta gráfica.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Interfaz gráfica en el arranque</guilabel>: La mayoría de las
-veces, <emphasis>Iniciar automáticamente la interfaz gráfica (Xorg) al
-arrancar</emphasis> se comprueba para hacer el cambio de arranque para el
-modo gráfico, puede ser desactivada para un servidor.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>Tras hacer clic en el botón <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, el sistema le
-pedirá confirmación. Todavía tendrá tiempo de cancelar todo y mantener la
-configuración previas, o aceptar. In este caso, tendrá que desconectarse y
-volverse a conectar para activar la nueva configuración.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dc885156..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Acceder a directorios y discos WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Ésta herramienta<footnote><para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root.</para>
-  </footnote> se encuentra en el
-Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de
-Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducción</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> es un
-protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para
-que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota
-tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con
-esta herramienta.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Creando una nueva entrada</title>
-
-    <para>La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya
-configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo
-para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo
-de la nueva pantalla.</para>
-
-    <para>Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con
-la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en
-<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el
-<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es
-posible corregirla, si es necesario.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de
-montaje.</para>
-
-    <para>En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita
-otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla
-<guibutton>avanzada</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el
-acceso.</para>
-
-    <para>Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón
-<guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el
-nuevo punto de montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir
-<guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las
-modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si
-desea que el directorio remoto esté disponible en cada arranque. Si la
-configuración es para uso de una sola vez, no la guarde.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b56a9ddf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Compartir sus particiones de disco</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type="footnote" id="0"/> permite al
-administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus subdirectorios /
-home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden tener equipos en
-los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o  Windows.</para>
-
-  <para>Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local,
-etiquetado como "Compartir sus particiones".</para>
-
-  <para>Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: "<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle
-a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>", haga click
-en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para todos los
-usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</guibutton>
-para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en
-<guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si
-para otros.  En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus
-directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado
-automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto.</para>
-
-  <para>Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le
-pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el
-único sistema operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red
-incluye computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán
-inmediatamente, si fuera necesario.</para>
-
-  <para>Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción
-Personalizar.  En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake.  Esta
-herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios
-autorizados a compartir sus directorios.  En la solapa Usuario, haga click
-en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en
-<guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos.  Marque el grupo y
-haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Para más información sobre
-Userdrake, vea <xref linkend="userdrake">esta página</xref>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y
-reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir
-en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos
-estos tengan esa capacidad.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7afe04b1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducción</title>
-
-    <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote> le permite declarar
-directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora.  El
-protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la
-mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix.  El directorio compartido estará
-disponible desde el arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos
-también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier
-administrador de archivos.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedimiento</title>
-
-    <para>Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista
-de servidores que comparten directorios.</para>
-
-    <para>Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para
-mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea
-acceder.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá
-especificar donde quiere montar el directorio.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo.
-También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas,
-desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>.  Use el mismo botón para
-desmontarlo. </para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se
-mostrará un mensaje preguntando "¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a
-/etc/fstab ?". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la
-red es accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su
-navegador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 55ef831e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Grabadora CD/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta  <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote>se encuentra en la
-solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el
-nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lector-grabadores de CD/DVD y
-diskettes). </para>
-
-  <para>Su objetivo es definir la forma de montar su disco removible. </para>
-
-  <para>En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware
-y de las opciones de montaje elegidas.  Use el menú en la parte inferior
-para cambiarlas.  Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Punto de montaje</title>
-
-    <para>Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es
-/media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Opciones</title>
-
-    <para>Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a
-través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>.  Las más importantes son:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta
-opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el
-único que puede desmontarlo. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 378510de..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por Windows (SMB)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducción</title>
-
-    <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> le permite declarar
-aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios de la
-computadora.  El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los sistemas
-Windows(TM).  El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque
-del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse
-directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos.</para>
-
-    <para>Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los
-servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedimiento</title>
-
-    <para>Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista
-de servidores que comparten directorios.</para>
-
-    <para>Haga click en el símbolo &gt; que aparece delante del nombre del servidor
-para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que
-desea acceder.</para>
-
-    <para>El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá
-especificar donde quiere montar el directorio.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con
-<guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>.  También puede verificar y cambiar
-algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para>En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos
-con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB.  Después de montar el
-directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>,
-aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si "¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones en
-/etc/fstab?".  Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada
-arranque si la red está accesible.  El nuevo directorio será visible en su
-administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ab89eeb3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Efectos de escritorio 3D</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducción</title>
-
-    <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-        <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote> le permite
-administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se
-encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Comenzando</title>
-
-    <para>Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado.
-Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de
-poder iniciar drak3d. </para>
-
-    <para>Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir
-<guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz
-Fusion</guilabel>.  Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de
-composición de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por
-hardware para su escritorio.  Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para
-habilitarlo.</para>
-
-    <para>Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación
-limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes
-deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion.  Haga click en el
-botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que
-Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d.  Para que los cambios
-surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente.</para>
-
-    <para>Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado.  Para
-configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig
-Settings Manager).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Solución de problemas</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>No se puede ver el escritorio tras iniciar sesión</title>
-
-      <para>Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el
-escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la
-pantalla de logueo.  Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y
-elija drak3d. </para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se
-le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente.  Caso contrario, use una
-cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado
-el problema.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ea6e3d9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autenticación</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> le permite modificar
-la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta computadora en la
-red.</para>
-
-  <para>Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su
-computadora.  Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite
-y le da instrucciones para ello.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f32b5c8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Establecer autologin para iniciar sesión automáticamente</title>
-
-    <subtitle>acceso automático a drak</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="acceso automatico drak.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis></para>
-    </footnote>permite iniciar sesión
-automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir
-ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea
-cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina.</para>
-
-  <para>Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role="bold">Arranque</emphasis> del
-Centro de Control de Mageia llamada "Configurar el inicio de sesión
-automático".</para>
-
-  <para>Los botones son bastante obvios:</para>
-
-  <para>Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema
-inicia</guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado
-después del inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos
-modos es posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse
-ejecutando el comando  'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o
-bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el
-sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar
-automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es
-necesario. En este caso, también necesita  suministrar el <guilabel>nombre
-de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por
-defecto</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a2c6ce33..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Configurar el arranque</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Si está utilizando un sistema UEFI en lugar de BIOS, la interfaz de usuario
-es ligeramente diferente ya que el dispositivo de arranque es, obviamente,
-la partición del sistema EFI (ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>esta herramienta <footnote>
-      <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> le permite configurar
-las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una contraseña,
-el arranque por defecto, etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>Se encuentra bajo la etiqueta de arranque en el Centro de Control de Mageia
-como "Configurar el sistema de arranque".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo.
-Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es
-posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub2 o
-Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una
-cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las
-mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de
-arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos
-que sea un usuario experto. En el dispositivo de arranque se encuentra el
-cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque de
-su equipo.</para>
-
-  <para>En un sistema UEFI, el gestor de arranque es <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel>
-y se instala en la partición /boot/EFI. Esta partición formateada con FAT32
-es común a todos los sistemas operativos instalados.</para>
-
-  <para>En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>,
-usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la
-imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, Grub
-o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, invitándolo
-a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque iniciará con
-el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire el lapso
-establecido anteriormente.</para>
-
-  <para>En la tercera y última parte, denominada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>,
-es posible establecer una contraseña para el gestor de arranque. Esto
-significa que se le pedirá un nombre de usuario y una contraseña durante el
-arranque para seleccionar una entrada de inicio o cambiar la
-configuración. El nombre de usuario es "root" y la contraseña es la elegida
-aquí.</para>
-
-  <para>El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras
-opciones.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Activar ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la
-administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran
-en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica.  Marque esta casilla si su
-hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Activar SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para
-procesadores de varios núcleos. </para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador
-dual y activará SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado.  Hay dos
-componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC
-I/O.  Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses
-periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando
-su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores.  Algunas computadoras
-tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una
-incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje
-de error "spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7") hasta bloqueos totales del
-sistema.  En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>La pantalla <guibutton>siguiente</guibutton> difiere según el cargador de
-inicio que haya elegido.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Tiene Grub Legacy o Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las
-opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto
-está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el
-elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los
-botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>,
-aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del
-Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar
-familiarizado con Lilo o Grub.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el
-contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú.  Coincidirá con el comando
-"title" del Grub.  Por ejemplo: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel.
-Coincide con el comando "kernel" del Grub.  Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde
-se encuentra almacenado el kernel.  Coincide con el comando "root" del
-Grub.  Por ejemplo (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>La etiqueta "Anexar" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el
-arranque.</para>
-
-      <para>Si la casilla "Por defecto" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta entrada
-por defecto.</para>
-
-      <para>En la pantalla extra llamada <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>, es posible
-elegir el
- <guilabel>modo de Vídeo</guilabel>, un fichero  <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
-y un <guilabel>perfil de red</guilabel>, véase <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, en los menús desplegables.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Tiene Grub2 o Grub2-efi (cargadores de arranque utilizados por defecto
-respectivamente en modo Legacy y modo UEFI):</para>
-
-      <para>En este caso, la lista desplegable denominada
-<guilabel>Predeterminado</guilabel> muestra todas las entradas disponibles;
-haga clic en el que desee como predeterminado.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>La etiqueta "Anexar" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el
-arranque.</para>
-
-      <para>Si tiene instalados otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intenta agregarlos al
-menú de inicio de Mageia. Si no desea este comportamiento, desmarque la
-casilla <guilabel> Sondear sistemas operativos extranjeros</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>En la pantalla adicional denominada <guilabel> Avanzado </guilabel>, es
-posible elegir el <guilabel> modo de video </guilabel>. Si no desea un
-inicio de Mageia, pero si cargarlo desde otro sistema operativo, marque la
-casilla <guilabel> No toque ESP o MBR </guilabel> y acepte la advertencia.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>No instalar en ESP o MBR significa que la instalación no es arrancable a
-menos que se cargue desde otro sistema operativo.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>Para configurar muchos otros parámetros, puede utilizar la herramienta
-denominada <emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis>, disponible en los
-repositorios Mageia (ver más abajo).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d5605c67..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Herramienta de reportes de bug de Mageia</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Usualmente, esta herramienta <footnote><para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold"> drakbug </emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> se inicia
-automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin embargo,
-también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se le pida
-que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las informaciones que
-da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente.</para>
-
-  <para>Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer
-eso, entonces por favor lea <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly"> Cómo
-hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </link> antes de hacer clic en el
-botón "Report".</para>
-
-  <para>En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje
-de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese
-bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 661bfc7b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Recolectar logs e información del sistema para reportes de bugs</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote><para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote>solo se puede iniciar
-desde la línea de comandos.</para>
-
-<para>Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo
-haciendo <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt
-</emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en
-primer lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB.</para>
-<note><para>La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero
-las partes innecesarias.</para></note>
-  <para>Este comando recolecta la siguiente información de su sistema:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> particiones</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> versión de Mageia</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Cuando se escribió esta ayuda,  la parte "syslog" de la salida de este
-comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a
-nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el "syslog"
-haciendo  (como root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt
-</emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo,
-tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role="bold">
-journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a6d0098..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Fecha y hora</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-      <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold"> drakclock </emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> se encuentra en la
-pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como
-<guilabel>"Administrar fecha y hora"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de
-escritorio también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho /
-Ajustar fecha y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema.</para>
-
-  <para>Es  una herramienta muy simple.</para>
-
-  <para>En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis
-role="bold">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es
-Septiembre (arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2
-(en azul) y es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las
-pequeñas flechas a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día
-haciendo click en su número.</para>
-
-  <para>En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización
-<emphasis role="bold">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el
-reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque
-<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más
-cercano.</para>
-
-  <para>En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está
-activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22
-en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la
-hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del
-entorno de escritorio para eso.</para>
-
-  <para>Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el
-botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la
-ciudad más cercana.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta,
-estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de
-región.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dca44696..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Quitar una conexión</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<footnote><para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote>. </para> 
-    <para>Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego
-haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado
-correctamente.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d076b65..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,825 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Configurar un una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducción</title>
-
-    <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-        <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote> permite configurar
-varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información
-de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red.</para>
-
-    <para>Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el
-hardware y el proveedor que usted posee.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nueva conexión cableada (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un
-para configurar</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o
-manualmente configurada.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automática</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si
-los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán
-especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la
-dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser
-configurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado
-aquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> es asignado de forma
-predeterminada.  El Hostname también puede ser provisto por el servidor DHCP
-con la opción  <emphasis>Asignar Hostname desde el servidor
-DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta función, y si usted
-está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP desde router ADSL
-doméstico, es poco probable.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Cliente DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique el
-servidor NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP
-requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección
-IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para
-todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configuración manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: necesita especificar que
-servidores DNS utilizar.El NOMBRE DE EQUIPO de la computadora puede
-especificarse aquí. Si no se especifica ninguno, el nombre
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye de forma
-predeterminada.</para>
-
-            <para>Para una red residencial, la dirección IP usualmente luce cómo
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la máscara de subred
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, y la Puerta de Enlace y los servidores
-DNS están disponibles desde el sitio web de su proveedor.</para>
-
-            <para>En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de
-dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si
-el equipo se llama \"splash\", y el nombre de dominio completo es
-\"splash.boatanchor.net\", la búsqueda de dominio sería
-\"boatanchor.net\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no
-definir este ajuste. Una vez más, el ADSL doméstico no necesitaría este
-ajuste.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nueva conexión satelital (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de
-Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nueva conexión por cable módem</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un
-para configurar</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o
-manualmente configurada.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Debe especificar un método de autenticación:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ninguno</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que
-proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automática</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los
-servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma
-manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección
-IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador
-se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto. El nombre
-de host también puede ser proporcionada por el servidor DHCP con la opción
-<emphasis>Asignar nombre de host desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No todos
-los servidores DHCP tienen una función de este tipo y si está configurando
-su PC para obtener una dirección IP de un router ADSL doméstico, es poco
-probable.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Cliente DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique el
-servidor NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP
-requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección
-IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para
-todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configuración manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los
-servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se
-especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto.</para>
-
-            <para>Para una red residencial, la dirección IP usualmente luce cómo
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la máscara de subred
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, y la Puerta de Enlace y los servidores
-DNS están disponibles desde el sitio web de su proveedor.</para>
-
-            <para>En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de
-dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si
-el equipo se llama \"splash\", y el nombre de dominio completo es
-\"splash.boatanchor.net\", la búsqueda de dominio sería
-\"boatanchor.net\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no
-definir este ajuste. Una vez más, la conexión doméstica no necesitaría este
-ajuste.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nueva conexión DSL</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar
-una y configurarla.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su
-proveedor. Sin está en el listado, seleccione la opción
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> y luego ingrese las opciones que su proveedor
-le dió.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocolo de Configuración de Host Dinámico (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Configuración manual TCP/IP</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Configuraciones de acceso</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Contraseña de la cuenta</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avanzado) ID de ruta virtual (VPI):</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avanzado) ID de circuito virtual (VCI):</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nueva conexión ISDN</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Elección manual (tarjeta ISDN interna)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Módem ISDN externo</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y
-fabricante. Seleccione su tarjeta.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocolo para el resto del mundo, excepto Europa (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione
-su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción
-<guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas
-por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nombre de conexión</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Número de teléfono</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ID de ingreso (login)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Contraseña de la cuenta</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Método de autenticación</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método
-automático o manual. En este ultimo caso, especifique la dirección IP y la
-máscara de Subred.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores
-DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la
-configuración manual, debe indicar:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nombre de dominio</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Servidores DNS primario y secundario</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Seleccione si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta
-opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es
-obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual,
-usted debe ingresar la dirección IP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nueva conexión inalámbrica (WIFI)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Una primer ventana muestra una lista de las interfaces que están disponibles
-y una entrada para controladores de Windows (ndiswrapper). Seleccione la que
-desea configurar. Sólo use ndiswrapper si los otros métodos de configuración
-no funcionar</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la
-tarjeta ha detectado.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Los parámetros específicos de la tarjeta inalámbrica deben brindar:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Modo de operación</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Administrado</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Acceso a un punto de acceso existente (lo más frecuente).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Para configurar una conexión directa entre computadoras.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nombre de red (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Este modo de encriptación es preferible si su hardware lo permite</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Contraseña de encriptado</para>
-
-            <para>Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automática</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Configuración de  IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los
-servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma
-manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección
-IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador
-se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre
-localhost.localdomain se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también
-puede ser proporcionado por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar
-nombre de host dede el servidor DHCP</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Cliente DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique los
-servidores NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP
-requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección
-IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Luego de aceptar la configuración es explicado el paso, que es común a todas
-las configuraciones de conexión:<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configuración manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores
-DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica
-ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se
-atribuye por defecto.</para>
-
-            <para>Para una red residencial, la dirección IP siempre es algo parecido a
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la Máscara de Red es
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> y la Puerta de Enlace y los Servidores
-DNS están disponibles en el Sitio Web de su proveedor.</para>
-
-            <para>En la configuración avanzada, puede especificar una <emphasis>Búsqueda de
-dominio</emphasis>. Es similar al nombre del host sin el nombre antes del
-punto.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nueva conexión GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y
-configurarla.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se solicita el PIN. Dejar en blanco si no se requiere el PIN.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>El asistente regunta por una red. Si no es detectada, seleccione la
-opción,<guilabel>No listada</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su
-proveedor. Sin está en el listado, seleccione la opción
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> y luego ingrese las opciones que su proveedor
-le dió.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Especifique las configuraciones de acceso a red</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nombre de punto de acceso</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Contraseña de la cuenta</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nueva conexión a Red por marcado de Bluetooth</title>
-
-    <para>Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de
-Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nueva conexión por Módem de teléfono analógico (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Elección manual</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hardware detectado, si existe.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>La lista de puertos sugeridos, Seleccione el puerto.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Si todavía no está instalado, se sugerirá que instale el paquete
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su
-proveedor. Si no aparece, seleccione la opción "No listados", y luego entre
-en las opciones de su proveedor. Entonces se le preguntará por las opciones
-de acceso telefónico.</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Nombre de la conexión</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Número telefónico</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>ID de usuario</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Clave</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Autenticación</emphasis>, elija entre:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Basado en script</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Basado en terminal</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Fin de la configuración</title>
-
-    <para>En el siguiente paso, puede especificar:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Permitir a los usuarios administrar la conexión</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Iniciar la conexión al arrancar</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Activar las estadisticas del tráfico</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de
-Redes</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>En el caso de una conexión inalámbrica, aparecerá un cuadro suplementario,
-que le dará la posibilidad de cambiar automáticamente entre la conexión de
-red de acuerdo con la intensidad de la señal.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Con el botón Avanzado puede especificar:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Métrico (10 de manera predeterminada)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Enchufe en caliente de la red</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Habilitar túnel IPv6 a IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>El último paso le permite especificar si la conexión empieza de inmediato o
-no.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 085a1dac..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Abra una consola de administrador</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> le da acceso a una
-consola que se abre directamente como root. No creemos que necesite más
-información al respecto.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72dbbff6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Administrar particiones de disco</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk o diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> es muy potente, un
-pequeño error, o una pulsación de teclado erronea, puede conducir a la
-pérdida de todos los datos en una partición, o incluso borrar todo el disco
-duro. Por esta razón, usted verá la pantalla de arriba, en la parte superior
-de la herramienta. Haga click en "Salir", si no está seguro de que desea
-continuar.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Si usted tiene más de un disco duro, puede cambiar el disco duro que desea
-trabajar seleccionando la pestaña correcta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Usted puede elegir entre muchas acciones para ajustar el disco duro a sus
-preferencias. Limpiar un disco duro entero, dividir o fusionar particiones,
-cambiar su tamaño o su sistema de ficheros, su formato o la visualización de
-lo que se encuentra en una partición: todo es posible. El
-<emphasis><guibutton> botón Borrar todos </guibutton></emphasis> en la parte
-inferior es para borrar el disco completo, el resto de botones se hacen
-visibles a la derecha después de hacer clic en una partición.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Si tiene un sistema UEFI, puede ver una pequeña partición llamada "partición
-de sistema EFI" y montada en / boot / EFI. Nunca lo elimine, ya que contiene
-los gestores de arranque de los todos los sistemas operativos.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Si se monta la partición seleccionada, como en el siguiente ejemplo, no se
-puede optar por cambiar el tamaño, formato o eliminarlo. Primero la
-partición debe ser desmontada para poder hacer esto.</para>
-
-  <para>Solo se puede redimensionar una partición por su lado derecho</para>
-
-  <para>Para cambiar el tipo de partición (modificar de ext3 a ext4 por ejemplo)
-tiene que borrar la partición y volver a crarlo con el nuevo tipo. El botón
-"Crear" aparece cuando se selecciona una parte vacía del disco.</para>
-
-  <para>Usted puede escoger un punto de montaje, si no existe será creado.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Seleccionando "Cambiar a modo experto", da algunas acciones adicionales
-disponibles, como el etiquetado de la partición, como se puede ver en la
-siguiente imagen.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cb64f504..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Configurar el administrador de pantalla</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Aquí <footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis>.</para></footnote> puede elegir qué administrador
-gráfico va a utilizar para acceder a su entorno de escritorio. Sólo se
-mostrarán los disponibles en su sistema.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">La mayoría de los usuarios solo notarán que las pantallas de inicio de
-sesión proporcionadas parecen diferentes. Sin embargo, también hay
-diferencias en las funciones compatibles. LXDM es un gestor de pantalla
-ligero, SDDM y GDM tienen más extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 04334b32..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Configure su cortafuegos personal</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis
-role="bold"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> se encuentra bajo la
-pestaña de Seguridad, en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetada como
-"Configurar el servidor de seguridad personal". Es la misma herramienta en
-la primera pestaña de "Configurar la seguridad del sistema permisos y
-auditoría".</para>
-
-  <para>Un firewall básico se instala por defecto con Mageia. Todas las conexiones
-entrantes desde el exterior se bloquean si no están autorizadas. En la
-primera pantalla, puede seleccionar los servicios para los que se aceptan
-los intentos de conexión externos. Para su seguridad, desactive la primera
-casilla "Todo (sin cortafuegos)", a menos que desee desactivar el firewall,
-y solo comprobar los servicios necesarios.</para>
-
-  <para>Es posible introducir manualmente los números de puerto para abrir. Haga
-click en "Avanzado" y se abrirá una nueva ventana. En el campo "Otros
-puertos", introduzca los siguientes puertos necesarios, por ejemplo:</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : abre el puerto 80 del protocolo tcp</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : abre todos los puertos desde 24000 hasta 24010 del
-protocolo udp</para>
-
-  <para>Los puertos enlistados deben separarse con un espacio.</para>
-
-  <para>Si la casilla "Los mensajes de registro de firewall en los registros del
-sistema" está marcada, los mensajes del firewall se guardarán en los
-registros del sistema.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png "/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Si no aloja servicios específicos (servidor de web o correo, intercambio de
-archivos, ...) que es completamente posible  que no hay nada marcado,
-incluso se recomienda, no impedirá que se pueda conectar a Internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>La siguiente pantalla muestra las opciones de Firewall Interactivo. Esto le
-advierte de los intentos de conexión si por lo menos la primera casilla
-"Usar Firewall Interactivo" está marcada. Marque la segunda casilla para ser
-avisado si los puertos son escaneados (con el fin de encontrar una falla en
-algún lugar y entrar en su máquina). Cada casilla del tercero, corresponde a
-un puerto que se abrió en las primeras dos pantallas; en la siguiente
-imagen, hay dos de estas casillas: servidor SSH y 80:150 / tcp. Márquelas
-para ser avisado cada vez que se intenta una conexión en esos puertos.</para>
-
-  <para>Estas advertencias están dadas por los pop-ups de alerta a través del
-subprograma Red.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>En la última pantalla, elige qué interfaces de red están conectadas a
-Internet y deben ser protegidas. Una vez que se hace clic en el botón
-Aceptar, los paquetes necesarios se descargan.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Si usted no sabe qué elegir, eche un vistazo en MCC ficha Red &amp;
-Internet, icono Configurar una nueva interfaz de red.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 67a3aac3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Administre, agregue y elimine fuentes. Importe fuentes de Windows(R)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> está presente en el
-Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la ficha "Sistema". Se le permite
-administrar las fuentes disponibles en el equipo. La pantalla superior
-muestra:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>los nombres, estilos y tamaños de las fuente instaladas.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>una previsualización del tipo de letra seleccionado.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>algunos botones que se explican aquí más tarde.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Obtener Fuentes de Windows: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Este botón añade automáticamente los tipos de letra que se encuentren en la
-partición de Windows. Debe tener Microsoft Windows instalado.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Opciones:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Se le permite especificar las aplicaciones o dispositivos (impresoras en su
-mayoría) capaces de utilizar las fuentes.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Desinstalar:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar
-algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede
-tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importar:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Permite agregar fuentes de un tercero (CD, internet, ...). Los formatos
-soportados son ttf, pfa, PFB, pcf, PFM y gsf. Haga clic en "Importar" y
-luego en "Añadir", aparecerá un administrador donde puede seleccionar los
-tipos de letra para instalar, haga clic en "Instalar" cuando haya
-terminado. Se instalarán en la carpeta /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>Si las recién instaladas (o eliminadas) fuentes no aparecen en la pantalla
-principal drakfont, cierre y vuelva a abrir para ver las modificaciones.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 62e5c6d0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Controles paternos</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> se encuentra en el
-Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña de Seguridad, con la etiqueta
-"Control parental". Si  no ve esta etiqueta, tendrá que instalar el paquete
-drakguard (no se instala por defecto).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentación</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard es una manera fácil de configurar controles parentales en el
-equipo para restringir quién puede hacer qué, y en qué momentos del
-día. Drakguard tiene tres capacidades útiles:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Se restringe el acceso web a los usuarios con nombre para ajustar el
-reloj. Lo hace mediante el uso de shorewall, el firewall integrado en
-Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Bloquea la ejecución de comandos particulares de usuarios nombrados por lo
-que estos usuarios sólo puede ejecutar lo que acepta que ejecuten.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Asimismo, se restringe el acceso a sitios web, ambos definidos manualmente a
-través de listas negras / listas blancas, sino también dinámicamente
-basándose en el contenido de la página web. Para lograr esto Drakguard
-utiliza el código abierto líder en el control parental bloqueador
-DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurar Controles parentales</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Si su equipo contiene particiones del disco duro que están formateados en
-Ext2, Ext3, o formato ReiserFS usted verá una ventana emergente que ofrece
-para configurar las ACL en sus particiones. ACL es sinónimo de listas de
-control de acceso, y es una característica del kernel de Linux que permite
-el acceso a archivos individuales que se restringe a los usuarios con
-nombre. ACL está integrado en los sistemas de archivos Ext4 y Btrfs, pero
-debe ser habilitada por una opción en particiones ext2, ext3 o reiserfs. Si
-selecciona "Sí" a esta solicitud drakguard configurará todas las particiones
-para apoyar ACL, y entonces te sugiere reiniciar el sistema.</para>
-      </warning>"Activar control parental". Si se marca, el control parental está activado y
-el acceso a "Bloqueo de programas" se abre.</para>
-
-    <para>"Bloquear todo el tráfico de red": Si se selecciona, todos los sitios web
-son bloqueados, excepto los de la ficha de la lista blanca. De lo contrario,
-todos los sitios web están permitidos, a excepto los de la pestaña "lista
-negra".</para>
-
-    <para>Acceso de ususario: Los usuarios de la izquierda tendrán su acceso
-restringido de acuerdo a las reglas que defina. Los usuarios de la derecha
-tienen acceso sin restricciones para que los usuarios adultos del equipo no
-se desconcierten. Seleccione un usuario en el lado izquierdo y haga clic en
-"Añadir" para añadir a usuarios permitidos. Seleccione un usuario en el lado
-derecho y haga clic en "Eliminar" para retirarlo de usuarios permitidos.</para>
-
-    <para>Control de tiempo: Si se selecciona, se permite el acceso a internet con
-restricciones entre el tiempo de inicio y apagado del equipo. Estará
-totalmente bloqueado fuera de este intervalo de tiempo.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Pestaña Lista negra/Lista blanca </title>
-
-      <para>Introduzca la URL del sitio web en el primer campo en la parte superior y
-haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Pestaña bloqueo de Programas</title>
-
-      <para>"Aplicaciones bloqueadas": Permite el uso de ACL para restringir el acceso a
-las aplicaciones específicas. Introduzca la ruta de acceso a las
-aplicaciones que desee bloquear.</para>
-
-      <para>"Lista desbloqueo usuarios": los usuarios que aparecen en el lado derecho,
-no estarán sujetos a bloqueo.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 024a647a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Compartir la conexión a Internet con otras máquinas locales</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Principios</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject> Esto es útil cuando usted tiene un
-equipo (3), que tiene acceso a internet (2) y está conectado a una red local
-(1). Puede usar el equipo (3) como una puerta de entrada para dar acceso a
-otras estaciones de trabajo (5) y (6) en la red local (1). Para ello, la
-puerta de enlace debe tener dos interfaces; la primera tal como una tarjeta
-Ethernet debe estar conectada a la red local, y la segunda (4) conectada a
-internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>El primer paso es verificar que la red y el acceso a internet se crean, como
-se documenta en <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>..</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Asistente de puerta de enlace</title>
-
-    <para>El asistente ofrece sucesivos pasos que se muestran a continuación:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Si el asistente no detecta al menos dos interfaces, advierte acerca de esto
-y pide que deje la red y configure el hardware.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>especificar la interfaz que se utiliza para la conexión a Internet. El
-asistente automáticamente sugiere una de las interfaces, pero usted debe
-verificar que la que se propone es la correcta.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>especificar qué interfaz se utiliza para acceder a la Lan. El asistente
-también propone uno, asegúrese de que esto es correcto.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>El asistente propone parámetros para la red Lan, como la dirección IP, la
-máscara y el nombre de dominio. Compruebe que estos parámetros son
-compatibles con la configuración real. Se recomienda aceptar estos valores.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>especificar si el equipo va a ser usado como un servidor DNS. En caso
-afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que "bind" está instalado. De lo
-contrario, tiene que especificar la dirección de un servidor DNS.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>especificar si el equipo se va a utilizar com un servidor DHCP. En caso
-afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que "dhcp-server" se instala y se
-ofrecerá a configurarlo, con direcciones de inicio y final en el rango DHCP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>especificar si el equipo es para ser utilizado como un servidor proxy. En
-caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que <code>squid</code> se instala y
-se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con la dirección del administrador
-(admin@mydomain.com), nombre del representante (myfirewall@mydomaincom), el
-puerto (3128) y el tamaño de la caché (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>El último paso le permite comprobar si la puerta de enlace está conectado a
-impresoras y para compartirlos.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Usted será advertido de la necesidad de comprobar el firewall si está
-activo.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configure el cliente</title>
-
-    <para>Si ha configurado la puerta de enlace con DHCP, sólo es necesario
-especificar en la herramienta de configuración de red que se obtiene una
-dirección de forma automática (mediante DHCP). Los parámetros se obtendrán
-cuando se conecta a la red. Este método es válido sea cual sea el sistema
-operativo que utiliza el cliente.</para>
-
-    <para>Si debe especificar manualmente los parámetros de red, debe, en particular,
-especificar la puerta de enlace mediante la introducción de la dirección IP
-de la máquina que actúa como puerta de enlace.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Detener la conexión compartida</title>
-
-    <para>Si desea dejar de compartir la conexión en el equipo de Mageia, inicie la
-herramienta. Ofrecerá configurar la conexión o detener el uso compartido.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f7752861..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Definiciones para los anfitriones</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Si algunos sistemas de la red a la que otorgan los servicios, y tienen
-fijadas las direcciones IP, esta herramienta<footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> permite especificar un nombre para acceder a ellos más
-fácilmente. A continuación, puede utilizar ese nombre en lugar de la
-dirección IP.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Añadir</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Con este botón, se agrega el nombre de un nuevo sistema. Obtendrá una
-ventana para especificar la dirección IP, el nombre de host para el sistema,
-y, opcionalmente, un alias que se puede utilizar de la misma manera que el
-nombre.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modificar</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Usted puede acceder a los parámetros de una entrada previamente
-definida. Usted recibe la misma ventana.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dc02f4eb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Configuración avanzada para las interfaces de red y corta fuegos.</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de
-Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para>
-
-  <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis>.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 75d76c72..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Centro de Redes</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-      <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> se encuentra en la
-pestaña Red &amp; Internet en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la
-etiqueta "Centro de redes"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducción</title>
-
-    <para>Cuando se pone en marcha esta herramienta, se abre una ventana que lista
-todas las redes configuradas en el equipo, cualquiera que sea su tipo (por
-cable, radio, satélite, etc.). Al hacer clic en uno de ellos, aparecen tres
-o cuatro botones, dependiendo del tipo de red, para que pueda cuidar de la
-red, cambiar su configuración o conectar/desconectar. Esta herramienta no
-está destinada a crear una red, para esto vea <guilabel>Configurar una nueva
-interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> en la misma pestaña MCC.</para>
-
-    <para>En la pantalla de abajo, dada como ejemplo, podemos ver dos redes, la
-primera está cableada y conectada, reconocible por este icono<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (éste no está conectado <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>) y la segunda sección muestra las redes
-inalámbricas, que no están conectados reconocible por este icono
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> y éste <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> si está conectado. Para los otros tipos de
-red, el código de color es siempre la misma, verde si está conectado y rojo
-si no está conectado.</para>
-
-    <para>En la parte inalámbrica de la pantalla, también puede ver todas las redes
-detectadas, con el <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Intensidad de la
-señal</guilabel>, si están encriptados (en rojo) o no (en verde), y el
-<guilabel>Modo de funcionamiento</guilabel>. Haga clic en el elegido y luego
-en <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> o
-<guibutton>Conectar</guibutton>. Es posible aquí pasar de una red a otra. Si
-se selecciona una red privada, la ventana Configuración de red (véase más
-adelante) se abrirá y le pedirá ajustes adicionales (una clave de cifrado en
-particular).</para>
-
-    <para>Click en <guibutton>Refrescar</guibutton> para actualizar la pantalla.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>El botón de Monitor</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Este botón le permite ver la actividad de la red, descargas (hacia el PC, en
-rojo) y la carga (hacia el Internet, en verde). En la misma pantalla se
-encuentra disponible haciendo clic derecho sobre el <guimenu>icono de
-Internet en la bandeja del sistema -> Monitor de red</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Hay una ficha para cada red (aquí eth0 es la red cableada, lo del bucle de
-retorno local y wlan0 la red inalámbrica) y una conexión de pestaña que da
-detalles sobre el estado de conexión.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>En la parte inferior de la ventana esta el título <guilabel>Detalles de
-tráfico</guilabel>, que vamos a discutir en la próxima sección.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>El botón de configuración</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Es posible cambiar todos los ajustes dados durante la creación de la red. La
-mayoría de las veces, marque el botón <guibutton>IP automática</guibutton>
-para hacer <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>,  pero en el caso de
-problemas, los ajustes manuales pueden dar mejores resultados.</para>
-
-    <para>Para una red residencial, la <guilabel>dirección IP</guilabel> siempre se ve
-como 192.168.0.x, la <guilabel>Máscara de red</guilabel> es 255.255.255.0, y
-la <guilabel>Puerta de enlace</guilabel> y los <guilabel>servidores
-DNS</guilabel> están disponibles en la página web de tus proveedores.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Habilitar las estadisticas del tráfico</guibutton> si marca esta
-contará el tráfico en una hora, día o mes. Los resultados son visibles en el
-monitor de red detalla en el apartado anterior. Una vez activado, puede que
-tenga que volver a conectarse a la red.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el
-Administrador de Redes</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de
-Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de
-Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Para una red inalámbrica</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Se explican sólo los artículos no vistos ya anteriormente.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Modo de funcionamiento:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Seleccione <guilabel>Gestionado</guilabel> si la conexión es a través de un
-punto de acceso, hay una <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis>
-detectado. Seleccione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> si es una red punto a
-punto. Seleccione <emphasis role="bold">Maestro</emphasis> si su tarjeta de
-red se utiliza como punto de acceso, la tarjeta de red debe ser compatible
-con este modo.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Modo de encriptación y clave de cifrado:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Si se trata de una red privada, necesita saber estos ajustes.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utiliza una contraseña y es más débil que WPA que
-utiliza una frase de contraseña. <guilabel>Clave WPA
-Pre-Comparida</guilabel> también se llama WPA personal o WPA
-hogar. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> no se utiliza a menudo en redes
-privadas.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Permitir punto de acceso a la itinerancia</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming es una tecnología que permite permite computadora para cambiar su
-punto de acceso mientras permanece conectado a la red.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de
-Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>El botón de Configuraciones avanzadas</title>
-
-    <para>Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de
-Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 67b951fc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Administrar los diferentes perfiles de red</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de
-Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para>
-
-  <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis>.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index da8eba3f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Compartir discos y directorios utilizando NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prerequisitos</title>
-
-    <para>Cuando el<footnote>
-        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> asistente se lanza por
-primera vez, se puede mostrar el siguiente mensaje:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Después de completar la instalación, aparece una ventana con una lista
-vacía.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ventana principal</title>
-
-    <para>Se muestra una lista de los directorios que son compartidos. En este paso,
-la lista está vacía. El botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> da acceso a una
-herramienta de configuración.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Modificar entrada</title>
-
-    <para>La herramienta de configuración se denomina "Modificar los datos". Puede
-también ponerse en marcha con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Los
-siguientes parámetros están disponibles.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Directorio NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Aquí puede especificar qué directorio se va a compartir. El botón
-<guibutton>Directorio</guibutton> da acceso a un navegador para
-seleccionarlo.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Acceso de host</title>
-
-      <para>Aquí puede especificar los hosts que están autorizados para acceder al
-directorio compartido.</para>
-
-      <para>Los clientes NFS se pueden especificar de varias maneras:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>host único</emphasis>: un anfitrión, ya sea por un nombre
-abreviado reconocido es el resolver, el nombre de dominio completo o una
-dirección IP</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: grupos NIS se pueden dar como @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>comodines</emphasis>: nombres de las máquinas pueden contener los
-caracteres comodín * y ?. Por ejemplo: *.cs.foo.edu todos los hosts del
-dominio cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Redes IP</emphasis>: también puede exportar los directorios a
-todos los hosts de una (sub)red IP simultáneamente. Por ejemplo, ya sea
-`/255.255.252.0' o `/22' adjunto a la dirección base de la red.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Mapeo de ID de usuario</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Mapear usuario root como anónimo</emphasis>: redirigir las
-peticiones de uid/gid 0 al uid/gid anónimo (root_squash). El usuario
-administrador del sistema del cliente no será capaz de leer archivos o
-escribir en archivos en el servidor que han sido creados por el
-administrador del servidor o el propio servidor.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>permitir el acceso remoto real a root</emphasis>: desactivar  la
-supresión de root. Esta opción se utiliza principalmente para clientes sin
-disco (no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>todos los usuarios asociados con usuario anónimo</emphasis>:
-convierte toda UID/GID en usuario anónimo (all_squash). Útil para
-NFS-exportado de directorios FTP públicos, directorio noticias, etc. La
-opción contraria es (no_all_squash), que se aplica por defecto.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid y anongid</emphasis>: establecer explícitamente el uid y
-gid de la cuenta anónima.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Opciones avanzadas</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las
-solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED
-(1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo
-de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera
-predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de
-archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar
-el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho
-por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de
-disco).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que
-puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir
-la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Entradas de menú</title>
-
-    <para>Hasta ahora, la lista tiene al menos una entrada.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Archivo|Escribir conf</title>
-
-      <para>Guardar la configuración actual.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Servidor|Reiniciar</title>
-
-      <para>El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración
-actuales.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Servidor|Recargar</title>
-
-      <para>La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración
-actuales.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 57a7fc7d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede utilizar
-esta herramienta<footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> para configurarlo. El
-administrador de red le dará la información que necesita. También puede
-especificar algunos servicios que se puede acceder sin el proxy por
-excepción.</para>
-
-  <para>De Wikipedia, el 2012-09-24, artículo servidor Proxy: En las redes de
-computadoras, un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una
-aplicación) que actúa como intermediario en las peticiones de los clientes
-en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor
-proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página
-web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente. El servidor proxy
-evalúa la solicitud como una manera de simplificar y controlar su
-complejidad.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 37fae0ec..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,225 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configurar repositorios</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Lo primero que debe hacer después de una instalación es añadir fuentes de
-software (también conocido como repositorios, medios, espejos). Eso
-significa que usted debe seleccionar las fuentes de los medios que se
-utilizarán para instalar y actualizar los paquetes y aplicaciones. (consulte
-el botón Agregar de abajo).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Si instala (o actualiza) Mageia utilizando un medio óptico (CD o DVD) o un
-dispositivo USB, habrá una fuente del software configurado para los medios
-ópticos utilizados. Para evitar que le solicite que inserte los medios al
-instalar nuevos paquetes, debe deshabilitar (o eliminar) este
-medio. (Contará con el tipo de medio CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Su sistema se está ejecutando bajo una arquitectura que puede ser de 32 bits
-(llamado i586) o 64 bits (llamado x86_64). Algunos paquetes son
-independientes de si el sistema es de 32 bits o 64 bits; éstos se llaman
-paquetes noarch. Ellos no tienen sus propios directorios noarch en los
-espejos, pero están todos en tanto el i586 y x86_64 los medios de
-comunicación.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la
-etiqueta <emphasis role = "bold">Administración de
-software.</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Las columnas</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Columna Activar</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga
-cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema
-no funcione.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Columna Actualizar</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Los medios seleccionados que serán utilizados para actualizar los paquetes
-deben estar habilitados. Sólo los medios con "Update" en su nombre deben ser
-seleccionados. Por razones de seguridad, esta columna no es modificable en
-esta herramienta, debe abrir una consola como root y teclear <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Columna de de Medios:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Muestra el nombre del medio. Repositorios oficiales de Mageia de versiones
-finales contienen al menos:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> que contiene la mayoría de los
-programas disponibles compatibles con Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> que contiene algunos programas que
-no son libres</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> software libre el cual no puede
-reivindicarse en algunos países debido a patentes.</para>
-
-        <para>Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en
-que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> los paquetes actualizados desde el
-lanzamiento por razones de seguridad o de errores. Todo el mundo debería
-tener este medio habilitado, incluso con una conexión a Internet muy lenta.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> algunos paquetes de nuevas
-versiones de backports Caldero (la próxima versión en fase de desarrollo).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> que se utiliza para las pruebas
-temporales de nuevas actualizaciones, para permitir que los reporteros de
-errores y el equipo de control de calidad para validar las correcciones.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Los botones a la derecha</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Eliminar:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena
-idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por
-ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core
-oficial del lanzamiento. </para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Editar:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para
-descargar y proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Añadir:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Añadir los repositorios oficiales disponibles en Internet. Estos
-repositorios contienen software que es seguro y está bien probado. Al hacer
-clic en el botón "Añadir" añade servidores réplica de la configuración, que
-está diseñado para asegurarse de que instale y actualizace desde una réplica
-cercana a usted. Si prefiere elegir un espejo específico, a continuación,
-agreguer eligiendo "Agregar un espejo específico" en el menú desplegable
-"Archivo".</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Cambiar el orden de la lista. Cuando drakrpm busca un paquete, se lee la
-lista en el orden que se muestra y se instalará el primer paquete
-determinado para el mismo número de versión - en caso de un conflicto de
-versiones, se instalará la última versión. Así que si es posible, poner los
-repositorios más rápidos en la parte superior.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">El menú</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Se abrirá una ventana con la lista de medios. Seleccione los que desee
-actualizar y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Supongamos que usted no está satisfecho con el espejo real, porque por
-ejemplo de que sea demasiado lento o a menudo no está disponible, puede
-elegir otro espejo. Seleccionar todos los medios de comunicación actuales y
-haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para llevarlos a cabo. Haga
-clic en <guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico medios</guimenu>,
-elegir entre sólo actualización o el conjunto completo (si no sabes, elija
-el botón <guibutton>Sistema completo de fuentes</guibutton>) y aceptar el
-contacto haciendo clic en <guibutton>Sí</guibutton>. Se abre esta ventana:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Puedes ver, a la izquierda, una lista de países, elige el tuyo o uno muy
-cercano haciendo clic en el símbolo >, este mostrará todos los espejos
-disponibles en ese país. Seleccione uno y haga clic en
-<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un medio personalizado:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Es posible instalar un nuevo medio (de un tercero, por ejemplo) que no sea
-compatible con Mageia. Aparecerá una nueva ventana:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Seleccione el tipo de medio,
-encontrar un nombre inteligente que bien definen el medio y dar el URL (o la
-ruta de acceso, de acuerdo con el tipo de medio)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opciones -> Opciones globales:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Este elemento le permite elegir cuándo "Verificar RPMs para ser instalados"
-(siempre o nunca), el programa de descarga (curl, wget o aria2) y definir la
-política de descarga para obtener información acerca de los paquetes (en la
-demanda -por defecto-, actualizar sólo, siempre o nunca).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opciones -> Administrar claves:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Para garantizar un alto nivel de seguridad, llaves digitales se utilizan
-para autenticar los medios. Es posible para cada medio debe permitir o no
-una clave. En la ventana que aparece, seleccione un medio y luego haga clic
-en <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> para permitir una nueva clave o para
-seleccionar una clave y haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para
-rechazar esa tecla.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Haga esto con cuidado, al igual que con todas las cuestiones relacionadas
-con la seguridad</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Opciones -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede
-configurarlo aquí. Sólo tiene que dar el <guibutton>nombre de host
-proxy</guibutton> y si es necesario un <guilabel>Nombre de
-usuario</guilabel> y <guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de los medios de
-comunicación, consulte <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">la página Wiki de
-Mageia </link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c64efdba..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Compartir discos y directorios utilizando Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducción</title>
-
-    <para>Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir
-recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite
-configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo
-SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de
-trabajo con este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del
-servidor Samba. </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Preparación</title>
-
-    <para>Para acceder desde otras estaciones de trabajo, el servidor tiene que tener
-una dirección IP fija. Esto se puede especificar directamente en el
-servidor, por ejemplo, con <xref linkend = "draknetcenter" />, o en el
-servidor DHCP que identifica la estación con su dirección MAC y darle
-siempre la misma dirección. El servidor de seguridad también tiene que
-permitir que las solicitudes entrantes al servidor Samba.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Asistente - servidor Autónomo</title>
-
-    <para>En la primera ejecución, las herramientas <footnote>
-        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> comprueban si los paquetes necesarios están instalados y proponen
-instalarlos si aún no están presentes. A continuación,  se inicia el
-asistente para configurarel servidor Samba.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone
-está seleccionada.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A continuación, especifique el nombre del grupo de trabajo. Este nombre debe
-ser el mismo para el acceso a los recursos compartidos.</para>
-
-    <para>El nombre de NetBIOS es el nombre que se utilizará para designar el servidor
-en la red.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Elija el nivel de seguridad:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>usuario</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al
-recurso</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>compartir</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder
-al recurso</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Puede especificar qué máquinas tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos,
-con la dirección IP o nombre de host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este
-servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>El lugar donde Samba puede registrar información se puede especificar en el
-siguiente paso.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>El asistente muestra una lista de los parámetros elegidos antes de aceptar
-la configuración. Cuando se acepta, la configuración será escrita en
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Asistente - Controlador de dominio primario</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Si se selecciona la opción
-"controlador de dominio primario", el asistente le pide indique si Wins es
-para apoyar o no, y para proporcionar los nombres de usuarios de
-administrador. Los siguientes pasos son entonces los mismos que para
-servidor independiente, a menos que usted elija también el modo de
-seguridad:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las
-cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central
-compartido. El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los
-controladores (de seguridad) del dominio.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Declare un directorio a compartir</title>
-
-    <para>Con el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>, obtenemos:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Por tanto, se añade una nueva entrada. Puede ser modificada con el botón
-<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Las opciones pueden ser editadas, por
-ejemplo, si el directorio es visible para el público, de escritura o
-navegable. El nombre del recurso compartido no se puede modificar.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Entradas de menú</title>
-
-    <para>Cuando la lista tiene al menos una entrada, se pueden utilizar las entradas
-de menú.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Archivo|Escribir conf</title>
-
-      <para>Guardar la configuración actual en <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Servidor de Samba|Configurar</title>
-
-      <para>Se puede ejecutar el asistente de nuevo con esta orden.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba servidor|Reiniciar</title>
-
-      <para>El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración
-actuales.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Servidor|Recargar</title>
-
-      <para>La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración
-actuales.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Compartir impresora</title>
-
-    <para>Samba tambien le permite compartir impresoras</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Usuarios de Samba</title>
-
-    <para>En esta pestaña, puede agregar usuarios que tienen permiso para acceder a
-los recursos compartidos cuando se requiere autenticación. Usted puede
-agregar usuarios de <xref linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f5d2a0c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configurar autenticación para las herramientas de Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> está presente en el
-Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role =
-"bold">Seguridad</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Permite dar a los usuarios habituales los derechos necesarios para realizar
-las tareas normalmente realizadas por el administrador.</para>
-
-  <para>Haga clic en la pequeña flecha antes del elemento que desea desplegar:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>La mayoría de las herramientas disponibles en el Centro de Control de Mageia
-se muestran en la parte izquierda de la ventana (ver la imagen de arriba) y
-para cada herramienta, una lista desplegable en la parte derecha abajo da la
-posibilidad de elegir entre:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Por defecto: El modo de puesta en marcha depende del nivel de seguridad
-elegido. Ver en la misma pestaña MCC, la función "Configurar la seguridad
-del sistema, permisos y auditoría".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la
-herramienta se ejecute</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Contraseña de administrador: La contraseña de root se pregunta antes de la
-puesta en marcha de herramientas</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Sin contraseña: La herramienta se ejecuta sin pedir contraseña.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b2eb9ff..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Instantáneas</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>.</para></footnote> está disponible en la
-pestaña <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> de MCC, en la sección
-<guilabel>Herramientas de administración</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Al iniciar esta herramienta en MCC, por primera vez, verá un mensaje acerca
-de la instalación draksnapshot. Haga clic en <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton>
-para continuar. Draksnapshot y algunos otros paquetes que necesita serán
-instalados.</para>
-
- <para>Haga clic de nuevo en <guilabel>Instantáneas</guilabel>, verá la pantalla
-<guilabel>Configuración</guilabel>. Habilite <guilabel>Activar copias de
-seguridad</guilabel> y, si desea hacer copia de seguridad de todo el
-sistema, <guilabel>Copia de seguridad de todo el sistema</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Si sólo quiere una copia de seguridad de parte de sus directorios, a
-continuación, seleccione <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>. Usted verá una
-pequeña pantalla emergente. Utilice los botones
-<guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> y <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> junto a
-<guilabel>la lista de copia de seguridad</guilabel> para incluir o excluir
-directorios y archivos de la copia de seguridad. Utilice los mismos botones
-junto a la lista <guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para eliminar los
-subdirectorios y/o archivos de los directorios seleccionados, que <emphasis
-role = "bold">no</emphasis> deben ser incluidos en la copia de
-seguridad. Haga clic en <guibutton>Cerrar</guibutton> cuando haya terminado.</para>
-	  <para>Ahora, especifique el directorio en el que <guilabel>Guardar una copia de
-seguridad</guilabel>, o seleccione el botón <guibutton>Examinar</guibutton>
-para especificar el directorio correcto. Cualquier llave USB o HD externo
-montado se puede encontrar en <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Click en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton> para hacer la captura.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7880031f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Configuración de sonido</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis>.</para></footnote> está presente en el
-Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role =
-"bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound se ocupa de la configuración de sonido, las opciones de PulseAudio
-y la solución de problemas. Le ayudará si experimenta problemas de sonido o
-si cambia la tarjeta de sonido.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> es un servidor de sonido. Recibe todas las
-entradas de sonido, los mezcla en función de las preferencias del usuario y
-envía el sonido resultante a la salida. Consulte <guimenu>Menú -> Sonido y
-Video -> PulseAudio control de volumen</guimenu> para ajustar estas
-preferencias.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo
-activado.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos
-programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado.</para>
-  <para>El botón <guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> le ayuda a solucionar
-cualquier problema que pueda tener. Le resultará útil intentar esto antes de
-pedir ayuda a la comunidad.</para>
-  <para>El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> muestra una nueva ventana con un
-botón obvio.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 73b8a3e7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Configurar una UPS para monitoreo de energía</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de
-Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakups</emphasis>.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fdc1228..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configurar una conexión VPN para acceso seguro a redes</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducción</title>
-
-    <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> permite configurar un
-acceso seguro a una red remota,  se establece un túnel entre la estación de
-trabajo local y la red remota. Discutimos aquí sólo de la configuración en
-el lado de estación de trabajo. Suponemos que la red remota ya está en
-funcionamiento, y que tiene la información de conexión del administrador de
-red, como un archivo de configuración .pcf.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuración</title>
-
-    <para>En primer lugar, seleccione Cisco VPN concentrador o OpenVPN, dependiendo de
-qué protocolo se utiliza para su red privada virtual.</para>
-
-    <para>De un nombre a la conexión.</para>
-
-    <para>La siguiente pantalla, provee los detalles para su conexión VPN.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Para las VPN de Cisco</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera
-vez que se utilice.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Seleccione los archivos que recibió
-del administrador de red.</para>
-
-        <para>Parámetros avanzados:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>La siguiente pantalla le pide la dirección ip del gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la
-conexión VPN.</para>
-
-    <para>Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una
-conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse
-siempre a esta VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fc08c25..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configurar servidor web</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>.</para></footnote> puede ayudar a
-configurar un servidor web.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>¿Qué es un servidor web?</title>
-    <para>
-      Servidor Web es el software que ayuda a entregar el contenido web que se
-puede acceder a través de Internet. (De Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Configuración de un servidor web con drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Bienvenido al asistente de servidor web.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introducción</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Seleccionando servidor exposicion: Red Local y/o Mundial</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exponer el servidor web a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para
-cosas malas.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Módulo de usuario de servidor</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Permite a los usuarios crear sus propios sitios.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Nombre de la carpeta web del usuario</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    El usuario necesita para crear y llenar este directorio, el servidor lo
-mostrará.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de
-servidores web.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Resumen</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finalizar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    ¡Ya está! Haga clic en <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a6c9da2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configurar DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de
-Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis>.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b1de5be..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configurar DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Esta herramienta se rompe en Mageia 4 debido a nuevo esquema de nomenclatura
-para las interfaces Red</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> puede ayudarle a
-configurar un servidor <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Es un componente de
-drakwizard que debería estar instalado antes de poder acceder a él.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>¿Qué es DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>El Protocolo de configuración dinámica de host (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) es
-un protocolo de red estándar utilizado en redes IP que configura
-dinámicamente direcciones IP y otra información que se necesita para la
-comunicación por Internet. (De Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuración de un servidor DHCP con drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Bienvenido al asistente de servidor DHCP.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introducción</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selección de Adaptador</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Seleccione la interfaz de red, que está conectado a la subred, y para el que
-DHCP asignará direcciones IP y haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Seleccione el rango IP</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Seleccione el principio y final IP del rango de direcciones IP que desea que
-el servidor ofrezca, junto con la IP de la puerta de enlace que conecta a
-algún lugar fuera de la red local, ojalá cerca de la Internet, a
-continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Resumen</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Espere...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Esto se puede solucionar. Haga clic en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> un
-par de veces y cambie las cosas.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Horas más tarde...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Qué se hace</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instalando el paquete servidor-dhcp si es necesario;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Guardando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> en <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creando un nuevo <code>dhcpd.conf</code> a partir de
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> y
-añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>red</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>máscara</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>puerta de enlace</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>También modificando el archivo de configuración de Webmin
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Reiniciando <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c7372935..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configurar la hora</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> propósito es
-establecer el momento que su servidor sincroniza con un servidor externo. No
-está instalado por defecto y usted tiene que instalar también los paquetes
-drakwizard y drakwizard-base.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuración de un servidor NTP con drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Después de una pantalla de bienvenida (véase más arriba), la segunda le pide
-que elija tres servidores de tiempo en las listas desplegables y sugiere
-utilizar pool.ntp.org dos veces porque este servidor siempre apunta a los
-servidores de tiempo disponibles.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Las siguientes pantallas permite elegir la región y la ciudad y luego, se
-llega a un resumen. Si algo está mal, es obvio que puede cambiar con el
-botón <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Si todo es correcto, haga clic en el
-botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar con la prueba. Se
-puede tomar un tiempo y finalmente obtener esta pantalla de abajo:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Qué se hace</title>
-
-    <para>Esta herramienta ejecuta los siguientes pasos:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instalando el paquete <code>ntp</code> si es necesario</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Guardar los archivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> en
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> y <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code>
-en <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Escribiendo un nuevo archivo <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> con la lista
-de servidores;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modificación del archivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> insertando el nombre del
-servidor;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Deteniendo e iniciando servicios <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> y
-<code>ntpd</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como
-referencia.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72a773a7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configurar FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>.</para></footnote> puede ayudarle a
-configurar un servidor <acronym>FTP</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>¿Qué es <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Protocolo de transferencia de archivos (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) es un
-protocolo de red estándar que se utiliza para transferir archivos de un host
-a otro host a través de una  red basada en <acronym>TCP</acronym>, como
-Internet. (De Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Configurando un servidor FTP con drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Bienvenido al asistente de FTP. Abróchate el cinturón.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introducción</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Seleccionando servidor exposicion: Red Local y/o Mundial</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exponer el servidor FTP a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para
-cosas malas.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Información del Servidor</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Introduzca el nombre con el que el servidor se identificará, dirección de
-correo electrónico para quejas y si se debe permitir el acceso de inicio de
-sesión a root.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opciones del Servidor</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Establecer puerto de escucha, usuario enjaulado, hojas de permisos y/o
-<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Resumen</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finalizar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    ¡Ya está! Haga clic en <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 91c6060b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configurar proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> puede ayudar a
-configurar un servidor proxy. Es un componente de drakwizard que debería ser
-instalado antes de poder acceder a él.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>¿Qué es un servidor proxy?</title>
-
-    <para>Un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación)
-que actúa como intermediario para solicitudes de clientes en busca de
-recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy,
-solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u
-otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente y el servidor proxy evalúa
-la solicitud como una forma de simplificar y controlar su complejidad. (De
-Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurar un servidor proxy con drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Bienvenido al asistente de configuración de servidor proxy.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introducción</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Seleccionando el puerto proxy</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Seleccione el puerto proxy a través del que se conectarán los navegadores, a
-continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Establecer uso de memoria y disco</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Establezca límites de memoria y caché de disco, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Seleccione Control de Acceso a Redes</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Establecer visibilidad a la red local o mundial, a continuación, en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Otorgar acceso a la red</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>¿Usar un proxy de nivel superior?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>En cascada a través de un servidor proxy? Si es no, pase al siguiente paso.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>URL y puerto del proxy de nivel superior</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Proporcionar el nombre de host proxy y el puerto de nivel superior, a
-continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Resumen</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>¿Iniciar durante el arranque del sistema?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Elija si el servidor proxy debe iniciarse durante el arranque y, a
-continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Finalizar</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>¡Ya está! Haga clic en <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Qué se hace</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instalando el paquete squid si es necesario;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Guardar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> en
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creación de un nuevo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>nivel</code> 1, 2 o 3 y <code>http_access</code> según el nivel</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Reiniciando <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 011ccf45..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configuración del demonio OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>.</para></footnote> puede ayudarle a
-configurar un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>¿Qué es <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) es un protocolo de red de cifrado para la comunicación
-segura de datos, línea de comandos de inicio de sesión a distancia,
-ejecución remota de comandos, y otros servicios de red seguras entre dos
-equipos en red que conecta, a través de un canal seguro a través de una red
-insegura, un servidor y un cliente (que se ejecuta el servidor SSH y
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> programas cliente, respectivamente). (De Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Configuración de un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym> con sshd drakwizard</title>
-      <para>
-	Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Seleccione las opciones de configuración</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Elija <guilabel>Experto</guilabel> para todas las opciones o
-<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para omitir los pasos 3-7, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opciones generales</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Establece las opciones de visibilidad y acceso root. El puerto 22 es el
-puerto estándar de <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Métodos de Autenticación</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Permitir una variedad de métodos de autenticación que los usuarios pueden
-usar durante la conexión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Inicio de sesión</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Elija facilidad de registro y el nivel de salida, a continuación, haga clic
-en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opciones Inicio de sesión</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configurar opciones de cada inicio de sesión, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opciones de Inicio de sesión de Usuario</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure las opciones de acceso de los usuarios, a continuación, haga clic
-en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compresión y Reenvío</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configurar el reenvío y compresión de X11 durante la transferencia, a
-continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Resumen</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finalizar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    ¡Ya está! Haga clic en <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d82c69c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Administrar servicios del sistema habilitando o deshabilitándolos</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de
-Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para>   
-
-  <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis>.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cb184a61..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Configuración de hardware</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> ofrece una visión
-general del hardware de su computadora. Cuando se pone en marcha la
-herramienta, se ejecuta un trabajo de buscar todos los elementos del
-hardware. Para ello, se utiliza el comando <code>ldetect</code> que hace
-referencia a una lista de hardware en el paquete <code>ldetect-lst</code>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>La ventana</title>
-
-    <para>La ventana se divide en dos columnas</para>
-
-    <para>La columna de la izquierda contiene una lista del hardware detectado. Los
-dispositivos se agrupan por categorías. Haga clic en el enlace &gt; para
-ampliar el contenido de una categoría. Cada dispositivo se puede seleccionar
-en esta columna.</para>
-
-    <para>La columna derecha muestra los datos del dispositivo seleccionado. Use la
-opción de menú <guimenu>Ayuda -&gt; Descripción de los campos</guimenu> se
-puede obtener una descripción más detallada de los campos que se muestran.</para>
-
-    <para>De acuerdo con el tipo de dispositivo seleccionado, ya sea uno o dos botones
-están disponibles en la parte inferior de la columna de la derecha:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Configure las opciones actuales del controlador</guibutton>: esto
-puede ser utilizado para parametrizar el módulo que se utiliza en relación
-con el dispositivo. Esto debe usado por sólo los expertos.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Ejecutar la herramienta de configuración</guibutton>: el acceso a
-la herramienta que puede configurar el dispositivo. A menudo se puede
-acceder directamente a la herramienta desde el MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>El menú</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Opciones</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>Las <guimenu>Opciones</guimenu> dan la oportunidad de marcar las casillas de
-verificación para activar la detección automática:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>módem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Dispositivos Jaz</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Dispositivos zip paralelos</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Por defecto estas detecciones no están habilitadas, porque son
-lentas. Marque la(s) casilla(s) correspondiente(s) si usted tiene este
-hardware conectado. Detección estará en funcionamiento la próxima vez que se
-inicie esta herramienta.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0402589d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Configurar la distibución del teclado</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducción</title>
-
-    <para>La herramienta KeyboardDrake<footnote>
-        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> le ayuda a
-configurar la disposición básica para el teclado que desea utilizar en
-Mageia. Afecta la distribución de teclado para todos los usuarios en el
-sistema. Se puede encontrar en la sección Hardware del Centro de Control de
-Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta "Configurar el ratón y el teclado".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Distribución del teclado</title>
-
-    <para>Aquí puede seleccionar qué diseño de teclado desea utilizar. Los nombres (en
-orden alfabético) describen el idioma, el país y/o etnia de cada diseño para
-ser usado para.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tipo de teclado</title>
-
-    <para>Este menú le permite seleccionar el tipo de teclado que está utilizando. Si
-no está seguro de que elegir, lo mejor es dejar el predeterminado.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b8d8e88..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Administrar la localización para su sistema</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis>.
-  </para></footnote> se puede encontrar en
-la sección Sistema del Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta
-"Administrar la localización de su sistema". Se abre con una ventana en la
-que puede elegir su idioma. La elección está adaptada a los idiomas
-seleccionados durante la instalación.</para>
-
-  <para>El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> da acceso para activar la
-compatibilidad con la codificación vieja (no UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>La segunda ventana muestra una lista de los países de acuerdo con el idioma
-seleccionado. Las botón <guibutton>Otros países</guibutton> da acceso a los
-países no mencionados.</para>
-
-  <para>Debería reiniciar su sesión después de cada modificación.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Método de entrada</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros países</guilabel> también puede
-seleccionar un método de entrada (desde el menú desplegable en la parte
-inferior de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios meter
-caracteres multilingües (chino, japonés, coreano, etc).</para>
-  <para> Para Asia y África, IBus se establecerá como método de entrada por defecto
-para que los usuarios no deban tener que configurarlo manualmente.</para>
-  <para>Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc.) también proporcionan
-funciones similares y pueden, si no está disponible en el menú desplegable,
-se instalarán en otra parte del Centro de Control de Mageia. Consulte<xref
-linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 049b083b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Vea y busque los registros del sistema</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Ésta herramienta<footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> se encuentra en el
-Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de
-Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Ver y búscar registros de sistema</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ejecutar una búsqueda en los registros del sistema</title>
-
-    <para>En primer lugar, introducir la cadena clave que desea buscar en el campo
-<emphasis role="bold">coincidente</emphasis> y/o la cadena de clave
-<emphasis>no</emphasis> que desea ver entre la respuestas en el campo
-<emphasis role="bold">no coincidente</emphasis>. A continuación, seleccione
-archivo(s) para buscar en el campo <guilabel>Seleccione el
-archivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, es posible limitar la búsqueda a sólo un
-día. Seleccione en el <emphasis role="bold">Calendario</emphasis>, usando
-las pequeñas flechas a cada lado del mes y año, y marca "<guibutton>Mostrar
-sólo para el día seleccionado</guibutton>". Por último, haga clic en el
-botón <guibutton>Búscar</guibutton> para ver los resultados en la ventana
-llamada <guilabel>Contenido del archivo</guilabel>. Es posible guardar los
-resultados en el formato .txt haciendo clic en el <emphasis
-role="bold">Guardar</emphasis> botón.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Las  <guibutton>Herramientas de Registro de Mageia</guibutton> alberga los
-registros de las herramientas de configuración de Mageia como las
-herramientas del Centro de Control de Mageia. Estos registros se actualizan
-cada vez que una configuración se modifica.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurar el sistema de alertas por correo</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Alerta de correo</guibutton> comprueba automáticamente la carga
-del sistema y los servicios cada hora y si es necesario envía un e-mail a la
-dirección configurada.</para>
-
-    <para>Para configurar esta herramienta, haga clic en el <emphasis role="bold">
-Alerta mail</emphasis> y luego, en la siguiente pantalla, en la
-<guibutton>Configurar el sistema de alerta de correo electrónico</guibutton>
-desplegable. Aquí, se muestran todos los servicios que se ejecutan y se
-puede elegir cuáles desea mirar el reloj. (Vea la captura de pantalla
-anterior).</para>
-
-    <para>Se pueden ver los siguientes servicios:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servicio Webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor de correo Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor web Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servicio Xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Resolver Nombres de Dominio por BIND</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>En la siguiente pantalla, seleccione el valor  de<guilabel>Carga</guilabel>
-usted considere inaceptable. La carga representa la demanda a un proceso,
-una alta carga ralentiza el sistema y una carga muy elevada puede indicar
-que un proceso se ha salido de control. El valor predeterminado es 3. Se
-recomienda fijar el valor de la carga a 3 veces el número de procesadores.</para>
-
-    <para>En la última pantalla, introduzca la <guilabel>Dirección de correo
-electrónico</guilabel> de la persona a ser advertida y el <guilabel>Servidor
-de correo</guilabel> para usar (local o en Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1de62d27..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Mostrar recursos compartidos NFS y SMB disponibles</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold">Isnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote>sólo se puede iniciar
-desde la línea de comandos.</para>
-
-  <para>Esta página no se ha escrito todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa
-que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor póngase en contacto con <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">el equipo de
-documentación</link> Agradeciendo de antemano.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 531cb0bd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Muesta la información de PCI, USB y PCMCIA</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo
-<emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote>solo se puede iniciar
-desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá más
-información a su disposición.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake da la lista de todos los dispositivos conectados al ordenador
-(USB, PCI y PCMCIA) y los controladores utilizados. Se necesita los paquetes
-ldetect y ldetect-lst para que funcione.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Con la opción -v, lspcidrake añade las identificaciones de fabricante y del
-dispositivo.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake menudo genera listas muy largas, por lo que, para encontrar una
-información, a menudo se utiliza en una tubería con el comando grep, como en
-estos ejemplos:</para>
-
-  <para>Información sobre la tarjeta gráfica;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Información de la red</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i para ignorar mayúsculas/minúsculas</para>
-
-  <para>En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y
-la opcion -i para grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis
-role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cec99f60..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Arranque</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el
-arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurar los pasos del arranque</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a5d80264..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el
-hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Administrar el hardware</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el
-hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurar los gráficos</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del
-Escritorio</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurar teclado y ratón</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurar impresoras y escáneres</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s)
-impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Otros</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 26321f73..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Acerca del manual del Centro de Control de Mageia</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>El Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) tiene ocho opciones o pestañas
-diferentes para elegir en la columna de la izquierda, y hasta diez si se ha
-instalado el paquete drakwizard. Cada una de estas pestañas da un conjunto
-diferente de herramientas que se pueden seleccionar en el gran panel de la
-derecha.</para>
-
-	<para>Los diez capítulos siguientes son acerca de esas diez opciones y las
-herramientas relacionadas.</para>
-
-<para>El último capítulo trata sobre algunas otras herramientas de Mageia, que no
-se pueden elegir en cualquiera de las pestañas de MCC.</para>
-
-	<para>Los títulos de las páginas a menudo son el mismo que los títulos de las
-pantallas de la herramienta.</para>
-
-        <para>También hay una barra de búsqueda disponible, que se puede acceder haciendo
-clic en la pestaña "Buscar" en la columna izquierda.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72ecf69a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Discos locales</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o
-compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Discos locales</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 084810f4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Redes e internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la
-red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administrar las tarjetas de red</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personalizar y proteger su red</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Otros</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 20db5087..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Servicios de red</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta pantalla y el de <emphasis>Compartir</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el
-paquete <emphasis>drakwizard </emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir
-entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic
-en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend="reparto de MCC"/>para obtener más
-información.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Servicios de red</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ed4339d1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Compartir red</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir
-discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configurar comparticiones de Windows(R)</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y
-directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configurar NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configurar WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 35864f92..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Seguridad</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga
-click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Seguridad</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema,
-permisos y auditorías</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f53b2d9c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Compartir</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta pantalla y la de <emphasis>Servicios de red</emphasis> sólo son
-visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> está instalado. Se
-puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes
-servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref
-linkend="MCC-NetworkServices"/> para obtener más información.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Compartir</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3dfad91f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistema</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas
-administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administrar servicios del sistema</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Localización</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Herramientas administrativas</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Administrar usuarios en el
-sistema</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c2c2a262..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configure la frecuencia de actualizaciones</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> está presente en el
-Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis
-role="bold">Administración de software</emphasis>. También está disponible
-por un <guimenu>click derecho / configuración de Actualizaciones</guimenu>
-en el icono rojo <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> en la
-bandeja del sistema.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>El primer control deslizante le permite cambiar la frecuencia con Mageia
-comprobará las actualizaciones y la segunda el retraso después de arrancar
-antes de que el primer chequeo. La casilla de verificación le da la opción
-para ser avisado de la salida de una nueva versión de Mageia.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ca78de5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Configurar el dispositivo puntero (ratón, touchpad, etc.)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis>.</para></footnote> está presente en el
-Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role =
-"bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Como usted debe tener un ratón para instalar Mageia, uno que ya está
-instalado por Drakinstall. Esta herramienta permite la instalación de otro
-ratón.</para>
-
-  <para>Los ratones se clasifican por tipo de conexión y luego según el
-modelo. Seleccione el ratón y haga clic en
-<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>. Basicamente "Cualquier ratón PS / 2 o USB"
-reciente es adecuado. El nuevo ratón se utilizará inmediatamente.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 79379bff..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,374 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Seguridad y Auditoría del Sistema</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentación</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> es una interfaz gráfica de
-usuario para msec que permite configurar la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo
-con dos enfoques:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Establece el comportamiento del sistema, msec impone modificaciones en el
-sistema para que sea más seguro.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Se lleva a cabo controles periódicos de forma automática en el sistema con
-el fin de advertir que si algo parece peligroso.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec utiliza el concepto de "niveles de seguridad", que tiene la intención
-de configurar un conjunto de permisos del sistema, que pueden ser auditados
-para cambiar o confirmar. Varios de ellos son propuestos por Mageia, pero
-usted puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizados.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>pestaña Resumen</title>
-
-    <para>Ver la captura anterior</para>
-
-    <para>La primera pestaña retoma la lista de las diferentes herramientas de
-seguridad con un botón en el lado derecho para configurarlos:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, también se encuentra en el MCC / Seguridad / Configure su servidor
-de seguridad personal</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Actualizaciones, también se encuentran en MCC / Software de Gestión /
-Actualizar su sistema</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec alguna información de si misma:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>habilitado o no</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>el nivel de seguridad base configurado</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>la fecha de las últimas comprobaciones periódicas y un botón para ver un
-informe detallado y otro botón para ejecutar los controles en este momento.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pestaña opciones de seguridad</title>
-
-    <para>Un clic en la segunda pestaña o en <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>
-Seguridad lleva a la misma pantalla que se muestra a continuación.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Pestaña seguridad básica</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Niveles de seguridad:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Después de haber marcado la casilla <guilabel>Activar herramienta
-MSEC</guilabel>, este registro le permite por un doble click seleccionar el
-nivel de seguridad que aparece a continuación en negrita. Si la casilla no
-está marcada, se aplica el nivel «ninguno». Los siguientes niveles están
-disponibles:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nivel <emphasis role="bold">Ninguno</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado si
-no desea utilizar msec de controlar la seguridad del sistema, y prefiere
-sintonizar por su cuenta. Desactiva todos los controles de seguridad y no
-pone restricciones o limitaciones en la configuración del sistema y la
-configuración. Por favor, use este nivel sólo si va a saber lo que está
-haciendo, ya que dejaría a su sistema vulnerable a los ataques.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Nivel <emphasis role="bold">estándar</emphasis>. Esta es la configuración
-por defecto cuando se instala y está destinado a los usuarios
-ocasionales. Restringen varios ajustes del sistema y ejecuta los controles
-de seguridad diarios que detectan cambios en los archivos del sistema, las
-cuentas del sistema, y los permisos de directorios vulnerables. (Este nivel
-es similar a los niveles 2 y 3 de las versiones msec pasadas).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nivel <emphasis role="bold">seguro</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado
-cuando desee asegurarse de que su sistema es seguro, aún
-utilizable. Asimismo, se restringe aún más permisos del sistema y ejecuta
-controles más periódicos. Por otra parte, el acceso al sistema es más
-restringido. (Este nivel es similar a los niveles 4 (alto) y 5 (Paranoico)
-de las versiones viejas de msec).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Además de esos niveles, también se proporcionan diferentes de seguridad
-orientada a tareas, como los niveles <emphasis
-role="bold">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">servidor
-web</emphasis> y <emphasis role="bold">netbook</emphasis>. Tales niveles
-intentan configurar previamente la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo a los
-casos de uso más comunes.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>Los dos últimos niveles llamados <emphasis
-role="bold">audit_daily</emphasis> y <emphasis
-role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> no son realmente los niveles de
-seguridad, sino más bien sólo instrumentos para controles periódicos.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Estos niveles se guardan en
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Puede definir
-sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizadas, guardarlas en archivos
-específicos llamados <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, se coloca en
-la carpeta <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> Esta función es
-destinado a usuarios avanzados que requieren una configuración de sistema
-personalizado o más seguro.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Tenga en cuenta que los parámetros modificados por el usuario tienen
-prioridad sobre los ajustes de nivel por defecto.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Alertas de seguridad:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Si marca la casilla <guibutton>Enviar alertas de seguridad por correo
-electrónico a:</guibutton>, las alertas de seguridad generadas por msec van
-a ser enviadas por correo electrónico local a el administrador de seguridad
-con nombre en el campo cercano. Usted puede llenar ya sea un usuario local o
-una dirección de correo electrónico completa (la dirección de correo local y
-el gestor de e-mail debe ajustarse en consecuencia). Por último, usted puede
-recibir las alertas de seguridad directamente en el escritorio. Marque la
-casilla correspondiente para activarlo.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Es muy recomendable activar la opción de alertas de seguridad con el fin de
-informar de inmediato al administrador de seguridad de posibles problemas de
-seguridad. Si no, el administrador tendrá que comprobar periódicamente los
-archivos de registro disponibles en <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Opciones de seguridad:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Creación de un nivel personalizado no es la única forma de personalizar la
-seguridad de la computadora, también es posible utilizar las fichas
-presentadas aquí después de cambiar cualquier opción que desee. La
-configuración actual de msec se almacena en
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este archivo contiene
-el nombre actual nivel de seguridad y la lista de todas las modificaciones
-hechas a las opciones.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Pestaña de seguridad del sistema</title>
-
-      <para>Esta ficha muestra todas las opciones de seguridad en la columna de la
-izquierda, una descripción en la columna central, y sus valores actuales en
-la columna de la derecha.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Para modificar una opción, haga doble clic sobre ella y aparecerá una nueva
-ventana (ver figura de abajo). Se muestra el nombre de la opción, una breve
-descripción, los valores reales y los valores predeterminados, y una lista
-desplegable donde el nuevo valor se puede seleccionar. Haga clic en el botón
-<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la elección.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>No se olvide al salir msecgui para guardar definitivamente su configuración
-mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</guimenu>. Si
-ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar los cambios
-antes de guardarlos.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Perfil de red</title>
-
-      <para>Esta pestaña muestra todas las opciones de red y funciona como la pestaña
-anterior</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Pestaña controles periódicos</title>
-
-      <para>Revisiones periódicas tienen como objetivo informar al administrador de
-seguridad por medio de alertas de seguridad de todas las situaciones que
-msec cree potencialmente peligrosas.</para>
-
-      <para>Esta pestaña muestra todos los controles periódicos realizados por msec y su
-frecuencia si el cuadro <guibutton>Habilitar controles de seguridad
-periódicas</guibutton> se marca. Los cambios se realizan como en las
-pestañas anteriores.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Pestaña excepciones</title>
-
-      <para>A veces, los mensajes de alerta se deben a situaciones conocidas y
-buscadas. En estos casos se trata de tiempo inútil y perdido para el
-administrador. Esta ficha le permite crear tantas excepciones que se quiere
-evitar los mensajes de alerta no deseados. Evidentemente, esta vacía en el
-primer arranque msec. La siguiente captura de pantalla muestra cuatro
-excepciones.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Para crear una excepción, pulse en el botón <guibutton>Añadir una
-regla</guibutton></para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Seleccione la comprobación periódica deseada en la lista desplegable llamada
-<guilabel>Comprobar</guilabel> y, a continuación, introduzca la
-<guilabel>Excepción</guilabel> en el área de texto. Agregar una excepción
-obviamente no es definitiva, puede eliminarla con el botón
-<guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> de las <guilabel>Excepciones</guilabel> o
-modificarlo con un doble clic.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Permisos</title>
-    <para>Esta ficha está destinada a los permisos de archivos y directorios de
-comprobación y la observancia.</para>
-    <para>Al igual que para la seguridad, msec posee diferentes niveles de permisos
-(estándar y seguro, ..), que están habilitadas de acuerdo con el nivel de
-seguridad elegido. Usted puede crear sus propios niveles personalizados de
-permisos, guardarlos en archivos específicos llamados
-<filename>perm.&lt;levelName></filename> se coloca en la carpeta
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta función está pensada para
-usuarios avanzados que requieren una configuración personalizada. También es
-posible utilizar la ficha presentada aquí después de cambiar cualquier
-permiso que desea. La configuración actual se guarda en
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este archivo contiene la
-lista de todas las modificaciones realizadas a los permisos.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Permisos predeterminados son visibles como una lista de reglas (una regla
-por línea). Se puede ver en el lado izquierdo, el archivo o la carpeta que
-se trate por la regla,  el dueño,  el grupo y luego los permisos dados por
-la regla. Si, por una regla dada:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> no está marcada, msec sólo comprueba
-si se respetan los permisos definidos para esta regla y envía un mensaje de
-alerta si no, pero no cambia nada.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está marcada, entonces msec dominará
-el respecto a los permisos en el primer control periódico y sobrescribir los
-permisos.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Para que esto funcione, las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la <emphasis
-role="bold">pestaña Revisión periódica</emphasis> se deben configurar en
-consecuencia.</para></important><para>Para crear una nueva regla, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Agregar una
-regla</guibutton> y rellene los campos como se muestra en el siguiente
-ejemplo. Se permite que el comodín * en el campo
-<guilabel>Archivo</guilabel>. "Actual" significa que no hay modificación.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la
-selección y no se olvide al salir para salvar definitivamente la
-configuración mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la
-configuración</guimenu>. Si ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite
-previsualizar los cambios antes de guardarlos. </para>
-    <note><para>También es posible crear o modificar las reglas editando el archivo de
-configuración <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Los cambios en la <emphasis role="bold">pestaña Permiso</emphasis> (o
-directamente en el archivo de configuración) se tienen en cuenta en la
-primera verificación periódica (ver las  opciones CHECK_PERMS en la
-<emphasis role="bold">Pestaña de chequeos periódicos</emphasis>). Si usted
-quiere que sean tomadas en cuenta inmediatamente, use el comando msecperms
-en una consola con derechos de root. Usted puede usar antes, el comando
-msecperms -p para conocer los permisos que serán cambiados por msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>No olvide que si modifica los permisos en una consola o en un gestor de
-archivos, un archivo en el que el cuadro <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está
-marcada en la <emphasis role="bold">pestaña Permisos</emphasis> , msecgui
-escribirá los antiguos permisos de nuevo después de un tiempo, de acuerdo a
-la configuración de las opciones CHECK_PERMS y CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE en la
-<emphasis role="bold">pestaña Comprobaciones Periódicas</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 35285f6a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Otras herramientas de Mageia</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el
-control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe
-leyendo las próximas páginas.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>A ser escrito</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Y más herramientas?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 18fdd4b3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Gestor de Software (Instalar y Desinstalar Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introducción a rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote>, también conocido como
-drakrpm, es un programa para la instalación, desinstalación y actualización
-de paquetes. Es la interfaz gráfica de usuario de URPMI. En cada puesta en
-marcha, comprobará las listas de paquetes en línea (llamados 'medios')
-descargados directamente desde los servidores oficiales de Mageia, y cada
-vez te mostrará las últimas aplicaciones y paquetes disponibles para tu
-equipo. Un sistema de filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de
-paquetes: usted puede mostrar sólo las aplicaciones instaladas (por
-defecto), o sólo las actualizaciones disponibles. También puede ver los
-paquetes sólo no instaladas. También puedes buscar por el nombre de un
-paquete, o en los resúmenes de las descripciones o en las descripciones
-completas de los paquetes o en el archivo de nombres incluidos en los
-paquetes.</para>
-
-    <para>Para que funcione, rpmdrake necesita que los repositorios sean configurados
-con <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Durante la instalación, el repositorio configurado es el medio utilizado
-para la instalación, en general, el DVD o CD. Si se mantiene este medio,
-rpmdrake le preguntará cada vez que se desea instalar un paquete, con esta
-ventana emergente: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject> Si el mensaje
-anterior te molesta y tienes una buena conexión a Internet sin límite de
-descarga demasiado estricto, es aconsejable eliminar ese medio y
-reemplazarlo por repositorios en línea gracias a <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-      <para>Por otra parte, los repositorios en línea están siempre al día, contienen
-mucho más paquetes, y permiten actualizar los paquetes instalados.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Las partes principales de la pantalla</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Filtro de tipo de paquete:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Este filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes. La primera
-vez que inicie el gestor, que sólo muestra las aplicaciones con una interfaz
-gráfica. Puede visualizar todos los paquetes y todas sus dependencias y
-bibliotecas o sólo grupos de paquetes, tales como aplicaciones únicas,
-actualizaciones o sólo backports paquetes de nuevas versiones de Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>El filtro por omisión es para los nuevos participantes en Linux o Mageia,
-que probablemente no quieren la línea de comandos o herramientas
-especializadas. Puesto que usted está leyendo esta documentación, obviamente
-estás interesado en mejorar su conocimiento de Mageia, así que lo mejor es
-configurar este filtro para "todos".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Filtro de estado del paquete:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Este filtro le permite ver sólo los paquetes instalados, sólo los paquetes
-que no están instalados o todos los paquetes, tanto instaladas y no
-instaladas.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Modo de búsqueda:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Haga clic en este icono para buscar a través de los nombres de los paquetes,
-a través de sus resúmenes, a través de su descripción completa o a través de
-los archivos incluidos en los paquetes.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">cuadro "Buscar":</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Escriba aquí una o más palabras clave. Si quieres utilizar más de una
-palabra clave para buscar emplea "|" entre las palabras clave, por ejemplo,
-Para buscar "mplayer" y "xine" al mismo tipo de tiempo 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Borrar todo:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Este icono puede borrar en un clic todas las palabras clave introducidas en
-el cuadro "Buscar".</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Lista de categorias:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Esta barra lateral agrupa todas las aplicaciones y paquetes en categorías y
-subcategorías claras.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Descripción del panel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Este panel muestra el nombre del paquete, su resumen y descripción
-completa. Muestra muchos elementos útiles sobre el paquete
-seleccionado. También puede mostrar detalles precisos sobre el paquete, los
-archivos incluidos en el paquete, así como una lista de los últimos cambios
-realizados por el mantenedor.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Columna de estado</title>
-
-    <para>Una vez ajustados correctamente los filtros, usted puede encontrar el
-software ya sea por categoría (arriba, en el área 6) o por
-nombre/resumen/descripción usando el área 4. Una lista de los paquetes que
-cumplen su consulta y, no se olvide, el medio elegido se muestra con
-diferentes marcadores de estado en función de que cada paquete esté
-instalado/no instalado/una actualización... para cambiar este estado,
-simplemente marque o desmarque la casilla antes del nombre del paquete y
-haga clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Icono</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Leyenda</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">El paquete ya está instalado</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Este paquete se instalará</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Este paquete no se puede modificar</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Este paquete es una actualización.</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Este paquete se desinstalará</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Ejemplos en la captura de pantalla anterior:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Si yo desmarco digikam (la flecha verde nos dice que está instalado), el
-icono de estado irá rojo con una flecha hacia arriba y se desinstalara al
-hacer clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de
-estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado
-al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> .</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Las dependencias</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Algunos paquetes necesitan otros paquetes llamados dependencias con el fin
-de trabajar. Son, por ejemplo, las bibliotecas o las herramientas. En este
-caso, Rpmdrake muestra una ventana de información que le permite elegir si
-acepta las dependencias seleccionadas, cancelar la operación u obtener más
-información (ver arriba). También puede ocurrir que varios paquetes pueden
-proporcionar la biblioteca necesaria, en cuyo caso rpmdrake muestra la lista
-de alternativas con un botón para obtener más información y otro botón para
-elegir qué paquetes instalar.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dc811120..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Configurar escáner</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instalación</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> le permite configurar
-un único dispositivo, el escáner o un dispositivo multifunción que incluye
-el escaneo. También te permite compartir dispositivos locales conectadas a
-este equipo con un equipo remoto o acceder a escáneres remotos.</para>
-
-    <para>Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el
-siguiente mensaje:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los
-escáneres</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>¿Desea instalar los paquetes SANE?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Elija <emphasis>Sí</emphasis> para continuar. Se instalará
-<code>scanner-gui</code> y <code>task-scanning</code> si aún no están
-instaladas.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Si el escáner está correctamente identificado, por lo que si en la pantalla
-de arriba se ve el nombre de su escáner, el escáner está listo para su uso
-con, por ejemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> o <emphasis>Simple
-Scan</emphasis> .</para>
-
-    <para>En ese caso, es posible que ahora desee configurar la  opción
-<emphasis>compartir Scanner</emphasis>. Usted puede leer sobre él en <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Sin embargo, si el escáner no se ha identificado correctamente, y comprueba
-su cable(s) e interruptor de encendido y luego presionando
-<emphasis>Búsqueda de nuevos escáneres</emphasis> no ayuda, tendrás que
-pulsar <emphasis>Añadir un escáner manualmente</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Elija la marca de su escáner en la lista que aparece, entonces su tipo en la
-lista de esa marca y haga clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Si usted no puede encontrar su escáner en la lista, a continuación, haga
-clic en <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Por favor, compruebe si se admite su escáner en el <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Dispositivos compatibles</link> página y pedir ayuda en los<link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">foros</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Escoja el puerto</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Puede dejar este valor para <emphasis>Auto-detectar puertos
-disponibles</emphasis> a menos que la interfaz de su escáner sea un puerto
-paralelo. En ese caso, seleccione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> si sólo
-tiene uno.</para>
-
-    <para>Tras hacer clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>, en la mayoría de los casos
-podrá ver una pantalla similar a la de abajo.</para>
-<para>Si usted no recibe esa pantalla, por favor, lea las <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder
-accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede
-decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar
-accesibles desde esta computadora.</para>
-
-    <para>Compartir el escáner a los hosts: nombre o dirección IP de los hosts puede
-ser añadido o eliminado de la lista de hosts permitidos a acceder al
-dispositivo(s) local en este equipo.</para>
-
-    <para>Uso de escáneres remotos: nombre o dirección IP de hosts que puede agregar o
-eliminar de la lista de los hosts que dan acceso a un escáner remoto.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner compartir con los hosts: puede agregar host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Compartir el escáner a los hosts: especificar el/los host(s) a agregar, o
-permitir todas las máquinas remotas.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"Todas las máquinas remotas" tienen acceso al escáner local</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Si el paquete <emphasis>saned</emphasis> aún no está instalado, la
-herramienta ofrece a hacerlo.</para>
-
-    <para>Al final, la herramienta se deben modificar estos archivos:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> para añadir o comentar la
-directiva "red"</para>
-
-    <para>También configurará <emphasis>saned</emphasis> y <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis>
-para iniciarse en el arranque.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Especificos</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>La mayoría de los escáneres HP se gestionan desde <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis> (HPLIP), que también gestiona las impresoras. En este
-caso, esta herramienta no permite configurar y le invita a utilizar
-<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivers están disponibles en <link xlink:href =
-"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">esta
-página</link>. Cuando esté indicado, debe instalar el  paquete
-<emphasis>iScan-data</emphasis> en primer lugar, a continuación,
-<emphasis>iScan</emphasis> (en este orden). Es posible que el  paquete
-<emphasis>iScan</emphasis> genere una advertencia sobre un conflicto con
-<emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia
-puede ser ignorada.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Pasos de instalación adicionales</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Es posible que después de seleccionar un puerto para su escáner en la <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> pantalla, usted necesita tomar uno o más pasos
-extras para configurar correctamente el escáner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>En algunos casos, se le dice que el escáner necesita su firmware para cargar
-cada vez que se inicia. Esta herramienta le permite cargar en el
-dispositivo, después de que ha instalado en su sistema. En esta pantalla se
-puede instalar el firmware desde un CD o una instalación de Windows, o
-instalar el que usted ha descargado de un sitio de Internet del proveedor.</para><para>
-    Cuando el firmware de su dispositivo necesita ser cargado, puede tardar
-mucho tiempo en cada primer uso, posiblemente más de un minuto. Así que se
-paciente.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Además, es posible que aparezca una pantalla que le indique para ajustar el
-archivo <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/ "name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Leer con cuidado unas u otras instrucciones que te dan y si usted no sabe
-qué hacer, no dude en pedir ayuda en los <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">foros</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f6b5632..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Gestión de software</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión
-de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Gestión de software</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Actualiza tu
-sistema</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar las
-fuentes de medios para instalar y actualizar</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ceb7a0d3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Instalar y configurar una impresora</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introducción</title>
-
-    <para>La impresión se gestiona en Mageia por un servidor denominado CUPS. Tiene su
-propio <link ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">interfaz de
-configuración</link> que es accesible a través de un navegador de Internet,
-pero Mageia ofrece su propia herramienta para la instalación de impresoras
-llamada system-config-printer que se comparte con otras distribuciones como
-Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu y openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>sted debe habilitar el repositorio non-free antes de proceder con la
-instalación, debido a que algunos controladores sólo pueden estar
-disponibles en este modo.</para>
-
-    <para>Instalación de la impresora se lleva a cabo en la sección
-<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia. Seleccione la
-herramienta <footnote>
-        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se le pedirá la contraseña de
-root para.</para>
-      </footnote> <guilabel>Configurar
-impresión y escaneado</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC le preguntará por la instalación de dos paquetes:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Es necesario aceptar esta instalación para continuar. Hasta 230MB de
-dependencias son necesarios.</para>
-
-    <para>Para agregar una impresora, seleccione el botón de "Agregar" la
-impresora. El sistema intentará detectar las impresoras y los puertos
-disponibles. La captura de pantalla muestra una impresora conectada a un
-puerto paralelo. Si se detecta una impresora, tal como una impresora en un
-puerto USB, que se mostrará en la primera línea. La ventana también
-intentará configurar una impresora de red.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Impresora detectada automáticamente</title>
-
-    <para>Esto por lo general se refiere a impresoras USB. La utilidad busca
-automáticamente el nombre de la impresora y lo muestra. Seleccione la
-impresora y haga clic en "Siguiente". Si hay un controlador conocido
-asociado para la impresora, se instalará automáticamente. Si hay más de un
-controlador o controladores no conocidos, una ventana le pedirá que
-seleccione o proporcione uno, como se explica en el párrafo
-siguiente. Continuar con <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>No detectó automáticamente la impresora</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Cuando se selecciona un puerto, el sistema carga una lista de controladores
-y muestra una ventana para seleccionar un driver. La elección puede hacerse
-a través de una de las siguientes opciones.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Seleccione la impresora desde la base de datos</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>proporcionar archivo PPD</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>buscar un controlador para descargar</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Al seleccionar a partir de la base de datos, la ventana sugiere un
-fabricante de la impresora primero, y luego un dispositivo y un controlador
-asociado con él. Si se sugiere más de un controlador, seleccionar uno que se
-recomienda, a menos que se haya encontrado con algunos problemas antes, en
-este caso, seleccionar el que sabe que funciona.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Completar el proceso de instalación</title>
-
-    <para>Después de la selección del controlador, una ventana solicitara alguna
-información que le permitirá al sistema designar y descubrir la
-impresora. La primera línea es el nombre con el que aparecerá el dispositivo
-en las aplicaciones en la lista de impresoras disponibles. El programa de
-instalación sugiere entonces la impresión de una página de prueba. Después
-de este paso, se agrega la impresora y aparece en la lista de impresoras
-disponibles.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Impresora en red</title>
-
-    <para>Las impresoras de red son impresoras que están conectadas directamente a una
-red cableada o inalámbrica, que están conectadas a un servidor de impresión
-o que están unidas a otra estación de trabajo que sirve como servidor de
-impresión.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>A menudo, es mejor configurar el servidor DHCP para que siempre asocie una
-dirección IP fija a la dirección MAC de la impresora. Por supuesto que debe
-ser la misma dirección IP de la impresora del servidor de impresión, si
-tiene uno fijo.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>La dirección Mac de la impresora es un número de serie dado a la impresora o
-servidor de impresión o del ordenador al que está conectado, que se puede
-obtener a partir de una página de configuración impresa por la impresora o
-que se puede escribir en una etiqueta en la impresora o el servidor de
-impresión. Si su impresora compartida está unido a un sistema de Mageia,
-puede ejecutar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> en él como root
-para encontrar la dirección MAC. Es la secuencia de números y letras después
-de "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>Usted puede agregar la impresora de red mediante la elección del protocolo
-que utiliza para hablar con su equipo a través de la red. Si usted no sabe
-cuál es el protocolo a elegir, usted puede intentar <guilabel>Impresora de
-red</guilabel> - <guilabel>Buscar Impresora de red</guilabel> en el menú
-<guilabel>Dispositivos</guilabel> y dar la dirección IP de la impresora en
-el cuadro de la derecha, donde dice "host".</para>
-
-    <para>Si la herramienta reconoce la impresora o el servidor de impresión,
-propondrá un protocolo y una cola, pero usted puede elegir uno más apropiado
-de la lista siguiente o darle el nombre de la cola correcta si no está en la
-lista.</para>
-
-    <para>Busque en la documentación que acompaña a la impresora o servidor de
-impresión para encontrar protocolo(s) que apoya y los posibles nombres de
-cola específicos.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Protocolos de impresión por red</title>
-
-    <para>Una técnica actual es un desarrollo de Hewlett-Packard y conocido como
-JetDirect. Se permite el acceso a una impresora conectada directamente a la
-red a través de un puerto Ethernet. Usted debe conocer la dirección IP a la
-que la impresora se conoce en la red. Esta técnica también se utiliza en el
-interior de algunos de routers ADSL que contienen un puerto USB para
-conectar la impresora. En este caso, la dirección IP es la del router. Tenga
-en cuenta que la función "HP Device Manager" puede gestionar una dirección
-IP configurada dinámicamente, el establecimiento de un URI como
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis>. En este caso, no se
-requiere dirección IP fija.</para>
-
-    <para>Elija la opción <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como el
-protocolo y establecer la dirección de <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, no cambie
-el <guilabel>Número de Puerto</guilabel>, a menos que sepa que necesita ser
-cambiado. Después de la selección del protocolo, la selección del
-controlador es el mismo que el anterior.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Los otros protocolos son:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: impresora, que se
-puede acceder a través de la red TCP/IP por el protocolo IPP. Por ejemplo,
-la impresora está conectada a una estación de trabajo que utiliza CUPS. Este
-protocolo también puede ser utilizado por algunos ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Protocolo de impresión de Internet (https)</emphasis>: igual que
-el IPP, pero el uso de la protección de datos HTTP con TLS. Es necesario
-especificar el puerto. El puerto predeterminado es 631.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis> Internet Printing Protocol (IPP):</emphasis> el mismo que ipp,
-pero con protocolo seguro TLS.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Host o impresora LPD/LPR</emphasis>: impresora, que se puede
-acceder a traves del  protocolo de red TCP/IP LPD, por ejemplo una impresora
-conectada a una estación de trabajo, que se utiliza LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Impresora de Windows vía SAMBA</emphasis>: una impresora conectada
-a una estación con Windows o un servidor SMB y compartido.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>El URI también se puede añadir directamente. Estos son algunos ejemplos de
-cómo formar el URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Protocolo de Impresion por Internet (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Información adicional se puede encontrar en el <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">Documentación
-de CUPS.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Propiedades del dispositivo</title>
-
-    <para>Puede acceder a las propiedades del dispositivo. El menú permite acceder a
-los parámetros para el servidor CUPS. Por defecto, un servidor CUPS se
-inicia en el sistema, pero puede especificar uno diferente con el menú
-<guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectar...</guimenuitem>, otra
-ventana que da acceso a la puesta a punto de otros parámetros específicos
-del servidor, después <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Configuración</guimenuitem>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Solución de problemas</title>
-
-    <para>Puede encontrar información sobre el acontecer errores durante la impresión
-mediante la inspección de <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>También puede acceder a una herramienta para diagnosticar problemas
-utilizando el menú <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solución de
-problemas</guilabel> .</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Especificos</title>
-
-    <para>Es posible que algunos controladores para impresoras específicas no están
-disponibles en Mageia o no sean funcionales. En este caso, echar un vistazo
-al sitio <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">OpenPrinting</link> para
-comprobar si está disponible un controlador para su dispositivo. En caso
-afirmativo, comprobar si el paquete ya está presente en Mageia y en este
-caso instalarlo manualmente. A continuación, vuelva a realizar el proceso de
-instalación para configurar la impresora. En todos los casos, informe del
-problema en Bugzilla o en el foro si usted se siente cómodo con esta
-herramienta y proporcionar la información del modelo y el conductor y si
-funciona la impresora o no después de la instalación. Estas son algunas de
-las fuentes para encontrar otros conductores en marcha hasta la fecha o para
-los dispositivos más recientes.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Impresoras Brother</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Esta
-página</link> da una lista de los controladores de Brother. Buscar el
-controlador para su dispositivo, descargar rpm(s) e instalar.</para>
-
-    <para>Deberá instalar controladores de Brother antes de ejecutar la utilidad de
-configuración.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Impresoras Hewlett-Packard y dispositivos todo en
-uno</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Estos dispositivos utilizan la herramienta hplip. Se instala automáticamente
-después de la detección o la selección de la impresora. Puede encontrar más
-información <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">aquí</link>. La
-herramienta "Administrador de dispositivos HP" está disponible en el menú
-<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>. Mira también <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuración</link>
-para la gestión de la impresora.</para>
-
-    <para>Un dispositivo HP TAll in one solo debe ser instalado como una impresora y
-se añadirán las funciones del escáner. Tenga en cuenta que, a veces, la
-interfaz Xsane no permite escanear películas o diapositivas (la iluminación
-deslizante puede no funcionar). En este caso, es posible escanear,
-utilizando el modo independiente, y guarde la imagen en una tarjeta de
-memoria o memoria USB insertada en el dispositivo. Después, abra el software
-de imágenes favorito y cargue su fotografía de la tarjeta de memoria en la
-carpeta /media.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">impresoara a color Samsung</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Para las impresoras específicas Samsung y Xerox color, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">Este sitio proporciona drivers</link>
-para el protocolo QPDL.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">impresoras y scaners Epson</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Los controladores para las impresoras Epson están disponibles en <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">esta
-página de búsqueda</link>. Para la parte del escáner, deberá instalar el
-paquete "iScan-data" primero, luego "iScan" (en este orden). Un paquete
-iScan-plugin también puede estar disponible y es para instalar. Elija los
-paquetes <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> de acuerdo a su arquitectura. </para>
-
-    <para> Es posible que el paquete iScan generaré una advertencia sobre un conflicto
-con sane. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser
-ignorada.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">impresoras Canon</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Para impresoras Canon, puede ser aconsejable instalar una herramienta
-llamada TurboPrint <link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">disponible
-aquí</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b3a87702..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importar documentos y configuración de Windows™</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis>transfugdrake</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> se encuentra bajo la
-pestaña <emphasis role="bold">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control de
-Mageia etiquetado <guilabel>Importación de documentos y ajustes de Windows
-(TM)</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>La herramienta permite a un administrador importar los documentos y
-configuraciones de usuario desde una instalación de <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000 <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP o <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> en el
-mismo equipo que la instalación de Mageia.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Tenga en cuenta que todos los cambios se aplicarán por transfugdrake
-inmediatamente después de pulsar <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Después de iniciar transfugdrake verá la primera página del asistente con
-una explicación acerca de las opciones de la herramienta y de importación.</para>
-
-  <para>Tan pronto como leer y comprender las instrucciones, pulse el botón
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. Esto debe ejecutar una detección de la
-instalación de <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> .</para>
-
-  <para>Cuando la etapa de detección se ha completado, verá una página que le
-permite elegir las cuentas en <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark > y Mageia para el procedimiento de
-importación. Es posible seleccionar otra cuenta de usuario de la tuya
-propia.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Por favor, tenga en cuenta que debido a las limitaciones del
-asistente-migrador (el backend de transfugdrake) de <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> los nombres de cuenta de usuario con
-símbolos especiales se puede visualizar de forma incorrecta.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>La migración puede llevar algún tiempo, dependiendo del tamaño de las
-carpetas de documentos.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Algunas aplicaciones de <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-(especialmente los controladores) pueden crear cuentas de usuario para
-diferentes propósitos. Por ejemplo, los controladoresde NVidia en <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> se actualizan utilizando
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, no usar dichas cuentas para los
-fines de importación.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Cuando termine de seleccionar formas de importar las cuentas de usuario,
-haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se
-utiliza para seleccionar el método de importación de documentos:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake está diseñado para importar de <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> datos de las carpetas <emphasis>Mis
-Documentos</emphasis>, <emphasis>Mi música</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mis
-imágenes</emphasis>. Es posible saltar la importación seleccionando la
-opción adecuada en esta ventana.</para>
-
-  <para>Después de completar el método de selección de los documentos de
-importación, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se
-utiliza para seleccionar el método de importar los marcadores:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake puede importar marcadores de <emphasis>Internet
-Explorer</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a los marcadores
-de la instancia de Mageia de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Elija la opción de importación preferido y pulse el botón
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>La página siguiente le permite importar el fondo del escritorio:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Elija la opción que prefiera y pulse el botón
-<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>La última página del asistente muestra algún mensaje de felicitación. Sólo
-tiene que pulsar el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 83b77b20..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Usuarios y Grupos</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
-      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
-escribiendo <emphasis>userdrake</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> se encuentra en la
-pestaña <emphasis role="bold">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control de
-Mageia bajo la etiqueta "Administrar usuarios en el sistema"</para>
-
-  <para>La herramienta permite a un administrador gestionar los usuarios y los
-grupos, esto significa añadir o eliminar un usuario o grupo y modificar la
-configuración de usuario y de grupo (ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>Cuando userdrake se abre, todos los usuarios existentes en el sistema se
-enumeran en las fichas de <guibutton>Usuarios</guibutton>, y todos los
-grupos en la ficha <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>. Ambas pestañas funcionan
-de la misma manera.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Añadir Usuario</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Este botón abre una ventana nueva con todos los campos vacíos:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>El campo <emphasis role="bold">Nombre Completo</emphasis> se destina a la
-entrada de un nombre y apellido, pero es posible escribir cualquier cosa o
-nada, así!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role = "bold">Login</emphasis> es el único campo obligatorio.</para>
-
-  <para>El establecimiento de una <emphasis role="bold">Contraseña</emphasis> es muy
-recomendable. Hay un escudo a la derecha, si es rojo, la contraseña es
-débil, demasiado corto o demasiado similar al nombre de inicio de
-sesión. Debe utilizar figuras, caracteres mayúsculas y minúsculas, signos de
-puntuación, etc. El escudo se volverá naranja y verde cuando la fortaleza de
-la contraseña mejora.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirmar contraseña</emphasis> campo está ahí para
-asegurarse de que ha introducido lo que querías.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell</emphasis> es una lista desplegable que le
-permite cambiar el shell utilizado por el usuario que está agregando, las
-opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Crear un grupo privado para el usuario</emphasis>, si
-esta marcado creará automáticamente un grupo con el mismo nombre y el nuevo
-usuario como el único miembro (esto puede ser editado).</para>
-
-  <para>Las otras opciones deberían ser obvias. El nuevo usuario se crea
-inmediatamente después de hacer clic en el botón
-<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Añadir Grupo</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Usted sólo tendrá que introducir el nombre del grupo y, si es necesario, el
-ID de grupo específico.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Editar</emphasis> (con un usuario seleccionado)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Datos de usuario</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos los datos
-facilitados por el usuario en la creación (el ID no se puede cambiar).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Información de Cuenta</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>La primera opción es para establecer una fecha de caducidad de la cuenta. La
-conexión es imposible después de esta fecha. Esto es útil para cuentas
-temporales.</para>
-
-  <para>La segunda opción es bloquear la cuenta, la conexión es imposible mientras
-la cuenta está bloqueada.</para>
-
-  <para>Es también posible cambiar el ícono</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Información de la contraseña</emphasis>: Permite
-establecer una fecha de caducidad para la contraseña, esto obliga al usuario
-a cambiar periódicamente su contraseña.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grupo</emphasis>: Aquí puede seleccionar los grupos
-del que el usuario es miembro.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Si está modificando una cuenta de usuario conectado, las modificaciones no
-serán efectivos hasta su próximo inicio de sesión.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Editar</emphasis> (con un grupo seleccionado)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Datos de Grupo</emphasis>: Permite modificar el nombre
-del grupo.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede seleccionar
-los usuarios que son miembros del grupo</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Eliminar</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis
-role="bold">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la
-que el usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe
-eliminarse también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se
-elimininará. </para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Es posible eliminar un grupo que no este vacío.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refrescar</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>La base de datos del usuario se puede cambiar fuera de UserDrake. Haga clic
-en este icono para actualizar la pantalla.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Cuenta Invitado</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">invitado</emphasis> es una cuenta especial. Su
-objetivo es dar a alguien acceso temporal al sistema con total
-seguridad. Inicio de sesión es xguest, no hay ninguna contraseña, y es
-imposible de realizar modificaciones en el sistema desde esta cuenta. Los
-directorios personales se eliminan al final de la sesión. Esta cuenta está
-activada por defecto, para desactivarla, haga clic en el menú
-<guimenu>Acciones -> cuenta de invitado Desinstalar</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et.po b/docs/mcc-help/et.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 7110d152..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11341 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Marek Laane <qiilaq69@gmail.com>, 2012-2016
-# Marek Laane <qiilaq69@gmail.com>, 2017
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 18:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-25 09:43+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Marek Laane <qiilaq69@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
-"language/et/)\n"
-"Language: et\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "WebDAV-i jagatud ketaste ja kataloogide kasutamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelil \"Võrgu jagamine\" kirje alt <guilabel>WebDAV-i "
-"ressursside seadistamine</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Sissejuhatus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> on "
-"protokoll, mis võimaldab haakida veebiserveri kataloogi kohalikus masinas "
-"ning käsitleda seda kui kohalikku kataloogi. Selleks on vajalik, et teises "
-"masinas töötaks WebDAV-i server. Käesolev tööriist ei ole mõeldud WebDAV-i "
-"serveri seadistamiseks."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Uue kirje loomine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista avaaknas näeb juba seadistatud kirjeid, kui neid peaks leiduma, "
-"ning nuppu <guibutton>Uus</guibutton>. Selle abil saab luua uue kirje. "
-"Sisestage ilmuvas aknas tektikasti serveri URL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel ilmub aken, mille raadionupud võimaldavad valida vajaliku tegevuse."
-"Valige raadionupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton> ja klõpsake "
-"<guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Muud pole vaja teha, sest <guibutton>server</"
-"guibutton> on ju juba määratud. Siiski võite seda vajaduse korral muuta."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr "Selle haakepunkti kaudu saate edaspidi ligi võrgukataloogi sisule."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Järgmisel etapil tuleb anda oma kasutajanimi ja parool. Kui peaks olema vaja "
-"veel midagi täpsustada, saab seda teha klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muu</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"Valik <guibutton>Haagi</guibutton> laseb määratud ressursi kohe kasutusele "
-"võtta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete seadistamise lõpetanud, klõpsates selleks raadionupule "
-"<guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>, ilmub taas avaaken, kus on näidatud ka uus "
-"haakepunkt. Kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton>, küsitakse, kas "
-"soovite salvestada muudatused faili <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Vastake "
-"jaatavalt, kui soovite, et võrgukataloog oleks saadaval kohe pärast iga "
-"arvuti taaskäivitust. Kui seadistus on mõeldud ühekordseks kasutamiseks, "
-"siis ei ole tarvis seda salvestada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Kõvaketta partitsioonide jagamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"See lihtne tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab "
-"administraatoril anda kasutajatele õigust jagada oma kodukataloogi (/home) "
-"alamkatalooge teiste kohtvõrgus olevate kasutajatega, kelle arvutis võib "
-"töötada nii Linuxi kui ka Windowsi operatsioonisüsteem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr "Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelil \"Kohalikud kettad\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Kõigepealt tuleb vastata lihtsale küsimusele: \"<guilabel>Kas lubada "
-"kasutajatel jagada mõningaid oma katalooge?</guilabel>\". Klõpsake "
-"<guibutton>Jagamiseta</guibutton>, kui te ei soovi, et ükski kasutaja seda "
-"teeks, <guibutton>Lubatud kõigile kasutajatele</guibutton>, kui soovite anda "
-"sellise õiguse kõigile, ja <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, kui teie "
-"meelest mõned kasutajad võiksid seda teha, teised aga mitte. Viimasel juhul "
-"peavad kasutajad, kel on õigus oma katalooge jagada, kuuluma gruppi "
-"fileshare, mille süsteem automaatselt loob. Selle kohta esitatakse küsimus "
-"hiljem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui klõpsate <guilabel>Olgu</guilabel>, ilmub uus ekraan, kus palutakse "
-"valida <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> või <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Märkige "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, kui ainuke võrgus leiduv operatsioonisüsteem on "
-"Linux, ja <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>, kui võrgus leidub nii Linuxi kui ka "
-"Windowsi masinaid, ning klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Vajaduse "
-"korral paigaldatakse nõutavad tarkvarapaketid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Seadistamine on nüüd tehtud, kui te ei valinud just võimalust \"Kohandatud"
-"\". Sel juhul ilmub lisaekraan, kus palutakse avada Userdrake. Selle "
-"tööriistaga saab lisada kasutajad, kel on õigus oma katalooge jagada, gruppi "
-"fileshare. Klõpsake kaardil \"Kasutajad\" kasutajale, keda soovite gruppi "
-"fileshare lisada, ja siis nupule <guimenuitem>Muuda</guimenuitem>. Märkige "
-"kaardil \"Grupid\" ära grupp fileshare ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</"
-"guibutton>. Täpsemalt kõneldakse tööriistast Userdrake <xref linkend="
-"\"userdrake\">siin</xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui lisate gruppi fileshare uue kasutaja, peate võrguühenduse katkestama ja "
-"uuesti looma, enne kui muudatused arvesse võetakse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Edaspidi saab iga gruppi fileshare kuuluv kasutaja valida failihalduris (kui "
-"failihaldur seda toetab) oma kataloogid, mida ta soovib välja jagada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "et"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "NFS-i jagatud ketaste ja kataloogide kasutamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab muuta "
-"jagatud katalooge kättesaadavaks kõigile masina kasutajatele. Selle "
-"võimaldamiseks pruugitakse protokolli NFS, mis leidub enamikus Linuxi või "
-"Unixi süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav kohe "
-"algkäivituse järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma seansi "
-"ajal ligi mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Kasutamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõpsuga serveri nime ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud kataloogide "
-"loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi pääseda."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb "
-"määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida. Samuti saab üle "
-"vaadata ja vajadusel muuta mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule "
-"<guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab selle "
-"lahutada ehk lahti ühendada klõpsuga samale nupule."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton> "
-"ilmub küsimus: \"Kas salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?\" Salvestamise korral "
-"muutub kataloog kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi "
-"võrguühendus on olemas. Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka "
-"failihalduris, näiteks Dolphinis."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "CD/DVD-kirjuti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelis \"Kohalikud kettad\" nime alt, mis vastab teie "
-"eemaldatavale riistvarale (ainult CD/DVD-ja disketiseadmed)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista eesmärk on paika panna, kuidas eemaldatav andmekandja haagitakse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Akna ülaosas on lühidalt kirjeldatud riistvara ja selle haakimisel "
-"kasutatavaid eelistusi. Allpool oleva menüüga saab neid muuta. Märkige "
-"vajalik menüüelement ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Haakepunkt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "Märkige see haakepunkti muutmiseks. Vaikimisi on selleks /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Eelistused"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Paljusid haakimise eelistusi saab siin valida kas otse nimekirjast või "
-"allmenüüst <guilabel>Muud valikud</guilabel>. Peamised valikud on järgmised:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"Eelistus \"user\" võimaldab eemaldatavat seadet haakida tavalisel kasutajal "
-"(mitte ainult administraatoril. Selle eelistusega kaasnevad ka valikud "
-"\"noexec\", \"nosuid\" ja \"nodev\". Kasutaja, kes seadme haagib, on ka "
-"ainuke, kes saab selle lahutada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Windowsi (SMB) jagatud ketaste ja kataloogide kasutamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab määrata, "
-"millised jagatud kataloogid peavad olema kättesaadavad kõigile masina "
-"kasutajatele. Selle võimaldamiseks pruugitakse protokolli SMB, mis on üsna "
-"levinud Windows(R) süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav "
-"kohe algkäivituse järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma "
-"seansi ajal ligi mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Enne tööriista käivitamist võiks olla mõttekas paika panna kättesaadavate "
-"serverite nimed, näiteks tööriistaga, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
-"\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõpsuga serveri nimel ja selle ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud "
-"kataloogide loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi "
-"pääseda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb "
-"määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida klõpsuga nupule "
-"<guimenu>Haagi</guimenu>. Samuti saab üle vaadata ja vajadusel muuta "
-"mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Eelistuste all saab määrata nende isikute kasutajanimed ja paroolid, kel on "
-"õigus ühenduda SMB-serveriga. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab sama nupuga "
-"kataloogi lahutada ehk lahti ühendada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule \"Tehtud\" ilmub küsimus: \"Kas "
-"salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?\" Salvestamise korral muutub kataloog "
-"kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi võrguühendus on olemas. "
-"Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka failihalduris, näiteks "
-"Dolphinis."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Ruumilise töölaua efektid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab hallata "
-"ruumiliste ehk 3D efektide kasutamist teie operatsioonisüsteemis. Vaikimisi "
-"on ruumilised efektid keelatud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Alustamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista kasutamiseks peab olema paigaldatud programm glxinfo. Kui see ei "
-"ole paigaldatud, palutakse seda teha enne drak3d käivitamist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Drak3d käivitumise järel ilmub menüüga aken. Siin leiab valikud "
-"<guilabel>Ruumilise töölaua valikud puuduvad</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Compiz "
-"Fusion</guilabel>. Viimane on komposiit-aknahaldur, mis tegeleb teie "
-"töölaual näha olevate riistvaraliselt kiirendatud eriefektidega. Ruumilise "
-"töölaua lubamiseks valige <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui käivitate tööriista kohe pärast Mageia paigaldamist, ilmub hoiatus, mis "
-"annab teada, millised tarkvarapaketid on vaja Compiz Fusioni kasutamiseks "
-"tarvis lisaks paigaldadda. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, näete, et Compiz Fusion on drak3d "
-"menüüs valitud, kuid efektide tegelikuks rakendamiseks tuleb veel välja ja "
-"uuesti sisse logida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Uuesti sisselogimise järel aktiveeritakse Compiz Fusion. Selle "
-"seadistamiseks tuleb avada programmi seadistamise tööriist (CompizConfig "
-"Settings Manager)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Probleemide lahendamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Töölauda pole sisselogimise järel näha"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui logite pärast Compiz Fusioni sisselülitamist uuesti sisse, aga ei näe "
-"töölaual midagi, mis meenutaks ruumilisi efekte, taaskäivitage arvuti. Kui "
-"ilmub sisselogimisekraan, klõpsake töölauanupule ja valige sealt drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui logite sisse ja teie konto kasutab administraatori õigusi, palutakse "
-"teil uuesti parool anda. Vastasel juhul kasutage administraatori kontot. See "
-"annab võimaluse tühistada kõik muutused, mis võisid põhjustada "
-"sisselogimisprobleeme."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Autentimine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab muuta viisi, "
-"kuidas teid tuntakse kasutajana ära oma masinas või võrgus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Vaikimisi on teie autentimisteave salvestatud arvutis asuvasse faili. Muutke "
-"seda ainult siis, kui seda nõuab teie võrguadministraator, kes peab sel "
-"juhul andma ka täpsemat teavet, mida ja kuidas muuta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Automaatse sisselogimise lubamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab lubada "
-"kasutajal logida oma töökeskkonda sisse, ilma et talt küsitaks parooli. Seda "
-"nimetatakse automaatseks sisselogimiseks (autologin). Ǜldiselt on see päris "
-"hea mõte, kui olete oma masina ainuke kasutaja."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Algkäivitus</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Akna valikud on üsna enesestmõistetavad:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Märkige <guibutton>X Windows käivitatakse alglaadimisel</guibutton>, kui "
-"soovite, et graafiline keskkond pandaks tööle kohe pärast alglaadimist. "
-"Vastasel juhul käivitub süsteem tekstirežiimis. Siiski on võimalik "
-"graafilist keskkonda ka käsitsi käivitada. Seda saab teha käsuga 'startx' "
-"või 'systemctl start dm'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui esimene valik on märgitud, ilmub veel kaks valikut. Märkige "
-"<guibutton>Ei taha automaatselt siseneda</guibutton>, kui soovite, et "
-"süsteem küsiks endiselt, kes sisse logib (ja tema parooli), või "
-"<guibutton>Jah, soovin automaatset sisselogimist sellele (kasutajale, "
-"keskkonnale)</guibutton>, kui te soovite automaatselt sisse logida. Viimasel "
-"juhul tuleb määrata ka <guilabel>Vaikimisi kasutaja</guilabel> ja "
-"<guilabel>Vaikimisi töölaud</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Süsteemi käivitumise seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"UEFI süsteemi korral on kasutajaliides pisut teistsugune, sest "
-"alglaadimisseade on enesest mõistetavalt EFI süsteemne partitsioon (ESP)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab seadistada "
-"alglaadimise valikuid (kasutatav alglaadur, parool, vaikimisi laaditav "
-"süsteem jne.)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr "Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Algkäivitus\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Ärge kasutage seda tööriista, kui te ei tea väga täpselt, mida teete. Mõne "
-"seadistuse hooletul muutmisel ei pruugi teie masin enam üldse käivituda!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimeses sektsioonis <guilabel>Alglaadur</guilabel> saab BIOSe kasutamise "
-"puhul valida, milline on <guibutton>eelistatav alglaadur</guibutton>: Grub, "
-"Grub2 või LiLo, graafiline või tekstirežiimis. See on lihtsalt maitseasi, "
-"mingit põhimõttelist vahet neil ei ole. Samuti saab siin määrata "
-"<guibutton>alglaadimisseadme</guibutton>, mida ei tasuks muuta, kui te just "
-"väga kindlalt ei tea, mida teete. Alglaadimisseadmele on paigaldatud "
-"alglaadur ja siin võib iga muudatus tähendada, et teie masin enam ei käivitu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"UEFI süsteemi korral on alglaaduriks <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> ja see "
-"on paigaldatud partitsioonile /boot/EFI. Kõigile paigaldatud "
-"operatsioonisüsteemidele on ühine FAT32 vormindusega partitsioon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"Teises sektsioonis <guilabel>Põhivalikud</guilabel> saab määrata sekundites "
-"kindlaks <guibutton>ooteaja enne vaikimisi süsteemi laadimist</guibutton>. "
-"Selle aja vältel näitab Grub või LiLo saadaolevate operatsioonisüsteemide "
-"loendit, mille vahel saate valida. Kui te valikut ei langeta, käivitab "
-"alglaadur ooteaja möödumisel vaikimisi süsteemi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolmandas ja viimases sektsioonis <guibutton>Turvalisus</guibutton> saab "
-"määrata alglaaduri parooli. Sellisel juhul küsitakse alglaadimise ajal "
-"kasutajanime ja parooli, kui soovite valida mõnda alglaadimiskirjet või "
-"seadistusi muuta. Kasutajanimeks on \"root\", parooli saate siin ise määrata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõps nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> annab veel mõned valikud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI lubamine:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (täiustatud konfiguratsiooni- ja toiteliides) on toitehalduse standard. "
-"See võib säästa energiat, lülitades välja kasutamata seadmed. Sama meetodit "
-"kasutas varem APM. Kui teie riistvara vastab ACPI standardile, märkige see "
-"valik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>SMP lubamine:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP tähendab sümmeetrilist multitöötlust, mis kujutab endast mitmetuumaliste "
-"protsessorite arhitektuuri."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui teil on HyperThreadingiga protsessor, peab Mageia seda kaheks "
-"protsessoriks ja lülitab SMP sisse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>APIC lubamine</guibutton> ja <guibutton>Kohaliku APIC lubamine:</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC tähendab täiustatud programmeeritav katkestusekontrollerit. Inteli APIC-"
-"süsteemis on kaks komponenti: kohalik APIC (LAPIC) ja I/O APIC. Viimane "
-"suunab katkestused, mida ta saab, perifeersetest siinidest ühele või "
-"rohkemale kohalikule APIC-le, mis paiknevad protsessoris. See on väga "
-"kasulik paljude protsessoritega süsteemis. Mõnes arvutis põhjustab APIC "
-"probleeme, nii et see võib esineda hangumisi või seadmete valet tuvastamist "
-"(veateade \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Sel juhul keelake APIC ja/või "
-"kohalik APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Järgmine</guibutton> ekraan erineb sõltuvalt sellest, milline "
-"alglaadur on valitud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "Teil on pärand-Grub (Grub Legacy) või LiLo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Sel juhul näeb kõiki alglaadimise ajal saadaolevaid kirjeid. Vaikimisi valik "
-"on tärniga. Kirjete järjekorra muutmiseks valige kirje ja klõpsake üles või "
-"alla osutavale noolele. Kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> või "
-"<guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>, ilmub uus aken, kus saab lisada "
-"alglaadimismenüüsse uue kirje või muuta olemasolevat. Nende võimaluste "
-"kasutamiseks peate väga hästi tundma LiLot või Grubi."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Väljale <guilabel>Nimi</guilabel> võib kirjutada mida tahes, mis teie "
-"meelest peaks olema alglaadimismenüüs näha. See vastab Grubi käsule \"title"
-"\". Näide: Mageia3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"Väli <guilabel>Laadefail</guilabel> sisaldab kerneli nime. See vastab Grubi "
-"käsule \"kernel\". Näide: /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"Väli <guilabel>Juurpartitsioon</guilabel> sisaldab seadme nime, kuhu kernel "
-"on salvestatud. See vastab Grubi käsule \"root\". Näide: (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"Väli <guilabel>Lisaargumendid</guilabel> sisaldab võtmeid, mis antakse "
-"kernelile alglaadimise ajal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Vaikimisi</guilabel>. laadib Grub selle kirje "
-"vaikimisi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"Lisaekraanil, mis avaneb klõpsuga nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</guilabel>, "
-"saab valida <guilabel>ekraanilahutuse</guilabel>, <guilabel>initrd</"
-"guilabel>-faili ja <guilabel>võrguprofiili</guilabel> (<xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"Teil on Grub2 või Grub2-efi (alglaadurid, mida kasutatakse vastavalt pärand- "
-"ja UEFI režiimis):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Sel juhul näeb rippmenüüs teksti <guilabel>Vaikimisi</guilabel> taga kõiki "
-"saadaolevaid kirjeid. Klõpsake sellele, mida soovite vaikimisi kasutada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui arvutisse peaks olema paigaldatud teisigi operatsioonisüsteeme, püüab "
-"Mageia lisada need oma alglaadimismenüüsse. Kui Te seda ei soovi, eemaldage "
-"märge kastikesest <guilabel>Võõraste operatsioonisüsteemide otsimine</"
-"guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"Lisaekraanil, mis avaneb klõpsuga nupule <guilabel>Muud</guilabel>, saab "
-"valida <guilabel>videorežiimi</guilabel>. Kui Te ei soovi alglaaditavat "
-"Mageiat, vaid selle ahellaadimist mõnest teisest operatsioonisüsteemsit, "
-"märkige kastike <guilabel>ESP-i ega MBR-i ei puudutata</guilabel> ja "
-"nõustuge hoiatusega."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"ESP-ile või MBR-ile paigaldamata jätmine tähendab, et paigaldust ei saa "
-"käivitada, kui seda ei laadita just mõne teise operatsioonisüsteemi "
-"vahendusel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Paljude muude parameetrite määramiseks saab kasutada tööriista "
-"<emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis>, mille leiab Mageia tarkvarahoidlast "
-"(vt allpool)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Logide ja süsteemiteabe kogumine veateate tarbeks"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Seda tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja "
-"kasutada ainult käsureal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Soovitatav on kirjutada käsu väljund faili näiteks nii <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, aga kindlasti tasuks sel "
-"juhul kontrollida, kas kettaruumi ikka jagub: see fail võib kergesti olla "
-"mitu gigabaiti suur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Väljund on kahtlemata liiga suur, et seda veateatele lisada ilma eelnevalt "
-"ebavajalikke osi eemaldamata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Käsk kogub süsteemi kohta järgmist teavet:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partitsioonid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "Mageia versioon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Abi kirjutamise ajal oli käsu väljundi osa \"syslog\" veel tühi, sest toda "
-"tööriista ei olnud veel üle viidud systemd kasutamisele. Kui see peaks olema "
-"jätkuvalt nii, saab \"syslog\"-teabe hankida administraatori õigustes käsku "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> andes. "
-"Kui kettaruumi peaks nappima, siis võib logist võtta ka näiteks ainult "
-"viimased 5000 rida: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > "
-"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Mageia veateadete tööriist"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käivitada käsurealt, kui anda käsk <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Tavaliselt käivitub see tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"automaatselt, kui mõnda Mageia tööriista tabab krahh. Siiski on võimalik, et "
-"kui olete teatanud veast, palutakse teil see tööriist käivitada, et "
-"kontrollida selle edastatud teavet ja seejärel kinnitada seda veateates."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui soovite anda teada mõnest veast, aga ei ole just väga kindel, mida peaks "
-"tegema, siis lugege palun juhist <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</"
-"link>, enne kui klõpsate nupule \"Saada\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui veast peaks olema juba teatanud keegi teine (sel juhul on veateade, "
-"mille edastab drakbug, täpselt samasugune), on kasulik lisada olemasolevale "
-"veateatele kommentaar, et ka teid tabas sama viga."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Kuupäeva ja kellaaja seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonist <guilabel>\"Lokaliseerimine"
-"\"</guilabel>. Mõnes töökeskkonnas saab selle samuti avada, kui teha "
-"paremklõps süsteemisalves asuval kellal ja valida \"Kohanda kuupäeva ja "
-"kellaaega\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Tegu on väga lihtsa tööriistaga."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"Vasakul üleval asub <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalender</emphasis>. Siinsel "
-"pildil on kuuks jaanuar (ülal vasakul), aastaks 2013 (ülal paremal) ning "
-"kuupäevaks 8. (sinisega) ja teisipäev. Kuu või aasta saab valida, kui "
-"klõpsata noolekestele mõlemal pool kirjeid \"jaanuar\" ja \"2013\". Päeva "
-"saab valida selle numbrile klõpsates."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"Vasakul all on ruum <emphasis role=\"bold\">võrguajaprotokolli</emphasis> "
-"(NTP) sünkroonimiseks. Sel moel on võimalik lasta arvutis näidataval kellal "
-"olla alati sünkroonis serverist hangitud ajaga. Märkige "
-"<guilabel>Võrguajaprotokolli lubamine</guilabel> ja valige lähim server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Paremal ülal asub <emphasis role=\"bold\">kell</emphasis>. Kellaaja "
-"määramine on üsna mõttetu, kui NTP on lubatud. Kolm välja näitavad tunde, "
-"minuteid ja sekundeid (pildil 4, 4 ja 46). Noolekeste abil saab kellaaega "
-"muuta. Kellaaja vormingut siin muuta ei saa, selleks tuleb kasutada "
-"töökeskkonna seadistusi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Paremal all saab valida ajavööndi, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Muuda "
-"ajavööndit</guibutton> ja valida loendist lähim linn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Ehkki tööriist ei võimalda muuta kuupäeva või kellaaja vormingut, näidatakse "
-"neid töölaual siiski just nii, nagu olete töölaua seadistustes määranud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Ühenduse eemaldamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga saab kustutada võrguliidese<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõpsake rippmenüüle, valige liides, mida soovite eemaldada, ja klõpsake "
-"nupule <emphasis>Edasi</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr "Seejärel näete teadet, et võrguliides on edukalt kustutatud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Uue võrguliidese seadistamine (LAN, ISDN, ADSL...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada "
-"enam-vähem kõike võrgu ja interneti kasutamisega seotut. Eelnevalt oleks "
-"siiski hea hankida mõningat vajalikku teavet oma teenusepakkujalt või "
-"võrguadministraatorilt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige vastavalt oma riistvarale ja teenusepakkujale ühenduse tüüp, mida "
-"soovite luua."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Uus juhtmega ühendus (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimeses aknas on näha kõik saadaolevad liidesed. Valige see, mida soovite "
-"seadistada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr "Nüüd saab valida IP-aadressi automaatse ja käsitsi määramise vahel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "Automaatne IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas "
-"nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool "
-"näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab "
-"siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi "
-"arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime "
-"võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi "
-"omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki "
-"kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks "
-"hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt "
-"vähetõenäoline."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Muude valikute nupule klõpsates saab määrata järgmisi asju:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Otsingudomeen (pole kasutatav, sest selle annab DHCP-server)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "DHCP klient"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP aegumine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse NIS-"
-"server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "NTPD-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (kella sünkroonimiseks)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP nõutav masinanimi. Kasutage seda ainult siis, kui DHCP-server nõuab, et "
-"klient määraks masinanime enne IP-aadressi saamist. Mõned DHCP-serverid "
-"sellist võimalust ei paku."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste "
-"seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Käsitsi seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid "
-"nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see "
-"määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress tavaliselt umbes kujul <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
-"emphasis>, võrgumask on <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja "
-"nimeserverid saab teada teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. "
-"Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla teie kodudomeen, s.t. kui teie arvuti nimi on "
-"\"superraal\" ja täielik domeeninimi \"superraal.imemees.net\", siis on "
-"otsingudomeen \"imemees.net\". Kui seda spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi "
-"siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska "
-"tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Uus satelliidiühendus (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"See osa on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võiksite selle kohta "
-"vajaliku abiteksti kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> "
-"dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Uus kaablimodemi ühendus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Seejärel tuleb määrata autentimisviis:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Puudub"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (vajalik Telstrale). Sel juhul tuleb anda kasutajanimi ja parool."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas "
-"nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool "
-"näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab "
-"siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi "
-"arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime "
-"võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi "
-"omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki "
-"kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks "
-"hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt "
-"vähetõenäoline."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid "
-"nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see "
-"määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. "
-"Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla teie kodudomeen, s.t. kui teie arvuti nimi on "
-"\"superraal\" ja täielik domeeninimi \"superraal.imemees.net\", siis on "
-"otsingudomeen \"imemees.net\". Kui seda spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi "
-"siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska "
-"tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Uus DSL-ühendus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui tööriist tuvastab võrguliidesed, pakutakse need välja ning teil tuleb "
-"nende seast valida see, mida soovite seadistama asuda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma "
-"teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige <guilabel>Puudub nimekirjast</"
-"guilabel> ja sisestage teenusepakkuja antud andmed."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Valige üks pakutavatest protokollidest:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "TCP/IP käsitsiseadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Ligipääsu seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Konto kasutajatunnus (kasutajanimi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Konto parool"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(muude valikute all) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(muude valikute all) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Uus ISDN-ühendus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Tööriist pärib, millist seadet seadistama asuda:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Käsitsivalik (sisemine ISDN-kaart)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Väline ISDN-modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel ilmub riistvara loend, mis on korraldatud kategooriate ja tootjate "
-"järgi. Valige oma kaart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protokoll ülejäänud maailma tarbeks, välja arvatud Euroopa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Euroopa protokoll (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma "
-"teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige \"Puudub nimekirjast\" ja sisestage "
-"teenusepakkuja antud andmed. Seejärel küsitakse ühenduse parameetreid:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Ühenduse nimi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Telefoninumber"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Kasutajatunnus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Autentimisviis"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Siis tuleb valida, kas IP-aadress saadakse automaatselt või määratakse "
-"käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb sisestada IP-aadress ja alamvõrgu mask."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Edasi tuleb valida, kuidas saadakse nimeserverite aadress: automaatselt või "
-"käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kindlaks määrata:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Domeeninimi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Esimene ja teine nimeserver"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Samuti saab valida, kas masinanimi määratakse IP põhjal. See tuleks märkida "
-"ainult juhul, kui olete kindel, et teie teenusepakkuja seda tunnistab."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel tuleb valida, kuidas hangitakse lüüsiaadress: automaatselt või "
-"käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada IP-aadress."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Uus juhtmeta ühendus (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimeses aknas näeb saadaolevaid liideseid ja Windowsi draiveri kirjet "
-"(ndiswrapper). Valige liides, mida soovite seadistada. Kasutage "
-"ndiswrapperit ainult siis, kui ükski teine seadistamisviis ei toimi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr "Edasi saab valida tugijaamade vahel, mida kaart on tuvastanud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "WiFi-kaartidel on ka spetsiifilisi parameetreid:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Töörežiim:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Määratud"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Olemasoleva tugijaama kasutamiseks (kõige levinum variant)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Otseühenduseks arvutite vahel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Võrgu nimi (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr "Krüptorežiim: see sõltub tugijaama seadistusest."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "See on eelistatud režiim, kui riistvara seda vähegi toetab."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Osa vanemat riistvara suudab ainult sellega hakkama saada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Krüptovõti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Üldiselt annab selle tugijaamana toimiv riistvara."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr "Siin saab valida automaatse ja käsitsi määratud IP-aadressi vahel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb valida, kas nimeserverid "
-"annab DHCP-server või on need käsitsi määratud. Viimasel juhul tuleb "
-"kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadress. Kui masinanime mitte määrata, "
-"kasutatakse vaikimisi masinanimena localhost.localdomain. Masinanime võib "
-"anda ka DHCP-server, kui märkida valik <emphasis>Masinanimi omistatakse DHCP-"
-"serverist</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse NIS-"
-"server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste "
-"seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid "
-"nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see "
-"määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress alati umbes kujul <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, "
-"võrgumask on <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja nimeserverid "
-"saab teada teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. See "
-"peab olema teie masinanimi ilma esimesele punktile eelneva osata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Uus GPRS/Edge/3G ühendus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui tööriist tuvastab juhtmeta side liideseid, siis saab siin valida, "
-"millist seadistama asuda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Teie käest küsitakse PIN-koodi. Kui see pole vajalik, jätke PIN andmata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Nõustaja uurib võrke. Kui midagi ei leita, valige <guilabel>Puudub "
-"nimekirjast</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Seadistage ligipääs"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Tugijaama nimi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Uus Bluetoothi sissehelistamisühendus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Uus analoogtelefonimodemi ühendus (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Käsitsivalik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Tuvastatud riistvara, kui seda leidub."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Ilmub portide loend. Valige oma port."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui see pole veel paigaldatud, tehakse ettepanek paigaldada tarkvarapakett "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ilmub riikide kaupa jagatud teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma "
-"teenusepakkuja. Kui seda loendis pole, valige \"Puudub nimekirjast\" ja "
-"sisestage teenusepakkujalt saadud andmed. Seejärel palutakse määrata "
-"sissehelistamise valikud:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ühenduse nimi</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Telefoninumber</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kasutajakonto</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Parool</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Autentimine</emphasis>, kus saab valida:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Skriptipõhine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Terminalipõhine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Seadistamise lõpetamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Siin saab lubada või keelata järgmisi asju:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kasutajatel lubatakse ühendust hallata</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ühendus käivitatakse arvuti käivitamisel</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Võrguliikluse arvestuse lubamine</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Liidest juhitakse NetworkManageriga</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"Juhtmeta ühenduse korral on aknas ka märkekast <emphasis>Tugijaama "
-"vahetumise lubamine</emphasis>, mis annab võimaluse automaatselt vahetada "
-"tugijaamu vastavalt signaali tugevusele."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Muude valikute all saab määrata järgmisi asju:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Meetrika (vaikimisi 10)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Võrgu kohene valmidus (hotplugging)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "IPv6->IPv4 tunneli lubamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Kõige viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas ühendus käivitatakse viivitamata või "
-"mitte."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Konsooli avamine administraatorina"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab vahetult "
-"avada konsooli administraatori õigustes. Kes teab, mida konsooliga peale "
-"hakata, sellele pole vaja rohkem midagi seletadagi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Kettapartitsioonide haldamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk või diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> või <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"See on väga võimas tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>: "
-"pisimgi viga või näiteks kass, kes kargab mängulustis klaviatuurile, võib "
-"kaasa tuua kõigi andmete kaotamise kogu partitsioonil või lausa terve ketta "
-"andmete haihtumise. Seepärast näete ka ülal esitatud hoiatusdialoogi. "
-"Klõpsake <emphasis>Välju</emphasis>, kui te pole päris kindel, et soovite "
-"ikka jätkata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui teil on üle ühe kõvaketta, võite selle, millega soovite midagi ette "
-"võtta, valida vastava kaardi (sda, sdb, sdc jne.) sakile klõpsates."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Teie käsutuses on väga palju toiminguid, millega kõvaketas just endale "
-"sobivaks muuta. Kogu kõvaketta tühjendamine, partitsioonide poolitamine või "
-"ühendamine, nende suuruse muutmine, failisüsteemi vahetamine: võimalik on "
-"kõik see ja veel palju rohkem. All asuva nupuga <emphasis><guibutton>Kustuta "
-"kõik</guibutton></emphasis> saab tühjendada kogu ketta, teised nupud tulevad "
-"paremal nähtavale, kui olete klõpsanud partitsioonile."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui teil on UEFI süsteem, näete väikest partitsiooni nimega \"EFI System "
-"Partition\", mis on haagitud asukohta /boot/EFI. Ärge seda mingil juhul "
-"kustutage, sest see sisaldab kõigi teie operatsioonisüsteemide alglaadureid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui valitud partitsioon on haagitud, nagu alloleval pildil, ei saa selle "
-"suurust muuta, seda vormindada ega kustutada. Nendeks toiminguteks tuleb "
-"partitsioon esmalt lahutada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "Partitsiooni suurust saab muuta ainult selle paremal pool ehk lõpus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Partitsioonitüübi muutmiseks (näiteks ext3 asemel ext4) tuleb partitsioon "
-"kustutada ja siis uuesti luua juba uue tüübiga. Nupp <guibutton role=\"bold"
-"\">Tekita</guibutton> ilmub nähtavale, kui valida ketta tühi osa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui soovite, võite valida ka haakepunkti, mida ei ole olemas. Sellisel juhul "
-"see haakepunkt luuakse."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõps nupule <emphasis><guibutton>Lülitu ekspertrežiimi</guibutton></"
-"emphasis> annab teie käsutusse veel mõned toimingud, näiteks saab "
-"partitsioonile nime anda. Neid valikuid näeb alloleval pildil."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Kuvahalduri seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab valida, millist "
-"kuvahaldurit kasutada töökeskkonda sisselogimisel. Näidatakse ainult neid, "
-"mis on teie süsteemis saadaval."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Enamik kasutajaid paneb tähele vaid pisukest vahet sisselogimisekraani "
-"välimuses. Siiski toetavad eri kuvahaldurid eri võimalusi. Näiteks LXDM on "
-"väga lihtne kuvahaldur, SDDM ja GDM aga pakuvad rohkem valikuid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Isikliku tulemüüri seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Turvalisus\". Tööriista saab avada ka tööriista "
-"\"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi seadistamine\" esimesel kaardil."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Tegu on lihtsa tulemüüriga, mille Mageia vaikimisi paigaldab. Kõik väljast "
-"tulevad ühendused saab blokeerida, nii et need on võimalikud ainult "
-"spetsiaalse loaga. Esimesel ekraanil, mida näeb ülaloleval pildil, saab "
-"valida teenused, mille korral on väljast tulevad ühendused lubatud. "
-"Turvalisuse huvides oleks mõistlik mitte märkida esimest kastikest - "
-"<guilabel>Kõik (tulemüür puudub)</guilabel> -, kui te just ei soovigi "
-"tulemüürist loobuda, ning märkida ainult need teenused, mida te vajate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Siin võib käsitsi lisada pordid, mis tuleb avatuna hoida. Klõpsake "
-"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mille peale ilmub uus aken. Kirjutage "
-"väljale <guilabel>Muud pordid</guilabel> vajalikud pordid, järgides "
-"järgmiste näidete eeskuju:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp - pordi 80 avamine tcp protokollile"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp - kõigi portide avamine vahemikus 24000 kuni 24010 udp "
-"protokollile"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Mitme pordi kirjutamisel tuleb nende vahele jätta tühik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Tulemüüriteadete logimine süsteemi logidesse</"
-"guilabel>, salvestataksegi tulemüüri teated süsteemi logidesse."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui te ei paku just erilisi teenuseid (veebi- või e-posti server, failide "
-"jagamine...), võib õieti jätta kõik märkimata. See on isegi soovitatav: "
-"pidage silmas, et see ei takista teil endal sugugi internetis liikuda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Järgmisel ekraanil saab paika panna interaktiivse tulemüüri tingimused. Nii "
-"näiteks hoiatatakse teid ühendusekatsete korral, kui märkida esimene valik "
-"<guilabel>Interaktiivse tulemüüri kasutamine</guilabel>. Teise valiku "
-"märkimisel saab hoiatuse, kui skannitakse teie masina porte (sellega "
-"püütakse leida võimalust mõnda tarkvaraviga ära kasutades masinasse "
-"tungida). Alates kolmandast märkekastist on ära toodud teenused ja pordid, "
-"mille märkisite kahel esimesel ekraanil. Siinsel pildil on neiks SSH-server "
-"ja 80:150/tcp. Kastikesi märkides saate ühendusekatse korral neis portides "
-"alati hoiatuse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr "Hoiatusi näitab teatemullidena võrguaplett."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Viimasel ekraanil saab valida, millised võrguliidesed on internetti "
-"ühendatud, nii et nende üle tuleb valvata. Pärast klõpsu nupule \"Olgu\" "
-"laaditakse alla vajalikud tarkvarapaketid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui te ei tea, mida valida, uurige Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelil "
-"\"Kohtvõrk ja internet\" tööriista \"Uue võrguliidese seadistamine\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Fontide haldamine, lisamine ja eemaldamine. Windows(TM) fontide import"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatorina käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis>. See "
-"võimaldab hallata arvutile kättesaadavaid fonte. Peaaknas on näha:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "paigaldatud fontide nimed, laadid ja suurused"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "valitud fondi eelvaatlus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "mõned allpool selgitatavad nupud"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paigalda Windowsi fondid: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupuga saab automaatselt lisada Windowsi partitsioonil leiduvad "
-"fondid. Mõistagi peab selleks olema paigaldatud Microsoft Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Eelistused:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Siinsete valikute abil saab kindlustada, et teatavad rakendused või seadmed "
-"(peamiselt printerid) suudavad fonte kasutada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Eemalda:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupuga saab eemaldada paigaldatud fonte ja sel moel võib-olla arvutis "
-"ruumi kokku hoida. Olge fontide eemaldamisel siiski väga ettevaatlik, sest "
-"sel võivad olla tõsised tagajärjed dokumentidele, kus neid on kasutatud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impordi:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupuga saab importida mujalt pärit (CD, internet...) fonte. Toetatud "
-"vormingud on ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ja gsf. Klõpsake nupule <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Impordi</emphasis> ja siis nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Lisa</"
-"emphasis>. Ilmub failihaldur, kus saab valida fondid, mida soovite "
-"paigaldada. Kui see on tehtud, klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Paigalda</emphasis>. Fondid paigaldatakse kataloogi /usr/share/fonts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui äsja paigaldatud fondid ei olnud tööriista peaaknas nähtavale või näeb "
-"seal endiselt äsja eemaldatud fonte, sulgege ja avage tööriist uuesti, et "
-"muudatusi näha."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Lapselukk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Turvalisus\" kirje alt <guilabel>Lapselukk</"
-"guilabel>. Kui sellist kirjet pole, siis tuleb paigaldada tarkvarapakett "
-"drakguard (vaikimisi seda ei paigaldata)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Tutvustus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard ehk lapselukk kujutab endast lihtsat viisi sätestada arvutis, kes "
-"ja millal midagi teha võib. Drakguard pakub selleks järgmisi võimalusi:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Veebi kasutamist saab piirata konkreetsete kasutajate ja konkreetsete "
-"kellaaegadega. Selleks kasutatakse Mageiasse sisse ehitatud tulemüüri."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Teatavate käskude andmist saab lubada vaid konkreetsetele isikutele, nii et "
-"nad saavad käivitada ainult seda, mis on neile lubatud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Ligipääsu veebilehtedele saab piirata nii käsitsi määratud valgete ja "
-"mustade nimekirjadega kui ka dünaamiliselt, vastavalt veebilehe sisule. "
-"Selleks kasutab Drakguard juhtivat avatud lähtekoodiga lapselukuprogrammi "
-"DansGuardian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Lapseluku seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui teie arvutis on kettapartitsioone, millel on Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS "
-"failisüsteem, siis näete hüpikakent, mis soovitab sisse lülitada "
-"pääsuloendite kasutamise neil partitsioonidel. Pääsuloendid (ingliskeelse "
-"lühendiga ACL) on kerneli pakutav võimalus piirata ligipääsu konkreetsele "
-"failile kindlate kasutajate ringiga. Pääsuloendid on juba rakendatud Ext4 ja "
-"Btrfs failisüsteemis, kuid Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS korral tuleb see eraldi "
-"sisse lülitada. Kui valite \"Jah\", seadistab Drakguard kõik partitsioonid "
-"pääsuloendeid toetama ning teeb seejärel ettepaneku arvuti uuesti käivitada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Lapseluku lubamine</guibutton>: märkimise korral lülitatakse "
-"lapselukk sisse ning saab kasutada kaarti <guilabel>Programmide "
-"blokeerimine</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kogu võrguliikluse blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimise korral "
-"blokeeritakse kõik veebilehed, välja arvatud need, mis on kirjas valges "
-"nimekirjas. Vastasel juhul on aga kõik veebilehed lubatud, välja arvatud "
-"need, mis on kirjas mustas nimekirjas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kasutajate ligipääs</guibutton>: vasakul asuvate kasutajate "
-"ligipääs on piiratud vastavalt määratud reeglitele. Paremal asuvatel "
-"kasutajatel on ligipääs piiramata, et täiskasvanud saaksid arvutit tarvitada "
-"ilma raskusi kogemata. Valige kasutaja vasakult ja klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, et lisada ta lubatud kasutajate sekka. Valige "
-"kasutaja paremal ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, et "
-"kõrvaldada ta lubatud kasutajate loendist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ajakontroll:</guibutton> märkimise korral in interneti kasutamine "
-"piiranguid arvestades lubatud ajavahemikus <guilabel>Algus</guilabel> kuni "
-"<guilabel>Lõpp</guilabel>. Muul ajal on internet täielikult blokeeritud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Musta ja valge nimekirja kaardid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Kirjutage ülal asuvasse tekstikasti veebilehekülje URL ja klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Programmide blokeerimise kaart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Määratud rakenduste blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimisel saab "
-"kasutada pääsuloendeid, et piirata ligipääsu määratud rakendustele. Seejärel "
-"tuleb kirja panna nende rakenduste asukohad, mida soovite blokeerida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kasutajate blokeering</guibutton>: paremal asuvad kasutajad ei "
-"allu pääsuloendi piirangutele."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Internetiühenduse jagamine teistele kohalikele masinatele"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Põhialused"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kujutame ette sugugi mitte "
-"ebatavalist olukorda, kus teil on arvuti (3), millel on nii pääs internetti "
-"(2) kui ka ühendus kohaliku võrguga (1). Niisiis võiks olla hea mõte "
-"kasutada arvutit (3) omamoodi vahendajana, mis annab ligipääsu internetti "
-"kahele kohtvõrgus (1) olevale arvutile (5) ja (6). Selleks peab vahendajal "
-"olema kaks liidest: üks, näiteks Etherneti kaart, on ühendatud kohtvõrguga, "
-"teine (4) internetiga (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kõigepealt tuleb kontrollida, kas võrk ja interneti kasutamine on ikka "
-"korralikult paika pandud, nagu seda selgitab <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/"
-">."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Interneti jagamise nõustaja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Nõustaja<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab interneti "
-"jagamist seadistada mitme sammuga:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui nõustaja ei tuvasta vähemalt kaht võrguliidest, kuvatakse hoiatus, "
-"palutakse võrguühendus katkestada ja riistvara seadistada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Liidese määramine, mida kasutada internettipääsuks. Nõustaja pakub "
-"automaatselt välja ühe liidese, kuid tasuks kontrollida, kas see on ikka "
-"õige."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Liidese määramine, mida kasutatakse suhtlemaks kohtvõrguga. Nõustaja pakub "
-"ka siin välja ühe liidese ning tasub kontrollida, kas see on õige."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Nõustaja pakub välja kohtvõrgu parameetrid, näiteks IP-aadressi, maski ja "
-"domeeninime. Kontrollige, kas need vastavad teie tegelikule seadistusele. "
-"Soovitatav on pakutud väärtustega siiski nõustuda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit nimeserverina. Jaatava otsuse korral "
-"kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>bind</code> on paigaldatud. Vastasel juhul "
-"tuleb määrata nimeserveri aadress."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit DHCP-serverina. Jaatava vastuse korral "
-"kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>dhcp-server</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub "
-"selle seadistamist, et määrata DHCP aadressivahemiku algus ja lõpp."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit puhverserverina. Jaatava vastuse korral "
-"kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>squid</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub selle "
-"seadistamist, et määrata administraatori aadress (admin@minudomeen.com), "
-"puhverserveri nimi (minupuhver@minudomeen.com), port (3128) ja puhvri suurus "
-"(100 Mb)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas vahendava masinaga on ühendatud "
-"printereid, ja neid soovi korral välja jagada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Teid hoiatatakse, et eelnevalt tuleb kontrollida, ega tulemüür ei tööta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Kliendi seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete määranud vahendava masina ka DHCP-serveriks, tuleb ainult võrgu "
-"seadistamise tööriistaga määrata, et aadress hangitakse automaatselt (DHCP-"
-"serverist). Parameetrid saadakse võrku ühendudes. See meetod sobib sellest "
-"hoolimata, milline on klientmasina operatsioonisüsteem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui peate võrguparameetrid käsitsi kindlaks määrama, tuleb kindlasti määrata "
-"lüüsiks selle masina IP-aadress, mis ühendust vahendab."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Ühenduse jagamise peatamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui soovite peatada ühenduse jagamist Mageiaga arvutis, käivitage tööriist. "
-"See pakub võimalust ühendus ümber seadistada või jagamine peatada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Masinate määratlemine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui mõned süsteemid teie võrgus pakuvad teile teenuseid ja neil on "
-"fikseeritud IP-aadressid, võib määrata<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/> lihtsama ligipääsu huvides neile nime. Sel juhul saab edaspidi nende "
-"kohta IP-aadressi asemel kasutada paremini meeldejäävat nime."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupu abil saab lisada uue süsteemi nime. Ilmub aken, kuhu tuleb "
-"kirjutada IP-aadress, masinale antav nimi ja soovi korral ka alias, mida "
-"saab kasutada võrdväärselt nimega."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupu abil näeb varem kindlaks parameetreid. Aken on samasugune nagu "
-"lisamisaken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Võrguliideste ja tulemüüri põhjalikum seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti "
-"ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile "
-"juba ette tänulikud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Võrgukeskus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Kohtvõrk ja internet\" sektsioonist "
-"\"Võrguseadmete haldamine\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista käivitamisel ilmuvas aknas on loetletud kõik arvutis seadistatud "
-"võrgud nende tüübist hoolimata (juhtmega, juhtmeta, satelliit jne.). Mõnel "
-"neist klõpsates ilmub sõltuvalt võrgu tüübist nähtavale kolm või neli nuppu, "
-"mis võimaldavad võrku jälgida, selle seadistusi muuta ning ühendust luua või "
-"peatada. Tööriist ei ole mõeldud võrgu loomiseks: selleks tuleks kasutada "
-"Mageia juhtimiskeskuse samal paneelil leitavat tööriista <guilabel>Uue "
-"võrguliidese seadistamine (LAN, ISDN, ADSL...)</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"Alloleval pildil näeb näiteks kaht võrku, millest üks on juhtmega ja "
-"ühendatud, nagu näitab ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
-"\"0\"/> (ühendamata olekut näitab ikoon<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> ), ning teise all paiknevad juhtmeta võrgud, mille juures "
-"ühendamata olekus on ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/"
-"> ja ühendatud olekus ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/"
-">. Teiste võrgutüüpide korral on värvivalik samasugune: roheline tähendab "
-"ühendatud ja punane ühendamata olekut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"Juhtmeta võrkude osas näeb lisaks kõiki leitud võrke koos <guilabel>SSID</"
-"guilabel>, <guilabel>signaali tugevuse</guilabel>, krüptimise oleku (punane, "
-"kui on krüptitud, ja roheline, kui ei ole) ja <guilabel>töörežiimiga</"
-"guilabel>. Klõpsake vajalikule võrgule ja seejärel kas nupule "
-"<guibutton>Jälgi</guibutton>, <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> või "
-"<guibutton>Ühenda</guibutton>. Siin saab liikuda ühest võrgust teise. Kui "
-"valida privaatvõrk, ilmub võrguseadistuste aken (vt. allpool), kus palutakse "
-"kindlaks määrata täiendavad seadistused (eriti näiteks krüptovõti)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Nupule <guibutton>Värskenda</guibutton> klõpsates saab ekraani uuendada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Nupp Jälgi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupu abil saab jälgida võrgu tegevust, allalaadimisi (arvutisse, "
-"punasega) ja üleslaadimisi (arvutist, rohelisega). Sama akna saab avada "
-"paremklõpsuga internetiikoonil süsteemisalves ja valides <guimenu>Võrgu "
-"jälgimine</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Aknas on kaart igale võrgule (eth0 tähendab juhtmega võrku, lo kohalikku "
-"loopback-seadet ja wlan0 juhtmeta võrku) ning eraldi kaart \"Ühendus\", mis "
-"näitab ühenduse oleku üksikasju."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Akna allosas on kirje <guilabel>Liikluse arvestamine</guilabel>, millest "
-"tuleb lähemalt juttu järgmises osas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Nupp Seadista"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - juhtmega võrgu korral</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab muuta kõiki võrgu loomisel määratud seadistusi. Enamasti peaks "
-"<guibutton>Automaatne IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> "
-"hästi sobima, aga probleemide korral võib käsitsi seadistamine anda paremaid "
-"tulemusi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Koduvõrgu korral on <guilabel>IP-aadress</guilabel> alati 192.168.0.x või "
-"midagi sellist, <guilabel>võrgumask</guilabel> 255.255.255.0 ning "
-"<guilabel>lüüsi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>nimeserverid</guilabel> leiab "
-"teenusepakkuja veebileheküljelt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida <guibutton>Võrguliikluse arvestuse lubamine</guibutton>, "
-"peetakse selle üle arvestust tunni-, päeva- või kuukaupa. Tulemusi näeb "
-"eelmises osas tutvustatud võrgujälgijas. Kui arvestus lubada, võib olla "
-"vajalik võrk taaskäivitada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liidest juhitakse NetworkManageriga:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Nupp Muud valikud:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - juhtmeta võrgu korral</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Siin kirjeldatakse ainult seda, millest pole eelnevalt juttu olnud."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Töörežiim:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige <guilabel>Määratud</guilabel>, kui ühendus käib läbi tugijaama. Sel "
-"juhul on tuvastatud <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>. Valige "
-"<guilabel>Ad hoc</guilabel>, kui tegu on masinatevahelise ühendusega. Valige "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Esmane</emphasis>, kui teie võrgukaarti kasutatakse "
-"tugijaamana. Võrgukaart peab mõistagi sellist režiimi toetama."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Krüptorežiim ja krüptovõti:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Kui tegu on privaatvõrguga, peab teadma selle seadistusi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> kasutab parooli ja on nõrgem kui WPA, mis kasutab "
-"paroolifraasi. <guilabel>WPA eeljagatud võti</guilabel> kannab ka nime WPA "
-"personal või WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> esineb "
-"privaatvõrkudes harva."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tugijaama vahetumise lubamine</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"See on tehnoloogia (inglise keeles \"roaming\"), mis annab arvutile "
-"võimaluse muuta tugijaama ja jääda samal ajal võrku ühendatuks."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Nupp Muud seadistused"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Võrguprofiilide haldamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Ketaste ja kataloogide jagamine NFS-i abil"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Eelnevad nõuded"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Nõustaja<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> esimesel käivitamisel võib "
-"ilmuda järgmine küsimus:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "Pakett nfs-utils tuleks kindlasti paigaldada. Kas soovite seda teha?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "Paigaldamise järel ilmub tühi aken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Peaaken"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin näeb jagatavate kataloogide loendit. Esimesel käivitamisel neid veel "
-"pole. Nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> klõpsates saab käivitada "
-"seadistamistööriista."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Kirje muutmine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Seadistamistööriista tiitliribal seisab \"Kirje muutmine\". Sama dialoogi "
-"saab avada klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Muuta saab järgmisi "
-"parameetreid."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "NFS-kataloog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab määrata väljajagatava kataloogi. Nupule <guibutton>Kataloog</"
-"guibutton> klõpsates avaneb failisirvija, kus saab kataloogi valida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Masina ligipääs"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab määrata masinad, millel on õigus jagatud kataloogile ligi pääseda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "NFS-kliente saab määrata mitmel viisil:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>konkreetne masin</emphasis>: selle võib anda kas nimelahendajale "
-"mõistetava lühinimena, täielikult kvalifitseeritud nimena või IP-aadressina."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>võrgugrupid</emphasis>: NIS-võrgugruppe saab määrata kujul @group."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>metamärgid</emphasis>: masinanimed võivad sisaldada metamärke * "
-"ja ?. Näiteks *.cs.kuskil.edu korral sobivad kõik masinad domeenist cs."
-"kuskil.edu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-võrgud</emphasis>: samuti võib kataloogid eksportida korraga "
-"kõigile IP-(alam)võrgu masinatele, lisades näiteks `/255.255.252.0' või "
-"`/22' võrgu baasaadressile."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Kasutaja ID sidumine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>administraatori sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: UID/GID 0 "
-"päringud seostatakse anonüümse UID/GID-ga (root_squash). Kliendi "
-"administraatori õigustes kasutajal pole lugemis- ega kirjutamisõigust "
-"failide korral, mille on loonud administraator serveris endas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>administraatori kaugligipääsu lubamine</emphasis>: administraatori "
-"tühistamise keelamine (no_root_squash). See on peamiselt mõistlik terminali- "
-"ehk kettata klientide puhul."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>kõigi kasutajate sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: kõigi UID-de ja "
-"GID-de seostamine anonüümse kasutajaga (all_squash). See on mõistlik NFS-iga "
-"eksporditud avalike FTP-kataloogide, uudisegruppide spool-kataloogide ja muu "
-"sellise puhul. Vastupidine valik on üldse mitte kasutada kasutajate UID-de "
-"sidumist (n0_all_squash), mis ongi vaikimisi valik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Anonüümne UID ja GID</emphasis>: siin saab konkreetselt määrata "
-"anonüümse konto UID ja GID."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Muud valikud"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Turvaline ühendus</emphasis>: see nõuab, et päringud oleksid pärit "
-"internetipordist, mis on väiksem kui IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Vaikimisi on "
-"see sisse lülitatud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kirjutuskaitstud ressurss</emphasis>: sellega saab lubada NFS-"
-"ressursi kasutamist kas ainult lugemiseks (sel juhul on see "
-"kirjutuskaitstud) või nii lugemiseks kui ka kirjutamiseks. Vaikimisi "
-"keelatakse kõik päringud, mis muudavad failisüsteemi. Selle valikuga saab "
-"selle otseselt jõustada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Sünkroonne ligipääs</emphasis>: see takistab NFS-serveril "
-"rikkumast NFS-protokolli ja vastamast päringutele, enne kui nende "
-"päringutega tehtud muudatused on sisse kantud stabiilses salvestusseadmes "
-"(nt. arvutikettal)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Alampuu kontroll</emphasis>: selle lubamine parandab mõnel juhul "
-"turvet, kuid võib kahandada töökindlust. Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest "
-"exports(5) manuaalilehekülg."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Menüükirjed"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Nende kasutamiseks peab loendis olema vähemalt üks kirje."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Fail|Salvesta konfiguratsioon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Salvestab kehtiva seadistuse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS-server|Käivita uuesti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "Server peatatakse ja käivitatakse uuesti kehtiva seadistusega."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS-server|Laadi uuesti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr "Seadistus laaditakse uuesti parajasti kehtivatest seadistusfailidest."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Puhverserver"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui vajate internettipääsuks puhverserverit, saab selle "
-"tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> abil seadistada "
-"puhverserveri. Vajaliku teabe peaksite saama oma võrguadministraatori käest. "
-"Samuti võite määrata mõned teenused, mida saab erandkorras kasutada ilma "
-"puhverserverita."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Wikipedia ütleb veidi teistsuguseid termineid kasutades nii: \"Proksi ehk "
-"proksiserver on arvutivõrgus server (riistvara või tarkvara), mis vahendab "
-"infovahetust kliendi ehk päringut tegeva süsteemi ja serveri (päringule "
-"vastava süsteemi) vahel. Kui vahetu ühenduse korral saadab klient oma "
-"päringud otse serverile ning server vastused kliendile, siis proksi "
-"kasutamisel saadab klient päringud proksile, proksi edastab need serverile, "
-"server vastab proksile ning proksi edastab vastuse kliendile.\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Tarkvaraallikate seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimese asjana pärast paigaldamist on mõistlik lisada tarkvaraallikad (mida "
-"nimetatakse ka hoidlateks, peegliteks, meediumiteks ehk andmekandjateks). "
-"See tähendab, et tuleb valida allikad, mida kasutada tarkvara (programmide "
-"ja rakenduste) paigaldamiseks ja uuendamiseks (vt. allpool nupu Lisa "
-"kirjeldust)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui paigaldate (või uuendate) Mageiat optilise andmekandja (DVD või CD) või "
-"USB-pulga abil, seadistatakse tarkvaraallikaks kasutatav optiline "
-"andmekandja. Vältimaks palvet sisestada uue tarkvara paigaldamisel optiline "
-"andmekandja, tuleks selle kasutamine välja lülitada (või see üldse "
-"nimekirjast kustutada). Sellise andmekandja tüübiks on CD-Rom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Teie süsteem on kindla arhitektuuriga, mis võib olla kas 32-bitine, mille "
-"kohta käib nimetus i586, või 64-bitine, mille kohta kasutatakse nimetust "
-"x86_64. Valige kindlasti hoidlad, mis sobivad teie süsteemile või ei sõltu "
-"arhitektuurist (selle kohta kasutatakse nimetust noarch)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Tarkvara.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Veerud"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Veerg Lubatud:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse uute tarkvarapakettide paigaldamisel. "
-"Olge ettevaalik mõningate andmekandjatega, näiteks Testing ja Debug, mis "
-"võivad ebasoodsal juhul tekitada isegi süsteemile kahju."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Veerg Uuendused:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse tarkvarapakettide uuendamisel, mistõttu "
-"vajalikud andmekandjad peaksid kindlasti olema sisse lülitatud. Siin tuleks "
-"valida ainult andmekandjad, mille nimes esineb \"Update\". Turbekaalutlustel "
-"ei saa selle tööriistaga selles veerus midagi muuta: selleks tuleb anda "
-"konsoolis administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-"
-"media --expert.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Veerg Andmekandja:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Siin on näha andmekandja nimi. Mageia stabiilsete väljalasete ametlikud "
-"hoidlad sisaldavad vähemalt järgmisi andmekandjaid:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara), mis sisaldab "
-"enamikku Mageia toetatud tarkvara."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">non-free</emphasis> (mittevaba), mis sisaldab "
-"mõningat mittevaba tarkvara."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega), mis sisaldab vaba "
-"tarkvara, mille levitamine ei ole mõnes riigis tarkvarapatentide ja muu "
-"sellise tõttu lubatud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Kõigil andmekandjatel on 4 alajaotust:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">release</emphasis> sisaldab pakette sellisena, nagu "
-"need olid Mageia väljalaskepäeval."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">updates</emphasis> sisaldab pakette, mida on pärast "
-"väljalaset turbe või vigade parandamise tõttu uuendatud. Selline andmekandja "
-"peaks olema alati sisse lülitatud, isegi kui kasutaja internetiühendus on "
-"aeglasevõitu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">backports</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara uusi "
-"versioone, mis on tagasi porditud Cauldronist (Mageia arendusversioonist)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">testing</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara, mida "
-"kasutatakse uuenduste ajutiseks testimiseks, et anda veateadete tegijatele "
-"ja kvaliteedikontrolli meeskonnale võimalus parandusi põhjalikumalt "
-"kontrollida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Nupud paremal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Eemalda:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Andmekandja eemaldamiseks klõpsa selle nimele ja siis sellele nupule. "
-"Mõistlik on eemaldada paigaldamiseks kasutatud andmekandja (näiteks CD või "
-"DVD), sest kõik sellel leiduvad paketid on olemas ka ametlikul "
-"tuumiktarkvara (core) andmekandjal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Muuda:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle abil saab muuta valitud andmekandja seadistusi (URL, "
-"allalaadimisprogramm ja puhverserver)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Lisa:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle abil saab lisada internetist ametlikke hoidlaid. Need sisaldavad "
-"ainult töökindlat ja korralikult testitud tarkvara. Lisamisnupule klõpsates "
-"ilmub dialoog, kus saab valida, kas paigaldada ainult \"ainult "
-"uuendusallikaid\" või \"kõik allikad\". Esimene on lausa hädavajalik, teine "
-"aga pakub rohkem valikuvõimalusi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Nooled üles ja alla:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Nende abil saab muuta kirjete järjekorda loendis. Drakrpm loeb paketti "
-"otsides nimekirja just antud järjekorras ning paigaldab esimesena leitud "
-"paketi (mõistagi sama väljalaske oma; ainult siis, kui seda pole, võetakse "
-"ette eelmine väljalase). Niisiis oleks mõttekas paremini ja kiiremini "
-"ligipääsetavad hoidlad ettepoole asetada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Menüü"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -&gt; Uuenda:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"See avab andmekandjate loendiga dialoogi. Valige need, mida soovite "
-"uuendada, ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandjate peegel:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui te ei peaks olema rahul senise peegliga, sest see on näiteks liiga "
-"aeglane või sageli üldse kättesaamatu, saab valida ka mõne teise peegli. "
-"Valige kõik olemasolevad (või kasutatavad) andmekandjad ja klõpsake nende "
-"eemaldamiseks nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>. Valige <guimenu>Fail -"
-"&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandjate peegel</guimenu>, otsustage, kas soovite "
-"ainult uuendusallikaid või kõiki (kui te ei tea, mis neil vahet on, valige "
-"<guibutton>Kõik allikad</guibutton>), ning kinnitage oma valik klõpsuga "
-"nupule <guibutton>Jah</guibutton>. Ilmub järgmine aken:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vasakul näeb riikide loendit. Leidke enda või mõni lähedalasuv riik ja "
-"klõpsake sümbolile &gt;, mis avab selles riigis saadaolevate peeglite "
-"loendi. Valige neist mõni ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandja:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Võimalik on paigaldada ka selline andmekandja, näiteks mõnelt "
-"tarkvaraarendajalt, mida Mageia otseselt ei toeta. Ilmub järgmine aken:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Valige andmekandja tüüp, määrake "
-"sellele meelepärane nimi ja kirjutage URL (või vastavalt andmekandja tüübile "
-"asukoht)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Globaalsed valikud:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"See võimaldab valida, millal paigaldatavaid RPM-pakette kontrollida (alati "
-"või mitte kunagi), allalaadimisprogrammi (curl, wget või aria2) ning "
-"pakettide teabe allalaadimise reegli (nõudmisel (vaikimisi), ainult "
-"uuendamisel, alati või mitte kunagi)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Halda võtmeid:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Võimalikult suure turbe tagamiseks kasutatakse andmekandjate autentimisel "
-"digitaalseid võtmeid. Kõigi andmekandjate puhul on võimalik võtme kasutamist "
-"lubada või keelata. Valige ilmuvas aknas andmekandja ning klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, mis lubab määrata uue võtme või selle valida, "
-"või nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, millega saab võtme kõrvaldada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "Olge siin, nagu kõigi turbeküsimuste lahendamisel, väga ettevaatlik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Puhverserver:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui teil peaks interneti kasutamiseks olema vaja puhverserverit, saab selle "
-"siin seadistada. Selleks tuleb anda ainult <guibutton>Puhverserveri "
-"masinanimi</guibutton> ja kui peaks vaja olema, siis ka "
-"<guilabel>Kasutajanimi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Parool</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Täpsemalt kõneldakse andmekandjate seadistamisest <link ns2:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageia wikis</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Kataloogide ja ketaste jagamine Sambaga"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba on protokoll, mida paljud operatsioonisüsteemid kasutavad mõningate "
-"ressursside, näiteks kataloogide või printerite jagamiseks. Käesolev "
-"tööriist võimaldab seadistada masina töötama Samba serverina, kasutades SMB/"
-"CIFS protokolli. Sama protokolli kasutab Windows(R), niisiis pääsevad selle "
-"operatsioonisüsteemiga masinad ligi Samba serveri ressurssidele."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Valmistumine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"Et teised masinad saaksid serverit kasutada, peab sellel olema fikseeritud "
-"IP-aadress. Selle saab määrata otse serveris, näiteks tööriistaga, millest "
-"kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, või DHCP-serveris, "
-"mis tuvastab masina MAC-aadressi järgi ja omistab sellele alati ühe ja sama "
-"aadressi. Samuti peab tulemüür võimaldama päringute esitamist Samba "
-"serverile."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Nõustaja - autonoomne server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimesel käivitamisel kontrollib tööriist, <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/> kas vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, ja teeb ettepaneku need "
-"paigaldada, kui neid ei leita. Seejärel käivitatakse nõustaja, mis aitab "
-"seadistada Samba serverit."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr "Alustame autonoomse serveri seadistamisega."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Esmalt tuleb määrata töögrupi nimi. Just selle nime järgi pääseb kasutama "
-"jagatud ressursse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr "NetBIOS-e nimi on nimi, mida kasutatakse serveri tähistamiseks võrgus."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Siis saab valida turberežiimi:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: klient peab autentima, et ressurssi kasutada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: klient peab autentima iga ressursi puhul eraldi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Samuti saab IP-aadressi või masinanimega määrata, millistele masinatele "
-"antakse õigus ressursse kasutada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab määrata serveri nime (banner). Selle nimega annab server endast "
-"teada Windowsi masinates."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr "Järgmisel etapil saab määrata, kuhu Samba paigutab oma logid."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Enne seadistuse kehtestamist näitab nõustaja kõigi parameetrite kokkuvõtet. "
-"Nende kinnitamise korral kirjutatakse seadistus faili <code>/etc/samba/smb."
-"conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Nõustaja - primaarne domeenikontroller"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kui valida \"Primaarne "
-"domeenikontroller\", palub nõustaja otsustada, kas Wins on toetatud või "
-"mitte, ning anda administraatori õigustega kasutajate nimed. Järgmised "
-"sammud on samasugused nagu autonoomse serveri korral, välja arvatud see, et "
-"valida saab veel ühe turbetaseme:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: mehhanism kõigi kasutajate ja gruppide kontode "
-"salvestamiseks kesksesse jagatud kontohoidlasse. Keskset kontohoidlat "
-"jagavad omavahel domeeni (turbe) kontrollerid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Kataloogi määramine jagatud ressursiks"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub järgmine dialoog:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Nii saab lisada uue kirje. Kirjeid saab muuta klõpsuga nupule "
-"<guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Saab näiteks määrata, kas kataloog on "
-"avalikult nähtav, kas sinna tohib ka kirjutada ehk salvestada või kas see on "
-"lehitsetav. Jagatud ressursi nime ei saa muuta."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr "Kui loendis on vähemalt üks kirje, saab kasutada ka menüükäske."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Salvestab kehtiva seadistuse faili <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba server|Seadista"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "Selle käsuga saab uuesti tööle panna nõustaja."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba server|Käivita uuesti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba server|Laadi uuesti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Printerite jagamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba võimaldab jagada ka printereid."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Samba kasutajad"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel kaardil saab lisada kasutajaid, kes on õigus autentimise järel "
-"pääseda ligi jagatud ressurssidele. Kasutajaid saab lisada ka Mageia "
-"kasutajate haldamise tööriista abil, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
-"\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Mageia tööriistade autentimise seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Turvalisus</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"See võimaldab anda tavalistele kasutajale õiguse ette võtta tegevusi, mis "
-"muidu on administraatori ehk root-kasutaja pädevuses."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr "Klõpsake noolekesel kirje ees, mille soovite avada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Enamik Mageia juhtimiskeskuses leiduvatest tööriistadest on loetletud aknas "
-"vasakul pool, nagu ülal oleval pildil näha, ning iga tööriista juures saab "
-"paremal rippmenüüst valida järgmiste võimaluste vahel:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Vaikimisi: käivitamisrežiim sõltub valitud turbetasemest. Selle kohta "
-"vaadake samal paneelil tööriista \"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi "
-"seadistamine\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Kasutaja parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse kasutaja parooli."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Administraatori parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse administraatori "
-"parooli."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Parool puudub: tööriista käivitamisel ei küsita mingit parooli."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Hetktõmmised"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt \"Spsteem\" sektsioonist "
-"<guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista esmakordsel käivitamisel Mageia juhtimiskeskuses näete teadet "
-"vajaduse kohta paigaldada draksnapshot. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Paigalda</guibutton>. Seejärel paigaldatakse draksnapshot ja "
-"teised vajalikud tarkvarapaketid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui klõpsate uuesti kirjele <guilabel>Hetktõmmised</guilabel>, näete akent "
-"<guilabel>Seadistused</guilabel>. Märkige ruuduke <guilabel>Varundamise "
-"lubamine</guilabel> ja kui soovite varundada kogu süsteemi, siis ka "
-"<guilabel>Kogu süsteemi varundamine</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui soovite varundada ainult osa oma kataloogidest, valige <guilabel>Muud "
-"valikud</guilabel>. Ilmub väike hüpikaken. Kasutage nuppe <guibutton>Lisa</"
-"guibutton> ja <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton> sektsioonis "
-"<guilabel>Varundamise nimekiri</guilabel> varundatavate kataloogide "
-"lisamiseks või eemaldamiseks. Kasutage samu nuppe sektsioonis "
-"<guilabel>Väljajätmise nimekiri</guilabel> eemaldamaks varundamisele "
-"määratud kataloogidest alamkatalooge ja faile, mida <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">ei ole vaja</emphasis> varundada. Kui olete valmis, klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Sulge</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel määrake varukoopiate <guilabel>salvestamiskoht</guilabel> või "
-"klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lehitse</guibutton>, et see failipuust üles "
-"leida. Kõik USB-pulgad või välised kõvakettad leiab asukohast <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">/run/media/teie_kasutajanimi/</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "Hetktõmmise tegemiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Heli seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Riistvara</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound tegeleb heli seadistamise, PulseAudio valikute ja probleemide "
-"lahendamisega. Tööriist on abiks, kui peaksite kokku puutuma "
-"heliprobleemidega või olete vahetanud helikaarti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> on heliserver. See võtab vastu kõik "
-"helisisendid, miksib neid vastavalt kasutaja eelistustele ja saadab saadud "
-"heli väljundisse. Täpsemalt saab seda seadistada serveri enda dialoogis, "
-"mille leiab peamenüüst <guimenu>Heli ja video -> PulseAudio volume control</"
-"guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio on vaikimisi heliserver ja soovitatav on seda kindlasti kasutada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Tõrkevaba</guilabel> režiim parandab PulseAudio tööd mõningate "
-"programmide korral. Ka seda valikut ei ole soovitatav välja lülitada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Nupp <guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton> pakub mõningat abi, kuidas "
-"probleeme võiks lahendada. Väga kasulik oleks enne mujalt abi palumist need "
-"võimalused ära kasutada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"Nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub uus aken igati "
-"mõistetavat teksti sisaldava nupuga."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Puhvertoiteallika (UPS) seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "VPN-ühenduse seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada "
-"turvalise ligipääsu teistesse võrkudesse, luues tunneli teie masina ja mujal "
-"paikneva võrgu vahele. Siin tuleb juttu ainult teie masinas vajalikust "
-"seadistamisest. Me eeldame, et teise poole võrk juba töötab ja et teie "
-"käsutuses on võrguadministraatorilt saadud ühenduse loomiseks vajalik teave, "
-"näiteks .pcf-seadistusfail."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Kõigepealt tuleb vastavalt VPN-is ehk virtuaalses privaatvõrgus kasutatavale "
-"protokollile valida kas Cicso VPN Concentrator või OpenVPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Seejärel tuleb anda ühendusele nimi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Järgmises aknas tuleb sisestada VPN-ühenduse üksikasjad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Cisco VPN-i korral"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"OpenVPN-i korral paigaldatakse tarkvarapakett openvpn ja sellele vajalik muu "
-"tarkvara tööriista esimesel kasutamisel."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Siin saab valida failid, mille "
-"olete saanud võrguadministraatorilt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Muud parameetrid:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "Järgmisel ekraanil palutakse määrata lüüsi IP-aadress."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui parameetrid on paika pandud, võite ühenduse käivitada kohe, aga võite "
-"seda ka hiljem teha."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"VPN-ühenduse saab panna automaatselt käivituma koos võrguühendusega. Selleks "
-"tuleb võrguühendus ümber seadistada, et alati ühendutaks selle VPN-iga."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Veebiserveri seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab luua ja "
-"häälestada veebiserveri."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Mis on veebiserver?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Veebiserver on tarkvara, mis aitab edastada veebisisu, millele pääseb ligi "
-"interneti kaudu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Veebiserveri loomine tööriistaga drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Veebiserveri nõustaja kasutamine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimene lehekülg on ainult sissejuhatuseks. Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Serveri nähtavuse valimine: kohalik võrk ja/või maailm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Veebiserveri internetis nähtavaks muutmisega kaasnevad omad ohud. Olge "
-"valmis ka kõige hullemaks!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Serveri kasutajate moodul"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Kasutajatel võimaldatakse luua oma veebilehekülgi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Kasutaja veebikataloogi nimi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kasutaja peab looma ja täitma selle kataloogi, siis näitab seda ka server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Serveri dokumentide juurkataloog"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr "Võimaldab seadistada veebiserveri vaikimisi dokumentide asukoha."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Kokkuvõte"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Uurige langetatud valikuid ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Lõpetamine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Kõik on valmis! Klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "DNS seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "DHCP seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr "Mageia 4-s see tööriist ei tööta võrguliideste nimede uue skeemi tõttu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab luua ja "
-"häälestada <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-serveri. See on drakwizardi komponent, "
-"mis tuleb enne paigaldada, kui seda kasutama saab hakata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Mis on DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dünaamiline hostikonfiguratsiooni protokoll (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) on "
-"andmevahetuse protokoll, mis võimaldab võrguadministraatoril lasta serveril "
-"või ruuteril dünaamiliselt hallata ja automatiseerida unikaalse IP-aadressi "
-"omistamist kohtvõrgu seadmetele."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "DHCP-serveri loomine tööriistaga drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "DHCP nõustaja kasutamine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Liidese valimine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab valida võrguliidese, mis on ühendatud alamvõrguga ja millele DHCP "
-"hakkab omistama IP-aadresse. Seejärel klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "IP-vahemiku valimine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige IP-aadresside, mida server peaks pakkuma, vahemiku alustav ja lõpetav "
-"IP ning lüüsimasina IP, mis ühendub teatava asukohaga väljaspool kohtvõrku, "
-"loodetavasti internetiga. Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Oodake ..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Seda saab parandada. Klõpsake mõned korrad <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja "
-"muutke üht-teist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Mõni tund hiljem ..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Mida tehakse?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Paigaldatakse vajaduse korral pakett dhcp-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Salvestatakse <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> failina <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf."
-"orig</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Luuakse uus <code>dhcpd.conf</code> <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/"
-"scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> põhjal, millele lisatakse uued parameetrid:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Samuti muudetakse Webmini seadistusfaili <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Taaskäivitatakse <code>dhcpd</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Aja seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on hoida teie "
-"serveri aeg sünkroonis välise serveriga. See ei ole vaikimisi paigaldatud "
-"ning selle kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada ka tarkvarapaketid drakwizard ja "
-"drakwizard-base."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "NTP-serveri loomine tööriistaga drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Avaakna (vt allpool) järel palub teine aken valida rippmenüüst kolm "
-"ajaserverit ning soovitab kahel juhul määrata serveri pool.ntp.org, sest see "
-"server viitab alati kättesaadavatele ajaserveritele."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Järgmistes akendes saab valida piirkonna ja linna ning siis avanebki juba "
-"kokkuvõtteaken. Kui midagi läks valesti, saab seda mõistagi muuta, klõpsates "
-"nupule <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>. Kui kõik on õigesti, klõpsake "
-"testimiseks nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. See võib võtta veidi aega, "
-"aga lõpuks ilmub allolev aken:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton> klõpsates saab tööriista sulgeda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Tööriist võtab ette järgmised sammud:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Paigaldab vajaduse korral paketi <code>ntp</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Salvestab faili <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> failina <code>/etc/"
-"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> ja faili <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> "
-"failina <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr "Kirjutab uue faili <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> serveriloendiga"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr "Muudab faili <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, lisades esimese serveri nime"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Peatab ja käivitab teenused <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> ja "
-"<code>ntpd</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "Määrab riistvaralise kella ajaks kehtiva süsteemi aja viitega UTC-le"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "FTP seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab luua ja "
-"häälestada <acronym>FTP</acronym>-serveri."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Mis on <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Failiedastusprotokoll (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) on standardne arvutivõrgu "
-"protokoll, mida kasutatakse failide vahetamiseks ja muutmiseks <acronym>TCP</"
-"acronym>/IP-põhises võrgus, näiteks internetis."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "FTP-serveri loomine tööriistaga drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "FTP-serveri nõustaja kasutamine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"FTP-serveri internetis nähtavaks muutmisega kaasnevad omad ohud. Olge valmis "
-"ka kõige hullemaks!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Serveri info"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Sisestage serveri nimi, millisena seda peaks nähtama, kellegi aadress, "
-"kellele kaebused saata, ja määrake, kas lubada sisse logida administraatori "
-"õigustes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Serveri valikud"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Määrake jälgitav port, nõndanimetatud vangistatud (chrooted) kasutaja, "
-"lubage taasalustamine ja/või <acronym>FXP</acronym> (serveritevaheline "
-"failivahetusprotokoll)"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Puhverserveri seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab luua ja "
-"häälestada puhverserveri. See on drakwizardi komponent, mis tuleb enne "
-"paigaldada, kui seda kasutama saab hakata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Mis on puhverserver?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Wikipedia ütleb veidi teistsuguseid termineid kasutades nii: proksi ehk "
-"proksiserver on arvutivõrgus server (riistvara või tarkvara), mis vahendab "
-"infovahetust kliendi ehk päringut tegeva süsteemi ja serveri (päringule "
-"vastava süsteemi) vahel. Kui vahetu ühenduse korral saadab klient oma "
-"päringud otse serverile ning server vastused kliendile, siis proksi "
-"kasutamisel saadab klient päringud proksile, proksi edastab need serverile, "
-"server vastab proksile ning proksi edastab vastuse kliendile."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Puhverserveri loomine tööriistaga drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Puhverserveri nõustaja kasutamine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Puhverserveri pordi valimine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige puhverserveri port, mille kaudu saavad ühenduse luua brauserid, ja "
-"klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Mälu- ja kettakasutuse määramine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Määrake mälu- ja kettapuhvri piirid ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Võrguligipääsu kontroll"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Määrake nähtavuseks kohtvõrk või maailm ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Võrguligipääsu võimaldamine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Võimaldage ligipääs kohtvõrkudele ja klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Kas kasutada ülemise taseme puhverserverit?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Kas suunata liiklus läbi veel ühe puhverserveri? Kui see teid ei huvita, "
-"liikuge edasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Ülemise taseme puhverserveri URL ja port"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Määrake ülemise taseme puhverserveri masinanimi ja port ning klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Kas käivitada juba algkäivituse ajal?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab valida, kas puhverserver tuleks käivitada juba algkäivituse ajal. "
-"Seejärel klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Paigaldatakse vajaduse korral pakett squid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Salvestatakse <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> failina <code>/etc/squid/"
-"squid.conf.orig</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Luuakse uus <code>squid.conf</code> <code>squid.conf.default</code> põhjal, "
-"millele lisatakse uued parameetrid:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 või 3 ja <code>http_access</code> vastavalt tasemele"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Taaskäivitatakse <code>squid</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "OpenSSH deemoni seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab luua ja "
-"häälestada <acronym>SSH</acronym>-serveri."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Mis on <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Turvakest (SSH) on krüptograafiline võrguprotokoll turvaliseks "
-"andmesuhtluseks, eemalt käsurealt sisselogimiseks, eemalt käskude "
-"käivitamiseks ja muudeks turvalise võrgu teenusteks kahe võrgus oleva arvuti "
-"vahel, millega ühendatakse ebaturvalises võrgus turvalise kanali kaudu "
-"server ja klient (vastavalt SSH serveri ja <acronym>SSH</acronym> kliendi "
-"programmidega)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "<acronym>SSH</acronym>-deemoni loomine tööriistaga drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "OpenSSH nõustaja kasutamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Seadistamisvalikute tüübi valimine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige <guilabel>Ekspert</guilabel> kõigi valikute nägemiseks või "
-"<guilabel>Algaja</guilabel> sammude 3-7 vahelejätmiseks ning klõpsake "
-"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Üldised valikud"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Määrake nähtavus ja administraatori ligipääsu valik. <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
-"standardne port on 22."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Autentimisviisid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lubage vajalikud autentimisviisid, mida kasutaja saab ühendumisel pruukida, "
-"ja klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Logimine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige logimisvahend ja väljundi tase ning klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Sisselogimise valikud"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Määrake sisselogimisel kehtestatavad valikud ja klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Kasutaja sisselogimise valikud"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Määrake kasutaja ligipääsu valikud ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Tihendamine ja suunamine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Seadistage X11 suunamine ja tihendamine edastuse ajal ning klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Süsteemi teenuste haldamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Riistvara seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> annab üldise ülevaate "
-"arvuti riistvarast. Tööriista käivitamisel üritab see tuvastada kogu "
-"kättesaadava riistvara. Selleks kasutatakse käsku <code>ldetect </code>, mis "
-"võtab aluseks riistvara loendi tarkvarapaketis <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Aken"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Aken on jagatud kaheks paneeliks."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Vasakpoolses paneelis näeb tuvastatud riistvara loendit. Seadmed on "
-"rühmitatud kategooriate kaupa. Märgile &gt; klõpsates näeb kategooria sisu. "
-"Selles paneelis saab valida mis tahes seadme, mille vastu huvi tunnete."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Parempoolses paneelis näeb teavet valitud seadme kohta. Menüükäsuga "
-"<guimenu>Abi -&gt; Väljade kirjeldus</guimenu> saab lähemat teavet väljade "
-"sisu kohta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Sõltuvalt valitud seadmest võib parempoolse paneeli allosas olla näha üks "
-"või kaks nuppu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Aktiivse draiveri võtmete määramine</guibutton>: selle abil saab "
-"muuta mooduli parameetreid, mis on seotud valitud seadmega. See on mõeldud "
-"ainult asjatundjatele."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Seadistamistööriista käivitamine</guibutton>: selle abil saab "
-"käivitada tööriista, millega on võimalik seadet seadistada. Sageli saab sama "
-"tööriista avada ka otse Mageia juhtimiskeskusest."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Menüüs <guimenu>Valikud</guimenu> saab märkekastidega sisse või välja "
-"lülitada mõningate seadmete automaatse tuvastamise:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modemid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Jaz-kettad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "paralleelpordi Zip-kettad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Vaikimisi neid automaatselt ei tuvastata, sest see võtab palju aega. "
-"Automaatne tuvastamine on mõtet lubada siis, kui teil tõesti leidub "
-"niisugust riistvara. Automaatne tuvastamine võetakse sel juhul ette "
-"tööriista järgmisel käivitamisel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Klaviatuuri seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> keyboarddrake võimaldab "
-"põhijoontes seadistada Mageias kasutatava klaviatuuri. Siinne valik mõjutab "
-"kõigi süsteemi kasutajate klaviatuuripaigutust. Tööriista leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli Riistvara sektsioonist \"Hiire ja klaviatuuri "
-"seadistamine\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Klaviatuuripaigutus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab valida klaviatuuripaigutuse. Tähestiku järjekorras toodud nimed "
-"kirjeldavad keelt, riiki ja/või rahvast, mille või kelle jaoks antud "
-"paigutus sobib."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Klaviatuuritüüp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab valida, millist klaviatuuritüüpi kasutada. Kui te pole kindel, on "
-"kõige mõttekam jätta kehtima vaikimisi valik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Süsteemi lokaliseerimine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonis \"Lokaliseerimine\". See "
-"avab akna, kus saab valida keele. Pakutavas valikus on arvestatud keeltega, "
-"mis valiti paigaldamise ajal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nupuga <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> saab sisse lülitada ühilduvuse "
-"vanema kodeeringuga (mis ei ole UTF-8)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Teises aknas on näha riikide nimekiri, mis vastab valitud keelele. Nupuga "
-"<guibutton>Muud riigid</guibutton> saab avada nimekirjas mitteleiduvate "
-"riikide loendi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Muudatuste järel tuleb seanss taaskäivitada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Sisestusmeetod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Aknas <guilabel>Muud riigid</guilabel> saab ühtlasi valida sisestusmeetodi "
-"(nimekirja alt rippmenüüst). Sisestusmeetodid võimaldavad kirjutada tähti ja "
-"sümboleid, mida ei leidu klaviatuuril või muul sisestusseadmel. Eriti "
-"tarvilik on see näiteks hiina, jaapani, korea ja muude mitte-ladina keelte "
-"märkide sujuvaks sisestamiseks."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral on IBus määratud vaikimisi "
-"sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutajal polegi vaja seda hakata eraldi määrama."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Teised sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne.) pakuvad samalaadseid "
-"võimalusi. Kui neid rippmenüüs näha pole, tuleb vastavad tarkvarapaketid "
-"kõigepealt paigaldada, mida saab teha juhtimiskeskuse teises sektsioonis, "
-"millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Süsteemi logifailide vaatamine ja neis otsimine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonist "
-"<guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Logides otsimine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Kõigepealt tuleb sisestada sõna, mida soovite otsida, väljale <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Sobib</emphasis> ja soovi korral sõna, mida te <emphasis>ei soovi</"
-"emphasis> leida, väljale <emphasis role=\"bold\">aga ei sobi</emphasis>. "
-"Seejärel valige sektsioonis <guilabel>Faili valimine</guilabel> fail või "
-"failid, milles otsida. Lisaks võib otsingut piirata ka üheainsa päevaga. "
-"Valige see päev <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendris</emphasis>, kasutades kuu "
-"ja aasta kõrval asuvaid noolekesi ning märkides kastikese "
-"\"<guibutton>Ainult valitud päeval näitamine</guibutton>\". Viimaks klõpsake "
-"nupule <guibutton>Otsi</guibutton> ja näete tulemusi sektsioonis "
-"<guilabel>Faili sisu</guilabel>. Soovi korral võib tulemuse salvestada .txt-"
-"vormingus faili, klõpsates nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvesta</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Mageia tööriistade logid</guibutton> sisaldavad Mageia "
-"seadistamistööriistade (näiteks need, mida leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses) "
-"logisid. Neid logisid uuendatakse iga kord, kui muudetakse mõnda seadistust."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "E-kirjaga hoiatuse saatmise seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"Võimaluse <guibutton>Hoiatus e-kirjaga</guibutton> kasutamisel "
-"kontrollitakse süsteemi koormust ja teenuseid automaatselt iga tunni järel "
-"ja vajaduse korral saadetakse e-kiri määratud aadressile."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle seadistamiseks klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hoiatus e-"
-"kirjaga</emphasis> ja valige ilmuvas aknas rippmenüüst <guibutton>E-kirjaga "
-"hoiatamise süsteemi seadistamine</guibutton>. Siis kuvatakse kõiki töötavaid "
-"teenuseid ning te saate valida, milliseid soovite jälgida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Jälgida võib lasta järgmisi teenuseid:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Webmini teenus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Postfixi e-posti server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Apache'i veebiserver"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd'i teenus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "BIND'i domeeninime lahendamise teenus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel saab valida <guilabel>koormuse</guilabel> väärtuse, mida peate "
-"vastuvõetavaks. Koormus tähendab protsesside hulka: suur koormus aeglustab "
-"süsteemi tööd ja väga suur koormus võib tähendada, et mõni protsess on "
-"kontrolli alt väljunud. Vaikimisi väärtus on 3. Soovitav oleks väärtuseks "
-"määrata protsessorite arv korrutatud kolmega."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Lõpuks saab sisestada isiku <guilabel>e-posti aadressi</guilabel>, kellele "
-"hoiatus saadetakse, ja kasutatava <guilabel>e-posti serveri</guilabel> "
-"(kohalik või internetis)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Saadaolevate NFS- ja SMB-ressursside leidmine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Seda tööriista <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja "
-"kasutada ainult käsureal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti "
-"ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile "
-"juba ette tänulikud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "PCI, USB ja PCMCIA teabe leidmine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Seda tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja "
-"kasutada ainult käsureal. Administraatori õigustes käivitatuna annab see "
-"pisut rohkem teavet kui muidu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist lspcidrake näitab kõiki arvutiga ühendatud seadmeid (USB, PCI ja "
-"PCMCIA) ning kasutusel olevaid draivereid. Töötamiseks vajab see "
-"tarkvarapakette ldetect ja ldetect-lst."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr "Võtmega -v lisab lspcidrake ka tootja ja seadme tuvastustunnused."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist lspcidrake esitab sageli väga pika nimekirja, mistõttu vajaliku "
-"teabe leidmiseks suunatakse see sageli edasi käsuga grep, nagu järgmistes "
-"näidetes:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Teave graafikakaardi kohta:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Teave võrgu kohta:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "Võti -i võimaldab jätta tähelepanuta erinevused tähesuuruses."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"Allpool oleval ekraanipildil tasub pöörata tähelepanu lspcidrake'i võtmele -"
-"v ja grep'i võtmele -i."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"On veel teinegi tööriist, mis annab teavet riistvara kohta: see on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (käivitada tuleb administraatori "
-"õigustes)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Tarkvara uuendamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate või drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> või <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara.</emphasis>¶"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Töötamiseks vajab MageiaUpdate tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud "
-"tööriistaga drakrpm-editmedia nii, et mõned andmekandjad oleksid märgitud "
-"uuendusi sisaldavateks andmekandjateks. Kui seda pole varem tehtud, "
-"palutakse teil see nüüd ette võtta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Kohe käivitamise järel uurib tööriist paigaldatud tarkvarapakette ja näitab "
-"nende nimekirja, millele on hoidlates uuendusi. Vaikimisi valitakse need "
-"kõik allalaadimiseks ja paigaldamiseks. Selle alustamiseks klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Paketile klõpsates näidatakse akna alumises pooles rohkem infot. "
-"Märk<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> kirje ees tähendab, et sellele "
-"klõpsates näeb kirje alla koondatud teavet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Uuenduste olemasolul annab süsteemisalves tegutsev aplett sellest teada "
-"punase ikooniga <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . "
-"Süsteemi uuendamiseks klõpsake sellele ja sisestage kasutaja parool."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Algkäivitus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme alglaadimist seadistada võimaldava "
-"tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Algkäivituse seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia juhtimiskeskus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Tööriistad Mageia süsteemi seadistamiseks"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 "
-"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco "
-"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui "
-"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
-"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Riistvara"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme riistvara seadistamist võimaldava "
-"tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Riistvara haldamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Riistvara uurimine ja "
-"seadistamine</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Graafika seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Ruumilise töölaua efektide "
-"seadistamine</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Hiire ja klaviatuuri seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Trükkimise ja skannimise seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Printerite, trükitööde "
-"ja muu sellise seadistamine</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Muu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia juhtimiskeskuse käsiraamatust"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia juhtimiskeskus (MCC) pakub vasakul paneelil kaheksa võimalust valida "
-"sobiv alajaotus - või isegi kümme, kui paigaldatud on ka tarkvarapakett "
-"drakwizard. Igas alajaotuses leiduvad mitmesugused tööriistad, mida näeb "
-"parempoolsel suurel paneelil."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Järgnevas kümnes peatükis tutvustataksegi kõiki alajaotusi ja neis leiduvaid "
-"tööriistu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Viimane peatükk tutvustab mõningaid selliseid Mageia tööriistu, mida ei leia "
-"ühestki juhtimiskeskuse alajaotusest."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Osade pealkirjad kattuvad tihtipeale vastavate tööriistade aknas nähtavate "
-"pealkirjadega."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Kasutada saab ka otsingut, milleks tuleb vasakpoolses veerus klõpsata sakile "
-"\"Otsing\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Kohalikud kettad"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme kohalikke kettaid hallata või jagada "
-"võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini "
-"tundma õppida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Võrguteenused"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"See ja paneel <emphasis>Failide jagamine</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui "
-"paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab "
-"mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada, "
-"kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk "
-"<xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Võrgu jagamine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme ketaste ja kataloogide jagamist võimaldava "
-"tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Windows(R) jagatud ressursside seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Ketaste ja kataloogide "
-"jagamine Windowsi (SMB) süsteemiga</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "NFS-ressursside seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "WebDAV-ressursside seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Kohtvõrk ja internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme võrgu seadistamist võimaldava tööriista "
-"vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Võrguseadmete haldamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Võrgu personaliseerimine ja turvamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Turvalisus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme turbetööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool "
-"linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja "
-"auditi seadistamine</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Failide jagamine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"See ja paneel <emphasis>Võrguteenused</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui "
-"paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab "
-"mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada, "
-"kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk "
-"<xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Süsteem"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme süsteemi haldamise tööriista vahel. "
-"Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Süsteemi teenuste haldamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Lokaliseerimine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Haldamistööriistad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Süsteemi kasutajate "
-"haldamine</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Uuendamissageduse seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara</emphasis>. "
-"Samuti saab selle avada kontekstimenüü käsuga <guimenu>Uuendamise "
-"seadistamine</guimenu>, mida näeb, kui teha süstemisalves paremklõps punasel "
-"ikoonil <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimene liugur võimaldab muuta sagedust, millega Mageia kontrollib uuenduste "
-"olemasolu, teine liugur aga viivitust pärast käivitamist, mille järel "
-"võetakse ette esimene kontroll. Märkekastiga saab määrata, kas süsteem peaks "
-"teavitama Mageia uue väljalaske ilmumisest või mitte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Osutusseadme (hiir, puutepadi) seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Et hiirt läheb vaja juba Mageia paigaldamisel, on selle seadistanud juba "
-"varem Drakinstall. Tööriista läheb aga tarvis uue hiire paigaldamisel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Hiired on korraldatud ühenduse tüübi ja nende all mudelite järgi. Valige oma "
-"hiir ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Enamasti peaks vähegi "
-"tänapäevasele hiirele sobima \"Universaalne / Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir\". "
-"Uus hiir võetakse kohe kasutusele."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: süsteemi turvalisus ja audit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on programmi msec "
-"graafiline kasutajaliides, mis võimaldab seadistada süsteemi turvet kahel "
-"moel:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellega saab paika panna süsteemi käitumise, mille korral msec kehtestab "
-"süsteemis muudatused, mis suurendavad selle turvalisust."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"See lubab määrata kindlaks perioodilised kontrollid, mida võetakse süsteemis "
-"ette automaatselt, et hoiatada teid, kui miski paistab ohtlikuna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"Programm msec kasutab niinimetatud turbetasemete kontseptsiooni. Need "
-"tasemed hõlmavad teatavat süsteemsete õiguste kogumit, mille põhjal "
-"analüüsitakse süsteemis toimuvaid muutusi. Mõningad tasemed annab Mageia "
-"ette, aga neid saab oma soovi kohaselt muuta ja kohandada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Ülevaate kaart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Pilt on näha ülal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Esimesel kaardil on ära toodud eri turbetööriistade loetelu, millest paremal "
-"asuvad nupud nende seadistamiseks:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Tulemüür, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Turvalisus -> Isikliku tulemüüri "
-"seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Uuendused, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Tarkvara -> Süsteemi uuendamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "Msec ise koos mõninga teabega:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "lubatud või mitte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "seadistatud baasturbetase"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"viimaste perioodiliste kontrollide aeg ning nupud, mis vastavalt näitavad "
-"üksikasjalikumat teavet ja võimaldavad kontrolli kohe käivitada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Turbeseadistuste kaart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõps teisele sakile või nupule Turve -> <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> "
-"avab allnähtava akna."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Põhiseadistuste kaart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Turbetasemed:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete märkinud kastikese <guilabel>MSEC-i tööriista lubamine</guilabel>, "
-"saab siin kaardil topeltklõpsuga valida sobiva turbetaseme, mida pärast "
-"valimist näidatakse rasvases kirjas. Kui kastike on märkimata, kasutatakse "
-"taset « puudub ». Saadaval on järgmised tasemed:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">puudub</emphasis>. See on hea siis, kui te ei "
-"soovi, et msec majandaks süsteemi turbega, ja eelistate sellega omal käel "
-"hakkama saada. Sel tasemel keelatakse kõik turbekontrollid ning ei piirata "
-"mingil moel süsteemseid seadistusi. Palun valige see tase ainult siis, kui "
-"olete täiesti kindel, et teate, mida teete, sest sel juhul on teie süsteem "
-"rünnakutele avatud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis> on vaikimisi rakendatav "
-"seadistus, mida kasutatakse paigaldamisel, kui paigaldaja ei vali midagi "
-"muud. See tavalisele kasutajale sobiv tase sisaldab mõningaid süsteemsete "
-"seadistuste piiranguid ning käivitab igapäevased turbekontrollid, mis "
-"otsivad muudatusi süsteemsetes failides ja kontodes ning kataloogide "
-"õigustes, mis võivad anda võimaluse halba korda saata. (See tase on sarnane "
-"mseci varasemate versioonide tasemetega 2 ja 3.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis> on mõeldud selleks, kui "
-"soovite, et süsteem oleks tõeliselt turvaline, aga siiski veel kasutatav. "
-"Süsteemi seadistusi piiratakse veelgi ning perioodilisi kontrollegi on "
-"rohkem. Lisaks piiratakse ligipääsu süsteemile. (See tase on sarnane mseci "
-"varasemate versioonide tasemetega 4 (kõrge) ja 5 (paranoiline).)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Lisaks mainitud tasemetele pakutakse veel mitmeid eesmärgipõhiseid "
-"turbetasemeid, näiteks <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">netbook</emphasis>. Nende puhul üritatakse süsteemi turve seadistada "
-"vastavalt levinumatele kasutusjuhtumitele."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Viimased kaks taset nimetustega <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </"
-"emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> ei ole "
-"õigupoolest päris turbetasemed, vaid pigem ainult tööriistad perioodiliste "
-"kontrollide tarbeks."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Tasemed salvestatakse faili <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
-"tasemenimi></filename>. Soovi korral võib paika panna omaenda kohandatud "
-"turbetaseme, salvestades selle failina <filename>level.&lt;tasemenimi></"
-"filename> kataloogis <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> See võimalus "
-"on mõistagi mõeldud väga kogenud kasutajatele, kellel on oma vajadused "
-"süsteemi turvet enda käe järgi kohendada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Pidage kindlasti silmas, et kasutaja muudetud parameetreid arvestatakse enne "
-"vaiketaseme määratlusi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Turbehoiatused:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida ära kastike <guibutton>Turbehoiatuste saatmine e-postiga:</"
-"guibutton>, saadetakse mseci loodud turbehoiatused kohalikule e-posti "
-"aadressile turbeadministraatorile, kelle nimi tuleb kirja panna kõrval "
-"asuval väljal. Sinna võib kirjutada kas kohaliku kasutajanime või täieliku e-"
-"posti aadressi (selle huvides peavad olema vajalikult seadistatud kohalik e-"
-"post ja e-posti haldur). Samuti võib lasta turbehoiatusi näidata otse "
-"töölaual, milleks tuleb ära märkida vastav kastike."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Turbehoiatuste edastamine on äärmiselt soovitatav sisse lülitada, et "
-"turbeadministraator saab õigeaegselt teada võimalikest probleemidest. "
-"Vastasel juhul peab administraator järjepidevalt uurima logifaile, mis "
-"salvestatakse kataloogi <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Turbevalikud:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Kohandatud taseme loomine ei ole ainuke viis sättida arvuti turvet oma käe "
-"järgi: samamoodi võib kasutada tööriista eri kaarte, et muuta just neid "
-"valikuid, mida vaja. Mseci kehtiv seadistus on salvestatud faili <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. See sisaldab nii kehtivat "
-"turbetaseme nime kui ka loetelu kõigist muudetud valikutest."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Süsteemi turvalisuse kaart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel kaardil võib näha vasakus veerus turbevalikut, keskmises veerus selle "
-"kirjeldust ja paremas veerus kehtivat väärtust."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Mõne valiku muutmiseks tehke sellel topeltklõps, mille järel ilmub uus aken "
-"(vt pilti allpool). Selles on näha valiku nimi, lühike kirjeldus, kehtiv ja "
-"vaikeväärtus ning ripploend, milles saab valida uue väärtuse. Klõpsuga "
-"nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> saab muudatuse kinnitada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Ärge unustage tööriista sulgedes oma seadistust lõplikult salvestamast "
-"menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui olete "
-"seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle "
-"vaadata."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Võrguturvalisuse kaart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Sellelt kaardilt leiab võrguga seotud valikud ja kõik käib siin samamoodi "
-"nagu eelmisel kaardil."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Perioodiliste kontrollide kaart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Perioodiliste kontrollide eesmärk on anda turbehoiatuste abil "
-"turbeadministraatorile teada kõigest, mida msec peab võimalikuks ohuks."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida kastike <guibutton>Perioodiliste turbekontrollide lubamine</"
-"guibutton>, näeb sellel kaardil kõiki mseci sooritatavaid perioodilisi "
-"kontrolle ja nende sagedust. Muudatusi saab siin teha samamoodi nagu eespool "
-"kirjeldatud kaartidel."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Erandite kaart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Mõnikord käivad hoiatused hästi teada ja soovitud olukorra kohta. Sel juhul "
-"ei ole neil tegelikult mõtet ja nad vaid raiskavad administraatori aega. "
-"Sellel kaardil saab luua nii palju erandeid kui vaja, et vältida tarbetuid "
-"turbehoiatusi. Enesest mõista on see kaart mseci esmakäivitusel tühi. "
-"Allpool oleval pildil on näha neli erandit."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Erandi loomiseks tuleb klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige vajalik perioodiline kontroll ripploendist <guilabel>Kontroll</"
-"guilabel> ja kirjutage erand tekstikasti <guilabel>Erand</guilabel>. Erandi "
-"lisamine ei ole mõistagi midagi jäävat: selle võib kustutada "
-"<guilabel>erandite</guilabel> kaardil klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Kustuta</"
-"guibutton>, samuti võib seda topeltklõpsuga muuta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Õiguste kaart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel kaardil saab kontrollida ja jõustada failide ja kataloogide õigusi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Nagu turvalisuse puhul, kasutab msec ka õiguste puhul mitmesuguseid tasemeid "
-"(standard, secure jne), mida kehtestatakse vastavalt valitud turbetasemele. "
-"Soovi korral saab luua omaenda õigustetasemeid, salvestades need faili "
-"<filename>perm.&lt;tasemenimi></filename> kataloogis <filename>/etc/security/"
-"msec/</filename>. See võimalus on mõeldud väga kogenud kasutajatele, kel "
-"läheb tarvis kohandatud seadistust. Samuti saab siinsamas kaardil muuta "
-"õigusi just selliseks nagu vaja. Kehtiv seadustus on salvestatud faili "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Selles leiab loetelu "
-"kõigist õiguste muudatustest."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vaikimisi õigusi kuvatakse reeglite loendina (üks reegel rea kohta). Alates "
-"vasakult antakse teada reegliga hõlmatud fail või kataloog, seejärel selle "
-"omanik, grupp ja lõpuks õigused. Kui reegli puhul"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> ei ole märgitud, kontrollib "
-"msec ainult seda, kas reeglis määratud õigused kehtivad, ning saadab "
-"turbehoiatuse, kui see nii pole, aga ei muuda ise midagi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"kui kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> on märgitud, kontrollib "
-"msec esimese perioodilise kontrolli ajal õiguste vastavust reeglile ning "
-"kirjutab need erinevuse korral üle."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Et see toimiks, peab <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste kontrollide "
-"kaardil</emphasis> olema valik CHECK_PERMS sobivalt seadistatud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Uue reegli loomiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton> ja "
-"täitke väljad, nagu näha alloleval pildil. Väljal <guilabel>Fail</guilabel> "
-"võib kasutada metamärki *. “current” tähendab, et midagi ei muudeta."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Muudatuste jõustamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> ning "
-"kindlasti ärge unustage enne tööriistast väljumist kõiki muudatusi "
-"salvestamast menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui "
-"olete seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle "
-"vaadata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Reegleid võib samuti luua või muuta seadistustefaili <filename>/etc/security/"
-"msec/perms.conf</filename> redigeerides."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Õiguste kaardil</emphasis> (või otse "
-"seadistustefailis) tehtud muudatusi võetakse arvesse esimesel perioodilisel "
-"kontrollil (vt valikut CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste "
-"kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>). Kui soovite, et neid kohe arvestataks, "
-"kasutage käsureal administraatori õigustes käsku msecperms. Eelnevalt võib "
-"anda käsu msecperms -p, millega saab teada õigused, mida msecperms muudab."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pange kindlasti tähele, et kui muudate õigusi käsureal või failihalduris, "
-"siis faili puhul, millel on <emphasis role=\"bold\">õiguste kaardil</"
-"emphasis> ära märgitud kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel>, "
-"kirjutab msecgui mõne aja pärast vanad õigused tagasi vastavalt valikutele "
-"CHECK_PERMS ja CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste "
-"kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Muud Mageia tööriistad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageial on teisigi tööriistu peale nende, mida saab käivitada "
-"juhtimiskeskuses. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid lähemalt tundma "
-"õppida, või lugege lihtsalt edasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>VEEL KIRJUTAMATA </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Ja veel tööriistu?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Tarkvara haldamine (paigaldamine ja eemaldamine)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Rpmdrake'i sissejuhatus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, mida tuntakse ka "
-"nimega drakrpm, kujutab endast tarkvarapakettide paigaldamise, eemaldamise "
-"ja uuendamise programmi. See on käsureaprogrammi urpmi graafiline "
-"kasutajaliides. Igal käivitamisel kontrollib rakendus otse Mageia ametlikest "
-"serveritest tarkvarahoidlates olevate paketinimekirjade (neid nimetatakse ka "
-"\"andmekandjateks\") sisu ning näitab seejärel uusimaid teie arvutile "
-"saadaolevaid rakendusi ja programme. Filtritega saab lasta näidata ainult "
-"teatud tüüpi tarkvarapakette: näiteks võib lasta näidata ainult paigaldatud "
-"rakendusi (vaikimisi) või hoopis ainult saadaolevaid uuendusi. Samuti saab "
-"näha ainult paigaldamata tarkvarapakette. Lisaks saab tarkvara otsida kas "
-"paketi nime, kirjelduse kokkuvõttes või täiskirjelduses esinevate sõnade või "
-"paketis leiduvate failide nime järgi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Töötamiseks vajab rpmdrake tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud tööriistaga, "
-"mida kirjeldab <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Paigaldamise ajal on hoidlaks seadistatud andmekandja, mida paigaldamiseks "
-"kasutatakse (tavaliselt DVD või CD). Kui see andmekandja alles jätta, pärib "
-"rpmdrake selle järele iga kord, kui soovite mõnda tarkvarapaketti "
-"paigaldada, järgmise hüpikaknaga: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-">Kui selline aknake teid häirib ja teil on korralik internetiühendus, mille "
-"allalaadimise piirang pole kuigi range, oleks mõistlik see andmekandja "
-"eemaldada ja asendada võrguhoidlaga, nagu kirjeldab <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-"
-"edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Pealegi on võrguhoidlates alati kõige uuem tarkvara, palju rohkem pakette "
-"ning nende kaudu saab ka juba paigaldatud tarkvara uuendada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Akna põhiosad"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paketitüübi filter:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata ainult teatavat laadi tarkvarapakette. "
-"Halduri käivitamisel esimest korda näidatakse ainult graafilise "
-"kasutajaliidesega rakendusi. Näidata võib lasta kas kõiki pakette ning nende "
-"sõltuvusi ja teeke või ainult paketirühmi, näiteks ainult rakendused, ainult "
-"uuendused või Mageia uuematest versioonidest tagasi porditud tarkvarapaketid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Filtri selline vaikimisi seadistus on mõeldud neile, kellele Linux või "
-"Mageia on võõras ja kes usutavasti ei soovi paigaldada käsurea- või "
-"tõsistele asjatundjatele mõeldud tööriistu. Et te käesolevat käsiraamatut "
-"loete, on tõenäoline, et tunnete huvi oma teadmiste täiendamise vastu Mageia "
-"osas, niisiis teil võiks olla mõttekas määrata filtriks \"Kõik\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paketioleku filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata kas ainult paigaldatud või paigaldamata "
-"tarkvarapakette või kõiki, nii paigaldatud kui ka paigaldamata pakette."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Otsingurežiim:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellele ikoonile klõpsates saab valida, kas otsida paketinimedes, "
-"kokkuvõtetes, täielikes kirjeldustes või pakettides leiduvate failide "
-"nimedes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Otsingukast:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Siia tuleb kirjutada üks või rohkem otsingusõna. Kui soovite otsida mitme "
-"sõna järgi, tuleb nende vahele lisada eraldaja \"|\". Kui näiteks soovite "
-"otsida korraga pakette mplayer ja xine, tuleb kirjutada \"mplayer | xine\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kustutamine:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr "Selle ikooniga saab korraga puhastada kogu otsingukasti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategooriate loend:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel külgribal on kõik rakendused ja programmid jagatud kindlatesse "
-"kategooriatesse ja alamkategooriatesse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kirjelduspaneel:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil on näha paketi nimi, kokkuvõte ja täielik kirjeldus. Siin "
-"näeb rohkelt kasulikku teavet valitud paketi kohta. Samuti on siin näha "
-"põhjalikud üksikasjad, paketis leiduvad failid ning hooldaja käega kirja "
-"pandud viimaste muudatuste loend."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Olekuveerg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui filtrid on paika pandud, saab tarkvara leida kas kategooria järgi "
-"(joonisel ala 6) või seda nime, kokkuvõtte või kirjelduse järgi otsides "
-"(joonisel ala 4). Tarkvarapakettide, mis vastavad otsingule - ja ärge "
-"unustage, et ka valitud andmekandjale -, juures näidatakse eri olekuikoone "
-"vastavalt sellele, kas nad on paigaldatud, paigaldamata, uuendused vms. "
-"Oleku muutmiseks tuleb lihtsalt märkida kastike paketi nime ees või sealt "
-"märge eemaldada ning klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Ikoon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Tähendus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "See pakett on juba paigaldatud"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "See pakett on valitud paigaldamiseks"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Selle paketi olekut ei saa muuta"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "See pakett on uuendus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "See pakett on valitud eemaldamiseks"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Näide ülalolevalt pildilt:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui eemaldada märge paketi digikam eest (roheline nool ütleb, et see on "
-"paigaldatud), muutub olekuikoon üles suunatud punaseks nooleks ning pakett "
-"eemaldatakse, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida pakett qdigidoc (mis ei ole paigaldatud, nagu näitab "
-"olekuveerg), ilmub alla suunatud oranž nool ja pakett paigaldatakse, kui "
-"klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Sõltuvused"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Mõned paketid vajavad oma tööks teisi pakette, mida sellisel juhul "
-"nimetatakse sõltuvusteks. Need võivad olla näiteks teegid või mõned "
-"tööriistad. Sellisel juhul näitab Rpmdrake teabeakent, kus saab kas soostuda "
-"pakutavate sõltuvuste paigaldamisega, toimingust loobuda või hankida "
-"pakettide kohta rohkem teavet. Võib juhtuda ka nii, et vajalikku teeki pakub "
-"mitu tarkvarapaketti, millisel juhul Rpmdrake näitab alternatiivide "
-"nimekirja dialoogis, mille ühe nupuga on võimalik saada rohkem teavet ja "
-"teisega valida, milline pakett konkreetselt paigaldada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Skanneri seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Paigaldamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada "
-"nii eraldiseisvat skannerit kui mitme funktsiooniga seadme "
-"skannerikomponenti. Samuti saab sellega jagada teie arvutiga ühendatud "
-"kohalikke seadmeid võrguarvutitele või hankida endale ligipääs "
-"võrguskanneritele."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr "Tööriista käivitamisel esimest korda võib ilmuda järgmine teade:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"Skanneri kasutamiseks on vajalik paigaldada SANE tarkvara.</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kas soovite seda teha?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Jätkamiseks valige <emphasis>Jah</emphasis>. Sel juhul paigaldatakse "
-"<code>scanner-gui</code> ja <code>task-scanning</code>, kui need pole varem "
-"paigaldatud."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui skanner korralikult tuvastatakse, nii et ülaloleval pildil on näha teie "
-"skanneri nimi, on skanner valmis kasutamiseks näiteks programmiga "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> või <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellisel juhul võib jätkata näiteks <emphasis>skanneri jagamise</emphasis> "
-"seadistamisega. Sellest kõneleb lähemalt peatükk <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui aga skannerit ei suudetud tuvastada ning ei aita ka kaablite ja toite "
-"kontrollimine ning seejärel nupu <emphasis>Uute skannerite otsimine</"
-"emphasis> kasutamine, tuleb klõpsata nupule <emphasis>Skanneri lisamine "
-"käsitsi</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Valige ilmuvast loendist oma skanneri tootja ja tootja alt mudel ning "
-"klõpsake nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui te oma skannerit loendist ei leia, klõpsake <emphasis>Loobu</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Palun kontrollige, kas teie skanner kuulub toetatute hulka nimekirjas <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Supported Devices</link> ja paluge abi <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">foorumis</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Pordi valimine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin võib jätta kehtima valiku <emphasis>Kättesaadavate portide "
-"automaattuvastus</emphasis>, kui teie skanner ei ole just ühendatud "
-"paralleelporti. Sellisel juhul tuleks valida <emphasis>/dev/parport0</"
-"emphasis>, kui teil on paralleelporte ainult üks."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Pärast klõpsamist nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis> peaks enamasti ilmuma "
-"alloleva pildiga sarnanev aken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr "Kui seda ei juhtu, lugege palun <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Skanneri jagamine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab määrata, kas teie masinaga ühendatud skannerid on kättesaadavad "
-"võrgumasinatele ja millistele neist. Samuti saab siin määrata, kas "
-"võrgumasinate skannerid on teile kättesaadavad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime "
-"või IP-aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, millel on lubatud kasutada "
-"teie arvutiga ühendatud kohalikke seadmeid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Võrguskannerite kasutamine: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime või IP-"
-"aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, mis annavad ligipääsu "
-"võrguskanneritele."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-"Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: teil on võimalik lisada masinaid."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: teil on võimalik määrata, millised "
-"masinad lisada, või siis lubada kasutamine kõigile võrgumasinatele."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr "\"Kõik võrgumasinad\" on saanud õiguse kasutada kohalikku skannerit."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui tarkvarapakett <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ei ole paigaldatud, teeb "
-"tööriist ettepaneku seda teha."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Lõpetuseks muudab tööriist järgmisi faile:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>direktiivi \"net\" lisamiseks või "
-"väljakommenteerimiseks"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Samuti seadistatakse <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ja <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> käivituma kohe alglaadimisel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Spetsiifilised probleemid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Enamikku HP skannereid saab hallata tööriistaga <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis> (hplip), mis haldab ka printereid. Sel juhul ei lase käesolev "
-"tööriist neid seadistada ja teeb etepaneku kasutada tööriista <emphasis>HP "
-"Device Manager</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Draivereid leiab <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/"
-"search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">sellelt leheküljelt</link>. Vajaduse korral tuleb "
-"paigaldada kõigepealt tarkvarapakett <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> ja siis "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (just sellises järjekorras). Võib juhtuda, et "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> annab hoiatuse konflikti kohta <emphasis>Sanega</"
-"emphasis>. Kasutajate kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Paigaldamise lisasammud"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Võib juhtuda, et pärast skanneri pordi valimist, nagu näitab <xref linkend="
-"\"choosescannerport\"/>, tuleb seadme korralikuks seadistamiseks veel üht-"
-"teist ette võtta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Mõnel juhul võidakse teada anda, et skanner vajab igal käivitamisel püsivara "
-"laadimist. Tööriist võimaldab laadida püsivara seadmesse, kui olete seadme "
-"süsteemi paigaldanud. Tööriistaga saab paigaldada püsivara CD-lt või "
-"Windowsi paigaldusest või ka püsivara, mille olete alla laadinud tootja "
-"internetileheküljelt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui seade vajab püsivara laadimist, võib iga kord esimesel kasutamisel "
-"kuluda selleks päris pikk aeg, isegi üle minuti. Nii et tasub olla kannatlik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Samuti võidakse teile öelda, et on vaja kohandada faili <emphasis>/etc/sane."
-"d/\"teie_SANE_taustaprogrammi_nimi\".conf</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lugege hoolikalt jagatavaid juhiseid ja kui jääte hätta, ärge häbenege "
-"küsida abi <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foorumist</"
-"link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Tarkvara haldamine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme tarkvara haldamist võimaldava tööriista "
-"vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Süsteemi uuendamine</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paigaldamise ja "
-"uuendamise tarkvaraallikate seadistamine</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Printeri paigaldamine ja seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Trükkimist haldab Mageias server nimetusega CUPS. Sellel on oma <link ns2:"
-"title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">seadistusliides</link>, "
-"mida saab kasutada veebilehitsejas, kuid Mageia pakub printerite "
-"paigaldamiseks omalt poolt tööriista system-config-printer, mis on "
-"tarvitusel ka teistes distributsioonides, näiteks Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"ja openSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Enne paigaldamise juurde asumist tuleks lubada mittevaba (non-free) tarkvara "
-"hoidla kasutamine, sest mõningaid draivereid võib leida ainult sealt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Printeri paigaldamise tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli "
-"<guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> sektsioonis <guilabel>Trükkimise ja "
-"skannimise seadistamine</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "Mageia juhtimiskeskus soovib paigaldada kaks tarkvarapaketti:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Paigaldamise jätkamiseks on vaja pakutuga nõustuda. Koos sõltuvustega "
-"võtavad paigaldatavad paketid ruumi kuni 230 MB."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Printeri lisamiseks klõpsake nupule \"Lisa\". Süsteem üritab tuvastada kõik "
-"saadaolevad printerid ja pordid. Siinsel pildil on näha paralleelporti "
-"ühendatud printer. Kui leitakse mõni printer, näiteks paralleel- või USB-"
-"porti ühendatud printer, näidatakse seda esimesel real. Samuti saab siin "
-"üritada tuvastada võrguprintereid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Printer tuvastati automaatselt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"See käib tavaliselt USB-printerite kohta. Tööriist hangib automaatselt "
-"printeri nime ja näitab seda. Valige printer ja klõpsake \"Edasi\". Kui "
-"leidub printeriga seotud draiver, paigaldatakse see automaatselt. Kui "
-"võimalikke draivereid on rohkem või draiverit ei ole teada, ilmub aken, kus "
-"palutakse draiver valida või välja otsida, nagu järgnevalt selgitatakse. "
-"Automaatse paigalduse korral lugege edasi <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Printerit ei tuvastatud automaatselt"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui valida port, laadib süsteem draiverite loendi ja avab akna, kus saab "
-"draiveri valida. Valik tuleb langetada järgmisi võimalusi kasutades."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Printeri valimine andmebaasist"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "PPD-faili määramine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "Allalaaditava printeri draiveri otsimine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Andmebaasist valimise korral pakutakse kõigepealt välja printeri tootja ning "
-"seejärel seade ja sellega seotud draiver. Kui pakutakse üle ühe draiveri, "
-"valige soovitatav, kui te just pole sama draiveriga varem probleemide otsa "
-"sattunud, millisel juhul tuleks mõistagi valida selline draiver, mis "
-"teadaolevalt toimib."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Paigaldamise lõpetamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Draiveri valimise järel soovitakse mõningat teavet, mis aitaks süsteemil "
-"printerit ainulaadselt tuvastada ja esitada. Esimesel väljal tuleb anda "
-"nimi, mille all näeb seadet rakenduste saadaolevate printerite nimekirjas. "
-"Seejärel soovitab paigaldusprogramm trükkida testlehekülje. Selle järel "
-"printer lisatakse ning seda näeb edaspidi saadaolevate printerite nimekirjas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Võrguprinter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Võrguprinterid on printerid, mis on vahetult ühendatud juhtmega või juhtmeta "
-"võrku, printserveriga või mõne tööjaamaga, mis toimib printserverina."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Sageli on mõistlik seadistada DHCP-server alati seostama fikseeritud IP-"
-"aadressi printeri MAC-aadressiga. Loomulikult peab see olema sama IP-"
-"aadress, mis on printserveri printeril, kui sellel on fikseeritud aadress."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Printeri MAC-aadress on printerile või printserverile või arvutile, millega "
-"printer on ühendatud, antud seerianumber, mille saab teada printeri trükitud "
-"seadistusteleheküljelt või mis on kirjas printeri või printserveri enda "
-"peal. Kui teie jagatud printer on ühendatud Mageia süsteemiga, võite anda "
-"MAC-aadressi teadasaamiseks süsteemis administraatori õigustes käsu "
-"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>. Aadress kujutab endast numbrite "
-"ja tähtede jada pärast alguses seisvat \"HWaddr\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Võrguprinteri lisamiseks tuleb valida protokoll, mida see kasutab teie "
-"arvutiga üle võrgu suhtlemisel. Kui te ei tea, milline protokoll valida, "
-"võite proovida valikut <guilabel>Võrguprinter</guilabel> - <guilabel>Otsi "
-"võrguprinterit</guilabel> ja kirjutada printeri IP-aadressi paremal asuvale "
-"väljale \"Masin\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui tööriist tunneb printeri või printserveri ära, pakutakse välja protokoll "
-"ja tööjärjekord, kuid soovi korral võib valida allolevast loendist sobivama "
-"või määrata käsitsi vajaliku tööjärjekorra nime, kui seda loendis ei esine."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Printeri või printserveri dokumentatsioonist võib täpsemalt teada saada, "
-"milliseid protokolle see toetab ja millised võivad olla tööjärjekordade "
-"nimed."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Trükkimise võrguprotokollid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Ühe tänapäeval levinud meetodi töötas välja Hewlett-Packard ja see kannab "
-"nimetust JetDirect. See võimaldab võrguga otse ühendatud printerit kasutada "
-"üle Etherneti pordi. Te peate teadma IP-aadressi, mille järgi printer võrgus "
-"tuvastatakse. Sama meetodit kasutatakse mõnes ADSL-ruuteris, mis sisaldavad "
-"printeri ühendamiseks USB-porti. Pange tähele, et tööriist \"HP Device "
-"Manager\" võib hallata dünaamiliselt seadistatud IP-aadressi, määrates umbes "
-"sellise URI nagu <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;printeri-nimi></emphasis> . Sellisel "
-"juhul pole fikseeritud IP-aadress vajalik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige protokolliks <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> ja määrake "
-"aadress väljal <guilabel>Masin:</guilabel>, kuid ärge muutke midagi väljal "
-"<guilabel>Pordi number</guilabel>, kui te just ei tea, et seal kindlasti "
-"peab midagi muutma. Protokolli valimise järel läheb draiveri valimine edasi "
-"samamoodi, nagu eespool kirjeldatud."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Ülejäänud protokollid on järgmised:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: printer, mida saab "
-"kasutada TCP/IP võrgus IPP protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on "
-"ühendatud tööjaamaga, kus töötab CUPS. Seda protokolli võivad kasutada ka "
-"mõned ADSL-ruuterid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine, "
-"aga kasutatakse TSL-turbega HTTP-protokolli. Määrata tuleb port. Vaikimisi "
-"on selleks 631."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine, "
-"aga TSL-turbega protokoll."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR masin või printer</emphasis>: printer, mida saab kasutada "
-"TCP/IP võrgus LPD protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on ühendatud "
-"tööjaamaga, kus töötab LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Windowsi printer SAMBA kaudu</emphasis>: printer, mis on ühendatud "
-"tööjaamaga, kus töötab Windows või SMB server, ja on välja jagatud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr "URI võib määrata ka otse. Mõned näited, kuidas URI võib välja näha:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-aadress-või-masinanimi:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-aadress-või-masinanimi:port/ressurss</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-aadress-või-masinanimi:port/ressurss</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Line Printer Daemoni (LPD) protokoll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://kasutajanimi@ip-aadress-või-masinanimi/tööjärjekord</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Lisateavet võib leida <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/"
-"doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS-i dokumentatsioonist.</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Seadme omadused"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Soovi korral võib uurida või muuta seadme omadusi. Menüü võimaldab ligipääsu "
-"CUPS-serveri parameetritele. Vaikimisi on süsteemis CUPS-server käivitatud, "
-"kuid soovi korral võib määrata mõne muu serveri menüükäsuga <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Ühenda...</guimenuitem> Serveri enda parameetreid "
-"saab vajaduse korral muuta menüükäsuga <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Seadistused</guimenuitem>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Probleemide lahendamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Mõningat teavet trükkimisel esinenud probleemide kohta leiab failist "
-"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Samuti saab kasutada probleemidele diagnoosi panevat tööriista, mille avab "
-"menüükäsk <guimenu>Abi</guimenu> | <guilabel>Probleemide lahendamine</"
-"guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Võib juhtuda, et mõne konkreetse printeri draiver pole Mageias saada või on "
-"saadaolev vigane. Sellisel juhul tasuks uurida <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting'i</link> veebilehte, kust võib "
-"saada teada, kas teie seadmele ikka leidub draiverit. Jaatava vastuse korral "
-"tuleks kontrollida, ega Mageia seda ei paku, ja kui pakub, siis see käsitsi "
-"paigaldada. Seejärel tuleb printeri seadistamiseks paigaldamisprotsess "
-"uuesti läbi teha. Igal juhul tasuks sellistest probleemidest teada anda ka "
-"Bugzillas või foorumis ning mõistagi märkida ära mudeli ja draiveri teave "
-"ning seegi, kas printer hakkas pärast paigaldamist tööle või mitte. "
-"Järgnevalt tuuakse ära mõned allikad, kust leida uusimaid draivereid, eriti "
-"uuematele seadmetele, mille draiverid ei pruugi olla tarkvarahoidlatesse "
-"jõudnud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brotheri printerid</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Sellel leheküljel</link> leiab Brotheri pakutavate "
-"draiverite loendi. Valige oma seadme draiver, laadige RPM-fail või -failid "
-"alla ja paigaldage printer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Brotheri draiver tuleks paigaldada enne seadistamistööriista käivitamist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packardi printerid ja All-in-one seadmed</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Need seadmed kasutavad tööriista hplip. See paigaldatakse pärast printeri "
-"tuvastamist või valimist automaatselt. Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">siit</link>. Tööriista "
-"\"HP Device Manager\" leiab peamenüüst alajaotuses <guilabel>Süsteem</"
-"guilabel>. Printeri haldamise kohta tasuks vaadata ka <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
-"\">seadistamislehekülge</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"HP All-in-one seade tuleb paigaldada printerina ja seejärel lisada skanneri "
-"võimalused. Pange tähele, et mõnikord ei võimalda Xsane liides skannida "
-"filme või slaide. Sel juhul on võimalik skannida autonoomses režiimis ja "
-"salvestada pilt seadmesse sisestatud mälukaardile või USB-pulgale. Hiljem "
-"avage meelepärane pilditöötlusrakendus ning laadige mälukaardi kataloogis /"
-"media leiduv pilt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsungi värviprinterid</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Teatavate Samsungi ja Xeroxi värviprinterite jaoks pakub <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">see lehekülg draivereid</link> QPDL "
-"protokollile."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epsoni printerid ja skannerid</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Epsoni printerite draivereid võib leida <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz."
-"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">sellelt otsinguleheküljelt</link>. "
-"Skanneri kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada kõigepealt tarkvarapakett \"iscan-data"
-"\" ja siis \"iscan\" (just selles järjekorras)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Pakett iscan võib anda hoiatuse konflikti kohta Sanega. Kasutajate "
-"kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canoni printerid</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Canoni printerite korral on soovitatav paigaldada tööriist turboprint, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">mille leiab siit</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Windows(TM) dokumentide ja seadistuste import"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis> kirje "
-"alt <guilabel>Windows(TM) dokumentide ja seadistuste import</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist võimaldab administraatoril importida kasutaja dokumendid ja "
-"seadistused operatsioonisüsteemist <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP või "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</"
-"trademark>, kui need asuvad samas arvutis Mageiaga."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Palun arvestage, et kõik tööriistas transfugdrake tehtud muudatused "
-"rakenduvad kohe pärast klõpsu nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista käivitamise järel ilmub nõustaja esimene aken, kus selgitatakse "
-"lühidalt selle eesmärki ja importimisvõimalusi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete juhised hoolega läbi lugenud, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>. Nüüd üritab tööriist tuvastada <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> paigalduse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui see on tuvastatud, näete akent, kus saate valida vajaliku(d) <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ja Mageia konto(d). Võimalik on "
-"valida ka mõni muu konto kui teie enda oma."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Pange tähele, et programmi migrate-assistant (transfugdrake'i "
-"taustaprogramm) piirangute tõttu võivad erimärke sisaldavad <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kasutajakontode nimed olla vigaselt "
-"kuvatud."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr "Kolimine võtab sõltuvalt dokumendikaustade suurusest mõnevõrra aega."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Mõned <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> rakendused (eriti "
-"draiverid) võivad omaenda eesmärgil luua kasutajakontosid. Näiteks "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> NVidia draivereid "
-"uuendatakse kasutajakonto <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> abil. Selliseid "
-"kontosid ei ole kindlasti mõtet importida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete kontovaliku lõpetanud, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida dokumentide importimise viisi:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake on mõeldud importima <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> andmeid kaustadest <emphasis>Minu dokumendid</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis>Minu muusika</emphasis> ja <emphasis>Minu Pildid</emphasis>. Soovi "
-"korral võib impordi vahele jätta, valides aknas vastava valiku."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete valinud dokumentide importimise viisi, klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida järjehoidjate "
-"importimise viisi:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake oskab importida <emphasis>Internet Exploreri</emphasis> ja "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefoxi</emphasis> järjehoidjad Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla "
-"Firefoxi</emphasis> paigaldusse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige soovitud importimise viis ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "Järgmises aknas on võimalik lasta importida töölaua taust:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Valige soovitud viis ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Viimases aknas näete õnnitlust. Nüüd ei ole enam midagi muud teha kui "
-"klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Kasutajad ja grupid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis> "
-"sektsioonist \"Haldamistööriistad\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist annab administraatorile võimaluse hallata kasutajaid ja gruppe, see "
-"tähendab kasutajaid ja gruppe lisada või kustutada ning muuta kasutajate ja "
-"gruppide seadistusi (ID, shell...)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Userdrake'i avamisel näidatakse kõiki süsteemis leiduvaid kasutajaid kaardil "
-"<guibutton>Kasutajad</guibutton> ja kõiki gruppe kaardil <guibutton>Grupid</"
-"guibutton>. Mõlemad kaardid on põhimõtteliselt sarnased."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1) Lisa kasutaja</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Sellele nupule klõpsates ilmub uus aken, mille kõik väljad on tühjad:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Väli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Täisnimi</emphasis> on mõeldud ees- ja "
-"perekonnanime sisestamiseks, aga sellele võib kirjutada muidugi ka midagi "
-"muud või üldse tühjaks jätta!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutajatunnus</emphasis> on ainuke nõutav väli."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parooli</emphasis> määramine on äärmiselt "
-"soovitatav. Välja paremas servas asub väike kilp: kui see on punane, siis on "
-"parool nõrk, liiga lühike või liiga sarnane kasutajatunnusega. Mõistlik "
-"oleks kasutada arve, suur- ja väiketähti, kirjavahemärke jms. Parooli "
-"tugevuse paranedes muutub kilp algul oranžiks ja lõpuks roheliseks."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"Väli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parool teist korda</emphasis> kindlustab, et "
-"sisestasite ikka sellise parooli, mida soovisite."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutatav shell </emphasis>on rippmenüüga väli, kus "
-"saab muuta shelli, mida lisatav kasutaja hakkab tarvitama. Valikuteks on "
-"Bash, Dash ja Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutajale luuakse privaatgrupp</emphasis>: "
-"märkimise korral luuakse automaatselt sama nimega grupp, mille ainuke liige "
-"on loodav kasutaja (seda saab muidugi hiljem muuta)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ülejäänud valikud peaksid olema enesestmõistetavad. Uus kasutaja luuakse "
-"kohe pärast klõpsamist nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2) Lisa grupp</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin tuleb kirjutada ainult uue grupi nimi ja kui vaja, siis omistada "
-"grupile spetsiifiline ID."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3) Muuda</emphasis> (kui valitud on kasutaja)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kasutaja andmed</guibutton>: siin saab muuta kõiki andmeid, mis "
-"omistati kasutajale loomisel (muuta ei saa ainult ID-d)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Konto info</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimese valikuga saab kontole määrata aegumise tähtaja. Pärast määratud aega "
-"ei ole sisselogimine enam võimalik. Seda on mõistlik kasutada ajutiste "
-"kontode korral."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"Teise valikuga saab konto lukustada. Kui konto on lukustatud, ei ole "
-"võimalik sisse logida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Samuti saab siin muuta ikooni."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parooli info</emphasis>: siin saab määrata parooli "
-"aegumise tähtaja. See sunnib kasutajat oma parooli perioodiliselt muutma."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupid</emphasis>: siin saab valida, millistesse "
-"gruppidesse kasutaja kuulub."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui muuta sisselogitud kasutaja kontot, ei jõustu muudatused enne kasutaja "
-"järgmist sisselogimist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4) Muuda</emphasis> (kui valitud on grupp)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupi andmed</emphasis>: siin saab muuta grupi nime."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupi kasutajad</emphasis>: siin saab valida "
-"kasutajad, kes gruppi kuuluvad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5) Kustuta</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige kasutaja või grupp ja klõpsake eemaldamiseks nupule <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Kustuta</emphasis>. Kasutaja korral ilmub dialoog, kus küsitakse, "
-"kas kustutada ka kodukataloog ja postkast. Kui kasutajale on loodud "
-"privaatgrupp, kustutatakse seegi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Kustutada saab ka grupi, milles on liikmeid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6) Värskenda</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Kasutajate andmebaasi saab muuta ka mujal kui Userdrake'is. Sellele ikoonile "
-"klõpsates värskendatakse näidatavaid kasutajaid ja gruppe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7) Külaliskonto</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Külaline ehk guest</emphasis> on eriline konto. "
-"Selle mõte on anda kellelegi ajutine ligipääs süsteemile täieliku turbe "
-"tingimustes. Kasutajatunnus on xguest, parooli pole ning selle kontoga sisse "
-"logides ei saa süsteemis midagi muuta. Kasutaja isiklikud kataloogid "
-"kustutatakse koos seansi lõpetamisega. See konto on vaikimisi lubatud, kui "
-"aga soovite seda keelata, valige menüükäsk<guimenu> Toimingud -&gt; Eemalda "
-"külalise (guest) konto</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Graafikaserveri seadistamine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda tavalise kasutajana käsk "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> või administraatorina käsk <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis>. Pange kindlasti tähele suurtähti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Riistvara</emphasis> nime all <emphasis><guilabel>Graafikaserveri "
-"seadistamine</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Nuppudega saab seadistada kõike graafikaserverisse puutuvat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graafikakaart</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin näeb parajasti tuvastatud graafikakaarti ja sellele seadistatud "
-"serverit. Nupule klõpsates saab valida muu serveri, näiteks sellise, mis "
-"kasutab omanduslikku draiverit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Saadaolevad serverid on loetletud kirje <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all "
-"tootjate kaupa tähestiku järjekorras ning tootjate all mudelite kaupa samuti "
-"tähestiku järjekorras. Vabad draiverid on loetletud tähestiku järjekorras "
-"kirje <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> all."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Probleemide korral võib arvestada, et <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> "
-"toimib peaaegu kõigi graafikakaartidega, andes teile aega jõuda töölauale "
-"ning üles otsida ja paigaldada õige draiver."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui isegi Vesa ei tööta, siis valige <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, mida kasutatakse näiteks Mageia "
-"paigaldamise ajal, aga mis ei luba muuta ekraanilahutust ega "
-"värskendamissagedust."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete valinud vaba draiveri, võib süsteem teha ettepaneku kasutada "
-"omanduslikku draiverit, millel on tihtipeale rohkem võimalusi (näiteks "
-"ruumiliste efektide kasutamine)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Nagu draiveri puhul, on ka siin kirjas parajasti tuvastatud monitor ja "
-"nupule klõpsates saab seda muuta. Kui soovitud monitori pole kirjas "
-"<guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all, valige kirje <guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel> "
-"alt monitor, mille omadused sarnanevad teie omaga."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekraanilahutus:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupuga saab valida ekraanilahutuse (pikslite arvu) ja värvisügavuse "
-"(värvide arvu). Nupule klõpsamisel ilmub järgmine aken:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kui muudate värvisügavust, ilmub "
-"teise nupu kõrvale mitmevärviline riba, mille järgi näeb, milline hakkab "
-"valitud värvisügavus välja nägema."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimene rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat ekraanilahutust. Sellele "
-"klõpsates saab valida mõne muu lahutuse. Loendis on kirjas kõik "
-"graafikakaardi ja monitoriga sobivad variandid, kuid võib ka valida "
-"<guilabel>Muu</guilabel> ja määrata sootuks teistsuguse ekraanilahutuse. Sel "
-"juhul pidage aga silmas, et nii võib isegi monitorile viga teha."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Teine rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat värvisügavust. Sellele klõpsates "
-"saab värvisügavust muuta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Sõltuvalt valitud ekraanilahutusest võib olla vajalik välja logida ja "
-"graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada, enne kui muudatused rakendatakse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui seadistamine on tehtud, on soovitatav enne muudatuste kinnitamist neid "
-"testida, sest tööriista kasutamise ajal on midagi muuta palju lihtsam kui "
-"hiljem, eriti kui tehtud muudatuste tõttu ei peaks graafiline keskkond enam "
-"käivituma."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui graafiline keskkond ei peaks töötama, vajutage Alt+Ctrl+F2 "
-"tekstikeskkonna avamiseks, logige sisse administraatori õigustes ja andke "
-"käsk XFdrake (pange tähele suurtähti) tööriista tekstiversiooni "
-"käivitamiseks."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui test nurjub, oodake lihtsalt selle lõpuni. Kui see on edukas, aga te "
-"soovite siiski midagi muuta, klõpsake <guibutton>Ei</guibutton>. Kui kõik "
-"sobib, klõpsake <guibutton role=\"bold\">Olgu</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Eelistused:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Globaalsed valikud</guilabel>: kui märkida <emphasis>Ctrl+Alt"
-"+Backspace'i keelamine</emphasis>, ei saa enam X-serverit taaskäivitada "
-"klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Graafikakaardi valikud</guilabel> võimaldavad lubada või keelata "
-"kokku kolme graafikakaardist sõltuvat valikut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>X käivitub koos süsteemiga</guilabel>: üldjuhul peaks valik "
-"<guilabel>Graafikakaardi käivitamine arvuti käivitamisel</guilabel> olema "
-"märgitud, et saaks üldse graafilises režiimis algkäivitust teha. Serveri "
-"korral võib see muidugi olla ka märkimata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> klõpsamise järel soovitakse teada, mida "
-"ette võtta: sel hetkel on veel võimalik kõigist muudatustest loobuda ja "
-"jätkata endise seadistusega või siis need lõplikult kinnitada. Viimasel "
-"juhul tuleb uue seadistuse aktiveerimiseks graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 217f9616..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia juhtimiskeskus</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Tööriistad Mageia süsteemi seadistamiseks</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0
-litsentsile <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco
-CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui
-soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 30496291..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia juhtimiskeskus</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0
-litsentsile <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco
-CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui
-soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7993942b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Tarkvara uuendamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate või drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> või <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role="bold">Tarkvara.</emphasis>¶</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Töötamiseks vajab MageiaUpdate tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud
-tööriistaga drakrpm-editmedia nii, et mõned andmekandjad oleksid märgitud
-uuendusi sisaldavateks andmekandjateks. Kui seda pole varem tehtud,
-palutakse teil see nüüd ette võtta.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Kohe käivitamise järel uurib tööriist paigaldatud tarkvarapakette ja näitab
-nende nimekirja, millele on hoidlates uuendusi. Vaikimisi valitakse need
-kõik allalaadimiseks ja paigaldamiseks. Selle alustamiseks klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>Paketile klõpsates näidatakse akna alumises pooles rohkem
-infot. Märk<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> kirje ees tähendab, et
-sellele klõpsates näeb kirje alla koondatud teavet.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Uuenduste olemasolul annab süsteemisalves tegutsev aplett sellest teada
-punase ikooniga <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject> . Süsteemi
-uuendamiseks klõpsake sellele ja sisestage kasutaja parool.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e28bbc3f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Graafikaserveri seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis
-role="bold">Riistvara</emphasis> nime all
-<emphasis><guilabel>Graafikaserveri
-seadistamine</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda tavalise kasutajana käsk
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> või administraatorina käsk
-<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>. Pange kindlasti tähele suurtähti.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Nuppudega saab seadistada kõike graafikaserverisse puutuvat.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Graafikakaart</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>Siin näeb parajasti tuvastatud graafikakaarti ja sellele seadistatud
-serverit. Nupule klõpsates saab valida muu serveri, näiteks sellise, mis
-kasutab omanduslikku draiverit.</para>
-
-  <para>Saadaolevad serverid on loetletud kirje <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all
-tootjate kaupa tähestiku järjekorras ning tootjate all mudelite kaupa samuti
-tähestiku järjekorras. Vabad draiverid on loetletud tähestiku järjekorras
-kirje <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> all.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Probleemide korral võib arvestada, et <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>
-toimib peaaegu kõigi graafikakaartidega, andes teile aega jõuda töölauale
-ning üles otsida ja paigaldada õige draiver.</para>
-
-      <para>Kui isegi Vesa ei tööta, siis valige <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, mida kasutatakse näiteks Mageia
-paigaldamise ajal, aga mis ei luba muuta ekraanilahutust ega
-värskendamissagedust.</para>
-    </note>Kui olete valinud vaba draiveri, võib süsteem teha ettepaneku kasutada
-omanduslikku draiverit, millel on tihtipeale rohkem võimalusi (näiteks
-ruumiliste efektide kasutamine).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Nagu draiveri puhul, on ka siin kirjas parajasti tuvastatud monitor ja
-nupule klõpsates saab seda muuta. Kui soovitud monitori pole kirjas
-<guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all, valige kirje <guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel>
-alt monitor, mille omadused sarnanevad teie omaga.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Ekraanilahutus:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Selle nupuga saab valida ekraanilahutuse (pikslite arvu) ja värvisügavuse
-(värvide arvu). Nupule klõpsamisel ilmub järgmine aken:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Kui muudate värvisügavust, ilmub
-teise nupu kõrvale mitmevärviline riba, mille järgi näeb, milline hakkab
-valitud värvisügavus välja nägema.</para>
-
-  <para>Esimene rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat ekraanilahutust. Sellele
-klõpsates saab valida mõne muu lahutuse. Loendis on kirjas kõik
-graafikakaardi ja monitoriga sobivad variandid, kuid võib ka valida
-<guilabel>Muu</guilabel> ja määrata sootuks teistsuguse ekraanilahutuse. Sel
-juhul pidage aga silmas, et nii võib isegi monitorile viga teha.</para>
-
-  <para>Teine rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat värvisügavust. Sellele klõpsates
-saab värvisügavust muuta.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Sõltuvalt valitud ekraanilahutusest võib olla vajalik välja logida ja
-graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada, enne kui muudatused rakendatakse.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Kui seadistamine on tehtud, on soovitatav enne muudatuste kinnitamist neid
-testida, sest tööriista kasutamise ajal on midagi muuta palju lihtsam kui
-hiljem, eriti kui tehtud muudatuste tõttu ei peaks graafiline keskkond enam
-käivituma.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Kui graafiline keskkond ei peaks töötama, vajutage Alt+Ctrl+F2
-tekstikeskkonna avamiseks, logige sisse administraatori õigustes ja andke
-käsk XFdrake (pange tähele suurtähti) tööriista tekstiversiooni
-käivitamiseks.</para>
-    </note>Kui test nurjub, oodake lihtsalt selle lõpuni. Kui see on edukas, aga te
-soovite siiski midagi muuta, klõpsake <guibutton>Ei</guibutton>. Kui kõik
-sobib, klõpsake <guibutton role="bold">Olgu</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Eelistused:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Globaalsed valikud</guilabel>: kui märkida
-<emphasis>Ctrl+Alt+Backspace'i keelamine</emphasis>, ei saa enam X-serverit
-taaskäivitada klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+Backspace.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graafikakaardi valikud</guilabel> võimaldavad lubada või keelata
-kokku kolme graafikakaardist sõltuvat valikut.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>X käivitub koos süsteemiga</guilabel>: üldjuhul peaks valik
-<guilabel>Graafikakaardi käivitamine arvuti käivitamisel</guilabel> olema
-märgitud, et saaks üldse graafilises režiimis algkäivitust teha. Serveri
-korral võib see muidugi olla ka märkimata.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>Nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> klõpsamise järel soovitakse teada, mida
-ette võtta: sel hetkel on veel võimalik kõigist muudatustest loobuda ja
-jätkata endise seadistusega või siis need lõplikult kinnitada. Viimasel
-juhul tuleb uue seadistuse aktiveerimiseks graafiline keskkond
-taaskäivitada.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 12e34086..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">WebDAV-i jagatud ketaste ja kataloogide kasutamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tööriista<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis>.</para>
-  </footnote> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses
-paneelil "Võrgu jagamine" kirje alt <guilabel>WebDAV-i ressursside
-seadistamine</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> on
-protokoll, mis võimaldab haakida veebiserveri kataloogi kohalikus masinas
-ning käsitleda seda kui kohalikku kataloogi. Selleks on vajalik, et teises
-masinas töötaks WebDAV-i server. Käesolev tööriist ei ole mõeldud WebDAV-i
-serveri seadistamiseks.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uue kirje loomine</title>
-
-    <para>Tööriista avaaknas näeb juba seadistatud kirjeid, kui neid peaks leiduma,
-ning nuppu <guibutton>Uus</guibutton>. Selle abil saab luua uue
-kirje. Sisestage ilmuvas aknas tektikasti serveri URL.</para>
-
-    <para>Seejärel ilmub aken, mille raadionupud võimaldavad valida vajaliku
-tegevuse.Valige raadionupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton> ja klõpsake
-<guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Muud pole vaja teha, sest
-<guibutton>server</guibutton> on ju juba määratud. Siiski võite seda
-vajaduse korral muuta.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Selle haakepunkti kaudu saate edaspidi ligi võrgukataloogi sisule.</para>
-
-    <para>Järgmisel etapil tuleb anda oma kasutajanimi ja parool. Kui peaks olema vaja
-veel midagi täpsustada, saab seda teha klõpsuga nupule
-<guibutton>Muu</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Valik <guibutton>Haagi</guibutton> laseb määratud ressursi kohe kasutusele
-võtta.</para>
-
-    <para>Kui olete seadistamise lõpetanud, klõpsates selleks raadionupule
-<guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>, ilmub taas avaaken, kus on näidatud ka uus
-haakepunkt. Kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton>, küsitakse, kas
-soovite salvestada muudatused faili <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Vastake
-jaatavalt, kui soovite, et võrgukataloog oleks saadaval kohe pärast iga
-arvuti taaskäivitust. Kui seadistus on mõeldud ühekordseks kasutamiseks,
-siis ei ole tarvis seda salvestada.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3269b4f0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Kõvaketta partitsioonide jagamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>See lihtne tööriist<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis>.</para></footnote> võimaldab
-administraatoril anda kasutajatele õigust jagada oma kodukataloogi (/home)
-alamkatalooge teiste kohtvõrgus olevate kasutajatega, kelle arvutis võib
-töötada nii Linuxi kui ka Windowsi operatsioonisüsteem.</para>
-
-  <para>Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelil "Kohalikud kettad".</para>
-
-  <para>Kõigepealt tuleb vastata lihtsale küsimusele: "<guilabel>Kas lubada
-kasutajatel jagada mõningaid oma katalooge?</guilabel>". Klõpsake
-<guibutton>Jagamiseta</guibutton>, kui te ei soovi, et ükski kasutaja seda
-teeks, <guibutton>Lubatud kõigile kasutajatele</guibutton>, kui soovite anda
-sellise õiguse kõigile, ja <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, kui teie
-meelest mõned kasutajad võiksid seda teha, teised aga mitte. Viimasel juhul
-peavad kasutajad, kel on õigus oma katalooge jagada, kuuluma gruppi
-fileshare, mille süsteem automaatselt loob. Selle kohta esitatakse küsimus
-hiljem.</para>
-
-  <para>Kui klõpsate <guilabel>Olgu</guilabel>, ilmub uus ekraan, kus palutakse
-valida <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> või <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Märkige
-<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, kui ainuke võrgus leiduv operatsioonisüsteem on
-Linux, ja <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>, kui võrgus leidub nii Linuxi kui ka
-Windowsi masinaid, ning klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Vajaduse
-korral paigaldatakse nõutavad tarkvarapaketid.</para>
-
-  <para>Seadistamine on nüüd tehtud, kui te ei valinud just võimalust
-"Kohandatud". Sel juhul ilmub lisaekraan, kus palutakse avada
-Userdrake. Selle tööriistaga saab lisada kasutajad, kel on õigus oma
-katalooge jagada, gruppi fileshare. Klõpsake kaardil "Kasutajad" kasutajale,
-keda soovite gruppi fileshare lisada, ja siis nupule
-<guimenuitem>Muuda</guimenuitem>. Märkige kaardil "Grupid" ära grupp
-fileshare ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Täpsemalt kõneldakse
-tööriistast Userdrake <xref linkend="userdrake">siin</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Kui lisate gruppi fileshare uue kasutaja, peate võrguühenduse katkestama ja
-uuesti looma, enne kui muudatused arvesse võetakse.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Edaspidi saab iga gruppi fileshare kuuluv kasutaja valida failihalduris (kui
-failihaldur seda toetab) oma kataloogid, mida ta soovib välja jagada.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index de09137c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">NFS-i jagatud ketaste ja kataloogide kasutamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-
-    <para>Selle tööriistaga<footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> saab muuta jagatud
-katalooge kättesaadavaks kõigile masina kasutajatele. Selle võimaldamiseks
-pruugitakse protokolli NFS, mis leidub enamikus Linuxi või Unixi
-süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav kohe algkäivituse
-järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma seansi ajal ligi
-mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kasutamine</title>
-
-    <para>Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para>Klõpsuga serveri nime ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud kataloogide
-loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi pääseda.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb
-määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida. Samuti saab üle
-vaadata ja vajadusel muuta mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule
-<guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab selle
-lahutada ehk lahti ühendada klõpsuga samale nupule.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>
-ilmub küsimus: "Kas salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?" Salvestamise korral
-muutub kataloog kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi
-võrguühendus on olemas. Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka
-failihalduris, näiteks Dolphinis.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 792e75ef..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD-kirjuti</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneelis "Kohalikud kettad" nime alt, mis vastab teie
-eemaldatavale riistvarale (ainult CD/DVD-ja disketiseadmed). </para>
-
-  <para>Tööriista eesmärk on paika panna, kuidas eemaldatav andmekandja haagitakse. </para>
-
-  <para>Akna ülaosas on lühidalt kirjeldatud riistvara ja selle haakimisel
-kasutatavaid eelistusi. Allpool oleva menüüga saab neid muuta. Märkige
-vajalik menüüelement ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Haakepunkt</title>
-
-    <para>Märkige see haakepunkti muutmiseks. Vaikimisi on selleks /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eelistused</title>
-
-    <para>Paljusid haakimise eelistusi saab siin valida kas otse nimekirjast või
-allmenüüst <guilabel>Muud valikud</guilabel>. Peamised valikud on järgmised:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>Eelistus "user" võimaldab eemaldatavat seadet haakida tavalisel kasutajal
-(mitte ainult administraatoril. Selle eelistusega kaasnevad ka valikud
-"noexec", "nosuid" ja "nodev". Kasutaja, kes seadme haagib, on ka ainuke,
-kes saab selle lahutada. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 26a00a78..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Windowsi (SMB) jagatud ketaste ja kataloogide kasutamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-
-    <para>See tööriist<footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> võimaldab määrata,
-millised jagatud kataloogid peavad olema kättesaadavad kõigile masina
-kasutajatele. Selle võimaldamiseks pruugitakse protokolli SMB, mis on üsna
-levinud Windows(R) süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav
-kohe algkäivituse järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma
-seansi ajal ligi mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega.</para>
-
-    <para>Enne tööriista käivitamist võiks olla mõttekas paika panna kättesaadavate
-serverite nimed, näiteks tööriistaga, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref
-linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kasutamine</title>
-
-    <para>Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para>Klõpsuga serveri nimel ja selle ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud
-kataloogide loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi
-pääseda.</para>
-
-    <para>Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb
-määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida klõpsuga nupule
-<guimenu>Haagi</guimenu>. Samuti saab üle vaadata ja vajadusel muuta
-mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para>Eelistuste all saab määrata nende isikute kasutajanimed ja paroolid, kel on
-õigus ühenduda SMB-serveriga. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab sama nupuga
-kataloogi lahutada ehk lahti ühendada.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule "Tehtud" ilmub küsimus: "Kas
-salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?" Salvestamise korral muutub kataloog
-kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi võrguühendus on
-olemas. Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka failihalduris, näiteks
-Dolphinis.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d1d222e9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Ruumilise töölaua efektid</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-
-    <para>Selle tööriistaga<footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> saab hallata
-ruumiliste ehk 3D efektide kasutamist teie operatsioonisüsteemis. Vaikimisi
-on ruumilised efektid keelatud.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Alustamine</title>
-
-    <para>Tööriista kasutamiseks peab olema paigaldatud programm glxinfo. Kui see ei
-ole paigaldatud, palutakse seda teha enne drak3d käivitamist.</para>
-
-    <para>Drak3d käivitumise järel ilmub menüüga aken. Siin leiab valikud
-<guilabel>Ruumilise töölaua valikud puuduvad</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Compiz
-Fusion</guilabel>. Viimane on komposiit-aknahaldur, mis tegeleb teie
-töölaual näha olevate riistvaraliselt kiirendatud eriefektidega. Ruumilise
-töölaua lubamiseks valige <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para>Kui käivitate tööriista kohe pärast Mageia paigaldamist, ilmub hoiatus, mis
-annab teada, millised tarkvarapaketid on vaja Compiz Fusioni kasutamiseks
-tarvis lisaks paigaldadda. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Kui vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, näete, et Compiz Fusion on drak3d
-menüüs valitud, kuid efektide tegelikuks rakendamiseks tuleb veel välja ja
-uuesti sisse logida.</para>
-
-    <para>Uuesti sisselogimise järel aktiveeritakse Compiz Fusion. Selle
-seadistamiseks tuleb avada programmi seadistamise tööriist (CompizConfig
-Settings Manager).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Probleemide lahendamine</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Töölauda pole sisselogimise järel näha</title>
-
-      <para>Kui logite pärast Compiz Fusioni sisselülitamist uuesti sisse, aga ei näe
-töölaual midagi, mis meenutaks ruumilisi efekte, taaskäivitage arvuti. Kui
-ilmub sisselogimisekraan, klõpsake töölauanupule ja valige sealt drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Kui logite sisse ja teie konto kasutab administraatori õigusi, palutakse
-teil uuesti parool anda. Vastasel juhul kasutage administraatori kontot. See
-annab võimaluse tühistada kõik muutused, mis võisid põhjustada
-sisselogimisprobleeme.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f203a0a2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autentimine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriistaga<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakauth</emphasis>.</para></footnote> saab muuta viisi,
-kuidas teid tuntakse kasutajana ära oma masinas või võrgus.</para>
-
-  <para>Vaikimisi on teie autentimisteave salvestatud arvutis asuvasse faili. Muutke
-seda ainult siis, kui seda nõuab teie võrguadministraator, kes peab sel
-juhul andma ka täpsemat teavet, mida ja kuidas muuta.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f46a093d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Automaatse sisselogimise lubamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriistaga<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> saab lubada kasutajal
-logida oma töökeskkonda sisse, ilma et talt küsitaks parooli. Seda
-nimetatakse automaatseks sisselogimiseks (autologin). Ǜldiselt on see päris
-hea mõte, kui olete oma masina ainuke kasutaja.</para>
-
-  <para>Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt <emphasis
-role="bold">Algkäivitus</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Akna valikud on üsna enesestmõistetavad:</para>
-
-  <para>Märkige <guibutton>X Windows käivitatakse alglaadimisel</guibutton>, kui
-soovite, et graafiline keskkond pandaks tööle kohe pärast
-alglaadimist. Vastasel juhul käivitub süsteem tekstirežiimis. Siiski on
-võimalik graafilist keskkonda ka käsitsi käivitada. Seda saab teha käsuga
-'startx' või 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>Kui esimene valik on märgitud, ilmub veel kaks valikut. Märkige
-<guibutton>Ei taha automaatselt siseneda</guibutton>, kui soovite, et
-süsteem küsiks endiselt, kes sisse logib (ja tema parooli), või
-<guibutton>Jah, soovin automaatset sisselogimist sellele (kasutajale,
-keskkonnale)</guibutton>, kui te soovite automaatselt sisse logida. Viimasel
-juhul tuleb määrata ka <guilabel>Vaikimisi kasutaja</guilabel> ja
-<guilabel>Vaikimisi töölaud</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index abdaf47e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Süsteemi käivitumise seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>UEFI süsteemi korral on kasutajaliides pisut teistsugune, sest
-alglaadimisseade on enesest mõistetavalt EFI süsteemne partitsioon (ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriistaga<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> saab seadistada
-alglaadimise valikuid (kasutatav alglaadur, parool, vaikimisi laaditav
-süsteem jne.).</para>
-
-  <para>Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt "Algkäivitus".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Ärge kasutage seda tööriista, kui te ei tea väga täpselt, mida teete. Mõne
-seadistuse hooletul muutmisel ei pruugi teie masin enam üldse käivituda!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Esimeses sektsioonis <guilabel>Alglaadur</guilabel> saab BIOSe kasutamise
-puhul valida, milline on <guibutton>eelistatav alglaadur</guibutton>: Grub,
-Grub2 või LiLo, graafiline või tekstirežiimis. See on lihtsalt maitseasi,
-mingit põhimõttelist vahet neil ei ole. Samuti saab siin määrata
-<guibutton>alglaadimisseadme</guibutton>, mida ei tasuks muuta, kui te just
-väga kindlalt ei tea, mida teete. Alglaadimisseadmele on paigaldatud
-alglaadur ja siin võib iga muudatus tähendada, et teie masin enam ei
-käivitu.</para>
-
-  <para>UEFI süsteemi korral on alglaaduriks <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> ja see
-on paigaldatud partitsioonile /boot/EFI. Kõigile paigaldatud
-operatsioonisüsteemidele on ühine FAT32 vormindusega partitsioon.</para>
-
-  <para>Teises sektsioonis <guilabel>Põhivalikud</guilabel> saab määrata sekundites
-kindlaks <guibutton>ooteaja enne vaikimisi süsteemi
-laadimist</guibutton>. Selle aja vältel näitab Grub või LiLo saadaolevate
-operatsioonisüsteemide loendit, mille vahel saate valida. Kui te valikut ei
-langeta, käivitab alglaadur ooteaja möödumisel vaikimisi süsteemi.</para>
-
-  <para>Kolmandas ja viimases sektsioonis <guibutton>Turvalisus</guibutton> saab
-määrata alglaaduri parooli. Sellisel juhul küsitakse alglaadimise ajal
-kasutajanime ja parooli, kui soovite valida mõnda alglaadimiskirjet või
-seadistusi muuta. Kasutajanimeks on "root", parooli saate siin ise määrata.</para>
-
-  <para>Klõps nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> annab veel mõned valikud.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>ACPI lubamine:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (täiustatud konfiguratsiooni- ja toiteliides) on toitehalduse
-standard. See võib säästa energiat, lülitades välja kasutamata seadmed. Sama
-meetodit kasutas varem APM. Kui teie riistvara vastab ACPI standardile,
-märkige see valik.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>SMP lubamine:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP tähendab sümmeetrilist multitöötlust, mis kujutab endast mitmetuumaliste
-protsessorite arhitektuuri.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Kui teil on HyperThreadingiga protsessor, peab Mageia seda kaheks
-protsessoriks ja lülitab SMP sisse.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>APIC lubamine</guibutton> ja <guibutton>Kohaliku APIC
-lubamine:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC tähendab täiustatud programmeeritav katkestusekontrollerit. Inteli
-APIC-süsteemis on kaks komponenti: kohalik APIC (LAPIC) ja I/O APIC. Viimane
-suunab katkestused, mida ta saab, perifeersetest siinidest ühele või
-rohkemale kohalikule APIC-le, mis paiknevad protsessoris. See on väga
-kasulik paljude protsessoritega süsteemis. Mõnes arvutis põhjustab APIC
-probleeme, nii et see võib esineda hangumisi või seadmete valet tuvastamist
-(veateade "spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). Sel juhul keelake APIC ja/või
-kohalik APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Järgmine</guibutton> ekraan erineb sõltuvalt sellest, milline
-alglaadur on valitud.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Teil on pärand-Grub (Grub Legacy) või LiLo:</para>
-
-      <para>Sel juhul näeb kõiki alglaadimise ajal saadaolevaid kirjeid. Vaikimisi valik
-on tärniga. Kirjete järjekorra muutmiseks valige kirje ja klõpsake üles või
-alla osutavale noolele. Kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> või
-<guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>, ilmub uus aken, kus saab lisada
-alglaadimismenüüsse uue kirje või muuta olemasolevat. Nende võimaluste
-kasutamiseks peate väga hästi tundma LiLot või Grubi.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Väljale <guilabel>Nimi</guilabel> võib kirjutada mida tahes, mis teie
-meelest peaks olema alglaadimismenüüs näha. See vastab Grubi käsule
-"title". Näide: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>Väli <guilabel>Laadefail</guilabel> sisaldab kerneli nime. See vastab Grubi
-käsule "kernel". Näide: /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>Väli <guilabel>Juurpartitsioon</guilabel> sisaldab seadme nime, kuhu kernel
-on salvestatud. See vastab Grubi käsule "root". Näide: (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>Väli <guilabel>Lisaargumendid</guilabel> sisaldab võtmeid, mis antakse
-kernelile alglaadimise ajal.</para>
-
-      <para>Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Vaikimisi</guilabel>. laadib Grub selle kirje
-vaikimisi.</para>
-
-      <para>Lisaekraanil, mis avaneb klõpsuga nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</guilabel>,
-saab valida <guilabel>ekraanilahutuse</guilabel>,
-<guilabel>initrd</guilabel>-faili ja <guilabel>võrguprofiili</guilabel>
-(<xref linkend="draknetprofile"/>).</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Teil on Grub2 või Grub2-efi (alglaadurid, mida kasutatakse vastavalt pärand-
-ja UEFI režiimis):</para>
-
-      <para>Sel juhul näeb rippmenüüs teksti <guilabel>Vaikimisi</guilabel> taga kõiki
-saadaolevaid kirjeid. Klõpsake sellele, mida soovite vaikimisi kasutada.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Väli <guilabel>Lisaargumendid</guilabel> sisaldab võtmeid, mis antakse
-kernelile alglaadimise ajal.</para>
-
-      <para>Kui arvutisse peaks olema paigaldatud teisigi operatsioonisüsteeme, püüab
-Mageia lisada need oma alglaadimismenüüsse. Kui Te seda ei soovi, eemaldage
-märge kastikesest <guilabel>Võõraste operatsioonisüsteemide
-otsimine</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>Lisaekraanil, mis avaneb klõpsuga nupule <guilabel>Muud</guilabel>, saab
-valida <guilabel>videorežiimi</guilabel>. Kui Te ei soovi alglaaditavat
-Mageiat, vaid selle ahellaadimist mõnest teisest operatsioonisüsteemsit,
-märkige kastike <guilabel>ESP-i ega MBR-i ei puudutata</guilabel> ja
-nõustuge hoiatusega.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>ESP-ile või MBR-ile paigaldamata jätmine tähendab, et paigaldust ei saa
-käivitada, kui seda ei laadita just mõne teise operatsioonisüsteemi
-vahendusel.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>Paljude muude parameetrite määramiseks saab kasutada tööriista
-<emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis>, mille leiab Mageia tarkvarahoidlast
-(vt allpool).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 01d1bd19..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia veateadete tööriist</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tavaliselt käivitub see tööriist<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käivitada käsurealt, kui anda käsk <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote>
-automaatselt, kui mõnda Mageia tööriista tabab krahh. Siiski on võimalik, et
-kui olete teatanud veast, palutakse teil see tööriist käivitada, et
-kontrollida selle edastatud teavet ja seejärel kinnitada seda veateates.</para>
-
-  <para>Kui soovite anda teada mõnest veast, aga ei ole just väga kindel, mida peaks
-tegema, siis lugege palun juhist <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
-report a bug report properly</link>, enne kui klõpsate nupule "Saada"</para>
-
-  <para>Kui veast peaks olema juba teatanud keegi teine (sel juhul on veateade,
-mille edastab drakbug, täpselt samasugune), on kasulik lisada olemasolevale
-veateatele kommentaar, et ka teid tabas sama viga.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a91cc64..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Logide ja süsteemiteabe kogumine veateate tarbeks</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Seda tööriista<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis>.</para></footnote> saab käivitada ja
-kasutada ainult käsureal.</para>
-
-<para>Soovitatav on kirjutada käsu väljund faili näiteks nii <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, aga kindlasti
-tasuks sel juhul kontrollida, kas kettaruumi ikka jagub: see fail võib
-kergesti olla mitu gigabaiti suur.</para>
-<note><para>Väljund on kahtlemata liiga suur, et seda veateatele lisada ilma eelnevalt
-ebavajalikke osi eemaldamata.</para></note>
-  <para>Käsk kogub süsteemi kohta järgmist teavet:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitsioonid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Mageia versioon</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Abi kirjutamise ajal oli käsu väljundi osa "syslog" veel tühi, sest toda
-tööriista ei olnud veel üle viidud systemd kasutamisele. Kui see peaks olema
-jätkuvalt nii, saab "syslog"-teabe hankida administraatori õigustes käsku
-<emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> andes. Kui
-kettaruumi peaks nappima, siis võib logist võtta ka näiteks ainult viimased
-5000 rida: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 12005663..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Kuupäeva ja kellaaja seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakclock</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneeli "Süsteem" sektsioonist
-<guilabel>"Lokaliseerimine"</guilabel>. Mõnes töökeskkonnas saab selle
-samuti avada, kui teha paremklõps süsteemisalves asuval kellal ja valida
-"Kohanda kuupäeva ja kellaaega".</para>
-
-  <para>Tegu on väga lihtsa tööriistaga.</para>
-
-  <para>Vasakul üleval asub <emphasis role="bold">kalender</emphasis>. Siinsel
-pildil on kuuks jaanuar (ülal vasakul), aastaks 2013 (ülal paremal) ning
-kuupäevaks 8. (sinisega) ja teisipäev. Kuu või aasta saab valida, kui
-klõpsata noolekestele mõlemal pool kirjeid "jaanuar" ja "2013". Päeva saab
-valida selle numbrile klõpsates.</para>
-
-  <para>Vasakul all on ruum <emphasis role="bold">võrguajaprotokolli</emphasis>
-(NTP) sünkroonimiseks. Sel moel on võimalik lasta arvutis näidataval kellal
-olla alati sünkroonis serverist hangitud ajaga. Märkige
-<guilabel>Võrguajaprotokolli lubamine</guilabel> ja valige lähim server.</para>
-
-  <para>Paremal ülal asub <emphasis role="bold">kell</emphasis>. Kellaaja määramine
-on üsna mõttetu, kui NTP on lubatud. Kolm välja näitavad tunde, minuteid ja
-sekundeid (pildil 4, 4 ja 46). Noolekeste abil saab kellaaega
-muuta. Kellaaja vormingut siin muuta ei saa, selleks tuleb kasutada
-töökeskkonna seadistusi.</para>
-
-  <para>Paremal all saab valida ajavööndi, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Muuda
-ajavööndit</guibutton> ja valida loendist lähim linn.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Ehkki tööriist ei võimalda muuta kuupäeva või kellaaja vormingut, näidatakse
-neid töölaual siiski just nii, nagu olete töölaua seadistustes määranud.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 40549c96..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Ühenduse eemaldamine</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Selle tööriistaga saab kustutada võrguliidese<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis>.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Klõpsake rippmenüüle, valige liides, mida soovite eemaldada, ja klõpsake
-nupule <emphasis>Edasi</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Seejärel näete teadet, et võrguliides on edukalt kustutatud.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 467b9e9f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,807 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Uue võrguliidese seadistamine (LAN, ISDN, ADSL...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-
-    <para>See tööriist<footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> võimaldab seadistada
-enam-vähem kõike võrgu ja interneti kasutamisega seotut. Eelnevalt oleks
-siiski hea hankida mõningat vajalikku teavet oma teenusepakkujalt või
-võrguadministraatorilt.</para>
-
-    <para>Valige vastavalt oma riistvarale ja teenusepakkujale ühenduse tüüp, mida
-soovite luua.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uus juhtmega ühendus (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Esimeses aknas on näha kõik saadaolevad liidesed. Valige see, mida soovite
-seadistada.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Nüüd saab valida IP-aadressi automaatse ja käsitsi määramise vahel.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automaatne IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas
-nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool
-näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab
-siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi
-arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime
-võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi
-omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki
-kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks
-hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt
-vähetõenäoline.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Muude valikute nupule klõpsates saab määrata järgmisi asju:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Otsingudomeen (pole kasutatav, sest selle annab DHCP-server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP klient</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP aegumine</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse
-NIS-server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (kella sünkroonimiseks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP nõutav masinanimi. Kasutage seda ainult siis, kui DHCP-server nõuab, et
-klient määraks masinanime enne IP-aadressi saamist. Mõned DHCP-serverid
-sellist võimalust ei paku.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste
-seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Käsitsi seadistamine</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid
-nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see
-määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress tavaliselt umbes kujul
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, võrgumask on
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja nimeserverid saab teada
-teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt.</para>
-
-            <para>Muude valikute all saab määrata
-<emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla teie
-kodudomeen, s.t. kui teie arvuti nimi on "superraal" ja täielik domeeninimi
-"superraal.imemees.net", siis on otsingudomeen "imemees.net". Kui seda
-spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib
-nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uus satelliidiühendus (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>See osa on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võiksite selle kohta
-vajaliku abiteksti kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uus kaablimodemi ühendus</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Esimeses aknas on näha kõik saadaolevad liidesed. Valige see, mida soovite
-seadistada.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Nüüd saab valida IP-aadressi automaatse ja käsitsi määramise vahel.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Seejärel tuleb määrata autentimisviis:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Puudub</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (vajalik Telstrale). Sel juhul tuleb anda kasutajanimi ja parool.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automaatne IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas
-nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool
-näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab
-siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi
-arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime
-võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi
-omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki
-kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks
-hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt
-vähetõenäoline.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Muude valikute nupule klõpsates saab määrata järgmisi asju:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Otsingudomeen (pole kasutatav, sest selle annab DHCP-server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP klient</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP aegumine</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse
-NIS-server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (kella sünkroonimiseks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP nõutav masinanimi. Kasutage seda ainult siis, kui DHCP-server nõuab, et
-klient määraks masinanime enne IP-aadressi saamist. Mõned DHCP-serverid
-sellist võimalust ei paku.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste
-seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Käsitsi seadistamine</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid
-nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see
-määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress tavaliselt umbes kujul
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, võrgumask on
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja nimeserverid saab teada
-teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt.</para>
-
-            <para>Muude valikute all saab määrata
-<emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla teie
-kodudomeen, s.t. kui teie arvuti nimi on "superraal" ja täielik domeeninimi
-"superraal.imemees.net", siis on otsingudomeen "imemees.net". Kui seda
-spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib
-nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uus DSL-ühendus</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Kui tööriist tuvastab võrguliidesed, pakutakse need välja ning teil tuleb
-nende seast valida see, mida soovite seadistama asuda.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma
-teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige <guilabel>Puudub
-nimekirjast</guilabel> ja sisestage teenusepakkuja antud andmed.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Valige üks pakutavatest protokollidest:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>TCP/IP käsitsiseadistamine</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ligipääsu seadistamine</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto kasutajatunnus (kasutajanimi)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto parool</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(muude valikute all) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(muude valikute all) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uus ISDN-ühendus</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Tööriist pärib, millist seadet seadistama asuda:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Käsitsivalik (sisemine ISDN-kaart)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Väline ISDN-modem</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Seejärel ilmub riistvara loend, mis on korraldatud kategooriate ja tootjate
-järgi. Valige oma kaart.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Valige üks pakutavatest protokollidest:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokoll ülejäänud maailma tarbeks, välja arvatud Euroopa (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Euroopa protokoll (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma
-teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige "Puudub nimekirjast" ja sisestage
-teenusepakkuja antud andmed. Seejärel küsitakse ühenduse parameetreid:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Ühenduse nimi</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Telefoninumber</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Kasutajatunnus</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto parool</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Autentimisviis</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Siis tuleb valida, kas IP-aadress saadakse automaatselt või määratakse
-käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb sisestada IP-aadress ja alamvõrgu mask.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Edasi tuleb valida, kuidas saadakse nimeserverite aadress: automaatselt või
-käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kindlaks määrata:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Domeeninimi</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Esimene ja teine nimeserver</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Samuti saab valida, kas masinanimi määratakse IP põhjal. See tuleks märkida
-ainult juhul, kui olete kindel, et teie teenusepakkuja seda tunnistab.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Seejärel tuleb valida, kuidas hangitakse lüüsiaadress: automaatselt või
-käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada IP-aadress.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uus juhtmeta ühendus (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Esimeses aknas näeb saadaolevaid liideseid ja Windowsi draiveri kirjet
-(ndiswrapper). Valige liides, mida soovite seadistada. Kasutage
-ndiswrapperit ainult siis, kui ükski teine seadistamisviis ei toimi.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Edasi saab valida tugijaamade vahel, mida kaart on tuvastanud.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>WiFi-kaartidel on ka spetsiifilisi parameetreid:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Töörežiim:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Määratud</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Olemasoleva tugijaama kasutamiseks (kõige levinum variant).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Otseühenduseks arvutite vahel.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Võrgu nimi (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Krüptorežiim: see sõltub tugijaama seadistusest.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>See on eelistatud režiim, kui riistvara seda vähegi toetab.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Osa vanemat riistvara suudab ainult sellega hakkama saada.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Krüptovõti</para>
-
-            <para>Üldiselt annab selle tugijaamana toimiv riistvara.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Siin saab valida automaatse ja käsitsi määratud IP-aadressi vahel.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automaatne IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb valida, kas nimeserverid
-annab DHCP-server või on need käsitsi määratud. Viimasel juhul tuleb
-kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadress. Kui masinanime mitte määrata,
-kasutatakse vaikimisi masinanimena localhost.localdomain. Masinanime võib
-anda ka DHCP-server, kui märkida valik <emphasis>Masinanimi omistatakse
-DHCP-serverist</emphasis>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Muude valikute nupule klõpsates saab määrata järgmisi asju:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Otsingudomeen (pole kasutatav, sest selle annab DHCP-server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP klient</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP aegumine</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse
-NIS-server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (kella sünkroonimiseks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP nõutav masinanimi. Kasutage seda ainult siis, kui DHCP-server nõuab, et
-klient määraks masinanime enne IP-aadressi saamist. Mõned DHCP-serverid
-sellist võimalust ei paku.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste
-seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Käsitsi seadistamine</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid
-nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see
-määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress alati umbes kujul <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>,
-võrgumask on <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja nimeserverid
-saab teada teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt.</para>
-
-            <para>Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. See
-peab olema teie masinanimi ilma esimesele punktile eelneva osata.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uus GPRS/Edge/3G ühendus</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Kui tööriist tuvastab juhtmeta side liideseid, siis saab siin valida,
-millist seadistama asuda.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Teie käest küsitakse PIN-koodi. Kui see pole vajalik, jätke PIN andmata.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nõustaja uurib võrke. Kui midagi ei leita, valige <guilabel>Puudub
-nimekirjast</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma
-teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige <guilabel>Puudub
-nimekirjast</guilabel> ja sisestage teenusepakkuja antud andmed.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Seadistage ligipääs</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Tugijaama nimi</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto kasutajatunnus (kasutajanimi)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto parool</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uus Bluetoothi sissehelistamisühendus</title>
-
-    <para>See osa on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võiksite selle kohta
-vajaliku abiteksti kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uus analoogtelefonimodemi ühendus (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Tööriist pärib, millist seadet seadistama asuda:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Käsitsivalik</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Tuvastatud riistvara, kui seda leidub.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ilmub portide loend. Valige oma port.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Kui see pole veel paigaldatud, tehakse ettepanek paigaldada tarkvarapakett
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ilmub riikide kaupa jagatud teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma
-teenusepakkuja. Kui seda loendis pole, valige "Puudub nimekirjast" ja
-sisestage teenusepakkujalt saadud andmed. Seejärel palutakse määrata
-sissehelistamise valikud:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ühenduse nimi</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Telefoninumber</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kasutajakonto</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Parool</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Autentimine</emphasis>, kus saab valida:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Skriptipõhine</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Terminalipõhine</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Seadistamise lõpetamine</title>
-
-    <para>Siin saab lubada või keelata järgmisi asju:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Kasutajatel lubatakse ühendust hallata</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Ühendus käivitatakse arvuti käivitamisel</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Võrguliikluse arvestuse lubamine</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Liidest juhitakse NetworkManageriga</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Juhtmeta ühenduse korral on aknas ka märkekast <emphasis>Tugijaama
-vahetumise lubamine</emphasis>, mis annab võimaluse automaatselt vahetada
-tugijaamu vastavalt signaali tugevusele.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Muude valikute all saab määrata järgmisi asju:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Meetrika (vaikimisi 10)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Võrgu kohene valmidus (hotplugging)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IPv6->IPv4 tunneli lubamine</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Kõige viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas ühendus käivitatakse viivitamata või
-mitte.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 890ef4b4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Konsooli avamine administraatorina</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriistaga<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> saab vahetult avada
-konsooli administraatori õigustes. Kes teab, mida konsooliga peale hakata,
-sellele pole vaja rohkem midagi seletadagi.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c3323329..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Kettapartitsioonide haldamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk või diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>See on väga võimas tööriist<footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> või <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote>: pisimgi
-viga või näiteks kass, kes kargab mängulustis klaviatuurile, võib kaasa tuua
-kõigi andmete kaotamise kogu partitsioonil või lausa terve ketta andmete
-haihtumise. Seepärast näete ka ülal esitatud hoiatusdialoogi. Klõpsake
-<emphasis>Välju</emphasis>, kui te pole päris kindel, et soovite ikka
-jätkata.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Kui teil on üle ühe kõvaketta, võite selle, millega soovite midagi ette
-võtta, valida vastava kaardi (sda, sdb, sdc jne.) sakile klõpsates.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Teie käsutuses on väga palju toiminguid, millega kõvaketas just endale
-sobivaks muuta. Kogu kõvaketta tühjendamine, partitsioonide poolitamine või
-ühendamine, nende suuruse muutmine, failisüsteemi vahetamine: võimalik on
-kõik see ja veel palju rohkem. All asuva nupuga <emphasis><guibutton>Kustuta
-kõik</guibutton></emphasis> saab tühjendada kogu ketta, teised nupud tulevad
-paremal nähtavale, kui olete klõpsanud partitsioonile.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Kui teil on UEFI süsteem, näete väikest partitsiooni nimega "EFI System
-Partition", mis on haagitud asukohta /boot/EFI. Ärge seda mingil juhul
-kustutage, sest see sisaldab kõigi teie operatsioonisüsteemide alglaadureid.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Kui valitud partitsioon on haagitud, nagu alloleval pildil, ei saa selle
-suurust muuta, seda vormindada ega kustutada. Nendeks toiminguteks tuleb
-partitsioon esmalt lahutada.</para>
-
-  <para>Partitsiooni suurust saab muuta ainult selle paremal pool ehk lõpus.</para>
-
-  <para>Partitsioonitüübi muutmiseks (näiteks ext3 asemel ext4) tuleb partitsioon
-kustutada ja siis uuesti luua juba uue tüübiga. Nupp <guibutton
-role="bold">Tekita</guibutton> ilmub nähtavale, kui valida ketta tühi osa.</para>
-
-  <para>Kui soovite, võite valida ka haakepunkti, mida ei ole olemas. Sellisel juhul
-see haakepunkt luuakse.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Klõps nupule <emphasis><guibutton>Lülitu
-ekspertrežiimi</guibutton></emphasis> annab teie käsutusse veel mõned
-toimingud, näiteks saab partitsioonile nime anda. Neid valikuid näeb
-alloleval pildil.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 52fefb9c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Kuvahalduri seadistamine</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Siin<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis>.</para></footnote> saab valida, millist kuvahaldurit
-kasutada töökeskkonda sisselogimisel. Näidatakse ainult neid, mis on teie
-süsteemis saadaval.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Enamik kasutajaid paneb tähele vaid pisukest vahet sisselogimisekraani
-välimuses. Siiski toetavad eri kuvahaldurid eri võimalusi. Näiteks LXDM on
-väga lihtne kuvahaldur, SDDM ja GDM aga pakuvad rohkem valikuid.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 535fab06..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Isikliku tulemüüri seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt "Turvalisus". Tööriista saab avada ka tööriista
-"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi seadistamine" esimesel kaardil.</para>
-
-  <para>Tegu on lihtsa tulemüüriga, mille Mageia vaikimisi paigaldab. Kõik väljast
-tulevad ühendused saab blokeerida, nii et need on võimalikud ainult
-spetsiaalse loaga. Esimesel ekraanil, mida näeb ülaloleval pildil, saab
-valida teenused, mille korral on väljast tulevad ühendused
-lubatud. Turvalisuse huvides oleks mõistlik mitte märkida esimest kastikest
-- <guilabel>Kõik (tulemüür puudub)</guilabel> -, kui te just ei soovigi
-tulemüürist loobuda, ning märkida ainult need teenused, mida te vajate.</para>
-
-  <para>Siin võib käsitsi lisada pordid, mis tuleb avatuna hoida. Klõpsake
-<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mille peale ilmub uus aken. Kirjutage
-väljale <guilabel>Muud pordid</guilabel> vajalikud pordid, järgides
-järgmiste näidete eeskuju:</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp - pordi 80 avamine tcp protokollile</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp - kõigi portide avamine vahemikus 24000 kuni 24010 udp
-protokollile</para>
-
-  <para>Mitme pordi kirjutamisel tuleb nende vahele jätta tühik.</para>
-
-  <para>Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Tulemüüriteadete logimine süsteemi
-logidesse</guilabel>, salvestataksegi tulemüüri teated süsteemi logidesse.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Kui te ei paku just erilisi teenuseid (veebi- või e-posti server, failide
-jagamine...), võib õieti jätta kõik märkimata. See on isegi soovitatav:
-pidage silmas, et see ei takista teil endal sugugi internetis liikuda.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Järgmisel ekraanil saab paika panna interaktiivse tulemüüri tingimused. Nii
-näiteks hoiatatakse teid ühendusekatsete korral, kui märkida esimene valik
-<guilabel>Interaktiivse tulemüüri kasutamine</guilabel>. Teise valiku
-märkimisel saab hoiatuse, kui skannitakse teie masina porte (sellega
-püütakse leida võimalust mõnda tarkvaraviga ära kasutades masinasse
-tungida). Alates kolmandast märkekastist on ära toodud teenused ja pordid,
-mille märkisite kahel esimesel ekraanil. Siinsel pildil on neiks SSH-server
-ja 80:150/tcp. Kastikesi märkides saate ühendusekatse korral neis portides
-alati hoiatuse.</para>
-
-  <para>Hoiatusi näitab teatemullidena võrguaplett.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Viimasel ekraanil saab valida, millised võrguliidesed on internetti
-ühendatud, nii et nende üle tuleb valvata. Pärast klõpsu nupule "Olgu"
-laaditakse alla vajalikud tarkvarapaketid.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Kui te ei tea, mida valida, uurige Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelil "Kohtvõrk
-ja internet" tööriista "Uue võrguliidese seadistamine".</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 86ba0855..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Fontide haldamine, lisamine ja eemaldamine. Windows(TM) fontide import</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatorina käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role="bold">Süsteem</emphasis>. See
-võimaldab hallata arvutile kättesaadavaid fonte. Peaaknas on näha:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>paigaldatud fontide nimed, laadid ja suurused</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>valitud fondi eelvaatlus</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>mõned allpool selgitatavad nupud</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Paigalda Windowsi fondid: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Selle nupuga saab automaatselt lisada Windowsi partitsioonil leiduvad
-fondid. Mõistagi peab selleks olema paigaldatud Microsoft Windows.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Eelistused:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Siinsete valikute abil saab kindlustada, et teatavad rakendused või seadmed
-(peamiselt printerid) suudavad fonte kasutada.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Eemalda:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Selle nupuga saab eemaldada paigaldatud fonte ja sel moel võib-olla arvutis
-ruumi kokku hoida. Olge fontide eemaldamisel siiski väga ettevaatlik, sest
-sel võivad olla tõsised tagajärjed dokumentidele, kus neid on kasutatud.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Impordi:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Selle nupuga saab importida mujalt pärit (CD, internet...) fonte. Toetatud
-vormingud on ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ja gsf. Klõpsake nupule <emphasis
-role="bold">Impordi</emphasis> ja siis nupule <emphasis
-role="bold">Lisa</emphasis>. Ilmub failihaldur, kus saab valida fondid, mida
-soovite paigaldada. Kui see on tehtud, klõpsake nupule <emphasis
-role="bold">Paigalda</emphasis>. Fondid paigaldatakse kataloogi
-/usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>Kui äsja paigaldatud fondid ei olnud tööriista peaaknas nähtavale või näeb
-seal endiselt äsja eemaldatud fonte, sulgege ja avage tööriist uuesti, et
-muudatusi näha.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index de7a70bd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Lapselukk</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt "Turvalisus" kirje alt
-<guilabel>Lapselukk</guilabel>. Kui sellist kirjet pole, siis tuleb
-paigaldada tarkvarapakett drakguard (vaikimisi seda ei paigaldata).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tutvustus</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard ehk lapselukk kujutab endast lihtsat viisi sätestada arvutis, kes
-ja millal midagi teha võib. Drakguard pakub selleks järgmisi võimalusi:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Veebi kasutamist saab piirata konkreetsete kasutajate ja konkreetsete
-kellaaegadega. Selleks kasutatakse Mageiasse sisse ehitatud tulemüüri.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Teatavate käskude andmist saab lubada vaid konkreetsetele isikutele, nii et
-nad saavad käivitada ainult seda, mis on neile lubatud.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ligipääsu veebilehtedele saab piirata nii käsitsi määratud valgete ja
-mustade nimekirjadega kui ka dünaamiliselt, vastavalt veebilehe
-sisule. Selleks kasutab Drakguard juhtivat avatud lähtekoodiga
-lapselukuprogrammi DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Lapseluku seadistamine</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Kui teie arvutis on kettapartitsioone, millel on Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS
-failisüsteem, siis näete hüpikakent, mis soovitab sisse lülitada
-pääsuloendite kasutamise neil partitsioonidel. Pääsuloendid (ingliskeelse
-lühendiga ACL) on kerneli pakutav võimalus piirata ligipääsu konkreetsele
-failile kindlate kasutajate ringiga. Pääsuloendid on juba rakendatud Ext4 ja
-Btrfs failisüsteemis, kuid Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS korral tuleb see eraldi
-sisse lülitada. Kui valite "Jah", seadistab Drakguard kõik partitsioonid
-pääsuloendeid toetama ning teeb seejärel ettepaneku arvuti uuesti käivitada.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Lapseluku lubamine</guibutton>: märkimise korral lülitatakse
-lapselukk sisse ning saab kasutada kaarti <guilabel>Programmide
-blokeerimine</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Kogu võrguliikluse blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimise korral
-blokeeritakse kõik veebilehed, välja arvatud need, mis on kirjas valges
-nimekirjas. Vastasel juhul on aga kõik veebilehed lubatud, välja arvatud
-need, mis on kirjas mustas nimekirjas.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Kasutajate ligipääs</guibutton>: vasakul asuvate kasutajate
-ligipääs on piiratud vastavalt määratud reeglitele. Paremal asuvatel
-kasutajatel on ligipääs piiramata, et täiskasvanud saaksid arvutit tarvitada
-ilma raskusi kogemata. Valige kasutaja vasakult ja klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, et lisada ta lubatud kasutajate sekka. Valige
-kasutaja paremal ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, et
-kõrvaldada ta lubatud kasutajate loendist.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Ajakontroll:</guibutton> märkimise korral in interneti kasutamine
-piiranguid arvestades lubatud ajavahemikus <guilabel>Algus</guilabel> kuni
-<guilabel>Lõpp</guilabel>. Muul ajal on internet täielikult blokeeritud.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Musta ja valge nimekirja kaardid</title>
-
-      <para>Kirjutage ülal asuvasse tekstikasti veebilehekülje URL ja klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Programmide blokeerimise kaart</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Määratud rakenduste blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimisel saab
-kasutada pääsuloendeid, et piirata ligipääsu määratud rakendustele. Seejärel
-tuleb kirja panna nende rakenduste asukohad, mida soovite blokeerida.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Kasutajate blokeering</guibutton>: paremal asuvad kasutajad ei
-allu pääsuloendi piirangutele.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 29a494e7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Internetiühenduse jagamine teistele kohalikele masinatele</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Põhialused</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Kujutame ette sugugi mitte
-ebatavalist olukorda, kus teil on arvuti (3), millel on nii pääs internetti
-(2) kui ka ühendus kohaliku võrguga (1). Niisiis võiks olla hea mõte
-kasutada arvutit (3) omamoodi vahendajana, mis annab ligipääsu internetti
-kahele kohtvõrgus (1) olevale arvutile (5) ja (6). Selleks peab vahendajal
-olema kaks liidest: üks, näiteks Etherneti kaart, on ühendatud kohtvõrguga,
-teine (4) internetiga (2).</para>
-
-    <para>Kõigepealt tuleb kontrollida, kas võrk ja interneti kasutamine on ikka
-korralikult paika pandud, nagu seda selgitab <xref
-linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Interneti jagamise nõustaja</title>
-
-    <para>Nõustaja<footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakgw</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> võimaldab interneti jagamist
-seadistada mitme sammuga:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Kui nõustaja ei tuvasta vähemalt kaht võrguliidest, kuvatakse hoiatus,
-palutakse võrguühendus katkestada ja riistvara seadistada.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Liidese määramine, mida kasutada internettipääsuks. Nõustaja pakub
-automaatselt välja ühe liidese, kuid tasuks kontrollida, kas see on ikka
-õige.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Liidese määramine, mida kasutatakse suhtlemaks kohtvõrguga. Nõustaja pakub
-ka siin välja ühe liidese ning tasub kontrollida, kas see on õige.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nõustaja pakub välja kohtvõrgu parameetrid, näiteks IP-aadressi, maski ja
-domeeninime. Kontrollige, kas need vastavad teie tegelikule
-seadistusele. Soovitatav on pakutud väärtustega siiski nõustuda.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit nimeserverina. Jaatava otsuse korral
-kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>bind</code> on paigaldatud. Vastasel juhul
-tuleb määrata nimeserveri aadress.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit DHCP-serverina. Jaatava vastuse korral
-kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>dhcp-server</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub
-selle seadistamist, et määrata DHCP aadressivahemiku algus ja lõpp.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit puhverserverina. Jaatava vastuse korral
-kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>squid</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub selle
-seadistamist, et määrata administraatori aadress (admin@minudomeen.com),
-puhverserveri nimi (minupuhver@minudomeen.com), port (3128) ja puhvri suurus
-(100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas vahendava masinaga on ühendatud
-printereid, ja neid soovi korral välja jagada.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Teid hoiatatakse, et eelnevalt tuleb kontrollida, ega tulemüür ei tööta.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Kliendi seadistamine</title>
-
-    <para>Kui olete määranud vahendava masina ka DHCP-serveriks, tuleb ainult võrgu
-seadistamise tööriistaga määrata, et aadress hangitakse automaatselt
-(DHCP-serverist). Parameetrid saadakse võrku ühendudes. See meetod sobib
-sellest hoolimata, milline on klientmasina operatsioonisüsteem.</para>
-
-    <para>Kui peate võrguparameetrid käsitsi kindlaks määrama, tuleb kindlasti määrata
-lüüsiks selle masina IP-aadress, mis ühendust vahendab.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Ühenduse jagamise peatamine</title>
-
-    <para>Kui soovite peatada ühenduse jagamist Mageiaga arvutis, käivitage
-tööriist. See pakub võimalust ühendus ümber seadistada või jagamine peatada.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b074b522..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Masinate määratlemine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Kui mõned süsteemid teie võrgus pakuvad teile teenuseid ja neil on
-fikseeritud IP-aadressid, võib määrata<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote>
-lihtsama ligipääsu huvides neile nime. Sel juhul saab edaspidi nende kohta
-IP-aadressi asemel kasutada paremini meeldejäävat nime.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Lisa</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Selle nupu abil saab lisada uue süsteemi nime. Ilmub aken, kuhu tuleb
-kirjutada IP-aadress, masinale antav nimi ja soovi korral ka alias, mida
-saab kasutada võrdväärselt nimega.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Muuda</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Selle nupu abil näeb varem kindlaks parameetreid. Aken on samasugune nagu
-lisamisaken.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 88b39c77..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Võrguliideste ja tulemüüri põhjalikum seadistamine</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>
-
-  <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis>.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72b316dd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Võrgukeskus</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneeli "Kohtvõrk ja internet" sektsioonist "Võrguseadmete
-haldamine"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-
-    <para>Tööriista käivitamisel ilmuvas aknas on loetletud kõik arvutis seadistatud
-võrgud nende tüübist hoolimata (juhtmega, juhtmeta, satelliit jne.). Mõnel
-neist klõpsates ilmub sõltuvalt võrgu tüübist nähtavale kolm või neli nuppu,
-mis võimaldavad võrku jälgida, selle seadistusi muuta ning ühendust luua või
-peatada. Tööriist ei ole mõeldud võrgu loomiseks: selleks tuleks kasutada
-Mageia juhtimiskeskuse samal paneelil leitavat tööriista <guilabel>Uue
-võrguliidese seadistamine (LAN, ISDN, ADSL...)</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para>Alloleval pildil näeb näiteks kaht võrku, millest üks on juhtmega ja
-ühendatud, nagu näitab ikoon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>
-(ühendamata olekut näitab ikoon<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ), ning teise all paiknevad juhtmeta võrgud, mille juures
-ühendamata olekus on ikoon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ja
-ühendatud olekus ikoon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>. Teiste võrgutüüpide korral on värvivalik samasugune: roheline
-tähendab ühendatud ja punane ühendamata olekut.</para>
-
-    <para>Juhtmeta võrkude osas näeb lisaks kõiki leitud võrke koos
-<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>signaali tugevuse</guilabel>,
-krüptimise oleku (punane, kui on krüptitud, ja roheline, kui ei ole) ja
-<guilabel>töörežiimiga</guilabel>. Klõpsake vajalikule võrgule ja seejärel
-kas nupule <guibutton>Jälgi</guibutton>, <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> või
-<guibutton>Ühenda</guibutton>. Siin saab liikuda ühest võrgust teise. Kui
-valida privaatvõrk, ilmub võrguseadistuste aken (vt. allpool), kus palutakse
-kindlaks määrata täiendavad seadistused (eriti näiteks krüptovõti).</para>
-
-    <para>Nupule <guibutton>Värskenda</guibutton> klõpsates saab ekraani uuendada.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nupp Jälgi</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Selle nupu abil saab jälgida võrgu tegevust, allalaadimisi (arvutisse,
-punasega) ja üleslaadimisi (arvutist, rohelisega). Sama akna saab avada
-paremklõpsuga internetiikoonil süsteemisalves ja valides <guimenu>Võrgu
-jälgimine</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Aknas on kaart igale võrgule (eth0 tähendab juhtmega võrku, lo kohalikku
-loopback-seadet ja wlan0 juhtmeta võrku) ning eraldi kaart "Ühendus", mis
-näitab ühenduse oleku üksikasju.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Akna allosas on kirje <guilabel>Liikluse arvestamine</guilabel>, millest
-tuleb lähemalt juttu järgmises osas.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nupp Seadista</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - juhtmega võrgu korral</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Siin saab muuta kõiki võrgu loomisel määratud seadistusi. Enamasti peaks
-<guibutton>Automaatne IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>
-hästi sobima, aga probleemide korral võib käsitsi seadistamine anda paremaid
-tulemusi.</para>
-
-    <para>Koduvõrgu korral on <guilabel>IP-aadress</guilabel> alati 192.168.0.x või
-midagi sellist, <guilabel>võrgumask</guilabel> 255.255.255.0 ning
-<guilabel>lüüsi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>nimeserverid</guilabel> leiab
-teenusepakkuja veebileheküljelt.</para>
-
-    <para>Kui märkida <guibutton>Võrguliikluse arvestuse lubamine</guibutton>,
-peetakse selle üle arvestust tunni-, päeva- või kuukaupa. Tulemusi näeb
-eelmises osas tutvustatud võrgujälgijas. Kui arvestus lubada, võib olla
-vajalik võrk taaskäivitada.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Liidest juhitakse NetworkManageriga:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>See osa on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võiksite selle kohta
-vajaliku abiteksti kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Nupp Muud valikud:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>See osa on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võiksite selle kohta
-vajaliku abiteksti kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - juhtmeta võrgu korral</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Siin kirjeldatakse ainult seda, millest pole eelnevalt juttu olnud.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Töörežiim:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Valige <guilabel>Määratud</guilabel>, kui ühendus käib läbi tugijaama. Sel
-juhul on tuvastatud <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis>. Valige
-<guilabel>Ad hoc</guilabel>, kui tegu on masinatevahelise ühendusega. Valige
-<emphasis role="bold">Esmane</emphasis>, kui teie võrgukaarti kasutatakse
-tugijaamana. Võrgukaart peab mõistagi sellist režiimi toetama.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Krüptorežiim ja krüptovõti:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Kui tegu on privaatvõrguga, peab teadma selle seadistusi.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> kasutab parooli ja on nõrgem kui WPA, mis kasutab
-paroolifraasi. <guilabel>WPA eeljagatud võti</guilabel> kannab ka nime WPA
-personal või WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> esineb
-privaatvõrkudes harva.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Tugijaama vahetumise lubamine</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>See on tehnoloogia (inglise keeles "roaming"), mis annab arvutile võimaluse
-muuta tugijaama ja jääda samal ajal võrku ühendatuks.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Nupp Muud valikud:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nupp Muud seadistused</title>
-
-    <para>See osa on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võiksite selle kohta
-vajaliku abiteksti kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bf2325bb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Võrguprofiilide haldamine</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>
-
-  <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis>.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ebc3efb9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Ketaste ja kataloogide jagamine NFS-i abil</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eelnevad nõuded</title>
-
-    <para>Nõustaja<footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> esimesel käivitamisel võib
-ilmuda järgmine küsimus:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Pakett nfs-utils tuleks kindlasti paigaldada. Kas soovite seda teha?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Paigaldamise järel ilmub tühi aken.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Peaaken</title>
-
-    <para>Siin näeb jagatavate kataloogide loendit. Esimesel käivitamisel neid veel
-pole. Nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> klõpsates saab käivitada
-seadistamistööriista.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kirje muutmine</title>
-
-    <para>Seadistamistööriista tiitliribal seisab "Kirje muutmine". Sama dialoogi saab
-avada klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Muuta saab järgmisi
-parameetreid.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-kataloog</title>
-
-      <para>Siin saab määrata väljajagatava kataloogi. Nupule
-<guibutton>Kataloog</guibutton> klõpsates avaneb failisirvija, kus saab
-kataloogi valida.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Masina ligipääs</title>
-
-      <para>Siin saab määrata masinad, millel on õigus jagatud kataloogile ligi pääseda.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS-kliente saab määrata mitmel viisil:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>konkreetne masin</emphasis>: selle võib anda kas nimelahendajale
-mõistetava lühinimena, täielikult kvalifitseeritud nimena või IP-aadressina.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>võrgugrupid</emphasis>: NIS-võrgugruppe saab määrata kujul @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>metamärgid</emphasis>: masinanimed võivad sisaldada metamärke * ja
-?. Näiteks *.cs.kuskil.edu korral sobivad kõik masinad domeenist
-cs.kuskil.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP-võrgud</emphasis>: samuti võib kataloogid eksportida korraga
-kõigile IP-(alam)võrgu masinatele, lisades näiteks `/255.255.252.0' või
-`/22' võrgu baasaadressile.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Kasutaja ID sidumine</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>administraatori sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: UID/GID 0
-päringud seostatakse anonüümse UID/GID-ga (root_squash). Kliendi
-administraatori õigustes kasutajal pole lugemis- ega kirjutamisõigust
-failide korral, mille on loonud administraator serveris endas.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>administraatori kaugligipääsu lubamine</emphasis>: administraatori
-tühistamise keelamine (no_root_squash). See on peamiselt mõistlik terminali-
-ehk kettata klientide puhul.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>kõigi kasutajate sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: kõigi UID-de ja
-GID-de seostamine anonüümse kasutajaga (all_squash). See on mõistlik NFS-iga
-eksporditud avalike FTP-kataloogide, uudisegruppide spool-kataloogide ja muu
-sellise puhul. Vastupidine valik on üldse mitte kasutada kasutajate UID-de
-sidumist (n0_all_squash), mis ongi vaikimisi valik.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Anonüümne UID ja GID</emphasis>: siin saab konkreetselt määrata
-anonüümse konto UID ja GID.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Muud valikud</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Turvaline ühendus</emphasis>: see nõuab, et päringud oleksid pärit
-internetipordist, mis on väiksem kui IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Vaikimisi on
-see sisse lülitatud.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Kirjutuskaitstud ressurss</emphasis>: sellega saab lubada
-NFS-ressursi kasutamist kas ainult lugemiseks (sel juhul on see
-kirjutuskaitstud) või nii lugemiseks kui ka kirjutamiseks. Vaikimisi
-keelatakse kõik päringud, mis muudavad failisüsteemi. Selle valikuga saab
-selle otseselt jõustada.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Sünkroonne ligipääs</emphasis>: see takistab NFS-serveril
-rikkumast NFS-protokolli ja vastamast päringutele, enne kui nende
-päringutega tehtud muudatused on sisse kantud stabiilses salvestusseadmes
-(nt. arvutikettal).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Alampuu kontroll</emphasis>: selle lubamine parandab mõnel juhul
-turvet, kuid võib kahandada töökindlust. Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest
-exports(5) manuaalilehekülg.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menüükirjed</title>
-
-    <para>Nende kasutamiseks peab loendis olema vähemalt üks kirje.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fail|Salvesta konfiguratsioon</title>
-
-      <para>Salvestab kehtiva seadistuse.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-server|Käivita uuesti</title>
-
-      <para>Server peatatakse ja käivitatakse uuesti kehtiva seadistusega.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-server|Laadi uuesti</title>
-
-      <para>Seadistus laaditakse uuesti parajasti kehtivatest seadistusfailidest.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ae533837..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Puhverserver</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Kui vajate internettipääsuks puhverserverit, saab selle
-tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> abil seadistada
-puhverserveri. Vajaliku teabe peaksite saama oma võrguadministraatori
-käest. Samuti võite määrata mõned teenused, mida saab erandkorras kasutada
-ilma puhverserverita.</para>
-
-  <para>Wikipedia ütleb veidi teistsuguseid termineid kasutades nii: "Proksi ehk
-proksiserver on arvutivõrgus server (riistvara või tarkvara), mis vahendab
-infovahetust kliendi ehk päringut tegeva süsteemi ja serveri (päringule
-vastava süsteemi) vahel. Kui vahetu ühenduse korral saadab klient oma
-päringud otse serverile ning server vastused kliendile, siis proksi
-kasutamisel saadab klient päringud proksile, proksi edastab need serverile,
-server vastab proksile ning proksi edastab vastuse kliendile."</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d400f166..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Tarkvaraallikate seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Esimese asjana pärast paigaldamist on mõistlik lisada tarkvaraallikad (mida
-nimetatakse ka hoidlateks, peegliteks, meediumiteks ehk
-andmekandjateks). See tähendab, et tuleb valida allikad, mida kasutada
-tarkvara (programmide ja rakenduste) paigaldamiseks ja uuendamiseks
-(vt. allpool nupu Lisa kirjeldust).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Kui paigaldate (või uuendate) Mageiat optilise andmekandja (DVD või CD) või
-USB-pulga abil, seadistatakse tarkvaraallikaks kasutatav optiline
-andmekandja. Vältimaks palvet sisestada uue tarkvara paigaldamisel optiline
-andmekandja, tuleks selle kasutamine välja lülitada (või see üldse
-nimekirjast kustutada). Sellise andmekandja tüübiks on CD-Rom.</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Teie süsteem on kindla arhitektuuriga, mis võib olla kas 32-bitine, mille
-kohta käib nimetus i586, või 64-bitine, mille kohta kasutatakse nimetust
-x86_64. Valige kindlasti hoidlad, mis sobivad teie süsteemile või ei sõltu
-arhitektuurist (selle kohta kasutatakse nimetust noarch).</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis
-role="bold">Tarkvara.</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Veerud</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Veerg Lubatud:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse uute tarkvarapakettide
-paigaldamisel. Olge ettevaalik mõningate andmekandjatega, näiteks Testing ja
-Debug, mis võivad ebasoodsal juhul tekitada isegi süsteemile kahju.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Veerg Uuendused:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse tarkvarapakettide uuendamisel, mistõttu
-vajalikud andmekandjad peaksid kindlasti olema sisse lülitatud. Siin tuleks
-valida ainult andmekandjad, mille nimes esineb "Update". Turbekaalutlustel
-ei saa selle tööriistaga selles veerus midagi muuta: selleks tuleb anda
-konsoolis administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Veerg Andmekandja:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Siin on näha andmekandja nimi. Mageia stabiilsete väljalasete ametlikud
-hoidlad sisaldavad vähemalt järgmisi andmekandjaid:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara), mis sisaldab
-enamikku Mageia toetatud tarkvara.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">non-free</emphasis> (mittevaba), mis sisaldab mõningat
-mittevaba tarkvara.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega), mis sisaldab vaba
-tarkvara, mille levitamine ei ole mõnes riigis tarkvarapatentide ja muu
-sellise tõttu lubatud.</para>
-
-        <para>Kõigil andmekandjatel on 4 alajaotust:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">release</emphasis> sisaldab pakette sellisena, nagu
-need olid Mageia väljalaskepäeval.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">updates</emphasis> sisaldab pakette, mida on pärast
-väljalaset turbe või vigade parandamise tõttu uuendatud. Selline andmekandja
-peaks olema alati sisse lülitatud, isegi kui kasutaja internetiühendus on
-aeglasevõitu.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">backports</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara uusi versioone,
-mis on tagasi porditud Cauldronist (Mageia arendusversioonist).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">testing</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara, mida kasutatakse
-uuenduste ajutiseks testimiseks, et anda veateadete tegijatele ja
-kvaliteedikontrolli meeskonnale võimalus parandusi põhjalikumalt
-kontrollida.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Nupud paremal</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Eemalda:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Andmekandja eemaldamiseks klõpsa selle nimele ja siis sellele
-nupule. Mõistlik on eemaldada paigaldamiseks kasutatud andmekandja (näiteks
-CD või DVD), sest kõik sellel leiduvad paketid on olemas ka ametlikul
-tuumiktarkvara (core) andmekandjal.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Muuda:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Selle abil saab muuta valitud andmekandja seadistusi (URL,
-allalaadimisprogramm ja puhverserver).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Lisa:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Selle abil saab lisada internetist ametlikke hoidlaid. Need sisaldavad
-ainult töökindlat ja korralikult testitud tarkvara. Lisamisnupule klõpsates
-ilmub dialoog, kus saab valida, kas paigaldada ainult "ainult
-uuendusallikaid" või "kõik allikad". Esimene on lausa hädavajalik, teine aga
-pakub rohkem valikuvõimalusi.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Nooled üles ja alla:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Nende abil saab muuta kirjete järjekorda loendis. Drakrpm loeb paketti
-otsides nimekirja just antud järjekorras ning paigaldab esimesena leitud
-paketi (mõistagi sama väljalaske oma; ainult siis, kui seda pole, võetakse
-ette eelmine väljalase). Niisiis oleks mõttekas paremini ja kiiremini
-ligipääsetavad hoidlad ettepoole asetada.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Menüü</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fail -&gt; Uuenda:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>See avab andmekandjate loendiga dialoogi. Valige need, mida soovite
-uuendada, ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fail -&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandjate peegel:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Kui te ei peaks olema rahul senise peegliga, sest see on näiteks liiga
-aeglane või sageli üldse kättesaamatu, saab valida ka mõne teise
-peegli. Valige kõik olemasolevad (või kasutatavad) andmekandjad ja klõpsake
-nende eemaldamiseks nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>. Valige
-<guimenu>Fail -&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandjate peegel</guimenu>,
-otsustage, kas soovite ainult uuendusallikaid või kõiki (kui te ei tea, mis
-neil vahet on, valige <guibutton>Kõik allikad</guibutton>), ning kinnitage
-oma valik klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Jah</guibutton>. Ilmub järgmine aken:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Vasakul näeb riikide loendit. Leidke enda või mõni lähedalasuv riik ja
-klõpsake sümbolile &gt;, mis avab selles riigis saadaolevate peeglite
-loendi. Valige neist mõni ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fail -&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandja:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Võimalik on paigaldada ka selline andmekandja, näiteks mõnelt
-tarkvaraarendajalt, mida Mageia otseselt ei toeta. Ilmub järgmine aken:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Valige andmekandja tüüp, määrake
-sellele meelepärane nimi ja kirjutage URL (või vastavalt andmekandja tüübile
-asukoht).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Globaalsed valikud:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>See võimaldab valida, millal paigaldatavaid RPM-pakette kontrollida (alati
-või mitte kunagi), allalaadimisprogrammi (curl, wget või aria2) ning
-pakettide teabe allalaadimise reegli (nõudmisel (vaikimisi), ainult
-uuendamisel, alati või mitte kunagi).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Halda võtmeid:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Võimalikult suure turbe tagamiseks kasutatakse andmekandjate autentimisel
-digitaalseid võtmeid. Kõigi andmekandjate puhul on võimalik võtme kasutamist
-lubada või keelata. Valige ilmuvas aknas andmekandja ning klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, mis lubab määrata uue võtme või selle valida,
-või nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, millega saab võtme kõrvaldada.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Olge siin, nagu kõigi turbeküsimuste lahendamisel, väga ettevaatlik</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Puhverserver:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Kui teil peaks interneti kasutamiseks olema vaja puhverserverit, saab selle
-siin seadistada. Selleks tuleb anda ainult <guibutton>Puhverserveri
-masinanimi</guibutton> ja kui peaks vaja olema, siis ka
-<guilabel>Kasutajanimi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Parool</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Täpsemalt kõneldakse andmekandjate seadistamisest <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">Mageia
-wikis</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e8aca5ef..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Kataloogide ja ketaste jagamine Sambaga</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-
-    <para>Samba on protokoll, mida paljud operatsioonisüsteemid kasutavad mõningate
-ressursside, näiteks kataloogide või printerite jagamiseks. Käesolev
-tööriist võimaldab seadistada masina töötama Samba serverina, kasutades
-SMB/CIFS protokolli. Sama protokolli kasutab Windows(R), niisiis pääsevad
-selle operatsioonisüsteemiga masinad ligi Samba serveri ressurssidele.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Valmistumine</title>
-
-    <para>Et teised masinad saaksid serverit kasutada, peab sellel olema fikseeritud
-IP-aadress. Selle saab määrata otse serveris, näiteks tööriistaga, millest
-kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, või DHCP-serveris, mis
-tuvastab masina MAC-aadressi järgi ja omistab sellele alati ühe ja sama
-aadressi. Samuti peab tulemüür võimaldama päringute esitamist Samba
-serverile.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nõustaja - autonoomne server</title>
-
-    <para>Esimesel käivitamisel kontrollib tööriist, <footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> kas vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, ja teeb ettepaneku need
-paigaldada, kui neid ei leita. Seejärel käivitatakse nõustaja, mis aitab
-seadistada Samba serverit.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Alustame autonoomse serveri seadistamisega.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Esmalt tuleb määrata töögrupi nimi. Just selle nime järgi pääseb kasutama
-jagatud ressursse.</para>
-
-    <para>NetBIOS-e nimi on nimi, mida kasutatakse serveri tähistamiseks võrgus.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Siis saab valida turberežiimi:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: klient peab autentima, et ressurssi kasutada</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: klient peab autentima iga ressursi puhul eraldi</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Samuti saab IP-aadressi või masinanimega määrata, millistele masinatele
-antakse õigus ressursse kasutada.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Siin saab määrata serveri nime (banner). Selle nimega annab server endast
-teada Windowsi masinates.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Järgmisel etapil saab määrata, kuhu Samba paigutab oma logid.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Enne seadistuse kehtestamist näitab nõustaja kõigi parameetrite
-kokkuvõtet. Nende kinnitamise korral kirjutatakse seadistus faili
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nõustaja - primaarne domeenikontroller</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Kui valida "Primaarne
-domeenikontroller", palub nõustaja otsustada, kas Wins on toetatud või
-mitte, ning anda administraatori õigustega kasutajate nimed. Järgmised
-sammud on samasugused nagu autonoomse serveri korral, välja arvatud see, et
-valida saab veel ühe turbetaseme:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: mehhanism kõigi kasutajate ja gruppide kontode
-salvestamiseks kesksesse jagatud kontohoidlasse. Keskset kontohoidlat
-jagavad omavahel domeeni (turbe) kontrollerid.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kataloogi määramine jagatud ressursiks</title>
-
-    <para>Nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub järgmine dialoog:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Nii saab lisada uue kirje. Kirjeid saab muuta klõpsuga nupule
-<guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Saab näiteks määrata, kas kataloog on
-avalikult nähtav, kas sinna tohib ka kirjutada ehk salvestada või kas see on
-lehitsetav. Jagatud ressursi nime ei saa muuta.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menüükirjed</title>
-
-    <para>Kui loendis on vähemalt üks kirje, saab kasutada ka menüükäske.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Fail|Salvesta konfiguratsioon</title>
-
-      <para>Salvestab kehtiva seadistuse faili <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Seadista</title>
-
-      <para>Selle käsuga saab uuesti tööle panna nõustaja.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Käivita uuesti</title>
-
-      <para>Server peatatakse ja käivitatakse uuesti kehtiva seadistusega.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Laadi uuesti</title>
-
-      <para>Seadistus laaditakse uuesti parajasti kehtivatest seadistusfailidest.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Printerite jagamine</title>
-
-    <para>Samba võimaldab jagada ka printereid.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba kasutajad</title>
-
-    <para>Sellel kaardil saab lisada kasutajaid, kes on õigus autentimise järel
-pääseda ligi jagatud ressurssidele. Kasutajaid saab lisada ka Mageia
-kasutajate haldamise tööriista abil, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1018d3e4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Mageia tööriistade autentimise seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role="bold">Turvalisus</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>See võimaldab anda tavalistele kasutajale õiguse ette võtta tegevusi, mis
-muidu on administraatori ehk root-kasutaja pädevuses.</para>
-
-  <para>Klõpsake noolekesel kirje ees, mille soovite avada.
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Enamik Mageia juhtimiskeskuses leiduvatest tööriistadest on loetletud aknas
-vasakul pool, nagu ülal oleval pildil näha, ning iga tööriista juures saab
-paremal rippmenüüst valida järgmiste võimaluste vahel:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Vaikimisi: käivitamisrežiim sõltub valitud turbetasemest. Selle kohta
-vaadake samal paneelil tööriista "Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi
-seadistamine".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Kasutaja parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse kasutaja parooli.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administraatori parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse administraatori
-parooli.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Parool puudub: tööriista käivitamisel ei küsita mingit parooli.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index df0a3a21..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Hetktõmmised</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis>.</para></footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt "Spsteem" sektsioonist
-<guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Tööriista esmakordsel käivitamisel Mageia juhtimiskeskuses näete teadet
-vajaduse kohta paigaldada draksnapshot. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Paigalda</guibutton>. Seejärel paigaldatakse draksnapshot ja
-teised vajalikud tarkvarapaketid.</para>
-
- <para>Kui klõpsate uuesti kirjele <guilabel>Hetktõmmised</guilabel>, näete akent
-<guilabel>Seadistused</guilabel>. Märkige ruuduke <guilabel>Varundamise
-lubamine</guilabel> ja kui soovite varundada kogu süsteemi, siis ka
-<guilabel>Kogu süsteemi varundamine</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Kui soovite varundada ainult osa oma kataloogidest, valige <guilabel>Muud
-valikud</guilabel>. Ilmub väike hüpikaken. Kasutage nuppe
-<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> ja <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton> sektsioonis
-<guilabel>Varundamise nimekiri</guilabel> varundatavate kataloogide
-lisamiseks või eemaldamiseks. Kasutage samu nuppe sektsioonis
-<guilabel>Väljajätmise nimekiri</guilabel> eemaldamaks varundamisele
-määratud kataloogidest alamkatalooge ja faile, mida <emphasis role="bold">ei
-ole vaja</emphasis> varundada. Kui olete valmis, klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Sulge</guibutton>.</para>
-	  <para>Seejärel määrake varukoopiate <guilabel>salvestamiskoht</guilabel> või
-klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lehitse</guibutton>, et see failipuust üles
-leida. Kõik USB-pulgad või välised kõvakettad leiab asukohast <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/teie_kasutajanimi/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Hetktõmmise tegemiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e92e4968..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Heli seadistamine</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis>.</para></footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role="bold">Riistvara</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound tegeleb heli seadistamise, PulseAudio valikute ja probleemide
-lahendamisega. Tööriist on abiks, kui peaksite kokku puutuma
-heliprobleemidega või olete vahetanud helikaarti.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> on heliserver. See võtab vastu kõik
-helisisendid, miksib neid vastavalt kasutaja eelistustele ja saadab saadud
-heli väljundisse. Täpsemalt saab seda seadistada serveri enda dialoogis,
-mille leiab peamenüüst <guimenu>Heli ja video -> PulseAudio volume
-control</guimenu>.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio on vaikimisi heliserver ja soovitatav on seda kindlasti kasutada.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Tõrkevaba</guilabel> režiim parandab PulseAudio tööd mõningate
-programmide korral. Ka seda valikut ei ole soovitatav välja lülitada.</para>
-  <para>Nupp <guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton> pakub mõningat abi, kuidas
-probleeme võiks lahendada. Väga kasulik oleks enne mujalt abi palumist need
-võimalused ära kasutada.</para>
-  <para>Nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub uus aken igati
-mõistetavat teksti sisaldava nupuga.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4849ad8b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Puhvertoiteallika (UPS) seadistamine</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakups</emphasis>.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a5406ac3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">VPN-ühenduse seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-
-    <para>See tööriist<footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> võimaldab seadistada
-turvalise ligipääsu teistesse võrkudesse, luues tunneli teie masina ja mujal
-paikneva võrgu vahele. Siin tuleb juttu ainult teie masinas vajalikust
-seadistamisest. Me eeldame, et teise poole võrk juba töötab ja et teie
-käsutuses on võrguadministraatorilt saadud ühenduse loomiseks vajalik teave,
-näiteks .pcf-seadistusfail.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Seadistamine</title>
-
-    <para>Kõigepealt tuleb vastavalt VPN-is ehk virtuaalses privaatvõrgus kasutatavale
-protokollile valida kas Cicso VPN Concentrator või OpenVPN.</para>
-
-    <para>Seejärel tuleb anda ühendusele nimi.</para>
-
-    <para>Järgmises aknas tuleb sisestada VPN-ühenduse üksikasjad.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Cisco VPN-i korral</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>OpenVPN-i korral paigaldatakse tarkvarapakett openvpn ja sellele vajalik muu
-tarkvara tööriista esimesel kasutamisel.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Siin saab valida failid, mille olete
-saanud võrguadministraatorilt.</para>
-
-        <para>Muud parameetrid:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Järgmisel ekraanil palutakse määrata lüüsi IP-aadress.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Kui parameetrid on paika pandud, võite ühenduse käivitada kohe, aga võite
-seda ka hiljem teha.</para>
-
-    <para>VPN-ühenduse saab panna automaatselt käivituma koos võrguühendusega. Selleks
-tuleb võrguühendus ümber seadistada, et alati ühendutaks selle VPN-iga.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0678ef9c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Veebiserveri seadistamine</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriistaga<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>.</para></footnote> saab luua ja
-häälestada veebiserveri.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Mis on veebiserver?</title>
-    <para>
-      Veebiserver on tarkvara, mis aitab edastada veebisisu, millele pääseb ligi
-interneti kaudu.
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Veebiserveri loomine tööriistaga drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Veebiserveri nõustaja kasutamine
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Esimene lehekülg on ainult sissejuhatuseks. Klõpsake
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serveri nähtavuse valimine: kohalik võrk ja/või maailm</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Veebiserveri internetis nähtavaks muutmisega kaasnevad omad ohud. Olge
-valmis ka kõige hullemaks!
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serveri kasutajate moodul</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Kasutajatel võimaldatakse luua oma veebilehekülgi.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kasutaja veebikataloogi nimi</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Kasutaja peab looma ja täitma selle kataloogi, siis näitab seda ka server.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serveri dokumentide juurkataloog</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Võimaldab seadistada veebiserveri vaikimisi dokumentide asukoha.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kokkuvõte</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Uurige langetatud valikuid ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Lõpetamine</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Kõik on valmis! Klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f4106f36..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">DNS seadistamine</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis>.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 48ce653d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Mageia 4-s see tööriist ei tööta võrguliideste nimede uue skeemi tõttu</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriistaga<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> saab luua ja
-häälestada <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-serveri. See on drakwizardi komponent,
-mis tuleb enne paigaldada, kui seda kasutama saab hakata.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mis on DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>Dünaamiline hostikonfiguratsiooni protokoll (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) on
-andmevahetuse protokoll, mis võimaldab võrguadministraatoril lasta serveril
-või ruuteril dünaamiliselt hallata ja automatiseerida unikaalse IP-aadressi
-omistamist kohtvõrgu seadmetele.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>DHCP-serveri loomine tööriistaga drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>DHCP nõustaja kasutamine</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Esimene lehekülg on ainult sissejuhatuseks. Klõpsake
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Liidese valimine</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Siin saab valida võrguliidese, mis on ühendatud alamvõrguga ja millele DHCP
-hakkab omistama IP-aadresse. Seejärel klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>IP-vahemiku valimine</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Valige IP-aadresside, mida server peaks pakkuma, vahemiku alustav ja lõpetav
-IP ning lüüsimasina IP, mis ühendub teatava asukohaga väljaspool kohtvõrku,
-loodetavasti internetiga. Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Kokkuvõte</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Uurige langetatud valikuid ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Oodake ...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Seda saab parandada. Klõpsake mõned korrad <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja
-muutke üht-teist.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Mõni tund hiljem ...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mida tehakse?</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Paigaldatakse vajaduse korral pakett dhcp-server</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Salvestatakse <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> failina
-<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Luuakse uus <code>dhcpd.conf</code>
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>
-põhjal, millele lisatakse uued parameetrid:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Samuti muudetakse Webmini seadistusfaili
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Taaskäivitatakse <code>dhcpd</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dc631a12..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Aja seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> on hoida teie serveri
-aeg sünkroonis välise serveriga. See ei ole vaikimisi paigaldatud ning selle
-kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada ka tarkvarapaketid drakwizard ja
-drakwizard-base.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>NTP-serveri loomine tööriistaga drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Avaakna (vt allpool) järel palub teine aken valida rippmenüüst kolm
-ajaserverit ning soovitab kahel juhul määrata serveri pool.ntp.org, sest see
-server viitab alati kättesaadavatele ajaserveritele.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Järgmistes akendes saab valida piirkonna ja linna ning siis avanebki juba
-kokkuvõtteaken. Kui midagi läks valesti, saab seda mõistagi muuta, klõpsates
-nupule <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>. Kui kõik on õigesti, klõpsake
-testimiseks nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. See võib võtta veidi aega,
-aga lõpuks ilmub allolev aken:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton> klõpsates saab tööriista sulgeda.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mida tehakse?</title>
-
-    <para>Tööriist võtab ette järgmised sammud:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Paigaldab vajaduse korral paketi <code>ntp</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Salvestab faili <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> failina
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> ja faili
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> failina
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Kirjutab uue faili <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> serveriloendiga</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Muudab faili <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, lisades esimese serveri nime</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Peatab ja käivitab teenused <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> ja
-<code>ntpd</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Määrab riistvaralise kella ajaks kehtiva süsteemi aja viitega UTC-le</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 618ded1b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">FTP seadistamine</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriistaga<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>.</para></footnote> saab luua ja
-häälestada <acronym>FTP</acronym>-serveri.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Mis on <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Failiedastusprotokoll (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) on standardne arvutivõrgu
-protokoll, mida kasutatakse failide vahetamiseks ja muutmiseks
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>/IP-põhises võrgus, näiteks internetis.
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>FTP-serveri loomine tööriistaga drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	FTP-serveri nõustaja kasutamine
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Esimene lehekülg on ainult sissejuhatuseks. Klõpsake
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serveri nähtavuse valimine: kohalik võrk ja/või maailm</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    FTP-serveri internetis nähtavaks muutmisega kaasnevad omad ohud. Olge valmis
-ka kõige hullemaks!
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serveri info</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sisestage serveri nimi, millisena seda peaks nähtama, kellegi aadress,
-kellele kaebused saata, ja määrake, kas lubada sisse logida administraatori
-õigustes.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serveri valikud</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Määrake jälgitav port, nõndanimetatud vangistatud (chrooted) kasutaja,
-lubage taasalustamine ja/või <acronym>FXP</acronym> (serveritevaheline
-failivahetusprotokoll)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kokkuvõte</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Uurige langetatud valikuid ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Lõpetamine</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Kõik on valmis! Klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b6cb72d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Puhverserveri seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriistaga<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> saab luua ja
-häälestada puhverserveri. See on drakwizardi komponent, mis tuleb enne
-paigaldada, kui seda kasutama saab hakata.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mis on puhverserver?</title>
-
-    <para>Wikipedia ütleb veidi teistsuguseid termineid kasutades nii: proksi ehk
-proksiserver on arvutivõrgus server (riistvara või tarkvara), mis vahendab
-infovahetust kliendi ehk päringut tegeva süsteemi ja serveri (päringule
-vastava süsteemi) vahel. Kui vahetu ühenduse korral saadab klient oma
-päringud otse serverile ning server vastused kliendile, siis proksi
-kasutamisel saadab klient päringud proksile, proksi edastab need serverile,
-server vastab proksile ning proksi edastab vastuse kliendile.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Puhverserveri loomine tööriistaga drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Puhverserveri nõustaja kasutamine</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Esimene lehekülg on ainult sissejuhatuseks. Klõpsake
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Puhverserveri pordi valimine</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Valige puhverserveri port, mille kaudu saavad ühenduse luua brauserid, ja
-klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Mälu- ja kettakasutuse määramine</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Määrake mälu- ja kettapuhvri piirid ja klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Võrguligipääsu kontroll</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Määrake nähtavuseks kohtvõrk või maailm ja klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Võrguligipääsu võimaldamine</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Võimaldage ligipääs kohtvõrkudele ja klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Kas kasutada ülemise taseme puhverserverit?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Kas suunata liiklus läbi veel ühe puhverserveri? Kui see teid ei huvita,
-liikuge edasi.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ülemise taseme puhverserveri URL ja port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Määrake ülemise taseme puhverserveri masinanimi ja port ning klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Kokkuvõte</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Uurige langetatud valikuid ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Kas käivitada juba algkäivituse ajal?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Siin saab valida, kas puhverserver tuleks käivitada juba algkäivituse
-ajal. Seejärel klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Lõpetamine</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Kõik on valmis! Klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mida tehakse?</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Paigaldatakse vajaduse korral pakett squid</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Salvestatakse <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> failina
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Luuakse uus <code>squid.conf</code> <code>squid.conf.default</code> põhjal,
-millele lisatakse uued parameetrid:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 või 3 ja <code>http_access</code> vastavalt tasemele</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Taaskäivitatakse <code>squid</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ce9a92b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH deemoni seadistamine</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Selle tööriistaga<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis>.</para></footnote> saab luua ja
-häälestada <acronym>SSH</acronym>-serveri.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Mis on <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Turvakest (SSH) on krüptograafiline võrguprotokoll turvaliseks
-andmesuhtluseks, eemalt käsurealt sisselogimiseks, eemalt käskude
-käivitamiseks ja muudeks turvalise võrgu teenusteks kahe võrgus oleva arvuti
-vahel, millega ühendatakse ebaturvalises võrgus turvalise kanali kaudu
-server ja klient (vastavalt SSH serveri ja <acronym>SSH</acronym> kliendi
-programmidega).
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title><acronym>SSH</acronym>-deemoni loomine tööriistaga drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	OpenSSH nõustaja kasutamine
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Seadistamisvalikute tüübi valimine</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Valige <guilabel>Ekspert</guilabel> kõigi valikute nägemiseks või
-<guilabel>Algaja</guilabel> sammude 3-7 vahelejätmiseks ning klõpsake
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Üldised valikud</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Määrake nähtavus ja administraatori ligipääsu valik. <acronym>SSH</acronym>
-standardne port on 22.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Autentimisviisid</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Lubage vajalikud autentimisviisid, mida kasutaja saab ühendumisel pruukida,
-ja klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logimine</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Valige logimisvahend ja väljundi tase ning klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sisselogimise valikud</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Määrake sisselogimisel kehtestatavad valikud ja klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kasutaja sisselogimise valikud</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Määrake kasutaja ligipääsu valikud ja klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Tihendamine ja suunamine</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Seadistage X11 suunamine ja tihendamine edastuse ajal ning klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kokkuvõte</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Uurige langetatud valikuid ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Lõpetamine</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Kõik on valmis! Klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c87c2bc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Süsteemi teenuste haldamine</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>   
-
-  <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis>.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a6e2415..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Riistvara seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>See tööriist<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> annab üldise ülevaate
-arvuti riistvarast. Tööriista käivitamisel üritab see tuvastada kogu
-kättesaadava riistvara. Selleks kasutatakse käsku <code>ldetect </code>, mis
-võtab aluseks riistvara loendi tarkvarapaketis <code>ldetect-lst</code>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Aken</title>
-
-    <para>Aken on jagatud kaheks paneeliks.</para>
-
-    <para>Vasakpoolses paneelis näeb tuvastatud riistvara loendit. Seadmed on
-rühmitatud kategooriate kaupa. Märgile &gt; klõpsates näeb kategooria
-sisu. Selles paneelis saab valida mis tahes seadme, mille vastu huvi
-tunnete.</para>
-
-    <para>Parempoolses paneelis näeb teavet valitud seadme kohta. Menüükäsuga
-<guimenu>Abi -&gt; Väljade kirjeldus</guimenu> saab lähemat teavet väljade
-sisu kohta.</para>
-
-    <para>Sõltuvalt valitud seadmest võib parempoolse paneeli allosas olla näha üks
-või kaks nuppu:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Aktiivse draiveri võtmete määramine</guibutton>: selle abil saab
-muuta mooduli parameetreid, mis on seotud valitud seadmega. See on mõeldud
-ainult asjatundjatele.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Seadistamistööriista käivitamine</guibutton>: selle abil saab
-käivitada tööriista, millega on võimalik seadet seadistada. Sageli saab sama
-tööriista avada ka otse Mageia juhtimiskeskusest.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menüü</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Eelistused</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>Menüüs <guimenu>Valikud</guimenu> saab märkekastidega sisse või välja
-lülitada mõningate seadmete automaatse tuvastamise:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modemid</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz-kettad</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>paralleelpordi Zip-kettad</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Vaikimisi neid automaatselt ei tuvastata, sest see võtab palju
-aega. Automaatne tuvastamine on mõtet lubada siis, kui teil tõesti leidub
-niisugust riistvara. Automaatne tuvastamine võetakse sel juhul ette
-tööriista järgmisel käivitamisel.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a92cb48e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Klaviatuuri seadistamine</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
-
-    <para>Tööriist<footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> keyboarddrake võimaldab
-põhijoontes seadistada Mageias kasutatava klaviatuuri. Siinne valik mõjutab
-kõigi süsteemi kasutajate klaviatuuripaigutust. Tööriista leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneeli Riistvara sektsioonist "Hiire ja klaviatuuri
-seadistamine".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Klaviatuuripaigutus</title>
-
-    <para>Siin saab valida klaviatuuripaigutuse. Tähestiku järjekorras toodud nimed
-kirjeldavad keelt, riiki ja/või rahvast, mille või kelle jaoks antud
-paigutus sobib.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Klaviatuuritüüp</title>
-
-    <para>Siin saab valida, millist klaviatuuritüüpi kasutada. Kui te pole kindel, on
-kõige mõttekam jätta kehtima vaikimisi valik.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c1b9739..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Süsteemi lokaliseerimine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis>.
-  </para></footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneeli "Süsteem" sektsioonis "Lokaliseerimine". See avab
-akna, kus saab valida keele. Pakutavas valikus on arvestatud keeltega, mis
-valiti paigaldamise ajal.</para>
-
-  <para>Nupuga <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> saab sisse lülitada ühilduvuse
-vanema kodeeringuga (mis ei ole UTF-8).</para>
-
-  <para>Teises aknas on näha riikide nimekiri, mis vastab valitud keelele. Nupuga
-<guibutton>Muud riigid</guibutton> saab avada nimekirjas mitteleiduvate
-riikide loendi.</para>
-
-  <para>Muudatuste järel tuleb seanss taaskäivitada.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Sisestusmeetod</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>Aknas <guilabel>Muud riigid</guilabel> saab ühtlasi valida sisestusmeetodi
-(nimekirja alt rippmenüüst). Sisestusmeetodid võimaldavad kirjutada tähti ja
-sümboleid, mida ei leidu klaviatuuril või muul sisestusseadmel. Eriti
-tarvilik on see näiteks hiina, jaapani, korea ja muude mitte-ladina keelte
-märkide sujuvaks sisestamiseks.</para>
-  <para> Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral on IBus määratud vaikimisi
-sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutajal polegi vaja seda hakata eraldi määrama.</para>
-  <para>Teised sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne.) pakuvad samalaadseid
-võimalusi. Kui neid rippmenüüs näha pole, tuleb vastavad tarkvarapaketid
-kõigepealt paigaldada, mida saab teha juhtimiskeskuse teises sektsioonis,
-millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 839b9fb0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Süsteemi logifailide vaatamine ja neis otsimine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneeli "Süsteem" sektsioonist
-<guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Logides otsimine</title>
-
-    <para>Kõigepealt tuleb sisestada sõna, mida soovite otsida, väljale <emphasis
-role="bold">Sobib</emphasis> ja soovi korral sõna, mida te <emphasis>ei
-soovi</emphasis> leida, väljale <emphasis role="bold">aga ei
-sobi</emphasis>. Seejärel valige sektsioonis <guilabel>Faili
-valimine</guilabel> fail või failid, milles otsida. Lisaks võib otsingut
-piirata ka üheainsa päevaga. Valige see päev <emphasis
-role="bold">kalendris</emphasis>, kasutades kuu ja aasta kõrval asuvaid
-noolekesi ning märkides kastikese "<guibutton>Ainult valitud päeval
-näitamine</guibutton>". Viimaks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Otsi</guibutton>
-ja näete tulemusi sektsioonis <guilabel>Faili sisu</guilabel>. Soovi korral
-võib tulemuse salvestada .txt-vormingus faili, klõpsates nupule <emphasis
-role="bold">Salvesta</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para><guibutton>Mageia tööriistade logid</guibutton> sisaldavad Mageia
-seadistamistööriistade (näiteks need, mida leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses)
-logisid. Neid logisid uuendatakse iga kord, kui muudetakse mõnda seadistust.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>E-kirjaga hoiatuse saatmise seadistamine</title>
-
-    <para>Võimaluse <guibutton>Hoiatus e-kirjaga</guibutton> kasutamisel
-kontrollitakse süsteemi koormust ja teenuseid automaatselt iga tunni järel
-ja vajaduse korral saadetakse e-kiri määratud aadressile.</para>
-
-    <para>Selle seadistamiseks klõpsake nupule <emphasis role="bold">Hoiatus
-e-kirjaga</emphasis> ja valige ilmuvas aknas rippmenüüst
-<guibutton>E-kirjaga hoiatamise süsteemi seadistamine</guibutton>. Siis
-kuvatakse kõiki töötavaid teenuseid ning te saate valida, milliseid soovite
-jälgida.</para>
-
-    <para>Jälgida võib lasta järgmisi teenuseid:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmini teenus</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Postfixi e-posti server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache'i veebiserver</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd'i teenus</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND'i domeeninime lahendamise teenus</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Seejärel saab valida <guilabel>koormuse</guilabel> väärtuse, mida peate
-vastuvõetavaks. Koormus tähendab protsesside hulka: suur koormus aeglustab
-süsteemi tööd ja väga suur koormus võib tähendada, et mõni protsess on
-kontrolli alt väljunud. Vaikimisi väärtus on 3. Soovitav oleks väärtuseks
-määrata protsessorite arv korrutatud kolmega.</para>
-
-    <para>Lõpuks saab sisestada isiku <guilabel>e-posti aadressi</guilabel>, kellele
-hoiatus saadetakse, ja kasutatava <guilabel>e-posti serveri</guilabel>
-(kohalik või internetis).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index eb3636b9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Saadaolevate NFS- ja SMB-ressursside leidmine</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Seda tööriista <footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> saab käivitada ja
-kasutada ainult käsureal.</para>
-
-  <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e2330a98..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">PCI, USB ja PCMCIA teabe leidmine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Seda tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> saab käivitada ja
-kasutada ainult käsureal. Administraatori õigustes käivitatuna annab see
-pisut rohkem teavet kui muidu.</para>
-
-  <para>Tööriist lspcidrake näitab kõiki arvutiga ühendatud seadmeid (USB, PCI ja
-PCMCIA) ning kasutusel olevaid draivereid. Töötamiseks vajab see
-tarkvarapakette ldetect ja ldetect-lst.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Võtmega -v lisab lspcidrake ka tootja ja seadme tuvastustunnused.</para>
-
-  <para>Tööriist lspcidrake esitab sageli väga pika nimekirja, mistõttu vajaliku
-teabe leidmiseks suunatakse see sageli edasi käsuga grep, nagu järgmistes
-näidetes:</para>
-
-  <para>Teave graafikakaardi kohta:</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Teave võrgu kohta:</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>Võti -i võimaldab jätta tähelepanuta erinevused tähesuuruses.</para>
-
-  <para>Allpool oleval ekraanipildil tasub pöörata tähelepanu lspcidrake'i võtmele
--v ja grep'i võtmele -i.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>On veel teinegi tööriist, mis annab teavet riistvara kohta: see on <emphasis
-role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (käivitada tuleb administraatori õigustes).</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 967e8635..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Algkäivitus</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme alglaadimist seadistada võimaldava
-tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Algkäivituse seadistamine</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 52dc2032..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Riistvara</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme riistvara seadistamist võimaldava
-tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Riistvara haldamine</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Riistvara uurimine ja
-seadistamine</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Graafika seadistamine</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Ruumilise töölaua efektide
-seadistamine</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Hiire ja klaviatuuri seadistamine</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Trükkimise ja skannimise seadistamine</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Printerite, trükitööde
-ja muu sellise seadistamine</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Muu</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b6e484f9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Mageia juhtimiskeskuse käsiraamatust</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Mageia juhtimiskeskus (MCC) pakub vasakul paneelil kaheksa võimalust valida
-sobiv alajaotus - või isegi kümme, kui paigaldatud on ka tarkvarapakett
-drakwizard. Igas alajaotuses leiduvad mitmesugused tööriistad, mida näeb
-parempoolsel suurel paneelil.</para>
-
-	<para>Järgnevas kümnes peatükis tutvustataksegi kõiki alajaotusi ja neis leiduvaid
-tööriistu.</para>
-
-<para>Viimane peatükk tutvustab mõningaid selliseid Mageia tööriistu, mida ei leia
-ühestki juhtimiskeskuse alajaotusest.</para>
-
-	<para>Osade pealkirjad kattuvad tihtipeale vastavate tööriistade aknas nähtavate
-pealkirjadega.</para>
-
-        <para>Kasutada saab ka otsingut, milleks tuleb vasakpoolses veerus klõpsata sakile
-"Otsing".</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 224e43c8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Kohalikud kettad</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme kohalikke kettaid hallata või jagada
-võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini
-tundma õppida.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Kohalikud kettad</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 73784d8b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Kohtvõrk ja internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme võrgu seadistamist võimaldava tööriista
-vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Võrguseadmete haldamine</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"></xref></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"></xref></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"></xref></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Võrgu personaliseerimine ja turvamine</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"></xref></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"></xref></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"></xref></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"></xref></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Muu</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"></xref></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7295c264..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Võrguteenused</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>See ja paneel <emphasis>Failide jagamine</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui
-paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab
-mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada,
-kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk
-<xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Võrguteenused</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b828bb79..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Võrgu jagamine</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme ketaste ja kataloogide jagamist võimaldava
-tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Windows(R) jagatud ressursside seadistamine</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Ketaste ja kataloogide
-jagamine Windowsi (SMB) süsteemiga</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>NFS-ressursside seadistamine</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>WebDAV-ressursside seadistamine</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a14df57e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Turvalisus</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme turbetööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool
-linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Turvalisus</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja
-auditi seadistamine</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ea930c2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Failide jagamine</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>See ja paneel <emphasis>Võrguteenused</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui
-paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab
-mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada,
-kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk
-<xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Failide jagamine</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b06c64b9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Süsteem</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme süsteemi haldamise tööriista
-vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Süsteemi teenuste haldamine</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Lokaliseerimine</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Haldamistööriistad</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Süsteemi kasutajate
-haldamine</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a72c60b1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Uuendamissageduse seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role="bold">Tarkvara</emphasis>. Samuti
-saab selle avada kontekstimenüü käsuga <guimenu>Uuendamise
-seadistamine</guimenu>, mida näeb, kui teha süstemisalves paremklõps punasel
-ikoonil <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Esimene liugur võimaldab muuta sagedust, millega Mageia kontrollib uuenduste
-olemasolu, teine liugur aga viivitust pärast käivitamist, mille järel
-võetakse ette esimene kontroll. Märkekastiga saab määrata, kas süsteem peaks
-teavitama Mageia uue väljalaske ilmumisest või mitte.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a2266adc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Osutusseadme (hiir, puutepadi) seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis>.</para></footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role="bold">Riistvara</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Et hiirt läheb vaja juba Mageia paigaldamisel, on selle seadistanud juba
-varem Drakinstall. Tööriista läheb aga tarvis uue hiire paigaldamisel.</para>
-
-  <para>Hiired on korraldatud ühenduse tüübi ja nende all mudelite järgi. Valige oma
-hiir ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Enamasti peaks vähegi
-tänapäevasele hiirele sobima "Universaalne / Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir". Uus
-hiir võetakse kohe kasutusele.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d3f2c23..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: süsteemi turvalisus ja audit</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tutvustus</title>
-
-    <para>Tööriist msecgui<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> on programmi msec
-graafiline kasutajaliides, mis võimaldab seadistada süsteemi turvet kahel
-moel:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Sellega saab paika panna süsteemi käitumise, mille korral msec kehtestab
-süsteemis muudatused, mis suurendavad selle turvalisust.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>See lubab määrata kindlaks perioodilised kontrollid, mida võetakse süsteemis
-ette automaatselt, et hoiatada teid, kui miski paistab ohtlikuna.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Programm msec kasutab niinimetatud turbetasemete kontseptsiooni. Need
-tasemed hõlmavad teatavat süsteemsete õiguste kogumit, mille põhjal
-analüüsitakse süsteemis toimuvaid muutusi. Mõningad tasemed annab Mageia
-ette, aga neid saab oma soovi kohaselt muuta ja kohandada.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ülevaate kaart</title>
-
-    <para>Pilt on näha ülal.</para>
-
-    <para>Esimesel kaardil on ära toodud eri turbetööriistade loetelu, millest paremal
-asuvad nupud nende seadistamiseks:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Tulemüür, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Turvalisus -> Isikliku tulemüüri
-seadistamine</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Uuendused, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Tarkvara -> Süsteemi uuendamine</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Msec ise koos mõninga teabega:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>lubatud või mitte</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>seadistatud baasturbetase</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>viimaste perioodiliste kontrollide aeg ning nupud, mis vastavalt näitavad
-üksikasjalikumat teavet ja võimaldavad kontrolli kohe käivitada</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Turbeseadistuste kaart</title>
-
-    <para>Klõps teisele sakile või nupule Turve -> <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>
-avab allnähtava akna.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Põhiseadistuste kaart</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Turbetasemed:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Kui olete märkinud kastikese <guilabel>MSEC-i tööriista lubamine</guilabel>,
-saab siin kaardil topeltklõpsuga valida sobiva turbetaseme, mida pärast
-valimist näidatakse rasvases kirjas. Kui kastike on märkimata, kasutatakse
-taset « puudub ». Saadaval on järgmised tasemed:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Tase <emphasis role="bold">puudub</emphasis>. See on hea siis, kui te ei
-soovi, et msec majandaks süsteemi turbega, ja eelistate sellega omal käel
-hakkama saada. Sel tasemel keelatakse kõik turbekontrollid ning ei piirata
-mingil moel süsteemseid seadistusi. Palun valige see tase ainult siis, kui
-olete täiesti kindel, et teate, mida teete, sest sel juhul on teie süsteem
-rünnakutele avatud.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Tase <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis> on vaikimisi rakendatav
-seadistus, mida kasutatakse paigaldamisel, kui paigaldaja ei vali midagi
-muud. See tavalisele kasutajale sobiv tase sisaldab mõningaid süsteemsete
-seadistuste piiranguid ning käivitab igapäevased turbekontrollid, mis
-otsivad muudatusi süsteemsetes failides ja kontodes ning kataloogide
-õigustes, mis võivad anda võimaluse halba korda saata. (See tase on sarnane
-mseci varasemate versioonide tasemetega 2 ja 3.)</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Tase <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis> on mõeldud selleks, kui
-soovite, et süsteem oleks tõeliselt turvaline, aga siiski veel
-kasutatav. Süsteemi seadistusi piiratakse veelgi ning perioodilisi
-kontrollegi on rohkem. Lisaks piiratakse ligipääsu süsteemile. (See tase on
-sarnane mseci varasemate versioonide tasemetega 4 (kõrge) ja 5
-(paranoiline).)</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Lisaks mainitud tasemetele pakutakse veel mitmeid eesmärgipõhiseid
-turbetasemeid, näiteks <emphasis role="bold">fileserver</emphasis>,
-<emphasis role="bold">webserver</emphasis> ja <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis>. Nende puhul üritatakse süsteemi turve
-seadistada vastavalt levinumatele kasutusjuhtumitele.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>Viimased kaks taset nimetustega <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily
-</emphasis> ja <emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> ei ole
-õigupoolest päris turbetasemed, vaid pigem ainult tööriistad perioodiliste
-kontrollide tarbeks.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Tasemed salvestatakse faili
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;tasemenimi></filename>. Soovi korral
-võib paika panna omaenda kohandatud turbetaseme, salvestades selle failina
-<filename>level.&lt;tasemenimi></filename> kataloogis
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> See võimalus on mõistagi mõeldud
-väga kogenud kasutajatele, kellel on oma vajadused süsteemi turvet enda käe
-järgi kohendada.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Pidage kindlasti silmas, et kasutaja muudetud parameetreid arvestatakse enne
-vaiketaseme määratlusi.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Turbehoiatused:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Kui märkida ära kastike <guibutton>Turbehoiatuste saatmine
-e-postiga:</guibutton>, saadetakse mseci loodud turbehoiatused kohalikule
-e-posti aadressile turbeadministraatorile, kelle nimi tuleb kirja panna
-kõrval asuval väljal. Sinna võib kirjutada kas kohaliku kasutajanime või
-täieliku e-posti aadressi (selle huvides peavad olema vajalikult seadistatud
-kohalik e-post ja e-posti haldur). Samuti võib lasta turbehoiatusi näidata
-otse töölaual, milleks tuleb ära märkida vastav kastike.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Turbehoiatuste edastamine on äärmiselt soovitatav sisse lülitada, et
-turbeadministraator saab õigeaegselt teada võimalikest
-probleemidest. Vastasel juhul peab administraator järjepidevalt uurima
-logifaile, mis salvestatakse kataloogi
-<filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Turbevalikud:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Kohandatud taseme loomine ei ole ainuke viis sättida arvuti turvet oma käe
-järgi: samamoodi võib kasutada tööriista eri kaarte, et muuta just neid
-valikuid, mida vaja. Mseci kehtiv seadistus on salvestatud faili
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. See sisaldab nii
-kehtivat turbetaseme nime kui ka loetelu kõigist muudetud valikutest.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Süsteemi turvalisuse kaart</title>
-
-      <para>Sellel kaardil võib näha vasakus veerus turbevalikut, keskmises veerus selle
-kirjeldust ja paremas veerus kehtivat väärtust.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Mõne valiku muutmiseks tehke sellel topeltklõps, mille järel ilmub uus aken
-(vt pilti allpool). Selles on näha valiku nimi, lühike kirjeldus, kehtiv ja
-vaikeväärtus ning ripploend, milles saab valida uue väärtuse. Klõpsuga
-nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> saab muudatuse kinnitada.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Ärge unustage tööriista sulgedes oma seadistust lõplikult salvestamast
-menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui olete
-seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle
-vaadata.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Võrguturvalisuse kaart</title>
-
-      <para>Sellelt kaardilt leiab võrguga seotud valikud ja kõik käib siin samamoodi
-nagu eelmisel kaardil.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Perioodiliste kontrollide kaart</title>
-
-      <para>Perioodiliste kontrollide eesmärk on anda turbehoiatuste abil
-turbeadministraatorile teada kõigest, mida msec peab võimalikuks ohuks.</para>
-
-      <para>Kui märkida kastike <guibutton>Perioodiliste turbekontrollide
-lubamine</guibutton>, näeb sellel kaardil kõiki mseci sooritatavaid
-perioodilisi kontrolle ja nende sagedust. Muudatusi saab siin teha samamoodi
-nagu eespool kirjeldatud kaartidel.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Erandite kaart</title>
-
-      <para>Mõnikord käivad hoiatused hästi teada ja soovitud olukorra kohta. Sel juhul
-ei ole neil tegelikult mõtet ja nad vaid raiskavad administraatori
-aega. Sellel kaardil saab luua nii palju erandeid kui vaja, et vältida
-tarbetuid turbehoiatusi. Enesest mõista on see kaart mseci esmakäivitusel
-tühi. Allpool oleval pildil on näha neli erandit.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Erandi loomiseks tuleb klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton>.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Valige vajalik perioodiline kontroll ripploendist
-<guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel> ja kirjutage erand tekstikasti
-<guilabel>Erand</guilabel>. Erandi lisamine ei ole mõistagi midagi jäävat:
-selle võib kustutada <guilabel>erandite</guilabel> kaardil klõpsuga nupule
-<guibutton>Kustuta</guibutton>, samuti võib seda topeltklõpsuga muuta.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Õiguste kaart</title>
-    <para>Sellel kaardil saab kontrollida ja jõustada failide ja kataloogide õigusi.</para>
-    <para>Nagu turvalisuse puhul, kasutab msec ka õiguste puhul mitmesuguseid tasemeid
-(standard, secure jne), mida kehtestatakse vastavalt valitud
-turbetasemele. Soovi korral saab luua omaenda õigustetasemeid, salvestades
-need faili <filename>perm.&lt;tasemenimi></filename> kataloogis
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. See võimalus on mõeldud väga
-kogenud kasutajatele, kel läheb tarvis kohandatud seadistust. Samuti saab
-siinsamas kaardil muuta õigusi just selliseks nagu vaja. Kehtiv seadustus on
-salvestatud faili <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Selles
-leiab loetelu kõigist õiguste muudatustest.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Vaikimisi õigusi kuvatakse reeglite loendina (üks reegel rea kohta). Alates
-vasakult antakse teada reegliga hõlmatud fail või kataloog, seejärel selle
-omanik, grupp ja lõpuks õigused. Kui reegli puhul</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> ei ole märgitud, kontrollib
-msec ainult seda, kas reeglis määratud õigused kehtivad, ning saadab
-turbehoiatuse, kui see nii pole, aga ei muuda ise midagi.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>kui kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> on märgitud, kontrollib
-msec esimese perioodilise kontrolli ajal õiguste vastavust reeglile ning
-kirjutab need erinevuse korral üle.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Et see toimiks, peab <emphasis role="bold">perioodiliste kontrollide
-kaardil</emphasis> olema valik CHECK_PERMS sobivalt seadistatud.</para></important><para>Uue reegli loomiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton> ja
-täitke väljad, nagu näha alloleval pildil. Väljal <guilabel>Fail</guilabel>
-võib kasutada metamärki *. “current” tähendab, et midagi ei muudeta.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Muudatuste jõustamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> ning
-kindlasti ärge unustage enne tööriistast väljumist kõiki muudatusi
-salvestamast menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui
-olete seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle
-vaadata. </para>
-    <note><para>Reegleid võib samuti luua või muuta seadistustefaili
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> redigeerides.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para><emphasis role="bold">Õiguste kaardil</emphasis> (või otse
-seadistustefailis) tehtud muudatusi võetakse arvesse esimesel perioodilisel
-kontrollil (vt valikut CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role="bold">perioodiliste
-kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>). Kui soovite, et neid kohe arvestataks,
-kasutage käsureal administraatori õigustes käsku msecperms. Eelnevalt võib
-anda käsu msecperms -p, millega saab teada õigused, mida msecperms muudab.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Pange kindlasti tähele, et kui muudate õigusi käsureal või failihalduris,
-siis faili puhul, millel on <emphasis role="bold">õiguste kaardil</emphasis>
-ära märgitud kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel>, kirjutab
-msecgui mõne aja pärast vanad õigused tagasi vastavalt valikutele
-CHECK_PERMS ja CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE <emphasis role="bold">perioodiliste
-kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 11aa0e76..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Muud Mageia tööriistad</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Mageial on teisigi tööriistu peale nende, mida saab käivitada
-juhtimiskeskuses. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid lähemalt tundma
-õppida, või lugege lihtsalt edasi.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>VEEL KIRJUTAMATA </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Ja veel tööriistu?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e42b30d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Tarkvara haldamine (paigaldamine ja eemaldamine)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Rpmdrake'i sissejuhatus</title>
-
-    <para>See tööriist<footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote>, mida tuntakse ka nimega
-drakrpm, kujutab endast tarkvarapakettide paigaldamise, eemaldamise ja
-uuendamise programmi. See on käsureaprogrammi urpmi graafiline
-kasutajaliides. Igal käivitamisel kontrollib rakendus otse Mageia ametlikest
-serveritest tarkvarahoidlates olevate paketinimekirjade (neid nimetatakse ka
-"andmekandjateks") sisu ning näitab seejärel uusimaid teie arvutile
-saadaolevaid rakendusi ja programme. Filtritega saab lasta näidata ainult
-teatud tüüpi tarkvarapakette: näiteks võib lasta näidata ainult paigaldatud
-rakendusi (vaikimisi) või hoopis ainult saadaolevaid uuendusi. Samuti saab
-näha ainult paigaldamata tarkvarapakette. Lisaks saab tarkvara otsida kas
-paketi nime, kirjelduse kokkuvõttes või täiskirjelduses esinevate sõnade või
-paketis leiduvate failide nime järgi.</para>
-
-    <para>Töötamiseks vajab rpmdrake tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud tööriistaga,
-mida kirjeldab <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Paigaldamise ajal on hoidlaks seadistatud andmekandja, mida paigaldamiseks
-kasutatakse (tavaliselt DVD või CD). Kui see andmekandja alles jätta, pärib
-rpmdrake selle järele iga kord, kui soovite mõnda tarkvarapaketti
-paigaldada, järgmise hüpikaknaga: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>Kui selline aknake teid häirib ja teil on korralik internetiühendus,
-mille allalaadimise piirang pole kuigi range, oleks mõistlik see andmekandja
-eemaldada ja asendada võrguhoidlaga, nagu kirjeldab <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-      <para>Pealegi on võrguhoidlates alati kõige uuem tarkvara, palju rohkem pakette
-ning nende kaudu saab ka juba paigaldatud tarkvara uuendada.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Akna põhiosad</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Paketitüübi filter:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata ainult teatavat laadi
-tarkvarapakette. Halduri käivitamisel esimest korda näidatakse ainult
-graafilise kasutajaliidesega rakendusi. Näidata võib lasta kas kõiki pakette
-ning nende sõltuvusi ja teeke või ainult paketirühmi, näiteks ainult
-rakendused, ainult uuendused või Mageia uuematest versioonidest tagasi
-porditud tarkvarapaketid.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Filtri selline vaikimisi seadistus on mõeldud neile, kellele Linux või
-Mageia on võõras ja kes usutavasti ei soovi paigaldada käsurea- või
-tõsistele asjatundjatele mõeldud tööriistu. Et te käesolevat käsiraamatut
-loete, on tõenäoline, et tunnete huvi oma teadmiste täiendamise vastu Mageia
-osas, niisiis teil võiks olla mõttekas määrata filtriks "Kõik".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Paketioleku filter:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata kas ainult paigaldatud või paigaldamata
-tarkvarapakette või kõiki, nii paigaldatud kui ka paigaldamata pakette.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Otsingurežiim:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Sellele ikoonile klõpsates saab valida, kas otsida paketinimedes,
-kokkuvõtetes, täielikes kirjeldustes või pakettides leiduvate failide
-nimedes.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Otsingukast:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Siia tuleb kirjutada üks või rohkem otsingusõna. Kui soovite otsida mitme
-sõna järgi, tuleb nende vahele lisada eraldaja "|". Kui näiteks soovite
-otsida korraga pakette mplayer ja xine, tuleb kirjutada "mplayer | xine".</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kustutamine:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Selle ikooniga saab korraga puhastada kogu otsingukasti.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kategooriate loend:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Sellel külgribal on kõik rakendused ja programmid jagatud kindlatesse
-kategooriatesse ja alamkategooriatesse.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kirjelduspaneel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Sellel paneelil on näha paketi nimi, kokkuvõte ja täielik kirjeldus. Siin
-näeb rohkelt kasulikku teavet valitud paketi kohta. Samuti on siin näha
-põhjalikud üksikasjad, paketis leiduvad failid ning hooldaja käega kirja
-pandud viimaste muudatuste loend.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Olekuveerg</title>
-
-    <para>Kui filtrid on paika pandud, saab tarkvara leida kas kategooria järgi
-(joonisel ala 6) või seda nime, kokkuvõtte või kirjelduse järgi otsides
-(joonisel ala 4). Tarkvarapakettide, mis vastavad otsingule - ja ärge
-unustage, et ka valitud andmekandjale -, juures näidatakse eri olekuikoone
-vastavalt sellele, kas nad on paigaldatud, paigaldamata, uuendused
-vms. Oleku muutmiseks tuleb lihtsalt märkida kastike paketi nime ees või
-sealt märge eemaldada ning klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Ikoon</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Tähendus</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">See pakett on juba paigaldatud</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">See pakett on valitud paigaldamiseks</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Selle paketi olekut ei saa muuta</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">See pakett on uuendus</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">See pakett on valitud eemaldamiseks</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Näide ülalolevalt pildilt:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Kui eemaldada märge paketi digikam eest (roheline nool ütleb, et see on
-paigaldatud), muutub olekuikoon üles suunatud punaseks nooleks ning pakett
-eemaldatakse, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Kui märkida pakett qdigidoc (mis ei ole paigaldatud, nagu näitab
-olekuveerg), ilmub alla suunatud oranž nool ja pakett paigaldatakse, kui
-klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sõltuvused</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Mõned paketid vajavad oma tööks teisi pakette, mida sellisel juhul
-nimetatakse sõltuvusteks. Need võivad olla näiteks teegid või mõned
-tööriistad. Sellisel juhul näitab Rpmdrake teabeakent, kus saab kas soostuda
-pakutavate sõltuvuste paigaldamisega, toimingust loobuda või hankida
-pakettide kohta rohkem teavet. Võib juhtuda ka nii, et vajalikku teeki pakub
-mitu tarkvarapaketti, millisel juhul Rpmdrake näitab alternatiivide
-nimekirja dialoogis, mille ühe nupuga on võimalik saada rohkem teavet ja
-teisega valida, milline pakett konkreetselt paigaldada.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e8e861e8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,258 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Skanneri seadistamine</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Paigaldamine</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>See tööriist <footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> võimaldab seadistada nii
-eraldiseisvat skannerit kui mitme funktsiooniga seadme
-skannerikomponenti. Samuti saab sellega jagada teie arvutiga ühendatud
-kohalikke seadmeid võrguarvutitele või hankida endale ligipääs
-võrguskanneritele.</para>
-
-    <para>Tööriista käivitamisel esimest korda võib ilmuda järgmine teade:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"Skanneri kasutamiseks on vajalik paigaldada SANE
-tarkvara.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Kas soovite seda teha?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Jätkamiseks valige <emphasis>Jah</emphasis>. Sel juhul paigaldatakse
-<code>scanner-gui</code> ja <code>task-scanning</code>, kui need pole varem
-paigaldatud.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Kui skanner korralikult tuvastatakse, nii et ülaloleval pildil on näha teie
-skanneri nimi, on skanner valmis kasutamiseks näiteks programmiga
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> või <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Sellisel juhul võib jätkata näiteks <emphasis>skanneri jagamise</emphasis>
-seadistamisega. Sellest kõneleb lähemalt peatükk <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Kui aga skannerit ei suudetud tuvastada ning ei aita ka kaablite ja toite
-kontrollimine ning seejärel nupu <emphasis>Uute skannerite
-otsimine</emphasis> kasutamine, tuleb klõpsata nupule <emphasis>Skanneri
-lisamine käsitsi</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Valige ilmuvast loendist oma skanneri tootja ja tootja alt mudel ning
-klõpsake nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Kui te oma skannerit loendist ei leia, klõpsake <emphasis>Loobu</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Palun kontrollige, kas teie skanner kuulub toetatute hulka nimekirjas <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> ja paluge abi <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">foorumis</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Pordi valimine</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Siin võib jätta kehtima valiku <emphasis>Kättesaadavate portide
-automaattuvastus</emphasis>, kui teie skanner ei ole just ühendatud
-paralleelporti. Sellisel juhul tuleks valida
-<emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis>, kui teil on paralleelporte ainult üks.</para>
-
-    <para>Pärast klõpsamist nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis> peaks enamasti ilmuma
-alloleva pildiga sarnanev aken.</para>
-<para>Kui seda ei juhtu, lugege palun <xref linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Skanneri jagamine</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Siin saab määrata, kas teie masinaga ühendatud skannerid on kättesaadavad
-võrgumasinatele ja millistele neist. Samuti saab siin määrata, kas
-võrgumasinate skannerid on teile kättesaadavad.</para>
-
-    <para>Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime
-või IP-aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, millel on lubatud kasutada
-teie arvutiga ühendatud kohalikke seadmeid.</para>
-
-    <para>Võrguskannerite kasutamine: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime või
-IP-aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, mis annavad ligipääsu
-võrguskanneritele.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: teil on võimalik lisada masinaid.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: teil on võimalik määrata, millised
-masinad lisada, või siis lubada kasutamine kõigile võrgumasinatele.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"Kõik võrgumasinad" on saanud õiguse kasutada kohalikku skannerit.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Kui tarkvarapakett <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ei ole paigaldatud, teeb
-tööriist ettepaneku seda teha.</para>
-
-    <para>Lõpetuseks muudab tööriist järgmisi faile:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>direktiivi "net" lisamiseks või
-väljakommenteerimiseks</para>
-
-    <para>Samuti seadistatakse <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ja
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> käivituma kohe alglaadimisel.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Spetsiifilised probleemid</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Enamikku HP skannereid saab hallata tööriistaga <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis> (hplip), mis haldab ka printereid. Sel juhul ei lase
-käesolev tööriist neid seadistada ja teeb etepaneku kasutada tööriista
-<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Draivereid leiab <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">sellelt
-leheküljelt</link>. Vajaduse korral tuleb paigaldada kõigepealt
-tarkvarapakett <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> ja siis
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (just sellises järjekorras). Võib juhtuda, et
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> annab hoiatuse konflikti kohta
-<emphasis>Sanega</emphasis>. Kasutajate kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Paigaldamise lisasammud</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Võib juhtuda, et pärast skanneri pordi valimist, nagu näitab <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/>, tuleb seadme korralikuks seadistamiseks veel
-üht-teist ette võtta.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Mõnel juhul võidakse teada anda, et skanner vajab igal käivitamisel püsivara
-laadimist. Tööriist võimaldab laadida püsivara seadmesse, kui olete seadme
-süsteemi paigaldanud. Tööriistaga saab paigaldada püsivara CD-lt või
-Windowsi paigaldusest või ka püsivara, mille olete alla laadinud tootja
-internetileheküljelt.</para><para>
-    Kui seade vajab püsivara laadimist, võib iga kord esimesel kasutamisel
-kuluda selleks päris pikk aeg, isegi üle minuti. Nii et tasub olla
-kannatlik.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Samuti võidakse teile öelda, et on vaja kohandada faili
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"teie_SANE_taustaprogrammi_nimi".conf</emphasis>. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Lugege hoolikalt jagatavaid juhiseid ja kui jääte hätta, ärge häbenege
-küsida abi <link xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">foorumist</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 22d8e368..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Tarkvara haldamine</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme tarkvara haldamist võimaldava tööriista
-vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Tarkvara haldamine</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Süsteemi
-uuendamine</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Paigaldamise ja
-uuendamise tarkvaraallikate seadistamine</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ac75933..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,334 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Printeri paigaldamine ja seadistamine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Sissejuhatus</title>
-
-    <para>Trükkimist haldab Mageias server nimetusega CUPS. Sellel on oma <link
-ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">seadistusliides</link>,
-mida saab kasutada veebilehitsejas, kuid Mageia pakub printerite
-paigaldamiseks omalt poolt tööriista system-config-printer, mis on
-tarvitusel ka teistes distributsioonides, näiteks Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
-ja openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>Enne paigaldamise juurde asumist tuleks lubada mittevaba (non-free) tarkvara
-hoidla kasutamine, sest mõningaid draivereid võib leida ainult sealt.</para>
-
-    <para>Printeri paigaldamise tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli
-<guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> sektsioonis <guilabel>Trükkimise ja
-skannimise seadistamine</guilabel><footnote>
-        <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>Mageia juhtimiskeskus soovib paigaldada kaks tarkvarapaketti:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Paigaldamise jätkamiseks on vaja pakutuga nõustuda. Koos sõltuvustega
-võtavad paigaldatavad paketid ruumi kuni 230 MB.</para>
-
-    <para>Printeri lisamiseks klõpsake nupule "Lisa". Süsteem üritab tuvastada kõik
-saadaolevad printerid ja pordid. Siinsel pildil on näha paralleelporti
-ühendatud printer. Kui leitakse mõni printer, näiteks paralleel- või
-USB-porti ühendatud printer, näidatakse seda esimesel real. Samuti saab siin
-üritada tuvastada võrguprintereid.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Printer tuvastati automaatselt</title>
-
-    <para>See käib tavaliselt USB-printerite kohta. Tööriist hangib automaatselt
-printeri nime ja näitab seda. Valige printer ja klõpsake "Edasi". Kui leidub
-printeriga seotud draiver, paigaldatakse see automaatselt. Kui võimalikke
-draivereid on rohkem või draiverit ei ole teada, ilmub aken, kus palutakse
-draiver valida või välja otsida, nagu järgnevalt selgitatakse. Automaatse
-paigalduse korral lugege edasi <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Printerit ei tuvastatud automaatselt</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Kui valida port, laadib süsteem draiverite loendi ja avab akna, kus saab
-draiveri valida. Valik tuleb langetada järgmisi võimalusi kasutades.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Printeri valimine andmebaasist</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>PPD-faili määramine</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Allalaaditava printeri draiveri otsimine</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Andmebaasist valimise korral pakutakse kõigepealt välja printeri tootja ning
-seejärel seade ja sellega seotud draiver. Kui pakutakse üle ühe draiveri,
-valige soovitatav, kui te just pole sama draiveriga varem probleemide otsa
-sattunud, millisel juhul tuleks mõistagi valida selline draiver, mis
-teadaolevalt toimib.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Paigaldamise lõpetamine</title>
-
-    <para>Draiveri valimise järel soovitakse mõningat teavet, mis aitaks süsteemil
-printerit ainulaadselt tuvastada ja esitada. Esimesel väljal tuleb anda
-nimi, mille all näeb seadet rakenduste saadaolevate printerite
-nimekirjas. Seejärel soovitab paigaldusprogramm trükkida
-testlehekülje. Selle järel printer lisatakse ning seda näeb edaspidi
-saadaolevate printerite nimekirjas.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Võrguprinter</title>
-
-    <para>Võrguprinterid on printerid, mis on vahetult ühendatud juhtmega või juhtmeta
-võrku, printserveriga või mõne tööjaamaga, mis toimib printserverina.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Sageli on mõistlik seadistada DHCP-server alati seostama fikseeritud
-IP-aadressi printeri MAC-aadressiga. Loomulikult peab see olema sama
-IP-aadress, mis on printserveri printeril, kui sellel on fikseeritud
-aadress.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>Printeri MAC-aadress on printerile või printserverile või arvutile, millega
-printer on ühendatud, antud seerianumber, mille saab teada printeri trükitud
-seadistusteleheküljelt või mis on kirjas printeri või printserveri enda
-peal. Kui teie jagatud printer on ühendatud Mageia süsteemiga, võite anda
-MAC-aadressi teadasaamiseks süsteemis administraatori õigustes käsu
-<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>. Aadress kujutab endast numbrite
-ja tähtede jada pärast alguses seisvat "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>Võrguprinteri lisamiseks tuleb valida protokoll, mida see kasutab teie
-arvutiga üle võrgu suhtlemisel. Kui te ei tea, milline protokoll valida,
-võite proovida valikut <guilabel>Võrguprinter</guilabel> - <guilabel>Otsi
-võrguprinterit</guilabel> ja kirjutada printeri IP-aadressi paremal asuvale
-väljale "Masin".</para>
-
-    <para>Kui tööriist tunneb printeri või printserveri ära, pakutakse välja protokoll
-ja tööjärjekord, kuid soovi korral võib valida allolevast loendist sobivama
-või määrata käsitsi vajaliku tööjärjekorra nime, kui seda loendis ei esine.</para>
-
-    <para>Printeri või printserveri dokumentatsioonist võib täpsemalt teada saada,
-milliseid protokolle see toetab ja millised võivad olla tööjärjekordade
-nimed.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Trükkimise võrguprotokollid</title>
-
-    <para>Ühe tänapäeval levinud meetodi töötas välja Hewlett-Packard ja see kannab
-nimetust JetDirect. See võimaldab võrguga otse ühendatud printerit kasutada
-üle Etherneti pordi. Te peate teadma IP-aadressi, mille järgi printer võrgus
-tuvastatakse. Sama meetodit kasutatakse mõnes ADSL-ruuteris, mis sisaldavad
-printeri ühendamiseks USB-porti. Pange tähele, et tööriist "HP Device
-Manager" võib hallata dünaamiliselt seadistatud IP-aadressi, määrates umbes
-sellise URI nagu <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;printeri-nimi></emphasis> . Sellisel
-juhul pole fikseeritud IP-aadress vajalik.</para>
-
-    <para>Valige protokolliks <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> ja määrake
-aadress väljal <guilabel>Masin:</guilabel>, kuid ärge muutke midagi väljal
-<guilabel>Pordi number</guilabel>, kui te just ei tea, et seal kindlasti
-peab midagi muutma. Protokolli valimise järel läheb draiveri valimine edasi
-samamoodi, nagu eespool kirjeldatud.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ülejäänud protokollid on järgmised:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: printer, mida saab
-kasutada TCP/IP võrgus IPP protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on
-ühendatud tööjaamaga, kus töötab CUPS. Seda protokolli võivad kasutada ka
-mõned ADSL-ruuterid.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine,
-aga kasutatakse TSL-turbega HTTP-protokolli. Määrata tuleb port. Vaikimisi
-on selleks 631.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine,
-aga TSL-turbega protokoll.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR masin või printer</emphasis>: printer, mida saab kasutada
-TCP/IP võrgus LPD protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on ühendatud
-tööjaamaga, kus töötab LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windowsi printer SAMBA kaudu</emphasis>: printer, mis on ühendatud
-tööjaamaga, kus töötab Windows või SMB server, ja on välja jagatud.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>URI võib määrata ka otse. Mõned näited, kuidas URI võib välja näha:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-aadress-või-masinanimi:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-aadress-või-masinanimi:port/ressurss</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-aadress-või-masinanimi:port/ressurss</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemoni (LPD) protokoll</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://kasutajanimi@ip-aadress-või-masinanimi/tööjärjekord</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Lisateavet võib leida <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS-i
-dokumentatsioonist.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Seadme omadused</title>
-
-    <para>Soovi korral võib uurida või muuta seadme omadusi. Menüü võimaldab ligipääsu
-CUPS-serveri parameetritele. Vaikimisi on süsteemis CUPS-server käivitatud,
-kuid soovi korral võib määrata mõne muu serveri menüükäsuga
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Ühenda...</guimenuitem> Serveri
-enda parameetreid saab vajaduse korral muuta menüükäsuga
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Seadistused</guimenuitem>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Probleemide lahendamine</title>
-
-    <para>Mõningat teavet trükkimisel esinenud probleemide kohta leiab failist
-<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>Samuti saab kasutada probleemidele diagnoosi panevat tööriista, mille avab
-menüükäsk <guimenu>Abi</guimenu> | <guilabel>Probleemide
-lahendamine</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Spetsiifilised probleemid</title>
-
-    <para>Võib juhtuda, et mõne konkreetse printeri draiver pole Mageias saada või on
-saadaolev vigane. Sellisel juhul tasuks uurida <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting'i</link>
-veebilehte, kust võib saada teada, kas teie seadmele ikka leidub
-draiverit. Jaatava vastuse korral tuleks kontrollida, ega Mageia seda ei
-paku, ja kui pakub, siis see käsitsi paigaldada. Seejärel tuleb printeri
-seadistamiseks paigaldamisprotsess uuesti läbi teha. Igal juhul tasuks
-sellistest probleemidest teada anda ka Bugzillas või foorumis ning mõistagi
-märkida ära mudeli ja draiveri teave ning seegi, kas printer hakkas pärast
-paigaldamist tööle või mitte. Järgnevalt tuuakse ära mõned allikad, kust
-leida uusimaid draivereid, eriti uuematele seadmetele, mille draiverid ei
-pruugi olla tarkvarahoidlatesse jõudnud.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brotheri printerid</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Sellel
-leheküljel</link> leiab Brotheri pakutavate draiverite loendi. Valige oma
-seadme draiver, laadige RPM-fail või -failid alla ja paigaldage printer.</para>
-
-    <para>Brotheri draiver tuleks paigaldada enne seadistamistööriista käivitamist.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packardi printerid ja All-in-one
-seadmed</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Need seadmed kasutavad tööriista hplip. See paigaldatakse pärast printeri
-tuvastamist või valimist automaatselt. Rohkem teavet leiab <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">siit</link>.
-Tööriista "HP Device Manager" leiab peamenüüst alajaotuses
-<guilabel>Süsteem</guilabel>. Printeri haldamise kohta tasuks vaadata ka
-<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">seadistamislehekülge</link>.</para>
-
-    <para>HP All-in-one seade tuleb paigaldada printerina ja seejärel lisada skanneri
-võimalused. Pange tähele, et mõnikord ei võimalda Xsane liides skannida
-filme või slaide. Sel juhul on võimalik skannida autonoomses režiimis ja
-salvestada pilt seadmesse sisestatud mälukaardile või USB-pulgale. Hiljem
-avage meelepärane pilditöötlusrakendus ning laadige mälukaardi kataloogis
-/media leiduv pilt.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsungi värviprinterid</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Teatavate Samsungi ja Xeroxi värviprinterite jaoks pakub <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">see lehekülg draivereid</link> QPDL
-protokollile.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epsoni printerid ja skannerid</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Epsoni printerite draivereid võib leida <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">sellelt
-otsinguleheküljelt</link>. Skanneri kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada kõigepealt
-tarkvarapakett "iscan-data" ja siis "iscan" (just selles järjekorras). </para>
-
-    <para> Pakett iscan võib anda hoiatuse konflikti kohta Sanega. Kasutajate
-kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canoni printerid</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Canoni printerite korral on soovitatav paigaldada tööriist turboprint, <link
-ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">mille leiab siit</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9156d0bc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Windows(TM) dokumentide ja seadistuste import</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role="bold">Süsteem</emphasis> kirje
-alt <guilabel>Windows(TM) dokumentide ja seadistuste import</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para>Tööriist võimaldab administraatoril importida kasutaja dokumendid ja
-seadistused operatsioonisüsteemist <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP või <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>, kui
-need asuvad samas arvutis Mageiaga.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Palun arvestage, et kõik tööriistas transfugdrake tehtud muudatused
-rakenduvad kohe pärast klõpsu nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Tööriista käivitamise järel ilmub nõustaja esimene aken, kus selgitatakse
-lühidalt selle eesmärki ja importimisvõimalusi.</para>
-
-  <para>Kui olete juhised hoolega läbi lugenud, klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Nüüd üritab tööriist tuvastada <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> paigalduse.</para>
-
-  <para>Kui see on tuvastatud, näete akent, kus saate valida vajaliku(d) <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> ja Mageia konto(d). Võimalik on
-valida ka mõni muu konto kui teie enda oma.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Pange tähele, et programmi migrate-assistant (transfugdrake'i
-taustaprogramm) piirangute tõttu võivad erimärke sisaldavad <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> kasutajakontode nimed olla vigaselt
-kuvatud.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Kolimine võtab sõltuvalt dokumendikaustade suurusest mõnevõrra aega.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Mõned <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> rakendused (eriti
-draiverid) võivad omaenda eesmärgil luua kasutajakontosid. Näiteks
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> NVidia draivereid
-uuendatakse kasutajakonto <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> abil. Selliseid
-kontosid ei ole kindlasti mõtet importida.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Kui olete kontovaliku lõpetanud, klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida dokumentide
-importimise viisi:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake on mõeldud importima <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> andmeid kaustadest <emphasis>Minu
-dokumendid</emphasis>, <emphasis>Minu muusika</emphasis> ja <emphasis>Minu
-Pildid</emphasis>. Soovi korral võib impordi vahele jätta, valides aknas
-vastava valiku.</para>
-
-  <para>Kui olete valinud dokumentide importimise viisi, klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida järjehoidjate
-importimise viisi:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake oskab importida <emphasis>Internet Exploreri</emphasis> ja
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefoxi</emphasis> järjehoidjad Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla
-Firefoxi</emphasis> paigaldusse.</para>
-
-  <para>Valige soovitud importimise viis ja klõpsake nupule
-<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>Järgmises aknas on võimalik lasta importida töölaua taust:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Valige soovitud viis ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>Viimases aknas näete õnnitlust. Nüüd ei ole enam midagi muud teha kui
-klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b2b110b6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Kasutajad ja grupid</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selle tööriista<footnote>
-      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">userdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> leiab Mageia
-juhtimiskeskuses paneeli <emphasis role="bold">Süsteem</emphasis>
-sektsioonist "Haldamistööriistad".</para>
-
-  <para>Tööriist annab administraatorile võimaluse hallata kasutajaid ja gruppe, see
-tähendab kasutajaid ja gruppe lisada või kustutada ning muuta kasutajate ja
-gruppide seadistusi (ID, shell...).</para>
-
-  <para>Userdrake'i avamisel näidatakse kõiki süsteemis leiduvaid kasutajaid kaardil
-<guibutton>Kasutajad</guibutton> ja kõiki gruppe kaardil
-<guibutton>Grupid</guibutton>. Mõlemad kaardid on põhimõtteliselt sarnased.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1) Lisa kasutaja</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Sellele nupule klõpsates ilmub uus aken, mille kõik väljad on tühjad:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Väli <emphasis role="bold">Täisnimi</emphasis> on mõeldud ees- ja
-perekonnanime sisestamiseks, aga sellele võib kirjutada muidugi ka midagi
-muud või üldse tühjaks jätta!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Kasutajatunnus</emphasis> on ainuke nõutav väli.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Parooli</emphasis> määramine on äärmiselt
-soovitatav. Välja paremas servas asub väike kilp: kui see on punane, siis on
-parool nõrk, liiga lühike või liiga sarnane kasutajatunnusega. Mõistlik
-oleks kasutada arve, suur- ja väiketähti, kirjavahemärke jms. Parooli
-tugevuse paranedes muutub kilp algul oranžiks ja lõpuks roheliseks.</para>
-
-  <para>Väli <emphasis role="bold">Parool teist korda</emphasis> kindlustab, et
-sisestasite ikka sellise parooli, mida soovisite.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Kasutatav shell </emphasis>on rippmenüüga väli, kus
-saab muuta shelli, mida lisatav kasutaja hakkab tarvitama. Valikuteks on
-Bash, Dash ja Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Kasutajale luuakse privaatgrupp</emphasis>: märkimise
-korral luuakse automaatselt sama nimega grupp, mille ainuke liige on loodav
-kasutaja (seda saab muidugi hiljem muuta).</para>
-
-  <para>Ülejäänud valikud peaksid olema enesestmõistetavad. Uus kasutaja luuakse
-kohe pärast klõpsamist nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2) Lisa grupp</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Siin tuleb kirjutada ainult uue grupi nimi ja kui vaja, siis omistada
-grupile spetsiifiline ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3) Muuda</emphasis> (kui valitud on kasutaja)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Kasutaja andmed</guibutton>: siin saab muuta kõiki andmeid, mis
-omistati kasutajale loomisel (muuta ei saa ainult ID-d).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Konto info</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esimese valikuga saab kontole määrata aegumise tähtaja. Pärast määratud aega
-ei ole sisselogimine enam võimalik. Seda on mõistlik kasutada ajutiste
-kontode korral.</para>
-
-  <para>Teise valikuga saab konto lukustada. Kui konto on lukustatud, ei ole
-võimalik sisse logida.</para>
-
-  <para>Samuti saab siin muuta ikooni.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Parooli info</emphasis>: siin saab määrata parooli
-aegumise tähtaja. See sunnib kasutajat oma parooli perioodiliselt muutma.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grupid</emphasis>: siin saab valida, millistesse
-gruppidesse kasutaja kuulub.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Kui muuta sisselogitud kasutaja kontot, ei jõustu muudatused enne kasutaja
-järgmist sisselogimist.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4) Muuda</emphasis> (kui valitud on grupp)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grupi andmed</emphasis>: siin saab muuta grupi nime.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grupi kasutajad</emphasis>: siin saab valida
-kasutajad, kes gruppi kuuluvad.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5) Kustuta</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Valige kasutaja või grupp ja klõpsake eemaldamiseks nupule <emphasis
-role="bold">Kustuta</emphasis>. Kasutaja korral ilmub dialoog, kus
-küsitakse, kas kustutada ka kodukataloog ja postkast. Kui kasutajale on
-loodud privaatgrupp, kustutatakse seegi.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Kustutada saab ka grupi, milles on liikmeid.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6) Värskenda</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Kasutajate andmebaasi saab muuta ka mujal kui Userdrake'is. Sellele ikoonile
-klõpsates värskendatakse näidatavaid kasutajaid ja gruppe.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7) Külaliskonto</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Külaline ehk guest</emphasis> on eriline konto. Selle
-mõte on anda kellelegi ajutine ligipääs süsteemile täieliku turbe
-tingimustes. Kasutajatunnus on xguest, parooli pole ning selle kontoga sisse
-logides ei saa süsteemis midagi muuta. Kasutaja isiklikud kataloogid
-kustutatakse koos seansi lõpetamisega. See konto on vaikimisi lubatud, kui
-aga soovite seda keelata, valige menüükäsk<guimenu> Toimingud -&gt; Eemalda
-külalise (guest) konto</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu.po b/docs/mcc-help/eu.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 37ac140f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11438 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro2@hotmail.com>, 2014
-# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014-2017
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-07-25 08:36+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"eu/)\n"
-"Language: eu\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Sartu WebDAV bitartez partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean "
-"aurki daiteke, Sareko Partekatze fitxa pean, <guilabel>WebDAV ekintzak "
-"Konfiguratu</guilabel> bezala etiketatuta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Sarrera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> "
-"direktorio lokal bat bezala agertzeko , inguruan web-zerbitzari baten "
-"direktoriora igo onartzen duen protokolo bat da. Beharrezkoa da urruneko "
-"makina bat martxan jarritzea WebDAV zerbitzari. Hau ez da WebDAV-zerbitzaria "
-"konfiguratzeko tresnaren helburua."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Sarrera berri bat sortzen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna honen lehenengo pantailan bistaratutako sarrerak ezarrita daude "
-"dagoeneko, baldin badaude, eta <guibutton>Berria</guibutton> botoia. Erabili "
-"hau sarrera berri bat sortzeko. Idatzi zerbitzariaren helbidea pantaila "
-"berriaren eremuan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Ondoren ekintza batzuk hautatzeko pantaila bat agertzen da. "
-"<guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> ekintzarekin jarraitu "
-"<guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia hautatu ondoren klikatuz, jadanik "
-"<guibutton>Zerbitzaria</guibutton> ezarrita dago. Hala ere, zuzendu ahal "
-"izango da, behar izanez gero."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Urruneko direktorioa edukia mount puntu honen bidez eskuragarri izango da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Hurrengo urratsean, sartu zure erabiltzaile izena eta pasahitza. Beste "
-"aukera batzuk behar izanez gero, <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> erraztu "
-"ditzakezu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Mount</guibutton> aukera berehala muntatu duzun sarbidea "
-"ahalbidetzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartu ondoren, "
-"lehenengo pantailan berriz agertzen da eta muntatze puntu berria "
-"zerrendatzen da. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> aukeratu ondoren, galdetuko "
-"zaizu aldaketak <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>-en gorde nahi dituzun edo "
-"ez. Aukera hau onartu urruneko direktorioa abio guztietan erabilgarri izatea "
-"nahi baduzu. Konfigurazioak erabilera baterrako baldin badira, ez gorde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Partekatu zure disko zurrunaren partizioak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna sinple hau<placeholder type=\"fotnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"administratzaileari baimentzen dio, windows edo Linux sitema eragileak "
-"erbiltzen duten sare lokal bereko beste erabiltzaile batzuekiko bere /home-"
-"ko azpidirektorioen zatiak partekatzea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia Kontrol Gunean aurkitzen da, Tokiko Disko fitxan, \"Partekatu zure "
-"disko gogorrean partizioak\" etiketaz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenik eta behin, erantzun honako galdera hauei: \"<guilabel>Erabiltzaileei "
-"haien direktorio batzuk partekatzea baimendu nahi duzu?</guilabel>\", Egin "
-"klik <guibutton>Ez partekatzea</guibutton> erantzuna ezezkoa bada "
-"erabiltzaile guztientzat, sakatatu <guibutton>Erabiltzaile guztiak baimendu</"
-"guibutton> erabiltzaile guztiak baimentzeko, edo egin klik "
-"<guibutton>Pertsonalizatu</guibutton> erantzuna batzuentzat ezezkoa eta "
-"beste batzuentzat baiezkoa bada. Azken kasu horretan, haien direktorioak "
-"partekatzea baimenduta duten erabiltzaileak sistemak autmatikoki sortuko "
-"duen Fileshare taldeko kide izan berha dira, Geroago galdetuko zaizu honi "
-"buruz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Sakatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel>, eta bigarren leiho bat agertuko da "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>-ren eta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>-ren artean "
-"aukeratu dezazun eskatuko dizuna. <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>markatu ezazu  "
-"Linux sareko sistema eragile bakarra bada, edo <guibutton>SMB</"
-"guibutton>sareak Linux eta Windows konputagailuak baditu. Ondoren klikatu "
-"<guilabel>OK</guilabel>. Eskatutako paketeak berehala instalatuko dira, "
-"beharrezkoa izango balitz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurazioa osatu da, pertsonalizatua aukera aukeratu ezean. Kasu honetan, "
-"leiho bat Userdrake irekitzeko eskatzen dizu.  Tresna honek aukera ematen "
-"dizu beren guneak partekatzeko baimendutako erabiltzaileei Fileshare taldera "
-"gehitzea. Erabiltzaile fitxan, sakatu Fileshare taldera gehitu beharreko "
-"erabiltzaileak, eta gero <guimenuitem>Editatu</guimenuitem>, Taldeen fitxan. "
-"Taldea markatu eta sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. Userdrake buruzko "
-"informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikusi <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">orri hau</"
-"xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Fileshare taldera erabiltzaile berri bat gehitzean, Sarean deskonektatu eta "
-"berriro konektatu behar duzu aldaketak egin ahal izateko kontuan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Hemendik aurrera fileshare taldeko erabiltzaile bakoitzak bere/bere "
-"fitxategi-kudeatzailean hautatu ahal izango du direktorio partekatzea, baina "
-"fitxategi-kudeatzaile guztiek ez dute zerbitzu hau."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
-#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "eu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Sartu NFS-rekin partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ordenagailuaren "
-"erabiltzaile guztientzako direktorio eskuragarriak deklaratzeko aukera "
-"emango dizu. Horretarako erabilitako den protokoloa NFS da, zein Unix edo "
-"Linux gehienetan aurkitzen da. Partekatutako direktorioa abiarazterakoan "
-"eskuragarri egongo da. Partekatze direktorioetan zuzenean ere sar daiteke, "
-"edozein fitxategi kudeatzaile erabiliz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Prozedura"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu <guibutton>bilaketa zerbitzarietan</guibutton> partekatze "
-"direktorioen zerbitzari zerrenda bat lortzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klikatu > sinboloa zerbitzari-izenaren aurretik partekatutako direktorioen "
-"zerrenda bistaratzeko eta hautatu atzitu nahi duzun direktorioa."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> botoia eskuragarri egongo da eta "
-"direktorioa non muntatu nahi duzun zehaztu behar duzu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Muntatze puntua aukeratu ondoren, muntaketarekin aurrera jarraitu dezakezu. "
-"Duzu aukera erabilgarriak ere begiratu ditzakezu, eta horiek aldatu "
-"<guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton> botoitik. Erabili botoi bera demuntatzeko."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartzean, mezu bat "
-"agertuko da galdetuz \"/etc/fstab-eko aldaketak gorde nahi dituzu ?\" Honek "
-"direktorioa abiatzen den bakoitzean ahalbidetzen du, sarea eskuragarri "
-"badago. Orduan direktorio berria zure fitxategi nabigatzailean eskuragarri "
-"egongo da, Dolphin-en adibidez."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "CD/DVD grabatzaile"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>disko lokalen hegalean "
-"aurkitzen da Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean zure hardware kengarriaren izenarekin "
-"etiketatuta (soilik CD/DVDa irakur-grabatzailea eta disketea)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Bere helburua da disko aldagarri nola muntatu definitzea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Leihoaren goialdean zure hardwareko eta aukeratutako muntaketa-aukeretako "
-"deskribapen laburra dago. Menua erabil ezazu behealdean haiek aldatzeko. "
-"Egiaztatu elementuak aldatzeko eta sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Muntatze-puntua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "Hautatu muntaketa puntua hau aldatzeko. Lehenetsia /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Aukerak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Muntatze aukera asko hauta daitezke hemen zerrendan edo azpimenuko "
-"<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel>ren bidez. Garrantzitsuenak hauek dira:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "Erabiltzaile/erabiltzaile gabe"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"User aukera du ez root erabiltzaile bati disko aldagarri bat muntatzeko "
-"aukera ematen dio. Aukera hau noexec, nosuid eta nodev dakar. Diskoa "
-"muntatutako erabiltzailea soilik kendu ahal izango du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr ""
-"Sartu Windows-en modura (SMB) partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ordenagailuaren "
-"erabiltzaile guztientzako direktorio eskuragarriak deklaratzeko aukera "
-"emango dizu. Horretarako erabilitako den protokoloa SMB da, zein komuna den "
-"Windows(TM) sistemen artean. Partekatutako direktorioa abiarazterakoan "
-"eskuragarri egongo da. Partekatze direktorioetan zuzenean ere sar daiteke, "
-"edozein fitxategi kudeatzaile erabiliz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna abiatu Aurretik, ideia ona da eskuragarri dauden zerbitzarien izenak "
-"aldarrikatzea, da adibidez <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu <guibutton> zerbitzariak bilatu </guibutton> direktorioak "
-"partekatzen duten zerbitzarien zerrenda lortzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klikatu &gt; zerbitzari-izenaren aurrean agertzen den sinboloan aurkezteko "
-"partekatutako direktorioen zerrenda bat, eta aukeratu sartzeko nahi duzuna. "
-"eta aukeratu sartzea desiratzen duzuna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> botoia eskuragarri egongo da eta "
-"direktorioa non muntatu nahi duzun zehaztu behar duzu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Muntatze puntua aukeratu ondoren, <guimenu>Muntatze Botoia</guimenu>rekin "
-"muntatu  daiteke. Baita egiaztatu dezakezu eta <guibutton>Aukerak</"
-"guibutton> baotoiarekin aukera batzuk aldatu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeretan, izena eta pasahitza zehaztu dezakezu SMB zerbitzariarekin "
-"konektatzeko gaitasuna dutenentzat. Direktorioa muntatu ondoren, desmuntatu "
-"egin dezakezu botoi bera erabiliz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Eginda botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartzean, mezu bat agertuko da galdetuz \"/"
-"etc/fstab-eko aldaketak gorde nahi dituzu?\" Gordetzen, direktorioa abiatzen "
-"den bakoitzean ahalbidetzen du, sarea eskuragarri badago. Orduan direktorio "
-"berria zure fitxategi nabigatzailean eskuragarri egongo da, Dolphin-en "
-"adibidez."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "3D Mahaigain Efektuak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drak3d</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aukera ematen dizu "
-"zure sistema eragilearen 3D mahaigain efektuak kudeatzeko aukera. Hauek "
-"lehenespenez desgaituta aurkitzen dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Pizten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau erabili ahal izateko glxinfo paketea instalatuta izan behar duzu. "
-"Paketea instalatuta ez badago, instalatzea  eskatuko zaizu drak3d hasi "
-"aurretik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Drak3d hasi aurretik menu bat agertuko da. Bertatik aukeratu ahal izango "
-"duzu <guilabel>Ez dago 3D efekturik</guilabel> edo <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
-"guilabel>. Compiz Fusion leiho konposaketa administratzaile/kudeatzaile "
-"baten parte da, zein hardware-azeleratuta efektu bereziak barneratzen dituen "
-"mahaigainerako. Compiz Fusion aukeratu ezazu hura pizteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Programa hau mageia garbi bat instalatu ondoren lehen aldiz erabili baduzu, "
-"ohar-mezu bat jasoko duzu ze pakete instalatu behar den Compiz Fusion "
-"erabiltzeko adieraziz. Klikatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia "
-"jarraitzeko."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Beharrezko paketeak instalatu ondoren, Compiz Fusion drak3d menuan "
-"hautatutako agertzen dela ikusiko duzu. Aldaketak eragina izateko saioa "
-"amaitu eta berriro saioa hasi beharko duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Saioa berriro hasi ondoren, Compiz Fusion aktibatuta egongo da. Compiz "
-"Fusion ezartzeko ikusi CCSM Laguntza orrialdea (Compiz Konfigurazio Ezarpen "
-"kudeatzailea)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Arazoak konpontzea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Ezin da ikusi Mahaigaina saioa hasi ondoren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Compiz Fusion ahalbidetu  ondoren ezin baduzu ikusi mahaigaina berriz "
-"hasten, berrabiarazi ordenagailua saio hasiera pantailara itzultzeko. Han "
-"Mahaigain ikonoaren gainean klik egin eta aukeratu drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Berriro saioa hasterakoan, berriro, zure kontua administratzaile eskubideak "
-"badauzka, eskatuko zaizu zure pasahitza berriro sartzea. Bestela, erabili "
-"administratzaile-kontu bat arazoa eragindako edozein aldaketa desegiteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Autentikazioa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakauth</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ahalbidetzen zaitu "
-"makinan edo sarean erabiltzailea bezala ezagutu ahal zaituen modua aldatzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenetsita, autentifikazio informazioa zure ordenagailuko fitxategi batean "
-"gordetzen da. Soilik aldatu zure sare administratzaileak baimentzen badu, "
-"eta jarraian hori egiteko argibideak ematen badizkizu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Gaitu saio hasiera automatikoa saioa automatikoki hasi dadin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakautologin</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> zure ingurune/"
-"mahaigainean erabiltzaile berari automatikoki konektatzeko aukera ematen "
-"dio, edozein pasahitz eskatu gabe. Autologin izenekoa. Hau ideia ona izan "
-"ohi da, han makina erabiltzeko erabiltzaile bakar bat badago."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia Kontrol Guneko <emphasis role=\"bold\">Abio</emphasis> erlaitzean "
-"kokatuta \"Saio-hasiera automatikoa itxuratzea\" deiturik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Interfaze botoiak nahiko bistakoak dira:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Egiaztatu <guibutton>Abiarazi ingurune grafikoa zure sistema abiaraztean</"
-"guibutton>, X Window Sistema hasi ondoren exekutatzea nahi izanez gero. "
-"Horrela ez bada sistema testu moduan hasiko da. Dena den, posible da GUI-a "
-"eskuz abiaraztea. Hau 'startx' edo 'systemctl start dm' komandoa exekutatzen "
-"egin daiteke."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o "
-"bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el "
-"sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar "
-"automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es "
-"necesario. En este caso, también necesita  suministrar el <guilabel>nombre "
-"de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</"
-"guilabel>.Lehengo laukia aktibatuta baldin badago, beste bi aukera agertuko "
-"dira. Markatu <guibutton>Ez, nik ez dut autologin-ik nahi</guibutton>, "
-"sistemak erabiltzailea eta pasahitza eskatzea nahi baduzu, edo "
-"<guibutton>Bai, (erabiltzaile, idazmahai) honekin automatikoki sartzea nahi "
-"dut</guibutton>, beharrezkoa bada. Horrelakoetan, <guilabel>lehenetsitako "
-"erabiltzaile izena</guilabel> hornitzea behar duzu baita "
-"<guilabel>lehenetsitako idazmahaia</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Ezarri abio sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"UEFI BIOS sistemaren ordez erabiltzen ari bazara, erabiltzaile interfazean "
-"zertxobait ezberdina da abio gailua EFI sistema partiziona (ESP) da, jakina."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakboot</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> abio aukerak "
-"itxuratzea baimentzen du (bootloader-aren aukeraketa, pasahitz bat "
-"definitzea, lehenetsitako abioa, etab.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia Kontrol Gunean \"Konfiguratu abio sistema\" Abio etiketa pean "
-"aurkitzen da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Ez ezazu tresna hau erabili, egiten duzuna zehazki ez badakizu.  "
-"Konfigurazio aldatzeak zure konputagailuaren abioa galaraz dezake!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenengo zatian, <guilabel>abio kudeatzaile</guilabel> izenekoa, posible da "
-"BIOS erabiliz gero <guibutton>abio kargatzaile bat erabiltzeko</guibutton> "
-"aukeratzea, Grub, Grub2 edo Lilo, interfaze grafikoa edo testua soilik. "
-"Hobespen pertsonal kontua da, bai batak bai besteak erraztasun berak "
-"hornitzen dituztenez gero. Baita <guibutton>Abioko gailua</guibutton> ezar "
-"dezakezu, baina mesedez, ez ezazu ezer aldatu honetan aditua ez bazara. "
-"Abioko gailua abioko kargatzailea dagoen lekua da, eta edozein aldaketa zure "
-"ordenagailua abiaraztea sahiestu dezake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"UEFI sisteman, abio kargatzailea <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> da eta /boot/"
-"EFI partizioan instalatuta dago. FAT32 formatuko partizio hau instalatutako "
-"sistema eragile guztietarako komuna da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"Bigarren zatian, <guilabel>Aukera nagusiak</guilabel> izenekoa, denbora "
-"<guibutton>Lehenetsitako irudia abiatu aurretik atzerapen</guibutton> bat "
-"ezar dezakezu, segundotan neurtuta. Bitarte horretan, Grub edo Lilo "
-"eskuragarri dauden sistema eragileen zerrenda erakutsiko dizu, zuk bat "
-"aukeratzeko asmoz. Ez baduzu aukeratzen, abioko kargatzailea berez "
-"definituriko sistema eragilea hasiko du, behin ezarritako epea amaitu "
-"ondoren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"Hirugarren eta azken zatian, <guibutton>Segurtasuna</guibutton>deiturikoa, "
-"posiblea da pasahitz bat abio kargatzailerako jartzea. Horrek esan nahi du "
-"erabiltzailearen izena eta pasahitza abiaraztean galdetuko direla "
-"abiarazteko edo sarrera ezarpenak aldatzea aukeratzeko. Erabiltzaile-izena "
-"\"root\" da eta pasahitza hemen aukeratutakoa da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"Botoi <guibutton>Aurreratuak</guibutton>  beste aukera batzuk aukeratzea "
-"baimentzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Gaitu ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) energia kudeatzeko "
-"estandar bat da. Erabiltzen ez diren gailuak geldituz elektrizitatea "
-"aurreztu dezakezu, metodo hau APM aurretik erabili zen. Hautatu lauki hau "
-"zure hardwarea ACPI estandarrarekin bateragarria bada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Gaitu SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP-ak Prozesadore Simetriko Anizkunak esan nahi du. Hainbat nukleoko "
-"prozesadoreetarako arkitektura da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Prozesadore bat baduzu HyperThreading-ekin, Mageia-k prozesadore duala "
-"bezala ikusiko du eta SMP-a aktibatuko du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Gaitu APIC</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Gaitu Tokiko APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC-ek Eten Kontrolatzaile Programagarri Aurreratuta esan nahi du. Bi "
-"osagarri daude Intel APIC-sisteman, APIC lokalean (LAPIC-a) eta I/O APIC-a. "
-"Bide hauek bus  periferikoetatik jasotzen dituen etenak prozesadorean "
-"aurkitzen dituzten APIC lokal bati edo gehiagori. Oso erabilgarria da "
-"Prozesadore askotako sistema batentzat. Ordenagailu batzuek arazoak dituzte "
-"APIC sistemarekin izoztea eragin dezakenak edo gailuen okerreko antzematea "
-"(errore-mezua \"sasikoa 8259A etena: IRQ7\"). Kasu honetan, APIC-a eta/edo "
-"APIC lokal desaktibatu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton> pantaila desberdina da aukeratu duzun abioko "
-"kargatzailearen arabera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "Grub Ondarea edo Lilo daukazu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Kasu honetan, abioan eskuragarri dauden  sarrera guztien zerrenda ikusi ahal "
-"izango duzu. Lehenetsi asterisko bat du. Menuko sarreren ordena aldatzeko, "
-"sakatu gora edo behera geziak hautatutako elementua mugitzeko. "
-"<guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> edo <guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton> botoietan "
-"klik egiten baduzu, leiho berri bat agertuko da kargatzaile menuan sarrera "
-"berri bat gehitu edo lehendik dagoen bat aldatzeko. Lilo edo Grub ezaguen "
-"izan behar ditzu tresna horiek erabili ahal izateko."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Etiketa</guilabel> eremua librea da, eta bertan idatz daiteke, "
-"menuan agertzea nahi duzun edukia. Grub \"title\"  komandoarekin bat  dator. "
-"Adibidez: Mageia3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Irudi</guilabel> eremuak nukleoa gordetzen duen gailuaren izena "
-"dauka. Grub-en \"kernel\"  komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez  /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Root</guilabel> eremuak nukleoa gordetzen duen gailuaren izena "
-"dauka. Grub-en \"root\" komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"\"Eranstea\" etiketak kernel-ari abioan eman behar zaizkion aukerak dauzka."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"\"lehenetsia\" Kutxa hautatuta badago, GRUB sarrera hau hasieratuko du modu "
-"lehenetsian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> izeneko aparteko pantailan, posible da "
-"<guilabel>Bideo-modua</guilabel> aukeratu ahal izatea, <guilabel>initrd</"
-"guilabel> fitxategia bat eta <guilabel>sare-profila</guilabel>, ikus <xref "
-"linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>, goitibeherako zerrendetan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"Grub2 edo Grub2-EFI dituzu (lehenetsia erabiltzen dute hurrenez hurren "
-"Ondare modua eta UEFI moduan abio kargatzaileak):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Kasu honetan, goitibeherako zerrendatik <guilabel>Lehenetsia</guilabel> "
-"etiketa eskuragarri dauden sarrera guztiak erakusten ditu; klikatu "
-"lehenetsita nahi duzuna. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Beste sistema eragile batzuk instalatuta badituzu, Mageia-k zure Mageia "
-"abiarazteko menura gehitzen saiatuko da. Portaera hori nahi ez baduzu, "
-"desmarkatu laukia <guilabel>Probatu Atzerriko SE</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> izeneko pantaila gehigarrian, posiblea da "
-"<guilabel>Bideo-modua</guilabel>aukeratzea. Abiorako Mageia nahi ez baduzu, "
-"baizik eta katea beste sistema eragile batetik kargatzea, egiaztatu laukia "
-"<guilabel>Ez ikutu ESP edo MBR</guilabel> eta abisua onartu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"ESP-ean ez MBR-ean ez instalatzeak esan nahi du instalazioa hori ez dela "
-"martxan jarriko katea beste sistema eragile batetik kargatuko ez balitz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Beste hainbat parametro ezartzeko, <emphasis>Grub Customizer</"
-"emphasis>izeneko tresna erabil dezakezu, Mageia biltegietan eskuragarri "
-"(ikus beherago)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Bildu erregistroak eta sistemaren informazioa Akatsen Txostenentzat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug_report</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\" /> komando lerrotik "
-"soilik hasi daiteke."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Gomendagarria da komando honen irteera fitxategi batean, adibidez <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report> drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>-an idaztea, baina "
-"ziurtatu diskoan espazio nahikoa duzula lehenengo: fitxategia erraz zenbait "
-"GB-takoa izan daiteke."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Irteera handiegia da akats txosten baterako behargabeko parteak lehenik eta "
-"behin ezabatu gabe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Komando honek zure sisteman ondoko informazioa biltzen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partizioak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "mageia bersioa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando se escribió esta ayuda,  la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este "
-"comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a "
-"nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog"
-"\" haciendo  (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl."
-"txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por "
-"ejemplo, tomar las últimas 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>."
-"Laguntza hau idatzi zenean, \"syslog\" komando honen irteerako \"partea\" "
-"hutsik zegoen, oraindik tresna hau ez zen estutu gure systemd-ko "
-"aldaketetara. Oraindik hutsik badago, \"syslog\" berreskura dezakezu "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis> (root "
-"bezala) eginez. Zuk diskoan espazio asko ez baduzu, erregistroaren azken "
-"5.000 lerroak har ditzakezu, adibidez, hurrengo komandoaren bitartez: "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Mageia akats txosten tresna"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazteko dezakezu <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Drakbug</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Normalean, tresna hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> automatikoki "
-"hasi egiten da Mageia-ko tresna batek talka egiten duenean. Dena den, "
-"litekeena da akats txosten bat bete ondoren, eskatu egingo zaizu tresna hau "
-"berriro abiaraztea emandako informazio batzuk egiaztatzeko, eta ondoren, "
-"informazio horiek akats txosten honetan sartzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Akats txosten berri bat behar bada eta ez zara hori egiteko gai, orduan "
-"mesedez irakur ezazu <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Nola egin akats txosten bat behar bezala</"
-"link> \"Salatu\" botoia sakatu aurretik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Akatsa jadanikbeste norbaitek aurkeztu badu (Drakbug  eman zion errore mezua "
-"berdina izango da), erabilgarria da iruzkin bat gehitzea zuk ikusi duzun "
-"existitzen den akats honetara."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Data eta ordua kudeatu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakclock</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Sistema hegalean "
-"aurkitzen da Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean <guilabel>\"Kudeatu data eta ordua\"</"
-"guilabel> etiketaturik. Mahaigaineko ingurune batzuetan eskuragarri ere "
-"dago, / data eta ordua Ezarri ... sistemaren barraren erlojuaren gainean "
-"eskuineko botoia sakatuz eskuragarri."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Oso tresna sinplea da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"Goiko ezker aldean <emphasis role=\"bold\">Egutegia</emphasis> dago. "
-"Pantaila-kapturako data Iraila (ezkerrean goian) da, 2012 (eskuinera goian), "
-"2a (urdinean) eta Igandea da. Hilabetea (edo urte) aukera ezazu Irailaren "
-"(edo 2012) alde bakoitzerako gezi txikietan klik eginez. Eguna aukera ezazu "
-"zenbakian klik eginez."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el "
-"reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque "
-"<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más "
-"cercano.Beheko ezkerreko izkinan sinkronizatu aukera dago <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> posible da erlojua beti orduan "
-"izatea zerbitzari batekin sinkronizatuta. Egiaztatu <guilabel>Gaitu Network "
-"Time Protocol</guilabel> eta aukeratu gertuen dagoen zerbitzaria."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Eskuinaldean erlojuak dago. Ezin duzu erlojua ezarri NTP gaituta izanez "
-"gero. Hiru kutxak ordu, minutu eta segundo (15, 28 eta 22 irudian) erakusten "
-"dute. Erabili geziak erlojua ordu egokiarekin ezartzeko. Formatua ezin da "
-"hemen aldatu, ikus mahaigain inguruneko konfigurazioa horretarako."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Gutxienez, behean eskuinean, hautatu zure ordu eremua <guibutton>Aldatu Ordu "
-"Eremua</guibutton> sakatuz eta zerrendako hurbilen dagoen herria aukeratzean."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Data edo ordu formatua tresna honetan aukeratzea posible ez izan arren, "
-"mahaigainean erakutsiko dira, eskualde ezarpenen arabera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Lotura bat ezabatu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hemen sare interfazea ezabatu dezakezu<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Egin klik zabaltzen den menuan, hautatu zein ezabatu nahi duzun eta egin "
-"klik <emphasis>Hurrengoa</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr "Sare interfaze arrakastaz ezabatua izan den mezu bat ikusiko duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Ezarri sareko interfaze berri bat (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakconnect</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bertako hainbat sare "
-"edo internet sarbide konfiguratu dezakezu. Interneteko zerbitzu "
-"hornitzaileak edo sare administratzaileren informazio izan behar duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukera ezazu, hardwarearekin eta zuk daukazun hornitzailearekin ados dagoen "
-"konexioko mota."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Kabledun konexio berri bat (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenengo leihoa erabilgarri dauden interfazeak zerrendatzen ditu. Hautatu "
-"bat konfiguratzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"Puntu honetan, IP helbide automatiko edo eskuzko bat aukeratzea ematen da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "IP Automatikoa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP Ezarpena</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP "
-"zerbitzariak aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian "
-"azaltzen den bezala. Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu "
-"behar da. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez "
-"bada, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izen lehenetsia egozten da. "
-"Izan ere DHCP zerbitzariak eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu "
-"hostnamea</emphasis> aukerarekin. DHCP zerbitzari guztiak ez dute mota "
-"honetako funtziorik eta zure ordenagailua etxeko ADSL router batetik IP "
-"helbidea lortzeko ezarpenak baditu, oso zaila da."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Botoi aurreratuak aukera zehatzak ematen ditu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Bilaketa domeinua (ez irisgarria, DHCP zerbitzariak emanda)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "DHCP bezeroa erabili"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP denbora muga"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP-tik (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS "
-"zerbitzaria"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "NTPD DHCP zerbitzarietatik lortu (erloju sinkronizazioa)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP "
-"requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección "
-"IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.DHCP "
-"eskatutako hosta. Erabili aukera hau DHCP zerbitzariak bezeroari eskatzen "
-"badio IP helbide bat jaso aurretik host bat zehaztea soilik. Aukera hau ez "
-"dute DHCP zerbitzari batzuek onartzen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Onartu ondoren, azken urratsak deskribatuko dira konexio guztien "
-"konfigurazioan komunak direnak: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Eskuzko konfigurazioa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: zer DNS zerbitzari erabiliko den "
-"aitortu behar duzu. Ordenagailuaren host izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. "
-"HOSTNAME bat zehazten ez bada, izena <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> egokituko da lehenspenez."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Egoitza-sare batentzako, IPa <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> bezalakoa da, "
-"sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta Pasabide eta DNS "
-"zerbitzariak zure zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Ezarpen aurreratu batean, <emphasis>Bilaketa Domeinu</emphasis> bat zehatz "
-"dezakezu. Normalean, zure domeinu nagusia izango litzateke, ordenagailua  "
-"\"splash\" baderitzo eta domeinu izena \"splash.boatanchor.net\" bilaketa "
-"domeinua \"boatanchor.net\" beharko litzateke. Zehazki, behar ez baduzu "
-"behintzat, ongi da, ez da ezarpen hau egiteko. Berriz ere, ADSL sareak ez du "
-"ezarpen hau behar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>-n agertzen dira"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Satelite konexio berri bat (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau "
-"idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link ns2:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Doc taldearekin.</"
-"link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Kable modem konexio berri bat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Egiaztatze-metodo bat zehaztu behar duzu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Bat ere ez"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (beharreko Telstra da). Kasu honetan erabiltzaile-izena eta "
-"pasahitza eman behar duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kable/IP Ezarpena</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP zerbitzariak "
-"aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian azaltzen den bezala. "
-"Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu behar da. "
-"Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez bada, "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izen lehenetsia egozten da. Izan "
-"ere DHCP zerbitzariak eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu "
-"hostnamea</emphasis> aukerarekin. DHCP zerbitzari guztiak ez dute mota "
-"honetako funtziorik eta zure ordenagailua etxeko ADSL router batetik IP "
-"helbidea lortzeko ezarpenak baditu, oso zaila da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kable/IP Ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak aitortu behar "
-"dira. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaz daiteke. Inongo HOSTNAME-rik ez bada "
-"zehazten, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izena lehenetsi eransten "
-"da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Ezarpen aurreratu batean, <emphasis>Bilaketa Domeinu</emphasis> bat zehatz "
-"dezakezu. Normalean, zure domeinu nagusia izango litzateke, ordenagailua  "
-"\"splash\" baderitzo eta domeinu izena \"splash.boatanchor.net\" bilaketa "
-"domeinua \"boatanchor.net\" beharko litzateke. Zehazki, behar ez baduzu "
-"behintzat, ongi da, ez da ezarpen hau egiteko. Berriz ere, etxeko sareak ez "
-"du ezarpen hau behar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "DSL konexio berri bat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresnak sareko interfazerik antzematen badu, bat hautatzea eta hura "
-"itxuratzeko aukera eskaintzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Hornitzaile zerrenda bat proposatzen da, herrialdeen arabera sailkatuta. "
-"Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendatu, hautatu <guilabel>Zerrendatu "
-"gabea</guilabel> gero aukerak idatzi eta zure eman hornitzailea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Protokolo erabilgarrietako bat hautatu ezazu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Eskuzko TCP/IP konfigurazioa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP ADSL gainetik (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Sarbide ezarpenak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Kontuaren identifikatzailea (erabiltzaile-izena)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Kontu pasahitza"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Aurreratuta) Bide Birtualeko ID-a (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Aurreratuta) Zirkuitu Birtualeko ID-a (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "RDSI konexio berri bat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Morroiak zein gailu konfiguratuko den:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Eskuz aukeratu (ISDN txartela)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Kanpoko ISDN modema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Hardware-zerrenda bat proposatzen da, kategoria eta fabrikatzailearen "
-"arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure txartela."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Gainontzeko muduarentzat Protokoloa, Europan ezik (DHCP) "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Europarako Protokoloa (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Herrialdearen arabera sailkatutako hornitzaileen zerrenda bat eskaintzen da "
-"ondoren. Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendan dago, aukeratu "
-"<guilabel>Ez da ageri</guilabel> eta idatzi zure ISPak emandako aukerak. "
-"Gero parametroak eskatuko zaizkizu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Konexio-izena"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Telefono-zenbakia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Saio-hasierako ID"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Egiaztatze-metodoa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Honen ondoren, IP helbideak automatikoki edo eskuzko metodo bidez jaso nahi "
-"duzun aukeratzea. Azken kasu horretan, idatzi IP helbidea eta azpisare "
-"maskara."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Hurrengo pausoa, DNS zerbitzarien helbideak automatikoki edo eskuzko metodoz "
-"lortzen diren edo ez adieraztea da. Eskuzko konfigurazioen kasuan, zehaztu "
-"behar duzu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Domeinu-izena:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Lehen eta bigarren DNS zerbitzariak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu host izena IP-tik ezarri den. Aukera hau zure hornitzaile "
-"konfigurazioak onartuko duela ziur bazaude soilik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Hurrengo pausoa da pasagunea helbidea automatikoki edo eskuz lortzen den "
-"modua hautatzea da. Eskuz ezartzea, IP helbidea sartu behar duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Haririk gabeko konexio berri bat (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenengo leiho batean interfazeak eta Windows kontrolatzaile sarrera bat "
-"(ndiswrapper) zerrendatzen dira. Aukeratu bat konfiguratzeko. Erabili "
-"ndiswrapper soilik beste konfigurazio metodoak zuen lan egiten ez badute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"Urrats honetan, txartelak detektatutako sarbide puntu desberdinen arteko "
-"aukeraketan dago."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Haririk gabeko txartel parametro espezifikoak dira ematen:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Jardun modua:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Kudeatua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Oraingo sarbide-puntu batera atzitu (ohikoena)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Ordenagailuen arteko konexio zuzena konfiguratzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Sare Izena (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr "Enkriptatze modua: sargune nola konfiguratuta dagoen araberakoa da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "Enkriptatze modu hau hobea da zure hardwareak uzten badu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Hardware zahar batzuk enkriptazio metodo hau soilik jorratzen dute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Enkriptatze-gakoa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Normalean sarbideak emandako hardwarearekin batera dator."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr "Puntu honetan, IP helbidea eskuz edo automatikoa aukeratzea da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP zerbitzariak "
-"aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian azaltzen den bezala. "
-"Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu behar da. "
-"Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez bada, "
-"localhost.localdomain izen lehenetsia egozten da. Izan ere DHCP zerbitzariak "
-"eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu hostnamea</emphasis> "
-"aukerarekin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS "
-"zerbitzariak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurazioa urratsa onartu ondoren, konexio konfigurazio guztietan ohikoa "
-"da , hau azaltzen da: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak aldarrikatu behar "
-"dituzu.. Ordenagailuaren host izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME bat "
-"zehazten ez bada, izena <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> egokituko "
-"da lehenspenez."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Bizitegi sare bat egiteko, IP helbideak <emphasis>192.168.xx</emphasis> "
-"itxura du beti, Sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta "
-"Pasabidea eta DNS zerbitzarietan zure hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri "
-"daude."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Ezarpen aurreratuan, zehaztu ahal da <emphasis>Domeinuko bilaketa</emphasis> "
-"bat. Host izenaren antzekoa puntu aurreko izen gabe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "GPRS/Edge/3G konexio berri bat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna haririk gabeko interfazeak detektatzen badu, bat aukeratu eta "
-"konfiguratzeko aukera ematen digu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "PIN eskatuko da. Utzi hutsik PINa beharrezkoa ez bada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Morroiak sarea eskatzen du. Ez bada detektatzen, <guilabel>Ezzerrendatutako</"
-"guilabel> aukera hautatu ezazu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Sarbidearen ezarpenak eman"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Sarbide Puntuaren Izena"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Bluetooth telefonozko sareratzea konexio berri bat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Telefono analogiko modem konexio berri bat (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Eskuzko aukera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Hardwarea detektatu, baldin badago."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Portu-zerrenda bat proposatzen da. Aukeratu zure ataka."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Oraindik instalatuta ez badago, <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> paketea "
-"instalatzea iradokiko dizu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Hornitzaile zerrenda proposatuko da herrialdeen arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu "
-"zure hornitzailea. Hala ez badago, hautatu <guilabel>Zerrendatu gabeko</"
-"guilabel> aukera, eta ondoren idatzi zure hornitzaileak eman dizkizun "
-"aukerak. Ondoren markatze aukerak  eskatzen dira:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Konexio izena</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Telefono zenbakia</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Saioa hasteko ID-a</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Pasa-hitza</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Autentifikazioa</emphasis>, aukeratu artean:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Script-ean oinarritua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Terminalean oinarritua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Amaierako konfigurazioa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Hurrengo urratsean, zehaztu ahal izango duzu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Erabiltzaileak baimendu konexioa kudeatzeko</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Hasi konexioa abioan</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Gaitu sare estatistikak</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Onartu interfazea Network Managerrek kontrolatzea</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"Konexio harigabe bat egotekotan, kutxa osagarri baten <emphasis>Sarbide-"
-"puntua ibiltaria onartu</emphasis> zein automatikoki seinale-indarraren "
-"arabera sarbide-puntuen artean aldatzeko aukera ematen duen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Botoi aurreratuaren bidez, zehaztu ahal izango duzu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metrika (10 lehenespenez)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Sareko Hotplugging-a"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Gaitu IPv6-tik IPv4-ra tunela"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Azken urratsa ahalbidetzen du zehaztea konexioa berehala hastea edo ez ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Zabaldu kontsola bat administratzaile gisa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakconsole</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna honek<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> zuzenean root bezala "
-"irekitako kontsola baterako sarrera ematen dizu. Ez dugu uste horri buruzko "
-"informazio gehiago behar duzunik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Kudeatu disko partizioak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk edo diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakdisk</emphasis> edo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> root "
-"bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna honek<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oso boteretsua da, "
-"huts ñimiño batek edo zure teklatuan katu batek salto eginez partizio batean "
-"datu guztiak  galtzera edo disko gogor guztia ezabatzera gida dezakete. "
-"Arrazoi horretarako, tresna pantailaren gainean ikusiko duzu pantaila. "
-"<emphasis>Irteera</emphasis> gainean klik egin ezazu jarraitu nahi duzula "
-"seguru ez bazaude."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Disko gogor bat baino gehiago edukiz gero, lan egin nahi duzun disko "
-"gogorrera aldatu zaitezke fitxa zuzena aukeratuz (sda, sdb, sdc etab)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Zuk akzio askoren artean aukera dezakezu disko gogorra zure lehentasunetara "
-"estutzeko. Disko gogor osoa garbitzea, partizioak banatzea edo bat egitea, "
-"bere tamaina edo bere fitxategi-sistema, bere formatua aldatzea edo zatiketa "
-"batean aurkitzen dena bistaratzea: dena posiblea da. Behealdeko "
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Ezabatu botoia</guibutton></emphasis> disko gogor osoa "
-"ezabatzeko da, gainerako botoiak eskuinean egiten dira ikusgai  partizio "
-"batean klik egin ondoren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"EFI sistema izanez gero, \"EFI sistema partizioa\" izeneko partizio txiki "
-"bat ikusi ahal izango duzu, /boot/EFI-n muntatuta. Inoiz ez ezabatu, zure "
-"sistema eragile ezberdinen abioak dituelako."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Hautatutako partizioa muntatuta badago, beheko adibidean bezala, ezin duzu "
-"aukeratu tamainaz aldatzea, formateatzea edo ezabatzea. Partizioa lehenengo "
-"desmuntatua izan behar da hori egin ahal izateko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "Soilik posible da partizio tamaina aldatzea bere eskuinaldean"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Partizio mota bat aldatzeko (aldaketa ext3-tik ext4-ra adibidez) partizioa "
-"ezabatu eta gero berriro sortu mota berriarekin. <guibutton role=\"bold"
-"\">Sortu</guibutton> botoia agertzen da diskoan toki huts bat hautatuta "
-"dagoenean"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Existitzen ez den muntai puntu bat aukeratu ahal izango baduzu, sortu egingo "
-"da."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Aditu modua</guibutton></emphasis> hautatuz eskuragarri "
-"izango dituzu estra ekintza batzuk, partizioa etiketatzea bezala, pantaila "
-"azpitik ikus daitekeen bezala."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Ezarri saio kudeatzailea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakedm</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Hemen<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> idazmahai-ingurunean sartzeko "
-"zein pantaila kudeatzaile erabiliko duzun aukera dezakezu. Zure sisteman "
-"eskuragarri daudenak erakutsiko dira soilik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Erabiltzaile gehienek soilik nabarituko dute emandako saio pantailenitxura "
-"desberdina dela. Hala ere, desberdintasunak daude funtzio bateragarrietan. "
-"LXDM pantaila kudeatzaile arin bat da, SDDM eta GDM estra gehiago dute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Ezarri zure suhesi pertsonala"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakfirewall</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Guneko "
-"Segurtasun fitxan dago etiketaturik \"Konfiguratu suebaki pertsonala\". "
-"Lehenengo fitxako \"Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, baimenak eta auditoria\" "
-"tresna bera da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Oinarrizko suebaki bat instalatzen da modu lehenetsian Mageia-rekin. "
-"Kanpoaldetiko konexio guztiak oztopatzen ditu ez badaude baimenduta. Goiko "
-"lehen pantailan, zerbitzuak hauta ditzakezu zeinetarako kanpoko konexio-"
-"ahaleginak onartuko diren. Zure segurtasunerako, desmarkatu lehen kutxa - "
-"<guilabel>Guztia (suebaki gabe)</guilabel> - suebakia desgaitu nahi ez "
-"baduzu behintzat, eta soilik beharrezko zerbitzuak egiaztatzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Posible da, portu-zenbakiak eskuz sartzea irekitzeko. Sakatu "
-"<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta leiho berri bat irekiko da. "
-"<guilabel>Beste portuak</guilabel> eremuan, sartu behar diren portuak honako "
-"adibideak jarraituz :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : ireki 80 portua tcp protokoloan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000:24010/udp : ireki 24000 portutik 24010 portura udp protokoloan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Zerrendatutako portuak espazio baten bidez bereizi behar dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Suebaki erregistro mezuak sistemaren erregistroaren</guilabel> "
-"laukia aktibatuta badago, suebakiaren mezuak sistemaren erregistroetan "
-"gordeko dira"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Ez baduzu barne zerbitzu espezifikorik (web edo posta zerbitzaria, fitxategi "
-"partekatzea...) erabat posiblea da ezer ez markatuta izatea, gomendatzen "
-"dute, ez dizu eragozten Internetera konektatzea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Hurrengo pantaila Suebaki aukera Interaktiboekin banatzen da. Ezaugarri "
-"hauek konexio-saioez zuri ohartaraztea baimentzen dutela espero dute "
-"gutxienez lehen lauki <guilabel>Suebaki Interaktiboa Erabili </"
-"guilabel>markaturik badago. Bigarren laukia marka ezazu portuak eskaneatu "
-"egiten badira (nonbait faila bat aurkitzeko eta zure makinan sartzeko asmoz) "
-"abisatzeko. Hirugarreneko lauki bakoitzak hemendik aurrera lehen bi "
-"pantailetan ireki zenituen portuena da; beheko pantailan, bi gutunontzi "
-"daude: SSH zerbitzaria eta 80:150/tcp. Portu horietan konexioa saiatzen den "
-"bakoitzean abisatzeko egiazta itzazu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr "Ohartarazpen hauek alerta popups sare applet bitartez eman dira."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Azken pantailan, aukeratu zein sare interfazeak Internetera konektatzen "
-"diren eta babestu egin itzazu. Ados botoian klikatu eta gero, beharrezko "
-"paketeak jaitsi egingo dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Ez badakizu zer aukeratu, MCC-en Sare &amp; Internet fitxa, Ezarri sare "
-"interfaze berri bat ikonoan begirada bat bota."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Kudeatu, erantsi eta ezabatu letra-tipoak. Inportatu Windows® hizki-tipoak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakfont</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> fitxaren azpian dago presente. "
-"Ordenagailuko eskuragarri dauden letra-tipoak kudeatzeko aukera ematen du. "
-"Pantaila nagusia goian:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "instalatutako letra-izenak, estilo eta tamaina."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "hautatutako letra aurrerapen bat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "botoi batzuk geroago hemen azaldu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Eskuratu Windows-eko Letra- tipoak: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Botoi honek Windows partizioan aurkitutako letra tipoak automatikoki "
-"gehitzen ditu. Microsoft Windows instalaturik izan behar duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Aukerak:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Aplikazio edo gailuak zehaztea baimentzen du (inprimagailuak gehienbat) "
-"letra tipoak erabiltzeko gai direnak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Desinstalatu:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Botoi honek instalatutako letra-tipoak kendu eta, seguru asko, leku batzuk "
-"aurreztu. Kontuz ibili letra-tipoak kentzerakoan, erabiltzen dituzten "
-"dokumentuetan ondorio larriak izan ditzakete."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Inportatu:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Hirugarren baten (CD, Internet ...) iturriak gehitzea baimentzen du. "
-"Jasandako formatuak ttf, pfa, PFB, PCF, PFM eta GSF  dira. Klikatu egin "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Inportatu</emphasis> botoian eta gero <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Gehitzean</emphasis>, artxibo kudeatzaile bat agertzen da "
-"instalatzeko iturriak aukera ditzazun, egin dezan klik <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Instalatu</emphasis> amaitu duzunean. Instalatuko dira /usr/share/fonts "
-"karpetan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Berriki instalatu (edo kendu) badituzu letra tipoak, drakfont pantaila "
-"nagusian ez badira agertzen, itxi eta berriro ireki aldaketak ikusteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Gurasoen kontrolak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakguard</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean, "
-"Segurtasun fitxan pean dago, etiketaturik <guilabel>Guraso Kontrol</"
-"guilabel>. Ez baduzu etiketa hau ikusten, drakguard paketea (lehenetsiz "
-"instalatu gabe) instalatu behar duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Aurkezpena"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard modu erraz batean guraso kontrolak ezartzeko zure ordenagailua "
-"mugatzeko nork zer egin dezakeen eta zein eguneko garaietan. Drakguard hiru "
-"gaitasun erabilgarri ditu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Erabiltzaile izenekoei sarbidea mugatuta dago erlojua ezartzea. Hau "
-"shorewall Mageiaren suebaki integratua erbiliz egiten da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"erabiltzaile izenekoei bereziki komandoak exekutatzea blokleatzen du beraz, "
-"erabiltzaile horiek onartzen dutena soilik exekutatu dezakete."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Sarbidea mugatzen du webgune batzuetara, bai eskuzko zerrenda beltz/zurien "
-"bidez definitzen da, baina baita dinamikoki web gunearen edukian "
-"oinarrituta. Hau lortzeko Drakguard kode irekiko gurasoen kontrol "
-"blokeatzaile liderra DansGuardian erabiltzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Guraso kontrolak Konfiguratzen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Zure ordenagailuak Ext2-etan, Ext3-etan, edo ReiserFS-formatuan partiziorik "
-"badauzka, popup bat ikusiko duzu ACL-ak zure partizioetan konfiguratzeko. "
-"ACL-ak Sarbideko Kontroleko Zerrendak esan nahi izaten du, eta banakako "
-"fitxategietarako sarrera izendatutako erabiltzaileengana mugatzea onartzen "
-"duen Linux-eko nukleoko ezaugarri bat da. ACL-ak Ext4-etan eta Btrfs-ek "
-"sistemak artxiboetan egin dituzte, baina aukera batek ahalbidetzen ditu Ext2-"
-"etan, Ext3-etan, edo Reiserfs-partizioetan. 'Bai' hautatzen baduzu drakguard-"
-"ek zure partizio guztiak konfiguratuko ditu ACL-a sostengatzeko, eta orduan "
-"berrabiarazteko oharra iradokiko dizu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Guraso Kontrola Gaitul</guibutton>: Egiaztatuta badago, kontrola "
-"gurasoen gaituta dago eta <guilabel>Programetarako sarbidea Blokeatu</"
-"guilabel> fitxa irekitzen da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Sareko trafiko guztia blokatu</guibutton>: Hautatuta badago, web "
-"orri guztiek blokeatuta daude, eta zerrenda zuria fitxan direnak izan ezik. "
-"Bestela, web orri guztiek onartzen dira, zerrenda beltzak fitxan direnak "
-"izan ezik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Erabiltzaile-sarrera:</guibutton> Sarbidea ezkerrean agertzen "
-"diren erabiltzaileengana murriztu da zehaztu dituzun erregelak ezagututa. "
-"Eskuineko aldeko erabiltzaileek sarbidea murrizketarik gabe dute "
-"konputagailuko erabiltzaile helduei ez ditzatela eragotzi. Ezkerreko "
-"erabiltzaile bat hautatu eta egin klik <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> hura "
-"erabiltzaile baimendutako zerrendari gehitzeko. Eskuineko erabiltzaile bat "
-"hautatu eta sakatu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> baimendutako erabiltzaile "
-"zerrendatik ezabatzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Denbora kontrola:</guibutton> hautatzen bada, interneteko sarbide "
-"<guilabel>Hasiera</guilabel> eta <guilabel>Amaiera</guilabel> denboren "
-"artean murrizketak onartuko dira. Era bat blokeatuta egongo da leiho denbora "
-"honetatik kanpo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Zerrenda beltz/zuri taula"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Idatzi goialdeko lehen eremuan web URLa eta sakatu <guibutton>Gehitu</"
-"guibutton> botoia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Blokeatu Taula Programak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blokeatu Definitua Aplikazioak</guibutton>: ACL erabilera "
-"aplikazio espezifikoen sarbidea mugatzeko aukera ematen du. Txertatu "
-"blokeatu nahi dituzun aplikazioen bidea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Desblokeatu Erabiltzaileen zerrenda</guibutton>: Eskuinaldean "
-"azaltzen diren erabiltzaileak ez dira acl-an blokeatu izan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Partekatu Internet lotura bertako beste makina batzuekin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Printzipioak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Hau erabilgarria da zuk, "
-"Interneterako (2) Sarbidea duen eta sare lokalera (1) ere konektatuta "
-"dagoen, konputagailua (3) duzunean. Zuk pasabide bezala konputagailua (3) "
-"erabil dezakezu beste lan-estazio batzuetarako (5) eta (6) sarbidea emateko "
-"sare lokalean (1). Hartarako, pasabideak bi interfaze izan behar ditu; "
-"lehenak Ethernet txartel bat bezala egon behar du sare lokalean, eta "
-"Internetera (2) konektatuta bigarrena (4)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehen urratsa sarea eta Interneteko sarbidea ezarrita dagoela egiaztatzea, "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>-en dokumentatuta dagoen bezala."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Pasagune morroia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakgw</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Morroiak<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bertan azaltzen diren "
-"ondoz ondoko urratsak eskaintzen ditu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Morroiak ez ditu gutxienez bi interfazeak antzematen, honi buruz "
-"ohartarazten da eta sarean gelditzea eta hardwarea ezartzea eskatzen da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Internet konexiorako erabiltzen den interfazea zehaztu. Morroia automatikoki "
-"iradokitzen du interfaze bat, baina proposatzen duena zuzena den egiaztatu "
-"beharko duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"zehaztu zein LAN sare interfazea sarbidea erabiltzen den. Morroiak bat "
-"proposatzen du, begiratu hori zuzena den."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Morroiak Lan sareko parametroak porposatzen ditu, hala nola, IP helbidea, "
-"maskara eta domeinu izena. Egiaztatu parametro horiek oraingo "
-"konfigurazioekin bateragarriak direla. Gomendagarria da zuk balio horiek "
-"onartzea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"ordenagailua DNS zerbitzari gisa erabili behar den zehaztu. Baietz bada, "
-"morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>bind</code> instalatuko dela. Bestela, DNS "
-"zerbitzari baten helbidea zehaztu behar duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"ordenagailua DHCP zerbitzari gisa erabiliko den zehaztu. Baietz bada, "
-"morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>dhcp-zerbitzaria</code> instalatuta eta DHCP "
-"eremuko hasiera eta amaiera helbideekin ezartzea eskaintzen da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"ordenagailua proxy zerbitzari gisa erabiliko den zehaztu. Baietz bada, "
-"morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>squid</code> instalatuta dagoela eta hura "
-"ezartzea eskiniko zaizu, administratzaileak (admin@mydomain.com) "
-"helbidearekin, proxy izena (myfirewall@mydomaincom) du, portua (3128) eta "
-"cache tamaina (100 Mb)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Azken urratsa pasagunea makina inprimagailuak eta partekatzeko konektatuta "
-"dagoela ikusteko aukera ematen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr "Ohartarazi egingo zaizu suebakia aktibo dagoela jakiteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Bezeroa konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP-arekin pasabidea itxuratu baduzu, soilik beharrezkoa da sare-"
-"konfigurazio tresnan helbidea era automatikoan lortzen dela zehaztea (DHCP-"
-"aren bitartez). sarera konektatzen denean lortzen dira Parametroak. Metodo "
-"hau baliozkoa da bezeroak erabilitako sistema eragilea edozein dela ere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Sare-parametroak eskuz zehaztu behar badituzu, pasabidea zehaztu behar du, "
-"bereziki, pasabide bezala jokatzen duen makinaren IP helbidea sarrertzearen "
-"bitartez."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Gelditu konexioa partekatzea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia ordenagailuko konexioa partekatzea gelditu nahi baduzu, abiarazi "
-"tresna. Konexioa ezartzeko edo partekatzea gelditzeko aukera emango dizu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Ostalarien definizioak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakhosts</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Zure sareko sistema batzuek zerbitzuak ematen bazaituztete, eta IP-helbidea "
-"finkatzen badute, tresna honek<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"haiek errazago atzitzeko izen bat zehaztea onartzen du. Orduan izen hori "
-"erabil dezakezu IP-helbidearen ordez."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Botoi honetaz, sistema berriko izena gehitzen da. Lortuko duzu leiho bat IP "
-"helbidea, sistemarako host izena, eta aukeran, era berean erabil daitekeen "
-"ezizena  zehazteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Aurretik definituriko sarrera baten parametroetan sartzeko aukera duzu. "
-"Leiho berean lortu ahal izango duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Sare interfaze eta suhesientzako ezarpen aurreratua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza "
-"hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Doc taldea</link>-"
-"rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakinvictus</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Sare Gunea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draknetventer</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Sarea eta Internet "
-"Mageia Kontrol Guneko fitxan pean \"Sare Gune\" etiketatuta bezala aurkitzen "
-"da"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau abiarazi zenean, konfiguratuta dauden sare guztien zerrendatzen "
-"dituen leiho bat irekitzen da, bere mota edozein izanda ere (kabletik, "
-"irratitik, satelitetik, etab.). Haietako batean klik egiterakoan, hiru edo "
-"lau botoi agertuko dira, sare motaren arabera, sarea zaindu ahal izateko, "
-"bere konfigurazioa aldatu edo konektatzeko/deskonektatzeko. Tresna honek ez "
-"du sare bat sortzeko asmoa, honetarako ikusi <guilabel>Konfiguratu sare-"
-"interfaze berria (LAN, ISDN, ADSL-a, ...)</guilabel> MCC-ko erlaitz berean."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"Beheko pantailan, adibide bezala emanda, bi sare ikus ditzakegu, lehena "
-"kablekoa da eta konektatuta, ikono honengatik ezagungarria <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (hau ez dago konektatuta<placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) eta bigarren sailak sare harigabeak "
-"erakusten ditu, konektatu gabe daudela, ikono honegatik ezagungarria "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> eta honengatik "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>hau konektatuta badago. "
-"Kolore-kodea beste sare-tipoetarako beti berdina da, berde konektatuta "
-"badago eta gorria konektatuta ez badago."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantailaren harigabe lekuan, antzemandako sare guztiak ere ikus dezakezu, "
-"<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>-rekin, <guilabel>Seinale indarra</guilabel>-rekin, "
-"zifratuta badaude (gorriz)edo ez badaude (berdez), eta  <guilabel>lan modua</"
-"guilabel>. Egin klik hautatu duzun sarean eta ondoren <guibutton>segimendua</"
-"guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfiguratu</guibutton> edo <guibutton>Konektatu</"
-"guibutton>. Posible da hemen sare batetik bestera joatea. Sare pribatu bat "
-"hautatzen bada, Sarearen ezarpenen leihoa (ikus beherago) zabalduko da eta "
-"ezarpen osagarriak (enkriptazio gakoa, bereziki) eskatuko dizkizu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Pantaila eguneratzeko klikatu <guibutton>Freskatu</guibutton>-n."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Pantaila botoia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Botoi honek sare-jarduera ikustea baimentzen dizu, (gorriz, "
-"Ordenagailurantz) deskargatzen du eta (berdez, Interneterantz) igotzen da. "
-"Pantaila bera da eskuinarekin klikatuz <guimenu>sistemaren bandejan "
-"eskuragarri dagoen Internet ikonoaren gainean -> Sare Estatistikak</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Badira sare bakoitzarentzat (hemen eth0 kable-sarea, lo tokiko loopback eta "
-"wlan0 hari gabeko sarea da) fitxa bat eta horrek konexio egoerari buruzko "
-"xehetasunak ematen duen fitxa bat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Leihoaren behealdean izenburu bat dago <guilabel>Trafiko kontularitza</"
-"guilabel>, hurrengo atalean aztertuko egingo dugu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu botoia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - kable sare batentzat</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Posible da sarea sortzean zehar emandako ezarpen guztiak aldatzea. "
-"Gehienetan, egiaztatu <guibutton>IP Automatikoa</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> egin direla, baina arazo kasuan, eskuzko "
-"ezarpenak emaitza hobeak eman ditzake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Egoitza-sare batentzako, <guilabel>IP helbidea</guilabel> beti 192.168.0.x "
-"bezalakoa da, <guilabel>Sare-maskara</guilabel> 255.255.255.0, eta "
-"<guilabel>Pasabide</guilabel> eta <guilabel>DNS zerbitzariak</guilabel> zure "
-"zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Gaitu sare estatistikak</guibutton> orduro, egunero edo hileroko "
-"oinarriaren gaineko trafiko neurriaren kontrolik egotekotan. Emaitzak "
-"erakusten dira, lehen zehatutako \"pantailan\". Behin estatistikak "
-"aktibatuta egon sare konexioa berrezarri behar da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Onartu interfazea Network Manager-ek kontrolatzea:</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Botoi Aurreratua:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - kable sare batentzat</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Aurretik ez ikusitako elementuak soilik azaltzen dira."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Eragilea modua:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu <guilabel>Kudeatutako</guilabel> Sargune baten bidezko konexioa "
-"bada, detektatutako <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> bat dago. "
-"Aukeratu <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> puntuz sare punturako bat bada. "
-"Aukeratu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> zure sare txartela "
-"sarbide bezala erabiltzen bada, zure sare-txartela modu hau onartu behar du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enkriptatze modua eta Enkriptatze gakoa:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Sare pribatua bada, ezarpen horiek jakin behar dituzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> pasahitz bat erabiltzen du, eta WPA erabiltzen duen "
-"pasaesaldia baino ahulagoa. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> WPA home "
-"edo WPA personal ere deitzen da. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> ez da "
-"maiz sare pribatuetan erabiltzen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Onartu roaming sarbide puntua</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Roaming teknologia ahalbidetzen du ordenagailua bere sargunea aldatzeko "
-"sarera konektatuta dabilen bitartean."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Ezarpen aurreratuetako botoia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Kudeatu sareko profil desberdinak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draknetprofile</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "NFS-rekin partekatutako unitate eta direktorioak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Aurrebaldintzak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draknfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Noiz morroia<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lehen aldiz abiatzen "
-"denean, hurrengo mezua erakuts daiteke:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "nfs-utils paketea instalatu egin behar da. Instalatu nahi duzu?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "Instalazioa bukatu ondoren, zerrenda hutseko leiho bat agertuko da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Leiho nagusia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Partekatzen diren direktorioen zerrenda bat bistaratzen da. Urrats honetan, "
-"zerrenda hutsik dago. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoia konfiguratzeko "
-"tresna baterako sarbidea ematen dizu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Aldatu sarrera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurazioko tresna \"Aldatu sarrera\" bezala etiketatuta dago. Abiarazi "
-"daiteke <guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton> botoiarekin. Honako parametro hauek "
-"daude eskuragarri."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "NFS Direktorioa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Hemen bertan zehatz dezakezu zein direktorio partekatuko den. "
-"<guibutton>Direktorio</guibutton> botoia nabigatzaile bati sarbidea ematen "
-"dio aukera dezazun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Ostalari sarbidea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Partekatutako direktorioan sartzeko baimenduta dauden hots-ak hemen zehaztu "
-"ditzakezu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "NFS bezeroak modu askotan ere zehaztu daitezke:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>host bakarra</emphasis>: host bat, aitortu zuen laburtutako "
-"izenagatik ebatzi dadin, domeinu osoko izena edo IP helbidea izan behar da"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups @group gisa agertu daitezke."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: Makina izen komodin karaktereak izan "
-"ditzakete * eta?. Adibidez: *.cs.foo.edu cs.foo.edu domeinu host guztiekin "
-"bat datorrela."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP sareak</emphasis>: halaber, host guztiei batera direktorioak "
-"esportatu ditzakezu IP (azpi-)sare batean aldi berean. Adibidez, bai "
-"`/255.255.252.0'edo '/22' sareko baseko helbideari erantsiko zaio."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Erabiltzaile ID mapaketa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Erlazionatu root erabiltzaile anonimo gisa (root_squash)</"
-"emphasis>:  UID/GID-ak eskaerak UID/GID anonimo (root_squash) bihurtzen "
-"ditu. Bezeroaren ordenagailuko Root-ek ezin ditu irakurri edo idatzi "
-"ordenagailu honen zerbitzariaren errokoan sortutako artxiboak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>benetako urruneko root sarbidea baimendu</emphasis>: ez itzali UID/"
-"GID 0 (no_root_squash)l. Aukera hau bereziki erabilgarria da diskorik gabeko "
-"lan postuetarako."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Erlazionatu erabiltzaile guztiak erabiltzaile anonimo gisa</"
-"emphasis>: Erabiltzaile guztien UID/GID anonimora (all_squash-en) bihurtzen "
-"ditu. Erabilgarria da FTP publikoetako NFS direktorioak, berri-"
-"direktorioekin, etab. esportaziorako. Aurkakoa aukera no_all_squash, "
-"lehenetsi gisa ematen da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid eta anongid</emphasis>: esplizituki uid eta gid kontu "
-"anonimo ezartzen dute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Aukera aurreratuak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Konexio bermatu</emphasis>: aukera honek eskatzen du internet "
-"ataka jatorria IPPORT_RESERVED (1024) baino txikiagoa izan behar du. Aukera "
-"hau lehenespenez aktibatuta dago."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Partekatu Irakurri-Soilik</emphasis>: soilik edozeinek irakurtzen "
-"duela onartu ezazu edo irakurri eta idaztea eskaerak NFS-bolumen honetan. Ez-"
-"betetzea zeinek fitxategi sistema aldatzen duen edozein eskaera baztertu da. "
-"Hau egin ahal da esplizituki aukera hau erabiliz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Sinkronizatutako sarbidea</emphasis>: NFS zerbitzarietan eragozten "
-"du NFS protokoloa urratzea eta eskaera hauek egindako aldaketa aurretik "
-"eskaerei entzutea biltegiratze egonkorrarekin (adibidez, disko-unitatea)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Azpizuhaitz egiaztapena</emphasis>: segurtasuna kasu batzuetan "
-"hobetzen lagun dezakeen, baina fidagarritasuna gutxitu dezakeen "
-"azpizuhaitzaren kontrola baimentzea. Eskuliburuko esportazio orrialdeak (5) "
-"xehetasun gehiagotarako."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Menu sarrerak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Orain arte zerrendan sarrera bat dauka gutxienez."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Fitxategia|Idatzi conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Gorde uneko konfigurazioa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS Zerbitzaria|Berrabiarazi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Zerbitzaria gelditu eta berrabiarazi da uneko konfigurazioa fitxategiarekin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS Zerbitzaria|Birkargatu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Bistaratuko konfigurazioa egungo konfigurazio fitxategitik birkargatu da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy-a"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakproxy</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Proxy zerbitzari bat erabili behar baldin baduzu Internetera sartzeko, "
-"tresna hau erabili dezakezu <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"konfiguratzeko. Zure sare administratzaileak behar duzun informazioa emango "
-"dizu. Salbuespenik gabe atzitu ahal dituzun zerbitzu batzuk zehaz ditzakezu "
-"ere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Wikipediatik, 2012-09-24-an,Proxy zerbitzaria artikulua: ordenagailu "
-"sareetan, zein beste zerbitzari batzuen baliabideen bila bezeroen "
-"eskaeretako bitartekari bezala jokatzen duen zerbitzaria (sistema "
-"informatiko edo aplikazio bat). Bezero bat proxy zerbitzarira konektatzen "
-"da, zerbitzu batzuk eskatzeko, esaterako, fitxategi, konexio, web orri, edo "
-"beste baliabide zerbitzari ezberdin baten eskuragarri gisa. Proxy "
-"zerbitzariak eskaera errazteko eta haien konplexutasuna kontrolatzeko modu "
-"bat bezala ebaluatzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Baliabideak Konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalazio baten ondoren egin behar duzun lehena software iturriak "
-"(biltegiak, baliabideak, ispiluak bezala ezagututa) gehitzea da. Horrek esan "
-"nahi du zuk pakete eta aplikazioak instalatzeko eta eguneratzeko erabiliko "
-"diren baliabideen iturriak aukeratu behar dituzula. (Gehitu botoia ikusi "
-"behean)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia instalatzen (edo eguneratzen) baduzu baliabide optiko (CD edo DVD) "
-"edo USB gailu bat erabiliz, erabilitako baliabide optikoetarako softwareko "
-"iturri bat itxuratuta egongo da. Pakete berriak jartzerakoan baliabideak "
-"sartzeko galdetzea saihesteko, baliabide hau desaktibatu (edo ezabatu) behar "
-"duzu. (CD-Rom euskarri tipoa izango du)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Zure sistema 32 (i586 izenekoa) edo 64 bit (x86_64 izenekoa) arkitektura "
-"pean exekutatzen ari da. Pakete batzuk 32 edo 64 biteko sistemaren "
-"independenteak dira; pakete horiek noarch deitzen dira. Haiek ez dute beren "
-"noarch direktorioa ispiluetan, baina guztiak daude bai i586 eta x86_64 "
-"baliabidetan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau Mageia Kontrol Gunean <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</"
-"emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> fitxa-pean aurkezten da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Zutabeak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Zutabea Gaitu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Los medios de comunicación controladas se utilizarán para instalar nuevos "
-"paquetes. Tenga cuidado con algunos medios de comunicación, tales como "
-"pruebas y depuración, que podrían hacer que su sistema inutilizable."
-"Kontrolatutako hedabideak pakete berriak instalatzeko erabiliko dira. Kontuz "
-"beste hedabide batzuekin, hala nola proba eta arazketa gisa, zein zure "
-"sistema hondatu egin dezake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Zutabe Eguneratu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Egiaztaturik hedabideak paketeak eguneratzeko erabiliko direla, gaituta egon "
-"behar dira. \"Eguneratu\" izena duten hedabideak soilik hautatu behar dira. "
-"Segurtasun arrazoiengatik, zutabe hau ezin alda daiteke tresna honetan, "
-"kontsola bat ireki behar duzu root bezala eta <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis> idatzi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Baliabidea zutabea:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Erakutsi baliabide izena. Mageia azken bertsioen biltegi ofizialak gutxienez "
-"osagai hauek ditu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> zeinek mageiak onartzen dituen "
-"programa gehienak eskuragarri dauzka."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> zeinek doakoak ez diren programa "
-"horietako batzuk dauzka"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software librea zeinek lurralde "
-"batzuetan patente eskariak edon litezke."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Baliabide bakoitzak 4 azpi-atal ditu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> Mageia bertsio hau kaleratu "
-"zenetik egunera agertutako paketeak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> paketeak segurtasun edo akatsen "
-"ondorioz geroztiko eguneraketa. Baliabide guztiak hauek gaituta, nahiz eta "
-"internet konexioa oso geldoa izango."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> pakete batzuk Cauldron-etik "
-"bertsiotik bertsio berrira migraturikoak (hurrengo bertsioa garatzen ari da)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> aldi baterako  berritasun berriak "
-"probatzen dira, akatsen kazetari eta QA taldeaak zuzenketak baliokidetu ahal "
-"izateko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Eskuineko botoiak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ezabatu:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Baliabide bat kentzeko, bertan sakatu eta gero botoi hau sakatu. Ideia ona "
-"da instalazioak erabiltzen duen euskarria kentzeko (CD edo DVDa, adibidez), "
-"pakete guztiak Core baliabide ofizialean bait daude."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Editatu:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratutako baliabide ezarpenak, (URL, downloader eta proxy) aldatzeko "
-"aukera ematen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Gehitu:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Gehitu itzazu Interneten eskuragarri dauden biltegi ofizialak. Biltegi hauek "
-"software seguru eta ongi probatuta daukate soilik. \"Gehitu\" gainean klik "
-"eginez lotzen da ispilu-zerrenda gehitzea zure konfiguraziora, diseinatuta "
-"dagoela instalakuntzak eta eguneraketak ziurtatu dezan zuregandik hurbilen "
-"dagoen ispilua. Ispilu espezifiko bat aukeratzea nahiago baduzu, orduan hura "
-"aukeratuz gaineratzen zara \"Gehitu baliabide espezifiko ispilu bat\" "
-"\"Artxibo\" menu Destolesgarritik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Gora eta behera geziak:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Aldatu zerrendako ordena. Drakrpm pakete bat bilatzen duenean, pantailan "
-"agertzen den zerrenda  ordenez irakurtzen du eta lehenengo paketea bertsio "
-"zenbaki berekoa instalatuko du - bertsioen artean gatazka gertatuz gero, "
-"azken bertsioa instalatuko da. Beraz, ahal izanez gero, jarri biltegi "
-"azkarrenak goialdean."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Menua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fitxategia -> Eguneratu:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Leiho bat agertzen da hedabide zerrendarekin. Aukeratu eguneratu nahi "
-"dituzunak eta egin klik <guibutton>Eguneratu</guibutton> botoian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fitxategia -> Gehitu baliabide ispilu zehatz bat:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Zu benetako ispiluarekin pozik ez egotea suposatu dezagun, adibidez, "
-"motelegia delako edo sarritan libre ez daudelako, beste ispilu bat aukera "
-"dezakezu. Gaurko baliabide guztiak aukeratzea eta klikatu ezazu "
-"<guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> haiek burutzeko. Klikatu <guimenu>Artxibo -> "
-"Baliabide ispilu zehatz bat gehitu</guimenu>, gaurkotzea soilik edo multzo "
-"osoaren artean aukeratu (ez badakizu,  <guibutton>Iturri multzo osoa</"
-"guibutton> aukeratu eta kontaktua onartu <guibutton>Bai</guibutton> "
-"klikatuz. Leiho hau irekitzen da:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ikus dezakezu, ezkerrean, herrialdeen zerrenda bat, aukeratu zurea edo oso "
-"hurbil dagoen bat > sinboloan klik eginez, hau herrialde horretan "
-"eskuragarri dauden ispilu guztiak bistaratuko ditu. Aukeratu bat eta egin "
-"klik <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>en."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fitxategia -> Gehitu baliabide pertsonalizatua:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Posible da hedabide berri bat instalatzea (adibidez, hirugarren batek) "
-"Mageiarekin bateragarria ez dena. Leiho berri bat agertuko da:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Aukeratu euskarri mota, euskarri "
-"hori definitzeko eta URL emateko izen adimendu bat aurkitu (edo bidea, "
-"euskarri motaren arabera)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Aukerak -> Aukera orokorrak:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Item honek aukeratzea baimentzen dizu noiz \"Egiaztatu instalatutako RPM-ak"
-"\" (beti edo inoiz ez), deskarga-programa (curl, wget edo aria2) eta "
-"deskarga-politika definitu paketeei buruzko informazioa jasotzeko (eskaeraz -"
-"lehenetsita-, soilik eguneratu, beti edo inoiz ez)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Aukerak -> Gakoak Kudeatu:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Segurtasun-maila handia bermatzeko, gako digitalak erabiltzen dira "
-"hedabideak autentifikatzeko. Posible da euskarri bakoitzarentzat gako bat "
-"onartu edo baliogabetu behar izatea. Agertzen den leihoan, hautatu euskarri "
-"bat eta ondoren klikatu <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> gako berria onartzeko "
-"edo gako bat aukeratzeko eta klikatu <guibutton>Kendu</guibutton> gakoa ez "
-"onartzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "Kontu handiz egin hori, segurtasun arloarekin erlazionatuta dago"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Aukerak -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Proxy interneterako sarbidea zerbitzari bat erabili behar izanez gero, hemen "
-"konfigura dezakezu. Soilik <guibutton>Proxy host izena</guibutton> eman "
-"behar duzu, eta behar izanez gero a <guilabel>Erabiltzaile izena</guilabel> "
-"eta <guilabel>pasahitza</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Komunikabideen konfiguratzeari buruzko informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikusi "
-"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageia "
-"Wiki orrialdea</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Partekatze gune eta unitateak Samba-rekin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba da baliabide batzuk, direktorioak edo inprimagailuak bezala Sistema "
-"Eragile desberdinetan partekatzeko erabilitako protokolo bat. Tresna honek "
-"baimentzen dizu makina Samba-zerbitzari bat bezala konfiguratzea SMB/CIFS "
-"protokoloak erabiliz. Windows-ek(R) protokolo hau darabil eta OS honekiko "
-"lanpostuek Samba-zerbitzariaren baliabideak atzi ditzakete."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Aurkezpena"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"Beste lanpostuetatik sartzeko, zerbitzariak IP helbide finko bat izan behar "
-"du. Hau zuzenean zehaztu daiteke zerbitzarian, adibidez <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetcenter\"/>, edo DHCP zerbitzarian bere MAC-helbide batera "
-"postua identifikatzen du eta beti ematen dio helbide bera. Segurtasun "
-"zerbitzariak halaber Samba zerbitzariko sarrerako eskaerak baimendu egin "
-"behar ditu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Morroia - Bakarkako zerbitzaria"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draksambashare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehen exekuzio aldian, tresnak <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"egiaztatzen du paketeak instalatuta daudela eta horiek instalatzeko "
-"proposatzen du oraindik ez badaude presente. Ondoren Samba zerbitzaria abian "
-"jartzeko morroia konfiguratu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Hurrengo leihoan Bakarkako zerbitzari konfigurazio aukera dagoeneko "
-"hautatuta dago."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Ondoren zehaztu lantaldearen izena. Izen hori partekatutako baliabideetarako "
-"sarbidearen  berdina izan behar du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr "NetBIOS izena sarean zerbitzariak izendatzeko erabiliko den izena da."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Aukeratu segurtasun modua:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>erabiltzailea</guilabel>: bezeroa baimena beharko du baliabidea "
-"erabiltzeko"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>elkarbanatu</guilabel>: bezeroak bereizita autentifikatu behar du "
-"ekintza bakoitzeko"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Zehatu dezakezu zein host baimenduta dagoen baliabideetara sartzeko, IP "
-"helbide edo host izenarekin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifique el lema del servidor. El saludo es la forma en que este servidor "
-"se describe en las estaciones de trabajo de Windows."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba-k erregistratutako informazio no izango den hurrengo urratsean ezarri "
-"daiteke."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Morroiak aukeratutako parametroen zerrenda bat bistaratzen da konfigurazioa "
-"onartu aurretik. Onartzen direnean, konfigurazioa <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</"
-"code> idatziko da."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Morroia - Lehen domeinu kontroladorea"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>\"Lehen domeinu kontroladorea\" "
-"aukera hautatuta badago, morroiak seinaleaz galdetzen du Wins sostengatuko "
-"den edo ez, administratzaile-erabiltzaile izenak emateko. Urrats hauek "
-"orduan bakarkako zerbitzariaren berberak dira, salbu segurtasun modua aukera "
-"dezakezula:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domeinua</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile eta talde kontu guztiak "
-"gordetzeko zentrala, partekatzea, kontu biltegia ere eskaintzen duen "
-"mekanismo bat da. Kontu biltegi Zentralizatua (segurtasun) kontrolagailu "
-"artean banatuko da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Deklaratu partekatzeko direktorio bat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoiarekin, lortuko dugu:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Beraz, sarrera berri bat gehitzen da. <guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton> "
-"botoiarekin alda daitezke. Aukerak editatu daitezke, hala nola direktorioa "
-"publikoarentzat, idazgarria, esploragarria edo ikusgai dagoen edo ez. "
-"Partekatutako izena ezin da aldatu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Zerrendako sarrera bat gutxienez izatea, menu sarrerak erabili ahal izango "
-"dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>-n gorde uneko konfigurazioa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba zerbitzaria|Konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "Morroia berriro exekutatu ahal izango da agindu honekin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba zerbitzaria|Berrabiarazi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba Zerbitzaria|Birkargatu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Partekatu imprimagailuak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba halaber inprimagailuak partekatzeko aukera ematen dizu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Samba erabiltzaileak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Fitxa horretan, partekatutako baliabideetan sartzeko autentifikazioa behar "
-"denean onartzen baimentuta dagoen erabiltzaile batzuk gehitu ditzakezu. "
-"Erabiltzaileak gehi ditzakezu <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/>-"
-"tik<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Autentifikazioa konfiguratu ezazu Mageia tresnetarako"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draksec</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Segurtasun</emphasis> fitxa pean dago presente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Normalean administratzaileak lanak egiteko beharrezko eskubideak ohiko "
-"erabiltzaileak edukitzea baimentzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-"Gezi txikiak klikatu ezazu aldaketak egitea desiratzen duzun zerrendaren "
-"elementuan:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia Kontrol Gunean eskuragarri dauden tresna gehienak leihoko ezkerreko "
-"aldetik agertzen dira (ikus pantaila kaptura gainetik), eta tresna "
-"bakoitzerako, eta eskuineko zerrendan hurrengoaren artean aukeratzea ematen "
-"du:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenetsia: Abian jartzeko modua aukeratutako segurtasun-mailaren araberakoa "
-"da. MCC fitxa berean ikusi, tresna \"Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, "
-"baimenak eta auditoria\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Erabiltzaile pasahitza: erabiltzaile pasahitza tresna abian jarri ondoren "
-"galdetzen da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Administratzailearen pasahitza: root pasahitza tresna abian jarri aurretik "
-"eskatzen da"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Pasahitz gabe: tresna edozein pasahitz eskatu gabe abian jarri da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Uneko argazkiak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> eskuragarri dago MCC-ko "
-"<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> fitxan, <guilabel>Administrazio  tresnen</"
-"guilabel> sailean."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-" MCC-n lehenengo aldiz tresna hau pizten duzunean, draksnapshot "
-"instalatzeari buruz, mezu bat ikusiko duzu. Sakatu <guibutton>Instalatu</"
-"guibutton> jarraitzeko. Draksnapshot eta beste pakete batzuk instalatu behar "
-"dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Egin klik berriro erakutsi <guilabel>Pantaila kaptura</guilabel>, "
-"<guilabel>Ezarpenak</guilabel> pantaila ikusiko duzu. Markatu ​​"
-"<guilabel>Gaitu Babeskopiak</guilabel> eta, sistema osoaren babeskopia egin "
-"nahi baduzu, <guilabel> Sistema osoaren babeskopia</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Soilik zure direktorioen babeskopia nahi baduzu, ondoren, "
-"<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> aukeratu ezazu. Zuk pop-up pantaila txiki "
-"bat ikusiko duzu. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Ezabatu</"
-"guibutton> <guilabel>Babeskopia zerrendaren</guilabel> ondoko botoiak erabil "
-"itzazu, direktorioak eta artxiboak babeskopian barneratu edo baztertzeko. "
-"zerrendaren ondoko <guilabel>Baztertu</guilabel> botoi berak erabil itzazu "
-"azpidirektorioak ezabatzeko eta / edo aukeratutako direktorioetako "
-"artxiboak, babeskopian <emphasis role=\"bold\">ez</emphasis> litekeenak "
-"sartu behar izango. Klikatu <guibutton>Itxi</guibutton> amaitu duzunean."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Orain bidea ematen dizugu <guilabel>babeskopiaren tokira</guilabel>, edo "
-"<guibutton>Arakatu</guibutton> botoia bide zuzena hautatzeko. Muntatutako "
-"edozein USB-gako edo kanpoko HD <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>-en aurki daiteke."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton> gainean klikatu argazkia egiteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Soinu Konfiguraketa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draksound</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean "
-"presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> azpian "
-"dago."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound soinu ezarpenetaz arduratzen da, PulseAudio aukerak eta arazoak "
-"kudeatzeko. Soinu-txartela aldatzen baduzu edo soinu arazorik baduzu "
-"lagunduko zaitu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> soinu zerbitzaria da. Sarrera soinu guztiak "
-"jasotzen ditu, erabiltzailearen hobespenen arabera nahasten ditu eta "
-"ondoriozko soinua bidaltzen du irteerara. Ikusi <guimenu> menua -> Soinua "
-"eta bideoa -> PulseAudio bolumen kontrola </guimenu> hobespenen horiek "
-"ezartzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio lehenetsitako soinu zerbitzaria da eta gomendaturik dago gaituta "
-"egotea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> PulseAudio hobetzen du programa batzuekin. "
-"Era berean gaituta uztea gomendatzen da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Arazoak konpontzeko</guibutton> botoia ,laguntza eman dezake "
-"dituzun arazoak konpontzeko. Hau erabilgarria dela aurkituko duzu "
-"erkidegoari laguntza eskatu aurretik. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"Botoi <guibutton>Aurreratuak</guibutton> leiho berria erakusten du begi "
-"bistako botoiarekin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Ezarri UPS bat energiaren begirale gisa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakups</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu VPN Konexioa sareko sarbidea ziurtatzeko"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakvpn</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Trena hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> urruneko sareko sarbidea "
-"segurua konfiguratzeko aukera ematen du bertako lanpostua eta urruneko "
-"sarearen artean tunel bat eratzen du. Hemen eztabaidatzen dugu lanpostuaren "
-"aldeako konfigurazioa soilik. Urruneko sarea dagoeneko martxan daugoela "
-"suposatuko dugu, eta konexio sare administratzaile .pcf konfigurazio "
-"fitxategi bat bezalako informazioa duzula."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurazioa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenik eta behin, hautatu Cisco VPN kontzentratzailea edo OpenVPN, zure "
-"sare pribatu birtual erabiliko duen protokoloaren arabera ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Ondoren, eman zure konexioari izen bat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Hurrengo pantailan, zure VPN konexio-xehetasunak eskaintzen dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Cisco VPN-rentzat"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"OpenVPN-arentzat. OpenVPN paketea eta horren dependentziak instalatuko dira "
-"tresna erabiliko da lehen aldian."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Aukeratu sareare "
-"administratzailetik jaso  dituzun fitxategiak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Aurreratutako parametroak:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "Hurrengo pantailan pasagune IP-helbidea eskatzen da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr "Parametroak ezartzen direnean, VPN konexioa hasteko aukera duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Sare konexio batekin VPN konexio hau automatikoki hastea ezarri daiteke. "
-"Horretarako, birkonfiguratu sareko konexioa beti VPN honetara konektatzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu web zerbitzaria"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> web zerbitzari bat "
-"ezartzen lagun zaitzake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Zer da Web zerbitzaria?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Web zerbitzaria, Internet bidez eskura daitekeen web edukia emateko "
-"laguntzen duen softwarea da. (Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Apache2 Web zerbitzari bat eratzea drakwizard-ekin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Ongi etorri web zerbitzari morroira."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenengo orria sarrera bat besterik da, klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Erakusgai zerbitzari hautaketa: Tokiko sarea eta/edo Mundukoa"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Web zerbitzariak Interneten erakustea bere arriskuak ditu. Prest gauza "
-"txarretarako."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Zerbitzari Erabiltzaile Modulua"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Erabiltzaileei bere gune propioak sortzeko aukera eman."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Erabiltzaile web direktorioaren izena"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Erabiltzaileak direktorioa sortu eta bete behar du, ondoren, zerbitzariak "
-"bistaratzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Web Zerbitzariaren Lehenetsitako Direktorioa"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Web zerbitzarietan duzun dokumentuen lehenetsitako bidea konfiguratzeko "
-"ahalbidetzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Laburpena"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu "
-"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Amaitu"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Bukatutakoan! Klik <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "DNS konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "DHCP konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hori Mageia 4-an hautsi da Sare interfazeak izendatzeko eskema "
-"berriarengatik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
-"zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake.Drakwizard osagai bat da, hura sartu "
-"ahal izan baino lehen instalatu beharrekoa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Zer da DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurazio dinamikoko host-eko Protokoloa da (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) IP  "
-"sare estandarretan erabilitako, IP helbideak eta Interneten komunikatzeko "
-"behar den informazio gehiago dinamikoki itxuratzen dituen protokoloa. "
-"(Wikipedian)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Drakwizard dhcp-rekin DHCP zerbitzari bat ezarri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Ongi etorri DHCP zerbitzari morroira"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Aukeratu txartela"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sareko Interfazea aukera ezazu, azpisarera konektatuta dagoena, eta DHCP-ak "
-"IP helbideak esleituko dituenerako eta klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Aukeratu IP sorta"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu hasiera eta amaiera IP helbideak zerbitzari eskaintzea nahi duzun "
-"IP sortan, tokiko saretik kanpo konektatzen duen IP pasabide bat ere, "
-"Internetetik gertu, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Itxaroten..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Hau konpondu daiteke. Klikatu <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> hainbat aldiz "
-"eta inguruko gauzak aldatzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Ordu geroago..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Egin beharrekoa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Behar izanez gero, dhcp-zerbitzari pakete instalatzen;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>-en gordetzen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>dhcpd.conf</code> berria sortzen <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/"
-"scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>-tik hasita eta parametro berriak gehituz:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "sare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>maskara</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>pasagunea</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Halaber Webmin konfigurazio <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> fitxategia "
-"aldatzen du"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd</code> berrabiarazten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Ordua konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna honen<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helburua da zure "
-"zerbitzaria kanpoko zerbitzari batekin sinkronizatutako denbora ezartzea. Ez "
-"da lehenespen gisa instalatzen eta drakwizard eta drakwizard-base paketeak "
-"instalatu behar dituzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu NTP zerbitzari darkwizard ntp-rekin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Ongi etorri pantailaren ondoren (ikus goian), bigarren bat eskatzen dizu, "
-"hiru zerbitzari aukeratzea ordu goitibeherako zerrendetatik eta pool.ntp.org "
-"bitan erabiltzea iradokitzen du zerbitzari honek beti eskuragarri dauden "
-"denbora zerbitzarietara seinalatzen duelako."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ondorengo pantailetan eskualdean eta herrialdea aukeratzeko aukera ematen du "
-"eta, ondoren, laburpen batera iritsiko zara. Zerbait gaizki badago, jakina "
-"aldatu dezakezula <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> botoia erabiliz. Dena "
-"egokia izanez gero <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia sakatu proba "
-"jarraitzeko. Denbora pixka bat hartu ahal izango duzu eta, azkenik,  beheko "
-"pantaila hau lortu:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Klikatu <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton> botoia tresna ixteko"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Tresna honek urrats hauek exekutatzen ditu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Beharrezkoa bada <code>ntp</code> paketea instalatzea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> artxiboa <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</"
-"code>-en eta <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> artxiboa <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers.orig</code>-en gordetzen;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> fitxategi berri bat idazten zerbitzarien "
-"zerrendarekin;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> fitxategia aldatzen lehen zerbitzariaren izena "
-"txertatuz;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> eta <code>ntpd</code> zerbitzuak "
-"gelditzen eta abiatzen;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "Hardware erlojua sistemaren egungo UTC erreferentziara ezartzea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "FTP konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
-"zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Zer da <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Fitxategiak Transferitzeko Protokoloa (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) fitxategiak "
-"hots batetik beste host bati transferitzeko <acronym>TCP</acronym> "
-"oinarritutako protokolo estandar bat da, hala nola Internet sarean erabilia. "
-"(Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Proftpd drakwizard-ekin FTP zerbitzari bat konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Ongi etorri FTP morroira. Gerrikoa lotu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"FTP zerbitzariak Interneten erakustea bere arriskuak ditu. Prest gauza "
-"txarretarako."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Zerbitzari Informazioa"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Zerbitzaria sare lokalean edo Interneten bat etorriko den izena sar ezazu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Zerbitzari Aukerak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Ezarri entzuteko portuak, espetxeratu erabiltzaileari, baimendu bizi orriak "
-"eta/edo <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy-a konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> proxy zerbitzari bat "
-"ezartzen lagun zaitzake. Drakwizard osagai bat da, hura sartu ahal izan "
-"baino lehen instalatu beharrekoa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Zer da Proxy Zerbitzaria?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Proxy bat Software edo gailu bat da, ekintza bat beste baten bitartez egiten "
-"duena, hau da, bitartekari lana. Proxyen erabilera nagusia proxy zerbitzaria "
-"izatea da. Honek, bezero batek ordenagailua erabiltzean inguruko "
-"zerbitzarien eta internet sarearen konexioak atzematen ditu. (Wikipediatik)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Squid Proxy zerbitzari bat eratzea drakwizard-ekin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Ongi etorri proxy zerbitzari morroira."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Aukeratu proxy portua"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu zein portu proxy-ra konektatuko diren nabigatzaileak, ondoren, "
-"klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Ezarri memoria eta disko erabilera"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ezarri memoria eta disko cache mugak, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Aukeratu Sareko Sarbide Kontrola"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ezarri ikusgarritasuna tokiko edo munduko sarean , sakatu "
-"<guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Sare Sarbidea Eman"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tokiko sareetako sarbidea bermatu, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurengoa</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Goi Mailako Proxy Zerbitzaria Erabiliko duzu?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Kaskadako proxy zerbitzari baten bidez? Ez bada, saltatu hurrengo urratsa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Goi Mailako Proxy URL eta Portua"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Eskaini goi-mailako host proxy izena eta portua, ondoren sakatu "
-"<guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Abioan hasiko da?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu proxy zerbitzaria abioan zehar abiarazi behar den, ondoren klikatu "
-"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Behar izanez gero, squid paketea instalatzen;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>-"
-"n gordetzen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>squid.conf</code> berria bat sortzen <code>squid.conf.default</code>-"
-"en hasita eta parametro berriak gehituz:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"1, 2 edo 3 <code>maila</code> eta <code>http_access</code> mailaren arabera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "OpenSSH deabru konfigurazioa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
-"daemon bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Zer da <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"SSH (Secure SHell) konputagailu-sarearen bidez urruneko gailuei sarbide "
-"izateko programa eta sare protokoloa da. Kontsola aginduen bidez "
-"konputagailua erabat maneiatzea eta baldin eta X zerbitzaria baldin badugu X "
-"ingurune grafikoa exekutatzea ahalbidetzen du. Beste lan estazioei "
-"konektatzeaz aparte, SSH-k datuak modu seguruan kopiatzearen, RSAren bidez "
-"gakoak kudeatzearen eta beste aplikazioren datuak kanal seguruaren "
-"(tunelling) bitartez igortzearen gaitasunak ditu. (Wikipediatik)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon bat drakwizard sshd-rekin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Ongi etorri Open SSH morroira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Aukeratu Konfigurazio Aukeren Mota"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu <guilabel>Aditua</guilabel> aukera guztiak edo "
-"<guilabel>Hasiberria</guilabel> 3-7 pausoak saltatzeko, klikatu "
-"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Aukera Orokorrak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Ikuspena eta root sarbide aukerak ezarri. 22 portua <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
-"portu estandarra da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Autentifikazio Metodoak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Erabiltzaileek erabil dezaketen autentifikazio metodo aukera baimentzea "
-"konektatzen den bitartean, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Logeatze"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu erregistroentzako erraztasuna eta irteera maila, ondoren sakatu "
-"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Sartze Aukerak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfiguratu Saio-hasiera bakoitzaren aukerak, ondoren sakatu "
-"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Erabiltzaileen Sarrera Aukerak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfiguratu erabiltzaile sarrera ezarpenak, ondoren sakatu "
-"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Konpresioa eta birbidaltzea"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfiguratu X11 birbidaltzea eta konpresioa transferentzian zehar, ondoren "
-"sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Kudeatu sistemaren zerbitzuak haiek gaitu edo ezgaituz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakxservices</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Hardware konfigurazioa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">harddrake2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> zure ordenagailuaren "
-"hardwarearen ikuspegi orokor bat ematen du. Tresna abiarazten denean, lan "
-"bat exekutatzen du, hardware-elementu guztietak bilatzen. Horretarako, "
-"<code>ldetect</code> komandoa zeinek <code>ldetect-lst</code> paketearen "
-"hardware zerrenda bat aipatzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Leihoa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Leihoa bi zutabetan banatuta dago."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Ezkerreko zutabea atzemandako hardware zerrenda dauka. Gailuak kategorien "
-"arabera sailkatu dira. Egin klik &gt; kategoria baten edukia zabaltzeko. "
-"Gailu bakoitzak zutabe honetan hautatu daiteke."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Eskuineko zutabean aukeratutako gailuari buruzko informazioa agertzen da. "
-"<guimenu>Laguntza -&gt; azalpen eremuak</guimenu> eremuetako edukiari "
-"buruzko informazioa ematen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Estrategia horren arabera, gailu mota aukeratzen denean, bai bat edo bi "
-"botoi daude eskuragarri eskuineko zutabeko behealdean:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ezarri uneko gidariaren aukerak</guibutton>: hau  gailua aldean "
-"erabiltzen den modulua parametrizatzeko erabil daiteke. Hau adituek soilik "
-"erabili behar dute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Exekutatu konfigurazio tresna</guibutton>: tresna horretarako "
-"sarbidea gailuak konfigura ditzake. Tresnara sarritan zuzenean sar zaitezke "
-"MCC-tik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"<guimenu>Aukerek</guimenu> aukera ematen du koadrotxo gaitzea  detekzio "
-"automatikorako:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem-a"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Jaz gailuak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Zip paralelo gailuak "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Berezko antzemate horiek ez daude gaituta, motela delako. Markatu laukitxo "
-"egokia(k) hardware hori konektatuta izanez gero. Detekzioa operatiboa izango "
-"da tresna hau abiatzean den hurrengo aldian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu teklatuaren xedapena"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"keyboarddrake tresna<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageian "
-"erabiliko duzun oinarrizko teklatu diseinua ezartzen laguntzen dizu. Teklatu "
-"diseinua sistemako erabiltzaile guztiei eragiten die. Mageia-ren Kontrol "
-"Guneko (MCC-ko) Hardware sailean aurki daiteke \"Konfiguratu sagua eta "
-"teklatua\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Teklatuaren Xedapena"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Hemen bertan erabili nahi duzun teklatuaren diseinua hauta dezakezu. Izenak "
-"(orden alfabetikoan zerrendatuta) hizkuntza, herrialdea, eta/edo etnia "
-"diseinu bakoitza erabili behar da deskribatzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Teklatu Mota"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Menu honek erabiltzen ari zaren teklatuaren mota hautatzeko aukera ematen "
-"dizu. Ziur ez bazaude aukeratzen duzunarekin, hobe da uztea lehenetsi gisa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Kudeatu zure sistemarentzako kokapena"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">localedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Guneko "
-"(MCC) Sistema atalean aurki daiteke \"Kudeatu kokapena zure sistemarentzat\" "
-"bezala etiketatuta. Ireki leiho bat zure hizkuntza aukeratu ahal izateko. "
-"Instalazioan zehar hautatutako hizkuntzetara egokituta dago aukera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Aurreratu</guibutton> botoiak kodeketa zaharra (ez UTF8) "
-"bateragarritasuna aktibatzeko sarbidea ematen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Bigarren leihoa herrialdeen zerrenda bat hautatutako hizkuntzaren arabera. "
-"<guibutton>Beste Herrialdeak</guibutton> botoia zerrendan ez dauden "
-"herrialdetan sartzen uzten du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Zure saioa berrabiarazi behar duzu edozein aldaketak egin ondoren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Sarrera metodoa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel> Beste Herrialdeak </guilabel> pantailan idazketa metodo bat har "
-"daiteke (menuaren destolesgarrian zerrendaren azpian).  Idazketa metodoak "
-"baimentzen du sarrera karaktere eleanitzak erabiltzaileei (Txinako, "
-"Japoniako, Koreako, etab)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Asiako eta Afrikako tokietarako, iBus lehenetsi sarrera metodoa ezarriko da, "
-"beraz, erabiltzaileek ez dute zertan eskuz konfiguratu behar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Beste sarrera metodoak (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, eta abar)  antzeko funtzioak "
-"eskaintzen dituzte eta eskuragarri ez badaude menu destolesgarrian, Mageia "
-"Kontrol Gunearen beste zati baten instalatuko dira. Ikusi <xref linkend="
-"\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Ikusi eta bilatu sistemaren erregistroak (log)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">logdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean "
-"Sistema fitxan aurkitzen da, \"<guilabel>Ikusi eta bilatu sistema "
-"erregistroak</guilabel>\" etiketatuta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Erregistroetan bilaketa bat egin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenengo, sar ezazu begiratu nahi duzun gako-katea <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">bat datorren</emphasis> eremua eta/edo nahi duzun funtsezko gako-katea "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ez duzu</emphasis> erantzunen eremu artean ikusi "
-"nahi <emphasis role=\"bold\">bat ez datozela</emphasis>. Ondoren, aukeratu "
-"<guilabel> Aukeratu fitxategia </guilabel> eremuan bilatu fitxategia(k). "
-"Nahi izanez gero, posible da egun bakar batera bilaketa mugatzea. Aukeratu "
-"ezazu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Egutegia</emphasis>, urte eta hilabeteko alde "
-"bakoitzeko geziak txikiak erabiliz, eta egiaztatu \"<guibutton>Soilik "
-"hautatutako eguna erakutsi</guibutton>\". Azkenean, sakatu "
-"<guibutton>Bilaketa</guibutton> botoia <guilabel>fitxategi edukia</guilabel> "
-"deituriko leihoan emaitzak ikusteko. Posible da .txt formatuan emaitzak "
-"gordetzea <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gorde</emphasis> botoian klik eginez."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Mageia Tresna Erregistroak</guibutton> Mageia-ko konfigurazio "
-"tresnetako erregistroak barne hartzen ditu Mageia-ren Kontroleko Guneko "
-"tresnak bezalakoak. Erregistro hauek konfigurazioa aldatzen den aldi "
-"bakoitzean eguneratzen dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu posta alertak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Posta alerta</guibutton> automatikoki egiaztatzen du sistemaren "
-"karga eta zerbitzuak orduro eta beharrezkoa izanez gero, e-mail bat "
-"bidaltzen du konfiguratutako helbidera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau konfiguratzeko, klikatu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Posta Alerta</"
-"emphasis> botoian eta ondoren hurrengo leihoan, <guibutton>Konfiguratu posta "
-"alerta sistema</guibutton> botoi destolesgarria. Hemen, exekutatzen diren "
-"zerbitzu guztiak erakusten dira eta kontrolatuko direnak aukera daitezke "
-"(beheko irudia ikusi)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Zerbitzu hauek gainbegiratu daitezke:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Webmin zerbitzua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Postfix posta-zerbitzaria"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP Zerbitzaria"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Apache World Wide Web zerbitzaria"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH zerbitzaria"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba zerbitzaria"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd zerbitzua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "BIND Ebatzi Domeinu Izena"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Hurrengo pantailan, hautatu <guilabel>Kargatu</guilabel> onartezina uste "
-"duzun balioa. Karga prozesu baten eskaria adierazten du, karga altua sistema "
-"moteltzen du eta karga oso altua prozesu bat kontroletik kanpo joan dela "
-"adieraz dezake. Balio lehenetsia 3 da. karga balioa prozesadoreen hirukoitza "
-"izatea gomendatzen dugu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Azken pantailan, idatzi <guilabel>Posta elektronikoaren helbidea</guilabel> "
-"ohartarazi behar den pertsonarena, eta erabili behar den <guilabel>Posta "
-"elektronikoko zerbitzaria</guilabel> (tokikoa edo Internetekoa)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Erakutsi eskura NFS eta SMB Ekimenak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazi dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Trena hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> komando lerroan baino "
-"ezin izango da hasi eta erabili."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza "
-"hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio "
-"taldea</link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Erakutsi zure PCI, USB eta PCMCIA informazioa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazteko dezakezu, idatzi <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> soilik hasi eta erabil "
-"dezakezu komando-lerroan. Root azpian erabiltzen bada informazio gehiago "
-"emango du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake ordenagailuan konektatutako gailu guztien (USB, PCI eta PCMCIA) "
-"eta erabilitako gidarien zerrenda ematen du. Ldetect eta ldetect-lst "
-"paketeak behar dira funtzionatzeko."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr "-v-rekin, lspcidrake saltzaile eta gailu identifikazio gehitzen da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake askotan zerrenda oso luzeak sortzen ditu, eta beraz, informazioa "
-"aurkitzeko, askotan tuberia bat eta grep komandoaren bidez lortzen da, "
-"adibide hauetan bezala:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Txartel grafikoari buruzko informazioa;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Sareari buruzko informazioa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i kasu bereizketak alde batetara uzteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantaila kaptura honen azpian, lspcidrake-en  -v eta grep-en -i aukeren "
-"ekintzak ikusi ahal izango dituzu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bada hardwarearen inguruko informazioa ematen duen beste tresna bat da, "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> izeneko (root azpian)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Software Paketeen Eguneraketa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate edo drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> edo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean "
-"presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</emphasis> "
-"azpian dago."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Lan egiteko, MageiaUpdate-k biltegiak konfiguratuta izan behar ditu drakrpm-"
-"editmedia-rekin komunikabide hedabide batzuekin eguneraketa gisa hautatuta. "
-"Ez badira, eskatuko zaizu egitea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hori martxan jarri bezain laster, instalatutako paketeak arakatzen "
-"ditu, eta biltegietan eguneratze bat eskuragarri duten zerrendak. Guztiak "
-"hautatuta daude lehenetsita automatikoki deskargatu eta instalatzeko. Sakatu "
-"<guibutton>Eguneratu</guibutton> botoia prozesua hasteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Pakete baten gainean klik eginez gero, informazio gehiago leihoaren beheko "
-"erdian bistaratzen da. <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis>-ren Inprimaketa "
-"titulu bat aurretik esan nahi du destolesgarri testu bat sakatu ahal izango "
-"duzula."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Eguneratzea eskuragarri daudenean, sistemaren bandejan applet bat "
-"ohartarazten du ikono gorri honetan <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" "
-"id=\"0\"/> bistaratuz. Egin klik eta idatzi erabiltzailearen pasahitza "
-"sisteman eguneratzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Abioa"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zure abio pausoak "
-"ezartzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu gehiago ikasteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu abioaren urratsak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia Kontrol Gunea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Mageia sistema konfiguratzeko tresna"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude "
-"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> "
-"laguntzaz ekoiztu zen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>-"
-"k garatuta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link ns6:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>ra bada "
-"eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardwarea"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zure hardwarea "
-"ezartzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu gehiago ikasteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Kudeatu zure hardwarea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Hardwarea arakatu eta "
-"konfiguratu</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Grafikoak konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu 3D mahaigain efektuak</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Sagu eta teklatua konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu inprimaketa eta eskaneaketa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu "
-"inprimagailua(k), inprimaketa lan ilarak, ...</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Beste batzuk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia Kontrol Guneari buruzko Eskuliburua "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia Kontrol Gunea (MCC) zortzi aukeren edo fitxa desberdin ditu "
-"aukeratzeko ezkerreko zutabean, eta drakwizard paketea instalatuta badago "
-"hamar. Fitxa horietako bakoitzak tresna multzo desberdinak ematen ditu "
-"eskuineko panel handian hautatu daitezkeenak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Ondorengo hamar kapituluetan hamar aukera eta haiei lotutako tresnei "
-"buruzkoak dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Azken atala Mageiaren beste tresna batzuei buruzkoa da, MCC etiketenatan "
-"aukeratu ezin direnak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Orrien izenburuak askotan tresna pantailen izenburuen berdinak izan behar "
-"dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Bilaketa barra bat ere badago erabilgarri, eta ezkerreko zutabean \"Bilatu\" "
-"fitxan klik eginez sar zaitezke."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Bertako diskoak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukeratu ahal izango duzu zure "
-"tokiko diskoak kudeatzeko edo partekatzeko. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago "
-"ikasteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Sare Zerbitzuak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantaila hau eta <emphasis>Partekatzekoa</emphasis> soilik ikusgaiak dira "
-"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketea instalaturik badago. Zuk hainbat "
-"tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zerbitzari desberdinak itxuratzeko. Beheko "
-"estekan klik egin ezazu edo <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> informazio "
-"gehiago lortzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Sarean partekatu"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukeratu unitateak eta direktorioak "
-"partekatzeko. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu Windows(R) partekatzeak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Partekatu unitate eta "
-"direktorioak Windows (SMB) sistemekin</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu NFS partekatzeak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "WebDAV partekatzeak konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "SArea eta Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantaila honetan hainbat sareko tresnen artean aukeratu. Egin klik azpiko "
-"estekan gehiago ikasteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Kudeatu zure sare gailuak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Zure sarea pertsonalizatu eta segurtatu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Segurtasuna"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantaila honetan hainbat segurtasun tresnen artean aukeratu. Egin klik "
-"azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, "
-"baimenak eta auditoria</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Partekatzea"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantaila hau eta <emphasis>Sareko Zerbitzuenak</emphasis> soilik ikusgaiak "
-"dira <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketea instalaturik badago. Zuk "
-"hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zerbitzari desberdinak itxuratzeko. "
-"Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu edo <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> "
-"informazio gehiago lortzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Sistema"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantaila honetan hainbat sistema eta administrazio tresnen artean aukeratu. "
-"Egin klik esteka azpitik gehiago ikasteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Kudeatu sistemaren zerbitzuak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Kokapena"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Administrazio tresnak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Sisteman Erabiltzaileak kudeatu</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Konfiguratu eguneratzeko maiztasuna"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean "
-"presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</emphasis> "
-"azpian dago. Baita eskuragarri <guimenu>eskuineko botoian klikatuz / "
-"eguneraketen konfigurazioa</guimenu> ikono gorrian <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> sistemaren bandejan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenengo graduatzailea baimentzen du Mageia-ren eguneratze maiztasunak "
-"aldatzea eta bigarrenak abiatu ondorengo atzerapena egiaztatzeko aukera "
-"lehenengo txekeoa baino lehen. Pantailan kontrol-laukia aukera ematen du "
-"Mageia-ko bertsio berria kanpoan dagoenean abisatzea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Ezarri gailu erakuslea (sagua, touchpad)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">mousedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Sagu bat izan behar duzu Mageia instalatzeko, Drakinstall-en arabera "
-"instalatua dago. Tresna honek beste sagu bat instalatzea ahalbidetzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Saguak konexio motaren arabera antolatuta eta ondoren modeloaren arabera. "
-"Aukeratu zure sagua eta klikatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. Garai gehienak "
-"\"Unibertsal / Edozein PS/2 &amp; USB saguak\" sagu berrien bat egokia da. "
-"Sagu berriak berehala aintzat hartzen dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Sistemaren segurtasuna eta auditoritzak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">msecgui</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> mseg-ren erabiltzaile "
-"interfaze grafiko bat da zure segurtasun-sistema konfiguratzeko bi "
-"ikuspegiren arabera:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Sistemaren portaera ezartzen du, mseg-ek aldaketak inposatzen sistema "
-"seguruagoa izan dadin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Sistemako era automatikoan kontrolak burutzen ditu zerbait arriskutsua dela "
-"ohartarazteko asmoz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"msec \"segurtasun maila\" sistema honek baimen multzo bat konfiguratzeko "
-"erabiltzen diren kontzeptuak erabiltzen ditu, baimen horiek ikuskatu "
-"daitezke aldatzeko edo berresteko. Hainbat maila Mageiak eskaintzen ditu, "
-"baina zure ohiko segurtasun mailak defini ditzakezu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Ikuspegi orokorra taulan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Ikusi goiko screenshot-a"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenengo fitxan segurtasun tresna ezberdinen zerrenda hartzen du "
-"eskuinaldeko konfiguratzeko botoi batekin:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Suebakia, halaber MMC / Segurtasuna / Konfiguratu zure suebaki pertsonalak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Eguneratzeak, halaber MCC / Software Kudeaketa / Zure sistema eguneratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec beraren informazio batzuk:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "Gaitu edo ez"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "Konfiguratutako Base segurtasun-maila"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"Aldizkako azken egiaztapen data eta botoi bat txosten zehatza ikusteko eta "
-"beste botoi bat gaur egungo egiaztapenak exekutatzeko besterik ez."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Segurtasun ezarpenen fitxa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik bigarren fitxan edo Segurtasuna <guibutton>Konfiguratu</guibutton> "
-"botoian hurrengo pantailara daramana."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Oinarrizko segurtasun fitxa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Segurtasu mailak:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Hautatu ondoren koadroan <guilabel>MSEC tresna gaitu</guilabel>, fitxa honek "
-"aukera ematen dizu Klik bikoitzaren ondoren lodiz agertzen den segurtasun "
-"maila aukeratzea. Koadroa ez bada markatzen, maila «bat ere ez» aplikatuko "
-"da. Honako maila hauek daude eskuragarri:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Maila <emphasis role=\"bold\">bat ere ez</emphasis>. Maila honen helburua, "
-"ez baduzu mseg erabili nahi segurtasun-sistema kontrolatzeko, eta nahiago "
-"duzu zure kabuz fintzea. Segurtasun kontrol guztiak indargabetzen dira eta "
-"sistemaren konfigurazioa eta ezarpen murrizketak muga gabe jartzen dira. "
-"Mesedez, erabili maila hau zuk zer egiten ari zaren jakiten baduzu soilik, "
-"zure sistema bitartean erasoentzako ahula utziko luke."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Maila <emphasis role=\"bold\">estandarra</emphasis>. Hau instalatutako "
-"konfigurazio lehenetsia da, eta aldi baterako erabiltzaileei zuzenduta. "
-"Hainbat sistemaren ezarpenak mugatuko ditu eta egunero segurtasun "
-"egiaztapenak exekutatzen ditu sistema fitxategiak, sistema-kontuak, eta "
-"direktorio ahulen baimenen aldaketak detektatzeko. (Maila honek mseg-en "
-"iragan  bertsioen 2 eta 3 mailen antzekoa da)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Maila <emphasis role=\"bold\">segurua</emphasis>. Maila hau zure sistema "
-"segurua dela ziurtatzea desiratzen duzunean zuzenduta dago, oraindik "
-"baliagarria. Are gehiago sistema baimenak mugatzen ditu eta aldizkako "
-"egiaztapen gehiago exekutatzen. Gainera, sisteman sartzeko aukera "
-"murritzagoa da. (Maila honek mseg-en bertsio zaharren 4 (Altua) eta 5 "
-"(Paranoia) mailen antzekoa da)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Maila horiek ez ezik, beste zereginei bideratutako segurtasun ere ematen da, "
-"besteak beste, <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> eta <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"mailak. Horrelako mailak sistemaren segurtasuna aurrez konfiguratzen "
-"saiatzen dira ohiko erabiltze kasuen arabera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> izeneko eta <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> ez da benetan segurtasun mailak aldizkako "
-"egiaztapen soilik egiten duten tresnak baizik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Maila hauek <filename>/etc/security/msec/level&lt;levelname></filename> "
-"atalean gordeta daude.  Zure neurrira egindako segurtasun-mailak defini "
-"ditzakezu, <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename> izeneko fitxategi "
-"zehatzetan, <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> karpetan. Funtzio hau "
-"sistema-konfigurazio pertsonalizatua edo seguruago bat behar duten boteredun "
-"erabiltzaileentzat zuzendu dute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Gogoan izan, erabiltzaileak aldatutako parametroak lehenetsitako mailako "
-"ezarpenen aurretik erabiltzen direla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Segurtasun alertak:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Koadroa egiaztatu baduzu <guibutton>Bidali segurtasun alertak posta "
-"elektroniko bidez:</guibutton>, msec ssortutako segurtasun alertak posta "
-"elektroniko bidez bidaliko dira hurbileko eremu batean adierazitako tokiko "
-"segurtasun kudeatzaileari. Tokiko erabiltzaile bat edo e-mail helbide osoa "
-"(tokiko e-mail eta e-mail kudeatzailea horren arabera ezarri behar dira) "
-"sartu beharko duzu. Azkenean, segurtasun alertak zuzenean zure mahaigainean "
-"jaso ditzakezu. Egiaztatu dagokion kutxa gaitu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Biziki komeni da segurtasun alertak gaituta egon behar dira berehala "
-"segurtasun administratzaileari posible diren segurtasun arazoaz "
-"informatzeko. Hala ez bada, administratzaileak aldizka egiaztatu behar ditu "
-"eskuragarri dauden  <filename>/var/log/security</filename> fitxategiak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Segurtasun aukerak:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Maila pertsonalizatu bat sortzea ez da segurtasun informatikoa "
-"pertsonalizatzeko modu bakarra, posible da, nahi duzun edozein aukera "
-"hautatu ondoren, hemen aurkeztutako fitxak erabiltzea. Uneko msec "
-"konfigurazioa <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>-en "
-"gordetzen da. Fitxategi honek uneko segurtasun maila izena eta aukerekin "
-"egindako aldaketak guztien zerrenda du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Sistemaren segurtasun fitxa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Fitxa honek segurtasun aukera guztiak ezkerreko zutabean, erdiko zutabekoan "
-"deskribapena, eta beren gaur egungo balioak eskuinaldeko zutabean erakusten "
-"ditu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukera bat aldatzeko, klik bikoitza gainean eta leiho berri bat agertuko da "
-"(ikus beheko pantailaren kaptura). Aukera-izena, deskribapen labur bat, "
-"gaurko eta lehenetsitako balioak, eta destolesgarri zerrendan balio berriak "
-"hauta daitezkeela erakusten du. Sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia "
-"aukera balioztatzeko."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Ez ahaztu irtetean msecgui behin betiko zure konfigurazioa gordetzea menu "
-"<guimenu>Fitxa -> Gorde konfigurazioa</guimenu> erabiliz. Dituzun ezarpenak "
-"aldatu badituzu, horiek gorde aurretik aldaketak aurreikusteko aukera ematen "
-"dizu msecgui."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Sare segurtasuna"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Fitxa honek sareko aukera guztiak erakusten ditu eta aurreko fitxa bezala "
-"funtzionatzen du"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Aldizkako egiaztapen fitxa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Aldizkako egiaztapenen helburua segurtasun administratzailea mseg-ek egoera "
-"guztien alerten bidez informatzeko segurtasun arrisku potentzialei buruz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Fitxa hau mseg egiten dituen aldizkako azterketa eta haien maiztasun guztiak "
-"bistaratzen ditu <guibutton>Gaitu aldizkako segurtasun egiaztapenak</"
-"guibutton> koadroa hautatuta badago. Aurreko fitxetan bezala egiten dira "
-"aldaketak."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Salbuespen fitxa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Batzuetan alerta mezuak ondo ezagututako eta nahi egoeren ondorio dira. Kasu "
-"horietan ezertarako eta alferrik galtzen administratzailearen denbora da. "
-"Fitxa honetan nahigabeko alerta mezuak ekiditeko nahi dituzun salbuespenak "
-"sortzeko aukera ematen du. Jakina, lehen mseg hasieran hutsik egoten da. "
-"Pantaila kaptura beheko lau salbuespenak erakusten ditu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Salbuespen bat sortzeko, <guibutton>Gehitu arau bat</guibutton> botoia sakatu"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Nahi duzun aldizkako egiaztapena zerrenda destolesgarritik "
-"<guilabel>Ikuskaritza</guilabel> eta mota <guilabel>Salbuespena</guilabel> "
-"idatzi testu-koadroan. Gehitu salbuespena, jakina, ez da behin betiko, "
-"<guilabel>Salbuespenetako</guilabel> <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> erabiliz "
-"ezaba dezakezu edo klik bikoitz batekin aldatu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Baimenak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Fitxa hau fitxategi eta direktorioko baimenak egiaztatu eta betearazteko "
-"bideratuta dago."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Segurtasunerako, mseg maila ezberdinetako baimenen (estandarra, seguru, ..), "
-"horren arabera gaitzen dira aukeratutako segurtasun-mailak. Zure neurriko "
-"baimen mailak sortu ditzakezu, <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </"
-"filename>izeneko fitxategi zehatzetan gordez <filename>/etc/security/msec/</"
-"filename> karpetan kokatuta daudenak. Funtzio hau konfigurazio "
-"pertsonalizatua eskatzen duten boteredun erabiltzaileei zuzenduta. Posible "
-"da nahi duzun edozein baimen aldatzeko hemen aurkezten fitxa erabili "
-"ondoren. Oraingo konfigurazioa <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</"
-"filename>-en gordeta dago. Fitxategia honek baimenei egindako aldaketa "
-"guztien zerrenda du."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Berezko baimenak arau zerrenda bat (lerro bakoitzeko arau bat) gisa ikusgai "
-"daude. Ezkerreko aldean ikus dezakezu, fitxategi edo karpeta tratatutako "
-"araua, ondoren jabeak, gero taldeak eta ondoren arauak emandako baimenak. "
-"Arau jakin batentzako:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Betearazi</guilabel> koadroa ez da egiaztatu, mseg soilik "
-"egiaztatzen du definitzen baditu arau honentzako eskubideak errespetura eta "
-"alerta-mezu bat bidaltzen du, ez badu ezer aldatzen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Betearazi</guilabel> koadroa egiaztatu da, oorduan mseg-ak "
-"gobernatuko du aldian baimenen behingo lehen kontroleko errespetura eta "
-"baimenak berridaztea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Hau erabili ahal izateko, aukeratu CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Aldizkako kontrol fitxa</emphasis>n horren arabera konfiguratu behar da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Arau berri bat sortzeko, <guibutton>Gehitu arau bat</guibutton> botoia "
-"sakatu eta bete eremuak beheko adibidean bezala. Joker * "
-"<guilabel>Fitxategi</guilabel> eremuan onartzen da. \"Uneko\" aldaketarik ez "
-"badakar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia aukera balioztatzeko eta ez ahaztu "
-"behin betiko zure konfigurazioa gordetzea menu <guimenu>Fitxa -> Gorde "
-"konfigurazioa</guimenu>erabiliz. Dituzun ezarpenak aldatu badituzu, horiek "
-"gorde aurretik aldaketak aurreikusteko aukera ematen dizu msecgui."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Posible da arauak sortu edo aldatzea<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</"
-"filename> konfigurazio fitxategia editatuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Baimenetan</emphasis> (edo zuzenean konfigurazio "
-"fitxategian) izandako aldaketak kontuan hartzen dira lehen aldizkako "
-"egiaztapenean (ikus CHECK_PERMS  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Aldizkako "
-"egiaztapenak</emphasis>). Haien eragina berehala indarrean sartzea nahi "
-"baduzu, erabili <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecperms</emphasis> komandoa "
-"administratzaile eskubideko kontsola batean. Aurretik <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">msecperms -p</emphasis> komandoa erabili dezakezu msecperms aldatuko "
-"dituen baimenak ezagutzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ez ahaztu kontsola batean edo fitxategi kudeatzailean baimenak aldatu "
-"badituzu, fitxategi bat non <guilabel>Aplikatu</guilabel> koadroa hautatuta "
-"dagoen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Baimenen fitxan</emphasis>, msecgui baimen "
-"zaharrak idatziko ditu atzera pixka bat egin ondoren, horren arabera aukera "
-"CHECK_PERMS eta CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE konfigurazioa agertzen den <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Aldizkako Egiaztapen fitxa</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Beste Mageia Tresnak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Badira Mageia Kontrol Gunetik hasi daitezkeenak baino Mageia tresna gehiago. "
-"Egin klik beheko esteka baten gainean gehiago ikasteko, edo hurrengo "
-"orrialdeak irakurtzen jarraitu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>IDATZIZKO DA </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Eta tresna gehiago?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Software Kudeaketa (Softwarea instalatu eta kendu)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Rpmdrake-ra sarrera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">rpmdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, drakrpm bezala ezaguna, "
-"paketeak instalatu, ezabatu eta eguneratzeko programa bat da. URPMI-ren "
-"erabiltzaile interfaze grafiko bat da. Abiarazte bakoitzean, egiaztatuko "
-"ditu ('baliabide' deituetakoak) zuzenean Mageia-ko zerbitzari "
-"ofizialengandik jaitsitako lerroko paketeen zerrendak, eta aldi bakoitzean "
-"erakutsiko dizkizu zure ordenagailuarentzako azken aplikazio eta paketeak. "
-"Iragazki-sistema batek soilik pakete mota batzuk erakustea baimentzen du: "
-"instalatutako paketeak erakutsi ditzake soilik (lehenetsita), edo eguneaketa "
-"eskuragarriak soilik. Instalatu gabeko paketeak ere ikus ditzakezu soilik. "
-"Paketeak izenagatik ere ikusi ditzakezu, edo deskribapeneeko laburpenetan "
-"edo paketeen deskribapen osoetan edo paketeetan barneratutako fitxategi-"
-"izenetan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"rpmdrake lan egin dezan biltegiak ezarri behar dira <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-"
-"edit-media\"/>-rekin ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalazioan zehar, Konfiguratutako biltegia instalazioa erabilitako "
-"hedabidea da, oro har, DVD edo CDa. hedabide hau mantentzen bada, rpmdrake "
-"eskatuko du pakete bat instalatzeko aldi bakoitzean, pop-up leiho honekin: "
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Aurreko mezua amorrua ematen "
-"badizu eta internetetik deskargatzeko muga gabeko konexio on bat baduzu, "
-"jakintsua da hedabide hori kendu eta lerroko biltegiak jartzea horren ordez "
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>-ri esker."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Gainera, online biltegiak beti eguneratuta daude, pakete askoz gehiago "
-"dauka, eta zure instalatutako paketeak eguneratzeko aukera ematen dute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Pantailaren zati nagusia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pakete mota iragazkia:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Iragazki honek aukera ematen du pakete mota batzuk baino ez erakusteko. "
-"Kudeatzailea hasten duzun lehen aldian, aplikazio grafikoak soilik erakusten "
-"ditu. Pakete guztiak eta bere mendekotasunen eta liburutegiak guztiak edo "
-"pakete taldeak soilik, besteak beste, aplikazioak soilik, eguneratzeak edo "
-"Mageia bertsio berriagoetara migraturiko paketeak bistara ditzakezu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenetsitako iragazki ezarpena Linux edo Mageiako kide berrientzako da, "
-"beharbada ez dute nahi komando lerroa edo tresna espezializatuak. Zuk "
-"dokumentazio hau irakurtzen duzunez gero, jakina interesatua zaude zure "
-"Mageiaren ezaguera hobetzean, beraz onena iragazki honetan \"Guztiak\" "
-"ezartzea da ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package egoera iragazkia:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Iragazki honek instalatutako paketeak, instalatu gabeko edo pakete guztiak, "
-"bai instalatutako eta ez instalatutako paketeak soilik ikusteko aukera "
-"ematen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bilaketa modua:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Ikonoan klikatu paketeen izenak bilatzeko, haien laburpenen bidez, haien "
-"deskribapen osoaren bidez edo paketean sartutako fitxategien bidez."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Aurkitu\" kutxa:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Sartu hemen hitz gako bat edo gehiago. Hitz gako bat baino gehiago erabili "
-"nahi baduzu  '|' erabili hitz gakoen artean, adibidez \"mplayer\" eta \"xine"
-"\" bilatzeko denbora berean idatzi: 'mplayer | xine'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Guztia ezabatu:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Ikur honek klik bakarrarekin \"Bilatu\" kutxan sartutako hitza guztiak ezaba "
-"ditzake ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategorien zerrenda:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Alde honetako barra argi sailkatzen ditu aplikazio eta pakete guztiak "
-"kategorietan eta azpi kategorietan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Deskribapen panela:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Panel honek pakete izena, bere laburpena eta deskribapen osoa erakusten "
-"ditu. Hautatutako paketeari buruzko elementu erabilgarri asko erakusten du. "
-"Era berean, paketeari buruzko xehetasun zehatzak erakutsi dezake, paketean "
-"sartutako fitxategiak baita mantentzaileak eginiko azken aldaketak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Egoera zutabeak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Behin behar bezala iragazkiak konfiguratuta, zure software aurkitu ahal "
-"izango duzu, bai mailaren arabera (6 arean batez ere) edo izen/laburpen/"
-"deskribapenagatik 4. area erabiliz kontsulta betetzen duten paketeetako "
-"zerrenda bat eta, ez ahaztu aukeratutako hedabidea egoera desberdinetako "
-"markatzaileen arabera instalatuko/instalatu gabe/eguneraketa bat egoera hau "
-"aldatzeko, soilik egiaztatu edo desmarkatu koadroa pakete izenaren aurretik "
-"eta klikatu <guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Ikonoa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Kondaira"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Pakete hau jada instalatuta dago"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Pakete hau instalatuko da"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Pakete hau ezin da aldatu"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Pakete hau eguneratuko da"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Pakete hau desinstalatuko da"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Goiko Screenshot adibideak:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"DigiKam desmarkatu badut (gezi berdea esaten digu instalatuta dagoela), "
-"egoera-ikonoa gorrira joango gorantzako gezi batekin eta desinstalatuko da "
-"<guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton> klikatzean."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Qdigidoc egiaztatzen badut (instalatuta ez dagoena, ikusi egoera), laranja "
-"gezi bat behera egoera ikono batekin agertuko da eta instalatu egingo da "
-"<guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton> klikatzean."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Mendekotasunak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Pakete batzuk mendekotasun izeneko beste paketeak behar dute lan egiteko. "
-"Adibidez liburutegiak edo tresnak. Kasu honetan, Rpmdrake informazioaren "
-"leiho bat bistaratuko du, hautatutako mendekotasunak onartzeko, operazioa "
-"ezeztatzeko edo informazio gehiago (ikusi goian) lortzeko aukera ematen du. "
-"Beste batzuetan hainbat pakete behar diren liburutegiak dituztela, kasu "
-"honetan rpmdrake alternatiben zerrenda bistaratzen du informazio gehiago "
-"botoi batekin eta beste botoi batekin zein pakete instalatuko den "
-"aukeratzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Ezarri eskanerra"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instalaketa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">scannerdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sarbidea ematen dizu "
-"eskanerra gailu bakar batean edo eskaneatze funtzioa barne hartzen duen "
-"anitz gailu bat konfiguratzea. Ordenagailuari konektatutako tokiko gailuak "
-"partekatzeko aukera ematen dizu urruneko ordenagailu batekin edo urruneko "
-"eskanerrera sartzeko aukera ematen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr "Lehen aldiz tresna hau hasten duzunean, ondorengo mezua lor dezakezu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE paketeak instalatu behar dira eskanerrak erabili ahal "
-"izateko</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>SANE paketeak instalatu nahi duzu?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu <emphasis>Bai</emphasis> jarraitzeko. <code>scanner-gui</code> eta "
-"<code>task-scanning</code> instalatu egingo dira oraindik instalatu ez "
-"badira."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Zure eskanerra behar bezala identifikatzen bada, goiko pantailan zure "
-"eskanerraren izena ikusten baduzu, eskanerra erabiltzeko prest dago, "
-"adibidez, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> edo <emphasis>Eskaneatze Sinplea</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kasu horretan, orain duzu agian <emphasis>Eskanerra partekatzeko</emphasis> "
-"konfiguratzeko aukera. Horri buruz irakurri dezakezu <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hala ere, zure eskanerra ez bada behar bezala identifikatzen, eta haren "
-"kablea(k) eta botere etengailua egiaztatu eta gero <emphasis>Bilatu eskaner "
-"berria</emphasis> sakatzen ez badu laguntzen, sakatu beharko duzu "
-"<emphasis>Gehitu eskaner bat eskuz</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu zure eskanerraren marka ikusten duzun zerrendatik, eta gero, bere "
-"mota marka horretarako zerrendatik eta sakatu <emphasis>Ados</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ez baduzu zure eskanerra zerrendan aurkitzen, eta hautatu <emphasis>Utzi</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Mesedez egiaztatu zure eskanerra bateragarria dn ala ez <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: gailu "
-"bateragarriak</link> orrialdean eta laguntza eskatu <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foroetan</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Portua aukeratu"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Ezarpen hau utzi dezakezu <emphasis>Auto-detektatu portu eskuragarriak</"
-"emphasis> zure eskanerra interfazeak portu paralelo bat izan ezean. Kasu "
-"horretan, aukeratu <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> bat besterik ez baduzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ados</emphasis> sakatu ondoren, kasu gehienetan azpitik antzeko "
-"pantaila bat ikusiko duzu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ez baduzu pantaila hori lortzen, orduan irakurri <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Scannersharing"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Hemen makinara konektatutako eskanerrra  eskuragarri egon behar duen ala ez "
-"urruneko makinekin eta zein makinarekin aukera dezakezu. Hemen erabaki "
-"dezakezu, halaber, urruneko ordenagailuko eskanerra erabilgarria izango den "
-"makina honetan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Eskanerra host-era partekatzea: hots izen edo IP helbidea erantsi edo kendu "
-"ahal izango dira host-ak onartzen duen tokiko gailu(etan) sartzeko "
-"zerrendatik, ordenagailu honetan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Urruneko eskanerren erabilera: izen edo IP host-aren helbidea gehitu edo ken "
-"daiteke urruneko eskanerraren sabidea ematen duten host-en zerrendatik ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Eskaner hosta partekatuz: hosta gehitu ditzakezu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Partekatu zure eskanerra host-etan: zehaztu hosta(k) bertan gehitzeko edo "
-"urruneko ordenagailu guztietan gaitu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr "\"Urruneko makina guztiak\" onartzen dute bertako eskanerrera sartzea."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>saned</emphasis> paketea ez dago oraindik instalatuta, tresna "
-"honek eskaintzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Amaieran, tresnaren honek fitxategi hauek aldatzen ditu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> \"sare\" zuzentaraua gehitu edo "
-"azaldu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Halaber konfiguratuko ditu <emphasis>saned</emphasis> eta <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> abioan hasteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Bereziak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"HP eskaner gehienak (HPLIP) <emphasis>HP Gailu kudeatzailetik</emphasis> "
-"kudeatzen dira, zeinek inprimagailu ere kudeatzen ditu. Kasu honetan, tresna "
-"honek ez du onartzen hura konfiguratzea eta <emphasis>HP Gailu kudeatzailea</"
-"emphasis> erabiltzera gonbidatzen zaitu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Gidariak eskuragarri daude <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">orrialde honetan</link>. Adierazitako denean, "
-"<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> paketea lehenik, ondoren <emphasis>iscan</"
-"emphasis> (orden honetan) instalatu behar dituzu. Posible da "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pakete hori eta <emphasis>sane</emphasis> "
-"paketeari buruzko gatazka baten abisu bat sortzea. Erabiltzaileek jakinarazi "
-"dute ohartarazpen honi ez ikusia egingo ahal zaiola."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Aparteko instalazio urratsak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Posible da zure eskanerrerako portu bat hautatzea <xref linkend="
-"\"choosescannerport\"/> pantailaren ondoren, urrats gehigarri bat edo "
-"gehiago hartu behar duzu zure eskanerra behar bezala konfiguratzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Kasu batzuetan, esan da eskanerra bere firmwarea kargatu behar duela hasten "
-"den bakoitzean. Tresna honek gailua kargatzeko aukera ematen dizu, zure "
-"sisteman instalatu ondoren. Pantaila honetan firmwarea instalatu dezakezu CD "
-"edo Windows instalazio batetik, edo interneteko saltzailearen gunetik "
-"jaitsitako bat instalatu dezakezu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Gailuaren firmwarea kargatu behar denean, denbora luze bat hartu dezake "
-"lehen erabilera bakoitzean, seguru asko, minutu bat baino gehiago. Beraz, "
-"pazientzia izan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Era berean, pantaila bat jaso ahal izango duzu <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis> doitzeko"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Horiek edo bestelako argibideak arretaz irakurri eta zer egin ez badakizu, "
-"aske zara laguntza eskatzeko ere <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/"
-"en/\">foroan</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Software kudeaketa"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Pantaila honetan softwarea kudeatzeko zenbait tresnen artean aukeratu "
-"daiteke. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Zure sistema eguneratu</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfiguratu "
-"baliabide iturriak instalakuntza eta eguneraketetarako</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Inprimagailua instalatu eta konfiguratu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Inprimaketa Mageia kudeatzen CUPS izeneko zerbitzaria du. Bere <link ns2:"
-"title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">konfigurazio interfaze</"
-"link> propioa zein Internet nabigatzaile bidez sartu daiteke, baina Mageiak "
-"bere tresna propioa eskaintzen du inprimagailuak instalatzeko system-config-"
-"printer, besteak beste, Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu eta openSUSE "
-"distribuzioekin partekatua."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalazioarekin aurrera jarraitu aurretik, non-free biltegia gaitu behar "
-"duzu, izan ere, gidari batzuk, agian, soilik eskuragarri daude modu honetan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz ditzakezu, <emphasis>system-config-"
-"printer</emphasis> idatziz. Root pasahitza eskatuko da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Inprimagailuaren instalazioa Mageia Kontrol Guneko <guilabel>Hardware</"
-"guilabel> atalean burutzen da. Aukeratu <guilabel> Konfiguratu inprimaketa "
-"eta eskaneatza</guilabel> tresna <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC bi paketeak instalatzea eskatuko du:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Beharrezkoa da instalazio hau jarraitzeko onartzea. Gehienez 230MB "
-"mendekotasun behar dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Inprimagailu bat gehitzeko, aukeratu inprimagailua \"Gehitu\" botoia. "
-"Sistemak eskuragarri dagoen edozein inprimagailu eta portuan detektatzen "
-"saiatuko da. Pantaila kaptura portu paralelo baten konektatutako "
-"inprimagailu bat erakutsiko dizu. Inprimagailu bat detektatzen bada, hala "
-"nola USB portu inprimagailu gisa, lehenengo lerroan agertuko da. Leihoak "
-"halaber saiatuko dira sare inprimagailu bat konfiguratzen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Automatikoki detektatu da inprimagailua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Hau normalean USB inprimagailu aipatzen du. utilitate hauek inprimagailuaren "
-"izena automatikoki aurkitzen, eta bistaratzen dute. Inprimagailu hautatu eta "
-"ondoren sakatu \"Hurrengoa\". Inprimagailuari lotutako gidaria ezaguna bada, "
-"automatikoki instalatu egingo da. Gidari bat baino gehiago badu edo gidaria "
-"ez badu ezagutzen, leiho bat hautatzeko edo bat ematea eskatuko dizu, "
-"hurrengo paragrafoan azaltzen den bezala. Jarraitu honekin <xref linkend="
-"\"terminate\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Ez da detektatu inprimagailua automatikoki "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"portu bat hautatzen duzunean, sistema driver zerrenda kargatu eta gidari bat "
-"aukeratzeko leiho bat erakutsiko dizu. Aukera honako aukeretako baten bidez "
-"egin daiteke."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Datubasetik hautatu inprimagailua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "Eman PPD fitxategia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "bilatu kontrolatzaile bat deskargatzeko"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Datubasetik aukeratuz gero, leihoan inprimagailu fabrikatzaile bat iradokiko "
-"da lehenengo, eta ondoren, gailu bat eta duen gidaria. Gidari bat baino "
-"gehiago proposatu badu, gomendatzen den horietako bat hautatu, lehenago "
-"arazo batzuk izan badituzu horrekin, kasu honetan, aukeratu ondo lan egiten "
-"duena."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Instalazio prozesu osoa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Gidari aukeraketa egin ondoren, leiho bat zenbait informazio eskatuko du "
-"sistema inprimagailua ezagutzeko eta izendatzeko aukera. Lehenengo lerroan "
-"gailuaren izen horren pean egongo da eskuragarri dauden inprimagailuen "
-"zerrendan aplikazioetan. Instalatzaileak, ondoren iradokitzen du test orri "
-"bat inprimatzea. Urrats honen ondoren, inprimagailua gehitu eta eskuragarri "
-"agertzen da dauden inprimagailuen zerrendan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Sare imprimagailua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Sareko inprimagailuak sarera zuzenean kable edo haririk gabe lotutako "
-"inprimagailuak dira, inprimagailu zerbitzaria batera erantsita edo "
-"inprimagailu zerbitzaria bezala balio duen lanpostura atxikita."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Askotan, hobe da DHCP zerbitzaria konfiguratzea, IP helbide finko  bat beti "
-"erlazionatzeko inprimagailuaren MAC-helbide batekin. Jakina inprimagailua "
-"duen IP helbidea inprimagailu zerbitzariaren berdina izan behar du ezarrita, "
-"finko bat ez badauka."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Inprimagailuaren Mac-helbidea emandako serie zenbaki bat da inprimagailura "
-"edo inprimagailu zerbitzarira edo ordenagailura eransten da, "
-"inprimagailutik  inprimatutako konfigurazio-orri batetik lortu daiteke edo "
-"etiketa batean inprimagailuan edo inprimagailu zerbitzarian idatzi ahal da. "
-"Partekatutako zure inprimagailua Mageia-sistema bati erantsita badago, "
-"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> exekutatu egin dezakezu root "
-"bezala hartan MAC-helbidea aurkitzeko. \"HWaddr\" Atzeko zenbaki eta letren "
-"sekuentzia bat da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Zure sareko inprimagailua gehi ditzakezu sarearen bidez zure ordenagailuari "
-"hitz egiteko erabiltzen duen protokoloa aukeratuz. Ez badakizu zein "
-"protokolo aukeratu, probatu ditzakezu <guilabel>Sareko inprimagailua</"
-"guilabel> - <guilabel>Aurkitu Sare Inprimagailua</guilabel> <guilabel>Gailu</"
-"guilabel>en menu aukeran, eta inprimagailuaren IP helbidea eman eskuineko "
-"koadroan, \"host\" esaten duenean."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresnak inprimagailu edo inprimagailu zerbitzaria aitortzen badu, protokolo "
-"bat eta ilara bat proposatuko du, baina beheko zerrendatik egokiago bat "
-"aukeratu ahal izango duzu, edo ilaran izen egokia eman ez da zerrendan "
-"agertzen bada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Begiratu ezazu inprimagailuarekin edo inprimatzekoan jasotako dokumentazioan "
-"zer protokolo(k) sostengatzen du(t)en aurkitu eta ilara izen espezifiko "
-"posibleak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Sare imprimagailu protokoloak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Oraingo teknika bat da Hewlett-Packard-ek garatutakoa eta JetDirect-a bezala "
-"ezagun. Zuzenean Ethernet portu batean zehar sarera konektatutako "
-"inprimagailu baterako sarbidea onartzen da. Inprimagailua sarean duen IP "
-"helbidea jakin behar duzu. Teknika hau ADSL-router batzuen barruan "
-"erabiltzen da USB-portu bat daukatela inprimagailua konektatzeko. "
-"Horrelakoetan, IP helbidea  router-arena da. Kontuan izan \"HP Gailu "
-"Kudeatzaile\" tresnak dinamikoki konfiguratutako IP helbidea kudeatu "
-"dezakeela, <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-printer></emphasis> bezalako URI "
-"bat. asu honetan, IP-helbide finkorik ez da behar izaten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu aukera <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> protokoloa eta  "
-"zehaztu helbidea <guilabel>Host-ean:</guilabel>, ez aldatu <guilabel>Portu "
-"zenbakia</guilabel>, aldatu behar dela ez badakizu . Protokoloaren "
-"aukeraketa egin ondoren, gidariaren aukeraketa berdina da."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Beste protokoloak honako hauek dira:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (ipp)</emphasis>: IPP-protokolotik "
-"pasatuz TCP/IP-sare batean sartu ahal den inprimagailu bat, adibidez CUPS "
-"erabiliz postu batekin konektatutako inprimagailu bat. ADSL router batzuek "
-"protokolo hau ere erabili ahal dute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (https): </emphasis>ipp-ren "
-"berdina, baina http garraio eta TLS babes protokoloa erabiliz. Portua "
-"aukeratu behar dela. Berez, 631 portua erabiltzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (ipps):</emphasis> ipp-ren "
-"berdina, baina TLS babes protokoloarekin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Inprimagailua</emphasis>: TCP / IP sare batean sar "
-"daitekeen LPD protokoloaren bidezko inprimagailu bat da, adibidez "
-"inprimagailu bat postu batera konektatuta LPD erabiliz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Windows inprimagailua SAMBA bidez</emphasis>: Windows edo SMB "
-"zerbitzaria eta partekatu exekutatzen duen postu baten konektatutako "
-"inprimagailu bat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"URI-a zuzenean ere gehitu ahal da. Adibide batzuk hemen gainean daude URI-a "
-"nola sortzeko:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Linea Inprimagailu Deabru (LPD) Protokoloa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Informazio osagarria aurki daiteke <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/"
-"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS dokumentazioa</link>n."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Gailuen Propietateak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Gailuen propietateetan sar zaitezke. Menuak CUPS zerbitzariko parametroetan "
-"sartzeko aukera ematen du. Modu lehenetsian CUPS zerbitzari bat zure "
-"sisteman abiarazten da, baina desberdin bat zehatz dezakezu "
-"<guimenu>Zerbitzari</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Konektatu...</guimenuitem> "
-"menuan, zerbitzariaren beste parametro espezifiko batzuekiko sarrera ematen "
-"duen afinatze leiho bat, jarraituz <guimenu>Zerbitzaria</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>lehentasunak.</guimenuitem>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Konpondu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Gertatutako hutsei buruzko informazioren bat aurki dezakezu inprimatzean "
-"zehar <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> ikuskatuz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Arazoak diagnostikatzeko tresna bat sarbidea <guimenu>Laguntza</guimenu> | "
-"<guilabel>Arazoak konpondu</guilabel> menua erabiliz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Posiblea da inprimagailu espezifikoetarako gidari batzuk Mageia-n ez egotea "
-"edo funtzionalak ez izatea. Horrelakoetan, begiratu ezazu <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> web gunea zure "
-"gailuarentzako gidari libre bat den egiaztatzeko. Bai bada, egiaztatu "
-"paketea dagoeneko mageian badagoela eta kasu honetan eskuz instalatu. "
-"Ondoren, instalazio-prozesua berregin ezazu inprimagailua konfiguratzeko. "
-"asu guztietan, bugzilla-n edo foroan arazoa jakinarazi ezazu eroso bazara "
-"tresna honekin eta modeloa eta gidari-informaziorik hornitzen baduzu eta "
-"inprimagailuak lan egiten duen edo ez instalazioaren ondoren. Hemen sorburu "
-"batzuk daude beste gidari eguneratu batzuk edo duela gutxiko gailu gehiago "
-"aurkitzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother imprimagailuak</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Orri hau</link> Brother emandako gidarien zerrenda "
-"ematen du. Bilatu gailuarentzako gidariak, rpm(ak) deskargatu eta instalatu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Brother gidaria instalatu beharko zenuke konfigurazio utilitatea exekutatu "
-"aurretik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard imprimagailu  eta All in one "
-"gailuak</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Gailu hauek hplib tresnak darabilte. Automatikoki instalatzen dira "
-"inprimagailuaren detekzioa edo hautaketaren ondoren. este informazio batzuk "
-"aurki dezakezu <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index."
-"html\">hemen</link>. \"HP Gailu Kudeatzaile\" tresna <guilabel>Sistema</"
-"guilabel> menuan aurki dezakezu. Baita <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfigurazioa</"
-"link> ikusi inprimagailua kudeatzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"HP All in one gailua imprimagailu bezala instalatu behar da eta eskaner "
-"ezaugarriak gero gehitu. Apuntatu ezazu batzuetan, Xsane-interfazeak filmak "
-"edo diapositibak (irristatutako argiek ezin dute maneiatu) ez dutela "
-"onartzen. Horrelakoetan, posiblea da, standalone modua erabiliz, eta irudia "
-"memoria txartel edo sartutako USB-makila baten gordetzea. Gero, zure irudi "
-"software gogokoena ireki ezazu eta zure irudia kargatu ezazu memoria "
-"txarteletik zein /media karpetan agertzen dena."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung koloreko imprimagailuak</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Zehazki Samsung eta Xerox koloredun inprimagailuentzat, QPDL protokolodun "
-"gidariak eskaintzen ditu <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">Web "
-"gune honek</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson imprimagailu eta eskanerrak</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Epson inprimagailuen Kontrolatzaileak eskuragarri daude <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\"> bilaketa "
-"orri honetan</link>. Eskaner baterako, \"iscan-data\" paketea instalatu "
-"behar duzu, eta gero \"iscan\" (orden honetan). Iscan-plugin paketea ere "
-"eskuragarri egon daiteke, eta instalatzeko. Aukeratu <emphasis>rpm</"
-"emphasis> paketeak arkitekturaren arabera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Posible da iscan paketea sane-rekiko gatazka bati buruzko abisu bat sortzea. "
-"Erabiltzaileek jakinarazita daude ohartarazpen honi ez ikusia egin "
-"dezaketela."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon imprimagailuak</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Canon inprimagailuentzako, gomendagarria izan daiteke turboprint izeneko "
-"tresna bat instalatzea <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">hemen "
-"eskuragarri</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Inportatu Windows® documents and settings"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">transfugdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Sistema</emphasis> fitxa azpian aurkitzen da Mageia Kontrol Gunean "
-"<guilabel>Inportatu Windows (TM) dokumentu eta ezarpenak</guilabel> bezala "
-"etiketatuta"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Tresnak administratzaile bati baimentzen dio erabiltzaile-dokumentuak eta "
-"ezarpenak <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP edo <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>, Mageia "
-"instalatutako ordenagailu beretik inportatzea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kontuan izan aldaketa guztiak transfugdrake-ek aplikatuko dituela berehala "
-"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> sakatu ondoren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Hasi transfugdrake eta gero lehen morroia ikusiko duzu, tresna eta "
-"inportazio aukerei buruzko azalpenen batekin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Irakurri duzun bezala eta argibideak ulertu bezain laster, sakatu "
-"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia. Horren <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark>-en instalazioa detektatzeko exekutatu behar da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Detekzio urratsa osatutakoan <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>-en kontua aukeratu behar duzu eta Mageiaren inportazio prozedura "
-"orri bat ikusiko duzu. Posiblea da aukeratzea beste erabiltzaile kontua "
-"baino zurea."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Mesedez, kontua izan hori migratzeko-laguntzaile dela eta (transfugdrake "
-"motorrak) mugak <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"erabiltzaile kontuek izenak dituzten ikur bereziak gaizki bistaratu "
-"daitekeela."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"Migrazioak denbora pixka bat hartu ditzake dokumentu karpeten tamainaren "
-"arabera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> aplikazio batzuk (batez "
-"ere, gidariak) erabiltzaile kontuak sor ditzake helburu ezberdinetarako. "
-"Adibidez, NVIDIA <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-en "
-"gidariak <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> erabiliz eguneratzen dira. "
-"Mesedez, ez erabili kontu hauek inportazio helburuetarako."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kontuen aukeraketa egitea amaitutakoan sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengo</"
-"guibutton> botoia. Hurrengo orrialdea dokumentuak inportatzeko metodo bat "
-"aukeratzeko erabiltzen da:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-en  <emphasis>Nire "
-"Dokumentuak</emphasis>, <emphasis>Nire Musika</emphasis> eta <emphasis>Nire "
-"Irudiak</emphasis> karpetetatik datuak inportatzeko diseinatu da "
-"Transfugdrake. Posible da inportazioa saltatzea leiho honetako dagokion "
-"elementua hautatuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Dokumentu inportazio metodo aukeratzea amaitutakoan sakatu "
-"<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton> botoia. Hurrengo orrialdea markatzaileak "
-"inportatzeko metodo bat aukeratzeko erabiltzen da:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> eta <emphasis>Mozilla "
-"Firefox</emphasis> markatzaileak Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>-"
-"en instantziara inporta ditzakezu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu inportatzeko nahiago duzun aukera eta sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</"
-"guibutton> botoia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-"Hurrengo orrian ahalbidetzen dizu mahaigaineko atzeko irudia inportatzea:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratu nahiago duzun aukera eta sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> "
-"botoia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Morroiaren azken orrialdea Zorion-mezu bat erakusten du. Besterik gabe "
-"sakatu <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton> botoia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Erabiltzaileak eta taldeak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">userdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Sistema</emphasis> fitxa azpian aurkitzen da Mageia Kontrol Gunean "
-"\"Sisteman Erabiltzaileak kudeatu\" bezala etiketatuta"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna aukera ematen dio administratzaile bati erabiltzaileak eta taldeak "
-"kudeatzea, horrek esan nahi du, erabiltzaileak  edo taldeak gehitzeko edo "
-"ezabatzeko eta erabiltzaile eta talde ezarpenak aldatzeko (ID, shell, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Userdrake zabalik dagoenean, dauden sistemako erabiltzaile guztiak "
-"zerrendatzen dira <guibutton>Erabiltzaile</guibutton> fitxan, eta taldeak "
-"<guibutton>Tealde</guibutton> fitxan. Biak fitxak modu berean funtzionatzen "
-"dute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Gehitu Erabiltzailea</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Botoi honek irekiko du eremu guztiak hutsik dituen leiho berria:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Izen Osoa</emphasis> eremua  familiaren izena eta "
-"izen soziala sartzeko erabiltzen da, baina posible da edozer edo ezer ez "
-"idaztea!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Saioa hasi</emphasis> beharrezko eremua da soilik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pasahitza</emphasis> zehaztea oso gomendagarria da. "
-"Badaude eskuinean ezkutu txiki batzuk, gorria izanez gero, pasahitza ahula "
-"da, oso motza edo saio hasierako izenarekiko oso antzekoa da. Zifrak, beheko "
-"eta goiko karaktereak, puntuazio-markak, eta abar erabili behar zenituzke. "
-"Ezkutua laranjara eta gero berdera igarotzen da pasahitzaren indarra "
-"hobetzen denean."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pasahitza berretsi</emphasis> eremuan pasahitza ondo "
-"idatzi dela ziurtatzeko dago."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Shell-en Hasiera</emphasis> gehitzen ari zaren "
-"erabiltzaileak erabiliko duen shell-a aldatzea baimentzen duen zerrenda "
-"destolesgarria da, aukerak Bash, Dash eta Sh dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sortu talde pribatu bat erabiltzailearentzat</"
-"emphasis>, gaitzen bada, izen bereko taldea sortuko da automatikoki eta "
-"erabiltzaile berria bere kide bakarra bezala (hau edita daiteke)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Beste aukerak begien bistakoa izan behar dira. Erabiltzaile berria berehala "
-"sortzen da <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> sakatu ondoren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Gehitu Taldea</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Soilik talde berriaren izena sartu behar duzu, eta behar izanda, taldearen "
-"ID espezifikoa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editatu</emphasis> (erabiltzaile bat hutatutaz "
-"gero)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Erabiltzailearen datuak</guibutton>: Erabiltzaileak sorkuntzan "
-"emandako (ID-a ezin da aldatu) datuak aldatzea gaitzen du."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kontu Informazioa</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenengo aukera iraungitze data bat kontuari ezartzea da. Konexioa "
-"ezinezkoa da data horretatik aurrera. Hau aldi baterako kontuetan "
-"erabilgarria da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"Bigarren aukera kontu blokeatzeko da, konexioa ezinezkoa da kontua "
-"blokeatuta dagoen bitartean."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Posible da, halaber ikonoa aldatzea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pasahitz Informazio</emphasis>: Aukera ematen du "
-"pasahitzaren iraungitze data jarri ahal izatea, hau erabiltzaileak bere "
-"pasahitza noizbehinka aldatzen behartzen du."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Taldea</emphasis>: Hemen taldeak duen erabiltzaile "
-"kideak hauta ditzakezu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Konektatutako erabiltzaile-kontu bat aldatzen ari bazara, aldaketak ez dira "
-"eraginkorrak izango datorren saioa hasi arte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editatu</emphasis> (talde bat hautatuz gero)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Talde Datuak</emphasis>: Aukera ematen dizu taldeari "
-"izena aldatzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erabiltzaile Taldeak</emphasis>: Taldeko kideak "
-"diren erabiltzaileak hemen hauta ditzakezu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Ezabatu</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Hautatu erabiltzaile bat edo talde bat eta sakatu <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Ezabatu</emphasis> ateratzeko. Erabiltzaile batentzat, leiho bat agertzen "
-"da etxe direktorioa eta postontzi ere ezabatuko den galdezka. Talde pribatu "
-"bat sortzen bada erabiltzailearentzat, baita ezabatu egingo da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Posible da hutsik dagoen ez da talde bat ezabatzea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Freskatu</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Erabiltzaile Datu-baseak Userdrake-etik kanpo alda daitezke. Ikonoan klikatu "
-"pantaila freskatzeko."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Gonbidatua kontua</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gonbidatua</emphasis> kontu berezi bat da. Norbaiti "
-"sistemarako sarrera denboraldi baterako zuzendutako erabateko "
-"segurtasunarekin. Saio-hasiera xguest-a da, pasahitz bat ere ez dago, eta "
-"ezinezkoa da sisteman aldaketak egitea kontu honekin. Direktorio pertsonalak "
-"saioaren bukaeran ezabatzen dira. Kontu hau gaituta dago modu lehenetsian, "
-"hura desgaitzeko, <guimenu>Ekintza -> Gonbidatu kontua kendu</guimenu> menu "
-"gainean egin klik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Ezarri zerbitzari grafikoa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazi dezakezu, <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> "
-"erabiltzaile normal edo <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> root bezala idatziz. "
-"Kontuz letra maiuskulekin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Tresna hau Mageia Kontrol Guneko <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> "
-"fitxan presente dago. Aukeratu <emphasis><guilabel>Ezarri zerbitzari "
-"grafikoa</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Botoiak baimentzen dizu grafiko konfigurazioa aldatzea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Txartel Grafikoa</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Unean detektatutako txartel grafikoa erakusten da eta bat datorren "
-"konfiguratutako zerbitzaria. Egin klik botoi honetan zerbitzaria aldatzeko, "
-"esate baterako jabetza-gidari batera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Saltzailearen</guilabel> babespean dauden zerbitzariak ordenatuko "
-"dira orden alfabetikoz, fabrikatzaileak, ondoren, eta gainera modeloaren "
-"arabera orden alfabetikoan ere. Gidari libreak orden alfabetikoan "
-"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> pean antolatzen dira."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Arazoen kasuan, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> txartelak grafiko "
-"gehienekin lan egiten du eta denbora ematen dizu gidari zuzena aurkitu eta "
-"instalatzeko zure Mahaigain Ingurunean."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Oraindik Vesa ez badu funtzionatzen, aukeratu <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</"
-"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, Mageiaren instalazioan "
-"zehar erabiltzen dena, baina ez du onartzen bereizmen edo freskatze tasa "
-"aldatu ahal izatea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Zure aukera gidari libre batentzat egingo bazenu, zuri jabetza-gidari bat "
-"erabili dezakezula ordez ezaugarri gehiagorekin (adibidez 3D efektuak) "
-"galdetuko dizute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitore:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Aurreko era berean, unean detektatutako pantaila erakusten da eta botoia "
-"sakatu dezakezu beste batera aldatzeko. Nahi den pantaila ez badago "
-"<guilabel>Saltzaileen</guilabel> zerrendan, aukeratu <guilabel>Generiko</"
-"guilabel> zerrendan ezaugarri berdinak dituen pantaila bat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bereizmen:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Botoi honek bereizmena (pixel-kopurua) eta kolore sakonera (kolore kopurua) "
-"aukera gaitzen du. Pantaila hau erakusten du:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kolore sakonera aldatzen "
-"duzunean, multi-koloreko barra bat agertuko da bigarren botoiaren ondoan "
-"eta  kolore sakonera duen itxura aurrebista erakuzten dizu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Lehenengo botoia uneko bereizmen erakusten du, egin klik beste batera "
-"aldatzeko. Zerrendak txartel grafiko eta pantailarenganako aukera posible "
-"guztiak dauzka, posible da <guilabel>Beste</guilabel> gainean klik egitez "
-"beste bereizmen batzuk ezartzeko, baina gogoan izan, zure pantaila kaltetu "
-"dezakezula edo doikuntza deserosoa aukeratzea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Bigarren botoia erakusten du uneko kolore sakonera, klik hau aldatzeko beste "
-"bat da."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Aukeratutako bereizmenaren arabera, saioa amaitu eta berrabiaraztea "
-"beharrezkoa izan daiteke ezarpenak eragina izan dezan ingurune grafikoan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Probatu:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurazioa egin ondoren, ados klik egin baino lehen  proba bat egiteko "
-"gomendatzen da, orain ezarpenak aldatzea errazagoa delako ingurune grafikoa "
-"funtzionatuko ez balu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Ingurune grafikoak ez badu funtzionatzen, Alt+Ctrl+F2 teklea ezazu testu-"
-"ingurunea irekitzeko, root erabiltzaile bezala konektatzeko eta XFdrake "
-"idatzi XFdrake-ko testu bertsioa erabiltzeko (estalkiekin)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Probak huts egiten badu, besterik gabe, amaitu arte itxaron, lan egiten "
-"badu, baina ez duzu aldatu nahi, azken finean, sakatu <guibutton>Ez</"
-"guibutton>, dena zuzena bada, sakatu <guibutton role=\"bold\">Ados</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Aukerak:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Aukera orokorrak</guilabel>: bada <emphasis>Desgaitu Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Atzera</emphasis> markatuta dagoenean, ezin izango da posible X zerbitzaria "
-"berrabiaraztea Ctrl+Alt+Atzera teklak erabiliz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Txartel grafikoen aukerak</guilabel>: Baimendu egiten dizu hiru "
-"berezitasun txartel grafikoaren arabera gaitzeko edo desgaitzeko aukera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Abioko GUI-an</guilabel>: Gehienetan, <emphasis>abiaraztean (Xorg) "
-"GUI-a automatikoki hasi</emphasis> abio aldaketa modu grafikorako egiteko "
-"egiaztatzen da, zerbitzari batentzat desgaitu daiteke.."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Atera</guibutton> botoian klik egin ondoren, sistemak "
-"baieztatzeko eskatuko dizu. Denbora dago guztia bertan behera uzteko eta "
-"aurreko konfigurazioa mantentzeko, edo onartzeko. Kasu honetan, deskonektatu "
-"eta berriz ere konektatu behar duzu Konfigurazio berria gaitzeko."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6100d388..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Kontrol Gunea</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Mageia sistema konfiguratzeko tresna</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude
-<link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>
-laguntzaz ekoiztu zen <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>-k
-garatuta.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentazio
-Talde</link>ra bada eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a63f161..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Kontrol Gunea</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude
-<link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>
-laguntzaz ekoiztu zen <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>-k
-garatuta.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentazio
-Talde</link>ra bada eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c2ef2ab4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Software Paketeen Eguneraketa</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate edo drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> edo <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean
-presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role="bold">Software kudeaketa</emphasis>
-azpian dago.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Lan egiteko, MageiaUpdate-k biltegiak konfiguratuta izan behar ditu
-drakrpm-editmedia-rekin komunikabide hedabide batzuekin eguneraketa gisa
-hautatuta. Ez badira, eskatuko zaizu egitea.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Tresna hori martxan jarri bezain laster, instalatutako paketeak arakatzen
-ditu, eta biltegietan eguneratze bat eskuragarri duten zerrendak. Guztiak
-hautatuta daude lehenetsita automatikoki deskargatu eta instalatzeko. Sakatu
-<guibutton>Eguneratu</guibutton> botoia prozesua hasteko.</para>
-
-  <para>Pakete baten gainean klik eginez gero, informazio gehiago leihoaren beheko
-erdian bistaratzen da. <emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis>-ren Inprimaketa
-titulu bat aurretik esan nahi du destolesgarri testu bat sakatu ahal izango
-duzula.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Eguneratzea eskuragarri daudenean, sistemaren bandejan applet bat
-ohartarazten du ikono gorri honetan <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject> bistaratuz. Egin klik eta idatzi erabiltzailearen pasahitza
-sisteman eguneratzeko.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 01f51dc3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Ezarri zerbitzari grafikoa</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau Mageia Kontrol Guneko <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>
-fitxan presente dago. Aukeratu <emphasis><guilabel>Ezarri zerbitzari
-grafikoa</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazi dezakezu, <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis>
-erabiltzaile normal edo <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> root bezala
-idatziz. Kontuz letra maiuskulekin.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Botoiak baimentzen dizu grafiko konfigurazioa aldatzea.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Txartel Grafikoa</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>Unean detektatutako txartel grafikoa erakusten da eta bat datorren
-konfiguratutako zerbitzaria. Egin klik botoi honetan zerbitzaria aldatzeko,
-esate baterako jabetza-gidari batera.</para>
-
-  <para><guilabel>Saltzailearen</guilabel> babespean dauden zerbitzariak ordenatuko
-dira orden alfabetikoz, fabrikatzaileak, ondoren, eta gainera modeloaren
-arabera orden alfabetikoan ere. Gidari libreak orden alfabetikoan
-<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> pean antolatzen dira.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Arazoen kasuan, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> txartelak grafiko
-gehienekin lan egiten du eta denbora ematen dizu gidari zuzena aurkitu eta
-instalatzeko zure Mahaigain Ingurunean.</para>
-
-      <para>Oraindik Vesa ez badu funtzionatzen, aukeratu
-<emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>,
-Mageiaren instalazioan zehar erabiltzen dena, baina ez du onartzen bereizmen
-edo freskatze tasa aldatu ahal izatea.</para>
-    </note>Zure aukera gidari libre batentzat egingo bazenu, zuri jabetza-gidari bat
-erabili dezakezula ordez ezaugarri gehiagorekin (adibidez 3D efektuak)
-galdetuko dizute.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitore:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Aurreko era berean, unean detektatutako pantaila erakusten da eta botoia
-sakatu dezakezu beste batera aldatzeko. Nahi den pantaila ez badago
-<guilabel>Saltzaileen</guilabel> zerrendan, aukeratu
-<guilabel>Generiko</guilabel> zerrendan ezaugarri berdinak dituen pantaila
-bat.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Bereizmen:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Botoi honek bereizmena (pixel-kopurua) eta kolore sakonera (kolore kopurua)
-aukera gaitzen du. Pantaila hau erakusten du:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Kolore sakonera aldatzen duzunean,
-multi-koloreko barra bat agertuko da bigarren botoiaren ondoan eta  kolore
-sakonera duen itxura aurrebista erakuzten dizu.</para>
-
-  <para>Lehenengo botoia uneko bereizmen erakusten du, egin klik beste batera
-aldatzeko. Zerrendak txartel grafiko eta pantailarenganako aukera posible
-guztiak dauzka, posible da <guilabel>Beste</guilabel> gainean klik egitez
-beste bereizmen batzuk ezartzeko, baina gogoan izan, zure pantaila kaltetu
-dezakezula edo doikuntza deserosoa aukeratzea.</para>
-
-  <para>Bigarren botoia erakusten du uneko kolore sakonera, klik hau aldatzeko beste
-bat da.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Aukeratutako bereizmenaren arabera, saioa amaitu eta berrabiaraztea
-beharrezkoa izan daiteke ezarpenak eragina izan dezan ingurune grafikoan.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Probatu:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Konfigurazioa egin ondoren, ados klik egin baino lehen  proba bat egiteko
-gomendatzen da, orain ezarpenak aldatzea errazagoa delako ingurune grafikoa
-funtzionatuko ez balu.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Ingurune grafikoak ez badu funtzionatzen, Alt+Ctrl+F2 teklea ezazu
-testu-ingurunea irekitzeko, root erabiltzaile bezala konektatzeko eta
-XFdrake idatzi XFdrake-ko testu bertsioa erabiltzeko (estalkiekin).</para>
-    </note>Probak huts egiten badu, besterik gabe, amaitu arte itxaron, lan egiten
-badu, baina ez duzu aldatu nahi, azken finean, sakatu
-<guibutton>Ez</guibutton>, dena zuzena bada, sakatu <guibutton
-role="bold">Ados</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Aukerak:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Aukera orokorrak</guilabel>: bada <emphasis>Desgaitu
-Ctrl-Alt-Atzera</emphasis> markatuta dagoenean, ezin izango da posible X
-zerbitzaria berrabiaraztea Ctrl+Alt+Atzera teklak erabiliz.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Txartel grafikoen aukerak</guilabel>: Baimendu egiten dizu hiru
-berezitasun txartel grafikoaren arabera gaitzeko edo desgaitzeko aukera.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Abioko GUI-an</guilabel>: Gehienetan, <emphasis>abiaraztean (Xorg)
-GUI-a automatikoki hasi</emphasis> abio aldaketa modu grafikorako egiteko
-egiaztatzen da, zerbitzari batentzat desgaitu daiteke..</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Atera</guibutton> botoian klik egin ondoren, sistemak
-baieztatzeko eskatuko dizu. Denbora dago guztia bertan behera uzteko eta
-aurreko konfigurazioa mantentzeko, edo onartzeko. Kasu honetan, deskonektatu
-eta berriz ere konektatu behar duzu Konfigurazio berria gaitzeko.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8923aa80..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Sartu WebDAV bitartez partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-  </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean aurki
-daiteke, Sareko Partekatze fitxa pean, <guilabel>WebDAV ekintzak
-Konfiguratu</guilabel> bezala etiketatuta.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sarrera</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link>
-direktorio lokal bat bezala agertzeko , inguruan web-zerbitzari baten
-direktoriora igo onartzen duen protokolo bat da. Beharrezkoa da urruneko
-makina bat martxan jarritzea WebDAV zerbitzari. Hau ez da WebDAV-zerbitzaria
-konfiguratzeko tresnaren helburua.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sarrera berri bat sortzen</title>
-
-    <para>Tresna honen lehenengo pantailan bistaratutako sarrerak ezarrita daude
-dagoeneko, baldin badaude, eta <guibutton>Berria</guibutton> botoia. Erabili
-hau sarrera berri bat sortzeko. Idatzi zerbitzariaren helbidea pantaila
-berriaren eremuan.</para>
-
-    <para>Ondoren ekintza batzuk hautatzeko pantaila bat agertzen
-da. <guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> ekintzarekin jarraitu
-<guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia hautatu ondoren klikatuz, jadanik
-<guibutton>Zerbitzaria</guibutton> ezarrita dago. Hala ere, zuzendu ahal
-izango da, behar izanez gero.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Urruneko direktorioa edukia mount puntu honen bidez eskuragarri izango da.</para>
-
-    <para>Hurrengo urratsean, sartu zure erabiltzaile izena eta pasahitza. Beste
-aukera batzuk behar izanez gero, <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> erraztu
-ditzakezu.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Mount</guibutton> aukera berehala muntatu duzun sarbidea
-ahalbidetzen du.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartu ondoren,
-lehenengo pantailan berriz agertzen da eta muntatze puntu berria
-zerrendatzen da. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> aukeratu ondoren, galdetuko
-zaizu aldaketak <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>-en gorde nahi dituzun edo
-ez. Aukera hau onartu urruneko direktorioa abio guztietan erabilgarri izatea
-nahi baduzu. Konfigurazioak erabilera baterrako baldin badira, ez gorde.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index edc42068..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Partekatu zure disko zurrunaren partizioak</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna sinple hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> administratzaileari
-baimentzen dio, windows edo Linux sitema eragileak erbiltzen duten sare
-lokal bereko beste erabiltzaile batzuekiko bere /home-ko azpidirektorioen
-zatiak partekatzea.</para>
-
-  <para>Mageia Kontrol Gunean aurkitzen da, Tokiko Disko fitxan, "Partekatu zure
-disko gogorrean partizioak" etiketaz.</para>
-
-  <para>Lehenik eta behin, erantzun honako galdera hauei: "<guilabel>Erabiltzaileei
-haien direktorio batzuk partekatzea baimendu nahi duzu?</guilabel>", Egin
-klik <guibutton>Ez partekatzea</guibutton> erantzuna ezezkoa bada
-erabiltzaile guztientzat, sakatatu <guibutton>Erabiltzaile guztiak
-baimendu</guibutton> erabiltzaile guztiak baimentzeko, edo egin klik
-<guibutton>Pertsonalizatu</guibutton> erantzuna batzuentzat ezezkoa eta
-beste batzuentzat baiezkoa bada. Azken kasu horretan, haien direktorioak
-partekatzea baimenduta duten erabiltzaileak sistemak autmatikoki sortuko
-duen Fileshare taldeko kide izan berha dira, Geroago galdetuko zaizu honi
-buruz.</para>
-
-  <para>Sakatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel>, eta bigarren leiho bat agertuko da
-<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>-ren eta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>-ren artean
-aukeratu dezazun eskatuko dizuna. <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>markatu ezazu
-Linux sareko sistema eragile bakarra bada, edo
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>sareak Linux eta Windows konputagailuak
-baditu. Ondoren klikatu <guilabel>OK</guilabel>. Eskatutako paketeak
-berehala instalatuko dira, beharrezkoa izango balitz.</para>
-
-  <para>Konfigurazioa osatu da, pertsonalizatua aukera aukeratu ezean. Kasu honetan,
-leiho bat Userdrake irekitzeko eskatzen dizu.  Tresna honek aukera ematen
-dizu beren guneak partekatzeko baimendutako erabiltzaileei Fileshare taldera
-gehitzea. Erabiltzaile fitxan, sakatu Fileshare taldera gehitu beharreko
-erabiltzaileak, eta gero <guimenuitem>Editatu</guimenuitem>, Taldeen
-fitxan. Taldea markatu eta sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. Userdrake
-buruzko informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikusi <xref linkend="userdrake">orri
-hau</xref>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Fileshare taldera erabiltzaile berri bat gehitzean, Sarean deskonektatu eta
-berriro konektatu behar duzu aldaketak egin ahal izateko kontuan.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Hemendik aurrera fileshare taldeko erabiltzaile bakoitzak bere/bere
-fitxategi-kudeatzailean hautatu ahal izango du direktorio partekatzea, baina
-fitxategi-kudeatzaile guztiek ez dute zerbitzu hau.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ce74c41..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Sartu NFS-rekin partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote> ordenagailuaren erabiltzaile
-guztientzako direktorio eskuragarriak deklaratzeko aukera emango
-dizu. Horretarako erabilitako den protokoloa NFS da, zein Unix edo Linux
-gehienetan aurkitzen da. Partekatutako direktorioa abiarazterakoan
-eskuragarri egongo da. Partekatze direktorioetan zuzenean ere sar daiteke,
-edozein fitxategi kudeatzaile erabiliz.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prozedura</title>
-
-    <para>Aukeratu <guibutton>bilaketa zerbitzarietan</guibutton> partekatze
-direktorioen zerbitzari zerrenda bat lortzeko.</para>
-
-    <para>Klikatu > sinboloa zerbitzari-izenaren aurretik partekatutako direktorioen
-zerrenda bistaratzeko eta hautatu atzitu nahi duzun direktorioa.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> botoia eskuragarri egongo da eta
-direktorioa non muntatu nahi duzun zehaztu behar duzu.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Muntatze puntua aukeratu ondoren, muntaketarekin aurrera jarraitu
-dezakezu. Duzu aukera erabilgarriak ere begiratu ditzakezu, eta horiek
-aldatu <guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton> botoitik. Erabili botoi bera
-demuntatzeko.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartzean, mezu bat
-agertuko da galdetuz "/etc/fstab-eko aldaketak gorde nahi dituzu ?" Honek
-direktorioa abiatzen den bakoitzean ahalbidetzen du, sarea eskuragarri
-badago. Orduan direktorio berria zure fitxategi nabigatzailean eskuragarri
-egongo da, Dolphin-en adibidez.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f61d281..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD grabatzaile</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau <footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote>disko lokalen hegalean
-aurkitzen da Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean zure hardware kengarriaren izenarekin
-etiketatuta (soilik CD/DVDa irakur-grabatzailea eta disketea). </para>
-
-  <para>Bere helburua da disko aldagarri nola muntatu definitzea. </para>
-
-  <para>Leihoaren goialdean zure hardwareko eta aukeratutako muntaketa-aukeretako
-deskribapen laburra dago. Menua erabil ezazu behealdean haiek
-aldatzeko. Egiaztatu elementuak aldatzeko eta sakatu
-<guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Muntatze-puntua</title>
-
-    <para>Hautatu muntaketa puntua hau aldatzeko. Lehenetsia /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Aukerak</title>
-
-    <para>Muntatze aukera asko hauta daitezke hemen zerrendan edo azpimenuko
-<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel>ren bidez. Garrantzitsuenak hauek dira:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Erabiltzaile/erabiltzaile gabe</title>
-
-      <para>User aukera du ez root erabiltzaile bati disko aldagarri bat muntatzeko
-aukera ematen dio. Aukera hau noexec, nosuid eta nodev dakar. Diskoa
-muntatutako erabiltzailea soilik kendu ahal izango du. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d98b96e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Sartu Windows-en modura (SMB) partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote> ordenagailuaren erabiltzaile
-guztientzako direktorio eskuragarriak deklaratzeko aukera emango
-dizu. Horretarako erabilitako den protokoloa SMB da, zein komuna den
-Windows(TM) sistemen artean. Partekatutako direktorioa abiarazterakoan
-eskuragarri egongo da. Partekatze direktorioetan zuzenean ere sar daiteke,
-edozein fitxategi kudeatzaile erabiliz.</para>
-
-    <para>Tresna abiatu Aurretik, ideia ona da eskuragarri dauden zerbitzarien izenak
-aldarrikatzea, da adibidez <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prozedura</title>
-
-    <para>Aukeratu <guibutton> zerbitzariak bilatu </guibutton> direktorioak
-partekatzen duten zerbitzarien zerrenda lortzeko.</para>
-
-    <para>Klikatu &gt; zerbitzari-izenaren aurrean agertzen den sinboloan aurkezteko
-partekatutako direktorioen zerrenda bat, eta aukeratu sartzeko nahi
-duzuna. eta aukeratu sartzea desiratzen duzuna.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> botoia eskuragarri egongo da eta
-direktorioa non muntatu nahi duzun zehaztu behar duzu.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Muntatze puntua aukeratu ondoren, <guimenu>Muntatze Botoia</guimenu>rekin
-muntatu  daiteke. Baita egiaztatu dezakezu eta
-<guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton> baotoiarekin aukera batzuk aldatu.</para>
-
-    <para>Aukeretan, izena eta pasahitza zehaztu dezakezu SMB zerbitzariarekin
-konektatzeko gaitasuna dutenentzat. Direktorioa muntatu ondoren, desmuntatu
-egin dezakezu botoi bera erabiliz.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Eginda botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartzean, mezu bat agertuko da galdetuz
-"/etc/fstab-eko aldaketak gorde nahi dituzu?" Gordetzen, direktorioa
-abiatzen den bakoitzean ahalbidetzen du, sarea eskuragarri badago. Orduan
-direktorio berria zure fitxategi nabigatzailean eskuragarri egongo da,
-Dolphin-en adibidez.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bf2b6ce3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D Mahaigain Efektuak</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>Tresna honek <footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote> aukera ematen dizu zure
-sistema eragilearen 3D mahaigain efektuak kudeatzeko aukera. Hauek
-lehenespenez desgaituta aurkitzen dira.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Pizten</title>
-
-    <para>Tresna hau erabili ahal izateko glxinfo paketea instalatuta izan behar
-duzu. Paketea instalatuta ez badago, instalatzea  eskatuko zaizu drak3d hasi
-aurretik.</para>
-
-    <para>Drak3d hasi aurretik menu bat agertuko da. Bertatik aukeratu ahal izango
-duzu <guilabel>Ez dago 3D efekturik</guilabel> edo <guilabel>Compiz
-Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion leiho konposaketa
-administratzaile/kudeatzaile baten parte da, zein hardware-azeleratuta
-efektu bereziak barneratzen dituen mahaigainerako. Compiz Fusion aukeratu
-ezazu hura pizteko.</para>
-
-    <para>Programa hau mageia garbi bat instalatu ondoren lehen aldiz erabili baduzu,
-ohar-mezu bat jasoko duzu ze pakete instalatu behar den Compiz Fusion
-erabiltzeko adieraziz. Klikatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia
-jarraitzeko.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Beharrezko paketeak instalatu ondoren, Compiz Fusion drak3d menuan
-hautatutako agertzen dela ikusiko duzu. Aldaketak eragina izateko saioa
-amaitu eta berriro saioa hasi beharko duzu.</para>
-
-    <para>Saioa berriro hasi ondoren, Compiz Fusion aktibatuta egongo da. Compiz
-Fusion ezartzeko ikusi CCSM Laguntza orrialdea (Compiz Konfigurazio Ezarpen
-kudeatzailea).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Arazoak konpontzea</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Ezin da ikusi Mahaigaina saioa hasi ondoren</title>
-
-      <para>Compiz Fusion ahalbidetu  ondoren ezin baduzu ikusi mahaigaina berriz
-hasten, berrabiarazi ordenagailua saio hasiera pantailara itzultzeko. Han
-Mahaigain ikonoaren gainean klik egin eta aukeratu drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Berriro saioa hasterakoan, berriro, zure kontua administratzaile eskubideak
-badauzka, eskatuko zaizu zure pasahitza berriro sartzea. Bestela, erabili
-administratzaile-kontu bat arazoa eragindako edozein aldaketa desegiteko.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2310f98b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autentikazioa</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> ahalbidetzen zaitu makinan
-edo sarean erabiltzailea bezala ezagutu ahal zaituen modua aldatzeko.</para>
-
-  <para>Lehenetsita, autentifikazio informazioa zure ordenagailuko fitxategi batean
-gordetzen da. Soilik aldatu zure sare administratzaileak baimentzen badu,
-eta jarraian hori egiteko argibideak ematen badizkizu.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d2a774f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Gaitu saio hasiera automatikoa saioa automatikoki hasi dadin</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> zure ingurune/mahaigainean
-erabiltzaile berari automatikoki konektatzeko aukera ematen dio, edozein
-pasahitz eskatu gabe. Autologin izenekoa. Hau ideia ona izan ohi da, han
-makina erabiltzeko erabiltzaile bakar bat badago.</para>
-
-  <para>Mageia Kontrol Guneko <emphasis role="bold">Abio</emphasis> erlaitzean
-kokatuta "Saio-hasiera automatikoa itxuratzea" deiturik.</para>
-
-  <para>Interfaze botoiak nahiko bistakoak dira:</para>
-
-  <para>Egiaztatu <guibutton>Abiarazi ingurune grafikoa zure sistema
-abiaraztean</guibutton>, X Window Sistema hasi ondoren exekutatzea nahi
-izanez gero. Horrela ez bada sistema testu moduan hasiko da. Dena den,
-posible da GUI-a eskuz abiaraztea. Hau 'startx' edo 'systemctl start dm'
-komandoa exekutatzen egin daiteke.</para>
-
-  <para>Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o
-bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el
-sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar
-automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es
-necesario. En este caso, también necesita  suministrar el <guilabel>nombre
-de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por
-defecto</guilabel>.Lehengo laukia aktibatuta baldin badago, beste bi aukera
-agertuko dira. Markatu <guibutton>Ez, nik ez dut autologin-ik
-nahi</guibutton>, sistemak erabiltzailea eta pasahitza eskatzea nahi baduzu,
-edo <guibutton>Bai, (erabiltzaile, idazmahai) honekin automatikoki sartzea
-nahi dut</guibutton>, beharrezkoa bada. Horrelakoetan,
-<guilabel>lehenetsitako erabiltzaile izena</guilabel> hornitzea behar duzu
-baita <guilabel>lehenetsitako idazmahaia</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ab19f8f6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Ezarri abio sistema</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>UEFI BIOS sistemaren ordez erabiltzen ari bazara, erabiltzaile interfazean
-zertxobait ezberdina da abio gailua EFI sistema partiziona (ESP) da, jakina.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna honek <footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> abio aukerak itxuratzea
-baimentzen du (bootloader-aren aukeraketa, pasahitz bat definitzea,
-lehenetsitako abioa, etab.)</para>
-
-  <para>Mageia Kontrol Gunean "Konfiguratu abio sistema" Abio etiketa pean aurkitzen
-da.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Ez ezazu tresna hau erabili, egiten duzuna zehazki ez badakizu.
-Konfigurazio aldatzeak zure konputagailuaren abioa galaraz dezake!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Lehenengo zatian, <guilabel>abio kudeatzaile</guilabel> izenekoa, posible da
-BIOS erabiliz gero <guibutton>abio kargatzaile bat erabiltzeko</guibutton>
-aukeratzea, Grub, Grub2 edo Lilo, interfaze grafikoa edo testua
-soilik. Hobespen pertsonal kontua da, bai batak bai besteak erraztasun berak
-hornitzen dituztenez gero. Baita <guibutton>Abioko gailua</guibutton> ezar
-dezakezu, baina mesedez, ez ezazu ezer aldatu honetan aditua ez
-bazara. Abioko gailua abioko kargatzailea dagoen lekua da, eta edozein
-aldaketa zure ordenagailua abiaraztea sahiestu dezake.</para>
-
-  <para>UEFI sisteman, abio kargatzailea <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> da eta
-/boot/EFI partizioan instalatuta dago. FAT32 formatuko partizio hau
-instalatutako sistema eragile guztietarako komuna da.</para>
-
-  <para>Bigarren zatian, <guilabel>Aukera nagusiak</guilabel> izenekoa, denbora
-<guibutton>Lehenetsitako irudia abiatu aurretik atzerapen</guibutton> bat
-ezar dezakezu, segundotan neurtuta. Bitarte horretan, Grub edo Lilo
-eskuragarri dauden sistema eragileen zerrenda erakutsiko dizu, zuk bat
-aukeratzeko asmoz. Ez baduzu aukeratzen, abioko kargatzailea berez
-definituriko sistema eragilea hasiko du, behin ezarritako epea amaitu
-ondoren.</para>
-
-  <para>Hirugarren eta azken zatian, <guibutton>Segurtasuna</guibutton>deiturikoa,
-posiblea da pasahitz bat abio kargatzailerako jartzea. Horrek esan nahi du
-erabiltzailearen izena eta pasahitza abiaraztean galdetuko direla
-abiarazteko edo sarrera ezarpenak aldatzea aukeratzeko. Erabiltzaile-izena
-"root" da eta pasahitza hemen aukeratutakoa da.</para>
-
-  <para>Botoi <guibutton>Aurreratuak</guibutton>  beste aukera batzuk aukeratzea
-baimentzen du.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Gaitu ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) energia kudeatzeko
-estandar bat da. Erabiltzen ez diren gailuak geldituz elektrizitatea
-aurreztu dezakezu, metodo hau APM aurretik erabili zen. Hautatu lauki hau
-zure hardwarea ACPI estandarrarekin bateragarria bada.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Gaitu SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP-ak Prozesadore Simetriko Anizkunak esan nahi du. Hainbat nukleoko
-prozesadoreetarako arkitektura da.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Prozesadore bat baduzu HyperThreading-ekin, Mageia-k prozesadore duala
-bezala ikusiko du eta SMP-a aktibatuko du.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Gaitu APIC</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Gaitu Tokiko
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC-ek Eten Kontrolatzaile Programagarri Aurreratuta esan nahi du. Bi
-osagarri daude Intel APIC-sisteman, APIC lokalean (LAPIC-a) eta I/O
-APIC-a. Bide hauek bus  periferikoetatik jasotzen dituen etenak
-prozesadorean aurkitzen dituzten APIC lokal bati edo gehiagori. Oso
-erabilgarria da Prozesadore askotako sistema batentzat. Ordenagailu batzuek
-arazoak dituzte APIC sistemarekin izoztea eragin dezakenak edo gailuen
-okerreko antzematea (errore-mezua "sasikoa 8259A etena: IRQ7"). Kasu
-honetan, APIC-a eta/edo APIC lokal desaktibatu.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton> pantaila desberdina da aukeratu duzun abioko
-kargatzailearen arabera.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Grub Ondarea edo Lilo daukazu:</para>
-
-      <para>Kasu honetan, abioan eskuragarri dauden  sarrera guztien zerrenda ikusi ahal
-izango duzu. Lehenetsi asterisko bat du. Menuko sarreren ordena aldatzeko,
-sakatu gora edo behera geziak hautatutako elementua
-mugitzeko. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> edo <guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton>
-botoietan klik egiten baduzu, leiho berri bat agertuko da kargatzaile menuan
-sarrera berri bat gehitu edo lehendik dagoen bat aldatzeko. Lilo edo Grub
-ezaguen izan behar ditzu tresna horiek erabili ahal izateko.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Etiketa</guilabel> eremua librea da, eta bertan idatz daiteke,
-menuan agertzea nahi duzun edukia. Grub "title"  komandoarekin bat
-dator. Adibidez: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Irudi</guilabel> eremuak nukleoa gordetzen duen gailuaren izena
-dauka. Grub-en "kernel"  komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez  /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Root</guilabel> eremuak nukleoa gordetzen duen gailuaren izena
-dauka. Grub-en "root" komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>"Eranstea" etiketak kernel-ari abioan eman behar zaizkion aukerak dauzka.</para>
-
-      <para>"lehenetsia" Kutxa hautatuta badago, GRUB sarrera hau hasieratuko du modu
-lehenetsian.</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> izeneko aparteko pantailan, posible da
-<guilabel>Bideo-modua</guilabel> aukeratu ahal izatea,
-<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> fitxategia bat eta
-<guilabel>sare-profila</guilabel>, ikus <xref linkend="draknetprofile"/>,
-goitibeherako zerrendetan.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Grub2 edo Grub2-EFI dituzu (lehenetsia erabiltzen dute hurrenez hurren
-Ondare modua eta UEFI moduan abio kargatzaileak):</para>
-
-      <para>Kasu honetan, goitibeherako zerrendatik <guilabel>Lehenetsia</guilabel>
-etiketa eskuragarri dauden sarrera guztiak erakusten ditu; klikatu
-lehenetsita nahi duzuna. </para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>"Eranstea" etiketak kernel-ari abioan eman behar zaizkion aukerak dauzka.</para>
-
-      <para>Beste sistema eragile batzuk instalatuta badituzu, Mageia-k zure Mageia
-abiarazteko menura gehitzen saiatuko da. Portaera hori nahi ez baduzu,
-desmarkatu laukia <guilabel>Probatu Atzerriko SE</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> izeneko pantaila gehigarrian, posiblea da
-<guilabel>Bideo-modua</guilabel>aukeratzea. Abiorako Mageia nahi ez baduzu,
-baizik eta katea beste sistema eragile batetik kargatzea, egiaztatu laukia
-<guilabel>Ez ikutu ESP edo MBR</guilabel> eta abisua onartu.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>ESP-ean ez MBR-ean ez instalatzeak esan nahi du instalazioa hori ez dela
-martxan jarriko katea beste sistema eragile batetik kargatuko ez balitz.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>Beste hainbat parametro ezartzeko, <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>izeneko tresna erabil dezakezu, Mageia biltegietan
-eskuragarri (ikus beherago).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fa591afa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia akats txosten tresna</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Normalean, tresna hau <footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazteko dezakezu <emphasis
-role="bold">Drakbug</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> automatikoki
-hasi egiten da Mageia-ko tresna batek talka egiten duenean. Dena den,
-litekeena da akats txosten bat bete ondoren, eskatu egingo zaizu tresna hau
-berriro abiaraztea emandako informazio batzuk egiaztatzeko, eta ondoren,
-informazio horiek akats txosten honetan sartzeko.</para>
-
-  <para>Akats txosten berri bat behar bada eta ez zara hori egiteko gai, orduan
-mesedez irakur ezazu <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly"> Nola
-egin akats txosten bat behar bezala</link> "Salatu" botoia sakatu aurretik.</para>
-
-  <para>Akatsa jadanikbeste norbaitek aurkeztu badu (Drakbug  eman zion errore mezua
-berdina izango da), erabilgarria da iruzkin bat gehitzea zuk ikusi duzun
-existitzen den akats honetara.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b1c75fe2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Bildu erregistroak eta sistemaren informazioa Akatsen Txostenentzat</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Tresna honek <footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> komando lerrotik soilik
-hasi daiteke.</para>
-
-<para>Gomendagarria da komando honen irteera fitxategi batean, adibidez <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report> drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>-an idaztea, baina
-ziurtatu diskoan espazio nahikoa duzula lehenengo: fitxategia erraz zenbait
-GB-takoa izan daiteke.</para>
-<note><para>Irteera handiegia da akats txosten baterako behargabeko parteak lehenik eta
-behin ezabatu gabe.</para></note>
-  <para>Komando honek zure sisteman ondoko informazioa biltzen:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partizioak</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia bersioa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Cuando se escribió esta ayuda,  la parte "syslog" de la salida de este
-comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a
-nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el "syslog"
-haciendo  (como root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt
-</emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo,
-tomar las últimas 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role="bold">
-journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>.Laguntza hau
-idatzi zenean, "syslog" komando honen irteerako "partea" hutsik zegoen,
-oraindik tresna hau ez zen estutu gure systemd-ko aldaketetara. Oraindik
-hutsik badago, "syslog" berreskura dezakezu <emphasis role="bold">
-journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis> (root bezala) eginez. Zuk diskoan
-espazio asko ez baduzu, erregistroaren azken 5.000 lerroak har ditzakezu,
-adibidez, hurrengo komandoaren bitartez: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a
-| tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 05d57653..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Data eta ordua kudeatu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> Sistema hegalean aurkitzen
-da Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean <guilabel>"Kudeatu data eta ordua"</guilabel>
-etiketaturik. Mahaigaineko ingurune batzuetan eskuragarri ere dago, / data
-eta ordua Ezarri ... sistemaren barraren erlojuaren gainean eskuineko botoia
-sakatuz eskuragarri.</para>
-
-  <para>Oso tresna sinplea da.</para>
-
-  <para>Goiko ezker aldean <emphasis role="bold">Egutegia</emphasis>
-dago. Pantaila-kapturako data Iraila (ezkerrean goian) da, 2012 (eskuinera
-goian), 2a (urdinean) eta Igandea da. Hilabetea (edo urte) aukera ezazu
-Irailaren (edo 2012) alde bakoitzerako gezi txikietan klik eginez. Eguna
-aukera ezazu zenbakian klik eginez.</para>
-
-  <para>En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización
-<emphasis role="bold">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el
-reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque
-<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más
-cercano.Beheko ezkerreko izkinan sinkronizatu aukera dago <emphasis
-role="bold">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> posible da erlojua beti orduan
-izatea zerbitzari batekin sinkronizatuta. Egiaztatu <guilabel>Gaitu Network
-Time Protocol</guilabel> eta aukeratu gertuen dagoen zerbitzaria.</para>
-
-  <para>Eskuinaldean erlojuak dago. Ezin duzu erlojua ezarri NTP gaituta izanez
-gero. Hiru kutxak ordu, minutu eta segundo (15, 28 eta 22 irudian) erakusten
-dute. Erabili geziak erlojua ordu egokiarekin ezartzeko. Formatua ezin da
-hemen aldatu, ikus mahaigain inguruneko konfigurazioa horretarako.</para>
-
-  <para>Gutxienez, behean eskuinean, hautatu zure ordu eremua <guibutton>Aldatu Ordu
-Eremua</guibutton> sakatuz eta zerrendako hurbilen dagoen herria
-aukeratzean.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Data edo ordu formatua tresna honetan aukeratzea posible ez izan arren,
-mahaigainean erakutsiko dira, eskualde ezarpenen arabera.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ae4af7a1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Lotura bat ezabatu</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Hemen sare interfazea ezabatu dezakezu<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Egin klik zabaltzen den menuan, hautatu zein ezabatu nahi duzun eta egin
-klik <emphasis>Hurrengoa</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Sare interfaze arrakastaz ezabatua izan den mezu bat ikusiko duzu.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5daa7e3e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,817 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Ezarri sareko interfaze berri bat (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>Tresna honek <footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote> bertako hainbat sare edo
-internet sarbide konfiguratu dezakezu. Interneteko zerbitzu hornitzaileak
-edo sare administratzaileren informazio izan behar duzu.</para>
-
-    <para>Aukera ezazu, hardwarearekin eta zuk daukazun hornitzailearekin ados dagoen
-konexioko mota.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kabledun konexio berri bat (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Lehenengo leihoa erabilgarri dauden interfazeak zerrendatzen ditu. Hautatu
-bat konfiguratzeko.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Puntu honetan, IP helbide automatiko edo eskuzko bat aukeratzea ematen da.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP Automatikoa</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP Ezarpena</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP
-zerbitzariak aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian
-azaltzen den bezala. Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu
-behar da. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez
-bada, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izen lehenetsia egozten
-da. Izan ere DHCP zerbitzariak eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik
-esleitu hostnamea</emphasis> aukerarekin. DHCP zerbitzari guztiak ez dute
-mota honetako funtziorik eta zure ordenagailua etxeko ADSL router batetik IP
-helbidea lortzeko ezarpenak baditu, oso zaila da.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Botoi aurreratuak aukera zehatzak ematen ditu:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Bilaketa domeinua (ez irisgarria, DHCP zerbitzariak emanda)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP bezeroa erabili</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP denbora muga</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP-tik (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS
-zerbitzaria</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD DHCP zerbitzarietatik lortu (erloju sinkronizazioa)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP
-requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección
-IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.DHCP
-eskatutako hosta. Erabili aukera hau DHCP zerbitzariak bezeroari eskatzen
-badio IP helbide bat jaso aurretik host bat zehaztea soilik. Aukera hau ez
-dute DHCP zerbitzari batzuek onartzen.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Onartu ondoren, azken urratsak deskribatuko dira konexio guztien
-konfigurazioan komunak direnak: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Eskuzko konfigurazioa</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: zer DNS zerbitzari erabiliko den
-aitortu behar duzu. Ordenagailuaren host izena hemen zehaztu
-daiteke. HOSTNAME bat zehazten ez bada, izena
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> egokituko da lehenspenez.</para>
-
-            <para>Egoitza-sare batentzako, IPa <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> bezalakoa da,
-sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta Pasabide eta DNS
-zerbitzariak zure zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude.</para>
-
-            <para>Ezarpen aurreratu batean, <emphasis>Bilaketa Domeinu</emphasis> bat zehatz
-dezakezu. Normalean, zure domeinu nagusia izango litzateke, ordenagailua
-"splash" baderitzo eta domeinu izena "splash.boatanchor.net" bilaketa
-domeinua "boatanchor.net" beharko litzateke. Zehazki, behar ez baduzu
-behintzat, ongi da, ez da ezarpen hau egiteko. Berriz ere, ADSL sareak ez du
-ezarpen hau behar.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Satelite konexio berri bat (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau
-idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc
-taldearekin.</link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kable modem konexio berri bat</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Lehenengo leihoa erabilgarri dauden interfazeak zerrendatzen ditu. Hautatu
-bat konfiguratzeko.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Puntu honetan, IP helbide automatiko edo eskuzko bat aukeratzea ematen da.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Egiaztatze-metodo bat zehaztu behar duzu:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bat ere ez</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (beharreko Telstra da). Kasu honetan erabiltzaile-izena eta
-pasahitza eman behar duzu.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP Automatikoa</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kable/IP Ezarpena</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP zerbitzariak
-aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian azaltzen den
-bezala. Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu behar
-da. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez bada,
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izen lehenetsia egozten da. Izan
-ere DHCP zerbitzariak eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu
-hostnamea</emphasis> aukerarekin. DHCP zerbitzari guztiak ez dute mota
-honetako funtziorik eta zure ordenagailua etxeko ADSL router batetik IP
-helbidea lortzeko ezarpenak baditu, oso zaila da.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Botoi aurreratuak aukera zehatzak ematen ditu:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Bilaketa domeinua (ez irisgarria, DHCP zerbitzariak emanda)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP bezeroa erabili</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP denbora muga</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP-tik (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS
-zerbitzaria</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD DHCP zerbitzarietatik lortu (erloju sinkronizazioa)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP
-requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección
-IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.DHCP
-eskatutako hosta. Erabili aukera hau DHCP zerbitzariak bezeroari eskatzen
-badio IP helbide bat jaso aurretik host bat zehaztea soilik. Aukera hau ez
-dute DHCP zerbitzari batzuek onartzen.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Onartu ondoren, azken urratsak deskribatuko dira konexio guztien
-konfigurazioan komunak direnak: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Eskuzko konfigurazioa</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kable/IP Ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak aitortu behar
-dira. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaz daiteke. Inongo HOSTNAME-rik ez bada
-zehazten, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izena lehenetsi eransten
-da.</para>
-
-            <para>Egoitza-sare batentzako, IPa <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> bezalakoa da,
-sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta Pasabide eta DNS
-zerbitzariak zure zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude.</para>
-
-            <para>Ezarpen aurreratu batean, <emphasis>Bilaketa Domeinu</emphasis> bat zehatz
-dezakezu. Normalean, zure domeinu nagusia izango litzateke, ordenagailua
-"splash" baderitzo eta domeinu izena "splash.boatanchor.net" bilaketa
-domeinua "boatanchor.net" beharko litzateke. Zehazki, behar ez baduzu
-behintzat, ongi da, ez da ezarpen hau egiteko. Berriz ere, etxeko sareak ez
-du ezarpen hau behar.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>DSL konexio berri bat</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Tresnak sareko interfazerik antzematen badu, bat hautatzea eta hura
-itxuratzeko aukera eskaintzen du.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hornitzaile zerrenda bat proposatzen da, herrialdeen arabera
-sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendatu, hautatu
-<guilabel>Zerrendatu gabea</guilabel> gero aukerak idatzi eta zure eman
-hornitzailea.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Protokolo erabilgarrietako bat hautatu ezazu:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Eskuzko TCP/IP konfigurazioa</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP ADSL gainetik (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sarbide ezarpenak</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Kontuaren identifikatzailea (erabiltzaile-izena)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Kontu pasahitza</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Aurreratuta) Bide Birtualeko ID-a (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Aurreratuta) Zirkuitu Birtualeko ID-a (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>RDSI konexio berri bat</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Morroiak zein gailu konfiguratuko den:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Eskuz aukeratu (ISDN txartela)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Kanpoko ISDN modema</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hardware-zerrenda bat proposatzen da, kategoria eta fabrikatzailearen
-arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure txartela.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Protokolo erabilgarrietako bat hautatu ezazu:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Gainontzeko muduarentzat Protokoloa, Europan ezik (DHCP) </para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Europarako Protokoloa (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Herrialdearen arabera sailkatutako hornitzaileen zerrenda bat eskaintzen da
-ondoren. Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendan dago, aukeratu
-<guilabel>Ez da ageri</guilabel> eta idatzi zure ISPak emandako
-aukerak. Gero parametroak eskatuko zaizkizu:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konexio-izena</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Telefono-zenbakia</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Saio-hasierako ID</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Kontu pasahitza</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Egiaztatze-metodoa</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Honen ondoren, IP helbideak automatikoki edo eskuzko metodo bidez jaso nahi
-duzun aukeratzea. Azken kasu horretan, idatzi IP helbidea eta azpisare
-maskara.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hurrengo pausoa, DNS zerbitzarien helbideak automatikoki edo eskuzko metodoz
-lortzen diren edo ez adieraztea da. Eskuzko konfigurazioen kasuan, zehaztu
-behar duzu:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Domeinu-izena:</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Lehen eta bigarren DNS zerbitzariak</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Aukeratu host izena IP-tik ezarri den. Aukera hau zure hornitzaile
-konfigurazioak onartuko duela ziur bazaude soilik.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hurrengo pausoa da pasagunea helbidea automatikoki edo eskuz lortzen den
-modua hautatzea da. Eskuz ezartzea, IP helbidea sartu behar duzu.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Haririk gabeko konexio berri bat (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Lehenengo leiho batean interfazeak eta Windows kontrolatzaile sarrera bat
-(ndiswrapper) zerrendatzen dira. Aukeratu bat konfiguratzeko. Erabili
-ndiswrapper soilik beste konfigurazio metodoak zuen lan egiten ez badute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Urrats honetan, txartelak detektatutako sarbide puntu desberdinen arteko
-aukeraketan dago.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Haririk gabeko txartel parametro espezifikoak dira ematen:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Jardun modua:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Kudeatua</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Oraingo sarbide-puntu batera atzitu (ohikoena).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Ordenagailuen arteko konexio zuzena konfiguratzeko.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Sare Izena (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Enkriptatze modua: sargune nola konfiguratuta dagoen araberakoa da.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Enkriptatze modu hau hobea da zure hardwareak uzten badu.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Hardware zahar batzuk enkriptazio metodo hau soilik jorratzen dute.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Enkriptatze-gakoa</para>
-
-            <para>Normalean sarbideak emandako hardwarearekin batera dator.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Puntu honetan, IP helbidea eskuz edo automatikoa aukeratzea da.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP Automatikoa</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP zerbitzariak
-aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian azaltzen den
-bezala. Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu behar
-da. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez bada,
-localhost.localdomain izen lehenetsia egozten da. Izan ere DHCP zerbitzariak
-eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu hostnamea</emphasis>
-aukerarekin</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Botoi aurreratuak aukera zehatzak ematen ditu:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Bilaketa domeinua (ez irisgarria, DHCP zerbitzariak emanda)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP bezeroa erabili</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP denbora muga</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS
-zerbitzariak</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD DHCP zerbitzarietatik lortu (erloju sinkronizazioa)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP
-requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección
-IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.DHCP
-eskatutako hosta. Erabili aukera hau DHCP zerbitzariak bezeroari eskatzen
-badio IP helbide bat jaso aurretik host bat zehaztea soilik. Aukera hau ez
-dute DHCP zerbitzari batzuek onartzen.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Konfigurazioa urratsa onartu ondoren, konexio konfigurazio guztietan ohikoa
-da , hau azaltzen da: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Eskuzko konfigurazioa</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak aldarrikatu behar
-dituzu.. Ordenagailuaren host izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME bat
-zehazten ez bada, izena <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> egokituko
-da lehenspenez.</para>
-
-            <para>Bizitegi sare bat egiteko, IP helbideak <emphasis>192.168.xx</emphasis>
-itxura du beti, Sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta
-Pasabidea eta DNS zerbitzarietan zure hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri
-daude.</para>
-
-            <para>Ezarpen aurreratuan, zehaztu ahal da <emphasis>Domeinuko bilaketa</emphasis>
-bat. Host izenaren antzekoa puntu aurreko izen gabe.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>GPRS/Edge/3G konexio berri bat</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Tresna haririk gabeko interfazeak detektatzen badu, bat aukeratu eta
-konfiguratzeko aukera ematen digu.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>PIN eskatuko da. Utzi hutsik PINa beharrezkoa ez bada</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Morroiak sarea eskatzen du. Ez bada detektatzen,
-<guilabel>Ezzerrendatutako</guilabel> aukera hautatu ezazu.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hornitzaile zerrenda bat proposatzen da, herrialdeen arabera
-sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendatu, hautatu
-<guilabel>Zerrendatu gabea</guilabel> gero aukerak idatzi eta zure eman
-hornitzailea.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sarbidearen ezarpenak eman</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Sarbide Puntuaren Izena</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Kontuaren identifikatzailea (erabiltzaile-izena)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Kontu pasahitza</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bluetooth telefonozko sareratzea konexio berri bat</title>
-
-    <para>Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau
-idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc
-taldearekin.</link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Telefono analogiko modem konexio berri bat (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Morroiak zein gailu konfiguratuko den:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Eskuzko aukera</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hardwarea detektatu, baldin badago.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Portu-zerrenda bat proposatzen da. Aukeratu zure ataka.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Oraindik instalatuta ez badago, <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> paketea
-instalatzea iradokiko dizu.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hornitzaile zerrenda proposatuko da herrialdeen arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu
-zure hornitzailea. Hala ez badago, hautatu <guilabel>Zerrendatu
-gabeko</guilabel> aukera, eta ondoren idatzi zure hornitzaileak eman
-dizkizun aukerak. Ondoren markatze aukerak  eskatzen dira:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Konexio izena</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Telefono zenbakia</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Saioa hasteko ID-a</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Pasa-hitza</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Autentifikazioa</emphasis>, aukeratu artean:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Script-ean oinarritua</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Terminalean oinarritua</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hurrengo urratsak <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>-n agertzen dira</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Amaierako konfigurazioa</title>
-
-    <para>Hurrengo urratsean, zehaztu ahal izango duzu:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Erabiltzaileak baimendu konexioa kudeatzeko</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Hasi konexioa abioan</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Gaitu sare estatistikak</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Onartu interfazea Network Managerrek kontrolatzea</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Konexio harigabe bat egotekotan, kutxa osagarri baten
-<emphasis>Sarbide-puntua ibiltaria onartu</emphasis> zein automatikoki
-seinale-indarraren arabera sarbide-puntuen artean aldatzeko aukera ematen
-duen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Botoi aurreratuaren bidez, zehaztu ahal izango duzu:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metrika (10 lehenespenez)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Sareko Hotplugging-a</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Gaitu IPv6-tik IPv4-ra tunela</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Azken urratsa ahalbidetzen du zehaztea konexioa berehala hastea edo ez .</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2751e555..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Zabaldu kontsola bat administratzaile gisa</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna honek<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> zuzenean root bezala
-irekitako kontsola baterako sarrera ematen dizu. Ez dugu uste horri buruzko
-informazio gehiago behar duzunik.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 595f5f40..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Kudeatu disko partizioak</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk edo diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Tresna honek<footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> edo <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote> oso boteretsua da, huts
-ñimiño batek edo zure teklatuan katu batek salto eginez partizio batean datu
-guztiak  galtzera edo disko gogor guztia ezabatzera gida dezakete. Arrazoi
-horretarako, tresna pantailaren gainean ikusiko duzu
-pantaila. <emphasis>Irteera</emphasis> gainean klik egin ezazu jarraitu nahi
-duzula seguru ez bazaude.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Disko gogor bat baino gehiago edukiz gero, lan egin nahi duzun disko
-gogorrera aldatu zaitezke fitxa zuzena aukeratuz (sda, sdb, sdc etab).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Zuk akzio askoren artean aukera dezakezu disko gogorra zure lehentasunetara
-estutzeko. Disko gogor osoa garbitzea, partizioak banatzea edo bat egitea,
-bere tamaina edo bere fitxategi-sistema, bere formatua aldatzea edo zatiketa
-batean aurkitzen dena bistaratzea: dena posiblea da. Behealdeko
-<emphasis><guibutton>Ezabatu botoia</guibutton></emphasis> disko gogor osoa
-ezabatzeko da, gainerako botoiak eskuinean egiten dira ikusgai  partizio
-batean klik egin ondoren.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>EFI sistema izanez gero, "EFI sistema partizioa" izeneko partizio txiki bat
-ikusi ahal izango duzu, /boot/EFI-n muntatuta. Inoiz ez ezabatu, zure
-sistema eragile ezberdinen abioak dituelako.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Hautatutako partizioa muntatuta badago, beheko adibidean bezala, ezin duzu
-aukeratu tamainaz aldatzea, formateatzea edo ezabatzea. Partizioa lehenengo
-desmuntatua izan behar da hori egin ahal izateko.</para>
-
-  <para>Soilik posible da partizio tamaina aldatzea bere eskuinaldean</para>
-
-  <para>Partizio mota bat aldatzeko (aldaketa ext3-tik ext4-ra adibidez) partizioa
-ezabatu eta gero berriro sortu mota berriarekin. <guibutton
-role="bold">Sortu</guibutton> botoia agertzen da diskoan toki huts bat
-hautatuta dagoenean</para>
-
-  <para>Existitzen ez den muntai puntu bat aukeratu ahal izango baduzu, sortu egingo
-da.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis><guibutton>Aditu modua</guibutton></emphasis> hautatuz eskuragarri
-izango dituzu estra ekintza batzuk, partizioa etiketatzea bezala, pantaila
-azpitik ikus daitekeen bezala.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1abf9cf1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Ezarri saio kudeatzailea</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Hemen<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> idazmahai-ingurunean sartzeko
-zein pantaila kudeatzaile erabiliko duzun aukera dezakezu. Zure sisteman
-eskuragarri daudenak erakutsiko dira soilik.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Erabiltzaile gehienek soilik nabarituko dute emandako saio pantailenitxura
-desberdina dela. Hala ere, desberdintasunak daude funtzio
-bateragarrietan. LXDM pantaila kudeatzaile arin bat da, SDDM eta GDM estra
-gehiago dute.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cc6c348e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Ezarri zure suhesi pertsonala</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Guneko
-Segurtasun fitxan dago etiketaturik "Konfiguratu suebaki
-pertsonala". Lehenengo fitxako "Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, baimenak eta
-auditoria" tresna bera da.</para>
-
-  <para>Oinarrizko suebaki bat instalatzen da modu lehenetsian
-Mageia-rekin. Kanpoaldetiko konexio guztiak oztopatzen ditu ez badaude
-baimenduta. Goiko lehen pantailan, zerbitzuak hauta ditzakezu zeinetarako
-kanpoko konexio-ahaleginak onartuko diren. Zure segurtasunerako, desmarkatu
-lehen kutxa - <guilabel>Guztia (suebaki gabe)</guilabel> - suebakia desgaitu
-nahi ez baduzu behintzat, eta soilik beharrezko zerbitzuak egiaztatzeko.</para>
-
-  <para>Posible da, portu-zenbakiak eskuz sartzea irekitzeko. Sakatu
-<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta leiho berri bat irekiko
-da. <guilabel>Beste portuak</guilabel> eremuan, sartu behar diren portuak
-honako adibideak jarraituz :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : ireki 80 portua tcp protokoloan</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : ireki 24000 portutik 24010 portura udp protokoloan</para>
-
-  <para>Zerrendatutako portuak espazio baten bidez bereizi behar dira.</para>
-
-  <para><guilabel>Suebaki erregistro mezuak sistemaren erregistroaren</guilabel>
-laukia aktibatuta badago, suebakiaren mezuak sistemaren erregistroetan
-gordeko dira</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Ez baduzu barne zerbitzu espezifikorik (web edo posta zerbitzaria, fitxategi
-partekatzea...) erabat posiblea da ezer ez markatuta izatea, gomendatzen
-dute, ez dizu eragozten Internetera konektatzea.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Hurrengo pantaila Suebaki aukera Interaktiboekin banatzen da. Ezaugarri
-hauek konexio-saioez zuri ohartaraztea baimentzen dutela espero dute
-gutxienez lehen lauki <guilabel>Suebaki Interaktiboa Erabili
-</guilabel>markaturik badago. Bigarren laukia marka ezazu portuak eskaneatu
-egiten badira (nonbait faila bat aurkitzeko eta zure makinan sartzeko asmoz)
-abisatzeko. Hirugarreneko lauki bakoitzak hemendik aurrera lehen bi
-pantailetan ireki zenituen portuena da; beheko pantailan, bi gutunontzi
-daude: SSH zerbitzaria eta 80:150/tcp. Portu horietan konexioa saiatzen den
-bakoitzean abisatzeko egiazta itzazu.</para>
-
-  <para>Ohartarazpen hauek alerta popups sare applet bitartez eman dira.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Azken pantailan, aukeratu zein sare interfazeak Internetera konektatzen
-diren eta babestu egin itzazu. Ados botoian klikatu eta gero, beharrezko
-paketeak jaitsi egingo dira.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Ez badakizu zer aukeratu, MCC-en Sare &amp; Internet fitxa, Ezarri sare
-interfaze berri bat ikonoan begirada bat bota.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d34df954..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Kudeatu, erantsi eta ezabatu letra-tipoak. Inportatu Windows® hizki-tipoak</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean
-<emphasis role="bold">Sistema</emphasis> fitxaren azpian dago
-presente. Ordenagailuko eskuragarri dauden letra-tipoak kudeatzeko aukera
-ematen du. Pantaila nagusia goian:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>instalatutako letra-izenak, estilo eta tamaina.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>hautatutako letra aurrerapen bat.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>botoi batzuk geroago hemen azaldu.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Eskuratu Windows-eko Letra- tipoak: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Botoi honek Windows partizioan aurkitutako letra tipoak automatikoki
-gehitzen ditu. Microsoft Windows instalaturik izan behar duzu.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Aukerak:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Aplikazio edo gailuak zehaztea baimentzen du (inprimagailuak gehienbat)
-letra tipoak erabiltzeko gai direnak.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Desinstalatu:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Botoi honek instalatutako letra-tipoak kendu eta, seguru asko, leku batzuk
-aurreztu. Kontuz ibili letra-tipoak kentzerakoan, erabiltzen dituzten
-dokumentuetan ondorio larriak izan ditzakete.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Inportatu:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Hirugarren baten (CD, Internet ...) iturriak gehitzea baimentzen
-du. Jasandako formatuak ttf, pfa, PFB, PCF, PFM eta GSF  dira. Klikatu egin
-<emphasis role="bold">Inportatu</emphasis> botoian eta gero <emphasis
-role="bold">Gehitzean</emphasis>, artxibo kudeatzaile bat agertzen da
-instalatzeko iturriak aukera ditzazun, egin dezan klik <emphasis
-role="bold">Instalatu</emphasis> amaitu duzunean. Instalatuko dira
-/usr/share/fonts karpetan.</para>
-
-  <para>Berriki instalatu (edo kendu) badituzu letra tipoak, drakfont pantaila
-nagusian ez badira agertzen, itxi eta berriro ireki aldaketak ikusteko.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 369ac6ca..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Gurasoen kontrolak</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean,
-Segurtasun fitxan pean dago, etiketaturik <guilabel>Guraso
-Kontrol</guilabel>. Ez baduzu etiketa hau ikusten, drakguard paketea
-(lehenetsiz instalatu gabe) instalatu behar duzu.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Aurkezpena</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard modu erraz batean guraso kontrolak ezartzeko zure ordenagailua
-mugatzeko nork zer egin dezakeen eta zein eguneko garaietan. Drakguard hiru
-gaitasun erabilgarri ditu:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Erabiltzaile izenekoei sarbidea mugatuta dago erlojua ezartzea. Hau
-shorewall Mageiaren suebaki integratua erbiliz egiten da.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>erabiltzaile izenekoei bereziki komandoak exekutatzea blokleatzen du beraz,
-erabiltzaile horiek onartzen dutena soilik exekutatu dezakete.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Sarbidea mugatzen du webgune batzuetara, bai eskuzko zerrenda beltz/zurien
-bidez definitzen da, baina baita dinamikoki web gunearen edukian
-oinarrituta. Hau lortzeko Drakguard kode irekiko gurasoen kontrol
-blokeatzaile liderra DansGuardian erabiltzen du.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Guraso kontrolak Konfiguratzen</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Zure ordenagailuak Ext2-etan, Ext3-etan, edo ReiserFS-formatuan partiziorik
-badauzka, popup bat ikusiko duzu ACL-ak zure partizioetan
-konfiguratzeko. ACL-ak Sarbideko Kontroleko Zerrendak esan nahi izaten du,
-eta banakako fitxategietarako sarrera izendatutako erabiltzaileengana
-mugatzea onartzen duen Linux-eko nukleoko ezaugarri bat da. ACL-ak Ext4-etan
-eta Btrfs-ek sistemak artxiboetan egin dituzte, baina aukera batek
-ahalbidetzen ditu Ext2-etan, Ext3-etan, edo Reiserfs-partizioetan. 'Bai'
-hautatzen baduzu drakguard-ek zure partizio guztiak konfiguratuko ditu ACL-a
-sostengatzeko, eta orduan berrabiarazteko oharra iradokiko dizu.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Guraso Kontrola Gaitul</guibutton>: Egiaztatuta badago, kontrola
-gurasoen gaituta dago eta <guilabel>Programetarako sarbidea
-Blokeatu</guilabel> fitxa irekitzen da.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Sareko trafiko guztia blokatu</guibutton>: Hautatuta badago, web
-orri guztiek blokeatuta daude, eta zerrenda zuria fitxan direnak izan
-ezik. Bestela, web orri guztiek onartzen dira, zerrenda beltzak fitxan
-direnak izan ezik.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Erabiltzaile-sarrera:</guibutton> Sarbidea ezkerrean agertzen
-diren erabiltzaileengana murriztu da zehaztu dituzun erregelak
-ezagututa. Eskuineko aldeko erabiltzaileek sarbidea murrizketarik gabe dute
-konputagailuko erabiltzaile helduei ez ditzatela eragotzi. Ezkerreko
-erabiltzaile bat hautatu eta egin klik <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> hura
-erabiltzaile baimendutako zerrendari gehitzeko. Eskuineko erabiltzaile bat
-hautatu eta sakatu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> baimendutako erabiltzaile
-zerrendatik ezabatzeko.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Denbora kontrola:</guibutton> hautatzen bada, interneteko sarbide
-<guilabel>Hasiera</guilabel> eta <guilabel>Amaiera</guilabel> denboren
-artean murrizketak onartuko dira. Era bat blokeatuta egongo da leiho denbora
-honetatik kanpo.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Zerrenda beltz/zuri taula</title>
-
-      <para>Idatzi goialdeko lehen eremuan web URLa eta sakatu
-<guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoia.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blokeatu Taula Programak</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Blokeatu Definitua Aplikazioak</guibutton>: ACL erabilera
-aplikazio espezifikoen sarbidea mugatzeko aukera ematen du. Txertatu
-blokeatu nahi dituzun aplikazioen bidea.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Desblokeatu Erabiltzaileen zerrenda</guibutton>: Eskuinaldean
-azaltzen diren erabiltzaileak ez dira acl-an blokeatu izan.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b4ec18c5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Partekatu Internet lotura bertako beste makina batzuekin</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Printzipioak</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Hau erabilgarria da zuk,
-Interneterako (2) Sarbidea duen eta sare lokalera (1) ere konektatuta
-dagoen, konputagailua (3) duzunean. Zuk pasabide bezala konputagailua (3)
-erabil dezakezu beste lan-estazio batzuetarako (5) eta (6) sarbidea emateko
-sare lokalean (1). Hartarako, pasabideak bi interfaze izan behar ditu;
-lehenak Ethernet txartel bat bezala egon behar du sare lokalean, eta
-Internetera (2) konektatuta bigarrena (4).</para>
-
-    <para>Lehen urratsa sarea eta Interneteko sarbidea ezarrita dagoela egiaztatzea,
-<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>-en dokumentatuta dagoen bezala.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Pasagune morroia</title>
-
-    <para>Morroiak<footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote> bertan azaltzen diren ondoz
-ondoko urratsak eskaintzen ditu:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Morroiak ez ditu gutxienez bi interfazeak antzematen, honi buruz
-ohartarazten da eta sarean gelditzea eta hardwarea ezartzea eskatzen da.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Internet konexiorako erabiltzen den interfazea zehaztu. Morroia automatikoki
-iradokitzen du interfaze bat, baina proposatzen duena zuzena den egiaztatu
-beharko duzu.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>zehaztu zein LAN sare interfazea sarbidea erabiltzen den. Morroiak bat
-proposatzen du, begiratu hori zuzena den.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Morroiak Lan sareko parametroak porposatzen ditu, hala nola, IP helbidea,
-maskara eta domeinu izena. Egiaztatu parametro horiek oraingo
-konfigurazioekin bateragarriak direla. Gomendagarria da zuk balio horiek
-onartzea.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ordenagailua DNS zerbitzari gisa erabili behar den zehaztu. Baietz bada,
-morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>bind</code> instalatuko dela. Bestela, DNS
-zerbitzari baten helbidea zehaztu behar duzu.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ordenagailua DHCP zerbitzari gisa erabiliko den zehaztu. Baietz bada,
-morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>dhcp-zerbitzaria</code> instalatuta eta DHCP
-eremuko hasiera eta amaiera helbideekin ezartzea eskaintzen da.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ordenagailua proxy zerbitzari gisa erabiliko den zehaztu. Baietz bada,
-morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>squid</code> instalatuta dagoela eta hura
-ezartzea eskiniko zaizu, administratzaileak (admin@mydomain.com)
-helbidearekin, proxy izena (myfirewall@mydomaincom) du, portua (3128) eta
-cache tamaina (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Azken urratsa pasagunea makina inprimagailuak eta partekatzeko konektatuta
-dagoela ikusteko aukera ematen du.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Ohartarazi egingo zaizu suebakia aktibo dagoela jakiteko.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Bezeroa konfiguratu</title>
-
-    <para>DHCP-arekin pasabidea itxuratu baduzu, soilik beharrezkoa da
-sare-konfigurazio tresnan helbidea era automatikoan lortzen dela zehaztea
-(DHCP-aren bitartez). sarera konektatzen denean lortzen dira
-Parametroak. Metodo hau baliozkoa da bezeroak erabilitako sistema eragilea
-edozein dela ere.</para>
-
-    <para>Sare-parametroak eskuz zehaztu behar badituzu, pasabidea zehaztu behar du,
-bereziki, pasabide bezala jokatzen duen makinaren IP helbidea sarrertzearen
-bitartez.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Gelditu konexioa partekatzea</title>
-
-    <para>Mageia ordenagailuko konexioa partekatzea gelditu nahi baduzu, abiarazi
-tresna. Konexioa ezartzeko edo partekatzea gelditzeko aukera emango dizu.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f36c14e7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Ostalarien definizioak</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Zure sareko sistema batzuek zerbitzuak ematen bazaituztete, eta IP-helbidea
-finkatzen badute, tresna honek<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> haiek
-errazago atzitzeko izen bat zehaztea onartzen du. Orduan izen hori erabil
-dezakezu IP-helbidearen ordez.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Botoi honetaz, sistema berriko izena gehitzen da. Lortuko duzu leiho bat IP
-helbidea, sistemarako host izena, eta aukeran, era berean erabil daitekeen
-ezizena  zehazteko.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Aurretik definituriko sarrera baten parametroetan sartzeko aukera
-duzu. Leiho berean lortu ahal izango duzu.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 28711b47..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Sare interfaze eta suhesientzako ezarpen aurreratua</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza
-hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-taldea</link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>
-
-  <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b2fda152..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Sare Gunea</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetventer</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> Sarea eta Internet Mageia
-Kontrol Guneko fitxan pean "Sare Gune" etiketatuta bezala aurkitzen da</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>Tresna hau abiarazi zenean, konfiguratuta dauden sare guztien zerrendatzen
-dituen leiho bat irekitzen da, bere mota edozein izanda ere (kabletik,
-irratitik, satelitetik, etab.). Haietako batean klik egiterakoan, hiru edo
-lau botoi agertuko dira, sare motaren arabera, sarea zaindu ahal izateko,
-bere konfigurazioa aldatu edo konektatzeko/deskonektatzeko. Tresna honek ez
-du sare bat sortzeko asmoa, honetarako ikusi <guilabel>Konfiguratu
-sare-interfaze berria (LAN, ISDN, ADSL-a, ...)</guilabel> MCC-ko erlaitz
-berean.</para>
-
-    <para>Beheko pantailan, adibide bezala emanda, bi sare ikus ditzakegu, lehena
-kablekoa da eta konektatuta, ikono honengatik ezagungarria <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (hau ez dago konektatuta<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) eta bigarren sailak sare harigabeak
-erakusten ditu, konektatu gabe daudela, ikono honegatik ezagungarria
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> eta honengatik <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>hau konektatuta badago. Kolore-kodea beste
-sare-tipoetarako beti berdina da, berde konektatuta badago eta gorria
-konektatuta ez badago.</para>
-
-    <para>Pantailaren harigabe lekuan, antzemandako sare guztiak ere ikus dezakezu,
-<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>-rekin, <guilabel>Seinale indarra</guilabel>-rekin,
-zifratuta badaude (gorriz)edo ez badaude (berdez), eta  <guilabel>lan
-modua</guilabel>. Egin klik hautatu duzun sarean eta ondoren
-<guibutton>segimendua</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfiguratu</guibutton> edo
-<guibutton>Konektatu</guibutton>. Posible da hemen sare batetik bestera
-joatea. Sare pribatu bat hautatzen bada, Sarearen ezarpenen leihoa (ikus
-beherago) zabalduko da eta ezarpen osagarriak (enkriptazio gakoa, bereziki)
-eskatuko dizkizu.</para>
-
-    <para>Pantaila eguneratzeko klikatu <guibutton>Freskatu</guibutton>-n.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pantaila botoia</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Botoi honek sare-jarduera ikustea baimentzen dizu, (gorriz,
-Ordenagailurantz) deskargatzen du eta (berdez, Interneterantz) igotzen
-da. Pantaila bera da eskuinarekin klikatuz <guimenu>sistemaren bandejan
-eskuragarri dagoen Internet ikonoaren gainean -> Sare
-Estatistikak</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Badira sare bakoitzarentzat (hemen eth0 kable-sarea, lo tokiko loopback eta
-wlan0 hari gabeko sarea da) fitxa bat eta horrek konexio egoerari buruzko
-xehetasunak ematen duen fitxa bat.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Leihoaren behealdean izenburu bat dago <guilabel>Trafiko
-kontularitza</guilabel>, hurrengo atalean aztertuko egingo dugu.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfiguratu botoia</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - kable sare batentzat</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Posible da sarea sortzean zehar emandako ezarpen guztiak
-aldatzea. Gehienetan, egiaztatu <guibutton>IP Automatikoa</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> egin direla, baina arazo kasuan, eskuzko
-ezarpenak emaitza hobeak eman ditzake.</para>
-
-    <para>Egoitza-sare batentzako, <guilabel>IP helbidea</guilabel> beti 192.168.0.x
-bezalakoa da, <guilabel>Sare-maskara</guilabel> 255.255.255.0, eta
-<guilabel>Pasabide</guilabel> eta <guilabel>DNS zerbitzariak</guilabel> zure
-zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Gaitu sare estatistikak</guibutton> orduro, egunero edo hileroko
-oinarriaren gaineko trafiko neurriaren kontrolik egotekotan. Emaitzak
-erakusten dira, lehen zehatutako "pantailan". Behin estatistikak aktibatuta
-egon sare konexioa berrezarri behar da.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Onartu interfazea Network Manager-ek
-kontrolatzea:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau
-idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc
-taldearekin.</link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Botoi Aurreratua:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau
-idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc
-taldearekin.</link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - kable sare batentzat</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Aurretik ez ikusitako elementuak soilik azaltzen dira.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Eragilea modua:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Aukeratu <guilabel>Kudeatutako</guilabel> Sargune baten bidezko konexioa
-bada, detektatutako <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> bat
-dago. Aukeratu <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> puntuz sare punturako bat
-bada. Aukeratu <emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> zure sare txartela
-sarbide bezala erabiltzen bada, zure sare-txartela modu hau onartu behar du.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Enkriptatze modua eta Enkriptatze gakoa:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Sare pribatua bada, ezarpen horiek jakin behar dituzu.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> pasahitz bat erabiltzen du, eta WPA erabiltzen duen
-pasaesaldia baino ahulagoa. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> WPA home
-edo WPA personal ere deitzen da. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> ez da
-maiz sare pribatuetan erabiltzen.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Onartu roaming sarbide puntua</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming teknologia ahalbidetzen du ordenagailua bere sargunea aldatzeko
-sarera konektatuta dabilen bitartean.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Botoi Aurreratua:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza
-hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-taldea</link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ezarpen aurreratuetako botoia</title>
-
-    <para>Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau
-idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc
-taldearekin.</link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a58aacf1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Kudeatu sareko profil desberdinak</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza
-hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-taldea</link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>
-
-  <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 52f4fb50..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">NFS-rekin partekatutako unitate eta direktorioak</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Aurrebaldintzak</title>
-
-    <para>Noiz morroia<footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote> lehen aldiz abiatzen
-denean, hurrengo mezua erakuts daiteke:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>nfs-utils paketea instalatu egin behar da. Instalatu nahi duzu?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Instalazioa bukatu ondoren, zerrenda hutseko leiho bat agertuko da.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Leiho nagusia</title>
-
-    <para>Partekatzen diren direktorioen zerrenda bat bistaratzen da. Urrats honetan,
-zerrenda hutsik dago. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoia konfiguratzeko
-tresna baterako sarbidea ematen dizu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Aldatu sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>Konfigurazioko tresna "Aldatu sarrera" bezala etiketatuta dago. Abiarazi
-daiteke <guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton> botoiarekin. Honako parametro hauek
-daude eskuragarri.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Direktorioa</title>
-
-      <para>Hemen bertan zehatz dezakezu zein direktorio partekatuko
-den. <guibutton>Direktorio</guibutton> botoia nabigatzaile bati sarbidea
-ematen dio aukera dezazun.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Ostalari sarbidea</title>
-
-      <para>Partekatutako direktorioan sartzeko baimenduta dauden hots-ak hemen zehaztu
-ditzakezu.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS bezeroak modu askotan ere zehaztu daitezke:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>host bakarra</emphasis>: host bat, aitortu zuen laburtutako
-izenagatik ebatzi dadin, domeinu osoko izena edo IP helbidea izan behar da</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups @group gisa agertu daitezke.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: Makina izen komodin karaktereak izan
-ditzakete * eta?. Adibidez: *.cs.foo.edu cs.foo.edu domeinu host guztiekin
-bat datorrela.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP sareak</emphasis>: halaber, host guztiei batera direktorioak
-esportatu ditzakezu IP (azpi-)sare batean aldi berean. Adibidez, bai
-`/255.255.252.0'edo '/22' sareko baseko helbideari erantsiko zaio.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Erabiltzaile ID mapaketa</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Erlazionatu root erabiltzaile anonimo gisa
-(root_squash)</emphasis>:  UID/GID-ak eskaerak UID/GID anonimo (root_squash)
-bihurtzen ditu. Bezeroaren ordenagailuko Root-ek ezin ditu irakurri edo
-idatzi ordenagailu honen zerbitzariaren errokoan sortutako artxiboak.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>benetako urruneko root sarbidea baimendu</emphasis>: ez itzali
-UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash)l. Aukera hau bereziki erabilgarria da diskorik
-gabeko lan postuetarako.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Erlazionatu erabiltzaile guztiak erabiltzaile anonimo
-gisa</emphasis>: Erabiltzaile guztien UID/GID anonimora (all_squash-en)
-bihurtzen ditu. Erabilgarria da FTP publikoetako NFS direktorioak,
-berri-direktorioekin, etab. esportaziorako. Aurkakoa aukera no_all_squash,
-lehenetsi gisa ematen da.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid eta anongid</emphasis>: esplizituki uid eta gid kontu
-anonimo ezartzen dute.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Aukera aurreratuak</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Konexio bermatu</emphasis>: aukera honek eskatzen du internet
-ataka jatorria IPPORT_RESERVED (1024) baino txikiagoa izan behar du. Aukera
-hau lehenespenez aktibatuta dago.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Partekatu Irakurri-Soilik</emphasis>: soilik edozeinek irakurtzen
-duela onartu ezazu edo irakurri eta idaztea eskaerak NFS-bolumen
-honetan. Ez-betetzea zeinek fitxategi sistema aldatzen duen edozein eskaera
-baztertu da. Hau egin ahal da esplizituki aukera hau erabiliz.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Sinkronizatutako sarbidea</emphasis>: NFS zerbitzarietan eragozten
-du NFS protokoloa urratzea eta eskaera hauek egindako aldaketa aurretik
-eskaerei entzutea biltegiratze egonkorrarekin (adibidez, disko-unitatea).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Azpizuhaitz egiaztapena</emphasis>: segurtasuna kasu batzuetan
-hobetzen lagun dezakeen, baina fidagarritasuna gutxitu dezakeen
-azpizuhaitzaren kontrola baimentzea. Eskuliburuko esportazio orrialdeak (5)
-xehetasun gehiagotarako.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu sarrerak</title>
-
-    <para>Orain arte zerrendan sarrera bat dauka gutxienez.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fitxategia|Idatzi conf</title>
-
-      <para>Gorde uneko konfigurazioa.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Zerbitzaria|Berrabiarazi</title>
-
-      <para>Zerbitzaria gelditu eta berrabiarazi da uneko konfigurazioa fitxategiarekin.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Zerbitzaria|Birkargatu</title>
-
-      <para>Bistaratuko konfigurazioa egungo konfigurazio fitxategitik birkargatu da.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b114c0d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy-a</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Proxy zerbitzari bat erabili behar baldin baduzu Internetera sartzeko,
-tresna hau erabili dezakezu <footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote>
-konfiguratzeko. Zure sare administratzaileak behar duzun informazioa emango
-dizu. Salbuespenik gabe atzitu ahal dituzun zerbitzu batzuk zehaz ditzakezu
-ere.</para>
-
-  <para>Wikipediatik, 2012-09-24-an,Proxy zerbitzaria artikulua: ordenagailu
-sareetan, zein beste zerbitzari batzuen baliabideen bila bezeroen
-eskaeretako bitartekari bezala jokatzen duen zerbitzaria (sistema
-informatiko edo aplikazio bat). Bezero bat proxy zerbitzarira konektatzen
-da, zerbitzu batzuk eskatzeko, esaterako, fitxategi, konexio, web orri, edo
-beste baliabide zerbitzari ezberdin baten eskuragarri gisa. Proxy
-zerbitzariak eskaera errazteko eta haien konplexutasuna kontrolatzeko modu
-bat bezala ebaluatzen du.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 32ef8b76..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,225 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Baliabideak Konfiguratu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Instalazio baten ondoren egin behar duzun lehena software iturriak
-(biltegiak, baliabideak, ispiluak bezala ezagututa) gehitzea da. Horrek esan
-nahi du zuk pakete eta aplikazioak instalatzeko eta eguneratzeko erabiliko
-diren baliabideen iturriak aukeratu behar dituzula. (Gehitu botoia ikusi
-behean).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Mageia instalatzen (edo eguneratzen) baduzu baliabide optiko (CD edo DVD)
-edo USB gailu bat erabiliz, erabilitako baliabide optikoetarako softwareko
-iturri bat itxuratuta egongo da. Pakete berriak jartzerakoan baliabideak
-sartzeko galdetzea saihesteko, baliabide hau desaktibatu (edo ezabatu) behar
-duzu. (CD-Rom euskarri tipoa izango du).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Zure sistema 32 (i586 izenekoa) edo 64 bit (x86_64 izenekoa) arkitektura
-pean exekutatzen ari da. Pakete batzuk 32 edo 64 biteko sistemaren
-independenteak dira; pakete horiek noarch deitzen dira. Haiek ez dute beren
-noarch direktorioa ispiluetan, baina guztiak daude bai i586 eta x86_64
-baliabidetan.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau Mageia Kontrol Gunean <emphasis role="bold">Software
-kudeaketa</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> fitxa-pean
-aurkezten da.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Zutabeak</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Zutabea Gaitu:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Los medios de comunicación controladas se utilizarán para instalar nuevos
-paquetes. Tenga cuidado con algunos medios de comunicación, tales como
-pruebas y depuración, que podrían hacer que su sistema
-inutilizable.Kontrolatutako hedabideak pakete berriak instalatzeko erabiliko
-dira. Kontuz beste hedabide batzuekin, hala nola proba eta arazketa gisa,
-zein zure sistema hondatu egin dezake.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Zutabe Eguneratu:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Egiaztaturik hedabideak paketeak eguneratzeko erabiliko direla, gaituta egon
-behar dira. "Eguneratu" izena duten hedabideak soilik hautatu behar
-dira. Segurtasun arrazoiengatik, zutabe hau ezin alda daiteke tresna
-honetan, kontsola bat ireki behar duzu root bezala eta <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis> idatzi.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Baliabidea zutabea:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Erakutsi baliabide izena. Mageia azken bertsioen biltegi ofizialak gutxienez
-osagai hauek ditu:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> zeinek mageiak onartzen dituen
-programa gehienak eskuragarri dauzka.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> zeinek doakoak ez diren programa
-horietako batzuk dauzka</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> software librea zeinek lurralde
-batzuetan patente eskariak edon litezke.</para>
-
-        <para>Baliabide bakoitzak 4 azpi-atal ditu:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> Mageia bertsio hau kaleratu zenetik
-egunera agertutako paketeak.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> paketeak segurtasun edo akatsen
-ondorioz geroztiko eguneraketa. Baliabide guztiak hauek gaituta, nahiz eta
-internet konexioa oso geldoa izango.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> pakete batzuk Cauldron-etik
-bertsiotik bertsio berrira migraturikoak (hurrengo bertsioa garatzen ari
-da).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> aldi baterako  berritasun berriak
-probatzen dira, akatsen kazetari eta QA taldeaak zuzenketak baliokidetu ahal
-izateko.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Eskuineko botoiak</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Ezabatu:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Baliabide bat kentzeko, bertan sakatu eta gero botoi hau sakatu. Ideia ona
-da instalazioak erabiltzen duen euskarria kentzeko (CD edo DVDa, adibidez),
-pakete guztiak Core baliabide ofizialean bait daude.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Editatu:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Aukeratutako baliabide ezarpenak, (URL, downloader eta proxy) aldatzeko
-aukera ematen du.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Gehitu:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Gehitu itzazu Interneten eskuragarri dauden biltegi ofizialak. Biltegi hauek
-software seguru eta ongi probatuta daukate soilik. "Gehitu" gainean klik
-eginez lotzen da ispilu-zerrenda gehitzea zure konfiguraziora, diseinatuta
-dagoela instalakuntzak eta eguneraketak ziurtatu dezan zuregandik hurbilen
-dagoen ispilua. Ispilu espezifiko bat aukeratzea nahiago baduzu, orduan hura
-aukeratuz gaineratzen zara "Gehitu baliabide espezifiko ispilu bat"
-"Artxibo" menu Destolesgarritik.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Gora eta behera geziak:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Aldatu zerrendako ordena. Drakrpm pakete bat bilatzen duenean, pantailan
-agertzen den zerrenda  ordenez irakurtzen du eta lehenengo paketea bertsio
-zenbaki berekoa instalatuko du - bertsioen artean gatazka gertatuz gero,
-azken bertsioa instalatuko da. Beraz, ahal izanez gero, jarri biltegi
-azkarrenak goialdean.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Menua</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fitxategia -> Eguneratu:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Leiho bat agertzen da hedabide zerrendarekin. Aukeratu eguneratu nahi
-dituzunak eta egin klik <guibutton>Eguneratu</guibutton> botoian.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fitxategia -> Gehitu baliabide ispilu zehatz bat:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Zu benetako ispiluarekin pozik ez egotea suposatu dezagun, adibidez,
-motelegia delako edo sarritan libre ez daudelako, beste ispilu bat aukera
-dezakezu. Gaurko baliabide guztiak aukeratzea eta klikatu ezazu
-<guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> haiek burutzeko. Klikatu <guimenu>Artxibo ->
-Baliabide ispilu zehatz bat gehitu</guimenu>, gaurkotzea soilik edo multzo
-osoaren artean aukeratu (ez badakizu,  <guibutton>Iturri multzo
-osoa</guibutton> aukeratu eta kontaktua onartu <guibutton>Bai</guibutton>
-klikatuz. Leiho hau irekitzen da:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ikus dezakezu, ezkerrean, herrialdeen zerrenda bat, aukeratu zurea edo oso
-hurbil dagoen bat > sinboloan klik eginez, hau herrialde horretan
-eskuragarri dauden ispilu guztiak bistaratuko ditu. Aukeratu bat eta egin
-klik <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>en.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fitxategia -> Gehitu baliabide pertsonalizatua:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Posible da hedabide berri bat instalatzea (adibidez, hirugarren batek)
-Mageiarekin bateragarria ez dena. Leiho berri bat agertuko da:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Aukeratu euskarri mota, euskarri
-hori definitzeko eta URL emateko izen adimendu bat aurkitu (edo bidea,
-euskarri motaren arabera)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Aukerak -> Aukera orokorrak:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Item honek aukeratzea baimentzen dizu noiz "Egiaztatu instalatutako RPM-ak"
-(beti edo inoiz ez), deskarga-programa (curl, wget edo aria2) eta
-deskarga-politika definitu paketeei buruzko informazioa jasotzeko (eskaeraz
--lehenetsita-, soilik eguneratu, beti edo inoiz ez).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Aukerak -> Gakoak Kudeatu:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Segurtasun-maila handia bermatzeko, gako digitalak erabiltzen dira
-hedabideak autentifikatzeko. Posible da euskarri bakoitzarentzat gako bat
-onartu edo baliogabetu behar izatea. Agertzen den leihoan, hautatu euskarri
-bat eta ondoren klikatu <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> gako berria onartzeko
-edo gako bat aukeratzeko eta klikatu <guibutton>Kendu</guibutton> gakoa ez
-onartzeko.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Kontu handiz egin hori, segurtasun arloarekin erlazionatuta dago</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Aukerak -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Proxy interneterako sarbidea zerbitzari bat erabili behar izanez gero, hemen
-konfigura dezakezu. Soilik <guibutton>Proxy host izena</guibutton> eman
-behar duzu, eta behar izanez gero a <guilabel>Erabiltzaile izena</guilabel>
-eta <guilabel>pasahitza</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Komunikabideen konfiguratzeari buruzko informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikusi
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">Mageia Wiki
-orrialdea</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bd08a43e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Partekatze gune eta unitateak Samba-rekin</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>Samba da baliabide batzuk, direktorioak edo inprimagailuak bezala Sistema
-Eragile desberdinetan partekatzeko erabilitako protokolo bat. Tresna honek
-baimentzen dizu makina Samba-zerbitzari bat bezala konfiguratzea SMB/CIFS
-protokoloak erabiliz. Windows-ek(R) protokolo hau darabil eta OS honekiko
-lanpostuek Samba-zerbitzariaren baliabideak atzi ditzakete.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Aurkezpena</title>
-
-    <para>Beste lanpostuetatik sartzeko, zerbitzariak IP helbide finko bat izan behar
-du. Hau zuzenean zehaztu daiteke zerbitzarian, adibidez <xref
-linkend="draknetcenter"/>, edo DHCP zerbitzarian bere MAC-helbide batera
-postua identifikatzen du eta beti ematen dio helbide bera. Segurtasun
-zerbitzariak halaber Samba zerbitzariko sarrerako eskaerak baimendu egin
-behar ditu.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Morroia - Bakarkako zerbitzaria</title>
-
-    <para>Lehen exekuzio aldian, tresnak <footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote>
-egiaztatzen du paketeak instalatuta daudela eta horiek instalatzeko
-proposatzen du oraindik ez badaude presente. Ondoren Samba zerbitzaria abian
-jartzeko morroia konfiguratu.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Hurrengo leihoan Bakarkako zerbitzari konfigurazio aukera dagoeneko
-hautatuta dago.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ondoren zehaztu lantaldearen izena. Izen hori partekatutako baliabideetarako
-sarbidearen  berdina izan behar du.</para>
-
-    <para>NetBIOS izena sarean zerbitzariak izendatzeko erabiliko den izena da.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Aukeratu segurtasun modua:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>erabiltzailea</guilabel>: bezeroa baimena beharko du baliabidea
-erabiltzeko</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>elkarbanatu</guilabel>: bezeroak bereizita autentifikatu behar du
-ekintza bakoitzeko</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Zehatu dezakezu zein host baimenduta dagoen baliabideetara sartzeko, IP
-helbide edo host izenarekin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Especifique el lema del servidor. El saludo es la forma en que este servidor
-se describe en las estaciones de trabajo de Windows.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Samba-k erregistratutako informazio no izango den hurrengo urratsean ezarri
-daiteke.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Morroiak aukeratutako parametroen zerrenda bat bistaratzen da konfigurazioa
-onartu aurretik. Onartzen direnean, konfigurazioa
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> idatziko da.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Morroia - Lehen domeinu kontroladorea</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>"Lehen domeinu kontroladorea" aukera
-hautatuta badago, morroiak seinaleaz galdetzen du Wins sostengatuko den edo
-ez, administratzaile-erabiltzaile izenak emateko. Urrats hauek orduan
-bakarkako zerbitzariaren berberak dira, salbu segurtasun modua aukera
-dezakezula:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domeinua</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile eta talde kontu guztiak
-gordetzeko zentrala, partekatzea, kontu biltegia ere eskaintzen duen
-mekanismo bat da. Kontu biltegi Zentralizatua (segurtasun) kontrolagailu
-artean banatuko da.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Deklaratu partekatzeko direktorio bat</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoiarekin, lortuko dugu:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Beraz, sarrera berri bat gehitzen da. <guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton>
-botoiarekin alda daitezke. Aukerak editatu daitezke, hala nola direktorioa
-publikoarentzat, idazgarria, esploragarria edo ikusgai dagoen edo
-ez. Partekatutako izena ezin da aldatu.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu sarrerak</title>
-
-    <para>Zerrendako sarrera bat gutxienez izatea, menu sarrerak erabili ahal izango
-dira.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Fitxategia|Idatzi conf</title>
-
-      <para><code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>-n gorde uneko konfigurazioa.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba zerbitzaria|Konfiguratu</title>
-
-      <para>Morroia berriro exekutatu ahal izango da agindu honekin.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba zerbitzaria|Berrabiarazi</title>
-
-      <para>Zerbitzaria gelditu eta berrabiarazi da uneko konfigurazioa fitxategiarekin.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Zerbitzaria|Birkargatu</title>
-
-      <para>Bistaratuko konfigurazioa egungo konfigurazio fitxategitik birkargatu da.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Partekatu imprimagailuak</title>
-
-    <para>Samba halaber inprimagailuak partekatzeko aukera ematen dizu.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba erabiltzaileak</title>
-
-    <para>Fitxa horretan, partekatutako baliabideetan sartzeko autentifikazioa behar
-denean onartzen baimentuta dagoen erabiltzaile batzuk gehitu
-ditzakezu. Erabiltzaileak gehi ditzakezu <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/>-tik<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 07f16449..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Autentifikazioa konfiguratu ezazu Mageia tresnetarako</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean
-<emphasis role="bold">Segurtasun</emphasis> fitxa pean dago presente.</para>
-
-  <para>Normalean administratzaileak lanak egiteko beharrezko eskubideak ohiko
-erabiltzaileak edukitzea baimentzen du.</para>
-
-  <para>Gezi txikiak klikatu ezazu aldaketak egitea desiratzen duzun zerrendaren
-elementuan:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Mageia Kontrol Gunean eskuragarri dauden tresna gehienak leihoko ezkerreko
-aldetik agertzen dira (ikus pantaila kaptura gainetik), eta tresna
-bakoitzerako, eta eskuineko zerrendan hurrengoaren artean aukeratzea ematen
-du:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Lehenetsia: Abian jartzeko modua aukeratutako segurtasun-mailaren araberakoa
-da. MCC fitxa berean ikusi, tresna "Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, baimenak
-eta auditoria".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Erabiltzaile pasahitza: erabiltzaile pasahitza tresna abian jarri ondoren
-galdetzen da.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administratzailearen pasahitza: root pasahitza tresna abian jarri aurretik
-eskatzen da</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Pasahitz gabe: tresna edozein pasahitz eskatu gabe abian jarri da.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ac3ca9a2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Uneko argazkiak</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> eskuragarri dago MCC-ko
-<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> fitxan, <guilabel>Administrazio
-tresnen</guilabel> sailean.</para>
-  <para> MCC-n lehenengo aldiz tresna hau pizten duzunean, draksnapshot
-instalatzeari buruz, mezu bat ikusiko duzu. Sakatu
-<guibutton>Instalatu</guibutton> jarraitzeko. Draksnapshot eta beste pakete
-batzuk instalatu behar dira.</para>
-
- <para>Egin klik berriro erakutsi <guilabel>Pantaila kaptura</guilabel>,
-<guilabel>Ezarpenak</guilabel> pantaila ikusiko duzu. Markatu
-​​<guilabel>Gaitu Babeskopiak</guilabel> eta, sistema osoaren babeskopia
-egin nahi baduzu, <guilabel> Sistema osoaren babeskopia</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Soilik zure direktorioen babeskopia nahi baduzu, ondoren,
-<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> aukeratu ezazu. Zuk pop-up pantaila txiki
-bat ikusiko duzu. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> eta
-<guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> <guilabel>Babeskopia zerrendaren</guilabel>
-ondoko botoiak erabil itzazu, direktorioak eta artxiboak babeskopian
-barneratu edo baztertzeko. zerrendaren ondoko <guilabel>Baztertu</guilabel>
-botoi berak erabil itzazu azpidirektorioak ezabatzeko eta / edo aukeratutako
-direktorioetako artxiboak, babeskopian <emphasis role="bold">ez</emphasis>
-litekeenak sartu behar izango. Klikatu <guibutton>Itxi</guibutton> amaitu
-duzunean.</para>
-	  <para>Orain bidea ematen dizugu <guilabel>babeskopiaren tokira</guilabel>, edo
-<guibutton>Arakatu</guibutton> botoia bide zuzena hautatzeko. Muntatutako
-edozein USB-gako edo kanpoko HD <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>-en aurki daiteke.
-  </para>
-  <para><guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton> gainean klikatu argazkia egiteko.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dc274de6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Soinu Konfiguraketa</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean
-presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis> azpian dago.</para>
-  <para>Draksound soinu ezarpenetaz arduratzen da, PulseAudio aukerak eta arazoak
-kudeatzeko. Soinu-txartela aldatzen baduzu edo soinu arazorik baduzu
-lagunduko zaitu.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> soinu zerbitzaria da. Sarrera soinu guztiak
-jasotzen ditu, erabiltzailearen hobespenen arabera nahasten ditu eta
-ondoriozko soinua bidaltzen du irteerara. Ikusi <guimenu> menua -> Soinua
-eta bideoa -> PulseAudio bolumen kontrola </guimenu> hobespenen horiek
-ezartzeko.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio lehenetsitako soinu zerbitzaria da eta gomendaturik dago gaituta
-egotea.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> PulseAudio hobetzen du programa
-batzuekin. Era berean gaituta uztea gomendatzen da.</para>
-  <para><guibutton>Arazoak konpontzeko</guibutton> botoia ,laguntza eman dezake
-dituzun arazoak konpontzeko. Hau erabilgarria dela aurkituko duzu
-erkidegoari laguntza eskatu aurretik. </para>
-  <para>Botoi <guibutton>Aurreratuak</guibutton> leiho berria erakusten du begi
-bistako botoiarekin.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 928907f0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Ezarri UPS bat energiaren begirale gisa</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza
-hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-taldea</link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b69097f4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Konfiguratu VPN Konexioa sareko sarbidea ziurtatzeko</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>Trena hau<footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote> urruneko sareko sarbidea
-segurua konfiguratzeko aukera ematen du bertako lanpostua eta urruneko
-sarearen artean tunel bat eratzen du. Hemen eztabaidatzen dugu lanpostuaren
-aldeako konfigurazioa soilik. Urruneko sarea dagoeneko martxan daugoela
-suposatuko dugu, eta konexio sare administratzaile .pcf konfigurazio
-fitxategi bat bezalako informazioa duzula.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfigurazioa</title>
-
-    <para>Lehenik eta behin, hautatu Cisco VPN kontzentratzailea edo OpenVPN, zure
-sare pribatu birtual erabiliko duen protokoloaren arabera .</para>
-
-    <para>Ondoren, eman zure konexioari izen bat.</para>
-
-    <para>Hurrengo pantailan, zure VPN konexio-xehetasunak eskaintzen dira.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Cisco VPN-rentzat</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>OpenVPN-arentzat. OpenVPN paketea eta horren dependentziak instalatuko dira
-tresna erabiliko da lehen aldian.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Aukeratu sareare administratzailetik
-jaso  dituzun fitxategiak.</para>
-
-        <para>Aurreratutako parametroak:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Hurrengo pantailan pasagune IP-helbidea eskatzen da.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Parametroak ezartzen direnean, VPN konexioa hasteko aukera duzu.</para>
-
-    <para>Sare konexio batekin VPN konexio hau automatikoki hastea ezarri
-daiteke. Horretarako, birkonfiguratu sareko konexioa beti VPN honetara
-konektatzeko.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index acb8dde0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Konfiguratu web zerbitzaria</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> web zerbitzari bat ezartzen
-lagun zaitzake.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Zer da Web zerbitzaria?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web zerbitzaria, Internet bidez eskura daitekeen web edukia emateko
-laguntzen duen softwarea da. (Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Apache2 Web zerbitzari bat eratzea drakwizard-ekin</title>
-      <para>
-	Ongi etorri web zerbitzari morroira.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sarrera</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Lehenengo orria sarrera bat besterik da, klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Erakusgai zerbitzari hautaketa: Tokiko sarea eta/edo Mundukoa</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Web zerbitzariak Interneten erakustea bere arriskuak ditu. Prest gauza
-txarretarako.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Zerbitzari Erabiltzaile Modulua</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Erabiltzaileei bere gune propioak sortzeko aukera eman.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Erabiltzaile web direktorioaren izena</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Erabiltzaileak direktorioa sortu eta bete behar du, ondoren, zerbitzariak
-bistaratzeko.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Web Zerbitzariaren Lehenetsitako Direktorioa</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Web zerbitzarietan duzun dokumentuen lehenetsitako bidea konfiguratzeko
-ahalbidetzen du.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Laburpena</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Amaitu</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bukatutakoan! Klik <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 13424f07..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">DNS konfiguratu</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza
-hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-taldea</link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ddb72c23..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP konfiguratu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Tresna hori Mageia 4-an hautsi da Sare interfazeak izendatzeko eskema
-berriarengatik</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> <acronym>DHCP</acronym>
-zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake.Drakwizard osagai bat da, hura sartu
-ahal izan baino lehen instalatu beharrekoa.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Zer da DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>Konfigurazio dinamikoko host-eko Protokoloa da (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) IP
-sare estandarretan erabilitako, IP helbideak eta Interneten komunikatzeko
-behar den informazio gehiago dinamikoki itxuratzen dituen
-protokoloa. (Wikipedian)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Drakwizard dhcp-rekin DHCP zerbitzari bat ezarri</title>
-
-    <para>Ongi etorri DHCP zerbitzari morroira</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Sarrera</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Lehenengo orria sarrera bat besterik da, klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Aukeratu txartela</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Sareko Interfazea aukera ezazu, azpisarera konektatuta dagoena, eta DHCP-ak
-IP helbideak esleituko dituenerako eta klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Aukeratu IP sorta</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Aukeratu hasiera eta amaiera IP helbideak zerbitzari eskaintzea nahi duzun
-IP sortan, tokiko saretik kanpo konektatzen duen IP pasabide bat ere,
-Internetetik gertu, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Laburpena</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Itxaroten...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Hau konpondu daiteke. Klikatu <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> hainbat aldiz
-eta inguruko gauzak aldatzeko.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ordu geroago...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Egin beharrekoa</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Behar izanez gero, dhcp-zerbitzari pakete instalatzen;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>-en gordetzen</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>dhcpd.conf</code> berria sortzen
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>-tik
-hasita eta parametro berriak gehituz:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>sare</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>maskara</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>pasagunea</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Halaber Webmin konfigurazio <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> fitxategia
-aldatzen du</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>dhcpd</code> berrabiarazten.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dc31b075..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Ordua konfiguratu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna honen<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> helburua da zure
-zerbitzaria kanpoko zerbitzari batekin sinkronizatutako denbora ezartzea. Ez
-da lehenespen gisa instalatzen eta drakwizard eta drakwizard-base paketeak
-instalatu behar dituzu.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfiguratu NTP zerbitzari darkwizard ntp-rekin</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Ongi etorri pantailaren ondoren (ikus goian), bigarren bat eskatzen dizu,
-hiru zerbitzari aukeratzea ordu goitibeherako zerrendetatik eta pool.ntp.org
-bitan erabiltzea iradokitzen du zerbitzari honek beti eskuragarri dauden
-denbora zerbitzarietara seinalatzen duelako.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Ondorengo pantailetan eskualdean eta herrialdea aukeratzeko aukera ematen du
-eta, ondoren, laburpen batera iritsiko zara. Zerbait gaizki badago, jakina
-aldatu dezakezula <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> botoia erabiliz. Dena
-egokia izanez gero <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia sakatu proba
-jarraitzeko. Denbora pixka bat hartu ahal izango duzu eta, azkenik,  beheko
-pantaila hau lortu:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Klikatu <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton> botoia tresna ixteko</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Egin beharrekoa</title>
-
-    <para>Tresna honek urrats hauek exekutatzen ditu:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Beharrezkoa bada <code>ntp</code> paketea instalatzea</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> artxiboa
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code>-en eta
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> artxiboa
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>-en gordetzen;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> fitxategi berri bat idazten zerbitzarien
-zerrendarekin;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> fitxategia aldatzen lehen zerbitzariaren izena
-txertatuz;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> eta <code>ntpd</code> zerbitzuak
-gelditzen eta abiatzen;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hardware erlojua sistemaren egungo UTC erreferentziara ezartzea.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ab758da..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">FTP konfiguratu</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> <acronym>FTP</acronym>
-zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Zer da <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Fitxategiak Transferitzeko Protokoloa (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) fitxategiak
-hots batetik beste host bati transferitzeko <acronym>TCP</acronym>
-oinarritutako protokolo estandar bat da, hala nola Internet sarean
-erabilia. (Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Proftpd drakwizard-ekin FTP zerbitzari bat konfiguratu</title>
-      <para>
-	Ongi etorri FTP morroira. Gerrikoa lotu.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sarrera</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Lehenengo orria sarrera bat besterik da, klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Erakusgai zerbitzari hautaketa: Tokiko sarea eta/edo Mundukoa</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    FTP zerbitzariak Interneten erakustea bere arriskuak ditu. Prest gauza
-txarretarako.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Zerbitzari Informazioa</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Zerbitzaria sare lokalean edo Interneten bat etorriko den izena sar ezazu.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Zerbitzari Aukerak</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ezarri entzuteko portuak, espetxeratu erabiltzaileari, baimendu bizi orriak
-eta/edo <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Laburpena</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Amaitu</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bukatutakoan! Klik <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 14e807b8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Proxy-a konfiguratu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> proxy zerbitzari bat
-ezartzen lagun zaitzake. Drakwizard osagai bat da, hura sartu ahal izan
-baino lehen instalatu beharrekoa.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Zer da Proxy Zerbitzaria?</title>
-
-    <para>Proxy bat Software edo gailu bat da, ekintza bat beste baten bitartez egiten
-duena, hau da, bitartekari lana. Proxyen erabilera nagusia proxy zerbitzaria
-izatea da. Honek, bezero batek ordenagailua erabiltzean inguruko
-zerbitzarien eta internet sarearen konexioak atzematen ditu. (Wikipediatik)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Squid Proxy zerbitzari bat eratzea drakwizard-ekin</title>
-
-    <para>Ongi etorri proxy zerbitzari morroira.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Sarrera</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Lehenengo orria sarrera bat besterik da, klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Aukeratu proxy portua</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Aukeratu zein portu proxy-ra konektatuko diren nabigatzaileak, ondoren,
-klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ezarri memoria eta disko erabilera</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ezarri memoria eta disko cache mugak, sakatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Aukeratu Sareko Sarbide Kontrola</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ezarri ikusgarritasuna tokiko edo munduko sarean , sakatu
-<guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Sare Sarbidea Eman</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Tokiko sareetako sarbidea bermatu, ondoren sakatu
-<guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Goi Mailako Proxy Zerbitzaria Erabiliko duzu?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Kaskadako proxy zerbitzari baten bidez? Ez bada, saltatu hurrengo urratsa.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Goi Mailako Proxy URL eta Portua</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Eskaini goi-mailako host proxy izena eta portua, ondoren sakatu
-<guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Laburpena</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Abioan hasiko da?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Aukeratu proxy zerbitzaria abioan zehar abiarazi behar den, ondoren klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Amaitu</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Bukatutakoan! Klik <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Egin beharrekoa</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Behar izanez gero, squid paketea instalatzen;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code>
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>-n gordetzen</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>squid.conf</code> berria bat sortzen
-<code>squid.conf.default</code>-en hasita eta parametro berriak gehituz:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>1, 2 edo 3 <code>maila</code> eta <code>http_access</code> mailaren arabera</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a387f672..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH deabru konfigurazioa</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> <acronym>SSH</acronym>
-daemon bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Zer da <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      SSH (Secure SHell) konputagailu-sarearen bidez urruneko gailuei sarbide
-izateko programa eta sare protokoloa da. Kontsola aginduen bidez
-konputagailua erabat maneiatzea eta baldin eta X zerbitzaria baldin badugu X
-ingurune grafikoa exekutatzea ahalbidetzen du. Beste lan estazioei
-konektatzeaz aparte, SSH-k datuak modu seguruan kopiatzearen, RSAren bidez
-gakoak kudeatzearen eta beste aplikazioren datuak kanal seguruaren
-(tunelling) bitartez igortzearen gaitasunak ditu. (Wikipediatik)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Konfiguratu <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon bat drakwizard sshd-rekin</title>
-      <para>
-	Ongi etorri Open SSH morroira.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Aukeratu Konfigurazio Aukeren Mota</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Aukeratu <guilabel>Aditua</guilabel> aukera guztiak edo
-<guilabel>Hasiberria</guilabel> 3-7 pausoak saltatzeko, klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Aukera Orokorrak</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ikuspena eta root sarbide aukerak ezarri. 22 portua <acronym>SSH</acronym>
-portu estandarra da.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Autentifikazio Metodoak</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Erabiltzaileek erabil dezaketen autentifikazio metodo aukera baimentzea
-konektatzen den bitartean, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logeatze</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Aukeratu erregistroentzako erraztasuna eta irteera maila, ondoren sakatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sartze Aukerak</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfiguratu Saio-hasiera bakoitzaren aukerak, ondoren sakatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Erabiltzaileen Sarrera Aukerak</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfiguratu erabiltzaile sarrera ezarpenak, ondoren sakatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Konpresioa eta birbidaltzea</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfiguratu X11 birbidaltzea eta konpresioa transferentzian zehar, ondoren
-sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Laburpena</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Amaitu</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bukatutakoan! Klik <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cfb619a4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Kudeatu sistemaren zerbitzuak haiek gaitu edo ezgaituz</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza
-hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-taldea</link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>   
-
-  <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 23716657..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Hardware konfigurazioa</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> zure ordenagailuaren
-hardwarearen ikuspegi orokor bat ematen du. Tresna abiarazten denean, lan
-bat exekutatzen du, hardware-elementu guztietak bilatzen. Horretarako,
-<code>ldetect</code> komandoa zeinek <code>ldetect-lst</code> paketearen
-hardware zerrenda bat aipatzen du.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Leihoa</title>
-
-    <para>Leihoa bi zutabetan banatuta dago.</para>
-
-    <para>Ezkerreko zutabea atzemandako hardware zerrenda dauka. Gailuak kategorien
-arabera sailkatu dira. Egin klik &gt; kategoria baten edukia
-zabaltzeko. Gailu bakoitzak zutabe honetan hautatu daiteke.</para>
-
-    <para>Eskuineko zutabean aukeratutako gailuari buruzko informazioa agertzen
-da. <guimenu>Laguntza -&gt; azalpen eremuak</guimenu> eremuetako edukiari
-buruzko informazioa ematen du.</para>
-
-    <para>Estrategia horren arabera, gailu mota aukeratzen denean, bai bat edo bi
-botoi daude eskuragarri eskuineko zutabeko behealdean:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Ezarri uneko gidariaren aukerak</guibutton>: hau  gailua aldean
-erabiltzen den modulua parametrizatzeko erabil daiteke. Hau adituek soilik
-erabili behar dute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Exekutatu konfigurazio tresna</guibutton>: tresna horretarako
-sarbidea gailuak konfigura ditzake. Tresnara sarritan zuzenean sar zaitezke
-MCC-tik.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menua</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Aukerak</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Aukerek</guimenu> aukera ematen du koadrotxo gaitzea  detekzio
-automatikorako:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem-a</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz gailuak</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip paralelo gailuak </para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Berezko antzemate horiek ez daude gaituta, motela delako. Markatu laukitxo
-egokia(k) hardware hori konektatuta izanez gero. Detekzioa operatiboa izango
-da tresna hau abiatzean den hurrengo aldian.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 887d1400..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Konfiguratu teklatuaren xedapena</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>keyboarddrake tresna<footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote> Mageian erabiliko
-duzun oinarrizko teklatu diseinua ezartzen laguntzen dizu. Teklatu diseinua
-sistemako erabiltzaile guztiei eragiten die. Mageia-ren Kontrol Guneko
-(MCC-ko) Hardware sailean aurki daiteke "Konfiguratu sagua eta teklatua".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Teklatuaren Xedapena</title>
-
-    <para>Hemen bertan erabili nahi duzun teklatuaren diseinua hauta dezakezu. Izenak
-(orden alfabetikoan zerrendatuta) hizkuntza, herrialdea, eta/edo etnia
-diseinu bakoitza erabili behar da deskribatzeko.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Teklatu Mota</title>
-
-    <para>Menu honek erabiltzen ari zaren teklatuaren mota hautatzeko aukera ematen
-dizu. Ziur ez bazaude aukeratzen duzunarekin, hobe da uztea lehenetsi gisa.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2363a5a3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Kudeatu zure sistemarentzako kokapena</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.
-  </para></footnote> Mageia Kontrol Guneko (MCC)
-Sistema atalean aurki daiteke "Kudeatu kokapena zure sistemarentzat" bezala
-etiketatuta. Ireki leiho bat zure hizkuntza aukeratu ahal
-izateko. Instalazioan zehar hautatutako hizkuntzetara egokituta dago aukera.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Aurreratu</guibutton> botoiak kodeketa zaharra (ez UTF8)
-bateragarritasuna aktibatzeko sarbidea ematen du.</para>
-
-  <para>Bigarren leihoa herrialdeen zerrenda bat hautatutako hizkuntzaren
-arabera. <guibutton>Beste Herrialdeak</guibutton> botoia zerrendan ez dauden
-herrialdetan sartzen uzten du.</para>
-
-  <para>Zure saioa berrabiarazi behar duzu edozein aldaketak egin ondoren.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Sarrera metodoa</title>
-      </info>
-  <para><guilabel> Beste Herrialdeak </guilabel> pantailan idazketa metodo bat har
-daiteke (menuaren destolesgarrian zerrendaren azpian).  Idazketa metodoak
-baimentzen du sarrera karaktere eleanitzak erabiltzaileei (Txinako,
-Japoniako, Koreako, etab).</para>
-  <para> Asiako eta Afrikako tokietarako, iBus lehenetsi sarrera metodoa ezarriko da,
-beraz, erabiltzaileek ez dute zertan eskuz konfiguratu behar.</para>
-  <para>Beste sarrera metodoak (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, eta abar)  antzeko funtzioak
-eskaintzen dituzte eta eskuragarri ez badaude menu destolesgarrian, Mageia
-Kontrol Gunearen beste zati baten instalatuko dira. Ikusi <xref
-linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index be5d44de..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Ikusi eta bilatu sistemaren erregistroak (log)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean
-Sistema fitxan aurkitzen da, "<guilabel>Ikusi eta bilatu sistema
-erregistroak</guilabel>" etiketatuta.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Erregistroetan bilaketa bat egin</title>
-
-    <para>Lehenengo, sar ezazu begiratu nahi duzun gako-katea <emphasis
-role="bold">bat datorren</emphasis> eremua eta/edo nahi duzun funtsezko
-gako-katea <emphasis role="bold">ez duzu</emphasis> erantzunen eremu artean
-ikusi nahi <emphasis role="bold">bat ez datozela</emphasis>. Ondoren,
-aukeratu <guilabel> Aukeratu fitxategia </guilabel> eremuan bilatu
-fitxategia(k). Nahi izanez gero, posible da egun bakar batera bilaketa
-mugatzea. Aukeratu ezazu <emphasis role="bold">Egutegia</emphasis>, urte eta
-hilabeteko alde bakoitzeko geziak txikiak erabiliz, eta egiaztatu
-"<guibutton>Soilik hautatutako eguna erakutsi</guibutton>". Azkenean, sakatu
-<guibutton>Bilaketa</guibutton> botoia <guilabel>fitxategi edukia</guilabel>
-deituriko leihoan emaitzak ikusteko. Posible da .txt formatuan emaitzak
-gordetzea <emphasis role="bold">Gorde</emphasis> botoian klik eginez.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para><guibutton>Mageia Tresna Erregistroak</guibutton> Mageia-ko konfigurazio
-tresnetako erregistroak barne hartzen ditu Mageia-ren Kontroleko Guneko
-tresnak bezalakoak. Erregistro hauek konfigurazioa aldatzen den aldi
-bakoitzean eguneratzen dira.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfiguratu posta alertak</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Posta alerta</guibutton> automatikoki egiaztatzen du sistemaren
-karga eta zerbitzuak orduro eta beharrezkoa izanez gero, e-mail bat
-bidaltzen du konfiguratutako helbidera.</para>
-
-    <para>Tresna hau konfiguratzeko, klikatu <emphasis role="bold">Posta
-Alerta</emphasis> botoian eta ondoren hurrengo leihoan,
-<guibutton>Konfiguratu posta alerta sistema</guibutton> botoi
-destolesgarria. Hemen, exekutatzen diren zerbitzu guztiak erakusten dira eta
-kontrolatuko direnak aukera daitezke (beheko irudia ikusi).</para>
-
-    <para>Zerbitzu hauek gainbegiratu daitezke:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin zerbitzua</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix posta-zerbitzaria</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP Zerbitzaria</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache World Wide Web zerbitzaria</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH zerbitzaria</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba zerbitzaria</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd zerbitzua</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Ebatzi Domeinu Izena</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Hurrengo pantailan, hautatu <guilabel>Kargatu</guilabel> onartezina uste
-duzun balioa. Karga prozesu baten eskaria adierazten du, karga altua sistema
-moteltzen du eta karga oso altua prozesu bat kontroletik kanpo joan dela
-adieraz dezake. Balio lehenetsia 3 da. karga balioa prozesadoreen hirukoitza
-izatea gomendatzen dugu.</para>
-
-    <para>Azken pantailan, idatzi <guilabel>Posta elektronikoaren helbidea</guilabel>
-ohartarazi behar den pertsonarena, eta erabili behar den <guilabel>Posta
-elektronikoko zerbitzaria</guilabel> (tokikoa edo Internetekoa).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 717296ba..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Erakutsi eskura NFS eta SMB Ekimenak</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Trena hau <footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazi dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis> idatziz.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> komando lerroan baino ezin
-izango da hasi eta erabili.</para>
-
-  <para>Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza
-hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentazio
-taldea</link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 78d2e73e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Erakutsi zure PCI, USB eta PCMCIA informazioa</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau <footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazteko dezakezu, idatzi <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> soilik hasi eta erabil
-dezakezu komando-lerroan. Root azpian erabiltzen bada informazio gehiago
-emango du.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake ordenagailuan konektatutako gailu guztien (USB, PCI eta PCMCIA)
-eta erabilitako gidarien zerrenda ematen du. Ldetect eta ldetect-lst
-paketeak behar dira funtzionatzeko.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>-v-rekin, lspcidrake saltzaile eta gailu identifikazio gehitzen da.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake askotan zerrenda oso luzeak sortzen ditu, eta beraz, informazioa
-aurkitzeko, askotan tuberia bat eta grep komandoaren bidez lortzen da,
-adibide hauetan bezala:</para>
-
-  <para>Txartel grafikoari buruzko informazioa;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Sareari buruzko informazioa</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i kasu bereizketak alde batetara uzteko.</para>
-
-  <para>Pantaila kaptura honen azpian, lspcidrake-en  -v eta grep-en -i aukeren
-ekintzak ikusi ahal izango dituzu.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bada hardwarearen inguruko informazioa ematen duen beste tresna bat da,
-<emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> izeneko (root azpian)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f61f610..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Abioa</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zure abio pausoak
-ezartzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu gehiago ikasteko.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu abioaren urratsak</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b5a9c1b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardwarea</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zure hardwarea
-ezartzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu gehiago ikasteko.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Kudeatu zure hardwarea</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Hardwarea arakatu eta
-konfiguratu</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Grafikoak konfiguratu</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu 3D mahaigain
-efektuak</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sagu eta teklatua konfiguratu</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu inprimaketa eta eskaneaketa</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu
-inprimagailua(k), inprimaketa lan ilarak, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Beste batzuk</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d1c2077..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Mageia Kontrol Guneari buruzko Eskuliburua </title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Mageia Kontrol Gunea (MCC) zortzi aukeren edo fitxa desberdin ditu
-aukeratzeko ezkerreko zutabean, eta drakwizard paketea instalatuta badago
-hamar. Fitxa horietako bakoitzak tresna multzo desberdinak ematen ditu
-eskuineko panel handian hautatu daitezkeenak.</para>
-
-	<para>Ondorengo hamar kapituluetan hamar aukera eta haiei lotutako tresnei
-buruzkoak dira.</para>
-
-<para>Azken atala Mageiaren beste tresna batzuei buruzkoa da, MCC etiketenatan
-aukeratu ezin direnak.</para>
-
-	<para>Orrien izenburuak askotan tresna pantailen izenburuen berdinak izan behar
-dira.</para>
-
-        <para>Bilaketa barra bat ere badago erabilgarri, eta ezkerreko zutabean "Bilatu"
-fitxan klik eginez sar zaitezke.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ac1d675..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Bertako diskoak</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukeratu ahal izango duzu zure
-tokiko diskoak kudeatzeko edo partekatzeko. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago
-ikasteko.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Bertako diskoak</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c56780b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">SArea eta Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat sareko tresnen artean aukeratu. Egin klik azpiko
-estekan gehiago ikasteko.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Kudeatu zure sare gailuak</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Zure sarea pertsonalizatu eta segurtatu</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Beste batzuk</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9600c3c9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Sare Zerbitzuak</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Pantaila hau eta <emphasis>Partekatzekoa</emphasis> soilik ikusgaiak dira
-<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketea instalaturik badago. Zuk hainbat
-tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zerbitzari desberdinak itxuratzeko. Beheko
-estekan klik egin ezazu edo <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/> informazio gehiago
-lortzeko.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sare Zerbitzuak</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 10c21862..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Sarean partekatu</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukeratu unitateak eta direktorioak
-partekatzeko. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu Windows(R) partekatzeak</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Partekatu unitate eta
-direktorioak Windows (SMB) sistemekin</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu NFS partekatzeak</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>WebDAV partekatzeak konfiguratu</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 06947ab1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Segurtasuna</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat segurtasun tresnen artean aukeratu. Egin klik
-azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Segurtasuna</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema,
-baimenak eta auditoria</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 922d3d06..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Partekatzea</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Pantaila hau eta <emphasis>Sareko Zerbitzuenak</emphasis> soilik ikusgaiak
-dira <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketea instalaturik badago. Zuk
-hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zerbitzari desberdinak
-itxuratzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu edo <xref
-linkend="mcc-sharing"/> informazio gehiago lortzeko.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Partekatzea</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 53367550..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistema</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Pantaila honetan hainbat sistema eta administrazio tresnen artean
-aukeratu. Egin klik esteka azpitik gehiago ikasteko.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Kudeatu sistemaren zerbitzuak</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Kokapena</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administrazio tresnak</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Sisteman Erabiltzaileak
-kudeatu</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cd256d47..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Konfiguratu eguneratzeko maiztasuna</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean
-presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role="bold">Software kudeaketa</emphasis>
-azpian dago. Baita eskuragarri <guimenu>eskuineko botoian klikatuz /
-eguneraketen konfigurazioa</guimenu> ikono gorrian <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> sistemaren bandejan</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Lehenengo graduatzailea baimentzen du Mageia-ren eguneratze maiztasunak
-aldatzea eta bigarrenak abiatu ondorengo atzerapena egiaztatzeko aukera
-lehenengo txekeoa baino lehen. Pantailan kontrol-laukia aukera ematen du
-Mageia-ko bertsio berria kanpoan dagoenean abisatzea</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dd8bf7b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Ezarri gailu erakuslea (sagua, touchpad)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> Mageia Kontrol Gunean
-presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis> azpian dago.</para>
-
-  <para>Sagu bat izan behar duzu Mageia instalatzeko, Drakinstall-en arabera
-instalatua dago. Tresna honek beste sagu bat instalatzea ahalbidetzen du.</para>
-
-  <para>Saguak konexio motaren arabera antolatuta eta ondoren modeloaren
-arabera. Aukeratu zure sagua eta klikatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. Garai
-gehienak "Unibertsal / Edozein PS/2 &amp; USB saguak" sagu berrien bat
-egokia da. Sagu berriak berehala aintzat hartzen dira.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f4a3bf1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,364 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Sistemaren segurtasuna eta auditoritzak</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Aurkezpena</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> mseg-ren erabiltzaile interfaze
-grafiko bat da zure segurtasun-sistema konfiguratzeko bi ikuspegiren
-arabera:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Sistemaren portaera ezartzen du, mseg-ek aldaketak inposatzen sistema
-seguruagoa izan dadin.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Sistemako era automatikoan kontrolak burutzen ditu zerbait arriskutsua dela
-ohartarazteko asmoz.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec "segurtasun maila" sistema honek baimen multzo bat konfiguratzeko
-erabiltzen diren kontzeptuak erabiltzen ditu, baimen horiek ikuskatu
-daitezke aldatzeko edo berresteko. Hainbat maila Mageiak eskaintzen ditu,
-baina zure ohiko segurtasun mailak defini ditzakezu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ikuspegi orokorra taulan</title>
-
-    <para>Ikusi goiko screenshot-a</para>
-
-    <para>Lehenengo fitxan segurtasun tresna ezberdinen zerrenda hartzen du
-eskuinaldeko konfiguratzeko botoi batekin:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Suebakia, halaber MMC / Segurtasuna / Konfiguratu zure suebaki pertsonalak</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Eguneratzeak, halaber MCC / Software Kudeaketa / Zure sistema eguneratu</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec beraren informazio batzuk:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Gaitu edo ez</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Konfiguratutako Base segurtasun-maila</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Aldizkako azken egiaztapen data eta botoi bat txosten zehatza ikusteko eta
-beste botoi bat gaur egungo egiaztapenak exekutatzeko besterik ez.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Segurtasun ezarpenen fitxa</title>
-
-    <para>Klik bigarren fitxan edo Segurtasuna <guibutton>Konfiguratu</guibutton>
-botoian hurrengo pantailara daramana.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Oinarrizko segurtasun fitxa</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Segurtasu mailak:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Hautatu ondoren koadroan <guilabel>MSEC tresna gaitu</guilabel>, fitxa honek
-aukera ematen dizu Klik bikoitzaren ondoren lodiz agertzen den segurtasun
-maila aukeratzea. Koadroa ez bada markatzen, maila «bat ere ez» aplikatuko
-da. Honako maila hauek daude eskuragarri:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Maila <emphasis role="bold">bat ere ez</emphasis>. Maila honen helburua, ez
-baduzu mseg erabili nahi segurtasun-sistema kontrolatzeko, eta nahiago duzu
-zure kabuz fintzea. Segurtasun kontrol guztiak indargabetzen dira eta
-sistemaren konfigurazioa eta ezarpen murrizketak muga gabe jartzen
-dira. Mesedez, erabili maila hau zuk zer egiten ari zaren jakiten baduzu
-soilik, zure sistema bitartean erasoentzako ahula utziko luke.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Maila <emphasis role="bold">estandarra</emphasis>. Hau instalatutako
-konfigurazio lehenetsia da, eta aldi baterako erabiltzaileei
-zuzenduta. Hainbat sistemaren ezarpenak mugatuko ditu eta egunero segurtasun
-egiaztapenak exekutatzen ditu sistema fitxategiak, sistema-kontuak, eta
-direktorio ahulen baimenen aldaketak detektatzeko. (Maila honek mseg-en
-iragan  bertsioen 2 eta 3 mailen antzekoa da).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Maila <emphasis role="bold">segurua</emphasis>. Maila hau zure sistema
-segurua dela ziurtatzea desiratzen duzunean zuzenduta dago, oraindik
-baliagarria. Are gehiago sistema baimenak mugatzen ditu eta aldizkako
-egiaztapen gehiago exekutatzen. Gainera, sisteman sartzeko aukera
-murritzagoa da. (Maila honek mseg-en bertsio zaharren 4 (Altua) eta 5
-(Paranoia) mailen antzekoa da).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Maila horiek ez ezik, beste zereginei bideratutako segurtasun ere ematen da,
-besteak beste, <emphasis role="bold">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> eta <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> mailak. Horrelako mailak sistemaren
-segurtasuna aurrez konfiguratzen saiatzen dira ohiko erabiltze kasuen
-arabera.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para><emphasis role="bold">audit_daily</emphasis> izeneko eta <emphasis
-role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> ez da benetan segurtasun mailak
-aldizkako egiaztapen soilik egiten duten tresnak baizik.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Maila hauek <filename>/etc/security/msec/level&lt;levelname></filename>
-atalean gordeta daude.  Zure neurrira egindako segurtasun-mailak defini
-ditzakezu, <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename> izeneko fitxategi
-zehatzetan, <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> karpetan. Funtzio hau
-sistema-konfigurazio pertsonalizatua edo seguruago bat behar duten boteredun
-erabiltzaileentzat zuzendu dute.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Gogoan izan, erabiltzaileak aldatutako parametroak lehenetsitako mailako
-ezarpenen aurretik erabiltzen direla.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Segurtasun alertak:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Koadroa egiaztatu baduzu <guibutton>Bidali segurtasun alertak posta
-elektroniko bidez:</guibutton>, msec ssortutako segurtasun alertak posta
-elektroniko bidez bidaliko dira hurbileko eremu batean adierazitako tokiko
-segurtasun kudeatzaileari. Tokiko erabiltzaile bat edo e-mail helbide osoa
-(tokiko e-mail eta e-mail kudeatzailea horren arabera ezarri behar dira)
-sartu beharko duzu. Azkenean, segurtasun alertak zuzenean zure mahaigainean
-jaso ditzakezu. Egiaztatu dagokion kutxa gaitu.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Biziki komeni da segurtasun alertak gaituta egon behar dira berehala
-segurtasun administratzaileari posible diren segurtasun arazoaz
-informatzeko. Hala ez bada, administratzaileak aldizka egiaztatu behar ditu
-eskuragarri dauden  <filename>/var/log/security</filename> fitxategiak.</para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Segurtasun aukerak:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Maila pertsonalizatu bat sortzea ez da segurtasun informatikoa
-pertsonalizatzeko modu bakarra, posible da, nahi duzun edozein aukera
-hautatu ondoren, hemen aurkeztutako fitxak erabiltzea. Uneko msec
-konfigurazioa <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>-en
-gordetzen da. Fitxategi honek uneko segurtasun maila izena eta aukerekin
-egindako aldaketak guztien zerrenda du.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Sistemaren segurtasun fitxa</title>
-
-      <para>Fitxa honek segurtasun aukera guztiak ezkerreko zutabean, erdiko zutabekoan
-deskribapena, eta beren gaur egungo balioak eskuinaldeko zutabean erakusten
-ditu.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Aukera bat aldatzeko, klik bikoitza gainean eta leiho berri bat agertuko da
-(ikus beheko pantailaren kaptura). Aukera-izena, deskribapen labur bat,
-gaurko eta lehenetsitako balioak, eta destolesgarri zerrendan balio berriak
-hauta daitezkeela erakusten du. Sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia
-aukera balioztatzeko.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Ez ahaztu irtetean msecgui behin betiko zure konfigurazioa gordetzea menu
-<guimenu>Fitxa -> Gorde konfigurazioa</guimenu> erabiliz. Dituzun ezarpenak
-aldatu badituzu, horiek gorde aurretik aldaketak aurreikusteko aukera ematen
-dizu msecgui.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Sare segurtasuna</title>
-
-      <para>Fitxa honek sareko aukera guztiak erakusten ditu eta aurreko fitxa bezala
-funtzionatzen du</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Aldizkako egiaztapen fitxa</title>
-
-      <para>Aldizkako egiaztapenen helburua segurtasun administratzailea mseg-ek egoera
-guztien alerten bidez informatzeko segurtasun arrisku potentzialei buruz.</para>
-
-      <para>Fitxa hau mseg egiten dituen aldizkako azterketa eta haien maiztasun guztiak
-bistaratzen ditu <guibutton>Gaitu aldizkako segurtasun
-egiaztapenak</guibutton> koadroa hautatuta badago. Aurreko fitxetan bezala
-egiten dira aldaketak.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Salbuespen fitxa</title>
-
-      <para>Batzuetan alerta mezuak ondo ezagututako eta nahi egoeren ondorio dira. Kasu
-horietan ezertarako eta alferrik galtzen administratzailearen denbora
-da. Fitxa honetan nahigabeko alerta mezuak ekiditeko nahi dituzun
-salbuespenak sortzeko aukera ematen du. Jakina, lehen mseg hasieran hutsik
-egoten da. Pantaila kaptura beheko lau salbuespenak erakusten ditu.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Salbuespen bat sortzeko, <guibutton>Gehitu arau bat</guibutton> botoia
-sakatu</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Nahi duzun aldizkako egiaztapena zerrenda destolesgarritik
-<guilabel>Ikuskaritza</guilabel> eta mota <guilabel>Salbuespena</guilabel>
-idatzi testu-koadroan. Gehitu salbuespena, jakina, ez da behin betiko,
-<guilabel>Salbuespenetako</guilabel> <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> erabiliz
-ezaba dezakezu edo klik bikoitz batekin aldatu.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Baimenak</title>
-    <para>Fitxa hau fitxategi eta direktorioko baimenak egiaztatu eta betearazteko
-bideratuta dago.</para>
-    <para>Segurtasunerako, mseg maila ezberdinetako baimenen (estandarra, seguru, ..),
-horren arabera gaitzen dira aukeratutako segurtasun-mailak. Zure neurriko
-baimen mailak sortu ditzakezu, <filename>perm.&lt;levelname>
-</filename>izeneko fitxategi zehatzetan gordez
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> karpetan kokatuta daudenak. Funtzio
-hau konfigurazio pertsonalizatua eskatzen duten boteredun erabiltzaileei
-zuzenduta. Posible da nahi duzun edozein baimen aldatzeko hemen aurkezten
-fitxa erabili ondoren. Oraingo konfigurazioa
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>-en gordeta
-dago. Fitxategia honek baimenei egindako aldaketa guztien zerrenda du.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Berezko baimenak arau zerrenda bat (lerro bakoitzeko arau bat) gisa ikusgai
-daude. Ezkerreko aldean ikus dezakezu, fitxategi edo karpeta tratatutako
-araua, ondoren jabeak, gero taldeak eta ondoren arauak emandako
-baimenak. Arau jakin batentzako:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><guilabel>Betearazi</guilabel> koadroa ez da egiaztatu, mseg soilik
-egiaztatzen du definitzen baditu arau honentzako eskubideak errespetura eta
-alerta-mezu bat bidaltzen du, ez badu ezer aldatzen.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para><guilabel>Betearazi</guilabel> koadroa egiaztatu da, oorduan mseg-ak
-gobernatuko du aldian baimenen behingo lehen kontroleko errespetura eta
-baimenak berridaztea.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Hau erabili ahal izateko, aukeratu CHECK_PERMS <emphasis
-role="bold">Aldizkako kontrol fitxa</emphasis>n horren arabera konfiguratu
-behar da.</para></important><para>Arau berri bat sortzeko, <guibutton>Gehitu arau bat</guibutton> botoia
-sakatu eta bete eremuak beheko adibidean bezala. Joker *
-<guilabel>Fitxategi</guilabel> eremuan onartzen da. "Uneko" aldaketarik ez
-badakar.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia aukera balioztatzeko eta ez ahaztu
-behin betiko zure konfigurazioa gordetzea menu <guimenu>Fitxa -> Gorde
-konfigurazioa</guimenu>erabiliz. Dituzun ezarpenak aldatu badituzu, horiek
-gorde aurretik aldaketak aurreikusteko aukera ematen dizu msecgui. </para>
-    <note><para>Posible da arauak sortu edo
-aldatzea<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> konfigurazio
-fitxategia editatuz.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para><emphasis role="bold">Baimenetan</emphasis> (edo zuzenean konfigurazio
-fitxategian) izandako aldaketak kontuan hartzen dira lehen aldizkako
-egiaztapenean (ikus CHECK_PERMS  <emphasis role="bold">Aldizkako
-egiaztapenak</emphasis>). Haien eragina berehala indarrean sartzea nahi
-baduzu, erabili <emphasis role="bold">msecperms</emphasis> komandoa
-administratzaile eskubideko kontsola batean. Aurretik <emphasis
-role="bold">msecperms -p</emphasis> komandoa erabili dezakezu msecperms
-aldatuko dituen baimenak ezagutzeko.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Ez ahaztu kontsola batean edo fitxategi kudeatzailean baimenak aldatu
-badituzu, fitxategi bat non <guilabel>Aplikatu</guilabel> koadroa hautatuta
-dagoen <emphasis role="bold">Baimenen fitxan</emphasis>, msecgui baimen
-zaharrak idatziko ditu atzera pixka bat egin ondoren, horren arabera aukera
-CHECK_PERMS eta CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE konfigurazioa agertzen den <emphasis
-role="bold">Aldizkako Egiaztapen fitxa</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a3323be..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Beste Mageia Tresnak</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Badira Mageia Kontrol Gunetik hasi daitezkeenak baino Mageia tresna
-gehiago. Egin klik beheko esteka baten gainean gehiago ikasteko, edo
-hurrengo orrialdeak irakurtzen jarraitu.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>IDATZIZKO DA </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Eta tresna gehiago?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 63d01305..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Kudeaketa (Softwarea instalatu eta kendu)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Rpmdrake-ra sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote>, drakrpm bezala ezaguna,
-paketeak instalatu, ezabatu eta eguneratzeko programa bat da. URPMI-ren
-erabiltzaile interfaze grafiko bat da. Abiarazte bakoitzean, egiaztatuko
-ditu ('baliabide' deituetakoak) zuzenean Mageia-ko zerbitzari
-ofizialengandik jaitsitako lerroko paketeen zerrendak, eta aldi bakoitzean
-erakutsiko dizkizu zure ordenagailuarentzako azken aplikazio eta
-paketeak. Iragazki-sistema batek soilik pakete mota batzuk erakustea
-baimentzen du: instalatutako paketeak erakutsi ditzake soilik (lehenetsita),
-edo eguneaketa eskuragarriak soilik. Instalatu gabeko paketeak ere ikus
-ditzakezu soilik. Paketeak izenagatik ere ikusi ditzakezu, edo
-deskribapeneeko laburpenetan edo paketeen deskribapen osoetan edo paketeetan
-barneratutako fitxategi-izenetan.</para>
-
-    <para>rpmdrake lan egin dezan biltegiak ezarri behar dira <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>-rekin .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Instalazioan zehar, Konfiguratutako biltegia instalazioa erabilitako
-hedabidea da, oro har, DVD edo CDa. hedabide hau mantentzen bada, rpmdrake
-eskatuko du pakete bat instalatzeko aldi bakoitzean, pop-up leiho honekin:
-<mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>Aurreko mezua amorrua ematen badizu
-eta internetetik deskargatzeko muga gabeko konexio on bat baduzu, jakintsua
-da hedabide hori kendu eta lerroko biltegiak jartzea horren ordez <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>-ri esker.</para>
-
-      <para>Gainera, online biltegiak beti eguneratuta daude, pakete askoz gehiago
-dauka, eta zure instalatutako paketeak eguneratzeko aukera ematen dute.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pantailaren zati nagusia</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Pakete mota iragazkia:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Iragazki honek aukera ematen du pakete mota batzuk baino ez
-erakusteko. Kudeatzailea hasten duzun lehen aldian, aplikazio grafikoak
-soilik erakusten ditu. Pakete guztiak eta bere mendekotasunen eta
-liburutegiak guztiak edo pakete taldeak soilik, besteak beste, aplikazioak
-soilik, eguneratzeak edo Mageia bertsio berriagoetara migraturiko paketeak
-bistara ditzakezu.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Lehenetsitako iragazki ezarpena Linux edo Mageiako kide berrientzako da,
-beharbada ez dute nahi komando lerroa edo tresna espezializatuak. Zuk
-dokumentazio hau irakurtzen duzunez gero, jakina interesatua zaude zure
-Mageiaren ezaguera hobetzean, beraz onena iragazki honetan "Guztiak"
-ezartzea da .</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package egoera iragazkia:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Iragazki honek instalatutako paketeak, instalatu gabeko edo pakete guztiak,
-bai instalatutako eta ez instalatutako paketeak soilik ikusteko aukera
-ematen du.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Bilaketa modua:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Ikonoan klikatu paketeen izenak bilatzeko, haien laburpenen bidez, haien
-deskribapen osoaren bidez edo paketean sartutako fitxategien bidez.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Aurkitu" kutxa:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Sartu hemen hitz gako bat edo gehiago. Hitz gako bat baino gehiago erabili
-nahi baduzu  '|' erabili hitz gakoen artean, adibidez "mplayer" eta "xine"
-bilatzeko denbora berean idatzi: 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Guztia ezabatu:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Ikur honek klik bakarrarekin "Bilatu" kutxan sartutako hitza guztiak ezaba
-ditzake .</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kategorien zerrenda:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Alde honetako barra argi sailkatzen ditu aplikazio eta pakete guztiak
-kategorietan eta azpi kategorietan.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Deskribapen panela:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Panel honek pakete izena, bere laburpena eta deskribapen osoa erakusten
-ditu. Hautatutako paketeari buruzko elementu erabilgarri asko erakusten
-du. Era berean, paketeari buruzko xehetasun zehatzak erakutsi dezake,
-paketean sartutako fitxategiak baita mantentzaileak eginiko azken aldaketak.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Egoera zutabeak</title>
-
-    <para>Behin behar bezala iragazkiak konfiguratuta, zure software aurkitu ahal
-izango duzu, bai mailaren arabera (6 arean batez ere) edo
-izen/laburpen/deskribapenagatik 4. area erabiliz kontsulta betetzen duten
-paketeetako zerrenda bat eta, ez ahaztu aukeratutako hedabidea egoera
-desberdinetako markatzaileen arabera instalatuko/instalatu gabe/eguneraketa
-bat egoera hau aldatzeko, soilik egiaztatu edo desmarkatu koadroa pakete
-izenaren aurretik eta klikatu <guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Ikonoa</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Kondaira</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Pakete hau jada instalatuta dago</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Pakete hau instalatuko da</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Pakete hau ezin da aldatu</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Pakete hau eguneratuko da</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Pakete hau desinstalatuko da</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Goiko Screenshot adibideak:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>DigiKam desmarkatu badut (gezi berdea esaten digu instalatuta dagoela),
-egoera-ikonoa gorrira joango gorantzako gezi batekin eta desinstalatuko da
-<guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton> klikatzean.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Qdigidoc egiaztatzen badut (instalatuta ez dagoena, ikusi egoera), laranja
-gezi bat behera egoera ikono batekin agertuko da eta instalatu egingo da
-<guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton> klikatzean.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mendekotasunak</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Pakete batzuk mendekotasun izeneko beste paketeak behar dute lan
-egiteko. Adibidez liburutegiak edo tresnak. Kasu honetan, Rpmdrake
-informazioaren leiho bat bistaratuko du, hautatutako mendekotasunak
-onartzeko, operazioa ezeztatzeko edo informazio gehiago (ikusi goian)
-lortzeko aukera ematen du. Beste batzuetan hainbat pakete behar diren
-liburutegiak dituztela, kasu honetan rpmdrake alternatiben zerrenda
-bistaratzen du informazio gehiago botoi batekin eta beste botoi batekin zein
-pakete instalatuko den aukeratzeko.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e27d2b12..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Ezarri eskanerra</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instalaketa</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Tresna honek <footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-      </footnote> sarbidea ematen dizu
-eskanerra gailu bakar batean edo eskaneatze funtzioa barne hartzen duen
-anitz gailu bat konfiguratzea. Ordenagailuari konektatutako tokiko gailuak
-partekatzeko aukera ematen dizu urruneko ordenagailu batekin edo urruneko
-eskanerrera sartzeko aukera ematen du.</para>
-
-    <para>Lehen aldiz tresna hau hasten duzunean, ondorengo mezua lor dezakezu:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE paketeak instalatu behar dira eskanerrak erabili ahal
-izateko</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>SANE paketeak instalatu nahi duzu?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Aukeratu <emphasis>Bai</emphasis> jarraitzeko. <code>scanner-gui</code> eta
-<code>task-scanning</code> instalatu egingo dira oraindik instalatu ez
-badira.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Zure eskanerra behar bezala identifikatzen bada, goiko pantailan zure
-eskanerraren izena ikusten baduzu, eskanerra erabiltzeko prest dago,
-adibidez, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> edo <emphasis>Eskaneatze
-Sinplea</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Kasu horretan, orain duzu agian <emphasis>Eskanerra partekatzeko</emphasis>
-konfiguratzeko aukera. Horri buruz irakurri dezakezu <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Hala ere, zure eskanerra ez bada behar bezala identifikatzen, eta haren
-kablea(k) eta botere etengailua egiaztatu eta gero <emphasis>Bilatu eskaner
-berria</emphasis> sakatzen ez badu laguntzen, sakatu beharko duzu
-<emphasis>Gehitu eskaner bat eskuz</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Aukeratu zure eskanerraren marka ikusten duzun zerrendatik, eta gero, bere
-mota marka horretarako zerrendatik eta sakatu <emphasis>Ados</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Ez baduzu zure eskanerra zerrendan aurkitzen, eta hautatu
-<emphasis>Utzi</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Mesedez egiaztatu zure eskanerra bateragarria dn ala ez <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-gailu bateragarriak</link> orrialdean eta laguntza eskatu <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">foroetan</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Portua aukeratu</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Ezarpen hau utzi dezakezu <emphasis>Auto-detektatu portu
-eskuragarriak</emphasis> zure eskanerra interfazeak portu paralelo bat izan
-ezean. Kasu horretan, aukeratu <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> bat
-besterik ez baduzu.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Ados</emphasis> sakatu ondoren, kasu gehienetan azpitik antzeko
-pantaila bat ikusiko duzu.</para>
-<para>Ez baduzu pantaila hori lortzen, orduan irakurri <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Hemen makinara konektatutako eskanerrra  eskuragarri egon behar duen ala ez
-urruneko makinekin eta zein makinarekin aukera dezakezu. Hemen erabaki
-dezakezu, halaber, urruneko ordenagailuko eskanerra erabilgarria izango den
-makina honetan.</para>
-
-    <para>Eskanerra host-era partekatzea: hots izen edo IP helbidea erantsi edo kendu
-ahal izango dira host-ak onartzen duen tokiko gailu(etan) sartzeko
-zerrendatik, ordenagailu honetan.</para>
-
-    <para>Urruneko eskanerren erabilera: izen edo IP host-aren helbidea gehitu edo ken
-daiteke urruneko eskanerraren sabidea ematen duten host-en zerrendatik .</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Eskaner hosta partekatuz: hosta gehitu ditzakezu.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Partekatu zure eskanerra host-etan: zehaztu hosta(k) bertan gehitzeko edo
-urruneko ordenagailu guztietan gaitu.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"Urruneko makina guztiak" onartzen dute bertako eskanerrera sartzea.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis>saned</emphasis> paketea ez dago oraindik instalatuta, tresna
-honek eskaintzen du.</para>
-
-    <para>Amaieran, tresnaren honek fitxategi hauek aldatzen ditu:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> "sare" zuzentaraua gehitu edo
-azaldu</para>
-
-    <para>Halaber konfiguratuko ditu <emphasis>saned</emphasis> eta
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> abioan hasteko.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Bereziak</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>HP eskaner gehienak (HPLIP) <emphasis>HP Gailu kudeatzailetik</emphasis>
-kudeatzen dira, zeinek inprimagailu ere kudeatzen ditu. Kasu honetan, tresna
-honek ez du onartzen hura konfiguratzea eta <emphasis>HP Gailu
-kudeatzailea</emphasis> erabiltzera gonbidatzen zaitu.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Gidariak eskuragarri daude <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">orrialde
-honetan</link>. Adierazitako denean, <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> paketea
-lehenik, ondoren <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (orden honetan) instalatu behar
-dituzu. Posible da <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pakete hori eta
-<emphasis>sane</emphasis> paketeari buruzko gatazka baten abisu bat
-sortzea. Erabiltzaileek jakinarazi dute ohartarazpen honi ez ikusia egingo
-ahal zaiola.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Aparteko instalazio urratsak</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Posible da zure eskanerrerako portu bat hautatzea <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> pantailaren ondoren, urrats gehigarri bat edo
-gehiago hartu behar duzu zure eskanerra behar bezala konfiguratzeko.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Kasu batzuetan, esan da eskanerra bere firmwarea kargatu behar duela hasten
-den bakoitzean. Tresna honek gailua kargatzeko aukera ematen dizu, zure
-sisteman instalatu ondoren. Pantaila honetan firmwarea instalatu dezakezu CD
-edo Windows instalazio batetik, edo interneteko saltzailearen gunetik
-jaitsitako bat instalatu dezakezu.</para><para>
-    Gailuaren firmwarea kargatu behar denean, denbora luze bat hartu dezake
-lehen erabilera bakoitzean, seguru asko, minutu bat baino gehiago. Beraz,
-pazientzia izan.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Era berean, pantaila bat jaso ahal izango duzu
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis>
-doitzeko </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Horiek edo bestelako argibideak arretaz irakurri eta zer egin ez badakizu,
-aske zara laguntza eskatzeko ere <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">foroan</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a9ab53f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Software kudeaketa</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Pantaila honetan softwarea kudeatzeko zenbait tresnen artean aukeratu
-daiteke. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Software kudeaketa</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Zure sistema
-eguneratu</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Konfiguratu baliabide
-iturriak instalakuntza eta eguneraketetarako</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 86a5ff79..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Inprimagailua instalatu eta konfiguratu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Sarrera</title>
-
-    <para>Inprimaketa Mageia kudeatzen CUPS izeneko zerbitzaria du. Bere <link
-ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">konfigurazio
-interfaze</link> propioa zein Internet nabigatzaile bidez sartu daiteke,
-baina Mageiak bere tresna propioa eskaintzen du inprimagailuak instalatzeko
-system-config-printer, besteak beste, Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu eta openSUSE
-distribuzioekin partekatua.</para>
-
-    <para>Instalazioarekin aurrera jarraitu aurretik, non-free biltegia gaitu behar
-duzu, izan ere, gidari batzuk, agian, soilik eskuragarri daude modu honetan.</para>
-
-    <para>Inprimagailuaren instalazioa Mageia Kontrol Guneko
-<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> atalean burutzen da. Aukeratu <guilabel>
-Konfiguratu inprimaketa eta eskaneatza</guilabel> tresna <footnote>
-        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz ditzakezu,
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis> idatziz. Root pasahitza eskatuko
-da.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC bi paketeak instalatzea eskatuko du:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Beharrezkoa da instalazio hau jarraitzeko onartzea. Gehienez 230MB
-mendekotasun behar dira.</para>
-
-    <para>Inprimagailu bat gehitzeko, aukeratu inprimagailua "Gehitu" botoia. Sistemak
-eskuragarri dagoen edozein inprimagailu eta portuan detektatzen saiatuko
-da. Pantaila kaptura portu paralelo baten konektatutako inprimagailu bat
-erakutsiko dizu. Inprimagailu bat detektatzen bada, hala nola USB portu
-inprimagailu gisa, lehenengo lerroan agertuko da. Leihoak halaber saiatuko
-dira sare inprimagailu bat konfiguratzen.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Automatikoki detektatu da inprimagailua</title>
-
-    <para>Hau normalean USB inprimagailu aipatzen du. utilitate hauek inprimagailuaren
-izena automatikoki aurkitzen, eta bistaratzen dute. Inprimagailu hautatu eta
-ondoren sakatu "Hurrengoa". Inprimagailuari lotutako gidaria ezaguna bada,
-automatikoki instalatu egingo da. Gidari bat baino gehiago badu edo gidaria
-ez badu ezagutzen, leiho bat hautatzeko edo bat ematea eskatuko dizu,
-hurrengo paragrafoan azaltzen den bezala. Jarraitu honekin <xref
-linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Ez da detektatu inprimagailua automatikoki </title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>portu bat hautatzen duzunean, sistema driver zerrenda kargatu eta gidari bat
-aukeratzeko leiho bat erakutsiko dizu. Aukera honako aukeretako baten bidez
-egin daiteke.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Datubasetik hautatu inprimagailua</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Eman PPD fitxategia</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>bilatu kontrolatzaile bat deskargatzeko</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Datubasetik aukeratuz gero, leihoan inprimagailu fabrikatzaile bat iradokiko
-da lehenengo, eta ondoren, gailu bat eta duen gidaria. Gidari bat baino
-gehiago proposatu badu, gomendatzen den horietako bat hautatu, lehenago
-arazo batzuk izan badituzu horrekin, kasu honetan, aukeratu ondo lan egiten
-duena.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Instalazio prozesu osoa</title>
-
-    <para>Gidari aukeraketa egin ondoren, leiho bat zenbait informazio eskatuko du
-sistema inprimagailua ezagutzeko eta izendatzeko aukera. Lehenengo lerroan
-gailuaren izen horren pean egongo da eskuragarri dauden inprimagailuen
-zerrendan aplikazioetan. Instalatzaileak, ondoren iradokitzen du test orri
-bat inprimatzea. Urrats honen ondoren, inprimagailua gehitu eta eskuragarri
-agertzen da dauden inprimagailuen zerrendan.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Sare imprimagailua</title>
-
-    <para>Sareko inprimagailuak sarera zuzenean kable edo haririk gabe lotutako
-inprimagailuak dira, inprimagailu zerbitzaria batera erantsita edo
-inprimagailu zerbitzaria bezala balio duen lanpostura atxikita.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Askotan, hobe da DHCP zerbitzaria konfiguratzea, IP helbide finko  bat beti
-erlazionatzeko inprimagailuaren MAC-helbide batekin. Jakina inprimagailua
-duen IP helbidea inprimagailu zerbitzariaren berdina izan behar du ezarrita,
-finko bat ez badauka.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>Inprimagailuaren Mac-helbidea emandako serie zenbaki bat da inprimagailura
-edo inprimagailu zerbitzarira edo ordenagailura eransten da, inprimagailutik
-inprimatutako konfigurazio-orri batetik lortu daiteke edo etiketa batean
-inprimagailuan edo inprimagailu zerbitzarian idatzi ahal da. Partekatutako
-zure inprimagailua Mageia-sistema bati erantsita badago,
-<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> exekutatu egin dezakezu root
-bezala hartan MAC-helbidea aurkitzeko. "HWaddr" Atzeko zenbaki eta letren
-sekuentzia bat da.</para>
-
-    <para>Zure sareko inprimagailua gehi ditzakezu sarearen bidez zure ordenagailuari
-hitz egiteko erabiltzen duen protokoloa aukeratuz. Ez badakizu zein
-protokolo aukeratu, probatu ditzakezu <guilabel>Sareko
-inprimagailua</guilabel> - <guilabel>Aurkitu Sare Inprimagailua</guilabel>
-<guilabel>Gailu</guilabel>en menu aukeran, eta inprimagailuaren IP helbidea
-eman eskuineko koadroan, "host" esaten duenean.</para>
-
-    <para>Tresnak inprimagailu edo inprimagailu zerbitzaria aitortzen badu, protokolo
-bat eta ilara bat proposatuko du, baina beheko zerrendatik egokiago bat
-aukeratu ahal izango duzu, edo ilaran izen egokia eman ez da zerrendan
-agertzen bada.</para>
-
-    <para>Begiratu ezazu inprimagailuarekin edo inprimatzekoan jasotako dokumentazioan
-zer protokolo(k) sostengatzen du(t)en aurkitu eta ilara izen espezifiko
-posibleak.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Sare imprimagailu protokoloak</title>
-
-    <para>Oraingo teknika bat da Hewlett-Packard-ek garatutakoa eta JetDirect-a bezala
-ezagun. Zuzenean Ethernet portu batean zehar sarera konektatutako
-inprimagailu baterako sarbidea onartzen da. Inprimagailua sarean duen IP
-helbidea jakin behar duzu. Teknika hau ADSL-router batzuen barruan
-erabiltzen da USB-portu bat daukatela inprimagailua
-konektatzeko. Horrelakoetan, IP helbidea  router-arena da. Kontuan izan "HP
-Gailu Kudeatzaile" tresnak dinamikoki konfiguratutako IP helbidea kudeatu
-dezakeela, <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-printer></emphasis> bezalako URI
-bat. asu honetan, IP-helbide finkorik ez da behar izaten.</para>
-
-    <para>Aukeratu aukera <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> protokoloa eta
-zehaztu helbidea <guilabel>Host-ean:</guilabel>, ez aldatu <guilabel>Portu
-zenbakia</guilabel>, aldatu behar dela ez badakizu . Protokoloaren
-aukeraketa egin ondoren, gidariaren aukeraketa berdina da.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Beste protokoloak honako hauek dira:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (ipp)</emphasis>: IPP-protokolotik
-pasatuz TCP/IP-sare batean sartu ahal den inprimagailu bat, adibidez CUPS
-erabiliz postu batekin konektatutako inprimagailu bat. ADSL router batzuek
-protokolo hau ere erabili ahal dute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (https): </emphasis>ipp-ren
-berdina, baina http garraio eta TLS babes protokoloa erabiliz. Portua
-aukeratu behar dela. Berez, 631 portua erabiltzen du.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (ipps):</emphasis> ipp-ren
-berdina, baina TLS babes protokoloarekin.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Inprimagailua</emphasis>: TCP / IP sare batean sar
-daitekeen LPD protokoloaren bidezko inprimagailu bat da, adibidez
-inprimagailu bat postu batera konektatuta LPD erabiliz.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows inprimagailua SAMBA bidez</emphasis>: Windows edo SMB
-zerbitzaria eta partekatu exekutatzen duen postu baten konektatutako
-inprimagailu bat.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>URI-a zuzenean ere gehitu ahal da. Adibide batzuk hemen gainean daude URI-a
-nola sortzeko:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Linea Inprimagailu Deabru (LPD) Protokoloa</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Informazio osagarria aurki daiteke <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-dokumentazioa</link>n.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Gailuen Propietateak</title>
-
-    <para>Gailuen propietateetan sar zaitezke. Menuak CUPS zerbitzariko parametroetan
-sartzeko aukera ematen du. Modu lehenetsian CUPS zerbitzari bat zure
-sisteman abiarazten da, baina desberdin bat zehatz dezakezu
-<guimenu>Zerbitzari</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Konektatu...</guimenuitem>
-menuan, zerbitzariaren beste parametro espezifiko batzuekiko sarrera ematen
-duen afinatze leiho bat, jarraituz <guimenu>Zerbitzaria</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>lehentasunak.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Konpondu</title>
-
-    <para>Gertatutako hutsei buruzko informazioren bat aurki dezakezu inprimatzean
-zehar <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> ikuskatuz</para>
-
-    <para>Arazoak diagnostikatzeko tresna bat sarbidea <guimenu>Laguntza</guimenu> |
-<guilabel>Arazoak konpondu</guilabel> menua erabiliz.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Bereziak</title>
-
-    <para>Posiblea da inprimagailu espezifikoetarako gidari batzuk Mageia-n ez egotea
-edo funtzionalak ez izatea. Horrelakoetan, begiratu ezazu <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> web gunea
-zure gailuarentzako gidari libre bat den egiaztatzeko. Bai bada, egiaztatu
-paketea dagoeneko mageian badagoela eta kasu honetan eskuz
-instalatu. Ondoren, instalazio-prozesua berregin ezazu inprimagailua
-konfiguratzeko. asu guztietan, bugzilla-n edo foroan arazoa jakinarazi ezazu
-eroso bazara tresna honekin eta modeloa eta gidari-informaziorik hornitzen
-baduzu eta inprimagailuak lan egiten duen edo ez instalazioaren
-ondoren. Hemen sorburu batzuk daude beste gidari eguneratu batzuk edo duela
-gutxiko gailu gehiago aurkitzeko.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother imprimagailuak</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Orri
-hau</link> Brother emandako gidarien zerrenda ematen du. Bilatu
-gailuarentzako gidariak, rpm(ak) deskargatu eta instalatu.</para>
-
-    <para>Brother gidaria instalatu beharko zenuke konfigurazio utilitatea exekutatu
-aurretik.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard imprimagailu  eta All in one
-gailuak</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Gailu hauek hplib tresnak darabilte. Automatikoki instalatzen dira
-inprimagailuaren detekzioa edo hautaketaren ondoren. este informazio batzuk
-aurki dezakezu <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">hemen</link>. "HP
-Gailu Kudeatzaile" tresna <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> menuan aurki
-dezakezu. Baita <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">konfigurazioa</link>
-ikusi inprimagailua kudeatzeko.</para>
-
-    <para>HP All in one gailua imprimagailu bezala instalatu behar da eta eskaner
-ezaugarriak gero gehitu. Apuntatu ezazu batzuetan, Xsane-interfazeak filmak
-edo diapositibak (irristatutako argiek ezin dute maneiatu) ez dutela
-onartzen. Horrelakoetan, posiblea da, standalone modua erabiliz, eta irudia
-memoria txartel edo sartutako USB-makila baten gordetzea. Gero, zure irudi
-software gogokoena ireki ezazu eta zure irudia kargatu ezazu memoria
-txarteletik zein /media karpetan agertzen dena.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung koloreko imprimagailuak</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Zehazki Samsung eta Xerox koloredun inprimagailuentzat, QPDL protokolodun
-gidariak eskaintzen ditu <link ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">Web
-gune honek</link>.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson imprimagailu eta eskanerrak</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Epson inprimagailuen Kontrolatzaileak eskuragarri daude <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">
-bilaketa orri honetan</link>. Eskaner baterako, "iscan-data" paketea
-instalatu behar duzu, eta gero "iscan" (orden honetan). Iscan-plugin paketea
-ere eskuragarri egon daiteke, eta instalatzeko. Aukeratu
-<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> paketeak arkitekturaren arabera. </para>
-
-    <para> Posible da iscan paketea sane-rekiko gatazka bati buruzko abisu bat
-sortzea. Erabiltzaileek jakinarazita daude ohartarazpen honi ez ikusia egin
-dezaketela.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon imprimagailuak</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Canon inprimagailuentzako, gomendagarria izan daiteke turboprint izeneko
-tresna bat instalatzea <link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">hemen
-eskuragarri</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f7bb8a48..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Inportatu Windows® documents and settings</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> <emphasis
-role="bold">Sistema</emphasis> fitxa azpian aurkitzen da Mageia Kontrol
-Gunean <guilabel>Inportatu Windows (TM) dokumentu eta ezarpenak</guilabel>
-bezala etiketatuta</para>
-
-  <para>Tresnak administratzaile bati baimentzen dio erabiltzaile-dokumentuak eta
-ezarpenak <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP edo <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>, Mageia
-instalatutako ordenagailu beretik inportatzea.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Kontuan izan aldaketa guztiak transfugdrake-ek aplikatuko dituela berehala
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> sakatu ondoren.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Hasi transfugdrake eta gero lehen morroia ikusiko duzu, tresna eta
-inportazio aukerei buruzko azalpenen batekin.</para>
-
-  <para>Irakurri duzun bezala eta argibideak ulertu bezain laster, sakatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia. Horren <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>-en instalazioa detektatzeko exekutatu
-behar da.</para>
-
-  <para>Detekzio urratsa osatutakoan <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>-en kontua aukeratu behar duzu eta
-Mageiaren inportazio prozedura orri bat ikusiko duzu. Posiblea da aukeratzea
-beste erabiltzaile kontua baino zurea.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Mesedez, kontua izan hori migratzeko-laguntzaile dela eta (transfugdrake
-motorrak) mugak <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-erabiltzaile kontuek izenak dituzten ikur bereziak gaizki bistaratu
-daitekeela.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migrazioak denbora pixka bat hartu ditzake dokumentu karpeten tamainaren
-arabera.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para><trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> aplikazio batzuk (batez
-ere, gidariak) erabiltzaile kontuak sor ditzake helburu
-ezberdinetarako. Adibidez, NVIDIA <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>-en gidariak
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> erabiliz eguneratzen dira. Mesedez, ez
-erabili kontu hauek inportazio helburuetarako.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Kontuen aukeraketa egitea amaitutakoan sakatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton> botoia. Hurrengo orrialdea dokumentuak
-inportatzeko metodo bat aukeratzeko erabiltzen da:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>-en  <emphasis>Nire
-Dokumentuak</emphasis>, <emphasis>Nire Musika</emphasis> eta <emphasis>Nire
-Irudiak</emphasis> karpetetatik datuak inportatzeko diseinatu da
-Transfugdrake. Posible da inportazioa saltatzea leiho honetako dagokion
-elementua hautatuz.</para>
-
-  <para>Dokumentu inportazio metodo aukeratzea amaitutakoan sakatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton> botoia. Hurrengo orrialdea markatzaileak
-inportatzeko metodo bat aukeratzeko erabiltzen da:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> eta <emphasis>Mozilla
-Firefox</emphasis> markatzaileak Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla
-Firefox</emphasis>-en instantziara inporta ditzakezu.</para>
-
-  <para>Aukeratu inportatzeko nahiago duzun aukera eta sakatu
-<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>Hurrengo orrian ahalbidetzen dizu mahaigaineko atzeko irudia inportatzea:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Aukeratu nahiago duzun aukera eta sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>
-botoia.</para>
-
-  <para>Morroiaren azken orrialdea Zorion-mezu bat erakusten du. Besterik gabe
-sakatu <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton> botoia.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ca843d32..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Erabiltzaileak eta taldeak</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tresna hau<footnote>
-      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
-    </footnote> <emphasis
-role="bold">Sistema</emphasis> fitxa azpian aurkitzen da Mageia Kontrol
-Gunean "Sisteman Erabiltzaileak kudeatu" bezala etiketatuta</para>
-
-  <para>Tresna aukera ematen dio administratzaile bati erabiltzaileak eta taldeak
-kudeatzea, horrek esan nahi du, erabiltzaileak  edo taldeak gehitzeko edo
-ezabatzeko eta erabiltzaile eta talde ezarpenak aldatzeko (ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>Userdrake zabalik dagoenean, dauden sistemako erabiltzaile guztiak
-zerrendatzen dira <guibutton>Erabiltzaile</guibutton> fitxan, eta taldeak
-<guibutton>Tealde</guibutton> fitxan. Biak fitxak modu berean funtzionatzen
-dute.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Gehitu Erabiltzailea</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Botoi honek irekiko du eremu guztiak hutsik dituen leiho berria:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Izen Osoa</emphasis> eremua  familiaren izena eta izen
-soziala sartzeko erabiltzen da, baina posible da edozer edo ezer ez idaztea!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Saioa hasi</emphasis> beharrezko eremua da soilik.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Pasahitza</emphasis> zehaztea oso gomendagarria
-da. Badaude eskuinean ezkutu txiki batzuk, gorria izanez gero, pasahitza
-ahula da, oso motza edo saio hasierako izenarekiko oso antzekoa da. Zifrak,
-beheko eta goiko karaktereak, puntuazio-markak, eta abar erabili behar
-zenituzke. Ezkutua laranjara eta gero berdera igarotzen da pasahitzaren
-indarra hobetzen denean.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Pasahitza berretsi</emphasis> eremuan pasahitza ondo
-idatzi dela ziurtatzeko dago.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Shell-en Hasiera</emphasis> gehitzen ari zaren
-erabiltzaileak erabiliko duen shell-a aldatzea baimentzen duen zerrenda
-destolesgarria da, aukerak Bash, Dash eta Sh dira.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Sortu talde pribatu bat
-erabiltzailearentzat</emphasis>, gaitzen bada, izen bereko taldea sortuko da
-automatikoki eta erabiltzaile berria bere kide bakarra bezala (hau edita
-daiteke).</para>
-
-  <para>Beste aukerak begien bistakoa izan behar dira. Erabiltzaile berria berehala
-sortzen da <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> sakatu ondoren.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Gehitu Taldea</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Soilik talde berriaren izena sartu behar duzu, eta behar izanda, taldearen
-ID espezifikoa.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Editatu</emphasis> (erabiltzaile bat hutatutaz gero)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Erabiltzailearen datuak</guibutton>: Erabiltzaileak sorkuntzan
-emandako (ID-a ezin da aldatu) datuak aldatzea gaitzen du.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Kontu Informazioa</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Lehenengo aukera iraungitze data bat kontuari ezartzea da. Konexioa
-ezinezkoa da data horretatik aurrera. Hau aldi baterako kontuetan
-erabilgarria da.</para>
-
-  <para>Bigarren aukera kontu blokeatzeko da, konexioa ezinezkoa da kontua
-blokeatuta dagoen bitartean.</para>
-
-  <para>Posible da, halaber ikonoa aldatzea.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Pasahitz Informazio</emphasis>: Aukera ematen du
-pasahitzaren iraungitze data jarri ahal izatea, hau erabiltzaileak bere
-pasahitza noizbehinka aldatzen behartzen du.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Taldea</emphasis>: Hemen taldeak duen erabiltzaile
-kideak hauta ditzakezu.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Konektatutako erabiltzaile-kontu bat aldatzen ari bazara, aldaketak ez dira
-eraginkorrak izango datorren saioa hasi arte.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Editatu</emphasis> (talde bat hautatuz gero)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Talde Datuak</emphasis>: Aukera ematen dizu taldeari
-izena aldatzeko.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Erabiltzaile Taldeak</emphasis>: Taldeko kideak diren
-erabiltzaileak hemen hauta ditzakezu</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Ezabatu</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Hautatu erabiltzaile bat edo talde bat eta sakatu <emphasis
-role="bold">Ezabatu</emphasis> ateratzeko. Erabiltzaile batentzat, leiho bat
-agertzen da etxe direktorioa eta postontzi ere ezabatuko den galdezka. Talde
-pribatu bat sortzen bada erabiltzailearentzat, baita ezabatu egingo da.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Posible da hutsik dagoen ez da talde bat ezabatzea.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Freskatu</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Erabiltzaile Datu-baseak Userdrake-etik kanpo alda daitezke. Ikonoan klikatu
-pantaila freskatzeko.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Gonbidatua kontua</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">gonbidatua</emphasis> kontu berezi bat da. Norbaiti
-sistemarako sarrera denboraldi baterako zuzendutako erabateko
-segurtasunarekin. Saio-hasiera xguest-a da, pasahitz bat ere ez dago, eta
-ezinezkoa da sisteman aldaketak egitea kontu honekin. Direktorio pertsonalak
-saioaren bukaeran ezabatzen dira. Kontu hau gaituta dago modu lehenetsian,
-hura desgaitzeko, <guimenu>Ekintza -> Gonbidatu kontua kendu</guimenu> menu
-gainean egin klik.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 9818dd62..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11598 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Rémi Verschelde <akien@mageia.org>, 2014
-# Aestan <anthony.margerand@gmail.com>, 2018
-# Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013-2016
-# filorin <guillaume.ber17@laposte.net>, 2014
-# Guillaume Bernard, 2014
-# Guillaume Bernard, 2014
-# Guillaume Bernard, 2014
-# Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2013,2017
-# Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2013
-# Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2013,2017
-# papoteur, 2013
-# Rémi Verschelde <akien@mageia.org>, 2014
-# Samir Mdr <t411samir2@gmail.com>, 2016
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013
-# Yves Brungard, 2013,2017
-# Yves Brungard, 2013,2017
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-02-10 09:47+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-02-10 08:13+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Aestan <anthony.margerand@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"fr/)\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accéder aux disques et répertoires partagés via WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible  de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root  <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans le Centre "
-"de Contôle de Mageia, dans l'onglet Partage réseau, sous l'appellation  "
-"<guilabel>Accéder aux disques et répertoires partagés via WebDAV </guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Introduction"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> est "
-"un protocole qui permet de monter localement le répertoire d'un serveur web, "
-"ainsi, il apparaît comme un répertoire local. Il est nécessaire que la "
-"machine distante utilise un serveur WebDAV. La configuration du serveur "
-"WebDAV n'est pas l'objectif de cet outil."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Création d'un nouvelle entrée"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Le premier écran de l'outil présente les entrées déjà configurées, si elles "
-"existent, et un bouton  <guibutton>Nouveau</guibutton>. L'utiliser pour "
-"créer une nouvelle entrée. Dans le champ du second écran, indiquer l'URL du "
-"serveur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous obtenez alors un écran doté de boutons radio pour sélectionner quelques "
-"actions. Continuons avec l'action <guibutton>point de montage</guibutton> en "
-"sélectionnant ce bouton puis en cliquant sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton> car "
-"le <guibutton>Serveur</guibutton> est déjà configuré. Il est cependant "
-"possible de le modifier si nécessaire."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Le contenu du répertoire distant sera accessible via ce point de montage."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"A l'étape suivante, donnez votre nom d'utilisateur et mot de passe. Si vous "
-"avez besoin d'autres options, il est possible de les définir dans l'écran "
-"<guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"L'option <guibutton>Monter</guibutton> permet de procéder immédiatement au "
-"montage de l'accès."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Après avoir accepté la configuration avec le bouton radio "
-"<guibutton>Terminé</guibutton>, Le premier écran est à nouveau affiché et le "
-"nouveau point est listé. Après avoir cliqué sur  <guibutton>Quitter</"
-"guibutton>, il vous est demandé s'il faut sauvegarder les modifications dans "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Accepter cette proposition si vous désirez "
-"que le répertoire distant soit monté à chaque démarrage. Si votre "
-"configuration est provisoire, ne pas enregistrer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Partager les partitions de vos disques"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande sous root en "
-"tapant : <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> très simple permet aux "
-"utilisateurs de partager les sous-dossiers de /home avec les autres "
-"utilisateurs du même réseau local utilisant les systèmes d'exploitation "
-"Linux ou Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Il se trouve dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, onglet Disques Locaux "
-"sous l'appellation \"Partager les partitions de vos disques\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Répondre d'abord à la question : \"<guilabel> Souhaitez-vous autoriser les "
-"utilisateurs à partager certains de leurs dossiers ? </guilabel>\", cliquer "
-"sur <guibutton> Pas de partage </guibutton> si la réponse est non pour tous "
-"les utilisateurs, cliquer sur <guibutton> Autoriser tous les utilisateurs </"
-"guibutton> pour autoriser tout le monde et cliquer sur <guibutton> "
-"Personnalisé</guibutton> si la réponse est non pour certains utilisateurs et "
-"oui pour les autres. Dans ce dernier cas, les utilisateurs autorisés à "
-"partager leurs dossiers doivent appartenir au groupe fileshare, ce qui est "
-"automatiquement réalisé par le système. Vous serez plus tard interrogé à ce "
-"propos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un deuxième écran apparait pour vous "
-"demander de choisir entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB</"
-"guibutton>. Cocher <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si le réseau ne comprend que "
-"des systèmes d'exploitation Linux, cocher <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si le "
-"réseau comprend des systèmes d'exploitation Linux et Windows, enfin cliquer "
-"sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Tout paquetage requis sera installé si "
-"nécessaire."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"La configuration est maintenant terminée sauf si l'option "
-"<guibutton>Personnalisé</guibutton> a été choisie. Dans ce cas, un écran "
-"supplémentaire vous invite à ouvrir Userdrake. Cet outil permet d'ajouter au "
-"groupe fileshare les utilisateurs autorisés à partager leurs dossiers. Dans "
-"l'onglet Utilisateur, cliquer sur l'utilisateur à ajouter au groupe "
-"fileshare, puis sur <guimenuitem>Editer</guimenuitem>. Dans l'onglet "
-"Groupes, cocher le groupe fileshare puis sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pour "
-"plus d'informations sur Userdrake, voir <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"> cette "
-"page</xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Après l'ajout d'un nouvel utilisateur au groupe fileshare, vous devez "
-"déconnecter puis reconnecter le réseau pour que les modifications soient "
-"prises en compte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"A partir de maintenant, tout utilisateur appartenant au groupe fileshare "
-"peut sélectionner les dossiers à partager dans son gestionnaire de fichiers."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
-#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "fr"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accéder aux disques et répertoires partagés via NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous "
-"root<emphasis role=\"bold\"> diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet de donner, à tous "
-"les utilisateurs de la machine, l'accès à des dossiers partagés présents sur "
-"les serveurs du réseau. Le protocole utilisé pour cela est NFS, lequel est "
-"présent sur la plupart des systèmes Linux ou Unix. Les dossiers partagés "
-"seront ainsi disponibles dés la fin du démarrage du PC, pour tout "
-"utilisateur au moyen d'outils tels qu'un gestionnaire de fichiers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Procédure"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Rechercher les serveurs</guibutton> pour obtenir une "
-"liste des serveurs qui partagent leurs dossiers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur le symbole > devant le nom du serveur pour afficher la liste des "
-"dossiers partagés et sélectionner celui auquel vous désirez accéder."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Le bouton <guibutton>Point de montage</guibutton> deviendra accessible pour "
-"y désigner l'endroit où monter le dossier."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Après le choix du point de montage, vous pouvez procéder au montage.  Il est "
-"aussi possible de vérifier et de modifier certaines options avec le bouton "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton>. Le même bouton que le montage sert aussi au "
-"démontage."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Après l'acceptation de la configuration en cliquant sur le bouton "
-"<guibutton>Terminé</guibutton> un message apparaît pour demander \"Désirez "
-"vous enregistrer les modifications dans /etc/fstab\". Répondre oui rendra le "
-"dossier disponible à chaque session, si le réseau est disponible. Le dossier "
-"partagé est alors accessible dans le gestionnaire de fichiers, par exemple "
-"Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Graveur CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
-"Disques locaux du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous une appellation "
-"correspondante à votre matériel amovible (lecteurs et graveurs CD/DVD et "
-"lecteurs de disquettes uniquement)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Le but est de définir la façon dont votre support amovible est monté."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"En haut de la fenêtre, il y a une courte description de votre matériel et "
-"les options définies pour le monter. Utiliser le menu en dessous pour les "
-"modifier. Cocher l'entrée à modifier puis sur le bouton  <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Point de montage"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Cocher cette case pour changer le point de montage. La valeur par défaut "
-"est /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Options"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Beaucoup d'options de montage peuvent être changées ici, soit directement "
-"dans la liste ou via le sous menu <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. Les "
-"principales sont :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"L'utilisateur autorise un autre utilisateur ordinaire (pas le super-"
-"utilisateur root) à monter le disque amovible. Cette option implique "
-"l'activation des options noexec, nosuid et nodev. L'utilisateur qui monte le "
-"disque est le seul à pouvoir le démonter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accéder aux disques et répertoires de Windows (Samba)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permet de déclarer quels "
-"dossiers partagés peuvent être accessibles par tous les utilisateurs de la "
-"machine. Le protocole utilisé pour cela est SMB qui fut popularisé sur les "
-"systèmes Windows(R) . Le dossier partagé sera disponible à chaque boot. Les "
-"dossiers partagés peuvent aussi être accédés directement lors d'une session "
-"utilisateur avec un outil tel qu'un gestionnaire de fichiers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Avant de lancer l'outil, il est conseillé de déclarer le nom des serveurs "
-"disponibles, par exemple avec <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionner <guibutton> Rechercher les serveurs </guibutton> pour obtenir "
-"une liste de serveurs qui partagent des dossiers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur le nom du serveur et sur > devant le nom du serveur pour "
-"afficher la liste des dossiers partagés et pouvoir sélectionner le dossier "
-"auquel on désire avoir accès."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Le bouton <guibutton> Point de montage </guibutton> deviendra disponible, "
-"utilisez le pour spécifier où monter le dossier."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Après le choix du point de montage, procéder au montage avec le bouton "
-"<guimenu> Monter</guimenu>. Il est aussi possible de vérifier et de modifier "
-"certaines options grâce au bouton <guibutton>Options</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Spécifier ici les noms et mots de passe des utilisateurs autorisés à se "
-"connecter au serveur SMB. Après montage du dossier, il peut être démonté "
-"avec le même bouton."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> pour accepter la "
-"configuration, un message demande alors \"Souhaitez vous sauvegarder les "
-"modifications dans le fichier /etc/fstab\". Répondre oui rendra le dossier "
-"partagé accessible à chaque session, si le réseau est disponible. Ce dossier "
-"sera alors accessible dans le gestionnaire de fichiers, par exemple Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Effets de bureau 3D"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> est destiné à la gestion "
-"des effets de bureau 3D proposés par votre système d'exploitation. Ces "
-"effets sont désactivés par défaut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Démarrage"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour l'utilisation de cet outil, le paquetage <emphasis><emphasis>glxinfo</"
-"emphasis></emphasis> doit être installé. Dans le cas contraire, vous serez "
-"invité à le faire avant que drak3d ne puisse démarrer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Après le lancement de drak3d, une fenêtre apparaît et présente un menu. "
-"Choisir ici soit \"Pas d'effets 3D\" soit \"Compiz Fusion\". Compiz Fusion "
-"est un gestionnaire de fenêtres composite qui permet des effets spéciaux "
-"avec accélération matérielle pour votre ordinateur. Choisir Compiz Fusion "
-"pour le mettre en service."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"S'il s'agit de de la première utilisation de ce programme après une nouvelle "
-"installation complète de Mageia, un message d'avertissement est affiché "
-"indiquant quels paquetages doivent être installés pour assurer le "
-"fonctionnement de Compiz Fusion. Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Ok </"
-"guibutton>pour continuer."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Une fois les paquetages nécessaires installés, remarquez que Compiz Fusion "
-"est sélectionné dans le menu drak3d, mais pour cela il faut se déconnecter "
-"et se reconnecter afin que les changements soient pris en compte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Après la reconnexion, Compiz Fusion est activé. Pour le configurer, voir la "
-"page au sujet de l'outil CCSM (Compiz Config Settings Manager)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Dépannage"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Impossible de voir le bureau après la connexion"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Si après l'activation de Compiz Fusion vous vous reconnectez sur le bureau "
-"et qu'il est impossible de voir quelque chose, redémarrez l'ordinateur pour "
-"revenir sur l'écran de connexion. A ce niveau, cliquez sur l'icône bureau et "
-"sélectionnez drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Lors de la connexion, si votre compte est reconnu de type administrateur, "
-"vous serez invité à saisir de nouveau votre mot de passe. Sinon, utilisez la "
-"connexion administrateur avec son compte.  Ensuite, il est possible de "
-"retirer toutes les modifications qui auraient pu causer le problème de "
-"connexion."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Authentification"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> donne la possibilité de "
-"modifier la manière dont on est reconnu comme utilisateur sur la machine ou "
-"sur le réseau."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Par défaut, les informations concernant l'authentification sont stockées "
-"dans un fichier sur l'ordinateur. Ne le modifier que si l'administrateur "
-"système invite à le faire et donne les informations nécessaires à ce sujet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Configurer la connexion automatique"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez lancer cet outil en ligne de commande, en tapant <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> en tant qu'administrateur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet de connecter "
-"automatiquement à chaque démarrage un utilisateur particulier, dans son "
-"environnement de bureau, sans lui demander son mot de passe. Cela s'appelle "
-"la connexion automatique. C'est généralement une bonne idée sur une machine "
-"qui ne possède qu'un seul utilisateur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Il se trouve dans l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Démarrage</emphasis> du "
-"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous l'appellation \"Configurer la connexion "
-"automatique\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Les boutons de l'interface sont assez évidents :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Cochez <guibutton>Lancer l'environnement graphique au démarrage du système</"
-"guibutton>, si vous désirez que le serveur graphique soit exécuté au "
-"démarrage. Dans le cas contraire, le système démarrera en mode texte. "
-"Cependant il sera toujours possible de lancer l'interface graphique "
-"manuellement, en exécutant la commande 'startx' ou 'systemctl start dm'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la première case est cochée, deux autres options sont disponibles, cocher "
-"soit <guibutton> Ne pas connecter automatiquement un utilisateur</"
-"guibutton>, pour que le système continue à demander quel utilisateur "
-"connecter (avec le mot de passe) ou bien cocher <guibutton> Connexion "
-"automatique (choisir utilisateur et bureau)</guibutton>. Dans ce cas, il est "
-"aussi nécessaire de fournir le nom de l'<guilabel>Utilisateur par défaut</"
-"guilabel> et le <guilabel>Bureau par défaut</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Configurer le démarrage du système"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous possédez un système UEFI à la place du BIOS, l'interface utilisateur "
-"est légèrement différente car le périphérique d'amorçage est évidemment la "
-"Partition du Système EFI (ESP)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vous permet de "
-"configurer les options d'amorçage (choix du chargeur d'amorçage, mise en "
-"place d'un mot de passe, amorçage par défaut, etc.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"On le trouve dans le Centre de Contrôle Mageia : onglet Démarrage > "
-"Configuer le démarrage du système."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"N'utilisez cet outil que si vous savez parfaitement ce que vous faites, la "
-"modification de certains éléments peut interdire tout nouvel amorçage !"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans la première partie, appelée <guilabel>Programme d'amorçage</guilabel>, "
-"il est possible de choisir quel <guibutton>Programme d'amorçage à utiliser</"
-"guibutton>, Grub, Grub2 ou Lilo, et avec un menu en mode texte ou graphique. "
-"C'est une simple question de goût, sans autres conséquences. Il est aussi "
-"possible de choisir le <guibutton>Périphérique d'amorçage</guibutton>, ne "
-"rien modifier ici à moins d'être un expert. Le périphérique d'amorçage est "
-"l'endroit où le programme d'amorçage est installé et toute modification peut "
-"interdire l'amorçage de la machine."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans un système UEFI, le chargeur d'amorçage est <guilabel>Grub2-efi</"
-"guilabel> installé dans la partition /boot/EFI. Cette partition, formatée en "
-"FAT32, est commune à tous les systèmes d'exploitation installés."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans la seconde partie, appelée <guilabel>Options principales</guilabel>,se "
-"trouve le réglage du <guibutton>Délai avant l'activation du choix par "
-"défaut</guibutton>, exprimé en secondes. Pendant ce délai, Grub ou Lilo "
-"affichent la liste des systèmes d'exploitation disponibles, vous invitant à "
-"faire votre choix. Si aucune sélection n'est effectuée, c'est le système par "
-"défaut qui sera amorcé une fois le délai expiré."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans la troisième et dernière partie, appelée <guibutton>Sécurité</"
-"guibutton>, il est possible d'établir un mot de passe pour le chargeur "
-"d'amorçage. Dans ce cas, un nom d'utilisateur (username) et un mot de passe "
-"(password) seront demandés au cours de l'amorçage pour sélectionner une "
-"entrée ou modifier sa configuration. Le nom d'utilisateur est \"root\" et le "
-"mot de passe est celui défini ci-après."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"Le bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> propose des options supplémentaires."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Activer l'ACPI :</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) est un standard de gestion "
-"de l'énergie. Il permet de réaliser des économies en arrêtant des "
-"périphériques inutilisés, c'était la méthode utilisée auparavant par l'APM.  "
-"Cocher cette case si le matériel est compatible ACPI."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Activer le SMP :</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP signifie Symmetric Multi Processors, c'est une architecture pour les "
-"processeurs multicores."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour les processeurs utilisant l'HyperThreading, Mageia les détecte comme "
-"des processeurs dual core et active le SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Activer l'APIC</guibutton> et <guibutton>Activer l'APIC local :</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC signifie Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Ce sont deux "
-"composants du système APIC d'INTEL. L'APIC local (LAPIC) et l'APIC E/S. Ce "
-"dernier dirige les interruptions qu'il reçoit des bus périphériques vers un "
-"ou plusieurs APIC locaux qui sont dans le processeur. Cela est vraiment "
-"utile pour les systèmes à multi processeurs. Certains ordinateurs "
-"rencontrent des problèmes avec le système ACPI, ce qui peu provoquer des "
-"plantages ou une détection incorrecte du matériel (message d'erreur : "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Dans ce cas, désactiver l'APIC et/ou "
-"l'APIC local."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"L'écran <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> diffère suivant le chargeur "
-"d'amorçage choisi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "Vous utilisez Grub Legacy ou Lilo :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans l'écran <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, se trouve la liste de toutes "
-"les entrées du menu d'amorçage. Celle par défaut est repérée par un "
-"astérisque. Pour changer l'ordre des entrées, sélectionner celle à déplacer "
-"et cliquer sur les flèches haut ou bas. Cliquer sur le bouton "
-"<guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modifier</guibutton> pour faire "
-"apparaître une nouvelle fenêtre permettant l'ajout d'une entrée dans le menu "
-"d'amorçage ou la modification d'une entrée existante. Il faut bien connaître "
-"Lilo ou Grub pour être capable d'utiliser ces outils."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Le champ <guilabel>Label</guilabel> est libre, inscrire ici ce que l'on "
-"souhaite voir affiché dans le menu. Il correspond à la commande \"title\" de "
-"grub. Par exemple : Mageia3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"Le champ <guilabel>Image</guilabel> contient le nom du noyau. Il correspond "
-"à la commande \"kernel\" de Grub. Par exemple /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"Le champ <guilabel>Partition racine </guilabel>contient le nom du "
-"périphérique où est enregistré le noyau. Il correspond à la commande \"root"
-"\".  Par exemple : (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"Le champ<guilabel> Options passées au noyau</guilabel> contient les options "
-"à passer au noyau pendant l'amorçage."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la case <guilabel>Choix par défaut</guilabel> est cochée, Grub amorcera "
-"cette entrée par défaut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans l'écran supplémentaire appelé <guilabel>Avancé</guilabel>, il est "
-"possible de choisir le <guilabel>mode Vidéo</guilabel>, un fichier "
-"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> et un <guilabel>profil réseau</guilabel> "
-"(consulter <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>), dans les listes déroulantes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"Vous utilisez Grub2 ou Grub2-efi (chargeurs d'amorçage utilisés par défaut "
-"en modes Legacy et UEFI respectivement) :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans ce cas, la liste déroulante nommée  <guilabel>Défaut</guilabel> affiche "
-"toutes les entrées disponibles, cliquer sur celle que vous choisissez pour "
-"être celle par défaut."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous avez d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia essaye de "
-"les ajouter au menu de démarrage. Si vous ne désirez pas cela, décocher la "
-"case <guilabel>Détecter les autres OS</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"L'écran supplémentaire appelé <guilabel>Avancé</guilabel>, vous permet de "
-"choisir le <guilabel>Mode vidéo</guilabel>. Si vous ne désirez pas avoir une "
-"Mageia amorçable, mais la chaîner depuis un autre OS, cocher la case  "
-"<guilabel>Ne pas toucher à l'ESP ni au MBR</guilabel> et accepter la mise en "
-"garde."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"Décliner l’installation sur l'ESP ou le MBR, signifie que l'installation ne "
-"sera pas amorçable sauf par un chargement en chaîne (chain loading) depuis "
-"un autre OS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour définir d'autres paramètres, vous pouvez utiliser l'outil appelé "
-"<emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis>, disponible dans les dépôts Mageia "
-"(voir ci-dessous)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-"Collecte les journaux et les informations système pour les rapports de bug"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous ne pouvez lancer et utiliser cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/> qu'en ligne de commande."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est conseillé de rediriger la sortie de cette commande vers un fichier, "
-"par exemple : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
-"emphasis>, mais assurez vous auparavant d'avoir suffisamment d'espace disque "
-"de disponible, le fichier peut facilement dépasser plusieurs Go."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"La sortie est trop volumineuse pour être jointe à un rapport de bug, "
-"supprimez d'abord les parties non nécessaires. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "La commande recueille les informations suivantes sur votre système :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partitions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "version de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lorsque cette page fut écrite, la partie \"syslog\" de la sortie de la "
-"commande était vide car l'outil n'avait pas encore été adapté au passage à "
-"systemd. Si elle est encore vide, vous pouvez la retrouver en tapant sous "
-"root : <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. "
-"Si vous ne disposez pas d'espace disque important, il est possible de ne "
-"prendre par exemple que les 5000 dernières lignes avec la commande : "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Outil de rapport de bug de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez lancer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous root : "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Habituellement, cet outil l<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> démarre "
-"automatiquement lorsqu'un outil Mageia plante. Cependant, il est aussi "
-"possible qu'après avoir rempli un rapport de bug, on vous demande de "
-"démarrer cet outil pour vérifier certaines des informations qu'il a données "
-"et de les rapporter dans ce rapport de bug."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Si un nouveau rapport de bug doit être déposé et que vous n'y êtes pas "
-"habitué, alors lisez  <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"avant de cliquer sur le bouton \"Signaler\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Au cas où le bug aurait déjà été signalé par quelqu'un d'autre (le message "
-"d'erreur donné par drakbug étant le même), il est utile d'ajouter un "
-"commentaire à ce rapport de bug pour dire que vous l'avez constaté aussi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Gérer la date et l'heure"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande sous root en "
-"tapant <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
-"\"Système\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous le nom <guilabel>Gérer la "
-"date et l'heure</guilabel>. Dans certains bureaux, il est aussi disponible "
-"par un clic droit sur l'horloge dans la zone de notification puis cliquer "
-"sur \"Régler la date et l'heure...\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "C'est un outil très simple."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"En haut à gauche, il y a le <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendrier</emphasis>. "
-"Sur la copie d'écran ci-dessus, la date indiquée est Septembre (en haut à "
-"gauche), le 2 (en bleu) de l'année 2012 (en haut à droite), et c'est un "
-"dimanche. Sélectionner le mois (ou l'année)  en cliquant sur la petite "
-"flèche de chaque côté de Septembre (ou de 2012).  Sélectionner le jour en "
-"cliquant sur son numéro."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"En bas à gauche se trouve la synchronisation avec le <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Protocole du temps réseau (Network Time Protocol, NTP).</emphasis> C'est "
-"la possibilité d'avoir une horloge toujours à l'heure en la synchronisant "
-"avec un serveur. Cocher la case <guilabel> Activer NTP</guilabel> et choisir "
-"le plus proche serveur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Sur la partie droite se trouve l'<emphasis role=\"bold\">horloge</emphasis>. "
-"Il est inutile de la mettre à l'heure si le NTP est en service. Trois cases "
-"affichent les heures, minutes et secondes (19, 29 et 56 sur la copie "
-"d'écran). Utiliser les petites flèches pour régler l'heure. Il est "
-"impossible de changer le format d'affichage ici, pour cela utiliser les "
-"outils de configuration du bureau."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Enfin, en bas à droite, sélectionner votre fuseau horaire en cliquant sur le "
-"bouton <guibutton>Changer le fuseau horaire </guibutton>et désigner dans la "
-"liste la ville la plus proche."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Même s'il n'est pas possible de choisir le format d'affichage de la date ou "
-"de l'heure avec cet outil, elles seront néanmoins affichées sur le bureau "
-"conformément à la configuration de la localisation."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Supprimer une connexion"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet de supprimer une "
-"interface réseau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur le menu déroulant, choisir l'interface à supprimer, puis cliquer "
-"sur <emphasis>suivant</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Ensuite apparaît un message confirmant la suppression avec succès de "
-"l'interface réseau."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Configurer une nouvelle connexion Internet (LAN, RNIS, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root :<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve sous l'onglet "
-"Réseau &amp; Internet du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous le nom "
-"\"Configurer une nouvelle connexion Internet (LAN, RNIS, ADSL, ...)\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionner le type de connexion à établir, en accord avec le matériel et "
-"le fournisseur d'accès à disposition."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion filaire (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"La première fenêtre liste les interfaces disponibles.  Sélectionner celle "
-"qui est à configurer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"Ensuite, le choix est donné entre attribuer une adresse IP automatiquement "
-"ou manuellement."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "IP automatique"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Configuration Ethernet/IP</emphasis> : il faut déterminer si les "
-"serveurs DNS sont déclarés par le serveur DHCP ou s'ils le sont "
-"manuellement, comme expliqué ci-dessous (configuration manuelle). Dans ce "
-"dernier cas, l'adresse IP des serveurs DNS doit être spécifiée. Le nom "
-"d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si aucun nom n'est donné, le "
-"nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué par défaut.  Le "
-"nom d'hôte peut aussi être fourni par le serveur DHCP avec l'option "
-"<emphasis>Affecter le nom d'hôte depuis le serveur DHCP</emphasis>. Tous les "
-"serveurs DHCP ne possèdent pas cette fonction, et si vous configurez votre "
-"PC pour obtenir une adresse IP du routeur ADSL domestique, il y a peu de "
-"chance que cela fonctionne."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Le bouton \"Avancé\" donne la possibilité de spécifier :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-"Le domaine recherché (non accessible, tel que fourni par le serveur DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "Le client DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "Le délai d'expiration DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Récupérer les serveurs YP depuis le serveur DHCP (coché par défaut) : "
-"spécifier le serveur NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-"Récupérer le serveur NTPD depuis le serveur DHCP (synchronisation des "
-"horloges)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Nom d'hôte DHCP. N'utiliser cette option que si le serveur DHCP exige du "
-"client la spécification d'un nom d'hôte avant de lui fournir une adresse IP. "
-"Cette option n'est pas acceptée par certains serveurs DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Après l'acceptation, les dernières étapes, qui sont communes à toutes les "
-"configurations de connexion, sont expliquées ici : <xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration manuelle"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Configuration de Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: déclarer quels serveurs "
-"sont nécessaires. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si "
-"aucun n'est spécifié, le nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est "
-"attribué par défaut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour un réseau domestique, l'adresse IP ressemble en général à "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, le masque de réseau est "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, et les adresses des passerelle et "
-"serveurs DNS sont indiquées sur le site Web du fournisseur d'accès Internet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans \"paramètres avancés\", il est possible de préciser un "
-"<emphasis>Domaine recherché</emphasis>. C'est habituellement votre domaine "
-"principal. Par exemple, si l'ordinateur s'appelle \"splash\" et si son nom "
-"de domaine complet est \"splash.boatanchor.net\", le domaine de recherche "
-"est probablement \"boatanchor.net\". A moins que d'en avoir spécifiquement "
-"besoin, ce paramètre n'est pas obligatoire. Là encore, les routeurs "
-"domestiques n'ont en général pas besoin de ce paramètre."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Les étapes suivantes sont exposée dans <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion par satellite (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir "
-"écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link ns2:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'équipe de documentation </link> ou "
-"bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion par modem cable"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Il faut spécifier une méthode d'authentification :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Aucune"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (nécessaire pour Telstra). Dans ce cas, fournir un nom "
-"d'utilisateur et un mot de passe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Configuration Câble/IP</emphasis> : il faut déterminer si les "
-"serveurs DNS sont déclarés par le serveur DHCP ou s'ils le sont "
-"manuellement, comme expliqué ci-dessous (configuration manuelle). Dans ce "
-"dernier cas, l'adresse IP des serveurs DNS doit être spécifiée. Le nom "
-"d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si aucun nom n'est donné, le "
-"nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué par défaut.  Le "
-"nom d'hôte peut aussi être fourni par le serveur DHCP avec l'option "
-"<emphasis>Affecter le nom d'hôte depuis le serveur DHCP</emphasis>. Tous les "
-"serveurs DHCP ne possèdent pas cette fonction, et si vous configurez votre "
-"PC pour obtenir une adresse IP du routeur ADSL domestique, il y a peu de "
-"chance que cela fonctionne."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Configuration Cable/IP </emphasis>: déclarer quels serveurs sont "
-"nécessaires. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si aucun "
-"n'est spécifié, le nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué "
-"par défaut"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans \"paramètres avancés\", il est possible de préciser un "
-"<emphasis>Domaine recherché</emphasis>. C'est habituellement votre domaine "
-"principal. Par exemple, si l'ordinateur s'appelle \"splash\" et si son nom "
-"de domaine complet est \"splash.boatanchor.net\", le domaine de recherche "
-"est probablement \"boatanchor.net\". A moins que d'en avoir spécifiquement "
-"besoin, ce paramètre n'est pas obligatoire. Là encore, les routeurs "
-"domestiques n'ont en général pas besoin de ce paramètre."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion ADSL"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Si l'outil détecte la présence d'interfaces réseau, il invite à en "
-"sélectionner une et à la configurer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Une liste de fournisseurs d'accès, ordonnée par pays, est proposée. Choisir "
-"le fournisseur. S'il ne figure pas dans la liste, sélectionner l'option "
-"<guilabel>Non listé</guilabel> (en début de liste) puis entrer les options "
-"données par votre fournisseur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Sélectionner un des protocoles disponibles :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocole de configuration dynamique de l'hôte (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration TCP/IP manuelle"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP sur ATM (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP sur Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Protocole de tunnel point à Point (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Configuration de l'accès"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Nom de l'utilisateur du compte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Mot de passe du compte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Avancé) Identifiant de chemin virtuel (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Avancé) Identifiant de circuit virtuel (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Nouvelle connexion RNIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "L'assistant demande quel périphérique configurer :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Choix manuel (carte RNIS/ISDN interne)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Modem RNIS/ISDN externe"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Une liste de matériels est proposée, classée par catégories et fabricants. "
-"Sélectionnez votre carte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocoles pour le reste du monde (hors Europe)  (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protocoles pour l'Europe (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Une liste de fournisseurs est présentée, classée par pays.  Sélectionnez "
-"votre fournisseur. S'il n'est pas listé, choisir l'option <guilabel>Non "
-"listé</guilabel> (à la lettre N) puis entrer les options obtenues auprès du "
-"fournisseur. Ces paramètres sont demandés par la suite :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Nom de la connexion"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Numéro de téléphone"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Nom de l'utilisateur du compte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Méthode de l'authentification"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Après cela, il faut choisir entre obtenir automatiquement une adresse IP ou "
-"bien la méthode manuelle. Dans ce dernier cas, spécifier l'adresse IP et le "
-"masque de sous-réseau."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"L'étape suivante concerne le choix sur la façon dont les adresses des "
-"serveurs DNS sont obtenues, automatiquement ou manuellement. En cas de "
-"configuration manuelle, il faut donner :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Nom de domaine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Premier et second serveurs DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionner si le nom d'hôte est donné par IP. Cette option ne doit être "
-"sélectionnée qui si vous êtes sûr que votre fournisseur est en mesure de "
-"l'accepter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"L'étape suivante concerne la façon dont l'adresse de la passerelle est "
-"obtenue ; automatiquement ou manuellement. En cas de configuration manuelle, "
-"il faut donner l'adresse IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion sans fil (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Une première fenêtre liste les interfaces disponibles et une entrée pour "
-"utiliser un pilote Windows (ndiswrapper). Sélectionner celle qui est à "
-"configurer. N'utiliser ndiswrapper que si l'autre méthode de configuration "
-"ne fonctionne pas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"A ce niveau, le choix est donné entre les différents points d'accès détectés "
-"par la carte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Des paramètres spécifiques à la carte sans fil sont à fournir :"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Mode de fonctionnement :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Géré"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Pour accéder à un point d'accès existant (le plus fréquent)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Pour configurer une connexion directe entre ordinateurs."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Nom de réseau (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Mode de chiffrement : cela dépend de la façon dont le point d'accès est "
-"configuré."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "Ce mode de chiffrement est à préférer si votre matériel le permet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Certains vieux matériels n'acceptent que ce mode de chiffrement."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Clé de chiffrement :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-"Elle est généralement fournie avec le matériel qui supporte le point d'accès."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"A cette étape, le choix est donné entre une adresse IP automatique ou "
-"manuelle."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Configuration IP</emphasis> : il faut déterminer si les serveurs "
-"DNS sont déclarés par le serveur DHCP ou s'ils le sont manuellement, comme "
-"expliqué ci-dessous (configuration manuelle). Dans ce dernier cas, l'adresse "
-"IP des serveurs DNS doit être spécifiée. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut "
-"être précisé ici. Si aucun nom n'est donné, le nom <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> est attribué par défaut.  Le nom d'hôte peut aussi "
-"être fourni par le serveur DHCP avec l'option <emphasis>Affecter le nom "
-"d'hôte depuis le serveur DHCP</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Récupérer les serveurs YP depuis le serveur DHCP (coché par défaut) : "
-"spécifier les serveurs NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Après l'acceptation, les dernières étapes, qui sont communes à toutes les "
-"configurations de connexion, sont expliquées ici :<xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Configuration IP </emphasis>: vous devez déclarer les serveurs "
-"DNS. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être spécifié ici. Si aucun n'est "
-"spécifié, le nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué par "
-"défaut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour un réseau domestique, l'adresse IP ressemble toujours à "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, le masque de réseau est "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, et l'adresse de la passerelle et des "
-"serveurs DNS sont disponibles sur le site web du fournisseur d'accès."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans les paramètres avancés, il est possible d'indiquer un <emphasis>Domaine "
-"recherché</emphasis>. Il est semblable au nom d'hôte sans le premier nom, "
-"avant le point."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion GPRS/Edge/3G"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Si l'outil détecte des interfaces sans fil, il propose d'en sélectionner une "
-"et de la configurer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Le mot de passe est demandé. Laisser le champ vide si le mot de passe n'est "
-"pas nécessaire."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"L'assistant demande le réseau. S'il n'est pas détecté, choisir l'option "
-"<guilabel>Non listé</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Fournir les paramètres d'accès"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Nom du point d'accès"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion Réseau commuté Bluetooth"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion par modem analogique (RTC)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Choix manuel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Matériel détecté, s'il y en a."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Une liste de ports est proposée. Sélectionnez le vôtre."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"S'il n'est pas déjà installé, il sera demandé d'installer le paquetage "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Une liste de fournisseurs est proposée, classée par pays.  Sélectionnez le "
-"vôtre. S'il n'est pas listé, choisir l'option <guilabel>Non listé (à la "
-"lettre N)</guilabel> puis entrer les options fournies par votre fournisseur. "
-"Ensuite les options de d'appel sont demandées :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Nom de la connexion</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Numéro de téléphone</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Identifiant de connexion</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Mot de passe</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Authentification</emphasis>, choisir entre:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Basée sur un script"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Manuelle par terminal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Fin de la configuration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Dans l'étape suivante, vous pouvez spécifier :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Autoriser les utilisateurs à gérer la connexion</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Lancer la connexion au démarrage</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Activer les statistiques réseau</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Permettre le contrôle de l'interface par Network Manager</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le cas d'une connexion sans fil, s'il existe un point d'accès "
-"supplémentaire, le fait d' <emphasis>Autoriser les connexions itinérantes </"
-"emphasis>donne la possibilité de basculer automatiquement entre les "
-"différents points d'accès en fonction de la force du signal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Le bouton \"Avancé\" permet de spécifier ::"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Métrique (10 par défaut)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "branchement à chaud du réseau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Activer le tunnel IPv6 sur IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"La dernière étape permet de spécifier si la connexion doit démarrer "
-"immédiatement ou pas."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Ouvrir une console administrateur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vous donne accès à une "
-"console avec directement les droits root. Nous ne pensons pas que vous ayez "
-"besoin de plus d'informations à ce sujet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Gérer les partitions de vos disques durs"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> ou <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> est très puissant, la "
-"moindre erreur ou le chat sautant sur le clavier peut provoquer la perte de "
-"toutes les données d'une partition ou même effacer le disque entier. Pour "
-"cette raison, l'écran ci-dessus vous est présenté par-dessus celui de "
-"l'outil. Cliquez sur <emphasis>Quitter</emphasis> si vous n'êtes pas "
-"confiant pour la suite."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"En présence de plusieurs disques, il est possible de sélectionner le disque "
-"sur lequel portent les travaux en cliquant sur l'onglet adéquat (sda, sdb, "
-"sdc, etc.)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"De nombreuses actions permettent de configurer le disque dur selon ses "
-"désirs. Effacer le disque en totalité, scinder ou fusionner des partitions, "
-"les redimensionner, changer le type de système de fichiers, formater ou voir "
-"le contenu d'une partition, tout cela est possible. Le bouton "
-"<emphasis><guibutton> Supprimer toutes les partitions </guibutton></"
-"emphasis> en bas sert à effacer la totalité du disque, les autres boutons "
-"deviennent visibles sur la droite dès qu'une partition est sélectionnée."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous disposez d'un système UEFI, vous pouvez voir une petite partition "
-"appelée \"Partition Système EFI\" et montée sur /boot/EFI. Ne la supprimez "
-"jamais, car elle contient tous les chargeurs de démarrage de vos systèmes "
-"d'exploitation."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la partition sélectionnée est montée, comme dans l'exemple ci-dessous, il "
-"n'est pas possible de la redimensionner, de la formater ni de l'effacer. "
-"Pour pouvoir le faire, il faut d'abord la démonter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-"Le redimensionnement d'une partition n'est possible que vers sa droite."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Pour changer le type de partition (changer ext3 pour ext4 par exemple)  vous "
-"devez effacer la partition puis la recréer avec le nouveau type. Le bouton "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Créer</guibutton> apparaît lorsqu'une partie vide "
-"du disque est sélectionnée."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de choisir un point de montage qui n'existe pas, il sera "
-"créé."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionner <emphasis><guibutton> Passer en mode expert </guibutton></"
-"emphasis> permet quelques actions supplémentaires, comme par exemple donner "
-"un nom de volume (un libellé) à la partition, comme on peut le voir sur la "
-"copie d'écran ci-dessous."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Choix d'un gestionnaire de connexion"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Choisir<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ici le gestionnaire "
-"d'affichage désiré pour se connecter à son bureau. Seuls ceux qui sont "
-"disponibles sur le système sont proposés."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"La plupart des utilisateurs remarqueront seulement que les écrans de "
-"connexion fournis ont un aspect différent. Cependant, il y a aussi des "
-"différences entre les fonctionnalités proposées. LXDM est un gestionnaire "
-"d'affichage léger, SDDM et GDM proposent des fonctions supplémentaires."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Configurer votre pare-feu personnel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
-"\"Sécurité\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia sous le nom \"Configurer votre "
-"pare-feu personnel\". C'est le même outil qui est dans le premier onglet de "
-"\"Configurer la sécurité, les droits et la surveillance du système\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Un pare-feu basique est installé par défaut avec Mageia. Toutes les "
-"connexions entrantes non autorisées sont bloquées. Dans le premier écran "
-"présenté ci-dessus, vous pouvez choisir les services pour lesquels les "
-"connexions entrantes sont autorisées. Pour votre sécurité, décochez la "
-"première case nommée <guilabel> Tout ( pas de pare-feu) </guilabel> à moins "
-"que vous ne souhaitiez désactiver le pare-feu, et ne cochez que les services "
-"nécessaires."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible d'entrer manuellement les numéros de ports à ouvrir.  "
-"Cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour ouvrir une nouvelle fenêtre.  "
-"Dans le champ <guilabel>Autres ports</guilabel>, entrer les ports à ouvrir "
-"en s'inspirant des exemples ci-après :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : ouvre le port 80 du protocole tcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : ouvre tous les ports de 24000 à 24010 du protocole udp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Les ports cités dans une liste doivent être séparés par un espace."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Si la case <guilabel>Enregistrer les messages du pare-feu dans le journal "
-"système </guilabel>est cochée, les messages du pare-feu seront enregistrés "
-"dans le journal."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous n'hébergez pas de services spécifiques (serveurs Web ou de courrier, "
-"partage de fichiers, ...) il est tout à fait possible de ne cocher aucune "
-"case, c'est même recommandé, cela n'empêchera pas de se connecter à Internet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"L'écran suivant concerne les options du pare feu interactif. Cette "
-"fonctionnalité permet d'être prévenu des tentatives de connexion si au moins "
-"la première case <guilabel>Utiliser le pare-feu interactif </guilabel>est "
-"cochée. Cocher la deuxième case pour être prévenu d'un balayage des ports "
-"(dans le but de trouver une défaillance quelque part pour pénétrer votre "
-"système). Chaque case à partir de la troisième correspond à un port qui a "
-"été ouvert dans l'un des deux premiers écrans. Dans la copie d'écran ci-"
-"dessous, on peut voir deux de ces cases : serveur NFS et 5900/udp. Les "
-"cocher pour être alerté à chaque fois qu'une connexion est tentée sur ces "
-"ports."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Ces alertes sont données par des messages d'alertes avec l'applet du réseau."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le dernier écran, choisir quelles interfaces réseau sont connectées à "
-"Internet et doivent être protégées. Une fois le bouton <guibutton>OK </"
-"guibutton>cliqué, les paquetages nécessaires sont installés."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous ne savez pas laquelle choisir, regardez dans l'onglet \"Réseau &amp; "
-"Internet \" du CCM, icône \"Centre réseau\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Gérer, ajouter et supprimer les polices.  Importer les polices Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans le Centre "
-"de Contrôle de Mageia sous l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Système</"
-"emphasis>. Il permet de gérer les polices disponibles sur l'ordinateur. "
-"L'écran principal, ci-dessus, présente :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "Les nom, style et taille des polices installées."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "Un aperçu des polices sélectionnées."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "Des boutons explicités ci-après."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Récupérer les polices de caractères Windows : </"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce bouton ajoute automatiquement les polices trouvées dans la partition "
-"Windows. Il faut que Windows soit installé."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Il permet de spécifier les applications ou périphériques (des imprimantes "
-"principalement) aptes à utiliser les polices."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Désinstaller :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce bouton permet de retirer des polices installées et donc de récupérer un "
-"peu de place. Faire attention en retirant des polices, car cela peut avoir "
-"de sérieuses conséquences pour les documents qui les utilisent."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importer :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Permet d'ajouter des polices en provenance d'autres sources (CD, "
-"internet, ...). Les formats supportés sont ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf.  "
-"Cliquer sur le bouton <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importer</emphasis> puis sur "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ajouter</emphasis>, un gestionnaire de fichiers "
-"s'affiche pour y sélectionner les polices à installer. Cliquer sur <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Installer</emphasis> quand la sélection est prête. Les polices "
-"sont installées dans le dossier /usr/share/fonts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Si les polices nouvellement installées (ou retirées) n'apparaissent pas dans "
-"l'écran principal de Drakfont, le fermer et le ré-ouvrir pour voir les "
-"modifications."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Contrôle parental"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se trouve dans le Centre "
-"de Contrôle de Mageia dans l'onglet Sécurité, appelé <guilabel>Contrôle "
-"parental</guilabel>. Si vous ne voyez pas cet outil, c'est qu'il faut "
-"installer le paquetage drakguard (non installé par défaut)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Présentation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard offre un moyen aisé pour paramétrer le contrôle parental sur votre "
-"ordinateur afin de limiter les possibilités de chacun et en fonction de "
-"l'heure. Drakguard possède trois modes d'action :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Il limite l'accès au web aux utilisateurs désignés et à l'heure définie de "
-"la journée. Il réalise cela en contrôlant le pare-feu Shorewall installé "
-"dans Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Il bloque l'exécution de commandes particulières pour les utilisateurs "
-"désignés, ainsi ceux-ci ne peuvent exécuter que les actions autorisées."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Il limite l'accès aux sites Web, à la fois définis manuellement dans les "
-"listes noire/blanche, mais aussi définis dynamiquement selon le contenu du "
-"site. Pour cela,  Drakguard utilise DansGuardian, le leader des logiciels "
-"Opensource de filtrage et de contrôle parental."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Configuration du Contrôle parental"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Si le disque dur de votre ordinateur contient des partitions formatées en "
-"Ext2, Ext3, ou ReiserFS, vous verrez une fenêtre surgissante proposer de "
-"configurer les partions avec ACL. ACL signifie Access Control Lists (listes "
-"des contrôles d'accès) et est une fonctionnalité du noyau Linux qui permet "
-"de limiter l'accès à des fichiers pris individuellement aux seul "
-"utilisateurs désignés. ACL fonctionne dans les systèmes de fichiers Ext4 et "
-"Btrfs, mais peut être validé par une option dans les partitions Ext2, Ext3, "
-"ou Reiserfs. Si vous répondez \"oui\", Drakguard va reconfigurer toutes vos "
-"partitions pour supporter ACL, et vous demandera de redémarrer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Activer le contrôle parental</guibutton>: Si coché, le contrôle "
-"parental est mis en place et l'accès à l'onglet <guilabel>Bloquer des "
-"applications</guilabel> est rendu possible."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Bloquer tout trafic réseau </guibutton>: Si coché, tous les Sites "
-"Web sont bloqués sauf ceux de la liste blanche. Si non coché, tous les Sites "
-"Web sont autorisés, sauf ceux de la liste noire."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Accès utilisateur </guibutton>: Les utilisateurs listés seulement "
-"à gauche auront leurs accès limités conformément aux règles définies. Les "
-"utilisateurs listés à droite ont un accès total, ainsi les utilisateurs "
-"adultes de l'ordinateur ne sont pas impactés. Sélectionner un utilisateur à "
-"gauche et cliquer sur <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> pour l'ajouter comme "
-"utilisateur autorisé. Sélectionner un utilisateur à droite et cliquer sur "
-"<guibutton>Enlever</guibutton> pour le retirer des utilisateurs autorisés."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Contrôle horaire :</guibutton> Si coché, l'accès internet est "
-"autorisé avec les restrictions entre l'heure de <guilabel>Début</guilabel> "
-"et l'heure de  <guilabel>Fin</guilabel>. Il est totalement bloqué en dehors "
-"ce cet intervalle de temps."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Onglet Liste noire / Liste blanche"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Entrer les URL des sites web dans le premier champ en haut et cliquer sur le "
-"bouton<guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr " Onglet Bloquer des applications"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Bloquer les applications définies </guibutton>: Valide "
-"l'utilisation d'ACL pour restreindre l'accès à certaines applications "
-"spécifiques.Entrer le chemin vers l'application que vous souhaitez bloquer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Débloquer les utilisateurs </guibutton>: Les utilisateurs listés "
-"à droite ne seront pas bloqués par l'ACL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Partager la connexion Internet avec d'autres machines locales"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Principes"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ce partage de connexion est "
-"utile en présence d'un ordinateur (3) qui possède un accès Internet (2) et "
-"qui est aussi connecté à un réseau local (1). Il est dans ce cas possible "
-"d'utiliser l'ordinateur (3) comme passerelle pour partager cet accès avec "
-"les autres postes de travail (5) et (6) au sein du réseau local (1). Pour "
-"cela, la passerelle doit posséder deux interfaces, une première, telle "
-"qu'une carte réseau Ethernet, connectée au réseau local, et une seconde "
-"connectée à Internet (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"La première étape consiste à vérifier que le réseau et l'accès à Internet "
-"sont configurés tel qu'indiqué dans <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "L'assistant passerelle"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez lancer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous root : "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"L'assistant <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> procède selon les "
-"étapes successives présentées ci-dessous :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Si l'assistant ne détecte pas au moins deux interfaces, il le signale et "
-"demande d'arrêter le réseau et de configurer le matériel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Il spécifie l'interface utilisée pour la connexion Internet.  L'assistant "
-"suggère automatiquement une des interfaces, mais il est conseillé de "
-"vérifier que l'interface proposée est la bonne."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Il spécifie l'interface utilisée pour la connexion au réseau local. Là "
-"aussi, l'assistant en propose une, vérifier que cela est correct."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"L'assistant propose le paramétrage du réseau local, comme l'adresse IP, le "
-"masque et le nom de domaine. Vérifier que ces paramètres sont compatibles "
-"avec la configuration existante. Il est recommandé d'accepter ces valeurs."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Il spécifie si l'ordinateur doit être utilisé comme serveur DNS. Si oui, "
-"l'assistant vérifie que <code>bind</code> est installé.  Sinon, vous devez "
-"spécifier l'adresse d'un serveur DNS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"Il spécifie si l'ordinateur doit être utilisé comme serveur DHCP. Si oui, "
-"l'assistant vérifie que <code>dhcp-server</code> est installé et propose de "
-"le configurer avec les adresses de début et de fin de l'étendue DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"Il spécifie si l'ordinateur doit être utilisé comme serveur proxy. Si oui, "
-"l'assistant vérifie que <code>squid</code> est installé et propose de le "
-"configurer avec l'adresse de l'administrateur (admin@mydomain.com), le nom "
-"du proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), le port (3128) et la taille du cache (100 "
-"Mo)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"La dernière étape permet de vérifier si la passerelle est connectée aux "
-"imprimantes et autorise le partage."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr "Si le pare-feu est actif, vous serez invité à le vérifier."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Configurer le client"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la passerelle a été configurée avec DHCP, il suffit de spécifier dans "
-"l'outil de configuration du réseau que l'adresse est obtenue automatiquement "
-"(utilisation de DHCP). Les paramètres seront obtenus lors de la connexion au "
-"réseau. Cette méthode est valable quelque soit le système d'exploitation "
-"utilisé par le client."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Si les paramètres réseau doivent être spécifiés manuellement, il est "
-"nécessaire en particulier de déclarer la passerelle avec l'adresse IP de la "
-"machine jouant le rôle de la passerelle."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Arrêter le partage de la connexion"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous désirez arrêter le partage de la connexion sur l'ordinateur avec "
-"Mageia, lancez l'outil. Il proposera de reconfigurer la connexion ou "
-"d'arrêter le partage."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Définitions d'hôtes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root :<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakhosts</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
-"\"Réseau &amp; Internet\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia sous le nom "
-"\"Définitions d'hôtes\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton> Ajouter </guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Utiliser ce bouton pour ajouter le nom du nouvel équipement. Une fenêtre "
-"apparaît pour y renseigner l'adresse IP, le nom d'hôte et optionnellement un "
-"alias qui peut être utilisé de la même façon que le nom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Modifier </guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Permet d'accéder aux paramètres d'une entrée existante. La même fenêtre est "
-"utilisée."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Configuration avancée des interfaces réseau et du pare-feu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir "
-"écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link ns2:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'équipe de documentation </link> ou "
-"bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Centre réseau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
-"Réseau &amp; Internet du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous l'appellation "
-"<guilabel>Centre réseau</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Quand cet outil est lancé, une fenêtre s'ouvre et liste tous les réseaux "
-"configurés sur l'ordinateur, quelque soit leur nature (filaire, sans fil, "
-"satellite, etc.). Lorsque l'on clique sur l'un des réseaux, trois ou quatre "
-"boutons apparaissent, selon la nature du réseau, pour permettre soit de "
-"surveiller le réseau, de modifier les paramètres ou encore réaliser la "
-"connexion ou déconnexion. Cet outil n'a pas pour fonction de créer un "
-"réseau, pour cela voir <guilabel>Configurer une nouvelle connexion Internet "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> dans le même onglet du CCM."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans la copie d'écran ci-dessous donnée en exemple, on y voit deux types de "
-"réseaux. Le premier est de type filaire et non connecté, reconnaissable par "
-"cette icône <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (celle-ci si "
-"connecté <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) et en dessous "
-"le deuxième, de type sans fil (Wi-fi). Il est connecté, reconnaissable par "
-"cette icône <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>, (celle-ci si "
-"non connecté <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>). Pour les "
-"autres types de réseaux, le code couleur est toujours le même, vert si "
-"connecté et rouge si non connecté."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans la partie de l'écran dédiée au sans fil, on peut voir tous les réseaux "
-"détectés, avec leur <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Force du signal</"
-"guilabel>, s'ils sont chiffrés (en rouge ou orange) ou non (en vert), et le "
-"<guilabel> Mode de fonctionnement</guilabel>. Cliquer sur le réseau désiré "
-"puis sur soit <guibutton>Surveiller</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurer</"
-"guibutton> ou <guibutton>Se connecter/déconnecter</guibutton>. Il est "
-"possible ici, d'aller d'un réseau à l'autre. Si un réseau privé est choisi, "
-"une fenêtre s'ouvre pour demander des paramètres réseau supplémentaires "
-"(voir ci-dessous), notamment la clé de chiffrement."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Rafraîchir</guibutton> pour mettre l'écran à jour."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Le bouton Surveiller"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce bouton permet de suivre l'activité du réseau, téléchargement (download, "
-"vers le PC, en rouge) et téléversement (upload, vers internet, en vert). Le "
-"même écran est accessible en cliquant droit sur l'<guimenu>Icône Internet "
-"dans la boite à miniatures -> surveiller le réseau</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Il existe un onglet pour chaque réseau (ici, eth0 est le réseau filaire, lo "
-"le loopback local et wlan0 le réseau sans fil) et un onglet \"connections\" "
-"qui donne des détails sur l'état de la connexion."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"En bas de la fenêtre, un titre indique <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel> (statistiques réseau), Cela est abordé dans le chapitre suivant."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Le bouton Configurer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Pour un réseau filaire</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible ici de modifier tous les paramètres donnés pendant la "
-"création du réseau. La plupart du temps, cocher <guibutton>Attribution "
-"automatique de l'adresse IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> "
-"est satisfaisant, mais en cas de problèmes, la configuration manuelle peut "
-"apporter de meilleurs résultats."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour un réseau domestique, l'<guilabel>Addressse IP</guilabel> ressemble "
-"toujours à 192.168.0.x, le<guilabel> Masque de sous-réseau</guilabel> est "
-"255.255.255.0, et la <guilabel>Passerelle</guilabel> et les<guilabel> "
-"Serveurs DNS</guilabel> sont disponibles sur le site web de votre "
-"fournisseur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Activer les statistiques réseau</guibutton>, lorsqu'il est coché "
-"mesure le trafic sur une base horaire, journalière ou mensuelle.  Les "
-"résultats sont visibles dans la fenêtre \"Surveiller\" détaillée ci-dessus. "
-"Une fois les statistiques activés vous devez vous reconnecter au réseau."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permettre le contrôle de l'interface par Network "
-"Manager :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Le bouton Avancé :</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Pour un réseau sans fil</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Seules les entrées non déjà traitées ci-dessus sont expliquées."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mode de fonctionnement :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionner <guilabel>Géré</guilabel> si la connexion se fait via un point "
-"d'accès, il y a alors un <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> de "
-"détecté. Sélectionner <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> si c'est un réseau pair à "
-"pair (peer to peer). Sélectionner <emphasis role=\"bold\">Maître</emphasis> "
-"si une carte réseau est utilisée en tant que point d'accès, elle doit "
-"supporter ce mode."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mode de chiffrement et clé de chiffrement :</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "S'il s'agit d'un réseau privé, vous devez connaître ces éléments."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilise un mot de passe, plus faible que WPA, qui "
-"utilise une phrase secrète. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 avec clé pré-partagée (PSK)</"
-"guilabel> est aussi appelé WPA personnel.  <guilabel>WPA Entreprise</"
-"guilabel> est rarement utilisé dans les réseaux privés."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autoriser les connexions itinérantes </emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Si coché, active une technologie qui permet à l'ordinateur de changer de "
-"point d'accès tout en restant connecté au réseau."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Le bouton Paramètres avancés"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Gérer les différents profils réseau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Partager des des disques et des répertoires via NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Pré-requis"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root :<emphasis role=\"bold\"> draknfs</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Au premier démarrage de l'assistant <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">, il peut afficher le message suivant :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "Le paquetage nfs-utils doit être installé. Voulez-vous l'installer ?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"Après la fin de l'installation, une fenêtre présentant une liste vide est "
-"affichée."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Fenêtre principale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Une liste de dossiers partagés est affichée. Elle est vide pour le moment. "
-"Le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> donne accès à l'outil de "
-"configuration."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Modifier l'entrée"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"L'outil de configuration est appelé \"Modifier l'entrée\". Il peut aussi "
-"être démarré avec le bouton <guibutton>Modifier</guibutton>. Les paramètres "
-"suivants sont disponibles."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Répertoire NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Spécifier ici quel répertoire doit être partagé. Le bouton "
-"<guibutton>Répertoire</guibutton> ouvre un gestionnaire de fichiers pour le "
-"sélectionner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Accès client"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr "Spécifier ici les clients autorisés à accéder au répertoire partagé."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "Les clients NFS peuvent être désignés de plusieurs façons :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Hôte unique </emphasis>: un client identifié soit par un nom "
-"abrégé, reconnu par la résolution de nom, soit par un nom complet qualifié "
-"(FQDN), soit par une adresse IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Nom de groupe réseau </emphasis>: un nom de groupe réseau NIS peut "
-"être donné, au format @groupe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Jokers</emphasis> : un nom pouvant contenir les caractères joker * "
-"et ?. Par exemple : *.cs.foo.edu correspond à toutes les machines du domaine "
-"cs.foo.edu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Réseaux IP </emphasis>: vous pouvez aussi exporter des répertoires "
-"à toutes les machines d'un (sous) réseau IP simultanément en ajoutant un "
-"masque à la fin de l'adresse du (sous) réseau. Exemple : "
-"192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0' ou 192.168.1.0/24"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Correspondance des utilisateurs"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Associer l'utilisateur root à l'utilisateur anonymous "
-"(root_squash) :</emphasis> transforme les requêtes des UID/GID 0 en UID/GID "
-"anonymes (root_squash). L'utilisateur root de l'ordinateur client ne peut ni "
-"lire ni écrire les fichiers créés sur l'ordinateur serveur par le root de "
-"cet ordinateur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Autoriser les accès distants de root </emphasis>: ne pas "
-"transformer les UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Cette option est "
-"particulièrement utile pour les stations sans disque."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Associer tous les utilisateurs à l'utilisateur anonymous </"
-"emphasis>: convertit tous les UID/GID en utilisateur anonyme (all_squash). "
-"Utile pour exporter avec NFS des répertoires publics de FTP, des répertoires "
-"de News, etc. L'option inverse est no_all_squash, qui s'applique par défaut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Utilisateur et groupe anonymous (anonuid et anongid)</emphasis> : "
-"ces options donnent explicitement l'UID et le GID du compte anonymous."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Bouton Avancé"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Connexion sécurisée </emphasis>: cette option nécessite que la "
-"requête soit initiée à partir d'un port IP inférieur à IPPORT_RESERVED "
-"(1024). Cette option est activée par défaut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Partage lecture seule : </emphasis>permet soit la lecture seule, "
-"soit la lecture/écriture sur ce volume NFS. Par défaut, les requêtes de "
-"modification sont refusées. Cette option permet de rendre ce comportement "
-"explicite."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Accès synchrone </emphasis>: interdit au serveur NFS de violer le "
-"protocole NFS en répondant aux requêtes avant que les traitements associés "
-"ne soient réellement effectués sur le support de stockage (un disque par "
-"exemple)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Vérification des sous-répertoires </emphasis>: active la "
-"vérification des sous-répertoires qui permet d'améliorer la sécurité dans "
-"certains cas, mais qui peut dégrader la fiabilité. Voir la page du manuel "
-"exports(5) pour plus de détails."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Entrées du menu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "La liste doit comporter au moins une entrée."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Fichier|Ecrire la configuration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Enregistre la configuration en cours."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "Serveur NFS|Redémarrer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Le serveur est arrêté puis redémarré avec les fichiers de configuration "
-"actuels."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Serveur NFS|Recharger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"La configuration affichée est rafraîchie avec les fichiers de configuration "
-"actuels."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Serveur mandataire"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande sous root en "
-"tapant<emphasis role=\"bold\"> : drakproxy</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous avez accédez à Internet via un serveur mandataire, vous pouvez "
-"utiliser cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pour le "
-"configurer. L'administrateur système vous donnera les informations "
-"nécessaires. Il est aussi possible de spécifier certains services qui, par "
-"exception, sont accessibles en dehors du serveur mandataire."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Sur Wikipedia, le 24-09-2012, article sur \"Serveur proxy\" : dans les "
-"réseaux informatiques, un serveur proxy est un serveur (un ordinateur ou une "
-"application) servant d'intermédiaire pour traiter les requêtes des clients à "
-"la recherche de ressources auprès des autres serveurs. Un client se connecte "
-"au proxy, recherchant un service tel qu'un fichier, une connexion, une page "
-"web ou toute autre ressource disponible sur un autre serveur. Le proxy "
-"analyse la requête pour simplifier et maîtriser sa complexité."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"La première chose à faire après une installation est l'ajout des sources "
-"logicielles (aussi connues sous les noms de dépôts, médias, sources ou "
-"miroirs). Cela signifie qu'il faut sélectionner la source des médias à "
-"utiliser pour installer et mettre à jour les paquetages et applications "
-"(voir le bouton <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ajouter</emphasis> ci-dessous)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous installez (ou mettez à niveau) Mageia en utilisant un média optique "
-"(DVD ou CD) ou une clé USB, une source de gestion des logiciels sera créée "
-"pour le média utilisé. Afin de ne pas avoir à insérer le média quand vous "
-"installerez de nouveaux paquetages, vous devrez désactiver (ou supprimer) "
-"cette source (son type de média sera \"CD-Rom\")."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Votre système utilise une architecture qui peut être 32 bits appelée i586, "
-"ou 64 bits appelée x86_64. Prenez garde à bien choisir les sources contenant "
-"les paquetages qui correspondent à votre système ou qui ne sont pas "
-"dépendants du système, ces derniers sont appelés noarch."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous "
-"root :<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans le Centre "
-"de Contrôle de Mageia, dans l'onglet \"Gestion des logiciels\", icône "
-"\"Configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Les colonnes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Colonne Activé :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Les médias cochés seront utilisés pour installer de nouveaux paquetages. "
-"Soyez prudent avec des médias comme \"Testing\" ou \"Debug\", ils peuvent "
-"rendre votre système instable."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Colonne Mise à jour :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Les médias cochés seront utilisés pour maintenir les paquetages installés à "
-"jour, il est obligatoire de les cocher. Seuls les média mentionnant \"Updates"
-"\" dans leur nom doivent être sélectionnés. Pour des raisons de sécurité, "
-"cette colonne n'est pas modifiable dans cet outil, vous devez ouvrir une "
-"console sous root et taper <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --"
-"expert.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Colonne Média :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Affiche le nom du médium. Les dépôts officiels de Mageia pour les versions "
-"finales sont structurés à minima en trois médias :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> contient la plupart des programmes "
-"disponibles et supportés par Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> contient quelques programmes non "
-"libres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> contient logiciels libres mais "
-"qui peuvent être soumis à des droits dans certains pays."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Chaque médium possède 4 sous-catégories :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> sont les paquetages tels qu'ils "
-"étaient le jour de l'édition de la version concernée de Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> contient les paquetages mis à "
-"jour depuis l'édition pour raisons de sécurité ou de bugs résolus. Chacun "
-"devrait valider ce médium, même avec une connexion Internet très lente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> contient quelques paquetages de "
-"nouvelles versions rétroportées depuis Cauldron (la prochaine version en "
-"cours de développement)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> est utilisée provisoirement pour "
-"les tests de nouvelles mises à jour, le temps que les rapporteurs de bogues "
-"et l'équipe qualité valident les corrections."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Les boutons à droite"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Enlever :</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour supprimer un médium, cliquer dessus puis sur ce bouton. Il est "
-"conseillé de supprimer le médium utilisé pour l'installation (CD ou DVD par "
-"exemple) car tous les paquetages qu'il contient sont dans le médium officiel "
-"Core Release."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Éditer :</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Permet de modifier la configuration du médium sélectionné (URL, téléchargeur "
-"et proxy)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ajouter :</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Ajoute les dépôts officiels rendus disponibles sur Internet par Mageia. Ils "
-"ne contiennent que des logiciels sûrs et suffisamment testés.  Cliquer sur "
-"le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter </guibutton>ouvre une fenêtre qui donne le "
-"choix entre installer les \"Sources de mises à jour uniquement\" ou bien le "
-"\"Jeu complet des sources\". Le premier choix constitue l'essentiel, le "
-"second est plus d'ordre pratique."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Les flèches haut et bas :</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Change l'ordre dans la liste. Quand Drakrpm recherche un paquetage, il "
-"parcours la liste dans l'ordre affiché et installe le premier paquetage "
-"trouvé (pour un même numéro de version, sinon il installe la dernière "
-"version). Donc, si possible, placer en tête les dépôts les plus rapides."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Le menu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fichier -> Mettre à jour :</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Une fenêtre apparaît avec la liste des medias. Sélectionner ceux qui sont à "
-"mettre à jour et cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Mettre à jour</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fichier -> Ajouter un miroir de média spécifique :</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Supposons que les miroirs actuels ne conviennent pas, parce qu'ils sont trop "
-"lents ou trop souvent indisponibles par exemple, il est possible de choisir "
-"un autre miroir. Sélectionner tous les médias en place et cliquer sur "
-"<guibutton>Enlever </guibutton>pour les supprimer. Cliquer sur "
-"<guimenu>Fichier -> Ajouter un miroir de média spécifique</guimenu>, Choisir "
-"entre mise à jour uniquement ou bien le jeu complet (Si vous ne savez pas, "
-"choisir le <guibutton>Jeu complet des sources</guibutton>) et accepter le "
-"contact en cliquant sur <guibutton>Oui</guibutton>. Cette fenêtre s'ouvre :"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Une liste de pays est affichée sur la gauche, choisir le vôtre ou un pays "
-"voisin en cliquant sur le symbole >, cela affichera tous les miroirs "
-"disponibles dans ce pays. En choisir un et cliquer sur <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fichier -> Ajouter un média personnalisé :</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible d'installer un nouveau médium (venant d'une tierce partie "
-"par exemple) qui n'est pas supporté par Mageia. Une nouvelle fenêtre "
-"apparaît :"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Sélectionner le type de médium, "
-"trouver un nom évocateur qui définit bien le médium et donner l'adresse URL "
-"(ou le chemin, suivant le type de médium)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Options -> Options générales :</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette entrée permet de choisir quand \"Vérifier les RPM à installer"
-"\" (toujours ou jamais), le programme de téléchargement (curl, wget ou "
-"aria2)  et de définir la politique de téléchargement pour l'information sur "
-"les paquetages (sur demande - par défaut -, mises à jour seulement, toujours "
-"ou jamais)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Options -> Gérer les clés :</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour garantir un haut niveau de sécurité, des clés numériques sont utilisées "
-"pour authentifier le media. Il est possible d'autoriser ou de refuser une "
-"clé pour chaque média. Dans la fenêtre qui apparaît, sélectionner un médium "
-"puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> pour autoriser une nouvelle "
-"clé ou pour sélectionner une clé et cliquer sur <guibutton>Enlever</"
-"guibutton> pour refuser cette clé."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Faire cela avec précaution, comme pour tout ce qui concerne la sécurité."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Options -> Serveur mandataire (proxy):</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"En cas de besoin d'un serveur proxy pour l'accès à Internet, le configurer "
-"ici. Il suffit de donner le <guibutton>Nom du serveur mandataire</guibutton> "
-"et si nécessaire un <guilabel>nom d'utilisateur</guilabel> et son "
-"<guilabel>mot de passe</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration des medias, consulter la  page "
-"du Wiki Mageia (en anglais) : <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Partagez vos disques et répertoires avec les systèmes Windows (Samba)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba est un protocole utilisé par différents systèmes d'exploitation pour "
-"partager des ressources telles que des dossiers ou des imprimantes. Cet "
-"outil permet de configurer un ordinateur en serveur Samba utilisant le "
-"protocole SMB/CIFS. Ce protocole est aussi utilisé par Windows(R) et les "
-"stations de travail tournant avec ce système d'exploitation peuvent accéder "
-"aux ressources du serveur Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Préparation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies "
-"the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The "
-"firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour être accessible des autres stations de travail, le serveur doit avoir "
-"une adresse IP fixe. Cela peut être spécifié directement sur le serveur, "
-"avec par exemple <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, ou auprès du serveur "
-"DHCP qui identifie la station grâce à sa référence MAC et lui attribue "
-"toujours la même adresse. Le pare-feu doit aussi autoriser les requêtes "
-"entrantes vers le serveur Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Assistant - Serveur autonome"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root :<emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"A la première mise en route, l'outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> vérifie que les paquetages nécessaires sont installés et propose le cas "
-"échéant de les installer.  Ensuite, l'assistant de configuration du serveur "
-"Samba est lancé. Il est possible de retrouver cet assistant en cliquant dans "
-"le menu <emphasis>Serveur Samba/Configurer</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans la fenêtre suivante, le choix de configurer le serveur autonome est "
-"déjà coché."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Puis, spécifier le nom du groupe de travail. Ce nom doit être le même que "
-"celui utilisé pour accéder aux ressources partagées."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Le nom netbios est celui qui sera utilisé pour désigner le serveur sur le "
-"réseau."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Choisir le mode de sécurité :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>usr (utilisateur) </guilabel>: le client doit être autorisé à "
-"accéder aux ressources."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>share (partage)</guilabel> : le client s'authentifie lui-même "
-"indépendamment pour chaque partage."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de spécifier quels sont les hôtes autorisés à accéder aux "
-"ressources via l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Spécifier la bannière du serveur. La bannière est la façon dont ce serveur "
-"sera décrit par les stations de travail Windows."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"L'endroit où Samba peut journaliser des informations peut être indiqué dans "
-"l'étape suivante."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"L'assistant affiche une liste des paramètres choisis avant acceptation de la "
-"configuration. Si elle est acceptée, elle sera écrite dans <code>/etc/samba/"
-"smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Assistant - Contrôleur primaire de domaine"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Si l'option \"Contrôleur "
-"primaire de domaine\" est retenue, l'assistant demande si Wins doit être "
-"supporté ou pas, ainsi que les noms des <guibutton>Utilisateurs "
-"administrateurs</guibutton>. Les étapes suivantes sont alors les mêmes que "
-"pour le serveur autonome, sauf qu'il est aussi possible de choisir le mode "
-"de sécurité :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domaine </guilabel>: fournit un système qui héberge le stockage de "
-"tous les comptes utilisateurs et groupes dans un dossier de comptes "
-"centralisé et partagé. Le dossier de comptes centralisé est partagé entre "
-"les contrôleurs (de sécurité)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Déclarer un dossier à partager"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Avec le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton>, on obtient :"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Une nouvelle entrée est ajoutée. Elle est modifiable avec le bouton "
-"<guibutton>Modifier</guibutton>. Les options peuvent être choisies, telles "
-"que la visibilité publique d'un dossier, son accès en écriture ou en simple "
-"lecture. Le nom de partage n'est pas modifiable."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la liste possède au moins une entrée, les entrées du menu peuvent être "
-"utilisées."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Enregistrer la configuration actuelle dans <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Serveur Samba|Configurer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "L'assistant peut être redémarré avec cette commande."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Serveur Samba|Redémarrer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Serveur Samba|Recharger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Partage d'imprimantes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba permet aussi de partager des imprimantes."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Utilisateurs Samba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Utiliser cet onglet pour ajouter des utilisateurs autorisés à accéder aux "
-"ressources partagées quand l'authentification est exigée. Il est possible "
-"d'ajouter des utilisateurs de <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type="
-"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Configurer l'authentification pour les outils Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>est présent dans le "
-"Centre de Contrôle Mageia, sous l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sécurité</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Il permet de donner aux utilisateurs ordinaires les droits nécessaires pour "
-"accomplir certaines tâches normalement réalisées par l'administrateur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur la petite flèche devant l'item que vous voulez voir descendre : "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"La plupart des outils disponibles dans le Centre de Contrôle Mageia sont "
-"affichés sur le côté gauche de la fenêtre (voir la copie d'écran ci-dessus) "
-"et pour chaque outil, une liste déroulante sur le côté droit donne le choix "
-"entre :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Par défaut, le mode de lancement dépend du niveau de sécurité choisi. Voir "
-"dans le même onglet du CCM l'outil \"Configurer la sécurité du système, les "
-"autorisations et l'audit\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Mot de passe utilisateur : Le mot de passe utilisateur est demandé avant de "
-"lancer l'outil."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Mot de passe Administrateur : le mot de passe 'Root' est exigé avant le "
-"lancement de l'outil"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Aucun mot de passe : L'outil est lancé sans demander de mot de passe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Instantanés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
-"<guilabel>Système</guilabel> du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, dans la "
-"section <guilabel>Outils d'administration</guilabel> et sous le nom "
-"<guilabel>Instantanés</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Lorsque vous démarrez cet outil pour la première fois dans le CCM, vous "
-"voyez un message proposant d'installer draksnapshot. Cliquer sur le bouton "
-"<guibutton>Installer</guibutton> pour accepter. Draksnapshot et quelques "
-"autres paquetages nécessaires seront installés."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer de nouveau sur  <guilabel>Instantanés</guilabel>, et vous arrivez "
-"sur l'écran <guilabel>Paramètres</guilabel> screen. Cocher <guilabel>Activer "
-"les sauvegardes</guilabel> et, si vous désirez sauvegarder tout le système, "
-"<guilabel>Sauvegarder le système entier</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous désirez ne sauvegarder qu'une partie des répertoires, alors cliquer "
-"sur <guilabel>Avancé</guilabel>, un petit écran pop-up apparaît. Utiliser "
-"les boutons <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> et <guibutton>Supprimer</"
-"guibutton> auprès de la <guilabel>Liste des sauvegardes</guilabel> pour "
-"inclure ou exclure les répertoires et fichiers dans la sauvegarde. Utiliser "
-"les même boutons auprès de la <guilabel>Liste d'exclusions</guilabel> pour "
-"retirer des sous-répertoires et/ou des fichiers des répertoires "
-"sélectionnés, ils ne seront  <emphasis role=\"bold\">pas</emphasis> inclus "
-"dans la sauvegarde. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Fermer</guibutton> quand vous "
-"avez terminé."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Maintenant indiquer le chemin vers <guilabel>Où sauvegarder</guilabel>, ou "
-"bien choisir le bouton <guibutton>Naviguer</guibutton> pour sélectionner un "
-"chemin correct. Tous les clés USB ou disques externes montés, se trouvent "
-"dans <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/nom_utilisateur/</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Appliquer</guibutton>, pour lancer la sauvegarde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration du son"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> est présent dans le "
-"centre de contrôle de Mageia, sous l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matériel</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound traite de la configuration du son, des options de PulseAudio et du "
-"dépannage. Il vous viendra en aide si vous rencontrez des problèmes de son "
-"ou si vous changez de carte son."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> est un serveur de son. Il reçoit toutes les "
-"entrées son, les mixe en accord avec les préférences de l'utilisateur et "
-"envoie le son résultant vers la sortie. Voir <guimenu>Menu Mageia -> Son et "
-"video -> Contrôle du volume PulseAudio</guimenu> pour établir ces "
-"préférences."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio est le serveur de son par défaut et il est recommandé de le "
-"laisser actif."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> améliore PulseAudio avec quelques "
-"programmes. Il est recommandé de le laisser aussi actif."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Le bouton  <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> vous porte assistance pour la "
-"résolution de problèmes que vous pourriez rencontrer. Il peut s'avérer utile "
-"de l'essayer avant de demander de l'aide auprès de la communauté."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"Le bouton  <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> affiche une fenêtre supplémentaire "
-"présentant un bouton d'usage évident."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr ""
-"Configurer un onduleur (UPS) pour la surveillance de l'alimentation "
-"électrique"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Configurer les connexions VPN afin de sécuriser l'accès au réseau."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet la configuration "
-"d'un accès à un réseau distant en établissant un tunnel entre la station de "
-"travail locale et le réseau distant. Nous ne traitons ici que la "
-"configuration du côté station de travail, nous considérons que le réseau "
-"distant est déjà opérationnel et que vous possédez toutes les informations "
-"nécessaires à la connexion, données par l'administrateur réseau, tel qu'un "
-"fichier de configuration .pcf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous devez d'abord choisir entre le concentrateur VPN Cisco ou OpenVPN, "
-"selon le protocole utilisé par votre réseau privé virtuel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Puis donnez un nom à la connexion."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Dans l'écran suivant, fournir les informations en votre possession."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Pour Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour openvpn. Le paquetage openvpn et ses dépendances seront installés lors "
-"de la première utilisation de l'outil."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Sélectionner les fichiers "
-"obtenus auprès de l'administrateur réseau."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Paramètres avancés :"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "L'écran suivant demande l'adresse IP de la passerelle."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Une fois les paramètres indiqués, il est possible au choix de démarrer la "
-"connexion VPN ou non."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Elle peut être démarrée automatiquement en même temps qu'une connexion "
-"réseau. Cela est possible en re-configurant la connexion réseau pour "
-"demander de toujours se connecter à cette connexion VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Configurer webserver"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vous aide à paramétrer un "
-"serveur web."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un serveur Web ?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Un serveur Web est un logiciel qui vous permet de fournir du contenu web "
-"accessible à travers Internet (définition Wikipedia.org)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Paramétrer un serveur web avec l'assistant apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Bienvenue dans l'assistant du serveur Web."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"La première page est juste une introduction, cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
-"Sélection de l'exposition du serveur : sur un réseau local ou sur Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Exposer le serveur Web à Internet comporte des risques. Soyez vigilant."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Module utilisateur du serveur"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Autorise les utilisateurs à créer leur propres sites."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Nom du répertoire web de l'utilisateur"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"L'utilisateur doit créer et remplir ce répertoire, c'est ensuite que le "
-"serveur l'affichera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Répertoire par défaut du serveur web"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Ceci vous permet de configurer le chemin vers le répertoire par défaut des "
-"fichiers du serveur web : pages web, documents."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Récapitulatif"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Prenez un instant pour vérifier ces options, puis cliquez sur "
-"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Terminer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "C'est fait ! Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Configurer DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Configurer DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil n'est pas opérationnel dans Mageia 4 à cause d'un nouveau schéma "
-"de nommage des interfaces de réseau."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> peut vous aider à "
-"paramétrer un serveur <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Il s'agit d'un composant de "
-"l'assistant qui devra être installé avant de pouvoir y accéder."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Qu'est-ce que DHCP ?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) est un "
-"protocole réseau dont le rôle est d’assurer la configuration automatique des "
-"paramètres IP d’un ordinateur, notamment en lui affectant automatiquement "
-"une adresse IP et un masque de sous-réseau (source Wikipedia)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Paramétrer un serveur DHCP avec l'assistant DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Bienvenue dans l'assistant du serveur DHCP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Sélection de l'interface Réseau"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez l'interface réseau connectée au sous-réseau, auquel DHCP "
-"affecte les adresses IP, puis cliquez sur le bouton <guibutton>Suivant</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Sélection de la plage d'adresses IP"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez les adresses IP de début et de fin de la plage d'adresses que "
-"votre serveur doit proposer, ainsi que l'adresse IP de la passerelle, "
-"connectée à l'extérieur du réseau local, si possible Internet, puis cliquez "
-"le bouton <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Une erreur possible..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Ceci peut être corrigé. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> "
-"plusieurs fois et modifier l'anomalie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Quelques instants plus tard..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Ce qui a été réalisé :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Installation du paquetage dhcp-server si besoin ;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sauvegarder <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> dans <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</"
-"code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Créer un nouveau fichier <code>dhcpd.conf</code> à partir de <code>/usr/"
-"share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> et ajouter les "
-"nouveaux paramètres :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "réseau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Modifie également le fichier de configuration de Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/"
-"dhcpd/config</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Redémarrer <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Configurer l'heure"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Le but de cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> est de "
-"synchroniser l'heure de votre serveur avec un serveur externe. Il n'est pas "
-"installé par défaut et vous devez aussi installer les paquetages drakwizard "
-"et drakwizard-base."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Paramétrer un serveur NTP avec l'assistant NTP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Après un écran de bienvenue (voir ci-dessus), le second vous demande de "
-"choisir trois serveurs de temps dans la liste déroulante et suggère "
-"d'utiliser deux fois pool.ntp.org car ce serveur redirige toujours vers des "
-"serveurs de temps disponibles."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Les écrans suivants vous permettent de choisir la région et la ville, puis "
-"vous arrivez sur un résumé. Si quelquechose est faux, vous pouvez évidemment "
-"le modifier en utilisant le bouton <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>. Si tout "
-"est exact, cliquez sur le bouton <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour "
-"exécuter le test. Cela prendra un certain temps et au final vous obtiendrez "
-"l'écran ci-dessous :"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> pour fermer l'outil."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Cet outil réalise les étapes suivantes :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Installation du paquetage <code>ntp</code> si besoin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Sauvegarder les fichiers <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> dans <code>/etc/"
-"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> et <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dans "
-"<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code> ;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Ecrire un nouveau fichier <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> avec la liste "
-"des serveurs ;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Modifier le fichier <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> en insérant le nom du premier "
-"serveur ;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Stopper et démarrer les services <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> et "
-"<code>ntpd</code> ;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "Régler l'horloge système à l'heure actuelle avec la référence UTC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Configurer FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vous aide à paramétrer un "
-"serveur <acronym>FTP</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Qu'est-ce que le <acronym>FTP</acronym> ?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"File Transfer Protocol, ou (<acronym>FTP</acronym>), est un protocole de "
-"communication destiné à l'échange informatique de fichiers sur un réseau TCP/"
-"IP. Il permet, depuis un ordinateur, de copier des fichiers vers un autre "
-"ordinateur du réseau, ou encore de supprimer ou de modifier des fichiers sur "
-"cet ordinateur (source Wikipedia). "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Paramétrer un serveur FTP avec l'assistant proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Bienvenue dans l'assistant FTP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Exposer le serveur FTP à Internet comporte des risques. Soyez vigilant."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Information sur le serveur"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Saisir le nom avec lequel le serveur s'identifiera vis-à-vis du réseau local "
-"ou d'Internet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Options du serveur"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Paramétrer le port d'écoute, le répertoire chroot, permettre la reprise de "
-"transfert et le <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Configurer le serveur mandataire (proxy)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> peux vous permettre de "
-"paramétrer un serveur proxy, ou serveur mandataire. C'est un composant de "
-"l'assistant, qui doit être installé pour que vous puissiez y accéder."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un serveur mandataire ?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Un serveur proxy (ou serveur mandataire) est un serveur (un système ou une "
-"application) qui agit comme un intermédiaire pour les requêtes d'ordinateurs "
-"clients vers d'autres serveurs. Un client se connecte au serveur proxy, "
-"demande un certain service tel qu'un fichier, une connexion, une page Web ou "
-"toute autre ressource disponible sur un autre serveur. Le serveur proxy "
-"évalue la demande comme un moyen de simplifier et de contrôler sa complexité "
-"(Source Wikipédia)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Paramétrer un serveur proxy avec l'assistant Squid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Bienvenue dans l'assistant du serveur proxy."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Sélection du port proxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionner le port proxy à travers lequel les navigateurs se connecteront, "
-"puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Utilisation de la mémoire vive et l'espace disque"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Paramétrer les tailles maximum des caches mémoire et disque, puis cliquer "
-"sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Sélection du contrôle d'accès au Réseau"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Paramétrer la visibilité vis-à-vis du réseau local ou d'Internet, puis "
-"cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Autoriser l'accès au Réseau"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Autoriser l'accès au réseau local,  puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Utiliser un serveur proxy de niveau supérieur ?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Utiliser un autre serveur proxy de niveau supérieur ? Dans le cas contraire, "
-"passer à l'étape suivante."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Nom d'hôte et port du proxy de niveau supérieur"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Fournir le nom d'hôte et le port du proxy de niveau supérieur, puis cliquer "
-"sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Lancement du proxy au démarrage ?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Choisir si le serveur proxy doit être lancé au démarrage, puis cliquer sur "
-"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Installation du paquetage SQUID si besoin ;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sauvegarde de <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> dans <code>/etc/squid/squid."
-"conf.orig</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Créer un nouveau fichier <code>squid.conf</code> à partir de <code>squid."
-"conf.default</code> et ajouter les nouveaux paramètres :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>niveau</code> 1, 2 or 3 et <code>http_access</code> en fonction du "
-"niveau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Redémarrer <code>Squid</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration du démon OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vous aide à paramétrer un "
-"service <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Qu'est-ce que le <acronym>SSH</acronym> ?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"SSH (Secure Shell) est un protocole de réseau cryptographique pour sécuriser "
-"l'échange de données, la connexion à distance en ligne de commande, "
-"l'exéution de commandes à distance ainsi que d'autres services réseau entre "
-"deux ordinateurs interconnectés. SSH relie via un tunnel sécurisé sur un "
-"réseau non sécurisé, un serveur et un ordinateur client (qui utilisent "
-"respectivement un serveur SSH et des logiciels clients <acronym>SSH</"
-"acronym>). (Source Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Paramétrer un service <acronym>SSH</acronym> avec l'assistant sshd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Bienvenue dans l'assistant OpenSSH."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Sélectionner le type de configuration"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Choisir <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pour voir toutes les options ou "
-"<guilabel>Débutant</guilabel> pour sauter les étapes 3-7, puis cliquer sur "
-"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Options générales"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Paramétrer les options de connexion et d'accès administrateur. Le port 22 "
-"est le port normalisé de <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Méthodes d'authentification"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Autoriser les méthodes d'authentification possibles pour les utilisateurs "
-"lors de la connexion, puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Journalisation"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Choisir le type d'accès aux journaux et le niveau de journalisation, puis "
-"cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Options de connexion"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurer les options de connexion, puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Options de connexion de l'utilisateur"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurer les paramètres d'accès utilisateur, puis cliquer sur "
-"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Compression et transfert d'écran"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurer le transfert de l'interface graphique X11 et la compression "
-"durant le transfert, puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Gérer les services système en les (dés)activant"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Explorer et configurer le matériel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> apporte une vision "
-"générale du matériel composant votre ordinateur. Lorsqu'il est lancé, il "
-"exécute une tâche pour consulter chaque composant matériel. Il utilise pour "
-"cela la commande <code>ldetect </code>qui se réfère à une liste de matériel "
-"qui se trouve dans le paquetage <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "La fenêtre"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "La fenêtre est divisée en deux colonnes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"La colonne de gauche contient la liste du matériel détecté. Les composants "
-"sont groupés par catégories. Cliquer sur le > pour dérouler le contenu d'une "
-"catégorie. Chaque composant peut être sélectionné dans cette colonne."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"La colonne de droite donne des informations au sujet du composant "
-"sélectionné. L'entrée du menu <guimenu>Aide -> Description des champs </"
-"guimenu> donne quelques informations sur le contenu des champs."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Selon le type de périphérique sélectionné, un ou deux boutons sont "
-"disponibles en bas de la colonne de droite :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Spécifier les options du pilote courant </guibutton>: il permet "
-"de paramétrer le module utilisé en relation avec le pilote.  Ceci est "
-"réservé aux experts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Lancer l'outil de configuration </guibutton>: accède à l'outil de "
-"configuration du périphérique. L'outil est souvent directement accessible "
-"depuis le CCM."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Le menu <guimenu>options</guimenu> permet d'activer la détection automatique "
-"en cochant les cases correspondantes :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modems"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Périphériques Jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Périphériques parallèles Zip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Ces détections ne sont pas activées par défaut car elles sont lentes. Cocher "
-"la(es) case(s) appropriée(s) si ce matériel est connecté. La détection sera "
-"opérationnelle au prochain démarrage de l'outil."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Définir la configuration du clavier"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root <emphasis role=\"bold\">: keyboarddrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"L'outil keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet de "
-"configurer la disposition générale du clavier utilisé avec Mageia. Cela "
-"affecte la disposition du clavier pour tous les utilisateurs du système. Il "
-"se trouve dans la section \"Matériel\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (MCC) "
-"sous l'appellation \"Définir la configuration du clavier\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Disposition de clavier"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de sélectionner ici quel clavier vous désirez utiliser. Les "
-"noms, listés par ordre alphabétique, indiquent la langue, si besoin le pays, "
-"et/ou l'ethnie pour lesquels le clavier convient."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Type du clavier"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce menu permet de sélectionner le type de clavier utilisé. En cas de doute "
-"sur lequel choisir, il est préférable de laisser le type par défaut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Gérer les paramètres locaux de votre système"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous "
-"root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve sous l'onglet "
-"\"Système\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (MCC) sous l'appellation \"Gérer "
-"les paramètres locaux de votre système\". Il s'ouvre dans une fenêtre où "
-"l'on peut choisir sa langue. Le choix est fonction des langues choisies "
-"pendant l'installation."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Le bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> permet d'activer la compatibilité "
-"avec l'encodage ancien (non UTF-8)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"La deuxième fenêtre présente une liste de pays utilisant la langue "
-"précédemment sélectionnée. Le bouton <guibutton>Autres Pays</guibutton> "
-"permet de choisir un pays non listé."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Vous devez redémarrer la session après toute modification."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Méthode d'entrée"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> il est possible de "
-"sélectionner la méthode d'entrée (menu déroulant en bas de la fenêtre).  "
-"Elle concerne la saisie de caractères complexes et de symboles (chinois, "
-"japonais, coréen, sanskrit, etc.) avec un clavier occidental."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour la localisation asiatique ou africaine, IBus étant la méthode d'entrée "
-"configurée par défaut, il ne devrait pas y avoir besoin de la sélectionner "
-"manuellement."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"D'autres méthodes d'entrée (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) fournissent des "
-"fonctionnalités similaires et peuvent, si elles ne sont pas proposées dans "
-"la liste déroulante, être installées avec un autre outil du Centre de "
-"contrôle de Mageia. Voir <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Visionner et chercher dans les journaux du système"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande sous root en "
-"tapant : <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
-"\"Système\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous le nom\"<guilabel> "
-"Visionner et chercher dans les journaux du système</guilabel>\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Pour effectuer une recherche dans les journaux."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Premièrement, entrer la chaîne de caractères recherchée dans le champ "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Contenant</emphasis> et/ou la chaîne de caractères "
-"que l'on ne souhaite <emphasis>pas</emphasis> retrouver parmi les réponses "
-"dans le champ<emphasis role=\"bold\"> mais ne contenant pas</emphasis>. Puis "
-"sélectionner le(s) fichier(s) dans lesquels rechercher dans le champ "
-"<guilabel>Choisir le fichier</guilabel>. En option, il est possible de "
-"limiter la recherche à un seul jour. Le sélectionner dans le <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Calendrier</emphasis>, en utilisant les petites flèches de chaque "
-"coté du mois et de l'année, et cocher \"<guibutton>N'afficher que pour le "
-"jour sélectionné</guibutton>\".  Enfin, cliquer sur le bouton "
-"<guibutton>Chercher</guibutton> pour voir les résultats dans la fenêtre "
-"nommée <guilabel>Contenu du fichier</guilabel>.  Il est possible "
-"d'enregistrer les résultats au format .txt en cliquant sur le bouton "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sauvegarder</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Les <guibutton>Journaux des outils de Mageia</guibutton> contiennent les "
-"journaux des outils de configuration de Mageia tels que les outils du Centre "
-"de Contrôle de Mageia. Ces journaux sont mis à jour à chaque fois qu'une "
-"configuration est modifiée."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Pour configurer une alerte par courrier"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Alerte par courriel</guibutton> vérifie automatiquement la charge "
-"du système et les services toutes les heures et si nécessaire envoie un "
-"courrier électronique à l'adresse indiquée."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour configurer cet outil, cliquer sur le bouton <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Alerte par courriel</emphasis>, puis dans l'écran suivant, sur le bouton "
-"déroulant <guibutton>Configurer le système d'alerte par courriel</"
-"guibutton>. Ici sont affichés tous les services en cours de fonctionnement "
-"et vous pouvez choisir ceux qui sont à surveiller (voir copie d'écran ci-"
-"dessous)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Les services suivants peuvent être surveillés :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Service Webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Serveur de courrier Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Serveur FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Serveur World Wide Web Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Serveur SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Serveur Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Services Xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "Résolveur de noms de domaine BIND"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans l'écran suivant, sélectionner la valeur de la <guilabel>Charge</"
-"guilabel> considérée inacceptable. La charge représente la demande à un "
-"processus, une charge élevée ralentit le système et une charge très élevée "
-"peut indiquer qu'un processus est devenu incontrôlable.  La valeur par "
-"défaut est 3. Il est recommandé de mettre la valeur de la charge à 3 fois le "
-"nombre de processeurs."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le dernier écran, entrer l'<guilabel>Adresse de courriel</guilabel> de "
-"la personne à prévenir et le <guilabel>Serveur de courriel</guilabel> à "
-"utiliser (local ou sur Internet)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Afficher les partages NFS et SMB disponibles"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous ne pouvez lancer et utiliser cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/> qu'en ligne de commande."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir "
-"écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link ns2:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'équipe de documentation </link> ou "
-"bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr ""
-"Affiche les informations concernant vos périphériques PCI, USB et PCMCIA"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande sous root en "
-"tapant : <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous ne pouvez lancer et utiliser cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/> qu'en ligne de commande. Il donne un peu plus d'informations si "
-"lancé sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake donne la liste de tous les périphériques connectés à l'ordinateur "
-"(USB, PCI et PCMCIA) et les pilotes utilisés. Il a besoin des paquetages "
-"ldetect et ldetect-lst pour fonctionner."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Avec l'option -v,  lspcidrake ajoute l'identification du vendeur et du "
-"périphérique."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake génère souvent de très longues listes, aussi, pour trouver une "
-"information il est souvent utilisé en pipeline avec la commande grep, comme "
-"dans ces exemples :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Informations à propos de la carte graphique :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Informations à propos du réseau :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i pour ignorer la casse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans cette capture ci-dessous on peut voir l'action de l'option -v pour "
-"lspcidrake, et de l'option -i pour grep."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Il y a un autre outil qui donne des informations au sujet du matériel, il "
-"s'appelle called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (sous root)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Mettre à jour votre système"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate ou drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans le Centre "
-"de Contrôle de Mageia sous l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestion des "
-"logiciels</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour fonctionner, MageiaUpdate a besoin que les dépôts logiciels soient "
-"configurés avec rpmdrake-edit-media, ou le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia "
-"(même onglet, dans \"configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour "
-"des logiciels\") et que des médias de mise à jour soient sélectionnés. Dans "
-"le cas contraire, vous êtes invité à le faire."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Aussitôt cet outil lancé, il analyse les paquetages installés puis liste "
-"ceux pour lesquels il existe une mise à jour dans les dépôts. Elles sont "
-"toutes sélectionnées par défaut pour être automatiquement téléchargées et "
-"installées. Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Mettre à jour</guibutton> pour "
-"démarrer le processus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"En cliquant sur un paquetage, des informations supplémentaires sont "
-"affichées dans la moitié inférieure de la fenêtre. Le symbole <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\"> ></emphasis> devant un titre signifie qu'il est possible de "
-"cliquer dessus pour dérouler du texte."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Quand des mises à jour sont disponibles, vous êtes prévenu par un applet "
-"dans la boîte à miniatures qui affiche cette icône rouge <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Cliquer simplement sur l'icône et entrer "
-"le mot de passe utilisateur pour mettre le système à jour."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Démarrage"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils pour "
-"configurer les étapes du démarrage. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en "
-"savoir plus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Configurer les étapes du démarrage"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Centre de Contrôle de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Les outils pour configurer le système Mageia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Les textes et copies d'écran de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence "
-"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce manuel est produit avec le concours du <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">CMS Calenco</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est écrit par des volontaires sur leur temps libre. Veuillez contacter "
-"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'équipe de "
-"documentation </link>, si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Matériel"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible dans cet écran de choisir entre plusieurs outils pour "
-"configurer le matériel. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Gérer le matériel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/> <emphasis>= Explorer et configurer le "
-"matériel</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Configurer le graphisme"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/> <emphasis>= Configurer les effets bureau 3D</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Configurer la souris et le clavier"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Configurer l'impression et la numérisation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/> <emphasis>= Configurer la/les "
-"imprimante(s), les files de travaux d'impression, ...</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Autres"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Au sujet du Manuel du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) possède huit entrées différentes que "
-"l'on peut choisir dans la colonne de gauche. Chacune de ces entrées propose "
-"un bouquet d'outils qui peuvent être sélectionnés dans le grand panneau de "
-"droite."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Les huit chapitres suivants concernent ces huit entrées et les outils "
-"correspondants."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Le dernier chapitre concerne d'autres outils de Mageia, qui sont accessibles "
-"par d'autres voies que celle du CCM."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Les titres de ces pages sont en général identiques aux titres des écrans de "
-"ces outils."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Il y aussi une barre de recherche à disposition, vous pouvez y accéder en "
-"cliquant sur l'onglet \"Rechercher\" dans la colonne de gauche."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Disques locaux"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils pour gérer "
-"les disques locaux. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Services réseau"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette écran et celui nommé <emphasis>Partage</emphasis> ne sont visibles que "
-"si les paquetage <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> est installé. Vous pouvez "
-"choisir entre plusieurs outils pour paramétrer différents serveurs. Cliquer "
-"sur un lien ci-dessous ou bien sur <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> pour en "
-"savoir plus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Partages réseau"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils pour "
-"partager des disques et des répertoires. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour "
-"en savoir plus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Configurer les partages Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"/><emphasis> = Partagez vos disques et "
-"répertoires avec les systèmes Windows (Samba) </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Configurer les partages NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Configurer les partages WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Réseau et Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils réseau. "
-"Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Gérer les périphériques réseau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Personnaliser et sécuriser le réseau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Sécurité"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils concernant "
-"la sécurité. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurer la sécurité, les droits "
-"et la surveillance du système. </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Partage"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet écran ainsi que celui nommé <emphasis>Services réseau</emphasis> ne sont "
-"visibles qu'à la condition que le paquetage <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>  "
-"soit installé. Vous pouvez choisir entre plusieurs outils pour configurer "
-"différents serveurs. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous ou sur <xref linkend="
-"\"mcc-networkservices\"/> pour en savoir plus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Système"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils système et "
-"administration. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Gérer les services système"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Localisation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Outils d'administration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Gérer les utilisateurs du système "
-"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Configurer la fréquence des mises à jour"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>est présent dans le "
-"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestion "
-"des logiciels</emphasis>. Il est aussi disponible par un <guimenu>clic "
-"droit / Configuration des mises à jour </guimenu>sur l'icône rouge "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> dans la boîte à "
-"miniatures."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Le premier curseur permet de changer la fréquence de la recherche des mises "
-"à jour et le second le délai après démarrage avant de réaliser la première "
-"recherche. La case à cocher permet d'être prévenu lorsqu'une nouvelle "
-"édition de Mageia est sortie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Définir le dispositif de pointage (souris, pavé tactile)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Etant donné qu'il faut une souris pour installer Mageia, celle-ci est déjà "
-"installée par Drakinstall. Cet outil permet l'installation d'une autre "
-"souris."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Les souris sont triées par type de connexion puis par modèle.  Sélectionnez "
-"votre souris et cliquez sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. La plupart du temps, "
-"\"Universelle / N'importe quelle souris PS/2 ou USB\"'convient pour une "
-"souris récente. La nouvelle souris est immédiatement prise en compte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "Configurer la sécurité, les droits et la surveillance du système"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> sous root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"MSECGUI<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> est une interface graphique "
-"pour MSEC qui permet de configurer votre système de sécurité selon deux "
-"approches :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Il règle le comportement du système, MSEC applique des modifications "
-"obligatoires au système pour le rendre plus sûr."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Il paramètre des vérifications périodiques et automatiques du système afin "
-"de vous avertir si quelquechose semble dangereux."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"Msec utilise le concept de \"niveaux de sécurité\", qui servent à configurer "
-"un ensemble d'autorisations du système. Ces autorisations peuvent être "
-"contrôlées pour être modifiées ou confirmées. Plusieurs niveaux sont "
-"proposés par Mageia, mais vous pouvez définir vos propres niveaux de "
-"sécurité personnalisés."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Vue générale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Voir la copie d'écran ci-dessus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Le premier onglet affiche la liste des différents outils de sécurité avec un "
-"bouton sur le côté droit pour permettre de les configurer :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Pare-feu, accessible également dans le CCM / Sécurité / Configurer votre "
-"pare-feu personnel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Mises à jour, accessible également dans le CCM / Gestion des logiciels / "
-"Mettre à jour votre système"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr ""
-"Sécurité, c'est-à-dire Msec lui-même en plus de quelques informations :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "activé ou non"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "le niveau de sécurité de base actuel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"La date des dernières vérifications périodiques, avec un bouton pour "
-"consulter un rapport détaillé et un autre bouton pour exécuter immédiatement "
-"les vérifications."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Onglet Paramètres de sécurité"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Un clic sur le deuxième onglet ou sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</"
-"guibutton> de Sécurité affiche l'écran ci-dessous."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Onglet Sécurité de base"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Niveaux de sécurité :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Après avoir coché la case <guilabel>Activer l'outil MSEC</guilabel>, cet "
-"onglet vous permet de sélectionner votre niveau de sécurité grâce à un "
-"double-clic. Ce niveau s'affiche alors en gras. Si la case n'est pas cochée, "
-"le niveau \"Aucun\" s'applique. Les niveaux suivants sont disponibles :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Niveau <emphasis role=\"bold\">aucun</emphasis>. Ce niveau s'applique si "
-"vous ne désirez pas utiliser Msec pour contrôler la sécurité de votre "
-"système, et que vous préférez le faire par vous-même. Il désactive toutes "
-"les vérifications de sécurité, n'impose aucune restriction ou contrainte sur "
-"les paramètres et la configuration de votre système. N'utlisez ce niveau que "
-"si vous savez ce que vous faites, car il laissera votre système vulnérable à "
-"une attaque."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Niveau <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Ceci est la "
-"configuration par défaut, destinée aux utilisateurs habituels. Il impose des "
-"contraintes à plusieurs paramètres du système et exécute des vérification de "
-"sécurité quotidiennes. Celles-ci détectent des modifications dans le système "
-"de fichiers, dans les comptes des utilisateurs, ainsi que des droits de "
-"répertoire vulnérables (ce niveau est identique aux niveaux 2 et 3 des "
-"versions précédentes de Msec)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Niveau <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. Ce niveau vous assure que "
-"votre système est sécurisé, mais toujours utilisable au quotidien. Il limite "
-"les autorisations du système et exécute des vérifications périodiques plus "
-"nombreuses. En outre, l'accès à votre système est plus restreint (ce niveau "
-"est similaire aux niveaux 4 - High - et 5 - Paranoid - des versions "
-"précédentes de Msec)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"A côté de ces niveaux, d'autres spécifiques à certaines tâches sont "
-"également proposés, tels que les niveaux <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver "
-"</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> et <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Ces derniers pré-configurent la sécurité du "
-"système selon les cas d'utilisation les plus courants."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Les deux derniers niveaux dénommés <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</"
-"emphasis> et <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> ne sont pas "
-"vraiment des niveaux de sécurité mais plutôt des outils dédiés à réaliser "
-"uniquement des vérifications périodiques."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Ces niveaux sont sauvegardés dans <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
-"levelname></filename>. Vous pouvez définir vos propres niveaux de sécurité "
-"personnalisés, puis les sauvegarder dans des fichiers spécifiques dénommés "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename> et placés dans le répertoire "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> Cette fonctionnalité est dédiée "
-"aux utilisateurs experts qui veulent une configuration système personnalisée "
-"ou plus sécurisée."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Gardez à l'esprit que les paramètres modifiés par l'utilisateur ont la "
-"priorité sur les réglages par défaut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alertes de sécurité :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous cochez la case <guibutton>Envoi d'alertes de sécurité par courriel "
-"à :</guibutton>, les alertes de sécurité générées par Msec sont adressées "
-"par un courriel local à l'administrateur de sécurité indiqué dans le champ "
-"voisin. Vous pouvez y saisir soit un utilisateur local soit une adresse de "
-"courriel complète (le courriel local et le gestionnaire de courriel doivent "
-"avoir été paramétrés en conséquence). En outre, vous pouvez recevoir les "
-"alertes de sécurité directement sur votre bureau. Cochez la case "
-"correspondante pour activer cette fonctionnalité."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Il est fortement recommandé d'activer l'option des alertes de sécurité afin "
-"d'informer immédiatement l'administrateur de sécurité de possibles "
-"problèmes. Dans le cas contraire, l'administrateur devra vérifier "
-"régulièrement les fichiers de journaux disponibles dans <filename>/var/log/"
-"security.</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Options de sécurité :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Créer un niveau spécifique n'est pas l'unique moyen de personnaliser la "
-"sécurité de l'ordinateur, il est également possible d'utiliser les onglets "
-"présentés ci-après pour modifier l'option désirée. La configuration actuelle "
-"de Msec est sauvegardée dans <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</"
-"filename>. Ce fichier contient le nom du niveau de sécurité en cours et la "
-"liste de toutes les modifications apportées aux options."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Onglet Sécurité du système"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet onglet affiche toutes les options de sécurité sur la colonne de gauche, "
-"leurs descriptions dans la colonne centrale et leurs valeurs actuelles dans "
-"la colonne de droite."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour modifier une option, double-cliquer sur elle et une nouvelle fenêtre "
-"apparaît (voir l'image ci-dessous). Elle affiche le nom de l'option, une "
-"courte description, les valeurs actuelle et par défaut, ainsi qu'une liste "
-"déroulante pour sélectionner une nouvelle valeur. Cliquer sur le bouton "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> pour valider votre choix."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"En quittant Msecgui, n'oubliez pas de sauvegarder définitivement votre "
-"configuration en utilisant le menu <guimenu>Fichier -> Sauvergarder la "
-"configuration</guimenu>. Si vous avez modifié des paramètres, Msecgui vous "
-"permettra de prévisualiser les changements avant de les sauvegarder."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Sécurité du Réseau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Cet onglet affiche toutes les options de sécurité du réseau et se paramètre "
-"comme l'onglet précédent. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Onglet Vérifications périodiques"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Les vérifications périodiques ont pour but d'informer l'administrateur par "
-"le biais d'alertes de sécurité, pour toutes les situations que Msec estime "
-"potentiellement dangeureuses."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet onglet affiche toutes les vérifications périodiques effectuées par Msec "
-"ainsi que leur fréquence, lorsque la case <guibutton>Activer les "
-"vérifications périodiques</guibutton> est cochée. Les modifications sont "
-"appliquées comme dans les onglets précédents."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Onglet Exceptions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Parfois les messages d'alertes sont dûs à des cas connus et voulus. Dans ces "
-"cas ces messages sont peu utiles et une perte de temps pour "
-"l'administrateur. Cet onglet vous permet de créer autant d'exceptions que "
-"vous le voulez pour éviter des messages d'alertes indésirables. Il est "
-"évidemment vide au premier démarrage de Msec."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Pour créer une exception, cliquer sur le bouton  <guibutton>Ajouter une "
-"règle</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez la vérification périodique voulue dans la liste déroulante "
-"<guilabel>Vérification</guilabel> puis saisissez <guilabel>l' Exception</"
-"guilabel> dans la zone de texte. Ajouter une exception n'est évidemment pas "
-"définitif, vous pouvez également la supprimer en utilisant le bouton "
-"<guibutton>Supprimer</guibutton> de l'onglet <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
-"ou la modifier avec un double-clic."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Autorisations"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"L'onglet est dédié à la vérification et à la confirmation des permissions "
-"des répertoires et des fichiers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Comme pour la sécurité, msec possède plusieurs niveaux de permissions "
-"(standard, secure, ...), ils sont activés en fonction du niveau de sécurité "
-"choisi. Vous pouvez créer et personnaliser votre propre niveau de "
-"permissions, qui sera sauvegardé sous le nom de <filename>perm.&lt;"
-"levelname></filename>et sera placé dans le dossier <filename>/etc/security/"
-"msec/</filename>. Cette fonctionnalité est prévu pour les utilisateurs "
-"avancés qui ont besoin d'une configuration sur mesure. Il est également "
-"possible de revenir sur cet onglet ultérieurement pour modifier les "
-"permissions. La configuration actuelle est sauvegardé dans <filename>/etc/"
-"security/msec/perms.conf</filename> Ce fichier contient la liste de tout les "
-"modifications effectuées sur les permissions."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Les permissions par défaut sont affichées dans une liste de règles (une "
-"règle par ligne). Vous pouvez voir sur le côté gauche le fichier ou le "
-"répertoire concerné par la règle, suivi du propriétaire, du groupe, puis des "
-"permissions accordées par la règle. Si, pour une règle donnée :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"La case <guilabel>Forcer</guilabel> n'est pas cochée, MSEC vérifie alors "
-"uniquement si les permissions définies pour cette règle sont respectées et "
-"envoie un message d'alerte dans le cas contraire, mais ne modifie rien."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"La case <guilabel>Forcer</guilabel> est cochée, MSEC ne respectera donc pas "
-"les permissions à la première vérification périodique et les écrasera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour que cela fonctionne, l'option CHECK_PERMS dans <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">l'onglet de vérification périodique</emphasis> doit être configuré en "
-"conséquence."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour créer une nouvelle règle, cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter une "
-"règle</guibutton> et renseigner les champs comme indiqué dans l'exemple ci-"
-"dessous. Le caractère joker * est autorisé dans le champ <guilabel>Fichier</"
-"guilabel>. “Actuel\" signifie aucune modification."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Valider</guibutton> pour confirmer votre "
-"choix. Ne pas oublier, en quittant Msecgui, de sauvegarder définitivement "
-"votre configuration par le menu <guimenu>Fichier -> Sauvegarder la "
-"configuration</guimenu>. Si vous avez modifié les paramètres, Msecgui vous "
-"permettra de prévisualiser les changements avant de les sauvegarder."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est également possible de créer ou de modifier les paramètres en éditant "
-"le fichier de configuration <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</"
-"filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Les modifications dans l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions</"
-"emphasis> (ou directement dans le fichier de configuration) sont prises en "
-"compte à la première vérification périodique (voir l'option CHECK_PERMS dans "
-"l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Vérifications périodiques</emphasis>). Si "
-"vous voulez qu'elles soient prises en compte immédiatement, utiliser la "
-"commande <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecperms</emphasis> dans une console avec "
-"les droits d'administrateur. Vous pouvez utiliser auparavant la commande "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecperms -p</emphasis> pour connaître les "
-"permissions qui seront modifiées par msecperms."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"N'oubliez pas que si vous modifiez les droits - dans une console ou un "
-"gestionnaire de fichiers - d'un fichier dont la case <guilabel>Forcer</"
-"guilabel> est cochée dans l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions</"
-"emphasis>, Msecgui rétablira les anciennes permissions après un certain "
-"temps, selon la configuration des options CHECK_PERMS et CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE "
-"dans l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">vérifications périodiques</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Autres outils Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Il existe davantage d'outils Mageia que ceux qui s'ouvrent dans le Centre de "
-"Contôle de Mageia. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus, ou "
-"continuer la lecture des pages suivantes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>A REDIGER </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Et davantage d'outils ?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Gestion des logiciels (Installer et désinstaller des logiciels)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Introduction à rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, aussi connu sous le nom "
-"de drakrpm, est un programme d'installation, de désinstallation et de mise à "
-"jour des paquetages. C'est l'interface utilisateur graphique de URPMI. A "
-"chaque démarrage, Il vérifie les listes de paquetages en ligne (appelées "
-"'média') téléchargées directement depuis les serveurs officiels de Mageia, "
-"et vous présente toujours les dernières applications et paquetages "
-"disponibles pour votre ordinateur. Un système de filtres permet de "
-"n'afficher que certains types de paquetages : vous pouvez n'avoir que les "
-"applications installées (par défaut), ou seulement les mises à jour "
-"disponibles, ou encore seulement les paquetages non installés. Il est aussi "
-"possible de rechercher par le nom du paquetage, ou dans les résumés des "
-"descriptions, ou dans la description complète du paquetage, ou dans les noms "
-"des fichiers inclus dans le paquetage."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour fonctionner, rpmdrake a besoin que les dépôts soient configurés avec "
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Durant l'installation, le dépôt configuré est le medium utilisé, "
-"généralement le DVD ou le CD. Si vous conservez ce medium, rpmdrake vous le "
-"demandera à chaque fois que vous voudrez installer un paquetage, avec cette "
-"fenêtre en pop-up : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Si le "
-"message ci-dessus vous ennuie et que vous avez une bonne connexion Internet "
-"sans un débit de téléchargement trop bas, il vaut mieux supprimer ce medium "
-"et le remplacer par les dépôts en ligne grâce à <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-"
-"media\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"En outre, les dépôts en ligne sont à jour en permanence, contiennent "
-"beaucoup plus de paquetages et permettent de mettre à jour vos paquetages "
-"installés."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Les principales zones de l'écran"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtre par type de paquetage :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce filtre permet de n'afficher que certains types de paquetages.  Au premier "
-"démarrage, seules sont affichées les applications dotées d'une interface "
-"graphique. Il est possible d'afficher soit tous les paquetages et toutes "
-"leurs dépendances et bibliothèques soit seulement des groupes de paquetages "
-"tels que les applications, les mises à jour, ou encore les paquetages "
-"rétroportés depuis des versions plus récentes de Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Le paramétrage par défaut et choisi pour les nouveaux arrivants dans Linux "
-"ou Mageia, qui ne désirent probablement pas utiliser la ligne de commande ou "
-"des outils de spécialistes. Puisque vous lisez cette documentation, vous "
-"êtes de toute évidence désireux d'améliorer votre connaissance de Mageia, "
-"aussi, il est préférable de positionner ce filtre sur \"Tout\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtre d'état des paquetages :</"
-"emphasis> </firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce filtre permet de ne voir que les paquetages installés, que les paquetages "
-"non installés ou tous les paquetages (installés et non installés)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mode recherche :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquer sur cette icône pour rechercher les paquetages par leur nom, leur "
-"résumé, leur description complète ou par les noms de fichiers inclus dans "
-"les paquetages."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Champ \"Trouver\" :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Entrer ici un ou plusieurs mots-clés. Si vous désirez en utiliser plus d'un, "
-"utiliser '|' comme séparateur, par exemple pour rechercher \"mplayer\" et "
-"\"xine\" en même temps, taper 'mplayer | xine'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Effacer tout :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette icône efface en un seul clic tous les mots-clés entrés dans le Champ "
-"\"Trouver\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liste de catégories :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette barre latérale regroupe tous les paquetages en catégories et sous-"
-"catégories clairement définies."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Le Panneau de description :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce panneau affiche le nom du paquetage, son résumé et sa description "
-"complète. Il affiche aussi beaucoup d'informations utiles au sujet du paquet "
-"sélectionné, comme par exemple les fichiers inclus dans le paquetage ou bien "
-"la liste des dernières modifications réalisées par le mainteneur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "La colonne statut"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Une fois les filtres correctement paramétrés, le paquetage peut être trouvé "
-"soit par catégorie (dans la zone 6 ci-dessus) ou par nom/résumé/description "
-"(dans la zone 4). Une liste de paquetages répondant à la requête et, ne "
-"l'oubliez pas, aux médium choisis est affichée avec les indicateurs de "
-"statut précisant si le paquetage est installé/pas installé/une mise à "
-"jour,... Pour changer ce statut, cocher ou décocher la case devant le nom du "
-"paquetage et cliquer sur <guibutton>Appliquer</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Icône"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Légende"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Ce paquetage est déjà installé"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Ce paquetage sera installé"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Ce paquetage ne peut être modifié"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Ce paquetage est une mise à jour"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Ce paquetage sera désinstallé"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Exemples dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous décochez digikam (la flèche verte nous dit qu'il est installé), "
-"l'icône des statuts deviendra rouge avec une flèche vers le haut et il sera "
-"désinstallé en cliquant sur <guibutton>Appliquer</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous cochez qdigidoc (qui n'est pas installé, voir le statut), une icône "
-"orange avec une flèche vers le bas va apparaître et il sera installé en "
-"cliquant sur <guibutton>Appliquer</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Les dépendances"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Certains paquetages en nécessitent d'autres, appelés dépendances, pour "
-"fonctionner. Ce sont par exemple des bibliothèques ou des outils.  Dans ce "
-"cas, rpmdrake affiche une fenêtre d'information permettant d'accepter ou de "
-"refuser les dépendances sélectionnées, d'annuler l'opération ou d'obtenir "
-"plus d'informations (voir ci-dessus). Il peut aussi arriver que plusieurs "
-"paquetages sont capables de fournir la bibliothèque exigée, auquel cas "
-"rpmdrake affiche la liste des candidats plus un bouton pour obtenir des "
-"informations complémentaires et un autre bouton pour choisir quel paquetage "
-"installer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Configuration du scanner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous "
-"root : <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet de configurer un "
-"scanner autonome ou bien un appareil multifonction qui comprend un scanner. "
-"Il permet aussi de partager des périphériques locaux, connectés sur cet "
-"ordinateur, avec un ordinateur distant ou encore d'accéder à des scanners "
-"distants."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr "Au premier démarrage, le message suivant peut apparaître :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"Les paquetages SANE doivent être installés pour utiliser des "
-"scanners.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Désirez-vous installer les paquetages SANE ?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Choisir <emphasis>Oui</emphasis> pour continuer. Il installera <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> et <code>task-scanning</code> s'ils ne sont pas déjà installés."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si le scanner est correctement identifié, c'est-à-dire si son nom est "
-"visible dans l'écran ci-dessus, le scanner est prêt pour son utilisation "
-"avec par exemple, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Simple Scan</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans ce cas, il est de plus possible d'utiliser l'option <emphasis>Partage "
-"de scanners</emphasis>. Vous trouverez des informations dans <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cependant, si le scanner n'a pas été correctement détecté, et ceci malgré "
-"une vérification des câbles, de l'alimentation électrique et une nouvelle "
-"<emphasis>Recherche des nouveaux scanners </emphasis>, vous devez alors "
-"<emphasis>Ajouter manuellement un scanner</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Choisir la marque du scanner dans la liste, puis son modèle dans la liste "
-"correspondant à cette marque et cliquer sur <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Si le scanner ne se trouve pas dans la liste, cliquer sur <emphasis>Annuler</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Veuillez alors vérifier dans cette page <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-"
-"project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">Périphériques supportés par SANE</"
-"link> si le scanner est supporté et demander de l'aide dans les <link xlink:"
-"href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Choix du port"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce paramètre peut rester sur <emphasis>Auto-détecter les ports disponibles</"
-"emphasis> sauf si l'interface du scanner est sur port parallèle. Dans ce "
-"cas, sélectionner <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> s'il n'y en a qu'un "
-"seul."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Après un clic sur <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, le plus souvent, vous voyez un "
-"écran similaire à celui-ci-dessous."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous n'obtenez pas cet écran, veuillez lire le <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Partage de scanners"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Ici peut se faire le choix de rendre les scanners connectés à cette machine "
-"accessibles par les machines distantes et par lesquelles de ces machines. Il "
-"est aussi possible de décider ici si les scanners sur les machines distantes "
-"peuvent être disponibles pour cette machine."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Partage de scanners pour les hôtes : le nom ou l'adresse IP des clients (ou "
-"hôtes) peut être ajouté ou effacé de la liste des clients autorisés à "
-"accéder aux périphérique(s) local (aux) de cet ordinateur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Utiliser les scanners sur les hôtes : le nom ou l'adresse IP des clients "
-"peut être ajouté ou effacé de la liste des clients qui donnent accès à un "
-"scanner distant."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Partage de scanners pour les hôtes : Vous pouvez ajouter un hôte."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Partage de scanners pour les hôtes : spécifier quel(s) client(s) à ajouter, "
-"ou bien autoriser toutes les machines distantes."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"\"Toutes les machines distantes\" sont autorisées à accéder au scanner local."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Si le paquetage<emphasis> saned</emphasis> n'est pas encore installé, "
-"l'outil propose de le faire."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Au final, l'outil modifiera ces fichiers :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>pour ajouter ou mettre en "
-"commentaire la ligne \"net\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Il va aussi configurer <emphasis>saned</emphasis> et <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> pour qu'ils soient actifs à chaque démarrage du système."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Particularités"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"La plupart des scanners HP sont gérés depuis <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis> (hplip) qui gère aussi les imprimantes. Dans ce cas, l'outil "
-"Mageia ne vous permet pas de réaliser la configuration et vous invite à "
-"utiliser <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> à la place."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Les pilotes sont disponibles sur <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz."
-"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">cette page</link>. Si demandé, il "
-"faut d'abord installer le paquetage <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, puis "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (dans cet ordre). Il est possible que le "
-"paquetage <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> déclenche un avertissement au sujet "
-"d'un conflit avec <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Des utilisateurs ont rapporté "
-"qu'il pouvait être ignoré."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Etapes supplémentaires pour l'installation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible qu'après la sélection d'un port pour le scanner dans l'écran "
-"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, une ou plusieurs étapes "
-"supplémentaires soient nécessaires pour configurer correctement le scanner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans certains cas, il est indiqué que le scanner a besoin de télécharger son "
-"firmware à chaque fois qu'il est démarré. Cet outil permet de le charger "
-"dans le périphérique, après l'avoir installé sur le système. Dans cet écran, "
-"il est possible d'installer le firmware à partir d'un CD, d'une installation "
-"de Windows, ou installez celui que vous avez téléchargé depuis le site "
-"Internet du vendeur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Quand le firmware du scanner doit être chargé, cela peut demander beaucoup "
-"de temps à chaque première utilisation, probablement plus d'une minute. "
-"Soyez patient."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Il est aussi possible qu'un écran demande de paramétrer le fichier "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"nom_de_votre_interface_SANE\".conf </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lisez ces instructions et d'autres avec attention et si vous rencontrez des "
-"difficultés n'hésitez pas à demander de l'aide dans les <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Gestion des logiciels"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils de gestion "
-"des logiciels. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"/><emphasis> = Mettre à jour votre système</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/><emphasis> = Configurer les sources "
-"pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Installation et configuration d'une imprimante"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"L'impression est gérée dans Mageia par un serveur appelé CUPS. Il possède sa "
-"propre <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interface "
-"de configuration</link>, accessible via un navigateur Internet, mais Mageia "
-"propose son propre outil pour installer les imprimantes appelé system-config-"
-"printer, lequel est partagé avec d'autres distributions telles que Fedora, "
-"Mandriva, Ubuntu et openSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous devez activer le dépôt non-free avant de procéder à l'installation car "
-"certains pilotes ne sont disponibles que de cette façon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>.Le mot de passe "
-"administrateur sera demandé."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"L'installation de l'imprimante s'effectue dans l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</"
-"guilabel> du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia.  Sélectionner l'outil "
-"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Configurer la/les "
-"imprimante(s), les files de travaux d'impression, ...</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "Mageia demande l'installation de deux paquetages :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est nécessaire d'accepter ces installations pour poursuivre.  Jusqu'à "
-"230Mo de dépendances sont mises en place."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour une nouvelle installation, cliquer sur le bouton \"Ajouter\". Le "
-"système va détecter toutes les imprimantes et les ports disponibles. La "
-"copie d'écran ci-dessus montre une imprimante connectée à un port parallèle. "
-"Si une imprimante est détectée, par exemple une imprimante sur un port USB, "
-"elle sera affichée sur la première ligne. Le système cherchera aussi à "
-"configurer les imprimantes réseau."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Imprimante détectée automatiquement"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Cela concerne généralement les imprimantes USB. L'outil identifie "
-"automatiquement le nom de l'imprimante et l'affiche. Sélectionner "
-"l'imprimante et cliquer sur \"Suivant\". Si un pilote associé à cette "
-"imprimante est connu, il sera installé automatiquement. S'il en existe "
-"plusieurs ou s'il n'en existe pas, une fenêtre demandera d'en sélectionner "
-"un ou d'en fournir un, comme expliqué dans le paragraphe suivant.  Continuer "
-"en cliquant sur <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Imprimante non détectée automatiquement"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Après la sélection du port, le système charge une liste de pilotes et "
-"affiche une fenêtre pour en sélectionner un. Le choix peut se faire au "
-"travers une des propositions suivantes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Sélectionner une imprimante depuis la base de données"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "Fournir un fichier PPD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "Rechercher un pilote d'imprimante à télécharger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Avec l'option \"Sélectionner une imprimante depuis la base de données\", la "
-"fenêtre propose d'abord une liste de fabricants puis un appareil et un "
-"pilote associé. Si plusieurs pilotes sont proposés, sélectionner celui qui "
-"est recommandé, à moins que vous ayez rencontré des problèmes avec ce "
-"dernier. Sélectionner alors celui qui est connu pour fonctionner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Terminer la procédure d'installation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Après la sélection du pilote, une fenêtre demande des informations qui "
-"permettront au système de nommer l'imprimante et de la reconnaître. La "
-"première ligne concerne le nom sous lequel l'imprimante apparaîtra dans les "
-"applications. L'installateur propose ensuite d'imprimer une page de test. "
-"Enfin, l'imprimante est ajoutée et apparaît dans la liste des imprimantes "
-"disponibles."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Imprimante réseau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Les imprimantes réseau sont des imprimantes qui sont directement connectées "
-"à un réseau, qu'il soit filaire ou sans fil, ou connectées à un serveur "
-"d'impression ou encore à une autre station de travail utilisée comme serveur "
-"d'impression."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est souvent préférable de configurer le serveur DHCP pour qu'il attribue "
-"toujours une adresse IP fixe associée à l'adresse MAC de l'imprimante. Bien "
-"sûr, cette adresse est aussi l'adresse attribuée par le réseau à "
-"l'imprimante ou au serveur d'impression, s'ils sont dotés d'une adresse fixe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"L'adresse MAC est un numéro de série donné par le fabricant aux "
-"périphériques réseau. Celui de l'imprimante réseau, du serveur d'impression "
-"ou de l'ordinateur auquel l'imprimante est connectée peut être découvert sur "
-"une impression de page de configuration ou bien sur une étiquette fixée sur "
-"l'imprimante réseau ou serveur d'impression. Si l'imprimante partagée est "
-"connectée à un système Mageia, lancer la commande <emphasis><code>ifconfig</"
-"code></emphasis> sous root pour trouver l'adresse MAC. C'est la suite de "
-"chiffres et de lettres après \"HWaddr\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible d'ajouter une imprimante réseau en choisissant le protocole "
-"qui sera utilisé par celle-ci pour dialoguer avec l'ordinateur via le "
-"réseau. Si vous ne savez pas quel protocole choisir, essayez l'option "
-"<guilabel>Imprimante réseau</guilabel> - <guilabel>Rechercher une imprimante "
-"réseau</guilabel> dans le cadre <guilabel>Périphériques</guilabel> et donnez "
-"l'adresse IP de l'imprimante où il est marqué \"Hôte\" sur la droite."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Si l'outil identifie l'imprimante ou le serveur d'impression, il proposera "
-"un protocole et une file de travaux d'impression (ou queue d'impression), "
-"mais il est possible d'en choisir une autre plus pertinente dans la liste en-"
-"dessous, ou de donner le nom de la queue si elle n'est pas dans la liste."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Consulter la documentation livrée avec l'imprimante ou le serveur "
-"d'impression pour découvrir quels protocoles sont supportés et des noms de "
-"queue spécifiques."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Protocoles d'impression en réseau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Une technique courante est celle développée par Hewlett-Packard et connue "
-"sous le nom de JetDirect. Elle permet d'accéder à une imprimante connectée "
-"au réseau via un port Ethernet. Il faut connaître l'adresse IP de "
-"l'imprimante sur le réseau. Cette technique est aussi utilisée à l'intérieur "
-"de certains routeurs ADSL qui proposent un port USB pour connecter "
-"l'imprimante. Dans ce cas, l'adresse IP de l'imprimante est celle du "
-"routeur. A noter que l'outil \"Gestionnaire de périphériques HP\" peut gérer "
-"de façon dynamique les adresse IP configurées, paramétrer une URI telle que "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;nom-de-l'imprimante></emphasis>.  Dans ce cas, il "
-"n'est pas nécessaire d'avoir une adresse IP fixe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Choisir l'option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> pour le "
-"protocole et donner l'adresse dans <guilabel>Hôte :</guilabel>, ne pas "
-"modifier le <guilabel>numéro du port</guilabel>, sauf en cas d'indication "
-"contraire. Après la sélection du protocole, la sélection du pilote se fait "
-"comme ci-dessus."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Les autres protocoles sont :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis> : l'imprimante est "
-"accessible sur un réseau TCP/IP via le protocole IPP, par exemple, une "
-"imprimante connectée à une station qui utilise CUPS.  Ce protocole peut "
-"aussi être utilisé par certains routeurs ADSL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> le même que IPP, "
-"mais utilisant le transport http et le protocole sécurisé TLS. Le port doit "
-"être défini, le port 631est utilisé par défaut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>le même que IPP, "
-"mais avec le protocole sécurisé TLS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Hôte ou imprimante LPD/LPR</emphasis> : l'imprimante est "
-"accessible sur un réseau TCP/IP via le protocole LPD, par exemple, une "
-"imprimante connectée à une station utilisant LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Imprimante Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: l'imprimante est "
-"connectée à une station sous Windows ou un serveur SMB et est partagée."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"L'URI peut aussi être ajoutée directement. Voici quelques exemples d'URI :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte:numéro-port/ressource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte:numéro-port/ressource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Protocole Line Printer Daemon (LPD)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Des informations complémentaires sont disponibles sur <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">Documentation "
-"CUPS.</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Propriétés du périphérique"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Les propriétés du périphérique sont disponibles. Le menu <guimenu>Serveur</"
-"guimenu> permet d'accéder aux paramètres du serveur CUPS. Par défaut un "
-"serveur CUPS est lancé sur le système, mais on peut en spécifier un autre "
-"avec le menu <guimenu>Serveur</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connexion...</"
-"guimenuitem>, une autre fenêtre permet le réglage détaillé de paramètres "
-"spécifiques du serveur via menu <guimenu>Serveur</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Paramètres.</guimenuitem>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Dépannage"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Des informations au sujet d'erreurs se produisant pendant l'impression sont "
-"disponibles dans le fichier <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Un outil de diagnostic des problèmes est aussi accessible dans le menu "
-"<guimenu>Aide</guimenu> | <guilabel>Dépannage</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"il est possible que des pilotes d'imprimantes particulières ne soient pas "
-"disponibles pour Mageia ou ne soient pas fonctionnels. Dans ce cas, visitez "
-"le site <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</"
-"link> pour vérifier s'il existe un pilote disponible pour cette imprimante. "
-"Si oui, rechercher si le paquetage existe pour Mageia et dans ce cas "
-"l'installer manuellement. Ensuite exécuter à nouveau le processus "
-"d'installation pour configurer l'imprimante. Dans tous les cas, rapporter le "
-"problème dans Bugzilla ou sur le forum. Fournir le modèle de l'imprimante et "
-"le pilote utilisé et spécifier si l'imprimante fonctionne correctement ou "
-"pas après l'installation. Voici quelques pistes pour trouver d'autres "
-"pilotes à jour ou bien concernant des imprimantes récentes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantes Brother</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Dans cette page</link> Brother propose une liste de "
-"pilotes. Rechercher le pilote désiré, télécharger le(s) rpm(s) et l'(es) "
-"installer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Les pilotes Brother doivent être installés avant d'exécuter l'utilitaire de "
-"configuration."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantes et appareils Tout-en-un Hewlett-Packard."
-"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Ces appareils utilisent l'outil hplip. Il est automatiquement installé après "
-"la détection ou la sélection de l'imprimante. Plus d'informations <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">ici</link>.  "
-"L'outil \"Gestionnaire de périphériques HP\" est disponible dans le menu "
-"Mageia <guilabel>Outils | Outils système</guilabel>. Voir aussi <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
-"\">configuration</link> pour la gestion de l'imprimante."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Un périphérique HP Tout-en-un doit être installé comme une imprimante et les "
-"fonctionnalités du scanner seront ajoutées. A noter que quelquefois, "
-"l'interface Xsane ne permet pas de scanner des films ou des diapos (le "
-"couvercle lumineux n'entre pas en service). Dans ce cas, il est possible de "
-"scanner en utilisant le mode autonome de l'appareil, et d'enregistrer "
-"l'image sur une clé USB ou une carte mémoire insérée dans l'appareil. "
-"Ensuite, ouvrez votre logiciel favori de retouche d'images et chargez "
-"l'image de la carte mémoire qui est apparue dans le dossier /media."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantes couleur Samsung</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Concernant les imprimantes couleurs particulières de Samsung et Xerox, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">ce site fournit des pilotes</link> "
-"pour le protocole QPDL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantes et scanners Epson</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Des pilotes pour les imprimantes Epson sont disponibles depuis <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">cette "
-"page de recherche</link>. Pour la partie scanner, il faut d'abord installer "
-"le paquetage i<emphasis>scan-data</emphasis>, puis <emphasis>iscan</"
-"emphasis> (dans cet ordre). Un paquetage <emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> "
-"peut éventuellement être proposé et doit être installé. Choisissez un "
-"paquetage <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> et en accord avec l'architecture de votre "
-"installation."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible que le paquetage iscan déclenche une alerte concernant un "
-"conflit avec <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Des utilisateurs ont signalé que "
-"cette alerte pouvait être ignorée."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantes Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour les imprimantes Canon, il est conseillé d'installer un outil appelé "
-"turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponible ici </"
-"link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importer les documents et les réglages de Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans le Centre "
-"de Contôle de Mageia, dans l'onglet  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Système </"
-"emphasis> sous l'appellation <guilabel> Importer les documents et paramètres "
-"de Windows (TM) </guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil permet à un administrateur d'importer les documents et paramètres "
-"d'un utilisateur depuis une installation de <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> XP ou <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"<trademark>Vista</trademark> sur le même ordinateur que l'installation de "
-"Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Veuillez noter que toutes les modifications seront appliquées par  "
-"transfugdrake immédiatement après le clic sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Après le lancement de transfugdrake, vous pourrez voir la première page de "
-"l'assistant avec des explications au sujet de l'outil et des options "
-"d'importation."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Dès que vous aurez lu et compris les instructions, appuyez sur le bouton "
-"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>. Cela va démarrer la détection de "
-"l'installation de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"A la fin de l'étape de détection, une page va apparaître pour vous permettre "
-"de sélectionner les comptes de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> et de Mageia pour procéder à l'importation. Il est possible de "
-"choisir d'autres comptes utilisateurs que les vôtres."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Veuillez prendre en considération qu'en raison des limitations de migrate-"
-"assistant (le moteur de transfugdrake), les comptes utilisateurs de  "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> comportant des noms avec "
-"des symboles spéciaux risquent d'être affichés incorrectement."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"La migration peut prendre un peu de temps, suivant la taille des dossiers de "
-"documents."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Certaines applications <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"(surtout les pilotes) peuvent créer des comptes utilisateurs à différentes "
-"fins. Par exemple les pilotes Nvidia pour <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> sont mis à jour en utilisant <emphasis>UpdatusUser</"
-"emphasis>. Veuillez ne pas utiliser de tels comptes pour l'importation."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Une fois les comptes sélectionnés, appuyer sur le bouton <emphasis>Suivant</"
-"emphasis>. La page suivante concerne la sélection de la méthode "
-"d'importation des documents :"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake est conçu pour importer les données <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> des dossiers <emphasis>Mes Documents</"
-"emphasis>, <emphasis>Ma Musique</emphasis> et <emphasis>Mes Images</"
-"emphasis>. Il est possible de passer cette étape en cliquant le bouton "
-"approprié dans cette fenêtre."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Une fois la méthode d'importation des documents définie, appuyer sur le "
-"bouton <emphasis>Suivant</emphasis>. La page suivante concerne la sélection "
-"de la méthode d'importation des marque-pages :"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake peut importer les marque-pages de<emphasis>Internet Explorer</"
-"emphasis> et de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> pour les ajouter aux "
-"marque-pages de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> de Mageia "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Choisir l'option d'importation préférée et appuyer sur le bouton "
-"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "La page suivante permet d'importer l'image de fond d'écran du bureau."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Choisir l'option d'importation préférée et appuyer sur le bouton "
-"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"La dernière page de l'assistant présente un message de félicitations, "
-"appuyer sur le bouton <guibutton>Terminé</guibutton> ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Utilisateurs et groupes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
-"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Système</emphasis> du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia "
-"sous l'appellation \"Gérer les utilisateurs du système\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Il permet à l'administrateur de gérer les utilisateurs et les groupes, c'est-"
-"à-dire d'ajouter, de supprimer un utilisateur ou un groupe et de modifier la "
-"configuration d'un utilisateur ou d'un groupe (ID, shell, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Quand userdrake est ouvert, tous les utilisateurs existants sur le système "
-"sont listés dans l'onglet <guibutton>Utilisateur</guibutton>, et tous les "
-"groupes dans l'onglet <guibutton>Groupes</guibutton>. Les deux onglets "
-"fonctionnent de la même manière."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Ajouter un utilisateur</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Ce bouton ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre dont tous les champs sont vides :"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Le champ <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nom complet</emphasis> est destiné à "
-"recevoir le nom de famille et le prénom, mais il est possible d'écrire ce "
-"que l'on veut, ou ne rien écrire."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilisateur</emphasis> est le seul champ obligatoire."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Définir un <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mot de passe</emphasis> est fortement "
-"recommandé. Il y a un petit écusson sur la droite, s'il est rouge, cela "
-"signifie que le mot de passe est faible, trop court ou trop proche du nom de "
-"connexion. Il est recommandé d'utiliser des chiffres, des caractères "
-"minuscules et majuscules, des éléments de ponctuation, etc. L'écusson "
-"deviendra orange puis vert avec l'amélioration de la solidité du mot de "
-"passe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"Le champ <emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmation du mot de passe</emphasis> est "
-"là pour s'assurer que ce qui est entré correspond bien à ce qui est souhaité."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Shell de démarrage</emphasis> est une liste "
-"déroulante qui permet de choisir le shell employé par l'utilisateur en cours "
-"d'ajout. Les possibilités sont Bash, Dash et Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"Si <emphasis role=\"bold\">Créer un groupe privé pour l'utilisateur</"
-"emphasis>, est coché, un groupe du même nom que l'utilisateur sera "
-"automatiquement créé et le nouvel utilisateur en sera le seul membre (cela "
-"peut être modifié)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Les autres options sont évidentes. Le nouvel utilisateur est créé aussitôt "
-"après le clic sur le bouton <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Ajouter un groupe</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Il suffit d'entrer le nom du nouveau groupe et si nécessaire, l'ID "
-"spécifique du groupe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editer</emphasis> (un utilisateur sélectionné)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Données de l'utilisateur</guibutton> : permet de modifier toutes "
-"les données entrées à la création de l'utilisateur (l'ID ne peut pas être "
-"changée)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informations sur le compte</emphasis> :"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"La première option concerne la date d'expiration du compte. La connexion est "
-"impossible après cette date. Cela est utile pour les comptes temporaires."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"La deuxième option concerne le verrouillage du compte, la connexion est "
-"impossible tant que le compte est verrouillé."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Il est aussi possible de changer l'icône."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informations sur le mot de passe</emphasis> : permet "
-"de d'attribuer une date d'expiration au mot de passe, cela oblige "
-"l'utilisateur à modifier son mot de passe périodiquement."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Groupe</emphasis> : il est possible ici de "
-"sélectionner les groupes dont l'utilisateur est membre."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous modifiez le compte d'un utilisateur connecté, les modifications ne "
-"seront prises en compte qu'après sa prochaine connexion."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Modifier </emphasis> (un groupe sélectionné)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Données du groupe</emphasis> : permet de modifier le "
-"nom du groupe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilisateurs du groupe </emphasis>: sélectionner ici "
-"les utilisateurs membres du groupe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Supprimer</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionner un utilisateur ou un groupe et cliquer sur <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Supprimer</emphasis> pour l'enlever. Dans le cas d'un utilisateur, une "
-"fenêtre s'ouvre pour demander s'il faut aussi supprimer son dossier "
-"personnel et sa boîte aux lettres. Si un groupe privé a été créé, il sera "
-"aussi supprimé."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Il est possible de supprimer un groupe qui n'est pas vide."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Rafraîchir</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"La base de données des utilisateurs peut être modifiée en dehors de "
-"Userdrake. Cliquer sur cette icône pour rafraîchir l'affichage."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Compte invité</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Le compte <emphasis role=\"bold\">invité</emphasis> est spécial. Il est "
-"destiné à fournir un compte provisoire à quelqu'un en toute sécurité. Le nom "
-"de connexion est xguest, sans mot de passe, il est impossible de modifier le "
-"système depuis ce compte. Les dossiers personnels sont effacés à la fin de "
-"la session. Ce compte est disponible par défaut. Pour le supprimer, cliquer "
-"dans le menu sur <guimenu> Actions -> Désinstaller le compte invité</"
-"guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Configurer le serveur d'affichage"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil avec la ligne de commande <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> ou <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> en tant qu'utilisateur "
-"<emphasis>root</emphasis>. Faites attention aux majuscules dans la commande."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Cet outil est présent dans le Centre de Contrôle Mageia sous l'onglet "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Matériel</emphasis>. Sélectionner "
-"<emphasis><guilabel>Configurer le serveur d'affichage</guilabel></emphasis>. "
-"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Les boutons permettent la configuration du serveur graphique."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Carte graphique :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"La carte graphique actuellement configurée est affichée et le serveur "
-"graphique correspondant est configuré. Appuyer sur le bouton pour changer le "
-"pilote, par exemple pour un pilote propriétaire."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Les serveurs disponibles sont triés en ordre alphabétique des fabricants "
-"sous la rubrique <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> puis par modèles, également en "
-"ordre alphabétique. Les pilotes libres sont classés par ordre alphabétique "
-"sous la rubrique<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"En cas de problèmes, le pilote <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> fonctionnera "
-"la plupart du temps, ce qui vous permettra de chercher et installer le bon "
-"pilote depuis votre environnement graphique favori."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Si même le pilote <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> ne vous permet pas de démarrer "
-"un environnement graphique, choisissez <emphasis>Xorg - fbdev</emphasis> qui "
-"est utilisé lors de l'installation de Mageia, mais ceci ne vous permettra "
-"pas de régler la résolution ou le taux de rafraîchissement."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous avez choisi un pilote libre, on vous proposera de le remplacer par "
-"un pilote propriétaire avec plus de fonctionnalités (des effets 3D par "
-"exemple)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Moniteur :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"De même que précédemment, le moniteur actuellement détecté est affiché comme "
-"étiquette de bouton, sur lequel un appui permettra de changer pour un autre. "
-"Si le moniteur souhaité n'est pas dans la liste, choisir dans la liste "
-"<guilabel>Générique</guilabel> un moniteur avec les mêmes caractéristiques."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Résolution :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ce bouton permet le choix de la résolution (le nombre de pixels par ligne et "
-"par colonne) et la profondeur des couleurs. Il affiche l'écran suivant :"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Quand vous modifierez la "
-"profondeur des couleurs, une barre multicolore apparaîtra près du second "
-"bouton et montrera un aperçu du résultat, c'est à dire à quoi ressembleront "
-"les couleurs selon la profondeur sélectionnée."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Le premier bouton affiche la résolution actuelle. Appuyez dessus pour la "
-"changer. La liste affichée est fonction des performances de la carte "
-"graphique et du moniteur. Il est possible de cliquer sur <guilabel>Autre</"
-"guilabel> pour spécifier d'autres résolutions, mais gardez à l'esprit que "
-"vous pouvez endommager l'écran ou installer quelque chose d'inconfortable."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Le deuxième bouton montre la profondeur actuelle, cliquez pour la changer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"En fonction de la résolution choisie, il sera peut être nécessaire de "
-"redémarrer le serveur d'affichage pour que les nouveaux paramètres soient "
-"pris en compte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test :</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Une fois que la configuration est faite, vous avez la possibilité de faire "
-"un test avant de l'accepter. Il est ainsi plus facile de modifier les "
-"réglages."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Au cas où l'environnement graphique ne fonctionne plus, vous pouvez essayer "
-"de retrouver une console en mode texte par la combinaison Alt+Ctrl+F2 et en "
-"lançant la commande XFdrake (avec les majuscules) et de retrouver cet outil "
-"en mode texte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si le test échoue, attendez simplement sa fin. S'il réussit mais que vous ne "
-"désirez finalement rien changer,  cliquer sur <guibutton>Non</guibutton>. Si "
-"tout est valide, cliquer sur <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Options :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Options globales</guilabel> : si <emphasis>Désactiver Ctrl+Alt"
-"+Backspace</emphasis> est coché, il ne sera pas possible de redémarrer le "
-"serveur graphique par la combinaison de touches <keycap>Ctrl+Alt+Backspace</"
-"keycap>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Options de la carte graphique</guilabel> : permet d'activer ou de "
-"désactiver des fonctions spécifiques qui dépendent de la carte graphique."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Interface graphique lors du démarrage</guilabel> : En général, "
-"l'option <emphasis>Lancement automatique de l'interface graphique (Xorg) au "
-"démarrage</emphasis> est cochée pour que le système démarre en mode "
-"graphique. Elle peut être décochée pour un serveur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Après avoir cliqué sur le bouton <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton>, le système "
-"vous demandera de confirmer. Vous pourrez encore tout annuler et conserver "
-"la configuration précédente, ou acceptez la modification. Dans ce dernier "
-"cas, vous devrez vous déconnecter et vous reconnecter pour activer la "
-"nouvelle configuration."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 87e32752..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Les outils pour configurer le système Mageia</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Les textes et copies d'écran de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence
-CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Ce manuel est produit avec le concours du <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">CMS Calenco</link> développé par <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Il est écrit par des volontaires sur leur temps libre. Veuillez contacter
-<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link>, si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4027b121..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Les textes et copies d'écran de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence
-CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Ce manuel est produit avec le concours du <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">CMS Calenco</link> développé par <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Il est écrit par des volontaires sur leur temps libre. Veuillez contacter
-<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link>, si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ca2a3cb2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Mettre à jour votre système</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate ou drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil<footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> se trouve dans le Centre de
-Contrôle de Mageia sous l'onglet <emphasis role="bold">Gestion des
-logiciels</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Pour fonctionner, MageiaUpdate a besoin que les dépôts logiciels soient
-configurés avec rpmdrake-edit-media, ou le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia
-(même onglet, dans "configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour
-des logiciels") et que des médias de mise à jour soient sélectionnés. Dans
-le cas contraire, vous êtes invité à le faire.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Aussitôt cet outil lancé, il analyse les paquetages installés puis liste
-ceux pour lesquels il existe une mise à jour dans les dépôts. Elles sont
-toutes sélectionnées par défaut pour être automatiquement téléchargées et
-installées. Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Mettre à jour</guibutton> pour
-démarrer le processus.</para>
-
-  <para>En cliquant sur un paquetage, des informations supplémentaires sont
-affichées dans la moitié inférieure de la fenêtre. Le symbole <emphasis
-role="bold"> ></emphasis> devant un titre signifie qu'il est possible de
-cliquer dessus pour dérouler du texte.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Quand des mises à jour sont disponibles, vous êtes prévenu par un applet
-dans la boîte à miniatures qui affiche cette icône rouge <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>. Cliquer simplement sur l'icône et entrer
-le mot de passe utilisateur pour mettre le système à jour.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d5ca774..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Configurer le serveur d'affichage</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil est présent dans le Centre de Contrôle Mageia sous l'onglet
-<emphasis role="bold">Matériel</emphasis>. Sélectionner
-<emphasis><guilabel>Configurer le serveur
-d'affichage</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil avec la ligne de commande
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ou <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> en tant
-qu'utilisateur <emphasis>root</emphasis>. Faites attention aux majuscules
-dans la commande.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Les boutons permettent la configuration du serveur graphique.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Carte graphique :</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>La carte graphique actuellement configurée est affichée et le serveur
-graphique correspondant est configuré. Appuyer sur le bouton pour changer le
-pilote, par exemple pour un pilote propriétaire.</para>
-
-  <para>Les serveurs disponibles sont triés en ordre alphabétique des fabricants
-sous la rubrique <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> puis par modèles, également en
-ordre alphabétique. Les pilotes libres sont classés par ordre alphabétique
-sous la rubrique<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>En cas de problèmes, le pilote <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> fonctionnera
-la plupart du temps, ce qui vous permettra de chercher et installer le bon
-pilote depuis votre environnement graphique favori.</para>
-
-      <para>Si même le pilote <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> ne vous permet pas de démarrer
-un environnement graphique, choisissez <emphasis>Xorg - fbdev</emphasis> qui
-est utilisé lors de l'installation de Mageia, mais ceci ne vous permettra
-pas de régler la résolution ou le taux de rafraîchissement.</para>
-    </note>Si vous avez choisi un pilote libre, on vous proposera de le remplacer par
-un pilote propriétaire avec plus de fonctionnalités (des effets 3D par
-exemple).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Moniteur :</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>De même que précédemment, le moniteur actuellement détecté est affiché comme
-étiquette de bouton, sur lequel un appui permettra de changer pour un
-autre. Si le moniteur souhaité n'est pas dans la liste, choisir dans la
-liste <guilabel>Générique</guilabel> un moniteur avec les mêmes
-caractéristiques.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Résolution :</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Ce bouton permet le choix de la résolution (le nombre de pixels par ligne et
-par colonne) et la profondeur des couleurs. Il affiche l'écran suivant :</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Quand vous modifierez la profondeur
-des couleurs, une barre multicolore apparaîtra près du second bouton et
-montrera un aperçu du résultat, c'est à dire à quoi ressembleront les
-couleurs selon la profondeur sélectionnée.</para>
-
-  <para>Le premier bouton affiche la résolution actuelle. Appuyez dessus pour la
-changer. La liste affichée est fonction des performances de la carte
-graphique et du moniteur. Il est possible de cliquer sur
-<guilabel>Autre</guilabel> pour spécifier d'autres résolutions, mais gardez
-à l'esprit que vous pouvez endommager l'écran ou installer quelque chose
-d'inconfortable.</para>
-
-  <para>Le deuxième bouton montre la profondeur actuelle, cliquez pour la changer.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>En fonction de la résolution choisie, il sera peut être nécessaire de
-redémarrer le serveur d'affichage pour que les nouveaux paramètres soient
-pris en compte.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test :</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Une fois que la configuration est faite, vous avez la possibilité de faire
-un test avant de l'accepter. Il est ainsi plus facile de modifier les
-réglages.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Au cas où l'environnement graphique ne fonctionne plus, vous pouvez essayer
-de retrouver une console en mode texte par la combinaison Alt+Ctrl+F2 et en
-lançant la commande XFdrake (avec les majuscules) et de retrouver cet outil
-en mode texte.</para>
-    </note>Si le test échoue, attendez simplement sa fin. S'il réussit mais que vous ne
-désirez finalement rien changer,  cliquer sur <guibutton>Non</guibutton>. Si
-tout est valide, cliquer sur <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Options :</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Options globales</guilabel> : si <emphasis>Désactiver
-Ctrl+Alt+Backspace</emphasis> est coché, il ne sera pas possible de
-redémarrer le serveur graphique par la combinaison de touches
-<keycap>Ctrl+Alt+Backspace</keycap>.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Options de la carte graphique</guilabel> : permet d'activer ou de
-désactiver des fonctions spécifiques qui dépendent de la carte graphique.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Interface graphique lors du démarrage</guilabel> : En général,
-l'option <emphasis>Lancement automatique de l'interface graphique (Xorg) au
-démarrage</emphasis> est cochée pour que le système démarre en mode
-graphique. Elle peut être décochée pour un serveur.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>Après avoir cliqué sur le bouton <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton>, le système
-vous demandera de confirmer. Vous pourrez encore tout annuler et conserver
-la configuration précédente, ou acceptez la modification. Dans ce dernier
-cas, vous devrez vous déconnecter et vous reconnecter pour activer la
-nouvelle configuration.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ddf1e16..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Accéder aux disques et répertoires partagés via WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote><para>Il est possible  de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root  <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis></para>
-  </footnote> se trouve dans le Centre de
-Contôle de Mageia, dans l'onglet Partage réseau, sous l'appellation
-<guilabel>Accéder aux disques et répertoires partagés via WebDAV
-</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> est un
-protocole qui permet de monter localement le répertoire d'un serveur web,
-ainsi, il apparaît comme un répertoire local. Il est nécessaire que la
-machine distante utilise un serveur WebDAV. La configuration du serveur
-WebDAV n'est pas l'objectif de cet outil.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Création d'un nouvelle entrée</title>
-
-    <para>Le premier écran de l'outil présente les entrées déjà configurées, si elles
-existent, et un bouton  <guibutton>Nouveau</guibutton>. L'utiliser pour
-créer une nouvelle entrée. Dans le champ du second écran, indiquer l'URL du
-serveur.</para>
-
-    <para>Vous obtenez alors un écran doté de boutons radio pour sélectionner quelques
-actions. Continuons avec l'action <guibutton>point de montage</guibutton> en
-sélectionnant ce bouton puis en cliquant sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton> car
-le <guibutton>Serveur</guibutton> est déjà configuré. Il est cependant
-possible de le modifier si nécessaire.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Le contenu du répertoire distant sera accessible via ce point de montage.</para>
-
-    <para>A l'étape suivante, donnez votre nom d'utilisateur et mot de passe. Si vous
-avez besoin d'autres options, il est possible de les définir dans l'écran
-<guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> </para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>L'option <guibutton>Monter</guibutton> permet de procéder immédiatement au
-montage de l'accès.</para>
-
-    <para>Après avoir accepté la configuration avec le bouton radio
-<guibutton>Terminé</guibutton>, Le premier écran est à nouveau affiché et le
-nouveau point est listé. Après avoir cliqué sur
-<guibutton>Quitter</guibutton>, il vous est demandé s'il faut sauvegarder
-les modifications dans <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Accepter cette
-proposition si vous désirez que le répertoire distant soit monté à chaque
-démarrage. Si votre configuration est provisoire, ne pas enregistrer.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a406207..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Partager les partitions de vos disques</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote><para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande sous root en
-tapant : <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis>.</para></footnote> très simple permet aux
-utilisateurs de partager les sous-dossiers de /home avec les autres
-utilisateurs du même réseau local utilisant les systèmes d'exploitation
-Linux ou Windows.</para>
-
-  <para>Il se trouve dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, onglet Disques Locaux
-sous l'appellation "Partager les partitions de vos disques".</para>
-
-  <para>Répondre d'abord à la question : "<guilabel> Souhaitez-vous autoriser les
-utilisateurs à partager certains de leurs dossiers ? </guilabel>", cliquer
-sur <guibutton> Pas de partage </guibutton> si la réponse est non pour tous
-les utilisateurs, cliquer sur <guibutton> Autoriser tous les utilisateurs
-</guibutton> pour autoriser tout le monde et cliquer sur <guibutton>
-Personnalisé</guibutton> si la réponse est non pour certains utilisateurs et
-oui pour les autres. Dans ce dernier cas, les utilisateurs autorisés à
-partager leurs dossiers doivent appartenir au groupe fileshare, ce qui est
-automatiquement réalisé par le système. Vous serez plus tard interrogé à ce
-propos.</para>
-
-  <para>Cliquer sur <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un deuxième écran apparait pour vous
-demander de choisir entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Cocher <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si le réseau
-ne comprend que des systèmes d'exploitation Linux, cocher
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si le réseau comprend des systèmes d'exploitation
-Linux et Windows, enfin cliquer sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Tout
-paquetage requis sera installé si nécessaire.</para>
-
-  <para>La configuration est maintenant terminée sauf si l'option
-<guibutton>Personnalisé</guibutton> a été choisie. Dans ce cas, un écran
-supplémentaire vous invite à ouvrir Userdrake. Cet outil permet d'ajouter au
-groupe fileshare les utilisateurs autorisés à partager leurs dossiers. Dans
-l'onglet Utilisateur, cliquer sur l'utilisateur à ajouter au groupe
-fileshare, puis sur <guimenuitem>Editer</guimenuitem>. Dans l'onglet
-Groupes, cocher le groupe fileshare puis sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pour
-plus d'informations sur Userdrake, voir <xref linkend="userdrake"> cette
-page</xref>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Après l'ajout d'un nouvel utilisateur au groupe fileshare, vous devez
-déconnecter puis reconnecter le réseau pour que les modifications soient
-prises en compte.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>A partir de maintenant, tout utilisateur appartenant au groupe fileshare
-peut sélectionner les dossiers à partager dans son gestionnaire de fichiers.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 82bd4f44..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Accéder aux disques et répertoires partagés via NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous
-root<emphasis role="bold"> diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> permet de donner, à tous les
-utilisateurs de la machine, l'accès à des dossiers partagés présents sur les
-serveurs du réseau. Le protocole utilisé pour cela est NFS, lequel est
-présent sur la plupart des systèmes Linux ou Unix. Les dossiers partagés
-seront ainsi disponibles dés la fin du démarrage du PC, pour tout
-utilisateur au moyen d'outils tels qu'un gestionnaire de fichiers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procédure</title>
-
-    <para>Cliquer sur <guibutton>Rechercher les serveurs</guibutton> pour obtenir une
-liste des serveurs qui partagent leurs dossiers.</para>
-
-    <para>Cliquer sur le symbole > devant le nom du serveur pour afficher la liste des
-dossiers partagés et sélectionner celui auquel vous désirez accéder.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Le bouton <guibutton>Point de montage</guibutton> deviendra accessible pour
-y désigner l'endroit où monter le dossier.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Après le choix du point de montage, vous pouvez procéder au montage.  Il est
-aussi possible de vérifier et de modifier certaines options avec le bouton
-<guibutton>Options</guibutton>. Le même bouton que le montage sert aussi au
-démontage.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Après l'acceptation de la configuration en cliquant sur le bouton
-<guibutton>Terminé</guibutton> un message apparaît pour demander "Désirez
-vous enregistrer les modifications dans /etc/fstab". Répondre oui rendra le
-dossier disponible à chaque session, si le réseau est disponible. Le dossier
-partagé est alors accessible dans le gestionnaire de fichiers, par exemple
-Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d33bef4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Graveur CD/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-    </footnote> se trouve dans l'onglet
-Disques locaux du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous une appellation
-correspondante à votre matériel amovible (lecteurs et graveurs CD/DVD et
-lecteurs de disquettes uniquement) </para>
-
-  <para>Le but est de définir la façon dont votre support amovible est monté. </para>
-
-  <para>En haut de la fenêtre, il y a une courte description de votre matériel et
-les options définies pour le monter. Utiliser le menu en dessous pour les
-modifier. Cocher l'entrée à modifier puis sur le bouton
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Point de montage</title>
-
-    <para>Cocher cette case pour changer le point de montage. La valeur par défaut est
-/media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Options</title>
-
-    <para>Beaucoup d'options de montage peuvent être changées ici, soit directement
-dans la liste ou via le sous menu <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. Les
-principales sont :</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>L'utilisateur autorise un autre utilisateur ordinaire (pas le
-super-utilisateur root) à monter le disque amovible. Cette option implique
-l'activation des options noexec, nosuid et nodev. L'utilisateur qui monte le
-disque est le seul à pouvoir le démonter. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 83d3c412..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Accéder aux disques et répertoires de Windows (Samba)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-      </footnote>permet de déclarer quels
-dossiers partagés peuvent être accessibles par tous les utilisateurs de la
-machine. Le protocole utilisé pour cela est SMB qui fut popularisé sur les
-systèmes Windows(R) . Le dossier partagé sera disponible à chaque boot. Les
-dossiers partagés peuvent aussi être accédés directement lors d'une session
-utilisateur avec un outil tel qu'un gestionnaire de fichiers.</para>
-
-    <para>Avant de lancer l'outil, il est conseillé de déclarer le nom des serveurs
-disponibles, par exemple avec <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procédure</title>
-
-    <para>Sélectionner <guibutton> Rechercher les serveurs </guibutton> pour obtenir
-une liste de serveurs qui partagent des dossiers.</para>
-
-    <para>Cliquer sur le nom du serveur et sur > devant le nom du serveur pour
-afficher la liste des dossiers partagés et pouvoir sélectionner le dossier
-auquel on désire avoir accès.</para>
-
-    <para>Le bouton <guibutton> Point de montage </guibutton> deviendra disponible,
-utilisez le pour spécifier où monter le dossier.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Après le choix du point de montage, procéder au montage avec le bouton
-<guimenu> Monter</guimenu>. Il est aussi possible de vérifier et de modifier
-certaines options grâce au bouton <guibutton>Options</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para>Spécifier ici les noms et mots de passe des utilisateurs autorisés à se
-connecter au serveur SMB. Après montage du dossier, il peut être démonté
-avec le même bouton.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> pour accepter la
-configuration, un message demande alors "Souhaitez vous sauvegarder les
-modifications dans le fichier /etc/fstab". Répondre oui rendra le dossier
-partagé accessible à chaque session, si le réseau est disponible. Ce dossier
-sera alors accessible dans le gestionnaire de fichiers, par exemple Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c4f341d6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Effets de bureau 3D</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>Cet outil<footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">drak3d.</emphasis></para>
-      </footnote> est destiné à la gestion des
-effets de bureau 3D proposés par votre système d'exploitation. Ces effets
-sont désactivés par défaut.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Démarrage</title>
-
-    <para>Pour l'utilisation de cet outil, le paquetage
-<emphasis><emphasis>glxinfo</emphasis></emphasis> doit être installé. Dans
-le cas contraire, vous serez invité à le faire avant que drak3d ne puisse
-démarrer.</para>
-
-    <para>Après le lancement de drak3d, une fenêtre apparaît et présente un
-menu. Choisir ici soit "Pas d'effets 3D" soit "Compiz Fusion". Compiz Fusion
-est un gestionnaire de fenêtres composite qui permet des effets spéciaux
-avec accélération matérielle pour votre ordinateur. Choisir Compiz Fusion
-pour le mettre en service.</para>
-
-    <para>S'il s'agit de de la première utilisation de ce programme après une nouvelle
-installation complète de Mageia, un message d'avertissement est affiché
-indiquant quels paquetages doivent être installés pour assurer le
-fonctionnement de Compiz Fusion. Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Ok
-</guibutton>pour continuer.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Une fois les paquetages nécessaires installés, remarquez que Compiz Fusion
-est sélectionné dans le menu drak3d, mais pour cela il faut se déconnecter
-et se reconnecter afin que les changements soient pris en compte.</para>
-
-    <para>Après la reconnexion, Compiz Fusion est activé. Pour le configurer, voir la
-page au sujet de l'outil CCSM (Compiz Config Settings Manager).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Dépannage</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Impossible de voir le bureau après la connexion</title>
-
-      <para>Si après l'activation de Compiz Fusion vous vous reconnectez sur le bureau
-et qu'il est impossible de voir quelque chose, redémarrez l'ordinateur pour
-revenir sur l'écran de connexion. A ce niveau, cliquez sur l'icône bureau et
-sélectionnez drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Lors de la connexion, si votre compte est reconnu de type administrateur,
-vous serez invité à saisir de nouveau votre mot de passe. Sinon, utilisez la
-connexion administrateur avec son compte.  Ensuite, il est possible de
-retirer toutes les modifications qui auraient pu causer le problème de
-connexion.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 33190122..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Authentification</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote><para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">drakauth</emphasis>.</para></footnote> donne la possibilité de
-modifier la manière dont on est reconnu comme utilisateur sur la machine ou
-sur le réseau.</para>
-
-  <para>Par défaut, les informations concernant l'authentification sont stockées
-dans un fichier sur l'ordinateur. Ne le modifier que si l'administrateur
-système invite à le faire et donne les informations nécessaires à ce sujet.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 00f1406e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Configurer la connexion automatique</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil<footnote>
-      <para>Vous pouvez lancer cet outil en ligne de commande, en tapant <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> en tant qu'administrateur.</para>
-    </footnote> permet de connecter
-automatiquement à chaque démarrage un utilisateur particulier, dans son
-environnement de bureau, sans lui demander son mot de passe. Cela s'appelle
-la connexion automatique. C'est généralement une bonne idée sur une machine
-qui ne possède qu'un seul utilisateur.</para>
-
-  <para>Il se trouve dans l'onglet <emphasis role="bold">Démarrage</emphasis> du
-Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous l'appellation "Configurer la connexion
-automatique".</para>
-
-  <para>Les boutons de l'interface sont assez évidents :</para>
-
-  <para>Cochez <guibutton>Lancer l'environnement graphique au démarrage du
-système</guibutton>, si vous désirez que le serveur graphique soit exécuté
-au démarrage. Dans le cas contraire, le système démarrera en mode
-texte. Cependant il sera toujours possible de lancer l'interface graphique
-manuellement, en exécutant la commande 'startx' ou 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>Si la première case est cochée, deux autres options sont disponibles, cocher
-soit <guibutton> Ne pas connecter automatiquement un
-utilisateur</guibutton>, pour que le système continue à demander quel
-utilisateur connecter (avec le mot de passe) ou bien cocher <guibutton>
-Connexion automatique (choisir utilisateur et bureau)</guibutton>. Dans ce
-cas, il est aussi nécessaire de fournir le nom de l'<guilabel>Utilisateur
-par défaut</guilabel> et le <guilabel>Bureau par défaut</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a667f193..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Configurer le démarrage du système</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Si vous possédez un système UEFI à la place du BIOS, l'interface utilisateur
-est légèrement différente car le périphérique d'amorçage est évidemment la
-Partition du Système EFI (ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> vous permet de configurer
-les options d'amorçage (choix du chargeur d'amorçage, mise en place d'un mot
-de passe, amorçage par défaut, etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>On le trouve dans le Centre de Contrôle Mageia : onglet Démarrage >
-Configuer le démarrage du système.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>N'utilisez cet outil que si vous savez parfaitement ce que vous faites, la
-modification de certains éléments peut interdire tout nouvel amorçage !</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Dans la première partie, appelée <guilabel>Programme d'amorçage</guilabel>,
-il est possible de choisir quel <guibutton>Programme d'amorçage à
-utiliser</guibutton>, Grub, Grub2 ou Lilo, et avec un menu en mode texte ou
-graphique. C'est une simple question de goût, sans autres conséquences. Il
-est aussi possible de choisir le <guibutton>Périphérique
-d'amorçage</guibutton>, ne rien modifier ici à moins d'être un expert. Le
-périphérique d'amorçage est l'endroit où le programme d'amorçage est
-installé et toute modification peut interdire l'amorçage de la machine.</para>
-
-  <para>Dans un système UEFI, le chargeur d'amorçage est
-<guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> installé dans la partition /boot/EFI. Cette
-partition, formatée en FAT32, est commune à tous les systèmes d'exploitation
-installés.</para>
-
-  <para>Dans la seconde partie, appelée <guilabel>Options principales</guilabel>,se
-trouve le réglage du <guibutton>Délai avant l'activation du choix par
-défaut</guibutton>, exprimé en secondes. Pendant ce délai, Grub ou Lilo
-affichent la liste des systèmes d'exploitation disponibles, vous invitant à
-faire votre choix. Si aucune sélection n'est effectuée, c'est le système par
-défaut qui sera amorcé une fois le délai expiré.</para>
-
-  <para>Dans la troisième et dernière partie, appelée
-<guibutton>Sécurité</guibutton>, il est possible d'établir un mot de passe
-pour le chargeur d'amorçage. Dans ce cas, un nom d'utilisateur (username) et
-un mot de passe (password) seront demandés au cours de l'amorçage pour
-sélectionner une entrée ou modifier sa configuration. Le nom d'utilisateur
-est "root" et le mot de passe est celui défini ci-après.</para>
-
-  <para>Le bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> propose des options supplémentaires.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Activer l'ACPI :</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) est un standard de gestion
-de l'énergie. Il permet de réaliser des économies en arrêtant des
-périphériques inutilisés, c'était la méthode utilisée auparavant par l'APM.
-Cocher cette case si le matériel est compatible ACPI.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Activer le SMP :</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP signifie Symmetric Multi Processors, c'est une architecture pour les
-processeurs multicores.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Pour les processeurs utilisant l'HyperThreading, Mageia les détecte comme
-des processeurs dual core et active le SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Activer l'APIC</guibutton> et <guibutton>Activer l'APIC local
-:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC signifie Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Ce sont deux
-composants du système APIC d'INTEL. L'APIC local (LAPIC) et l'APIC E/S. Ce
-dernier dirige les interruptions qu'il reçoit des bus périphériques vers un
-ou plusieurs APIC locaux qui sont dans le processeur. Cela est vraiment
-utile pour les systèmes à multi processeurs. Certains ordinateurs
-rencontrent des problèmes avec le système ACPI, ce qui peu provoquer des
-plantages ou une détection incorrecte du matériel (message d'erreur :
-"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). Dans ce cas, désactiver l'APIC et/ou
-l'APIC local.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>L'écran <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> diffère suivant le chargeur
-d'amorçage choisi.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Vous utilisez Grub Legacy ou Lilo :</para>
-
-      <para>Dans l'écran <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, se trouve la liste de toutes
-les entrées du menu d'amorçage. Celle par défaut est repérée par un
-astérisque. Pour changer l'ordre des entrées, sélectionner celle à déplacer
-et cliquer sur les flèches haut ou bas. Cliquer sur le bouton
-<guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modifier</guibutton> pour faire
-apparaître une nouvelle fenêtre permettant l'ajout d'une entrée dans le menu
-d'amorçage ou la modification d'une entrée existante. Il faut bien connaître
-Lilo ou Grub pour être capable d'utiliser ces outils.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Le champ <guilabel>Label</guilabel> est libre, inscrire ici ce que l'on
-souhaite voir affiché dans le menu. Il correspond à la commande "title" de
-grub. Par exemple : Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>Le champ <guilabel>Image</guilabel> contient le nom du noyau. Il correspond
-à la commande "kernel" de Grub. Par exemple /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>Le champ <guilabel>Partition racine </guilabel>contient le nom du
-périphérique où est enregistré le noyau. Il correspond à la commande
-"root".  Par exemple : (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>Le champ<guilabel> Options passées au noyau</guilabel> contient les options
-à passer au noyau pendant l'amorçage.</para>
-
-      <para>Si la case <guilabel>Choix par défaut</guilabel> est cochée, Grub amorcera
-cette entrée par défaut.</para>
-
-      <para>Dans l'écran supplémentaire appelé <guilabel>Avancé</guilabel>, il est
-possible de choisir le <guilabel>mode Vidéo</guilabel>, un fichier
-<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> et un <guilabel>profil réseau</guilabel>
-(consulter <xref linkend="draknetprofile"/>), dans les listes déroulantes.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Vous utilisez Grub2 ou Grub2-efi (chargeurs d'amorçage utilisés par défaut
-en modes Legacy et UEFI respectivement) :</para>
-
-      <para>Dans ce cas, la liste déroulante nommée  <guilabel>Défaut</guilabel> affiche
-toutes les entrées disponibles, cliquer sur celle que vous choisissez pour
-être celle par défaut.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Le champ<guilabel> Options passées au noyau</guilabel> contient les options
-à passer au noyau pendant l'amorçage.</para>
-
-      <para>Si vous avez d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia essaye de
-les ajouter au menu de démarrage. Si vous ne désirez pas cela, décocher la
-case <guilabel>Détecter les autres OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>L'écran supplémentaire appelé <guilabel>Avancé</guilabel>, vous permet de
-choisir le <guilabel>Mode vidéo</guilabel>. Si vous ne désirez pas avoir une
-Mageia amorçable, mais la chaîner depuis un autre OS, cocher la case
-<guilabel>Ne pas toucher à l'ESP ni au MBR</guilabel> et accepter la mise en
-garde.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Décliner l’installation sur l'ESP ou le MBR, signifie que l'installation ne
-sera pas amorçable sauf par un chargement en chaîne (chain loading) depuis
-un autre OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>Pour définir d'autres paramètres, vous pouvez utiliser l'outil appelé
-<emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis>, disponible dans les dépôts Mageia
-(voir ci-dessous).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cb9653fa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Outil de rapport de bug de Mageia</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Habituellement, cet outil l<footnote><para>Vous pouvez lancer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous root :
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> démarre
-automatiquement lorsqu'un outil Mageia plante. Cependant, il est aussi
-possible qu'après avoir rempli un rapport de bug, on vous demande de
-démarrer cet outil pour vérifier certaines des informations qu'il a données
-et de les rapporter dans ce rapport de bug.</para>
-
-  <para>Si un nouveau rapport de bug doit être déposé et que vous n'y êtes pas
-habitué, alors lisez  <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
-report a bug report properly</link> avant de cliquer sur le bouton
-"Signaler"</para>
-
-  <para>Au cas où le bug aurait déjà été signalé par quelqu'un d'autre (le message
-d'erreur donné par drakbug étant le même), il est utile d'ajouter un
-commentaire à ce rapport de bug pour dire que vous l'avez constaté aussi.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b2f1d610..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collecte les journaux et les informations système pour les rapports de bug</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Vous ne pouvez lancer et utiliser cet outil <footnote><para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis>.</para></footnote> qu'en ligne de commande.</para>
-
-<para>Il est conseillé de rediriger la sortie de cette commande vers un fichier,
-par exemple : <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, mais assurez vous auparavant d'avoir
-suffisamment d'espace disque de disponible, le fichier peut facilement
-dépasser plusieurs Go.</para>
-<note><para>La sortie est trop volumineuse pour être jointe à un rapport de bug,
-supprimez d'abord les parties non nécessaires. </para></note>
-  <para>La commande recueille les informations suivantes sur votre système :</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> version de Mageia</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Lorsque cette page fut écrite, la partie "syslog" de la sortie de la
-commande était vide car l'outil n'avait pas encore été adapté au passage à
-systemd. Si elle est encore vide, vous pouvez la retrouver en tapant sous
-root : <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Si
-vous ne disposez pas d'espace disque important, il est possible de ne
-prendre par exemple que les 5000 dernières lignes avec la commande :
-<emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index adfa5947..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Gérer la date et l'heure</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande sous root en
-tapant <emphasis role="bold">drakclock</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> se trouve dans l'onglet
-"Système" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous le nom <guilabel>Gérer la
-date et l'heure</guilabel>. Dans certains bureaux, il est aussi disponible
-par un clic droit sur l'horloge dans la zone de notification puis cliquer
-sur "Régler la date et l'heure...".</para>
-
-  <para>C'est un outil très simple.</para>
-
-  <para>En haut à gauche, il y a le <emphasis role="bold">calendrier</emphasis>. Sur
-la copie d'écran ci-dessus, la date indiquée est Septembre (en haut à
-gauche), le 2 (en bleu) de l'année 2012 (en haut à droite), et c'est un
-dimanche. Sélectionner le mois (ou l'année)  en cliquant sur la petite
-flèche de chaque côté de Septembre (ou de 2012).  Sélectionner le jour en
-cliquant sur son numéro.</para>
-
-  <para>En bas à gauche se trouve la synchronisation avec le <emphasis
-role="bold">Protocole du temps réseau (Network Time Protocol,
-NTP).</emphasis> C'est la possibilité d'avoir une horloge toujours à l'heure
-en la synchronisant avec un serveur. Cocher la case <guilabel> Activer
-NTP</guilabel> et choisir le plus proche serveur.</para>
-
-  <para>Sur la partie droite se trouve l'<emphasis
-role="bold">horloge</emphasis>. Il est inutile de la mettre à l'heure si le
-NTP est en service. Trois cases affichent les heures, minutes et secondes
-(19, 29 et 56 sur la copie d'écran). Utiliser les petites flèches pour
-régler l'heure. Il est impossible de changer le format d'affichage ici, pour
-cela utiliser les outils de configuration du bureau.</para>
-
-  <para>Enfin, en bas à droite, sélectionner votre fuseau horaire en cliquant sur le
-bouton <guibutton>Changer le fuseau horaire </guibutton>et désigner dans la
-liste la ville la plus proche.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Même s'il n'est pas possible de choisir le format d'affichage de la date ou
-de l'heure avec cet outil, elles seront néanmoins affichées sur le bureau
-conformément à la configuration de la localisation.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c91a0c71..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Supprimer une connexion</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Cet outil<footnote><para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis>.</para></footnote> permet de supprimer une
-interface réseau</para> 
-    <para>Cliquer sur le menu déroulant, choisir l'interface à supprimer, puis cliquer
-sur <emphasis>suivant</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Ensuite apparaît un message confirmant la suppression avec succès de
-l'interface réseau.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c3267ffa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,835 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Configurer une nouvelle connexion Internet (LAN, RNIS, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root :<emphasis role="bold"> drakconnect</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> se trouve sous l'onglet
-Réseau &amp; Internet du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous le nom
-"Configurer une nouvelle connexion Internet (LAN, RNIS, ADSL, ...)".</para>
-
-    <para>Sélectionner le type de connexion à établir, en accord avec le matériel et
-le fournisseur d'accès à disposition.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Une nouvelle connexion filaire (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>La première fenêtre liste les interfaces disponibles.  Sélectionner celle
-qui est à configurer.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ensuite, le choix est donné entre attribuer une adresse IP automatiquement
-ou manuellement.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automatique</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Configuration Ethernet/IP</emphasis> : il faut déterminer si les
-serveurs DNS sont déclarés par le serveur DHCP ou s'ils le sont
-manuellement, comme expliqué ci-dessous (configuration manuelle). Dans ce
-dernier cas, l'adresse IP des serveurs DNS doit être spécifiée. Le nom
-d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si aucun nom n'est donné, le
-nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué par défaut.  Le
-nom d'hôte peut aussi être fourni par le serveur DHCP avec l'option
-<emphasis>Affecter le nom d'hôte depuis le serveur DHCP</emphasis>. Tous les
-serveurs DHCP ne possèdent pas cette fonction, et si vous configurez votre
-PC pour obtenir une adresse IP du routeur ADSL domestique, il y a peu de
-chance que cela fonctionne.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Le bouton "Avancé" donne la possibilité de spécifier :</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Le domaine recherché (non accessible, tel que fourni par le serveur DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Le client DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Le délai d'expiration DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Récupérer les serveurs YP depuis le serveur DHCP (coché par défaut) :
-spécifier le serveur NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Récupérer le serveur NTPD depuis le serveur DHCP (synchronisation des
-horloges)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Nom d'hôte DHCP. N'utiliser cette option que si le serveur DHCP exige du
-client la spécification d'un nom d'hôte avant de lui fournir une adresse
-IP. Cette option n'est pas acceptée par certains serveurs DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Après l'acceptation, les dernières étapes, qui sont communes à toutes les
-configurations de connexion, sont expliquées ici : <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configuration manuelle</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Configuration de Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: déclarer quels serveurs
-sont nécessaires. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si
-aucun n'est spécifié, le nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est
-attribué par défaut.</para>
-
-            <para>Pour un réseau domestique, l'adresse IP ressemble en général à
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, le masque de réseau est
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, et les adresses des passerelle et
-serveurs DNS sont indiquées sur le site Web du fournisseur d'accès Internet.</para>
-
-            <para>Dans "paramètres avancés", il est possible de préciser un <emphasis>Domaine
-recherché</emphasis>. C'est habituellement votre domaine principal. Par
-exemple, si l'ordinateur s'appelle "splash" et si son nom de domaine complet
-est "splash.boatanchor.net", le domaine de recherche est probablement
-"boatanchor.net". A moins que d'en avoir spécifiquement besoin, ce paramètre
-n'est pas obligatoire. Là encore, les routeurs domestiques n'ont en général
-pas besoin de ce paramètre.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Les étapes suivantes sont exposée dans <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Une nouvelle connexion par satellite (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Une nouvelle connexion par modem cable</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>La première fenêtre liste les interfaces disponibles.  Sélectionner celle
-qui est à configurer.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ensuite, le choix est donné entre attribuer une adresse IP automatiquement
-ou manuellement.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Il faut spécifier une méthode d'authentification :</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Aucune</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (nécessaire pour Telstra). Dans ce cas, fournir un nom
-d'utilisateur et un mot de passe.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automatique</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Configuration Câble/IP</emphasis> : il faut déterminer si les
-serveurs DNS sont déclarés par le serveur DHCP ou s'ils le sont
-manuellement, comme expliqué ci-dessous (configuration manuelle). Dans ce
-dernier cas, l'adresse IP des serveurs DNS doit être spécifiée. Le nom
-d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si aucun nom n'est donné, le
-nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué par défaut.  Le
-nom d'hôte peut aussi être fourni par le serveur DHCP avec l'option
-<emphasis>Affecter le nom d'hôte depuis le serveur DHCP</emphasis>. Tous les
-serveurs DHCP ne possèdent pas cette fonction, et si vous configurez votre
-PC pour obtenir une adresse IP du routeur ADSL domestique, il y a peu de
-chance que cela fonctionne.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Le bouton "Avancé" donne la possibilité de spécifier :</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Le domaine recherché (non accessible, tel que fourni par le serveur DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Le client DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Le délai d'expiration DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Récupérer les serveurs YP depuis le serveur DHCP (coché par défaut) :
-spécifier le serveur NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Récupérer le serveur NTPD depuis le serveur DHCP (synchronisation des
-horloges)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Nom d'hôte DHCP. N'utiliser cette option que si le serveur DHCP exige du
-client la spécification d'un nom d'hôte avant de lui fournir une adresse
-IP. Cette option n'est pas acceptée par certains serveurs DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Après l'acceptation, les dernières étapes, qui sont communes à toutes les
-configurations de connexion, sont expliquées ici : <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configuration manuelle</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Configuration Cable/IP </emphasis>: déclarer quels serveurs sont
-nécessaires. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si aucun
-n'est spécifié, le nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué
-par défaut</para>
-
-            <para>Pour un réseau domestique, l'adresse IP ressemble en général à
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, le masque de réseau est
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, et les adresses des passerelle et
-serveurs DNS sont indiquées sur le site Web du fournisseur d'accès Internet.</para>
-
-            <para>Dans "paramètres avancés", il est possible de préciser un <emphasis>Domaine
-recherché</emphasis>. C'est habituellement votre domaine principal. Par
-exemple, si l'ordinateur s'appelle "splash" et si son nom de domaine complet
-est "splash.boatanchor.net", le domaine de recherche est probablement
-"boatanchor.net". A moins que d'en avoir spécifiquement besoin, ce paramètre
-n'est pas obligatoire. Là encore, les routeurs domestiques n'ont en général
-pas besoin de ce paramètre.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Les étapes suivantes sont exposée dans <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Une nouvelle connexion ADSL</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Si l'outil détecte la présence d'interfaces réseau, il invite à en
-sélectionner une et à la configurer.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Une liste de fournisseurs d'accès, ordonnée par pays, est proposée. Choisir
-le fournisseur. S'il ne figure pas dans la liste, sélectionner l'option
-<guilabel>Non listé</guilabel> (en début de liste) puis entrer les options
-données par votre fournisseur.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sélectionner un des protocoles disponibles :</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocole de configuration dynamique de l'hôte (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Configuration TCP/IP manuelle</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP sur ATM (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP sur Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocole de tunnel point à Point (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Configuration de l'accès</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nom de l'utilisateur du compte</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Mot de passe du compte</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avancé) Identifiant de chemin virtuel (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avancé) Identifiant de circuit virtuel (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Les étapes suivantes sont exposée dans <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nouvelle connexion RNIS</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>L'assistant demande quel périphérique configurer :</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Choix manuel (carte RNIS/ISDN interne)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Modem RNIS/ISDN externe</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Une liste de matériels est proposée, classée par catégories et
-fabricants. Sélectionnez votre carte.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sélectionner un des protocoles disponibles :</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocoles pour le reste du monde (hors Europe)  (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocoles pour l'Europe (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Une liste de fournisseurs est présentée, classée par pays.  Sélectionnez
-votre fournisseur. S'il n'est pas listé, choisir l'option <guilabel>Non
-listé</guilabel> (à la lettre N) puis entrer les options obtenues auprès du
-fournisseur. Ces paramètres sont demandés par la suite :</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nom de la connexion</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Numéro de téléphone</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nom de l'utilisateur du compte</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Mot de passe du compte</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Méthode de l'authentification</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Après cela, il faut choisir entre obtenir automatiquement une adresse IP ou
-bien la méthode manuelle. Dans ce dernier cas, spécifier l'adresse IP et le
-masque de sous-réseau.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>L'étape suivante concerne le choix sur la façon dont les adresses des
-serveurs DNS sont obtenues, automatiquement ou manuellement. En cas de
-configuration manuelle, il faut donner :</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nom de domaine</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Premier et second serveurs DNS</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Sélectionner si le nom d'hôte est donné par IP. Cette option ne doit être
-sélectionnée qui si vous êtes sûr que votre fournisseur est en mesure de
-l'accepter.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>L'étape suivante concerne la façon dont l'adresse de la passerelle est
-obtenue ; automatiquement ou manuellement. En cas de configuration manuelle,
-il faut donner l'adresse IP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Les étapes suivantes sont exposée dans <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Une nouvelle connexion sans fil (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Une première fenêtre liste les interfaces disponibles et une entrée pour
-utiliser un pilote Windows (ndiswrapper). Sélectionner celle qui est à
-configurer. N'utiliser ndiswrapper que si l'autre méthode de configuration
-ne fonctionne pas.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A ce niveau, le choix est donné entre les différents points d'accès détectés
-par la carte.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Des paramètres spécifiques à la carte sans fil sont à fournir :</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Mode de fonctionnement :</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Géré</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Pour accéder à un point d'accès existant (le plus fréquent).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Pour configurer une connexion directe entre ordinateurs.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nom de réseau (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Mode de chiffrement : cela dépend de la façon dont le point d'accès est
-configuré.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Ce mode de chiffrement est à préférer si votre matériel le permet.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Certains vieux matériels n'acceptent que ce mode de chiffrement.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Clé de chiffrement :</para>
-
-            <para>Elle est généralement fournie avec le matériel qui supporte le point
-d'accès.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A cette étape, le choix est donné entre une adresse IP automatique ou
-manuelle.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automatique</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Configuration IP</emphasis> : il faut déterminer si les serveurs
-DNS sont déclarés par le serveur DHCP ou s'ils le sont manuellement, comme
-expliqué ci-dessous (configuration manuelle). Dans ce dernier cas, l'adresse
-IP des serveurs DNS doit être spécifiée. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut
-être précisé ici. Si aucun nom n'est donné, le nom
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué par défaut.  Le nom
-d'hôte peut aussi être fourni par le serveur DHCP avec l'option
-<emphasis>Affecter le nom d'hôte depuis le serveur DHCP</emphasis>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Le bouton "Avancé" donne la possibilité de spécifier :</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Le domaine recherché (non accessible, tel que fourni par le serveur DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Le client DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Le délai d'expiration DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Récupérer les serveurs YP depuis le serveur DHCP (coché par défaut) :
-spécifier les serveurs NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Récupérer le serveur NTPD depuis le serveur DHCP (synchronisation des
-horloges)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Nom d'hôte DHCP. N'utiliser cette option que si le serveur DHCP exige du
-client la spécification d'un nom d'hôte avant de lui fournir une adresse
-IP. Cette option n'est pas acceptée par certains serveurs DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Après l'acceptation, les dernières étapes, qui sont communes à toutes les
-configurations de connexion, sont expliquées ici :<xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configuration manuelle</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Configuration IP </emphasis>: vous devez déclarer les serveurs
-DNS. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être spécifié ici. Si aucun n'est
-spécifié, le nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué par
-défaut.</para>
-
-            <para>Pour un réseau domestique, l'adresse IP ressemble toujours à
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, le masque de réseau est
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, et l'adresse de la passerelle et des
-serveurs DNS sont disponibles sur le site web du fournisseur d'accès.</para>
-
-            <para>Dans les paramètres avancés, il est possible d'indiquer un <emphasis>Domaine
-recherché</emphasis>. Il est semblable au nom d'hôte sans le premier nom,
-avant le point.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Les étapes suivantes sont exposée dans <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Une nouvelle connexion GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Si l'outil détecte des interfaces sans fil, il propose d'en sélectionner une
-et de la configurer.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Le mot de passe est demandé. Laisser le champ vide si le mot de passe n'est
-pas nécessaire.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>L'assistant demande le réseau. S'il n'est pas détecté, choisir l'option
-<guilabel>Non listé</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Une liste de fournisseurs d'accès, ordonnée par pays, est proposée. Choisir
-le fournisseur. S'il ne figure pas dans la liste, sélectionner l'option
-<guilabel>Non listé</guilabel> (en début de liste) puis entrer les options
-données par votre fournisseur.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Fournir les paramètres d'accès</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nom du point d'accès</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nom de l'utilisateur du compte</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Mot de passe du compte</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Les étapes suivantes sont exposée dans <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Une nouvelle connexion Réseau commuté Bluetooth</title>
-
-    <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Une nouvelle connexion par modem analogique (RTC)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>L'assistant demande quel périphérique configurer :</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Choix manuel</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Matériel détecté, s'il y en a.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Une liste de ports est proposée. Sélectionnez le vôtre.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>S'il n'est pas déjà installé, il sera demandé d'installer le paquetage
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Une liste de fournisseurs est proposée, classée par pays.  Sélectionnez le
-vôtre. S'il n'est pas listé, choisir l'option <guilabel>Non listé (à la
-lettre N)</guilabel> puis entrer les options fournies par votre
-fournisseur. Ensuite les options de d'appel sont demandées :</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Nom de la connexion</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Numéro de téléphone</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Identifiant de connexion</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Mot de passe</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Authentification</emphasis>, choisir entre:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Basée sur un script</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Manuelle par terminal</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Les étapes suivantes sont exposée dans <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Fin de la configuration</title>
-
-    <para>Dans l'étape suivante, vous pouvez spécifier :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Autoriser les utilisateurs à gérer la connexion</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Lancer la connexion au démarrage</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Activer les statistiques réseau</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Permettre le contrôle de l'interface par Network
-Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Dans le cas d'une connexion sans fil, s'il existe un point d'accès
-supplémentaire, le fait d' <emphasis>Autoriser les connexions itinérantes
-</emphasis>donne la possibilité de basculer automatiquement entre les
-différents points d'accès en fonction de la force du signal.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Le bouton "Avancé" permet de spécifier ::</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Métrique (10 par défaut)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>branchement à chaud du réseau</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Activer le tunnel IPv6 sur IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>La dernière étape permet de spécifier si la connexion doit démarrer
-immédiatement ou pas.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d026990..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Ouvrir une console administrateur</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> vous donne accès à une
-console avec directement les droits root. Nous ne pensons pas que vous ayez
-besoin de plus d'informations à ce sujet.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ad16e31a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Gérer les partitions de vos disques durs</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk or diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root <emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> ou <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> est très puissant, la
-moindre erreur ou le chat sautant sur le clavier peut provoquer la perte de
-toutes les données d'une partition ou même effacer le disque entier. Pour
-cette raison, l'écran ci-dessus vous est présenté par-dessus celui de
-l'outil. Cliquez sur <emphasis>Quitter</emphasis> si vous n'êtes pas
-confiant pour la suite.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>En présence de plusieurs disques, il est possible de sélectionner le disque
-sur lequel portent les travaux en cliquant sur l'onglet adéquat (sda, sdb,
-sdc, etc.).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>De nombreuses actions permettent de configurer le disque dur selon ses
-désirs. Effacer le disque en totalité, scinder ou fusionner des partitions,
-les redimensionner, changer le type de système de fichiers, formater ou voir
-le contenu d'une partition, tout cela est possible. Le bouton
-<emphasis><guibutton> Supprimer toutes les partitions
-</guibutton></emphasis> en bas sert à effacer la totalité du disque, les
-autres boutons deviennent visibles sur la droite dès qu'une partition est
-sélectionnée.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Si vous disposez d'un système UEFI, vous pouvez voir une petite partition
-appelée "Partition Système EFI" et montée sur /boot/EFI. Ne la supprimez
-jamais, car elle contient tous les chargeurs de démarrage de vos systèmes
-d'exploitation.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Si la partition sélectionnée est montée, comme dans l'exemple ci-dessous, il
-n'est pas possible de la redimensionner, de la formater ni de
-l'effacer. Pour pouvoir le faire, il faut d'abord la démonter.</para>
-
-  <para>Le redimensionnement d'une partition n'est possible que vers sa droite.</para>
-
-  <para>Pour changer le type de partition (changer ext3 pour ext4 par exemple)  vous
-devez effacer la partition puis la recréer avec le nouveau type. Le bouton
-<guibutton role="bold">Créer</guibutton> apparaît lorsqu'une partie vide du
-disque est sélectionnée.</para>
-
-  <para>Il est possible de choisir un point de montage qui n'existe pas, il sera
-créé.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Sélectionner <emphasis><guibutton> Passer en mode expert
-</guibutton></emphasis> permet quelques actions supplémentaires, comme par
-exemple donner un nom de volume (un libellé) à la partition, comme on peut
-le voir sur la copie d'écran ci-dessous.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e10304f4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Choix d'un gestionnaire de connexion</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Choisir<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root <emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis>.</para></footnote> ici le gestionnaire d'affichage
-désiré pour se connecter à son bureau. Seuls ceux qui sont disponibles sur
-le système sont proposés.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">La plupart des utilisateurs remarqueront seulement que les écrans de
-connexion fournis ont un aspect différent. Cependant, il y a aussi des
-différences entre les fonctionnalités proposées. LXDM est un gestionnaire
-d'affichage léger, SDDM et GDM proposent des fonctions supplémentaires.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ffb3b78..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Configurer votre pare-feu personnel</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> se trouve dans l'onglet
-"Sécurité" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia sous le nom "Configurer votre
-pare-feu personnel". C'est le même outil qui est dans le premier onglet de
-"Configurer la sécurité, les droits et la surveillance du système".</para>
-
-  <para>Un pare-feu basique est installé par défaut avec Mageia. Toutes les
-connexions entrantes non autorisées sont bloquées. Dans le premier écran
-présenté ci-dessus, vous pouvez choisir les services pour lesquels les
-connexions entrantes sont autorisées. Pour votre sécurité, décochez la
-première case nommée <guilabel> Tout ( pas de pare-feu) </guilabel> à moins
-que vous ne souhaitiez désactiver le pare-feu, et ne cochez que les services
-nécessaires.</para>
-
-  <para>Il est possible d'entrer manuellement les numéros de ports à ouvrir.
-Cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour ouvrir une nouvelle fenêtre.
-Dans le champ <guilabel>Autres ports</guilabel>, entrer les ports à ouvrir
-en s'inspirant des exemples ci-après :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : ouvre le port 80 du protocole tcp</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : ouvre tous les ports de 24000 à 24010 du protocole udp</para>
-
-  <para>Les ports cités dans une liste doivent être séparés par un espace.</para>
-
-  <para>Si la case <guilabel>Enregistrer les messages du pare-feu dans le journal
-système </guilabel>est cochée, les messages du pare-feu seront enregistrés
-dans le journal.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Si vous n'hébergez pas de services spécifiques (serveurs Web ou de courrier,
-partage de fichiers, ...) il est tout à fait possible de ne cocher aucune
-case, c'est même recommandé, cela n'empêchera pas de se connecter à
-Internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>L'écran suivant concerne les options du pare feu interactif. Cette
-fonctionnalité permet d'être prévenu des tentatives de connexion si au moins
-la première case <guilabel>Utiliser le pare-feu interactif </guilabel>est
-cochée. Cocher la deuxième case pour être prévenu d'un balayage des ports
-(dans le but de trouver une défaillance quelque part pour pénétrer votre
-système). Chaque case à partir de la troisième correspond à un port qui a
-été ouvert dans l'un des deux premiers écrans. Dans la copie d'écran
-ci-dessous, on peut voir deux de ces cases : serveur NFS et 5900/udp. Les
-cocher pour être alerté à chaque fois qu'une connexion est tentée sur ces
-ports.</para>
-
-  <para>Ces alertes sont données par des messages d'alertes avec l'applet du réseau.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dans le dernier écran, choisir quelles interfaces réseau sont connectées à
-Internet et doivent être protégées. Une fois le bouton <guibutton>OK
-</guibutton>cliqué, les paquetages nécessaires sont installés.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Si vous ne savez pas laquelle choisir, regardez dans l'onglet "Réseau &amp;
-Internet " du CCM, icône "Centre réseau".</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 14cdb257..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Gérer, ajouter et supprimer les polices.  Importer les polices Windows.</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> .</para>
-    </footnote> se trouve dans le Centre de
-Contrôle de Mageia sous l'onglet <emphasis
-role="bold">Système</emphasis>. Il permet de gérer les polices disponibles
-sur l'ordinateur. L'écran principal, ci-dessus, présente :</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Les nom, style et taille des polices installées.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Un aperçu des polices sélectionnées.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Des boutons explicités ci-après.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Récupérer les polices de caractères Windows :
-</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Ce bouton ajoute automatiquement les polices trouvées dans la partition
-Windows. Il faut que Windows soit installé.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Options :</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Il permet de spécifier les applications ou périphériques (des imprimantes
-principalement) aptes à utiliser les polices.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Désinstaller :</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Ce bouton permet de retirer des polices installées et donc de récupérer un
-peu de place. Faire attention en retirant des polices, car cela peut avoir
-de sérieuses conséquences pour les documents qui les utilisent.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importer :</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Permet d'ajouter des polices en provenance d'autres sources (CD, internet,
-...). Les formats supportés sont ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf.  Cliquer
-sur le bouton <emphasis role="bold">Importer</emphasis> puis sur <emphasis
-role="bold">Ajouter</emphasis>, un gestionnaire de fichiers s'affiche pour y
-sélectionner les polices à installer. Cliquer sur <emphasis
-role="bold">Installer</emphasis> quand la sélection est prête. Les polices
-sont installées dans le dossier /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>Si les polices nouvellement installées (ou retirées) n'apparaissent pas dans
-l'écran principal de Drakfont, le fermer et le ré-ouvrir pour voir les
-modifications.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f6dbc86f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Contrôle parental</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-    </footnote>se trouve dans le Centre de
-Contrôle de Mageia dans l'onglet Sécurité, appelé <guilabel>Contrôle
-parental</guilabel>. Si vous ne voyez pas cet outil, c'est qu'il faut
-installer le paquetage drakguard (non installé par défaut).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Présentation</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard offre un moyen aisé pour paramétrer le contrôle parental sur votre
-ordinateur afin de limiter les possibilités de chacun et en fonction de
-l'heure. Drakguard possède trois modes d'action :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Il limite l'accès au web aux utilisateurs désignés et à l'heure définie de
-la journée. Il réalise cela en contrôlant le pare-feu Shorewall installé
-dans Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Il bloque l'exécution de commandes particulières pour les utilisateurs
-désignés, ainsi ceux-ci ne peuvent exécuter que les actions autorisées.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Il limite l'accès aux sites Web, à la fois définis manuellement dans les
-listes noire/blanche, mais aussi définis dynamiquement selon le contenu du
-site. Pour cela,  Drakguard utilise DansGuardian, le leader des logiciels
-Opensource de filtrage et de contrôle parental.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuration du Contrôle parental</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Si le disque dur de votre ordinateur contient des partitions formatées en
-Ext2, Ext3, ou ReiserFS, vous verrez une fenêtre surgissante proposer de
-configurer les partions avec ACL. ACL signifie Access Control Lists (listes
-des contrôles d'accès) et est une fonctionnalité du noyau Linux qui permet
-de limiter l'accès à des fichiers pris individuellement aux seul
-utilisateurs désignés. ACL fonctionne dans les systèmes de fichiers Ext4 et
-Btrfs, mais peut être validé par une option dans les partitions Ext2, Ext3,
-ou Reiserfs. Si vous répondez "oui", Drakguard va reconfigurer toutes vos
-partitions pour supporter ACL, et vous demandera de redémarrer.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Activer le contrôle parental</guibutton>: Si coché, le contrôle
-parental est mis en place et l'accès à l'onglet <guilabel>Bloquer des
-applications</guilabel> est rendu possible.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Bloquer tout trafic réseau </guibutton>: Si coché, tous les Sites
-Web sont bloqués sauf ceux de la liste blanche. Si non coché, tous les Sites
-Web sont autorisés, sauf ceux de la liste noire.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Accès utilisateur </guibutton>: Les utilisateurs listés seulement
-à gauche auront leurs accès limités conformément aux règles définies. Les
-utilisateurs listés à droite ont un accès total, ainsi les utilisateurs
-adultes de l'ordinateur ne sont pas impactés. Sélectionner un utilisateur à
-gauche et cliquer sur <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> pour l'ajouter comme
-utilisateur autorisé. Sélectionner un utilisateur à droite et cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Enlever</guibutton> pour le retirer des utilisateurs autorisés.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Contrôle horaire :</guibutton> Si coché, l'accès internet est
-autorisé avec les restrictions entre l'heure de <guilabel>Début</guilabel>
-et l'heure de  <guilabel>Fin</guilabel>. Il est totalement bloqué en dehors
-ce cet intervalle de temps.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Onglet Liste noire / Liste blanche</title>
-
-      <para>Entrer les URL des sites web dans le premier champ en haut et cliquer sur le
-bouton<guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton>.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title> Onglet Bloquer des applications</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Bloquer les applications définies </guibutton>: Valide
-l'utilisation d'ACL pour restreindre l'accès à certaines applications
-spécifiques.Entrer le chemin vers l'application que vous souhaitez bloquer.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Débloquer les utilisateurs </guibutton>: Les utilisateurs listés
-à droite ne seront pas bloqués par l'ACL.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d3d4993d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Partager la connexion Internet avec d'autres machines locales</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Principes</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Ce partage de connexion est utile en
-présence d'un ordinateur (3) qui possède un accès Internet (2) et qui est
-aussi connecté à un réseau local (1). Il est dans ce cas possible d'utiliser
-l'ordinateur (3) comme passerelle pour partager cet accès avec les autres
-postes de travail (5) et (6) au sein du réseau local (1). Pour cela, la
-passerelle doit posséder deux interfaces, une première, telle qu'une carte
-réseau Ethernet, connectée au réseau local, et une seconde connectée à
-Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>La première étape consiste à vérifier que le réseau et l'accès à Internet
-sont configurés tel qu'indiqué dans <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>L'assistant passerelle</title>
-
-    <para>L'assistant <footnote>
-        <para>Vous pouvez lancer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous root :
-<emphasis role="bold">drakgw.</emphasis></para>
-      </footnote> procède selon les étapes
-successives présentées ci-dessous :</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Si l'assistant ne détecte pas au moins deux interfaces, il le signale et
-demande d'arrêter le réseau et de configurer le matériel.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Il spécifie l'interface utilisée pour la connexion Internet.  L'assistant
-suggère automatiquement une des interfaces, mais il est conseillé de
-vérifier que l'interface proposée est la bonne.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Il spécifie l'interface utilisée pour la connexion au réseau local. Là
-aussi, l'assistant en propose une, vérifier que cela est correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>L'assistant propose le paramétrage du réseau local, comme l'adresse IP, le
-masque et le nom de domaine. Vérifier que ces paramètres sont compatibles
-avec la configuration existante. Il est recommandé d'accepter ces valeurs.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Il spécifie si l'ordinateur doit être utilisé comme serveur DNS. Si oui,
-l'assistant vérifie que <code>bind</code> est installé.  Sinon, vous devez
-spécifier l'adresse d'un serveur DNS.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Il spécifie si l'ordinateur doit être utilisé comme serveur DHCP. Si oui,
-l'assistant vérifie que <code>dhcp-server</code> est installé et propose de
-le configurer avec les adresses de début et de fin de l'étendue DHCP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Il spécifie si l'ordinateur doit être utilisé comme serveur proxy. Si oui,
-l'assistant vérifie que <code>squid</code> est installé et propose de le
-configurer avec l'adresse de l'administrateur (admin@mydomain.com), le nom
-du proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), le port (3128) et la taille du cache (100
-Mo).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>La dernière étape permet de vérifier si la passerelle est connectée aux
-imprimantes et autorise le partage.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Si le pare-feu est actif, vous serez invité à le vérifier.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configurer le client</title>
-
-    <para>Si la passerelle a été configurée avec DHCP, il suffit de spécifier dans
-l'outil de configuration du réseau que l'adresse est obtenue automatiquement
-(utilisation de DHCP). Les paramètres seront obtenus lors de la connexion au
-réseau. Cette méthode est valable quelque soit le système d'exploitation
-utilisé par le client.</para>
-
-    <para>Si les paramètres réseau doivent être spécifiés manuellement, il est
-nécessaire en particulier de déclarer la passerelle avec l'adresse IP de la
-machine jouant le rôle de la passerelle.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Arrêter le partage de la connexion</title>
-
-    <para>Si vous désirez arrêter le partage de la connexion sur l'ordinateur avec
-Mageia, lancez l'outil. Il proposera de reconfigurer la connexion ou
-d'arrêter le partage.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a716094..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Définitions d'hôtes</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root :<emphasis role="bold"> drakhosts</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> se trouve dans l'onglet
-"Réseau &amp; Internet" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia sous le nom
-"Définitions d'hôtes".</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton> Ajouter </guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Utiliser ce bouton pour ajouter le nom du nouvel équipement. Une fenêtre
-apparaît pour y renseigner l'adresse IP, le nom d'hôte et optionnellement un
-alias qui peut être utilisé de la même façon que le nom.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modifier </guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Permet d'accéder aux paramètres d'une entrée existante. La même fenêtre est
-utilisée.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 78c77812..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Configuration avancée des interfaces réseau et du pare-feu</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>
-
-  <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 745ce33f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Centre réseau</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-    </footnote> se trouve dans l'onglet
-Réseau &amp; Internet du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous l'appellation
-<guilabel>Centre réseau</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>Quand cet outil est lancé, une fenêtre s'ouvre et liste tous les réseaux
-configurés sur l'ordinateur, quelque soit leur nature (filaire, sans fil,
-satellite, etc.). Lorsque l'on clique sur l'un des réseaux, trois ou quatre
-boutons apparaissent, selon la nature du réseau, pour permettre soit de
-surveiller le réseau, de modifier les paramètres ou encore réaliser la
-connexion ou déconnexion. Cet outil n'a pas pour fonction de créer un
-réseau, pour cela voir <guilabel>Configurer une nouvelle connexion Internet
-(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> dans le même onglet du CCM.</para>
-
-    <para>Dans la copie d'écran ci-dessous donnée en exemple, on y voit deux types de
-réseaux. Le premier est de type filaire et non connecté, reconnaissable par
-cette icône <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (celle-ci si
-connecté <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) et en dessous le
-deuxième, de type sans fil (Wi-fi). Il est connecté, reconnaissable par
-cette icône <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>, (celle-ci si non
-connecté <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>). Pour les autres
-types de réseaux, le code couleur est toujours le même, vert si connecté et
-rouge si non connecté.</para>
-
-    <para>Dans la partie de l'écran dédiée au sans fil, on peut voir tous les réseaux
-détectés, avec leur <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Force du
-signal</guilabel>, s'ils sont chiffrés (en rouge ou orange) ou non (en
-vert), et le <guilabel> Mode de fonctionnement</guilabel>. Cliquer sur le
-réseau désiré puis sur soit <guibutton>Surveiller</guibutton>,
-<guibutton>Configurer</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Se
-connecter/déconnecter</guibutton>. Il est possible ici, d'aller d'un réseau
-à l'autre. Si un réseau privé est choisi, une fenêtre s'ouvre pour demander
-des paramètres réseau supplémentaires (voir ci-dessous), notamment la clé de
-chiffrement.</para>
-
-    <para>Cliquer sur <guibutton>Rafraîchir</guibutton> pour mettre l'écran à jour.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Le bouton Surveiller</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ce bouton permet de suivre l'activité du réseau, téléchargement (download,
-vers le PC, en rouge) et téléversement (upload, vers internet, en vert). Le
-même écran est accessible en cliquant droit sur l'<guimenu>Icône Internet
-dans la boite à miniatures -> surveiller le réseau</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Il existe un onglet pour chaque réseau (ici, eth0 est le réseau filaire, lo
-le loopback local et wlan0 le réseau sans fil) et un onglet "connections"
-qui donne des détails sur l'état de la connexion.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>En bas de la fenêtre, un titre indique <guilabel>Traffic
-accounting</guilabel> (statistiques réseau), Cela est abordé dans le
-chapitre suivant.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Le bouton Configurer</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Pour un réseau filaire</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Il est possible ici de modifier tous les paramètres donnés pendant la
-création du réseau. La plupart du temps, cocher <guibutton>Attribution
-automatique de l'adresse IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>
-est satisfaisant, mais en cas de problèmes, la configuration manuelle peut
-apporter de meilleurs résultats.</para>
-
-    <para>Pour un réseau domestique, l'<guilabel>Addressse IP</guilabel> ressemble
-toujours à 192.168.0.x, le<guilabel> Masque de sous-réseau</guilabel> est
-255.255.255.0, et la <guilabel>Passerelle</guilabel> et les<guilabel>
-Serveurs DNS</guilabel> sont disponibles sur le site web de votre
-fournisseur.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Activer les statistiques réseau</guibutton>, lorsqu'il est coché
-mesure le trafic sur une base horaire, journalière ou mensuelle.  Les
-résultats sont visibles dans la fenêtre "Surveiller" détaillée
-ci-dessus. Une fois les statistiques activés vous devez vous reconnecter au
-réseau.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Permettre le contrôle de l'interface par Network
-Manager :</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Le bouton Avancé :</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Pour un réseau sans fil</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Seules les entrées non déjà traitées ci-dessus sont expliquées.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Mode de fonctionnement :</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Sélectionner <guilabel>Géré</guilabel> si la connexion se fait via un point
-d'accès, il y a alors un <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> de
-détecté. Sélectionner <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> si c'est un réseau pair à
-pair (peer to peer). Sélectionner <emphasis role="bold">Maître</emphasis> si
-une carte réseau est utilisée en tant que point d'accès, elle doit supporter
-ce mode.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Mode de chiffrement et clé de chiffrement :</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>S'il s'agit d'un réseau privé, vous devez connaître ces éléments.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilise un mot de passe, plus faible que WPA, qui
-utilise une phrase secrète. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 avec clé pré-partagée
-(PSK)</guilabel> est aussi appelé WPA personnel.  <guilabel>WPA
-Entreprise</guilabel> est rarement utilisé dans les réseaux privés.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Autoriser les connexions itinérantes </emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Si coché, active une technologie qui permet à l'ordinateur de changer de
-point d'accès tout en restant connecté au réseau.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Le bouton Avancé :</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Le bouton Paramètres avancés</title>
-
-    <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c0c2837f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Gérer les différents profils réseau</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>
-
-  <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9867111d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Partager des des disques et des répertoires via NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pré-requis</title>
-
-    <para>Au premier démarrage de l'assistant <footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root :<emphasis role="bold"> draknfs</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote>,
-il peut afficher le message suivant :</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Le paquetage nfs-utils doit être installé. Voulez-vous l'installer ?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Après la fin de l'installation, une fenêtre présentant une liste vide est
-affichée.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Fenêtre principale</title>
-
-    <para>Une liste de dossiers partagés est affichée. Elle est vide pour le
-moment. Le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> donne accès à l'outil de
-configuration.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Modifier l'entrée</title>
-
-    <para>L'outil de configuration est appelé "Modifier l'entrée". Il peut aussi être
-démarré avec le bouton <guibutton>Modifier</guibutton>. Les paramètres
-suivants sont disponibles.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Répertoire NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Spécifier ici quel répertoire doit être partagé. Le bouton
-<guibutton>Répertoire</guibutton> ouvre un gestionnaire de fichiers pour le
-sélectionner.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Accès client</title>
-
-      <para>Spécifier ici les clients autorisés à accéder au répertoire partagé.</para>
-
-      <para>Les clients NFS peuvent être désignés de plusieurs façons :</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Hôte unique </emphasis>: un client identifié soit par un nom
-abrégé, reconnu par la résolution de nom, soit par un nom complet qualifié
-(FQDN), soit par une adresse IP.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Nom de groupe réseau </emphasis>: un nom de groupe réseau NIS peut
-être donné, au format @groupe.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Jokers</emphasis> : un nom pouvant contenir les caractères joker *
-et ?. Par exemple : *.cs.foo.edu correspond à toutes les machines du domaine
-cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Réseaux IP </emphasis>: vous pouvez aussi exporter des répertoires
-à toutes les machines d'un (sous) réseau IP simultanément en ajoutant un
-masque à la fin de l'adresse du (sous) réseau. Exemple :
-192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0' ou 192.168.1.0/24</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Correspondance des utilisateurs</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Associer l'utilisateur root à l'utilisateur anonymous
-(root_squash) :</emphasis> transforme les requêtes des UID/GID 0 en UID/GID
-anonymes (root_squash). L'utilisateur root de l'ordinateur client ne peut ni
-lire ni écrire les fichiers créés sur l'ordinateur serveur par le root de
-cet ordinateur.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Autoriser les accès distants de root </emphasis>: ne pas
-transformer les UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Cette option est
-particulièrement utile pour les stations sans disque.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Associer tous les utilisateurs à l'utilisateur anonymous
-</emphasis>: convertit tous les UID/GID en utilisateur anonyme
-(all_squash). Utile pour exporter avec NFS des répertoires publics de FTP,
-des répertoires de News, etc. L'option inverse est no_all_squash, qui
-s'applique par défaut.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Utilisateur et groupe anonymous (anonuid et anongid)</emphasis> :
-ces options donnent explicitement l'UID et le GID du compte anonymous.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Bouton Avancé</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Connexion sécurisée </emphasis>: cette option nécessite que la
-requête soit initiée à partir d'un port IP inférieur à IPPORT_RESERVED
-(1024). Cette option est activée par défaut.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Partage lecture seule : </emphasis>permet soit la lecture seule,
-soit la lecture/écriture sur ce volume NFS. Par défaut, les requêtes de
-modification sont refusées. Cette option permet de rendre ce comportement
-explicite.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Accès synchrone </emphasis>: interdit au serveur NFS de violer le
-protocole NFS en répondant aux requêtes avant que les traitements associés
-ne soient réellement effectués sur le support de stockage (un disque par
-exemple).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Vérification des sous-répertoires </emphasis>: active la
-vérification des sous-répertoires qui permet d'améliorer la sécurité dans
-certains cas, mais qui peut dégrader la fiabilité. Voir la page du manuel
-exports(5) pour plus de détails.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Entrées du menu</title>
-
-    <para>La liste doit comporter au moins une entrée.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fichier|Ecrire la configuration</title>
-
-      <para>Enregistre la configuration en cours.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Serveur NFS|Redémarrer</title>
-
-      <para>Le serveur est arrêté puis redémarré avec les fichiers de configuration
-actuels.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Serveur NFS|Recharger</title>
-
-      <para>La configuration affichée est rafraîchie avec les fichiers de configuration
-actuels.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 111a11d4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Serveur mandataire</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Si vous avez accédez à Internet via un serveur mandataire, vous pouvez
-utiliser cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande sous root en
-tapant<emphasis role="bold"> : drakproxy</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> pour le
-configurer. L'administrateur système vous donnera les informations
-nécessaires. Il est aussi possible de spécifier certains services qui, par
-exception, sont accessibles en dehors du serveur mandataire.</para>
-
-  <para>Sur Wikipedia, le 24-09-2012, article sur "Serveur proxy" : dans les réseaux
-informatiques, un serveur proxy est un serveur (un ordinateur ou une
-application) servant d'intermédiaire pour traiter les requêtes des clients à
-la recherche de ressources auprès des autres serveurs. Un client se connecte
-au proxy, recherchant un service tel qu'un fichier, une connexion, une page
-web ou toute autre ressource disponible sur un autre serveur. Le proxy
-analyse la requête pour simplifier et maîtriser sa complexité.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4bb44a1b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>La première chose à faire après une installation est l'ajout des sources
-logicielles (aussi connues sous les noms de dépôts, médias, sources ou
-miroirs). Cela signifie qu'il faut sélectionner la source des médias à
-utiliser pour installer et mettre à jour les paquetages et applications
-(voir le bouton <emphasis role="bold">Ajouter</emphasis> ci-dessous).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Si vous installez (ou mettez à niveau) Mageia en utilisant un média optique
-(DVD ou CD) ou une clé USB, une source de gestion des logiciels sera créée
-pour le média utilisé. Afin de ne pas avoir à insérer le média quand vous
-installerez de nouveaux paquetages, vous devrez désactiver (ou supprimer)
-cette source (son type de média sera "CD-Rom").</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Votre système utilise une architecture qui peut être 32 bits appelée i586,
-ou 64 bits appelée x86_64. Prenez garde à bien choisir les sources contenant
-les paquetages qui correspondent à votre système ou qui ne sont pas
-dépendants du système, ces derniers sont appelés noarch.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous root
-:<emphasis role="bold"> drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> se trouve dans le Centre de
-Contrôle de Mageia, dans l'onglet "Gestion des logiciels", icône "Configurer
-les sources pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels".</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Les colonnes</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Colonne Activé :</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Les médias cochés seront utilisés pour installer de nouveaux
-paquetages. Soyez prudent avec des médias comme "Testing" ou "Debug", ils
-peuvent rendre votre système instable.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Colonne Mise à jour :</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Les médias cochés seront utilisés pour maintenir les paquetages installés à
-jour, il est obligatoire de les cocher. Seuls les média mentionnant
-"Updates" dans leur nom doivent être sélectionnés. Pour des raisons de
-sécurité, cette colonne n'est pas modifiable dans cet outil, vous devez
-ouvrir une console sous root et taper <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Colonne Média :</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Affiche le nom du médium. Les dépôts officiels de Mageia pour les versions
-finales sont structurés à minima en trois médias :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> contient la plupart des programmes
-disponibles et supportés par Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> contient quelques programmes non
-libres.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> contient logiciels libres mais qui
-peuvent être soumis à des droits dans certains pays.</para>
-
-        <para>Chaque médium possède 4 sous-catégories :</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> sont les paquetages tels qu'ils
-étaient le jour de l'édition de la version concernée de Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> contient les paquetages mis à jour
-depuis l'édition pour raisons de sécurité ou de bugs résolus. Chacun devrait
-valider ce médium, même avec une connexion Internet très lente.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> contient quelques paquetages de
-nouvelles versions rétroportées depuis Cauldron (la prochaine version en
-cours de développement).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> est utilisée provisoirement pour
-les tests de nouvelles mises à jour, le temps que les rapporteurs de bogues
-et l'équipe qualité valident les corrections.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Les boutons à droite</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Enlever :</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Pour supprimer un médium, cliquer dessus puis sur ce bouton. Il est
-conseillé de supprimer le médium utilisé pour l'installation (CD ou DVD par
-exemple) car tous les paquetages qu'il contient sont dans le médium officiel
-Core Release.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Éditer :</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Permet de modifier la configuration du médium sélectionné (URL, téléchargeur
-et proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Ajouter :</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Ajoute les dépôts officiels rendus disponibles sur Internet par Mageia. Ils
-ne contiennent que des logiciels sûrs et suffisamment testés.  Cliquer sur
-le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter </guibutton>ouvre une fenêtre qui donne le
-choix entre installer les "Sources de mises à jour uniquement" ou bien le
-"Jeu complet des sources". Le premier choix constitue l'essentiel, le second
-est plus d'ordre pratique.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Les flèches haut et bas :</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Change l'ordre dans la liste. Quand Drakrpm recherche un paquetage, il
-parcours la liste dans l'ordre affiché et installe le premier paquetage
-trouvé (pour un même numéro de version, sinon il installe la dernière
-version). Donc, si possible, placer en tête les dépôts les plus rapides.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Le menu</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fichier -> Mettre à jour :</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Une fenêtre apparaît avec la liste des medias. Sélectionner ceux qui sont à
-mettre à jour et cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Mettre à jour</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fichier -> Ajouter un miroir de média spécifique :</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Supposons que les miroirs actuels ne conviennent pas, parce qu'ils sont trop
-lents ou trop souvent indisponibles par exemple, il est possible de choisir
-un autre miroir. Sélectionner tous les médias en place et cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Enlever </guibutton>pour les supprimer. Cliquer sur
-<guimenu>Fichier -> Ajouter un miroir de média spécifique</guimenu>, Choisir
-entre mise à jour uniquement ou bien le jeu complet (Si vous ne savez pas,
-choisir le <guibutton>Jeu complet des sources</guibutton>) et accepter le
-contact en cliquant sur <guibutton>Oui</guibutton>. Cette fenêtre s'ouvre :</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Une liste de pays est affichée sur la gauche, choisir le vôtre ou un pays
-voisin en cliquant sur le symbole >, cela affichera tous les miroirs
-disponibles dans ce pays. En choisir un et cliquer sur
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fichier -> Ajouter un média personnalisé :</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Il est possible d'installer un nouveau médium (venant d'une tierce partie
-par exemple) qui n'est pas supporté par Mageia. Une nouvelle fenêtre
-apparaît :</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Sélectionner le type de médium,
-trouver un nom évocateur qui définit bien le médium et donner l'adresse URL
-(ou le chemin, suivant le type de médium).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Options générales :</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Cette entrée permet de choisir quand "Vérifier les RPM à installer"
-(toujours ou jamais), le programme de téléchargement (curl, wget ou aria2)
-et de définir la politique de téléchargement pour l'information sur les
-paquetages (sur demande - par défaut -, mises à jour seulement, toujours ou
-jamais).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Gérer les clés :</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Pour garantir un haut niveau de sécurité, des clés numériques sont utilisées
-pour authentifier le media. Il est possible d'autoriser ou de refuser une
-clé pour chaque média. Dans la fenêtre qui apparaît, sélectionner un médium
-puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> pour autoriser une nouvelle
-clé ou pour sélectionner une clé et cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Enlever</guibutton> pour refuser cette clé.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Faire cela avec précaution, comme pour tout ce qui concerne la sécurité.</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Options -> Serveur mandataire (proxy):</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>En cas de besoin d'un serveur proxy pour l'accès à Internet, le configurer
-ici. Il suffit de donner le <guibutton>Nom du serveur mandataire</guibutton>
-et si nécessaire un <guilabel>nom d'utilisateur</guilabel> et son
-<guilabel>mot de passe</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration des medias, consulter la  page
-du Wiki Mageia (en anglais) : <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e4ce11e4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Partagez vos disques et répertoires avec les systèmes Windows (Samba)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>Samba est un protocole utilisé par différents systèmes d'exploitation pour
-partager des ressources telles que des dossiers ou des imprimantes. Cet
-outil permet de configurer un ordinateur en serveur Samba utilisant le
-protocole SMB/CIFS. Ce protocole est aussi utilisé par Windows(R) et les
-stations de travail tournant avec ce système d'exploitation peuvent accéder
-aux ressources du serveur Samba.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Préparation</title>
-
-    <para>Pour être accessible des autres stations de travail, le serveur doit avoir
-une adresse IP fixe. Cela peut être spécifié directement sur le serveur,
-avec par exemple <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, ou auprès du serveur DHCP
-qui identifie la station grâce à sa référence MAC et lui attribue toujours
-la même adresse. Le pare-feu doit aussi autoriser les requêtes entrantes
-vers le serveur Samba.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Assistant - Serveur autonome</title>
-
-    <para>A la première mise en route, l'outil <footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root :<emphasis role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote>
-vérifie que les paquetages nécessaires sont installés et propose le cas
-échéant de les installer.  Ensuite, l'assistant de configuration du serveur
-Samba est lancé. Il est possible de retrouver cet assistant en cliquant dans
-le menu <emphasis>Serveur Samba/Configurer</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Dans la fenêtre suivante, le choix de configurer le serveur autonome est
-déjà coché.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Puis, spécifier le nom du groupe de travail. Ce nom doit être le même que
-celui utilisé pour accéder aux ressources partagées.</para>
-
-    <para>Le nom netbios est celui qui sera utilisé pour désigner le serveur sur le
-réseau.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Choisir le mode de sécurité :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>usr (utilisateur) </guilabel>: le client doit être autorisé à
-accéder aux ressources.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share (partage)</guilabel> : le client s'authentifie lui-même
-indépendamment pour chaque partage.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Il est possible de spécifier quels sont les hôtes autorisés à accéder aux
-ressources via l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Spécifier la bannière du serveur. La bannière est la façon dont ce serveur
-sera décrit par les stations de travail Windows.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>L'endroit où Samba peut journaliser des informations peut être indiqué dans
-l'étape suivante.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>L'assistant affiche une liste des paramètres choisis avant acceptation de la
-configuration. Si elle est acceptée, elle sera écrite dans
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Assistant - Contrôleur primaire de domaine</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Si l'option "Contrôleur primaire de
-domaine" est retenue, l'assistant demande si Wins doit être supporté ou pas,
-ainsi que les noms des <guibutton>Utilisateurs
-administrateurs</guibutton>. Les étapes suivantes sont alors les mêmes que
-pour le serveur autonome, sauf qu'il est aussi possible de choisir le mode
-de sécurité :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domaine </guilabel>: fournit un système qui héberge le stockage de
-tous les comptes utilisateurs et groupes dans un dossier de comptes
-centralisé et partagé. Le dossier de comptes centralisé est partagé entre
-les contrôleurs (de sécurité).</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Déclarer un dossier à partager</title>
-
-    <para>Avec le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton>, on obtient :</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Une nouvelle entrée est ajoutée. Elle est modifiable avec le bouton
-<guibutton>Modifier</guibutton>. Les options peuvent être choisies, telles
-que la visibilité publique d'un dossier, son accès en écriture ou en simple
-lecture. Le nom de partage n'est pas modifiable.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Entrées du menu</title>
-
-    <para>Si la liste possède au moins une entrée, les entrées du menu peuvent être
-utilisées.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Fichier|Ecrire la configuration</title>
-
-      <para>Enregistrer la configuration actuelle dans <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Serveur Samba|Configurer</title>
-
-      <para>L'assistant peut être redémarré avec cette commande.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Serveur Samba|Redémarrer</title>
-
-      <para>Le serveur est arrêté puis redémarré avec les fichiers de configuration
-actuels.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Serveur Samba|Recharger</title>
-
-      <para>La configuration affichée est rafraîchie avec les fichiers de configuration
-actuels.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Partage d'imprimantes</title>
-
-    <para>Samba permet aussi de partager des imprimantes.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Utilisateurs Samba</title>
-
-    <para>Utiliser cet onglet pour ajouter des utilisateurs autorisés à accéder aux
-ressources partagées quand l'authentification est exigée. Il est possible
-d'ajouter des utilisateurs de <xref linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c514b987..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configurer l'authentification pour les outils Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote>est présent dans le Centre de
-Contrôle Mageia, sous l'onglet <emphasis role="bold">Sécurité</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Il permet de donner aux utilisateurs ordinaires les droits nécessaires pour
-accomplir certaines tâches normalement réalisées par l'administrateur.</para>
-
-  <para>Cliquer sur la petite flèche devant l'item que vous voulez voir descendre : 
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>La plupart des outils disponibles dans le Centre de Contrôle Mageia sont
-affichés sur le côté gauche de la fenêtre (voir la copie d'écran ci-dessus)
-et pour chaque outil, une liste déroulante sur le côté droit donne le choix
-entre :</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Par défaut, le mode de lancement dépend du niveau de sécurité choisi. Voir
-dans le même onglet du CCM l'outil "Configurer la sécurité du système, les
-autorisations et l'audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Mot de passe utilisateur : Le mot de passe utilisateur est demandé avant de
-lancer l'outil.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Mot de passe Administrateur : le mot de passe 'Root' est exigé avant le
-lancement de l'outil</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Aucun mot de passe : L'outil est lancé sans demander de mot de passe.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 01799db6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Instantanés</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote><para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>.</para></footnote> se trouve dans l'onglet
-<guilabel>Système</guilabel> du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, dans la
-section <guilabel>Outils d'administration</guilabel> et sous le nom
-<guilabel>Instantanés</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Lorsque vous démarrez cet outil pour la première fois dans le CCM, vous
-voyez un message proposant d'installer draksnapshot. Cliquer sur le bouton
-<guibutton>Installer</guibutton> pour accepter. Draksnapshot et quelques
-autres paquetages nécessaires seront installés.</para>
-
- <para>Cliquer de nouveau sur  <guilabel>Instantanés</guilabel>, et vous arrivez
-sur l'écran <guilabel>Paramètres</guilabel> screen. Cocher <guilabel>Activer
-les sauvegardes</guilabel> et, si vous désirez sauvegarder tout le système,
-<guilabel>Sauvegarder le système entier</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Si vous désirez ne sauvegarder qu'une partie des répertoires, alors cliquer
-sur <guilabel>Avancé</guilabel>, un petit écran pop-up apparaît. Utiliser
-les boutons <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> et
-<guibutton>Supprimer</guibutton> auprès de la <guilabel>Liste des
-sauvegardes</guilabel> pour inclure ou exclure les répertoires et fichiers
-dans la sauvegarde. Utiliser les même boutons auprès de la <guilabel>Liste
-d'exclusions</guilabel> pour retirer des sous-répertoires et/ou des fichiers
-des répertoires sélectionnés, ils ne seront  <emphasis
-role="bold">pas</emphasis> inclus dans la sauvegarde. Cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Fermer</guibutton> quand vous avez terminé.</para>
-	  <para>Maintenant indiquer le chemin vers <guilabel>Où sauvegarder</guilabel>, ou
-bien choisir le bouton <guibutton>Naviguer</guibutton> pour sélectionner un
-chemin correct. Tous les clés USB ou disques externes montés, se trouvent
-dans <emphasis role="bold">/run/media/nom_utilisateur/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Cliquer sur <guibutton>Appliquer</guibutton>, pour lancer la sauvegarde.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 58d13a08..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Configuration du son</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Cet outil<footnote><para>il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis>.</para></footnote> est présent dans le centre de
-contrôle de Mageia, sous l'onglet <emphasis role="bold">Matériel</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound traite de la configuration du son, des options de PulseAudio et du
-dépannage. Il vous viendra en aide si vous rencontrez des problèmes de son
-ou si vous changez de carte son.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> est un serveur de son. Il reçoit toutes les
-entrées son, les mixe en accord avec les préférences de l'utilisateur et
-envoie le son résultant vers la sortie. Voir <guimenu>Menu Mageia -> Son et
-video -> Contrôle du volume PulseAudio</guimenu> pour établir ces
-préférences.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio est le serveur de son par défaut et il est recommandé de le
-laisser actif.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> améliore PulseAudio avec quelques
-programmes. Il est recommandé de le laisser aussi actif.</para>
-  <para>Le bouton  <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> vous porte assistance pour la
-résolution de problèmes que vous pourriez rencontrer. Il peut s'avérer utile
-de l'essayer avant de demander de l'aide auprès de la communauté.</para>
-  <para>Le bouton  <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> affiche une fenêtre supplémentaire
-présentant un bouton d'usage évident.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4855e5f9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Configurer un onduleur (UPS) pour la surveillance de l'alimentation
-électrique</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakups</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bd04db1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configurer les connexions VPN afin de sécuriser l'accès au réseau.</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-      </footnote> permet la configuration d'un
-accès à un réseau distant en établissant un tunnel entre la station de
-travail locale et le réseau distant. Nous ne traitons ici que la
-configuration du côté station de travail, nous considérons que le réseau
-distant est déjà opérationnel et que vous possédez toutes les informations
-nécessaires à la connexion, données par l'administrateur réseau, tel qu'un
-fichier de configuration .pcf.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuration</title>
-
-    <para>Vous devez d'abord choisir entre le concentrateur VPN Cisco ou OpenVPN,
-selon le protocole utilisé par votre réseau privé virtuel.</para>
-
-    <para>Puis donnez un nom à la connexion.</para>
-
-    <para>Dans l'écran suivant, fournir les informations en votre possession.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Pour Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Pour openvpn. Le paquetage openvpn et ses dépendances seront installés lors
-de la première utilisation de l'outil.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Sélectionner les fichiers obtenus
-auprès de l'administrateur réseau.</para>
-
-        <para>Paramètres avancés :</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>L'écran suivant demande l'adresse IP de la passerelle.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Une fois les paramètres indiqués, il est possible au choix de démarrer la
-connexion VPN ou non.</para>
-
-    <para>Elle peut être démarrée automatiquement en même temps qu'une connexion
-réseau. Cela est possible en re-configurant la connexion réseau pour
-demander de toujours se connecter à cette connexion VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c2d004a7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configurer webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil<footnote><para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> sous root.</para></footnote> vous aide à paramétrer un
-serveur web.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Qu'est-ce qu'un serveur Web ?</title>
-    <para>
-      Un serveur Web est un logiciel qui vous permet de fournir du contenu web
-accessible à travers Internet (définition Wikipedia.org).
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Paramétrer un serveur web avec l'assistant apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Bienvenue dans l'assistant du serveur Web.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introduction</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    La première page est juste une introduction, cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sélection de l'exposition du serveur : sur un réseau local ou sur Internet</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposer le serveur Web à Internet comporte des risques. Soyez vigilant.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Module utilisateur du serveur</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Autorise les utilisateurs à créer leur propres sites.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Nom du répertoire web de l'utilisateur</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    L'utilisateur doit créer et remplir ce répertoire, c'est ensuite que le
-serveur l'affichera.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Répertoire par défaut du serveur web</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ceci vous permet de configurer le chemin vers le répertoire par défaut des
-fichiers du serveur web : pages web, documents.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Récapitulatif</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Prenez un instant pour vérifier ces options, puis cliquez sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Terminer</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    C'est fait ! Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9dea3c52..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configurer DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f7f7e3cb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configurer DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Cet outil n'est pas opérationnel dans Mageia 4 à cause d'un nouveau schéma
-de nommage des interfaces de réseau.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Cet outil<footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-    </footnote> peut vous aider à paramétrer
-un serveur <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Il s'agit d'un composant de l'assistant
-qui devra être installé avant de pouvoir y accéder.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Qu'est-ce que DHCP ?</title>
-
-    <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) est un
-protocole réseau dont le rôle est d’assurer la configuration automatique des
-paramètres IP d’un ordinateur, notamment en lui affectant automatiquement
-une adresse IP et un masque de sous-réseau (source Wikipedia).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paramétrer un serveur DHCP avec l'assistant DHCP.</title>
-
-    <para>Bienvenue dans l'assistant du serveur DHCP.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introduction</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>La première page est juste une introduction, cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Sélection de l'interface Réseau</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Sélectionnez l'interface réseau connectée au sous-réseau, auquel DHCP
-affecte les adresses IP, puis cliquez sur le bouton
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Sélection de la plage d'adresses IP</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Sélectionnez les adresses IP de début et de fin de la plage d'adresses que
-votre serveur doit proposer, ainsi que l'adresse IP de la passerelle,
-connectée à l'extérieur du réseau local, si possible Internet, puis cliquez
-le bouton <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Récapitulatif</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Prenez un instant pour vérifier ces options, puis cliquez sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Une erreur possible...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ceci peut être corrigé. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>
-plusieurs fois et modifier l'anomalie.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Quelques instants plus tard...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ce qui a été réalisé :</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installation du paquetage dhcp-server si besoin ;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sauvegarder <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> dans
-<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Créer un nouveau fichier <code>dhcpd.conf</code> à partir de
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> et
-ajouter les nouveaux paramètres :</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>réseau</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifie également le fichier de configuration de Webmin
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Redémarrer <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fe7ccab..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configurer l'heure</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Le but de cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-    </footnote> est de
-synchroniser l'heure de votre serveur avec un serveur externe. Il n'est pas
-installé par défaut et vous devez aussi installer les paquetages drakwizard
-et drakwizard-base.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paramétrer un serveur NTP avec l'assistant NTP.</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Après un écran de bienvenue (voir ci-dessus), le second vous demande de
-choisir trois serveurs de temps dans la liste déroulante et suggère
-d'utiliser deux fois pool.ntp.org car ce serveur redirige toujours vers des
-serveurs de temps disponibles.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Les écrans suivants vous permettent de choisir la région et la ville, puis
-vous arrivez sur un résumé. Si quelquechose est faux, vous pouvez évidemment
-le modifier en utilisant le bouton <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>. Si tout
-est exact, cliquez sur le bouton <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour
-exécuter le test. Cela prendra un certain temps et au final vous obtiendrez
-l'écran ci-dessous :</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> pour fermer l'outil.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ce qui a été réalisé :</title>
-
-    <para>Cet outil réalise les étapes suivantes :</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installation du paquetage <code>ntp</code> si besoin.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sauvegarder les fichiers <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> dans
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> et <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>
-dans <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code> ;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ecrire un nouveau fichier <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> avec la liste
-des serveurs ;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifier le fichier <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> en insérant le nom du premier
-serveur ;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stopper et démarrer les services <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> et
-<code>ntpd</code> ;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Régler l'horloge système à l'heure actuelle avec la référence UTC.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ff8ccaf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configurer FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil<footnote><para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> sous root.</para></footnote> vous aide à paramétrer un
-serveur <acronym>FTP</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Qu'est-ce que le <acronym>FTP</acronym> ?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol, ou (<acronym>FTP</acronym>), est un protocole de
-communication destiné à l'échange informatique de fichiers sur un réseau
-TCP/IP. Il permet, depuis un ordinateur, de copier des fichiers vers un
-autre ordinateur du réseau, ou encore de supprimer ou de modifier des
-fichiers sur cet ordinateur (source Wikipedia). 
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Paramétrer un serveur FTP avec l'assistant proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Bienvenue dans l'assistant FTP.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introduction</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    La première page est juste une introduction, cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sélection de l'exposition du serveur : sur un réseau local ou sur Internet</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposer le serveur FTP à Internet comporte des risques. Soyez vigilant.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Information sur le serveur</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Saisir le nom avec lequel le serveur s'identifiera vis-à-vis du réseau local
-ou d'Internet.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Options du serveur</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Paramétrer le port d'écoute, le répertoire chroot, permettre la reprise de
-transfert et le <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol).
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Récapitulatif</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Prenez un instant pour vérifier ces options, puis cliquez sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Terminer</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    C'est fait ! Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 26e93907..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configurer le serveur mandataire (proxy)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil<footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-    </footnote> peux vous permettre de
-paramétrer un serveur proxy, ou serveur mandataire. C'est un composant de
-l'assistant, qui doit être installé pour que vous puissiez y accéder.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Qu'est-ce qu'un serveur mandataire ?</title>
-
-    <para>Un serveur proxy (ou serveur mandataire) est un serveur (un système ou une
-application) qui agit comme un intermédiaire pour les requêtes d'ordinateurs
-clients vers d'autres serveurs. Un client se connecte au serveur proxy,
-demande un certain service tel qu'un fichier, une connexion, une page Web ou
-toute autre ressource disponible sur un autre serveur. Le serveur proxy
-évalue la demande comme un moyen de simplifier et de contrôler sa complexité
-(Source Wikipédia).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paramétrer un serveur proxy avec l'assistant Squid.</title>
-
-    <para>Bienvenue dans l'assistant du serveur proxy.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introduction</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>La première page est juste une introduction, cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Sélection du port proxy</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Sélectionner le port proxy à travers lequel les navigateurs se connecteront,
-puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Utilisation de la mémoire vive et l'espace disque</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Paramétrer les tailles maximum des caches mémoire et disque, puis cliquer
-sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Sélection du contrôle d'accès au Réseau</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Paramétrer la visibilité vis-à-vis du réseau local ou d'Internet, puis
-cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Autoriser l'accès au Réseau</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Autoriser l'accès au réseau local,  puis cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Utiliser un serveur proxy de niveau supérieur ?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Utiliser un autre serveur proxy de niveau supérieur ? Dans le cas contraire,
-passer à l'étape suivante.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Nom d'hôte et port du proxy de niveau supérieur</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Fournir le nom d'hôte et le port du proxy de niveau supérieur, puis cliquer
-sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Récapitulatif</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Prenez un instant pour vérifier ces options, puis cliquez sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Lancement du proxy au démarrage ?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choisir si le serveur proxy doit être lancé au démarrage, puis cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Terminer</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>C'est fait ! Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ce qui a été réalisé :</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installation du paquetage SQUID si besoin ;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sauvegarde de <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> dans
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Créer un nouveau fichier <code>squid.conf</code> à partir de
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> et ajouter les nouveaux paramètres :</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>niveau</code> 1, 2 or 3 et <code>http_access</code> en fonction du
-niveau</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Redémarrer <code>Squid</code>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 88d0271f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configuration du démon OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Cet outil<footnote><para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> sous root.</para></footnote> vous aide à paramétrer un
-service <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Qu'est-ce que le <acronym>SSH</acronym> ?</title>
-    <para>
-      SSH (Secure Shell) est un protocole de réseau cryptographique pour sécuriser
-l'échange de données, la connexion à distance en ligne de commande,
-l'exéution de commandes à distance ainsi que d'autres services réseau entre
-deux ordinateurs interconnectés. SSH relie via un tunnel sécurisé sur un
-réseau non sécurisé, un serveur et un ordinateur client (qui utilisent
-respectivement un serveur SSH et des logiciels clients
-<acronym>SSH</acronym>). (Source Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Paramétrer un service <acronym>SSH</acronym> avec l'assistant sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Bienvenue dans l'assistant OpenSSH.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sélectionner le type de configuration</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choisir <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pour voir toutes les options ou
-<guilabel>Débutant</guilabel> pour sauter les étapes 3-7, puis cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Options générales</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Paramétrer les options de connexion et d'accès administrateur. Le port 22
-est le port normalisé de <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Méthodes d'authentification</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Autoriser les méthodes d'authentification possibles pour les utilisateurs
-lors de la connexion, puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Journalisation</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choisir le type d'accès aux journaux et le niveau de journalisation, puis
-cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Options de connexion</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configurer les options de connexion, puis cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Options de connexion de l'utilisateur</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configurer les paramètres d'accès utilisateur, puis cliquer sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compression et transfert d'écran</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configurer le transfert de l'interface graphique X11 et la compression
-durant le transfert, puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Récapitulatif</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Prenez un instant pour vérifier ces options, puis cliquez sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Terminer</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    C'est fait ! Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ae4635a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Gérer les services système en les (dés)activant</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>   
-
-  <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index eda484f1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Explorer et configurer le matériel</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil<footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> apporte une vision générale
-du matériel composant votre ordinateur. Lorsqu'il est lancé, il exécute une
-tâche pour consulter chaque composant matériel. Il utilise pour cela la
-commande <code>ldetect </code>qui se réfère à une liste de matériel qui se
-trouve dans le paquetage <code>ldetect-lst</code>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>La fenêtre</title>
-
-    <para>La fenêtre est divisée en deux colonnes.</para>
-
-    <para>La colonne de gauche contient la liste du matériel détecté. Les composants
-sont groupés par catégories. Cliquer sur le > pour dérouler le contenu d'une
-catégorie. Chaque composant peut être sélectionné dans cette colonne.</para>
-
-    <para>La colonne de droite donne des informations au sujet du composant
-sélectionné. L'entrée du menu <guimenu>Aide -> Description des champs
-</guimenu> donne quelques informations sur le contenu des champs.</para>
-
-    <para>Selon le type de périphérique sélectionné, un ou deux boutons sont
-disponibles en bas de la colonne de droite :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Spécifier les options du pilote courant </guibutton>: il permet
-de paramétrer le module utilisé en relation avec le pilote.  Ceci est
-réservé aux experts.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Lancer l'outil de configuration </guibutton>: accède à l'outil de
-configuration du périphérique. L'outil est souvent directement accessible
-depuis le CCM.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Le menu</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Options</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>Le menu <guimenu>options</guimenu> permet d'activer la détection automatique
-en cochant les cases correspondantes :</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modems</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Périphériques Jaz</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Périphériques parallèles Zip</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Ces détections ne sont pas activées par défaut car elles sont lentes. Cocher
-la(es) case(s) appropriée(s) si ce matériel est connecté. La détection sera
-opérationnelle au prochain démarrage de l'outil.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 79f6c9d7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Définir la configuration du clavier</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>L'outil keyboarddrake<footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root <emphasis role="bold">: keyboarddrake</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> permet de
-configurer la disposition générale du clavier utilisé avec Mageia. Cela
-affecte la disposition du clavier pour tous les utilisateurs du système. Il
-se trouve dans la section "Matériel" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (MCC)
-sous l'appellation "Définir la configuration du clavier".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Disposition de clavier</title>
-
-    <para>Il est possible de sélectionner ici quel clavier vous désirez utiliser. Les
-noms, listés par ordre alphabétique, indiquent la langue, si besoin le pays,
-et/ou l'ethnie pour lesquels le clavier convient.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Type du clavier</title>
-
-    <para>Ce menu permet de sélectionner le type de clavier utilisé. En cas de doute
-sur lequel choisir, il est préférable de laisser le type par défaut.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bbe26715..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Gérer les paramètres locaux de votre système</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote><para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous
-root : <emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis>.
-  </para></footnote> se trouve sous l'onglet
-"Système" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (MCC) sous l'appellation "Gérer
-les paramètres locaux de votre système". Il s'ouvre dans une fenêtre où l'on
-peut choisir sa langue. Le choix est fonction des langues choisies pendant
-l'installation.</para>
-
-  <para>Le bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> permet d'activer la compatibilité
-avec l'encodage ancien (non UTF-8).</para>
-
-  <para>La deuxième fenêtre présente une liste de pays utilisant la langue
-précédemment sélectionnée. Le bouton <guibutton>Autres Pays</guibutton>
-permet de choisir un pays non listé.</para>
-
-  <para>Vous devez redémarrer la session après toute modification.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Méthode d'entrée</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> il est possible de
-sélectionner la méthode d'entrée (menu déroulant en bas de la fenêtre).
-Elle concerne la saisie de caractères complexes et de symboles (chinois,
-japonais, coréen, sanskrit, etc.) avec un clavier occidental.</para>
-  <para> Pour la localisation asiatique ou africaine, IBus étant la méthode d'entrée
-configurée par défaut, il ne devrait pas y avoir besoin de la sélectionner
-manuellement.</para>
-  <para>D'autres méthodes d'entrée (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) fournissent des
-fonctionnalités similaires et peuvent, si elles ne sont pas proposées dans
-la liste déroulante, être installées avec un autre outil du Centre de
-contrôle de Mageia. Voir <xref linkend="rpmdrake"/>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c4d51ee2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Visionner et chercher dans les journaux du système</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande sous root en
-tapant : <emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> se trouve dans l'onglet
-"Système" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous le nom"<guilabel> Visionner
-et chercher dans les journaux du système</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pour effectuer une recherche dans les journaux.</title>
-
-    <para>Premièrement, entrer la chaîne de caractères recherchée dans le champ
-<emphasis role="bold">Contenant</emphasis> et/ou la chaîne de caractères que
-l'on ne souhaite <emphasis>pas</emphasis> retrouver parmi les réponses dans
-le champ<emphasis role="bold"> mais ne contenant pas</emphasis>. Puis
-sélectionner le(s) fichier(s) dans lesquels rechercher dans le champ
-<guilabel>Choisir le fichier</guilabel>. En option, il est possible de
-limiter la recherche à un seul jour. Le sélectionner dans le <emphasis
-role="bold">Calendrier</emphasis>, en utilisant les petites flèches de
-chaque coté du mois et de l'année, et cocher "<guibutton>N'afficher que pour
-le jour sélectionné</guibutton>".  Enfin, cliquer sur le bouton
-<guibutton>Chercher</guibutton> pour voir les résultats dans la fenêtre
-nommée <guilabel>Contenu du fichier</guilabel>.  Il est possible
-d'enregistrer les résultats au format .txt en cliquant sur le bouton
-<emphasis role="bold">Sauvegarder</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Les <guibutton>Journaux des outils de Mageia</guibutton> contiennent les
-journaux des outils de configuration de Mageia tels que les outils du Centre
-de Contrôle de Mageia. Ces journaux sont mis à jour à chaque fois qu'une
-configuration est modifiée.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pour configurer une alerte par courrier</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Alerte par courriel</guibutton> vérifie automatiquement la charge
-du système et les services toutes les heures et si nécessaire envoie un
-courrier électronique à l'adresse indiquée.</para>
-
-    <para>Pour configurer cet outil, cliquer sur le bouton <emphasis
-role="bold">Alerte par courriel</emphasis>, puis dans l'écran suivant, sur
-le bouton déroulant <guibutton>Configurer le système d'alerte par
-courriel</guibutton>. Ici sont affichés tous les services en cours de
-fonctionnement et vous pouvez choisir ceux qui sont à surveiller (voir copie
-d'écran ci-dessous).</para>
-
-    <para>Les services suivants peuvent être surveillés :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Service Webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serveur de courrier Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serveur FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serveur World Wide Web Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serveur SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serveur Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Services Xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Résolveur de noms de domaine BIND</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Dans l'écran suivant, sélectionner la valeur de la
-<guilabel>Charge</guilabel> considérée inacceptable. La charge représente la
-demande à un processus, une charge élevée ralentit le système et une charge
-très élevée peut indiquer qu'un processus est devenu incontrôlable.  La
-valeur par défaut est 3. Il est recommandé de mettre la valeur de la charge
-à 3 fois le nombre de processeurs.</para>
-
-    <para>Dans le dernier écran, entrer l'<guilabel>Adresse de courriel</guilabel> de
-la personne à prévenir et le <guilabel>Serveur de courriel</guilabel> à
-utiliser (local ou sur Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b5f59a7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Afficher les partages NFS et SMB disponibles</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Vous ne pouvez lancer et utiliser cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> qu'en ligne de commande.</para>
-
-  <para>Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir
-écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">l'équipe de
-documentation </link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ac34600a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Affiche les informations concernant vos périphériques PCI, USB et PCMCIA</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Vous ne pouvez lancer et utiliser cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande sous root en
-tapant : <emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> qu'en ligne de commande. Il donne un peu plus d'informations si
-lancé sous root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake donne la liste de tous les périphériques connectés à l'ordinateur
-(USB, PCI et PCMCIA) et les pilotes utilisés. Il a besoin des paquetages
-ldetect et ldetect-lst pour fonctionner.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Avec l'option -v,  lspcidrake ajoute l'identification du vendeur et du
-périphérique.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake génère souvent de très longues listes, aussi, pour trouver une
-information il est souvent utilisé en pipeline avec la commande grep, comme
-dans ces exemples :</para>
-
-  <para>Informations à propos de la carte graphique :</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Informations à propos du réseau :</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i pour ignorer la casse.</para>
-
-  <para>Dans cette capture ci-dessous on peut voir l'action de l'option -v pour
-lspcidrake, et de l'option -i pour grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Il y a un autre outil qui donne des informations au sujet du matériel, il
-s'appelle called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (sous root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f39c611..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Démarrage</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils pour
-configurer les étapes du démarrage. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en
-savoir plus.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurer les étapes du démarrage</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e996f92..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Matériel</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Il est possible dans cet écran de choisir entre plusieurs outils pour
-configurer le matériel. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Gérer le matériel</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/> <emphasis>= Explorer et configurer le
-matériel</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurer le graphisme</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/> <emphasis>= Configurer les effets bureau
-3D</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurer la souris et le clavier</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurer l'impression et la numérisation</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/> <emphasis>= Configurer la/les
-imprimante(s), les files de travaux d'impression, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Autres</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d97edcd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Au sujet du Manuel du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) possède huit entrées différentes que
-l'on peut choisir dans la colonne de gauche. Chacune de ces entrées propose
-un bouquet d'outils qui peuvent être sélectionnés dans le grand panneau de
-droite.</para>
-
-	<para>Les huit chapitres suivants concernent ces huit entrées et les outils
-correspondants.</para>
-
-<para>Le dernier chapitre concerne d'autres outils de Mageia, qui sont accessibles
-par d'autres voies que celle du CCM.</para>
-
-	<para>Les titres de ces pages sont en général identiques aux titres des écrans de
-ces outils.</para>
-
-        <para>Il y aussi une barre de recherche à disposition, vous pouvez y accéder en
-cliquant sur l'onglet "Rechercher" dans la colonne de gauche.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5210f9e1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Disques locaux</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils pour gérer
-les disques locaux. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Disques locaux</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"/></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"/></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"/></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 30059cfb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Réseau et Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils
-réseau. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Gérer les périphériques réseau</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personnaliser et sécuriser le réseau</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Autres</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 63fe426d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Services réseau</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cette écran et celui nommé <emphasis>Partage</emphasis> ne sont visibles que
-si les paquetage <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> est installé. Vous pouvez
-choisir entre plusieurs outils pour paramétrer différents serveurs. Cliquer
-sur un lien ci-dessous ou bien sur <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/> pour en
-savoir plus.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Services réseau</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 27eea64a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Partages réseau</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils pour
-partager des disques et des répertoires. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour
-en savoir plus.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configurer les partages Windows(R)</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"/></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"/><emphasis> = Partagez vos disques et
-répertoires avec les systèmes Windows (Samba) </emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configurer les partages NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"/></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"/></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configurer les partages WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"/></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f424d0e0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Sécurité</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils concernant
-la sécurité. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sécurité</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configurer la sécurité, les droits et
-la surveillance du système. </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 76b5e0ca..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Partage</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet écran ainsi que celui nommé <emphasis>Services réseau</emphasis> ne sont
-visibles qu'à la condition que le paquetage <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>
-soit installé. Vous pouvez choisir entre plusieurs outils pour configurer
-différents serveurs. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous ou sur <xref
-linkend="mcc-networkservices"/> pour en savoir plus.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Partage</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3557a181..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Système</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils système et
-administration. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Gérer les services système</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Localisation</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Outils d'administration</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Gérer les utilisateurs du système
-</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 346d3697..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configurer la fréquence des mises à jour</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote>est présent dans le Centre de
-Contrôle de Mageia, sous l'onglet <emphasis role="bold">Gestion des
-logiciels</emphasis>. Il est aussi disponible par un <guimenu>clic droit /
-Configuration des mises à jour </guimenu>sur l'icône rouge <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> dans la boîte à miniatures.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Le premier curseur permet de changer la fréquence de la recherche des mises
-à jour et le second le délai après démarrage avant de réaliser la première
-recherche. La case à cocher permet d'être prévenu lorsqu'une nouvelle
-édition de Mageia est sortie.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 526e8f3c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Définir le dispositif de pointage (souris, pavé tactile)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil<footnote><para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> sous root.</para></footnote> est présent dans le centre de
-contrôle de Mageia, sous l'onglet <emphasis role="bold">Matériel</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Etant donné qu'il faut une souris pour installer Mageia, celle-ci est déjà
-installée par Drakinstall. Cet outil permet l'installation d'une autre
-souris.</para>
-
-  <para>Les souris sont triées par type de connexion puis par modèle.  Sélectionnez
-votre souris et cliquez sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. La plupart du temps,
-"Universelle / N'importe quelle souris PS/2 ou USB"'convient pour une souris
-récente. La nouvelle souris est immédiatement prise en compte.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 42893896..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,381 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">Configurer la sécurité, les droits et la surveillance du système</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Présentation</title>
-
-    <para>MSECGUI<footnote><para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant
-<emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> sous root.</para>
-    </footnote> est une interface graphique
-pour MSEC qui permet de configurer votre système de sécurité selon deux
-approches :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Il règle le comportement du système, MSEC applique des modifications
-obligatoires au système pour le rendre plus sûr.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Il paramètre des vérifications périodiques et automatiques du système afin
-de vous avertir si quelquechose semble dangereux.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Msec utilise le concept de "niveaux de sécurité", qui servent à configurer
-un ensemble d'autorisations du système. Ces autorisations peuvent être
-contrôlées pour être modifiées ou confirmées. Plusieurs niveaux sont
-proposés par Mageia, mais vous pouvez définir vos propres niveaux de
-sécurité personnalisés.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vue générale</title>
-
-    <para>Voir la copie d'écran ci-dessus.</para>
-
-    <para>Le premier onglet affiche la liste des différents outils de sécurité avec un
-bouton sur le côté droit pour permettre de les configurer :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Pare-feu, accessible également dans le CCM / Sécurité / Configurer votre
-pare-feu personnel</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Mises à jour, accessible également dans le CCM / Gestion des logiciels /
-Mettre à jour votre système</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Sécurité, c'est-à-dire Msec lui-même en plus de quelques informations :</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>activé ou non</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>le niveau de sécurité de base actuel</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>La date des dernières vérifications périodiques, avec un bouton pour
-consulter un rapport détaillé et un autre bouton pour exécuter immédiatement
-les vérifications.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Onglet Paramètres de sécurité</title>
-
-    <para>Un clic sur le deuxième onglet ou sur le bouton
-<guibutton>Configurer</guibutton> de Sécurité affiche l'écran ci-dessous.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Onglet Sécurité de base</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Niveaux de sécurité :</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Après avoir coché la case <guilabel>Activer l'outil MSEC</guilabel>, cet
-onglet vous permet de sélectionner votre niveau de sécurité grâce à un
-double-clic. Ce niveau s'affiche alors en gras. Si la case n'est pas cochée,
-le niveau "Aucun" s'applique. Les niveaux suivants sont disponibles :</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Niveau <emphasis role="bold">aucun</emphasis>. Ce niveau s'applique si vous
-ne désirez pas utiliser Msec pour contrôler la sécurité de votre système, et
-que vous préférez le faire par vous-même. Il désactive toutes les
-vérifications de sécurité, n'impose aucune restriction ou contrainte sur les
-paramètres et la configuration de votre système. N'utlisez ce niveau que si
-vous savez ce que vous faites, car il laissera votre système vulnérable à
-une attaque.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Niveau <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. Ceci est la configuration
-par défaut, destinée aux utilisateurs habituels. Il impose des contraintes à
-plusieurs paramètres du système et exécute des vérification de sécurité
-quotidiennes. Celles-ci détectent des modifications dans le système de
-fichiers, dans les comptes des utilisateurs, ainsi que des droits de
-répertoire vulnérables (ce niveau est identique aux niveaux 2 et 3 des
-versions précédentes de Msec).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Niveau <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. Ce niveau vous assure que
-votre système est sécurisé, mais toujours utilisable au quotidien. Il limite
-les autorisations du système et exécute des vérifications périodiques plus
-nombreuses. En outre, l'accès à votre système est plus restreint (ce niveau
-est similaire aux niveaux 4 - High - et 5 - Paranoid - des versions
-précédentes de Msec).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>A côté de ces niveaux, d'autres spécifiques à certaines tâches sont
-également proposés, tels que les niveaux <emphasis role="bold">fileserver
-</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">webserver</emphasis> et <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis>. Ces derniers pré-configurent la sécurité du
-système selon les cas d'utilisation les plus courants.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>Les deux derniers niveaux dénommés <emphasis
-role="bold">audit_daily</emphasis> et <emphasis
-role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> ne sont pas vraiment des niveaux de
-sécurité mais plutôt des outils dédiés à réaliser uniquement des
-vérifications périodiques.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Ces niveaux sont sauvegardés dans
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Vous pouvez
-définir vos propres niveaux de sécurité personnalisés, puis les sauvegarder
-dans des fichiers spécifiques dénommés
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename> et placés dans le répertoire
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> Cette fonctionnalité est dédiée
-aux utilisateurs experts qui veulent une configuration système personnalisée
-ou plus sécurisée.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Gardez à l'esprit que les paramètres modifiés par l'utilisateur ont la
-priorité sur les réglages par défaut.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Alertes de sécurité :</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Si vous cochez la case <guibutton>Envoi d'alertes de sécurité par courriel à
-:</guibutton>, les alertes de sécurité générées par Msec sont adressées par
-un courriel local à l'administrateur de sécurité indiqué dans le champ
-voisin. Vous pouvez y saisir soit un utilisateur local soit une adresse de
-courriel complète (le courriel local et le gestionnaire de courriel doivent
-avoir été paramétrés en conséquence). En outre, vous pouvez recevoir les
-alertes de sécurité directement sur votre bureau. Cochez la case
-correspondante pour activer cette fonctionnalité.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Il est fortement recommandé d'activer l'option des alertes de sécurité afin
-d'informer immédiatement l'administrateur de sécurité de possibles
-problèmes. Dans le cas contraire, l'administrateur devra vérifier
-régulièrement les fichiers de journaux disponibles dans
-<filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Options de sécurité :</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Créer un niveau spécifique n'est pas l'unique moyen de personnaliser la
-sécurité de l'ordinateur, il est également possible d'utiliser les onglets
-présentés ci-après pour modifier l'option désirée. La configuration actuelle
-de Msec est sauvegardée dans
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Ce fichier contient
-le nom du niveau de sécurité en cours et la liste de toutes les
-modifications apportées aux options.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Onglet Sécurité du système</title>
-
-      <para>Cet onglet affiche toutes les options de sécurité sur la colonne de gauche,
-leurs descriptions dans la colonne centrale et leurs valeurs actuelles dans
-la colonne de droite.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Pour modifier une option, double-cliquer sur elle et une nouvelle fenêtre
-apparaît (voir l'image ci-dessous). Elle affiche le nom de l'option, une
-courte description, les valeurs actuelle et par défaut, ainsi qu'une liste
-déroulante pour sélectionner une nouvelle valeur. Cliquer sur le bouton
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> pour valider votre choix.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>En quittant Msecgui, n'oubliez pas de sauvegarder définitivement votre
-configuration en utilisant le menu <guimenu>Fichier -> Sauvergarder la
-configuration</guimenu>. Si vous avez modifié des paramètres, Msecgui vous
-permettra de prévisualiser les changements avant de les sauvegarder.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Sécurité du Réseau</title>
-
-      <para>Cet onglet affiche toutes les options de sécurité du réseau et se paramètre
-comme l'onglet précédent. </para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Onglet Vérifications périodiques</title>
-
-      <para>Les vérifications périodiques ont pour but d'informer l'administrateur par
-le biais d'alertes de sécurité, pour toutes les situations que Msec estime
-potentiellement dangeureuses.</para>
-
-      <para>Cet onglet affiche toutes les vérifications périodiques effectuées par Msec
-ainsi que leur fréquence, lorsque la case <guibutton>Activer les
-vérifications périodiques</guibutton> est cochée. Les modifications sont
-appliquées comme dans les onglets précédents.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Onglet Exceptions</title>
-
-      <para>Parfois les messages d'alertes sont dûs à des cas connus et voulus. Dans ces
-cas ces messages sont peu utiles et une perte de temps pour
-l'administrateur. Cet onglet vous permet de créer autant d'exceptions que
-vous le voulez pour éviter des messages d'alertes indésirables. Il est
-évidemment vide au premier démarrage de Msec.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Pour créer une exception, cliquer sur le bouton  <guibutton>Ajouter une
-règle</guibutton></para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Sélectionnez la vérification périodique voulue dans la liste déroulante
-<guilabel>Vérification</guilabel> puis saisissez <guilabel>l'
-Exception</guilabel> dans la zone de texte. Ajouter une exception n'est
-évidemment pas définitif, vous pouvez également la supprimer en utilisant le
-bouton <guibutton>Supprimer</guibutton> de l'onglet
-<guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> ou la modifier avec un double-clic.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Autorisations</title>
-    <para>L'onglet est dédié à la vérification et à la confirmation des permissions
-des répertoires et des fichiers.</para>
-    <para>Comme pour la sécurité, msec possède plusieurs niveaux de permissions
-(standard, secure, ...), ils sont activés en fonction du niveau de sécurité
-choisi. Vous pouvez créer et personnaliser votre propre niveau de
-permissions, qui sera sauvegardé sous le nom de
-<filename>perm.&lt;levelname></filename>et sera placé dans le dossier
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Cette fonctionnalité est prévu
-pour les utilisateurs avancés qui ont besoin d'une configuration sur
-mesure. Il est également possible de revenir sur cet onglet ultérieurement
-pour modifier les permissions. La configuration actuelle est sauvegardé dans
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> Ce fichier contient la
-liste de tout les modifications effectuées sur les permissions.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Les permissions par défaut sont affichées dans une liste de règles (une
-règle par ligne). Vous pouvez voir sur le côté gauche le fichier ou le
-répertoire concerné par la règle, suivi du propriétaire, du groupe, puis des
-permissions accordées par la règle. Si, pour une règle donnée :</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>La case <guilabel>Forcer</guilabel> n'est pas cochée, MSEC vérifie alors
-uniquement si les permissions définies pour cette règle sont respectées et
-envoie un message d'alerte dans le cas contraire, mais ne modifie rien.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>La case <guilabel>Forcer</guilabel> est cochée, MSEC ne respectera donc pas
-les permissions à la première vérification périodique et les écrasera.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Pour que cela fonctionne, l'option CHECK_PERMS dans <emphasis
-role="bold">l'onglet de vérification périodique</emphasis> doit être
-configuré en conséquence.</para></important><para>Pour créer une nouvelle règle, cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter une
-règle</guibutton> et renseigner les champs comme indiqué dans l'exemple
-ci-dessous. Le caractère joker * est autorisé dans le champ
-<guilabel>Fichier</guilabel>. “Actuel" signifie aucune modification.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Valider</guibutton> pour confirmer votre
-choix. Ne pas oublier, en quittant Msecgui, de sauvegarder définitivement
-votre configuration par le menu <guimenu>Fichier -> Sauvegarder la
-configuration</guimenu>. Si vous avez modifié les paramètres, Msecgui vous
-permettra de prévisualiser les changements avant de les sauvegarder. </para>
-    <note><para>Il est également possible de créer ou de modifier les paramètres en éditant
-le fichier de configuration
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Les modifications dans l'onglet <emphasis role="bold">Permissions</emphasis>
-(ou directement dans le fichier de configuration) sont prises en compte à la
-première vérification périodique (voir l'option CHECK_PERMS dans l'onglet
-<emphasis role="bold">Vérifications périodiques</emphasis>). Si vous voulez
-qu'elles soient prises en compte immédiatement, utiliser la commande
-<emphasis role="bold">msecperms</emphasis> dans une console avec les droits
-d'administrateur. Vous pouvez utiliser auparavant la commande <emphasis
-role="bold">msecperms -p</emphasis> pour connaître les permissions qui
-seront modifiées par msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>N'oubliez pas que si vous modifiez les droits - dans une console ou un
-gestionnaire de fichiers - d'un fichier dont la case
-<guilabel>Forcer</guilabel> est cochée dans l'onglet <emphasis
-role="bold">Permissions</emphasis>, Msecgui rétablira les anciennes
-permissions après un certain temps, selon la configuration des options
-CHECK_PERMS et CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE dans l'onglet <emphasis
-role="bold">vérifications périodiques</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fcdb6b8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Autres outils Mageia</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Il existe davantage d'outils Mageia que ceux qui s'ouvrent dans le Centre de
-Contôle de Mageia. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus, ou
-continuer la lecture des pages suivantes.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>A REDIGER </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Et davantage d'outils ?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 37d06c6e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Gestion des logiciels (Installer et désinstaller des logiciels)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduction à rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>Cet outil<footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote>, aussi connu sous le nom de
-drakrpm, est un programme d'installation, de désinstallation et de mise à
-jour des paquetages. C'est l'interface utilisateur graphique de URPMI. A
-chaque démarrage, Il vérifie les listes de paquetages en ligne (appelées
-'média') téléchargées directement depuis les serveurs officiels de Mageia,
-et vous présente toujours les dernières applications et paquetages
-disponibles pour votre ordinateur. Un système de filtres permet de
-n'afficher que certains types de paquetages : vous pouvez n'avoir que les
-applications installées (par défaut), ou seulement les mises à jour
-disponibles, ou encore seulement les paquetages non installés. Il est aussi
-possible de rechercher par le nom du paquetage, ou dans les résumés des
-descriptions, ou dans la description complète du paquetage, ou dans les noms
-des fichiers inclus dans le paquetage.</para>
-
-    <para>Pour fonctionner, rpmdrake a besoin que les dépôts soient configurés avec
-<xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Durant l'installation, le dépôt configuré est le medium utilisé,
-généralement le DVD ou le CD. Si vous conservez ce medium, rpmdrake vous le
-demandera à chaque fois que vous voudrez installer un paquetage, avec cette
-fenêtre en pop-up : <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>. Si le message
-ci-dessus vous ennuie et que vous avez une bonne connexion Internet sans un
-débit de téléchargement trop bas, il vaut mieux supprimer ce medium et le
-remplacer par les dépôts en ligne grâce à <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>En outre, les dépôts en ligne sont à jour en permanence, contiennent
-beaucoup plus de paquetages et permettent de mettre à jour vos paquetages
-installés.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Les principales zones de l'écran</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Filtre par type de paquetage :</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Ce filtre permet de n'afficher que certains types de paquetages.  Au premier
-démarrage, seules sont affichées les applications dotées d'une interface
-graphique. Il est possible d'afficher soit tous les paquetages et toutes
-leurs dépendances et bibliothèques soit seulement des groupes de paquetages
-tels que les applications, les mises à jour, ou encore les paquetages
-rétroportés depuis des versions plus récentes de Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Le paramétrage par défaut et choisi pour les nouveaux arrivants dans Linux
-ou Mageia, qui ne désirent probablement pas utiliser la ligne de commande ou
-des outils de spécialistes. Puisque vous lisez cette documentation, vous
-êtes de toute évidence désireux d'améliorer votre connaissance de Mageia,
-aussi, il est préférable de positionner ce filtre sur "Tout".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Filtre d'état des paquetages :</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Ce filtre permet de ne voir que les paquetages installés, que les paquetages
-non installés ou tous les paquetages (installés et non installés).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Mode recherche :</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Cliquer sur cette icône pour rechercher les paquetages par leur nom, leur
-résumé, leur description complète ou par les noms de fichiers inclus dans
-les paquetages.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Champ "Trouver" :</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Entrer ici un ou plusieurs mots-clés. Si vous désirez en utiliser plus d'un,
-utiliser '|' comme séparateur, par exemple pour rechercher "mplayer" et
-"xine" en même temps, taper 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Effacer tout :</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Cette icône efface en un seul clic tous les mots-clés entrés dans le Champ
-"Trouver".</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Liste de catégories :</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Cette barre latérale regroupe tous les paquetages en catégories et
-sous-catégories clairement définies.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Le Panneau de description :</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Ce panneau affiche le nom du paquetage, son résumé et sa description
-complète. Il affiche aussi beaucoup d'informations utiles au sujet du paquet
-sélectionné, comme par exemple les fichiers inclus dans le paquetage ou bien
-la liste des dernières modifications réalisées par le mainteneur.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>La colonne statut</title>
-
-    <para>Une fois les filtres correctement paramétrés, le paquetage peut être trouvé
-soit par catégorie (dans la zone 6 ci-dessus) ou par nom/résumé/description
-(dans la zone 4). Une liste de paquetages répondant à la requête et, ne
-l'oubliez pas, aux médium choisis est affichée avec les indicateurs de
-statut précisant si le paquetage est installé/pas installé/une mise à
-jour,... Pour changer ce statut, cocher ou décocher la case devant le nom du
-paquetage et cliquer sur <guibutton>Appliquer</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Icône</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Légende</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Ce paquetage est déjà installé</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Ce paquetage sera installé</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Ce paquetage ne peut être modifié</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Ce paquetage est une mise à jour</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Ce paquetage sera désinstallé</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Exemples dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Si vous décochez digikam (la flèche verte nous dit qu'il est installé),
-l'icône des statuts deviendra rouge avec une flèche vers le haut et il sera
-désinstallé en cliquant sur <guibutton>Appliquer</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Si vous cochez qdigidoc (qui n'est pas installé, voir le statut), une icône
-orange avec une flèche vers le bas va apparaître et il sera installé en
-cliquant sur <guibutton>Appliquer</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Les dépendances</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Certains paquetages en nécessitent d'autres, appelés dépendances, pour
-fonctionner. Ce sont par exemple des bibliothèques ou des outils.  Dans ce
-cas, rpmdrake affiche une fenêtre d'information permettant d'accepter ou de
-refuser les dépendances sélectionnées, d'annuler l'opération ou d'obtenir
-plus d'informations (voir ci-dessus). Il peut aussi arriver que plusieurs
-paquetages sont capables de fournir la bibliothèque exigée, auquel cas
-rpmdrake affiche la liste des candidats plus un bouton pour obtenir des
-informations complémentaires et un autre bouton pour choisir quel paquetage
-installer.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f7f5f7f5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Configuration du scanner</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installation</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous
-root : <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-      </footnote> permet de configurer un
-scanner autonome ou bien un appareil multifonction qui comprend un
-scanner. Il permet aussi de partager des périphériques locaux, connectés sur
-cet ordinateur, avec un ordinateur distant ou encore d'accéder à des
-scanners distants.</para>
-
-    <para>Au premier démarrage, le message suivant peut apparaître :</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"Les paquetages SANE doivent être installés pour utiliser des
-scanners.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Désirez-vous installer les paquetages SANE ?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Choisir <emphasis>Oui</emphasis> pour continuer. Il installera
-<code>scanner-gui</code> et <code>task-scanning</code> s'ils ne sont pas
-déjà installés.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Si le scanner est correctement identifié, c'est-à-dire si son nom est
-visible dans l'écran ci-dessus, le scanner est prêt pour son utilisation
-avec par exemple, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Simple
-Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Dans ce cas, il est de plus possible d'utiliser l'option <emphasis>Partage
-de scanners</emphasis>. Vous trouverez des informations dans <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Cependant, si le scanner n'a pas été correctement détecté, et ceci malgré
-une vérification des câbles, de l'alimentation électrique et une nouvelle
-<emphasis>Recherche des nouveaux scanners </emphasis>, vous devez alors
-<emphasis>Ajouter manuellement un scanner</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Choisir la marque du scanner dans la liste, puis son modèle dans la liste
-correspondant à cette marque et cliquer sur <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Si le scanner ne se trouve pas dans la liste, cliquer sur
-<emphasis>Annuler</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Veuillez alors vérifier dans cette page <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">Périphériques
-supportés par SANE</link> si le scanner est supporté et demander de l'aide
-dans les <link xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Choix du port</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Ce paramètre peut rester sur <emphasis>Auto-détecter les ports
-disponibles</emphasis> sauf si l'interface du scanner est sur port
-parallèle. Dans ce cas, sélectionner <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> s'il
-n'y en a qu'un seul.</para>
-
-    <para>Après un clic sur <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, le plus souvent, vous voyez un
-écran similaire à celui-ci-dessous.</para>
-<para>Si vous n'obtenez pas cet écran, veuillez lire le <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Partage de scanners</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ici peut se faire le choix de rendre les scanners connectés à cette machine
-accessibles par les machines distantes et par lesquelles de ces machines. Il
-est aussi possible de décider ici si les scanners sur les machines distantes
-peuvent être disponibles pour cette machine.</para>
-
-    <para>Partage de scanners pour les hôtes : le nom ou l'adresse IP des clients (ou
-hôtes) peut être ajouté ou effacé de la liste des clients autorisés à
-accéder aux périphérique(s) local (aux) de cet ordinateur.</para>
-
-    <para>Utiliser les scanners sur les hôtes : le nom ou l'adresse IP des clients
-peut être ajouté ou effacé de la liste des clients qui donnent accès à un
-scanner distant.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Partage de scanners pour les hôtes : Vous pouvez ajouter un hôte.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Partage de scanners pour les hôtes : spécifier quel(s) client(s) à ajouter,
-ou bien autoriser toutes les machines distantes.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"Toutes les machines distantes" sont autorisées à accéder au scanner local.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Si le paquetage<emphasis> saned</emphasis> n'est pas encore installé,
-l'outil propose de le faire.</para>
-
-    <para>Au final, l'outil modifiera ces fichiers :</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>pour ajouter ou mettre en
-commentaire la ligne "net"</para>
-
-    <para>Il va aussi configurer <emphasis>saned</emphasis> et
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> pour qu'ils soient actifs à chaque démarrage du
-système.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Particularités</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>La plupart des scanners HP sont gérés depuis <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis> (hplip) qui gère aussi les imprimantes. Dans ce cas,
-l'outil Mageia ne vous permet pas de réaliser la configuration et vous
-invite à utiliser <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> à la place.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Les pilotes sont disponibles sur <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">cette
-page</link>. Si demandé, il faut d'abord installer le paquetage
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, puis <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (dans cet
-ordre). Il est possible que le paquetage <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>
-déclenche un avertissement au sujet d'un conflit avec
-<emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Des utilisateurs ont rapporté qu'il pouvait être
-ignoré.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Etapes supplémentaires pour l'installation</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Il est possible qu'après la sélection d'un port pour le scanner dans l'écran
-<xref linkend="choosescannerport"/>, une ou plusieurs étapes supplémentaires
-soient nécessaires pour configurer correctement le scanner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Dans certains cas, il est indiqué que le scanner a besoin de télécharger son
-firmware à chaque fois qu'il est démarré. Cet outil permet de le charger
-dans le périphérique, après l'avoir installé sur le système. Dans cet écran,
-il est possible d'installer le firmware à partir d'un CD, d'une installation
-de Windows, ou installez celui que vous avez téléchargé depuis le site
-Internet du vendeur.</para><para>
-    Quand le firmware du scanner doit être chargé, cela peut demander beaucoup
-de temps à chaque première utilisation, probablement plus d'une
-minute. Soyez patient.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Il est aussi possible qu'un écran demande de paramétrer le fichier
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"nom_de_votre_interface_SANE".conf </emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Lisez ces instructions et d'autres avec attention et si vous rencontrez des
-difficultés n'hésitez pas à demander de l'aide dans les <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ec332a49..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Gestion des logiciels</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils de gestion
-des logiciels. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Gestion des logiciels</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"/><emphasis> = Mettre à jour votre
-système</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"/></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/><emphasis> = Configurer les sources pour
-installer et mettre à jour des logiciels</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d4ee31bc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,356 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Installation et configuration d'une imprimante</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>L'impression est gérée dans Mageia par un serveur appelé CUPS. Il possède sa
-propre <link ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">interface de
-configuration</link>, accessible via un navigateur Internet, mais Mageia
-propose son propre outil pour installer les imprimantes appelé
-system-config-printer, lequel est partagé avec d'autres distributions telles
-que Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu et openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>Vous devez activer le dépôt non-free avant de procéder à l'installation car
-certains pilotes ne sont disponibles que de cette façon.</para>
-
-    <para>L'installation de l'imprimante s'effectue dans l'onglet
-<guilabel>Matériel</guilabel> du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia.  Sélectionner
-l'outil <footnote>
-        <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>.Le mot de passe
-administrateur sera demandé.</para>
-      </footnote><guilabel>Configurer la/les
-imprimante(s), les files de travaux d'impression, ...</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para>Mageia demande l'installation de deux paquetages :</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Il est nécessaire d'accepter ces installations pour poursuivre.  Jusqu'à
-230Mo de dépendances sont mises en place.</para>
-
-    <para>Pour une nouvelle installation, cliquer sur le bouton "Ajouter". Le système
-va détecter toutes les imprimantes et les ports disponibles. La copie
-d'écran ci-dessus montre une imprimante connectée à un port parallèle. Si
-une imprimante est détectée, par exemple une imprimante sur un port USB,
-elle sera affichée sur la première ligne. Le système cherchera aussi à
-configurer les imprimantes réseau.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Imprimante détectée automatiquement</title>
-
-    <para>Cela concerne généralement les imprimantes USB. L'outil identifie
-automatiquement le nom de l'imprimante et l'affiche. Sélectionner
-l'imprimante et cliquer sur "Suivant". Si un pilote associé à cette
-imprimante est connu, il sera installé automatiquement. S'il en existe
-plusieurs ou s'il n'en existe pas, une fenêtre demandera d'en sélectionner
-un ou d'en fournir un, comme expliqué dans le paragraphe suivant.  Continuer
-en cliquant sur <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Imprimante non détectée automatiquement</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Après la sélection du port, le système charge une liste de pilotes et
-affiche une fenêtre pour en sélectionner un. Le choix peut se faire au
-travers une des propositions suivantes.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Sélectionner une imprimante depuis la base de données</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Fournir un fichier PPD</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Rechercher un pilote d'imprimante à télécharger</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Avec l'option "Sélectionner une imprimante depuis la base de données", la
-fenêtre propose d'abord une liste de fabricants puis un appareil et un
-pilote associé. Si plusieurs pilotes sont proposés, sélectionner celui qui
-est recommandé, à moins que vous ayez rencontré des problèmes avec ce
-dernier. Sélectionner alors celui qui est connu pour fonctionner.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Terminer la procédure d'installation</title>
-
-    <para>Après la sélection du pilote, une fenêtre demande des informations qui
-permettront au système de nommer l'imprimante et de la reconnaître. La
-première ligne concerne le nom sous lequel l'imprimante apparaîtra dans les
-applications. L'installateur propose ensuite d'imprimer une page de
-test. Enfin, l'imprimante est ajoutée et apparaît dans la liste des
-imprimantes disponibles.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Imprimante réseau</title>
-
-    <para>Les imprimantes réseau sont des imprimantes qui sont directement connectées
-à un réseau, qu'il soit filaire ou sans fil, ou connectées à un serveur
-d'impression ou encore à une autre station de travail utilisée comme serveur
-d'impression.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Il est souvent préférable de configurer le serveur DHCP pour qu'il attribue
-toujours une adresse IP fixe associée à l'adresse MAC de l'imprimante. Bien
-sûr, cette adresse est aussi l'adresse attribuée par le réseau à
-l'imprimante ou au serveur d'impression, s'ils sont dotés d'une adresse
-fixe.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>L'adresse MAC est un numéro de série donné par le fabricant aux
-périphériques réseau. Celui de l'imprimante réseau, du serveur d'impression
-ou de l'ordinateur auquel l'imprimante est connectée peut être découvert sur
-une impression de page de configuration ou bien sur une étiquette fixée sur
-l'imprimante réseau ou serveur d'impression. Si l'imprimante partagée est
-connectée à un système Mageia, lancer la commande
-<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> sous root pour trouver l'adresse
-MAC. C'est la suite de chiffres et de lettres après "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>Il est possible d'ajouter une imprimante réseau en choisissant le protocole
-qui sera utilisé par celle-ci pour dialoguer avec l'ordinateur via le
-réseau. Si vous ne savez pas quel protocole choisir, essayez l'option
-<guilabel>Imprimante réseau</guilabel> - <guilabel>Rechercher une imprimante
-réseau</guilabel> dans le cadre <guilabel>Périphériques</guilabel> et donnez
-l'adresse IP de l'imprimante où il est marqué "Hôte" sur la droite.</para>
-
-    <para>Si l'outil identifie l'imprimante ou le serveur d'impression, il proposera
-un protocole et une file de travaux d'impression (ou queue d'impression),
-mais il est possible d'en choisir une autre plus pertinente dans la liste
-en-dessous, ou de donner le nom de la queue si elle n'est pas dans la liste.</para>
-
-    <para>Consulter la documentation livrée avec l'imprimante ou le serveur
-d'impression pour découvrir quels protocoles sont supportés et des noms de
-queue spécifiques.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Protocoles d'impression en réseau</title>
-
-    <para>Une technique courante est celle développée par Hewlett-Packard et connue
-sous le nom de JetDirect. Elle permet d'accéder à une imprimante connectée
-au réseau via un port Ethernet. Il faut connaître l'adresse IP de
-l'imprimante sur le réseau. Cette technique est aussi utilisée à l'intérieur
-de certains routeurs ADSL qui proposent un port USB pour connecter
-l'imprimante. Dans ce cas, l'adresse IP de l'imprimante est celle du
-routeur. A noter que l'outil "Gestionnaire de périphériques HP" peut gérer
-de façon dynamique les adresse IP configurées, paramétrer une URI telle que
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;nom-de-l'imprimante></emphasis>.  Dans ce cas, il
-n'est pas nécessaire d'avoir une adresse IP fixe.</para>
-
-    <para>Choisir l'option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> pour le
-protocole et donner l'adresse dans <guilabel>Hôte :</guilabel>, ne pas
-modifier le <guilabel>numéro du port</guilabel>, sauf en cas d'indication
-contraire. Après la sélection du protocole, la sélection du pilote se fait
-comme ci-dessus.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Les autres protocoles sont :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis> : l'imprimante est
-accessible sur un réseau TCP/IP via le protocole IPP, par exemple, une
-imprimante connectée à une station qui utilise CUPS.  Ce protocole peut
-aussi être utilisé par certains routeurs ADSL.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> le même que IPP,
-mais utilisant le transport http et le protocole sécurisé TLS. Le port doit
-être défini, le port 631est utilisé par défaut.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>le même que IPP,
-mais avec le protocole sécurisé TLS.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Hôte ou imprimante LPD/LPR</emphasis> : l'imprimante est
-accessible sur un réseau TCP/IP via le protocole LPD, par exemple, une
-imprimante connectée à une station utilisant LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Imprimante Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: l'imprimante est
-connectée à une station sous Windows ou un serveur SMB et est partagée.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>L'URI peut aussi être ajoutée directement. Voici quelques exemples d'URI :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte:numéro-port/ressource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte:numéro-port/ressource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Protocole Line Printer Daemon (LPD)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Des informations complémentaires sont disponibles sur <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">Documentation
-CUPS.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Propriétés du périphérique</title>
-
-    <para>Les propriétés du périphérique sont disponibles. Le menu
-<guimenu>Serveur</guimenu> permet d'accéder aux paramètres du serveur
-CUPS. Par défaut un serveur CUPS est lancé sur le système, mais on peut en
-spécifier un autre avec le menu <guimenu>Serveur</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Connexion...</guimenuitem>, une autre fenêtre permet le réglage
-détaillé de paramètres spécifiques du serveur via menu
-<guimenu>Serveur</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Paramètres.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Dépannage</title>
-
-    <para>Des informations au sujet d'erreurs se produisant pendant l'impression sont
-disponibles dans le fichier <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>Un outil de diagnostic des problèmes est aussi accessible dans le menu
-<guimenu>Aide</guimenu> | <guilabel>Dépannage</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Particularités</title>
-
-    <para>il est possible que des pilotes d'imprimantes particulières ne soient pas
-disponibles pour Mageia ou ne soient pas fonctionnels. Dans ce cas, visitez
-le site <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> pour
-vérifier s'il existe un pilote disponible pour cette imprimante. Si oui,
-rechercher si le paquetage existe pour Mageia et dans ce cas l'installer
-manuellement. Ensuite exécuter à nouveau le processus d'installation pour
-configurer l'imprimante. Dans tous les cas, rapporter le problème dans
-Bugzilla ou sur le forum. Fournir le modèle de l'imprimante et le pilote
-utilisé et spécifier si l'imprimante fonctionne correctement ou pas après
-l'installation. Voici quelques pistes pour trouver d'autres pilotes à jour
-ou bien concernant des imprimantes récentes.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimantes Brother</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Dans
-cette page</link> Brother propose une liste de pilotes. Rechercher le pilote
-désiré, télécharger le(s) rpm(s) et l'(es) installer.</para>
-
-    <para>Les pilotes Brother doivent être installés avant d'exécuter l'utilitaire de
-configuration.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimantes et appareils Tout-en-un
-Hewlett-Packard.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Ces appareils utilisent l'outil hplip. Il est automatiquement installé après
-la détection ou la sélection de l'imprimante. Plus d'informations <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">ici</link>.
-L'outil "Gestionnaire de périphériques HP" est disponible dans le menu
-Mageia <guilabel>Outils | Outils système</guilabel>. Voir aussi <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
-pour la gestion de l'imprimante.</para>
-
-    <para>Un périphérique HP Tout-en-un doit être installé comme une imprimante et les
-fonctionnalités du scanner seront ajoutées. A noter que quelquefois,
-l'interface Xsane ne permet pas de scanner des films ou des diapos (le
-couvercle lumineux n'entre pas en service). Dans ce cas, il est possible de
-scanner en utilisant le mode autonome de l'appareil, et d'enregistrer
-l'image sur une clé USB ou une carte mémoire insérée dans
-l'appareil. Ensuite, ouvrez votre logiciel favori de retouche d'images et
-chargez l'image de la carte mémoire qui est apparue dans le dossier /media.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimantes couleur Samsung</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Concernant les imprimantes couleurs particulières de Samsung et Xerox, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">ce site fournit des pilotes</link>
-pour le protocole QPDL.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimantes et scanners Epson</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Des pilotes pour les imprimantes Epson sont disponibles depuis <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">cette
-page de recherche</link>. Pour la partie scanner, il faut d'abord installer
-le paquetage i<emphasis>scan-data</emphasis>, puis
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (dans cet ordre). Un paquetage
-<emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> peut éventuellement être proposé et doit
-être installé. Choisissez un paquetage <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> et en accord
-avec l'architecture de votre installation. </para>
-
-    <para> Il est possible que le paquetage iscan déclenche une alerte concernant un
-conflit avec <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Des utilisateurs ont signalé que
-cette alerte pouvait être ignorée.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimantes Canon</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Pour les imprimantes Canon, il est conseillé d'installer un outil appelé
-turboprint <link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">disponible ici
-</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 74be2732..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importer les documents et les réglages de Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil<footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis></para>
-    </footnote> se trouve dans le Centre de
-Contôle de Mageia, dans l'onglet  <emphasis role="bold">Système </emphasis>
-sous l'appellation <guilabel> Importer les documents et paramètres de
-Windows (TM) </guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>Cet outil permet à un administrateur d'importer les documents et paramètres
-d'un utilisateur depuis une installation de <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP ou <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> sur le
-même ordinateur que l'installation de Mageia.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Veuillez noter que toutes les modifications seront appliquées par
-transfugdrake immédiatement après le clic sur
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Après le lancement de transfugdrake, vous pourrez voir la première page de
-l'assistant avec des explications au sujet de l'outil et des options
-d'importation.</para>
-
-  <para>Dès que vous aurez lu et compris les instructions, appuyez sur le bouton
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>. Cela va démarrer la détection de
-l'installation de <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>.</para>
-
-  <para>A la fin de l'étape de détection, une page va apparaître pour vous permettre
-de sélectionner les comptes de <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> et de Mageia pour procéder à
-l'importation. Il est possible de choisir d'autres comptes utilisateurs que
-les vôtres.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Veuillez prendre en considération qu'en raison des limitations de
-migrate-assistant (le moteur de transfugdrake), les comptes utilisateurs de
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> comportant des noms avec
-des symboles spéciaux risquent d'être affichés incorrectement.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>La migration peut prendre un peu de temps, suivant la taille des dossiers de
-documents.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Certaines applications <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-(surtout les pilotes) peuvent créer des comptes utilisateurs à différentes
-fins. Par exemple les pilotes Nvidia pour <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> sont mis à jour en utilisant
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Veuillez ne pas utiliser de tels comptes
-pour l'importation.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Une fois les comptes sélectionnés, appuyer sur le bouton
-<emphasis>Suivant</emphasis>. La page suivante concerne la sélection de la
-méthode d'importation des documents :</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake est conçu pour importer les données <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> des dossiers <emphasis>Mes
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>Ma Musique</emphasis> et <emphasis>Mes
-Images</emphasis>. Il est possible de passer cette étape en cliquant le
-bouton approprié dans cette fenêtre.</para>
-
-  <para>Une fois la méthode d'importation des documents définie, appuyer sur le
-bouton <emphasis>Suivant</emphasis>. La page suivante concerne la sélection
-de la méthode d'importation des marque-pages :</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake peut importer les marque-pages de<emphasis>Internet
-Explorer</emphasis> et de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> pour les
-ajouter aux marque-pages de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> de Mageia </para>
-
-  <para>Choisir l'option d'importation préférée et appuyer sur le bouton
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> .</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>La page suivante permet d'importer l'image de fond d'écran du bureau.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Choisir l'option d'importation préférée et appuyer sur le bouton
-<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> .</para>
-
-  <para>La dernière page de l'assistant présente un message de félicitations,
-appuyer sur le bouton <guibutton>Terminé</guibutton> .</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a55d0133..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Utilisateurs et groupes</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cet outil <footnote>
-      <para>Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant
-sous root : <emphasis role="bold">userdrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> se trouve dans l'onglet
-<emphasis role="bold">Système</emphasis> du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia
-sous l'appellation "Gérer les utilisateurs du système".</para>
-
-  <para>Il permet à l'administrateur de gérer les utilisateurs et les groupes,
-c'est-à-dire d'ajouter, de supprimer un utilisateur ou un groupe et de
-modifier la configuration d'un utilisateur ou d'un groupe (ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>Quand userdrake est ouvert, tous les utilisateurs existants sur le système
-sont listés dans l'onglet <guibutton>Utilisateur</guibutton>, et tous les
-groupes dans l'onglet <guibutton>Groupes</guibutton>. Les deux onglets
-fonctionnent de la même manière.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Ajouter un utilisateur</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Ce bouton ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre dont tous les champs sont vides :</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Le champ <emphasis role="bold">Nom complet</emphasis> est destiné à recevoir
-le nom de famille et le prénom, mais il est possible d'écrire ce que l'on
-veut, ou ne rien écrire.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Utilisateur</emphasis> est le seul champ obligatoire.</para>
-
-  <para>Définir un <emphasis role="bold">Mot de passe</emphasis> est fortement
-recommandé. Il y a un petit écusson sur la droite, s'il est rouge, cela
-signifie que le mot de passe est faible, trop court ou trop proche du nom de
-connexion. Il est recommandé d'utiliser des chiffres, des caractères
-minuscules et majuscules, des éléments de ponctuation, etc. L'écusson
-deviendra orange puis vert avec l'amélioration de la solidité du mot de
-passe.</para>
-
-  <para>Le champ <emphasis role="bold">Confirmation du mot de passe</emphasis> est
-là pour s'assurer que ce qui est entré correspond bien à ce qui est
-souhaité.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Shell de démarrage</emphasis> est une liste déroulante
-qui permet de choisir le shell employé par l'utilisateur en cours
-d'ajout. Les possibilités sont Bash, Dash et Sh.</para>
-
-  <para>Si <emphasis role="bold">Créer un groupe privé pour
-l'utilisateur</emphasis>, est coché, un groupe du même nom que l'utilisateur
-sera automatiquement créé et le nouvel utilisateur en sera le seul membre
-(cela peut être modifié).</para>
-
-  <para>Les autres options sont évidentes. Le nouvel utilisateur est créé aussitôt
-après le clic sur le bouton <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Ajouter un groupe</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Il suffit d'entrer le nom du nouveau groupe et si nécessaire, l'ID
-spécifique du groupe.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Editer</emphasis> (un utilisateur sélectionné)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Données de l'utilisateur</guibutton> : permet de modifier toutes
-les données entrées à la création de l'utilisateur (l'ID ne peut pas être
-changée).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Informations sur le compte</emphasis> :</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>La première option concerne la date d'expiration du compte. La connexion est
-impossible après cette date. Cela est utile pour les comptes temporaires.</para>
-
-  <para>La deuxième option concerne le verrouillage du compte, la connexion est
-impossible tant que le compte est verrouillé.</para>
-
-  <para>Il est aussi possible de changer l'icône.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Informations sur le mot de passe</emphasis> : permet
-de d'attribuer une date d'expiration au mot de passe, cela oblige
-l'utilisateur à modifier son mot de passe périodiquement.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Groupe</emphasis> : il est possible ici de
-sélectionner les groupes dont l'utilisateur est membre.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Si vous modifiez le compte d'un utilisateur connecté, les modifications ne
-seront prises en compte qu'après sa prochaine connexion.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Modifier </emphasis> (un groupe sélectionné)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Données du groupe</emphasis> : permet de modifier le
-nom du groupe.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Utilisateurs du groupe </emphasis>: sélectionner ici
-les utilisateurs membres du groupe.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Supprimer</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Sélectionner un utilisateur ou un groupe et cliquer sur <emphasis
-role="bold">Supprimer</emphasis> pour l'enlever. Dans le cas d'un
-utilisateur, une fenêtre s'ouvre pour demander s'il faut aussi supprimer son
-dossier personnel et sa boîte aux lettres. Si un groupe privé a été créé, il
-sera aussi supprimé.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Il est possible de supprimer un groupe qui n'est pas vide.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Rafraîchir</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>La base de données des utilisateurs peut être modifiée en dehors de
-Userdrake. Cliquer sur cette icône pour rafraîchir l'affichage.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Compte invité</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Le compte <emphasis role="bold">invité</emphasis> est spécial. Il est
-destiné à fournir un compte provisoire à quelqu'un en toute sécurité. Le nom
-de connexion est xguest, sans mot de passe, il est impossible de modifier le
-système depuis ce compte. Les dossiers personnels sont effacés à la fin de
-la session. Ce compte est disponible par défaut. Pour le supprimer, cliquer
-dans le menu sur <guimenu> Actions -> Désinstaller le compte
-invité</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu.po b/docs/mcc-help/hu.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 49f157db..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9386 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Balzamon, 2015
-# Balzamon, 2015,2017
-# Ferenc Teknős <teknos.ferenc@gmail.com>, 2017-2018
-# Laszlo Espadas, 2017
-# Laszlo Espadas, 2017
-# Laszlo Espadas, 2017
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-01-05 19:43+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Ferenc Teknős <teknos.ferenc@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Hungarian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
-"language/hu/)\n"
-"Language: hu\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Hozzáférés a WebDAV meghajtókhoz és könyvtárakhoz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Elindíthatja a parancssor alkalmazással ezt az eszközt a <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> root felhasználó használatával."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ez az eszköz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> megtalálható a Mageia "
-"Vezérlőközpontban, a Hálózati megosztás lapon, a <guilabel>WebDAV-állományok "
-"konfigurálása címkével</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Bevezetés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"A <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> egy "
-"olyan protokoll, amely lehetővé teszi a webszerver könyvtárának lokális "
-"telepítését, így helyi címtárként jelenik meg.Szükséges, hogy a távoli gép "
-"futtassa a WebDAV szervert.Az eszköznek nem célja, hogy konfigurálja a "
-"WebDAV szervert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Új tartalom hozzáadás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Az eszköz első képernyője megjeleníti a már beállított bejegyzéseket, ha van "
-"ilyen, és egy <guibutton>Új</guibutton> gombot.Használja új bejegyzés "
-"létrehozásához. Helyezze be a kiszolgáló URL-jét az új képernyő mezőjébe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Ezután megjelenik egy képernyő a rádiógombokkal, hogy kiválasszon valamit."
-"Folytassa a műveletet A <guibutton>csatolási pont</guibutton> az "
-"<guibutton>OK </guibutton>gombra kattintva válassza ki a rádiógombot, mivel "
-"a <guibutton>kiszolgáló</guibutton> már konfigurálva van.Szükség szerint "
-"javíthatja azt."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"A távoli könyvtár tartalma hozzáférhető lesz ezen a csatolási ponton "
-"keresztül."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"A következő lépésben adja meg felhasználói nevét és jelszavát.Ha további "
-"lehetőségekre van szüksége, megadhatja őket a <guibutton>speciális</"
-"guibutton>képernyőn."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Merevlemezes partíciók megosztása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
-#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "hu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Hozzáférés az NFS meghajtókhoz és könyvtárakhoz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Eljárás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "CD/DVD-író"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Csatolási pont"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Beállítások"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Hozzáférés a Windowsos (Samba) meghajtókhoz és könyvtárakhoz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Háromdimenziós asztali effektek"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Problémaelhárítás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Felhasználóazonosítás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Automatikus bejelentkezés beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "A rendszerindító beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI engedélyezése:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>SMP engedélyezése:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>APIC</guibutton> és <guibutton>Helyi APIC engedélyezése:</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partíciók"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "mageia verzió"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Mageia hibajelentő eszköz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Dátum és idő kezelése"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Ez egy nagyon egyszerű eszköz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Kapcsolat eltávolítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Új hálózati kapcsolat beállítása (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "Automatikus IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "DHCP kliens"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP időtúllépés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Kézi beállítás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Egyik sem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Új DSL kapcsolat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Válasszon egyet a rendelkezésre álló protokollok közül:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dinamikus gépbeállítási protokoll (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Kézi TCP/IP beállítás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP az ADSL felett (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP Ethernet felett (PPPOE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Pontból-pontba alagútprotokoll (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Hozzáférési beállítások"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Felhasználónév"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Fiók jelszó"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Külső ISDN modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protokoll Európa számára (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Csatlakozás neve"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Telefonszám"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Felhasználónév"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Azonosítási módszer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Tartománynév"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Új vezeték nélküli kapcsolat (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Üzemmód:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Menedzselt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Hálózatnév (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Titkosítási kulcs"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Új GPRS/Edge/3G kapcsolat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "A hozzáférési pont neve"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Kézi kiválasztás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kapcsolatnév</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Telefonszám</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Belépés ID</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Jelszó</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Szkript alapú"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Terminál alapú"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Hálózati hotplugging"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "\"IPv6-ból IPv4-be\" alagút bekapcsolása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Új konzol nyitása adminisztrátorként"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Lemezpartíciók kezelése"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk vagy diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Bejelentkezéskezelő beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Személyi tűzfal beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Betűtípusok kezelése, telepítése és eltávolítása, továbbá windowsos "
-"betűtípusok importálása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beállítások:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Eltávolítás:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importálás:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Szülői felügyelet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Bemutatás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Feketelista/Fehérlista lap"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Az internetkapcsolat megosztása más, helyi gépekkel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Alapelvek"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Átjáró varázsló"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Gépdefiníciók"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Hozzáadás</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Módosítás</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Hálózati felület és tűzfal redundancia beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Hálózati központ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Kattintson a <guibutton>Frissítésre</guibutton> a képernyő frissítéshez."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Monitor gomb"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Beállítások gomb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Különféle hálózati profilok kezelése"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Meghajtók és könyvtárak megosztása NFS használatával"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Előkészületek"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Bejegyzés módosítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "NFS könyvtár"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Gépelérés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Felhasználóazonosító-leképezés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Speciális opciók"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Fájl/Írás conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS kiszolgáló/Újraindítás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS Kiszolgáló/Újratöltés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Media beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Oszlopok"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Oszlopok engedélyezése:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Oszlopok frissítése:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Oszlop medium:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Törlés:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Szerkesztés:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Hozzáadás:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Menü"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fájl -> Frissítés:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Beállítások -> Globális beállítások:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Beállítások -> Kulcsok kezelése:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Beállítások -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Előkészítés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba kiszolgáló/Beállítás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba kiszolgáló/Újraindítás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba kiszolgáló/Újratöltés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Nyomtatómegosztás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Samba felhasználók"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Azonosítás beállítása Mageia eszközökhöz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Pillanatképek"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Hang beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Szünetmentes áramforrás beállítása áramforrás-figyeléshez"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Beállítás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Kibővített paraméterek:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Webkiszolgáló beállítás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Mi az a webkiszolgáló?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "darkwizard apache2 webkiszolgáló beállítás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Üdvözli a webkiszolgáló varázsló."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Felhasználó kiszolgáló modul"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Kiszolgáló dokumentum mappa"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Összegzés"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Befejezés"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "DNS beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "DHCP beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Mi az a DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd</code> újraindítás."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Idő beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "FTP beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Mi az az <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Kiszolgáló információk"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Kiszolgáló beállítások"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Mi az a proxy kiszolgáló?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Üdvözli a proxy kiszolgáló varázsló."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Proxy port kiválasztása"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "OpenSSH szolgáltatás beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Mi az az <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Üdvözli az Open SSH varázsló."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Általános opciók"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Belépés beállítások"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Felhasználói bejelentkezés beállítások"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Rendszer szolgáltatások kezelése, azok be- illetve kikapcsolása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Hardver beállítások"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Ablak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Billentyűzetkiosztás beállítások"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Billentyűzetkiosztás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Billentyűzet típus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "A rendszer lokalizációjának kezelése"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Beviteli mód"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "A rendszernaplók megjelenítése és keresés a rendszernaplókban"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Webmin szolgáltatás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Postfix email-kiszolgáló"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP kiszolgáló"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Apache World Wide Web-kiszolgáló"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH-kiszolgáló"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba kiszolgáló"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd szolgáltatás"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Szoftvercsomag-frissítés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate vagy drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Indulás"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Rendszerindítási lépések beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia Vezérlőközpont"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"A kézikönyvben szereplő szövegek és képernyőképek  a CC BY-SA 3.0 licenc "
-"alatt érhetők el <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ez a kézikönyv a<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\"> NeoDoc</link> "
-"által kifejlesztett <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</"
-"link> segítségével készült."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Az önkéntesek szabadidejükben írták. Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentációs "
-"csapattal</link>, ha segíteni szeretné a kézikönyv javítását."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardver"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "A hardver kezelése"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Hardver böngészése és beállítása</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Grafika beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = 3D asztali hatások beállítása</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Egér és billentyűzet beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Nyomtatás és lapolvasás beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Egyéb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Helyi lemezek"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Hálózati szolgáltatások"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Hálózati megosztás"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Windows(R) megosztások beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "NFS megosztások beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "WebDAV megosztások beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Hálózat és Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Hálózati eszközök kezelése"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "A hálózat személyre szabása és biztonságosabbá tétele"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Biztonság"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Megosztás"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Rendszer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Rendszer szolgáltatások kezelése"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Lokalizáció"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Adminisztrációs eszközök"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Felhasználók kezelése a "
-"rendszeren</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Rendszerfrissítés gyakorisága"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Mutatóeszköz (egér, érintőpad) beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: rendszerbiztonság és ellenőrzés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Biztonsági szintek:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Biztonsági figyelmeztetések:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Biztonsági beállítások:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Hálózatbiztonság"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Engedélyek"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Egyéb Mageia eszközök"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "És egyéb eszközök?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Csomagtípus szűrő:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Keresési mód:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Keresés\" doboz:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategória lista:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Állapot oszlop"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Ikon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "A függőségek"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Lapolvasó beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Telepítés"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Port kiválasztás"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Szkennermegosztás"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Extra telepítési lépések"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Szoftverkezelés"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Rendszerfrissítés</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Nyomtató kiválasztása az adatbázisból"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Hálózati nyomtató"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Eszköz beállítások"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testvérnyomatók</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung színes nyomtató</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Windows®-dokumentumok és -beállítások importálása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Felhasználók és csoportok"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Felhasználó hozzáadás</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Csoport  hozzáadás</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Törlés</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Újratöltés</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "A grafikus kiszolgáló beállítása"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafikus kártya</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Felbontás:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Opciók:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b5248701..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Vezérlőközpont</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">The tools to configure the Mageia system</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>A kézikönyvben szereplő szövegek és képernyőképek  a CC BY-SA 3.0 licenc
-alatt érhetők el <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Ez a kézikönyv a<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz"> NeoDoc</link> által
-kifejlesztett <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>
-segítségével készült.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Az önkéntesek szabadidejükben írták. Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentációs
-csapattal</link>, ha segíteni szeretné a kézikönyv javítását.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c5d755d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Vezérlőközpont</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">A kézikönyvben szereplő szövegek és képernyőképek  a CC BY-SA 3.0 licenc
-alatt érhetők el <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Ez a kézikönyv a<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz"> NeoDoc</link> által
-kifejlesztett <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>
-segítségével készült.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Az önkéntesek szabadidejükben írták. Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentációs
-csapattal</link>, ha segíteni szeretné a kézikönyv javítását.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e657da7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Szoftvercsomag-frissítés</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate vagy drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management.</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
-drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
-are prompted to do so.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
-those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
-default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
-<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process.</para>
-
-  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
-the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
-means you can click to drop down a text.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
-displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>
-. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d647a07d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">A grafikus kiszolgáló beállítása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
-graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
-as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grafikus kártya</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
-configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
-one with a proprietary driver.</para>
-
-  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
-manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
-order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
-Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
-graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
-in your Desktop Environment.</para>
-
-      <para>If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
-Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
-    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
-use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
-example).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
-you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
-isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
-<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Felbontás:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
-colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>When you change the color depth, a
-multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview
-of what the selected color depth looks like.</para>
-
-  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
-one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
-and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
-set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
-select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
-
-  <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for
-another one.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and
-restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking
-on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the
-graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
-text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
-XFdrake's text version.</para>
-    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
-to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
-right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Opciók:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
-restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
-three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
-<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
-booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
-may be unchecked for a server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
-you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
-previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
-and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9affd857..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Hozzáférés a WebDAV meghajtókhoz és könyvtárakhoz</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Ez az eszköz<footnote><para>Elindíthatja a parancssor alkalmazással ezt az eszközt a <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> root felhasználó használatával.</para>
-  </footnote> megtalálható a Mageia
-Vezérlőközpontban, a Hálózati megosztás lapon, a <guilabel>WebDAV-állományok
-konfigurálása címkével</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bevezetés</title>
-
- <para>A <link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> egy
-olyan protokoll, amely lehetővé teszi a webszerver könyvtárának lokális
-telepítését, így helyi címtárként jelenik meg.Szükséges, hogy a távoli gép
-futtassa a WebDAV szervert.Az eszköznek nem célja, hogy konfigurálja a
-WebDAV szervert.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Új tartalom hozzáadás</title>
-
-    <para>Az eszköz első képernyője megjeleníti a már beállított bejegyzéseket, ha van
-ilyen, és egy <guibutton>Új</guibutton> gombot.Használja új bejegyzés
-létrehozásához. Helyezze be a kiszolgáló URL-jét az új képernyő mezőjébe.</para>
-
-    <para>Ezután megjelenik egy képernyő a rádiógombokkal, hogy kiválasszon
-valamit.Folytassa a műveletet A <guibutton>csatolási pont</guibutton> az
-<guibutton>OK </guibutton>gombra kattintva válassza ki a rádiógombot, mivel
-a <guibutton>kiszolgáló</guibutton> már konfigurálva van.Szükség szerint
-javíthatja azt.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A távoli könyvtár tartalma hozzáférhető lesz ezen a csatolási ponton
-keresztül.</para>
-
-    <para>A következő lépésben adja meg felhasználói nevét és jelszavát.Ha további
-lehetőségekre van szüksége, megadhatja őket a
-<guibutton>speciális</guibutton>képernyőn.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the
-access.</para>
-
-    <para>After you accepted the configuration with the radio button
-<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your
-new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you
-are asked whether or not to save the modifications in
-<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the
-remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for
-one-time usage, do not save it.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 687c3ff3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Merevlemezes partíciók megosztása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This simple tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> allows you, the
-administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home
-subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have
-computers running either Linux or Windows operating system.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled
-"Share your hard disk partitions".</para>
-
-  <para>First, answer the question : "<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to
-share some of their directories ?</guilabel>", click on <guibutton>No
-sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on
-<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on
-<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for
-the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their
-directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically
-created by the system. You will be asked about this later.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you
-choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.
-Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on
-the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both
-Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any
-required packages will be installed if necessary.</para>
-
-  <para>The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In
-this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows
-you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare
-group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group,
-then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the
-fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information
-about Userdrake, see <xref linkend="userdrake">this page</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and
-reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her
-file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers
-have this facility.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d6d21965..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Hozzáférés az NFS meghajtókhoz és könyvtárakhoz</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bevezetés</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare some
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix
-systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at
-boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session
-for a user with tools such as file browsers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eljárás</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers
-which share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the
-shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have
-to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and
-change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After
-mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button,
-a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab
-modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the
-network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file
-browser, for example in Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 565c27b2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD-író</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is found under the tab Local
-disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable
-hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only). </para>
-
-  <para>Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted. </para>
-
-  <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and
-the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change
-them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-button. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Csatolási pont</title>
-
-    <para>Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Beállítások</title>
-
-    <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this
-option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is
-the only one who can umount it. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4701521d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Hozzáférés a Windowsos (Samba) meghajtókhoz és könyvtárakhoz</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bevezetés</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare which
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R)
-systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared
-directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with
-tools such as file browsers.</para>
-
-    <para>Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of
-available servers, for example with <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Eljárás</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who
-share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the
-list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you
-have to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount
-button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the
-<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to
-connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it
-with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask
-"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will allow
-directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The
-new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in
-dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 314c6e36..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Háromdimenziós asztali effektek</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bevezetés</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> lets you manage the 3D
-desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by
-default.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Getting Started</title>
-
-    <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the
-package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can
-start.</para>
-
-    <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you
-can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a
-composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special
-effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn
-it on.</para>
-
-    <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of
-Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be
-installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz
-Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in
-for the changes to take effect.</para>
-
-    <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz
-Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Problémaelhárítás</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Can't See Desktop after Logging in</title>
-
-      <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop
-but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in
-screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be
-prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login
-with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the
-log in problem.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b9a36aa3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Felhasználóazonosítás</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the
-manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para>
-
-  <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your
-computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so
-and give information about that.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1113d5ec..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Automatikus bejelentkezés beállítása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to automatically
-login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any
-password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good idea when there
-is only one user like to be using the machine.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the
-Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para>
-
-  <para>The interface buttons are pretty obvious:</para>
-
-  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
-starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
-boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
-possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
-launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
-<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
-continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check
-<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if
-needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default
-username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 46326ede..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">A rendszerindító beállítása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
-slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
-(ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to configure the
-boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot,
-etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled "Set up
-boot system".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing
-some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if
-using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub,
-Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question
-of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the
-<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you
-are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any
-modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para>
-
-  <para>In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is
-installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common
-to all operating systems installed.</para>
-
-  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
-the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
-seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available
-operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is
-made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
-possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>ACPI engedélyezése:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the
-power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was
-the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI
-compatible.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>SMP engedélyezése:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for
-multicore processors.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual
-processor and enable SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>APIC</guibutton> és <guibutton>Helyi APIC
-engedélyezése:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two
-components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
-APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses
-to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
-for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
-system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
-"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
-APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
-loader you chose.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot
-time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu
-entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you
-click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>
-buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or
-to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be
-able to use these tools.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want
-to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command "title". For
-example: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches
-the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the
-kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this
-entry by default.</para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
-file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, in the drop-down lists.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in
-Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
-one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
-to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
-<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
-Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
-touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable
-unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cf10bf14..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia hibajelentő eszköz</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically
-when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing
-a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the
-information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para>
-
-  <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that,
-then please read <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
-report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para>
-
-  <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message
-that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to
-that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a5b1e1a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by
-doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>,
-but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be
-several GBs large.</para>
-<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing
-the unneeded parts.</para></note>
-  <para>This command collects the following information on your system:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partíciók</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia verzió</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of this command's
-output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch
-to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as
-root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If
-you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000
-lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail
--n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 17b8910d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Dátum és idő kezelése</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the tab System
-in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and
-time"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a
-right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para>Ez egy nagyon egyszerű eszköz.</para>
-
-  <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On
-the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on
-the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month
-(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or
-2012). Select the day by clicking on its number.</para>
-
-  <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time
-Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on
-time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time
-Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para>
-
-  <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's
-useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours,
-minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows
-to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see
-your desktop environment settings for that.</para>
-
-  <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the
-<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the
-nearest town.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they
-will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation
-settings.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f7738ce..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Kapcsolat eltávolítása</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then
-click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted
-successfully.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d8b9cbc1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,808 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Új hálózati kapcsolat beállítása (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bevezetés</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure much of
-local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from
-your access provider or your network administrator.</para>
-
-    <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware
-and provider you have.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Wired connection (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatikus IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP kliens</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP időtúllépés</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Kézi beállítás</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS
-servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no
-HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Satellite connection (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Cable modem connection</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>You have to specify a authentication method:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Egyik sem</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name
-and password.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatikus IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP kliens</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP időtúllépés</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Kézi beállítás</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers
-to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME
-is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic connection would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Új DSL kapcsolat</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Válasszon egyet a rendelkezésre álló protokollok közül:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dinamikus gépbeállítási protokoll (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Kézi TCP/IP beállítás</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP az ADSL felett (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP Ethernet felett (PPPOE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Pontból-pontba alagútprotokoll (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hozzáférési beállítások</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Felhasználónév</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Fiók jelszó</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new ISDN connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manual choice (internal ISDN card)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Külső ISDN modem</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and
-manufacturer. Select your card.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Válasszon egyet a rendelkezésre álló protokollok közül:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokoll Európa számára (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave
-you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Csatlakozás neve</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Telefonszám</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Felhasználónév</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Fiók jelszó</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Azonosítási módszer</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or
-manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by
-automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to
-put:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Tartománynév</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>First and second DNS Server</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you
-are sure that your provider is configured to accept it.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic
-or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the
-IP address.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Új vezeték nélküli kapcsolat (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
-Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper
-only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that
-the card has detected.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Üzemmód:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Menedzselt</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To access to an existing access point (the most frequent).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To configure direct connection between computers.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hálózatnév (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Some old hardware deals only this encryption method.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Titkosítási kulcs</para>
-
-            <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a
-manual IP address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatikus IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
-declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is
-specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
-Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP kliens</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP időtúllépés</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
-connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Kézi beállítás</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
-before the period.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Új GPRS/Edge/3G kapcsolat</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Provide access settings</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>A hozzáférési pont neve</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Felhasználónév</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Fiók jelszó</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Kézi kiválasztás</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Detected hardware, if any.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of ports is proposed. Select your port.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
-gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kapcsolatnév</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Telefonszám</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Belépés ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Jelszó</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Szkript alapú</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Terminál alapú</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Ending the configuration</title>
-
-    <para>In the next step, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
-access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
-automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>With the advanced button, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metric (10 by default)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hálózati hotplugging</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>"IPv6-ból IPv4-be" alagút bekapcsolása</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start
-immediately or not.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd4a4729..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Új konzol nyitása adminisztrátorként</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives you access to a console
-which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more
-information about that.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 94b660bb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Lemezpartíciók kezelése</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk vagy diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
-error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
-partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
-see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
-<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
-want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
-preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
-resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
-partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
-all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
-disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
-partition.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called "EFI System
-Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it contains
-all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot
-choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition
-must be unmounted first.</para>
-
-  <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para>
-
-  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
-delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
-<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
-selected</para>
-
-  <para>You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
-gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be
-seen in the screenshot below.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b2a7578..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Bejelentkezéskezelő beállítása</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Here<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> you can choose which display
-manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
-on your system will be shown.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
-different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
-is a lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 439b4edc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Személyi tűzfal beállítása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Security
-tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
-firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
-security, permissions and audit".</para>
-
-  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
-connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
-first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
-attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
-<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
-the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
-
-  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
-<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
-<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
-examples :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>The listed ports should be separated by a space.</para>
-
-  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
-checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
-it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
-recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
-allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
-<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
-box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
-somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
-corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
-below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
-warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
-
-  <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the
-Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary
-packages are downloaded.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
-Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fe281ed..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Betűtípusok kezelése, telepítése és eltávolítása, továbbá windowsos
-betűtípusok importálása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It
-allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen
-above shows:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>a preview of the selected font.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>some buttons explained here later.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You
-must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Beállítások:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able
-to use the fonts.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Eltávolítás:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be
-careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the
-documents that use them.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importálás:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
-supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
-<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
-role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
-fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
-done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
-main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ddf0e579..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Szülői felügyelet</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
-Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
-drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bemutatás</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
-restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
-useful capabilities:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
-controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
-only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
-blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
-website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
-control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuring Parental controls</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
-Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
-your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
-feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
-users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
-an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
-prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
-then suggest you reboot.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
-control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
-is opened.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the
-websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all
-the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
-their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
-right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
-not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an
-user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
-remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
-with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
-<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
-window.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Feketelista/Fehérlista lap</title>
-
-      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Block Programs Tab</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to
-restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the
-applications you wish to block.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand
-side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a449d69..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Az internetkapcsolat megosztása más, helyi gépekkel</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Alapelvek</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
-computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
-network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
-other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
-gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
-must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
-the Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
-set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Átjáró varázsló</title>
-
-    <para>The wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> offers successive steps
-which are shown below:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this
-and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard
-automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that
-what is proposed is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes
-one, check that this is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask
-and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual
-configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to
-specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
-it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
-with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
-proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
-printers and to share them.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configure the client</title>
-
-    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
-specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
-automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
-to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
-using.</para>
-
-    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
-specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
-gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Stop connection sharing</title>
-
-    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
-the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
-sharing.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 462d0b7a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Gépdefiníciók</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
-IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows to
-specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
-instead of the IP-address.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Hozzáadás</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window
-to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an
-alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Módosítás</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the
-same window.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a1b3f69a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Hálózati felület és tűzfal redundancia beállítása</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 613ee2e5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Hálózati központ</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Network
-&amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bevezetés</title>
-
-    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
-configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
-etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
-on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
-settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
-network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
-ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
-
-    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
-first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
-networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
-the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
-connected.</para>
-
-    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
-networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
-strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
-the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
-either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
-or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
-to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
-window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
-key in particular).</para>
-
-    <para>Kattintson a <guibutton>Frissítésre</guibutton> a képernyő frissítéshez.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Monitor gomb</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
-PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
-available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
--> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
-local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
-gives details about connection status.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
-accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Beállítások gomb</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For a wired network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
-creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
-configuration may give better results.</para>
-
-    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
-like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
-<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
-the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
-the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
-have to reconnect to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network
-Manager:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
-point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
-<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
-access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
-passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
-personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
-in private networks.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
-point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Advanced Settings button</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 78d6becd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Különféle hálózati profilok kezelése</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 384bb80f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Meghajtók és könyvtárak megosztása NFS használatával</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Előkészületek</title>
-
-    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is launched for the
-first time, it may display the following message:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Main window</title>
-
-    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list
-is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
-configuration tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bejegyzés módosítása</title>
-
-    <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
-with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
-available.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS könyvtár</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The
-<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose
-it.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Gépelérés</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
-directory.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name
-recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
-characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
-domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
-hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
-`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Felhasználóazonosító-leképezés</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
-0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
-cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
-the server itself.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
-squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
-(no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
-to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
-directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
-mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
-the anonymous account.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Speciális opciók</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
-originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
-is on by default.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
-and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
-request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
-using this option.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
-violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
-by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
-help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
-exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu entries</title>
-
-    <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fájl/Írás conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS kiszolgáló/Újraindítás</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Kiszolgáló/Újratöltés</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 160ae2a2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
-this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
-administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
-some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
-
-  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
-proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
-an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control their complexity.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fda4d6a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Media beállítása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
-repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
-to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
-below).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
-USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
-used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
-packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
-media type CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
-i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
-your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
-don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
-the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Oszlopok</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Oszlopok engedélyezése:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
-some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Oszlopok frissítése:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
-media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
-this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
-and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Oszlop medium:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
-versions contain at least:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
-supported by Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
-are not free</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
-be patent claims in some countries.</para>
-
-        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
-version of Mageia was released.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
-due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
-even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
-backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
-of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
-corrections.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">The buttons on the right</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Törlés:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
-remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since
-all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Szerkesztés:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
-proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Hozzáadás:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
-contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
-adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
-you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
-specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
-the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
-in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
-release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
-be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Menü</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fájl -> Frissítés:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
-click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
-too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
-actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
-out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
-between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
-<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
-clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
-close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
-mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that
-isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
-name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
-the medium type)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Beállítások -> Globális beállítások:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
-or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
-download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
-update only, always or never).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Beállítások -> Kulcsok kezelése:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
-the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
-window that appear, select a medium and then click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
-on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Beállítások -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
-here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
-necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
-page</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 58a0a8fc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Share directories and drives with Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bevezetés</title>
-
-    <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
-resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
-the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is
-also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the
-resources of the Samba server.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Előkészítés</title>
-
-    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
-address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
-<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the
-station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
-firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title>
-
-    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis
-role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> checks if
-needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
-yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already
-selected.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
-access to the shared resources.</para>
-
-    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
-the network.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Choose the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
-resource</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
-each share</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
-address or host name.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
-described in the Windows workstations.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
-configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
-option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
-not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
-as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
-group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
-account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Declare a directory to share</title>
-
-    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
-<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
-the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
-name can not be modified.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu entries</title>
-
-    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Fájl/Írás conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba kiszolgáló/Beállítás</title>
-
-      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba kiszolgáló/Újraindítás</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba kiszolgáló/Újratöltés</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nyomtatómegosztás</title>
-
-    <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba felhasználók</title>
-
-    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
-resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c8c3c0f4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Azonosítás beállítása Mageia eszközökhöz</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
-usually done by the administrator.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
-the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
-drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the
-same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c2b19a06..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Pillanatképek</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
-<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
-tools</guilabel> section.</para>
-  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
-about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
-proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
-
- <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
-<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
-Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
-<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
-the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
-files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
-<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
-the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
-included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
-done.</para>
-	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
-<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
-USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8490bae7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Hang beállítása</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and
-troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you
-change the sound card.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
-inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
-sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
-volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
-enabled.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
-is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
-fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an
-obvious button.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b0a8df7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Szünetmentes áramforrás beállítása áramforrás-figyeléshez</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index baf0105d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network access</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bevezetés</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure secure
-access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
-workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
-configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
-already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
-network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Beállítás</title>
-
-    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
-protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
-
-    <para>Then give your connection a name.</para>
-
-    <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
-first time the tool is used.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
-from the network administrator.</para>
-
-        <para>Kibővített paraméterek:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
-connection.</para>
-
-    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
-connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
-to this VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c076df52..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Webkiszolgáló beállítás</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
-server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Mi az a webkiszolgáló?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
-accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>darkwizard apache2 webkiszolgáló beállítás</title>
-      <para>
-	Üdvözli a webkiszolgáló varázsló.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Bevezetés</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Felhasználó kiszolgáló modul</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows users to create their own sites.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User web directory name</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
-display it.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kiszolgáló dokumentum mappa</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Összegzés</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Befejezés</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ed96a816..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">DNS beállítása</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fd0fced..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP beállítása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
-interfaces</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
-be installed before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mi az a DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
-standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
-configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
-communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Bevezetés</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
-which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select IP range</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
-the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
-some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Összegzés</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hold on...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
-change things around.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hours later...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
-adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>dhcpd</code> újraindítás.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 006522ee..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Idő beállítása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
-your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
-default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
-packages.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
-time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
-because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
-arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
-click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
-may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
-servers;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
-name;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
-<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0acfa828..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">FTP beállítása</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Mi az az <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
-protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Bevezetés</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kiszolgáló információk</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
-complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kiszolgáló beállítások</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
-(File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Összegzés</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Befejezés</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b020890..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Proxy beállítása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
-before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mi az a proxy kiszolgáló?</title>
-
-    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
-as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Üdvözli a proxy kiszolgáló varázsló.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Bevezetés</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Proxy port kiválasztása</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Összegzés</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Start during boot?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Befejezés</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1819c2a3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH szolgáltatás beállítása</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Mi az az <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
-communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
-other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
-via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
-(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
-respectively). (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Üdvözli az Open SSH varázsló.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
-<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Általános opciók</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
-then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Belépés beállítások</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Felhasználói bejelentkezés beállítások</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Összegzés</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Befejezés</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c09ae680..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Rendszer szolgáltatások kezelése, azok be- illetve kikapcsolása</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6591dff4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Hardver beállítások</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives a general view of the
-hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
-look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
-<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
-<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ablak</title>
-
-    <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para>
-
-    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
-grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
-category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
-
-    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
-<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
-about the content of the fields.</para>
-
-    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
-available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
-parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
-used by experts only.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
-configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menü</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Beállítások</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
-enable automatic detection:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
-the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
-be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd397335..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Billentyűzetkiosztás beállítások</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bevezetés</title>
-
-    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> helps you
-configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
-Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
-be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
-"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Billentyűzetkiosztás</title>
-
-    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
-in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
-layout should be used for.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Billentyűzet típus</title>
-
-    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
-unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 41479b0e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">A rendszer lokalizációjának kezelése</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root.
-  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
-section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
-your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
-language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
-compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
-language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
-countries not listed.</para>
-
-  <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Beviteli mód</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
-input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
-methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
-Korean, etc).</para>
-  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
-users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
-  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
-and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
-part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b13d8a8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">A rendszernaplók megjelenítése és keresés a rendszernaplókban</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
-logs</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To do a search in the logs</title>
-
-    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
-<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
-<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
-to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
-possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
-month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
-day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
-to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
-file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
-clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
-configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
-updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
-the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
-address.</para>
-
-    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
-Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
-Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
-running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
-look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
-
-    <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin szolgáltatás</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix email-kiszolgáló</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP kiszolgáló</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache World Wide Web-kiszolgáló</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH-kiszolgáló</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba kiszolgáló</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd szolgáltatás</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
-unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
-the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
-out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
-to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
-
-    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
-person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
-or on the Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 69f8322b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a99cd162..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
-PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
-packages to work.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
-is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
-
-  <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Information about the network</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
-
-  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
-lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
-called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 452a632a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Indulás</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
-steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Rendszerindítási lépések beállítása</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b36a1063..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardver</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your
-hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>A hardver kezelése</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Hardver böngészése és
-beállítása</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Grafika beállítása</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = 3D asztali hatások
-beállítása</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Egér és billentyűzet beállítása</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Nyomtatás és lapolvasás beállítása</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
-the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Egyéb</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f64c97e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
-choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
-installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
-selected in the big right panel.</para>
-
-	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
-tools.</para>
-
-<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
-any of the MCC tabs.</para>
-
-	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
-screens.</para>
-
-        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
-the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 512f4e57..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Helyi lemezek</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
-local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Helyi lemezek</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d0217a40..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Hálózat és Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link
-below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Hálózati eszközök kezelése</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>A hálózat személyre szabása és biztonságosabbá tétele</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Egyéb</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 400f6daf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Hálózati szolgáltatások</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
-the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
-between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
-on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Hálózati szolgáltatások</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ec7427b8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Hálózati megosztás</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and
-directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Windows(R) megosztások beállítása</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
-directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>NFS megosztások beállítása</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>WebDAV megosztások beállítása</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 964b6e34..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Biztonság</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
-link below to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Biztonság</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
-and audit</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fc0bdfe..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Megosztás</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
-visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
-choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
-below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Megosztás</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e62215ef..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Rendszer</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration
-tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Rendszer szolgáltatások kezelése</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Lokalizáció</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Adminisztrációs eszközök</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Felhasználók kezelése a
-rendszeren</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 42423762..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Rendszerfrissítés gyakorisága</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
-Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
-updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
-check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
-out.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e75455f4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Mutatóeszköz (egér, érintőpad) beállítása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
-Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
-
-  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
-and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
-PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
-immediately taken into account.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 638b6e5e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: rendszerbiztonság és ellenőrzés</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bemutatás</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
-msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
-approaches:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
-make it more secure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
-you if something seems dangerous.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
-set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
-enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
-own customised security levels.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Overview tab</title>
-
-    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
-
-    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
-button on the right side to configure them:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>enabled or not</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
-and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Security settings tab</title>
-
-    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
-<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
-below.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Basic security tab</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Biztonsági szintek:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
-allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
-in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
-following levels are available:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
-do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
-your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
-constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
-if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
-vulnerable to attack.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
-configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
-constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
-detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
-permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
-versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
-you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
-system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
-the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
-5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
-such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
-system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
-but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>These levels are saved in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
-your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for
-power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
-level settings.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Biztonsági figyelmeztetések:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
-to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
-by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
-can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
-and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
-the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
-enable it.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
-immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
-problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
-files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Biztonsági beállítások:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
-security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
-any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
-the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
-to the options.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>System security tab</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
-description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
-column.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
-screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
-actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
-selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
-choice.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
-using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
-have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
-saving them.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Hálózatbiztonság</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
-
-      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
-security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
-if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
-checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
-
-      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
-these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
-allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
-messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
-below shows four exceptions.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
-button</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
-<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
-<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
-obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
-<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
-tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Engedélyek</title>
-    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
-enforcement.</para>
-    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
-secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
-level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
-into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
-into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
-intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
-also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
-you want. Current configuration is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
-list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
-can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
-owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
-given rule:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
-defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
-if not, but does not change anything.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
-permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
-permissions.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
-and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
-the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
-not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
-menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
-the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
-    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
-configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
-in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
-check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
-checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
-account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
-use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
-changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
-manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
-in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
-the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
-the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bb8a6d55..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Egyéb Mageia eszközök</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
-Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
-next pages.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>És egyéb eszközök?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5fb085b8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduction to rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
-program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
-graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
-package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
-servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
-available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
-certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
-default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
-packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
-of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
-included in the packages.</para>
-
-    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
-the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
-will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
-: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
-and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
-it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
-thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
-packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The main parts of the screen</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Csomagtípus szűrő:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
-time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
-interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
-dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
-updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
-probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
-this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
-of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
-packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
-not installed.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Keresési mód:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
-summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
-in the packages.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Keresés" doboz:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
-for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
-"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
-.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kategória lista:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
-sub categories.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
-description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
-can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
-package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Állapot oszlop</title>
-
-    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
-category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
-list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
-is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
-installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
-uncheck the box before the package name and click on
-<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Ikon</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legend</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is already installed</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be installed</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is an update</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be uninstalled</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
-icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
-on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
-with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when
-clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A függőségek</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
-are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
-information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
-dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
-may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
-library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
-button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
-install.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 94dfdaeb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Lapolvasó beállítása</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Telepítés</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>This tool <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to configure a
-single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
-also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
-remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
-
-    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
-message:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
-<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
-installed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
-the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
-sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
-cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
-scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
-scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
-list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
-<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Port kiválasztás</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
-ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
-case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
-
-    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
-similar to the one below.</para>
-<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Szkennermegosztás</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
-accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
-decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
-this machine.</para>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
-deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
-this computer.</para>
-
-    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
-from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
-machines.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
-offers to do it.</para>
-
-    <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
-"net"</para>
-
-    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifics</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
-(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
-you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivers are available from <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
-with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
-ignored.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra telepítési lépések</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
-steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
-each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
-after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
-firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
-downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
-    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
-each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
-what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 471a3895..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Szoftverkezelés</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
-management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Szoftverkezelés</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> =
-Rendszerfrissítés</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
-sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0617202d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,341 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Install and configure a printer</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Bevezetés</title>
-
-    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
-ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
-interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
-offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
-which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
-and openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
-installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
-
-    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
-section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
-printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
-for.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of
-dependencies are needed.</para>
-
-    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
-detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
-printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
-printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
-will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
-name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
-"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
-automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
-drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
-next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
-to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
-options.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Nyomtató kiválasztása az adatbázisból</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>provide PPD file</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>search for a driver to download</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
-first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
-driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
-encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
-which know to work.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Complete the installation process</title>
-
-    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
-allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
-the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
-available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
-this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
-printers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Hálózati nyomtató</title>
-
-    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
-wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
-another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
-IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
-as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
-one.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
-printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
-configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
-on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
-Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
-as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
-after "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
-your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
-you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
-Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
-and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
-says "host".</para>
-
-    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
-protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
-list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
-
-    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
-which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Network printing protocols</title>
-
-    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
-JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
-via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
-known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
-which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
-IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
-manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
-IP-adress is not required.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
-protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
-the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
-changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
-the same as above.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The other protocols are:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
-be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
-some ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
-but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
-defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
-with TLS secured protocol.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
-accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
-station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
-the URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-documentation.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Eszköz beállítások</title>
-
-    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
-parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
-system, but you can specify a different one with the
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
-another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
-of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Troubleshoot</title>
-
-    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
-inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
-<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Specifics</title>
-
-    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
-Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
-check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
-is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
-redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
-the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
-tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
-works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
-up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Testvérnyomatók</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
-page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
-for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
-
-    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
-devices</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
-detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
-<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
-tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
-menu. Also view <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
-for the management of the printer.</para>
-
-    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
-features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
-allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
-case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
-picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
-open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
-card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung színes nyomtató</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
-the QPDL protocol.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
-package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
-be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
-according to your architecture. </para>
-
-    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
-conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
-<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a28aac27..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Windows®-dokumentumok és -beállítások importálása</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled
-<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
-from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
-immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
-explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
-
-  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
-
-  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
-choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
-Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
-than yours own.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
-transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
-(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
-example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
-import purposes.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import documents:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
-appropriate item in this window.</para>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import bookmarks:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
-<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/hu/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/hu/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1468dfc7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/hu/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="hu" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Felhasználók és csoportok</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
-"Manage users on system"</para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
-means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
-(ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
-the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
-<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Felhasználó hozzáadás</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
-entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
-or nothing as well!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
-
-  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
-recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
-password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
-use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
-shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
-you entered what you intended to.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
-you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
-Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
-checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
-user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
-
-  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
-after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Csoport  hozzáadás</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
-group ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
-for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
-Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
-accounts.</para>
-
-  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
-as the account is locked.</para>
-
-  <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
-expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
-password periodically.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
-the user is a member of.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
-effective until his/her next login.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
-name.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
-who are members of the group</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Törlés</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
-role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
-ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
-has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Újratöltés</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
-refresh the display.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
-to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
-is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
-to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
-end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
-in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id.po b/docs/mcc-help/id.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 042cc965..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11404 +0,0 @@
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2015.
-# Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013.
-# Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013-2014.
-# rizqiromadhon <rizqi-romadhon@outlook.com>, 2014.
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017.
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 18:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-07 19:36+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
-"Language: id\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"language/id/)\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Akses perangkat dan direktori pembagian WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia, pada tab Pembagian Jaringan, bernama <guilabel>Konfigurasi pembagian "
-"WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Pengantar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> "
-"adalah protokol yang memungkinkan kita membuka direktori server web secara "
-"lokal, sehingga akan muncul sebagai direktori lokal. Adalah hal yang penting "
-"bahwa komputer remote menjalankan server WebDAV. Tujuan alat ini bukan untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi server WebDAV."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Pembuatan entri baru"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Layar pertama alat ini menampilkan entri yang sudah terkonfigurasi, jika "
-"ada, dan tombol <guibutton>Baru</guibutton>. Gunakan tombol tersebut untuk "
-"membuat entri baru. Masukkan URL server pada kolom dari layar baru."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Lalu akan muncul layar dengan tombol radio untuk memilih beberapa aksi.  "
-"Lanjutkan dengan aksi <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> dengan mengklik "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> setelah memilih tombol radio, saat "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> sudah terkonfigurasi. Anda bisa memperbaikinya "
-"jika perlu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr "Isi dari direktori remote akan bisa diakses melalui titik mount ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Pada langkah selanjutnya, berikan nama pengguna dan sandi anda. Jika Anda "
-"perlu pilihan lainnya, Anda bisa menemukannya di layar <guibutton>lanjutan</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilihan <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> memungkinkan Anda memount akses segera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah Anda menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol radio <guibutton>Selesai</"
-"guibutton>, layar pertama akan ditampilkan kembali dan titik mount baru Anda "
-"akan terdaftar. Setelah Anda memilih <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, Anda "
-"akan ditanya apakah akan menyimpan perubahan di <emphasis>/etc/fstab</"
-"emphasis>. Pilih ini jika Anda ingin direktori remote langsung tersedia "
-"setiap komputer dinyalakan. Jika konfigurasi Anda hanya untuk digunakan "
-"sekali, jangan disimpan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Bagikan partisi hard disk anda"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat sederhana ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan "
-"administrator untuk mengizinkan pengguna membagikan sebagian dari direktori /"
-"home mereka dengan pengguna lain di jaringan lokal yang sama yang "
-"menjalankan komputer dengan sistem operasi Linux atau Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Disk Lokal, dengan label \"Bagikan "
-"partisi hard disk Anda\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Pertama, jawab pertanyaan : \"<guilabel>Apakah Anda akan mengizinkan "
-"pengguna untuk berbagi beberapa direktori mereka?</guilabel>\", klik pada "
-"<guibutton>Tidak berbagi</guibutton> jika jawabannya tidak untuk semua "
-"pengguna, klik pada <guibutton>Izinkan semua pengguna</guibutton> untuk "
-"semua pengguna dan klik pada <guibutton>Sesuaikan</guibutton> jika "
-"jawabannya tidak untuk beberapa pengguna dan ya untuk sebagian lainnya. "
-"Dalam hal ini, pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi direktori mereka harus "
-"anggota grup fileshare(pembagian data), yang secara otomatis dibuat oleh "
-"sistem. Anda akan ditanya soal ini nantinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik pada <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, layar kedua muncul yang meminta Anda "
-"untuk memilih antara <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> atau <guibutton>SMB</"
-"guibutton>.  Tandai <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> jika Linux adalah satu-"
-"satunya sistem operasi yang ada di jaringan, tandai <guibutton>SMB</"
-"guibutton> jika di dalam jaringan terdapat komputer Linux dan Windows lalu "
-"klik pada <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Setiap paket yang diperlukan akan "
-"diinstall."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurasi selesai kecuali bila pilihan Sesuaian dipilih.  Dalam hal ini, "
-"layar tambahan akan meminta Anda untuk membuka Userdrake. Alat ini "
-"memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi "
-"direktori mereka ke grup fileshare. Di tab Pengguna, klik pengguna yang akan "
-"ditambahkan ke grup fileshare, lalu pada <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, di "
-"tab Grup. Tandai grup fileshare lalu klik pada <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. "
-"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang Userdrake, lihat <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">halaman ini</xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika menambahkan pengguna ke grup fileshare, Anda harus memutuskan dan "
-"menghubungkan kembali jaringan agar modifikasi bisa diterapkan ke akun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Mulai sekarang, setiap pengguna pada grup fileshare bisa memilih direktori "
-"untuk dibagikan di pengelola file, walaupun tidak semua pengelola file "
-"memiliki fasilitas ini."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "id"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Akses pembagian perangkat dan direktori NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk "
-"menentukan beberapa direktori yang dibagi untuk bisa diakses oleh semua "
-"pengguna di komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah NFS yang "
-"tersedia di kebanyakan sistem Linux atau Unix. Direktori yang dibagi "
-"kemudian akan langsung muncul saat komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang "
-"dibagi juga bisa diakses langsung dalam sesi tunggal untuk pengguna dengan "
-"peralatan seperti browser file."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Prosedur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang "
-"membagikan direktori."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik pada simbol > sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan daftar direktori "
-"yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan tersedia dan Anda harus "
-"menentukan di mana akan memount direktori."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah memilih titik mount, Anda bisa membukanya. Anda juga bisa memeriksa "
-"dan mengubah beberapa pilihan dengan tombol <guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>. "
-"Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa melepasnya dengan tombol yang sama."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Dalam menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>, "
-"sebuah pesan akan ditampilkan, menanyakan \"Apakah Anda ingin menyimpan "
-"modifikasi /etc/fstab\". Ini akan membuat direktori tersedia setiap kali "
-"komputer dijalankan, jika jaringan tersedia. Direktori baru lalu akan "
-"tersedia dalam peramban berkas Anda, contohnya dalam Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Burner CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ada di tab Disk lokal di "
-"Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama sesuai dengan perangkat Anda (hanya pemutar "
-"dan burner CD/DVD dan perangkat floppy)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Tujuannya adalah untuk menentukan cara disk removable Anda dimount."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bagian atas jendela ada penjelasan pendek dari perangkat Anda dan pilihan "
-"untuk memount. Gunakan menu di bawah untuk mengubah. Tandai item yang akan "
-"diubah lalu klik tombol <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Titik mount"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Tandai kotak ini untuk mengubah titik mount. Pilihan bakunya adalah /media/"
-"cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Pilihan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Banyak pilihan mount bisa dipilih di sini langsung dari daftar atau melalui "
-"submenu <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>. Yang utama adalah:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"user mengizinkan pengguna biasa (bukan root) memount disk removable, pilihan "
-"ini menyertakan noexec, nosuid dan nodev. Pengguna yang memount disk hanya "
-"orang yang bisa melepasnya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Akses pembagian perangkat dan direktori Windows (SMB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk "
-"menyatakan direktori yang dibagi mana untuk bisa diakses semua pengguna pada "
-"komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah SMB yang telah populer di "
-"sistem Windows(R). Direktori yang dibagi akan langsung tersedia ketika "
-"komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang dibagi juga bisa langsung diakses dalam "
-"sesi tunggal oleh pengguna dengan peralatan seperti browser file."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sebelum menjalankan alat ini, akan lebih baik untuk menentukan nama server "
-"yang tersedia, contohnya dengan <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang "
-"membagi direktori."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik pada nama server dan pada &gt; sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan "
-"daftar direktori yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan jadi tersedia, Anda harus "
-"menentukan di mana akan memount direktori."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah memilih titik mount, ini bisa dimount dengan <guimenu>Tombol mount</"
-"guimenu>. Anda juga bisa memeriksa dan mengubah beberapa pilihan dengan "
-"tombol <guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Di pilihan, Anda bisa menentukan nama pengguna dan sandi untuk bisa "
-"terhubung ke server SMB. Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa melepasnya "
-"dengan tombol yang sama."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol Selesai, sebuah pesan akan "
-"menanyakan \"Apakah Anda akan menyimpan modifikasi /etc/fstab\". Menyimpan "
-"akan memungkinkan direktori dibuat tersedia ketika komputer dinyalakan, jika "
-"jaringan bisa diakses. Direktori baru akan muncul di browser file, contohnya "
-"dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Efek Desktop 3D"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda "
-"mengelola efek desktop 3D di sistem operasi. Efek 3D dimatikan secara baku."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Memulai"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk menggunakan alat ini, Anda harus memiliki paket glxinfo yang "
-"terinstall. Jika paket tidak terinstall, Anda akan diminta untuk "
-"menginstallnya sebelum drak3d bisa berjalan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah memulai drak3d, Anda akan dihadapkan dengan sebuah jendela menu.  Di "
-"sini Anda bisa memilih <guilabel>Tanpa Efek Desktop 3D</guilabel> atau "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion adalah bagian dari "
-"pengelola composite/window, yang menyertakan efek khusus akselerasi hardware "
-"untuk desktop Anda. Pilih <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> untuk "
-"menghidupkannya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika ini pertama kalinya Anda menggunakan program ini setelah melakukan "
-"intalasi baru Mageia, Anda akan mendapat pesan yang memberitahukan paket apa "
-"saja yang perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan Compiz Fusion. Klik pada tombol "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah paket-paket yang sesuai diinstall, Anda akan melihat Compiz Fusion "
-"terpilih di menu drak3d, tapi Anda harus logout dan masuk kembali akan "
-"perubahan bisa bekerja."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah masuk kembali, Compiz Fusion akan aktif. Untuk mengkonfigurasi "
-"Compiz Fusion, lihat halaman alat ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Pemecahan masalah"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Tidak Melihat Desktop Setelah Masuk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika setelah menghidupkan Compiz Fusion Anda berusaha masuk desktop tapi "
-"tidak bisa melihat apapun, jalankan ulang komputer untuk kembali ke layar "
-"login. Setelah di sana, klik pada ikon Desktop lalu pilih drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika Anda masuk, jika akun Anda terdaftar sebagai administrator, Anda akan "
-"diminta sandi lagi. Jika tidak, gunakan login akun administrator. Lalu Anda "
-"bisa mengembalikan setiap perubahan yang mungkin menyebabkan masalah login."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Otentikasi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> membuat Anda bisa "
-"memodifikasi cara di mana Anda bisa dikenali sebagai pengguna komputer atau "
-"di jaringan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Secara baku, informasi otentikasi Anda tersimpan dalam file pada komputer "
-"Anda. Modifikasi ini hanya jika administrator jaringan mengundang Anda untuk "
-"melakukannya dan berikan informasi tetangnya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Mengatur autologin untuk masuk otomatis"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk "
-"masuk otomatis dengan pengguna yang sama, ke lingkungan desktop, tanpa "
-"ditanya sandi apapun. Ini disebut autologin.  Ini bagus ketika hanya ada "
-"satu pengguna di komputer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini ada di tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia dengan nama \"Atur autologin untuk masuk otomatis\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Tombol antarmuka sangat jelas:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Centang <guibutton>Jalankan lingkungan grafis ketika sistem dimulai</"
-"guibutton>, jika Anda ingin Sistem X Window dijalankan setelah komputer "
-"dinyalakan. Jika tidak, sistem akan dimulai dalam mode teks. Meski demikian, "
-"akan tetap mungkin untuk menjalankan antarmuka grafis secara manual. Ini "
-"bisa dilakukan dengan menjalankan perintah 'startx' atau 'systemctl start "
-"dm'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika kotak pertama ditandai, dua pilihan lainnya akan tersedia, tandai "
-"antara <guibutton>Tidak, saya tidak ingin autologin</guibutton>, jika Anda "
-"ingin sistem terus menanyakan pengguna mana yang ingin terhubung (dan sandi) "
-"atau tandai <guibutton>Ya, saya ingin autologin dengan (pengguna, desktop) "
-"ini</guibutton>, jika diperlukan. Untuk yang ini, Anda juga harus menentukan "
-"<guilabel>Nama pengguna baku</guilabel> dan <guilabel>Desktop baku</"
-"guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Mengatur sistem boot"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda menggunakan sistem UEFI, antarmuka pengguna akan sangat berbeda "
-"karena Anda tidak bisa memilih boot loader (daftar tarik ulur pertama) "
-"karena hanya satu yang tersedia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda "
-"mengkonfigurasi pilihan boot (pilihan bootloader, mengatur sandi, boot baku, "
-"dll.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini ada di tab Boot pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur sistem boot"
-"\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Jangan gunakan alat ini jika Anda tidak mengetahui fungsinya. Mengubah "
-"beberapa pengaturan bisa mencegah komputer untuk berjalan!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bagian pertama, disebut <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, sangat "
-"dimungkinkan untuk memilih <guibutton>Bootloader yang digunakan</guibutton>, "
-"Grub, Grub2 atau Lilo, dengan menu grafis atau teks. Ini hanya urusan "
-"selera, tidak ada akibat apapun. Anda juga bisa mengatur "
-"<guibutton>Perangkat boot</guibutton>, jangan mengubah apapun di sini "
-"kecuali Anda sudah berpengalaman. Perangkat boot adalah di mana bootloader "
-"diinstall, modifikasi apapun bisa saja mencegah komputer untuk berjalan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"Bagian kedua, disebut <guilabel>Pilihan utama</guilabel>, Anda bisa mengatur "
-"<guibutton>Jeda sebelum booting image baku</guibutton>, dalam detik. Selama "
-"jeda ini, Grub atau Lilo akan menampilkan daftar sistem operasi yang "
-"tersedia, meminta Anda untuk memilih, jika Anda tidak memilih, bootloader "
-"akan menjalankan sistem baku setelah waktu jeda terlewati."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan beberapa pilihan tambahan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) adalah standar untuk "
-"pengelolaan daya. Ini bisa menghemat daya dengan menghentikan perangkat yang "
-"tidak digunakan, ini adalah metode yang digunakan sebelum APM. Tandai kotak "
-"ini jika hardware Anda cocok dengan ACPI."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP singkatan dari Symmetric Multi Processors, ini adalah arsitektur untuk "
-"prosesor dengan banyak inti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda memiliki prosesor dengan HyperThreading, Mageia akan melihatnya "
-"sebagai dual processor dan menghidupkan SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Hidupkan APIC</guibutton> dan <guibutton>Hidupkan APIC Lokal:</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC singkatan dari Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Ada dua "
-"komponen dalam sistem APIC Intel, local APIC (LAPIC) dan I/O APIC. Ini "
-"mengarahkan interupsi yang diterima dari bus peripheral ke satu atau lebih "
-"local APIC yang ada dalam processor. Ini sangat berguna untuk sistem multi-"
-"processor. Beberapa komputer bermasalah dengan sistem APIC yang "
-"mengakibatkan komputer membeku atau salah dalam pendeteksian perangkat "
-"(pesan kesalahan \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Untuk yang seperti "
-"ini, matikan APIC dan/atau Local APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>, Anda bisa melihat semua daftar "
-"entri yang tersedia saat komputer dijalankan. Pilihan baku adalah yang "
-"bertanda bintang. Untuk mengubah susunan entri menu, klik panah naik atau "
-"turun untuk memindahkan item terpilih. Jika Anda klik tombol "
-"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> atau <guibutton>Modifikasi </guibutton>, "
-"jendela baru akan muncul untuk menambah entri baru ke dalam menu Grub atau "
-"memodifikasi yang sudah ada. Anda harus mengenal Lilo atau Grub untuk "
-"menggunakan peralatan ini."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <guilabel>Nama</guilabel> bebas diisi, tuliskan di sini apa yang ingin "
-"ditampilkan di menu. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"title\". Contohnya: "
-"Mageia3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <guilabel>Image</guilabel> berisi nama kernel. Ini sama dengan "
-"perintah Grub \"kernel\". Contohnya /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <guilabel>Root</guilabel> berisi nama perangkat di mana kernel "
-"tersimpan. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"root\". Contohnya (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <guilabel>Tambahan</guilabel> berisi pilihan yang diberikan ke kernel "
-"saat komputer dijalankan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika kotak <guilabel>Baku</guilabel> ditandai, Grub akan menjalankan entri "
-"ini sebagai pilihan baku."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"Dalam layar tambahan yang disebut <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel> dimungkinkan "
-"untuk memilih <guilabel>mode Video</guilabel>, file <guilabel>initrd</"
-"guilabel> dan <guilabel>profil jaringan</guilabel>, lihat <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/> dalam daftar tarik ulur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"Dalam layar tambahan yang disebut <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel> dimungkinkan "
-"untuk memilih <guilabel>mode Video</guilabel>, file <guilabel>initrd</"
-"guilabel> dan <guilabel>profil jaringan</guilabel>, lihat <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/> dalam daftar tarik ulur."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Kumpulkan Log dan Informasi Sistem untuk Laporan Bug"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan "
-"digunakan di baris perintah."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Disarankan untuk menulis keluaran dari perintah ini ke sebuah file, "
-"contohnya dengan melakukan <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
-"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, tapi pastikan Anda memiliki cukup ruang disk "
-"terlebih dahulu: file bisa mencapai ukuran GB."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Keluaran akan terlalu besar untuk dilampirkan ke laporan bug tanpa menghapus "
-"terlebih dahulu bagian yang tidak diperlukan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Perintah ini mengumpulkan informasi berikut pada sistem:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partitions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "mageia version"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat halaman bantuan ini ditulis, bagian \"syslog\" dari keluaran perintah "
-"ini kosong, karena alat ini belum disetel ke systemd. Jika tetap kosong, "
-"Anda bisa mendapatkan \"syslog\" dengan melakukan (sebagai root) <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Jika Anda tidak "
-"memiliki ruang disk yang banyak, Anda bisa, contohnya, ambil setidaknya 5000 "
-"baris dari log dengan: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > "
-"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Alat Pelaporan Bug Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Biasanya, alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> berjalan "
-"otomatis ketika alat Mageia crash. Tapi, mungkin juga, setelah mengisi "
-"laporan bug, Anda diminta untuk menjalankan alat ini untuk melihat beberapa "
-"informasi yang diberikan, lalu menyertakannya ke dalam laporan bug yang ada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika laporan bug baru perlu untuk diisi dan Anda tidak terbiasa "
-"melakukannya, maka silakan baca <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Bagaimana cara membuat laporan bug dengan "
-"seksama</link> sebelum mengklik tombol \"Laporkan\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika bug pernah dilaporkan oleh orang lain (pesan kesalahan yang diberikan "
-"drakbug akan sama), akan sangat berguna untuk menambahkan komentar ke "
-"laporan yang sudah ada tersebut bahwa Anda juga melihat bug itu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Kelola tanggal dan waktu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Sistem pada "
-"Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama <guilabel>\"Kelola tanggal dan waktu\"</"
-"guilabel>. Di beberapa lingkungan desktop juga tersedia dengan klik kanan / "
-"Sesuaikan tanggal dan Waktu ... pada jam di tray sistem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Ini adalah alat yang sangat sederhana."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bagian atas kiri, adalah <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalender</emphasis>. "
-"Pada gambar tangkapan di atas, tanggalnya adalah September (di atas kiri), "
-"2012 (di atas kanan), yang kedua (berwarna biru)  adalah Minggu. Pilih bulan "
-"(atau tahun) dengan mengklik panah judul di setiap sisi September (atau "
-"2012). Pilih hari dengan mengklik pada nomor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bawah kiri adalah sinkronisasi <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protokol Waktu "
-"Jaringan</emphasis>, sangat dimungkinkan untuk memiliki waktu yang selalu "
-"tepat dengan mensinkronkan ke sebuah server. Tandai <guilabel>Hidupkan "
-"Protokol Waktu Jaringan</guilabel> lalu pilih server terdekat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bagian kiri adalah <emphasis role=\"bold\">jam</emphasis>. Tidak berguna "
-"mengatur jam jika NTP dihidupkan. Tiga kotak menampilkan jam, menit dan "
-"detik (15, 28 dan 22 pada gambar tangkapan). Gunakan panah kecil untuk "
-"mengatur jam ke waktu yang tepat. Format tidak bisa diubah di sini, lihat "
-"pengaturan lingkungan desktop untuk yang satu itu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Terakhir, di bawah kanan, pilih zona waktu dengan mengklik tombol "
-"<guibutton>Ubah Zona Waktu</guibutton> lalu memilih kota terdekat di daftar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Meskipun tidak mungkin untuk memilih format tanggal atau waktu dengan alat "
-"ini, mereka akan ditampilkan di desktop berdasarkan pengaturan lokalisasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Menghapus koneksi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini, Anda bisa menghapus antarmuka jaringan<placeholder type=\"footnote"
-"\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik pada menu drop down, pilih yang ingin Anda hapus lalu klik "
-"<emphasis>selanjutnya</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda akan melihat pesan bahwa antarmuka jaringan telah berhasil dihapus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Mengatur antarmuka jaringan (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi banyak jaringan lokal atau akses Internet. Anda harus "
-"mengetahui beberapa informasi dari penyelenggara akses atau administrator "
-"jaringan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih tipe koneksi yang ingin Anda atur, berdasarkan pada perangkat dan "
-"penyelenggara mana yang Anda miliki."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Koneksi Kabel baru (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia.  Pilih yang akan "
-"dikonfigurasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"Sampai di sini, pilihannya adalah di antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "IP otomatis"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah "
-"server DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual, "
-"seperti dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS "
-"harus diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditetapkan di sini. Jika tidak ada "
-"HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
-"disandingkan secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP "
-"dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>. "
-"Tidak semua server DHCP memiliki fungsi seperti itu dan jika Anda mengatur "
-"PC untuk mendapatkan alamat IP dari router ADSL rumah, ini tidak seperti itu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Tombol lanjutan memberikan kesempatan untuk menentukan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-"Pencarian domain (tidak bisa diakses, karena disediakan oleh server DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "Klien DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "Waktu habis DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "Dapatkan server NTPD dari DHCP (sinkronisasi jam)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"HOSTNAME dibutuhkan oleh DHCP. Hanya gunakan pilihan ini jika server DHCP "
-"membutuhkan klien untuk menentukan hostname sebelum menerima alamat IP. "
-"Pilihan ini tidak disediakan oleh beberapa server DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah diterima, langkah terakhir yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi koneksi "
-"dijelaskan: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi manual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server "
-"DNS yang akan digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika "
-"tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> disandingkan secara baku."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP biasanya seperti <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
-"emphasis>, Netmask <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, Gateway dan server "
-"DNS tersedia di website penyelenggara layanan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</"
-"emphasis>. Biasanya ini adalah domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika komputer "
-"Anda disebut \"splash\", dan nama domain lengkapnya \"splash.boatanchor.net"
-"\", Pencarian Domain akan jadi \"boatanchor.net\". Kecuali jika Anda perlu "
-"spesifik, tidak apa-apa jika tidak menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi, "
-"ADSL rumah tidak memerlukan pengaturan ini."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Langkah selanjutnya dipaparkan di <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Koneksi Satelit baru (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Bagian ini belum ditulis karena kurangnya sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa "
-"menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk "
-"bantuan Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Koneksi modem Kabel baru"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Anda harus menentukan metode otentikasi:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Tidak ada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (diperlukan untuk Telstra). Dalam hal ini Anda harus menyediakan "
-"Nama pengguna dan sandi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server "
-"DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual, seperti "
-"dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS harus "
-"diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME "
-"yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan "
-"secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan "
-"<emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>. Tidak semua server "
-"DHCP memiliki fungsi ini dan jika Anda mengatur PC untuk mendapatkan alamat "
-"IP dari router ADSL rumah, ini tidak seperti itu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menyatakan server DNS "
-"yang digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada "
-"HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
-"disandingkan secara baku."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</"
-"emphasis>. Biasanya ini domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika komputer Anda "
-"disebut \"splash\", dan domain lengkapnya \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"Pencarian Domain akan jadi \"boatanchor.net\". Kecuali jika Anda perlu "
-"spesifik, tidak apa-apa untuk tidak menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi, "
-"koneksi rumah tidak memerlukan pengaturan ini."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Koneksi DSL baru"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika alat ini bisa mendeteksi antarmuka jaringan, dia akan menawarkan untuk "
-"memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara.  Pilih "
-"penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak ada, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak terdaftar</"
-"guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh penyelenggara Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Pilih salah satu protokol yang tersedia:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi TCP/IP manual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Pengaturan akses"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Login Akun (nama pengguna)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Sandi akun"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Lanjutan) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Lanjutan) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Koneksi ISDN baru"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Panduan menanyakan perangkat mana yang akan dikonfigurasi:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Pilihan manual (perangkat ISDN internal)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Modem ISDN eksternal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Daftar perangkat ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan kategori dan "
-"pabrikan. Pilih perangkat Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protokol di bagian dunia lain, kecuali Eropa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protokol untuk Eropa (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Daftar penyelenggara lalu akan ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan "
-"negara.  Pilih penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan "
-"<guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh "
-"penyelenggara Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan parameter:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Nama koneksi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Nomor telepon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "ID login"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Metode otentikasi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah itu, Anda harus memilih apakah akan mendapatkan alamat IP dengan "
-"metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk yang terakhir, tentukan alamat IP dan "
-"mask Subnet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat server DNS diperoleh, "
-"dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus "
-"memasukkan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Nama domain"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Server DNS pertama dan kedua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih jika hostname diatur dari IP. Pilihan ini hanya dipilih jika Anda "
-"yakin bahwa penyelenggara Anda dikonfigurasikan untuk menerimanya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat gateway diperoleh, "
-"dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus "
-"memasukkan alamat IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Koneksi Nirkabel baru (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia dan entri untuk "
-"driver Windows (ndiswrapper). Pilih yang akan dikonfigurasi. Gunakan "
-"ndiswrapper hanya jika metode konfigurasi lain tidak bisa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah ini, pilihan yang tersedia adalah perbedaan titik akses yang telah "
-"terdeteksi oleh perangkat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Parameter spesifik untuk perangkat nirkabel adalah menyediakan:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Mode operasi:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Terkelola"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Untuk mengakses ke titik akses yang sudah ada (paling sering)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Mengkonfigurasi koneksi langsung di antara komputer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Nama Jaringan (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr "Mode enkripsi: tergantung pada bagaimana titik akses dikonfigurasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "Mode enkripsi ini lebih disukai jika perangkat Anda mengizinkannya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Beberapa perangkat lama hanya bisa dengan metode enkripsi ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Kunci enkripsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Biasanya ini tersedia dengan perangkat yang memberikan titik akses."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah langkah ini, pilihannya adalah antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server DNS "
-"dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan manual, seperti dijelaskan di "
-"bawah. Untuk yang terakhir, alamat IP dari server DNS harus diatur. HOSTNAME "
-"komputer bisa ditentukan di sini.  Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, "
-"nama localhost.localdomain disandingkan secara baku. Hostname bisa juga "
-"disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari "
-"server DHCP</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah menerima konfigurasi, langkah yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi "
-"koneksi, dijelaskan: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server DNS. "
-"HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang "
-"ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan "
-"secara baku."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP selalu seperti <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
-"emphasis>, Netmask <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, dan server Gateway "
-"dan DNS tersedia di website penyelenggara Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</"
-"emphasis>. Ini harus seperti hostname Anda tanpa nama pertama, sebelum "
-"periode."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Koneksi GPRS/Edge/3G baru"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika alat ini mengenali antarmuka nirkabel, dia akan menawarkan untuk "
-"memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "PIN diminta. Biarkan kosong jika PIN tidak diperlukan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Panduan akan menanyakan jaringan. Jika tidak terdeteksi, pilih pilihan "
-"<guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Sediakan pengaturan akses"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Nama Titik Akses"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Koneksi Jaringan Dial-Up Bluetooth baru"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Koneksi modem telepon Analog baru (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Pilihan manual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Perangkat yang dikenali, jika ada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Daftar port ditawarkan. Pilih port Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika belum terinstall, Anda akan disarankan untuk menginstall paket "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara. Pilih "
-"penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak "
-"terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan penyelenggara "
-"Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan pilihan Dialup:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Nama koneksi</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Nomor telepon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>ID Login</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Sandi</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Otentikasi</emphasis>, pilih antara:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Berbasis skrip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Berbasis terminal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Akhir konfigurasi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Di langkah selanjutnya, Anda bisa menentukan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Izinkan pengguna mengelola koneksi</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Jalankan koneksi saat boot</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Hidupkan penghitungan lalu lintas</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola Jaringan</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk koneksi nirkabel, kotak tambahannya adalah <emphasis>Izinkan "
-"penjelajahan titik akses</emphasis> yang memberi kemungkinan untuk berpindah "
-"secara otomatis di antara titik akses menurut kekuatan sinyal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Dengan tombol lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metrik (baku adalah 10)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Hotplugging Jaringan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Hidupkan tunnel IPv6 ke IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan apakah koneksi akan "
-"langsung dijalankan atau tidak."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Buka konsol sebagai administrator"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memberi Anda akses ke "
-"konsol yang langsung dibuka sebagai root. Sepertinya tidak perlu informasi "
-"lebih untuk ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Kelola partisi disk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk atau diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sangat berguna, sedikit "
-"kesalahan atau senggolan pada keyboard bisa membuat kehilangan data pada "
-"partisi atau bahkan terhapusnya seluruh hard disk. Untuk alasan tersebut, "
-"Anda akan melihat layar di atas dari layar alat. Klik pada <emphasis>Keluar</"
-"emphasis> jika Anda tidak ingin melanjutkan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu hard disk, Anda bisa berpindah ke hard "
-"disk yang Anda inginkan dengan memilih tab yang benar (sda, sdb, sdc, dst)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa memilih banyak aksi untuk menyesuaikan hard disk sesuai keinginan. "
-"Membersihkan keseluruhan hard disk, memisahkan atau menyatukan partisi, "
-"mengubah ukuran atau mengubah sistem file, memformat atau melihat isi "
-"partisi: semuanya bisa. Tombol <emphasis><guibutton>Bersihkan semua</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> di bawah adalah untuk menghapus keseluruhan disk, "
-"tombol lainnya akan muncul di sebelah kanan setelah Anda mengklik sebuah "
-"partisi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika partisi yang dipilih termount, seperti pada contoh di bawah, Anda tidak "
-"bisa mengubah ukuran, memformat atau menghapusnya. Untuk bisa melakukan "
-"semua itu, partisi harus dilepas terlebih dahulu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "Mengubah ukuran hanya bisa pada sisi sebelah kanan partisi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk mengubah tipe partisi (mengubah ext3 ke ext4 contohnya) Anda harus "
-"menghapus partisi lalu membuat ulang dengan tipe baru. Tombol <guibutton "
-"role=\"bold\">Buat</guibutton> muncul ketika bagian disk kosong dipilih"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa memilih titik mount yang belum ada yang kemudian akan dibuatkan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Memilih <emphasis><guibutton>Beralih ke mode ahli</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"memberikan beberapa aksi tambahan yang tersedia, seperti penamaan partisi, "
-"seperti yang bisa dilihat pada gambar di bawah."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "atur pengelola tampilan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Anda bisa memilih pengelola "
-"tampilan mana yang akan digunakan untuk masuk ke lingkungan grafis. Hanya "
-"yang tersedia pada sistem yang akan ditampilkan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Kebanyakan pengguna hanya akan melihat bahwa layar login terlihat berbeda. "
-"Tapi, ada fitur berbeda yang didukungnya juga. LXDM adalah pengelola "
-"tampilan yang ringan, SDDM dan GDM memiliki fitur tambahan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Mengatur firewall pribadi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Keamanan pada "
-"Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur firewall pribadi\". Alat ini sama "
-"dengan yang ada di tab pertama \"Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit "
-"sistem\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Firewall dasar telah terinstall secara baku pada Mageia. Semua koneksi yang "
-"datang dari luar akan diblokir jika tidak terotorisasi. Pada layar pertama "
-"di atas, Anda bisa memilih layanan untuk usaha koneksi dari luar mana yang "
-"akan diterima. Untuk keamanan Anda, jangan tandai kotak pertama - "
-"<guilabel>Semua (tanpa firewall)</guilabel> - kecuali jika Anda ingin "
-"mematikan firewall, dan hanya tandai layanan yang diperlukan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa memasukkan nomor port untuk dibuka secara manual. Klik pada "
-"<guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton>, jendela baru akan terbuka. Pada kolom "
-"<guilabel>Port lainnya</guilabel>, masukkan port yang diperlukan seperti "
-"contoh berikut:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : membuka port 80 protokol tcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : membuka semua port dari 24000 sampai 24010 protokol udp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Port terdaftar harus dipisahkan dengan spasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Jika kotak <guilabel>Catat pesan firewall di log sistem</guilabel> ditandai, "
-"pesan firewall akan disimpan di log sistem"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda tidak menggunakan layanan spesifik (server web atau surat, "
-"pembagian file, ...) Anda tidak perlu menandai semuanya, bahkan ini "
-"disarankan, ini tidak akan menghalangi Anda untuk terhubung ke internet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Layar selanjutnya berhubungan dengan pilihan Firewall Interaktif. Fitur ini "
-"memungkinkan Anda untuk diperingatkan ketika ada usaha koneksi jika "
-"setidaknya kotak pertama <guilabel>Gunakan Firewall Interaktif </"
-"guilabel>ditandai. Tandai kotak ke dua untuk diperingatkan ketika port "
-"dipindai (untuk menemukan kesalahan di manapun dan masuk ke komputer Anda). "
-"Setiap kotak mulai kotak ke tiga berhubungan dengan port yang Anda buka di "
-"dua layar pertama; pada gambar di bawah, terdapat dua kotak: server SSH dan "
-"80:150/tcp. Tandai mereka untuk diperingatkan setiap ada usaha koneksi pada "
-"port tersebut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr "Peringatan ini muncul melalui applet jaringan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Pada layar terakhir, pilih antarmuka jaringan yang terhubung ke Internet dan "
-"harus diproteksi. Setelah tombol OK diklik, paket yang diperlukan akan "
-"didownload."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda tidak tahu harus memilih apa, lihat MCC tab Jaringan &amp; "
-"Internet, ikon Atur antarmuka jaringan baru."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Kelola, tambah dan hapus font. Impor font Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis>. Ini memungkinkan "
-"Anda untuk mengelola font yang tersedia di komputer. Layar utama di atas "
-"menampilkan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "nama, gaya dan ukuran font yang terinstall."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "pratampil dari font terpilih."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "beberapa tombol dijelaskan di sini nanti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dapatkan Font Windows: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol ini secara otomatis menambahkan font yang ada di partisi Windows. "
-"Anda harus memiliki Microsoft Windows terinstall."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pilihan:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan aplikasi atau perangkat (kebanyakan "
-"printer) bisa menggunakan font tersebut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol ini untuk menghapus font yang terinstall. Hati-hati ketika menghapus "
-"font karena mungkin akan berakibat serius pada dokumen yang menggunakannya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah font dari pihak ketiga (CD, internet, ...). "
-"Format yang didukung adalah ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm dan gsf. Klik pada "
-"tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Impor</emphasis> lalu <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Tambah</emphasis>, pengelola file akan muncul di mana Anda bisa memilih "
-"font untuk diinstall, klik <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
-"setelah selesai. Mereka terinstall di folder /usr/share/fonts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika font yang diinstall (atau dihapus) tidak muncul di layar utama "
-"Drakfont, tutup lalu buka lagi untuk melihat perubahan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Kendali Orang Tua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia, pada tab Keamanan, dengan nama <guilabel>Kendali Orang Tua</"
-"guilabel>. Jika Anda tidak menemukan nama ini, Anda harus menginstall paket "
-"drakguard (tidak terinstall secara baku)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Penyajian"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard adalah cara mudah untuk mengatur kendali orang tua pada komputer "
-"untuk membatasi seseorang melakukan sesuatu, dan pada waktu tertentu. "
-"Drakguard memiliki tiga kemampuan yang sangat berguna:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Membatasi akses web ke pengguna yang dipilih pada waktu yang diatur setiap "
-"harinya. Itu dilakukan dengan mengendalikan firewall shorewall yang ada pada "
-"Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini mencegah eksekusi dari perintah tertentu yang dilakukan pengguna yang "
-"dipilih sehingga pengguna ini hanya bisa mengeksekusi apa yang Anda izinkan "
-"dia untuk mengeksekusi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini membatasi akses ke website, yang ditentukan secara manual melalui daftar "
-"hitam/putih, juga berdasarkan konten website. Untuk tujuan ini, Drakguard "
-"menggunakan blokir kendali orang tua sumber terbuka DansGuardian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Mengkonfigurasi Kendali orang tua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika komputer Anda berisi partisi hard disk yang diformat dalam Ext2, Ext3, "
-"atau ReiserFS Anda akan mendapatkan tawaran yang muncul untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi ACL pada partisi. ACL singkatan dari Access Control Lists, "
-"yang adalah fitur kernel Linux yang memungkinkan akses ke file individual "
-"untuk dibatasi ke pengguna yang disebut. ACL dibangun pada sistem file Ext4 "
-"dan Btrfs, tapi harus dihidupkan di partisi Ext2, Ext3, atau Reiserfs. Jika "
-"Anda memilih 'Ya' pada permintaan ini drakguard akan mengkonfigurasi semua "
-"partisi supaya mendukung ACL, dan akan menyarankan untuk menjalankan ulang "
-"komputer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Hidupkan kendali orang tua</guibutton>: Jika ditandai, kendali "
-"orang tua dihidupkan dan akses ke tab <guilabel>Blokir program</guilabel> "
-"dibuka."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blokir semua lalu lintas jaringan</guibutton>: Jika ditandai, "
-"semua website diblokir, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar putih. Jika tidak, "
-"semua website diizinkan, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar hitam."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Akses pengguna</guibutton>: Pengguna di sebelah kiri akan "
-"dibatasi aksesnya berdasarkan aturan yang ditetapkan. Pengguna di sebelah "
-"kanan tidak dibatasi aksesnya sehingga pengguna komputer dewasa tidak "
-"terganggu. Pilih pengguna di sebelah kiri lalu klik <guibutton>Tambah</"
-"guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sebagai pengguna yang diizinkan.  Pilih "
-"pengguna di sebelah kanan lalu klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk "
-"mengapusnya dari pengguna yang diizinkan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kendali waktu:</guibutton> Jika ditandai, akses internet "
-"diizinkan dengan batas antara waktu <guilabel>Mulai</guilabel> sampai waktu "
-"<guilabel>Akhir</guilabel>. Diluar waktu ini sepenuhnya diblokir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Tab daftar hitam/putih"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Masukkan URL website di kolom pertama di atas lalu klik tombol "
-"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Tab Blokir Program"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blokir Aplikasi Tertentu</guibutton>: Hidupkan penggunaan ACL "
-"untuk membatasi akses ke aplikasi tertentu. Masukkan arah ke aplikasi yang "
-"ingin Anda blokir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Daftar Pengguna yang Tidak Diblokir</guibutton>: Pengguna yang "
-"terdaftar di sebelah kanan tidak akan jadi sasaran pemblokiran acl."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Bagi koneksi Internet dengan komputer lokal lain"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Dasar"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ini berguna jika Anda memiliki "
-"komputer (3) yang memiliki akses Internet (2) dan juga terhubung ke jaringan "
-"lokal (1). Anda bisa menggunakan komputer Anda (3) sebagai gerbang untuk "
-"memberikan akses ke komputer lain (5) dan (6) di jaringan lokal (1). Untuk "
-"ini, sang gerbang harus memiliki dua antarmuka; yang pertama adalah "
-"perangkat ethernet harus terhubung ke jaringan lokal, yang kedua (4) "
-"terhubung ke Internet (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Langkah pertama untuk memeriksa bahwa jaringan dan akses ke Internet sudah "
-"diatur, seperti didokumentasikan dalam <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Panduan gerbang"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Panduan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> akan menawarkan langkah "
-"berurutan yang ditunjukkan di bawah:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika panduan tidak menemukan setidaknya dua antarmuka, dia akan "
-"memperingatkan ini dan meminta untuk menghentikan jaringan dan "
-"mengkonfigurasi perangkat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"tentukan antarmuka yang digunakan untuk koneksi Internet. Panduan secara "
-"otomatis menyarankan salah satu antarmuka, tapi Anda harus memeriksa apakah "
-"yang ditawarkan sudah benar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"tentukan antarmuka mana yang digunakan untuk akses Lan. Panduan juga akan "
-"mengusulkan salah satu, pastikan ini benar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Panduan akan menyarankan parameter untuk jaringan Lan, seperti alamat IP, "
-"mask dan nama domain. Pastikan parameter ini cocok dengan konfigurasi yang "
-"sebenarnya. Disarankan Anda menerima nilai ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"tentukan jika komputer telah digunakan sebagai server DNS. Jika ya, panduan "
-"akan memeriksa bahwa <code>bind</code> telah terinstall.  Jika tidak, Anda "
-"harus menentukan alamat server DNS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server DHCP. Jika ya, panduan akan "
-"memeriksa bahwa <code>dhcp-server</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan "
-"untuk mengkonfigurasi, dengan awal dan akhir alamat dalam jangkauan DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server proxy. Jika ya, panduan akan "
-"memeriksa bahwa <code>squid</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi, dengan alamat administrator (admin@mydomain.com), nama "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) dan ukuran cache (100 Mb)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda memeriksa jika komputer gerbang terhubung "
-"ke printer dan membagikannya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr "Anda akan diperingatkan untuk memeriksa firewall jika aktif."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi klien"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda telah mengkonfigurasi komputer gerbang dengan DHCP, Anda hanya "
-"perlu menentukan di alat konfigurasi jaringan dan akan mendapatkan alamat "
-"secara otomatis (menggunakan DHCP). Parameter akan diperoleh ketika "
-"menghubungkan ke jaringan. Metode ini bisa dilakukan apapun sistem operasi "
-"yang digunakan oleh klien."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda harus menentukan parameter jaringan secara manual, Anda harus "
-"menentukan gateway dengan memasukkan alamat IP komputer yang berfungsi "
-"sebagai gerbang."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Menghentikan pembagian koneksi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda ingin menghentikan pembagian koneksi pada komputer Mageia, "
-"jalankan alat. Dia akan menawarkan untuk mengkonfigurasi ulang koneksi atau "
-"untuk menghentikan pembagian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Definisi host"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika beberapa sistem pada jaringan Anda memberikan layanan, dan memiliki "
-"alamat IP tetap, alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"memungkinkan untuk menentukan nama untuk mengakses mereka lebih mudah. Lalu "
-"Anda bisa menggunakan nama tersebut daripada menggunakan alamat IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Dengan tombol ini, Anda menambahkan nama untuk sistem baru. Anda akan "
-"mendapatkan jendela untuk menentukan alamat IP, nama host sistem, dan "
-"pilihan nama alias yang bisa digunakan dengan cara yang sama menggunakan "
-"nama."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa mengakses parameter dari entri yang sebelumnya ditetapkan. Anda "
-"akan mendapatkan jendela yang sama."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Pengaturan lanjutan antarmuka jaringan dan firewall"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir "
-"bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih "
-"untuk bantuan Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Pusat Jaringan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Jaringan &amp; "
-"Internet pada Pusat kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Pusat Jaringan\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat alat ini dijalankan, sebuah jendela membuka daftar semua jaringan yang "
-"terkonfigurasi di komputer, apapun tipenya (kabel, nirkabel, satelit, dll.). "
-"Ketika mengklik salah satunya, tiga atau empat tombol akan muncul, "
-"tergantung pada tipe jaringan, untuk memungkinkan Anda melihat jaringan, "
-"mengubah pengaturan atau menghubungkan/memutus hubungan. Alat ini tidak "
-"bertujuan untuk membuat jaringan, untuk yang ini lihat <guilabel>Mengatur "
-"antarmuka jaringan baru (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> di tab MCC yang "
-"sama."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"Pada gambar di bawah, diberikan sebagai contoh, kita bisa melihat dua "
-"jaringan, yang pertama jaringan kabel yang terhubung, bisa dikenali oleh "
-"ikon ini <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (ini "
-"terhubung<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) dan bagian ke "
-"dua menampilkan jaringan nirkabel, tidak terhubung dikenali oleh ikon ini "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> dan yang ini <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>jika terhubung. Untuk tipe jaringan "
-"lainnya, kode warna selalu sama, hijau jika terhubung dan merah jika tidak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bagian nirkabel dari layar, Anda juga bisa melihat semua jaringan yang "
-"terdeteksi, dengan <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Kekuatan sinyal</"
-"guilabel>, jika mereka terenkripsi (merah) atau tidak (hijau), dan "
-"<guilabel>Mode operasi</guilabel>. Klik yang terpilih lalu pada "
-"<guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> atau "
-"<guibutton>Hubungkan</guibutton>. Kita bisa pergi dari satu jaringan ke "
-"jaringan lain. Jika jaringan privat terpilih, jendela Pengaturan Jaringan "
-"(lihat di bawah) akan terbuka dan meminta pengaturan tambahan ( di antaranya "
-"kunci enkripsi)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Segarkan</guibutton> untuk memperbarui layar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Tombol Monitor"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol ini memungkinkan Anda mengawasi aktivitas jaringan, download (ke arah "
-"PC, merah) dan upload (ke arah Internet, hijau). Layar yang sama tersedia "
-"dengan klik kanan pada <guimenu>ikon Internet di tray sistem -> Monitor "
-"Jaringan</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Ada tab untuk setiap jaringan (di sini eth0 adalah jaringan kabel, lo "
-"loopback lokal dan wlan0 jaringan nirkabel) dan tab koneksi yang memberikan "
-"rincian tentang status koneksi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bawah jendela ada <guilabel>Penghitungan lalu lintas</guilabel>, kita "
-"akan melihatnya di bagian selanjutnya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Tombol Konfigurasi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Untuk jaringan kabel</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Kita bisa mengubah semua pengaturan yang diberikan saat pembuatan jaringan. "
-"Biasanya, menandai <guibutton>IP otomatis</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/"
-"DHCP)</guibutton> sudah cukup, tapi ketika bermasalah, konfigurasi manual "
-"mungkin akan lebih baik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk jaringan rumah, <guilabel>alamat IP</guilabel> selalu seperti "
-"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, dan "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> dan <guilabel>server DNS</guilabel> tersedia di "
-"website penyelenggara Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Hidupkan penghitungan lalu lintas</guibutton> jika ditandai akan "
-"menghitung lalu lintas setiap jam, harian atau bulanan. Hasilnya bisa "
-"dilihat di Monitor jaringan yang dijelaskan di bagian sebelumnya. Setelah "
-"dihidupkan, Anda harus menghubungkan ulang jaringan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola "
-"Jaringan:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Tombol Lanjutan:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Untuk jaringan nirkabel</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Hanya item yang belum terlihat di atas yang dijelaskan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mode operasi:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih <guilabel>Terkelola</guilabel> jika koneksi melalui titik akses, ada "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> yang terdeteksi.  Pilih "
-"<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> jika ini jaringan peer to peer. Pilih <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> jika perangkat Anda digunakan sebagai titik "
-"akses, perangkat jaringan Anda harus mendukung mode ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mode enkripsi dan Kunci enkripsi:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Jika ini jaringan privat, Anda harus mengetahui pengaturan ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> menggunakan sandi yang lebih lemah dari WPA yang "
-"menggunakan frasa sandi. <guilabel>Kunci WPA Pre-Shared</guilabel> juga "
-"disebut WPA personal atau WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> "
-"jarang digunakan pada jaringan privat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Izinkan penjelajahan titik akses</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Penjelajahan adalah teknologi yang memungkinkan komputer mengubah titik "
-"akses saat jaringan sedang terhubung."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Tombol Pengaturan Lanjutan"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Mengelola profil jaringan berbeda"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Membagi perangkat dan direktori menggunakan NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Prasyarat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Saat panduan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dijalankan untuk "
-"pertama kali, mungkin akan menampilkan pesan berikut:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "Paket nfs-utils perlu diinstall. Apakah Anda ingin menginstallnya?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah instalasi selesai, jendela dengan daftar kosong akan ditampilkan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Jendela utama"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Daftar direktori pembagian ditampilkan di sini. Pada langkah ini, daftar "
-"masih kosong. Tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> memberi akses ke alat "
-"konfigurasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Modifikasi entri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat konfigurasi bernama \"Modifikasi entri\". Ini bisa juga dijalankan "
-"dengan tombol <guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Parameter berikut tersedia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Direktori NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini Anda bisa menentukan direktori mana yang akan dibagi. Tombol "
-"<guibutton>Direktori</guibutton> memberi akses ke sebuah browser untuk "
-"memilih."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Akses host"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini Anda bisa menentukan host yang diotorisasi untuk mengakses direktori "
-"yang dibagi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "Klien NFS bisa ditentukan dengan berbagai cara:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>host tunggal</emphasis>: sebuah host baik dengan nama singkatan "
-"yang dikenali resolver, nama domain lengkap yang memenuhi syarat, atau "
-"alamat IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS bisa berupa @group."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nama komputer bisa berisi karakter wildcard "
-"* dan ?. Contohnya: *.cs.foo.edu untuk semua host dengan domain cs.foo.edu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Jaringan IP</emphasis>: Anda juga bisa mengekspor direktori ke "
-"semua host pada (sub-)jaringan IP secara bersamaan. Contohnya, "
-"`/255.255.252.0' atau `/22' ditambahkan ke alamat dasar jaringan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Pemetaan ID Pengguna"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>petakan pengguna root sebagai anonim</emphasis>: memetakan "
-"permintaan dari uid/gid 0 ke uid/gid (root_squash) anonim. Pengguna root "
-"dari klien tidak bisa membaca atau menulisi file pada server yang dibuat "
-"oleh root pada server-nya sendiri."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>izinkan akses root remote nyata</emphasis>: matikan root "
-"squashing. Pilihan ini berguna untuk klien diskless (no_root_squash)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>petakan semua pengguna ke pengguna anonim</emphasis>: petakan "
-"semua uid dan gid ke pengguna anonim (all_squash). Berguna untuk direktori "
-"FTP publik terekspor NFS, direktori kumparan berita, dll. Pilihan yang "
-"berlawanannya adalah tanpa pemetaan UID (no_all_squash), yang adalah "
-"pengaturan baku."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid dan anongid</emphasis>: secara eksplisit mengatur uid dan "
-"gid akun anonim."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Pilihan lanjutan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Koneksi Aman</emphasis>: pilihan ini meminta permintaan berasal "
-"dari port internet yang kurang dari IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  Ini adalah "
-"pilihan baku."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pembagian Hanya-Baca</emphasis>: mengizinkan apakah permintaan "
-"hanya baca atau baca dan tulis pada volume NFS ini. Bakunya adalah tidak "
-"mengizinkan permintaan apapun yang mengubah sistem file. Juga bisa dibuat "
-"eksplisit dengan menggunakan pilihan ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Akses sinkronis</emphasis>: mencegah server NFS melanggar protokol "
-"NFS dan membalas permintaan sebelum perubahan dibuat oleh permintaan "
-"tersebut disimpan di penyimpanan stabil (contohnya perangkat disk)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pemeriksaan subtree</emphasis>: menghidupkan pemeriksaan subtree "
-"yang bisa membantu meningkatkan keamanan dalam beberapa kasus, tapi "
-"mengurangi reliabilitas. Lihat halaman ekspor(5) untuk lebih rinci."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Entri menu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Sejauh ini daftar memiliki setidaknya satu entri."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "File|Write conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Simpan konfigurasi saat ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS Server|Restart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Server dihentikan dan dijalankan kembali dengan file konfigurasi saat ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS Server|Reload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurasi yang ditampilkan dimuat ulang dari file konfigurasi saat ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda harus menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa "
-"menggunakan alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasinya. Administrator jaringan Anda akan memberikan informasi "
-"yang diperlukan. Anda juga bisa menentukan beberapa layanan yang bisa "
-"diakses tanpa proxy dengan pengecualian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Dari Wikipedia, pada 2012-09-24, artikel server Proxy: Dalam jaringan "
-"komputer, server proxy adalah server (sistem komputer atau aplikasi) yang "
-"bertindak sebagai perantara untuk permintaan dari klien yang mencari sumber "
-"dari server lain. Klien terhubung ke server proxy, meminta beberapa layanan, "
-"seperti file, koneksi, halaman web, atau sumber lain yang tersedia dari "
-"server berbeda. Server proxy menghitung permintaan dengan cara "
-"menyederhanakan dan mengendalikan kerumitannya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi Media"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Hal pertama setelah instalasi adalah menambahkan sumber software (juga "
-"dikenal dengan repository, media, mirror). Yang berarti Anda harus memilih "
-"sumber media untuk digunakan menginstall dan update paket dan aplikasi. "
-"(lihat tombol Tambah di bawah)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda menginstall (atau upgrade) Mageia menggunakan media optik (DVD "
-"atau CD) atau perangkat USB, akan ada sumber perangkat lunak yang "
-"terkonfigurasi ke media optik yang digunakan. Untuk mencegah permintaan "
-"memasukkan media ketika menginstall paket-paket baru, Anda harus mematikan "
-"(atau menghapus) media ini. (Ini akan memiliki tipe media CD-Rom)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Sistem Anda berjalan pada arsitektur yang mungkin 32-bit (disebut i586), "
-"atau 64-bit (disebut x86_64). Beberapa paket bebas digunakan untuk sistem 32-"
-"bit atau 64-bit; yang disebut paket noarch. Mereka tidak memiliki direktori "
-"noarch sendiri pada mirror, tapi semua ada di media i586 dan x86_64."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Pengelolaan software.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Kolom"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Kolom Hidupkan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk menginstall paket baru. Hati-hati "
-"dengan beberapa media seperti Testing dan Debug, mereka bisa membuat sistem "
-"Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Kolom Update:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk update paket, ini harus dihidupkan. "
-"Hanya media dengan \"Update\" di namanya yang harus dipilih. Untuk alasan "
-"keamanan, kolom ini tidak bisa dimodifikasi pada alat ini, Anda harus "
-"membuka konsol sebagai root lalu ketik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-"
-"media --expert.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Kolom media:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Menampilkan nama media. Repository resmi Mageia untuk versi rilis final "
-"berisi setidaknya:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> yang berisi kebanyakan semua program "
-"yang didukung oleh Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> yang berisi beberapa program yang "
-"tidak bebas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software bebas yang mungkin ada "
-"klaim paten di beberapa negara."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Tiap media memiliki 4 rincian:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket yang ada saat versi Mageia "
-"ini rilis."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> update paket sejak rilis untuk "
-"alasan keamanan dan masalah bug. Semua orang harus menghidupkan media ini, "
-"bahkan dengan koneksi internet yang lambat sekalipun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> beberapa paket versi baru "
-"dimasukkan dari Cauldron (versi berikutnya yang dalam pengembangan) ke sini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> yang digunakan untuk pengujian "
-"sementara dari update baru, untuk memungkinkan pelapor bug dan tim penjamin "
-"kualitas membuktikan perbaikan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Tombol sebelah kanan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Hapus:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk menghapus media, klik pada media lalu tombol ini. Akan bijak untuk "
-"menghapus media yang digunakan untuk instalasi (CD atau DVD contohnya)  "
-"karena semua isi paketnya ada di media resmi Core release."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Memungkinkan Anda untuk memodifikasi pengaturan media terpilih (URL, "
-"downloader dan proxy)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Tambah:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Menambah repository resmi yang tersedia di Internet. Repository ini hanya "
-"berisi software yang aman dan teruji. Mengklik tombol \"Tambah\" akan "
-"menambahkan daftar mirror ke konfigurasi, ini dirancang untuk meyakinkan "
-"bahwa Anda menginstall dan update dari mirror yang dekat dengan Anda. Jika "
-"Anda lebih suka untuk memilih mirror spesifik, tambahkan dengan memilih "
-"\"Tambah mirror media spesifik\" dari menu drop-down \"File\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Panah naik dan turun:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Mengubah urutan daftar. Ketika Drakrpm melihat paket, dia membaca urutan "
-"daftar yang ditampilkan dan akan menginstall paket yang pertama ditemukan "
-"untuk nomor rilis yang sama - bahkan jika versi tidak cocok, rilis terakhir "
-"akan diinstall. Jadi jika mungkin, simpan repository paling cepat di atas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Menu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Sebuah jendela muncul dengan daftar media. Pilih yang ingin Anda update lalu "
-"klik tombol <guibutton>Update</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Tambah mirror media spesifik:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Menduga-duga Anda tidak puas dengan mirror aktual, karena contohnya terlalu "
-"lambat atau sering tidak tersedia, Anda bisa memilih mirror lain. Pilih "
-"semua media aktual lalu klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk "
-"menghapusnya. Klik pada <guimenu>File -> Tambah mirror media spesifik</"
-"guimenu>, pilih antara hanya update atau satu set penuh (jika kamu tidak "
-"tahu, pilih <guibutton>Satu set penuh sumber</guibutton>) lalu terima kontak "
-"dengan mengklik <guibutton>Ya</guibutton>. Jendela ini membuka:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa melihat, di kiri, daftar negara, pilih negara Anda atau yang "
-"paling dekat dengan mengklik simbol >, ini akan menampilkan semua mirror "
-"yang tersedia di negara tersebut. Pilih lalu klik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Tambah media sesuaian:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menginstall media baru (dari pihak ketiga contohnya) yang tidak "
-"didukung oleh Mageia. Sebuah jendela muncul:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pilih tipe media, cari nama "
-"bagus yang menjelaskan media tersebut lalu tambahkan URL (atau arah, "
-"tergantung tipe media)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Pilihan global:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Item ini memungkinkan Anda untuk memilih \"Periksa RPM yang diinstall"
-"\" (selalu atau tidak pernah), program download (curl, wget atau aria2) dan "
-"menentukan kebijakan download informasi paket (saat diminta -baku-, hanya "
-"update, selalu atau tidak pernah)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Kelola kunci:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk menjamin keamanan level yang tinggi, kunci digital digunakan untuk "
-"mengesahkan media. Bisa untuk setiap media mengizinkan atau tidak "
-"mengizinkan kunci. Pada jendela yang muncul, pilih media lalu klik "
-"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> untuk mengizinkan kunci baru atau pilih kunci "
-"dan klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk tidak mengizinkan kunci."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "Lakukan ini dengan hati-hari, karena ini berhubungan dengan keamanan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda perlu menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa "
-"mengkonfigurasinya di sini. Anda hanya perlu memberikan <guibutton>Hostname "
-"proxy</guibutton> dan jika perlu <guilabel>Nama pengguna</guilabel> dan "
-"<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk informasi lebih lanjut tentang mengkonfigurasi media, lihat <link ns2:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">halaman Wiki Mageia</"
-"link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Berbagi direktori dan perangkat dengan Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba adalah protokol yang digunakan di Sistem Operasi yang berbeda untuk "
-"berbagi beberapa sumber daya seperti direktori atau printer. Alat ini "
-"memungkinkan Anda untuk mengkonfigurasi komputer sebagai server Samba "
-"menggunakan protokol SMB/CIFS. Protokol ini juga digunakan oleh Windows(R) "
-"dan lingkungan kerja dengan OS ini  bisa mengakses sumber daya dari server "
-"Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Persiapan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk diakses dari lingkungan kerja lain, server harus memiliki alamat IP "
-"tetap. Ini bisa ditentukan langsung di server, contohnya dengan <xref "
-"linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, atau di server DHCP yang mengidentifikasi "
-"komputer dengan alamat MAC-nya dan selalu memberikan alamat yang sama. "
-"Firewall juga harus mengizinkan permintaan yang datang ke server Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Panduan - Server mandiri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat pertama dijalankan, alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"memeriksa jika paket yang diperlukan terinstall dan menawarkan untuk "
-"menginstall jika belum ada. Lalu panduan untuk mengkonfigurasi server Samba "
-"dijalankan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Pada jendela selanjutnya pilihan konfigurasi Server mandiri sudah terpilih."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Lalu tentukan nama grup kerja. Nama ini harus sama untuk mengakses ke sumber "
-"daya yang dibagi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Nama netbios adalah nama yang akan digunakan untuk menentukan server pada "
-"jaringan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Pilih mode keamanan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>pengguna</guilabel>: klien harus disahkan untuk mengakses sumber "
-"daya"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>pembagian</guilabel>: klien mengesahkan dirinya terpisah untuk "
-"setiap pembagian"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menentukan host mana yang diizinkan untuk mengakses sumber daya, "
-"dengan alamat IP atau nama host."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Tentukan banner server. Banner adalah cara server ini dijelaskan di "
-"lingkungan kerja Windows."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Tempat di mana Samba bisa mencatat informasi bisa ditetapkan di langkah "
-"selanjutnya."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Panduan menampilkan daftar parameter yang dipilih sebelum Anda menerima "
-"konfigurasi. Ketika diterima, konfigurasi akan ditulis di <code>/etc/samba/"
-"smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Panduan - Pengendali domain primer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Jika pilihan \"Pengendali domain "
-"primer\" dipilih, panduan akan menanyakan tanda jika Wins mendukung untuk "
-"menyediakan nama pengguna admin atau tidak. Langkah selanjutnya sama dengan "
-"untuk server mandiri, kecuali Anda juga bisa memilih mode keamanan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: menyediakan mekanisme untuk menyimpan semua "
-"akun pengguna dan grup pada sebuah repository akun, terbagi, yang terpusat.  "
-"Repositori akun terpusat dibagi di antara pengendali (keamanan)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Mengumumkan direktori untuk dibagi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Dengan tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton>, kita mendapat:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Entri baru ditambahkan. Ini bisa dimodifikasi dengan tombol "
-"<guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Pilihan bisa diedit, seperti apakah "
-"direktori bisa dilihat publik, bisa ditulisi atau dijelajahi. Nama pembagian "
-"tidak bisa dimodifikasi."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika daftar memiliki setidaknya satu entri, entri menu bisa digunakan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Simpan konfigurasi saat ini di <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba server|Configure"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "Panduan bisa dijalankan lagi dengan perintah ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba server|Restart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba Server|Reload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Pembagian printer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba juga memungkinkan Anda untuk membagi printer."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Pengguna samba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Di tab ini, Anda bisa menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk mengakses "
-"sumber daya yang dibagi ketika otentikasi diperlukan. Anda bisa menambah "
-"pengguna dari <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type="
-"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi otentikasi peralatan Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>tersedia di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia di bawah tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Keamanan</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini memungkinkan untuk memberikan pengguna biasa hak yang diperlukan untuk "
-"menyelesaikan tugas yang biasanya dilakukan oleh administrator."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr "Klik pada tanda panah kecil sebelum item yang ingin Anda tarik ulur:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kebanyakan peralatan yang tersedia di Pusat Kendali Mageia ditampilkan di "
-"sebelah kiri jendela (lihat gambar di atas) dan untuk setiap alat, sebuah "
-"daftar tarik ulur di sebelah kanan memberikan pilihan di antara:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Baku: Mode yang dijalankan berdasarkan pada tingkat keamanan yang dipilih. "
-"Lihat di tab MCC yang sama, \"Konfigurasi sistem keamanan, perizinan dan "
-"audit\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr "Sandi pengguna: Sandi pengguna ditanyakan sebelum alat berjalan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr "Sandi administrator: Sandi root diminta sebelum menjalankan alat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Tanpa sandi: Alat dijalankan tanpa menanyakan sandi apapun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Snapshots"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab "
-"<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> MCC, pada bagian <guilabel>Peralatan "
-"administrasi</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini di MCC untuk pertama kalinya, Anda akan "
-"melihat pesan untuk menginstall draksnapshot. Klik <guibutton>Install</"
-"guibutton> untuk melanjutkan. Draksnapshot dan beberapa paket yang "
-"diperlukan akan diinstall."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik lagi <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, Anda akan melihat layar "
-"<guilabel>Pengaturan</guilabel>. Pilih <guilabel>Hidupkan Backup</guilabel> "
-"lalu, jika Anda ingin membackup keseluruhan sistem, <guilabel>Backup "
-"keseluruhan sistem</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda ingin membackup sebagian direktori, pilih <guilabel>Lanjutan</"
-"guilabel>. Anda akan melihat layar kecil yang muncul. Gunakan tombol "
-"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> dan <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> di sebelah "
-"<guilabel>Daftar backup</guilabel> untuk memasukkan atau mengeluarkan "
-"direktori dan file dari backup. Gunakan tombol yang sama di sebelah daftar "
-"<guilabel>Masukkan</guilabel> untuk menghapus subdirektori dan/atau file "
-"dari direktori terpilih, ini <emphasis role=\"bold\">tidak</emphasis> akan "
-"dimasukkan dalam backup. Klik <guibutton>Tutup</guibutton> jika sudah "
-"selesai."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sekarang berikan arah ke <guilabel>Di mana membackup</guilabel>, atau pilih "
-"tombol <guibutton>Jelajah</guibutton> untuk memilih arah yang benar. Setiap "
-"flashdisk atau HD eksternal bisa ditemukan di <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/"
-"media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton> untuk membuat snapshot."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi Suara"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound berhubungan dengan konfigurasi suara, termasuk pemilihan driver, "
-"pilihan PulseAudio dan pemecahan masalah. Ini akan membantu jika Anda "
-"mengalami masalah suara atau jika Anda mengganti perangkat suara."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> adalah server suara. Ini menerima semua "
-"masukan suara, mencampurkannya menurut pilihan pengguna dan mengirimkan "
-"hasil keluarannya. Lihat <guimenu>Menu -> Suara dan Video -> Kendali volume "
-"PulseAudio</guimenu> untuk mengatur pilihan ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio adalah server suara baku dan direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> meningkatkan PulseAudio dengan beberapa "
-"program. Ini juga direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Yang kedua sudah jelas dan yang ketiga memberi bantuan perbaikan setiap "
-"masalah yang Anda punya. Akan sangat berguna untuk mencoba ini sebelum "
-"meminta bantuan komunitas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> menampilkan jendela baru dengan dua "
-"atau tiga tombol:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Mengatur UPS untuk mengawasi daya"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi Koneksi VPN untuk mengamankan akses jaringan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi keamanan akses ke jaringan remote dengan membangun "
-"terowongan antara lingkungan kerja lokal dengan jaringan remote. Yang kita "
-"bicarakan di sini hanya konfigurasi di sisi lingkungan kerja. Kita anggap "
-"jaringan remote sudah beroperasi, dan Anda memiliki informasi koneksi dari "
-"administrator jaringan, seperti file konfigurasi .pcf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Pertama, pilih antara Cisco VPN Concentrator atau OpenVPN, tergantung pada "
-"protokol mana yang digunakan untuk jaringan privat virtual Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Lalu beri nama koneksi Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Di layar selanjutnya, berikan rincian koneksi VPN Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Untuk VPN Cisco"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk openvpn. Paket openvpn dan dependensinya akan diinstall saat pertama "
-"kali alat ini digunakan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pilih file yang Anda terima dari "
-"administrator jaringan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Parameter lanjutan:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "Layar selanjutnya meminta alamat IP gateway."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat parameter diatur, Anda memiliki pilihan untuk menjalankan koneksi VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Koneksi VPN ini bisa diatur untuk berjalan otomatis dengan koneksi jaringan. "
-"Untuk melakukannya, konfigurasi ulang koneksi jaringan untuk selalu "
-"terhubung ke VPN ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi server web"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bisa membantu Anda "
-"mengatur server web."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Apakah server web itu?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Server web adalah perangkat lunak yang membantu menyampaikan konten web yang "
-"bisa diakses melalui Internet. (Dari Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Mengatur server web dengan drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Selamat datang di pengaturan server web."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Halaman pertama hanya perkenalan, klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Pemilihan Eksposer Server: Jaringan Lokal dan/atau Dunia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Mengekspos server web ke Internet memiliki resiko. Bersiaplah untuk hal-hal "
-"buruk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Modul Pengguna Server"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Izinkan pengguna membuat situs mereka sendiri."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Nama direktori web pengguna"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Pengguna harus membuat dan menempatkan direktori ini, lalu server akan "
-"menampilkannya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Root Dokumen Server"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Memungkinkan Anda untuk mengkonfigurasi arah ke dokumen baku server web."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Ringkasan"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Luangkan waktu untuk memeriksa pilihan ini, lalu klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Selesai"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Selesai! Klik <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini tidak berfungsi di Mageia 4 karena skema penamaan baru antarmuka "
-"Jaringan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bisa membantu Anda "
-"mengatur server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Ini adalah komponen drakwizard yang "
-"harus terinstall sebelum Anda bisa mengaksesnya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Apakah DHCP itu?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) adalah "
-"protokol jaringan yang distandarisasi yang digunakan pada jaringan IP yang "
-"mengkonfigurasi alamat IP secara dinamis dan informasi lain yang diperlukan "
-"untuk komunikasi Internet. (Dari Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Mengatur sebuah server DHCP dengan drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Selamat datang di pengaturan server DHCP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Pemilihan Adapter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih antarmuka jaringan, yang akan dihubungkan ke subnet, dan DHCP akan "
-"menentukan alamat IP, lalu klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Pilih jangkauan IP"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih alamat IP awal dan akhir dari jangkauan IP yang Anda ingin server "
-"sediakan, juga IP komputer gateway yang terhubung ke suatu tempat di luar "
-"jaringan lokal, yang dekat dengan Internet, lalu klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Tahan..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini bisa diperbaiki. Klik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> beberapa kali "
-"lalu ubah beberapa hal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Beberapa jam kemudian..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Yang telah selesai"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Menginstall paket dhcp-server jika diperlukan;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Menyimpan <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> di <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Membuat <code>dhcpd.conf</code> baru dimulai dari <code>/usr/share/wizards/"
-"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> dan menambahkan parameter-"
-"parameter baru:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Juga memodifikasi berkas konfigurasi Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Menjalankan ulang <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi waktu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bertujuan untuk mengatur "
-"waktu server Anda supaya sinkron dengan server luar. Ini tidak terinstall "
-"secara baku dan Anda harus juga menginstall paket drakwizard dan drakwizard-"
-"base."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Mengatur server NTP dengan drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah layar selamat datang (lihat di atas), yang kedua meminta Anda "
-"memilih tiga server waktu di daftar drop down dan menyarankan untuk "
-"menggunakan pool.ntp.org dua kali karena server ini selalu mengarahkan ke "
-"server waktu yang tersedia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Layar berikut memungkinkan Anda memilih daerah dan kota, lalu, dari mana "
-"Anda dalam ringkasan. Jika ada yang salah, Anda bisa mengubahnya menggunakan "
-"tombol <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton>. Jika sudah benar, klik tombol "
-"<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton> untuk memulai pengujian. Ini bisa memakan "
-"waktu beberapa saat dan akhirnya Anda akan mendapatkan layar di bawah:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Klik tombol <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton> untuk menutup alat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Alat ini menjalankan langkah-langkah berikut:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Menginstall paket <code>ntp</code> jika diperlukan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Menyimpan berkas <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> ke <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> dan <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> ke <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Menulis berkas baru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dengan daftar server;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Memodifikasi berkas <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> dengan memasukkan nama server "
-"pertama;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Menghentikan dan menjalankan layanan <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> "
-"dan <code>ntpd</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"Mengatur jam perangkat keras ke waktu sistem saat ini dengan referensi UTC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bisa membantu Anda "
-"mengatur sebuah server <acronym>FTP</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Apakah <acronym>FTP</acronym> itu?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) adalah protokol jaringan "
-"standar yang digunakan untuk mentransfer berkas dari satu host ke host lain "
-"melalui jaringan berbasis <acronym>TCP</acronym>, seperti Internet. (Dari "
-"Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Mengatur sebuah server FTP dengan drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Selamat datang di pengaturan FTP. Bersiaplah."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Mengekspos server FTP ke Internet memiliki resiko. Bersiaplah untuk hal-hal "
-"buruk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Informasi Server"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Masukkan nama server yang akan digunakan untuk memperkenalkan dirinya, untuk "
-"seseorang mengirimi email keluhan dan juga untuk mengizinkan akses login "
-"root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Opsi Server"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Atur port yang dibuka, pengguna yang ditahan, izinkan resume dan/atau "
-"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bisa membantu Anda "
-"mengatur server proxy. Ini adalah komponen dari drakwizard yang harus "
-"terinstall sebelum Anda bisa mengaksesnya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Apakah server proxy itu?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Server proxy adalah sebuah server (sistem komputer atau aplikasi) yang "
-"berjalan sebagai perantara untuk permintaan dari klien yang mencari sumber "
-"daya dari server lain. Klien menghubungi server proxy, meminta beberapa "
-"layanan, seperti berkas, koneksi, halaman web atau sumber daya lain yang "
-"tersedia dari server yang berbeda dan proxy server menghitung permintaan "
-"untuk memudahkan dan mengontrol kerumitannya. (Dari Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Mengatur sebuah server proxy dengan drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Selamat datang di pengaturan server proxy."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Memilih port proxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih port proxy di mana browser akan terhubung, lalu klik "
-"<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Atur Penggunaan Disk dan Memori"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Atur batas cache disk dan memori, lalu klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Pilih Kontrol Akses Jaringan"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Atur keterlihatan ke jaringan lokal atau dunia, lalu klik "
-"<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Izin Akses Jaringan"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Izinkan akses ke jaringan lokal, lalu klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Gunakan Batas Atas Server Proxy?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Cabangkan melalui server proxy lain? Jika tidak, lewati langkah berikutnya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Port dan URL Proxy Batas Atas"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sediakan port dan hostname proxy batas atas, lalu klik "
-"<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Mulai saat menjalankan komputer?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih jika server proxy akan dijalankan saat komputer dinyalakan, lalu klik "
-"<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Menginstall paket squid jika diperlukan;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Menyimpan <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> di <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Membuat <code>squid.conf</code> baru dimulai dari <code>squid.conf.default</"
-"code> dan menambahkan parameter-parameter baru:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>tingkatan</code> 1, 2 atau 3 dan <code>http_access</code> berdasarkan "
-"pada tingkatan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Menjalankan ulang <code>squid.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi daemon OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bisa membantu Anda "
-"mengatur sebuah daemon <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Apakah <acronym>SSH</acronym> itu?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) adalah protokol jaringan kriptografi untuk mengamankan "
-"komunikasi data, login baris perintah jarak jauh, eksekusi perintah jarak "
-"jauh, dan layanan jaringan aman lainnya di antara dua komputer jaringan yang "
-"terhubung, melalui kanal aman pada jaringan yang tidak aman, server dan "
-"klien (yang menjalankan server SSH dan <acronym>SSH</acronym> program klien "
-"masing-masing). (Dari Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Mengatur sebuah daemon <acronym>SSH</acronym> dengan drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Selamat datang di pengaturan Open SSH."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Pilih Tipe Opsi Konfigurasi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih <guilabel>Pengguna berpengalaman</guilabel> untuk semua opsi atau "
-"<guilabel>Pengguna baru</guilabel> untuk melewatkan langkah 3-7, klik "
-"<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Opsi Umum"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Atur keterlihatan dan opsi akses root. Port 22 adalah port standar "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Metode Otentikasi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Izinkan metode otentikasi bervariasi yang pengguna bisa gunakan saat akan "
-"terhubung, lalu klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Login"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih fasilitas login dan tingkatan output, lalu klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Opsi Login"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurasi pengaturan per login, lalu klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "pilihan login pengguna"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurasi pengaturan akses pengguna, lalu klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Kompresi dan Penerusan"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurasi kompresi dan penerusan X11 saat transfer, lalu klik "
-"<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Kelola layanan sistem dengan menghidupkan atau mematikannya"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memberi pandangan umum "
-"hardware komputer anda. Saat alat ini dijalankan, ini mengeksekusi tugas "
-"untuk melihat semua elemen hardware. Untuk itu, ini menggunakan perintah "
-"<code>ldetect </code>yang mengacu ke daftar hardware di paket <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Jendela"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Jendela terbagi dalam dua kolom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom kiri berisi daftar hardware yang terdeteksi. Perangkat dibagi dalam "
-"grup dengan berbagai kategori. Klik &gt; untuk melihat isi kategori. Setiap "
-"perangkat bisa dipilih di kolom ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom kanan menampilkan informasi perangkat yang dipilih. <guimenu>Bantuan -"
-"&gt; Kolom keterangan</guimenu> memberi beberapa informasi tentang isi dari "
-"kolom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tergantung pada tipe perangkat yang dipilih, satu atau dua tombol tersedia "
-"di bawah kolom kedua."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Atur opsi driver saat ini</guibutton>: ini bisa digunakan untuk "
-"mengatur parameter modul yang digunakan dalam hubungan dengan perangkat. Ini "
-"hanya untuk digunakan oleh pengguna berpengalaman."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Jalankan alat konfigurasi</guibutton>: akses ke alat yang "
-"digunakan untuk mengkonfigurasi perangkat. Alat ini lebih sering diakses "
-"langsung dari MCC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Menu <guimenu>opsi</guimenu> memberi kesempatan untuk menandai kotak untuk "
-"menghidupkan pendeteksian otomatis:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Perangkat jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Perangkat paralel zip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Secara baku pendeteksian ini tidak dihidupkan karena lambat. Tandai kotak "
-"yang tepat jika ada perangkat di sini yang terhubung. Pendeteksian akan "
-"berjalan saat alat ini dijalankan berikutnya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Atur Layout Keyboard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> membantu Anda "
-"mengkonfigurasi layout dasar keyboard yang Anda gunakan di Mageia. Ini akan "
-"berpengaruh pada layout keyboard untuk semua pengguna sistem. Ini ada di "
-"bagian Hardware pada Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama \"Konfigurasi "
-"mouse dan keyboard\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Layout Keyboard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini Anda bisa memilih layout keyboard mana yang ingin Anda gunakan. Nama "
-"(urutan alfabet) menggambarkan layout tiap bahasa, negara dan/atau etnis "
-"yang digunakan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Tipe Keyboard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Menu memberikan pilihan tipe keyboard yang Anda gunakan. Jika Anda tidak "
-"yakin mana yang harus dipilih, gunakan saja pilihan baku."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Kelola lokalisasi sistem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di bagian Sistem pada "
-"Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama \"Kelola lokalisasi sistem\". Ini "
-"membuka jendela di mana Anda bisa memilih bahasa. Pilihan disesuaikan dengan "
-"bahasa terpilih saat instalasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan akses untuk mengaktifkan "
-"kompatibilitas pengkodean lama (non UTF8)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Jendela kedua menampilkan daftar negara menurut bahasa yang dipilih. Tombol "
-"<guibutton>Negara Lainnya</guibutton> memberi akses ke negara yang tidak "
-"terdaftar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Anda harus menjalankan ulang sesi setelah melakukan modifikasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Metode masukan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode "
-"masukan (dari menu drop-down di bawah daftar). Metode masukan memungkinkan "
-"pengguna memasukkan karakter multilingual (Cina, Jepang, Korean, dsb)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode masukan "
-"baku sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Metode masukan lainnya (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dll.) juga menyediakan fungsi "
-"serupa dan bisa, jika tidak tersedia dari menu drop-down, diinstall di "
-"bagian lain Pusat Kendali Mageia. Lihat <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Lihat dan cari log sistem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia tab Sistem, dengan nama \"<guilabel>Lihat dan cari log sistem</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Untuk melakukan pencarian log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Pertama, masukkan kata kunci yang ingin Anda cari di kolom <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Pencocokan</emphasis> dan/atau kata kunci yang <emphasis>tidak</"
-"emphasis> diinginkan untuk melihat jawaban di kolom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">tapi tidak cocok</emphasis>. Lalu pilih file untuk dicari di kolom "
-"<guilabel>Pilih file</guilabel>. Atau, bisa juga membatasi pencarian hanya "
-"satu hari. Pilih di <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kalender</emphasis>, menggunakan "
-"panah kecil di tiap sisi bulan dan tahun, lalu tandai \"<guibutton>Hanya "
-"tampilkan hari terpilih</guibutton>\". Terakhir, klik tombol "
-"<guibutton>cari</guibutton> untuk melihat hasil di jendela yang disebut "
-"<guilabel>Isi file</guilabel>. Hasil bisa disimpan dalam format .txt dengan "
-"mengklik tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Simpan</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Log Peralatan Mageia</guibutton> menyimpan log peralatan "
-"konfigurasi Mageia seperti peralatan Pusat Kendali Mageia. Log ini diupdate "
-"setiap kali konfigurasi dimodifikasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Untuk mengkonfigurasi peringatan surat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Peringatan surat</guibutton> secara otomatis memeriksa beban "
-"sistem dan layanan setiap jam dan jika diperlukan, mengirim e-mail ke alamat "
-"yang dikonfigurasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk mengkonfigurasi alat ini, klik tombol <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Peringatan Surat</emphasis> lalu, di layar selanjutnya, di tombol drop "
-"down<guibutton> Konfigurasi sistem peringatan surat</guibutton>. Di sini, "
-"semua layanan yang berjalan ditampilkan dan Anda bisa memilih layanan mana "
-"yang ingin Anda awasi. (Lihat gambar di atas)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Layanan berikut bisa diawasi:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Layanan Webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Server Surat Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Server FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Server World Wide Web Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Server SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Server Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Layanan Xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar selanjutnya, pilih nilai <guilabel>Beban</guilabel> yang Anda "
-"pertimbangkan untuk tidak diterima. Beban mewakili permintaan proses, beban "
-"tinggi memperlambat sistem dan bebas sangat tinggi bisa mengindikasikan "
-"bahwa proses sudah diluar kendali. Nilai baku adalah 3. Pengaturan beban "
-"direkomendasikan 3 kali jumlah prosesor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar terakhir, masukkan <guilabel>Alamat email</guilabel> orang yang "
-"akan diperingatkan dan <guilabel>Server email</guilabel> yang digunakan "
-"(lokal atau Internet)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Menampilkan Pembagian NFS dan SMB yang Tersedia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan "
-"digunakan di baris perintah."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir "
-"bisa menuliskan bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih "
-"untuk bantuan Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Menampilkan Informasi PCI, USB dan PCMCIA"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan "
-"digunakan di baris perintah. Ini akan memberikan informasi yang lebih banyak "
-"jika dijalankan sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake memberikan daftar semua perangkat yang terhubung ke komputer "
-"(USB, PCI dan PCMCIA) dan driver yang digunakan. Ini memerlukan paket "
-"ldetect dan ldetect-lst agar bisa bekerja."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Dengan opsi -v, lspcidrake menambahkan identifikasi perangkat dan pabrikan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake seringkali menghasilkan daftar yang sangat panjang, sehingga, "
-"untuk menemukan sebuah informasi, ini sering digunakan dengan perintah grep, "
-"seperti pada contoh berikut:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Informasi perangkat grafis;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Informasi jaringan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i untuk mengabaikan perbedaan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"Pada gambar di bawah, Anda bisa melihat aksi dari opsi -v lspcidrake dan "
-"opsi -i grep."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Ada alat lain yang bisa memberikan informasi hardware, yang disebut "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (dengan root)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Update Paket Software"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate atau drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini di baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Manajemen Software.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Supaya bekerja, MageiaUpdate perlu repository terkonfigurasi dengan rdrakrpm-"
-"editmedia dengan beberapa media ditandai sebagai update. Jika tidak, Anda "
-"akan diminta untuk melakukannya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat alat ini sudah berjalan, dia akan memindai paket yang terinstall dan "
-"membandingkannya dengan update yang tersedia di repository. Mereka secara "
-"otomatis ditandai untuk didownload dan diinstall. Klik pada tombol "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> untuk menjalankan proses."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Dengan mengklik paket, informasi lebih banyak akan ditampilkan di bagian "
-"bawah jendela. Tanda<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> sebelum judul "
-"maksudnya Anda bisa mengklik untuk menurunkan teks."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika update tersedia, sebuah applet tray sistem memperingatkan Anda dengan "
-"menampilkan ikon merah <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . "
-"Klik dan masukkan sandi pengguna untuk melakukan update."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Boot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi "
-"langkah boot. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi langkah boot"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Pusat Kendali Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi sistem Mageia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Teks dan gambar dalam manual ini tersedia di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 "
-"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
-"\">Calenco CMS</link> yang dibuat oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
-"\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini ditulis oleh relawan di waktu luang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</"
-"link>, jika Anda ingin memperbaiki manual ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardware"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi "
-"hardware. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Mengelola hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Jelajahi dan konfigurasi "
-"hardware</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi grafis"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi efek Desktop 3D</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse dan keyboard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi printing dan scanning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Atur printer, antrian "
-"pekerjaan untuk diprint, ...</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Lainnya"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Tentang Manual Pusat Kendali Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) memiliki delapan opsi atau tab berbeda untuk "
-"memilih di kolom sebelah kiri, atau sepuluh jika paket drakwizard sudah "
-"terinstall. Setiap tab ini memberikan seperangkat peralatan yang bisa "
-"dipilih pada panel besar di sebelah kanan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Sepuluh bab berikut adalah tentang kesepuluh opsi tersebut dan peralatan "
-"terkait."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Bab terakhir tentang beberapa peralatan Mageia lainnya, yang tidak bisa "
-"dipilih dari tab manapun di MCC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr "Judul halaman seringkali sama dengan judul layar alat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Tersedia juga kotak pencarian, yang bisa diakses dengan mengklik tab \"Cari"
-"\" di kolom sebelah kiri."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Disk lokal"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola atau "
-"berbagi disk lokal. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Layanan Jaringan"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Layar ini dan layar untuk <emphasis>Pembagian</emphasis> hanya tersedia jika "
-"paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih beberapa "
-"peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau pada <xref "
-"linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>untuk mempelajarinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Pembagian Jaringan"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk berbagi perangkat "
-"atau direktori. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi pembagian Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Berbagi perangkat dan "
-"direktori dengan sistem Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi pembagian NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi pembagian WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Jaringan dan Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan jaringan. Klik link di "
-"bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Kelola perangkat jaringan Anda"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Personalisasi dan Amankan jaringan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Keamanan"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan keamanan. Klik link di "
-"bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan "
-"audit sistem</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Pembagian"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Layar ini dan layar <emphasis>Layanan Jaringan</emphasis> hanya tersedia "
-"jika paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih "
-"beberapa peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau "
-"pada <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>untuk mempelajarinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Sistem"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan sistem dan administrasi. "
-"Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Kelola layanan sistem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Lokalisasi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Peralatan administrasi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Kelola pengguna pada sistem</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi frekuensi update"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Manajemen software</emphasis>. Juga "
-"tersedia dengan <guimenu>klik kanan / Konfigurasi updates</guimenu> di ikon "
-"merah <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> di tray sistem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Panel geser pertama memungkinkan Anda mengubah seberapa frekuensi Mageia "
-"memeriksa update dan yang kedua jeda setelah komputer berjalan sebelum "
-"pemeriksaan pertama. Kotak centang memberi Anda opsi untuk diperingatkan "
-"ketika rilis Mageia baru keluar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Atur perangkat pointer (mouse, touchpad)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Karena Anda harus mempunyai mouse untuk menginstall Mageia, yang satu itu "
-"sudah diinstall oleh Drakinstall. Alat ini menungkinkan instalasi mouse "
-"lainnya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Mouse diurut berdasarkan tipe koneksi lalu model. Pilih mouse Anda lalu klik "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Biasanya \"Universal / Semua PS/2 &amp; Mouse USB"
-"\" cocok untuk semua mouse yang ada sekarang. Mouse baru akan langsung bisa "
-"digunakan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Keamanan dan Audit Sistem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> adalah antarmuka pengguna "
-"grafis untuk msec yang memungkinkan untuk mengkonfigurasi keamanan sistem "
-"Anda berdasarkan pada dua pendekatan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini mengatur perilaku sistem, msec memaksakan modifikasi sistem untuk "
-"membuatnya lebih aman."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Berjalan pada pemeriksaan terjadwal secara otomatis pada sistem untuk "
-"memperingatkan Anda jika sesuatu terlihat berbahaya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"msec menggunakan konsep \"tingkat keamanan\" yang bertujuan untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi seperangkat perizinan sistem, yang bisa diaudit perubahannya "
-"atau pemaksaannya. Beberapa diantaranya disarankan oleh Mageia, tapi Anda "
-"bisa menentukan sendiri tingkat keamanan penyesuaian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Tab Ikhtisar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Lihat gambar di atas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tab pertama memperlihatkan peralatan keamanan berbeda dengan tombol di "
-"sebelah kanan untuk mengkonfigurasi mereka:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Firewall, juga ada di MCC / Keamanan / Atur firewall pribadi Anda"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr "Update, juga ada di MCC / Manajemen Software / Update sistem Anda"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec dengan beberapa informasi:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "hidupkan atau jangan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "tingkat keamanan Dasar terkonfigurasi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"tanggal dari pemeriksaan Rutin terakhir dan tombol untuk melihat laporan "
-"rinci dan tombol lain untuk menjalankan pemeriksaan sekarang."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Tab Pengaturan keamanan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Mengklik tab kedua atau tombol <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Keamanan "
-"akan membawa ke layar yang ditunjukkan di bawah."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Tab Keamanan dasar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Tingkat keamanan:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah mencentang kotak <guilabel>Hidupkan alat MSEC</guilabel>, tab ini "
-"memungkinkan Anda, dengan klik ganda, memilih tingkat keamanan yang muncul "
-"kemudian dengan huruf tebal. Jika kotak tidak dicentang, tingkat « tak ada » "
-"akan diterapkan. Tingkat berikut ini tersedia:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">tak ada</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan "
-"jika Anda tidak ingin menggunakan msec untuk mengendalikan keamanan sistem, "
-"dan lebih suka menyesuaikannya sendiri. Ini mematikan semua pemeriksaan "
-"keamanan dan tidak membatasi atau memaksakan pengaturan dan konfigurasi "
-"sistem. Gunakan tingkat ini hanya jika Anda mengerti apa yang dilakukan, "
-"karena sistem akan mudah diserang."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">standar</emphasis>. Ini adalah konfigurasi "
-"baku saat terinstall dan ditujukan untuk pengguna biasa. Ini berisi beberapa "
-"pengaturan sistem dan menjalankan pemeriksaan keamanan harian yang "
-"mendeteksi perubahan pada berkas sistem, akun sistem, dan perizinan "
-"direktori yang rawan. (Tingkat ini serupa dengan tingkat 2 dan 3 dari versi "
-"msec lama)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">aman</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan "
-"saat Anda ingin memastikan bahwa sistem Anda aman, belum bisa digunakan. Ini "
-"akan membatasi perizinan sistem dan menjalankan pemeriksaan lebih sering. "
-"Terlebih, akses ke sistem lebih dibatasi. (Tingkat ini serupa dengan tingkat "
-"4 (Tinggi) dan 5 (Paranoid) di msec versi lama)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Selain tingkatan-tingkatan tersebut, keamanan berorientasi tugas berbeda "
-"juga tersedia, seperti tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </"
-"emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> dan <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Setiap tingkatan berusaha mengkonfigurasi "
-"keamanan sistem berdasarkan pada penggunaan paling umum."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Dua tingkatan terakhir yang disebut <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </"
-"emphasis> dan <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> tidak benar-"
-"benar tingkatan keamanan, tapi lebih kepada alat untuk pemeriksaan periodik "
-"saja."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Tingkatan ini tersimpan di <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. Anda bisa menentukan tingkat keamanan yang Anda sesuaikan, "
-"menyimpannya ke file spesifik yang disebut <filename>level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>, tempatkan ke dalam folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</"
-"filename> Fungsi ini dimaksudkan untuk power user yang membutuhkan "
-"konfigurasi sistem yang lebih aman atau yang disesuaikan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Ingat bahwa parameter yang dimodifikasi oleh pengguna lebih diutamakan "
-"daripada pengaturan tingkatan baku."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Peringatan keamanan:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda mencentang kotak <guibutton>Kirim peringatan keamanan melalui "
-"email ke:</guibutton>, peringatan keamanan yang dibuat oleh msec akan "
-"dikirim oleh email lokal ke administrator keamanan yang disebut pada kolom "
-"di dekatnya. Anda bisa mengisikan pengguna lokal atau alamat email lengkap "
-"(karenanya email lokal dan manajer email harus diatur). Dengan demikian, "
-"Anda bisa menerima perangatan keamanan langsung pada desktop. Centang kotak "
-"yang sesuai untuk menghidupkannya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sangat disarankan untuk mengaktifkan peringatan keamanan untuk mengabarkan "
-"adminstrator keamanan kemungkinan masalah keamanan dengan segera. Jika "
-"tidak, administrator harus secara rutin memeriksa berkas log yang tersedia "
-"di<filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Pilihan keamanan:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Membuat tingkatan yang disesuaikan bukan jalan satu-satunya untuk "
-"menyesuaikan keamanan komputer, juga dimungkinkan untuk menggunakan tab yang "
-"ada di sini untuk mengubah opsi yang Anda inginkan. Konfigurasi msec yang "
-"aktif tersimpan di <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. "
-"Berkas ini berisi nama tingkat keamanan saat ini dan daftar semua modifikasi "
-"yang dilakukan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Tab keamanan sistem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Tab ini menampilkan semua opsi keamanan di kolom sebelah kiri, keterangan di "
-"kolom tengah, dan nilai saat ini di kolom sebelah kanan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk mengubah sebuah opsi, klik ganda dan sebuah jendela akan muncul (lihat "
-"gambar di bawah). Dia menampilkan nama opsi, keterangan pendek, nilai aktual "
-"dan baku, dan daftar tarik ulur di mana nilai baru bisa dipilih. Klik pada "
-"tombol <guibutton>OK</guibutton> untuk mensahkan pilihan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika keluar, jangan lupa untuk menyimpan konfigurasi Anda menggunakan menu "
-"<guimenu>File -> Simpan konfigurasi</guimenu>. Jika Anda telah mengubah "
-"pengaturan, msec mengizinkan Anda untuk melihat perubahan sebelum "
-"menyimpannya."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Keamanan jaringan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Tab ini menampilkan semua opsi jaringan dan bekerja seperti tab sebelumnya"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Tab pemeriksaan rutin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Pemeriksaan rutin bertujuan untuk mengabarkan administrator keamanan tentang "
-"peringatan keamanan semua situasi yang msec pikir berpotensi membahayakan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Tab ini menampilkan semua pemeriksaan rutin yang dilakukan oleh msec dan "
-"jarak pemeriksaannya jika kotak <guibutton>Hidupkan pemeriksaan keamanan "
-"rutin</guibutton> dicentang. Perubahan dilakukan seperti pada tab sebelumnya."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Tab pengecualian"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Kadang pesan pemberitahuan sudah dikenali dan sudah menjadi kondisi yang "
-"diinginkan. Dalam hal ini sangat tidak berguna dan membuang waktu bagi "
-"adminstrator. Tab ini memungkinkan Anda untuk membuat pengecualian sebanyak "
-"yang diinginkan untuk mencegah pesan peringatan yang tidak diinginkan. Ini "
-"akan kosong pada saat msec berjalan pertamakalinya. Gambar di bawah "
-"menunjukkan empat pengecualian."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk membuat pengecualian, klik pada tombol <guibutton>Tambah aturan</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih pemeriksaan rutin yang diinginkan di daftar tarik ulur dengan nama "
-"<guilabel>Periksa</guilabel> lalu masukkan <guilabel>Pengecualian</guilabel> "
-"pada area teks. Menambahkan pengecualian tidaklah tetap, Anda bisa "
-"menghapusnya dengan tombol <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> pada tab "
-"<guilabel>Pengecualian</guilabel> atau mengubahnya dengan klik ganda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Perizinan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Tab ini ditujukan untuk pemilihan dan pemaksaan perizinan berkas dan "
-"direktori."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Seperti untuk keamanan, msec memiliki tingkat perizinan yang berbeda "
-"(standar, aman, ..), mereka diaktifkan berdasarkan pada tingkat keamanan "
-"yang dipilih. Anda bisa membuat tingkat perizinan sendiri, menyimpannya ke "
-"dalam berkas tertentu dengan nama <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> "
-"disimpan di dalam folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . Fungsi "
-"ini ditujukan untuk power user yang membutuhkan konfigurasi sendiri. Juga "
-"bisa menggunakan tab yang ada di sini untuk mengubah perizinan apapun yang "
-"Anda inginkan. Konfigurasi yang sedang digunakan tersimpan di <filename>/etc/"
-"security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Berkas ini berisi daftar semua "
-"modifikasi yang perizinan yang dilakukan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Perizinan baku terlihat sebagai daftar aturan (sebuah aturan untuk setiap "
-"baris). Anda bisa melihat samping kiri, berkas atau folder yang terkait pada "
-"aturan, lalu pemilik, lalu grup dan lalu perizinan yang diberikan oleh "
-"aturan. Jika, untuk aturan yang diberikan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"kotak <guilabel>Paksa</guilabel> tidak dicentang, msec hanya memeriksa jika "
-"perizinan yang ditentukan untuk aturan ini diutamakan dan mengirimkan pesan "
-"peringatan jika tidak, tapi tidak mengubah apapun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"kotak <guilabel>Paksa</guilabel> dicentang, msec akan mengatur perizinan "
-"pada pemeriksaan rutin pertama dan menimpa perizinan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Agar ini bekerja, pilihan CHECK_PERMS dalam <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tab "
-"pemeriksaan rutin</emphasis> harus terkonfigurasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk membuat aturan baru, klik pada tombol <guibutton>Tambah aturan</"
-"guibutton> dan isi kolom yang ditunjukkan pada contoh di bawah. Joker * "
-"diizinkan dalam kolom <guilabel>File</guilabel>. \"saat ini\" artinya tidak "
-"ada modifikasi."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik pada tombol <guibutton>OK</guibutton> untuk mensahkan pilihan dan "
-"jangan lupa saat keluar untuk menyimpan konfigurasi menggunakan menu "
-"<guimenu>File -> Simpan konfigurasi</guimenu>. Jika Anda sudah mengubah "
-"pengaturan, msecgui mengizinkan Anda untuk melihat perubahan sebelum "
-"menyimpannya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Juga dimungkinkan untuk membuat atau memodifikasi aturan dengan mengubah "
-"berkas konfigurasi <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Perubahan pada <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tab perizinan</emphasis> (atau "
-"langsung di dalam berkas konfigurasi) akan dilaksanan pada pemeriksaan rutin "
-"pertama (lihat opsi CHECK_PERMS dalam <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tab "
-"pemeriksaan rutin</emphasis>). Jika Anda ingin mereka segera dilaksanakan, "
-"gunakan perintah msecperms pada konsol sebagai root. Anda bisa menggunakan "
-"perintah msecperms -p sebelumnya untuk mengetahui perizinan yang akan diubah "
-"oleh msecperms."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jangan lupa bahwa jika Anda mengubah perizinan dari konsol atau dari manajer "
-"berkas, untuk berkas di mana kotak <guilabel>Paksa </guilabel> dicentang "
-"dalam <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tab perizinan </emphasis>, msecgui akan "
-"menulis perizinan lama kembali setelah beberapa lama, berdasarkan pada "
-"konfigurasi dari opsi CHECK_PERMS dan CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE dalam <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Tab Pemeriksaan Rutin </emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Peralatan Mageia Lainnya"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Masih ada peralatan Mageia lainnya yang bisa dijalankan di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya, atau lanjutkan membaca "
-"halaman berikutnya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>AKAN DITULIS </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Peralatan lainnya?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Manajemen Software (Install dan Hapus Software)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Perkenalan rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, dikenal juga dengan "
-"drakrpm, adalah program untuk menginstall, uninstall dan update paket. Ini "
-"adalah antarmuka grafis pengguna dari URPMI. Setiap dijalankan, ini akan "
-"memeriksa daftar paket online (disebut 'media') didownload langsung dari "
-"server resmi Mageia, dan menunjukkan kepada Anda setiap ada aplikasi dan "
-"paket terbaru yang tersedia untuk komputer Anda. Sistem penyaringan "
-"memungkinkan Anda menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu: Anda bisa "
-"manampilkan hanya aplikasi terinstall (pilihan baku), atau hanya update yang "
-"tersedia. Anda bisa juga melihat hanya paket yang tidak terinstall. Anda "
-"juga bisa mencari berdasarkan nama paket, atau dengan ringkasan deskripsi "
-"atau dengan deskripsi penuh dari paket atau dengan nama file yang termasuk "
-"di dalam paket."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk bekerja, rpmdrake memerlukan repository yang terkonfigurasi dengan "
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Selama instalasi, repositori yang terkonfigurasi adalah media yang digunakan "
-"untuk instalasi, biasanya DVD atau CD. Jika Anda tidak menghapusnya, "
-"rpmdrake akan memintanya setiap kali Anda akan menginstall sebuah paket, "
-"dengan jendela pop-up ini : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Jika "
-"pesan di atas mengganggu Anda dan Anda punya koneksi internet yang bagus "
-"tanpa batasan download, akan bijak jika menghapus media tersebut dan "
-"menggantinya dengan repositori online berkat <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-"
-"media\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Terlebih repositori online selalu up to date, berisi lebih banyak paket, dan "
-"memungkinkan Anda memperbarui paket-paket yang terinstall."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Bagian utama layar"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Filter tipe paket:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Filter ini memungkinkan Anda menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu. Pertama "
-"kali Anda menjalankan manajer, ini hanya menampilkan aplikasi dengan "
-"antarmuka grafis. Anda bisa menampilkan semua paket beserta semua dependensi "
-"dan library atau hanya grup paket seperti hanya aplikasi, hanya update atau "
-"paket backport dari versi Mageia terbaru."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Pengaturan penyaringan baku untuk yang baru menggunakan Mageia, yang mungkin "
-"tidak menginginkan baris perintah atau peralatan khusus. Karena Anda membaca "
-"dokumentasi ini, Anda jelas tertarik untuk meningkatkan pengetahuan tentang "
-"Mageia, jadi alangkah baiknya untuk mengatur filter ini ke \"Semua\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filter kondisi paket:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Filter ini memungkinkan Anda melihat hanya paket terinstall, hanya paket "
-"yang tidak terinstall atau semua paket, yang terinstall dan tidak terinstall."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mode pencarian:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik ikon ini untuk mencari melalui nama paket, melalui ringkasan, melalui "
-"deskripsi lengkap atau melalui file yang terkandung di dalam paket."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kotak \"Temukan\":</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Masukkan satu atau lebih kata kunci di sini. Jika Anda ingin menggunakan "
-"lebih dari satu kata kunci untuk mencari, gunakan '|' di antara kata, "
-"contohnya untuk mencari \"mplayer\" dan \"xine\" secara bersamaan, ketik "
-"'mplayer | xine'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hapus semua:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Ikon ini bisa menghapus dengan satu klik, semua kata kunci yang dimasukkan "
-"di kotak \"Temukan\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Daftar kategori:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Batang sisi mengelompokkan aplikasi dan paket ke dalam kategori dan "
-"subkategori yang jelas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Panel deskripsi:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Panel ini menampilkan nama paket, deskripsi ringkasan dan lengkapnya. Ini "
-"menampilkan banyak elemen berguna tentang paket terpilih. Ini bisa juga "
-"menunjukkan rincian paket, file di dalam paket juga daftar perubahan "
-"terakhir yang dibuat oleh pengelolanya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Kolom status"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah Anda mengatur penyaringan, Anda bisa menemukan software apakah "
-"berdasarkan kategori (di area 6 di atas) atau berdasarkan nama/ringkasan/"
-"deskripsi menggunakan area 4. Sebuah daftar paket akan memenuhi permintaan "
-"Anda, dan jangan lupa, media yang terpilih ditampilkan dengan penanda status "
-"yang berbeda tergantung pada apakah paket terinstall/tidak terinstall/"
-"update... Untuk mengubah status ini, tandai atau hilangkan tanda kotak "
-"sebelum nama paket lalu klik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Ikon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Tulisan"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Paket ini sudah diinstall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Paket ini akan diinstall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Paket ini tidak bisa dimodifikasi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Ini adalah paket update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Paket ini akan diuninstall"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Contoh pada gambar di atas:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika saya menghilangkan tanda digikam (panah hijau memberitahukan bahwa ini "
-"terinstall), ikon status akan berubah menjadi merah dengan panah ke atas dan "
-"akan diuninstall ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika saya menandai qdigidoc (yang belum terinstall, lihat status), warna "
-"oranye dengan ikon status panah ke bawah akan muncul dan akan diinstall "
-"ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Dependensi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Beberapa paket memerlukan paket lain yang disebut dependensi agar bisa "
-"bekerja. Mereka contohnya library atau peralatan. Dalam hal ini, Rpmdrake "
-"menampilkan jendela informasi yang memungkinkan Anda memilih apakah menerima "
-"dependensi yang dipilih, batalkan operasi atau dapatkan informasi (lihat di "
-"atas). Mungkin juga terjadi bahwa beragam paket bisa menyediakan library "
-"yang diperlukan, yang mana rpmdrake menampilkan daftar alternatif dengan "
-"tombol untuk mendapatkan informasi tambahan dan tombol lain untuk memilih "
-"paket yang akan diinstall."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Mengatur scanner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instalasi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda "
-"mengkonfigurasi perangkat scanner tunggal atau perangkat multifungsi yang "
-"menyertakan scanner. Ini juga memungkinkan Anda membagi perangkat lokal yang "
-"terhubung ke komputer dengan komputer remote atau untuk mengakses scanner di "
-"komputer remote."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini untuk pertama kalinya, Anda mungkin akan "
-"mendapatkan pesan berikut:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"Paket SANE perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan scanner</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Apakah Anda ingin menginstall paket SANE?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih <emphasis>Ya</emphasis> untuk melanjutkan. Ini akan menginstall "
-"<code>scanner-gui</code> dan <code>task-scanning</code> jika belum "
-"terinstall."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika scanner Anda teridentifikasi dengan benar, sehingga jika di layar di "
-"atas Anda melihat nama scanner Anda, scanner siap digunakan dengan, "
-"contohnya, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> atau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dalam hal ini, Anda sekarang mungkin ingin mengkonfigurasi opsi "
-"<emphasis>Pembagian scanner</emphasis>. Anda bisa membaca tentang ini di "
-"<xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tapi, jika scanner Anda tidak teridentifikasi dengan benar, dan memeriksa "
-"kabel dan tombol daya lalu menekan <emphasis>Cari scanner baru</emphasis> "
-"tidak membantu, Anda perlu menekan <emphasis>Tambahkan scanner secara "
-"manual</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih merek scanner di daftar yang Anda lihat, lalu tipenya dari daftar "
-"untuk merek tersebut dan klik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda tidak menemukan scanner Anda di dalam daftar, klik "
-"<emphasis>Batalkan</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Silakan lihat apakah scanner Anda didukung di halaman <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> dan minta bantuan di <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia."
-"org/en/\">forum</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Pilih port"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa membiarkan pengaturan ini ke <emphasis>Deteksi otomatis port yang "
-"tersedia</emphasis> kecuali antarmuka scanner Anda adalah port paralel. "
-"Dalam hal ini, pilih <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> jika Anda hanya "
-"punya satu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah mengklik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, biasanya Anda akan melihat layar "
-"yang serupa dengan yang di bawah."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda tidak mendapatkan layar tersebut, silakan baca <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Scannersharing"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini Anda bisa memilih apakah scanner yang terhubung ke komputer ini "
-"harus bisa diakses oleh komputer remote dan komputer remote yang mana. Anda "
-"juga bisa memutuskan di sini apakah scanner di komputer remote harus dibuat "
-"tersedia di komputer ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Pembagian scanner ke host : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau "
-"dihapus dari daftar host yang diizinkan mengakses perangkat lokal di "
-"komputer ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Penggunaan scanner remote : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau "
-"dihapus dari daftar host yang memberi akses ke scanner remote."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Pembagian scanner ke host: Anda bisa menambah host."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Pembagian scanner ke host: tentukan host mana untuk ditambah atau "
-"mengizinkan semua komputer remote."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr "\"Semua komputer remote\" mengizinkan untuk mengakses scanner lokal."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika paket <emphasis>saned</emphasis> belum terinstall, alat ini akan "
-"menawarkannya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Di akhir, alat ini akan merubah file berikut:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>untuk menambah atau mengulas "
-"arahan \"net\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini juga akan mengkonfigurasi <emphasis>saned</emphasis> dan "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> agar berjalan saat komputer dijalankan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Spesifik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kebanyakan scanner HP dikelola dari <emphasis>Manajer Perangkat HP</"
-"emphasis> (hplip) yang juga mengelola printer. Dalam hal ini, alat ini tidak "
-"mengizinkan Anda mengkonfigurasinya dan mengajak Anda untuk menggunakan "
-"<emphasis>Manajer Perangkat HP</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Driver tersedia di <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/"
-"search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">halaman ini</link>. Ketika ditunjukkan, Anda "
-"harus menginstall paket <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> terlebih dahulu, "
-"lalu <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (dalam urutan ini). Bisa juga paket "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> memunculkan peringatan konflik dengan "
-"<emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan "
-"ini bisa diabaikan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Langkah instalasi tambahan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Bisa saja setelah memilih port untuk scanner Anda di layar <xref linkend="
-"\"choosescannerport\"/>, Anda harus mengambil satu atau lebih langkah "
-"tambahan untuk memperbaiki konfigurasi scanner Anda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Dalam beberapa kasus, Anda diperingatkan bahwa scanner memerlukan firmware "
-"untuk diupload setiap akan dijalankan. Alat ini memungkinkan Anda memuatnya "
-"ke perangkat, setelah Anda menginstall ke komputer. Di layar ini Anda bisa "
-"menginstall firmware dari CD instalasi Windows, atau yang telah Anda "
-"download dari situs Internet pembuat scanner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika firmware perangkat Anda harus dimuat, ini bisa memakan waktu saat "
-"penggunaan pertama, mungkin lebih dari satu menit. Jadi, harap bersabar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Juga, Anda mungkin mendapatkan layar yang memberitahukan Anda untuk "
-"menyesuaikan file <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"nama_backend_SANE_Anda\".conf file."
-"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Baca ini atau instruksi lain yang Anda dapatkan dengan seksama dan jika Anda "
-"tidak tahu apa yang harus dilakukan, jangan sungkan untuk meminta bantuan di "
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forum</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Manajemen Software"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola software. "
-"Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update sistem Anda</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurasi sumber "
-"media untuk install dan update</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Install dan konfigurasi printer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Pencetakan yang dikelola di Mageia oleh server bernama CUPS. Yang memiliki "
-"<link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">antarmuka "
-"konfigurasi</link> sendiri yang bisa diakses melalui browser Internet, tapi "
-"Mageia menawarkan alat untuk menginstall printer yang disebut system-config-"
-"printer yang berbagi dengan distribusi lain seperti Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"dan openSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda harus menghidupkan repository non-free sebelum melanjutkan instalasi, "
-"karena beberapa driver mungkin hanya tersedia di sana."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Sandi root akan ditanyakan untuk "
-"ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalasi printer dilakukan di bagian <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> Pusat "
-"Kendali Mageia. Pilih <guilabel>Konfigurasi printing dan scanning</guilabel> "
-"alat<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC akan meminta instalasi dua paket:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Penting untuk menerima instalasi ini untuk melanjutkan. Hingga 230MB "
-"dependensi diperlukan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk menambah printer, pilih tombol \"Tambah\" printer. Sistem akan mencoba "
-"mendeteksi setiap printer dan port yang tersedia. Gambar layar menampilkan "
-"printer yang terhubung ke port paralel. Jika printer terdeteksi, seperti "
-"printer pada port USB, ini akan ditampilkan di baris pertama. Jendela ini "
-"juga akan berusaha mengkonfigurasi printer jaringan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Otomatis mendeteksi printer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Biasanya ini mengacu pada printer USB. Utilitas secara otomatis menemukan "
-"nama printer dan menampilkannya. Pilih printer lalu klik \"Selanjutnya\". "
-"Jika terdapat driver yang diketahui terkait dengan printer, akan secara "
-"otomatis diinstall. Jika ada lebih dari satu driver atau tidak ada, sebuah "
-"jendela akan meminta Anda untuk memilih atau melengkapinya, seperti "
-"dijelaskan di paragraf selanjutnya. Lanjutkan dengan <xref linkend="
-"\"terminate\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Tidak ada printer yang terdeteksi otomatis"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika Anda memilih sebuah port, sistem akan memuat daftar driver dan "
-"menampilkan sebuah jendela untuk memilih sebuah driver. Pemilihan bisa "
-"dibuat melalui satu dari opsi berikut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Pilih printer dari basis data"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "menyediakan file PPD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "mencari driver untuk didownload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Dengan memilih dari basis data, jendela akan menyarankan pembuat printer "
-"terlebih dahulu lalu perangkat dan driver yang terkait dengannya. Jika lebih "
-"dari satu driver yang disarankan, pilih satu yang direkomendasikan, kecuali "
-"jika Anda menemui masalah sebelumnya, pilih yang Anda tahu bisa bekerja."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Selesaikan proses instalasi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah pemilihan driver, sebuah jendela meminta beberapa informasi yang "
-"akan memungkinkan sistem untuk menentukan dan menemukan printer. Baris "
-"pertama adalah nama perangkat yang akan muncul di aplikasi dalam daftar "
-"printer yang tersedia. Installer kemudian menyarankan mencetak halaman uji. "
-"Setelah langkah ini, printer ditambahkan dan muncul di daftar printer yang "
-"tersedia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Printer jaringan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Printer jaringan adalah printer yang terikat langsung ke jaringan kabel atau "
-"nirkabel, yang dicantumkan ke printserver atau ke lingkungan kerja lain yang "
-"melayani sebagai printserver."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Seringkali, akan lebih baik untuk mengkonfigurasi server DHCP untuk selalu "
-"menyatukan alamat IP tetap dengan alamat MAC printer. Tentu saja harus sama "
-"dengan alamat IP printer dari printserver, jika alamatnya tetap."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Alamat Mac printer adalah nomor seri yang diberikan ke printer atau "
-"printserver atau komputer yang terkait, itu bisa diperoleh dari halaman "
-"konfigurasi yang dicetak oleh printer atau mungkin ditulis di label printer "
-"atau  printserver. Jika printer berbagi Anda dikaitkan ke sistem Mageia, "
-"Anda bisa menjalankan <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> sebagai "
-"root untuk menemukan alamat MAC. Ini adalah angka dan huruf berurutan "
-"setelah \"HWaddr\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menambahkan printer jaringan dengan memilih protokol yang "
-"digunakan untuk berkomunikasi ke komputer melalui jaringan. Jika Anda tidak "
-"tahu protokol mana yang harus dipilih, Anda bisa coba opsi <guilabel>Printer "
-"Jaringan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Temukan Printer Jaringan</guilabel> di menu "
-"<guilabel>Perangkat</guilabel> lalu berikan alamat IP printer di kotak "
-"sebelah kanan dengan tulisan \"host\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika alat tersebut mengenali printer atau printserver Anda, ini akan "
-"mengusulkan sebuah protokol dan antrian, tapi Anda bisa memilih yang lebih "
-"tepat dari daftar di bawahnya atau berikan nama antrian yang benar jika "
-"tidak ada di dalam daftar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Baca dokumentasi printer atau printserver Anda untuk menemukan protokol yang "
-"didukungnya dan untuk nama antrian spesifik yang memungkinkan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Protokol printing jaringan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Salah satu tehnik yang dikembangkan oleh Hewlett-Packard disebut JetDirect. "
-"Ini memungkinkan akses ke printer secara langsung terhubung ke jaringan "
-"melalui port Ethernet. Anda harus mengetahui alamat IP yang diketahui oleh "
-"printer di jaringan. Tehnik ini juga digunakan di dalam beberapa router ADSL "
-"yang berisi port USB untuk menghubungkan printer. Dalam hal ini, alamat IP "
-"router. Perhatikan bahwa \"Manajer Perangkat Hp\" bisa mengelola konfigurasi "
-"alamat IP secara dinamis, mengatur URI seperti <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-"
-"the-printer></emphasis> . Dalam hal ini, alamat IP tetap diperlukan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih opsi <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> sebagai protokol dan "
-"atur alamat di <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, jangan mengubah <guilabel>Nomor "
-"Port</guilabel>, kecuali jika anda tahu ini perlu diubah. Setelah pemilihan "
-"protokol, pemilihan driver sama dengan di atas."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Protokol lainnya adalah:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipp)</emphasis>: printer yang bisa "
-"diakses pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol IPP, contohnya printer yang "
-"terhubung ke pangkalan menggunakan CUPS. Protokol ini mungkin juga digunakan "
-"oleh beberapa router ADSL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (https): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp, "
-"tapi menggunakan transport http dan dengan protokol aman TLS. Port harus "
-"ditentukan. Secara baku menggunakan port 631."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipps): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp, "
-"tapi dengan protokol aman TLS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Printer atau host LPD/LPR</emphasis>: printer yang bisa diakses "
-"pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol LPD, contohnya printer yang terhubung "
-"ke pangkalan menggunakan LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Printer Windows melalui SAMBA</emphasis>: printer terhubung ke "
-"pangkalan yang menjalankan Windows atau server SMB dan dibagi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"URI juga bisa ditambahkan langsung. Ini adalah beberapa contoh bagaimana "
-"cara membentuk URI:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Protokol Line Printer Daemon (LPD)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Informasi tambahan bisa ditemukan pada <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/"
-"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">dokumentasi CUPS.</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Properti Perangkat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa mengakses properti perangkat. Menu memungkinkan akses ke parameter "
-"server CUPS. Secara baku server CUPS dijalankan di sistem, tapi Anda bisa "
-"menentukan yang berbeda dengan menu <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Hubungkan...</guimenuitem>, jendela lainnya yang memberikan "
-"akses ke penyetelan parameter spesifik server lainnya, <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Pengaturan.</guimenuitem>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Penyelesaian masalah"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menemukan beberapa informasi tentang masalah printing dengan "
-"memeriksa <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda juga bisa mengakses alat untuk mendiagnosa masalah menggunakan menu "
-"<guimenu>Bantuan</guimenu> | <guilabel>Penyelesaian masalah</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Mungkin saja beberapa driver untuk printer spesifik tidak tersedia di Mageia "
-"atau tidak berfungsi. Untuk itu, silakan lihat situs <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> untuk memeriksa jika driver "
-"untuk perangkat Anda tersedia. Jika ya, lihat jika paket sudah tersedia "
-"untuk Mageia dan dalam hal ini, install manual. Lalu ulangi proses instalasi "
-"untuk mengkonfigurasi printer. Laporkan masalah ke bugzilla atau forum jika "
-"Anda merasa nyaman dengan alat ini dan lengkapi informasi model dan driver "
-"dan apakah printer bekerja atau tidak setelah instalasi. Ini adalah beberapa "
-"sumber daya untuk mencari driver terbaru lainnya atau untuk perangkat yang "
-"lebih baru lagi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer Brother</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Halaman ini</link> memberikan daftar driver yang "
-"disediakan oleh Brother. Cari driver untuk perangkat Anda, download file rpm "
-"lalu install."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda harus menginstall driver Brother sebelum menjalankan utilitas "
-"konfigurasi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer Hewlett-Packard dan perangkat All in one</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Perangkat ini menggunakan hplip. Ini terinstall otomatis setelah "
-"pendeteksian atau pemilihan printer. Anda bisa menemukan informasi lainnya "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">di sini</"
-"link>. \"Manajer Perangkat HP\" tersedia di menu <guilabel>Sistem</"
-"guilabel>. Lihat juga <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/"
-"install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfigurasi</link> untuk manajemen printer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Perangkat All in one HP harus terinstall sebagai printer dan fitur scanner "
-"akan ditambahkan. Perhatikan bahwa terkadang, antarmuka Xsane tidak "
-"mengizinkan scan film atau slide (lampu slid tidak bisa berjalan). Dalam hal "
-"ini, lakukan scan menggunakan mode mandiri, dan simpan gambar di kartu "
-"memori atau flashdisk yang dimasukkan ke perangkat. Setelahnya, buka "
-"software gambar kesukaan Anda lalu buka gambar dari kartu memori yang akan "
-"muncul di folder /media."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer warna Samsung</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk printer warna Samsung dan Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl."
-"rkkda.com/\">situs ini menyediakan driver</link> untuk protokol QPDL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer dan scanner Epson</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Driver untuk printer Epson tersedia di <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz."
-"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">halaman pencarian ini</link>. Untuk "
-"bagian scanner, Anda harus menginstall paket \"iscan-data\" terlebih dahulu, "
-"lalu \"iscan\" (dalam urutan ini). Paket iscan-plugin bisa juga tersedia "
-"untuk diinstall. Pilih paket <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> menurut arsitektur "
-"yang Anda gunakan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Mungkin juga paket iscan akan mengeluarkan peringatan konflik dengan sane. "
-"Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan ini bisa diabaikan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk printer Canon, disarankan untuk menginstall alat bernama turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">yang tersedia di sini</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Impor documents and settings Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama "
-"<guilabel>Impor documents and settings Windows(TM)</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengimpor documents and settings "
-"pengguna dari instalasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP atau <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> di "
-"komputer yang sama dengan instalasi Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Harap diperhatikan bahwa semua perubahan akan diterapkan oleh transfugdrake "
-"segera setelah menekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah menjalankan transfugdrake Anda akan melihat halaman panduan pertama "
-"dengan beberapa penjelasan tentang alat ini dan opsi impor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah Anda membaca dan mengerti instruksinya, tekan tombol "
-"<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Ini akan menjalankan pendeteksian "
-"instalasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah langkah pendeteksian selesai Anda akan melihat halaman yang "
-"memungkinkan Anda untuk melihat akun di <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> dan Mageia untuk prosedur impor. Anda bisa memilih "
-"akun pengguna yang bukan milik Anda."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Silakan bawa ke akun karena keterbatasan migrate-assistant (backend dari "
-"transfugdrake) nama akun pengguna <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> dengan simbol khusus bisa salah ditampilkan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr "Migrasi mungkin memakan waktu tergantung ukuran folder dokumen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Beberapa aplikasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"(khususnya driver) mungkin membuat akun pengguna untuk keperluan berbeda. "
-"Contohnya, driver NVidia di <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>diupdate menggunakan <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Harap "
-"jangan menggunakan akun seperti itu untuk keperluan impor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan akun, tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
-"guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk memilih metode mengimpor "
-"dokumen:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake didesain untuk mengimpor data <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> dari folder <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis>My Music</emphasis> dan <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Anda "
-"bisa melewatkan impor dengan memilih item yang tepat di jendela ini."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan metode impor dokumen, tekan tombol "
-"<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk "
-"memilih metode untuk mengimpor bookmarks:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake bisa mengimpor bookmark <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> "
-"dan <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> ke bookmark <emphasis>Mozilla "
-"Firefox</emphasis> Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih opsi impor yang disukai lalu tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-"Halaman selanjutnya memungkinkan Anda mengimpor latar belakang desktop:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih opsi yang disukai lalu tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Halaman terakhir panduan menunjukkan beberapa pesan selamat. Tekan tombol "
-"<guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Pengguna dan Grup"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Kelola "
-"pengguna pada sistem\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengelola pengguna dan grup, ini "
-"berarti menambah atau menghapus pengguna atau grup dan memodifikasi "
-"pengaturan pengguna dan grup (ID, shell, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat userdrake terbuka, semua pengguna pada sistem terdaftar di tab "
-"<guibutton>Pengguna</guibutton>, dan semua grup di tab <guibutton>Grup</"
-"guibutton>. Kedua tab bekerja dengan cara yang sama."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Tambah Pengguna</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Tombol ini membuka jendela baru dengan semua kolom kosong:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nama Lengkap</emphasis> ditujukan untuk "
-"memasukkan nama depan dan belakang, tapi boleh juga menuliskan apapun atau "
-"tidak sama sekali!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr "Hanya <emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> yang harus diisi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Mengatur <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sandi</emphasis> sangat disarankan. Ada "
-"kotak kecil di sebelah kanan, jika merah, sandi lemah, terlalu pendek atau "
-"serupa dengan nama login. Lebih baik menggunakan angka, huruf kecil dan "
-"besar, karakter khusus, dsb. Kotak akan berubah oranye dan hijau ketika "
-"kekuatan sandi meningkat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Konfirmasi Sandi</emphasis> ada untuk "
-"meyakinkan bahwa Anda memasukkan apa yang Anda inginkan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Shell Login </emphasis>adalah daftar drop down yang "
-"memungkinkan Anda mengubah shell yang digunakan oleh pengguna yang Anda "
-"tambahkan, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Buat grup privat untuk pengguna</emphasis>, jika "
-"ditandai akan otomatis membuat grup dengan nama yang sama dan si pengguna "
-"adalah pengguna satu-satunya (ini bisa diedit)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Opsi lainnya cukup jelas. Pengguna baru akan langsung dibuat setelah Anda "
-"mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Tambah Grup</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda hanya perlu memasukkan nama grup, dan jika perlu ID grup spesifik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (pengguna yang dipilih)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Data Pengguna</guibutton>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi semua "
-"data yang diberikan untuk pengguna saat pembuatan (ID tidak bisa diubah)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Info Akun</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Opsi pertama untuk mengatur tanggal kadaluarsa akun. Koneksi tidak bisa "
-"dilakukan setelah tanggal ini. Ini berguna untuk akun sementara."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"Opsi kedua untuk mengunci akun, koneksi tidak bisa dilakukan selama akun "
-"dikunci."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Juga dimungkinkan untuk mengubah ikon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Info Sandi</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda mengatur "
-"kadaluarsa sandi, ini memaksa pengguna untuk mengubah sandi secara berkala."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih Grup "
-"untuk pengguna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda memodifikasi akun pengguna yang sedang terhubung, modifikasi tidak "
-"akan efektif hingga login berikutnya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (dengan grup yang dipilih)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Data Grup</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi "
-"nama grup."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pengguna Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih "
-"pengguna untuk jadi anggota grup"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Hapus</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih pengguna atau grup lalu klik <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hapus</emphasis> "
-"untuk menghapus. Untuk pengguna, sebuah jendela akan muncul untuk menanyakan "
-"apakah direktori home dan mailbox juga harus dihapus. Jika grup privat telah "
-"dibuat untuk si pengguna, itu akan dihapus juga."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Dimungkinkan untuk menghapus grup yang tidak kosong."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Segarkan</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Basis data pengguna bisa diubah diluar Userdrake. Klik ikon ini untuk "
-"menyegarkan tampilan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Akun Tamu</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">tamu</emphasis> adalah akun khusus. Ini dimaksudkan "
-"untuk memberi seseorang akses sementara ke sistem dengan keamanan total. "
-"Loginnya adalah xguest, tanpa sandi, dan tidak mungkin memodifikasi sistem "
-"dari akun ini. Direktori pribadi dihapus saat sesi berakhir. Akun ini "
-"dihidupkan secara baku, untuk mematikannya, klik menu<guimenu> Aksi -> "
-"Uninstall akun tamu</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Mengatur server grafis"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> sebagai pengguna normal atau <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis> sebagai root. Ingat huruf kapitalnya."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini terdapat dalam Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Hardware</emphasis>. Pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Atur server grafis</"
-"guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Tombol memungkinkan Anda mengubah konfigurasi grafis."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Perangkat grafis</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Perangkat grafis yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan server yang cocok "
-"terkonfigurasi. Klik tombol ini untuk mengubah server lain, contohnya dengan "
-"driver proprietary."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Server yang tersedia diurut pada <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> oleh pembuat "
-"dalam urutan alfabet lalu model juga dengan urutan alfabet. Driver bebas "
-"diurut alfabet di<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika ada masalah, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> akan bekerja pada "
-"kebanyakan perangkat grafis dan memberi Anda waktu untuk menemukan dan "
-"menginstall driver yang benar saat sedang dalam Lingkungan Desktop."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Vesa pun tidak bekerja, pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, yang digunakan saat menginstall "
-"Mageia, tapi tidak memungkinkan untuk mengubah resolusi atau refresh rate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda memilih driver bebas, Anda mungkin akan ditanya jika ingin "
-"menggunakan driver proprietary dengan lebih banyak fitur (efek 3D misalnya)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Seperti cara di atas, monitor yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan Anda bisa "
-"mengklik tombol untuk mengubahnya. Jika monitor yang diinginkan tidak ada di "
-"daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel>, pilih di daftar monitor "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> dengan fitur yang sama."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolusi:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol ini memungkinkan untuk memilih resolusi (jumlah piksel) dan kedalaman "
-"warna (jumlah warna). Ini menampilkan layar berikut:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ketika Anda mengubah kedalaman "
-"warna, sebuah bar multi warna akan muncul di sebelah tombol kedua dan "
-"menampilkan pratilik dari penampakan kedalaman warna yang dipilih."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol pertama menampilkan resolusi yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk "
-"mengubah. Daftar memberikan semua kemungkinan pilihan berdasarkan perangkat "
-"grafis dan monitor, dimungkinkan untuk mengklik <guilabel>Lainnya</guilabel> "
-"untuk mengatur resolusi, tapi ingat, Anda bisa merusak monitor atau memilih "
-"pengaturan yang tidak nyaman."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol kedua menampilkan kedalaman warna yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk "
-"mengubah."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Tergantung pada resolusi terpilih, mungkin akan perlu keluar dan menjalankan "
-"ulang lingkungan grafis supaya perubahan bisa bekerja."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tes:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah konfigurasi dilakukan, direkomendasikan untuk menguji sebelum "
-"mengklik OK karena lebih mudah memodifikasi pengaturan sekarang daripada "
-"jika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja, ketik Alt+Ctrl+F2 untuk membuka "
-"lingkungan teks, hubungkan sebagai root lalu ketik XFdrake (dengan huruf "
-"besarnya) untuk menggunakan versi teks XFdrake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika pengujian gagal, tunggu saja sampai berakhir, jika bekerja tapi Anda "
-"tidak ingin mengubahnya, klik pada <guibutton>Tidak</guibutton>, jika "
-"semuanya bagus, klik <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Opsi:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Opsi global</guilabel>: Jika <emphasis>Matikan Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</"
-"emphasis> ditandai, tidak dimungkinkan untuk menjalankan ulang server X "
-"menggunakan tombol keyboard Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Opsi perangkat grafis</guilabel>: Memungkinkan untuk menghidupkan "
-"atau mematikan tiga fitur spesifik tergantung pada perangkat grafis."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Jalankan antarmuka grafis di awal</guilabel>: Biasanya, "
-"<emphasis>Secara otomatis menjalankan antarmuka grafis (Xorg) saat komputer "
-"berjalan</emphasis> ditandai untuk berpindah ke mode grafis, ini bisa "
-"dihilangkan untuk server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah mengklik tombol <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, sistem akan bertanya "
-"kepada Anda untuk mengkonfirmasi. Masih ada waktu untuk membatalkan semua "
-"dan menjaga konfigurasi sebelumnya, atau menerimanya. Dalam hal ini, Anda "
-"harus memutuskan dan menyambungkan ulang untuk mengaktifkan konfigurasi baru."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-#~ "possible to set a password."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Bagian ketiga dan terakhir, disebut <guibutton>Keamanan</guibutton>, Anda "
-#~ "bisa mengatur sandi."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "<emphasis>ID Login</emphasis>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "<emphasis>ID Login</emphasis>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible "
-#~ "to choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Dalam layar tambahan yang disebut <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel> "
-#~ "dimungkinkan untuk memilih <guilabel>mode Video</guilabel>, file "
-#~ "<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dan <guilabel>profil jaringan</guilabel>, "
-#~ "lihat <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> dalam daftar tarik ulur."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to "
-#~ "select a driver from all the ones available on the computer that match "
-#~ "the sound card."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Daftar drop down yang bernama <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> memungkinkan "
-#~ "Anda memilih driver yang tersedia di komputer yang cocok dengan perangkat "
-#~ "suara."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
-#~ "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
-#~ "possible for its enhanced features."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Biasanya, kita bisa memilih driver menggunakan API OSS atau ALSA. OSS "
-#~ "adalah yang paling lama dan sangat dasar, kami menyarankan untuk memilih "
-#~ "ALSA jika memungkinkan untuk fitur yang lebih baik."
-
-#~ msgid "Draksound1.png"
-#~ msgstr "Draksound1.png"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
-#~ "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a "
-#~ "driver for your device."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Tombol pertama memberikan kebebasan memilih. Anda harus tahu apa yang "
-#~ "Anda lakukan. Tombol ini tidak tersedia ketika sistem menemukan sebuah "
-#~ "driver untuk perangkat Anda."
-
-#~ msgid "drakboot --boot"
-#~ msgstr "drakboot --boot"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-#~ "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> sebagai root."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 997774b2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Pusat Kendali Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi sistem Mageia</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Teks dan gambar dalam manual ini tersedia di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0
-<link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> yang dibuat oleh <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Ini ditulis oleh relawan di waktu luang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Tim
-Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin memperbaiki manual ini.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 217e81e8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Pusat Kendali Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Teks dan gambar dalam manual ini tersedia di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0
-<link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> yang dibuat oleh <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Ini ditulis oleh relawan di waktu luang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Tim
-Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin memperbaiki manual ini.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 48166ebf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Update Paket Software</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate atau drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini di baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> atau <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia
-pada tab <emphasis role="bold">Manajemen Software.</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Supaya bekerja, MageiaUpdate perlu repository terkonfigurasi dengan
-rdrakrpm-editmedia dengan beberapa media ditandai sebagai update. Jika
-tidak, Anda akan diminta untuk melakukannya.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Saat alat ini sudah berjalan, dia akan memindai paket yang terinstall dan
-membandingkannya dengan update yang tersedia di repository. Mereka secara
-otomatis ditandai untuk didownload dan diinstall. Klik pada tombol
-<guibutton>Update</guibutton> untuk menjalankan proses.</para>
-
-  <para>Dengan mengklik paket, informasi lebih banyak akan ditampilkan di bagian
-bawah jendela. Tanda<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> sebelum judul
-maksudnya Anda bisa mengklik untuk menurunkan teks.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Ketika update tersedia, sebuah applet tray sistem memperingatkan Anda dengan
-menampilkan ikon merah <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject> . Klik
-dan masukkan sandi pengguna untuk melakukan update.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ad6b8ed3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Mengatur server grafis</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini terdapat dalam Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Atur server
-grafis</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> sebagai pengguna normal atau
-<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> sebagai root. Ingat huruf kapitalnya.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Tombol memungkinkan Anda mengubah konfigurasi grafis.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Perangkat grafis</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>Perangkat grafis yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan server yang cocok
-terkonfigurasi. Klik tombol ini untuk mengubah server lain, contohnya dengan
-driver proprietary.</para>
-
-  <para>Server yang tersedia diurut pada <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> oleh pembuat
-dalam urutan alfabet lalu model juga dengan urutan alfabet. Driver bebas
-diurut alfabet di<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Ketika ada masalah, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> akan bekerja pada
-kebanyakan perangkat grafis dan memberi Anda waktu untuk menemukan dan
-menginstall driver yang benar saat sedang dalam Lingkungan Desktop.</para>
-
-      <para>Jika Vesa pun tidak bekerja, pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, yang digunakan saat menginstall
-Mageia, tapi tidak memungkinkan untuk mengubah resolusi atau refresh rate.</para>
-    </note>Jika Anda memilih driver bebas, Anda mungkin akan ditanya jika ingin
-menggunakan driver proprietary dengan lebih banyak fitur (efek 3D misalnya).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Seperti cara di atas, monitor yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan Anda bisa
-mengklik tombol untuk mengubahnya. Jika monitor yang diinginkan tidak ada di
-daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel>, pilih di daftar monitor
-<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> dengan fitur yang sama.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolusi:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Tombol ini memungkinkan untuk memilih resolusi (jumlah piksel) dan kedalaman
-warna (jumlah warna). Ini menampilkan layar berikut:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Ketika Anda mengubah kedalaman
-warna, sebuah bar multi warna akan muncul di sebelah tombol kedua dan
-menampilkan pratilik dari penampakan kedalaman warna yang dipilih.</para>
-
-  <para>Tombol pertama menampilkan resolusi yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk
-mengubah. Daftar memberikan semua kemungkinan pilihan berdasarkan perangkat
-grafis dan monitor, dimungkinkan untuk mengklik <guilabel>Lainnya</guilabel>
-untuk mengatur resolusi, tapi ingat, Anda bisa merusak monitor atau memilih
-pengaturan yang tidak nyaman.</para>
-
-  <para>Tombol kedua menampilkan kedalaman warna yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk
-mengubah.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Tergantung pada resolusi terpilih, mungkin akan perlu keluar dan menjalankan
-ulang lingkungan grafis supaya perubahan bisa bekerja.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Tes:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Setelah konfigurasi dilakukan, direkomendasikan untuk menguji sebelum
-mengklik OK karena lebih mudah memodifikasi pengaturan sekarang daripada
-jika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Ketika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja, ketik Alt+Ctrl+F2 untuk membuka
-lingkungan teks, hubungkan sebagai root lalu ketik XFdrake (dengan huruf
-besarnya) untuk menggunakan versi teks XFdrake.</para>
-    </note>Jika pengujian gagal, tunggu saja sampai berakhir, jika bekerja tapi Anda
-tidak ingin mengubahnya, klik pada <guibutton>Tidak</guibutton>, jika
-semuanya bagus, klik <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Opsi:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Opsi global</guilabel>: Jika <emphasis>Matikan
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> ditandai, tidak dimungkinkan untuk menjalankan
-ulang server X menggunakan tombol keyboard Ctrl+Alt+Backspace.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Opsi perangkat grafis</guilabel>: Memungkinkan untuk menghidupkan
-atau mematikan tiga fitur spesifik tergantung pada perangkat grafis.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Jalankan antarmuka grafis di awal</guilabel>: Biasanya,
-<emphasis>Secara otomatis menjalankan antarmuka grafis (Xorg) saat komputer
-berjalan</emphasis> ditandai untuk berpindah ke mode grafis, ini bisa
-dihilangkan untuk server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>Setelah mengklik tombol <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, sistem akan bertanya
-kepada Anda untuk mengkonfirmasi. Masih ada waktu untuk membatalkan semua
-dan menjaga konfigurasi sebelumnya, atau menerimanya. Dalam hal ini, Anda
-harus memutuskan dan menyambungkan ulang untuk mengaktifkan konfigurasi
-baru.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 05b3afe1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Akses perangkat dan direktori pembagian WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-  </footnote> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia,
-pada tab Pembagian Jaringan, bernama <guilabel>Konfigurasi pembagian
-WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pengantar</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> adalah
-protokol yang memungkinkan kita membuka direktori server web secara lokal,
-sehingga akan muncul sebagai direktori lokal. Adalah hal yang penting bahwa
-komputer remote menjalankan server WebDAV. Tujuan alat ini bukan untuk
-mengkonfigurasi server WebDAV.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pembuatan entri baru</title>
-
-    <para>Layar pertama alat ini menampilkan entri yang sudah terkonfigurasi, jika
-ada, dan tombol <guibutton>Baru</guibutton>. Gunakan tombol tersebut untuk
-membuat entri baru. Masukkan URL server pada kolom dari layar baru.</para>
-
-    <para>Lalu akan muncul layar dengan tombol radio untuk memilih beberapa aksi.
-Lanjutkan dengan aksi <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> dengan mengklik
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> setelah memilih tombol radio, saat
-<guibutton>Server</guibutton> sudah terkonfigurasi. Anda bisa memperbaikinya
-jika perlu.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Isi dari direktori remote akan bisa diakses melalui titik mount ini.</para>
-
-    <para>Pada langkah selanjutnya, berikan nama pengguna dan sandi anda. Jika Anda
-perlu pilihan lainnya, Anda bisa menemukannya di layar
-<guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Pilihan <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> memungkinkan Anda memount akses segera.</para>
-
-    <para>Setelah Anda menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol radio
-<guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>, layar pertama akan ditampilkan kembali dan
-titik mount baru Anda akan terdaftar. Setelah Anda memilih
-<guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, Anda akan ditanya apakah akan menyimpan
-perubahan di <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Pilih ini jika Anda ingin
-direktori remote langsung tersedia setiap komputer dinyalakan. Jika
-konfigurasi Anda hanya untuk digunakan sekali, jangan disimpan.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e7b942ea..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Bagikan partisi hard disk anda</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat sederhana ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> memungkinkan
-administrator untuk mengizinkan pengguna membagikan sebagian dari direktori
-/home mereka dengan pengguna lain di jaringan lokal yang sama yang
-menjalankan komputer dengan sistem operasi Linux atau Windows.</para>
-
-  <para>Ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Disk Lokal, dengan label "Bagikan
-partisi hard disk Anda".</para>
-
-  <para>Pertama, jawab pertanyaan : "<guilabel>Apakah Anda akan mengizinkan pengguna
-untuk berbagi beberapa direktori mereka?</guilabel>", klik pada
-<guibutton>Tidak berbagi</guibutton> jika jawabannya tidak untuk semua
-pengguna, klik pada <guibutton>Izinkan semua pengguna</guibutton> untuk
-semua pengguna dan klik pada <guibutton>Sesuaikan</guibutton> jika
-jawabannya tidak untuk beberapa pengguna dan ya untuk sebagian
-lainnya. Dalam hal ini, pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi direktori
-mereka harus anggota grup fileshare(pembagian data), yang secara otomatis
-dibuat oleh sistem. Anda akan ditanya soal ini nantinya.</para>
-
-  <para>Klik pada <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, layar kedua muncul yang meminta Anda
-untuk memilih antara <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> atau
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  Tandai <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> jika Linux
-adalah satu-satunya sistem operasi yang ada di jaringan, tandai
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> jika di dalam jaringan terdapat komputer Linux
-dan Windows lalu klik pada <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Setiap paket yang
-diperlukan akan diinstall.</para>
-
-  <para>Konfigurasi selesai kecuali bila pilihan Sesuaian dipilih.  Dalam hal ini,
-layar tambahan akan meminta Anda untuk membuka Userdrake. Alat ini
-memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi
-direktori mereka ke grup fileshare. Di tab Pengguna, klik pengguna yang akan
-ditambahkan ke grup fileshare, lalu pada <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, di
-tab Grup. Tandai grup fileshare lalu klik pada
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Informasi lebih lanjut tentang Userdrake, lihat
-<xref linkend="userdrake">halaman ini</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Ketika menambahkan pengguna ke grup fileshare, Anda harus memutuskan dan
-menghubungkan kembali jaringan agar modifikasi bisa diterapkan ke akun.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Mulai sekarang, setiap pengguna pada grup fileshare bisa memilih direktori
-untuk dibagikan di pengelola file, walaupun tidak semua pengelola file
-memiliki fasilitas ini.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1937ac63..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Akses pembagian perangkat dan direktori NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pengantar</title>
-
-    <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote> memungkinkan Anda untuk
-menentukan beberapa direktori yang dibagi untuk bisa diakses oleh semua
-pengguna di komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah NFS yang
-tersedia di kebanyakan sistem Linux atau Unix. Direktori yang dibagi
-kemudian akan langsung muncul saat komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang
-dibagi juga bisa diakses langsung dalam sesi tunggal untuk pengguna dengan
-peralatan seperti browser file.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prosedur</title>
-
-    <para>Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang
-membagikan direktori.</para>
-
-    <para>Klik pada simbol > sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan daftar direktori
-yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan tersedia dan Anda harus
-menentukan di mana akan memount direktori.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Setelah memilih titik mount, Anda bisa membukanya. Anda juga bisa memeriksa
-dan mengubah beberapa pilihan dengan tombol
-<guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>. Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa
-melepasnya dengan tombol yang sama.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Dalam menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>,
-sebuah pesan akan ditampilkan, menanyakan "Apakah Anda ingin menyimpan
-modifikasi /etc/fstab". Ini akan membuat direktori tersedia setiap kali
-komputer dijalankan, jika jaringan tersedia. Direktori baru lalu akan
-tersedia dalam peramban berkas Anda, contohnya dalam Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0238c381..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Burner CD/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini <footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote>ada di tab Disk lokal di Pusat
-Kendali Mageia dengan nama sesuai dengan perangkat Anda (hanya pemutar dan
-burner CD/DVD dan perangkat floppy). </para>
-
-  <para>Tujuannya adalah untuk menentukan cara disk removable Anda dimount. </para>
-
-  <para>Di bagian atas jendela ada penjelasan pendek dari perangkat Anda dan pilihan
-untuk memount. Gunakan menu di bawah untuk mengubah. Tandai item yang akan
-diubah lalu klik tombol <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Titik mount</title>
-
-    <para>Tandai kotak ini untuk mengubah titik mount. Pilihan bakunya adalah
-/media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pilihan</title>
-
-    <para>Banyak pilihan mount bisa dipilih di sini langsung dari daftar atau melalui
-submenu <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>. Yang utama adalah:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>user mengizinkan pengguna biasa (bukan root) memount disk removable, pilihan
-ini menyertakan noexec, nosuid dan nodev. Pengguna yang memount disk hanya
-orang yang bisa melepasnya. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4670b960..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Akses pembagian perangkat dan direktori Windows (SMB)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pengantar</title>
-
-    <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote> memungkinkan Anda untuk
-menyatakan direktori yang dibagi mana untuk bisa diakses semua pengguna pada
-komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah SMB yang telah populer di
-sistem Windows(R). Direktori yang dibagi akan langsung tersedia ketika
-komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang dibagi juga bisa langsung diakses dalam
-sesi tunggal oleh pengguna dengan peralatan seperti browser file.</para>
-
-    <para>Sebelum menjalankan alat ini, akan lebih baik untuk menentukan nama server
-yang tersedia, contohnya dengan <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prosedur</title>
-
-    <para>Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang
-membagi direktori.</para>
-
-    <para>Klik pada nama server dan pada &gt; sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan
-daftar direktori yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses.</para>
-
-    <para>Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan jadi tersedia, Anda harus
-menentukan di mana akan memount direktori.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Setelah memilih titik mount, ini bisa dimount dengan <guimenu>Tombol
-mount</guimenu>. Anda juga bisa memeriksa dan mengubah beberapa pilihan
-dengan tombol <guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para>Di pilihan, Anda bisa menentukan nama pengguna dan sandi untuk bisa
-terhubung ke server SMB. Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa melepasnya
-dengan tombol yang sama.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Setelah menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol Selesai, sebuah pesan akan
-menanyakan "Apakah Anda akan menyimpan modifikasi /etc/fstab". Menyimpan
-akan memungkinkan direktori dibuat tersedia ketika komputer dinyalakan, jika
-jaringan bisa diakses. Direktori baru akan muncul di browser file, contohnya
-dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1496972a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Efek Desktop 3D</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pengantar</title>
-
-    <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote> memungkinkan Anda mengelola
-efek desktop 3D di sistem operasi. Efek 3D dimatikan secara baku.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Memulai</title>
-
-    <para>Untuk menggunakan alat ini, Anda harus memiliki paket glxinfo yang
-terinstall. Jika paket tidak terinstall, Anda akan diminta untuk
-menginstallnya sebelum drak3d bisa berjalan.</para>
-
-    <para>Setelah memulai drak3d, Anda akan dihadapkan dengan sebuah jendela menu.  Di
-sini Anda bisa memilih <guilabel>Tanpa Efek Desktop 3D</guilabel> atau
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion adalah bagian dari
-pengelola composite/window, yang menyertakan efek khusus akselerasi hardware
-untuk desktop Anda. Pilih <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> untuk
-menghidupkannya.</para>
-
-    <para>Jika ini pertama kalinya Anda menggunakan program ini setelah melakukan
-intalasi baru Mageia, Anda akan mendapat pesan yang memberitahukan paket apa
-saja yang perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan Compiz Fusion. Klik pada tombol
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Setelah paket-paket yang sesuai diinstall, Anda akan melihat Compiz Fusion
-terpilih di menu drak3d, tapi Anda harus logout dan masuk kembali akan
-perubahan bisa bekerja.</para>
-
-    <para>Setelah masuk kembali, Compiz Fusion akan aktif. Untuk mengkonfigurasi
-Compiz Fusion, lihat halaman alat ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pemecahan masalah</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Tidak Melihat Desktop Setelah Masuk</title>
-
-      <para>Jika setelah menghidupkan Compiz Fusion Anda berusaha masuk desktop tapi
-tidak bisa melihat apapun, jalankan ulang komputer untuk kembali ke layar
-login. Setelah di sana, klik pada ikon Desktop lalu pilih drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Ketika Anda masuk, jika akun Anda terdaftar sebagai administrator, Anda akan
-diminta sandi lagi. Jika tidak, gunakan login akun administrator. Lalu Anda
-bisa mengembalikan setiap perubahan yang mungkin menyebabkan masalah login.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 918fe158..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Otentikasi</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> membuat Anda bisa memodifikasi
-cara di mana Anda bisa dikenali sebagai pengguna komputer atau di jaringan.</para>
-
-  <para>Secara baku, informasi otentikasi Anda tersimpan dalam file pada komputer
-Anda. Modifikasi ini hanya jika administrator jaringan mengundang Anda untuk
-melakukannya dan berikan informasi tetangnya.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3655c07c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Mengatur autologin untuk masuk otomatis</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> memungkinkan Anda untuk masuk
-otomatis dengan pengguna yang sama, ke lingkungan desktop, tanpa ditanya
-sandi apapun. Ini disebut autologin.  Ini bagus ketika hanya ada satu
-pengguna di komputer.</para>
-
-  <para>Ini ada di tab <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali
-Mageia dengan nama "Atur autologin untuk masuk otomatis".</para>
-
-  <para>Tombol antarmuka sangat jelas:</para>
-
-  <para>Centang <guibutton>Jalankan lingkungan grafis ketika sistem
-dimulai</guibutton>, jika Anda ingin Sistem X Window dijalankan setelah
-komputer dinyalakan. Jika tidak, sistem akan dimulai dalam mode teks. Meski
-demikian, akan tetap mungkin untuk menjalankan antarmuka grafis secara
-manual. Ini bisa dilakukan dengan menjalankan perintah 'startx' atau
-'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>Jika kotak pertama ditandai, dua pilihan lainnya akan tersedia, tandai
-antara <guibutton>Tidak, saya tidak ingin autologin</guibutton>, jika Anda
-ingin sistem terus menanyakan pengguna mana yang ingin terhubung (dan sandi)
-atau tandai <guibutton>Ya, saya ingin autologin dengan (pengguna, desktop)
-ini</guibutton>, jika diperlukan. Untuk yang ini, Anda juga harus menentukan
-<guilabel>Nama pengguna baku</guilabel> dan <guilabel>Desktop
-baku</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 31d8572b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Mengatur sistem boot</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
-slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
-(ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> memungkinkan Anda
-mengkonfigurasi pilihan boot (pilihan bootloader, mengatur sandi, boot baku,
-dll.)</para>
-
-  <para>Ini ada di tab Boot pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama "Atur sistem
-boot".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Jangan gunakan alat ini jika Anda tidak mengetahui fungsinya. Mengubah
-beberapa pengaturan bisa mencegah komputer untuk berjalan!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Di bagian pertama, disebut <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, sangat
-dimungkinkan untuk memilih <guibutton>Bootloader yang digunakan</guibutton>,
-Grub, Grub2 atau Lilo, dengan menu grafis atau teks. Ini hanya urusan
-selera, tidak ada akibat apapun. Anda juga bisa mengatur
-<guibutton>Perangkat boot</guibutton>, jangan mengubah apapun di sini
-kecuali Anda sudah berpengalaman. Perangkat boot adalah di mana bootloader
-diinstall, modifikasi apapun bisa saja mencegah komputer untuk berjalan.</para>
-
-  <para>In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is
-installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common
-to all operating systems installed.</para>
-
-  <para>Bagian kedua, disebut <guilabel>Pilihan utama</guilabel>, Anda bisa mengatur
-<guibutton>Jeda sebelum booting image baku</guibutton>, dalam detik. Selama
-jeda ini, Grub atau Lilo akan menampilkan daftar sistem operasi yang
-tersedia, meminta Anda untuk memilih, jika Anda tidak memilih, bootloader
-akan menjalankan sistem baku setelah waktu jeda terlewati.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
-possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
-
-  <para>Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan beberapa pilihan tambahan.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Hidupkan ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) adalah standar untuk
-pengelolaan daya. Ini bisa menghemat daya dengan menghentikan perangkat yang
-tidak digunakan, ini adalah metode yang digunakan sebelum APM. Tandai kotak
-ini jika hardware Anda cocok dengan ACPI.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Hidupkan SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP singkatan dari Symmetric Multi Processors, ini adalah arsitektur untuk
-prosesor dengan banyak inti.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Jika Anda memiliki prosesor dengan HyperThreading, Mageia akan melihatnya
-sebagai dual processor dan menghidupkan SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Hidupkan APIC</guibutton> dan <guibutton>Hidupkan APIC
-Lokal:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC singkatan dari Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Ada dua
-komponen dalam sistem APIC Intel, local APIC (LAPIC) dan I/O APIC. Ini
-mengarahkan interupsi yang diterima dari bus peripheral ke satu atau lebih
-local APIC yang ada dalam processor. Ini sangat berguna untuk sistem
-multi-processor. Beberapa komputer bermasalah dengan sistem APIC yang
-mengakibatkan komputer membeku atau salah dalam pendeteksian perangkat
-(pesan kesalahan "spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). Untuk yang seperti ini,
-matikan APIC dan/atau Local APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
-loader you chose.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot
-time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu
-entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you
-click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>
-buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or
-to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be
-able to use these tools.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Kolom <guilabel>Nama</guilabel> bebas diisi, tuliskan di sini apa yang ingin
-ditampilkan di menu. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub "title". Contohnya:
-Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>Kolom <guilabel>Image</guilabel> berisi nama kernel. Ini sama dengan
-perintah Grub "kernel". Contohnya /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>Kolom <guilabel>Root</guilabel> berisi nama perangkat di mana kernel
-tersimpan. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub "root". Contohnya (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>Kolom <guilabel>Tambahan</guilabel> berisi pilihan yang diberikan ke kernel
-saat komputer dijalankan.</para>
-
-      <para>Jika kotak <guilabel>Baku</guilabel> ditandai, Grub akan menjalankan entri
-ini sebagai pilihan baku.</para>
-
-      <para>Dalam layar tambahan yang disebut <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel> dimungkinkan
-untuk memilih <guilabel>mode Video</guilabel>, file
-<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dan <guilabel>profil jaringan</guilabel>, lihat
-<xref linkend="draknetprofile"/> dalam daftar tarik ulur.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in
-Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
-one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Kolom <guilabel>Tambahan</guilabel> berisi pilihan yang diberikan ke kernel
-saat komputer dijalankan.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
-to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
-<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
-Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
-touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable
-unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 08b6e393..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Alat Pelaporan Bug Mageia</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Biasanya, alat ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> berjalan otomatis
-ketika alat Mageia crash. Tapi, mungkin juga, setelah mengisi laporan bug,
-Anda diminta untuk menjalankan alat ini untuk melihat beberapa informasi
-yang diberikan, lalu menyertakannya ke dalam laporan bug yang ada.</para>
-
-  <para>Jika laporan bug baru perlu untuk diisi dan Anda tidak terbiasa
-melakukannya, maka silakan baca <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Bagaimana
-cara membuat laporan bug dengan seksama</link> sebelum mengklik tombol
-"Laporkan".</para>
-
-  <para>Jika bug pernah dilaporkan oleh orang lain (pesan kesalahan yang diberikan
-drakbug akan sama), akan sangat berguna untuk menambahkan komentar ke
-laporan yang sudah ada tersebut bahwa Anda juga melihat bug itu.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 80e4813c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Kumpulkan Log dan Informasi Sistem untuk Laporan Bug</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> hanya bisa dijalankan dan
-digunakan di baris perintah.</para>
-
-<para>Disarankan untuk menulis keluaran dari perintah ini ke sebuah file,
-contohnya dengan melakukan <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, tapi pastikan Anda memiliki cukup ruang disk
-terlebih dahulu: file bisa mencapai ukuran GB.</para>
-<note><para>Keluaran akan terlalu besar untuk dilampirkan ke laporan bug tanpa menghapus
-terlebih dahulu bagian yang tidak diperlukan.</para></note>
-  <para>Perintah ini mengumpulkan informasi berikut pada sistem:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Saat halaman bantuan ini ditulis, bagian "syslog" dari keluaran perintah ini
-kosong, karena alat ini belum disetel ke systemd. Jika tetap kosong, Anda
-bisa mendapatkan "syslog" dengan melakukan (sebagai root) <emphasis
-role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Jika Anda tidak
-memiliki ruang disk yang banyak, Anda bisa, contohnya, ambil setidaknya 5000
-baris dari log dengan: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 35468eb1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Kelola tanggal dan waktu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> ada di tab Sistem pada Pusat
-Kendali Mageia dengan nama <guilabel>"Kelola tanggal dan
-waktu"</guilabel>. Di beberapa lingkungan desktop juga tersedia dengan klik
-kanan / Sesuaikan tanggal dan Waktu ... pada jam di tray sistem.</para>
-
-  <para>Ini adalah alat yang sangat sederhana.</para>
-
-  <para>Di bagian atas kiri, adalah <emphasis role="bold">kalender</emphasis>. Pada
-gambar tangkapan di atas, tanggalnya adalah September (di atas kiri), 2012
-(di atas kanan), yang kedua (berwarna biru)  adalah Minggu. Pilih bulan
-(atau tahun) dengan mengklik panah judul di setiap sisi September (atau
-2012). Pilih hari dengan mengklik pada nomor.</para>
-
-  <para>Di bawah kiri adalah sinkronisasi <emphasis role="bold">Protokol Waktu
-Jaringan</emphasis>, sangat dimungkinkan untuk memiliki waktu yang selalu
-tepat dengan mensinkronkan ke sebuah server. Tandai <guilabel>Hidupkan
-Protokol Waktu Jaringan</guilabel> lalu pilih server terdekat.</para>
-
-  <para>Di bagian kiri adalah <emphasis role="bold">jam</emphasis>. Tidak berguna
-mengatur jam jika NTP dihidupkan. Tiga kotak menampilkan jam, menit dan
-detik (15, 28 dan 22 pada gambar tangkapan). Gunakan panah kecil untuk
-mengatur jam ke waktu yang tepat. Format tidak bisa diubah di sini, lihat
-pengaturan lingkungan desktop untuk yang satu itu.</para>
-
-  <para>Terakhir, di bawah kanan, pilih zona waktu dengan mengklik tombol
-<guibutton>Ubah Zona Waktu</guibutton> lalu memilih kota terdekat di daftar.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Meskipun tidak mungkin untuk memilih format tanggal atau waktu dengan alat
-ini, mereka akan ditampilkan di desktop berdasarkan pengaturan lokalisasi.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f06eacc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Menghapus koneksi</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Di sini, Anda bisa menghapus antarmuka jaringan<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Klik pada menu drop down, pilih yang ingin Anda hapus lalu klik
-<emphasis>selanjutnya</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Anda akan melihat pesan bahwa antarmuka jaringan telah berhasil dihapus.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index aac2ed30..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,813 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Mengatur antarmuka jaringan (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pengantar</title>
-
-    <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote> memungkinkan untuk
-mengkonfigurasi banyak jaringan lokal atau akses Internet. Anda harus
-mengetahui beberapa informasi dari penyelenggara akses atau administrator
-jaringan.</para>
-
-    <para>Pilih tipe koneksi yang ingin Anda atur, berdasarkan pada perangkat dan
-penyelenggara mana yang Anda miliki.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Koneksi Kabel baru (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia.  Pilih yang akan
-dikonfigurasi.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Sampai di sini, pilihannya adalah di antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP otomatis</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah
-server DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual,
-seperti dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS
-harus diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditetapkan di sini. Jika tidak ada
-HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>
-disandingkan secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP
-dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server
-DHCP</emphasis>. Tidak semua server DHCP memiliki fungsi seperti itu dan
-jika Anda mengatur PC untuk mendapatkan alamat IP dari router ADSL rumah,
-ini tidak seperti itu.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Tombol lanjutan memberikan kesempatan untuk menentukan:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Pencarian domain (tidak bisa diakses, karena disediakan oleh server DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Klien DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Waktu habis DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Dapatkan server NTPD dari DHCP (sinkronisasi jam)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>HOSTNAME dibutuhkan oleh DHCP. Hanya gunakan pilihan ini jika server DHCP
-membutuhkan klien untuk menentukan hostname sebelum menerima alamat
-IP. Pilihan ini tidak disediakan oleh beberapa server DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Setelah diterima, langkah terakhir yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi koneksi
-dijelaskan: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Konfigurasi manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server
-DNS yang akan digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika
-tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan secara baku.</para>
-
-            <para>Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP biasanya seperti
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, Gateway dan server DNS tersedia di
-website penyelenggara layanan.</para>
-
-            <para>Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian
-domain</emphasis>. Biasanya ini adalah domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika
-komputer Anda disebut "splash", dan nama domain lengkapnya
-"splash.boatanchor.net", Pencarian Domain akan jadi
-"boatanchor.net". Kecuali jika Anda perlu spesifik, tidak apa-apa jika tidak
-menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi, ADSL rumah tidak memerlukan
-pengaturan ini.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Langkah selanjutnya dipaparkan di <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Koneksi Satelit baru (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Bagian ini belum ditulis karena kurangnya sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa
-menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Koneksi modem Kabel baru</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia.  Pilih yang akan
-dikonfigurasi.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Sampai di sini, pilihannya adalah di antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Anda harus menentukan metode otentikasi:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Tidak ada</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (diperlukan untuk Telstra). Dalam hal ini Anda harus menyediakan
-Nama pengguna dan sandi.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP otomatis</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server
-DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual, seperti
-dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS harus
-diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME
-yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan
-secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan
-<emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>. Tidak semua server
-DHCP memiliki fungsi ini dan jika Anda mengatur PC untuk mendapatkan alamat
-IP dari router ADSL rumah, ini tidak seperti itu.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Tombol lanjutan memberikan kesempatan untuk menentukan:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Pencarian domain (tidak bisa diakses, karena disediakan oleh server DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Klien DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Waktu habis DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Dapatkan server NTPD dari DHCP (sinkronisasi jam)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>HOSTNAME dibutuhkan oleh DHCP. Hanya gunakan pilihan ini jika server DHCP
-membutuhkan klien untuk menentukan hostname sebelum menerima alamat
-IP. Pilihan ini tidak disediakan oleh beberapa server DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Setelah diterima, langkah terakhir yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi koneksi
-dijelaskan: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Konfigurasi manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menyatakan server DNS
-yang digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada
-HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>
-disandingkan secara baku.</para>
-
-            <para>Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP biasanya seperti
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, Gateway dan server DNS tersedia di
-website penyelenggara layanan.</para>
-
-            <para>Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian
-domain</emphasis>. Biasanya ini domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika komputer
-Anda disebut "splash", dan domain lengkapnya "splash.boatanchor.net",
-Pencarian Domain akan jadi "boatanchor.net". Kecuali jika Anda perlu
-spesifik, tidak apa-apa untuk tidak menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi,
-koneksi rumah tidak memerlukan pengaturan ini.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Langkah selanjutnya dipaparkan di <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Koneksi DSL baru</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jika alat ini bisa mendeteksi antarmuka jaringan, dia akan menawarkan untuk
-memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara.  Pilih
-penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak ada, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak
-terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh penyelenggara
-Anda.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Pilih salah satu protokol yang tersedia:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konfigurasi TCP/IP manual</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Pengaturan akses</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Login Akun (nama pengguna)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Sandi akun</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Lanjutan) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Lanjutan) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Langkah selanjutnya dipaparkan di <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Koneksi ISDN baru</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Panduan menanyakan perangkat mana yang akan dikonfigurasi:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Pilihan manual (perangkat ISDN internal)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Modem ISDN eksternal</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Daftar perangkat ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan kategori dan
-pabrikan. Pilih perangkat Anda.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Pilih salah satu protokol yang tersedia:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokol di bagian dunia lain, kecuali Eropa (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokol untuk Eropa (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Daftar penyelenggara lalu akan ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan
-negara.  Pilih penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan
-<guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh
-penyelenggara Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan parameter:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nama koneksi</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nomor telepon</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ID login</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Sandi akun</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Metode otentikasi</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Setelah itu, Anda harus memilih apakah akan mendapatkan alamat IP dengan
-metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk yang terakhir, tentukan alamat IP dan
-mask Subnet.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat server DNS diperoleh,
-dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus
-memasukkan:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nama domain</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Server DNS pertama dan kedua</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Pilih jika hostname diatur dari IP. Pilihan ini hanya dipilih jika Anda
-yakin bahwa penyelenggara Anda dikonfigurasikan untuk menerimanya.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat gateway diperoleh,
-dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus
-memasukkan alamat IP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Langkah selanjutnya dipaparkan di <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Koneksi Nirkabel baru (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia dan entri untuk
-driver Windows (ndiswrapper). Pilih yang akan dikonfigurasi. Gunakan
-ndiswrapper hanya jika metode konfigurasi lain tidak bisa.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Setelah ini, pilihan yang tersedia adalah perbedaan titik akses yang telah
-terdeteksi oleh perangkat.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Parameter spesifik untuk perangkat nirkabel adalah menyediakan:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Mode operasi:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Terkelola</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Untuk mengakses ke titik akses yang sudah ada (paling sering).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Mengkonfigurasi koneksi langsung di antara komputer.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nama Jaringan (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Mode enkripsi: tergantung pada bagaimana titik akses dikonfigurasi.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Mode enkripsi ini lebih disukai jika perangkat Anda mengizinkannya.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Beberapa perangkat lama hanya bisa dengan metode enkripsi ini.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Kunci enkripsi</para>
-
-            <para>Biasanya ini tersedia dengan perangkat yang memberikan titik akses.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Setelah langkah ini, pilihannya adalah antara alamat IP otomatis atau
-manual.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP otomatis</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server DNS
-dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan manual, seperti dijelaskan di
-bawah. Untuk yang terakhir, alamat IP dari server DNS harus diatur. HOSTNAME
-komputer bisa ditentukan di sini.  Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan,
-nama localhost.localdomain disandingkan secara baku. Hostname bisa juga
-disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari
-server DHCP</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Tombol lanjutan memberikan kesempatan untuk menentukan:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Pencarian domain (tidak bisa diakses, karena disediakan oleh server DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Klien DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Waktu habis DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Dapatkan server NTPD dari DHCP (sinkronisasi jam)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>HOSTNAME dibutuhkan oleh DHCP. Hanya gunakan pilihan ini jika server DHCP
-membutuhkan klien untuk menentukan hostname sebelum menerima alamat
-IP. Pilihan ini tidak disediakan oleh beberapa server DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Setelah menerima konfigurasi, langkah yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi
-koneksi, dijelaskan: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Konfigurasi manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server
-DNS. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang
-ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan
-secara baku.</para>
-
-            <para>Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP selalu seperti
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, dan server Gateway dan DNS tersedia di
-website penyelenggara Anda.</para>
-
-            <para>Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian
-domain</emphasis>. Ini harus seperti hostname Anda tanpa nama pertama,
-sebelum periode.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Langkah selanjutnya dipaparkan di <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Koneksi GPRS/Edge/3G baru</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jika alat ini mengenali antarmuka nirkabel, dia akan menawarkan untuk
-memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>PIN diminta. Biarkan kosong jika PIN tidak diperlukan.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Panduan akan menanyakan jaringan. Jika tidak terdeteksi, pilih pilihan
-<guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara.  Pilih
-penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak ada, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak
-terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh penyelenggara
-Anda.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sediakan pengaturan akses</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nama Titik Akses</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Login Akun (nama pengguna)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Sandi akun</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Langkah selanjutnya dipaparkan di <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Koneksi Jaringan Dial-Up Bluetooth baru</title>
-
-    <para>Bagian ini belum ditulis karena kurangnya sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa
-menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Koneksi modem telepon Analog baru (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Panduan menanyakan perangkat mana yang akan dikonfigurasi:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Pilihan manual</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Perangkat yang dikenali, jika ada.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Daftar port ditawarkan. Pilih port Anda.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Jika belum terinstall, Anda akan disarankan untuk menginstall paket
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara. Pilih
-penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak
-terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan penyelenggara
-Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan pilihan Dialup:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Nama koneksi</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Nomor telepon</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>ID Login</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Sandi</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Otentikasi</emphasis>, pilih antara:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Berbasis skrip</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Berbasis terminal</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Langkah selanjutnya dipaparkan di <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Akhir konfigurasi</title>
-
-    <para>Di langkah selanjutnya, Anda bisa menentukan:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Izinkan pengguna mengelola koneksi</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Jalankan koneksi saat boot</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Hidupkan penghitungan lalu lintas</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola Jaringan</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Untuk koneksi nirkabel, kotak tambahannya adalah <emphasis>Izinkan
-penjelajahan titik akses</emphasis> yang memberi kemungkinan untuk berpindah
-secara otomatis di antara titik akses menurut kekuatan sinyal.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Dengan tombol lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metrik (baku adalah 10)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hotplugging Jaringan</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hidupkan tunnel IPv6 ke IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan apakah koneksi akan
-langsung dijalankan atau tidak.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a100f0f9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Buka konsol sebagai administrator</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> memberi Anda akses ke konsol
-yang langsung dibuka sebagai root. Sepertinya tidak perlu informasi lebih
-untuk ini.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1112f769..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Kelola partisi disk</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk atau diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> atau <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote> sangat berguna, sedikit
-kesalahan atau senggolan pada keyboard bisa membuat kehilangan data pada
-partisi atau bahkan terhapusnya seluruh hard disk. Untuk alasan tersebut,
-Anda akan melihat layar di atas dari layar alat. Klik pada
-<emphasis>Keluar</emphasis> jika Anda tidak ingin melanjutkan.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu hard disk, Anda bisa berpindah ke hard
-disk yang Anda inginkan dengan memilih tab yang benar (sda, sdb, sdc, dst).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Anda bisa memilih banyak aksi untuk menyesuaikan hard disk sesuai
-keinginan. Membersihkan keseluruhan hard disk, memisahkan atau menyatukan
-partisi, mengubah ukuran atau mengubah sistem file, memformat atau melihat
-isi partisi: semuanya bisa. Tombol <emphasis><guibutton>Bersihkan
-semua</guibutton></emphasis> di bawah adalah untuk menghapus keseluruhan
-disk, tombol lainnya akan muncul di sebelah kanan setelah Anda mengklik
-sebuah partisi.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called "EFI System
-Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it contains
-all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Jika partisi yang dipilih termount, seperti pada contoh di bawah, Anda tidak
-bisa mengubah ukuran, memformat atau menghapusnya. Untuk bisa melakukan
-semua itu, partisi harus dilepas terlebih dahulu.</para>
-
-  <para>Mengubah ukuran hanya bisa pada sisi sebelah kanan partisi</para>
-
-  <para>Untuk mengubah tipe partisi (mengubah ext3 ke ext4 contohnya) Anda harus
-menghapus partisi lalu membuat ulang dengan tipe baru. Tombol <guibutton
-role="bold">Buat</guibutton> muncul ketika bagian disk kosong dipilih</para>
-
-  <para>Anda bisa memilih titik mount yang belum ada yang kemudian akan dibuatkan.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Memilih <emphasis><guibutton>Beralih ke mode ahli</guibutton></emphasis>
-memberikan beberapa aksi tambahan yang tersedia, seperti penamaan partisi,
-seperti yang bisa dilihat pada gambar di bawah.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 120258fd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">atur pengelola tampilan</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Di sini<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> Anda bisa memilih pengelola
-tampilan mana yang akan digunakan untuk masuk ke lingkungan grafis. Hanya
-yang tersedia pada sistem yang akan ditampilkan.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Kebanyakan pengguna hanya akan melihat bahwa layar login terlihat
-berbeda. Tapi, ada fitur berbeda yang didukungnya juga. LXDM adalah
-pengelola tampilan yang ringan, SDDM dan GDM memiliki fitur tambahan.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1084d6c3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Mengatur firewall pribadi</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> ada di tab Keamanan pada Pusat
-Kendali Mageia dengan nama "Atur firewall pribadi". Alat ini sama dengan
-yang ada di tab pertama "Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit sistem".</para>
-
-  <para>Firewall dasar telah terinstall secara baku pada Mageia. Semua koneksi yang
-datang dari luar akan diblokir jika tidak terotorisasi. Pada layar pertama
-di atas, Anda bisa memilih layanan untuk usaha koneksi dari luar mana yang
-akan diterima. Untuk keamanan Anda, jangan tandai kotak pertama -
-<guilabel>Semua (tanpa firewall)</guilabel> - kecuali jika Anda ingin
-mematikan firewall, dan hanya tandai layanan yang diperlukan.</para>
-
-  <para>Anda bisa memasukkan nomor port untuk dibuka secara manual. Klik pada
-<guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton>, jendela baru akan terbuka. Pada kolom
-<guilabel>Port lainnya</guilabel>, masukkan port yang diperlukan seperti
-contoh berikut:</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : membuka port 80 protokol tcp</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : membuka semua port dari 24000 sampai 24010 protokol udp</para>
-
-  <para>Port terdaftar harus dipisahkan dengan spasi.</para>
-
-  <para>Jika kotak <guilabel>Catat pesan firewall di log sistem</guilabel> ditandai,
-pesan firewall akan disimpan di log sistem</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Jika Anda tidak menggunakan layanan spesifik (server web atau surat,
-pembagian file, ...) Anda tidak perlu menandai semuanya, bahkan ini
-disarankan, ini tidak akan menghalangi Anda untuk terhubung ke internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Layar selanjutnya berhubungan dengan pilihan Firewall Interaktif. Fitur ini
-memungkinkan Anda untuk diperingatkan ketika ada usaha koneksi jika
-setidaknya kotak pertama <guilabel>Gunakan Firewall Interaktif
-</guilabel>ditandai. Tandai kotak ke dua untuk diperingatkan ketika port
-dipindai (untuk menemukan kesalahan di manapun dan masuk ke komputer
-Anda). Setiap kotak mulai kotak ke tiga berhubungan dengan port yang Anda
-buka di dua layar pertama; pada gambar di bawah, terdapat dua kotak: server
-SSH dan 80:150/tcp. Tandai mereka untuk diperingatkan setiap ada usaha
-koneksi pada port tersebut.</para>
-
-  <para>Peringatan ini muncul melalui applet jaringan.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Pada layar terakhir, pilih antarmuka jaringan yang terhubung ke Internet dan
-harus diproteksi. Setelah tombol OK diklik, paket yang diperlukan akan
-didownload.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Jika Anda tidak tahu harus memilih apa, lihat MCC tab Jaringan &amp;
-Internet, ikon Atur antarmuka jaringan baru.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 583dccbb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Kelola, tambah dan hapus font. Impor font Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia
-pada tab <emphasis role="bold">Sistem</emphasis>. Ini memungkinkan Anda
-untuk mengelola font yang tersedia di komputer. Layar utama di atas
-menampilkan:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>nama, gaya dan ukuran font yang terinstall.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>pratampil dari font terpilih.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>beberapa tombol dijelaskan di sini nanti.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Dapatkan Font Windows: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Tombol ini secara otomatis menambahkan font yang ada di partisi
-Windows. Anda harus memiliki Microsoft Windows terinstall.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Pilihan:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan aplikasi atau perangkat (kebanyakan
-printer) bisa menggunakan font tersebut.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Uninstall:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Tombol ini untuk menghapus font yang terinstall. Hati-hati ketika menghapus
-font karena mungkin akan berakibat serius pada dokumen yang menggunakannya.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Impor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah font dari pihak ketiga (CD, internet,
-...). Format yang didukung adalah ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm dan gsf. Klik pada
-tombol <emphasis role="bold">Impor</emphasis> lalu <emphasis
-role="bold">Tambah</emphasis>, pengelola file akan muncul di mana Anda bisa
-memilih font untuk diinstall, klik <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis>
-setelah selesai. Mereka terinstall di folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>Jika font yang diinstall (atau dihapus) tidak muncul di layar utama
-Drakfont, tutup lalu buka lagi untuk melihat perubahan.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f087278c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Kendali Orang Tua</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia,
-pada tab Keamanan, dengan nama <guilabel>Kendali Orang Tua</guilabel>. Jika
-Anda tidak menemukan nama ini, Anda harus menginstall paket drakguard (tidak
-terinstall secara baku).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Penyajian</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard adalah cara mudah untuk mengatur kendali orang tua pada komputer
-untuk membatasi seseorang melakukan sesuatu, dan pada waktu
-tertentu. Drakguard memiliki tiga kemampuan yang sangat berguna:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Membatasi akses web ke pengguna yang dipilih pada waktu yang diatur setiap
-harinya. Itu dilakukan dengan mengendalikan firewall shorewall yang ada pada
-Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ini mencegah eksekusi dari perintah tertentu yang dilakukan pengguna yang
-dipilih sehingga pengguna ini hanya bisa mengeksekusi apa yang Anda izinkan
-dia untuk mengeksekusi.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ini membatasi akses ke website, yang ditentukan secara manual melalui daftar
-hitam/putih, juga berdasarkan konten website. Untuk tujuan ini, Drakguard
-menggunakan blokir kendali orang tua sumber terbuka DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mengkonfigurasi Kendali orang tua</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Jika komputer Anda berisi partisi hard disk yang diformat dalam Ext2, Ext3,
-atau ReiserFS Anda akan mendapatkan tawaran yang muncul untuk
-mengkonfigurasi ACL pada partisi. ACL singkatan dari Access Control Lists,
-yang adalah fitur kernel Linux yang memungkinkan akses ke file individual
-untuk dibatasi ke pengguna yang disebut. ACL dibangun pada sistem file Ext4
-dan Btrfs, tapi harus dihidupkan di partisi Ext2, Ext3, atau Reiserfs. Jika
-Anda memilih 'Ya' pada permintaan ini drakguard akan mengkonfigurasi semua
-partisi supaya mendukung ACL, dan akan menyarankan untuk menjalankan ulang
-komputer.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Hidupkan kendali orang tua</guibutton>: Jika ditandai, kendali
-orang tua dihidupkan dan akses ke tab <guilabel>Blokir program</guilabel>
-dibuka.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Blokir semua lalu lintas jaringan</guibutton>: Jika ditandai,
-semua website diblokir, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar putih. Jika tidak,
-semua website diizinkan, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar hitam.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Akses pengguna</guibutton>: Pengguna di sebelah kiri akan
-dibatasi aksesnya berdasarkan aturan yang ditetapkan. Pengguna di sebelah
-kanan tidak dibatasi aksesnya sehingga pengguna komputer dewasa tidak
-terganggu. Pilih pengguna di sebelah kiri lalu klik
-<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sebagai pengguna yang
-diizinkan.  Pilih pengguna di sebelah kanan lalu klik
-<guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk mengapusnya dari pengguna yang diizinkan.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Kendali waktu:</guibutton> Jika ditandai, akses internet
-diizinkan dengan batas antara waktu <guilabel>Mulai</guilabel> sampai waktu
-<guilabel>Akhir</guilabel>. Diluar waktu ini sepenuhnya diblokir.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Tab daftar hitam/putih</title>
-
-      <para>Masukkan URL website di kolom pertama di atas lalu klik tombol
-<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton>.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Tab Blokir Program</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Blokir Aplikasi Tertentu</guibutton>: Hidupkan penggunaan ACL
-untuk membatasi akses ke aplikasi tertentu. Masukkan arah ke aplikasi yang
-ingin Anda blokir.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Daftar Pengguna yang Tidak Diblokir</guibutton>: Pengguna yang
-terdaftar di sebelah kanan tidak akan jadi sasaran pemblokiran acl.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 089e6a8b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Bagi koneksi Internet dengan komputer lokal lain</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Dasar</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Ini berguna jika Anda memiliki
-komputer (3) yang memiliki akses Internet (2) dan juga terhubung ke jaringan
-lokal (1). Anda bisa menggunakan komputer Anda (3) sebagai gerbang untuk
-memberikan akses ke komputer lain (5) dan (6) di jaringan lokal (1). Untuk
-ini, sang gerbang harus memiliki dua antarmuka; yang pertama adalah
-perangkat ethernet harus terhubung ke jaringan lokal, yang kedua (4)
-terhubung ke Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>Langkah pertama untuk memeriksa bahwa jaringan dan akses ke Internet sudah
-diatur, seperti didokumentasikan dalam <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Panduan gerbang</title>
-
-    <para>Panduan<footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote> akan menawarkan langkah
-berurutan yang ditunjukkan di bawah:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jika panduan tidak menemukan setidaknya dua antarmuka, dia akan
-memperingatkan ini dan meminta untuk menghentikan jaringan dan
-mengkonfigurasi perangkat.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>tentukan antarmuka yang digunakan untuk koneksi Internet. Panduan secara
-otomatis menyarankan salah satu antarmuka, tapi Anda harus memeriksa apakah
-yang ditawarkan sudah benar.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>tentukan antarmuka mana yang digunakan untuk akses Lan. Panduan juga akan
-mengusulkan salah satu, pastikan ini benar.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Panduan akan menyarankan parameter untuk jaringan Lan, seperti alamat IP,
-mask dan nama domain. Pastikan parameter ini cocok dengan konfigurasi yang
-sebenarnya. Disarankan Anda menerima nilai ini.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>tentukan jika komputer telah digunakan sebagai server DNS. Jika ya, panduan
-akan memeriksa bahwa <code>bind</code> telah terinstall.  Jika tidak, Anda
-harus menentukan alamat server DNS.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server DHCP. Jika ya, panduan akan
-memeriksa bahwa <code>dhcp-server</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan
-untuk mengkonfigurasi, dengan awal dan akhir alamat dalam jangkauan DHCP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server proxy. Jika ya, panduan akan
-memeriksa bahwa <code>squid</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan untuk
-mengkonfigurasi, dengan alamat administrator (admin@mydomain.com), nama
-proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) dan ukuran cache (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda memeriksa jika komputer gerbang terhubung
-ke printer dan membagikannya.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Anda akan diperingatkan untuk memeriksa firewall jika aktif.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Konfigurasi klien</title>
-
-    <para>Jika Anda telah mengkonfigurasi komputer gerbang dengan DHCP, Anda hanya
-perlu menentukan di alat konfigurasi jaringan dan akan mendapatkan alamat
-secara otomatis (menggunakan DHCP). Parameter akan diperoleh ketika
-menghubungkan ke jaringan. Metode ini bisa dilakukan apapun sistem operasi
-yang digunakan oleh klien.</para>
-
-    <para>Jika Anda harus menentukan parameter jaringan secara manual, Anda harus
-menentukan gateway dengan memasukkan alamat IP komputer yang berfungsi
-sebagai gerbang.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Menghentikan pembagian koneksi</title>
-
-    <para>Jika Anda ingin menghentikan pembagian koneksi pada komputer Mageia,
-jalankan alat. Dia akan menawarkan untuk mengkonfigurasi ulang koneksi atau
-untuk menghentikan pembagian.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b552faf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Definisi host</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Jika beberapa sistem pada jaringan Anda memberikan layanan, dan memiliki
-alamat IP tetap, alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> memungkinkan
-untuk menentukan nama untuk mengakses mereka lebih mudah. Lalu Anda bisa
-menggunakan nama tersebut daripada menggunakan alamat IP.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Tambah</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Dengan tombol ini, Anda menambahkan nama untuk sistem baru. Anda akan
-mendapatkan jendela untuk menentukan alamat IP, nama host sistem, dan
-pilihan nama alias yang bisa digunakan dengan cara yang sama menggunakan
-nama.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Anda bisa mengakses parameter dari entri yang sebelumnya ditetapkan. Anda
-akan mendapatkan jendela yang sama.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index af650409..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Pengaturan lanjutan antarmuka jaringan dan firewall</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>
-
-  <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 328f744b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Pusat Jaringan</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> ada di tab Jaringan &amp;
-Internet pada Pusat kendali Mageia dengan nama "Pusat Jaringan"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pengantar</title>
-
-    <para>Saat alat ini dijalankan, sebuah jendela membuka daftar semua jaringan yang
-terkonfigurasi di komputer, apapun tipenya (kabel, nirkabel, satelit,
-dll.). Ketika mengklik salah satunya, tiga atau empat tombol akan muncul,
-tergantung pada tipe jaringan, untuk memungkinkan Anda melihat jaringan,
-mengubah pengaturan atau menghubungkan/memutus hubungan. Alat ini tidak
-bertujuan untuk membuat jaringan, untuk yang ini lihat <guilabel>Mengatur
-antarmuka jaringan baru (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> di tab MCC yang
-sama.</para>
-
-    <para>Pada gambar di bawah, diberikan sebagai contoh, kita bisa melihat dua
-jaringan, yang pertama jaringan kabel yang terhubung, bisa dikenali oleh
-ikon ini <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (ini
-terhubung<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) dan bagian ke dua
-menampilkan jaringan nirkabel, tidak terhubung dikenali oleh ikon ini
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> dan yang ini <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>jika terhubung. Untuk tipe jaringan
-lainnya, kode warna selalu sama, hijau jika terhubung dan merah jika tidak.</para>
-
-    <para>Di bagian nirkabel dari layar, Anda juga bisa melihat semua jaringan yang
-terdeteksi, dengan <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Kekuatan
-sinyal</guilabel>, jika mereka terenkripsi (merah) atau tidak (hijau), dan
-<guilabel>Mode operasi</guilabel>. Klik yang terpilih lalu pada
-<guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> atau
-<guibutton>Hubungkan</guibutton>. Kita bisa pergi dari satu jaringan ke
-jaringan lain. Jika jaringan privat terpilih, jendela Pengaturan Jaringan
-(lihat di bawah) akan terbuka dan meminta pengaturan tambahan ( di antaranya
-kunci enkripsi).</para>
-
-    <para>Klik <guibutton>Segarkan</guibutton> untuk memperbarui layar.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tombol Monitor</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Tombol ini memungkinkan Anda mengawasi aktivitas jaringan, download (ke arah
-PC, merah) dan upload (ke arah Internet, hijau). Layar yang sama tersedia
-dengan klik kanan pada <guimenu>ikon Internet di tray sistem -> Monitor
-Jaringan</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Ada tab untuk setiap jaringan (di sini eth0 adalah jaringan kabel, lo
-loopback lokal dan wlan0 jaringan nirkabel) dan tab koneksi yang memberikan
-rincian tentang status koneksi.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Di bawah jendela ada <guilabel>Penghitungan lalu lintas</guilabel>, kita
-akan melihatnya di bagian selanjutnya.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tombol Konfigurasi</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Untuk jaringan kabel</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Kita bisa mengubah semua pengaturan yang diberikan saat pembuatan
-jaringan. Biasanya, menandai <guibutton>IP otomatis</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> sudah cukup, tapi ketika bermasalah,
-konfigurasi manual mungkin akan lebih baik.</para>
-
-    <para>Untuk jaringan rumah, <guilabel>alamat IP</guilabel> selalu seperti
-192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, dan
-<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> dan <guilabel>server DNS</guilabel> tersedia di
-website penyelenggara Anda.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Hidupkan penghitungan lalu lintas</guibutton> jika ditandai akan
-menghitung lalu lintas setiap jam, harian atau bulanan. Hasilnya bisa
-dilihat di Monitor jaringan yang dijelaskan di bagian sebelumnya. Setelah
-dihidupkan, Anda harus menghubungkan ulang jaringan.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola
-Jaringan:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Bagian ini belum ditulis karena kurangnya sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa
-menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Tombol Lanjutan:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Bagian ini belum ditulis karena kurangnya sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa
-menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Untuk jaringan nirkabel</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Hanya item yang belum terlihat di atas yang dijelaskan.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Mode operasi:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Pilih <guilabel>Terkelola</guilabel> jika koneksi melalui titik akses, ada
-<emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> yang terdeteksi.  Pilih
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> jika ini jaringan peer to peer. Pilih <emphasis
-role="bold">Master</emphasis> jika perangkat Anda digunakan sebagai titik
-akses, perangkat jaringan Anda harus mendukung mode ini.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Mode enkripsi dan Kunci enkripsi:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Jika ini jaringan privat, Anda harus mengetahui pengaturan ini.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> menggunakan sandi yang lebih lemah dari WPA yang
-menggunakan frasa sandi. <guilabel>Kunci WPA Pre-Shared</guilabel> juga
-disebut WPA personal atau WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel>
-jarang digunakan pada jaringan privat.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Izinkan penjelajahan titik akses</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Penjelajahan adalah teknologi yang memungkinkan komputer mengubah titik
-akses saat jaringan sedang terhubung.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Tombol Lanjutan:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tombol Pengaturan Lanjutan</title>
-
-    <para>Bagian ini belum ditulis karena kurangnya sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa
-menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f6103d0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Mengelola profil jaringan berbeda</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>
-
-  <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a52a0b1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Membagi perangkat dan direktori menggunakan NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prasyarat</title>
-
-    <para>Saat panduan<footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote> dijalankan untuk pertama
-kali, mungkin akan menampilkan pesan berikut:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Paket nfs-utils perlu diinstall. Apakah Anda ingin menginstallnya?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Setelah instalasi selesai, jendela dengan daftar kosong akan ditampilkan.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Jendela utama</title>
-
-    <para>Daftar direktori pembagian ditampilkan di sini. Pada langkah ini, daftar
-masih kosong. Tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> memberi akses ke alat
-konfigurasi.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Modifikasi entri</title>
-
-    <para>Alat konfigurasi bernama "Modifikasi entri". Ini bisa juga dijalankan dengan
-tombol <guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Parameter berikut tersedia.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Direktori NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Di sini Anda bisa menentukan direktori mana yang akan dibagi. Tombol
-<guibutton>Direktori</guibutton> memberi akses ke sebuah browser untuk
-memilih.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Akses host</title>
-
-      <para>Di sini Anda bisa menentukan host yang diotorisasi untuk mengakses direktori
-yang dibagi.</para>
-
-      <para>Klien NFS bisa ditentukan dengan berbagai cara:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>host tunggal</emphasis>: sebuah host baik dengan nama singkatan
-yang dikenali resolver, nama domain lengkap yang memenuhi syarat, atau
-alamat IP</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS bisa berupa @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nama komputer bisa berisi karakter wildcard
-* dan ?. Contohnya: *.cs.foo.edu untuk semua host dengan domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Jaringan IP</emphasis>: Anda juga bisa mengekspor direktori ke
-semua host pada (sub-)jaringan IP secara bersamaan. Contohnya,
-`/255.255.252.0' atau `/22' ditambahkan ke alamat dasar jaringan.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Pemetaan ID Pengguna</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>petakan pengguna root sebagai anonim</emphasis>: memetakan
-permintaan dari uid/gid 0 ke uid/gid (root_squash) anonim. Pengguna root
-dari klien tidak bisa membaca atau menulisi file pada server yang dibuat
-oleh root pada server-nya sendiri.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>izinkan akses root remote nyata</emphasis>: matikan root
-squashing. Pilihan ini berguna untuk klien diskless (no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>petakan semua pengguna ke pengguna anonim</emphasis>: petakan
-semua uid dan gid ke pengguna anonim (all_squash). Berguna untuk direktori
-FTP publik terekspor NFS, direktori kumparan berita, dll. Pilihan yang
-berlawanannya adalah tanpa pemetaan UID (no_all_squash), yang adalah
-pengaturan baku.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid dan anongid</emphasis>: secara eksplisit mengatur uid dan
-gid akun anonim.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Pilihan lanjutan</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Koneksi Aman</emphasis>: pilihan ini meminta permintaan berasal
-dari port internet yang kurang dari IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  Ini adalah
-pilihan baku.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Pembagian Hanya-Baca</emphasis>: mengizinkan apakah permintaan
-hanya baca atau baca dan tulis pada volume NFS ini. Bakunya adalah tidak
-mengizinkan permintaan apapun yang mengubah sistem file. Juga bisa dibuat
-eksplisit dengan menggunakan pilihan ini.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Akses sinkronis</emphasis>: mencegah server NFS melanggar protokol
-NFS dan membalas permintaan sebelum perubahan dibuat oleh permintaan
-tersebut disimpan di penyimpanan stabil (contohnya perangkat disk).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Pemeriksaan subtree</emphasis>: menghidupkan pemeriksaan subtree
-yang bisa membantu meningkatkan keamanan dalam beberapa kasus, tapi
-mengurangi reliabilitas. Lihat halaman ekspor(5) untuk lebih rinci.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Entri menu</title>
-
-    <para>Sejauh ini daftar memiliki setidaknya satu entri.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Simpan konfigurasi saat ini.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>Server dihentikan dan dijalankan kembali dengan file konfigurasi saat ini.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>Konfigurasi yang ditampilkan dimuat ulang dari file konfigurasi saat ini.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 86b307ef..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Jika Anda harus menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa
-menggunakan alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> untuk
-mengkonfigurasinya. Administrator jaringan Anda akan memberikan informasi
-yang diperlukan. Anda juga bisa menentukan beberapa layanan yang bisa
-diakses tanpa proxy dengan pengecualian.</para>
-
-  <para>Dari Wikipedia, pada 2012-09-24, artikel server Proxy: Dalam jaringan
-komputer, server proxy adalah server (sistem komputer atau aplikasi) yang
-bertindak sebagai perantara untuk permintaan dari klien yang mencari sumber
-dari server lain. Klien terhubung ke server proxy, meminta beberapa layanan,
-seperti file, koneksi, halaman web, atau sumber lain yang tersedia dari
-server berbeda. Server proxy menghitung permintaan dengan cara
-menyederhanakan dan mengendalikan kerumitannya.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a5b41886..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,214 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Konfigurasi Media</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Hal pertama setelah instalasi adalah menambahkan sumber software (juga
-dikenal dengan repository, media, mirror). Yang berarti Anda harus memilih
-sumber media untuk digunakan menginstall dan update paket dan
-aplikasi. (lihat tombol Tambah di bawah).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Jika Anda menginstall (atau upgrade) Mageia menggunakan media optik (DVD
-atau CD) atau perangkat USB, akan ada sumber perangkat lunak yang
-terkonfigurasi ke media optik yang digunakan. Untuk mencegah permintaan
-memasukkan media ketika menginstall paket-paket baru, Anda harus mematikan
-(atau menghapus) media ini. (Ini akan memiliki tipe media CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Sistem Anda berjalan pada arsitektur yang mungkin 32-bit (disebut i586),
-atau 64-bit (disebut x86_64). Beberapa paket bebas digunakan untuk sistem
-32-bit atau 64-bit; yang disebut paket noarch. Mereka tidak memiliki
-direktori noarch sendiri pada mirror, tapi semua ada di media i586 dan
-x86_64.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Alat ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Pengelolaan software.</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Kolom</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Kolom Hidupkan:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk menginstall paket baru. Hati-hati
-dengan beberapa media seperti Testing dan Debug, mereka bisa membuat sistem
-Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Kolom Update:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk update paket, ini harus
-dihidupkan. Hanya media dengan "Update" di namanya yang harus dipilih. Untuk
-alasan keamanan, kolom ini tidak bisa dimodifikasi pada alat ini, Anda harus
-membuka konsol sebagai root lalu ketik <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Kolom media:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Menampilkan nama media. Repository resmi Mageia untuk versi rilis final
-berisi setidaknya:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> yang berisi kebanyakan semua program
-yang didukung oleh Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> yang berisi beberapa program yang
-tidak bebas</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> software bebas yang mungkin ada
-klaim paten di beberapa negara.</para>
-
-        <para>Tiap media memiliki 4 rincian:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> paket yang ada saat versi Mageia
-ini rilis.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> update paket sejak rilis untuk
-alasan keamanan dan masalah bug. Semua orang harus menghidupkan media ini,
-bahkan dengan koneksi internet yang lambat sekalipun.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> beberapa paket versi baru
-dimasukkan dari Cauldron (versi berikutnya yang dalam pengembangan) ke sini.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> yang digunakan untuk pengujian
-sementara dari update baru, untuk memungkinkan pelapor bug dan tim penjamin
-kualitas membuktikan perbaikan.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Tombol sebelah kanan</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Hapus:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Untuk menghapus media, klik pada media lalu tombol ini. Akan bijak untuk
-menghapus media yang digunakan untuk instalasi (CD atau DVD contohnya)
-karena semua isi paketnya ada di media resmi Core release.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Memungkinkan Anda untuk memodifikasi pengaturan media terpilih (URL,
-downloader dan proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Tambah:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Menambah repository resmi yang tersedia di Internet. Repository ini hanya
-berisi software yang aman dan teruji. Mengklik tombol "Tambah" akan
-menambahkan daftar mirror ke konfigurasi, ini dirancang untuk meyakinkan
-bahwa Anda menginstall dan update dari mirror yang dekat dengan Anda. Jika
-Anda lebih suka untuk memilih mirror spesifik, tambahkan dengan memilih
-"Tambah mirror media spesifik" dari menu drop-down "File".</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Panah naik dan turun:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Mengubah urutan daftar. Ketika Drakrpm melihat paket, dia membaca urutan
-daftar yang ditampilkan dan akan menginstall paket yang pertama ditemukan
-untuk nomor rilis yang sama - bahkan jika versi tidak cocok, rilis terakhir
-akan diinstall. Jadi jika mungkin, simpan repository paling cepat di atas.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Menu</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Sebuah jendela muncul dengan daftar media. Pilih yang ingin Anda update lalu
-klik tombol <guibutton>Update</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Tambah mirror media spesifik:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Menduga-duga Anda tidak puas dengan mirror aktual, karena contohnya terlalu
-lambat atau sering tidak tersedia, Anda bisa memilih mirror lain. Pilih
-semua media aktual lalu klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk
-menghapusnya. Klik pada <guimenu>File -> Tambah mirror media
-spesifik</guimenu>, pilih antara hanya update atau satu set penuh (jika kamu
-tidak tahu, pilih <guibutton>Satu set penuh sumber</guibutton>) lalu terima
-kontak dengan mengklik <guibutton>Ya</guibutton>. Jendela ini membuka:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Anda bisa melihat, di kiri, daftar negara, pilih negara Anda atau yang
-paling dekat dengan mengklik simbol >, ini akan menampilkan semua mirror
-yang tersedia di negara tersebut. Pilih lalu klik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Tambah media sesuaian:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Anda bisa menginstall media baru (dari pihak ketiga contohnya) yang tidak
-didukung oleh Mageia. Sebuah jendela muncul:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Pilih tipe media, cari nama bagus
-yang menjelaskan media tersebut lalu tambahkan URL (atau arah, tergantung
-tipe media)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Pilihan -> Pilihan global:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Item ini memungkinkan Anda untuk memilih "Periksa RPM yang diinstall"
-(selalu atau tidak pernah), program download (curl, wget atau aria2) dan
-menentukan kebijakan download informasi paket (saat diminta -baku-, hanya
-update, selalu atau tidak pernah).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Pilihan -> Kelola kunci:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Untuk menjamin keamanan level yang tinggi, kunci digital digunakan untuk
-mengesahkan media. Bisa untuk setiap media mengizinkan atau tidak
-mengizinkan kunci. Pada jendela yang muncul, pilih media lalu klik
-<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> untuk mengizinkan kunci baru atau pilih kunci
-dan klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk tidak mengizinkan kunci.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Lakukan ini dengan hati-hari, karena ini berhubungan dengan keamanan</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Pilihan -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Jika Anda perlu menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa
-mengkonfigurasinya di sini. Anda hanya perlu memberikan <guibutton>Hostname
-proxy</guibutton> dan jika perlu <guilabel>Nama pengguna</guilabel> dan
-<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Untuk informasi lebih lanjut tentang mengkonfigurasi media, lihat <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">halaman Wiki
-Mageia</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 14bff657..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Berbagi direktori dan perangkat dengan Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pengantar</title>
-
-    <para>Samba adalah protokol yang digunakan di Sistem Operasi yang berbeda untuk
-berbagi beberapa sumber daya seperti direktori atau printer. Alat ini
-memungkinkan Anda untuk mengkonfigurasi komputer sebagai server Samba
-menggunakan protokol SMB/CIFS. Protokol ini juga digunakan oleh Windows(R)
-dan lingkungan kerja dengan OS ini  bisa mengakses sumber daya dari server
-Samba.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Persiapan</title>
-
-    <para>Untuk diakses dari lingkungan kerja lain, server harus memiliki alamat IP
-tetap. Ini bisa ditentukan langsung di server, contohnya dengan <xref
-linkend="draknetcenter"/>, atau di server DHCP yang mengidentifikasi
-komputer dengan alamat MAC-nya dan selalu memberikan alamat yang
-sama. Firewall juga harus mengizinkan permintaan yang datang ke server
-Samba.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Panduan - Server mandiri</title>
-
-    <para>Saat pertama dijalankan, alat ini <footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik<emphasis
-role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote>
-memeriksa jika paket yang diperlukan terinstall dan menawarkan untuk
-menginstall jika belum ada. Lalu panduan untuk mengkonfigurasi server Samba
-dijalankan.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Pada jendela selanjutnya pilihan konfigurasi Server mandiri sudah terpilih.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Lalu tentukan nama grup kerja. Nama ini harus sama untuk mengakses ke sumber
-daya yang dibagi.</para>
-
-    <para>Nama netbios adalah nama yang akan digunakan untuk menentukan server pada
-jaringan.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Pilih mode keamanan:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>pengguna</guilabel>: klien harus disahkan untuk mengakses sumber
-daya</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>pembagian</guilabel>: klien mengesahkan dirinya terpisah untuk
-setiap pembagian</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Anda bisa menentukan host mana yang diizinkan untuk mengakses sumber daya,
-dengan alamat IP atau nama host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Tentukan banner server. Banner adalah cara server ini dijelaskan di
-lingkungan kerja Windows.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Tempat di mana Samba bisa mencatat informasi bisa ditetapkan di langkah
-selanjutnya.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Panduan menampilkan daftar parameter yang dipilih sebelum Anda menerima
-konfigurasi. Ketika diterima, konfigurasi akan ditulis di
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Panduan - Pengendali domain primer</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Jika pilihan "Pengendali domain
-primer" dipilih, panduan akan menanyakan tanda jika Wins mendukung untuk
-menyediakan nama pengguna admin atau tidak. Langkah selanjutnya sama dengan
-untuk server mandiri, kecuali Anda juga bisa memilih mode keamanan:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: menyediakan mekanisme untuk menyimpan semua
-akun pengguna dan grup pada sebuah repository akun, terbagi, yang terpusat.
-Repositori akun terpusat dibagi di antara pengendali (keamanan).</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mengumumkan direktori untuk dibagi</title>
-
-    <para>Dengan tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton>, kita mendapat:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Entri baru ditambahkan. Ini bisa dimodifikasi dengan tombol
-<guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Pilihan bisa diedit, seperti apakah
-direktori bisa dilihat publik, bisa ditulisi atau dijelajahi. Nama pembagian
-tidak bisa dimodifikasi.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Entri menu</title>
-
-    <para>Ketika daftar memiliki setidaknya satu entri, entri menu bisa digunakan.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Simpan konfigurasi saat ini di <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
-
-      <para>Panduan bisa dijalankan lagi dengan perintah ini.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>Server dihentikan dan dijalankan kembali dengan file konfigurasi saat ini.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>Konfigurasi yang ditampilkan dimuat ulang dari file konfigurasi saat ini.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pembagian printer</title>
-
-    <para>Samba juga memungkinkan Anda untuk membagi printer.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pengguna samba</title>
-
-    <para>Di tab ini, Anda bisa menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk mengakses
-sumber daya yang dibagi ketika otentikasi diperlukan. Anda bisa menambah
-pengguna dari <xref linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4134891b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Konfigurasi otentikasi peralatan Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote>tersedia di Pusat Kendali
-Mageia di bawah tab <emphasis role="bold">Keamanan</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Ini memungkinkan untuk memberikan pengguna biasa hak yang diperlukan untuk
-menyelesaikan tugas yang biasanya dilakukan oleh administrator.</para>
-
-  <para>Klik pada tanda panah kecil sebelum item yang ingin Anda tarik ulur:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Kebanyakan peralatan yang tersedia di Pusat Kendali Mageia ditampilkan di
-sebelah kiri jendela (lihat gambar di atas) dan untuk setiap alat, sebuah
-daftar tarik ulur di sebelah kanan memberikan pilihan di antara:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Baku: Mode yang dijalankan berdasarkan pada tingkat keamanan yang
-dipilih. Lihat di tab MCC yang sama, "Konfigurasi sistem keamanan, perizinan
-dan audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Sandi pengguna: Sandi pengguna ditanyakan sebelum alat berjalan.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Sandi administrator: Sandi root diminta sebelum menjalankan alat</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Tanpa sandi: Alat dijalankan tanpa menanyakan sandi apapun.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bc4a040..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Snapshots</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> ada di tab
-<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> MCC, pada bagian <guilabel>Peralatan
-administrasi</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini di MCC untuk pertama kalinya, Anda akan
-melihat pesan untuk menginstall draksnapshot. Klik
-<guibutton>Install</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan. Draksnapshot dan beberapa
-paket yang diperlukan akan diinstall.</para>
-
- <para>Klik lagi <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, Anda akan melihat layar
-<guilabel>Pengaturan</guilabel>. Pilih <guilabel>Hidupkan Backup</guilabel>
-lalu, jika Anda ingin membackup keseluruhan sistem, <guilabel>Backup
-keseluruhan sistem</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Jika Anda ingin membackup sebagian direktori, pilih
-<guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>. Anda akan melihat layar kecil yang
-muncul. Gunakan tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> dan
-<guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> di sebelah <guilabel>Daftar backup</guilabel>
-untuk memasukkan atau mengeluarkan direktori dan file dari backup. Gunakan
-tombol yang sama di sebelah daftar <guilabel>Masukkan</guilabel> untuk
-menghapus subdirektori dan/atau file dari direktori terpilih, ini <emphasis
-role="bold">tidak</emphasis> akan dimasukkan dalam backup. Klik
-<guibutton>Tutup</guibutton> jika sudah selesai.</para>
-	  <para>Sekarang berikan arah ke <guilabel>Di mana membackup</guilabel>, atau pilih
-tombol <guibutton>Jelajah</guibutton> untuk memilih arah yang benar. Setiap
-flashdisk atau HD eksternal bisa ditemukan di <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Klik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton> untuk membuat snapshot.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f1e409bc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Konfigurasi Suara</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia
-pada tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound berhubungan dengan konfigurasi suara, termasuk pemilihan driver,
-pilihan PulseAudio dan pemecahan masalah. Ini akan membantu jika Anda
-mengalami masalah suara atau jika Anda mengganti perangkat suara.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> adalah server suara. Ini menerima semua
-masukan suara, mencampurkannya menurut pilihan pengguna dan mengirimkan
-hasil keluarannya. Lihat <guimenu>Menu -> Suara dan Video -> Kendali volume
-PulseAudio</guimenu> untuk mengatur pilihan ini.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio adalah server suara baku dan direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> meningkatkan PulseAudio dengan beberapa
-program. Ini juga direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
-fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an
-obvious button.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 32ede64e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Mengatur UPS untuk mengawasi daya</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakups</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 435fd49f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Konfigurasi Koneksi VPN untuk mengamankan akses jaringan</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pengantar</title>
-
-    <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote> memungkinkan untuk
-mengkonfigurasi keamanan akses ke jaringan remote dengan membangun
-terowongan antara lingkungan kerja lokal dengan jaringan remote. Yang kita
-bicarakan di sini hanya konfigurasi di sisi lingkungan kerja. Kita anggap
-jaringan remote sudah beroperasi, dan Anda memiliki informasi koneksi dari
-administrator jaringan, seperti file konfigurasi .pcf.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfigurasi</title>
-
-    <para>Pertama, pilih antara Cisco VPN Concentrator atau OpenVPN, tergantung pada
-protokol mana yang digunakan untuk jaringan privat virtual Anda.</para>
-
-    <para>Lalu beri nama koneksi Anda.</para>
-
-    <para>Di layar selanjutnya, berikan rincian koneksi VPN Anda.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Untuk VPN Cisco</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Untuk openvpn. Paket openvpn dan dependensinya akan diinstall saat pertama
-kali alat ini digunakan.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Pilih file yang Anda terima dari
-administrator jaringan.</para>
-
-        <para>Parameter lanjutan:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Layar selanjutnya meminta alamat IP gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Saat parameter diatur, Anda memiliki pilihan untuk menjalankan koneksi VPN.</para>
-
-    <para>Koneksi VPN ini bisa diatur untuk berjalan otomatis dengan koneksi
-jaringan. Untuk melakukannya, konfigurasi ulang koneksi jaringan untuk
-selalu terhubung ke VPN ini.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c4ed821..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Konfigurasi server web</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> bisa membantu Anda mengatur
-server web.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Apakah server web itu?</title>
-    <para>
-      Server web adalah perangkat lunak yang membantu menyampaikan konten web yang
-bisa diakses melalui Internet. (Dari Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Mengatur server web dengan drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Selamat datang di pengaturan server web.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Pengantar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Halaman pertama hanya perkenalan, klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Pemilihan Eksposer Server: Jaringan Lokal dan/atau Dunia</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Mengekspos server web ke Internet memiliki resiko. Bersiaplah untuk hal-hal
-buruk.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Modul Pengguna Server</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Izinkan pengguna membuat situs mereka sendiri.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Nama direktori web pengguna</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Pengguna harus membuat dan menempatkan direktori ini, lalu server akan
-menampilkannya.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Root Dokumen Server</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Memungkinkan Anda untuk mengkonfigurasi arah ke dokumen baku server web.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Ringkasan</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Luangkan waktu untuk memeriksa pilihan ini, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selesai</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Selesai! Klik <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f0e49545..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Konfigurasi DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e3f561af..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Konfigurasi DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Alat ini tidak berfungsi di Mageia 4 karena skema penamaan baru antarmuka
-Jaringan</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> bisa membantu Anda mengatur
-server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Ini adalah komponen drakwizard yang harus
-terinstall sebelum Anda bisa mengaksesnya.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Apakah DHCP itu?</title>
-
-    <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) adalah
-protokol jaringan yang distandarisasi yang digunakan pada jaringan IP yang
-mengkonfigurasi alamat IP secara dinamis dan informasi lain yang diperlukan
-untuk komunikasi Internet. (Dari Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mengatur sebuah server DHCP dengan drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Selamat datang di pengaturan server DHCP.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Pengantar</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Halaman pertama hanya perkenalan, klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Pemilihan Adapter</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Pilih antarmuka jaringan, yang akan dihubungkan ke subnet, dan DHCP akan
-menentukan alamat IP, lalu klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Pilih jangkauan IP</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Pilih alamat IP awal dan akhir dari jangkauan IP yang Anda ingin server
-sediakan, juga IP komputer gateway yang terhubung ke suatu tempat di luar
-jaringan lokal, yang dekat dengan Internet, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ringkasan</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Luangkan waktu untuk memeriksa pilihan ini, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Tahan...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ini bisa diperbaiki. Klik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> beberapa kali
-lalu ubah beberapa hal.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Beberapa jam kemudian...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yang telah selesai</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Menginstall paket dhcp-server jika diperlukan;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Menyimpan <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> di <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Membuat <code>dhcpd.conf</code> baru dimulai dari
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> dan
-menambahkan parameter-parameter baru:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Juga memodifikasi berkas konfigurasi Webmin
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Menjalankan ulang <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a1d654cd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Konfigurasi waktu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> bertujuan untuk mengatur waktu
-server Anda supaya sinkron dengan server luar. Ini tidak terinstall secara
-baku dan Anda harus juga menginstall paket drakwizard dan drakwizard-base.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mengatur server NTP dengan drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Setelah layar selamat datang (lihat di atas), yang kedua meminta Anda
-memilih tiga server waktu di daftar drop down dan menyarankan untuk
-menggunakan pool.ntp.org dua kali karena server ini selalu mengarahkan ke
-server waktu yang tersedia.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Layar berikut memungkinkan Anda memilih daerah dan kota, lalu, dari mana
-Anda dalam ringkasan. Jika ada yang salah, Anda bisa mengubahnya menggunakan
-tombol <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton>. Jika sudah benar, klik tombol
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton> untuk memulai pengujian. Ini bisa memakan
-waktu beberapa saat dan akhirnya Anda akan mendapatkan layar di bawah:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Klik tombol <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton> untuk menutup alat</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yang telah selesai</title>
-
-    <para>Alat ini menjalankan langkah-langkah berikut:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Menginstall paket <code>ntp</code> jika diperlukan</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Menyimpan berkas <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> ke
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> dan
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> ke
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Menulis berkas baru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dengan daftar server;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Memodifikasi berkas <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> dengan memasukkan nama server
-pertama;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Menghentikan dan menjalankan layanan <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code>
-dan <code>ntpd</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Mengatur jam perangkat keras ke waktu sistem saat ini dengan referensi UTC.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 637e4e7b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Konfigurasi FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> bisa membantu Anda mengatur
-sebuah server <acronym>FTP</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Apakah <acronym>FTP</acronym> itu?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) adalah protokol jaringan
-standar yang digunakan untuk mentransfer berkas dari satu host ke host lain
-melalui jaringan berbasis <acronym>TCP</acronym>, seperti Internet. (Dari
-Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Mengatur sebuah server FTP dengan drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Selamat datang di pengaturan FTP. Bersiaplah.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Pengantar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Halaman pertama hanya perkenalan, klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Pemilihan Eksposer Server: Jaringan Lokal dan/atau Dunia</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Mengekspos server FTP ke Internet memiliki resiko. Bersiaplah untuk hal-hal
-buruk.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Informasi Server</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Masukkan nama server yang akan digunakan untuk memperkenalkan dirinya, untuk
-seseorang mengirimi email keluhan dan juga untuk mengizinkan akses login
-root.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opsi Server</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Atur port yang dibuka, pengguna yang ditahan, izinkan resume dan/atau
-<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Ringkasan</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Luangkan waktu untuk memeriksa pilihan ini, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selesai</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Selesai! Klik <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2900e5d1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Konfigurasi proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> bisa membantu Anda mengatur
-server proxy. Ini adalah komponen dari drakwizard yang harus terinstall
-sebelum Anda bisa mengaksesnya.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Apakah server proxy itu?</title>
-
-    <para>Server proxy adalah sebuah server (sistem komputer atau aplikasi) yang
-berjalan sebagai perantara untuk permintaan dari klien yang mencari sumber
-daya dari server lain. Klien menghubungi server proxy, meminta beberapa
-layanan, seperti berkas, koneksi, halaman web atau sumber daya lain yang
-tersedia dari server yang berbeda dan proxy server menghitung permintaan
-untuk memudahkan dan mengontrol kerumitannya. (Dari Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Mengatur sebuah server proxy dengan drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Selamat datang di pengaturan server proxy.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Pengantar</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Halaman pertama hanya perkenalan, klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Memilih port proxy</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Pilih port proxy di mana browser akan terhubung, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Atur Penggunaan Disk dan Memori</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Atur batas cache disk dan memori, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Pilih Kontrol Akses Jaringan</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Atur keterlihatan ke jaringan lokal atau dunia, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Izin Akses Jaringan</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Izinkan akses ke jaringan lokal, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Gunakan Batas Atas Server Proxy?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cabangkan melalui server proxy lain? Jika tidak, lewati langkah berikutnya.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Port dan URL Proxy Batas Atas</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Sediakan port dan hostname proxy batas atas, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ringkasan</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Luangkan waktu untuk memeriksa pilihan ini, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Mulai saat menjalankan komputer?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Pilih jika server proxy akan dijalankan saat komputer dinyalakan, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selesai</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Selesai! Klik <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yang telah selesai</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Menginstall paket squid jika diperlukan;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Menyimpan <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> di
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Membuat <code>squid.conf</code> baru dimulai dari
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> dan menambahkan parameter-parameter baru:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tingkatan</code> 1, 2 atau 3 dan <code>http_access</code> berdasarkan
-pada tingkatan</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Menjalankan ulang <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f243fb69..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Konfigurasi daemon OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> bisa membantu Anda mengatur
-sebuah daemon <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Apakah <acronym>SSH</acronym> itu?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) adalah protokol jaringan kriptografi untuk mengamankan
-komunikasi data, login baris perintah jarak jauh, eksekusi perintah jarak
-jauh, dan layanan jaringan aman lainnya di antara dua komputer jaringan yang
-terhubung, melalui kanal aman pada jaringan yang tidak aman, server dan
-klien (yang menjalankan server SSH dan <acronym>SSH</acronym> program klien
-masing-masing). (Dari Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Mengatur sebuah daemon <acronym>SSH</acronym> dengan drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Selamat datang di pengaturan Open SSH.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Pilih Tipe Opsi Konfigurasi</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Pilih <guilabel>Pengguna berpengalaman</guilabel> untuk semua opsi atau
-<guilabel>Pengguna baru</guilabel> untuk melewatkan langkah 3-7, klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opsi Umum</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Atur keterlihatan dan opsi akses root. Port 22 adalah port standar
-<acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Metode Otentikasi</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Izinkan metode otentikasi bervariasi yang pengguna bisa gunakan saat akan
-terhubung, lalu klik <guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Login</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Pilih fasilitas login dan tingkatan output, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opsi Login</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfigurasi pengaturan per login, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>pilihan login pengguna</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfigurasi pengaturan akses pengguna, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kompresi dan Penerusan</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfigurasi kompresi dan penerusan X11 saat transfer, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Ringkasan</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Luangkan waktu untuk memeriksa pilihan ini, lalu klik
-<guibutton>Berikutnya</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selesai</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Selesai! Klik <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ea8daca4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Kelola layanan sistem dengan menghidupkan atau mematikannya</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>   
-
-  <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 31a271fd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Konfigurasi hardware</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> memberi pandangan umum
-hardware komputer anda. Saat alat ini dijalankan, ini mengeksekusi tugas
-untuk melihat semua elemen hardware. Untuk itu, ini menggunakan perintah
-<code>ldetect </code>yang mengacu ke daftar hardware di paket
-<code>ldetect-lst</code>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Jendela</title>
-
-    <para>Jendela terbagi dalam dua kolom.</para>
-
-    <para>Kolom kiri berisi daftar hardware yang terdeteksi. Perangkat dibagi dalam
-grup dengan berbagai kategori. Klik &gt; untuk melihat isi kategori. Setiap
-perangkat bisa dipilih di kolom ini.</para>
-
-    <para>Kolom kanan menampilkan informasi perangkat yang dipilih. <guimenu>Bantuan
--&gt; Kolom keterangan</guimenu> memberi beberapa informasi tentang isi dari
-kolom.</para>
-
-    <para>Tergantung pada tipe perangkat yang dipilih, satu atau dua tombol tersedia
-di bawah kolom kedua.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Atur opsi driver saat ini</guibutton>: ini bisa digunakan untuk
-mengatur parameter modul yang digunakan dalam hubungan dengan perangkat. Ini
-hanya untuk digunakan oleh pengguna berpengalaman.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Jalankan alat konfigurasi</guibutton>: akses ke alat yang
-digunakan untuk mengkonfigurasi perangkat. Alat ini lebih sering diakses
-langsung dari MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Pilihan</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>Menu <guimenu>opsi</guimenu> memberi kesempatan untuk menandai kotak untuk
-menghidupkan pendeteksian otomatis:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Perangkat jaz</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Perangkat paralel zip</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Secara baku pendeteksian ini tidak dihidupkan karena lambat. Tandai kotak
-yang tepat jika ada perangkat di sini yang terhubung. Pendeteksian akan
-berjalan saat alat ini dijalankan berikutnya.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b1f407d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Atur Layout Keyboard</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pengantar</title>
-
-    <para>Alat keyboarddrake<footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote> membantu Anda
-mengkonfigurasi layout dasar keyboard yang Anda gunakan di Mageia. Ini akan
-berpengaruh pada layout keyboard untuk semua pengguna sistem. Ini ada di
-bagian Hardware pada Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama "Konfigurasi
-mouse dan keyboard".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Layout Keyboard</title>
-
-    <para>Di sini Anda bisa memilih layout keyboard mana yang ingin Anda gunakan. Nama
-(urutan alfabet) menggambarkan layout tiap bahasa, negara dan/atau etnis
-yang digunakan.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tipe Keyboard</title>
-
-    <para>Menu memberikan pilihan tipe keyboard yang Anda gunakan. Jika Anda tidak
-yakin mana yang harus dipilih, gunakan saja pilihan baku.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c722bfd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Kelola lokalisasi sistem</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> sebagai root.
-  </para></footnote> ada di bagian Sistem pada
-Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama "Kelola lokalisasi sistem". Ini
-membuka jendela di mana Anda bisa memilih bahasa. Pilihan disesuaikan dengan
-bahasa terpilih saat instalasi.</para>
-
-  <para>Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan akses untuk mengaktifkan
-kompatibilitas pengkodean lama (non UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>Jendela kedua menampilkan daftar negara menurut bahasa yang dipilih. Tombol
-<guibutton>Negara Lainnya</guibutton> memberi akses ke negara yang tidak
-terdaftar.</para>
-
-  <para>Anda harus menjalankan ulang sesi setelah melakukan modifikasi.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Metode masukan</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>Di layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode
-masukan (dari menu drop-down di bawah daftar). Metode masukan memungkinkan
-pengguna memasukkan karakter multilingual (Cina, Jepang, Korean, dsb).</para>
-  <para> Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode masukan
-baku sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual.</para>
-  <para>Metode masukan lainnya (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dll.) juga menyediakan fungsi
-serupa dan bisa, jika tidak tersedia dari menu drop-down, diinstall di
-bagian lain Pusat Kendali Mageia. Lihat <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 12ae3024..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Lihat dan cari log sistem</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia
-tab Sistem, dengan nama "<guilabel>Lihat dan cari log sistem</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Untuk melakukan pencarian log</title>
-
-    <para>Pertama, masukkan kata kunci yang ingin Anda cari di kolom <emphasis
-role="bold">Pencocokan</emphasis> dan/atau kata kunci yang
-<emphasis>tidak</emphasis> diinginkan untuk melihat jawaban di kolom
-<emphasis role="bold">tapi tidak cocok</emphasis>. Lalu pilih file untuk
-dicari di kolom <guilabel>Pilih file</guilabel>. Atau, bisa juga membatasi
-pencarian hanya satu hari. Pilih di <emphasis
-role="bold">Kalender</emphasis>, menggunakan panah kecil di tiap sisi bulan
-dan tahun, lalu tandai "<guibutton>Hanya tampilkan hari
-terpilih</guibutton>". Terakhir, klik tombol <guibutton>cari</guibutton>
-untuk melihat hasil di jendela yang disebut <guilabel>Isi
-file</guilabel>. Hasil bisa disimpan dalam format .txt dengan mengklik
-tombol <emphasis role="bold">Simpan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para><guibutton>Log Peralatan Mageia</guibutton> menyimpan log peralatan
-konfigurasi Mageia seperti peralatan Pusat Kendali Mageia. Log ini diupdate
-setiap kali konfigurasi dimodifikasi.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Untuk mengkonfigurasi peringatan surat</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Peringatan surat</guibutton> secara otomatis memeriksa beban
-sistem dan layanan setiap jam dan jika diperlukan, mengirim e-mail ke alamat
-yang dikonfigurasi.</para>
-
-    <para>Untuk mengkonfigurasi alat ini, klik tombol <emphasis role="bold">Peringatan
-Surat</emphasis> lalu, di layar selanjutnya, di tombol drop down<guibutton>
-Konfigurasi sistem peringatan surat</guibutton>. Di sini, semua layanan yang
-berjalan ditampilkan dan Anda bisa memilih layanan mana yang ingin Anda
-awasi. (Lihat gambar di atas).</para>
-
-    <para>Layanan berikut bisa diawasi:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Layanan Webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server Surat Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server World Wide Web Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Layanan Xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Di layar selanjutnya, pilih nilai <guilabel>Beban</guilabel> yang Anda
-pertimbangkan untuk tidak diterima. Beban mewakili permintaan proses, beban
-tinggi memperlambat sistem dan bebas sangat tinggi bisa mengindikasikan
-bahwa proses sudah diluar kendali. Nilai baku adalah 3. Pengaturan beban
-direkomendasikan 3 kali jumlah prosesor.</para>
-
-    <para>Di layar terakhir, masukkan <guilabel>Alamat email</guilabel> orang yang
-akan diperingatkan dan <guilabel>Server email</guilabel> yang digunakan
-(lokal atau Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 11b3f152..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Menampilkan Pembagian NFS dan SMB yang Tersedia</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Alat ini <footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> hanya bisa dijalankan dan
-digunakan di baris perintah.</para>
-
-  <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menuliskan bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1addf7e7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Menampilkan Informasi PCI, USB dan PCMCIA</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Alat ini <footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> hanya bisa dijalankan dan
-digunakan di baris perintah. Ini akan memberikan informasi yang lebih banyak
-jika dijalankan sebagai root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake memberikan daftar semua perangkat yang terhubung ke komputer
-(USB, PCI dan PCMCIA) dan driver yang digunakan. Ini memerlukan paket
-ldetect dan ldetect-lst agar bisa bekerja.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dengan opsi -v, lspcidrake menambahkan identifikasi perangkat dan pabrikan.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake seringkali menghasilkan daftar yang sangat panjang, sehingga,
-untuk menemukan sebuah informasi, ini sering digunakan dengan perintah grep,
-seperti pada contoh berikut:</para>
-
-  <para>Informasi perangkat grafis;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Informasi jaringan</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i untuk mengabaikan perbedaan.</para>
-
-  <para>Pada gambar di bawah, Anda bisa melihat aksi dari opsi -v lspcidrake dan
-opsi -i grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Ada alat lain yang bisa memberikan informasi hardware, yang disebut
-<emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (dengan root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8677b81d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Boot</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi
-langkah boot. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurasi langkah boot</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ef1f6ab4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi
-hardware. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Mengelola hardware</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Jelajahi dan konfigurasi
-hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurasi grafis</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi efek Desktop 3D</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurasi mouse dan keyboard</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurasi printing dan scanning</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Atur printer, antrian
-pekerjaan untuk diprint, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Lainnya</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fe42d14..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Tentang Manual Pusat Kendali Mageia</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) memiliki delapan opsi atau tab berbeda untuk
-memilih di kolom sebelah kiri, atau sepuluh jika paket drakwizard sudah
-terinstall. Setiap tab ini memberikan seperangkat peralatan yang bisa
-dipilih pada panel besar di sebelah kanan.</para>
-
-	<para>Sepuluh bab berikut adalah tentang kesepuluh opsi tersebut dan peralatan
-terkait.</para>
-
-<para>Bab terakhir tentang beberapa peralatan Mageia lainnya, yang tidak bisa
-dipilih dari tab manapun di MCC.</para>
-
-	<para>Judul halaman seringkali sama dengan judul layar alat.</para>
-
-        <para>Tersedia juga kotak pencarian, yang bisa diakses dengan mengklik tab "Cari"
-di kolom sebelah kiri.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 397f986c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Disk lokal</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola atau
-berbagi disk lokal. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Disk lokal</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ee4437ae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Jaringan dan Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan jaringan. Klik link di
-bawah untuk mempelajarinya.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Kelola perangkat jaringan Anda</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personalisasi dan Amankan jaringan</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Lainnya</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d66ee0d4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Layanan Jaringan</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Layar ini dan layar untuk <emphasis>Pembagian</emphasis> hanya tersedia jika
-paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih beberapa
-peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau pada <xref
-linkend="mcc-sharing"/>untuk mempelajarinya.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Layanan Jaringan</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index de2857bd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Pembagian Jaringan</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk berbagi perangkat
-atau direktori. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurasi pembagian Windows(R)</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Berbagi perangkat dan
-direktori dengan sistem Windows (SMB)</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurasi pembagian NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurasi pembagian WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cd3fa2e7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Keamanan</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan keamanan. Klik link di
-bawah untuk mempelajarinya.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Keamanan</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan
-audit sistem</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 87baa304..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Pembagian</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Layar ini dan layar <emphasis>Layanan Jaringan</emphasis> hanya tersedia
-jika paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih
-beberapa peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau
-pada <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>untuk mempelajarinya.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Pembagian</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ff18f8c1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistem</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan sistem dan
-administrasi. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Kelola layanan sistem</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Lokalisasi</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Peralatan administrasi</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Kelola pengguna pada
-sistem</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 623e7ec0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Konfigurasi frekuensi update</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia
-pada tab <emphasis role="bold">Manajemen software</emphasis>. Juga tersedia
-dengan <guimenu>klik kanan / Konfigurasi updates</guimenu> di ikon merah
-<inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> di tray sistem.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Panel geser pertama memungkinkan Anda mengubah seberapa frekuensi Mageia
-memeriksa update dan yang kedua jeda setelah komputer berjalan sebelum
-pemeriksaan pertama. Kotak centang memberi Anda opsi untuk diperingatkan
-ketika rilis Mageia baru keluar.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e875efc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Atur perangkat pointer (mouse, touchpad)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia
-pada tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Karena Anda harus mempunyai mouse untuk menginstall Mageia, yang satu itu
-sudah diinstall oleh Drakinstall. Alat ini menungkinkan instalasi mouse
-lainnya.</para>
-
-  <para>Mouse diurut berdasarkan tipe koneksi lalu model. Pilih mouse Anda lalu klik
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Biasanya "Universal / Semua PS/2 &amp; Mouse USB"
-cocok untuk semua mouse yang ada sekarang. Mouse baru akan langsung bisa
-digunakan.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 23b68827..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Keamanan dan Audit Sistem</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Penyajian</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> adalah antarmuka pengguna
-grafis untuk msec yang memungkinkan untuk mengkonfigurasi keamanan sistem
-Anda berdasarkan pada dua pendekatan:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ini mengatur perilaku sistem, msec memaksakan modifikasi sistem untuk
-membuatnya lebih aman.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Berjalan pada pemeriksaan terjadwal secara otomatis pada sistem untuk
-memperingatkan Anda jika sesuatu terlihat berbahaya.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec menggunakan konsep "tingkat keamanan" yang bertujuan untuk
-mengkonfigurasi seperangkat perizinan sistem, yang bisa diaudit perubahannya
-atau pemaksaannya. Beberapa diantaranya disarankan oleh Mageia, tapi Anda
-bisa menentukan sendiri tingkat keamanan penyesuaian.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tab Ikhtisar</title>
-
-    <para>Lihat gambar di atas</para>
-
-    <para>Tab pertama memperlihatkan peralatan keamanan berbeda dengan tombol di
-sebelah kanan untuk mengkonfigurasi mereka:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, juga ada di MCC / Keamanan / Atur firewall pribadi Anda</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Update, juga ada di MCC / Manajemen Software / Update sistem Anda</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec dengan beberapa informasi:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>hidupkan atau jangan</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>tingkat keamanan Dasar terkonfigurasi</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>tanggal dari pemeriksaan Rutin terakhir dan tombol untuk melihat laporan
-rinci dan tombol lain untuk menjalankan pemeriksaan sekarang.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tab Pengaturan keamanan</title>
-
-    <para>Mengklik tab kedua atau tombol <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Keamanan
-akan membawa ke layar yang ditunjukkan di bawah.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Tab Keamanan dasar</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Tingkat keamanan:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Setelah mencentang kotak <guilabel>Hidupkan alat MSEC</guilabel>, tab ini
-memungkinkan Anda, dengan klik ganda, memilih tingkat keamanan yang muncul
-kemudian dengan huruf tebal. Jika kotak tidak dicentang, tingkat « tak ada »
-akan diterapkan. Tingkat berikut ini tersedia:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Tingkat <emphasis role="bold">tak ada</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan
-jika Anda tidak ingin menggunakan msec untuk mengendalikan keamanan sistem,
-dan lebih suka menyesuaikannya sendiri. Ini mematikan semua pemeriksaan
-keamanan dan tidak membatasi atau memaksakan pengaturan dan konfigurasi
-sistem. Gunakan tingkat ini hanya jika Anda mengerti apa yang dilakukan,
-karena sistem akan mudah diserang.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Tingkat <emphasis role="bold">standar</emphasis>. Ini adalah konfigurasi
-baku saat terinstall dan ditujukan untuk pengguna biasa. Ini berisi beberapa
-pengaturan sistem dan menjalankan pemeriksaan keamanan harian yang
-mendeteksi perubahan pada berkas sistem, akun sistem, dan perizinan
-direktori yang rawan. (Tingkat ini serupa dengan tingkat 2 dan 3 dari versi
-msec lama).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Tingkat <emphasis role="bold">aman</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan saat
-Anda ingin memastikan bahwa sistem Anda aman, belum bisa digunakan. Ini akan
-membatasi perizinan sistem dan menjalankan pemeriksaan lebih
-sering. Terlebih, akses ke sistem lebih dibatasi. (Tingkat ini serupa dengan
-tingkat 4 (Tinggi) dan 5 (Paranoid) di msec versi lama).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Selain tingkatan-tingkatan tersebut, keamanan berorientasi tugas berbeda
-juga tersedia, seperti tingkat <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>,
-<emphasis role="bold">webserver</emphasis> dan <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis>. Setiap tingkatan berusaha mengkonfigurasi
-keamanan sistem berdasarkan pada penggunaan paling umum.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>Dua tingkatan terakhir yang disebut <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily
-</emphasis> dan <emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> tidak
-benar-benar tingkatan keamanan, tapi lebih kepada alat untuk pemeriksaan
-periodik saja.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Tingkatan ini tersimpan di
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Anda bisa
-menentukan tingkat keamanan yang Anda sesuaikan, menyimpannya ke file
-spesifik yang disebut <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, tempatkan
-ke dalam folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> Fungsi ini
-dimaksudkan untuk power user yang membutuhkan konfigurasi sistem yang lebih
-aman atau yang disesuaikan.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Ingat bahwa parameter yang dimodifikasi oleh pengguna lebih diutamakan
-daripada pengaturan tingkatan baku.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Peringatan keamanan:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Jika Anda mencentang kotak <guibutton>Kirim peringatan keamanan melalui
-email ke:</guibutton>, peringatan keamanan yang dibuat oleh msec akan
-dikirim oleh email lokal ke administrator keamanan yang disebut pada kolom
-di dekatnya. Anda bisa mengisikan pengguna lokal atau alamat email lengkap
-(karenanya email lokal dan manajer email harus diatur). Dengan demikian,
-Anda bisa menerima perangatan keamanan langsung pada desktop. Centang kotak
-yang sesuai untuk menghidupkannya.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Sangat disarankan untuk mengaktifkan peringatan keamanan untuk mengabarkan
-adminstrator keamanan kemungkinan masalah keamanan dengan segera. Jika
-tidak, administrator harus secara rutin memeriksa berkas log yang tersedia
-di<filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Pilihan keamanan:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Membuat tingkatan yang disesuaikan bukan jalan satu-satunya untuk
-menyesuaikan keamanan komputer, juga dimungkinkan untuk menggunakan tab yang
-ada di sini untuk mengubah opsi yang Anda inginkan. Konfigurasi msec yang
-aktif tersimpan di
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Berkas ini berisi
-nama tingkat keamanan saat ini dan daftar semua modifikasi yang dilakukan.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Tab keamanan sistem</title>
-
-      <para>Tab ini menampilkan semua opsi keamanan di kolom sebelah kiri, keterangan di
-kolom tengah, dan nilai saat ini di kolom sebelah kanan.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Untuk mengubah sebuah opsi, klik ganda dan sebuah jendela akan muncul (lihat
-gambar di bawah). Dia menampilkan nama opsi, keterangan pendek, nilai aktual
-dan baku, dan daftar tarik ulur di mana nilai baru bisa dipilih. Klik pada
-tombol <guibutton>OK</guibutton> untuk mensahkan pilihan.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Ketika keluar, jangan lupa untuk menyimpan konfigurasi Anda menggunakan menu
-<guimenu>File -> Simpan konfigurasi</guimenu>. Jika Anda telah mengubah
-pengaturan, msec mengizinkan Anda untuk melihat perubahan sebelum
-menyimpannya.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Keamanan jaringan</title>
-
-      <para>Tab ini menampilkan semua opsi jaringan dan bekerja seperti tab sebelumnya</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Tab pemeriksaan rutin</title>
-
-      <para>Pemeriksaan rutin bertujuan untuk mengabarkan administrator keamanan tentang
-peringatan keamanan semua situasi yang msec pikir berpotensi membahayakan.</para>
-
-      <para>Tab ini menampilkan semua pemeriksaan rutin yang dilakukan oleh msec dan
-jarak pemeriksaannya jika kotak <guibutton>Hidupkan pemeriksaan keamanan
-rutin</guibutton> dicentang. Perubahan dilakukan seperti pada tab
-sebelumnya.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Tab pengecualian</title>
-
-      <para>Kadang pesan pemberitahuan sudah dikenali dan sudah menjadi kondisi yang
-diinginkan. Dalam hal ini sangat tidak berguna dan membuang waktu bagi
-adminstrator. Tab ini memungkinkan Anda untuk membuat pengecualian sebanyak
-yang diinginkan untuk mencegah pesan peringatan yang tidak diinginkan. Ini
-akan kosong pada saat msec berjalan pertamakalinya. Gambar di bawah
-menunjukkan empat pengecualian.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Untuk membuat pengecualian, klik pada tombol <guibutton>Tambah
-aturan</guibutton></para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Pilih pemeriksaan rutin yang diinginkan di daftar tarik ulur dengan nama
-<guilabel>Periksa</guilabel> lalu masukkan <guilabel>Pengecualian</guilabel>
-pada area teks. Menambahkan pengecualian tidaklah tetap, Anda bisa
-menghapusnya dengan tombol <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> pada tab
-<guilabel>Pengecualian</guilabel> atau mengubahnya dengan klik ganda.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Perizinan</title>
-    <para>Tab ini ditujukan untuk pemilihan dan pemaksaan perizinan berkas dan
-direktori.</para>
-    <para>Seperti untuk keamanan, msec memiliki tingkat perizinan yang berbeda
-(standar, aman, ..), mereka diaktifkan berdasarkan pada tingkat keamanan
-yang dipilih. Anda bisa membuat tingkat perizinan sendiri, menyimpannya ke
-dalam berkas tertentu dengan nama <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename>
-disimpan di dalam folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . Fungsi
-ini ditujukan untuk power user yang membutuhkan konfigurasi sendiri. Juga
-bisa menggunakan tab yang ada di sini untuk mengubah perizinan apapun yang
-Anda inginkan. Konfigurasi yang sedang digunakan tersimpan di
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Berkas ini berisi daftar
-semua modifikasi yang perizinan yang dilakukan.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Perizinan baku terlihat sebagai daftar aturan (sebuah aturan untuk setiap
-baris). Anda bisa melihat samping kiri, berkas atau folder yang terkait pada
-aturan, lalu pemilik, lalu grup dan lalu perizinan yang diberikan oleh
-aturan. Jika, untuk aturan yang diberikan:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>kotak <guilabel>Paksa</guilabel> tidak dicentang, msec hanya memeriksa jika
-perizinan yang ditentukan untuk aturan ini diutamakan dan mengirimkan pesan
-peringatan jika tidak, tapi tidak mengubah apapun.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>kotak <guilabel>Paksa</guilabel> dicentang, msec akan mengatur perizinan
-pada pemeriksaan rutin pertama dan menimpa perizinan.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Agar ini bekerja, pilihan CHECK_PERMS dalam <emphasis role="bold">Tab
-pemeriksaan rutin</emphasis> harus terkonfigurasi.</para></important><para>Untuk membuat aturan baru, klik pada tombol <guibutton>Tambah
-aturan</guibutton> dan isi kolom yang ditunjukkan pada contoh di
-bawah. Joker * diizinkan dalam kolom <guilabel>File</guilabel>. "saat ini"
-artinya tidak ada modifikasi.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Klik pada tombol <guibutton>OK</guibutton> untuk mensahkan pilihan dan
-jangan lupa saat keluar untuk menyimpan konfigurasi menggunakan menu
-<guimenu>File -> Simpan konfigurasi</guimenu>. Jika Anda sudah mengubah
-pengaturan, msecgui mengizinkan Anda untuk melihat perubahan sebelum
-menyimpannya. </para>
-    <note><para>Juga dimungkinkan untuk membuat atau memodifikasi aturan dengan mengubah
-berkas konfigurasi <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Perubahan pada <emphasis role="bold">Tab perizinan</emphasis> (atau langsung
-di dalam berkas konfigurasi) akan dilaksanan pada pemeriksaan rutin pertama
-(lihat opsi CHECK_PERMS dalam <emphasis role="bold">Tab pemeriksaan
-rutin</emphasis>). Jika Anda ingin mereka segera dilaksanakan, gunakan
-perintah msecperms pada konsol sebagai root. Anda bisa menggunakan perintah
-msecperms -p sebelumnya untuk mengetahui perizinan yang akan diubah oleh
-msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Jangan lupa bahwa jika Anda mengubah perizinan dari konsol atau dari manajer
-berkas, untuk berkas di mana kotak <guilabel>Paksa </guilabel> dicentang
-dalam <emphasis role="bold">Tab perizinan </emphasis>, msecgui akan menulis
-perizinan lama kembali setelah beberapa lama, berdasarkan pada konfigurasi
-dari opsi CHECK_PERMS dan CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE dalam <emphasis
-role="bold">Tab Pemeriksaan Rutin </emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 95e00d7f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Peralatan Mageia Lainnya</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Masih ada peralatan Mageia lainnya yang bisa dijalankan di Pusat Kendali
-Mageia. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya, atau lanjutkan membaca
-halaman berikutnya.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>AKAN DITULIS </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Peralatan lainnya?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 69fa7185..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Manajemen Software (Install dan Hapus Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Perkenalan rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-        <para>Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote>, dikenal juga dengan drakrpm,
-adalah program untuk menginstall, uninstall dan update paket. Ini adalah
-antarmuka grafis pengguna dari URPMI. Setiap dijalankan, ini akan memeriksa
-daftar paket online (disebut 'media') didownload langsung dari server resmi
-Mageia, dan menunjukkan kepada Anda setiap ada aplikasi dan paket terbaru
-yang tersedia untuk komputer Anda. Sistem penyaringan memungkinkan Anda
-menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu: Anda bisa manampilkan hanya aplikasi
-terinstall (pilihan baku), atau hanya update yang tersedia. Anda bisa juga
-melihat hanya paket yang tidak terinstall. Anda juga bisa mencari
-berdasarkan nama paket, atau dengan ringkasan deskripsi atau dengan
-deskripsi penuh dari paket atau dengan nama file yang termasuk di dalam
-paket.</para>
-
-    <para>Untuk bekerja, rpmdrake memerlukan repository yang terkonfigurasi dengan
-<xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Selama instalasi, repositori yang terkonfigurasi adalah media yang digunakan
-untuk instalasi, biasanya DVD atau CD. Jika Anda tidak menghapusnya,
-rpmdrake akan memintanya setiap kali Anda akan menginstall sebuah paket,
-dengan jendela pop-up ini : <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>Jika
-pesan di atas mengganggu Anda dan Anda punya koneksi internet yang bagus
-tanpa batasan download, akan bijak jika menghapus media tersebut dan
-menggantinya dengan repositori online berkat <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Terlebih repositori online selalu up to date, berisi lebih banyak paket, dan
-memungkinkan Anda memperbarui paket-paket yang terinstall.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bagian utama layar</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Filter tipe paket:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Filter ini memungkinkan Anda menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu. Pertama
-kali Anda menjalankan manajer, ini hanya menampilkan aplikasi dengan
-antarmuka grafis. Anda bisa menampilkan semua paket beserta semua dependensi
-dan library atau hanya grup paket seperti hanya aplikasi, hanya update atau
-paket backport dari versi Mageia terbaru.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Pengaturan penyaringan baku untuk yang baru menggunakan Mageia, yang mungkin
-tidak menginginkan baris perintah atau peralatan khusus. Karena Anda membaca
-dokumentasi ini, Anda jelas tertarik untuk meningkatkan pengetahuan tentang
-Mageia, jadi alangkah baiknya untuk mengatur filter ini ke "Semua".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Filter kondisi paket:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Filter ini memungkinkan Anda melihat hanya paket terinstall, hanya paket
-yang tidak terinstall atau semua paket, yang terinstall dan tidak
-terinstall.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Mode pencarian:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Klik ikon ini untuk mencari melalui nama paket, melalui ringkasan, melalui
-deskripsi lengkap atau melalui file yang terkandung di dalam paket.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kotak "Temukan":</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Masukkan satu atau lebih kata kunci di sini. Jika Anda ingin menggunakan
-lebih dari satu kata kunci untuk mencari, gunakan '|' di antara kata,
-contohnya untuk mencari "mplayer" dan "xine" secara bersamaan, ketik
-'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Hapus semua:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Ikon ini bisa menghapus dengan satu klik, semua kata kunci yang dimasukkan
-di kotak "Temukan".</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Daftar kategori:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Batang sisi mengelompokkan aplikasi dan paket ke dalam kategori dan
-subkategori yang jelas.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Panel deskripsi:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Panel ini menampilkan nama paket, deskripsi ringkasan dan lengkapnya. Ini
-menampilkan banyak elemen berguna tentang paket terpilih. Ini bisa juga
-menunjukkan rincian paket, file di dalam paket juga daftar perubahan
-terakhir yang dibuat oleh pengelolanya.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kolom status</title>
-
-    <para>Setelah Anda mengatur penyaringan, Anda bisa menemukan software apakah
-berdasarkan kategori (di area 6 di atas) atau berdasarkan
-nama/ringkasan/deskripsi menggunakan area 4. Sebuah daftar paket akan
-memenuhi permintaan Anda, dan jangan lupa, media yang terpilih ditampilkan
-dengan penanda status yang berbeda tergantung pada apakah paket
-terinstall/tidak terinstall/update... Untuk mengubah status ini, tandai atau
-hilangkan tanda kotak sebelum nama paket lalu klik
-<guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Ikon</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Tulisan</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Paket ini sudah diinstall</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Paket ini akan diinstall</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Paket ini tidak bisa dimodifikasi</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Ini adalah paket update</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Paket ini akan diuninstall</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Contoh pada gambar di atas:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Jika saya menghilangkan tanda digikam (panah hijau memberitahukan bahwa ini
-terinstall), ikon status akan berubah menjadi merah dengan panah ke atas dan
-akan diuninstall ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Jika saya menandai qdigidoc (yang belum terinstall, lihat status), warna
-oranye dengan ikon status panah ke bawah akan muncul dan akan diinstall
-ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Dependensi</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Beberapa paket memerlukan paket lain yang disebut dependensi agar bisa
-bekerja. Mereka contohnya library atau peralatan. Dalam hal ini, Rpmdrake
-menampilkan jendela informasi yang memungkinkan Anda memilih apakah menerima
-dependensi yang dipilih, batalkan operasi atau dapatkan informasi (lihat di
-atas). Mungkin juga terjadi bahwa beragam paket bisa menyediakan library
-yang diperlukan, yang mana rpmdrake menampilkan daftar alternatif dengan
-tombol untuk mendapatkan informasi tambahan dan tombol lain untuk memilih
-paket yang akan diinstall.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b3611d7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Mengatur scanner</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instalasi</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Alat ini <footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-      </footnote> memungkinkan Anda
-mengkonfigurasi perangkat scanner tunggal atau perangkat multifungsi yang
-menyertakan scanner. Ini juga memungkinkan Anda membagi perangkat lokal yang
-terhubung ke komputer dengan komputer remote atau untuk mengakses scanner di
-komputer remote.</para>
-
-    <para>Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini untuk pertama kalinya, Anda mungkin akan
-mendapatkan pesan berikut:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"Paket SANE perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan scanner</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Apakah Anda ingin menginstall paket SANE?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Pilih <emphasis>Ya</emphasis> untuk melanjutkan. Ini akan menginstall
-<code>scanner-gui</code> dan <code>task-scanning</code> jika belum
-terinstall.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Jika scanner Anda teridentifikasi dengan benar, sehingga jika di layar di
-atas Anda melihat nama scanner Anda, scanner siap digunakan dengan,
-contohnya, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> atau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Dalam hal ini, Anda sekarang mungkin ingin mengkonfigurasi opsi
-<emphasis>Pembagian scanner</emphasis>. Anda bisa membaca tentang ini di
-<xref linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Tapi, jika scanner Anda tidak teridentifikasi dengan benar, dan memeriksa
-kabel dan tombol daya lalu menekan <emphasis>Cari scanner baru</emphasis>
-tidak membantu, Anda perlu menekan <emphasis>Tambahkan scanner secara
-manual</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Pilih merek scanner di daftar yang Anda lihat, lalu tipenya dari daftar
-untuk merek tersebut dan klik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Jika Anda tidak menemukan scanner Anda di dalam daftar, klik
-<emphasis>Batalkan</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Silakan lihat apakah scanner Anda didukung di halaman <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> dan minta bantuan di <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forum</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Pilih port</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Anda bisa membiarkan pengaturan ini ke <emphasis>Deteksi otomatis port yang
-tersedia</emphasis> kecuali antarmuka scanner Anda adalah port
-paralel. Dalam hal ini, pilih <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> jika Anda
-hanya punya satu.</para>
-
-    <para>Setelah mengklik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, biasanya Anda akan melihat layar
-yang serupa dengan yang di bawah.</para>
-<para>Jika Anda tidak mendapatkan layar tersebut, silakan baca <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Di sini Anda bisa memilih apakah scanner yang terhubung ke komputer ini
-harus bisa diakses oleh komputer remote dan komputer remote yang mana. Anda
-juga bisa memutuskan di sini apakah scanner di komputer remote harus dibuat
-tersedia di komputer ini.</para>
-
-    <para>Pembagian scanner ke host : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau
-dihapus dari daftar host yang diizinkan mengakses perangkat lokal di
-komputer ini.</para>
-
-    <para>Penggunaan scanner remote : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau
-dihapus dari daftar host yang memberi akses ke scanner remote.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Pembagian scanner ke host: Anda bisa menambah host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Pembagian scanner ke host: tentukan host mana untuk ditambah atau
-mengizinkan semua komputer remote.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"Semua komputer remote" mengizinkan untuk mengakses scanner lokal.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Jika paket <emphasis>saned</emphasis> belum terinstall, alat ini akan
-menawarkannya.</para>
-
-    <para>Di akhir, alat ini akan merubah file berikut:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>untuk menambah atau mengulas
-arahan "net"</para>
-
-    <para>Ini juga akan mengkonfigurasi <emphasis>saned</emphasis> dan
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> agar berjalan saat komputer dijalankan.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Spesifik</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Kebanyakan scanner HP dikelola dari <emphasis>Manajer Perangkat
-HP</emphasis> (hplip) yang juga mengelola printer. Dalam hal ini, alat ini
-tidak mengizinkan Anda mengkonfigurasinya dan mengajak Anda untuk
-menggunakan <emphasis>Manajer Perangkat HP</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Driver tersedia di <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">halaman
-ini</link>. Ketika ditunjukkan, Anda harus menginstall paket
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> terlebih dahulu, lalu
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (dalam urutan ini). Bisa juga paket
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> memunculkan peringatan konflik dengan
-<emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan
-ini bisa diabaikan.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Langkah instalasi tambahan</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Bisa saja setelah memilih port untuk scanner Anda di layar <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/>, Anda harus mengambil satu atau lebih langkah
-tambahan untuk memperbaiki konfigurasi scanner Anda.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Dalam beberapa kasus, Anda diperingatkan bahwa scanner memerlukan firmware
-untuk diupload setiap akan dijalankan. Alat ini memungkinkan Anda memuatnya
-ke perangkat, setelah Anda menginstall ke komputer. Di layar ini Anda bisa
-menginstall firmware dari CD instalasi Windows, atau yang telah Anda
-download dari situs Internet pembuat scanner.</para><para>
-    Ketika firmware perangkat Anda harus dimuat, ini bisa memakan waktu saat
-penggunaan pertama, mungkin lebih dari satu menit. Jadi, harap bersabar.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Juga, Anda mungkin mendapatkan layar yang memberitahukan Anda untuk
-menyesuaikan file <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"nama_backend_SANE_Anda".conf
-file.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Baca ini atau instruksi lain yang Anda dapatkan dengan seksama dan jika Anda
-tidak tahu apa yang harus dilakukan, jangan sungkan untuk meminta bantuan di
-<link xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forum</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b8dd3f80..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Manajemen Software</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola
-software. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Manajemen Software</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update sistem
-Anda</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurasi sumber
-media untuk install dan update</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ff32a8b8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,338 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Install dan konfigurasi printer</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Pengantar</title>
-
-    <para>Pencetakan yang dikelola di Mageia oleh server bernama CUPS. Yang memiliki
-<link ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">antarmuka
-konfigurasi</link> sendiri yang bisa diakses melalui browser Internet, tapi
-Mageia menawarkan alat untuk menginstall printer yang disebut
-system-config-printer yang berbagi dengan distribusi lain seperti Fedora,
-Mandriva, Ubuntu dan openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>Anda harus menghidupkan repository non-free sebelum melanjutkan instalasi,
-karena beberapa driver mungkin hanya tersedia di sana.</para>
-
-    <para>Instalasi printer dilakukan di bagian <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> Pusat
-Kendali Mageia. Pilih <guilabel>Konfigurasi printing dan scanning</guilabel>
-alat<footnote>
-        <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Sandi root akan ditanyakan untuk
-ini.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC akan meminta instalasi dua paket:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Penting untuk menerima instalasi ini untuk melanjutkan. Hingga 230MB
-dependensi diperlukan.</para>
-
-    <para>Untuk menambah printer, pilih tombol "Tambah" printer. Sistem akan mencoba
-mendeteksi setiap printer dan port yang tersedia. Gambar layar menampilkan
-printer yang terhubung ke port paralel. Jika printer terdeteksi, seperti
-printer pada port USB, ini akan ditampilkan di baris pertama. Jendela ini
-juga akan berusaha mengkonfigurasi printer jaringan.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Otomatis mendeteksi printer</title>
-
-    <para>Biasanya ini mengacu pada printer USB. Utilitas secara otomatis menemukan
-nama printer dan menampilkannya. Pilih printer lalu klik "Selanjutnya". Jika
-terdapat driver yang diketahui terkait dengan printer, akan secara otomatis
-diinstall. Jika ada lebih dari satu driver atau tidak ada, sebuah jendela
-akan meminta Anda untuk memilih atau melengkapinya, seperti dijelaskan di
-paragraf selanjutnya. Lanjutkan dengan <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Tidak ada printer yang terdeteksi otomatis</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ketika Anda memilih sebuah port, sistem akan memuat daftar driver dan
-menampilkan sebuah jendela untuk memilih sebuah driver. Pemilihan bisa
-dibuat melalui satu dari opsi berikut.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Pilih printer dari basis data</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>menyediakan file PPD</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>mencari driver untuk didownload</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Dengan memilih dari basis data, jendela akan menyarankan pembuat printer
-terlebih dahulu lalu perangkat dan driver yang terkait dengannya. Jika lebih
-dari satu driver yang disarankan, pilih satu yang direkomendasikan, kecuali
-jika Anda menemui masalah sebelumnya, pilih yang Anda tahu bisa bekerja.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Selesaikan proses instalasi</title>
-
-    <para>Setelah pemilihan driver, sebuah jendela meminta beberapa informasi yang
-akan memungkinkan sistem untuk menentukan dan menemukan printer. Baris
-pertama adalah nama perangkat yang akan muncul di aplikasi dalam daftar
-printer yang tersedia. Installer kemudian menyarankan mencetak halaman
-uji. Setelah langkah ini, printer ditambahkan dan muncul di daftar printer
-yang tersedia.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Printer jaringan</title>
-
-    <para>Printer jaringan adalah printer yang terikat langsung ke jaringan kabel atau
-nirkabel, yang dicantumkan ke printserver atau ke lingkungan kerja lain yang
-melayani sebagai printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Seringkali, akan lebih baik untuk mengkonfigurasi server DHCP untuk selalu
-menyatukan alamat IP tetap dengan alamat MAC printer. Tentu saja harus sama
-dengan alamat IP printer dari printserver, jika alamatnya tetap.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>Alamat Mac printer adalah nomor seri yang diberikan ke printer atau
-printserver atau komputer yang terkait, itu bisa diperoleh dari halaman
-konfigurasi yang dicetak oleh printer atau mungkin ditulis di label printer
-atau  printserver. Jika printer berbagi Anda dikaitkan ke sistem Mageia,
-Anda bisa menjalankan <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> sebagai
-root untuk menemukan alamat MAC. Ini adalah angka dan huruf berurutan
-setelah "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>Anda bisa menambahkan printer jaringan dengan memilih protokol yang
-digunakan untuk berkomunikasi ke komputer melalui jaringan. Jika Anda tidak
-tahu protokol mana yang harus dipilih, Anda bisa coba opsi <guilabel>Printer
-Jaringan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Temukan Printer Jaringan</guilabel> di menu
-<guilabel>Perangkat</guilabel> lalu berikan alamat IP printer di kotak
-sebelah kanan dengan tulisan "host".</para>
-
-    <para>Jika alat tersebut mengenali printer atau printserver Anda, ini akan
-mengusulkan sebuah protokol dan antrian, tapi Anda bisa memilih yang lebih
-tepat dari daftar di bawahnya atau berikan nama antrian yang benar jika
-tidak ada di dalam daftar.</para>
-
-    <para>Baca dokumentasi printer atau printserver Anda untuk menemukan protokol yang
-didukungnya dan untuk nama antrian spesifik yang memungkinkan.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Protokol printing jaringan</title>
-
-    <para>Salah satu tehnik yang dikembangkan oleh Hewlett-Packard disebut
-JetDirect. Ini memungkinkan akses ke printer secara langsung terhubung ke
-jaringan melalui port Ethernet. Anda harus mengetahui alamat IP yang
-diketahui oleh printer di jaringan. Tehnik ini juga digunakan di dalam
-beberapa router ADSL yang berisi port USB untuk menghubungkan printer. Dalam
-hal ini, alamat IP router. Perhatikan bahwa "Manajer Perangkat Hp" bisa
-mengelola konfigurasi alamat IP secara dinamis, mengatur URI seperti
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . Dalam hal ini,
-alamat IP tetap diperlukan.</para>
-
-    <para>Pilih opsi <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> sebagai protokol dan
-atur alamat di <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, jangan mengubah <guilabel>Nomor
-Port</guilabel>, kecuali jika anda tahu ini perlu diubah. Setelah pemilihan
-protokol, pemilihan driver sama dengan di atas.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Protokol lainnya adalah:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipp)</emphasis>: printer yang bisa
-diakses pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol IPP, contohnya printer yang
-terhubung ke pangkalan menggunakan CUPS. Protokol ini mungkin juga digunakan
-oleh beberapa router ADSL.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (https): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp,
-tapi menggunakan transport http dan dengan protokol aman TLS. Port harus
-ditentukan. Secara baku menggunakan port 631.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipps): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp,
-tapi dengan protokol aman TLS.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Printer atau host LPD/LPR</emphasis>: printer yang bisa diakses
-pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol LPD, contohnya printer yang terhubung
-ke pangkalan menggunakan LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Printer Windows melalui SAMBA</emphasis>: printer terhubung ke
-pangkalan yang menjalankan Windows atau server SMB dan dibagi.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>URI juga bisa ditambahkan langsung. Ini adalah beberapa contoh bagaimana
-cara membentuk URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Protokol Line Printer Daemon (LPD)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Informasi tambahan bisa ditemukan pada <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">dokumentasi
-CUPS.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Properti Perangkat</title>
-
-    <para>Anda bisa mengakses properti perangkat. Menu memungkinkan akses ke parameter
-server CUPS. Secara baku server CUPS dijalankan di sistem, tapi Anda bisa
-menentukan yang berbeda dengan menu <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Hubungkan...</guimenuitem>, jendela lainnya yang memberikan
-akses ke penyetelan parameter spesifik server lainnya,
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Pengaturan.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Penyelesaian masalah</title>
-
-    <para>Anda bisa menemukan beberapa informasi tentang masalah printing dengan
-memeriksa <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>Anda juga bisa mengakses alat untuk mendiagnosa masalah menggunakan menu
-<guimenu>Bantuan</guimenu> | <guilabel>Penyelesaian masalah</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Spesifik</title>
-
-    <para>Mungkin saja beberapa driver untuk printer spesifik tidak tersedia di Mageia
-atau tidak berfungsi. Untuk itu, silakan lihat situs <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> untuk
-memeriksa jika driver untuk perangkat Anda tersedia. Jika ya, lihat jika
-paket sudah tersedia untuk Mageia dan dalam hal ini, install manual. Lalu
-ulangi proses instalasi untuk mengkonfigurasi printer. Laporkan masalah ke
-bugzilla atau forum jika Anda merasa nyaman dengan alat ini dan lengkapi
-informasi model dan driver dan apakah printer bekerja atau tidak setelah
-instalasi. Ini adalah beberapa sumber daya untuk mencari driver terbaru
-lainnya atau untuk perangkat yang lebih baru lagi.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Printer Brother</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Halaman
-ini</link> memberikan daftar driver yang disediakan oleh Brother. Cari
-driver untuk perangkat Anda, download file rpm lalu install.</para>
-
-    <para>Anda harus menginstall driver Brother sebelum menjalankan utilitas
-konfigurasi.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Printer Hewlett-Packard dan perangkat All in
-one</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Perangkat ini menggunakan hplip. Ini terinstall otomatis setelah
-pendeteksian atau pemilihan printer. Anda bisa menemukan informasi lainnya
-<link ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">di
-sini</link>. "Manajer Perangkat HP" tersedia di menu
-<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Lihat juga <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">konfigurasi</link>
-untuk manajemen printer.</para>
-
-    <para>Perangkat All in one HP harus terinstall sebagai printer dan fitur scanner
-akan ditambahkan. Perhatikan bahwa terkadang, antarmuka Xsane tidak
-mengizinkan scan film atau slide (lampu slid tidak bisa berjalan). Dalam hal
-ini, lakukan scan menggunakan mode mandiri, dan simpan gambar di kartu
-memori atau flashdisk yang dimasukkan ke perangkat. Setelahnya, buka
-software gambar kesukaan Anda lalu buka gambar dari kartu memori yang akan
-muncul di folder /media.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Printer warna Samsung</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Untuk printer warna Samsung dan Xerox, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">situs ini menyediakan driver</link>
-untuk protokol QPDL.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Printer dan scanner Epson</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Driver untuk printer Epson tersedia di <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">halaman
-pencarian ini</link>. Untuk bagian scanner, Anda harus menginstall paket
-"iscan-data" terlebih dahulu, lalu "iscan" (dalam urutan ini). Paket
-iscan-plugin bisa juga tersedia untuk diinstall. Pilih paket
-<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> menurut arsitektur yang Anda gunakan. </para>
-
-    <para> Mungkin juga paket iscan akan mengeluarkan peringatan konflik dengan
-sane. Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan ini bisa diabaikan.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Printer Canon</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Untuk printer Canon, disarankan untuk menginstall alat bernama turboprint
-<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">yang tersedia di sini</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b982f87f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Impor documents and settings Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> ada di tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama
-<guilabel>Impor documents and settings Windows(TM)</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengimpor documents and settings
-pengguna dari instalasi <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-2000, <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP atau <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> di
-komputer yang sama dengan instalasi Mageia.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Harap diperhatikan bahwa semua perubahan akan diterapkan oleh transfugdrake
-segera setelah menekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Setelah menjalankan transfugdrake Anda akan melihat halaman panduan pertama
-dengan beberapa penjelasan tentang alat ini dan opsi impor.</para>
-
-  <para>Setelah Anda membaca dan mengerti instruksinya, tekan tombol
-<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Ini akan menjalankan pendeteksian
-instalasi <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>.</para>
-
-  <para>Setelah langkah pendeteksian selesai Anda akan melihat halaman yang
-memungkinkan Anda untuk melihat akun di <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> dan Mageia untuk prosedur impor. Anda
-bisa memilih akun pengguna yang bukan milik Anda.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Silakan bawa ke akun karena keterbatasan migrate-assistant (backend dari
-transfugdrake) nama akun pengguna <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> dengan simbol khusus bisa salah
-ditampilkan.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migrasi mungkin memakan waktu tergantung ukuran folder dokumen.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Beberapa aplikasi <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-(khususnya driver) mungkin membuat akun pengguna untuk keperluan
-berbeda. Contohnya, driver NVidia di <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>diupdate menggunakan
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Harap jangan menggunakan akun seperti itu
-untuk keperluan impor.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan akun, tekan tombol
-<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk
-memilih metode mengimpor dokumen:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake didesain untuk mengimpor data <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> dari folder <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> dan <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis>. Anda bisa melewatkan impor dengan memilih item yang
-tepat di jendela ini.</para>
-
-  <para>Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan metode impor dokumen, tekan tombol
-<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk
-memilih metode untuk mengimpor bookmarks:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake bisa mengimpor bookmark <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis>
-dan <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> ke bookmark <emphasis>Mozilla
-Firefox</emphasis> Mageia.</para>
-
-  <para>Pilih opsi impor yang disukai lalu tekan tombol
-<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>Halaman selanjutnya memungkinkan Anda mengimpor latar belakang desktop:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Pilih opsi yang disukai lalu tekan tombol
-<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>Halaman terakhir panduan menunjukkan beberapa pesan selamat. Tekan tombol
-<guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 827ef5cd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Pengguna dan Grup</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alat ini<footnote>
-      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-    </footnote> ada di tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama "Kelola
-pengguna pada sistem"</para>
-
-  <para>Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengelola pengguna dan grup, ini
-berarti menambah atau menghapus pengguna atau grup dan memodifikasi
-pengaturan pengguna dan grup (ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>Saat userdrake terbuka, semua pengguna pada sistem terdaftar di tab
-<guibutton>Pengguna</guibutton>, dan semua grup di tab
-<guibutton>Grup</guibutton>. Kedua tab bekerja dengan cara yang sama.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Tambah Pengguna</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Tombol ini membuka jendela baru dengan semua kolom kosong:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Kolom <emphasis role="bold">Nama Lengkap</emphasis> ditujukan untuk
-memasukkan nama depan dan belakang, tapi boleh juga menuliskan apapun atau
-tidak sama sekali!</para>
-
-  <para>Hanya <emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> yang harus diisi.</para>
-
-  <para>Mengatur <emphasis role="bold">Sandi</emphasis> sangat disarankan. Ada kotak
-kecil di sebelah kanan, jika merah, sandi lemah, terlalu pendek atau serupa
-dengan nama login. Lebih baik menggunakan angka, huruf kecil dan besar,
-karakter khusus, dsb. Kotak akan berubah oranye dan hijau ketika kekuatan
-sandi meningkat.</para>
-
-  <para>Kolom <emphasis role="bold">Konfirmasi Sandi</emphasis> ada untuk meyakinkan
-bahwa Anda memasukkan apa yang Anda inginkan.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Shell Login </emphasis>adalah daftar drop down yang
-memungkinkan Anda mengubah shell yang digunakan oleh pengguna yang Anda
-tambahkan, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Buat grup privat untuk pengguna</emphasis>, jika
-ditandai akan otomatis membuat grup dengan nama yang sama dan si pengguna
-adalah pengguna satu-satunya (ini bisa diedit).</para>
-
-  <para>Opsi lainnya cukup jelas. Pengguna baru akan langsung dibuat setelah Anda
-mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Tambah Grup</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Anda hanya perlu memasukkan nama grup, dan jika perlu ID grup spesifik.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (pengguna yang dipilih)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Data Pengguna</guibutton>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi semua
-data yang diberikan untuk pengguna saat pembuatan (ID tidak bisa diubah).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Info Akun</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Opsi pertama untuk mengatur tanggal kadaluarsa akun. Koneksi tidak bisa
-dilakukan setelah tanggal ini. Ini berguna untuk akun sementara.</para>
-
-  <para>Opsi kedua untuk mengunci akun, koneksi tidak bisa dilakukan selama akun
-dikunci.</para>
-
-  <para>Juga dimungkinkan untuk mengubah ikon.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Info Sandi</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda mengatur
-kadaluarsa sandi, ini memaksa pengguna untuk mengubah sandi secara berkala.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih Grup untuk
-pengguna.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Jika Anda memodifikasi akun pengguna yang sedang terhubung, modifikasi tidak
-akan efektif hingga login berikutnya.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (dengan grup yang dipilih)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Data Grup</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi
-nama grup.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Pengguna Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih
-pengguna untuk jadi anggota grup</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Hapus</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Pilih pengguna atau grup lalu klik <emphasis role="bold">Hapus</emphasis>
-untuk menghapus. Untuk pengguna, sebuah jendela akan muncul untuk menanyakan
-apakah direktori home dan mailbox juga harus dihapus. Jika grup privat telah
-dibuat untuk si pengguna, itu akan dihapus juga.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Dimungkinkan untuk menghapus grup yang tidak kosong.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Segarkan</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Basis data pengguna bisa diubah diluar Userdrake. Klik ikon ini untuk
-menyegarkan tampilan.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Akun Tamu</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">tamu</emphasis> adalah akun khusus. Ini dimaksudkan
-untuk memberi seseorang akses sementara ke sistem dengan keamanan
-total. Loginnya adalah xguest, tanpa sandi, dan tidak mungkin memodifikasi
-sistem dari akun ini. Direktori pribadi dihapus saat sesi berakhir. Akun ini
-dihidupkan secara baku, untuk mematikannya, klik menu<guimenu> Aksi ->
-Uninstall akun tamu</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po
deleted file mode 100644
index d1eb0dcc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9620 +0,0 @@
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Federica <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014.
-# Guybrush88 <erpizzo@alice.it>, 2014-2015.
-# killer1987 <marcello.anni@alice.it>, 2013.
-# _pmat_ <matteo.pasotti@gmail.com>, 2014.
-# Matteo Pasotti <matteo@mageia.it>, 2013-2014.
-# Roberto91 <robh91@hotmail.it>, 2014.
-# Roberto Albano <randyichinose@gmail.com>, 2015.
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017.
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-07 19:38+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
-"Language: it\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"it/)\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accedi ai dispositivi e alle directory condivisi tramite WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel "
-"Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato "
-"<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Introduzione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> è un "
-"protocollo che consente di montare un directory di un server web localmente, "
-"così che questo appaia come una directory locale. E' necessario che la "
-"macchina remota abbia in esecuzione un server WebDAV. Lo scopo di questo "
-"strumento non è quello di configurare il server WebDAV."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Crea una nuova voce"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"La prima schermata dello strumento mostra le voci già configurate, se "
-"presenti, e un pulsante <guibutton>Nuova</guibutton>. Usalo per creare una "
-"nuova voce. Inserisci l'URL del server nel campo della nuova schermata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Raggiungerai quindi una schermata con alcuni pulsanti radio per selezionare "
-"alcune azioni. Continua con l'azione <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> "
-"cliccando <guibutton>OK</guibutton> dopo aver selezionato il pulsante radio, "
-"in quanto il <guibutton>Server</guibutton> è già configurato. Potrai "
-"comunque correggerlo, se necessario."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Il contenuto della directory remota risulterà accessibile tramite questo "
-"punto di montaggio."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Nella fase successiva, inserisci il tuo nome utente e la password. Se "
-"necessiti altre opzioni, puoi darle nella schermata <guibutton>avanzate</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"L'opzione <guibutton>Monta</guibutton> ti permette di montare immediatamente "
-"l'accesso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dopo aver accettato la configurazione con il pulsante radio "
-"<guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, la prima schermata viene mostrata nuovamente "
-"ed il tuo nuovo punto di montaggio viene elencato. Dopo aver premuto "
-"<guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton>, ti viene chiesto se salvare o non salvare le "
-"modifiche in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Scegli questa opzione se vuoi "
-"che la directory remota sia disponibile ad ogni avvio. Se la tua "
-"configurazione vale per un solo utilizzo, non salvarla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Condividi le tue partizioni del disco fisso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo semplice strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> consente "
-"a te, amministratore, di autorizzare gli utenti a condividere parti delle "
-"proprie sottodirectory in /home con altri utenti della stessa rete locale "
-"che potrebbero avere computers su cui gira il sistema operativo Linux o "
-"Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali, "
-"etichettata \"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Primo, rispondi alla domanda: \"<guilabel>Vuoi consentire agli utenti di "
-"condividere alcune delle loro directory ?</guilabel>\", clicca su "
-"<guibutton>Nessuna condivisione</guibutton> se la risposta è no per tutti "
-"gli utenti, clicca su <guibutton>Permetti a tutti gli utenti</guibutton> per "
-"tutti gli utenti e clicca su <guibutton>Personalizzato</guibutton> se la "
-"risposta è no per alcuni utenti e sì per altri. In questo ultimo caso, gli "
-"utenti che sono autorizzati a condividere le proprie directory devono "
-"appartenere al gruppo fileshare, che è automaticamente creato dal sistema. "
-"Verrai interrogato successivamente in merito a questo aspetto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Clicca su <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, una seconda schermata apparirà "
-"proponendoti di scegliere tra <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o <guibutton>SMB</"
-"guibutton>. Spunta <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se Linux è l'unico sistema "
-"operativo sulla rete, spunta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se la rete include "
-"sia macchine Linux che macchine Windows e quindi clicca su <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>. I pacchetti richiesti verranno installati se necessario."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"La configurazione è ora completa a meno che non sia stata scelta l'opzione "
-"Personalizzato. In questo caso una schermata extra ti domanderà di avviare "
-"Userdrake. Questo strumento ti consente di aggiungere gli utenti autorizzati "
-"a condividere le loro directory al gruppo fileshare. Nella scheda Utente, "
-"clicca sull'utente per aggiungerlo al gruppo fileshare, quindi su "
-"<guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem>, nella scheda Gruppi. Spunta il gruppo "
-"fileshare e clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Per ulteriori informazioni "
-"su Userdrake, guarda <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">questa pagina</xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando si aggiunge un nuovo utente al gruppo fileshare, devi disconnettere e "
-"riconnettere la rete affinché le modifiche vengano prese in considerazione."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"D'ora in poi ogni utente appartenente al gruppo fileshare potrà selezionare "
-"nel suo gestore di file le directory da condividere, sebbene non tutti i "
-"gestori di file forniscono questa funzionalità."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "it"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accedi a dischi e cartelle in condivisione NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti consente di "
-"dichiarare alcune cartelle condivise come accessibili a tutti gli utenti "
-"sulla macchina. Il protocollo utilizzato é NFS, disponibile sulla maggior "
-"parte dei sistemi Linux e Unix. La cartella condivisa sarà quindi "
-"disponibile direttamente all'avvio. Le cartelle condivise possono essere "
-"anche accessibili direttamente in una singola sessione per un utente con "
-"strumenti quali i file browser."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Procedura"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleziona <guibutton>cerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei "
-"server che condividono directory."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Clicca sul simbolo > prima del nome del server per visualizzare la lista "
-"delle directory condivise e seleziona la directory cui vuoi accedere."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Il pulsante <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> diventerà disponibile e "
-"dovrai specificare dove montare la directory."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Dopo aver scelto il punto di mount, puoi montarlo. Puoi anche verificare e "
-"cambiare qualche opzione con il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. "
-"Dopo aver montato la directory puoi smontarla usando lo stesso pulsante."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Accettando la configurazione con il pulsante <guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, "
-"un messaggio verrà mostrato, domandando \"Vuoi salvare le modifiche a /etc/"
-"fstab\". Questo passaggio renderà la cartella disponibile ad ogni avvio, se "
-"la rete sarà accessibile. La nuova cartella sarà inoltre visibile nel tuo "
-"file browser, per esempio Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Masterizzatore di CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Il suo obiettivo è quello di definire il modo in cui il tuo disco rimovibile "
-"è montato."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Punto di mount"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Spunta questa casella per cambiare il punto di mount. Quello di default è /"
-"media/cdrom"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Opzioni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Alcuni punti di mount possono essere scelti sia qui direttamente nella lista "
-"o via il sottomenù <guilabel>Avanzate</guilabel>. I principali sono:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accedi a dischi e cartelle condivise con Windows (SMB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento da linea di comando digitando come root: "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Prima di avviare l'opzione, è una buona idea di dichiarare il nome del "
-"server disponibile, per esempio <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleziona <guibutton>ricerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei "
-"server che condividono cartelle."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Effetti Schermo 3D"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Iniziamo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Risoluzione problemi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Non vedo lo schermo dopo il log in"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Autenticazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Imposta l'accesso automatico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakautologin</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "I bottoni di interfaccia sono piuttosto semplici:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Configura l'avvio del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti permette di "
-"accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non "
-"pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali, "
-"etichettata \"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Non usare questo strumento se non sai esattamente quello che stai facendo. "
-"Cambiare alcune impostazioni può impedire alla tua macchina di eseguire il "
-"boot!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Abilita SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP sta per Symmetric Multi Processors, è un'architettura per processori "
-"multicore."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Se hai un processore con HyperThreading Mageia lo vedrà come un processore "
-"dual e abiliterà SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"L'output è troppo grande per essere allegato a un bug report senza "
-"cancellare le parti non necessarie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Questo comando raccoglie le seguenti informazioni sul tuo sistema:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partizioni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "Versione di Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Strumento per la segnalazione di bug di Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Modifica data e ora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "E' uno strumento molto semplice da usare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Rimuovi una connessione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Qui puoi cancellare un'interfaccia network<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Vedrai un messaggio che l'interfaccia network è stata cancellata con "
-"successo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Configura una nuova interfaccia di rete (lan, adsl, wifi...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakconnect</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleziona il tipo di connessione che vuoi impostare in base a quale hardware "
-"e provider possiedi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione cablata (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"La prima finestra mostra le interfacce disponibili. Scegliere quella da "
-"configurare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "IP automatico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Il bottone avanzate permette di specificare:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "il client DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP timeout"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione manuale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Nessuno"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione DSL"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Seleziona uno dei protocolli disponibili:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocollo Configurazione Dinamica Host (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione TCP/IP manuale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP tramite ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP su Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Point to Point Tuneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Impostazioni di accesso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Login dell'account (nome utente)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Password dell'account"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Scelta manuale (scheda ISDN interna)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Modem ISDN esterno"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocollo per il resto del mondo, eccetto Europa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protocollo per l'Europa (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Nome connessione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Numero telefonico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "ID di accesso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Metodo autenticazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Nome dominio"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Primo e secondo DNS Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione Wireless (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Con access point (Managed)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Per accedere ad un punto di accesso esistente (il più frequente)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Per configurare una connessione diretta fra computers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Nome del network (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-"Questa modalità di crittografia è da preferire se il tuo hardware te lo "
-"consente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-"Alcuni vecchi hardware funzionano solo con questo metodo di crittografia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Chiave di cifratura"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "E' solitamente fornito con l'hardware che da il punto di accesso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"A questo punto la scelta è tra un indirzzo IP automatico oppure un indirizzo "
-"IP manuale."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione GPRS/Edge/3G"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Se lo strumento trova un'interfaccia wireless, da l'oppurtinità di "
-"selezionarne una e di configurarla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "Il pin è richiesto. Lasciare vuoto se il PIN non è necessario."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Fornire impostazioni di accesso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Nome dell'access point"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione Bluetooth Dial-UP Networking"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Scelta manuale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Hardware identificato, se esistente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Una lista di porte è proposta. Seleziona la tua."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Nome della connessione</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Numero di telefono</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Autenticazione</emphasis>, scegli tra:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Basata su script"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Basata su terminale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Concludendo la configurazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Nel prossimo step puoi specificare:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Permetti agli utenti di gestire la connessione</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Avviare la connessione al boot</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Permetti all'interfaccia di essere controllata da Network Manager</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Con il pulsante avanzate puoi specificare:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Collegamento a caldo della rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Attiva istradamento IPV6 su IPV4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"L'ultimo step ti permetterà di specificare se avviare la connessione "
-"immediatamente oppure no."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Apri una console come amministratore"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti permette di "
-"accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non "
-"pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Gestisci le partizioni del disco"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "Puoi scegliere un punto di mount inesistente, verrà creato."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Imposta il gestore grafico delle sessioni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Configura il tuo firewall personale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Gestisci tipi di caratteri. Importa tipi di caratteri da Windows (TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "un'anteprima del font selezionato."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opzioni:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Disinstalla:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importa:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Filtri per la famiglia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Presentazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Configurando il Parental control"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Condividi la connessione Internet con altre macchine locali"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Principi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Verrai avvisato sulla necessità di controllare se il firewall è attivo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Configura il client"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Ferma la condivisione di connessione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Descrizioni degli host"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> come root: "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aggiungi</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Modifica</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Impostazioni avanzate per le interfacce di rete ed il firewall"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Rete e Internet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Il pulsante Configura"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Per una rete cablata</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modalità operativa:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Gestisci i diversi profili di rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Condividi dischi e cartelle tramite NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Prerequisiti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr ""
-"Il pacchetto nfs-utils necessita di essere installato. Desideri installarlo?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Finestra principale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Modifica voce"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Directory NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Accesso host"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Mappatura ID utente"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Opzioni avanzate"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Voci del menù"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Salva la configurazione corrente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Le colonne"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Mostra il nome del media. I repository ufficiali di Mageia per la versione "
-"finale contengono almeno:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> che contiene per la maggior parte "
-"programmi supportati da Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> che contiene alcuni software "
-"proprietari"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Il bottone sulla destra"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Rimuovi:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Modifica:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aggiungi:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Il menu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>File -> Aggiorna:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Aggiungi un media personalizzato:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"E' possibile installare un nuovo media (da una terza fonte per esempio) che "
-"non è supportato da Mageia. Una nuova finestra apparirà:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Opzioni globali:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Gestisci chiavi:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Fai questo con cura, come faresti con tutte le domande relative alla "
-"sicurezza."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba è un protoccolo utilizzato in diversi sistemi operativi per "
-"condividere alcune risorse come directories o stampanti. Questo strumento ti "
-"permette di configurare la macchina come un server Samba usando il "
-"protocollo SMB/CIFS. Questo protocollo è anche usato da Windows(R) e le "
-"stazioni di lavoro con questo sistema operativo possono accedere alla "
-"risorse del derver Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Preparazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Procedura guidata - server autonomo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Nella finestra successiva lìopzione di configuarazione del server autonomo è "
-"già selezionata."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Scegliere la modalità di sicurezza:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Dichiarare una directory da salvare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Salva l'attuale configurazione in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Server Samba|Restart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Servar Samba|Ricarica"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Stampanti condivise"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba ti permette anche di condividere stampanti."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Utilizzatori di Samba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Configura autenticazione per strumenti Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Nessuna password: lo strumento parte senza richiedere alcuna password."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Backup periodico del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-configurazione"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione audio"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Configura un UPS per il controllo dell'alimentazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Configura la connessione VPN per rendere sicuro l'accesso al network"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "In seguito dai un nome alla connessione."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Alla prossima schermata dare i dettagli della tua connessione VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Per VPN Cisco"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Per openvpn. Il pacchetto openvpn e le sue dipendenze verranno installate la "
-"prima volta che lo strumento verrà usato."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Parametri avanzati:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "La prossima schermata chiede l'indirizzo IP del gateway."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Configura il server web"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Cos'è un server web?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Impostando un web server con drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Permetti agli utenti di creare i propri siti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Sommario"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Finisci"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Configura DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Configura server DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Cos'è DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Impostando un server DHCP con drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Ore più tardi..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Cos'è stato fatto"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Installare il pacchetto dhcp-server se necessario;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>maschera</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Configura time server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Scrivendo un nuovo file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> con la lista dei "
-"server;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"Impostando l'orologio hardware con l'attuale orologio di sistema riferito a "
-"UTC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Configura server FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Imposta un server FTP con darkwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Informazioni del server"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Opzioni del server"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Configura server proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Cos'è un server proxy?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Selezionando la porta proxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Impostando memoria e uso del disco"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Avviare durante il boot?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Installare il pacchetto squid se necessario;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Riavviando <code>squid.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione del demone OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Cos'è <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Benvenuti al wizard di Open SSH."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Opzioni generali"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Metodi di autenticazione"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Opzioni di accesso"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Opzioni di accesso dell'utente"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Attiva o disattiva i servizi del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione del hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "La finestra"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "La finestra è divisa in due colonne."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Dispositivi Jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Impostando il layout della tastiera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Layout della tastiera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Tipo di tastiera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Impostazioni locali per il sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Devi ricominciare la sessione dopo ogni modifica."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Metodo di input"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Visualizza i log di sistema ed effettua delle ricerche"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Effettuare una ricerca nei registri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "I seguenti servizi posso essere esplorati:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Servizio webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Server di posta Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Server FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Server web Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Server SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Server Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Servizio xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Mostra le informazioni riguardo PCI, USB e PCMCIA"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Informazioni sulla scheda grafica;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Informazioni sul network"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i per ignorare la distinzione di maiuscolo e minuscolo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Aggiornamento pacchetti software"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Avvio"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Configura la sequenza di avvio"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Centro Controllo Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Lo strumento per configurare Mageia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0 "
-"license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</"
-"link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardware"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per configurare il "
-"tuo hardware. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Configura l'hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Configura la grafica"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configura effetti desktop 3D</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Configura mouse e tastiera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Configura stampanti e scanner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Altro"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"I dieci capitoli successivi sono relativi a quelle dieci opzioni e ai "
-"relativi strumenti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Dischi locali"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per gestire o "
-"condividere i tuoi dischi locali. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di "
-"più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Servizi di rete"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Condivisioni di rete"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per condividere i "
-"drivers e le directories. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Configura le condivisioni con Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Configura le condivisioni NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Configura le condivisioni WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Rete e internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di rete. Clicca sul "
-"link seguente per saperne di più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Gestisci i dispositivi di rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Personalizza e rendi sicura la rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Sicurezza"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di sicurezza. "
-"Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Condivisione"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Sistema"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti e sistemi di "
-"amministrazione. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Gestisci i servizi di sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Localizzazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Strumenti di amministrazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Configura la frequenza degli aggiornamenti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Configura il dispositivo di puntamento (mouse, touchpad)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Sicurezza ed controllo del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Guarda lo screenshot sopra"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec con alcune informazioni:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "abilitato o no"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "Il livello di sicurezza base configurato"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Tab impostazioni di sicurezza"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Tab sicurezza di base"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Livelli di sicurezza:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Avvisi di sicurezza:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opzioni di sicurezza:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Tab sicurezza di sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Sicurezza della rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Questa tab mostra tutte le opzioni di rete e funziona come quella precedente"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Tab controlli periodici"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Scheda delle eccezioni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Permessi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"È anche possibile creare o modificare le regole editando il file di "
-"configurazione <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Altri strumenti di Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "E altri strumenti?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Introduzione ad rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Per funzionare, rpmdrake necessita della configurazione dei repositories con "
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "La parte principale dello schermo"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro per tipo pacchetto:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo filtro ti consente di visualizzare solo alcuni tipi di pacchetto. La "
-"prima volta che avvi il gestore questo mostrerà solamente le applicazioni "
-"con una interfaccia grafica. Puoi visualizzare sia tutti i pacchetti che "
-"tutte le loro dipendenze e librerie o solo gruppi di pacchetti come le sole "
-"applicazioni, i soli aggiornamenti o pacchetti backported da versioni più "
-"recenti di Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modalità di ricerca:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Fare clic su questa icona per cercare attraverso i nomi dei pacchetti, "
-"attraverso le loro sintesi, attraverso la loro descrizione completa o "
-"attraverso i file inclusi nei pacchetti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Questa icona può cancellare in un solo click tutte le parole chiave inserite "
-"nel campo \"Cerca\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pannello di descrizione:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "La colonna di stato"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Icona"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Legenda"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Il pacchetto è già installato"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Il pacchetto sarà installato"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Il pacchetto non può essere modificato"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Il pacchetto è un aggiornamento"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Il pacchetto sarà disinstallato"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Esempi nello screeshot qui sopra:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Le dipendenze"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Configura uno scanner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Quando utilizzi questo strumento per la prima volta potrebbe apparirti il "
-"seguente messaggio:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Vuoi installare i pacchetti SANE?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Se non riesci a trovare il tuo scanner nella lista clicca su "
-"<emphasis>Annulla</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Scegli la porta"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Alla fine lo strumento altererà questi files:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Specifiche"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Fasi extra di installazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Gestione software"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aggiorna il tuo sistema</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Installa e configura una stampante"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Stampante automaticamente identificata"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Stampante non automaticamente identificata"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Seleziona una stampante dal database"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "fornisci il file PPD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "cerca un driver da scaricare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Completa il processo di installazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Stampante di rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Gli altri protocolli sono:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Proprietà del dispositivo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Troubleshoot"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Stampanti Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importa i documenti e le impostazioni di Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel "
-"Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato "
-"<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "La pagina successiva ti permette di importare sfondi desktop:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Scegli le opzioni preferite e premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</"
-"guibutton> "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Utenti e gruppi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Aggiungi un utente</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Aggiungi un gruppo</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Modifica</emphasis> (un utente selezionato)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informazioni sull'account</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"La seconda opzione è di bloccare l'account. La connessione è impossibile "
-"sino a quando l'account resta bloccato."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "E' possibile cambiare l'icona."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Se stai modificando l'account di un utente connesso, allora le modifiche non "
-"saranno effettive fino al suo prossimo login."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Cancella</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Ricarica</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Account ospite</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Configura il sistema grafico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Il bottone ti permette di cambiare la configurazione grafica."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Scheda grafica</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Risoluzione:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Questo bottone ti permette di scegliere la risoluzione (numero di pixels) e "
-"la profondità di colore (numero di colori). Mostra questa schermata:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Il secondo pulsante mostra l'attuale profondità di colore, clicca per "
-"cambiarla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"A seconda della risoluzione scelta potrebbe essere necessario eseguire il "
-"logout e riavviare l'ambiente grafico per vederne gli effetti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Una volta che la configurazione è finita è consigliato eseguire un test "
-"prima di cliccare su OK poiché è più semplice modificare le impostazioni ora "
-"che dopo, nel caso in cui l'ambiente grafico non dovesse funzionare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Opzioni:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>"
-
-#~ msgid "Draksound1.png"
-#~ msgstr "Draksound1.png"
-
-#~ msgid "drakboot --boot"
-#~ msgstr "drakboot --boot"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a53bb07f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centro Controllo Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Lo strumento per configurare Mageia</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0
-license <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Team
-Documentazione</link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 579c0521..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centro Controllo Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0
-license <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Team
-Documentazione</link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fcb743e5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Aggiornamento pacchetti software</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management.</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
-drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
-are prompted to do so.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
-those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
-default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
-<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process.</para>
-
-  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
-the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
-means you can click to drop down a text.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
-displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>
-. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 98113e0a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Configura il sistema grafico</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
-graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
-as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Il bottone ti permette di cambiare la configurazione grafica.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Scheda grafica</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
-configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
-one with a proprietary driver.</para>
-
-  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
-manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
-order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
-Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
-graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
-in your Desktop Environment.</para>
-
-      <para>If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
-Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
-    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
-use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
-example).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
-you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
-isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
-<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Risoluzione:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Questo bottone ti permette di scegliere la risoluzione (numero di pixels) e
-la profondità di colore (numero di colori). Mostra questa schermata:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>When you change the color depth, a
-multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview
-of what the selected color depth looks like.</para>
-
-  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
-one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
-and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
-set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
-select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
-
-  <para>Il secondo pulsante mostra l'attuale profondità di colore, clicca per
-cambiarla.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>A seconda della risoluzione scelta potrebbe essere necessario eseguire il
-logout e riavviare l'ambiente grafico per vederne gli effetti.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Una volta che la configurazione è finita è consigliato eseguire un test
-prima di cliccare su OK poiché è più semplice modificare le impostazioni ora
-che dopo, nel caso in cui l'ambiente grafico non dovesse funzionare.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
-text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
-XFdrake's text version.</para>
-    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
-to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
-right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Opzioni:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
-restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
-three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
-<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
-booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
-may be unchecked for a server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
-you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
-previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
-and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a6eda71e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Accedi ai dispositivi e alle directory condivisi tramite WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Questo strumento<footnote><para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> come root.</para>
-  </footnote> lo trovi nel Centro di
-Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato
-<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduzione</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> è un
-protocollo che consente di montare un directory di un server web localmente,
-così che questo appaia come una directory locale. E' necessario che la
-macchina remota abbia in esecuzione un server WebDAV. Lo scopo di questo
-strumento non è quello di configurare il server WebDAV.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Crea una nuova voce</title>
-
-    <para>La prima schermata dello strumento mostra le voci già configurate, se
-presenti, e un pulsante <guibutton>Nuova</guibutton>. Usalo per creare una
-nuova voce. Inserisci l'URL del server nel campo della nuova schermata.</para>
-
-    <para>Raggiungerai quindi una schermata con alcuni pulsanti radio per selezionare
-alcune azioni. Continua con l'azione <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton>
-cliccando <guibutton>OK</guibutton> dopo aver selezionato il pulsante radio,
-in quanto il <guibutton>Server</guibutton> è già configurato. Potrai
-comunque correggerlo, se necessario.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Il contenuto della directory remota risulterà accessibile tramite questo
-punto di montaggio.</para>
-
-    <para>Nella fase successiva, inserisci il tuo nome utente e la password. Se
-necessiti altre opzioni, puoi darle nella schermata
-<guibutton>avanzate</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>L'opzione <guibutton>Monta</guibutton> ti permette di montare immediatamente
-l'accesso.</para>
-
-    <para>Dopo aver accettato la configurazione con il pulsante radio
-<guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, la prima schermata viene mostrata nuovamente
-ed il tuo nuovo punto di montaggio viene elencato. Dopo aver premuto
-<guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton>, ti viene chiesto se salvare o non salvare le
-modifiche in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Scegli questa opzione se vuoi
-che la directory remota sia disponibile ad ogni avvio. Se la tua
-configurazione vale per un solo utilizzo, non salvarla.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d5adab9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Condividi le tue partizioni del disco fisso</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Questo semplice strumento<footnote><para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> come root.</para></footnote> consente a
-te, amministratore, di autorizzare gli utenti a condividere parti delle
-proprie sottodirectory in /home con altri utenti della stessa rete locale
-che potrebbero avere computers su cui gira il sistema operativo Linux o
-Windows.</para>
-
-  <para>Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali,
-etichettata "Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso".</para>
-
-  <para>Primo, rispondi alla domanda: "<guilabel>Vuoi consentire agli utenti di
-condividere alcune delle loro directory ?</guilabel>", clicca su
-<guibutton>Nessuna condivisione</guibutton> se la risposta è no per tutti
-gli utenti, clicca su <guibutton>Permetti a tutti gli utenti</guibutton> per
-tutti gli utenti e clicca su <guibutton>Personalizzato</guibutton> se la
-risposta è no per alcuni utenti e sì per altri. In questo ultimo caso, gli
-utenti che sono autorizzati a condividere le proprie directory devono
-appartenere al gruppo fileshare, che è automaticamente creato dal
-sistema. Verrai interrogato successivamente in merito a questo aspetto.</para>
-
-  <para>Clicca su <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, una seconda schermata apparirà
-proponendoti di scegliere tra <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Spunta <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se Linux è
-l'unico sistema operativo sulla rete, spunta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se
-la rete include sia macchine Linux che macchine Windows e quindi clicca su
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. I pacchetti richiesti verranno installati se
-necessario.</para>
-
-  <para>La configurazione è ora completa a meno che non sia stata scelta l'opzione
-Personalizzato. In questo caso una schermata extra ti domanderà di avviare
-Userdrake. Questo strumento ti consente di aggiungere gli utenti autorizzati
-a condividere le loro directory al gruppo fileshare. Nella scheda Utente,
-clicca sull'utente per aggiungerlo al gruppo fileshare, quindi su
-<guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem>, nella scheda Gruppi. Spunta il gruppo
-fileshare e clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Per ulteriori informazioni
-su Userdrake, guarda <xref linkend="userdrake">questa pagina</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Quando si aggiunge un nuovo utente al gruppo fileshare, devi disconnettere e
-riconnettere la rete affinché le modifiche vengano prese in considerazione.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>D'ora in poi ogni utente appartenente al gruppo fileshare potrà selezionare
-nel suo gestore di file le directory da condividere, sebbene non tutti i
-gestori di file forniscono questa funzionalità.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4550ceb4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Accedi a dischi e cartelle in condivisione NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduzione</title>
-
-    <para>Questo strumento<footnote>
-        <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> come root.</para>
-      </footnote> ti consente di
-dichiarare alcune cartelle condivise come accessibili a tutti gli utenti
-sulla macchina. Il protocollo utilizzato é NFS, disponibile sulla maggior
-parte dei sistemi Linux e Unix. La cartella condivisa sarà quindi
-disponibile direttamente all'avvio. Le cartelle condivise possono essere
-anche accessibili direttamente in una singola sessione per un utente con
-strumenti quali i file browser.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedura</title>
-
-    <para>Seleziona <guibutton>cerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei
-server che condividono directory.</para>
-
-    <para>Clicca sul simbolo > prima del nome del server per visualizzare la lista
-delle directory condivise e seleziona la directory cui vuoi accedere.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Il pulsante <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> diventerà disponibile e
-dovrai specificare dove montare la directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Dopo aver scelto il punto di mount, puoi montarlo. Puoi anche verificare e
-cambiare qualche opzione con il pulsante
-<guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. Dopo aver montato la directory puoi
-smontarla usando lo stesso pulsante.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Accettando la configurazione con il pulsante <guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>,
-un messaggio verrà mostrato, domandando "Vuoi salvare le modifiche a
-/etc/fstab". Questo passaggio renderà la cartella disponibile ad ogni avvio,
-se la rete sarà accessibile. La nuova cartella sarà inoltre visibile nel tuo
-file browser, per esempio Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c9458d64..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Masterizzatore di CD/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is found under the tab Local
-disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable
-hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only). </para>
-
-  <para>Il suo obiettivo è quello di definire il modo in cui il tuo disco rimovibile
-è montato. </para>
-
-  <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and
-the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change
-them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-button. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Punto di mount</title>
-
-    <para>Spunta questa casella per cambiare il punto di mount. Quello di default è
-/media/cdrom</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Opzioni</title>
-
-    <para>Alcuni punti di mount possono essere scelti sia qui direttamente nella lista
-o via il sottomenù <guilabel>Avanzate</guilabel>. I principali sono:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this
-option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is
-the only one who can umount it. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3809ff89..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Accedi a dischi e cartelle condivise con Windows (SMB)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduzione</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento da linea di comando digitando come root:
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis></para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare which
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R)
-systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared
-directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with
-tools such as file browsers.</para>
-
-    <para>Prima di avviare l'opzione, è una buona idea di dichiarare il nome del
-server disponibile, per esempio <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedura</title>
-
-    <para>Seleziona <guibutton>ricerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei
-server che condividono cartelle.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the
-list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you
-have to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount
-button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the
-<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to
-connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it
-with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask
-"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will allow
-directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The
-new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in
-dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 05d0fb1e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Effetti Schermo 3D</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduzione</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> lets you manage the 3D
-desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by
-default.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Iniziamo</title>
-
-    <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the
-package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can
-start.</para>
-
-    <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you
-can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a
-composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special
-effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn
-it on.</para>
-
-    <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of
-Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be
-installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz
-Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in
-for the changes to take effect.</para>
-
-    <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz
-Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Risoluzione problemi</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Non vedo lo schermo dopo il log in</title>
-
-      <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop
-but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in
-screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be
-prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login
-with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the
-log in problem.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a32136f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autenticazione</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the
-manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para>
-
-  <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your
-computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so
-and give information about that.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aa4bbbf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Imposta l'accesso automatico</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> come root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to automatically
-login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any
-password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good idea when there
-is only one user like to be using the machine.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the
-Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para>
-
-  <para>I bottoni di interfaccia sono piuttosto semplici:</para>
-
-  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
-starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
-boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
-possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
-launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
-<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
-continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check
-<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if
-needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default
-username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3eb6bf9d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Configura l'avvio del sistema</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
-slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
-(ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Questo strumento<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> ti permette di
-accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non
-pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo.</para>
-
-  <para>Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali,
-etichettata "Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Non usare questo strumento se non sai esattamente quello che stai
-facendo. Cambiare alcune impostazioni può impedire alla tua macchina di
-eseguire il boot!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if
-using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub,
-Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question
-of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the
-<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you
-are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any
-modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para>
-
-  <para>In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is
-installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common
-to all operating systems installed.</para>
-
-  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
-the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
-seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available
-operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is
-made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
-possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the
-power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was
-the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI
-compatible.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Abilita SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP sta per Symmetric Multi Processors, è un'architettura per processori
-multicore.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Se hai un processore con HyperThreading Mageia lo vedrà come un processore
-dual e abiliterà SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two
-components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
-APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses
-to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
-for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
-system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
-"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
-APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
-loader you chose.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot
-time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu
-entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you
-click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>
-buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or
-to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be
-able to use these tools.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want
-to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command "title". For
-example: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches
-the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the
-kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this
-entry by default.</para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
-file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, in the drop-down lists.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in
-Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
-one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
-to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
-<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
-Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
-touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable
-unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e2c1ff2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Strumento per la segnalazione di bug di Mageia</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically
-when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing
-a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the
-information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para>
-
-  <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that,
-then please read <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
-report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para>
-
-  <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message
-that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to
-that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 19f1fad3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by
-doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>,
-but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be
-several GBs large.</para>
-<note><para>L'output è troppo grande per essere allegato a un bug report senza
-cancellare le parti non necessarie.</para></note>
-  <para>Questo comando raccoglie le seguenti informazioni sul tuo sistema:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partizioni</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Versione di Mageia</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of this command's
-output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch
-to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as
-root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If
-you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000
-lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail
--n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6666ea18..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Modifica data e ora</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the tab System
-in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and
-time"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a
-right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para>E' uno strumento molto semplice da usare.</para>
-
-  <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On
-the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on
-the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month
-(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or
-2012). Select the day by clicking on its number.</para>
-
-  <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time
-Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on
-time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time
-Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para>
-
-  <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's
-useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours,
-minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows
-to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see
-your desktop environment settings for that.</para>
-
-  <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the
-<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the
-nearest town.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they
-will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation
-settings.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 629d11d6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Rimuovi una connessione</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Qui puoi cancellare un'interfaccia network<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then
-click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Vedrai un messaggio che l'interfaccia network è stata cancellata con
-successo.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e17481b9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,810 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Configura una nuova interfaccia di rete (lan, adsl, wifi...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduzione</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> come root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure much of
-local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from
-your access provider or your network administrator.</para>
-
-    <para>Seleziona il tipo di connessione che vuoi impostare in base a quale hardware
-e provider possiedi.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nuova connessione cablata (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>La prima finestra mostra le interfacce disponibili. Scegliere quella da
-configurare.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automatico</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Il bottone avanzate permette di specificare:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>il client DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configurazione manuale</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS
-servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no
-HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Satellite connection (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Cable modem connection</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>La prima finestra mostra le interfacce disponibili. Scegliere quella da
-configurare.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>You have to specify a authentication method:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nessuno</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name
-and password.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automatico</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Il bottone avanzate permette di specificare:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>il client DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configurazione manuale</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers
-to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME
-is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic connection would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nuova connessione DSL</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Seleziona uno dei protocolli disponibili:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocollo Configurazione Dinamica Host (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Configurazione TCP/IP manuale</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP tramite ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP su Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Point to Point Tuneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Impostazioni di accesso</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Login dell'account (nome utente)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Password dell'account</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nuova connessione ISDN</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Scelta manuale (scheda ISDN interna)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Modem ISDN esterno</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and
-manufacturer. Select your card.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Seleziona uno dei protocolli disponibili:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocollo per il resto del mondo, eccetto Europa (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocollo per l'Europa (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave
-you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nome connessione</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Numero telefonico</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ID di accesso</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Password dell'account</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Metodo autenticazione</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or
-manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by
-automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to
-put:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nome dominio</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Primo e secondo DNS Server</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you
-are sure that your provider is configured to accept it.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic
-or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the
-IP address.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nuova connessione Wireless (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
-Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper
-only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that
-the card has detected.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Operating mode:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Con access point (Managed)</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Per accedere ad un punto di accesso esistente (il più frequente).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Per configurare una connessione diretta fra computers.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nome del network (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Questa modalità di crittografia è da preferire se il tuo hardware te lo
-consente.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Alcuni vecchi hardware funzionano solo con questo metodo di crittografia.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Chiave di cifratura</para>
-
-            <para>E' solitamente fornito con l'hardware che da il punto di accesso.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A questo punto la scelta è tra un indirzzo IP automatico oppure un indirizzo
-IP manuale.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automatico</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
-declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is
-specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
-Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Il bottone avanzate permette di specificare:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>il client DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
-connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configurazione manuale</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
-before the period.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nuova connessione GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se lo strumento trova un'interfaccia wireless, da l'oppurtinità di
-selezionarne una e di configurarla.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Il pin è richiesto. Lasciare vuoto se il PIN non è necessario.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Fornire impostazioni di accesso</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nome dell'access point</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Login dell'account (nome utente)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Password dell'account</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Una nuova connessione Bluetooth Dial-UP Networking</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Scelta manuale</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hardware identificato, se esistente.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Una lista di porte è proposta. Seleziona la tua.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
-gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Nome della connessione</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Numero di telefono</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Password</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Autenticazione</emphasis>, scegli tra:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Basata su script</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Basata su terminale</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Concludendo la configurazione</title>
-
-    <para>Nel prossimo step puoi specificare:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Permetti agli utenti di gestire la connessione</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Avviare la connessione al boot</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Permetti all'interfaccia di essere controllata da Network
-Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
-access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
-automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Con il pulsante avanzate puoi specificare:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metric (10 by default)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Collegamento a caldo della rete</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Attiva istradamento IPV6 su IPV4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>L'ultimo step ti permetterà di specificare se avviare la connessione
-immediatamente oppure no.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 22ba86f3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Apri una console come amministratore</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Questo strumento<footnote>
-      <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root:
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis></para>
-    </footnote> ti permette di
-accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non
-pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cd57d4af..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Gestisci le partizioni del disco</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk o diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root:
-<emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis></para>
-      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
-error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
-partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
-see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
-<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
-want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
-preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
-resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
-partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
-all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
-disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
-partition.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called "EFI System
-Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it contains
-all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot
-choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition
-must be unmounted first.</para>
-
-  <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para>
-
-  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
-delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
-<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
-selected</para>
-
-  <para>Puoi scegliere un punto di mount inesistente, verrà creato.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
-gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be
-seen in the screenshot below.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a30f80e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Imposta il gestore grafico delle sessioni</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Here<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> you can choose which display
-manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
-on your system will be shown.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
-different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
-is a lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d1133ed..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Configura il tuo firewall personale</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Security
-tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
-firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
-security, permissions and audit".</para>
-
-  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
-connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
-first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
-attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
-<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
-the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
-
-  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
-<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
-<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
-examples :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>The listed ports should be separated by a space.</para>
-
-  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
-checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
-it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
-recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
-allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
-<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
-box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
-somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
-corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
-below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
-warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
-
-  <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the
-Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary
-packages are downloaded.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
-Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 694c16ea..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Gestisci tipi di caratteri. Importa tipi di caratteri da Windows (TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It
-allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen
-above shows:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>un'anteprima del font selezionato.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>some buttons explained here later.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You
-must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Opzioni:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able
-to use the fonts.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Disinstalla:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be
-careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the
-documents that use them.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importa:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
-supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
-<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
-role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
-fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
-done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
-main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9592c8fa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Filtri per la famiglia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
-Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
-drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentazione</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
-restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
-useful capabilities:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
-controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
-only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
-blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
-website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
-control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurando il Parental control</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
-Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
-your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
-feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
-users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
-an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
-prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
-then suggest you reboot.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
-control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
-is opened.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the
-websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all
-the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
-their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
-right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
-not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an
-user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
-remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
-with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
-<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
-window.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title>
-
-      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Block Programs Tab</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to
-restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the
-applications you wish to block.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand
-side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a406ba66..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Condividi la connessione Internet con altre macchine locali</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Principi</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
-computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
-network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
-other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
-gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
-must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
-the Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
-set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Gateway wizard</title>
-
-    <para>The wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> offers successive steps
-which are shown below:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this
-and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard
-automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that
-what is proposed is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes
-one, check that this is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask
-and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual
-configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to
-specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
-it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
-with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
-proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
-printers and to share them.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Verrai avvisato sulla necessità di controllare se il firewall è attivo.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configura il client</title>
-
-    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
-specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
-automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
-to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
-using.</para>
-
-    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
-specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
-gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Ferma la condivisione di connessione</title>
-
-    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
-the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
-sharing.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index faf5b8bb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Descrizioni degli host</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
-IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
-      <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> come root: </para>
-    </footnote> allows to
-specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
-instead of the IP-address.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Aggiungi</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window
-to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an
-alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modifica</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the
-same window.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index efce165a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Impostazioni avanzate per le interfacce di rete ed il firewall</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 122b90e6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Rete e Internet</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Network
-&amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduzione</title>
-
-    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
-configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
-etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
-on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
-settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
-network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
-ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
-
-    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
-first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
-networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
-the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
-connected.</para>
-
-    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
-networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
-strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
-the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
-either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
-or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
-to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
-window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
-key in particular).</para>
-
-    <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Monitor button</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
-PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
-available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
--> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
-local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
-gives details about connection status.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
-accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Il pulsante Configura</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Per una rete cablata</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
-creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
-configuration may give better results.</para>
-
-    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
-like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
-<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
-the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
-the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
-have to reconnect to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network
-Manager:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Modalità operativa:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
-point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
-<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
-access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
-passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
-personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
-in private networks.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
-point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Advanced Settings button</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e6bb3750..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Gestisci i diversi profili di rete</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 19d79b29..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Condividi dischi e cartelle tramite NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prerequisiti</title>
-
-    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is launched for the
-first time, it may display the following message:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Il pacchetto nfs-utils necessita di essere installato. Desideri installarlo?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Finestra principale</title>
-
-    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list
-is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
-configuration tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Modifica voce</title>
-
-    <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
-with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
-available.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Directory NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The
-<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose
-it.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Accesso host</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
-directory.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name
-recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
-characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
-domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
-hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
-`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Mappatura ID utente</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
-0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
-cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
-the server itself.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
-squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
-(no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
-to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
-directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
-mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
-the anonymous account.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Opzioni avanzate</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
-originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
-is on by default.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
-and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
-request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
-using this option.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
-violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
-by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
-help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
-exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Voci del menù</title>
-
-    <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Salva la configurazione corrente.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c8181fb8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
-this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
-administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
-some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
-
-  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
-proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
-an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control their complexity.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 550ac023..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configure Media</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
-repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
-to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
-below).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
-USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
-used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
-packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
-media type CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
-i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
-your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
-don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
-the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Le colonne</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
-some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Update:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
-media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
-this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
-and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Mostra il nome del media. I repository ufficiali di Mageia per la versione
-finale contengono almeno:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> che contiene per la maggior parte
-programmi supportati da Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> che contiene alcuni software
-proprietari</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
-be patent claims in some countries.</para>
-
-        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
-version of Mageia was released.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
-due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
-even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
-backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
-of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
-corrections.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Il bottone sulla destra</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Rimuovi:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
-remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since
-all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Modifica:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
-proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Aggiungi:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
-contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
-adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
-you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
-specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
-the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
-in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
-release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
-be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Il menu</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>File -> Aggiorna:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
-click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
-too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
-actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
-out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
-between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
-<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
-clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
-close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
-mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Aggiungi un media personalizzato:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>E' possibile installare un nuovo media (da una terza fonte per esempio) che
-non è supportato da Mageia. Una nuova finestra apparirà:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
-name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
-the medium type)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opzioni -> Opzioni globali:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
-or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
-download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
-update only, always or never).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opzioni -> Gestisci chiavi:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
-the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
-window that appear, select a medium and then click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
-on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Fai questo con cura, come faresti con tutte le domande relative alla
-sicurezza.</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Opzioni -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
-here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
-necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
-page</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 05b4093e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Share directories and drives with Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduzione</title>
-
-    <para>Samba è un protoccolo utilizzato in diversi sistemi operativi per
-condividere alcune risorse come directories o stampanti. Questo strumento ti
-permette di configurare la macchina come un server Samba usando il
-protocollo SMB/CIFS. Questo protocollo è anche usato da Windows(R) e le
-stazioni di lavoro con questo sistema operativo possono accedere alla
-risorse del derver Samba.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Preparazione</title>
-
-    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
-address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
-<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the
-station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
-firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedura guidata - server autonomo</title>
-
-    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis
-role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> checks if
-needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
-yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Nella finestra successiva lìopzione di configuarazione del server autonomo è
-già selezionata.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
-access to the shared resources.</para>
-
-    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
-the network.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scegliere la modalità di sicurezza:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
-resource</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
-each share</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
-address or host name.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
-described in the Windows workstations.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
-configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
-option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
-not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
-as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
-group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
-account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Dichiarare una directory da salvare</title>
-
-    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
-<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
-the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
-name can not be modified.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Voci del menù</title>
-
-    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Salva l'attuale configurazione in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
-
-      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Server Samba|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Servar Samba|Ricarica</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Stampanti condivise</title>
-
-    <para>Samba ti permette anche di condividere stampanti.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Utilizzatori di Samba</title>
-
-    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
-resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 76f4996c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configura autenticazione per strumenti Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
-usually done by the administrator.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
-the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
-drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the
-same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Nessuna password: lo strumento parte senza richiedere alcuna password.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 923ef831..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Backup periodico del sistema</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-configurazione</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
-<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
-tools</guilabel> section.</para>
-  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
-about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
-proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
-
- <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
-<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
-Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
-<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
-the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
-files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
-<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
-the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
-included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
-done.</para>
-	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
-<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
-USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d817d5b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Configurazione audio</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and
-troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you
-change the sound card.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
-inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
-sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
-volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
-enabled.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
-is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
-fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an
-obvious button.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 48683049..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Configura un UPS per il controllo dell'alimentazione</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 92661488..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configura la connessione VPN per rendere sicuro l'accesso al network</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduzione</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure secure
-access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
-workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
-configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
-already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
-network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurazione</title>
-
-    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
-protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
-
-    <para>In seguito dai un nome alla connessione.</para>
-
-    <para>Alla prossima schermata dare i dettagli della tua connessione VPN.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Per VPN Cisco</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Per openvpn. Il pacchetto openvpn e le sue dipendenze verranno installate la
-prima volta che lo strumento verrà usato.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
-from the network administrator.</para>
-
-        <para>Parametri avanzati:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>La prossima schermata chiede l'indirizzo IP del gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
-connection.</para>
-
-    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
-connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
-to this VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c5f1284b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configura il server web</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
-server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Cos'è un server web?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
-accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Impostando un web server con drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the web server wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introduzione</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server User Module</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Permetti agli utenti di creare i propri siti.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User web directory name</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
-display it.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sommario</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finisci</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e09290de..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configura DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2100aac9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configura server DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
-interfaces</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
-be installed before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Cos'è DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
-standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
-configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
-communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Impostando un server DHCP con drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introduzione</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
-which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select IP range</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
-the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
-some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Sommario</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hold on...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
-change things around.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ore più tardi...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Cos'è stato fatto</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installare il pacchetto dhcp-server se necessario;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
-adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>maschera</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 802c621a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configura time server</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
-your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
-default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
-packages.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
-time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
-because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
-arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
-click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
-may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Cos'è stato fatto</title>
-
-    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Scrivendo un nuovo file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> con la lista dei
-server;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
-name;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
-<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Impostando l'orologio hardware con l'attuale orologio di sistema riferito a
-UTC.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 46788d37..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configura server FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
-protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Imposta un server FTP con darkwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introduzione</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Informazioni del server</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
-complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opzioni del server</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
-(File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sommario</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finisci</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 481823d3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configura server proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
-before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Cos'è un server proxy?</title>
-
-    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
-as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introduzione</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selezionando la porta proxy</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Impostando memoria e uso del disco</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Sommario</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Avviare durante il boot?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Finisci</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Cos'è stato fatto</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installare il pacchetto squid se necessario;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Riavviando <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cd05c66..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configurazione del demone OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Cos'è <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
-communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
-other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
-via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
-(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
-respectively). (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Benvenuti al wizard di Open SSH.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
-<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opzioni generali</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Metodi di autenticazione</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
-then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opzioni di accesso</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opzioni di accesso dell'utente</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sommario</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finisci</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a4aebc1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Attiva o disattiva i servizi del sistema</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5907e6c5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Configurazione del hardware</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives a general view of the
-hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
-look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
-<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
-<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>La finestra</title>
-
-    <para>La finestra è divisa in due colonne.</para>
-
-    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
-grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
-category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
-
-    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
-<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
-about the content of the fields.</para>
-
-    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
-available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
-parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
-used by experts only.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
-configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Il menu</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Opzioni</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
-enable automatic detection:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Dispositivi Jaz</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
-the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
-be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f23f6090..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Impostando il layout della tastiera.</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduzione</title>
-
-    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> helps you
-configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
-Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
-be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
-"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Layout della tastiera</title>
-
-    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
-in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
-layout should be used for.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tipo di tastiera</title>
-
-    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
-unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 77176c0a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Impostazioni locali per il sistema</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root.
-  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
-section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
-your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
-language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
-compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
-language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
-countries not listed.</para>
-
-  <para>Devi ricominciare la sessione dopo ogni modifica.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Metodo di input</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
-input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
-methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
-Korean, etc).</para>
-  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
-users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
-  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
-and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
-part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 88e2a72b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Visualizza i log di sistema ed effettua delle ricerche</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
-logs</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Effettuare una ricerca nei registri</title>
-
-    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
-<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
-<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
-to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
-possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
-month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
-day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
-to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
-file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
-clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
-configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
-updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
-the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
-address.</para>
-
-    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
-Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
-Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
-running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
-look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
-
-    <para>I seguenti servizi posso essere esplorati:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servizio webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server di posta Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server web Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servizio xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
-unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
-the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
-out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
-to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
-
-    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
-person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
-or on the Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 37736142..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fa335595..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Mostra le informazioni riguardo PCI, USB e PCMCIA</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
-PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
-packages to work.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
-is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
-
-  <para>Informazioni sulla scheda grafica;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Informazioni sul network</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i per ignorare la distinzione di maiuscolo e minuscolo.</para>
-
-  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
-lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
-called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ad34bd2b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Avvio</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
-steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configura la sequenza di avvio</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 29459b8d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per configurare il
-tuo hardware. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configura l'hardware</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
-hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configura la grafica</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configura effetti desktop 3D</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configura mouse e tastiera</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configura stampanti e scanner</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
-the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Altro</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 98539816..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
-choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
-installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
-selected in the big right panel.</para>
-
-	<para>I dieci capitoli successivi sono relativi a quelle dieci opzioni e ai
-relativi strumenti.</para>
-
-<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
-any of the MCC tabs.</para>
-
-	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
-screens.</para>
-
-        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
-the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index db63cbd1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Dischi locali</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per gestire o
-condividere i tuoi dischi locali. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di
-più.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Dischi locali</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d1cfa250..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Rete e internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di rete. Clicca sul
-link seguente per saperne di più.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Gestisci i dispositivi di rete</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personalizza e rendi sicura la rete</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Altro</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3468c525..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Servizi di rete</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
-the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
-between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
-on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Servizi di rete</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 89480de9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Condivisioni di rete</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per condividere i
-drivers e le directories. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configura le condivisioni con Windows(R)</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
-directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configura le condivisioni NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configura le condivisioni WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ebdd30c3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Sicurezza</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di
-sicurezza. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sicurezza</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
-and audit</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2142015f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Condivisione</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
-visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
-choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
-below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Condivisione</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 43f2407d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistema</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti e sistemi di
-amministrazione. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Gestisci i servizi di sistema</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Localizzazione</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Strumenti di amministrazione</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9189a8a1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configura la frequenza degli aggiornamenti</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
-Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
-updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
-check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
-out.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index da668dad..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Configura il dispositivo di puntamento (mouse, touchpad)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
-Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
-
-  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
-and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
-PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
-immediately taken into account.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b85a78d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Sicurezza ed controllo del sistema</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentazione</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
-msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
-approaches:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
-make it more secure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
-you if something seems dangerous.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
-set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
-enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
-own customised security levels.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Overview tab</title>
-
-    <para>Guarda lo screenshot sopra</para>
-
-    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
-button on the right side to configure them:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec con alcune informazioni:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>abilitato o no</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Il livello di sicurezza base configurato</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
-and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tab impostazioni di sicurezza</title>
-
-    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
-<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
-below.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Tab sicurezza di base</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Livelli di sicurezza:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
-allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
-in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
-following levels are available:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
-do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
-your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
-constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
-if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
-vulnerable to attack.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
-configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
-constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
-detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
-permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
-versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
-you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
-system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
-the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
-5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
-such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
-system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
-but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>These levels are saved in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
-your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for
-power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
-level settings.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Avvisi di sicurezza:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
-to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
-by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
-can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
-and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
-the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
-enable it.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
-immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
-problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
-files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Opzioni di sicurezza:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
-security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
-any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
-the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
-to the options.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Tab sicurezza di sistema</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
-description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
-column.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
-screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
-actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
-selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
-choice.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
-using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
-have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
-saving them.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Sicurezza della rete</title>
-
-      <para>Questa tab mostra tutte le opzioni di rete e funziona come quella precedente</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Tab controlli periodici</title>
-
-      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
-security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
-if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
-checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Scheda delle eccezioni</title>
-
-      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
-these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
-allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
-messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
-below shows four exceptions.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
-button</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
-<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
-<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
-obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
-<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
-tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Permessi</title>
-    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
-enforcement.</para>
-    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
-secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
-level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
-into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
-into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
-intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
-also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
-you want. Current configuration is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
-list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
-can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
-owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
-given rule:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
-defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
-if not, but does not change anything.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
-permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
-permissions.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
-and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
-the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
-not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
-menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
-the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
-    <note><para>È anche possibile creare o modificare le regole editando il file di
-configurazione <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
-in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
-check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
-checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
-account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
-use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
-changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
-manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
-in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
-the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
-the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 65f383f2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Altri strumenti di Mageia</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
-Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
-next pages.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>E altri strumenti?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ef600d9e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduzione ad rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> come root.</para>
-      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
-program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
-graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
-package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
-servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
-available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
-certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
-default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
-packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
-of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
-included in the packages.</para>
-
-    <para>Per funzionare, rpmdrake necessita della configurazione dei repositories con
-<xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
-the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
-will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
-: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
-and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
-it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
-thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
-packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>La parte principale dello schermo</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Filtro per tipo pacchetto:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Questo filtro ti consente di visualizzare solo alcuni tipi di pacchetto. La
-prima volta che avvi il gestore questo mostrerà solamente le applicazioni
-con una interfaccia grafica. Puoi visualizzare sia tutti i pacchetti che
-tutte le loro dipendenze e librerie o solo gruppi di pacchetti come le sole
-applicazioni, i soli aggiornamenti o pacchetti backported da versioni più
-recenti di Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
-probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
-this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
-of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
-packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
-not installed.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Modalità di ricerca:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Fare clic su questa icona per cercare attraverso i nomi dei pacchetti,
-attraverso le loro sintesi, attraverso la loro descrizione completa o
-attraverso i file inclusi nei pacchetti.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
-for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
-"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Questa icona può cancellare in un solo click tutte le parole chiave inserite
-nel campo "Cerca".</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
-sub categories.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Pannello di descrizione:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
-description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
-can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
-package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>La colonna di stato</title>
-
-    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
-category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
-list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
-is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
-installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
-uncheck the box before the package name and click on
-<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Icona</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legenda</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Il pacchetto è già installato</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Il pacchetto sarà installato</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Il pacchetto non può essere modificato</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Il pacchetto è un aggiornamento</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Il pacchetto sarà disinstallato</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Esempi nello screeshot qui sopra:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
-icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
-on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
-with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when
-clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Le dipendenze</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
-are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
-information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
-dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
-may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
-library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
-button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
-install.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c75a778..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Configura uno scanner</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installazione</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>This tool <footnote>
-        <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> come root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to configure a
-single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
-also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
-remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
-
-    <para>Quando utilizzi questo strumento per la prima volta potrebbe apparirti il
-seguente messaggio:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Vuoi installare i pacchetti SANE?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
-<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
-installed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
-the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
-sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
-cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
-scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
-scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
-list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Se non riesci a trovare il tuo scanner nella lista clicca su
-<emphasis>Annulla</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Scegli la porta</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
-ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
-case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
-
-    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
-similar to the one below.</para>
-<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
-accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
-decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
-this machine.</para>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
-deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
-this computer.</para>
-
-    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
-from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
-machines.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
-offers to do it.</para>
-
-    <para>Alla fine lo strumento altererà questi files:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
-"net"</para>
-
-    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifiche</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
-(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
-you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivers are available from <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
-with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
-ignored.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Fasi extra di installazione</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
-steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
-each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
-after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
-firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
-downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
-    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
-each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
-what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f2b6f6f6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Gestione software</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
-management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Gestione software</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Aggiorna il tuo
-sistema</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
-sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ab74fc8d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,341 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Installa e configura una stampante</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introduzione</title>
-
-    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
-ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
-interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
-offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
-which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
-and openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
-installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
-
-    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
-section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
-printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
-for.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of
-dependencies are needed.</para>
-
-    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
-detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
-printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
-printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
-will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Stampante automaticamente identificata</title>
-
-    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
-name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
-"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
-automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
-drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
-next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Stampante non automaticamente identificata</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
-to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
-options.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Seleziona una stampante dal database</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>fornisci il file PPD</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>cerca un driver da scaricare</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
-first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
-driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
-encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
-which know to work.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Completa il processo di installazione</title>
-
-    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
-allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
-the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
-available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
-this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
-printers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Stampante di rete</title>
-
-    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
-wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
-another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
-IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
-as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
-one.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
-printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
-configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
-on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
-Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
-as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
-after "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
-your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
-you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
-Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
-and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
-says "host".</para>
-
-    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
-protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
-list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
-
-    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
-which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Network printing protocols</title>
-
-    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
-JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
-via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
-known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
-which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
-IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
-manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
-IP-adress is not required.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
-protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
-the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
-changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
-the same as above.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Gli altri protocolli sono:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
-be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
-some ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
-but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
-defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
-with TLS secured protocol.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
-accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
-station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
-the URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-documentation.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Proprietà del dispositivo</title>
-
-    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
-parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
-system, but you can specify a different one with the
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
-another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
-of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Troubleshoot</title>
-
-    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
-inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
-<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Specifiche</title>
-
-    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
-Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
-check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
-is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
-redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
-the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
-tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
-works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
-up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
-page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
-for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
-
-    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
-devices</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
-detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
-<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
-tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
-menu. Also view <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
-for the management of the printer.</para>
-
-    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
-features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
-allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
-case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
-picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
-open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
-card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
-the QPDL protocol.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
-package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
-be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
-according to your architecture. </para>
-
-    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
-conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Stampanti Canon</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
-<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 29bb7803..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importa i documenti e le impostazioni di Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Questo strumento<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> lo trovi nel Centro di
-Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato
-<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
-from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
-immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
-explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
-
-  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
-
-  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
-choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
-Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
-than yours own.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
-transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
-(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
-example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
-import purposes.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import documents:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
-appropriate item in this window.</para>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import bookmarks:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>La pagina successiva ti permette di importare sfondi desktop:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Scegli le opzioni preferite e premere il pulsante
-<guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> </para>
-
-  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
-<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 183e049e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Utenti e gruppi</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
-"Manage users on system"</para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
-means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
-(ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
-the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
-<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Aggiungi un utente</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
-entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
-or nothing as well!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
-
-  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
-recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
-password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
-use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
-shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
-you entered what you intended to.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
-you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
-Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
-checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
-user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
-
-  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
-after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Aggiungi un gruppo</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
-group ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Modifica</emphasis> (un utente selezionato)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
-for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Informazioni sull'account</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
-Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
-accounts.</para>
-
-  <para>La seconda opzione è di bloccare l'account. La connessione è impossibile
-sino a quando l'account resta bloccato.</para>
-
-  <para>E' possibile cambiare l'icona.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
-expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
-password periodically.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
-the user is a member of.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Se stai modificando l'account di un utente connesso, allora le modifiche non
-saranno effettive fino al suo prossimo login.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
-name.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
-who are members of the group</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Cancella</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
-role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
-ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
-has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Ricarica</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
-refresh the display.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Account ospite</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
-to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
-is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
-to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
-end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
-in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja.po b/docs/mcc-help/ja.po
deleted file mode 100644
index ff6316ad..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11252 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Masanori Kakura <kakurasan@gmail.com>, 2017
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-02-03 09:07+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-02-10 03:53+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Masanori Kakura <kakurasan@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Japanese (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
-"language/ja/)\n"
-"Language: ja\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "WebDAV 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセスする"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
-"dav</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターで見つかり、ネットワーク共有タブの <guilabel>WebDAV 共有ドライブ/ディレ"
-"クトリにアクセス</guilabel>と書かれています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "はじめに"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"https://ja.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> は"
-"ウェブ サーバのディレクトリをローカルにマウントできるようにするためのプロトコ"
-"ルです。これはローカル ディレクトリとして見えます。リモート マシンでは "
-"WebDAV サーバが動作している必要があります。WebDAV サーバを設定することはこの"
-"ツールの目的ではありません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "新しいエントリを作成する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールの最初の画面は既に設定済みのエントリがあればそれを表示し、他には"
-"<guibutton>新規</guibutton>ボタンがあります。新しいエントリを作成するにはそれ"
-"を使用します。新しい画面の入力欄にサーバの URL を入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"次に幾つかの操作を選択するためのラジオ ボタンのある画面が表示されます。"
-"<guibutton>マウント ポイント</guibutton>のラジオ ボタンを選択して "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックして続行します。<guibutton>サーバ</"
-"guibutton>は既に設定済みですが、必要があれば修正します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"リモート ディレクトリの内容はこのマウント ポイントを通してアクセスできるよう"
-"になります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"次のステップでは、あなたのユーザ名とパスワードを入力します。幾つかの他のオプ"
-"ションが必要であれば、<guibutton>上級</guibutton>の画面で入力することができま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"項目<guibutton>マウント</guibutton>ではすぐにマウントを行うことができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"ラジオ ボタンの<guibutton>完了</guibutton>で設定を受け入れた後、最初の画面が"
-"再度表示され、新しいマウント ポイントが一覧に追加されます。<guibutton>終了</"
-"guibutton>を選択した後、<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> に変更を保存するかど"
-"うかを質問されます。リモート ディレクトリをブートのたびに利用可能にしたいので"
-"あればこの項目を選択してください。設定を一度だけ使用するのであれば、これを保"
-"存しないでください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "ハード ディスクのパーティションを共有する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
-"fileshare</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"このシンプルなツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は、管理者であ"
-"るあなたに対して、ユーザが自分の /home のサブ ディレクトリの一部を他の Linux "
-"や Windows のオペレーティング システムを実行しているコンピュータが存在する可"
-"能性のある同一ネットワークのユーザと共有できるようにします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"これは Mageia コントロール センターで見つかり、ローカル ディスク タブに "
-"\"ハード ディスクのパーティションを共有\" と書かれています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"はじめに、質問に答えます : \"<guilabel>ユーザに一部のディレクトリの共有を許可"
-"しますか?</guilabel>\" すべてのユーザに対して共有しない場合は<guibutton>共有"
-"しない</guibutton>を、すべてのユーザに対して共有する場合は<guibutton>すべての"
-"ユーザに許可</guibutton>を、ユーザによって異なる場合は<guibutton>カスタム</"
-"guibutton>をクリックします。最後の場合においては、自分のディレクトリを共有し"
-"たいユーザは fileshare グループに属していなければならず、これはシステムによっ"
-"て自動的に作られます。これについては後で訊かれます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>OK</guilabel> をクリックすると二番目の画面が現れ、<guibutton>NFS</"
-"guibutton> か <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> を選択します。<guibutton>NFS</"
-"guibutton> はネットワーク上に Linux のオペレーティング システムしかない場合"
-"に、<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> はネットワークに Linux と Windows の両方のマシ"
-"ンがある場合にクリックし、次に <guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックします。イ"
-"ンストールする必要のあるパッケージがあればインストールされます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"カスタムの項目が選択されていなければ設定はこれで完了です。その場合、追加の画"
-"面が現れて Userdrake の実行を促します。このツールはユーザを fileshare グルー"
-"プに追加して自分のディレクトリを共有できるようにします。ユーザ タブでは、ユー"
-"ザをクリックして fileshare グループに追加し、<guimenuitem>編集</guimenuitem>"
-"をクリックします。グループ タブでは、fileshare グループをチェックして "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックします。Userdrake についての詳しい情報"
-"は、<xref linkend=\"userdrake\">このページ</xref>を参照してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"新しくユーザを fileshare グループに追加する際、変更を反映するためにネットワー"
-"クを一度切断して再接続する必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"以降、fileshare グループに所属するユーザは自分のファイル マネージャの中でディ"
-"レクトリを共有するかどうかを選択できるようになりますが、すべてのファイル マ"
-"ネージャにこの機能があるわけではありません。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
-#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "ja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "NFS 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセスする"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
-"nfs</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> では幾つかの共有ディレク"
-"トリを同一マシンのすべてのユーザからアクセス可能であることを示すことができま"
-"す。これに使用されるプロトコルは NFS で、大部分の Linux や Unix システムで利"
-"用可能です。共有ディレクトリはブート時から前述した通りに利用できるようになり"
-"ます。共有ディレクトリはユーザがファイル ブラウザのようなツールで単一のセッ"
-"ションで直接アクセスすることもできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "手順"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>サーバを検索</guibutton>を選択するとディレクトリを共有するサーバの"
-"一覧を取得します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"サーバ名の前の > シンボルをクリックすると共有ディレクトリの一覧が表示され、ア"
-"クセスしたいディレクトリを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>マウント ポイント</guibutton> ボタンが押せるようになり、ディレクト"
-"リをマウントする場所を指定する必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"マウント ポイントを選択した後、これをマウントすることができます。<guibutton>"
-"オプション</guibutton> ボタンでは幾つかのオプションの確認や変更もできます。"
-"ディレクトリをマウントした後は、同じボタンでマウント解除ができます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>完了</guibutton>ボタンで設定を受け入れると、メッセージが表示され"
-"て \"/etc/fstab の変更を保存しますか?\" と質問されます。これはネットワークが"
-"利用できる場合にこのディレクトリをブートのたびに利用可能にします。新しいディ"
-"レクトリはその後 Dolphin などのお使いのファイル ブラウザで利用できるようにな"
-"ります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "CD/DVD 書き込みドライブ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
-"removable</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターのローカル ディスク タブで見つかり、取り外し可能ハードウェア (CD/DVD と"
-"フロッピーのドライブのみ) に応じた名前が付けられています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"これの目的はお使いの取り外し可能ディスクをマウントする方法を明確にすることで"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"ウィンドウの上部にはお使いのハードウェアの短い説明と選択済みのマウント オプ"
-"ションが表示されています。下部のメニューでこれらを変更します。変更する項目を"
-"チェックしたら <guibutton>OK</guibutton> ボタンを押します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "マウント ポイント"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"これをチェックするとマウント ポイントを変更します。既定値は /media/cdrom で"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "オプション"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"多数のマウント オプションがここで選択でき、一覧から直接追加するか<guilabel>上"
-"級</guilabel>のサブ メニューから追加します。主なものは以下です:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"user は一般ユーザ (root ではない) が取り外し可能ディスクのマウントをできるよ"
-"うにし、このオプションは noexec, nosuid, nodev のオプション指定を伴います。"
-"ディスクをマウントしたユーザだけがそれをマウント解除できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Windows (Samba) 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセスする"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
-"smb</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> では共有ディレクトリを同"
-"一マシンのすべてのユーザからアクセスできるようになることを示すことができま"
-"す。これに使用されるプロトコルは SMB で、Windows(R) システムで普及しているも"
-"のです。共有ディレクトリはブート時から直接利用できます。共有ディレクトリは"
-"ユーザがファイル ブラウザのようなツールで単一のセッションで直接アクセスするこ"
-"ともできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"このツールを開始する前に、利用可能なサーバの名前を <xref linkend=\"drakhosts"
-"\"/> などで付けておくとよいでしょう。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>サーバを検索</guibutton>を選択すると、ディレクトリを共有している"
-"サーバの一覧が得られます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"サーバ名とその前にある &gt; をクリックすると共有ディレクトリの一覧が表示さ"
-"れ、アクセスしたいディレクトリを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>マウント ポイント</guibutton> ボタンが押せるようになり、ディレクト"
-"リをマウントする場所を指定する必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"マウント ポイントを選択した後、<guimenu>マウント</guimenu> ボタンでこれをマウ"
-"ントできます。<guibutton>オプション</guibutton> ボタンでは幾つかのオプション"
-"の確認や変更も行えます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"オプションでは、SMB サーバに接続するためのユーザ名とパスワードを指定すること"
-"ができます。ディレクトリをマウントした後は、同じボタンでマウント解除ができま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"完了 ボタンで設定を受け入れると、メッセージが表示されて \"/etc/fstab の変更を"
-"保存しますか?\" と質問されます。これはネットワークが利用できる場合にこのディ"
-"レクトリをブートのたびに利用可能にします。新しいディレクトリはその後 Dolphin "
-"などのお使いのファイル ブラウザで利用できるようになります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "3D デスクトップ効果"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ではお使いのオペレーティ"
-"ング システム上の 3D デスクトップ効果を管理できます。3D 効果は既定では無効に"
-"なっています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "開始する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールを用いるには、glxinfo パッケージがインストールされている必要があり"
-"ます。このパッケージがインストールされていない場合、drak3d を開始できるように"
-"するために事前にそれを行うように促されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"drak3d を開始した後、メニュー ウィンドウが表示されます。ここで <guilabel>3D "
-"デスクトップ効果なし</guilabel>と <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> のどちら"
-"かを選択できます。Compiz Fusion はコンポジット/ウィンドウ マネージャの一部"
-"で、ハードウェア アクセラレーションによるデスクトップ特殊効果を含んでいます。"
-"これを有効にするには <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> を選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia をクリーン インストールした後にこのプログラムを初めて使用する場合、"
-"Compiz Fusion を使用するためにどのパッケージがインストールされている必要があ"
-"るかを知らせる警告メッセージが表示されます。<guibutton>OK</guibutton> ボタン"
-"を押すと続行します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"いったん適切なパッケージがインストールされると、Compiz Fusion が drak3d のメ"
-"ニューで選択されていることに気づくでしょう。しかし、変更を反映するにはログア"
-"ウトした後で再ログインしなければなりません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"再度ログインした後、Compiz Fusion が有効になります。Compiz Fusion を設定する"
-"には、ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) ツールのページを参照してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "トラブルシューティング"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "ログイン後にデスクトップが表示されない"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Compiz Fusion を有効にした後にお使いのデスクトップに再ログインしようとしても"
-"何も表示されない場合、お使いのコンピュータを再起動してログイン画面に戻ってく"
-"ださい。そうしたら、デスクトップ アイコンをクリックして drak3d を選択します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"ログインすると、お使いのアカウントが管理者として登録されている場合にはパス"
-"ワードを再度入力するよう促されます。そうでなければ、そのアカウントで管理者ロ"
-"グインを行います。その後ログインの問題の原因となった可能性のある変更を取り消"
-"すことができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "認証"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ではこのマシンもしくは"
-"ネットワークのユーザとして認識できるようにする方法を変更できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"既定では、あなたの認証情報はお使いのコンピュータに保存されます。ネットワーク"
-"管理者があなたにこれを変更するよう促してその情報を提供した場合にのみこれを変"
-"更してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "自動ログインを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakautologin</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は同じユーザが自動的にパ"
-"スワードなしでそのユーザのデスクトップ環境にログインすることを可能にします。"
-"これは自動ログインと呼ばれます。これは一般的にはこのマシンを一人しか使用して"
-"いないような場合において良い考えです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"これは Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">起動</emphasis>"
-"タブで見つかり、\"自動ログインを設定\" と書かれています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "インターフェースのボタンはとても明白です:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"ブート後に X Window System を実行したい場合は、<guibutton>システム開始時にグ"
-"ラフィカル環境を起動する</guibutton>をチェックします。そうでなければ、システ"
-"ムはテキスト モードで開始します。その場合でも、グラフィック インターフェース"
-"を手動で起動することは可能です。コマンド 'startx' もしくは 'systemctl start "
-"dm' を実行することでこれが行えます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"最初のボックスがチェックされている場合、他の二つの項目が設定でき、ユーザ (と"
-"パスワード) を質問するようにし続けたい場合の<guibutton>自動ログインを使わない"
-"</guibutton>か、自動ログインが必要である場合の<guibutton>以下のユーザとデスク"
-"トップで自動的にログインする</guibutton>のいずれかをチェックします。この場"
-"合、<guilabel>既定のユーザ</guilabel>と<guilabel>既定のデスクトップ</"
-"guilabel>も指定する必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "システムの起動を設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"BIOS ではなく UEFI のシステムをお使いであれば、ユーザ インターフェースは少し"
-"だけ異なり、ブート デバイスは明らかに EFI システム パーティション (ESP) とな"
-"ります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ではブート オプション "
-"(ブート ローダの選択, パスワードの設定, 既定の起動項目など) の設定が行えま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"これは Mageia コントロール センターの起動タブで見つかり、\"システムの起動を設"
-"定\" と書かれています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"何をしているのかを正確に分かっていないのであればこのツールを使用しないでくだ"
-"さい。幾つかの設定を変更するとお使いのマシンが二度と起動しなくなる可能性があ"
-"ります!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"最初のパートは<guilabel>ブート ローダ</guilabel>と呼ばれ、BIOS を使用している"
-"場合は、<guibutton>使用するブート ローダ</guibutton>を Grub, Grub2, Lilo の中"
-"から選択することができ、グラフィカル メニューとテキスト メニューも選択できま"
-"す。これは単に好みの問題で、他に重要なことはありません。また、<guibutton>起動"
-"デバイス</guibutton>も設定することができ、ここは上級者以外は変更しないでくだ"
-"さい。この起動デバイスはブート ローダがインストールされた場所で何か変更を行う"
-"とお使いのマシンが起動しなくなる可能性があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"UEFI システムでは、ブート ローダは <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> となり、こ"
-"れは /boot/EFI パーティションにインストールされます。この FAT32 でフォーマッ"
-"トされたパーティションはすべてのインストール済みのオペレーティング システムに"
-"共通のものです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"二番目のパートは<guilabel>メイン オプション</guilabel>と呼ばれ、<guibutton>既"
-"定のイメージが起動するまでの秒数</guibutton>を秒単位で設定できます。この時間"
-"だけ、Grub や Lilo は起動可能なオペレーティング システムの一覧を表示し、あな"
-"たによる選択を促します。どれも選択されない場合、ブート ローダはその時間が経過"
-"すると既定の項目を起動します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"三番目で最後のパートは<guibutton>セキュリティ</guibutton>と呼ばれ、ブート "
-"ローダにパスワードを設定することができます。これは起動時に起動エントリを選択"
-"するか設定の変更を行う際にユーザ名とパスワードが訊かれることを意味します。"
-"ユーザ名は \"root\" でパスワードはここで選択されたものです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "<guibutton>上級</guibutton>ボタンでは幾つかの追加の設定が行えます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI を有効にする</guibutton>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) は電源管理の標準です。これ"
-"は使用されていないデバイスを停止することでエネルギーを節約でき、これは APM よ"
-"り前に使用されていた方式でした。お使いのコンピュータが ACPI に対応している場"
-"合はこのボックスをチェックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>SMP を有効にする</guibutton>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP は Symmetric Multi Processors を表し、これはマルチ コア プロセッサ向けの"
-"アーキテクチャです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"ハイパー スレッディング対応のプロセッサをお持ちの場合、Mageia はこれを二つの"
-"プロセッサとして扱い、SMP を有効にします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>APIC を有効にする</guibutton> と <guibutton>ローカル APIC を有効に"
-"する</guibutton>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC は Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller を表しています。Intel "
-"APIC システムには二つのコンポーネントが存在し、ローカル APIC (LAPIC) と I/O "
-"APIC があります。後者は割り込みを管理し、周辺のバスからプロセッサ内の一つ以上"
-"のローカル APIC に受信します。これはマルチ プロセッサ システムにおいて非常に"
-"有用です。幾つかのコンピュータは APIC システムで問題が発生し、フリーズや不正"
-"確なデバイス検出 (エラー メッセージ \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\") を引"
-"き起こすことがあります。この場合、APIC やローカル APIC を無効化します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>の画面は選択したブート ローダによって異なります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "Grub Legacy もしくは Lilo の場合:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"この場合、起動時にすべての選択可能なエントリの一覧を見ることができます。既定"
-"の項目はアスタリスクが付いています。メニュー エントリの順番を変更するには、上"
-"下矢印をクリックして選択された項目を移動します。<guibutton>追加</guibutton>も"
-"しくは<guibutton>変更</guibutton>ボタンをクリックした場合、ブート ローダのメ"
-"ニューに新しいエントリを追加したり既存の項目を編集したりするための新しいウィ"
-"ンドウが現れます。これらのツールを用いるには、Lilo もしくは Grub についてよく"
-"知っている必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>ラベル</guilabel>フィールドは自由に記述でき、ここにはメニューに表示"
-"したい内容を記述します。これは Grub の \"title\" コマンドに相当します。例: "
-"Mageia3"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>イメージ</guilabel>フィールドはカーネルの名前を含みます。これは "
-"Grub の \"kernel\" コマンドに相当します。例えば /boot/vmlinuz です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>root</guilabel> フィールドはカーネルが保存されているデバイス名を含"
-"みます。これは Grub の \"root\" コマンドに相当します。例えば (hd0,1) です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>追加文字列</guilabel>フィールドは起動時にカーネルに渡されるオプショ"
-"ンを含みます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>デフォルト</guilabel>がチェックされている場合、Grub はこのエントリ"
-"を既定で起動します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>上級</guilabel>と呼ばれる追加の画面では、<guilabel>ビデオ モード</"
-"guilabel>, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> ファイル, <guilabel>ネットワーク プロ"
-"ファイル</guilabel> (<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> を参照) をドロップ ダ"
-"ウン リストで選択できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"Grub2 もしくは Grub2-efi の場合 (Legacy モードで既定で用いられるブート ローダ"
-"と UEFI モード):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"この場合、<guilabel>デフォルト</guilabel>と書かれたドロップ ダウン リストがす"
-"べての選択可能なエントリを表示します; 既定の項目にしたいものをクリックしてく"
-"ださい。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"他のオペレーティング システムがインストールされている場合、Mageia はお使いの "
-"Mageia の起動メニューにそれらを追加しようとします。この動作を望まない場合、"
-"<guilabel>他の OS がないか調べる</guilabel>のチェックを外してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>上級</guilabel>と呼ばれる追加の画面では、<guilabel>ビデオ モード</"
-"guilabel>が選択できます。Mageia をブート可能にすることを望まず、他の OS から"
-"チェイン ロードしたいのであれば、<guilabel>ESP や MBR に書き込まない</"
-"guilabel>をチェックして警告を受け入れてください。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"ESP にも MBR にもインストールしないことはそのシステムが他の OS からチェイン "
-"ロードされない限り起動できないことを意味します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"多くの他のパラメータを設定するには <emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis> とい"
-"うツールを用いることができ、Mageia のリポジトリで利用可能です (下記参照)。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "ログやシステム情報をバグ報告のために収集する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug_report</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> はコマンド ライン上でしか"
-"開始や使用ができません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"このコマンドの出力はファイルに保存することが推奨されます。例えば <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis> となります。しか"
-"し、まずは十分なディスク領域があるかを確認してください: このファイルは容易に"
-"数 GB の大きさになりえます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"出力は、まず不要な部分を除かないとバグ報告に添付するには遥かに大きすぎます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "このコマンドはお使いのシステム上の以下の情報を収集します:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partitions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "mageia version"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"このヘルプが書かれた時点では、このコマンドの出力の \"syslog\" のパートは空"
-"で、これは私たちが systemd へ移行したことにまだ対応していないためです。まだこ"
-"れが空の場合、\"syslog\" は (root として) <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl "
-"-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> を実行することで取得できます。ディスク領域が多"
-"くない場合、例えば、以下によりログの最後の 5000 行を代わりに得ることができま"
-"す: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000."
-"txt</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Mageia バグ報告ツール"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"通常、このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia のツール"
-"がクラッシュしたときに自動的に開始します。しかしながら、バグを報告した後に、"
-"このツールが提供する幾つかの情報を確認するためにこれを開始して、得られた情報"
-"をそのバグ報告で提供するように頼まれる可能性もあります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"新しくバグを報告する必要があって、あなたがこれを行ったことがない場合、\"報告"
-"\" ボタンを押す前に<link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">適切にバグを報告するには (英語)</link> をお読"
-"みください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"そのバグが既に他の人によって報告されている場合 (drakbug の出力するエラー メッ"
-"セージが同じになる)、あなたも同じバグに遭遇したということをその既存の報告にコ"
-"メントするのは有用なことです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "日付と時間を管理する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターのシステム タブで見つかり、<guilabel>\"日付と時刻の設定\"</guilabel> と"
-"書かれています。幾つかのデスクトップ環境ではシステム トレイ内の時計で右クリッ"
-"ク / 日付と時刻の調整 ... とすることでも可能です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "これは非常にシンプルなツールです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"左上部は、<emphasis role=\"bold\">カレンダー</emphasis>です。上のスクリーン"
-"ショットでは、日付は 9 月 (左上), 2012 年 (右上), 2 日 (青色) で日曜日となっ"
-"ています。月 (もしくは年) を 9 月 (もしくは 2012) の両側の小さな矢印をクリッ"
-"クするとこれを選択します。日付はその数字をクリックすることで選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"底部は<emphasis role=\"bold\">ネットワーク タイム プロトコル</emphasis>の同期"
-"で、サーバに同期することで時計を常に合わせ続けることができます。<guilabel>"
-"ネットワーク タイム プロトコルを有効にする</guilabel>をチェックして最寄りの"
-"サーバを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"右部は<emphasis role=\"bold\">時計</emphasis>です。NTP が有効になっている場合"
-"は時計を設定するためには役に立ちません。三つのボックスがあり、時分秒が表示さ"
-"れています (スクリーンショットでは 15, 28, 22)。時計を正しい時刻に設定するに"
-"は小さな矢印を使用します。フォーマットはここでは変更できません。お使いのデス"
-"クトップ環境の設定を参照してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"少なくとも、右下部では、<guibutton>タイム ゾーンを変更</guibutton>ボタンをク"
-"リックして最寄りの町を一覧から選択することでタイム ゾーンを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"日付と時刻のフォーマットをこのツールで選択できないとしても、これらはお使いの"
-"デスクトップでロケール設定に従って表示されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "接続を削除する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect "
-"--del</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"ここでは、ネットワーク インターフェースを削除できます<placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"ドロップ ダウン メニューをクリックし、削除したい項目を選択して<emphasis>次へ"
-"</emphasis>をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"ネットワーク インターフェースが正常に削除されたというメッセージが表示されま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "新しいネットワーク インターフェースを設定する (LAN, ISDN, ADSL など)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakconnect</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ではローカル ネットワーク"
-"やインターネット アクセスの多くの設定を行うことができます。お使いのアクセス "
-"プロバイダやネットワーク管理者から幾つかの情報を知っている必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"お使いのハードウェアやプロバイダに合わせて、設定したい接続の種類を選択しま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "新しい有線接続 (イーサネット)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"最初のウィンドウは利用可能なインターフェースを一覧表示します。設定したいもの"
-"を選択してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr "ここでは、IP アドレスが自動か手動かを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "自動 IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>イーサネット/IP の設定</emphasis>: DNS サーバ群が DHCP サーバによっ"
-"て指定されるか手動で指定する場合に以下で説明されている通りに選択する必要があ"
-"ります。最後の場合では、DNS サーバ群の IP アドレスが設定されている必要があり"
-"ます。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名"
-"が指定されない場合、既定では <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> という"
-"名前が付けられます。ホスト名は、<emphasis>ホスト名を DHCP サーバから割り当て"
-"る</emphasis>を付けて DHCP サーバから割り当てることもできます。すべての DHCP "
-"サーバがこのような機能を持っているわけではなく、家庭の ADSL ルータから IP ア"
-"ドレスを取得するためにお使いの PC を設定しているのであれば、これができる可能"
-"性は低いでしょう。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "上級ボタンでは以下を指定できます:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "検索ドメイン (DHCP サーバに供給されている通りにアクセスできない場合)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "DHCP クライアント"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP タイムアウト"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "DHCP から YP サーバを取得 (既定でチェック済み): NIS サーバを指定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "DHCP から NTPD サーバを取得 (時刻の同期)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP によって要求されるホスト名。この項目はクライアントに IP アドレスを割り当"
-"てる前にクライアントがホスト名を指定することを DHCP サーバが要求する場合にの"
-"み使用してください。この項目は幾つかの DHCP サーバでは処理されません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"受け入れた後、すべての接続設定に共通の最後の段階が説明されています: <xref "
-"linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "手動設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>イーサネット/IP の設定</emphasis>: 使用する DNS サーバを指定する必"
-"要があります。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。"
-"ホスト名が指定されない場合、既定では <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> という名前が付けられます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"住宅のネットワークでは、IP アドレスは通常 <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> の"
-"ようになり、ネット マスクは <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> で、ゲートウェ"
-"イや DNS サーバ群はお使いのプロバイダのウェブ サイトから得られます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"上級設定では、<emphasis>検索ドメイン</emphasis>を設定できます。これは通常はあ"
-"なたのホーム ドメインで、言い換えると、お使いのコンピュータが \"splash\" と呼"
-"ばれていて、完全ドメイン名が \"splash.boatanchor.net\" の場合、検索ドメイン"
-"は \"boatanchor.net\" となります。特に必要というわけではなければ、この設定を"
-"定義しなくてもかまいません。繰り返しますが、家庭の ADSL ではこの設定は不要で"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "次の段階は <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/> で説明されています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "新しい衛星接続 (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"このセクションはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くこと"
-"ができるとお考えの場合、<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Documentation_team\">Doc チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いしま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "新しいケーブル モデム接続"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "認証方式を指定する必要があります:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "なし"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (テルストラで必要) です。この場合ユーザ名とパスワードを提供する必要"
-"があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>ケーブル/IP 設定</emphasis>: DNS サーバ群が DHCP サーバによって指定"
-"されるか手動で指定する場合に以下で説明されている通りに選択する必要がありま"
-"す。最後の場合では、DNS サーバ群の IP アドレスが設定されている必要がありま"
-"す。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が"
-"指定されない場合、既定では <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> という名"
-"前が付けられます。ホスト名は、<emphasis>ホスト名を DHCP サーバから割り当てる"
-"</emphasis>を付けて DHCP サーバから割り当てることもできます。すべての DHCP "
-"サーバがこのような機能を持っているわけではなく、家庭の ADSL ルータから IP ア"
-"ドレスを取得するためにお使いの PC を設定しているのであれば、これができる可能"
-"性は低いでしょう。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>ケーブル/IP 設定</emphasis>: 使用する DNS サーバ群を指定する必要が"
-"あります。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホス"
-"ト名が指定されない場合、既定では <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> と"
-"いう名前が付けられます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"上級設定では、<emphasis>検索ドメイン</emphasis>を設定できます。これは通常はあ"
-"なたのホーム ドメインで、言い換えると、お使いのコンピュータが \"splash\" と呼"
-"ばれていて、完全ドメイン名が \"splash.boatanchor.net\" の場合、検索ドメイン"
-"は \"boatanchor.net\" となります。特に必要というわけではなければ、この設定を"
-"定義しなくてもかまいません。繰り返しますが、家庭の接続ではこの設定は不要で"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "新しい DSL 接続"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールがネットワーク インターフェースを検出した場合、一つを選択してそれを"
-"設定するように提案します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"プロバイダの一覧が提示され、国ごとに分類されます。お使いのプロバイダを選択し"
-"てください。一覧にない場合、<guilabel>該当なし</guilabel>を選択してお使いのプ"
-"ロバイダが提供する情報を入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "利用可能なプロトコルから一つを選択します:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "手動による TCP/IP 設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "アクセスの設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "アカウントのログイン (ユーザ名)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "アカウントのパスワード"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(上級) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(上級) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "新しい ISDN 接続"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "このウィザードは設定するデバイスを質問します:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "手動選択 (内蔵 ISDN カード)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "外付け ISDN モデム"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"ハードウェアの一覧が提示され、カテゴリやメーカーによって分類されます。お使い"
-"のカードを選択してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "ヨーロッパ以外の全世界向けのプロトコル (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "ヨーロッパ向けのプロトコル (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"プロバイダの一覧が提示され、国ごとに分類されます。お使いのプロバイダを選択し"
-"てください。一覧にない場合、<guilabel>該当なし</guilabel>を選択してお使いのプ"
-"ロバイダが提供する情報を入力します。次にパラメータを求められます:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "接続名"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "電話番号"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "ログイン ID"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "認証方法"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"その後、IP アドレスを自動的もしくは手動で取得する場合に選択する必要がありま"
-"す。最後の場合、IP アドレスとサブネット マスクを指定します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"次の段階は DNS サーバ群のアドレスを自動的もしくは手動で取得する方法を選択する"
-"ことです。手動設定の場合、以下を指定する必要があります:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "ドメイン名"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "一番目と二番目の DNS サーバ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"ホスト名が IP から設定される場合に選択します。この項目はお使いのプロバイダが"
-"それを受け入れるように設定されていることが確実な場合にのみ選択するものです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"次の段階はゲートウェイのアドレスを自動的もしくは手動で取得する方法を選択する"
-"ことです。手動設定の場合、IP アドレスを入力する必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "新しい無線接続 (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"最初のウィンドウは利用可能なインターフェースと Windows ドライバ "
-"(ndiswrapper) を一覧表示します。設定する項目を選択します。ndiswrapper は他の"
-"設定方法がうまくいかなかった場合にのみ使用してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"この段階では、カードが検出した異なるアクセス ポイントのいずれかを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "無線カード固有のパラメータがあります:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "動作モード:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "マネージド"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "既存のアクセス ポイントにアクセスします (最も普通です)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "アド ホック"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "コンピュータ間の直接の接続を設定します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "ネットワーク名 (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-"暗号化モード: これはアクセス ポイントがどのように設定されているかによります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-"この暗号化モードはお使いのハードウェアが対応していれば望ましいものです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "幾つかの古いハードウェアはこの暗号化方式しか扱えません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "暗号化鍵"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-"これは通常アクセス ポイントを提供するハードウェアとともに提供されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr "この段階では、IP アドレスが自動か手動かを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP の設定</emphasis>: DNS サーバ群が DHCP サーバによって指定される"
-"か手動で指定する場合に以下で説明されている通りに選択する必要があります。最後"
-"の場合では、DNS サーバ群の IP アドレスが設定されている必要があります。ここで"
-"は、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が指定されな"
-"い場合、既定では localhost.localdomain という名前が付けられます。ホスト名は、"
-"<emphasis>ホスト名を DHCP サーバから割り当てる</emphasis>を付けて DHCP サーバ"
-"から割り当てることもできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr "DHCP から YP サーバを取得 (既定でチェック済み): NIS サーバ群を指定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"設定を受け入れた後、すべての接続設定に共通の最後の段階が説明されています: "
-"<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP の設定</emphasis>: DNS サーバ群を指定する必要があります。ここで"
-"は、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が指定されな"
-"い場合、既定では <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> という名前が付けら"
-"れます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"住宅のネットワークでは、IP アドレスは常に <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> の"
-"ようになり、ネット マスクは <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> で、ゲートウェ"
-"イや DNS サーバ群はお使いのプロバイダのウェブ サイトから得られます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"上級設定では、<emphasis>検索ドメイン</emphasis>を設定できます。これはお使いの"
-"ホスト名の最初の名前、ピリオドより前の部分を除いた形にならなければなりませ"
-"ん。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "新しい GPRS/Edge/3G 接続"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールが無線インターフェースを検出した場合、一つを選択して設定するよう提"
-"案します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "PIN を訊かれます。PIN が必要ない場合は空のままにしてください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"このウィザードはネットワークを探します。検出されない場合、<guilabel>該当なし"
-"</guilabel>を選択してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "アクセス設定を提供します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "アクセス ポイント名"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "新しい Bluetooth ダイヤル アップ ネットワーキング接続"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "新しいアナログ電話モデム接続 (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "手動選択"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "存在する場合、検出済みのハードウェア"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "ポートの一覧が提示されます。お使いのポートを選択してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"未インストールの場合、パッケージ <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> のインス"
-"トールが提案されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"プロバイダの一覧が提示され、国ごとに分類されます。お使いのプロバイダを選択し"
-"てください。一覧にない場合、<guilabel>該当なし</guilabel>を選択してお使いのプ"
-"ロバイダが提供する情報を入力します。次にダイヤル アップの情報を求められます:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>接続名</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>電話番号</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>ログイン ID</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>パスワード</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>認証</emphasis>、以下から選択:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "スクリプトを使う認証"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "ターミナルからの認証"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "設定の終了"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "次の段階では、以下を指定できます:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>ユーザに接続の管理を許可</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>起動時に接続を開始</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>トラフィック アカウンティングを有効にする</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>インターフェースをネットワーク マネージャによって制御可能にする</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"無線接続の場合、<emphasis>アクセス ポイント ローミングを許可</emphasis>ボック"
-"スが追加され、信号の強度によって自動的にアクセス ポイントを切り替えることを可"
-"能にします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "上級ボタンでは、以下を指定できます:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "メトリック (既定値は 10)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "ネットワーク ホットプラギング"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "IPv6 to IPv4 トンネルを有効にする"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr "最後の段階では、接続をすぐに開始するかどうかを指定できます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "管理者として端末を開く"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakconsole</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> では root として直接端末"
-"を開くことができます。それ以上の情報は必要ないでしょう。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "ディスク パーティションを管理する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk もしくは diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</"
-"emphasis> もしくは <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> を root とし"
-"て入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は非常に強力で、ほんの小"
-"さな操作ミスをしたり猫がお使いのキーボードの上で飛び跳ねたりするとパーティ"
-"ション上のすべてのデータを失うことにつながる可能性があり、ハード ディスク全体"
-"を削除することすらあります。そのため、上記の画面がこのツールの画面の手前に表"
-"示されます。続行したいかはっきりしなければ<emphasis>終了</emphasis>をクリック"
-"してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"複数のハード ディスクをお使いの場合、適切なタブ (sda, sdb, sdc など) を選択す"
-"ることで作業したいハード ディスクに切り替えることができます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"ハード ディスクを好みに合わせて調整するために、たくさんの操作が選択できます。"
-"ハード ディスク全体を消去したり、パーティションを分割もしくは結合したり、それ"
-"らのサイズを変更したり、ファイル システムを変更したり、フォーマットを行った"
-"り、パーティションの中身を見たり: すべて行うことができます。底部の"
-"<emphasis><guibutton>すべてをクリア</guibutton></emphasis> ボタンはディスク全"
-"体を消すためのもので、それ以外のボタンはパーティションをクリックした後で右側"
-"に見えるようになります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"UEFI システムをお使いの場合、\"EFI システム パーティション\" と呼ばれる小さな"
-"パーティションが見え、/boot/EFI にマウントされます。これはお使いの異なるオペ"
-"レーティング システムのブート ローダを含んでいるため、削除しないでください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"選択したパーティションが下の例のようにマウントされている場合、サイズ変更, "
-"フォーマット, 削除は行えません。これを行えるようにするには先にパーティション"
-"をマウント解除しなければなりません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "パーティションのサイズ変更は右側にしか行えません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"パーティションの種類を変更する (例えば ext3 を ext4 にする) にはそのパーティ"
-"ションを削除後に新しい種類でパーティションを作り直す必要があります。"
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">作成</guibutton>ボタンはディスクの空の部分が選択され"
-"ているときに現れます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"存在しないマウント ポイントを選択することが可能で、これは自動的に作成されま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis><guibutton>上級者モード</guibutton></emphasis>を選択すると、下のス"
-"クリーンショットから見ることができるように、パーティションのラベル付けのよう"
-"な幾つかの追加の操作が行えるようになります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "ディスプレイ マネージャの設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"ここで<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> お使いのデスクトップ環境にロ"
-"グインするためにどのディスプレイ マネージャを使用するかを選択できます。お使い"
-"のシステムで利用可能な項目だけが表示されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"ほとんどのユーザはログイン画面の見た目の違いしか気づかないでしょう。しかしな"
-"がら、サポートされる機能にも違いがあります。LXDM は軽量なディスプレイ マネー"
-"ジャで、SDDM や GDM はより多くの機能があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "個人用ファイアウォールを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakfirewall</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターのセキュリティ タブで見つかり、\"個人用ファイアウォールの設定\" と書か"
-"れています。これは \"システムのセキュリティ, パーミッション, 監査の設定\" の"
-"最初のタブにあるのと同じツールです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia には基本的なファイアウォールが既定でインストールされています。すべての"
-"外部からの接続は許可されていなければブロックされます。上の最初の画面では、ど"
-"のサービスに対する外部からの接続の試行を受け入れるかを選択できます。セキュリ"
-"ティのためには - ファイアウォールを無効化したいのでなければ、最初のボックス "
-"- <guilabel>すべて (ファイアウォールなし)</guilabel> をチェックしないでくださ"
-"い。そして、必要なサービスだけをチェックしてください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"開くポート番号を手動で入力することができます。<guibutton>上級</guibutton>をク"
-"リックすると新しいウィンドウが開きます。<guilabel>その他のポート</guilabel>の"
-"フィールドの中に、以下の例に従って必要なポートを入力します :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : tcp プロトコルのポート 80 を開く"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : udp プロトコルの 24000 から 24010 のすべてのポートを開く"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "ポート番号を列挙する場合はスペースで区切ります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>システム ログにファイアウォールのメッセージを記録する</guilabel>の"
-"ボックスがチェックされている場合、ファイアウォールのメッセージはシステム ログ"
-"に保存されます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"特定のサービス (ウェブやメールのサーバ, ファイル共有など) を動かしていない場"
-"合、何もチェックしないということは可能で、これはむしろ推奨されます。これはあ"
-"なたがインターネットに接続することを妨げるものではありません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"次の画面は対話式ファイアウォールの設定項目を扱います。少なくとも最初の"
-"<guilabel>対話式ファイアウォールを使う</guilabel>ボックスがチェックされている"
-"場合にこれらの機能は接続の試行を警告するようにできます。二番目のボックスを"
-"チェックするとポートがスキャンされたときに警告します (お使いのマシンに侵入し"
-"ようとしてどこかで失敗したのを見つけるため)。三番目以降の各ボックスはあなたが"
-"最初の二つの画面で開いたポートに対応しています; 下のスクリーンショットでは、"
-"そのようなボックスが二つあります: SSH server と 80:150/tcp です。これらを"
-"チェックすると、これらのポートの接続が試行されるたびに警告します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"これらの警告はネットワーク アプレットを通して警告ポップアップで表示されます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"最後の画面では、どのネットワーク インターフェースがインターネットに接続してい"
-"て保護されなければならないかを選択します。OK ボタンをクリックすると、必要な"
-"パッケージがダウンロードされます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"どれを選択するか分からない場合、MCC の ネットワーク タブ内を見てください。新"
-"しいネットワーク インターフェースを設定のアイコンです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "フォントの管理, 追加, 削除と Windows(TM) フォントのインポート"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">システム</emphasis> タブにあります。これはこ"
-"のコンピュータで利用できるフォントの管理を可能にします。上のメイン画面は以下"
-"を表示しています:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "インストール済みのフォントの名前, スタイル, サイズ。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "選択されたフォントのプレビュー。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "ここで後述する幾つかのボタン。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows のフォントをインポート: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"このボタンは Windows のパーティション上で見つかったフォントを自動的に追加しま"
-"す。このためには Microsoft Windows がインストールされていなければなりません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">オプション:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"フォントを使用できるようにするアプリケーションやデバイス (主にプリンタ) が指"
-"定できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">アンインストール:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"このボタンはインストール済みのフォントを削除したり幾らかの領域を節約したりす"
-"るためのものです。フォントの削除はこれらを使用しているドキュメントに重大な結"
-"果をもたらす可能性があるため、注意して行ってください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">インポート:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"サード パーティ (CD, インターネットなど) からフォントを追加できます。サポート"
-"される形式は ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm, gsf です。<emphasis role=\"bold\">イン"
-"ポート</emphasis> ボタンをクリックして<emphasis role=\"bold\">追加</emphasis>"
-"をクリックすると、ファイル マネージャが現れてインストールするフォントの場所を"
-"選択できます。完了したら<emphasis role=\"bold\">インストール</emphasis>をク"
-"リックします。これらは /usr/share/fonts フォルダにインストールされます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"新しくインストール (もしくは削除) されたフォントが Drakfont のメイン画面に現"
-"れない場合、変更を確かめるためにこれを閉じた後で開き直してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "ペアレンタル コントロール"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターのセキュリティ タブで見つかり、<guilabel>ペアレンタル コントロール</"
-"guilabel>と書かれています。これが見えない場合、drakguard パッケージをインス"
-"トールする必要があります (既定ではインストールされません)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "説明"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard はお使いのコンピュータ上のペアレンタル コントロールを設定する簡単な"
-"方法で、誰が何を行えるかやその時間帯を制限します。Drakguard には三つの有用な"
-"機能があります:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"指定ユーザのウェブ アクセスの時間帯を制限します。これは Mageia に組み込まれ"
-"た shorewall ファイアウォールを制御することで実現しています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"指定ユーザが特定のコマンドを実行するのを妨げ、これらのユーザはあなたが許可し"
-"たコマンドしか実行できません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"ウェブ サイトへのアクセスを制限し、手動で定義したブラックリスト/ホワイトリス"
-"トの両方だけでなく、ウェブ サイトの内容による動的な制限も行います。これを実現"
-"するために Drakguard はオープンソースな一流のペアレンタル コントロール ブロッ"
-"カーである DansGuardian を使用しています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "ペアレンタル コントロールを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"お使いのコンピュータが Ext2, Ext3, ReiserFS のいずれかでフォーマットされた"
-"ハード ドライブ パーティションを含んでいる場合、お使いのパーティションで ACL "
-"を設定するように勧めるポップアップが表示されます。ACL は Access Control List "
-"を表しており、個別のファイルに対するアクセスを特定のユーザに制限することを可"
-"能にする Linux カーネルの機能です。ACL は Ext4 や Btrfs のファイル システムに"
-"組み込まれていますが、Ext2, Ext3, Reiserfs のパーティションではオプションに"
-"よって有効にしなければなりません。この促しに対して 'はい' を選択した場合、"
-"drakguard はお使いのすべてのパーティションで ACL をサポートするよう設定し、再"
-"起動を提案します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>ペアレンタル コントロールを有効にする</guibutton>: チェックした場"
-"合、ペアレンタル コントロールが有効になり、<guilabel>プログラムのブロック</"
-"guilabel> タブが操作できるようになります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>すべてのネットワーク トラフィックをブロック</guibutton>: チェック"
-"した場合、ホワイトリスト タブの項目以外のすべてのウェブ サイトがブロックされ"
-"ます。チェックしない場合、ブラックリスト タブの項目以外のすべてのウェブ サイ"
-"トが許可されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>ユーザのアクセス</guibutton>: 左側のユーザはあなたが定義したルール"
-"に従ってアクセスが制限されます。右側のユーザはアクセスが制限されません。その"
-"ため、このコンピュータを使用している大人のユーザは不便を感じることはありませ"
-"ん。左側のユーザを選択して<guibutton>追加</guibutton>をクリックするとこのユー"
-"ザを許可ユーザとして追加します。右側のユーザを選択して<guibutton>削除</"
-"guibutton>をクリックするとこのユーザを許可ユーザから削除します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>時間制限:</guibutton> チェックした場合、インターネットのアクセスは"
-"<guilabel>開始</guilabel>時刻と<guilabel>終了</guilabel>時刻の間に制限されま"
-"す。これ以外の時間帯では完全にブロックされます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "ブラックリスト/ホワイトリスト タブ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"上部の最初のフィールドにウェブ サイトの URL を入力して<guibutton>追加</"
-"guibutton>ボタンをクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "プログラムのブロック タブ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>定義されたアプリケーションをブロックする</guibutton>: 特定のアプリ"
-"ケーションへのアクセスを制限するための ACL の使用を有効にします。ブロックした"
-"いアプリケーションのパスを入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>ブロックの除外ユーザ</guibutton>: 右側に並んでいるユーザは acl に"
-"よるブロックの対象となりません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "他のローカル マシンとインターネット接続を共有する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "原則"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>これはインターネット (2) とローカ"
-"ル ネットワーク (1) に接続されたコンピュータ (3) をお持ちの場合に有用です。あ"
-"なたはインターネットへのアクセスをローカル ネットワーク (1) 内の他のワークス"
-"テーション (5) と (6) に提供するゲートウェイとしてコンピュータ (3) を使用でき"
-"ます。このために、ゲートウェイには二つのインターフェースがなければなりませ"
-"ん; イーサネット カードなどの一つめはローカル ネットワークに接続し、二つめ "
-"(4) はインターネット (2) に接続していなければなりません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"最初のステップはネットワークとインターネットへのアクセスが設定されているかを"
-"確認することで、<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> に記述されています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "ゲートウェイ ウィザード"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"このウィザード<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は以下に示す一連の流"
-"れを提供します:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"このウィザードが少なくとも二つのインターフェースを検出しない場合、これについ"
-"て警告を行ってネットワークの停止とハードウェアの設定の中止を求めます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"インターネット接続用に使用しているインターフェースを指定します。ウィザードは"
-"自動的にインターフェースのいずれかを提案しますが、あなたはどれが適切なものか"
-"を確認するべきです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Lan アクセス用に使用しているインターフェースを指定します。ウィザードはいずれ"
-"かの提案も行いますが、それが正しいことを確認してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"ウィザードは IP アドレス, マスク, ドメイン名のような Lan ネットワークのパラ"
-"メータを提案します。これらのパラメータが実際の設定に適合しているかを確認して"
-"ください。これらの値を受け入れることが推奨されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"コンピュータを DNS サーバとして使用するかどうかを指定します。使用する場合、"
-"ウィザードは <code>bind</code> がインストールされているかをチェックします。そ"
-"うでなければ、DNS サーバのアドレスを指定する必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"コンピュータを DHCP サーバとして使用するかどうかを指定します。使用する場合、"
-"ウィザードは <code>dhcp-server</code> がインストールされているかをチェックし"
-"て DHCP のアドレス範囲の開始と終了のアドレスとともにこれを設定するように提案"
-"します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"コンピュータをプロキシ サーバとして使用するかどうかを指定します。使用する場"
-"合、ウィザードは <code>squid</code> がインストールされているかをチェックして"
-"管理者のアドレス (admin@mydomain.com), プロキシ名 (myfirewall@mydomaincom), "
-"ポート (3128), キャッシュ サイズ (100 Mb) とともにこれを設定するように提案し"
-"ます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"最後の段階ではゲートウェイのマシンがプリンタに接続されているかのチェックとこ"
-"れらの共有が行えます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"ファイアウォールがアクティブな場合にはこれをチェックする必要性について警告さ"
-"れます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "クライアントを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"ゲートウェイ マシンを DHCP ありで設定した場合、ネットワーク設定ツール内でアド"
-"レスを自動的に (DHCP を用いて) 取得することを指定するだけでかまいません。パラ"
-"メータはネットワークに接続する際に取得されます。この方法はクライアントにどの"
-"オペレーティング システムが使用されていても有効です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"ネットワークのパラメータを手動で指定しなければならない場合、ゲートウェイとし"
-"て動作するマシンの IP アドレスを入力することで特別にゲートウェイを指定しなけ"
-"ればなりません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "接続の共有を停止する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia コンピュータ上の接続の共有を停止したい場合、このツールを実行します。こ"
-"れは接続を再設定するか共有を停止するように提案します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "ホストの定義"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"お使いのネットワーク上の幾つかのシステムがあなたにサービスを提供しており、か"
-"つそれらの IP アドレスが固定されている場合、このツール<placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> はそれらにアクセスするための名前をより簡単に指定でき"
-"るようにします。つまり、あなたはその名前を IP アドレスの代わりに使用できま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>追加</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"このボタンを用いて、新しいシステムに対する名前を追加します。IP アドレス, その"
-"システムのホスト名, 任意で名前に同様に使用できるエイリアスを指定するウィンド"
-"ウが表示されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>変更</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"過去に定義したエントリのパラメータにアクセスすることができます。追加時と同じ"
-"ウィンドウが表示されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "ネットワーク インターフェースとファイアウォールの高度な設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"このページはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことがで"
-"きるとお考えの場合、<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Documentation_team\">Doc チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いしま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakinvictus</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "ネットワーク センター"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draknetcenter</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターのネットワーク タブで見つかり、\"ネットワーク センター\" と書かれていま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールが起動したときに、このコンピュータで設定されたすべてのネットワーク"
-"が種類 (有線, 無線, 衛星など) によらずに一覧表示されたウィンドウが開きます。"
-"いずれかをクリックすると、ネットワークの種類によって三つもしくは四つのボタン"
-"が現れ、ネットワークの管理を行って設定や接続/切断を変更できます。このツールは"
-"ネットワークを作成することを意図してはおらず、このためには MCC の同じタブにあ"
-"る<guilabel>新しいネットワーク インターフェースを設定 (LAN, ISDN, ADSL な"
-"ど)</guilabel> を参照してください。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"例として、下のスクリーンショットでは、二つのネットワークが見えて、一つめは有"
-"線で接続されており、このアイコン <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
-"\"0\"/> で識別でき (このアイコンは未接続のものです <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) 二つめのセクションは無線ネットワークを表示"
-"しており、未接続でこのアイコン <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
-"\"2\"/> で識別でき、接続時はこれ <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
-"\"3\"/> になります。もう一方のネットワークの種類は、色コードは常に同じで、接"
-"続時が緑で未接続時が赤です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"画面内の無線の部分では、検出されたすべてのネットワークを見ることもでき、"
-"<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>信号強度</guilabel>, 暗号化されている "
-"(赤) かされていない (緑) か, <guilabel>動作モード</guilabel>が表示されます。"
-"選択した項目をクリックし<guibutton>監視</guibutton>, <guibutton>設定</"
-"guibutton>, <guibutton>接続</guibutton>のいずれかをクリックします。ここでは"
-"ネットワークから別のネットワークへ移動可能です。プライベートなネットワークが"
-"選択された場合、ネットワーク設定ウィンドウ (下記参照) は追加の設定 (特に暗号"
-"化鍵) を開いて行うことができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "<guibutton>更新</guibutton>をクリックすると画面を更新します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "監視ボタン"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"このボタンではダウンロード (PC に向かう方向, 赤) やアップロード (インターネッ"
-"トに向かう方向, 緑) のネットワーク活動を監視できます。同じ画面が<guimenu>シス"
-"テム トレイのインターネット アイコン -> ネットワークを監視</guimenu>を右ク"
-"リックすることで利用できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"各ネットワーク (ここで eth0 は有線ネットワーク, lo はローカルのループバック, "
-"wlan0 は無線ネットワークです) ごとにタブがあり、加えて接続の状態についての詳"
-"細を表示する接続タブがあります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"ウィンドウ底部に<guilabel>トラフィック アカウンティング</guilabel>という見出"
-"しがあり、次のセクションで扱います。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "設定ボタン"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - 有線ネットワーク</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"ネットワークの作成時に設定されたすべての項目が変更可能です。ほとんどの場合、"
-"<guibutton>IP を自動設定</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> で動"
-"作しますが、問題があれば、手動で設定するとより良い結果になるかもしれません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"住宅のネットワークでは、<guilabel>IP アドレス</guilabel>は常に 192.168.0.x の"
-"ようになり、<guilabel>ネット マスク</guilabel>は 255.255.255.0 で、<guilabel>"
-"ゲートウェイ</guilabel>や <guilabel>DNS サーバ群</guilabel>はお使いのプロバイ"
-"ダのウェブ サイトから得られます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>トラフィック アカウンティングを有効にする</guibutton>にチェックし"
-"た場合、通信量を一時間, 一日, 一ヶ月単位でカウントします。結果は前のセクショ"
-"ンで詳述したネットワーク モニタで見ることができます。これを有効にすると、ネッ"
-"トワークに再度接続する必要があるかもしれません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">インターフェースをネットワーク マネージャによって制御"
-"可能にする:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>上級ボタン:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - 無線ネットワーク</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "既に上で見えている項目以外についてのみを説明します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">動作モード:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"アクセス ポイントを通して接続している場合は<guilabel>マネージド</guilabel>を"
-"選択します。検出された <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> が表示されま"
-"す。ピア ツー ピア ネットワークの場合は<guilabel>アド ホック</guilabel>を選択"
-"します。お使いのネットワーク カードをアクセス ポイントとして用いる場合は"
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">マスター</emphasis>を選択し、お使いのネットワーク "
-"カードはこのモードに対応している必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">暗号化モードと暗号化鍵:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-"プライベートなネットワークの場合、これらの設定を把握している必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> はパスワードを使用し、パスフレーズを用いる WPA より"
-"も弱いです。<guilabel>WPA 事前共有鍵</guilabel>は WPA パーソナルや WPA ホーム"
-"とも呼ばれます。<guilabel>WPA エンタープライズ</guilabel>はプライベートなネッ"
-"トワークではあまり使われません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">アクセス ポイント ローミングを許可</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"ローミングはネットワークに接続したままコンピュータがアクセス ポイントを変更で"
-"きるようにする技術です。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "上級設定ボタン"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "ネットワーク プロファイルを管理する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draknetprofile</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "NFS を使ってドライブ/ディレクトリを共有する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "要件"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"このウィザード<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は初回時に実行され、"
-"以下のメッセージを表示する可能性があります:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "パッケージ nfs-utils が必要です。インストールしますか?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "インストールの完了後、空の一覧のあるウィンドウが表示されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "メイン ウィンドウ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"共有ディレクトリの一覧が表示されています。この段階では、一覧は空です。"
-"<guibutton>追加</guibutton>ボタンを押すと設定ツールを使用できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "エントリを変更"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"この設定ツールは \"エントリを変更\" と書かれています。これは<guibutton>変更</"
-"guibutton>ボタンで起動することもできます。以下のパラメータが利用できます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "NFS ディレクトリ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"ここで共有するディレクトリを指定することができます。<guibutton>ディレクトリ</"
-"guibutton> ボタンを押すとこれを選択するダイアログを使用できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "ホスト アクセス"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr "ここでは共有ディレクトリにアクセス可能なホストを指定できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "NFS クライアントは様々な方法で指定することができます:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>単一ホスト</emphasis>: リゾルバによって認識される省略名で、完全修飾"
-"ドメイン名もしくは IP アドレスです"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>ネット グループ</emphasis>: NIS ネット グループを @group として指定"
-"できます"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>ワイルド カード</emphasis>: マシン名にワイルド カード文字 * と ? を"
-"含めることができます。例えば: *.cs.foo.edu はドメイン cs.foo.edu のすべてのホ"
-"ストと合致します"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP ネットワーク</emphasis>:  IP (サブ) ネットワーク上のすべてのホス"
-"トに同時にディレクトリをエクスポートすることもできます。例えば、"
-"`/255.255.252.0' もしくは `/22' をネットワークのベース アドレスに追加します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "ユーザ ID マッピング"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>root ユーザを匿名としてマップ</emphasis>: uid/gid 0 からの要求を匿"
-"名 uid/gid にマップします (root_squash)。クライアントの root ユーザからはサー"
-"バ自体の root によって作成されたサーバ上のファイルは読み書きできません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>実リモート root アクセスを許可</emphasis>: root のマッピングを無効"
-"にします。この項目は主にディスクのないクライアントで有用です "
-"(no_root_squash)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>すべてのユーザを匿名ユーザにマップ</emphasis>: すべての uid と gid "
-"を匿名ユーザにマップをします (all_squash)。NFS でエクスポートされた公開 FTP "
-"ディレクトリやニュース スプール ディレクトリなどで有用です。既定の設定はこれ"
-"と反対のユーザ ID マッピングなし (no_all_squash) です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid と anongid</emphasis>: 匿名アカウントの uid と gid を明示的"
-"に指定します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "上級オプション"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>安全な接続</emphasis>: この項目はリクエストが IPPORT_RESERVED "
-"(1024) 未満のインターネット ポートから起こることを要求します。この項目は既定"
-"で有効です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>読み込み専用の共有</emphasis>: 読み込みのみか読み書き両方の要求をこ"
-"の NFS ボリュームで許可します。既定ではファイル システムを変更する要求は許可"
-"しません。これはこの項目を用いることでも明示できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>同期アクセス</emphasis>: NFS サーバが NFS プロトコルに違反すること"
-"を防ぎ、要求に対してこれらの要求が安定したストレージ (例 ディスク ドライブ) "
-"に渡されることによるいかなる変更が行われるよりも前に応答を行います。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>サブ ツリーのチェック</emphasis>: サブ ツリーのチェックを有効にし、"
-"これは幾つかの場合においてセキュリティを向上させる助けとなりますが、信頼性を"
-"低下させる可能性があります。詳しくは exports(5) の man ページを参照してくださ"
-"い。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "メニュー エントリ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "今のところ、一覧には少なくとも一つのエントリがあります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "ファイル|設定を書き込む"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "現在の設定を保存します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS サーバ|再起動"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "サーバを停止した後、現在の設定ファイルを用いて再起動します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS サーバ|再読み込み"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr "表示されている設定は現在の設定ファイルから再読み込みされます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "プロキシ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"インターネットにアクセスするためにプロキシ サーバを用いることが必要な場合、こ"
-"のツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> を用いて設定することができ"
-"ます。あなたのネットワークの管理者はあなたが必要とする情報を提供してくれるで"
-"しょう。例外によりプロキシなしでアクセス可能な幾つかのサービスを指定すること"
-"もできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"2012-09-24 時点の Wikipedia のプロキシ サーバの記事より: コンピュータ ネット"
-"ワークでは、プロキシ サーバは他のサーバからリソースを探しているクライアントか"
-"らの要求を仲介する者として動作するサーバ (コンピュータ システムもしくはアプリ"
-"ケーション) です。クライアントはプロキシ サーバに接続し、ファイル, 接続, ウェ"
-"ブ ページ, 異なるサーバから利用できる他のリソースといった幾つかのサービスを要"
-"求します。プロキシ サーバは要求の複雑さを簡単にしたりコントロールしたりする方"
-"法として評価します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "メディアを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"インストール後に最初に行うことはソフトウェアのソース (リポジトリ, メディア, "
-"ミラーとも呼ばれます) を追加することです。これはパッケージやアプリケーション"
-"をインストールしたり更新したりするのにメディア ソースを選択しなければならない"
-"ことを意味します (下の追加ボタンを参照してください)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia を光学メディア (DVD もしくは CD) や USB デバイスを用いてインストール "
-"(もしくはアップグレード) する場合、その光学メディアがソフトウェア ソースとし"
-"て設定されます。新しいパッケージをインストールする際にメディアを挿入するよう"
-"に指示されるのを避けるには、このメディアを無効化 (もしくは削除) したほうがよ"
-"いでしょう (これはメディアの種類が CD-Rom となります)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"あなたのシステムは 32-bit (i586 と呼ばれます) もしくは 64-bit (x86_64 と呼ば"
-"れます) の可能性があるアーキテクチャのもとで動作しています。幾つかのパッケー"
-"ジはお使いのシステムが 32-bit か 64-bit かに依存しません; これらは noarch の"
-"パッケージと呼ばれます。これらはミラー上に自身の noarch ディレクトリを持ちま"
-"せんが、i586 と x86_64 の両方のメディア内にすべて存在します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"edit-media</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"このツールは Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">ソフトウェ"
-"アの管理</emphasis>タブにあります。<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "コラム"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "有効:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"チェックしたメディアは新しいパッケージをインストールするために使用されます。"
-"Testing や Debug のような幾つかのメディアには気をつけてください、これらはお使"
-"いのシステムを使えなくしてしまうかもしれません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "更新:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"チェックしたメディアはパッケージを更新するために使用され、これは有効にしなけ"
-"ればなりません。\"Update\" と名前にあるものだけを選択してください。セキュリ"
-"ティ上の理由により、このコラムはこのツールからは変更できず、root として端末を"
-"開いて <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis> と入力"
-"しなければなりません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "メディア:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"メディアの名前が表示されます。Mageia の正式リリース版の公式リポジトリは少なく"
-"とも以下を含んでいます:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> Mageia によってサポートされるほとんど"
-"のプログラムを含んでいます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> 自由ではない幾つかのプログラムを含"
-"んでいます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> 自由なソフトウェアですが、幾つかの"
-"国において特許クレームが存在する可能性があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "各メディアには 4 つのサブ セクションがあります:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> このバージョンの Mageia が公開され"
-"た時点のパッケージです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> リリースの後でセキュリティやバグの"
-"関係で更新されたパッケージです。このメディアはインターネット接続が非常に低速"
-"な場合であっても全員が有効にするべきです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> Cauldron (次期開発版) からバック"
-"ポートされた幾つかのパッケージです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> 新しい更新の一時的なテストのために"
-"用いられ、これにより、バグ報告者や QA チームは修正を検証することができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "右側のボタン"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>削除:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"メディアを削除するには、それをクリックしてからこのボタンをクリックします。イ"
-"ンストールに使用したメディア (CD や DVD など) は、その中のすべてのパッケージ"
-"が公式の Core release メディアに含まれるため、削除するのが賢明です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>編集:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr "選択されたメディアの設定を変更できます (URL, ダウンローダ, プロキシ)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>追加:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"インターネットで利用可能な公式リポジトリを追加します。これらのリポジトリは、"
-"安全でよくテストされたソフトウェアしか含んでいません。\"追加\" ボタンをクリッ"
-"クするとあなたの設定をミラーの一覧に追加し、これは最寄りのミラーからインス"
-"トールや更新を確実に行うように設計されています。特定のミラーを選択する場合、"
-"ドロップ ダウンの \"ファイル\" メニューから \"ミラーの一覧からメディアを追加"
-"\" を選択することで追加します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>上下矢印:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"一覧の順番を変更します。Drakrpm がパッケージを探す際、これは表示されている順"
-"番で一覧を読み込み、同一のリリース番号で最初に見つかったパッケージをインス"
-"トールします - バージョンが一致しない場合には、最新のリリースがインストールさ"
-"れます。そのため、可能であれば、最も速いリポジトリを一番上に配置してくださ"
-"い。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "メニュー"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>ファイル -> 更新:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"メディア一覧のウィンドウが現れます。更新したい項目を選択して<guibutton>更新</"
-"guibutton>ボタンをクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>ファイル -> ミラーの一覧からメディアを追加:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"遅すぎたり頻繁に利用不能になったりという理由で現在のミラーに満足していないと"
-"仮定して、別のミラーを選択することができます。現在のすべてのミラーを選択して"
-"<guibutton>削除</guibutton>をクリックしてこれらを取り除きます。<guimenu>ファ"
-"イル -> ミラーの一覧からメディアを追加</guimenu>をクリックし、更新のみか完全"
-"なセットかを選択 (分からなければ、<guibutton>完全なソース</guibutton>を選択し"
-"てください) し、<guibutton>はい</guibutton>をクリックすることで受け入れます。"
-"このウィンドウが開きます:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"左側に国の一覧が見えるので、あなたのいる国かそれに非常に近い項目を > のシンボ"
-"ルをクリックすることで選択すると、その国で利用可能なすべてのミラーが表示され"
-"ます。いずれかを選択して <guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>ファイル -> カスタム メディアを追加:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia にサポートされていない新しいメディア (サード パーティなど) をインス"
-"トールすることができます。新しいウィンドウが現れます:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>メディアの種類を選択し、そのメ"
-"ディアをよく表している上手な名前を探して URL (もしくは、メディアの種類によっ"
-"てはパス名) を指定します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>オプション -> 共通オプション:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"この項目ではいつ \"インストールする RPM の署名を確認\" するか (常に行う, 行わ"
-"ない), ダウンロード プログラム (curl, wget, aria2), パッケージ情報のダウン"
-"ロード ポリシーの定義 (必要に応じて行う -既定-, 更新のみ行う, 常に行う, 行わ"
-"ない) を選択できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>オプション -> 鍵を管理:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"高レベルのセキュリティを保証するために、メディアの認証に電子鍵が使用されま"
-"す。メディアごとに鍵の許可と不許可を設定できます。現れるウィンドウの中で、メ"
-"ディアを選択して<guibutton>追加</guibutton>をクリックすると新しい鍵を許可で"
-"き、鍵を選択して<guibutton>削除</guibutton>をクリックするとその鍵を不許可にで"
-"きます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "これはすべてのセキュリティ関係の事柄と同様、慎重に行ってください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>オプション -> プロキシ:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"インターネットにアクセスするのにプロキシ サーバが必要な場合、ここで設定できま"
-"す。<guibutton>プロキシのホスト名</guibutton>と、必要であれば<guilabel>ユーザ"
-"名</guilabel>と<guilabel>パスワード</guilabel>を入力するだけです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"メディアの設定についての詳細は、<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Software_management\">Mageia Wiki のページ</link>を参照してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "ディレクトリやドライブを Samba で共有する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba は異なるオペレーティング システム間でディレクトリやプリンタのようなリ"
-"ソースを共有するのに用いられるプロトコルです。このツールではこのマシンを SMB/"
-"CIFS プロトコルを用いる Samba サーバとして設定することができます。このプロト"
-"コルは Windows(R) でも用いられており、この OS のワークステーションは Samba "
-"サーバのリソースにアクセスすることができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "準備"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies "
-"the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The "
-"firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"他のワークステーションからアクセスされるためには、サーバは固定 IP アドレスを"
-"持つ必要があります。これはサーバ上で <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> などに"
-"よって直接指定でき、もしくは MAC アドレスでワークステーションを識別する DHCP "
-"サーバでは常に同じアドレスを提供します。また、ファイアウォールが Samba サーバ"
-"への外部からの要求を許可する必要もあります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "ウィザード - スタンドアロン サーバ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draksambashare</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"初回実行時、このツール群 <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は必要な"
-"パッケージがインストール済みかをチェックし、まだない場合にはインストールする"
-"ように提案します。その後 Samba サーバの設定ウィザードが起動します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"次のウィンドウで、スタンドアロン サーバの設定オプションは既に選択されていま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"次にワークグループ名を指定します。この名前は共有リソースへのアクセスのために"
-"同じものにしてください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr "netbios 名はネットワーク上でサーバを示す名前です。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "セキュリティ モードを選択します:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>ユーザ</guilabel>: クライアントはリソースにアクセスするために認証し"
-"なければなりません"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>共有</guilabel>: クライアントは各共有ごとに別々に認証を行います"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"リソースにアクセスできるホストを IP アドレスもしくはホスト名で指定できます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"サーバのバナーを指定します。バナーはこのサーバを Windows ワークステーション内"
-"で説明する方法です。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr "Samba が情報を記録可能な場所は次のステップで指定できます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"設定を受け入れる前に、ウィザードは選択されたパラメータの一覧を表示します。受"
-"け入れた場合、設定は <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> に書き込まれます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "ウィザード - プライマリ ドメイン コントローラ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>\"プライマリ ドメイン コントロー"
-"ラ\" が選択されている場合、ウィザードは Wins をサポートするかどうかと管理者"
-"ユーザの名前を指定するよう求めます。これに続いて、スタンドアロン サーバと同様"
-"のステップが続きますが、セキュリティ モードを選択できる点が異なります:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>ドメイン</guilabel>: すべてのユーザとグループのアカウントを中央の共"
-"有されたアカウント リポジトリに格納する仕組みを提供します。この集中アカウン"
-"ト リポジトリは (セキュリティ) コントローラ間で共有されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "ディレクトリを共有する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "<guibutton>追加</guibutton>ボタンを押すと、以下のダイアログが現れます:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"新しいエントリがこのように追加されます。これは<guibutton>変更</guibutton>ボタ"
-"ンで変更することができます。ディレクトリが全員に見えるようにするかどうかや、"
-"書き込み可能や閲覧可能といった項目が編集できます。共有名は変更できません。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"一覧に一つ以上のエントリがあるときに、メニューのエントリが使用できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "現在の設定を <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> に保存します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba サーバ|設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "このコマンドにより、ウィザードを再度実行できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba サーバ|再起動"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba サーバ|再読み込み"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "プリンタの共有"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba はプリンタを共有することもできます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Samba のユーザ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"このタブでは、認証が必要な場合に共有リソースにアクセス可能なユーザを追加でき"
-"ます。ユーザは <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject"
-"\" id=\"0\"/> から追加できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Mageia ツールの認証を設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">セキュリティ</emphasis> タブにあります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"これは通常管理者によって行われる処理を通常のユーザが行うために必要な権限を与"
-"えます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr "展開したい項目の左にある小さな矢印をクリックします:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia コントロール センターの中で利用できるツールのほとんどがウィンドウの左"
-"側に表示され (上のスクリーンショットを参照)、各ツールには右側にドロップ ダウ"
-"ン リストがあり、以下の選択肢があります:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"既定: 起動モードは選択されたセキュリティ レベルによって決まります。MCC の同じ"
-"タブのツール \"システムのセキュリティ, パーミッション, 監査の設定\" を参照し"
-"てください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"ユーザのパスワード: ツールが起動する前にユーザのパスワードを訊かれます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"root のパスワード: ツールが起動する前に root のパスワードを訊かれます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "パスワードなし: パスワードを訊かれずにツールが起動します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "スナップショット"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は MCC の<guilabel>システ"
-"ム</guilabel> タブの<guilabel>管理ツール</guilabel>セクションで利用できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"MCC 内のこのツールを最初に開始する際、draksnapshot のインストールについての"
-"メッセージが表示されます。続行するには<guibutton>インストール</guibutton>をク"
-"リックします。Draksnapshot と幾つかの他の必要なパッケージがインストールされま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>スナップショット</guilabel>を再度クリックすると、<guilabel>設定</"
-"guilabel>画面が表示されます。<guilabel>バックアップを有効にする</guilabel>に"
-"チェックし、システム全体をバックアップしたい場合は、<guilabel>システム全体を"
-"バックアップ</guilabel>にチェックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"あなたのディレクトリの一部だけをバックアップしたい場合、<guilabel>上級</"
-"guilabel>を選択します。小さなポップアップ画面が現れます。バックアップ対象の"
-"ディレクトリやファイルの追加や削除をするには<guilabel>バックアップの一覧</"
-"guilabel>の隣にある<guibutton>追加</guibutton>と<guibutton>削除</guibutton>の"
-"ボタンを使用します。<guilabel>除外</guilabel>の一覧の隣にある同様のボタンはサ"
-"ブ ディレクトリや中のファイルを除外するのに使用し、これらはバックアップには含"
-"まれ<emphasis role=\"bold\">ません</emphasis>。完了したら<guibutton>閉じる</"
-"guibutton>をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"今度は<guilabel>バックアップ先</guilabel>のパスを指定するか、<guibutton>参照"
-"</guibutton>ボタンで正しいパスを選択します。マウント済みの USB キーや外部 HD "
-"は <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis> の中で見つか"
-"ります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>適用</guibutton>をクリックするとスナップショットを作成します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "サウンドの設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">ハードウェア</emphasis> タブにあります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound はサウンド設定, PulseAudio の設定, トラブルシューティングを処理しま"
-"す。サウンドの問題に直面したときやサウンド カードを変更したいときに助けになる"
-"でしょう。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> はサウンド サーバです。これはすべてのサウンド"
-"入力を受け取り、ユーザ設定に従ってそれらを合成し、処理済みのサウンドを出力先"
-"に送り出します。設定を行うには<guimenu>メニュー -> サウンドとビデオ -> "
-"PulseAudio 音量調節</guimenu>を参照してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio は既定のサウンド サーバで、有効のままにしておくことが推奨されま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>グリッチ フリー</guilabel>は幾つかのプログラムで PulseAudio の動作"
-"を改善します。これも有効のままにしておくことが推奨されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>トラブルシューティング</guibutton> ボタンは起こりうる問題を修正す"
-"る上での助けとなる情報を提供します。コミュニティに助けを求めて質問する前にこ"
-"れを試すと役に立つでしょう。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>上級</guibutton>ボタンは分かりやすいボタンのあるウィンドウを表示し"
-"ます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "電源管理のための UPS を設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "セキュアなネットワーク アクセスのために VPN 接続を設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ではローカルのワークス"
-"テーションとの間にトンネルを確立するリモートのネットワークへのセキュアなアク"
-"セスを設定できます。ここではワークステーション側の設定についてのみを扱いま"
-"す。リモートのネットワークは既に稼働しており、ネットワーク管理者から .pcf 設"
-"定ファイルのような接続情報を提供されているということを前提としています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"はじめに、お使いの仮想プライベート ネットワークで用いられているプロトコルに合"
-"わせて Cisco VPN Concentrator か OpenVPN のいずれかを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "次にお使いの接続に名前を付けます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "次の画面で、お使いの VPN 接続に対して詳細な設定を行います。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Cisco VPN の場合"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"openvpn の場合、このツールが最初に使用されたときに openvpn パッケージとその依"
-"存パッケージがインストールされます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>ネットワーク管理者から受け取った"
-"ファイルを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "上級パラメータ:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "次の画面ではゲートウェイの IP アドレスを訊かれます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr "パラメータを設定したら、VPN 接続を開始する項目が現れます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"この VPN 接続はネットワーク接続と同時に自動的に開始するように設定することがで"
-"きます。これを行うには、この VPN へ常に接続されるようにネットワーク接続を再設"
-"定します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "ウェブ サーバを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"apache2</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> はウェブ サーバの設定を手"
-"助けできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "ウェブ サーバとは何ですか?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"ウェブ サーバとはインターネットを通してアクセス可能なウェブ コンテンツを渡す"
-"のを助けるソフトウェアのことです。(Wikipedia より)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2 でウェブ サーバを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "ウェブ サーバ ウィザードへようこそ。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"最初のページは単なる前書きで、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "サーバの公開範囲を選択します: ローカル ネットおよび/もしくは全世界"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"ウェブ サーバをインターネットに公開することにはリスクがあります。悪いことに備"
-"えてください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "サーバ ユーザ モジュール"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "ユーザが各自のサイトを作成することを許可します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "ユーザ ウェブ ディレクトリ名"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"ユーザはこのディレクトリを作成して中身をこの中に配置する必要があり、サーバは"
-"これを表示します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "サーバ ドキュメント ルート"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr "ウェブ サーバの既定のドキュメントのパスを設定できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "まとめ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"これらの設定を確認したら、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "完了"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "終わりました! <guibutton>完了</guibutton>をクリックしてください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "DNS を設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"bind</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "DHCP を設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"このツールは Mageia 4 ではネットワーク インターフェースの命名方式が新しくなっ"
-"たことにより正しく動作しません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"dhcp</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は <acronym>DHCP</"
-"acronym> サーバの設定を手助けできます。これは drakwizard のコンポーネントで、"
-"使用するためには先にそれをインストールする必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "DHCP とは何ですか?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) は IP ネット"
-"ワークで用いられる標準化されたネットワーク プロトコルで、IP アドレスやイン"
-"ターネット接続に必要な他の情報を動的に設定します。(Wikipedia より)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp で DHCP サーバを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "DHCP サーバ ウィザードへようこそ。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "アダプタを選択する"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"サブ ネットに接続されていて、かつ DHCP で IP アドレスを割り当てるネットワー"
-"ク インターフェースを選択し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "IP の範囲を選択する"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"サーバに提供させたい IP アドレス範囲の開始と終了の IP アドレスを選択し、同時"
-"にローカル ネットワークの外側、できればインターネットに近いゲートウェイ マシ"
-"ンの IP アドレスも指定します。その後<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックしま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "ちょっと待ってください..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"これは修正が可能です。<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>を数回クリックした後で該当す"
-"る設定を変更します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "数時間後..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "行われること"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "必要があればパッケージ dhcp-server をインストール;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> を <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code> に保存;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> をもと"
-"に以下のパラメータを追加して新しい <code>dhcpd.conf</code> を作成:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr "Webmin の設定ファイル <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> も変更"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd</code> を再起動。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "時刻を設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"ntp</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> の目的はお使いのサーバの"
-"時刻を外部のサーバと同期させることです。これは既定ではインストールされず、"
-"drakwizard と drakwizard-base のパッケージをインストールする必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp で NTP サーバを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"ようこそ画面 (上を参照) の後、二つ目の画面では三つの時刻サーバをドロップ ダウ"
-"ン リストから選択するように指示し、pool.ntp.org を二度使用するよう提案しま"
-"す。これは利用可能な時刻サーバをこのサーバが常に指し示すためです。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"これに続く画面では地域と都市が選択でき、その後まとめの画面にたどり着きます。"
-"何かが間違っている場合、<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>ボタンを用いてそれを変更す"
-"ることができます。問題がなければ、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンでテストに"
-"進みます。これにはしばらく時間がかかる可能性があり、最後に下の画面が表示され"
-"ます:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "<guibutton>完了</guibutton>ボタンを押すとこのツールを閉じます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "このツールは以下のステップを実行します:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "必要があればパッケージ <code>ntp</code> をインストール"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"ファイル <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> を <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock."
-"orig</code> に、<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> を <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers.orig</code> にそれぞれ保存;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"サーバの一覧を新しいファイル <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> に書き込む;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"ファイル <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> に最初のサーバ名を挿入して変更する;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code>, <code>ntpd</code> のサービスを再起動;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "ハードウェア時計を現在のシステム時刻に UTC で設定。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "FTP を設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"proftpd</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は <acronym>FTP</"
-"acronym> サーバの設定を手助けできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "<acronym>FTP</acronym> とは何ですか?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"ファイル転送プロトコル (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) は <acronym>TCP</acronym> に"
-"基づいたインターネットのようなネットワークでホスト間のファイル転送に用いられ"
-"る標準のネットワーク プロトコルです。(Wikipedia より)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd で FTP サーバを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "FTP ウィザードへようこそ。準備はいいですか。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"FTP サーバをインターネットに公開することにはリスクがあります。悪いことに備え"
-"てください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "サーバ情報"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"サーバが自身の紹介に用いる名前, 管理者のメール アドレス, root のログインを許"
-"可するかどうかを入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "サーバ オプション"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"待ち受けポート, chroot jail, リジュームの許可, <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File "
-"eXchange Protocol) を設定します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "プロキシを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"squid</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> はプロキシ サーバの設定を"
-"手助けできます。これは drakwizard のコンポーネントで、使用するためには先にそ"
-"れをインストールする必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "プロキシ サーバとは何ですか?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"プロキシ サーバは他のサーバからリソースを探しているクライアントからの要求を仲"
-"介する者として動作するサーバ (コンピュータ システムもしくはアプリケーション) "
-"です。クライアントはプロキシ サーバに接続し、ファイル, 接続, ウェブ ページ, "
-"異なるサーバから利用できる他のリソースといった幾つかのサービスを要求し、プロ"
-"キシ サーバは要求の複雑さを簡単にしたりコントロールしたりする方法として評価し"
-"ます。(Wikipedia より)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid でプロキシ サーバを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "プロキシ サーバ ウィザードへようこそ。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "プロキシのポートを選択する"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"ブラウザが接続するプロキシのポートを選択し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をク"
-"リックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "メモリとディスクの使用量"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"メモリとディスク キャッシュの上限を設定し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をク"
-"リックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "ネットワークのアクセス制御を選択する"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"ローカル ネットワークと全世界のどちらに公開するかを設定し、<guibutton>次へ</"
-"guibutton>をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "ネットワーク アクセスを許可する"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"ローカル ネットワークにアクセスを許可し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリッ"
-"クします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "上位レベルのプロキシ サーバを使用しますか?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"別のプロキシ サーバを通してカスケードを行いますか? そうでなければ、次の段階は"
-"スキップしてください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "上位レベル プロキシの URL とポート"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"上位レベル プロキシのホスト名とポートを提供し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>を"
-"クリックします。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "ブート時に開始しますか?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"プロキシ サーバを起動時に開始する場合に選択し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>を"
-"クリックします。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "必要があればパッケージ squid をインストール;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> を <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</"
-"code> に保存;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>squid.conf.default</code> をもとに以下のパラメータを追加して新しい "
-"<code>squid.conf</code> を作成:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2, 3 のいずれかとレベルにより <code>http_access</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "<code>squid</code> を再起動。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "OpenSSH デーモンを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"sshd</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は <acronym>SSH</"
-"acronym> デーモンの設定を手助けできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "<acronym>SSH</acronym> とは何ですか?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) は、安全でないネットワーク上の安全なチャンネルを通した、"
-"ネットワーク越しに接続された二つのコンピュータ間の安全なデータのやりとり, リ"
-"モートのコマンド ライン ログイン, リモートのコマンド実行, 他の安全なネット"
-"ワーク サービスのための暗号ネットワーク プロトコルで、これら二つのコンピュー"
-"タはサーバとクライアント (それぞれ SSH サーバと <acronym>SSH</acronym> クライ"
-"アントのプログラムを動かしている) です。(Wikipedia より)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd で <acronym>SSH</acronym> デーモンを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Open SSH ウィザードへようこそ。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "設定オプションの種類を選択する"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"すべての項目が設定できる<guilabel>上級者</guilabel>かステップ 3-7 をスキップ"
-"する<guilabel>初心者</guilabel>を選択し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリッ"
-"クします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "全般オプション"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"公開範囲と root アクセスの項目を設定します。ポート 22 は標準の <acronym>SSH</"
-"acronym> のポートです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "認証方式"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"接続時にユーザが使用できる色々な認証方式の許可を行い、<guibutton>次へ</"
-"guibutton>をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "ログの出力"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"ログのファシリティと出力レベルを選択し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリック"
-"します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "ログインのオプション"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"ログインごとの設定を行い、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "ユーザ ログインのオプション"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"ユーザのアクセス設定を行い、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "圧縮とフォワーディング"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"X11 フォワーディングと転送時の圧縮を設定し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をク"
-"リックします。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "システム サービスの有効・無効を管理"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakxservices</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "ハードウェア設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ではお使いのコンピュータ"
-"の全体像を見ることができます。このツールは、起動時にハードウェアの各要素を探"
-"索するジョブを実行します。そのため、これは <code>ldetect-lst</code> パッケー"
-"ジに含まれる、ハードウェア一覧を参照するコマンド <code>ldetect</code> を使用"
-"します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "ウィンドウ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "ウィンドウは二つのコラムに分割されています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"左コラムは検出されたハードウェアの一覧を含んでいます。デバイスはカテゴリでグ"
-"ループ化されています。&gt; をクリックするとカテゴリの中身を展開します。各デバ"
-"イスはこのコラムの中で選択することができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"右コラムは選択されたデバイスの情報を表示します。<guimenu>ヘルプ -&gt; 項目の"
-"説明</guimenu>ではフィールド内容についての幾つかの情報を提供します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"選択されたデバイスの種類によって、一つまたは二つのボタンが右コラムの下部で利"
-"用できます:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>現在のドライバのオプションを設定</guibutton>: このデバイスに関連す"
-"るモジュールのパラメータを設定するために使用できます。上級者以外は使用しない"
-"でください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>設定ツールを実行</guibutton>: デバイスを設定可能なツールを実行しま"
-"す。ツールは MCC から直接実行することもしばしばできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"<guimenu>オプション</guimenu>メニューは自動検出を有効にするためのチェック "
-"ボックスを提供します:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "モデム"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Jaz デバイス"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Zip パラレル デバイス"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"これらは遅いため、既定ではこれらの検出は有効化されていません。このハードウェ"
-"アが接続されている場合は適切なボックスをチェックしてください。検出は次回この"
-"ツールを起動したときに行われます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "キーボード レイアウトを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"keyboarddrake ツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia 上で"
-"使用したいキーボードの基本レイアウトの設定を手助けします。これはシステム上の"
-"すべてのユーザに影響します。これは Mageia コントロール センター (MCC) のハー"
-"ドウェア セクションで見つかり、\"マウスとキーボードの設定\" と書かれていま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "キーボード レイアウト"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"ここでどのキーボード レイアウトを使用したいかを選択できます。名前 (アルファ"
-"ベット順) はレイアウトの使用対象となる言語, 国, 民族を表しています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "キーボードの種類"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"このメニューはお使いのキーボードの種類を選択するものです。どれを選択するか分"
-"からない場合、既定の種類のままにしておくのが一番です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "システムの言語を設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">localedrake</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンター (MCC) のシステム セクションで見つかり、\"システムの言語を設定\" と書か"
-"れています。これは言語を選択するウィンドウを開きます。選択された言語はインス"
-"トールの間の言語に適用されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>上級</guibutton>ボタンを用いると古いエンコーディング (非 UTF8) の"
-"互換性を有効化する選択が可能です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"二番目のウィンドウは選択された言語に従って国の一覧を表示します。ボタン"
-"<guibutton>他の国</guibutton>を用いると一覧にない国を選択できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "変更を行った後はセッションを開始し直す必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "入力メソッド"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>他の国</guilabel>画面では入力メソッドの選択も行えます (一覧の下にあ"
-"るドロップ ダウン メニューから)。入力メソッドはユーザが複数言語の文字 (中国"
-"語, 日本語, 韓国語など) を入力できるようにします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"アジアとアフリカのロケールでは、IBus が既定の入力メソッドとして設定されるた"
-"め、ユーザは手動でこれを設定する必要はありません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"他の入力メソッド (SCIM, GCIN, HIME など) も同様の機能を提供します。ドロップ "
-"ダウン メニューにない場合、Mageia コントロール センターの別の場所でインストー"
-"ルすることが可能です。<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref> を参照してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "システム ログを見る"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターのシステム タブで見つかり、\"<guilabel>システム ログを見る</guilabel>"
-"\" と書かれています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "ログの内容を検索する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"最初に、検索文字列を<emphasis role=\"bold\">以下に一致する</emphasis>フィール"
-"ドに入力し、結果から<emphasis>除外</emphasis>したい文字列を<emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">かつ以下に一致しない</emphasis>フィールドに入力します。次に、検索対"
-"象のファイルを、<guilabel>ファイルを選択</guilabel>フィールドで選択します。更"
-"に、任意で検索を特定の日に限定することもできます。月と年のそれぞれのそばにあ"
-"る小さな矢印を使用して日付を<emphasis role=\"bold\">カレンダー</emphasis>で選"
-"択し、\"<guibutton>指定した日の分だけを表示</guibutton>\" にチェックします。"
-"最後に、<guibutton>検索</guibutton>ボタンを押すと<guilabel>ファイルの内容</"
-"guilabel>というウィンドウに結果が表示されます。結果は<emphasis role=\"bold\">"
-"保存</emphasis>ボタンをクリックすることで .txt 形式で保存することができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Mageia ツールのログ</guibutton>は Mageia コントロール センターの"
-"ツール群のような Mageia の設定ツールからのログを保管しています。これらのログ"
-"は設定が変更されるたびに更新されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "メール警告を設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>メール警告</guibutton>は自動的にシステムの負荷やサービスを一時間ご"
-"とにチェックし、必要があれば設定されたアドレスにメールを送信します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールを設定するには、<emphasis role=\"bold\">メール警告</emphasis>ボタン"
-"をクリックし、次の画面で、<guibutton>メール警告システムを設定</guibutton>のド"
-"ロップ ダウン ボタンをクリックします。ここで、すべての実行中のサービスが表示"
-"され、監視したいものを選択することができます (上のスクリーンショットを参照)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "以下のサービスが監視できます:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Webmin サービス"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Postfix メール サーバ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP サーバ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Apache WWW サーバ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH サーバ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba サーバ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd サービス"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "BIND ドメイン名の解決"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"次の画面では、あなたが許容できないと考える<guilabel>ロード</guilabel>値を選択"
-"します。ロードはプロセスへの要求を表し、高くなるとシステムが低速になり、非常"
-"に高くなるとプロセスが制御不能になったことを示すかもしれません。既定値は 3 で"
-"す。ロード値はプロセッサ数の 3 倍に設定することを推奨します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"最後の画面では、警告を受け取る人の<guilabel>メール アドレス</guilabel>と使用"
-"する<guilabel>メール サーバ</guilabel> (ローカルかインターネット上) を入力し"
-"ます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "利用可能な NFS や SMB の共有を表示する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> はコマンド ライン上でし"
-"か開始や使用ができません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"このページはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことがで"
-"きるとお考えの場合、<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Documentation_team\">Documentation チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしく"
-"お願いします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "PCI, USB, PCMCIA の情報を表示する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> はコマンド ライン上でし"
-"か開始や使用ができません。これは root で使用した場合に幾つかの詳しい情報を提"
-"供します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake はコンピュータに接続されたすべてのデバイス (USB, PCI, PCMCIA) の一"
-"覧と使用ドライバを提供します。これは ldetect と ldetect-lst のパッケージが動"
-"作に必要です。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"-v オプションを付けると、lspcidrake はベンダとデバイスの識別情報を追加しま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake はしばしば非常に長い一覧を生成するため、情報を探すには、これらの例"
-"のようにしばしば grep コマンドとともにパイプラインで用いられます:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "グラフィック カードについての情報;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "ネットワークについての情報"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i を付けると大文字と小文字の区別を無視します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"下のスクリーンショットでは、lspcidrake の -v オプションと grep の -i オプショ"
-"ンの働きを見ることができます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"ハードウェアについての情報を提供する別のツールがあり、これは <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> と呼ばれます (root で実行します)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "ソフトウェア パッケージの更新"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate もしくは drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> もしくは <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">ソフトウェアの管理</emphasis>タブにあります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"動作のために、MageiaUpdate は drakrpm-editmedia で更新としてチェックされた幾"
-"つかのメディアを必要とします。これらがない場合、それを行うように促されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールは起動直後にインストール済みのパッケージを調べ、リポジトリで利用可"
-"能な更新を一覧表示します。これらはすべて自動的にダウンロードとインストールが"
-"行われるように既定で選択されます。<guibutton>更新</guibutton>ボタンをクリック"
-"すると処理を開始します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"パッケージをクリックすると、詳しい情報がウィンドウの下半分に表示されます。タ"
-"イトルの前の<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> はテキストをクリックすると"
-"展開できることを意味します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"更新が利用できる場合、システム トレイのアプレットがこの赤いアイコン "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> を表示して警告します。ク"
-"リックしてユーザのパスワードを入力するだけの操作でも同様にシステムを更新しま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "起動"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"この画面では起動方法を設定するための幾つかのツールからいずれかを選ぶことがで"
-"きます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "起動方法の設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia コントロール センター"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Mageia システムを設定するツール群です"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"本マニュアル内の文章とスクリーンショットは クリエイティブ・コモンズ 表示-継"
-"承 3.0 ライセンス <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> のもとで利用"
-"可能です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"本マニュアルは <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> によっ"
-"て開発された <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> の"
-"助けを借りて作られました。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"これはボランティアによってその自由な時間の中で書かれたものです。もし本マニュ"
-"アルの改善を手助けしたいのであれば <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link> までご連絡をお願いします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "ハードウェア"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"この画面ではお使いのハードウェアを設定するための幾つかのツールからいずれかを"
-"選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "ハードウェアの管理"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = ハードウェアの情報表示と設定</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "グラフィックスの設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = 3D デスクトップ効果を設定</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "マウスとキーボードの設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "印刷とスキャンの設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = プリンタや印刷ジョブの"
-"キューなどを設定</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "その他"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia コントロール センターのマニュアルについて"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia コントロール センター (MCC) は左コラムに八つの異なるタブ項目が存在し、"
-"drakwizard パッケージがインストールされていると十個にすらなります。これらの各"
-"タブは大きな右パネルに異なる選択可能なツールのセットを提供します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr "以下に続く十の章がこれらの十の項目と関連ツールに関するものとなります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"最後の章は幾つかの他の Mageia のツールに関するもので、それらは MCC のタブから"
-"は選択できません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr "ページのタイトルはしばしばツールの画面のタイトルと同じものとなります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"検索バーも利用可能で、左コラムの \"検索\" タブをクリックすることで使用できま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "ローカル ディスク"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"この画面ではお使いのローカル ディスクの管理や共有を行うための幾つかのツールか"
-"らいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "ネットワーク サービス"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"この画面と<emphasis>共有</emphasis>の画面は <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> "
-"パッケージがインストールされている場合にのみ見られます。あなたはさまざまな"
-"サーバを設定するための幾つかのツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく"
-"知るには下のリンクか <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "ネットワーク共有"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"この画面ではドライブやディレクトリの共有を行うための幾つかのツールからいずれ"
-"かを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Windows(R) 共有の設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Windows (SMB) システムと"
-"ドライブやディレクトリを共有</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "NFS 共有の設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "WebDAV 共有の設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "ネットワークとインターネット"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"この画面では幾つかのネットワーク ツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳し"
-"く知るには下のリンクをクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "ネットワーク デバイスの管理"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "ネットワークのカスタマイズと保護"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "セキュリティ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"この画面では幾つかのセキュリティ ツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳し"
-"く知るには下のリンクをクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = システムのセキュリティ, パーミッショ"
-"ン, 監査を設定</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "共有"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"この画面と<emphasis>ネットワーク サービス</emphasis>の画面は "
-"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> パッケージがインストールされている場合にのみ"
-"見られます。あなたはさまざまなサーバを設定するための幾つかのツールからいずれ"
-"かを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクか <xref linkend=\"mcc-"
-"networkservices\"/> をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "システム"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"この画面では幾つかのシステム ツールや管理ツールからいずれかを選ぶことができま"
-"す。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "システム サービスを管理"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "地域と言語"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "管理ツール"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = システム上のユーザを管理</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "更新頻度の設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-"
-"config</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">ソフトウェアの管理</emphasis>タブにあります。"
-"これはシステム トレイの赤いアイコン <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" "
-"id=\"1\"/> 上で<guimenu>右クリック / 更新の設定</guimenu>から開くこともできま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"最初のスライダーでは Mageia が更新をチェックする頻度を、二つめではブート後に"
-"最初のチェックを行うまでに空ける時間を変更できます。チェック ボックスは新し"
-"い Mageia のリリースが公開されたときに知らせるための設定項目を提供します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "ポインタ デバイスを設定 (マウス, タッチパッド)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia をインストールするのにはマウスが必須なので、これは既に Drakinstall に"
-"よりインストール済みです。このツールでは別のマウスのインストールが行えます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"マウスは接続の種類とモデルによって並んでいます。マウスを選択して "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックします。ほとんどの場合 \"ユニバーサル / "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB マウス\" が最近のマウスに適しています。新しいマウスはすぐに有"
-"効になります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: システムのセキュリティと監査"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は msec のグラフィック ユー"
-"ザ インターフェースで、これは二つのアプローチでシステムのセキュリティを設定で"
-"きるようにするものです:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"システムの動作を設定し、msec はシステムに対してより安全になるような変更を適用"
-"します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"何か危険に思われることがあった場合に警告するために自動的に定期チェックを行い"
-"ます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"msec は \"セキュリティ レベル\" の概念を用いており、変更や強制を監査可能な一"
-"連のシステム権限を設定することが意図されています。それらの幾つかは Mageia に"
-"よって提案されるものですが、自分でカスタマイズしたセキュリティ レベルを定義す"
-"ることも可能です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "概要タブ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "上のスクリーンショットを参照してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"最初のタブには異なるセキュリティ ツール群の一覧があり、右側のボタンでそれらを"
-"設定することができます:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"ファイアウォール, MCC / セキュリティ / 個人用ファイアウォールの設定 でも見つ"
-"かります"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr "更新, MCC / ソフトウェアの管理 / システムを更新 でも見つかります"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec 自体の幾つかの情報:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "有効か無効"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "設定された基本セキュリティ レベル"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"前回の定期チェックの日時と詳細結果を見るためのボタンとすぐにチェックを実行す"
-"るための別のボタン。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "セキュリティ設定タブ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"二つめのタブもしくはセキュリティの<guibutton>設定</guibutton>ボタンをクリック"
-"すると下と同じ画面に切り替わります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "基本セキュリティ タブ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">セキュリティ レベル:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>MSEC ツールを有効にする</guilabel>にチェックした後、このタブでは太"
-"字で表示されるセキュリティ レベルをダブルクリックで選択することができます。こ"
-"のボックスがチェックされていない場合、レベル « none » が適用されます。以下の"
-"レベルが利用可能です:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"レベル <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>。このレベルはシステムのセキュ"
-"リティを制御するのに msec を使用することを望まず、自分でチューニングすること"
-"を好む場合が意図されます。これはすべてのセキュリティ チェックを無効化し、シス"
-"テムの設定に一切の制限を行いません。システムを攻撃に対して脆弱にしてしまうた"
-"め、このレベルは何をしているのか分かっている場合にのみ使用してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"レベル <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>。これはインストール時の既"
-"定の設定でかつ普通のユーザ向けを意図しています。これは幾つかのシステム設定を"
-"強制し、システム ファイル, システム アカウント, 脆弱なディレクトリ パーミッ"
-"ションにおける変更を検出するセキュリティ チェックを日ごとに実行します (このレ"
-"ベルは過去の msec のバージョンのレベル 2 と 3 に近いです)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"レベル <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>。このレベルはシステムを確実"
-"に安全でかつ使えるものにしたい場合を意図しています。これはシステムのパーミッ"
-"ションを更に制限し、より多くの定期チェックを行います。その上で、システムへの"
-"アクセスはより制限されます (このレベルは過去の msec のバージョンのレベル 4 "
-"(High) と 5 (Paranoid) に近いです)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"これらのレベルに加え、<emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">netbook</emphasis> のような異なるタスク志向のセキュリティも提供されます。"
-"このようなレベルは最も一般的な用途に従ってシステムのセキュリティを事前に設定"
-"しようとします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"最後の <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> と <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> と呼ばれる二つのレベルは実際にはセキュリ"
-"ティ レベルではなく、定期チェックを行うだけのツールになります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"これらのレベルは <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename> "
-"に保存されます。カスタマイズされたセキュリティ レベルを定義することも可能で、"
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename> というファイル群にそれらを "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> フォルダの中に配置します。この機能は"
-"カスタマイズされた、もしくはより安全なシステム設定を要求するパワー ユーザ向け"
-"に意図されています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"ユーザによって変更されたパラメータは既定のレベルの設定よりも優先されるという"
-"ことを心に留めておいてください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">セキュリティ警告:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>セキュリティ警告をメールで送信する:</guibutton> にチェックした場"
-"合、msec によって生成されたセキュリティ警告がローカルのメールですぐそばの"
-"フィールドに入力されたセキュリティ管理者宛に送られます。ローカルのユーザか完"
-"全なメール アドレスのいずれかを入力できます (ローカルのメールとメール マネー"
-"ジャが適切に設定されていなければなりません)。最後に、セキュリティ警告はお使い"
-"のデスクトップ上で直接受け取ることができます。適切なボックスにチェックすると"
-"有効になります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"セキュリティ警告の設定項目は起こりうるセキュリティ問題をセキュリティ管理者へ"
-"即座に知らせるために有効にすることを強く推奨します。さもなければ、管理者は "
-"<filename>/var/log/security</filename> の中にあるログ ファイル群を定期的に"
-"チェックする必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">セキュリティ設定:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"カスタマイズされたレベルの作成以外にもコンピュータのセキュリティをカスタマイ"
-"ズする方法はあり、任意の設定項目を変更するためにこのタブを後から使用すること"
-"もできます。msec の現在の設定は <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</"
-"filename> に保存されています。このファイルは現在のセキュリティ レベル名と、設"
-"定項目群に対するすべての変更の一覧を含んでいます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "システム セキュリティ タブ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"このタブはすべてのセキュリティ設定の項目を左側のコラムに、説明を真ん中のコラ"
-"ムに、それらの現在の値を右側のコラムに表示します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"設定項目の値を変更するには、それをダブルクリックすると新しいウィンドウが現れ"
-"ます (下のスクリーンショットを参照)。これは項目名, 短い説明, 現在値と既定値, "
-"新しい値が選択可能なドロップ ダウン リストを表示します。<guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton> ボタンを押すと選択が有効になります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui を終了する際、忘れずにメニューの<guimenu>ファイル -> 設定を保存</"
-"guimenu>で確実に設定を保存してください。設定が変更されている場合、msecgui は"
-"保存前に変更をプレビューすることができます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "ネットワーク セキュリティ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr "このタブはすべてのネットワーク設定を表示し、前のタブと同様に動作します"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "定期チェック タブ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"定期チェックは msec が潜在的に危険と考えるすべての状況についてセキュリティ警"
-"告を用いてセキュリティ管理者に通知することを狙いとしています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"このタブは<guibutton>定期セキュリティ チェックを有効にする</guibutton>が"
-"チェックされている場合に msec によって行われたすべての定期チェックとそれらの"
-"頻度を表示します。変更は前のタブと同様に行われます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "例外タブ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"時に警告メッセージは把握済みな望まれる状況が原因となります。これらの場合にお"
-"いてこれらは役に立たず管理者にとって時間の無駄となります。このタブでは望まな"
-"い警告メッセージを避けたい分だけの数の例外を作成できます。これは msec の初回"
-"実行時には間違いなく空です。下のスクリーンショットは四つの例外を表示していま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"例外を作成するには、<guibutton>ルールを追加</guibutton>ボタンをクリックしま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>チェック</guilabel>のドロップ ダウン リストから望みの定期チェックを"
-"選択し、<guilabel>例外</guilabel>をテキスト入力欄に入力します。例外の追加は決"
-"して最終的なものではなく、<guilabel>例外</guilabel>タブの<guibutton>削除</"
-"guibutton>ボタンを用いて削除するかダブルクリックで変更することができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "パーミッション"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"このタブはファイルやディレクトリのパーミッションをチェックおよび強制するため"
-"のものです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"セキュリティ用と同様、msec には異なるパーミッションのレベル (standard, "
-"secure など) があり、これらは選択されたセキュリティ レベルに従って有効になり"
-"ます。自分でカスタマイズしたパーミッション レベルを作成することができ、それら"
-"はフォルダ <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> の中に <filename>perm.&lt;"
-"levelname></filename> というファイル名で保存されます。この機能はカスタマイズ"
-"された設定を要求するパワー ユーザ向けに意図されています。任意のパーミッション"
-"を変更するためにこのタブを後から使用することもできます。現在のパーミッション"
-"は <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> に保存されます。この"
-"ファイルはパーミッションに対するすべての変更の一覧を含んでいます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"既定のパーミッションはルールの一覧 (一行に一つ) として見ることができます。左"
-"側にルールに関係するファイルやフォルダがあり、次に所有者、その次がグループそ"
-"してルールによって付与されるパーミッションとなります。もし、ルールの:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>強制</guilabel>がチェックされていない場合、msec はこのルールで定義"
-"されているパーミッションが変更されていないかをチェックし、変更された場合には"
-"警告メッセージを送りますが、行うのはそれだけで何も変更は行いません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>強制</guilabel>がチェックされている場合、msec は次回の定期チェック"
-"時にパーミッションを強制します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"これが動作するためには、<emphasis role=\"bold\">定期チェック</emphasis> タブ"
-"の項目 CHECK_PERMS が適切に設定されていなければなりません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"新しいルールを作成するには、<guibutton>ルールを追加</guibutton>ボタンをクリッ"
-"クして下の例で示されるようにフィールドを入力します。<guilabel>ファイル</"
-"guilabel>のフィールドではジョーカーの * が使用できます。“current” は変更なし"
-"を意味します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> ボタンをクリックして選択を有効にします。終了する"
-"際、忘れずにメニューの<guimenu>ファイル -> 設定を保存</guimenu>で確実に設定を"
-"保存してください。設定が変更されている場合、msecgui は保存前に変更をプレ"
-"ビューすることができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"設定ファイル <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> を編集するこ"
-"とによってルールを作成もしくは変更することもできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">パーミッション タブ</emphasis>内の変更 (もしくは設定"
-"ファイルの直接編集) は次回の定期チェックで反映されます (<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">定期チェック タブ</emphasis>の項目 CHECK_PERMS を参照)。それらをすぐに反映"
-"させたい場合、端末内で root 権限で msecperms コマンドを使用してください。"
-"msecperms に変更されることになるパーミッションは msecperms -p コマンドで事前"
-"に知ることができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"端末やファイル マネージャでパーミッションを変更する際、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">パーミッション タブ</emphasis>で<guilabel>強制</guilabel>がチェックされた"
-"ファイルに対して、msecgui は<emphasis role=\"bold\">定期チェック タブ</"
-"emphasis>の項目 CHECK_PERMS と CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE の設定に従ってしばらくして"
-"から変更前のパーミッションに戻すということを忘れないでください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "他の Mageia のツール群"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia コントロール センターの中で開始できるもの以外にも Mageia のツールが存"
-"在します。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックするか、続くページを読み進めてく"
-"ださい。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>未執筆</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "他にもツールがありますか?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "ソフトウェアの管理 (ソフトウェアの追加と削除)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake の紹介"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は drakrpm とも呼ばれ、"
-"パッケージのインストール, アンインストール, 更新を行うプログラムです。これは "
-"URPMI のグラフィカル ユーザ インターフェースです。起動のたびに、これは "
-"Mageia の公式サーバから直接ダウンロードしたオンラインのパッケージ一覧 ('メ"
-"ディア' と呼ばれます) をチェックし、お使いのコンピュータで利用できる最新のア"
-"プリケーションやパッケージを表示します。フィルタ システムは特定の種類のパッ"
-"ケージのみを表示できるようにします: インストール済みのアプリケーションのみを"
-"表示する (既定) ことや、利用可能な更新のみを表示することができます。インス"
-"トールされていないパッケージのみを見ることもできます。パッケージ名, パッケー"
-"ジの説明の概要もしくは説明文全体, パッケージに含まれるファイル名で検索するこ"
-"ともできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"rpmdrake が動作するためには、リポジトリが <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media"
-"\"/> で設定されている必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"インストールの間、設定済みのリポジトリはインストールに用いられるメディアで、"
-"一般的には DVD もしくは CD です。このメディアをそのままにすると、rpmdrake は"
-"パッケージをインストールしたいときに毎回このポップアップ ウィンドウで指示を出"
-"します: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>上のメッセージが邪魔で、"
-"かつ厳しすぎるダウンロード制限のない優れたインターネット接続がある場合、その"
-"メディアを削除して <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> でオンライン メディ"
-"アを設定して置き換えるのがよいでしょう。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"その上、オンラインのリポジトリは常に最新の状態で、よりたくさんのパッケージを"
-"含んでおり、インストール済みのパッケージを更新することができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "画面のメイン部分"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">パッケージの種類のフィルタ:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"このフィルタでは特定の種類のパッケージのみを表示することができます。最初にこ"
-"のマネージャを開始したときには、グラフィカル インターフェースのあるアプリケー"
-"ションのみが表示されます。すべてのパッケージとそれらが依存するすべてのパッ"
-"ケージやライブラリもしくは、アプリケーションのみ, 更新のみ, Mageia のより新し"
-"いバージョンからバックポートされたパッケージのようなパッケージ グループのみの"
-"いずれかを表示することができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"既定のフィルタ設定は Linux や Mageia の初心者、コマンド ラインや専門家向けの"
-"ツールを求めない人に向けたものとなっています。あなたがこのドキュメントを読ん"
-"でいるということは、Mageia の知識を向上させることに明らかに興味をお持ちですか"
-"ら、このフィルタを \"すべて\" にするのが一番です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">パッケージの状態のフィルタ:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"このフィルタではインストール済みのパッケージのみ, 未インストールのパッケージ"
-"のみ, インストール済みと未インストールの両方・すべてのパッケージのいずれかを"
-"表示できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">検索モード:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"このアイコンをクリックしてパッケージ名, 概要, 説明文全体, パッケージ内のファ"
-"イルのいずれかで検索を行います。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"検索\" ボックス:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"ここに一つ以上のキーワードを入力します。複数のキーワードを使用したい場合は単"
-"語間に '|' を入力します。例えば \"mplayer\" と \"xine\" を同時に検索するには "
-"'mplayer | xine' と入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">すべて削除:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"このアイコンをクリックすると \"検索\" ボックスに入力したすべてのキーワードを"
-"消すことができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">カテゴリ一覧:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"このサイド バーはすべてのアプリケーションやパッケージを分かりやすいカテゴリと"
-"サブ カテゴリにグループ化します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">説明文パネル:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"このパネルはパッケージの名前, 概要, 説明文全体を表示します。これは選択パッ"
-"ケージについての多くの有用な要素を表示します。これはパッケージの詳細も表示で"
-"き、パッケージ内に含まれるファイルに加え、メンテナによる直近の変更の一覧も表"
-"示できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "状態のコラム"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"いったん正しくフィルタを設定すると、ソフトウェアをカテゴリ (上の領域 6) か 名"
-"前/概要/説明文 のいずれかを領域 4 を用いて探すことができ、条件を満たすパッ"
-"ケージの一覧が表示されます。それから、選択されたメディアは各パッケージがイン"
-"ストール済み/未インストール/更新などによって異なる状態のマーカーとともに表示"
-"されることを忘れないでください。この状態を変更するには、パッケージ名の左にあ"
-"るボックスのチェックを入れたり外したりして<guibutton>適用</guibutton>をクリッ"
-"クします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "アイコン"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "説明"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "このパッケージは既にインストールされています"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "このパッケージはインストールされます"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "このパッケージは変更できません"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "このパッケージは更新です"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "このパッケージはアンインストールされます"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "上のスクリーンショットにおける例:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"digikam (緑の矢印はインストール済みを示します) のチェックを外した場合、状態の"
-"アイコンは上矢印のある赤いアイコンになり、<guibutton>適用</guibutton>をクリッ"
-"クするとアンインストールされます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"qdigidoc (未インストール, 状態を参照) にチェックした場合、下矢印のあるオレン"
-"ジのアイコンが現れ、<guibutton>適用</guibutton>をクリックするとインストールさ"
-"れます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "依存パッケージ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"幾つかのパッケージは動作するために依存パッケージと呼ばれる他のパッケージを必"
-"要とします。それらは例えばライブラリやツールです。この場合、Rpmdrake は情報"
-"ウィンドウを表示し、選択された依存パッケージを受け入れるかどうかの選択がで"
-"き、詳しい情報も得られます (上を参照)。必要とされるライブラリを幾つかのパッ"
-"ケージが提供する場合も起こりえますが、その場合 rpmdrake は代替の一覧を表示"
-"し、詳しい情報を得るためのボタンとどのパッケージをインストールするかを選択す"
-"る別のボタンが利用できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "スキャナを設定する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "インストール"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">scannerdrake</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"このツール <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は一つのスキャナ デバイ"
-"スやスキャナ機能を備えた多機能デバイスの設定を可能にします。これはこのコン"
-"ピュータに接続されたローカル デバイスのリモート コンピュータとの共有やリモー"
-"ト スキャナへのアクセスも可能にします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr "このツールの初回実行時、以下のメッセージが表示されるかもしれません:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>\"スキャナを使うには SANE パッケージが必要です</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>SANE パッケージをインストールしますか?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"続行するには<emphasis>はい</emphasis>を選択します。これは <code>scanner-gui</"
-"code> と <code>task-scanning</code> がまだインストールされていない場合にイン"
-"ストールします。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"お使いのスキャナが正しく認識されて上の画面でお使いのスキャナの名前が見つかっ"
-"た場合、そのスキャナは <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> や <emphasis>Simple Scan</"
-"emphasis> などで使用する準備ができた状態です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"その場合、今度は<emphasis>スキャナを共有</emphasis>の項目を設定したいかもしれ"
-"ません。それについては <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> で読むことができま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"一方、お使いのスキャナが正しく認識されず、ケーブルや電源スイッチを確認済みで"
-"<emphasis>新しいスキャナを検索</emphasis>を押してもうまくいかない場合、"
-"<emphasis>手動でスキャナを追加</emphasis>を押す必要があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"表示される一覧の中でお使いのスキャナのブランド名を選択し、次にそのブランド名"
-"の一覧から種類を選択して <emphasis>OK</emphasis> をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"お使いのスキャナが一覧に見つからない場合、<emphasis>キャンセル</emphasis>をク"
-"リックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"お使いのスキャナがサポートされているかどうかを <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
-"sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> の"
-"ページでチェックし、<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">フォー"
-"ラム</link>で助けを求めてください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "ポートを選択する"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"この設定はお使いのスキャナのインターフェースがパラレル ポートでなければ"
-"<emphasis>利用可能なポートを自動的に検出</emphasis>のままにしておくことができ"
-"ます。パラレル ポートの場合、スキャナが一台であれば <emphasis>/dev/parport0</"
-"emphasis> を選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>OK</emphasis> をクリックした後、ほとんどの場合で下のような画面が表"
-"示されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"この画面が表示されない場合、<xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/> を参照して"
-"ください。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "スキャナの共有"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"ここでは、このマシンに接続されたスキャナをリモートのマシンから利用可能にする"
-"かどうかと対象のリモート マシンを選択できます。ここではリモート マシンのス"
-"キャナをこのマシンで利用可能にするかどうかも決めることができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"以下のホストにスキャナを共有させる: このコンピュータ上のローカル デバイスへの"
-"アクセスを許可するホストの一覧からホストの名前もしくは IP アドレスを追加もし"
-"くは削除できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"リモート スキャナの使用: リモートのスキャナへのアクセスを提供するホストの一覧"
-"からホストの名前もしくは IP アドレスを追加もしくは削除できます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "以下のホストにスキャナを共有させる: ホストを追加できます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"以下のホストにスキャナを共有させる: 追加するホストを指定するか、もしくはすべ"
-"てのリモート マシンを許可します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"\"すべてのリモート マシン\" はローカルのスキャナへのアクセスが許可されます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"パッケージ <emphasis>saned</emphasis> がまだインストールされていない場合、こ"
-"のツールはそれを提案します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "最後に、このツールはこれらのファイルを変更します:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> ディレクティブ \"net\" を追加もしく"
-"はコメントにします"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"これは <emphasis>saned</emphasis> と <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> がブート時に"
-"開始するようにする設定も行います。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "特別な場合"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "ヒューレット パッカード"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"ほとんどの HP のスキャナは <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (hplip) で"
-"管理されこれはプリンタも管理します。この場合、このツールでは設定はできず "
-"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> を使用するように促します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "エプソン"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"ドライバは<link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/"
-"search/?OSC=LX\">このページ</link>から入手できます。通知を受け取った際には、"
-"まず <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> パッケージをインストールし、次に "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> を (この順序で) インストールしなければなりません。"
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> パッケージは <emphasis>sane</emphasis> との衝突に"
-"ついての警告を表示する可能性があります。この警告は無視できるとユーザによって"
-"報告されています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "追加のインストール手順"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"お使いのスキャナを正しく設定するために、<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/"
-"> 画面でスキャナのポートを選択した後に一つ以上の追加の手順が必要になる可能性"
-"があります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"場合によっては、起動のたびにスキャナがファームウェアの転送を必要とする通知を"
-"受けることがあります。このツールはそれをお使いのシステムにインストールした後"
-"でデバイスに読み込ませることができます。この画面ではファームウェアを CD やイ"
-"ンストール済みの Windows からインストールするか、ベンダのインターネット サイ"
-"トからダウンロードしたものをインストールできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"お使いのデバイスでファームウェアの読み込みが必要な場合、毎回最初の使用時に長"
-"い時間、場合によっては一分を超える時間がかかるかもしれません。なので気長に待"
-"ちましょう。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"また、<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf のファイル</"
-"emphasis>を調整するように指示する画面が表示されるかもしれません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"それらか、もしくは他の指示を注意深く読み、何をすればよいか分からない場合は、"
-"気軽に<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">フォーラム</link>で助"
-"けを求めてください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "ソフトウェアの管理"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"この画面ではソフトウェアを管理するための幾つかのツールからいずれかを選ぶこと"
-"ができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = システムを更新</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = インストールと更新の"
-"ためのメディア ソースを設定</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "プリンタのインストールと設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia では印刷は CUPS と呼ばれるサーバによって管理されます。これは自身の"
-"<link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">設定インターフェー"
-"ス</link>を持ち、インターネット ブラウザでアクセスできますが、Mageia はプリン"
-"タをインストールするための system-config-printer と呼ばれる自身のツールを提供"
-"し、これは Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu, openSUSE のような他のディストリビュー"
-"ションと共有されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"インストールを続行する前に non-free リポジトリを有効にしてください。これは幾"
-"つかのドライバがこの方法でしか利用できないためです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis>system-config-printer</"
-"emphasis> を入力します。root のパスワードを訊かれます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"プリンタのインストールは Mageia コントロール センターの<guilabel>ハードウェア"
-"</guilabel> セクションで行われます。<guilabel>印刷とスキャンの設定</guilabel>"
-"のツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>を選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC は二つのパッケージのインストールを要求します:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"続行するには、このインストールを受け入れる必要があります。最大で 230MB の依存"
-"パッケージが必要です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"プリンタを追加するには、プリンタの \"追加\" ボタンを選択します。システムはプ"
-"リンタと利用可能なポートを検出しようとします。スクリーンショットはパラレル "
-"ポートに接続されたプリンタを表示しています。プリンタが検出された場合、USB "
-"ポートのプリンタのように、最初の行に表示されます。このウィンドウはネットワー"
-"ク プリンタの設定も試みます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "自動検出されたプリンタ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"これは通常 USB プリンタに当てはまります。このユーティリティは自動的にプリンタ"
-"の名前を探してそれを表示します。そのプリンタを選択して \"次へ\" をクリックし"
-"ます。そのプリンタに対する既知のドライバがある場合、それは自動的にインストー"
-"ルされます。複数のドライバがある場合や既知のドライバがない場合、次の段落で説"
-"明するようにウィンドウがドライバを選択もしくは提供するように指示します。"
-"<xref linkend=\"terminate\"/> に続きます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "自動検出されないプリンタ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"ポートを選択する際、システムはドライバの一覧を読み込んでドライバを選択するた"
-"めのウィンドウを表示します。選択は以下の選択肢のいずれかで行えます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "データベースからプリンターを選択する"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "PPD ファイルを提供"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "ダウンロードするプリンタードライバーを検索"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"データベースからの選択により、ウィンドウはまずプリンタのメーカーを提案し、次"
-"にデバイスと関連ドライバを提案します。複数のドライバが提案された場合、推奨さ"
-"れるものを選択します。ただし、過去にそれを用いて問題に出くわした場合は動作す"
-"ることが分かっているものを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "インストール プロセスの完了"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"ドライバを選択した後、システムがプリンタを示したり見つけたりできるようにする"
-"ための幾つかの情報をウィンドウが要求します。最初の行はアプリケーション内で表"
-"示される利用可能プリンタの一覧における名前です。インストーラは次にテスト ペー"
-"ジの印刷を提案します。この段階の後、プリンタが追加されて利用可能プリンタの一"
-"覧に現れます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "ネットワーク プリンタ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"ネットワーク プリンタは有線もしくは無線のネットワークに直接接続されたプリンタ"
-"で、印刷サーバか、印刷サーバを動かしている別のワークステーションに接続されて"
-"います。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"しばしば、DHCP サーバには固定された IP アドレスとプリンタの MAC アドレスとを"
-"常に関連付けさせるのがよいでしょう。もちろん、固定アドレスがある場合、これは"
-"印刷サーバのプリンタに設定された IP アドレスと同一にするべきです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"プリンタの Mac アドレスはプリンタもしくはこれが接続された印刷サーバかコン"
-"ピュータのシリアル番号で、プリンタによって表示される設定ページから得られる"
-"か、もしくはプリンタや印刷サーバのラベルに書かれているかもしれません。お使い"
-"の共有プリンタが Mageia システムに接続されている場合、同システム上で "
-"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> を root として実行して MAC アドレ"
-"スを探します。これは \"HWaddr\" の後の数字とアルファベットの並びです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"お使いのコンピュータとネットワーク越しにやりとりするプロトコルを選択すること"
-"でネットワーク プリンタを追加することができます。どのプロトコルを選択するのか"
-"分からない場合、<guilabel>デバイス</guilabel> メニューの<guilabel>ネットワー"
-"クプリンター</guilabel> - <guilabel>ネットワークプリンターを検索</guilabel>の"
-"選択肢を試すことができ、右側の \"ホスト\" というボックスにプリンタの IP アド"
-"レスを入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールがお使いのプリンタもしくは印刷サーバを認識した場合、これはプロトコ"
-"ルとキューを提案しますが、下の一覧からより適切なものを選択したり、一覧にない"
-"場合に正しいキュー名を入力したりすることができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"プリンタもしくは印刷サーバに付属の文書を参照して、サポートされるプロトコルと"
-"指定可能なキュー名を探してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "ネットワーク印刷プロトコル"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"現在の技術の一つにヒューレット パッカードによって開発され JetDirect として知"
-"られるものがあります。これはイーサネット ポートによってネットワークに直接接続"
-"されたプリンタにアクセスできるようにします。プリンタがネットワーク上でどの "
-"IP アドレスでアクセスできるかを知らなければなりません。この技術はプリンタを接"
-"続するための USB ポートを含む幾つかの ADSL ルータの内部でも用いられています。"
-"この場合、IP アドレスはルータのものとなります。ツール \"Hp Device manager\" "
-"は動的に設定された IP アドレスの管理ができ、<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-"
-"the-printer></emphasis> のような URI を設定します。この場合、固定 IP アドレス"
-"は必要ありません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"項目 <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> をプロトコルとして選択してア"
-"ドレスを<guilabel>ホスト:</guilabel> に設定し、<guilabel>ポート番号</"
-"guilabel>は変更する必要があると分かっていなければ変更しません。プロトコルの選"
-"択後、ドライバの選択が上と同様にあります。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "他のプロトコル:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>インターネット印刷プロトコル (ipp)</emphasis>: IPP プロトコルによ"
-"り TCP/IP ネットワーク上でアクセス可能なプリンタで、例えば CUPS を用いたマシ"
-"ンに接続されたプリンタです。このプロトコルは幾つかの ADSL ルータによっても用"
-"いられることがあります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>インターネット印刷プロトコル (https)</emphasis>: ipp と同様ですが、"
-"http 転送と TLS の安全なプロトコルを用いています。ポートが定義されている必要"
-"があります。既定では、ポート 631 が用いられます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>インターネット印刷プロトコル (ipps)</emphasis>: ipp と同様ですが、"
-"TLS の安全なプロトコルを用いています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR ホストまたはプリンター</emphasis>: LPD プロトコルにより "
-"TCP/IP ネットワーク上でアクセス可能なプリンタで、例えば LPD を用いたマシンに"
-"接続されたプリンタです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Samba 経由の Windows プリンター</emphasis>: Windows が動作している"
-"マシンもしくは SMB サーバに接続かつ共有されたプリンタです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"URI は直接追加することもできます。以下に URI の形式の幾つかの例を示します:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "インターネット印刷プロトコル (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "ライン プリンタ デーモン (LPD) プロトコル"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"追加の情報が <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/"
-"network.html\">CUPS のドキュメント</link>で見つかります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "デバイスのプロパティ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"デバイスのプロパティにアクセスできます。メニューから CUPS サーバへアクセスで"
-"きます。既定では CUPS サーバはお使いのシステム上で実行されますが、異なるもの"
-"を<guimenu>サーバ</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>接続...</guimenuitem> メニューで指"
-"定でき、<guimenu>サーバ</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>設定</guimenuitem>をたどると"
-"別のウィンドウでサーバの他の特定のパラメータの調整が行えます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "トラブルシューティング"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> を詳しく調べることで印刷時にエ"
-"ラーが発生した際の幾つかの情報が探せます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"<guimenu>ヘルプ</guimenu> | <guilabel>トラブルシューティング</guilabel> メ"
-"ニューを用いて問題を分析するツールにアクセスすることもできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"特定のプリンタ向けの幾つかのドライバは Mageia では利用できないか、もしくは機"
-"能しない可能性があります。この場合、<link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/"
-"printers/\">openprinting</link> のサイトを見てお使いのデバイスが利用できるか"
-"を確認してください。利用可能な場合、パッケージが既に Mageia に存在するかを確"
-"認し、ある場合は手動でインストールします。次に、プリンタを設定するためのイン"
-"ストール手順をやり直します。いずれの場合も、このツールに満足したのであれば、"
-"問題を bugzilla かフォーラムで報告し、モデルやドライバの情報とプリンタがイン"
-"ストール後に動作したかどうかについてお知らせください。以下は他の最新のドライ"
-"バやより最近のデバイスを見つけるための幾つかの情報です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">ブラザーのプリンタ</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">このページ</link>にブラザーによって提供されるドライバ"
-"一覧があります。お使いのデバイス用のドライバを検索して、rpm をダウンロードお"
-"よびインストールしてください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"この設定ユーティリティを実行する前にブラザーのドライバをインストールしてくだ"
-"さい。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ヒューレット パッカードのプリンタとオール イン ワン "
-"デバイス</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"これらのデバイスは hplip ツールを使用します。これはプリンタの検出と選択の後に"
-"自動的にインストールされます。<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/"
-"hplip-web/index.html\">こちら</link>では他の情報が見つけられます。ツール "
-"\"HP Device Manager\" は<guilabel>システム</guilabel> メニューで利用できま"
-"す。プリンタの管理の<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/"
-"install/manual/hp_setup.html\">設定</link>もご覧ください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"HP のオール イン ワン デバイスはプリンタとしてインストールされていなければな"
-"らず、スキャナ機能は後から追加されます。場合によっては、Xsane インターフェー"
-"スはフィルムやスライドのスキャンが行えません (光がスライドしません)。この場"
-"合、スキャンを行うことは可能で、スタンドアロン モードを使用し、画像をデバイス"
-"に挿入されたメモリー カードや USB スティックに保存します。その後、好きな画像"
-"ソフトウェアを開いて /media フォルダに現れたメモリー カードから画像を読み込み"
-"ます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">サムスンのカラー プリンタ</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"特定のサムスンとゼロックスのカラー プリンタについては、<link ns2:href="
-"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">このサイトが QPDL プロトコル用のドライバを提供"
-"しています</link>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">エプソンのプリンタとスキャナ</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"エプソンのプリンタ用のドライバは<link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson."
-"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">この検索ページ</link>から利用できます。ス"
-"キャナ部分については、まず \"iscan-data\" パッケージをインストールし、次に "
-"\"iscan\" を (この順序で) インストールしなければなりません。iscan-plugin パッ"
-"ケージも利用可能でインストールするべきです。お使いのアーキテクチャに従って "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> パッケージを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"iscan パッケージは sane との衝突についての警告を表示する可能性があります。こ"
-"の警告は無視できるとユーザによって報告されています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">キャノンのプリンタ</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"キャノンのプリンタでは、<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">こちら"
-"で利用可能</link>な turboprint というツールをインストールするとよいかもしれま"
-"せん。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Windows(TM) のドキュメントと設定をインポートする"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">transfugdrake</emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">システム</emphasis> タブで見つかり、"
-"<guilabel>Windows(TM) のドキュメントと設定をインポート</guilabel>と書かれてい"
-"ます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールでは管理者がユーザのドキュメントや設定を <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> XP, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> から同一コンピュータ上の Mageia にイ"
-"ンポートすることができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>を押した後、すべての変更は transfugdrake によって"
-"すぐに適用されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"transfugdrake の開始後にこのツールとインポート項目についての幾つかの説明を含"
-"んだ最初のウィザード ページが表示されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"解説を読んで理解したら、すぐに<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンを押します。こ"
-"れは<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> の検出を実行するで"
-"しょう。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"検出の段階が完了すると、インポート手順のために <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> と Mageia のアカウントを選択できるページが表示されま"
-"す。自分のユーザ アカウント以外を選択することもできます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"移行アシスタント (transfugdrake のバックエンド) の制約により <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> の特別なシンボルのあるユーザ アカウ"
-"ント名が正しく表示されない可能性があるということを考慮してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"移行にはドキュメントのフォルダのサイズによってしばらく時間がかかるかもしれま"
-"せん。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"幾つかの <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> アプリケーショ"
-"ン (特にドライバ) は異なる目的のユーザ アカウントを作成する場合があります。例"
-"えば、<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> の NVidia ドライバ"
-"は <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> を用いて更新されます。このようなアカウン"
-"トはインポートの目的で使用しないでください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"アカウントの選択を終えた後は<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンを押します。次の"
-"ページはドキュメントをインポートする方法を選択するのに用いられます:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake は <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> のデータ"
-"を<emphasis>マイ ドキュメント</emphasis>, <emphasis>マイ ミュージック</"
-"emphasis>, <emphasis>マイ ピクチャ</emphasis> フォルダからインポートするよう"
-"に設計されています。このウィンドウでは適切な項目を選択することでインポートを"
-"スキップすることも可能です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"ドキュメントのインポート方法の選択が完了したら、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボ"
-"タンを押します。次のページはブックマークをインポートする方法を選択するのに用"
-"いられます:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake は <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> や <emphasis>Mozilla "
-"Firefox</emphasis> のブックマークを Mageia の <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</"
-"emphasis> にインポートすることができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"お好みのインポート項目を選択して<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンを押します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "次のページではデスクトップの背景をインポートできます:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "お好みの項目を選択して<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンを押します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"ウィザードの最終ページでは幾つかのおめでとうメッセージが表示されます。そのま"
-"ま<guibutton>完了</guibutton>ボタンを押します。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "ユーザとグループ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</"
-"emphasis> を root として入力します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"このツール<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> は Mageia コントロール セ"
-"ンターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">システム</emphasis> タブで見つかり、\"システ"
-"ムのユーザを管理\" と書かれています。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"このツールは管理者がユーザとグループを管理できるようにし、これはユーザやグ"
-"ループの追加と削除およびユーザやグループの設定 (ID, シェルなど) の変更を意味"
-"します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"userdrake が開かれているとき、システム上に存在するすべてのユーザは<guibutton>"
-"ユーザ</guibutton> タブに一覧表示され、すべてのグループは<guibutton>グループ"
-"</guibutton> タブに一覧表示されます。両方のタブは同様に動作します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 ユーザを追加</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "このボタンは空の入力欄を複数含んだ新しいウィンドウを開きます:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">フル ネーム</emphasis>は苗字と下の名前のための入力欄"
-"として意図されていますが、別の何かや空白でも問題ありません!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr "入力が必要な欄は<emphasis role=\"bold\">ログイン</emphasis>のみです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">パスワード</emphasis>を設定することは強く推奨されま"
-"す。右には小さな盾があり、これが赤い場合、パスワードは弱く、短すぎるかログイ"
-"ン名に近すぎます。数字, 大文字と小文字のアルファベット, 記号などを使用してく"
-"ださい。盾はパスワードの強度が上がるにつれてオレンジそして緑に変わります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">パスワードを確認</emphasis>の入力欄は意図したものを入"
-"力したことを保証するためのものです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ログイン シェル</emphasis>は追加するユーザによって用"
-"いられるシェルを変更できるドロップ ダウン リストで、選択肢は Bash, Dash, Sh "
-"です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">このユーザ専用のグループを作成</emphasis>は、チェック"
-"した場合に自動的に同名のグループを作成し、新しいユーザだけをそのメンバとしま"
-"す (これは編集できます)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"他の項目は分かりやすいものです。<guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックすると新"
-"しいユーザがすぐに作成されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 グループを追加</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"新しいグループ名のみを入力する必要があり、必要であれば、グループ ID を追加で"
-"指定します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 編集</emphasis> (選択したユーザ)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>ユーザのデータ</guibutton>: ユーザの作成時に指定されたすべてのデー"
-"タを変更することができます (ID は変更できません)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">アカウントの情報</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"最初の項目はアカウントの有効期限を設定するためのものです。この日より後にはロ"
-"グインできません。これは一時的なアカウントで有用です。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"二つめの項目はアカウントをロックするためのもので、アカウントがロックされてい"
-"る限りはログインできません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "アイコンを変更することもできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">パスワードの情報</emphasis>: パスワードの有効期限を設"
-"定でき、これはユーザに自分のパスワードを定期的に変更させます。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">グループ</emphasis>: ここでそのユーザがメンバとなって"
-"いるグループを選択できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"ログイン中のユーザ アカウントを変更している場合、変更は次回のログインまで適用"
-"されません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 編集</emphasis> (選択したグループ)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">グループのデータ</emphasis>: グループ名を変更できま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">グループのユーザ</emphasis>: ここでグループのメンバの"
-"ユーザを選択できます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 削除</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"ユーザかグループを選択し、<emphasis role=\"bold\">削除</emphasis>をクリックし"
-"て削除します。ユーザの場合、ウィンドウが現れてホーム ディレクトリとメール箱も"
-"削除するかを質問します。ユーザ専用のグループが作成されている場合、同様に削除"
-"されます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "空でないグループを削除することもできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 再読み込み</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"ユーザ データベースは Userdrake の外側で変更される可能性があります。このアイ"
-"コンをクリックすると表示を更新します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 ゲスト アカウント</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ゲスト</emphasis>は特別なアカウントです。これは誰かに"
-"対して十分安全にシステムの一時的な使用を許可するように意図されています。ログ"
-"イン名は xguest で、パスワードはなく、このアカウントからシステムに対する変更"
-"は行えません。個人のディレクトリはセッションの終わりに削除されます。このアカ"
-"ウントは既定で有効で、無効にするには、メニューの<guimenu>操作 -> ゲスト アカ"
-"ウントをアンインストール</guimenu>をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "グラフィカル サーバを設定"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> を通常"
-"ユーザとして実行するか <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> を root として入力しま"
-"す。大文字に注意してください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"このツールは Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis role=\"bold\">ハードウェ"
-"ア</emphasis> タブにあります。<emphasis><guilabel>グラフィカル サーバを設定</"
-"guilabel></emphasis>を選択します。<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "これらのボタンでグラフィックの設定を変更することができます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">グラフィック カード</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"現在検出済みのグラフィック カードが表示され、これに合ったサーバが設定済みで"
-"す。このボタンをクリックすると別のサーバに変更します。例えばプロプライエタリ "
-"ドライバを用いたサーバです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"利用可能なサーバは<guilabel>ベンダ</guilabel>でメーカーがアルファベット順に並"
-"んでおり、次にモデルもアルファベット順に並んでいます。自由なドライバは "
-"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> でアルファベット順に並んでいます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"問題がある場合、<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> がほとんどのグラフィック "
-"カードで動作し、お使いのデスクトップ環境で正しいドライバを探したりインストー"
-"ルしたりする時間が得られます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Vesa でさえも動かない場合は、Mageia のインストール時に用いられる "
-"<emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> "
-"を選択します。ただし、解像度やリフレッシュ レートの変更はできません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"自由なドライバを選択した場合、より高機能 (3D エフェクトなど) なプロプライエタ"
-"リ ドライバを使用したいかを訊かれるかもしれません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">モニタ:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"上と同様に、検出済みのモニタが表示されて、ボタンをクリックすると別のものに変"
-"更できます。変更したいモニタが<guilabel>ベンダ</guilabel>の一覧にない場合、"
-"<guilabel>一般</guilabel>の一覧の中で同じ機能を持ったモニタを選択します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">解像度:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"このボタンでは解像度 (ピクセル数) と色深度 (色数) が選択できます。これはこの"
-"画面を表示します:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>色深度を変更すると、複数色のバー"
-"が二つめのボタンの横に現れて、選択された色深度の見え方のプレビューを表示しま"
-"す。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"最初のボタンは現在の解像度を示し、クリックすると他の解像度に変更します。この"
-"一覧はグラフィック カードとモニタが利用可能なすべての選択肢を提供し、"
-"<guilabel>その他</guilabel>をクリックすると他の解像度を設定することができます"
-"が、モニタを破損したり使い心地の悪い設定を選んだりする可能性があることを心に"
-"留めておいてください。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"二つめのボタンは現在の色深度を示し、クリックすると別のものに変更します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"選択された解像度によっては、設定を反映するためにログアウトをしてグラフィカル"
-"環境を再起動する必要があるかもしれません。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">テスト:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"いったん設定が完了したら、OK をクリックする前にテストを行うことを推奨します。"
-"これはグラフィカル環境が動作しない場合に後からよりも今のほうが変更が簡単なた"
-"めです。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"グラフィカル環境が動作しない場合、Alt+Ctrl+F2 を押してテキスト環境を開き、"
-"root としてログインして XFdrake を (大文字を用いて) 入力して XFdrake のテキス"
-"ト版を使用します。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"テストが失敗した場合は終わりまで待ち、動作はしたが結局変更はしたくないという"
-"場合、<guibutton>いいえ</guibutton>をクリックし、問題がなければ <guibutton "
-"role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton> をクリックします。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "追加の設定:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>全体設定</guilabel>: <emphasis>Ctrl-Alt-Backspace を無効にする</"
-"emphasis>がチェックされている場合、Ctrl+Alt+Backspace キーを用いて X サーバを"
-"再起動することはできなくなります。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>グラフィック カードの設定</guilabel>: グラフィック カードによって三"
-"つの特定の機能を有効もしくは無効にできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>起動時のグラフィカル インターフェース</guilabel>: ほとんどの場合、"
-"<emphasis>起動時に自動的にグラフィカル インターフェース (Xorg) を立ち上げる</"
-"emphasis>がチェック済みでブート時にグラフィカル モードに切り替わります。サー"
-"バではチェックを外すこともできます。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>終了</guibutton>ボタンをクリック後、システムは確認の質問を行いま"
-"す。まだすべてを取り消して前の設定のままにするための時間はあり、さもなければ"
-"受け入れます。この場合、新しい設定を有効にするには再ログインを行う必要があり"
-"ます。"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ab804886..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia コントロール センター</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Mageia システムを設定するツール群です</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>本マニュアル内の文章とスクリーンショットは クリエイティブ・コモンズ 表示-継承 3.0 ライセンス <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
-のもとで利用可能です。
-	    </para>
-	    <para>本マニュアルは <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> によって開発された <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> の助けを借りて作られました。
-	    </para>
-            <para>これはボランティアによってその自由な時間の中で書かれたものです。もし本マニュアルの改善を手助けしたいのであれば <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-Team</link> までご連絡をお願いします。</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f6b71bfa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia コントロール センター</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">本マニュアル内の文章とスクリーンショットは クリエイティブ・コモンズ 表示-継承 3.0 ライセンス <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
-のもとで利用可能です。
-	    </para>
-	    <para>本マニュアルは <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> によって開発された <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> の助けを借りて作られました。
-	    </para>
-            <para>これはボランティアによってその自由な時間の中で書かれたものです。もし本マニュアルの改善を手助けしたいのであれば <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-Team</link> までご連絡をお願いします。</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index be5a92c4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">ソフトウェア パッケージの更新</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate もしくは drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> もしくは
-<emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> を root として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis
-role="bold">ソフトウェアの管理</emphasis>タブにあります。</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>動作のために、MageiaUpdate は drakrpm-editmedia
-で更新としてチェックされた幾つかのメディアを必要とします。これらがない場合、それを行うように促されます。</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>このツールは起動直後にインストール済みのパッケージを調べ、リポジトリで利用可能な更新を一覧表示します。これらはすべて自動的にダウンロードとインストールが行われるように既定で選択されます。<guibutton>更新</guibutton>ボタンをクリックすると処理を開始します。</para>
-
-  <para>パッケージをクリックすると、詳しい情報がウィンドウの下半分に表示されます。タイトルの前の<emphasis role="bold">
-></emphasis> はテキストをクリックすると展開できることを意味します。</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>更新が利用できる場合、システム トレイのアプレットがこの赤いアイコン <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject> を表示して警告します。クリックしてユーザのパスワードを入力するだけの操作でも同様にシステムを更新します。</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8de225d9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">グラフィカル サーバを設定</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツールは Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis role="bold">ハードウェア</emphasis>
-タブにあります。<emphasis><guilabel>グラフィカル
-サーバを設定</guilabel></emphasis>を選択します。<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> を通常ユーザとして実行するか
-<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> を root として入力します。大文字に注意してください。</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>これらのボタンでグラフィックの設定を変更することができます。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">グラフィック カード</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>現在検出済みのグラフィック カードが表示され、これに合ったサーバが設定済みです。このボタンをクリックすると別のサーバに変更します。例えばプロプライエタリ
-ドライバを用いたサーバです。</para>
-
-  <para>利用可能なサーバは<guilabel>ベンダ</guilabel>でメーカーがアルファベット順に並んでおり、次にモデルもアルファベット順に並んでいます。自由なドライバは
-<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> でアルファベット順に並んでいます。</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>問題がある場合、<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> がほとんどのグラフィック
-カードで動作し、お使いのデスクトップ環境で正しいドライバを探したりインストールしたりする時間が得られます。</para>
-
-      <para>Vesa でさえも動かない場合は、Mageia のインストール時に用いられる <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> を選択します。ただし、解像度やリフレッシュ レートの変更はできません。</para>
-    </note>自由なドライバを選択した場合、より高機能 (3D エフェクトなど) なプロプライエタリ ドライバを使用したいかを訊かれるかもしれません。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">モニタ:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>上と同様に、検出済みのモニタが表示されて、ボタンをクリックすると別のものに変更できます。変更したいモニタが<guilabel>ベンダ</guilabel>の一覧にない場合、<guilabel>一般</guilabel>の一覧の中で同じ機能を持ったモニタを選択します。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">解像度:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>このボタンでは解像度 (ピクセル数) と色深度 (色数) が選択できます。これはこの画面を表示します:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>色深度を変更すると、複数色のバーが二つめのボタンの横に現れて、選択された色深度の見え方のプレビューを表示します。</para>
-
-  <para>最初のボタンは現在の解像度を示し、クリックすると他の解像度に変更します。この一覧はグラフィック
-カードとモニタが利用可能なすべての選択肢を提供し、<guilabel>その他</guilabel>をクリックすると他の解像度を設定することができますが、モニタを破損したり使い心地の悪い設定を選んだりする可能性があることを心に留めておいてください。</para>
-
-  <para>二つめのボタンは現在の色深度を示し、クリックすると別のものに変更します。</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>選択された解像度によっては、設定を反映するためにログアウトをしてグラフィカル環境を再起動する必要があるかもしれません。</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">テスト:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>いったん設定が完了したら、OK
-をクリックする前にテストを行うことを推奨します。これはグラフィカル環境が動作しない場合に後からよりも今のほうが変更が簡単なためです。</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>グラフィカル環境が動作しない場合、Alt+Ctrl+F2 を押してテキスト環境を開き、root としてログインして XFdrake を
-(大文字を用いて) 入力して XFdrake のテキスト版を使用します。</para>
-    </note>テストが失敗した場合は終わりまで待ち、動作はしたが結局変更はしたくないという場合、<guibutton>いいえ</guibutton>をクリックし、問題がなければ
-<guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton> をクリックします。</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>追加の設定:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>全体設定</guilabel>: <emphasis>Ctrl-Alt-Backspace
-を無効にする</emphasis>がチェックされている場合、Ctrl+Alt+Backspace キーを用いて X
-サーバを再起動することはできなくなります。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>グラフィック カードの設定</guilabel>: グラフィック カードによって三つの特定の機能を有効もしくは無効にできます。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>起動時のグラフィカル インターフェース</guilabel>: ほとんどの場合、<emphasis>起動時に自動的にグラフィカル
-インターフェース (Xorg) を立ち上げる</emphasis>がチェック済みでブート時にグラフィカル
-モードに切り替わります。サーバではチェックを外すこともできます。</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para><guibutton>終了</guibutton>ボタンをクリック後、システムは確認の質問を行います。まだすべてを取り消して前の設定のままにするための時間はあり、さもなければ受け入れます。この場合、新しい設定を有効にするには再ログインを行う必要があります。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ce28f3e4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">WebDAV 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセスする</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-  </footnote> は Mageia コントロール
-センターで見つかり、ネットワーク共有タブの <guilabel>WebDAV
-共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセス</guilabel>と書かれています。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>はじめに</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="https://ja.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> はウェブ
-サーバのディレクトリをローカルにマウントできるようにするためのプロトコルです。これはローカル ディレクトリとして見えます。リモート マシンでは
-WebDAV サーバが動作している必要があります。WebDAV サーバを設定することはこのツールの目的ではありません。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新しいエントリを作成する</title>
-
-    <para>このツールの最初の画面は既に設定済みのエントリがあればそれを表示し、他には<guibutton>新規</guibutton>ボタンがあります。新しいエントリを作成するにはそれを使用します。新しい画面の入力欄にサーバの
-URL を入力します。</para>
-
-    <para>次に幾つかの操作を選択するためのラジオ ボタンのある画面が表示されます。<guibutton>マウント ポイント</guibutton>のラジオ
-ボタンを選択して <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-をクリックして続行します。<guibutton>サーバ</guibutton>は既に設定済みですが、必要があれば修正します。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>リモート ディレクトリの内容はこのマウント ポイントを通してアクセスできるようになります。</para>
-
-    <para>次のステップでは、あなたのユーザ名とパスワードを入力します。幾つかの他のオプションが必要であれば、<guibutton>上級</guibutton>の画面で入力することができます。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>項目<guibutton>マウント</guibutton>ではすぐにマウントを行うことができます。</para>
-
-    <para>ラジオ ボタンの<guibutton>完了</guibutton>で設定を受け入れた後、最初の画面が再度表示され、新しいマウント
-ポイントが一覧に追加されます。<guibutton>終了</guibutton>を選択した後、<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>
-に変更を保存するかどうかを質問されます。リモート
-ディレクトリをブートのたびに利用可能にしたいのであればこの項目を選択してください。設定を一度だけ使用するのであれば、これを保存しないでください。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e422f08..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">ハード ディスクのパーティションを共有する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このシンプルなツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis>
-を root として入力します。</para></footnote> は、管理者であるあなたに対して、ユーザが自分の
-/home のサブ ディレクトリの一部を他の Linux や Windows のオペレーティング
-システムを実行しているコンピュータが存在する可能性のある同一ネットワークのユーザと共有できるようにします。</para>
-
-  <para>これは Mageia コントロール センターで見つかり、ローカル ディスク タブに "ハード ディスクのパーティションを共有" と書かれています。</para>
-
-  <para>はじめに、質問に答えます : "<guilabel>ユーザに一部のディレクトリの共有を許可しますか?</guilabel>"
-すべてのユーザに対して共有しない場合は<guibutton>共有しない</guibutton>を、すべてのユーザに対して共有する場合は<guibutton>すべてのユーザに許可</guibutton>を、ユーザによって異なる場合は<guibutton>カスタム</guibutton>をクリックします。最後の場合においては、自分のディレクトリを共有したいユーザは
-fileshare グループに属していなければならず、これはシステムによって自動的に作られます。これについては後で訊かれます。</para>
-
-  <para><guilabel>OK</guilabel> をクリックすると二番目の画面が現れ、<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> か
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> を選択します。<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> はネットワーク上に Linux
-のオペレーティング システムしかない場合に、<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> はネットワークに Linux と Windows
-の両方のマシンがある場合にクリックし、次に <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-をクリックします。インストールする必要のあるパッケージがあればインストールされます。</para>
-
-  <para>カスタムの項目が選択されていなければ設定はこれで完了です。その場合、追加の画面が現れて Userdrake の実行を促します。このツールはユーザを
-fileshare グループに追加して自分のディレクトリを共有できるようにします。ユーザ タブでは、ユーザをクリックして fileshare
-グループに追加し、<guimenuitem>編集</guimenuitem>をクリックします。グループ タブでは、fileshare
-グループをチェックして <guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックします。Userdrake についての詳しい情報は、<xref
-linkend="userdrake">このページ</xref>を参照してください。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>新しくユーザを fileshare グループに追加する際、変更を反映するためにネットワークを一度切断して再接続する必要があります。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>以降、fileshare グループに所属するユーザは自分のファイル
-マネージャの中でディレクトリを共有するかどうかを選択できるようになりますが、すべてのファイル マネージャにこの機能があるわけではありません。</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 91f4e3b0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">NFS 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセスする</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>はじめに</title>
-
-    <para>このツール<footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote>
-では幾つかの共有ディレクトリを同一マシンのすべてのユーザからアクセス可能であることを示すことができます。これに使用されるプロトコルは NFS
-で、大部分の Linux や Unix
-システムで利用可能です。共有ディレクトリはブート時から前述した通りに利用できるようになります。共有ディレクトリはユーザがファイル
-ブラウザのようなツールで単一のセッションで直接アクセスすることもできます。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>手順</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>サーバを検索</guibutton>を選択するとディレクトリを共有するサーバの一覧を取得します。</para>
-
-    <para>サーバ名の前の > シンボルをクリックすると共有ディレクトリの一覧が表示され、アクセスしたいディレクトリを選択します。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><guibutton>マウント ポイント</guibutton> ボタンが押せるようになり、ディレクトリをマウントする場所を指定する必要があります。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>マウント ポイントを選択した後、これをマウントすることができます。<guibutton>オプション</guibutton>
-ボタンでは幾つかのオプションの確認や変更もできます。ディレクトリをマウントした後は、同じボタンでマウント解除ができます。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><guibutton>完了</guibutton>ボタンで設定を受け入れると、メッセージが表示されて "/etc/fstab の変更を保存しますか?"
-と質問されます。これはネットワークが利用できる場合にこのディレクトリをブートのたびに利用可能にします。新しいディレクトリはその後 Dolphin
-などのお使いのファイル ブラウザで利用できるようになります。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 91f825a4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD 書き込みドライブ</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>
-を root として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターのローカル ディスク
-タブで見つかり、取り外し可能ハードウェア (CD/DVD とフロッピーのドライブのみ) に応じた名前が付けられています。 </para>
-
-  <para>これの目的はお使いの取り外し可能ディスクをマウントする方法を明確にすることです。 </para>
-
-  <para>ウィンドウの上部にはお使いのハードウェアの短い説明と選択済みのマウント
-オプションが表示されています。下部のメニューでこれらを変更します。変更する項目をチェックしたら <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-ボタンを押します。 </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>マウント ポイント</title>
-
-    <para>これをチェックするとマウント ポイントを変更します。既定値は /media/cdrom です。</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>オプション</title>
-
-    <para>多数のマウント オプションがここで選択でき、一覧から直接追加するか<guilabel>上級</guilabel>のサブ
-メニューから追加します。主なものは以下です:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>user は一般ユーザ (root ではない) が取り外し可能ディスクのマウントをできるようにし、このオプションは noexec, nosuid,
-nodev のオプション指定を伴います。ディスクをマウントしたユーザだけがそれをマウント解除できます。 </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 39e436c3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Windows (Samba) 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセスする</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>はじめに</title>
-
-    <para>このツール<footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote>
-では共有ディレクトリを同一マシンのすべてのユーザからアクセスできるようになることを示すことができます。これに使用されるプロトコルは SMB
-で、Windows(R) システムで普及しているものです。共有ディレクトリはブート時から直接利用できます。共有ディレクトリはユーザがファイル
-ブラウザのようなツールで単一のセッションで直接アクセスすることもできます。</para>
-
-    <para>このツールを開始する前に、利用可能なサーバの名前を <xref linkend="drakhosts"/> などで付けておくとよいでしょう。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>手順</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>サーバを検索</guibutton>を選択すると、ディレクトリを共有しているサーバの一覧が得られます。</para>
-
-    <para>サーバ名とその前にある &gt; をクリックすると共有ディレクトリの一覧が表示され、アクセスしたいディレクトリを選択します。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>マウント ポイント</guibutton> ボタンが押せるようになり、ディレクトリをマウントする場所を指定する必要があります。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>マウント ポイントを選択した後、<guimenu>マウント</guimenu>
-ボタンでこれをマウントできます。<guibutton>オプション</guibutton> ボタンでは幾つかのオプションの確認や変更も行えます。</para>
-
-    <para>オプションでは、SMB
-サーバに接続するためのユーザ名とパスワードを指定することができます。ディレクトリをマウントした後は、同じボタンでマウント解除ができます。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>完了 ボタンで設定を受け入れると、メッセージが表示されて "/etc/fstab の変更を保存しますか?"
-と質問されます。これはネットワークが利用できる場合にこのディレクトリをブートのたびに利用可能にします。新しいディレクトリはその後 Dolphin
-などのお使いのファイル ブラウザで利用できるようになります。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fcb9d74f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D デスクトップ効果</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>はじめに</title>
-
-    <para>このツール<footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote> ではお使いのオペレーティング システム上の 3D
-デスクトップ効果を管理できます。3D 効果は既定では無効になっています。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>開始する</title>
-
-    <para>このツールを用いるには、glxinfo パッケージがインストールされている必要があります。このパッケージがインストールされていない場合、drak3d
-を開始できるようにするために事前にそれを行うように促されます。</para>
-
-    <para>drak3d を開始した後、メニュー ウィンドウが表示されます。ここで <guilabel>3D デスクトップ効果なし</guilabel>と
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> のどちらかを選択できます。Compiz Fusion はコンポジット/ウィンドウ
-マネージャの一部で、ハードウェア アクセラレーションによるデスクトップ特殊効果を含んでいます。これを有効にするには <guilabel>Compiz
-Fusion</guilabel> を選択します。</para>
-
-    <para>Mageia をクリーン インストールした後にこのプログラムを初めて使用する場合、Compiz Fusion
-を使用するためにどのパッケージがインストールされている必要があるかを知らせる警告メッセージが表示されます。<guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-ボタンを押すと続行します。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>いったん適切なパッケージがインストールされると、Compiz Fusion が drak3d
-のメニューで選択されていることに気づくでしょう。しかし、変更を反映するにはログアウトした後で再ログインしなければなりません。</para>
-
-    <para>再度ログインした後、Compiz Fusion が有効になります。Compiz Fusion を設定するには、ccsm (CompizConfig
-Settings Manager) ツールのページを参照してください。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>トラブルシューティング</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>ログイン後にデスクトップが表示されない</title>
-
-      <para>Compiz Fusion
-を有効にした後にお使いのデスクトップに再ログインしようとしても何も表示されない場合、お使いのコンピュータを再起動してログイン画面に戻ってください。そうしたら、デスクトップ
-アイコンをクリックして drak3d を選択します。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>ログインすると、お使いのアカウントが管理者として登録されている場合にはパスワードを再度入力するよう促されます。そうでなければ、そのアカウントで管理者ログインを行います。その後ログインの問題の原因となった可能性のある変更を取り消すことができます。</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0cb05705..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">認証</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para></footnote>
-ではこのマシンもしくはネットワークのユーザとして認識できるようにする方法を変更できます。</para>
-
-  <para>既定では、あなたの認証情報はお使いのコンピュータに保存されます。ネットワーク管理者があなたにこれを変更するよう促してその情報を提供した場合にのみこれを変更してください。</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3993773d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">自動ログインを設定する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote>
-は同じユーザが自動的にパスワードなしでそのユーザのデスクトップ環境にログインすることを可能にします。これは自動ログインと呼ばれます。これは一般的にはこのマシンを一人しか使用していないような場合において良い考えです。</para>
-
-  <para>これは Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis
-role="bold">起動</emphasis>タブで見つかり、"自動ログインを設定" と書かれています。</para>
-
-  <para>インターフェースのボタンはとても明白です:</para>
-
-  <para>ブート後に X Window System
-を実行したい場合は、<guibutton>システム開始時にグラフィカル環境を起動する</guibutton>をチェックします。そうでなければ、システムはテキスト
-モードで開始します。その場合でも、グラフィック インターフェースを手動で起動することは可能です。コマンド 'startx' もしくは
-'systemctl start dm' を実行することでこれが行えます。</para>
-
-  <para>最初のボックスがチェックされている場合、他の二つの項目が設定でき、ユーザ (とパスワード)
-を質問するようにし続けたい場合の<guibutton>自動ログインを使わない</guibutton>か、自動ログインが必要である場合の<guibutton>以下のユーザとデスクトップで自動的にログインする</guibutton>のいずれかをチェックします。この場合、<guilabel>既定のユーザ</guilabel>と<guilabel>既定のデスクトップ</guilabel>も指定する必要があります。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 52896389..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">システムの起動を設定する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>BIOS ではなく UEFI のシステムをお使いであれば、ユーザ インターフェースは少しだけ異なり、ブート デバイスは明らかに EFI システム
-パーティション (ESP) となります。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> ではブート オプション (ブート ローダの選択,
-パスワードの設定, 既定の起動項目など) の設定が行えます。</para>
-
-  <para>これは Mageia コントロール センターの起動タブで見つかり、"システムの起動を設定" と書かれています。</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>何をしているのかを正確に分かっていないのであればこのツールを使用しないでください。幾つかの設定を変更するとお使いのマシンが二度と起動しなくなる可能性があります!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>最初のパートは<guilabel>ブート ローダ</guilabel>と呼ばれ、BIOS を使用している場合は、<guibutton>使用するブート
-ローダ</guibutton>を Grub, Grub2, Lilo の中から選択することができ、グラフィカル メニューとテキスト
-メニューも選択できます。これは単に好みの問題で、他に重要なことはありません。また、<guibutton>起動デバイス</guibutton>も設定することができ、ここは上級者以外は変更しないでください。この起動デバイスはブート
-ローダがインストールされた場所で何か変更を行うとお使いのマシンが起動しなくなる可能性があります。</para>
-
-  <para>UEFI システムでは、ブート ローダは <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> となり、これは /boot/EFI
-パーティションにインストールされます。この FAT32 でフォーマットされたパーティションはすべてのインストール済みのオペレーティング
-システムに共通のものです。</para>
-
-  <para>二番目のパートは<guilabel>メイン
-オプション</guilabel>と呼ばれ、<guibutton>既定のイメージが起動するまでの秒数</guibutton>を秒単位で設定できます。この時間だけ、Grub
-や Lilo は起動可能なオペレーティング システムの一覧を表示し、あなたによる選択を促します。どれも選択されない場合、ブート
-ローダはその時間が経過すると既定の項目を起動します。</para>
-
-  <para>三番目で最後のパートは<guibutton>セキュリティ</guibutton>と呼ばれ、ブート
-ローダにパスワードを設定することができます。これは起動時に起動エントリを選択するか設定の変更を行う際にユーザ名とパスワードが訊かれることを意味します。ユーザ名は
-"root" でパスワードはここで選択されたものです。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>上級</guibutton>ボタンでは幾つかの追加の設定が行えます。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>ACPI を有効にする</guibutton>:</para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface)
-は電源管理の標準です。これは使用されていないデバイスを停止することでエネルギーを節約でき、これは APM
-より前に使用されていた方式でした。お使いのコンピュータが ACPI に対応している場合はこのボックスをチェックします。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>SMP を有効にする</guibutton>:</para>
-
-  <para>SMP は Symmetric Multi Processors を表し、これはマルチ コア プロセッサ向けのアーキテクチャです。</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>ハイパー スレッディング対応のプロセッサをお持ちの場合、Mageia はこれを二つのプロセッサとして扱い、SMP を有効にします。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>APIC を有効にする</guibutton> と <guibutton>ローカル APIC
-を有効にする</guibutton>:</para>
-
-  <para>APIC は Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller を表しています。Intel APIC
-システムには二つのコンポーネントが存在し、ローカル APIC (LAPIC) と I/O APIC
-があります。後者は割り込みを管理し、周辺のバスからプロセッサ内の一つ以上のローカル APIC に受信します。これはマルチ プロセッサ
-システムにおいて非常に有用です。幾つかのコンピュータは APIC システムで問題が発生し、フリーズや不正確なデバイス検出 (エラー メッセージ
-"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7") を引き起こすことがあります。この場合、APIC やローカル APIC
-を無効化します。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><guibutton>次へ</guibutton>の画面は選択したブート ローダによって異なります。</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Grub Legacy もしくは Lilo の場合:</para>
-
-      <para>この場合、起動時にすべての選択可能なエントリの一覧を見ることができます。既定の項目はアスタリスクが付いています。メニュー
-エントリの順番を変更するには、上下矢印をクリックして選択された項目を移動します。<guibutton>追加</guibutton>もしくは<guibutton>変更</guibutton>ボタンをクリックした場合、ブート
-ローダのメニューに新しいエントリを追加したり既存の項目を編集したりするための新しいウィンドウが現れます。これらのツールを用いるには、Lilo もしくは
-Grub についてよく知っている必要があります。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para><guilabel>ラベル</guilabel>フィールドは自由に記述でき、ここにはメニューに表示したい内容を記述します。これは Grub の
-"title" コマンドに相当します。例: Mageia3</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>イメージ</guilabel>フィールドはカーネルの名前を含みます。これは Grub の "kernel"
-コマンドに相当します。例えば /boot/vmlinuz です。</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>root</guilabel> フィールドはカーネルが保存されているデバイス名を含みます。これは Grub の "root"
-コマンドに相当します。例えば (hd0,1) です。</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>追加文字列</guilabel>フィールドは起動時にカーネルに渡されるオプションを含みます。</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>デフォルト</guilabel>がチェックされている場合、Grub はこのエントリを既定で起動します。</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>上級</guilabel>と呼ばれる追加の画面では、<guilabel>ビデオ モード</guilabel>,
-<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> ファイル, <guilabel>ネットワーク プロファイル</guilabel> (<xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/> を参照) をドロップ ダウン リストで選択できます。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Grub2 もしくは Grub2-efi の場合 (Legacy モードで既定で用いられるブート ローダと UEFI モード):</para>
-
-      <para>この場合、<guilabel>デフォルト</guilabel>と書かれたドロップ ダウン リストがすべての選択可能なエントリを表示します;
-既定の項目にしたいものをクリックしてください。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para><guilabel>追加文字列</guilabel>フィールドは起動時にカーネルに渡されるオプションを含みます。</para>
-
-      <para>他のオペレーティング システムがインストールされている場合、Mageia はお使いの Mageia
-の起動メニューにそれらを追加しようとします。この動作を望まない場合、<guilabel>他の OS
-がないか調べる</guilabel>のチェックを外してください。</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>上級</guilabel>と呼ばれる追加の画面では、<guilabel>ビデオ
-モード</guilabel>が選択できます。Mageia をブート可能にすることを望まず、他の OS からチェイン
-ロードしたいのであれば、<guilabel>ESP や MBR に書き込まない</guilabel>をチェックして警告を受け入れてください。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>ESP にも MBR にもインストールしないことはそのシステムが他の OS からチェイン ロードされない限り起動できないことを意味します。</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>多くの他のパラメータを設定するには <emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis>
-というツールを用いることができ、Mageia のリポジトリで利用可能です (下記参照)。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 239606d1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia バグ報告ツール</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>通常、このツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakbug</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para></footnote> は Mageia
-のツールがクラッシュしたときに自動的に開始します。しかしながら、バグを報告した後に、このツールが提供する幾つかの情報を確認するためにこれを開始して、得られた情報をそのバグ報告で提供するように頼まれる可能性もあります。</para>
-
-  <para>新しくバグを報告する必要があって、あなたがこれを行ったことがない場合、"報告" ボタンを押す前に<link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">適切にバグを報告するには
-(英語)</link> をお読みください。</para>
-
-  <para>そのバグが既に他の人によって報告されている場合 (drakbug の出力するエラー
-メッセージが同じになる)、あなたも同じバグに遭遇したということをその既存の報告にコメントするのは有用なことです。</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5680c4b0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">ログやシステム情報をバグ報告のために収集する</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para></footnote> はコマンド ライン上でしか開始や使用ができません。</para>
-
-<para>このコマンドの出力はファイルに保存することが推奨されます。例えば <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis> となります。しかし、まずは十分なディスク領域があるかを確認してください:
-このファイルは容易に数 GB の大きさになりえます。</para>
-<note><para>出力は、まず不要な部分を除かないとバグ報告に添付するには遥かに大きすぎます。</para></note>
-  <para>このコマンドはお使いのシステム上の以下の情報を収集します:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>このヘルプが書かれた時点では、このコマンドの出力の "syslog" のパートは空で、これは私たちが systemd
-へ移行したことにまだ対応していないためです。まだこれが空の場合、"syslog" は (root として) <emphasis
-role="bold">journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>
-を実行することで取得できます。ディスク領域が多くない場合、例えば、以下によりログの最後の 5000 行を代わりに得ることができます: <emphasis
-role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis></para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a6ba06c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">日付と時間を管理する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターのシステム
-タブで見つかり、<guilabel>"日付と時刻の設定"</guilabel> と書かれています。幾つかのデスクトップ環境ではシステム
-トレイ内の時計で右クリック / 日付と時刻の調整 ... とすることでも可能です。</para>
-
-  <para>これは非常にシンプルなツールです。</para>
-
-  <para>左上部は、<emphasis role="bold">カレンダー</emphasis>です。上のスクリーンショットでは、日付は 9 月 (左上),
-2012 年 (右上), 2 日 (青色) で日曜日となっています。月 (もしくは年) を 9 月 (もしくは 2012)
-の両側の小さな矢印をクリックするとこれを選択します。日付はその数字をクリックすることで選択します。</para>
-
-  <para>底部は<emphasis role="bold">ネットワーク タイム
-プロトコル</emphasis>の同期で、サーバに同期することで時計を常に合わせ続けることができます。<guilabel>ネットワーク タイム
-プロトコルを有効にする</guilabel>をチェックして最寄りのサーバを選択します。</para>
-
-  <para>右部は<emphasis role="bold">時計</emphasis>です。NTP
-が有効になっている場合は時計を設定するためには役に立ちません。三つのボックスがあり、時分秒が表示されています (スクリーンショットでは 15, 28,
-22)。時計を正しい時刻に設定するには小さな矢印を使用します。フォーマットはここでは変更できません。お使いのデスクトップ環境の設定を参照してください。</para>
-
-  <para>少なくとも、右下部では、<guibutton>タイム ゾーンを変更</guibutton>ボタンをクリックして最寄りの町を一覧から選択することでタイム
-ゾーンを選択します。</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>日付と時刻のフォーマットをこのツールで選択できないとしても、これらはお使いのデスクトップでロケール設定に従って表示されます。</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d06bdd4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">接続を削除する</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>ここでは、ネットワーク インターフェースを削除できます<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> を
-root として入力します。</para></footnote>。</para> 
-    <para>ドロップ ダウン メニューをクリックし、削除したい項目を選択して<emphasis>次へ</emphasis>をクリックします。</para> 
-    <para>ネットワーク インターフェースが正常に削除されたというメッセージが表示されます。</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ff56f261..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,752 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">新しいネットワーク インターフェースを設定する (LAN, ISDN, ADSL など)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>はじめに</title>
-
-    <para>このツール<footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote> ではローカル ネットワークやインターネット
-アクセスの多くの設定を行うことができます。お使いのアクセス プロバイダやネットワーク管理者から幾つかの情報を知っている必要があります。</para>
-
-    <para>お使いのハードウェアやプロバイダに合わせて、設定したい接続の種類を選択します。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新しい有線接続 (イーサネット)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>最初のウィンドウは利用可能なインターフェースを一覧表示します。設定したいものを選択してください。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>ここでは、IP アドレスが自動か手動かを選択します。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>自動 IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>イーサネット/IP の設定</emphasis>: DNS サーバ群が DHCP
-サーバによって指定されるか手動で指定する場合に以下で説明されている通りに選択する必要があります。最後の場合では、DNS サーバ群の IP
-アドレスが設定されている必要があります。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が指定されない場合、既定では
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> という名前が付けられます。ホスト名は、<emphasis>ホスト名を
-DHCP サーバから割り当てる</emphasis>を付けて DHCP サーバから割り当てることもできます。すべての DHCP
-サーバがこのような機能を持っているわけではなく、家庭の ADSL ルータから IP アドレスを取得するためにお使いの PC
-を設定しているのであれば、これができる可能性は低いでしょう。</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>上級ボタンでは以下を指定できます:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>検索ドメイン (DHCP サーバに供給されている通りにアクセスできない場合)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP クライアント</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP タイムアウト</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP から YP サーバを取得 (既定でチェック済み): NIS サーバを指定</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP から NTPD サーバを取得 (時刻の同期)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP によって要求されるホスト名。この項目はクライアントに IP アドレスを割り当てる前にクライアントがホスト名を指定することを DHCP
-サーバが要求する場合にのみ使用してください。この項目は幾つかの DHCP サーバでは処理されません。</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>受け入れた後、すべての接続設定に共通の最後の段階が説明されています: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>手動設定</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>イーサネット/IP の設定</emphasis>: 使用する DNS
-サーバを指定する必要があります。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が指定されない場合、既定では
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> という名前が付けられます。</para>
-
-            <para>住宅のネットワークでは、IP アドレスは通常 <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> のようになり、ネット マスクは
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> で、ゲートウェイや DNS サーバ群はお使いのプロバイダのウェブ
-サイトから得られます。</para>
-
-            <para>上級設定では、<emphasis>検索ドメイン</emphasis>を設定できます。これは通常はあなたのホーム
-ドメインで、言い換えると、お使いのコンピュータが "splash" と呼ばれていて、完全ドメイン名が "splash.boatanchor.net"
-の場合、検索ドメインは "boatanchor.net"
-となります。特に必要というわけではなければ、この設定を定義しなくてもかまいません。繰り返しますが、家庭の ADSL ではこの設定は不要です。</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>次の段階は <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/> で説明されています。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新しい衛星接続 (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>このセクションはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新しいケーブル モデム接続</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>最初のウィンドウは利用可能なインターフェースを一覧表示します。設定したいものを選択してください。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>ここでは、IP アドレスが自動か手動かを選択します。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>認証方式を指定する必要があります:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>なし</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (テルストラで必要) です。この場合ユーザ名とパスワードを提供する必要があります。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>自動 IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>ケーブル/IP 設定</emphasis>: DNS サーバ群が DHCP
-サーバによって指定されるか手動で指定する場合に以下で説明されている通りに選択する必要があります。最後の場合では、DNS サーバ群の IP
-アドレスが設定されている必要があります。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が指定されない場合、既定では
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> という名前が付けられます。ホスト名は、<emphasis>ホスト名を
-DHCP サーバから割り当てる</emphasis>を付けて DHCP サーバから割り当てることもできます。すべての DHCP
-サーバがこのような機能を持っているわけではなく、家庭の ADSL ルータから IP アドレスを取得するためにお使いの PC
-を設定しているのであれば、これができる可能性は低いでしょう。</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>上級ボタンでは以下を指定できます:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>検索ドメイン (DHCP サーバに供給されている通りにアクセスできない場合)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP クライアント</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP タイムアウト</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP から YP サーバを取得 (既定でチェック済み): NIS サーバを指定</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP から NTPD サーバを取得 (時刻の同期)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP によって要求されるホスト名。この項目はクライアントに IP アドレスを割り当てる前にクライアントがホスト名を指定することを DHCP
-サーバが要求する場合にのみ使用してください。この項目は幾つかの DHCP サーバでは処理されません。</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>受け入れた後、すべての接続設定に共通の最後の段階が説明されています: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>手動設定</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>ケーブル/IP 設定</emphasis>: 使用する DNS
-サーバ群を指定する必要があります。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が指定されない場合、既定では
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> という名前が付けられます。</para>
-
-            <para>住宅のネットワークでは、IP アドレスは通常 <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> のようになり、ネット マスクは
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> で、ゲートウェイや DNS サーバ群はお使いのプロバイダのウェブ
-サイトから得られます。</para>
-
-            <para>上級設定では、<emphasis>検索ドメイン</emphasis>を設定できます。これは通常はあなたのホーム
-ドメインで、言い換えると、お使いのコンピュータが "splash" と呼ばれていて、完全ドメイン名が "splash.boatanchor.net"
-の場合、検索ドメインは "boatanchor.net"
-となります。特に必要というわけではなければ、この設定を定義しなくてもかまいません。繰り返しますが、家庭の接続ではこの設定は不要です。</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>次の段階は <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/> で説明されています。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新しい DSL 接続</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>このツールがネットワーク インターフェースを検出した場合、一つを選択してそれを設定するように提案します。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>プロバイダの一覧が提示され、国ごとに分類されます。お使いのプロバイダを選択してください。一覧にない場合、<guilabel>該当なし</guilabel>を選択してお使いのプロバイダが提供する情報を入力します。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>利用可能なプロトコルから一つを選択します:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>手動による TCP/IP 設定</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>アクセスの設定</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>アカウントのログイン (ユーザ名)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>アカウントのパスワード</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(上級) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(上級) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>次の段階は <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/> で説明されています。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新しい ISDN 接続</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>このウィザードは設定するデバイスを質問します:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>手動選択 (内蔵 ISDN カード)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>外付け ISDN モデム</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ハードウェアの一覧が提示され、カテゴリやメーカーによって分類されます。お使いのカードを選択してください。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>利用可能なプロトコルから一つを選択します:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ヨーロッパ以外の全世界向けのプロトコル (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ヨーロッパ向けのプロトコル (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>プロバイダの一覧が提示され、国ごとに分類されます。お使いのプロバイダを選択してください。一覧にない場合、<guilabel>該当なし</guilabel>を選択してお使いのプロバイダが提供する情報を入力します。次にパラメータを求められます:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>接続名</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>電話番号</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ログイン ID</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>アカウントのパスワード</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>認証方法</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>その後、IP アドレスを自動的もしくは手動で取得する場合に選択する必要があります。最後の場合、IP アドレスとサブネット マスクを指定します。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>次の段階は DNS サーバ群のアドレスを自動的もしくは手動で取得する方法を選択することです。手動設定の場合、以下を指定する必要があります:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ドメイン名</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>一番目と二番目の DNS サーバ</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ホスト名が IP
-から設定される場合に選択します。この項目はお使いのプロバイダがそれを受け入れるように設定されていることが確実な場合にのみ選択するものです。</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>次の段階はゲートウェイのアドレスを自動的もしくは手動で取得する方法を選択することです。手動設定の場合、IP アドレスを入力する必要があります。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>次の段階は <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/> で説明されています。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新しい無線接続 (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>最初のウィンドウは利用可能なインターフェースと Windows ドライバ (ndiswrapper)
-を一覧表示します。設定する項目を選択します。ndiswrapper は他の設定方法がうまくいかなかった場合にのみ使用してください。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>この段階では、カードが検出した異なるアクセス ポイントのいずれかを選択します。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>無線カード固有のパラメータがあります:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>動作モード:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>マネージド</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>既存のアクセス ポイントにアクセスします (最も普通です)。</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>アド ホック</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>コンピュータ間の直接の接続を設定します。</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>ネットワーク名 (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>暗号化モード: これはアクセス ポイントがどのように設定されているかによります。</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>この暗号化モードはお使いのハードウェアが対応していれば望ましいものです。</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>幾つかの古いハードウェアはこの暗号化方式しか扱えません。</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>暗号化鍵</para>
-
-            <para>これは通常アクセス ポイントを提供するハードウェアとともに提供されます。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>この段階では、IP アドレスが自動か手動かを選択します。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>自動 IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP の設定</emphasis>: DNS サーバ群が DHCP
-サーバによって指定されるか手動で指定する場合に以下で説明されている通りに選択する必要があります。最後の場合では、DNS サーバ群の IP
-アドレスが設定されている必要があります。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が指定されない場合、既定では
-localhost.localdomain という名前が付けられます。ホスト名は、<emphasis>ホスト名を DHCP
-サーバから割り当てる</emphasis>を付けて DHCP サーバから割り当てることもできます。</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>上級ボタンでは以下を指定できます:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>検索ドメイン (DHCP サーバに供給されている通りにアクセスできない場合)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP クライアント</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP タイムアウト</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP から YP サーバを取得 (既定でチェック済み): NIS サーバ群を指定</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP から NTPD サーバを取得 (時刻の同期)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP によって要求されるホスト名。この項目はクライアントに IP アドレスを割り当てる前にクライアントがホスト名を指定することを DHCP
-サーバが要求する場合にのみ使用してください。この項目は幾つかの DHCP サーバでは処理されません。</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>設定を受け入れた後、すべての接続設定に共通の最後の段階が説明されています: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>手動設定</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP の設定</emphasis>: DNS
-サーバ群を指定する必要があります。ここでは、このコンピュータのホスト名を指定することができます。ホスト名が指定されない場合、既定では
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> という名前が付けられます。</para>
-
-            <para>住宅のネットワークでは、IP アドレスは常に <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> のようになり、ネット マスクは
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> で、ゲートウェイや DNS サーバ群はお使いのプロバイダのウェブ
-サイトから得られます。</para>
-
-            <para>上級設定では、<emphasis>検索ドメイン</emphasis>を設定できます。これはお使いのホスト名の最初の名前、ピリオドより前の部分を除いた形にならなければなりません。</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>次の段階は <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/> で説明されています。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新しい GPRS/Edge/3G 接続</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>このツールが無線インターフェースを検出した場合、一つを選択して設定するよう提案します。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>PIN を訊かれます。PIN が必要ない場合は空のままにしてください。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>このウィザードはネットワークを探します。検出されない場合、<guilabel>該当なし</guilabel>を選択してください。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>プロバイダの一覧が提示され、国ごとに分類されます。お使いのプロバイダを選択してください。一覧にない場合、<guilabel>該当なし</guilabel>を選択してお使いのプロバイダが提供する情報を入力します。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>アクセス設定を提供します。</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>アクセス ポイント名</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>アカウントのログイン (ユーザ名)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>アカウントのパスワード</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>次の段階は <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/> で説明されています。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新しい Bluetooth ダイヤル アップ ネットワーキング接続</title>
-
-    <para>このセクションはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新しいアナログ電話モデム接続 (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>このウィザードは設定するデバイスを質問します:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>手動選択</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>存在する場合、検出済みのハードウェア</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>ポートの一覧が提示されます。お使いのポートを選択してください。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>未インストールの場合、パッケージ <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> のインストールが提案されます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>プロバイダの一覧が提示され、国ごとに分類されます。お使いのプロバイダを選択してください。一覧にない場合、<guilabel>該当なし</guilabel>を選択してお使いのプロバイダが提供する情報を入力します。次にダイヤル
-アップの情報を求められます:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>接続名</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>電話番号</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>ログイン ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>パスワード</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>認証</emphasis>、以下から選択:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>スクリプトを使う認証</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>ターミナルからの認証</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>次の段階は <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/> で説明されています。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>設定の終了</title>
-
-    <para>次の段階では、以下を指定できます:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>ユーザに接続の管理を許可</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>起動時に接続を開始</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>トラフィック アカウンティングを有効にする</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>インターフェースをネットワーク マネージャによって制御可能にする</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>無線接続の場合、<emphasis>アクセス ポイント ローミングを許可</emphasis>ボックスが追加され、信号の強度によって自動的にアクセス
-ポイントを切り替えることを可能にします。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>上級ボタンでは、以下を指定できます:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>メトリック (既定値は 10)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>ネットワーク ホットプラギング</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IPv6 to IPv4 トンネルを有効にする</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>最後の段階では、接続をすぐに開始するかどうかを指定できます。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c61b3c6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">管理者として端末を開く</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> では root
-として直接端末を開くことができます。それ以上の情報は必要ないでしょう。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b24dd93..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">ディスク パーティションを管理する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk もしくは diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>このツール<footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> もしくは
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> を root として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote>
-は非常に強力で、ほんの小さな操作ミスをしたり猫がお使いのキーボードの上で飛び跳ねたりするとパーティション上のすべてのデータを失うことにつながる可能性があり、ハード
-ディスク全体を削除することすらあります。そのため、上記の画面がこのツールの画面の手前に表示されます。続行したいかはっきりしなければ<emphasis>終了</emphasis>をクリックしてください。</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>複数のハード ディスクをお使いの場合、適切なタブ (sda, sdb, sdc など) を選択することで作業したいハード
-ディスクに切り替えることができます。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>ハード ディスクを好みに合わせて調整するために、たくさんの操作が選択できます。ハード
-ディスク全体を消去したり、パーティションを分割もしくは結合したり、それらのサイズを変更したり、ファイル
-システムを変更したり、フォーマットを行ったり、パーティションの中身を見たり:
-すべて行うことができます。底部の<emphasis><guibutton>すべてをクリア</guibutton></emphasis>
-ボタンはディスク全体を消すためのもので、それ以外のボタンはパーティションをクリックした後で右側に見えるようになります。</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>UEFI システムをお使いの場合、"EFI システム パーティション" と呼ばれる小さなパーティションが見え、/boot/EFI
-にマウントされます。これはお使いの異なるオペレーティング システムのブート ローダを含んでいるため、削除しないでください。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>選択したパーティションが下の例のようにマウントされている場合、サイズ変更, フォーマット,
-削除は行えません。これを行えるようにするには先にパーティションをマウント解除しなければなりません。</para>
-
-  <para>パーティションのサイズ変更は右側にしか行えません。</para>
-
-  <para>パーティションの種類を変更する (例えば ext3 を ext4 にする)
-にはそのパーティションを削除後に新しい種類でパーティションを作り直す必要があります。<guibutton
-role="bold">作成</guibutton>ボタンはディスクの空の部分が選択されているときに現れます。</para>
-
-  <para>存在しないマウント ポイントを選択することが可能で、これは自動的に作成されます。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis><guibutton>上級者モード</guibutton></emphasis>を選択すると、下のスクリーンショットから見ることができるように、パーティションのラベル付けのような幾つかの追加の操作が行えるようになります。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e0d9cd16..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">ディスプレイ マネージャの設定</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">ここで<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para></footnote> お使いのデスクトップ環境にログインするためにどのディスプレイ
-マネージャを使用するかを選択できます。お使いのシステムで利用可能な項目だけが表示されます。</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">ほとんどのユーザはログイン画面の見た目の違いしか気づかないでしょう。しかしながら、サポートされる機能にも違いがあります。LXDM は軽量なディスプレイ
-マネージャで、SDDM や GDM はより多くの機能があります。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 86760e66..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">個人用ファイアウォールを設定する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターのセキュリティ
-タブで見つかり、"個人用ファイアウォールの設定" と書かれています。これは "システムのセキュリティ, パーミッション, 監査の設定"
-の最初のタブにあるのと同じツールです。</para>
-
-  <para>Mageia
-には基本的なファイアウォールが既定でインストールされています。すべての外部からの接続は許可されていなければブロックされます。上の最初の画面では、どのサービスに対する外部からの接続の試行を受け入れるかを選択できます。セキュリティのためには
-- ファイアウォールを無効化したいのでなければ、最初のボックス - <guilabel>すべて (ファイアウォールなし)</guilabel>
-をチェックしないでください。そして、必要なサービスだけをチェックしてください。</para>
-
-  <para>開くポート番号を手動で入力することができます。<guibutton>上級</guibutton>をクリックすると新しいウィンドウが開きます。<guilabel>その他のポート</guilabel>のフィールドの中に、以下の例に従って必要なポートを入力します
-:</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : tcp プロトコルのポート 80 を開く</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : udp プロトコルの 24000 から 24010 のすべてのポートを開く</para>
-
-  <para>ポート番号を列挙する場合はスペースで区切ります。</para>
-
-  <para><guilabel>システム
-ログにファイアウォールのメッセージを記録する</guilabel>のボックスがチェックされている場合、ファイアウォールのメッセージはシステム
-ログに保存されます。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>特定のサービス (ウェブやメールのサーバ, ファイル共有など)
-を動かしていない場合、何もチェックしないということは可能で、これはむしろ推奨されます。これはあなたがインターネットに接続することを妨げるものではありません。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>次の画面は対話式ファイアウォールの設定項目を扱います。少なくとも最初の<guilabel>対話式ファイアウォールを使う</guilabel>ボックスがチェックされている場合にこれらの機能は接続の試行を警告するようにできます。二番目のボックスをチェックするとポートがスキャンされたときに警告します
-(お使いのマシンに侵入しようとしてどこかで失敗したのを見つけるため)。三番目以降の各ボックスはあなたが最初の二つの画面で開いたポートに対応しています;
-下のスクリーンショットでは、そのようなボックスが二つあります: SSH server と 80:150/tcp
-です。これらをチェックすると、これらのポートの接続が試行されるたびに警告します。</para>
-
-  <para>これらの警告はネットワーク アプレットを通して警告ポップアップで表示されます。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>最後の画面では、どのネットワーク インターフェースがインターネットに接続していて保護されなければならないかを選択します。OK
-ボタンをクリックすると、必要なパッケージがダウンロードされます。</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>どれを選択するか分からない場合、MCC の ネットワーク タブ内を見てください。新しいネットワーク インターフェースを設定のアイコンです。</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5daf7542..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">フォントの管理, 追加, 削除と Windows(TM) フォントのインポート</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis
-role="bold">システム</emphasis>
-タブにあります。これはこのコンピュータで利用できるフォントの管理を可能にします。上のメイン画面は以下を表示しています:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>インストール済みのフォントの名前, スタイル, サイズ。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>選択されたフォントのプレビュー。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>ここで後述する幾つかのボタン。</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Windows のフォントをインポート: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>このボタンは Windows のパーティション上で見つかったフォントを自動的に追加します。このためには Microsoft Windows
-がインストールされていなければなりません。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">オプション:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>フォントを使用できるようにするアプリケーションやデバイス (主にプリンタ) が指定できます。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">アンインストール:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>このボタンはインストール済みのフォントを削除したり幾らかの領域を節約したりするためのものです。フォントの削除はこれらを使用しているドキュメントに重大な結果をもたらす可能性があるため、注意して行ってください。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">インポート:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>サード パーティ (CD, インターネットなど) からフォントを追加できます。サポートされる形式は ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm,
-gsf です。<emphasis role="bold">インポート</emphasis> ボタンをクリックして<emphasis
-role="bold">追加</emphasis>をクリックすると、ファイル
-マネージャが現れてインストールするフォントの場所を選択できます。完了したら<emphasis
-role="bold">インストール</emphasis>をクリックします。これらは /usr/share/fonts フォルダにインストールされます。</para>
-
-  <para>新しくインストール (もしくは削除) されたフォントが Drakfont
-のメイン画面に現れない場合、変更を確かめるためにこれを閉じた後で開き直してください。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2639c95b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">ペアレンタル コントロール</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターのセキュリティ
-タブで見つかり、<guilabel>ペアレンタル コントロール</guilabel>と書かれています。これが見えない場合、drakguard
-パッケージをインストールする必要があります (既定ではインストールされません)。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>説明</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard はお使いのコンピュータ上のペアレンタル
-コントロールを設定する簡単な方法で、誰が何を行えるかやその時間帯を制限します。Drakguard には三つの有用な機能があります:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>指定ユーザのウェブ アクセスの時間帯を制限します。これは Mageia に組み込まれた shorewall
-ファイアウォールを制御することで実現しています。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>指定ユーザが特定のコマンドを実行するのを妨げ、これらのユーザはあなたが許可したコマンドしか実行できません。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>ウェブ サイトへのアクセスを制限し、手動で定義したブラックリスト/ホワイトリストの両方だけでなく、ウェブ
-サイトの内容による動的な制限も行います。これを実現するために Drakguard はオープンソースな一流のペアレンタル コントロール ブロッカーである
-DansGuardian を使用しています。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>ペアレンタル コントロールを設定する</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>お使いのコンピュータが Ext2, Ext3, ReiserFS のいずれかでフォーマットされたハード ドライブ
-パーティションを含んでいる場合、お使いのパーティションで ACL を設定するように勧めるポップアップが表示されます。ACL は Access
-Control List を表しており、個別のファイルに対するアクセスを特定のユーザに制限することを可能にする Linux カーネルの機能です。ACL
-は Ext4 や Btrfs のファイル システムに組み込まれていますが、Ext2, Ext3, Reiserfs
-のパーティションではオプションによって有効にしなければなりません。この促しに対して 'はい' を選択した場合、drakguard
-はお使いのすべてのパーティションで ACL をサポートするよう設定し、再起動を提案します。</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>ペアレンタル コントロールを有効にする</guibutton>: チェックした場合、ペアレンタル
-コントロールが有効になり、<guilabel>プログラムのブロック</guilabel> タブが操作できるようになります。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>すべてのネットワーク トラフィックをブロック</guibutton>: チェックした場合、ホワイトリスト
-タブの項目以外のすべてのウェブ サイトがブロックされます。チェックしない場合、ブラックリスト タブの項目以外のすべてのウェブ サイトが許可されます。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>ユーザのアクセス</guibutton>:
-左側のユーザはあなたが定義したルールに従ってアクセスが制限されます。右側のユーザはアクセスが制限されません。そのため、このコンピュータを使用している大人のユーザは不便を感じることはありません。左側のユーザを選択して<guibutton>追加</guibutton>をクリックするとこのユーザを許可ユーザとして追加します。右側のユーザを選択して<guibutton>削除</guibutton>をクリックするとこのユーザを許可ユーザから削除します。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>時間制限:</guibutton>
-チェックした場合、インターネットのアクセスは<guilabel>開始</guilabel>時刻と<guilabel>終了</guilabel>時刻の間に制限されます。これ以外の時間帯では完全にブロックされます。</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>ブラックリスト/ホワイトリスト タブ</title>
-
-      <para>上部の最初のフィールドにウェブ サイトの URL を入力して<guibutton>追加</guibutton>ボタンをクリックします。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>プログラムのブロック タブ</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>定義されたアプリケーションをブロックする</guibutton>: 特定のアプリケーションへのアクセスを制限するための ACL
-の使用を有効にします。ブロックしたいアプリケーションのパスを入力します。</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>ブロックの除外ユーザ</guibutton>: 右側に並んでいるユーザは acl によるブロックの対象となりません。</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a8cc2b24..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">他のローカル マシンとインターネット接続を共有する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>原則</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>これはインターネット (2) とローカル ネットワーク (1)
-に接続されたコンピュータ (3) をお持ちの場合に有用です。あなたはインターネットへのアクセスをローカル ネットワーク (1)
-内の他のワークステーション (5) と (6) に提供するゲートウェイとしてコンピュータ (3)
-を使用できます。このために、ゲートウェイには二つのインターフェースがなければなりません; イーサネット カードなどの一つめはローカル
-ネットワークに接続し、二つめ (4) はインターネット (2) に接続していなければなりません。</para>
-
-    <para>最初のステップはネットワークとインターネットへのアクセスが設定されているかを確認することで、<xref
-linkend="draknetcenter"/> に記述されています。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>ゲートウェイ ウィザード</title>
-
-    <para>このウィザード<footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote> は以下に示す一連の流れを提供します:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>このウィザードが少なくとも二つのインターフェースを検出しない場合、これについて警告を行ってネットワークの停止とハードウェアの設定の中止を求めます。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>インターネット接続用に使用しているインターフェースを指定します。ウィザードは自動的にインターフェースのいずれかを提案しますが、あなたはどれが適切なものかを確認するべきです。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Lan アクセス用に使用しているインターフェースを指定します。ウィザードはいずれかの提案も行いますが、それが正しいことを確認してください。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ウィザードは IP アドレス, マスク, ドメイン名のような Lan
-ネットワークのパラメータを提案します。これらのパラメータが実際の設定に適合しているかを確認してください。これらの値を受け入れることが推奨されます。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>コンピュータを DNS サーバとして使用するかどうかを指定します。使用する場合、ウィザードは <code>bind</code>
-がインストールされているかをチェックします。そうでなければ、DNS サーバのアドレスを指定する必要があります。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>コンピュータを DHCP サーバとして使用するかどうかを指定します。使用する場合、ウィザードは <code>dhcp-server</code>
-がインストールされているかをチェックして DHCP のアドレス範囲の開始と終了のアドレスとともにこれを設定するように提案します。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>コンピュータをプロキシ サーバとして使用するかどうかを指定します。使用する場合、ウィザードは <code>squid</code>
-がインストールされているかをチェックして管理者のアドレス (admin@mydomain.com), プロキシ名
-(myfirewall@mydomaincom), ポート (3128), キャッシュ サイズ (100 Mb)
-とともにこれを設定するように提案します。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>最後の段階ではゲートウェイのマシンがプリンタに接続されているかのチェックとこれらの共有が行えます。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>ファイアウォールがアクティブな場合にはこれをチェックする必要性について警告されます。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>クライアントを設定する</title>
-
-    <para>ゲートウェイ マシンを DHCP ありで設定した場合、ネットワーク設定ツール内でアドレスを自動的に (DHCP を用いて)
-取得することを指定するだけでかまいません。パラメータはネットワークに接続する際に取得されます。この方法はクライアントにどのオペレーティング
-システムが使用されていても有効です。</para>
-
-    <para>ネットワークのパラメータを手動で指定しなければならない場合、ゲートウェイとして動作するマシンの IP
-アドレスを入力することで特別にゲートウェイを指定しなければなりません。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>接続の共有を停止する</title>
-
-    <para>Mageia コンピュータ上の接続の共有を停止したい場合、このツールを実行します。これは接続を再設定するか共有を停止するように提案します。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e64adf91..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">ホストの定義</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>お使いのネットワーク上の幾つかのシステムがあなたにサービスを提供しており、かつそれらの IP
-アドレスが固定されている場合、このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote>
-はそれらにアクセスするための名前をより簡単に指定できるようにします。つまり、あなたはその名前を IP アドレスの代わりに使用できます。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>追加</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>このボタンを用いて、新しいシステムに対する名前を追加します。IP アドレス, そのシステムのホスト名,
-任意で名前に同様に使用できるエイリアスを指定するウィンドウが表示されます。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>変更</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>過去に定義したエントリのパラメータにアクセスすることができます。追加時と同じウィンドウが表示されます。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e661631e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">ネットワーク インターフェースとファイアウォールの高度な設定</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>このページはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>
-
-  <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2299cae5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">ネットワーク センター</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターのネットワーク
-タブで見つかり、"ネットワーク センター" と書かれています。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>はじめに</title>
-
-    <para>このツールが起動したときに、このコンピュータで設定されたすべてのネットワークが種類 (有線, 無線, 衛星など)
-によらずに一覧表示されたウィンドウが開きます。いずれかをクリックすると、ネットワークの種類によって三つもしくは四つのボタンが現れ、ネットワークの管理を行って設定や接続/切断を変更できます。このツールはネットワークを作成することを意図してはおらず、このためには
-MCC の同じタブにある<guilabel>新しいネットワーク インターフェースを設定 (LAN, ISDN, ADSL など)</guilabel>
-を参照してください。</para>
-
-    <para>例として、下のスクリーンショットでは、二つのネットワークが見えて、一つめは有線で接続されており、このアイコン <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> で識別でき (このアイコンは未接続のものです <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) 二つめのセクションは無線ネットワークを表示しており、未接続でこのアイコン
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> で識別でき、接続時はこれ <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>
-になります。もう一方のネットワークの種類は、色コードは常に同じで、接続時が緑で未接続時が赤です。</para>
-
-    <para>画面内の無線の部分では、検出されたすべてのネットワークを見ることもでき、<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>,
-<guilabel>信号強度</guilabel>, 暗号化されている (赤) かされていない (緑) か,
-<guilabel>動作モード</guilabel>が表示されます。選択した項目をクリックし<guibutton>監視</guibutton>,
-<guibutton>設定</guibutton>,
-<guibutton>接続</guibutton>のいずれかをクリックします。ここではネットワークから別のネットワークへ移動可能です。プライベートなネットワークが選択された場合、ネットワーク設定ウィンドウ
-(下記参照) は追加の設定 (特に暗号化鍵) を開いて行うことができます。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>更新</guibutton>をクリックすると画面を更新します。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>監視ボタン</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>このボタンではダウンロード (PC に向かう方向, 赤) やアップロード (インターネットに向かう方向, 緑)
-のネットワーク活動を監視できます。同じ画面が<guimenu>システム トレイのインターネット アイコン ->
-ネットワークを監視</guimenu>を右クリックすることで利用できます。</para>
-
-    <para>各ネットワーク (ここで eth0 は有線ネットワーク, lo はローカルのループバック, wlan0 は無線ネットワークです)
-ごとにタブがあり、加えて接続の状態についての詳細を表示する接続タブがあります。</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>ウィンドウ底部に<guilabel>トラフィック アカウンティング</guilabel>という見出しがあり、次のセクションで扱います。</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>設定ボタン</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - 有線ネットワーク</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>ネットワークの作成時に設定されたすべての項目が変更可能です。ほとんどの場合、<guibutton>IP を自動設定</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> で動作しますが、問題があれば、手動で設定するとより良い結果になるかもしれません。</para>
-
-    <para>住宅のネットワークでは、<guilabel>IP アドレス</guilabel>は常に 192.168.0.x のようになり、<guilabel>ネット
-マスク</guilabel>は 255.255.255.0 で、<guilabel>ゲートウェイ</guilabel>や <guilabel>DNS
-サーバ群</guilabel>はお使いのプロバイダのウェブ サイトから得られます。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>トラフィック アカウンティングを有効にする</guibutton>にチェックした場合、通信量を一時間, 一日,
-一ヶ月単位でカウントします。結果は前のセクションで詳述したネットワーク
-モニタで見ることができます。これを有効にすると、ネットワークに再度接続する必要があるかもしれません。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">インターフェースをネットワーク マネージャによって制御可能にする:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>このセクションはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>上級ボタン:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>このセクションはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - 無線ネットワーク</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>既に上で見えている項目以外についてのみを説明します。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">動作モード:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>アクセス ポイントを通して接続している場合は<guilabel>マネージド</guilabel>を選択します。検出された <emphasis
-role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> が表示されます。ピア ツー ピア ネットワークの場合は<guilabel>アド
-ホック</guilabel>を選択します。お使いのネットワーク カードをアクセス ポイントとして用いる場合は<emphasis
-role="bold">マスター</emphasis>を選択し、お使いのネットワーク カードはこのモードに対応している必要があります。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">暗号化モードと暗号化鍵:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>プライベートなネットワークの場合、これらの設定を把握している必要があります。</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> はパスワードを使用し、パスフレーズを用いる WPA よりも弱いです。<guilabel>WPA
-事前共有鍵</guilabel>は WPA パーソナルや WPA ホームとも呼ばれます。<guilabel>WPA
-エンタープライズ</guilabel>はプライベートなネットワークではあまり使われません。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">アクセス ポイント ローミングを許可</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>ローミングはネットワークに接続したままコンピュータがアクセス ポイントを変更できるようにする技術です。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>上級ボタン:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>このページはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>上級設定ボタン</title>
-
-    <para>このセクションはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f8b55b7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">ネットワーク プロファイルを管理する</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>このページはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>
-
-  <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b210e29..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">NFS を使ってドライブ/ディレクトリを共有する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>要件</title>
-
-    <para>このウィザード<footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote>
-は初回時に実行され、以下のメッセージを表示する可能性があります:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>パッケージ nfs-utils が必要です。インストールしますか?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>インストールの完了後、空の一覧のあるウィンドウが表示されます。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>メイン ウィンドウ</title>
-
-    <para>共有ディレクトリの一覧が表示されています。この段階では、一覧は空です。<guibutton>追加</guibutton>ボタンを押すと設定ツールを使用できます。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>エントリを変更</title>
-
-    <para>この設定ツールは "エントリを変更"
-と書かれています。これは<guibutton>変更</guibutton>ボタンで起動することもできます。以下のパラメータが利用できます。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS ディレクトリ</title>
-
-      <para>ここで共有するディレクトリを指定することができます。<guibutton>ディレクトリ</guibutton>
-ボタンを押すとこれを選択するダイアログを使用できます。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>ホスト アクセス</title>
-
-      <para>ここでは共有ディレクトリにアクセス可能なホストを指定できます。</para>
-
-      <para>NFS クライアントは様々な方法で指定することができます:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>単一ホスト</emphasis>: リゾルバによって認識される省略名で、完全修飾ドメイン名もしくは IP アドレスです</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>ネット グループ</emphasis>: NIS ネット グループを @group として指定できます</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>ワイルド カード</emphasis>: マシン名にワイルド カード文字 * と ? を含めることができます。例えば:
-*.cs.foo.edu はドメイン cs.foo.edu のすべてのホストと合致します</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP ネットワーク</emphasis>:  IP (サブ)
-ネットワーク上のすべてのホストに同時にディレクトリをエクスポートすることもできます。例えば、`/255.255.252.0' もしくは `/22'
-をネットワークのベース アドレスに追加します。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>ユーザ ID マッピング</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>root ユーザを匿名としてマップ</emphasis>: uid/gid 0 からの要求を匿名 uid/gid にマップします
-(root_squash)。クライアントの root ユーザからはサーバ自体の root によって作成されたサーバ上のファイルは読み書きできません。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>実リモート root アクセスを許可</emphasis>: root
-のマッピングを無効にします。この項目は主にディスクのないクライアントで有用です (no_root_squash)。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>すべてのユーザを匿名ユーザにマップ</emphasis>: すべての uid と gid を匿名ユーザにマップをします
-(all_squash)。NFS でエクスポートされた公開 FTP ディレクトリやニュース スプール
-ディレクトリなどで有用です。既定の設定はこれと反対のユーザ ID マッピングなし (no_all_squash) です。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid と anongid</emphasis>: 匿名アカウントの uid と gid を明示的に指定します。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>上級オプション</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>安全な接続</emphasis>: この項目はリクエストが IPPORT_RESERVED (1024) 未満のインターネット
-ポートから起こることを要求します。この項目は既定で有効です。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>読み込み専用の共有</emphasis>: 読み込みのみか読み書き両方の要求をこの NFS ボリュームで許可します。既定ではファイル
-システムを変更する要求は許可しません。これはこの項目を用いることでも明示できます。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>同期アクセス</emphasis>: NFS サーバが NFS
-プロトコルに違反することを防ぎ、要求に対してこれらの要求が安定したストレージ (例 ディスク ドライブ)
-に渡されることによるいかなる変更が行われるよりも前に応答を行います。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>サブ ツリーのチェック</emphasis>: サブ
-ツリーのチェックを有効にし、これは幾つかの場合においてセキュリティを向上させる助けとなりますが、信頼性を低下させる可能性があります。詳しくは
-exports(5) の man ページを参照してください。</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>メニュー エントリ</title>
-
-    <para>今のところ、一覧には少なくとも一つのエントリがあります。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>ファイル|設定を書き込む</title>
-
-      <para>現在の設定を保存します。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS サーバ|再起動</title>
-
-      <para>サーバを停止した後、現在の設定ファイルを用いて再起動します。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS サーバ|再読み込み</title>
-
-      <para>表示されている設定は現在の設定ファイルから再読み込みされます。</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f7b3752..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">プロキシ</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>インターネットにアクセスするためにプロキシ サーバを用いることが必要な場合、このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote>
-を用いて設定することができます。あなたのネットワークの管理者はあなたが必要とする情報を提供してくれるでしょう。例外によりプロキシなしでアクセス可能な幾つかのサービスを指定することもできます。</para>
-
-  <para>2012-09-24 時点の Wikipedia のプロキシ サーバの記事より: コンピュータ ネットワークでは、プロキシ
-サーバは他のサーバからリソースを探しているクライアントからの要求を仲介する者として動作するサーバ (コンピュータ システムもしくはアプリケーション)
-です。クライアントはプロキシ サーバに接続し、ファイル, 接続, ウェブ ページ,
-異なるサーバから利用できる他のリソースといった幾つかのサービスを要求します。プロキシ
-サーバは要求の複雑さを簡単にしたりコントロールしたりする方法として評価します。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 14ff69de..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">メディアを設定する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>インストール後に最初に行うことはソフトウェアのソース (リポジトリ, メディア, ミラーとも呼ばれます)
-を追加することです。これはパッケージやアプリケーションをインストールしたり更新したりするのにメディア ソースを選択しなければならないことを意味します
-(下の追加ボタンを参照してください)。</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Mageia を光学メディア (DVD もしくは CD) や USB デバイスを用いてインストール (もしくはアップグレード)
-する場合、その光学メディアがソフトウェア
-ソースとして設定されます。新しいパッケージをインストールする際にメディアを挿入するように指示されるのを避けるには、このメディアを無効化 (もしくは削除)
-したほうがよいでしょう (これはメディアの種類が CD-Rom となります)。</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>あなたのシステムは 32-bit (i586 と呼ばれます) もしくは 64-bit (x86_64 と呼ばれます)
-の可能性があるアーキテクチャのもとで動作しています。幾つかのパッケージはお使いのシステムが 32-bit か 64-bit かに依存しません; これらは
-noarch のパッケージと呼ばれます。これらはミラー上に自身の noarch ディレクトリを持ちませんが、i586 と x86_64
-の両方のメディア内にすべて存在します。</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>このツールは Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis
-role="bold">ソフトウェアの管理</emphasis>タブにあります。<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> を
-root として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">コラム</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>有効:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>チェックしたメディアは新しいパッケージをインストールするために使用されます。Testing や Debug
-のような幾つかのメディアには気をつけてください、これらはお使いのシステムを使えなくしてしまうかもしれません。</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>更新:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>チェックしたメディアはパッケージを更新するために使用され、これは有効にしなければなりません。"Update"
-と名前にあるものだけを選択してください。セキュリティ上の理由により、このコラムはこのツールからは変更できず、root として端末を開いて
-<emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis> と入力しなければなりません。</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>メディア:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>メディアの名前が表示されます。Mageia の正式リリース版の公式リポジトリは少なくとも以下を含んでいます:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> Mageia によってサポートされるほとんどのプログラムを含んでいます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> 自由ではない幾つかのプログラムを含んでいます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis>
-自由なソフトウェアですが、幾つかの国において特許クレームが存在する可能性があります。</para>
-
-        <para>各メディアには 4 つのサブ セクションがあります:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> このバージョンの Mageia が公開された時点のパッケージです。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis>
-リリースの後でセキュリティやバグの関係で更新されたパッケージです。このメディアはインターネット接続が非常に低速な場合であっても全員が有効にするべきです。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> Cauldron (次期開発版)
-からバックポートされた幾つかのパッケージです。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> 新しい更新の一時的なテストのために用いられ、これにより、バグ報告者や
-QA チームは修正を検証することができます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">右側のボタン</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>削除:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>メディアを削除するには、それをクリックしてからこのボタンをクリックします。インストールに使用したメディア (CD や DVD など)
-は、その中のすべてのパッケージが公式の Core release メディアに含まれるため、削除するのが賢明です。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>編集:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>選択されたメディアの設定を変更できます (URL, ダウンローダ, プロキシ)。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>追加:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>インターネットで利用可能な公式リポジトリを追加します。これらのリポジトリは、安全でよくテストされたソフトウェアしか含んでいません。"追加"
-ボタンをクリックするとあなたの設定をミラーの一覧に追加し、これは最寄りのミラーからインストールや更新を確実に行うように設計されています。特定のミラーを選択する場合、ドロップ
-ダウンの "ファイル" メニューから "ミラーの一覧からメディアを追加" を選択することで追加します。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>上下矢印:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>一覧の順番を変更します。Drakrpm
-がパッケージを探す際、これは表示されている順番で一覧を読み込み、同一のリリース番号で最初に見つかったパッケージをインストールします -
-バージョンが一致しない場合には、最新のリリースがインストールされます。そのため、可能であれば、最も速いリポジトリを一番上に配置してください。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">メニュー</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>ファイル -> 更新:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>メディア一覧のウィンドウが現れます。更新したい項目を選択して<guibutton>更新</guibutton>ボタンをクリックします。</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>ファイル -> ミラーの一覧からメディアを追加:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>遅すぎたり頻繁に利用不能になったりという理由で現在のミラーに満足していないと仮定して、別のミラーを選択することができます。現在のすべてのミラーを選択して<guibutton>削除</guibutton>をクリックしてこれらを取り除きます。<guimenu>ファイル
--> ミラーの一覧からメディアを追加</guimenu>をクリックし、更新のみか完全なセットかを選択
-(分からなければ、<guibutton>完全なソース</guibutton>を選択してください)
-し、<guibutton>はい</guibutton>をクリックすることで受け入れます。このウィンドウが開きます:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>左側に国の一覧が見えるので、あなたのいる国かそれに非常に近い項目を >
-のシンボルをクリックすることで選択すると、その国で利用可能なすべてのミラーが表示されます。いずれかを選択して
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックします。</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>ファイル -> カスタム メディアを追加:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Mageia にサポートされていない新しいメディア (サード パーティなど) をインストールすることができます。新しいウィンドウが現れます:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>メディアの種類を選択し、そのメディアをよく表している上手な名前を探して
-URL (もしくは、メディアの種類によってはパス名) を指定します。</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>オプション -> 共通オプション:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>この項目ではいつ "インストールする RPM の署名を確認" するか (常に行う, 行わない), ダウンロード プログラム (curl, wget,
-aria2), パッケージ情報のダウンロード ポリシーの定義 (必要に応じて行う -既定-, 更新のみ行う, 常に行う, 行わない) を選択できます。</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>オプション -> 鍵を管理:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>高レベルのセキュリティを保証するために、メディアの認証に電子鍵が使用されます。メディアごとに鍵の許可と不許可を設定できます。現れるウィンドウの中で、メディアを選択して<guibutton>追加</guibutton>をクリックすると新しい鍵を許可でき、鍵を選択して<guibutton>削除</guibutton>をクリックするとその鍵を不許可にできます。</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>これはすべてのセキュリティ関係の事柄と同様、慎重に行ってください。</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>オプション -> プロキシ:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>インターネットにアクセスするのにプロキシ
-サーバが必要な場合、ここで設定できます。<guibutton>プロキシのホスト名</guibutton>と、必要であれば<guilabel>ユーザ名</guilabel>と<guilabel>パスワード</guilabel>を入力するだけです。</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>メディアの設定についての詳細は、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">Mageia Wiki
-のページ</link>を参照してください。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d86de77..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">ディレクトリやドライブを Samba で共有する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>はじめに</title>
-
-    <para>Samba は異なるオペレーティング
-システム間でディレクトリやプリンタのようなリソースを共有するのに用いられるプロトコルです。このツールではこのマシンを SMB/CIFS
-プロトコルを用いる Samba サーバとして設定することができます。このプロトコルは Windows(R) でも用いられており、この OS
-のワークステーションは Samba サーバのリソースにアクセスすることができます。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>準備</title>
-
-    <para>他のワークステーションからアクセスされるためには、サーバは固定 IP アドレスを持つ必要があります。これはサーバ上で <xref
-linkend="draknetcenter"/> などによって直接指定でき、もしくは MAC アドレスでワークステーションを識別する DHCP
-サーバでは常に同じアドレスを提供します。また、ファイアウォールが Samba サーバへの外部からの要求を許可する必要もあります。</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>ウィザード - スタンドアロン サーバ</title>
-
-    <para>初回実行時、このツール群 <footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote>
-は必要なパッケージがインストール済みかをチェックし、まだない場合にはインストールするように提案します。その後 Samba
-サーバの設定ウィザードが起動します。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>次のウィンドウで、スタンドアロン サーバの設定オプションは既に選択されています。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>次にワークグループ名を指定します。この名前は共有リソースへのアクセスのために同じものにしてください。</para>
-
-    <para>netbios 名はネットワーク上でサーバを示す名前です。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>セキュリティ モードを選択します:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>ユーザ</guilabel>: クライアントはリソースにアクセスするために認証しなければなりません</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>共有</guilabel>: クライアントは各共有ごとに別々に認証を行います</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>リソースにアクセスできるホストを IP アドレスもしくはホスト名で指定できます。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>サーバのバナーを指定します。バナーはこのサーバを Windows ワークステーション内で説明する方法です。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Samba が情報を記録可能な場所は次のステップで指定できます。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>設定を受け入れる前に、ウィザードは選択されたパラメータの一覧を表示します。受け入れた場合、設定は
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> に書き込まれます。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>ウィザード - プライマリ ドメイン コントローラ</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>"プライマリ ドメイン コントローラ"
-が選択されている場合、ウィザードは Wins をサポートするかどうかと管理者ユーザの名前を指定するよう求めます。これに続いて、スタンドアロン
-サーバと同様のステップが続きますが、セキュリティ モードを選択できる点が異なります:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>ドメイン</guilabel>: すべてのユーザとグループのアカウントを中央の共有されたアカウント
-リポジトリに格納する仕組みを提供します。この集中アカウント リポジトリは (セキュリティ) コントローラ間で共有されます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>ディレクトリを共有する</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>追加</guibutton>ボタンを押すと、以下のダイアログが現れます:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>新しいエントリがこのように追加されます。これは<guibutton>変更</guibutton>ボタンで変更することができます。ディレクトリが全員に見えるようにするかどうかや、書き込み可能や閲覧可能といった項目が編集できます。共有名は変更できません。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>メニュー エントリ</title>
-
-    <para>一覧に一つ以上のエントリがあるときに、メニューのエントリが使用できます。</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>ファイル|設定を書き込む</title>
-
-      <para>現在の設定を <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> に保存します。</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba サーバ|設定</title>
-
-      <para>このコマンドにより、ウィザードを再度実行できます。</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba サーバ|再起動</title>
-
-      <para>サーバを停止した後、現在の設定ファイルを用いて再起動します。</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba サーバ|再読み込み</title>
-
-      <para>表示されている設定は現在の設定ファイルから再読み込みされます。</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>プリンタの共有</title>
-
-    <para>Samba はプリンタを共有することもできます。</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba のユーザ</title>
-
-    <para>このタブでは、認証が必要な場合に共有リソースにアクセス可能なユーザを追加できます。ユーザは <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject> から追加できます。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7eed1de1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Mageia ツールの認証を設定する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis
-role="bold">セキュリティ</emphasis> タブにあります。</para>
-
-  <para>これは通常管理者によって行われる処理を通常のユーザが行うために必要な権限を与えます。</para>
-
-  <para>展開したい項目の左にある小さな矢印をクリックします:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Mageia コントロール センターの中で利用できるツールのほとんどがウィンドウの左側に表示され
-(上のスクリーンショットを参照)、各ツールには右側にドロップ ダウン リストがあり、以下の選択肢があります:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>既定: 起動モードは選択されたセキュリティ レベルによって決まります。MCC の同じタブのツール "システムのセキュリティ, パーミッション,
-監査の設定" を参照してください。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>ユーザのパスワード: ツールが起動する前にユーザのパスワードを訊かれます。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>root のパスワード: ツールが起動する前に root のパスワードを訊かれます。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>パスワードなし: パスワードを訊かれずにツールが起動します。</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d8c377e6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">スナップショット</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> を
-root として入力します。</para></footnote> は MCC の<guilabel>システム</guilabel>
-タブの<guilabel>管理ツール</guilabel>セクションで利用できます。</para>
-  <para>MCC 内のこのツールを最初に開始する際、draksnapshot
-のインストールについてのメッセージが表示されます。続行するには<guibutton>インストール</guibutton>をクリックします。Draksnapshot
-と幾つかの他の必要なパッケージがインストールされます。</para>
-
- <para><guilabel>スナップショット</guilabel>を再度クリックすると、<guilabel>設定</guilabel>画面が表示されます。<guilabel>バックアップを有効にする</guilabel>にチェックし、システム全体をバックアップしたい場合は、<guilabel>システム全体をバックアップ</guilabel>にチェックします。</para>
-  <para>あなたのディレクトリの一部だけをバックアップしたい場合、<guilabel>上級</guilabel>を選択します。小さなポップアップ画面が現れます。バックアップ対象のディレクトリやファイルの追加や削除をするには<guilabel>バックアップの一覧</guilabel>の隣にある<guibutton>追加</guibutton>と<guibutton>削除</guibutton>のボタンを使用します。<guilabel>除外</guilabel>の一覧の隣にある同様のボタンはサブ
-ディレクトリや中のファイルを除外するのに使用し、これらはバックアップには含まれ<emphasis
-role="bold">ません</emphasis>。完了したら<guibutton>閉じる</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-	  <para>今度は<guilabel>バックアップ先</guilabel>のパスを指定するか、<guibutton>参照</guibutton>ボタンで正しいパスを選択します。マウント済みの
-USB キーや外部 HD は <emphasis role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>
-の中で見つかります。
-  </para>
-  <para><guibutton>適用</guibutton>をクリックするとスナップショットを作成します。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c6366b68..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">サウンドの設定</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>このツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para></footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis
-role="bold">ハードウェア</emphasis> タブにあります。</para>
-  <para>Draksound はサウンド設定, PulseAudio の設定, トラブルシューティングを処理します。サウンドの問題に直面したときやサウンド
-カードを変更したいときに助けになるでしょう。</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> はサウンド
-サーバです。これはすべてのサウンド入力を受け取り、ユーザ設定に従ってそれらを合成し、処理済みのサウンドを出力先に送り出します。設定を行うには<guimenu>メニュー
--> サウンドとビデオ -> PulseAudio 音量調節</guimenu>を参照してください。</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio は既定のサウンド サーバで、有効のままにしておくことが推奨されます。</para>
-  <para><guilabel>グリッチ フリー</guilabel>は幾つかのプログラムで PulseAudio
-の動作を改善します。これも有効のままにしておくことが推奨されます。</para>
-  <para><guibutton>トラブルシューティング</guibutton>
-ボタンは起こりうる問題を修正する上での助けとなる情報を提供します。コミュニティに助けを求めて質問する前にこれを試すと役に立つでしょう。</para>
-  <para><guibutton>上級</guibutton>ボタンは分かりやすいボタンのあるウィンドウを表示します。</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ddfe7cbe..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">電源管理のための UPS を設定する</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>このページはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>   
-
-
-  <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakups</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bf075116..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">セキュアなネットワーク アクセスのために VPN 接続を設定する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>はじめに</title>
-
-    <para>このツール<footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote>
-ではローカルのワークステーションとの間にトンネルを確立するリモートのネットワークへのセキュアなアクセスを設定できます。ここではワークステーション側の設定についてのみを扱います。リモートのネットワークは既に稼働しており、ネットワーク管理者から
-.pcf 設定ファイルのような接続情報を提供されているということを前提としています。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>設定</title>
-
-    <para>はじめに、お使いの仮想プライベート ネットワークで用いられているプロトコルに合わせて Cisco VPN Concentrator か OpenVPN
-のいずれかを選択します。</para>
-
-    <para>次にお使いの接続に名前を付けます。</para>
-
-    <para>次の画面で、お使いの VPN 接続に対して詳細な設定を行います。</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Cisco VPN の場合</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>openvpn の場合、このツールが最初に使用されたときに openvpn パッケージとその依存パッケージがインストールされます。</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>ネットワーク管理者から受け取ったファイルを選択します。</para>
-
-        <para>上級パラメータ:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>次の画面ではゲートウェイの IP アドレスを訊かれます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>パラメータを設定したら、VPN 接続を開始する項目が現れます。</para>
-
-    <para>この VPN 接続はネットワーク接続と同時に自動的に開始するように設定することができます。これを行うには、この VPN
-へ常に接続されるようにネットワーク接続を再設定します。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0815b491..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">ウェブ サーバを設定する</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> を
-root として入力します。</para></footnote> はウェブ サーバの設定を手助けできます。
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>ウェブ サーバとは何ですか?</title>
-    <para>
-      ウェブ サーバとはインターネットを通してアクセス可能なウェブ コンテンツを渡すのを助けるソフトウェアのことです。(Wikipedia より)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>drakwizard apache2 でウェブ サーバを設定する</title>
-      <para>
-	ウェブ サーバ ウィザードへようこそ。
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>はじめに</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    最初のページは単なる前書きで、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>サーバの公開範囲を選択します: ローカル ネットおよび/もしくは全世界</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    ウェブ サーバをインターネットに公開することにはリスクがあります。悪いことに備えてください。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>サーバ ユーザ モジュール</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    ユーザが各自のサイトを作成することを許可します。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>ユーザ ウェブ ディレクトリ名</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    ユーザはこのディレクトリを作成して中身をこの中に配置する必要があり、サーバはこれを表示します。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>サーバ ドキュメント ルート</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    ウェブ サーバの既定のドキュメントのパスを設定できます。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>まとめ</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    これらの設定を確認したら、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>完了</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    終わりました! <guibutton>完了</guibutton>をクリックしてください。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b43b65e1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">DNS を設定する</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>このページはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>   
-
-
-  <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 14b59890..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP を設定する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>このツールは Mageia 4 ではネットワーク インターフェースの命名方式が新しくなったことにより正しく動作しません。</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は <acronym>DHCP</acronym>
-サーバの設定を手助けできます。これは drakwizard のコンポーネントで、使用するためには先にそれをインストールする必要があります。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>DHCP とは何ですか?</title>
-
-    <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) は IP
-ネットワークで用いられる標準化されたネットワーク プロトコルで、IP
-アドレスやインターネット接続に必要な他の情報を動的に設定します。(Wikipedia より)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>drakwizard dhcp で DHCP サーバを設定する</title>
-
-    <para>DHCP サーバ ウィザードへようこそ。</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>はじめに</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>最初のページは単なる前書きで、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>アダプタを選択する</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>サブ ネットに接続されていて、かつ DHCP で IP アドレスを割り当てるネットワーク
-インターフェースを選択し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>IP の範囲を選択する</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>サーバに提供させたい IP アドレス範囲の開始と終了の IP アドレスを選択し、同時にローカル
-ネットワークの外側、できればインターネットに近いゲートウェイ マシンの IP
-アドレスも指定します。その後<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>まとめ</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>これらの設定を確認したら、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>ちょっと待ってください...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>これは修正が可能です。<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>を数回クリックした後で該当する設定を変更します。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>数時間後...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>行われること</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>必要があればパッケージ dhcp-server をインストール;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> を <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code> に保存;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>
-をもとに以下のパラメータを追加して新しい <code>dhcpd.conf</code> を作成:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Webmin の設定ファイル <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> も変更</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>dhcpd</code> を再起動。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ea763dd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">時刻を設定する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote>
-の目的はお使いのサーバの時刻を外部のサーバと同期させることです。これは既定ではインストールされず、drakwizard と
-drakwizard-base のパッケージをインストールする必要があります。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>drakwizard ntp で NTP サーバを設定する</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>ようこそ画面 (上を参照) の後、二つ目の画面では三つの時刻サーバをドロップ ダウン リストから選択するように指示し、pool.ntp.org
-を二度使用するよう提案します。これは利用可能な時刻サーバをこのサーバが常に指し示すためです。</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>これに続く画面では地域と都市が選択でき、その後まとめの画面にたどり着きます。何かが間違っている場合、<guibutton>戻る</guibutton>ボタンを用いてそれを変更することができます。問題がなければ、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンでテストに進みます。これにはしばらく時間がかかる可能性があり、最後に下の画面が表示されます:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para><guibutton>完了</guibutton>ボタンを押すとこのツールを閉じます。</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>行われること</title>
-
-    <para>このツールは以下のステップを実行します:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>必要があればパッケージ <code>ntp</code> をインストール</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ファイル <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> を
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> に、<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>
-を <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code> にそれぞれ保存;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>サーバの一覧を新しいファイル <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> に書き込む;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ファイル <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> に最初のサーバ名を挿入して変更する;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code>, <code>ntpd</code> のサービスを再起動;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ハードウェア時計を現在のシステム時刻に UTC で設定。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b3c82bc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">FTP を設定する</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> を
-root として入力します。</para></footnote> は <acronym>FTP</acronym>
-サーバの設定を手助けできます。
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title><acronym>FTP</acronym> とは何ですか?</title>
-    <para>
-      ファイル転送プロトコル (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) は <acronym>TCP</acronym>
-に基づいたインターネットのようなネットワークでホスト間のファイル転送に用いられる標準のネットワーク プロトコルです。(Wikipedia より)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>drakwizard proftpd で FTP サーバを設定する</title>
-      <para>
-	FTP ウィザードへようこそ。準備はいいですか。
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>はじめに</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    最初のページは単なる前書きで、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>サーバの公開範囲を選択します: ローカル ネットおよび/もしくは全世界</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    FTP サーバをインターネットに公開することにはリスクがあります。悪いことに備えてください。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>サーバ情報</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    サーバが自身の紹介に用いる名前, 管理者のメール アドレス, root のログインを許可するかどうかを入力します。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>サーバ オプション</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    待ち受けポート, chroot jail, リジュームの許可, <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange
-Protocol) を設定します。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>まとめ</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    これらの設定を確認したら、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>完了</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    終わりました! <guibutton>完了</guibutton>をクリックしてください。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c1490c0d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">プロキシを設定する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> を
-root として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> はプロキシ サーバの設定を手助けできます。これは
-drakwizard のコンポーネントで、使用するためには先にそれをインストールする必要があります。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>プロキシ サーバとは何ですか?</title>
-
-    <para>プロキシ サーバは他のサーバからリソースを探しているクライアントからの要求を仲介する者として動作するサーバ (コンピュータ
-システムもしくはアプリケーション) です。クライアントはプロキシ サーバに接続し、ファイル, 接続, ウェブ ページ,
-異なるサーバから利用できる他のリソースといった幾つかのサービスを要求し、プロキシ
-サーバは要求の複雑さを簡単にしたりコントロールしたりする方法として評価します。(Wikipedia より)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>drakwizard squid でプロキシ サーバを設定する</title>
-
-    <para>プロキシ サーバ ウィザードへようこそ。</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>はじめに</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>最初のページは単なる前書きで、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>プロキシのポートを選択する</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>ブラウザが接続するプロキシのポートを選択し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>メモリとディスクの使用量</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>メモリとディスク キャッシュの上限を設定し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>ネットワークのアクセス制御を選択する</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>ローカル ネットワークと全世界のどちらに公開するかを設定し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>ネットワーク アクセスを許可する</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>ローカル ネットワークにアクセスを許可し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>上位レベルのプロキシ サーバを使用しますか?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>別のプロキシ サーバを通してカスケードを行いますか? そうでなければ、次の段階はスキップしてください。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>上位レベル プロキシの URL とポート</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>上位レベル プロキシのホスト名とポートを提供し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>まとめ</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>これらの設定を確認したら、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>ブート時に開始しますか?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>プロキシ サーバを起動時に開始する場合に選択し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>完了</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>終わりました! <guibutton>完了</guibutton>をクリックしてください。</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>行われること</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>必要があればパッケージ squid をインストール;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> を <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code>
-に保存;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>squid.conf.default</code> をもとに以下のパラメータを追加して新しい <code>squid.conf</code>
-を作成:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2, 3 のいずれかとレベルにより <code>http_access</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>squid</code> を再起動。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 47ffb490..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH デーモンを設定する</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>このツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para></footnote> は <acronym>SSH</acronym>
-デーモンの設定を手助けできます。
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title><acronym>SSH</acronym> とは何ですか?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH)
-は、安全でないネットワーク上の安全なチャンネルを通した、ネットワーク越しに接続された二つのコンピュータ間の安全なデータのやりとり, リモートのコマンド
-ライン ログイン, リモートのコマンド実行, 他の安全なネットワーク サービスのための暗号ネットワーク
-プロトコルで、これら二つのコンピュータはサーバとクライアント (それぞれ SSH サーバと <acronym>SSH</acronym>
-クライアントのプログラムを動かしている) です。(Wikipedia より)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>drakwizard sshd で <acronym>SSH</acronym> デーモンを設定する</title>
-      <para>
-	Open SSH ウィザードへようこそ。
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>設定オプションの種類を選択する</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    すべての項目が設定できる<guilabel>上級者</guilabel>かステップ 3-7
-をスキップする<guilabel>初心者</guilabel>を選択し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>全般オプション</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    公開範囲と root アクセスの項目を設定します。ポート 22 は標準の <acronym>SSH</acronym> のポートです。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>認証方式</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    接続時にユーザが使用できる色々な認証方式の許可を行い、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>ログの出力</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    ログのファシリティと出力レベルを選択し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>ログインのオプション</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    ログインごとの設定を行い、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>ユーザ ログインのオプション</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    ユーザのアクセス設定を行い、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>圧縮とフォワーディング</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    X11 フォワーディングと転送時の圧縮を設定し、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>まとめ</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    これらの設定を確認したら、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>完了</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    終わりました! <guibutton>完了</guibutton>をクリックしてください。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fd2b867f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">システム サービスの有効・無効を管理</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>このページはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>   
-
-  <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b43eb3b8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">ハードウェア設定</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote>
-ではお使いのコンピュータの全体像を見ることができます。このツールは、起動時にハードウェアの各要素を探索するジョブを実行します。そのため、これは
-<code>ldetect-lst</code> パッケージに含まれる、ハードウェア一覧を参照するコマンド <code>ldetect</code>
-を使用します。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>ウィンドウ</title>
-
-    <para>ウィンドウは二つのコラムに分割されています。</para>
-
-    <para>左コラムは検出されたハードウェアの一覧を含んでいます。デバイスはカテゴリでグループ化されています。&gt;
-をクリックするとカテゴリの中身を展開します。各デバイスはこのコラムの中で選択することができます。</para>
-
-    <para>右コラムは選択されたデバイスの情報を表示します。<guimenu>ヘルプ -&gt;
-項目の説明</guimenu>ではフィールド内容についての幾つかの情報を提供します。</para>
-
-    <para>選択されたデバイスの種類によって、一つまたは二つのボタンが右コラムの下部で利用できます:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>現在のドライバのオプションを設定</guibutton>:
-このデバイスに関連するモジュールのパラメータを設定するために使用できます。上級者以外は使用しないでください。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>設定ツールを実行</guibutton>: デバイスを設定可能なツールを実行します。ツールは MCC
-から直接実行することもしばしばできます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>メニュー</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>オプション</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>オプション</guimenu>メニューは自動検出を有効にするためのチェック ボックスを提供します:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>モデム</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz デバイス</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip パラレル デバイス</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>これらは遅いため、既定ではこれらの検出は有効化されていません。このハードウェアが接続されている場合は適切なボックスをチェックしてください。検出は次回このツールを起動したときに行われます。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bf8ed9a0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">キーボード レイアウトを設定する</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>はじめに</title>
-
-    <para>keyboarddrake ツール<footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote> は Mageia
-上で使用したいキーボードの基本レイアウトの設定を手助けします。これはシステム上のすべてのユーザに影響します。これは Mageia コントロール センター
-(MCC) のハードウェア セクションで見つかり、"マウスとキーボードの設定" と書かれています。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>キーボード レイアウト</title>
-
-    <para>ここでどのキーボード レイアウトを使用したいかを選択できます。名前 (アルファベット順) はレイアウトの使用対象となる言語, 国, 民族を表しています。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>キーボードの種類</title>
-
-    <para>このメニューはお使いのキーボードの種類を選択するものです。どれを選択するか分からない場合、既定の種類のままにしておくのが一番です。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c2f8d97a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">システムの言語を設定する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。
-  </para></footnote> は Mageia コントロール センター (MCC) のシステム
-セクションで見つかり、"システムの言語を設定"
-と書かれています。これは言語を選択するウィンドウを開きます。選択された言語はインストールの間の言語に適用されます。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>上級</guibutton>ボタンを用いると古いエンコーディング (非 UTF8) の互換性を有効化する選択が可能です。</para>
-
-  <para>二番目のウィンドウは選択された言語に従って国の一覧を表示します。ボタン<guibutton>他の国</guibutton>を用いると一覧にない国を選択できます。</para>
-
-  <para>変更を行った後はセッションを開始し直す必要があります。</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">入力メソッド</title>
-      </info>
-  <para><guilabel>他の国</guilabel>画面では入力メソッドの選択も行えます (一覧の下にあるドロップ ダウン
-メニューから)。入力メソッドはユーザが複数言語の文字 (中国語, 日本語, 韓国語など) を入力できるようにします。</para>
-  <para> アジアとアフリカのロケールでは、IBus が既定の入力メソッドとして設定されるため、ユーザは手動でこれを設定する必要はありません。</para>
-  <para>他の入力メソッド (SCIM, GCIN, HIME など) も同様の機能を提供します。ドロップ ダウン メニューにない場合、Mageia コントロール
-センターの別の場所でインストールすることが可能です。<xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref> を参照してください。</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ce57b44..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">システム ログを見る</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターのシステム
-タブで見つかり、"<guilabel>システム ログを見る</guilabel>" と書かれています。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>ログの内容を検索する</title>
-
-    <para>最初に、検索文字列を<emphasis
-role="bold">以下に一致する</emphasis>フィールドに入力し、結果から<emphasis>除外</emphasis>したい文字列を<emphasis
-role="bold">かつ以下に一致しない</emphasis>フィールドに入力します。次に、検索対象のファイルを、<guilabel>ファイルを選択</guilabel>フィールドで選択します。更に、任意で検索を特定の日に限定することもできます。月と年のそれぞれのそばにある小さな矢印を使用して日付を<emphasis
-role="bold">カレンダー</emphasis>で選択し、"<guibutton>指定した日の分だけを表示</guibutton>"
-にチェックします。最後に、<guibutton>検索</guibutton>ボタンを押すと<guilabel>ファイルの内容</guilabel>というウィンドウに結果が表示されます。結果は<emphasis
-role="bold">保存</emphasis>ボタンをクリックすることで .txt 形式で保存することができます。</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para><guibutton>Mageia ツールのログ</guibutton>は Mageia コントロール センターのツール群のような Mageia
-の設定ツールからのログを保管しています。これらのログは設定が変更されるたびに更新されます。</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>メール警告を設定する</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>メール警告</guibutton>は自動的にシステムの負荷やサービスを一時間ごとにチェックし、必要があれば設定されたアドレスにメールを送信します。</para>
-
-    <para>このツールを設定するには、<emphasis
-role="bold">メール警告</emphasis>ボタンをクリックし、次の画面で、<guibutton>メール警告システムを設定</guibutton>のドロップ
-ダウン ボタンをクリックします。ここで、すべての実行中のサービスが表示され、監視したいものを選択することができます (上のスクリーンショットを参照)。</para>
-
-    <para>以下のサービスが監視できます:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin サービス</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix メール サーバ</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP サーバ</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache WWW サーバ</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH サーバ</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba サーバ</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd サービス</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND ドメイン名の解決</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>次の画面では、あなたが許容できないと考える<guilabel>ロード</guilabel>値を選択します。ロードはプロセスへの要求を表し、高くなるとシステムが低速になり、非常に高くなるとプロセスが制御不能になったことを示すかもしれません。既定値は
-3 です。ロード値はプロセッサ数の 3 倍に設定することを推奨します。</para>
-
-    <para>最後の画面では、警告を受け取る人の<guilabel>メール アドレス</guilabel>と使用する<guilabel>メール
-サーバ</guilabel> (ローカルかインターネット上) を入力します。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 89924abf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">利用可能な NFS や SMB の共有を表示する</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>このツール <footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。
-      </para>
-    </footnote> はコマンド ライン上でしか開始や使用ができません。</para>
-
-  <para>このページはリソース不足によりまだ書かれていません。このヘルプを書くことができるとお考えの場合、<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-チーム</link>に連絡してください。よろしくお願いします。</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 393e7681..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">PCI, USB, PCMCIA の情報を表示する</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>このツール <footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> はコマンド ライン上でしか開始や使用ができません。これは
-root で使用した場合に幾つかの詳しい情報を提供します。</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake はコンピュータに接続されたすべてのデバイス (USB, PCI, PCMCIA) の一覧と使用ドライバを提供します。これは
-ldetect と ldetect-lst のパッケージが動作に必要です。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>-v オプションを付けると、lspcidrake はベンダとデバイスの識別情報を追加します。</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake はしばしば非常に長い一覧を生成するため、情報を探すには、これらの例のようにしばしば grep
-コマンドとともにパイプラインで用いられます:</para>
-
-  <para>グラフィック カードについての情報;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>ネットワークについての情報</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i を付けると大文字と小文字の区別を無視します。</para>
-
-  <para>下のスクリーンショットでは、lspcidrake の -v オプションと grep の -i オプションの働きを見ることができます。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>ハードウェアについての情報を提供する別のツールがあり、これは <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis>
-と呼ばれます (root で実行します)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b1d85f99..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">起動</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>この画面では起動方法を設定するための幾つかのツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>起動方法の設定</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d0d6ee7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">ハードウェア</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>この画面ではお使いのハードウェアを設定するための幾つかのツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>ハードウェアの管理</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = ハードウェアの情報表示と設定</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>グラフィックスの設定</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = 3D デスクトップ効果を設定</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>マウスとキーボードの設定</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>印刷とスキャンの設定</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> =
-プリンタや印刷ジョブのキューなどを設定</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>その他</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ae5e27a0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Mageia コントロール センターのマニュアルについて</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Mageia コントロール センター (MCC) は左コラムに八つの異なるタブ項目が存在し、drakwizard
-パッケージがインストールされていると十個にすらなります。これらの各タブは大きな右パネルに異なる選択可能なツールのセットを提供します。</para>
-
-	<para>以下に続く十の章がこれらの十の項目と関連ツールに関するものとなります。</para>
-
-<para>最後の章は幾つかの他の Mageia のツールに関するもので、それらは MCC のタブからは選択できません。</para>
-
-	<para>ページのタイトルはしばしばツールの画面のタイトルと同じものとなります。</para>
-
-        <para>検索バーも利用可能で、左コラムの "検索" タブをクリックすることで使用できます。</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ad852f95..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">ローカル ディスク</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>この画面ではお使いのローカル ディスクの管理や共有を行うための幾つかのツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>ローカル ディスク</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e3d1394e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">ネットワークとインターネット</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>この画面では幾つかのネットワーク ツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>ネットワーク デバイスの管理</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>ネットワークのカスタマイズと保護</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>その他</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c1dd7a32..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">ネットワーク サービス</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>この画面と<emphasis>共有</emphasis>の画面は <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>
-パッケージがインストールされている場合にのみ見られます。あなたはさまざまなサーバを設定するための幾つかのツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクか
-<xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/> をクリックします。</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>ネットワーク サービス</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fdcf23b1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">ネットワーク共有</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>この画面ではドライブやディレクトリの共有を行うための幾つかのツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Windows(R) 共有の設定</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Windows (SMB)
-システムとドライブやディレクトリを共有</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>NFS 共有の設定</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>WebDAV 共有の設定</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b227b269..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">セキュリティ</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>この画面では幾つかのセキュリティ ツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>セキュリティ</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = システムのセキュリティ, パーミッション, 監査を設定</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 97eca5d6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">共有</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>この画面と<emphasis>ネットワーク サービス</emphasis>の画面は <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>
-パッケージがインストールされている場合にのみ見られます。あなたはさまざまなサーバを設定するための幾つかのツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクか
-<xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/> をクリックします。</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>共有</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f35fc017..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">システム</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>この画面では幾つかのシステム ツールや管理ツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>システム サービスを管理</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>地域と言語</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>管理ツール</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = システム上のユーザを管理</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index adcca277..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">更新頻度の設定</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> を
-root として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis
-role="bold">ソフトウェアの管理</emphasis>タブにあります。これはシステム トレイの赤いアイコン <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> 上で<guimenu>右クリック /
-更新の設定</guimenu>から開くこともできます。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>最初のスライダーでは Mageia が更新をチェックする頻度を、二つめではブート後に最初のチェックを行うまでに空ける時間を変更できます。チェック
-ボックスは新しい Mageia のリリースが公開されたときに知らせるための設定項目を提供します。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a491cc1a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">ポインタ デバイスを設定 (マウス, タッチパッド)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para></footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis
-role="bold">ハードウェア</emphasis> タブにあります。</para>
-
-  <para>Mageia をインストールするのにはマウスが必須なので、これは既に Drakinstall
-によりインストール済みです。このツールでは別のマウスのインストールが行えます。</para>
-
-  <para>マウスは接続の種類とモデルによって並んでいます。マウスを選択して <guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックします。ほとんどの場合
-"ユニバーサル / PS/2 &amp; USB マウス" が最近のマウスに適しています。新しいマウスはすぐに有効になります。</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d6894d52..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: システムのセキュリティと監査</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>説明</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は msec のグラフィック ユーザ
-インターフェースで、これは二つのアプローチでシステムのセキュリティを設定できるようにするものです:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>システムの動作を設定し、msec はシステムに対してより安全になるような変更を適用します。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>何か危険に思われることがあった場合に警告するために自動的に定期チェックを行います。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec は "セキュリティ レベル" の概念を用いており、変更や強制を監査可能な一連のシステム権限を設定することが意図されています。それらの幾つかは
-Mageia によって提案されるものですが、自分でカスタマイズしたセキュリティ レベルを定義することも可能です。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>概要タブ</title>
-
-    <para>上のスクリーンショットを参照してください。</para>
-
-    <para>最初のタブには異なるセキュリティ ツール群の一覧があり、右側のボタンでそれらを設定することができます:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>ファイアウォール, MCC / セキュリティ / 個人用ファイアウォールの設定 でも見つかります</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>更新, MCC / ソフトウェアの管理 / システムを更新 でも見つかります</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec 自体の幾つかの情報:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>有効か無効</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>設定された基本セキュリティ レベル</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>前回の定期チェックの日時と詳細結果を見るためのボタンとすぐにチェックを実行するための別のボタン。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>セキュリティ設定タブ</title>
-
-    <para>二つめのタブもしくはセキュリティの<guibutton>設定</guibutton>ボタンをクリックすると下と同じ画面に切り替わります。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>基本セキュリティ タブ</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">セキュリティ レベル:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>MSEC ツールを有効にする</guilabel>にチェックした後、このタブでは太字で表示されるセキュリティ
-レベルをダブルクリックで選択することができます。このボックスがチェックされていない場合、レベル « none »
-が適用されます。以下のレベルが利用可能です:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>レベル <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>。このレベルはシステムのセキュリティを制御するのに msec
-を使用することを望まず、自分でチューニングすることを好む場合が意図されます。これはすべてのセキュリティ
-チェックを無効化し、システムの設定に一切の制限を行いません。システムを攻撃に対して脆弱にしてしまうため、このレベルは何をしているのか分かっている場合にのみ使用してください。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>レベル <emphasis
-role="bold">standard</emphasis>。これはインストール時の既定の設定でかつ普通のユーザ向けを意図しています。これは幾つかのシステム設定を強制し、システム
-ファイル, システム アカウント, 脆弱なディレクトリ パーミッションにおける変更を検出するセキュリティ チェックを日ごとに実行します
-(このレベルは過去の msec のバージョンのレベル 2 と 3 に近いです)。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>レベル <emphasis
-role="bold">secure</emphasis>。このレベルはシステムを確実に安全でかつ使えるものにしたい場合を意図しています。これはシステムのパーミッションを更に制限し、より多くの定期チェックを行います。その上で、システムへのアクセスはより制限されます
-(このレベルは過去の msec のバージョンのレベル 4 (High) と 5 (Paranoid) に近いです)。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>これらのレベルに加え、<emphasis role="bold">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">netbook</emphasis>
-のような異なるタスク志向のセキュリティも提供されます。このようなレベルは最も一般的な用途に従ってシステムのセキュリティを事前に設定しようとします。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>最後の <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily</emphasis> と <emphasis
-role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> と呼ばれる二つのレベルは実際にはセキュリティ
-レベルではなく、定期チェックを行うだけのツールになります。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>これらのレベルは <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>
-に保存されます。カスタマイズされたセキュリティ
-レベルを定義することも可能で、<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename> というファイル群にそれらを
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>
-フォルダの中に配置します。この機能はカスタマイズされた、もしくはより安全なシステム設定を要求するパワー ユーザ向けに意図されています。</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>ユーザによって変更されたパラメータは既定のレベルの設定よりも優先されるということを心に留めておいてください。</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">セキュリティ警告:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>セキュリティ警告をメールで送信する:</guibutton> にチェックした場合、msec
-によって生成されたセキュリティ警告がローカルのメールですぐそばのフィールドに入力されたセキュリティ管理者宛に送られます。ローカルのユーザか完全なメール
-アドレスのいずれかを入力できます (ローカルのメールとメール
-マネージャが適切に設定されていなければなりません)。最後に、セキュリティ警告はお使いのデスクトップ上で直接受け取ることができます。適切なボックスにチェックすると有効になります。</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>セキュリティ警告の設定項目は起こりうるセキュリティ問題をセキュリティ管理者へ即座に知らせるために有効にすることを強く推奨します。さもなければ、管理者は
-<filename>/var/log/security</filename> の中にあるログ ファイル群を定期的にチェックする必要があります。</para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">セキュリティ設定:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>カスタマイズされたレベルの作成以外にもコンピュータのセキュリティをカスタマイズする方法はあり、任意の設定項目を変更するためにこのタブを後から使用することもできます。msec
-の現在の設定は <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>
-に保存されています。このファイルは現在のセキュリティ レベル名と、設定項目群に対するすべての変更の一覧を含んでいます。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>システム セキュリティ タブ</title>
-
-      <para>このタブはすべてのセキュリティ設定の項目を左側のコラムに、説明を真ん中のコラムに、それらの現在の値を右側のコラムに表示します。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>設定項目の値を変更するには、それをダブルクリックすると新しいウィンドウが現れます (下のスクリーンショットを参照)。これは項目名, 短い説明,
-現在値と既定値, 新しい値が選択可能なドロップ ダウン リストを表示します。<guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-ボタンを押すと選択が有効になります。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>msecgui を終了する際、忘れずにメニューの<guimenu>ファイル ->
-設定を保存</guimenu>で確実に設定を保存してください。設定が変更されている場合、msecgui は保存前に変更をプレビューすることができます。</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>ネットワーク セキュリティ</title>
-
-      <para>このタブはすべてのネットワーク設定を表示し、前のタブと同様に動作します</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>定期チェック タブ</title>
-
-      <para>定期チェックは msec が潜在的に危険と考えるすべての状況についてセキュリティ警告を用いてセキュリティ管理者に通知することを狙いとしています。</para>
-
-      <para>このタブは<guibutton>定期セキュリティ チェックを有効にする</guibutton>がチェックされている場合に msec
-によって行われたすべての定期チェックとそれらの頻度を表示します。変更は前のタブと同様に行われます。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>例外タブ</title>
-
-      <para>時に警告メッセージは把握済みな望まれる状況が原因となります。これらの場合においてこれらは役に立たず管理者にとって時間の無駄となります。このタブでは望まない警告メッセージを避けたい分だけの数の例外を作成できます。これは
-msec の初回実行時には間違いなく空です。下のスクリーンショットは四つの例外を表示しています。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>例外を作成するには、<guibutton>ルールを追加</guibutton>ボタンをクリックします。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para><guilabel>チェック</guilabel>のドロップ ダウン
-リストから望みの定期チェックを選択し、<guilabel>例外</guilabel>をテキスト入力欄に入力します。例外の追加は決して最終的なものではなく、<guilabel>例外</guilabel>タブの<guibutton>削除</guibutton>ボタンを用いて削除するかダブルクリックで変更することができます。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>パーミッション</title>
-    <para>このタブはファイルやディレクトリのパーミッションをチェックおよび強制するためのものです。</para>
-    <para>セキュリティ用と同様、msec には異なるパーミッションのレベル (standard, secure など) があり、これらは選択されたセキュリティ
-レベルに従って有効になります。自分でカスタマイズしたパーミッション レベルを作成することができ、それらはフォルダ
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> の中に
-<filename>perm.&lt;levelname></filename>
-というファイル名で保存されます。この機能はカスタマイズされた設定を要求するパワー
-ユーザ向けに意図されています。任意のパーミッションを変更するためにこのタブを後から使用することもできます。現在のパーミッションは
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>
-に保存されます。このファイルはパーミッションに対するすべての変更の一覧を含んでいます。</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>既定のパーミッションはルールの一覧 (一行に一つ)
-として見ることができます。左側にルールに関係するファイルやフォルダがあり、次に所有者、その次がグループそしてルールによって付与されるパーミッションとなります。もし、ルールの:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><guilabel>強制</guilabel>がチェックされていない場合、msec
-はこのルールで定義されているパーミッションが変更されていないかをチェックし、変更された場合には警告メッセージを送りますが、行うのはそれだけで何も変更は行いません。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para><guilabel>強制</guilabel>がチェックされている場合、msec は次回の定期チェック時にパーミッションを強制します。</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>これが動作するためには、<emphasis role="bold">定期チェック</emphasis> タブの項目 CHECK_PERMS
-が適切に設定されていなければなりません。</para></important><para>新しいルールを作成するには、<guibutton>ルールを追加</guibutton>ボタンをクリックして下の例で示されるようにフィールドを入力します。<guilabel>ファイル</guilabel>のフィールドではジョーカーの
-* が使用できます。“current” は変更なしを意味します。</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para><guibutton>OK</guibutton> ボタンをクリックして選択を有効にします。終了する際、忘れずにメニューの<guimenu>ファイル
--> 設定を保存</guimenu>で確実に設定を保存してください。設定が変更されている場合、msecgui
-は保存前に変更をプレビューすることができます。 </para>
-    <note><para>設定ファイル <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>
-を編集することによってルールを作成もしくは変更することもできます。
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para><emphasis role="bold">パーミッション タブ</emphasis>内の変更 (もしくは設定ファイルの直接編集)
-は次回の定期チェックで反映されます (<emphasis role="bold">定期チェック タブ</emphasis>の項目 CHECK_PERMS
-を参照)。それらをすぐに反映させたい場合、端末内で root 権限で msecperms コマンドを使用してください。msecperms
-に変更されることになるパーミッションは msecperms -p コマンドで事前に知ることができます。</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>端末やファイル マネージャでパーミッションを変更する際、<emphasis role="bold">パーミッション
-タブ</emphasis>で<guilabel>強制</guilabel>がチェックされたファイルに対して、msecgui は<emphasis
-role="bold">定期チェック タブ</emphasis>の項目 CHECK_PERMS と CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE
-の設定に従ってしばらくしてから変更前のパーミッションに戻すということを忘れないでください。</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 248382c4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">他の Mageia のツール群</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Mageia コントロール センターの中で開始できるもの以外にも Mageia
-のツールが存在します。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックするか、続くページを読み進めてください。</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>未執筆</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>他にもツールがありますか?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 57a91875..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">ソフトウェアの管理 (ソフトウェアの追加と削除)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">rpmdrake の紹介</title>
-
-    <para>このツール<footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote> は drakrpm とも呼ばれ、パッケージのインストール,
-アンインストール, 更新を行うプログラムです。これは URPMI のグラフィカル ユーザ インターフェースです。起動のたびに、これは Mageia
-の公式サーバから直接ダウンロードしたオンラインのパッケージ一覧 ('メディア' と呼ばれます)
-をチェックし、お使いのコンピュータで利用できる最新のアプリケーションやパッケージを表示します。フィルタ
-システムは特定の種類のパッケージのみを表示できるようにします: インストール済みのアプリケーションのみを表示する (既定)
-ことや、利用可能な更新のみを表示することができます。インストールされていないパッケージのみを見ることもできます。パッケージ名,
-パッケージの説明の概要もしくは説明文全体, パッケージに含まれるファイル名で検索することもできます。</para>
-
-    <para>rpmdrake が動作するためには、リポジトリが <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>
-で設定されている必要があります。</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>インストールの間、設定済みのリポジトリはインストールに用いられるメディアで、一般的には DVD もしくは CD
-です。このメディアをそのままにすると、rpmdrake はパッケージをインストールしたいときに毎回このポップアップ ウィンドウで指示を出します:
-<mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>上のメッセージが邪魔で、かつ厳しすぎるダウンロード制限のない優れたインターネット接続がある場合、そのメディアを削除して <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> でオンライン メディアを設定して置き換えるのがよいでしょう。</para>
-
-      <para>その上、オンラインのリポジトリは常に最新の状態で、よりたくさんのパッケージを含んでおり、インストール済みのパッケージを更新することができます。</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>画面のメイン部分</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">パッケージの種類のフィルタ:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>このフィルタでは特定の種類のパッケージのみを表示することができます。最初にこのマネージャを開始したときには、グラフィカル
-インターフェースのあるアプリケーションのみが表示されます。すべてのパッケージとそれらが依存するすべてのパッケージやライブラリもしくは、アプリケーションのみ,
-更新のみ, Mageia のより新しいバージョンからバックポートされたパッケージのようなパッケージ グループのみのいずれかを表示することができます。</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>既定のフィルタ設定は Linux や Mageia の初心者、コマンド
-ラインや専門家向けのツールを求めない人に向けたものとなっています。あなたがこのドキュメントを読んでいるということは、Mageia
-の知識を向上させることに明らかに興味をお持ちですから、このフィルタを "すべて" にするのが一番です。</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">パッケージの状態のフィルタ:</emphasis> </firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>このフィルタではインストール済みのパッケージのみ, 未インストールのパッケージのみ,
-インストール済みと未インストールの両方・すべてのパッケージのいずれかを表示できます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">検索モード:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>このアイコンをクリックしてパッケージ名, 概要, 説明文全体, パッケージ内のファイルのいずれかで検索を行います。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"検索" ボックス:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>ここに一つ以上のキーワードを入力します。複数のキーワードを使用したい場合は単語間に '|' を入力します。例えば "mplayer" と "xine"
-を同時に検索するには 'mplayer | xine' と入力します。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">すべて削除:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>このアイコンをクリックすると "検索" ボックスに入力したすべてのキーワードを消すことができます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">カテゴリ一覧:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>このサイド バーはすべてのアプリケーションやパッケージを分かりやすいカテゴリとサブ カテゴリにグループ化します。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">説明文パネル:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>このパネルはパッケージの名前, 概要,
-説明文全体を表示します。これは選択パッケージについての多くの有用な要素を表示します。これはパッケージの詳細も表示でき、パッケージ内に含まれるファイルに加え、メンテナによる直近の変更の一覧も表示できます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>状態のコラム</title>
-
-    <para>いったん正しくフィルタを設定すると、ソフトウェアをカテゴリ (上の領域 6) か 名前/概要/説明文 のいずれかを領域 4
-を用いて探すことができ、条件を満たすパッケージの一覧が表示されます。それから、選択されたメディアは各パッケージがインストール済み/未インストール/更新などによって異なる状態のマーカーとともに表示されることを忘れないでください。この状態を変更するには、パッケージ名の左にあるボックスのチェックを入れたり外したりして<guibutton>適用</guibutton>をクリックします。</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">アイコン</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">説明</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">このパッケージは既にインストールされています</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">このパッケージはインストールされます</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">このパッケージは変更できません</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">このパッケージは更新です</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">このパッケージはアンインストールされます</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>上のスクリーンショットにおける例:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>digikam (緑の矢印はインストール済みを示します)
-のチェックを外した場合、状態のアイコンは上矢印のある赤いアイコンになり、<guibutton>適用</guibutton>をクリックするとアンインストールされます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>qdigidoc (未インストール, 状態を参照)
-にチェックした場合、下矢印のあるオレンジのアイコンが現れ、<guibutton>適用</guibutton>をクリックするとインストールされます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>依存パッケージ</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>幾つかのパッケージは動作するために依存パッケージと呼ばれる他のパッケージを必要とします。それらは例えばライブラリやツールです。この場合、Rpmdrake
-は情報ウィンドウを表示し、選択された依存パッケージを受け入れるかどうかの選択ができ、詳しい情報も得られます
-(上を参照)。必要とされるライブラリを幾つかのパッケージが提供する場合も起こりえますが、その場合 rpmdrake
-は代替の一覧を表示し、詳しい情報を得るためのボタンとどのパッケージをインストールするかを選択する別のボタンが利用できます。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 58d45a0a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">スキャナを設定する</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">インストール</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>このツール <footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-      </footnote> は一つのスキャナ
-デバイスやスキャナ機能を備えた多機能デバイスの設定を可能にします。これはこのコンピュータに接続されたローカル デバイスのリモート
-コンピュータとの共有やリモート スキャナへのアクセスも可能にします。</para>
-
-    <para>このツールの初回実行時、以下のメッセージが表示されるかもしれません:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"スキャナを使うには SANE パッケージが必要です</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>SANE パッケージをインストールしますか?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>続行するには<emphasis>はい</emphasis>を選択します。これは <code>scanner-gui</code> と
-<code>task-scanning</code> がまだインストールされていない場合にインストールします。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>お使いのスキャナが正しく認識されて上の画面でお使いのスキャナの名前が見つかった場合、そのスキャナは <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>
-や <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis> などで使用する準備ができた状態です。</para>
-
-    <para>その場合、今度は<emphasis>スキャナを共有</emphasis>の項目を設定したいかもしれません。それについては <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/> で読むことができます。</para>
-
-    
-    <para>一方、お使いのスキャナが正しく認識されず、ケーブルや電源スイッチを確認済みで<emphasis>新しいスキャナを検索</emphasis>を押してもうまくいかない場合、<emphasis>手動でスキャナを追加</emphasis>を押す必要があります。</para>
-
-    <para>表示される一覧の中でお使いのスキャナのブランド名を選択し、次にそのブランド名の一覧から種類を選択して <emphasis>OK</emphasis>
-をクリックします。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>お使いのスキャナが一覧に見つからない場合、<emphasis>キャンセル</emphasis>をクリックします。</para>
-
-      <para>お使いのスキャナがサポートされているかどうかを <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> のページでチェックし、<link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">フォーラム</link>で助けを求めてください。</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">ポートを選択する</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>この設定はお使いのスキャナのインターフェースがパラレル
-ポートでなければ<emphasis>利用可能なポートを自動的に検出</emphasis>のままにしておくことができます。パラレル
-ポートの場合、スキャナが一台であれば <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> を選択します。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>OK</emphasis> をクリックした後、ほとんどの場合で下のような画面が表示されます。</para>
-<para>この画面が表示されない場合、<xref linkend="scannerextrasteps"/> を参照してください。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">スキャナの共有</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>ここでは、このマシンに接続されたスキャナをリモートのマシンから利用可能にするかどうかと対象のリモート マシンを選択できます。ここではリモート
-マシンのスキャナをこのマシンで利用可能にするかどうかも決めることができます。</para>
-
-    <para>以下のホストにスキャナを共有させる: このコンピュータ上のローカル デバイスへのアクセスを許可するホストの一覧からホストの名前もしくは IP
-アドレスを追加もしくは削除できます。</para>
-
-    <para>リモート スキャナの使用: リモートのスキャナへのアクセスを提供するホストの一覧からホストの名前もしくは IP アドレスを追加もしくは削除できます。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>以下のホストにスキャナを共有させる: ホストを追加できます。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>以下のホストにスキャナを共有させる: 追加するホストを指定するか、もしくはすべてのリモート マシンを許可します。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"すべてのリモート マシン" はローカルのスキャナへのアクセスが許可されます。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>パッケージ <emphasis>saned</emphasis> がまだインストールされていない場合、このツールはそれを提案します。</para>
-
-    <para>最後に、このツールはこれらのファイルを変更します:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> ディレクティブ "net" を追加もしくはコメントにします</para>
-
-    <para>これは <emphasis>saned</emphasis> と <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis>
-がブート時に開始するようにする設定も行います。</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">特別な場合</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>ヒューレット パッカード</para>
-
-        <para>ほとんどの HP のスキャナは <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (hplip)
-で管理されこれはプリンタも管理します。この場合、このツールでは設定はできず <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
-を使用するように促します。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>エプソン</para>
-
-        <para>ドライバは<link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">このページ</link>から入手できます。通知を受け取った際には、まず
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> パッケージをインストールし、次に <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>
-を (この順序で) インストールしなければなりません。<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> パッケージは
-<emphasis>sane</emphasis>
-との衝突についての警告を表示する可能性があります。この警告は無視できるとユーザによって報告されています。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">追加のインストール手順</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>お使いのスキャナを正しく設定するために、<xref linkend="choosescannerport"/>
-画面でスキャナのポートを選択した後に一つ以上の追加の手順が必要になる可能性があります。</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>場合によっては、起動のたびにスキャナがファームウェアの転送を必要とする通知を受けることがあります。このツールはそれをお使いのシステムにインストールした後でデバイスに読み込ませることができます。この画面ではファームウェアを
-CD やインストール済みの Windows からインストールするか、ベンダのインターネット サイトからダウンロードしたものをインストールできます。</para><para>
-    お使いのデバイスでファームウェアの読み込みが必要な場合、毎回最初の使用時に長い時間、場合によっては一分を超える時間がかかるかもしれません。なので気長に待ちましょう。</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>また、<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf
-のファイル</emphasis>を調整するように指示する画面が表示されるかもしれません。 </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>それらか、もしくは他の指示を注意深く読み、何をすればよいか分からない場合は、気軽に<link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">フォーラム</link>で助けを求めてください。</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4accedd6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">ソフトウェアの管理</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>この画面ではソフトウェアを管理するための幾つかのツールからいずれかを選ぶことができます。詳しく知るには下のリンクをクリックします。</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>ソフトウェアの管理</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = システムを更新</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = インストールと更新のためのメディア
-ソースを設定</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 75bb7540..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">プリンタのインストールと設定</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">はじめに</title>
-
-    <para>Mageia では印刷は CUPS と呼ばれるサーバによって管理されます。これは自身の<link ns2:title="CUPS"
-ns2:href="http://localhost:631">設定インターフェース</link>を持ち、インターネット
-ブラウザでアクセスできますが、Mageia はプリンタをインストールするための system-config-printer
-と呼ばれる自身のツールを提供し、これは Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu, openSUSE
-のような他のディストリビューションと共有されます。</para>
-
-    <para>インストールを続行する前に non-free リポジトリを有効にしてください。これは幾つかのドライバがこの方法でしか利用できないためです。</para>
-
-    <para>プリンタのインストールは Mageia コントロール センターの<guilabel>ハードウェア</guilabel>
-セクションで行われます。<guilabel>印刷とスキャンの設定</guilabel>のツール<footnote>
-        <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis> を入力します。root
-のパスワードを訊かれます。</para>
-      </footnote>を選択します。</para>
-
-    <para>MCC は二つのパッケージのインストールを要求します:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>続行するには、このインストールを受け入れる必要があります。最大で 230MB の依存パッケージが必要です。</para>
-
-    <para>プリンタを追加するには、プリンタの "追加" ボタンを選択します。システムはプリンタと利用可能なポートを検出しようとします。スクリーンショットはパラレル
-ポートに接続されたプリンタを表示しています。プリンタが検出された場合、USB
-ポートのプリンタのように、最初の行に表示されます。このウィンドウはネットワーク プリンタの設定も試みます。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>自動検出されたプリンタ</title>
-
-    <para>これは通常 USB プリンタに当てはまります。このユーティリティは自動的にプリンタの名前を探してそれを表示します。そのプリンタを選択して "次へ"
-をクリックします。そのプリンタに対する既知のドライバがある場合、それは自動的にインストールされます。複数のドライバがある場合や既知のドライバがない場合、次の段落で説明するようにウィンドウがドライバを選択もしくは提供するように指示します。<xref
-linkend="terminate"/> に続きます。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>自動検出されないプリンタ</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>ポートを選択する際、システムはドライバの一覧を読み込んでドライバを選択するためのウィンドウを表示します。選択は以下の選択肢のいずれかで行えます。</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>データベースからプリンターを選択する</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>PPD ファイルを提供</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>ダウンロードするプリンタードライバーを検索</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>データベースからの選択により、ウィンドウはまずプリンタのメーカーを提案し、次にデバイスと関連ドライバを提案します。複数のドライバが提案された場合、推奨されるものを選択します。ただし、過去にそれを用いて問題に出くわした場合は動作することが分かっているものを選択します。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>インストール プロセスの完了</title>
-
-    <para>ドライバを選択した後、システムがプリンタを示したり見つけたりできるようにするための幾つかの情報をウィンドウが要求します。最初の行はアプリケーション内で表示される利用可能プリンタの一覧における名前です。インストーラは次にテスト
-ページの印刷を提案します。この段階の後、プリンタが追加されて利用可能プリンタの一覧に現れます。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>ネットワーク プリンタ</title>
-
-    <para>ネットワーク
-プリンタは有線もしくは無線のネットワークに直接接続されたプリンタで、印刷サーバか、印刷サーバを動かしている別のワークステーションに接続されています。</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>しばしば、DHCP サーバには固定された IP アドレスとプリンタの MAC
-アドレスとを常に関連付けさせるのがよいでしょう。もちろん、固定アドレスがある場合、これは印刷サーバのプリンタに設定された IP
-アドレスと同一にするべきです。</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>プリンタの Mac
-アドレスはプリンタもしくはこれが接続された印刷サーバかコンピュータのシリアル番号で、プリンタによって表示される設定ページから得られるか、もしくはプリンタや印刷サーバのラベルに書かれているかもしれません。お使いの共有プリンタが
-Mageia システムに接続されている場合、同システム上で <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> を
-root として実行して MAC アドレスを探します。これは "HWaddr" の後の数字とアルファベットの並びです。</para>
-
-    <para>お使いのコンピュータとネットワーク越しにやりとりするプロトコルを選択することでネットワーク
-プリンタを追加することができます。どのプロトコルを選択するのか分からない場合、<guilabel>デバイス</guilabel>
-メニューの<guilabel>ネットワークプリンター</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>ネットワークプリンターを検索</guilabel>の選択肢を試すことができ、右側の "ホスト" というボックスにプリンタの IP
-アドレスを入力します。</para>
-
-    <para>このツールがお使いのプリンタもしくは印刷サーバを認識した場合、これはプロトコルとキューを提案しますが、下の一覧からより適切なものを選択したり、一覧にない場合に正しいキュー名を入力したりすることができます。</para>
-
-    <para>プリンタもしくは印刷サーバに付属の文書を参照して、サポートされるプロトコルと指定可能なキュー名を探してください。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>ネットワーク印刷プロトコル</title>
-
-    <para>現在の技術の一つにヒューレット パッカードによって開発され JetDirect として知られるものがあります。これはイーサネット
-ポートによってネットワークに直接接続されたプリンタにアクセスできるようにします。プリンタがネットワーク上でどの IP
-アドレスでアクセスできるかを知らなければなりません。この技術はプリンタを接続するための USB ポートを含む幾つかの ADSL
-ルータの内部でも用いられています。この場合、IP アドレスはルータのものとなります。ツール "Hp Device manager" は動的に設定された
-IP アドレスの管理ができ、<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> のような URI
-を設定します。この場合、固定 IP アドレスは必要ありません。</para>
-
-    <para>項目 <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel>
-をプロトコルとして選択してアドレスを<guilabel>ホスト:</guilabel>
-に設定し、<guilabel>ポート番号</guilabel>は変更する必要があると分かっていなければ変更しません。プロトコルの選択後、ドライバの選択が上と同様にあります。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>他のプロトコル:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>インターネット印刷プロトコル (ipp)</emphasis>: IPP プロトコルにより TCP/IP
-ネットワーク上でアクセス可能なプリンタで、例えば CUPS を用いたマシンに接続されたプリンタです。このプロトコルは幾つかの ADSL
-ルータによっても用いられることがあります。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>インターネット印刷プロトコル (https)</emphasis>: ipp と同様ですが、http 転送と TLS
-の安全なプロトコルを用いています。ポートが定義されている必要があります。既定では、ポート 631 が用いられます。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>インターネット印刷プロトコル (ipps)</emphasis>: ipp と同様ですが、TLS の安全なプロトコルを用いています。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR ホストまたはプリンター</emphasis>: LPD プロトコルにより TCP/IP
-ネットワーク上でアクセス可能なプリンタで、例えば LPD を用いたマシンに接続されたプリンタです。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Samba 経由の Windows プリンター</emphasis>: Windows が動作しているマシンもしくは SMB
-サーバに接続かつ共有されたプリンタです。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>URI は直接追加することもできます。以下に URI の形式の幾つかの例を示します:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>インターネット印刷プロトコル (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>ライン プリンタ デーモン (LPD) プロトコル</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>追加の情報が <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-のドキュメント</link>で見つかります。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>デバイスのプロパティ</title>
-
-    <para>デバイスのプロパティにアクセスできます。メニューから CUPS サーバへアクセスできます。既定では CUPS
-サーバはお使いのシステム上で実行されますが、異なるものを<guimenu>サーバ</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>接続...</guimenuitem> メニューで指定でき、<guimenu>サーバ</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>設定</guimenuitem>をたどると別のウィンドウでサーバの他の特定のパラメータの調整が行えます。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">トラブルシューティング</title>
-
-    <para><filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>
-を詳しく調べることで印刷時にエラーが発生した際の幾つかの情報が探せます。</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>ヘルプ</guimenu> | <guilabel>トラブルシューティング</guilabel>
-メニューを用いて問題を分析するツールにアクセスすることもできます。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>特別な場合</title>
-
-    <para>特定のプリンタ向けの幾つかのドライバは Mageia では利用できないか、もしくは機能しない可能性があります。この場合、<link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link>
-のサイトを見てお使いのデバイスが利用できるかを確認してください。利用可能な場合、パッケージが既に Mageia
-に存在するかを確認し、ある場合は手動でインストールします。次に、プリンタを設定するためのインストール手順をやり直します。いずれの場合も、このツールに満足したのであれば、問題を
-bugzilla
-かフォーラムで報告し、モデルやドライバの情報とプリンタがインストール後に動作したかどうかについてお知らせください。以下は他の最新のドライバやより最近のデバイスを見つけるための幾つかの情報です。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">ブラザーのプリンタ</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">このページ</link>にブラザーによって提供されるドライバ一覧があります。お使いのデバイス用のドライバを検索して、rpm
-をダウンロードおよびインストールしてください。</para>
-
-    <para>この設定ユーティリティを実行する前にブラザーのドライバをインストールしてください。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">ヒューレット パッカードのプリンタとオール イン ワン デバイス</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>これらのデバイスは hplip ツールを使用します。これはプリンタの検出と選択の後に自動的にインストールされます。<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">こちら</link>では他の情報が見つけられます。ツール
-"HP Device Manager" は<guilabel>システム</guilabel> メニューで利用できます。プリンタの管理の<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">設定</link>もご覧ください。</para>
-
-    <para>HP のオール イン ワン デバイスはプリンタとしてインストールされていなければならず、スキャナ機能は後から追加されます。場合によっては、Xsane
-インターフェースはフィルムやスライドのスキャンが行えません (光がスライドしません)。この場合、スキャンを行うことは可能で、スタンドアロン
-モードを使用し、画像をデバイスに挿入されたメモリー カードや USB スティックに保存します。その後、好きな画像ソフトウェアを開いて /media
-フォルダに現れたメモリー カードから画像を読み込みます。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">サムスンのカラー プリンタ</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>特定のサムスンとゼロックスのカラー プリンタについては、<link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">このサイトが QPDL
-プロトコル用のドライバを提供しています</link>。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">エプソンのプリンタとスキャナ</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>エプソンのプリンタ用のドライバは<link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">この検索ページ</link>から利用できます。スキャナ部分については、まず
-"iscan-data" パッケージをインストールし、次に "iscan" を (この順序で)
-インストールしなければなりません。iscan-plugin パッケージも利用可能でインストールするべきです。お使いのアーキテクチャに従って
-<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> パッケージを選択します。 </para>
-
-    <para> iscan パッケージは sane との衝突についての警告を表示する可能性があります。この警告は無視できるとユーザによって報告されています。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">キャノンのプリンタ</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>キャノンのプリンタでは、<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">こちらで利用可能</link>な
-turboprint というツールをインストールするとよいかもしれません。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 57b93d0d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Windows(TM) のドキュメントと設定をインポートする</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis
-role="bold">システム</emphasis> タブで見つかり、<guilabel>Windows(TM)
-のドキュメントと設定をインポート</guilabel>と書かれています。</para>
-
-  <para>このツールでは管理者がユーザのドキュメントや設定を <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-2000, <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-から同一コンピュータ上の Mageia にインポートすることができます。</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para><guibutton>次へ</guibutton>を押した後、すべての変更は transfugdrake によってすぐに適用されます。</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>transfugdrake の開始後にこのツールとインポート項目についての幾つかの説明を含んだ最初のウィザード ページが表示されます。</para>
-
-  <para>解説を読んで理解したら、すぐに<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンを押します。これは<trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> の検出を実行するでしょう。</para>
-
-  <para>検出の段階が完了すると、インポート手順のために <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> と
-Mageia のアカウントを選択できるページが表示されます。自分のユーザ アカウント以外を選択することもできます。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>移行アシスタント (transfugdrake のバックエンド) の制約により <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> の特別なシンボルのあるユーザ
-アカウント名が正しく表示されない可能性があるということを考慮してください。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>移行にはドキュメントのフォルダのサイズによってしばらく時間がかかるかもしれません。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>幾つかの <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> アプリケーション (特にドライバ)
-は異なる目的のユーザ アカウントを作成する場合があります。例えば、<trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> の NVidia ドライバは
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> を用いて更新されます。このようなアカウントはインポートの目的で使用しないでください。</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>アカウントの選択を終えた後は<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンを押します。次のページはドキュメントをインポートする方法を選択するのに用いられます:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake は <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-のデータを<emphasis>マイ ドキュメント</emphasis>, <emphasis>マイ ミュージック</emphasis>,
-<emphasis>マイ ピクチャ</emphasis>
-フォルダからインポートするように設計されています。このウィンドウでは適切な項目を選択することでインポートをスキップすることも可能です。</para>
-
-  <para>ドキュメントのインポート方法の選択が完了したら、<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンを押します。次のページはブックマークをインポートする方法を選択するのに用いられます:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake は <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> や <emphasis>Mozilla
-Firefox</emphasis> のブックマークを Mageia の <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>
-にインポートすることができます。</para>
-
-  <para>お好みのインポート項目を選択して<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンを押します。</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>次のページではデスクトップの背景をインポートできます:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>お好みの項目を選択して<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>ボタンを押します。</para>
-
-  <para>ウィザードの最終ページでは幾つかのおめでとうメッセージが表示されます。そのまま<guibutton>完了</guibutton>ボタンを押します。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6923f4c8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ja" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">ユーザとグループ</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>このツール<footnote>
-      <para>このツールはコマンド ラインから開始でき、<emphasis role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> を root
-として入力します。</para>
-    </footnote> は Mageia コントロール センターの<emphasis
-role="bold">システム</emphasis> タブで見つかり、"システムのユーザを管理" と書かれています。</para>
-
-  <para>このツールは管理者がユーザとグループを管理できるようにし、これはユーザやグループの追加と削除およびユーザやグループの設定 (ID, シェルなど)
-の変更を意味します。</para>
-
-  <para>userdrake が開かれているとき、システム上に存在するすべてのユーザは<guibutton>ユーザ</guibutton>
-タブに一覧表示され、すべてのグループは<guibutton>グループ</guibutton> タブに一覧表示されます。両方のタブは同様に動作します。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 ユーザを追加</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>このボタンは空の入力欄を複数含んだ新しいウィンドウを開きます:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">フル
-ネーム</emphasis>は苗字と下の名前のための入力欄として意図されていますが、別の何かや空白でも問題ありません!</para>
-
-  <para>入力が必要な欄は<emphasis role="bold">ログイン</emphasis>のみです。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis
-role="bold">パスワード</emphasis>を設定することは強く推奨されます。右には小さな盾があり、これが赤い場合、パスワードは弱く、短すぎるかログイン名に近すぎます。数字,
-大文字と小文字のアルファベット, 記号などを使用してください。盾はパスワードの強度が上がるにつれてオレンジそして緑に変わります。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">パスワードを確認</emphasis>の入力欄は意図したものを入力したことを保証するためのものです。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">ログイン シェル</emphasis>は追加するユーザによって用いられるシェルを変更できるドロップ ダウン
-リストで、選択肢は Bash, Dash, Sh です。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis
-role="bold">このユーザ専用のグループを作成</emphasis>は、チェックした場合に自動的に同名のグループを作成し、新しいユーザだけをそのメンバとします
-(これは編集できます)。</para>
-
-  <para>他の項目は分かりやすいものです。<guibutton>OK</guibutton> をクリックすると新しいユーザがすぐに作成されます。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 グループを追加</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>新しいグループ名のみを入力する必要があり、必要であれば、グループ ID を追加で指定します。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 編集</emphasis> (選択したユーザ)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>ユーザのデータ</guibutton>: ユーザの作成時に指定されたすべてのデータを変更することができます (ID
-は変更できません)。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">アカウントの情報</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>最初の項目はアカウントの有効期限を設定するためのものです。この日より後にはログインできません。これは一時的なアカウントで有用です。</para>
-
-  <para>二つめの項目はアカウントをロックするためのもので、アカウントがロックされている限りはログインできません。</para>
-
-  <para>アイコンを変更することもできます。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">パスワードの情報</emphasis>:
-パスワードの有効期限を設定でき、これはユーザに自分のパスワードを定期的に変更させます。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">グループ</emphasis>: ここでそのユーザがメンバとなっているグループを選択できます。</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>ログイン中のユーザ アカウントを変更している場合、変更は次回のログインまで適用されません。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 編集</emphasis> (選択したグループ)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">グループのデータ</emphasis>: グループ名を変更できます。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">グループのユーザ</emphasis>: ここでグループのメンバのユーザを選択できます。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 削除</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>ユーザかグループを選択し、<emphasis
-role="bold">削除</emphasis>をクリックして削除します。ユーザの場合、ウィンドウが現れてホーム
-ディレクトリとメール箱も削除するかを質問します。ユーザ専用のグループが作成されている場合、同様に削除されます。</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>空でないグループを削除することもできます。</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 再読み込み</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>ユーザ データベースは Userdrake の外側で変更される可能性があります。このアイコンをクリックすると表示を更新します。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 ゲスト アカウント</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis
-role="bold">ゲスト</emphasis>は特別なアカウントです。これは誰かに対して十分安全にシステムの一時的な使用を許可するように意図されています。ログイン名は
-xguest
-で、パスワードはなく、このアカウントからシステムに対する変更は行えません。個人のディレクトリはセッションの終わりに削除されます。このアカウントは既定で有効で、無効にするには、メニューの<guimenu>操作
--> ゲスト アカウントをアンインストール</guimenu>をクリックします。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/makedoc.sh b/docs/mcc-help/makedoc.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 8e6bb539..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/makedoc.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash -e
-LANG=$1
-
-for doci in en/*.xml; do
-  docfilename=${doci#*/}
-  doc=${docfilename%.*}
-  if [[ $LANG == "" ]]; then
-    for i in *.po
-    do
-       ILANG=${i%.*}
-       echo "Producing XML "$doc" for locale "$ILANG
-       po4a-translate -k 0 --format docbook --master-charset utf-8 --localized-charset utf-8 \
-         -o doctype="book" -o nodefault="<imageobject> <caution> <note>" -o untranslated="<imageobject>" -o translated="<caution> <note>" --master en/${doc}.xml \
-         --po $ILANG.po --localized $ILANG/${doc}.xml
-       perl -i -p -e "s/version=\"5\.0\"/version=\"5\.0\" xml:lang=\"$ILANG\"/;" $ILANG/${doc}.xml
-       perl -i -p -e "s/xml\:lang=\"$ILANG\"\ xml\:lang=\"$ILANG\"/xml\:lang=\"$ILANG\"/;" $ILANG/${doc}.xml
-    done
-  else
-    echo "Producing XML of "$doc" for locale "$LANG
-    po4a-translate -k 0 --format docbook --master-charset utf-8 --localized-charset utf-8 \
-      -o doctype="book" -o nodefault="<imageobject> <caution> <note>" -o untranslated="<imageobject>" -o translated="<caution> <note>" --master en/${doc}.xml \
-      --po $LANG.po --localized $LANG/${doc}.xml
-    perl -i -p -e "s/version=\"5\.0\"/version=\"5\.0\" xml:lang=\"$LANG\"/;" $LANG/${doc}.xml
-    perl -i -p -e "s/xml\:lang=\"$LANG\"\ xml\:lang=\"$LANG\"/xml\:lang=\"$LANG\"/;" $LANG/${doc}.xml
-  fi
-done
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/makepot.sh b/docs/mcc-help/makepot.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index d30921a4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/makepot.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-
-  po4a-gettextize --format docbook -o doctype="book" \
-   -o nodefault="<imageobject> <caution> <note>" -o untranslated="<imageobject>" -o translated="<caution> <note>" \
-   --master-charset UTF-8 --po mcc-help.pot \
-   --msgid-bugs-address "doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org" --copyright-holder "Mageia" \
-   --package-name "Mageia Control Center Help" --package-version "6.0" \
-   $(
-for doc in en/*.xml; do
-  echo --master $doc
-done
-  )
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot b/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot
deleted file mode 100644
index d0ed20e3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9321 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 6.0\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-02-10 09:47+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new "
-"entry. Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
-"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
-"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you "
-"are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
-"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
-"one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at "
-"boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session "
-"for a user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change "
-"them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
-"dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
-"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
-"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
-"it on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
-"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
-"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
-"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
-"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in "
-"seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available "
-"operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is "
-"made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
-"APIC:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
-"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link "
-"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
-"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
-"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
-"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. On the screenshot above, the date is "
-"September (on the upper left), 2012 (on the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  "
-"and it is a Sunday. Select the month (or year) by clicking on the little "
-"arrows on each side of September (or 2012). Select the day by clicking on "
-"its number."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
-"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
-"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP "
-"address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your service provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be "
-"\"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define "
-"this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be "
-"\"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define "
-"this setting. Again, domestic connection would not need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and "
-"manufacturer. Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
-"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is "
-"specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The "
-"Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
-"before the period."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider "
-"gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
-"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
-"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
-"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
-"partition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look "
-"different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM "
-"is a lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
-"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
-"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
-"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
-"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
-"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
-"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
-"control blocker DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
-"sharing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed "
-"IP-addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
-"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
-"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
-"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
-"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
-"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
-"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
-"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
-"key in particular)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
-"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network "
-"creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root "
-"squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients "
-"(no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
-"files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them "
-"out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
-"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
-"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
-"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
-"page</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies "
-"the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The "
-"firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
-"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
-"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether "
-"the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
-"name can not be modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173 en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203 en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
-"tools</guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
-"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
-"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
-"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from "
-"the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
-"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
-"are done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
-"adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
-"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
-"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and "
-"<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to "
-"<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
-"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
-"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in "
-"<code>ldetect-lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on "
-"Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can "
-"be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
-"logs</guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
-"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  "
-"to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is "
-"possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
-"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
-"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
-"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
-"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
-"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
-"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
-"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
-"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
-"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
-"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with "
-"drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you "
-"are prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
-"hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
-"effects</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
-"tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
-"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
-"out."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
-"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
-"below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to "
-"pre-configure system security according to the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
-"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for "
-"power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
-"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
-"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security "
-"problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs "
-"files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
-"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
-"to the options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
-"button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
-"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
-"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
-"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
-"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security "
-"level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
-"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
-"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
-"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions "
-"that will be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref "
-"linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window "
-": <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message annoys "
-"you and you have a good internet connection without too strict download "
-"limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
-"</firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
-"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes "
-"scanning. It also allows you to share local devices connected to this "
-"computer with a remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install "
-"<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet "
-"installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
-"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" "
-"id=\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
-"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that "
-"case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this "
-"page</link>. When indicated, you must install the "
-"<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software "
-"management. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked "
-"for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
-"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the "
-"IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" "
-"can manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
-"IP-adress is not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS "
-"documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
-"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters "
-"of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
-"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
-"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package "
-"is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
-"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report "
-"the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
-"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
-"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other "
-"up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This "
-"page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
-"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
-"devices</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</link>.  "
-"The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> "
-"for the management of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
-"for the QPDL protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this "
-"search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "
-"\"iscan-data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin "
-"package can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
-"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
-"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
-"import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import documents:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
-"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
-"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
-"appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly "
-"recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the "
-"password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should "
-"use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The "
-"shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
-"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
-"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
-"as root. Mind the capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
-"example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable "
-"Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to "
-"restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
-"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
-"may be unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb.po b/docs/mcc-help/nb.po
deleted file mode 100644
index d8db7c84..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11313 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Karl Morten Ramberg <karl.m.ramberg@gmail.com>, 2018
-# kekePower <smelror@gmail.com>, 2017
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-02-10 09:47+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-02-14 23:41+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Karl Morten Ramberg <karl.m.ramberg@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
-"language/nb/)\n"
-"Language: nb\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Sett opp tilgang til delte stasjoner og mapper for WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finnes i Mageia "
-"Kontroll Senter, under Netverksdeling, merket <guilabel>Konfigurer "
-"WebDAVdeling</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Introduksjon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> er en "
-"protokoll som tillater at man kan montere en katalog på en webserver "
-"lokalt., slik at den ser ut som en lokal katalog. Det er nødvendig at den "
-"eksterne maskinen kjører en WebDAV-tjener. Det er ikke målet med dette "
-"verktøyet å konfigurere WebDAV-tjeneren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Oppretter en ny oppføring"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Den første skjermen til verktøyet viser de allerede konfigurerte "
-"oppføringene, hvis noen, og en <guibutton>Ny</guibutton> knapp. Bruk den til "
-"å opprette en ny oppføring. Sett inn serveradressen i feltet på den nye "
-"skjermen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Deretter får du en skjerm med radioknapper for å velge handlinger. Fortsett "
-"med handlingen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ved å klikke "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> etter at du har valgtradioknappen,  "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> er allerede konfigurert. Du kan endre den hvis "
-"du vil."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Innholdet i den eksterne pakkebrønnen vil være tilgjengelig gjennom dette "
-"monteringspunktet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"I neste trinn, angi brukernavn og passord. Hvis du trenger noen andre "
-"alternativer, kan du angi dem i<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> skjermbildet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"Alternativet <guibutton>Monter</guibutton> gir deg mulighet til å montere "
-"aksessen med umiddelbar virkning."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter at du har godkjent konfigurasjonen med radkioknappen "
-"<guibutton>Utført</guibutton>, den første skjermen vises igjen og det nye "
-"monteringspunktet er oppført. Etter at du har valgt<guibutton>Avslutt</"
-"guibutton>, blir du spurt om du vil lagre endringene i eller ikke <emphasis>/"
-"etc/fstab</emphasis>. Velg dette alternativet hvis du vil at den eksterne "
-"katalogen er tilgjengelig ved hvert oppstart. Hvis konfigurasjonen din er "
-"for engangsbruk, trenger du ikke lagre den."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Del harddiskpartisjoner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette enkle verktøyetl<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lar deg, "
-"administratoren, tillate brukere å dele deler av egne / hjemmeunderkataloger "
-"med andre brukere av samme lokale nettverk som kan ha datamaskiner som "
-"kjører enten Linux eller Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Den finnes i Mageia Control Center, under kategorien Local Disk, merket "
-"\"Del harddiskpartisjonene\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Først svar på spørsmålet: \"<guilabel>Vil du tillate brukere å dele noen av "
-"katalogene sine?</guilabel>\", klikk på <guibutton>Ingen deling</guibutton> "
-"Hvis nei er alternativet for alle brukerne klikk  <guibutton>Tillat alle "
-"brukere</guibutton> og klikk <guibutton>Egendefinert</guibutton>hvis svaret "
-"er nei for noen brukere og ja for de andre. I dette siste tilfellet må "
-"brukerne som er autorisert til å dele katalogene tilhøre fildelings-gruppen, "
-"som automatisk opprettes av systemet. Du blir spurt om dette senere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Klikk<guilabel>OK</guilabel>.En annen skjerm vises som ber deg velge mellom "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  Kryss i "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> hvis Linux ier det eneste operativ systemet på "
-"nettverket kryss i  <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> hvis nettverket har et "
-"blandet miljø med Linux og Windows maskiner og klikk deretter på "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Nødvendige pakker vil bli installert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurasjonen er nå fullført hvis ikke Tilpasset-alternativet ble valgt. I "
-"dette tilfellet spør en ekstra skjerm om å åpne Userdrake. Dette verktøyet "
-"lar deg legge til brukere som er autorisert til å dele katalogene sine til "
-"fileshare-gruppen. I brukerfanen klikker du på brukeren for å legge til "
-"filesegruppen, og deretter på <guimenuitem>Endre</guimenuitem>, I kategorien "
-"Grupper marker filservergruppe og klikk på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For "
-"mer informasjon om Userdrake, se <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">denne siden</"
-"xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du legger til en ny bruker til fildelings-gruppen, må du koble fra og "
-"koble nettverket til igjen for at modifikasjonene skal tas i bruk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Fra nå av kan hver bruker som tilhører fildelings-gruppen i sin "
-"filbehandling velge katalogene som skal deles, men ikke alle filbehandlere "
-"har dette anlegget."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
-#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "nb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Sett opp tilgang til delte stasjoner og mapper for NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lar deg deklarere "
-"noen delte kataloger til å være tilgjengelig for alle brukere på maskinen. "
-"Protokollen som brukes til dette er NFS som er tilgjengelig på de fleste "
-"Linux- eller Unix-systemer. Den delte katalogen vil dermed være tilgjengelig "
-"direkte ved oppstart. Delte kataloger kan også nås direkte i en enkelt økt "
-"for en bruker med verktøy som fillesere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Prosedyre"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg <guibutton>søke serverne</guibutton> for å få en liste med servere som "
-"deler mappekataloger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klikk på> symbolet før servernavnet for å vise listen over de delte "
-"katalogene og velg katalogen du vil ha tilgang til."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> vil bli tilgjengelig og du må "
-"spesifisere hvor du vil montere katalogen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter å ha valgt monteringspunktet, kan du montere det. Du kan også bekrefte "
-"og endre noen alternativer med<guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton> knappen. "
-"Etter montering av katalogen kan du avmontere den med samme knapp."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Ved å godta konfigurasjonen med <guibutton>Ferdig</guibutton> knappen, en "
-"melding vil vises, spør \"Vil du lagre / etc / fstab modifikasjonene\". "
-"Dette vil gjøre katalogen tilgjengelig ved hver oppstart, hvis nettverket er "
-"tilgjengelig. Den nye katalogen er da tilgjengelig i din nettleser, for "
-"eksempel i Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "CD/DVD-brenner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finner du under "
-"kategorien Lokale disker i Mageia Control Center, merket i henhold til "
-"flyttbar maskinvare (kun CD / DVD-spillere og brennere og disketter)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Målet er å definere måten din flyttbare disk er montert på."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Øverst i vinduet er det en kort beskrivelse av maskinvaren din og de valgte "
-"alternativene for å montere den. Bruk menyen nederst for å endre dem. Sjekk "
-"elementet som skal endres og deretter på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> knappen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Monteringspunkt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Merk av i denne boksen for å endre monteringspunktet. Standardinnstillingen "
-"er / media / cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Valg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Mange monteringsalternativer kan velges her enten direkte i listen eller via "
-"<guilabel>Avansert</guilabel> undermeny. De viktigste er:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"brukeren tillater at en vanlig bruker (ikke rot) å montere den flyttbare "
-"disken, dette alternativet omfatter noexec, nosuid og nodev. Brukeren som "
-"monterte disken, er den eneste som kan avmontere den."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Sett opp tilgang til delte Windows-stasjoner og mapper"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyetl<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lar deg deklarere "
-"hvilke delte kataloger som skal være tilgjengelige for alle brukere på "
-"maskinen. Protokollen som brukes til dette er SMB som har blitt popularisert "
-"på Windows (R) -systemer. Den delte katalogen vil være tilgjengelig direkte "
-"ved oppstart. Delt kataloger kan også nås direkte i en enkelt økt av en "
-"bruker med verktøy som fillesere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Før du starter verktøyet, er det en god ide å erklære navnene på "
-"tilgjengelige servere, for eksempel med <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg <guibutton>søk servere</guibutton> for å få en listeav tilgjengelige "
-"servere som deler kataloger."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klikk på servernavnet og på &gt; før servernavnet viser listen over de "
-"delte katalogene og velg katalogen du vil ha tilgang til."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> vil bli tilgjengelig og du må "
-"spesifisere hvor du vil montere katalogen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter å ha valgt monteringspunktet, kan du montere det. Du kan også bekrefte "
-"og endre noen alternativer med<guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton> knappen. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"I tillegg kan du angi brukernavn og passord for de som kan koble til SMB-"
-"serveren. Etter montering av katalogen kan du avmontere den med samme knapp."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter å ha akseptert konfigurasjonen med Ferdig-knappen, vil en melding "
-"spørre \"Vil du lagre / etc / fstab modifikasjonene\". Lagring, vil tillate "
-"katalog å bli tilgjengelig ved hver oppstart, hvis nettverket er "
-"tilgjengelig. Den nye katalogen er da tilgjengelig i din nettleser, for "
-"eksempel i Dollfin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "3D Skrivebordseffekter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lar deg håndtere 3D "
-"effektene for skrivebordet for ditt system. 3D effekter er avslått som "
-"standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Kom i gang"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"For å bruke dette verktøyet må du ha glxinfo-pakken installert. Hvis pakken "
-"ikke er installert, blir du bedt om å gjøre det før drak3d kan starte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter at du har startet drak3d, vil du bli presentert med et menyvindu. Her "
-"kan du velge enten <guilabel>Ingen 3D Desktop Effekter</guilabel> eller "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion er en del av en "
-"kompositt / vindushåndterer, som inkluderer maskinvare-akselererte "
-"spesialeffekter for skrivebordet ditt. Velg <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
-"guilabel> for å aktivere den."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis dette er første gang du bruker dette programmet etter en ren "
-"installasjon av Mageia, vil du få en advarselmelding som forteller deg "
-"hvilke pakker som må installeres for å kunne bruke Compiz Fusion. Klikk på "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> knappen for å fortsette."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Når de riktige pakkene er installert, vil du legge merke til at Compiz "
-"Fusion er valgt i drak3d-menyen, men du må logge ut og logge inn igjen for "
-"at endringene skal tre i kraft."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter å ha logget inn igjen, vil Compiz Fusion bli aktivert. For å "
-"konfigurere Compiz Fusion, se siden for ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) "
-"verktøyet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Feilsøking"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Kan ikke se Skrivebordet etter innlogging"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du etter å ha slått på Compiz Fusion forsøker å logge deg på "
-"skrivebordet ditt, men ikke ser noe, start datamaskinen på nytt for å komme "
-"tilbake til linnloggruten. Når du er der, klikk på skrivebordet ikonet og "
-"velg drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du logger på, blir kontoen din oppført som administrator, og du blir "
-"bedt om å oppgi passordet ditt igjen. Ellers bruker du "
-"administratorinnlogging med sin konto. Deretter kan du angre eventuelle "
-"endringer som kan ha forårsaket loggen i problemet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Autentisering"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gjør at du kan "
-"endre måten du kan gjenkjenne som bruker av maskinen eller på nettet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Som standard lagres informasjon for autorisasjon i en fil på datamaskinen. "
-"Endre dette bare hvis nettverksadministratoren ber deg gjøre det og gir deg "
-"nødvendig informasjon om endringen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Sett opp autologin for automatisk innlogging"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lar deg automatisk "
-"logge inn med samme  bruker, i sitt eget skrivebordsmiljø, uten å be om "
-"passord. Det kalles autologin. Dette er vanligvis en god ide når det bare er "
-"én bruker som liker å bruke maskinen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Det finns under <emphasis role=\"bold\">Oppstart</emphasis> fanen i Mageia "
-"Control Center, merket \"Set up autologin for automatisk logging inn\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Grensesnittknappene er ganske åpenbare:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Kryss i <guibutton>Start det grafiske miljøet når systemet starter</"
-"guibutton>, hvis du vil at X Window System skal utføres etter oppstart. Hvis "
-"ikke, starter systemet i tekstmodus. Likevel vil det være mulig å starte "
-"grafisk grensesnitt manuelt. Dette kan gjøres ved å starte kommandoen "
-"'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis den første boksen er merket, er to andre alternativer tilgjengelige, "
-"kryss enten i <guibutton>Nei, jeg vil ikke ha autologin</guibutton>, hvis du "
-"vil at systemet skal fortsette å spørre hvilken bruker du skal koble til (og "
-"passord) eller sjekke <guibutton>Ja, jeg vil ha autologin med denne (bruker, "
-"skrivebord)</guibutton>, om nødvendig. I dette tilfellet må du også "
-"<guilabel>angi Standard brukernavn </guilabel> og <guilabel>Standard "
-"skrivebord</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Innstillinger for oppstartssystem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du bruker et UEFI-system i stedet for BIOS, er brukergrensesnittet litt "
-"annerledes da oppstartsenheten er åpenbart EFI-systempartisjonen (ESP)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lar deg konfigurere "
-"oppstartsalternativer (valg av oppstartslaster, angi passord, standard "
-"oppstart, etc.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Den finnes under Oppstarts-kategorien i Mageia Control Center, merket \"Sett "
-"opp oppstarts system\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Ikke bruk dette verktøyet hvis du ikke vet nøyaktig hva du gjør. Hvis du "
-"endrer noen innstillinger, kan det forhindre at maskinen starter opp igjen!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"I første del, kalt <guilabel>Oppstartslaster</guilabel>, er det mulig å "
-"bruke BIOS, å velge hvilken <guibutton>Oppstartslaster å bruke</guibutton>, "
-"Grub, Grub2 eller Lilo, og med en grafisk eller en tekstmeny. Det er bare et "
-"spørsmål om smak, det er ingen andre konsekvenser. Du kan også sette "
-"<guibutton>Oppstarts-enheten</guibutton>, ikke endre noe her, med mindre du "
-"er ekspert. Oppstartsenheten er hvor oppstartslederen er installert, og "
-"eventuelle endringer kan forhindre at maskinen starter oppstart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"I et UEFI-system er bootloaderen  <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> og er installert i / "
-"boot / EFI partisjon. Denne FAT32 formaterte partisjonen er vanlig for alle "
-"operativsystemer som er installert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"I den andre delen, kalt <guilabel>Hovedalternativer</guilabel>, kan du angi "
-"f<guibutton>orsinkelsen før oppstart av standardbilde</guibutton>, i "
-"sekunder. Under denne forsinkelsen vil Grub eller Lilo vise listen over "
-"tilgjengelige operativsystemer, og du blir bedt om å velge. Hvis det ikke "
-"blir valgt, starter oppstartsprogrammet standardinnstillingen når "
-"forsinkelsen er ute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"I den tredje og siste delen, kalt <guibutton>Sikkerhet</guibutton>, er det "
-"mulig å angi et passord for oppstartslasteren. Dette betyr at brukernavn og "
-"passord må angis for åkunne velge en oppstartspost eller endre "
-"innstillinger. Brukernavnet er \"root\" og passordet er det som er valgt her."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> knappen gir noen flere alternativer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aktiver ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) er en standard for "
-"strømstyring. Den kan spare energi ved å stoppe ubrukte enheter, dette var "
-"metoden som ble brukt før APM. Merk av i denne boksen hvis maskinvaren din "
-"er ACPI-kompatibel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aktiver SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP står for symmetriske multiprosessorer, det er en arkitektur for "
-"flerkjerne-prosessorer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har en prosessor med HyperThreading, vil Mageia se den som en "
-"flerkjerne prosessor og aktivere SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Aktiver APIC </guibutton>og <guibutton>aktiver lokalt APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC står for avansert programmerbar avbruddskontroll. Det er to komponenter "
-"i Intel APIC-systemet, det lokale APIC (LAPIC) og I / O APIC. Den sistnevnte "
-"ruter avbruddene den mottar fra perifere busser til en eller flere lokale "
-"APICer som er i prosessoren. Dette er veldig nyttig for "
-"flerprosessorsystemer. Enkelte datamaskiner har problemer med APIC-systemet "
-"som kan forårsake frysing eller feil enhetens deteksjon (feilmelding \"falsk "
-"8259A avbryt: IRQ7\"). I så fall, deaktiver APIC og / eller Local APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"Den <guibutton>Neste </guibutton>skjermbildet varierer avhengig av hvilken "
-"oppstartslaster du valgte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "Du har Grub Legacy eller Lilo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"I dette tilfellet kan du se listen over alle tilgjengelige oppføringer ved "
-"oppstartstid. Standardinnstillingen er asterisk. For å endre rekkefølgen på "
-"menyoppføringene, klikk på opp- eller nedpilene for å flytte det valgte "
-"elementet. Hvis du klikker på knappene <guibutton>Legg til</guibutton> eller "
-"<guibutton>Endre</guibutton>, vises et nytt vindu for å legge til en ny "
-"oppføring i opplastingsmenyen eller for å endre en eksisterende. Du må være "
-"kjent med Lilo eller Grub for å kunne bruke disse verktøyene."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Etikettfeltet </guilabel>er freeform, skriv her hva du vil bli "
-"vist i menyen. Den samsvarer med kommandoen Grub \"title\". For eksempel: "
-"Mageia3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Bildefeltet</guilabel> inneholder kjernenavnet. Den samsvarer med "
-"Grub-kommandoen \"kjernen\". For eksempel / boot / vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Rotfeltet</guilabel> inneholder enhetens navn der kjernen er "
-"lagret. Den samsvarer med kommandoen Grub \"root\". For eksempel (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Tilføy-feltet </guilabel> inneholder alternativene som skal gis "
-"til kjernen ved oppstartstid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis kryssboksen <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> er avmerket, starter Grub som "
-"standard denne oppføringen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"I den ekstra skjermen som heter<guilabel> Avansert</guilabel>, er det mulig "
-"å velge <guilabel>videomodus</guilabel>, en <guilabel>initrd-fil </"
-"guilabel>og en <guilabel>nettverksprofil</guilabel>, se <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>i rullegardinlister."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"Du har Grub2 eller Grub2-efi (oppstartslaster brukt som standard i "
-"henholdsvis Legacy-modus og UEFI-modus):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"I dette tilfellet viser rullegardinlisten som er merket <guilabel>Standard,</"
-"guilabel> alle tilgjengelige oppføringer; klikk på den som er ønsket som "
-"standard."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har andre operativsystemer installert, forsøker Mageia å legge dem "
-"til din Mageia oppstartsmeny. Hvis du ikke vil ha denne virkemåten, fjerner "
-"du merket for <guilabel>Test for Fremmed OS</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"I den ekstra skjermen <guilabel>Avansert</guilabel>, er det mulig å velge "
-"<guilabel>videomodus</guilabel>. Hvis du ikke vil ha en oppstartbar Mageia, "
-"men å kjede laste den fra et annet OS, merk av i boksen Ikke rør "
-"<guilabel>ESP eller MBR</guilabel> og godta advarselen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"Å ikke installertepå ESP eller MBR betyr at installasjonen ikke kan starte "
-"opp med mindre kjedelasting fra et annet operativsystem er satt opp."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"For å angi mange andre parametere kan du bruke verktøyet <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, tilgjengelig i Mageia-pakkebrønnene (se nedenfor)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Samle logger og systeminformasjon for feilrapporter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>kan bare startes og "
-"brukes på kommandolinjen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Det anbefales at du skriver resultatet av denne kommandoen til en fil, for "
-"eksempel ved å gjøre <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report> drakbugreport."
-"txt</emphasis>, men sørg for at du har nok diskplass først: filen kan enkelt "
-"være flere GBs store."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Utdataene er altfor store til å få plass i en feilrapport uten å først "
-"fjerne de unødvendige delene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Denne kommandoen samler inn følgende informasjon på systemet ditt:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partisjoner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "Mageia versjon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Da denne hjelpesiden ble skrevet, var \"syslog\" -delen av denne kommandoen "
-"ikke tom, fordi dette verktøyet ikke var blitt justert til vår bytte til "
-"systemd. Hvis det fortsatt er tomt, kan du hente \"syslog\" ved å gjøre (som "
-"root) j<emphasis role=\"bold\">ournalctl -a> journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Hvis "
-"du ikke har mye diskplass, kan du for eksempel ta de siste 5000 linjene i "
-"loggen i stedet med:<emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | hale -n5000> "
-"journalctl5000.txt.</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Mageia Feilrapporteringsverktøy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Vanligvis starter dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">automatisk når et Mageia-verktøy krasjer. Det er imidlertid også mulig at "
-"etter at du har lagt inn en feilrapport, blir du bedt om å starte dette "
-"verktøyet for å sjekke noe av informasjonen det gir, og deretter legge det "
-"inn i den eksisterende feilrapporteringen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis en ny feilrapport må skapes, og du ikke er vant til det, må du lese "
-"<link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly"
-"\">Slik rapporterer du en feilrapport riktig</link> før du klikker på "
-"\"Rapporter\" -knappen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis feilen allerede er rapportert av noen andre (feilmeldingen som drakbug "
-"ga, vil være den samme),. Da er det nyttig å legge til en kommentar til den "
-"eksisterende rapporten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Håndter tid og dato"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finnes under "
-"kategorien System i Mageia Control Center, merket <guilabel>\"Administrer "
-"dato og klokkeslett\"</guilabel>. I enkelte skrivebordsmiljøer er det også "
-"tilgjengelig med et høyreklikk / Juster dato og klokkeslett ... på klokken i "
-"systemstatusfeltet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Det er et veldig enkelt vertøy."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"På oversiden til venstre er <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalenderen.</emphasis> "
-"På skjermbildet over, er datoen September (øverst til venstre), 2012 (øverst "
-"til høyre), 2. (i blått) og det er en Søndag. Velg måned (eller år) ved å "
-"klikke på de små pilene på hver side av September (eller 2012). Velg dagen "
-"ved å klikke på nummeret."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"Nederst til venstre er <emphasis role=\"bold\">Synkroniseringen av "
-"nettverkstidsprotokollen</emphasis>, det er mulig å alltid ha en klokke ved "
-"å synkronisere den med en server. Kontroller <guilabel>Aktiver "
-"nettverkstidsprotokoll </guilabel>og velg nærmeste server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"På høyre side er <emphasis role=\"bold\">klokken</emphasis>. Det er "
-"ubrukelig å stille klokken hvis NTP er aktivert. Tre bokser viser timer, "
-"minutter og sekunder (15, 28 og 22 på skjermbildet). Bruk de små pilene til "
-"å stille klokken til riktig tid. Formatet kan ikke endres her, se "
-"innstillingene for skrivebordsmiljøet for det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Minst, nederst til høyre, velg tidssonen din ved å klikke på "
-"<guibutton>Endre Tids Sone-knappen</guibutton> og velge i listen nærmeste by."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Selv om det ikke er mulig å velge et dato- eller tidsformat i dette "
-"verktøyet, vil de bli vist på skrivebordet ditt i samsvar med "
-"lokaliseringsinnstillingene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Fjern en tilkobling"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Her kan du slette et nettverksgrensesnitt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klikk på rullegardinmenyen, velg den du vil fjerne, og klikk deretter "
-"<emphasis>på neste</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr "Du får se en melding om at nettverksgrensesnittet er slettet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Sett opp et nytt nettverksgrensesnitt (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, …)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect </emphasis>som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lar deg konfigurere "
-"mye av lokalt nettverk eller Internett-tilgang. Du må ha noe informasjon fra "
-"din leverandør eller nettverksadministrator."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg hvilken type tilkobling du vil sette opp, i henhold til hvilken "
-"maskinvare og leverandør du har."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "En ny kablet tilkobling (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Det første vinduet viser grensesnittene som er tilgjengelige. Velg den som "
-"skal konfigureres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"På dette tidspunktet er valget gitt mellom en automatisk eller en manuell IP-"
-"adresse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "Automatisk IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet / IP-innstillinger</emphasis>: Du må velge om DNS-servere "
-"er gitt av DHCP-serveren eller angis manuelt, som forklart nedenfor. I det "
-"siste tilfellet må IP-adressen til DNS-servere settes. HOSTNAME av "
-"datamaskinen kan spesifiseres her. Hvis inget HOSTNAME er oppgitt, blir "
-"navnet<literal> localhost.localdomain</literal> som standard tilordnet. "
-"Vertsnavnet kan også leveres av DHCP-serveren med alternativet "
-"<emphasis>Tilordne vertsnavn fra DHCP-server.</emphasis> Ikke alle DHCP-"
-"servere har en slik funksjon, og hvis du setter opp PCen din for å få en IP-"
-"adresse fra en innenlands ADSL-router, er det usannsynlig."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Den avanserte knappen gir mulighet til å spesifisere:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Søkedomene (ikke tilgjengelig, som levert av DHCP-serveren)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "DHCP klienten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP timeout"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "Få YP-server fra DHCP (merket som standard): angi NIS-serveren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "Få NTPD-server fra DHCP (synkronisering av klokker)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"HOSTNAME kreves av DHCP. Bruk bare dette alternativet hvis DHCP-serveren "
-"krever at klienten oppgir et vertsnavn før du mottar en IP-adresse. Dette "
-"alternativet behandles ikke av enkelte DHCP-servere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Etter å ha akseptert de siste stegene som er felles for alle "
-"koblingskonfigurasjonene, forklares:<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Manuelt oppsett"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet / IP-innstillinger:</emphasis> Du må angi hvilke DNS-"
-"servere som skal brukes. HOSTNAME av datamaskinen kan spesifiseres her. Hvis "
-"ingen HOSTNAME er oppgitt, blir navnet<literal> localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> som standard tilordnet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"For et bolignettverk ser IP-adressen vanligvis ut som <emphasis>192.168.x.x,"
-"</emphasis> Netmasken er <emphasis> 255.255.255.0</emphasis>, og Gateway- og "
-"DNS-serverne er tilgjengelige fra tjenesteleverandørens nettsted."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"I avanserte innstillinger kan du spesifisere et<emphasis> Søke-domene</"
-"emphasis>. Det vil vanligvis være ditt hjemdomene, dvs. hvis datamaskinen "
-"kalles \"splash\", og det er fullt domenenavn er \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"vil Search Domain være \"boatanchor.net\". Med mindre du trenger det "
-"spesielt, er det greit å ikke definere denne innstillingen. Igjen, "
-"innenlands ADSL ville ikke trenge denne innstillingen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "De neste trinnene blir vist på<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "En ny satellittilkobling (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne delen er ikke skrevet ennå for mangel på ressurser. Hvis du tror du "
-"kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Doc-teamet</link>. På forhånd takk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "En ny kabelmodem tilkobling"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Du må angi en autetiseringsmetode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Ingen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (nødvendig for Telstra). I dette tilfellet må du oppgi brukernavn "
-"og passord."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kabel / IP-innstillinger</emphasis>: Du må velge om DNS-servere er "
-"tildelt av DHCP-serveren eller er manuelt spesifisert, som forklart "
-"nedenfor. I det siste tilfellet må IP-adressen til DNS-servere settes. "
-"HOSTNAME av datamaskinen kan spesifiseres her. Hvis ingen HOSTNAME er "
-"oppgitt, blir navnet <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> som standard "
-"tilordnet. Vertsnavnet kan også leveres av DHCP-serveren med alternativet "
-"<emphasis>Tilordne vertsnavn fra DHCP-server</emphasis>. Ikke alle DHCP-"
-"servere har en slik funksjon, og hvis du setter opp PCen din for å få en IP-"
-"adresse fra en innenlands ADSL-router, er det usannsynlig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet / IP-innstillinger:</emphasis> Du må angi hvilke DNS-"
-"servere som skal brukes. HOSTNAME av datamaskinen kan spesifiseres her. Hvis "
-"ingen HOSTNAME er oppgitt, blir navnet<literal> localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> som standard tilordnet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"I avanserte innstillinger kan du spesifisere et<emphasis> Søke-domene</"
-"emphasis>. Det vil vanligvis være ditt hjemdomene, dvs. hvis datamaskinen "
-"kalles \"splash\", og det er fullt domenenavn er \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"vil Search Domain være \"boatanchor.net\". Med mindre du trenger det "
-"spesielt, er det greit å ikke definere denne innstillingen. Igjen, "
-"innenlands ADSL ville ikke trenge denne innstillingen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "En ny DSL kobling"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis verktøyet oppdager et nettverksgrensesnitt, kan det også konfigurere "
-"det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"En liste over leverandører er foreslått, klassifisert etter land. Velg "
-"leverandøren din. Hvis den ikke er oppført, velg alternativet "
-"<guilabel>Ulistet</guilabel> og skriv deretter inn alternativene "
-"leverandøren ga."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Velg en av protokollene som er tilgjengelige:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Manuelt oppsett av TCP/IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling-protokoll (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Tilgangsoppsett"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Innloggingskonto (brukernavn)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Bruker passord"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Avansert) Virtuell Sti ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Avansert) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "En ny ISDN kobling"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Veiviseren spør hvilken enhet som skal konfigureres:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Manuelt valg (internt ISDN kort)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Eksternt ISDN-modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"En liste over maskinvare er foreslått, klassifisert etter kategori og "
-"produsent. Velg ditt kort."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protokoll for resten av verden, unntatt Europa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protokoll for Europa (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"En liste over leverandører er listet etter land. Velg leverandøren din. Hvis "
-"det ikke er oppført, velg alternativet <guilabel>Ulistet </guilabel>og skriv "
-"deretter inn alternativene leverandøren ga. Deretter spør den om parametre."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Tilkoblingsnavn"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Telefonnummer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Innloggings-ID"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Autentiseringsmetode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter det må du velge om du skal sette IP adressen  manuelt eller få den "
-"automatisk. Ved manuell metode, må du angi IP adress og Subnet maske selv."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Det neste trinnet er å velge hvordan DNS-serveradresser er motatt, ved hjelp "
-"av automatisk eller manuell metode. Ved manuell konfigurasjon må du sette:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Domenenavn"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Første og andre DNS server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg om vertsnavnet er satt fra IP. Dette alternativet kan du bare  velge "
-"hvis du er sikker på at leverandøren din er konfigurert til å akseptere det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Det neste trinnet er å velge hvordan gatewayadressen er satt, ved automatisk "
-"eller manuell metode. Ved manuell konfigurasjon må du angi IP-adressen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "En ny trådløs forbindelse (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Et første vindu viser de grensesnittene som er tilgjengelige og en oppføring "
-"for Windows-driveren (ndiswrapper). Velg den som skal konfigureres. Bruk "
-"bare ndiswrapper hvis de andre konfigurasjonsmetodene ikke virket."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"På dette trinnet er valget gitt mellom de ulike tilgangspunktene som kortet "
-"har oppdaget."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "De spesifikke parametere som trådløst kort skal sette:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Driftsmodus:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Håndtert"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "For å få tilgang til et eksisterende tilgangspunkt (det hyppigste)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "For å konfigurere direkte forbindelse mellom datamaskiner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Nettverknavn (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Krypteringsmodus: Det avhenger av hvordan tilgangspunktet er konfigurert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne krypteringsmodusen er å foretrekke hvis maskinvaren tillater det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Noe gammel maskinvare håndterer bare denne krypteringsmetoden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Det kommer vanligvis med maskinvaren som gir tilgangspunktet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"På dette trinnet er valget gitt mellom en automatisk IP-adresse eller en "
-"manuell IP-adresse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-innstillinger</emphasis>: Du må velge om DNS-servere er tildelt "
-"av DHCP-serveren eller er manuelt spesifisert, som forklart nedenfor. I det "
-"siste tilfellet må IP-adressen til DNS-servere settes. HOSTNAME av "
-"datamaskinen kan spesifiseres her. Hvis ingen HOSTNAME er oppgitt, blir "
-"navnet localhost.localdomain som standard tilordnet. Vertsnavnet kan også "
-"leveres av DHCP-serveren med alternativet <emphasis>Tilordne vertsnavn fra "
-"DHCP-server</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr "Få YP-server fra DHCP (merket som standard): angi NIS-serveren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Etter å ha akseptert de siste stegene som er felles for alle "
-"koblingskonfigurasjonene, forklares:<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-innstillinger:</emphasis> du må deklarere DNS-servere. HOSTNAME "
-"av datamaskinen kan spesifiseres her. Hvis ingen HOSTNAME er oppgitt, blir "
-"navnet <literal> localhost.localdomain</literal> sattsom standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"For et bolignettverk ser IP-adressen vanligvis ut som <emphasis>192.168.x.x,"
-"</emphasis> Netmasken er <emphasis> 255.255.255.0</emphasis>, og Gateway- og "
-"DNS-serverne er tilgjengelige fra tjenesteleverandørens nettsted."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"I avanserte innstillinger kan du spesifisere et <emphasis> Søke-domene</"
-"emphasis>. Det må virke til vertsnavnet ditt uten fornavn, før perioden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "En ny GPRS/Edge/3G kobling"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis verktøyet registrerer trådløse grensesnitt, tilbyr det å velge ett og å "
-"konfigurere det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "PIN kodcen etterspørres. La feltet være tomt om den ikke er påkrevd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Veiviseren spør etter nettverk. Hvis det ikke oppdages, velg alternativet "
-"<guilabel>Ulistet</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Tilgangsoppsett"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Navn på aksesspunkt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Oppringt nettverk for Bluetooth"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Analogt telefonmodem (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Manuelt valg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Fant maskinvare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "En liste over porter vises. Velg din port."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis den ikke er installert ennå, vil det bli foreslått at du installerer "
-"pakken <emphasis>kppp-tilbyderen</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"En liste over leverandører er listet etter land. Velg leverandøren din. Hvis "
-"det ikke er oppført, velg alternativet <guilabel>Ulistet </guilabel>og skriv "
-"deretter inn alternativene leverandøren ga. Deretter spør den om "
-"oppringingsalternativ:."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Tilkoblingsnavn</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Telefonnummer</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Logginn ID</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Passord</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Autentikasjon</emphasis>, velg mellom:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Skriptbasert"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Terminalbasert"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Avslutter konfigureringen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "I det neste steget kan du spesifisere:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Tillat brukerne å håndtere koblingen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Start koblingen ved oppstart</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Aktiver trafikkregnskap</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Tillat grensesnittet å bli kontrollert av Network Manager</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"I tilfelle av en trådløs tilkobling er en ekstra boks <emphasis>Tillat "
-"tilgangspunktsroaming</emphasis> som gir mulighet til å bytte automatisk "
-"mellom tilgangspunktet i henhold til signalstyrken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Med den avanserte knappen kan du spesifisere:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metrisk (10 som standard)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Hurtigkobling for nettverk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Slå på tunnell for IPv6 til IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Det siste trinnet lar deg angi om tilkoblingen skal starte umiddelbart eller "
-"ikke."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Åpne et konsollsvindu som administrator "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gir deg tilgang til "
-"en konsoll som åpnes direkte som rot. Vi tror ikke at du trenger mer "
-"informasjon om det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Håndter diskpartisjoner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk eller diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte detter verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
-"emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> er veldig kraftig, "
-"en liten feil eller en katt som hopper på tastaturet, kan føre til at du "
-"mister alle data på en partisjon eller til og med å slette hele harddisken. "
-"Derfor ser du skjermen over toppen av verktøylinjen. Klikk på "
-"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> hvis du ikke er sikker på at du vil fortsette"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har mer enn en harddisk, kan du bytte til harddisken du vil jobbe "
-"med, ved å velge riktig tabulator (sda, sdb, sdc osv.)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan velge mellom flere handlinger for å justere harddisken til dine "
-"preferanser. Slette en hel harddisk, splitte eller slå sammen partisjoner, "
-"endre størrelsen på dem eller endre filsystemet, formater eller se hva som "
-"er i en partisjon: det er alt mulig.  <emphasis><guibutton>Slett alt</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> knappen nederst sletter hele disken, de andre knappene "
-"blir synlige til høyre etter at du klikker på en partisjon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har et UEFI-system, kan du se en liten partisjon kalt \"EFI System "
-"Partition\" og montert på / boot / EFI. Ikke slett den, fordi den inneholder "
-"alle de forskjellige operativsystemene dine."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis den valgte partisjonen er montert, som i eksempelet nedenfor, kan du "
-"ikke velge å endre størrelse, format eller slette den. For å kunne gjøre "
-"det, må partisjonen først avmonteres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "Det er bare mulig å endre størrelsen på en partisjon på høyre side"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"For å endre en partisjonstype (endre ext3 til ext4 for eksempel) må du "
-"slette partisjonen og deretter gjenopprette den med den nye typen. "
-"Knappen<guibutton role=\"bold\">Skap</guibutton>vises når entom del av en "
-"disk er valgt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan velge et monteringspunkt som ikke eksisterer, det vil bli opprettet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Velge <emphasis><guibutton>Skift til ekspertmodus</guibutton></emphasis> gir "
-"noen ekstra tilgjengelige handlinger, som å merke partisjonen, som det kan "
-"ses på skjermbildet nedenfor."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Sett opp innloggingsbehandler"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Her <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du velge hvilken "
-"skjermbehandling som skal brukes til å logge inn på skrivebordsmiljøet. Bare "
-"de som er tilgjengelige på systemet ditt, vil bli vist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"De fleste brukere vil bare merke at de angitte innloggingsskjermene ser "
-"annerledes ut. Det er imidlertid forskjeller i støttede funksjoner også. "
-"LXDM er en lett skjermleder, SDDM og GDM har flere funksjoner og tillegg."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Sett opp personlig brannmur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finner du under "
-"kategorien Sikkerhet i Mageia Control Center, merket \"Konfigurer din "
-"personlige brannmur\". Det er det samme verktøyet i den første kategorien "
-"\"Konfigurer systemsikkerhet, tillatelser og revisjon\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"En grunnleggende brannmur er installert som standard med Mageia. Alle "
-"innkommende tilkoblinger fra utsiden er blokkert hvis de ikke er "
-"autoriserte. I det første skjermbildet ovenfor kan du velge tjenestene som "
-"eksterne tilkoblingsforsøk aksepteres for. For sikkerheten fjerner du den "
-"første boksen - <guilabel>Alt (ingen brannmur)</guilabel> - med mindre du vil "
-"deaktivere brannmuren, og bare sjekke de nødvendige tjenestene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Det er mulig å taste inn portnummerene manuelt for å åpne de. Klikk på "
-"<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> og et nytt vindu åpnes. I feltet "
-"<guilabel>Andre porter</guilabel>, skriv inn de nødvendige portene i henhold "
-"til disse eksemplene:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80 / tcp: åpne port 80 tcp protokoll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000: 24010 / udp: Åpne alle porter fra 24000 til 24010 utp protokoll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "De oppførte portene skal skilles med et mellomrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis loggboksen <guilabel>Brannmurmeldinger i systemlogger</guilabel> er "
-"merket, blir brannmurmeldingene lagret i systemlogger"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du ikke er satt opp somvert for bestemte tjenester (web- eller e-"
-"postserver, fildeling, ...) er det helt mulig å ikke ha noe kontrollert i "
-"det hele tatt, det anbefales til og med at det ikke hindrer deg fra å koble "
-"til Internett."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Neste skjerm omhandler alternativene for interaktiv brannmur. Disse "
-"funksjonene tillater deg å bli advart om tilkoblingsforsøk hvis minst den "
-"første boksen <guilabel>Bruk interaktiv brannmur</guilabel> er merket. Sjekk "
-"den andre boksen for å bli advart hvis portene er skannet (for å finne en "
-"feil et sted og gå inn i maskinen). Hver boks fra den tredje tilsvarer en "
-"port du åpnet i de to første skjermene; I skjermbildet nedenfor er det to "
-"slike bokser: SSH-server og 80: 150 / tcp. Kontroller at de skal varsles "
-"hver gang en tilkobling forsøks på disse portene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Disse advarslene er gitt av varsler i popup-vinduer via nettverksappleten."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"I det siste skjermbildet velger du hvilke grensesnitt som er koblet til "
-"Internett og må beskyttes. Når OK-knappen er klikket, lastes de nødvendige "
-"pakkene ned."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du ikke vet hva du skal velge, ta en titt i MCC-fanen Nettverk &amp; "
-"Internett, ikonet Sett opp et nytt nettverksgrensesnitt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Håndter, legg til og fjern skrifttyper. Importer skrifttyper fra Windows®"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finnes i Mageia "
-"Control Center under <emphasis role=\"bold\">System-fanen.</emphasis> Den "
-"lar deg administrere skriftene som er tilgjengelige på datamaskinen. "
-"Hovedskjermbildet over viser:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "de installerte skrifttypene, stilene og størrelsene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "en forhåndsvisning av den valgte fonten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "noen knapper vil bli forklart her senere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hent Windows Fonter:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne knappen legger automatisk til skrifttyper som er funnet på Windows-"
-"partisjonen. Du må ha Microsoft Windows installert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Alternativ:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Den lar deg spesifisere applikasjoner eller enheter (skrivere for det meste) "
-"som er i stand til å bruke skrifttypene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avinstallerl:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne knappen brukes til å fjerne installerte skrifttyper og muligens spare "
-"litt diskplass. Vær forsiktig når du fjerner skrifter fordi det kan få "
-"alvorlige konsekvenser for dokumentene som bruker dem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importer:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Lar deg legge til fonter fra en tredjepart (CD, internett, ...). De støttede "
-"formatene er ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm og gsf. Klikk på <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Importer-knappen</emphasis> og deretter på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Legg "
-"til</emphasis>, en filbehandler dukker opp der du kan velge skrifttyper som "
-"skal installeres, klikk på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Installer </emphasis>når "
-"du er ferdig. De er installert i mappen / usr / share / fonts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis de nylig installerte (eller fjernede) skrifttypene ikke vises på "
-"hovedskjermbildet i Drakfont, lukk og åpne det for å se endringene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Foreldrekontroll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finnes i Mageia "
-"Control Center, under Sikkerhet-fanen, merket <guilabel>Foreldrekontroll.</"
-"guilabel> Hvis du ikke ser denne etiketten, må du installere drakguard-"
-"pakken (ikke installert som standard)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Presentasjon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard er en enkel måte å sette opp foreldrekontroll på datamaskinen din "
-"for å begrense hvem som kan gjøre hva, og på hvilke tider av dagen. "
-"Drakguard har tre nyttige egenskaper:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Det begrenser nettilgang til navngitte brukere for å angi tider på dagen. "
-"Det gjør dette ved å kontrollere shorewall brannmur som er bygget inn i "
-"Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Det blokkerer utførelse av bestemte kommandoer ved nevnte brukere, slik at "
-"disse brukerne bare kan utføre det du aksepterer dem kunne å gjøre."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Det begrenser tilgang til nettsteder, både manuelt definert gjennom "
-"svartelister / hvitelister, men også dynamisk basert på innholdet på "
-"nettstedet. For å oppnå dette bruker Drakguard  den ledende opensource "
-"foreldrekontroll-blokkereren DansGuardian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Konfigurere foreldrekontroll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis datamaskinen inneholder harddiskpartisjoner som er formatert i Ext2, "
-"Ext3 eller ReiserFS-format, ser du et popup-tilbud for å konfigurere ACL på "
-"partisjonene dine. ACL står for tilgangskontrolllister, og er en Linux-"
-"kjerne-funksjon som tillater tilgang til individuelle filer til å være "
-"begrenset til navngitte brukere. ACL er innebygd i Ext4 og Btrfs "
-"filsystemer, men må aktiveres som et alternativ i Ext2, Ext3 eller Reiserfs "
-"partisjoner. Hvis du velger \"Ja\" til denne meldingen, vil drakguard "
-"konfigurere alle partisjonene dine for å støtte ACL, og vil da foreslå at du "
-"starter på nytt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Aktiver foreldrekontroll</guibutton>: Hvis den er avmerket, er "
-"foreldrekontrollen aktivert, og tilgangen til kategorien "
-"<guilabel>Blokkeringsprogrammer</guilabel> åpnes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blokker all nettverkstrafikk</guibutton>: Hvis den er avmerket, "
-"er alle nettstedene blokkert, unntatt de som er i  fanen hviteliste. Ellers "
-"er alle nettstedene tillatt, unntatt de i svartelisten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: U Brukere på venstre side vil ha tilgang "
-"til dem i henhold til reglene du definerer. Brukere på høyre side har "
-"ubegrenset tilgang, slik at voksne brukere av datamaskinen ikke er "
-"ubehagelige. Velg en bruker i venstre side og klikk på  <guibutton>Legg til</"
-"guibutton> for å legge til ham / henne som en tillatt bruker. Velg en bruker "
-"i høyre side og klikk på <guibutton>Fjern</guibutton> tfor å fjerne ham / "
-"henne fra de tillatte brukerne."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Tidskontroll:</guibutton> Hvis det er avmerket, er "
-"internettilgang tillatt med begrensninger mellom <guilabel>Start</guilabel> "
-"tid og <guilabel>Slutt</guilabel> tid. Den er helt blokkert utenfor dette "
-"tidsvinduet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Svart/hvitliste fanen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv inn nettadressen i det første feltet øverst og klikk på "
-"<guibutton>Legg til</guibutton> knappen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Blokk program fanen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blokker spesifike Applikasjoner</guibutton>: Aktiverer bruken av  "
-"ACL for å begrense tilgangen tilspesifike applikasjoner. Skriv inn stien til "
-"den applikasjonen du ønsker å blokkere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Opphev blokkering av brukerlistene</guibutton>: rukere som er "
-"oppført på høyre side vil ikke bli utsatt for ACL-blokkering."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Del Internettoppkoblingen med andre lokale maskiner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Prinsipper"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dette er nyttig når du har en "
-"datamaskin (3) som har tilgang til Internett (2) og er koblet til et lokalt "
-"nettverk (1). Du kan bruke datamaskin (3) som en gateway for å gi tilgang "
-"til andre arbeidsstasjoner (5) og (6) i det lokale nettverket (1). For å "
-"gjøre dette må gatewayen ha to grensesnitt; det første feks som et Ethernet-"
-"kort må være koblet til det lokale nettverket, og det andre (4) koblet til "
-"Internett (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Det første trinnet er å kontrollere at nettverket og tilgangen til Internett "
-"er satt opp, som dokumentert i<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Gateway veiviser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Veiviseren<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gir følgende trinn som "
-"er vist nedenfor:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis veiviseren ikke oppdager minst to grensesnitt, advarer den om dette og "
-"ber om at nettverket  stoppes og at maskinvaren konfigureres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"spesifiser grensesnittet som brukes til Internett-tilkoblingen. Veiviseren "
-"foreslår automatisk et av grensesnittene, men du bør bekrefte at det som er "
-"foreslått, er riktig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"spesifiser hvilket grensesnitt som brukes for Lan-tilgangen. Veiviseren "
-"foreslår også et, kontroller at dette er riktig grensesnitt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Veiviseren foreslår parametere for Lan-nettverket, som IP-adresse, maske og "
-"domenenavn. Kontroller at disse parametrene er kompatible med den faktiske "
-"konfigurasjonen. Det anbefales at du godtar disse verdiene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Angi om datamaskinen skal brukes som en DNS-server. Hvis ja, vil veiviseren "
-"sjekke om <code>bind</code> er installert. Hvis ikke må du spesifisere en "
-"adresse for en DNS server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"Angi om datamaskinen skal brukes som en DHCP-server. Hvis ja, vil veiviseren "
-"sjekke om <code>dhcp-server</code> er installert og tilbyr å konfigurere "
-"den, med start- og sluttadresser i DHCP-området."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"Angi om datamaskinen skal brukes som en proxy-server. Hvis ja, vil "
-"veiviseren sjekke at <code>squid</code> er installert og tilbyr å "
-"konfigurere den, med adressen til administratoren (admin@mydomain.com), "
-"navnet på proxyen (myfirewall @ mydomaincom), porten (3128) og "
-"bufferstørrelsen (100 Mb)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Det siste trinnet lar deg kontrollere om gateway-maskinen er koblet til "
-"skrivere og dele dem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Du vil bli varslet om behovet for å sjekke brannmuren hvis den er aktiv."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Konfigurer klienten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har konfigurert gateway-maskinen med DHCP, trenger du bare å "
-"spesifisere i nettverkskonfigurasjonsverktøyet at du automatisk får en "
-"adresse (ved hjelp av DHCP). Parametrene vil bli hentet inn når du kobler "
-"til nettverket. Denne metoden er gyldig uansett hvilket operativsystem "
-"kunden bruker."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du må spesifisere nettverksparametrene manuelt, må du spesifikt angi "
-"gatewayen ved å skrive inn IP-adressen til maskinen som fungerer som gateway."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Stopp deling av tilkoblingen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du vil slutte å dele forbindelsen på Mageia-datamaskinen,. Start "
-"verktøyet. Det vil tilby å omkonfigurere tilkoblingen eller for å stoppe "
-"delingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Vertsdefinisjoner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis noen systemer på nettverket ditt, gir deg tjenester, og har faste IP-"
-"adresser,  vil dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"gjøre det mulig å spesifisere et navn for å få enklere tilgang til dem. Du "
-"kan da bruke det navnet i stedet for IP-adressen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Legg til</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Med denne knappen kan du legge til navnet på et nytt system. Du får opp et "
-"vindu for å angi IP-adressen, vertsnavnet for systemet, og eventuelt et "
-"alias som kan brukes på samme måte som navnet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Endre</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan få tilgang til en oppførings parametre som tidligere er definert. Du "
-"får det samme vinduet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Avansert oppsett for nettverkgrensesnitt og brannmur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne siden har ikke blitt skrevet ennå pga mangel på ressurser. Hvis du "
-"tror du kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt<link ns2:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Doc teamet.</link> Takk på forhånd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Nettverkssenter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter </emphasis>som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyetl<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finner du under "
-"Network &amp; Internett-kategorien i Mageia Control Center, merket "
-"\"Nettverkssenter\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Når dette verktøyet åpnes, åpnes et vindu som viser alle nettverkene som er "
-"konfigurert på datamaskinen, uansett hvilken type de er (kablet, trådløst, "
-"satellitt osv.). Når du klikker på et av dem, vises tre eller fire knapper, "
-"avhengig av nettverkstypen, slik at du kan se etter nettverket, endre "
-"innstillingene eller koble til / koble fra. Dette verktøyet er ikke ment å "
-"skape et nettverk, for å gjøre det se <guilabel>Sett opp et nytt "
-"nettverkgrensesnitt (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> i den samme MCC fanen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"I skjermbildet nedenfor, kan vi se to nettverk, det første er kablet og "
-"tilkoblet, gjenkjennelig av dette ikonet <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (dette er ikke tilkoblet<placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) og den andre delen viser trådløse "
-"nettverk, ide som ikke er tilkoblet,  gjenkjennes av dette "
-"ikonet<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> og dette "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>hvis det er tilkoblet. For "
-"de andre nettverkstypene er fargekoden alltid den samme, grønn hvis det er "
-"tilkoblet og rød hvis det ikke er tilkoblet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"I den trådløse delen av skjermen kan du også se alle de oppdagede "
-"nettverkene, med<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>,  <guilabel>Signal styrken</"
-"guilabel>, hvis de er kryptert (i rødt) eller ikket (i grønt), og "
-"<guilabel>Operasjonsmodus</guilabel>. Klikk på det valgte også enten på "
-"<guibutton>Overvåk</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurer</guibutton> eller "
-"<guibutton>Koble til</guibutton>. Det er mulig  å bytte fra et nettverk til "
-"et annet. Hvis et privat nettverk er valgt, åpnes vinduet "
-"Nettverksinnstillinger (se nedenfor) og spør om ekstra innstillinger ( bla "
-"en krypteringsnøkkel)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Klikk på <guibutton>Oppdater</guibutton> for å oppdatere skjermbildet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Overvåkningsknappen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne knappen lar deg se nettverksaktiviteten, nedlastinger (mot PCen, i "
-"rødt) og opplastinger (mot Internett, i grønt). Den samme skjermen er "
-"tilgjengelig ved å høyreklikke på <guimenu>Internett ikonet i "
-"systemstatusfeltet -> Monitor Network.</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Det finnes en fane for hvert nettverk (her er eth0 det kablede nettverket, "
-"se den lokale loopbacken og wlan0 det trådløse nettverket) og en "
-"faneforbindelse som gir detaljer om tilkoblingsstatus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"I bunnen av vinduet er det en tittel <guilabel>Traffik overvåking</"
-"guilabel>, vi vil se nærmere på dette i den neste seksjonen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Konfigurasjonsknappen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For et kablet nettverk</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Det er mulig å endre alle innstillingene som er gitt under oppsett av "
-"nettverk. Mesteparten av tiden, sjekker<guibutton>Automatisk IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> vil gjøre, men i tilfelle problemer kan "
-"en manuell konfigurasjon gi bedre resultater."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"For et bolignettverk ser alltid, <guilabel>IP adresser</guilabel> ut som "
-"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nettmaske</guilabel> er 255.255.255.0, og "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> og <guilabel>DNS servere</guilabel> er "
-"tilgjengelige fra din tilbyders nettside."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Slå på traffikovervåkning</guibutton> Hvis dette er avmerket, vil "
-"dette telle trafikken på en time, daglig eller månedlig basis. Resultatene "
-"er synlige i nettverksmonitoren som er beskrevet i forrige avsnitt. Når det "
-"aktiveres, må du kanskje koble til nettverket igjen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillat grensesnittet å bli kontrollert av Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Knappen Avansert:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For et trådløst nettverk</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Kun det som ikke allerede er forklart ovenfor er forklart"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operasjonsmodus:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg <guilabel>Overvåket</guilabel> vis tilkoblingen er via et tilgangspunkt,"
-"vil en  <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> bli oppdaget.  Velg "
-"<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> vis det er et peer-to-peer-nettverk.. "
-"Velg<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> vis nettverkskortet ditt "
-"brukes som tilgangspunkt, ditt nettverkskort må støtte denne modusen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Krypteringsmodus og krypteringsnøkkel:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Hvis det er et privat nettverk, må du vite disse parameterne."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> bruker et passord og er svakere enn WPA som bruker "
-"en passordfrase. <guilabel>WPA Forhåndsdelt nøkkel</guilabel> er også en så "
-"kallet WPA personlig eller WPA hjemme. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> "
-"som oftest ikke brukt i private nettverk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillat aksess punkt vandring</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Roaming er en teknologi som gjør at datamaskinen kan endre tilgangspunktet "
-"mens den fortsatt er koblet til nettverket."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Knappen for Avanserte valg"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Sett opp nettverksprofiler"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakprofile</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Del stasjoner og mapper med NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Forutsetninger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Når veiviseren<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> startes for første "
-"gang, kan den vise følgende melding:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "Pakken NFS-utils må installeres. Vil du installere den?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "Etter fullført installasjonen vises et tomt vindu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Hovedvindu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"En liste over  delte kataloger vises. På dette trinnet er listen tom. "
-"<guibutton>Legg til</guibutton> knappen åpner et konfigurasjonsverktøy."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Endre oppføring"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigureringsverktøyet er merket \"Endre oppføring\". Det kan også lanseres "
-"med <guibutton>Endre</guibutton> knappen De følgende parametrene fins "
-"tilgjengelige."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "NFS-katalog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Her kan du angi hvilkentn katalog som skal deles. <guibutton>Katalog</"
-"guibutton> knappen gir tilgang til en velger for å velge den."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Verttilgang"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Her kan du spesifisere vertene som er autorisert til å få tilgang til den "
-"delte katalogen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "NFS klienter kan spesifiseres på flere måter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Enkelt vert</emphasis>: nten med et forkortet navn som er "
-"anerkjent, er resolver, fullt kvalifisert domenenavn eller en IP-adresse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>nettgrupper</emphasis>: NIS nettgrupper kan angis som @group."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>jokertegn</emphasis>: maskinnavn kan inneholde jokertegnene * "
-"og ?. For eksempel: * .cs.foo.edu matcher alle verter i domenet cs.foo.edu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-nettverk</emphasis>: Du kan også eksportere kataloger til alle "
-"verter på et IP (sub-) nettverk samtidig. For eksempel er enten "
-"`/255.255.252.0 'eller` / 22' lagt til nettverksbaseadressen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Tilordning av Bruker-ID"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>sett opp rot bruker som anonym:</emphasis>koble forespørsler fra "
-"uid / gid 0 til den anonyme uid / gid (root_squash). Klientens root bruker "
-"kan ikke lese eller skrive til filene på serveren som er opprettet av root "
-"på selve serveren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Tillat ekte ekstern root tilgang</emphasis>: Slå av rot squashing. "
-"Dette alternativet er hovedsakelig nyttig for diskløse klienter "
-"(no_root_squash)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Mapp alle brukere til anonym bruker</emphasis>: mapp alle uids og "
-"guide til den anonyme brukeren (all_squash). Nyttig for NFS-eksporterte "
-"offentlige FTP-kataloger, nyhetsspoolkataloger, etc. Det motsatte "
-"alternativet er ingen bruker UID-kartlegging (no_all_squash), som er "
-"standardinnstillingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid og anongid</emphasis>: Angi eksplisitt uid og gid til den "
-"anonyme kontoen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Avanserte valg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Sikker tilkobling</emphasis>: Dette alternativet krever at "
-"forespørsler kommer fra en Internett-port mindre enn IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). "
-"Dette alternativet er aktivert som standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: tillate enten bare lese eller både "
-"lese og skrive forespørsler på dette NFS-volumet. Standard er å avvise "
-"enhver forespørsel som endrer filsystemet. Dette kan også gjøres eksplisitt "
-"ved å bruke dette alternativet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Synkron tilgang</emphasis>: hindrer at NFS-serveren bryter med NFS-"
-"protokollen og svarer på forespørsler før eventuelle endringer som er gjort "
-"av disse forespørslene, har blitt lagret på stabil lagring (for eksempel "
-"disken)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Sub-tre-kontroll</emphasis>: Aktiver sub-tre-kontroll somi noen "
-"tilfeller kan bidra til å forbedre sikkerheten, men kan redusere "
-"stabiliteten. Se eksport (5) man side for flere detaljer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Menyoppføringer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Så langt har listen en oppføring."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Fil|Skriv konf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Lagre gjeldende konfigurasjon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS Server|Omstart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "Serveren er stoppet og omstartet med gjeldende konfigurasjonsfiler."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS Server|Last på nytt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurasjonen som vises, oppdateres fra de nåværende konfigurasjonsfilene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Mellomtjener"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du må bruke en proxy-server for å få tilgang til internett, kan du "
-"bruke dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> til å "
-"konfigurere den. Din nettverksadministrator vil gi deg den informasjonen du "
-"trenger. Du kan også spesifisere enkelte tjenester som kan nås uten proxy "
-"ved unntak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Fra Wikipedia, på 2012-09-24, artikkel Proxy-server: I datanettverk er en "
-"proxy-server en server (et datasystem eller et program) som fungerer som "
-"formidler for forespørsler fra klienter som søker ressurser fra andre "
-"servere. En klient kobler til proxy-serveren og ber om  tjenester, for "
-"eksempel en fil, en tilkobling, en nettside eller en annen ressurs som er "
-"tilgjengelig fra en annen server. Proxy-serveren evaluerer forespørselen som "
-"en måte å forenkle og kontrollere kompleksiteten på."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Konfigurer Media"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Første ting som må gjøres etter en installasjon er å legge til programvare "
-"kilder (også kjent som repositories, media, speil). Det betyr at du må velge "
-"mediekilder som skal brukes til å installere og oppdatere pakker og "
-"applikasjoner. (se Legg til knapp nedenfor)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du installerer (eller oppgraderer) Mageia ved hjelp av et optisk medium "
-"(DVD eller CD) eller en USB-enhet, vil det være en programvarekilde "
-"konfigurert på det optiske media som brukes. For å unngå å bli spurt om du "
-"vil sette inn mediene når du installerer nye pakker, bør du deaktivere "
-"(eller slette) dette mediet. (Det vil ha medietypen CD-Rom)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Systemet kjører under en arkitektur som kan enten være 32-bit (kalt i586), "
-"eller 64-bit (kalt x86_64). Noen pakker er uavhengig av om systemet ditt er "
-"32-bit eller 64-bit; disse kalles noarch-pakker. De har ikke egne "
-"noarkkataloger på speilene, men er alle i både i586 og x86_64 media."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet er tilstede i Mageia Control Center under kategorien "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Programvarebehandling</emphasis><placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Kolonnene"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Aktiver kolonne:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Det avmerkede mediet vil bli brukt til å installere nye pakker. Vær "
-"forsiktig med noen medier, for eksempel Testing og Feilsøking, de kan gjøre "
-"systemet ubrukelig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Kolonne oppdater:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Det avmerkede mediet vil bli brukt til å oppdatere pakker, det må være "
-"aktivert. Bare media med \"Oppdatering\" i navnet skal velges. Av "
-"sikkerhetshensyn er denne kolonnen ikke modifiserbar i dette verktøyet, du "
-"må åpne en konsoll som rot og type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-"
-"media --expert.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Kolonne medium:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vis kolonnenavnet. Mageia ofisielle kataloger for endelig utgivelse "
-"inneholder minst:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kjerne</emphasis> som inneholder de fleste "
-"tilgjengelige programmer som støttes av Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> som inneholder enkelte programmer "
-"som ikke er gratis"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> fri programvare som det kan være "
-"underlagt patentkrav i enkelte land."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Hvert medium har minst 4 uinderkategorier"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utgivelse</emphasis>, pakker fra den dagen denne "
-"versjonen av Mageia ble utgitt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Oppdateringer</emphasis>, pakker som er oppdatert "
-"siden utgivelsen på grunn av sikkerhets- eller feilproblemer. Alle bør ha "
-"dette mediet aktivert, selv med en svært langsom internettforbindelse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> noen pakker med nye versjoner "
-"tilbakeportert fra Cauldron (den neste versjonen under utvikling)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> som brukes til midlertidige "
-"tester av nye oppdateringer, slik at feilrapporterne og QA-teamet kan "
-"validere korreksjonene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Knappene til høyre"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Fjern:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"For å fjerne et medium, klikk på det og deretter på denne knappen. Det er "
-"lurt å fjerne mediet som brukes til installasjonen (f.eks. CD eller DVD), "
-"siden alle pakkene den inneholder, er i det offisielle Core-utgivelsesmediet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Rediger:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Lar deg endre de valgte mediuminnstillingene, (URL, nedlasting og proxy)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Legg til:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Legg til de offisielle arkivene som er tilgjengelige på Internett. Disse "
-"depotene inneholder bare sikker og godt testet programvare. Ved å klikke på "
-"\"Legg til\" -knappen, legges speillisten til konfigurasjonen din, den er "
-"utformet for å sikre at du installerer og oppdaterer fra et speil nær deg. "
-"Hvis du foretrekker å velge et bestemt speil, legger du til det ved å velge "
-"\"Legg til et bestemt mediespeil\" fra rullegardinmenyen \"Fil\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Opp og ned piler:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Endre listerekkefølgen. Når Drakrpm ser etter en pakke, leser den listen i "
-"den viste rekkefølgen og installerer den første pakken som er funnet for det "
-"samme utgivelsesnummeret - i tilfelle feilversjon vil den nyeste versjonen "
-"bli installert. Så om mulig, sett de raskeste lagrene øverst."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Menyen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fil -> Oppdater:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Et vindu vises med medielisten. Velg de du vil oppdatere og klikk på "
-"<guibutton>Oppdater</guibutton> knappen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fil -> Legg til et bestemt media speil:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"zAnta at du ikke er fornøyd med det aktuelle speilet, for eksempel for at "
-"det er for sakte eller ofte utilgjengelig, da du kan velge et annet speil. "
-"Velg alle de aktuelle media og klikk på <guibutton>Fjern</guibutton> for å "
-"fjerne de. Klikk på <guimenu>Fil -> Legg til et bestemt mediaspeil</"
-"guimenu>, velg mellom oppdatering eller hele settet (hvis du ikke vet, velg "
-"<guibutton>Fullt sett med kilder</guibutton>) og godta ved å klikke på "
-"<guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Dette vinduet åpnes:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Til venstre kan du se en liste over land, velg din eller en veldig nær ved å "
-"klikke på> symbolet, dette vil vise alle tilgjengelige speil i det landet. "
-"Velg ett og klikk på OK."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fil -> Legg til et egendefinert medium:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Det er mulig å installere et nytt medium (for eksempel fra en tredjepart) "
-"som ikke støttes av Mageia. Et nytt vindu vises:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Velg medietypen, finn et smart "
-"navn som godt definerer mediet og angi URL-adressen (eller banen, i henhold "
-"til medietypen)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativer -> Globale alternativer:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette elementet lar deg velge når du skal \"Verifisere RPMer som skal "
-"installeres\" (alltid eller aldri), nedlastingsprogrammet (curl, wget eller "
-"aria2) og definere nedlastingspolitikken for informasjonen om pakkene (på "
-"forespørsel - ved standard-, oppdater bare, alltid eller aldri)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ --> Håndtere nøkler:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"For å sikre et høyt sikkerhetsnivå, brukes digitale nøkler til å autentisere "
-"media. Det er mulig for et hvert medium å tillate eller avvise en nøkkel. I "
-"vinduet som vises, velg et medium og klikk deretter på Legg til for å legge "
-"til en ny nøkkel eller å velge en nøkkel og klikk på Fjern for å fjerne "
-"denne nøkkelen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "Gjør dette med forsiktighet, som med alle sikkerhetsrelaterte spørsmål"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du trenger å bruke en proxy-server for Internett-tilgang, kan du "
-"konfigurere den her. Du trenger bare å gi <guibutton>proxy-vertsnavnet</"
-"guibutton> og om nødvendig et <guilabel>brukernavn</guilabel> og "
-"<guilabel>passord</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"For mer informasjon om konfigurering av media, se <link ns2:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageia Wiki-siden</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Del kataloger og stasjoner med Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba er en protokoll som brukes av forskjellige operativsystemer for å dele "
-"enkelte ressurser som kataloger eller skrivere. Dette verktøyet lar deg "
-"konfigurere maskinen som en Samba-server ved hjelp av protokollen SMB / "
-"CIFS. Denne protokollen brukes også av Windows (R) og arbeidsstasjoner med "
-"dette operativsystemet kan få tilgang til ressursene til Samba-serveren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Forberedelse"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies "
-"the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The "
-"firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"For å få tilgang til andre arbeidsstasjoner må serveren ha en fast IP-"
-"adresse. Dette kan spesifiseres direkte på serveren, for eksempel med eller "
-"på DHCP-serveren som identifiserer stasjonen med sin MAC-adresse og alltid "
-"gi den den samme adressen. Brannmuren skal også tillate innkommende "
-"forespørsler til Samba-serveren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Veiviser - Enkeltstående server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"I første omgang sjekker verktøyene <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"om alle nødvendig pakker er installert og foreslår å installere dem hvis de "
-"ikke er installert allerede. Deretter startes veiviseren for å konfigurere "
-"Samba-serveren."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"I det neste vinduet er konfigurasjonsalternativet Enkel-server allerede "
-"valgt."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Deretter angir du navnet på arbeidsgruppen. Dette navnet skal være det samme "
-"som for tilgang til delte ressurser."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Netbios navn er navnet som vil bli brukt til å tilegne serveren på "
-"nettverket."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Velg sikkerhetsmodus:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Bruker</guilabel>: Klienten må være autorisert for å få tilgang "
-"til ressursen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>deling</guilabel>: klienten autentiserer seg separat for hver delt "
-"ressurs"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan angi hvilke verter som får tilgang til ressursene, enten ved IP-"
-"adresse eller vertsnavn."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Angi server-banneret. Banneret er måten denne serveren blir beskrevet på "
-"Windows-arbeidsstasjonene."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr "Der Samba kan logge informasjon. Dette kan spesifiseres i neste trinn."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Veiviseren viser en liste over de valgte parameterne før du godtar "
-"konfigurasjonen. Når du aksepterter vil konfigurasjonen bli skrevet i /etc/"
-"samba/smb.conf."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Veiviser - primær domenekontroller"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Hvis alternativet \"Primær "
-"domenekontroller\" er valgt, spør veiviseren om hvis Wins skal støtte eller "
-"ikke, og for å vise adminbrukernes navn. Følgende trinn er da det samme som "
-"for frittstående server, bortsett fra at du også kan velge sikkerhetsmodus:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domene</guilabel>: Gir en mekanisme for lagring av alle bruker- og "
-"gruppekontoer i et sentralt, delt, konto-område. Det sentraliserte "
-"kontoarkivet deles mellom (sikkerhets) kontrollører."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Angi en katalog som skal deles"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Med <guibutton>Legg til</guibutton> knappen får vi:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"En ny oppføring er blitt lagt til. Den kan endres med Endre-knappen. "
-"Alternativene kan redigeres, for eksempel om katalogen er synlig for "
-"publikum, skrivbar eller kunne leses. Delingsnavnet kan ikke endres."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr "Når listen har minst en oppføring, kan menyoppføringene brukes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Lagre gjeldende konfigurasjon i /etc/samba/smb.conf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba server|Konfigurer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "Veiviseren kan kjøres på nytt med denne kommandoen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba Server|Omstart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba Server|Last på nytt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Delt skriverressurs"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba tillater deg også å dele skrivere."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Sambabrukere"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"I denne fanen kan du legge til brukere som skal ha tilgang til de delte "
-"ressursene når godkjenning er nødvendig. Du kan legge til brukere fra<xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Sett opp autentisering for Mageia verktøy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finnes i Mageia "
-"Control Center under system-fanen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Sikkerhet.</"
-"emphasis> "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Det gjør det mulig å gi de vanlige brukerne de nødvendige rettighetene til å "
-"utføre oppgaver som vanligvis gjøres av administratoren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr "Klikk på den lille pilen foran elementet du vil slippe:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"De fleste av verktøyene som er tilgjengelige i Mageia Control Center, vises "
-"i venstre side av vinduet (se skjermbilde ovenfor) og for hvert verktøy gir "
-"en nedtrekksliste på høyre side valget mellom:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Standard: Lanseringsmodusen avhenger av det valgte sikkerhetsnivået. Se i "
-"samme MCC-faneblad, verktøyet \"Konfigurer systemets sikkerhet, tillatelser "
-"og revisjon\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr "Brukerpassord: Brukerpassordet må oppgis før verktøyet starter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr "Administrator passord: root passordet må oppgis før verktøyet starter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Ingen passord: Verktøyet blir lansert uten å spørre om passord."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Øyeblikksbilder"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finnes i MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> fanen i <guilabel>Administrasjonsverktøy</"
-"guilabel>seksjonen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du starter dette verktøyet i MCC for første gang, vil du se en melding "
-"om installering av draksnapshot. Klikk på <guibutton>Installer</guibutton> "
-"for å fortsette. Draksnapshot og noen andre pakker den trenger vil bli "
-"installert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klikk igjen på <guilabel>Øyeblikksbilde</guilabel>, du vil se skjermbildet "
-"<guilabel> Innstillinger.</guilabel> Marker <guilabel> Aktiver "
-"sikkerhetskopier,</guilabel> og sikkerhetskopier hele systemet, hvis du "
-"ønsker det"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du bare vil sikkerhetskopiere deler av katalogene dine, velger du "
-"<guilabel>Avansert.</guilabel> Du vil se en liten popup-skjerm. Bruk "
-"<guibutton>Legg til</guibutton> og <guibutton>Fjern-</guibutton>knappene ved "
-"siden av <guilabel>Backup-listen</guilabel> for å inkludere eller ekskludere "
-"kataloger og filer fra sikkerhetskopien. Bruk de samme knappene ved siden av "
-"<guilabel>ekskluderingslisten </guilabel>for å fjerne underkataloger og / "
-"eller filer fra de valgte katalogene, som <emphasis role=\"bold\">ikke</"
-"emphasis> skal inkluderes i sikkerhetskopien. Klikk på <guibutton>Lukk</"
-"guibutton> når du er ferdig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Angi nå banen til <guilabel>Hvor du skal sikkerhetskopiere</guilabel>, eller "
-"velg <guibutton>Bla gjennom</guibutton>-knappen for å velge den riktige "
-"banen. Enhver montert USB-nøkkel eller ekstern HD kan finnes i <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">/ run / media / your_user_name /</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "Klikk på <guibutton>Bruk</guibutton> for å ta et øyeblikksbilde"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Sett opp lyd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finnes i Mageia "
-"Control Center under system-fanen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Maskinvare.</"
-"emphasis> "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound håndterer lydkonfigurasjonen, PulseAudio-opsjonene og feilsøking. "
-"Den vil hjelpe deg hvis du opplever lydproblemer eller hvis du endrer  eller "
-"bytter lydkortet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> er en lydserver. Den mottar alle "
-"lydinngangene, mikser de i henhold til brukerens preferanser og sender lyden "
-"til utgangen. Se<guimenu>Menu ->Lyd og video -> PulseAudio volum kontroll</"
-"guimenu> for a angi disse parametrene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio er standard lydserver og det anbefales å la den være aktivert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free </guilabel> forbedrer noen programmer med PulseAudio. "
-"Det anbefales også å la den være aktivert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Feilsøkingsknappen</guibutton> hjelper deg med å løse eventuelle "
-"problemer du måtte ha. Du vil finne det nyttig å prøve dette før du spør "
-"fellesskapet om hjelp."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> knappen viser et nytt vindu med en åpenbar "
-"knapp."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Sett opp en UPS for strømovervåking"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Sett opp VPN-tilkobling for sikker nettverkstilgang"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gjør det mulig å "
-"konfigurere sikker tilgang til et eksternt nettverk og etablerer en tunnel "
-"mellom den lokale arbeidsstasjonen og det eksterne nettverket. Vi snakker "
-"her bare om konfigurasjonen på arbeidsstasjonssiden. Vi antar at det "
-"eksterne nettverket allerede er i drift, og at du har tilkoblingsinformasjon "
-"fra nettverksadministratoren, som en .pcf-konfigurasjonsfil."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Oppsett"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Først velger du enten Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN, avhengig av "
-"hvilken protokoll som brukes for ditt virtuelle private nettverk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Gi deretter koblingen et navn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-"I det neste skjermbildet, skriv inn innstillingene for VPN-tilkoblingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "For Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"For openvpn. Openvpn-pakken med dens avhengigheter vil bli installert første "
-"gang verktøyet brukes."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Velg filene du mottok fra "
-"nettverksadministratoren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Avanserte parametre:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "Det neste skjermbildet spør etter IP-adressen til gatewayen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr "Når parametrene er satt, kan du starte VPN tilkoblingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne VPN-tilkoblingen kan startes automatisk med en nettverkstilkobling. "
-"For å gjøre dette, omkonfigurer nettverkstilkoblingen for alltid å koble til "
-"denne VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Konfigurer webtjener"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>kan hjelpe deg å "
-"sette opp en web server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Hva er en webtjener?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Web server er den programvaren som hjelper deg å levere nettinnhold som kan "
-"nås via Internett. (Fra Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Å sette opp en web server med drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Velkommen til web server veiviseren."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Den første siden er bare en introduksjon, klikk<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Velg Server Eksponering: Lokalt Nett og / eller Verden."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Eksponering av webserveren til Internett har sin risiko. Vær klar for "
-"dårlige ting."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Server Bruker Modul"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Tillater at brukerne kan lage sine egne web områder."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Bruker web katalognavn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Brukeren må skape og populere denne katalogen. deretter vil serveren vise "
-"dette."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Server Dokumentrot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Gir deg muligheten til å konfigurere stien til web-serverens standard "
-"dokument."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Oppsummering"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bruk et øyeblikk for å sjekke disse alternativene, klikk så "
-"<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Fullfør"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Du er ferdig! Klikk <guibutton>Fullfør</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Sett opp DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Sett opp DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet fungerer ikke i Mageia 4 pga endret navneskjema for "
-"nettverksgrensesnittet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>kan hjelpe deg med "
-"å konfigurere en <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Det er en delkomponent til "
-"drakwizard som må væfre installeret før du kan få tilgang til den."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Hva er DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dynamisk vertkonfigurasjonsprotokoll (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) er en "
-"standardisert nettverksprotokoll som brukes på IP-nettverk som dynamisk "
-"konfigurerer IP-adresser og annen informasjon som trengs for Internett-"
-"kommunikasjon. (Fra Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Sett opp en DHCP server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Velkommen til DHCP server veiviseren."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Velg Adapter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg nettverksgrensesnittet, som er koblet til del-nettverket, og for "
-"hvilket DHCP skal tilordne IP-adresser, og klikk deretter <guibutton>Neste</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Velg IP område"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg start- og slutt-IP-adressene på IP-området, som du vil at serveren skal "
-"tilby, sammen med IP-adressen til gateway-maskinen som kobler til et sted "
-"utenfor det lokale nettverket, og klikk deretter <guibutton>Neste</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Vent litt..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette kan ordnes. Klikk <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton> noen ganger og endre "
-"det du vil endre."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Noen timer senere..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Hva er gjort"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Om nødvendig, installer dhcp-server pakken:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Lagrer <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> i <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Lager en ny <code>dhcpd.conf</code> som starter fra <code>/usr/share/wizards/"
-"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> og legger til de nye "
-"paramtrene:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Modifiserer også Webmin konfigurarsjonsfilen <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Starter om <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Still inn tid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> har til formål å "
-"sette tiden på serveren din synkronisert med en ekstern server. Det er ikke "
-"installert som standard, og du må også installere drakwizard og drakwizard-"
-"base pakker."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Sett opp en NTP server med drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter velkomstskjermen (se ovenfor), spør den neste deg om å velge tre "
-"tidsservere i rullegardinlister og foreslår at du bruker pool.ntp.org to "
-"ganger fordi denne serveren alltid peker til tilgjengelige tidsservere."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Følgende skjermbilder gjør det mulig å velge region og by, og deretter "
-"kommer du til et sammendrag. Hvis noe er galt, kan du selvsagt endre det ved "
-"hjelp av knappen <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton>. Hvis alt er riktig, klikk "
-"på <guibutton>Neste</guibutton> for å fortsette til testen. Det kan ta litt "
-"tid, og du får til slutt denne skjermen:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Klikk på <guibutton>Avslutt</guibutton> knappen for å stenge verktøyet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Dette verktøyet utfører de følgene steg:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Om nødvendig, installer <code>NTP</code> pakken"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Lagrer filene <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> til <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> og <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> til <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Skriver en ny fil <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> med en liste over "
-"servere:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Endrer <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> ved å sette inn det første server navnet;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Stopper og starter <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> og <code>ntpd</code> "
-"tjenestene;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "Setter maskinvareklokken til gjeldende systemtid med UTC-referanse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Sette opp FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>kan hjelpe deg å "
-"sette opp en<acronym> FTP</acronym> server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Hva er <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (FTP) er en standard nettverksprotokoll som brukes "
-"til å overføre filer fra en vert til en annen vert over et TCP-basert "
-"nettverk, for eksempel Internett. (Fra Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Sett opp en FTP server med hjelp av drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Velkommen til FTP veiviseren, Buckle up."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Eksponering av FTP serveren for Internett har sin risiko. Forbered deg på "
-"dårlige ting."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Tjenerinformasjon"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv inn navne serveren vil bruke til å introdusere seg selv, noen til å "
-"sende klager til og om å tillate root login tilgang."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Servervalg"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Angi lytteport, \"jailed\" bruker, tillat resymeere og / eller <acronym>FXP "
-"</acronym>(File eXchange Protocol)"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Sett opp mellomtjener"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>kan hjelpe deg å "
-"sette opp en proxy server. Det er en delkomponent til drakwizard som må "
-"væfre installeret før du kan få tilgang til den. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Hva er en proxyserver?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"En proxy-server er en server (et datasystem eller et program) som fungerer "
-"som formidler for forespørsler fra klienter som søker ressurser fra andre "
-"servere. En klient kobler til proxy-serveren og ber om  tjenester, for "
-"eksempel en fil, en tilkobling, en nettside eller en annen ressurs "
-"tilgjengelig fra en annen server, og proxy-serveren evaluerer forespørselen "
-"som en måte å forenkle og kontrollere kompleksiteten på. (Fra Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Sett opp en proxy server med drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Velkommen til proxyserver veiviseren."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Velg proxy porten"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg proxy porten som nettlesere skal koble seg opp til, klikk "
-"så<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Angi minne og diskbruk"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Angi minne og vekselminne, klikk så <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Velg Nettverkstilgangskontroll"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sett synlighet til lokalt nettverk eller verden, klikk så <guibutton>Neste</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Gi Nettverkstilgang"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Gi tilgang til lokalt nettverk, klikk så <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Bruk mellomtjener på høyere nivå?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr "Gå igjennom en annen proxy-server? Hvis nei, hopp over neste trinn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "URL og port til mellomtjener på høyere nivå"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Gi proxy vertsnavn og port  på høyere nivå, klikk så <guibutton>Neste</"
-"guibutton>. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Start ved oppstart"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg om proxy serveren skal startes ved oppstart av systemet, klikk så "
-"<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Om nødvendig, installer squid pakken:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Lagrer <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> i <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;"
-"</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Lager en ny <code>squid.conf</code> som starter fra <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> og legger til de nye paramtrene: "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>nivå</code> 1, 2 eller 3 og <code>http_access</code> i henhold til nivå"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Starter om <code>squid.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "OpenSSH-serveroppsett"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>kan hjelpe deg å "
-"sette opp en<acronym> SSH</acronym> daemon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Hva er <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) er en kryptografisk nettverksprotokoll for sikker "
-"datakommunikasjon, ekstern kommandolinjeinnlogging, ekstern kommandoer og "
-"andre sikre nettverkstjenester mellom to nettverkstilkoblede datamaskiner "
-"som kobles til, via en sikker kanal over et usikret nettverk, en server og "
-"en klient (kjører SSH-server og SSH-klientprogrammer, henholdsvis). (Fra "
-"Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Sett opp en <acronym>SSH</acronym>daemon med drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Velkommen til Open SSH veiviseren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Velg type av Konfigurasjonsvalg"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg <guilabel>Ekspert</guilabel> for alle alternativ eller "
-"<guilabel>Nybegynner</guilabel> for å hoppe over stegene 3-7, klikk "
-"<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Generelle valg"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Setter synlighet og rottilgangsalternativer. Port 22 er standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> porten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoder"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tillater en rekke autentiseringsmetoder som brukere kan bruke mens de kobler "
-"til, og klikk deretter <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Logging"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg loggfasilitet og utgangsnivå, og klikk deretter <guibutton>Neste</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Innloggingalternativer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Konfigurer pr. loginn oppsett, klikk så <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Valg for brukerinnlogging"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurer brukertilgangs oppsett, klikk så <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Kompresjon og videresending"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurer X11 videresending og komprimering under overføring, og klikk "
-"deretter <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Slå av eller på systemtjenester"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakservices</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Maskinvarekonfigurasjon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gir en generell "
-"oversikt over maskinvaren til datamaskinen din. Når verktøyet er startet,  "
-"leter det etter alle maskinvare element. For dette bruker den kommandoen "
-"<code>ldetect </code>som refererer til en liste over maskinvare i "
-"<code>ldetect-lst</code>-pakken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Vinduet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Vinduet er delt i to kolonner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Den venstre kolonnen inneholder en liste over den oppdagede maskinvaren. "
-"Enhetene er gruppert etter kategorier. Klikk på &gt; å utvide innholdet i "
-"en kategori. Hver enhet kan velges i denne kolonnen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Den høyre kolonnen viser informasjon om den valgte enheten. Hjelpen - &gt; "
-"Feltbeskrivelse gir litt informasjon om innholdet i feltene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"I henhold til hvilken type enhet som er valgt, er en eller to knapper "
-"tilgjengelig nederst i den høyre kolonnen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Angi gjeldende driveralternativer</guibutton>: Dette kan brukes "
-"til å parameterisere modulen som brukes i forhold til enheten. Dette må kun "
-"brukes av eksperter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kjør konfigurasjonsverktøy</guibutton>: tilgang til verktøyet som "
-"kan konfigurere enheten. Verktøyet kan ofte nås direkte fra MCC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"<guimenu>Alternativmenyen</guimenu> gir mulighet til å avmerke boksene for å "
-"aktivere automatisk deteksjon:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Jaz enheter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Zip parallellenheter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Disse deteksjonene er ikke aktivert som standard , fordi de er trege. Sjekk "
-"de aktuelle boksene hvis du har denne maskinvaren tilkoblet. Deteksjonen vil "
-"være i drift neste gang dette verktøyet startes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Tastaturoppsett"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Keyboarddrakeverktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjelper deg "
-"med å konfigurere grunnleggende utforming for tastaturet du vil bruke på "
-"Mageia. Det påvirker tastaturoppsettet for alle brukere på systemet. Den "
-"finner du i Maskinvare-delen av Mageia Control Center (MCC), merket "
-"\"Konfigurer mus og tastatur\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Tastatur oppsett"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Her kan du velge hvilket tastaturoppsett du ønsker å bruke. Navnene (oppført "
-"i alfabetisk rekkefølge) beskriver språk, land og / eller etnisitet som "
-"hvert layout skal brukes til."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Tastaturtype"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne menyen lar deg velge hvilken type tastatur du bruker. Hvis du er "
-"usikker på hvilken du skal velge, er det best å bruke standardtypen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Håndter språk og land"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finnes i System-"
-"delen av Mageia Control Center (MCC) merket \"Behandle lokalisering for "
-"systemet\". Det åpnes med et vindu der du kan velge språket ditt. Valget er "
-"tilpasset det språket som ble valgt under installasjonen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> knappen gir mulighet til å aktivere "
-"kompatibilitet med gammel koding (ikke UTF 8)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Det neste vinduet viser en liste over land i henhold til  det valgte "
-"språket. Knappen Andre land gir tilgang til land som ikke er oppført."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr " Du må starte økten på nytt etter endringene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Innput metode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"I <guilabel>Andre land</guilabel> skjermbildet kan du også velge en "
-"innmatningssmetode (nederst på listen). Innmatningsmetoder lar brukerne "
-"legge inn flerspråklige tegn (kinesisk, japansk, koreansk, etc). "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"For asiatiske og afrikanske lokaliteter, vil IBus bli angitt som "
-"standardinndatametode, slik at brukerne ikke trenger å konfigurere det "
-"manuelt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Andre innmatingsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) gir også lignende "
-"funksjoner og kan, hvis ikke tilgjengelig fra rullegardinmenyen, installeres "
-"i en annen del av Mageia Control Center. Se<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></"
-"xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Les og søk gjennom systemlogger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finnes i Mageia "
-"Kontroll Senter, under Netverksdeling, merket <guilabel>Vis og søk "
-"systemlogger</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Å gjøre et søk i loggene"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Først skriver du inn nøkkelstrengen du vil se etter i feltet <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> og / eller nøkkelstrengen du <emphasis>ikke</"
-"emphasis> ønsker å se blant svarene i feltet, <emphasis role=\"bold\">men "
-"ikke samsvarer</emphasis>. Velg deretter filene som skal søkes i feltet "
-"<guilabel>Velg fil</guilabel>. Eventuelt er det mulig å begrense søket til "
-"bare en dag. Velg den i <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalenderen</emphasis>, bruk "
-"de små pilene på hver side av måneden og året, og merk av for "
-"«<guibutton>Vis bare for den valgte dagen</guibutton>». Endelig klikker du "
-"på <guibutton>søkeknappen</guibutton> for å se resultatene i vinduet kalt "
-"<guilabel>innholdet i filen.</guilabel> Det er mulig å lagre resultatene i ."
-"txt-formatet ved å klikke på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Lagre</emphasis>-"
-"knappen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> huser loggene fra Mageia "
-"konfigurasjonsverktøy som Mageia Control Center verktøyene. Disse loggene "
-"oppdateres hver gang en konfigurasjon endres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Sett opp e-postvarslingstjenesten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>E-postvarsling</guibutton> kontrollerer automatisk "
-"systembelastningen og tjenestene hver time og sender om nødvendig en e-post "
-"til den konfigurerte adressen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"For å konfigurere dette verktøyet, klikk på<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Mail "
-"Alert</emphasis>-knappen og deretter, i neste skjermbilde, på "
-"<guibutton>Konfigurer e-postvarsel</guibutton>. Her vises alle løpende "
-"tjenester, og du kan velge hvilke du vil se på. (Se skjermbilde ovenfor)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Følgende tjenester kan bli overvåket:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Webmin-tjeneste"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "E-postserveren Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP-tjener"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Webserveren Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH-tjener"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd-tjeneste"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "BIND Domenenavnoppslagstjeneste"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"I neste skjermbilde velger du <guilabel>Last</guilabel>-verdien du anser "
-"uakseptabel. Lasten representerer etterspørselen etter en prosess, en høy "
-"belastning senker systemet ned, og en svært høy belastning kan tyde på at en "
-"prosess har gått ut av kontroll. Standardverdien er 3. Vi anbefaler at du "
-"angir belastningsverdien til 3 ganger antall prosessorer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"På den siste skjermen skriver du inn <guilabel>e-postadressen</guilabel> til "
-"personen som skal varsles og <guilabel>e-postserveren</guilabel> skal brukes "
-"(lokalt eller på Internett)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Vis tilgjengelige NFS og SMB områder"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>kan bare startes og "
-"brukes fra kommandolinjen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne siden har ikke blitt skrevet ennå pga mangel på ressurser. Hvis du "
-"tror du kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt<link ns2:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Doc teamet.</link> Takk på forhånd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Viser Din PCI, USB and PCMCIA Informasjon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>kan bare startes og "
-"brukes fra kommandolinjen.Det gir noe mer infoirmasjon hvis det kjøres under "
-"rot."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake gir en liste over alle tilkoblede enheter til datamaskinen (USB, "
-"PCI og PCMCIA) og de brukte driverne. Den trenger ldetect og ldetect-lst "
-"pakker for å fungere."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Med -v-alternativet legger lspcidrake til leverandør- og "
-"enhetidentifikasjoner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake genererer ofte svært lange lister, så for å finne en ispesifik "
-"nformasjon, blir den ofte brukt i en \"rørledning\" med grep-kommandoen, som "
-"i disse eksemplene:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Informasjon om skjermkortet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Informasjon om nettverket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "  -i    – ikke skill mellom store og små bokstaver i mønstre."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"I skjermbildet nedenfor kan du se virkningen av -v alternativet for "
-"lspcidrake og -i alternativet for grep."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Det finnes et annet verktøy som gir informasjon om maskinvaren, den kalles "
-"dmidecode (under rot)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Oppdatering av programvarepakker"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate eller drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte detter verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finnes i Mageia "
-"Control Center under system-fanen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
-"Programvarehåndtering.</emphasis> "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"For å virke, trenger MageiaUpdate pakkebrønnene som skal konfigureres med "
-"drakrpm-editmedia der noen medier  er avmerket som oppdateringer. Hvis de "
-"ikke er det, blir du bedt om å gjøre det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Så snart dette verktøyet er startet, skanner det de installerte pakkene og "
-"lister de med en oppdatering som er tilgjengelig i brønnene. De er alle "
-"valgt som standard for automatisk nedlasting og installasjon. Klikk på "
-"Oppdater-knappen for å starte prosessen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Ved å klikke på en pakke vises mer informasjon i nedre halvdel av vinduet. "
-"Tegnet > før en tittel betyr at du kan klikke for en tekst."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Når oppdateringer er tilgjengelige, advarer en applett i systemstatusfeltet "
-"deg ved å vise dette røde ikonet<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
-"\"0\"/>. Bare klikk og skriv inn brukerpassordet for å oppdatere systemet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Oppstart"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere verktøy for å konfigurere "
-"oppstartstrinnene dine. Klikk på en lenke under for å lære mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Sett opp oppstartstrinn"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia kontrollsenter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Verktøyene for å konfiguere Mageia-systemet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Teksten og skjermbildene i denne manualen er tigjengelige under CC BY-SA 3.0 "
-"lisensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne manualen ble produsert med hjelp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utviklet av <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Den ble skrevet av frivllige på deres fritid. Vennligst kontakt <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, hvis du vil hjelpe til med å forbedre denne manualen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Maskinvare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere verktøy for å konfigurere "
-"maskinvaren din. Klikk på en lenke under for å lære mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Sett opp maskinvare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis>= Bla gjennom og konfigurer "
-"maskinvaren</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Sett opp grafikk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis>=Konfugurer 3D Skrivebordseffekter</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Sett opp mus og tastatur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Sett opp utskrift og skanning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis>=Sett opp skriver(e), "
-"skriverkøer....</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Andre"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Om Manualen til Mageia Kontroll Senter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia Control Center (MCC) har åtte forskjellige alternativer eller faner å "
-"velge mellom i venstre kolonne, og til og med ti om drakwizard-pakken ble "
-"installert. Hver av disse kategoriene gir et annet sett med verktøy som kan "
-"velges i det høyre panelet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"De ti følgende kapitlene handler om de ti alternativene og de tilhørende "
-"verktøyene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Det siste kapitlet handler om noen andre Mageia-verktøy, som ikke kan velges "
-"i noen av MCC-fanene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Titlene på sidene vil ofte være de samme som titlene på verktøylinjene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Det finnes også et søkefelt som du kan få tilgang til ved å klikke på \"Søk"
-"\" -fanen i den venstre kolonnen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Lokale disker"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere verktøy for å dele dine "
-"lokale disker. Klikk på en lenke under for å lære mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Nettverkstjenester"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette skjermbildet og det for <emphasis>Deling</emphasis> er bare synlig "
-"hvis <emphasis>drakwizard-pakken</emphasis> er installert. Du kan velge "
-"mellom flere verktøy for å konfigurere forskjellige servere. Klikk på en "
-"lenke under eller på<xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> for å lære mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Nettverksdeling"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere verktøy for å dele disker og "
-"områder. Klikk på en lenke under for å lære mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Sett opp delte ressurser for Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis>=Del disker og områder med "
-"Windows (SMB) systemer</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Sett opp delte ressurser for NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Sett opp delte ressurser for WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Nettverk og Internett"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere nettverksverktøy. Klikk på "
-"lenken under for å lære mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Sett opp nettverkstjenester"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Skreddersy og sikre nettverket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Sikkerhet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere sikkerhetsverktøy. Klikk på "
-"lenken under for å lære mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis>= Konfigurer systemsikkerhet, "
-"rettigheter og revisjonsnivå</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Deling"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette skjermbildet og det for <emphasis>Nettverkstjenester</emphasis> er "
-"bare synlig hvis <emphasis>drakwizard-pakken</emphasis> er installert. Du "
-"kan velge mellom flere verktøy for å konfigurere forskjellige servere. Klikk "
-"på en lenke under eller på<xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> for å lære mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "System"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere systemverktøy og "
-"administrasjonsverktøy. Klikk på lenken under for å lære mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Håndter systemtjenester"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Språktilpassing"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Administrasjonsverktøy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Håndter brukere på systemet</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Innstillinger for oppdateringsfrekvens"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finnes i Mageia "
-"Control Center under <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programvarehåndtering.</"
-"emphasis>Det er også tilgjengelig ved <guimenu>høyreklikk / "
-"oppdateringskonfigurasjon</guimenu> på det røde ikonet <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> i systemstatusfeltet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Den første skyveknappen lar deg endre hvor ofte Mageia vil se etter "
-"oppdateringer og den andre knappen ønsket forsinkelse etter oppstart før den "
-"første sjekken kjøres. Avkrysningsboksen gir deg muligheten til å bli advart "
-"når en ny Mageia-utgave er klar for installering."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Sett opp pekeenheten (mus, styreplate)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Du må ha en mus for å installere Mageia, og den er allerede installert av "
-"Drakinstall. Dette verktøyet tillater installasjon av en annen mus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Musene er sortert etter tilkoblingstype og deretter etter modell. Velg musen "
-"og klikk på OK. Mesteparten av tiden \"Universal / Any PS / 2 &amp; USB-mus\" er "
-"egnet for en ny mus. Den nye musen aktiveres umiddelbart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Systemsikkerhet og overvåkning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>er et grafisk "
-"brukergrensesnitt for msec som gjør det mulig å konfigurere systemets "
-"sikkerhet etter to tilnærmingsmåter:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Det setter systemadferd, msec krever endringer i systemet for å gjøre det "
-"mer sikkert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Den gjennomfører periodiske kontroller automatisk på systemet for å advare "
-"deg om noe virker farlig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"msec bruker begrepet \"sikkerhetsnivåer\" som er ment å konfigurere et sett "
-"med systemtillatelser, som kan revideres for endringer eller håndhevelse. "
-"Flere av dem er foreslått av Mageia, men du kan definere dine egne "
-"tilpassede sikkerhetsnivåer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Oversiktsfane"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Se skjermbildet ovenfor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Den første kategorien viser listen over de forskjellige sikkerhetsverktøyene "
-"med en knapp på høyre side for å konfigurere dem:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Brannmur, også funnet i MCC / Sikkerhet / Konfigurer din personlige brannmur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Oppdateringer, som også finnes i MCC / Programvarehåndtering / Oppdater "
-"systemet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec selv med noe informasjon:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "aktivert eller ikke"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "Det grunnleggende sikkerhetsnivået"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"datoen for den siste periodiske kontrollen og en knapp for å se en detaljert "
-"rapport og en annen knapp for å utføre kontrollene akkurat nå."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Sikkerhetsinnstillingsfane"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Et klikk på den andre fanen eller på knappen "
-"<guibutton>Sikkerhetskonfigurasjon</guibutton> fører til samme skjermbilde "
-"som vist nedenfor."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Grunnleggende sikkerhetsfane"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sikkerhetsnivåer:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Etter at du har avmerket boksen <guilabel>Aktiver MSEC-verktøyet</guilabel>, "
-"kan du dobbeltklikke og velge et sikkerhetsnivå som vises i fet skrift. Hvis "
-"boksen ikke er avmerket, blir nivået «ingen» brukt. Følgende nivåer er "
-"tilgjengelige:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">ingen</emphasis>. Dette nivået er ment hvis du "
-"ikke vil bruke msec til å kontrollere systemets sikkerhet, og foretrekker å "
-"stille det på egen hånd. Det deaktiverer alle sikkerhetskontroller og setter "
-"ingen restriksjoner eller begrensninger på systemkonfigurasjon og "
-"innstillinger. Vennligst bruk dette nivået bare hvis du vet hva du gjør, da "
-"det ville gjøre systemet sårbart for angrep."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Dette er "
-"standardkonfigurasjonen når den er installert og er beregnet for tilfeldige "
-"brukere. Det begrenser flere systeminnstillinger og utfører daglige "
-"sikkerhetskontroller som registrerer endringer i systemfiler, systemkontoer "
-"og sårbare katalogtillatelser. (Dette nivået ligner nivå 2 og 3 fra "
-"tidligere msec-versjoner)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">sikker</emphasis>. Dette nivået er ment når du "
-"vil sikre at systemet er sikkert og brukervennlig. Det begrenser "
-"systemtillatelser og utfører flere periodiske kontroller. Dessuten er "
-"tilgangen til systemet mer begrenset. (Dette nivået ligner nivå 4 (High) og "
-"5 (Paranoid) fra gamle msec-versjoner)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"I tillegg til disse nivåene, er også forskjellige oppgaveorientert sikkerhet "
-"tilgjengelig, for eksempel filserver, webserver og netbook-nivå. Slike "
-"nivåer forsøker å forhåndsdefinere systemsikkerhet i henhold til de "
-"vanligste bruksområdene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"De to siste nivåene kalt <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis>og "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly </emphasis>er ikke egentlig "
-"sikkerhetsnivåer, men verktøy for periodisk kontroll."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Disse nivåene lagres i /etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname>. Du kan "
-"definere dine egne tilpassede sikkerhetsnivåer, lagre dem i bestemte filer "
-"som kalles nivå. &lt; levelname>, plassert i mappen / etc / security / "
-"msec /. Denne funksjonen er beregnet for avanserte brukere som krever en "
-"tilpasset eller sikrere systemkonfigurasjon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Husk at brukermodifiserte parametere overstyrer standardnivåinnstillinger."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sikkerhetsvarsler:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du avmerker boksen <guibutton>Send sikkerhetsvarsler via e-post til </"
-"guibutton>:, vil sikkerhetsvarsler generert av msec bli sendt via lokal e-"
-"post til sikkerhetsadministratoren. Du kan skrive inn enten en lokal bruker "
-"eller en fullstendig e-postadresse (den lokale e-postadressen og e-"
-"postbehandleren må settes tilsvarende). Endelig kan du motta "
-"sikkerhetsvarsler direkte på skrivebordet ditt. Sjekk den aktuelle boksen "
-"for å aktivere den."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Det anbefales sterkt  å aktivere sikkerhetsvarsleralternativet for "
-"umiddelbart å informere sikkerhetsadministratoren om mulige "
-"sikkerhetsproblemer. Hvis ikke, må administratoren regelmessig sjekke "
-"loggfilene som er tilgjengelige i <filename>/ var / log / security.</"
-"filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sikkerhetsvalg:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Å skape et tilpasset nivå er ikke den eneste måten å tilpasse "
-"datasikkerheten på. Det er også mulig å bruke fanene som presenteres her til "
-"å endre hvilket som helst alternativ du ønsker. Nåværende konfigurasjon for "
-"msec er lagret i <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf. </"
-"filename>Denne filen inneholder det nåværende sikkerhetsnivået og listen "
-"over alle endringene som er gjort på alternativene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Systemsikkerhetsfane"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne fanen viser alle sikkerhetsalternativene i kolonnen til venstre, en "
-"beskrivelse i senterkolonnen og deres nåværende verdier i kolonnen til høyre."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"For å endre et alternativ, dobbeltklikk på det og et nytt vindu vises (se "
-"skjermbilde nedenfor). Den viser alternativnavnet, en kort beskrivelse, de "
-"faktiske og standardverdiene, og en rullegardinliste hvor den nye verdien "
-"kan velges. Klikk på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen for å validere valget."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Ikke glem å lagre konfigurasjonen når du forlater msecgui ved hjelp av "
-"menyen <guimenu>Fil -> Lagre konfigurasjonen</guimenu>. Hvis du har endret "
-"innstillingene, lar msecgui deg forhåndsvise endringene før du lagrer dem."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Nettverkssikkerhet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Denne fanen viser alle nettverksalternativer og fungerer som den forrige "
-"fanen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Regelmessige sjekker"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Periodiske kontroller tar sikte på å informere sikkerhetsadministratoren ved "
-"hjelp av sikkerhetsvarsler om alle situasjoner som msec mener er potensielt "
-"farlig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne fanen viser alle periodiske kontrollene som er utført av msec og deres "
-"kjøre frekvens hvis boksen <guibutton>Aktiver periodisk sikkerhetskontroll</"
-"guibutton> er avmerket. Endringer gjøres som i de forrige fanene."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Unntaksfane: "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Noen ganger skyldes varselmeldinger kjente og ønskede situasjoner. I disse "
-"tilfellene er de ubrukelige og og det er bortkastet tid for administratoren. "
-"Denne kategorien lar deg lage så mange unntak som du vil unngå uønskede "
-"varslingsmeldinger. Det er åpenbart tomt ved første msekstart. Skjermbildet "
-"under viser fire unntak."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"For å opprette et unntak, klikk på knappen<guibutton> Legg til en regel</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg ønsket periodisk sjekk i rullegardinlisten kalt <guilabel>Sjekk</"
-"guilabel>, og skriv inn <guilabel>unntaket</guilabel> i tekstområdet. Hvis "
-"du legger til et unntak, er åpenbart ikke definitivt, du kan enten slette "
-"det ved å bruke <guibutton>Slett-</guibutton>knappen i kategorien "
-"<guilabel>Unntak</guilabel> eller endre det med en dobbeltklikk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Rettigheter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne kategorien er beregnet for kontroll og håndheving av fil- og "
-"katalogtillatelser."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Msec eier forskjellige tillatelsesnivåer (standard, sikker, ..), de "
-"aktiveres med det valgte sikkerhetsnivået. Du kan opprette dine egne "
-"tilpassede rettighetsnivåer, lagre dem i bestemte filer kalt <filename>perm. "
-"&lt; levelname></filename>plassert i mappen <filename>/ etc / security / "
-"msec /</filename>. Denne funksjonen er beregnet for strømbrukere som krever "
-"en tilpasset konfigurasjon. Det er også mulig å bruke kategorien som "
-"presenteres her etter å endre hvilken som helst tillatelse du vil ha. "
-"Nåværende konfigurasjon er lagret i <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</"
-"filename>. Denne filen inneholder listen over alle tillatelse endringene som "
-"er gjort  ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Standard tillatelser er synlige som en liste med regler (en regel per "
-"linje). Du kan se på venstre side, filen eller mappen berørt av regelen, "
-"deretter eieren, deretter gruppen og deretter tillatelsene gitt av regelen. "
-"For en gitt regel:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"boksen <guilabel>Tving</guilabel> er ikke avmerket, msec kontrollerer bare "
-"om de definerte tillatelsene for denne regelen blir respektert og sender en "
-"varselmelding hvis ikke, men endrer ingen ting."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"boksen <guilabel>Tving</guilabel> er avmerket, vil msec styre tillatelsene "
-"ved den første periodiske sjekk og overskrive de gamle tillatelsene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"For at dette skal fungere, må alternativet CHECK_PERMS i kategorien "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodisk kontroll</emphasis> konfigureres "
-"tilsvarende."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du vil opprette en ny regel, klikker du på knappen <guibutton> Legg til "
-"en regel </guibutton> og fyller inn feltene som vist i eksemplet nedenfor. "
-"Joker * er tillatt i filfeltet. \"Nåværende\" betyr ingen endring."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Klikk på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen for å validere valget og ikke "
-"glem å lagre konfigurasjonen før du avslutter programmet ved hjelp av menyen "
-"<guimenu>Fil -> Lagre konfigurasjonen</guimenu>. Hvis du har endret "
-"innstillingene, lar msecgui deg forhåndsvise endringene før du lagrer dem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Det er også mulig å opprette eller endre reglene ved å redigere "
-"konfigurasjonsfilen<filename> /etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Endringer i fanen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillatelser </emphasis>(eller "
-"direkte i konfigurasjonsfilen) tas med i betraktning ved den første "
-"periodiske kontrollen (se alternativet CHECK_PERMS i kategorien <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodisk kontroll</emphasis>. Hvis du vil at de skal tas med "
-"umiddelbart, bruk kommandoen msecperms i en konsoll med rotrettigheter. Du "
-"kan bruke før, msecperms -p-kommandoen for å se tillatelsene som vil bli "
-"endret av msecperms."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ikke glem at hvis du endrer tillatelsene i en konsoll eller i en "
-"filbehandler, for en fil der boksen <guilabel>Tving </guilabel>er avmerket i "
-"fanen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillatelser</emphasis>, vil msecgui skrive de "
-"gamle tillatelsene tilbake etter en stund, i samsvar med konfigurasjonen av "
-"alternativene CHECK_PERMS og CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE i fanen <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Periodiske sjekker</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Andre Mageiaverktøy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Det er flere Mageia-verktøy enn de som kan starte i Mageia Control Center. "
-"Klikk på en lenke nedenfor for å lære mer, eller fortsett å lese de neste "
-"sidene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>Skal skrives</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Og flere verktøy?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Programvareadministrasjon (installer og fjern programvare)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Introduksjon til rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet,<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> også kjent som "
-"drakrpm, er et program for installasjon, avinstallering og oppdatering av "
-"pakker. Det er det grafiske brukergrensesnittet til URPMI. Ved hver "
-"oppstart, vil den sjekke online pakke brønner (kalt \"media\") lastet ned "
-"direkte fra Mageias offisielle servere, og vil vise deg de nyeste "
-"programmene og pakkene som er tilgjengelige for datamaskinen din. Et "
-"filtersystem lar deg bare vise bestemte typer pakker: Du kan bare vise "
-"installerte programmer (som standard), eller bare tilgjengelige "
-"oppdateringer. Du kan også vise bare ikke installerte pakker. Du kan også "
-"søke etter navnet på en pakke, eller i oppsummeringene av beskrivelser eller "
-"i de fulle beskrivelsene av pakker eller i filnavnene som er inkludert i "
-"pakkene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "For å virke, trenger rpmdrake at pakkebrønnene å bli konfigurerrt med."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Under installasjonen er den konfigurerte pakkebrønnen det mediet som brukes "
-"til installasjonen, vanligvis DVD eller CD. Hvis du beholder dette mediet, "
-"vil rpmdrake bruke detn hver gang du vil installere en pakke, med dette "
-"popup-vinduet: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Hvis meldingen "
-"ovenfor irriterer deg og du har en god internettforbindelse uten for streng "
-"nedlasting grense, er det lurt å fjerne det, og erstatte det med online "
-"pakkebrønner<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"I tillegg er online pakkebrønnene alltid oppdatert, de inneholder mange "
-"flere pakker, og gir deg mulighet til  å oppdatere de installerte pakkene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Hoveddelene av skjermen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pakketype filter:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette filteret lar deg vise bestemte typer pakker. Første gang du starter "
-"programmet, vises det kun programmer med grafisk grensesnitt. Du kan vise "
-"enten alle pakkene og alle deres avhengigheter og biblioteker eller bare "
-"pakkegrupper, for eksempel applikasjoner, bare oppdateringer eller "
-"tilbakeporterte pakker fra nyere versjoner av Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Standardfilterinnstillingen er for nye aktører til Linux eller Mageia, som "
-"sannsynligvis ikke vil ha kommandolinje eller spesialverktøy. Siden du leser "
-"denne dokumentasjonen, er du åpenbart interessert i å forbedre din kunnskap "
-"om Mageia, så det er best å sette dette filteret til \"Alle\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm><emphasis role=\"bold\"> Pakke status filter:</emphasis></"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette filteret lar deg bare se de installerte pakkene, kun pakkene som ikke "
-"er installert eller alle pakkene, både installert og ikke installert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Søke modus:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Klikk på dette ikonet for å søke gjennom pakkenavnene,  deres sammendrag,  "
-"deres fullstendige beskrivelse eller gjennom filene som følger med pakken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Finn\" boksen:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv inn ett eller flere nøkkelord. Hvis du vil bruke mer enn ett søkeord "
-"for søk, bruk '|' mellom søkeord, f.eks. For å søke etter \"mplayer\" og "
-"\"xine\" på samme tid, skriv 'mplayer | xine'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fjern alt:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette ikonet kan med ett klikk slette alle nøkkelordene som er angitt i "
-"\"Finn\" -boksen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategorier:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne sidestolpen grupperer alle applikasjoner og pakker i klare kategorier "
-"og underkategorier."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beskrivelsespanel:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette panelet viser pakkenes navn, oppsummering og fullstendig beskrivelse. "
-"Det viser mange nyttige elementer om den valgte pakken. Det kan også vise "
-"nøyaktige detaljer om pakken, filene som følger med i pakken, samt en liste "
-"over de siste endringene som er gjort av vedlikeholderen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Status kolonnen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du har satt filtrene riktig, kan du finne programvaren din enten etter "
-"kategori (i område 6 ovenfor) eller etter navn / oppsummering / beskrivelse "
-"ved hjelp av område 4. En liste over pakker som oppfyller søket ditt og ikke "
-"glem det valgte mediumet er vises med forskjellige statusmarkører etter om "
-"hver pakke er installert / ikke installert / en oppdatering ... Hvis du vil "
-"endre denne statusen, kan du bare merke av eller fjerne merket i boksen før "
-"pakkenavnet og klikk på <guibutton>Bruk</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Ikon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Legende"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Denne pakken er allerede installert"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Denne pakken vil bli installert"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Denne pakken kan ikke endres"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Denne pakken er en oppdatering"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Denne pakken vil bli avinstallert"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Eksempler i skjermbildet ovenfor:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis jeg fjerner merket for digikam (den grønne pilen forteller oss at den "
-"er installert), vil statusikonet bli rødt med en pil opp og det blir "
-"avinstallert når du klikker på <guibutton>Bruk</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis jeg sjekker qdigidoc (som ikke er installert, se statusen), vises "
-"oransje med et pilikonstatusikon, og det vil bli installert når du klikker "
-"på <guibutton>Bruk</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Avhengighetene"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Noen pakker er avhengig av andre pakker for å kunne virke. De er for "
-"eksempel biblioteker eller verktøy. I dette tilfellet viser Rpmdrake et "
-"informasjonsvindu som lar deg velge om du vil godta de valgte "
-"avhengighetene, avbryte operasjonen eller få mer informasjon (se ovenfor). "
-"Det kan også hende at de ulike pakkene er i stand til å vise det nødvendige "
-"biblioteket, i hvilket tilfelle rpmdrake viser listen over alternativer med "
-"en knapp for å få mer informasjon og en annen knapp for å velge hvilken "
-"pakke som skal installeres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Sett opp en skanner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installasjon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lar deg konfigurere en enkelt skannerenhet eller en "
-"multifunksjonsenhet som inkluderer skanning. Den lar deg også dele lokale "
-"enheter koblet til denne datamaskinen med en ekstern datamaskin eller for å "
-"få tilgang til eksterne skannere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Når du starter dette verktøyet for første gang, kan du få følgende melding:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>\"SANE pakker må installeres for å bruke skannere</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Vil du installere SANE-pakkene? \"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> for å fortsette. Det vil installere "
-"<code>skanner-gui</code> og <code>oppgaveskanning</code> hvis de ikke er "
-"installert ennå."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis skanneren din er identifisert riktig, så hvis skanneren er i "
-"skjermbildet ovenfor, er skanneren klar til bruk med for eksempel "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> eller <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"I så fall vil du kanskje nå konfigurere alternativet <emphasis>Skannerdeling."
-"</emphasis> Du kan lese om det i<xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis skanneren din ikke er korrekt identifisert, og hvis du kontrollerer "
-"kabelen (e) og strømbryteren, og deretter trykker <emphasis>Søk etter nye "
-"skannere,</emphasis>og det ikke hjelper, trykk da på <emphasis>Legg til en "
-"skanner manuelt</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Velg skanneren i listen du ser, og dens type fra fabrikantens liste, og "
-"klikk <emphasis>OK</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du ikke finner skanneren i listen, klikker du på <emphasis>Avbryt</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kontroller om skanneren din støttes på <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-"
-"project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link>-siden "
-"og be om hjelp i <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumene."
-"</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Velg port"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan sette denne innstillingen til <emphasis>automatisk oppdage "
-"tilgjengelige porter</emphasis>, med mindre skannerns grensesnitt er en "
-"parallellport. I så fall velg <emphasis>/ dev / parport0</emphasis> hvis du "
-"bare har en."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter å ha klikket <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, vil du i de fleste tilfeller se "
-"et skjermbilde som ligner den nedenfor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du ikke får det skjermbildet, så vær så snill å lese<xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Deling av skanner"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Her kan du velge om skannere som er koblet til denne maskinen, skal være "
-"tilgjengelige for eksterne maskiner og hvilke. Du kan også bestemme om "
-"skannere på eksterne maskiner skal gjøres tilgjengelig på denne maskinen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Skannerdeling til verter: Navn eller IP-adresse til verter kan legges til "
-"eller slettes fra listen over verter som har tilgang til den lokale enheten "
-"(e), på denne datamaskinen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Bruk av eksterne skannere: Navn eller IP-adresse til verter kan legges til "
-"eller slettes fra listen over verter som gir tilgang til en ekstern skanner."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Skannerdeling til vertene: du kan legge til en vert."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Skannerdeling til verter: spesifiser hvilken vert (er) du vil legge til, "
-"eller tillat alle eksterne maskiner."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"\"Alle eksterne maskiner\" har lov til å få tilgang til den lokale skanneren."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis pakken saned ikke er installert, vil verktøyet foreslå å gjøre det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "På slutten vil verktøyet endre disse filene:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>å legge til eller kommentere "
-"direktivet \"net\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Det vil også konfigurere saned og xinetd som skal startes ved oppstart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Detaljer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"De fleste HP-skannere styres fra HP Device Manager (hplip) som også "
-"administrerer skrivere. I dette tilfellet tillater dette verktøyet deg ikke "
-"å konfigurere det og inviterer deg til å bruke HP Enhetsbehandling."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Drivere er tilgjengelige fra<link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\"> denne siden</link>. Når det er bes om det, "
-"må du først installere <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> pakken, så "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (i denne rekkefølgen). Det er mulig at <emphasis>iscan</"
-"emphasis>-pakken vil generere en advarsel om en konflikt med <emphasis>sane</"
-"emphasis>. Brukere har rapportert at denne advarselen kan ignoreres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Ekstra installasjonssteg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Det er mulig at etter å ha valgt en port for skanneren på skjermen, at du må "
-"ta ett eller flere ekstra steg for å konfigurere skanneren på riktig måte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"I noen tilfeller blir du fortalt at skanneren trenger at fastvaren skal "
-"lastes opp hver gang den startes. Dette verktøyet lar deg laste det inn i "
-"enheten, etter at du har installert det på systemet. På denne skjermen kan "
-"du installere fastvaren fra en CD eller en Windows-installasjon, eller "
-"installere den du lastet ned fra en leverandørens nettsted."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Når enhetens fastvare må lastes, kan det ta lang tid ved hver første gangs "
-"bruk, muligens mer enn ett minutt. Så vær tålmodig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også få et skjermbilde som ber deg å justere filen /etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Les nøye disse eller andre instruksjoner du får, og hvis du ikke vet hva du "
-"skal gjøre, kan du be om hjelp i <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/"
-"en/\">forumene</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Programvarehåndtering"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"På denne skjermen kan du velge mellom flere verktøy for "
-"programvarehåndtering. Klikk på lenken under for å lære mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Oppdater systemet ditt</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis>= Konfigurer "
-"mediakilder for installasjon og oppdateringer</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Installer og konfigurer en skriver"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Utskrift administreres på Mageia av en server kalt CUPS. Den har sitt eget "
-"<link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://"
-"localhost:631\">konfigurasjonsgrensesnitt </link>som er tilgjengelig via en "
-"nettleser, men Mageia tilbyr sitt eget verktøy for å installere skrivere "
-"kalt system-config-printer som deles med andre distribusjoner som Fedora, "
-"Mandriva, Ubuntu og openSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Du bør aktivere det non-free arkivet før du fortsetter installasjonen, da "
-"noen drivere bare er tilgjengelige fra dette."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">system-config-printer</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriverinstallasjon utføres i <guilabel>Maskinvare</guilabel>-delen av "
-"Mageia Control Center. Velg <guilabel>Konfigurer utskrift</guilabel> og "
-"skanneverktøy<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC vil be om installasjon av to pakker:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Det er nødvendig å godta denne installasjonen for å fortsette. Opptil 230 MB "
-"avhengigheter v il bli brukt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"For å legge til en skriver, velg \"Legg til\" skriverknappen. Systemet vil "
-"prøve å oppdage eventuelle skrivere og tilgjengelige porter. Skjermbildet "
-"viser en skriver koblet til en parallellport. Hvis det oppdages en skriver, "
-"for eksempel en skriver på en USB-port, vises den på første linje. Vinduet "
-"vil også forsøke å konfigurere  nettverksskrivere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Gjenkjenn skriver automatisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dette refererer vanligvis til USB-skrivere. Verktøyet finner automatisk "
-"navnet til skriveren og viser det. Velg skriveren og klikk deretter på "
-"\"Neste\". Hvis det er en kjent driver tilknyttet skriveren, blir den "
-"automatisk installert. Hvis det er mer enn én driver eller ingen kjente "
-"drivere, vil et vindu be deg om å velge eller sette opp en, som forklart i "
-"neste avsnitt. Fortsett med"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Ingen skriver ble automatisk oppdaget"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du velger en port, laster systemet inn en driverliste og viser et vindu "
-"for å velge en driver. Valget kan gjøres ved hjelp av ett av følgende "
-"alternativer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Velg skriver fra database"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "Legg til en PPD fil"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "søk etter en driver å laste ned"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Ved å velge fra databasen, foreslår vinduet en skriverprodusent først, og "
-"deretter en enhet og en driver som er tilknyttet den. Hvis flere enn én "
-"driver er foreslått, velg den som anbefales, med mindre du har hatt  "
-"problemer med den før, velg i så fall den som virker."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Fullfør installasjonsprosessen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter drivervalget, ber et vindu om informasjon som gjør at systemet kan "
-"utpeke og oppdage skriveren. Den første linjen er navnet under hvilket "
-"enheten vil vises i applikasjoner i listen over tilgjengelige skrivere. "
-"Installasjonsprogrammet foreslår deretter å skrive ut en testside. Etter "
-"dette trinnet er skriveren lagt til og vises i listen over tilgjengelige "
-"skrivere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Nettverksskriver"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Nettverksskrivere er skrivere som er koblet direkte til et kablet eller "
-"trådløst nettverk,  er koblet til en utskriftsserver eller som er koblet til "
-"en annen arbeidsstasjon som fungerer som utskriftsserver."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Ofte er det bedre å konfigurere DHCP-serveren for alltid å knytte en fast IP-"
-"adresse til skriverens MAC-adresse. Selvfølgelig bør det være det samme som "
-"IP-adressen skriveren til utskriftsserveren er satt til, hvis den har en "
-"fast en."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriverens Mac-adresse er et serienummer som er gitt til skriveren, "
-"utskriftsserveren eller datamaskinen den er koblet til,  og som kan hentes "
-"fra en konfigurasjonsside som skrives ut av skriveren, eller som kan skrives "
-"på en etikett på skriveren eller utskriftsserveren. Hvis den delte skriveren "
-"er koblet til et Mageia-system, kan du kjøre <emphasis><code>ifconfig </"
-"code></emphasis>på det som root for å finne MAC-adressen. Det er sekvensen "
-"av tall og bokstaver etter \"HWaddr\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan legge til nettverksskriveren gjennom å velge protokollen den bruker "
-"til å snakke med datamaskinen din over nettverket. Hvis du ikke vet hvilken "
-"protokoll du skal velge, kan du prøve alternativet Nettverksskriver - Finn "
-"nettverksskriver på menyen Enheter og gi IP-adressen til skriveren i boksen "
-"til høyre, der den står \"vert\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis verktøyet gjenkjenner skriveren eller utskriftsserveren, vil den "
-"foreslå en protokoll og en kø, men du kan velge en mer passende en fra "
-"listen under den, eller gi riktig kønavn hvis det ikke er i listen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Se i dokumentasjonen som fulgte med skriveren eller utskriftsserveren for å "
-"finne hvilken protokol (er) den støtter og for mulige spesifike kønavn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Protokoller for nettverksskriving"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"En teknikk er en utviklet av Hewlett-Packard og kjent som JetDirect. Det "
-"tillater tilgang til en skriver direkte koblet til nettverket via en "
-"Ethernet-port. Du må kjenne IP-adressen som skriveren har i nettverket. "
-"Denne teknikken brukes også i enkelte ADSL-rutere som inneholder en USB-port "
-"for å koble til skriveren. I dette tilfellet er IP-adressen den for ruteren. "
-"Vær oppmerksom på at verktøyet \"Hp Enhetsbehandling\" kan administrere "
-"dynamisk konfigurert IP-adresse, angi en URI som <emphasis>hp: / net / &lt; "
-"name-of-the-printer></emphasis>. I dette tilfellet er ikke fast IP-adresse "
-"nødvendig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg alternativet <guilabel>AppSocket / HP JetDirect</guilabel> som protokoll og angi "
-"adressen i <guilabel>verten:,</guilabel> ikke endre <guilabel>portnummeret,</"
-"guilabel> med mindre du vet at den må endres. Etter valg av protokollen er "
-"valg av driver det samme som ovenfor."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "De andre protokollene er:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internetprotokoll (ipp)</emphasis>: En skriver som kan nås på et "
-"TCP / IP-nettverk via IPP-protokollen, for eksempel en skriver koblet til en "
-"stasjon som bruker CUPS. Denne protokollen kan også brukes av enkelte ADSL-"
-"rutere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>det samme som ipp, "
-"men ved hjelp av http-transport og med TLS-sikret protokoll. Porten må "
-"defineres. Som standard brukes port 631."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>det samme som ipp, "
-"men med TLS-sikret protokoll."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>LPD / LPR-vert eller Skriver</emphasis>: En skriver som kan nås på "
-"et TCP / IP-nettverk via LPD-protokollen, for eksempel en skriver som er "
-"koblet til en stasjon som bruker LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Windows-skriver via SAMBA</emphasis>: en skriver koblet til en "
-"stasjon som kjører Windows eller en SMB-server og område."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"URI kan også legges til direkte. Her er noen eksempler på hvordan du skal "
-"danne URI:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ipadresse-eller-vertsnavn:portnummer/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ipadresse-eller-vertsnavn:portnummer/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://brukernavn@ipadresse-eller-vertsnavn/kø</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ytterligere informasjon finnes i<link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/"
-"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\"> CUPS-dokumentasjonen</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Enhetsegenskaper"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan få tilgang til egenskapene for enheten. Menyen gir tilgang til "
-"parametere for CUPS-serveren. Som standard lanseres en CUPS-server på "
-"systemet ditt, men du kan angi en annen med <guimenu> Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Koble ... </guimenuitem>-menyen, et annet vindu som gir aksess "
-"til innstilling av andre bestemte parametere på serveren, etter<guimenu> "
-"Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Innstillinger</guimenuitem>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Feilsøking"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan finne informasjon om forekommende feil under utskrift ved å inspisere "
-"<filename>/ var / log / cups / error_log</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også få tilgang til et verktøy for å diagnostisere problemer via "
-"hjelpen | Feilsøk menyen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Det er mulig at noen drivere for enkelte skrivere ikke er tilgjengelige i "
-"Mageia eller ikke fungerer. I så fall, ta en titt på <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> nettstedet for å sjekke om "
-"det finnes en tilgjengelig driver for enheten din. Hvis ja, sjekk om pakken "
-"allerede er til stede i Mageia, og i så fall installer den manuelt. Gjenta "
-"deretter installeringsprosessen for å konfigurere skriveren. Uansett "
-"rapporter problemet i bugzilla eller på forumet hvis du er komfortabel med "
-"dette verktøyet og gi informasjon om modell og driver og om skriveren "
-"fungerer eller ikke etter installasjon. Her er noen kilder for å finne andre "
-"oppdaterte drivere eller nyere enheter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother skrivere</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Denne siden</link> gir en liste over drivere som "
-"leveres av Brother. Søk driveren for enheten din, last ned rpm (e) og "
-"installer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Du bør installere Brother-drivere før du kjører konfigurasjonsverktøyet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard skrivere og Alt-i-en enheter</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Disse enhetene bruker hplip-verktøyet. Det installeres automatisk etter "
-"deteksjon eller valg av skriver. Du kan finne annen informasjon <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">her.</link> "
-"Verktøyet \"HP Device Manager\" er tilgjengelig i <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel>-menyen. Se også <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfigurasjon </link>for styring av "
-"skriveren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"En HP All-in-One enhet må installeres som en skriver, og skannerfunksjonene "
-"blir lagt til. Merk at Xsane-grensesnittet noen ganger ikke tillater å "
-"skanne filmer eller lysbilder (lysstyrken fungerer ikke). I dette tilfellet "
-"er det mulig å skanne, ved hjelp av frittstående modus, og lagre bildet på "
-"et minnekort eller USB-pinne satt inn i enheten. Etterpå åpner du "
-"favorittbildingsprogramvaren og laster bildet fra minnekortet som dukket opp "
-"i / media-mappen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung fargeskriver</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"For spesifikke Samsung- og Xerox-fargeskrivere, tilbyr <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">dette nettstedet drivere</link> for QPDL-"
-"protokollen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson skrivere og skannere</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Drivere for Epson-skrivere er tilgjengelige fra denne <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">søkesiden.</"
-"link> For skannerdelen må du først installere pakken \"iscan-data\", "
-"deretter \"iscan\" (i denne rekkefølgen). En iscan-plugin pakke kan også "
-"være tilgjengelig og er å installere. Velg <emphasis>rpm.</emphasis>pakkene "
-"i henhold til din arkitektur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Det er mulig at iscan-pakken vil generere en advarsel om en konflikt med "
-"sane. Brukere har rapportert at denne advarselen kan ignoreres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon skrivere</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"For Canon-skrivere kan det være lurt å installere et verktøy som heter "
-"turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">tilgjengelig her</"
-"link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importer dokumenter og innstillinger fra Windows ®"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finnes under "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> fliken i Mageia Control Center "
-"merket \"Importer Windows(TM) dokumenter og innstillinger."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Verktøyet tillater en administrator å importere brukerdokumenter og "
-"innstillinger fra en installasjon av <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> XP eller <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </"
-"trademark><trademark>Vista </trademark>på samme datamaskin som Mageia-"
-"installasjonen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vær oppmerksom på at alle endringene vil bli brukt av transfugdrake "
-"umiddelbart etter at du trykker <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter at du har startet transfugdrake, vil du se den første veivisersiden "
-"med forklaring om verktøyet og importeringsalternativene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Så snart du leser og forstår instruksjonene, trykker du på <guibutton>Neste</"
-"guibutton>-knappen. Dette gjør en analyse av <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark>-installasjon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Når deteksjonstrinnet er fullført, vil du se en side som lar deg velge "
-"kontoer i Windows og Mageia for importprosedyren. Det er mulig å velge annen "
-"brukerkonto enn din egen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Vær oppmerksom på at på grunn av migreringsassistentens (begrensningen av "
-"transfugdrake) begrensninger, kan Windows-brukerkonto navn med spesielle "
-"symboler vises feil."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr "Migrering kan ta litt tid, avhengig av størrelsen på dokumentmappene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Enkelte <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-applikasjoner "
-"(spesielt drivere) kan skape brukerkontoer til forskjellige formål. For "
-"eksempel, NVidia-drivere i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> er oppdatert med <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Vennligst ikke "
-"bruk slike kontoer for importformål."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Når du er ferdig med kontovalget, trykker du på <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>-"
-"knappen. Den neste siden brukes til å velge en metode for å importere "
-"dokumenter:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake er utviklet for å importere <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark>-data fra <emphasis>Mine dokumenter</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis>Min musikk</emphasis> og <emphasis>Mine Bilder</emphasis>-mapper. "
-"Det er mulig å hoppe over import ved å velge elementer i dette vinduet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Når du er ferdig med dokumentimportmetoden, velger du <guibutton>Neste</"
-"guibutton> knappen. Den neste siden brukes til å velge en metode for å "
-"importere bokmerker:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake kan importere <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> og "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bokmerker til bokmerkene i Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>-applikasjonen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg det foretrukne importalternativet og trykk på <guibutton>Neste</"
-"guibutton>-knappen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "På neste side kan du importere skrivebordsbakgrunn:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg det foretrukne alternativet og trykk på <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>-"
-"knappen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Den siste siden av veiviseren viser gratulasjonsmeldinger. Bare trykk på "
-"<guibutton>Fullfør</guibutton>-knappen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Brukere og Grupper"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finnes under "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> fliken i Mageia Control Center "
-"merket \"Håndter brukere på systemet\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Verktøyet tillater en administrator å administrere brukere og grupper, som å "
-"legge til eller slette en bruker eller gruppe og for å endre bruker- og "
-"gruppeinnstillinger (ID, skall, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Når userdrake er åpnet, er alle brukerne som registrert på systemet, oppført "
-"i kategorien Brukere og alle gruppene i kategorien Grupper. Begge "
-"kategoriene fungerer på samme måte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Legg til Bruker</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Denne knappen åpner et nytt vindu med alle feltene tomme:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Feltet Fullt</emphasis> navn er ment for oppføring av et "
-"etternavn og fornavn, men det er også mulig å skrive noe eller ingenting "
-"også!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> er det eneste obligatoriske feltet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Bruk av et passord anbefales sterkt. Det er et lite skjold til høyre, hvis "
-"det er rødt, er passordet svakt, for kort eller for likt til "
-"påloggingsnavnet. Du bør bruke tall, små og store bokstaver, "
-"tegnsettingstegn, etc. Skjoldet blir oransje og deretter grønt når "
-"passordstyrken forbedres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bekreft passordfeltet</emphasis> er der for å sikre "
-"at du skrev inn hva du hadde tenkt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Skall</emphasis> I nedtrekslisten kan du endre "
-"skallet som brukes av  brukeren. Tilgjengelige skall er, Bash, Dash og Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opprett en privat gruppe for brukeren,</emphasis> "
-"hvis den er avmerket, vil det automatisk opprettes en gruppe med samme navn "
-"og den nye brukeren som det eneste medlemmet (dette kan endres)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"De andre alternativene bør være åpenbare. Den nye brukeren er opprettet "
-"umiddelbart etter at du klikker på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Legg til Gruppe</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Du trenger bare å skrive inn det nye gruppenavnet, og om nødvendig, "
-"spesifikk gruppe-ID."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Rediger </emphasis>(en valgt bruker)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Brukerdata</guibutton>: Lar deg endre alle dataene som er oppgitt "
-"for brukeren ved registreringen  (ID-en kan ikke endres)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kontoinformasjon</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Det første alternativet er å angi en utløpsdato for kontoen. Tilkobling er "
-"umulig etter denne datoen. Dette er nyttig for midlertidige kontoer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"Det andre alternativet er å låse kontoen, tilkobling er umulig så lenge "
-"kontoen er låst."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Det er også mulig å endre ikonet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Passordinfo</emphasis>: Lar deg angi en utløpsdato "
-"for passordet, dette tvinger brukeren til å endre passordet regelmessig."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"ledet streng\n"
-"\n"
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppe</emphasis>: Her kan du velge de gruppene som "
-"brukeren er medlem av."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du endrer en tilkoblet brukerkonto, vil endringer ikke være effektive "
-"før hans / hennes neste pålogging."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Rediger </emphasis> (med en valgt gruppe)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppedata</emphasis>: Lar deg endre gruppens navn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppebrukere</emphasis>: Her kan du velge brukerne "
-"som er medlemmer av gruppen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Slett</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Velg en bruker eller en gruppe, og klikk på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Slett</"
-"emphasis> for å fjerne den. For en bruker, vises et vindu for å spørre om "
-"hjemmekatalog og postkasse også skal slettes. Hvis en privat gruppe er "
-"opprettet for brukeren, vil den bli slettet også."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Det er mulig å slette en gruppe som ikke er tom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Oppfrisk</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Brukerdatabasen kan endres utenfor Userdrake. Klikk på dette ikonet for å "
-"oppdatere skjermen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Gjestekonto</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gjest </emphasis>er en spesiell konto. Den er ment å "
-"gi midlertidig tilgang til systemet med total sikkerhet. Logg inn er xguest, "
-"det er ikke noe passord, og det er umulig å gjøre endringer i systemet fra "
-"denne kontoen. Personlige kataloger slettes ved slutten av økten. Denne "
-"kontoen er aktivert som standard, for å deaktivere den, klikk i menyen på "
-"Handlinger -> Avinstaller gjestekonto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Sett opp den grafiske serveren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte detter verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis>som en normal bruker eller <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis> som root. Vær oppmerksom de store bokstavene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dette verktøyet finnes i Mageia Control Center under kategorien <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Maskinvare.</emphasis> Velg <emphasis><guilabel>Konfigurer den "
-"grafiske serveren</guilabel></emphasis>.<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Med knappene kan du endre den grafiske konfigurasjonen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafikkort</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Det grafikkortet som oppdages, vises og den matchende serveren er "
-"konfigureres. Klikk på denne knappen for å bytte til en annen server, for "
-"eksempel en med en proprietær driver."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"De tilgjengelige serverne er sortert under <guilabel>Leverandør</guilabel> "
-"etter produsent i alfabetisk rekkefølge og deretter etter modell også i "
-"alfabetisk rekkefølge. De frie drivere er sortert etter alfabetisk "
-"rekkefølge under <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"I tilfelle problemer vil <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> virke med de "
-"fleste grafikkort og gi deg tid til å finne og installere den riktige "
-"driveren mens du er i skrivebordsmiljøet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis selv Vesa ikke fungerer, velger du <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg </"
-"guilabel>- <guilabel>fbdev,</guilabel></emphasis>, som brukes mens du "
-"installerer Mageia, men lar deg ikke endre oppløsnings- eller "
-"oppdateringsfrekvenser."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har gjort ditt valg for en ledig driver, kan du bli spurt om du vil "
-"bruke en proprietær driver i stedet med flere funksjoner (3D-effekter for "
-"eksempel)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Skjerm:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"På samme måte som over, vises aktiv skjerm, og du kan klikke på knappen for "
-"å bytte til en annen. Hvis den ønskede skjermen ikke er i "
-"<guilabel>leverandørlisten</guilabel>, velger du i den <guilabel>Generiske </"
-"guilabel>listen en skjerm med de samme funksjonene."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Oppløsning:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Denne knappen tillater valget av oppløsningen (antall piksler) og "
-"fargedybden (antall farger). Den viser denne skjermen:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Når du endrer fargedybden, vises "
-"en flerfarget linje ved siden av den andre knappen, og viser en "
-"forhåndsvisning av hva den valgte fargedybden ser ut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Den første knappen viser den nåværende oppløsningen, klikk for å endre "
-"oppløsning. Listen gir alle mulige valg i henhold til grafikkortet og "
-"skjermen. Det er mulig å klikke på <guilabel>Annet </guilabel>for å angi "
-"andre oppløsninger, men husk at du kan skade skjermen eller velge en "
-"ubehagelig innstilling."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Den andre knappen viser fargedybden for øyeblikket, klikk for å endre dette "
-"for en annen fargedybde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Avhengig av den valgte oppløsningen kan det være nødvendig å logge ut og "
-"starte det grafiske miljøet på nytt for at innstillingene skal tre i kraft."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Når konfigurasjonen er ferdig, anbefales det å foreta en test før du klikker "
-"på OK, fordi det er lettere å endre innstillingene nå enn senere hvis det "
-"grafiske miljøet ikke virker."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"I tilfelle et grafisk miljø som ikke fungerer, skriver du Alt + Ctrl + F2 "
-"for å åpne et tekstmiljø, logg inn som rot og skriv XFdrake (med kappene) "
-"for å bruke XFdrakes tekstversjon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis testen feiler, bare vent til slutten, hvis den fungerer, men du vil "
-"ikke endre det, klikk på <guibutton>Nei</guibutton>, hvis alt er riktig, "
-"klikk på <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Valg:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Globale alternativer</guilabel>: <emphasis>Hvis Deaktiver Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace </emphasis>er avmerket, vil det ikke lenger være mulig å starte X-"
-"serveren igjen med Ctrl + Alt + Backspace-taster."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Alternativer for grafikkort</guilabel>: Lar deg aktivere eller "
-"deaktivere tre spesifikke funksjoner, avhengig av grafikkortet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Grafisk grensesnitt ved oppstart</guilabel>: Det meste av tiden, "
-"<emphasis>Start automatisk det grafiske grensesnittet (Xorg) ved oppstart</"
-"emphasis>, er aktivert for å bytte til grafisk modus, det kan være "
-"deaktivert for en server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Etter klikk på <guibutton>Avslutt</guibutton>-knappen, vil systemet be deg "
-"om å bekrefte. Det er fortsatt tid til å avbryte alt og beholde forrige "
-"konfigurasjon, eller å godta endringene. I dette tilfellet må du koble fra "
-"og koble til igjen for å aktivere den nye konfigurasjonen."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 14441970..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia kontrollsenter</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Verktøyene for å konfiguere Mageia-systemet</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Teksten og skjermbildene i denne manualen er tigjengelige under CC BY-SA 3.0
-lisensen <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Denne manualen ble produsert med hjelp av <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utviklet av <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Den ble skrevet av frivllige på deres fritid. Vennligst kontakt <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-Team</link>, hvis du vil hjelpe til med å forbedre denne manualen.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f10719c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia kontrollsenter</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Teksten og skjermbildene i denne manualen er tigjengelige under CC BY-SA 3.0
-lisensen <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Denne manualen ble produsert med hjelp av <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utviklet av <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Den ble skrevet av frivllige på deres fritid. Vennligst kontakt <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-Team</link>, hvis du vil hjelpe til med å forbedre denne manualen.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bdf029f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Oppdatering av programvarepakker</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate eller drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte detter verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>finnes i Mageia Control
-Center under system-fanen<emphasis role="bold">
-Programvarehåndtering.</emphasis> </para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>For å virke, trenger MageiaUpdate pakkebrønnene som skal konfigureres med
-drakrpm-editmedia der noen medier  er avmerket som oppdateringer. Hvis de
-ikke er det, blir du bedt om å gjøre det.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Så snart dette verktøyet er startet, skanner det de installerte pakkene og
-lister de med en oppdatering som er tilgjengelig i brønnene. De er alle
-valgt som standard for automatisk nedlasting og installasjon. Klikk på
-Oppdater-knappen for å starte prosessen.</para>
-
-  <para>Ved å klikke på en pakke vises mer informasjon i nedre halvdel av
-vinduet. Tegnet > før en tittel betyr at du kan klikke for en tekst.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Når oppdateringer er tilgjengelige, advarer en applett i systemstatusfeltet
-deg ved å vise dette røde ikonet<inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>. Bare klikk og skriv inn brukerpassordet for å oppdatere systemet.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 78752208..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Sett opp den grafiske serveren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet finnes i Mageia Control Center under kategorien <emphasis
-role="bold">Maskinvare.</emphasis> Velg <emphasis><guilabel>Konfigurer den
-grafiske serveren</guilabel></emphasis>.<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte detter verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis>som en normal bruker eller
-<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> som root. Vær oppmerksom de store bokstavene.</para>
-    </footnote>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Med knappene kan du endre den grafiske konfigurasjonen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grafikkort</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>Det grafikkortet som oppdages, vises og den matchende serveren er
-konfigureres. Klikk på denne knappen for å bytte til en annen server, for
-eksempel en med en proprietær driver.</para>
-
-  <para>De tilgjengelige serverne er sortert under <guilabel>Leverandør</guilabel>
-etter produsent i alfabetisk rekkefølge og deretter etter modell også i
-alfabetisk rekkefølge. De frie drivere er sortert etter alfabetisk
-rekkefølge under <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>I tilfelle problemer vil <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> virke med de
-fleste grafikkort og gi deg tid til å finne og installere den riktige
-driveren mens du er i skrivebordsmiljøet.</para>
-
-      <para>Hvis selv Vesa ikke fungerer, velger du <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg
-</guilabel>- <guilabel>fbdev,</guilabel></emphasis>, som brukes mens du
-installerer Mageia, men lar deg ikke endre oppløsnings- eller
-oppdateringsfrekvenser.</para>
-    </note>Hvis du har gjort ditt valg for en ledig driver, kan du bli spurt om du vil
-bruke en proprietær driver i stedet med flere funksjoner (3D-effekter for
-eksempel).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Skjerm:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>På samme måte som over, vises aktiv skjerm, og du kan klikke på knappen for
-å bytte til en annen. Hvis den ønskede skjermen ikke er i
-<guilabel>leverandørlisten</guilabel>, velger du i den <guilabel>Generiske
-</guilabel>listen en skjerm med de samme funksjonene.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Oppløsning:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Denne knappen tillater valget av oppløsningen (antall piksler) og
-fargedybden (antall farger). Den viser denne skjermen:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Når du endrer fargedybden, vises en
-flerfarget linje ved siden av den andre knappen, og viser en forhåndsvisning
-av hva den valgte fargedybden ser ut.</para>
-
-  <para>Den første knappen viser den nåværende oppløsningen, klikk for å endre
-oppløsning. Listen gir alle mulige valg i henhold til grafikkortet og
-skjermen. Det er mulig å klikke på <guilabel>Annet </guilabel>for å angi
-andre oppløsninger, men husk at du kan skade skjermen eller velge en
-ubehagelig innstilling.</para>
-
-  <para>Den andre knappen viser fargedybden for øyeblikket, klikk for å endre dette
-for en annen fargedybde.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Avhengig av den valgte oppløsningen kan det være nødvendig å logge ut og
-starte det grafiske miljøet på nytt for at innstillingene skal tre i kraft.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Når konfigurasjonen er ferdig, anbefales det å foreta en test før du klikker
-på OK, fordi det er lettere å endre innstillingene nå enn senere hvis det
-grafiske miljøet ikke virker.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>I tilfelle et grafisk miljø som ikke fungerer, skriver du Alt + Ctrl + F2
-for å åpne et tekstmiljø, logg inn som rot og skriv XFdrake (med kappene)
-for å bruke XFdrakes tekstversjon.</para>
-    </note>Hvis testen feiler, bare vent til slutten, hvis den fungerer, men du vil
-ikke endre det, klikk på <guibutton>Nei</guibutton>, hvis alt er riktig,
-klikk på <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Valg:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Globale alternativer</guilabel>: <emphasis>Hvis Deaktiver
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace </emphasis>er avmerket, vil det ikke lenger være mulig å
-starte X-serveren igjen med Ctrl + Alt + Backspace-taster.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Alternativer for grafikkort</guilabel>: Lar deg aktivere eller
-deaktivere tre spesifikke funksjoner, avhengig av grafikkortet.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Grafisk grensesnitt ved oppstart</guilabel>: Det meste av tiden,
-<emphasis>Start automatisk det grafiske grensesnittet (Xorg) ved
-oppstart</emphasis>, er aktivert for å bytte til grafisk modus, det kan være
-deaktivert for en server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>Etter klikk på <guibutton>Avslutt</guibutton>-knappen, vil systemet be deg
-om å bekrefte. Det er fortsatt tid til å avbryte alt og beholde forrige
-konfigurasjon, eller å godta endringene. I dette tilfellet må du koble fra
-og koble til igjen for å aktivere den nye konfigurasjonen.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b90f12c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Sett opp tilgang til delte stasjoner og mapper for WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root.</para>
-  </footnote> finnes i Mageia
-Kontroll Senter, under Netverksdeling, merket <guilabel>Konfigurer
-WebDAVdeling</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduksjon</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> er en
-protokoll som tillater at man kan montere en katalog på en webserver
-lokalt., slik at den ser ut som en lokal katalog. Det er nødvendig at den
-eksterne maskinen kjører en WebDAV-tjener. Det er ikke målet med dette
-verktøyet å konfigurere WebDAV-tjeneren.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Oppretter en ny oppføring</title>
-
-    <para>Den første skjermen til verktøyet viser de allerede konfigurerte
-oppføringene, hvis noen, og en <guibutton>Ny</guibutton> knapp. Bruk den til
-å opprette en ny oppføring. Sett inn serveradressen i feltet på den nye
-skjermen.</para>
-
-    <para>Deretter får du en skjerm med radioknapper for å velge handlinger. Fortsett
-med handlingen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ved å klikke
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> etter at du har valgtradioknappen,
-<guibutton>Server</guibutton> er allerede konfigurert. Du kan endre den hvis
-du vil.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Innholdet i den eksterne pakkebrønnen vil være tilgjengelig gjennom dette
-monteringspunktet.</para>
-
-    <para>I neste trinn, angi brukernavn og passord. Hvis du trenger noen andre
-alternativer, kan du angi dem i<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> skjermbildet.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Alternativet <guibutton>Monter</guibutton> gir deg mulighet til å montere
-aksessen med umiddelbar virkning.</para>
-
-    <para>Etter at du har godkjent konfigurasjonen med radkioknappen
-<guibutton>Utført</guibutton>, den første skjermen vises igjen og det nye
-monteringspunktet er oppført. Etter at du har
-valgt<guibutton>Avslutt</guibutton>, blir du spurt om du vil lagre
-endringene i eller ikke <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Velg dette
-alternativet hvis du vil at den eksterne katalogen er tilgjengelig ved hvert
-oppstart. Hvis konfigurasjonen din er for engangsbruk, trenger du ikke lagre
-den.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 32f46017..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Del harddiskpartisjoner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette enkle verktøyetl<footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> lar deg,
-administratoren, tillate brukere å dele deler av egne / hjemmeunderkataloger
-med andre brukere av samme lokale nettverk som kan ha datamaskiner som
-kjører enten Linux eller Windows.</para>
-
-  <para>Den finnes i Mageia Control Center, under kategorien Local Disk, merket "Del
-harddiskpartisjonene".</para>
-
-  <para>Først svar på spørsmålet: "<guilabel>Vil du tillate brukere å dele noen av
-katalogene sine?</guilabel>", klikk på <guibutton>Ingen deling</guibutton>
-Hvis nei er alternativet for alle brukerne klikk  <guibutton>Tillat alle
-brukere</guibutton> og klikk <guibutton>Egendefinert</guibutton>hvis svaret
-er nei for noen brukere og ja for de andre. I dette siste tilfellet må
-brukerne som er autorisert til å dele katalogene tilhøre fildelings-gruppen,
-som automatisk opprettes av systemet. Du blir spurt om dette senere.</para>
-
-  <para>Klikk<guilabel>OK</guilabel>.En annen skjerm vises som ber deg velge mellom
-<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  Kryss i
-<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> hvis Linux ier det eneste operativ systemet på
-nettverket kryss i  <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> hvis nettverket har et
-blandet miljø med Linux og Windows maskiner og klikk deretter på
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Nødvendige pakker vil bli installert.</para>
-
-  <para>Konfigurasjonen er nå fullført hvis ikke Tilpasset-alternativet ble valgt. I
-dette tilfellet spør en ekstra skjerm om å åpne Userdrake. Dette verktøyet
-lar deg legge til brukere som er autorisert til å dele katalogene sine til
-fileshare-gruppen. I brukerfanen klikker du på brukeren for å legge til
-filesegruppen, og deretter på <guimenuitem>Endre</guimenuitem>, I kategorien
-Grupper marker filservergruppe og klikk på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For
-mer informasjon om Userdrake, se <xref linkend="userdrake">denne
-siden</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Når du legger til en ny bruker til fildelings-gruppen, må du koble fra og
-koble nettverket til igjen for at modifikasjonene skal tas i bruk.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Fra nå av kan hver bruker som tilhører fildelings-gruppen i sin
-filbehandling velge katalogene som skal deles, men ikke alle filbehandlere
-har dette anlegget.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b5fa74a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Sett opp tilgang til delte stasjoner og mapper for NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduksjon</title>
-
-    <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> lar deg deklarere noen
-delte kataloger til å være tilgjengelig for alle brukere på
-maskinen. Protokollen som brukes til dette er NFS som er tilgjengelig på de
-fleste Linux- eller Unix-systemer. Den delte katalogen vil dermed være
-tilgjengelig direkte ved oppstart. Delte kataloger kan også nås direkte i en
-enkelt økt for en bruker med verktøy som fillesere.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prosedyre</title>
-
-    <para>Velg <guibutton>søke serverne</guibutton> for å få en liste med servere som
-deler mappekataloger</para>
-
-    <para>Klikk på> symbolet før servernavnet for å vise listen over de delte
-katalogene og velg katalogen du vil ha tilgang til.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> vil bli tilgjengelig og du må
-spesifisere hvor du vil montere katalogen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Etter å ha valgt monteringspunktet, kan du montere det. Du kan også bekrefte
-og endre noen alternativer med<guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton>
-knappen. Etter montering av katalogen kan du avmontere den med samme knapp.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ved å godta konfigurasjonen med <guibutton>Ferdig</guibutton> knappen, en
-melding vil vises, spør "Vil du lagre / etc / fstab modifikasjonene". Dette
-vil gjøre katalogen tilgjengelig ved hver oppstart, hvis nettverket er
-tilgjengelig. Den nye katalogen er da tilgjengelig i din nettleser, for
-eksempel i Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b53478d2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD-brenner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>finner du under
-kategorien Lokale disker i Mageia Control Center, merket i henhold til
-flyttbar maskinvare (kun CD / DVD-spillere og brennere og disketter). </para>
-
-  <para>Målet er å definere måten din flyttbare disk er montert på. </para>
-
-  <para>Øverst i vinduet er det en kort beskrivelse av maskinvaren din og de valgte
-alternativene for å montere den. Bruk menyen nederst for å endre dem. Sjekk
-elementet som skal endres og deretter på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> knappen. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Monteringspunkt</title>
-
-    <para>Merk av i denne boksen for å endre monteringspunktet. Standardinnstillingen
-er / media / cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Valg</title>
-
-    <para>Mange monteringsalternativer kan velges her enten direkte i listen eller via
-<guilabel>Avansert</guilabel> undermeny. De viktigste er:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>brukeren tillater at en vanlig bruker (ikke rot) å montere den flyttbare
-disken, dette alternativet omfatter noexec, nosuid og nodev. Brukeren som
-monterte disken, er den eneste som kan avmontere den. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8195ed60..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Sett opp tilgang til delte Windows-stasjoner og mapper</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduksjon</title>
-
-    <para>Dette verktøyetl<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> lar deg deklarere
-hvilke delte kataloger som skal være tilgjengelige for alle brukere på
-maskinen. Protokollen som brukes til dette er SMB som har blitt popularisert
-på Windows (R) -systemer. Den delte katalogen vil være tilgjengelig direkte
-ved oppstart. Delt kataloger kan også nås direkte i en enkelt økt av en
-bruker med verktøy som fillesere.</para>
-
-    <para>Før du starter verktøyet, er det en god ide å erklære navnene på
-tilgjengelige servere, for eksempel med <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prosedyre</title>
-
-    <para>Velg <guibutton>søk servere</guibutton> for å få en listeav tilgjengelige
-servere som deler kataloger.</para>
-
-    <para>Klikk på servernavnet og på &gt; før servernavnet viser listen over de delte
-katalogene og velg katalogen du vil ha tilgang til.</para>
-
-    <para>Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> vil bli tilgjengelig og du må
-spesifisere hvor du vil montere katalogen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Etter å ha valgt monteringspunktet, kan du montere det. Du kan også bekrefte
-og endre noen alternativer med<guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton> knappen. </para>
-
-    <para>I tillegg kan du angi brukernavn og passord for de som kan koble til
-SMB-serveren. Etter montering av katalogen kan du avmontere den med samme
-knapp.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Etter å ha akseptert konfigurasjonen med Ferdig-knappen, vil en melding
-spørre "Vil du lagre / etc / fstab modifikasjonene". Lagring, vil tillate
-katalog å bli tilgjengelig ved hver oppstart, hvis nettverket er
-tilgjengelig. Den nye katalogen er da tilgjengelig i din nettleser, for
-eksempel i Dollfin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bb990475..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D Skrivebordseffekter</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduksjon</title>
-
-    <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> lar deg håndtere 3D
-effektene for skrivebordet for ditt system. 3D effekter er avslått som
-standard.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Kom i gang</title>
-
-    <para>For å bruke dette verktøyet må du ha glxinfo-pakken installert. Hvis pakken
-ikke er installert, blir du bedt om å gjøre det før drak3d kan starte.</para>
-
-    <para>Etter at du har startet drak3d, vil du bli presentert med et menyvindu. Her
-kan du velge enten <guilabel>Ingen 3D Desktop Effekter</guilabel> eller
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion er en del av en kompositt
-/ vindushåndterer, som inkluderer maskinvare-akselererte spesialeffekter for
-skrivebordet ditt. Velg <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> for å aktivere
-den.</para>
-
-    <para>Hvis dette er første gang du bruker dette programmet etter en ren
-installasjon av Mageia, vil du få en advarselmelding som forteller deg
-hvilke pakker som må installeres for å kunne bruke Compiz Fusion. Klikk på
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> knappen for å fortsette.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Når de riktige pakkene er installert, vil du legge merke til at Compiz
-Fusion er valgt i drak3d-menyen, men du må logge ut og logge inn igjen for
-at endringene skal tre i kraft.</para>
-
-    <para>Etter å ha logget inn igjen, vil Compiz Fusion bli aktivert. For å
-konfigurere Compiz Fusion, se siden for ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)
-verktøyet.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Feilsøking</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Kan ikke se Skrivebordet etter innlogging</title>
-
-      <para>Hvis du etter å ha slått på Compiz Fusion forsøker å logge deg på
-skrivebordet ditt, men ikke ser noe, start datamaskinen på nytt for å komme
-tilbake til linnloggruten. Når du er der, klikk på skrivebordet ikonet og
-velg drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Når du logger på, blir kontoen din oppført som administrator, og du blir
-bedt om å oppgi passordet ditt igjen. Ellers bruker du
-administratorinnlogging med sin konto. Deretter kan du angre eventuelle
-endringer som kan ha forårsaket loggen i problemet.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6716227e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autentisering</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> gjør at du kan endre
-måten du kan gjenkjenne som bruker av maskinen eller på nettet.</para>
-
-  <para>Som standard lagres informasjon for autorisasjon i en fil på
-datamaskinen. Endre dette bare hvis nettverksadministratoren ber deg gjøre
-det og gir deg nødvendig informasjon om endringen.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e52023dc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Sett opp autologin for automatisk innlogging</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> lar deg automatisk
-logge inn med samme  bruker, i sitt eget skrivebordsmiljø, uten å be om
-passord. Det kalles autologin. Dette er vanligvis en god ide når det bare er
-én bruker som liker å bruke maskinen.</para>
-
-  <para>Det finns under <emphasis role="bold">Oppstart</emphasis> fanen i Mageia
-Control Center, merket "Set up autologin for automatisk logging inn".</para>
-
-  <para>Grensesnittknappene er ganske åpenbare:</para>
-
-  <para>Kryss i <guibutton>Start det grafiske miljøet når systemet
-starter</guibutton>, hvis du vil at X Window System skal utføres etter
-oppstart. Hvis ikke, starter systemet i tekstmodus. Likevel vil det være
-mulig å starte grafisk grensesnitt manuelt. Dette kan gjøres ved å starte
-kommandoen 'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>Hvis den første boksen er merket, er to andre alternativer tilgjengelige,
-kryss enten i <guibutton>Nei, jeg vil ikke ha autologin</guibutton>, hvis du
-vil at systemet skal fortsette å spørre hvilken bruker du skal koble til (og
-passord) eller sjekke <guibutton>Ja, jeg vil ha autologin med denne (bruker,
-skrivebord)</guibutton>, om nødvendig. I dette tilfellet må du også
-<guilabel>angi Standard brukernavn </guilabel> og <guilabel>Standard
-skrivebord</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d6a2f06..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Innstillinger for oppstartssystem</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Hvis du bruker et UEFI-system i stedet for BIOS, er brukergrensesnittet litt
-annerledes da oppstartsenheten er åpenbart EFI-systempartisjonen (ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> lar deg konfigurere
-oppstartsalternativer (valg av oppstartslaster, angi passord, standard
-oppstart, etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>Den finnes under Oppstarts-kategorien i Mageia Control Center, merket "Sett
-opp oppstarts system".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Ikke bruk dette verktøyet hvis du ikke vet nøyaktig hva du gjør. Hvis du
-endrer noen innstillinger, kan det forhindre at maskinen starter opp igjen!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>I første del, kalt <guilabel>Oppstartslaster</guilabel>, er det mulig å
-bruke BIOS, å velge hvilken <guibutton>Oppstartslaster å bruke</guibutton>,
-Grub, Grub2 eller Lilo, og med en grafisk eller en tekstmeny. Det er bare et
-spørsmål om smak, det er ingen andre konsekvenser. Du kan også sette
-<guibutton>Oppstarts-enheten</guibutton>, ikke endre noe her, med mindre du
-er ekspert. Oppstartsenheten er hvor oppstartslederen er installert, og
-eventuelle endringer kan forhindre at maskinen starter oppstart.</para>
-
-  <para>I et UEFI-system er bootloaderen  <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> og er
-installert i / boot / EFI partisjon. Denne FAT32 formaterte partisjonen er
-vanlig for alle operativsystemer som er installert.</para>
-
-  <para>I den andre delen, kalt <guilabel>Hovedalternativer</guilabel>, kan du angi
-f<guibutton>orsinkelsen før oppstart av standardbilde</guibutton>, i
-sekunder. Under denne forsinkelsen vil Grub eller Lilo vise listen over
-tilgjengelige operativsystemer, og du blir bedt om å velge. Hvis det ikke
-blir valgt, starter oppstartsprogrammet standardinnstillingen når
-forsinkelsen er ute.</para>
-
-  <para>I den tredje og siste delen, kalt <guibutton>Sikkerhet</guibutton>, er det
-mulig å angi et passord for oppstartslasteren. Dette betyr at brukernavn og
-passord må angis for åkunne velge en oppstartspost eller endre
-innstillinger. Brukernavnet er "root" og passordet er det som er valgt her.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> knappen gir noen flere alternativer.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Aktiver ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) er en standard for
-strømstyring. Den kan spare energi ved å stoppe ubrukte enheter, dette var
-metoden som ble brukt før APM. Merk av i denne boksen hvis maskinvaren din
-er ACPI-kompatibel.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Aktiver SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP står for symmetriske multiprosessorer, det er en arkitektur for
-flerkjerne-prosessorer.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Hvis du har en prosessor med HyperThreading, vil Mageia se den som en
-flerkjerne prosessor og aktivere SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Aktiver APIC </guibutton>og <guibutton>aktiver lokalt
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC står for avansert programmerbar avbruddskontroll. Det er to komponenter
-i Intel APIC-systemet, det lokale APIC (LAPIC) og I / O APIC. Den sistnevnte
-ruter avbruddene den mottar fra perifere busser til en eller flere lokale
-APICer som er i prosessoren. Dette er veldig nyttig for
-flerprosessorsystemer. Enkelte datamaskiner har problemer med APIC-systemet
-som kan forårsake frysing eller feil enhetens deteksjon (feilmelding "falsk
-8259A avbryt: IRQ7"). I så fall, deaktiver APIC og / eller Local APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Den <guibutton>Neste </guibutton>skjermbildet varierer avhengig av hvilken
-oppstartslaster du valgte.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Du har Grub Legacy eller Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>I dette tilfellet kan du se listen over alle tilgjengelige oppføringer ved
-oppstartstid. Standardinnstillingen er asterisk. For å endre rekkefølgen på
-menyoppføringene, klikk på opp- eller nedpilene for å flytte det valgte
-elementet. Hvis du klikker på knappene <guibutton>Legg til</guibutton> eller
-<guibutton>Endre</guibutton>, vises et nytt vindu for å legge til en ny
-oppføring i opplastingsmenyen eller for å endre en eksisterende. Du må være
-kjent med Lilo eller Grub for å kunne bruke disse verktøyene.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Etikettfeltet </guilabel>er freeform, skriv her hva du vil bli
-vist i menyen. Den samsvarer med kommandoen Grub "title". For eksempel:
-Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Bildefeltet</guilabel> inneholder kjernenavnet. Den samsvarer med
-Grub-kommandoen "kjernen". For eksempel / boot / vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Rotfeltet</guilabel> inneholder enhetens navn der kjernen er
-lagret. Den samsvarer med kommandoen Grub "root". For eksempel (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Tilføy-feltet </guilabel> inneholder alternativene som skal gis
-til kjernen ved oppstartstid.</para>
-
-      <para>Hvis kryssboksen <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> er avmerket, starter Grub som
-standard denne oppføringen.</para>
-
-      <para>I den ekstra skjermen som heter<guilabel> Avansert</guilabel>, er det mulig
-å velge <guilabel>videomodus</guilabel>, en <guilabel>initrd-fil
-</guilabel>og en <guilabel>nettverksprofil</guilabel>, se <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>i rullegardinlister.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Du har Grub2 eller Grub2-efi (oppstartslaster brukt som standard i
-henholdsvis Legacy-modus og UEFI-modus):</para>
-
-      <para>I dette tilfellet viser rullegardinlisten som er merket
-<guilabel>Standard,</guilabel> alle tilgjengelige oppføringer; klikk på den
-som er ønsket som standard.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Tilføy-feltet </guilabel> inneholder alternativene som skal gis
-til kjernen ved oppstartstid.</para>
-
-      <para>Hvis du har andre operativsystemer installert, forsøker Mageia å legge dem
-til din Mageia oppstartsmeny. Hvis du ikke vil ha denne virkemåten, fjerner
-du merket for <guilabel>Test for Fremmed OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>I den ekstra skjermen <guilabel>Avansert</guilabel>, er det mulig å velge
-<guilabel>videomodus</guilabel>. Hvis du ikke vil ha en oppstartbar Mageia,
-men å kjede laste den fra et annet OS, merk av i boksen Ikke rør
-<guilabel>ESP eller MBR</guilabel> og godta advarselen.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Å ikke installertepå ESP eller MBR betyr at installasjonen ikke kan starte
-opp med mindre kjedelasting fra et annet operativsystem er satt opp.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>For å angi mange andre parametere kan du bruke verktøyet <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, tilgjengelig i Mageia-pakkebrønnene (se nedenfor).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e60e062..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia Feilrapporteringsverktøy</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Vanligvis starter dette verktøyet <footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote>automatisk når et Mageia-verktøy krasjer. Det er imidlertid også
-mulig at etter at du har lagt inn en feilrapport, blir du bedt om å starte
-dette verktøyet for å sjekke noe av informasjonen det gir, og deretter legge
-det inn i den eksisterende feilrapporteringen.</para>
-
-  <para>Hvis en ny feilrapport må skapes, og du ikke er vant til det, må du lese
-<link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Slik
-rapporterer du en feilrapport riktig</link> før du klikker på "Rapporter"
--knappen.</para>
-
-  <para>Hvis feilen allerede er rapportert av noen andre (feilmeldingen som drakbug
-ga, vil være den samme),. Da er det nyttig å legge til en kommentar til den
-eksisterende rapporten.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 19f05d07..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Samle logger og systeminformasjon for feilrapporter</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote>kan bare startes og
-brukes på kommandolinjen.</para>
-
-<para>Det anbefales at du skriver resultatet av denne kommandoen til en fil, for
-eksempel ved å gjøre <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report>
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, men sørg for at du har nok diskplass først:
-filen kan enkelt være flere GBs store.</para>
-<note><para>Utdataene er altfor store til å få plass i en feilrapport uten å først
-fjerne de unødvendige delene.</para></note>
-  <para>Denne kommandoen samler inn følgende informasjon på systemet ditt:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partisjoner</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Mageia versjon</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Da denne hjelpesiden ble skrevet, var "syslog" -delen av denne kommandoen
-ikke tom, fordi dette verktøyet ikke var blitt justert til vår bytte til
-systemd. Hvis det fortsatt er tomt, kan du hente "syslog" ved å gjøre (som
-root) j<emphasis role="bold">ournalctl -a> journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Hvis
-du ikke har mye diskplass, kan du for eksempel ta de siste 5000 linjene i
-loggen i stedet med:<emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a | hale -n5000>
-journalctl5000.txt.</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c77d7077..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Håndter tid og dato</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finnes under kategorien
-System i Mageia Control Center, merket <guilabel>"Administrer dato og
-klokkeslett"</guilabel>. I enkelte skrivebordsmiljøer er det også
-tilgjengelig med et høyreklikk / Juster dato og klokkeslett ... på klokken i
-systemstatusfeltet.</para>
-
-  <para>Det er et veldig enkelt vertøy.</para>
-
-  <para>På oversiden til venstre er <emphasis role="bold">kalenderen.</emphasis> På
-skjermbildet over, er datoen September (øverst til venstre), 2012 (øverst
-til høyre), 2. (i blått) og det er en Søndag. Velg måned (eller år) ved å
-klikke på de små pilene på hver side av September (eller 2012). Velg dagen
-ved å klikke på nummeret.</para>
-
-  <para>Nederst til venstre er <emphasis role="bold">Synkroniseringen av
-nettverkstidsprotokollen</emphasis>, det er mulig å alltid ha en klokke ved
-å synkronisere den med en server. Kontroller <guilabel>Aktiver
-nettverkstidsprotokoll </guilabel>og velg nærmeste server.</para>
-
-  <para>På høyre side er <emphasis role="bold">klokken</emphasis>. Det er ubrukelig
-å stille klokken hvis NTP er aktivert. Tre bokser viser timer, minutter og
-sekunder (15, 28 og 22 på skjermbildet). Bruk de små pilene til å stille
-klokken til riktig tid. Formatet kan ikke endres her, se innstillingene for
-skrivebordsmiljøet for det.</para>
-
-  <para>Minst, nederst til høyre, velg tidssonen din ved å klikke på
-<guibutton>Endre Tids Sone-knappen</guibutton> og velge i listen nærmeste
-by.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Selv om det ikke er mulig å velge et dato- eller tidsformat i dette
-verktøyet, vil de bli vist på skrivebordet ditt i samsvar med
-lokaliseringsinnstillingene.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6aeb0080..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Fjern en tilkobling</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Her kan du slette et nettverksgrensesnitt<footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Klikk på rullegardinmenyen, velg den du vil fjerne, og klikk deretter
-<emphasis>på neste</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Du får se en melding om at nettverksgrensesnittet er slettet.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e12bb96..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,808 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Sett opp et nytt nettverksgrensesnitt (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, …)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduksjon</title>
-
-    <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect </emphasis>som root.</para>
-      </footnote> lar deg konfigurere mye
-av lokalt nettverk eller Internett-tilgang. Du må ha noe informasjon fra din
-leverandør eller nettverksadministrator.</para>
-
-    <para>Velg hvilken type tilkobling du vil sette opp, i henhold til hvilken
-maskinvare og leverandør du har.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny kablet tilkobling (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Det første vinduet viser grensesnittene som er tilgjengelige. Velg den som
-skal konfigureres.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>På dette tidspunktet er valget gitt mellom en automatisk eller en manuell
-IP-adresse.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatisk IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet / IP-innstillinger</emphasis>: Du må velge om DNS-servere
-er gitt av DHCP-serveren eller angis manuelt, som forklart nedenfor. I det
-siste tilfellet må IP-adressen til DNS-servere settes. HOSTNAME av
-datamaskinen kan spesifiseres her. Hvis inget HOSTNAME er oppgitt, blir
-navnet<literal> localhost.localdomain</literal> som standard
-tilordnet. Vertsnavnet kan også leveres av DHCP-serveren med alternativet
-<emphasis>Tilordne vertsnavn fra DHCP-server.</emphasis> Ikke alle
-DHCP-servere har en slik funksjon, og hvis du setter opp PCen din for å få
-en IP-adresse fra en innenlands ADSL-router, er det usannsynlig.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Den avanserte knappen gir mulighet til å spesifisere:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Søkedomene (ikke tilgjengelig, som levert av DHCP-serveren)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP klienten</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få YP-server fra DHCP (merket som standard): angi NIS-serveren</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få NTPD-server fra DHCP (synkronisering av klokker)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>HOSTNAME kreves av DHCP. Bruk bare dette alternativet hvis DHCP-serveren
-krever at klienten oppgir et vertsnavn før du mottar en IP-adresse. Dette
-alternativet behandles ikke av enkelte DHCP-servere.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Etter å ha akseptert de siste stegene som er felles for alle
-koblingskonfigurasjonene, forklares:<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuelt oppsett</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet / IP-innstillinger:</emphasis> Du må angi hvilke
-DNS-servere som skal brukes. HOSTNAME av datamaskinen kan spesifiseres
-her. Hvis ingen HOSTNAME er oppgitt, blir navnet<literal>
-localhost.localdomain</literal> som standard tilordnet.</para>
-
-            <para>For et bolignettverk ser IP-adressen vanligvis ut som
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x,</emphasis> Netmasken er <emphasis>
-255.255.255.0</emphasis>, og Gateway- og DNS-serverne er tilgjengelige fra
-tjenesteleverandørens nettsted.</para>
-
-            <para>I avanserte innstillinger kan du spesifisere et<emphasis>
-Søke-domene</emphasis>. Det vil vanligvis være ditt hjemdomene, dvs. hvis
-datamaskinen kalles "splash", og det er fullt domenenavn er
-"splash.boatanchor.net", vil Search Domain være "boatanchor.net". Med mindre
-du trenger det spesielt, er det greit å ikke definere denne
-innstillingen. Igjen, innenlands ADSL ville ikke trenge denne innstillingen.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>De neste trinnene blir vist på<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny satellittilkobling (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Denne delen er ikke skrevet ennå for mangel på ressurser. Hvis du tror du
-kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc-teamet</link>.
-På forhånd takk.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny kabelmodem tilkobling</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Det første vinduet viser grensesnittene som er tilgjengelige. Velg den som
-skal konfigureres.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>På dette tidspunktet er valget gitt mellom en automatisk eller en manuell
-IP-adresse.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Du må angi en autetiseringsmetode</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ingen</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (nødvendig for Telstra). I dette tilfellet må du oppgi brukernavn
-og passord.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatisk IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kabel / IP-innstillinger</emphasis>: Du må velge om DNS-servere er
-tildelt av DHCP-serveren eller er manuelt spesifisert, som forklart
-nedenfor. I det siste tilfellet må IP-adressen til DNS-servere
-settes. HOSTNAME av datamaskinen kan spesifiseres her. Hvis ingen HOSTNAME
-er oppgitt, blir navnet <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> som
-standard tilordnet. Vertsnavnet kan også leveres av DHCP-serveren med
-alternativet <emphasis>Tilordne vertsnavn fra DHCP-server</emphasis>. Ikke
-alle DHCP-servere har en slik funksjon, og hvis du setter opp PCen din for å
-få en IP-adresse fra en innenlands ADSL-router, er det usannsynlig.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Den avanserte knappen gir mulighet til å spesifisere:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Søkedomene (ikke tilgjengelig, som levert av DHCP-serveren)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP klienten</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få YP-server fra DHCP (merket som standard): angi NIS-serveren</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få NTPD-server fra DHCP (synkronisering av klokker)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>HOSTNAME kreves av DHCP. Bruk bare dette alternativet hvis DHCP-serveren
-krever at klienten oppgir et vertsnavn før du mottar en IP-adresse. Dette
-alternativet behandles ikke av enkelte DHCP-servere.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Etter å ha akseptert de siste stegene som er felles for alle
-koblingskonfigurasjonene, forklares:<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuelt oppsett</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet / IP-innstillinger:</emphasis> Du må angi hvilke
-DNS-servere som skal brukes. HOSTNAME av datamaskinen kan spesifiseres
-her. Hvis ingen HOSTNAME er oppgitt, blir navnet<literal>
-localhost.localdomain</literal> som standard tilordnet.</para>
-
-            <para>For et bolignettverk ser IP-adressen vanligvis ut som
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x,</emphasis> Netmasken er <emphasis>
-255.255.255.0</emphasis>, og Gateway- og DNS-serverne er tilgjengelige fra
-tjenesteleverandørens nettsted.</para>
-
-            <para>I avanserte innstillinger kan du spesifisere et<emphasis>
-Søke-domene</emphasis>. Det vil vanligvis være ditt hjemdomene, dvs. hvis
-datamaskinen kalles "splash", og det er fullt domenenavn er
-"splash.boatanchor.net", vil Search Domain være "boatanchor.net". Med mindre
-du trenger det spesielt, er det greit å ikke definere denne
-innstillingen. Igjen, innenlands ADSL ville ikke trenge denne innstillingen.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>De neste trinnene blir vist på<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny DSL kobling</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hvis verktøyet oppdager et nettverksgrensesnitt, kan det også konfigurere
-det.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>En liste over leverandører er foreslått, klassifisert etter land. Velg
-leverandøren din. Hvis den ikke er oppført, velg alternativet
-<guilabel>Ulistet</guilabel> og skriv deretter inn alternativene
-leverandøren ga.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Velg en av protokollene som er tilgjengelige:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manuelt oppsett av TCP/IP</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Point to Point Tunneling-protokoll (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Tilgangsoppsett</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Innloggingskonto (brukernavn)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Bruker passord</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avansert) Virtuell Sti ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avansert) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De neste trinnene blir vist på<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny ISDN kobling</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Veiviseren spør hvilken enhet som skal konfigureres:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manuelt valg (internt ISDN kort)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Eksternt ISDN-modem</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>En liste over maskinvare er foreslått, klassifisert etter kategori og
-produsent. Velg ditt kort.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Velg en av protokollene som er tilgjengelige:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokoll for resten av verden, unntatt Europa (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokoll for Europa (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>En liste over leverandører er listet etter land. Velg leverandøren din. Hvis
-det ikke er oppført, velg alternativet <guilabel>Ulistet </guilabel>og skriv
-deretter inn alternativene leverandøren ga. Deretter spør den om parametre.</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Tilkoblingsnavn</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Telefonnummer</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Innloggings-ID</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Bruker passord</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Autentiseringsmetode</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Etter det må du velge om du skal sette IP adressen  manuelt eller få den
-automatisk. Ved manuell metode, må du angi IP adress og Subnet maske selv.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Det neste trinnet er å velge hvordan DNS-serveradresser er motatt, ved hjelp
-av automatisk eller manuell metode. Ved manuell konfigurasjon må du sette:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Domenenavn</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Første og andre DNS server</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Velg om vertsnavnet er satt fra IP. Dette alternativet kan du bare  velge
-hvis du er sikker på at leverandøren din er konfigurert til å akseptere det.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Det neste trinnet er å velge hvordan gatewayadressen er satt, ved automatisk
-eller manuell metode. Ved manuell konfigurasjon må du angi IP-adressen.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De neste trinnene blir vist på<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny trådløs forbindelse (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Et første vindu viser de grensesnittene som er tilgjengelige og en oppføring
-for Windows-driveren (ndiswrapper). Velg den som skal konfigureres. Bruk
-bare ndiswrapper hvis de andre konfigurasjonsmetodene ikke virket.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>På dette trinnet er valget gitt mellom de ulike tilgangspunktene som kortet
-har oppdaget.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>De spesifikke parametere som trådløst kort skal sette:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Driftsmodus:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Håndtert</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>For å få tilgang til et eksisterende tilgangspunkt (det hyppigste).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>For å konfigurere direkte forbindelse mellom datamaskiner.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nettverknavn (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Krypteringsmodus: Det avhenger av hvordan tilgangspunktet er konfigurert.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Denne krypteringsmodusen er å foretrekke hvis maskinvaren tillater det.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Noe gammel maskinvare håndterer bare denne krypteringsmetoden.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Krypteringsnøkkel</para>
-
-            <para>Det kommer vanligvis med maskinvaren som gir tilgangspunktet.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>På dette trinnet er valget gitt mellom en automatisk IP-adresse eller en
-manuell IP-adresse.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatisk IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP-innstillinger</emphasis>: Du må velge om DNS-servere er tildelt
-av DHCP-serveren eller er manuelt spesifisert, som forklart nedenfor. I det
-siste tilfellet må IP-adressen til DNS-servere settes. HOSTNAME av
-datamaskinen kan spesifiseres her. Hvis ingen HOSTNAME er oppgitt, blir
-navnet localhost.localdomain som standard tilordnet. Vertsnavnet kan også
-leveres av DHCP-serveren med alternativet <emphasis>Tilordne vertsnavn fra
-DHCP-server</emphasis>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Den avanserte knappen gir mulighet til å spesifisere:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Søkedomene (ikke tilgjengelig, som levert av DHCP-serveren)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP klienten</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få YP-server fra DHCP (merket som standard): angi NIS-serveren</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få NTPD-server fra DHCP (synkronisering av klokker)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>HOSTNAME kreves av DHCP. Bruk bare dette alternativet hvis DHCP-serveren
-krever at klienten oppgir et vertsnavn før du mottar en IP-adresse. Dette
-alternativet behandles ikke av enkelte DHCP-servere.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Etter å ha akseptert de siste stegene som er felles for alle
-koblingskonfigurasjonene, forklares:<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuelt oppsett</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP-innstillinger:</emphasis> du må deklarere DNS-servere. HOSTNAME
-av datamaskinen kan spesifiseres her. Hvis ingen HOSTNAME er oppgitt, blir
-navnet <literal> localhost.localdomain</literal> sattsom standard.</para>
-
-            <para>For et bolignettverk ser IP-adressen vanligvis ut som
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x,</emphasis> Netmasken er <emphasis>
-255.255.255.0</emphasis>, og Gateway- og DNS-serverne er tilgjengelige fra
-tjenesteleverandørens nettsted.</para>
-
-            <para>I avanserte innstillinger kan du spesifisere et <emphasis>
-Søke-domene</emphasis>. Det må virke til vertsnavnet ditt uten fornavn, før
-perioden.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>De neste trinnene blir vist på<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny GPRS/Edge/3G kobling</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hvis verktøyet registrerer trådløse grensesnitt, tilbyr det å velge ett og å
-konfigurere det.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>PIN kodcen etterspørres. La feltet være tomt om den ikke er påkrevd.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Veiviseren spør etter nettverk. Hvis det ikke oppdages, velg alternativet
-<guilabel>Ulistet</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>En liste over leverandører er foreslått, klassifisert etter land. Velg
-leverandøren din. Hvis den ikke er oppført, velg alternativet
-<guilabel>Ulistet</guilabel> og skriv deretter inn alternativene
-leverandøren ga.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Tilgangsoppsett</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Navn på aksesspunkt</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Innloggingskonto (brukernavn)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Bruker passord</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De neste trinnene blir vist på<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Oppringt nettverk for Bluetooth</title>
-
-    <para>Denne delen er ikke skrevet ennå for mangel på ressurser. Hvis du tror du
-kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc-teamet</link>.
-På forhånd takk.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Analogt telefonmodem (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Veiviseren spør hvilken enhet som skal konfigureres:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Manuelt valg</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Fant maskinvare</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>En liste over porter vises. Velg din port.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hvis den ikke er installert ennå, vil det bli foreslått at du installerer
-pakken <emphasis>kppp-tilbyderen</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>En liste over leverandører er listet etter land. Velg leverandøren din. Hvis
-det ikke er oppført, velg alternativet <guilabel>Ulistet </guilabel>og skriv
-deretter inn alternativene leverandøren ga. Deretter spør den om
-oppringingsalternativ:.</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Tilkoblingsnavn</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Telefonnummer</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Logginn ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Passord</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Autentikasjon</emphasis>, velg mellom:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Skriptbasert</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Terminalbasert</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>De neste trinnene blir vist på<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Avslutter konfigureringen.</title>
-
-    <para>I det neste steget kan du spesifisere:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Tillat brukerne å håndtere koblingen</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Start koblingen ved oppstart</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Aktiver trafikkregnskap</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Tillat grensesnittet å bli kontrollert av Network
-Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>I tilfelle av en trådløs tilkobling er en ekstra boks <emphasis>Tillat
-tilgangspunktsroaming</emphasis> som gir mulighet til å bytte automatisk
-mellom tilgangspunktet i henhold til signalstyrken.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Med den avanserte knappen kan du spesifisere:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metrisk (10 som standard)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hurtigkobling for nettverk</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Slå på tunnell for IPv6 til IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Det siste trinnet lar deg angi om tilkoblingen skal starte umiddelbart eller
-ikke.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index af3bc44a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Åpne et konsollsvindu som administrator </title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> gir deg tilgang til en
-konsoll som åpnes direkte som rot. Vi tror ikke at du trenger mer
-informasjon om det.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b84ec5b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Håndter diskpartisjoner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk eller diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte detter verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> er veldig kraftig, en
-liten feil eller en katt som hopper på tastaturet, kan føre til at du mister
-alle data på en partisjon eller til og med å slette hele harddisken. Derfor
-ser du skjermen over toppen av verktøylinjen. Klikk på
-<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> hvis du ikke er sikker på at du vil fortsette</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Hvis du har mer enn en harddisk, kan du bytte til harddisken du vil jobbe
-med, ved å velge riktig tabulator (sda, sdb, sdc osv.).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Du kan velge mellom flere handlinger for å justere harddisken til dine
-preferanser. Slette en hel harddisk, splitte eller slå sammen partisjoner,
-endre størrelsen på dem eller endre filsystemet, formater eller se hva som
-er i en partisjon: det er alt mulig.  <emphasis><guibutton>Slett
-alt</guibutton></emphasis> knappen nederst sletter hele disken, de andre
-knappene blir synlige til høyre etter at du klikker på en partisjon.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Hvis du har et UEFI-system, kan du se en liten partisjon kalt "EFI System
-Partition" og montert på / boot / EFI. Ikke slett den, fordi den inneholder
-alle de forskjellige operativsystemene dine.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Hvis den valgte partisjonen er montert, som i eksempelet nedenfor, kan du
-ikke velge å endre størrelse, format eller slette den. For å kunne gjøre
-det, må partisjonen først avmonteres.</para>
-
-  <para>Det er bare mulig å endre størrelsen på en partisjon på høyre side</para>
-
-  <para>For å endre en partisjonstype (endre ext3 til ext4 for eksempel) må du
-slette partisjonen og deretter gjenopprette den med den nye
-typen. Knappen<guibutton role="bold">Skap</guibutton>vises når entom del av
-en disk er valgt.</para>
-
-  <para>Du kan velge et monteringspunkt som ikke eksisterer, det vil bli opprettet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Velge <emphasis><guibutton>Skift til ekspertmodus</guibutton></emphasis> gir
-noen ekstra tilgjengelige handlinger, som å merke partisjonen, som det kan
-ses på skjermbildet nedenfor.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 736fa627..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Sett opp innloggingsbehandler</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Her <footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> kan du velge hvilken
-skjermbehandling som skal brukes til å logge inn på skrivebordsmiljøet. Bare
-de som er tilgjengelige på systemet ditt, vil bli vist.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">De fleste brukere vil bare merke at de angitte innloggingsskjermene ser
-annerledes ut. Det er imidlertid forskjeller i støttede funksjoner
-også. LXDM er en lett skjermleder, SDDM og GDM har flere funksjoner og
-tillegg.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e46b0995..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Sett opp personlig brannmur</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finner du under
-kategorien Sikkerhet i Mageia Control Center, merket "Konfigurer din
-personlige brannmur". Det er det samme verktøyet i den første kategorien
-"Konfigurer systemsikkerhet, tillatelser og revisjon".</para>
-
-  <para>En grunnleggende brannmur er installert som standard med Mageia. Alle
-innkommende tilkoblinger fra utsiden er blokkert hvis de ikke er
-autoriserte. I det første skjermbildet ovenfor kan du velge tjenestene som
-eksterne tilkoblingsforsøk aksepteres for. For sikkerheten fjerner du den
-første boksen - <guilabel>Alt (ingen brannmur)</guilabel> - med mindre du
-vil deaktivere brannmuren, og bare sjekke de nødvendige tjenestene.</para>
-
-  <para>Det er mulig å taste inn portnummerene manuelt for å åpne de. Klikk på
-<guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> og et nytt vindu åpnes. I feltet
-<guilabel>Andre porter</guilabel>, skriv inn de nødvendige portene i henhold
-til disse eksemplene:</para>
-
-  <para>80 / tcp: åpne port 80 tcp protokoll</para>
-
-  <para>24000: 24010 / udp: Åpne alle porter fra 24000 til 24010 utp protokoll</para>
-
-  <para>De oppførte portene skal skilles med et mellomrom.</para>
-
-  <para>Hvis loggboksen <guilabel>Brannmurmeldinger i systemlogger</guilabel> er
-merket, blir brannmurmeldingene lagret i systemlogger</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Hvis du ikke er satt opp somvert for bestemte tjenester (web- eller
-e-postserver, fildeling, ...) er det helt mulig å ikke ha noe kontrollert i
-det hele tatt, det anbefales til og med at det ikke hindrer deg fra å koble
-til Internett.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Neste skjerm omhandler alternativene for interaktiv brannmur. Disse
-funksjonene tillater deg å bli advart om tilkoblingsforsøk hvis minst den
-første boksen <guilabel>Bruk interaktiv brannmur</guilabel> er merket. Sjekk
-den andre boksen for å bli advart hvis portene er skannet (for å finne en
-feil et sted og gå inn i maskinen). Hver boks fra den tredje tilsvarer en
-port du åpnet i de to første skjermene; I skjermbildet nedenfor er det to
-slike bokser: SSH-server og 80: 150 / tcp. Kontroller at de skal varsles
-hver gang en tilkobling forsøks på disse portene.</para>
-
-  <para>Disse advarslene er gitt av varsler i popup-vinduer via nettverksappleten.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>I det siste skjermbildet velger du hvilke grensesnitt som er koblet til
-Internett og må beskyttes. Når OK-knappen er klikket, lastes de nødvendige
-pakkene ned.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Hvis du ikke vet hva du skal velge, ta en titt i MCC-fanen Nettverk &amp;
-Internett, ikonet Sett opp et nytt nettverksgrensesnitt.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c61b8ed6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Håndter, legg til og fjern skrifttyper. Importer skrifttyper fra Windows®</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>finnes i Mageia Control
-Center under <emphasis role="bold">System-fanen.</emphasis> Den lar deg
-administrere skriftene som er tilgjengelige på
-datamaskinen. Hovedskjermbildet over viser:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>de installerte skrifttypene, stilene og størrelsene.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>en forhåndsvisning av den valgte fonten.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>noen knapper vil bli forklart her senere.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Hent Windows Fonter:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Denne knappen legger automatisk til skrifttyper som er funnet på
-Windows-partisjonen. Du må ha Microsoft Windows installert.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Alternativ:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Den lar deg spesifisere applikasjoner eller enheter (skrivere for det meste)
-som er i stand til å bruke skrifttypene.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Avinstallerl:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Denne knappen brukes til å fjerne installerte skrifttyper og muligens spare
-litt diskplass. Vær forsiktig når du fjerner skrifter fordi det kan få
-alvorlige konsekvenser for dokumentene som bruker dem.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importer:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Lar deg legge til fonter fra en tredjepart (CD, internett, ...). De støttede
-formatene er ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm og gsf. Klikk på <emphasis
-role="bold">Importer-knappen</emphasis> og deretter på <emphasis
-role="bold">Legg til</emphasis>, en filbehandler dukker opp der du kan velge
-skrifttyper som skal installeres, klikk på <emphasis role="bold">Installer
-</emphasis>når du er ferdig. De er installert i mappen / usr / share /
-fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>Hvis de nylig installerte (eller fjernede) skrifttypene ikke vises på
-hovedskjermbildet i Drakfont, lukk og åpne det for å se endringene.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a2ba32a7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Foreldrekontroll</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finnes i Mageia Control
-Center, under Sikkerhet-fanen, merket <guilabel>Foreldrekontroll.</guilabel>
-Hvis du ikke ser denne etiketten, må du installere drakguard-pakken (ikke
-installert som standard).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentasjon</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard er en enkel måte å sette opp foreldrekontroll på datamaskinen din
-for å begrense hvem som kan gjøre hva, og på hvilke tider av
-dagen. Drakguard har tre nyttige egenskaper:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Det begrenser nettilgang til navngitte brukere for å angi tider på
-dagen. Det gjør dette ved å kontrollere shorewall brannmur som er bygget inn
-i Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Det blokkerer utførelse av bestemte kommandoer ved nevnte brukere, slik at
-disse brukerne bare kan utføre det du aksepterer dem kunne å gjøre.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Det begrenser tilgang til nettsteder, både manuelt definert gjennom
-svartelister / hvitelister, men også dynamisk basert på innholdet på
-nettstedet. For å oppnå dette bruker Drakguard  den ledende opensource
-foreldrekontroll-blokkereren DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfigurere foreldrekontroll</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Hvis datamaskinen inneholder harddiskpartisjoner som er formatert i Ext2,
-Ext3 eller ReiserFS-format, ser du et popup-tilbud for å konfigurere ACL på
-partisjonene dine. ACL står for tilgangskontrolllister, og er en
-Linux-kjerne-funksjon som tillater tilgang til individuelle filer til å være
-begrenset til navngitte brukere. ACL er innebygd i Ext4 og Btrfs
-filsystemer, men må aktiveres som et alternativ i Ext2, Ext3 eller Reiserfs
-partisjoner. Hvis du velger "Ja" til denne meldingen, vil drakguard
-konfigurere alle partisjonene dine for å støtte ACL, og vil da foreslå at du
-starter på nytt.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Aktiver foreldrekontroll</guibutton>: Hvis den er avmerket, er
-foreldrekontrollen aktivert, og tilgangen til kategorien
-<guilabel>Blokkeringsprogrammer</guilabel> åpnes.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Blokker all nettverkstrafikk</guibutton>: Hvis den er avmerket,
-er alle nettstedene blokkert, unntatt de som er i  fanen hviteliste. Ellers
-er alle nettstedene tillatt, unntatt de i svartelisten.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: U Brukere på venstre side vil ha tilgang
-til dem i henhold til reglene du definerer. Brukere på høyre side har
-ubegrenset tilgang, slik at voksne brukere av datamaskinen ikke er
-ubehagelige. Velg en bruker i venstre side og klikk på  <guibutton>Legg
-til</guibutton> for å legge til ham / henne som en tillatt bruker. Velg en
-bruker i høyre side og klikk på <guibutton>Fjern</guibutton> tfor å fjerne
-ham / henne fra de tillatte brukerne.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Tidskontroll:</guibutton> Hvis det er avmerket, er
-internettilgang tillatt med begrensninger mellom <guilabel>Start</guilabel>
-tid og <guilabel>Slutt</guilabel> tid. Den er helt blokkert utenfor dette
-tidsvinduet.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Svart/hvitliste fanen</title>
-
-      <para>Skriv inn nettadressen i det første feltet øverst og klikk på
-<guibutton>Legg til</guibutton> knappen.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blokk program fanen</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Blokker spesifike Applikasjoner</guibutton>: Aktiverer bruken av
-ACL for å begrense tilgangen tilspesifike applikasjoner. Skriv inn stien til
-den applikasjonen du ønsker å blokkere.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Opphev blokkering av brukerlistene</guibutton>: rukere som er
-oppført på høyre side vil ikke bli utsatt for ACL-blokkering.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index df6a34cc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Del Internettoppkoblingen med andre lokale maskiner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Prinsipper</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Dette er nyttig når du har en
-datamaskin (3) som har tilgang til Internett (2) og er koblet til et lokalt
-nettverk (1). Du kan bruke datamaskin (3) som en gateway for å gi tilgang
-til andre arbeidsstasjoner (5) og (6) i det lokale nettverket (1). For å
-gjøre dette må gatewayen ha to grensesnitt; det første feks som et
-Ethernet-kort må være koblet til det lokale nettverket, og det andre (4)
-koblet til Internett (2).</para>
-
-    <para>Det første trinnet er å kontrollere at nettverket og tilgangen til Internett
-er satt opp, som dokumentert i<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Gateway veiviser</title>
-
-    <para>Veiviseren<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> gir følgende trinn som er
-vist nedenfor:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hvis veiviseren ikke oppdager minst to grensesnitt, advarer den om dette og
-ber om at nettverket  stoppes og at maskinvaren konfigureres.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>spesifiser grensesnittet som brukes til Internett-tilkoblingen. Veiviseren
-foreslår automatisk et av grensesnittene, men du bør bekrefte at det som er
-foreslått, er riktig.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>spesifiser hvilket grensesnitt som brukes for Lan-tilgangen. Veiviseren
-foreslår også et, kontroller at dette er riktig grensesnitt.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Veiviseren foreslår parametere for Lan-nettverket, som IP-adresse, maske og
-domenenavn. Kontroller at disse parametrene er kompatible med den faktiske
-konfigurasjonen. Det anbefales at du godtar disse verdiene.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Angi om datamaskinen skal brukes som en DNS-server. Hvis ja, vil veiviseren
-sjekke om <code>bind</code> er installert. Hvis ikke må du spesifisere en
-adresse for en DNS server.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Angi om datamaskinen skal brukes som en DHCP-server. Hvis ja, vil veiviseren
-sjekke om <code>dhcp-server</code> er installert og tilbyr å konfigurere
-den, med start- og sluttadresser i DHCP-området.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Angi om datamaskinen skal brukes som en proxy-server. Hvis ja, vil
-veiviseren sjekke at <code>squid</code> er installert og tilbyr å
-konfigurere den, med adressen til administratoren (admin@mydomain.com),
-navnet på proxyen (myfirewall @ mydomaincom), porten (3128) og
-bufferstørrelsen (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Det siste trinnet lar deg kontrollere om gateway-maskinen er koblet til
-skrivere og dele dem.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Du vil bli varslet om behovet for å sjekke brannmuren hvis den er aktiv.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Konfigurer klienten</title>
-
-    <para>Hvis du har konfigurert gateway-maskinen med DHCP, trenger du bare å
-spesifisere i nettverkskonfigurasjonsverktøyet at du automatisk får en
-adresse (ved hjelp av DHCP). Parametrene vil bli hentet inn når du kobler
-til nettverket. Denne metoden er gyldig uansett hvilket operativsystem
-kunden bruker.</para>
-
-    <para>Hvis du må spesifisere nettverksparametrene manuelt, må du spesifikt angi
-gatewayen ved å skrive inn IP-adressen til maskinen som fungerer som
-gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Stopp deling av tilkoblingen</title>
-
-    <para>Hvis du vil slutte å dele forbindelsen på Mageia-datamaskinen,. Start
-verktøyet. Det vil tilby å omkonfigurere tilkoblingen eller for å stoppe
-delingen.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e2b3177b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Vertsdefinisjoner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Hvis noen systemer på nettverket ditt, gir deg tjenester, og har faste
-IP-adresser,  vil dette verktøyet<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> gjøre
-det mulig å spesifisere et navn for å få enklere tilgang til dem. Du kan da
-bruke det navnet i stedet for IP-adressen.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Legg til</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Med denne knappen kan du legge til navnet på et nytt system. Du får opp et
-vindu for å angi IP-adressen, vertsnavnet for systemet, og eventuelt et
-alias som kan brukes på samme måte som navnet.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Endre</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Du kan få tilgang til en oppførings parametre som tidligere er definert. Du
-får det samme vinduet.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c8bd13db..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Avansert oppsett for nettverkgrensesnitt og brannmur</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Denne siden har ikke blitt skrevet ennå pga mangel på ressurser. Hvis du
-tror du kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc teamet.</link>
-Takk på forhånd.</para>
-
-  <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 06ecb67b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Nettverkssenter</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyetl<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter </emphasis>som root.</para>
-    </footnote>finner du under Network
-&amp; Internett-kategorien i Mageia Control Center, merket "Nettverkssenter"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduksjon</title>
-
-    <para>Når dette verktøyet åpnes, åpnes et vindu som viser alle nettverkene som er
-konfigurert på datamaskinen, uansett hvilken type de er (kablet, trådløst,
-satellitt osv.). Når du klikker på et av dem, vises tre eller fire knapper,
-avhengig av nettverkstypen, slik at du kan se etter nettverket, endre
-innstillingene eller koble til / koble fra. Dette verktøyet er ikke ment å
-skape et nettverk, for å gjøre det se <guilabel>Sett opp et nytt
-nettverkgrensesnitt (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> i den samme MCC fanen.</para>
-
-    <para>I skjermbildet nedenfor, kan vi se to nettverk, det første er kablet og
-tilkoblet, gjenkjennelig av dette ikonet <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (dette er ikke tilkoblet<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) og den andre delen viser trådløse
-nettverk, ide som ikke er tilkoblet,  gjenkjennes av dette
-ikonet<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> og dette <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>hvis det er tilkoblet. For de andre
-nettverkstypene er fargekoden alltid den samme, grønn hvis det er tilkoblet
-og rød hvis det ikke er tilkoblet.</para>
-
-    <para>I den trådløse delen av skjermen kan du også se alle de oppdagede
-nettverkene, med<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>,  <guilabel>Signal
-styrken</guilabel>, hvis de er kryptert (i rødt) eller ikket (i grønt), og
-<guilabel>Operasjonsmodus</guilabel>. Klikk på det valgte også enten på
-<guibutton>Overvåk</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurer</guibutton> eller
-<guibutton>Koble til</guibutton>. Det er mulig  å bytte fra et nettverk til
-et annet. Hvis et privat nettverk er valgt, åpnes vinduet
-Nettverksinnstillinger (se nedenfor) og spør om ekstra innstillinger ( bla
-en krypteringsnøkkel).</para>
-
-    <para>Klikk på <guibutton>Oppdater</guibutton> for å oppdatere skjermbildet.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Overvåkningsknappen</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Denne knappen lar deg se nettverksaktiviteten, nedlastinger (mot PCen, i
-rødt) og opplastinger (mot Internett, i grønt). Den samme skjermen er
-tilgjengelig ved å høyreklikke på <guimenu>Internett ikonet i
-systemstatusfeltet -> Monitor Network.</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Det finnes en fane for hvert nettverk (her er eth0 det kablede nettverket,
-se den lokale loopbacken og wlan0 det trådløse nettverket) og en
-faneforbindelse som gir detaljer om tilkoblingsstatus.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>I bunnen av vinduet er det en tittel <guilabel>Traffik
-overvåking</guilabel>, vi vil se nærmere på dette i den neste seksjonen.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfigurasjonsknappen</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For et kablet nettverk</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Det er mulig å endre alle innstillingene som er gitt under oppsett av
-nettverk. Mesteparten av tiden, sjekker<guibutton>Automatisk IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> vil gjøre, men i tilfelle problemer kan
-en manuell konfigurasjon gi bedre resultater.</para>
-
-    <para>For et bolignettverk ser alltid, <guilabel>IP adresser</guilabel> ut som
-192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nettmaske</guilabel> er 255.255.255.0, og
-<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> og <guilabel>DNS servere</guilabel> er
-tilgjengelige fra din tilbyders nettside.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Slå på traffikovervåkning</guibutton> Hvis dette er avmerket, vil
-dette telle trafikken på en time, daglig eller månedlig basis. Resultatene
-er synlige i nettverksmonitoren som er beskrevet i forrige avsnitt. Når det
-aktiveres, må du kanskje koble til nettverket igjen.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Tillat grensesnittet å bli kontrollert av Network
-Manager:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Denne delen er ikke skrevet ennå for mangel på ressurser. Hvis du tror du
-kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc-teamet</link>.
-På forhånd takk.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Knappen Avansert:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Denne delen er ikke skrevet ennå for mangel på ressurser. Hvis du tror du
-kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc-teamet</link>.
-På forhånd takk.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For et trådløst nettverk</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Kun det som ikke allerede er forklart ovenfor er forklart</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Operasjonsmodus:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Velg <guilabel>Overvåket</guilabel> vis tilkoblingen er via et
-tilgangspunkt,vil en  <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> bli oppdaget.
-Velg <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> vis det er et
-peer-to-peer-nettverk.. Velg<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> vis
-nettverkskortet ditt brukes som tilgangspunkt, ditt nettverkskort må støtte
-denne modusen.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Krypteringsmodus og krypteringsnøkkel:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Hvis det er et privat nettverk, må du vite disse parameterne.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> bruker et passord og er svakere enn WPA som bruker
-en passordfrase. <guilabel>WPA Forhåndsdelt nøkkel</guilabel> er også en så
-kallet WPA personlig eller WPA hjemme. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel>
-som oftest ikke brukt i private nettverk.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Tillat aksess punkt vandring</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming er en teknologi som gjør at datamaskinen kan endre tilgangspunktet
-mens den fortsatt er koblet til nettverket.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Knappen Avansert:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Denne siden har ikke blitt skrevet ennå pga mangel på ressurser. Hvis du
-tror du kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc teamet.</link>
-Takk på forhånd.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Knappen for Avanserte valg</title>
-
-    <para>Denne delen er ikke skrevet ennå for mangel på ressurser. Hvis du tror du
-kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Doc-teamet</link>.
-På forhånd takk.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 247f5a1e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Sett opp nettverksprofiler</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Denne siden har ikke blitt skrevet ennå pga mangel på ressurser. Hvis du
-tror du kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc teamet.</link>
-Takk på forhånd.</para>
-
-  <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakprofile</emphasis> som root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cf0fed2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Del stasjoner og mapper med NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Forutsetninger</title>
-
-    <para>Når veiviseren<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> startes for første gang,
-kan den vise følgende melding:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Pakken NFS-utils må installeres. Vil du installere den?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Etter fullført installasjonen vises et tomt vindu</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hovedvindu</title>
-
-    <para>En liste over  delte kataloger vises. På dette trinnet er listen
-tom. <guibutton>Legg til</guibutton> knappen åpner et konfigurasjonsverktøy.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Endre oppføring</title>
-
-    <para>Konfigureringsverktøyet er merket "Endre oppføring". Det kan også lanseres
-med <guibutton>Endre</guibutton> knappen De følgende parametrene fins
-tilgjengelige.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-katalog</title>
-
-      <para>Her kan du angi hvilkentn katalog som skal
-deles. <guibutton>Katalog</guibutton> knappen gir tilgang til en velger for
-å velge den.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Verttilgang</title>
-
-      <para>Her kan du spesifisere vertene som er autorisert til å få tilgang til den
-delte katalogen.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS klienter kan spesifiseres på flere måter</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Enkelt vert</emphasis>: nten med et forkortet navn som er
-anerkjent, er resolver, fullt kvalifisert domenenavn eller en IP-adresse.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>nettgrupper</emphasis>: NIS nettgrupper kan angis som @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>jokertegn</emphasis>: maskinnavn kan inneholde jokertegnene * og
-?. For eksempel: * .cs.foo.edu matcher alle verter i domenet cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP-nettverk</emphasis>: Du kan også eksportere kataloger til alle
-verter på et IP (sub-) nettverk samtidig. For eksempel er enten
-`/255.255.252.0 'eller` / 22' lagt til nettverksbaseadressen.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Tilordning av Bruker-ID</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>sett opp rot bruker som anonym:</emphasis>koble forespørsler fra
-uid / gid 0 til den anonyme uid / gid (root_squash). Klientens root bruker
-kan ikke lese eller skrive til filene på serveren som er opprettet av root
-på selve serveren.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Tillat ekte ekstern root tilgang</emphasis>: Slå av rot
-squashing. Dette alternativet er hovedsakelig nyttig for diskløse klienter
-(no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Mapp alle brukere til anonym bruker</emphasis>: mapp alle uids og
-guide til den anonyme brukeren (all_squash). Nyttig for NFS-eksporterte
-offentlige FTP-kataloger, nyhetsspoolkataloger, etc. Det motsatte
-alternativet er ingen bruker UID-kartlegging (no_all_squash), som er
-standardinnstillingen.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid og anongid</emphasis>: Angi eksplisitt uid og gid til den
-anonyme kontoen.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Avanserte valg</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Sikker tilkobling</emphasis>: Dette alternativet krever at
-forespørsler kommer fra en Internett-port mindre enn IPPORT_RESERVED
-(1024). Dette alternativet er aktivert som standard.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: tillate enten bare lese eller både
-lese og skrive forespørsler på dette NFS-volumet. Standard er å avvise
-enhver forespørsel som endrer filsystemet. Dette kan også gjøres eksplisitt
-ved å bruke dette alternativet.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synkron tilgang</emphasis>: hindrer at NFS-serveren bryter med
-NFS-protokollen og svarer på forespørsler før eventuelle endringer som er
-gjort av disse forespørslene, har blitt lagret på stabil lagring (for
-eksempel disken).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Sub-tre-kontroll</emphasis>: Aktiver sub-tre-kontroll somi noen
-tilfeller kan bidra til å forbedre sikkerheten, men kan redusere
-stabiliteten. Se eksport (5) man side for flere detaljer.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menyoppføringer</title>
-
-    <para>Så langt har listen en oppføring.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fil|Skriv konf</title>
-
-      <para>Lagre gjeldende konfigurasjon.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Omstart</title>
-
-      <para>Serveren er stoppet og omstartet med gjeldende konfigurasjonsfiler.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Last på nytt</title>
-
-      <para>Konfigurasjonen som vises, oppdateres fra de nåværende konfigurasjonsfilene.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a5bb371d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Mellomtjener</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Hvis du må bruke en proxy-server for å få tilgang til internett, kan du
-bruke dette verktøyet<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> til å konfigurere
-den. Din nettverksadministrator vil gi deg den informasjonen du trenger. Du
-kan også spesifisere enkelte tjenester som kan nås uten proxy ved unntak.</para>
-
-  <para>Fra Wikipedia, på 2012-09-24, artikkel Proxy-server: I datanettverk er en
-proxy-server en server (et datasystem eller et program) som fungerer som
-formidler for forespørsler fra klienter som søker ressurser fra andre
-servere. En klient kobler til proxy-serveren og ber om  tjenester, for
-eksempel en fil, en tilkobling, en nettside eller en annen ressurs som er
-tilgjengelig fra en annen server. Proxy-serveren evaluerer forespørselen som
-en måte å forenkle og kontrollere kompleksiteten på.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e4c42436..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Konfigurer Media</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Første ting som må gjøres etter en installasjon er å legge til programvare
-kilder (også kjent som repositories, media, speil). Det betyr at du må velge
-mediekilder som skal brukes til å installere og oppdatere pakker og
-applikasjoner. (se Legg til knapp nedenfor).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Hvis du installerer (eller oppgraderer) Mageia ved hjelp av et optisk medium
-(DVD eller CD) eller en USB-enhet, vil det være en programvarekilde
-konfigurert på det optiske media som brukes. For å unngå å bli spurt om du
-vil sette inn mediene når du installerer nye pakker, bør du deaktivere
-(eller slette) dette mediet. (Det vil ha medietypen CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Systemet kjører under en arkitektur som kan enten være 32-bit (kalt i586),
-eller 64-bit (kalt x86_64). Noen pakker er uavhengig av om systemet ditt er
-32-bit eller 64-bit; disse kalles noarch-pakker. De har ikke egne
-noarkkataloger på speilene, men er alle i både i586 og x86_64 media.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet er tilstede i Mageia Control Center under kategorien
-<emphasis role="bold">Programvarebehandling</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Kolonnene</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Aktiver kolonne:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Det avmerkede mediet vil bli brukt til å installere nye pakker. Vær
-forsiktig med noen medier, for eksempel Testing og Feilsøking, de kan gjøre
-systemet ubrukelig.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Kolonne oppdater:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Det avmerkede mediet vil bli brukt til å oppdatere pakker, det må være
-aktivert. Bare media med "Oppdatering" i navnet skal velges. Av
-sikkerhetshensyn er denne kolonnen ikke modifiserbar i dette verktøyet, du
-må åpne en konsoll som rot og type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media
---expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Kolonne medium:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Vis kolonnenavnet. Mageia ofisielle kataloger for endelig utgivelse
-inneholder minst:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kjerne</emphasis> som inneholder de fleste
-tilgjengelige programmer som støttes av Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> som inneholder enkelte programmer
-som ikke er gratis</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> fri programvare som det kan være
-underlagt patentkrav i enkelte land.</para>
-
-        <para>Hvert medium har minst 4 uinderkategorier</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Utgivelse</emphasis>, pakker fra den dagen denne
-versjonen av Mageia ble utgitt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Oppdateringer</emphasis>, pakker som er oppdatert
-siden utgivelsen på grunn av sikkerhets- eller feilproblemer. Alle bør ha
-dette mediet aktivert, selv med en svært langsom internettforbindelse.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> noen pakker med nye versjoner
-tilbakeportert fra Cauldron (den neste versjonen under utvikling).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> som brukes til midlertidige tester
-av nye oppdateringer, slik at feilrapporterne og QA-teamet kan validere
-korreksjonene.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Knappene til høyre</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Fjern:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>For å fjerne et medium, klikk på det og deretter på denne knappen. Det er
-lurt å fjerne mediet som brukes til installasjonen (f.eks. CD eller DVD),
-siden alle pakkene den inneholder, er i det offisielle
-Core-utgivelsesmediet.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Rediger:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Lar deg endre de valgte mediuminnstillingene, (URL, nedlasting og proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Legg til:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Legg til de offisielle arkivene som er tilgjengelige på Internett. Disse
-depotene inneholder bare sikker og godt testet programvare. Ved å klikke på
-"Legg til" -knappen, legges speillisten til konfigurasjonen din, den er
-utformet for å sikre at du installerer og oppdaterer fra et speil nær
-deg. Hvis du foretrekker å velge et bestemt speil, legger du til det ved å
-velge "Legg til et bestemt mediespeil" fra rullegardinmenyen "Fil".</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Opp og ned piler:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Endre listerekkefølgen. Når Drakrpm ser etter en pakke, leser den listen i
-den viste rekkefølgen og installerer den første pakken som er funnet for det
-samme utgivelsesnummeret - i tilfelle feilversjon vil den nyeste versjonen
-bli installert. Så om mulig, sett de raskeste lagrene øverst.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Menyen</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fil -> Oppdater:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Et vindu vises med medielisten. Velg de du vil oppdatere og klikk på
-<guibutton>Oppdater</guibutton> knappen.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fil -> Legg til et bestemt media speil:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>zAnta at du ikke er fornøyd med det aktuelle speilet, for eksempel for at
-det er for sakte eller ofte utilgjengelig, da du kan velge et annet
-speil. Velg alle de aktuelle media og klikk på <guibutton>Fjern</guibutton>
-for å fjerne de. Klikk på <guimenu>Fil -> Legg til et bestemt
-mediaspeil</guimenu>, velg mellom oppdatering eller hele settet (hvis du
-ikke vet, velg <guibutton>Fullt sett med kilder</guibutton>) og godta ved å
-klikke på <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Dette vinduet åpnes:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Til venstre kan du se en liste over land, velg din eller en veldig nær ved å
-klikke på> symbolet, dette vil vise alle tilgjengelige speil i det
-landet. Velg ett og klikk på OK.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fil -> Legg til et egendefinert medium:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Det er mulig å installere et nytt medium (for eksempel fra en tredjepart)
-som ikke støttes av Mageia. Et nytt vindu vises:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Velg medietypen, finn et smart navn
-som godt definerer mediet og angi URL-adressen (eller banen, i henhold til
-medietypen)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Alternativer -> Globale alternativer:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Dette elementet lar deg velge når du skal "Verifisere RPMer som skal
-installeres" (alltid eller aldri), nedlastingsprogrammet (curl, wget eller
-aria2) og definere nedlastingspolitikken for informasjonen om pakkene (på
-forespørsel - ved standard-, oppdater bare, alltid eller aldri).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Alternativ --> Håndtere nøkler:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>For å sikre et høyt sikkerhetsnivå, brukes digitale nøkler til å autentisere
-media. Det er mulig for et hvert medium å tillate eller avvise en nøkkel. I
-vinduet som vises, velg et medium og klikk deretter på Legg til for å legge
-til en ny nøkkel eller å velge en nøkkel og klikk på Fjern for å fjerne
-denne nøkkelen.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Gjør dette med forsiktighet, som med alle sikkerhetsrelaterte spørsmål</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Alternativ -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Hvis du trenger å bruke en proxy-server for Internett-tilgang, kan du
-konfigurere den her. Du trenger bare å gi
-<guibutton>proxy-vertsnavnet</guibutton> og om nødvendig et
-<guilabel>brukernavn</guilabel> og <guilabel>passord</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>For mer informasjon om konfigurering av media, se <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">Mageia
-Wiki-siden</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1921a899..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Del kataloger og stasjoner med Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduksjon</title>
-
-    <para>Samba er en protokoll som brukes av forskjellige operativsystemer for å dele
-enkelte ressurser som kataloger eller skrivere. Dette verktøyet lar deg
-konfigurere maskinen som en Samba-server ved hjelp av protokollen SMB /
-CIFS. Denne protokollen brukes også av Windows (R) og arbeidsstasjoner med
-dette operativsystemet kan få tilgang til ressursene til Samba-serveren.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Forberedelse</title>
-
-    <para>For å få tilgang til andre arbeidsstasjoner må serveren ha en fast
-IP-adresse. Dette kan spesifiseres direkte på serveren, for eksempel med
-eller på DHCP-serveren som identifiserer stasjonen med sin MAC-adresse og
-alltid gi den den samme adressen. Brannmuren skal også tillate innkommende
-forespørsler til Samba-serveren.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Veiviser - Enkeltstående server</title>
-
-    <para>I første omgang sjekker verktøyene <footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> om
-alle nødvendig pakker er installert og foreslår å installere dem hvis de
-ikke er installert allerede. Deretter startes veiviseren for å konfigurere
-Samba-serveren.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>I det neste vinduet er konfigurasjonsalternativet Enkel-server allerede
-valgt.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Deretter angir du navnet på arbeidsgruppen. Dette navnet skal være det samme
-som for tilgang til delte ressurser.</para>
-
-    <para>Netbios navn er navnet som vil bli brukt til å tilegne serveren på
-nettverket.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Velg sikkerhetsmodus:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>Bruker</guilabel>: Klienten må være autorisert for å få tilgang
-til ressursen</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>deling</guilabel>: klienten autentiserer seg separat for hver delt
-ressurs</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Du kan angi hvilke verter som får tilgang til ressursene, enten ved
-IP-adresse eller vertsnavn.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Angi server-banneret. Banneret er måten denne serveren blir beskrevet på
-Windows-arbeidsstasjonene.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Der Samba kan logge informasjon. Dette kan spesifiseres i neste trinn.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Veiviseren viser en liste over de valgte parameterne før du godtar
-konfigurasjonen. Når du aksepterter vil konfigurasjonen bli skrevet i
-/etc/samba/smb.conf.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Veiviser - primær domenekontroller</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Hvis alternativet "Primær
-domenekontroller" er valgt, spør veiviseren om hvis Wins skal støtte eller
-ikke, og for å vise adminbrukernes navn. Følgende trinn er da det samme som
-for frittstående server, bortsett fra at du også kan velge sikkerhetsmodus:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domene</guilabel>: Gir en mekanisme for lagring av alle bruker- og
-gruppekontoer i et sentralt, delt, konto-område. Det sentraliserte
-kontoarkivet deles mellom (sikkerhets) kontrollører.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Angi en katalog som skal deles</title>
-
-    <para>Med <guibutton>Legg til</guibutton> knappen får vi:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>En ny oppføring er blitt lagt til. Den kan endres med
-Endre-knappen. Alternativene kan redigeres, for eksempel om katalogen er
-synlig for publikum, skrivbar eller kunne leses. Delingsnavnet kan ikke
-endres.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menyoppføringer</title>
-
-    <para>Når listen har minst en oppføring, kan menyoppføringene brukes.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Fil|Skriv konf</title>
-
-      <para>Lagre gjeldende konfigurasjon i /etc/samba/smb.conf.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Konfigurer</title>
-
-      <para>Veiviseren kan kjøres på nytt med denne kommandoen.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Server|Omstart</title>
-
-      <para>Serveren er stoppet og omstartet med gjeldende konfigurasjonsfiler.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Server|Last på nytt</title>
-
-      <para>Konfigurasjonen som vises, oppdateres fra de nåværende konfigurasjonsfilene.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Delt skriverressurs</title>
-
-    <para>Samba tillater deg også å dele skrivere.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sambabrukere</title>
-
-    <para>I denne fanen kan du legge til brukere som skal ha tilgang til de delte
-ressursene når godkjenning er nødvendig. Du kan legge til brukere fra<xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b611a12b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Sett opp autentisering for Mageia verktøy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>finnes i Mageia Control
-Center under system-fanen<emphasis role="bold"> Sikkerhet.</emphasis> </para>
-
-  <para>Det gjør det mulig å gi de vanlige brukerne de nødvendige rettighetene til å
-utføre oppgaver som vanligvis gjøres av administratoren.</para>
-
-  <para>Klikk på den lille pilen foran elementet du vil slippe:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>De fleste av verktøyene som er tilgjengelige i Mageia Control Center, vises
-i venstre side av vinduet (se skjermbilde ovenfor) og for hvert verktøy gir
-en nedtrekksliste på høyre side valget mellom:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Standard: Lanseringsmodusen avhenger av det valgte sikkerhetsnivået. Se i
-samme MCC-faneblad, verktøyet "Konfigurer systemets sikkerhet, tillatelser
-og revisjon".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Brukerpassord: Brukerpassordet må oppgis før verktøyet starter.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administrator passord: root passordet må oppgis før verktøyet starter.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Ingen passord: Verktøyet blir lansert uten å spørre om passord.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cc96ccd9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Øyeblikksbilder</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> finnes i MCC's
-<guilabel>System</guilabel> fanen i
-<guilabel>Administrasjonsverktøy</guilabel>seksjonen.</para>
-  <para>Når du starter dette verktøyet i MCC for første gang, vil du se en melding
-om installering av draksnapshot. Klikk på <guibutton>Installer</guibutton>
-for å fortsette. Draksnapshot og noen andre pakker den trenger vil bli
-installert.</para>
-
- <para>Klikk igjen på <guilabel>Øyeblikksbilde</guilabel>, du vil se skjermbildet
-<guilabel> Innstillinger.</guilabel> Marker <guilabel> Aktiver
-sikkerhetskopier,</guilabel> og sikkerhetskopier hele systemet, hvis du
-ønsker det</para>
-  <para>Hvis du bare vil sikkerhetskopiere deler av katalogene dine, velger du
-<guilabel>Avansert.</guilabel> Du vil se en liten popup-skjerm. Bruk
-<guibutton>Legg til</guibutton> og <guibutton>Fjern-</guibutton>knappene ved
-siden av <guilabel>Backup-listen</guilabel> for å inkludere eller ekskludere
-kataloger og filer fra sikkerhetskopien. Bruk de samme knappene ved siden av
-<guilabel>ekskluderingslisten </guilabel>for å fjerne underkataloger og /
-eller filer fra de valgte katalogene, som <emphasis
-role="bold">ikke</emphasis> skal inkluderes i sikkerhetskopien. Klikk på
-<guibutton>Lukk</guibutton> når du er ferdig.</para>
-	  <para>Angi nå banen til <guilabel>Hvor du skal sikkerhetskopiere</guilabel>, eller
-velg <guibutton>Bla gjennom</guibutton>-knappen for å velge den riktige
-banen. Enhver montert USB-nøkkel eller ekstern HD kan finnes i <emphasis
-role="bold">/ run / media / your_user_name /</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Klikk på <guibutton>Bruk</guibutton> for å ta et øyeblikksbilde</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ecd666a5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Sett opp lyd</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote>finnes i Mageia Control
-Center under system-fanen<emphasis role="bold"> Maskinvare.</emphasis> </para>
-  <para>Draksound håndterer lydkonfigurasjonen, PulseAudio-opsjonene og
-feilsøking. Den vil hjelpe deg hvis du opplever lydproblemer eller hvis du
-endrer  eller bytter lydkortet.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> er en lydserver. Den mottar alle
-lydinngangene, mikser de i henhold til brukerens preferanser og sender lyden
-til utgangen. Se<guimenu>Menu ->Lyd og video -> PulseAudio volum
-kontroll</guimenu> for a angi disse parametrene.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio er standard lydserver og det anbefales å la den være aktivert.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free </guilabel> forbedrer noen programmer med
-PulseAudio. Det anbefales også å la den være aktivert.</para>
-  <para><guibutton>Feilsøkingsknappen</guibutton> hjelper deg med å løse eventuelle
-problemer du måtte ha. Du vil finne det nyttig å prøve dette før du spør
-fellesskapet om hjelp.</para>
-  <para><guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> knappen viser et nytt vindu med en åpenbar
-knapp.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 56329108..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Sett opp en UPS for strømovervåking</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Denne siden har ikke blitt skrevet ennå pga mangel på ressurser. Hvis du
-tror du kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc teamet.</link>
-Takk på forhånd.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> som root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d9c170b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Sett opp VPN-tilkobling for sikker nettverkstilgang</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduksjon</title>
-
-    <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> gjør det mulig å
-konfigurere sikker tilgang til et eksternt nettverk og etablerer en tunnel
-mellom den lokale arbeidsstasjonen og det eksterne nettverket. Vi snakker
-her bare om konfigurasjonen på arbeidsstasjonssiden. Vi antar at det
-eksterne nettverket allerede er i drift, og at du har tilkoblingsinformasjon
-fra nettverksadministratoren, som en .pcf-konfigurasjonsfil.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Oppsett</title>
-
-    <para>Først velger du enten Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN, avhengig av
-hvilken protokoll som brukes for ditt virtuelle private nettverk.</para>
-
-    <para>Gi deretter koblingen et navn.</para>
-
-    <para>I det neste skjermbildet, skriv inn innstillingene for VPN-tilkoblingen.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For openvpn. Openvpn-pakken med dens avhengigheter vil bli installert første
-gang verktøyet brukes.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Velg filene du mottok fra
-nettverksadministratoren.</para>
-
-        <para>Avanserte parametre:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Det neste skjermbildet spør etter IP-adressen til gatewayen</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Når parametrene er satt, kan du starte VPN tilkoblingen.</para>
-
-    <para>Denne VPN-tilkoblingen kan startes automatisk med en
-nettverkstilkobling. For å gjøre dette, omkonfigurer nettverkstilkoblingen
-for alltid å koble til denne VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a334368a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Konfigurer webtjener</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote>kan hjelpe deg å sette
-opp en web server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Hva er en webtjener?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web server er den programvaren som hjelper deg å levere nettinnhold som kan
-nås via Internett. (Fra Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Å sette opp en web server med drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Velkommen til web server veiviseren.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introduksjon</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Den første siden er bare en introduksjon, klikk<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Velg Server Eksponering: Lokalt Nett og / eller Verden.</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Eksponering av webserveren til Internett har sin risiko. Vær klar for
-dårlige ting.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Bruker Modul</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Tillater at brukerne kan lage sine egne web områder.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Bruker web katalognavn</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Brukeren må skape og populere denne katalogen. deretter vil serveren vise
-dette.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Dokumentrot</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Gir deg muligheten til å konfigurere stien til web-serverens standard
-dokument.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Oppsummering</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bruk et øyeblikk for å sjekke disse alternativene, klikk så
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Fullfør</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Du er ferdig! Klikk <guibutton>Fullfør</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 43367823..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Sett opp DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Denne siden har ikke blitt skrevet ennå pga mangel på ressurser. Hvis du
-tror du kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc teamet.</link>
-Takk på forhånd.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c9ef91e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Sett opp DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Dette verktøyet fungerer ikke i Mageia 4 pga endret navneskjema for
-nettverksgrensesnittet.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>kan hjelpe deg med å
-konfigurere en <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Det er en delkomponent til
-drakwizard som må væfre installeret før du kan få tilgang til den.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hva er DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>Dynamisk vertkonfigurasjonsprotokoll (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) er en
-standardisert nettverksprotokoll som brukes på IP-nettverk som dynamisk
-konfigurerer IP-adresser og annen informasjon som trengs for
-Internett-kommunikasjon. (Fra Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sett opp en DHCP server</title>
-
-    <para>Velkommen til DHCP server veiviseren.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introduksjon</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Den første siden er bare en introduksjon, klikk<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Velg Adapter</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Velg nettverksgrensesnittet, som er koblet til del-nettverket, og for
-hvilket DHCP skal tilordne IP-adresser, og klikk deretter
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Velg IP område</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Velg start- og slutt-IP-adressene på IP-området, som du vil at serveren skal
-tilby, sammen med IP-adressen til gateway-maskinen som kobler til et sted
-utenfor det lokale nettverket, og klikk deretter
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Oppsummering</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Bruk et øyeblikk for å sjekke disse alternativene, klikk så
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Vent litt...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Dette kan ordnes. Klikk <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton> noen ganger og endre
-det du vil endre.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Noen timer senere...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hva er gjort</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Om nødvendig, installer dhcp-server pakken:</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Lagrer <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> i <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Lager en ny <code>dhcpd.conf</code> som starter fra
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> og
-legger til de nye paramtrene:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifiserer også Webmin konfigurarsjonsfilen
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Starter om <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 59294ea1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Still inn tid</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> har til formål å sette
-tiden på serveren din synkronisert med en ekstern server. Det er ikke
-installert som standard, og du må også installere drakwizard og
-drakwizard-base pakker.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sett opp en NTP server med drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Etter velkomstskjermen (se ovenfor), spør den neste deg om å velge tre
-tidsservere i rullegardinlister og foreslår at du bruker pool.ntp.org to
-ganger fordi denne serveren alltid peker til tilgjengelige tidsservere.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Følgende skjermbilder gjør det mulig å velge region og by, og deretter
-kommer du til et sammendrag. Hvis noe er galt, kan du selvsagt endre det ved
-hjelp av knappen <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton>. Hvis alt er riktig, klikk
-på <guibutton>Neste</guibutton> for å fortsette til testen. Det kan ta litt
-tid, og du får til slutt denne skjermen:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Klikk på <guibutton>Avslutt</guibutton> knappen for å stenge verktøyet.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hva er gjort</title>
-
-    <para>Dette verktøyet utfører de følgene steg:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Om nødvendig, installer <code>NTP</code> pakken</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Lagrer filene <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> til
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> og <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>
-til <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Skriver en ny fil <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> med en liste over
-servere:</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Endrer <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> ved å sette inn det første server navnet;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stopper og starter <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> og <code>ntpd</code>
-tjenestene;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Setter maskinvareklokken til gjeldende systemtid med UTC-referanse.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d8437e66..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Sette opp FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote>kan hjelpe deg å sette
-opp en<acronym> FTP</acronym> server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Hva er <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (FTP) er en standard nettverksprotokoll som brukes
-til å overføre filer fra en vert til en annen vert over et TCP-basert
-nettverk, for eksempel Internett. (Fra Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Sett opp en FTP server med hjelp av drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Velkommen til FTP veiviseren, Buckle up.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introduksjon</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Den første siden er bare en introduksjon, klikk<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Velg Server Eksponering: Lokalt Nett og / eller Verden.</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Eksponering av FTP serveren for Internett har sin risiko. Forbered deg på
-dårlige ting.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Tjenerinformasjon</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Skriv inn navne serveren vil bruke til å introdusere seg selv, noen til å
-sende klager til og om å tillate root login tilgang.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Servervalg</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Angi lytteport, "jailed" bruker, tillat resymeere og / eller <acronym>FXP
-</acronym>(File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Oppsummering</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bruk et øyeblikk for å sjekke disse alternativene, klikk så
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Fullfør</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Du er ferdig! Klikk <guibutton>Fullfør</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e490ec61..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Sett opp mellomtjener</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>kan hjelpe deg å sette
-opp en proxy server. Det er en delkomponent til drakwizard som må væfre
-installeret før du kan få tilgang til den. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hva er en proxyserver?</title>
-
-    <para>En proxy-server er en server (et datasystem eller et program) som fungerer
-som formidler for forespørsler fra klienter som søker ressurser fra andre
-servere. En klient kobler til proxy-serveren og ber om  tjenester, for
-eksempel en fil, en tilkobling, en nettside eller en annen ressurs
-tilgjengelig fra en annen server, og proxy-serveren evaluerer forespørselen
-som en måte å forenkle og kontrollere kompleksiteten på. (Fra Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sett opp en proxy server med drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Velkommen til proxyserver veiviseren.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introduksjon</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Den første siden er bare en introduksjon, klikk<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Velg proxy porten</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Velg proxy porten som nettlesere skal koble seg opp til, klikk
-så<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Angi minne og diskbruk</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Angi minne og vekselminne, klikk så <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Velg Nettverkstilgangskontroll</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Sett synlighet til lokalt nettverk eller verden, klikk så
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Gi Nettverkstilgang</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Gi tilgang til lokalt nettverk, klikk så <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Bruk mellomtjener på høyere nivå?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Gå igjennom en annen proxy-server? Hvis nei, hopp over neste trinn.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>URL og port til mellomtjener på høyere nivå</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Gi proxy vertsnavn og port  på høyere nivå, klikk så
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>. </para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Oppsummering</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Bruk et øyeblikk for å sjekke disse alternativene, klikk så
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Start ved oppstart</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Velg om proxy serveren skal startes ved oppstart av systemet, klikk så
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Fullfør</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Du er ferdig! Klikk <guibutton>Fullfør</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hva er gjort</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Om nødvendig, installer squid pakken:</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Lagrer <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> i
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Lager en ny <code>squid.conf</code> som starter fra
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> og legger til de nye paramtrene: </para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>nivå</code> 1, 2 eller 3 og <code>http_access</code> i henhold til
-nivå</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Starter om <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 73118f06..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH-serveroppsett</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote>kan hjelpe deg å sette
-opp en<acronym> SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Hva er <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) er en kryptografisk nettverksprotokoll for sikker
-datakommunikasjon, ekstern kommandolinjeinnlogging, ekstern kommandoer og
-andre sikre nettverkstjenester mellom to nettverkstilkoblede datamaskiner
-som kobles til, via en sikker kanal over et usikret nettverk, en server og
-en klient (kjører SSH-server og SSH-klientprogrammer, henholdsvis). (Fra
-Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Sett opp en <acronym>SSH</acronym>daemon med drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Velkommen til Open SSH veiviseren.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Velg type av Konfigurasjonsvalg</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Velg <guilabel>Ekspert</guilabel> for alle alternativ eller
-<guilabel>Nybegynner</guilabel> for å hoppe over stegene 3-7, klikk
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Generelle valg</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Setter synlighet og rottilgangsalternativer. Port 22 er standard
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> porten.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Autentiseringsmetoder</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Tillater en rekke autentiseringsmetoder som brukere kan bruke mens de kobler
-til, og klikk deretter <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Velg loggfasilitet og utgangsnivå, og klikk deretter
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Innloggingalternativer</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfigurer pr. loginn oppsett, klikk så <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Valg for brukerinnlogging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfigurer brukertilgangs oppsett, klikk så <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kompresjon og videresending</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfigurer X11 videresending og komprimering under overføring, og klikk
-deretter <guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Oppsummering</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bruk et øyeblikk for å sjekke disse alternativene, klikk så
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Fullfør</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Du er ferdig! Klikk <guibutton>Fullfør</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cebd5863..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Slå av eller på systemtjenester</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Denne siden har ikke blitt skrevet ennå pga mangel på ressurser. Hvis du
-tror du kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc teamet.</link>
-Takk på forhånd.</para>   
-
-  <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">drakservices</emphasis> som root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e248ff42..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Maskinvarekonfigurasjon</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> gir en generell
-oversikt over maskinvaren til datamaskinen din. Når verktøyet er startet,
-leter det etter alle maskinvare element. For dette bruker den kommandoen
-<code>ldetect </code>som refererer til en liste over maskinvare i
-<code>ldetect-lst</code>-pakken.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vinduet</title>
-
-    <para>Vinduet er delt i to kolonner.</para>
-
-    <para>Den venstre kolonnen inneholder en liste over den oppdagede
-maskinvaren. Enhetene er gruppert etter kategorier. Klikk på &gt; å utvide
-innholdet i en kategori. Hver enhet kan velges i denne kolonnen.</para>
-
-    <para>Den høyre kolonnen viser informasjon om den valgte enheten. Hjelpen - &gt;
-Feltbeskrivelse gir litt informasjon om innholdet i feltene.</para>
-
-    <para>I henhold til hvilken type enhet som er valgt, er en eller to knapper
-tilgjengelig nederst i den høyre kolonnen:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Angi gjeldende driveralternativer</guibutton>: Dette kan brukes
-til å parameterisere modulen som brukes i forhold til enheten. Dette må kun
-brukes av eksperter.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Kjør konfigurasjonsverktøy</guibutton>: tilgang til verktøyet som
-kan konfigurere enheten. Verktøyet kan ofte nås direkte fra MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menyen</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Valg</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Alternativmenyen</guimenu> gir mulighet til å avmerke boksene for å
-aktivere automatisk deteksjon:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz enheter</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip parallellenheter</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Disse deteksjonene er ikke aktivert som standard , fordi de er trege. Sjekk
-de aktuelle boksene hvis du har denne maskinvaren tilkoblet. Deteksjonen vil
-være i drift neste gang dette verktøyet startes.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b433cb0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Tastaturoppsett</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introduksjon</title>
-
-    <para>Keyboarddrakeverktøyet<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> hjelper deg med
-å konfigurere grunnleggende utforming for tastaturet du vil bruke på
-Mageia. Det påvirker tastaturoppsettet for alle brukere på systemet. Den
-finner du i Maskinvare-delen av Mageia Control Center (MCC), merket
-"Konfigurer mus og tastatur".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tastatur oppsett</title>
-
-    <para>Her kan du velge hvilket tastaturoppsett du ønsker å bruke. Navnene (oppført
-i alfabetisk rekkefølge) beskriver språk, land og / eller etnisitet som
-hvert layout skal brukes til.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tastaturtype</title>
-
-    <para>Denne menyen lar deg velge hvilken type tastatur du bruker. Hvis du er
-usikker på hvilken du skal velge, er det best å bruke standardtypen.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e3370db8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Håndter språk og land</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> som root.
-  </para></footnote> finnes i System-delen
-av Mageia Control Center (MCC) merket "Behandle lokalisering for
-systemet". Det åpnes med et vindu der du kan velge språket ditt. Valget er
-tilpasset det språket som ble valgt under installasjonen.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> knappen gir mulighet til å aktivere
-kompatibilitet med gammel koding (ikke UTF 8).</para>
-
-  <para>Det neste vinduet viser en liste over land i henhold til  det valgte
-språket. Knappen Andre land gir tilgang til land som ikke er oppført.</para>
-
-  <para> Du må starte økten på nytt etter endringene.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Innput metode</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>I <guilabel>Andre land</guilabel> skjermbildet kan du også velge en
-innmatningssmetode (nederst på listen). Innmatningsmetoder lar brukerne
-legge inn flerspråklige tegn (kinesisk, japansk, koreansk, etc). </para>
-  <para> For asiatiske og afrikanske lokaliteter, vil IBus bli angitt som
-standardinndatametode, slik at brukerne ikke trenger å konfigurere det
-manuelt.</para>
-  <para>Andre innmatingsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) gir også lignende
-funksjoner og kan, hvis ikke tilgjengelig fra rullegardinmenyen, installeres
-i en annen del av Mageia Control Center. Se<xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 938ca6c2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Les og søk gjennom systemlogger</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finnes i Mageia
-Kontroll Senter, under Netverksdeling, merket <guilabel>Vis og søk
-systemlogger</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Å gjøre et søk i loggene</title>
-
-    <para>Først skriver du inn nøkkelstrengen du vil se etter i feltet <emphasis
-role="bold">Matching</emphasis> og / eller nøkkelstrengen du
-<emphasis>ikke</emphasis> ønsker å se blant svarene i feltet, <emphasis
-role="bold">men ikke samsvarer</emphasis>. Velg deretter filene som skal
-søkes i feltet <guilabel>Velg fil</guilabel>. Eventuelt er det mulig å
-begrense søket til bare en dag. Velg den i <emphasis
-role="bold">kalenderen</emphasis>, bruk de små pilene på hver side av
-måneden og året, og merk av for «<guibutton>Vis bare for den valgte
-dagen</guibutton>». Endelig klikker du på <guibutton>søkeknappen</guibutton>
-for å se resultatene i vinduet kalt <guilabel>innholdet i filen.</guilabel>
-Det er mulig å lagre resultatene i .txt-formatet ved å klikke på <emphasis
-role="bold">Lagre</emphasis>-knappen.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para><guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> huser loggene fra Mageia
-konfigurasjonsverktøy som Mageia Control Center verktøyene. Disse loggene
-oppdateres hver gang en konfigurasjon endres.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sett opp e-postvarslingstjenesten</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>E-postvarsling</guibutton> kontrollerer automatisk
-systembelastningen og tjenestene hver time og sender om nødvendig en e-post
-til den konfigurerte adressen.</para>
-
-    <para>For å konfigurere dette verktøyet, klikk på<emphasis role="bold"> Mail
-Alert</emphasis>-knappen og deretter, i neste skjermbilde, på
-<guibutton>Konfigurer e-postvarsel</guibutton>. Her vises alle løpende
-tjenester, og du kan velge hvilke du vil se på. (Se skjermbilde ovenfor).</para>
-
-    <para>Følgende tjenester kan bli overvåket:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin-tjeneste</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>E-postserveren Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP-tjener</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webserveren Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH-tjener</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd-tjeneste</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Domenenavnoppslagstjeneste</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>I neste skjermbilde velger du <guilabel>Last</guilabel>-verdien du anser
-uakseptabel. Lasten representerer etterspørselen etter en prosess, en høy
-belastning senker systemet ned, og en svært høy belastning kan tyde på at en
-prosess har gått ut av kontroll. Standardverdien er 3. Vi anbefaler at du
-angir belastningsverdien til 3 ganger antall prosessorer.</para>
-
-    <para>På den siste skjermen skriver du inn <guilabel>e-postadressen</guilabel> til
-personen som skal varsles og <guilabel>e-postserveren</guilabel> skal brukes
-(lokalt eller på Internett).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b78e904a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Vis tilgjengelige NFS og SMB områder</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote>kan bare startes og
-brukes fra kommandolinjen.</para>
-
-  <para>Denne siden har ikke blitt skrevet ennå pga mangel på ressurser. Hvis du
-tror du kan skrive denne hjelpen, vennligst kontakt<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Doc teamet.</link>
-Takk på forhånd.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ac41f960..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Viser Din PCI, USB and PCMCIA Informasjon</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote>kan bare startes og
-brukes fra kommandolinjen.Det gir noe mer infoirmasjon hvis det kjøres under
-rot.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake gir en liste over alle tilkoblede enheter til datamaskinen (USB,
-PCI og PCMCIA) og de brukte driverne. Den trenger ldetect og ldetect-lst
-pakker for å fungere.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Med -v-alternativet legger lspcidrake til leverandør- og
-enhetidentifikasjoner.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake genererer ofte svært lange lister, så for å finne en ispesifik
-nformasjon, blir den ofte brukt i en "rørledning" med grep-kommandoen, som i
-disse eksemplene:</para>
-
-  <para>Informasjon om skjermkortet</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Informasjon om nettverket</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>  -i    – ikke skill mellom store og små bokstaver i mønstre.</para>
-
-  <para>I skjermbildet nedenfor kan du se virkningen av -v alternativet for
-lspcidrake og -i alternativet for grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det finnes et annet verktøy som gir informasjon om maskinvaren, den kalles
-dmidecode (under rot)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 46df6f20..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Oppstart</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere verktøy for å konfigurere
-oppstartstrinnene dine. Klikk på en lenke under for å lære mer.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sett opp oppstartstrinn</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e1474c4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Maskinvare</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere verktøy for å konfigurere
-maskinvaren din. Klikk på en lenke under for å lære mer.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sett opp maskinvare</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis>= Bla gjennom og konfigurer
-maskinvaren</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sett opp grafikk</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis>=Konfugurer 3D
-Skrivebordseffekter</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sett opp mus og tastatur</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sett opp utskrift og skanning</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis>=Sett opp skriver(e),
-skriverkøer....</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Andre</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d6c6eac9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Om Manualen til Mageia Kontroll Senter</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Mageia Control Center (MCC) har åtte forskjellige alternativer eller faner å
-velge mellom i venstre kolonne, og til og med ti om drakwizard-pakken ble
-installert. Hver av disse kategoriene gir et annet sett med verktøy som kan
-velges i det høyre panelet.</para>
-
-	<para>De ti følgende kapitlene handler om de ti alternativene og de tilhørende
-verktøyene.</para>
-
-<para>Det siste kapitlet handler om noen andre Mageia-verktøy, som ikke kan velges
-i noen av MCC-fanene.</para>
-
-	<para>Titlene på sidene vil ofte være de samme som titlene på verktøylinjene.</para>
-
-        <para>Det finnes også et søkefelt som du kan få tilgang til ved å klikke på "Søk"
--fanen i den venstre kolonnen.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72861cbb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Lokale disker</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere verktøy for å dele dine
-lokale disker. Klikk på en lenke under for å lære mer.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Lokale disker</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 771d7b49..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Nettverk og Internett</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere nettverksverktøy. Klikk på
-lenken under for å lære mer.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Sett opp nettverkstjenester</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Skreddersy og sikre nettverket</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Andre</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e7360a3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Nettverkstjenester</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette skjermbildet og det for <emphasis>Deling</emphasis> er bare synlig
-hvis <emphasis>drakwizard-pakken</emphasis> er installert. Du kan velge
-mellom flere verktøy for å konfigurere forskjellige servere. Klikk på en
-lenke under eller på<xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/> for å lære mer.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Nettverkstjenester</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a84323d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Nettverksdeling</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere verktøy for å dele disker og
-områder. Klikk på en lenke under for å lære mer.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Sett opp delte ressurser for Windows(R)</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis>=Del disker og områder med
-Windows (SMB) systemer</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Sett opp delte ressurser for NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Sett opp delte ressurser for WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f1fe9bc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Sikkerhet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere sikkerhetsverktøy. Klikk på
-lenken under for å lære mer.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Sikkerhet</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis>= Konfigurer systemsikkerhet, rettigheter
-og revisjonsnivå</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fb96480..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Deling</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette skjermbildet og det for <emphasis>Nettverkstjenester</emphasis> er
-bare synlig hvis <emphasis>drakwizard-pakken</emphasis> er installert. Du
-kan velge mellom flere verktøy for å konfigurere forskjellige servere. Klikk
-på en lenke under eller på<xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/> for å lære mer.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Deling</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a649392..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">System</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>I dette skjermbildet kan du velge mellom flere systemverktøy og
-administrasjonsverktøy. Klikk på lenken under for å lære mer.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Håndter systemtjenester</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Språktilpassing</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administrasjonsverktøy</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Håndter brukere på
-systemet</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fbcfa50..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Innstillinger for oppdateringsfrekvens</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>finnes i Mageia Control
-Center under <emphasis role="bold">Programvarehåndtering.</emphasis>Det er
-også tilgjengelig ved <guimenu>høyreklikk /
-oppdateringskonfigurasjon</guimenu> på det røde ikonet <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> i systemstatusfeltet.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Den første skyveknappen lar deg endre hvor ofte Mageia vil se etter
-oppdateringer og den andre knappen ønsket forsinkelse etter oppstart før den
-første sjekken kjøres. Avkrysningsboksen gir deg muligheten til å bli advart
-når en ny Mageia-utgave er klar for installering.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index aa9e568e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Sett opp pekeenheten (mus, styreplate)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote>finnes i Mageia Control
-Center under system-fanen<emphasis role="bold"> Maskinvare.</emphasis> </para>
-
-  <para>Du må ha en mus for å installere Mageia, og den er allerede installert av
-Drakinstall. Dette verktøyet tillater installasjon av en annen mus.</para>
-
-  <para>Musene er sortert etter tilkoblingstype og deretter etter modell. Velg musen
-og klikk på OK. Mesteparten av tiden "Universal / Any PS / 2 &amp; USB-mus"
-er egnet for en ny mus. Den nye musen aktiveres umiddelbart.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b1009b0e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Systemsikkerhet og overvåkning</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentasjon</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui <footnote><para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>er et grafisk brukergrensesnitt
-for msec som gjør det mulig å konfigurere systemets sikkerhet etter to
-tilnærmingsmåter:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Det setter systemadferd, msec krever endringer i systemet for å gjøre det
-mer sikkert.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Den gjennomfører periodiske kontroller automatisk på systemet for å advare
-deg om noe virker farlig.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec bruker begrepet "sikkerhetsnivåer" som er ment å konfigurere et sett
-med systemtillatelser, som kan revideres for endringer eller
-håndhevelse. Flere av dem er foreslått av Mageia, men du kan definere dine
-egne tilpassede sikkerhetsnivåer.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Oversiktsfane</title>
-
-    <para>Se skjermbildet ovenfor</para>
-
-    <para>Den første kategorien viser listen over de forskjellige sikkerhetsverktøyene
-med en knapp på høyre side for å konfigurere dem:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Brannmur, også funnet i MCC / Sikkerhet / Konfigurer din personlige brannmur</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Oppdateringer, som også finnes i MCC / Programvarehåndtering / Oppdater
-systemet</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec selv med noe informasjon:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>aktivert eller ikke</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Det grunnleggende sikkerhetsnivået</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>datoen for den siste periodiske kontrollen og en knapp for å se en detaljert
-rapport og en annen knapp for å utføre kontrollene akkurat nå.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sikkerhetsinnstillingsfane</title>
-
-    <para>Et klikk på den andre fanen eller på knappen
-<guibutton>Sikkerhetskonfigurasjon</guibutton> fører til samme skjermbilde
-som vist nedenfor.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Grunnleggende sikkerhetsfane</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Sikkerhetsnivåer:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Etter at du har avmerket boksen <guilabel>Aktiver MSEC-verktøyet</guilabel>,
-kan du dobbeltklikke og velge et sikkerhetsnivå som vises i fet skrift. Hvis
-boksen ikke er avmerket, blir nivået «ingen» brukt. Følgende nivåer er
-tilgjengelige:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nivå <emphasis role="bold">ingen</emphasis>. Dette nivået er ment hvis du
-ikke vil bruke msec til å kontrollere systemets sikkerhet, og foretrekker å
-stille det på egen hånd. Det deaktiverer alle sikkerhetskontroller og setter
-ingen restriksjoner eller begrensninger på systemkonfigurasjon og
-innstillinger. Vennligst bruk dette nivået bare hvis du vet hva du gjør, da
-det ville gjøre systemet sårbart for angrep.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Nivå <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. Dette er
-standardkonfigurasjonen når den er installert og er beregnet for tilfeldige
-brukere. Det begrenser flere systeminnstillinger og utfører daglige
-sikkerhetskontroller som registrerer endringer i systemfiler, systemkontoer
-og sårbare katalogtillatelser. (Dette nivået ligner nivå 2 og 3 fra
-tidligere msec-versjoner).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nivå <emphasis role="bold">sikker</emphasis>. Dette nivået er ment når du
-vil sikre at systemet er sikkert og brukervennlig. Det begrenser
-systemtillatelser og utfører flere periodiske kontroller. Dessuten er
-tilgangen til systemet mer begrenset. (Dette nivået ligner nivå 4 (High) og
-5 (Paranoid) fra gamle msec-versjoner).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>I tillegg til disse nivåene, er også forskjellige oppgaveorientert sikkerhet
-tilgjengelig, for eksempel filserver, webserver og netbook-nivå. Slike
-nivåer forsøker å forhåndsdefinere systemsikkerhet i henhold til de
-vanligste bruksområdene.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>De to siste nivåene kalt <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis>og
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly </emphasis>er ikke egentlig
-sikkerhetsnivåer, men verktøy for periodisk kontroll.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Disse nivåene lagres i /etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname>. Du kan
-definere dine egne tilpassede sikkerhetsnivåer, lagre dem i bestemte filer
-som kalles nivå. &lt; levelname>, plassert i mappen / etc / security / msec
-/. Denne funksjonen er beregnet for avanserte brukere som krever en
-tilpasset eller sikrere systemkonfigurasjon.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Husk at brukermodifiserte parametere overstyrer standardnivåinnstillinger.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Sikkerhetsvarsler:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Hvis du avmerker boksen <guibutton>Send sikkerhetsvarsler via e-post til
-</guibutton>:, vil sikkerhetsvarsler generert av msec bli sendt via lokal
-e-post til sikkerhetsadministratoren. Du kan skrive inn enten en lokal
-bruker eller en fullstendig e-postadresse (den lokale e-postadressen og
-e-postbehandleren må settes tilsvarende). Endelig kan du motta
-sikkerhetsvarsler direkte på skrivebordet ditt. Sjekk den aktuelle boksen
-for å aktivere den.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Det anbefales sterkt  å aktivere sikkerhetsvarsleralternativet for
-umiddelbart å informere sikkerhetsadministratoren om mulige
-sikkerhetsproblemer. Hvis ikke, må administratoren regelmessig sjekke
-loggfilene som er tilgjengelige i <filename>/ var / log /
-security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Sikkerhetsvalg:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Å skape et tilpasset nivå er ikke den eneste måten å tilpasse
-datasikkerheten på. Det er også mulig å bruke fanene som presenteres her til
-å endre hvilket som helst alternativ du ønsker. Nåværende konfigurasjon for
-msec er lagret i
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf. </filename>Denne filen
-inneholder det nåværende sikkerhetsnivået og listen over alle endringene som
-er gjort på alternativene.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Systemsikkerhetsfane</title>
-
-      <para>Denne fanen viser alle sikkerhetsalternativene i kolonnen til venstre, en
-beskrivelse i senterkolonnen og deres nåværende verdier i kolonnen til
-høyre.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>For å endre et alternativ, dobbeltklikk på det og et nytt vindu vises (se
-skjermbilde nedenfor). Den viser alternativnavnet, en kort beskrivelse, de
-faktiske og standardverdiene, og en rullegardinliste hvor den nye verdien
-kan velges. Klikk på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen for å validere
-valget.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Ikke glem å lagre konfigurasjonen når du forlater msecgui ved hjelp av
-menyen <guimenu>Fil -> Lagre konfigurasjonen</guimenu>. Hvis du har endret
-innstillingene, lar msecgui deg forhåndsvise endringene før du lagrer dem.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Nettverkssikkerhet</title>
-
-      <para>Denne fanen viser alle nettverksalternativer og fungerer som den forrige
-fanen</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Regelmessige sjekker</title>
-
-      <para>Periodiske kontroller tar sikte på å informere sikkerhetsadministratoren ved
-hjelp av sikkerhetsvarsler om alle situasjoner som msec mener er potensielt
-farlig.</para>
-
-      <para>Denne fanen viser alle periodiske kontrollene som er utført av msec og deres
-kjøre frekvens hvis boksen <guibutton>Aktiver periodisk
-sikkerhetskontroll</guibutton> er avmerket. Endringer gjøres som i de
-forrige fanene.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Unntaksfane: </title>
-
-      <para>Noen ganger skyldes varselmeldinger kjente og ønskede situasjoner. I disse
-tilfellene er de ubrukelige og og det er bortkastet tid for
-administratoren. Denne kategorien lar deg lage så mange unntak som du vil
-unngå uønskede varslingsmeldinger. Det er åpenbart tomt ved første
-msekstart. Skjermbildet under viser fire unntak.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>For å opprette et unntak, klikk på knappen<guibutton> Legg til en
-regel</guibutton></para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Velg ønsket periodisk sjekk i rullegardinlisten kalt
-<guilabel>Sjekk</guilabel>, og skriv inn <guilabel>unntaket</guilabel> i
-tekstområdet. Hvis du legger til et unntak, er åpenbart ikke definitivt, du
-kan enten slette det ved å bruke <guibutton>Slett-</guibutton>knappen i
-kategorien <guilabel>Unntak</guilabel> eller endre det med en dobbeltklikk.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Rettigheter</title>
-    <para>Denne kategorien er beregnet for kontroll og håndheving av fil- og
-katalogtillatelser.</para>
-    <para>Msec eier forskjellige tillatelsesnivåer (standard, sikker, ..), de
-aktiveres med det valgte sikkerhetsnivået. Du kan opprette dine egne
-tilpassede rettighetsnivåer, lagre dem i bestemte filer kalt
-<filename>perm. &lt; levelname></filename>plassert i mappen <filename>/ etc
-/ security / msec /</filename>. Denne funksjonen er beregnet for
-strømbrukere som krever en tilpasset konfigurasjon. Det er også mulig å
-bruke kategorien som presenteres her etter å endre hvilken som helst
-tillatelse du vil ha. Nåværende konfigurasjon er lagret i
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Denne filen inneholder
-listen over alle tillatelse endringene som er gjort  .</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Standard tillatelser er synlige som en liste med regler (en regel per
-linje). Du kan se på venstre side, filen eller mappen berørt av regelen,
-deretter eieren, deretter gruppen og deretter tillatelsene gitt av
-regelen. For en gitt regel:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>boksen <guilabel>Tving</guilabel> er ikke avmerket, msec kontrollerer bare
-om de definerte tillatelsene for denne regelen blir respektert og sender en
-varselmelding hvis ikke, men endrer ingen ting.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>boksen <guilabel>Tving</guilabel> er avmerket, vil msec styre tillatelsene
-ved den første periodiske sjekk og overskrive de gamle tillatelsene.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>For at dette skal fungere, må alternativet CHECK_PERMS i kategorien
-<emphasis role="bold">Periodisk kontroll</emphasis> konfigureres
-tilsvarende.</para></important><para>Hvis du vil opprette en ny regel, klikker du på knappen <guibutton> Legg til
-en regel </guibutton> og fyller inn feltene som vist i eksemplet
-nedenfor. Joker * er tillatt i filfeltet. "Nåværende" betyr ingen endring.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Klikk på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen for å validere valget og ikke
-glem å lagre konfigurasjonen før du avslutter programmet ved hjelp av menyen
-<guimenu>Fil -> Lagre konfigurasjonen</guimenu>. Hvis du har endret
-innstillingene, lar msecgui deg forhåndsvise endringene før du lagrer dem. </para>
-    <note><para>Det er også mulig å opprette eller endre reglene ved å redigere
-konfigurasjonsfilen<filename> /etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Endringer i fanen <emphasis role="bold">Tillatelser </emphasis>(eller
-direkte i konfigurasjonsfilen) tas med i betraktning ved den første
-periodiske kontrollen (se alternativet CHECK_PERMS i kategorien <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodisk kontroll</emphasis>. Hvis du vil at de skal tas med
-umiddelbart, bruk kommandoen msecperms i en konsoll med rotrettigheter. Du
-kan bruke før, msecperms -p-kommandoen for å se tillatelsene som vil bli
-endret av msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Ikke glem at hvis du endrer tillatelsene i en konsoll eller i en
-filbehandler, for en fil der boksen <guilabel>Tving </guilabel>er avmerket i
-fanen <emphasis role="bold">Tillatelser</emphasis>, vil msecgui skrive de
-gamle tillatelsene tilbake etter en stund, i samsvar med konfigurasjonen av
-alternativene CHECK_PERMS og CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE i fanen <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodiske sjekker</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 702033e5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Andre Mageiaverktøy</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Det er flere Mageia-verktøy enn de som kan starte i Mageia Control
-Center. Klikk på en lenke nedenfor for å lære mer, eller fortsett å lese de
-neste sidene.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>Skal skrives</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Og flere verktøy?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8307fc0c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Programvareadministrasjon (installer og fjern programvare)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduksjon til rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>Dette verktøyet,<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> også kjent som
-drakrpm, er et program for installasjon, avinstallering og oppdatering av
-pakker. Det er det grafiske brukergrensesnittet til URPMI. Ved hver
-oppstart, vil den sjekke online pakke brønner (kalt "media") lastet ned
-direkte fra Mageias offisielle servere, og vil vise deg de nyeste
-programmene og pakkene som er tilgjengelige for datamaskinen din. Et
-filtersystem lar deg bare vise bestemte typer pakker: Du kan bare vise
-installerte programmer (som standard), eller bare tilgjengelige
-oppdateringer. Du kan også vise bare ikke installerte pakker. Du kan også
-søke etter navnet på en pakke, eller i oppsummeringene av beskrivelser eller
-i de fulle beskrivelsene av pakker eller i filnavnene som er inkludert i
-pakkene.</para>
-
-    <para>For å virke, trenger rpmdrake at pakkebrønnene å bli konfigurerrt med.</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Under installasjonen er den konfigurerte pakkebrønnen det mediet som brukes
-til installasjonen, vanligvis DVD eller CD. Hvis du beholder dette mediet,
-vil rpmdrake bruke detn hver gang du vil installere en pakke, med dette
-popup-vinduet: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>Hvis meldingen
-ovenfor irriterer deg og du har en god internettforbindelse uten for streng
-nedlasting grense, er det lurt å fjerne det, og erstatte det med online
-pakkebrønner<xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-      <para>I tillegg er online pakkebrønnene alltid oppdatert, de inneholder mange
-flere pakker, og gir deg mulighet til  å oppdatere de installerte pakkene.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hoveddelene av skjermen</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Pakketype filter:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Dette filteret lar deg vise bestemte typer pakker. Første gang du starter
-programmet, vises det kun programmer med grafisk grensesnitt. Du kan vise
-enten alle pakkene og alle deres avhengigheter og biblioteker eller bare
-pakkegrupper, for eksempel applikasjoner, bare oppdateringer eller
-tilbakeporterte pakker fra nyere versjoner av Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Standardfilterinnstillingen er for nye aktører til Linux eller Mageia, som
-sannsynligvis ikke vil ha kommandolinje eller spesialverktøy. Siden du leser
-denne dokumentasjonen, er du åpenbart interessert i å forbedre din kunnskap
-om Mageia, så det er best å sette dette filteret til "Alle".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm><emphasis role="bold"> Pakke status
-filter:</emphasis></firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Dette filteret lar deg bare se de installerte pakkene, kun pakkene som ikke
-er installert eller alle pakkene, både installert og ikke installert.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Søke modus:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Klikk på dette ikonet for å søke gjennom pakkenavnene,  deres sammendrag,
-deres fullstendige beskrivelse eller gjennom filene som følger med pakken.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Finn" boksen:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Skriv inn ett eller flere nøkkelord. Hvis du vil bruke mer enn ett søkeord
-for søk, bruk '|' mellom søkeord, f.eks. For å søke etter "mplayer" og
-"xine" på samme tid, skriv 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Fjern alt:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Dette ikonet kan med ett klikk slette alle nøkkelordene som er angitt i
-"Finn" -boksen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kategorier:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Denne sidestolpen grupperer alle applikasjoner og pakker i klare kategorier
-og underkategorier.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Beskrivelsespanel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Dette panelet viser pakkenes navn, oppsummering og fullstendig
-beskrivelse. Det viser mange nyttige elementer om den valgte pakken. Det kan
-også vise nøyaktige detaljer om pakken, filene som følger med i pakken, samt
-en liste over de siste endringene som er gjort av vedlikeholderen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Status kolonnen</title>
-
-    <para>Når du har satt filtrene riktig, kan du finne programvaren din enten etter
-kategori (i område 6 ovenfor) eller etter navn / oppsummering / beskrivelse
-ved hjelp av område 4. En liste over pakker som oppfyller søket ditt og ikke
-glem det valgte mediumet er vises med forskjellige statusmarkører etter om
-hver pakke er installert / ikke installert / en oppdatering ... Hvis du vil
-endre denne statusen, kan du bare merke av eller fjerne merket i boksen før
-pakkenavnet og klikk på <guibutton>Bruk</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Ikon</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legende</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Denne pakken er allerede installert</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Denne pakken vil bli installert</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Denne pakken kan ikke endres</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Denne pakken er en oppdatering</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Denne pakken vil bli avinstallert</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Eksempler i skjermbildet ovenfor:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hvis jeg fjerner merket for digikam (den grønne pilen forteller oss at den
-er installert), vil statusikonet bli rødt med en pil opp og det blir
-avinstallert når du klikker på <guibutton>Bruk</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hvis jeg sjekker qdigidoc (som ikke er installert, se statusen), vises
-oransje med et pilikonstatusikon, og det vil bli installert når du klikker
-på <guibutton>Bruk</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Avhengighetene</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Noen pakker er avhengig av andre pakker for å kunne virke. De er for
-eksempel biblioteker eller verktøy. I dette tilfellet viser Rpmdrake et
-informasjonsvindu som lar deg velge om du vil godta de valgte
-avhengighetene, avbryte operasjonen eller få mer informasjon (se
-ovenfor). Det kan også hende at de ulike pakkene er i stand til å vise det
-nødvendige biblioteket, i hvilket tilfelle rpmdrake viser listen over
-alternativer med en knapp for å få mer informasjon og en annen knapp for å
-velge hvilken pakke som skal installeres.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index eb0242aa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Sett opp en skanner</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installasjon</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> lar deg konfigurere en
-enkelt skannerenhet eller en multifunksjonsenhet som inkluderer
-skanning. Den lar deg også dele lokale enheter koblet til denne datamaskinen
-med en ekstern datamaskin eller for å få tilgang til eksterne skannere.</para>
-
-    <para>Når du starter dette verktøyet for første gang, kan du få følgende melding:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE pakker må installeres for å bruke skannere</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Vil du installere SANE-pakkene? "</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Velg <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> for å fortsette. Det vil installere
-<code>skanner-gui</code> og <code>oppgaveskanning</code> hvis de ikke er
-installert ennå.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Hvis skanneren din er identifisert riktig, så hvis skanneren er i
-skjermbildet ovenfor, er skanneren klar til bruk med for eksempel
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> eller <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>I så fall vil du kanskje nå konfigurere alternativet
-<emphasis>Skannerdeling.</emphasis> Du kan lese om det i<xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Hvis skanneren din ikke er korrekt identifisert, og hvis du kontrollerer
-kabelen (e) og strømbryteren, og deretter trykker <emphasis>Søk etter nye
-skannere,</emphasis>og det ikke hjelper, trykk da på <emphasis>Legg til en
-skanner manuelt</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Velg skanneren i listen du ser, og dens type fra fabrikantens liste, og
-klikk <emphasis>OK</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Hvis du ikke finner skanneren i listen, klikker du på
-<emphasis>Avbryt</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Kontroller om skanneren din støttes på <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link>-siden og be om hjelp i <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forumene.</link></para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Velg port</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Du kan sette denne innstillingen til <emphasis>automatisk oppdage
-tilgjengelige porter</emphasis>, med mindre skannerns grensesnitt er en
-parallellport. I så fall velg <emphasis>/ dev / parport0</emphasis> hvis du
-bare har en.</para>
-
-    <para>Etter å ha klikket <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, vil du i de fleste tilfeller se
-et skjermbilde som ligner den nedenfor.</para>
-<para>Hvis du ikke får det skjermbildet, så vær så snill å lese<xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Deling av skanner</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Her kan du velge om skannere som er koblet til denne maskinen, skal være
-tilgjengelige for eksterne maskiner og hvilke. Du kan også bestemme om
-skannere på eksterne maskiner skal gjøres tilgjengelig på denne maskinen.</para>
-
-    <para>Skannerdeling til verter: Navn eller IP-adresse til verter kan legges til
-eller slettes fra listen over verter som har tilgang til den lokale enheten
-(e), på denne datamaskinen.</para>
-
-    <para>Bruk av eksterne skannere: Navn eller IP-adresse til verter kan legges til
-eller slettes fra listen over verter som gir tilgang til en ekstern skanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Skannerdeling til vertene: du kan legge til en vert.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Skannerdeling til verter: spesifiser hvilken vert (er) du vil legge til,
-eller tillat alle eksterne maskiner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"Alle eksterne maskiner" har lov til å få tilgang til den lokale skanneren.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Hvis pakken saned ikke er installert, vil verktøyet foreslå å gjøre det.</para>
-
-    <para>På slutten vil verktøyet endre disse filene:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>å legge til eller kommentere
-direktivet "net"</para>
-
-    <para>Det vil også konfigurere saned og xinetd som skal startes ved oppstart.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Detaljer</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>De fleste HP-skannere styres fra HP Device Manager (hplip) som også
-administrerer skrivere. I dette tilfellet tillater dette verktøyet deg ikke
-å konfigurere det og inviterer deg til å bruke HP Enhetsbehandling.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivere er tilgjengelige fra<link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">
-denne siden</link>. Når det er bes om det, må du først installere
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> pakken, så <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (i
-denne rekkefølgen). Det er mulig at <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>-pakken vil
-generere en advarsel om en konflikt med <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Brukere
-har rapportert at denne advarselen kan ignoreres.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Ekstra installasjonssteg</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Det er mulig at etter å ha valgt en port for skanneren på skjermen, at du må
-ta ett eller flere ekstra steg for å konfigurere skanneren på riktig måte.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>I noen tilfeller blir du fortalt at skanneren trenger at fastvaren skal
-lastes opp hver gang den startes. Dette verktøyet lar deg laste det inn i
-enheten, etter at du har installert det på systemet. På denne skjermen kan
-du installere fastvaren fra en CD eller en Windows-installasjon, eller
-installere den du lastet ned fra en leverandørens nettsted.</para><para>
-    Når enhetens fastvare må lastes, kan det ta lang tid ved hver første gangs
-bruk, muligens mer enn ett minutt. Så vær tålmodig.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Du kan også få et skjermbilde som ber deg å justere filen
-/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Les nøye disse eller andre instruksjoner du får, og hvis du ikke vet hva du
-skal gjøre, kan du be om hjelp i <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forumene</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 662d3cbd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Programvarehåndtering</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>På denne skjermen kan du velge mellom flere verktøy for
-programvarehåndtering. Klikk på lenken under for å lære mer.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Programvarehåndtering</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Oppdater systemet
-ditt</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis>= Konfigurer mediakilder
-for installasjon og oppdateringer</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f072cd65..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Installer og konfigurer en skriver</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introduksjon</title>
-
-    <para>Utskrift administreres på Mageia av en server kalt CUPS. Den har sitt eget
-<link ns2:title="CUPS"
-ns2:href="http://localhost:631">konfigurasjonsgrensesnitt </link>som er
-tilgjengelig via en nettleser, men Mageia tilbyr sitt eget verktøy for å
-installere skrivere kalt system-config-printer som deles med andre
-distribusjoner som Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu og openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>Du bør aktivere det non-free arkivet før du fortsetter installasjonen, da
-noen drivere bare er tilgjengelige fra dette.</para>
-
-    <para>Skriverinstallasjon utføres i <guilabel>Maskinvare</guilabel>-delen av
-Mageia Control Center. Velg <guilabel>Konfigurer utskrift</guilabel> og
-skanneverktøy<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">system-config-printer</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC vil be om installasjon av to pakker:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Det er nødvendig å godta denne installasjonen for å fortsette. Opptil 230 MB
-avhengigheter v il bli brukt.</para>
-
-    <para>For å legge til en skriver, velg "Legg til" skriverknappen. Systemet vil
-prøve å oppdage eventuelle skrivere og tilgjengelige porter. Skjermbildet
-viser en skriver koblet til en parallellport. Hvis det oppdages en skriver,
-for eksempel en skriver på en USB-port, vises den på første linje. Vinduet
-vil også forsøke å konfigurere  nettverksskrivere.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Gjenkjenn skriver automatisk</title>
-
-    <para>Dette refererer vanligvis til USB-skrivere. Verktøyet finner automatisk
-navnet til skriveren og viser det. Velg skriveren og klikk deretter på
-"Neste". Hvis det er en kjent driver tilknyttet skriveren, blir den
-automatisk installert. Hvis det er mer enn én driver eller ingen kjente
-drivere, vil et vindu be deg om å velge eller sette opp en, som forklart i
-neste avsnitt. Fortsett med</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Ingen skriver ble automatisk oppdaget</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Når du velger en port, laster systemet inn en driverliste og viser et vindu
-for å velge en driver. Valget kan gjøres ved hjelp av ett av følgende
-alternativer.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Velg skriver fra database</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Legg til en PPD fil</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>søk etter en driver å laste ned</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Ved å velge fra databasen, foreslår vinduet en skriverprodusent først, og
-deretter en enhet og en driver som er tilknyttet den. Hvis flere enn én
-driver er foreslått, velg den som anbefales, med mindre du har hatt
-problemer med den før, velg i så fall den som virker.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Fullfør installasjonsprosessen</title>
-
-    <para>Etter drivervalget, ber et vindu om informasjon som gjør at systemet kan
-utpeke og oppdage skriveren. Den første linjen er navnet under hvilket
-enheten vil vises i applikasjoner i listen over tilgjengelige
-skrivere. Installasjonsprogrammet foreslår deretter å skrive ut en
-testside. Etter dette trinnet er skriveren lagt til og vises i listen over
-tilgjengelige skrivere.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Nettverksskriver</title>
-
-    <para>Nettverksskrivere er skrivere som er koblet direkte til et kablet eller
-trådløst nettverk,  er koblet til en utskriftsserver eller som er koblet til
-en annen arbeidsstasjon som fungerer som utskriftsserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Ofte er det bedre å konfigurere DHCP-serveren for alltid å knytte en fast
-IP-adresse til skriverens MAC-adresse. Selvfølgelig bør det være det samme
-som IP-adressen skriveren til utskriftsserveren er satt til, hvis den har en
-fast en.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>Skriverens Mac-adresse er et serienummer som er gitt til skriveren,
-utskriftsserveren eller datamaskinen den er koblet til,  og som kan hentes
-fra en konfigurasjonsside som skrives ut av skriveren, eller som kan skrives
-på en etikett på skriveren eller utskriftsserveren. Hvis den delte skriveren
-er koblet til et Mageia-system, kan du kjøre <emphasis><code>ifconfig
-</code></emphasis>på det som root for å finne MAC-adressen. Det er sekvensen
-av tall og bokstaver etter "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>Du kan legge til nettverksskriveren gjennom å velge protokollen den bruker
-til å snakke med datamaskinen din over nettverket. Hvis du ikke vet hvilken
-protokoll du skal velge, kan du prøve alternativet Nettverksskriver - Finn
-nettverksskriver på menyen Enheter og gi IP-adressen til skriveren i boksen
-til høyre, der den står "vert".</para>
-
-    <para>Hvis verktøyet gjenkjenner skriveren eller utskriftsserveren, vil den
-foreslå en protokoll og en kø, men du kan velge en mer passende en fra
-listen under den, eller gi riktig kønavn hvis det ikke er i listen.</para>
-
-    <para>Se i dokumentasjonen som fulgte med skriveren eller utskriftsserveren for å
-finne hvilken protokol (er) den støtter og for mulige spesifike kønavn.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Protokoller for nettverksskriving</title>
-
-    <para>En teknikk er en utviklet av Hewlett-Packard og kjent som JetDirect. Det
-tillater tilgang til en skriver direkte koblet til nettverket via en
-Ethernet-port. Du må kjenne IP-adressen som skriveren har i
-nettverket. Denne teknikken brukes også i enkelte ADSL-rutere som inneholder
-en USB-port for å koble til skriveren. I dette tilfellet er IP-adressen den
-for ruteren. Vær oppmerksom på at verktøyet "Hp Enhetsbehandling" kan
-administrere dynamisk konfigurert IP-adresse, angi en URI som <emphasis>hp:
-/ net / &lt; name-of-the-printer></emphasis>. I dette tilfellet er ikke fast
-IP-adresse nødvendig.</para>
-
-    <para>Velg alternativet <guilabel>AppSocket / HP JetDirect</guilabel> som
-protokoll og angi adressen i <guilabel>verten:,</guilabel> ikke endre
-<guilabel>portnummeret,</guilabel> med mindre du vet at den må endres. Etter
-valg av protokollen er valg av driver det samme som ovenfor.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>De andre protokollene er:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internetprotokoll (ipp)</emphasis>: En skriver som kan nås på et
-TCP / IP-nettverk via IPP-protokollen, for eksempel en skriver koblet til en
-stasjon som bruker CUPS. Denne protokollen kan også brukes av enkelte
-ADSL-rutere.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>det samme som ipp,
-men ved hjelp av http-transport og med TLS-sikret protokoll. Porten må
-defineres. Som standard brukes port 631.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>det samme som ipp,
-men med TLS-sikret protokoll.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD / LPR-vert eller Skriver</emphasis>: En skriver som kan nås på
-et TCP / IP-nettverk via LPD-protokollen, for eksempel en skriver som er
-koblet til en stasjon som bruker LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows-skriver via SAMBA</emphasis>: en skriver koblet til en
-stasjon som kjører Windows eller en SMB-server og område.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>URI kan også legges til direkte. Her er noen eksempler på hvordan du skal
-danne URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ipadresse-eller-vertsnavn:portnummer/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ipadresse-eller-vertsnavn:portnummer/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://brukernavn@ipadresse-eller-vertsnavn/kø</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Ytterligere informasjon finnes i<link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">
-CUPS-dokumentasjonen</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Enhetsegenskaper</title>
-
-    <para>Du kan få tilgang til egenskapene for enheten. Menyen gir tilgang til
-parametere for CUPS-serveren. Som standard lanseres en CUPS-server på
-systemet ditt, men du kan angi en annen med <guimenu> Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Koble ... </guimenuitem>-menyen, et annet vindu som gir aksess
-til innstilling av andre bestemte parametere på serveren, etter<guimenu>
-Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Innstillinger</guimenuitem>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Feilsøking</title>
-
-    <para>Du kan finne informasjon om forekommende feil under utskrift ved å inspisere
-<filename>/ var / log / cups / error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>Du kan også få tilgang til et verktøy for å diagnostisere problemer via
-hjelpen | Feilsøk menyen.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Detaljer</title>
-
-    <para>Det er mulig at noen drivere for enkelte skrivere ikke er tilgjengelige i
-Mageia eller ikke fungerer. I så fall, ta en titt på <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> nettstedet
-for å sjekke om det finnes en tilgjengelig driver for enheten din. Hvis ja,
-sjekk om pakken allerede er til stede i Mageia, og i så fall installer den
-manuelt. Gjenta deretter installeringsprosessen for å konfigurere
-skriveren. Uansett rapporter problemet i bugzilla eller på forumet hvis du
-er komfortabel med dette verktøyet og gi informasjon om modell og driver og
-om skriveren fungerer eller ikke etter installasjon. Her er noen kilder for
-å finne andre oppdaterte drivere eller nyere enheter.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother skrivere</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Denne
-siden</link> gir en liste over drivere som leveres av Brother. Søk driveren
-for enheten din, last ned rpm (e) og installer.</para>
-
-    <para>Du bør installere Brother-drivere før du kjører konfigurasjonsverktøyet.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard skrivere og Alt-i-en
-enheter</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Disse enhetene bruker hplip-verktøyet. Det installeres automatisk etter
-deteksjon eller valg av skriver. Du kan finne annen informasjon <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">her.</link>
-Verktøyet "HP Device Manager" er tilgjengelig i
-<guilabel>System</guilabel>-menyen. Se også <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">konfigurasjon
-</link>for styring av skriveren.</para>
-
-    <para>En HP All-in-One enhet må installeres som en skriver, og skannerfunksjonene
-blir lagt til. Merk at Xsane-grensesnittet noen ganger ikke tillater å
-skanne filmer eller lysbilder (lysstyrken fungerer ikke). I dette tilfellet
-er det mulig å skanne, ved hjelp av frittstående modus, og lagre bildet på
-et minnekort eller USB-pinne satt inn i enheten. Etterpå åpner du
-favorittbildingsprogramvaren og laster bildet fra minnekortet som dukket opp
-i / media-mappen.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung fargeskriver</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For spesifikke Samsung- og Xerox-fargeskrivere, tilbyr <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">dette nettstedet drivere</link> for
-QPDL-protokollen.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson skrivere og skannere</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivere for Epson-skrivere er tilgjengelige fra denne <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">søkesiden.</link>
-For skannerdelen må du først installere pakken "iscan-data", deretter
-"iscan" (i denne rekkefølgen). En iscan-plugin pakke kan også være
-tilgjengelig og er å installere. Velg <emphasis>rpm.</emphasis>pakkene i
-henhold til din arkitektur. </para>
-
-    <para> Det er mulig at iscan-pakken vil generere en advarsel om en konflikt med
-sane. Brukere har rapportert at denne advarselen kan ignoreres.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon skrivere</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For Canon-skrivere kan det være lurt å installere et verktøy som heter
-turboprint <link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">tilgjengelig
-her</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ee622322..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importer dokumenter og innstillinger fra Windows ®</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>finnes under <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> fliken i Mageia Control Center merket
-"Importer Windows(TM) dokumenter og innstillinger.</para>
-
-  <para>Verktøyet tillater en administrator å importere brukerdokumenter og
-innstillinger fra en installasjon av <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP eller <trademark
-class="registered">Windows </trademark><trademark>Vista </trademark>på samme
-datamaskin som Mageia-installasjonen.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Vær oppmerksom på at alle endringene vil bli brukt av transfugdrake
-umiddelbart etter at du trykker <guibutton>Neste</guibutton></para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Etter at du har startet transfugdrake, vil du se den første veivisersiden
-med forklaring om verktøyet og importeringsalternativene.</para>
-
-  <para>Så snart du leser og forstår instruksjonene, trykker du på
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>-knappen. Dette gjør en analyse av <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>-installasjon</para>
-
-  <para>Når deteksjonstrinnet er fullført, vil du se en side som lar deg velge
-kontoer i Windows og Mageia for importprosedyren. Det er mulig å velge annen
-brukerkonto enn din egen.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Vær oppmerksom på at på grunn av migreringsassistentens (begrensningen av
-transfugdrake) begrensninger, kan Windows-brukerkonto navn med spesielle
-symboler vises feil.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migrering kan ta litt tid, avhengig av størrelsen på dokumentmappene.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Enkelte <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>-applikasjoner
-(spesielt drivere) kan skape brukerkontoer til forskjellige formål. For
-eksempel, NVidia-drivere i <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-er oppdatert med <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Vennligst ikke bruk slike
-kontoer for importformål.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Når du er ferdig med kontovalget, trykker du på
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>-knappen. Den neste siden brukes til å velge en
-metode for å importere dokumenter:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake er utviklet for å importere <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>-data fra <emphasis>Mine
-dokumenter</emphasis>, <emphasis>Min musikk</emphasis> og <emphasis>Mine
-Bilder</emphasis>-mapper. Det er mulig å hoppe over import ved å velge
-elementer i dette vinduet.</para>
-
-  <para>Når du er ferdig med dokumentimportmetoden, velger du
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton> knappen. Den neste siden brukes til å velge en
-metode for å importere bokmerker:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake kan importere <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> og
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bokmerker til bokmerkene i Mageia
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>-applikasjonen.</para>
-
-  <para>Velg det foretrukne importalternativet og trykk på
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>-knappen</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>På neste side kan du importere skrivebordsbakgrunn:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Velg det foretrukne alternativet og trykk på
-<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>-knappen</para>
-
-  <para>Den siste siden av veiviseren viser gratulasjonsmeldinger. Bare trykk på
-<guibutton>Fullfør</guibutton>-knappen.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nb/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nb/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cc93c63c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nb/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nb" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Brukere og Grupper</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dette verktøyet <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starte dette verktøyet fra kommandolinjen ved å skrive <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>finnes under <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> fliken i Mageia Control Center merket "Håndter
-brukere på systemet".</para>
-
-  <para>Verktøyet tillater en administrator å administrere brukere og grupper, som å
-legge til eller slette en bruker eller gruppe og for å endre bruker- og
-gruppeinnstillinger (ID, skall, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>Når userdrake er åpnet, er alle brukerne som registrert på systemet, oppført
-i kategorien Brukere og alle gruppene i kategorien Grupper. Begge
-kategoriene fungerer på samme måte.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Legg til Bruker</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Denne knappen åpner et nytt vindu med alle feltene tomme:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Feltet Fullt</emphasis> navn er ment for oppføring av
-et etternavn og fornavn, men det er også mulig å skrive noe eller ingenting
-også!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> er det eneste obligatoriske feltet.</para>
-
-  <para>Bruk av et passord anbefales sterkt. Det er et lite skjold til høyre, hvis
-det er rødt, er passordet svakt, for kort eller for likt til
-påloggingsnavnet. Du bør bruke tall, små og store bokstaver,
-tegnsettingstegn, etc. Skjoldet blir oransje og deretter grønt når
-passordstyrken forbedres.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Bekreft passordfeltet</emphasis> er der for å sikre at
-du skrev inn hva du hadde tenkt.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Skall</emphasis> I nedtrekslisten kan du endre skallet
-som brukes av  brukeren. Tilgjengelige skall er, Bash, Dash og Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Opprett en privat gruppe for brukeren,</emphasis> hvis
-den er avmerket, vil det automatisk opprettes en gruppe med samme navn og
-den nye brukeren som det eneste medlemmet (dette kan endres).</para>
-
-  <para>De andre alternativene bør være åpenbare. Den nye brukeren er opprettet
-umiddelbart etter at du klikker på <guibutton>OK</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Legg til Gruppe</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Du trenger bare å skrive inn det nye gruppenavnet, og om nødvendig,
-spesifikk gruppe-ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Rediger </emphasis>(en valgt bruker)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Brukerdata</guibutton>: Lar deg endre alle dataene som er oppgitt
-for brukeren ved registreringen  (ID-en kan ikke endres).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Kontoinformasjon</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det første alternativet er å angi en utløpsdato for kontoen. Tilkobling er
-umulig etter denne datoen. Dette er nyttig for midlertidige kontoer.</para>
-
-  <para>Det andre alternativet er å låse kontoen, tilkobling er umulig så lenge
-kontoen er låst.</para>
-
-  <para>Det er også mulig å endre ikonet.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Passordinfo</emphasis>: Lar deg angi en utløpsdato for
-passordet, dette tvinger brukeren til å endre passordet regelmessig.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>ledet streng
-
-<emphasis role="bold">Gruppe</emphasis>: Her kan du velge de gruppene som
-brukeren er medlem av.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Hvis du endrer en tilkoblet brukerkonto, vil endringer ikke være effektive
-før hans / hennes neste pålogging.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Rediger </emphasis> (med en valgt gruppe)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Gruppedata</emphasis>: Lar deg endre gruppens navn.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Gruppebrukere</emphasis>: Her kan du velge brukerne
-som er medlemmer av gruppen</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Slett</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Velg en bruker eller en gruppe, og klikk på <emphasis
-role="bold">Slett</emphasis> for å fjerne den. For en bruker, vises et vindu
-for å spørre om hjemmekatalog og postkasse også skal slettes. Hvis en privat
-gruppe er opprettet for brukeren, vil den bli slettet også.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Det er mulig å slette en gruppe som ikke er tom.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Oppfrisk</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Brukerdatabasen kan endres utenfor Userdrake. Klikk på dette ikonet for å
-oppdatere skjermen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Gjestekonto</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">gjest </emphasis>er en spesiell konto. Den er ment å
-gi midlertidig tilgang til systemet med total sikkerhet. Logg inn er xguest,
-det er ikke noe passord, og det er umulig å gjøre endringer i systemet fra
-denne kontoen. Personlige kataloger slettes ved slutten av økten. Denne
-kontoen er aktivert som standard, for å deaktivere den, klikk i menyen på
-Handlinger -> Avinstaller gjestekonto.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po
deleted file mode 100644
index f982634f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11490 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Dennis Holierhoek <dennis.hh@hotmail.com>, 2016
-# dragnadh <dragnadh@gmail.com>, 2016-2017
-# Marja van Waes <inactive+marja@transifex.com>, 2014
-# Marja van Waes <inactive+marja@transifex.com>, 2014
-# Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2013-2014
-# Rodolfo_Jadon, 2014
-# Rodolfo_Jadon, 2014
-# Volluta <volluta@tutanota.com>, 2015
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-02 00:29+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: dragnadh <dragnadh@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"nl/)\n"
-"Language: nl\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Toegang tot gedeelde stations en mappen over WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vindt u in het Mageia-"
-"configuratiecentrum, in het \"Gedeeldr-netwerk\"-tabblad, onder het label "
-"<guilabel>Gedeelde WebDAV-bronnen configureren</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Introductie"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is "
-"een protocol dat het mogelijk maakt een map op een webserver lokaal te "
-"koppelen, zodat het zich als een lokale map gedraagt. Voorwaarde is, dat de "
-"externe machine een WebDAV server draait. Het configureren van een WebDAV "
-"server is niet het doel van deze tool."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Een nieuwe ingang maken"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Het eerste scherm van de tool laat de reeds geconfigureerde ingangen zien, "
-"indien aanwezig, en een <guibutton>\"Nieuw\"</guibutton> toets. Gebruik die "
-"om een nieuwe ingang te creëren. Geef de URL van de server in het nieuwe "
-"scherm."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Vervolgens krijgt u een scherm met keuzerondjes waar u bepaalde acties kunt "
-"selecteren. Ga, door het  betreffende keuzerondje te selecteren en dan op "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> te klikken, verder met de actie <guibutton>"
-"\"Koppelpunt\"</guibutton>. De <guibutton>Server</guibutton> is reeds "
-"geconfigureerd. Indien nodig kunt u deze echter corrigeren."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr "De inhoud van de externe map zal via dit koppelpunt toegankelijk zijn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Geef in de volgende stap, na het keuzerondje \"Opties\" te selecteren, uw "
-"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord. Indien u nog andere opties nodig heeft, klik "
-"dan in het Koppel-opties-scherm op <guibutton>\"Geavanceerd\"</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"Het keuzerondje <guibutton>Koppelen</guibutton> laat u de externe map "
-"onmiddellijk aankoppelen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Nadat u de configuratie geaccepteerd heeft door op het keuzerondje "
-"<guibutton>\"Klaar\"</guibutton> te klikken, ziet u het beginscherm weer met "
-"uw nieuwe koppelpunt erop. Als u <guibutton>\"Afsluiten\"</guibutton> kiest, "
-"wordt u gevraagd of u de aanpassingen in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> "
-"wilt bewaren. Kies hiervoor als u wilt dat de externe map elke keer dat u uw "
-"computer start, beschikbaar is. Kies \"Nee\" als uw configuratie slechts "
-"voor éénmalig gebruik is."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Uw schijfpartities delen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze eenvoudige tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> geeft u, de "
-"beheerder, de mogelijkheid gebruikers toe te staan een deel van hun /home "
-"submappen te delen met gebruikers op hetzelfde lokale netwerk, die een Linux "
-"of Windows besturingssysteem hebben draaien."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum te vinden, in het tabblad \"Lokale "
-"schijven\", en gelabeld \"Uw schijfpartities delen\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Beantwoord allereerst de vraag : \"<guilabel>Wilt U gebruikers toestaan om "
-"enkele eigen mappen te delen?</guilabel>\". Zo nee, klik dan op "
-"<guibutton>Niet delen</guibutton>. Klik op <guibutton>Alle gebruikers "
-"toestaan</guibutton> om allen dat recht te geven en op <guibutton>Aangepast</"
-"guibutton> als het antwoord \"nee\" is voor sommige gebruikers en \"ja\" "
-"voor de rest. In het laatste geval moeten de gebruikers die submappen mogen "
-"delen aan de groep \"fileshare\" toegevoegd worden, die automatisch door het "
-"systeem gemaakt wordt. U krijgt hier nog een vraag over."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, een tweede scherm verschijnt waarin u "
-"gevraagd wordt <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> en/of <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> "
-"te kiezen. Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> als Linux het enige "
-"besturingssysteem is op het netwerk, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> als "
-"het netwerk ook Windows machines bevat. Klik vervolgens op <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>. Zo nodig zullen benodigde pakketten geïnstalleerd worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"De configuratie is nu gereed, tenzij voor een aangepaste configuratie werd "
-"gekozen. In dat geval nodigt een extra scherm u uit Userdrake te op te "
-"starten. Daarmee kunt u gebruikers die u toe wil staan mappen te delen, aan "
-"de fileshare groep toevoegen. Klik hiertoe in het tabblad \"Gebruikers\" op "
-"de betreffende gebruiker, dan op \"Bewerken\" en zet vervolgens in het "
-"tabblad \"Groepen\" een vinkje voor \"fileshare\".  Klik daarna op OK. Voor "
-"meer informatie over Userdrake, zie <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">deze pagina</"
-"xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u een nieuwe gebruiker aan de fileshare groep heeft toegevoegd, moet u "
-"de netwerkverbinding verbreken en opnieuw starten om de aanpassing te "
-"verwerken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Van nu af aan kan elke gebruiker die tot de fileshare-groep hoort, in de "
-"belangijkste bestandsbeheerders aangeven welke mappen gedeeld moeten worden. "
-"Helaas bieden niet alle bestandsbeheerders deze mogelijkheid."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "nl"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Toegang to gedeelde NFS-stations en -mappen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> laat u enige gedeelde "
-"mappen instellen die voor alle gebruikers van het systeem toegankelijk zijn. "
-"Het gebruikte protocol is NFS, dat beschikbaar is op de meeste Linux en Unix "
-"systemen. De gedeelde map is meteen na het starten van het systeem "
-"beschikbaar. Gedeelde mappen kunnen ook via bestandsbrowsers toegankelijk "
-"zijn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Procedure"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer <guibutton>Servers zoeken</guibutton> om een lijst te krijgen van "
-"servers die mappen delen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op het > symbool voor de naam van de server, om een lijst te zien van "
-"de gedeelde mappen en de map te selecteren die toegankelijk moet worden. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op de knop <guibutton>Koppelpunt</guibutton> om te specificeren waar u "
-"de map wilt aankoppelen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Nadat u het koppelpunt heeft gekozen, kunt u de map aankoppelen. U kunt ook "
-"enkele opties controleren en veranderen via de <guibutton>Opties</guibutton> "
-"knop. Na het aankoppelen van de map, kunt u hem ontkoppelen met dezelfde "
-"knop."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Na het aanvaarden van de configuratie met de <guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>-"
-"knop, verschijnt er een bericht met de vraag of u de /etc/fstab aanpassingen "
-"wilt opslaan. Dit zal de map na elke systeemstart beschikbaar maken, als het "
-"netwerk beschikbaar is. De nieuwe map is dan zichtbaar in uw "
-"bestandsbrowser, bijvoorbeeld in Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "CD/DVD-brander"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vindt u in het Mageia-"
-"configuratiecentrum, in het \"Locale schijven\"-tabblad, onder het label dat "
-"overeenkomt met uw verwijderbare CD/DVD-speler of -brander of "
-"diskettestation."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Het doel is de manier te bepalen waarop uw verwijderbare schijf aangekoppeld "
-"is."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Bovenin het venster ziet u een korte beschrijving van uw schijf en de "
-"gekozen opties voor het aankoppelen. Gebruik het menu onderin om de opties "
-"te wijzigen. Klik op het item dat u wilt veranderen en dan op de "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> knop."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Koppelpunt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "Vink dit hokje aan om het koppelpunt te wijzigen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Opties"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vele mount opties kunnen hier gekozen worden, hetzij direct via de lijst, "
-"hetzij via het <guilabel>Geavanceerd</guilabel> submenu. De belangrijkste "
-"zijn:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"'user' staat toe dat een gewone gebruiker (niet root) de verwijderbare "
-"schijf aankoppelt. Deze optie gebruikt noexec, nosuid en nodev. De gebruiker "
-"die de schijf aankoppelde, is de enige die deze kan ontkoppelen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Toegang tot gedeelde Windows (SMB)-stations en -mappen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> maakt het mogelijk aan te "
-"geven welke mappen voor alle gebruikers van het systeem toegankelijk moeten "
-"zijn. Het hiervoor gebruikte protocol is SMB, dat door Windows (R) populair "
-"werd. De gedeelde map zal bij het starten van het systeem beschikbaar zijn. "
-"Gedeelde mappen zijn ook toegankelijk via tools als bestandsbrowsers. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alvorens deze tool te starten, is het een goed idee de namen van de "
-"beschikbare servers vast te leggen, bijvoorbeeld met <xref linkend="
-"\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op <guibutton>Servers zoeken</guibutton> om een lijst te krijgen van "
-"servers die mappen delen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op de naam van de server en op &gt; voor de servernaam, om de lijst van "
-"gedeelde mappen te zien en de map die u wilt openen te selecteren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"De <guibutton>Koppelpunt</guibutton>-knop is nu beschikbaar, het is nodig "
-"dat u aangeeft waar u de map wilt aankoppelen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Na het kiezen van het koppelpunt, kunt u de map aankoppelen met de "
-"<guibutton>Koppelen</guibutton>-knop. U kunt ook enkele opties checken en "
-"veranderen via de <guibutton>Opties</guibutton>-knop."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Via <guibutton>Opties</guibutton> kunt u de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord "
-"invoeren voor de SMB-server. Nadat de map aangekoppeld is, kunt u hem weer "
-"loskoppelen met dezelfde knop als waarmee u hem aankoppelde."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Na het aanvaarden van de configuratie met de <guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>-"
-"knop, verschijnt er een bericht met de vraag of u de /etc/fstab aanpassingen "
-"wilt opslaan. Dit zal de map na elke systeemstart beschikbaar maken, als het "
-"netwerk beschikbaar is. De nieuwe map is dan zichtbaar in uw "
-"bestandsbrowser, bijvoorbeeld in Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "3D-bureaubladeffecten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> laat u de 3D-bureaublad-"
-"effecten op uw besturingssysteem beheren. Standaard staan 3D-effecten uit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Aan de slag"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Om deze tool te gebruiken, moet het glxinfo-pakket geïnstalleerd zijn.Indien "
-"dat nog niet gebeurd is, wordt u uitgenodigd het te installeren als u drak3d "
-"start."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Na het starten van drak3d, ziet u een venster waarin u kunt kiezen tussen "
-"<guilabel>Geen 3D bureaublad-effecten</guilabel> of <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
-"guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is een compositing windowmanager die dankzij "
-"hardware-acceleratie voor speciale effecten voor uw bueaublad zorgt. Kies "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> om het aan te zetten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Als dit de eerste keer is dat u dit programma gebruikt na een schone "
-"installatie van Mageia, krijgt u een bericht te zien over de pakketten die "
-"geïnstalleerd moeten worden om Compiz Fusion te gebruiken. Klik op "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> om verder te gaan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Zodra de benodigde pakketten zijn geïnstalleerd, zult u zien dat Compiz "
-"Fusion is geselecteerd in het drak3d-menu, maar u moet eerst uit- en in-"
-"loggen om de wijziging te activeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Nadat u opnieuw inlogt, is Compiz Fusion geactiveerd. Raadpleeg de pagina "
-"voor de ccsm(CompizFusionSettingsManager)-tool om Compiz Fusion te "
-"configureren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Probleemoplossing"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Er is geen bureaublad na het inloggen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Indien u, na het activeren van Compiz Fusion, probeert in te loggen op uw "
-"bureaublad maar niets ziet, herstart uw computer dan om weer bij het "
-"inlogscherm te komen. Klik, daar aangeland, op het bureaubladicoon en kies "
-"drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u inlogt en uw account als beheerder te boek staat, wordt u nogmaals om "
-"uw wachtwoord gevraagd. Log anders in als beheerder. Vervolgens kunt u alle "
-"veranderingen ongedaan maken die het loginprobleem veroorzaakt kunnen hebben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Authenticatie"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> stelt u in staat de wijze "
-"waarop u als gebruiker van de machine of het netwerk herkend wordt, aan te "
-"passen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Standaard is de informatie over uw authenticatie opgeslagen in een bestand "
-"op uw computer. Pas het alleen aan als uw netwerkbeheerder u daar om vraagt "
-"en er informatie over geeft."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Automatische aanmelding instellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> laat één gebruiker "
-"automatisch inloggen op zijn/haar werkomgeving, zonder een wachtwoord te "
-"hoeven geven. Dat heet autologin.  Dit kan een goed idee zijn als het "
-"systeem slechts door één persoon gebruikt wordt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"U vindt hem in het <emphasis role=\"bold\">Opstarten</emphasis>-tabblad van "
-"het Mageia-configuratiecentrum, het heet \"Automatische aanmelding instellen"
-"\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "De knoppen van de interface spreken voor zich:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Vink <guibutton>Open het X-Windowsysteem bij opstarten</guibutton> aan, als "
-"u wilt dat het X-Windowsysteem bij het opstarten wordt uitgevoerd. Zo niet, "
-"dan start de computer in tekstmodus. Overigens kan de grafische omgeving dan "
-"handmatig gestart worden, met het commando 'startx' of 'systemctl start dm'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Als het eerste hokje is aangevinkt, zijn er nog twee opties beschikbaar. "
-"Vink <guibutton>Nee, ik wil niet automatisch aanmelden</guibutton> aan, als "
-"u een inlogscherm wilt krijgen waarin om gebruiker en wachtwoord gevraagd "
-"wordt. Kies anders <guibutton>Ja, ik wil automatisch aanmelden met deze "
-"(gebruiker, werkomgeving)</guibutton>. In dat geval dient u ook de "
-"<guilabel>Standaard gebruiker</guilabel> en <guilabel>Standaard "
-"werkomgeving</guilabel> te kiezen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Stel het opstartsysteem in"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u een UEFI-systeem heeft in plaats van een BIOS, dan ziet de "
-"gebruikersinterface er iets anders uit. Dit komt omdat het opstartapparaat "
-"een EFI systeem partitie (ESP) heeft."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> stelt u in staat de "
-"opstartopties (keuze van de opstartlader, een wachtwoord instellen of de "
-"opstartstandaard enz.) te configuren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Het bevindt zich in het Opstarten-tabblad in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum "
-"en heet \"Opstartsysteem instellen\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik deze tool niet als u niet precies weet wat u doet. Het veranderen "
-"van sommige instellingen kan verhinderen dat uw machine weer opstart!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"In het eerste deel, <guilabel>Opstartlader</guilabel>, kunt u kiezen welke "
-"<guibutton>opstartlader te gebruiken</guibutton>, GRUB, GRUB2, of LILO, en "
-"met een grafisch of een tekst-menu. Het is een kwestie van smaak, er zijn "
-"geen verdere consequenties. U kunt ook het <guibutton>Opstartapparaat</"
-"guibutton> kiezen, verander dit niet als u geen expert bent. Het "
-"opstartapparaat is waar de opstarlader is geïnstalleerd, het wijzigen kan "
-"het opstarten van uw machine onmogelijk maken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"In UEFI-systemen wordt de opstartlader, <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel>, "
-"geïnstalleerd in de /boot/EFI-partitie. Deze FAT32-geformatteerde partitie "
-"wordt door alle geïnstalleerde besturingssystemen gebruikt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"In het tweede deel, <guilabel>Hoofdopties</guilabel>, kunt u de "
-"<guibutton>Wachttijd voor het opstarten van standaard image</guibutton> "
-"instellen in seconden. Gedurende deze wachttijd, zal GRUB(2) of LILO de "
-"lijst met beschikbare besturingssystemen laten zien, waaruit u kunt kiezen. "
-"Als geen keuze gemaakt wordt, zal de opstartlader de standaard keuze starten "
-"zodra de wachttijd verstreken is."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"In het derde en laatste deel, genaamd <guibutton>Beveiliging</guibutton>, is "
-"het mogelijk om een wachtwoord voor de opstartlader in te stellen. Dit "
-"betekent dat een gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord gevraagd zal worden om tijdens "
-"de opstarttijd een opstartinvoer te selecteren of instellingen te wijzigen. "
-"De gebruikersnaam is 'root' en het wachtwoord is het gene dat hier is "
-"gekozen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "De <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>knop geeft wat extra opties."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI inschakelen</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is een standaard voor "
-"energiebeheer. Het kan energie besparen door ongebruikte apparaten uit te "
-"schakelen. Dit was de methode die gebruikt werd voor APM. Vink dit hokje aan "
-"als u ACPI-compatibele apparaten heeft. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>SMP inschakelen</guibutton>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP betekent Symmetrische MultiProcessors, het is een architectuur voor "
-"multicore processors."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u een processor met HyperThreading heeft, zal Mageia deze zien als een "
-"dual processor en SMP inschakelen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>APIC inschakelen</guibutton> en <guibutton>Lokale APIC "
-"inschakelen</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC staat voor Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Er zijn twee "
-"componenten in het Intel-APIC-systeem, de lokale APIC (LAPIC) en de I/O "
-"APIC. Deze leidt de interrupts van perifere bussen naar één of meer lokale "
-"APIC's in the processor. Dit is erg handig voor multi-processorsystemen. "
-"Sommige computers hebben problemen met het APIC systeem, wat tot crashes kan "
-"leiden of tot incorrecte apparaatdetectie (foutmelding \"spurious 8259A "
-"interrupt: IRQ7\"). Schakel in dit geval APIC en/of lokale APIC uit."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"Het <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>-scherm verschilt afhankelijk van welke "
-"opstartlader u heeft gekozen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "U heeft Grub Legacy of Lilo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit geval ziet u een lijst met alle beschikbare opties voor tijdens het "
-"opstarten. De standaard optie heeft een sterretje. Klik op de pijl omhoog of "
-"omlaag om de volgorde van de menu-ingangen te wijzigen door het "
-"geselecteerde item te verplaatsen. Als u op de <guibutton>Toevoegen</"
-"guibutton>- of <guibutton>Aanpassen</guibutton>-knop klikt, verschijnt een "
-"nieuw venster om een nieuwe ingang aan het opstartladermenu toe te voegen of "
-"om een bestaande aan te passen. U dient bekend te zijn met Lilo of Grub om "
-"deze tools te kunnen gebruiken."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Het <guilabel>Naam</guilabel>veld kan naar wens ingevuld worden, typ hier "
-"wat u in het menu wil zien. Het komt overeen met het Grubcommando \"title\". "
-"Bijv.: Mageia3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"Het <guilabel>Beeldbestand</guilabel>veld bevat de kernelnaam. Het komt "
-"overeen met het Grubcommando \"kernel\". Bijv. /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"Het <guilabel>Root</guilabel>veld bevat de apparaatnaam waar de kernel is "
-"opgeslagen. Het komt overeen met het Grubcommando \"root\". Bijv. (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"Het <guilabel>Toevoegen</guilabel>veld bevat de opties die bij het opstarten "
-"aan de kernel gegeven worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Als het <guilabel>Standaard</guilabel>hokje is aangevinkt, zal Grub "
-"standaard deze ingang opstarten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"In het extra <guilabel>Geavanceerd</guilabel>-scherm kunt u een "
-"<guilabel>Videomodus</guilabel>, een <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>-bestand en "
-"een <guilabel>netwerkprofiel</guilabel>, zie <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile"
-"\"/>, kiezen in de uitvouwlijsten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"U heeeft Grub2 of Grub2-efi (opstartladers die standaard worden gebruikt in "
-"respectievelijk Legacy-modus en UEFI-modus):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit geval laat de uitvouwlijst gelabeld <guilabel>Standaard</guilabel>  "
-"alle beschikbare ingangen zien; klik op de gewenste standaardingang."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Als u andere besturingssystemen heeft geïnstalleerd, zal Mageia proberen om "
-"ze toe te voegen aan uw Mageia opstartmenu. Als u dit niet wilt, verwijder "
-"dan het vinkje bij het vakje <guilabel>Peil Onbekend OS</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"In het extra <guilabel>Geavanceerd</guilabel>-scherm kunt u een "
-"<guilabel>Videomodus</guilabel> kiezen. Als u geen opstartbare Mageia wilt "
-"en het via een ander besturingssysteem wilt ketting laden, vink dan het vak "
-"<guilabel>Raak ESP of MBR niet aan</guilabel> aan en accepteer de "
-"waarschuwing."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"Niet op de EFI-systeempartitie of de MBR installeren betekent dat de "
-"installatie niet opstartbaar is, tenzij u deze \"chainloadt\" vanaf een "
-"ander besturingssysteem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor veel andere instellingen kunt u het hulpprogramma<emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis> gebruiken. Dit programma is beschikbaar in Mageia's "
-"pakketbronnen (zie hieronder)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Verzamel logs en systeeminformatie voor foutrapporten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan enkel op de "
-"commandoregel gestart en gebruikt worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Het wordt aanbevolen de output van dit commando naar een bestand te "
-"schrijven, bijv. door <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport."
-"txt</emphasis> in te voeren, maar verzeker u er eerst van dat u voldoende "
-"schijfruimte heeft: het bestand kan gemakkelijk een paar GB's groot worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"De uitvoer is veel te groot om aan een bugrapport te hangen zonder vooraf de "
-"overbodige stukken te verwijderen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Dit commando verzamelt de volgende gegevens op uw systeem:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partitions (partities)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "mageia versie (Mageia-versie)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Toen deze hulppagina werd geschreven, was het \"syslog\"deel van de output "
-"van dit commando leeg, omdat deze tool nog niet aangepast was aan onze "
-"overstap naar systemd. Als het nog steeds leeg is, kunt u de \"syslog\" "
-"krijgen door (als root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl."
-"txt</emphasis> te typen. Als u weinig schijfruimte heeft, neem dan bijv. de "
-"laatste 5000 regels van de log met: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | "
-"tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Mageia-foutrapportage-tool"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Gewoonlijk start deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vanzelf "
-"als een Mageia-tool crasht. Het is echter ook mogelijk dat u, na het "
-"indienen van een foutrapport, gevraagd wordt deze tool te starten om "
-"informatie die deze geeft in dat bestaande foutrapport te verstrekken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Als een nieuw foutrapport ingediend moet worden en u dat niet gewend bent, "
-"lees dan a.u.b. <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"alvorens op de \"Rapporteren\" knop te klikken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Indien de fout al door iemand anders gerapporteerd is (het foutbericht dat "
-"drakbug gaf zal dan identiek zijn), is het zinvol in dat bestaande rapport "
-"vermelden dat u de bug ook zag."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Datum en tijd beheren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bevindt zich in het "
-"Systeem-tabblad in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum, met de naam <guilabel>"
-"\"Datum- en tijdsinstellingen\"</guilabel>. In enkele werkomgevingen kan het "
-"ook gestart worden door rechtsklikken op de taakbalkklok, kies 'Datum en "
-"tijd aanpassen'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Het is een zeer eenvoudige tool"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"Links bovenaan is de <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalender</emphasis>. Hierboven "
-"in de schermafbeelding is de datum 8 (in het blauw) februari (linksboven) "
-"2014 (rechtsboven) en het is een zaterdag. Kies maand (of jaar) door op het "
-"pijltje links of recht van februari (of 2014) te klikken. Kies de dag door "
-"op zijn nummer te klikken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"Linksonder is de <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> "
-"synchronisatie. De klok loopt altijd gelijk, als hij met een NTP-server "
-"gesynchroniseerd wordt. Vink <guilabel>Network Time Protocol inschakelen</"
-"guilabel> aan en kies de dichtstbijzijnde server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Rechts ziet u de <emphasis role=\"bold\">klok</emphasis>. Het is zinloos "
-"deze gelijk te zetten als NTP ingeschakeld is. De drie vakken laten uren, "
-"minuten en secondes zien (22, 10 en 25 in de afbeelding). Gebruik de kleine "
-"pijltjes om uw klok gelijk te zetten. De opmaak kan hier niet gewijzigd "
-"worden, zie daarvoor uw werkomgevingsinstellingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Zorg dat uw tijdzone correct is, door zonodig op de knop <guibutton>Tijdzone "
-"wijzigen</guibutton> te klikken en de dichtstbijzijnde stad in uw land en "
-"zone te kiezen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Ook al kunt u hier geen opmaak kiezen voor datum en tijd, zoals deze in uw "
-"werkomgeving getoond worden zal in overeenstemming zijn met uw lokalisatie-"
-"instellingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Verbinding verwijderen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool ook via de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier kunt u een netwerkverbinding<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"verwijderen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op de uitvouwlijst, kies welke u verwijderen wilt en klik dan op "
-"<emphasis>Volgende</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"U zult een bericht zien dat de netwerkverbinding met succes verwijderd is."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Nieuwe netwerkinterface instellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Met deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kunt u veel instellen "
-"voor uw lokale netwerk- of internettoegang. U dient sommige gegevens te "
-"weten van uw internetprovider of uw netwerkbeheerder."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies het verbindingstype dat u in wilt stellen, afhankelijk van de hardware "
-"en de provider die u heeft."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Een nieuwe bekabelde verbinding (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Het eerste venster laat de interfaces zien die beschikbaar zijn. Kies welke "
-"ingesteld moet worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier wordt de keuze gegeven tussen zelf, handmatig, een IP-adres invoeren, "
-"of er automatisch een toegewezen krijgen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "Automatisch IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-instellingen</emphasis>: kies hier of de DNS-servers "
-"van de DHCP-server opgehaald worden, of handmatig ingesteld, zoals hieronder "
-"uitgelegd wordt. In het laatste geval dienen de IP-adressen van de the DNS-"
-"servers ingevoerd te worden. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook ingesteld "
-"worden. Wordt dit niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt. De Hostnaam kan ook door "
-"de DHCP-server ingesteld worden met de optie <emphasis>Hostnaam laten "
-"toekennen door DHCP-server</emphasis>. Niet alle DHCP-servers hebben deze "
-"functie, een ADSL-router voor thuisgebruik kan dit waarschijnlijk niet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "De 'Geavanceerd'-knop geeft u de mogelijkheid te specificeren:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Zoekdomein (inactief indien door de DHCP-server geleverd)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "de DHCP-client"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP-wachttijd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"YP-server van DHCP ophalen (standaard aangevinkt): specificeer de NIS-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "NTPD-servers van DHCP ophalen (klokkensynchronisatie)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP-hostnaam: gebruik deze optie alleen als de DHCP-server vereist dat de "
-"client een hostnaam heeft alvorens een IP-adres te ontvangen. Deze optie "
-"werkt niet bij sommige DHCP-servers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op 'Volgende' om verder te gaan. De volgende stappen zijn gelijk voor "
-"alle netwerkinterfaces en worden hier uitgelegd: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-"
-"end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Handmatige configuratie"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-instellingen</emphasis>: kies welke DNS-servers te "
-"gebruiken. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook ingesteld worden. Wordt dit "
-"niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> gebruikt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor een thuisnetwerk ziet het IP-adres er meestal uit als <emphasis>192.168."
-"x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. De Gateway "
-"and DNS servers kunt u vinden op de website van uw provider."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Bij de Geavanceerde installingen, kunt u een <emphasis>Zoekdomein</emphasis> "
-"invoeren. Dat is gewoonlijk uw thuisdomein, bv. als uw computer \"splash\" "
-"heet en de volledige naam \"splash.boatanchor.net\", dan is het Zoekdomein "
-"\"boatanchor.net\". Het is prima dit veld leeg te laten, tenzij u weet dat u "
-"het nodig heeft. ADSL thuis heeft deze instelling zelden nodig."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "De volgende stappen vindt u in <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Een nieuwe Satellietverbinding (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit deel werd nog niet geschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat "
-"u dit deel kan schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link ns2:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> het Documentatieteam.</link> Bij "
-"voorbaat dank."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Een nieuwe Kabelmodemverbinding"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "U dient een authenticatiemethode in te stellen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Geen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin gebruiken (nodig voor Telstra). Zonodig hier uw gebruikersnaam en "
-"wachtwoord invoeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kabel/IP-instellingen</emphasis>: stel hier in of de DNS servers "
-"van de DHCP-server opgehaald worden, of handmatig ingesteld, zoals hieronder "
-"uitgelegd wordt. In het laatste geval dienen de IP-adressen van de the DNS-"
-"servers ingevoerd te worden. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook ingesteld "
-"worden. Wordt dit niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt. De Hostnaam kan ook door "
-"de DHCP-server ingesteld worden met de optie <emphasis>Hostnaam laten "
-"toekennen door DHCP-server</emphasis>. Niet alle DHCP-servers hebben deze "
-"functie, een ADSL-router voor thuisgebruik kan dit waarschijnlijk niet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kabel/IP-instellingen</emphasis>: u moet DNS-servers kiezen om te "
-"gebruiken. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook ingesteld worden. Wordt dit "
-"niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> gebruikt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Bij de geavanceerde instellingen kunt u een <emphasis>Zoekdomein</emphasis> "
-"opgeven. Dat zal gewoonlijk uw thuisdomein zijn, dus als uw computer de naam "
-"\"splash\" heeft en zijn volledige domeinnaam  \"splash.boatanchor.net\" is, "
-"dan is het zoekdomein \"boatanchor.net\". Het is prima geen zoekdomein op te "
-"geven. Voor thuisnetwerken is deze optie doorgaans overbodig."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Een nieuwe DSL-verbinding"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Als de tool netwerkkaarten vindt, kunt u er één kiezen en configureren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"U ziet een lijst met leveranciers, ingedeeld naar land. Kies de uwe. Indien "
-"deze niet in de lijst staat, kies dan <guilabel>Niet opgenomen - handmatig "
-"bewerken</guilabel>. Vul de gegevens in zoals uw leverancier deze gaf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Kies een van de beschikbare protocollen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Handmatige TCP/IP-configuratie"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Toegangsinstellingen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Account-aanmelding (gebruikersnaam)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Accountwachtwoord"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Geavanceerd) Virtueel pad-ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Geavanceerd) Virtueel circuit-ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Een nieuwe ISDN-verbinding"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "De wizard vraagt welk apparaat geconfigureerd moet worden:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Handmatige keuze (interne ISDN-kaart)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Extern ISDN-modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"U ziet een lijst met modems, gesorteerd naar categorie en fabrikant. Kies de "
-"uwe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocol voor de rest van de wereld, behalve Europa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protocol voor Europa (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"U ziet een lijst met leveranciers, ingedeeld naar land. Kies de uwe. Indien "
-"deze niet in de lijst staat, kies dan <guilabel>Niet opgenomen - handmatig "
-"bewerken</guilabel>. Vul de gegevens in zoals uw leverancier deze gaf voor "
-"de 'Inbellen:'-opties en -parameters:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Verbindingsnaam"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Telefoonnummer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Aanmeldingsnaam"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Aanmeldingscontrole-methode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies daarna de automatische of handmatige methode voor het IP-adres. Voer in "
-"het laatste geval het IP-adres en het Subnetmasker in."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vervolgens kiest u hoe DNS-serveradressen worden verkregen, automatisch of "
-"handmatig. Bij handmatige configuratie stelt u het volgende in:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Domeinnaam"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Eerste en tweede DNS-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer of de hostnaam bepaald wordt aan de hand van het IP-adres. Dit is "
-"uitsluitend mogelijk als uw leverancier dat toestaat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Vervolgens kiest u of het gatewayadres automatisch of handmatig verkregen "
-"wordt. Bij een handmatige configuratie dient u het IP-adres in te voeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Een nieuwe Draadloze verbinding (Wi-Fi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Het eerste venster somt de gevonden netwerkinterfaces op en de mogelijkheid "
-"een Windows-stuurprogramma te gebruiken (met ndiswrapper). Kies welke u wilt "
-"instellen. Gebruik ndiswrapper uitsluitend als geen andere keuze werkt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier wordt de keuze gegeven tussen de verschillende netwerken die de kaart "
-"ontdekt heeft."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Specifieke instellingen dienen voor het netwerk gegeven te worden:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Operatiemodus:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Beheerd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Om met een bestaand toegangspunt te verbinden (meest gebruikt)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Om een directe verbinding tussen computers in te stellen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Netwerknaam (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr "Versleutelingsmodus: hangt af van hoe het access point ingesteld is."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "Deze versleutelingsmodus is beter, als uw hardware hem ondersteunt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Sommige oude apparaten kennen alleen deze versleutelingsmethode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Vercijferingssleutel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Deze dient overeen te komen met die van het access point"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier kunt u kiezen tussen automatisch een IP-adres krijgen, of dat handmatig "
-"instellen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-instellingen</emphasis>: kies hier of de DNS-servers van de "
-"DHCP-server opgehaald worden, of handmatig ingesteld, zoals hieronder "
-"uitgelegd wordt. In het laatste geval dienen de IP-adressen van de the DNS-"
-"servers ingevoerd te worden. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook ingesteld "
-"worden. Wordt dit niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam localhost."
-"localdomain gebruikt. De Hostnaam kan ook door de DHCP-server ingesteld "
-"worden met de optie <emphasis>Hostnaam laten toekennen door DHCP-server</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"YP-server van DHCP ophalen (standaard aangevinkt): specificeer de NIS-servers"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"De nu volgende stappen zijn gelijk voor alle soorten verbindingen en worden "
-"uitgelegd in: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-instellingen</emphasis>: hier dient u de DNS-servers in te "
-"stellen. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook ingesteld worden. Standaard "
-"wordt de naam <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor een thuisnetwerk ziet het IP-adres er meestal uit als <emphasis>192.168."
-"x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. De Gateway "
-"and DNS servers kunt u vinden op de website van uw provider."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Bij de geavanceerde instellingen kunt u een <emphasis>Zoekdomein</emphasis> "
-"opgeven. Dat is de volledige hostnaam van uw computer, zonder de eerste naam "
-"tot en met de eerste punt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Een nieuwe GPRS/Edge/3G-verbinding"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Als de tool draadloze interfaces ontdekt, laat hij u er een kiezen en "
-"instellen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "De pincode wordt gevraagd. Laat het veld leeg als deze niet nodig is"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"De wizard vraagt om het netwerk. Als dat niet gevonden wordt, kies dan de "
-"optie <guilabel>Niet opgenomen - handmatig bewerken</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Geef de toegangsinstellingen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Naam toegangspunt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Een nieuwe Bluetooth-inbelnetwerkverbinding"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Een nieuwe Analoog-telefoonmodemverbinding (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Handmatige keuze"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Gevonden hardware, indien van toepassing."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "U ziet een poortenlijst. Selecteer uw poort."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Indien dat nog niet gebeurd is, zal voorgesteld worden dat u het pakket "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> installeert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"U ziet een lijst met leveranciers, ingedeeld naar land. Kies de uwe. Indien "
-"deze niet in de lijst staat, kies dan <guilabel>Niet opgenomen - handmatig "
-"bewerken</guilabel>. Vul de gegevens in zoals uw leverancier deze gaf voor "
-"de 'Inbellen:'-opties en -parameters:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Verbindingsnaam</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Telefoonnummer</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Aanmeldingsnaam</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Wachtwoord</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Aanmeldingscontrole</emphasis>, kies tussen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Script-gebaseerd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Gebaseerd op een terminal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "De configuratie beëindigen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "In de volgende stap kunt u instellen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Gebruikers toestaan de verbinding te beheren</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>De verbinding bij het opstarten maken</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Schakel 'traffic-accounting' in</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Sta toe dat deze interface door Network Manager beheerd wordt</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"Bij een draadloze verbinding is er een extra optie, <emphasis>Sta "
-"accesspoint-roaming toe</emphasis>, dat de mogelijkheid geeft automatisch "
-"tussen toegangspunten te schakelen, afhankelijk van hun signaalsterkte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Met de 'Geavanceerd'-knop kunt u instellen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metrisch"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "\"Hot\"-aansluiten van netwerk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Schakel IPv6 naar IPv4 tunnel in"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"De laatste stap laat u instellen of de verbinding meteen moet starten, of "
-"niet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Terminalvenster openen als beheerder"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> start een konsole als "
-"root. We denken dat u niet meer informatie nodig heeft."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Schijfpartities beheren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk of diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit is een erg krachtige tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, een "
-"kleine vergissing of een kat die op uw toetsenbord springt kan leiden tot "
-"het verlies van alle gegevens op een partitie, of zelfs de hele harde schijf "
-"wissen. Daarom zult u bovenstaand scherm voor uw toolscherm zien. Klik op "
-"<emphasis>Afsluiten</emphasis> als u niet zeker weet of u door wilt gaan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u meer dan één harde schijf heeft, kunt u van schijf wisselen door op "
-"het gewenste tabblad te klikken (sda, sdb, sdc, etc)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt kiezen tussen veel opties om uw harde schijf naar wens aan te passen. "
-"Een hele harde schijf wissen, partities opdelen, samenvoegen of van grootte "
-"veranderen, of het bestandssysteem wijzigen, formatteren of zien wat zich in "
-"een partitie bevindt: het kan allemaal. De <emphasis><guibutton>Alles "
-"wissen</guibutton></emphasis>-knop onderaan is om de gehele schijf te "
-"wissen, de andere knoppen worden rechts zichtbaar zodra u op een partitie "
-"klikt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u een UEFI-systeem heeft, ziet u een partitietje dat \"EFI System "
-"Partition\" heet en aangekoppeld is op /boot/EFI. Verwijder het nooit, het "
-"bevat de opstartladers van al uw besturingssystemen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Als de gekozen partitie aangekoppeld is, zoals in het voorbeeld hieronder, "
-"kunt u deze noch aanpassen qua grootte, noch formatteren, noch verwijderen. "
-"Daartoe moet de partitie eerst ontkoppeld worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "U kunt een partitie alleen aan de rechterkant van grootte veranderen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Om het bestandssysteemtype van een partitie te wijzigen (bijv. van ext3 naar "
-"ext4) dient u de partitie te verwijderen en dan opnieuw aan te maken met het "
-"nieuwe type. De knop <guibutton role=\"bold\">Aanmaken</guibutton> "
-"verschijnt als een leeg deel van de schijf geselecteerd is."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt een koppelpunt maken dat niet bestaat, het zal aangemaakt worden."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Door op <emphasis><guibutton>Naar expert-modus</guibutton></emphasis> te "
-"klikken, krijgt u wat extra opties, zoals welke naam aan de partitie te "
-"geven, zoals u kunt zien in de schermafbeelding hieronder."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Displaybeheer instellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kunt u de displaybeheerder "
-"kiezen om u mee aan te melden op uw werkomgeving. U ziet enkel de "
-"geïnstalleerde displaybeheerders."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"De meeste gebruikers zullen enkel merken dat de beschikbare loginschermen er "
-"verschillend uitzien. Er zijn echter ook verschillen in ondersteunde opties. "
-"LXDM is een lichtgewicht displaybeheerder, terwijl SSDM en GDM meer "
-"mogelijkheden hebben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Uw persoonlijke firewall instellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vindt u in het Mageia-"
-"configuratiecentrum, in het \"Beveiliging\"-tabblad, onder het label \"Uw "
-"persoonlijke firewall instellen\". Het is dezelfde tool als \"Firewall\" in "
-"het eerste tabblad van \"Beveiliging, rechten en audit van het systeem "
-"afregelen\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Bij default wordt in Mageia een basisfirewall geïnstalleerd. Alle inkomende "
-"verbindingen van buiten zijn geblokkeerd als ze niet toegestaan zijn. In het "
-"eerste scherm hierboven kunt u de diensten selecteren voor welke "
-"verbindingen van buiten aanvaard worden. Zorg, voor uw veiligheid, dat het "
-"bovenste hokje - <guilabel>Alles (geen firewall)</guilabel> - geen vinkje "
-"heeft (tenzij u de firewall wilt uitschakelen), en vink alleen de benodigde "
-"diensten aan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk handmatig poorten open te zetten. Klik op <guibutton> "
-"Geavanceerd</guibutton>. In het nieuwe scherm dat u ziet, kunt u de "
-"benodigde poorten invoeren zoals in deze voorbeelden: "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp: open poort 80 voor het tcp protocol"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : open alle poorten van 24000 t/m 24010 voor het udp protocol"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Tussen ingevoerde poorten moet een spatie staan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Als het hokje <guilabel>Verslag van firewall meldingen vastleggen in het "
-"systeemlogboek</guilabel> aangevinkt is, zullen de firewallberichten "
-"opgeslagen worden in de systeemlogs."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u geen specifieke diensten host (web- of mailserver, bestanden "
-"delen, ...) is het prima om helemaal niets aangevinkt te hebben, het wordt "
-"zelfs aanbevolen en zal u niet hinderen om verbinding met internet te maken. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Het volgende scherm gaat over de opties voor de interactieve firewall. Deze "
-"waarschuwt u bij verbindingspogingen als tenminste het bovenste hokje "
-"<guilabel>Interactieve firewall gebruiken</guilabel> aangevinkt is. Vink het "
-"tweede hokje aan als u gewaarschuwt wilt worden als uw poorten gescand "
-"worden. (Dat kan gedaan worden om een zwakke plek te vinden en dan in uw "
-"computer binnen te dringen). Elk van de eventueel volgende hokjes is voor "
-"een poort die u in de bovengenoemde schermen opende; in het screenshot "
-"hieronder zijn twee dergelijke hokjes: SSH server en 80:150/tcp. Vink deze "
-"aan om elke keer gewaarschuwt te worden als gepoogd wordt een verbinding te "
-"maken via deze poorten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr "Deze waarschuwingen worden gegeven door popups via de netwerk applet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies in het laatste scherm welke netwerk adapters met internet verbonden "
-"zijn en beschermd moeten worden. Zodra op de OK knop geklikt wordt worden, "
-"als dat niet bij een eerder gebruik van deze tool gebeurd was, de benodigde "
-"pakketten gedownload en geïnstalleerd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u niet weet wat te kiezen, kijk dan in het MCC-tabblad Netwerk &amp; "
-"Internet, bij 'Nieuwe netwerkinterface instellen'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Lettertypen beheren, toevoegen en verwijderen. Windows®-lettertypen "
-"importeren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bevindt zich in het "
-"Mageia-configuratiecentrum in het <emphasis role=\"bold\">Systeem</emphasis>-"
-"tabblad. Het laat u de op de computer beschikbare lettertypen beheren. Het "
-"hoofdscherm hierboven bevat:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "de namen, stijlen en groottes van de geïnstalleerde lettertypen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "een voorbeeld van het geselecteerde lettertype."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "een paar knoppen die hier later uitgelegd worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Haal Windows fonts: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze knop voegt automatisch de fonts toe die op de Windows-partitie gevonden "
-"worden. Daartoe dient u Microsoft Windows geïnstalleerd te hebben."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opties:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier kunt u kiezen voor welke toepassingen (vooral printers) de lettertypen "
-"beschikbaar moeten zijn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">De-installeren:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze knop is om geïnstalleerde lettertypen te deïnstalleren en mogelijk een "
-"pietsje ruimte te winnen. Ga hier voorzichtig mee om, omdat het ernstige "
-"gevolgen kan hebben voor documenten die ze gebruiken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importeren:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Laat u lettertypen toevoegen van een derde partij (CD, internet, ...). De "
-"ondersteunde formaten zijn ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm en gsf. Klik op de knop "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importeren</emphasis> en dan op <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Toevoegen</emphasis>, u krijgt een bestandsbeheerscherma waarin u de te "
-"installeren lettertypen kunt kiezen. Klik op <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ok</"
-"emphasis> als u klaar bent. Ze worden geïnstalleerd in /usr/share/fonts/ ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Als de vers geïnstalleerde lettertypen niet in het Drakfontscherm te zien "
-"zijn, sluit het dan en open het weer om de aanpassingen zichtbaar te maken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Controle voor ouders"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bevindt zich in het "
-"Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het Beveiligingstabblad, en heet "
-"<guilabel>Controle voor ouders</guilabel>. Indien u deze niet heeft, "
-"installeer dan het drakguard-pakket (dat niet standaard geïnstalleerd is)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Omschrijving"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard is een gemakkelijke manier om ouderlijk toezicht in te stellen. U "
-"kunt beperken wie wat mag doen, en op welke tijden van de dag. Drakguard "
-"heeft drie handige opties:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Het beperkt internettoegang voor bepaalde gebruikers tot vastgestelde tijden "
-"van een dag. Het doet dat via de shorewall firewall in Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Het blokkeert het geven van bepaalde commando's door bepaalde gebruikers, "
-"dezen kunnen dus alleen starten wat u hen toestaat te starten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Het beperkt de toegang tot websites, zowel handmatig via de Zwarte of Witte "
-"lijst, alsook dynamisch via de inhoud van de website. Hiervoor gebruikt "
-"Drakguard de toonaangevende opensource ouderlijk-toezicht-tool DansGuardian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Ouderlijk toezicht instellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Als uw computer schijfpartities geformatteerd in Ext2, Ext3 of ReiserFS "
-"bevat, dat dan zult u een pop-up zien dat u aanbiedt om ACL te configureren "
-"op uw partities. ACL staat voor Access Control Lists "
-"(Toegangscontrolelijsten) en is een Linuxkernelfunctie waarmee de toegang "
-"tot losse bestanden aan genoemde gebruikers kunt ontzeggen. ACL is ingebouwd "
-"in Ext4- en Btrfs-bestandssystemen, maar moet worden aangezet met een optie "
-"in Ext2-, Ext3- of Reiserfs-partities. Als u \"Ja\" kiest bij deze vraag, "
-"dan zal drakguard al uw partities configureren om ACL te ondersteunen en u "
-"dan voorstellen om te herstarten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Schakel ouderlijk toezicht in</guibutton>: Ouderlijk toezicht is "
-"ingeschakeld en de toegang tot de <guilabel>Blockprogramma's</guilabel>-tab "
-"is geopend indien dit is aangevinkt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blokkeer al het netwerkverkeer</guibutton>: Alle websites zijn "
-"geblokkeerd, behalve die in de whitelist-tab indien dit is aangevinkt. "
-"Anders zullen alle websites worden toegestaan, behalve die in de blacklist-"
-"tab."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Gebruikerstoegang</guibutton>: Gebruikers aan de linkerkant "
-"hebben beperkte toegang volgens de regels die u bepaalt. Gebruikers aan de "
-"rechterkant hebben onbeperkte toegang, dus worden volwassenen niet "
-"verhinderd. Selecteer een gebruiker in de linkerkant en klik "
-"<guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton> om hem of haar als een onbeperkte gebruiker "
-"toe te voegen. Selecteer een gebruiker aan de rechterkant en klik op "
-"<guibutton>Verwijderen</guibutton> om hem of haar van de onbeperkte "
-"gebruikers te verwijderen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Tijdcontrole:</guibutton> Internettoegang is toegestaan met "
-"beperkingen binnen de <guilabel>Start</guilabel>-tijd en de <guilabel>Eind</"
-"guilabel>-tijd en volledig geblokkeerd buiten dit tijdvenster, indien deze "
-"optie is aangevinkt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Black-/whitelist-tab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Voer de website-URL bovenaan het eerste veld in en klik op de knop "
-"<guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Blokkeer-programma's-tab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blokker gedefiniëerde applicaties</guibutton>: Schakelt het "
-"gebruik van ACL in om toegang te beperken voor specifieke programma's. Voer "
-"het pad naar de programma's in die u wilt blokkeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Deblokkeer gebruikers lijst</guibutton>: Gebruikers aan de "
-"rechterkant worden niet onderworpen aan ACL-blokkering."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Internetverbinding delen met andere lokale computers"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Principes"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dit is zinvol als u een computer "
-"(3) heeft met een internetverbinding (2), die ook met een lokaal netwerk (1) "
-"verbonden is. U kunt computer (3) gebruiken als gateway om internettoegang "
-"te geven aan de andere systemen (5) en (6) in het lokale netwerk (1). "
-"Hiervoor moet de gateway twee netwerkkaarten hebben, de ene moet verbonden "
-"zijn met het lokale netwerk en de tweede (4) met internet (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"De eerste stap is: controleren of het netwerk en de internetverbinding zijn "
-"ingesteld zoals beschreven in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Gateway-wizard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"De wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> biedt opeenvolgende "
-"stappen aan die hieronder worden laten zien:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Als de wizard niet tenminste twee interfaces detecteert, dan waarschuwt het "
-"hierover en vraagt om het netwerk te stoppen en de hardware te configureren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"kies de interface gebruikt voor de internetverbinding. De wizard stelt u "
-"automatisch één van de interfaces voor, maar u moet controleren of datgene "
-"wat is voorgesteld ook correct is."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"kies welke interface is gebruikt voor LAN-toegang. De wizard stelt er ook "
-"een voor, controleer dat die klopt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"De wizard stelt parameters voor het LAN-netwerk voor, zoals IP-adres, mask "
-"en domeinnaam. Controleer dat deze parameters compatibel zijn met de "
-"werkelijke configuratie. Het is aanbevolen dat u deze waarden accepteert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"kies of de computer moet worden gebruikt als DNS-server. Zo ja, dan zal de "
-"wizard controleren dat <code>bind</code> is geïnstalleerd. Anders moet u het "
-"adres van een DNS-server invoeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"kies of de computer moet worden gebruikt als DHCP-server. Zo ja, dan zal de "
-"wizard controleren dat <code>dhcp-server</code> is geïnstalleerd en "
-"aanbieden om het te configureren, met start- en eindadressen in het DHCP-"
-"bereik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"kies of de computer moet worden gebruikt als proxyserver. Zo ja, dan zal de "
-"wizard controleren of <code>squid</code> is geïnstalleerd en aanbieden om "
-"het te configureren, met het adres van de administrator (admin@mijndomein."
-"nl), naam van de proxy (mijnfirewall@mijndomeinnl), de poort (3128) en de "
-"cachegrootte (100 Mb)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Met de laatste stap kunt u controleren of de gatewaymachine is verbonden met "
-"printers en ze delen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"U wordt gewaarschuwd over het belang om de firewall te controleren als het "
-"actief is."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Configureer de client."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u de gatewaymachine met DHCP heeft geconfigureerd, dan hoeft u alleen "
-"maar in het netwerkconfiguratietool in te voeren dat u automatisch een adres "
-"krijgt (met DHCP). De parameters zullen ontvangen worden bij het verbinden "
-"met het netwerk. Deze methode is geldig welk besturingssysteem de client ook "
-"draait."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u de netwerkparameters handmatig moet invoeren, dan moet u in het "
-"bijzonder de gateway invoeren door het IP-adres van de computer die zich als "
-"de gateway gedraagt, in te voeren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Stop delen van verbinding"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u de verbinding van de Mageia-computer niet meer wilt delen, draai dan "
-"de tool. Het biedt u aan om de verbinding te herconfigureren of stoppen met "
-"het delen van de verbinding."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Hosts-definities"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Als enige systemen in uw netwerk u diensten leveren en vaste IP-adressen "
-"hebben, laat deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> u namen "
-"instellen om ze gemakkelijker te benaderen. U kunt die namen dan gebruiken i."
-"p.v. de IP-adressen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Met deze knop, kunt u de naam voor een nieuw systeem toevoegen. U krijgt een "
-"venster om het IP-adres te geven en de hostnaam voor het systeem. Het is ook "
-"mogelijk aliassen te geven die net zoals de naam gebruikt kunnen worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aanpassen</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt de gegevens van een eerder ingesteld item wijzigen. U krijgt een "
-"eender venster."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen voor netwerkinterfaces en firewall"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvuctus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat u "
-"de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link ns2:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> het Documentatieteam.</link> Bij "
-"voorbaat dank."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Netwerkcentrum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bevindt zich in het "
-"'Netwerk &amp; Internet'-tabblad in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum en heet "
-"'Netwerkcentrum'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Als deze tool gestart wordt, opent een venster met alle geconfigureerde "
-"netwerkkaarten op de computer, ongeacht hun type (bedraad, draadloos, "
-"satelliet, enz.). Als u op één van hen klikt, verschijnen drie of vier "
-"knoppen (het aantal hangt van het netwerktype af), waarmee u het netwerk "
-"kunt observeren, de instellingen wijzigen of de verbinding opzetten of "
-"verbreken. Deze tool is niet bedoeld om een nieuwe netwerkkaart toe te "
-"voegen, zie daarvoor <guilabel>Nieuwe netwerkinterface instellen (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in hetzelfde MCC-tabblad."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"In onderstaande schermafbeelding, die als voorbeeld dient, ziet u twee "
-"netwerken. De eerste is bedraad en verbonden, wat aan dit icoon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> te zien is (deze is niet verbonden: "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). De tweede is draadloos "
-"en niet verbonden, te zien aan dit icoon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> (deze is verbonden: <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> ). Voor andere netwerktypes is de kleurcode "
-"altijd hetzelfde: groen indien verbonden, rood indien niet verbonden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"In het draaloze deel van het scherm kunt u alle ontdekte netwerken zien, met "
-"<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Signaalsterkte</guilabel>, of ze wel "
-"(rood) of niet (groen) versleuteld zijn en de <guilabel>Operatiemodus</"
-"guilabel>. Klik op één van hen en dan op <guibutton>Observatie</guibutton>, "
-"<guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> of <guibutton>Verbinden</guibutton>. Het "
-"is hier mogelijk om van het ene netwerk op het andere over te stappen. Als "
-"een netwerk gekozen wordt, zal het Netwerkinsstellingenscherm (zie onder) "
-"openen en u om extra instellingen vragen (bijv. een vercijferingssleutel)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Verversen</guibutton> om het scherm bij te werken."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "De Observatieknop"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze knop laat u de internetactiviteit bekijken, downloads (naar uw pc) zijn "
-"rood en uploads (naar internet) zijn groen. Dezelfde tool is beschikbaar via "
-"een rechtsklik op het <guimenu>Interneticoon in de taakbalk -> Netwerk "
-"observeren</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is een tabblad voor elk netwerk (hier is enp12s0 het bedrade netwerk, lo "
-"de lokale loopback en wlp6s0 het draadloze netwerk) en een verbindingen-"
-"tabblad, dat details geeft over verbindingsstatussen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Onderaan het scherm is een knop <guilabel>Laat gedetailleerde netwerk-"
-"statistieken zien</guilabel>, meer daarover in de volgende paragraaf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "De Configureren-knop"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Voor een bedraad netwerk</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk om alle instellingen die ingevoerd zijn gedurende het "
-"creëren van het netwerk te wijzigen. Meestal volstaat het aanvinken van "
-"<guibutton>Automatisch IP</guibutton><guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, "
-"maar in geval van problemen kan handmatige configuratie betere resultaten "
-"veroorzaken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor een thuisnetwerk ziet het IP-adres er meestal uit als <emphasis>192.168."
-"x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. De Gateway "
-"and DNS servers kunt u vinden op de website van uw provider."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Schakel 'traffic accounting' in</guilabel> houdt, mits aangevinkt, "
-"het netwerkverkeer bij per uur, dag of maand. De resultaten zijn zichtbaar "
-"via de Observatie-knop die we eerder bespraken. Na het aanvinken dient u "
-"mogelijk het netwerk te herstarten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sta toe dat deze interface door Network Manager "
-"beheerd wordt</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "De <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>-knop"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Voor een draadloos netwerk</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Alleen de items die u niet hierboven zag worden uitgelegd."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operatiemodus:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer <guilabel>Beheerd</guilabel> als de verbinding is via een access "
-"point (toegangspunt), dan is er een <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> "
-"gedetecteerd. Selecteer <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> als het een peer-to-peer-"
-"netwerk is. Selecteer <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> als uw "
-"netwerkkaart wordt gebruikt als access point, uw netwerkkaart moet deze "
-"stand ondersteunen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Versleutelingsmodus en Vercijferingssleutel:</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Als het een privénetwerk is, moet u deze instellingen weten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> gebruikt een wachtwoord en is zwakker dan WPA dat "
-"een wachtzin gebruik.\n"
-"<guilabel>WPA Voorgedeelde sleutel</guilabel> wordt ook WPA-persoonlijk of "
-"WPA-thuis genoemd. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> wordt niet vaak "
-"gebruikt in privénetwerken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sta toegangspuntroaming (access point roaming) toe</"
-"emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Roaming is een technologie waarmee een computer zijn toegangspunt (access "
-"point) kan veranderen terwijl hij verbonden blijft met het netwerk."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "De knop voor geavanceerde instellingen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Netwerkprofielen beheren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Stations en mappen delen over NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Vereisten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Als de wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> voor de eerste keer "
-"wordt uitgevoerd, kan het het volgende bericht weergeven:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr ""
-"Het pakket nfs-utils moet worden geïnstalleerd. Wilt u het installeren?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"Na het voltooien van de installatie ziet u een venster met een lege lijst."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Hoofdvenster"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"U ziet een lijst met gedeelde mappen. Op dit moment is de lijst leeg. Via de "
-"<guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton>-knop start u een configuratietool."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Ingang wijzigen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Het configuratieprogramma is gemarkeerd met \"Entry modificeren\". Het kan "
-"ook worden gedraaid met de <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>-knop. De volgende "
-"parameters zijn beschikbaar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "NFS-directory"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier kunt u opvoeren welke direcotry gedeeld moet zijn. De "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton>-knop geeft toegang tot een browser om het "
-"te kiezen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Host toegang"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier kunt u de hosts opvoeren die geauthoriseerd zijn om toegang te hebben "
-"tot de gedeelde directory."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "NFS-clients kunnen opgegeven worden op meerdere manieren:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>enkele host</emphasis>: een host door een afgekorte naam herkend "
-"door de resolver, de gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS-netgroups kunnen worden opgegeven als "
-"@group"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machinenamen kunnen de wildcardkarakters * "
-"en ? bevatten. Bijvoorbeeld: *.cs.foo.edu komt overeen met alle hosts in het "
-"domein cs.foo.edu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-netwerken</emphasis>: u kunt ook directories tegelijkertijd "
-"exporteren naar alle hosts op een IP-(sub)netwerk. Bijvoorbeeld: "
-"`/255.255.252.0' of `/22' bijgevoegd aan het netwerkbasisadres (network base "
-"adress)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Gebruikers-ID omzetting"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>rootgebruiker als anoniem indelen</emphasis>: deelt verzoeken van "
-"uid/gid 0 bij de anonieme uid/gid (root_squash) in. De rootgebruiker van de "
-"client kan niet de bestanden op de server die gemaakt zijn door de root op "
-"de server zelf inzien of beschrijven."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>sta echte roottoegang op afstand (real remote root access) toe</"
-"emphasis>: zet rootsquashing uit. Deze optie is vooral handig bij schijfloze "
-"clients (no_root_squash)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>alle gebruikers bij anonieme gebruiker indelen</emphasis>: deelt "
-"alle uid's en gid's bij de anonieme gebruiker in (all_squash). Handig voor "
-"NFS-geëxporteerde publieke FTP-directories, newsspoofdirectories, etcetera. "
-"De tegenovergestelde optie is geen gebruikers-UID-indeling (no_all_squash), "
-"dit is de standaard instelling"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid en anongid</emphasis>: expliciet uid en gid van het "
-"anonieme account kiezen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Geavanceerde opties"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection (Beveiligde verbinding) </emphasis>: deze optie "
-"vereist dat requests (verzoeken) ontstaan op een internetpoort minder dan "
-"IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Deze optie staat standaard aan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Alleen-lezen-share</emphasis>: sta óf alleen leesverzoeken óf "
-"zowel lees- als schrijfverzoeken toe op dit NFS-volume. Standaard wordt er "
-"elk verzoek dat het bestandssysteem wijzigt, niet toegelaten. Dit kan "
-"expliciet worden aangegeven met deze optie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Synchrone toegang</emphasis>: voorkomt dat de NFS-server het NFS-"
-"protocol overtreedt en om te reageren op verzoeken voordat wijzigingen "
-"gemaakt door deze verzoeken worden geschreven op stabiele opslag (bijv. "
-"harde schijf)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree-checking</emphasis>: zet subtree-checking aan. Dit kan in "
-"sommige gevallen de veiligheid verbeteren, maar het kan betrouwbaarheid "
-"verminderen. Voor meer informatie kunt u de man-pagina exports(5) lezen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Menu-ingangen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Voorlopig heeft de lijst ten minste één entry."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Bestand|Schrijf-conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Sla de huidige configuratie op."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS-server|Herstarten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"De server is gestopt en geherstart met de huidige configuratiebestanden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS-server|Herladen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"De weergegeven configuratie is herladen met de huidige configuratiebestanden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u een proxyserver gebruikt voor toegang tot het internet, kunt u dit "
-"programma<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gebruiken om het te "
-"configureren. Uw netwerkbeheerder zal u de vereisten informatie geven. U "
-"kunt ook enkele diensten opgeven die bereikt kunnen worden zonder de proxy "
-"als uitzondering."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Van Wikipedia, op 24 september 2012, artikel Proxyserver (Engels): In "
-"computernetwerken is een proxyserver een server (een computersysteem of een "
-"applicatie) dat zich gedraagt als een tussenpersoon voor verzoeken van "
-"clients die bronnen zoeken van andere servers. Een client verbindt met de "
-"proxyserver, verzoekt een dienst zoals een bestand, verbinding, webpagina of "
-"andere bron beschikbaar op een andere server. De proxyserver evalueert het "
-"verzoek als een manier om hun complexiteit te besturen en te vereenvoudigen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Media configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Na installatie dient u als eerste pakketbronnen (ook wel pakketbronnen, "
-"media of spiegelservers genoemd) toe te voegen. Dat betekent de bronnen "
-"kiezen die gebruikt worden om pakketten of toepassingen te installeren of "
-"bij te werken. (Zie Toevoegen-knop hieronder)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u Mageia installeert of opwaardeert met een DVD, CD, of USB-key, dan is "
-"die als medium of media geconfigureerd (met Type: cd-rom). Als u deze niet "
-"steeds in uw pc wilt steken als u nieuwe pakketten installeert, schakel dit "
-"medium / deze media dan uit. Verwijderen kan ook."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Uw systeem kan onder een 32-bit- of 64-bit-architectuur draaien. 32-bit heet "
-"ook i586 en 64bit x86_64. Sommige pakketten zijn niet afhankelijk van de "
-"architectuur van uw systeem, deze heten noarch-pakketten. Ze hebben geen "
-"eigen media op de spiegelservers, maar kunnen via zowel de i586 als de "
-"x86_64 media geïnstalleerd worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool bevindt zich in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum in het tabblad "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Softwarebeheer</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote"
-"\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "De kolommen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Kolom Ingeschakeld:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"De aangevinkte media zullen gebruikt worden om nieuwe pakketten te "
-"installeren. Wees voorzichtig met sommige media, zoals Testing, zij kunnen "
-"uw systeem onbruikbaar maken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Kolom Herzieningen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"De aangevinkte media zullen gebruikt worden om pakketten bij te werken, ze "
-"moeten ook ingeschakeld zijn. Enkel media met \"Updates\" in de naam dienen "
-"gekozen te worden. Voor uw veiligheid kunt u deze kolom nu niet aanpassen, "
-"dat kan enkel indien u in een terminal als root het commando <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> geeft."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Kolom Medium"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Laat de naam van elk medium zien. De officiële pakketbronnen voor stabiele "
-"Mageia-versies bevatten tenminste:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>, dat de meeste programma's bevat die "
-"Mageia ondersteunt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis>, dat wat niet-vrije programma's "
-"bevat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis>, vrije software waarvoor in "
-"enkele landen patentclaims kunnen bestaan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Elk van deze groepen heeft 4 subgroepen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis>, de pakketten en hun versies "
-"waarmee deze Mageia-versie uitgegeven werd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis>, de pakketten die sinds 'Release' "
-"bijgewerkt zijn om beveiligingsredenen of om fouten te repareren. Dit medium "
-"dient altijd ingeschakeld te zijn, zelfs bij een trage internetverbinding."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis>, wat nieuwere versies van "
-"pakketten die gebackport zijn van Cauldron (de ontwikkelversie van Mageia)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis>, dat gebruikt wordt voor het "
-"testen van kandidaat-updates, om mensen die fouten gerapporteerd hebben en "
-"het QA-team de kans te geven de correcties te valideren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "De rechterknoppen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Verwijderen:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op een medium dat u wilt verwijderen en dan op deze knop. Doe dat bij "
-"voorkeur ook met de installatiemedia (hier met type 'cd-rom'). Alle "
-"pakketten daarin bevinden zich ook in het officiële Core-release-medium."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Bewerken:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor het geselecteerde medium aanpassen (URL, "
-"downloadprogramma en proxy)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Toevoegen:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Voeg de officiële pakketbronnen toe. Deze bronnen bevatten uitsluitend "
-"veilige en goed geteste software. U configureert de mirrorlijst door op "
-"'Toevoegen' te klikken. Mirrorlist is zo ontworpen dat u de pakketten die u "
-"nodig heeft van een mirror (spiegelserver) bij u in de buurt ophaalt. Als u "
-"liever zelf een mirror kiest, voeg deze dan toe via 'Bestand' -> 'Een "
-"specifieke media-mirror toevoegen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Pijl omhoog en pijl omlaag:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Verander de lijstvolgorde. Als Drakrpm een pakket zoekt, wordt de lijst in "
-"de afgebeelde volgorde doorlopen en zal het eerste pakket met gelijke versie "
-"worden geïnstalleerd. Bij ongelijke versies zal het nieuwste pakket worden "
-"geïnstalleerd. Het is verstandig de snelste pakketbronnen bovenaan te zetten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Het menu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Bestand -> Verversen:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Een venstertje verschijnt met de medialijst. Kies welke u wilt verversen en "
-"klik op de <guibutton>Bijwerken</guibutton>-knop."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Bestand -> Een specifieke media-mirror toevoegen:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Indien u ontevreden bent over de huidige mirror, bijv. omdat hij te langzaam "
-"is of zelden beschikbaar, kies dan een andere. Selecteer alle huidige media "
-"en klik op <guibutton>Verwijderen</guibutton> om de lijst te legen. Klik dan "
-"op <guimenu>Bestand -> Een specifieke media-mirror toevoegen</guimenu> en "
-"kies tussen de volledige-distributie-set of enkel herzieningsmedium. (Kies "
-"bij twijfel <guibutton>Media aanmaken voor een volledige distributie</"
-"guibutton>) en klik op <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. U ziet nu dit venster:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aan de linkerkant ziet u een landenlijst, kies uw land of één die dichtbij "
-"is door op het > symbool te klikken. U zult dan alle beschikbare mirrors in "
-"dat land zien. Selecteer er één en klik op <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Bestand -> Aangepaste media toevoegen:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk nieuwe media toe te voegen (bijvoorbeeld van een derde "
-"partij) die niet door Mageia ondersteund worden. U ziet een nieuw venster:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selecteer het mediumtype, geef "
-"een naam die het medium goed omschrijft en geef de URL (of het pad, "
-"afhankelijk van het mediumtype)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opties -> Globale opties:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Hiermee kunt u instellen of de te installeren RPM's geverifieerd moeten "
-"worden (altijd of nooit), welk downloadprogramma gebruikt moet worden (curl, "
-"wget of aria2) en wat het beleid moet zijn voor het ophalen van informatie "
-"over de pakketten (Op aanvraag -standaard-, Enkel bronnen, Altijd of Nooit)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opties -> Sleutelbeheer:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Om een hoog beveiligingsniveau te garanderen worden digitale sleutels "
-"gebruikt om de media te authenticeren. Voor elk van de media kunt u een "
-"sleutel toevoegen of verwijderen. Selecteer een medium en klik op "
-"<guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton> om een nieuwe sleutel te gebruiken. "
-"Selecteer een sleutel die niet meer gebruikt mag worden en klik op "
-"<guibutton>Verwijderen</guibutton> om hem weg te halen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "Doe dit voorzichting, zoals bij alle beveiligingshandelingen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opties -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u een proxyserver nodig heeft voor internettoegang, dan kunt u deze hier "
-"configureren. U hoeft alleen een <guibutton>Proxy-hostnaam</guibutton> en "
-"indien nodig een <guilabel>Gebruikersnaam</guilabel> en "
-"<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel> op te geven."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Zie <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">de "
-"Mageia Wiki-pagina</link> voor meer informatie over het configureren van de "
-"media."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Deel directories en schijven met Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba is een protocol gebruikt in verschillende besturingssystemen om "
-"bepaalde hulpbronnen zoals directories of printers te delen. Deze tool staat "
-"u toe om de machine te configureren als een Samba-server volgens het "
-"protocol SMB/CIFS. Dit protocol wordt ook gebruikt in Windows(R) en "
-"werkstations met dit besturingssysteem kunnen de hulpbronnen van de Samba-"
-"server bereiken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Voorbereiding"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"Om toegankelijk te zijn voor andere workstations moet de server een "
-"vastgezet IP-adres hebben. Dit kan direct op de server worden gekozen, "
-"bijvoorbeeld met <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> of op de DHCP-server "
-"die het station identificeert met zijn MAC-adres en het altijd hetzelfde "
-"adres geeft. De firewall moet ook de bij de Samba-server inkomende verzoeken "
-"toestaan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Wizard - Losstaande server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Bij de eerste keer uitvoeren kijken de tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/> of de vereiste pakketten zijn geïnstalleerd en biedt ze aan om te "
-"installeren als ze nog niet aanwezig zijn. Dan wordt de wizard om de Samba-"
-"server te configureren gestart."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"In het volgende venster is de losstaande server-configuratieoptie al "
-"geselecteerd."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Geef dan de naam van de werkgroep op. Deze naam zou hetzelfde moeten zijn "
-"voor de toegang tot de gedeelde hulpbronnen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-"De netbios-naam is de naam die gebruikt zal worden om de server op het "
-"netwerk te bepalen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Kies de beveiligingsmodus:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>gebruiker</guilabel>: de client moet worden geauthoriseerd om de "
-"hulpbron te bereiken"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: de client verfieert zichzelf apart voor elke "
-"share"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt met IP-adres of hostnaam opgeven welke hosts worden toegelaten bij "
-"hulpbronnen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies de serverbanner. De banner is de manier hoe deze server wordt "
-"beschreven in de Windows-werkstations."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"De plaats waar Samba informatie kan bijhouden kan worden opgegeven bij de "
-"volgende stap."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"De wizard toont een lijst met de gekozen parameters voordat u de "
-"configuratie accepteert. Indien u ze accepteert, zal de configuratie "
-"geschreven worden in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Wizard - Hoofddomeinbestuurder"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Als de optie voor de "
-"hoofddomeinbestuurder is geselecteerd, vraagt wizard voor indicatie of Wins "
-"moet worden ondersteund of niet en om beheerdersgebruikersnamen. De volgende "
-"stappen zijn dan de hetzelfde voor een op zichzelf staande server, behalve "
-"dan dat u ook de beveiligingsmodus kunt kiezen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domein</guilabel>: stelt een mechanisme beschikbaar voor het "
-"opslaan voor alle gebruikersdata in een centrale, gedeelde profieldatabank. "
-"Het gecentraliseerde profieldatabank wordt gedeeld tussen "
-"(beveiligings)controllers"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Geef een map aan om te delen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Met de <guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton> knop, krijgen we:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Een nieuwe item wordt dus toegevoegd. Het kan worden aangepast met de "
-"<guibutton>Wijzigen</guibutton> knop. Opties kunnen worden aangepast, zoals "
-"de vraag of de map zichtbaar is voor het publiek, kan worden doorzocht of "
-"beschrijfbaar is. De naam die is gedeeld kan niet worden gewijzigd."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Pas wanneer de lijst ten minste één vermelding heeft, kunnen menu-"
-"vermeldingen worden gebruikt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Sla de huidige configuratie op in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba server|Configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "De wizard kan opnieuw worden uitgevoerd met deze opdracht."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba server|Herstarten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba Server|Herladen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Gedeelde printers"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Met Samba kunt u ook printers delen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Samba-gebruikers"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"In dit tabblad kunt u gebruikers toevoegen die toegang hebben tot de "
-"gedeelde bronnen waarvoor verificatie is vereist. U kunt gebruikers "
-"toevoegen vanuit <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type="
-"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Aanmeldingscontrole voor Mageia-hulpprogramma's configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is te vinden in het "
-"Mageia-configuratiecentrum in het tabblad <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Beveiliging</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Hij maakt het mogelijk gewone gebruikers de benodigde rechten te geven voor "
-"taken die gewoonlijk door de beheerder gedaan worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr "Klik op het pijltje voor het item dat u uit wilt vouwen:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"De meeste hulpprogramma's in de Mageia Control Center worden weergegeven aan "
-"de linkerkant van het venster (zie de afbeelding hierboven). Daarnaast wordt "
-"voor ieder hulpprogramma een drop-down lijst aan de rechterkant weergegeven "
-"die de keuze geeft tussen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Standaard: De opstart modus is afhankelijk van het gekozen "
-"beveiligingsniveau. Zoek in hetzelfde MCC tabblad, het hulpprogramma "
-"\"Configureer systeem beveiliging, permissies en audit\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruikerswachtwoord:  Het wachtwoord wordt gevraagd voordat het gereedschap "
-"word uitgevoerd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Beheerder-wachtwoord: Het hoofd-wachtwoord wordt gevraagd voordat het "
-"gereedschap word uitgevoerd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
-"Geen wachtwoord: Het gereedschap word uitgevoerd zonder een wachtwoord te "
-"vragen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Snapshots"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vindt u in het Mageia-"
-"configuratiecentrum, in het <guilabel>\"Systeem\"</guilabel>-tabblad, in het "
-"segment <guilabel>Beheerprogramma's</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u dit hulpprogramma in MCC voor de eerste keer start, zult u een "
-"bericht over het installeren van draksnapshot zien. Klik op "
-"<guibutton>Installeren</guibutton> om verder te gaan. Draksnapshot en andere "
-"pakketten die nodig zijn worden hierdoor geïnstalleerd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik nogmaals op <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, u zult nu het "
-"<guilabel>Instellingen</guilabel> scherm zien. Kruis <guilabel>Backups "
-"Inschakelen</guilabel> aan en, als u  het gehele systeem wilt back-upen, "
-"kruist u <guilabel>Backup het gehele systeem</guilabel> aan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u alleen een back-up wilt maken van een deel van uw mappen, kies dan "
-"voor <guilabel>Geavanceerd</guilabel>. U zal een klein pop-up scherm te zien "
-"krijgen. Gebruik de knoppen <guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton> en "
-"<guibutton>Verwijderen</guibutton> naast de Back-up lijst om mappen en "
-"bestanden waarvan u geen back-up wilt maken uit te sluiten en degene waarvan "
-"u wel een back-up wilt maken toe te voegen. Gebruik dezelfde knoppen naast "
-"de lijst <guilabel>Uitsluiten</guilabel> om deelmappen en/of bestanden van "
-"de gekozen mappen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">niet</emphasis> moet worden "
-"opgenomen in de back-up, te verwijderen. Klik op <guibutton>Sluiten</"
-"guibutton> als u klaar bent."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Geef nu het pad naar <guilabel>waar een back-up te maken</guilabel>, of kies "
-"de knop <guibutton>Bladeren</guibutton> om het juiste pad te kiezen. Elke "
-"USB-sleutel of externe HD die gekoppeld is aan de PC kan gevonden worden in "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/uw_gebruikersnaam/</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Toepassen</guibutton> om een foto te maken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Audioconfiguratie"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bevindt zich in het "
-"Mageia-configuratiecentrum in het <emphasis role=\"bold\">Apparatuur</"
-"emphasis>-tabblad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound regelt de geluidsconfiguratie, PulseAudio opties en behandelt "
-"probleemoplossing. Het zal u helpen als u problemen ervaart met het geluid "
-"of als u van geluidskaart wisselt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is een geluid server. Het ontvangt al het "
-"geluid via de ingangen, mengt ze vervolgens aan de hand van uw "
-"gebruikersvoorkeuren en stuurt het resulterende geluid naar de uitgang. Zie "
-"<guimenu>Menu ->Geluid en video -> PulseAudio volumeregeling</guimenu> om uw "
-"voorkeuren in te voeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio is de standaard geluidsserver en het wordt aanbevolen deze "
-"ingeschakeld te laten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> verbetert PulseAudio met een aantal "
-"programma's. Het wordt u aangeraden om het geactiveerd te laten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"De <guibutton>Probleem oplossen</guibutton> knop helpt u bij het oplossen "
-"van eventuele problemen. U zult het nuttig vinden om deze optie te proberen "
-"alvorens de gemeenschap om hulp te vragen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"De <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop geeft een nieuw scherm met een "
-"duidelijke knop."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "UPS for energie-observatie instellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "VPN-Verbindingen configureren om de netwerktoegang te beveiligen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit hulpprogramma<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> maakt het "
-"mogelijk om veilig toegang te krijgen tot een extern netwerk door een tunnel "
-"tussen het lokale werkstation en het verre netwerk te configureren. We "
-"bespreken hier alleen de configuratie op het werkstation. We nemen aan dat "
-"het externe netwerk al in werking is, en dat u in bezit bent van de "
-"verbinding informatie (die u mogelijk van de netwerkbeheerder heeft "
-"gekregen), dit kan bijvorbeeld een .pcf configuratiebestand zijn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuratie"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer eerst Cisco VPN Concentrator of OpenVPN, deze is keuze afhankelijk "
-"van welk protocol wordt gebruikt voor uw virtuele privé netwerk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Geef dan een naam aan uw verbinding."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Voer op het volgende scherm de details van uw VPN-verbinding in."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Voor Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor openvpn. Het OpenVPN-pakket en zijn afhankelijkheden zullen de eerste "
-"keer dat het hulpprogramma wordt gebruikt worden geïnstalleerd."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selecteer de bestanden die u "
-"heeft ontvangen van de netwerkbeheerder."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Geavanceerde parameters:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "Het volgende scherm vraagt om het IP-adres van de toegangspoort."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer de parameters zijn ingesteld, heeft u de mogelijkheid om de VPN-"
-"verbinding te starten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze VPN verbinding kan worden ingesteld om automatisch te starten wanneer "
-"er een netwerkverbinding is. Om dit te doen, moet u de netwerkverbinding "
-"opnieuw configureren om altijd te verbinden met deze VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Webserver configureren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit hulpprogramma<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan u helpen bij "
-"het opzetten van een webserver."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Wat is een webserver?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Een webserver is de software die helpt bij het tonen van webinhoud dat "
-"geraadpleegd kan worden via het internet. (Bron: Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Het opzetten van een webserver met drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Welkom bij de webserver wizard."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"De eerste pagina is slechts een introductie, klik <guibutton>Volgende</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Het selecteren van Server Exposer: Lokale Net en/of Wereld"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"De webserver blootstellen op het internet heeft zijn risico's. Wees "
-"voorbereid op slechte dingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Server Gebruikersmodule"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Hiermee kunnen gebruikers hun eigen sites creëren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Gebruikers web directory naam"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"De gebruiker moet deze directory creëren en vullen, zodat de server het kan "
-"weergeven."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Server Document Hoofdmap"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Hiermee kunt u het pad configureren naar de standaard documenten op de "
-"webservers"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Samenvatting"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Neem de tijd om deze opties te controleren, en klik vervolgens op "
-"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Klaar"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "U bent klaar! klik <guibutton>Voltooien</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "DNS configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "DHCP configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Dit hulpprogramma werkt in Mageia 4 niet meer als gevolg van nieuwe "
-"naamgeving van de Net interfaces"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit hulpprogramma<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan u helpen bij "
-"het opzetten van een <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Het is een onderdeel "
-"van drakwizard en daarom moet dit geïnstalleerd zijn voordat u er toegang "
-"tot het heeft."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Wat is DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Het Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is een "
-"gestandaardiseerd netwerkprotocol dat gebruikt wordt op IP-netwerken die IP-"
-"adressen en andere informatie die nodig is voor internetcommunicatie "
-"dynamisch configureren. (Via Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Een DHCP-server instellen met drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Welkom bij de DHCP-server wizard."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Het selecteren van een verloopstuk"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies de netwerkinterface, dat verbonden is met het subnet, en waarvoor DHCP "
-"IP-adressen zal toewijzen, klik hierna op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Selecteer IP-bereik"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer de beginnende en aflopende IP-adressen van het bereik van IP-"
-"adressen die u wilt dat de server aanbiedt, samen met het IP-adres van de "
-"gateway machine dat aansluit op een plek buiten het lokale netwerk, dit is "
-"hopelijk in de buurt van het internet, klik op <guibutton>Volgende</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Hou vol..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit kan hersteld worden. Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> een aantal "
-"keer en verander dingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Uren later..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Wat is er gedaan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Het pakket dhcp-server wordt geïnstalleerd als dat nodig is;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Wordt <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> opgeslagen in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;"
-"</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Het creëren van een nieuwe <code>dhcpd.conf</code> beginnend vanaf  <code>/"
-"usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> en het "
-"toevoegen van de nieuwe parameters:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ook het Webmin configuratiebestand wordt gewijzigd <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/"
-"config</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd</code> wordt opnieuw opgestart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Tijd configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Het doel van dit hulpprogramma<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is "
-"om de tijd van de server zo in te stellen dat deze synchroon loopt met een "
-"externe server. Het is niet standaard geïnstalleerd en daarnaast moet u ook "
-"de drakwizard en drakwizard-base-pakketten installeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Stel een NTP-server in met drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Na een welkomstscherm (zie hierboven), zal de tweede u vragen om drie keer "
-"servers in de drop-down lijsten te kiezen en voorstellen om  pool.ntp.org "
-"tweemaal te gebruiken omdat deze server altijd wijst naar beschikbare tijd "
-"servers."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"De volgende schermen maken het mogelijk om een regio en stad te kiezen, "
-"hierna wordt een samenvatting weergegeven. Als er iets mis is, kunt u "
-"natuurlijk veranderingen aanbrengen door met behulp van de knop "
-"<guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> terug te gaan. Als alles goed is, klikt u op "
-"de knop <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan. Het kan een tijdje "
-"duren voordat u eindelijk het scherm hieronder te zien krijgt:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op de <guibutton>Voltooien</guibutton> knop om het hulpprogramma af te "
-"sluiten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Dit hulpprogramma voert de volgende stappen uit:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Installeer het <code>ntp</code>-pakket indien nodig"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Het bestand <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> opslaan in <code>/etc/"
-"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> en <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> in <code>/"
-"etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Een nieuw bestand wordt geschreven <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> met de "
-"lijst van servers;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Het bestand <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> wijzigen door de eerste naam van de "
-"server toe te voegen;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Stoppen en starten <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> en<code>ntpd</code> "
-"diensten;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"De hardware klok wordt via UTC referentie gelijkgesteld aan de huidige "
-"systeem tijd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "FTP configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit hulpprogramma<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan u helpen bij "
-"het opzetten van een <acronym>FTP</acronym>-server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Wat is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is een standaard "
-"netwerkprotocol dat gebruikt wordt om bestanden, via een <acronym>TCP</"
-"acronym>-netwerk (zoals het Internet), van de ene host naar een andere host "
-"over te zetten. (Via Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Een FTP-server instellen met drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Welkom bij de FTP-wizard. Riemen vast."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"De FTP-server blootstellen aan het internet heeft zijn risico's. Wees "
-"voorbereid op slechte dingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Serverinformatie"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Voer de naam in die de server zal gebruiken om zichzelf te introduceren, "
-"iemand waar klachten via email naartoe gestuurd kan worden en of aanmelden "
-"met beheerderstoegang is toegestaan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Server Opties"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Instellen poort voor luisteren, gevangen gezet gebruiker, hervatten toestaan "
-"en/of <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit hulpprogramma<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan u helpen bij "
-"het opzetten van een proxy-server. Het is een onderdeel van drakwizard en "
-"daarom moet dit geïnstalleerd zijn voordat u er toegang tot het heeft."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Wat is een proxyserver?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Een proxyserver is een server (een computer systeem of een toepassing) die "
-"fungeert als tussenpersoon voor de verzoeken van clients die op zoek zijn "
-"naar bronnen van andere servers. Een client verbindt met de proxyserver, "
-"vraagt een aantal diensten aan, zoals een bestand, verbinding, webpagina of "
-"andere bronnen die beschikbaar zijn op de uiteenlopende servers. De "
-"proxyserver beoordeelt het verzoek als een manier om de complexiteit te "
-"beheersen en te vereenvoudigen. (Via Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Een proxyserver instellen met drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Welkom bij de proxyserver wizard."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Het selecteren van de proxy-poort"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer de proxypoort waardoor browsers zullen verbinden en klik op "
-"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Stel het Geheugen en Schijf Gebruik in"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Stel de grenzen van het cache geheugen en schijfruimte in, klik hierna op "
-"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Selecteer de Toegangscontrole van het Netwerk"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Stel de zichtbaarheid in op alleen het lokale netwerk of de gehele wereld, "
-"klik vervolgens op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Netwerktoegang Toekennen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Geef toegang aan lokale netwerken, klik hierna op <guibutton>Volgende</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Gebruik een Hoger Niveau Proxy-Server"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Trapsgewijs naar een andere proxy server? Zo nee, sla de volgende stap over."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Hoger niveau proxy URL en poort"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Geef de hostnaam en poort van het hoogste niveau van de proxy en klik "
-"vervolgens op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Start tijdens het opstarten?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies of de proxyserver moet worden gestart tijdens het opstarten van de "
-"computer, klik vervolgens op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Installeer het squid pakket indien nodig;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Opslaan <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Bezig met creëren van een nieuw <code>squid.conf</code> aan de hand van "
-"<code>squid.conf.default</code> en door nieuwe parameters toe te voegen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>niveau</code> 1, 2 of 3 en <code>http_access</code> aan de hand van "
-"het niveau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "<code>squid</code> wordt opnieuw opgestart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Configuratie van OpenSSH-voorziening"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit hulpprogramma<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan u helpen bij "
-"het opzetten van een <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Wat is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is een cryptografisch netwerkprotocol voor veilige "
-"datacommunicatie. Zo kunt u op afstand via de opdrachtregel uw aanmelden en "
-"commando's uitvoeren. Ook kunt u andere veilige netwerkdiensten tussen twee "
-"computers die met elkaar verbonden zijn via een beveiligd kanaal over een "
-"onveilig netwerk, server en client (zoals een SSH-server en <acronym>SSH</"
-"acronym> clientprogramma) uitvoeren. (Bron: Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Een <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon instellen met drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Welkom bij de Open SSH wizard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Selecteer Configuratie Opties Types"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> voor alle opties of <guilabel>Beginner</"
-"guilabel> om de stappen 3-7 over te slaan, klik na uw keuze op "
-"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Algemene Opties"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Hiermee worden de zichtbaarheid en beheerderstoegang opties ingesteld. Poort "
-"22 is de standaard <acronym>SSH</acronym> poort."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Authenticatiemethodes"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Zorgt voor een verscheidenheid van authenticatie methoden die gebruikers "
-"kunnen gebruiken tijdens het verbinden, klik vervolgens op "
-"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Logboekregistratie"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies logboekregistratie-faciliteit en het uitvoer niveau, klik vervolgens op "
-"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Aanmeldopties"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"configureer Instellingen per aanmelding, en klik vervolgens op "
-"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Gebruikersaanmeldopties"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configureer de gebruikerstoegang instellingen, klik hierna "
-"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Compressie en Doorzenden"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configureer de doorzending en compressie van X11 tijdens de overdracht, klik "
-"hierna <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Systeemdiensten in- of uitschakelen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Apparatuur configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit hulpprogramma<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> geeft een "
-"algemeen beeld van de hardware van uw computer. Wanneer het hulpprogramma "
-"wordt uitgevoerd, zoekt het naar elke element van de hardware. Om dit te "
-"doen, maakt het gebruik van het commando <code>ldetect</code>, die verwijst "
-"naar een lijst van hardware in het <code>ldetect-lst</code> pakket."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Het venster"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Het venster is verdeeld in twee kolommen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"De linkerkolom bevat een lijst van gedetecteerde hardware. De apparaten zijn "
-"gegroepeerd per categorie. Klik op de &gt; om de inhoud van een categorie te "
-"expanderen. Elk apparaat kan worden geselecteerd in deze kolom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"De rechter kolom geeft informatie weer over het geselecteerde apparaat. De "
-"<guimenu>Hulp -&gt; beschrijving van de velden</guimenu> geeft informatie "
-"over de inhoud van de velden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Aan de hand van welk type apparaat is geselecteerd zijn één of twee knoppen "
-"beschikbaar aan de onderkant van de rechterkolom:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Stel huidige stuurprogramma opties in</guibutton>: Dit kan "
-"gebruikt worden om de module die momenteel in gebruik is te parametriseren "
-"voor het apparaat. Dit moet alleen uitgevoerd worden door experts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Hulpprogramma voor configuratie uitvoeren</guibutton>: Geeft "
-"toegang tot een hulpprogramma dat kan helpen om het apparaat te "
-"configureren. Het hulpprogramma kan vaak direct geopend worden vanuit het "
-"MCC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Het menu met <guimenu>opties</guimenu> biedt de mogelijkheid om vakken aan "
-"te vinken die automatische detectie mogelijk maken:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Jaz-apparaten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Parallelle zip apparaten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Standaard zijn deze detecties niet ingeschakeld, omdat ze traag zijn. "
-"Controleer het juiste vakje(s) als deze hardware is aangesloten. Detectie "
-"zal volgende keer operationeel zijn als dit hulpprogramma wordt gestart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Toetsenbordindeling instellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"De keyboarddrake-tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> laat u de "
-"basis-toetsenbordindeling instellen voor het toetsenbord dat u voor Mageia "
-"gebruikt. Het beïnvloedt de toetsenbordindeling voor alle gebruikers op het "
-"systeem. De tool bevindt zich in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum (MCC), in "
-"het <emphasis role=\"bold\">Apparatuur</emphasis>-tabblad, onder het kopje "
-"\"Configureren van uw muis en toetsenbord\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Toetsenbordindeling"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier kunt u kiezen welke toetsenbordindeling u wenst te gebruiken. De namen "
-"(in alfabetische volgorde) duiden de taal, het land en/of de etniciteit "
-"waarvoor elke indeling bedoeld is."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Toetsenbordtype"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit menu laat u het toetsenbordtype kiezen. Wijzig de instelling niet als u "
-"niet weet wat te kiezen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool ook vanaf de commandoregel starten, door <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> te typen als root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit hulpprogramma<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is te vinden in "
-"de sectie Systeem van het Mageia-configuratiecentrum (MCC) en gelabeld als "
-"\"Beheer lokalisatie voor uw systeem\". Het opent een venster waarin u uw "
-"taal kunt kiezen. De keuze is aangepast aan de talen die u heeft gekozen "
-"tijdens de installatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"De <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop maakt het mogelijk om "
-"compatibiliteit met oude codering (non UTF8) te activeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Het tweede scherm toont een lijst van landen op basis van de geselecteerde "
-"taal. De knop <guibutton>Andere landen</guibutton> geeft toegang tot landen "
-"die niet in de lijst staan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Na eventuele wijzigingen moet u uw sessie opnieuw op te starten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Invoermethode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"In het <guilabel>Andere landen</guilabel> scherm kunt u ook kiezen voor een "
-"invoermethode (uit het drop-down menu aan de onderkant van de lijst). "
-"Invoermethodes staan toe dat gebruikers meertalige tekens kunnen invoeren "
-"(Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, etc)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor Aziaten en Afrikanen zal IBus als de standaard invoer methode worden "
-"ingesteld, hierdoor hoeven gebruikers dit niet handmatig te configureren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Andere invoermethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) bieden ook vergelijkbare "
-"functies en kunnen, indien niet beschikbaar in het drop-down menu, vanuit "
-"een ander deel in de Mageia-configuratiecentrum worden geïnstalleerd. Zie "
-"<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Uw systeemlogboeken bekijken en doorzoeken"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit hulpprogramma <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is te vinden in "
-"het tabblad Mageia-configuratiecentrum, onder het het label "
-"\"<guilabel>Bekijk en doorzoek systeem logboek</guilabel>\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Om een zoekopdracht in de logboeken te doen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Voer eerst de belangrijkste woordenreeks die u wilt zoeken in het <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Passende</emphasis> veld en/of de belangrijkste tekst die u "
-"<emphasis>niet</emphasis> wenst te zien tussen de antwoorden in het veld, "
-"<emphasis role = \"bold\">maar niet overeenkomen met</emphasis>. Selecteer "
-"vervolgens het bestand(en) om in te zoeken in het <guilabel>Kies Bestand</"
-"guilabel> veld. Het is ook mogelijk om de zoekopdracht te beperken tot één "
-"dag. Dit selecteert u in de <emphasis role=\"bold\">Agenda</emphasis>, door "
-"met behulp van de pijltjes aan weerszijden van de maand en het jaar, vink "
-"vervolgens \"<guibutton>Alleen voor de geselecteerde dag tonen</guibutton>\" "
-"aan. Tot slot, klikt u op de <guibutton>zoeken</guibutton> knop om de "
-"resultaten in het venster met de naam <guilabel>Inhoud van het bestand</"
-"guilabel> te zien. Het is mogelijk om de resultaten in de TXT-indeling op te "
-"slaan door te klikken op de <emphasis role=\"bold\">Opslaan </emphasis> knop."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Het <guibutton>Mageia Hulpprogramma Logboek</guibutton> herbergt de logs van "
-"de Mageia configuratietools zoals de hulpprogramma's in het Mageia-"
-"configuratiecentrum. Deze logs worden elke keer dat een configuratie wordt "
-"gewijzigd bijgewerkt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Om een Email-waarschuwing te configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>E-mail waarschuwing</guibutton> controleert elk uur automatisch "
-"de belasting van het systeem en de diensten, en indien nodig stuurt een e-"
-"mail naar het geconfigureerde adres."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Om dit hulpprogramma te configureren klikt u op de knop <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">E-mail Waarschuwing</emphasis> en vervolgens, in het volgende scherm op "
-"de keuzelijst knop <guibutton> Configureer e-mail waarschuwing systeem</"
-"guibutton>. Hier worden alle actieve diensten weergegeven en kunt u kiezen "
-"welke u wilt bekijken. (Zie schermafdruk hierboven)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "De volgende diensten kunnen worden bekeken :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Webmin-dienst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Postfix e-mailserver"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Apache World Wide Web-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd-dienst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "BIND Domeinnaam opzoeken"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"In het volgende scherm selecteert u de <guilabel>Belasting</guilabel> waarde "
-"die u onaanvaardbaar acht. De belasting bepaalt de vraag naar een proces, "
-"een hoge belasting vertraagt het systeem en een zeer hoge belasting kan erop "
-"wijzen dat een proces uit de hand loopt. De standaardwaarde is 3. Wij raden "
-"aan om de belasting waarde tot 3 keer het aantal processoren in te stellen "
-"(dus voor een quad core processor betekent dit maximaal 4x3=12)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"In het laatste scherm, voert u het <guilabel>E-mailadres</guilabel> van de "
-"persoon die gewaarschuwd dient te worden in en de <guilabel>E-mail server</"
-"guilabel> die u wilt gebruiken (lokaal of op het internet)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Beschikbare NFS en SMB segmenten tonen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan alleen op de "
-"commandoregel gestart en gebruikt worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat u "
-"de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link ns2:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> het Documentatieteam.</link> Bij "
-"voorbaat dank."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Toon informatie van uw PCI, USB en PCMCIA."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">lspcidrake</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan alleen op de "
-"commandoregel gestart en gebruikt worden. Hij geeft wat meer informatie als "
-"hij als root gebruikt wordt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake geeft een lijst van alle apparaten die aangesloten zijn op de "
-"computer (USB, PCI en PCMCIA) en diens stuurprogramma's. De ldetect en "
-"ldetect-lst pakketten zijn nodig om dit te laten werken."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Met de -v optie worden de identificaties van leveranciers en apparaten "
-"toegevoegd aan spcidrake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake genereert vaak lange lijsten, dus om informatie te vinden wordt "
-"het grep commando vaak in een pipeline gebruikt, zoals in deze voorbeelden:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Informatie over de grafische kaart;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Informatie over het netwerk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i om hoofd-/kleine letters te negeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"In de schermafdruk hieronder kunt u de  -v optie voor lspcidrake, en de -i "
-"optie voor grep, zien."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Er is nog een tool (voor root) die informatie geeft over de hardware, "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> genaamdcalled <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Softwarepakketten-opwaardering"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate of drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> of <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vindt u in het Mageia-"
-"configuratiecentrum, in het <emphasis role=\"bold\">Softwarebeheer</"
-"emphasis>-tabblad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"MageiaUpdate kan alleen werken als pakketbronnen geconfigureerd zijn met "
-"drakrpm-editmedia en als bijwerken aangevinkt is voor sommige media. Als dit "
-"niet is gebeurd dan wordt u aangespoord dat wel te doen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Zodra deze tool gestart wordt, scant het de geïnstalleerde pakketten en somt "
-"het die op, die geactualiseerd kunnen worden. Standaard zijn ze allemaal "
-"aangevinkt om automatisch gedownload en geïnstalleerd te worden. Klik op de "
-"<guibutton>Bijwerken</guibutton>-knop om het proces te starten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u op een pakket klikt, ziet u meer informatie in de onderste helft van "
-"het venster. U kunt op het <emphasis role=\"bold\">></emphasis>-teken voor "
-"een titel klikken om een uitvouwtekst te zien."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Als er pakketherzieningen beschikbaar zijn, waarschuwt een taakbalk-applet u "
-"door dit rode icoontje <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> te "
-"laten zien. Klik erop en geef uw gebruikerswachtwoord om uw systeem bij te "
-"werken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Opstarten"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools om het opstarten van "
-"uw systeem te configureren. Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Opstartstappen configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia-configuratiecentrum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "De tools om het Mageia-systeem naar wens aan te passen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de "
-"CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/"
-"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href="
-"\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:"
-"href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact "
-"op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
-"\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te "
-"verbeteren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Apparatuur"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools om uw apparatuur te "
-"configureren. Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Uw apparatuur beheren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = De apparatuur inspecteren en "
-"configureren</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Grafische instellingen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Configuren van uw muis en toetsenbord"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Configureren van afdrukken en scannen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Printer(s), "
-"afdruktaakwachtrijen e.d. instellen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Overige"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Over de handleiding voor het Mageia-configuratiecentrum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Het Mageia-configuratiecentrum (MCC) heeft acht verschillende opties of "
-"tabbladen waaruit u kunt kiezen in de linker kolom, en zelfs tien als het "
-"drakwizardpakket geïnstalleerd is. Elk daarvan geeft een andere set tools "
-"die in het grote rechter paneel gekozen kunnen worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"De tien volgende hoofdstukken gaan over deze tien opties en de bijbehorende "
-"tools."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Het laatste hoofdstuk gaat over enkele andere Mageia-tools, die niet gekozen "
-"kunnen worden in een MCC-tabblad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"De titels van de pagina's zullen vaak hetzelfde zijn als de titels van de "
-"toolschermen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is ook een zoekvenster beschikbaar, dat u vindt door op het \"Zoeken\"-"
-"tabblad te klikken in de linker kolom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Lokale schijven"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools om uw lokale schijven "
-"te beheren of delen. Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Netwerkdiensten"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit scherm en dat voor <emphasis>Bronnen delen</emphasis> zijn alleen "
-"zichtbaar als het <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-pakket geïnstalleerd is. U "
-"kunt kiezen tussen verschillende tools om verscheidene servers te "
-"configureren. Klik op een link hieronder of op <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/"
-">voor meer informatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Gedeeld netwerk"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools voor het delen van "
-"stations en mappen. Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Gedeelde Windows(R)-bronnen configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Stations en mappen "
-"delen met Windows (SMB)-systemen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Gedeelde NFS-bronnen beheren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Toegang tot gedeelde stations en mappen over WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Netwerk en Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende netwerk tools. Klik op een "
-"link hieronder voor meer informatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Netwerkapparaten beheren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Persoonlijke netwerkinstellingen en -beveiliging"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Beveiliging"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende beveiligingstools. Klik "
-"hieronder op een link voor meer informatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Beveiliging, rechten en audit van "
-"het systeem afregelen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Bronnen delen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit scherm en dat voor <emphasis>Netwerkdiensten</emphasis> zijn alleen "
-"zichtbaar als het <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-pakket geïnstalleerd is. U "
-"kunt kiezen tussen verschillende tools om verscheidene servers te "
-"configureren. Klik op een link hieronder of op <xref linkend=\"mcc-"
-"networkservices\"/> voor meer informatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Systeem"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools voor systeemdiensten "
-"en -beheer. Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Systeemdiensten beheren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Regionaal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Beheerprogramma's"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Gebruikers op het systeem beheren</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Bijwerkfrequentie instellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bevindt zich in het "
-"Mageia-configuratiecentrum in het <emphasis role=\"bold\">Softwarebeheer</"
-"emphasis>-tabblad. U kunt hem ook starten via het rode icoon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> <guimenu> rechtsklikken / Stel Updates "
-"in</guimenu> op de taakbalk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Met de eerste schuifknop kunt u installen hoe vaak Mageia zal nagaan of er "
-"bijgewerkte pakketten zijn, met de tweede hoe lang na het opstarten dat voor "
-"het eerst gebeurt. U kunt een vinkje zetten om te laten controleren of er "
-"een nieuwere Mageia-uitgave is."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Het aanwijsapparaat (muis, touchpad) instellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Bij het installeren van Mageia werd de muis al geconfigureerd, omdat die bij "
-"de installatie ook al nodig was. Hier kunt u een andere muis instellen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"De muizen zijn gesorteerd naar verbindingstype en dan naar model. Kies uw "
-"muis en klik op <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Doorgaans is \"Universeel / "
-"Iedere PS/2 &amp; USB-muis\" geschikt voor recente muizen. De nieuwe muis is "
-"meteen acief."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: systeembeveiliging en audit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is een grafische "
-"gebruikersinterface voor msec die u in staat stelt uw systeembeveiliging te "
-"configureren via twee benaderingen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Het configureert het gedrag van het systeem, het past het systeem aan om het "
-"veiliger te maken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Het voert periodieke controles uit van het systeem om u te waarschuwen als "
-"iets gevaarlijk lijkt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"msec werkt met \"beveiligingsniveaus\", waarmee sets toegangsrechten "
-"ingesteld kunnen worken. Deze kunnen gecontroleerd en afgedwongen worden. "
-"Mageia geeft de keuze tussen diverse beveiligingsniveaus, maar u kunt ook "
-"een eigen, aangepast beveiligingsniveau instellen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Overzichtstabblad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Zie de schermafbeelding hierboven"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Het eerste tabblad bevat de lijst met verschillende beveiligingstools, met "
-"een knop aan de rechterzijde om ze te configureren:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Firewall, ook aanwezig in MCC / Beveiliging / Uw persoonlijke firewall "
-"instellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr "Updates, ook aanwezig in MCC / Sofwarebeheer / Uw systeem bijwerken"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec zelf met wat informatie:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "geactiveerd of niet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "het ingestelde basisbeveiligingsniveau"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"de datum van de laatste periodieke controle en een knop om gedetailleerde "
-"resultaten te zien en een andere knop om de controle nu uit te voeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen-tabblad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Een klik op het tweede tabblad of op de Beveiliging-<guibutton>Configureren</"
-"guibutton>knop geeft het scherm dat u hieronder ziet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Basisbeveiliging-tabblad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beveiligingsniveaus:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Als het hokje voor <guilabel>MSEC inschakelen</guilabel> aangevinkt is, kunt "
-"u in dit tabblad door dubbelklikken het gewenste beveiligingsniveau kiezen, "
-"dat dan in vette letters verschijnt. Als het hokje niet aangevinkt is, wordt "
-"geen niveau toegepast. De volgende niveaus zijn beschikbaar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Niveau <emphasis role=\"bold\">geen</emphasis>. Dit niveau is voor wie msec "
-"niet wil gebruiken om de systeembeveiliging te controleren, maar dat liever "
-"zelf regelt. Het schakelt alle beveiligingscontroles uit, en beperkt geen "
-"systeemconfiguratie-instellingen. Gebruik dit niveau a.u.b. alleen als u "
-"weet wat u doet, aangezien het uw systeem anders kwetsbaar maakt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Niveau <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Dit is de standaard "
-"configuratie en is bedoeld voor doorsnee gebruikers. Het beperkt diverse "
-"systeeminstallingen en voert dagelijks beveiligingscontroles uit op "
-"wijzigingen in systeembestanden, systeemaccounts en toegangsrechten van "
-"kwetsbare mappen. (Dit niveau lijkt op de niveaus 2 en 3 van eerdere msec-"
-"versies.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Niveau <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis> is veilig, maar het systeem "
-"blijft bruikbaar.  Het beperkt de systeemrechten sterker en voert meer "
-"periodieke controles uit. Bovendien zijn de toegangsrechten tot het systeem "
-"verder ingeperkt. (Dit niveau lijkt op de niveaus 4 (Hoog) en 5 (Paranoïde) "
-"van eerdere msec versies.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Behalve deze niveaus, kan ook een taak-georienteerd niveau gekozen worden, "
-"zoals <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">webserver</emphasis> en <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Deze "
-"stellen de systeembeveiliging in volgens gebruikelijke behoefte bij zulke "
-"systemen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"De twee laatste niveaus, <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> en "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis>, zijn eigenlijk geen "
-"beveiligingsniveaus, maar enkel tools voor periodieke controles."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"In <filename>/etc/security/msec/niveau.&lt;niveaunaam></filename> zijn de "
-"niveaus opgeslagen. U kunt aangepaste beveiligingsniveaus maken en deze in "
-"de map <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> opslaan als <filename>niveau."
-"&lt;niveaunaam></filename>. Dit is bedoeld voor ervaren gebruikers die hun "
-"systeembeveiliging naar wens willen instellen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Let wel dat eigenhandig gemaakte instellingen voorrang krijgen op de "
-"standaard instellingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beveiligingswaarschuwingen:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u het hokje <guibutton>Stuur beveiligingswaarschuwingen via e-mail naar:"
-"</guibutton> aanvinkt, worden msec's waarschuwingen per lokale e-mail naar "
-"de beveiligingsbeheerder gestuurd die in het bijbehorende veld genoemd is "
-"(Lokale e-mail en de e-mailclient moeten overeenkomstig ingesteld worden). U "
-"kunt ook nog kiezen om de beveiligingswaarschuwingen direct op uw bureaublad "
-"te ontvangen, door een vinkje te zetten in de bijbehorende hokje. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Het wordt sterk aanbevolen een beveiligingswaarschuwingenoptie te gebruiken, "
-"zodat de beveiligingsbeheerder het meteen weet als er een mogelijk probleem "
-"is. Anders zal de beheerder de <filename>/var/log/security</filename>-logs "
-"regelmatig moeten checken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beveiligingsopties:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Een aangepast beveiligingsniveau creëren is niet de enige manier om de "
-"beveiliging aan te passen, het is ook mogelijk om een bestaand niveau aan te "
-"passen m.b.v. de tabbladen hier. De huidige msecconfiguratie is opgeslagen "
-"in <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Naast de naam van "
-"het huidige beveiligingsniveau bevat dit bestand een lijst van alle gedane "
-"aanpassingen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Systeembeveiliging-tabblad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit tabblad bevat alle beveiligingsopties in de linker kolom, daarnaast de "
-"bijpassende omschrijvingen en rechts de huidige waardes."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Dubbelklik op een optie om deze aan te passen. Het venstertje dat verschijnt "
-"(zie onderstaande afbeelding) bevat de optienaam met korte omschrijving, de "
-"huidige en de standaard waarde, alsmede een uitvouwlijst om een nieuwe "
-"waarde te kiezen. Klik op de <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>-knop om de keuze te "
-"bevestigen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Vergeet niet bij het verlaten van msecgui uw wijzigingen definitief te maken "
-"via het menu <guimenu>Bestand -> Configuratie opslaan</guimenu>. U krijgt "
-"dan een schermpje waarin u de details van uw wijzigingen kunt zien, alvorens "
-"deze op te slaan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Netwerkbeveiliging"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr "Dit tabblad bevat alle netwerkopties en werkt zoals het vorige tabblad"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Periodieke-controles-tabblad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"De periodieke controles zijn bedoeld om de beveiligingsbeheerder d.m.v. "
-"beveiligingswaarschuwingen te informeren over alle potentieel gevaarlijke "
-"situaties."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit tabblad ziet u of en hoe vaak msec elke periodieke controle uitvoert, "
-"als het hokje <guibutton>Periodieke beveiligingscontroles inschakelen</"
-"guibutton> aangevinkt is. Het werkt zoals de vorige tabbladen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Uitzonderingentabblad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Soms kunnen waarschuwingsberichten ontstaan door bekende en wilde situaties. "
-"In deze gevallen zijn ze nutteloos en verspillen ze tijd voor de beheerder. "
-"Op dit tabblad kunt u zo veel mogelijk uitzonderingen maken als u wilt om "
-"ongewenste waarschuwingsberichten te voorkomen. Als u msec voor het eerst "
-"start is het tabblad vanzelfsprekend leeg. De schermafdruk hieronder toont "
-"vier uitzonderingen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Om een uitzondering te maken, klikt u op de knop <guibutton>Voeg een regel "
-"toe</guibutton> "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer de gewilde periodieke controle in de keuzelijst genaamd "
-"<guilabel>Controleren</guilabel> en voer vervolgens de "
-"<guilabel>Uitzondering</guilabel> in het tekst vak. Het toevoegen een "
-"uitzondering is uiteraard niet definitief, u kunt het verwijderen met de "
-"knop <guibutton>Verwijderen</guibutton> in het <guilabel>Uitzonderingen</"
-"guilabel> tabblad of wijzigen met een dubbelklik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Toegangsrechten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit tabblad is bedoeld om permissies van bestanden en directories te "
-"controleren en te handhaven."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Net als voor de beveiliging, beschikt msec ook over verschillende "
-"toestemmingsniveaus (standaard, veilig, ..), deze zijn ingeschakeld aan de "
-"hand van het gekozen beveiligingsniveau. U kunt uw eigen aangepaste "
-"toestemmingsniveaus maken door ze op te slaan in specifieke bestanden met de "
-"naam <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename>, de bestanden bevinden zich "
-"in de map <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Deze functie is bedoeld "
-"voor gevorderde gebruikers die een aangepaste configuratie nodig hebben. Het "
-"is ook mogelijk om het tabblad, dat hier gepresenteerd is, na elke "
-"verandering aan het toestemmingsniveau te gebruiken. De huidige configuratie "
-"wordt opgeslagen in <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Dit "
-"bestand bevat de lijst met alle aanpassingen die gedaan zijn betreffende "
-"toestemmingsniveaus."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Standaardmachtigingen zijn zichtbaar in een lijst met regels (een regel per "
-"regel). U kunt aan de linkerkant het bestand of de map zien waar de regel "
-"betrekking op heeft, gevolgd door de eigenaar, de groep en als laatste de "
-"machtigingen verleend door de regel. Wanneer voor een bepaalde regel:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"Het vakje <guilabel>Afdwingen</guilabel> is niet aangevinkt, hierdoor zal "
-"msec alleen controleren of de gedefinieerde machtigingen voor deze regel "
-"wordt gerespecteerd, als dit niet het geval is wordt er een "
-"waarschuwingsbericht gestuurd, tegelijkertijd wordt er niets verandert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Het vakje <guilabel>Afdwingen</guilabel> is aangevinkt, hierdoor zal msec de "
-"machtigingen respecteren bij de eerste periodieke controle en daarna de "
-"machtigingen overschrijven."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Om dit te laten werken, moet de optie CHECK_PERMS in de <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodieke controle tabblad</emphasis> zodoende geconfigureerd worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Om een nieuwe regel aan te maken, klikt u op de knop <guibutton>Voeg een "
-"regel toe</guibutton> en vult u de velden in, zoals aangegeven in het "
-"voorbeeld hieronder. De joker * is toegestaan in het veld "
-"<guilabel>Bestanden</guilabel>. \"Huidige\" betekent dat er geen wijziging "
-"zijn."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op de <guibutton>Oke</guibutton> knop om uw keuze te bevestigen, en "
-"vergeet niet bij het verlaten om uw configuratie op te slaan via het menu "
-"<guimenu>Bestand -> Configuratie opslaan</guimenu>. Als u de instellingen "
-"heeft gewijzigd, kunt u via msecgui de wijzigingen bekijken voordat u ze "
-"opslaat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is ook mogelijk om nieuwe regels te maken of bestaande regels te "
-"wijzigen door het configuratiebestand <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms."
-"conf</filename> te bewerken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Veranderingen in het <emphasis role=\"bold\">tabblad Toestemming</emphasis> "
-"(of direct in het configuratiebestand) worden in aanmerking genomen bij de "
-"eerste periodieke controle (zie de optie CHECK_PERMS in het <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">tabblad Periodieke controles</emphasis>). Als u wilt dat ze "
-"onmiddellijk in aanmerking worden genomen, gebruikt u de opdracht msecperms "
-"in een console met beheerders-rechten. U kunt voordat u deze commando "
-"uitvoerd, eerst het msecperms -p commando uitvoeren zodat u weet welke "
-"machtigingen veranderd zullen worden door msecperms."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vergeet niet dat als u machtigingen in een console of in een "
-"bestandsbeheerder wijzigt, voor een bestand waarin het vak "
-"<guilabel>Afdwingen</guilabel> wordt gecontroleerd in het <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">tabblad Rechten</emphasis>, msecgui de oude rechten na een tijdje "
-"terug zal schrijven, dit gebeurd aan de hand van de configuratie van de "
-"opties CHECK_PERMS en CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in het <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodieke controle tabblad</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Andere Mageia tools"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Er zijn meer Mageia tools, dan die die in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum "
-"gestart kunnen worden. Klik op een link hieronder, of lees verder op de "
-"volgende pagina's, voor meer informatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "En meer tools?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Softwarebeheer (Software installeren en verwijderen)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Introductie tot rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, ook bekend als drakrpm, "
-"is een programma voor het installeren, deïnstalleren en bijwerken van "
-"pakketten. Het is de grafische gebruikersinterface van URPMI. Als het "
-"gestart wordt zal het de online pakketlijsten ('media' genoemd) downloaden "
-"van Mageia's officiële servers en zal het u de actuele applicaties of "
-"pakketten laten zien die voor uw computer beschikbaar zijn. Een "
-"filtersysteem maakt het mogelijk alleen een bepaald type pakketten te laten "
-"zien, bijvoorbeeld alleen pakkettten met grafische schil (standaard), of "
-"enkel geïnstalleerde of juist niet geïnstalleerde pakketten, of beschikbare "
-"bijgewerkte pakketten. U kunt ook zoeken op de naam van een pakket, of in "
-"samenvattingen, in omschrijvingen of in bestandsnamen van de pakketten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Alvorens rpmdrake kan werken, moeten eerst de pakketbronnen geconfigureerd "
-"worden met <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Tijdens de installatie is het medium dat voor de installatie gebruikt wordt, "
-"meestal een DVD of CD, als bron geconfigureerd. Als u deze bron behoudt, dan "
-"zal rpmdrake er elke keer dat u een pakket wilt installeren, om vragen met "
-"onderstaande pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Als u dat "
-"onprettig vindt en u een goede internetverbinding heeft zonder al te strikte "
-"downloadlimiet, dan is het beter dat medium te verwijderen en door online "
-"pakketbronnen te vervangen, zie <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Bovendien zijn de online pakketbronnen altijd bijgewerkt, bevatten ze meer "
-"pakketten en kunt u er uw geïnstalleerde pakketten mee actualiseren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "De hoofddelen van het scherm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pakketsoortfilter:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Met dit filter kunt u bepaalde types pakketten laten weergeven. De eerste "
-"keer dat u rpmdrake start, laat het alleen pakketten met een grafische schil "
-"zien. U kunt kiezen voor het weergeven van \"Alle\" pakketten met alle "
-"afhankelijkheden en bibliotheken of enkel pakketgroepen, zoals Alle "
-"bijgewerkte paketten, of Backports (pakketten van een nieuwere Mageiaversie)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"De standaard instelling van dit filter is voor nieuwelingen, die nog niet "
-"toe zijn aan de commandoregel of tools voor specialisten. Aangezien u deze "
-"documentatie leest, bent u duidelijk geïnteresseerd in het vergroten van uw "
-"kennis van Linux en Mageia, dus is het beter dit filter \"Alle\" te zetten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pakketstatusfilter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Met dit filter kunt u kiezen tussen enkel de geïnstalleerde pakketten, de "
-"niet geïnstalleerde of alle pakketten (zowel de geïnstalleerde als de niet-"
-"geïnstalleerde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Zoekmodus:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op de verrekijker om te zoeken op (deel van) de naam, omschrijving of "
-"samenvatting van een pakket, of op een bestand dat door een pakket wordt "
-"geïnstalleerd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Zoeken\" box:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Voer hier een of meer zoektermen in. Als u meer dan één zoekterm "
-"wiltgebruiken, zet dan een '|' tussen de woorden, bijv. 'mplayer | xine' om "
-"gelijktijdig naar \"mplayer\" en \"xine\" te zoeken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Alles wissen:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr "Met het aanklikken van dit icoon wist u alles in het zoekveld"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Groepenlijst:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit zijpaneel groepeert alle toepassingen en pakketten in duidelijke "
-"categorieën en subcategorieën."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Omschrijvingspaneel:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit paneel geeft de naam van het pakket weer, zijn samenvatting en complete "
-"omschrijving. Het geeft veel bruikbare details over het pakket. Het kan ook "
-"preciese informatie geven over de bestanden die met het pakket worden "
-"geïnstalleerd alsook over de laatste wijzigingen door de ontwikkelaar of de "
-"pakketbouwer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "De statuskolom"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Zodra u de filters goed ingesteld hebt, kunt u uw software vinden via de "
-"groep (in vlak 6 hierboven) of via naam/samenvatting/omschrijving in vlak 4. "
-"U krijgt een lijst van pakketten te zien die aan uw zoekopdracht voldoen en, "
-"niet te vergeten, voorzien zijn van verschillende statusymbolen die aangeven "
-"of het pakket is geïnstalleerd/niet geïnstalleerd/bijgewerkt... Om de status "
-"te veranderen is het voldoende een vinkje te zetten of weg te halen in het "
-"hokje voor de pakketnaam en op <guibutton>Toepassen</guibutton> te klikken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Icoon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Legenda"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Dit pakket zal geïnstalleerd worden"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Dit pakket kan niet gewijzigd worden"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Dit is een bijgewerkt pakket"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Dit pakket zal gedeïnstalleerd worden"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Voorbeelden in de schermafbeelding hierboven:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aan de icoon met groene pijl bij digikam kan men zien dat het pakket "
-"geïnstalleerd is. Haalt men het vinkje bij digikam weg, dan draait de pijl "
-"om en wordt de icoon rood. Het pakket zal verwijderd worden als men op "
-"<guibutton>Toepassen</guibutton> klikt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ik qdigidoc aanvink (dat niet geïnstalleerd is, zie de status), zal het "
-"oranje icoon met een pijl naar beneden verschijnen en zal het geïnstalleerd "
-"worden zodra op <guibutton>Toepassen</guibutton> geklikt wordt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "De afhankelijkheden"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Sommige pakketten hebben andere pakketten, afhankelijkheden genaamd, nodig "
-"om te kunnen werken. Dit zijn bijv. bibliotheken of tools. In dat geval laat "
-"rpmdrake een informatievenster zien (zie boven), waarin u kunt kiezen of u "
-"de gevonden afhankelijkheden aanvaardt, het installeren annuleert, of meer "
-"informatie wilt. Het komt ook voor dat verschillende pakketten de benodigde "
-"bibliotheek kunnen leveren, in dat geval laat rpmdrake een lijst met "
-"alternatieven zien met een knop om te kiezen welke daarvan te installeren en "
-"een andere knop om eerst meer informatie te krijgen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Scanner instellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installatie"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Met deze tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kunt u een scanner "
-"configureren of het scannergedeelte van een multifunctionele printer. Het is "
-"ook mogelijk een aangesloten scanner te delen met een andere computer op het "
-"netwerk, of om de scanner bij een andere computer te gebruiken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Als u deze tool voor het eerst start, kan het zijn dat u het volgende "
-"bericht krijgt:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE-pakketten moeten geïnstalleerd zijn om scanners te kunnen "
-"gebruiken.</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Wilt u de SANE-pakketten installeren?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> om verder te gaan, <code>scanner-gui</code> en "
-"<code>task-scanning</code> zullen geïnstalleerd worden."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Als uw scanner correct is geïdentificeerd, dus als u in het bovenstaande "
-"scherm de naam van uw scanner ziet, dan is de scanner klaar voor gebruik "
-"met, bijvoorbeeld, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> of <emphasis>Simple Scan</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"In dat geval kunt u nu de <emphasis>Gedeelde Scanner</emphasis> optie "
-"configureren. U kunt hier meer over lezen in de <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Echter, als uw scanner niet correct is geïdentificeerd, en het controleren "
-"van de kabel(s), de schakelaar en vervolgens het drukken op <emphasis>Zoeken "
-"naar nieuwe scanners</emphasis> niet helpt, dan dient u te drukken op "
-"<emphasis>Voeg een scanner handmatig toe</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Kies het merk van uw scanner in de getoonde lijst, doe hierna hetzelfde door "
-"uw type te kiezen uit de merklijst en klik vervolgens op <emphasis>Oke</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Als u uw scanner niet in de lijst kan vinden, klik dan <emphasis>Annuleren</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Controleer of uw scanner wordt ondersteund via de <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Ondersteunde "
-"apparaten</link> pagina en vraag om hulp op het <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forum</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Kies een poort"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze instelling overlaten aan de <emphasis>Automatische detectie van "
-"beschikbare poorten</emphasis>, tenzij de interface van uw scanner een "
-"parallelle poort is. Als dit het geval is en u heeft één poort dan "
-"selecteert u <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Na het klikken op <emphasis>Oke</emphasis>, zult u in de meeste gevallen een "
-"scherm te zien krijgen zoals hieronder."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u dat scherm niet krijgt, lees dan <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Scanner delen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier kunt u bepalen of de scanners verbonden aan deze computer toegankelijk "
-"dienen te zijn voor computers op afstand, en voor welke. U kunt hier ook "
-"bepalen of scanners op externe computers beschikbaar moeten worden gemaakt "
-"voor deze machine."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Scanner delen met hosts: De naam of het IP-adres van de hosts kunnen "
-"toegevoegd of verwijderd worden uit de lijst met hosts die toegang hebben "
-"tot het lokale apparaat(en), op deze computer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Het gebruik van scanners op afstand: De naam of het IP-adres van gastheren "
-"kunnen toegevoegd of verwijderd worden uit de lijst van hosts die toegang "
-"geeft tot een scanner die zich op afstand begeeft."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Scanner delen met computers: u kunt een computer toevoegen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Scanner delen aan hosts: specificeer welke host(s) toegevoegd moeten worden, "
-"of laat alle machines op afstand toe."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr "\"Alle machines op afstand\" hebben toegang tot de lokale scanner."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Als het pakket <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nog niet is geïnstalleerd, dan "
-"biedt het hulpprogramma zich aan om dit te doen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Op het einde, zal het hulpprogramma deze bestanden wijzigen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>om toe te voegen of opmerking van "
-"de richtlijn \"net\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Het zal ook <emphasis>saned</emphasis> en <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> "
-"configureren om te starten tijdens het opstarten. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Bijzonderheden"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"De meeste HP scanners worden beheerd vanuit het programma <emphasis>HP "
-"Apparaat Beheer</emphasis> (hplip), dit programma beheert ook printers. In "
-"dit geval, staat het hulpprogramma u niet toe om de scanner te configureren "
-"en wordt u verzocht om <emphasis>HP Apparaat Beheer</emphasis> te gebruiken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Stuurprogramma's zijn beschikbaar via <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz."
-"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">deze pagina</link>. Wanneer "
-"aangegeven, moet u het <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> pakket eerst "
-"installeren, en hierna <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in deze volgorde). Het is "
-"mogelijk dat het  <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pakket een waarschuwing over "
-"een conflict met <emphasis>sane</emphasis> genereert. Gebruikers hebben "
-"gemeld dat deze waarschuwing kan worden genegeerd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Bijkomende installatiestappen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk dat na het selecteren van een poort voor uw scanner in het "
-"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> scherm, u één of meerdere extra "
-"stappen moet ondernemen om uw scanner correct te configureren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"In sommige gevallen wordt u verteld dat telkens als de scanner wordt gestart "
-"de firmware moet worden geüpload. Dit hulpprogramma stelt u in staat om de "
-"firmware in het apparaat te laden, nadat u het op uw systeem heeft "
-"geïnstalleerd. In dit scherm kunt u de firmware via een cd-rom of een "
-"Windows-installatie installeren, daarnaast kunt u ook de firmware "
-"installeren die u heeft verkregen (gedownload) via de website van de "
-"leverancier."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer de firmware van het apparaat moet worden geladen, kan elk eerste "
-"gebruik van het apparaat een lange tijd duren, mogelijk meer dan een minuut. "
-"Dus wees geduldig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ook kunt u een scherm krijg die u verteld dat <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis> dient aangepast te "
-"worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lees deze of andere instructies die u krijgt zorgvuldig en als u niet weet "
-"wat u moet doen, dan kunt u altijd de <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">gemeenschap</link> om hulp vragen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Softwarebeheer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools voor softwarebeheer."
-"Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Uw systeem bijwerken</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Mediabronnen voor "
-"installatie en herzieningen configureren</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Een printer installeren en configureren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Printen wordt in Mageia beheerd door de CUPS-server. Deze heeft zijn eigen "
-"<link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuratie-"
-"interface</link> die toegankelijk is via een internetbrowser, maar Mageia "
-"heeft een eigen tool voor het installeren van printers: system-config-"
-"printer. Deze tool wordt gedeeld met andere distributies, zoals Fedora, "
-"Mandriva, Ubuntu en OpenSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"U moet de niet vrije pakketbronnen inschakelen voordat u verder gaat met de "
-"installatie, dit is nodig omdat sommige stuurprogramma's alleen beschikbaar "
-"zijn op deze manier."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">system-config-printer</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Een printer kunt u installeren via de <guilabel>Apparatuur</guilabel> sectie "
-"van het Mageia-configuratiecentrum. Selecteer, onder de kop \"Configuren van "
-"afdrukken en scannen\"  de tool <guilabel>Printer(s), afdruktaakwachtrijen e."
-"d. instellen</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC zal voorstellen twee pakketten te installeren:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is noodzakelijk dit voorstel te accepteren, om verder te gaan. Tot 230MB "
-"aan afhankelijkheden zal worden geïnstalleerd. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Om een printer toe te voegen, kiest u de printer \"Toevoegen\" knop. Het "
-"systeem zal proberen om alle printers en de beschikbare poorten te "
-"detecteren. De schermafbeelding toont een printer die is aangesloten op een "
-"parallelle poort. Als een printer wordt gedetecteerd, zoals een printer op "
-"een USB-poort, wordt deze weergegeven op de eerste regel. Het venster zal "
-"ook proberen om een netwerkprinter te configureren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Automatisch gedectecteerde printer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dit zijn meestal USB-printers. De tool vindt ook de naam van de printer en "
-"laat deze zien. Selecteer de printer en klik dan op \"Volgende\". Als er een "
-"geschikt stuurprogramma (driver) bekend is voor de printer, zal dit "
-"automatisch geïnstalleerd worden. Zijn er meerdere geschikte of geen bekende "
-"drivers, dan zal u in een nieuw venster gevraagd worden er een te selecteren "
-"of op te geven, zoals toegelicht in de volgende paragraaf. Lees hier verder: "
-"<xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Niet automatisch gedetecteerde printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u een poort selecteert, laadt het systeem een lijst met stuurprogramma's "
-"en opent het een venster waar u kunt kiezen uit een van de volgende "
-"mogelijkheden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Selecteer een printer uit de database"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "PPD-bestand opgeven"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "Zoeken naar een downloadbaar printerstuurprogramma"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Om uit de database te kiezen, selecteert u eerst het merk van uw printer, "
-"dan het model en daarna het bijbehorende stuurprogramma. Als er meerdere "
-"drivers beschikbaar zijn, kies dan die die aanbevolen wordt, tenzij u eerder "
-"problemen met dat stuurprogramma ondervond. Kies er in het laatste geval een "
-"waarvan u weet dat het werkt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Het installatieproces afronden"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Nadat u een stuurprogramma heeft geselecteerd, zal een venster om wat "
-"informatie vragen waarmee het systeem de printer kan aanwijzen en ontdekken. "
-"De eerste regel is de naam waaronder het apparaat zal verschijnen in "
-"toepassingen in de lijst met beschikbare printers. Het installatieprogramma "
-"stelt vervolgens voor om een testpagina af te drukken. Na deze stap wordt de "
-"printer toegevoegd en zal deze verschijnen in de lijst met beschikbare "
-"printers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Netwerkprinter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Netwerkprinters zijn printers die rechtstreeks zijn aangesloten op een "
-"bekabeld of draadloos netwerk, die aangesloten zijn op een printserver of "
-"die zijn aangesloten op een ander werkstation dat fungeert als printserver."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Vaak is het beter om de DHCP-server zo te configureren zodat een vast IP-"
-"adres altijd gelijk geassociëerd wordt met de MAC-adres van een printer. "
-"Natuurlijk moet dit wel hetzelfde ingesteld zijn als het IP-adres van de "
-"printer of printserver, als het een vaste adres heeft."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"De Mac-adres van een printer is een serienummer die toegekend is aan de "
-"printer, printserver of computer waaraan de printer bevestigd is. De "
-"serienummer kan verkregen worden uit een configuratiepagina afgedrukt door "
-"de printer of door het etiket (waarop het serienummer geschreven is) van de "
-"printer of printserver te bekijken. Als uw gedeelde printer op een Mageia "
-"systeem is aangesloten, kunt u <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> "
-"uitvoeren als beheerder om het MAC-adres te vinden. Het adres is de volgorde "
-"van de cijfers en letters achter \"HWADDR\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt uw netwerkprinter toevoegen door te kiezen voor het protocol dat de "
-"printer gebruikt om te communiceren over het netwerk met uw computer. Als u "
-"niet weet welk protocol u moet kiezen, dan kunt u de "
-"<guilabel>Netwerkprinter</guilabel> - <guilabel>Netwerkprinter zoeken</"
-"guilabel> optie in het <guilabel>Apparaten</guilabel> menu proberen. U dient "
-"met deze optie wel het IP-adres van uw printer in te vullen in het vak aan "
-"de rechterkant, waar het zegt \"host\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Als het hulpprogramma uw printer of printserver herkent, zal het een "
-"protocol en een wachtrij aanbevelen. Echter, u kunt iets anders kiezen in de "
-"onderstaande lijst als u dit meer geschikt acht. Daarnaast kunt u de juiste "
-"wachtrij naam opgeven als deze niet in de lijst voorkomt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Kijk in de documentatie die u bij de printer of afdrukserver heeft gekregen "
-"om te weten komen welke protocollen het ondersteunt, en voor mogelijke "
-"specifieke wachtrijnamen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Afdrukken via netwerk protocollen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Eén van huidige technieken is ontwikkeld door Hewlett-Packard en staat "
-"bekend als JetDirect. Dit geeft toegang tot een printer op het netwerk "
-"rechtstreeks via een Ethernet-poort. U moet dan wel het IP-adres weten "
-"waarop de printer bekend is op het netwerk. Deze techniek wordt ook gebruikt "
-"in een aantal ADSL-routers die een USB-poort bevatten om de printer op aan "
-"te sluiten. In dit geval is het IP-adres dat van de router. Merk op dat de "
-"functie \"HP Device Manager\" dynamisch geconfigureerde IP-adres kan "
-"beheren, door het instellen van een URI als <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;naam-van-"
-"de-printer></emphasis>. In dit geval is een vast IP-adres niet vereist."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies de optie <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> als protocol en "
-"zet het adres in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, verander niet het "
-"<guilabel>Poort Nummer</guilabel>, tenzij u weet dat dit veranderd moet "
-"worden. Na het selecteren van het protocol, kunt hetzelfde doen als "
-"hierboven voor het selecteren van het stuurprogramma."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "De andere protocollen zijn:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: een printer die kan "
-"worden geraadpleegd op een TCP/IP-netwerk via het IPP-protocol, bijvoorbeeld "
-"een printer die is aangesloten op een station met behulp van CUPS. Dit "
-"protocol kan ook worden gebruikt door sommige ADSL-routers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> hetzelfde als IPP, "
-"maar dan met behulp van http transport en TLS beveiligd protocol. De poort "
-"moet wel gedefinieerd worden. Standaard wordt poort 631 gebruikt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>hetzelfde als IPP, "
-"maar dan met TLS beveiligd protocol."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host of Printer</emphasis>: een printer die toegankelijk "
-"is via een TCP/IP-netwerk door middel van het LPD protocol, bijvoorbeeld een "
-"printer die is aangesloten op een station via LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: een printer die is "
-"aangesloten op een station met Windows of een SMB-server, en is gedeeld."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"De URI kan ook direct worden toegevoegd. Hier zijn enkele voorbeelden over "
-"hoe de URI te vormen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Regeldrukker Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Aanvullende informatie kan worden gevonden in de <link ns2:href=\"http://www."
-"cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentatie.</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Apparaateigenschappen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt toegang krijgen tot de eigenschappen van het apparaat. Het menu biedt "
-"toegang tot het instellen van de parameters voor de CUPS-server. Standaard "
-"wordt een CUPS-server gestart op uw systeem, maar u kunt ook een andere "
-"server opgeven aan de hand van het <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Verbinden...</guimenuitem> menu, een ander venster dat toegang "
-"geeft tot het instellen van specifieke parameters van de server is "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Instellingen.</guimenuitem>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Probleem oplossen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt informatie over foutmeldingen tijdens het printen vinden door het "
-"inspecteren van <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt ook een hulpprogramma inzetten om problemen op te sporen door gebruik "
-"te maken van het menu <guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Probleem oplossen</"
-"guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk dat sommige stuurprogramma's voor specifieke printers niet "
-"beschikbaar of functioneel zijn in Mageia. Als dit het geval is, neem dan "
-"een kijkje op de <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/"
-"\">OpenPrinting</link> website om te controleren of een stuurprogramma voor "
-"uw apparaat beschikbaar is. Zo ja, controleer of het pakket al aanwezig is "
-"in Mageia en installeer het handmatig. Doorloop vervolgens opnieuw het "
-"installatie proces om de printer te configureren. Meld in alle gevallen het "
-"probleem in bugzilla of op het forum als je comfortabel bent met dit "
-"hulpprogramma, meld informatie van het model en stuurprogramma, en of de "
-"printer werkt of niet na de installatie. Hier zijn een aantal bronnen om "
-"andere up-to-date stuurprogramma's, of voor meer recente apparaten, te "
-"vinden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Deze pagina</link> geeft een lijst van  "
-"stuurprogramma's die aangeleverd worden door Brother. Zoek het "
-"stuurprogramma voor uw apparaat, download de rpm(s) en installeer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Het beste is om de stuurprogramma's van Brother eerst te installeren voordat "
-"u het configuratieprogramma opstart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers en Alles in één apparaten</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze apparaten gebruiken het hulpprogramma hplip. Dit programma wordt "
-"automatisch geïnstalleerd nadat de printer wordt gedetecteerd of "
-"geselecteerd. U kunt andere informatie <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">HIER</link> vinden. Het "
-"hulpprogramma \"HP Apparaat Beheer\" is beschikbaar in het<guilabel>Systeem</"
-"guilabel>menu. Zie ook <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/"
-"install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuratie</link> voor meer informatie "
-"betreffende het beheer van de printer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Een HP Alles-in-één apparaat moet als printer worden geïnstalleerd, hierna "
-"zullen de scanner functies worden toegevoegd. Merk wel op dat de Xsane-"
-"interface soms niet toelaat om films of dia's (een verlichte dia kan niet "
-"werken) te scannen. Als dit het geval is is het mogelijk om, met behulp van "
-"de stand-alone modus, te scannen en foto's op te slaan door een "
-"geheugenkaart of USB-stick in het apparaat te plaatsen. Daarna opent u uw "
-"favoriete beeldbewerkingssoftware en laad u de foto van de geheugenkaart "
-"waarna die verschijnt in de /media map."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung kleurenprinter</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor specifieke kleurenprinters van Samsung en Xerox, <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">deze site biedt stuurprogramma's</link> voor "
-"het QPDL protocol."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers en scanners</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Stuurprogramma's voor Epson-printers zijn beschikbaar vanaf <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">deze "
-"zoekpagina</link>. Voor de scanner, moet u het \"iscan-data\"-pakket eerst "
-"installeren, hierna kunt u \"iscan\" gebruiken (doe het via deze volgorde). "
-"Een iscan-plugin pakket kan ook beschikbaar zijn voor installatie. Kies het "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pakket(en) op basis van uw architectuur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk dat het iscan pakket een waarschuwing zal genereren over een "
-"conflict met sane. Gebruikers hebben gemeld dat deze waarschuwing kan worden "
-"genegeerd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor Canon printers, kan het raadzaam zijn om een hulpprogramma genaamd "
-"turboprint te installeren <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/"
-"\">beschikbaar hier</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Windows™-documenten en -instellingen importeren"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bevindt zich in het "
-"Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het <emphasis role=\"bold\">Systeem</"
-"emphasis>-tabblad, en heet <guilabel>Windows™-documenten en -instellingen "
-"importeren</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Met behulp van deze tool kan een beheerder gebruikersdocumenten en -"
-"instellingen importeren van een <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</"
-"trademark> installatie op dezelfde computer als de Mageia-installatie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Let wel: transfugdrake voert alle veranderingen onmiddellijk door nadat op "
-"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> geklikt wordt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Na het starten van transfugdrake ziet u op de eerste pagina van de wizard "
-"wat uitleg over het gereedschap en de invoer opties."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Zodra u de instructies heeft gelezen en begrepen, druk dan knop de "
-"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>. Dit moet een detectie van de <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installatie uitvoeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer de detectie stap is voltooid, wordt er een pagina getoond die u in "
-"staat stelt om gebruikersaccounts in <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> en Mageia te kiezen voor de invoer procedure. Het is "
-"mogelijk om andere gebruikersaccount in plaats van uw eigen te kiezen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Houdt er rekening mee dat migratie-assistent (de back-end van transfugdrake) "
-"bepaalde beperkingen heeft waardoor <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> gebruikersaccount namen met speciale symbolen verkeerd kunnen "
-"worden weergegeven."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"Migratie kan enige tijd duren, dit is afhankelijk van de grootte van de "
-"document mappen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Sommige <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> toepassingen "
-"(vooral stuurprogramma's) kunnen gebruikersaccounts voor verschillende "
-"doeleinden creëren. Bijvoorbeeld, stuurprogramma's van Nvidia worden in "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> bijgewerkt door middel "
-"van <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Gebruik alstublieft niet zulke "
-"gebruikersaccounts voor invoer doeleinden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u klaar bent met het selecteren van gebruikersaccounts druk dan de "
-"knop <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>. Op de volgende pagina kunt u een "
-"methode kiezen om documenten te importeren:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake is ontworpen om <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> gegevens van <emphasis>Mijn documenten</emphasis>, <emphasis>Mijn "
-"Muziek</emphasis> en <emphasis>Mijn Afbeeldingen</emphasis> mappen te "
-"importeren. Het is mogelijk om de invoer over te slaan door het selecteren "
-"van het juiste object in dit venster."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u klaar bent met het kiezen van een invoer methode voor documenten "
-"druk dan de knop <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>. Op de volgende pagina kunt "
-"u een methode selecteren om bladwijzers te importeren:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake kan zowel <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> als "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bladwijzers importeren en omzetten naar "
-"bladwijzers die gebruikt kunnen worden in Mageia's <emphasis>Mozilla "
-"Firefox</emphasis> bijvoorbeeld."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies de gewenste invoer optie en druk op de knop <guibutton>Volgende</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-"Op de volgende pagina kunt u een achtergrond voor het bureaublad importeren:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies de gewenste optie en druk op de knop <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"De laatste pagina van de wizard toont enkele felicitatie berichten. Druk op "
-"de knop <guibutton>Voltooien</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Gebruikers en groepen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> te typen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bevindt zich in het "
-"Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het <emphasis role=\"bold\">Systeem</"
-"emphasis>-tabblad, en heet \"Gebruikers op het systeem beheren\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Met deze tool kunt u de gebruikers en de groepen beheren, d.w.z. een groep "
-"of gebruiker toevoegen of verwijderen en gebruiker- en groepinstellingen "
-"aanpassen (ID, shell, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Als userdrake gestart is, ziet u alle bestaande gebruikers in het "
-"<guibutton>Gebruikers</guibutton>-tabblad, en alle groepen in het "
-"<guibutton>Groepen</guibutton>tabblad. Beide tabbladen werken op dezelfde "
-"manier."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Gebruiker toevoegen</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Met deze knop opent u een nieuw scherm, met nog lege velden:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Het veld <emphasis role=\"bold\">Volledige naam</emphasis> is bedoeld voor "
-"de voor- en achternaam, maar u kunt willekeurig wat invoeren en het zelfs "
-"leeg laten!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Aanmeldnaam</emphasis> dient wel ingevuld te worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Een <emphasis role=\"bold\">Wachtwoord</emphasis> instellen wordt sterk aan-"
-"bevolen. Rechts ziet u een klein schild, als het rood is, is het wachtwoord "
-"zwak of te kort of lijkt het teveel op de aanmeldnaam. U kunt cijfers "
-"gebruiken, hoofd- of kleine letters, interpunctietekens enz. Het schildje "
-"zal oranje worden en dan groen naarmate het wachtwoord sterker wordt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"Het <emphasis role=\"bold\">Bevestig wachwoord</emphasis>-veld is een extra "
-"check om zeker te zijn dat u uw wachtwoord correct invoerde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Aanmeldshell</emphasis> is een uitvouwlijst waarin u "
-"de shell kunt wijzigen voor de gebruiker die u toevoegt. De opties zijn "
-"Bash, Dash en Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Privé-groep aanmaken voor de gebruiker</emphasis> "
-"zal, indien aangevinkt, automatisch een groep aanmaken met dezelfde naam en "
-"de nieuwe gebruiker als enig lid (dit kan gewijzigd worden)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"De andere opties wijzen zichzelf. De nieuwe gebruiker wordt aangemaakt zodra "
-"u op <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> klikt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Groep toevoegen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"U dient enkel de naam van de nieuw groep in te voeren en, zonodig, de groeps-"
-"ID."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Bewerken</emphasis> (van een geselecteerde "
-"gebruiker)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Gebruikersgegevens</guibutton>: Hier kunt u de gegevens, behalve "
-"de ID, van de gebruiker wijzigen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account-informatie</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"De eerste optie dient om een vervaldatum voor het account in te stellen. Na "
-"deze datum is inloggen onmogelijk. Dit is zinvol voor tijdelijke accounts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"De tweede optie dient om het account te blokkeren, inloggen is onmogelijk "
-"zolang het account op slot zit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Het pictogram kan ook gewijzigd worden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Wachtwoord-informatie</emphasis>: Hier kunt u een "
-"vervaltermijn voor het wachtwoord installen, dat dwingt de gebruiker het "
-"wachtwoord periodiek te wijzigen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Groepen</emphasis>: Hier kunt u de groepen kiezen "
-"waar de gebruiker lid van moet zijn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u een gebruikersaccount aanpast dat ingelogd is, zullen de aanpassingen "
-"pas van kracht zijn als opnieuw ingelogd wordt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Bewerken</emphasis> (met geselecteerde groep)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Groepsgegevens</emphasis>: Hier kunt u de naam van "
-"de groep wijzigen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gebruikers groeperen</emphasis>: Hier kunt u kiezen "
-"welke gebruikers lid moeten zijn van de groep"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Verwijderen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer een gebruiker of groep en verwijder deze door op <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Verwijderen</emphasis> te klikken. Bij een gebruiker volgt de vraag "
-"of de persoonlijke map en de mailbox ook verwijderd moeten worden. Als de "
-"gebruiker een privé-groep had, wordt deze ook verwijderd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Het is mogelijk een groep te verwijderen die niet leeg is."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Verversen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"De gebruikersdatabase kan ook buiten Userdrake gewijzigd worden. Klik op dit "
-"icoon om de gegevens te vernieuwen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Gastaccount</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gast</emphasis> is een speciaal account. Het is "
-"bedoeld om iemand volledig beveiligde tijdelijke toegang tot het systeem te "
-"geven. De inlognaam is xguest, er is geen wachtwoord en het is onmogelijk om "
-"met dit account aanpassingen in het systeem door te voeren. U kunt dit "
-"account toevoegen en weer verwijderen door in het menu <guimenu> Acties -> "
-"Installeer gastaccount</guimenu> respectievelijk <guimenu> Acties -> "
-"Verwijder gastaccount</guimenu> te kiezen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Grafische server instellen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">XFdrake</emphasis> of <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx11</emphasis> te "
-"typen. Denk aan de hoofdletters."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bevindt zich in het "
-"Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het <emphasis role=\"bold\">Apparatuur</"
-"emphasis>-tabblad, en heet <emphasis><guilabel>Grafische server instellen</"
-"guilabel></emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Via de knoppen kunt u de grafische instellingen wijzigen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafische kaart</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"U ziet de gedetecteerde kaart op de knop. De bijbehorende server is "
-"ingesteld. Klik op de knop om naar een andere server over te schakelen, bv. "
-"een met een fabriekseigen stuurprogramma."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"De beschikbare servers staan in de <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel>lijst, eerst "
-"alfabetisch gesorteerd op fabrikant en dan net zo gesorteerd op model. De "
-"vrije stuurprogramma's staan alfabetisch gesorteerd in de <guilabel>Xorg</"
-"guilabel>lijst."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Bij problemen: <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> werkt met de meeste video-"
-"kaarten. U kunt deze zolang in uw grafische werkomgeving gebruiken tot u het "
-"juiste stuurprogramma vindt en installeert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Als zelfs Vesa niet werkt, neem dan <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, dat gebuikt wordt tijdens de Mageia-"
-"installatie, maar waarmee u de resolutie of de refresh rates niet wijzigen "
-"kunt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u gekozen heeft voor een vrij stuurprogramma, kan u gevraagd worden of u "
-"in plaats daarvan een fabriekseigen stuurprogramma wilt gebruiken met meer "
-"mogelijkheden (bv. 3D-effecten)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Op dezelfde manier wordt het getecteeerde beeldscherm op de bijbehorende "
-"knop weergegeven, en kunt u erop klikken om een ander te kiezen. Als deze "
-"niet in de <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel>lijst staat, kies er dan een met "
-"dezelfde eigenschappen uit de <guilabel>Algemeen</guilabel>-lijst."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolutie:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Via deze knop kunt u de resolutie (hoeveelheid pixels) en de kleurdiepte "
-"(hoeveelheid kleuren) kiezen. U krijgt dit scherm te zien:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Wanneer u de kleurdiepte "
-"wijzigt, zal een multi-gekleurde balk verschijnen naast de tweede knop. Ook "
-"zal een voorvertoning getoond worden van hoe de geselecteerde kleurdiepte "
-"eruit zal zien."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"De eerste knop laat de huidige resolutie zien, klik erop om een andere te "
-"kiezen. De lijst geeft alle mogelijkheden die bij uw grafische kaart en "
-"beelscherm passen. Het is mogelijk om op <guilabel>Overig</guilabel> te "
-"klikken en andere resoluties in te stellen, maar houdt er rekening mee dat u "
-"uw beeldscherm kunt beschadigen of een onaangename instelling kunt kiezen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"De tweede knop laat de huidige kleurdiepte zien, klik erop om deze door een "
-"andere te vervangen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Afhankelijk van de gekozen resolutie, kan het nodig zijn om uit en weer in "
-"te loggen om de instelling te activeren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Het wordt aanbevolen een test te doen na het aanpassen van de instellingen, "
-"alvorens op <guibutton>Afsluiten</guibutton> te klikken. Het is namelijk "
-"gemakkelijker de instellingen nu te wijzigen, dan later als de grafische "
-"omgeving niet blijkt te werken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u geen grafische omgeving heeft, typ dan Alt+Ctrl+F2 om naar een "
-"tekstomgeving te gaan. Log in als root en typ XFdrake (met de hoofdletters) "
-"om XFdrake's tekstversie te gebruiken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Als de test mislukt, wacht dan rustig tot hij klaar is. Als hij slaagt, maar "
-"u toch niets wilt veranderen, klik dan op <guibutton>Nee</guibutton>. Als "
-"alles naar wens is, klik dan op <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Opties:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Globale opties</guilabel>: Als <emphasis>Ctrl-Alt-Backspace "
-"uitschakelen</emphasis> is aangevinkt, kunt u X-server niet meer herstarten "
-"d.m.v. de Ctrl+Alt+Backspace toetsen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Opties voor grafische kaart</guilabel>: Hier kunt 3 specifieke "
-"opties in- of uitschakelen, afhankelijk van uw grafische kaart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Grafisch gebruiksoppervlak bij opstarten</guilabel>: Meestal is "
-"<emphasis>De grafische omgeving (Xorg) automatisch starten na de "
-"opstartfase</emphasis> aangevinkt om tijdens het opstarten naar de grafische "
-"modus om te schakelen, het vinkje kan weggehaald worden voor een server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Nadat u op <guibutton>Afsluiten</guibutton> klikt, zal het systeem u om "
-"bevestiging vragen. U kunt nu nog alles annuleren en de eerdere instellingen "
-"bewaren, of de nieuwe accepteren. In het laatste geval moet u uit- en in-"
-"loggen om de nieuwe te activeren."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 716dfa33..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia-configuratiecentrum</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">De tools om het Mageia-systeem naar wens aan te passen</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de
-CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact
-op met het <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentatie
-Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f4f59127..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia-configuratiecentrum</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de
-CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact
-op met het <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentatie
-Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d9df25d9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Softwarepakketten-opwaardering</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate of drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> of <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> vindt u in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het <emphasis
-role="bold">Softwarebeheer</emphasis>-tabblad</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>MageiaUpdate kan alleen werken als pakketbronnen geconfigureerd zijn met
-drakrpm-editmedia en als bijwerken aangevinkt is voor sommige media. Als dit
-niet is gebeurd dan wordt u aangespoord dat wel te doen.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Zodra deze tool gestart wordt, scant het de geïnstalleerde pakketten en somt
-het die op, die geactualiseerd kunnen worden. Standaard zijn ze allemaal
-aangevinkt om automatisch gedownload en geïnstalleerd te worden. Klik op de
-<guibutton>Bijwerken</guibutton>-knop om het proces te starten.</para>
-
-  <para>Als u op een pakket klikt, ziet u meer informatie in de onderste helft van
-het venster. U kunt op het <emphasis role="bold">></emphasis>-teken voor een
-titel klikken om een uitvouwtekst te zien.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Als er pakketherzieningen beschikbaar zijn, waarschuwt een taakbalk-applet u
-door dit rode icoontje <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject> te
-laten zien. Klik erop en geef uw gebruikerswachtwoord om uw systeem bij te
-werken.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index eac69757..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Grafische server instellen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">XFdrake</emphasis> of <emphasis role="bold">drakx11</emphasis>
-te typen. Denk aan de hoofdletters.</para>
-    </footnote> bevindt zich in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het <emphasis
-role="bold">Apparatuur</emphasis>-tabblad, en heet
-<emphasis><guilabel>Grafische server instellen</guilabel></emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Via de knoppen kunt u de grafische instellingen wijzigen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grafische kaart</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>U ziet de gedetecteerde kaart op de knop. De bijbehorende server is
-ingesteld. Klik op de knop om naar een andere server over te schakelen,
-bv. een met een fabriekseigen stuurprogramma.</para>
-
-  <para>De beschikbare servers staan in de <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel>lijst, eerst
-alfabetisch gesorteerd op fabrikant en dan net zo gesorteerd op model. De
-vrije stuurprogramma's staan alfabetisch gesorteerd in de
-<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>lijst.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Bij problemen: <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> werkt met de meeste
-video-kaarten. U kunt deze zolang in uw grafische werkomgeving gebruiken tot
-u het juiste stuurprogramma vindt en installeert.</para>
-
-      <para>Als zelfs Vesa niet werkt, neem dan <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, dat gebuikt wordt tijdens de
-Mageia-installatie, maar waarmee u de resolutie of de refresh rates niet
-wijzigen kunt.</para>
-    </note>Als u gekozen heeft voor een vrij stuurprogramma, kan u gevraagd worden of u
-in plaats daarvan een fabriekseigen stuurprogramma wilt gebruiken met meer
-mogelijkheden (bv. 3D-effecten).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Op dezelfde manier wordt het getecteeerde beeldscherm op de bijbehorende
-knop weergegeven, en kunt u erop klikken om een ander te kiezen. Als deze
-niet in de <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel>lijst staat, kies er dan een met
-dezelfde eigenschappen uit de <guilabel>Algemeen</guilabel>-lijst.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolutie:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Via deze knop kunt u de resolutie (hoeveelheid pixels) en de kleurdiepte
-(hoeveelheid kleuren) kiezen. U krijgt dit scherm te zien:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Wanneer u de kleurdiepte wijzigt,
-zal een multi-gekleurde balk verschijnen naast de tweede knop. Ook zal een
-voorvertoning getoond worden van hoe de geselecteerde kleurdiepte eruit zal
-zien.</para>
-
-  <para>De eerste knop laat de huidige resolutie zien, klik erop om een andere te
-kiezen. De lijst geeft alle mogelijkheden die bij uw grafische kaart en
-beelscherm passen. Het is mogelijk om op <guilabel>Overig</guilabel> te
-klikken en andere resoluties in te stellen, maar houdt er rekening mee dat u
-uw beeldscherm kunt beschadigen of een onaangename instelling kunt kiezen.</para>
-
-  <para>De tweede knop laat de huidige kleurdiepte zien, klik erop om deze door een
-andere te vervangen.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Afhankelijk van de gekozen resolutie, kan het nodig zijn om uit en weer in
-te loggen om de instelling te activeren.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Het wordt aanbevolen een test te doen na het aanpassen van de instellingen,
-alvorens op <guibutton>Afsluiten</guibutton> te klikken. Het is namelijk
-gemakkelijker de instellingen nu te wijzigen, dan later als de grafische
-omgeving niet blijkt te werken.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Als u geen grafische omgeving heeft, typ dan Alt+Ctrl+F2 om naar een
-tekstomgeving te gaan. Log in als root en typ XFdrake (met de hoofdletters)
-om XFdrake's tekstversie te gebruiken.</para>
-    </note>Als de test mislukt, wacht dan rustig tot hij klaar is. Als hij slaagt, maar
-u toch niets wilt veranderen, klik dan op <guibutton>Nee</guibutton>. Als
-alles naar wens is, klik dan op <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Opties:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Globale opties</guilabel>: Als <emphasis>Ctrl-Alt-Backspace
-uitschakelen</emphasis> is aangevinkt, kunt u X-server niet meer herstarten
-d.m.v. de Ctrl+Alt+Backspace toetsen.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Opties voor grafische kaart</guilabel>: Hier kunt 3 specifieke
-opties in- of uitschakelen, afhankelijk van uw grafische kaart.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Grafisch gebruiksoppervlak bij opstarten</guilabel>: Meestal is
-<emphasis>De grafische omgeving (Xorg) automatisch starten na de
-opstartfase</emphasis> aangevinkt om tijdens het opstarten naar de grafische
-modus om te schakelen, het vinkje kan weggehaald worden voor een server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>Nadat u op <guibutton>Afsluiten</guibutton> klikt, zal het systeem u om
-bevestiging vragen. U kunt nu nog alles annuleren en de eerdere instellingen
-bewaren, of de nieuwe accepteren. In het laatste geval moet u uit- en
-in-loggen om de nieuwe te activeren.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bccee2b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Toegang tot gedeelde stations en mappen over WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-  </footnote> vindt u in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het "Gedeeldr-netwerk"-tabblad, onder het
-label <guilabel>Gedeelde WebDAV-bronnen configureren</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introductie</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> is een
-protocol dat het mogelijk maakt een map op een webserver lokaal te koppelen,
-zodat het zich als een lokale map gedraagt. Voorwaarde is, dat de externe
-machine een WebDAV server draait. Het configureren van een WebDAV server is
-niet het doel van deze tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een nieuwe ingang maken</title>
-
-    <para>Het eerste scherm van de tool laat de reeds geconfigureerde ingangen zien,
-indien aanwezig, en een <guibutton>"Nieuw"</guibutton> toets. Gebruik die om
-een nieuwe ingang te creëren. Geef de URL van de server in het nieuwe
-scherm.</para>
-
-    <para>Vervolgens krijgt u een scherm met keuzerondjes waar u bepaalde acties kunt
-selecteren. Ga, door het  betreffende keuzerondje te selecteren en dan op
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> te klikken, verder met de actie
-<guibutton>"Koppelpunt"</guibutton>. De <guibutton>Server</guibutton> is
-reeds geconfigureerd. Indien nodig kunt u deze echter corrigeren.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>De inhoud van de externe map zal via dit koppelpunt toegankelijk zijn.</para>
-
-    <para>Geef in de volgende stap, na het keuzerondje "Opties" te selecteren, uw
-gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord. Indien u nog andere opties nodig heeft, klik
-dan in het Koppel-opties-scherm op <guibutton>"Geavanceerd"</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Het keuzerondje <guibutton>Koppelen</guibutton> laat u de externe map
-onmiddellijk aankoppelen.</para>
-
-    <para>Nadat u de configuratie geaccepteerd heeft door op het keuzerondje
-<guibutton>"Klaar"</guibutton> te klikken, ziet u het beginscherm weer met
-uw nieuwe koppelpunt erop. Als u <guibutton>"Afsluiten"</guibutton> kiest,
-wordt u gevraagd of u de aanpassingen in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>
-wilt bewaren. Kies hiervoor als u wilt dat de externe map elke keer dat u uw
-computer start, beschikbaar is. Kies "Nee" als uw configuratie slechts voor
-éénmalig gebruik is.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e2f98f7c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Uw schijfpartities delen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze eenvoudige tool<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> geeft u, de
-beheerder, de mogelijkheid gebruikers toe te staan een deel van hun /home
-submappen te delen met gebruikers op hetzelfde lokale netwerk, die een Linux
-of Windows besturingssysteem hebben draaien.</para>
-
-  <para>Het is in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum te vinden, in het tabblad "Lokale
-schijven", en gelabeld "Uw schijfpartities delen".</para>
-
-  <para>Beantwoord allereerst de vraag : "<guilabel>Wilt U gebruikers toestaan om
-enkele eigen mappen te delen?</guilabel>". Zo nee, klik dan op
-<guibutton>Niet delen</guibutton>. Klik op <guibutton>Alle gebruikers
-toestaan</guibutton> om allen dat recht te geven en op
-<guibutton>Aangepast</guibutton> als het antwoord "nee" is voor sommige
-gebruikers en "ja" voor de rest. In het laatste geval moeten de gebruikers
-die submappen mogen delen aan de groep "fileshare" toegevoegd worden, die
-automatisch door het systeem gemaakt wordt. U krijgt hier nog een vraag
-over.</para>
-
-  <para>Klik op <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, een tweede scherm verschijnt waarin u
-gevraagd wordt <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> en/of <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>
-te kiezen. Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> als Linux het enige
-besturingssysteem is op het netwerk, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> als
-het netwerk ook Windows machines bevat. Klik vervolgens op
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Zo nodig zullen benodigde pakketten geïnstalleerd
-worden.</para>
-
-  <para>De configuratie is nu gereed, tenzij voor een aangepaste configuratie werd
-gekozen. In dat geval nodigt een extra scherm u uit Userdrake te op te
-starten. Daarmee kunt u gebruikers die u toe wil staan mappen te delen, aan
-de fileshare groep toevoegen. Klik hiertoe in het tabblad "Gebruikers" op de
-betreffende gebruiker, dan op "Bewerken" en zet vervolgens in het tabblad
-"Groepen" een vinkje voor "fileshare".  Klik daarna op OK. Voor meer
-informatie over Userdrake, zie <xref linkend="userdrake">deze pagina</xref>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Als u een nieuwe gebruiker aan de fileshare groep heeft toegevoegd, moet u
-de netwerkverbinding verbreken en opnieuw starten om de aanpassing te
-verwerken.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Van nu af aan kan elke gebruiker die tot de fileshare-groep hoort, in de
-belangijkste bestandsbeheerders aangeven welke mappen gedeeld moeten
-worden. Helaas bieden niet alle bestandsbeheerders deze mogelijkheid.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fc6afc8a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Toegang to gedeelde NFS-stations en -mappen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introductie</title>
-
-    <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote> laat u enige gedeelde mappen
-instellen die voor alle gebruikers van het systeem toegankelijk zijn. Het
-gebruikte protocol is NFS, dat beschikbaar is op de meeste Linux en Unix
-systemen. De gedeelde map is meteen na het starten van het systeem
-beschikbaar. Gedeelde mappen kunnen ook via bestandsbrowsers toegankelijk
-zijn.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedure</title>
-
-    <para>Selecteer <guibutton>Servers zoeken</guibutton> om een lijst te krijgen van
-servers die mappen delen.</para>
-
-    <para>Klik op het > symbool voor de naam van de server, om een lijst te zien van
-de gedeelde mappen en de map te selecteren die toegankelijk moet worden. </para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Klik op de knop <guibutton>Koppelpunt</guibutton> om te specificeren waar u
-de map wilt aankoppelen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Nadat u het koppelpunt heeft gekozen, kunt u de map aankoppelen. U kunt ook
-enkele opties controleren en veranderen via de <guibutton>Opties</guibutton>
-knop. Na het aankoppelen van de map, kunt u hem ontkoppelen met dezelfde
-knop.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Na het aanvaarden van de configuratie met de
-<guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>-knop, verschijnt er een bericht met de vraag of
-u de /etc/fstab aanpassingen wilt opslaan. Dit zal de map na elke
-systeemstart beschikbaar maken, als het netwerk beschikbaar is. De nieuwe
-map is dan zichtbaar in uw bestandsbrowser, bijvoorbeeld in Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2faf3089..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD-brander</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> vindt u in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het "Locale schijven"-tabblad, onder het
-label dat overeenkomt met uw verwijderbare CD/DVD-speler of -brander of
-diskettestation. </para>
-
-  <para>Het doel is de manier te bepalen waarop uw verwijderbare schijf aangekoppeld
-is. </para>
-
-  <para>Bovenin het venster ziet u een korte beschrijving van uw schijf en de
-gekozen opties voor het aankoppelen. Gebruik het menu onderin om de opties
-te wijzigen. Klik op het item dat u wilt veranderen en dan op de
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> knop. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Koppelpunt</title>
-
-    <para>Vink dit hokje aan om het koppelpunt te wijzigen.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Opties</title>
-
-    <para>Vele mount opties kunnen hier gekozen worden, hetzij direct via de lijst,
-hetzij via het <guilabel>Geavanceerd</guilabel> submenu. De belangrijkste
-zijn:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user</title>
-
-      <para>'user' staat toe dat een gewone gebruiker (niet root) de verwijderbare
-schijf aankoppelt. Deze optie gebruikt noexec, nosuid en nodev. De gebruiker
-die de schijf aankoppelde, is de enige die deze kan ontkoppelen. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a2a36948..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Toegang tot gedeelde Windows (SMB)-stations en -mappen.</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introductie</title>
-
-    <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote> maakt het mogelijk aan te
-geven welke mappen voor alle gebruikers van het systeem toegankelijk moeten
-zijn. Het hiervoor gebruikte protocol is SMB, dat door Windows (R) populair
-werd. De gedeelde map zal bij het starten van het systeem beschikbaar
-zijn. Gedeelde mappen zijn ook toegankelijk via tools als bestandsbrowsers. </para>
-
-    <para>Alvorens deze tool te starten, is het een goed idee de namen van de
-beschikbare servers vast te leggen, bijvoorbeeld met <xref
-linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedure</title>
-
-    <para>Klik op <guibutton>Servers zoeken</guibutton> om een lijst te krijgen van
-servers die mappen delen.</para>
-
-    <para>Klik op de naam van de server en op &gt; voor de servernaam, om de lijst van
-gedeelde mappen te zien en de map die u wilt openen te selecteren.</para>
-
-    <para>De <guibutton>Koppelpunt</guibutton>-knop is nu beschikbaar, het is nodig
-dat u aangeeft waar u de map wilt aankoppelen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Na het kiezen van het koppelpunt, kunt u de map aankoppelen met de
-<guibutton>Koppelen</guibutton>-knop. U kunt ook enkele opties checken en
-veranderen via de <guibutton>Opties</guibutton>-knop.</para>
-
-    <para>Via <guibutton>Opties</guibutton> kunt u de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord
-invoeren voor de SMB-server. Nadat de map aangekoppeld is, kunt u hem weer
-loskoppelen met dezelfde knop als waarmee u hem aankoppelde.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Na het aanvaarden van de configuratie met de
-<guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>-knop, verschijnt er een bericht met de vraag of
-u de /etc/fstab aanpassingen wilt opslaan. Dit zal de map na elke
-systeemstart beschikbaar maken, als het netwerk beschikbaar is. De nieuwe
-map is dan zichtbaar in uw bestandsbrowser, bijvoorbeeld in Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 63043d73..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D-bureaubladeffecten</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introductie</title>
-
-    <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote> laat u de
-3D-bureaublad-effecten op uw besturingssysteem beheren. Standaard staan
-3D-effecten uit.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Aan de slag</title>
-
-    <para>Om deze tool te gebruiken, moet het glxinfo-pakket geïnstalleerd zijn.Indien
-dat nog niet gebeurd is, wordt u uitgenodigd het te installeren als u drak3d
-start.</para>
-
-    <para>Na het starten van drak3d, ziet u een venster waarin u kunt kiezen tussen
-<guilabel>Geen 3D bureaublad-effecten</guilabel> of <guilabel>Compiz
-Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is een compositing windowmanager die
-dankzij hardware-acceleratie voor speciale effecten voor uw bueaublad
-zorgt. Kies <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> om het aan te zetten.</para>
-
-    <para>Als dit de eerste keer is dat u dit programma gebruikt na een schone
-installatie van Mageia, krijgt u een bericht te zien over de pakketten die
-geïnstalleerd moeten worden om Compiz Fusion te gebruiken. Klik op
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> om verder te gaan.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Zodra de benodigde pakketten zijn geïnstalleerd, zult u zien dat Compiz
-Fusion is geselecteerd in het drak3d-menu, maar u moet eerst uit- en
-in-loggen om de wijziging te activeren.</para>
-
-    <para>Nadat u opnieuw inlogt, is Compiz Fusion geactiveerd. Raadpleeg de pagina
-voor de ccsm(CompizFusionSettingsManager)-tool om Compiz Fusion te
-configureren.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Probleemoplossing</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Er is geen bureaublad na het inloggen</title>
-
-      <para>Indien u, na het activeren van Compiz Fusion, probeert in te loggen op uw
-bureaublad maar niets ziet, herstart uw computer dan om weer bij het
-inlogscherm te komen. Klik, daar aangeland, op het bureaubladicoon en kies
-drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Als u inlogt en uw account als beheerder te boek staat, wordt u nogmaals om
-uw wachtwoord gevraagd. Log anders in als beheerder. Vervolgens kunt u alle
-veranderingen ongedaan maken die het loginprobleem veroorzaakt kunnen
-hebben.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index abb15d10..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Authenticatie</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> stelt u in staat de wijze
-waarop u als gebruiker van de machine of het netwerk herkend wordt, aan te
-passen.</para>
-
-  <para>Standaard is de informatie over uw authenticatie opgeslagen in een bestand
-op uw computer. Pas het alleen aan als uw netwerkbeheerder u daar om vraagt
-en er informatie over geeft.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c765b60c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Automatische aanmelding instellen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> laat één gebruiker
-automatisch inloggen op zijn/haar werkomgeving, zonder een wachtwoord te
-hoeven geven. Dat heet autologin.  Dit kan een goed idee zijn als het
-systeem slechts door één persoon gebruikt wordt.</para>
-
-  <para>U vindt hem in het <emphasis role="bold">Opstarten</emphasis>-tabblad van
-het Mageia-configuratiecentrum, het heet "Automatische aanmelding
-instellen".</para>
-
-  <para>De knoppen van de interface spreken voor zich:</para>
-
-  <para>Vink <guibutton>Open het X-Windowsysteem bij opstarten</guibutton> aan, als
-u wilt dat het X-Windowsysteem bij het opstarten wordt uitgevoerd. Zo niet,
-dan start de computer in tekstmodus. Overigens kan de grafische omgeving dan
-handmatig gestart worden, met het commando 'startx' of 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>Als het eerste hokje is aangevinkt, zijn er nog twee opties
-beschikbaar. Vink <guibutton>Nee, ik wil niet automatisch
-aanmelden</guibutton> aan, als u een inlogscherm wilt krijgen waarin om
-gebruiker en wachtwoord gevraagd wordt. Kies anders <guibutton>Ja, ik wil
-automatisch aanmelden met deze (gebruiker, werkomgeving)</guibutton>. In dat
-geval dient u ook de <guilabel>Standaard gebruiker</guilabel> en
-<guilabel>Standaard werkomgeving</guilabel> te kiezen.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 771b1f16..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Stel het opstartsysteem in</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Als u een UEFI-systeem heeft in plaats van een BIOS, dan ziet de
-gebruikersinterface er iets anders uit. Dit komt omdat het opstartapparaat
-een EFI systeem partitie (ESP) heeft.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> stelt u in staat de
-opstartopties (keuze van de opstartlader, een wachtwoord instellen of de
-opstartstandaard enz.) te configuren.</para>
-
-  <para>Het bevindt zich in het Opstarten-tabblad in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum
-en heet "Opstartsysteem instellen".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Gebruik deze tool niet als u niet precies weet wat u doet. Het veranderen
-van sommige instellingen kan verhinderen dat uw machine weer opstart!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>In het eerste deel, <guilabel>Opstartlader</guilabel>, kunt u kiezen welke
-<guibutton>opstartlader te gebruiken</guibutton>, GRUB, GRUB2, of LILO, en
-met een grafisch of een tekst-menu. Het is een kwestie van smaak, er zijn
-geen verdere consequenties. U kunt ook het
-<guibutton>Opstartapparaat</guibutton> kiezen, verander dit niet als u geen
-expert bent. Het opstartapparaat is waar de opstarlader is geïnstalleerd,
-het wijzigen kan het opstarten van uw machine onmogelijk maken.</para>
-
-  <para>In UEFI-systemen wordt de opstartlader, <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel>,
-geïnstalleerd in de /boot/EFI-partitie. Deze FAT32-geformatteerde partitie
-wordt door alle geïnstalleerde besturingssystemen gebruikt.</para>
-
-  <para>In het tweede deel, <guilabel>Hoofdopties</guilabel>, kunt u de
-<guibutton>Wachttijd voor het opstarten van standaard image</guibutton>
-instellen in seconden. Gedurende deze wachttijd, zal GRUB(2) of LILO de
-lijst met beschikbare besturingssystemen laten zien, waaruit u kunt
-kiezen. Als geen keuze gemaakt wordt, zal de opstartlader de standaard keuze
-starten zodra de wachttijd verstreken is.</para>
-
-  <para>In het derde en laatste deel, genaamd <guibutton>Beveiliging</guibutton>, is
-het mogelijk om een wachtwoord voor de opstartlader in te stellen. Dit
-betekent dat een gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord gevraagd zal worden om tijdens
-de opstarttijd een opstartinvoer te selecteren of instellingen te
-wijzigen. De gebruikersnaam is 'root' en het wachtwoord is het gene dat hier
-is gekozen.</para>
-
-  <para>De <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>knop geeft wat extra opties.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>ACPI inschakelen</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is een standaard voor
-energiebeheer. Het kan energie besparen door ongebruikte apparaten uit te
-schakelen. Dit was de methode die gebruikt werd voor APM. Vink dit hokje aan
-als u ACPI-compatibele apparaten heeft. </para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>SMP inschakelen</guibutton>:</para>
-
-  <para>SMP betekent Symmetrische MultiProcessors, het is een architectuur voor
-multicore processors.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Als u een processor met HyperThreading heeft, zal Mageia deze zien als een
-dual processor en SMP inschakelen.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>APIC inschakelen</guibutton> en <guibutton>Lokale APIC
-inschakelen</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>APIC staat voor Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Er zijn twee
-componenten in het Intel-APIC-systeem, de lokale APIC (LAPIC) en de I/O
-APIC. Deze leidt de interrupts van perifere bussen naar één of meer lokale
-APIC's in the processor. Dit is erg handig voor
-multi-processorsystemen. Sommige computers hebben problemen met het APIC
-systeem, wat tot crashes kan leiden of tot incorrecte apparaatdetectie
-(foutmelding "spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). Schakel in dit geval APIC
-en/of lokale APIC uit.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Het <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>-scherm verschilt afhankelijk van welke
-opstartlader u heeft gekozen.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>U heeft Grub Legacy of Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In dit geval ziet u een lijst met alle beschikbare opties voor tijdens het
-opstarten. De standaard optie heeft een sterretje. Klik op de pijl omhoog of
-omlaag om de volgorde van de menu-ingangen te wijzigen door het
-geselecteerde item te verplaatsen. Als u op de
-<guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton>- of <guibutton>Aanpassen</guibutton>-knop
-klikt, verschijnt een nieuw venster om een nieuwe ingang aan het
-opstartladermenu toe te voegen of om een bestaande aan te passen. U dient
-bekend te zijn met Lilo of Grub om deze tools te kunnen gebruiken.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Het <guilabel>Naam</guilabel>veld kan naar wens ingevuld worden, typ hier
-wat u in het menu wil zien. Het komt overeen met het Grubcommando
-"title". Bijv.: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>Het <guilabel>Beeldbestand</guilabel>veld bevat de kernelnaam. Het komt
-overeen met het Grubcommando "kernel". Bijv. /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>Het <guilabel>Root</guilabel>veld bevat de apparaatnaam waar de kernel is
-opgeslagen. Het komt overeen met het Grubcommando "root". Bijv. (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>Het <guilabel>Toevoegen</guilabel>veld bevat de opties die bij het opstarten
-aan de kernel gegeven worden.</para>
-
-      <para>Als het <guilabel>Standaard</guilabel>hokje is aangevinkt, zal Grub
-standaard deze ingang opstarten.</para>
-
-      <para>In het extra <guilabel>Geavanceerd</guilabel>-scherm kunt u een
-<guilabel>Videomodus</guilabel>, een <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>-bestand en
-een <guilabel>netwerkprofiel</guilabel>, zie <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, kiezen in de uitvouwlijsten.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>U heeeft Grub2 of Grub2-efi (opstartladers die standaard worden gebruikt in
-respectievelijk Legacy-modus en UEFI-modus):</para>
-
-      <para>In dit geval laat de uitvouwlijst gelabeld <guilabel>Standaard</guilabel>
-alle beschikbare ingangen zien; klik op de gewenste standaardingang.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Het <guilabel>Toevoegen</guilabel>veld bevat de opties die bij het opstarten
-aan de kernel gegeven worden.</para>
-
-      <para>Als u andere besturingssystemen heeft geïnstalleerd, zal Mageia proberen om
-ze toe te voegen aan uw Mageia opstartmenu. Als u dit niet wilt, verwijder
-dan het vinkje bij het vakje <guilabel>Peil Onbekend OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In het extra <guilabel>Geavanceerd</guilabel>-scherm kunt u een
-<guilabel>Videomodus</guilabel> kiezen. Als u geen opstartbare Mageia wilt
-en het via een ander besturingssysteem wilt ketting laden, vink dan het vak
-<guilabel>Raak ESP of MBR niet aan</guilabel> aan en accepteer de
-waarschuwing.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Niet op de EFI-systeempartitie of de MBR installeren betekent dat de
-installatie niet opstartbaar is, tenzij u deze "chainloadt" vanaf een ander
-besturingssysteem.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>Voor veel andere instellingen kunt u het hulpprogramma<emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis> gebruiken. Dit programma is beschikbaar in Mageia's
-pakketbronnen (zie hieronder).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 366b9821..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia-foutrapportage-tool</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Gewoonlijk start deze tool<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> vanzelf als
-een Mageia-tool crasht. Het is echter ook mogelijk dat u, na het indienen
-van een foutrapport, gevraagd wordt deze tool te starten om informatie die
-deze geeft in dat bestaande foutrapport te verstrekken.</para>
-
-  <para>Als een nieuw foutrapport ingediend moet worden en u dat niet gewend bent,
-lees dan a.u.b. <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
-report a bug report properly</link> alvorens op de "Rapporteren" knop te
-klikken.</para>
-
-  <para>Indien de fout al door iemand anders gerapporteerd is (het foutbericht dat
-drakbug gaf zal dan identiek zijn), is het zinvol in dat bestaande rapport
-vermelden dat u de bug ook zag.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0492a4a4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Verzamel logs en systeeminformatie voor foutrapporten</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> kan enkel op de commandoregel
-gestart en gebruikt worden.</para>
-
-<para>Het wordt aanbevolen de output van dit commando naar een bestand te
-schrijven, bijv. door <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis> in te voeren, maar verzeker u er eerst van dat
-u voldoende schijfruimte heeft: het bestand kan gemakkelijk een paar GB's
-groot worden.</para>
-<note><para>De uitvoer is veel te groot om aan een bugrapport te hangen zonder vooraf de
-overbodige stukken te verwijderen.</para></note>
-  <para>Dit commando verzamelt de volgende gegevens op uw systeem:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions (partities)</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia versie (Mageia-versie)</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Toen deze hulppagina werd geschreven, was het "syslog"deel van de output van
-dit commando leeg, omdat deze tool nog niet aangepast was aan onze overstap
-naar systemd. Als het nog steeds leeg is, kunt u de "syslog" krijgen door
-(als root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>
-te typen. Als u weinig schijfruimte heeft, neem dan bijv. de laatste 5000
-regels van de log met: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4181ae56..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Datum en tijd beheren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> bevindt zich in het
-Systeem-tabblad in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum, met de naam
-<guilabel>"Datum- en tijdsinstellingen"</guilabel>. In enkele werkomgevingen
-kan het ook gestart worden door rechtsklikken op de taakbalkklok, kies
-'Datum en tijd aanpassen'.</para>
-
-  <para>Het is een zeer eenvoudige tool</para>
-
-  <para>Links bovenaan is de <emphasis role="bold">kalender</emphasis>. Hierboven in
-de schermafbeelding is de datum 8 (in het blauw) februari (linksboven) 2014
-(rechtsboven) en het is een zaterdag. Kies maand (of jaar) door op het
-pijltje links of recht van februari (of 2014) te klikken. Kies de dag door
-op zijn nummer te klikken.</para>
-
-  <para>Linksonder is de <emphasis role="bold">Network Time Protocol</emphasis>
-synchronisatie. De klok loopt altijd gelijk, als hij met een NTP-server
-gesynchroniseerd wordt. Vink <guilabel>Network Time Protocol
-inschakelen</guilabel> aan en kies de dichtstbijzijnde server.</para>
-
-  <para>Rechts ziet u de <emphasis role="bold">klok</emphasis>. Het is zinloos deze
-gelijk te zetten als NTP ingeschakeld is. De drie vakken laten uren, minuten
-en secondes zien (22, 10 en 25 in de afbeelding). Gebruik de kleine pijltjes
-om uw klok gelijk te zetten. De opmaak kan hier niet gewijzigd worden, zie
-daarvoor uw werkomgevingsinstellingen.</para>
-
-  <para>Zorg dat uw tijdzone correct is, door zonodig op de knop <guibutton>Tijdzone
-wijzigen</guibutton> te klikken en de dichtstbijzijnde stad in uw land en
-zone te kiezen.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Ook al kunt u hier geen opmaak kiezen voor datum en tijd, zoals deze in uw
-werkomgeving getoond worden zal in overeenstemming zijn met uw
-lokalisatie-instellingen.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 96be6b32..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Verbinding verwijderen</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Hier kunt u een netwerkverbinding<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool ook via de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote>
-verwijderen.</para> 
-    <para>Klik op de uitvouwlijst, kies welke u verwijderen wilt en klik dan op
-<emphasis>Volgende</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>U zult een bericht zien dat de netwerkverbinding met succes verwijderd is.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4503ad6f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,808 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Nieuwe netwerkinterface instellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introductie</title>
-
-    <para>Met deze tool<footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote> kunt u veel instellen
-voor uw lokale netwerk- of internettoegang. U dient sommige gegevens te
-weten van uw internetprovider of uw netwerkbeheerder.</para>
-
-    <para>Kies het verbindingstype dat u in wilt stellen, afhankelijk van de hardware
-en de provider die u heeft.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een nieuwe bekabelde verbinding (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Het eerste venster laat de interfaces zien die beschikbaar zijn. Kies welke
-ingesteld moet worden.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hier wordt de keuze gegeven tussen zelf, handmatig, een IP-adres invoeren,
-of er automatisch een toegewezen krijgen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatisch IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP-instellingen</emphasis>: kies hier of de DNS-servers
-van de DHCP-server opgehaald worden, of handmatig ingesteld, zoals hieronder
-uitgelegd wordt. In het laatste geval dienen de IP-adressen van de the
-DNS-servers ingevoerd te worden. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook
-ingesteld worden. Wordt dit niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt. De Hostnaam kan ook door
-de DHCP-server ingesteld worden met de optie <emphasis>Hostnaam laten
-toekennen door DHCP-server</emphasis>. Niet alle DHCP-servers hebben deze
-functie, een ADSL-router voor thuisgebruik kan dit waarschijnlijk niet.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>De 'Geavanceerd'-knop geeft u de mogelijkheid te specificeren:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Zoekdomein (inactief indien door de DHCP-server geleverd)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>de DHCP-client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-wachttijd</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>YP-server van DHCP ophalen (standaard aangevinkt): specificeer de NIS-server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD-servers van DHCP ophalen (klokkensynchronisatie)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-hostnaam: gebruik deze optie alleen als de DHCP-server vereist dat de
-client een hostnaam heeft alvorens een IP-adres te ontvangen. Deze optie
-werkt niet bij sommige DHCP-servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Klik op 'Volgende' om verder te gaan. De volgende stappen zijn gelijk voor
-alle netwerkinterfaces en worden hier uitgelegd: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Handmatige configuratie</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP-instellingen</emphasis>: kies welke DNS-servers te
-gebruiken. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook ingesteld worden. Wordt dit
-niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt.</para>
-
-            <para>Voor een thuisnetwerk ziet het IP-adres er meestal uit als
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. De Gateway and DNS servers kunt u vinden
-op de website van uw provider.</para>
-
-            <para>Bij de Geavanceerde installingen, kunt u een <emphasis>Zoekdomein</emphasis>
-invoeren. Dat is gewoonlijk uw thuisdomein, bv. als uw computer "splash"
-heet en de volledige naam "splash.boatanchor.net", dan is het Zoekdomein
-"boatanchor.net". Het is prima dit veld leeg te laten, tenzij u weet dat u
-het nodig heeft. ADSL thuis heeft deze instelling zelden nodig.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>De volgende stappen vindt u in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een nieuwe Satellietverbinding (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Dit deel werd nog niet geschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat
-u dit deel kan schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een nieuwe Kabelmodemverbinding</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Het eerste venster laat de interfaces zien die beschikbaar zijn. Kies welke
-ingesteld moet worden.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hier wordt de keuze gegeven tussen zelf, handmatig, een IP-adres invoeren,
-of er automatisch een toegewezen krijgen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>U dient een authenticatiemethode in te stellen:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Geen</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin gebruiken (nodig voor Telstra). Zonodig hier uw gebruikersnaam en
-wachtwoord invoeren.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatisch IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kabel/IP-instellingen</emphasis>: stel hier in of de DNS servers
-van de DHCP-server opgehaald worden, of handmatig ingesteld, zoals hieronder
-uitgelegd wordt. In het laatste geval dienen de IP-adressen van de the
-DNS-servers ingevoerd te worden. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook
-ingesteld worden. Wordt dit niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt. De Hostnaam kan ook door
-de DHCP-server ingesteld worden met de optie <emphasis>Hostnaam laten
-toekennen door DHCP-server</emphasis>. Niet alle DHCP-servers hebben deze
-functie, een ADSL-router voor thuisgebruik kan dit waarschijnlijk niet.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>De 'Geavanceerd'-knop geeft u de mogelijkheid te specificeren:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Zoekdomein (inactief indien door de DHCP-server geleverd)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>de DHCP-client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-wachttijd</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>YP-server van DHCP ophalen (standaard aangevinkt): specificeer de NIS-server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD-servers van DHCP ophalen (klokkensynchronisatie)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-hostnaam: gebruik deze optie alleen als de DHCP-server vereist dat de
-client een hostnaam heeft alvorens een IP-adres te ontvangen. Deze optie
-werkt niet bij sommige DHCP-servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Klik op 'Volgende' om verder te gaan. De volgende stappen zijn gelijk voor
-alle netwerkinterfaces en worden hier uitgelegd: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Handmatige configuratie</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kabel/IP-instellingen</emphasis>: u moet DNS-servers kiezen om te
-gebruiken. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook ingesteld worden. Wordt dit
-niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt.</para>
-
-            <para>Voor een thuisnetwerk ziet het IP-adres er meestal uit als
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. De Gateway and DNS servers kunt u vinden
-op de website van uw provider.</para>
-
-            <para>Bij de geavanceerde instellingen kunt u een <emphasis>Zoekdomein</emphasis>
-opgeven. Dat zal gewoonlijk uw thuisdomein zijn, dus als uw computer de naam
-"splash" heeft en zijn volledige domeinnaam  "splash.boatanchor.net" is, dan
-is het zoekdomein "boatanchor.net". Het is prima geen zoekdomein op te
-geven. Voor thuisnetwerken is deze optie doorgaans overbodig.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>De volgende stappen vindt u in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een nieuwe DSL-verbinding</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Als de tool netwerkkaarten vindt, kunt u er één kiezen en configureren.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>U ziet een lijst met leveranciers, ingedeeld naar land. Kies de uwe. Indien
-deze niet in de lijst staat, kies dan <guilabel>Niet opgenomen - handmatig
-bewerken</guilabel>. Vul de gegevens in zoals uw leverancier deze gaf.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Kies een van de beschikbare protocollen:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Handmatige TCP/IP-configuratie</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Toegangsinstellingen</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account-aanmelding (gebruikersnaam)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Accountwachtwoord</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Geavanceerd) Virtueel pad-ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Geavanceerd) Virtueel circuit-ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De volgende stappen vindt u in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een nieuwe ISDN-verbinding</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De wizard vraagt welk apparaat geconfigureerd moet worden:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Handmatige keuze (interne ISDN-kaart)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Extern ISDN-modem</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>U ziet een lijst met modems, gesorteerd naar categorie en fabrikant. Kies de
-uwe.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Kies een van de beschikbare protocollen:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol voor de rest van de wereld, behalve Europa (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol voor Europa (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>U ziet een lijst met leveranciers, ingedeeld naar land. Kies de uwe. Indien
-deze niet in de lijst staat, kies dan <guilabel>Niet opgenomen - handmatig
-bewerken</guilabel>. Vul de gegevens in zoals uw leverancier deze gaf voor
-de 'Inbellen:'-opties en -parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Verbindingsnaam</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Telefoonnummer</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Aanmeldingsnaam</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Accountwachtwoord</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Aanmeldingscontrole-methode</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Kies daarna de automatische of handmatige methode voor het IP-adres. Voer in
-het laatste geval het IP-adres en het Subnetmasker in.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Vervolgens kiest u hoe DNS-serveradressen worden verkregen, automatisch of
-handmatig. Bij handmatige configuratie stelt u het volgende in:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Domeinnaam</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Eerste en tweede DNS-server</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Selecteer of de hostnaam bepaald wordt aan de hand van het IP-adres. Dit is
-uitsluitend mogelijk als uw leverancier dat toestaat.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Vervolgens kiest u of het gatewayadres automatisch of handmatig verkregen
-wordt. Bij een handmatige configuratie dient u het IP-adres in te voeren.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De volgende stappen vindt u in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een nieuwe Draadloze verbinding (Wi-Fi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Het eerste venster somt de gevonden netwerkinterfaces op en de mogelijkheid
-een Windows-stuurprogramma te gebruiken (met ndiswrapper). Kies welke u wilt
-instellen. Gebruik ndiswrapper uitsluitend als geen andere keuze werkt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hier wordt de keuze gegeven tussen de verschillende netwerken die de kaart
-ontdekt heeft.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Specifieke instellingen dienen voor het netwerk gegeven te worden:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Operatiemodus:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Beheerd</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Om met een bestaand toegangspunt te verbinden (meest gebruikt).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Om een directe verbinding tussen computers in te stellen.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Netwerknaam (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Versleutelingsmodus: hangt af van hoe het access point ingesteld is.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Deze versleutelingsmodus is beter, als uw hardware hem ondersteunt</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Sommige oude apparaten kennen alleen deze versleutelingsmethode</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Vercijferingssleutel</para>
-
-            <para>Deze dient overeen te komen met die van het access point</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hier kunt u kiezen tussen automatisch een IP-adres krijgen, of dat handmatig
-instellen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatisch IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP-instellingen</emphasis>: kies hier of de DNS-servers van de
-DHCP-server opgehaald worden, of handmatig ingesteld, zoals hieronder
-uitgelegd wordt. In het laatste geval dienen de IP-adressen van de the
-DNS-servers ingevoerd te worden. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook
-ingesteld worden. Wordt dit niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam
-localhost.localdomain gebruikt. De Hostnaam kan ook door de DHCP-server
-ingesteld worden met de optie <emphasis>Hostnaam laten toekennen door
-DHCP-server</emphasis>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>De 'Geavanceerd'-knop geeft u de mogelijkheid te specificeren:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Zoekdomein (inactief indien door de DHCP-server geleverd)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>de DHCP-client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-wachttijd</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>YP-server van DHCP ophalen (standaard aangevinkt): specificeer de
-NIS-servers</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>NTPD-servers van DHCP ophalen (klokkensynchronisatie)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-hostnaam: gebruik deze optie alleen als de DHCP-server vereist dat de
-client een hostnaam heeft alvorens een IP-adres te ontvangen. Deze optie
-werkt niet bij sommige DHCP-servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>De nu volgende stappen zijn gelijk voor alle soorten verbindingen en worden
-uitgelegd in: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Handmatige configuratie</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP-instellingen</emphasis>: hier dient u de DNS-servers in te
-stellen. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook ingesteld worden. Standaard
-wordt de naam <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt.</para>
-
-            <para>Voor een thuisnetwerk ziet het IP-adres er meestal uit als
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. De Gateway and DNS servers kunt u vinden
-op de website van uw provider.</para>
-
-            <para>Bij de geavanceerde instellingen kunt u een <emphasis>Zoekdomein</emphasis>
-opgeven. Dat is de volledige hostnaam van uw computer, zonder de eerste naam
-tot en met de eerste punt.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>De volgende stappen vindt u in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een nieuwe GPRS/Edge/3G-verbinding</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Als de tool draadloze interfaces ontdekt, laat hij u er een kiezen en
-instellen.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De pincode wordt gevraagd. Laat het veld leeg als deze niet nodig is</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De wizard vraagt om het netwerk. Als dat niet gevonden wordt, kies dan de
-optie <guilabel>Niet opgenomen - handmatig bewerken</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>U ziet een lijst met leveranciers, ingedeeld naar land. Kies de uwe. Indien
-deze niet in de lijst staat, kies dan <guilabel>Niet opgenomen - handmatig
-bewerken</guilabel>. Vul de gegevens in zoals uw leverancier deze gaf.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Geef de toegangsinstellingen</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Naam toegangspunt</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account-aanmelding (gebruikersnaam)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Accountwachtwoord</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De volgende stappen vindt u in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een nieuwe Bluetooth-inbelnetwerkverbinding</title>
-
-    <para>Dit deel werd nog niet geschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat
-u dit deel kan schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een nieuwe Analoog-telefoonmodemverbinding (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>De wizard vraagt welk apparaat geconfigureerd moet worden:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Handmatige keuze</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Gevonden hardware, indien van toepassing.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>U ziet een poortenlijst. Selecteer uw poort.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Indien dat nog niet gebeurd is, zal voorgesteld worden dat u het pakket
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> installeert.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>U ziet een lijst met leveranciers, ingedeeld naar land. Kies de uwe. Indien
-deze niet in de lijst staat, kies dan <guilabel>Niet opgenomen - handmatig
-bewerken</guilabel>. Vul de gegevens in zoals uw leverancier deze gaf voor
-de 'Inbellen:'-opties en -parameters:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Verbindingsnaam</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Telefoonnummer</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Aanmeldingsnaam</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Wachtwoord</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Aanmeldingscontrole</emphasis>, kies tussen:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Script-gebaseerd</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Gebaseerd op een terminal</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>De volgende stappen vindt u in <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>De configuratie beëindigen</title>
-
-    <para>In de volgende stap kunt u instellen:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Gebruikers toestaan de verbinding te beheren</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>De verbinding bij het opstarten maken</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Schakel 'traffic-accounting' in</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Sta toe dat deze interface door Network Manager beheerd
-wordt</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Bij een draadloze verbinding is er een extra optie, <emphasis>Sta
-accesspoint-roaming toe</emphasis>, dat de mogelijkheid geeft automatisch
-tussen toegangspunten te schakelen, afhankelijk van hun signaalsterkte.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Met de 'Geavanceerd'-knop kunt u instellen:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metrisch</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>"Hot"-aansluiten van netwerk</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Schakel IPv6 naar IPv4 tunnel in</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>De laatste stap laat u instellen of de verbinding meteen moet starten, of
-niet.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f30b12f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Terminalvenster openen als beheerder</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> start een konsole als
-root. We denken dat u niet meer informatie nodig heeft.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 267e9da4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Schijfpartities beheren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk of diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Dit is een erg krachtige tool<footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote>, een
-kleine vergissing of een kat die op uw toetsenbord springt kan leiden tot
-het verlies van alle gegevens op een partitie, of zelfs de hele harde schijf
-wissen. Daarom zult u bovenstaand scherm voor uw toolscherm zien. Klik op
-<emphasis>Afsluiten</emphasis> als u niet zeker weet of u door wilt gaan.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Als u meer dan één harde schijf heeft, kunt u van schijf wisselen door op
-het gewenste tabblad te klikken (sda, sdb, sdc, etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>U kunt kiezen tussen veel opties om uw harde schijf naar wens aan te
-passen. Een hele harde schijf wissen, partities opdelen, samenvoegen of van
-grootte veranderen, of het bestandssysteem wijzigen, formatteren of zien wat
-zich in een partitie bevindt: het kan allemaal. De
-<emphasis><guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton></emphasis>-knop onderaan is om
-de gehele schijf te wissen, de andere knoppen worden rechts zichtbaar zodra
-u op een partitie klikt.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Als u een UEFI-systeem heeft, ziet u een partitietje dat "EFI System
-Partition" heet en aangekoppeld is op /boot/EFI. Verwijder het nooit, het
-bevat de opstartladers van al uw besturingssystemen.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Als de gekozen partitie aangekoppeld is, zoals in het voorbeeld hieronder,
-kunt u deze noch aanpassen qua grootte, noch formatteren, noch
-verwijderen. Daartoe moet de partitie eerst ontkoppeld worden.</para>
-
-  <para>U kunt een partitie alleen aan de rechterkant van grootte veranderen</para>
-
-  <para>Om het bestandssysteemtype van een partitie te wijzigen (bijv. van ext3 naar
-ext4) dient u de partitie te verwijderen en dan opnieuw aan te maken met het
-nieuwe type. De knop <guibutton role="bold">Aanmaken</guibutton> verschijnt
-als een leeg deel van de schijf geselecteerd is.</para>
-
-  <para>U kunt een koppelpunt maken dat niet bestaat, het zal aangemaakt worden.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Door op <emphasis><guibutton>Naar expert-modus</guibutton></emphasis> te
-klikken, krijgt u wat extra opties, zoals welke naam aan de partitie te
-geven, zoals u kunt zien in de schermafbeelding hieronder.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e2fe164f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Displaybeheer instellen</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Hier<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> kunt u de displaybeheerder kiezen
-om u mee aan te melden op uw werkomgeving. U ziet enkel de geïnstalleerde
-displaybeheerders.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">De meeste gebruikers zullen enkel merken dat de beschikbare loginschermen er
-verschillend uitzien. Er zijn echter ook verschillen in ondersteunde
-opties. LXDM is een lichtgewicht displaybeheerder, terwijl SSDM en GDM meer
-mogelijkheden hebben.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ac1f7a9c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Uw persoonlijke firewall instellen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> vindt u in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het "Beveiliging"-tabblad, onder het label
-"Uw persoonlijke firewall instellen". Het is dezelfde tool als "Firewall" in
-het eerste tabblad van "Beveiliging, rechten en audit van het systeem
-afregelen".</para>
-
-  <para>Bij default wordt in Mageia een basisfirewall geïnstalleerd. Alle inkomende
-verbindingen van buiten zijn geblokkeerd als ze niet toegestaan zijn. In het
-eerste scherm hierboven kunt u de diensten selecteren voor welke
-verbindingen van buiten aanvaard worden. Zorg, voor uw veiligheid, dat het
-bovenste hokje - <guilabel>Alles (geen firewall)</guilabel> - geen vinkje
-heeft (tenzij u de firewall wilt uitschakelen), en vink alleen de benodigde
-diensten aan.</para>
-
-  <para>Het is mogelijk handmatig poorten open te zetten. Klik op <guibutton>
-Geavanceerd</guibutton>. In het nieuwe scherm dat u ziet, kunt u de
-benodigde poorten invoeren zoals in deze voorbeelden: </para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp: open poort 80 voor het tcp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : open alle poorten van 24000 t/m 24010 voor het udp
-protocol</para>
-
-  <para>Tussen ingevoerde poorten moet een spatie staan.</para>
-
-  <para>Als het hokje <guilabel>Verslag van firewall meldingen vastleggen in het
-systeemlogboek</guilabel> aangevinkt is, zullen de firewallberichten
-opgeslagen worden in de systeemlogs.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Als u geen specifieke diensten host (web- of mailserver, bestanden delen,
-...) is het prima om helemaal niets aangevinkt te hebben, het wordt zelfs
-aanbevolen en zal u niet hinderen om verbinding met internet te maken. </para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Het volgende scherm gaat over de opties voor de interactieve firewall. Deze
-waarschuwt u bij verbindingspogingen als tenminste het bovenste hokje
-<guilabel>Interactieve firewall gebruiken</guilabel> aangevinkt is. Vink het
-tweede hokje aan als u gewaarschuwt wilt worden als uw poorten gescand
-worden. (Dat kan gedaan worden om een zwakke plek te vinden en dan in uw
-computer binnen te dringen). Elk van de eventueel volgende hokjes is voor
-een poort die u in de bovengenoemde schermen opende; in het screenshot
-hieronder zijn twee dergelijke hokjes: SSH server en 80:150/tcp. Vink deze
-aan om elke keer gewaarschuwt te worden als gepoogd wordt een verbinding te
-maken via deze poorten.</para>
-
-  <para>Deze waarschuwingen worden gegeven door popups via de netwerk applet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Kies in het laatste scherm welke netwerk adapters met internet verbonden
-zijn en beschermd moeten worden. Zodra op de OK knop geklikt wordt worden,
-als dat niet bij een eerder gebruik van deze tool gebeurd was, de benodigde
-pakketten gedownload en geïnstalleerd.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Als u niet weet wat te kiezen, kijk dan in het MCC-tabblad Netwerk &amp;
-Internet, bij 'Nieuwe netwerkinterface instellen'.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 193dd84e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Lettertypen beheren, toevoegen en verwijderen. Windows®-lettertypen
-importeren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> bevindt zich in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum in het <emphasis
-role="bold">Systeem</emphasis>-tabblad. Het laat u de op de computer
-beschikbare lettertypen beheren. Het hoofdscherm hierboven bevat:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>de namen, stijlen en groottes van de geïnstalleerde lettertypen.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>een voorbeeld van het geselecteerde lettertype.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>een paar knoppen die hier later uitgelegd worden.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Haal Windows fonts: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Deze knop voegt automatisch de fonts toe die op de Windows-partitie gevonden
-worden. Daartoe dient u Microsoft Windows geïnstalleerd te hebben.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Opties:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Hier kunt u kiezen voor welke toepassingen (vooral printers) de lettertypen
-beschikbaar moeten zijn.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">De-installeren:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Deze knop is om geïnstalleerde lettertypen te deïnstalleren en mogelijk een
-pietsje ruimte te winnen. Ga hier voorzichtig mee om, omdat het ernstige
-gevolgen kan hebben voor documenten die ze gebruiken.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importeren:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Laat u lettertypen toevoegen van een derde partij (CD, internet, ...). De
-ondersteunde formaten zijn ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm en gsf. Klik op de knop
-<emphasis role="bold">Importeren</emphasis> en dan op <emphasis
-role="bold">Toevoegen</emphasis>, u krijgt een bestandsbeheerscherma waarin
-u de te installeren lettertypen kunt kiezen. Klik op <emphasis
-role="bold">Ok</emphasis> als u klaar bent. Ze worden geïnstalleerd in
-/usr/share/fonts/ .</para>
-
-  <para>Als de vers geïnstalleerde lettertypen niet in het Drakfontscherm te zien
-zijn, sluit het dan en open het weer om de aanpassingen zichtbaar te maken.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b73bd390..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Controle voor ouders</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> bevindt zich in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het Beveiligingstabblad, en heet
-<guilabel>Controle voor ouders</guilabel>. Indien u deze niet heeft,
-installeer dan het drakguard-pakket (dat niet standaard geïnstalleerd is).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Omschrijving</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard is een gemakkelijke manier om ouderlijk toezicht in te stellen. U
-kunt beperken wie wat mag doen, en op welke tijden van de dag. Drakguard
-heeft drie handige opties:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Het beperkt internettoegang voor bepaalde gebruikers tot vastgestelde tijden
-van een dag. Het doet dat via de shorewall firewall in Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Het blokkeert het geven van bepaalde commando's door bepaalde gebruikers,
-dezen kunnen dus alleen starten wat u hen toestaat te starten.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Het beperkt de toegang tot websites, zowel handmatig via de Zwarte of Witte
-lijst, alsook dynamisch via de inhoud van de website. Hiervoor gebruikt
-Drakguard de toonaangevende opensource ouderlijk-toezicht-tool DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ouderlijk toezicht instellen</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Als uw computer schijfpartities geformatteerd in Ext2, Ext3 of ReiserFS
-bevat, dat dan zult u een pop-up zien dat u aanbiedt om ACL te configureren
-op uw partities. ACL staat voor Access Control Lists
-(Toegangscontrolelijsten) en is een Linuxkernelfunctie waarmee de toegang
-tot losse bestanden aan genoemde gebruikers kunt ontzeggen. ACL is ingebouwd
-in Ext4- en Btrfs-bestandssystemen, maar moet worden aangezet met een optie
-in Ext2-, Ext3- of Reiserfs-partities. Als u "Ja" kiest bij deze vraag, dan
-zal drakguard al uw partities configureren om ACL te ondersteunen en u dan
-voorstellen om te herstarten.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Schakel ouderlijk toezicht in</guibutton>: Ouderlijk toezicht is
-ingeschakeld en de toegang tot de <guilabel>Blockprogramma's</guilabel>-tab
-is geopend indien dit is aangevinkt.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Blokkeer al het netwerkverkeer</guibutton>: Alle websites zijn
-geblokkeerd, behalve die in de whitelist-tab indien dit is
-aangevinkt. Anders zullen alle websites worden toegestaan, behalve die in de
-blacklist-tab.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Gebruikerstoegang</guibutton>: Gebruikers aan de linkerkant
-hebben beperkte toegang volgens de regels die u bepaalt. Gebruikers aan de
-rechterkant hebben onbeperkte toegang, dus worden volwassenen niet
-verhinderd. Selecteer een gebruiker in de linkerkant en klik
-<guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton> om hem of haar als een onbeperkte gebruiker
-toe te voegen. Selecteer een gebruiker aan de rechterkant en klik op
-<guibutton>Verwijderen</guibutton> om hem of haar van de onbeperkte
-gebruikers te verwijderen.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Tijdcontrole:</guibutton> Internettoegang is toegestaan met
-beperkingen binnen de <guilabel>Start</guilabel>-tijd en de
-<guilabel>Eind</guilabel>-tijd en volledig geblokkeerd buiten dit
-tijdvenster, indien deze optie is aangevinkt.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Black-/whitelist-tab</title>
-
-      <para>Voer de website-URL bovenaan het eerste veld in en klik op de knop
-<guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton>.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blokkeer-programma's-tab</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Blokker gedefiniëerde applicaties</guibutton>: Schakelt het
-gebruik van ACL in om toegang te beperken voor specifieke programma's. Voer
-het pad naar de programma's in die u wilt blokkeren.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Deblokkeer gebruikers lijst</guibutton>: Gebruikers aan de
-rechterkant worden niet onderworpen aan ACL-blokkering.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b422d3b2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Internetverbinding delen met andere lokale computers</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Principes</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Dit is zinvol als u een computer (3)
-heeft met een internetverbinding (2), die ook met een lokaal netwerk (1)
-verbonden is. U kunt computer (3) gebruiken als gateway om internettoegang
-te geven aan de andere systemen (5) en (6) in het lokale netwerk
-(1). Hiervoor moet de gateway twee netwerkkaarten hebben, de ene moet
-verbonden zijn met het lokale netwerk en de tweede (4) met internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>De eerste stap is: controleren of het netwerk en de internetverbinding zijn
-ingesteld zoals beschreven in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Gateway-wizard</title>
-
-    <para>De wizard<footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote> biedt opeenvolgende stappen
-aan die hieronder worden laten zien:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Als de wizard niet tenminste twee interfaces detecteert, dan waarschuwt het
-hierover en vraagt om het netwerk te stoppen en de hardware te configureren.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>kies de interface gebruikt voor de internetverbinding. De wizard stelt u
-automatisch één van de interfaces voor, maar u moet controleren of datgene
-wat is voorgesteld ook correct is.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>kies welke interface is gebruikt voor LAN-toegang. De wizard stelt er ook
-een voor, controleer dat die klopt.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De wizard stelt parameters voor het LAN-netwerk voor, zoals IP-adres, mask
-en domeinnaam. Controleer dat deze parameters compatibel zijn met de
-werkelijke configuratie. Het is aanbevolen dat u deze waarden accepteert.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>kies of de computer moet worden gebruikt als DNS-server. Zo ja, dan zal de
-wizard controleren dat <code>bind</code> is geïnstalleerd. Anders moet u het
-adres van een DNS-server invoeren.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>kies of de computer moet worden gebruikt als DHCP-server. Zo ja, dan zal de
-wizard controleren dat <code>dhcp-server</code> is geïnstalleerd en
-aanbieden om het te configureren, met start- en eindadressen in het
-DHCP-bereik.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>kies of de computer moet worden gebruikt als proxyserver. Zo ja, dan zal de
-wizard controleren of <code>squid</code> is geïnstalleerd en aanbieden om
-het te configureren, met het adres van de administrator
-(admin@mijndomein.nl), naam van de proxy (mijnfirewall@mijndomeinnl), de
-poort (3128) en de cachegrootte (100 Mb)</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Met de laatste stap kunt u controleren of de gatewaymachine is verbonden met
-printers en ze delen.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>U wordt gewaarschuwd over het belang om de firewall te controleren als het
-actief is.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configureer de client.</title>
-
-    <para>Als u de gatewaymachine met DHCP heeft geconfigureerd, dan hoeft u alleen
-maar in het netwerkconfiguratietool in te voeren dat u automatisch een adres
-krijgt (met DHCP). De parameters zullen ontvangen worden bij het verbinden
-met het netwerk. Deze methode is geldig welk besturingssysteem de client ook
-draait.</para>
-
-    <para>Als u de netwerkparameters handmatig moet invoeren, dan moet u in het
-bijzonder de gateway invoeren door het IP-adres van de computer die zich als
-de gateway gedraagt, in te voeren</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Stop delen van verbinding</title>
-
-    <para>Als u de verbinding van de Mageia-computer niet meer wilt delen, draai dan
-de tool. Het biedt u aan om de verbinding te herconfigureren of stoppen met
-het delen van de verbinding.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c78241b8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Hosts-definities</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Als enige systemen in uw netwerk u diensten leveren en vaste IP-adressen
-hebben, laat deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> u namen
-instellen om ze gemakkelijker te benaderen. U kunt die namen dan gebruiken
-i.p.v. de IP-adressen.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Met deze knop, kunt u de naam voor een nieuw systeem toevoegen. U krijgt een
-venster om het IP-adres te geven en de hostnaam voor het systeem. Het is ook
-mogelijk aliassen te geven die net zoals de naam gebruikt kunnen worden.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Aanpassen</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>U kunt de gegevens van een eerder ingesteld item wijzigen. U krijgt een
-eender venster.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cbbac020..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Geavanceerde instellingen voor netwerkinterfaces en firewall</title><subtitle>drakinvuctus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat u
-de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>
-
-  <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e9a917c2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Netwerkcentrum</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> bevindt zich in het 'Netwerk
-&amp; Internet'-tabblad in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum en heet
-'Netwerkcentrum'.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introductie</title>
-
-    <para>Als deze tool gestart wordt, opent een venster met alle geconfigureerde
-netwerkkaarten op de computer, ongeacht hun type (bedraad, draadloos,
-satelliet, enz.). Als u op één van hen klikt, verschijnen drie of vier
-knoppen (het aantal hangt van het netwerktype af), waarmee u het netwerk
-kunt observeren, de instellingen wijzigen of de verbinding opzetten of
-verbreken. Deze tool is niet bedoeld om een nieuwe netwerkkaart toe te
-voegen, zie daarvoor <guilabel>Nieuwe netwerkinterface instellen (LAN, ISDN,
-ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in hetzelfde MCC-tabblad.</para>
-
-    <para>In onderstaande schermafbeelding, die als voorbeeld dient, ziet u twee
-netwerken. De eerste is bedraad en verbonden, wat aan dit icoon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> te zien is (deze is niet verbonden:
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ). De tweede is draadloos en
-niet verbonden, te zien aan dit icoon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (deze is verbonden: <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>
-). Voor andere netwerktypes is de kleurcode altijd hetzelfde: groen indien
-verbonden, rood indien niet verbonden.</para>
-
-    <para>In het draaloze deel van het scherm kunt u alle ontdekte netwerken zien, met
-<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Signaalsterkte</guilabel>, of ze wel
-(rood) of niet (groen) versleuteld zijn en de
-<guilabel>Operatiemodus</guilabel>. Klik op één van hen en dan op
-<guibutton>Observatie</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> of
-<guibutton>Verbinden</guibutton>. Het is hier mogelijk om van het ene
-netwerk op het andere over te stappen. Als een netwerk gekozen wordt, zal
-het Netwerkinsstellingenscherm (zie onder) openen en u om extra instellingen
-vragen (bijv. een vercijferingssleutel).</para>
-
-    <para>Klik op <guibutton>Verversen</guibutton> om het scherm bij te werken.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>De Observatieknop</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Deze knop laat u de internetactiviteit bekijken, downloads (naar uw pc) zijn
-rood en uploads (naar internet) zijn groen. Dezelfde tool is beschikbaar via
-een rechtsklik op het <guimenu>Interneticoon in de taakbalk -> Netwerk
-observeren</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Er is een tabblad voor elk netwerk (hier is enp12s0 het bedrade netwerk, lo
-de lokale loopback en wlp6s0 het draadloze netwerk) en een
-verbindingen-tabblad, dat details geeft over verbindingsstatussen.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Onderaan het scherm is een knop <guilabel>Laat gedetailleerde
-netwerk-statistieken zien</guilabel>, meer daarover in de volgende
-paragraaf.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>De Configureren-knop</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Voor een bedraad netwerk</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Het is mogelijk om alle instellingen die ingevoerd zijn gedurende het
-creëren van het netwerk te wijzigen. Meestal volstaat het aanvinken van
-<guibutton>Automatisch IP</guibutton><guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>,
-maar in geval van problemen kan handmatige configuratie betere resultaten
-veroorzaken.</para>
-
-    <para>Voor een thuisnetwerk ziet het IP-adres er meestal uit als
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. De Gateway and DNS servers kunt u vinden
-op de website van uw provider.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>Schakel 'traffic accounting' in</guilabel> houdt, mits aangevinkt,
-het netwerkverkeer bij per uur, dag of maand. De resultaten zijn zichtbaar
-via de Observatie-knop die we eerder bespraken. Na het aanvinken dient u
-mogelijk het netwerk te herstarten.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Sta toe dat deze interface door Network Manager
-beheerd wordt</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Dit deel werd nog niet geschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat
-u dit deel kan schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>
-
-    <para>De <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>-knop</para>
-
-    <para>Dit deel werd nog niet geschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat
-u dit deel kan schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Voor een draadloos netwerk</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Alleen de items die u niet hierboven zag worden uitgelegd.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Operatiemodus:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Selecteer <guilabel>Beheerd</guilabel> als de verbinding is via een access
-point (toegangspunt), dan is er een <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis>
-gedetecteerd. Selecteer <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> als het een
-peer-to-peer-netwerk is. Selecteer <emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis>
-als uw netwerkkaart wordt gebruikt als access point, uw netwerkkaart moet
-deze stand ondersteunen.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Versleutelingsmodus en
-Vercijferingssleutel:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Als het een privénetwerk is, moet u deze instellingen weten.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> gebruikt een wachtwoord en is zwakker dan WPA dat
-een wachtzin gebruik.
-<guilabel>WPA Voorgedeelde sleutel</guilabel> wordt ook WPA-persoonlijk of
-WPA-thuis genoemd. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> wordt niet vaak
-gebruikt in privénetwerken.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Sta toegangspuntroaming (access point roaming)
-toe</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming is een technologie waarmee een computer zijn toegangspunt (access
-point) kan veranderen terwijl hij verbonden blijft met het netwerk.</para>
-
-    <para>De <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>-knop</para>
-
-    <para>Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat u
-de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>De knop voor geavanceerde instellingen</title>
-
-    <para>Dit deel werd nog niet geschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat
-u dit deel kan schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a3fa452..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Netwerkprofielen beheren</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat u
-de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>
-
-  <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c0c73f30..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Stations en mappen delen over NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vereisten</title>
-
-    <para>Als de wizard<footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote> voor de eerste keer wordt
-uitgevoerd, kan het het volgende bericht weergeven:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Het pakket nfs-utils moet worden geïnstalleerd. Wilt u het installeren?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Na het voltooien van de installatie ziet u een venster met een lege lijst.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hoofdvenster</title>
-
-    <para>U ziet een lijst met gedeelde mappen. Op dit moment is de lijst leeg. Via de
-<guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton>-knop start u een configuratietool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ingang wijzigen</title>
-
-    <para>Het configuratieprogramma is gemarkeerd met "Entry modificeren". Het kan ook
-worden gedraaid met de <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>-knop. De volgende
-parameters zijn beschikbaar.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-directory</title>
-
-      <para>Hier kunt u opvoeren welke direcotry gedeeld moet zijn. De
-<guibutton>Directory</guibutton>-knop geeft toegang tot een browser om het
-te kiezen.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Host toegang</title>
-
-      <para>Hier kunt u de hosts opvoeren die geauthoriseerd zijn om toegang te hebben
-tot de gedeelde directory.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS-clients kunnen opgegeven worden op meerdere manieren:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>enkele host</emphasis>: een host door een afgekorte naam herkend
-door de resolver, de gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS-netgroups kunnen worden opgegeven als
-@group</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machinenamen kunnen de wildcardkarakters *
-en ? bevatten. Bijvoorbeeld: *.cs.foo.edu komt overeen met alle hosts in het
-domein cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP-netwerken</emphasis>: u kunt ook directories tegelijkertijd
-exporteren naar alle hosts op een IP-(sub)netwerk. Bijvoorbeeld:
-`/255.255.252.0' of `/22' bijgevoegd aan het netwerkbasisadres (network base
-adress)</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Gebruikers-ID omzetting</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>rootgebruiker als anoniem indelen</emphasis>: deelt verzoeken van
-uid/gid 0 bij de anonieme uid/gid (root_squash) in. De rootgebruiker van de
-client kan niet de bestanden op de server die gemaakt zijn door de root op
-de server zelf inzien of beschrijven.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>sta echte roottoegang op afstand (real remote root access)
-toe</emphasis>: zet rootsquashing uit. Deze optie is vooral handig bij
-schijfloze clients (no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>alle gebruikers bij anonieme gebruiker indelen</emphasis>: deelt
-alle uid's en gid's bij de anonieme gebruiker in (all_squash). Handig voor
-NFS-geëxporteerde publieke FTP-directories, newsspoofdirectories,
-etcetera. De tegenovergestelde optie is geen gebruikers-UID-indeling
-(no_all_squash), dit is de standaard instelling</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid en anongid</emphasis>: expliciet uid en gid van het
-anonieme account kiezen.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Geavanceerde opties</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection (Beveiligde verbinding) </emphasis>: deze optie
-vereist dat requests (verzoeken) ontstaan op een internetpoort minder dan
-IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Deze optie staat standaard aan.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Alleen-lezen-share</emphasis>: sta óf alleen leesverzoeken óf
-zowel lees- als schrijfverzoeken toe op dit NFS-volume. Standaard wordt er
-elk verzoek dat het bestandssysteem wijzigt, niet toegelaten. Dit kan
-expliciet worden aangegeven met deze optie.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synchrone toegang</emphasis>: voorkomt dat de NFS-server het
-NFS-protocol overtreedt en om te reageren op verzoeken voordat wijzigingen
-gemaakt door deze verzoeken worden geschreven op stabiele opslag
-(bijv. harde schijf).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree-checking</emphasis>: zet subtree-checking aan. Dit kan in
-sommige gevallen de veiligheid verbeteren, maar het kan betrouwbaarheid
-verminderen. Voor meer informatie kunt u de man-pagina exports(5) lezen.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu-ingangen</title>
-
-    <para>Voorlopig heeft de lijst ten minste één entry.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Bestand|Schrijf-conf</title>
-
-      <para>Sla de huidige configuratie op.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-server|Herstarten</title>
-
-      <para>De server is gestopt en geherstart met de huidige configuratiebestanden.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-server|Herladen</title>
-
-      <para>De weergegeven configuratie is herladen met de huidige
-configuratiebestanden.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ea3ad6ed..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Als u een proxyserver gebruikt voor toegang tot het internet, kunt u dit
-programma<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> gebruiken om het te
-configureren. Uw netwerkbeheerder zal u de vereisten informatie geven. U
-kunt ook enkele diensten opgeven die bereikt kunnen worden zonder de proxy
-als uitzondering.</para>
-
-  <para>Van Wikipedia, op 24 september 2012, artikel Proxyserver (Engels): In
-computernetwerken is een proxyserver een server (een computersysteem of een
-applicatie) dat zich gedraagt als een tussenpersoon voor verzoeken van
-clients die bronnen zoeken van andere servers. Een client verbindt met de
-proxyserver, verzoekt een dienst zoals een bestand, verbinding, webpagina of
-andere bron beschikbaar op een andere server. De proxyserver evalueert het
-verzoek als een manier om hun complexiteit te besturen en te vereenvoudigen.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ba58a8fd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Media configureren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Na installatie dient u als eerste pakketbronnen (ook wel pakketbronnen,
-media of spiegelservers genoemd) toe te voegen. Dat betekent de bronnen
-kiezen die gebruikt worden om pakketten of toepassingen te installeren of
-bij te werken. (Zie Toevoegen-knop hieronder).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Als u Mageia installeert of opwaardeert met een DVD, CD, of USB-key, dan is
-die als medium of media geconfigureerd (met Type: cd-rom). Als u deze niet
-steeds in uw pc wilt steken als u nieuwe pakketten installeert, schakel dit
-medium / deze media dan uit. Verwijderen kan ook.</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Uw systeem kan onder een 32-bit- of 64-bit-architectuur draaien. 32-bit heet
-ook i586 en 64bit x86_64. Sommige pakketten zijn niet afhankelijk van de
-architectuur van uw systeem, deze heten noarch-pakketten. Ze hebben geen
-eigen media op de spiegelservers, maar kunnen via zowel de i586 als de
-x86_64 media geïnstalleerd worden.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Deze tool bevindt zich in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum in het tabblad
-<emphasis role="bold">Softwarebeheer</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">De kolommen</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Kolom Ingeschakeld:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>De aangevinkte media zullen gebruikt worden om nieuwe pakketten te
-installeren. Wees voorzichtig met sommige media, zoals Testing, zij kunnen
-uw systeem onbruikbaar maken.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Kolom Herzieningen:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>De aangevinkte media zullen gebruikt worden om pakketten bij te werken, ze
-moeten ook ingeschakeld zijn. Enkel media met "Updates" in de naam dienen
-gekozen te worden. Voor uw veiligheid kunt u deze kolom nu niet aanpassen,
-dat kan enkel indien u in een terminal als root het commando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> geeft.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Kolom Medium</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Laat de naam van elk medium zien. De officiële pakketbronnen voor stabiele
-Mageia-versies bevatten tenminste:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis>, dat de meeste programma's bevat die
-Mageia ondersteunt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis>, dat wat niet-vrije programma's
-bevat</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis>, vrije software waarvoor in enkele
-landen patentclaims kunnen bestaan.</para>
-
-        <para>Elk van deze groepen heeft 4 subgroepen:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis>, de pakketten en hun versies
-waarmee deze Mageia-versie uitgegeven werd.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis>, de pakketten die sinds 'Release'
-bijgewerkt zijn om beveiligingsredenen of om fouten te repareren. Dit medium
-dient altijd ingeschakeld te zijn, zelfs bij een trage internetverbinding.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis>, wat nieuwere versies van
-pakketten die gebackport zijn van Cauldron (de ontwikkelversie van Mageia).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis>, dat gebruikt wordt voor het testen
-van kandidaat-updates, om mensen die fouten gerapporteerd hebben en het
-QA-team de kans te geven de correcties te valideren.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">De rechterknoppen</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Verwijderen:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Klik op een medium dat u wilt verwijderen en dan op deze knop. Doe dat bij
-voorkeur ook met de installatiemedia (hier met type 'cd-rom'). Alle
-pakketten daarin bevinden zich ook in het officiële Core-release-medium.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Bewerken:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Hier kunt u de instellingen voor het geselecteerde medium aanpassen (URL,
-downloadprogramma en proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Toevoegen:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Voeg de officiële pakketbronnen toe. Deze bronnen bevatten uitsluitend
-veilige en goed geteste software. U configureert de mirrorlijst door op
-'Toevoegen' te klikken. Mirrorlist is zo ontworpen dat u de pakketten die u
-nodig heeft van een mirror (spiegelserver) bij u in de buurt ophaalt. Als u
-liever zelf een mirror kiest, voeg deze dan toe via 'Bestand' -> 'Een
-specifieke media-mirror toevoegen.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Pijl omhoog en pijl omlaag:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Verander de lijstvolgorde. Als Drakrpm een pakket zoekt, wordt de lijst in
-de afgebeelde volgorde doorlopen en zal het eerste pakket met gelijke versie
-worden geïnstalleerd. Bij ongelijke versies zal het nieuwste pakket worden
-geïnstalleerd. Het is verstandig de snelste pakketbronnen bovenaan te
-zetten.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Het menu</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Bestand -> Verversen:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Een venstertje verschijnt met de medialijst. Kies welke u wilt verversen en
-klik op de <guibutton>Bijwerken</guibutton>-knop.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Bestand -> Een specifieke media-mirror toevoegen:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Indien u ontevreden bent over de huidige mirror, bijv. omdat hij te langzaam
-is of zelden beschikbaar, kies dan een andere. Selecteer alle huidige media
-en klik op <guibutton>Verwijderen</guibutton> om de lijst te legen. Klik dan
-op <guimenu>Bestand -> Een specifieke media-mirror toevoegen</guimenu> en
-kies tussen de volledige-distributie-set of enkel herzieningsmedium. (Kies
-bij twijfel <guibutton>Media aanmaken voor een volledige
-distributie</guibutton>) en klik op <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. U ziet nu dit
-venster:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Aan de linkerkant ziet u een landenlijst, kies uw land of één die dichtbij
-is door op het > symbool te klikken. U zult dan alle beschikbare mirrors in
-dat land zien. Selecteer er één en klik op <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Bestand -> Aangepaste media toevoegen:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Het is mogelijk nieuwe media toe te voegen (bijvoorbeeld van een derde
-partij) die niet door Mageia ondersteund worden. U ziet een nieuw venster:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Selecteer het mediumtype, geef een
-naam die het medium goed omschrijft en geef de URL (of het pad, afhankelijk
-van het mediumtype)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opties -> Globale opties:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Hiermee kunt u instellen of de te installeren RPM's geverifieerd moeten
-worden (altijd of nooit), welk downloadprogramma gebruikt moet worden (curl,
-wget of aria2) en wat het beleid moet zijn voor het ophalen van informatie
-over de pakketten (Op aanvraag -standaard-, Enkel bronnen, Altijd of Nooit).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opties -> Sleutelbeheer:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Om een hoog beveiligingsniveau te garanderen worden digitale sleutels
-gebruikt om de media te authenticeren. Voor elk van de media kunt u een
-sleutel toevoegen of verwijderen. Selecteer een medium en klik op
-<guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton> om een nieuwe sleutel te
-gebruiken. Selecteer een sleutel die niet meer gebruikt mag worden en klik
-op <guibutton>Verwijderen</guibutton> om hem weg te halen.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Doe dit voorzichting, zoals bij alle beveiligingshandelingen</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Opties -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Als u een proxyserver nodig heeft voor internettoegang, dan kunt u deze hier
-configureren. U hoeft alleen een <guibutton>Proxy-hostnaam</guibutton> en
-indien nodig een <guilabel>Gebruikersnaam</guilabel> en
-<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel> op te geven.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Zie <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">de
-Mageia Wiki-pagina</link> voor meer informatie over het configureren van de
-media.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c5a111ea..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Deel directories en schijven met Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introductie</title>
-
-    <para>Samba is een protocol gebruikt in verschillende besturingssystemen om
-bepaalde hulpbronnen zoals directories of printers te delen. Deze tool staat
-u toe om de machine te configureren als een Samba-server volgens het
-protocol SMB/CIFS. Dit protocol wordt ook gebruikt in Windows(R) en
-werkstations met dit besturingssysteem kunnen de hulpbronnen van de
-Samba-server bereiken.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Voorbereiding</title>
-
-    <para>Om toegankelijk te zijn voor andere workstations moet de server een
-vastgezet IP-adres hebben. Dit kan direct op de server worden gekozen,
-bijvoorbeeld met <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/> of op de DHCP-server die
-het station identificeert met zijn MAC-adres en het altijd hetzelfde adres
-geeft. De firewall moet ook de bij de Samba-server inkomende verzoeken
-toestaan.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Losstaande server</title>
-
-    <para>Bij de eerste keer uitvoeren kijken de tools <footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote> of de vereiste pakketten zijn geïnstalleerd en biedt ze aan om te
-installeren als ze nog niet aanwezig zijn. Dan wordt de wizard om de
-Samba-server te configureren gestart.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>In het volgende venster is de losstaande server-configuratieoptie al
-geselecteerd.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Geef dan de naam van de werkgroep op. Deze naam zou hetzelfde moeten zijn
-voor de toegang tot de gedeelde hulpbronnen.</para>
-
-    <para>De netbios-naam is de naam die gebruikt zal worden om de server op het
-netwerk te bepalen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Kies de beveiligingsmodus:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>gebruiker</guilabel>: de client moet worden geauthoriseerd om de
-hulpbron te bereiken</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: de client verfieert zichzelf apart voor elke
-share</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>U kunt met IP-adres of hostnaam opgeven welke hosts worden toegelaten bij
-hulpbronnen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Kies de serverbanner. De banner is de manier hoe deze server wordt
-beschreven in de Windows-werkstations.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>De plaats waar Samba informatie kan bijhouden kan worden opgegeven bij de
-volgende stap.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>De wizard toont een lijst met de gekozen parameters voordat u de
-configuratie accepteert. Indien u ze accepteert, zal de configuratie
-geschreven worden in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Hoofddomeinbestuurder</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Als de optie voor de
-hoofddomeinbestuurder is geselecteerd, vraagt wizard voor indicatie of Wins
-moet worden ondersteund of niet en om beheerdersgebruikersnamen. De volgende
-stappen zijn dan de hetzelfde voor een op zichzelf staande server, behalve
-dan dat u ook de beveiligingsmodus kunt kiezen:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domein</guilabel>: stelt een mechanisme beschikbaar voor het
-opslaan voor alle gebruikersdata in een centrale, gedeelde
-profieldatabank. Het gecentraliseerde profieldatabank wordt gedeeld tussen
-(beveiligings)controllers</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Geef een map aan om te delen</title>
-
-    <para>Met de <guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton> knop, krijgen we:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Een nieuwe item wordt dus toegevoegd. Het kan worden aangepast met de
-<guibutton>Wijzigen</guibutton> knop. Opties kunnen worden aangepast, zoals
-de vraag of de map zichtbaar is voor het publiek, kan worden doorzocht of
-beschrijfbaar is. De naam die is gedeeld kan niet worden gewijzigd.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu-ingangen</title>
-
-    <para>Pas wanneer de lijst ten minste één vermelding heeft, kunnen
-menu-vermeldingen worden gebruikt.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Bestand|Schrijf-conf</title>
-
-      <para>Sla de huidige configuratie op in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Configureren</title>
-
-      <para>De wizard kan opnieuw worden uitgevoerd met deze opdracht.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Herstarten</title>
-
-      <para>De server is gestopt en geherstart met de huidige configuratiebestanden.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Server|Herladen</title>
-
-      <para>De weergegeven configuratie is herladen met de huidige
-configuratiebestanden.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Gedeelde printers</title>
-
-    <para>Met Samba kunt u ook printers delen.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba-gebruikers</title>
-
-    <para>In dit tabblad kunt u gebruikers toevoegen die toegang hebben tot de
-gedeelde bronnen waarvoor verificatie is vereist. U kunt gebruikers
-toevoegen vanuit <xref linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index aed31275..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Aanmeldingscontrole voor Mageia-hulpprogramma's configureren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> is te vinden in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum in het tabblad <emphasis
-role="bold">Beveiliging</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Hij maakt het mogelijk gewone gebruikers de benodigde rechten te geven voor
-taken die gewoonlijk door de beheerder gedaan worden.</para>
-
-  <para>Klik op het pijltje voor het item dat u uit wilt vouwen:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>De meeste hulpprogramma's in de Mageia Control Center worden weergegeven aan
-de linkerkant van het venster (zie de afbeelding hierboven). Daarnaast wordt
-voor ieder hulpprogramma een drop-down lijst aan de rechterkant weergegeven
-die de keuze geeft tussen:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Standaard: De opstart modus is afhankelijk van het gekozen
-beveiligingsniveau. Zoek in hetzelfde MCC tabblad, het hulpprogramma
-"Configureer systeem beveiliging, permissies en audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Gebruikerswachtwoord:  Het wachtwoord wordt gevraagd voordat het gereedschap
-word uitgevoerd.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Beheerder-wachtwoord: Het hoofd-wachtwoord wordt gevraagd voordat het
-gereedschap word uitgevoerd.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Geen wachtwoord: Het gereedschap word uitgevoerd zonder een wachtwoord te
-vragen.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 21ebe571..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Snapshots</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> vindt u in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het <guilabel>"Systeem"</guilabel>-tabblad,
-in het segment <guilabel>Beheerprogramma's</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Wanneer u dit hulpprogramma in MCC voor de eerste keer start, zult u een
-bericht over het installeren van draksnapshot zien. Klik op
-<guibutton>Installeren</guibutton> om verder te gaan. Draksnapshot en andere
-pakketten die nodig zijn worden hierdoor geïnstalleerd.</para>
-
- <para>Klik nogmaals op <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, u zult nu het
-<guilabel>Instellingen</guilabel> scherm zien. Kruis <guilabel>Backups
-Inschakelen</guilabel> aan en, als u  het gehele systeem wilt back-upen,
-kruist u <guilabel>Backup het gehele systeem</guilabel> aan.</para>
-  <para>Als u alleen een back-up wilt maken van een deel van uw mappen, kies dan
-voor <guilabel>Geavanceerd</guilabel>. U zal een klein pop-up scherm te zien
-krijgen. Gebruik de knoppen <guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton> en
-<guibutton>Verwijderen</guibutton> naast de Back-up lijst om mappen en
-bestanden waarvan u geen back-up wilt maken uit te sluiten en degene waarvan
-u wel een back-up wilt maken toe te voegen. Gebruik dezelfde knoppen naast
-de lijst <guilabel>Uitsluiten</guilabel> om deelmappen en/of bestanden van
-de gekozen mappen, die <emphasis role="bold">niet</emphasis> moet worden
-opgenomen in de back-up, te verwijderen. Klik op
-<guibutton>Sluiten</guibutton> als u klaar bent.</para>
-	  <para>Geef nu het pad naar <guilabel>waar een back-up te maken</guilabel>, of kies
-de knop <guibutton>Bladeren</guibutton> om het juiste pad te kiezen. Elke
-USB-sleutel of externe HD die gekoppeld is aan de PC kan gevonden worden in
-<emphasis role="bold">/run/media/uw_gebruikersnaam/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Klik op <guibutton>Toepassen</guibutton> om een foto te maken.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d6ea2c6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Audioconfiguratie</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> bevindt zich in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum in het <emphasis
-role="bold">Apparatuur</emphasis>-tabblad.</para>
-  <para>Draksound regelt de geluidsconfiguratie, PulseAudio opties en behandelt
-probleemoplossing. Het zal u helpen als u problemen ervaart met het geluid
-of als u van geluidskaart wisselt.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is een geluid server. Het ontvangt al het
-geluid via de ingangen, mengt ze vervolgens aan de hand van uw
-gebruikersvoorkeuren en stuurt het resulterende geluid naar de uitgang. Zie
-<guimenu>Menu ->Geluid en video -> PulseAudio volumeregeling</guimenu> om uw
-voorkeuren in te voeren.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio is de standaard geluidsserver en het wordt aanbevolen deze
-ingeschakeld te laten.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> verbetert PulseAudio met een aantal
-programma's. Het wordt u aangeraden om het geactiveerd te laten.</para>
-  <para>De <guibutton>Probleem oplossen</guibutton> knop helpt u bij het oplossen
-van eventuele problemen. U zult het nuttig vinden om deze optie te proberen
-alvorens de gemeenschap om hulp te vragen.</para>
-  <para>De <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop geeft een nieuw scherm met een
-duidelijke knop.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c1b1d83..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">UPS for energie-observatie instellen</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat u
-de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ace03c6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">VPN-Verbindingen configureren om de netwerktoegang te beveiligen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introductie</title>
-
-    <para>Dit hulpprogramma<footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote> maakt het mogelijk om
-veilig toegang te krijgen tot een extern netwerk door een tunnel tussen het
-lokale werkstation en het verre netwerk te configureren. We bespreken hier
-alleen de configuratie op het werkstation. We nemen aan dat het externe
-netwerk al in werking is, en dat u in bezit bent van de verbinding
-informatie (die u mogelijk van de netwerkbeheerder heeft gekregen), dit kan
-bijvorbeeld een .pcf configuratiebestand zijn.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuratie</title>
-
-    <para>Selecteer eerst Cisco VPN Concentrator of OpenVPN, deze is keuze afhankelijk
-van welk protocol wordt gebruikt voor uw virtuele privé netwerk.</para>
-
-    <para>Geef dan een naam aan uw verbinding.</para>
-
-    <para>Voer op het volgende scherm de details van uw VPN-verbinding in.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Voor Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Voor openvpn. Het OpenVPN-pakket en zijn afhankelijkheden zullen de eerste
-keer dat het hulpprogramma wordt gebruikt worden geïnstalleerd.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Selecteer de bestanden die u heeft
-ontvangen van de netwerkbeheerder.</para>
-
-        <para>Geavanceerde parameters:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Het volgende scherm vraagt om het IP-adres van de toegangspoort.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Wanneer de parameters zijn ingesteld, heeft u de mogelijkheid om de
-VPN-verbinding te starten.</para>
-
-    <para>Deze VPN verbinding kan worden ingesteld om automatisch te starten wanneer
-er een netwerkverbinding is. Om dit te doen, moet u de netwerkverbinding
-opnieuw configureren om altijd te verbinden met deze VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c476112..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Webserver configureren.</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dit hulpprogramma<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> kan u helpen bij het
-opzetten van een webserver.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Wat is een webserver?</title>
-    <para>
-      Een webserver is de software die helpt bij het tonen van webinhoud dat
-geraadpleegd kan worden via het internet. (Bron: Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Het opzetten van een webserver met drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Welkom bij de webserver wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introductie</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    De eerste pagina is slechts een introductie, klik
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Het selecteren van Server Exposer: Lokale Net en/of Wereld</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    De webserver blootstellen op het internet heeft zijn risico's. Wees
-voorbereid op slechte dingen.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Gebruikersmodule</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Hiermee kunnen gebruikers hun eigen sites creëren.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Gebruikers web directory naam</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    De gebruiker moet deze directory creëren en vullen, zodat de server het kan
-weergeven.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Document Hoofdmap</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Hiermee kunt u het pad configureren naar de standaard documenten op de
-webservers
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Samenvatting</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Neem de tijd om deze opties te controleren, en klik vervolgens op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Klaar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    U bent klaar! klik <guibutton>Voltooien</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e56abcf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">DNS configureren</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat u
-de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8008bd71..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP configureren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Dit hulpprogramma werkt in Mageia 4 niet meer als gevolg van nieuwe
-naamgeving van de Net interfaces</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Dit hulpprogramma<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> kan u helpen bij het
-opzetten van een <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Het is een onderdeel van
-drakwizard en daarom moet dit geïnstalleerd zijn voordat u er toegang tot
-het heeft.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wat is DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>Het Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is een
-gestandaardiseerd netwerkprotocol dat gebruikt wordt op IP-netwerken die
-IP-adressen en andere informatie die nodig is voor internetcommunicatie
-dynamisch configureren. (Via Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een DHCP-server instellen met drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Welkom bij de DHCP-server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introductie</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>De eerste pagina is slechts een introductie, klik
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Het selecteren van een verloopstuk</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Kies de netwerkinterface, dat verbonden is met het subnet, en waarvoor DHCP
-IP-adressen zal toewijzen, klik hierna op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecteer IP-bereik</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Selecteer de beginnende en aflopende IP-adressen van het bereik van
-IP-adressen die u wilt dat de server aanbiedt, samen met het IP-adres van de
-gateway machine dat aansluit op een plek buiten het lokale netwerk, dit is
-hopelijk in de buurt van het internet, klik op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Samenvatting</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Neem de tijd om deze opties te controleren, en klik vervolgens op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hou vol...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Dit kan hersteld worden. Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> een aantal
-keer en verander dingen.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Uren later...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wat is er gedaan</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Het pakket dhcp-server wordt geïnstalleerd als dat nodig is;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Wordt <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> opgeslagen in
-<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Het creëren van een nieuwe <code>dhcpd.conf</code> beginnend vanaf
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> en
-het toevoegen van de nieuwe parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ook het Webmin configuratiebestand wordt gewijzigd
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>dhcpd</code> wordt opnieuw opgestart.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c22eb0f0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Tijd configureren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Het doel van dit hulpprogramma<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> is om de
-tijd van de server zo in te stellen dat deze synchroon loopt met een externe
-server. Het is niet standaard geïnstalleerd en daarnaast moet u ook de
-drakwizard en drakwizard-base-pakketten installeren.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Stel een NTP-server in met drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Na een welkomstscherm (zie hierboven), zal de tweede u vragen om drie keer
-servers in de drop-down lijsten te kiezen en voorstellen om  pool.ntp.org
-tweemaal te gebruiken omdat deze server altijd wijst naar beschikbare tijd
-servers.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>De volgende schermen maken het mogelijk om een regio en stad te kiezen,
-hierna wordt een samenvatting weergegeven. Als er iets mis is, kunt u
-natuurlijk veranderingen aanbrengen door met behulp van de knop
-<guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> terug te gaan. Als alles goed is, klikt u op
-de knop <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan. Het kan een tijdje
-duren voordat u eindelijk het scherm hieronder te zien krijgt:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Klik op de <guibutton>Voltooien</guibutton> knop om het hulpprogramma af te
-sluiten</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wat is er gedaan</title>
-
-    <para>Dit hulpprogramma voert de volgende stappen uit:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installeer het <code>ntp</code>-pakket indien nodig</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Het bestand <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> opslaan in
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> en <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>
-in <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Een nieuw bestand wordt geschreven <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> met de
-lijst van servers;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Het bestand <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> wijzigen door de eerste naam van de
-server toe te voegen;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stoppen en starten <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> en<code>ntpd</code>
-diensten;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De hardware klok wordt via UTC referentie gelijkgesteld aan de huidige
-systeem tijd.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 36cfd359..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">FTP configureren</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dit hulpprogramma<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> kan u helpen bij het
-opzetten van een <acronym>FTP</acronym>-server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Wat is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is een standaard
-netwerkprotocol dat gebruikt wordt om bestanden, via een
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>-netwerk (zoals het Internet), van de ene host naar
-een andere host over te zetten. (Via Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Een FTP-server instellen met drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welkom bij de FTP-wizard. Riemen vast.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introductie</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    De eerste pagina is slechts een introductie, klik
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Het selecteren van Server Exposer: Lokale Net en/of Wereld</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    De FTP-server blootstellen aan het internet heeft zijn risico's. Wees
-voorbereid op slechte dingen.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serverinformatie</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Voer de naam in die de server zal gebruiken om zichzelf te introduceren,
-iemand waar klachten via email naartoe gestuurd kan worden en of aanmelden
-met beheerderstoegang is toegestaan.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Opties</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Instellen poort voor luisteren, gevangen gezet gebruiker, hervatten toestaan
-en/of <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Samenvatting</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Neem de tijd om deze opties te controleren, en klik vervolgens op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Klaar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    U bent klaar! klik <guibutton>Voltooien</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 71582ff1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Proxy configureren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dit hulpprogramma<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> kan u helpen bij het
-opzetten van een proxy-server. Het is een onderdeel van drakwizard en daarom
-moet dit geïnstalleerd zijn voordat u er toegang tot het heeft.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wat is een proxyserver?</title>
-
-    <para>Een proxyserver is een server (een computer systeem of een toepassing) die
-fungeert als tussenpersoon voor de verzoeken van clients die op zoek zijn
-naar bronnen van andere servers. Een client verbindt met de proxyserver,
-vraagt een aantal diensten aan, zoals een bestand, verbinding, webpagina of
-andere bronnen die beschikbaar zijn op de uiteenlopende servers. De
-proxyserver beoordeelt het verzoek als een manier om de complexiteit te
-beheersen en te vereenvoudigen. (Via Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Een proxyserver instellen met drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Welkom bij de proxyserver wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introductie</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>De eerste pagina is slechts een introductie, klik
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Het selecteren van de proxy-poort</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Selecteer de proxypoort waardoor browsers zullen verbinden en klik op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Stel het Geheugen en Schijf Gebruik in</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Stel de grenzen van het cache geheugen en schijfruimte in, klik hierna op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecteer de Toegangscontrole van het Netwerk</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Stel de zichtbaarheid in op alleen het lokale netwerk of de gehele wereld,
-klik vervolgens op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Netwerktoegang Toekennen</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Geef toegang aan lokale netwerken, klik hierna op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Gebruik een Hoger Niveau Proxy-Server</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Trapsgewijs naar een andere proxy server? Zo nee, sla de volgende stap over.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hoger niveau proxy URL en poort</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Geef de hostnaam en poort van het hoogste niveau van de proxy en klik
-vervolgens op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Samenvatting</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Neem de tijd om deze opties te controleren, en klik vervolgens op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Start tijdens het opstarten?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Kies of de proxyserver moet worden gestart tijdens het opstarten van de
-computer, klik vervolgens op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Klaar</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>U bent klaar! klik <guibutton>Voltooien</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wat is er gedaan</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installeer het squid pakket indien nodig;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Opslaan <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Bezig met creëren van een nieuw <code>squid.conf</code> aan de hand van
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> en door nieuwe parameters toe te voegen:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>niveau</code> 1, 2 of 3 en <code>http_access</code> aan de hand van
-het niveau</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>squid</code> wordt opnieuw opgestart.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e79784e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configuratie van OpenSSH-voorziening</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Dit hulpprogramma<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> kan u helpen bij het
-opzetten van een <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Wat is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) is een cryptografisch netwerkprotocol voor veilige
-datacommunicatie. Zo kunt u op afstand via de opdrachtregel uw aanmelden en
-commando's uitvoeren. Ook kunt u andere veilige netwerkdiensten tussen twee
-computers die met elkaar verbonden zijn via een beveiligd kanaal over een
-onveilig netwerk, server en client (zoals een SSH-server en
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> clientprogramma) uitvoeren. (Bron: Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Een <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon instellen met drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welkom bij de Open SSH wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecteer Configuratie Opties Types</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Kies <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> voor alle opties of
-<guilabel>Beginner</guilabel> om de stappen 3-7 over te slaan, klik na uw
-keuze op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Algemene Opties</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Hiermee worden de zichtbaarheid en beheerderstoegang opties ingesteld. Poort
-22 is de standaard <acronym>SSH</acronym> poort.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Authenticatiemethodes</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Zorgt voor een verscheidenheid van authenticatie methoden die gebruikers
-kunnen gebruiken tijdens het verbinden, klik vervolgens op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logboekregistratie</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Kies logboekregistratie-faciliteit en het uitvoer niveau, klik vervolgens op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Aanmeldopties</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    configureer Instellingen per aanmelding, en klik vervolgens op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Gebruikersaanmeldopties</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configureer de gebruikerstoegang instellingen, klik hierna
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compressie en Doorzenden</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configureer de doorzending en compressie van X11 tijdens de overdracht, klik
-hierna <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Samenvatting</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Neem de tijd om deze opties te controleren, en klik vervolgens op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Klaar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    U bent klaar! klik <guibutton>Voltooien</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0831c4b3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Systeemdiensten in- of uitschakelen</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat u
-de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>   
-
-  <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 35824454..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Apparatuur configureren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dit hulpprogramma<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> geeft een algemeen
-beeld van de hardware van uw computer. Wanneer het hulpprogramma wordt
-uitgevoerd, zoekt het naar elke element van de hardware. Om dit te doen,
-maakt het gebruik van het commando <code>ldetect</code>, die verwijst naar
-een lijst van hardware in het <code>ldetect-lst</code> pakket.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Het venster</title>
-
-    <para>Het venster is verdeeld in twee kolommen.</para>
-
-    <para>De linkerkolom bevat een lijst van gedetecteerde hardware. De apparaten zijn
-gegroepeerd per categorie. Klik op de &gt; om de inhoud van een categorie te
-expanderen. Elk apparaat kan worden geselecteerd in deze kolom.</para>
-
-    <para>De rechter kolom geeft informatie weer over het geselecteerde apparaat. De
-<guimenu>Hulp -&gt; beschrijving van de velden</guimenu> geeft informatie
-over de inhoud van de velden.</para>
-
-    <para>Aan de hand van welk type apparaat is geselecteerd zijn één of twee knoppen
-beschikbaar aan de onderkant van de rechterkolom:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Stel huidige stuurprogramma opties in</guibutton>: Dit kan
-gebruikt worden om de module die momenteel in gebruik is te parametriseren
-voor het apparaat. Dit moet alleen uitgevoerd worden door experts.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Hulpprogramma voor configuratie uitvoeren</guibutton>: Geeft
-toegang tot een hulpprogramma dat kan helpen om het apparaat te
-configureren. Het hulpprogramma kan vaak direct geopend worden vanuit het
-MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Het menu</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Opties</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>Het menu met <guimenu>opties</guimenu> biedt de mogelijkheid om vakken aan
-te vinken die automatische detectie mogelijk maken:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz-apparaten</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Parallelle zip apparaten</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Standaard zijn deze detecties niet ingeschakeld, omdat ze traag
-zijn. Controleer het juiste vakje(s) als deze hardware is
-aangesloten. Detectie zal volgende keer operationeel zijn als dit
-hulpprogramma wordt gestart.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 70d4fd9f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Toetsenbordindeling instellen</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introductie</title>
-
-    <para>De keyboarddrake-tool<footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote> laat u de
-basis-toetsenbordindeling instellen voor het toetsenbord dat u voor Mageia
-gebruikt. Het beïnvloedt de toetsenbordindeling voor alle gebruikers op het
-systeem. De tool bevindt zich in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum (MCC), in
-het <emphasis role="bold">Apparatuur</emphasis>-tabblad, onder het kopje
-"Configureren van uw muis en toetsenbord".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Toetsenbordindeling</title>
-
-    <para>Hier kunt u kiezen welke toetsenbordindeling u wenst te gebruiken. De namen
-(in alfabetische volgorde) duiden de taal, het land en/of de etniciteit
-waarvoor elke indeling bedoeld is.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Toetsenbordtype</title>
-
-    <para>Dit menu laat u het toetsenbordtype kiezen. Wijzig de instelling niet als u
-niet weet wat te kiezen.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 59363582..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dit hulpprogramma<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool ook vanaf de commandoregel starten, door <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> te typen als root.
-  </para></footnote> is te vinden in de
-sectie Systeem van het Mageia-configuratiecentrum (MCC) en gelabeld als
-"Beheer lokalisatie voor uw systeem". Het opent een venster waarin u uw taal
-kunt kiezen. De keuze is aangepast aan de talen die u heeft gekozen tijdens
-de installatie.</para>
-
-  <para>De <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop maakt het mogelijk om
-compatibiliteit met oude codering (non UTF8) te activeren.</para>
-
-  <para>Het tweede scherm toont een lijst van landen op basis van de geselecteerde
-taal. De knop <guibutton>Andere landen</guibutton> geeft toegang tot landen
-die niet in de lijst staan.</para>
-
-  <para>Na eventuele wijzigingen moet u uw sessie opnieuw op te starten.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Invoermethode</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>In het <guilabel>Andere landen</guilabel> scherm kunt u ook kiezen voor een
-invoermethode (uit het drop-down menu aan de onderkant van de
-lijst). Invoermethodes staan toe dat gebruikers meertalige tekens kunnen
-invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, etc).</para>
-  <para> Voor Aziaten en Afrikanen zal IBus als de standaard invoer methode worden
-ingesteld, hierdoor hoeven gebruikers dit niet handmatig te configureren.</para>
-  <para>Andere invoermethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) bieden ook vergelijkbare
-functies en kunnen, indien niet beschikbaar in het drop-down menu, vanuit
-een ander deel in de Mageia-configuratiecentrum worden geïnstalleerd. Zie
-<xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b51cb35d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Uw systeemlogboeken bekijken en doorzoeken</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dit hulpprogramma <footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> is te vinden in het
-tabblad Mageia-configuratiecentrum, onder het het label "<guilabel>Bekijk en
-doorzoek systeem logboek</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Om een zoekopdracht in de logboeken te doen</title>
-
-    <para>Voer eerst de belangrijkste woordenreeks die u wilt zoeken in het <emphasis
-role="bold">Passende</emphasis> veld en/of de belangrijkste tekst die u
-<emphasis>niet</emphasis> wenst te zien tussen de antwoorden in het veld,
-<emphasis role = "bold">maar niet overeenkomen met</emphasis>. Selecteer
-vervolgens het bestand(en) om in te zoeken in het <guilabel>Kies
-Bestand</guilabel> veld. Het is ook mogelijk om de zoekopdracht te beperken
-tot één dag. Dit selecteert u in de <emphasis role="bold">Agenda</emphasis>,
-door met behulp van de pijltjes aan weerszijden van de maand en het jaar,
-vink vervolgens "<guibutton>Alleen voor de geselecteerde dag
-tonen</guibutton>" aan. Tot slot, klikt u op de
-<guibutton>zoeken</guibutton> knop om de resultaten in het venster met de
-naam <guilabel>Inhoud van het bestand</guilabel> te zien. Het is mogelijk om
-de resultaten in de TXT-indeling op te slaan door te klikken op de <emphasis
-role="bold">Opslaan </emphasis> knop.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Het <guibutton>Mageia Hulpprogramma Logboek</guibutton> herbergt de logs van
-de Mageia configuratietools zoals de hulpprogramma's in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum. Deze logs worden elke keer dat een configuratie
-wordt gewijzigd bijgewerkt.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Om een Email-waarschuwing te configureren</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>E-mail waarschuwing</guibutton> controleert elk uur automatisch
-de belasting van het systeem en de diensten, en indien nodig stuurt een
-e-mail naar het geconfigureerde adres.</para>
-
-    <para>Om dit hulpprogramma te configureren klikt u op de knop <emphasis
-role="bold">E-mail Waarschuwing</emphasis> en vervolgens, in het volgende
-scherm op de keuzelijst knop <guibutton> Configureer e-mail waarschuwing
-systeem</guibutton>. Hier worden alle actieve diensten weergegeven en kunt u
-kiezen welke u wilt bekijken. (Zie schermafdruk hierboven).</para>
-
-    <para>De volgende diensten kunnen worden bekeken :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin-dienst</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix e-mailserver</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache World Wide Web-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd-dienst</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Domeinnaam opzoeken</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>In het volgende scherm selecteert u de <guilabel>Belasting</guilabel> waarde
-die u onaanvaardbaar acht. De belasting bepaalt de vraag naar een proces,
-een hoge belasting vertraagt het systeem en een zeer hoge belasting kan erop
-wijzen dat een proces uit de hand loopt. De standaardwaarde is 3. Wij raden
-aan om de belasting waarde tot 3 keer het aantal processoren in te stellen
-(dus voor een quad core processor betekent dit maximaal 4x3=12).</para>
-
-    <para>In het laatste scherm, voert u het <guilabel>E-mailadres</guilabel> van de
-persoon die gewaarschuwd dient te worden in en de <guilabel>E-mail
-server</guilabel> die u wilt gebruiken (lokaal of op het internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bb0b075..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Beschikbare NFS en SMB segmenten tonen</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Deze tool <footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis> te typen.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> kan alleen op de
-commandoregel gestart en gebruikt worden.</para>
-
-  <para>Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat u
-de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> het
-Documentatieteam.</link> Bij voorbaat dank.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 74c46d36..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Toon informatie van uw PCI, USB en PCMCIA.</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Deze tool <footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> kan alleen op de
-commandoregel gestart en gebruikt worden. Hij geeft wat meer informatie als
-hij als root gebruikt wordt.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake geeft een lijst van alle apparaten die aangesloten zijn op de
-computer (USB, PCI en PCMCIA) en diens stuurprogramma's. De ldetect en
-ldetect-lst pakketten zijn nodig om dit te laten werken.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Met de -v optie worden de identificaties van leveranciers en apparaten
-toegevoegd aan spcidrake.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake genereert vaak lange lijsten, dus om informatie te vinden wordt
-het grep commando vaak in een pipeline gebruikt, zoals in deze voorbeelden:</para>
-
-  <para>Informatie over de grafische kaart;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Informatie over het netwerk</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i om hoofd-/kleine letters te negeren.</para>
-
-  <para>In de schermafdruk hieronder kunt u de  -v optie voor lspcidrake, en de -i
-optie voor grep, zien.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Er is nog een tool (voor root) die informatie geeft over de hardware,
-<emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> genaamdcalled <emphasis
-role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ba6cb54e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Opstarten</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools om het opstarten van
-uw systeem te configureren. Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Opstartstappen configureren</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 99bfa654..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Apparatuur</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools om uw apparatuur te
-configureren. Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Uw apparatuur beheren</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = De apparatuur inspecteren en
-configureren</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Grafische instellingen</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configuren van uw muis en toetsenbord</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configureren van afdrukken en scannen</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Printer(s),
-afdruktaakwachtrijen e.d. instellen</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Overige</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d1d213c4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Over de handleiding voor het Mageia-configuratiecentrum</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Het Mageia-configuratiecentrum (MCC) heeft acht verschillende opties of
-tabbladen waaruit u kunt kiezen in de linker kolom, en zelfs tien als het
-drakwizardpakket geïnstalleerd is. Elk daarvan geeft een andere set tools
-die in het grote rechter paneel gekozen kunnen worden.</para>
-
-	<para>De tien volgende hoofdstukken gaan over deze tien opties en de bijbehorende
-tools.</para>
-
-<para>Het laatste hoofdstuk gaat over enkele andere Mageia-tools, die niet gekozen
-kunnen worden in een MCC-tabblad.</para>
-
-	<para>De titels van de pagina's zullen vaak hetzelfde zijn als de titels van de
-toolschermen.</para>
-
-        <para>Er is ook een zoekvenster beschikbaar, dat u vindt door op het
-"Zoeken"-tabblad te klikken in de linker kolom.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a2cb2a93..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Lokale schijven</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools om uw lokale schijven
-te beheren of delen. Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Lokale schijven</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c9b595a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Netwerk en Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende netwerk tools. Klik op een
-link hieronder voor meer informatie.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Netwerkapparaten beheren</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Persoonlijke netwerkinstellingen en -beveiliging</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Overige</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e64f69b8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Netwerkdiensten</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dit scherm en dat voor <emphasis>Bronnen delen</emphasis> zijn alleen
-zichtbaar als het <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-pakket geïnstalleerd is. U
-kunt kiezen tussen verschillende tools om verscheidene servers te
-configureren. Klik op een link hieronder of op <xref
-linkend="mcc-sharing"/>voor meer informatie.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Netwerkdiensten</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 80a60082..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Gedeeld netwerk</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools voor het delen van
-stations en mappen. Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Gedeelde Windows(R)-bronnen configureren</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Stations en mappen delen
-met Windows (SMB)-systemen</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Gedeelde NFS-bronnen beheren</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Toegang tot gedeelde stations en mappen over WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a7f31a49..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Beveiliging</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende beveiligingstools. Klik
-hieronder op een link voor meer informatie.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Beveiliging</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Beveiliging, rechten en audit van het
-systeem afregelen</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b17a6fd6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Bronnen delen</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dit scherm en dat voor <emphasis>Netwerkdiensten</emphasis> zijn alleen
-zichtbaar als het <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-pakket geïnstalleerd is. U
-kunt kiezen tussen verschillende tools om verscheidene servers te
-configureren. Klik op een link hieronder of op <xref
-linkend="mcc-networkservices"/> voor meer informatie.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Bronnen delen</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ad6b296d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Systeem</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools voor systeemdiensten
-en -beheer. Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Systeemdiensten beheren</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Regionaal</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Beheerprogramma's</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Gebruikers op het systeem
-beheren</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ef34870..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Bijwerkfrequentie instellen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> bevindt zich in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum in het <emphasis
-role="bold">Softwarebeheer</emphasis>-tabblad. U kunt hem ook starten via
-het rode icoon <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> <guimenu>
-rechtsklikken / Stel Updates in</guimenu> op de taakbalk.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Met de eerste schuifknop kunt u installen hoe vaak Mageia zal nagaan of er
-bijgewerkte pakketten zijn, met de tweede hoe lang na het opstarten dat voor
-het eerst gebeurt. U kunt een vinkje zetten om te laten controleren of er
-een nieuwere Mageia-uitgave is.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ed59958f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Het aanwijsapparaat (muis, touchpad) instellen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> bevindt zich in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum in het <emphasis
-role="bold">Apparatuur</emphasis>-tabblad.</para>
-
-  <para>Bij het installeren van Mageia werd de muis al geconfigureerd, omdat die bij
-de installatie ook al nodig was. Hier kunt u een andere muis instellen.</para>
-
-  <para>De muizen zijn gesorteerd naar verbindingstype en dan naar model. Kies uw
-muis en klik op <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Doorgaans is "Universeel / Iedere
-PS/2 &amp; USB-muis" geschikt voor recente muizen. De nieuwe muis is meteen
-acief.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 75b402dd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,368 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: systeembeveiliging en audit</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Omschrijving</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> is een grafische
-gebruikersinterface voor msec die u in staat stelt uw systeembeveiliging te
-configureren via twee benaderingen:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Het configureert het gedrag van het systeem, het past het systeem aan om het
-veiliger te maken.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Het voert periodieke controles uit van het systeem om u te waarschuwen als
-iets gevaarlijk lijkt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec werkt met "beveiligingsniveaus", waarmee sets toegangsrechten ingesteld
-kunnen worken. Deze kunnen gecontroleerd en afgedwongen worden. Mageia geeft
-de keuze tussen diverse beveiligingsniveaus, maar u kunt ook een eigen,
-aangepast beveiligingsniveau instellen.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Overzichtstabblad</title>
-
-    <para>Zie de schermafbeelding hierboven</para>
-
-    <para>Het eerste tabblad bevat de lijst met verschillende beveiligingstools, met
-een knop aan de rechterzijde om ze te configureren:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, ook aanwezig in MCC / Beveiliging / Uw persoonlijke firewall
-instellen</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, ook aanwezig in MCC / Sofwarebeheer / Uw systeem bijwerken</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec zelf met wat informatie:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>geactiveerd of niet</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>het ingestelde basisbeveiligingsniveau</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>de datum van de laatste periodieke controle en een knop om gedetailleerde
-resultaten te zien en een andere knop om de controle nu uit te voeren.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Beveiligingsinstellingen-tabblad</title>
-
-    <para>Een klik op het tweede tabblad of op de
-Beveiliging-<guibutton>Configureren</guibutton>knop geeft het scherm dat u
-hieronder ziet.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Basisbeveiliging-tabblad</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="bold">Beveiligingsniveaus:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Als het hokje voor <guilabel>MSEC inschakelen</guilabel> aangevinkt is, kunt
-u in dit tabblad door dubbelklikken het gewenste beveiligingsniveau kiezen,
-dat dan in vette letters verschijnt. Als het hokje niet aangevinkt is, wordt
-geen niveau toegepast. De volgende niveaus zijn beschikbaar:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Niveau <emphasis role="bold">geen</emphasis>. Dit niveau is voor wie msec
-niet wil gebruiken om de systeembeveiliging te controleren, maar dat liever
-zelf regelt. Het schakelt alle beveiligingscontroles uit, en beperkt geen
-systeemconfiguratie-instellingen. Gebruik dit niveau a.u.b. alleen als u
-weet wat u doet, aangezien het uw systeem anders kwetsbaar maakt.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Niveau <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. Dit is de standaard
-configuratie en is bedoeld voor doorsnee gebruikers. Het beperkt diverse
-systeeminstallingen en voert dagelijks beveiligingscontroles uit op
-wijzigingen in systeembestanden, systeemaccounts en toegangsrechten van
-kwetsbare mappen. (Dit niveau lijkt op de niveaus 2 en 3 van eerdere
-msec-versies.)</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Niveau <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis> is veilig, maar het systeem
-blijft bruikbaar.  Het beperkt de systeemrechten sterker en voert meer
-periodieke controles uit. Bovendien zijn de toegangsrechten tot het systeem
-verder ingeperkt. (Dit niveau lijkt op de niveaus 4 (Hoog) en 5 (Paranoïde)
-van eerdere msec versies.)</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Behalve deze niveaus, kan ook een taak-georienteerd niveau gekozen worden,
-zoals <emphasis role="bold">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> en <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis>. Deze stellen de systeembeveiliging in
-volgens gebruikelijke behoefte bij zulke systemen.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>De twee laatste niveaus, <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily</emphasis> en
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis>, zijn eigenlijk geen
-beveiligingsniveaus, maar enkel tools voor periodieke controles.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>In <filename>/etc/security/msec/niveau.&lt;niveaunaam></filename> zijn de
-niveaus opgeslagen. U kunt aangepaste beveiligingsniveaus maken en deze in
-de map <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> opslaan als
-<filename>niveau.&lt;niveaunaam></filename>. Dit is bedoeld voor ervaren
-gebruikers die hun systeembeveiliging naar wens willen instellen.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Let wel dat eigenhandig gemaakte instellingen voorrang krijgen op de
-standaard instellingen.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="bold">Beveiligingswaarschuwingen:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Als u het hokje <guibutton>Stuur beveiligingswaarschuwingen via e-mail
-naar:</guibutton> aanvinkt, worden msec's waarschuwingen per lokale e-mail
-naar de beveiligingsbeheerder gestuurd die in het bijbehorende veld genoemd
-is (Lokale e-mail en de e-mailclient moeten overeenkomstig ingesteld
-worden). U kunt ook nog kiezen om de beveiligingswaarschuwingen direct op uw
-bureaublad te ontvangen, door een vinkje te zetten in de bijbehorende
-hokje. </para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Het wordt sterk aanbevolen een beveiligingswaarschuwingenoptie te gebruiken,
-zodat de beveiligingsbeheerder het meteen weet als er een mogelijk probleem
-is. Anders zal de beheerder de <filename>/var/log/security</filename>-logs
-regelmatig moeten checken.</para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="bold">Beveiligingsopties:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Een aangepast beveiligingsniveau creëren is niet de enige manier om de
-beveiliging aan te passen, het is ook mogelijk om een bestaand niveau aan te
-passen m.b.v. de tabbladen hier. De huidige msecconfiguratie is opgeslagen
-in <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Naast de naam van
-het huidige beveiligingsniveau bevat dit bestand een lijst van alle gedane
-aanpassingen.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Systeembeveiliging-tabblad</title>
-
-      <para>Dit tabblad bevat alle beveiligingsopties in de linker kolom, daarnaast de
-bijpassende omschrijvingen en rechts de huidige waardes.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Dubbelklik op een optie om deze aan te passen. Het venstertje dat verschijnt
-(zie onderstaande afbeelding) bevat de optienaam met korte omschrijving, de
-huidige en de standaard waarde, alsmede een uitvouwlijst om een nieuwe
-waarde te kiezen. Klik op de <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>-knop om de keuze te
-bevestigen.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Vergeet niet bij het verlaten van msecgui uw wijzigingen definitief te maken
-via het menu <guimenu>Bestand -> Configuratie opslaan</guimenu>. U krijgt
-dan een schermpje waarin u de details van uw wijzigingen kunt zien, alvorens
-deze op te slaan.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Netwerkbeveiliging</title>
-
-      <para>Dit tabblad bevat alle netwerkopties en werkt zoals het vorige tabblad</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Periodieke-controles-tabblad</title>
-
-      <para>De periodieke controles zijn bedoeld om de beveiligingsbeheerder
-d.m.v. beveiligingswaarschuwingen te informeren over alle potentieel
-gevaarlijke situaties.</para>
-
-      <para>In dit tabblad ziet u of en hoe vaak msec elke periodieke controle uitvoert,
-als het hokje <guibutton>Periodieke beveiligingscontroles
-inschakelen</guibutton> aangevinkt is. Het werkt zoals de vorige tabbladen.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Uitzonderingentabblad</title>
-
-      <para>Soms kunnen waarschuwingsberichten ontstaan door bekende en wilde
-situaties. In deze gevallen zijn ze nutteloos en verspillen ze tijd voor de
-beheerder. Op dit tabblad kunt u zo veel mogelijk uitzonderingen maken als u
-wilt om ongewenste waarschuwingsberichten te voorkomen. Als u msec voor het
-eerst start is het tabblad vanzelfsprekend leeg. De schermafdruk hieronder
-toont vier uitzonderingen.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Om een uitzondering te maken, klikt u op de knop <guibutton>Voeg een regel
-toe</guibutton> </para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Selecteer de gewilde periodieke controle in de keuzelijst genaamd
-<guilabel>Controleren</guilabel> en voer vervolgens de
-<guilabel>Uitzondering</guilabel> in het tekst vak. Het toevoegen een
-uitzondering is uiteraard niet definitief, u kunt het verwijderen met de
-knop <guibutton>Verwijderen</guibutton> in het
-<guilabel>Uitzonderingen</guilabel> tabblad of wijzigen met een dubbelklik.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Toegangsrechten</title>
-    <para>Dit tabblad is bedoeld om permissies van bestanden en directories te
-controleren en te handhaven.</para>
-    <para>Net als voor de beveiliging, beschikt msec ook over verschillende
-toestemmingsniveaus (standaard, veilig, ..), deze zijn ingeschakeld aan de
-hand van het gekozen beveiligingsniveau. U kunt uw eigen aangepaste
-toestemmingsniveaus maken door ze op te slaan in specifieke bestanden met de
-naam <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename>, de bestanden bevinden zich
-in de map <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Deze functie is bedoeld
-voor gevorderde gebruikers die een aangepaste configuratie nodig hebben. Het
-is ook mogelijk om het tabblad, dat hier gepresenteerd is, na elke
-verandering aan het toestemmingsniveau te gebruiken. De huidige configuratie
-wordt opgeslagen in <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Dit
-bestand bevat de lijst met alle aanpassingen die gedaan zijn betreffende
-toestemmingsniveaus.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Standaardmachtigingen zijn zichtbaar in een lijst met regels (een regel per
-regel). U kunt aan de linkerkant het bestand of de map zien waar de regel
-betrekking op heeft, gevolgd door de eigenaar, de groep en als laatste de
-machtigingen verleend door de regel. Wanneer voor een bepaalde regel:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Het vakje <guilabel>Afdwingen</guilabel> is niet aangevinkt, hierdoor zal
-msec alleen controleren of de gedefinieerde machtigingen voor deze regel
-wordt gerespecteerd, als dit niet het geval is wordt er een
-waarschuwingsbericht gestuurd, tegelijkertijd wordt er niets verandert.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Het vakje <guilabel>Afdwingen</guilabel> is aangevinkt, hierdoor zal msec de
-machtigingen respecteren bij de eerste periodieke controle en daarna de
-machtigingen overschrijven.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Om dit te laten werken, moet de optie CHECK_PERMS in de <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodieke controle tabblad</emphasis> zodoende geconfigureerd
-worden.</para></important><para>Om een nieuwe regel aan te maken, klikt u op de knop <guibutton>Voeg een
-regel toe</guibutton> en vult u de velden in, zoals aangegeven in het
-voorbeeld hieronder. De joker * is toegestaan in het veld
-<guilabel>Bestanden</guilabel>. "Huidige" betekent dat er geen wijziging
-zijn.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Klik op de <guibutton>Oke</guibutton> knop om uw keuze te bevestigen, en
-vergeet niet bij het verlaten om uw configuratie op te slaan via het menu
-<guimenu>Bestand -> Configuratie opslaan</guimenu>. Als u de instellingen
-heeft gewijzigd, kunt u via msecgui de wijzigingen bekijken voordat u ze
-opslaat. </para>
-    <note><para>Het is ook mogelijk om nieuwe regels te maken of bestaande regels te
-wijzigen door het configuratiebestand
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> te bewerken.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Veranderingen in het <emphasis role="bold">tabblad Toestemming</emphasis>
-(of direct in het configuratiebestand) worden in aanmerking genomen bij de
-eerste periodieke controle (zie de optie CHECK_PERMS in het <emphasis
-role="bold">tabblad Periodieke controles</emphasis>). Als u wilt dat ze
-onmiddellijk in aanmerking worden genomen, gebruikt u de opdracht msecperms
-in een console met beheerders-rechten. U kunt voordat u deze commando
-uitvoerd, eerst het msecperms -p commando uitvoeren zodat u weet welke
-machtigingen veranderd zullen worden door msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Vergeet niet dat als u machtigingen in een console of in een
-bestandsbeheerder wijzigt, voor een bestand waarin het vak
-<guilabel>Afdwingen</guilabel> wordt gecontroleerd in het <emphasis
-role="bold">tabblad Rechten</emphasis>, msecgui de oude rechten na een
-tijdje terug zal schrijven, dit gebeurd aan de hand van de configuratie van
-de opties CHECK_PERMS en CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in het <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodieke controle tabblad</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f6d6a68f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Andere Mageia tools</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Er zijn meer Mageia tools, dan die die in het Mageia-configuratiecentrum
-gestart kunnen worden. Klik op een link hieronder, of lees verder op de
-volgende pagina's, voor meer informatie.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>En meer tools?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a30150b4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Softwarebeheer (Software installeren en verwijderen)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introductie tot rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote>, ook bekend als drakrpm, is
-een programma voor het installeren, deïnstalleren en bijwerken van
-pakketten. Het is de grafische gebruikersinterface van URPMI. Als het
-gestart wordt zal het de online pakketlijsten ('media' genoemd) downloaden
-van Mageia's officiële servers en zal het u de actuele applicaties of
-pakketten laten zien die voor uw computer beschikbaar zijn. Een
-filtersysteem maakt het mogelijk alleen een bepaald type pakketten te laten
-zien, bijvoorbeeld alleen pakkettten met grafische schil (standaard), of
-enkel geïnstalleerde of juist niet geïnstalleerde pakketten, of beschikbare
-bijgewerkte pakketten. U kunt ook zoeken op de naam van een pakket, of in
-samenvattingen, in omschrijvingen of in bestandsnamen van de pakketten.</para>
-
-    <para>Alvorens rpmdrake kan werken, moeten eerst de pakketbronnen geconfigureerd
-worden met <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Tijdens de installatie is het medium dat voor de installatie gebruikt wordt,
-meestal een DVD of CD, als bron geconfigureerd. Als u deze bron behoudt, dan
-zal rpmdrake er elke keer dat u een pakket wilt installeren, om vragen met
-onderstaande pop-up: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>Als u dat
-onprettig vindt en u een goede internetverbinding heeft zonder al te strikte
-downloadlimiet, dan is het beter dat medium te verwijderen en door online
-pakketbronnen te vervangen, zie <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Bovendien zijn de online pakketbronnen altijd bijgewerkt, bevatten ze meer
-pakketten en kunt u er uw geïnstalleerde pakketten mee actualiseren.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>De hoofddelen van het scherm</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Pakketsoortfilter:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Met dit filter kunt u bepaalde types pakketten laten weergeven. De eerste
-keer dat u rpmdrake start, laat het alleen pakketten met een grafische schil
-zien. U kunt kiezen voor het weergeven van "Alle" pakketten met alle
-afhankelijkheden en bibliotheken of enkel pakketgroepen, zoals Alle
-bijgewerkte paketten, of Backports (pakketten van een nieuwere
-Mageiaversie).</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>De standaard instelling van dit filter is voor nieuwelingen, die nog niet
-toe zijn aan de commandoregel of tools voor specialisten. Aangezien u deze
-documentatie leest, bent u duidelijk geïnteresseerd in het vergroten van uw
-kennis van Linux en Mageia, dus is het beter dit filter "Alle" te zetten.</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Pakketstatusfilter:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Met dit filter kunt u kiezen tussen enkel de geïnstalleerde pakketten, de
-niet geïnstalleerde of alle pakketten (zowel de geïnstalleerde als de
-niet-geïnstalleerde.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Zoekmodus:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Klik op de verrekijker om te zoeken op (deel van) de naam, omschrijving of
-samenvatting van een pakket, of op een bestand dat door een pakket wordt
-geïnstalleerd.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Zoeken" box:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Voer hier een of meer zoektermen in. Als u meer dan één zoekterm
-wiltgebruiken, zet dan een '|' tussen de woorden, bijv. 'mplayer | xine' om
-gelijktijdig naar "mplayer" en "xine" te zoeken.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Alles wissen:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Met het aanklikken van dit icoon wist u alles in het zoekveld</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Groepenlijst:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Dit zijpaneel groepeert alle toepassingen en pakketten in duidelijke
-categorieën en subcategorieën.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Omschrijvingspaneel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Dit paneel geeft de naam van het pakket weer, zijn samenvatting en complete
-omschrijving. Het geeft veel bruikbare details over het pakket. Het kan ook
-preciese informatie geven over de bestanden die met het pakket worden
-geïnstalleerd alsook over de laatste wijzigingen door de ontwikkelaar of de
-pakketbouwer.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>De statuskolom</title>
-
-    <para>Zodra u de filters goed ingesteld hebt, kunt u uw software vinden via de
-groep (in vlak 6 hierboven) of via naam/samenvatting/omschrijving in vlak
-4. U krijgt een lijst van pakketten te zien die aan uw zoekopdracht voldoen
-en, niet te vergeten, voorzien zijn van verschillende statusymbolen die
-aangeven of het pakket is geïnstalleerd/niet geïnstalleerd/bijgewerkt... Om
-de status te veranderen is het voldoende een vinkje te zetten of weg te
-halen in het hokje voor de pakketnaam en op <guibutton>Toepassen</guibutton>
-te klikken.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Icoon</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legenda</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Dit pakket zal geïnstalleerd worden</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Dit pakket kan niet gewijzigd worden</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Dit is een bijgewerkt pakket</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Dit pakket zal gedeïnstalleerd worden</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Voorbeelden in de schermafbeelding hierboven:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Aan de icoon met groene pijl bij digikam kan men zien dat het pakket
-geïnstalleerd is. Haalt men het vinkje bij digikam weg, dan draait de pijl
-om en wordt de icoon rood. Het pakket zal verwijderd worden als men op
-<guibutton>Toepassen</guibutton> klikt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Als ik qdigidoc aanvink (dat niet geïnstalleerd is, zie de status), zal het
-oranje icoon met een pijl naar beneden verschijnen en zal het geïnstalleerd
-worden zodra op <guibutton>Toepassen</guibutton> geklikt wordt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>De afhankelijkheden</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Sommige pakketten hebben andere pakketten, afhankelijkheden genaamd, nodig
-om te kunnen werken. Dit zijn bijv. bibliotheken of tools. In dat geval laat
-rpmdrake een informatievenster zien (zie boven), waarin u kunt kiezen of u
-de gevonden afhankelijkheden aanvaardt, het installeren annuleert, of meer
-informatie wilt. Het komt ook voor dat verschillende pakketten de benodigde
-bibliotheek kunnen leveren, in dat geval laat rpmdrake een lijst met
-alternatieven zien met een knop om te kiezen welke daarvan te installeren en
-een andere knop om eerst meer informatie te krijgen.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a607837..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Scanner instellen</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installatie</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Met deze tool <footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote> kunt u een scanner
-configureren of het scannergedeelte van een multifunctionele printer. Het is
-ook mogelijk een aangesloten scanner te delen met een andere computer op het
-netwerk, of om de scanner bij een andere computer te gebruiken.</para>
-
-    <para>Als u deze tool voor het eerst start, kan het zijn dat u het volgende
-bericht krijgt:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE-pakketten moeten geïnstalleerd zijn om scanners te kunnen
-gebruiken.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Wilt u de SANE-pakketten installeren?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Klik <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> om verder te gaan, <code>scanner-gui</code> en
-<code>task-scanning</code> zullen geïnstalleerd worden.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Als uw scanner correct is geïdentificeerd, dus als u in het bovenstaande
-scherm de naam van uw scanner ziet, dan is de scanner klaar voor gebruik
-met, bijvoorbeeld, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> of <emphasis>Simple
-Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>In dat geval kunt u nu de <emphasis>Gedeelde Scanner</emphasis> optie
-configureren. U kunt hier meer over lezen in de <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Echter, als uw scanner niet correct is geïdentificeerd, en het controleren
-van de kabel(s), de schakelaar en vervolgens het drukken op <emphasis>Zoeken
-naar nieuwe scanners</emphasis> niet helpt, dan dient u te drukken op
-<emphasis>Voeg een scanner handmatig toe</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Kies het merk van uw scanner in de getoonde lijst, doe hierna hetzelfde door
-uw type te kiezen uit de merklijst en klik vervolgens op
-<emphasis>Oke</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Als u uw scanner niet in de lijst kan vinden, klik dan
-<emphasis>Annuleren</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Controleer of uw scanner wordt ondersteund via de <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Ondersteunde apparaten</link> pagina en vraag om hulp op het <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forum</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Kies een poort</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>U kunt deze instelling overlaten aan de <emphasis>Automatische detectie van
-beschikbare poorten</emphasis>, tenzij de interface van uw scanner een
-parallelle poort is. Als dit het geval is en u heeft één poort dan
-selecteert u <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Na het klikken op <emphasis>Oke</emphasis>, zult u in de meeste gevallen een
-scherm te zien krijgen zoals hieronder.</para>
-<para>Als u dat scherm niet krijgt, lees dan <xref linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scanner delen</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Hier kunt u bepalen of de scanners verbonden aan deze computer toegankelijk
-dienen te zijn voor computers op afstand, en voor welke. U kunt hier ook
-bepalen of scanners op externe computers beschikbaar moeten worden gemaakt
-voor deze machine.</para>
-
-    <para>Scanner delen met hosts: De naam of het IP-adres van de hosts kunnen
-toegevoegd of verwijderd worden uit de lijst met hosts die toegang hebben
-tot het lokale apparaat(en), op deze computer.</para>
-
-    <para>Het gebruik van scanners op afstand: De naam of het IP-adres van gastheren
-kunnen toegevoegd of verwijderd worden uit de lijst van hosts die toegang
-geeft tot een scanner die zich op afstand begeeft.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner delen met computers: u kunt een computer toevoegen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner delen aan hosts: specificeer welke host(s) toegevoegd moeten worden,
-of laat alle machines op afstand toe.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"Alle machines op afstand" hebben toegang tot de lokale scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Als het pakket <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nog niet is geïnstalleerd, dan
-biedt het hulpprogramma zich aan om dit te doen.</para>
-
-    <para>Op het einde, zal het hulpprogramma deze bestanden wijzigen:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>om toe te voegen of opmerking van
-de richtlijn "net"</para>
-
-    <para>Het zal ook <emphasis>saned</emphasis> en <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis>
-configureren om te starten tijdens het opstarten. </para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Bijzonderheden</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>De meeste HP scanners worden beheerd vanuit het programma <emphasis>HP
-Apparaat Beheer</emphasis> (hplip), dit programma beheert ook printers. In
-dit geval, staat het hulpprogramma u niet toe om de scanner te configureren
-en wordt u verzocht om <emphasis>HP Apparaat Beheer</emphasis> te gebruiken.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Stuurprogramma's zijn beschikbaar via <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">deze
-pagina</link>. Wanneer aangegeven, moet u het
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> pakket eerst installeren, en hierna
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in deze volgorde). Het is mogelijk dat het
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pakket een waarschuwing over een conflict met
-<emphasis>sane</emphasis> genereert. Gebruikers hebben gemeld dat deze
-waarschuwing kan worden genegeerd.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Bijkomende installatiestappen</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Het is mogelijk dat na het selecteren van een poort voor uw scanner in het
-<xref linkend="choosescannerport"/> scherm, u één of meerdere extra stappen
-moet ondernemen om uw scanner correct te configureren.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>In sommige gevallen wordt u verteld dat telkens als de scanner wordt gestart
-de firmware moet worden geüpload. Dit hulpprogramma stelt u in staat om de
-firmware in het apparaat te laden, nadat u het op uw systeem heeft
-geïnstalleerd. In dit scherm kunt u de firmware via een cd-rom of een
-Windows-installatie installeren, daarnaast kunt u ook de firmware
-installeren die u heeft verkregen (gedownload) via de website van de
-leverancier.</para><para>
-    Wanneer de firmware van het apparaat moet worden geladen, kan elk eerste
-gebruik van het apparaat een lange tijd duren, mogelijk meer dan een
-minuut. Dus wees geduldig.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Ook kunt u een scherm krijg die u verteld dat
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis>
-dient aangepast te worden. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Lees deze of andere instructies die u krijgt zorgvuldig en als u niet weet
-wat u moet doen, dan kunt u altijd de <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">gemeenschap</link> om hulp vragen.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ca0df7f6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Softwarebeheer</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In dit scherm kunt u kiezen tussen verschillende tools voor
-softwarebeheer.Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Softwarebeheer</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Uw systeem
-bijwerken</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Mediabronnen voor
-installatie en herzieningen configureren</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ec967ca0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Een printer installeren en configureren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introductie</title>
-
-    <para>Printen wordt in Mageia beheerd door de CUPS-server. Deze heeft zijn eigen
-<link ns2:title="CUPS"
-ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuratie-interface</link> die
-toegankelijk is via een internetbrowser, maar Mageia heeft een eigen tool
-voor het installeren van printers: system-config-printer. Deze tool wordt
-gedeeld met andere distributies, zoals Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu en OpenSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>U moet de niet vrije pakketbronnen inschakelen voordat u verder gaat met de
-installatie, dit is nodig omdat sommige stuurprogramma's alleen beschikbaar
-zijn op deze manier.</para>
-
-    <para>Een printer kunt u installeren via de <guilabel>Apparatuur</guilabel> sectie
-van het Mageia-configuratiecentrum. Selecteer, onder de kop "Configuren van
-afdrukken en scannen"  de tool <guilabel>Printer(s), afdruktaakwachtrijen
-e.d. instellen</guilabel><footnote>
-        <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">system-config-printer</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC zal voorstellen twee pakketten te installeren:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Het is noodzakelijk dit voorstel te accepteren, om verder te gaan. Tot 230MB
-aan afhankelijkheden zal worden geïnstalleerd. </para>
-
-    <para>Om een printer toe te voegen, kiest u de printer "Toevoegen" knop. Het
-systeem zal proberen om alle printers en de beschikbare poorten te
-detecteren. De schermafbeelding toont een printer die is aangesloten op een
-parallelle poort. Als een printer wordt gedetecteerd, zoals een printer op
-een USB-poort, wordt deze weergegeven op de eerste regel. Het venster zal
-ook proberen om een netwerkprinter te configureren.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Automatisch gedectecteerde printer</title>
-
-    <para>Dit zijn meestal USB-printers. De tool vindt ook de naam van de printer en
-laat deze zien. Selecteer de printer en klik dan op "Volgende". Als er een
-geschikt stuurprogramma (driver) bekend is voor de printer, zal dit
-automatisch geïnstalleerd worden. Zijn er meerdere geschikte of geen bekende
-drivers, dan zal u in een nieuw venster gevraagd worden er een te selecteren
-of op te geven, zoals toegelicht in de volgende paragraaf. Lees hier verder:
-<xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Niet automatisch gedetecteerde printer</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Als u een poort selecteert, laadt het systeem een lijst met stuurprogramma's
-en opent het een venster waar u kunt kiezen uit een van de volgende
-mogelijkheden.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Selecteer een printer uit de database</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>PPD-bestand opgeven</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Zoeken naar een downloadbaar printerstuurprogramma</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Om uit de database te kiezen, selecteert u eerst het merk van uw printer,
-dan het model en daarna het bijbehorende stuurprogramma. Als er meerdere
-drivers beschikbaar zijn, kies dan die die aanbevolen wordt, tenzij u eerder
-problemen met dat stuurprogramma ondervond. Kies er in het laatste geval een
-waarvan u weet dat het werkt.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Het installatieproces afronden</title>
-
-    <para>Nadat u een stuurprogramma heeft geselecteerd, zal een venster om wat
-informatie vragen waarmee het systeem de printer kan aanwijzen en
-ontdekken. De eerste regel is de naam waaronder het apparaat zal verschijnen
-in toepassingen in de lijst met beschikbare printers. Het
-installatieprogramma stelt vervolgens voor om een testpagina af te
-drukken. Na deze stap wordt de printer toegevoegd en zal deze verschijnen in
-de lijst met beschikbare printers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Netwerkprinter</title>
-
-    <para>Netwerkprinters zijn printers die rechtstreeks zijn aangesloten op een
-bekabeld of draadloos netwerk, die aangesloten zijn op een printserver of
-die zijn aangesloten op een ander werkstation dat fungeert als printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Vaak is het beter om de DHCP-server zo te configureren zodat een vast
-IP-adres altijd gelijk geassociëerd wordt met de MAC-adres van een
-printer. Natuurlijk moet dit wel hetzelfde ingesteld zijn als het IP-adres
-van de printer of printserver, als het een vaste adres heeft.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>De Mac-adres van een printer is een serienummer die toegekend is aan de
-printer, printserver of computer waaraan de printer bevestigd is. De
-serienummer kan verkregen worden uit een configuratiepagina afgedrukt door
-de printer of door het etiket (waarop het serienummer geschreven is) van de
-printer of printserver te bekijken. Als uw gedeelde printer op een Mageia
-systeem is aangesloten, kunt u <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>
-uitvoeren als beheerder om het MAC-adres te vinden. Het adres is de volgorde
-van de cijfers en letters achter "HWADDR".</para>
-
-    <para>U kunt uw netwerkprinter toevoegen door te kiezen voor het protocol dat de
-printer gebruikt om te communiceren over het netwerk met uw computer. Als u
-niet weet welk protocol u moet kiezen, dan kunt u de
-<guilabel>Netwerkprinter</guilabel> - <guilabel>Netwerkprinter
-zoeken</guilabel> optie in het <guilabel>Apparaten</guilabel> menu
-proberen. U dient met deze optie wel het IP-adres van uw printer in te
-vullen in het vak aan de rechterkant, waar het zegt "host".</para>
-
-    <para>Als het hulpprogramma uw printer of printserver herkent, zal het een
-protocol en een wachtrij aanbevelen. Echter, u kunt iets anders kiezen in de
-onderstaande lijst als u dit meer geschikt acht. Daarnaast kunt u de juiste
-wachtrij naam opgeven als deze niet in de lijst voorkomt.</para>
-
-    <para>Kijk in de documentatie die u bij de printer of afdrukserver heeft gekregen
-om te weten komen welke protocollen het ondersteunt, en voor mogelijke
-specifieke wachtrijnamen.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Afdrukken via netwerk protocollen</title>
-
-    <para>Eén van huidige technieken is ontwikkeld door Hewlett-Packard en staat
-bekend als JetDirect. Dit geeft toegang tot een printer op het netwerk
-rechtstreeks via een Ethernet-poort. U moet dan wel het IP-adres weten
-waarop de printer bekend is op het netwerk. Deze techniek wordt ook gebruikt
-in een aantal ADSL-routers die een USB-poort bevatten om de printer op aan
-te sluiten. In dit geval is het IP-adres dat van de router. Merk op dat de
-functie "HP Device Manager" dynamisch geconfigureerde IP-adres kan beheren,
-door het instellen van een URI als
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;naam-van-de-printer></emphasis>. In dit geval is een
-vast IP-adres niet vereist.</para>
-
-    <para>Kies de optie <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> als protocol en
-zet het adres in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, verander niet het
-<guilabel>Poort Nummer</guilabel>, tenzij u weet dat dit veranderd moet
-worden. Na het selecteren van het protocol, kunt hetzelfde doen als
-hierboven voor het selecteren van het stuurprogramma.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>De andere protocollen zijn:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: een printer die kan
-worden geraadpleegd op een TCP/IP-netwerk via het IPP-protocol, bijvoorbeeld
-een printer die is aangesloten op een station met behulp van CUPS. Dit
-protocol kan ook worden gebruikt door sommige ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> hetzelfde als IPP,
-maar dan met behulp van http transport en TLS beveiligd protocol. De poort
-moet wel gedefinieerd worden. Standaard wordt poort 631 gebruikt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>hetzelfde als IPP,
-maar dan met TLS beveiligd protocol.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host of Printer</emphasis>: een printer die toegankelijk
-is via een TCP/IP-netwerk door middel van het LPD protocol, bijvoorbeeld een
-printer die is aangesloten op een station via LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: een printer die is
-aangesloten op een station met Windows of een SMB-server, en is gedeeld.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>De URI kan ook direct worden toegevoegd. Hier zijn enkele voorbeelden over
-hoe de URI te vormen:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Regeldrukker Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Aanvullende informatie kan worden gevonden in de <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-documentatie.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Apparaateigenschappen</title>
-
-    <para>U kunt toegang krijgen tot de eigenschappen van het apparaat. Het menu biedt
-toegang tot het instellen van de parameters voor de CUPS-server. Standaard
-wordt een CUPS-server gestart op uw systeem, maar u kunt ook een andere
-server opgeven aan de hand van het <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Verbinden...</guimenuitem> menu, een ander venster dat toegang
-geeft tot het instellen van specifieke parameters van de server is
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Instellingen.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Probleem oplossen</title>
-
-    <para>U kunt informatie over foutmeldingen tijdens het printen vinden door het
-inspecteren van <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>U kunt ook een hulpprogramma inzetten om problemen op te sporen door gebruik
-te maken van het menu <guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Probleem
-oplossen</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Bijzonderheden</title>
-
-    <para>Het is mogelijk dat sommige stuurprogramma's voor specifieke printers niet
-beschikbaar of functioneel zijn in Mageia. Als dit het geval is, neem dan
-een kijkje op de <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">OpenPrinting</link> website om
-te controleren of een stuurprogramma voor uw apparaat beschikbaar is. Zo ja,
-controleer of het pakket al aanwezig is in Mageia en installeer het
-handmatig. Doorloop vervolgens opnieuw het installatie proces om de printer
-te configureren. Meld in alle gevallen het probleem in bugzilla of op het
-forum als je comfortabel bent met dit hulpprogramma, meld informatie van het
-model en stuurprogramma, en of de printer werkt of niet na de
-installatie. Hier zijn een aantal bronnen om andere up-to-date
-stuurprogramma's, of voor meer recente apparaten, te vinden.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Deze
-pagina</link> geeft een lijst van  stuurprogramma's die aangeleverd worden
-door Brother. Zoek het stuurprogramma voor uw apparaat, download de rpm(s)
-en installeer.</para>
-
-    <para>Het beste is om de stuurprogramma's van Brother eerst te installeren voordat
-u het configuratieprogramma opstart.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers en Alles in één
-apparaten</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Deze apparaten gebruiken het hulpprogramma hplip. Dit programma wordt
-automatisch geïnstalleerd nadat de printer wordt gedetecteerd of
-geselecteerd. U kunt andere informatie <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">HIER</link>
-vinden. Het hulpprogramma "HP Apparaat Beheer" is beschikbaar in
-het<guilabel>Systeem</guilabel>menu. Zie ook <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuratie</link>
-voor meer informatie betreffende het beheer van de printer.</para>
-
-    <para>Een HP Alles-in-één apparaat moet als printer worden geïnstalleerd, hierna
-zullen de scanner functies worden toegevoegd. Merk wel op dat de
-Xsane-interface soms niet toelaat om films of dia's (een verlichte dia kan
-niet werken) te scannen. Als dit het geval is is het mogelijk om, met behulp
-van de stand-alone modus, te scannen en foto's op te slaan door een
-geheugenkaart of USB-stick in het apparaat te plaatsen. Daarna opent u uw
-favoriete beeldbewerkingssoftware en laad u de foto van de geheugenkaart
-waarna die verschijnt in de /media map.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung kleurenprinter</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Voor specifieke kleurenprinters van Samsung en Xerox, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">deze site biedt
-stuurprogramma's</link> voor het QPDL protocol.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers en scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Stuurprogramma's voor Epson-printers zijn beschikbaar vanaf <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">deze
-zoekpagina</link>. Voor de scanner, moet u het "iscan-data"-pakket eerst
-installeren, hierna kunt u "iscan" gebruiken (doe het via deze
-volgorde). Een iscan-plugin pakket kan ook beschikbaar zijn voor
-installatie. Kies het <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pakket(en) op basis van uw
-architectuur. </para>
-
-    <para> Het is mogelijk dat het iscan pakket een waarschuwing zal genereren over een
-conflict met sane. Gebruikers hebben gemeld dat deze waarschuwing kan worden
-genegeerd.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Voor Canon printers, kan het raadzaam zijn om een hulpprogramma genaamd
-turboprint te installeren <link
-ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">beschikbaar hier</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f1957fb1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Windows™-documenten en -instellingen importeren</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> bevindt zich in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het <emphasis
-role="bold">Systeem</emphasis>-tabblad, en heet
-<guilabel>Windows™-documenten en -instellingen importeren</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>Met behulp van deze tool kan een beheerder gebruikersdocumenten en
--instellingen importeren van een <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-installatie op dezelfde computer als de Mageia-installatie.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Let wel: transfugdrake voert alle veranderingen onmiddellijk door nadat op
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> geklikt wordt.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Na het starten van transfugdrake ziet u op de eerste pagina van de wizard
-wat uitleg over het gereedschap en de invoer opties.</para>
-
-  <para>Zodra u de instructies heeft gelezen en begrepen, druk dan knop de
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>. Dit moet een detectie van de <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> installatie uitvoeren.</para>
-
-  <para>Wanneer de detectie stap is voltooid, wordt er een pagina getoond die u in
-staat stelt om gebruikersaccounts in <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> en Mageia te kiezen voor de invoer
-procedure. Het is mogelijk om andere gebruikersaccount in plaats van uw
-eigen te kiezen.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Houdt er rekening mee dat migratie-assistent (de back-end van transfugdrake)
-bepaalde beperkingen heeft waardoor <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> gebruikersaccount namen met speciale
-symbolen verkeerd kunnen worden weergegeven.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migratie kan enige tijd duren, dit is afhankelijk van de grootte van de
-document mappen.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Sommige <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> toepassingen
-(vooral stuurprogramma's) kunnen gebruikersaccounts voor verschillende
-doeleinden creëren. Bijvoorbeeld, stuurprogramma's van Nvidia worden in
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> bijgewerkt door middel van
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Gebruik alstublieft niet zulke
-gebruikersaccounts voor invoer doeleinden.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Wanneer u klaar bent met het selecteren van gebruikersaccounts druk dan de
-knop <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>. Op de volgende pagina kunt u een
-methode kiezen om documenten te importeren:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake is ontworpen om <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> gegevens van <emphasis>Mijn
-documenten</emphasis>, <emphasis>Mijn Muziek</emphasis> en <emphasis>Mijn
-Afbeeldingen</emphasis> mappen te importeren. Het is mogelijk om de invoer
-over te slaan door het selecteren van het juiste object in dit venster.</para>
-
-  <para>Wanneer u klaar bent met het kiezen van een invoer methode voor documenten
-druk dan de knop <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>. Op de volgende pagina kunt
-u een methode selecteren om bladwijzers te importeren:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake kan zowel <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> als
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bladwijzers importeren en omzetten naar
-bladwijzers die gebruikt kunnen worden in Mageia's <emphasis>Mozilla
-Firefox</emphasis> bijvoorbeeld.</para>
-
-  <para>Kies de gewenste invoer optie en druk op de knop
-<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>Op de volgende pagina kunt u een achtergrond voor het bureaublad importeren:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Kies de gewenste optie en druk op de knop <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>De laatste pagina van de wizard toont enkele felicitatie berichten. Druk op
-de knop <guibutton>Voltooien</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 61c731f6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Gebruikers en groepen</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Deze tool<footnote>
-      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-    </footnote> bevindt zich in het
-Mageia-configuratiecentrum, in het <emphasis
-role="bold">Systeem</emphasis>-tabblad, en heet "Gebruikers op het systeem
-beheren"</para>
-
-  <para>Met deze tool kunt u de gebruikers en de groepen beheren, d.w.z. een groep
-of gebruiker toevoegen of verwijderen en gebruiker- en groepinstellingen
-aanpassen (ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>Als userdrake gestart is, ziet u alle bestaande gebruikers in het
-<guibutton>Gebruikers</guibutton>-tabblad, en alle groepen in het
-<guibutton>Groepen</guibutton>tabblad. Beide tabbladen werken op dezelfde
-manier.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Gebruiker toevoegen</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Met deze knop opent u een nieuw scherm, met nog lege velden:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Het veld <emphasis role="bold">Volledige naam</emphasis> is bedoeld voor de
-voor- en achternaam, maar u kunt willekeurig wat invoeren en het zelfs leeg
-laten!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Aanmeldnaam</emphasis> dient wel ingevuld te worden.</para>
-
-  <para>Een <emphasis role="bold">Wachtwoord</emphasis> instellen wordt sterk
-aan-bevolen. Rechts ziet u een klein schild, als het rood is, is het
-wachtwoord zwak of te kort of lijkt het teveel op de aanmeldnaam. U kunt
-cijfers gebruiken, hoofd- of kleine letters, interpunctietekens enz. Het
-schildje zal oranje worden en dan groen naarmate het wachtwoord sterker
-wordt.</para>
-
-  <para>Het <emphasis role="bold">Bevestig wachwoord</emphasis>-veld is een extra
-check om zeker te zijn dat u uw wachtwoord correct invoerde.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Aanmeldshell</emphasis> is een uitvouwlijst waarin u
-de shell kunt wijzigen voor de gebruiker die u toevoegt. De opties zijn
-Bash, Dash en Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Privé-groep aanmaken voor de gebruiker</emphasis> zal,
-indien aangevinkt, automatisch een groep aanmaken met dezelfde naam en de
-nieuwe gebruiker als enig lid (dit kan gewijzigd worden).</para>
-
-  <para>De andere opties wijzen zichzelf. De nieuwe gebruiker wordt aangemaakt zodra
-u op <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> klikt.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Groep toevoegen</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>U dient enkel de naam van de nieuw groep in te voeren en, zonodig, de
-groeps-ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Bewerken</emphasis> (van een geselecteerde
-gebruiker)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Gebruikersgegevens</guibutton>: Hier kunt u de gegevens, behalve
-de ID, van de gebruiker wijzigen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account-informatie</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>De eerste optie dient om een vervaldatum voor het account in te stellen. Na
-deze datum is inloggen onmogelijk. Dit is zinvol voor tijdelijke accounts.</para>
-
-  <para>De tweede optie dient om het account te blokkeren, inloggen is onmogelijk
-zolang het account op slot zit.</para>
-
-  <para>Het pictogram kan ook gewijzigd worden.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Wachtwoord-informatie</emphasis>: Hier kunt u een
-vervaltermijn voor het wachtwoord installen, dat dwingt de gebruiker het
-wachtwoord periodiek te wijzigen.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Groepen</emphasis>: Hier kunt u de groepen kiezen waar
-de gebruiker lid van moet zijn.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Als u een gebruikersaccount aanpast dat ingelogd is, zullen de aanpassingen
-pas van kracht zijn als opnieuw ingelogd wordt.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Bewerken</emphasis> (met geselecteerde groep)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Groepsgegevens</emphasis>: Hier kunt u de naam van de
-groep wijzigen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Gebruikers groeperen</emphasis>: Hier kunt u kiezen
-welke gebruikers lid moeten zijn van de groep</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Verwijderen</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Selecteer een gebruiker of groep en verwijder deze door op <emphasis
-role="bold">Verwijderen</emphasis> te klikken. Bij een gebruiker volgt de
-vraag of de persoonlijke map en de mailbox ook verwijderd moeten worden. Als
-de gebruiker een privé-groep had, wordt deze ook verwijderd.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Het is mogelijk een groep te verwijderen die niet leeg is.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Verversen</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>De gebruikersdatabase kan ook buiten Userdrake gewijzigd worden. Klik op dit
-icoon om de gegevens te vernieuwen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Gastaccount</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">gast</emphasis> is een speciaal account. Het is
-bedoeld om iemand volledig beveiligde tijdelijke toegang tot het systeem te
-geven. De inlognaam is xguest, er is geen wachtwoord en het is onmogelijk om
-met dit account aanpassingen in het systeem door te voeren. U kunt dit
-account toevoegen en weer verwijderen door in het menu <guimenu> Acties ->
-Installeer gastaccount</guimenu> respectievelijk <guimenu> Acties ->
-Verwijder gastaccount</guimenu> te kiezen.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl.po b/docs/mcc-help/pl.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b0c6340..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9407 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>, 2013,2015
-# Marcin Wyka <padocholik@protonmail.com>, 2016
-# mrzysko <m.rzysko@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Patrick Mala <tatater56@gmail.com>, 2014
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 18:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-07 15:57+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"pl/)\n"
-"Language: pl\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4) && (n"
-"%100<12 || n%100>=14) ? 1 : n!=1 && (n%10>=0 && n%10<=1) || (n%10>=5 && n"
-"%10<=9) || (n%100>=12 && n%100<=14) ? 2 : 3);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Dostęp do napędów i katalogów udostępnianych przez WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Można uruchomić to narzędzie z wiersza poleceń, wpisując <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">disdrake --dav</emphasis> jako root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"To narzędzie<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> można znaleźć w "
-"Centrum Sterowania Mageia, pod zakladką Udostępnianie plików, etykietowane "
-"<guilabel>Konfiguracja udziałów WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Wprowadzenie"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> to "
-"protokół umożliwiający zamontowanie katalogu z serwera WWW lokalnie, tak że "
-"wydaje się, że jest lokalnym katalogiem. Obecność oprogramowania WebDAV jest "
-"konieczna na zdalnym serwerze. Konfiguracja serwera WebDAV nie jest celem "
-"tego narzędzia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Tworzenie nowego wpisu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Pierwszy ekran tego narzędzia wyświetla skonfigurowane wpisy, jeśli one "
-"istnieją, oraz przycisk <guibutton>Nowy</guibutton>. Aby utworzyć nowy wpis "
-"kliknij przycisk. Podaj URL serwera w odpowiedniej dziedzinie na nowym "
-"ekranie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Zawartość katalogu zdalnego będzie dostępna poprzez tego punktu montowania."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"Opcja <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> pozwala ci natychmiastowo uzyskać dostęp."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Udostępnianie partycji dysku twardego"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Możesz uruchomić to narzędzie z linii poleceń, wpisując <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake -- fileshare</emphasis> jako root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Te proste narzędzie <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pozwala ci, "
-"administratorowi aby uprawnić użytkowników do udostępniania części ich "
-"własnych podkatalogów /home z innymi użytkownikami tej samej sieci lokalnej, "
-"która może posiadać komputery działające na systemach Linux lub Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Znajduje się to w Centrum Sterowania Magei, pod sekcją Dysk Lokalny, nazwane "
-"\"Udostępnij swoje partycje dysku twardego\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Najpierw odpowiedz na pytanie : \"<guilabel> Czy chciałbyś pozwolić "
-"użytkownikom na udostępnianie części z ich katalogów? </guilabel>\", kliknij "
-"na <guibutton> Nie udostępniaj</guibutton> jeśli odpowiedź to nie dla "
-"wszystkich użytkowników i kliknij na <guibutton>Własne</guibutton> jeżeli "
-"odpowiedź to nie dla niektórych użytkowników i tak dla pozostałych. W "
-"ostatniej opcji użytkownicy którzy są autoryzowani do udostępniania ich "
-"katalogów muszą należeć do grupy fileshare, która jest automatycznie "
-"tworzona przez system. Będziesz zapytany o to później."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Kliknij na <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, pojawia się drugi ekran, który pyta cię "
-"o wybranie pomiędzy <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> jeśli Linux jest jedynym "
-"systemem operacyjnym w sieci, sprawdź <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> jeżeli sieć "
-"zawiera maszyny i z Linuksem i z Windowsem, a następnie kliknij na "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Jeżeli jakakolwiek instalacja wymaganego pakietu "
-"jest potrzebna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Konfiguracja jest kompletna jeśli opcja Własne została wybrana. W tym "
-"wypadku kolejny ekran przeniesie cię aby otworzyć Userdrake. Te narzędzie "
-"pozwoli ci dodać autoryzowanych użytkowników do udostępniania ich katalogów "
-"dla grupy fileshare. W sekcju Użytkownicy, kliknij na użytkownika i dodaj go "
-"do grupy fileshare, następnie w <guimenuitem>Edytuj</guimenuitem> w sekcji "
-"Grupy. Sprawdź grupę fileshare i kliknij na <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Aby "
-"uzyskać więcej informacji o Userdrake, zobacz <xref linkend=\"userdrake"
-"\">tę stronę</xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Kiedy nowy użytkownik dodawany jest do grupy fileshare, musisz rozłączyć i "
-"połączyć ponownie sieć aby modyfikacje zostały dodane do konta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Od teraz każdy użytkownik należący do grupy fileshare może zaznaczyć w jego "
-"managerze plików katalogi to udostępnienia, jednak nie wszystkie managery "
-"plików posiadają taką opcję."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "pl"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Dostęp do udostępnianych napędów i katalogów NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Możesz uruchomić to narzędzie z linii komend, wpisując <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> jako root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Procedura"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Nagrywarka CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Punkt montowania"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Opcje"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr ""
-"Dostęp do napędów i katalogów udostępnianych przez systemy Windows (SMB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Efekty pulpitu 3D"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Wyszukiwanie problemów"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Uwierzytelnianie"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja automatycznego logowania"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja sposobu uruchamiania"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Narzędzie raportowania błędów"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Można uruchomić to narzędzie z wiersza poleceń, wpisując <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Ustawienie daty i czasu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Usuwanie połączenia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja nowego interfejsu sieciowego (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja ręczna"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Brak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protokół dynamicznej konfiguracji komputera (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja ręczna TCP/IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP przez Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Protokół tunelowania punkt-do-punktu (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Ustawienia dostępu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Konto (nazwa użytkownika)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Zewnętrzny modem ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Nazwa połączenia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Numer telefonu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Identyfikator logowania"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Metoda uwierzytelniania"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Domena"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Pierwszy i drugi serwer DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Zarządzany"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Klucz szyfrujący"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Nazwa punktu dostępowego"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Ręczny wybór"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Oparta o skrypt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Poprzez terminal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Hotplugging sieci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Włącz tunelowanie IPv6 do IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Otwieranie konsoli jako administrator"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Zarządzanie partycjami dysku"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja menedżera wyświetlania"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja osobistej zapory sieciowej"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Zarządzanie, dodawanie i usuwanie czcionek. Import czcionek z Windows® "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Kontrola rodzicielska"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Udostępnianie połączenia internetowego innym komputerom w sieci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Definicje hostów"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Dodaj</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Modyfikuj</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Zaawansowana konfiguracja interfejsów sieciowych i zapory"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Centrum konfiguracji sieci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Zarządzanie profilami sieciowymi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Udostępnianie napędów i katalogów z użyciem NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Edytuj wpis"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Dostęp do komputera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Mapowanie ID użytkownika"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Opcje zaawansowane"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Pośrednik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja uwierzytelniania dla narzędzi Magei"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Zrzuty danych"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja dźwięku"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja UPS do monitorowania napięcia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Podsumowanie"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Zakończ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja czasu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja pośrednika"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja serwera OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Opcje ogólne"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Zarządzanie usługami systemowymi poprzez ich włączanie i wyłączanie"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja sprzętu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Układ klawiatury"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Typ klawiatury"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Metoda wejścia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Przegląd i przeszukiwanie logów systemowych"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Usługa webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Serwer pocztowy Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Serwer FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Serwer WWW Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Serwer SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Serwer Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Usługa Xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Uaktualnianie pakietów oprogramowania"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Uruchamianie"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja etapów uruchamiania"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Centrum Sterowania Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tekst oraz zrzuty ekranu są dostępne na licencji CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="
-"\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons."
-"org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ten dokument został stworzony przy pomocy <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> rozwijanego przez <link ns6:href=\"http://"
-"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Dokumentacja została napisana przez wolontariuszy w ich wolnym czasie. Jeśli "
-"chcesz pomóc poprawić dokumentację skontaktuj się z <link ns6:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Zespołem Dokumentacji</link>, "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Sprzęt"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Zarządzanie sprzętem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja grafiki"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja myszy i klawiatury"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja drukowania i skanowania"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Inne"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Dyski lokalne"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Usługi sieciowe"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Udostępnianie plików"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja udziałów Windows (R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja udziałów NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja udziałów WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Zarządzanie urządzeniami sieciowymi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Personalizacja i bezpieczeństwo twojej sieci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Bezpieczeństwo"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Udostępnianie "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "System"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Zarządzanie usługami systemowymi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Lokalizacja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Narzędzia administracyjne"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja częstotliwości aktualizacji"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja urządzeń wskazujących (mysz, touchpad)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: bezpieczeństwo systemu i audyt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Bezpieczeństwo sieci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Prawa dostępu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Ikona"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja skanera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instalacja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Zarządzanie oprogramowaniem"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Import dokumentów i ustawień z systemu Windows ®"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Użytkownicy i grupy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Konfiguracja serwera graficznego"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Opcje:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 08984146..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centrum Sterowania Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">The tools to configure the Mageia system</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Tekst oraz zrzuty ekranu są dostępne na licencji CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Ten dokument został stworzony przy pomocy <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> rozwijanego przez <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Dokumentacja została napisana przez wolontariuszy w ich wolnym czasie. Jeśli
-chcesz pomóc poprawić dokumentację skontaktuj się z <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Zespołem
-Dokumentacji</link>, </para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 604244c3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centrum Sterowania Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Tekst oraz zrzuty ekranu są dostępne na licencji CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Ten dokument został stworzony przy pomocy <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> rozwijanego przez <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Dokumentacja została napisana przez wolontariuszy w ich wolnym czasie. Jeśli
-chcesz pomóc poprawić dokumentację skontaktuj się z <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Zespołem
-Dokumentacji</link>, </para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 28234040..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Uaktualnianie pakietów oprogramowania</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management.</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
-drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
-are prompted to do so.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
-those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
-default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
-<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process.</para>
-
-  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
-the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
-means you can click to drop down a text.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
-displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>
-. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bc7d71ac..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Konfiguracja serwera graficznego</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
-graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
-as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphic card</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
-configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
-one with a proprietary driver.</para>
-
-  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
-manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
-order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
-Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
-graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
-in your Desktop Environment.</para>
-
-      <para>If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
-Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
-    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
-use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
-example).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
-you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
-isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
-<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolution:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
-colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>When you change the color depth, a
-multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview
-of what the selected color depth looks like.</para>
-
-  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
-one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
-and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
-set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
-select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
-
-  <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for
-another one.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and
-restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking
-on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the
-graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
-text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
-XFdrake's text version.</para>
-    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
-to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
-right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Opcje:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
-restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
-three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
-<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
-booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
-may be unchecked for a server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
-you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
-previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
-and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c0d7d9ed..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Dostęp do napędów i katalogów udostępnianych przez WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>To narzędzie<footnote><para>Można uruchomić to narzędzie z wiersza poleceń, wpisując <emphasis
-role="bold">disdrake --dav</emphasis> jako root.</para>
-  </footnote> można znaleźć w Centrum
-Sterowania Mageia, pod zakladką Udostępnianie plików, etykietowane
-<guilabel>Konfiguracja udziałów WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> to
-protokół umożliwiający zamontowanie katalogu z serwera WWW lokalnie, tak że
-wydaje się, że jest lokalnym katalogiem. Obecność oprogramowania WebDAV jest
-konieczna na zdalnym serwerze. Konfiguracja serwera WebDAV nie jest celem
-tego narzędzia.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tworzenie nowego wpisu.</title>
-
-    <para>Pierwszy ekran tego narzędzia wyświetla skonfigurowane wpisy, jeśli one
-istnieją, oraz przycisk <guibutton>Nowy</guibutton>. Aby utworzyć nowy wpis
-kliknij przycisk. Podaj URL serwera w odpowiedniej dziedzinie na nowym
-ekranie.</para>
-
-    <para>Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue
-with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the
-<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct
-it, if needed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Zawartość katalogu zdalnego będzie dostępna poprzez tego punktu montowania.</para>
-
-    <para>In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other
-options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Opcja <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> pozwala ci natychmiastowo uzyskać dostęp.</para>
-
-    <para>After you accepted the configuration with the radio button
-<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your
-new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you
-are asked whether or not to save the modifications in
-<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the
-remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for
-one-time usage, do not save it.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 50f92d18..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Udostępnianie partycji dysku twardego</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Te proste narzędzie <footnote><para>Możesz uruchomić to narzędzie z linii poleceń, wpisując <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake -- fileshare</emphasis> jako root.</para></footnote> pozwala ci,
-administratorowi aby uprawnić użytkowników do udostępniania części ich
-własnych podkatalogów /home z innymi użytkownikami tej samej sieci lokalnej,
-która może posiadać komputery działające na systemach Linux lub Windows.</para>
-
-  <para>Znajduje się to w Centrum Sterowania Magei, pod sekcją Dysk Lokalny, nazwane
-"Udostępnij swoje partycje dysku twardego".</para>
-
-  <para>Najpierw odpowiedz na pytanie : "<guilabel> Czy chciałbyś pozwolić
-użytkownikom na udostępnianie części z ich katalogów? </guilabel>", kliknij
-na <guibutton> Nie udostępniaj</guibutton> jeśli odpowiedź to nie dla
-wszystkich użytkowników i kliknij na <guibutton>Własne</guibutton> jeżeli
-odpowiedź to nie dla niektórych użytkowników i tak dla pozostałych. W
-ostatniej opcji użytkownicy którzy są autoryzowani do udostępniania ich
-katalogów muszą należeć do grupy fileshare, która jest automatycznie
-tworzona przez system. Będziesz zapytany o to później.</para>
-
-  <para>Kliknij na <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, pojawia się drugi ekran, który pyta cię
-o wybranie pomiędzy <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> jeśli Linux jest jedynym
-systemem operacyjnym w sieci, sprawdź <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> jeżeli sieć
-zawiera maszyny i z Linuksem i z Windowsem, a następnie kliknij na
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Jeżeli jakakolwiek instalacja wymaganego pakietu
-jest potrzebna.</para>
-
-  <para>Konfiguracja jest kompletna jeśli opcja Własne została wybrana. W tym
-wypadku kolejny ekran przeniesie cię aby otworzyć Userdrake. Te narzędzie
-pozwoli ci dodać autoryzowanych użytkowników do udostępniania ich katalogów
-dla grupy fileshare. W sekcju Użytkownicy, kliknij na użytkownika i dodaj go
-do grupy fileshare, następnie w <guimenuitem>Edytuj</guimenuitem> w sekcji
-Grupy. Sprawdź grupę fileshare i kliknij na <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Aby
-uzyskać więcej informacji o Userdrake, zobacz <xref linkend="userdrake">tę
-stronę</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Kiedy nowy użytkownik dodawany jest do grupy fileshare, musisz rozłączyć i
-połączyć ponownie sieć aby modyfikacje zostały dodane do konta.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Od teraz każdy użytkownik należący do grupy fileshare może zaznaczyć w jego
-managerze plików katalogi to udostępnienia, jednak nie wszystkie managery
-plików posiadają taką opcję.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d0349b28..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Dostęp do udostępnianych napędów i katalogów NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>Możesz uruchomić to narzędzie z linii komend, wpisując <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> jako root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare some
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix
-systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at
-boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session
-for a user with tools such as file browsers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedura</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers
-which share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the
-shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have
-to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and
-change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After
-mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button,
-a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab
-modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the
-network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file
-browser, for example in Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 163df5b4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Nagrywarka CD/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is found under the tab Local
-disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable
-hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only). </para>
-
-  <para>Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted. </para>
-
-  <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and
-the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change
-them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-button. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Punkt montowania</title>
-
-    <para>Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Opcje</title>
-
-    <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this
-option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is
-the only one who can umount it. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 38483851..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Dostęp do napędów i katalogów udostępnianych przez systemy Windows (SMB)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare which
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R)
-systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared
-directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with
-tools such as file browsers.</para>
-
-    <para>Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of
-available servers, for example with <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedura</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who
-share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the
-list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you
-have to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount
-button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the
-<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to
-connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it
-with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask
-"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will allow
-directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The
-new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in
-dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 355ac5c5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Efekty pulpitu 3D</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> lets you manage the 3D
-desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by
-default.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Getting Started</title>
-
-    <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the
-package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can
-start.</para>
-
-    <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you
-can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a
-composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special
-effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn
-it on.</para>
-
-    <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of
-Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be
-installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz
-Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in
-for the changes to take effect.</para>
-
-    <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz
-Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wyszukiwanie problemów</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Can't See Desktop after Logging in</title>
-
-      <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop
-but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in
-screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be
-prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login
-with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the
-log in problem.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index acb0c597..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Uwierzytelnianie</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the
-manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para>
-
-  <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your
-computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so
-and give information about that.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 66c473cb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Konfiguracja automatycznego logowania</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to automatically
-login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any
-password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good idea when there
-is only one user like to be using the machine.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the
-Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para>
-
-  <para>The interface buttons are pretty obvious:</para>
-
-  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
-starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
-boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
-possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
-launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
-<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
-continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check
-<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if
-needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default
-username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 48d9f934..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Konfiguracja sposobu uruchamiania</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
-slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
-(ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to configure the
-boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot,
-etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled "Set up
-boot system".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing
-some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if
-using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub,
-Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question
-of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the
-<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you
-are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any
-modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para>
-
-  <para>In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is
-installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common
-to all operating systems installed.</para>
-
-  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
-the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
-seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available
-operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is
-made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
-possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the
-power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was
-the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI
-compatible.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for
-multicore processors.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual
-processor and enable SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two
-components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
-APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses
-to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
-for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
-system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
-"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
-APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
-loader you chose.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot
-time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu
-entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you
-click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>
-buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or
-to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be
-able to use these tools.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want
-to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command "title". For
-example: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches
-the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the
-kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this
-entry by default.</para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
-file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, in the drop-down lists.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in
-Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
-one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
-to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
-<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
-Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
-touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable
-unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bb60d39..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Narzędzie raportowania błędów</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>Można uruchomić to narzędzie z wiersza poleceń, wpisując <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically
-when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing
-a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the
-information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para>
-
-  <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that,
-then please read <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
-report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para>
-
-  <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message
-that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to
-that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 95dc64e5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by
-doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>,
-but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be
-several GBs large.</para>
-<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing
-the unneeded parts.</para></note>
-  <para>This command collects the following information on your system:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of this command's
-output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch
-to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as
-root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If
-you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000
-lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail
--n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 78717e04..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Ustawienie daty i czasu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the tab System
-in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and
-time"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a
-right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para>It's a very simple tool.</para>
-
-  <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On
-the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on
-the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month
-(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or
-2012). Select the day by clicking on its number.</para>
-
-  <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time
-Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on
-time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time
-Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para>
-
-  <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's
-useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours,
-minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows
-to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see
-your desktop environment settings for that.</para>
-
-  <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the
-<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the
-nearest town.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they
-will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation
-settings.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f6b4be1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Usuwanie połączenia</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then
-click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted
-successfully.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d14f3cc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,808 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Konfiguracja nowego interfejsu sieciowego (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure much of
-local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from
-your access provider or your network administrator.</para>
-
-    <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware
-and provider you have.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Wired connection (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Konfiguracja ręczna</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS
-servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no
-HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Satellite connection (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Cable modem connection</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>You have to specify a authentication method:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Brak</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name
-and password.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Konfiguracja ręczna</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers
-to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME
-is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic connection would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new DSL connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokół dynamicznej konfiguracji komputera (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konfiguracja ręczna TCP/IP</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP przez Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokół tunelowania punkt-do-punktu (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ustawienia dostępu</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto (nazwa użytkownika)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new ISDN connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manual choice (internal ISDN card)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Zewnętrzny modem ISDN</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and
-manufacturer. Select your card.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave
-you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nazwa połączenia</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Numer telefonu</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Identyfikator logowania</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Metoda uwierzytelniania</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or
-manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by
-automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to
-put:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Domena</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Pierwszy i drugi serwer DNS</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you
-are sure that your provider is configured to accept it.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic
-or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the
-IP address.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Wireless connection (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
-Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper
-only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that
-the card has detected.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Operating mode:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Zarządzany</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To access to an existing access point (the most frequent).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To configure direct connection between computers.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Network Name (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Some old hardware deals only this encryption method.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Klucz szyfrujący</para>
-
-            <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a
-manual IP address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatic IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
-declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is
-specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
-Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the DHCP client</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
-connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Konfiguracja ręczna</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
-before the period.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Provide access settings</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nazwa punktu dostępowego</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto (nazwa użytkownika)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Account password</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ręczny wybór</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Detected hardware, if any.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of ports is proposed. Select your port.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
-gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Connection name</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Phone number</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Login ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Password</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Oparta o skrypt</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Poprzez terminal</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Ending the configuration</title>
-
-    <para>In the next step, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
-access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
-automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>With the advanced button, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metric (10 by default)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hotplugging sieci</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Włącz tunelowanie IPv6 do IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start
-immediately or not.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b653cfdc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Otwieranie konsoli jako administrator</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives you access to a console
-which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more
-information about that.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index aeb81c93..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Zarządzanie partycjami dysku</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk or diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
-error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
-partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
-see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
-<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
-want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
-preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
-resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
-partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
-all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
-disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
-partition.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called "EFI System
-Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it contains
-all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot
-choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition
-must be unmounted first.</para>
-
-  <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para>
-
-  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
-delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
-<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
-selected</para>
-
-  <para>You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
-gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be
-seen in the screenshot below.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 81d491f6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Konfiguracja menedżera wyświetlania</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Here<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> you can choose which display
-manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
-on your system will be shown.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
-different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
-is a lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 11611ce0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Konfiguracja osobistej zapory sieciowej</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Security
-tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
-firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
-security, permissions and audit".</para>
-
-  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
-connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
-first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
-attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
-<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
-the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
-
-  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
-<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
-<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
-examples :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>The listed ports should be separated by a space.</para>
-
-  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
-checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
-it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
-recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
-allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
-<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
-box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
-somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
-corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
-below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
-warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
-
-  <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the
-Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary
-packages are downloaded.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
-Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c439145..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Zarządzanie, dodawanie i usuwanie czcionek. Import czcionek z Windows® </title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It
-allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen
-above shows:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>a preview of the selected font.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>some buttons explained here later.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You
-must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Options:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able
-to use the fonts.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Uninstall:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be
-careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the
-documents that use them.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Import:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
-supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
-<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
-role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
-fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
-done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
-main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 02103bf4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Kontrola rodzicielska</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
-Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
-drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
-restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
-useful capabilities:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
-controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
-only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
-blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
-website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
-control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuring Parental controls</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
-Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
-your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
-feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
-users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
-an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
-prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
-then suggest you reboot.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
-control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
-is opened.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the
-websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all
-the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
-their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
-right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
-not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an
-user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
-remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
-with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
-<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
-window.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title>
-
-      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Block Programs Tab</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to
-restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the
-applications you wish to block.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand
-side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 07f9c156..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Udostępnianie połączenia internetowego innym komputerom w sieci</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Principles</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
-computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
-network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
-other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
-gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
-must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
-the Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
-set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Gateway wizard</title>
-
-    <para>The wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> offers successive steps
-which are shown below:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this
-and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard
-automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that
-what is proposed is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes
-one, check that this is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask
-and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual
-configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to
-specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
-it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
-with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
-proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
-printers and to share them.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configure the client</title>
-
-    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
-specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
-automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
-to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
-using.</para>
-
-    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
-specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
-gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Stop connection sharing</title>
-
-    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
-the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
-sharing.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b06b462..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Definicje hostów</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
-IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows to
-specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
-instead of the IP-address.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Dodaj</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window
-to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an
-alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modyfikuj</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the
-same window.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ec01e216..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Zaawansowana konfiguracja interfejsów sieciowych i zapory</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c6d99cf8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Centrum konfiguracji sieci</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Network
-&amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-
-    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
-configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
-etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
-on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
-settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
-network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
-ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
-
-    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
-first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
-networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
-the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
-connected.</para>
-
-    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
-networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
-strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
-the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
-either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
-or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
-to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
-window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
-key in particular).</para>
-
-    <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Monitor button</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
-PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
-available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
--> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
-local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
-gives details about connection status.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
-accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Configure button</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For a wired network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
-creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
-configuration may give better results.</para>
-
-    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
-like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
-<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
-the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
-the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
-have to reconnect to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network
-Manager:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
-point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
-<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
-access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
-passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
-personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
-in private networks.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
-point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Advanced Settings button</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c52fc8d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Zarządzanie profilami sieciowymi</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dd06ca1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Udostępnianie napędów i katalogów z użyciem NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prerequisites</title>
-
-    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is launched for the
-first time, it may display the following message:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Main window</title>
-
-    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list
-is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
-configuration tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Edytuj wpis</title>
-
-    <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
-with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
-available.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Directory</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The
-<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose
-it.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Dostęp do komputera</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
-directory.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name
-recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
-characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
-domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
-hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
-`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Mapowanie ID użytkownika</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
-0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
-cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
-the server itself.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
-squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
-(no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
-to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
-directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
-mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
-the anonymous account.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Opcje zaawansowane</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
-originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
-is on by default.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
-and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
-request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
-using this option.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
-violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
-by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
-help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
-exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu entries</title>
-
-    <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 23fa0439..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Pośrednik</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
-this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
-administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
-some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
-
-  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
-proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
-an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control their complexity.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 911ee721..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configure Media</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
-repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
-to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
-below).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
-USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
-used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
-packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
-media type CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
-i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
-your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
-don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
-the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">The columns</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
-some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column Update:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
-media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
-this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
-and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
-versions contain at least:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
-supported by Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
-are not free</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
-be patent claims in some countries.</para>
-
-        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
-version of Mageia was released.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
-due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
-even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
-backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
-of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
-corrections.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">The buttons on the right</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Remove:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
-remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since
-all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
-proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
-contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
-adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
-you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
-specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
-the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
-in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
-release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
-be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">The menu</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
-click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
-too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
-actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
-out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
-between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
-<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
-clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
-close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
-mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that
-isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
-name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
-the medium type)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
-or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
-download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
-update only, always or never).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
-the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
-window that appear, select a medium and then click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
-on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
-here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
-necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
-page</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d5c906b2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Share directories and drives with Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-
-    <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
-resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
-the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is
-also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the
-resources of the Samba server.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Preparation</title>
-
-    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
-address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
-<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the
-station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
-firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title>
-
-    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis
-role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> checks if
-needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
-yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already
-selected.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
-access to the shared resources.</para>
-
-    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
-the network.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Choose the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
-resource</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
-each share</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
-address or host name.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
-described in the Windows workstations.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
-configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
-option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
-not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
-as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
-group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
-account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Declare a directory to share</title>
-
-    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
-<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
-the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
-name can not be modified.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menu entries</title>
-
-    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
-
-      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Printers share</title>
-
-    <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba users</title>
-
-    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
-resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8751cb3c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Konfiguracja uwierzytelniania dla narzędzi Magei</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
-usually done by the administrator.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
-the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
-drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the
-same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c05a229..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Zrzuty danych</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
-<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
-tools</guilabel> section.</para>
-  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
-about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
-proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
-
- <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
-<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
-Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
-<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
-the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
-files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
-<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
-the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
-included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
-done.</para>
-	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
-<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
-USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd2edf83..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Konfiguracja dźwięku</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and
-troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you
-change the sound card.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
-inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
-sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
-volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
-enabled.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
-is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
-fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an
-obvious button.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 79e6cc65..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Konfiguracja UPS do monitorowania napięcia</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ca5ad3f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network access</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure secure
-access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
-workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
-configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
-already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
-network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfiguracja</title>
-
-    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
-protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
-
-    <para>Then give your connection a name.</para>
-
-    <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
-first time the tool is used.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
-from the network administrator.</para>
-
-        <para>Advanced parameters:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
-connection.</para>
-
-    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
-connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
-to this VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ccde6971..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configure webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
-server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a web server?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
-accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the web server wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server User Module</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows users to create their own sites.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User web directory name</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
-display it.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Podsumowanie</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Zakończ</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bf7c5fe..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Konfiguracja DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0de19668..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Konfiguracja DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
-interfaces</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
-be installed before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
-standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
-configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
-communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
-which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select IP range</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
-the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
-some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Podsumowanie</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hold on...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
-change things around.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hours later...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
-adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d49f5f35..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Konfiguracja czasu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
-your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
-default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
-packages.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
-time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
-because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
-arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
-click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
-may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
-servers;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
-name;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
-<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a7de19d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Konfiguracja FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
-protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Information</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
-complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
-(File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Podsumowanie</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Zakończ</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 05db9536..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Konfiguracja pośrednika</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
-before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
-
-    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
-as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Podsumowanie</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Start during boot?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Zakończ</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1908772e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Konfiguracja serwera OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
-communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
-other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
-via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
-(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
-respectively). (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
-<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opcje ogólne</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
-then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Podsumowanie</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Zakończ</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 460adc2d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Zarządzanie usługami systemowymi poprzez ich włączanie i wyłączanie</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 595942b0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Konfiguracja sprzętu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives a general view of the
-hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
-look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
-<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
-<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The window</title>
-
-    <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para>
-
-    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
-grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
-category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
-
-    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
-<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
-about the content of the fields.</para>
-
-    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
-available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
-parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
-used by experts only.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
-configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The menu</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Opcje</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
-enable automatic detection:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
-the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
-be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 58757b9a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wprowadzenie</title>
-
-    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> helps you
-configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
-Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
-be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
-"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Układ klawiatury</title>
-
-    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
-in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
-layout should be used for.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Typ klawiatury</title>
-
-    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
-unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d6a1faa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root.
-  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
-section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
-your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
-language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
-compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
-language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
-countries not listed.</para>
-
-  <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Metoda wejścia</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
-input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
-methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
-Korean, etc).</para>
-  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
-users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
-  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
-and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
-part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fa5d38c1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Przegląd i przeszukiwanie logów systemowych</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
-logs</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To do a search in the logs</title>
-
-    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
-<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
-<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
-to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
-possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
-month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
-day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
-to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
-file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
-clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
-configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
-updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
-the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
-address.</para>
-
-    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
-Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
-Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
-running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
-look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
-
-    <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Usługa webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serwer pocztowy Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serwer FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serwer WWW Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serwer SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serwer Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Usługa Xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
-unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
-the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
-out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
-to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
-
-    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
-person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
-or on the Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index eba6e567..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f5f5ceb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
-PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
-packages to work.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
-is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
-
-  <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Information about the network</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
-
-  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
-lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
-called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 75a1c2f3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Uruchamianie</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
-steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguracja etapów uruchamiania</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a1b5c86..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Sprzęt</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your
-hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Zarządzanie sprzętem</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
-hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguracja grafiki</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguracja myszy i klawiatury</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguracja drukowania i skanowania</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
-the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Inne</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index af0e9179..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
-choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
-installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
-selected in the big right panel.</para>
-
-	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
-tools.</para>
-
-<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
-any of the MCC tabs.</para>
-
-	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
-screens.</para>
-
-        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
-the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 27e86747..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Dyski lokalne</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
-local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Dyski lokalne</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c7de6a30..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Network and Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link
-below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Zarządzanie urządzeniami sieciowymi</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personalizacja i bezpieczeństwo twojej sieci</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Inne</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 70f7da55..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Usługi sieciowe</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
-the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
-between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
-on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Usługi sieciowe</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ec2ae6ac..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Udostępnianie plików</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and
-directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfiguracja udziałów Windows (R)</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
-directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfiguracja udziałów NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfiguracja udziałów WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 45202cdd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Bezpieczeństwo</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
-link below to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Bezpieczeństwo</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
-and audit</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bfc4baae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Udostępnianie </title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
-visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
-choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
-below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Udostępnianie </title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dc5a876f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">System</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration
-tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Zarządzanie usługami systemowymi</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Lokalizacja</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Narzędzia administracyjne</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a320517..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Konfiguracja częstotliwości aktualizacji</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
-Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
-updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
-check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
-out.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 163f9d8c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Konfiguracja urządzeń wskazujących (mysz, touchpad)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
-Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
-
-  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
-and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
-PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
-immediately taken into account.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b7a3a697..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: bezpieczeństwo systemu i audyt</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
-msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
-approaches:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
-make it more secure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
-you if something seems dangerous.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
-set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
-enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
-own customised security levels.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Overview tab</title>
-
-    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
-
-    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
-button on the right side to configure them:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>enabled or not</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
-and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Security settings tab</title>
-
-    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
-<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
-below.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Basic security tab</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
-allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
-in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
-following levels are available:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
-do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
-your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
-constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
-if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
-vulnerable to attack.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
-configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
-constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
-detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
-permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
-versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
-you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
-system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
-the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
-5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
-such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
-system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
-but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>These levels are saved in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
-your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for
-power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
-level settings.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
-to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
-by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
-can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
-and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
-the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
-enable it.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
-immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
-problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
-files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
-security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
-any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
-the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
-to the options.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>System security tab</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
-description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
-column.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
-screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
-actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
-selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
-choice.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
-using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
-have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
-saving them.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Bezpieczeństwo sieci</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
-
-      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
-security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
-if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
-checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
-
-      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
-these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
-allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
-messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
-below shows four exceptions.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
-button</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
-<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
-<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
-obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
-<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
-tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Prawa dostępu</title>
-    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
-enforcement.</para>
-    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
-secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
-level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
-into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
-into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
-intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
-also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
-you want. Current configuration is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
-list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
-can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
-owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
-given rule:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
-defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
-if not, but does not change anything.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
-permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
-permissions.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
-and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
-the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
-not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
-menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
-the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
-    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
-configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
-in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
-check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
-checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
-account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
-use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
-changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
-manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
-in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
-the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
-the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 825a1b5a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Other Mageia Tools</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
-Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
-next pages.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>And more tools?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e3032bd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduction to rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
-program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
-graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
-package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
-servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
-available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
-certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
-default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
-packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
-of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
-included in the packages.</para>
-
-    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
-the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
-will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
-: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
-and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
-it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
-thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
-packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The main parts of the screen</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
-time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
-interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
-dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
-updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
-probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
-this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
-of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
-packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
-not installed.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
-summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
-in the packages.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
-for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
-"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
-.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
-sub categories.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
-description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
-can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
-package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The status column</title>
-
-    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
-category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
-list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
-is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
-installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
-uncheck the box before the package name and click on
-<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Ikona</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legend</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is already installed</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be installed</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is an update</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be uninstalled</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
-icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
-on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
-with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when
-clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The dependencies</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
-are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
-information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
-dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
-may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
-library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
-button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
-install.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d8b527c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Konfiguracja skanera</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instalacja</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>This tool <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to configure a
-single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
-also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
-remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
-
-    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
-message:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
-<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
-installed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
-the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
-sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
-cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
-scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
-scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
-list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
-<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Choose port</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
-ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
-case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
-
-    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
-similar to the one below.</para>
-<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
-accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
-decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
-this machine.</para>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
-deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
-this computer.</para>
-
-    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
-from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
-machines.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
-offers to do it.</para>
-
-    <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
-"net"</para>
-
-    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifics</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
-(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
-you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivers are available from <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
-with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
-ignored.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
-steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
-each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
-after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
-firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
-downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
-    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
-each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
-what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b3baeb7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Zarządzanie oprogramowaniem</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
-management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Zarządzanie oprogramowaniem</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your
-system</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
-sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c1ecaaf0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,341 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Install and configure a printer</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Wprowadzenie</title>
-
-    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
-ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
-interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
-offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
-which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
-and openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
-installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
-
-    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
-section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
-printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
-for.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of
-dependencies are needed.</para>
-
-    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
-detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
-printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
-printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
-will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
-name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
-"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
-automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
-drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
-next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
-to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
-options.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Select printer from database</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>provide PPD file</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>search for a driver to download</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
-first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
-driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
-encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
-which know to work.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Complete the installation process</title>
-
-    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
-allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
-the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
-available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
-this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
-printers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Network printer</title>
-
-    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
-wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
-another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
-IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
-as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
-one.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
-printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
-configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
-on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
-Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
-as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
-after "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
-your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
-you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
-Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
-and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
-says "host".</para>
-
-    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
-protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
-list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
-
-    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
-which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Network printing protocols</title>
-
-    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
-JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
-via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
-known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
-which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
-IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
-manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
-IP-adress is not required.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
-protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
-the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
-changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
-the same as above.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The other protocols are:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
-be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
-some ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
-but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
-defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
-with TLS secured protocol.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
-accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
-station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
-the URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-documentation.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Device Properties</title>
-
-    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
-parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
-system, but you can specify a different one with the
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
-another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
-of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Troubleshoot</title>
-
-    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
-inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
-<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Specifics</title>
-
-    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
-Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
-check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
-is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
-redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
-the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
-tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
-works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
-up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
-page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
-for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
-
-    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
-devices</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
-detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
-<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
-tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
-menu. Also view <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
-for the management of the printer.</para>
-
-    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
-features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
-allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
-case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
-picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
-open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
-card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
-the QPDL protocol.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
-package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
-be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
-according to your architecture. </para>
-
-    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
-conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
-<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d2217706..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Import dokumentów i ustawień z systemu Windows ®</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled
-<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
-from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
-immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
-explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
-
-  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
-
-  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
-choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
-Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
-than yours own.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
-transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
-(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
-example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
-import purposes.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import documents:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
-appropriate item in this window.</para>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import bookmarks:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
-<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pl/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pl/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d652a867..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pl/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Użytkownicy i grupy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
-"Manage users on system"</para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
-means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
-(ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
-the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
-<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
-entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
-or nothing as well!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
-
-  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
-recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
-password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
-use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
-shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
-you entered what you intended to.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
-you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
-Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
-checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
-user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
-
-  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
-after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
-group ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
-for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
-Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
-accounts.</para>
-
-  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
-as the account is locked.</para>
-
-  <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
-expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
-password periodically.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
-the user is a member of.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
-effective until his/her next login.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
-name.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
-who are members of the group</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
-role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
-ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
-has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
-refresh the display.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
-to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
-is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
-to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
-end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
-in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 377aa324..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11473 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Alexander Lima Chagas <allannit@gmail.com>, 2015
-# Carlos Filho <caffilhobr@gmail.com>, 2017
-# Flavio Monteiro <flaviomonteiro2013@gmail.com>, 2013
-# Flavio Monteiro <flaviomonteiro2013@gmail.com>, 2013
-# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
-# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2017
-# Michael Martins <michaelfm21@gmail.com>, 2017
-# Michael Martins <michaelfm21@gmail.com>, 2018
-# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013
-# Raphael Prieto <prieto.rap@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Raphael Prieto <prieto.rap@gmail.com>, 2014
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-02-10 09:47+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-02-20 14:37+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Michael Martins <michaelfm21@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/"
-"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n"
-"Language: pt_BR\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Acessar diretório e drivers compartilhados por WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia de Compartilhamento de Rede, rotulado "
-"<guilabel>Configuração WebDAV </guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Introdução"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> é um "
-"protocolo que permite a montagem de diretório de um servidor web localmente, "
-"para que ele aparece como um diretório local. É necessário que a máquina "
-"remota esteja executando um servidor WebDAV. Este não é o objetivo desta "
-"ferramenta para configurar o servidor WebDAV."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Criando uma nova entrada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira tela da ferramenta exibe as entradas já configuradas, se houver, "
-"e um botão <guibutton>novo </guibutton>. Use-o para criar uma nova entrada. "
-"Inserir a URL do servidor no domínio da nova tela."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Em seguida, você recebe uma tela com os botões de rádio para selecionar "
-"algumas ações. Continuar com a ação <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</"
-"guibutton>clicando<guibutton>OK</guibutton> depois de selecionar o botão de "
-"rádio, como o <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> já está configurado. No "
-"entanto, pode corrigi-lo, se necessário."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"O conteúdo do diretório remoto poderá ser acessado através deste ponto de "
-"montagem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"No próximo passo, dê o seu nome de usuário e senha. Se você precisa de "
-"algumas outras opções, você pode informa-las na tela <guibutton>avançada</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"A opção <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> permite que você monte de imediato o "
-"acesso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois que você aceita a configuração com o botão de rádio <guibutton>Feito "
-"</guibutton>, a primeira tela é exibida novamente e seu novo ponto de "
-"montagem está na lista. Depois de escolher <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, você "
-"será perguntado se deseja ou não salvar as modificações em <emphasis> /etc/"
-"fstab </emphasis>. Escolha esta opção se você deseja que o diretório remoto "
-"está disponível em cada inicialização. Se a sua configuração é para o uso de "
-"uma só vez, não salvá-lo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Partilhe as partições do disco rígido"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta simples ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que "
-"você, o administrador, para permitir que os usuários compartilhem partes de "
-"seus próprios diretórios /home com outros usuários de uma mesma rede local "
-"que pode ter computadores com Linux ou sistema operacional Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Pode ser encontrada no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia do disco local, "
-"chamado \"Partilhe as partições do disco rígido \"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Em primeiro lugar, responder à pergunta: \"<guilabel>Gostaria que permite "
-"aos usuários compartilhar alguns de seus diretórios </guilabel>\", clique em "
-"<guibutton>Sem partilha</guibutton> se a resposta é não para todos os "
-"usuários, clique em Permitir que  <guibutton>todos os usuários</guibutton> "
-"para todos os usuários e clique em <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> se a "
-"resposta é não para alguns usuários e sim para os outros. Neste último caso, "
-"os usuários que estão autorizados a compartilhar seus diretórios devem "
-"pertencer ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, que é criado "
-"automaticamente pelo sistema. Você será questionado sobre isso mais tarde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique em <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, uma segunda tela aparece que pede para "
-"você escolher entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB </"
-"guibutton>. Verifique <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se o Linux é o único "
-"sistema operacional em rede, verifique <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se a rede "
-"inclui tanto máquinas Windows Linux e em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>. Todos os pacotes necessários serão instalados, se necessário."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"A configuração está concluída, a menos que a opção Personalizar foi "
-"escolhido. Neste caso, uma tela extra pede-lhe para abrir Userdrake. Esta "
-"ferramenta permite que você adicione os usuários autorizados a partilhar os "
-"seus diretórios para o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos. Na guia do "
-"usuário, clique no usuário a adicionar ao grupo de compartilhamento de "
-"arquivos, em seguida, <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, Na aba Grupos. "
-"Verifique o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos e clique em <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>. Para mais informações sobre Userdrake, consulte <xref linkend="
-"\"userdrake\">esta página</xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao adicionar um novo usuário ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, você "
-"tem que desligar e religar a rede para as modificações serem levados em "
-"conta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"A partir de agora cada usuário pertencente ao grupo fileshare pode "
-"selecionar em sua / seu gerenciador de arquivos nos diretórios para ser "
-"compartilhado, embora nem todos os gerenciadores de arquivos têm essa "
-"facilidade."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
-#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "pt_BR"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "NFS acesso compartilhado unidades e diretórios"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar "
-"alguns diretórios compartilhados para ser acessível a todos os usuários da "
-"máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isso é o NFS que está disponível na "
-"maioria dos sistemas Linux ou Unix. O diretório compartilhado será, "
-"portanto, disponível diretamente no boot. Diretórios compartilhados podem "
-"ser também acessível diretamente em uma única sessão para um usuário com "
-"ferramentas tais como navegadores de arquivos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "procedimento"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione  <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma "
-"lista de servidores que diretórios ação."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique no símbolo > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos "
-"diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"O botão <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível e você "
-"tem que especificar onde montar o diretório."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, você pode montá-lo. Você também pode "
-"verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>Opções</"
-"guibutton>botão. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o "
-"mesmo botão."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao aceitar a configuração com o <guibutton>Feito</guibutton>, uma mensagem "
-"será exibida, pedindo \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificações"
-"\". Isso fará com que o diretório disponível em cada boot, se a rede está "
-"acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, "
-"por exemplo, no Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Gravador de CD / DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removale</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob "
-"os discos locais guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulados com o hardware "
-"removível (CD/DVD players e gravadores e drives de disquete só) ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Seu objetivo é definir a forma como o disco removível está montado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"No topo da janela há uma breve descrição de seu hardware e as opções "
-"escolhidas para montá-lo. Use o menu na parte inferior para mudá-los. "
-"Verifique o item a ser alterado e, em seguida, no <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "ponto de montagem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Marque esta caixa para alterar o ponto de montagem. O padrão é /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Opções"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Muitas opções de montagem pode ser escolhido aqui ou diretamente na lista ou "
-"através do <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> submenu. O principal são:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "Usuário/Nenhum usuário"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"usuário permite que um usuário comum (não root) para montar o disco "
-"removível, esta opção envolve noexec, nosuid e nodev. O usuário que montou o "
-"disco é o único que pode desmontar-lo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Acesso do Windows (SMB) unidades e diretórios compartilhados"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar "
-"que compartilhar diretórios para ser acessível a todos os usuários da "
-"máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isto é que o SMB foi popularizado nos "
-"sistemas Windows(R). O diretório compartilhado estará disponível diretamente "
-"na inicialização. Diretórios compartilhados também podem ser acessados ​​"
-"diretamente em uma única sessão por um usuário com ferramentas como "
-"navegadores de arquivos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Antes de iniciar a ferramenta, é uma idéia boa para declarar os nomes dos "
-"servidores disponíveis, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista "
-"de servidores que compartilham diretórios."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique no nome do servidor e em &gt; antes do nome do servidor para exibir a "
-"lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja "
-"acessar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"O <guibutton>ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível, você tem que "
-"especificar onde montar o diretório."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, pode ser montado com o "
-"<guimenu>Botão Monte </guimenu>. Você também pode verificar e alterar "
-"algumas opções com as <guibutton>opções</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Em opções, você pode especificar o nome de usuário e a senha daqueles "
-"capazes de se conectar ao servidor SMB. Depois de montar o diretório, você "
-"pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de aceitar a configuração com o botão Feito, uma mensagem irá "
-"perguntar \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificado\". Salvando, "
-"permitirá diretório para disponibilizada a cada inicialização, se a rede "
-"está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de "
-"arquivos, por exemplo, em dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Efeitos de desktop 3D"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite gerenciar "
-"os efeitos de desktop 3D em seu sistema operacional. Efeitos 3D estão "
-"desligados por padrão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Primeiros passos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Para utilizar esta ferramenta, você precisa ter o pacote glxinfo instalado. "
-"Se o pacote não estiver instalado, você será solicitado a fazê-lo antes "
-"drak3d pode começar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de iniciar drak3d, você será apresentado com uma janela de menu. Aqui "
-"você pode escolher qualquer <guilabel>Nenhum efeito de desktop 3D</guilabel> "
-"ou <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion é parte de um "
-"gerenciador de composição/janela, que inclui efeitos especiais com "
-"aceleração de hardware para o seu desktop. Escolha <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
-"guilabel> para ligá-lo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Se esta é sua primeira vez usando este programa após uma instalação limpa do "
-"Mageia, você receberá uma mensagem de aviso dizendo que os pacotes precisam "
-"ser instalados para usar Compiz Fusion. Clique no botão <guibutton>Ok </"
-"guibutton> para continuar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma vez que os pacotes apropriados estão instalados, você vai notar que "
-"Compiz Fusion é selecionado no menu drak3d, mas você deve fazer logoff e "
-"login novamente para que as alterações tenham efeito."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de entrar de volta, Compiz Fusion será ativado. Para configurar o "
-"Compiz Fusion, consulte a página da ferramenta ccsm (Gerenciamento de "
-"configurações CompizConfig)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Solução de problemas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Não pode ver a área de trabalho após o login"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Se depois de ligar Compiz Fusion tentar voltar a entrar na sua área de "
-"trabalho, mas não pode ver nada, reinicie o computador para voltar para a "
-"tela de login. Uma vez lá, clique no ícone do Google Desktop e selecione "
-"drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você entrar, se a sua conta está listado como um administrador, você "
-"será solicitado a senha novamente. Caso contrário, use o login de "
-"administrador com seu/sua conta. Depois, você pode desfazer quaisquer "
-"alterações que possam ter causado o log no problema."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "autenticação"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite modificar "
-"a maneira pela qual você pode ser reconhecido como usuário da máquina ou na "
-"rede."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Por padrão, as informações para a sua autenticação é armazenado em um "
-"arquivo em seu computador. Modificá-lo apenas se o seu administrador de rede "
-"convida-o a fazê-lo e dar informação sobre isso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Configurar login automático para fazer logon automaticamente no"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta a partir da linha de comando, digitando "
-"<emphasis role= \"bold\">drak login automatico</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você "
-"faça o login automaticamente com o mesmo usuário, em seu/seu ambiente de "
-"trabalho, sem pedir qualquer senha. É chamado login automático. Isso "
-"geralmente é uma boa idéia quando há apenas um usuário, como estar usando a "
-"máquina."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Pode ser encontrada sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Inicialização</emphasis> "
-"guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar login automático para "
-"fazer logon automaticamente em\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Os botões de interface são bastante óbvios:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Verifique <guibutton>Inicie o ambiente gráfico quando o sistema começa </"
-"guibutton>, se você quiser X Window System para ser executado após a "
-"inicialização. Se não, o sistema irá iniciar em modo texto. No entanto, será "
-"possível iniciar a interface gráfica manualmente. Isso pode ser feito com o "
-"lançamento do comando 'startx' ou 'systemctl começar dm'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a primeira caixa está marcada, outras duas opções estão disponíveis, "
-"verifique ou <guibutton>Não, eu não quero autologin</guibutton>, se você "
-"quiser que o sistema continue a pedir que o usuário se conectar (a senha) ou "
-"verificar <guibutton>Sim, eu quero autologin com este (usuário, desktop)</"
-"guibutton>, se necessário. Neste caso, você também precisa fornecer o nome "
-"de  <guilabel>usuário padrão</guilabel> e o <guilabel>desktop  padrão</"
-"guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Configure o sistema de inicialização"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você estiver usando um sistema UEFI em vez de BIOS, a interface do "
-"usuário é ligeiramente diferente como o dispositivo de inicialização é, "
-"obviamente, a partição do sistema EFI (ESP)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
-"as opções de inicialização (escolha do bootloader, defina uma senha, o "
-"padrão de inicialização, etc.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Pode ser encontrada na guia de inicialização no Centro de Controle Mageia "
-"rotulado como \"sistema de inicialização de configuração\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Não use esta ferramenta se você não sabe exatamente o que você está fazendo. "
-"Alterando algumas configurações podem impedir a sua máquina de inicializar "
-"de novamente!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"Na primeira parte, chamada <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, é possível se "
-"usar BIOS, a escolha do botão <guibutton>usar a opção Bootloader</"
-"guibutton>, Grub, Grub2 vs Lilo, e com um gráfico ou um menu de texto. É "
-"apenas uma questão de gosto, não há outras consequências. Você também pode "
-"definir o <guibutton>dispositivo de inicialização</guibutton>, não muda nada "
-"aqui a não ser que você seja um especialista. O dispositivo de boot é onde o "
-"bootloader está instalado e qualquer modificação pode impedir a sua máquina "
-"de inicializar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Em um sistema UEFI, o bootloader é <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> e está "
-"instalado na partição / boot / EFI. Esta partição formatada FAT32 é comum a "
-"todos os sistemas operacionais instalados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"Na segunda parte, chamada <guilabel>Opções principais</guilabel>, você pode "
-"definir o <guibutton>Atraso antes de inicializar a imagem padrão </"
-"guibutton>, em segundos. Durante este atraso, Grub ou Lilo irá exibir a "
-"lista de sistemas operacionais disponíveis, pedindo-lhe para fazer a sua "
-"escolha. Se nenhuma seleção for feita, o bootloader irá inicializar por "
-"padrão uma vez que o atraso decorrer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"Na terceira e última parte, chamado <guibutton>Segurança</guibutton>, é "
-"possível configurar uma senha para o gerenciador de inicialização. Isso "
-"significa que um usuário e uma senha serão solicitados no momento de "
-"inicialização para selecionar uma entrada de inicialização ou alterar as "
-"configurações. O nome de usuário é \"root\" e a senha é escolhida aqui."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dá algumas opções extras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) é um padrão para o "
-"gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode economizar energia, parando os "
-"dispositivos não utilizados, este foi o método usado antes do APM. Marque "
-"esta caixa se o seu hardware é compatível com ACPI."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP significa symmetric multi processadores, é uma arquitetura para "
-"processadores multicore."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você tem um processador com HyperThreading, Mageia vai vê-lo como um "
-"processador dual e ativar o SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton>e<guibutton>Habilitar APIC Local:</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC significa Advanced Controlador de interrupção programável. Há dois "
-"componentes no sistema Intel APIC, o local APIC (LAPIC) e APIC / S. A uma "
-"rotas as interrupções que os recebe autos periféricos para uma ou mais APICs "
-"locais que estão no processador. É realmente útil para sistemas multi-"
-"processador. Alguns computadores têm problemas com o sistema APIC o que pode "
-"causar congelamentos ou detecção de dispositivo incorreto (mensagem de erro "
-"\"espuria 8259A interrupção: IRQ7 \"). Neste caso, desative APIC e / ou APIC "
-"Local."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"A tela <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> difere dependendo do carregador de "
-"inicialização escolhido."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "Você tem Grub Legacy ou Lilo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Neste caso, você pode ver a lista de todas as entradas disponíveis em tempo "
-"de boot. O padrão é o asterisco. Para alterar a ordem das entradas do menu, "
-"clique em cima ou para baixo setas para mover o item selecionado. Se você "
-"clicar no botão <guibutton>Adicionar </guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modificar</"
-"guibutton> botões, aparece uma nova janela para adicionar uma nova entrada "
-"no menu bootloader ou para modificar um já existente. Você precisa estar "
-"familiarizado com o LILO ou GRUB para ser capaz de usar essas ferramentas."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"O campo <guilabel>Rótulo</guilabel> é de forma livre, escreva aqui o que "
-"você deseja ser exibido no menu. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"título "
-"\". Por exemplo: Mageia 3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"O campo <guilabel>Imagem</guilabel> contém o nome do kernel. Ele corresponde "
-"ao Grub comando \"do kernel\". Por exemplo /boot /vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"O campo <guilabel>Raiz</guilabel> contém o nome do dispositivo onde o kernel "
-"está armazenado. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"root\". Por exemplo, "
-"(hd0, 1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"O <guilabel>Anexo</guilabel> contém as opções a serem dadas para o kernel no "
-"momento da inicialização."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a caixa <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> estiver marcada, o Grub irá "
-"inicializar esta entrada por padrão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"Na tela extra chamado de <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher "
-"o modo <guilabel>Vídeo</guilabel>, um arquivo<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> e "
-"<guilabel>perfil da rede</guilabel >, veja <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/"
-">, nas listas drop-down."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"Você tem Grub2 ou Grub2-efi (carregadores de inicialização usados por "
-"padrão, respectivamente, no modo Legacy e no modo UEFI):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Neste caso, a lista suspensa rotulada <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> exibe "
-"todas as entradas disponíveis; Clique sobre o querido como o padrão."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Se você tiver outros sistemas operacionais instalados, o Mageia tentará "
-"adicioná-los ao menu de inicialização do Mageia. Se você não quiser esse "
-"comportamento, desmarque a caixa <guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"Na tela extra chamada <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher o "
-"<guilabel>Modo de vídeo</guilabel>. Se você não quiser um Mageia "
-"inicializável, mas para carregá-lo em cadeia a partir de outro sistema "
-"operacional, marque a caixa <guilabel>Não toque em ESP ou MBR</guilabel> e "
-"aceite o aviso."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"Não instalar em ESP ou MBR significa que a instalação não é inicializável a "
-"menos que a cadeia seja carregada a partir de outro sistema operacional."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Para definir muitos outros parâmetros, você pode usar a ferramenta chamada "
-"<emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis>, disponível nos repositórios Mageia "
-"(veja abaixo)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Coletar Logs e informação para o Bug Reports"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser "
-"iniciado e usado na linha de comando."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Aconselha-se a escrever a saída desse comando para um arquivo, por exemplo, "
-"fazendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
-"emphasis>, mas verifique se você tem espaço em disco suficiente em primeiro "
-"lugar: o arquivo pode ser facilmente vários GBs grande."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"A saída é muito grande para anexar a um relatório de bug sem primeiro "
-"remover as partes desnecessárias."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Este comando coleta as seguintes informações no seu sistema:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partições"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "versão Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"No momento esta página de ajuda foi escrito, a parte \"syslog \" de saída "
-"deste comando estava vazio, pois esta ferramenta ainda não tinha sido "
-"adaptado para a nossa mudança para systemd. Se ele ainda estiver vazio, você "
-"pode recuperar o \"syslog\", fazendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Se você não tem um espaço em "
-"disco, você pode, por exemplo, tomar as últimas 5.000 linhas do log em vez "
-"de: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a | tail-N5000 > journalctl5000.txt </"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Relatório de ferramenta de Bug Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Normalmente, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"começa automaticamente quando a ferramenta da Mageia falha. No entanto, "
-"também é possível que, após a apresentação de um relatório de erro, você "
-"está convidado a iniciar essa ferramenta para verificar algumas das "
-"informações que dá, e, em seguida, prever que nesse relatório de bug "
-"existente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Se um novo relatório de erro precisa ser apresentado e você não está "
-"acostumado a fazer isso, então por favor leia <link xlink:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Como relatar um bug "
-"relatório corretamente</link>, antes de clicar no botão \"Report \" ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"No caso da falha já foi apresentado por outra pessoa (a mensagem de erro que "
-"deu drakbug será o mesmo, então), é útil para adicionar um comentário a este "
-"relatório existente que você viu o erro, também."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Gerenciar data e hora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrada no "
-"âmbito do Sistema guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>"
-"\"Gerenciar data e hora \"</guilabel>. Em alguns ambientes de trabalho "
-"também está disponível através de um clique direito data e hora / "
-"Ajustar ... no relógio na bandeja do sistema."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "É uma ferramenta muito simples."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"Na parte superior esquerda, é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendário</"
-"emphasis>. Na imagem acima, a data é setembro (no canto superior esquerdo), "
-"2012 (no canto superior direito), o segundo (em azul) e é um domingo. "
-"Selecione o mês (ou ano), clicando nas pequenas setas em cada lado de "
-"setembro (ou 2012). Selecione o dia clicando em seu número."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"No canto inferior esquerdo é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">Netbook Time "
-"Protocol</emphasis> sincronização, é possível ter um relógio sempre a tempo, "
-"sincronizando-o com um servidor. Verifique <guilabel>Ativar Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> e escolher o servidor mais próximo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Na parte direita é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">relógio</emphasis>. É inútil "
-"para acertar o relógio se NTP está habilitado. Três caixas de exibir horas, "
-"minutos e segundos (15, 28 e 22 na imagem). Utilize as pequenas setas para "
-"ajustar o relógio para a hora correta. O formato não pode ser alterado aqui, "
-"ver suas configurações de ambiente desktop para isso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Pelo menos, no canto inferior direito, selecione seu fuso horário clicando "
-"no <guibutton>Alterar fuso horário</guibutton> e escolher na lista a cidade "
-"mais próxima."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Mesmo que isso não é possível escolher um formato de data ou hora nesta "
-"ferramenta, eles serão exibidos na área de trabalho de acordo com as "
-"configurações de localização."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Retirar uma conexão"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui, você pode excluir uma interface de rede <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique no menu drop-down, escolha o que você deseja remover e clique em "
-"<emphasis>próxima</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Você verá uma mensagem de que a interface de rede foi deletada com sucesso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Configurar uma nova interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Essa ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
-"uma rede local ou acesso a internet. Você deve saber algumas informações do "
-"seu provedor de acesso ou administrador de sua rede"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione o tipo de conexão que quer configurar, de acordo com qual Hardware "
-"e Provedor você usa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Uma nova conexão com fio (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira janela lista as interfaces disponíveis. Selecione uma para "
-"configurar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"A esse ponto, uma chance é dada entre configurações automáticas ou um "
-"endereço IP manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "IP Automatico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os "
-"servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados "
-"manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos "
-"servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser "
-"especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> "
-"localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host "
-"também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir "
-"nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem "
-"essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço "
-"IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "O botão Advanced dar a oportunidade de especificar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Pesquisa de domínio (não acessível, como fornecido pelo servidor DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "o cliente DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "tempo limite de DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar o servidor "
-"NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "Obter servidor NTPD de DHCP (sincronização de relógios)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer "
-"que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço "
-"IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de aceitar, os últimos passos que são comuns a todas as configurações "
-"de conexão são explicados: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Manual de configuração "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você precisa declarar que "
-"servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado "
-"aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP normalmente parece "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0 "
-"</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no site do seu "
-"provedor de serviços."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de "
-"domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o "
-"seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A "
-"menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa "
-"configuração. Mais uma vez, ADSL doméstico não precisaria esta definição."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Os próximos passos são expostos em <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Uma nova conexão por satélite (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que "
-"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe Doc</link> "
-"Agradecendo antecipadamente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "A nova conexão de modem de cabo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Você tem que especificar um método de autenticação:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "nenhum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (necessário para Telstra). Neste caso, você tem que fornecer o nome "
-"de usuário e senha."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"Servidor DHCP ou são especificadas manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No "
-"último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do "
-"host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for "
-"especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído "
-"por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com "
-"a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem "
-"todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o "
-"seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"configurações <emphasis>cabo/IP </emphasis>: você precisa declarar que "
-"servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado "
-"aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de "
-"domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o "
-"seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A "
-"menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa "
-"configuração. Mais uma vez, a conexão doméstica não precisaria esta "
-"definição."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Uma nova conexão DSL"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces de rede, oferece para selecionar um e "
-"configurá-lo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o "
-"seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não "
-"Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Selecione um dos protocolos disponíveis:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Configuração TCP/IP manual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Aponte para Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "definições de acesso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Conta Login (nome de usuário)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "senha da Conta"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Avançado) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Avançado) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Uma nova conexão ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "O assistente pergunta qual o dispositivo para configurar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Escolha Manual (placa interna ISDN)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Modem ISDN externo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Propõe-se uma lista de hardware, por categoria e fabricante. Escolha o seu "
-"drive."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocolo para o resto do mundo, exceto na Europa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protocolo para a Europa (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"É, então, ofereceu uma lista de prestadores de serviços, classificados por "
-"países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione "
-"a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de "
-"seu provedor lhe deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para os parâmetros:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Nome da conexão"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Número do telefone"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "ID de Login"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Método de autenticação"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Após isso, você deve selecionar se quer obter o seu endereço IP "
-"automáticamente ou manualmente. Se for manualmente, especifique o endereço "
-"IP e a máscara de sub-rede"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"O próximo passo é escolher como endereço de servidores DNS são obtidos, pelo "
-"método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que "
-"colocar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Nome de Domínio"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Primeiro e segundo Servidor DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione se o nome da máquina é definido a partir de IP. Esta opção é "
-"selecionar somente se tiver certeza de que seu provedor está configurado "
-"para aceitá-la."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"O próximo passo é escolher como o endereço do gateway é obtido, pelo método "
-"automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que digitar o "
-"endereço IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Uma nova conexão sem fio (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira janela lista as interfaces que estão disponíveis e uma entrada "
-"para o Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Selecione o que configurar. Use "
-"ndiswrapper somente se os outros métodos de configuração não funcionou."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"Neste passo, a escolha é dada entre os diferentes pontos de acesso que a "
-"placa tenha detectado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Parâmetro específico para a placa wireless são fornecer:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Modo de funcionamento:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "gerenciado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Para aceder a um ponto de acesso existente (o mais freqüente)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Para configurar a conexão direta entre os computadores."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Nome da rede (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Modo de encriptação: depende de como o ponto de acesso está configurado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "Este modo de criptografia é preferir se o hardware permitir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Alguns antigos ofertas de hardware só este método de encriptação."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "chave de criptografia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Em geral, é fornecida com o hardware que dão o ponto de acesso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta etapa, a escolha é dada entre um endereço IP automático ou um endereço "
-"IP manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os "
-"servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados "
-"manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos "
-"servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser "
-"especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome localhost."
-"localdomain é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida "
-"pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor "
-"DHCP</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar os "
-"servidores NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de aceitar a configuração a passo, o qual é comum a todas as "
-"configurações de ligação, é explicado: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que declarar servidores DNS. "
-"O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de "
-"host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain </literal> é "
-"atribuído por padrão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP sempre parece <emphasis>192.168.x."
-"x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede  é <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, e o "
-"Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no seu website prestadores de "
-"serviços."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de "
-"domínio</emphasis>. Deve parecer para o seu hostname, sem o primeiro nome, "
-"antes do período."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Uma nova conexão GPRS/EDGE/3G"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces sem fio, ele se oferece para escolher um "
-"e configurá-lo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "O PIN é solicitado. Deixe em branco se o PIN não é necessário."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"O assistente pede rede. Se não for detectada, selecione a opção "
-"<guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Fornecer definições de acesso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Nome do Ponto de Acesso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Conexão de rede Uma nova Bluetooth Dial-Up"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "A nova conexão de modem de telefone analógico (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "escolha manual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Hardware detectado, se houver."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de portas. Escolha o seu porto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se ainda não instalado, será sugerido que você instale o pacote "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o "
-"seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não "
-"Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu. Em "
-"seguida, ele é convidado para as opções de Modem:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Nome da conexão</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Numero Telefone</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>ID de Login</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Senha</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr " <emphasis>Autenticação</emphasis>, escolher entre:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "baseado no script"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Baseado no terminal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Acabar com a configuração"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "No próximo passo, você pode especificar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>permitem aos usuários gerenciar a conexão</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Inicie a conexão na inicialização</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ativar contabilização de tráfego</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"No caso de uma conexão sem fio, uma caixa suplementar é <emphasis>Permitir "
-"ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>, que dão a possibilidade de alternar "
-"automaticamente entre o ponto de acesso de acordo com a intensidade do sinal."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Com o botão avançado, você pode especificar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metrico (10 por padrão)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Rede hotplugging"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Habilitar tunelamento IPv6 para IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"O último passo permite você especificar se a conexão irá começar "
-"automáticamente ou não."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Abrir um Terminal como root"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dá-lhe acesso a um "
-"console que está diretamente aberto como root. Não acho que você precisa de "
-"mais informações sobre isso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Gerenciar partições de disco"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk ou diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis>ou<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
-"emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é muito poderoso, "
-"um pequeno erro ou um gato pulando no seu teclado pode levar a perda de "
-"todos os dados em uma partição ou até mesmo apagar todo o disco disco. Por "
-"essa razão, você verá a tela acima no topo da tela do instrumento. Clique "
-"em  <emphasis>Sair</emphasis> se você não tiver certeza de que quer "
-"continuar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você tiver mais de um disco rígido, você pode alternar para o disco "
-"rígido que você deseja trabalhar, selecionando a guia correta (sda, sdb, "
-"sdc, etc.)"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode escolher entre muitas ações para ajustar o seu disco rígido com "
-"suas preferências. Limpando um disco rígido inteiro, divisão ou fusão de "
-"partições, redimensioná-los ou alterar o sistema de arquivos, formatar ou "
-"ver o que está em uma partição: tudo é possível. O "
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Limpar</guibutton></emphasis> botão na parte inferior é "
-"apagar o disco completo, os outros botões tornam-se visíveis à direita "
-"depois que você clica em uma partição."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você tem um sistema UEFI, você pode ver uma pequena partição chamada "
-"\"Sistema EFI Partição\" e montada em /boot/EFI. Nunca excluí-la, porque ele "
-"contém todos os seus sistemas operacionais diferentes bootloaders."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a partição selecionada é montado, como no exemplo abaixo, você não pode "
-"escolher para redimensionar, formatar ou apagar. Para ser capaz de fazer que "
-"a partição deve ser desmontado primeiro."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "Só é possível redimensionar uma partição no seu lado direito"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Para alterar o tipo de partição (mudança ext3 para ext4, por exemplo) você "
-"tem que apagar a partição e, em seguida, recriá-lo com o novo tipo. O botão "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Criar</guibutton> aparece quando uma parte do disco "
-"vazio é selecionado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "Você pode escolher um ponto que não existe montagem, ele será criado."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleção de <emphasis><guibutton> Alternar para o modo expert </guibutton></"
-"emphasis> dá algumas ações extras disponíveis, como rotular a partição, como "
-"pode ser visto na imagem abaixo."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Configure gerenciador de exibição"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> você pode escolher qual "
-"gerenciador de telas usa para fazer login em seu ambiente de desktop. "
-"Somente os disponíveis em seu sistema serão mostrados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"A maioria dos usuários só notará que as telas de login fornecidas parecem "
-"diferentes. No entanto, há diferenças nos recursos suportados, também. LXDM "
-"é um gerente de exibição leve, SDDM e GDM têm mais extras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Configure o seu firewall pessoal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a "
-"guia Segurança no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configure o seu "
-"firewall pessoal \". É a mesma ferramenta na primeira guia de \"Configurar a "
-"segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria \"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Um firewall básico é instalado por padrão com o Mageia. Todas as conexões de "
-"entrada do lado de fora são bloqueadas se não forem autorizados. Na primeira "
-"tela acima, você pode selecionar os serviços para os quais as tentativas de "
-"conexão externas são aceitos. Para sua segurança, desmarque a primeira caixa "
-"- <guilabel>Tudo (sem firewall)</guilabel> - a menos que você quiser "
-"desativar o firewall, e só verificar os serviços necessários."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"É possível inserir manualmente os números de porta para abrir. Clique em "
-"<guibutton>avançada</guibutton> e uma nova janela é aberta. No campo "
-"<guilabel>Outras portas</guilabel>, digite as portas necessárias seguintes "
-"estes exemplos:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp: abrir o protocolo tcp porta 80"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000:24010/udp: abrir todas as portas 24000-24010 protocolo udp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "As portas listadas devem ser separados por um espaço."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Se a caixa de mensagens de firewall <guilabel>Entrar em logs do sistema</"
-"guilabel> estiver marcada, as mensagens de firewall serão salvas em logs do "
-"sistema"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você não hospedar serviços específicos (web ou e-mail do servidor, "
-"compartilhamento de arquivos, ...) é completamente possível ter nada "
-"verificada em tudo, é mesmo recomendável, não vai impedi-lo de se conectar à "
-"internet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"A próxima tela lida com as opções de firewall interativo. Estas "
-"característica lhe permitem ser avisado de tentativas de conexão, se pelo "
-"menos a primeira caixa <guilabel>Use Firewall Interativo</guilabel> está "
-"marcada. Confira a segunda caixa para ser avisado se as portas são "
-"digitalizados (a fim de encontrar uma falha em algum lugar e digite a sua "
-"máquina). Cada caixa do terceiro em diante corresponde a uma porta que abriu "
-"nas primeiras duas telas, na imagem abaixo, existem duas dessas caixas: "
-"servidor SSH e 80:150/tcp. Vê-los para ser avisado cada vez que uma conexão "
-"é tentada nessas portas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Estes aviso são dadas por popups de alerta através da aplicação de rede."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Na última tela, escolha quais interfaces de rede estão conectados à Internet "
-"e deve ser protegida. Uma vez que o botão OK for clicado, os pacotes "
-"necessários são baixados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você não sabe o que escolher, dê uma olhada no MCC guia Rede e Internet, "
-"ícone Configurar uma nova interface de rede."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Gerenciar, adicionar e remover fontes. Importação do Windows (TM) fontes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> "
-"guia. Ele permite que você gerencie as fontes disponíveis no computador. A "
-"principal tela acima mostra:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "os nomes das fontes instaladas, estilos e tamanhos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "Uma pré-visualização da fonte selecionada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "alguns botões explicado aqui mais tarde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtenha Fontes Windows: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Este botão adiciona automaticamente as fontes encontradas na partição do "
-"Windows. Você deve ter o Microsoft Windows instalado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opções:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele permite que você especifique os aplicativos ou dispositivos (impressoras "
-"principalmente) capazes de usar as fontes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Desinstalar:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Este botão é para remover fontes instaladas e, possivelmente, economizar um "
-"pouco de espaço. Tenha cuidado ao remover as fontes, pois pode ter "
-"consequências graves sobre os documentos que as utilizam."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite a você instalar fontes por terceiros (CD's,Internet, ...). Os "
-"formatos suportados são: ttf,pfa,pfb,pcf,pfm e gsf.\n"
-"Clique no botão <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar</emphasis> e depois em  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Adicionar</emphasis>, um gerenciador de arquivos irá "
-"aparecer onde você poderá selecionar as fontes para instalar, clique em  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalar</emphasis> quando estiver pronto. As fontes "
-"serão instaladas no diretório /usr/share/fonts"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Se as fontes recém-instaladas (ou removido) não aparece na tela principal "
-"DrakFont, feche e abra-o para ver as modificações."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Controle dos Pais"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia Segurança, rotulado <guilabel>Parental "
-"Control</guilabel>. Se você não ver esta etiqueta, você tem que instalar o "
-"pacote drakguard (não instalado por padrão)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Apresentação"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard é uma maneira fácil de configurar os controles dos pais no seu "
-"computador para restringir quem pode fazer o quê e em que momentos do dia. "
-"Drakguard tem três recursos úteis:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele restringe o acesso à web para usuários nomeados para definir momentos do "
-"dia. Fá-lo por meio do controle da firewall shorewall incorporado Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele bloqueia a execução de comandos específicos de usuários nomeados, para "
-"que esses usuários só podem executar o que você aceitá-los para executar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele restringe o acesso a sites, ambos definidos manualmente através de "
-"listas negras/listas brancas, mas também dinamicamente com base no conteúdo "
-"do site. Para alcançar este Drakguard usa o líder opensource controlo "
-"parental DansGuardian bloqueador."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Configurar Controle dos Pais"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o seu computador contém partições do disco rígido, que são formatados em "
-"ext2, ext3, ReiserFS ou formato que você vai ver um pop-up oferecendo para "
-"configurar ACL em suas partições. ACL significa Access Control Lists, e é "
-"uma característica do kernel Linux que permite o acesso a arquivos "
-"individuais que ser restrito a usuários nomeados. ACL é construído em "
-"sistemas de arquivos ext4 e Btrfs, mas deve ser ativado por uma opção em "
-"ext2, ext3, ou partições Reiserfs. Se você selecionar \"Sim\" para esta "
-"drakguard aviso irá configurar todas as suas partições para apoiar ACL, e, "
-"então, sugiro que você reiniciar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ativar controle dos pais</guibutton>: Se marcado, o controle "
-"parental é ativado e o acesso a  <guilabel>Programas bloco </guilabel> é "
-"aberto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Bloquear todo o tráfego de rede</guibutton>: Se marcada, todos os "
-"sites são bloqueados, exceto os do guia whitelist. Caso contrário, todos os "
-"sites são permitidos, exceto os do guia lista negra."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>O acesso do usuário</guibutton>: Os usuários do lado esquerdo "
-"terá seu acesso restrito de acordo com as regras definidas. Usuários do lado "
-"direito ter acesso irrestrito para que os usuários adultos do computador não "
-"são incomodados. Selecione um usuário no lado esquerdo e clique em "
-"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para adicionar a ele / ela como um usuário "
-"autorizado. Selecione um usuário no lado direito e clique em  "
-"<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para remover o/a de que os usuários "
-"autorizados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton> controle de tempo: </guibutton> Se marcado, o acesso à Internet "
-"é permitido com restrições entre o <guilabel>Iniciar</guilabel> tempo e "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> tempo. É totalmente bloqueada fora estes janela de "
-"tempo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Guia Blacklist/Whitelist"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Digite a URL do site no primeiro campo na parte superior e clique no botão "
-"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Programas Bloco Tab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>bloquear aplicativos definidos</guibutton>: Permite o uso de ACL "
-"para restringir o acesso a aplicações específicas. Insira o caminho para os "
-"aplicativos que você deseja bloquear."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Desbloquear lista Usuários</guibutton>: Os usuários listados no "
-"lado direito não estará sujeito ao bloqueio acl."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Compartilhe a conexão de Internet com outros computadores locais"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "princípios"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Isto é útil quando você tem um "
-"computador (3), que tem Internet (2) acesso e está ligado também a uma rede "
-"local (1). Você pode usar o computador (3) como uma porta de entrada para "
-"dar que o acesso a outras estações de trabalho (5) e (6) na rede local (1). "
-"Para isso, a porta de entrada tem de ter duas interfaces, o primeiro, como "
-"uma placa de rede deve ser ligado com a rede local, e a segunda (4) ligado à "
-"Internet (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"O primeiro passo é verificar se a rede eo acesso à Internet estão "
-"configurados, conforme documentado no <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "assistente de Gateway"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"O assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferece sucessivos "
-"passos que são mostrados abaixo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o assistente não detectar pelo menos duas interfaces, ele adverte sobre "
-"isso e pede para parar a rede e configurar o hardware."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar a interface usada para a conexão com a Internet. O assistente "
-"sugere automaticamente uma das interfaces, mas você deve verificar que o que "
-"se propõe é correta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar qual interface é usado para o acesso à LAN. O assistente também "
-"propõe um, verifique se este está correto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"O assistente propõe parâmetros para a rede Lan, tais como endereço IP, "
-"máscara e nome de domínio. Verifique se esses parâmetros são compatíveis com "
-"a configuração atual. É recomendado que você aceita estes valores."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar se o computador tem de ser utilizado como um servidor de DNS. Se "
-"sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>ligam</code> está instalado. Caso "
-"contrário, você tem que especificar o endereço de um servidor DNS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor de DHCP. "
-"Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>dhcp-server</code> é instalado e "
-"oferecer para configurá-lo, com os endereços de início e fim na faixa de "
-"DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor proxy. Se "
-"sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>squid</code> é instalado e oferecer "
-"para configurá-lo, com o endereço do administrador (admin@mydomain.com), o "
-"nome do proxy (myfirewall @mydomaincom), o porto (3128) e o tamanho do cache "
-"(100 Mb)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"O último passo permite que você verifique se a máquina gateway está "
-"conectado a impressoras e compartilhá-los."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Você será avisado sobre a necessidade de verificar o firewall se ele está "
-"ativo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Configure o cliente"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você configurou a máquina gateway com DHCP, você só precisa especificar "
-"na ferramenta de configuração de rede que você obter um endereço "
-"automaticamente (usando DHCP). Os parâmetros serão obtidos ao se conectar à "
-"rede. Este método é válido qualquer que seja o sistema operacional do "
-"cliente está usando."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você deve especificar manualmente os parâmetros de rede, você deve "
-"especificar, nomeadamente, a porta de entrada, digitando o endereço IP da "
-"máquina atuando como gateway."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Pare o compartilhamento de conexão"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você quiser parar de compartilhar a conexão no computador Mageia, o "
-"lançamento da ferramenta. Ele vai oferecer para reconfigurar a conexão ou "
-"para parar o compartilhamento."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Hosts definições"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Se alguns sistemas em sua rede que você concessão de serviços, e têm "
-"endereços IP fixo, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"permite especificar um nome para acessá-los com mais facilidade. Então você "
-"pode usar esse nome em vez do endereço IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Com este botão, você pode adicionar o nome de um novo sistema. Você vai ter "
-"uma janela para especificar o endereço IP, o nome do host para o sistema e, "
-"opcionalmente, um pseudônimo que pode ser usado da mesma forma que o nome é."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode acessar os parâmetros de uma entrada previamente definido. Você "
-"fica com a mesma janela."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Configuração avançada para interfaces de rede e firewall"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que "
-"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">a equipe de Doc.</link> "
-"Agradecendo antecipadamente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Centro de Rede"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a "
-"aba Rede e Internet no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Centro de Rede\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando esta ferramenta é iniciada, é aberta uma janela listando todas as "
-"redes configuradas no computador, qualquer que seja o seu tipo (com fio, sem "
-"fio, satélite, etc.) Ao clicar em um deles, três ou quatro botões aparecem, "
-"dependendo do tipo de rede, para permitir que você para cuidar da rede, "
-"alterar suas configurações ou ligar / desligar. Esta ferramenta não se "
-"destina a criar uma rede, para este ver <guilabel>Configurar uma nova "
-"interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> na mesma guia MCC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"Na imagem abaixo, dada como exemplo, podemos ver duas redes, o primeiro é "
-"com fio e conectados, reconhecíveis por este ícone <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (este não é conectado <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) e a segunda seção mostra as redes sem fio, "
-"que não estão ligadas reconhecível por este ícone <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject \" id=\"2\"/> e este <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> se estiver conectado. Para os outros tipos "
-"de rede, o código de cores é sempre o mesmo, verde, se estiver ligado e "
-"vermelho se não conectado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"Na parte sem fio da tela, você também pode ver todas as redes detectadas, "
-"com o <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, o <guilabel>sinal strengh</guilabel>, se "
-"eles são criptografados (em vermelho) ou não (em verde), e o  <guilabel>modo "
-"de funcionamento </guilabel>. Clique sobre o escolhido e, em seguida, seja "
-"por <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> ou "
-"<guibutton>Ligação</guibutton>. É possível aqui a passar de uma rede para "
-"outra. Se uma rede privada é selecionada, a janela Configurações de Rede "
-"(veja abaixo) será aberta e pedir-lhe para as configurações extras (uma "
-"chave de criptografia, em particular)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Atualizar</guibutton> para atualizar a tela."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "O botão Monitor"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Este botão permite que você assista a atividade de rede, downloads (para o "
-"PC, em vermelho) e envios (em direção à Internet, em verde). A mesma tela "
-"está disponível clicando com o botão direito no ícone <guimenu> Internet na "
-"bandeja do sistema -> Network Monitor </guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Há um guia para cada rede (aqui eth0 é a rede com fio, eis o loopback local "
-"e wlan0 a rede sem fio) e uma conexão de guia que dá detalhes sobre o status "
-"da conexão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Na parte inferior da janela é um título <guilabel>contabilidade Tráfego</"
-"guilabel>, vamos olhar para isso na próxima seção."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "O botão Configurar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para uma rede com fio</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"É possível alterar todas as configurações dadas durante a criação da rede. "
-"Na maioria das vezes, verificando <guibutton>IP automático</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP / DHCP)</guibutton> vai fazer, mas em caso de problemas, a "
-"configuração manual pode dar melhores resultados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Para uma rede residencial, o  <guilabel>endereço IP</guilabel> sempre parece "
-"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> é 255.255.255.0 e o  "
-"<guilabel>gateway</guilabel> e <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> estão "
-"disponíveis em seu website prestadores de serviços."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton> Ativar contabilização de tráfego</guibutton> se verificado isso "
-"vai contar o tráfego em uma base horária, diária ou mensal. Os resultados "
-"são visíveis no monitor de rede detalhado na seção anterior. Uma vez "
-"ativado, você pode ter que reconectar à rede."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador "
-"de rede:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>O botão Avançado:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Para uma rede sem fio</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Somente os itens não já visto acima são explicados."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de funcionamento:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione <guilabel>gerenciado</guilabel> se a conexão for através de um "
-"ponto de acesso, há uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. "
-"Selecione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> se for uma rede peer to peer. "
-"Selecione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mestre</emphasis> se sua placa de rede é "
-"usado como ponto de acesso, sua placa de rede precisa suportar esse modo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de criptografia  tecla de Encriptação: </"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Se for uma rede privada, você precisa saber essas configurações."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> usa uma senha e é mais fraco do que o WPA que usa "
-"uma frase secreta. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> é também chamado "
-"de WPA casa pessoal ou WPA. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> não é usado "
-"frequentemente em redes privadas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Roaming é uma tecnologia que permite que permite computador para mudar seu "
-"ponto de acesso, permanecendo conectado à rede."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "O botão Configurações avançadas"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Gerenciar diferentes perfis de rede"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Compartilhar unidades e diretórios usando NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Pré-requisitos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Quando o assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é lançado pela "
-"primeira vez, ele pode exibir a seguinte mensagem:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "O pacote nfs-utils precisa ser instalado. Você quer instalá-lo?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "Após concluir a instalação, uma janela com uma lista vazia é exibida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "janela principal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"É exibida uma lista de diretórios que são compartilhados. Neste passo, a "
-"lista está vazia. O <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> dá acesso a uma "
-"ferramenta de configuração."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Alterar inscrição"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"A ferramenta de configuração é chamado \"Modify entry\". Ele também pode ser "
-"lançado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Os seguintes "
-"parâmetros estão disponíveis."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Diretório NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui você pode especificar qual diretório é para ser compartilhado. O botão "
-"<guibutton>Diretório</guibutton> dá acesso a um navegador para escolhê-lo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "host Access"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui você pode especificar os anfitriões que estão autorizados a acessar o "
-"diretório compartilhado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "Clientes NFS pode ser especificado em uma série de maneiras:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>único host</emphasis>: uma série ou de um nome abreviado "
-"reconhecido ser a resolver, o nome de domínio totalmente qualificado ou um "
-"endereço IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS pode ser dada como @grupo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nomes de máquina podem conter os caracteres "
-"curinga * e ?. Por exemplo: *.cs.foo.edu corresponde a todos os anfitriões "
-"no domínio cs.foo.edu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"redes <emphasis>IP</emphasis>: você também pode exportar listas para todos "
-"os hosts em uma rede IP (sub-) simultaneamente. Por exemplo, tanto `/ "
-"255.255.252.0 'ou` /22' anexado ao endereço de base da rede."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "ID Mapeamento de Usuário"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>mapa usuário root como anônimo</emphasis>: mapas pedidos de uid/"
-"gid 0 para o anônimo uid/gid (root_squash). O usuário root do cliente não "
-"pode ler ou gravar os arquivos no servidor que são criados pela raiz no "
-"próprio servidor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>permitir o acesso remoto via raiz</emphasis>: desplugar a raiz. "
-"Esta opção é útil principalmente para clientes sem disco (no_root_squash)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>mapear todos os usuários para usuário anônimo</emphasis>: mapeia "
-"todos os UIDs e GIDs para o usuário anônimo (all_squash). Útil para "
-"diretórios FTP público NFS-exportados, diretórios notícias carretel, etc A "
-"opção oposta há nenhum usuário mapeamento UID (no_all_squash), que é a "
-"configuração padrão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid e anongid</emphasis>: definir explicitamente o uid e gid "
-"da conta anônima."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "opções avançadas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Conexão</emphasis>: esta opção requer que os pedidos têm "
-"origem em uma porta internet menos de IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opção é "
-"ativada por padrão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: permitir ou apenas ler ou ler e "
-"escrever pedidos neste volume NFS. O padrão é não permitir qualquer pedido "
-"que muda o sistema de arquivos. Isso também pode ser explicitado por usar "
-"esta opção."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>acesso Synchronous</emphasis>: impede que o servidor NFS de violar "
-"o protocolo NFS e para responder aos pedidos antes de quaisquer alterações "
-"feitas por estes pedidos foram cometidos para armazenamento estável (por "
-"exemplo, unidade de disco)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree verificação</emphasis>: ativar a verificação sub-árvore "
-"que pode ajudar a melhorar a segurança, em alguns casos, mas pode diminuir a "
-"confiabilidade. Veja as exportações (5) man page para obter mais detalhes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "entradas de menu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Até agora, a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Arquivo|Escrever conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Salve a configuração atual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "Servidor NFS|Restart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"O servidor está parado e reiniciado com os arquivos de configuração atuais."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Servidor NFS|Recarregar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"A configuração apresentada é recarregado a partir dos arquivos de "
-"configuração atual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você tiver que usar um servidor proxy para acessar a internet, você pode "
-"usar esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> configurá-lo. "
-"O administrador da rede vai lhe dar a informação que você precisa. Você "
-"também pode especificar alguns serviços que podem ser acessados ​​sem a "
-"procuração por exceção."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Origem: Wikipédia, em 2012-09-24, servidor Proxy artigo: Em redes de "
-"computadores, um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou "
-"aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que "
-"buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor "
-"proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou "
-"outro recurso disponível em um servidor diferente. O servidor proxy avalia o "
-"pedido como forma de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Configure Mídia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Primeira coisa a fazer depois de uma instalação é adicionar fontes de "
-"software (também conhecidos como repositórios, mídia, espelhos). Isso "
-"significa que você deve selecionar as fontes de mídia a ser usado para "
-"instalar e atualizar pacotes e aplicações. (consulte Adicionar botão abaixo)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Se instalar (ou atualizar) Mageia utilizando uma mídia (DVD ou CD) ou um "
-"dispositivo USB, haverá uma fonte de software configurada para mídia "
-"utilizada. Para evitar ser solicitado a inserir a mídia quando você instala "
-"novos pacotes, você deve desabilitar (ou excluir) esta mídia. (Ela terá o CD-"
-"Rom tipo de mídia)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Seu sistema está sendo executado em uma arquitetura que pode ser de 32 bits "
-"(chamado de i586), ou de 64 bits (x86_64 chamado). Alguns pacotes são "
-"independentes se o seu sistema é de 32 bits ou de 64 bits, que são chamados "
-"pacotes noarch. Eles não têm seus próprios diretórios noarch nos espelhos, "
-"mas são todos em ambos os i586 e x86_64 a mídia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis><placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "as colunas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Coluna Ativar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Os meios de comunicação verificados será usado para instalar novos pacotes. "
-"Seja cauteloso com alguns meios de comunicação, tais como testes e "
-"depuração, eles poderiam tornar o sistema inutilizável."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Coluna de atualização:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Os meios de comunicação verificados serão utilizados para atualizar os "
-"pacotes, ele deve ser ativado. Somente com mídia \"Atualizar\" em seu nome "
-"deve ser selecionada. Por razões de segurança, esta coluna não é modificável "
-"nesta ferramenta, você deve abrir um console como root e digitar <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Meio de coluna:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Apresenta o nome do meio. Mageia repositórios oficiais para versões de "
-"lançamento finais contem, no mínimo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>, que contém a maioria dos programas "
-"disponíveis suportados pelo Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Núcleo</emphasis>, Que Contém uma maioria dos "
-"Programas available suportados Pelo Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software livre para que possa "
-"haver pedidos de patentes em alguns países."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Cada meio tem 4 sub-seções:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lançamento</emphasis> os pacotes, a partir do dia em "
-"que a esta versão do Mageia foi lançado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Atualizações</emphasis> os pacotes atualizados desde "
-"o lançamento, devido a preocupações de segurança ou bugs. Todo mundo deveria "
-"ter este meio habilitado, mesmo com uma conexão de internet muito lenta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> alguns pacotes de novas versões "
-"portados do Caldeirão (a próxima versão em desenvolvimento)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis>, que é usado para testes "
-"temporárias de novas atualizações, para permitir que os repórteres de bugs e "
-"da equipe de QA para validar as correções."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Os botões à direita"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Remover:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Para remover um meio, clique nele e, em seguida, no botão. É recomendado "
-"remover o meio utilizado para a instalação (CD ou DVD, por exemplo) uma vez "
-"que todos os pacotes que contém estão no meio de libertação do núcleo "
-"oficial."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite que você modifique as configurações médias selecionadas, (URL, "
-"downloader e proxy)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Adicionar:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Adicione os repositórios oficiais disponíveis na Internet. Estes "
-"repositórios conter apenas software seguro e bem testado. Clicando sobre o "
-"\"Adicionar\" botão adiciona o mirrorlist para sua configuração, ele é "
-"projetado para ter certeza de que você instalar e atualizar a partir de um "
-"espelho perto de você. Se preferir escolher um espelho específico, em "
-"seguida, adicioná-lo escolhendo \"Adicionar uma mídia específica espelho\" "
-"no menu do \"arquivo\" drop-down. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>setas acima e abaixo:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Alterar a ordem da lista. Quando drakrpm procura por um pacote, ele lê a "
-"lista na ordem apresentada e irá instalar o primeiro pacote encontrado para "
-"o mesmo número de versão - em caso de uma incompatibilidade de versão, a "
-"última versão será instalada. Então, se possível, coloque os repositórios "
-"mais rápidos no topo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "o menu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo -> Atualização:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma janela aparece com a lista de mídia. Selecione aquelas que você deseja "
-"atualizar e clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização </guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico: </guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Suponha que você não está feliz com o espelho real, porque, por exemplo, é "
-"muito lento ou muitas vezes indisponível, você pode escolher outro espelho. "
-"Selecione todas as mídias atuais e clique em  <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> "
-"para levá-los para fora. Clique em <guimenu>Arquivo  -> Adicionar um espelho "
-"de mídia específico </guimenu>, escolha entre atualização só ou o conjunto "
-"completo (se você não sabe, escolher o <guibutton>Conjunto completo de "
-"fontes </guibutton>) e aceitar o contato clicando <guibutton>Sim</"
-"guibutton>. Esta janela é aberta:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode ver, à esquerda, uma lista de países, escolha a sua ou um muito "
-"perto, clicando sobre o símbolo>, isto irá exibir todos os espelhos "
-"disponíveis naquele país. Selecione um e clique em <guibutton>OK </"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo  -> Adicionar um meio personalizado: </guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"É possível instalar uma nova mídia (de um terceiro, por exemplo) que não é "
-"suportado pelo Mageia. Uma nova janela será exibida:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selecione o tipo de mídia, "
-"encontrar um nome correto que bem definem o meio e dar o URL (ou o caminho, "
-"de acordo com o tipo médio)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opções  -> Opções globais: </guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Este item permite que você escolha quando a \"Verificar RPMs a serem "
-"instalados \" (sempre ou nunca), o programa de download (curl ou wget aria2) "
-"e definir a política de download para obter informações sobre os pacotes (on "
-"demand-by default -, só atualizar, sempre ou nunca)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opções  -> Gerenciar chaves: </guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Para garantir um elevado nível de segurança, chaves digitais são usados ​​para "
-"autenticar a mídia. É possível que cada meio para permitir ou não a chave. "
-"Na janela que aparecer, selecione um meio e, em seguida, clique em "
-"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para permitir que uma nova chave ou para "
-"seleccionar uma tecla e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para não "
-"permitir que a chave."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Faça isso com cuidado, como acontece com todas as questões relacionadas com "
-"a segurança"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opções -> Proxy: </guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você precisar usar um servidor proxy para acesso à internet, você pode "
-"configurá-lo aqui. Você só precisa dar o <guibutton>Proxy hostname</"
-"guibutton> e se necessário, uma <guilabel>Usuário</guilabel> e "
-"<guilabel>senha</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Para mais informações sobre como configurar os meios de comunicação, "
-"consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management"
-"\">página Wiki Mageia</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Compartilhar diretórios e discos com Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba é um protocolo utilizado em diferentes sistemas operacionais para "
-"compartilhar alguns recursos como diretórios ou impressoras. Esta ferramenta "
-"permite-lhe configurar a máquina como um servidor Samba utilizando o "
-"protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo também é usado pelo Windows(R) e estações "
-"de trabalho com este sistema operacional pode acessar os recursos do "
-"servidor Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "preparação"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies "
-"the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The "
-"firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Para ser acessados ​​a partir de outras estações de trabalho, o servidor tem "
-"de ter um endereço IP fixo. Isso pode ser especificado diretamente no "
-"servidor, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, ou no servidor "
-"DHCP que identifica a estação com seu endereço MAC e dar-lhe sempre o mesmo "
-"endereço. O firewall também tem de permitir que os pedidos de entrada para o "
-"servidor Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Wizard - servidor Standalone"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare </emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Na primeira execução, as ferramentas <placeholder type=\"footnote\"  id="
-"\"0\"/> se os pacotes necessários estão instalados e propõe para instalá-"
-"los, se eles ainda não estão presentes. Em seguida, o assistente para "
-"configurar o servidor Samba é lançado."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Na janela seguinte, a opção de configuração de servidor Standalone já está "
-"selecionado."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Em seguida, especifique o nome do grupo de trabalho. Este nome deve ser o "
-"mesmo para o acesso aos recursos compartilhados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-"O nome NetBIOS é o nome que vai ser usado para designar o servidor da rede."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Escolha o modo de segurança:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>usuário </guilabel>: o cliente deve ser autorizado a acessar o "
-"recurso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: o cliente autentica-se separadamente para cada "
-"ação"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode especificar quais hosts estão autorizados a acessar os recursos, "
-"com o endereço IP ou nome do host."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifique o banner do servidor. O banner é a forma como este servidor será "
-"descrito nas estações de trabalho do Windows."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"O lugar onde Samba pode registrar informações podem ser especificadas na "
-"próxima etapa."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"O assistente exibe uma lista dos parâmetros escolhidos antes de aceitar a "
-"configuração. Quando aceito, a configuração será escrito em <code>/ etc/"
-"samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Wizard - controlador de domínio primário"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a opção \"controlador de "
-"domínio primário\" for selecionado, o assistente pede indicação se ganha é "
-"apoiar ou não, e para fornecer aos usuários de administrador nomes. Os "
-"passos seguintes são, em seguida, o mesmo que para o servidor autônomo, "
-"exceto que você pode escolher também o modo de segurança:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domínio</guilabel>: fornece um mecanismo para armazenar todos os "
-"usuários e grupos de contas em uma, compartilhada, repositório conta "
-"central. O repositório centralizado conta é compartilhado entre os "
-"controladores (segurança)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Declare um diretório para compartilhar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Com o botão <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>, temos:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma nova entrada é assim, acrescentou. Ele pode ser modificado com o botão "
-"<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. As opções podem ser editadas, como se o "
-"diretório é visível para o público, gravável ou navegável. O nome do "
-"compartilhamento não pode ser modificado."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada, entrada de menu pode ser usado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Salve a configuração atual em <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Servidor Samba|Configurar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "O assistente pode ser executado novamente com este comando."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Servidor Samba|Restart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Servidor Samba|Recarregar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "compartilhar Impressoras"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba também permite que você compartilhe impressoras."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "usuários do Samba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Neste guia, você pode adicionar usuários que têm permissão para acessar os "
-"recursos compartilhados quando a autenticação é necessária. Você pode "
-"adicionar usuários de <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/> <placeholder type="
-"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Configurar a autenticação para obter ferramentas Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele permite dar aos usuários regulares os direitos necessários para realizar "
-"tarefas normalmente feitas pelo administrador."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr "Clique na pequena seta antes do item que deseja suspensa:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são "
-"exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada "
-"ferramenta, uma lista suspensa no lado direito para baixo dá a escolha entre:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Padrão: O modo de lançamento depende do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja "
-"na mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta \"Configurar a segurança do sistema, "
-"permissões e auditoria \"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Senha do usuário: A senha do usuário é solicitado antes do lançamento da "
-"ferramenta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Senha do administrador: A senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento da "
-"ferramenta"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Nenhuma senha: A ferramenta é lançado sem pedir qualquer senha."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Snapshots"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponível no "
-"<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>do MCC, <guilabel>nas ferramentas de "
-"administração</guilabel> seção."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta em MCC, pela primeira vez, você verá uma "
-"mensagem sobre a instalação draksnapshot. Clique em  <guibutton>Instalar</"
-"guibutton> para prosseguir. Draksnapshot e alguns outros pacotes que "
-"necessita será instalado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique novamente em <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, você vai ver tela "
-"de<guilabel>Configurações</guilabel> . Assinale <guilabel> habilitar "
-"backups</guilabel> e, se você deseja fazer backup de todo o sistema, "
-"<guilabel> backup de todo o sistema </guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você só quer parte backup dos seus diretórios, em seguida, escolha "
-"<guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>. Você verá uma pequena tela pop-up. Use o "
-"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>e<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> botões ao "
-"lado da lista <guilabel>backup</guilabel> para incluir ou excluir os "
-"diretórios e arquivos do backup. Use os mesmos botões ao lado da lista "
-"<guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para remover subdiretórios e/ou arquivos dos "
-"diretórios escolhidos, que devem <emphasis role=\"bold\">não</emphasis> ser "
-"incluídos no backup . Clique em  <guibutton>Fechar</guibutton> quando você "
-"está feito."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Agora dê o caminho para <guilabel>Onde fazer backup</guilabel>, ou escolher "
-"o <guibutton>Navegador</guibutton> para selecionar o caminho correto. "
-"Qualquer montado HD externo ou pen USB-pode ser encontrado em <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">/run/media/usuário/</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton> para fazer o instantâneo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuração do Som"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound lida com a configuração de som, opções de PulseAudio e solução de "
-"problemas. Ele irá ajudá-lo se você tiver problemas de som ou se você "
-"alterar a placa de som."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Pulse Audio</guilabel> é um servidor de som. Ele recebe todas as "
-"entradas de som, mistura-los de acordo com as preferências do usuário e "
-"envia o som resultante para a saída. Veja <guimenu>Menu -> Som e Vídeo -> "
-"controle de volume PulseAudio </guimenu> para definir essas preferências."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio é o servidor de som padrão e é recomendável deixá-lo ativado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> Pulse Audio melhora com alguns programas. "
-"Também é recomendável deixá-lo ativado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"O botão <guibutton>Solução de problemas</guibutton> ajuda a corrigir "
-"quaisquer problemas que você possa ter. Você vai achar útil tentar isso "
-"antes de pedir ajuda à comunidade."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibe uma nova janela com um botão "
-"óbvio."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Configurar uma UPS para monitoramento de energia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Configurar conexão VPN para proteger o acesso à rede"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
-"o acesso seguro a uma rede remota estabelecer um túnel entre a estação de "
-"trabalho local e à rede remota. Discutiremos aqui apenas da configuração do "
-"lado da estação de trabalho. Nós assumimos que a rede remota já está em "
-"operação, e que você tem as informações de conexão do administrador de rede, "
-"como um arquivo de configuração do .pcf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuração"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Primeiro, selecione Cisco VPN Concentrador ou OpenVPN, dependendo de qual "
-"protocolo é usado para a sua rede privada virtual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Em seguida, dar a sua ligação um nome."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Na tela seguinte, forneça os detalhes para a sua conexão VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Para a Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Para openvpn. O pacote openvpn e suas dependências vai ser instalado pela "
-"primeira vez, a ferramenta é usada."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Selecione os arquivos que você "
-"recebeu do administrador de rede."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Os parâmetros avançados:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "A próxima tela pede endereço IP do gateway."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando os parâmetros são definidos, você tem a opção de iniciar a ligação "
-"VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Essa conexão VPN pode ser configurado para iniciar automaticamente com uma "
-"conexão de rede. Para fazer isso, reconfigurar a conexão de rede para sempre "
-"ligar a esta VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Configurar webserver"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
-"configurar um servidor web."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "O que é um servidor web?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Servidor Web é um software que ajuda a fornecer o conteúdo da web que pode "
-"ser acessado através da Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Configurando um servidor web com drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor web."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique <guibutton>Próxima</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Selecionando Exposer Servidor: local Net e ou World"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"A exposição do servidor web para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto "
-"para coisas ruins."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Módulo do Usuário do Servidor"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Permite que os usuários criem seus próprios sites."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Usuário nome do diretório web"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"O usuário precisa criar e preencher este diretório, em seguida, o servidor "
-"irá exibi-la."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Documento Servidor Raiz"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos "
-"padrão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Resumo"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Terminar"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Está pronto! Clique <guibutton>Concluir</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Configurar DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ligam</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Configurar DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta é dividida em Mageia 4 por causa do novo esquema de "
-"nomenclatura para as interfaces Net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
-"criar uma <acronym>DHCP</acronym> servidor. É um componente de drakwizard "
-"que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "O que é DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"O Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) é um "
-"protocolo de rede padronizado usado em redes IP que configura dinamicamente "
-"endereços IP e outras informações que são necessárias para a comunicação com "
-"a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Configurando um servidor DHCP com drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor DHCP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "selecionando Adaptor"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha a interface de rede, que é conectado à sub-rede, e para o qual DHCP "
-"irá atribuir endereços IP e, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Selecione o intervalo IP"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione o início eo fim endereços IP do intervalo de IPs que você deseja "
-"que o servidor para oferecer, juntamente com o IP da máquina gateway de "
-"conexão para algum lugar fora da rede local, espero que próximo da Internet, "
-"em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Segure-se ..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Isso pode ser corrigido. Clique <guibutton>anteriores</guibutton> algumas "
-"vezes e mudar as coisas ao redor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Horas mais tarde ..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "O que é feito"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Instalando o pacote dhcp-server, se necessário;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"salvando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> em <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Criando um novo <code>dhcpd.conf</code>a partir de <code>/usr/share wizards/"
-"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos "
-"parâmetros:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hnome</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mascara</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Também modificando Webmin arquivo de configuração <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/"
-"config</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Reiniciando<code> dhcpd  </code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Configurar tempo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> objetivo é definir "
-"a hora do seu servidor sincronizado com um servidor externo. Ele não é "
-"instalado por padrão e você também tem que instalar os pacotes drakwizard e "
-"drakwizard-base."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Configurar um servidor de NTP com drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Após a tela de boas-vindas (veja acima), o segundo pedir para você escolher "
-"três servidores de tempo na listas suspensas e sugere usar pool.ntp.org duas "
-"vezes porque esse servidor sempre aponta para os servidores de tempo "
-"disponíveis."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"As telas a seguir permite escolher a região e da cidade e, em seguida, você "
-"chega em um resumo. Se algo estiver errado, você pode, obviamente, alterar-"
-"lo usando o botão <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Se tudo estiver certo, "
-"clique no botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> para avançar para o teste. "
-"Pode levar um tempo e você finalmente conseguir esta tela abaixo:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Clique no botão <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para fechar a ferramenta"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta executa os seguintes passos:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Instalando o pacote  <code>ntp</code> se necessário"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Salvar os arquivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code>para<code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Escrevendo uma nova <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> com a lista de "
-"servidores;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Modificando o arquivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, inserindo o primeiro nome "
-"do servidor;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Parando e iniciando <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> e <code>ntpd</code> "
-"serviços;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"Acertar o relógio de hardware para a hora do sistema atual com referência "
-"UTC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Configurar FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
-"configurar um  <acronym>FTP</acronym> servidor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "O que é <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede "
-"padrão usado para transferir arquivos de um hospedeiro para outro host "
-"através de uma <acronym>TCP</acronym> baseado em rede, como a Internet. "
-"(Origem: Wikipédia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Configuração de um servidor FTP com drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de FTP. Apertem os cintos."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"A exposição do servidor FTP para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto "
-"para coisas ruins."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Informaação do servidor"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Digite o nome do sever usará para apresentar-se, alguém para enviar "
-"reclamações e também a possibilidade de permitir o acesso de login root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Opções do servidor"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Defina a porta de escuta, o usuário preso, permitir currículos e / ou "
-"<acronym>FXP </acronym> (File Exchange Protocol)"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Configurar proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard lula</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>pode ajudá-lo a "
-"configurar um servidor proxy. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser "
-"instalado antes de poder aceder a ele."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "O que é um servidor proxy?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que "
-"atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de "
-"outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando "
-"algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso "
-"disponível a partir de um servidor diferente eo servidor proxy avalia a "
-"solicitação como uma maneira de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade. "
-"(Origem: Wikipédia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Configurando um servidor proxy com squid drakwizard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor proxy."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Selecionando a porta do proxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione os navegadores porta proxy vai conectar através, em seguida, "
-"clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Definir Memória e Disk Usage"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Definir limites de memória e cache de disco, em seguida, clique em "
-"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Selecione Controle de Acesso à Rede"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Definir visibilidade à rede local ou mundial, em seguida, clique em  "
-"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Conceda Network Access"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Conceda acesso a redes locais, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Use Nível Superior Proxy Server?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr "Cascade através de outro servidor proxy? Se não, passe próximo passo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Nível Superior Proxy URL e Porto"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Fornecer o nome do host proxy de nível superior e porta, em seguida, clique "
-"em  <guibutton>Avançar </guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Iniciar durante a inicialização?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha se o servidor proxy deve ser iniciado durante o tempo de "
-"inicialização, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Instalando o pacote de lulas, se necessário;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Salvando <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> em <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Criando um novo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>nível</code> 1, 2 ou 3 e <code>http_access </code> de acordo com o "
-"nível"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Restartando <code>squid.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Configuração do daemon OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
-"configurar um <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "O que é  <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) é um protocolo de rede de criptografia para comunicação "
-"segura de dados, de linha de comando de login remoto, a execução do comando "
-"remoto, e outros serviços de rede segura entre dois computadores ligados em "
-"rede que conecta, através de um canal seguro através de uma rede insegura, "
-"um (servidor e um cliente executando o servidor SSH e  <acronym>SSH</"
-"acronym> programas clientes, respectivamente). (Origem: Wikipédia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Criação de um  <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon com drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de SSH em Abrir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Selecionar tipo de Configurar opções"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> para todas as opções ou "
-"<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para pular etapas 3-7, clique "
-"<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Opções Gerais"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Define a visibilidade e as opções de acesso root. Porta 22 é o <acronym>SSH "
-"padrão</acronym> porta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Métodos de autenticação"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Permitir uma variedade de métodos de autenticação de usuários podem usar "
-"durante a conexão, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Logging"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha facilidade de registro e nível de produção, em seguida, clique em  "
-"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Opções de Login"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configure configurações por login, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Login do usuário Opções"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Defina as configurações de acesso do usuário, em seguida, clique em  "
-"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Compressão e Encaminhamento"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configure o encaminhamento X11 e compressão durante a transferência, em "
-"seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Gerenciar Serviços do Sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Configuração de hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>dá uma visão geral "
-"do hardware do seu computador. Quando a ferramenta é lançado, ele executa um "
-"trabalho de olhar para todos os elementos do hardware. Para isso, ele usa o "
-"comando <code>ldetect</code>, que refere-se a uma lista de hardware em "
-"<code>ldetect-lst </code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "A janela"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "A janela é dividida em duas colunas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"A coluna da esquerda contém uma lista de hardware detectado. Os dispositivos "
-"são agrupados por categorias. Clique no> para expandir o conteúdo de uma "
-"categoria. Cada dispositivo pode ser selecionada nesta coluna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"A coluna da direita exibe informações sobre o dispositivo selecionado. "
-"<guimenu> ->A ajuda e Descrição Campos</guimenu> dá algumas informações "
-"sobre o conteúdo dos campos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"De acordo com o tipo de dispositivo é seleccionado, ou um ou dois botões "
-"estão disponíveis na parte inferior da coluna da direita:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Definir as opções atuais do driver</guibutton>: este pode ser "
-"usado para parametrizar o módulo que é usado em relação ao aparelho. Este "
-"mosto utilizado apenas por especialistas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Executar ferramenta de configuração</guibutton>: acesso à "
-"ferramenta que pode configurar o dispositivo. A ferramenta pode muitas vezes "
-"ser acessado diretamente a partir do MCC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"O menu de <guimenu>opções </guimenu> dá a oportunidade de verificar caixas "
-"para permitir a detecção automática:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "dispositivos Jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Zip dispositivos paralelos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Por padrão, estas detecções não estão habilitados, porque eles são lentos. "
-"Marque a opção apropriada (s) se você tem este hardware conectado. Detecção "
-"estará operacional na próxima vez que esta ferramenta é iniciado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Configure o layout do teclado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"A ferramenta keyboarddrake <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ajuda a "
-"configurar o layout básico para o teclado que você deseja usar no Mageia. "
-"Ela afeta o layout de teclado para todos os usuários do sistema. Ele pode "
-"ser encontrado na seção de hardware do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) "
-"chamado \"Configure mouse e teclado\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "layout do teclado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui você pode selecionar quais layout de teclado que você deseja usar. Os "
-"nomes (listados em ordem alfabética) de idioma, país e/ou etnia cada layout "
-"deve ser utilizado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Tipo de teclado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Este menu permite que você selecione o tipo de teclado que você está usando. "
-"Se você não tiver certeza de qual é para escolher, é melhor deixá-lo como o "
-"tipo padrão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>podem ser "
-"encontrados na seção Sistema do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado "
-"\"Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema\". Ele abre com uma janela na "
-"qual você pode escolher o idioma. A escolha é adaptado para os idiomas "
-"selecionados durante a instalação."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dar acesso para ativar a "
-"compatibilidade com a codificação antiga (não UTF8)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"A segunda janela mostra uma lista de países de acordo com o idioma "
-"selecionado. O botão <guibutton>Outros países</guibutton> dá acesso a países "
-"não listados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Você precisa reiniciar a sessão depois de qualquer modificação."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Método de entrada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Em <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método "
-"de entrada (a partir do menu drop-down na parte inferior da lista). Métodos "
-"de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres em vários idiomas (chinês, "
-"japonês, coreano, etc...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Para localidades asiáticas e africanas, IBus será definido como método de "
-"entrada padrão para que os usuários não devem precisar configurá-lo "
-"manualmente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc) também oferecem funções "
-"semelhantes e podem, caso não esteja disponível a partir do menu drop-down, "
-"ser instalado em outra parte do Centro de Controle Mageia. Veja <xref "
-"linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Ver e sistema de busca registros"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>é encontrada na "
-"guia Centro de Controle Mageia, chamado\"<guilabel>Ver sistema de busca de "
-"registros</guilabel>\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Para fazer uma busca nos registros"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Primeiro, digite a seqüência de teclas que deseja procurar no <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Matching</emphasis>campo e/ou a seqüência de teclas que deseja "
-"<emphasis>não</emphasis>  deseja ver entre as respostas no campo <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mas que não corresponde</emphasis>. Em seguida, selecione o "
-"arquivo(s) para procurar no campo <guilabel>Escolher arquivo</guilabel>. "
-"Opcionalmente, é possível limitar a busca para um só dia. Selecione-o no  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendário</emphasis>, usando as pequenas setas em "
-"cada lado do mês e ano, e verificar <guibutton>\" Mostrar apenas para o dia "
-"selecionado\"</guibutton>. Por fim, clique no botão de  <guibutton>busca</"
-"guibutton> para ver os resultados na janela chamado  <guilabel>Conteudo do "
-"arquivo</guilabel>. É possível salvar os resultados no formato txt. Clicando "
-"no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvar</emphasis> botão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Os <guibutton>Mageia Ferramentas Logs</guibutton> abriga os logs a partir "
-"das ferramentas de configuração Mageia como as ferramentas Cento de Controle "
-"Mageia. Esses registros são atualizados cada vez que uma configuração é "
-"modificada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Para configurar um alerta de correio"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"alerta <guibutton>Correio</guibutton> verifica automaticamente a carga do "
-"sistema e dos serviços a cada hora e, se necessário envia um e-mail para o "
-"endereço configurado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Para configurar essa ferramenta, clique no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Correio "
-"Alerta</emphasis> botão e, em seguida, na próxima tela, no botão Configurar "
-"o sistema <guibutton>mail</guibutton> suspensa . Aqui, todos os serviços em "
-"execução são exibidos e você pode escolher quais você quer olhar relógio. "
-"(Ver imagem acima)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Os seguintes serviços podem ser vistos:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Serviço Webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Servidor de Email Postfix  "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Servidor FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Servidor Apache World Wide Web"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Servidor SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Servidor Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Servidor Xinetd "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "Nome BIND Domínio Resolve"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Na próxima tela, selecione a  <guilabel>carga</guilabel> valor você "
-"considera inaceitável. A carga representa a demanda de um processo, uma "
-"carga elevada retarda o sistema e uma carga muito alta pode indicar que um "
-"processo tem saído do controle. O valor padrão é 3. Recomendamos a definição "
-"do valor de carga de 3 vezes o número de processadores."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Na última tela, digite o <guilabel>endereço de e-mail</guilabel> da pessoa "
-"para ser avisado eo <guilabel>e-mail do servidor</guilabel> usar (local ou "
-"na Internet)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Mostrar compartilhamento disponível NFS e SMB"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser "
-"iniciado e usado na linha de comando."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que "
-"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor contacte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe de documentação.</link> "
-"Agradecendo antecipadamente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Exiba seu PCI, USB e PCMCIA Informação"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser "
-"iniciado e usado na linha de comando. Ele vai te dar mais algumas "
-"informações, se usado na raiz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake dá a lista de todos os dispositivos conectados ao computador "
-"(USB, PCI e PCMCIA) e os drivers utilizados. Ele precisa dos pacotes ldetect "
-"e ldetect-lst para o trabalho."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Com a opção-v, lspcidrake adiciona os fornecedores de dispositivos e "
-"identificações."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake muitas vezes gera listas muito longas, por isso, para encontrar "
-"uma informação, muitas vezes é usado em um pipeline com o comando grep, como "
-"nestes exemplos:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Informações sobre a placa gráfica;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Informações sobre a rede"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i para ignorar as distinções de caso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta imagem abaixo, você pode ver a ação da opção -v para lspcidrake e a "
-"opção  -i para o grep."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Há uma outra ferramenta que fornece informações sobre o hardware, ele é "
-"chamado <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (na raiz)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Pacotes de software de atualização"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate ou drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a gestão guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software."
-"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Para o trabalho, Mageia Update necessita de repositórios a serem "
-"configurados com obscuridade rpm-editmedia com alguns meios de comunicação "
-"controlados como atualizações. Se não forem, você será solicitado a fazê-lo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Assim que esta ferramenta é lançado, ele verifica os pacotes instalados e "
-"lista aqueles com uma atualização disponível nos repositórios. Eles são "
-"selecionados por padrão, para ser baixado e instalado automaticamente. "
-"Clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização</guibutton> para iniciar o processo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao clicar sobre um pacote, a informação é apresentada na metade inferior da "
-"janela. A impressão <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> antes de um título "
-"significa que você pode clicar para cair um texto."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando as atualizações estão disponíveis, um applet na bandeja do sistema "
-"avisa ao exibir este ícone vermelho <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>. Basta clicar e digitar a senha do usuário para atualizar o "
-"sistema da mesma forma."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Boot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar os "
-"seus passos de inicialização. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Configure etapas de inicialização"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Centro de Controle Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "As ferramentas para configurar o sistema Mageia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
-"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc."
-"biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a "
-"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de "
-"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardware"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar o "
-"hardware. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Gerenciar seu hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Procurar e configurar o hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Configurar gráficos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar efeitos do Desktop 3D</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Configurar mouse e teclado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Configurar impressão e digitalização"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configure a impressora "
-"(s), as filas de trabalhos de impressão, ... </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Outros"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Sobre o Manual para o Centro de Controle Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"O Centro de Controle Mageia (CCM) tem oito opções ou guias para escolher na "
-"coluna da esquerda diferentes, e até mesmo se o pacote de dez drakwizard foi "
-"instalado. Cada uma dessas abas dá um conjunto diferente de ferramentas que "
-"podem ser selecionados no grande painel da direita."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Os dez capítulos seguintes são sobre esses dez opções e as ferramentas "
-"relacionadas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"O último capítulo é sobre algumas outras ferramentas Mageia, que não pode "
-"ser escolhido em qualquer uma das guias da CCM."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Os títulos das páginas, muitas vezes, ser o mesmo que os títulos das telas "
-"de ferramentas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Há também uma barra de pesquisa disponível, que você pode acessar clicando "
-"na aba \"pesquisa\" na coluna da esquerda."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "discos locais"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciar ou "
-"compartilhar seus discos locais. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Serviços de Rede"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> só são visíveis se a "
-"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre "
-"várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link "
-"abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>para saber mais."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Compartilhamento de Rede"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para o "
-"compartilhamento de unidades e diretórios. Clique no link abaixo para saber "
-"mais."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Configurar Compartilhamentos Windows®"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = share e diretórios com "
-"sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Configure compartilhamentos NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Configure compartilhamentos WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Rede e Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de rede. Clique no "
-"link abaixo para saber mais."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Gerenciar os dispositivos de rede"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Personalize e Proteja a sua rede"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "segurança"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de segurança. Clique "
-"no link abaixo para saber mais."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure a segurança do sistema, "
-"permissões e auditoria </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Compartilhando"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Serviços de Rede</emphasis> só são "
-"visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode "
-"escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. "
-"Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> para "
-"saber mais."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "sistema"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de sistema e "
-"administração. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Gerenciar serviços do sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "localização"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "ferramentas de administração"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Gerenciar usuários no sistema</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Configurar atualizações freqüência"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a  guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão "
-"Software</emphasis>. Ele também está disponível por um <guimenu>configuração "
-"do botão direito/Atualizações</guimenu> no ícone vermelho<placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> na bandeja do sistema."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"O primeiro controle deslizante permite que você mude a freqüência Mageia irá "
-"verificar se há atualizações e segundo o atraso após a inicialização antes "
-"do primeiro cheque. A caixa de seleção lhe dá a opção de ser avisado quando "
-"uma nova versão do Mageia está fora."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Configure o dispositivo apontador (mouse, touchpad)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Como você deve ter um mouse para instalar Mageia, que se já estiver "
-"instalado por Drakinstall. Esta ferramenta permite a instalação de outro "
-"mouse."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Os ratos são classificadas por tipo de ligação e, em seguida, com o modelo. "
-"Selecione com o mouse e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. A maior parte "
-"do tempo \"Universal / Quaisquer ratinhos PS/2 &amp; USB\" é apropriado para "
-"um rato recente. O novo mouse é imediatamente tomado em conta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Sistema de Segurança e Auditoria"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é uma interface gráfica de "
-"usuário para o ms que permite configurar a segurança do sistema de acordo "
-"com duas abordagens:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele define o comportamento do sistema, ms impõe modificações no sistema para "
-"torná-lo mais seguro."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele carrega em verificações periódicas automaticamente no sistema, a fim de "
-"avisá-lo se algo parece perigoso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"ms usa o conceito de \"níveis de segurança\" que se destinam a configurar um "
-"conjunto de permissões do sistema, que pode ser auditado para alterações ou "
-"execução. Vários deles são propostos por Mageia, mas você pode definir seus "
-"próprios níveis de segurança personalizados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "guia Visão Geral"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Veja a imagem acima"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira aba ocupa a lista das diferentes ferramentas de segurança com um "
-"botão do lado direito para configurá-los:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Firewall, também encontrado no MCC / Segurança / Configurar seu firewall "
-"pessoal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Atualizações, também encontrado em Gestão MCC / Software / Atualize seu "
-"sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec-se com algumas informações:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "habilitado ou não"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "o nível de segurança de base configurada"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"a data das últimas verificações periódicas e um botão para ver um relatório "
-"detalhado e outro botão para executar as verificações agora."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Guia de configurações de segurança"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Um clique na segunda aba ou na Segurança <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> "
-"leva à mesma tela mostrada abaixo."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Aba de segurança básica"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr " <emphasis role=\"underline\">níveis de segurança:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de ter marcado a caixa Ativar <guilabel>ferramenta MSEC</guilabel>, "
-"este guia permite por um duplo clique para escolher o nível de segurança que "
-"aparece em seguida, em negrito. Se a caixa não estiver marcada, o nível de "
-"«nenhum» é aplicada. Os seguintes níveis estão disponíveis:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">nenhum</emphasis>. Este nível destina-se você "
-"não quiser usar ms para controlar a segurança do sistema, e preferem "
-"sintonizá-la em seu próprio país. Ele desativa todas as verificações de "
-"segurança e coloca sem restrições ou limitações de configuração e "
-"configurações do sistema. Utilize este nível somente se você estiver sabendo "
-"o que você está fazendo, como seria deixar o sistema vulnerável a ataques."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">padrão</emphasis>. Esta é a configuração "
-"padrão quando instalado e é destinado a usuários casuais. Ele restringe "
-"várias configurações do sistema e executa verificações de segurança diárias "
-"que detectam alterações nos arquivos de sistema, contas do sistema e "
-"permissões de diretório vulneráveis. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 2 e "
-"3 de versões ms passados)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">garantir</emphasis>. Este nível é destinado "
-"quando você quer garantir que seu sistema é seguro, ainda utilizável. Ele "
-"restringe ainda mais as permissões do sistema e executa verificações mais "
-"periódicas. Além disso, o acesso ao sistema é mais restrito. (Este nível é "
-"semelhante aos níveis 4 (Alta) e 5 (Paranoid) a partir de versões antigas "
-"ms)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Além desses níveis, diferente de segurança orientado para a tarefa também "
-"são fornecidos, como o  <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de arquivos</"
-"emphasis>, , <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de internet</emphasis> e "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> níveis. Tais níveis de tentar a "
-"segurança do sistema de pré-configurar de acordo com os casos de uso mais "
-"comuns."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Os dois últimos níveis chamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</"
-"emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> não são "
-"realmente os níveis de segurança, mas sim ferramentas para apenas "
-"verificações periódicas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Estes níveis são salvos em <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
-"levelname></filename>. Você pode definir os seus próprios níveis de "
-"segurança personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados nível "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, colocado na pasta<filename>/etc/"
-"security/msec/.</filename> Esta função é destina-se a usuários avançados que "
-"exigem uma configuração de sistema personalizado ou mais seguro."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Tenha em mente que os parâmetros modificados pelo usuário têm precedência "
-"sobre as configurações de nível padrão."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">alertas de segurança:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você marcar a caixa de <guibutton>Enviar alertas de segurança por e-mail "
-"para: </guibutton>, os alertas de segurança gerados por ms vão ser enviados "
-"por e-mail local para o administrador de segurança nomeado no campo nas "
-"proximidades. Você pode preencher ou um usuário local ou um endereço de e-"
-"mail completo (o local de e-mail eo gerente de e-mail deve ser definido em "
-"conformidade). Por fim, você pode receber os alertas de segurança "
-"diretamente no seu desktop. Marque a caixa relevante para habilitá-lo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"É altamente recomendável ativar a opção de alertas de segurança, a fim de "
-"informar imediatamente o administrador de possíveis problemas de segurança "
-"de segurança. Se não, o administrador terá que verificar regularmente os "
-"ficheiros disponíveis no <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">opções de segurança: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Criar um nível de personalização não é a única maneira de personalizar a "
-"segurança do computador, também é possível usar as guias apresentados aqui "
-"depois de alterar qualquer opção desejada. Configuração atual de ms é "
-"armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este "
-"arquivo contém o nome do nível de segurança atual e a lista de todas as "
-"modificações feitas para as opções."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Guia de segurança do sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Este guia mostra todas as opções de segurança na coluna do lado esquerdo, "
-"uma descrição na coluna central, e seus valores atuais na coluna do lado "
-"direito."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Para modificar uma opção, clique duas vezes nele e uma nova janela aparece "
-"(veja a imagem abaixo). Ele exibe o nome da opção, uma breve descrição, os "
-"valores reais e padrão, e uma lista drop-down, onde o novo valor pode ser "
-"selecionado. Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a "
-"escolha."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Não se esqueça quando sair msecgui para salvar definitivamente a "
-"configuração usando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração </"
-"guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você "
-"visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Segurança da Rede"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Este guia mostra todas as opções de rede e funciona como a guia anterior"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Guia verificações periódicas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Verificações periódicas objetivo é informar o administrador de segurança por "
-"meio de alertas de todas as situações de segurança ms pensa potencialmente "
-"perigosa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Essa guia exibe todas as verificações periódicas feitas por ms e sua "
-"freqüência se a caixa Ativar <guibutton>verificações de segurança "
-"periódicas</guibutton> está marcada. As alterações são feitas como nos guias "
-"anteriores."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Aba excessões"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Às vezes, as mensagens de alerta são devidos a situações conhecidos e "
-"procurados. Nestes casos, eles são inúteis e tempo desperdiçado para o "
-"administrador. Essa guia permite que você crie tantas exceções que você quer "
-"evitar mensagens de alerta indesejados. É obviamente vazio na primeira "
-"partida ms. A imagem abaixo mostra quatro exceções."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Para criar uma exceção, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar uma regra</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione a verificação periódica queria na lista suspensa chamada "
-"<guilabel>Confira</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite o <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> na área de texto para baixo. Adicionar uma exceção, obviamente, "
-"não é definitivo, você pode excluí-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Excluir</"
-"guibutton> das <guilabel>exceções</guilabel> ou modificá-lo com um duplo "
-"clique."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Permissões"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Este guia destina-se a arquivos e diretórios permissões de controlo e "
-"aplicação."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Como para a segurança, msec possui diferentes níveis de permissões (padrão, "
-"seguro, ..), eles são habilitados de acordo com o nível de segurança "
-"escolhido. Você pode criar seus próprios níveis de permissão personalizados, "
-"salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </"
-"filename> colocado na pasta <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta "
-"função destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração "
-"personalizada. Também é possível usar a guia apresentado aqui depois de "
-"alterar qualquer permissão que você deseja. A aonfiguração atual está "
-"armazenada em <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este "
-"arquivo contém a lista de todas as modificações feitas para as permissões."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"As permissões padrão são visíveis como uma lista de regras (uma regra por "
-"linha). Você pode ver no lado esquerdo, o arquivo ou pasta onde se encontra "
-"a regra, então o proprietário, em seguida, o grupo e, em seguida, as "
-"permissões dadas pela regra. Se, para uma dada regra:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> não estiver marcada, msec apenas "
-"verifica se as permissões definidas para esta regra são respeitados e envia "
-"uma mensagem de alerta se não, mas não muda nada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> estiver marcada, então msec vai "
-"governar o respeito permissões na primeira verificação periódica e "
-"substituir as permissões."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Para que isso funcione, os CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia "
-"verificação periódica</emphasis> deve ser configurado de acordo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Para criar uma nova regra, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar um botão</"
-"guibutton> regra e preencha os campos como mostrado no exemplo abaixo. O "
-"coringa * é permitido no <guilabel>Arquivo</guilabel>. \"Atual\" não "
-"significa nenhuma modificação."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha e não se "
-"esqueça ao sair para salvar definitivamente a configuração utilizando o menu "
-"<guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração</guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado "
-"as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de "
-"salvá-los."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Também é possível criar ou modificar as regras editando o <filename>/etc/"
-"security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Mudanças na aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissão</emphasis> (ou diretamente "
-"no arquivo de configuração) são tidos em conta na primeira verificação "
-"periódica (ver CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia "
-"verificações periódicas </emphasis>). Se você quer que eles sejam "
-"imediatamente tomadas em conta, use o comando msecperms em um console com "
-"direitos de root. Você pode usar antes, o comando msecperms-p saber as "
-"permissões que serão alterados por msecperms."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Não se esqueça que se você modificar as permissões em um console ou em um "
-"gerenciador de arquivos, de um arquivo de onde a caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</"
-"guilabel> é verificado no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia Permissões</"
-"emphasis>, msecgui vai escrever as permissões antigas de volta depois de um "
-"tempo, de acordo com a configuração das opções e CHECK_PERMS "
-"CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE no <emphasis role=\"bold\">verificações periódicas guia</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Outras ferramentas Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Há mais ferramentas Mageia do que aquelas que podem ser iniciados no Centro "
-"de Controle Mageia. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais, ou continuar a "
-"ler as próximas páginas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>a ser escrito</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "E mais ferramentas?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Gestão de Software (Instalar e Remover Software)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Introdução à Rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, também conhecido "
-"como drakrpm, é um programa para instalar, desinstalar e atualizar pacotes. "
-"É a interface gráfica do usuário de URPMI. Em cada partida, ele irá "
-"verificar listas de pacotes on-line (chamados de 'media') baixado "
-"diretamente dos servidores oficiais da Mageia, e irá mostrar-lhe cada vez os "
-"mais recentes aplicativos e pacotes disponíveis para seu computador. Um "
-"sistema de filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes: você "
-"pode exibir somente os aplicativos instalados (por padrão) ou atualizações "
-"disponíveis apenas. Você também pode ver apenas pacotes não instalados. Você "
-"também pode procurar pelo nome de um pacote, ou nos resumos de descrições ou "
-"nas descrições completas dos pacotes ou nos nomes dos arquivos incluídos nos "
-"pacotes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Para funcionar, rpmdrake precisa dos repositórios para ser configurado com "
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Durante a instalação, o repositório configurado é o meio utilizado para a "
-"instalação, em geral, o DVD ou CD. Se mantiver esta média, rpmdrake vai "
-"pedir que cada vez que você quiser instalar um pacote, com esta janela pop-"
-"up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a mensagem acima irrita "
-"e você tem uma boa conexão de internet sem muito rigoroso limite de "
-"download, é sábio para remover esse meio e substituí-lo por repositórios "
-"online graças a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Além disso, os repositórios on-line são sempre atualizado, contém muito mais "
-"pacotes, e permitem atualizar seus pacotes instalados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "As principais partes da tela"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">filtro tipo Package:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Este filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes. A primeira "
-"vez que você iniciar o gerente, ele exibe apenas as aplicações com uma "
-"interface gráfica. Você pode exibir tanto todos os pacotes e todas as suas "
-"dependências e bibliotecas ou apenas grupos de pacotes, tais como aplicações "
-"apenas, as atualizações só ou portadas pacotes a partir de versões mais "
-"recentes do Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"A configuração padrão é de filtro para os novos operadores para o Linux ou "
-"Mageia, que provavelmente não querem linha de comando ou ferramentas "
-"especializadas. Desde que você está lendo esta documentação, você está "
-"obviamente interessado em melhorar o seu conhecimento do Mageia, por isso é "
-"melhor para definir este filtro para \"Tudo\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">filtro estado Pacote:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Este filtro permite que você visualize apenas os pacotes instalados, apenas "
-"os pacotes que não estão instalados ou todos os pacotes, ambos instalados e "
-"não instalados."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">modo Search:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique neste ícone para pesquisar os nomes de pacotes, por meio de seus "
-"resumos, através da sua descrição completa ou através dos arquivos incluídos "
-"nos pacotes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" caixa:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Digite aqui uma ou mais palavras-chave. Se você quiser usar mais de uma "
-"palavra-chave para pesquisar o uso \"|\" entre as palavras-chave, por "
-"exemplo, Para procurar \"mplayer\" e \"xine\" ao mesmo tempo tipo 'mplayer | "
-"xine'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Apagar tudo:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Este ícone pode apagar em um clique todas as palavras-chave inseridas no "
-"\"Procurar\" caixa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lista de Categorias:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Este grupo de barra lateral todos os aplicativos e pacotes em categorias "
-"claras e sub-categorias."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Descrição painel: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Este painel exibe o nome do pacote, o seu resumo e descrição completa. Ele "
-"exibe muitos elementos úteis sobre o pacote selecionado. Ele também pode "
-"mostrar detalhes precisos sobre o pacote, os arquivos incluídos no pacote, "
-"bem como uma lista das últimas alterações feitas pelo mantenedor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "A coluna de status"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de definir corretamente os filtros, você pode encontrar o seu "
-"software ou por categoria (na zona 6 acima) ou por nome/resumo/descrição "
-"usando a área 4. Uma lista de pacotes que cumprem sua consulta e, não se "
-"esqueça, o meio escolhido é mostrado com diferentes marcadores de status de "
-"acordo com se cada pacote é instalado /não instalado/uma atualização ... "
-"Para alterar este status, basta marcar ou desmarcar a caixa antes do nome do "
-"pacote e clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Icone"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Legenda"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Este pacote já está instalado"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Este pacote será instalado"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Este pacotes não pode ser modificado"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Este pacote é uma atualização"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Este pacote será desinstalado"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Exemplos na imagem acima:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se eu desmarcar digikam (a seta verde nos diga que está instalado), o ícone "
-"de status irá vermelho com uma seta para cima e ele vai ser desinstalado ao "
-"clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se eu verificar qdigidoc (que não está instalado, consulte o status), a "
-"laranja, com um ícone de status de seta para baixo e vai aparecer e ele será "
-"instalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "as dependências"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Alguns pacotes precisam de outros pacotes chamados dependências, a fim de "
-"trabalhar. Eles são, por exemplo, bibliotecas ou ferramentas. Neste caso, "
-"Rpmdrake exibe uma janela de informações que lhe permite escolher se aceita "
-"ou não as dependências selecionados, cancelar a operação ou obter mais "
-"informações (veja acima). Também pode acontecer que vários pacotes são "
-"capazes de fornecer a biblioteca necessária, caso em que rpmdrake exibe a "
-"lista de alternativas com um botão para obter mais informações e um outro "
-"botão para escolher qual pacote instalar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Configure digitalizador"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "instalação"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
-"<emphasis>Scannerdrake</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
-"um único dispositivo de scanner ou um dispositivo multifuncional que inclui "
-"a digitalização. Ele também permite que você compartilhe os dispositivos "
-"locais ligados a este computador com um computador remoto ou para acessar "
-"scanners remotos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta pela primeira vez, você pode receber a "
-"seguinte mensagem:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"pacotes SANE precisa ser instalado para usar scanners</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Você quer instalar qual pacotes?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha <emphasis>Sim</emphasis> para continuar. Ele irá instalar "
-"<code>digitalizador-gui</code> e <code>tarefa de varredura</code> se eles "
-"ainda não estão instalados."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o scanner for identificado corretamente, por isso, se na tela acima você "
-"vê o nome do seu scanner, o scanner está pronto para uso com, por exemplo, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Digitalização Simples</emphasis> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesse caso, você pode agora quer deseja configurar o  "
-"<emphasis>compartilhamento de Scanner</emphasis> opção. Você pode ler sobre "
-"isso no <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"No entanto, se o scanner não foi corretamente identificado, e verificar o "
-"respectivo cabo (s) e interruptor de alimentação e, em seguida, pressionando "
-"<emphasis>Procure novos scanners</emphasis> não ajudar, você precisa "
-"pressionar <emphasis>Adicionar um scanner manualmente</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha a marca do seu scanner na lista que você vê, então o seu tipo na "
-"lista para essa marca e clique <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Se você não consegue encontrar o seu scanner na lista, clique em  "
-"<emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Por favor verifique se o seu scanner é compatível com o <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos "
-"suportados</link> página e pedir ajuda nos fóruns <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">forum</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Escolha a porta"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode deixar esta definição para <emphasis>Auto-detectar portas "
-"disponíveis </emphasis> a menos que a interface do scanner é uma porta "
-"paralela. Nesse caso, selecione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> se você "
-"tiver apenas um."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Após clicar em <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, na maioria dos casos, você verá uma "
-"tela semelhante à mostrada abaixo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você não conseguir que a tela, em seguida, por favor leia as <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Scannersharing"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui você pode escolher se os scanners conectados a esta máquina deve ser "
-"acessível por máquinas remotas e por que máquinas remotas. Você também pode "
-"decidir aqui se scanners em máquinas remotas devem ser disponibilizados "
-"nesta máquina."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: nome ou endereço IP de hosts podem ser "
-"adicionados ou excluídos da lista de hosts autorizados a acessar o "
-"dispositivo local (s), neste computador."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Uso de scanners remotos: nome ou endereço IP de hosts pode adicionados ou "
-"excluídos da lista de anfitriões que dão acesso a um scanner remoto."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Scanner compartilhando a hosts: você pode adicionar host."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: especificar qual host (s) para adicionar, ou "
-"permitir que todas as máquinas remotas."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"\"Todas as máquinas remotas\" têm permissão para acessar o scanner local."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o pacote <emphasis>sanado</emphasis> ainda não está instalada, a "
-"ferramenta oferece para fazê-lo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "No final, a ferramenta irá alterar estes arquivos:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>para adicionar ou comentar a "
-"directiva\"net\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Precisa também configurar <emphasis>Saned</emphasis> e <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> para ser iniciado no boot."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Especificidades"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"A maioria dos scanners HP são gerenciados a partir de <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis> (hplip), que também gerencia impressoras. Neste caso, "
-"esta ferramenta não permite que você configure-o e convida-o a usar "
-"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Os drivers estão disponíveis a partir de <link xlink:href=\"http://download."
-"ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta pagina</link>. Quando "
-"indicado, é necessário instalar os  <emphasis>dados dos iSCAN</emphasis> "
-"pacote primeiro, depois <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (nesta ordem). É possível "
-"que o <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pacote irá gerar um alerta sobre um "
-"conflito com <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Os usuários têm relatado que este "
-"aviso pode ser ignorado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Etapas de instalação extra"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"É possível que depois de selecionar uma porta para o seu scanner na tela "
-"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> , você precisa tomar uma ou mais "
-"etapas extras para configurar corretamente o seu scanner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Em alguns casos, você disse que o scanner precisa de seu firmware a ser "
-"carregado a cada vez que é iniciado. Esta ferramenta permite que você "
-"carregue-o para o dispositivo, depois de instalado em seu sistema. Nesta "
-"tela você pode instalar o firmware a partir de um CD ou uma instalação do "
-"Windows, ou instalar o que você baixou de um site da Internet do vendedor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando o firmware do seu dispositivo precisa ser carregado, ele pode levar "
-"um longo tempo em cada primeiro uso, possivelmente mais do que um minuto. "
-"Portanto, seja paciente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Além disso, você pode obter uma tela dizendo para você ajustar o arquivo "
-"conf <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Leia essas ou outras instruções que você começa com cuidado e, se você não "
-"sabe o que fazer, não hesite em pedir ajuda no <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">fórum</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Gerenciar Programas"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciamento de "
-"software. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Atualize seu sistema</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar de mídia "
-"para instalação e atualização</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Instalar e configurar uma impressora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"A impressão é gerida no Mageia por um servidor CUPS nomeados. Ela tem seu "
-"próprio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interface "
-"de configuração</link>, que é acessível através de um navegador de Internet, "
-"mas oferece o seu próprio Mageia ferramenta para instalar impressoras "
-"chamados system-config-printer, que é compartilhada com outras distribuições "
-"como o Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu e openSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Você deve habilitar o repositório non-free, antes de prosseguir com a "
-"instalação, porque alguns drivers podem estar disponíveis apenas desta forma."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. A senha de root será solicitada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalação da impressora é realizado no <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> seção "
-"do Centro de Controle Mageia. Selecione a impressão <guilabel>Configurar e "
-"digitalização</guilabel> ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC vai pedir a instalação de dois pacotes:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"É necessário aceitar essa instalação para continuar. Até 230MB de "
-"dependências são necessários."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Para adicionar uma impressora, escolha o botão \"Adicionar\". O sistema irá "
-"tentar detectar quaisquer impressoras e as portas disponíveis. A captura de "
-"tela mostra uma impressora conectada a uma porta paralela. Se uma impressora "
-"for detectada, como uma impressora em uma porta USB, ele será exibido na "
-"primeira linha. A janela também tentará configurar uma impressora de rede."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Impressora detectou automaticamente"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Isto geralmente se refere a impressoras USB. O utilitário localiza "
-"automaticamente o nome da impressora e exibe. Selecione a impressora e, em "
-"seguida, clique em \"Avançar\". Se houver um driver conhecido associado para "
-"a impressora, ele será instalado automaticamente. Se houver mais de um "
-"driver ou não drivers conhecidos, uma janela irá pedir-lhe para seleccionar "
-"ou fornecer um, conforme explicado no parágrafo seguinte. Continue com <xref "
-"linkend=\"terminate\"/> "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "impressora não detectado automaticamente"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você selecionar uma porta, o sistema carrega uma lista de drivers e "
-"exibe uma janela para selecionar um driver. A escolha pode ser feita através "
-"de uma das seguintes opções."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Selecionar impressora a partir do banco de dados"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "fornecer arquivo PPD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "procurar um driver para baixar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao selecionar a partir do banco de dados, a janela sugere um fabricante da "
-"impressora em primeiro lugar, e, em seguida, um dispositivo e um driver "
-"associado a ele. Se mais de um driver é sugerido, selecionar um que é "
-"recomendado, a menos que você encontrou alguns problemas com isso antes, "
-"neste caso, selecionar o que sabe trabalhar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Conclua o processo de instalação"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Após a seleção do driver, uma janela pede alguma informação que irá permitir "
-"que o sistema de designar e descobrir a impressora. A primeira linha é o "
-"nome sob o qual o dispositivo será exibido em aplicações na lista de "
-"impressoras disponíveis. O instalador então sugere a impressão de uma página "
-"de teste. Após esta etapa, a impressora é adicionado e aparece na lista de "
-"impressoras disponíveis."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "impressora de rede"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"As impressoras de rede são as impressoras que estão conectadas diretamente a "
-"uma rede com ou sem fio, que estão ligados a um printserver ou que estão "
-"ligados a outra estação de trabalho que serve como printserver."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Muitas vezes, é melhor para configurar o servidor DHCP para associar sempre "
-"um endereço IP fixo com endereço MAC da impressora. Claro que deve ser o "
-"mesmo que o endereço de IP da impressora de printserver é definido como, se "
-"ele tem um fixo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Mac-endereço da impressora é um número de série dado à impressora ou "
-"printserver ou computador está conectado, que pode ser obtido a partir de "
-"uma página de configuração impressa pela impressora ou o que pode ser "
-"escrito em uma etiqueta na impressora ou Impressão. Se a impressora "
-"compartilhada é conectada a um sistema Mageia, você pode executar "
-"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> nele como root para encontrar o "
-"endereço MAC. É a seqüência de números e letras depois de \"HWaddr \"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode adicionar a impressora de rede, escolhendo o protocolo que utiliza "
-"para falar com o seu computador através da rede. Se você não sabe qual o "
-"protocolo para escolher, você pode tentar a <guilabel>impressora de rede</"
-"guilabel> - <guilabel>Localizar impressora de rede</guilabel> opção nos "
-"<guilabel>dispositivos</guilabel> menu e dar a endereço IP da impressora na "
-"caixa à direita, onde diz \"host \"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a ferramenta reconhece a impressora ou printserver, irá propor um "
-"protocolo e uma fila, mas você pode escolher um mais apropriado a partir da "
-"lista abaixo ou dar o nome da fila correta, se não está na lista."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Procure na documentação que acompanha a impressora ou printserver para "
-"descobrir qual protocolo (s) que apoia e de possíveis nomes de filas "
-"específicas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Protocolos de impressão de rede"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma técnica atual é desenvolvido pela Hewlett-Packard e conhecido como "
-"JetDirect. Ele permite o acesso a uma impressora directamente ligado à rede "
-"através de uma porta Ethernet. Você deve conhecer o endereço IP em que a "
-"impressora é conhecido na rede. Esta técnica também é usada dentro de alguns "
-"roteadores ADSL, que contêm uma porta USB para conectar a impressora. Neste "
-"caso, o endereço IP é o do router. Note-se que a ferramenta \"HP Device "
-"Manager\" pode gerenciar dinamicamente configurado IP-adress, estabelecendo "
-"um URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer> </emphasis>. Neste "
-"caso, IP fixo endereço não é necessário."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha a opção <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como o protocolo "
-"e definir o endereço em <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, não altere o "
-"<guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, a menos que você sabe que ele precisa ser "
-"alterado. Após a seleção do protocolo, a seleção do driver é o mesmo que "
-"acima."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Os outros protocolos são:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: uma impressora que "
-"pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP / IP através do protocolo IPP, por "
-"exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando CUPS. Este protocolo "
-"pode igualmente ser utilizado também por alguns ADSL-routers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, "
-"mas usando o transporte HTTP e com TLS protocolo seguro. A porta tem de ser "
-"definida. Por padrão, a porta 631 é usada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPPS):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas "
-"com TLS protocolo seguro."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"hospedeiro <emphasis>LPD/LPR ou Impressora </emphasis>: uma impressora que "
-"pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP/IP através do protocolo LPD, por exemplo, "
-"uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"impressora de <emphasis>Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: uma impressora "
-"conectada a uma estação executando o Windows ou um servidor SMB e "
-"compartilhada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"O URI também pode ser adicionado directamente. Aqui estão alguns exemplos de "
-"como formar a URI:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket :/ / ip-address-ou-hostname:port</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocolo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações adicionais podem ser encontradas na <link ns2:href=\"http://www."
-"cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentação CUPS.</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Propriedades do dispositivo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode acessar as propriedades do dispositivo. O menu permite o acesso a "
-"parâmetros para o servidor CUPS. Por padrão um servidor CUPS é lançado no "
-"sistema, mas você pode especificar um diferente com o <guimenu>Servidor</"
-"guimenu> | Menu <guimenuitem>conectar ...</guimenuitem>, uma outra janela "
-"que dá acesso à afinação de outros parâmetros específicos do servidor, "
-"seguindo <guimenu>servidor</guimenu> |  <guimenuitem>Configurações.</"
-"guimenuitem>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Solucionar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode encontrar algumas informações sobre os erros ocorridos durante a "
-"impressão inspecionando <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Você também pode acessar a uma ferramenta para diagnosticar problemas usando "
-"o <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solucionar problemas</guilabel> menu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"É possível que alguns condutores para impressoras específicos não estão "
-"disponíveis em Mageia ou não são funcionais. Neste caso, ter um olhar para o "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> "
-"site para verificar se um driver para o seu dispositivo está disponível. Se "
-"sim, verifique se o pacote já está presente em Mageia e, neste caso, instalá-"
-"lo manualmente. Então, refaça o processo de instalação para configurar a "
-"impressora. Em todos os casos, relatar o problema no Bugzilla ou no fórum, "
-"se você está confortável com esta ferramenta e fornecer o modelo e as "
-"informações do driver e se a impressora funciona ou não após a instalação. "
-"Aqui estão algumas fontes para encontrar outras atualizações de drives ou "
-"para dispositivos mais recentes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Brother</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> dar uma lista de drivers "
-"fornecidos pelo irmão . Procure o driver para o seu dispositivo, baixe o rpm "
-"(s) e instalar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Você deve instalar controladores Brother antes de executar o utilitário de "
-"configuração."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Hewlett-Packard e Tudo em um "
-"dispositivos</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Esses dispositivos utilizam a ferramenta hplip. Ele é instalado "
-"automaticamente após a detecção ou a seleção da impressora. Você pode "
-"encontrar outras informações <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/"
-"hplip-web/index.html\">aqui</link>. A ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" está "
-"disponível no  <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>Menu . Veja também  <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
-"\">configuração</link> para a gestão da impressora."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"A HP All in one dispositivo deve ser instalado como uma impressora e serão "
-"adicionados os recursos do scanner. Note-se que, por vezes, a interface "
-"Xsane não permite digitalizar filmes ou slides (a iluminação deslizou não "
-"pode operar). Neste caso, é possível fazer a varredura, utilizando o modo "
-"autônomo, e salvar a imagem em um cartão de memória ou pendrive inserido no "
-"dispositivo. Em seguida, abra o software de imagem favorito e carregar a "
-"imagem do cartão de memória que está apareceu na pasta /media."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung impressora a cores</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Para impressoras a cores específicas Samsung e Xerox, <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">este site fornece drivers</link> para o "
-"protocolo QPDL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson impressoras e scanners</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Drivers para impressoras Epson estão disponíveis a partir <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página "
-"de pesquisa </link>. Para a parte do scanner, você deve instalar o pacote "
-"\"iscan-data\" e depois \"iscan\" (nesta ordem). Um pacote iscan-plugin "
-"também pode estar disponível e pode também instalar. Escolha o "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pacotes de acordo com sua arquitetura."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"É possível que o pacote iscan irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com sã. "
-"Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Para impressoras Canon, pode ser aconselhável instalar uma ferramenta "
-"chamada turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponível "
-"aqui</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importar Documentos e Configurações do MS Windows®"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrada sob o "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle "
-"Mageia rotulada <guilabel>Importação do Windows documentos (TM) e as "
-"configurações</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"A ferramenta permite que um administrador para importar os documentos do "
-"usuário e configurações de um <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>XP "
-"ou<trademark class=\"registrado \">Windows</trademark><trademark>Vista</"
-"trademark> instalação no mesmo computador que a instalação Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Por favor, note que todas as alterações serão aplicadas por transfugdrake "
-"imediatamente após pressionar <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de iniciar transfugdrake você vai ver a primeira página do "
-"assistente, com uma explicação sobre a ferramenta e as opções de importação."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Assim que você ler e entender as instruções, pressione o botão "
-"<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. Isso deve executar uma detecção de "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> instalação."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando a etapa de detecção é completo, você verá uma página que permite que "
-"você escolha as contas em <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</"
-"trademark> e Mageia para o procedimento de importação. É possível escolher "
-"outra conta de usuário do que o seu próprio."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Por favor tenha em conta que, devido ao migrar-assistente (o backend do "
-"transfugdrake) limitações <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</"
-"trademark> marca registrada nomes de conta de usuário com símbolos especiais "
-"podem ser exibidos incorretamente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"A migração pode levar algum tempo, dependendo do tamanho das pastas de "
-"documentos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Alguns do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark> aplicações "
-"(especialmente drivers) pode criar contas de usuário para diferentes fins. "
-"Por exemplo, drives da NVidia do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> são atualizadas com <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, "
-"não use essas contas para efeitos de importação."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você terminar com a imprensa seleção contas <guibutton>Próxima</"
-"guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método de importar "
-"documentos:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake é projetado para importar do <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows </trademark>dados de<emphasis>Meus Documentos</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis>Minhas  Musicas</emphasis>e<emphasis>Minhas imagens</emphasis > "
-"pastas. É possível pular de importação, selecionando o item apropriado nesta "
-"janela."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você terminar com o método de importação documento escolhendo "
-"imprensa <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para "
-"selecionar um método para importar os favoritos:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake pode importar <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> e "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> favoritos com as fichas de Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instância."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha a opção de importação preferencial e pressione o botão <guibutton> "
-"Próxima</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "A próxima página permite que você importe o fundo do desktop:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha a opção preferida e pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"A última página do assistente mostra alguma mensagem congratulações. Basta "
-"pressionar o botão <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Usuários e Grupos"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> como root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia "
-"chamado \"Gerenciar usuários no sistema\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"A ferramenta permite que um administrador para gerenciar os usuários e os "
-"grupos, isto significa para adicionar ou excluir um usuário ou grupo e para "
-"modificar as configurações de usuário e grupo (ID, shell, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando userdrake é aberto, todos os usuários existentes no sistema são "
-"listados nas <guibutton>guias</guibutton>, e todos os <guibutton>Grupos</"
-"guibutton>na guia. Ambos as guias operar da mesma forma."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Add Usuario</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Este botão abre uma nova janela com todos os campos mostrados vazio:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"O campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nome completo</emphasis> é destinado para a "
-"entrada de um nome de família e primeiro nome, mas é possível escrever "
-"qualquer coisa ou nada assim!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso</emphasis> é o único campo obrigatório."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Definindo uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">senha</emphasis> é altamente "
-"recomendado. Há um pequeno escudo, à direita, se é vermelho, a senha é "
-"fraca, muito curta ou é muito parecido com o nome de login. Você deve usar "
-"números, menor e letras maiúsculas, sinais de pontuação, etc O escudo ficará "
-"laranja e verde como a força da senha melhora."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar senha</emphasis> campo está lá para "
-"garantir que você digitou o que pretendia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso Shell</emphasis> é uma lista suspensa que "
-"permite que você mude o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando "
-"para baixo, as opções são Bash, Dash and Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Criar um grupo privado para o usuário</emphasis>, se "
-"verificado criará automaticamente um grupo com o mesmo nome e que o novo "
-"usuário como o único membro (pode ser editado)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"As outras opções deveria ser óbvio. O novo usuário é criado imediatamente "
-"depois de clicar em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 add grupo</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Você só precisa digitar o nome do novo grupo e, se necessário, a "
-"identificação de grupo específico."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (um usuario selecionado)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton> Dados do Usuário</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos os dados "
-"fornecidos para o usuário na criação (o ID não pode ser alterado)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "Informações <emphasis role=\"bold\">Conta</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira opção é para definir uma data de expiração para a conta. A "
-"conexão é impossível após esta data. Isto é útil para contas temporárias."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"A segunda opção é para bloquear a conta, a conexão é impossível, desde que a "
-"conta está bloqueada."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "É também possível alterar o ícone."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Senha Informações</emphasis>: Permite definir uma "
-"data de expiração para a senha, isso força o usuário a mudar sua senha "
-"periodicamente."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os "
-"grupos que o usuário é um membro do grupo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você estiver modificando uma conta de usuário conectado, as modificações "
-"não serão eficazes até a sua/seu próximo login."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (com um grupo selecionado)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"Dados <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Permite que você modifique o "
-"nome do grupo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"Usuários <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar "
-"os usuários que são membros do grupo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Excluir</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione um usuário ou um grupo e clique em <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Excluir</emphasis> para removê-lo. Para um usuário, aparece uma janela a "
-"perguntar se diretório home e caixa de correio também deve ser excluído. Se "
-"um grupo privado foi criado para o usuário, ele será excluído também."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "É possível excluir um grupo que não está vazio."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Atualizar</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"O banco de dados do usuário pode ser alterado fora de userdrake. Clique "
-"neste ícone para atualizar a exibição."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Conta de Convidado</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">convidado</emphasis> é uma conta especial. Pretende-"
-"se dar a alguém o acesso temporário ao sistema com total segurança. Entrada "
-"é xguest, não há senha, e é impossível fazer modificações no sistema a "
-"partir desta conta. Os diretórios pessoais são eliminadas no final da "
-"sessão. Esta conta é ativada por padrão, para desativá-lo, clique no menu "
-"<guimenu>Ações -> Desinstalar conta de convidado</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Configure o servidor gráfico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuário normal ou <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis> como root. Mind the letras maiúsculas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Selecione "
-"<emphasis><guilabel>Configurar o servidor gráfico</guilabel></emphasis>. "
-"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Os botões permitem que você altere a configuração gráfica."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Placa gráfica</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"A placa de vídeo é exibido atualmente detectado eo servidor correspondente "
-"configurado. Clique neste botão para mudar para outro servidor, por exemplo, "
-"uma com um driver proprietário."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Os servidores disponíveis são classificadas sob <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> "
-"pelo fabricante, em ordem alfabética e, em seguida, o modelo também em ordem "
-"alfabética. Os drivers livres são ordenadas por ordem alfabética sob "
-"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Em caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> irá trabalhar com a "
-"maioria das placas gráficas e dar-lhe tempo para encontrar e instalar o "
-"driver correto, enquanto em seu Ambiente de Trabalho."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Se até Vesa não funcionar, escolher <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev </guilabel></emphasis>, que é usada durante a instalação "
-"Mageia, mas não permite que você alterar a resolução ou taxas de atualização."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você fez a sua escolha para um drive de graça, você pode ser solicitado "
-"se você quer usar um driver proprietário vez com mais recursos (efeitos em "
-"3D, por exemplo)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Da mesma forma que o anterior, o monitor atualmente detectado é exibido e "
-"você pode clicar no botão para mudar para outra. Se o monitor desejado não "
-"estiver no <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> lista, escolha na lista "
-"<guilabel>genérico</guilabel> um monitor com as mesmas características."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolução:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Esse botão permite a escolha da resolução (número de pixels) e a intensidade "
-"de cor (quantidade de cores). ele mostra essa tela:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Quando você muda a profundidade "
-"de cor, um barra multi-colorida aparecerá ao lado do segundo botão e mostrar "
-"uma prévia do que a profundidade de cor selecionado parece."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"O primeiro botão mostra a resolução atual, clique para mudar para outra. A "
-"lista te mostra todas as escolhas possíveis de cordo com a placa gráfica e "
-"seu monitor, é possível clicar em <guilabel>Outros</guilabel> para escolher "
-"outras resoluções, mas tenha em mente que você pode danificar seu monitor ou "
-"selecionar uma configuração desconfortável."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"O segundo botão mostra a profundidade atualmente cor, clique para mudar isso "
-"para uma outra."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Dependendo da resolução escolhida, pode ser necessário ter que sair e "
-"reiniciar o ambiente gráfico para que as configurações tenham efeito."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Teste:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma vez que a configuração for feita, recomenda-se fazer um teste antes de "
-"clicar em OK, porque é mais fácil modificar as configurações agora do que "
-"mais tarde, se o ambiente gráfico não funcionar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"No caso de seu ambiente gráfico não funcionar, aperte Alt+Crtl+F2 para abrir "
-"o ambiente de texto, conecte-se como root e digite XFdrake (com caps lock) "
-"para usar a versão de texto XFdrake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o teste falhar, é só esperar até o final, se ele funciona, mas você não "
-"quer mudar, afinal de contas, clique em <guibutton>Não</guibutton>, se tudo "
-"estiver certo, clique em <guibutton role=\"bold \">OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Opções:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"opções <guilabel>globais</guilabel>: Se <emphasis>Desativar Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> é marcada, ela não será mais possível reiniciar o "
-"servidor X usando as teclas Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"Opções da placa <guilabel>gráfica</guilabel>: Permite ativar ou desativar "
-"três características específicas, dependendo da placa gráfica."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Interface gráfica na inicialização</guilabel>: Na maioria das "
-"vezes, <emphasis>iniciar automaticamente a interface gráfica (Xorg) quando "
-"iniciar</emphasis> é verificado para fazer a troca de inicialização para "
-"modo gráfico, pode ser desmarcada para um servidor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Após um clique no botão <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, o sistema irá pedir-lhe "
-"para confirmar. Ainda há tempo para cancelar tudo e manter a configuração "
-"anterior, ou para aceitar. Neste caso, você tem que desconectar e reconectar "
-"para ativar a nova configuração."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9afe1cb5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centro de Controle Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">As ferramentas para configurar o sistema Mageia</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA
-3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a
-<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipe de
-Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b18beb8d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centro de Controle Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA
-3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a
-<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipe de
-Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cd6bd16..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Pacotes de software de atualização</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate ou drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote>está presente no Centro
-de Controle Mageia sob a gestão guia <emphasis
-role="bold">Software.</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Para o trabalho, Mageia Update necessita de repositórios a serem
-configurados com obscuridade rpm-editmedia com alguns meios de comunicação
-controlados como atualizações. Se não forem, você será solicitado a fazê-lo.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Assim que esta ferramenta é lançado, ele verifica os pacotes instalados e
-lista aqueles com uma atualização disponível nos repositórios. Eles são
-selecionados por padrão, para ser baixado e instalado
-automaticamente. Clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização</guibutton> para
-iniciar o processo.</para>
-
-  <para>Ao clicar sobre um pacote, a informação é apresentada na metade inferior da
-janela. A impressão <emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> antes de um título
-significa que você pode clicar para cair um texto.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Quando as atualizações estão disponíveis, um applet na bandeja do sistema
-avisa ao exibir este ícone vermelho <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>. Basta clicar e digitar a senha do usuário para atualizar o sistema
-da mesma forma.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 598a0b93..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Configure o servidor gráfico</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia
-<emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Selecione
-<emphasis><guilabel>Configurar o servidor
-gráfico</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuário normal ou
-<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Mind the letras maiúsculas.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Os botões permitem que você altere a configuração gráfica.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Placa gráfica</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>A placa de vídeo é exibido atualmente detectado eo servidor correspondente
-configurado. Clique neste botão para mudar para outro servidor, por exemplo,
-uma com um driver proprietário.</para>
-
-  <para>Os servidores disponíveis são classificadas sob <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel>
-pelo fabricante, em ordem alfabética e, em seguida, o modelo também em ordem
-alfabética. Os drivers livres são ordenadas por ordem alfabética sob
-<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Em caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> irá trabalhar com a
-maioria das placas gráficas e dar-lhe tempo para encontrar e instalar o
-driver correto, enquanto em seu Ambiente de Trabalho.</para>
-
-      <para>Se até Vesa não funcionar, escolher <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev </guilabel></emphasis>, que é usada durante a instalação
-Mageia, mas não permite que você alterar a resolução ou taxas de
-atualização.</para>
-    </note>Se você fez a sua escolha para um drive de graça, você pode ser solicitado
-se você quer usar um driver proprietário vez com mais recursos (efeitos em
-3D, por exemplo).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Da mesma forma que o anterior, o monitor atualmente detectado é exibido e
-você pode clicar no botão para mudar para outra. Se o monitor desejado não
-estiver no <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> lista, escolha na lista
-<guilabel>genérico</guilabel> um monitor com as mesmas características.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolução:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Esse botão permite a escolha da resolução (número de pixels) e a intensidade
-de cor (quantidade de cores). ele mostra essa tela:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Quando você muda a profundidade de
-cor, um barra multi-colorida aparecerá ao lado do segundo botão e mostrar
-uma prévia do que a profundidade de cor selecionado parece.</para>
-
-  <para>O primeiro botão mostra a resolução atual, clique para mudar para outra. A
-lista te mostra todas as escolhas possíveis de cordo com a placa gráfica e
-seu monitor, é possível clicar em <guilabel>Outros</guilabel> para escolher
-outras resoluções, mas tenha em mente que você pode danificar seu monitor ou
-selecionar uma configuração desconfortável.</para>
-
-  <para>O segundo botão mostra a profundidade atualmente cor, clique para mudar isso
-para uma outra.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Dependendo da resolução escolhida, pode ser necessário ter que sair e
-reiniciar o ambiente gráfico para que as configurações tenham efeito.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Teste:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Uma vez que a configuração for feita, recomenda-se fazer um teste antes de
-clicar em OK, porque é mais fácil modificar as configurações agora do que
-mais tarde, se o ambiente gráfico não funcionar.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>No caso de seu ambiente gráfico não funcionar, aperte Alt+Crtl+F2 para abrir
-o ambiente de texto, conecte-se como root e digite XFdrake (com caps lock)
-para usar a versão de texto XFdrake.</para>
-    </note>Se o teste falhar, é só esperar até o final, se ele funciona, mas você não
-quer mudar, afinal de contas, clique em <guibutton>Não</guibutton>, se tudo
-estiver certo, clique em <guibutton role="bold ">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Opções:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>opções <guilabel>globais</guilabel>: Se <emphasis>Desativar
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> é marcada, ela não será mais possível
-reiniciar o servidor X usando as teclas Ctrl+Alt+Backspace.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Opções da placa <guilabel>gráfica</guilabel>: Permite ativar ou desativar
-três características específicas, dependendo da placa gráfica.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Interface gráfica na inicialização</guilabel>: Na maioria das
-vezes, <emphasis>iniciar automaticamente a interface gráfica (Xorg) quando
-iniciar</emphasis> é verificado para fazer a troca de inicialização para
-modo gráfico, pode ser desmarcada para um servidor.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>Após um clique no botão <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, o sistema irá pedir-lhe
-para confirmar. Ainda há tempo para cancelar tudo e manter a configuração
-anterior, ou para aceitar. Neste caso, você tem que desconectar e reconectar
-para ativar a nova configuração.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 94c4d6a3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Acessar diretório e drivers compartilhados por WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root.</para>
-  </footnote> é encontrado no Centro
-de Controle Mageia, sob a guia de Compartilhamento de Rede, rotulado
-<guilabel>Configuração WebDAV </guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introdução</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> é um
-protocolo que permite a montagem de diretório de um servidor web localmente,
-para que ele aparece como um diretório local. É necessário que a máquina
-remota esteja executando um servidor WebDAV. Este não é o objetivo desta
-ferramenta para configurar o servidor WebDAV.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Criando uma nova entrada</title>
-
-    <para>A primeira tela da ferramenta exibe as entradas já configuradas, se houver,
-e um botão <guibutton>novo </guibutton>. Use-o para criar uma nova
-entrada. Inserir a URL do servidor no domínio da nova tela.</para>
-
-    <para>Em seguida, você recebe uma tela com os botões de rádio para selecionar
-algumas ações. Continuar com a ação <guibutton>Ponto de
-montagem</guibutton>clicando<guibutton>OK</guibutton> depois de selecionar o
-botão de rádio, como o <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> já está
-configurado. No entanto, pode corrigi-lo, se necessário.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>O conteúdo do diretório remoto poderá ser acessado através deste ponto de
-montagem.</para>
-
-    <para>No próximo passo, dê o seu nome de usuário e senha. Se você precisa de
-algumas outras opções, você pode informa-las na tela
-<guibutton>avançada</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A opção <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> permite que você monte de imediato o
-acesso.</para>
-
-    <para>Depois que você aceita a configuração com o botão de rádio <guibutton>Feito
-</guibutton>, a primeira tela é exibida novamente e seu novo ponto de
-montagem está na lista. Depois de escolher <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, você
-será perguntado se deseja ou não salvar as modificações em <emphasis>
-/etc/fstab </emphasis>. Escolha esta opção se você deseja que o diretório
-remoto está disponível em cada inicialização. Se a sua configuração é para o
-uso de uma só vez, não salvá-lo.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bcc262c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Partilhe as partições do disco rígido</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta simples ferramenta<footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> permite que
-você, o administrador, para permitir que os usuários compartilhem partes de
-seus próprios diretórios /home com outros usuários de uma mesma rede local
-que pode ter computadores com Linux ou sistema operacional Windows.</para>
-
-  <para>Pode ser encontrada no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia do disco local,
-chamado "Partilhe as partições do disco rígido ".</para>
-
-  <para>Em primeiro lugar, responder à pergunta: "<guilabel>Gostaria que permite aos
-usuários compartilhar alguns de seus diretórios </guilabel>", clique em
-<guibutton>Sem partilha</guibutton> se a resposta é não para todos os
-usuários, clique em Permitir que  <guibutton>todos os usuários</guibutton>
-para todos os usuários e clique em <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> se a
-resposta é não para alguns usuários e sim para os outros. Neste último caso,
-os usuários que estão autorizados a compartilhar seus diretórios devem
-pertencer ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, que é criado
-automaticamente pelo sistema. Você será questionado sobre isso mais tarde.</para>
-
-  <para>Clique em <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, uma segunda tela aparece que pede para
-você escolher entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB
-</guibutton>. Verifique <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se o Linux é o único
-sistema operacional em rede, verifique <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se a rede
-inclui tanto máquinas Windows Linux e em seguida, clique em
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Todos os pacotes necessários serão instalados, se
-necessário.</para>
-
-  <para>A configuração está concluída, a menos que a opção Personalizar foi
-escolhido. Neste caso, uma tela extra pede-lhe para abrir Userdrake. Esta
-ferramenta permite que você adicione os usuários autorizados a partilhar os
-seus diretórios para o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos. Na guia do
-usuário, clique no usuário a adicionar ao grupo de compartilhamento de
-arquivos, em seguida, <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, Na aba
-Grupos. Verifique o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos e clique em
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para mais informações sobre Userdrake, consulte
-<xref linkend="userdrake">esta página</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Ao adicionar um novo usuário ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, você
-tem que desligar e religar a rede para as modificações serem levados em
-conta.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>A partir de agora cada usuário pertencente ao grupo fileshare pode
-selecionar em sua / seu gerenciador de arquivos nos diretórios para ser
-compartilhado, embora nem todos os gerenciadores de arquivos têm essa
-facilidade.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e8be76c6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">NFS acesso compartilhado unidades e diretórios</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introdução</title>
-
-    <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote> permite declarar
-alguns diretórios compartilhados para ser acessível a todos os usuários da
-máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isso é o NFS que está disponível na
-maioria dos sistemas Linux ou Unix. O diretório compartilhado será,
-portanto, disponível diretamente no boot. Diretórios compartilhados podem
-ser também acessível diretamente em uma única sessão para um usuário com
-ferramentas tais como navegadores de arquivos.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>procedimento</title>
-
-    <para>Selecione  <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma
-lista de servidores que diretórios ação.</para>
-
-    <para>Clique no símbolo > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos
-diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>O botão <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível e você
-tem que especificar onde montar o diretório.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, você pode montá-lo. Você também pode
-verificar e alterar algumas opções com as
-<guibutton>Opções</guibutton>botão. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode
-desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ao aceitar a configuração com o <guibutton>Feito</guibutton>, uma mensagem
-será exibida, pedindo "Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab
-modificações". Isso fará com que o diretório disponível em cada boot, se a
-rede está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de
-arquivos, por exemplo, no Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 98ccdd41..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Gravador de CD / DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removale</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> é encontrado sob os
-discos locais guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulados com o hardware
-removível (CD/DVD players e gravadores e drives de disquete só) . </para>
-
-  <para>Seu objetivo é definir a forma como o disco removível está montado. </para>
-
-  <para>No topo da janela há uma breve descrição de seu hardware e as opções
-escolhidas para montá-lo. Use o menu na parte inferior para
-mudá-los. Verifique o item a ser alterado e, em seguida, no
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>ponto de montagem</title>
-
-    <para>Marque esta caixa para alterar o ponto de montagem. O padrão é /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Opções</title>
-
-    <para>Muitas opções de montagem pode ser escolhido aqui ou diretamente na lista ou
-através do <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> submenu. O principal são:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Usuário/Nenhum usuário</title>
-
-      <para>usuário permite que um usuário comum (não root) para montar o disco
-removível, esta opção envolve noexec, nosuid e nodev. O usuário que montou o
-disco é o único que pode desmontar-lo. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 62d72029..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Acesso do Windows (SMB) unidades e diretórios compartilhados</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introdução</title>
-
-    <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote> permite declarar que
-compartilhar diretórios para ser acessível a todos os usuários da máquina. O
-protocolo utilizado para isto é que o SMB foi popularizado nos sistemas
-Windows(R). O diretório compartilhado estará disponível diretamente na
-inicialização. Diretórios compartilhados também podem ser acessados
-​​diretamente em uma única sessão por um usuário com ferramentas como
-navegadores de arquivos.</para>
-
-    <para>Antes de iniciar a ferramenta, é uma idéia boa para declarar os nomes dos
-servidores disponíveis, por exemplo, com <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>procedimento</title>
-
-    <para>Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista
-de servidores que compartilham diretórios.</para>
-
-    <para>Clique no nome do servidor e em &gt; antes do nome do servidor para exibir a
-lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja
-acessar.</para>
-
-    <para>O <guibutton>ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível, você tem que
-especificar onde montar o diretório.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, pode ser montado com o
-<guimenu>Botão Monte </guimenu>. Você também pode verificar e alterar
-algumas opções com as <guibutton>opções</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para>Em opções, você pode especificar o nome de usuário e a senha daqueles
-capazes de se conectar ao servidor SMB. Depois de montar o diretório, você
-pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Depois de aceitar a configuração com o botão Feito, uma mensagem irá
-perguntar "Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificado". Salvando,
-permitirá diretório para disponibilizada a cada inicialização, se a rede
-está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de
-arquivos, por exemplo, em dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 271616c0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Efeitos de desktop 3D</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introdução</title>
-
-    <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote> permite gerenciar os
-efeitos de desktop 3D em seu sistema operacional. Efeitos 3D estão
-desligados por padrão.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Primeiros passos</title>
-
-    <para>Para utilizar esta ferramenta, você precisa ter o pacote glxinfo
-instalado. Se o pacote não estiver instalado, você será solicitado a fazê-lo
-antes drak3d pode começar.</para>
-
-    <para>Depois de iniciar drak3d, você será apresentado com uma janela de menu. Aqui
-você pode escolher qualquer <guilabel>Nenhum efeito de desktop 3D</guilabel>
-ou <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion é parte de um
-gerenciador de composição/janela, que inclui efeitos especiais com
-aceleração de hardware para o seu desktop. Escolha <guilabel>Compiz
-Fusion</guilabel> para ligá-lo.</para>
-
-    <para>Se esta é sua primeira vez usando este programa após uma instalação limpa do
-Mageia, você receberá uma mensagem de aviso dizendo que os pacotes precisam
-ser instalados para usar Compiz Fusion. Clique no botão <guibutton>Ok
-</guibutton> para continuar.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Uma vez que os pacotes apropriados estão instalados, você vai notar que
-Compiz Fusion é selecionado no menu drak3d, mas você deve fazer logoff e
-login novamente para que as alterações tenham efeito.</para>
-
-    <para>Depois de entrar de volta, Compiz Fusion será ativado. Para configurar o
-Compiz Fusion, consulte a página da ferramenta ccsm (Gerenciamento de
-configurações CompizConfig).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Solução de problemas</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Não pode ver a área de trabalho após o login</title>
-
-      <para>Se depois de ligar Compiz Fusion tentar voltar a entrar na sua área de
-trabalho, mas não pode ver nada, reinicie o computador para voltar para a
-tela de login. Uma vez lá, clique no ícone do Google Desktop e selecione
-drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Quando você entrar, se a sua conta está listado como um administrador, você
-será solicitado a senha novamente. Caso contrário, use o login de
-administrador com seu/sua conta. Depois, você pode desfazer quaisquer
-alterações que possam ter causado o log no problema.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a3b82c9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">autenticação</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> permite modificar a
-maneira pela qual você pode ser reconhecido como usuário da máquina ou na
-rede.</para>
-
-  <para>Por padrão, as informações para a sua autenticação é armazenado em um
-arquivo em seu computador. Modificá-lo apenas se o seu administrador de rede
-convida-o a fazê-lo e dar informação sobre isso.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ddb78683..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Configurar login automático para fazer logon automaticamente no</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta a partir da linha de comando, digitando
-<emphasis role= "bold">drak login automatico</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> permite que você faça
-o login automaticamente com o mesmo usuário, em seu/seu ambiente de
-trabalho, sem pedir qualquer senha. É chamado login automático. Isso
-geralmente é uma boa idéia quando há apenas um usuário, como estar usando a
-máquina.</para>
-
-  <para>Pode ser encontrada sob a <emphasis role="bold">Inicialização</emphasis>
-guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado "Configurar login automático para
-fazer logon automaticamente em".</para>
-
-  <para>Os botões de interface são bastante óbvios:</para>
-
-  <para>Verifique <guibutton>Inicie o ambiente gráfico quando o sistema começa
-</guibutton>, se você quiser X Window System para ser executado após a
-inicialização. Se não, o sistema irá iniciar em modo texto. No entanto, será
-possível iniciar a interface gráfica manualmente. Isso pode ser feito com o
-lançamento do comando 'startx' ou 'systemctl começar dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>Se a primeira caixa está marcada, outras duas opções estão disponíveis,
-verifique ou <guibutton>Não, eu não quero autologin</guibutton>, se você
-quiser que o sistema continue a pedir que o usuário se conectar (a senha) ou
-verificar <guibutton>Sim, eu quero autologin com este (usuário,
-desktop)</guibutton>, se necessário. Neste caso, você também precisa
-fornecer o nome de  <guilabel>usuário padrão</guilabel> e o
-<guilabel>desktop  padrão</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1be467af..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Configure o sistema de inicialização</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Se você estiver usando um sistema UEFI em vez de BIOS, a interface do
-usuário é ligeiramente diferente como o dispositivo de inicialização é,
-obviamente, a partição do sistema EFI (ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta<footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> permite configurar as
-opções de inicialização (escolha do bootloader, defina uma senha, o padrão
-de inicialização, etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>Pode ser encontrada na guia de inicialização no Centro de Controle Mageia
-rotulado como "sistema de inicialização de configuração".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Não use esta ferramenta se você não sabe exatamente o que você está
-fazendo. Alterando algumas configurações podem impedir a sua máquina de
-inicializar de novamente!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Na primeira parte, chamada <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, é possível se
-usar BIOS, a escolha do botão <guibutton>usar a opção
-Bootloader</guibutton>, Grub, Grub2 vs Lilo, e com um gráfico ou um menu de
-texto. É apenas uma questão de gosto, não há outras consequências. Você
-também pode definir o <guibutton>dispositivo de inicialização</guibutton>,
-não muda nada aqui a não ser que você seja um especialista. O dispositivo de
-boot é onde o bootloader está instalado e qualquer modificação pode impedir
-a sua máquina de inicializar.</para>
-
-  <para>Em um sistema UEFI, o bootloader é <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> e está
-instalado na partição / boot / EFI. Esta partição formatada FAT32 é comum a
-todos os sistemas operacionais instalados.</para>
-
-  <para>Na segunda parte, chamada <guilabel>Opções principais</guilabel>, você pode
-definir o <guibutton>Atraso antes de inicializar a imagem padrão
-</guibutton>, em segundos. Durante este atraso, Grub ou Lilo irá exibir a
-lista de sistemas operacionais disponíveis, pedindo-lhe para fazer a sua
-escolha. Se nenhuma seleção for feita, o bootloader irá inicializar por
-padrão uma vez que o atraso decorrer.</para>
-
-  <para>Na terceira e última parte, chamado <guibutton>Segurança</guibutton>, é
-possível configurar uma senha para o gerenciador de inicialização. Isso
-significa que um usuário e uma senha serão solicitados no momento de
-inicialização para selecionar uma entrada de inicialização ou alterar as
-configurações. O nome de usuário é "root" e a senha é escolhida aqui.</para>
-
-  <para>O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dá algumas opções extras.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) é um padrão para o
-gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode economizar energia, parando os
-dispositivos não utilizados, este foi o método usado antes do APM. Marque
-esta caixa se o seu hardware é compatível com ACPI.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP significa symmetric multi processadores, é uma arquitetura para
-processadores multicore.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Se você tem um processador com HyperThreading, Mageia vai vê-lo como um
-processador dual e ativar o SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton>e<guibutton>Habilitar APIC
-Local:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC significa Advanced Controlador de interrupção programável. Há dois
-componentes no sistema Intel APIC, o local APIC (LAPIC) e APIC / S. A uma
-rotas as interrupções que os recebe autos periféricos para uma ou mais APICs
-locais que estão no processador. É realmente útil para sistemas
-multi-processador. Alguns computadores têm problemas com o sistema APIC o
-que pode causar congelamentos ou detecção de dispositivo incorreto (mensagem
-de erro "espuria 8259A interrupção: IRQ7 "). Neste caso, desative APIC e /
-ou APIC Local.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>A tela <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> difere dependendo do carregador de
-inicialização escolhido.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Você tem Grub Legacy ou Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>Neste caso, você pode ver a lista de todas as entradas disponíveis em tempo
-de boot. O padrão é o asterisco. Para alterar a ordem das entradas do menu,
-clique em cima ou para baixo setas para mover o item selecionado. Se você
-clicar no botão <guibutton>Adicionar </guibutton> ou
-<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton> botões, aparece uma nova janela para
-adicionar uma nova entrada no menu bootloader ou para modificar um já
-existente. Você precisa estar familiarizado com o LILO ou GRUB para ser
-capaz de usar essas ferramentas.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>O campo <guilabel>Rótulo</guilabel> é de forma livre, escreva aqui o que
-você deseja ser exibido no menu. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando "título
-". Por exemplo: Mageia 3.</para>
-
-      <para>O campo <guilabel>Imagem</guilabel> contém o nome do kernel. Ele corresponde
-ao Grub comando "do kernel". Por exemplo /boot /vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>O campo <guilabel>Raiz</guilabel> contém o nome do dispositivo onde o kernel
-está armazenado. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando "root". Por exemplo, (hd0,
-1).</para>
-
-      <para>O <guilabel>Anexo</guilabel> contém as opções a serem dadas para o kernel no
-momento da inicialização.</para>
-
-      <para>Se a caixa <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> estiver marcada, o Grub irá
-inicializar esta entrada por padrão.</para>
-
-      <para>Na tela extra chamado de <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher
-o modo <guilabel>Vídeo</guilabel>, um arquivo<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> e
-<guilabel>perfil da rede</guilabel >, veja <xref linkend="draknetprofile"/>,
-nas listas drop-down.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Você tem Grub2 ou Grub2-efi (carregadores de inicialização usados por
-padrão, respectivamente, no modo Legacy e no modo UEFI):</para>
-
-      <para>Neste caso, a lista suspensa rotulada <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> exibe
-todas as entradas disponíveis; Clique sobre o querido como o padrão.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>O <guilabel>Anexo</guilabel> contém as opções a serem dadas para o kernel no
-momento da inicialização.</para>
-
-      <para>Se você tiver outros sistemas operacionais instalados, o Mageia tentará
-adicioná-los ao menu de inicialização do Mageia. Se você não quiser esse
-comportamento, desmarque a caixa <guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>Na tela extra chamada <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher o
-<guilabel>Modo de vídeo</guilabel>. Se você não quiser um Mageia
-inicializável, mas para carregá-lo em cadeia a partir de outro sistema
-operacional, marque a caixa <guilabel>Não toque em ESP ou MBR</guilabel> e
-aceite o aviso.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Não instalar em ESP ou MBR significa que a instalação não é inicializável a
-menos que a cadeia seja carregada a partir de outro sistema operacional.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>Para definir muitos outros parâmetros, você pode usar a ferramenta chamada
-<emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis>, disponível nos repositórios Mageia
-(veja abaixo).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dac33ef1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Relatório de ferramenta de Bug Mageia</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Normalmente, esta ferramenta <footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> começa
-automaticamente quando a ferramenta da Mageia falha. No entanto, também é
-possível que, após a apresentação de um relatório de erro, você está
-convidado a iniciar essa ferramenta para verificar algumas das informações
-que dá, e, em seguida, prever que nesse relatório de bug existente.</para>
-
-  <para>Se um novo relatório de erro precisa ser apresentado e você não está
-acostumado a fazer isso, então por favor leia <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Como
-relatar um bug relatório corretamente</link>, antes de clicar no botão
-"Report " .</para>
-
-  <para>No caso da falha já foi apresentado por outra pessoa (a mensagem de erro que
-deu drakbug será o mesmo, então), é útil para adicionar um comentário a este
-relatório existente que você viu o erro, também.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d4792ec..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Coletar Logs e informação para o Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> só pode ser iniciado e
-usado na linha de comando.</para>
-
-<para>Aconselha-se a escrever a saída desse comando para um arquivo, por exemplo,
-fazendo <emphasis role="bold"> drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, mas verifique se você tem espaço em disco
-suficiente em primeiro lugar: o arquivo pode ser facilmente vários GBs
-grande.</para>
-<note><para>A saída é muito grande para anexar a um relatório de bug sem primeiro
-remover as partes desnecessárias.</para></note>
-  <para>Este comando coleta as seguintes informações no seu sistema:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partições</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> versão Mageia</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>No momento esta página de ajuda foi escrito, a parte "syslog " de saída
-deste comando estava vazio, pois esta ferramenta ainda não tinha sido
-adaptado para a nossa mudança para systemd. Se ele ainda estiver vazio, você
-pode recuperar o "syslog", fazendo (como root) <emphasis
-role="bold">journalctl-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Se você não tem um
-espaço em disco, você pode, por exemplo, tomar as últimas 5.000 linhas do
-log em vez de: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl-a | tail-N5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ea81016e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Gerenciar data e hora</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> é encontrada no âmbito
-do Sistema guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>"Gerenciar
-data e hora "</guilabel>. Em alguns ambientes de trabalho também está
-disponível através de um clique direito data e hora / Ajustar ... no relógio
-na bandeja do sistema.</para>
-
-  <para>É uma ferramenta muito simples.</para>
-
-  <para>Na parte superior esquerda, é o <emphasis
-role="bold">calendário</emphasis>. Na imagem acima, a data é setembro (no
-canto superior esquerdo), 2012 (no canto superior direito), o segundo (em
-azul) e é um domingo. Selecione o mês (ou ano), clicando nas pequenas setas
-em cada lado de setembro (ou 2012). Selecione o dia clicando em seu número.</para>
-
-  <para>No canto inferior esquerdo é o <emphasis role="bold">Netbook Time
-Protocol</emphasis> sincronização, é possível ter um relógio sempre a tempo,
-sincronizando-o com um servidor. Verifique <guilabel>Ativar Network Time
-Protocol</guilabel> e escolher o servidor mais próximo.</para>
-
-  <para>Na parte direita é o <emphasis role="bold">relógio</emphasis>. É inútil para
-acertar o relógio se NTP está habilitado. Três caixas de exibir horas,
-minutos e segundos (15, 28 e 22 na imagem). Utilize as pequenas setas para
-ajustar o relógio para a hora correta. O formato não pode ser alterado aqui,
-ver suas configurações de ambiente desktop para isso.</para>
-
-  <para>Pelo menos, no canto inferior direito, selecione seu fuso horário clicando
-no <guibutton>Alterar fuso horário</guibutton> e escolher na lista a cidade
-mais próxima.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Mesmo que isso não é possível escolher um formato de data ou hora nesta
-ferramenta, eles serão exibidos na área de trabalho de acordo com as
-configurações de localização.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a632d06c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Retirar uma conexão</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Aqui, você pode excluir uma interface de rede <footnote><para>Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Clique no menu drop-down, escolha o que você deseja remover e clique em
-<emphasis>próxima</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Você verá uma mensagem de que a interface de rede foi deletada com sucesso.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 06917cc9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,818 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Configurar uma nova interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introdução</title>
-
-    <para>Essa ferramenta<footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote> permite configurar uma
-rede local ou acesso a internet. Você deve saber algumas informações do seu
-provedor de acesso ou administrador de sua rede</para>
-
-    <para>Selecione o tipo de conexão que quer configurar, de acordo com qual Hardware
-e Provedor você usa.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uma nova conexão com fio (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A primeira janela lista as interfaces disponíveis. Selecione uma para
-configurar.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A esse ponto, uma chance é dada entre configurações automáticas ou um
-endereço IP manual.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP Automatico</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os
-servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados
-manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos
-servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser
-especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>
-localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host
-também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir
-nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem
-essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço
-IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>O botão Advanced dar a oportunidade de especificar:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Pesquisa de domínio (não acessível, como fornecido pelo servidor DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>o cliente DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>tempo limite de DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar o servidor
-NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obter servidor NTPD de DHCP (sincronização de relógios)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer
-que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço
-IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Depois de aceitar, os últimos passos que são comuns a todas as configurações
-de conexão são explicados: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manual de configuração </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você precisa declarar que
-servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado
-aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão.</para>
-
-            <para>Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP normalmente parece
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0
-</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no site do seu
-provedor de serviços.</para>
-
-            <para>Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de
-domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o
-seu computador é chamado de "splash", e é o nome de domínio completo é
-"splash.boatanchor.net", a Pesquisa de domínio seria "boatanchor.net". A
-menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa
-configuração. Mais uma vez, ADSL doméstico não precisaria esta definição.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Os próximos passos são expostos em <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uma nova conexão por satélite (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> a equipe
-Doc</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A nova conexão de modem de cabo</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A primeira janela lista as interfaces disponíveis. Selecione uma para
-configurar.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A esse ponto, uma chance é dada entre configurações automáticas ou um
-endereço IP manual.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Você tem que especificar um método de autenticação:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>nenhum</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necessário para Telstra). Neste caso, você tem que fornecer o nome
-de usuário e senha.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP Automatico</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Servidor DHCP ou são especificadas manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No
-último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do
-host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for
-especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído
-por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com
-a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem
-todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o
-seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>O botão Advanced dar a oportunidade de especificar:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Pesquisa de domínio (não acessível, como fornecido pelo servidor DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>o cliente DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>tempo limite de DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar o servidor
-NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obter servidor NTPD de DHCP (sincronização de relógios)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer
-que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço
-IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Depois de aceitar, os últimos passos que são comuns a todas as configurações
-de conexão são explicados: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manual de configuração </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>configurações <emphasis>cabo/IP </emphasis>: você precisa declarar que
-servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado
-aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão.</para>
-
-            <para>Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP normalmente parece
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0
-</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no site do seu
-provedor de serviços.</para>
-
-            <para>Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de
-domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o
-seu computador é chamado de "splash", e é o nome de domínio completo é
-"splash.boatanchor.net", a Pesquisa de domínio seria "boatanchor.net". A
-menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa
-configuração. Mais uma vez, a conexão doméstica não precisaria esta
-definição.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Os próximos passos são expostos em <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uma nova conexão DSL</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces de rede, oferece para selecionar um e
-configurá-lo.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o
-seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não
-Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Selecione um dos protocolos disponíveis:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Configuração TCP/IP manual</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Aponte para Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>definições de acesso</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Conta Login (nome de usuário)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>senha da Conta</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avançado) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avançado) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Os próximos passos são expostos em <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uma nova conexão ISDN</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>O assistente pergunta qual o dispositivo para configurar:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Escolha Manual (placa interna ISDN)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Modem ISDN externo</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Propõe-se uma lista de hardware, por categoria e fabricante. Escolha o seu
-drive.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Selecione um dos protocolos disponíveis:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocolo para o resto do mundo, exceto na Europa (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocolo para a Europa (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>É, então, ofereceu uma lista de prestadores de serviços, classificados por
-países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione
-a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de
-seu provedor lhe deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para os parâmetros:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nome da conexão</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Número do telefone</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ID de Login</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>senha da Conta</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Método de autenticação</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Após isso, você deve selecionar se quer obter o seu endereço IP
-automáticamente ou manualmente. Se for manualmente, especifique o endereço
-IP e a máscara de sub-rede</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>O próximo passo é escolher como endereço de servidores DNS são obtidos, pelo
-método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que
-colocar:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nome de Domínio</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Primeiro e segundo Servidor DNS</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Selecione se o nome da máquina é definido a partir de IP. Esta opção é
-selecionar somente se tiver certeza de que seu provedor está configurado
-para aceitá-la.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>O próximo passo é escolher como o endereço do gateway é obtido, pelo método
-automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que digitar o
-endereço IP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Os próximos passos são expostos em <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uma nova conexão sem fio (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A primeira janela lista as interfaces que estão disponíveis e uma entrada
-para o Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Selecione o que configurar. Use
-ndiswrapper somente se os outros métodos de configuração não funcionou.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Neste passo, a escolha é dada entre os diferentes pontos de acesso que a
-placa tenha detectado.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Parâmetro específico para a placa wireless são fornecer:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Modo de funcionamento:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>gerenciado</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Para aceder a um ponto de acesso existente (o mais freqüente).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Para configurar a conexão direta entre os computadores.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nome da rede (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Modo de encriptação: depende de como o ponto de acesso está configurado.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Este modo de criptografia é preferir se o hardware permitir.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Alguns antigos ofertas de hardware só este método de encriptação.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>chave de criptografia</para>
-
-            <para>Em geral, é fornecida com o hardware que dão o ponto de acesso.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Nesta etapa, a escolha é dada entre um endereço IP automático ou um endereço
-IP manual.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP Automatico</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os
-servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados
-manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos
-servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser
-especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome
-localhost.localdomain é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser
-fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do
-servidor DHCP</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>O botão Advanced dar a oportunidade de especificar:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Pesquisa de domínio (não acessível, como fornecido pelo servidor DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>o cliente DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>tempo limite de DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar os
-servidores NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Obter servidor NTPD de DHCP (sincronização de relógios)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer
-que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço
-IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Depois de aceitar a configuração a passo, o qual é comum a todas as
-configurações de ligação, é explicado: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manual de configuração </para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que declarar servidores
-DNS. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome
-de host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain </literal>
-é atribuído por padrão.</para>
-
-            <para>Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP sempre parece
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede  é
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão
-disponíveis no seu website prestadores de serviços.</para>
-
-            <para>Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de
-domínio</emphasis>. Deve parecer para o seu hostname, sem o primeiro nome,
-antes do período.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Os próximos passos são expostos em <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uma nova conexão GPRS/EDGE/3G</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces sem fio, ele se oferece para escolher um
-e configurá-lo.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>O PIN é solicitado. Deixe em branco se o PIN não é necessário.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>O assistente pede rede. Se não for detectada, selecione a opção
-<guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o
-seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não
-Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Fornecer definições de acesso</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nome do Ponto de Acesso</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Conta Login (nome de usuário)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>senha da Conta</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Os próximos passos são expostos em <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Conexão de rede Uma nova Bluetooth Dial-Up</title>
-
-    <para>Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> a equipe
-Doc</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A nova conexão de modem de telefone analógico (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>O assistente pergunta qual o dispositivo para configurar:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>escolha manual</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hardware detectado, se houver.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Propõe-se uma lista de portas. Escolha o seu porto.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Se ainda não instalado, será sugerido que você instale o pacote
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o
-seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não
-Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu. Em
-seguida, ele é convidado para as opções de Modem:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Nome da conexão</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Numero Telefone</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>ID de Login</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Senha</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para> <emphasis>Autenticação</emphasis>, escolher entre:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>baseado no script</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Baseado no terminal</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Os próximos passos são expostos em <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Acabar com a configuração</title>
-
-    <para>No próximo passo, você pode especificar:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>permitem aos usuários gerenciar a conexão</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Inicie a conexão na inicialização</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Ativar contabilização de tráfego</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de
-rede</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>No caso de uma conexão sem fio, uma caixa suplementar é <emphasis>Permitir
-ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>, que dão a possibilidade de alternar
-automaticamente entre o ponto de acesso de acordo com a intensidade do
-sinal.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Com o botão avançado, você pode especificar:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metrico (10 por padrão)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Rede hotplugging</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Habilitar tunelamento IPv6 para IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>O último passo permite você especificar se a conexão irá começar
-automáticamente ou não.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 50a7857a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Abrir um Terminal como root</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> dá-lhe acesso a um
-console que está diretamente aberto como root. Não acho que você precisa de
-mais informações sobre isso.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 96d3671f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Gerenciar partições de disco</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk ou diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis>ou<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis>
-como root.</para>
-      </footnote> é muito poderoso, um
-pequeno erro ou um gato pulando no seu teclado pode levar a perda de todos
-os dados em uma partição ou até mesmo apagar todo o disco disco. Por essa
-razão, você verá a tela acima no topo da tela do instrumento. Clique em
-<emphasis>Sair</emphasis> se você não tiver certeza de que quer continuar.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Se você tiver mais de um disco rígido, você pode alternar para o disco
-rígido que você deseja trabalhar, selecionando a guia correta (sda, sdb,
-sdc, etc.)</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Você pode escolher entre muitas ações para ajustar o seu disco rígido com
-suas preferências. Limpando um disco rígido inteiro, divisão ou fusão de
-partições, redimensioná-los ou alterar o sistema de arquivos, formatar ou
-ver o que está em uma partição: tudo é possível. O
-<emphasis><guibutton>Limpar</guibutton></emphasis> botão na parte inferior é
-apagar o disco completo, os outros botões tornam-se visíveis à direita
-depois que você clica em uma partição.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Se você tem um sistema UEFI, você pode ver uma pequena partição chamada
-"Sistema EFI Partição" e montada em /boot/EFI. Nunca excluí-la, porque ele
-contém todos os seus sistemas operacionais diferentes bootloaders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Se a partição selecionada é montado, como no exemplo abaixo, você não pode
-escolher para redimensionar, formatar ou apagar. Para ser capaz de fazer que
-a partição deve ser desmontado primeiro.</para>
-
-  <para>Só é possível redimensionar uma partição no seu lado direito</para>
-
-  <para>Para alterar o tipo de partição (mudança ext3 para ext4, por exemplo) você
-tem que apagar a partição e, em seguida, recriá-lo com o novo tipo. O botão
-<guibutton role="bold">Criar</guibutton> aparece quando uma parte do disco
-vazio é selecionado</para>
-
-  <para>Você pode escolher um ponto que não existe montagem, ele será criado.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Seleção de <emphasis><guibutton> Alternar para o modo expert
-</guibutton></emphasis> dá algumas ações extras disponíveis, como rotular a
-partição, como pode ser visto na imagem abaixo.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 43106114..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Configure gerenciador de exibição</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Aqui <footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> você pode escolher qual
-gerenciador de telas usa para fazer login em seu ambiente de
-desktop. Somente os disponíveis em seu sistema serão mostrados.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">A maioria dos usuários só notará que as telas de login fornecidas parecem
-diferentes. No entanto, há diferenças nos recursos suportados, também. LXDM
-é um gerente de exibição leve, SDDM e GDM têm mais extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 56122dd9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Configure o seu firewall pessoal</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> é encontrado sob a
-guia Segurança no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado "Configure o seu
-firewall pessoal ". É a mesma ferramenta na primeira guia de "Configurar a
-segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria ".</para>
-
-  <para>Um firewall básico é instalado por padrão com o Mageia. Todas as conexões de
-entrada do lado de fora são bloqueadas se não forem autorizados. Na primeira
-tela acima, você pode selecionar os serviços para os quais as tentativas de
-conexão externas são aceitos. Para sua segurança, desmarque a primeira caixa
-- <guilabel>Tudo (sem firewall)</guilabel> - a menos que você quiser
-desativar o firewall, e só verificar os serviços necessários.</para>
-
-  <para>É possível inserir manualmente os números de porta para abrir. Clique em
-<guibutton>avançada</guibutton> e uma nova janela é aberta. No campo
-<guilabel>Outras portas</guilabel>, digite as portas necessárias seguintes
-estes exemplos:</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp: abrir o protocolo tcp porta 80</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp: abrir todas as portas 24000-24010 protocolo udp</para>
-
-  <para>As portas listadas devem ser separados por um espaço.</para>
-
-  <para>Se a caixa de mensagens de firewall <guilabel>Entrar em logs do
-sistema</guilabel> estiver marcada, as mensagens de firewall serão salvas em
-logs do sistema</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Se você não hospedar serviços específicos (web ou e-mail do servidor,
-compartilhamento de arquivos, ...) é completamente possível ter nada
-verificada em tudo, é mesmo recomendável, não vai impedi-lo de se conectar à
-internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>A próxima tela lida com as opções de firewall interativo. Estas
-característica lhe permitem ser avisado de tentativas de conexão, se pelo
-menos a primeira caixa <guilabel>Use Firewall Interativo</guilabel> está
-marcada. Confira a segunda caixa para ser avisado se as portas são
-digitalizados (a fim de encontrar uma falha em algum lugar e digite a sua
-máquina). Cada caixa do terceiro em diante corresponde a uma porta que abriu
-nas primeiras duas telas, na imagem abaixo, existem duas dessas caixas:
-servidor SSH e 80:150/tcp. Vê-los para ser avisado cada vez que uma conexão
-é tentada nessas portas.</para>
-
-  <para>Estes aviso são dadas por popups de alerta através da aplicação de rede.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Na última tela, escolha quais interfaces de rede estão conectados à Internet
-e deve ser protegida. Uma vez que o botão OK for clicado, os pacotes
-necessários são baixados.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Se você não sabe o que escolher, dê uma olhada no MCC guia Rede e Internet,
-ícone Configurar uma nova interface de rede.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0491a448..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Gerenciar, adicionar e remover fontes. Importação do Windows (TM) fontes</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> está presente no
-Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role="bold">Sistema</emphasis>
-guia. Ele permite que você gerencie as fontes disponíveis no computador. A
-principal tela acima mostra:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>os nomes das fontes instaladas, estilos e tamanhos.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Uma pré-visualização da fonte selecionada.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>alguns botões explicado aqui mais tarde.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Obtenha Fontes Windows: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Este botão adiciona automaticamente as fontes encontradas na partição do
-Windows. Você deve ter o Microsoft Windows instalado.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Opções:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Ele permite que você especifique os aplicativos ou dispositivos (impressoras
-principalmente) capazes de usar as fontes.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Desinstalar:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Este botão é para remover fontes instaladas e, possivelmente, economizar um
-pouco de espaço. Tenha cuidado ao remover as fontes, pois pode ter
-consequências graves sobre os documentos que as utilizam.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importar:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Permite a você instalar fontes por terceiros (CD's,Internet, ...). Os
-formatos suportados são: ttf,pfa,pfb,pcf,pfm e gsf.
-Clique no botão <emphasis role="bold">Importar</emphasis> e depois em
-<emphasis role="bold">Adicionar</emphasis>, um gerenciador de arquivos irá
-aparecer onde você poderá selecionar as fontes para instalar, clique em
-<emphasis role="bold">Instalar</emphasis> quando estiver pronto. As fontes
-serão instaladas no diretório /usr/share/fonts</para>
-
-  <para>Se as fontes recém-instaladas (ou removido) não aparece na tela principal
-DrakFont, feche e abra-o para ver as modificações.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ff8cebc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Controle dos Pais</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> é encontrado no Centro
-de Controle Mageia, sob a guia Segurança, rotulado <guilabel>Parental
-Control</guilabel>. Se você não ver esta etiqueta, você tem que instalar o
-pacote drakguard (não instalado por padrão).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Apresentação</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard é uma maneira fácil de configurar os controles dos pais no seu
-computador para restringir quem pode fazer o quê e em que momentos do
-dia. Drakguard tem três recursos úteis:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ele restringe o acesso à web para usuários nomeados para definir momentos do
-dia. Fá-lo por meio do controle da firewall shorewall incorporado Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ele bloqueia a execução de comandos específicos de usuários nomeados, para
-que esses usuários só podem executar o que você aceitá-los para executar.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ele restringe o acesso a sites, ambos definidos manualmente através de
-listas negras/listas brancas, mas também dinamicamente com base no conteúdo
-do site. Para alcançar este Drakguard usa o líder opensource controlo
-parental DansGuardian bloqueador.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurar Controle dos Pais</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Se o seu computador contém partições do disco rígido, que são formatados em
-ext2, ext3, ReiserFS ou formato que você vai ver um pop-up oferecendo para
-configurar ACL em suas partições. ACL significa Access Control Lists, e é
-uma característica do kernel Linux que permite o acesso a arquivos
-individuais que ser restrito a usuários nomeados. ACL é construído em
-sistemas de arquivos ext4 e Btrfs, mas deve ser ativado por uma opção em
-ext2, ext3, ou partições Reiserfs. Se você selecionar "Sim" para esta
-drakguard aviso irá configurar todas as suas partições para apoiar ACL, e,
-então, sugiro que você reiniciar.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Ativar controle dos pais</guibutton>: Se marcado, o controle
-parental é ativado e o acesso a  <guilabel>Programas bloco </guilabel> é
-aberto.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Bloquear todo o tráfego de rede</guibutton>: Se marcada, todos os
-sites são bloqueados, exceto os do guia whitelist. Caso contrário, todos os
-sites são permitidos, exceto os do guia lista negra.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>O acesso do usuário</guibutton>: Os usuários do lado esquerdo
-terá seu acesso restrito de acordo com as regras definidas. Usuários do lado
-direito ter acesso irrestrito para que os usuários adultos do computador não
-são incomodados. Selecione um usuário no lado esquerdo e clique em
-<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para adicionar a ele / ela como um usuário
-autorizado. Selecione um usuário no lado direito e clique em
-<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para remover o/a de que os usuários
-autorizados.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton> controle de tempo: </guibutton> Se marcado, o acesso à Internet
-é permitido com restrições entre o <guilabel>Iniciar</guilabel> tempo e
-<guilabel>End</guilabel> tempo. É totalmente bloqueada fora estes janela de
-tempo.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Guia Blacklist/Whitelist</title>
-
-      <para>Digite a URL do site no primeiro campo na parte superior e clique no botão
-<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Programas Bloco Tab</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>bloquear aplicativos definidos</guibutton>: Permite o uso de ACL
-para restringir o acesso a aplicações específicas. Insira o caminho para os
-aplicativos que você deseja bloquear.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Desbloquear lista Usuários</guibutton>: Os usuários listados no
-lado direito não estará sujeito ao bloqueio acl.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c9194e32..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Compartilhe a conexão de Internet com outros computadores locais</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>princípios</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject> Isto é útil quando você tem um
-computador (3), que tem Internet (2) acesso e está ligado também a uma rede
-local (1). Você pode usar o computador (3) como uma porta de entrada para
-dar que o acesso a outras estações de trabalho (5) e (6) na rede local
-(1). Para isso, a porta de entrada tem de ter duas interfaces, o primeiro,
-como uma placa de rede deve ser ligado com a rede local, e a segunda (4)
-ligado à Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>O primeiro passo é verificar se a rede eo acesso à Internet estão
-configurados, conforme documentado no <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/> .</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>assistente de Gateway</title>
-
-    <para>O assistente <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote> oferece sucessivos passos
-que são mostrados abaixo:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se o assistente não detectar pelo menos duas interfaces, ele adverte sobre
-isso e pede para parar a rede e configurar o hardware.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>especificar a interface usada para a conexão com a Internet. O assistente
-sugere automaticamente uma das interfaces, mas você deve verificar que o que
-se propõe é correta.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>especificar qual interface é usado para o acesso à LAN. O assistente também
-propõe um, verifique se este está correto.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>O assistente propõe parâmetros para a rede Lan, tais como endereço IP,
-máscara e nome de domínio. Verifique se esses parâmetros são compatíveis com
-a configuração atual. É recomendado que você aceita estes valores.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>especificar se o computador tem de ser utilizado como um servidor de DNS. Se
-sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>ligam</code> está instalado. Caso
-contrário, você tem que especificar o endereço de um servidor DNS.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor de
-DHCP. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>dhcp-server</code> é
-instalado e oferecer para configurá-lo, com os endereços de início e fim na
-faixa de DHCP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor proxy. Se
-sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>squid</code> é instalado e oferecer
-para configurá-lo, com o endereço do administrador (admin@mydomain.com), o
-nome do proxy (myfirewall @mydomaincom), o porto (3128) e o tamanho do cache
-(100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>O último passo permite que você verifique se a máquina gateway está
-conectado a impressoras e compartilhá-los.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Você será avisado sobre a necessidade de verificar o firewall se ele está
-ativo.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configure o cliente</title>
-
-    <para>Se você configurou a máquina gateway com DHCP, você só precisa especificar
-na ferramenta de configuração de rede que você obter um endereço
-automaticamente (usando DHCP). Os parâmetros serão obtidos ao se conectar à
-rede. Este método é válido qualquer que seja o sistema operacional do
-cliente está usando.</para>
-
-    <para>Se você deve especificar manualmente os parâmetros de rede, você deve
-especificar, nomeadamente, a porta de entrada, digitando o endereço IP da
-máquina atuando como gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Pare o compartilhamento de conexão</title>
-
-    <para>Se você quiser parar de compartilhar a conexão no computador Mageia, o
-lançamento da ferramenta. Ele vai oferecer para reconfigurar a conexão ou
-para parar o compartilhamento.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d351ca4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Hosts definições</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Se alguns sistemas em sua rede que você concessão de serviços, e têm
-endereços IP fixo, esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote>
-permite especificar um nome para acessá-los com mais facilidade. Então você
-pode usar esse nome em vez do endereço IP.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Com este botão, você pode adicionar o nome de um novo sistema. Você vai ter
-uma janela para especificar o endereço IP, o nome do host para o sistema e,
-opcionalmente, um pseudônimo que pode ser usado da mesma forma que o nome é.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modificar</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Você pode acessar os parâmetros de uma entrada previamente definido. Você
-fica com a mesma janela.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index db0f4365..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Configuração avançada para interfaces de rede e firewall</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">a equipe de
-Doc.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>
-
-  <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> como root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d778ad9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Centro de Rede</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> é encontrado sob a aba
-Rede e Internet no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado "Centro de Rede"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introdução</title>
-
-    <para>Quando esta ferramenta é iniciada, é aberta uma janela listando todas as
-redes configuradas no computador, qualquer que seja o seu tipo (com fio, sem
-fio, satélite, etc.) Ao clicar em um deles, três ou quatro botões aparecem,
-dependendo do tipo de rede, para permitir que você para cuidar da rede,
-alterar suas configurações ou ligar / desligar. Esta ferramenta não se
-destina a criar uma rede, para este ver <guilabel>Configurar uma nova
-interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> na mesma guia MCC.</para>
-
-    <para>Na imagem abaixo, dada como exemplo, podemos ver duas redes, o primeiro é
-com fio e conectados, reconhecíveis por este ícone <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (este não é conectado <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>) e a segunda seção mostra as redes sem
-fio, que não estão ligadas reconhecível por este ícone <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> e este <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> se estiver conectado. Para os outros tipos
-de rede, o código de cores é sempre o mesmo, verde, se estiver ligado e
-vermelho se não conectado.</para>
-
-    <para>Na parte sem fio da tela, você também pode ver todas as redes detectadas,
-com o <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, o <guilabel>sinal strengh</guilabel>, se
-eles são criptografados (em vermelho) ou não (em verde), e o  <guilabel>modo
-de funcionamento </guilabel>. Clique sobre o escolhido e, em seguida, seja
-por <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> ou
-<guibutton>Ligação</guibutton>. É possível aqui a passar de uma rede para
-outra. Se uma rede privada é selecionada, a janela Configurações de Rede
-(veja abaixo) será aberta e pedir-lhe para as configurações extras (uma
-chave de criptografia, em particular).</para>
-
-    <para>Clique em <guibutton>Atualizar</guibutton> para atualizar a tela.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O botão Monitor</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Este botão permite que você assista a atividade de rede, downloads (para o
-PC, em vermelho) e envios (em direção à Internet, em verde). A mesma tela
-está disponível clicando com o botão direito no ícone <guimenu> Internet na
-bandeja do sistema -> Network Monitor </guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Há um guia para cada rede (aqui eth0 é a rede com fio, eis o loopback local
-e wlan0 a rede sem fio) e uma conexão de guia que dá detalhes sobre o status
-da conexão.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Na parte inferior da janela é um título <guilabel>contabilidade
-Tráfego</guilabel>, vamos olhar para isso na próxima seção.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O botão Configurar</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Para uma rede com fio</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>É possível alterar todas as configurações dadas durante a criação da
-rede. Na maioria das vezes, verificando <guibutton>IP automático</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP / DHCP)</guibutton> vai fazer, mas em caso de problemas, a
-configuração manual pode dar melhores resultados.</para>
-
-    <para>Para uma rede residencial, o  <guilabel>endereço IP</guilabel> sempre parece
-192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> é 255.255.255.0 e o
-<guilabel>gateway</guilabel> e <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> estão
-disponíveis em seu website prestadores de serviços.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton> Ativar contabilização de tráfego</guibutton> se verificado isso
-vai contar o tráfego em uma base horária, diária ou mensal. Os resultados
-são visíveis no monitor de rede detalhado na seção anterior. Uma vez
-ativado, você pode ter que reconectar à rede.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador
-de rede:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> a equipe
-Doc</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>O botão Avançado:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> a equipe
-Doc</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Para uma rede sem fio</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Somente os itens não já visto acima são explicados.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Modo de funcionamento:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Selecione <guilabel>gerenciado</guilabel> se a conexão for através de um
-ponto de acesso, há uma <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis>
-detectado. Selecione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> se for uma rede peer to
-peer. Selecione <emphasis role="bold">Mestre</emphasis> se sua placa de rede
-é usado como ponto de acesso, sua placa de rede precisa suportar esse modo.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Modo de criptografia  tecla de Encriptação:
-</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Se for uma rede privada, você precisa saber essas configurações.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> usa uma senha e é mais fraco do que o WPA que usa
-uma frase secreta. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> é também chamado
-de WPA casa pessoal ou WPA. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> não é usado
-frequentemente em redes privadas.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming é uma tecnologia que permite que permite computador para mudar seu
-ponto de acesso, permanecendo conectado à rede.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>O botão Avançado:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">a equipe de
-Doc.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O botão Configurações avançadas</title>
-
-    <para>Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> a equipe
-Doc</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d2a8220..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Gerenciar diferentes perfis de rede</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">a equipe de
-Doc.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>
-
-  <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> como root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a141304d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Compartilhar unidades e diretórios usando NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pré-requisitos</title>
-
-    <para>Quando o assistente <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote> é lançado pela
-primeira vez, ele pode exibir a seguinte mensagem:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>O pacote nfs-utils precisa ser instalado. Você quer instalá-lo?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Após concluir a instalação, uma janela com uma lista vazia é exibida.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>janela principal</title>
-
-    <para>É exibida uma lista de diretórios que são compartilhados. Neste passo, a
-lista está vazia. O <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> dá acesso a uma
-ferramenta de configuração.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Alterar inscrição</title>
-
-    <para>A ferramenta de configuração é chamado "Modify entry". Ele também pode ser
-lançado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Os seguintes
-parâmetros estão disponíveis.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Diretório NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Aqui você pode especificar qual diretório é para ser compartilhado. O botão
-<guibutton>Diretório</guibutton> dá acesso a um navegador para escolhê-lo.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>host Access</title>
-
-      <para>Aqui você pode especificar os anfitriões que estão autorizados a acessar o
-diretório compartilhado.</para>
-
-      <para>Clientes NFS pode ser especificado em uma série de maneiras:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>único host</emphasis>: uma série ou de um nome abreviado
-reconhecido ser a resolver, o nome de domínio totalmente qualificado ou um
-endereço IP</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS pode ser dada como @grupo.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nomes de máquina podem conter os caracteres
-curinga * e ?. Por exemplo: *.cs.foo.edu corresponde a todos os anfitriões
-no domínio cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para>redes <emphasis>IP</emphasis>: você também pode exportar listas para todos
-os hosts em uma rede IP (sub-) simultaneamente. Por exemplo, tanto `/
-255.255.252.0 'ou` /22' anexado ao endereço de base da rede.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>ID Mapeamento de Usuário</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>mapa usuário root como anônimo</emphasis>: mapas pedidos de
-uid/gid 0 para o anônimo uid/gid (root_squash). O usuário root do cliente
-não pode ler ou gravar os arquivos no servidor que são criados pela raiz no
-próprio servidor.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>permitir o acesso remoto via raiz</emphasis>: desplugar a
-raiz. Esta opção é útil principalmente para clientes sem disco
-(no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>mapear todos os usuários para usuário anônimo</emphasis>: mapeia
-todos os UIDs e GIDs para o usuário anônimo (all_squash). Útil para
-diretórios FTP público NFS-exportados, diretórios notícias carretel, etc A
-opção oposta há nenhum usuário mapeamento UID (no_all_squash), que é a
-configuração padrão.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid e anongid</emphasis>: definir explicitamente o uid e gid
-da conta anônima.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>opções avançadas</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Conexão</emphasis>: esta opção requer que os pedidos têm
-origem em uma porta internet menos de IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opção é
-ativada por padrão.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: permitir ou apenas ler ou ler e
-escrever pedidos neste volume NFS. O padrão é não permitir qualquer pedido
-que muda o sistema de arquivos. Isso também pode ser explicitado por usar
-esta opção.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>acesso Synchronous</emphasis>: impede que o servidor NFS de violar
-o protocolo NFS e para responder aos pedidos antes de quaisquer alterações
-feitas por estes pedidos foram cometidos para armazenamento estável (por
-exemplo, unidade de disco).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree verificação</emphasis>: ativar a verificação sub-árvore
-que pode ajudar a melhorar a segurança, em alguns casos, mas pode diminuir a
-confiabilidade. Veja as exportações (5) man page para obter mais detalhes.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>entradas de menu</title>
-
-    <para>Até agora, a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Arquivo|Escrever conf</title>
-
-      <para>Salve a configuração atual.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Servidor NFS|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>O servidor está parado e reiniciado com os arquivos de configuração atuais.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Servidor NFS|Recarregar</title>
-
-      <para>A configuração apresentada é recarregado a partir dos arquivos de
-configuração atual.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 254051ec..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Se você tiver que usar um servidor proxy para acessar a internet, você pode
-usar esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> configurá-lo. O
-administrador da rede vai lhe dar a informação que você precisa. Você também
-pode especificar alguns serviços que podem ser acessados ​​sem a procuração
-por exceção.</para>
-
-  <para>Origem: Wikipédia, em 2012-09-24, servidor Proxy artigo: Em redes de
-computadores, um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou
-aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que
-buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor
-proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou
-outro recurso disponível em um servidor diferente. O servidor proxy avalia o
-pedido como forma de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 488be534..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configure Mídia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Primeira coisa a fazer depois de uma instalação é adicionar fontes de
-software (também conhecidos como repositórios, mídia, espelhos). Isso
-significa que você deve selecionar as fontes de mídia a ser usado para
-instalar e atualizar pacotes e aplicações. (consulte Adicionar botão
-abaixo).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Se instalar (ou atualizar) Mageia utilizando uma mídia (DVD ou CD) ou um
-dispositivo USB, haverá uma fonte de software configurada para mídia
-utilizada. Para evitar ser solicitado a inserir a mídia quando você instala
-novos pacotes, você deve desabilitar (ou excluir) esta mídia. (Ela terá o
-CD-Rom tipo de mídia).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Seu sistema está sendo executado em uma arquitetura que pode ser de 32 bits
-(chamado de i586), ou de 64 bits (x86_64 chamado). Alguns pacotes são
-independentes se o seu sistema é de 32 bits ou de 64 bits, que são chamados
-pacotes noarch. Eles não têm seus próprios diretórios noarch nos espelhos,
-mas são todos em ambos os i586 e x86_64 a mídia.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia
-<emphasis role="bold">gestão Software</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">as colunas</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Coluna Ativar:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Os meios de comunicação verificados será usado para instalar novos
-pacotes. Seja cauteloso com alguns meios de comunicação, tais como testes e
-depuração, eles poderiam tornar o sistema inutilizável.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Coluna de atualização:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Os meios de comunicação verificados serão utilizados para atualizar os
-pacotes, ele deve ser ativado. Somente com mídia "Atualizar" em seu nome
-deve ser selecionada. Por razões de segurança, esta coluna não é modificável
-nesta ferramenta, você deve abrir um console como root e digitar <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert </emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Meio de coluna:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Apresenta o nome do meio. Mageia repositórios oficiais para versões de
-lançamento finais contem, no mínimo:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis>, que contém a maioria dos programas
-disponíveis suportados pelo Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Núcleo</emphasis>, Que Contém uma maioria dos
-Programas available suportados Pelo Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> software livre para que possa haver
-pedidos de patentes em alguns países.</para>
-
-        <para>Cada meio tem 4 sub-seções:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Lançamento</emphasis> os pacotes, a partir do dia em
-que a esta versão do Mageia foi lançado.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Atualizações</emphasis> os pacotes atualizados desde o
-lançamento, devido a preocupações de segurança ou bugs. Todo mundo deveria
-ter este meio habilitado, mesmo com uma conexão de internet muito lenta.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> alguns pacotes de novas versões
-portados do Caldeirão (a próxima versão em desenvolvimento).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis>, que é usado para testes
-temporárias de novas atualizações, para permitir que os repórteres de bugs e
-da equipe de QA para validar as correções.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Os botões à direita</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Remover:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Para remover um meio, clique nele e, em seguida, no botão. É recomendado
-remover o meio utilizado para a instalação (CD ou DVD, por exemplo) uma vez
-que todos os pacotes que contém estão no meio de libertação do núcleo
-oficial.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Editar:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Permite que você modifique as configurações médias selecionadas, (URL,
-downloader e proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Adicionar:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Adicione os repositórios oficiais disponíveis na Internet. Estes
-repositórios conter apenas software seguro e bem testado. Clicando sobre o
-"Adicionar" botão adiciona o mirrorlist para sua configuração, ele é
-projetado para ter certeza de que você instalar e atualizar a partir de um
-espelho perto de você. Se preferir escolher um espelho específico, em
-seguida, adicioná-lo escolhendo "Adicionar uma mídia específica espelho" no
-menu do "arquivo" drop-down. </para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>setas acima e abaixo:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Alterar a ordem da lista. Quando drakrpm procura por um pacote, ele lê a
-lista na ordem apresentada e irá instalar o primeiro pacote encontrado para
-o mesmo número de versão - em caso de uma incompatibilidade de versão, a
-última versão será instalada. Então, se possível, coloque os repositórios
-mais rápidos no topo.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">o menu</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Arquivo -> Atualização:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Uma janela aparece com a lista de mídia. Selecione aquelas que você deseja
-atualizar e clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização </guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico: </guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Suponha que você não está feliz com o espelho real, porque, por exemplo, é
-muito lento ou muitas vezes indisponível, você pode escolher outro
-espelho. Selecione todas as mídias atuais e clique em
-<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para levá-los para fora. Clique em
-<guimenu>Arquivo  -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico </guimenu>,
-escolha entre atualização só ou o conjunto completo (se você não sabe,
-escolher o <guibutton>Conjunto completo de fontes </guibutton>) e aceitar o
-contato clicando <guibutton>Sim</guibutton>. Esta janela é aberta:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Você pode ver, à esquerda, uma lista de países, escolha a sua ou um muito
-perto, clicando sobre o símbolo>, isto irá exibir todos os espelhos
-disponíveis naquele país. Selecione um e clique em <guibutton>OK
-</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Arquivo  -> Adicionar um meio personalizado: </guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>É possível instalar uma nova mídia (de um terceiro, por exemplo) que não é
-suportado pelo Mageia. Uma nova janela será exibida:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Selecione o tipo de mídia, encontrar
-um nome correto que bem definem o meio e dar o URL (ou o caminho, de acordo
-com o tipo médio)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opções  -> Opções globais: </guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Este item permite que você escolha quando a "Verificar RPMs a serem
-instalados " (sempre ou nunca), o programa de download (curl ou wget aria2)
-e definir a política de download para obter informações sobre os pacotes (on
-demand-by default -, só atualizar, sempre ou nunca).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opções  -> Gerenciar chaves: </guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Para garantir um elevado nível de segurança, chaves digitais são usados
-​​para autenticar a mídia. É possível que cada meio para permitir ou não a
-chave. Na janela que aparecer, selecione um meio e, em seguida, clique em
-<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para permitir que uma nova chave ou para
-seleccionar uma tecla e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para não
-permitir que a chave.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Faça isso com cuidado, como acontece com todas as questões relacionadas com
-a segurança</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Opções -> Proxy: </guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Se você precisar usar um servidor proxy para acesso à internet, você pode
-configurá-lo aqui. Você só precisa dar o <guibutton>Proxy
-hostname</guibutton> e se necessário, uma <guilabel>Usuário</guilabel> e
-<guilabel>senha</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Para mais informações sobre como configurar os meios de comunicação,
-consulte <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">página Wiki
-Mageia</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 33bd78c1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Compartilhar diretórios e discos com Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introdução</title>
-
-    <para>Samba é um protocolo utilizado em diferentes sistemas operacionais para
-compartilhar alguns recursos como diretórios ou impressoras. Esta ferramenta
-permite-lhe configurar a máquina como um servidor Samba utilizando o
-protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo também é usado pelo Windows(R) e estações
-de trabalho com este sistema operacional pode acessar os recursos do
-servidor Samba.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>preparação</title>
-
-    <para>Para ser acessados ​​a partir de outras estações de trabalho, o servidor tem
-de ter um endereço IP fixo. Isso pode ser especificado diretamente no
-servidor, por exemplo, com <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, ou no servidor
-DHCP que identifica a estação com seu endereço MAC e dar-lhe sempre o mesmo
-endereço. O firewall também tem de permitir que os pedidos de entrada para o
-servidor Samba.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - servidor Standalone</title>
-
-    <para>Na primeira execução, as ferramentas <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold"> draksambashare </emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote>
-se os pacotes necessários estão instalados e propõe para instalá-los, se
-eles ainda não estão presentes. Em seguida, o assistente para configurar o
-servidor Samba é lançado.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Na janela seguinte, a opção de configuração de servidor Standalone já está
-selecionado.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Em seguida, especifique o nome do grupo de trabalho. Este nome deve ser o
-mesmo para o acesso aos recursos compartilhados.</para>
-
-    <para>O nome NetBIOS é o nome que vai ser usado para designar o servidor da rede.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Escolha o modo de segurança:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>usuário </guilabel>: o cliente deve ser autorizado a acessar o
-recurso</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: o cliente autentica-se separadamente para cada
-ação</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Você pode especificar quais hosts estão autorizados a acessar os recursos,
-com o endereço IP ou nome do host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Especifique o banner do servidor. O banner é a forma como este servidor será
-descrito nas estações de trabalho do Windows.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>O lugar onde Samba pode registrar informações podem ser especificadas na
-próxima etapa.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>O assistente exibe uma lista dos parâmetros escolhidos antes de aceitar a
-configuração. Quando aceito, a configuração será escrito em <code>/
-etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - controlador de domínio primário</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject> Se a opção "controlador de domínio
-primário" for selecionado, o assistente pede indicação se ganha é apoiar ou
-não, e para fornecer aos usuários de administrador nomes. Os passos
-seguintes são, em seguida, o mesmo que para o servidor autônomo, exceto que
-você pode escolher também o modo de segurança:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domínio</guilabel>: fornece um mecanismo para armazenar todos os
-usuários e grupos de contas em uma, compartilhada, repositório conta
-central. O repositório centralizado conta é compartilhado entre os
-controladores (segurança).</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Declare um diretório para compartilhar</title>
-
-    <para>Com o botão <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>, temos:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Uma nova entrada é assim, acrescentou. Ele pode ser modificado com o botão
-<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. As opções podem ser editadas, como se o
-diretório é visível para o público, gravável ou navegável. O nome do
-compartilhamento não pode ser modificado.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>entradas de menu</title>
-
-    <para>Quando a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada, entrada de menu pode ser usado.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Arquivo|Escrever conf</title>
-
-      <para>Salve a configuração atual em <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Servidor Samba|Configurar</title>
-
-      <para>O assistente pode ser executado novamente com este comando.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Servidor Samba|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>O servidor está parado e reiniciado com os arquivos de configuração atuais.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Servidor Samba|Recarregar</title>
-
-      <para>A configuração apresentada é recarregado a partir dos arquivos de
-configuração atual.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>compartilhar Impressoras</title>
-
-    <para>Samba também permite que você compartilhe impressoras.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>usuários do Samba</title>
-
-    <para>Neste guia, você pode adicionar usuários que têm permissão para acessar os
-recursos compartilhados quando a autenticação é necessária. Você pode
-adicionar usuários de <xref linkend="userdrake"/> <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 606d3aa8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configurar a autenticação para obter ferramentas Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta<footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote>está presente no Centro
-de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Ele permite dar aos usuários regulares os direitos necessários para realizar
-tarefas normalmente feitas pelo administrador.</para>
-
-  <para>Clique na pequena seta antes do item que deseja suspensa:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são
-exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada
-ferramenta, uma lista suspensa no lado direito para baixo dá a escolha
-entre:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Padrão: O modo de lançamento depende do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja
-na mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta "Configurar a segurança do sistema,
-permissões e auditoria ".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Senha do usuário: A senha do usuário é solicitado antes do lançamento da
-ferramenta.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Senha do administrador: A senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento da
-ferramenta</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Nenhuma senha: A ferramenta é lançado sem pedir qualquer senha.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bd7b73a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Snapshots</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> está disponível no
-<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>do MCC, <guilabel>nas ferramentas de
-administração</guilabel> seção.</para>
-  <para>Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta em MCC, pela primeira vez, você verá uma
-mensagem sobre a instalação draksnapshot. Clique em
-<guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> para prosseguir. Draksnapshot e alguns
-outros pacotes que necessita será instalado.</para>
-
- <para>Clique novamente em <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, você vai ver tela
-de<guilabel>Configurações</guilabel> . Assinale <guilabel> habilitar
-backups</guilabel> e, se você deseja fazer backup de todo o sistema,
-<guilabel> backup de todo o sistema </guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Se você só quer parte backup dos seus diretórios, em seguida, escolha
-<guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>. Você verá uma pequena tela pop-up. Use o
-<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>e<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> botões ao
-lado da lista <guilabel>backup</guilabel> para incluir ou excluir os
-diretórios e arquivos do backup. Use os mesmos botões ao lado da lista
-<guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para remover subdiretórios e/ou arquivos dos
-diretórios escolhidos, que devem <emphasis role="bold">não</emphasis> ser
-incluídos no backup . Clique em  <guibutton>Fechar</guibutton> quando você
-está feito.</para>
-	  <para>Agora dê o caminho para <guilabel>Onde fazer backup</guilabel>, ou escolher
-o <guibutton>Navegador</guibutton> para selecionar o caminho
-correto. Qualquer montado HD externo ou pen USB-pode ser encontrado em
-<emphasis role="bold">/run/media/usuário/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton> para fazer o instantâneo.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ab8ef65..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Configuração do Som</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote>está presente no Centro
-de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound lida com a configuração de som, opções de PulseAudio e solução de
-problemas. Ele irá ajudá-lo se você tiver problemas de som ou se você
-alterar a placa de som.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Pulse Audio</guilabel> é um servidor de som. Ele recebe todas as
-entradas de som, mistura-los de acordo com as preferências do usuário e
-envia o som resultante para a saída. Veja <guimenu>Menu -> Som e Vídeo ->
-controle de volume PulseAudio </guimenu> para definir essas preferências.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio é o servidor de som padrão e é recomendável deixá-lo ativado.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> Pulse Audio melhora com alguns
-programas. Também é recomendável deixá-lo ativado.</para>
-  <para>O botão <guibutton>Solução de problemas</guibutton> ajuda a corrigir
-quaisquer problemas que você possa ter. Você vai achar útil tentar isso
-antes de pedir ajuda à comunidade.</para>
-  <para>O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibe uma nova janela com um botão
-óbvio.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e07bf018..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Configurar uma UPS para monitoramento de energia</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">a equipe de
-Doc.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> como root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9faf5419..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configurar conexão VPN para proteger o acesso à rede</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introdução</title>
-
-    <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote> permite configurar o
-acesso seguro a uma rede remota estabelecer um túnel entre a estação de
-trabalho local e à rede remota. Discutiremos aqui apenas da configuração do
-lado da estação de trabalho. Nós assumimos que a rede remota já está em
-operação, e que você tem as informações de conexão do administrador de rede,
-como um arquivo de configuração do .pcf</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuração</title>
-
-    <para>Primeiro, selecione Cisco VPN Concentrador ou OpenVPN, dependendo de qual
-protocolo é usado para a sua rede privada virtual.</para>
-
-    <para>Em seguida, dar a sua ligação um nome.</para>
-
-    <para>Na tela seguinte, forneça os detalhes para a sua conexão VPN.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Para a Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Para openvpn. O pacote openvpn e suas dependências vai ser instalado pela
-primeira vez, a ferramenta é usada.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject> Selecione os arquivos que você
-recebeu do administrador de rede.</para>
-
-        <para>Os parâmetros avançados:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>A próxima tela pede endereço IP do gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Quando os parâmetros são definidos, você tem a opção de iniciar a ligação
-VPN.</para>
-
-    <para>Essa conexão VPN pode ser configurado para iniciar automaticamente com uma
-conexão de rede. Para fazer isso, reconfigurar a conexão de rede para sempre
-ligar a esta VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 538bdbd9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configurar webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> pode ajudá-lo a
-configurar um servidor web.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>O que é um servidor web?</title>
-    <para>
-      Servidor Web é um software que ajuda a fornecer o conteúdo da web que pode
-ser acessado através da Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Configurando um servidor web com drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor web.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introdução</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecionando Exposer Servidor: local Net e ou World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    A exposição do servidor web para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto
-para coisas ruins.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Módulo do Usuário do Servidor</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Permite que os usuários criem seus próprios sites.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Usuário nome do diretório web</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    O usuário precisa criar e preencher este diretório, em seguida, o servidor
-irá exibi-la.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Documento Servidor Raiz</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos
-padrão.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Resumo</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Terminar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Está pronto! Clique <guibutton>Concluir</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 838df45b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configurar DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">a equipe de
-Doc.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ligam</emphasis> como root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1812a0e9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configurar DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Esta ferramenta é dividida em Mageia 4 por causa do novo esquema de
-nomenclatura para as interfaces Net</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> pode ajudá-lo a criar
-uma <acronym>DHCP</acronym> servidor. É um componente de drakwizard que deve
-ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O que é DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>O Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) é um
-protocolo de rede padronizado usado em redes IP que configura dinamicamente
-endereços IP e outras informações que são necessárias para a comunicação com
-a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurando um servidor DHCP com drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor DHCP.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introdução</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>selecionando Adaptor</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Escolha a interface de rede, que é conectado à sub-rede, e para o qual DHCP
-irá atribuir endereços IP e, em seguida, clique em
-<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecione o intervalo IP</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Selecione o início eo fim endereços IP do intervalo de IPs que você deseja
-que o servidor para oferecer, juntamente com o IP da máquina gateway de
-conexão para algum lugar fora da rede local, espero que próximo da Internet,
-em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Resumo</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Segure-se ...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Isso pode ser corrigido. Clique <guibutton>anteriores</guibutton> algumas
-vezes e mudar as coisas ao redor.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Horas mais tarde ...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O que é feito</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instalando o pacote dhcp-server, se necessário;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>salvando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> em <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Criando um novo <code>dhcpd.conf</code>a partir de <code>/usr/share
-wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos
-parâmetros:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hnome</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mascara</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Também modificando Webmin arquivo de configuração
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Reiniciando<code> dhcpd  </code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 21d09456..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configurar tempo</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> objetivo é definir a
-hora do seu servidor sincronizado com um servidor externo. Ele não é
-instalado por padrão e você também tem que instalar os pacotes drakwizard e
-drakwizard-base.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurar um servidor de NTP com drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Após a tela de boas-vindas (veja acima), o segundo pedir para você escolher
-três servidores de tempo na listas suspensas e sugere usar pool.ntp.org duas
-vezes porque esse servidor sempre aponta para os servidores de tempo
-disponíveis.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>As telas a seguir permite escolher a região e da cidade e, em seguida, você
-chega em um resumo. Se algo estiver errado, você pode, obviamente,
-alterar-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Se tudo estiver
-certo, clique no botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> para avançar para o
-teste. Pode levar um tempo e você finalmente conseguir esta tela abaixo:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Clique no botão <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para fechar a ferramenta</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O que é feito</title>
-
-    <para>Esta ferramenta executa os seguintes passos:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instalando o pacote  <code>ntp</code> se necessário</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Salvar os arquivos
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code>para<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Escrevendo uma nova <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> com a lista de
-servidores;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modificando o arquivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, inserindo o primeiro nome
-do servidor;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Parando e iniciando <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> e <code>ntpd</code>
-serviços;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Acertar o relógio de hardware para a hora do sistema atual com referência
-UTC.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f5b190e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configurar FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> pode ajudá-lo a
-configurar um  <acronym>FTP</acronym> servidor.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>O que é <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede
-padrão usado para transferir arquivos de um hospedeiro para outro host
-através de uma <acronym>TCP</acronym> baseado em rede, como a
-Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Configuração de um servidor FTP com drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Bem-vindo ao assistente de FTP. Apertem os cintos.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introdução</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecionando Exposer Servidor: local Net e ou World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    A exposição do servidor FTP para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto
-para coisas ruins.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Informaação do servidor</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Digite o nome do sever usará para apresentar-se, alguém para enviar
-reclamações e também a possibilidade de permitir o acesso de login root.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opções do servidor</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Defina a porta de escuta, o usuário preso, permitir currículos e / ou
-<acronym>FXP </acronym> (File Exchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Resumo</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Terminar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Está pronto! Clique <guibutton>Concluir</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index be4d929c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configurar proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard lula</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote>pode ajudá-lo a
-configurar um servidor proxy. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser
-instalado antes de poder aceder a ele.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O que é um servidor proxy?</title>
-
-    <para>Um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que
-atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de
-outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando
-algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso
-disponível a partir de um servidor diferente eo servidor proxy avalia a
-solicitação como uma maneira de simplificar e controlar a sua
-complexidade. (Origem: Wikipédia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurando um servidor proxy com squid drakwizard</title>
-
-    <para>Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor proxy.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introdução</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecionando a porta do proxy</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Selecione os navegadores porta proxy vai conectar através, em seguida,
-clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Definir Memória e Disk Usage</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Definir limites de memória e cache de disco, em seguida, clique em
-<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecione Controle de Acesso à Rede</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Definir visibilidade à rede local ou mundial, em seguida, clique em
-<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Conceda Network Access</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Conceda acesso a redes locais, em seguida, clique em
-<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Use Nível Superior Proxy Server?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cascade através de outro servidor proxy? Se não, passe próximo passo.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Nível Superior Proxy URL e Porto</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Fornecer o nome do host proxy de nível superior e porta, em seguida, clique
-em  <guibutton>Avançar </guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Resumo</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Iniciar durante a inicialização?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Escolha se o servidor proxy deve ser iniciado durante o tempo de
-inicialização, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Terminar</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Está pronto! Clique <guibutton>Concluir</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O que é feito</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instalando o pacote de lulas, se necessário;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Salvando <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> em
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Criando um novo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>nível</code> 1, 2 ou 3 e <code>http_access </code> de acordo com o
-nível</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restartando <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f0327b09..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configuração do daemon OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> pode ajudá-lo a
-configurar um <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>O que é  <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) é um protocolo de rede de criptografia para comunicação
-segura de dados, de linha de comando de login remoto, a execução do comando
-remoto, e outros serviços de rede segura entre dois computadores ligados em
-rede que conecta, através de um canal seguro através de uma rede insegura,
-um (servidor e um cliente executando o servidor SSH e
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> programas clientes, respectivamente). (Origem:
-Wikipédia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Criação de um  <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon com drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Bem-vindo ao assistente de SSH em Abrir.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecionar tipo de Configurar opções</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> para todas as opções ou
-<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para pular etapas 3-7, clique
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opções Gerais</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Define a visibilidade e as opções de acesso root. Porta 22 é o <acronym>SSH
-padrão</acronym> porta.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Métodos de autenticação</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Permitir uma variedade de métodos de autenticação de usuários podem usar
-durante a conexão, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Escolha facilidade de registro e nível de produção, em seguida, clique em
-<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opções de Login</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure configurações por login, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Login do usuário Opções</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Defina as configurações de acesso do usuário, em seguida, clique em
-<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compressão e Encaminhamento</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure o encaminhamento X11 e compressão durante a transferência, em
-seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Resumo</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Terminar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Está pronto! Clique <guibutton>Concluir</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e3ba149..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Gerenciar Serviços do Sistema</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">a equipe de
-Doc.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>   
-
-  <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> como root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b78fe197..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Configuração de hardware</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote>dá uma visão geral do
-hardware do seu computador. Quando a ferramenta é lançado, ele executa um
-trabalho de olhar para todos os elementos do hardware. Para isso, ele usa o
-comando <code>ldetect</code>, que refere-se a uma lista de hardware em
-<code>ldetect-lst </code>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A janela</title>
-
-    <para>A janela é dividida em duas colunas.</para>
-
-    <para>A coluna da esquerda contém uma lista de hardware detectado. Os dispositivos
-são agrupados por categorias. Clique no> para expandir o conteúdo de uma
-categoria. Cada dispositivo pode ser selecionada nesta coluna.</para>
-
-    <para>A coluna da direita exibe informações sobre o dispositivo
-selecionado. <guimenu> ->A ajuda e Descrição Campos</guimenu> dá algumas
-informações sobre o conteúdo dos campos.</para>
-
-    <para>De acordo com o tipo de dispositivo é seleccionado, ou um ou dois botões
-estão disponíveis na parte inferior da coluna da direita:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Definir as opções atuais do driver</guibutton>: este pode ser
-usado para parametrizar o módulo que é usado em relação ao aparelho. Este
-mosto utilizado apenas por especialistas.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Executar ferramenta de configuração</guibutton>: acesso à
-ferramenta que pode configurar o dispositivo. A ferramenta pode muitas vezes
-ser acessado diretamente a partir do MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>o menu</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Opções</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>O menu de <guimenu>opções </guimenu> dá a oportunidade de verificar caixas
-para permitir a detecção automática:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>dispositivos Jaz</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip dispositivos paralelos</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Por padrão, estas detecções não estão habilitados, porque eles são
-lentos. Marque a opção apropriada (s) se você tem este hardware
-conectado. Detecção estará operacional na próxima vez que esta ferramenta é
-iniciado.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fd3e2f7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Configure o layout do teclado</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introdução</title>
-
-    <para>A ferramenta keyboarddrake <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote>ajuda a
-configurar o layout básico para o teclado que você deseja usar no
-Mageia. Ela afeta o layout de teclado para todos os usuários do sistema. Ele
-pode ser encontrado na seção de hardware do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC)
-chamado "Configure mouse e teclado".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>layout do teclado</title>
-
-    <para>Aqui você pode selecionar quais layout de teclado que você deseja usar. Os
-nomes (listados em ordem alfabética) de idioma, país e/ou etnia cada layout
-deve ser utilizado.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tipo de teclado</title>
-
-    <para>Este menu permite que você selecione o tipo de teclado que você está
-usando. Se você não tiver certeza de qual é para escolher, é melhor deixá-lo
-como o tipo padrão.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d58d07e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote><para>Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando
-<emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> como root.
-  </para></footnote>podem ser encontrados
-na seção Sistema do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado "Gerenciar
-localização para o seu sistema". Ele abre com uma janela na qual você pode
-escolher o idioma. A escolha é adaptado para os idiomas selecionados durante
-a instalação.</para>
-
-  <para>O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dar acesso para ativar a
-compatibilidade com a codificação antiga (não UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>A segunda janela mostra uma lista de países de acordo com o idioma
-selecionado. O botão <guibutton>Outros países</guibutton> dá acesso a países
-não listados.</para>
-
-  <para>Você precisa reiniciar a sessão depois de qualquer modificação.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Método de entrada</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>Em <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método
-de entrada (a partir do menu drop-down na parte inferior da lista). Métodos
-de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres em vários idiomas (chinês,
-japonês, coreano, etc...)</para>
-  <para> Para localidades asiáticas e africanas, IBus será definido como método de
-entrada padrão para que os usuários não devem precisar configurá-lo
-manualmente.</para>
-  <para>Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc) também oferecem funções
-semelhantes e podem, caso não esteja disponível a partir do menu drop-down,
-ser instalado em outra parte do Centro de Controle Mageia. Veja <xref
-linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d31d686c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Ver e sistema de busca registros</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote>é encontrada na guia
-Centro de Controle Mageia, chamado"<guilabel>Ver sistema de busca de
-registros</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Para fazer uma busca nos registros</title>
-
-    <para>Primeiro, digite a seqüência de teclas que deseja procurar no <emphasis
-role="bold">Matching</emphasis>campo e/ou a seqüência de teclas que deseja
-<emphasis>não</emphasis>  deseja ver entre as respostas no campo <emphasis
-role="bold">mas que não corresponde</emphasis>. Em seguida, selecione o
-arquivo(s) para procurar no campo <guilabel>Escolher
-arquivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, é possível limitar a busca para um só
-dia. Selecione-o no  <emphasis role="bold">Calendário</emphasis>, usando as
-pequenas setas em cada lado do mês e ano, e verificar <guibutton>" Mostrar
-apenas para o dia selecionado"</guibutton>. Por fim, clique no botão de
-<guibutton>busca</guibutton> para ver os resultados na janela chamado
-<guilabel>Conteudo do arquivo</guilabel>. É possível salvar os resultados no
-formato txt. Clicando no <emphasis role="bold">Salvar</emphasis> botão.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Os <guibutton>Mageia Ferramentas Logs</guibutton> abriga os logs a partir
-das ferramentas de configuração Mageia como as ferramentas Cento de Controle
-Mageia. Esses registros são atualizados cada vez que uma configuração é
-modificada.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Para configurar um alerta de correio</title>
-
-    <para>alerta <guibutton>Correio</guibutton> verifica automaticamente a carga do
-sistema e dos serviços a cada hora e, se necessário envia um e-mail para o
-endereço configurado.</para>
-
-    <para>Para configurar essa ferramenta, clique no <emphasis role="bold">Correio
-Alerta</emphasis> botão e, em seguida, na próxima tela, no botão Configurar
-o sistema <guibutton>mail</guibutton> suspensa . Aqui, todos os serviços em
-execução são exibidos e você pode escolher quais você quer olhar
-relógio. (Ver imagem acima).</para>
-
-    <para>Os seguintes serviços podem ser vistos:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serviço Webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor de Email Postfix  </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor Apache World Wide Web</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Servidor Xinetd </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Nome BIND Domínio Resolve</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Na próxima tela, selecione a  <guilabel>carga</guilabel> valor você
-considera inaceitável. A carga representa a demanda de um processo, uma
-carga elevada retarda o sistema e uma carga muito alta pode indicar que um
-processo tem saído do controle. O valor padrão é 3. Recomendamos a definição
-do valor de carga de 3 vezes o número de processadores.</para>
-
-    <para>Na última tela, digite o <guilabel>endereço de e-mail</guilabel> da pessoa
-para ser avisado eo <guilabel>e-mail do servidor</guilabel> usar (local ou
-na Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dcea2d8a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Mostrar compartilhamento disponível NFS e SMB</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> só pode ser iniciado e
-usado na linha de comando.</para>
-
-  <para>Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que
-pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor contacte <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> a equipe de
-documentação.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e9ddb586..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Exiba seu PCI, USB e PCMCIA Informação</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> só pode ser iniciado e
-usado na linha de comando. Ele vai te dar mais algumas informações, se usado
-na raiz.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake dá a lista de todos os dispositivos conectados ao computador
-(USB, PCI e PCMCIA) e os drivers utilizados. Ele precisa dos pacotes ldetect
-e ldetect-lst para o trabalho.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Com a opção-v, lspcidrake adiciona os fornecedores de dispositivos e
-identificações.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake muitas vezes gera listas muito longas, por isso, para encontrar
-uma informação, muitas vezes é usado em um pipeline com o comando grep, como
-nestes exemplos:</para>
-
-  <para>Informações sobre a placa gráfica;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Informações sobre a rede</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i para ignorar as distinções de caso.</para>
-
-  <para>Nesta imagem abaixo, você pode ver a ação da opção -v para lspcidrake e a
-opção  -i para o grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Há uma outra ferramenta que fornece informações sobre o hardware, ele é
-chamado <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (na raiz)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 28b28ffa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Boot</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar os
-seus passos de inicialização. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configure etapas de inicialização</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ed968422..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar o
-hardware. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Gerenciar seu hardware</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Procurar e configurar o
-hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurar gráficos</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configurar efeitos do Desktop
-3D</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurar mouse e teclado</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurar impressão e digitalização</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Configure a impressora
-(s), as filas de trabalhos de impressão, ... </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Outros</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a3b03c3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Sobre o Manual para o Centro de Controle Mageia</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>O Centro de Controle Mageia (CCM) tem oito opções ou guias para escolher na
-coluna da esquerda diferentes, e até mesmo se o pacote de dez drakwizard foi
-instalado. Cada uma dessas abas dá um conjunto diferente de ferramentas que
-podem ser selecionados no grande painel da direita.</para>
-
-	<para>Os dez capítulos seguintes são sobre esses dez opções e as ferramentas
-relacionadas.</para>
-
-<para>O último capítulo é sobre algumas outras ferramentas Mageia, que não pode
-ser escolhido em qualquer uma das guias da CCM.</para>
-
-	<para>Os títulos das páginas, muitas vezes, ser o mesmo que os títulos das telas
-de ferramentas.</para>
-
-        <para>Há também uma barra de pesquisa disponível, que você pode acessar clicando
-na aba "pesquisa" na coluna da esquerda.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 14ffa6b0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">discos locais</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciar ou
-compartilhar seus discos locais. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>discos locais</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e4f65564..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Rede e Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de rede. Clique no
-link abaixo para saber mais.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Gerenciar os dispositivos de rede</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personalize e Proteja a sua rede</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Outros</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e185a102..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Serviços de Rede</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> só são visíveis se a
-<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre
-várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link
-abaixo ou no <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>para saber mais.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Serviços de Rede</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 34cf4248..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Compartilhamento de Rede</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para o
-compartilhamento de unidades e diretórios. Clique no link abaixo para saber
-mais.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configurar Compartilhamentos Windows®</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = share e diretórios com
-sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configure compartilhamentos NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configure compartilhamentos WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9448ee9c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">segurança</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de segurança. Clique
-no link abaixo para saber mais.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>segurança</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure a segurança do sistema,
-permissões e auditoria </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a60aa2c9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Compartilhando</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Serviços de Rede</emphasis> só são
-visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode
-escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes
-servidores. Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref
-linkend="mcc-networkservices"/> para saber mais.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Compartilhando</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ad3831c9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">sistema</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de sistema e
-administração. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Gerenciar serviços do sistema</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>localização</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>ferramentas de administração</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Gerenciar usuários no
-sistema</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 56730fff..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configurar atualizações freqüência</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote>está presente no Centro
-de Controle Mageia sob a  guia <emphasis role="bold">gestão
-Software</emphasis>. Ele também está disponível por um <guimenu>configuração
-do botão direito/Atualizações</guimenu> no ícone vermelho<inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> na bandeja do sistema.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>O primeiro controle deslizante permite que você mude a freqüência Mageia irá
-verificar se há atualizações e segundo o atraso após a inicialização antes
-do primeiro cheque. A caixa de seleção lhe dá a opção de ser avisado quando
-uma nova versão do Mageia está fora.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4dbda4ea..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Configure o dispositivo apontador (mouse, touchpad)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote>está presente no Centro
-de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Como você deve ter um mouse para instalar Mageia, que se já estiver
-instalado por Drakinstall. Esta ferramenta permite a instalação de outro
-mouse.</para>
-
-  <para>Os ratos são classificadas por tipo de ligação e, em seguida, com o
-modelo. Selecione com o mouse e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. A maior
-parte do tempo "Universal / Quaisquer ratinhos PS/2 &amp; USB" é apropriado
-para um rato recente. O novo mouse é imediatamente tomado em conta.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b9b5f5f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,367 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Sistema de Segurança e Auditoria</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Apresentação</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui <footnote><para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> é uma interface gráfica de
-usuário para o ms que permite configurar a segurança do sistema de acordo
-com duas abordagens:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ele define o comportamento do sistema, ms impõe modificações no sistema para
-torná-lo mais seguro.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Ele carrega em verificações periódicas automaticamente no sistema, a fim de
-avisá-lo se algo parece perigoso.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>ms usa o conceito de "níveis de segurança" que se destinam a configurar um
-conjunto de permissões do sistema, que pode ser auditado para alterações ou
-execução. Vários deles são propostos por Mageia, mas você pode definir seus
-próprios níveis de segurança personalizados.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>guia Visão Geral</title>
-
-    <para>Veja a imagem acima</para>
-
-    <para>A primeira aba ocupa a lista das diferentes ferramentas de segurança com um
-botão do lado direito para configurá-los:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, também encontrado no MCC / Segurança / Configurar seu firewall
-pessoal</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Atualizações, também encontrado em Gestão MCC / Software / Atualize seu
-sistema</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec-se com algumas informações:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>habilitado ou não</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>o nível de segurança de base configurada</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>a data das últimas verificações periódicas e um botão para ver um relatório
-detalhado e outro botão para executar as verificações agora.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Guia de configurações de segurança</title>
-
-    <para>Um clique na segunda aba ou na Segurança <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>
-leva à mesma tela mostrada abaixo.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Aba de segurança básica</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-         <emphasis role="underline">níveis de segurança:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Depois de ter marcado a caixa Ativar <guilabel>ferramenta MSEC</guilabel>,
-este guia permite por um duplo clique para escolher o nível de segurança que
-aparece em seguida, em negrito. Se a caixa não estiver marcada, o nível de
-«nenhum» é aplicada. Os seguintes níveis estão disponíveis:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nível <emphasis role="bold">nenhum</emphasis>. Este nível destina-se você
-não quiser usar ms para controlar a segurança do sistema, e preferem
-sintonizá-la em seu próprio país. Ele desativa todas as verificações de
-segurança e coloca sem restrições ou limitações de configuração e
-configurações do sistema. Utilize este nível somente se você estiver sabendo
-o que você está fazendo, como seria deixar o sistema vulnerável a ataques.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Nível <emphasis role="bold">padrão</emphasis>. Esta é a configuração padrão
-quando instalado e é destinado a usuários casuais. Ele restringe várias
-configurações do sistema e executa verificações de segurança diárias que
-detectam alterações nos arquivos de sistema, contas do sistema e permissões
-de diretório vulneráveis. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 2 e 3 de
-versões ms passados).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nível <emphasis role="bold">garantir</emphasis>. Este nível é destinado
-quando você quer garantir que seu sistema é seguro, ainda utilizável. Ele
-restringe ainda mais as permissões do sistema e executa verificações mais
-periódicas. Além disso, o acesso ao sistema é mais restrito. (Este nível é
-semelhante aos níveis 4 (Alta) e 5 (Paranoid) a partir de versões antigas
-ms).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Além desses níveis, diferente de segurança orientado para a tarefa também
-são fornecidos, como o  <emphasis role="bold">servidor de
-arquivos</emphasis>, , <emphasis role="bold">servidor de internet</emphasis>
-e <emphasis role="bold">netbook</emphasis> níveis. Tais níveis de tentar a
-segurança do sistema de pré-configurar de acordo com os casos de uso mais
-comuns.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>Os dois últimos níveis chamados <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily</emphasis>
-e <emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> não são realmente os níveis
-de segurança, mas sim ferramentas para apenas verificações periódicas.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Estes níveis são salvos em
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Você pode
-definir os seus próprios níveis de segurança personalizados, salvando-os em
-arquivos específicos chamados nível
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, colocado na
-pasta<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> Esta função é destina-se a
-usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração de sistema personalizado ou
-mais seguro.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Tenha em mente que os parâmetros modificados pelo usuário têm precedência
-sobre as configurações de nível padrão.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">alertas de segurança:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Se você marcar a caixa de <guibutton>Enviar alertas de segurança por e-mail
-para: </guibutton>, os alertas de segurança gerados por ms vão ser enviados
-por e-mail local para o administrador de segurança nomeado no campo nas
-proximidades. Você pode preencher ou um usuário local ou um endereço de
-e-mail completo (o local de e-mail eo gerente de e-mail deve ser definido em
-conformidade). Por fim, você pode receber os alertas de segurança
-diretamente no seu desktop. Marque a caixa relevante para habilitá-lo.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>É altamente recomendável ativar a opção de alertas de segurança, a fim de
-informar imediatamente o administrador de possíveis problemas de segurança
-de segurança. Se não, o administrador terá que verificar regularmente os
-ficheiros disponíveis no <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">opções de segurança: </emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Criar um nível de personalização não é a única maneira de personalizar a
-segurança do computador, também é possível usar as guias apresentados aqui
-depois de alterar qualquer opção desejada. Configuração atual de ms é
-armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este
-arquivo contém o nome do nível de segurança atual e a lista de todas as
-modificações feitas para as opções.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Guia de segurança do sistema</title>
-
-      <para>Este guia mostra todas as opções de segurança na coluna do lado esquerdo,
-uma descrição na coluna central, e seus valores atuais na coluna do lado
-direito.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Para modificar uma opção, clique duas vezes nele e uma nova janela aparece
-(veja a imagem abaixo). Ele exibe o nome da opção, uma breve descrição, os
-valores reais e padrão, e uma lista drop-down, onde o novo valor pode ser
-selecionado. Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a
-escolha.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Não se esqueça quando sair msecgui para salvar definitivamente a
-configuração usando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração
-</guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que
-você visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Segurança da Rede</title>
-
-      <para>Este guia mostra todas as opções de rede e funciona como a guia anterior</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Guia verificações periódicas</title>
-
-      <para>Verificações periódicas objetivo é informar o administrador de segurança por
-meio de alertas de todas as situações de segurança ms pensa potencialmente
-perigosa.</para>
-
-      <para>Essa guia exibe todas as verificações periódicas feitas por ms e sua
-freqüência se a caixa Ativar <guibutton>verificações de segurança
-periódicas</guibutton> está marcada. As alterações são feitas como nos guias
-anteriores.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Aba excessões</title>
-
-      <para>Às vezes, as mensagens de alerta são devidos a situações conhecidos e
-procurados. Nestes casos, eles são inúteis e tempo desperdiçado para o
-administrador. Essa guia permite que você crie tantas exceções que você quer
-evitar mensagens de alerta indesejados. É obviamente vazio na primeira
-partida ms. A imagem abaixo mostra quatro exceções.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Para criar uma exceção, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar uma regra</guibutton></para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Selecione a verificação periódica queria na lista suspensa chamada
-<guilabel>Confira</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite o
-<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> na área de texto para baixo. Adicionar uma
-exceção, obviamente, não é definitivo, você pode excluí-lo usando o botão
-<guibutton>Excluir</guibutton> das <guilabel>exceções</guilabel> ou
-modificá-lo com um duplo clique.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Permissões</title>
-    <para>Este guia destina-se a arquivos e diretórios permissões de controlo e
-aplicação.</para>
-    <para>Como para a segurança, msec possui diferentes níveis de permissões (padrão,
-seguro, ..), eles são habilitados de acordo com o nível de segurança
-escolhido. Você pode criar seus próprios níveis de permissão personalizados,
-salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados <filename>perm.&lt;levelname>
-</filename> colocado na pasta <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta
-função destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração
-personalizada. Também é possível usar a guia apresentado aqui depois de
-alterar qualquer permissão que você deseja. A aonfiguração atual está
-armazenada em <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este
-arquivo contém a lista de todas as modificações feitas para as permissões.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>As permissões padrão são visíveis como uma lista de regras (uma regra por
-linha). Você pode ver no lado esquerdo, o arquivo ou pasta onde se encontra
-a regra, então o proprietário, em seguida, o grupo e, em seguida, as
-permissões dadas pela regra. Se, para uma dada regra:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> não estiver marcada, msec apenas
-verifica se as permissões definidas para esta regra são respeitados e envia
-uma mensagem de alerta se não, mas não muda nada.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> estiver marcada, então msec vai
-governar o respeito permissões na primeira verificação periódica e
-substituir as permissões.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Para que isso funcione, os CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role="bold">guia
-verificação periódica</emphasis> deve ser configurado de acordo.</para></important><para>Para criar uma nova regra, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar um
-botão</guibutton> regra e preencha os campos como mostrado no exemplo
-abaixo. O coringa * é permitido no <guilabel>Arquivo</guilabel>. "Atual" não
-significa nenhuma modificação.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha e não se
-esqueça ao sair para salvar definitivamente a configuração utilizando o menu
-<guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração</guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado
-as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de
-salvá-los. </para>
-    <note><para>Também é possível criar ou modificar as regras editando o
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Mudanças na aba <emphasis role="bold">Permissão</emphasis> (ou diretamente
-no arquivo de configuração) são tidos em conta na primeira verificação
-periódica (ver CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role="bold">guia verificações
-periódicas </emphasis>). Se você quer que eles sejam imediatamente tomadas
-em conta, use o comando msecperms em um console com direitos de root. Você
-pode usar antes, o comando msecperms-p saber as permissões que serão
-alterados por msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Não se esqueça que se você modificar as permissões em um console ou em um
-gerenciador de arquivos, de um arquivo de onde a caixa
-<guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> é verificado no <emphasis role="bold">guia
-Permissões</emphasis>, msecgui vai escrever as permissões antigas de volta
-depois de um tempo, de acordo com a configuração das opções e CHECK_PERMS
-CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE no <emphasis role="bold">verificações periódicas
-guia</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cfd7530..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Outras ferramentas Mageia</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Há mais ferramentas Mageia do que aquelas que podem ser iniciados no Centro
-de Controle Mageia. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais, ou continuar a
-ler as próximas páginas.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>a ser escrito</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>E mais ferramentas?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index faed3dae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Gestão de Software (Instalar e Remover Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introdução à Rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote>, também conhecido como
-drakrpm, é um programa para instalar, desinstalar e atualizar pacotes. É a
-interface gráfica do usuário de URPMI. Em cada partida, ele irá verificar
-listas de pacotes on-line (chamados de 'media') baixado diretamente dos
-servidores oficiais da Mageia, e irá mostrar-lhe cada vez os mais recentes
-aplicativos e pacotes disponíveis para seu computador. Um sistema de filtro
-permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes: você pode exibir
-somente os aplicativos instalados (por padrão) ou atualizações disponíveis
-apenas. Você também pode ver apenas pacotes não instalados. Você também pode
-procurar pelo nome de um pacote, ou nos resumos de descrições ou nas
-descrições completas dos pacotes ou nos nomes dos arquivos incluídos nos
-pacotes.</para>
-
-    <para>Para funcionar, rpmdrake precisa dos repositórios para ser configurado com
-<xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Durante a instalação, o repositório configurado é o meio utilizado para a
-instalação, em geral, o DVD ou CD. Se mantiver esta média, rpmdrake vai
-pedir que cada vez que você quiser instalar um pacote, com esta janela
-pop-up: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject> Se a mensagem acima irrita
-e você tem uma boa conexão de internet sem muito rigoroso limite de
-download, é sábio para remover esse meio e substituí-lo por repositórios
-online graças a <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-      <para>Além disso, os repositórios on-line são sempre atualizado, contém muito mais
-pacotes, e permitem atualizar seus pacotes instalados.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>As principais partes da tela</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">filtro tipo Package:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Este filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes. A primeira
-vez que você iniciar o gerente, ele exibe apenas as aplicações com uma
-interface gráfica. Você pode exibir tanto todos os pacotes e todas as suas
-dependências e bibliotecas ou apenas grupos de pacotes, tais como aplicações
-apenas, as atualizações só ou portadas pacotes a partir de versões mais
-recentes do Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>A configuração padrão é de filtro para os novos operadores para o Linux ou
-Mageia, que provavelmente não querem linha de comando ou ferramentas
-especializadas. Desde que você está lendo esta documentação, você está
-obviamente interessado em melhorar o seu conhecimento do Mageia, por isso é
-melhor para definir este filtro para "Tudo".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">filtro estado Pacote:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Este filtro permite que você visualize apenas os pacotes instalados, apenas
-os pacotes que não estão instalados ou todos os pacotes, ambos instalados e
-não instalados.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">modo Search:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Clique neste ícone para pesquisar os nomes de pacotes, por meio de seus
-resumos, através da sua descrição completa ou através dos arquivos incluídos
-nos pacotes.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" caixa:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Digite aqui uma ou mais palavras-chave. Se você quiser usar mais de uma
-palavra-chave para pesquisar o uso "|" entre as palavras-chave, por exemplo,
-Para procurar "mplayer" e "xine" ao mesmo tempo tipo 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Apagar tudo:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Este ícone pode apagar em um clique todas as palavras-chave inseridas no
-"Procurar" caixa.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Lista de Categorias:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Este grupo de barra lateral todos os aplicativos e pacotes em categorias
-claras e sub-categorias.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Descrição painel: </emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Este painel exibe o nome do pacote, o seu resumo e descrição completa. Ele
-exibe muitos elementos úteis sobre o pacote selecionado. Ele também pode
-mostrar detalhes precisos sobre o pacote, os arquivos incluídos no pacote,
-bem como uma lista das últimas alterações feitas pelo mantenedor.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A coluna de status</title>
-
-    <para>Depois de definir corretamente os filtros, você pode encontrar o seu
-software ou por categoria (na zona 6 acima) ou por nome/resumo/descrição
-usando a área 4. Uma lista de pacotes que cumprem sua consulta e, não se
-esqueça, o meio escolhido é mostrado com diferentes marcadores de status de
-acordo com se cada pacote é instalado /não instalado/uma atualização
-... Para alterar este status, basta marcar ou desmarcar a caixa antes do
-nome do pacote e clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Icone</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legenda</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Este pacote já está instalado</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Este pacote será instalado</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Este pacotes não pode ser modificado</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Este pacote é uma atualização</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Este pacote será desinstalado</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Exemplos na imagem acima:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Se eu desmarcar digikam (a seta verde nos diga que está instalado), o ícone
-de status irá vermelho com uma seta para cima e ele vai ser desinstalado ao
-clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Se eu verificar qdigidoc (que não está instalado, consulte o status), a
-laranja, com um ícone de status de seta para baixo e vai aparecer e ele será
-instalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>as dependências</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Alguns pacotes precisam de outros pacotes chamados dependências, a fim de
-trabalhar. Eles são, por exemplo, bibliotecas ou ferramentas. Neste caso,
-Rpmdrake exibe uma janela de informações que lhe permite escolher se aceita
-ou não as dependências selecionados, cancelar a operação ou obter mais
-informações (veja acima). Também pode acontecer que vários pacotes são
-capazes de fornecer a biblioteca necessária, caso em que rpmdrake exibe a
-lista de alternativas com um botão para obter mais informações e um outro
-botão para escolher qual pacote instalar.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c91c7775..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Configure digitalizador</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">instalação</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando
-<emphasis>Scannerdrake</emphasis> como root.</para>
-      </footnote> permite configurar um
-único dispositivo de scanner ou um dispositivo multifuncional que inclui a
-digitalização. Ele também permite que você compartilhe os dispositivos
-locais ligados a este computador com um computador remoto ou para acessar
-scanners remotos.</para>
-
-    <para>Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta pela primeira vez, você pode receber a
-seguinte mensagem:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"pacotes SANE precisa ser instalado para usar scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Você quer instalar qual pacotes?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Escolha <emphasis>Sim</emphasis> para continuar. Ele irá instalar
-<code>digitalizador-gui</code> e <code>tarefa de varredura</code> se eles
-ainda não estão instalados.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Se o scanner for identificado corretamente, por isso, se na tela acima você
-vê o nome do seu scanner, o scanner está pronto para uso com, por exemplo,
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Digitalização Simples</emphasis> .</para>
-
-    <para>Nesse caso, você pode agora quer deseja configurar o
-<emphasis>compartilhamento de Scanner</emphasis> opção. Você pode ler sobre
-isso no <xref linkend="scannersharing"/> .</para>
-
-    
-    <para>No entanto, se o scanner não foi corretamente identificado, e verificar o
-respectivo cabo (s) e interruptor de alimentação e, em seguida, pressionando
-<emphasis>Procure novos scanners</emphasis> não ajudar, você precisa
-pressionar <emphasis>Adicionar um scanner manualmente</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Escolha a marca do seu scanner na lista que você vê, então o seu tipo na
-lista para essa marca e clique <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Se você não consegue encontrar o seu scanner na lista, clique em
-<emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Por favor verifique se o seu scanner é compatível com o <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Dispositivos suportados</link> página e pedir ajuda nos fóruns <link
-xlink:href="http://mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/">forum</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Escolha a porta</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Você pode deixar esta definição para <emphasis>Auto-detectar portas
-disponíveis </emphasis> a menos que a interface do scanner é uma porta
-paralela. Nesse caso, selecione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> se você
-tiver apenas um.</para>
-
-    <para>Após clicar em <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, na maioria dos casos, você verá uma
-tela semelhante à mostrada abaixo.</para>
-<para>Se você não conseguir que a tela, em seguida, por favor leia as <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Aqui você pode escolher se os scanners conectados a esta máquina deve ser
-acessível por máquinas remotas e por que máquinas remotas. Você também pode
-decidir aqui se scanners em máquinas remotas devem ser disponibilizados
-nesta máquina.</para>
-
-    <para>Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: nome ou endereço IP de hosts podem ser
-adicionados ou excluídos da lista de hosts autorizados a acessar o
-dispositivo local (s), neste computador.</para>
-
-    <para>Uso de scanners remotos: nome ou endereço IP de hosts pode adicionados ou
-excluídos da lista de anfitriões que dão acesso a um scanner remoto.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner compartilhando a hosts: você pode adicionar host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: especificar qual host (s) para adicionar, ou
-permitir que todas as máquinas remotas.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"Todas as máquinas remotas" têm permissão para acessar o scanner local.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Se o pacote <emphasis>sanado</emphasis> ainda não está instalada, a
-ferramenta oferece para fazê-lo.</para>
-
-    <para>No final, a ferramenta irá alterar estes arquivos:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>para adicionar ou comentar a
-directiva"net"</para>
-
-    <para>Precisa também configurar <emphasis>Saned</emphasis> e
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> para ser iniciado no boot.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Especificidades</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>A maioria dos scanners HP são gerenciados a partir de <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis> (hplip), que também gerencia impressoras. Neste caso,
-esta ferramenta não permite que você configure-o e convida-o a usar
-<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Os drivers estão disponíveis a partir de <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">esta
-pagina</link>. Quando indicado, é necessário instalar os  <emphasis>dados
-dos iSCAN</emphasis> pacote primeiro, depois <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>
-(nesta ordem). É possível que o <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pacote irá gerar
-um alerta sobre um conflito com <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Os usuários têm
-relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Etapas de instalação extra</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>É possível que depois de selecionar uma porta para o seu scanner na tela
-<xref linkend="choosescannerport"/> , você precisa tomar uma ou mais etapas
-extras para configurar corretamente o seu scanner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Em alguns casos, você disse que o scanner precisa de seu firmware a ser
-carregado a cada vez que é iniciado. Esta ferramenta permite que você
-carregue-o para o dispositivo, depois de instalado em seu sistema. Nesta
-tela você pode instalar o firmware a partir de um CD ou uma instalação do
-Windows, ou instalar o que você baixou de um site da Internet do vendedor.</para><para>
-    Quando o firmware do seu dispositivo precisa ser carregado, ele pode levar
-um longo tempo em cada primeiro uso, possivelmente mais do que um
-minuto. Portanto, seja paciente.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Além disso, você pode obter uma tela dizendo para você ajustar o arquivo
-conf <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Leia essas ou outras instruções que você começa com cuidado e, se você não
-sabe o que fazer, não hesite em pedir ajuda no <link
-xlink:href="http://mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/">fórum</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 643145e2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Gerenciar Programas</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciamento de
-software. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Gerenciar Programas</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Atualize seu
-sistema</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar de mídia
-para instalação e atualização</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e611b7d2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,347 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Instalar e configurar uma impressora</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introdução</title>
-
-    <para>A impressão é gerida no Mageia por um servidor CUPS nomeados. Ela tem seu
-próprio <link ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">interface de
-configuração</link>, que é acessível através de um navegador de Internet,
-mas oferece o seu próprio Mageia ferramenta para instalar impressoras
-chamados system-config-printer, que é compartilhada com outras distribuições
-como o Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu e openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>Você deve habilitar o repositório non-free, antes de prosseguir com a
-instalação, porque alguns drivers podem estar disponíveis apenas desta
-forma.</para>
-
-    <para>Instalação da impressora é realizado no <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> seção
-do Centro de Controle Mageia. Selecione a impressão <guilabel>Configurar e
-digitalização</guilabel> ferramenta <footnote>
-        <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. A senha de root será solicitada.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC vai pedir a instalação de dois pacotes:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>É necessário aceitar essa instalação para continuar. Até 230MB de
-dependências são necessários.</para>
-
-    <para>Para adicionar uma impressora, escolha o botão "Adicionar". O sistema irá
-tentar detectar quaisquer impressoras e as portas disponíveis. A captura de
-tela mostra uma impressora conectada a uma porta paralela. Se uma impressora
-for detectada, como uma impressora em uma porta USB, ele será exibido na
-primeira linha. A janela também tentará configurar uma impressora de rede.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Impressora detectou automaticamente</title>
-
-    <para>Isto geralmente se refere a impressoras USB. O utilitário localiza
-automaticamente o nome da impressora e exibe. Selecione a impressora e, em
-seguida, clique em "Avançar". Se houver um driver conhecido associado para a
-impressora, ele será instalado automaticamente. Se houver mais de um driver
-ou não drivers conhecidos, uma janela irá pedir-lhe para seleccionar ou
-fornecer um, conforme explicado no parágrafo seguinte. Continue com <xref
-linkend="terminate"/> </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>impressora não detectado automaticamente</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Quando você selecionar uma porta, o sistema carrega uma lista de drivers e
-exibe uma janela para selecionar um driver. A escolha pode ser feita através
-de uma das seguintes opções.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Selecionar impressora a partir do banco de dados</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>fornecer arquivo PPD</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>procurar um driver para baixar</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Ao selecionar a partir do banco de dados, a janela sugere um fabricante da
-impressora em primeiro lugar, e, em seguida, um dispositivo e um driver
-associado a ele. Se mais de um driver é sugerido, selecionar um que é
-recomendado, a menos que você encontrou alguns problemas com isso antes,
-neste caso, selecionar o que sabe trabalhar.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Conclua o processo de instalação</title>
-
-    <para>Após a seleção do driver, uma janela pede alguma informação que irá permitir
-que o sistema de designar e descobrir a impressora. A primeira linha é o
-nome sob o qual o dispositivo será exibido em aplicações na lista de
-impressoras disponíveis. O instalador então sugere a impressão de uma página
-de teste. Após esta etapa, a impressora é adicionado e aparece na lista de
-impressoras disponíveis.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>impressora de rede</title>
-
-    <para>As impressoras de rede são as impressoras que estão conectadas diretamente a
-uma rede com ou sem fio, que estão ligados a um printserver ou que estão
-ligados a outra estação de trabalho que serve como printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Muitas vezes, é melhor para configurar o servidor DHCP para associar sempre
-um endereço IP fixo com endereço MAC da impressora. Claro que deve ser o
-mesmo que o endereço de IP da impressora de printserver é definido como, se
-ele tem um fixo.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>Mac-endereço da impressora é um número de série dado à impressora ou
-printserver ou computador está conectado, que pode ser obtido a partir de
-uma página de configuração impressa pela impressora ou o que pode ser
-escrito em uma etiqueta na impressora ou Impressão. Se a impressora
-compartilhada é conectada a um sistema Mageia, você pode executar
-<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> nele como root para encontrar o
-endereço MAC. É a seqüência de números e letras depois de "HWaddr ".</para>
-
-    <para>Você pode adicionar a impressora de rede, escolhendo o protocolo que utiliza
-para falar com o seu computador através da rede. Se você não sabe qual o
-protocolo para escolher, você pode tentar a <guilabel>impressora de
-rede</guilabel> - <guilabel>Localizar impressora de rede</guilabel> opção
-nos <guilabel>dispositivos</guilabel> menu e dar a endereço IP da impressora
-na caixa à direita, onde diz "host ".</para>
-
-    <para>Se a ferramenta reconhece a impressora ou printserver, irá propor um
-protocolo e uma fila, mas você pode escolher um mais apropriado a partir da
-lista abaixo ou dar o nome da fila correta, se não está na lista.</para>
-
-    <para>Procure na documentação que acompanha a impressora ou printserver para
-descobrir qual protocolo (s) que apoia e de possíveis nomes de filas
-específicas.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Protocolos de impressão de rede</title>
-
-    <para>Uma técnica atual é desenvolvido pela Hewlett-Packard e conhecido como
-JetDirect. Ele permite o acesso a uma impressora directamente ligado à rede
-através de uma porta Ethernet. Você deve conhecer o endereço IP em que a
-impressora é conhecido na rede. Esta técnica também é usada dentro de alguns
-roteadores ADSL, que contêm uma porta USB para conectar a impressora. Neste
-caso, o endereço IP é o do router. Note-se que a ferramenta "HP Device
-Manager" pode gerenciar dinamicamente configurado IP-adress, estabelecendo
-um URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer> </emphasis>. Neste
-caso, IP fixo endereço não é necessário.</para>
-
-    <para>Escolha a opção <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como o protocolo
-e definir o endereço em <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, não altere o
-<guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, a menos que você sabe que ele precisa ser
-alterado. Após a seleção do protocolo, a seleção do driver é o mesmo que
-acima.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Os outros protocolos são:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: uma impressora que
-pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP / IP através do protocolo IPP, por
-exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando CUPS. Este protocolo
-pode igualmente ser utilizado também por alguns ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp,
-mas usando o transporte HTTP e com TLS protocolo seguro. A porta tem de ser
-definida. Por padrão, a porta 631 é usada.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPPS):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas
-com TLS protocolo seguro.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>hospedeiro <emphasis>LPD/LPR ou Impressora </emphasis>: uma impressora que
-pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP/IP através do protocolo LPD, por exemplo,
-uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>impressora de <emphasis>Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: uma impressora
-conectada a uma estação executando o Windows ou um servidor SMB e
-compartilhada.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>O URI também pode ser adicionado directamente. Aqui estão alguns exemplos de
-como formar a URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket :/ / ip-address-ou-hostname:port</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocolo</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Informações adicionais podem ser encontradas na <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">documentação
-CUPS.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Propriedades do dispositivo</title>
-
-    <para>Você pode acessar as propriedades do dispositivo. O menu permite o acesso a
-parâmetros para o servidor CUPS. Por padrão um servidor CUPS é lançado no
-sistema, mas você pode especificar um diferente com o
-<guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | Menu <guimenuitem>conectar ...</guimenuitem>,
-uma outra janela que dá acesso à afinação de outros parâmetros específicos
-do servidor, seguindo <guimenu>servidor</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Configurações.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Solucionar</title>
-
-    <para>Você pode encontrar algumas informações sobre os erros ocorridos durante a
-impressão inspecionando <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>Você também pode acessar a uma ferramenta para diagnosticar problemas usando
-o <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solucionar problemas</guilabel> menu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Especificidades</title>
-
-    <para>É possível que alguns condutores para impressoras específicos não estão
-disponíveis em Mageia ou não são funcionais. Neste caso, ter um olhar para o
-<link ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">OpenPrinting</link> site
-para verificar se um driver para o seu dispositivo está disponível. Se sim,
-verifique se o pacote já está presente em Mageia e, neste caso, instalá-lo
-manualmente. Então, refaça o processo de instalação para configurar a
-impressora. Em todos os casos, relatar o problema no Bugzilla ou no fórum,
-se você está confortável com esta ferramenta e fornecer o modelo e as
-informações do driver e se a impressora funciona ou não após a
-instalação. Aqui estão algumas fontes para encontrar outras atualizações de
-drives ou para dispositivos mais recentes.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">impressoras Brother</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Esta
-página</link> dar uma lista de drivers fornecidos pelo irmão . Procure o
-driver para o seu dispositivo, baixe o rpm (s) e instalar.</para>
-
-    <para>Você deve instalar controladores Brother antes de executar o utilitário de
-configuração.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">impressoras Hewlett-Packard e Tudo em um
-dispositivos</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Esses dispositivos utilizam a ferramenta hplip. Ele é instalado
-automaticamente após a detecção ou a seleção da impressora. Você pode
-encontrar outras informações <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">aqui</link>. A
-ferramenta "HP Device Manager" está disponível no
-<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>Menu . Veja também  <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuração</link>
-para a gestão da impressora.</para>
-
-    <para>A HP All in one dispositivo deve ser instalado como uma impressora e serão
-adicionados os recursos do scanner. Note-se que, por vezes, a interface
-Xsane não permite digitalizar filmes ou slides (a iluminação deslizou não
-pode operar). Neste caso, é possível fazer a varredura, utilizando o modo
-autônomo, e salvar a imagem em um cartão de memória ou pendrive inserido no
-dispositivo. Em seguida, abra o software de imagem favorito e carregar a
-imagem do cartão de memória que está apareceu na pasta /media.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung impressora a cores</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Para impressoras a cores específicas Samsung e Xerox, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">este site fornece drivers</link> para
-o protocolo QPDL.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson impressoras e scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivers para impressoras Epson estão disponíveis a partir <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">esta
-página de pesquisa </link>. Para a parte do scanner, você deve instalar o
-pacote "iscan-data" e depois "iscan" (nesta ordem). Um pacote iscan-plugin
-também pode estar disponível e pode também instalar. Escolha o
-<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pacotes de acordo com sua arquitetura. </para>
-
-    <para> É possível que o pacote iscan irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com
-sã. Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">impressoras Canon</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Para impressoras Canon, pode ser aconselhável instalar uma ferramenta
-chamada turboprint <link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">disponível
-aqui</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fc701e2c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importar Documentos e Configurações do MS Windows®</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta<footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> é encontrada sob o
-<emphasis role="bold"> Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia
-rotulada <guilabel>Importação do Windows documentos (TM) e as
-configurações</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>A ferramenta permite que um administrador para importar os documentos do
-usuário e configurações de um <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>XP ou<trademark class="registrado
-">Windows</trademark><trademark>Vista</trademark> instalação no mesmo
-computador que a instalação Mageia.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Por favor, note que todas as alterações serão aplicadas por transfugdrake
-imediatamente após pressionar <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Depois de iniciar transfugdrake você vai ver a primeira página do
-assistente, com uma explicação sobre a ferramenta e as opções de importação.</para>
-
-  <para>Assim que você ler e entender as instruções, pressione o botão
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. Isso deve executar uma detecção de
-<trademark class="registered">do Windows</trademark> instalação.</para>
-
-  <para>Quando a etapa de detecção é completo, você verá uma página que permite que
-você escolha as contas em <trademark class="registered">do
-Windows</trademark> e Mageia para o procedimento de importação. É possível
-escolher outra conta de usuário do que o seu próprio.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Por favor tenha em conta que, devido ao migrar-assistente (o backend do
-transfugdrake) limitações <trademark class="registered">do
-Windows</trademark> marca registrada nomes de conta de usuário com símbolos
-especiais podem ser exibidos incorretamente.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>A migração pode levar algum tempo, dependendo do tamanho das pastas de
-documentos.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Alguns do <trademark class="registered">Windows </trademark> aplicações
-(especialmente drivers) pode criar contas de usuário para diferentes
-fins. Por exemplo, drives da NVidia do <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> são atualizadas com
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, não use essas contas para
-efeitos de importação.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Quando você terminar com a imprensa seleção contas
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um
-método de importar documentos:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake é projetado para importar do <trademark
-class="registered">Windows </trademark>dados de<emphasis>Meus
-Documentos</emphasis>, <emphasis>Minhas  Musicas</emphasis>e<emphasis>Minhas
-imagens</emphasis > pastas. É possível pular de importação, selecionando o
-item apropriado nesta janela.</para>
-
-  <para>Quando você terminar com o método de importação documento escolhendo
-imprensa <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para
-selecionar um método para importar os favoritos:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake pode importar <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> e
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> favoritos com as fichas de Mageia
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instância.</para>
-
-  <para>Escolha a opção de importação preferencial e pressione o botão <guibutton>
-Próxima</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>A próxima página permite que você importe o fundo do desktop:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Escolha a opção preferida e pressione o botão
-<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>A última página do assistente mostra alguma mensagem congratulações. Basta
-pressionar o botão <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c7333d57..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Usuários e Grupos</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
-      <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> como root.</para>
-    </footnote> é encontrado sob a
-<emphasis role="bold">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia
-chamado "Gerenciar usuários no sistema"</para>
-
-  <para>A ferramenta permite que um administrador para gerenciar os usuários e os
-grupos, isto significa para adicionar ou excluir um usuário ou grupo e para
-modificar as configurações de usuário e grupo (ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>Quando userdrake é aberto, todos os usuários existentes no sistema são
-listados nas <guibutton>guias</guibutton>, e todos os
-<guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>na guia. Ambos as guias operar da mesma forma.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Add Usuario</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Este botão abre uma nova janela com todos os campos mostrados vazio:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>O campo <emphasis role="bold">Nome completo</emphasis> é destinado para a
-entrada de um nome de família e primeiro nome, mas é possível escrever
-qualquer coisa ou nada assim!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Acesso</emphasis> é o único campo obrigatório.</para>
-
-  <para>Definindo uma <emphasis role="bold">senha</emphasis> é altamente
-recomendado. Há um pequeno escudo, à direita, se é vermelho, a senha é
-fraca, muito curta ou é muito parecido com o nome de login. Você deve usar
-números, menor e letras maiúsculas, sinais de pontuação, etc O escudo ficará
-laranja e verde como a força da senha melhora.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirmar senha</emphasis> campo está lá para garantir
-que você digitou o que pretendia.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Acesso Shell</emphasis> é uma lista suspensa que
-permite que você mude o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando
-para baixo, as opções são Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Criar um grupo privado para o usuário</emphasis>, se
-verificado criará automaticamente um grupo com o mesmo nome e que o novo
-usuário como o único membro (pode ser editado).</para>
-
-  <para>As outras opções deveria ser óbvio. O novo usuário é criado imediatamente
-depois de clicar em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 add grupo</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Você só precisa digitar o nome do novo grupo e, se necessário, a
-identificação de grupo específico.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Editar</emphasis> (um usuario selecionado)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton> Dados do Usuário</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos os dados
-fornecidos para o usuário na criação (o ID não pode ser alterado).</para>
-
-  <para>Informações <emphasis role="bold">Conta</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>A primeira opção é para definir uma data de expiração para a conta. A
-conexão é impossível após esta data. Isto é útil para contas temporárias.</para>
-
-  <para>A segunda opção é para bloquear a conta, a conexão é impossível, desde que a
-conta está bloqueada.</para>
-
-  <para>É também possível alterar o ícone.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Senha Informações</emphasis>: Permite definir uma data
-de expiração para a senha, isso força o usuário a mudar sua senha
-periodicamente.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os grupos
-que o usuário é um membro do grupo.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Se você estiver modificando uma conta de usuário conectado, as modificações
-não serão eficazes até a sua/seu próximo login.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Editar</emphasis> (com um grupo selecionado)</para>
-
-  <para>Dados <emphasis role="bold">Grupo</emphasis>: Permite que você modifique o
-nome do grupo.</para>
-
-  <para>Usuários <emphasis role="bold">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar
-os usuários que são membros do grupo</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Excluir</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Selecione um usuário ou um grupo e clique em <emphasis
-role="bold">Excluir</emphasis> para removê-lo. Para um usuário, aparece uma
-janela a perguntar se diretório home e caixa de correio também deve ser
-excluído. Se um grupo privado foi criado para o usuário, ele será excluído
-também.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>É possível excluir um grupo que não está vazio.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Atualizar</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>O banco de dados do usuário pode ser alterado fora de userdrake. Clique
-neste ícone para atualizar a exibição.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Conta de Convidado</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">convidado</emphasis> é uma conta especial. Pretende-se
-dar a alguém o acesso temporário ao sistema com total segurança. Entrada é
-xguest, não há senha, e é impossível fazer modificações no sistema a partir
-desta conta. Os diretórios pessoais são eliminadas no final da sessão. Esta
-conta é ativada por padrão, para desativá-lo, clique no menu <guimenu>Ações
--> Desinstalar conta de convidado</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po
deleted file mode 100644
index a2f259c2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11549 +0,0 @@
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013,2016.
-# Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>, 2013-2016.
-# Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013.
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017.
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-07 19:52+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
-"Language: ro\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"language/ro/)\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?"
-"2:1));\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul "
-"<guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Introducere"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> este "
-"un protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, "
-"astfel încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă "
-"să ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este scopul "
-"acestei unelte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Se creează un grup nou"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate (dacă există) și "
-"butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă "
-"intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecta anumite acțiuni. "
-"Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> apăsînd pe "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio, deoarece "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși este nevoie, "
-"puteți să-l corectați."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de "
-"alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton> vă permite să montați imediat "
-"accesul."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio <guibutton>Gata</"
-"guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct de montare va fi "
-"listat. După ce apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi "
-"întrebat dacă vreți să se salveze modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</"
-"emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie "
-"disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu salvați modificările dacă montați "
-"directorul distant doar o singură dată."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Partajați partițiile discului"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> simplă vă permite, "
-"ca și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare "
-"din propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au "
-"calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale, "
-"intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: \"<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să "
-"partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>\", faceți clic pe "
-"<guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți "
-"utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton> "
-"pentru toți utilizatorii și pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă "
-"răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă, "
-"utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat "
-"în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care "
-"veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau "
-"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux "
-"este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> "
-"dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi "
-"apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi "
-"instalate dacă este nevoie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales "
-"opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar "
-"pentru a deschide <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>. Această "
-"unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați "
-"să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe "
-"utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare” și apoi pe "
-"<guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. În categoria „Grupuri” bifați grupul "
-"„fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru informații "
-"suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <xref linkend=\"userdrake"
-"\">această pagină</xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați "
-"și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în considerare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate "
-"selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le "
-"partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această "
-"funcționalitate."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "ro"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"faceți accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite "
-"directoare partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este "
-"disponibil pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele "
-"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu "
-"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Procedură"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista "
-"serverelor care partajează directoare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa "
-"lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l "
-"accesați."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va "
-"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți "
-"verifica și modifica opțiunile cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>. "
-"După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, un "
-"mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/"
-"fstab”. Aceasta va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare redemaraj, "
-"cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în "
-"exploratorul de fișiere, precum Dolphin spre exemplu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Inscriptoare CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se află în "
-"categoria „Discuri locale” din Centrul de Control Mageia și numită în "
-"funcție de dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de "
-"citit și scris CD/DVD-uri)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este montat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și "
-"opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru "
-"a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe "
-"butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Punct de montare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit "
-"este /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Opțiuni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din "
-"submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "utilizator/fără utilizator"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să "
-"monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și nodev. "
-"Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate de Windows (SMB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor "
-"utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este "
-"SMB, care este cel mai popular pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele "
-"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu "
-"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor "
-"disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista "
-"serverelor care partajează directoare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe &gt; din dreptul numelui serverului "
-"pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care "
-"doriți să-l accesați."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va "
-"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de "
-"montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu "
-"butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"În opțiuni puteți specifica numele și parola utilizatorilor care se pot "
-"conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu "
-"același buton."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa "
-"întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea "
-"va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca "
-"rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de "
-"fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Efecte de birou 3D"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"gestionați efectele de birou 3D din acest sistem de operare. Acestea sînt "
-"dezactivate în mod implicit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Noțiuni de bază"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a utiliza această unealtă trebuie să aveți instalat pachetul glxinfo. "
-"Dacă nu este instalat, veți fi invitat s-o faceți înainte ca drak3d să se "
-"poată lansa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"După lansarea drak3d, vi-se va prezenta o fereastră cu un meniu în care "
-"puteți alege între <guilabel>Fătă efecte de birou 3D</guilabel> sau "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion este partea din "
-"gestionarul de ferestre compozit care include efectele speciale accelerate "
-"material pentru mediul de birou. Alegeți <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> "
-"pentru a-l activa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă utilizați pentru prima oară acest program după o nouă instalare de "
-"Mageia, veți primi un mesaj de avertizare care vă va spune care pachete "
-"trebuiesc să fie instalate pentru a putea utiliza Compiz Fusion. Apăsați pe "
-"butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a continua."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Odată ce au fost instalate pachetele adecvate, veți remarca faptul că în "
-"meniul drak3d este selecționat Compiz Fusion, însă trebuie să vă "
-"deautentificați și reautentificați ca schimbările să fie luate în "
-"considerare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce vă reautentificați, Compiz Fusion va fi activat. Pentru a configura "
-"Compiz Fusion consultați pagina uneltei ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Depanare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Nu pot vedea biroul după autentificare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă după ce ați activat Compiz Fusion și încercați să vă reautentificați "
-"însă nu vedeți nimic, reporniți calculatorul pentru a reveni la ecranul de "
-"autentificare. Odată acolo, faceți clic pe pictograma biroului și selectați "
-"drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd vă autentificați, dacă contul vostru este recunoscut ca administrator, "
-"veți fi invitat să vă tastați parola din nou. În caz contrar, conectați-vă "
-"ca administrator cu contul său. Apoi puteți anula toate modificările care ar "
-"fi putut crea probleme la autentificare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Autentificare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al "
-"calculatorului sau în rețea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Implicit, informațiile despre autentificare sînt stocate într-un fișier de "
-"pe acest calculator. Nu le modificați decît dacă administratorul de rețea vă "
-"invită s-o faceți și vă oferă informațiile necesare în această privință."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Configurați autentificarea automată"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou, "
-"fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru "
-"poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur "
-"utilizator."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Demaraj</emphasis> din "
-"Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Butoanele interfeței sînt destul de evidente:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Bifați <guibutton>Lansează interfața grafică la demararea sistemului</"
-"guibutton> dacă doriți ca X Windows System să fie executat imediat după "
-"demarare. Altfel, sistemul va porni în mod text. În acest caz interfața "
-"grafică va putea fi lansată manual. Acest lucru se poate face tastînd în "
-"linie de comandă „startx”' sau „systemctl start dm”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă bifați prima căsuță, alte două opțiuni vor fi disponibile. Apoi alegeți "
-"<guibutton>Nu, nu vreau autentificare automată</guibutton> dacă doriți ca "
-"sistemul să ceară un utilizator (și parolă) pentru conectare, sau "
-"<guibutton>Da, vreau autentificare automată cu acest (utilizator, birou)</"
-"guibutton> dacă asta doriți. În acest caz va trebui să furnizați "
-"<guilabel>Utilizatorul implicit</guilabel> și <guilabel>Biroul implicit</"
-"guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Configurați demarajul sistemului"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă utilizați un sistem UEFI în loc de BIOS, interfața cu utilizatorul este "
-"un pic diferită deoarece nu puteți alege încărcătorul de sistem (prima listă "
-"derulantă) din moment ce este disponibil numai unul."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"configurați opțiunile de demaraj (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem, "
-"definirea unei parole, opțiunea implicită de pornire, etc.)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se găsește în categoria Demaraj din Centrul de Control Mageia cu eticheta "
-"„Configurați demarajul sistemului”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Nu utilizați această unealtă dacă nu știți cu exactitate ceea ce faceți. "
-"Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să demareze data "
-"viitoare!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"În prima parte, numită <guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>, dacă "
-"avecți BIOS puteți alege între GRUB, GRUB2 sau LILO ca <guibutton>Încărcător "
-"de sistem utilizat</guibutton>, cu interfață grafică sau în mod text. Este "
-"doar o chestiune de gust care nu implică alte consecințe. Puteți defini și "
-"<guibutton>Dispozitivul de demaraj</guibutton>, însă nu modificați nimic "
-"dacă nu sînteți expert. Încărcătorul de sistem este instalat pe dispozitivul "
-"de demaraj și orice modificare poate împiedica demararea sistemului."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"În sistemele UEFI, încărcătorul de sistem este <guilabel>Grub2-efi</"
-"guilabel> și este instalat pe partiția /boot/EFI. Aceasta este o partiție "
-"FAT32 și este comună tuturor sistemelor de operare instalate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"În a doua parte, intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni principale</guilabel>, puteți "
-"defini durata în secunde de <guibutton>Temporizare înaintea demarării "
-"imaginii implicite</guibutton>. În acest timp GRUB sau LILO vor afișa lista "
-"sistemelor de operare disponibile, invitîndu-vă să faceți o alegere. Dacă nu "
-"ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va demara pe cea implicită cînd s-a "
-"scurs timpul de așteptare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă cîteva opțiuni suplimentare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Activează ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) este un standard pentru "
-"gestionarea energiei. Se poate economisi energie prin oprirea dispozitivelor "
-"neutilizate, aceasta era înainte metoda utilizată de APM. Bifați această "
-"căsuță dacă aveți componente compatibile ACPI."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Activează SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP vine de la „Symmetric Multi Processors” și este o arhitectură pentru "
-"procesoarele cu mai multe nuclee."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă aveți un procesor cu HyperThreading, Mageia îl va vedea ca pe un dual "
-"procesor și va activa SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Activează APIC</guibutton> și <guibutton>Activează APIC local:</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC vine de la „Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller”. În sistemul "
-"APIC de la Intel sînt două componente: APIC local (LAPIC) și I/O APIC. "
-"Acesta din urmă rutează întreruperile pe care le primește de la magistralele "
-"periferice către unul sau mai multe APIC locale care se află în procesor. "
-"Sînt foarte utile pentru sistemele multi-procesor. Unele calculatoare au "
-"probleme cu sistemul APIC care poate cauza blocaje sau detecția incorectă a "
-"perifericelor (mesajul de eroare: „spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”). În "
-"acest caz dezactivați APIC și/sau APIC local."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"Ecranul afișat după ce apăsați <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> diferă în "
-"funcție de sistemul pe care îl aveți, <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> sau "
-"<emphasis>UEFI</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"În ecranul următor veți putea vedea lista tuturor intrărilor disponibile la "
-"demaraj. Cea implicită are un asterisc. Pentru a schimba ordinea intrărilor "
-"în meniu, faceți clic pe săgețile sus sau jos pentru a deplasa elementul "
-"selectat. Dacă faceți clic pe butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> sau "
-"<guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>, o nouă fereastră va apărea pentru a "
-"modifica sau adăuga o nouă intrare în meniul încărcătorului de sistem. "
-"Trebuie să fiți familiarizat cu LILO sau GRUB pentru a putea utiliza aceste "
-"unelte."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Cîmpul <guilabel>Etichetă</guilabel> este liber, scrieți aici ceea ce doriți "
-"să fie afișat în meniu. Acesta corespunse comenzii GRUB „title”. De exemplu: "
-"Mageia 4."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"Cîmpul <guilabel>Imagine</guilabel> conține numele nucleului. Corespunde "
-"comenzii GRUB „kernel”. De exemplu: /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"Cîmpul <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conține numele dispozitivului unde de află "
-"nucleul. Corespunde comenzi GRUB „root”. De exemplu: (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni "
-"aplicate nucleului la demaraj."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va demara "
-"această intrare în mod implicit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>, puteți alege "
-"<guilabel>Modul video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și "
-"un <guilabel>profil de rețea</guilabel>, vedeți <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/> în listele derulante."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"În acest caz, lista derulantă afişeazătoate intrările disponibile; apăsați "
-"pe cea dorită ca implicit."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>, puteți alege "
-"<guilabel>Modul video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și "
-"un <guilabel>profil de rețea</guilabel>, vedeți <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/> în listele derulante."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a ajusta mai mulți parametrii puteți folosi "
-"<emphasis>Personalizatorul Grub</emphasis>, care este disponibil in "
-"depozitele Mageia (de mai jos)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Colectează jurnale și informații sistem pentru rapoartele de eroare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și "
-"utilizată numai în linie de comandă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Este recomandat să scrieți rezultatul acestei comenzi într-un fișier, de "
-"exemplu tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
-"emphasis>, dar aveți grijă să dispuneți de spațiu liber suficient, fișierul "
-"poate atinge cu ușurință cîțiva giga."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Rezultatul este mult prea voluminos pentru a-l atașa la un raport de eroare "
-"fără să-i înlăturați mai întîi părțile nefolositoare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Această comandă colectează următoarele informații despre acest sistem:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partiții"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "versiunea de Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"La data la care a fost scrisă această pagină de ajutor, partea „syslog” din "
-"rezultatul acestei comenzi era goală, pentru că această unealtă nu a fost "
-"încă adaptată pentru trecerea la systemd. Dacă încă este goală, puteți "
-"înlătura „syslog” tastînd (ca root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Dacă nu dispuneți de suficient spațiu liber pe "
-"disc atunci puteți, sper exemplu, reține doar ultimele 5000 de linii din "
-"fișierul jurnal tastînd: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 "
-"> journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Utilitarul Mageia de raportat erori"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"În mod normal, unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta "
-"pornește automat cînd se blochează una din uneltele Mageia. Totuși, se poate "
-"întîmpla ca, după ce ați completat un raport de eroare, să vi-se ceară să "
-"lansați această unealtă pentru a verifica anumite informații pe care să le "
-"adăugați apoi în raportul de eroare existent."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă trebuie să completați un raport de eroare și nu sînteți familiarizat cu "
-"acest lucru, vă rugăm în acest caz să citiți <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Cum să redactez un raport de "
-"eroare corect</link> înainte de a face clic pe butonul „Raportează”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"În cazul în care eroarea a fost deja raportată de altcineva (mesajul de "
-"eroare generat de drakbug este același), atunci este foarte util să adăugați "
-"un comentariu la raportul existent indicînd că și dumneavoastră ați întîlnit "
-"eroarea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Reglați data și ora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta se află în "
-"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați "
-"data și ora</guilabel>. În unele medii grafice acest lucru se poate face și "
-"cu un clic-dreapta pe ceasul din bara de sarcini alegînd „Modifică data și "
-"ora”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Este un utilitar foarte simplu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"În partea din stînga sus se găsește <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendarul</"
-"emphasis>. În captura de ecran de deasupra, data este 2 (în albastru) "
-"septembrie (în stînga sus) 2012 (în dreapta sus), care cade într-o duminică. "
-"Selectați luna (sau anul) făcînd clic pe micile săgeți de fiecare parte a "
-"lui septembrie (sau 2012). Selectați ziua făcînd clic pe numărul "
-"corespunzător."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"În stînga jos se află sincronizarea cu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol de "
-"timp în rețea (NTP)</emphasis>. Puteți avea mereu un ceas cu ora exactă prin "
-"sincronizarea cu un server. Bifați <guilabel>Activează protocolul de timp în "
-"rețea (NTP)</guilabel> și alegeți serverul cel mai apropiat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"În partea dreaptă este <emphasis role=\"bold\">ceasul</emphasis>. Nu este "
-"necesar să reglați ceasul dacă ați activat NTP. Trei căsuțe afișează orele, "
-"minutele și secundele (15, 28 și 22 pe captura de ecran). Utilizați micile "
-"săgeți pentru a regla ora exactă. Formatul orei nu poate fi schimbat aici, "
-"consultați parametrii mediului de birou pentru asta. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Iar în cele din urmă, în dreapta jos, selecționați fusul orar făcînd clic pe "
-"butonul <guibutton>Schimbare fus orar</guibutton> și alegeți din listă "
-"orașul cel mai apropiat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Chiar dacă nu puteți schimba formatul datei și orei în această unealtă, "
-"acestea vor fi afișate pe birou în funcție de parametrii de localizare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Înlăturați o conexiune"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd  <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aici puteți înlătura o interfață de rețea<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe meniul derulant, alegeți-o pe cea pe care doriți s-o "
-"înlăturați și faceți clic pe <emphasis>Înainte</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Veți vedea un mesaj care va spune că interfața de rețea a fost înlăturată cu "
-"succes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"faceți majoritatea configurațiilor pentru accesul la rețeaua locală sau la "
-"Internet. Trebuie să cunoașteți anumite informații de la furnizorul de acces "
-"la Internet sau de la administratorul de rețea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați tipul conexiunii pe care doriți s-o stabiliți, în funcție de "
-"componentele materiale și de furnizorul de acces pe care-l aveți."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "O nouă conexiune filară (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Prima fereastră afișează lista interfețelor care sînt disponibile. Selectați "
-"una pentru a o configura."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"În acest punct vi-se dă posibilitatea să alegeți între configurarea manuală "
-"sau automată a adresei IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "IP automat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă "
-"serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate "
-"manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți "
-"adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat "
-"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul "
-"DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</"
-"emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și "
-"este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Butonul avansat vă dă posibilitatea să specificați:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-"Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "Clientul DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "Durată de expirare DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverul NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "Recuperează serverele NTPD din DHCP (sincronizarea ceasurilor)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul "
-"DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o "
-"adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"După acceptare, sînt explicați ultimii pași de configurare comuni pentru "
-"toate conexiunile: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Configurare manuală"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele "
-"DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi "
-"specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> în mod implicit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP se aseamănă în general cu "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS "
-"sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</"
-"emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina "
-"voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash."
-"boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți "
-"acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele "
-"domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Pașii următori sînt expuși la <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin satelit (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă "
-"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim "
-"anticipat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin cablu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Trebuie să specificați o metodă de autentificare:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Neant"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (necesar pentru Telstra). În acest caz trebuie să furnizați "
-"utilizatorul și parola."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă "
-"serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate "
-"manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți "
-"adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat "
-"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul "
-"DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</"
-"emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și "
-"este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS "
-"care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat "
-"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> în mod implicit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</"
-"emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina "
-"voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash."
-"boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți "
-"acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele "
-"domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin DSL"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă unealta detectează interfețe de rețea, se va oferi să alegeți una "
-"pentru a o configura."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. "
-"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea "
-"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de "
-"furnizorul de acces."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Selectați unul din protocoalele disponibile:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocol de configurare dinamică a gazdei (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Configurare TCP/IP manuală"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP peste ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP peste Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Parametri de acces"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Cont de conectare (numele utilizatorului)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Parola contului"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Avansat) ID de cale virtuală (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Avansat) ID de circuit virtual (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Asistentul întreabă pe care dispozitiv să configureze:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Alegere manuală (placă internă ISDN)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Modem ISDN extern"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"O listă de componente materiale este propusă, ordonată după categorie și "
-"fabricant. Alegeți-o pe cea potrivită."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocolul pentru restul lumii, exceptînd Europa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protocolul pentru Europa (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"O listă de furnizori este apoi propusă, grupați în funcție de țară. "
-"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit.  Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea "
-"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile pe care vi le-a "
-"comunicat furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer parametrii:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Numele conexiunii"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Număr de telefon "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "ID de autentificare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Metoda de autentificare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"După aceasta, trebuie să selectați dacă obțineți adresa IP în mod automat "
-"sau manual. În acest caz, specificați adresa IP și masca de subrețea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"La etapa următoare alegeți cum sînt obținute adresele serverelor DNS, în mod "
-"automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să specificați:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Nume de domeniu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Serverul DNS primar și secundar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați dacă numele de gazdă este definit din adresa IP. Alegeți această "
-"opțiune numai dacă sînteți sigur că furnizorul de acces o acceptă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"La etapa următoare alegeți cum este obținută adresa pasarelei, în mod "
-"automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să introduceți "
-"adresa IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "O nouă conexiune fără-fir (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"O primă fereastră listează interfețele care sînt disponibile și o intrare "
-"pentru pilotul Windows (ndiswrapper). Selectați-o pe cea care trebuie "
-"configurată. Utilizați ndiswrapper numai dacă celelalte metode de "
-"configurare nu au funcționat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"La această etapă aveți de ales între diferitele puncte de acces pe care "
-"placa de rețea le-a detectat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Trebuiesc furnizați parametrii specifici plăcii de rețea fără fir:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Mod de operare:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Gestionat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Pentru a accesa un punct de acces existent (cel mai frecvent)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Pentru a configura o conexiune directă între calculatoare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Numele rețelei (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr "Mod de criptare: depinde de cum a fost configurat punctul de acces."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest mod de criptare este de preferat dacă vă permite configurația "
-"materială."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Unele componente mai vechi suportă doar această metodă de criptare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Cheia de criptare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Este în general furnizat cu dispozitivul care oferă punctul de acces."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"La această etapă se oferă posibilitatea de a alege între o adresă IP "
-"automată sau manuală."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS "
-"sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum "
-"se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. "
-"Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i "
-"se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. "
-"Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea "
-"<emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverele NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"După acceptarea configurării, este explicată etapa de configurare care este "
-"comună tuturor conexiunilor: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS. "
-"Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i "
-"se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP seamănă mereu cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
-"emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar "
-"adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al "
-"furnizorului de acces."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"În parametrii avansați puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</"
-"emphasis>. Trebuie să semene cu numele de gazdă fără primul nume dinainte de "
-"punct."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin GPRS/Edge/3G"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă unealta detectează interfețe fără fir, se va oferi să alegeți una "
-"pentru a o configura."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "Este cerut codul PIN. Lăsați gol dacă nu este necesar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Asistentul întreabă după rețea. Dacă nu este detectată, selectați opțiunea "
-"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Furnizați parametrii de acces"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Numele punctului de acces"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin rețea comutată Bluetooth"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin Modem analogic (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Alegere manuală"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Componente detectate, dacă există."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "O lisă de porturi este propusă. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă nu este deja instalat, vi-se va sugera să instalați pachetul "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. "
-"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea "
-"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de "
-"furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer opțiunile pentru apel:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Numele conexiunii</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Număr de telefon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Identificator de conexiune</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Parolă</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Autentificare</emphasis>, alegeți dintre:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Bazat pe script"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Bazat pe terminal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Terminarea configurării"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "La următoarea etapă puteți specifica:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Permite utilizatorilor să gestioneze conexiunea</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Inițiază conexiunea la demaraj</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Activează contabilizarea traficului</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"În cazul unei conexiuni fără fir, căsuța suplimentară <emphasis>Autorizează "
-"conexiunile itinerante</emphasis> vă dă posibilitatea de a comuta automat "
-"între punctele de acces în funcție de puterea semnalului."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Cu butonul avansat puteți specifica:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metric (10 implicit)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Conectare la cald a rețelei"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Activează tunelul IPv6 către IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Ultima etapă vă permite să specificați dacă să se pornească imediat sau nu "
-"conexiunea."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Deschideți o consolă ca administrator"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă dă accesul la o "
-"consolă care este deschisă direct ca administrator (root). Nu credem că vă "
-"trebuie mai multe informații despre asta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Gestionați partițiile"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk sau diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
-"emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este foarte "
-"puternică, o mică eroare sau o pisică ce merge peste tastatură poate duce la "
-"pierderea tuturor datelor de pe o partiție sau chiar la ștergerea întregului "
-"disc. Din acest motiv veți vedea ecranul de deasupra peste ecranul uneltei. "
-"Faceți clic pe <emphasis>Ieșire</emphasis> dacă nu sînteți sigur că doriți "
-"să continuați."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă aveți mai multe discuri, puteți comuta pe discul cu care vreți să "
-"lucrați selectînd secțiunea corespunzătoare (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți alege din multiplele acțiuni pentru a ajusta discul dur în funcție de "
-"propriile preferințe. Ștergerea întregului disc, fracționarea sau fuzionarea "
-"partițiilor, redimensionarea lor sau schimbarea sistemului de fișiere, "
-"formatarea sau vizualizarea conținutului unei partiții, totul este posibil. "
-"Butonul <emphasis><guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"de mai jos este pentru ștergerea completă a discului, celelalte butoane "
-"devin vizibile pe partea dreaptă după ce faceți clic pe o partiție."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă aveți un sistem UEFI, puteți vedea o partiție intitulată „EFI System "
-"Partition” montată în /boot/EFI. Să nu o ștergeți niciodată deoarece aceasta "
-"conține toate încărcătoarele de sistem ale diferitelor sisteme de operare "
-"instalate pe acest calculator."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă partiția selecționată este montată, ca în exemplul de mai jos, nu o "
-"puteți redimensiona, formata sau șterge. Pentru a putea face aceste "
-"operațiuni trebuie mai întîi s-o demontați."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "O partiție se poate redimensiona numai de partea sa dreaptă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a schimba tipul unei partiții (din Ext3 în Ext4 de exemplu) trebuie "
-"să ștergeți partiția și s-o recreați cu noul tip. Butonul <guibutton role="
-"\"bold\">Creează</guibutton> apare cînd este selecționată partea goală a "
-"discului."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "Puteți alege un punct de montare care nu există, acesta va fi creat."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectînd <emphasis><guibutton>Comută în regim expert</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"vă oferă cîteva acțiuni suplimentare, precum etichetarea partițiilor, după "
-"cum se poate vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Configurați interfața grafică"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Aici<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puteți alege care gestionar de "
-"ecran să se utilizeze pentru a vă conecta în mediul de birou. Vor fi afișate "
-"numai cele disponibile în sistem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Majoritatea utilizatorilor vor remarca faptul că ecranele de autentificare "
-"arată diferit. Există totuși diferențe între funcționalitățile suportate. "
-"LXDM este un gestionar de ecran lejer, SDDM și GDM au mai multe "
-"funcționalități suplimentare,"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Configurați parafocul personal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
-"„Configurați parafocul personal”. Este aceeași unealtă din primul tab al "
-"„Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Un parafoc bazic este instalat implicit cu Mageia. Toate conexiunile venind "
-"din exterior sînt blocate dacă nu sînt autorizate. În primul ecran de "
-"deasupra, puteți selecționa serviciile pentru care tentativele de conexiune "
-"venite din exterior sînt acceptate. Pentru securitate, debifați prima căsuță "
-"- <guilabel>Totul (fără parafoc)</guilabel> - cu excepția cazului în care "
-"doriți să dezactivați parafocul și să bifați numai serviciile de care aveți "
-"nevoie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Este posibilă introducerea manuală a numerelor porturilor de deschis. Faceți "
-"clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și o fereastră nouă se va deschide. "
-"În cîmpul <guilabel>Alte porturi</guilabel> introduceți porturile necesare "
-"urmînd aceste exemple:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : deschide portul 80 pentru protocolul tcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : deschide toate porturile de la 24000 la 24010 pentru "
-"protocolul udp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Porturile listate trebuiesc separate cu un spațiu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Înregistrează mesajele parafocului în "
-"jurnalele sistemului</guilabel>, atunci mesajele parafocului vor fi salvate "
-"în jurnalele sistemului."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă nu găzduiți servicii specifice (server web sau de mesagerie, partajare "
-"de fișiere, ...) este întru-totul posibil să nu aveți nimic bifat și este "
-"chiar recomandat, iar asta nu vă va împiedica să vă conectați la Internet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Ecranul următor se ocupă de opțiunile parafocului interactiv. Această "
-"funcționalitate vă permite să fiți avertizat de tentativele de conexiune "
-"dacă este bifată cel puțin prima căsuță <guilabel>Utilizează parafocul "
-"interactiv</guilabel>. Bifați a doua căsuță pentru a fi avertizat dacă vă "
-"sînt scanate porturile (cu scopul de a găsi o breșă undeva ca să se intre pe "
-"calculator). Căsuțele de la a treia în jos corespund porturilor pe care le-"
-"ați deschis în primele două ecrane. În captura de ecran de mai jos sînt două "
-"astfel de căsuțe: server SSH și 80:150/tcp. Bifați-le pentru a fi avertizat "
-"de fiecare dată cînd se încearcă o conexiune pe aceste porturi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Aceste avertismente sînt afișate de mesajele de alertă prin intermediul "
-"miniaplicației de rețea."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"În ultimul ecran, alegeți care din interfețele de rețea sînt conectate la "
-"Internet și trebuiesc protejate. Odată apăsat butonul OK, pachetele necesare "
-"vor fi descărcate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, uitați-vă în categoria „Rețea și Internet”, "
-"pictograma „Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Gestionați, adăugați și înlăturați fonturi. Importați fonturi Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control "
-"Mageia și vă permite să gestionați fonturile disponibile de pe calculator. "
-"Ecranul principal de mai sus afișează:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "Numele fonturilor instalate, stilurile și dimensiunile."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "O previzualizare a fontului selecționat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "Butoane explicate mai jos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Recuperează fonturile Windows: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest buton adaugă automat fonturile găsite pe partiția Windows. Trebuie să "
-"aveți instalat Microsoft Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opțiuni:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Vă permite să specificați aplicațiile sau dispozitivele (imprimante în "
-"general) capabile să utilizeze fonturile."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dezinstalare:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest buton este pentru înlăturarea fonturilor instalate, eliberînd astfel "
-"ceva spațiu pe disc. Aveți grijă cînd înlăturați fonturi deoarece poate avea "
-"consecințe serioase asupra documentelor care le utilizează."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Vă permite să adăugați fonturi din surse terțe (CD, Internet,...). Formatele "
-"suportate sînt:  ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm și gsf. Faceți clic pe butonul "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă</emphasis> și apoi pe <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Adaugă</emphasis>. Vă va apărea un gestionar de fișiere în care puteți "
-"selecționa fonturile de instalat și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Instalează</emphasis> cînd sînteți gata. Fonturile vor fi instalate în "
-"directorul /usr/share/fonts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă fonturile nou instalate (sau înlăturate) nu apar în ecranul principal "
-"din Drakfont, închideți-l și redeschideți-l pentru a vedea modificările."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Control parental"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
-"<guilabel>Control parental</guilabel>. Dacă nu-i vedeți eticheta, trebuie să "
-"instalați pachetul drakguard (nu este instalat implicit)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Prezentare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard este o cale ușoară de a configura controalele parentale pe "
-"calculator pentru a restricționa cine ce poate face și la ce ore din zi. "
-"Drakguard are trei capabilități folositoare:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Limitează accesul la Internet pentru utilizatorii desemnați și la orele "
-"definite din zi. Face acest lucru prin controlul parafocului shorewall "
-"instalat în Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Blochează execuția comenzilor particulare pentru utilizatorii desemnați, "
-"astfel încît aceștia să poată executa numai acțiunile autorizate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Limitează accesul la siturile Internet, atît la cele definite manual în "
-"lista albă/neagră, cît și dinamic în funcție de conținutul sitului Internet. "
-"Pentru a realiza acest lucru Drakguard utilizează DansGuardian, liderul "
-"aplicațiilor cu sursă deschisă de filtraj și control parental."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Configurarea controlului parental"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă pe calculator aveți partiții formatate cu Ext2, Ext3 sau ReiserFS, vă "
-"va apărea o fereastră care vă propune să configurați ACL pe aceste partiții. "
-"ACL vine de la „Access Control Lists” (liste de control al accesului), o "
-"funcționalitate a nucleului Linux care permite limitarea accesului "
-"individual la fișiere numai pentru utilizatorii desemnați. ACL este integrat "
-"direct în sistemele de fișiere Ext4 și Btrfs, însă trebuie activat printr-o "
-"poțiune pentru partițiile Ext2, Ext3 și ReiserFS. Dacă alegeți „Da”, "
-"Drakguard vă va configura toate partițiile ca să suporte ACL și vă va sugera "
-"să redemarați calculatorul."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Activează controlul parental</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, "
-"controlul parental este activat și accesul la categoria <guilabel>Programe "
-"blocate</guilabel> este posibil."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blochează tot traficul de rețea</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, "
-"toate siturile Internet sînt blocate cu excepția celor din lista albă. În "
-"caz contrar, toate siturile Internet sînt permise cu excepția celor din "
-"lista neagră."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Accesul utilizatorilor</guibutton>: utilizatorii listați în "
-"partea stîngă vor avea accesul restricționat în funcție de regulile pe care "
-"le definiți. Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu au accesul "
-"restricționat, așa că utilizatorii adulți nu sînt afectați. Selectați un "
-"utilizator din partea stîngă și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> "
-"pentru a-l adăuga în lista utilizatorilor autorizați. Selectați un "
-"utilizator din partea dreaptă și apăsați pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> "
-"pentru a-l înlătura din lista utilizatorilor autorizați. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Controlul perioadei de timp</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, accesul "
-"la Internet este permis cu restricții între ora de <guilabel>Început</"
-"guilabel> și de <guilabel>Sfîrșit</guilabel>. Accesul teste blocat în "
-"totalitate în afara acestor ore."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Secțiunea listei albe/negre"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Introduceți adresa sitului Internet în cîmpul de sus și faceți clic pe "
-"butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Secțiunea programelor blocate"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blochează aplicațiile definite</guibutton>: Activează accesul "
-"restricționat pe bază de ACL la aplicațiile specificate. Introduceți calea "
-"către aplicațiile pe care doriți să le blocați."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Lista utilizatorilor neblocați</guibutton>: Utilizatorii listați "
-"în partea dreaptă nu sînt supuși restricțiilor cu ACL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Partajați conexiunea la Internet cu alte mașini din rețeaua locală"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Principii"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Partajul conexiunii este util "
-"cînd aveți un calculator (3) conectat la Internet (2) și care în plus mai "
-"este conectat și la o rețea locală (1). Puteți utiliza calculatorul (3) ca "
-"pasarelă pentru a oferi accesul la Internet și celorlalte calculatoare (5) "
-"și (6) din rețeaua locală (1). Pentru asta, calculatorul pasarelă trebuie să "
-"aibă două interfețe de rețea. Prima, precum o placă de rețea Ethernet, "
-"conectată la rețeaua locală, iar a doua (4) conectată la Internet (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Prima etapă constă să verificați că accesul la rețea și la Internet este "
-"configurat, după cum este documentat în <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Asistent pasarelă"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferă etape succesive "
-"care sînt afișate mai jos:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Asistentul nu detectează cel puțin două interfețe, vă avertizează și cere să "
-"opriți rețeaua și să configurați componentele materiale."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Specifică interfețele utilizate pentru conexiunea la Internet. Asistentul "
-"sugerează în mod automat una din interfețe, însă este bine să verificați "
-"dacă cea propusă este corectă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Specifică interfața utilizată pentru accesul la rețeaua locală. Asistentul "
-"propune și aici una, verificați dacă este corect."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Asistentul propune parametri pentru rețeaua locală, precum adresa IP, masca "
-"de rețea și numele de domeniu. Verificați dacă parametrii aceștia sînt "
-"compatibili cu configurația actuală. Se recomandă acceptarea acestor valori."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Specifică dacă se poate utiliza calculatorul pe post de server DNS. Dacă da, "
-"asistentul va verifica dacă <code>bind</code> este instalat. În caz contrar "
-"va trebui să specificați adresa unui server DNS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"Specifică dacă poate fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server DHCP. Dacă "
-"da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>dhcp-server</code> și se "
-"oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa de început și de sfîrșit a plajei DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"Specifică dacă va fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server proxy. Dacă da, "
-"asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>squid</code> și se oferă să-"
-"l configureze, cu adresa administratorului (admin@domeniulmeu.ro), numele "
-"proxyului (parafoculmeu@domeniulmeu.ro), portul (3128) și mărimea tamponului "
-"(100 Mo)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Ultima etapă vă permite să verificați dacă pasarela este conectată la "
-"imprimante pentru a le partaja."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr "Veți fi invitat să verificați dacă parafocul este activat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Configurează clientul"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă ați configurat pasarela cu DHCP, în unealta de configurat rețeaua "
-"trebuie doar să specificați că obțineți adresa IP în mod automat (de la "
-"DHCP). Parametrii vor fi obținuți cînd vă conectați la rețea. Această metodă "
-"este validă indiferent de sistemul de operate folosit de client."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă trebuie să specificați manual parametrii de rețea, este nevoie să "
-"specificați și pasarela introducînd adresa IP a calculatorului pe post de "
-"pasarelă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Opriți partajarea conexiunii"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Lansați unealta dacă doriți să opriți partajarea conexiunii la Internet de "
-"pe calculatorul cu Mageia. Vi se va propune să să opriți partajarea sau să "
-"reconfigurați conexiunea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Definiții de gazde"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă unele sisteme din rețea vă oferă servicii și au adrese IP fixe, această "
-"unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să le dați un "
-"nume pentru a le accesa mai ușor. Apoi veți putea utiliza numele ales în loc "
-"de adresa IP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Adăugați</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Cu acest buton adăugați numele noului sistem. Veți obține o fereastră în "
-"care specificați adresa IP, numele de gazdă al sistemului și un alias care "
-"poate fi utilizat ca un nume."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Modificați</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți accesa parametrii unei intrări definite precedent. Veți obține "
-"aceeași fereastră."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Configurare avansată pentru interfețele de rețea și parafoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă "
-"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim "
-"anticipat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Centrul de rețea și Internet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria rețea și Internet din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
-"„Centrul de rețea”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd lansați această unealtă, se deschide o fereastră care listează toate "
-"rețelele configurate pe acest calculator, indiferent de tipul lor (filară, "
-"fără fir, satelit, etc.). Cînd faceți clic pe una din ele, vor apărea trei "
-"sau patru butoane, în funcție de tipul rețelei, care vă permit să căutați "
-"rețeaua, modifica parametrii sau s-o conectați/deconectați. Această unealtă "
-"nu este destinată să creeze o rețea, pentru asta folosiți "
-"<guilabel>Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</"
-"guilabel> din aceeași categorie din Centrul de Control Mageia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"În captura de ecran de mai jos, dată ca exemplu, puteți vedea două rețele, "
-"prima este filară și conectată, recunoscută după pictograma aceasta "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (și așa pentru una "
-"deconectată <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), iar în a "
-"doua secțiune sînt afișate rețelele fără fir (WiFi). Cele neconectate le "
-"recunoașteți după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" "
-"id=\"2\"/> și cele conectate cu pictograma aceasta <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Pentru celelalte tipuri de rețele codul "
-"culorilor este același, verde dacă este conectată și roșie dacă nu este "
-"conectată."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"În partea rețelelor fără fir a ecranului, puteți vedea toate rețelele "
-"detectate, împreună cu <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Puterea "
-"semnalului</guilabel>, dacă sînt criptate (în roșu) sau nu (în verde) și "
-"<guilabel>Modul de operare</guilabel>. Alegeți una făcînd clic pe ea și apoi "
-"pe <guibutton>Supraveghează</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> "
-"sau <guibutton>Conectează</guibutton>. Aici se poate trece de la o rețea la "
-"alta. Dacă este selectată o rețea privată, se va deschide fereastra "
-"parametrilor de rețea (vedeți mai jos) și vi se vor cere parametri "
-"suplimentari (o cheie de criptare în special)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Împrospătează</guibutton> pentru a actualiza "
-"ecranul."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Butonul de supraveghere"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest buton vă permite să vedeți activitatea rețelei, descărcările (către "
-"calculator, în roșu) și transmiterile (către Internet, în verde). Acest "
-"ecran este disponibil și făcînd clic dreapta pe <guimenu>pictograma Internet "
-"din zona de notificare sistem -> Supraveghează rețeaua</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Există cîte o secțiune pentru fiecare rețea (în cazul de față eth0 este "
-"rețeaua filară, lo este bucla locală și wlan0 este rețeaua fără fir) și una "
-"care oferă detalii despre starea conexiunii."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"La baza ferestrei este titlul <guilabel>Contabilizarea traficului</"
-"guilabel>, vom vedea asta în secțiunea următoare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Butonul de configurare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Pentru o rețea filară</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Există posibilitatea aici de a modifica parametrii dați în cursul creării "
-"rețelei. De cele mai multe ori, este suficient să bifați <guibutton>Alocare "
-"automată de adresă IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, iar "
-"dacă întîlniți probleme, configurarea manuală poate da rezultate mai bune. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru o rețea domestică, <guilabel>Adresa IP</guilabel> seamănă mereu cu "
-"192.168.x.x, <guilabel>Masca de rețea</guilabel> este 255.255.255.0, iar "
-"<guilabel>Pasarela</guilabel> și <guilabel>Serverele DNS</guilabel> sînt "
-"disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă este bifată <guibutton>Activează contabilizarea traficului</guibutton>, "
-"aceasta va contabiliza traficul de rețea pe o bază orară, cotidiană sau "
-"lunară. Rezultatele sînt vizibile în fereastra „Supraveghere rețea” "
-"detaliată în secțiunea precedentă. Odată activată, va trebui să vă "
-"reconectați la rețea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de "
-"rețea:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Butonul avansat:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Pentru o rețea fără fir</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-"Sînt explicate numai intrările de mai sus care nu au fost încă abordate."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modul de operare:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați <guilabel>Gestionat</guilabel> dacă se face conexiunea printr-un "
-"punct de acces, va fi detectat atunci un <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</"
-"emphasis>. Selectați <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> dacă este o rețea punct la "
-"punct. Selectați <emphasis role=\"bold\">Principal</emphasis> dacă placa de "
-"rețea este utilizată ca punct de acces, în acest caz placa de rețea trebuie "
-"să suporte acest mod."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mod de criptare și cheie de criptare:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Trebuie să cunoașteți acești parametri dacă este o rețea privată."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilizează o parolă și este mai slabă decît WPA "
-"care utilizează o frază secretă. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 cu cheie pre-partajată</"
-"guilabel> mai este numită și WPA personală sau WPA domestică. <guilabel>WPA "
-"Enterprise</guilabel> nu este prea utilizată în rețelele private."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autorizează conexiunile itinerante</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Conexiunea itinerantă este o tehnologie care permite calculatorului să "
-"schimbe punctul de acces rămînînd conectat la rețea."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Butonul de configurări avansate"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Gestionați profilele de rețea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Partajați discuri și directoare via NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Cerințe preliminare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este lansat pentru "
-"prima oară, poate afișa următorul mesaj:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "Trebuie instalat pachetul nfs-utils. Doriți să-l instalați?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "După terminarea instalării, se va afișa o fereastră cu o listă goală."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Fereastra principală"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Este afișată o listă cu directoarele care sînt partajate. La această etapă "
-"lista este goală. Butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> vă dă accesul la o "
-"unealtă de configurare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Modifică intrarea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Unealta de configurare este intitulată „Modifică intrarea”. Mai poate fi "
-"lansată și cu butonul <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Parametrii următori "
-"sînt disponibili."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Director NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți specifica aici care director să fie partajat. Butonul "
-"<guibutton>Director</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la un explorator de fișiere "
-"pentru a-l alege."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Acces client"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți specifica aici gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze directorul "
-"partajat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "Clienții NFS pot fi specificați în mai multe feluri:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>gazdă simplă</emphasis>: o gazdă identificată fie după numele "
-"abreviat recunoscut de serverul de nume, un nume de domeniu complet "
-"calificat (FQDN) sau o adresă IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>grupuri de rețea</emphasis>: grupurile de rețea NIS pot fi "
-"specificate cu @group."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>metacaractere</emphasis>: numele mașinilor pot conține "
-"metacaracterele * și ?. De exemplu: *.cs.foo.edu  corespunde cu toate "
-"gazdele din domeniul cs.foo.edu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: puteți de asemenea exporta simultan "
-"directoare la toate gazdele dintr-o (sub)rețea adăugînd o mască la sfîrșitul "
-"adresei de (sub)rețea, exemplu: 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0 sau 192.168.1.0/24"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Asociere ID utilizator"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>asociază utilizatorul root cu anonymous</emphasis>: asociază "
-"cererile de la uid/gid 0 cu uid/gid anonymous (root_squash). Utilizatorul "
-"root de pe calculatorul client nu poate citi sau scrie fișierele de pe "
-"server create cu utilizatorul root al serverului."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>permite accesul distant direct cu utilizatorul root</emphasis>: nu "
-"se transformă cererile UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Această opțiune este "
-"folosită în particular pentru stațiile de lucru ce nu dispun de un disc "
-"local."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>asociază toți utilizatorii cu anonymous</emphasis>: transformă "
-"toate UID/GID în utilizator anonim (all_squash). Este folositor pentru a "
-"exporta cu NFS directoare publice de FTP, directoare de News, etc. Opțiunea "
-"inversă este fără transformare UID (no_all_squash), care se aplică în mod "
-"implicit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>utilizatori si grup anonim (anonuid și anongid)</emphasis>:  "
-"aceste opțiuni definesc explicit UID si GID pentru contul anonymus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Opțiuni avansate"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Conexiune securizată</emphasis>: această opțiune necesită ca "
-"cererile să provină din Internet de pe un port inferior lui IPPORT_RESERVED "
-"(1024). Această opțiune este activată implicit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Partaj protejat la scriere</emphasis>: permite ori accesul numai "
-"în citire, ori în citire/scriere pe acest volum NFS. Implicit, toate "
-"cererile de modificare sînt refuzate. Acest comportament poate fi făcut "
-"explicit cu această opțiune."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Acces sincron</emphasis>: împiedică serverul NFS să violeze "
-"protocolul NFS și să răspundă cererilor înainte ca modificările induse de "
-"aceste cereri să fie comise pe mediul de stocare (ex: discul dur)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Verificare de subdirectoare</emphasis>: activează verificarea "
-"subdirectoarelor care poate îmbunătăți securitatea în unele cazuri, dar "
-"poate scădea fiabilitatea. Vedeți pagina de manual exports(5) pentru mai "
-"multe detalii."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Intrări de meniu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Pînă acum lista are cel puțin o intrare."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Fișier|Scrie configurația"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Salvează configurația curentă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "Repornire server NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "Serverul s-a oprit și a repornit cu fișierele de configurație actuale."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Reîncărcare server NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurația afișată este actualizată cu fișierele de configurație actuale."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă trebuie să utilizați un server proxy pentru a accesa Internetul, puteți "
-"utiliza această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pentru a-l "
-"configura. Administratorul de rețea vă va oferi informațiile necesare. De "
-"asemenea, puteți specifica și anumite servicii care, prin excepție, pot fi "
-"accesate fără proxy."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Articol de pe Wikipedia, din 24-09-2012, despre „Server proxy”: În rețelele "
-"de calculatoare, un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o "
-"aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la "
-"clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un "
-"server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de "
-"Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy "
-"analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Configurează mediile"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Primul lucru care trebuie făcut după instalare este adăugarea surselor "
-"aplicațiilor (cunoscute și ca depozite, medii sau oglinzi). Acest lucru "
-"înseamnă că trebuie să selecționați mediile sursă ce vor fi utilizate pentru "
-"instalarea și actualizarea pachetelor și aplicațiilor. (vedeți butonul "
-"„Adaugă” de mai jos)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă instalați (sau actualizați) Mageia utilizînd un mediu optic (DVD sau "
-"CD) sau un dispozitiv USB, acest mediu va rămîne configurat ca mediu sursă "
-"pentru instalarea aplicațiilor. Pentru a evita să vi-se ceară să introduceți "
-"acest mediu de fiecare dată cînd instalați pachete noi, ar trebui să-l "
-"dezactivați (sau să-l înlăturați). (Apare ca un mediu de tip CD-ROM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Sistemul de față rulează pe o arhitectură care poate fi pe 32 de biți "
-"(numită i586) sau pe 64 de biți (numită x86_64). Unele pachete sînt "
-"independente de arhitectura sistemului, aceste pachete sînt numite noarch. "
-"Acestea nu dispun de propriile lor directoare noarch pe oglinzi, dar se "
-"găsesc în ambele medii i586 și x86_64."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare "
-"aplicații</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> din Centrul de "
-"Control Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Coloanele"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Coloana „Activează”:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru a instala pachete noi. Fiți prudent "
-"cu unele medii precum „Testing” sau „Debug”, vă pot face sistemul "
-"inutilizabil."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Coloana „Actualizare”:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru actualizarea pachetelor, este "
-"obligatoriu să le activați. Numai mediile care conțin „Update” în nume "
-"trebuiesc selecționate. Din motive de securitate, această coloană nu poate "
-"fi modificată cu această unealtă, pentru acest lucru trebuie să deschideți o "
-"consolă ca root și să tastați <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --"
-"expert</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Coloana „Mediu”:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Afișează numele mediului. Depozitele Mageia oficiale pentru versiunile "
-"finale conțin cel puțin:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> care conține majoritatea programelor "
-"disponibile și suportate de Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> care conține unele aplicații care "
-"nu sînt libere."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> conține aplicații libere care pot "
-"fi sub incidența dreptului de autor în unele țări."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Fiecare mediu are 4 secțiuni:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> conține pachetele așa cum au fost "
-"în ziua în care a fost lansată această versiune de Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> conține pachetele actualizate de "
-"la lansarea versiunii din motive de securitate sau de corectare de erori. "
-"Toată lumea trebuie să aibă acest mediu activat, chiar și cu o conexiune la "
-"Internet foarte lentă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> conține anumite pachete cu "
-"versiuni noi retroportate din Cauldron (viitoarea versiune în curs de "
-"dezvoltare)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> care este utilizat temporar "
-"pentru testarea noilor actualizări, atîta cît raportorii de erori și echipa "
-"de control al calității (QA) să poată valida corectările."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Butoanele din dreapta"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Înlătură:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a înlătura un mediu, faceți clic pe el și apoi pe acest buton. Este "
-"recomandat să înlăturați mediul utilizat pentru instalare (CD sau DVD de "
-"exemplu) din moment ce toate pachetele conținute sînt disponibile pe mediul "
-"Core al versiunii."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Editează:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Vă permite să modificați parametrii mediilor selectate (URL, descărcător și "
-"proxy)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Adaugă:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Adaugă depozitele oficiale disponibile pe Internet. Aceste depozite conțin "
-"numai aplicațiile sigure și bine testate. Făcînd clic pe butonul „Adaugă” se "
-"va adăuga în sistem lista oglinzilor, deoarece sistemul este conceput să vă "
-"asigure că instalați și actualizați de pe o oglindă aproape de "
-"dumneavoastră. Dacă preferați să alegeți o oglindă specifică, adăugați-o "
-"alegînd „Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii” din lista derulantă a "
-"meniului „Fișier”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Săgețile sus și jos:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Schimbă ordinea listei. Cînd Drakrpm caută un pachet, parcurge lista în "
-"ordinea afișată și va instala primul pachet găsit (pentru același număr de "
-"versiune, altfel instalează ultima versiune). Deci, dacă se poate, plasați "
-"depozitele cele mai rapide la începutul listei."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Meniul"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Actualizează:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Va apărea o fereastră cu lista mediilor. Selectați-le pe cele pe care doriți "
-"să le actualizați și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Să presupunem că nu sînteți mulțumit de oglinda actuală deoarece, spre "
-"exemplu, este prea înceată sau de foarte multe ori indisponibilă, atunci "
-"puteți alege o altă oglindă. Selecționați toate mediile actuale și faceți "
-"clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a renunța la ele. Apoi faceți "
-"clic pe <guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică de medii</guimenu>, "
-"optați între setul complet sau doar cele de actualizare (dacă nu știți, "
-"alegeți <guibutton>Setul complet de surse</guibutton>) și acceptați "
-"contractul apăsînd pe <guibutton>Da</guibutton>. Se deschide această "
-"fereastră:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"În stînga puteți vedea o listă cu țări. Alegeți țara în care vă aflați sau "
-"una din apropiere. Făcînd clic pe simbolul > se vor afișa toate oglinzile "
-"disponibile din acea țară. Alegeți una și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă un mediu personalizat:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Este posibilă instalarea unui mediu nou (de la un furnizor terț de exemplu) "
-"care nu este suportat de Mageia. O fereastră nouă apare:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați tipul mediului, găsiți "
-"un nume inspirat care să-l definească bine și specificați adresa URL (sau "
-"calea, în funcție de tipul mediului)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Opțiuni globale:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest element vă permite să alegeți cînd se „Verifică pachetele RPM de "
-"instalat” (mereu sau niciodată), programul de descărcare (curl, wget sau "
-"aria2) și să definiți politica de descărcare pentru informațiile despre "
-"pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Gestionați cheile:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a garanta un înalt nivel de securitate, sînt utilizate chei digitale "
-"pentru a autentifica mediile. Pentru fiecare mediu există posibilitatea de a "
-"accepta sau refuza o cheie. În fereastra care apare, selectați un mediu și "
-"apoi faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a autoriza o cheie "
-"nouă, sau selectați o cheie și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</"
-"guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți acest lucru cu grijă, ca de altfel cu toate chestiunile legate de "
-"securitate"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă aveți nevoie să utilizați un server proxy pentru accesul la Internet, "
-"îl puteți configura aici. Trebuie doar să specificați <guibutton>Nume proxy</"
-"guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume utilizator</guilabel> și de "
-"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Petru informații suplimentare despre configurarea mediilor, consultați <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">pagina pe Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Partajați discuri și directoare cu Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba este un protocol utilizat în diferite sisteme de operare pentru a "
-"partaja unele resurse precum directoarele sau imprimantele. Această unealtă "
-"vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca server Samba utilizînd protocolul "
-"SMB/CIFS. Acest protocol este utilizat și de Windows(R), iar calculatoarele "
-"cu acest sistem de operare pot accesa resursele serverului Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Pregătire"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a putea fi accesat de celelalte calculatoare, serverul trebuie să "
-"aibă o adresă IP fixă. Aceasta poate fi specificată direct pe server, de "
-"exemplu cu <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, sau pe serverul DHCP care "
-"identifică stația după adresa sa MAC și-i atribuie mereu aceeași adresă IP. "
-"Parafocul trebuie de asemenea să permită cererile intrînde către serverul "
-"Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Asistent - Server autonom"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"La prima lansare, uneltele <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"verifică dacă pachetele necesare sînt instalate și propun instalarea lor "
-"dacă nu sînt prezente. Apoi va fi lansat asistentul pentru configurarea "
-"serverului Samba."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"În fereastra următoare, opțiunea de configurare de server autonom este deja "
-"selectată."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Apoi specificați numele grupului. Acesta trebuie să fie același cu cel "
-"utilizat pentru a accesa resursele partajate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Numele netbios este numele care va fi utilizat pentru a desemna serverul în "
-"rețea."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Alegeți modul de securitate:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>utilizator</guilabel>: clientul trebuie autorizat pentru a accesa "
-"resursa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>partaj</guilabel>: clientul se autentifică separat pentru fiecare "
-"partaj"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți specifica gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze resursele, prin "
-"adresa IP sau numele de gazdă."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificați bandiera serverului. Bandiera este modul în care serverul va fi "
-"descris pe stațiile Windows."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Locul în care Samba își poate stoca jurnalele cu informații poate fi "
-"specificat la etapa următoare."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Asistentul va afișa o listă cu parametrii aleși înainte să acceptați "
-"configurația. La acceptare, configurația va fi scrisă în <code>/etc/samba/"
-"smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Asistent - Controlor de domeniu principal"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă este selectată opțiunea "
-"„Controler de domeniu principal”, asistentul va cere să indicați dacă "
-"trebuie sau nu suportat Wins și să furnizați administratorii. Pașii următori "
-"sînt atunci identici ca pentru serverul autonom, cu excepția că puteți alege "
-"și un mod de securitate:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domeniu</guilabel>: furnizează un mecanism pentru stocarea tuturor "
-"utilizatorilor și grupurilor într-un repertoriu de conturi central și "
-"partajat. Repertoriul de conturi centralizat este partajat între controlere "
-"(de securitate)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Declarați un director pentru partajat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Cu butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> obținem:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"O nouă intrare este adăugată. Aceasta poate fi modificată cu ajutorul "
-"butonului <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Opțiunile, precum dacă un "
-"director să fie sau nu vizibil în mod public, scris sau navigabil, pot fi "
-"editate. În schimb, numele de partaj nu poate fi modificat."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd lista conține cel puțin o intrare, intrările din meniu pot fi utilizate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Salvează configurația curentă în <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Server Samba | Configurare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "Asistentul poate fi lansat din nou cu această comandă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Server Samba | Repornire"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Server Samba | Reîncărcare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Partajare imprimante"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba vă permite să partajați și imprimantele."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Utilizatori Samba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"În această secțiune puteți adăuga utilizatorii care au dreptul să acceseze "
-"resursele partajate cînd este cerută autentificarea. Puteți adăuga "
-"utilizatorii din <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type="
-"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Configurați autentificarea pentru uneltele Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Securitate</emphasis> din Centrul de "
-"Control Mageia "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite acordarea utilizatorilor obișnuiți autorizațiile necesare pentru a "
-"efectua sarcini realizate de obicei de administrator."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr "Apăsați pe săgetuța din fața elementului dacă vreți să-l derulați:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Majoritatea uneltelor disponibile în Centrul de Control Mageia sînt afișate "
-"în partea stîngă a ferestrei (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus) și pentru "
-"fiecare unealtă, o listă derulantă în partea dreaptă vă oferă posibilitatea "
-"să alegeți între:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Implicit: Modul de lansare depinde de nivelul de securitate ales. Vedeți în "
-"aceeași categorie din CCM, unealta „Configurați securitatea sistemului, "
-"permisiuni și audit”"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Parolă utilizator: parola utilizatorului este cerută înainte de lansarea "
-"uneltei."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Parolă administrator: Parola utilizatorului root este cerută înainte de "
-"lansarea uneltei"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Fără parolă: unealta este lansată fără să se ceară vreo parolă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia, în "
-"secțiunea <guilabel>Unelte de administrare</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd lansați această unealtă în CCM pentru prima dată, veți vedea un mesaj "
-"pentru a instala draksnapshot. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Instalează</"
-"guibutton> pentru a continua. Draksnapshot și alte cîteva pachete necesare "
-"vor fi instalate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic din nou pe <guilabel>Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)</"
-"guilabel> și veți vedea ecranul de <guilabel>Configurări</guilabel>. Bifați "
-"<guilabel>Activează salvările</guilabel> iar, dacă doriți să salvați întreg "
-"sistemul, și <guilabel>Salvează întreg sistemul</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă doriți să salvați doar o parte din directoare, atunci alegeți "
-"<guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> și va apărea o mică fereastră. Utilizați "
-"butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> și <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> "
-"împreună cu <guilabel>Lista de salvat</guilabel> pentru a include sau "
-"exclude directoare și fișiere în lista de salvat. Utilizați aceleași butoane "
-"de lîngă lista de <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> pentru a înlătura "
-"subdirectoare și/sau fișiere din directoarele alese, care <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">nu</emphasis> trebuiesc incluse în salvare. Apăsați pe "
-"<guibutton>Închide</guibutton> cînd ați terminat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Acum indicați calea <guilabel>Unde să se salveze</guilabel>, sau alegeți "
-"butonul <guibutton>Navigare</guibutton> pentru a selecta calea corectă. "
-"Toate cheile USB sau discurile externe montate pot fi găsite în <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton> pentru a efectua un instantaneu "
-"(punct de restaurare)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Configurați sunetul"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din "
-"Centrul de Control Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound se ocupă cu configurarea sunetului, incluzînd alegerea pilotului, "
-"opțiunile PulseAudio și depanarea sunetului. Vă va ajuta dacă întîlniți "
-"probleme cu sunetul sau dacă schimbați placa de sunet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> este un server de sunet. Acesta "
-"recepționează toate semnalele audio de intrare, le mixează în funcție de "
-"preferințele utilizatorului și transmite rezultatul la ieșirea de sunet. "
-"Vedeți <guimenu>Meniu -> Sunte și video -> Controlul volumului PulseAudio</"
-"guimenu> pentru aceste preferințe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio este serverul de sunet implicit și este recomandat să-l lăsați "
-"activat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> ameliorează PulseAudio cu unele programe. "
-"Este recomandat să-l lăsați activat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Al doilea este evident, iar ultimul oferă asistență pentru reglarea "
-"problemelor pe care le puteți avea. Veți găsi foarte utilă folosirea sa "
-"înainte de a cere ajutor comunității."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> afișează o fereastră nouă cu două sau "
-"trei butoane:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Configurați un UPS pentru supravegherea alimentării"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Configurați conexiunea VPN pentru acces securizat la rețea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"configurați accesul la o rețea distantă prin stabilirea unui tunel între "
-"calculatorul local și rețeaua distantă. Vom prezenta aici numai configurarea "
-"de partea calculatorului local. Presupunem că rețeaua distantă este deja "
-"operațională și că administratorul v-a furnizat informațiile de conectare, "
-"ca de exemplu un fișier de configurare .pcf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Mai întîi, selectați Concentrator VPN Cisco sau OpenVPN în funcție de "
-"protocolul pe care-l utilizați pentru rețeaua privată."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Apoi dați un nume conexiunii."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "În ecranul următor, furnizați detaliile conexiunii VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Pentru VPN Cisco"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru OpenVPN, pachetul și dependențele sale vor fi instalate cînd unealta "
-"este utilizată pentru prima dată."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați fișierele pe care le-"
-"ați primit de la administratorul de rețea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Parametri avansați:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "În ecranul următor se va cere adresa IP a pasarelei."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd s-au configurat parametrii, aveți opțiunea de a porni conexiunea VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Această conexiune VPN poate fi configurată să pornească automat cu o "
-"conexiune de rețea. Pentru a face asta, reconfigurați conexiunea de rețea să "
-"se conecteze mereu la acest VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Configurare server web"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să "
-"configurați un server web."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Ce este un server web?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Serverul web este aplicația care ajută la furnizarea conținutului ce poate "
-"fi accesat din Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Configurarea unui server web cu drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului web."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Selectarea expunerii serverului: în rețeaua locală și/sau pe Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Expunerea sitului web pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru "
-"lucruri neplăcute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Modulul utilizator al serverului"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Autorizează utilizatorii să-și creeze propriile situri web."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Nemele directorului web al utilizatorului"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilizatorul trebuie să creeze și să populeze acest director, apoi serverul "
-"îl va afișa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Directorul implicit al serverului web"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele implicite ale "
-"serverului web."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Sumar"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul "
-"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Finalizare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Ați terminat! Apăsați pe <guibutton>Finalizare</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Configurare DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Configurare DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă nu funcționează pe Mageia 4 din cauza noii scheme de numire "
-"pentru interfețele de rețea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să "
-"configurați un server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Este o componentă drakwizard "
-"care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Ce este DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) este un "
-"protocol de rețea standardizat utilizat pentru configurarea dinamică a "
-"adreselor IP și a altor informații care sînt necesare pentru comunicarea pe "
-"Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Configurarea unui server DHCP cu drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului DHCP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Selectarea interfeței de rețea"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alegeți interfața de rețea, care este conectată la subrețea și pentru care "
-"serverul DHCP îi va atribui o adresă IP, iar apoi apăsați pe "
-"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Selectați plaja de adrese IP"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați adresele de început și de sfîrșit al plajei de adrese IP pe care "
-"doriți s-o furnizeze serverul, împreună cu adresa IP a pasarelei care vă "
-"conectează undeva dincolo de rețeaua locală, sperăm aproape de Internet, iar "
-"apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Stați puțin..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Se poate rezolva. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> de cîteva ori și "
-"mai faceți schimbări pe ici pe colo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Cîteva ore mai tîrziu..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Ce s-a făcut"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Instalarea pachetului dhcp-server dacă este necesar;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Salvarea <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> în <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Crearea unui nou <code>dhcpd.conf</code> pornind de la <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii "
-"parametrii:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"De asemenea, modificarea fișierului de configurare Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/"
-"dhcpd/config</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Se repornește <code>dhcpd</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Configurare dată și oră"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Scopul acestei unelte<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este să "
-"sincronizeze ora serverului local cu un server distant. Nu este instalat în "
-"mod implicit și trebuie de asemenea să instalați pachetele drakwizard și "
-"drakwizard-base."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Configurați un server NTP cu drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"După ecranul de întîmpinare (a se vedea mai sus), cel de al doilea vă cere "
-"să alegeți trei servere de timp din lista derulantă și vă sugerează de două "
-"ori să utilizați pool.ntp.org deoarece acest server indică mereu către "
-"serverele de timp disponibile."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ecranele următoare vă permit să alegeți regiunea și orașul, iar apoi "
-"ajungeți la un sumar. Dacă ceva nu este în regulă, puteți bine înțeles "
-"modifica utilizînd butonul <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>. Dacă totul este în "
-"regulă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a proceda "
-"la teste. Poate dura ceva timp, iar la final veți obține ecranul de mai jos:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide "
-"unealta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Această unealtă efectuează următoarele etape:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Instalarea pachetului <code>ntp</code> dacă este necesar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Salvarea fișierelor <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> în <code>/etc/"
-"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> și <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> în <code>/"
-"etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Scrierea unui nou fișieru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> cu lista "
-"serverelor;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Modificarea fișierului <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> prin inserarea numelui "
-"primului server;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Oprirea și pornirea serviciilor <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> și "
-"<code>ntpd</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "Reglarea ceasului intern pe ora curentă a sistemului cu referința UTC"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Configurare FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să "
-"configurați un server <acronym>FTP</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Ce este <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) este un protocol standard de "
-"rețea utilizat pentru transferarea fișierelor de la o gazdă la alta printr-o "
-"rețea pe bază de <acronym>TCP</acronym>, precum Internetul. (sursă: "
-"Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Configurarea unui server FTP cu drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul FTP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Expunerea serverului FTP pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru "
-"lucruri neplăcute."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Informații despre server"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Introduceți numele cu care serverul se va prezenta, cineva care să primească "
-"mailurile cu reclamații și dacă să accepte sau nu autentificarea cu root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Opțiuni server"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Definiți portul de ascultare, directorul chroot, permiterea reluării "
-"transferului și/sau <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Configurare proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să "
-"configurați un server proxy. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie "
-"instalată înainte de a o accesa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Ce este un server proxy?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care "
-"acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută "
-"resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un "
-"serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă "
-"resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea "
-"pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Configurarea unui server proxy cu drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul de server proxy."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Selectare port proxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați portul proxy-ului prin care navigatorul se va conecta, apoi "
-"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Definiți nivelul de utilizare al memoriei și al spațiului pe disc"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Definiți limitele memoriei și al pre-tamponului, apoi apăsați pe "
-"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Selectați controlul accesului la rețea"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Definiți vizibilitatea în rețeaua locală sau mondială, apoi apăsați pe "
-"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Permiteți accesul la rețea"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Permiteți accesul la rețelele locale, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Utilizați serverul proxy de nivel superior?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr "Cascadați prin alt server proxy? Dacă nu, omiteți această etapă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Adresa URL și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Furnizați numele de gază și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior, apoi "
-"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Lansare la demaraj?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alegeți dacă serverul proxy trebuie să fie lansat la demaraj, apoi apăsați "
-"pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Instalarea pachetului squid dacă este necesar;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Salvarea lui <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> în <code>/etc/squid/squid."
-"conf.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Crearea unui nou <code>squid.conf</code> pornind de la <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 sau 3 și <code>http_access</code> în funcție de nivel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Se repornește <code>squid</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Configurare demon OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să "
-"configurați un serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Ce este <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) este un protocol de rețea criptografic pentru securizarea "
-"comunicațiilor de date, conectarea de la distanță în linie de comandă, "
-"executarea de la distanță a comenzilor și a altor servicii de rețea "
-"securizate între două calculatoare care conectează, printr-un canal "
-"securizat într-o rețea nesigură, un server și un client (executînd "
-"programele de server SSH și respectiv client <acronym>SSH</acronym> client "
-"programs). (sursă: Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Configurarea unui serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym> cu drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul Open SSH."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Selectați tipul opțiunilor de configurare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alegeți <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pentru toate opțiunile sau "
-"<guilabel>Începător</guilabel> pentru a omite etapele 3-7, apăsați pe "
-"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Opțiuni generale"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Stabilește vizibilitatea și opțiunile accesului pentru root. Portul 22 este "
-"portul <acronym>SSH</acronym> standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Metode de autentificare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite o varietate de metode de autentificare pe care utilizatorii le pot "
-"utiliza la conectare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Autentificare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alegeți tipul de acces la jurnale și nivelul de jurnalizare, apoi apăsați pe "
-"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Opțiuni autentificare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurați parametrii de pre-autentificare, apoi apăsați pe "
-"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Opțiuni autentificare utilizator"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurați parametrii de acces al utilizatorului, apoi apăsați pe "
-"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Compresie și redirecționare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurați compresia și redirecționarea X11 în timpul transferului, apoi "
-"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Gestionați serviciile sistemului prin activarea și dezactivarea lor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Configurație materială"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă oferă o vedere "
-"de ansamblu a componentelor materiale din calculator. Cînd este lansată, "
-"unealta execută o sarcină care se uită după fiecare element al componentelor "
-"materiale. Pentru asta utilizează comanda <code>ldetect</code> care face "
-"referință la o listă de componente materiale din pachetul  <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Fereastra"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Fereastra este divizată în două coloane."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Coloana din stînga conține o listă cu componentele detectate. Dispozitivele "
-"sînt grupate după categorie. Faceți clic pe &gt; pentru a desfășura "
-"conținutul unei categorii. Fiecare dispozitiv poate fi selectat în această "
-"coloană."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Coloana din dreapta afișează informații despre dispozitivul selectat. "
-"<guimenu>Ajutor -&gt; Descrierea cîmpurilor</guimenu> oferă anumite "
-"informații despre conținutul cîmpurilor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"În funcție de tipul dispozitivului selectat, unul sau două butoane sînt "
-"disponibile în partea de jos a coloanei din dreapta:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Specificați opțiunile pilotului curent</guibutton>: permite "
-"parametrarea modulului utilizat în relație cu dispozitivul. Trebuie utilizat "
-"numai de experți."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Execută unealta de configurare</guibutton>: accesul la unealta "
-"care poate configura dispozitivul. De multe ori unealta poate fi accesată "
-"direct din CCM."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Meniul cu <guimenu>opțiuni</guimenu> vă oferă oportunitatea de a bifa căsuțe "
-"pentru a activa detectarea automată:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Dispozitive Jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Dispozitive Zip pe port paralel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Aceste detecții nu sînt activate în mod implicit pentru că sînt încete. "
-"Bifați căsuțele potrivite dacă aveți astfel de componente. Detecția va "
-"funcționa la următoarea lansare a acestei unelte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Configurați dispunerea tastaturii"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Unealta pentru tastatură<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută "
-"să configurați dispunerea de bază a tastaturii pe care o utilizați în "
-"Mageia. Aceasta va afecta dispunerea tastaturii pentru toți utilizatorii din "
-"sistem. Unealta poate fi găsită în secțiunea componentelor materiale din "
-"Centrul de Control Mageia (CCM) intitulată „Configurare maus și tastatură”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Aici puteți alege dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți să o utilizați. "
-"Denumirile, listate în ordine alfabetică, descriu limba, țara și/sau etnia "
-"pentru care tastatura corespunde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Tipul tastaturii"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest meniu vă permite să selectați tipul tastaturii pe care o utilizați. "
-"Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, cel mai bine este să lăsați tipul implicit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Gestionați localizarea sistemului"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
-"„Gestionați localizarea sistemului”. Se deschide o fereastră în care vă "
-"puteți alege limba. Selecția este în funcție de limbile alese la instalare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la activarea "
-"compatibilității cu codificarea veche (non UTF-8)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"A doua fereastră afișează o listă cu țări în funcție de limba selectată. "
-"Butonul <guibutton>Alte țări</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la țările "
-"nelistate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Trebuie să reporniți sesiunea după orice modificare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Metodă de intrare:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și o metodă de "
-"intrare (din meniul derulant de la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit "
-"utilizatorilor să introducă caractere multilingve (chinezești, japoneze, "
-"coreene, etc.)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru localizările asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit ca metoda de "
-"intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu mai trebuie să o configureze "
-"manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) oferă și ele funcții "
-"similare și pot, dacă nu sînt disponibile în meniul derulant, fi instalate "
-"în altă parte a Centrului de Control Mageia. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake"
-"\"></xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
-"<guilabel>Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Pentru a efectua o căutare în jurnale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Întîi, introduceți șirul cheie pe care vreți să-l căutați în cîmpul "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Conținînd</emphasis> și/sau șirul cheie pe care "
-"<emphasis>nu</emphasis> doriți să-l vedeți printre rezultatele din cîmpul "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dar nu conține</emphasis>. Apoi alegeți fișierele de "
-"căutat în cîmpul <guilabel>Alegeți fișierul</guilabel>. Opțional, se poate "
-"limita căutarea la doar o singură zi. Selectați în <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, utilizînd micile săgeți de o parte și de alta a "
-"lunii și anului și bifați \"<guibutton>Arată numai pentru ziua selectată</"
-"guibutton>\". La final, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>caută</guibutton> "
-"pentru a vedea rezultatele în fereastra intitulată <guilabel>Conținutul "
-"fișierului</guilabel>. Se pot salva rezultatele în format .txt apăsînd pe "
-"butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvează</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Jurnalele uneltelor Mageia</guibutton> găzduiesc jurnalele "
-"uneltelor de configurare Mageia precum cele din Centrul de Control Mageia. "
-"Aceste jurnale sînt actualizate de fiecare dată cînd o configurație este "
-"modificată."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Pentru a configura o alertă pe e-mail"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Alerte pe e-mail</guibutton> verifică în mod automat serviciile "
-"și solicitarea sistemului, iar dacă este necesar trimite un e-mail la "
-"adresele configurate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a configura această unealtă, apăsați pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Alerte pe e-mail</emphasis>, iar în ecranul următor pe butonul "
-"<guibutton>Configurați sistemul de alerte pe e-mail</guibutton>. Aici sînt "
-"afișate toate serviciile în execuție și puteți alege pe cele pe care doriți "
-"să le urmăriți (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Serviciile următoare pot fi supravegheate:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Serviciul Webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Serverul de poștă electronică Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Server FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Server Apache World Wide Web "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Server SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Server Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Serviciul xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "Rezolvator de nume de domeniu BIND"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"În ecranul următor, selectați valoarea <guilabel>Solicitării</guilabel> pe "
-"care o considerați inacceptabilă. Solicitarea reprezintă numărul de apeluri "
-"al unui proces, o solicitare mare arată că sistemul poate fi blocat, iar o "
-"solicitare foarte mare poate indica faptul că un proces a ieșit de sub "
-"control. Valoarea implicită este 3. Vă recomandăm să stabiliți valoarea "
-"solicitării de trei ori numărul procesoarelor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"În ultimul ecran, introduceți <guilabel>Adresa de e-mail</guilabel> a "
-"persoanei care va fi avertizată și <guilabel>Serverul de mesagerie</"
-"guilabel> care va fi utilizat (local sau pe Internet)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Afișează partajele NFS și SMB disponibile"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată "
-"și utilizată numai în linie de comandă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă "
-"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim "
-"anticipat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Afișează informațiile PCI, USB și PCMCIA"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată "
-"și utilizată numai în linie de comandă. Vă va oferi ceva mai multe "
-"informații dacă este utilizată cu contul root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake furnizează listat tuturor dispozitivelor conectate la calculator "
-"(USB, PCI și PCMCIA) și cu piloții utilizați. Are nevoie de pachetele "
-"ldetect și ldetect-lst pentru a funcționa."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Cu opțiunea -v, lspcidrake adaugă identificatorii dispozitivului și al "
-"fabricantului."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake generează de obicei liste foarte lungi, astfel încît, pentru a "
-"găsi o informație, este des utilizat cu comanda grep, ca în aceste exemple:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Informații despre placa grafică:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Informații despre rețea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i pentru a ignora sensibilitatea la majuscule."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"În imaginea de mai jos puteți vedea acțiunea opțiunii -v pentru lspcidrake "
-"și opțiunea -i pentru grep."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Există și altă unealtă care furnizează informații despre componentele "
-"materiale, se numește <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (ca root)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Actualizare pachete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate sau drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din "
-"Centrul de Control Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a funcționa, MageiaUpdate are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate "
-"cu drakrpm-editmedia și să aibă bifate cîteva medii de actualizare. În caz "
-"contrar, veți fi invitat s-o faceți."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Imediat ce este lansată, această unealtă scanează pachetele instalate și le "
-"listează pe cele pentru care sînt disponibile actualizări în depozite. "
-"Acestea sînt selecționate toate în mod implicit pentru descărcare și "
-"instalare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton> pentru a "
-"lansa procesul."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd faceți clic pe un pachet, informații suplimentare sînt afișate în "
-"jumătatea de jos a ferestrei. Simbolul <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> "
-"din fața unui titlu înseamnă că puteți face clic pe el pentru a derula "
-"textul."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd sînt disponibile actualizările, o miniaplicație din zona de notificare "
-"sistem vă avertizează afișînd o pictogramă roșie <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Faceți simplu clic pe ea și introduceți "
-"parola utilizatorului în curs pentru a actualiza sistemul."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Demaraj"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura "
-"etapele de demaraj. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai "
-"multe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Configurați demarajul sistemului"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Centrul de Control Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Uneltele pentru configurarea sistemului Mageia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența "
-"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
-"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
-"\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la "
-"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</"
-"link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Componente materiale"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura "
-"componentele materiale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai "
-"multe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Gestionați componentele materiale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Explorați și configurați "
-"componentele materiale</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Configurare sistem grafic"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurați efectele de birou 3D</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Configurare maus și tastatură"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Configurare imprimantă și scaner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurați "
-"imprimantele, cozile de tipărire...</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Altele"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Despre manualul pentru Centrul de Control Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Centrul de Control Mageia (MCC) prezintă în coloana din stînga opt intrări "
-"sau categorii diferite (sau chiar zece dacă este instalat pachetul "
-"drakwizard) dintre care puteți alege. Fiecare dintre aceste categorii vă "
-"oferă un set de unelte care pot fi selecționate în panoul mare din dreapta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Următoarele zece capitole tratează acele zece opțiuni și uneltele asociate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Ultimul capitol tratează alte cîteva unelte Mageia care nu pot fi "
-"selecționate din niciuna din secțiunile MCC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Titlurile paginilor vor fi de obicei aceleași cu titlurile ecranelor uneltei."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Este disponibilă și o bară de căutare, ce poate fi accesată făcînd clic pe "
-"secțiunea „Caută” din coloana din stînga."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Discuri locale"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a gestiona sau "
-"partaja discurile locale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla "
-"mai multe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Servicii de rețea"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Partajare</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai "
-"dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege "
-"dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe "
-"legătura de mai jos sau pe  <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> pentru a afla "
-"mai multe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Partajare în rețea"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a partaja discuri "
-"și directoare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Configurare partaje Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Partajați discuri și "
-"directoare cu sistemele Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Configurare partaje NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Configurare partaje WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Rețea și Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de rețea. Faceți clic pe "
-"legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Gestionați interfețele de rețea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Personalizați și securizați rețeaua"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Securitate"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de securitate. Faceți "
-"clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurați securitatea sistemului, "
-"permisiuni și audit</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Partajare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Servicii de rețea</emphasis> sînt "
-"vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. "
-"Puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. "
-"Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices"
-"\"/> pentru a afla mai multe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Sistem"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte sistem și de "
-"administrare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Gestionați serviciile sistem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Localizare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Unelte de administrare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Gestionați utilizatorii din "
-"sistem</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Configurați frecvența actualizărilor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din "
-"Centrul de Control Mageia. Mai poate fi accesată și printr-un clic-dreapta "
-"pe pictograma roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> din "
-"zona de notificare a sistemului și alegînd <guimenu>Configurare actualizări</"
-"guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Primul cursor vă permite să schimbați cît de des Mageia va verifica după "
-"actualizări, iar al doilea durata înaintea primei verificări după demaraj. "
-"Căsuța de bifare vă oferă posibilitatea de a fi anunțat cînd o nouă versiune "
-"de Mageia este disponibilă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Configurați dispozitivele de indicare (maus, tușieră tactilă)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Deoarece aveți nevoie de un maus pentru a instala Mageia, acela este deja "
-"instalat de Drakinstall. Această unealtă vă permite să instalați un alt maus."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Maușii sînt sortați după tipul de conexiune și apoi după model. Alegeți "
-"mausul și apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. În majoritatea cazurilor "
-"„Universal / Orice maus PS/2 și USB” este potrivit pentru un maus recent. "
-"Noul maus este luat în considerare imediat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Securitate și audit de sistem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este o interfață grafică "
-"pentru MSEC care vă permite să configurați securitatea sistemului de două "
-"maniere:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Definește comportamentul sistemului, MSEC impune modificări sistemului "
-"pentru a-l face mai securizat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Efectuează în mod automat verificări periodice ale sistemului pentru a ne "
-"putea avertiza dacă ceva pare a fi periculos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"MSEC utilizează conceptul de „nivele de securitate” care sînt destinate să "
-"configureze un set de permisiuni pentru sistem. Acestea pot fi auditate "
-"pentru modificări sau forțare. O parte din ele sînt propuse de Mageia, însă "
-"vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Vedere de ansamblu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "A se vedea în imaginea de mai sus"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Prima categorie afișează lista diferitelor unelte de securitate cu un buton "
-"în dreapta pentru a le putea configura:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Parafoc, accesibil și din CCM / Securitate / Configurați parafocul personal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Actualizări, accesibil și din CCM / Gestionare aplicații / Actualizați "
-"sistemul"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "Securitate, adică MSEC însuși în plus de cîteva informații:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "activat sau nu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "nivelul de securitate de bază actual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"Data ultimei verificări periodice, un buton pentru a afișa un raport "
-"detaliat și un alt buton pentru a executa verificările chiar acum."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Secțiunea parametrilor de securitate"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Un clic pe a doua categorie sau pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</"
-"guibutton> din „Securitate” vă conduce la același ecran ca cel de mai jos."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Secțiunea securitate de bază"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Nivele de securitate:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"După ce ați bifat căsuța <guilabel>Activează utilitarul MSEC</guilabel>, "
-"această secțiune vă permite printr-un dublu clic să alegeți nivelul de "
-"securitate care va apărea atunci în caractere aldine. Dacă nu este bifată, "
-"nivelul „neant” este aplicat. Următoarele nivele sînt disponibile:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">neant</emphasis>. Acest nivel se aplică dacă "
-"nu doriți să utilizați MSEC pentru a controla securitatea sistemului și "
-"doriți s-o faceți voi înșivă. Va dezactiva toate verificările de securitate "
-"și nu impune nicio restricție sau constrîngere asupra parametrilor sau "
-"configurației sistemului. Utilizați acest nivel numai dacă știți ce faceți, "
-"deoarece vă lasă sistemul vulnerabil la atacuri."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Este configurația "
-"implicită la instalare și este destinată utilizatorilor obișnuiți. Impune "
-"cîteva constrîngeri asupra configurației sistemului și execută verificări "
-"zilnice pentru detectarea modificărilor în fișierele sistem, conturile "
-"utilizatorilor și autorizațiile directoarelor vulnerabile. (acest nivel este "
-"similar cu nivelele 2 și 3 din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">securizat</emphasis>. Acest nivel vă asigură "
-"un sistem securizat, însă utilizabil. Restricționează și mai mult "
-"autorizațiile sistemului și execută mai multe verificări periodice. În plus, "
-"accesul la sistem este și mai restrîns. (acest nivel este similar cu "
-"nivelele 4 (înalt) și 5 (paranoic) din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"În plus de aceste nivele, mai sînt furnizate și altele specifice diferitelor "
-"sarcini, precum nivele  <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">netbook</emphasis>. Acestea pre-configurează securitatea sistemului în "
-"funcție de modurile de utilizare cele mai frecvente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Ultimele două, intitulate <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> și "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis>, nu sînt nivele de "
-"securitate propriu zise, ci mai degrabă utilitare pentru verificările "
-"periodice."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Aceste nivele sînt salvate în <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
-"levelname></filename>. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate "
-"personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>level."
-"&lt;levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>/etc/security/"
-"msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor "
-"avansați care au nevoie de un sistem personalizat sau mult mai securizat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Aveți în vedere că parametrii modificați de utilizator au prioritate față de "
-"configurațiile nivelelor implicite."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alerte de securitate:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă ați bifat căsuța <guibutton>Trimite alertele de securitate pe e-mail la:"
-"</guibutton>, alertele de securitate generate de MSEC vor fi trimise pe e-"
-"mail local administratorului de securitate indicat în cîmpul învecinat. "
-"Puteți specifica ori un utilizator local, ori o adresă de e-mail completă (e-"
-"mailul local și gestionarul de e-mail trebuiesc specificate în consecință). "
-"Totuși, puteți primi alertele de securitate direct pe biroul personal. "
-"Bifați căsuța corespunzătoare pentru a-l activa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Este foarte recomandat să activați alertele de securitate pentru a informa "
-"imediat administratorul de securitate de posibilele probleme de securitate. "
-"Altfel, administratorul va trebuie să verifice periodic fișierele jurnal "
-"disponibile în <filename>/var/log/security</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opțiuni de securitate:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Crearea de nivele de securitate personalizate nu este singura cale pentru a "
-"personaliza securitatea sistemului. Se mai pot utiliza și categoriile "
-"prezentate imediat după pentru a modifica opțiunile dorite. Configurația "
-"MSEC curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</"
-"filename>. Acest fișier conține numele nivelului de securitate și lista "
-"tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra opțiunilor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Secțiunea securității sistemului"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de securitate în coloana "
-"din stînga, o descriere în coloana din centru și valorile lor actuale în "
-"coloana din dreapta."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a modifica o opțiune faceți dublu clic pe ea și va apărea o fereastră "
-"nouă (a se vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos). Sînt afișate numele "
-"opțiunii, o scurtă descriere, valora actuală și cea implicită, cît și o "
-"listă derulantă de unde poate fi selectată noua valoare. Apăsați pe butonul "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Nu uitați cînd părăsiți msecgui să vă salvați configurația finală utilizînd "
-"meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut "
-"modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Securitate rețea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de rețea și funcționează ca "
-"și secțiunea precedentă."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Secțiunea verificărilor periodice"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Verificările periodice au ca scop să informeze administratorul de securitate "
-"prin intermediul alertelor de securitate despre toate situațiile pe care "
-"MSEC le consideră periculoase."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest tab afișează toate verificările de securitate efectuate de MSEC și "
-"frecvența lor dacă bifați căsuța <guibutton>Activează verificările periodice "
-"de securitate</guibutton>. Modificările se fac la fel ca și în tabul "
-"precedent."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Categoria excepțiilor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Uneori mesajele de alertă sînt datorate unor situații cunoscute și voite. În "
-"acest caz alertele sînt inutile și reprezintă o pierdere de timp pentru "
-"administrator. Această secțiune vă permite să creați cîte excepții doriți "
-"pentru a evita mesajele de alertă nedorite. În mod evident acesta este gol "
-"cînd MSEC este lansat pentru prima oară. Imaginea de mai jos afișează patru "
-"excepții."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a crea o excepție apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați verificarea periodică dorită în lista derulantă intitulată "
-"<guilabel>Verifică</guilabel> și apoi introduceți <guilabel>Excepția</"
-"guilabel> în zona de text. Bine înțeles, adăugarea unei excepții nu este "
-"definitivă, o puteți șterge cu butonul <guibutton>Șterge</guibutton> din "
-"categoria <guilabel>Excepții</guilabel> sau o puteți modifica printr-un "
-"dublu clic."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Permisiuni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Această secțiune este dedicată verificării și forțării permisiunilor "
-"fișierelor și directoarelor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Ca și pentru securitate, diferitele nivelele proprii de securitate MSEC "
-"(standard, securizat, ...) sînt activate în funcție de nivelul de securitate "
-"ales. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, "
-"salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>perm.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. "
-"Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au "
-"nevoie de o configurație personalizată. Este de asemenea posibil să "
-"utilizați această secțiune pentru a modifica orice permisiune după plac. "
-"Configurația curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</"
-"filename>. Acest fișier conține lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra "
-"permisiunilor. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Permisiunile implicite sînt afișate sub forma unei liste cu reguli (o regulă "
-"pe linie). În partea stîngă puteți vedea fișierul sau directorul vizat de "
-"regulă, urmate de proprietar, de grup și apoi de permisiunile acordate de "
-"regulă. Dacă, pentru o regulă dată:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> nu este bifată, MSEC verifică doar dacă "
-"sînt respectate permisiunile definite pentru această regulă și trimite un "
-"mesaj de alertă în caz contrar, însă nu modifică nimic."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată, în acest caz MSEC nu va "
-"ține cont de permisiuni la prima verificare periodică și le va suprascrie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru ca să funcționeze, opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</emphasis> trebuie să fie configurată "
-"corespunzător."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a crea o regulă nouă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă "
-"nouă</guibutton> și completați cîmpurile ca în exemplul de mai jos. "
-"Metacaracterul * este permis în cîmpul <guilabel>Fișier</guilabel>. „Curent” "
-"înseamnă fără nicio modificare."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea și nu "
-"uitați cînd părăsiți să salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul "
-"<guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut "
-"modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Este de asemenea posibil să creați sau să modificați regulile editînd "
-"fișierul de configurare <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Modificările din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis> "
-"(sau direct în fișierul de configurare) sînt luate în considerare la prima "
-"verificare periodică (vedeți opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>). Dacă doriți să fie luate "
-"în considerare imediat, utilizați comanda „msecperms” într-o consolă cu "
-"drepturi de root. Înainte puteți utiliza comanda „msecperms -p” pentru a "
-"vedea care din permisiuni vor fi modificate de msecperms."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Nu uitați că dacă modificați permisiunile într-o consolă sau într-un "
-"gestionar de fișiere, pentru un fișier unde căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</"
-"guilabel> este bifată în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</"
-"emphasis>, msecgui va scrie înapoi vechile permisiuni după o vreme, în "
-"funcție de configurația opțiunilor CHECK_PERMS și CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE din "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Alte unelte Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Există mai multe unelte Mageia decît cele care pot fi lansate în Centrul de "
-"Control Mageia. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe, "
-"sau continuați lectura paginilor următoare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>VA FI SCRIS </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Și mai multe unelte?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Gestionare aplicații (instalați și dezinstalați aplicații)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Introducere la rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, cunoscută și ca "
-"drakrpm, este un program pentru instalarea, dezinstalarea și actualizarea "
-"pachetelor. Este interfața grafică pentru URPMI. La fiecare lansare, va "
-"verifica online lista pachetelor (numite „medii”) descărcate direct de pe "
-"serverele Mageia oficiale și vă va afișa de fiecare dată cele mai recente "
-"aplicații și pachete disponibile pentru calculatorul dumneavoastră. Un "
-"sistem de filtre vă permite să afișați numai anumite tipuri de pachete: "
-"puteți afișa numai aplicațiile instalate (implicit) sau doar actualizările "
-"disponibile. Puteți afișa și numai pachetele care nu sînt instalate. De "
-"asemenea, puteți face căutări după numele pachetului, în sumarul "
-"descrierilor, în descrierea completă, sau în numele fișierelor incluse în "
-"pachete."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a funcționa, rpmdrake are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu "
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"În cursul instalării, depozitul configurat este mediul utilizat pentru "
-"instalare, în general DVD-ul sau CD-ul. Dacă păstrați acest mediu, rpmdrake "
-"îl va cere de fiecare dată cînd doriți să instalați un pachet, cu această "
-"fereastră pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă mesajul "
-"de mai sus vă agasează și aveți o conexiune bună la Internet fără limită "
-"prea strică la descărcare, este recomandat să înlăturați acest mediu și să-l "
-"înlocuiți cu depozitele online cu ajutorul <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media"
-"\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"În plus, depozitele online sînt mereu la zi, conțin mult mai multe pachete "
-"și permit actualizarea pachetelor instalate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Părțile principale ale ecranului"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtru de tip de pachete:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest filtru vă permite să afișați numai un anumit tip de pachete. La prima "
-"lansare, gestionarul afișează doar aplicațiile cu interfață grafică. Puteți "
-"afișa ori toate pachetele cu toate dependențele și bibliotecile lor, ori "
-"doar grupurile de pachete precum numai aplicațiile, numai actualizările sau "
-"pachetele retroportate de la versiunile mai noi de Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurația filtrului implicit este pentru noii veniți în Linux sau la "
-"Mageia, care probabil nu doresc unelte pentru specialiști sau în linie de "
-"comandă. Deoarece citiți această documentație, sînteți cu siguranță "
-"interesat să vă îmbunătățiți cunoștințele despre Mageia, așa că cel mai bine "
-"este să lăsați acest filtru pe „Toate”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtru de stare de pachete:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest filtru vă permite să afișați doar pachetele instalate, doar pachetele "
-"care nu sînt instalate sau toate pachetele, atît instalate cît și "
-"neinstalate."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mod de căutare:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a căuta în numele pachetelor, în "
-"sumarele descrierilor, în descrierile complete sau în fișierele incluse în "
-"pachete."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Cîmpul „Caută”:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Introduceți unul sau mai multe cuvinte cheie. Dacă doriți să utilizați mai "
-"multe cuvinte cheie pentru căutate, utilizați '|' între cuvinte. De exemplu, "
-"pentru a căuta după „mplayer” și „xine” în același timp, introduceți "
-"'mplayer | xine'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Șterge tot:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Această pictogramă poate șterge cu un singur clic toate cuvintele cheie "
-"introduse în căsuța „Caută”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Listă categorii:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Această bară laterală grupează toate aplicațiile și pachetele în categorii "
-"și subcategorii clar definite."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Panou descriere:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest panou afișează multe informații folositoare despre pachetul "
-"selecționat, precum numele, sumarul și descrierea sa completă. Aici se mai "
-"pot afișa și detalii precise despre pachet, precum fișierele incluse în "
-"pachet cît și lista ultimelor modificări efectuate de menținătorul "
-"pachetului."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Coloana de stare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Odată ce ați poziționat corect filtrele, puteți găsi aplicațiile care vă "
-"interesează ori după categorie (în zona 6 de deasupra) ori după nume/sumar/"
-"descriere utilizînd zona 4. Lista cu pachetele care corespund criteriilor "
-"căutării, și cu mediul ales, se va afișa împreună cu indicatoarele "
-"corespunzătoare stării fiecărui pachet instalat/neinstalat/actualizare... "
-"Pentru a schimba această stare, bifați sau debifați căsuța din fața numelui "
-"pachetului și apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Pictogramă"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Legendă"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Acest pachet este deja instalat"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Acest pachet va fi instalat"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Acest pachet nu poate fi modificat"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Acest pachet este o actualizare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Acest pachet va fi dezinstalat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Exemple în imaginea de mai sus:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă debifați digikam (săgeata verde ne spune că este instalat), pictograma "
-"de stare va deveni roșie cu o săgeată îndreptată în sus și va fi dezinstalat "
-"cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă bifați qdigidoc (care nu este instalat, vedeți starea), o pictogramă "
-"portocalie cu o săgeată îndreptată în jos va apărea și va fi instalat cînd "
-"apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Dependențele"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a funcționa, unele pachete au nevoie de alte pachete numite "
-"dependențe. Acestea sînt spre exemplu biblioteci și unelte. În acest caz, "
-"rpmdrake afișează o fereastră informativă propunîndu-vă să acceptați "
-"dependențele selecționate, să anulați operația sau să obțineți mai multe "
-"informații (a se vedea mai sus). Se poate întîmpla ca mai multe pachete să "
-"furnizeze biblioteca necesară, în acest caz rpmdrake afișează lista cu "
-"alternative împreună cu un buton pentru a obține informații suplimentare și "
-"un altul pentru a alege care din pachete să fie instalate. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Configurați scanerul"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instalare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"configurați un scaner individual sau un dispozitiv multifuncțional care "
-"include un modul pentru scanare. De asemenea, vă permite să partajați "
-"dispozitivele conectate la acest calculator cu un altul distant sau să "
-"accesați scanere distante."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd lansați această unealtă pentru prima dată, puteți obține următorul "
-"mesaj:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"Pentru a utiliza scanerele trebuiesc instalate pachetele SANE</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Doriți să instalați pachetele SANE?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Alegeți <emphasis>Da</emphasis> pentru a continua. Se vor instala "
-"<code>scanner-gui</code> și <code>task-scanning</code> dacă nu sînt deja "
-"instalate."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă scanerul este identificat corect, adică îi puteți vedea numele în "
-"fereastra de mai sus, atunci este gata de utilizat cu aplicații de genul "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"În acel caz, este în plus posibil să configurați opțiunea "
-"<emphasis>Partajare scaner</emphasis>. Puteți afla mai multe în <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cu toate acestea, dacă scanerul nu a fost identificat corect, iar "
-"verificarea cablurilor, a butonului de pornire și apăsarea <emphasis>Căutare "
-"pentru scanere noi</emphasis> nu au ajutat, va trebui să apăsați "
-"<emphasis>Adăugați manual un scaner</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alegeți marca scanerului din lista afișată, apoi tipul său din lista acelei "
-"mărci și apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă nu găsiți scanerul în listă, apăsați pe <emphasis>Anulează</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vă rugăm să verificați pe pagina <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project."
-"org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> dacă scanerul "
-"este suportat și cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia."
-"org/en/\">forumuri</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Alegeți portul"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lăsa acest parametru pe <emphasis>Auto-detecție porturi disponibile</"
-"emphasis> numai dacă scanerul nu este pe port paralel. În acel caz, "
-"selectați <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> dacă aveți doar unul."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>, în majoritatea cazurilor veți "
-"vedea un ecran similar celui de mai jos."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă nu obțineți acel ecran, vă rugăm să citiți <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Partajare scaner"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Aici puteți alege dacă scanerele conectate la acest calculator trebuie să "
-"fie accesibile calculatoarelor distante și cărora dintre ele. Tot aici "
-"puteți decide dacă scanerele de pe calculatoarele distante ar trebui să fie "
-"accesibile pentru acest calculator."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Partajare scaner către gazdele: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi "
-"adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor autorizate să acceseze dispozitivele "
-"locale, de pe acest calculator."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilizarea scanerelor distante: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi "
-"adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor care oferă acces la un scaner distant."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Partajare de scaner către gazdele: puteți adăuga gazda."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Partajare de scaner către gazdele: specificați pe care din gazde adăugați, "
-"sau permiteți tuturor mașinilor distante."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr "„Toate mașinile distante” sînt lăsate să acceseze scanerul local."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă pachetul <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nu este încă instalat, unealta se "
-"oferă să o facă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "La final, unealta va modifica aceste fișiere:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> pentru a adăuga sau comenta "
-"directiva „net”"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"De altfel va configura <emphasis>saned</emphasis> și <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> ca să fie lansate la demaraj."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Particularități"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Majoritatea scanerelor HP sînt gestionate din <emphasis>Gestionarul de "
-"dispozitive HP</emphasis> (hplip) care gestionează și imprimantele. În acest "
-"caz, această unealtă nu vă permite să-l configurați și vă invită să "
-"utilizați <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Piloții sînt disponibili de pe <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson."
-"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină</link>. Cînd vi-se indică, "
-"trebuie să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, "
-"apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Este posibil ca "
-"pachetul <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> să genereze un avertisment de conflict "
-"cu pachetul <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Utilizatorii au raportat că acest "
-"avertisment poate fi ignorat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Pași de instalare suplimentari"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Este posibil ca ca după ce ați ales un port pentru scaner în ecranul <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, va trebui să mai efectuați una sau mai "
-"multe etape suplimentare pentru a configura corect scanerul."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"În unele cazuri sînteți informat că trebuie să încărcați în scaner un "
-"microcod de fiecare dată cînd este pornit. Această unealtă vă permite să "
-"încărcați microcodul în dispozitiv, după ce l-ați instalat în sistem. În "
-"acest ecran puteți instala microcodul de pe un CD, de pe partiția unui "
-"Windows instalat, sau cel pe care l-ați descărcat de pe un sit Internet sau "
-"al fabricantului."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd dispozitivul are nevoie să i-se încarce microcodul, această operație "
-"poate dura ceva timp la fiecare primă utilizare, probabil mai bine de un "
-"minut. Așa că aveți răbdare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"De asemenea, puteți obține un ecran care vă spune să ajustați "
-"<emphasis>fișierul /etc/sane.d/\"numele_interfeței_SANE\".conf</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Citiți aceste instrucțiuni și altele cu atenție, iar dacă întîlniți "
-"dificultăți nu ezitați să cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Gestionare aplicații"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru gestionarea "
-"aplicațiilor. Faceți clic pe una din legăturile de mai jos pentru a afla mai "
-"multe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualizați sistemul</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurați mediile "
-"sursă pentru instalare și actualizare</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Instalați și configurați o imprimantă"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"În Mageia tipărirea este gestionată de un server numit CUPS. Acesta dispune "
-"de propria sa <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://"
-"localhost:631\">interfață de configurare</link> care este accesibilă cu "
-"ajutorul unui navigator de Internet, însă Mageia propune propria sa unealtă "
-"pentru instalarea imprimantelor intitulată system-config-printer și care "
-"este partajată și cu alte distribuții precum Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu și "
-"openSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Trebuie să activați depozitul Nonfree înainte de a proceda la instalare, "
-"deoarece unii piloți sînt disponibili numai în acest fel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalarea imprimantei se efectuează în secțiunea <guilabel>Componente "
-"materiale</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați "
-"unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurare "
-"imprimantă și scaner</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "Mageia cere instalarea a două pachete:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Este necesar să acceptați această instalare pentru a continua. Vor fi "
-"instalate pînă la 230 Mo de dependențe."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a adăuga o imprimantă, alegeți butonul „Adaugă”. Sistemul va încerca "
-"să detecteze toate imprimantele și toate porturile disponibile. Captura de "
-"ecran afișează o imprimantă conectată pe un port paralel. În cazul în care "
-"se detectează o imprimantă, ca de exemplu una pe port USB, va fi afișată pe "
-"prima linie. În această fereastră se va încerca și configurarea unei "
-"imprimate de rețea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Imprimantă detectată automat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Aceasta se referă de obicei la imprimantele USB. Utilitarul găsește în mod "
-"automat numele imprimantei și îl afișează. Selectați imprimanta și apoi "
-"faceți clic pe „Înainte”. Dacă există un pilot cunoscut pentru această "
-"imprimantă, acesta va fi instalat în mod automat. Dacă nu există niciun "
-"pilot sau dacă există mai mulți piloți, o fereastră vă va cere să furnizați "
-"sau să selecționați unul, după cum se explică în paragraful următor. "
-"Continuați cu <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Imprimantă nedetectată automat"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd selectați un port, sistemul încarcă o listă cu piloți și afișează o "
-"fereastră ca să alegeți unul. Alegerea poate fi făcută dintre următoarele "
-"opțiuni."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "furnizați fișierul PPD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "căutare un pilot de descărcat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Cu opțiunea „Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date”, fereastra propune "
-"mai întîi o listă cu fabricanți, apoi dispozitivul și pilotul asociat. Dacă "
-"sînt propuși mai mulți piloți, alegeți-l pe cel care este recomandat, iar "
-"dacă ați întîmpinat probleme cu el în trecut, în acest caz alegeți unul care "
-"știți că funcționează."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Finalizați procesul de instalare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce ați selecționat pilotul, o fereastră vă cere cîteva informații care "
-"vor permite sistemului să desemneze și să descopere imprimanta. Prima linie "
-"conține numele cu care dispozitivul va apărea  în aplicații în lista cu "
-"imprimantele disponibile. Instalatorul vă va propune apoi să tipăriți o "
-"pagină de test. După această etapă, imprimanta este adăugată în sistem și "
-"apare în lista imprimantelor disponibile."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Imprimantă de rețea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Imprimantele de rețea sînt imprimate care sînt conectate direct la o rețea "
-"filară sau fără-fir și care sînt gestionate de un server de tipărire sau de "
-"un calculator care servește de server de tipărire."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"În general este mai bine să configurați serverul DHCP să asocieze mereu o "
-"adresă IP fixă cu adresa MAC a imprimantei. Bine înțeles că trebuie să fie "
-"aceeași cu adresa IP a imprimantei de pe serverul de tipărire, dacă are una "
-"fixă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Adresa MAC a imprimantei est un număr de serie dat imprimantei, serverului "
-"de tipărire sau calculatorului la care aceasta este conectată și care poate "
-"fi obținută din pagina de configurare tipărită de imprimantă, sau care poate "
-"este scrisă pe o etichetă de pe imprimantă sau de pe serverul de tipărire. "
-"Dacă imprimanta partajată este conectată la un sistem Mageia, pentru a-i "
-"afla adresa MAC lansați comanda <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> "
-"ca root. Este secvența de cifre și numere de după „HWaddr”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți adăuga o imprimantă de rețea prin alegerea protocolului pe care îl "
-"utilizează pentru a comunica prin rețea cu calculatorul. Dacă nu știți ce "
-"protocol să alegeți, puteți încerca opțiunea <guilabel>Imprimantă de rețea</"
-"guilabel> - <guilabel>Caută imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> din meniul "
-"<guilabel>Dispozitive</guilabel> și introduceți adresa IP a imprimantei în "
-"căsuța din dreapta, unde scrie „gazdă”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă unealta vă recunoaște imprimanta sau serverul de tipărire, vă va "
-"propune un protocol și o coadă de tipărire, însă puteți alege una mult mai "
-"potrivită din lista de sub ea, sau introduceți numele corect al cozii de "
-"tipărire dacă nu se află în listă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Uitați-vă în documentația imprimantei sau a serverului de tipărire pentru a "
-"afla ce protocoale suportă și denumirile cozilor de tipărire specifice."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Protocoale de tipărire în rețea"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"O tehnică curentă este cea dezvoltată de Hewlett-Packard cunoscură sub "
-"numele de JetDirect. Aceasta permite accesul la o imprimantă conectată "
-"direct la rețea printr-un port Ethernet. Trebuie să știți adresa IP cu care "
-"imprimanta este cunoscută în rețea. Această tehnică este utilizată și în "
-"unele rutere ADSL care dispun de un port USB pentru a conecta imprimanta. În "
-"acest caz, adresa IP este cea a ruterului. Remarcați că unealta „Hp Device "
-"manager” poate gestiona adresele IP configurate dinamic, stabilind o "
-"legătură de tip URI <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;numele-imprimantei></emphasis>. În "
-"acest caz nu este necesară o adresă IP fixă."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Alegeți ca protocol opțiunea <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> și "
-"specificați adresa în <guilabel>Gazdă:</guilabel>, nu schimbați "
-"<guilabel>Numărul portului</guilabel> numai dacă știți că trebuie schimbat. "
-"După selecționarea protocolului, alegerea pilotului este la fel ca mai sus."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Celelalte protocoale sînt:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: o imprimantă care "
-"poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul IPP, de exemplu o "
-"imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind CUPS. Acest protocol poate fi "
-"utilizat și de unele rutere ADSL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> același cu IPP, "
-"însă utilizînd HTTP pentru transport împreună cu protocolul securizat TLS. "
-"Trebuie să definiți portul. În mod implicit se va utiliza portul 631."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis> este același cu "
-"IPP, însă cu protocolul securizat TLS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Imprimantă sau gazdă LPD/LPR</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate "
-"fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul LPD, de exemplu o imprimantă "
-"conectată la un calculator folosind LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Imprimantă Windows prin Samba</emphasis>: o imprimantă partajată "
-"și conectată la un calculator Windows sau la un server SMB."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"Adresa URI poate fi adăugată și direct. Iată aici cîteva exemple despre cum "
-"se formează un URI:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă:port</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă:port/resursă</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă:port/resursă</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Protocol LPD (Line Printer Daemon)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://utilizator@adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă/coadă</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentația CUPS</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Proprietăți dispozitiv"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți accesa proprietățile dispozitivului. Meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> "
-"vă permite accesul la parametrii serverului CUPS. În sistem este lansat "
-"implicit un server CUPS, dar puteți specifica un altul din meniul "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectare...</guimenuitem>, o altă "
-"fereastră permite reglarea detaliată a parametrilor specifici ai serverului "
-"cu meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurări</guimenuitem>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Depanare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți găsi cîteva informații despre erorile apărute la tipărire consultînd "
-"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"De asemenea, puteți accesa o unealtă pentru diagnosticarea problemelor "
-"utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Ajutor</guimenu> | <guilabel>Depanare</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Este posibil ca unii piloți pentru anumite imprimante specifice să nu fie "
-"disponibili în Mageia sau să nu funcționeze. În acest caz consultați situl "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> și "
-"verificați dacă este disponibil un pilot pentru dispozitivul dumneavoastră. "
-"Dacă da, verificați dacă pachetul este disponibil în Mageia, iar în acest "
-"caz instalați-l manual. Apoi, refaceți procesul de instalare pentru a "
-"configura imprimanta. Indiferent de caz, raportați problema în Bugzilla sau "
-"pe forum dacă sînteți confortabil cu această unealtă și furnizați "
-"informațiile despre model, pilot și dacă imprimanta funcționează după "
-"instalare. Aici sînt cîteva surse pentru a găsi alți piloți actualizați sau "
-"pentru dispozitive mai recente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante Brother</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Această pagină</link> regrupează o listă cu toți "
-"piloții Brother. Căutați pilotul corespunzător dispozitivului, descărcați "
-"fișierele rpm (dacă sînt mai multe) și instalați-le."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Trebuie să instalați piloții Brother înainte de a lansa utilitarul de "
-"configurare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și dispozitive tot-în-unu Hewlett-"
-"Packard</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Aceste dispozitive utilizează unealta hplip, care este instalată automat "
-"după detectarea sau selectarea imprimantei. Alte informații le puteți găsi "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aici</"
-"link>. Unealta „HP Device Manager” este disponibilă în meniul "
-"<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Uitați-vă și peste <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configurație</"
-"link> pentru gestionarea imprimantei."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Un dispozitiv HP multifuncțional trebuie să fie instalat ca imprimantă, iar "
-"funcționalitatea de scaner va fi adăugată. Țineți cont că uneori interfața "
-"Xsane nu permite scanarea filmelor sau diapozitivelor (lampa culisantă nu "
-"poare opera). Puteți totuși scana și în acest caz, în mod autonom și salva "
-"imaginea pe o cartelă de memorie sau pe o cheie USB inserată în dispozitiv. "
-"După aceea lansați aplicația preferată de prelucrare a imaginilor și "
-"încărcați imaginea de pe cartela de memorie care se găsește în directorul /"
-"media."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantă color Samsung</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru imprimatele color specifice Samsung și Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">acest sit oferă piloți</link> pentru protocolul QPDL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și scanere Epson</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Piloții pentru imprimantele Epson sînt disponibil pe <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină de "
-"căutare</link>. Pentru partea de scaner va trebui să instalați mai întîi "
-"pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> și apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> "
-"(în această ordine). Pachetul <emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> vă poate fi "
-"propus, iar în acest caz trebuie instalat. Alegeți pachetul <emphasis>rpm</"
-"emphasis> în funcție de arhitectura instalată."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Este posibil ca pachetul iscan să genereze un avertisment despre un conflict "
-"cu sane. Utilizatorii au raportat că poate fi ignorat acest avertisment."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru imprimantele Canon poate fi recomandată instalarea utilitarului "
-"intitulat turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/"
-"\">disponibil aici</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importați documente și configurări din Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control "
-"Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Importați documente și configurări din "
-"Windows(TM)</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Unealta permite unui administrator să importe documentele și parametrii "
-"utilizatorilor de pe un <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP sau <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
-"instalat pe același calculator cu Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vă rugăm să notați că toate modificările vor fi aplicate de transfugdrake "
-"imediat după apăsarea butonului <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce lansați transfugdrake veți vedea prima pagină a asistentului cu "
-"cîteva explicații despre utilitar și opțiunile de importare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Imediat ce ați citit și înțeles instrucțiunile, apăsați butonul "
-"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Acesta ar trebui să lanseze detectarea "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-ului instalat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd s-a încheiat etapa de detectare, veți vedea o pagină care vă permite să "
-"alegeți conturile din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> și "
-"Mageia pentru procedura de import. Se poate alege și un alt cont de "
-"utilizator decît cel personal."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Vă rugăm să aveți în vedere că datorită limitărilor lui migrate-assistant "
-"(motorul lui transfugdrake), conturile utilizatorilor <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> care conțin caractere speciale în nume "
-"riscă să nu fie afișate corect."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"Migrarea poate dura ceva timp în funcție de mărimea dosarelor cu documente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Anumite aplicații <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (în "
-"general piloții) pot crea conturi de utilizator pentru diferite scopuri. De "
-"exemplu, piloții NVidia în <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> se actualizează cu utilizatorul <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. "
-"Vă rugăm să nu utilizați astfel de conturi pentru import."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd ați terminat cu selectarea conturilor apăsați butonul "
-"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Următoarea pagină este folosită pentru "
-"alegerea unei metode de importat documente:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake este conceput să importe date din <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> din directoarele <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis>My Music</emphasis> și <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Este "
-"posibil să omiteți importarea selectînd elementul potrivit în această "
-"fereastră."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd ați terminat cu alegerea metodei de importat documente apăsați butonul "
-"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Pagina următoare este utilizată pentru "
-"alegerea unei metode pentru importarea semnelor de carte:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake poate importa semnele de carte din <emphasis>Internet "
-"Explorer</emphasis> și <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> în instanța "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> din Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Alegeți opțiunea de import preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "Pagina următoare vă permite să importați fundalul de ecran:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Alegeți opțiunea preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Ultima pagină a asistentului afișează un mesaj de felicitare. Apăsați simplu "
-"butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Utilizatori și grupuri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> ca root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control "
-"Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem”."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Unealta permite unui administrator să gestioneze utilizatorii și grupurile. "
-"Asta înseamnă că poate adăuga sau șterge un grup de utilizatori și să "
-"modifice parametrii utilizatorilor și grupurilor (ID, interpretor, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd userdrake este deschis, toți utilizatorii existenți din sistem sînt "
-"listați în secțiunea <guibutton>Utilizatori</guibutton> și toate grupurile "
-"în secțiunea <guibutton>Grupuri</guibutton>. Ambele funcționează în același "
-"fel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Adaugă un utilizator</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Acest buton deschide o fereastră nouă cu toate cîmpurile goale:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nume complet</emphasis> este destinat numelui "
-"și prenumelui, însă puteți scrie orice sau lăsa gol."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autentificare</emphasis> este singurul cîmp "
-"obligatoriu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Definirea unei <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parole</emphasis> este extrem de "
-"recomandată. În dreapta se află un scut mic. Dacă este roșu, parola este "
-"prea slabă, prea scurtă sau similară cu numele de autentificare. Puteți "
-"utiliza cifre, minuscule și majuscule, semne de punctuație, etc. Scutul "
-"devine portocaliu și apoi verde pe măsură ce crește puterea parolei."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmare parolă</emphasis> este acolo "
-"pentru a confirma că parola tastată este cea dorită."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Interpretor de comenzi</emphasis>este o listă "
-"derulantă care vă permite să schimbați interpretorul de comenzi folosit de "
-"utilizatorul pe care îl adăugați, opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă este bifat <emphasis role=\"bold\">Creează un grup privat pentru "
-"utilizator</emphasis>, se va crea în mod automat un grup cu același nume ca "
-"al noului utilizator și acesta va fi singurul membru (acest lucru poate fi "
-"modificat)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Celelalte opțiuni ar trebui să fie evidente. Noul utilizator va fi creat "
-"imediat după ce apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Adaugă un grup</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Nu trebuie decît să introduceți numele noului grup, iar dacă este necesar, "
-"ID-ul specific al grupului."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editează</emphasis> (un utilizator selecționat)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Datele utilizatorului</guibutton>: Vă permite să modificați toate "
-"datele introduse la crearea utilizatorului (mai puțin ID-ul său care nu "
-"poate fi schimbat)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații cont</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Prima opțiune este pentru definirea unei date de expirare a contului. "
-"Conectarea nu va mai fi posibilă după această dată. Acest lucru este util "
-"pentru conturile temporare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"A doua opțiune este pentru blocarea contului. Conectarea este imposibilă "
-"atîta timp cît contul este blocat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "De asemenea, este posibilă schimbarea pictogramei."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații despre parolă</emphasis>: Vă permite să "
-"definiți o dată de expirare pentru parolă. Acest lucru forțează utilizatorul "
-"să-și schimbe parola periodic."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecta grupurile din "
-"care va face parte utilizatorul."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă modificați contul unui utilizator conectat, modificările nu vor fi "
-"efective pînă la următoarea autentificare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editează</emphasis> (cu un grup selecționat)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datele grupului</emphasis>: Vă permite să modificați "
-"numele grupului."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilizatorii grupului</emphasis>: Aici puteți "
-"selecționa utilizatorii care fac parte din grup."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Șterge</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați un utilizator sau un grup și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Șterge</emphasis> pentru a-l șterge. În cazul unui utilizator va apărea o "
-"fereastră în care sînteți întrebat dacă directorul personal și căsuța sa "
-"poștală vor fi de asemenea șterse. Dacă a fost creat un grup privat pentru "
-"utilizator, acesta va fi și el șters."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Se poate șterge un grup care nu este vid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Împrospătează</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Baza de date cu utilizatori poate fi modificată în afara lui Userdrake. "
-"Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a împrospăta afișarea."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Cont invitat</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Invitat</emphasis> este un cont special. Acesta este "
-"destinat să ofere unei persoane acces la sistem în deplină securitate. "
-"Contul de utilizator este xguest, nu este nevoie de parolă și nu se pot face "
-"modificări în sistem cu acest cont. Directoarele personale sînt șterse la "
-"sfîrșitul sesiunii. Acest cont este activat în mod implicit, pentru a-l "
-"dezactiva utilizați meniul <guimenu> Acțiuni -> Dezinstalează contul "
-"invitat</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Configurați serverul grafic"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente "
-"materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați "
-"<emphasis><guilabel>Configurați serverul grafic</guilabel></emphasis>. "
-"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Butoanele vă permit să schimbați configurația grafică."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Placă grafică</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Este afișată placa grafică detectată și și configurat serverul "
-"corespunzător. Apăsați pe acest buton pentru a schimba cu un alt server, de "
-"exemplu unul cu un pilot proprietar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Serverele disponibile sînt sortate în ordine alfabetică după fabricant la "
-"rubrica <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel> și apoi după model, tot în ordine "
-"alfabetică. Piloții liberi sînt sortați în ordine alfabetică la rubrica "
-"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"În cazul în care întîlniți probleme,  <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> va "
-"funcționa cu majoritatea plăcilor grafice și vă va oferi timpul necesar să "
-"căutați pilotul potrivit direct din mediul de birou."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă Vesa nu funcționează, alegeți <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, care este utilizat cînd se instalează "
-"Mageia, însă nu vă permite să schimbați rezoluția sau rata de împrospătare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă ați optat pentru un pilot liber, puteți fi întrebat dacă doriți să "
-"utilizați în schimb un pilot proprietar cu mai multe funcționalități (efecte "
-"3D de exemplu)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"În același fel ca mai sus, ecranul detectat este afișat și puteți apăsa pe "
-"buton pentru a-l schimba cu altul. Dacă ecranul dorit nu se află în lista "
-"<guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel>, alegeți din lista <guilabel>Generic</"
-"guilabel> un ecran cu aceleași caracteristici."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rezoluție:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Acest buton vă permite alegerea rezoluției (numărului de pixeli) și "
-"adîncimea de culoare (numărul de culori). Va afișa ecranul următor:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Cînd schimbați profunzimea de "
-"culoare, o bară multicoloră va apărea lîngă al doilea buton și va afișa o "
-"previzualizare a profunzimii de culoare selectată."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Primul buton afișează rezoluția curentă, apăsați pentru a o schimba. În "
-"listă sînt oferite toate posibilitățile de opțiuni în funcție de placa "
-"grafică și de ecran. Puteți apăsa pe <guilabel>Altele</guilabel> pentru a "
-"defini alte rezoluții, însă țineți cont că puteți strica ecranul dacă "
-"selectați parametrii nepotriviți."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Al doilea buton afișează adîncimea de culoare curentă, apăsați pentru a o "
-"schimba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"În funcție de rezoluția aleasă, s-ar putea să fie nevoie să vă deconectați "
-"și să reporniți mediul grafic pentru a activa modificările."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Odată configurarea terminată, este recomandat să faceți un test înainte de a "
-"apăsa pe OK, deoarece este mai ușor să modificați parametrii aici decît mai "
-"tîrziu dacă mediul grafic nu funcționează."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"În cazul în care mediul grafic nu funcționează, apăsați Alt+Ctrl+F2 pentru a "
-"deschide un mod text, și tastați ca root XFdrake (respectați majusculele) "
-"pentru a utiliza XFdrake în mod text."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă testul eșuează, așteptați pînă la sfîrșit. Dacă funcționează dar nu mai "
-"doriți să faceți schimbarea, apăsați pe <guibutton>Nu</guibutton>. Dacă "
-"totul a mers bine, apăsați pe <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Opțiuni:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Opțiuni globale</guilabel>: Dacă este bifat <emphasis>Dezactivează "
-"Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis>, nu va mai fi posibil să reporniți serverul X "
-"utilizînd combinația de taste Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Opțiunile plăcii grafice</guilabel>: Vă permite să activați sau să "
-"dezactivați trei funcționalități specifice în funcție de tipul plăcii "
-"grafice."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Interfața grafică la demaraj</guilabel>: În majoritatea cazurilor, "
-"<emphasis>Se lansează automat interfața grafică (Xorg) la demararea "
-"sistemului</emphasis> este bifată pentru a demara direct în mediul grafic. "
-"Poate fi debifată pentru un server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Ieșire</guibutton>, sistemul vă va "
-"cere să confirmați. Încă se mai poate anula totul și păstra configurația "
-"precedentă, sau să acceptați. În acest caz, va trebui să vă deconectați și "
-"reconectați pentru a activa noua configurație."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-#~ "possible to set a password."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "În a treia și ultima parte, intitulată <guibutton>Securitate</guibutton>, "
-#~ "este posibil să definiți o parolă."
-
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "Aveți un sistem <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis>:"
-
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "Aveți un sistem <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis>:"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible "
-#~ "to choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>, puteți "
-#~ "alege <guilabel>Modul video</guilabel>."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to "
-#~ "select a driver from all the ones available on the computer that match "
-#~ "the sound card."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Pilot</guilabel> vă permite să "
-#~ "alegeți un pilot potrivit pentru placa de sunet dintre toți cei "
-#~ "disponibili în calculator."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
-#~ "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
-#~ "possible for its enhanced features."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De cele mai multe ori, se poate alege un pilot utilizînd OSS sau ALSA "
-#~ "API. OSS este cel mai vechi și este foarte bazic, noi vă recomandăm cînd "
-#~ "este posibil să utilizați ALSA pentru funcționalitățile sale îmbunătățite."
-
-#~ msgid "Draksound1.png"
-#~ msgstr "Draksound1.png"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
-#~ "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a "
-#~ "driver for your device."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Primul buton vă oferă libertate totală în alegeri. Trebuie să știți ce "
-#~ "faceți. Acest buton nu este disponibil cînd sistemul a găsit un pilot "
-#~ "pentru acest dispozitiv."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5da2c05d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centrul de Control Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Uneltele pentru configurarea sistemului Mageia</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența
-CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la
-îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 66633c49..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Centrul de Control Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența
-CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la
-îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 918beab6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Actualizare pachete</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate sau drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> sau <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> se găsește în categoria
-<emphasis role="bold">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din Centrul de Control
-Mageia.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Pentru a funcționa, MageiaUpdate are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate
-cu drakrpm-editmedia și să aibă bifate cîteva medii de actualizare. În caz
-contrar, veți fi invitat s-o faceți.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Imediat ce este lansată, această unealtă scanează pachetele instalate și le
-listează pe cele pentru care sînt disponibile actualizări în
-depozite. Acestea sînt selecționate toate în mod implicit pentru descărcare
-și instalare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton> pentru
-a lansa procesul.</para>
-
-  <para>Cînd faceți clic pe un pachet, informații suplimentare sînt afișate în
-jumătatea de jos a ferestrei. Simbolul <emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis>
-din fața unui titlu înseamnă că puteți face clic pe el pentru a derula
-textul.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Cînd sînt disponibile actualizările, o miniaplicație din zona de notificare
-sistem vă avertizează afișînd o pictogramă roșie <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>. Faceți simplu clic pe ea și introduceți
-parola utilizatorului în curs pentru a actualiza sistemul.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fe39c45..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Configurați serverul grafic</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role="bold">Componente
-materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați
-<emphasis><guilabel>Configurați serverul
-grafic</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau
-<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Butoanele vă permit să schimbați configurația grafică.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Placă grafică</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>Este afișată placa grafică detectată și și configurat serverul
-corespunzător. Apăsați pe acest buton pentru a schimba cu un alt server, de
-exemplu unul cu un pilot proprietar.</para>
-
-  <para>Serverele disponibile sînt sortate în ordine alfabetică după fabricant la
-rubrica <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel> și apoi după model, tot în ordine
-alfabetică. Piloții liberi sînt sortați în ordine alfabetică la rubrica
-<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>În cazul în care întîlniți probleme,  <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> va
-funcționa cu majoritatea plăcilor grafice și vă va oferi timpul necesar să
-căutați pilotul potrivit direct din mediul de birou.</para>
-
-      <para>Dacă Vesa nu funcționează, alegeți <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, care este utilizat cînd se instalează
-Mageia, însă nu vă permite să schimbați rezoluția sau rata de împrospătare.</para>
-    </note>Dacă ați optat pentru un pilot liber, puteți fi întrebat dacă doriți să
-utilizați în schimb un pilot proprietar cu mai multe funcționalități (efecte
-3D de exemplu).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>În același fel ca mai sus, ecranul detectat este afișat și puteți apăsa pe
-buton pentru a-l schimba cu altul. Dacă ecranul dorit nu se află în lista
-<guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel>, alegeți din lista
-<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> un ecran cu aceleași caracteristici.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Rezoluție:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Acest buton vă permite alegerea rezoluției (numărului de pixeli) și
-adîncimea de culoare (numărul de culori). Va afișa ecranul următor:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Cînd schimbați profunzimea de
-culoare, o bară multicoloră va apărea lîngă al doilea buton și va afișa o
-previzualizare a profunzimii de culoare selectată.</para>
-
-  <para>Primul buton afișează rezoluția curentă, apăsați pentru a o schimba. În
-listă sînt oferite toate posibilitățile de opțiuni în funcție de placa
-grafică și de ecran. Puteți apăsa pe <guilabel>Altele</guilabel> pentru a
-defini alte rezoluții, însă țineți cont că puteți strica ecranul dacă
-selectați parametrii nepotriviți.</para>
-
-  <para>Al doilea buton afișează adîncimea de culoare curentă, apăsați pentru a o
-schimba.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>În funcție de rezoluția aleasă, s-ar putea să fie nevoie să vă deconectați
-și să reporniți mediul grafic pentru a activa modificările.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Odată configurarea terminată, este recomandat să faceți un test înainte de a
-apăsa pe OK, deoarece este mai ușor să modificați parametrii aici decît mai
-tîrziu dacă mediul grafic nu funcționează.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>În cazul în care mediul grafic nu funcționează, apăsați Alt+Ctrl+F2 pentru a
-deschide un mod text, și tastați ca root XFdrake (respectați majusculele)
-pentru a utiliza XFdrake în mod text.</para>
-    </note>Dacă testul eșuează, așteptați pînă la sfîrșit. Dacă funcționează dar nu mai
-doriți să faceți schimbarea, apăsați pe <guibutton>Nu</guibutton>. Dacă
-totul a mers bine, apăsați pe <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Opțiuni:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Opțiuni globale</guilabel>: Dacă este bifat <emphasis>Dezactivează
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis>, nu va mai fi posibil să reporniți serverul X
-utilizînd combinația de taste Ctrl+Alt+Backspace.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Opțiunile plăcii grafice</guilabel>: Vă permite să activați sau să
-dezactivați trei funcționalități specifice în funcție de tipul plăcii
-grafice.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Interfața grafică la demaraj</guilabel>: În majoritatea cazurilor,
-<emphasis>Se lansează automat interfața grafică (Xorg) la demararea
-sistemului</emphasis> este bifată pentru a demara direct în mediul
-grafic. Poate fi debifată pentru un server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>După ce faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Ieșire</guibutton>, sistemul vă va
-cere să confirmați. Încă se mai poate anula totul și păstra configurația
-precedentă, sau să acceptați. În acest caz, va trebui să vă deconectați și
-reconectați pentru a activa noua configurație.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 90241441..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-  </footnote> se găsește în Centrul
-de Control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul
-<guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducere</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> este un
-protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, astfel
-încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă să
-ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este scopul
-acestei unelte.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Se creează un grup nou</title>
-
-    <para>Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate (dacă există) și
-butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă
-intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră.</para>
-
-    <para>Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecta anumite
-acțiuni. Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton>
-apăsînd pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio,
-deoarece <guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși
-este nevoie, puteți să-l corectați.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare.</para>
-
-    <para>La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de
-alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton> vă permite să montați imediat
-accesul.</para>
-
-    <para>După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio
-<guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct
-de montare va fi listat. După ce apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi întrebat dacă vreți să se salveze
-modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune
-dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu
-salvați modificările dacă montați directorul distant doar o singură dată.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 13adf179..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Partajați partițiile discului</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> simplă vă permite, ca
-și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare din
-propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au
-calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare.</para>
-
-  <para>Se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale,
-intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”.</para>
-
-  <para>Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: "<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să
-partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>", faceți clic pe
-<guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți
-utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton>
-pentru toți utilizatorii și pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă
-răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă,
-utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat
-în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu.</para>
-
-  <para>Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care
-veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux
-este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>
-dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi
-apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi
-instalate dacă este nevoie.</para>
-
-  <para>Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales
-opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar
-pentru a deschide <emphasis role="bold">userdrake</emphasis>. Această
-unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați
-să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe
-utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare” și apoi pe
-<guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. În categoria „Grupuri” bifați grupul
-„fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru informații
-suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <xref linkend="userdrake">această
-pagină</xref>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați
-și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în
-considerare.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate
-selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le
-partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această
-funcționalitate.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d497c45..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducere</title>
-
-    <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> vă permite să faceți
-accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite directoare
-partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este disponibil
-pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele partajate vor fi
-disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu un singur
-utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedură</title>
-
-    <para>Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista
-serverelor care partajează directoare.</para>
-
-    <para>Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa
-lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l
-accesați.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va
-trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți
-verifica și modifica opțiunile cu butonul
-<guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți
-demonta cu același buton.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, un
-mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în
-/etc/fstab”. Aceasta va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare
-redemaraj, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi
-disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum Dolphin spre exemplu.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bdd0d97..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Inscriptoare CD/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> se află în categoria
-„Discuri locale” din Centrul de Control Mageia și numită în funcție de
-dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de citit și scris
-CD/DVD-uri). </para>
-
-  <para>Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este
-montat. </para>
-
-  <para>În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și
-opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru
-a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe
-butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Punct de montare</title>
-
-    <para>Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit
-este /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Opțiuni</title>
-
-    <para>Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din
-submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>utilizator/fără utilizator</title>
-
-      <para>Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să
-monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și
-nodev. Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 38c7ff93..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Accesați discuri și directoare partajate de Windows (SMB)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducere</title>
-
-    <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> vă permite să
-specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor
-utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este
-SMB, care este cel mai popular pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele
-partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu
-un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere.</para>
-
-    <para>Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor
-disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedură</title>
-
-    <para>Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista
-serverelor care partajează directoare.</para>
-
-    <para>Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe &gt; din dreptul numelui serverului
-pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care
-doriți să-l accesați.</para>
-
-    <para>Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va
-trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de
-montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu
-butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para>În opțiuni puteți specifica numele și parola utilizatorilor care se pot
-conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu
-același buton.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa
-întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea
-va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca
-rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de
-fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index acd464b5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Efecte de birou 3D</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducere</title>
-
-    <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> vă permite să
-gestionați efectele de birou 3D din acest sistem de operare. Acestea sînt
-dezactivate în mod implicit.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Noțiuni de bază</title>
-
-    <para>Pentru a utiliza această unealtă trebuie să aveți instalat pachetul
-glxinfo. Dacă nu este instalat, veți fi invitat s-o faceți înainte ca drak3d
-să se poată lansa.</para>
-
-    <para>După lansarea drak3d, vi-se va prezenta o fereastră cu un meniu în care
-puteți alege între <guilabel>Fătă efecte de birou 3D</guilabel> sau
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion este partea din
-gestionarul de ferestre compozit care include efectele speciale accelerate
-material pentru mediul de birou. Alegeți <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>
-pentru a-l activa.</para>
-
-    <para>Dacă utilizați pentru prima oară acest program după o nouă instalare de
-Mageia, veți primi un mesaj de avertizare care vă va spune care pachete
-trebuiesc să fie instalate pentru a putea utiliza Compiz Fusion. Apăsați pe
-butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a continua.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Odată ce au fost instalate pachetele adecvate, veți remarca faptul că în
-meniul drak3d este selecționat Compiz Fusion, însă trebuie să vă
-deautentificați și reautentificați ca schimbările să fie luate în
-considerare.</para>
-
-    <para>După ce vă reautentificați, Compiz Fusion va fi activat. Pentru a configura
-Compiz Fusion consultați pagina uneltei ccsm (CompizConfig Settings
-Manager).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Depanare</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Nu pot vedea biroul după autentificare</title>
-
-      <para>Dacă după ce ați activat Compiz Fusion și încercați să vă reautentificați
-însă nu vedeți nimic, reporniți calculatorul pentru a reveni la ecranul de
-autentificare. Odată acolo, faceți clic pe pictograma biroului și selectați
-drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Cînd vă autentificați, dacă contul vostru este recunoscut ca administrator,
-veți fi invitat să vă tastați parola din nou. În caz contrar, conectați-vă
-ca administrator cu contul său. Apoi puteți anula toate modificările care ar
-fi putut crea probleme la autentificare.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b5da23a4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autentificare</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> vă permite să
-modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al
-calculatorului sau în rețea.</para>
-
-  <para>Implicit, informațiile despre autentificare sînt stocate într-un fișier de
-pe acest calculator. Nu le modificați decît dacă administratorul de rețea vă
-invită s-o faceți și vă oferă informațiile necesare în această privință.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ded40a7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Configurați autentificarea automată</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> vă permite să
-autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou,
-fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru
-poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur
-utilizator.</para>
-
-  <para>Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role="bold">Demaraj</emphasis> din Centrul
-de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”.</para>
-
-  <para>Butoanele interfeței sînt destul de evidente:</para>
-
-  <para>Bifați <guibutton>Lansează interfața grafică la demararea
-sistemului</guibutton> dacă doriți ca X Windows System să fie executat
-imediat după demarare. Altfel, sistemul va porni în mod text. În acest caz
-interfața grafică va putea fi lansată manual. Acest lucru se poate face
-tastînd în linie de comandă „startx”' sau „systemctl start dm”.</para>
-
-  <para>Dacă bifați prima căsuță, alte două opțiuni vor fi disponibile. Apoi alegeți
-<guibutton>Nu, nu vreau autentificare automată</guibutton> dacă doriți ca
-sistemul să ceară un utilizator (și parolă) pentru conectare, sau
-<guibutton>Da, vreau autentificare automată cu acest (utilizator,
-birou)</guibutton> dacă asta doriți. În acest caz va trebui să furnizați
-<guilabel>Utilizatorul implicit</guilabel> și <guilabel>Biroul
-implicit</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 41a85d17..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Configurați demarajul sistemului</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
-slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
-(ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> vă permite să
-configurați opțiunile de demaraj (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem,
-definirea unei parole, opțiunea implicită de pornire, etc.).</para>
-
-  <para>Se găsește în categoria Demaraj din Centrul de Control Mageia cu eticheta
-„Configurați demarajul sistemului”.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Nu utilizați această unealtă dacă nu știți cu exactitate ceea ce
-faceți. Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să demareze
-data viitoare!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>În prima parte, numită <guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>, dacă
-avecți BIOS puteți alege între GRUB, GRUB2 sau LILO ca <guibutton>Încărcător
-de sistem utilizat</guibutton>, cu interfață grafică sau în mod text. Este
-doar o chestiune de gust care nu implică alte consecințe. Puteți defini și
-<guibutton>Dispozitivul de demaraj</guibutton>, însă nu modificați nimic
-dacă nu sînteți expert. Încărcătorul de sistem este instalat pe dispozitivul
-de demaraj și orice modificare poate împiedica demararea sistemului.</para>
-
-  <para>În sistemele UEFI, încărcătorul de sistem este
-<guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> și este instalat pe partiția
-/boot/EFI. Aceasta este o partiție FAT32 și este comună tuturor sistemelor
-de operare instalate.</para>
-
-  <para>În a doua parte, intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni principale</guilabel>, puteți
-defini durata în secunde de <guibutton>Temporizare înaintea demarării
-imaginii implicite</guibutton>. În acest timp GRUB sau LILO vor afișa lista
-sistemelor de operare disponibile, invitîndu-vă să faceți o alegere. Dacă nu
-ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va demara pe cea implicită cînd s-a
-scurs timpul de așteptare.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
-possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
-
-  <para>Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă cîteva opțiuni suplimentare.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Activează ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) este un standard pentru
-gestionarea energiei. Se poate economisi energie prin oprirea dispozitivelor
-neutilizate, aceasta era înainte metoda utilizată de APM. Bifați această
-căsuță dacă aveți componente compatibile ACPI.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Activează SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP vine de la „Symmetric Multi Processors” și este o arhitectură pentru
-procesoarele cu mai multe nuclee.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Dacă aveți un procesor cu HyperThreading, Mageia îl va vedea ca pe un dual
-procesor și va activa SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Activează APIC</guibutton> și <guibutton>Activează APIC
-local:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC vine de la „Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller”. În sistemul
-APIC de la Intel sînt două componente: APIC local (LAPIC) și I/O
-APIC. Acesta din urmă rutează întreruperile pe care le primește de la
-magistralele periferice către unul sau mai multe APIC locale care se află în
-procesor. Sînt foarte utile pentru sistemele multi-procesor. Unele
-calculatoare au probleme cu sistemul APIC care poate cauza blocaje sau
-detecția incorectă a perifericelor (mesajul de eroare: „spurious 8259A
-interrupt: IRQ7”). În acest caz dezactivați APIC și/sau APIC local.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
-loader you chose.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>În ecranul următor veți putea vedea lista tuturor intrărilor disponibile la
-demaraj. Cea implicită are un asterisc. Pentru a schimba ordinea intrărilor
-în meniu, faceți clic pe săgețile sus sau jos pentru a deplasa elementul
-selectat. Dacă faceți clic pe butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> sau
-<guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>, o nouă fereastră va apărea pentru a
-modifica sau adăuga o nouă intrare în meniul încărcătorului de
-sistem. Trebuie să fiți familiarizat cu LILO sau GRUB pentru a putea utiliza
-aceste unelte.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Cîmpul <guilabel>Etichetă</guilabel> este liber, scrieți aici ceea ce doriți
-să fie afișat în meniu. Acesta corespunse comenzii GRUB „title”. De exemplu:
-Mageia 4.</para>
-
-      <para>Cîmpul <guilabel>Imagine</guilabel> conține numele nucleului. Corespunde
-comenzii GRUB „kernel”. De exemplu: /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>Cîmpul <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conține numele dispozitivului unde de află
-nucleul. Corespunde comenzi GRUB „root”. De exemplu: (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni
-aplicate nucleului la demaraj.</para>
-
-      <para>Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va demara
-această intrare în mod implicit.</para>
-
-      <para>În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>, puteți alege
-<guilabel>Modul video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și
-un <guilabel>profil de rețea</guilabel>, vedeți <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/> în listele derulante.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in
-Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
-one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni
-aplicate nucleului la demaraj.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
-to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
-<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
-Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
-touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable
-unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index aa7e6210..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Utilitarul Mageia de raportat erori</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>În mod normal, unealta<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> aceasta pornește
-automat cînd se blochează una din uneltele Mageia. Totuși, se poate întîmpla
-ca, după ce ați completat un raport de eroare, să vi-se ceară să lansați
-această unealtă pentru a verifica anumite informații pe care să le adăugați
-apoi în raportul de eroare existent.</para>
-
-  <para>Dacă trebuie să completați un raport de eroare și nu sînteți familiarizat cu
-acest lucru, vă rugăm în acest caz să citiți <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Cum să
-redactez un raport de eroare corect</link> înainte de a face clic pe butonul
-„Raportează”.</para>
-
-  <para>În cazul în care eroarea a fost deja raportată de altcineva (mesajul de
-eroare generat de drakbug este același), atunci este foarte util să adăugați
-un comentariu la raportul existent indicînd că și dumneavoastră ați întîlnit
-eroarea.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 113c30a8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Colectează jurnale și informații sistem pentru rapoartele de eroare</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> poate fi lansată și
-utilizată numai în linie de comandă.</para>
-
-<para>Este recomandat să scrieți rezultatul acestei comenzi într-un fișier, de
-exemplu tastînd <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, dar aveți grijă să dispuneți de spațiu liber
-suficient, fișierul poate atinge cu ușurință cîțiva giga.</para>
-<note><para>Rezultatul este mult prea voluminos pentru a-l atașa la un raport de eroare
-fără să-i înlăturați mai întîi părțile nefolositoare.</para></note>
-  <para>Această comandă colectează următoarele informații despre acest sistem:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partiții</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> versiunea de Mageia</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>La data la care a fost scrisă această pagină de ajutor, partea „syslog” din
-rezultatul acestei comenzi era goală, pentru că această unealtă nu a fost
-încă adaptată pentru trecerea la systemd. Dacă încă este goală, puteți
-înlătura „syslog” tastînd (ca root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a >
-journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Dacă nu dispuneți de suficient spațiu liber pe
-disc atunci puteți, sper exemplu, reține doar ultimele 5000 de linii din
-fișierul jurnal tastînd: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ce1cc7f0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Reglați data și ora</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Unealta<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> aceasta se află în categoria
-sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați data și
-ora</guilabel>. În unele medii grafice acest lucru se poate face și cu un
-clic-dreapta pe ceasul din bara de sarcini alegînd „Modifică data și ora”.</para>
-
-  <para>Este un utilitar foarte simplu.</para>
-
-  <para>În partea din stînga sus se găsește <emphasis
-role="bold">calendarul</emphasis>. În captura de ecran de deasupra, data
-este 2 (în albastru) septembrie (în stînga sus) 2012 (în dreapta sus), care
-cade într-o duminică. Selectați luna (sau anul) făcînd clic pe micile săgeți
-de fiecare parte a lui septembrie (sau 2012). Selectați ziua făcînd clic pe
-numărul corespunzător.</para>
-
-  <para>În stînga jos se află sincronizarea cu <emphasis role="bold">Protocol de
-timp în rețea (NTP)</emphasis>. Puteți avea mereu un ceas cu ora exactă prin
-sincronizarea cu un server. Bifați <guilabel>Activează protocolul de timp în
-rețea (NTP)</guilabel> și alegeți serverul cel mai apropiat.</para>
-
-  <para>În partea dreaptă este <emphasis role="bold">ceasul</emphasis>. Nu este
-necesar să reglați ceasul dacă ați activat NTP. Trei căsuțe afișează orele,
-minutele și secundele (15, 28 și 22 pe captura de ecran). Utilizați micile
-săgeți pentru a regla ora exactă. Formatul orei nu poate fi schimbat aici,
-consultați parametrii mediului de birou pentru asta. </para>
-
-  <para>Iar în cele din urmă, în dreapta jos, selecționați fusul orar făcînd clic pe
-butonul <guibutton>Schimbare fus orar</guibutton> și alegeți din listă
-orașul cel mai apropiat.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Chiar dacă nu puteți schimba formatul datei și orei în această unealtă,
-acestea vor fi afișate pe birou în funcție de parametrii de localizare.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 521798ce..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Înlăturați o conexiune</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Aici puteți înlătura o interfață de rețea<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd  <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Faceți clic pe meniul derulant, alegeți-o pe cea pe care doriți s-o
-înlăturați și faceți clic pe <emphasis>Înainte</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Veți vedea un mesaj care va spune că interfața de rețea a fost înlăturată cu
-succes.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3667cf6a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,818 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducere</title>
-
-    <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> vă permite să faceți
-majoritatea configurațiilor pentru accesul la rețeaua locală sau la
-Internet. Trebuie să cunoașteți anumite informații de la furnizorul de acces
-la Internet sau de la administratorul de rețea.</para>
-
-    <para>Selectați tipul conexiunii pe care doriți s-o stabiliți, în funcție de
-componentele materiale și de furnizorul de acces pe care-l aveți.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O nouă conexiune filară (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Prima fereastră afișează lista interfețelor care sînt disponibile. Selectați
-una pentru a o configura.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>În acest punct vi-se dă posibilitatea să alegeți între configurarea manuală
-sau automată a adresei IP.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automat</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă
-serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate
-manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți
-adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat
-aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă
-poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume
-gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o
-astfel de funcționalitate și este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un
-ruter ADSL domestic.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Butonul avansat vă dă posibilitatea să specificați:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Clientul DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Durată de expirare DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverul NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Recuperează serverele NTPD din DHCP (sincronizarea ceasurilor)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul
-DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o
-adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>După acceptare, sînt explicați ultimii pași de configurare comuni pentru
-toate conexiunile: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configurare manuală</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele
-DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi
-specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit.</para>
-
-            <para>Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP se aseamănă în general cu
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS
-sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces.</para>
-
-            <para>În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de
-căutare</emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu,
-dacă mașina voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet
-este „splash.boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi
-„boatanchor.net”. Definiți acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie
-specifică. Încă odată, ruterele domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest
-parametru.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Pașii următori sînt expuși la <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O nouă conexiune prin satelit (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O nouă conexiune prin cablu</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Prima fereastră afișează lista interfețelor care sînt disponibile. Selectați
-una pentru a o configura.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>În acest punct vi-se dă posibilitatea să alegeți între configurarea manuală
-sau automată a adresei IP.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Trebuie să specificați o metodă de autentificare:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Neant</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necesar pentru Telstra). În acest caz trebuie să furnizați
-utilizatorul și parola.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automat</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă
-serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate
-manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți
-adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat
-aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă
-poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume
-gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o
-astfel de funcționalitate și este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un
-ruter ADSL domestic.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Butonul avansat vă dă posibilitatea să specificați:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Clientul DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Durată de expirare DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverul NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Recuperează serverele NTPD din DHCP (sincronizarea ceasurilor)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul
-DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o
-adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>După acceptare, sînt explicați ultimii pași de configurare comuni pentru
-toate conexiunile: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configurare manuală</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS
-care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat
-aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit.</para>
-
-            <para>Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP se aseamănă în general cu
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS
-sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces.</para>
-
-            <para>În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de
-căutare</emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu,
-dacă mașina voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet
-este „splash.boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi
-„boatanchor.net”. Definiți acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie
-specifică. Încă odată, ruterele domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest
-parametru.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Pașii următori sînt expuși la <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O nouă conexiune prin DSL</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Dacă unealta detectează interfețe de rețea, se va oferi să alegeți una
-pentru a o configura.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de
-țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea
-<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de
-furnizorul de acces.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Selectați unul din protocoalele disponibile:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol de configurare dinamică a gazdei (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Configurare TCP/IP manuală</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP peste ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP peste Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Parametri de acces</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Cont de conectare (numele utilizatorului)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Parola contului</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avansat) ID de cale virtuală (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avansat) ID de circuit virtual (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Pașii următori sînt expuși la <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O nouă conexiune prin ISDN</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Asistentul întreabă pe care dispozitiv să configureze:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Alegere manuală (placă internă ISDN)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Modem ISDN extern</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>O listă de componente materiale este propusă, ordonată după categorie și
-fabricant. Alegeți-o pe cea potrivită.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Selectați unul din protocoalele disponibile:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocolul pentru restul lumii, exceptînd Europa (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protocolul pentru Europa (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>O listă de furnizori este apoi propusă, grupați în funcție de
-țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit.  Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea
-<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile pe care vi le-a
-comunicat furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer parametrii:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Numele conexiunii</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Număr de telefon </para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ID de autentificare</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Parola contului</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Metoda de autentificare</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>După aceasta, trebuie să selectați dacă obțineți adresa IP în mod automat
-sau manual. În acest caz, specificați adresa IP și masca de subrețea.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>La etapa următoare alegeți cum sînt obținute adresele serverelor DNS, în mod
-automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să specificați:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Nume de domeniu</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Serverul DNS primar și secundar</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Selectați dacă numele de gazdă este definit din adresa IP. Alegeți această
-opțiune numai dacă sînteți sigur că furnizorul de acces o acceptă.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>La etapa următoare alegeți cum este obținută adresa pasarelei, în mod
-automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să introduceți
-adresa IP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Pașii următori sînt expuși la <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O nouă conexiune fără-fir (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>O primă fereastră listează interfețele care sînt disponibile și o intrare
-pentru pilotul Windows (ndiswrapper). Selectați-o pe cea care trebuie
-configurată. Utilizați ndiswrapper numai dacă celelalte metode de
-configurare nu au funcționat.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>La această etapă aveți de ales între diferitele puncte de acces pe care
-placa de rețea le-a detectat.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Trebuiesc furnizați parametrii specifici plăcii de rețea fără fir:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Mod de operare:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Gestionat</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Pentru a accesa un punct de acces existent (cel mai frecvent).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Pentru a configura o conexiune directă între calculatoare.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Numele rețelei (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Mod de criptare: depinde de cum a fost configurat punctul de acces.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Acest mod de criptare este de preferat dacă vă permite configurația
-materială.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Unele componente mai vechi suportă doar această metodă de criptare.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Cheia de criptare</para>
-
-            <para>Este în general furnizat cu dispozitivul care oferă punctul de acces.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>La această etapă se oferă posibilitatea de a alege între o adresă IP
-automată sau manuală.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP automat</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS
-sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum
-se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului
-DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz
-contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod
-implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea
-<emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. </para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Butonul avansat vă dă posibilitatea să specificați:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Clientul DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Durată de expirare DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverele NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Recuperează serverele NTPD din DHCP (sincronizarea ceasurilor)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul
-DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o
-adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>După acceptarea configurării, este explicată etapa de configurare care este
-comună tuturor conexiunilor: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Configurare manuală</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele
-DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz
-contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod
-implicit. </para>
-
-            <para>Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP seamănă mereu cu
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS
-sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces.</para>
-
-            <para>În parametrii avansați puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de
-căutare</emphasis>. Trebuie să semene cu numele de gazdă fără primul nume
-dinainte de punct.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Pașii următori sînt expuși la <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O nouă conexiune prin GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Dacă unealta detectează interfețe fără fir, se va oferi să alegeți una
-pentru a o configura.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Este cerut codul PIN. Lăsați gol dacă nu este necesar.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Asistentul întreabă după rețea. Dacă nu este detectată, selectați opțiunea
-<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de
-țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea
-<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de
-furnizorul de acces.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Furnizați parametrii de acces</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Numele punctului de acces</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Cont de conectare (numele utilizatorului)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Parola contului</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Pașii următori sînt expuși la <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O nouă conexiune prin rețea comutată Bluetooth</title>
-
-    <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>O nouă conexiune prin Modem analogic (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Asistentul întreabă pe care dispozitiv să configureze:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Alegere manuală</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Componente detectate, dacă există.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>O lisă de porturi este propusă. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Dacă nu este deja instalat, vi-se va sugera să instalați pachetul
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de
-țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea
-<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de
-furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer opțiunile pentru apel:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Numele conexiunii</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Număr de telefon</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Identificator de conexiune</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Parolă</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Autentificare</emphasis>, alegeți dintre:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Bazat pe script</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Bazat pe terminal</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Pașii următori sînt expuși la <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Terminarea configurării</title>
-
-    <para>La următoarea etapă puteți specifica:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Permite utilizatorilor să gestioneze conexiunea</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Inițiază conexiunea la demaraj</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Activează contabilizarea traficului</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de
-rețea</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>În cazul unei conexiuni fără fir, căsuța suplimentară <emphasis>Autorizează
-conexiunile itinerante</emphasis> vă dă posibilitatea de a comuta automat
-între punctele de acces în funcție de puterea semnalului.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Cu butonul avansat puteți specifica:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metric (10 implicit)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Conectare la cald a rețelei</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Activează tunelul IPv6 către IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Ultima etapă vă permite să specificați dacă să se pornească imediat sau nu
-conexiunea.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b346dff4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Deschideți o consolă ca administrator</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> vă dă accesul la o
-consolă care este deschisă direct ca administrator (root). Nu credem că vă
-trebuie mai multe informații despre asta.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d2bf1882..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Gestionați partițiile</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk sau diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> sau <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> este foarte puternică,
-o mică eroare sau o pisică ce merge peste tastatură poate duce la pierderea
-tuturor datelor de pe o partiție sau chiar la ștergerea întregului disc. Din
-acest motiv veți vedea ecranul de deasupra peste ecranul uneltei. Faceți
-clic pe <emphasis>Ieșire</emphasis> dacă nu sînteți sigur că doriți să
-continuați.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Dacă aveți mai multe discuri, puteți comuta pe discul cu care vreți să
-lucrați selectînd secțiunea corespunzătoare (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Puteți alege din multiplele acțiuni pentru a ajusta discul dur în funcție de
-propriile preferințe. Ștergerea întregului disc, fracționarea sau fuzionarea
-partițiilor, redimensionarea lor sau schimbarea sistemului de fișiere,
-formatarea sau vizualizarea conținutului unei partiții, totul este
-posibil. Butonul <emphasis><guibutton>Șterge toate
-partițiile</guibutton></emphasis> de mai jos este pentru ștergerea completă
-a discului, celelalte butoane devin vizibile pe partea dreaptă după ce
-faceți clic pe o partiție.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Dacă aveți un sistem UEFI, puteți vedea o partiție intitulată „EFI System
-Partition” montată în /boot/EFI. Să nu o ștergeți niciodată deoarece aceasta
-conține toate încărcătoarele de sistem ale diferitelor sisteme de operare
-instalate pe acest calculator.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Dacă partiția selecționată este montată, ca în exemplul de mai jos, nu o
-puteți redimensiona, formata sau șterge. Pentru a putea face aceste
-operațiuni trebuie mai întîi s-o demontați.</para>
-
-  <para>O partiție se poate redimensiona numai de partea sa dreaptă.</para>
-
-  <para>Pentru a schimba tipul unei partiții (din Ext3 în Ext4 de exemplu) trebuie
-să ștergeți partiția și s-o recreați cu noul tip. Butonul <guibutton
-role="bold">Creează</guibutton> apare cînd este selecționată partea goală a
-discului.</para>
-
-  <para>Puteți alege un punct de montare care nu există, acesta va fi creat.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selectînd <emphasis><guibutton>Comută în regim expert</guibutton></emphasis>
-vă oferă cîteva acțiuni suplimentare, precum etichetarea partițiilor, după
-cum se poate vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 587d957a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Configurați interfața grafică</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Aici<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> puteți alege care gestionar de
-ecran să se utilizeze pentru a vă conecta în mediul de birou. Vor fi afișate
-numai cele disponibile în sistem.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Majoritatea utilizatorilor vor remarca faptul că ecranele de autentificare
-arată diferit. Există totuși diferențe între funcționalitățile
-suportate. LXDM este un gestionar de ecran lejer, SDDM și GDM au mai multe
-funcționalități suplimentare,</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d7a89f1f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Configurați parafocul personal</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> se găsește în categoria
-securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Configurați
-parafocul personal”. Este aceeași unealtă din primul tab al „Configurați
-securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”.</para>
-
-  <para>Un parafoc bazic este instalat implicit cu Mageia. Toate conexiunile venind
-din exterior sînt blocate dacă nu sînt autorizate. În primul ecran de
-deasupra, puteți selecționa serviciile pentru care tentativele de conexiune
-venite din exterior sînt acceptate. Pentru securitate, debifați prima căsuță
-- <guilabel>Totul (fără parafoc)</guilabel> - cu excepția cazului în care
-doriți să dezactivați parafocul și să bifați numai serviciile de care aveți
-nevoie.</para>
-
-  <para>Este posibilă introducerea manuală a numerelor porturilor de deschis. Faceți
-clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și o fereastră nouă se va
-deschide. În cîmpul <guilabel>Alte porturi</guilabel> introduceți porturile
-necesare urmînd aceste exemple:</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : deschide portul 80 pentru protocolul tcp</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : deschide toate porturile de la 24000 la 24010 pentru
-protocolul udp</para>
-
-  <para>Porturile listate trebuiesc separate cu un spațiu.</para>
-
-  <para>Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Înregistrează mesajele parafocului în
-jurnalele sistemului</guilabel>, atunci mesajele parafocului vor fi salvate
-în jurnalele sistemului.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Dacă nu găzduiți servicii specifice (server web sau de mesagerie, partajare
-de fișiere, ...) este întru-totul posibil să nu aveți nimic bifat și este
-chiar recomandat, iar asta nu vă va împiedica să vă conectați la Internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Ecranul următor se ocupă de opțiunile parafocului interactiv. Această
-funcționalitate vă permite să fiți avertizat de tentativele de conexiune
-dacă este bifată cel puțin prima căsuță <guilabel>Utilizează parafocul
-interactiv</guilabel>. Bifați a doua căsuță pentru a fi avertizat dacă vă
-sînt scanate porturile (cu scopul de a găsi o breșă undeva ca să se intre pe
-calculator). Căsuțele de la a treia în jos corespund porturilor pe care
-le-ați deschis în primele două ecrane. În captura de ecran de mai jos sînt
-două astfel de căsuțe: server SSH și 80:150/tcp. Bifați-le pentru a fi
-avertizat de fiecare dată cînd se încearcă o conexiune pe aceste porturi.</para>
-
-  <para>Aceste avertismente sînt afișate de mesajele de alertă prin intermediul
-miniaplicației de rețea.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>În ultimul ecran, alegeți care din interfețele de rețea sînt conectate la
-Internet și trebuiesc protejate. Odată apăsat butonul OK, pachetele necesare
-vor fi descărcate.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, uitați-vă în categoria „Rețea și Internet”,
-pictograma „Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea”.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 080efa54..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Gestionați, adăugați și înlăturați fonturi. Importați fonturi Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> se găsește în categoria
-<emphasis role="bold">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și vă
-permite să gestionați fonturile disponibile de pe calculator. Ecranul
-principal de mai sus afișează:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Numele fonturilor instalate, stilurile și dimensiunile.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>O previzualizare a fontului selecționat.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Butoane explicate mai jos.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Recuperează fonturile Windows: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Acest buton adaugă automat fonturile găsite pe partiția Windows. Trebuie să
-aveți instalat Microsoft Windows.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Opțiuni:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Vă permite să specificați aplicațiile sau dispozitivele (imprimante în
-general) capabile să utilizeze fonturile.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Dezinstalare:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Acest buton este pentru înlăturarea fonturilor instalate, eliberînd astfel
-ceva spațiu pe disc. Aveți grijă cînd înlăturați fonturi deoarece poate avea
-consecințe serioase asupra documentelor care le utilizează.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importă:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Vă permite să adăugați fonturi din surse terțe (CD, Internet,...). Formatele
-suportate sînt:  ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm și gsf. Faceți clic pe butonul
-<emphasis role="bold">Importă</emphasis> și apoi pe <emphasis
-role="bold">Adaugă</emphasis>. Vă va apărea un gestionar de fișiere în care
-puteți selecționa fonturile de instalat și apăsați pe <emphasis
-role="bold">Instalează</emphasis> cînd sînteți gata. Fonturile vor fi
-instalate în directorul /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>Dacă fonturile nou instalate (sau înlăturate) nu apar în ecranul principal
-din Drakfont, închideți-l și redeschideți-l pentru a vedea modificările.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 02f4c763..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Control parental</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> se găsește în categoria
-securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată
-<guilabel>Control parental</guilabel>. Dacă nu-i vedeți eticheta, trebuie să
-instalați pachetul drakguard (nu este instalat implicit).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prezentare</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard este o cale ușoară de a configura controalele parentale pe
-calculator pentru a restricționa cine ce poate face și la ce ore din
-zi. Drakguard are trei capabilități folositoare:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Limitează accesul la Internet pentru utilizatorii desemnați și la orele
-definite din zi. Face acest lucru prin controlul parafocului shorewall
-instalat în Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Blochează execuția comenzilor particulare pentru utilizatorii desemnați,
-astfel încît aceștia să poată executa numai acțiunile autorizate.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Limitează accesul la siturile Internet, atît la cele definite manual în
-lista albă/neagră, cît și dinamic în funcție de conținutul sitului
-Internet. Pentru a realiza acest lucru Drakguard utilizează DansGuardian,
-liderul aplicațiilor cu sursă deschisă de filtraj și control parental.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurarea controlului parental</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Dacă pe calculator aveți partiții formatate cu Ext2, Ext3 sau ReiserFS, vă
-va apărea o fereastră care vă propune să configurați ACL pe aceste
-partiții. ACL vine de la „Access Control Lists” (liste de control al
-accesului), o funcționalitate a nucleului Linux care permite limitarea
-accesului individual la fișiere numai pentru utilizatorii desemnați. ACL
-este integrat direct în sistemele de fișiere Ext4 și Btrfs, însă trebuie
-activat printr-o poțiune pentru partițiile Ext2, Ext3 și ReiserFS. Dacă
-alegeți „Da”, Drakguard vă va configura toate partițiile ca să suporte ACL
-și vă va sugera să redemarați calculatorul.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Activează controlul parental</guibutton>: dacă este bifat,
-controlul parental este activat și accesul la categoria <guilabel>Programe
-blocate</guilabel> este posibil.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Blochează tot traficul de rețea</guibutton>: dacă este bifat,
-toate siturile Internet sînt blocate cu excepția celor din lista albă. În
-caz contrar, toate siturile Internet sînt permise cu excepția celor din
-lista neagră.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Accesul utilizatorilor</guibutton>: utilizatorii listați în
-partea stîngă vor avea accesul restricționat în funcție de regulile pe care
-le definiți. Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu au accesul
-restricționat, așa că utilizatorii adulți nu sînt afectați. Selectați un
-utilizator din partea stîngă și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton>
-pentru a-l adăuga în lista utilizatorilor autorizați. Selectați un
-utilizator din partea dreaptă și apăsați pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton>
-pentru a-l înlătura din lista utilizatorilor autorizați. </para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Controlul perioadei de timp</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, accesul
-la Internet este permis cu restricții între ora de
-<guilabel>Început</guilabel> și de <guilabel>Sfîrșit</guilabel>. Accesul
-teste blocat în totalitate în afara acestor ore.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Secțiunea listei albe/negre</title>
-
-      <para>Introduceți adresa sitului Internet în cîmpul de sus și faceți clic pe
-butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton>.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Secțiunea programelor blocate</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Blochează aplicațiile definite</guibutton>: Activează accesul
-restricționat pe bază de ACL la aplicațiile specificate. Introduceți calea
-către aplicațiile pe care doriți să le blocați.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Lista utilizatorilor neblocați</guibutton>: Utilizatorii listați
-în partea dreaptă nu sînt supuși restricțiilor cu ACL.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1937f0ed..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Partajați conexiunea la Internet cu alte mașini din rețeaua locală</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Principii</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Partajul conexiunii este util cînd
-aveți un calculator (3) conectat la Internet (2) și care în plus mai este
-conectat și la o rețea locală (1). Puteți utiliza calculatorul (3) ca
-pasarelă pentru a oferi accesul la Internet și celorlalte calculatoare (5)
-și (6) din rețeaua locală (1). Pentru asta, calculatorul pasarelă trebuie să
-aibă două interfețe de rețea. Prima, precum o placă de rețea Ethernet,
-conectată la rețeaua locală, iar a doua (4) conectată la Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>Prima etapă constă să verificați că accesul la rețea și la Internet este
-configurat, după cum este documentat în <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Asistent pasarelă</title>
-
-    <para>Asistentul<footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> oferă etape succesive care
-sînt afișate mai jos:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Asistentul nu detectează cel puțin două interfețe, vă avertizează și cere să
-opriți rețeaua și să configurați componentele materiale.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Specifică interfețele utilizate pentru conexiunea la Internet. Asistentul
-sugerează în mod automat una din interfețe, însă este bine să verificați
-dacă cea propusă este corectă.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Specifică interfața utilizată pentru accesul la rețeaua locală. Asistentul
-propune și aici una, verificați dacă este corect.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Asistentul propune parametri pentru rețeaua locală, precum adresa IP, masca
-de rețea și numele de domeniu. Verificați dacă parametrii aceștia sînt
-compatibili cu configurația actuală. Se recomandă acceptarea acestor valori.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Specifică dacă se poate utiliza calculatorul pe post de server DNS. Dacă da,
-asistentul va verifica dacă <code>bind</code> este instalat. În caz contrar
-va trebui să specificați adresa unui server DNS.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Specifică dacă poate fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server DHCP. Dacă
-da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>dhcp-server</code> și se
-oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa de început și de sfîrșit a plajei DHCP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Specifică dacă va fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server proxy. Dacă da,
-asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>squid</code> și se oferă
-să-l configureze, cu adresa administratorului (admin@domeniulmeu.ro), numele
-proxyului (parafoculmeu@domeniulmeu.ro), portul (3128) și mărimea tamponului
-(100 Mo).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ultima etapă vă permite să verificați dacă pasarela este conectată la
-imprimante pentru a le partaja.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Veți fi invitat să verificați dacă parafocul este activat.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Configurează clientul</title>
-
-    <para>Dacă ați configurat pasarela cu DHCP, în unealta de configurat rețeaua
-trebuie doar să specificați că obțineți adresa IP în mod automat (de la
-DHCP). Parametrii vor fi obținuți cînd vă conectați la rețea. Această metodă
-este validă indiferent de sistemul de operate folosit de client.</para>
-
-    <para>Dacă trebuie să specificați manual parametrii de rețea, este nevoie să
-specificați și pasarela introducînd adresa IP a calculatorului pe post de
-pasarelă.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Opriți partajarea conexiunii</title>
-
-    <para>Lansați unealta dacă doriți să opriți partajarea conexiunii la Internet de
-pe calculatorul cu Mageia. Vi se va propune să să opriți partajarea sau să
-reconfigurați conexiunea.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b62461ba..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Definiții de gazde</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dacă unele sisteme din rețea vă oferă servicii și au adrese IP fixe, această
-unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> vă permite să le dați un nume
-pentru a le accesa mai ușor. Apoi veți putea utiliza numele ales în loc de
-adresa IP.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Adăugați</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Cu acest buton adăugați numele noului sistem. Veți obține o fereastră în
-care specificați adresa IP, numele de gazdă al sistemului și un alias care
-poate fi utilizat ca un nume.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modificați</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Puteți accesa parametrii unei intrări definite precedent. Veți obține
-aceeași fereastră.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f80382c3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Configurare avansată pentru interfețele de rețea și parafoc</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>
-
-  <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c8f19b45..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Centrul de rețea și Internet</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> se găsește în categoria
-rețea și Internet din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Centrul
-de rețea”.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducere</title>
-
-    <para>Cînd lansați această unealtă, se deschide o fereastră care listează toate
-rețelele configurate pe acest calculator, indiferent de tipul lor (filară,
-fără fir, satelit, etc.). Cînd faceți clic pe una din ele, vor apărea trei
-sau patru butoane, în funcție de tipul rețelei, care vă permit să căutați
-rețeaua, modifica parametrii sau s-o conectați/deconectați. Această unealtă
-nu este destinată să creeze o rețea, pentru asta folosiți
-<guilabel>Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL,
-...)</guilabel> din aceeași categorie din Centrul de Control Mageia.</para>
-
-    <para>În captura de ecran de mai jos, dată ca exemplu, puteți vedea două rețele,
-prima este filară și conectată, recunoscută după pictograma aceasta
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (și așa pentru una
-deconectată <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ), iar în a doua
-secțiune sînt afișate rețelele fără fir (WiFi). Cele neconectate le
-recunoașteți după pictograma aceasta <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> și cele conectate cu pictograma aceasta <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>. Pentru celelalte tipuri de rețele codul
-culorilor este același, verde dacă este conectată și roșie dacă nu este
-conectată.</para>
-
-    <para>În partea rețelelor fără fir a ecranului, puteți vedea toate rețelele
-detectate, împreună cu <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Puterea
-semnalului</guilabel>, dacă sînt criptate (în roșu) sau nu (în verde) și
-<guilabel>Modul de operare</guilabel>. Alegeți una făcînd clic pe ea și apoi
-pe <guibutton>Supraveghează</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>
-sau <guibutton>Conectează</guibutton>. Aici se poate trece de la o rețea la
-alta. Dacă este selectată o rețea privată, se va deschide fereastra
-parametrilor de rețea (vedeți mai jos) și vi se vor cere parametri
-suplimentari (o cheie de criptare în special).</para>
-
-    <para>Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Împrospătează</guibutton> pentru a actualiza
-ecranul.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Butonul de supraveghere</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Acest buton vă permite să vedeți activitatea rețelei, descărcările (către
-calculator, în roșu) și transmiterile (către Internet, în verde). Acest
-ecran este disponibil și făcînd clic dreapta pe <guimenu>pictograma Internet
-din zona de notificare sistem -> Supraveghează rețeaua</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Există cîte o secțiune pentru fiecare rețea (în cazul de față eth0 este
-rețeaua filară, lo este bucla locală și wlan0 este rețeaua fără fir) și una
-care oferă detalii despre starea conexiunii.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>La baza ferestrei este titlul <guilabel>Contabilizarea
-traficului</guilabel>, vom vedea asta în secțiunea următoare.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Butonul de configurare</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Pentru o rețea filară</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Există posibilitatea aici de a modifica parametrii dați în cursul creării
-rețelei. De cele mai multe ori, este suficient să bifați <guibutton>Alocare
-automată de adresă IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, iar
-dacă întîlniți probleme, configurarea manuală poate da rezultate mai bune. </para>
-
-    <para>Pentru o rețea domestică, <guilabel>Adresa IP</guilabel> seamănă mereu cu
-192.168.x.x, <guilabel>Masca de rețea</guilabel> este 255.255.255.0, iar
-<guilabel>Pasarela</guilabel> și <guilabel>Serverele DNS</guilabel> sînt
-disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces.</para>
-
-    <para>Dacă este bifată <guibutton>Activează contabilizarea traficului</guibutton>,
-aceasta va contabiliza traficul de rețea pe o bază orară, cotidiană sau
-lunară. Rezultatele sînt vizibile în fereastra „Supraveghere rețea”
-detaliată în secțiunea precedentă. Odată activată, va trebui să vă
-reconectați la rețea.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de
-rețea:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Butonul avansat:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Pentru o rețea fără fir</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Sînt explicate numai intrările de mai sus care nu au fost încă abordate.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Modul de operare:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Selectați <guilabel>Gestionat</guilabel> dacă se face conexiunea printr-un
-punct de acces, va fi detectat atunci un <emphasis
-role="bold">ESSID</emphasis>. Selectați <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> dacă
-este o rețea punct la punct. Selectați <emphasis
-role="bold">Principal</emphasis> dacă placa de rețea este utilizată ca punct
-de acces, în acest caz placa de rețea trebuie să suporte acest mod.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Mod de criptare și cheie de criptare:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Trebuie să cunoașteți acești parametri dacă este o rețea privată.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilizează o parolă și este mai slabă decît WPA
-care utilizează o frază secretă. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 cu cheie
-pre-partajată</guilabel> mai este numită și WPA personală sau WPA
-domestică. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> nu este prea utilizată în
-rețelele private.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Autorizează conexiunile itinerante</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Conexiunea itinerantă este o tehnologie care permite calculatorului să
-schimbe punctul de acces rămînînd conectat la rețea.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Butonul avansat:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Butonul de configurări avansate</title>
-
-    <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 543d59c7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Gestionați profilele de rețea</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>
-
-  <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ecaf60a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Partajați discuri și directoare via NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Cerințe preliminare</title>
-
-    <para>Cînd asistentul<footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> este lansat pentru
-prima oară, poate afișa următorul mesaj:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Trebuie instalat pachetul nfs-utils. Doriți să-l instalați?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>După terminarea instalării, se va afișa o fereastră cu o listă goală.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Fereastra principală</title>
-
-    <para>Este afișată o listă cu directoarele care sînt partajate. La această etapă
-lista este goală. Butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> vă dă accesul la o
-unealtă de configurare.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Modifică intrarea</title>
-
-    <para>Unealta de configurare este intitulată „Modifică intrarea”. Mai poate fi
-lansată și cu butonul <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Parametrii următori
-sînt disponibili.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Director NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Puteți specifica aici care director să fie partajat. Butonul
-<guibutton>Director</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la un explorator de fișiere
-pentru a-l alege.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Acces client</title>
-
-      <para>Puteți specifica aici gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze directorul
-partajat.</para>
-
-      <para>Clienții NFS pot fi specificați în mai multe feluri:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>gazdă simplă</emphasis>: o gazdă identificată fie după numele
-abreviat recunoscut de serverul de nume, un nume de domeniu complet
-calificat (FQDN) sau o adresă IP</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>grupuri de rețea</emphasis>: grupurile de rețea NIS pot fi
-specificate cu @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>metacaractere</emphasis>: numele mașinilor pot conține
-metacaracterele * și ?. De exemplu: *.cs.foo.edu  corespunde cu toate
-gazdele din domeniul cs.foo.edu</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: puteți de asemenea exporta simultan
-directoare la toate gazdele dintr-o (sub)rețea adăugînd o mască la sfîrșitul
-adresei de (sub)rețea, exemplu: 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0 sau 192.168.1.0/24</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Asociere ID utilizator</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>asociază utilizatorul root cu anonymous</emphasis>: asociază
-cererile de la uid/gid 0 cu uid/gid anonymous (root_squash). Utilizatorul
-root de pe calculatorul client nu poate citi sau scrie fișierele de pe
-server create cu utilizatorul root al serverului.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>permite accesul distant direct cu utilizatorul root</emphasis>: nu
-se transformă cererile UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Această opțiune este
-folosită în particular pentru stațiile de lucru ce nu dispun de un disc
-local.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>asociază toți utilizatorii cu anonymous</emphasis>: transformă
-toate UID/GID în utilizator anonim (all_squash). Este folositor pentru a
-exporta cu NFS directoare publice de FTP, directoare de News, etc. Opțiunea
-inversă este fără transformare UID (no_all_squash), care se aplică în mod
-implicit.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>utilizatori si grup anonim (anonuid și anongid)</emphasis>:
-aceste opțiuni definesc explicit UID si GID pentru contul anonymus.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Opțiuni avansate</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Conexiune securizată</emphasis>: această opțiune necesită ca
-cererile să provină din Internet de pe un port inferior lui IPPORT_RESERVED
-(1024). Această opțiune este activată implicit.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Partaj protejat la scriere</emphasis>: permite ori accesul numai
-în citire, ori în citire/scriere pe acest volum NFS. Implicit, toate
-cererile de modificare sînt refuzate. Acest comportament poate fi făcut
-explicit cu această opțiune.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Acces sincron</emphasis>: împiedică serverul NFS să violeze
-protocolul NFS și să răspundă cererilor înainte ca modificările induse de
-aceste cereri să fie comise pe mediul de stocare (ex: discul dur).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Verificare de subdirectoare</emphasis>: activează verificarea
-subdirectoarelor care poate îmbunătăți securitatea în unele cazuri, dar
-poate scădea fiabilitatea. Vedeți pagina de manual exports(5) pentru mai
-multe detalii.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Intrări de meniu</title>
-
-    <para>Pînă acum lista are cel puțin o intrare.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fișier|Scrie configurația</title>
-
-      <para>Salvează configurația curentă.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Repornire server NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Serverul s-a oprit și a repornit cu fișierele de configurație actuale.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Reîncărcare server NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Configurația afișată este actualizată cu fișierele de configurație actuale.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2704314c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Dacă trebuie să utilizați un server proxy pentru a accesa Internetul, puteți
-utiliza această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> pentru a-l
-configura. Administratorul de rețea vă va oferi informațiile necesare. De
-asemenea, puteți specifica și anumite servicii care, prin excepție, pot fi
-accesate fără proxy.</para>
-
-  <para>Articol de pe Wikipedia, din 24-09-2012, despre „Server proxy”: În rețelele
-de calculatoare, un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o
-aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la
-clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un
-server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de
-Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy
-analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 59154ca6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configurează mediile</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Primul lucru care trebuie făcut după instalare este adăugarea surselor
-aplicațiilor (cunoscute și ca depozite, medii sau oglinzi). Acest lucru
-înseamnă că trebuie să selecționați mediile sursă ce vor fi utilizate pentru
-instalarea și actualizarea pachetelor și aplicațiilor. (vedeți butonul
-„Adaugă” de mai jos)</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Dacă instalați (sau actualizați) Mageia utilizînd un mediu optic (DVD sau
-CD) sau un dispozitiv USB, acest mediu va rămîne configurat ca mediu sursă
-pentru instalarea aplicațiilor. Pentru a evita să vi-se ceară să introduceți
-acest mediu de fiecare dată cînd instalați pachete noi, ar trebui să-l
-dezactivați (sau să-l înlăturați). (Apare ca un mediu de tip CD-ROM)</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Sistemul de față rulează pe o arhitectură care poate fi pe 32 de biți
-(numită i586) sau pe 64 de biți (numită x86_64). Unele pachete sînt
-independente de arhitectura sistemului, aceste pachete sînt numite
-noarch. Acestea nu dispun de propriile lor directoare noarch pe oglinzi, dar
-se găsesc în ambele medii i586 și x86_64.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role="bold">Gestionare
-aplicații</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> din Centrul de
-Control Mageia.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Coloanele</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Coloana „Activează”:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru a instala pachete noi. Fiți prudent
-cu unele medii precum „Testing” sau „Debug”, vă pot face sistemul
-inutilizabil.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Coloana „Actualizare”:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru actualizarea pachetelor, este
-obligatoriu să le activați. Numai mediile care conțin „Update” în nume
-trebuiesc selecționate. Din motive de securitate, această coloană nu poate
-fi modificată cu această unealtă, pentru acest lucru trebuie să deschideți o
-consolă ca root și să tastați <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media
---expert</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Coloana „Mediu”:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Afișează numele mediului. Depozitele Mageia oficiale pentru versiunile
-finale conțin cel puțin:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> care conține majoritatea programelor
-disponibile și suportate de Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> care conține unele aplicații care
-nu sînt libere.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> conține aplicații libere care pot
-fi sub incidența dreptului de autor în unele țări.</para>
-
-        <para>Fiecare mediu are 4 secțiuni:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> conține pachetele așa cum au fost
-în ziua în care a fost lansată această versiune de Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> conține pachetele actualizate de la
-lansarea versiunii din motive de securitate sau de corectare de erori. Toată
-lumea trebuie să aibă acest mediu activat, chiar și cu o conexiune la
-Internet foarte lentă.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> conține anumite pachete cu
-versiuni noi retroportate din Cauldron (viitoarea versiune în curs de
-dezvoltare).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> care este utilizat temporar pentru
-testarea noilor actualizări, atîta cît raportorii de erori și echipa de
-control al calității (QA) să poată valida corectările.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Butoanele din dreapta</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Înlătură:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Pentru a înlătura un mediu, faceți clic pe el și apoi pe acest buton. Este
-recomandat să înlăturați mediul utilizat pentru instalare (CD sau DVD de
-exemplu) din moment ce toate pachetele conținute sînt disponibile pe mediul
-Core al versiunii.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Editează:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Vă permite să modificați parametrii mediilor selectate (URL, descărcător și
-proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Adaugă:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Adaugă depozitele oficiale disponibile pe Internet. Aceste depozite conțin
-numai aplicațiile sigure și bine testate. Făcînd clic pe butonul „Adaugă” se
-va adăuga în sistem lista oglinzilor, deoarece sistemul este conceput să vă
-asigure că instalați și actualizați de pe o oglindă aproape de
-dumneavoastră. Dacă preferați să alegeți o oglindă specifică, adăugați-o
-alegînd „Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii” din lista derulantă a
-meniului „Fișier”.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Săgețile sus și jos:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Schimbă ordinea listei. Cînd Drakrpm caută un pachet, parcurge lista în
-ordinea afișată și va instala primul pachet găsit (pentru același număr de
-versiune, altfel instalează ultima versiune). Deci, dacă se poate, plasați
-depozitele cele mai rapide la începutul listei.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Meniul</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fișier -> Actualizează:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Va apărea o fereastră cu lista mediilor. Selectați-le pe cele pe care doriți
-să le actualizați și faceți clic pe butonul
-<guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Să presupunem că nu sînteți mulțumit de oglinda actuală deoarece, spre
-exemplu, este prea înceată sau de foarte multe ori indisponibilă, atunci
-puteți alege o altă oglindă. Selecționați toate mediile actuale și faceți
-clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a renunța la ele. Apoi faceți
-clic pe <guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică de medii</guimenu>,
-optați între setul complet sau doar cele de actualizare (dacă nu știți,
-alegeți <guibutton>Setul complet de surse</guibutton>) și acceptați
-contractul apăsînd pe <guibutton>Da</guibutton>. Se deschide această
-fereastră:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>În stînga puteți vedea o listă cu țări. Alegeți țara în care vă aflați sau
-una din apropiere. Făcînd clic pe simbolul > se vor afișa toate oglinzile
-disponibile din acea țară. Alegeți una și faceți clic pe
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă un mediu personalizat:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Este posibilă instalarea unui mediu nou (de la un furnizor terț de exemplu)
-care nu este suportat de Mageia. O fereastră nouă apare:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Selectați tipul mediului, găsiți un
-nume inspirat care să-l definească bine și specificați adresa URL (sau
-calea, în funcție de tipul mediului)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opțiuni -> Opțiuni globale:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Acest element vă permite să alegeți cînd se „Verifică pachetele RPM de
-instalat” (mereu sau niciodată), programul de descărcare (curl, wget sau
-aria2) și să definiți politica de descărcare pentru informațiile despre
-pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opțiuni -> Gestionați cheile:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Pentru a garanta un înalt nivel de securitate, sînt utilizate chei digitale
-pentru a autentifica mediile. Pentru fiecare mediu există posibilitatea de a
-accepta sau refuza o cheie. În fereastra care apare, selectați un mediu și
-apoi faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a autoriza o cheie
-nouă, sau selectați o cheie și faceți clic pe
-<guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Faceți acest lucru cu grijă, ca de altfel cu toate chestiunile legate de
-securitate</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Opțiuni -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Dacă aveți nevoie să utilizați un server proxy pentru accesul la Internet,
-îl puteți configura aici. Trebuie doar să specificați <guibutton>Nume
-proxy</guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume
-utilizator</guilabel> și de <guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Petru informații suplimentare despre configurarea mediilor, consultați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">pagina pe Mageia
-Wiki</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 593135d2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Partajați discuri și directoare cu Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducere</title>
-
-    <para>Samba este un protocol utilizat în diferite sisteme de operare pentru a
-partaja unele resurse precum directoarele sau imprimantele. Această unealtă
-vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca server Samba utilizînd protocolul
-SMB/CIFS. Acest protocol este utilizat și de Windows(R), iar calculatoarele
-cu acest sistem de operare pot accesa resursele serverului Samba.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pregătire</title>
-
-    <para>Pentru a putea fi accesat de celelalte calculatoare, serverul trebuie să
-aibă o adresă IP fixă. Aceasta poate fi specificată direct pe server, de
-exemplu cu <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, sau pe serverul DHCP care
-identifică stația după adresa sa MAC și-i atribuie mereu aceeași adresă
-IP. Parafocul trebuie de asemenea să permită cererile intrînde către
-serverul Samba.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Asistent - Server autonom</title>
-
-    <para>La prima lansare, uneltele <footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> verifică
-dacă pachetele necesare sînt instalate și propun instalarea lor dacă nu sînt
-prezente. Apoi va fi lansat asistentul pentru configurarea serverului Samba.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>În fereastra următoare, opțiunea de configurare de server autonom este deja
-selectată.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Apoi specificați numele grupului. Acesta trebuie să fie același cu cel
-utilizat pentru a accesa resursele partajate.</para>
-
-    <para>Numele netbios este numele care va fi utilizat pentru a desemna serverul în
-rețea.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Alegeți modul de securitate:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>utilizator</guilabel>: clientul trebuie autorizat pentru a accesa
-resursa</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>partaj</guilabel>: clientul se autentifică separat pentru fiecare
-partaj</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Puteți specifica gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze resursele, prin
-adresa IP sau numele de gazdă.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Specificați bandiera serverului. Bandiera este modul în care serverul va fi
-descris pe stațiile Windows.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Locul în care Samba își poate stoca jurnalele cu informații poate fi
-specificat la etapa următoare.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Asistentul va afișa o listă cu parametrii aleși înainte să acceptați
-configurația. La acceptare, configurația va fi scrisă în
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Asistent - Controlor de domeniu principal</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Dacă este selectată opțiunea
-„Controler de domeniu principal”, asistentul va cere să indicați dacă
-trebuie sau nu suportat Wins și să furnizați administratorii. Pașii următori
-sînt atunci identici ca pentru serverul autonom, cu excepția că puteți alege
-și un mod de securitate:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domeniu</guilabel>: furnizează un mecanism pentru stocarea tuturor
-utilizatorilor și grupurilor într-un repertoriu de conturi central și
-partajat. Repertoriul de conturi centralizat este partajat între controlere
-(de securitate).</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Declarați un director pentru partajat</title>
-
-    <para>Cu butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> obținem:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>O nouă intrare este adăugată. Aceasta poate fi modificată cu ajutorul
-butonului <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Opțiunile, precum dacă un
-director să fie sau nu vizibil în mod public, scris sau navigabil, pot fi
-editate. În schimb, numele de partaj nu poate fi modificat.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Intrări de meniu</title>
-
-    <para>Cînd lista conține cel puțin o intrare, intrările din meniu pot fi
-utilizate.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Fișier|Scrie configurația</title>
-
-      <para>Salvează configurația curentă în <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Server Samba | Configurare</title>
-
-      <para>Asistentul poate fi lansat din nou cu această comandă.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Server Samba | Repornire</title>
-
-      <para>Serverul s-a oprit și a repornit cu fișierele de configurație actuale.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Server Samba | Reîncărcare</title>
-
-      <para>Configurația afișată este actualizată cu fișierele de configurație actuale.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Partajare imprimante</title>
-
-    <para>Samba vă permite să partajați și imprimantele.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Utilizatori Samba</title>
-
-    <para>În această secțiune puteți adăuga utilizatorii care au dreptul să acceseze
-resursele partajate cînd este cerută autentificarea. Puteți adăuga
-utilizatorii din <xref linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ae83854..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configurați autentificarea pentru uneltele Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> se găsește în categoria
-<emphasis role="bold">Securitate</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia </para>
-
-  <para>Permite acordarea utilizatorilor obișnuiți autorizațiile necesare pentru a
-efectua sarcini realizate de obicei de administrator.</para>
-
-  <para>Apăsați pe săgetuța din fața elementului dacă vreți să-l derulați:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Majoritatea uneltelor disponibile în Centrul de Control Mageia sînt afișate
-în partea stîngă a ferestrei (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus) și pentru
-fiecare unealtă, o listă derulantă în partea dreaptă vă oferă posibilitatea
-să alegeți între:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Implicit: Modul de lansare depinde de nivelul de securitate ales. Vedeți în
-aceeași categorie din CCM, unealta „Configurați securitatea sistemului,
-permisiuni și audit”</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Parolă utilizator: parola utilizatorului este cerută înainte de lansarea
-uneltei.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Parolă administrator: Parola utilizatorului root este cerută înainte de
-lansarea uneltei</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Fără parolă: unealta este lansată fără să se ceară vreo parolă.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bca86a2d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> se găsește în categoria
-<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia, în secțiunea
-<guilabel>Unelte de administrare</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Cînd lansați această unealtă în CCM pentru prima dată, veți vedea un mesaj
-pentru a instala draksnapshot. Faceți clic pe
-<guibutton>Instalează</guibutton> pentru a continua. Draksnapshot și alte
-cîteva pachete necesare vor fi instalate.</para>
-
- <para>Faceți clic din nou pe <guilabel>Instantanee (puncte de
-restaurare)</guilabel> și veți vedea ecranul de
-<guilabel>Configurări</guilabel>. Bifați <guilabel>Activează
-salvările</guilabel> iar, dacă doriți să salvați întreg sistemul, și
-<guilabel>Salvează întreg sistemul</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Dacă doriți să salvați doar o parte din directoare, atunci alegeți
-<guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> și va apărea o mică fereastră. Utilizați
-butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> și <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton>
-împreună cu <guilabel>Lista de salvat</guilabel> pentru a include sau
-exclude directoare și fișiere în lista de salvat. Utilizați aceleași butoane
-de lîngă lista de <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> pentru a înlătura
-subdirectoare și/sau fișiere din directoarele alese, care <emphasis
-role="bold">nu</emphasis> trebuiesc incluse în salvare. Apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Închide</guibutton> cînd ați terminat.</para>
-	  <para>Acum indicați calea <guilabel>Unde să se salveze</guilabel>, sau alegeți
-butonul <guibutton>Navigare</guibutton> pentru a selecta calea
-corectă. Toate cheile USB sau discurile externe montate pot fi găsite în
-<emphasis role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton> pentru a efectua un instantaneu
-(punct de restaurare).</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 831d6a00..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Configurați sunetul</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> se găsește în categoria
-<emphasis role="bold">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control
-Mageia.</para>
-  <para>Draksound se ocupă cu configurarea sunetului, incluzînd alegerea pilotului,
-opțiunile PulseAudio și depanarea sunetului. Vă va ajuta dacă întîlniți
-probleme cu sunetul sau dacă schimbați placa de sunet.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> este un server de sunet. Acesta
-recepționează toate semnalele audio de intrare, le mixează în funcție de
-preferințele utilizatorului și transmite rezultatul la ieșirea de
-sunet. Vedeți <guimenu>Meniu -> Sunte și video -> Controlul volumului
-PulseAudio</guimenu> pentru aceste preferințe.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio este serverul de sunet implicit și este recomandat să-l lăsați
-activat.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> ameliorează PulseAudio cu unele
-programe. Este recomandat să-l lăsați activat.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
-fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an
-obvious button.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f8b7c85..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Configurați un UPS pentru supravegherea alimentării</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 42a05be2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configurați conexiunea VPN pentru acces securizat la rețea</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducere</title>
-
-    <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> vă permite să
-configurați accesul la o rețea distantă prin stabilirea unui tunel între
-calculatorul local și rețeaua distantă. Vom prezenta aici numai configurarea
-de partea calculatorului local. Presupunem că rețeaua distantă este deja
-operațională și că administratorul v-a furnizat informațiile de conectare,
-ca de exemplu un fișier de configurare .pcf.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuration</title>
-
-    <para>Mai întîi, selectați Concentrator VPN Cisco sau OpenVPN în funcție de
-protocolul pe care-l utilizați pentru rețeaua privată.</para>
-
-    <para>Apoi dați un nume conexiunii.</para>
-
-    <para>În ecranul următor, furnizați detaliile conexiunii VPN.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Pentru VPN Cisco</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Pentru OpenVPN, pachetul și dependențele sale vor fi instalate cînd unealta
-este utilizată pentru prima dată.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Selectați fișierele pe care le-ați
-primit de la administratorul de rețea.</para>
-
-        <para>Parametri avansați:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>În ecranul următor se va cere adresa IP a pasarelei.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Cînd s-au configurat parametrii, aveți opțiunea de a porni conexiunea VPN.</para>
-
-    <para>Această conexiune VPN poate fi configurată să pornească automat cu o
-conexiune de rețea. Pentru a face asta, reconfigurați conexiunea de rețea să
-se conecteze mereu la acest VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5813c9c0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configurare server web</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> vă ajută să configurați
-un server web.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Ce este un server web?</title>
-    <para>
-      Serverul web este aplicația care ajută la furnizarea conținutului ce poate
-fi accesat din Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Configurarea unui server web cu drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului web.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introducere</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selectarea expunerii serverului: în rețeaua locală și/sau pe Internet</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Expunerea sitului web pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru
-lucruri neplăcute.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Modulul utilizator al serverului</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Autorizează utilizatorii să-și creeze propriile situri web.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Nemele directorului web al utilizatorului</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Utilizatorul trebuie să creeze și să populeze acest director, apoi serverul
-îl va afișa.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Directorul implicit al serverului web</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele implicite ale
-serverului web.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sumar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finalizare</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ați terminat! Apăsați pe <guibutton>Finalizare</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dbcdc57b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configurare DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2176612f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configurare DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Această unealtă nu funcționează pe Mageia 4 din cauza noii scheme de numire
-pentru interfețele de rețea.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> vă ajută să configurați
-un server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie
-instalată înainte de a o accesa.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ce este DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) este un
-protocol de rețea standardizat utilizat pentru configurarea dinamică a
-adreselor IP și a altor informații care sînt necesare pentru comunicarea pe
-Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurarea unui server DHCP cu drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului DHCP.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introducere</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selectarea interfeței de rețea</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Alegeți interfața de rețea, care este conectată la subrețea și pentru care
-serverul DHCP îi va atribui o adresă IP, iar apoi apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selectați plaja de adrese IP</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Selectați adresele de început și de sfîrșit al plajei de adrese IP pe care
-doriți s-o furnizeze serverul, împreună cu adresa IP a pasarelei care vă
-conectează undeva dincolo de rețeaua locală, sperăm aproape de Internet, iar
-apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Sumar</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Stați puțin...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Se poate rezolva. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> de cîteva ori și
-mai faceți schimbări pe ici pe colo.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Cîteva ore mai tîrziu...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ce s-a făcut</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instalarea pachetului dhcp-server dacă este necesar;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Salvarea <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> în <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Crearea unui nou <code>dhcpd.conf</code> pornind de la
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> și
-adăugînd noii parametrii:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>De asemenea, modificarea fișierului de configurare Webmin
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se repornește <code>dhcpd</code>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 99ffb240..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configurare dată și oră</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Scopul acestei unelte<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> este să
-sincronizeze ora serverului local cu un server distant. Nu este instalat în
-mod implicit și trebuie de asemenea să instalați pachetele drakwizard și
-drakwizard-base.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurați un server NTP cu drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>După ecranul de întîmpinare (a se vedea mai sus), cel de al doilea vă cere
-să alegeți trei servere de timp din lista derulantă și vă sugerează de două
-ori să utilizați pool.ntp.org deoarece acest server indică mereu către
-serverele de timp disponibile.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Ecranele următoare vă permit să alegeți regiunea și orașul, iar apoi
-ajungeți la un sumar. Dacă ceva nu este în regulă, puteți bine înțeles
-modifica utilizînd butonul <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>. Dacă totul este în
-regulă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a proceda
-la teste. Poate dura ceva timp, iar la final veți obține ecranul de mai jos:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide
-unealta.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ce s-a făcut</title>
-
-    <para>Această unealtă efectuează următoarele etape:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instalarea pachetului <code>ntp</code> dacă este necesar</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Salvarea fișierelor <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> în
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> și <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>
-în <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Scrierea unui nou fișieru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> cu lista
-serverelor;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modificarea fișierului <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> prin inserarea numelui
-primului server;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Oprirea și pornirea serviciilor <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> și
-<code>ntpd</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Reglarea ceasului intern pe ora curentă a sistemului cu referința UTC</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index adf2c0f5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configurare FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> vă ajută să configurați
-un server <acronym>FTP</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Ce este <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) este un protocol standard de
-rețea utilizat pentru transferarea fișierelor de la o gazdă la alta printr-o
-rețea pe bază de <acronym>TCP</acronym>, precum Internetul. (sursă:
-Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Configurarea unui server FTP cu drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Bine ați venit în asistentul FTP.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Introducere</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selectarea expunerii serverului: în rețeaua locală și/sau pe Internet</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Expunerea serverului FTP pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru
-lucruri neplăcute.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Informații despre server</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Introduceți numele cu care serverul se va prezenta, cineva care să primească
-mailurile cu reclamații și dacă să accepte sau nu autentificarea cu root.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opțiuni server</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Definiți portul de ascultare, directorul chroot, permiterea reluării
-transferului și/sau <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sumar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finalizare</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ați terminat! Apăsați pe <guibutton>Finalizare</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6938f2ec..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configurare proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> vă ajută să configurați
-un server proxy. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie instalată înainte
-de a o accesa.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ce este un server proxy?</title>
-
-    <para>Un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care
-acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută
-resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un
-serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă
-resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea
-pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea. (sursă: Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configurarea unui server proxy cu drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Bine ați venit în asistentul de server proxy.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Introducere</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selectare port proxy</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Selectați portul proxy-ului prin care navigatorul se va conecta, apoi
-apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Definiți nivelul de utilizare al memoriei și al spațiului pe disc</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Definiți limitele memoriei și al pre-tamponului, apoi apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selectați controlul accesului la rețea</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Definiți vizibilitatea în rețeaua locală sau mondială, apoi apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Permiteți accesul la rețea</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Permiteți accesul la rețelele locale, apoi apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Utilizați serverul proxy de nivel superior?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cascadați prin alt server proxy? Dacă nu, omiteți această etapă.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Adresa URL și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Furnizați numele de gază și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior, apoi
-apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Sumar</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Lansare la demaraj?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Alegeți dacă serverul proxy trebuie să fie lansat la demaraj, apoi apăsați
-pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Finalizare</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ați terminat! Apăsați pe <guibutton>Finalizare</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ce s-a făcut</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Instalarea pachetului squid dacă este necesar;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Salvarea lui <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> în
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Crearea unui nou <code>squid.conf</code> pornind de la
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 sau 3 și <code>http_access</code> în funcție de
-nivel</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Se repornește <code>squid</code>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 58c498fa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configurare demon OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> vă ajută să configurați
-un serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Ce este <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) este un protocol de rețea criptografic pentru securizarea
-comunicațiilor de date, conectarea de la distanță în linie de comandă,
-executarea de la distanță a comenzilor și a altor servicii de rețea
-securizate între două calculatoare care conectează, printr-un canal
-securizat într-o rețea nesigură, un server și un client (executînd
-programele de server SSH și respectiv client <acronym>SSH</acronym> client
-programs). (sursă: Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Configurarea unui serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym> cu drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Bine ați venit în asistentul Open SSH.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selectați tipul opțiunilor de configurare</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Alegeți <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pentru toate opțiunile sau
-<guilabel>Începător</guilabel> pentru a omite etapele 3-7, apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opțiuni generale</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Stabilește vizibilitatea și opțiunile accesului pentru root. Portul 22 este
-portul <acronym>SSH</acronym> standard.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Metode de autentificare</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Permite o varietate de metode de autentificare pe care utilizatorii le pot
-utiliza la conectare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Autentificare</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Alegeți tipul de acces la jurnale și nivelul de jurnalizare, apoi apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opțiuni autentificare</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configurați parametrii de pre-autentificare, apoi apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Opțiuni autentificare utilizator</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configurați parametrii de acces al utilizatorului, apoi apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compresie și redirecționare</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configurați compresia și redirecționarea X11 în timpul transferului, apoi
-apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sumar</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Finalizare</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ați terminat! Apăsați pe <guibutton>Finalizare</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f4da91b2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Gestionați serviciile sistemului prin activarea și dezactivarea lor</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>   
-
-  <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ee000d1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Configurație materială</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> vă oferă o vedere de
-ansamblu a componentelor materiale din calculator. Cînd este lansată,
-unealta execută o sarcină care se uită după fiecare element al componentelor
-materiale. Pentru asta utilizează comanda <code>ldetect</code> care face
-referință la o listă de componente materiale din pachetul
-<code>ldetect-lst</code>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Fereastra</title>
-
-    <para>Fereastra este divizată în două coloane.</para>
-
-    <para>Coloana din stînga conține o listă cu componentele detectate. Dispozitivele
-sînt grupate după categorie. Faceți clic pe &gt; pentru a desfășura
-conținutul unei categorii. Fiecare dispozitiv poate fi selectat în această
-coloană.</para>
-
-    <para>Coloana din dreapta afișează informații despre dispozitivul
-selectat. <guimenu>Ajutor -&gt; Descrierea cîmpurilor</guimenu> oferă
-anumite informații despre conținutul cîmpurilor.</para>
-
-    <para>În funcție de tipul dispozitivului selectat, unul sau două butoane sînt
-disponibile în partea de jos a coloanei din dreapta:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Specificați opțiunile pilotului curent</guibutton>: permite
-parametrarea modulului utilizat în relație cu dispozitivul. Trebuie utilizat
-numai de experți.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Execută unealta de configurare</guibutton>: accesul la unealta
-care poate configura dispozitivul. De multe ori unealta poate fi accesată
-direct din CCM.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Meniul</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Opțiuni</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>Meniul cu <guimenu>opțiuni</guimenu> vă oferă oportunitatea de a bifa căsuțe
-pentru a activa detectarea automată:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Dispozitive Jaz</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Dispozitive Zip pe port paralel</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Aceste detecții nu sînt activate în mod implicit pentru că sînt
-încete. Bifați căsuțele potrivite dacă aveți astfel de componente. Detecția
-va funcționa la următoarea lansare a acestei unelte.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 35e434e7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Configurați dispunerea tastaturii</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Introducere</title>
-
-    <para>Unealta pentru tastatură<footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> vă ajută să
-configurați dispunerea de bază a tastaturii pe care o utilizați în
-Mageia. Aceasta va afecta dispunerea tastaturii pentru toți utilizatorii din
-sistem. Unealta poate fi găsită în secțiunea componentelor materiale din
-Centrul de Control Mageia (CCM) intitulată „Configurare maus și tastatură”.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Dispunerea tastaturii</title>
-
-    <para>Aici puteți alege dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți să o
-utilizați. Denumirile, listate în ordine alfabetică, descriu limba, țara
-și/sau etnia pentru care tastatura corespunde.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tipul tastaturii</title>
-
-    <para>Acest meniu vă permite să selectați tipul tastaturii pe care o
-utilizați. Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, cel mai bine este să lăsați tipul
-implicit.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 266df254..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Gestionați localizarea sistemului</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> ca root.
-  </para></footnote> se găsește în categoria
-sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați
-localizarea sistemului”. Se deschide o fereastră în care vă puteți alege
-limba. Selecția este în funcție de limbile alese la instalare.</para>
-
-  <para>Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la activarea
-compatibilității cu codificarea veche (non UTF-8).</para>
-
-  <para>A doua fereastră afișează o listă cu țări în funcție de limba
-selectată. Butonul <guibutton>Alte țări</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la
-țările nelistate.</para>
-
-  <para>Trebuie să reporniți sesiunea după orice modificare.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Metodă de intrare:</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și o metodă de
-intrare (din meniul derulant de la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit
-utilizatorilor să introducă caractere multilingve (chinezești, japoneze,
-coreene, etc.).</para>
-  <para> Pentru localizările asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit ca metoda de
-intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu mai trebuie să o configureze
-manual.</para>
-  <para>Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) oferă și ele funcții
-similare și pot, dacă nu sînt disponibile în meniul derulant, fi instalate
-în altă parte a Centrului de Control Mageia. Vedeți <xref
-linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e72f6e9f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> se găsește în categoria
-sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată
-<guilabel>Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pentru a efectua o căutare în jurnale</title>
-
-    <para>Întîi, introduceți șirul cheie pe care vreți să-l căutați în cîmpul
-<emphasis role="bold">Conținînd</emphasis> și/sau șirul cheie pe care
-<emphasis>nu</emphasis> doriți să-l vedeți printre rezultatele din cîmpul
-<emphasis role="bold">dar nu conține</emphasis>. Apoi alegeți fișierele de
-căutat în cîmpul <guilabel>Alegeți fișierul</guilabel>. Opțional, se poate
-limita căutarea la doar o singură zi. Selectați în <emphasis
-role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, utilizînd micile săgeți de o parte și de
-alta a lunii și anului și bifați "<guibutton>Arată numai pentru ziua
-selectată</guibutton>". La final, apăsați pe butonul
-<guibutton>caută</guibutton> pentru a vedea rezultatele în fereastra
-intitulată <guilabel>Conținutul fișierului</guilabel>. Se pot salva
-rezultatele în format .txt apăsînd pe butonul <emphasis
-role="bold">Salvează</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para><guibutton>Jurnalele uneltelor Mageia</guibutton> găzduiesc jurnalele
-uneltelor de configurare Mageia precum cele din Centrul de Control
-Mageia. Aceste jurnale sînt actualizate de fiecare dată cînd o configurație
-este modificată.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pentru a configura o alertă pe e-mail</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Alerte pe e-mail</guibutton> verifică în mod automat serviciile
-și solicitarea sistemului, iar dacă este necesar trimite un e-mail la
-adresele configurate.</para>
-
-    <para>Pentru a configura această unealtă, apăsați pe butonul <emphasis
-role="bold">Alerte pe e-mail</emphasis>, iar în ecranul următor pe butonul
-<guibutton>Configurați sistemul de alerte pe e-mail</guibutton>. Aici sînt
-afișate toate serviciile în execuție și puteți alege pe cele pe care doriți
-să le urmăriți (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus).</para>
-
-    <para>Serviciile următoare pot fi supravegheate:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serviciul Webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serverul de poștă electronică Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server Apache World Wide Web </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Serviciul xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Rezolvator de nume de domeniu BIND</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>În ecranul următor, selectați valoarea <guilabel>Solicitării</guilabel> pe
-care o considerați inacceptabilă. Solicitarea reprezintă numărul de apeluri
-al unui proces, o solicitare mare arată că sistemul poate fi blocat, iar o
-solicitare foarte mare poate indica faptul că un proces a ieșit de sub
-control. Valoarea implicită este 3. Vă recomandăm să stabiliți valoarea
-solicitării de trei ori numărul procesoarelor.</para>
-
-    <para>În ultimul ecran, introduceți <guilabel>Adresa de e-mail</guilabel> a
-persoanei care va fi avertizată și <guilabel>Serverul de
-mesagerie</guilabel> care va fi utilizat (local sau pe Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 614f9f45..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Afișează partajele NFS și SMB disponibile</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă <footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> poate fi lansată și
-utilizată numai în linie de comandă.</para>
-
-  <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fefd1b7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Afișează informațiile PCI, USB și PCMCIA</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă <footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> poate fi lansată și
-utilizată numai în linie de comandă. Vă va oferi ceva mai multe informații
-dacă este utilizată cu contul root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake furnizează listat tuturor dispozitivelor conectate la calculator
-(USB, PCI și PCMCIA) și cu piloții utilizați. Are nevoie de pachetele
-ldetect și ldetect-lst pentru a funcționa.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cu opțiunea -v, lspcidrake adaugă identificatorii dispozitivului și al
-fabricantului.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake generează de obicei liste foarte lungi, astfel încît, pentru a
-găsi o informație, este des utilizat cu comanda grep, ca în aceste exemple:</para>
-
-  <para>Informații despre placa grafică:</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Informații despre rețea</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i pentru a ignora sensibilitatea la majuscule.</para>
-
-  <para>În imaginea de mai jos puteți vedea acțiunea opțiunii -v pentru lspcidrake
-și opțiunea -i pentru grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Există și altă unealtă care furnizează informații despre componentele
-materiale, se numește <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (ca root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7846ccb9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Demaraj</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura
-etapele de demaraj. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai
-multe.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurați demarajul sistemului</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fdd23601..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Componente materiale</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura
-componentele materiale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai
-multe.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Gestionați componentele materiale</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Explorați și configurați
-componentele materiale</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurare sistem grafic</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configurați efectele de birou
-3D</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurare maus și tastatură</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Configurare imprimantă și scaner</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Configurați
-imprimantele, cozile de tipărire...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Altele</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b3c5f8e5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Despre manualul pentru Centrul de Control Mageia</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Centrul de Control Mageia (MCC) prezintă în coloana din stînga opt intrări
-sau categorii diferite (sau chiar zece dacă este instalat pachetul
-drakwizard) dintre care puteți alege. Fiecare dintre aceste categorii vă
-oferă un set de unelte care pot fi selecționate în panoul mare din dreapta.</para>
-
-	<para>Următoarele zece capitole tratează acele zece opțiuni și uneltele asociate.</para>
-
-<para>Ultimul capitol tratează alte cîteva unelte Mageia care nu pot fi
-selecționate din niciuna din secțiunile MCC.</para>
-
-	<para>Titlurile paginilor vor fi de obicei aceleași cu titlurile ecranelor
-uneltei.</para>
-
-        <para>Este disponibilă și o bară de căutare, ce poate fi accesată făcînd clic pe
-secțiunea „Caută” din coloana din stînga.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a27a9ac..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Discuri locale</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a gestiona sau
-partaja discurile locale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla
-mai multe.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Discuri locale</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f2bcfead..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Rețea și Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de rețea. Faceți clic pe
-legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Gestionați interfețele de rețea</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personalizați și securizați rețeaua</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Altele</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d9ba703..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Servicii de rețea</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Partajare</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai
-dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege
-dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe
-legătura de mai jos sau pe  <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/> pentru a afla mai
-multe.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Servicii de rețea</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e0773f58..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Partajare în rețea</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a partaja discuri
-și directoare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configurare partaje Windows(R)</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Partajați discuri și
-directoare cu sistemele Windows (SMB)</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configurare partaje NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configurare partaje WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 39b9c82e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Securitate</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de securitate. Faceți
-clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Securitate</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configurați securitatea sistemului,
-permisiuni și audit</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2feb0308..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Partajare</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Servicii de rețea</emphasis> sînt
-vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul
-<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru
-a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe
-<xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/> pentru a afla mai multe.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Partajare</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b4c339ac..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistem</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte sistem și de
-administrare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Gestionați serviciile sistem</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Localizare</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Unelte de administrare</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Gestionați utilizatorii din
-sistem</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d57309d4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configurați frecvența actualizărilor</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> se găsește în categoria
-<emphasis role="bold">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din Centrul de Control
-Mageia. Mai poate fi accesată și printr-un clic-dreapta pe pictograma roșie
-<inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> din zona de notificare a
-sistemului și alegînd <guimenu>Configurare actualizări</guimenu>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Primul cursor vă permite să schimbați cît de des Mageia va verifica după
-actualizări, iar al doilea durata înaintea primei verificări după
-demaraj. Căsuța de bifare vă oferă posibilitatea de a fi anunțat cînd o nouă
-versiune de Mageia este disponibilă.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 41779c2f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Configurați dispozitivele de indicare (maus, tușieră tactilă)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> se găsește în categoria
-<emphasis role="bold">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control
-Mageia.</para>
-
-  <para>Deoarece aveți nevoie de un maus pentru a instala Mageia, acela este deja
-instalat de Drakinstall. Această unealtă vă permite să instalați un alt
-maus.</para>
-
-  <para>Maușii sînt sortați după tipul de conexiune și apoi după model. Alegeți
-mausul și apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. În majoritatea cazurilor
-„Universal / Orice maus PS/2 și USB” este potrivit pentru un maus
-recent. Noul maus este luat în considerare imediat.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7348d882..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,366 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Securitate și audit de sistem</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prezentare</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> este o interfață grafică pentru
-MSEC care vă permite să configurați securitatea sistemului de două maniere:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Definește comportamentul sistemului, MSEC impune modificări sistemului
-pentru a-l face mai securizat.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Efectuează în mod automat verificări periodice ale sistemului pentru a ne
-putea avertiza dacă ceva pare a fi periculos.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>MSEC utilizează conceptul de „nivele de securitate” care sînt destinate să
-configureze un set de permisiuni pentru sistem. Acestea pot fi auditate
-pentru modificări sau forțare. O parte din ele sînt propuse de Mageia, însă
-vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vedere de ansamblu</title>
-
-    <para>A se vedea în imaginea de mai sus</para>
-
-    <para>Prima categorie afișează lista diferitelor unelte de securitate cu un buton
-în dreapta pentru a le putea configura:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Parafoc, accesibil și din CCM / Securitate / Configurați parafocul personal</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Actualizări, accesibil și din CCM / Gestionare aplicații / Actualizați
-sistemul</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Securitate, adică MSEC însuși în plus de cîteva informații:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>activat sau nu</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>nivelul de securitate de bază actual</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Data ultimei verificări periodice, un buton pentru a afișa un raport
-detaliat și un alt buton pentru a executa verificările chiar acum.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Secțiunea parametrilor de securitate</title>
-
-    <para>Un clic pe a doua categorie sau pe butonul
-<guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> din „Securitate” vă conduce la același
-ecran ca cel de mai jos.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Secțiunea securitate de bază</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Nivele de securitate:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>După ce ați bifat căsuța <guilabel>Activează utilitarul MSEC</guilabel>,
-această secțiune vă permite printr-un dublu clic să alegeți nivelul de
-securitate care va apărea atunci în caractere aldine. Dacă nu este bifată,
-nivelul „neant” este aplicat. Următoarele nivele sînt disponibile:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nivelul <emphasis role="bold">neant</emphasis>. Acest nivel se aplică dacă
-nu doriți să utilizați MSEC pentru a controla securitatea sistemului și
-doriți s-o faceți voi înșivă. Va dezactiva toate verificările de securitate
-și nu impune nicio restricție sau constrîngere asupra parametrilor sau
-configurației sistemului. Utilizați acest nivel numai dacă știți ce faceți,
-deoarece vă lasă sistemul vulnerabil la atacuri.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Nivelul <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. Este configurația
-implicită la instalare și este destinată utilizatorilor obișnuiți. Impune
-cîteva constrîngeri asupra configurației sistemului și execută verificări
-zilnice pentru detectarea modificărilor în fișierele sistem, conturile
-utilizatorilor și autorizațiile directoarelor vulnerabile. (acest nivel este
-similar cu nivelele 2 și 3 din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nivelul <emphasis role="bold">securizat</emphasis>. Acest nivel vă asigură
-un sistem securizat, însă utilizabil. Restricționează și mai mult
-autorizațiile sistemului și execută mai multe verificări periodice. În plus,
-accesul la sistem este și mai restrîns. (acest nivel este similar cu
-nivelele 4 (înalt) și 5 (paranoic) din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>În plus de aceste nivele, mai sînt furnizate și altele specifice diferitelor
-sarcini, precum nivele  <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>,
-<emphasis role="bold">webserver</emphasis> și <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis>. Acestea pre-configurează securitatea
-sistemului în funcție de modurile de utilizare cele mai frecvente.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>Ultimele două, intitulate <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> și
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis>, nu sînt nivele de securitate
-propriu zise, ci mai degrabă utilitare pentru verificările periodice.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Aceste nivele sînt salvate în
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Vă puteți
-defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere
-specifice intitulate <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename> și plasate în
-directorul <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate
-este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de un sistem
-personalizat sau mult mai securizat.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Aveți în vedere că parametrii modificați de utilizator au prioritate față de
-configurațiile nivelelor implicite.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Alerte de securitate:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Dacă ați bifat căsuța <guibutton>Trimite alertele de securitate pe e-mail
-la:</guibutton>, alertele de securitate generate de MSEC vor fi trimise pe
-e-mail local administratorului de securitate indicat în cîmpul
-învecinat. Puteți specifica ori un utilizator local, ori o adresă de e-mail
-completă (e-mailul local și gestionarul de e-mail trebuiesc specificate în
-consecință). Totuși, puteți primi alertele de securitate direct pe biroul
-personal. Bifați căsuța corespunzătoare pentru a-l activa.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Este foarte recomandat să activați alertele de securitate pentru a informa
-imediat administratorul de securitate de posibilele probleme de
-securitate. Altfel, administratorul va trebuie să verifice periodic
-fișierele jurnal disponibile în <filename>/var/log/security</filename>.</para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Opțiuni de securitate:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Crearea de nivele de securitate personalizate nu este singura cale pentru a
-personaliza securitatea sistemului. Se mai pot utiliza și categoriile
-prezentate imediat după pentru a modifica opțiunile dorite. Configurația
-MSEC curentă se află în
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Acest fișier conține
-numele nivelului de securitate și lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra
-opțiunilor.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Secțiunea securității sistemului</title>
-
-      <para>În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de securitate în coloana
-din stînga, o descriere în coloana din centru și valorile lor actuale în
-coloana din dreapta.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Pentru a modifica o opțiune faceți dublu clic pe ea și va apărea o fereastră
-nouă (a se vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos). Sînt afișate numele
-opțiunii, o scurtă descriere, valora actuală și cea implicită, cît și o
-listă derulantă de unde poate fi selectată noua valoare. Apăsați pe butonul
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Nu uitați cînd părăsiți msecgui să vă salvați configurația finală utilizînd
-meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut
-modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Securitate rețea</title>
-
-      <para>În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de rețea și funcționează ca
-și secțiunea precedentă.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</title>
-
-      <para>Verificările periodice au ca scop să informeze administratorul de securitate
-prin intermediul alertelor de securitate despre toate situațiile pe care
-MSEC le consideră periculoase.</para>
-
-      <para>Acest tab afișează toate verificările de securitate efectuate de MSEC și
-frecvența lor dacă bifați căsuța <guibutton>Activează verificările periodice
-de securitate</guibutton>. Modificările se fac la fel ca și în tabul
-precedent.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Categoria excepțiilor</title>
-
-      <para>Uneori mesajele de alertă sînt datorate unor situații cunoscute și voite. În
-acest caz alertele sînt inutile și reprezintă o pierdere de timp pentru
-administrator. Această secțiune vă permite să creați cîte excepții doriți
-pentru a evita mesajele de alertă nedorite. În mod evident acesta este gol
-cînd MSEC este lansat pentru prima oară. Imaginea de mai jos afișează patru
-excepții.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Pentru a crea o excepție apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o
-regulă</guibutton></para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Selectați verificarea periodică dorită în lista derulantă intitulată
-<guilabel>Verifică</guilabel> și apoi introduceți
-<guilabel>Excepția</guilabel> în zona de text. Bine înțeles, adăugarea unei
-excepții nu este definitivă, o puteți șterge cu butonul
-<guibutton>Șterge</guibutton> din categoria <guilabel>Excepții</guilabel>
-sau o puteți modifica printr-un dublu clic.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Permisiuni</title>
-    <para>Această secțiune este dedicată verificării și forțării permisiunilor
-fișierelor și directoarelor.</para>
-    <para>Ca și pentru securitate, diferitele nivelele proprii de securitate MSEC
-(standard, securizat, ...) sînt activate în funcție de nivelul de securitate
-ales. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate,
-salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate
-<filename>perm.&lt;levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este
-destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de o configurație
-personalizată. Este de asemenea posibil să utilizați această secțiune pentru
-a modifica orice permisiune după plac. Configurația curentă se află în
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. Acest fișier conține
-lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra permisiunilor. </para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Permisiunile implicite sînt afișate sub forma unei liste cu reguli (o regulă
-pe linie). În partea stîngă puteți vedea fișierul sau directorul vizat de
-regulă, urmate de proprietar, de grup și apoi de permisiunile acordate de
-regulă. Dacă, pentru o regulă dată:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> nu este bifată, MSEC verifică doar dacă
-sînt respectate permisiunile definite pentru această regulă și trimite un
-mesaj de alertă în caz contrar, însă nu modifică nimic.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată, în acest caz MSEC nu va
-ține cont de permisiuni la prima verificare periodică și le va suprascrie.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Pentru ca să funcționeze, opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis
-role="bold">Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</emphasis> trebuie să fie
-configurată corespunzător.</para></important><para>Pentru a crea o regulă nouă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă
-nouă</guibutton> și completați cîmpurile ca în exemplul de mai
-jos. Metacaracterul * este permis în cîmpul
-<guilabel>Fișier</guilabel>. „Curent” înseamnă fără nicio modificare.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea și nu
-uitați cînd părăsiți să salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul
-<guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut
-modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva. </para>
-    <note><para>Este de asemenea posibil să creați sau să modificați regulile editînd
-fișierul de configurare <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Modificările din <emphasis role="bold">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis>
-(sau direct în fișierul de configurare) sînt luate în considerare la prima
-verificare periodică (vedeți opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis
-role="bold">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>). Dacă doriți să
-fie luate în considerare imediat, utilizați comanda „msecperms” într-o
-consolă cu drepturi de root. Înainte puteți utiliza comanda „msecperms -p”
-pentru a vedea care din permisiuni vor fi modificate de msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Nu uitați că dacă modificați permisiunile într-o consolă sau într-un
-gestionar de fișiere, pentru un fișier unde căsuța
-<guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată în <emphasis role="bold">Categoria
-permisiunilor</emphasis>, msecgui va scrie înapoi vechile permisiuni după o
-vreme, în funcție de configurația opțiunilor CHECK_PERMS și
-CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE din <emphasis role="bold">Categoria verificărilor
-periodice</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 727a04c9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Alte unelte Mageia</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Există mai multe unelte Mageia decît cele care pot fi lansate în Centrul de
-Control Mageia. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe,
-sau continuați lectura paginilor următoare.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>VA FI SCRIS </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Și mai multe unelte?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bc84a1f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Gestionare aplicații (instalați și dezinstalați aplicații)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introducere la rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote>, cunoscută și ca
-drakrpm, este un program pentru instalarea, dezinstalarea și actualizarea
-pachetelor. Este interfața grafică pentru URPMI. La fiecare lansare, va
-verifica online lista pachetelor (numite „medii”) descărcate direct de pe
-serverele Mageia oficiale și vă va afișa de fiecare dată cele mai recente
-aplicații și pachete disponibile pentru calculatorul dumneavoastră. Un
-sistem de filtre vă permite să afișați numai anumite tipuri de pachete:
-puteți afișa numai aplicațiile instalate (implicit) sau doar actualizările
-disponibile. Puteți afișa și numai pachetele care nu sînt instalate. De
-asemenea, puteți face căutări după numele pachetului, în sumarul
-descrierilor, în descrierea completă, sau în numele fișierelor incluse în
-pachete.</para>
-
-    <para>Pentru a funcționa, rpmdrake are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu
-<xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>În cursul instalării, depozitul configurat este mediul utilizat pentru
-instalare, în general DVD-ul sau CD-ul. Dacă păstrați acest mediu, rpmdrake
-îl va cere de fiecare dată cînd doriți să instalați un pachet, cu această
-fereastră pop-up: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>Dacă mesajul de
-mai sus vă agasează și aveți o conexiune bună la Internet fără limită prea
-strică la descărcare, este recomandat să înlăturați acest mediu și să-l
-înlocuiți cu depozitele online cu ajutorul <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>În plus, depozitele online sînt mereu la zi, conțin mult mai multe pachete
-și permit actualizarea pachetelor instalate.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Părțile principale ale ecranului</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Filtru de tip de pachete:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Acest filtru vă permite să afișați numai un anumit tip de pachete. La prima
-lansare, gestionarul afișează doar aplicațiile cu interfață grafică. Puteți
-afișa ori toate pachetele cu toate dependențele și bibliotecile lor, ori
-doar grupurile de pachete precum numai aplicațiile, numai actualizările sau
-pachetele retroportate de la versiunile mai noi de Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Configurația filtrului implicit este pentru noii veniți în Linux sau la
-Mageia, care probabil nu doresc unelte pentru specialiști sau în linie de
-comandă. Deoarece citiți această documentație, sînteți cu siguranță
-interesat să vă îmbunătățiți cunoștințele despre Mageia, așa că cel mai bine
-este să lăsați acest filtru pe „Toate”.</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Filtru de stare de pachete:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Acest filtru vă permite să afișați doar pachetele instalate, doar pachetele
-care nu sînt instalate sau toate pachetele, atît instalate cît și
-neinstalate.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Mod de căutare:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a căuta în numele pachetelor, în
-sumarele descrierilor, în descrierile complete sau în fișierele incluse în
-pachete.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Cîmpul „Caută”:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Introduceți unul sau mai multe cuvinte cheie. Dacă doriți să utilizați mai
-multe cuvinte cheie pentru căutate, utilizați '|' între cuvinte. De exemplu,
-pentru a căuta după „mplayer” și „xine” în același timp, introduceți
-'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Șterge tot:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Această pictogramă poate șterge cu un singur clic toate cuvintele cheie
-introduse în căsuța „Caută”.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Listă categorii:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Această bară laterală grupează toate aplicațiile și pachetele în categorii
-și subcategorii clar definite.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Panou descriere:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Acest panou afișează multe informații folositoare despre pachetul
-selecționat, precum numele, sumarul și descrierea sa completă. Aici se mai
-pot afișa și detalii precise despre pachet, precum fișierele incluse în
-pachet cît și lista ultimelor modificări efectuate de menținătorul
-pachetului.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Coloana de stare</title>
-
-    <para>Odată ce ați poziționat corect filtrele, puteți găsi aplicațiile care vă
-interesează ori după categorie (în zona 6 de deasupra) ori după
-nume/sumar/descriere utilizînd zona 4. Lista cu pachetele care corespund
-criteriilor căutării, și cu mediul ales, se va afișa împreună cu
-indicatoarele corespunzătoare stării fiecărui pachet
-instalat/neinstalat/actualizare... Pentru a schimba această stare, bifați
-sau debifați căsuța din fața numelui pachetului și apăsați pe
-<guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Pictogramă</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legendă</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Acest pachet este deja instalat</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Acest pachet va fi instalat</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Acest pachet nu poate fi modificat</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Acest pachet este o actualizare</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Acest pachet va fi dezinstalat</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Exemple în imaginea de mai sus:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Dacă debifați digikam (săgeata verde ne spune că este instalat), pictograma
-de stare va deveni roșie cu o săgeată îndreptată în sus și va fi dezinstalat
-cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Dacă bifați qdigidoc (care nu este instalat, vedeți starea), o pictogramă
-portocalie cu o săgeată îndreptată în jos va apărea și va fi instalat cînd
-apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Dependențele</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Pentru a funcționa, unele pachete au nevoie de alte pachete numite
-dependențe. Acestea sînt spre exemplu biblioteci și unelte. În acest caz,
-rpmdrake afișează o fereastră informativă propunîndu-vă să acceptați
-dependențele selecționate, să anulați operația sau să obțineți mai multe
-informații (a se vedea mai sus). Se poate întîmpla ca mai multe pachete să
-furnizeze biblioteca necesară, în acest caz rpmdrake afișează lista cu
-alternative împreună cu un buton pentru a obține informații suplimentare și
-un altul pentru a alege care din pachete să fie instalate. </para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a26f5499..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Configurați scanerul</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instalare</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Această unealtă <footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> vă permite să
-configurați un scaner individual sau un dispozitiv multifuncțional care
-include un modul pentru scanare. De asemenea, vă permite să partajați
-dispozitivele conectate la acest calculator cu un altul distant sau să
-accesați scanere distante.</para>
-
-    <para>Cînd lansați această unealtă pentru prima dată, puteți obține următorul
-mesaj:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"Pentru a utiliza scanerele trebuiesc instalate pachetele
-SANE</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Doriți să instalați pachetele SANE?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Alegeți <emphasis>Da</emphasis> pentru a continua. Se vor instala
-<code>scanner-gui</code> și <code>task-scanning</code> dacă nu sînt deja
-instalate.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Dacă scanerul este identificat corect, adică îi puteți vedea numele în
-fereastra de mai sus, atunci este gata de utilizat cu aplicații de genul
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>În acel caz, este în plus posibil să configurați opțiunea
-<emphasis>Partajare scaner</emphasis>. Puteți afla mai multe în <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Cu toate acestea, dacă scanerul nu a fost identificat corect, iar
-verificarea cablurilor, a butonului de pornire și apăsarea <emphasis>Căutare
-pentru scanere noi</emphasis> nu au ajutat, va trebui să apăsați
-<emphasis>Adăugați manual un scaner</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Alegeți marca scanerului din lista afișată, apoi tipul său din lista acelei
-mărci și apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Dacă nu găsiți scanerul în listă, apăsați pe <emphasis>Anulează</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Vă rugăm să verificați pe pagina <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> dacă scanerul este suportat și cereți ajutor pe
-<link xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forumuri</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Alegeți portul</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Puteți lăsa acest parametru pe <emphasis>Auto-detecție porturi
-disponibile</emphasis> numai dacă scanerul nu este pe port paralel. În acel
-caz, selectați <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> dacă aveți doar unul.</para>
-
-    <para>După ce apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>, în majoritatea cazurilor veți
-vedea un ecran similar celui de mai jos.</para>
-<para>Dacă nu obțineți acel ecran, vă rugăm să citiți <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Partajare scaner</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Aici puteți alege dacă scanerele conectate la acest calculator trebuie să
-fie accesibile calculatoarelor distante și cărora dintre ele. Tot aici
-puteți decide dacă scanerele de pe calculatoarele distante ar trebui să fie
-accesibile pentru acest calculator.</para>
-
-    <para>Partajare scaner către gazdele: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi
-adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor autorizate să acceseze dispozitivele
-locale, de pe acest calculator.</para>
-
-    <para>Utilizarea scanerelor distante: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi
-adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor care oferă acces la un scaner
-distant.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Partajare de scaner către gazdele: puteți adăuga gazda.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Partajare de scaner către gazdele: specificați pe care din gazde adăugați,
-sau permiteți tuturor mașinilor distante.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>„Toate mașinile distante” sînt lăsate să acceseze scanerul local.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Dacă pachetul <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nu este încă instalat, unealta se
-oferă să o facă.</para>
-
-    <para>La final, unealta va modifica aceste fișiere:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> pentru a adăuga sau comenta
-directiva „net”</para>
-
-    <para>De altfel va configura <emphasis>saned</emphasis> și
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> ca să fie lansate la demaraj.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Particularități</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Majoritatea scanerelor HP sînt gestionate din <emphasis>Gestionarul de
-dispozitive HP</emphasis> (hplip) care gestionează și imprimantele. În acest
-caz, această unealtă nu vă permite să-l configurați și vă invită să
-utilizați <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Piloții sînt disponibili de pe <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">această
-pagină</link>. Cînd vi-se indică, trebuie să instalați mai întîi pachetul
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această
-ordine). Este posibil ca pachetul <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> să genereze un
-avertisment de conflict cu pachetul <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Utilizatorii
-au raportat că acest avertisment poate fi ignorat.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Pași de instalare suplimentari</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Este posibil ca ca după ce ați ales un port pentru scaner în ecranul <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/>, va trebui să mai efectuați una sau mai multe
-etape suplimentare pentru a configura corect scanerul.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>În unele cazuri sînteți informat că trebuie să încărcați în scaner un
-microcod de fiecare dată cînd este pornit. Această unealtă vă permite să
-încărcați microcodul în dispozitiv, după ce l-ați instalat în sistem. În
-acest ecran puteți instala microcodul de pe un CD, de pe partiția unui
-Windows instalat, sau cel pe care l-ați descărcat de pe un sit Internet sau
-al fabricantului.</para><para>
-    Cînd dispozitivul are nevoie să i-se încarce microcodul, această operație
-poate dura ceva timp la fiecare primă utilizare, probabil mai bine de un
-minut. Așa că aveți răbdare.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>De asemenea, puteți obține un ecran care vă spune să ajustați
-<emphasis>fișierul /etc/sane.d/"numele_interfeței_SANE".conf</emphasis>. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Citiți aceste instrucțiuni și altele cu atenție, iar dacă întîlniți
-dificultăți nu ezitați să cereți ajutor pe <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forumuri</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f2a2429..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Gestionare aplicații</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru gestionarea
-aplicațiilor. Faceți clic pe una din legăturile de mai jos pentru a afla mai
-multe.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Gestionare aplicații</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Actualizați
-sistemul</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configurați mediile
-sursă pentru instalare și actualizare</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c8df4ead..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Instalați și configurați o imprimantă</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introducere</title>
-
-    <para>În Mageia tipărirea este gestionată de un server numit CUPS. Acesta dispune
-de propria sa <link ns2:title="CUPS"
-ns2:href="http://localhost:631">interfață de configurare</link> care este
-accesibilă cu ajutorul unui navigator de Internet, însă Mageia propune
-propria sa unealtă pentru instalarea imprimantelor intitulată
-system-config-printer și care este partajată și cu alte distribuții precum
-Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu și openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>Trebuie să activați depozitul Nonfree înainte de a proceda la instalare,
-deoarece unii piloți sînt disponibili numai în acest fel.</para>
-
-    <para>Instalarea imprimantei se efectuează în secțiunea <guilabel>Componente
-materiale</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați
-unealta<footnote>
-        <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root.</para>
-      </footnote> <guilabel>Configurare
-imprimantă și scaner</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para>Mageia cere instalarea a două pachete:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Este necesar să acceptați această instalare pentru a continua. Vor fi
-instalate pînă la 230 Mo de dependențe.</para>
-
-    <para>Pentru a adăuga o imprimantă, alegeți butonul „Adaugă”. Sistemul va încerca
-să detecteze toate imprimantele și toate porturile disponibile. Captura de
-ecran afișează o imprimantă conectată pe un port paralel. În cazul în care
-se detectează o imprimantă, ca de exemplu una pe port USB, va fi afișată pe
-prima linie. În această fereastră se va încerca și configurarea unei
-imprimate de rețea.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Imprimantă detectată automat</title>
-
-    <para>Aceasta se referă de obicei la imprimantele USB. Utilitarul găsește în mod
-automat numele imprimantei și îl afișează. Selectați imprimanta și apoi
-faceți clic pe „Înainte”. Dacă există un pilot cunoscut pentru această
-imprimantă, acesta va fi instalat în mod automat. Dacă nu există niciun
-pilot sau dacă există mai mulți piloți, o fereastră vă va cere să furnizați
-sau să selecționați unul, după cum se explică în paragraful
-următor. Continuați cu <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Imprimantă nedetectată automat</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Cînd selectați un port, sistemul încarcă o listă cu piloți și afișează o
-fereastră ca să alegeți unul. Alegerea poate fi făcută dintre următoarele
-opțiuni.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>furnizați fișierul PPD</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>căutare un pilot de descărcat</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Cu opțiunea „Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date”, fereastra propune
-mai întîi o listă cu fabricanți, apoi dispozitivul și pilotul asociat. Dacă
-sînt propuși mai mulți piloți, alegeți-l pe cel care este recomandat, iar
-dacă ați întîmpinat probleme cu el în trecut, în acest caz alegeți unul care
-știți că funcționează.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Finalizați procesul de instalare</title>
-
-    <para>După ce ați selecționat pilotul, o fereastră vă cere cîteva informații care
-vor permite sistemului să desemneze și să descopere imprimanta. Prima linie
-conține numele cu care dispozitivul va apărea  în aplicații în lista cu
-imprimantele disponibile. Instalatorul vă va propune apoi să tipăriți o
-pagină de test. După această etapă, imprimanta este adăugată în sistem și
-apare în lista imprimantelor disponibile.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Imprimantă de rețea</title>
-
-    <para>Imprimantele de rețea sînt imprimate care sînt conectate direct la o rețea
-filară sau fără-fir și care sînt gestionate de un server de tipărire sau de
-un calculator care servește de server de tipărire.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>În general este mai bine să configurați serverul DHCP să asocieze mereu o
-adresă IP fixă cu adresa MAC a imprimantei. Bine înțeles că trebuie să fie
-aceeași cu adresa IP a imprimantei de pe serverul de tipărire, dacă are una
-fixă.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>Adresa MAC a imprimantei est un număr de serie dat imprimantei, serverului
-de tipărire sau calculatorului la care aceasta este conectată și care poate
-fi obținută din pagina de configurare tipărită de imprimantă, sau care poate
-este scrisă pe o etichetă de pe imprimantă sau de pe serverul de
-tipărire. Dacă imprimanta partajată este conectată la un sistem Mageia,
-pentru a-i afla adresa MAC lansați comanda
-<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> ca root. Este secvența de cifre
-și numere de după „HWaddr”.</para>
-
-    <para>Puteți adăuga o imprimantă de rețea prin alegerea protocolului pe care îl
-utilizează pentru a comunica prin rețea cu calculatorul. Dacă nu știți ce
-protocol să alegeți, puteți încerca opțiunea <guilabel>Imprimantă de
-rețea</guilabel> - <guilabel>Caută imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> din meniul
-<guilabel>Dispozitive</guilabel> și introduceți adresa IP a imprimantei în
-căsuța din dreapta, unde scrie „gazdă”.</para>
-
-    <para>Dacă unealta vă recunoaște imprimanta sau serverul de tipărire, vă va
-propune un protocol și o coadă de tipărire, însă puteți alege una mult mai
-potrivită din lista de sub ea, sau introduceți numele corect al cozii de
-tipărire dacă nu se află în listă.</para>
-
-    <para>Uitați-vă în documentația imprimantei sau a serverului de tipărire pentru a
-afla ce protocoale suportă și denumirile cozilor de tipărire specifice.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Protocoale de tipărire în rețea</title>
-
-    <para>O tehnică curentă este cea dezvoltată de Hewlett-Packard cunoscură sub
-numele de JetDirect. Aceasta permite accesul la o imprimantă conectată
-direct la rețea printr-un port Ethernet. Trebuie să știți adresa IP cu care
-imprimanta este cunoscută în rețea. Această tehnică este utilizată și în
-unele rutere ADSL care dispun de un port USB pentru a conecta imprimanta. În
-acest caz, adresa IP este cea a ruterului. Remarcați că unealta „Hp Device
-manager” poate gestiona adresele IP configurate dinamic, stabilind o
-legătură de tip URI <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;numele-imprimantei></emphasis>. În
-acest caz nu este necesară o adresă IP fixă.</para>
-
-    <para>Alegeți ca protocol opțiunea <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> și
-specificați adresa în <guilabel>Gazdă:</guilabel>, nu schimbați
-<guilabel>Numărul portului</guilabel> numai dacă știți că trebuie
-schimbat. După selecționarea protocolului, alegerea pilotului este la fel ca
-mai sus.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Celelalte protocoale sînt:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: o imprimantă care
-poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul IPP, de exemplu o
-imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind CUPS. Acest protocol poate fi
-utilizat și de unele rutere ADSL.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> același cu IPP,
-însă utilizînd HTTP pentru transport împreună cu protocolul securizat
-TLS. Trebuie să definiți portul. În mod implicit se va utiliza portul 631.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis> este același cu
-IPP, însă cu protocolul securizat TLS.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Imprimantă sau gazdă LPD/LPR</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate
-fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul LPD, de exemplu o imprimantă
-conectată la un calculator folosind LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Imprimantă Windows prin Samba</emphasis>: o imprimantă partajată
-și conectată la un calculator Windows sau la un server SMB.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Adresa URI poate fi adăugată și direct. Iată aici cîteva exemple despre cum
-se formează un URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă:port</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă:port/resursă</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă:port/resursă</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Protocol LPD (Line Printer Daemon)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://utilizator@adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă/coadă</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">documentația
-CUPS</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Proprietăți dispozitiv</title>
-
-    <para>Puteți accesa proprietățile dispozitivului. Meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu>
-vă permite accesul la parametrii serverului CUPS. În sistem este lansat
-implicit un server CUPS, dar puteți specifica un altul din meniul
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectare...</guimenuitem>, o altă
-fereastră permite reglarea detaliată a parametrilor specifici ai serverului
-cu meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Configurări</guimenuitem>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Depanare</title>
-
-    <para>Puteți găsi cîteva informații despre erorile apărute la tipărire consultînd
-<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>De asemenea, puteți accesa o unealtă pentru diagnosticarea problemelor
-utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Ajutor</guimenu> | <guilabel>Depanare</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Particularități</title>
-
-    <para>Este posibil ca unii piloți pentru anumite imprimante specifice să nu fie
-disponibili în Mageia sau să nu funcționeze. În acest caz consultați situl
-<link ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> și
-verificați dacă este disponibil un pilot pentru dispozitivul
-dumneavoastră. Dacă da, verificați dacă pachetul este disponibil în Mageia,
-iar în acest caz instalați-l manual. Apoi, refaceți procesul de instalare
-pentru a configura imprimanta. Indiferent de caz, raportați problema în
-Bugzilla sau pe forum dacă sînteți confortabil cu această unealtă și
-furnizați informațiile despre model, pilot și dacă imprimanta funcționează
-după instalare. Aici sînt cîteva surse pentru a găsi alți piloți actualizați
-sau pentru dispozitive mai recente.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimante Brother</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Această
-pagină</link> regrupează o listă cu toți piloții Brother. Căutați pilotul
-corespunzător dispozitivului, descărcați fișierele rpm (dacă sînt mai multe)
-și instalați-le.</para>
-
-    <para>Trebuie să instalați piloții Brother înainte de a lansa utilitarul de
-configurare.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimante și dispozitive tot-în-unu
-Hewlett-Packard</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Aceste dispozitive utilizează unealta hplip, care este instalată automat
-după detectarea sau selectarea imprimantei. Alte informații le puteți găsi
-<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">aici</link>.
-Unealta „HP Device Manager” este disponibilă în meniul
-<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Uitați-vă și peste <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configurație</link>
-pentru gestionarea imprimantei.</para>
-
-    <para>Un dispozitiv HP multifuncțional trebuie să fie instalat ca imprimantă, iar
-funcționalitatea de scaner va fi adăugată. Țineți cont că uneori interfața
-Xsane nu permite scanarea filmelor sau diapozitivelor (lampa culisantă nu
-poare opera). Puteți totuși scana și în acest caz, în mod autonom și salva
-imaginea pe o cartelă de memorie sau pe o cheie USB inserată în
-dispozitiv. După aceea lansați aplicația preferată de prelucrare a
-imaginilor și încărcați imaginea de pe cartela de memorie care se găsește în
-directorul /media.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimantă color Samsung</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Pentru imprimatele color specifice Samsung și Xerox, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">acest sit oferă piloți</link> pentru
-protocolul QPDL.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimante și scanere Epson</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Piloții pentru imprimantele Epson sînt disponibil pe <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">această
-pagină de căutare</link>. Pentru partea de scaner va trebui să instalați mai
-întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> și apoi
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Pachetul
-<emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> vă poate fi propus, iar în acest caz
-trebuie instalat. Alegeți pachetul <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> în funcție de
-arhitectura instalată. </para>
-
-    <para> Este posibil ca pachetul iscan să genereze un avertisment despre un conflict
-cu sane. Utilizatorii au raportat că poate fi ignorat acest avertisment.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimante Canon</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Pentru imprimantele Canon poate fi recomandată instalarea utilitarului
-intitulat turboprint <link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">disponibil
-aici</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7428fb8f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importați documente și configurări din Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> se găsește în categoria
-<emphasis role="bold">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și
-este intitulată <guilabel>Importați documente și configurări din
-Windows(TM)</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>Unealta permite unui administrator să importe documentele și parametrii
-utilizatorilor de pe un <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-2000, <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP sau <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> instalat
-pe același calculator cu Mageia.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Vă rugăm să notați că toate modificările vor fi aplicate de transfugdrake
-imediat după apăsarea butonului <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>După ce lansați transfugdrake veți vedea prima pagină a asistentului cu
-cîteva explicații despre utilitar și opțiunile de importare.</para>
-
-  <para>Imediat ce ați citit și înțeles instrucțiunile, apăsați butonul
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Acesta ar trebui să lanseze detectarea
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>-ului instalat.</para>
-
-  <para>Cînd s-a încheiat etapa de detectare, veți vedea o pagină care vă permite să
-alegeți conturile din <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> și
-Mageia pentru procedura de import. Se poate alege și un alt cont de
-utilizator decît cel personal.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Vă rugăm să aveți în vedere că datorită limitărilor lui migrate-assistant
-(motorul lui transfugdrake), conturile utilizatorilor <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> care conțin caractere speciale în
-nume riscă să nu fie afișate corect.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migrarea poate dura ceva timp în funcție de mărimea dosarelor cu documente.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Anumite aplicații <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> (în
-general piloții) pot crea conturi de utilizator pentru diferite scopuri. De
-exemplu, piloții NVidia în <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-se actualizează cu utilizatorul <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Vă rugăm
-să nu utilizați astfel de conturi pentru import.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Cînd ați terminat cu selectarea conturilor apăsați butonul
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Următoarea pagină este folosită pentru
-alegerea unei metode de importat documente:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake este conceput să importe date din <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> din directoarele <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> și <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis>. Este posibil să omiteți importarea selectînd elementul
-potrivit în această fereastră.</para>
-
-  <para>Cînd ați terminat cu alegerea metodei de importat documente apăsați butonul
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Pagina următoare este utilizată pentru
-alegerea unei metode pentru importarea semnelor de carte:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake poate importa semnele de carte din <emphasis>Internet
-Explorer</emphasis> și <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> în instanța
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> din Mageia.</para>
-
-  <para>Alegeți opțiunea de import preferată și apăsați butonul
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>Pagina următoare vă permite să importați fundalul de ecran:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Alegeți opțiunea preferată și apăsați butonul
-<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>Ultima pagină a asistentului afișează un mesaj de felicitare. Apăsați simplu
-butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 20bec5c7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Utilizatori și grupuri</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
-      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> se găsește în categoria
-<emphasis role="bold">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și
-este intitulată „Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem”.</para>
-
-  <para>Unealta permite unui administrator să gestioneze utilizatorii și
-grupurile. Asta înseamnă că poate adăuga sau șterge un grup de utilizatori
-și să modifice parametrii utilizatorilor și grupurilor (ID, interpretor,
-...)</para>
-
-  <para>Cînd userdrake este deschis, toți utilizatorii existenți din sistem sînt
-listați în secțiunea <guibutton>Utilizatori</guibutton> și toate grupurile
-în secțiunea <guibutton>Grupuri</guibutton>. Ambele funcționează în același
-fel.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Adaugă un utilizator</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Acest buton deschide o fereastră nouă cu toate cîmpurile goale:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Cîmpul <emphasis role="bold">Nume complet</emphasis> este destinat numelui
-și prenumelui, însă puteți scrie orice sau lăsa gol.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Autentificare</emphasis> este singurul cîmp
-obligatoriu.</para>
-
-  <para>Definirea unei <emphasis role="bold">Parole</emphasis> este extrem de
-recomandată. În dreapta se află un scut mic. Dacă este roșu, parola este
-prea slabă, prea scurtă sau similară cu numele de autentificare. Puteți
-utiliza cifre, minuscule și majuscule, semne de punctuație, etc. Scutul
-devine portocaliu și apoi verde pe măsură ce crește puterea parolei.</para>
-
-  <para>Cîmpul <emphasis role="bold">Confirmare parolă</emphasis> este acolo pentru
-a confirma că parola tastată este cea dorită.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Interpretor de comenzi</emphasis>este o listă
-derulantă care vă permite să schimbați interpretorul de comenzi folosit de
-utilizatorul pe care îl adăugați, opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh.</para>
-
-  <para>Dacă este bifat <emphasis role="bold">Creează un grup privat pentru
-utilizator</emphasis>, se va crea în mod automat un grup cu același nume ca
-al noului utilizator și acesta va fi singurul membru (acest lucru poate fi
-modificat).</para>
-
-  <para>Celelalte opțiuni ar trebui să fie evidente. Noul utilizator va fi creat
-imediat după ce apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Adaugă un grup</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Nu trebuie decît să introduceți numele noului grup, iar dacă este necesar,
-ID-ul specific al grupului.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Editează</emphasis> (un utilizator selecționat)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Datele utilizatorului</guibutton>: Vă permite să modificați toate
-datele introduse la crearea utilizatorului (mai puțin ID-ul său care nu
-poate fi schimbat).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Informații cont</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Prima opțiune este pentru definirea unei date de expirare a
-contului. Conectarea nu va mai fi posibilă după această dată. Acest lucru
-este util pentru conturile temporare.</para>
-
-  <para>A doua opțiune este pentru blocarea contului. Conectarea este imposibilă
-atîta timp cît contul este blocat.</para>
-
-  <para>De asemenea, este posibilă schimbarea pictogramei.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Informații despre parolă</emphasis>: Vă permite să
-definiți o dată de expirare pentru parolă. Acest lucru forțează utilizatorul
-să-și schimbe parola periodic.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grup</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecta grupurile din
-care va face parte utilizatorul.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Dacă modificați contul unui utilizator conectat, modificările nu vor fi
-efective pînă la următoarea autentificare.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Editează</emphasis> (cu un grup selecționat)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Datele grupului</emphasis>: Vă permite să modificați
-numele grupului.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Utilizatorii grupului</emphasis>: Aici puteți
-selecționa utilizatorii care fac parte din grup.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Șterge</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Selectați un utilizator sau un grup și apăsați pe <emphasis
-role="bold">Șterge</emphasis> pentru a-l șterge. În cazul unui utilizator va
-apărea o fereastră în care sînteți întrebat dacă directorul personal și
-căsuța sa poștală vor fi de asemenea șterse. Dacă a fost creat un grup
-privat pentru utilizator, acesta va fi și el șters.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Se poate șterge un grup care nu este vid.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Împrospătează</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Baza de date cu utilizatori poate fi modificată în afara lui
-Userdrake. Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a împrospăta afișarea.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Cont invitat</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Invitat</emphasis> este un cont special. Acesta este
-destinat să ofere unei persoane acces la sistem în deplină
-securitate. Contul de utilizator este xguest, nu este nevoie de parolă și nu
-se pot face modificări în sistem cu acest cont. Directoarele personale sînt
-șterse la sfîrșitul sesiunii. Acest cont este activat în mod implicit,
-pentru a-l dezactiva utilizați meniul <guimenu> Acțiuni -> Dezinstalează
-contul invitat</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b8b7674..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11773 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>, 2013,2016-2017
-# angry_snake <inactive+angry_snake@transifex.com>, 2014
-# angry_snake <inactive+angry_snake@transifex.com>, 2014
-# Valentin XliN Saikov <saikov.vb@gmail.com>, 2014-2015
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017
-# Тарасов Александр <algri14@mail.ru>, 2013
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-08-05 14:22+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"ru/)\n"
-"Language: ru\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
-"%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n"
-"%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Совместный доступ к дискам и каталогам WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Общие сетевые службы», "
-"раздел <guilabel>Настройка ресурсов WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Введение"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> - "
-"протокол, с помощью которого можно монтировать каталог веб-сервера локально "
-"так, что в системе соответствующий каталог отобразится как локальный. На "
-"компьютере-сервере должен быть запущен сервер WebDAV. Этот инструмент не "
-"предназначен для настройки сервера WebDAV."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Создание собственного пункта"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"На первой странице программы будет показана уже настроенная запись, если "
-"таковая уже была создана и кнопка <guibutton>Новая</guibutton>. С помощью "
-"нажатия этой кнопки можно создать новую запись. Укажите URL-адрес сервера в "
-"поле страницы, которая будет открыта в ответ на нажатие кнопки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"После этого будет показано окно с пунктами-переключателями для выбора "
-"следующих действий. Продолжите с нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Точка "
-"монтирования</guibutton>. После выбора пункта, нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, поскольку <guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> уже "
-"настроен. Впрочем, вы можете воспользоваться этим пунктом, если необходимо "
-"внести какие-либо изменения."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к удаленному каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью указанной "
-"точки монтирования."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"На следующем шаге вам необходимо указать - ваше имя пользователя и пароль. "
-"Если нужны другие настройки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Монтировать</guibutton> можно смонтировать "
-"каталог для немедленного использования."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"После подтверждения настройки кнопкой <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, будет "
-"снова показано первое окно с назначенной вами точкой монтирования. После "
-"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа спросит вас, следует "
-"ли записать внесённые изменения в <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Сохраните "
-"внесённые изменения, чтобы директория/раздел были доступны для использования "
-"сразу после загрузки системы. И не сохраняйте изменения, если монтируете для "
-"одноразового использования."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Настройки доступа к разделам жёсткого диска"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы, как "
-"администратор, сможете предоставить пользователям возможность предоставлять "
-"подкаталоги, из каталога пользователя в /home, в совместное пользование "
-"другим пользователям в локальной сети. Компьютеры этих пользователей могут "
-"работать под управлением операционных систем Linux или Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому модулю можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), "
-"пункт «Локальные диски», раздел «Совместный доступ к разделам вашего "
-"жёсткого диска»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Сначала вам следует дать ответ на вопрос: «<guilabel>хотели бы вы позволить "
-"пользователям предоставлять доступ к некоторым из своих папок?</guilabel>» "
-"Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Нет общего доступа</guibutton>, если доступ "
-"следует запретить всем пользователям, пункт <guibutton>Разрешить всем "
-"пользователям</guibutton>, если доступ следует разрешить всем и "
-"<guibutton>Выборочно</guibutton>, если некоторым пользователям запретить "
-"доступ, а некоторым предоставить. В последнем случае пользователи, которые "
-"будут иметь доступ к каталогам общего пользования, должны принадлежать к "
-"группе fileshare, которая будет автоматически создана системой. "
-"Дополнительный вопрос, относительно этого будет задан программой на "
-"следующих шагах настройки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"После нажатия кнопки <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, появится вторая страница "
-"настроек, с помощью которой вы сможете выбрать тип совместных ресурсов, "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> или <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Выберите вариант "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, если единственной операционной системой в "
-"локальной сети является Linux. Если же в сети есть компьютеры под "
-"управлением Windows, выберите пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Как только "
-"выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Если это "
-"требуется, система выполнит установку пакетов, необходимых для работы с "
-"новыми настройками."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Если не было выбрано варианта «Специальный», на этом настройки будут "
-"завершены. Если же вы выбрали вариант «Специальный», появится дополнительная "
-"страница, на которой программа попросит вас открыть окно программы "
-"Userdrake. С помощью Userdrake вы сможете добавить пользователей, которым "
-"будет разрешено предоставлять каталоги в общее пользование, в группу "
-"fileshare. На вкладке «Пользователи» нажмите пункт пользователя, которого "
-"следует добавить в эту группу, затем нажмите кнопку <guimenuitem>Исправить</"
-"guimenuitem> на вкладке «Группы». Отметьте пункт группы fileshare и нажмите "
-"кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>. Подробное описание программы Userdrake "
-"можно найти в разделе <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу, после добавления нового "
-"пользователя в группу fileshare, отключите компьютер от локальной сети, а "
-"затем установите соединение повторно."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"После этой операции каждый из участников группы fileshare сможет просто "
-"обозначить в программе для управления файлами своей графической среды пункт "
-"каталога, данные из которого следует предоставить в общее пользование и "
-"воспользоваться возможностями общего доступа этой программы (такие "
-"возможности предусмотрены не во всех программах)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
-#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "ru"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Настройка общего доступа к дискам и папкам NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"объявить некоторые из каталогов общего пользования доступными всем "
-"пользователям компьютера. Протокол NFS используется в большинстве систем "
-"Linux или Unix. Такие совместные каталоги станут доступными для "
-"пользователей сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к общим каталогам можно "
-"осуществлять непосредственно во время рабочего сеанса пользователя с помощью "
-"программ для управления файлами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Процедура"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список "
-"серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, "
-"чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к "
-"которому вы хотите получить доступ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью "
-"которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог. Вы также "
-"можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>. После монтирования каталога его можно "
-"размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"После подтверждения настроек, нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> "
-"система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы "
-"сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает "
-"каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть "
-"доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с "
-"помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Программа для записи CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому модулю <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>можно "
-"получить с помощью пункта «Локальные диски» из Центра управления Mageia. "
-"Модуль подписан в соответствии с названием вашего съёмного носителя данных "
-"(только для CD/DVD и дисководов)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Модуль предназначен для определения способа монтирования съёмных дисков."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"В верхней части окна будет показано краткое описание оборудования и "
-"параметров его монтирования. С помощью меню, показанного в нижней части "
-"окна, вы сможете изменить параметры монтирования. Отметьте в меню пункт и "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Точка монтирования"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Отметьте этот пункт, чтобы изменить точку монтирования. По умолчанию это /"
-"media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Параметры"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Изменить параметры монтирования можно непосредственно с помощью списка или "
-"нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. Основными параметрами "
-"являются:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"Обозначением пункта «user» можно позволить обычному пользователю (не root) "
-"монтировать съёмные диски. Выбор пункта приведёт к обозначению пунктов "
-"noexec, nosuid и nodev. Размонтировать смонтированный диск может только "
-"пользователь, который его смонтировал."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Настройка общего доступа к дискам и папкам Windows (SMB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"указать каталоги, доступ к которым смогут получать все пользователи "
-"компьютера. Для доступа будет использоваться протокол SMB, который приобрел "
-"популярность вместе с операционными системами Windows®. Доступ к каталогам "
-"общего пользования можно будет получить сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ "
-"к каталогам общего пользования можно также получить в пределах отдельного "
-"сеанса с помощью программ для управления файлами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"До запуска этой программы следует определить названия доступных серверов, "
-"например с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список "
-"серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, "
-"чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к "
-"которому вы хотите получить доступ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью "
-"которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог с помощью "
-"кнопки <guimenu>Монтировать</guimenu>. Вы также можете проверить или "
-"изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью окна параметров вы можете указать имя пользователя и пароль, "
-"которым должны пользоваться те, кто хочет соединиться с сервером SMB. После "
-"монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"После подтверждения настроек нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> "
-"система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы "
-"сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает "
-"каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть "
-"доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с "
-"помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "3D - эффекты рабочего стола."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"управлять эффектами пространственного воспроизведения (3D) в вашей "
-"операционной системе. Обычно такие эффекты отключены."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Первоначальные замечания"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы воспользоваться этим инструментом, вам следует установить пакет "
-"glxinfo. Если этот пакет ещё не был установлен, система попросит вас "
-"установить его до того, как запустит drak3d."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"После запуска drak3d будет показано окно меню. С помощью этого окна вы "
-"сможете выбрать вариант работы: <guilabel>Без эффектов 3D-рабочего стола</"
-"guilabel> или <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion является "
-"частью композитной системы управления окнами, которая делает возможным "
-"использование специальных эффектов с аппаратным ускорением на рабочем столе. "
-"Выберите <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, чтобы включить такую "
-"композитную систему управления окнами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы впервые пользуетесь этой программой после первоначальной установки "
-"Mageia, система покажет сообщение с предупреждением относительно того, что "
-"для работы Compiz Fusion следует установить некоторые пакеты. Нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Как только будут установлены соответствующие пакеты, вы увидите обозначенный "
-"пункт Compiz Fusion в меню drak3d. Впрочем, для пользования новыми эффектами "
-"следует выйти из учётной записи пользователя и снова войти в неё."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"После повторного входа в систему будет задействована Compiz Fusion. "
-"Настроить Compiz Fusion можно с помощью утилиты ccsm (CompizConfig Settings "
-"Manager)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Решение проблем"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "После входа в систему не видно рабочего стола."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Если после включения Compiz Fusion и попытке войти под своей учётной "
-"записью, вы ничего не увидите, перезагрузите операционную систему, чтобы "
-"вернуться к экрану входа в систему. В этом окне нажмите кнопку «Рабочий "
-"стол» и выберите drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"После входа в систему, если ваша учётная запись не является "
-"административной, система попросит вас ввести пароль к вашей учётной записи. "
-"Если же ваша учётная запись является административной (root), воспользуйтесь "
-"ей. После входа под административной учётной записью вы сможете отменить "
-"изменения в системе, которые привели к её неработоспособности."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Аутентификация"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"изменить способ признания вас в качестве пользователя машины или сети."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"По умолчанию данные для вашей авторизации сохраняются в файле на вашем "
-"компьютере. Внесите в него изменения, если вас об этом попросит "
-"администратор сети. Соответствующие данные для внесения изменений должны "
-"быть предоставлены администратором сети."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Настройка автовхода"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"приказать системе загружаться в аккаунт того же пользователя и в той же "
-"рабочей среде без необходимости ввода пароля. Такая возможность называется "
-"автовход. Как правило, такой способ загрузки является удобным, если "
-"компьютером будет пользоваться только один пользователь."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">«Загрузка»</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка "
-"автовхода»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Назначение кнопок интерфейса является достаточно очевидным:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Запускать графическую оболочку при загрузке</"
-"guibutton>, если вы хотите запускать систему X Window во время загрузки. "
-"Если параметр отмечен не будет, система запустится в текстовом режиме. "
-"Впрочем, графический интерфейс можно будет запустить из текстового режима "
-"вручную. Сделать это можно с помощью команды 'startx' или 'systemctl start "
-"dm'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если установлен первый пункт, вы получите доступ к двум другим пунктам. Вы "
-"можете выбрать пункт <guibutton>Нет, я не хочу использовать автоматический "
-"вход</guibutton>, если вы хотите, чтобы система продолжала спрашивать вас о "
-"том, под какой из учётных записей пользователей следует войти и будет "
-"просить ввести пароль. Другим вариантом является обозначение пункта "
-"<guibutton>Да, я хочу осуществлять автовход под этим (пользователем, рабочим "
-"столом)</guibutton>, в этом случае вам следует указать значения параметров "
-"<guilabel>Пользователь</guilabel> и <guilabel>Рабочий стол</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Настройка способа загрузки системы"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы пользуетесь системой с UEFI вместо BIOS, то интерфейс будет немного "
-"отличаться, поскольку загрузочное устройство, очевидно, является разделом "
-"системы EFI (ESP)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"настроить варианты загрузки компьютера (выбрать загрузчик, установить "
-"пароль, определить вариант загрузки по умолчанию и др.)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Загрузка» из Центра "
-"управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка загрузки»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Не пользуйтесь этой программой, если вы не уверены относительно последствий "
-"своих действий. Внесение изменений в определённые параметры загрузки может "
-"помешать штатной загрузке вашей системы!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью первой части с названием <guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel> при "
-"использовании BIOS можно выбрать загрузчик через <guibutton>Используемый "
-"загрузчик</guibutton> Grub, Grub2 или Lilo, и определить каким будет меню, "
-"графическим или текстовым. Выбор типа меню является лишь вопросом вкуса, "
-"никаких других последствий для работы компьютера он иметь не будет. Кроме "
-"того, вы можете установить <guibutton>Устройство загрузки</guibutton>. Не "
-"изменяйте его, если вы не являетесь знатоком в вопросах загрузки. Устройство "
-"загрузки - это устройство, на котором будет установлен загрузчик, любые "
-"изменения могут помешать загрузке системы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"В системе UEFI загрузчиком является <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel>, он "
-"устанавливается в раздел /boot/EFI. Этот раздел форматируется как FAT32 и "
-"является общим для всех установленных операционных систем."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью второй части, <guilabel>Основные параметры</guilabel>, вы можете "
-"установить <guibutton>Паузу перед загрузкой системы по умолчанию</guibutton> "
-"в секундах. Во время этой паузы grub или Lilo будет отображать список "
-"доступных операционных систем и попросит вас выбрать желаемую систему. Если "
-"в течение паузы выбор не будет сделан, загрузчиком будет загружена система "
-"по умолчанию."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"Третья и последняя часть называется <guibutton>Безопасность</guibutton>. "
-"Здесь можно настроить пароль к загрузчику. Определение пароля будет "
-"означать, что при загрузке системы для выбора записи для загрузки или "
-"изменения параметров загрузки придётся вводить пароль. Именем будет «root», "
-"а пароль следует ввести именно такой, какой вы здесь определите."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно получить доступ "
-"к дополнительным параметрам."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Включить ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface или интерфейс "
-"дополнительного конфигурирования и питания) - стандарт управления питанием. "
-"С его помощью можно экономить энергию, приостанавливать работу устройств, "
-"которые не используются. Этот способ использовался ранее в APM. Отметьте "
-"этот пункт, если ваше оборудование является совместимым с ACPI."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Включить SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP - сокращение от Symmetric Multi Processors (симметричный "
-"многопроцессорный), так называется архитектура многопроцессорных систем."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Если в вашем компьютере установлен процессор с поддержкой технологии "
-"HyperThreading, Mageia определит его как двойной процессор и включит SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Включить APIC</guibutton> и <guibutton>Включить локальный APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC - аббревиатура от Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller "
-"(улучшенный программируемый контроллер прерываний). Существуют два "
-"компонента Intel APIC системы: локальный APIC (LAPIC) и APIC ввода-вывода. "
-"Последний контроллер направляет прерывания, которые он получает из "
-"периферийных каналов на один или несколько APIC в процессоре. Такие "
-"контроллеры являются весьма полезными в многопроцессорных системах. "
-"Некоторые компьютеры могут иметь проблемы с системой APIC, что приводит к "
-"зависанию работы или ложного обнаружения устройств (сообщение об ошибке "
-"«spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Если с вашим компьютером случаются такие "
-"проблемы, отключите APIC и/или локальный APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"Экран <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> отличается в зависимости от того, какой "
-"загружчик ви выбрали."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "У вас установлена устаревшая версия Grub или Lilo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"В этом случае вы увидите список всех доступных пунктов меню загрузки. Пункт "
-"по умолчанию помечен звёздочкой. Чтобы изменить порядок пунктов меню, "
-"отметьте какой-либо из пунктов и нажмите кнопку со стрелкой вверх или вниз, "
-"чтобы переместить его. В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</"
-"guibutton> или <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton> будет показано новое окно, с "
-"помощью которого вы сможете добавить новый пункт меню загрузчика или "
-"изменить уже существующий пункт меню. Не используйте эти кнопки, если вы не "
-"знакомы с синтаксисом команд Lilo или Grub."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Содержимое поля <guilabel>Метка</guilabel> может быть произвольным. Сюда вы "
-"можете вписать что угодно, что хотите видеть в меню. Этот пункт "
-"соответствует команде Grub «title». Пример: Mageia3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"В поле <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> должно быть указано название ядра. Этот "
-"пункт соответствует команде Grub «kernel». Пример: /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"В поле <guilabel>Корень</guilabel> должно быть указано название устройства, "
-"на котором хранится ядро. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «root». "
-"Пример: (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"В поле <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel> должны быть указаны параметры, которые "
-"передаются ядру во время загрузки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>По умолчанию</guilabel>, Grub загружает "
-"соответствующую систему по умолчанию."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки "
-"<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим видео</guilabel>, "
-"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> и <guilabel>Сетевой профиль</guilabel> см. <xref "
-"linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>, из выпадающего списка."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"У вас установлен Grub2 или Grub2-efi (загрузчики, которые по умолчанию "
-"используются в режиме совместимости и режиме UEFI, соответственно):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"В этом случае в раскрывающемся списке с меткой <guilabel>По умолчанию</"
-"guilabel> отображаются все доступные записи; нажмите на той, которую вы "
-"хотите использовать по умолчанию."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Если на компьютере установлены другие операционные системы, Mageia "
-"попытается добавить эти системы к вашему меню загрузки Mageia. Если вам это "
-"не нужно, снимите отметку с пункта <guilabel>Зондирование посторонней ОС</"
-"guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки "
-"<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, можно выбрать <guilabel>Режим видео</"
-"guilabel>. Если вы не хотите загружать Mageia непосредственно, передав эту "
-"задачу цепному загрузчику другой операционной системы, отметьте пункт "
-"<guilabel>Не трогать ESP или MBR</guilabel> и подтвердите действие после "
-"прочтения предупреждения."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"Если не будет установлен загрузчик на ESP или MBR, вашу новую систему нельзя "
-"будет загрузить без цепного загрузчика с другой операционной системы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Для настройки других параметров можно воспользоваться программой "
-"<emphasis>Средство настройки Grub</emphasis>, пакет которой можно найти в "
-"репозиториях Mageia (см. ниже)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-"Сбор данных из журналов (логов) и системы для создания отчётов о проблемах"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить "
-"только из командной строки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Вам стоит вывести данные, полученные с помощью этой программы, в файл "
-"например так: <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
-"emphasis>. Впрочем, сначала следует убедиться, что в системе есть достаточно "
-"свободного места на диске: объём файла может достичь значения в несколько "
-"гигабайт."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Выведенные данные слишком велики, чтобы прикрепить их к сообщению об ошибке, "
-"без предварительного удаления ненужных частей."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Эта команда собирает следующую информацию о вашей системе:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partitions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "mageia version"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Во время написания этой страницы справки, часть «syslog» выведенных этой "
-"программой данных была пустой, поскольку эта утилита ещё не приспособлена к "
-"новой системе ведения журнала, используемой в systemd. Если в вашей системе "
-"эта часть является пустой, получить соответствующие данные можно с помощью "
-"следующей команды (команду следует отдавать от имени пользователя root): "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Если на "
-"диске не слишком много места, вы можете, например, вывести лишь последние "
-"5000 строк журнала: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > "
-"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Отчёты об ошибках в Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Обычно этот инструмент<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> запускается "
-"автоматически после сбоя какой-либо программы Mageia. Впрочем, может так "
-"случиться, что после создания отчёта об ошибках вас попросят запустить этот "
-"инструмент для проверки предоставленных им данных с последующим "
-"предоставлением их в уже созданном отчёте об ошибках."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Если возникнет потребность в создании отчёта об ошибках, а вы этого еще "
-"никогда не делали, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь со страницей <link xlink:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Как создать "
-"надлежащий отчёт об ошибках</link>, прежде чем нажимать кнопку «Отчёт»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Если отчёт об этой ошибке уже оформлен кем-то другим (в этом случае "
-"сообщение об ошибках, созданное drakbug, будет тем же), стоит добавить "
-"комментарий к этому отчёту, чтобы разработчики увидели, что ошибка "
-"встречается не только в одной системе."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Управление настройками даты и времени"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить с "
-"помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia. Соответствующий раздел "
-"подписан как <guilabel>Настроить дату и время</guilabel>. В некоторых средах "
-"рабочего стола эту программу можно запустить с помощью щелчка правой кнопки "
-"мыши на виджете часы в системном лотке с последующим выбором пункта "
-"«Настроить дату и время...»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Это очень простая программа."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"В верхней левой части расположена панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">календарь</"
-"emphasis>. На приведенном выше скриншоте показана дата: «апрель» (в верхнем "
-"левом углу), 2013 (в верхнем правом углу), 6 число (синим цветом), "
-"воскресенье. Выбрать месяц (или год) можно нажатием маленьких стрелочек по "
-"бокам от надписи «апрель» (или «2013»). День можно выбрать нажатием "
-"соответствующего пункта в календаре."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"В нижней левой части окна находится панель синхронизации <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Протокол сетевого времени</emphasis>. Вы можете поддерживать всегда "
-"точные показания часов с помощью синхронизации времени с сервером. Выберите "
-"<guilabel>Включить протокол сетевого времени</guilabel> и выберите ближайший "
-"к вашему местоположению сервер."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"В правой части окна находится панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">часы</"
-"emphasis>. Если включено NTP, изменение показаний данных на ней не имеет "
-"смысла. В трех полях часов показано значение часов, минут и секунд (17, 8 и "
-"13 на скриншоте). Воспользуйтесь небольшими стрелочками, чтобы установить на "
-"часах должное значение времени. Формат показа времени изменить нельзя. Для "
-"изменения формата показа, воспользуйтесь соответствующей программой вашего "
-"рабочего окружения."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Наконец, в правой нижней части окна можно выбрать часовой пояс. Для этого "
-"следует нажать кнопку <guibutton>Изменить часовой пояс</guibutton> и выбрать "
-"соответствующий пункт из предоставленного списка."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Несмотря на то, что выбрать формат даты и времени с помощью этой программы "
-"невозможно, эти данные будут показаны на вашем рабочем столе в соответствии "
-"с указанными вами параметрами локализации."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Удалить соединение"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью окна программы вы можете удалить сетевой интерфейс<placeholder "
-"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите пункт выпадающего меню, выберите пункт, который следует удалить, а "
-"затем нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Далее</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr "Программа покажет сообщение, что сетевой интерфейс был успешно удален."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"настроить доступ вашего компьютера к локальной сети или интернету. Вам "
-"понадобятся некоторые данные от вашей компании-поставщика услуг (провайдера) "
-"или администратора вашей сети."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите тип соединения, которое нужно настроить. Тип определяется "
-"используемым вами оборудованием и параметрами работы компании-поставщика "
-"услуг (провайдером)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Новое проводное соединение (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"В первом окне будет показан список доступных интерфейсов. Выберите тот из "
-"них, который следует настроить."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"На этом шаге можно определиться со способом получения компьютером IP-адреса: "
-"автоматически или вручную."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "Автоматический IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли "
-"получать компьютер, данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные "
-"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет "
-"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла "
-"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по "
-"умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может "
-"быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт "
-"<emphasis>Определить имя узла с адреса DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность, "
-"определения названия узла, предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы "
-"настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора "
-"ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно "
-"указать следующие параметры:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-"Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "Клиент DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "Задержка DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "Получить серверы YP с DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите сервер NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-"Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если DHCP-"
-"сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот "
-"вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"После подтверждения внесённых изменений, следующие шаги настройки могут быть "
-"выполнены для всех типов соединения способом: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end"
-"\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Настройка вручную"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли "
-"получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут "
-"указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать "
-"адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. "
-"Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168."
-"x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А "
-"данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Поиск "
-"домена</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой "
-"части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а "
-"полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть "
-"«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий "
-"домен, то его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для "
-"настройки домашнего ADSL."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Следующие шаги описаны в разделе <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Новое спутниковое соединение (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что "
-"можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команда по "
-"документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Новое кабельное соединение с помощью модема"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr " Вам следует указать способ авторизации:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Нет"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (нужен для Telstra). В этом случае вам следует указать имя "
-"пользователя и пароль."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет "
-"ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные "
-"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет "
-"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла "
-"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по "
-"умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть "
-"предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить "
-"имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность определения названия узла "
-"предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер "
-"на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует "
-"обозначать этот пункт."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет "
-"ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные "
-"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет "
-"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла "
-"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по "
-"умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен "
-"поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой "
-"части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а "
-"полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть "
-"«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий "
-"домен, его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для "
-"настройки домашнего соединения."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Новое DSL-соединение"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Если, программой будут обнаружены сетевые интерфейсы, то она предложит "
-"выбрать один из них и настроить его."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. "
-"Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию "
-"<guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные "
-"вашим провайдером."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Выберите один из доступных протоколов:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Протокол динамической конфигурации клиента (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Настройки TCP/IP вручную"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP через ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP через Ethernet (PPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Туннельный протокол типа точка-точка (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Параметры доступа"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Логин (имя пользователя)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Пароль учётной записи"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Дополнительно) Виртуальный путь ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Дополнительно) Виртуальный канал ID (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Новое ISDN-соединение"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Программа-мастер попросит вас указать устройство для настройки:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Выбор вручную (Внутренняя плата ISDN)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Внешний модем ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Программа предложит вам список оборудования, распределенного по категориям и "
-"производителями. Выберите вашу карту."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Протокол для всего мира, кроме Европы (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Протокол для Европы (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. "
-"Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию "
-"<guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные "
-"вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать следующие "
-"данные:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Название соединения"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Номер телефона"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Идентификатор входа ID (логин)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Метод авторизации"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"После этого выберите способ получения IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную. "
-"Во втором случае укажите IP-адрес и маску подсети."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ получения адресов DNS-серверов: "
-"автоматически или вручную. В случае определения вручную вам следует указать "
-"следующие данные:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Название домена"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Первый и второй DNS сервер"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите, следует ли определять название узла на основе IP-адреса. Этот пункт "
-"следует указывать, только если вам известно, что поставщиком услуг "
-"предусмотрено такое определение."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ, в котором компьютер будет получать "
-"адрес шлюза, автоматически или вручную. Если вы выберете способ получения "
-"вручную, вам придется указать IP-адрес."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Новое беспроводное соединение (Wi-Fi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"На первой странице будет показан список доступных интерфейсов и пункт для "
-"драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Выберите интерфейс, который вы хотите "
-"настроить. Воспользуйтесь пунктом ndiswrapper, только если другие способы "
-"настройки не приведут к желаемым результатам."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"На этом шаге вы сможете выбрать нужную вам точку доступа из списка точек, "
-"которые были обнаружены картой."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Специфические параметры для карт беспроводной связи:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Режим работы:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Управляемый"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Для получения доступа к точке доступа (самый распространённый случай)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Для настройки прямого соединения между компьютерами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Имя сети (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr "Режим шифрования, зависит от параметров настройки вашей точки доступа."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-"Стоит использовать именно этот режим шифрования, если предусмотрена его "
-"поддержка  со стороны вашего оборудования."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-"На устаревшем оборудовании возможно использование только этого способа "
-"шифрования."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Ключ шифрования"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-"Обычно предоставляется вместе с оборудованием, которое работает как точка "
-"доступа."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"На этом шаге можно выбрать между автоматическим назначением IP-адреса и "
-"определением его вручную."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли "
-"компьютер получать данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут "
-"указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать "
-"адреса DNS-серверов . Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. "
-"Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть "
-"предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить "
-"имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Получить серверы YP через DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите серверы NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"После подтверждения настроек, определенных этим шагом, программа перейдет к "
-"шагу, который является общим для всех настроек соединений: <xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует указать DNS-серверы. Здесь "
-"также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если имя узла не будет "
-"указано, то будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168."
-"x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А "
-"данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен "
-"поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой "
-"части, до точки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Новое соединение GPRS/Edge/3G"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Если программой будут обнаружены интерфейсы беспроводной сети, она предложит "
-"выбрать один из них и настроить его."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Программа попросит вас указать PIN-код. Не указывайте, если PIN-код не нужен."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Программа-мастер попросит вас указать сеть. Если сеть не будет обнаружена "
-"автоматически, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Укажите параметры доступа"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Название точки доступа"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Новое сетевое соединение Bluetooth"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Новое аналоговое телефонное соединение с помощью модема (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Выбор вручную"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Обнаружение оборудования, если таковое имеется."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Список предлагаемых портов. Выберите нужный вам порт."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если этот пакет еще не установлен, программа предложит вам установить пакет "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. "
-"Выберите в нём вашего провайдера. Если соответствующего пункта в списке не "
-"окажется, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем укажите "
-"значения параметров, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого "
-"программа попросит вас указать параметры дозвона:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Название соединения</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Номер телефона</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Логин пользователя</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Пароль</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Авторизация</emphasis>, выберите один из этих вариантов:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "На основе скрипта"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "На основе терминала"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Завершение настройки"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "На следующем шаге вы можете указать следующие параметры:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Разрешить пользователям управлять соединением</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Устанавливать соединение при загрузке</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Включить подсчёт трафика</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"В случае беспроводного соединения будет предложен дополнительный пункт "
-"<emphasis>Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>. С помощью этого пункта "
-"можно разрешить компьютеру автоматически переключаться между точками доступа "
-"в зависимости от силы сигнала."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> вы можете указать:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Метрика (по умолчанию 10)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Включение сети «на горячую»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Включить туннелирование с IPv6 в IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"На последнем шаге можно определить, будет ли выполнена попытка соединиться "
-"немедленно или нет."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Открытие консоли от имени администратора"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"получить доступ к консоли, открытой от имени администратора системы "
-"(пользователя root). Думаем, этого описания достаточно, чтобы понять, о чем "
-"идет речь."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Управление разделами диска"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk або diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта программа<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> является очень мощной "
-"- малейшая ошибка или случайное нажатие клавиш может привести к потере всех "
-"данных на разделе или даже стиранию всего жёсткого диска. По этой причине "
-"вам будет показано приведённое выше окно над окном программы. Нажмите кнопку "
-"<emphasis>Выйти</emphasis>, если вы не уверены, что хотите продолжать работу "
-"с программой."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Если в вашей системе несколько жёстких дисков, вы можете переключиться на "
-"нужный вам жёсткий диск выбором соответствующей вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc и т."
-"д.)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете выбрать одно из многих действий, с помощью которых вы можете "
-"скорректировать разметку вашего диска в соответствии с вашими потребностями. "
-"Стирание всего жёсткого диска, разделение и объединение разделов, изменение "
-"размеров разделов или файловой системы разделов, форматирование или просмотр "
-"содержимого раздела: все это можно сделать с помощью этой программы. Кнопка "
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton></emphasis> в нижней части окна "
-"предназначена для стирания всего диска. Доступ к другим кнопкам действий, "
-"расположенных справа, можно получить после нажатия на картинке раздела диска."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Если у вас система с EFI, вы можете увидеть небольшой раздел под названием "
-"\"Системный раздел EFI\" и установленный в /boot/EFI. Никогда не удаляйте "
-"его, так как он содержит все загрузчики различных операционных систем."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Если обозначенный вами раздел смонтирован, как в приведённом ниже примере, "
-"вы не сможете воспользоваться действиями по изменению размера, "
-"форматированию или удалению раздела. Чтобы получить доступ к этим действиям, "
-"вам следует сначала размонтировать раздел."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-"Изменение размеров раздела можно выполнять только за счет правой границы "
-"раздела."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы изменить тип раздела (например, с ext3 на ext4), вам следует удалить "
-"раздел, а затем повторно создать его с новым типом. Если будет обозначена "
-"пустая часть диска, в окне программы появится кнопка <guibutton role=\"bold"
-"\">Создать</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете выбрать точку монтирования, которой не существует. Если будет "
-"осуществлен такой выбор, соответствующая точка монтирования будет создана."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Выбор <emphasis><guibutton>Переключить в режим эксперта</guibutton></"
-"emphasis> предоставит вам доступ к дополнительным действиям, в частности "
-"определения метки раздела, как это показано на приведённом ниже снимке."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Настройки программы для управления сеансами"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"выбрать средство управления сеансами (менеджер регистрации), который будет "
-"использоваться для входа в ваше рабочее окружение. В списке будут показаны "
-"только те среды окружения рабочего стола, которые установлены в вашей "
-"системе."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Большинство пользователей заметят лишь то, что изменится окно входа в "
-"систему. Впрочем, различные менеджеры входа имеют также и различные "
-"возможности. LXDM является самым нетребовательным и простым, SDDM и GDM "
-"имеют значительно более широкие возможности."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Настройка персонального файервола"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью пункта «Безопасность» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел "
-"«Настройка персонального файервола». Доступ к этому же инструменту можно "
-"получить и с помощью первой вкладки пункта «Настройка безопасности системы, "
-"прав доступа и аудита системы»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Персональный файервол с базовыми возможностями по умолчанию устанавливается "
-"вместе с Mageia. Все входящие соединения извне блокируются, если они не были "
-"явным образом разрешены. С помощью окна, снимок которого показан выше, вы "
-"можете выбрать службы, для которых будут приниматься внешние соединения. "
-"Если вы цените вашу безопасность, снимите отметку с первого пункта, "
-"<guilabel>Ко всем(файервол отключен)</guilabel>, (вам ведь нужна хоть какая-"
-"то защита?) и отметьте только службы, необходимые для работы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Номера портов, которые необходимо открыть, можно указать вручную. Нажмите "
-"кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы открыть новое окно. В "
-"поле <guilabel>Другие порты</guilabel> введите желаемые номера портов. "
-"Например:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp: открыть порт 80, протокол tcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000:24010/udp: открыть все порты от 24000 до 24010, протокол udp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Порты в списке разделяются пробелами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>Записывать сообщения файервола в "
-"системный журнал</guilabel>, то сообщения файервола будут записываться в "
-"системный журнал."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Если на вашем компьютере не работают специфические службы (интернет-сервер, "
-"почтовый сервер, сервер предоставления файлов в общее пользование и т.п.), "
-"то в таком случае не обозначайте ни одного пункта. Это даже рекомендуется, "
-"поскольку необозначенные пункты не мешают соединению с интернетом."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью следующей страницы настройки можно изменить параметры работы "
-"интерактивного файервола. Если обозначен лишь первый пункт, "
-"<guilabel>Использовать интерактивный файервол</guilabel>, то вы можете "
-"приказать файерволу предупреждать вас о попытках соединения. Отметьте второй "
-"пункт, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас, что выполняется "
-"сканирование портов (с целью поиска уязвимостей и входа в систему). Все "
-"остальные пункты соответствуют портам, которые были открыты с помощью "
-"предыдущих окон. На приведённом ниже снимке два таких пункта: «сервер SSH» и "
-"«80:150/tcp». Отметьте эти пункты, если вы хотите, чтобы программа "
-"предупреждала вас о каждой попытке установления соединения с этими портами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Эти предупреждения предоставляются всплывающими сообщениями сетевого апплета."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью последней страницы программы можно выбрать, какие из интерфейсов "
-"сети соединены с интернетом, следовательно, какие из них следует защищать. "
-"Как только будет нажата кнопка <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, система "
-"установит необходимые для работы пакеты."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, посмотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт "
-"«Сеть и Интернет», раздел «Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Удаление и установка шрифтов. Импорт шрифтов Windows™"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</"
-"emphasis>. С помощью этой программы вы сможете управлять шрифтами в "
-"операционной системе. В основном окне программы показано:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "названия, стили и размеры установленных шрифтов;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "предварительный просмотр образца выбранного шрифта;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "кнопки, назначение которых описано ниже."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Получить шрифты из Windows: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки можно автоматически добавить шрифты, которые будут "
-"найдены на разделе с Windows. Чтобы этой кнопкой можно было воспользоваться, "
-"на вашем компьютере должена быть установлена Microsoft Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Параметры:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать программы или устройства (в "
-"основном принтеры), которые используют шрифты."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Удалить:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта кнопка предназначена для удаления установленных шрифтов, для экономии "
-"места на диске. Будьте осторожны с удалением шрифтов, поскольку это может "
-"повредить просмотру документов, в которых эти шрифты использованы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки вы можете добавить сторонние шрифты (с компакт-дисков, "
-"интернета и т.д.). Среди поддерживаемых форматов: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm и "
-"gsf. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать</emphasis>, а "
-"затем кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Добавить</emphasis>. В ответ будет "
-"открыто окно выбора файлов, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать файлы "
-"шрифтов для установки. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Установить</emphasis>. Шрифты будут установлены в "
-"каталог /usr/share/fonts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Если в списке шрифтов Drakfont вы не увидите изменений в результате "
-"установки или удаления шрифтов, закройте окно программы и повторно откройте "
-"его. После этого внесённые изменения вступят в силу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Родительский контроль"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить из "
-"Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Безопасность», раздел "
-"<guilabel>Родительский контроль</guilabel>. Если этого пункта на странице не "
-"будет, вам следует установить пакет drakguard (этот пакет по умолчанию не "
-"установлен)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Вступление"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard - это простой способ обеспечить работу родительского контроля на "
-"вашем компьютере, чтобы ограничить действий пользователей и определить "
-"временные рамки использования определённых программ в течение дня. В "
-"drakguard предусмотрены такие полезные возможности:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Ограничение доступа к интернету указанным пользователям в указанные "
-"временные интервалы. Это задание выполняется с помощью файервола shorewall, "
-"встроенного в Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Запрет выполнения определенных команд указанным пользователям. Эти "
-"пользователи смогут выполнять только разрешённые вами команды."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Ограничение доступа к интернету на основе определённых вручную «чёрных» и "
-"«белых» списков или динамической блокировки на основе содержимого сайтов. "
-"Для выполнения этой задачи Drakguard использует ведущее решение с открытым "
-"кодом для родительского контроля - DansGuardian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Настройка родительского контроля"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Если на вашем компьютере есть разделы жёсткого диска с файловыми системами "
-"Ext2, Ext3 или ReiserFS, то вы увидите контекстное окно с предложением "
-"настроить списки управления доступом ACL для этих разделов. ACL является "
-"возможностью ядра Linux, с помощью которой можно блокировать доступ к "
-"отдельным файлам указанным пользователям. ACL встроено в файловые системы "
-"Ext4 и Btrfs. Для разделов с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или Reiserfs эти "
-"списки управления доступом следует включать отдельно. Если вы согласитесь с "
-"включением ACL, то drakguard настроит все разделы, которыми руководит "
-"операционная система с поддержкой ACL и предложит вам перезагрузить "
-"компьютер. (ACL - Access Control Lists расшифровывается как списки контроля "
-"доступа)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Включить родительский контроль</guibutton>: если отмечен этот "
-"пункт, родительский контроль будет включен. После этого программа откроет "
-"доступ к вкладке <guilabel>Заблокированные приложения</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Заблокировать весь сетевой трафик</guibutton>: если установлен "
-"этот пункт, все сайты будут заблокированы, кроме сайтов, указанных на "
-"вкладке «Белый список». Если пункт не выбран, то доступ ко всем сайтам будет "
-"открыт, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Чёрный список»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Доступ пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из левого "
-"списка будет ограничен в соответствии с определёнными вами правилами. Доступ "
-"пользователей из правого списка не будет ограничен, следовательно взрослые "
-"пользователи не будут иметь проблем. Выберите пользователя в левом списке и "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>чтобы добавить пользователя к "
-"разрешенному списку. Выберите пользователя в правом списке и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы удалить пользователя из списка "
-"пользователей без ограничения в доступе."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Контроль времени:</guibutton> если установлен этот пункт, доступ "
-"к интернету будет разрешен с ограничениями в интервале от времени "
-"<guilabel>Начало</guilabel> до времени <guilabel>Конец</guilabel>. Доступ "
-"будет полностью заблокирован вне этих промежутков времени."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Чёрный»/«Белый» список"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите адрес сайта в первом поле в верхней части окна и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Заблокированные программы»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Заблокировать программы</guibutton>: с помощью этого пункта можно "
-"включить использование ACL для ограничения доступа к определённым "
-"программам. Укажите путь к программе, доступ к которой вы хотите "
-"заблокировать."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Разблокировать пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из "
-"правого списка не подлежит блокировке на основе ACL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Совместный доступ к Интернету с другими локальными машинами"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Принципы"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Эта программа будет полезна, "
-"если ваш компьютер (3) с доступом к интернету (2) соединен также с локальной "
-"сетью (1). Вы можете воспользоваться компьютером (3) как шлюзом, чтобы "
-"предоставить доступ другим рабочим станциям (5) и (6) в локальной сети (1). "
-"Для этого у шлюза должно быть два интерфейса; первый, например, карта "
-"Ethernet, должен быть соединен с локальной сетью, а второй (4) - соединен с "
-"интернетом (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"На первом шаге следует проверить, настроена ли сеть и доступ к интернету, "
-"как это задокументировано в разделе <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Мастер настройки шлюза"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Мастер предложит<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> последовательные "
-"шаги, описание которых приведено ниже:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Если мастеру не удастся обнаружить по крайней мере два интерфейса, он "
-"предупредит об этом и попросит вас прекратить работу сети и настроить "
-"оборудование."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединения с интернетом. "
-"Мастер настройки автоматически предложит один из следующих интерфейсов, но "
-"вам следует проверить корректность его предложения."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединений с локальной "
-"сетью. Мастер снова предложит свой вариант. Проверьте, является ли он "
-"корректным."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Мастер предложит параметры для локальной сети, в частности IP-адрес, маску "
-"сети и название домена. Проверьте, совместимы ли эти параметры с текущей "
-"конфигурацией. Рекомендуем вам воспользоваться предлагаемыми значениями."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DNS. Если вы ответите "
-"утвердительно, мастер проверит, установлен ли в системе <code>bind</code>. "
-"Если вы не намерены использовать компьютер как DNS-сервер, то укажите адрес "
-"DNS-сервера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DHCP. Если да, то "
-"мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>dhcp-server</code> и предложит "
-"вам его настроить, указав начальный и конечный адреса в диапазоне DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер в качестве прокси-сервера. Если "
-"да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>squid</code> и предложит "
-"вам настроить прокси-сервер, указав адрес администратора сервера (по "
-"умолчанию admin@mydomain.com), название прокси-сервера (по умолчанию "
-"myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (по умолчанию 3128) и размер кэша (по "
-"умолчанию 100 МБ)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"На последнем шаге вы можете проверить, подключена ли машина-шлюз к принтерам "
-"и следует ли предоставлять эти принтеры в общее пользование."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Программа предупредит вас о необходимости проверки параметров файервола, "
-"если он активен."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Настройка клиента"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вами был настроен компьютер-шлюз с DHCP, достаточно будет указать с "
-"помощью средства настройки сети, что адрес будет получен автоматически (по "
-"DHCP). Параметры будут получены во время установления соединения с сетью. "
-"Этот способ будет работать независимо от операционной системы, установленной "
-"на клиентских компьютерах."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Если параметры сети не будут определяться автоматически, вам следует в "
-"частности указать шлюз сети, введя IP-адрес компьютера, который будет "
-"работать как шлюз."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Прекращение совместного использования сети"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вам нужно будет прекратить совместное использование соединения на "
-"компьютере под управлением Mageia, запустите эту программу. Она предложит "
-"вам перенастроить подключение или прекратить совместное использование "
-"соединения."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Определения узлов"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Если некоторые из компьютеров в вашей сети предоставляют доступ к "
-"собственным службам и IP-адреса этих компьютеров являются фиксированными, то "
-"с помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете "
-"указать название службы, чтобы упростить доступ к ней. После определения "
-"названия вы сможете использовать её вместо IP-адреса."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки можно добавлять названия новых систем. После ее "
-"нажатия откроется окно для указания IP-адреса, названия узла системы и если "
-"нужно, альтернативного названия, используемого таким же образом, что и "
-"основное название."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки можно получить доступ к изменению параметров ранее "
-"определенной записи. Окно, которое будет открыто в ответ на нажатие этой "
-"кнопки, является тем же самым, что и окно, которое можно открыть с помощью "
-"предыдущей кнопки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Дополнительные настройки сетевого интерфейса и файервола"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы "
-"считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь "
-"с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой "
-"по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Сетевой центр"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью пункта «Сеть и Интернет» из Центра управления Mageia. "
-"Раздел подписан «Сетевой центр»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"После запуска модуля будет открыто окно со списком всех сетей, настроенных "
-"на компьютере, независимо от типа (проводная, беспроводная, спутниковая и т."
-"д.). В ответ на нажатие пункта сети будет показано три или четыре кнопки, в "
-"зависимости от типа сети. С помощью этих кнопок вы сможете наблюдать за "
-"сетью, изменять параметры работы сети, устанавливать и разрывать соединение. "
-"Этот модуль не предназначен для создания самого соединения. Создать само "
-"соединение можно с помощью пункта <guilabel>Создать новый сетевой интерфейс "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на той же странице Центра управления "
-"Mageia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"На приведенном ниже скриншоте показан пример с двумя сетями. Первая из сетей "
-"проводная, с ней установлено соединение, о чем можно узнать из "
-"соответствующей иконки <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"(сети, с которыми установлено соединение, обозначаются так: <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). Второй же пункт показывает "
-"беспроводную сеть, с которой установлено соединение, что обозначено иконкой "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>. Если соединение было "
-"установлено, будет показана такая иконка: <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Обозначения цветами состояния соединения "
-"для других сетей является такими: зеленый цвет обозначает, что соединение "
-"установлено, а красный - не установлено."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"В разделе беспроводной сети отображается список обнаруженных сетей с данными "
-"по <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Мощность сигнала</guilabel>, "
-"использование шифрования в сети (красный - используется шифрование, зеленый "
-"- шифрование не используется) и <guilabel>Режим работы</guilabel>. Щелкните "
-"на желаемом пункте, а затем нажмите одну из этих кнопок: "
-"<guibutton>Наблюдать</guibutton>, <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton> или "
-"<guibutton>Соединиться</guibutton>. Так можно переключать систему с "
-"использования одной сети на использование другой. Если выбрать частную сеть, "
-"будет открыто окно параметров сети (см. ниже), с помощью которого программа "
-"попытается узнать у вас значения дополнительных параметров (в частности "
-"ключа шифрования)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы обновить данные на "
-"экране."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Кнопка «Наблюдать»"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки вы сможете наблюдать за обменом данными в сети, "
-"получением компьютером данных («Получение», красная линия) и выгрузкой "
-"данных («Отдача», зеленая линия). Доступ к этому инструменту можно получить "
-"наведя указатель мыши на иконку управления интернетом в трее, щелкнув правой "
-"кнопкой мыши и выбрав пункт <guimenu>Мониторинг сети</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Для каждого из интерфейсов сети предусмотрена собственная вкладка (в нашем "
-"примере, eth0 - проводная сеть, lo - локальный петлевой интерфейс, а wlan0 - "
-"беспроводная сеть). Кроме того, будет показана вкладка «подключения», с "
-"помощью которой можно наблюдать за состоянием соединений."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"В нижней части списка пунктов, вы увидите пункт <guilabel>Включить учет "
-"трафика</guilabel>, подробное описание которого приведено в следующем "
-"разделе."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Кнопка «Настроить»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Проводная сеть</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Можно изменить все параметры, определенные во время создания сети. В "
-"подавляющем большинстве случаев стоит отметить пункт "
-"<guibutton>Автоматический IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</"
-"guibutton>, но если возникают проблемы, то определение адреса вручную может "
-"быть лучшим вариантом."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-" В домашних сетях <guilabel>IP-адреса</guilabel> всегда имеют следующий "
-"формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маска сети</guilabel> "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel> и "
-"<guilabel>DNS-серверам</guilabel> можно получить на сайте вашего провайдера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Включить учет трафика</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, то "
-"программа будет выполнять почасовой, ежедневный и ежемесячный учет обмена "
-"данными. Результаты можно будет просмотреть с помощью средства наблюдения за "
-"сетью, подробно описанного в предыдущем разделе. После включения учёта может "
-"потребоваться повторное подключение к сети, чтобы учет был начат."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопка «Дополнительно»:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Беспроводная сеть</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Приведено описание лишь пунктов, которые не были описаны выше."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим работы:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите <guilabel>Управляемый</guilabel>, если соединение осуществляется с "
-"помощью точки доступа, <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> будет "
-"обнаружен программой. Выберите <guilabel>Специальный</guilabel>, если это "
-"сеть PTP. Отметьте пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Основной</emphasis>, если "
-"ваша сетевая карта используется как точка доступа. В вашей сетевой карте "
-"должна быть предусмотрена поддержка такого режима."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим шифрования и ключ шифрования:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Если это частная сеть, вы должны знать эти параметры."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"В <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> используется менее устойчивый вариант защиты "
-"паролем чем в WPA, где используется ключ. <guilabel>Предварительно "
-"распространённый ключ WPA</guilabel> еще называется личным ключом WPA или "
-"домашним ключом WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> является довольно "
-"редким вариантом в частных сетях."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Роуминг - это технология, с помощью которой компьютер может менять точку "
-"доступа без разрыва соединения с сетью."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Кнопка дополнительных параметров"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Управления различными сетевыми профилями"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Предоставление общего доступа к файлам и папкам с использованием NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Предпосылки"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Во время первого запуска мастера<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"программа может показать окно с таким сообщением:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "Нужно установить пакет nfs-utils. Вы хотите его установить?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "После завершения установки будет показано окно с пустым списком."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Главное окно"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Здесь будет показан список каталогов, которые предоставлены в общее "
-"пользование. Во время первого запуска этот список, конечно же, будет пустым. "
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> можно открыть окно утилиты "
-"конфигурирования."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Изменить запись"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Окно утилиты настройки имеет вид «Изменить запись». Его также можно открыть "
-"с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Доступны следующие "
-"параметры."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Каталог NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать каталог, который будет предоставлен "
-"в общее пользование. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton> можно "
-"открыть окно инструмента выбора каталога с помощью графического интерфейса."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Доступ к узлу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Здесь вы можете указать узлы, которым будет предоставлен доступ к папке "
-"совместного использования."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "Клиенты NFS можно указать несколькими способами:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>отдельный узел</emphasis>: указать узел в формате аббревиатуры "
-"названия, которое может быть распознано инструментом определения адресов или "
-"в формате полноценного доменного названия, или в формате IP-адреса"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>сетевые группы</emphasis>: сетевые группы NIS, можно указывать как "
-"@группа."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>шаблоны замены</emphasis>: названия компьютеров могут содержать "
-"шаблонные символы замены * и ?. Пример: *.cs.foo.edu отвечает всем узлам "
-"домена cs.foo.edu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-сети</emphasis>: кроме того, вы можете одновременно "
-"экспортировать каталоги на все папки IP-(под-)сети. Пример: «/255.255.252.0» "
-"или «/22, добавленные к базовому адресу сети."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Сопоставление ID пользователей "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>сопоставление пользователя root как анонимного</emphasis>: "
-"перенаправить запросы с uid/gid 0 на анонимный uid/gid (root_squash). "
-"Пользователь-администратор клиентской системы не сможет читать файлы или "
-"выполнять запись в файлы на сервере, которые были созданы администратором "
-"сервера или самим сервером."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>действительно позволить удалённый доступ для root</emphasis>: "
-"отключить подавление root'а. Эта опция в основном используется для "
-"бездисковых клиентов (no_root_squash)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>сопоставить всех пользователей анонимными</emphasis>: сопоставить "
-"все uids и gids анонимными (all_squash). Полезно для экспортированных с "
-"помощью NFS общих каталогов FTP, каталогов новостей и т.д. Параметр с "
-"противоположным значением, без сопоставления UID пользователей "
-"(no_all_squash), используется по умолчанию."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid и anongid</emphasis>: явным образом определить uid и gid "
-"анонимного аккаунта."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Дополнительные параметры"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Безопасное соединение</emphasis>: этот параметр требует, чтобы "
-"запросы поступали с интернет-порта с номером, меньшим по IPPORT_RESERVED "
-"(1024). Этот параметр по умолчанию включен."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Общий ресурс только для чтения</emphasis>: разрешает выполнение "
-"запросов только для чтения, либо для чтения и записи в NFS раздел. По "
-"умолчанию стоит запрет любых запросов на изменение файловой системы. Такой "
-"запрет также можно сделать явным образом с помощью этой опции."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Синхронный доступ</emphasis>: запрещает серверу NFS нарушать "
-"протокол NFS и отвечать на запросы, прежде чем любые изменения, которые "
-"являются следствием этих запросов, будут отправлены в стабильное хранилище "
-"(например, диск)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Проверка поддеревьев</emphasis>: включает проверку поддеревьев, "
-"что в некоторых случаях может улучшить параметры безопасности, но снизить "
-"надежность работы. Чтобы узнать больше, прочитайте страницу справки "
-"exports(5)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Пункты меню"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "В списке должен быть хотя бы один пункт."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Файл|Записать настройки"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Сохранить текущие настройки сети."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезапустить"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Приостановить работу сервера и перезапустить его с использованием текущих "
-"файлов настройки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезагрузить"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Отображённая конфигурация загружается из текущих конфигурационных файлов."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Прокси"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Если для доступа к интернету вам следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы "
-"можете воспользоваться этой утилитой<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> для настройки доступа. Необходимые для настройки данные можно узнать у "
-"администратора сети. Вы также можете определить службы, доступ к которым "
-"следует осуществлять в обход прокси-сервера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Из Википедии (4 сентября 2012 года), статья «Прокси-сервер»: «В компьютерных "
-"сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или "
-"программа), который работает промежуточным звеном для запросов от клиентов, "
-"которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система "
-"соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос относительно определенной "
-"службы, в частности данных файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса "
-"на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и "
-"управления сложностью запроса.»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Настроить Источник"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Сразу после установки системы следует добавить записи источников "
-"программного обеспечения (их также называют репозиториями, носителями "
-"данных, зеркалами). Это означает, что вам следует выбрать источники "
-"программного обеспечения, которые будут использованы для установки и "
-"обновления пакетов и программ (см. кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>, "
-"описанную ниже)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы устанавливаете (или обновляете) Mageia с помощью оптического "
-"носителя данных (DVD или компакт-диска) или устройства хранения данных USB, "
-"автоматически настроено запись источника пакетов с программным обеспечением "
-"на использованном носители данных. Чтобы избежать просьб по вставке этого "
-"носителя при установке новых пакетов, вам следует выключить (или удалить) "
-"соответствующую запись в списке. (Запись принадлежит к типу носителя CD-Rom)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Ваша система может работать на 32-битной аппаратной архитектуре, так "
-"называемый дистрибутив i586 или 64-битной архитектуре, так называемый "
-"дистрибутив x86_64. Вам следует выбрать репозитории, которые соответствуют "
-"вашей системе и репозитории для пакетов, которые не зависят от архитектуры "
-"(их еще называют noarch). Такие пакеты не имеют собственных каталогов noarch "
-"в репозиториях, они хранятся в каталогах обеих архитектур, i586 и x86_64."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis><placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Столбцы"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Столбец «Включён»:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Обозначенные источники будут использованы для установки новых пакетов. "
-"Специальные источники, в частности Testing и Debug, выбирать не стоит, "
-"поскольку их использование может привести к неработоспособности системы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Столбец «Обновления»:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Если источник будет использован для обновления пакетов, его следует "
-"обозначить в этом столбце. Должны быть обозначены лишь источники со словом "
-"«Update» (обновление) в названии. Из соображений безопасности значение в "
-"этом столбце нельзя изменять с помощью этой программы. Вам придётся открыть "
-"консоль и от имени администратора (root) выполнить команду <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Столбец «Источник»:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Здесь будет показано название источника. Официальные репозитории Mageia для "
-"окончательных выпусков содержат по крайней мере следующие элементы:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> (основной) - репозиторий, содержащий "
-"большинство программ, которые поддерживаются сообществом Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> (несвободное ПО) - репозиторий, "
-"содержащий некоторые из программ, доступ к коду которых ограничен правилами "
-"лицензирования."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> (свободный) - репозиторий со "
-"свободным программным обеспечением, в отношении использования которого, в "
-"некоторых странах могут применяться патентные ограничения."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Каждая запись источников содержит 4 подраздела:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> (выпуск) - репозиторий пакетов на "
-"день выпуска вашей версии Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> (обновления) - пакеты, "
-"обновлённые со времени выпуска из соображений безопасности или устранения "
-"недостатков. Этот источник стоит включить всем, даже если соединение с "
-"интернетом является очень медленным."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> (обратное портирование) - для "
-"некоторых пакетов новые версии поступают из репозитория Cauldron "
-"(репозиторий следующей версии дистрибутива, разработка которой ещё не "
-"завершена)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> (тестирование) - репозиторий, "
-"который используется для промежуточного тестирования обновлений, чтобы дать "
-"возможность тем, кто отчитывается о недостатках и участникам команды по "
-"обеспечению качества, проверить работоспособность исправленных пакетов."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Кнопки на панели справа"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Удалить:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы удалить источник, наведите на его пункт указатель мыши и щелкните "
-"левой кнопкой мыши, затем нажмите эту кнопку. Иногда стоит удалить пункт "
-"носителя, который был использован для установки системы (компакт-диск или "
-"DVD), поскольку все пакеты с этого носителя можно установить из официального "
-"источника основных пакетов (Core), соответствующего выпуска."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Редактировать:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Позволяет изменить параметры выбранного носителя, (URL-адрес, загрузчик и "
-"параметры прокси-сервера)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Добавить:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Кнопка для добавления официальных репозиториев из интернета. В официальных "
-"репозиториях содержатся только надёжные и хорошо проверенные пакеты. После "
-"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> программа откроет контекстное "
-"окно, с помощью которого вы сможете выбрать набор источников для установки. "
-"Если вы отдаёте предпочтение определенному зеркалу, добавьте его при помощи "
-"пункта «Добавить указанное зеркало источников» из меню «Файл»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопки со стрелками вверх и вниз:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Эти кнопки предназначены для упорядочивания списка. Во время поисков пакетов "
-"программой Drakrpm выполняется загрузка списка репозиториев в указанном "
-"порядке, пакет устанавливается из репозитория, который будет стоять выше в "
-"списке (если номер выпуска пакета является одинаковым во всех репозиториях; "
-"если номер будет разным, программа установит пакет с самого свежего "
-"выпуска). Итак, если можно, располагайте репозиторий с самым быстрым "
-"доступом в начале списка."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Меню программы"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Обновить:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"В ответ на выбор этого пункта будет открыто окно со списком источников. "
-"Выберите те из них, данные которых требуется обновить и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить указанное зеркало источников:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Предположим, что вам чем-то не нравится текущее зеркало основного "
-"репозитория. Причиной, например, может быть то, что репозиторий работает "
-"слишком медленно или часто недоступен. Тогда вы можете выбрать другое "
-"зеркало. Отметьте пункты всех текущих источников пакетов и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы убрать их. Далее, выберите пункт меню "
-"<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить особое зеркало источников</guimenu>, сделайте "
-"выбор только между обновлениями и полным набором (если не уверены, выберите "
-"<guibutton>Полный набор источников</guibutton>) и подтвердите возможность "
-"соединения нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Да</guibutton>. В ответ будет показано "
-"следующее окно:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Слева будет показан список стран. Выберите вашу страну или близкую к ней "
-"нажатием кнопки >. В ответ будет развернут список зеркал, расположенных в "
-"этой стране. Отметьте одно из них и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить собственный источник:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете выполнить установку нового источника (например, из стороннего "
-"репозитория сообщества), который не поддерживается официальным сообществом "
-"Mageia. В ответ на выбор этого пункта меню будет показано новое окно:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите тип источника, укажите "
-"краткое название, которое хорошо описывает соответствующий репозиторий и "
-"добавьте URL-адрес (или путь к источнику, в зависимости от его типа)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Общие настройки:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого пункта меню вы можете определить, когда следует "
-"<guilabel>Проверять пакеты, которые устанавливаются</guilabel> (всегда или "
-"никогда), определить программу для загрузки пакетов (curl, wget или aria2) и "
-"указать правила получения данных о пакетах на запрос (вариант по умолчанию, "
-"только обновления, всегда или никогда)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Управление ключами:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"С целью обеспечения лучшей безопасности для распознавания источника "
-"используются цифровые ключи. Для каждого из источников можно разрешить или "
-"запретить использование ключа. В окне, которое будет открыто, выберите "
-"нужный источник и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, чтобы "
-"сделать возможным использование нового ключа, или отметьте пункт ключа и "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы запретить его "
-"использование."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Будьте осторожны, как и со всеми другими вопросами, связанными с "
-"безопасностью."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Прокси:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если для доступа к интернету с вашего компьютера следует пользоваться прокси-"
-"сервером, вы можете указать параметры его работы. Вам следует указать "
-"<guibutton>Название прокси</guibutton> и если нужно, указать "
-"<guilabel>Логин</guilabel> и <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Подробнее о настройке репозиториев пакетов, ознакомьтесь с <link ns2:href ="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\"> с соответствующей "
-"страницей в вики Mageia </link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Совместное использование каталогов и дисков с использованием Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba - протокол, используемый в различных операционных системах для "
-"совместного доступа к некоторым ресурсам, к таким как каталоги или принтеры. "
-"С помощью этого модуля вы можете настроить компьютер на работу в режиме "
-"сервера Samba с использованием протокола SMB/CIFS. Этот протокол "
-"используется Windows®, рабочие станции под управлением этой операционной "
-"системы могут получать доступ к ресурсам на сервере Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Подготовка"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы пользователи могли получать доступ к вашим ресурсам, сервер должен "
-"иметь постоянный IP-адрес. Определить этот URL-адрес можно непосредственно "
-"на вашем сервере, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> "
-"или на сервере DHCP, который идентифицирует рабочую станцию по MAC-адресу и "
-"всегда придаёт ей тот же адрес в сети. Также файервол вашего компьютера "
-"должен разрешать входящие соединения с сервера Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Мастер - Автономный сервер"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"После первого запуска, программа <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"проверит, установлены ли необходимые пакеты и предложит установить их, если "
-"пакеты не будут обнаружены в системе. После этого будет запущена программа-"
-"мастер настройки сервера Samba."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"На следующей странице вариант настройки автономного сервера уже будет "
-"обозначен."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите название рабочей группы. Это название должно совпадать с названием "
-"группы, которая будет получать доступ к ресурсам общего пользования."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Название Netbios - это название, которое будет использовано для обозначения "
-"сервера сети."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Выберите режим защиты:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>пользователь</guilabel>: клиент должен пройти аутентификацию, "
-"чтобы получить доступ к ресурсу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>общий ресурс</guilabel>: клиент предоставляет данные для "
-"распознавания, отдельно для каждого общего ресурса."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Здесь вы можете указать IP-адреса или названия узлов, которым будет "
-"предоставлен доступ к ресурсам."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите баннер сервера. Баннер - это способ, которым сервер будет "
-"представлен на рабочих станциях Windows."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"На следующем шаге можно указать место, где Samba сможет хранить журналы "
-"своей работы."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Прежде чем вами будут подтверждены выбранные значения параметров, программа-"
-"мастер покажет список этих параметров. Если параметры будут подтверждены, "
-"соответствующие данные будут записаны в файл <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</"
-"code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Мастер: Основной контроллер домена"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Если будет отмечен пункт "
-"«Основной контроллер домена», мастер попросит вас указать, следует ли "
-"поддерживать Wins, и определить имена пользователей-администраторов. "
-"Следующие шаги являются теми же самыми, что и при настройке отдельного "
-"сервера, кроме того, что вам придётся указать режим защиты:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>домен</guilabel>: предоставляется механизм для хранения всех "
-"учётных записей пользователей и групп в централизованном общем репозитории "
-"учётных записей. Централизованный репозиторий учётных записей "
-"предоставляется в использование контролерами безопасности домена."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Назначение каталога, доступ к которому будет открыт"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-"Если нажать кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, будет показано следующее "
-"окно:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Таким образом будет добавлена новая запись. Внести изменения в существующую "
-"запись можно с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Вы "
-"можете изменить, будет ли каталог видимым для всех пользователей, пригодным "
-"к записи или чтению. Менять имя общего ресурса нельзя."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Если в списке будет хоть одна запись, можно будет воспользоваться пунктами "
-"меню."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Сохранить текущие настройки в файле <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Сервер Samba|Настройка"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "С помощью этой команды можно снова запустить мастер."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Сервер Samba|Перезапустить"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Сервер Samba|Перезагрузить"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Совместный доступ к принтерам"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "С помощью Samba можно также предоставлять общий доступ к принтерам."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Пользователи Samba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой вкладки вы можете добавлять пользователей, которым будет "
-"разрешен доступ к общим ресурсам, если включено распознавание пользователей. "
-"Можно добавить пользователей из раздела <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/"
-"><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Настройка аутентификации для инструментов Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Это окно <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра "
-"управления Mageia страница <emphasis role=\"bold\">Безопасность</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы можно предоставлять обычным пользователям права, "
-"необходимые для выполнения задач, которые обычно выполняются под учётной "
-"записью администратора."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите небольшую стрелочку перед пунктом в списке, к которому вы хотите "
-"внести изменения:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Список большинства инструментов, которыми можно воспользоваться с помощью "
-"Центра управления Mageia, будет приведен в левой части окна (см. Снимок "
-"выше). Для каждого из инструментов предусмотрен выпадающий список с такими "
-"вариантами:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Стандартный: режим запуска зависит от выбранного уровня защиты. Смотрите "
-"инструмент «Настроить правила безопасности, права доступа и проверку» на той "
-"же странице."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Пароль пользователя: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль "
-"пользователя."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Пароль администратора: Для запуска инструмента, следует ввести пароль "
-"администратора."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Без пароля: инструмент запускается без необходимости ввода пароля."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Резервные копии"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Система», раздел "
-"«Инструменты администрирования»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"После первого запуска этой программы из Центра управления Mageia вы увидите "
-"сообщение об установке draksnapshot. Нажмите на кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Установить</guibutton>. После этого будет установлен draksnapshot "
-"и другие нужные для работы этой программы пакеты."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Еще раз выберите <guilabel>Резервные копии</guilabel>, и вы увидите окно "
-"<guilabel>Параметры</guilabel>. Выберите <guilabel>Включить резервное "
-"копирование</guilabel>, если хотите создать резервную копию всей системы, "
-"пункт <guilabel>Резервное копирование всей системы</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы хотите создать резервную копию только части каталогов, нажмите "
-"кнопку <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. В ответ будет открыто небольшое "
-"всплывающее окно. Воспользуйтесь кнопками <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> и "
-"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, расположенными рядом со списком "
-"<guilabel>Перечень резервных копий</guilabel>, чтобы добавить каталоги и "
-"файлы в список резервного копирования или удалить их. Воспользуйтесь такими "
-"же кнопками рядом со <guilabel>Списком исключений</guilabel>, чтобы "
-"определить список подкаталогов и/или файлов, которые не следует добавлять к "
-"резервной копии. Файлы из этого списка <emphasis role=\"bold\">не будут</"
-"emphasis> включены в резервную копию. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Закрыть</"
-"guibutton>, когда списки будут готовы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Далее укажите каталог в поле <guilabel>Куда сохранять копии</guilabel> или "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обзор</guibutton>, чтобы указать соответствующий "
-"каталог. Все смонтированные флеш-носители USB и внешние диски можно найти в "
-"каталоге <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/имя пользователя/</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>, чтобы создать резервную "
-"копию."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Настройка звука"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Оборудование</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound предназначен для настройки звуковой подсистемы, в частности "
-"определения параметров PulseAudio и решения проблем с работой звука. "
-"Программа поможет вам устранить проблемы со звуковой подсистемой или "
-"изменить звуковую карту для вывода звуковых данных."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> - звуковой сервер. Этот сервер получает все "
-"входящие звуковые данные, выполняет микширование этих данных, согласно "
-"указанных пользователем параметров и отправляет результаты на устройства "
-"вывода звуковых данных. Настроить параметры микширования можно с помощью "
-"пункта меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук и видео -> Управление громкостью</"
-"guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio является звуковым сервером по умолчанию. Рекомендуем вам не "
-"выключать его."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Использовать режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> - улучшает работу "
-"PulseAudio с некоторыми программами. Мы не рекомендуем снимать отметку с "
-"этого пункта."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Кнопка <guibutton>Решение проблем</guibutton> может помочь с решением "
-"проблем, возникающих со звуком. Попробуйте нажать её до того, как начнёте "
-"искать помощи у сообщества дистрибутива."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно открыть ещё одно "
-"окно с кнопкой, назначение которой очевидно по метке на ней."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Настройка ИБП (UPS) для контроля за питанием"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Настройка соединения VPN для безопасного доступа к сети"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"настроить безопасный доступ к удаленной сети с использованием туннелирования "
-"данных между локальной рабочей станцией и удаленной сетью. В этом разделе мы "
-"обсудим только настройки на стороне рабочей станции. Предполагается, что "
-"удалённая сеть работает надежно, и что вам известны данные относительно "
-"установленного соединения, которые можно получить от администратора сети, "
-"например в формате файла настроек .pcf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Настройки"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Сначала следует выбрать концентратор Cisco VPN или OpenVPN, в зависимости от "
-"того, какой протокол использован для вашей виртуальной частной сети."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Дайте вашему соединению название."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "С помощью следующего окна укажите параметры вашего VPN соединения."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Openvpn. После первого запуска инструмента будет установлен пакет openvpn и "
-"его зависимости."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите файлы, которые были "
-"получены от администратора сети."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Дополнительные параметры:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "В следующем окне программа попросит вас указать IP-адрес шлюза."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"После определения параметров программа предложит вам установить VPN-"
-"соединение."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете указать системе устанавливать это VPN-соединение в автоматическом "
-"режиме во время ее запуска. Для этого необходимо изменить настройки сетевого "
-"соединения так, чтобы оно всегда устанавливалось с этим VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Настройка веб-сервера"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам "
-"настроить веб-сервер."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Что такое веб-сервер?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Веб-сервер представляет собой программное обеспечение, которое помогает "
-"поставить веб содержимое, которое может быть доступно через Интернет. "
-"(Материал из Википедии)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Настройка веб-сервера с drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер веб-сервера."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите <guibutton>Далее</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Выбор вида сервера: локальная сеть и/или мир"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Предоставление доступа к данным веб-сервера из Интернета является "
-"рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите "
-"предоставить такой доступ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Модуль пользователя сервера"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Позволяет пользователям создавать свои собственные сайты."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Название веб-каталога пользователя"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Пользователю необходимо создать и заполнить этот каталог, затем сервер будет "
-"отображать его."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Корень документации сервера"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr "Позволяет настроить путь к дефолтным документам веб-сервера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Сводка"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Финиш"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Завершено! Нажмите <guibutton>Финиш</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Настройка DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Настройка DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Этот инструмент не способен работать в Mageia 4, поскольку схему именования "
-"интерфейсов сети изменили."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам "
-"настроить <acronym>DHCP</acronym> сервер. Этот компонент drakwizard следует "
-"установить до того, как вы сможете им воспользоваться."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Что такое DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Протокол динамической конфигурации хоста (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) "
-"представляет собой стандартизированный сетевой протокол, используемый на IP "
-"сетях, который динамически настраивает IP-адреса и другую информацию, "
-"необходимую для интернет-общения. (Материал из Википедии)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Настройка DHCP сервера с drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер DHCP сервера."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Выбор адаптера"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите сетевой интерфейс, соединённый с подсетью, в которой будет "
-"происходить назначение IP-адресов, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Выберите диапазон IP"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите начальные и конечные IP-адреса из диапазона адресов, которые должен "
-"предоставлять сервер, а также IP-адрес шлюза, компьютера, который будет "
-"соединяться с внешними компьютерами вне локальной сети, желательно "
-"непосредственно с компьютерами в интернете. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Подождите..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"С этой проблемой можно справиться. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</"
-"guibutton> несколько раз и внесите какие-либо изменения."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Позже..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Действия, которые выполняет инструмент"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Установка пакета dhcp-server, если он не установлен;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Сохранение <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> в <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Создание нового <code>dhcpd.conf</code>, взятого из <code>/usr/share/wizards/"
-"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Также изменение конфигурационного файла Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/"
-"config</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Перезапуск <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Настройка времени"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы "
-"сможете настроить сервер так, чтобы время в нём синхронизировалось с внешним "
-"сервером. По умолчанию, этот инструмент не устанавливается. Чтобы получить к "
-"нему доступ, вам следует установить пакеты drakwizard и drakwizard-base."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Настройка сервера NTP с помощью drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"После приветственного окна (см. выше), программа попросит вас выбрать три "
-"сервера времени с помощью раскрывающихся списков и дважды предложит "
-"воспользоваться pool.ntp.org, поскольку этот сервер всегда привязывается к "
-"доступным серверам времени."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью следующих страниц мастера вы сможете выбрать регион и город, после "
-"чего вам будет показано резюме настроек. Если вами будут обнаружены ошибки в "
-"настройках, вы можете внести изменения, нажав кнопку <guibutton>Назад</"
-"guibutton>. Если всё в порядке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, "
-"чтобы приказать программе выполнить тестирование. Если всё будет хорошо, то "
-"вы увидите окно, подобное приведённому ниже:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Нажмите на кнопку <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, чтобы закрыть утилиту"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Эта утилита выполняет следующие шаги:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Установка пакета <code>ntp</code> если необходимо"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Сохранение файлов <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> в <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> и <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> в <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Запись нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> со списком серверов;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Изменение файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> путём вставки первого имени "
-"сервера;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Остановка и запуск сервисов <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> и "
-"<code>ntpd</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"Установка для аппаратных часов текущего времени системы с привязкой к UTC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Настройка FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам "
-"настроить <acronym>FTP</acronym> сервер."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Что такое <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Протокол передачи файлов (File Transfer Protocol или <acronym>FTP</acronym>) "
-"- стандартный протокол работы в сети, которая используется для передачи "
-"файлов с одного компьютера на другой в сети, основанной на <acronym>TCP</"
-"acronym>, в частности, в Интернете (из Википедии)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Настройка сервера FTP с помощью drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки FTP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Предоставление доступа к данным сервера FTP из Интернета является "
-"рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите "
-"предоставить такой доступ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Информация о сервере"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите название, которое сервер будет использовать для собственной "
-"идентификации, адрес электронной почты для направления жалоб и будет ли "
-"предоставлен доступ к входу в систему от имени администратора (пользователя "
-"root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Параметры сервера"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите порт для ожидания данных, параметры ограниченной записи пользователя "
-"и то, следует ли  разрешать возобновления получения данных и/или "
-"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Настройка прокси-сервера"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в "
-"настройке прокси-сервера. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить "
-"отдельно, прежде чем вы сможете им воспользоваться."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Что такое прокси сервер?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Из Википедии: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер "
-"(компьютерная система или программа), который работает в качестве "
-"промежуточных звеньев для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски "
-"ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-"
-"сервером, посылает запрос по определённой службе, в том числе данные файла, "
-"соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер "
-"обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса. »"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Настройка прокси-сервера с помощью drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки прокси-сервера."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Выбор порта прокси"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите порт, с которым будут устанавливать соединение клиенты прокси-"
-"сервера, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Использование памяти и диска"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Установите пределы памяти и дискового кэша, затем нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Выбор параметров управления доступом к сети"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Определите диапазон доступа: локальная сеть или интернет, затем нажмите "
-"кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Предоставление доступа к сети"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Предоставьте доступ локальным сетям и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Следует ли использовать прокси-сервер высшего уровня?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Есть ли каскадный доступ к интернету через другой прокси-сервер? Если нет, "
-"пропустите следующий шаг."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Адрес и порт прокси-сервера более высокого уровня"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите имя компьютера и порт прокси высшего уровня и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Запустить при загрузке?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите, следует ли запускать прокси при загрузке операционной системы, и "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Установка пакета squid если необходимо;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Сохрание <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> в <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Создание нового <code>squid.conf</code>, взятого из <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 или 3 и <code>http_access</code> в соответствии с "
-"уровнем"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Перезапуск <code>squid.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Настройка демона OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в "
-"настройке сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Что такое <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Безопасная оболочка (Secure Shell или SSH) - криптографический протокол "
-"обмена данными в сети, предназначенный для защиты обмена данными от "
-"постороннего вмешательства, удалённого управления системой с помощью "
-"командной строки, удалённого выполнения команд и управления другими сетевыми "
-"службами. При использовании этого протокола два соединённых сетью компьютера "
-"используют защищённый канал обмена данными в незащищённой сети. Эти "
-"компьютеры называются сервер и клиент, на них запущены серверные и "
-"клиентские программы <acronym>SSH</acronym>, соответственно (из Википедии)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-"Настройка фоновой службы <acronym>SSH</acronym> с помощью drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки Open SSH."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Выберите тип параметров настройки"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите <guilabel>Эксперт</guilabel> для получения доступа ко всем "
-"настройкам или <guilabel>Начинающий</guilabel>, чтобы пропустить шаги 3-7, "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Общие Параметры"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Настройте видимость службы и параметры административного доступа. "
-"Стандартным портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> является порт 22."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Методы авторизации"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите один из способов распознавания при подключении и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Журналирование"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите нужные вам возможности по ведению журнала и уровень детализации "
-"сообщений, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Параметры входа"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Настройте отдельные параметры входа для учётных записей и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Параметры регистрации пользователя"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Настройте параметры доступа пользователей, затем нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Сжатие и перенаправление"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите параметры перенаправления графического сервера и сжатия при "
-"передаче, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Настройка служб системы"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Настройка оборудования"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете "
-"осуществить общий обзор оборудования вашего компьютера. После запуска "
-"программа выполняет автоматический поиск всех компонентов оборудования. С "
-"этой целью она использует программу <code>ldetect</code>, которая в своей "
-"работе использует список оборудования из пакета <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Окно программы"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Окно разделено на две колонки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"В левом столбце отображается список обнаруженного оборудования. Устройства "
-"группируются по категориям. Нажмите кнопку >, чтобы развернуть список "
-"категории. С помощью этого столбца можно выбрать устройство из списка."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"В правом столбце будут показаны данные выбранного устройства. С помощью "
-"пункта меню <guimenu>Справка -> Описание полей</guimenu> можно получить "
-"более подробное описание отображаемых полей."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Согласно выбранного типа устройства, в нижней части правой панели окна будет "
-"показано одна или две кнопки:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Установить параметры текущего драйвера</guibutton>: с помощью "
-"этой кнопки можно изменить параметры работы модуля системы, связанного с "
-"работой устройства. Этой кнопкой следует пользоваться только опытным "
-"пользователям."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Запустить инструмент настройки</guibutton>: получить доступ к "
-"средству настройки устройства. Обычно, доступ к этому инструменту можно "
-"получить непосредственно из Центра управления Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью пунктов меню <guimenu>Параметры</guimenu> вы можете включить "
-"автоматическое обнаружение некоторых типов устройств:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "модем"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "устройства Jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Zip параллельные устройства"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"По умолчанию такое обнаружение не выполняется, поскольку оно является "
-"достаточно длительным. Отметьте соответствующие пункты, если на вашем "
-"компьютере установлено соответствующее оборудование. Обнаружение будет "
-"выполнено при следующем запуске этой утилиты."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Настройка раскладки клавиатуры"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Программа keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> поможет вам "
-"настроить базовую раскладку вашей клавиатуры в операционной системе Mageia. "
-"Результаты настройки будут использованы для всех пользователей системы. "
-"Доступ к программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Оборудование» из Центра "
-"управления Mageia, в разделе: «Настроить мышь и клавиатуру»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого окна вы можете выбрать раскладку клавиатуры, которую следует "
-"использовать. В названиях раскладок указаны по алфавиту язык, страна и "
-"этническая принадлежность раскладки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Тип клавиатуры"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого меню вы можете указать тип клавиатуры, которой пользуетесь. "
-"Если вы не уверены относительно своего выбора, лучше не менять вариант по "
-"умолчанию."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Настройка локализации системы"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно также с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести "
-"команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Этим модулем<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно воспользоваться "
-"с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе «Настройка "
-"локализации системы». В случае его выбора будет открыто окно, с помощью "
-"которого вы можете выбрать язык. По умолчанию будет подобран список языков, "
-"которые были выбраны во время установки системы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно задействовать "
-"режим совместимости с устаревшими кодировками (не UTF-8)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Во втором окне будет показан список стран, в которых может использоваться "
-"указанный язык. Доступ к спискам стран, которых нет в списке, можно получить "
-"с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Другие страны</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы внесённые вами изменения вступили в силу, вам следует выйти из вашей "
-"учётной записи в системе и снова войти в неё."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Метод ввода"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью пункта <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы также можете выбрать "
-"метод ввода (в раскрывающемся меню под списком). С помощью способов ввода "
-"можно вводить символы языков, в которых запись осуществляется не с помощью "
-"букв (китайской, японской, корейской и т.д.)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Для азиатских и африканских языков способом ввода по умолчанию будет выбран "
-"IBus, следовательно, потребности в настройке этого способа ввода вручную нет."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME и т.п.) также предоставляют подобные "
-"функциональные возможности. Установить пакеты этих способов, если их нет в "
-"контекстном меню, можно с помощью другого модуля из Центра управления "
-"Mageia. См. <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Просмотр системных журналов"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел "
-"<guilabel>Просмотр системных журналов</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Поиск в журналах"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Сначала вам следует указать строку поиска в поле <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Совпадает с</emphasis> и/или строку, <emphasis>которой не должно быть в "
-"результатах</emphasis> в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Не совпадает</"
-"emphasis>. После этого выберите файл(ы), в которых будет выполняться поиск, "
-"в поле <guilabel>Выбор файла</guilabel>. Вы также можете ограничить поиск "
-"определённым днём. Выберите его на панели <emphasis role=\"bold\">Календарь</"
-"emphasis> с помощью нажатия маленьких стрелочек с каждой стороны от полей "
-"месяца и года, после чего отметьте пункт <guibutton>Показывать только для "
-"выбранного дня</guibutton>. Наконец, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>поиск</"
-"guibutton>, чтобы просмотреть результаты в окне с названием "
-"<guilabel>Содержимое файла</guilabel>. Предусмотрена возможность сохранить "
-"результаты в файле формата txt, - для этого следует нажать кнопку <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Сохранить</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"В <guibutton>Журнале инструментов Mageia</guibutton> содержатся данные, "
-"записанные в журнал средствами настройки Mageia, в частности инструментами "
-"из Центра управления Mageia. Эти журналы обновляются каждый раз, когда вы "
-"меняете какие-либо настройки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Настройка оповещения по электронной почте"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Почтовое напоминание</guibutton> можно приказать "
-"системе выполнять проверку нагрузки на систему и службы каждый час, и если "
-"это нужно, отправлять сообщения по электронной почте на указанный адрес."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы выполнить настройки этой утилиты, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Почтовое напоминание</emphasis> и выберите в следующем окне, которое "
-"будет показано, вариант <guibutton>Настроить систему почтового напоминания</"
-"guibutton>. В окне, которое будет показано после нажатия кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, вы сможете указать службы, за которыми следует "
-"вести наблюдение (см. приведенный выше снимок экрана)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Наблюдать за следующими службами:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Служба Webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Почтовый сервер Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Сервер FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Сервер World Wide Web Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Сервер SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Сервер Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Служба xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "Распознаватель доменных имен BIND"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"На следующей странице выберите значение <guilabel>Нагрузка</guilabel>, "
-"превышение которой вы считаете неприемлемым. Нагрузка определяется как "
-"уровень требовательности процесса к ресурсам компьютера, большая нагрузка "
-"замедляет работу остальной системы, а очень высокая нагрузка может "
-"свидетельствовать о том, что процесс вышел из-под контроля. По умолчанию "
-"используется значение 3. Мы рекомендуем определить значение предельной "
-"нагрузки как количество процессов, умноженное на 3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью последней страницы введите <guilabel>Адрес электронной почты</"
-"guilabel> лица, которое следует предупредить и <guilabel>Сервер электронной "
-"почты</guilabel>, которым следует воспользоваться (локальный или интернет-"
-"сервер)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Отображение доступных общих ресурсов NFS и SMB"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить "
-"только из командной строки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы "
-"считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь "
-"с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой "
-"по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Отображение данных об устройствах PCI, USB и PCMCIA вашей системы"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить "
-"только из командной строки. Она выводит определённое описание оборудования в "
-"системе, если ее запускать от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake выводит список всех соединённых с компьютером устройств (USB, PCI "
-"и PCMCIA) и задействованных драйверов. Для работы программы требуются пакеты "
-"ldetect и ldetect-lst."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Если добавить параметр «-v», lspcidrake покажет данные относительно "
-"производителя и идентификации устройства."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"Часто список, выведенный lspcidrake, довольно длинный, поэтому для его "
-"фильтрации приходится использовать программу grep. Примеры:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Информация о графической видеокарте;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Информация о сети"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "Параметр -i предназначен для игнорирования регистра символов."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"На приведённом ниже скриншоте показана работа параметра «-v» для lspcidrake "
-"и «-i» для grep."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Предусмотрено и другое средство получения данных по оборудованию. Эта "
-"программа называется <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis>, запускать "
-"от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Обновления пакетов с программами"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate или drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Управление программами</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Для обеспечения работоспособности MageiaUpdate следует должным образом "
-"настроить репозитории, воспользовавшись drakrpm-editmedia и указав "
-"определённые источники пакетов для обновления. Если вы ещё этого не сделали, "
-"программа попросит вас выполнить соответствующую настройку."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"После запуска этого инструмента программа выполняет сканирование "
-"установленных пакетов и показывает список пакетов, обновления которых "
-"появились в репозитории дистрибутива. По умолчанию все пункты пакетов будут "
-"помечены для автоматической загруки и установки. Нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы начать эту процедуру."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы нажмёте на пакете, в нижней части окна будут показаны дополнительные "
-"данные относительно пакета. Символ<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> "
-"перед заголовком в списке данных означает, что после нажатия этой стрелочки "
-"можно просмотреть дополнительный информационный блок."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Когда в репозитории дистрибутива будут появляться обновления, апплет "
-"системного лотка будет предупреждать вас, показывая значок <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Наведите указатель мыши на этот значок и "
-"щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, введите свой пароль пользователя, чтобы "
-"обновить пакеты системы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Загрузка"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"настройки загрузки системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы "
-"узнать больше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Настройка последовательности загрузки"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Центр управления Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии "
-"с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/"
-"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Это руководство было создано с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
-"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://"
-"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы "
-"время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Documentation_team\">команде документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в "
-"улучшении этого руководства."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Оборудование"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"настройкаи оборудования. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать "
-"больше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Настройка оборудования"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Поиск и настройка оборудования</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Настройка графики"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Настройка эффектов трёхмерного "
-"рабочего стола</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Настройка клавиатуры и мыши"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Настройка печати и сканирования"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Настройка принтеров, "
-"очередей печати, ...</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Другие"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Руководство по Центру управления Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"В Центре управления Mageia (MCC) предусмотрено восемь пунктов, выбрать "
-"которые можно в левой колонке окна программы. Если установлен пакет "
-"drakwizard, таких пунктов будет десять. Каждый из этих пунктов предлагает "
-"набор инструментов, которые можно выбрать в правой стороне окна программы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Следующие десять глав посвящены этим десяти пунктам и связанными с ними "
-"инструментами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Последняя глава посвящена другим инструментам Mageia, которые не могут быть "
-"выбраны с помощью страниц Центра управления Mageia (MCC)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Названия пунктов на этих страницах иногда совпадают с заголовками окон "
-"соответствующих инструментов."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме того, можно воспользоваться кнопкой «Поиск» этого руководства, которая "
-"находится справа от кнопки «Содержание»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Локальные диски"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"управления дисками системы и предоставления общего доступа к локальным "
-"дискам. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Сетевые службы"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Это окно и окно <emphasis>Общий доступ</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, "
-"только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих "
-"окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на "
-"ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>,чтобы "
-"узнать больше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Общий доступ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно выбрать инструменты управления общего доступа "
-"к дискам и каталогам системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы "
-"узнать больше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Настройка ресурсов Windows®"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Доступ к общим файлам и "
-"каталогам на системах Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Управление ресурсами NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Настройка ресурсов WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Сеть и Интернет"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"управления доступа к сети. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы "
-"узнать больше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Управление сетевыми службами"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Обеспечение безопасности сети"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Безопасность"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"управления защитой системы от внешнего вмешательства. Нажмите на ссылку, "
-"расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Настройка безопасности, прав доступа "
-"и аудита системы</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Совместное пользование"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Это окно и окно <emphasis>Сетевые службы</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, "
-"только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих "
-"окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на "
-"ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/"
-">,чтобы узнать больше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Система"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"управления и администрирования системой. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную "
-"ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Управление системными службами"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Локализация"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Инструменты администрирования"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Управление пользователями</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Настройка частоты проверки обновлений"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Управление программами</emphasis>. Также окно этой программы открывается "
-"с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на красном значке в системном трее "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> с последующим выбором "
-"пункта <guimenu>Настройка обновлений</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью первого ползунка вы можете изменить частоту, с которой Mageia "
-"будет проверять наличие обновлений, а с помощью второго - промежуток между "
-"завершением загрузки и первой проверкой наличия обновлений. С помощью "
-"обозначения или снятия отметки с соответствующего пункта вы можете приказать "
-"системе предупреждать вас о новых выпусках Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Настройка указывающего устройства (мыши, сенсорной панели)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Для установки Mageia, к компьютеру должен быть подключен манипулятор-мышь. "
-"Настройка этого оборудования выполняется во время установки системы. С "
-"помощью этого модуля вы сможете изменить параметры работы мыши или настроить "
-"работу с другой мышью."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Список упорядочен по модели мыши и по её типу соединения. Отметьте пункт с "
-"вашей мышью и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. В основном новейшие "
-"мыши хорошо работают, если выбран пункт «Любая мышь PS/2 или USB». Выбранный "
-"вариант мыши будет задействован немедленно."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: безопасность и аудит системы"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> - графический интерфейс к "
-"msec, с помощью которого можно настроить защиту системы следующим образом:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Установить системное поведение; msec вносит в систему изменения с целью ее "
-"страхования."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Выполнять периодические автоматические проверки системы с целью предупредить "
-"вас о потенциально опасных изменениях."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"В msec использована концепция «уровней безопасности». Уровни предназначены "
-"для настройки целого набора прав доступа в системе, за которыми будет "
-"наблюдать и принудительно изменять программа. В Mageia вам будет предложено "
-"несколько типовых уровней, но вы можете определить собственные нетипичные "
-"уровни безопасности."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка обзора"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Смотрите приведённый выше скриншот"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"На первой вкладке будет показан список различных инструментов защиты с "
-"расположенной справа кнопкой для настройки этих инструментов:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"К файерволу можно получить доступ с помощью Центра управления Mageia - "
-"страница «Безопасность», пункт «Настройка персонального файервола»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к обновлениям можно получить в Центре управления Mageia - страница "
-"«Управление программами», пункт «Обновление системы»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "Сам msec с некоторой информацией:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "включен или нет"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "настроен базовый уровень безопасности"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"даты последних периодических проверок, кнопки просмотра подробного отчёта и "
-"кнопки для немедленного выполнения проверки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Параметры безопасности»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажав левой кнопкой мыши на второй вкладке или кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</"
-"guibutton>, будет показана страница, подобная приведённой на снимке ниже."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Общая безопасность»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Уровни безопасности:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"После выбора пункта <guilabel>Включить инструмент MSEC</guilabel>, с помощью "
-"этой вкладки вы можете двойным щелчком кнопки мыши выбрать уровень "
-"безопасности. Если этот пункт не будет отмечен, правила обеспечения "
-"безопасности не будут применяться. По умолчанию можно воспользоваться такими "
-"уровнями безопасности:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. Этот уровень предназначен "
-"для ситуаций, когда вы не хотите, чтобы msec руководил безопасностью "
-"системы, и хотите настроить средства защиты самостоятельно. Если будет "
-"выбран этот уровень, все проверки безопасности будут отключены, программа не "
-"будет применять никаких ограничений на настройки и параметры системы. "
-"Пожалуйста, пользуйтесь этим уровнем только если полностью осознаёте "
-"последствия, поскольку его использование оставит вашу систему уязвимой к "
-"нападениям злоумышленников."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">стандартный</emphasis>. Этот уровень "
-"является дефолтным после установки, он предназначен для обычных "
-"пользователей. Права доступа в системе будут несколько ограничены, будут "
-"выполняться ежедневные проверки защиты для выявления изменений в системных "
-"файлах, учётных записях и уязвимостей в правах доступа к каталогам (этот "
-"уровень подобен уровням 2 и 3 в старых версиях msec)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">безопасный</emphasis>. Этот уровень будет "
-"полезным, если вам нужна защищённая система с определённой свободой в "
-"действиях. Права доступа в системе ограничены, выполняются периодические "
-"проверки. Кроме того, будет ограничен доступ к системе (этот уровень подобен "
-"уровням 4 (высокий) и 5 (параноидальный) в старых версиях msec)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме этих уровней, предусмотрены различные ориентированные на задачи наборы "
-"настроек защиты, в частности уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">файловый сервер "
-"</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">веб-сервер</emphasis> и <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">нетбук</emphasis>. Если вы воспользуетесь этими уровнями, то защита "
-"системы будет предварительно настроена на выполнение большинства типовых "
-"задач."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Последние два уровня называются <emphasis role=\"bold\">ежедневные проверки "
-"</emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">еженедельные проверки</emphasis>. На "
-"самом деле, это не совсем уровни безопасности, скорее инструменты, "
-"предназначенные только для выполнения периодических проверок."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Записи этих уровней хранятся в файлах <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
-"Название уровня&gt;</filename>. Вы можете определить собственные нетипичные "
-"уровни безопасности и сохранить их в специфических файлах с названиями "
-"<filename>level.&lt;Название уровня&gt;</filename>, которые будут храниться "
-"в папке <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Создание уровней является "
-"прерогативой опытных пользователей, которым требуется гибкая система "
-"настроек и защищённая система."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Помните, что изменённые пользователем параметры превосходят дефолтные "
-"параметры уровня."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Уведомления безопасности:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы выбрали пункт <guibutton>Присылать уведомления безопасности по "
-"электронной почте по адресу:</guibutton>, то отчёты по безопасности , "
-"созданные msec, будут отправляться по локальной электронной почте "
-"администратору безопасности , указанному в соседнем поле. Вы можете либо "
-"указать имя учётной записи локального пользователя , либо указать адрес "
-"электронной почты полностью (чтобы это сработало, необходимо настроить "
-"локальные средства работы с электронной почтой и средства управления ею "
-"соответствующим образом). Наконец, вы можете получать уведомления по "
-"безопасности непосредственно с помощью рабочего стола . Просто отметьте "
-"соответствующий пункт, чтобы включить эти уведомления."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Настоятельно рекомендуем вам включить оповещения о безопасности для "
-"администратора безопасности, чтобы немедленно получать информацию о "
-"возможных проблемах с безопасностью. Если вы этого не сделаете, "
-"администратору придётся регулярно знакомиться с файлами журнала, хранящимися "
-"в каталоге <filename>/var/log/security</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Опции безопасности:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Создание нетипичного уровня безопасности не является единственным способом "
-"настройки защиты компьютера. Вы также можете воспользоваться вкладками для "
-"изменения любого из нужных вам параметров. Текущие настройки msec хранятся в "
-"файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. В этом файле "
-"содержатся данные о названии текущего уровня безопасности и список "
-"изменений, которые были внесены в его параметры."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Безопасность системы»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты в левом столбце, их "
-"описания в центральном столбце и текущие значения в правом столбце."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы изменить параметр, дважды щёлкните на соответствующем пункте. В ответ "
-"будет открыто новое окно (см. приведённый ниже снимок). В окне будет "
-"показано название параметра, краткое описание, текущее и дефолтное значение, "
-"а также выпадающий список, с помощью которого можно выбрать это значение. "
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>, чтобы сделать ваш выбор."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Не забудьте перед завершением работы msecgui сохранить ваши настройки с "
-"помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если "
-"вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам "
-"возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут "
-"сохранены."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Безопасность сети"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты работы в сети. Она "
-"работает подобно работе предыдущей вкладки."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Периодические проверки»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Периодические проверки предназначены для информирования администратора "
-"безопасности с помощью уведомлений по всем проблемам, которые msec считает "
-"потенциально опасными."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"На этой вкладке отображаются все выполненные msec периодические проверки и "
-"их частота, если установлен флажок <guibutton>Включить периодические "
-"проверки безопасности</guibutton>. Изменения можно вносить аналогично "
-"внесению изменений на предыдущих вкладках."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Исключения»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Иногда оповещения создаются по хорошо известным и безопасным «проблемам». В "
-"таких случаях оповещения являются лишними и только тратят время "
-"администратора. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете создать любое количество "
-"исключений для устранения лишних уведомлений. При первом запуске msec список "
-"на этой вкладке, конечно же, будет пустым. На следующем снимке показаны "
-"исключения."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы создать запись исключения, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите желаемые периодические проверки с помощью выпадающего списка "
-"<guilabel>Проверка</guilabel>, введите <guilabel>Исключение</guilabel> в "
-"соответствующее поле. Конечно же, добавление исключения не является "
-"окончательным. Вы можете либо удалить его с помощью нажатия кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton> на вкладке <guilabel>Исключения</guilabel>, "
-"или изменить созданную запись исключения двойным щелчком левой кнопкой мыши "
-"на соответствующем пункте."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Права доступа"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту вкладка предназначена для настройки проверок прав доступа к файлам и "
-"каталогам и принудительного установления соответствующих прав."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Подобно уровням защиты, в msec предусмотрены различные уровни прав доступа "
-"(стандартный, безопасный, ..), которые включаются в соответствии с заданным "
-"уровнем безопасности . Вы можете создавать собственные нетипичные уровни "
-"прав доступа, сохранять их в соответствующих файлах с названиями "
-"<filename>perm.&lt;Название уровня></filename>в каталог <filename>/etc/"
-"security/msec/</filename>. Конечно же , этим стоит пользоваться имея "
-"определенный опыт и причину для создания нетипичного уровня. Кроме того, "
-"можно воспользоваться вкладкой окна настроек для внесения изменений в уже "
-"созданные права доступа. Текущие настройки сохраняются в файле <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Этот файл содержит список "
-"изменений, которые были внесены для прав доступа."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Типичные права доступа отображаются в виде списка правил (одно правило на "
-"строку). В левом столбце показаны файл или папка, которых касаются правила, "
-"в следующем столбце показан владелец, дальше группа, а затем столбик прав "
-"доступа, предоставляемый этим. Если для предоставленного правила:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> не обозначен, msec выполняет только "
-"проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и "
-"посылает текстовые оповещения, если они не выполнятся, но никакие изменения "
-"не вносятся."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> обозначен, msec выполняет проверку: "
-"выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и исправляет "
-"права доступа."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Для того, чтобы это сработало, следует соответствующим образом настроить "
-"параметр CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические "
-"проверки»</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы создать новое правило, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</"
-"guibutton> и заполните поля так, как это показано в следующем примере. В "
-"поле <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можно использовать заменитель *. \"Текущий\" "
-"означает \"не вносить изменения\"."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton> для подтверждения, и не забудьте "
-"перед закрытием окна сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню "
-"<guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены "
-"изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть "
-"список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме того, можно создавать или вносить изменения в правила с помощью "
-"редактирования файла настроек <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</"
-"filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Изменения на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> (или "
-"непосредственно с помощью файла настроек) учитываются при выполнении первой "
-"же периодической проверки (см. пункт CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>). Если вы хотите, чтобы "
-"изменения были применены немедленно, то воспользуйтесь командой msecperms в "
-"консоли. Команду следует вводить от имени пользователя root. Чтобы "
-"ознакомиться со списком прав доступа, которые будут изменены программой "
-"msecperms, воспользуйтесь командой msecperms -p."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Не забывайте, что если вы внесёте изменения в условиях доступа к "
-"определенному файлу с помощью консольной команды или программы для "
-"управления файлами, и пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> на <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> для этого файла будет "
-"обозначен, то msecgui через некоторое время вернёт предыдущие права доступа, "
-"в соответствии с настройками параметров CHECK_PERMS и CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки» </emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Другие инструменты Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"В Mageia предусмотрено больше инструментов, чем перечень инструментов из "
-"Центра управления Mageia. Нажмите ссылку внизу, чтобы узнать больше или "
-"продолжите чтение последующих страниц руководства."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>ЕЩЁ НЕ НАПИСАНО</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Дополнительные инструменты?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Управление программами (Установка и удаление программ)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Введение в rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, также "
-"известного под названием drakrpm, можно устанавливать, удалять и обновлять "
-"пакеты с программным обеспечением. Программа является графическим "
-"интерфейсом к URPMI. Во время каждого запуска она будет проверять списки "
-"пакетов в интернете (которые называются «источниками» пакетов), полученные "
-"непосредственно с официальных серверов Mageia и будет показывать список "
-"самых свежих пакетов с программным обеспечением для вашей системы. Система "
-"фильтрации предоставляет вам возможность просматривать списки пакетов только "
-"определенного типа: вы можете просмотреть список установленных пакетов "
-"(фильтрация по умолчанию) или только доступные обновления. Также можно "
-"ознакомиться со списком неустановленных пакетов. Вы можете найти пакет по "
-"названию или слову в резюме описания пакета, а также по названиям файлов, "
-"которые являются частью пакета."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Для надлежащей работы rpmdrake следует настроить параметры репозиториев с "
-"помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"При установке настроенным репозиторием является носитель, с которого "
-"происходит установка, например DVD или компакт-диск. Если вы ничего не "
-"будете менять, то rpmdrake будет просить вас вставить носитель каждый раз, "
-"когда вам нужно будет установить пакет с помощью такого контекстного окна: "
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Если приведённое выше "
-"сообщение раздражает вас и у вас есть хорошие условия соединения с "
-"интернетом без ограничений по получению данных, стоит изъять запись "
-"начального носителя и заменить его репозиториями в сети с помощью <xref "
-"linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме того, репозитории в сети всегда содержат свежие пакеты, широкий их "
-"диапазон и предоставляют возможность обновлять уже установленные пакеты."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Основные части окна"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по типу пакета:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Этот фильтр позволяет сузить список пакетов до определенного типа. Во время "
-"первого запуска программы для управления пакетами в списке будут только "
-"программы с графическим интерфейсом. Вы можете предписать программе "
-"отображать все пакеты и все зависимости этих пакетов вместе с библиотеками "
-"или предписать показывать только группы пакетов (цельные программные "
-"комплексы), только обновления или только пакеты из более новых версий Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Режим фильтрации по умолчанию предназначен для пользователей, не имеющих "
-"значительного опыта использования Linux или Mageia, то есть для тех, кому не "
-"нужны программы, которые руководствуются командной строкой, программы для "
-"специалистов. Поскольку вы читаете это руководство, вы очевидно "
-"заинтересованы в расширении ваших знаний по Mageia, следовательно, лучше "
-"выбрать вариант «Все»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по состоянию пакета:</"
-"emphasis> </firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"При помощи этого фильтра вы можете приказать программе показывать только "
-"установленные пакеты, пакеты которые еще не установлены или все пакеты, "
-"установленные и неустановленные."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим поиска:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите этот значок, чтобы выбрать данные, в которых будет выполняться "
-"поиск: названия пакетов, резюме, полные описания или списки файлов, "
-"содержащихся в пакетах."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Поле «Найти»:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"В этом поле можно указать одно или несколько ключевых слов. Если для поиска "
-"вы хотите использовать несколько ключевых слов, отделите их символом «|». "
-"Например, если вы хотите найти пакеты для mplayer или xine, укажите: "
-"«mplayer | xine» (без кавычек)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Стереть все:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr "Нажав на этот значок, можно удалить все ключевые слова в поле «Найти»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Список категорий:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"На этой панели приведён список всех программ и пакетов, распределённых по "
-"категориям и подкатегориям."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Панель описания:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта панель отображает имя пакета, его краткое и полное описание. Здесь много "
-"полезных данных о выбранном пакете, а также точные данные относительно "
-"пакета, включенных в него файлов и список изменений, созданный "
-"сопровождающим пакета."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Столбец состояния"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"После определения параметров фильтрации вы сможете искать программное "
-"обеспечение либо по категориям (в области 6 на рисунке), либо по названию/"
-"резюме/описанию в области 4. Список пакетов, которые соответствуют вашему "
-"запросу на указанных вами носителях пакетов, будет показан с пометками "
-"состояния установлено/не установлено/обновление. Чтобы изменить это "
-"положение, просто отметьте или снимите отметку с пункта перед названием "
-"пакета в списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Иконка"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Условные обозначения"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Этот пакет уже установлен"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Этот пакет будет установлен"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Состояние этого пакета изменять нельзя"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Этот пакет является обновлением"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Этот пакет будет удалён"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Примеры на приведенном скриншоте:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если снять отметку с пункта digikam (зелёная стрелка вниз означает, что "
-"пакет установлен), значок состояния станет красным с изображением стрелки "
-"вверх. Пакет будет удален сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если отметить пункт qdigidoc (пакет не установлен, как видно из колонки "
-"статуса), в колонке статуса появится оранжевая пиктограмма состояния со "
-"стрелкой вниз. Пакет будет установлен сразу после нажатия кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Зависимости"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Для правильной работы некоторых пакетов придётся установить другие пакеты, "
-"которые называют зависимостями. Эти пакеты содержат библиотеки или "
-"дополнительные инструменты. Если вам попадётся такой пакет, rpmdrake покажет "
-"информационное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете согласиться с установкой "
-"зависимостей, отменить установку или получить дополнительные данные (см. "
-"выше). Также вы сможете выбрать нужный вам пакет, если зависимости можно "
-"удовлетворить в несколько способов, то rpmdrake просто покажет вам окно со "
-"списком вариантов удовлетворения зависимостей и кнопками получения "
-"дополнительных данных и выбора пакета, который следует установить."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Настройка сканера"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Установка"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого модуля <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"настроить сканер или многофункциональное устройство, в котором предусмотрена "
-"возможность сканирования. Кроме того, с помощью модуля можно предоставить в "
-"совместное использование устройства, соединённые с вашим компьютером в "
-"пределах локальной сети или получить доступ к сканерам, соединённых с "
-"удаленными компьютерами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"После первого запуска этой программы вы можете увидеть такое сообщение:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Для использования сканера должны быть установлены пакеты SANE.</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Вы хотите установить пакеты SANE?</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Да</emphasis>, чтобы установить нужные пакеты. Если "
-"этого еще не было сделано ранее, будут установлены пакеты <code>scanner-gui</"
-"code> и <code>task-scanning</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если сканер был идентифицирован правильно, то в окне, отображённом на "
-"скриншоте выше, вы увидите имя вашего сканера, сканер готов к работе, "
-"например, в <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>, <emphasis>Skanlite</emphasis> или "
-"<emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Итак, после этого вы можете настроить <emphasis>совместное использование "
-"сканера</emphasis>. Соответствующие сведения см. в разделе <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Впрочем, если программе не удалось должным образом идентифицировать ваш "
-"сканер, проверка кабеля и электропитания показала, что все работает, а после "
-"нажатия кнопки <emphasis>Искать новые сканеры</emphasis> сканеров не было "
-"найдено, вам придётся нажать кнопку <emphasis>Добавить сканер вручную</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите производителя сканеров в списке, а затем выберите марку сканера и "
-"нажмите кнопку <emphasis>OK</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Если вашего сканера в списке нет, то нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Отменить</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Пожалуйста, проверьте, предусмотрена ли поддержка вашего сканера с помощью "
-"страницы <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs."
-"html\">Поддерживаемые сканеры SANE</link> и попросите о помощи на <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Выбор порта"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете оставить вариант по умолчанию, <emphasis>Автоматически определять "
-"доступные порты</emphasis>, если ваш сканер подключен к компьютеру не с "
-"помощью параллельного порта. Если сканер все же соединён с помощью "
-"параллельного порта, выберите <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (если "
-"сканер только один)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"После нажатия кнопки <emphasis>OK</emphasis> в подавляющем большинстве "
-"случаев вы увидите окно, подобное приведенному на снимке ниже."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если подобное окно не было показано, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с содержанием "
-"раздела <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Совместное использование сканеров"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Здесь вы можете указать, могут ли присоединённые к вашей машине сканеры быть "
-"доступны всем остальным компьютерам и каким именно. Вы также можете "
-"разрешить, можно ли будет пользоваться с вашей машины сканерами, "
-"соединёнными с другими компьютерами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Сканер общего доступа: можно добавить или удалить имена или IP-адреса "
-"хостов, которым предоставлен доступ к локальным устройствам на вашем "
-"компьютере."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Использование удалённых сканеров: можете добавить новые или удалить старые "
-"из списка хостов, имена или IP-адреса хостов, которые дают доступ к "
-"удаленному сканеру."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-"Сканер общего доступа: с помощью этого пункта можно запустить инструмент "
-"добавления узлов."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Сканер общего доступа: укажите хосты, которые следует добавить в список "
-"хостов с доступом или предоставьте доступ всем удалённым компьютерам."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"«Все удалённые машины» - предоставить доступ к вашему локальному сканеру "
-"пользователям всех удаленных компьютеров в локальной сети."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Если еще не установлен пакет <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, программа-мастер "
-"предложит его установить."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Наконец, программа внесёт изменения в эти файлы:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (добавление и комментирование "
-"директивы «net»)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Также фоновые службы <emphasis>saned</emphasis> и <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> будут настроены на запуск во время загрузки системы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Специфические советы"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Работа с большинством сканеров, а также принтеров HP обеспечивается "
-"программой <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Если вы имеете дело со "
-"сканером именно этой фирмы, вам будет предложено воспользоваться для "
-"настройки <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz."
-"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы "
-"воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-"
-"data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Иногда во время "
-"установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом "
-"sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно "
-"смело игнорировать."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Дополнительные шаги по установке"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Возможно, после обозначения порта вашего сканера на странице <xref linkend="
-"\"choosescannerport\"/> вам придется выполнить еще один или несколько шагов "
-"настройки сканера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Работа с некоторыми сканерами требует загрузки микропрограммы в сканер при "
-"каждом его запуске. С помощью модуля настройки сканера можно приказать "
-"системе загружать эту прошивку в устройство после соединения его с "
-"компьютером. С помощью этого окна вы можете установить микропрограмму с "
-"компакт-диска или установленной системы Windows, или установить "
-"микропрограмму, полученную с сайта производителя устройства в интернете."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Если для работы с вашим сканером требуется загрузить микропрограмму, первая "
-"попытка воспользоваться устройством может быть довольно длинной, вероятно "
-"более одной минуты. Будьте терпеливы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме того, может быть показан совет относительно внесения изменений в файл "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/название_соответствующего_модуля_SANE.conf</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Тщательно ознакомьтесь с этими и другими установками. Если они вам не "
-"помогут, не сомневайтесь и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Управление программами"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"управления пакетами с программным обеспечением. Нажмите на ссылке, "
-"расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Обновить систему</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Настроить источники "
-"установки и обновления</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Установка и настройка принтера"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Задачами печати в Mageia управляет сервер, который называется CUPS. У "
-"сервера есть собственный <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://"
-"localhost:631\">интерфейс настройки</link>, доступ к которому осуществляется "
-"с помощью программы для просмотра страниц в интернете (браузера). Впрочем, в "
-"Mageia предусмотрен и собственный инструмент для установки и настройки "
-"драйверов принтеров, который называется system-config-printer и используется "
-"также в других дистрибутивах, в частности Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu и "
-"openSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Вам стоит включить доступ к репозиториям пакетов, которые не являются "
-"свободными (non-free) до того, как вы продолжите установку, поскольку пакеты "
-"некоторых из драйверов хранятся только в этом репозитории."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для работы с программой придётся "
-"указать пароль администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Управлять установкой драйверов принтеров можно с помощью раздела "
-"<guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> из Центра управления Mageia. Вам просто "
-"нужно выбрать пункт <guilabel>Настройка печати и сканирования</"
-"guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr ""
-"Центр управления Mageia (MCC) попросит вас разрешить установку двух пакетов:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Вам следует согласиться на установку этих пакетов, чтобы продолжить работу с "
-"программой. Вместе с зависимостями может быть установлено до 230 МБ данных."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы добавить принтер, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>. "
-"Система попытается обнаружить все доступные принтеры и порты. На снимке "
-"показан пункт принтера, соединенного посредством USB. Если принтер будет "
-"обнаружен, он будет указан в первой строке списка. С помощью этого же окна "
-"можно настроить сетевой принтер."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Принтер обнаружен автоматически"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Обычно, это касается принтеров, соединенных с компьютером с помощью кабеля "
-"USB. Программа автоматически определяет название принтера и показывает его. "
-"Выберите принтер и нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Далее</guilabel>. Если с "
-"принтером связан известный системе драйвер, он будет установлен "
-"автоматически. Если можно воспользоваться одним из нескольких драйверов или "
-"системе не удастся определить лучший драйвер, будет показано окно с просьбой "
-"выбрать драйвер, руководство приведено в следующем разделе. Продолжите "
-"чтение раздела <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Принтер не удалось обнаружить автоматически"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"После выбора порта система загрузит список драйверов и покажет окно выбора "
-"драйвера. Вы сможете выбрать один из приведённых ниже вариантов."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Выбрать принтер из базы данных"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "предоставить PPD-файл"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "поиск драйвера для загрузки"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Если будет выбран вариант с поиском в базе данных, программа сначала "
-"предложит вам выбрать название компании-производителя принтера, а затем "
-"название устройства и драйвер, связанный с работой этого устройства. Если "
-"можно будет воспользоваться несколькими драйверами, следует выбрать "
-"рекомендованные из них. Если у вас возникнут какие-либо проблемы с работой "
-"рекомендованного драйвера, выберите тот из драйверов, который работает лучше "
-"всего."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Завершение процедуры установки"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"После выбора драйвера будет открыто окно ввода данных, которые помогут "
-"системе обозначить и распознать принтер. В первой строке следует ввести "
-"название устройства, которое будет показано программой в списке доступных "
-"принтеров. После ввода данных, средство установки драйвера предложит "
-"напечатать тестовую страницу. После тестовой печати, принтер будет добавлен "
-"в список доступных принтеров, им можно будет пользоваться."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Сетевой принтер"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Сетевые принтеры - это принтеры, которые непосредственно соединены с "
-"проводной или беспроводной сетью, сервером печати или другой рабочей "
-"станцией, которая работает в режиме сервера печати."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Часто, стоит настроить DHCP-сервер на автоматическую привязку IP-адреса к "
-"MAC-адресу принтера. Конечно же, если этот адрес является фиксированным, он "
-"должен совпадать с IP-адресом принтера, на который настроен сервер печати."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"MAC-адрес принтера - это серийный номер, который предоставляется принтеру, "
-"серверу печати или компьютеру, к которому подключен принтер и который можно "
-"определить с помощью тестовой страницы, напечатанной самим принтером или на "
-"наклейке на принтере или сервере печати. Если ваш принтер общего пользования "
-"соединен с системой Mageia, вы можете выполнить от имени администратора "
-"(root) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, чтобы определить "
-"этот MAC-адрес. MAC-адрес есть последовательность цифр и букв после слова "
-"«HWaddr»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Добавить ваш сетевой принтер можно так: выберите протокол, используемый "
-"принтером для обмена данными с сетью вашим компьютером. Если вы не знаете, "
-"какой протокол следует выбрать, вы можете попробовать воспользоваться "
-"пунктом <guilabel>Сетевой принтер</guilabel> - <guilabel>Найти сетевой "
-"принтер</guilabel> в меню <guilabel>Устройства</guilabel> и указать IP-адрес "
-"принтера в поле справа, где указано «host»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Если программе удастся обнаружить ваш принтер или сервер печати, она "
-"предложит вам определённые параметры протокола и очереди печати. Впрочем, вы "
-"можете выбрать нужный вам вариант из списка, расположенного ниже или указать "
-"соответствующее название очереди печати, если соответствующего пункта нет в "
-"списке."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Посмотрите в документации, поставляемой с принтером или с сервером принтера, "
-"чтобы выяснить, какие протоколы он поддерживает и по возможности, конкретные "
-"имена очередей."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Протоколы сетевой печати"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Одной из современных методик работы с принтерами является разработанная "
-"Hewlett-Packard технология под названием JetDirect. С ее помощью можно "
-"осуществлять доступ к принтеру, напрямую соединенного с сетью с помощью "
-"порта Ethernet. Вам необходимо будет указать IP-адрес, используемый "
-"принтером в сети. Эта технология используется также в некоторых ADSL-"
-"маршрутизаторах, в которых предусмотрен порт USB для подключения принтера. "
-"Если вы пользуетесь таким маршрутизатором, следует указать его IP-адрес. "
-"Заметьте, что программа «Hp Device manager» может работать с динамически "
-"определяемым IP-адресом, настройками URI записывающего устройства "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;название_принтера&gt;</emphasis> . В этом случае "
-"фиксированный IP-адрес не требуется."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> в списке протоколов и "
-"укажите адрес в поле <guilabel>Узел:</guilabel>. Не изменяйте содержимое "
-"поля <guilabel>Номер порта</guilabel>, если не уверены, что это следует "
-"делать. После выбора протокола выполните выбор драйвера, как уже было "
-"описано выше."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Другие протоколы:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к "
-"которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP с помощью протокола IPP. Например, "
-"принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, где используется CUPS. Этот "
-"протокол может также использоваться некоторыми ADSL-маршрутизаторами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (https)</emphasis>: то же, что и "
-"ipp, но с использованием передачи данных HTTP с защитой TLS. Следует указать "
-"порт. По умолчанию это 631 порт."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipps)</emphasis>: то же, что и "
-"ipp, но с защитой TLS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Узел или принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому "
-"осуществляется по сети TCP/IP по протоколу LPD. Например принтер, "
-"соединенный с рабочей станцией, на которой используется LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер в совместном "
-"пользовании, соединенный с рабочей станцией под управлением Windows или "
-"сервером SMB."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"URI также могут быть добавлены непосредственно. Вот несколько примеров "
-"форматирования URI:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-адрес-или-имя-узла:порт</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Протокол печати через интернет (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-адрес-или-имя-узла:номер-порта/ресурс</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-адрес-или-имя-узла:номер-порта/ресурс</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Протокол демона линейного принтера (LPD)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://пользователь@ip-адрес-или-имя-узла/очередь</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Дополнительные сведения можно найти в <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/"
-"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">документации к CUPS</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Свойства устройства"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете просмотреть и изменить параметры работы устройства. С помощью меню "
-"можно получить доступ к панели настройки сервера CUPS. По умолчанию сервер "
-"CUPS запускается вашей операционной системой, но вы можете выбрать другой "
-"вариант с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Соединиться...</guimenuitem>. Другое окно настройки параметров "
-"сервера можно открыть с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Параметры</guimenuitem>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Диагностика проблем"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Данные об ошибках, которые могли случиться при печати, можно найти в файле "
-"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме того, вы можете воспользоваться инструментом для диагностики и решения "
-"проблем. Доступ к нему можно получить с помощью пункта меню "
-"<guimenu>Справка</guimenu> | <guilabel>Устранение проблем с печатью</"
-"guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Вполне возможно, что в репозиториях Mageia нет некоторых драйверов, "
-"необходимых для работы определенных принтеров, из-за лицензионных проблем "
-"или эти драйверы оказались неработоспособными. Если вы не можете найти "
-"нужного драйвера воспользуйтесь страницей системы <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link>, чтобы убедиться, "
-"существует ли драйвер вообще. Если окажется, что драйвер существует, "
-"проверьте, есть ли пакет с этим драйвером в репозиториях Mageia. Если такой "
-"пакет будет обнаружен, установите его вручную. После установки драйвера "
-"повторите процедуру установки и настройки принтера. О проблемах сообщайте с "
-"помощью системы слежения за ошибками дистрибутива или через форум. Также "
-"можно сообщать о пожеланиях относительно работы программ для настройки и о "
-"том, работает ли принтер после установки. Ниже приведены несколько адресов, "
-"по которым можно найти последние версии драйверов или драйверы к новым "
-"устройствам."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры Brother</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"На <link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/"
-"linux/en/download_prn.html\">этой странице</link> можно найти список "
-"драйверов,  предоставляемые Brother. Найдите драйвер устройства, загрузите "
-"пакеты rpm с ним и установите эти пакеты."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Драйвера Brother следует установить до запуска программы настройки системы "
-"печати."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и многофункциональные устройства Hewlett-"
-"Packard</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Для этих устройств используются программы из комплекта hplip. Этот комплект "
-"программ будет автоматически установлен после выбора принтера. "
-"Дополнительные сведения о комплектах программ можно найти <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">здесь</link>. Программу "
-"«HP Device Manager (Управление устройствами HP) можно будет найти в меню "
-"системы. Справку по настройкам принтера можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">здесь</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Многофункциональные устройства HP требуют установки драйвера принтера, чтобы "
-"работать и в режиме сканера. Обратите внимание, что иногда в интерфейсе "
-"программы для сканирования не предусмотрено возможностей по сканированию "
-"пленок или слайдов (не работает модуль для слайдов). В этом случае можно "
-"воспользоваться для сканирования автономным режимом с сохранением "
-"изображения на карту памяти или флэш-устройство USB, вставленный в USB порт. "
-"После сканирования полученные изображения можно перенести с носителя данных "
-"в хранилище вашего любимого программного обеспечения для работы с "
-"изображениями."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Цветные принтеры Samsung</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Драйверы для отдельных цветных принтеров Samsung и Xerox, работающих по "
-"протоколу QPDL, можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/"
-"\">здесь</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и сканеры Epson</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson."
-"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы "
-"воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-"
-"data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Кроме того, может "
-"возникнуть необходимость в установке пакета iscan-plugin. Выберите пакеты "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis>, архитектура которых соответствует установленной на "
-"компьютере системе."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о "
-"конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие "
-"предупреждения можно смело игнорировать."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы работаете с принтерами Canon, вам может пригодиться программа "
-"turboprint. Соответствующий (тестовый) пакет можно получить <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">здесь</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Импорт документов и параметров Windows™"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из "
-"Центра управления Mageia, подпункт <guilabel>Импорт документов и настроек "
-"Windows(TM)™</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может импортировать "
-"документы и настройки учётных записей пользователей с установленной системы "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP или <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> на том же компьютере, на "
-"котором установлена Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Пожалуйста, обратите внимание, что все изменения вступят в силу немедленно "
-"после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"После запуска transfugdrake вы увидите первую страницу мастера с пояснениями "
-"о назначении программы и вариантами импорта данных."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Как только вы прочтёте и поймёте установки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
-"guibutton>. В ответ программа выполнит обнаружение соответствующих данных в "
-"установленной операционной системе <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"После завершения процедуры выявления данных вы увидите страницу, с помощью "
-"которой сможете выбрать учётные записи в <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> и Mageia для выполнения процедуры импорта. Вы можете "
-"выбрать не только свою учётную запись."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Пожалуйста, обратите внимание на то, что из-за ограничения migrate-assistant "
-"(основного компонента transfugdrake) названия учётных записей <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, которые содержат специальные "
-"символы (кириллицу), могут отображаться некорректно."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"Продолжительность переноса данных будет зависеть от размера папок с "
-"документами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Некоторые программы <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (в "
-"частности драйверы) могут создавать учётные записи для реализации "
-"специальных возможностей. Например, драйверы NVidia <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> обновляются с помощью учётной записи "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Пожалуйста, не используйте такие учётные "
-"записи для импорта данных."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"После завершения выбора способа импорта учётных записей нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа "
-"импортирования документов:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake разработан для импорта данных <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> из <emphasis>Мои документы</emphasis>, <emphasis>Моя "
-"музыка</emphasis> и <emphasis>Мои рисунки</emphasis>. Вы можете не выполнять "
-"импорт определённых данных, сняв галочку c соответствующего пункта в этом "
-"окне."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"После завершения выбора способа импортирования документов нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа "
-"импортирования закладок:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake может импортировать закладки <emphasis>Internet Explorer</"
-"emphasis> и <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> в закладки программы "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>, установленную в Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите желаемый вариант импорта и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью следующей страницы вы сможете импортировать изображения фона "
-"рабочего стола:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите желаемый вариант и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"На последней странице мастера будет показано сообщение с приветствием. "
-"Просто нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Завершить</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Пользователи и группы"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из "
-"Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Управление пользователями»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может управлять "
-"пользователями и группами пользователей, то есть добавлять или удалять "
-"пользователя или группу и вносить изменения в параметры записи пользователя "
-"или группы (идентификатора, командной оболочки и т.п.)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"В открытом окне userdrake будет показан список всех пользователей системы на "
-"вкладке <guibutton>Пользователи</guibutton>, а список всех групп - на "
-"вкладке <guibutton>Группы</guibutton>. Принцип работы с двумя вкладками "
-"является одинаковым."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1. Добавить пользователя</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки можно открыть новое окно с незаполненными полями:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Имя полностью</emphasis> предназначено для "
-"ввода фамилии и имени, но вы можете ввести в него любые данные!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пользователь</emphasis> является единственным "
-"обязательным для заполнения."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам установить <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пароль</"
-"emphasis> к учётной записи пользователя. Справа от поля пароля вы увидите "
-"небольшое изображение щита. Если цвет этого щита будет красным, то указанный "
-"пароль является слишком простым, слишком коротким или слишком похожим на "
-"название учётной записи. В пароле вам следует использовать цифры, строчные и "
-"прописные буквы, знаки препинания и т.д. С повышением сложности пароля цвет "
-"щита изменится на желтый, а потом на зелёный."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"В поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Подтвердите пароль</emphasis> вам следует "
-"повторно ввести пароль, чтобы обеспечить соответствие символов вашим "
-"намерениям."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Командная оболочка</emphasis>: с помощью этого "
-"выпадающего списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет "
-"использоваться для работы пользователя, учётную запись которого вы "
-"добавляете. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"Если будет выбрана опция <emphasis role=\"bold\">Создать личную группу для "
-"пользователя</emphasis>, userdrake автоматически создаст группу с тем же "
-"названием, что и название учётной записи нового пользователя, и единственным "
-"участником (позже параметры группы можно изменить)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Назначение других пунктов диалогового окна понятно из надписей. Запись "
-"нового пользователя будет создана сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2. Добавить группу</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Вам следует лишь указать название новой группы и если это нужно, "
-"специфический номер-идентификатор группы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3. Редактировать</emphasis> (выбранного пользователя)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Данные Пользователя</guibutton>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете "
-"изменить все данные, указанные в учётной записи пользователя во время её "
-"создания (но идентификатор записи пользователя ID изменять нельзя)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Информация об аккаунте</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Первый пункт предназначен для установления предельного срока действия "
-"учётной записи. По завершению срока действия вход в аккаунт станет "
-"невозможным. Этим пунктом можно воспользоваться для создания временных "
-"учётных записей."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"Второй пункт предназначен для блокировки учётной записи. Вход в "
-"заблокированные учётные записи невозможен."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Также можно изменить значок пользователя."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Информация о пароле</emphasis>: с помощью этой "
-"вкладки вы можете установить срок действия пароля. Установление срока "
-"действия побуждает пользователя к периодической смене пароля, с целью "
-"обеспечения лучшей защиты системы от несанкционированного вмешательства."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете "
-"выбрать группы, участником которых будет пользователь."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Если изменения будут внесены в учётную запись пользователя, который уже "
-"работает в системе, то эти изменения вступят в силу только после "
-"перезагрузки системы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4. Редактировать</emphasis> (обозначенную группу)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Данные группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки "
-"можно изменить название группы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы пользователей</emphasis>: с помощью этой "
-"вкладки вы можете выбрать пользователей, которые будут участниками группы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5. Удалить</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы удалить учётную запись пользователя или группу, выберите запись в "
-"списке и нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Удалить</emphasis>. Если был "
-"указан пункт учётной записи пользователя, будет показано окно с вопросом, "
-"следует ли удалить также домашний каталог и каталог почтового ящика "
-"пользователя. Если для учётной записи пользователя была создана личная "
-"группа, то эта группа будет также удалена вместе с учётной записью "
-"пользователя."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Можно удалить группу, которая не является пустой."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6. Восстановить</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"База данных учётных записей пользователей может быть изменена за пределами "
-"Userdrake. Нажмите эту кнопку, чтобы обновить данные в списке."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Гостевой аккаунт</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> является особой учётной записью. "
-"Она предназначена для предоставления кому-либо временного доступа к системе "
-"с максимальными мерами безопасности. Именем пользователя такой записи "
-"является xguest, пароль пустой. Внесение каких-либо изменений в систему с "
-"этой учётной записи невозможно. Личные каталоги пользователя учётной записи "
-"будут удалятся сразу по завершению сеанса работы в аккаунте. По умолчанию "
-"учётная запись включена. Чтобы отключить её, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню "
-"<guimenu>Действия -> Удалить аккаунт для гостя</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Настройка графического сервера"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">XFdrake</emphasis> от имени обычного пользователя "
-"или команду <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> от имени администратора (root). "
-"Обратите внимание на регистр используемых в командах букв."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia страница  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>. Достаточно выбрать на этой "
-"странице пункт <emphasis><guilabel>Настроить графический сервер</guilabel></"
-"emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этих кнопок можно настроить параметры графической подсистемы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Графическая карта</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Здесь показано - программой обнаружен тип графической карты и "
-"соответствующий драйвер. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить на другой, например, "
-"на проприетарный (с закрытым кодом) драйвер от производителя."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступные драйверы упорядочены в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> "
-"по производителю по алфавиту, а затем по модели также по алфавиту. Свободные "
-"драйверы отсортированы в алфавитном порядке в списке <guilabel>Xorg</"
-"guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Если у вас возникнут проблемы, вы можете воспользоваться вариантом "
-"<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>, который работает для большинства карт и "
-"предоставит вам возможность найти и установить драйвер, работая в ваших "
-"графических средах."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Если даже Vesa не работает, то выберите вариант <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</"
-"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, который используется во "
-"время установки Mageia, но не предоставляет возможности менять разрешение "
-"или частоту обновления изображения."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы ранее выбрали свободный драйвер, то система может предложить вам "
-"воспользоваться вместо него проприетарным (с закрытым кодом) драйвером, "
-"который имеет более широкие возможности (например, 3D эффекты)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Монитор:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Наряду с этим пунктом будет показан монитор, определённый системой. Нажмите "
-"кнопку, чтобы изменить определённое название на другое. Если нужного вам "
-"названия нет в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel>, то вы можете "
-"выбрать наиболее подходящий монитор в поле <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешение:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки можно выбрать разрешение (количество пикселей) и "
-"глубину цвета (число цветов в изображении). В ответ на её нажатие будет "
-"показано следующее окно:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Если вы измените глубину цвета, "
-"рядом со второй кнопкой будет показана панель спектра с предварительным "
-"просмотром спектра для выбранной вами глубины цветов."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"На первой кнопке будет показано текущее разрешение. Нажмите, чтобы изменить "
-"разрешение. В списке будут показаны возможные варианты, что соответствует "
-"возможностям графической карты и монитора. Вы можете выбрать пункт "
-"<guilabel>Другие</guilabel>, чтобы указать другое разрешение, но стоит "
-"учитывать то, что произвольное изменение параметров разрешения может "
-"привести к повреждению монитора или нарушению комфортности работы."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"На второй кнопке будет показана текущая глубина цвета. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы "
-"изменить глубину цвета на другую."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"В зависимости от выбранного разрешения, может понадобиться выход из "
-"графической среды и её перезапуск, чтобы настройки вступили в силу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Проверить:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Как только настройки будут завершены, рекомендуем вам проверить их до "
-"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, поскольку проще изменить значения "
-"параметров сразу, чем получить неработоспособную графическую среду."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"В случае нерабочей графической среды, нажмите комбинацию клавиш Alt+Ctrl+F2, "
-"чтобы открыть текстовую консоль, войдите в систему от имени администратора "
-"(root) и дайте команду XFdrake (первые две буквы должны быть большими), "
-"чтобы воспользоваться текстовой версией XFdrake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если заданные параметры не сработают, просто дождитесь завершения проверки, "
-"чтобы вернуться к начальным параметрам. Если значения сработают, но вы всё "
-"равно не хотите их изменять, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Нет</guibutton>. "
-"Если же полученные результаты вас устраивают, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton "
-"role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Параметры:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"В разделе <guilabel>Глобальные параметры</guilabel> вы можете настроить "
-"систему на перезапуск графической среды с помощью комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt"
-"+Backspace."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью раздела <guilabel>Параметры видеокарты</guilabel> можно включить "
-"или выключить три специфические возможности, зависящие от типа графической "
-"видеокарты."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Графический интерфейс при загрузке</guilabel>: следует оставить "
-"вариант <emphasis>Автоматически запускать графическую оболочку (Xorg) при "
-"загрузке</emphasis>, чтобы система загружалась в графическом режиме. "
-"Впрочем, вы можете снять отметку, если загрузка должна быть выполнена без "
-"использования графического режима для сервера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа предложит "
-"вам подтвердить выход. Вы можете отменить внесенные изменения и сохранить "
-"предыдущие настройки или подтвердить их внесения. Если изменения будут "
-"подтверждены, вам придется выйти из учетной записи и снова войти в него, "
-"чтобы задействовать внесены изменения."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index acaf6345..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Центр управления Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">The tools to configure the Mageia system</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии
-с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Это руководство было создано с помощью <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное
-компанией <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы
-время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команде
-документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в улучшении этого руководства.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f782219..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Центр управления Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии
-с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Это руководство было создано с помощью <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное
-компанией <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы
-время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команде
-документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в улучшении этого руководства.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 07ac2ace..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Обновления пакетов с программами</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate или drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этой программе<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> или <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно получить
-из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role="bold">Управление
-программами</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Для обеспечения работоспособности MageiaUpdate следует должным образом
-настроить репозитории, воспользовавшись drakrpm-editmedia и указав
-определённые источники пакетов для обновления. Если вы ещё этого не сделали,
-программа попросит вас выполнить соответствующую настройку.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>После запуска этого инструмента программа выполняет сканирование
-установленных пакетов и показывает список пакетов, обновления которых
-появились в репозитории дистрибутива. По умолчанию все пункты пакетов будут
-помечены для автоматической загруки и установки. Нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы начать эту процедуру.</para>
-
-  <para>Если вы нажмёте на пакете, в нижней части окна будут показаны дополнительные
-данные относительно пакета. Символ<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> перед
-заголовком в списке данных означает, что после нажатия этой стрелочки можно
-просмотреть дополнительный информационный блок.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Когда в репозитории дистрибутива будут появляться обновления, апплет
-системного лотка будет предупреждать вас, показывая значок <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject> . Наведите указатель мыши на этот значок и
-щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, введите свой пароль пользователя, чтобы
-обновить пакеты системы.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c16eaee2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Настройка графического сервера</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia страница
-<emphasis role="bold">Оборудование</emphasis>. Достаточно выбрать на этой
-странице пункт <emphasis><guilabel>Настроить графический
-сервер</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">XFdrake</emphasis> от имени обычного пользователя или
-команду <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root). Обратите внимание на регистр используемых в командах букв.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>С помощью этих кнопок можно настроить параметры графической подсистемы.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Графическая карта</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Здесь показано - программой обнаружен тип графической карты и
-соответствующий драйвер. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить на другой, например,
-на проприетарный (с закрытым кодом) драйвер от производителя.</para>
-
-  <para>Доступные драйверы упорядочены в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel>
-по производителю по алфавиту, а затем по модели также по алфавиту. Свободные
-драйверы отсортированы в алфавитном порядке в списке
-<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Если у вас возникнут проблемы, вы можете воспользоваться вариантом
-<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>, который работает для большинства карт и
-предоставит вам возможность найти и установить драйвер, работая в ваших
-графических средах.</para>
-
-      <para>Если даже Vesa не работает, то выберите вариант
-<emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>,
-который используется во время установки Mageia, но не предоставляет
-возможности менять разрешение или частоту обновления изображения.</para>
-    </note>Если вы ранее выбрали свободный драйвер, то система может предложить вам
-воспользоваться вместо него проприетарным (с закрытым кодом) драйвером,
-который имеет более широкие возможности (например, 3D эффекты).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Монитор:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Наряду с этим пунктом будет показан монитор, определённый системой. Нажмите
-кнопку, чтобы изменить определённое название на другое. Если нужного вам
-названия нет в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel>, то вы можете
-выбрать наиболее подходящий монитор в поле <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Разрешение:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой кнопки можно выбрать разрешение (количество пикселей) и
-глубину цвета (число цветов в изображении). В ответ на её нажатие будет
-показано следующее окно:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Если вы измените глубину цвета,
-рядом со второй кнопкой будет показана панель спектра с предварительным
-просмотром спектра для выбранной вами глубины цветов.</para>
-
-  <para>На первой кнопке будет показано текущее разрешение. Нажмите, чтобы изменить
-разрешение. В списке будут показаны возможные варианты, что соответствует
-возможностям графической карты и монитора. Вы можете выбрать пункт
-<guilabel>Другие</guilabel>, чтобы указать другое разрешение, но стоит
-учитывать то, что произвольное изменение параметров разрешения может
-привести к повреждению монитора или нарушению комфортности работы.</para>
-
-  <para>На второй кнопке будет показана текущая глубина цвета. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы
-изменить глубину цвета на другую.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>В зависимости от выбранного разрешения, может понадобиться выход из
-графической среды и её перезапуск, чтобы настройки вступили в силу.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Проверить:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Как только настройки будут завершены, рекомендуем вам проверить их до
-нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, поскольку проще изменить значения
-параметров сразу, чем получить неработоспособную графическую среду.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>В случае нерабочей графической среды, нажмите комбинацию клавиш Alt+Ctrl+F2,
-чтобы открыть текстовую консоль, войдите в систему от имени администратора
-(root) и дайте команду XFdrake (первые две буквы должны быть большими),
-чтобы воспользоваться текстовой версией XFdrake.</para>
-    </note>Если заданные параметры не сработают, просто дождитесь завершения проверки,
-чтобы вернуться к начальным параметрам. Если значения сработают, но вы всё
-равно не хотите их изменять, то нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Нет</guibutton>. Если же полученные результаты вас устраивают, то
-нажмите кнопку <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Параметры:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>В разделе <guilabel>Глобальные параметры</guilabel> вы можете настроить
-систему на перезапуск графической среды с помощью комбинации клавиш
-Ctrl+Alt+Backspace.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>С помощью раздела <guilabel>Параметры видеокарты</guilabel> можно включить
-или выключить три специфические возможности, зависящие от типа графической
-видеокарты.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Графический интерфейс при загрузке</guilabel>: следует оставить
-вариант <emphasis>Автоматически запускать графическую оболочку (Xorg) при
-загрузке</emphasis>, чтобы система загружалась в графическом
-режиме. Впрочем, вы можете снять отметку, если загрузка должна быть
-выполнена без использования графического режима для сервера.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа предложит
-вам подтвердить выход. Вы можете отменить внесенные изменения и сохранить
-предыдущие настройки или подтвердить их внесения. Если изменения будут
-подтверждены, вам придется выйти из учетной записи и снова войти в него,
-чтобы задействовать внесены изменения.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 42a93131..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Совместный доступ к дискам и каталогам WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этой программе<footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-  </footnote> можно получить
-из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Общие сетевые службы», раздел
-<guilabel>Настройка ресурсов WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Введение</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> -
-протокол, с помощью которого можно монтировать каталог веб-сервера локально
-так, что в системе соответствующий каталог отобразится как локальный. На
-компьютере-сервере должен быть запущен сервер WebDAV. Этот инструмент не
-предназначен для настройки сервера WebDAV.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Создание собственного пункта</title>
-
-    <para>На первой странице программы будет показана уже настроенная запись, если
-таковая уже была создана и кнопка <guibutton>Новая</guibutton>. С помощью
-нажатия этой кнопки можно создать новую запись. Укажите URL-адрес сервера в
-поле страницы, которая будет открыта в ответ на нажатие кнопки.</para>
-
-    <para>После этого будет показано окно с пунктами-переключателями для выбора
-следующих действий. Продолжите с нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Точка
-монтирования</guibutton>. После выбора пункта, нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, поскольку <guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> уже
-настроен. Впрочем, вы можете воспользоваться этим пунктом, если необходимо
-внести какие-либо изменения.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Доступ к удаленному каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью указанной
-точки монтирования.</para>
-
-    <para>На следующем шаге вам необходимо указать - ваше имя пользователя и
-пароль. Если нужны другие настройки, нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Монтировать</guibutton> можно смонтировать
-каталог для немедленного использования.</para>
-
-    <para>После подтверждения настройки кнопкой <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, будет
-снова показано первое окно с назначенной вами точкой монтирования. После
-нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа спросит вас, следует
-ли записать внесённые изменения в <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Сохраните
-внесённые изменения, чтобы директория/раздел были доступны для использования
-сразу после загрузки системы. И не сохраняйте изменения, если монтируете для
-одноразового использования.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c554a199..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Настройки доступа к разделам жёсткого диска</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой программы<footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> от имени
-администратора (root).</para></footnote> вы, как
-администратор, сможете предоставить пользователям возможность предоставлять
-подкаталоги, из каталога пользователя в /home, в совместное пользование
-другим пользователям в локальной сети. Компьютеры этих пользователей могут
-работать под управлением операционных систем Linux или Windows.</para>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этому модулю можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC),
-пункт «Локальные диски», раздел «Совместный доступ к разделам вашего
-жёсткого диска».</para>
-
-  <para>Сначала вам следует дать ответ на вопрос: «<guilabel>хотели бы вы позволить
-пользователям предоставлять доступ к некоторым из своих папок?</guilabel>»
-Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Нет общего доступа</guibutton>, если доступ
-следует запретить всем пользователям, пункт <guibutton>Разрешить всем
-пользователям</guibutton>, если доступ следует разрешить всем и
-<guibutton>Выборочно</guibutton>, если некоторым пользователям запретить
-доступ, а некоторым предоставить. В последнем случае пользователи, которые
-будут иметь доступ к каталогам общего пользования, должны принадлежать к
-группе fileshare, которая будет автоматически создана
-системой. Дополнительный вопрос, относительно этого будет задан программой
-на следующих шагах настройки.</para>
-
-  <para>После нажатия кнопки <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, появится вторая страница
-настроек, с помощью которой вы сможете выбрать тип совместных ресурсов,
-<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> или <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Выберите вариант
-<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, если единственной операционной системой в
-локальной сети является Linux. Если же в сети есть компьютеры под
-управлением Windows, выберите пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Как только
-выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Если это
-требуется, система выполнит установку пакетов, необходимых для работы с
-новыми настройками.</para>
-
-  <para>Если не было выбрано варианта «Специальный», на этом настройки будут
-завершены. Если же вы выбрали вариант «Специальный», появится дополнительная
-страница, на которой программа попросит вас открыть окно программы
-Userdrake. С помощью Userdrake вы сможете добавить пользователей, которым
-будет разрешено предоставлять каталоги в общее пользование, в группу
-fileshare. На вкладке «Пользователи» нажмите пункт пользователя, которого
-следует добавить в эту группу, затем нажмите кнопку
-<guimenuitem>Исправить</guimenuitem> на вкладке «Группы». Отметьте пункт
-группы fileshare и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>. Подробное
-описание программы Userdrake можно найти в разделе <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу, после добавления нового
-пользователя в группу fileshare, отключите компьютер от локальной сети, а
-затем установите соединение повторно.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>После этой операции каждый из участников группы fileshare сможет просто
-обозначить в программе для управления файлами своей графической среды пункт
-каталога, данные из которого следует предоставить в общее пользование и
-воспользоваться возможностями общего доступа этой программы (такие
-возможности предусмотрены не во всех программах).</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d9c2ba0a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Настройка общего доступа к дискам и папкам NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Введение</title>
-
-    <para>С помощью этой программы<footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-      </footnote> вы можете
-объявить некоторые из каталогов общего пользования доступными всем
-пользователям компьютера. Протокол NFS используется в большинстве систем
-Linux или Unix. Такие совместные каталоги станут доступными для
-пользователей сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к общим каталогам можно
-осуществлять непосредственно во время рабочего сеанса пользователя с помощью
-программ для управления файлами.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Процедура</title>
-
-    <para>Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список
-серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование.</para>
-
-    <para>Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием,
-чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к
-которому вы хотите получить доступ.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью
-которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог. Вы также
-можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки
-<guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>. После монтирования каталога его можно
-размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>После подтверждения настроек, нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>
-система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы
-сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает
-каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть
-доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с
-помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fcb674b1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Программа для записи CD/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этому модулю <footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> от имени
-администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote>можно получить с
-помощью пункта «Локальные диски» из Центра управления Mageia. Модуль
-подписан в соответствии с названием вашего съёмного носителя данных (только
-для CD/DVD и дисководов). </para>
-
-  <para>Модуль предназначен для определения способа монтирования съёмных дисков. </para>
-
-  <para>В верхней части окна будет показано краткое описание оборудования и
-параметров его монтирования. С помощью меню, показанного в нижней части
-окна, вы сможете изменить параметры монтирования. Отметьте в меню пункт и
-нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Точка монтирования</title>
-
-    <para>Отметьте этот пункт, чтобы изменить точку монтирования. По умолчанию это
-/media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Параметры</title>
-
-    <para>Изменить параметры монтирования можно непосредственно с помощью списка или
-нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. Основными параметрами
-являются:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>Обозначением пункта «user» можно позволить обычному пользователю (не root)
-монтировать съёмные диски. Выбор пункта приведёт к обозначению пунктов
-noexec, nosuid и nodev. Размонтировать смонтированный диск может только
-пользователь, который его смонтировал. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index abb25178..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Настройка общего доступа к дискам и папкам Windows (SMB)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Введение</title>
-
-    <para>С помощью этой программы<footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-      </footnote> вы можете
-указать каталоги, доступ к которым смогут получать все пользователи
-компьютера. Для доступа будет использоваться протокол SMB, который приобрел
-популярность вместе с операционными системами Windows®. Доступ к каталогам
-общего пользования можно будет получить сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ
-к каталогам общего пользования можно также получить в пределах отдельного
-сеанса с помощью программ для управления файлами.</para>
-
-    <para>До запуска этой программы следует определить названия доступных серверов,
-например с помощью <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Процедура</title>
-
-    <para>Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список
-серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование.</para>
-
-    <para>Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием,
-чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к
-которому вы хотите получить доступ.</para>
-
-    <para>Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью
-которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог с помощью
-кнопки <guimenu>Монтировать</guimenu>. Вы также можете проверить или
-изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки
-<guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para>С помощью окна параметров вы можете указать имя пользователя и пароль,
-которым должны пользоваться те, кто хочет соединиться с сервером SMB. После
-монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>После подтверждения настроек нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>
-система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы
-сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает
-каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть
-доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с
-помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a611aded..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D - эффекты рабочего стола.</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Введение</title>
-
-    <para>С помощью этой программы<footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote> вы можете
-управлять эффектами пространственного воспроизведения (3D) в вашей
-операционной системе. Обычно такие эффекты отключены.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Первоначальные замечания</title>
-
-    <para>Чтобы воспользоваться этим инструментом, вам следует установить пакет
-glxinfo. Если этот пакет ещё не был установлен, система попросит вас
-установить его до того, как запустит drak3d.</para>
-
-    <para>После запуска drak3d будет показано окно меню. С помощью этого окна вы
-сможете выбрать вариант работы: <guilabel>Без эффектов 3D-рабочего
-стола</guilabel> или <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion
-является частью композитной системы управления окнами, которая делает
-возможным использование специальных эффектов с аппаратным ускорением на
-рабочем столе. Выберите <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, чтобы включить
-такую композитную систему управления окнами.</para>
-
-    <para>Если вы впервые пользуетесь этой программой после первоначальной установки
-Mageia, система покажет сообщение с предупреждением относительно того, что
-для работы Compiz Fusion следует установить некоторые пакеты. Нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Как только будут установлены соответствующие пакеты, вы увидите обозначенный
-пункт Compiz Fusion в меню drak3d. Впрочем, для пользования новыми эффектами
-следует выйти из учётной записи пользователя и снова войти в неё.</para>
-
-    <para>После повторного входа в систему будет задействована Compiz
-Fusion. Настроить Compiz Fusion можно с помощью утилиты ccsm (CompizConfig
-Settings Manager).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Решение проблем</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>После входа в систему не видно рабочего стола.</title>
-
-      <para>Если после включения Compiz Fusion и попытке войти под своей учётной
-записью, вы ничего не увидите, перезагрузите операционную систему, чтобы
-вернуться к экрану входа в систему. В этом окне нажмите кнопку «Рабочий
-стол» и выберите drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>После входа в систему, если ваша учётная запись не является
-административной, система попросит вас ввести пароль к вашей учётной
-записи. Если же ваша учётная запись является административной (root),
-воспользуйтесь ей. После входа под административной учётной записью вы
-сможете отменить изменения в системе, которые привели к её
-неработоспособности.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d3ede98..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Аутентификация</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой программы<footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para></footnote> вы можете
-изменить способ признания вас в качестве пользователя машины или сети.</para>
-
-  <para>По умолчанию данные для вашей авторизации сохраняются в файле на вашем
-компьютере. Внесите в него изменения, если вас об этом попросит
-администратор сети. Соответствующие данные для внесения изменений должны
-быть предоставлены администратором сети.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 67182dd6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Настройка автовхода</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой программы<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно
-приказать системе загружаться в аккаунт того же пользователя и в той же
-рабочей среде без необходимости ввода пароля. Такая возможность называется
-автовход. Как правило, такой способ загрузки является удобным, если
-компьютером будет пользоваться только один пользователь.</para>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis
-role="bold">«Загрузка»</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел
-«Настройка автовхода».</para>
-
-  <para>Назначение кнопок интерфейса является достаточно очевидным:</para>
-
-  <para>Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Запускать графическую оболочку при
-загрузке</guibutton>, если вы хотите запускать систему X Window во время
-загрузки. Если параметр отмечен не будет, система запустится в текстовом
-режиме. Впрочем, графический интерфейс можно будет запустить из текстового
-режима вручную. Сделать это можно с помощью команды 'startx' или 'systemctl
-start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>Если установлен первый пункт, вы получите доступ к двум другим пунктам. Вы
-можете выбрать пункт <guibutton>Нет, я не хочу использовать автоматический
-вход</guibutton>, если вы хотите, чтобы система продолжала спрашивать вас о
-том, под какой из учётных записей пользователей следует войти и будет
-просить ввести пароль. Другим вариантом является обозначение пункта
-<guibutton>Да, я хочу осуществлять автовход под этим (пользователем, рабочим
-столом)</guibutton>, в этом случае вам следует указать значения параметров
-<guilabel>Пользователь</guilabel> и <guilabel>Рабочий стол</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d44e814a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Настройка способа загрузки системы</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Если вы пользуетесь системой с UEFI вместо BIOS, то интерфейс будет немного
-отличаться, поскольку загрузочное устройство, очевидно, является разделом
-системы EFI (ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой программы <footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно
-настроить варианты загрузки компьютера (выбрать загрузчик, установить
-пароль, определить вариант загрузки по умолчанию и др.).</para>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Загрузка» из Центра
-управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка загрузки».</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Не пользуйтесь этой программой, если вы не уверены относительно последствий
-своих действий. Внесение изменений в определённые параметры загрузки может
-помешать штатной загрузке вашей системы!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>С помощью первой части с названием <guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel> при
-использовании BIOS можно выбрать загрузчик через <guibutton>Используемый
-загрузчик</guibutton> Grub, Grub2 или Lilo, и определить каким будет меню,
-графическим или текстовым. Выбор типа меню является лишь вопросом вкуса,
-никаких других последствий для работы компьютера он иметь не будет. Кроме
-того, вы можете установить <guibutton>Устройство загрузки</guibutton>. Не
-изменяйте его, если вы не являетесь знатоком в вопросах загрузки. Устройство
-загрузки - это устройство, на котором будет установлен загрузчик, любые
-изменения могут помешать загрузке системы.</para>
-
-  <para>В системе UEFI загрузчиком является <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel>, он
-устанавливается в раздел /boot/EFI. Этот раздел форматируется как FAT32 и
-является общим для всех установленных операционных систем.</para>
-
-  <para>С помощью второй части, <guilabel>Основные параметры</guilabel>, вы можете
-установить <guibutton>Паузу перед загрузкой системы по умолчанию</guibutton>
-в секундах. Во время этой паузы grub или Lilo будет отображать список
-доступных операционных систем и попросит вас выбрать желаемую систему. Если
-в течение паузы выбор не будет сделан, загрузчиком будет загружена система
-по умолчанию.</para>
-
-  <para>Третья и последняя часть называется
-<guibutton>Безопасность</guibutton>. Здесь можно настроить пароль к
-загрузчику. Определение пароля будет означать, что при загрузке системы для
-выбора записи для загрузки или изменения параметров загрузки придётся
-вводить пароль. Именем будет «root», а пароль следует ввести именно такой,
-какой вы здесь определите.</para>
-
-  <para>С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно получить доступ
-к дополнительным параметрам.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Включить ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface или интерфейс
-дополнительного конфигурирования и питания) - стандарт управления
-питанием. С его помощью можно экономить энергию, приостанавливать работу
-устройств, которые не используются. Этот способ использовался ранее в
-APM. Отметьте этот пункт, если ваше оборудование является совместимым с
-ACPI.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Включить SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP - сокращение от Symmetric Multi Processors (симметричный
-многопроцессорный), так называется архитектура многопроцессорных систем.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Если в вашем компьютере установлен процессор с поддержкой технологии
-HyperThreading, Mageia определит его как двойной процессор и включит SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Включить APIC</guibutton> и <guibutton>Включить локальный
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC - аббревиатура от Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller
-(улучшенный программируемый контроллер прерываний). Существуют два
-компонента Intel APIC системы: локальный APIC (LAPIC) и APIC
-ввода-вывода. Последний контроллер направляет прерывания, которые он
-получает из периферийных каналов на один или несколько APIC в
-процессоре. Такие контроллеры являются весьма полезными в многопроцессорных
-системах. Некоторые компьютеры могут иметь проблемы с системой APIC, что
-приводит к зависанию работы или ложного обнаружения устройств (сообщение об
-ошибке «spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Если с вашим компьютером случаются
-такие проблемы, отключите APIC и/или локальный APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Экран <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> отличается в зависимости от того, какой
-загружчик ви выбрали.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>У вас установлена устаревшая версия Grub или Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>В этом случае вы увидите список всех доступных пунктов меню загрузки. Пункт
-по умолчанию помечен звёздочкой. Чтобы изменить порядок пунктов меню,
-отметьте какой-либо из пунктов и нажмите кнопку со стрелкой вверх или вниз,
-чтобы переместить его. В ответ на нажатие кнопки
-<guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton> будет
-показано новое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете добавить новый пункт меню
-загрузчика или изменить уже существующий пункт меню. Не используйте эти
-кнопки, если вы не знакомы с синтаксисом команд Lilo или Grub.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Содержимое поля <guilabel>Метка</guilabel> может быть произвольным. Сюда вы
-можете вписать что угодно, что хотите видеть в меню. Этот пункт
-соответствует команде Grub «title». Пример: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>В поле <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> должно быть указано название ядра. Этот
-пункт соответствует команде Grub «kernel». Пример: /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>В поле <guilabel>Корень</guilabel> должно быть указано название устройства,
-на котором хранится ядро. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub
-«root». Пример: (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>В поле <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel> должны быть указаны параметры, которые
-передаются ядру во время загрузки.</para>
-
-      <para>Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>По умолчанию</guilabel>, Grub загружает
-соответствующую систему по умолчанию.</para>
-
-      <para>С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки
-<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим видео</guilabel>,
-<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> и <guilabel>Сетевой профиль</guilabel> см. <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, из выпадающего списка.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>У вас установлен Grub2 или Grub2-efi (загрузчики, которые по умолчанию
-используются в режиме совместимости и режиме UEFI, соответственно):</para>
-
-      <para>В этом случае в раскрывающемся списке с меткой <guilabel>По
-умолчанию</guilabel> отображаются все доступные записи; нажмите на той,
-которую вы хотите использовать по умолчанию.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>В поле <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel> должны быть указаны параметры, которые
-передаются ядру во время загрузки.</para>
-
-      <para>Если на компьютере установлены другие операционные системы, Mageia
-попытается добавить эти системы к вашему меню загрузки Mageia. Если вам это
-не нужно, снимите отметку с пункта <guilabel>Зондирование посторонней
-ОС</guilabel>.</para>
-
-      <para>С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки
-<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, можно выбрать <guilabel>Режим
-видео</guilabel>. Если вы не хотите загружать Mageia непосредственно,
-передав эту задачу цепному загрузчику другой операционной системы, отметьте
-пункт <guilabel>Не трогать ESP или MBR</guilabel> и подтвердите действие
-после прочтения предупреждения.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Если не будет установлен загрузчик на ESP или MBR, вашу новую систему нельзя
-будет загрузить без цепного загрузчика с другой операционной системы.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>Для настройки других параметров можно воспользоваться программой
-<emphasis>Средство настройки Grub</emphasis>, пакет которой можно найти в
-репозиториях Mageia (см. ниже).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a6b7697..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Отчёты об ошибках в Mageia</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Обычно этот инструмент<footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> запускается
-автоматически после сбоя какой-либо программы Mageia. Впрочем, может так
-случиться, что после создания отчёта об ошибках вас попросят запустить этот
-инструмент для проверки предоставленных им данных с последующим
-предоставлением их в уже созданном отчёте об ошибках.</para>
-
-  <para>Если возникнет потребность в создании отчёта об ошибках, а вы этого еще
-никогда не делали, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь со страницей <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Как
-создать надлежащий отчёт об ошибках</link>, прежде чем нажимать кнопку
-«Отчёт».</para>
-
-  <para>Если отчёт об этой ошибке уже оформлен кем-то другим (в этом случае
-сообщение об ошибках, созданное drakbug, будет тем же), стоит добавить
-комментарий к этому отчёту, чтобы разработчики увидели, что ошибка
-встречается не только в одной системе.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a22c9282..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Сбор данных из журналов (логов) и системы для создания отчётов о проблемах</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Эту программу<footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para></footnote> можно запустить только из
-командной строки.</para>
-
-<para>Вам стоит вывести данные, полученные с помощью этой программы, в файл
-например так: <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>. Впрочем, сначала следует убедиться, что в
-системе есть достаточно свободного места на диске: объём файла может достичь
-значения в несколько гигабайт.</para>
-<note><para>Выведенные данные слишком велики, чтобы прикрепить их к сообщению об ошибке,
-без предварительного удаления ненужных частей.</para></note>
-  <para>Эта команда собирает следующую информацию о вашей системе:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Во время написания этой страницы справки, часть «syslog» выведенных этой
-программой данных была пустой, поскольку эта утилита ещё не приспособлена к
-новой системе ведения журнала, используемой в systemd. Если в вашей системе
-эта часть является пустой, получить соответствующие данные можно с помощью
-следующей команды (команду следует отдавать от имени пользователя root):
-<emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Если на
-диске не слишком много места, вы можете, например, вывести лишь последние
-5000 строк журнала: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c8d8b6b1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Управление настройками даты и времени</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Эту программу<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно запустить с помощью
-пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia. Соответствующий раздел
-подписан как <guilabel>Настроить дату и время</guilabel>. В некоторых средах
-рабочего стола эту программу можно запустить с помощью щелчка правой кнопки
-мыши на виджете часы в системном лотке с последующим выбором пункта
-«Настроить дату и время...».</para>
-
-  <para>Это очень простая программа.</para>
-
-  <para>В верхней левой части расположена панель <emphasis
-role="bold">календарь</emphasis>. На приведенном выше скриншоте показана
-дата: «апрель» (в верхнем левом углу), 2013 (в верхнем правом углу), 6 число
-(синим цветом), воскресенье. Выбрать месяц (или год) можно нажатием
-маленьких стрелочек по бокам от надписи «апрель» (или «2013»). День можно
-выбрать нажатием соответствующего пункта в календаре.</para>
-
-  <para>В нижней левой части окна находится панель синхронизации <emphasis
-role="bold">Протокол сетевого времени</emphasis>. Вы можете поддерживать
-всегда точные показания часов с помощью синхронизации времени с
-сервером. Выберите <guilabel>Включить протокол сетевого времени</guilabel> и
-выберите ближайший к вашему местоположению сервер.</para>
-
-  <para>В правой части окна находится панель <emphasis
-role="bold">часы</emphasis>. Если включено NTP, изменение показаний данных
-на ней не имеет смысла. В трех полях часов показано значение часов, минут и
-секунд (17, 8 и 13 на скриншоте). Воспользуйтесь небольшими стрелочками,
-чтобы установить на часах должное значение времени. Формат показа времени
-изменить нельзя. Для изменения формата показа, воспользуйтесь
-соответствующей программой вашего рабочего окружения.</para>
-
-  <para>Наконец, в правой нижней части окна можно выбрать часовой пояс. Для этого
-следует нажать кнопку <guibutton>Изменить часовой пояс</guibutton> и выбрать
-соответствующий пункт из предоставленного списка.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Несмотря на то, что выбрать формат даты и времени с помощью этой программы
-невозможно, эти данные будут показаны на вашем рабочем столе в соответствии
-с указанными вами параметрами локализации.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e9f7af24..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Удалить соединение</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>С помощью окна программы вы можете удалить сетевой интерфейс<footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Нажмите пункт выпадающего меню, выберите пункт, который следует удалить, а
-затем нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Далее</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Программа покажет сообщение, что сетевой интерфейс был успешно удален.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 25bcdade..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,840 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Введение</title>
-
-    <para>С помощью этого модуля<footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote> вы можете
-настроить доступ вашего компьютера к локальной сети или интернету. Вам
-понадобятся некоторые данные от вашей компании-поставщика услуг (провайдера)
-или администратора вашей сети.</para>
-
-    <para>Выберите тип соединения, которое нужно настроить. Тип определяется
-используемым вами оборудованием и параметрами работы компании-поставщика
-услуг (провайдером).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Новое проводное соединение (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>В первом окне будет показан список доступных интерфейсов. Выберите тот из
-них, который следует настроить.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>На этом шаге можно определиться со способом получения компьютером IP-адреса:
-автоматически или вручную.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Автоматический IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли
-получать компьютер, данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные
-будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет
-указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла
-компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по
-умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может
-быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт
-<emphasis>Определить имя узла с адреса DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность,
-определения названия узла, предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы
-настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора
-ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно
-указать следующие параметры:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Клиент DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Задержка DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Получить серверы YP с DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите сервер NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если
-DHCP-сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот
-вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>После подтверждения внесённых изменений, следующие шаги настройки могут быть
-выполнены для всех типов соединения способом: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Настройка вручную</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли
-получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут
-указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать
-адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла
-компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по
-умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат:
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно
-получить с сайта вашего провайдера.</para>
-
-            <para>С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Поиск
-домена</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой
-части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а
-полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть
-«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий
-домен, то его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для
-настройки домашнего ADSL.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Следующие шаги описаны в разделе <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Новое спутниковое соединение (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что
-можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команда по
-документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Новое кабельное соединение с помощью модема</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>В первом окне будет показан список доступных интерфейсов. Выберите тот из
-них, который следует настроить.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>На этом шаге можно определиться со способом получения компьютером IP-адреса:
-автоматически или вручную.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para> Вам следует указать способ авторизации:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Нет</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (нужен для Telstra). В этом случае вам следует указать имя
-пользователя и пароль.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Автоматический IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет
-ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные
-будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет
-указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла
-компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по
-умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть
-предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить
-имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность определения названия узла
-предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер
-на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует
-обозначать этот пункт.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно
-указать следующие параметры:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Клиент DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Задержка DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Получить серверы YP с DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите сервер NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если
-DHCP-сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот
-вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>После подтверждения внесённых изменений, следующие шаги настройки могут быть
-выполнены для всех типов соединения способом: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Настройка вручную</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет
-ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные
-будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет
-указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла
-компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по
-умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат:
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно
-получить с сайта вашего провайдера.</para>
-
-            <para>С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен
-поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой
-части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а
-полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть
-«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий
-домен, его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для
-настройки домашнего соединения.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Следующие шаги описаны в разделе <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Новое DSL-соединение</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Если, программой будут обнаружены сетевые интерфейсы, то она предложит
-выбрать один из них и настроить его.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по
-странам. Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите
-опцию <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры,
-предоставленные вашим провайдером.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Выберите один из доступных протоколов:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Протокол динамической конфигурации клиента (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Настройки TCP/IP вручную</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP через ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP через Ethernet (PPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Туннельный протокол типа точка-точка (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Параметры доступа</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Логин (имя пользователя)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Пароль учётной записи</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Дополнительно) Виртуальный путь ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Дополнительно) Виртуальный канал ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Следующие шаги описаны в разделе <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Новое ISDN-соединение</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Программа-мастер попросит вас указать устройство для настройки:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Выбор вручную (Внутренняя плата ISDN)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Внешний модем ISDN</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Программа предложит вам список оборудования, распределенного по категориям и
-производителями. Выберите вашу карту.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Выберите один из доступных протоколов:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Протокол для всего мира, кроме Европы (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Протокол для Европы (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по
-странам. Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите
-опцию <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры,
-предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас
-указать следующие данные:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Название соединения</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Номер телефона</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Идентификатор входа ID (логин)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Пароль учётной записи</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Метод авторизации</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>После этого выберите способ получения IP-адреса: автоматически или
-вручную. Во втором случае укажите IP-адрес и маску подсети.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ получения адресов DNS-серверов:
-автоматически или вручную. В случае определения вручную вам следует указать
-следующие данные:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Название домена</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Первый и второй DNS сервер</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Укажите, следует ли определять название узла на основе IP-адреса. Этот пункт
-следует указывать, только если вам известно, что поставщиком услуг
-предусмотрено такое определение.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ, в котором компьютер будет получать
-адрес шлюза, автоматически или вручную. Если вы выберете способ получения
-вручную, вам придется указать IP-адрес.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Следующие шаги описаны в разделе <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Новое беспроводное соединение (Wi-Fi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>На первой странице будет показан список доступных интерфейсов и пункт для
-драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Выберите интерфейс, который вы хотите
-настроить. Воспользуйтесь пунктом ndiswrapper, только если другие способы
-настройки не приведут к желаемым результатам.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>На этом шаге вы сможете выбрать нужную вам точку доступа из списка точек,
-которые были обнаружены картой.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Специфические параметры для карт беспроводной связи:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Режим работы:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Управляемый</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Для получения доступа к точке доступа (самый распространённый случай).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Для настройки прямого соединения между компьютерами.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Имя сети (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Режим шифрования, зависит от параметров настройки вашей точки доступа.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Стоит использовать именно этот режим шифрования, если предусмотрена его
-поддержка  со стороны вашего оборудования.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>На устаревшем оборудовании возможно использование только этого способа
-шифрования.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ключ шифрования</para>
-
-            <para>Обычно предоставляется вместе с оборудованием, которое работает как точка
-доступа.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>На этом шаге можно выбрать между автоматическим назначением IP-адреса и
-определением его вручную.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Автоматический IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли
-компьютер получать данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут
-указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать
-адреса DNS-серверов . Здесь также можно указать название узла
-компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по
-умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть
-предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить
-имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно
-указать следующие параметры:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Клиент DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Задержка DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Получить серверы YP через DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите серверы NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если
-DHCP-сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот
-вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>После подтверждения настроек, определенных этим шагом, программа перейдет к
-шагу, который является общим для всех настроек соединений: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Настройка вручную</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует указать DNS-серверы. Здесь
-также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если имя узла не будет
-указано, то будет назначено название по умолчанию
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат:
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно
-получить с сайта вашего провайдера.</para>
-
-            <para>С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен
-поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой
-части, до точки.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Следующие шаги описаны в разделе <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Новое соединение GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Если программой будут обнаружены интерфейсы беспроводной сети, она предложит
-выбрать один из них и настроить его.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Программа попросит вас указать PIN-код. Не указывайте, если PIN-код не
-нужен.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Программа-мастер попросит вас указать сеть. Если сеть не будет обнаружена
-автоматически, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по
-странам. Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите
-опцию <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры,
-предоставленные вашим провайдером.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Укажите параметры доступа</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Название точки доступа</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Логин (имя пользователя)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Пароль учётной записи</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Следующие шаги описаны в разделе <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Новое сетевое соединение Bluetooth</title>
-
-    <para>Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что
-можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команда по
-документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Новое аналоговое телефонное соединение с помощью модема (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Программа-мастер попросит вас указать устройство для настройки:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Выбор вручную</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Обнаружение оборудования, если таковое имеется.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Список предлагаемых портов. Выберите нужный вам порт.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Если этот пакет еще не установлен, программа предложит вам установить пакет
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по
-странам. Выберите в нём вашего провайдера. Если соответствующего пункта в
-списке не окажется, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем
-укажите значения параметров, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого
-программа попросит вас указать параметры дозвона:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Название соединения</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Номер телефона</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Логин пользователя</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Пароль</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Авторизация</emphasis>, выберите один из этих вариантов:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>На основе скрипта</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>На основе терминала</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Следующие шаги описаны в разделе <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Завершение настройки</title>
-
-    <para>На следующем шаге вы можете указать следующие параметры:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Разрешить пользователям управлять соединением</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Устанавливать соединение при загрузке</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Включить подсчёт трафика</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network
-Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>В случае беспроводного соединения будет предложен дополнительный пункт
-<emphasis>Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>. С помощью этого пункта
-можно разрешить компьютеру автоматически переключаться между точками доступа
-в зависимости от силы сигнала.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> вы можете указать:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Метрика (по умолчанию 10)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Включение сети «на горячую»</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Включить туннелирование с IPv6 в IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>На последнем шаге можно определить, будет ли выполнена попытка соединиться
-немедленно или нет.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 19c7d70c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Открытие консоли от имени администратора</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой программы<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> вы можете
-получить доступ к консоли, открытой от имени администратора системы
-(пользователя root). Думаем, этого описания достаточно, чтобы понять, о чем
-идет речь.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ac5f964..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Управление разделами диска</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk або diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Эта программа<footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> или <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote> является очень мощной -
-малейшая ошибка или случайное нажатие клавиш может привести к потере всех
-данных на разделе или даже стиранию всего жёсткого диска. По этой причине
-вам будет показано приведённое выше окно над окном программы. Нажмите кнопку
-<emphasis>Выйти</emphasis>, если вы не уверены, что хотите продолжать работу
-с программой.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Если в вашей системе несколько жёстких дисков, вы можете переключиться на
-нужный вам жёсткий диск выбором соответствующей вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc и
-т.д.).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Вы можете выбрать одно из многих действий, с помощью которых вы можете
-скорректировать разметку вашего диска в соответствии с вашими
-потребностями. Стирание всего жёсткого диска, разделение и объединение
-разделов, изменение размеров разделов или файловой системы разделов,
-форматирование или просмотр содержимого раздела: все это можно сделать с
-помощью этой программы. Кнопка <emphasis><guibutton>Очистить
-все</guibutton></emphasis> в нижней части окна предназначена для стирания
-всего диска. Доступ к другим кнопкам действий, расположенных справа, можно
-получить после нажатия на картинке раздела диска.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Если у вас система с EFI, вы можете увидеть небольшой раздел под названием
-"Системный раздел EFI" и установленный в /boot/EFI. Никогда не удаляйте его,
-так как он содержит все загрузчики различных операционных систем.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Если обозначенный вами раздел смонтирован, как в приведённом ниже примере,
-вы не сможете воспользоваться действиями по изменению размера,
-форматированию или удалению раздела. Чтобы получить доступ к этим действиям,
-вам следует сначала размонтировать раздел.</para>
-
-  <para>Изменение размеров раздела можно выполнять только за счет правой границы
-раздела.</para>
-
-  <para>Чтобы изменить тип раздела (например, с ext3 на ext4), вам следует удалить
-раздел, а затем повторно создать его с новым типом. Если будет обозначена
-пустая часть диска, в окне программы появится кнопка <guibutton
-role="bold">Создать</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>Вы можете выбрать точку монтирования, которой не существует. Если будет
-осуществлен такой выбор, соответствующая точка монтирования будет создана.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Выбор <emphasis><guibutton>Переключить в режим
-эксперта</guibutton></emphasis> предоставит вам доступ к дополнительным
-действиям, в частности определения метки раздела, как это показано на
-приведённом ниже снимке.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d284d550..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Настройки программы для управления сеансами</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">С помощью этой программы<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para></footnote> вы можете
-выбрать средство управления сеансами (менеджер регистрации), который будет
-использоваться для входа в ваше рабочее окружение. В списке будут показаны
-только те среды окружения рабочего стола, которые установлены в вашей
-системе.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Большинство пользователей заметят лишь то, что изменится окно входа в
-систему. Впрочем, различные менеджеры входа имеют также и различные
-возможности. LXDM является самым нетребовательным и простым, SDDM и GDM
-имеют значительно более широкие возможности.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5910c393..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Настройка персонального файервола</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этой программе<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно получить
-с помощью пункта «Безопасность» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел
-«Настройка персонального файервола». Доступ к этому же инструменту можно
-получить и с помощью первой вкладки пункта «Настройка безопасности системы,
-прав доступа и аудита системы».</para>
-
-  <para>Персональный файервол с базовыми возможностями по умолчанию устанавливается
-вместе с Mageia. Все входящие соединения извне блокируются, если они не были
-явным образом разрешены. С помощью окна, снимок которого показан выше, вы
-можете выбрать службы, для которых будут приниматься внешние
-соединения. Если вы цените вашу безопасность, снимите отметку с первого
-пункта, <guilabel>Ко всем(файервол отключен)</guilabel>, (вам ведь нужна
-хоть какая-то защита?) и отметьте только службы, необходимые для работы.</para>
-
-  <para>Номера портов, которые необходимо открыть, можно указать вручную. Нажмите
-кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы открыть новое окно. В
-поле <guilabel>Другие порты</guilabel> введите желаемые номера
-портов. Например:</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp: открыть порт 80, протокол tcp</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp: открыть все порты от 24000 до 24010, протокол udp</para>
-
-  <para>Порты в списке разделяются пробелами.</para>
-
-  <para>Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>Записывать сообщения файервола в
-системный журнал</guilabel>, то сообщения файервола будут записываться в
-системный журнал.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Если на вашем компьютере не работают специфические службы (интернет-сервер,
-почтовый сервер, сервер предоставления файлов в общее пользование и т.п.),
-то в таком случае не обозначайте ни одного пункта. Это даже рекомендуется,
-поскольку необозначенные пункты не мешают соединению с интернетом.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>С помощью следующей страницы настройки можно изменить параметры работы
-интерактивного файервола. Если обозначен лишь первый пункт,
-<guilabel>Использовать интерактивный файервол</guilabel>, то вы можете
-приказать файерволу предупреждать вас о попытках соединения. Отметьте второй
-пункт, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас, что выполняется
-сканирование портов (с целью поиска уязвимостей и входа в систему). Все
-остальные пункты соответствуют портам, которые были открыты с помощью
-предыдущих окон. На приведённом ниже снимке два таких пункта: «сервер SSH» и
-«80:150/tcp». Отметьте эти пункты, если вы хотите, чтобы программа
-предупреждала вас о каждой попытке установления соединения с этими портами.</para>
-
-  <para>Эти предупреждения предоставляются всплывающими сообщениями сетевого
-апплета.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью последней страницы программы можно выбрать, какие из интерфейсов
-сети соединены с интернетом, следовательно, какие из них следует
-защищать. Как только будет нажата кнопка <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>,
-система установит необходимые для работы пакеты.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, посмотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт
-«Сеть и Интернет», раздел «Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса».</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5736a8e4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Удаление и установка шрифтов. Импорт шрифтов Windows™</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этой программе<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно получить
-из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis
-role="bold">Система</emphasis>. С помощью этой программы вы сможете
-управлять шрифтами в операционной системе. В основном окне программы
-показано:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>названия, стили и размеры установленных шрифтов;</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>предварительный просмотр образца выбранного шрифта;</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>кнопки, назначение которых описано ниже.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Получить шрифты из Windows: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой кнопки можно автоматически добавить шрифты, которые будут
-найдены на разделе с Windows. Чтобы этой кнопкой можно было воспользоваться,
-на вашем компьютере должена быть установлена Microsoft Windows.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Параметры:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать программы или устройства (в
-основном принтеры), которые используют шрифты.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Удалить:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Эта кнопка предназначена для удаления установленных шрифтов, для экономии
-места на диске. Будьте осторожны с удалением шрифтов, поскольку это может
-повредить просмотру документов, в которых эти шрифты использованы.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Импортировать:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой кнопки вы можете добавить сторонние шрифты (с компакт-дисков,
-интернета и т.д.). Среди поддерживаемых форматов: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm и
-gsf. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis role="bold">Импортировать</emphasis>, а затем
-кнопку <emphasis role="bold">Добавить</emphasis>. В ответ будет открыто окно
-выбора файлов, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать файлы шрифтов для
-установки. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <emphasis
-role="bold">Установить</emphasis>. Шрифты будут установлены в каталог
-/usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>Если в списке шрифтов Drakfont вы не увидите изменений в результате
-установки или удаления шрифтов, закройте окно программы и повторно откройте
-его. После этого внесённые изменения вступят в силу.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7dc63a14..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Родительский контроль</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Эту программу<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно запустить из Центра
-управления Mageia, пункт «Безопасность», раздел <guilabel>Родительский
-контроль</guilabel>. Если этого пункта на странице не будет, вам следует
-установить пакет drakguard (этот пакет по умолчанию не установлен).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вступление</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard - это простой способ обеспечить работу родительского контроля на
-вашем компьютере, чтобы ограничить действий пользователей и определить
-временные рамки использования определённых программ в течение дня. В
-drakguard предусмотрены такие полезные возможности:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ограничение доступа к интернету указанным пользователям в указанные
-временные интервалы. Это задание выполняется с помощью файервола shorewall,
-встроенного в Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Запрет выполнения определенных команд указанным пользователям. Эти
-пользователи смогут выполнять только разрешённые вами команды.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ограничение доступа к интернету на основе определённых вручную «чёрных» и
-«белых» списков или динамической блокировки на основе содержимого
-сайтов. Для выполнения этой задачи Drakguard использует ведущее решение с
-открытым кодом для родительского контроля - DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Настройка родительского контроля</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Если на вашем компьютере есть разделы жёсткого диска с файловыми системами
-Ext2, Ext3 или ReiserFS, то вы увидите контекстное окно с предложением
-настроить списки управления доступом ACL для этих разделов. ACL является
-возможностью ядра Linux, с помощью которой можно блокировать доступ к
-отдельным файлам указанным пользователям. ACL встроено в файловые системы
-Ext4 и Btrfs. Для разделов с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или Reiserfs эти
-списки управления доступом следует включать отдельно. Если вы согласитесь с
-включением ACL, то drakguard настроит все разделы, которыми руководит
-операционная система с поддержкой ACL и предложит вам перезагрузить
-компьютер. (ACL - Access Control Lists расшифровывается как списки контроля
-доступа).</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Включить родительский контроль</guibutton>: если отмечен этот
-пункт, родительский контроль будет включен. После этого программа откроет
-доступ к вкладке <guilabel>Заблокированные приложения</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Заблокировать весь сетевой трафик</guibutton>: если установлен
-этот пункт, все сайты будут заблокированы, кроме сайтов, указанных на
-вкладке «Белый список». Если пункт не выбран, то доступ ко всем сайтам будет
-открыт, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Чёрный список».</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Доступ пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из левого
-списка будет ограничен в соответствии с определёнными вами правилами. Доступ
-пользователей из правого списка не будет ограничен, следовательно взрослые
-пользователи не будут иметь проблем. Выберите пользователя в левом списке и
-нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>чтобы добавить пользователя к
-разрешенному списку. Выберите пользователя в правом списке и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы удалить пользователя из списка
-пользователей без ограничения в доступе.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Контроль времени:</guibutton> если установлен этот пункт, доступ
-к интернету будет разрешен с ограничениями в интервале от времени
-<guilabel>Начало</guilabel> до времени <guilabel>Конец</guilabel>. Доступ
-будет полностью заблокирован вне этих промежутков времени.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Чёрный»/«Белый» список</title>
-
-      <para>Укажите адрес сайта в первом поле в верхней части окна и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Заблокированные программы»</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Заблокировать программы</guibutton>: с помощью этого пункта можно
-включить использование ACL для ограничения доступа к определённым
-программам. Укажите путь к программе, доступ к которой вы хотите
-заблокировать.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Разблокировать пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из
-правого списка не подлежит блокировке на основе ACL.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6be6a694..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Совместный доступ к Интернету с другими локальными машинами</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Принципы</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Эта программа будет полезна, если
-ваш компьютер (3) с доступом к интернету (2) соединен также с локальной
-сетью (1). Вы можете воспользоваться компьютером (3) как шлюзом, чтобы
-предоставить доступ другим рабочим станциям (5) и (6) в локальной сети
-(1). Для этого у шлюза должно быть два интерфейса; первый, например, карта
-Ethernet, должен быть соединен с локальной сетью, а второй (4) - соединен с
-интернетом (2).</para>
-
-    <para>На первом шаге следует проверить, настроена ли сеть и доступ к интернету,
-как это задокументировано в разделе <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Мастер настройки шлюза</title>
-
-    <para>Мастер предложит<footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote> последовательные шаги,
-описание которых приведено ниже:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Если мастеру не удастся обнаружить по крайней мере два интерфейса, он
-предупредит об этом и попросит вас прекратить работу сети и настроить
-оборудование.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединения с
-интернетом. Мастер настройки автоматически предложит один из следующих
-интерфейсов, но вам следует проверить корректность его предложения.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединений с локальной
-сетью. Мастер снова предложит свой вариант. Проверьте, является ли он
-корректным.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Мастер предложит параметры для локальной сети, в частности IP-адрес, маску
-сети и название домена. Проверьте, совместимы ли эти параметры с текущей
-конфигурацией. Рекомендуем вам воспользоваться предлагаемыми значениями.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DNS. Если вы ответите
-утвердительно, мастер проверит, установлен ли в системе
-<code>bind</code>. Если вы не намерены использовать компьютер как
-DNS-сервер, то укажите адрес DNS-сервера.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DHCP. Если да, то
-мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>dhcp-server</code> и предложит
-вам его настроить, указав начальный и конечный адреса в диапазоне DHCP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер в качестве прокси-сервера. Если
-да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>squid</code> и предложит
-вам настроить прокси-сервер, указав адрес администратора сервера (по
-умолчанию admin@mydomain.com), название прокси-сервера (по умолчанию
-myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (по умолчанию 3128) и размер кэша (по
-умолчанию 100 МБ).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>На последнем шаге вы можете проверить, подключена ли машина-шлюз к принтерам
-и следует ли предоставлять эти принтеры в общее пользование.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Программа предупредит вас о необходимости проверки параметров файервола,
-если он активен.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Настройка клиента</title>
-
-    <para>Если вами был настроен компьютер-шлюз с DHCP, достаточно будет указать с
-помощью средства настройки сети, что адрес будет получен автоматически (по
-DHCP). Параметры будут получены во время установления соединения с
-сетью. Этот способ будет работать независимо от операционной системы,
-установленной на клиентских компьютерах.</para>
-
-    <para>Если параметры сети не будут определяться автоматически, вам следует в
-частности указать шлюз сети, введя IP-адрес компьютера, который будет
-работать как шлюз.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Прекращение совместного использования сети</title>
-
-    <para>Если вам нужно будет прекратить совместное использование соединения на
-компьютере под управлением Mageia, запустите эту программу. Она предложит
-вам перенастроить подключение или прекратить совместное использование
-соединения.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4deac01b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Определения узлов</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Если некоторые из компьютеров в вашей сети предоставляют доступ к
-собственным службам и IP-адреса этих компьютеров являются фиксированными, то
-с помощью этой программы<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> вы сможете
-указать название службы, чтобы упростить доступ к ней. После определения
-названия вы сможете использовать её вместо IP-адреса.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Добавить</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой кнопки можно добавлять названия новых систем. После ее
-нажатия откроется окно для указания IP-адреса, названия узла системы и если
-нужно, альтернативного названия, используемого таким же образом, что и
-основное название.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Изменить</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой кнопки можно получить доступ к изменению параметров ранее
-определенной записи. Окно, которое будет открыто в ответ на нажатие этой
-кнопки, является тем же самым, что и окно, которое можно открыть с помощью
-предыдущей кнопки.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5730a270..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Дополнительные настройки сетевого интерфейса и файервола</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы
-считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь
-с <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командой по
-документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>
-
-  <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a97cb1b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Сетевой центр</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этому модулю<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно получить с
-помощью пункта «Сеть и Интернет» из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел
-подписан «Сетевой центр».</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Введение</title>
-
-    <para>После запуска модуля будет открыто окно со списком всех сетей, настроенных
-на компьютере, независимо от типа (проводная, беспроводная, спутниковая и
-т.д.). В ответ на нажатие пункта сети будет показано три или четыре кнопки,
-в зависимости от типа сети. С помощью этих кнопок вы сможете наблюдать за
-сетью, изменять параметры работы сети, устанавливать и разрывать
-соединение. Этот модуль не предназначен для создания самого
-соединения. Создать само соединение можно с помощью пункта <guilabel>Создать
-новый сетевой интерфейс (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на той же странице
-Центра управления Mageia.</para>
-
-    <para>На приведенном ниже скриншоте показан пример с двумя сетями. Первая из сетей
-проводная, с ней установлено соединение, о чем можно узнать из
-соответствующей иконки <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (сети,
-с которыми установлено соединение, обозначаются так: <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ). Второй же пункт показывает беспроводную
-сеть, с которой установлено соединение, что обозначено иконкой <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>. Если соединение было установлено, будет
-показана такая иконка: <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>. Обозначения цветами состояния соединения для других сетей является
-такими: зеленый цвет обозначает, что соединение установлено, а красный - не
-установлено.</para>
-
-    <para>В разделе беспроводной сети отображается список обнаруженных сетей с данными
-по <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Мощность сигнала</guilabel>,
-использование шифрования в сети (красный - используется шифрование, зеленый
-- шифрование не используется) и <guilabel>Режим работы</guilabel>. Щелкните
-на желаемом пункте, а затем нажмите одну из этих кнопок:
-<guibutton>Наблюдать</guibutton>, <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton> или
-<guibutton>Соединиться</guibutton>. Так можно переключать систему с
-использования одной сети на использование другой. Если выбрать частную сеть,
-будет открыто окно параметров сети (см. ниже), с помощью которого программа
-попытается узнать у вас значения дополнительных параметров (в частности
-ключа шифрования).</para>
-
-    <para>Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы обновить данные на
-экране.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Кнопка «Наблюдать»</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>С помощью этой кнопки вы сможете наблюдать за обменом данными в сети,
-получением компьютером данных («Получение», красная линия) и выгрузкой
-данных («Отдача», зеленая линия). Доступ к этому инструменту можно получить
-наведя указатель мыши на иконку управления интернетом в трее, щелкнув правой
-кнопкой мыши и выбрав пункт <guimenu>Мониторинг сети</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Для каждого из интерфейсов сети предусмотрена собственная вкладка (в нашем
-примере, eth0 - проводная сеть, lo - локальный петлевой интерфейс, а wlan0 -
-беспроводная сеть). Кроме того, будет показана вкладка «подключения», с
-помощью которой можно наблюдать за состоянием соединений.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>В нижней части списка пунктов, вы увидите пункт <guilabel>Включить учет
-трафика</guilabel>, подробное описание которого приведено в следующем
-разделе.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Кнопка «Настроить»</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Проводная сеть</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Можно изменить все параметры, определенные во время создания сети. В
-подавляющем большинстве случаев стоит отметить пункт
-<guibutton>Автоматический IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, но если возникают проблемы, то
-определение адреса вручную может быть лучшим вариантом.</para>
-
-    <para> В домашних сетях <guilabel>IP-адреса</guilabel> всегда имеют следующий
-формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маска сети</guilabel>
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel> и
-<guilabel>DNS-серверам</guilabel> можно получить на сайте вашего провайдера.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Включить учет трафика</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, то
-программа будет выполнять почасовой, ежедневный и ежемесячный учет обмена
-данными. Результаты можно будет просмотреть с помощью средства наблюдения за
-сетью, подробно описанного в предыдущем разделе. После включения учёта может
-потребоваться повторное подключение к сети, чтобы учет был начат.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network
-Manager:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что
-можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команда по
-документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Кнопка «Дополнительно»:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что
-можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команда по
-документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Беспроводная сеть</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Приведено описание лишь пунктов, которые не были описаны выше.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Режим работы:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Выберите <guilabel>Управляемый</guilabel>, если соединение осуществляется с
-помощью точки доступа, <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> будет
-обнаружен программой. Выберите <guilabel>Специальный</guilabel>, если это
-сеть PTP. Отметьте пункт <emphasis role="bold">Основной</emphasis>, если
-ваша сетевая карта используется как точка доступа. В вашей сетевой карте
-должна быть предусмотрена поддержка такого режима.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Режим шифрования и ключ шифрования:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Если это частная сеть, вы должны знать эти параметры.</para>
-
-    <para>В <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> используется менее устойчивый вариант защиты
-паролем чем в WPA, где используется ключ. <guilabel>Предварительно
-распространённый ключ WPA</guilabel> еще называется личным ключом WPA или
-домашним ключом WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> является довольно
-редким вариантом в частных сетях.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Роуминг - это технология, с помощью которой компьютер может менять точку
-доступа без разрыва соединения с сетью.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Кнопка «Дополнительно»:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы
-считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь
-с <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командой по
-документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Кнопка дополнительных параметров</title>
-
-    <para>Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что
-можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команда по
-документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c35864a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Управления различными сетевыми профилями</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы
-считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь
-с <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командой по
-документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>
-
-  <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b28e47a5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Предоставление общего доступа к файлам и папкам с использованием NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Предпосылки</title>
-
-    <para>Во время первого запуска мастера<footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote>
-программа может показать окно с таким сообщением:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Нужно установить пакет nfs-utils. Вы хотите его установить?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>После завершения установки будет показано окно с пустым списком.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Главное окно</title>
-
-    <para>Здесь будет показан список каталогов, которые предоставлены в общее
-пользование. Во время первого запуска этот список, конечно же, будет
-пустым. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> можно открыть окно
-утилиты конфигурирования.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Изменить запись</title>
-
-    <para>Окно утилиты настройки имеет вид «Изменить запись». Его также можно открыть
-с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Доступны следующие
-параметры.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Каталог NFS</title>
-
-      <para>С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать каталог, который будет предоставлен
-в общее пользование. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton> можно
-открыть окно инструмента выбора каталога с помощью графического интерфейса.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Доступ к узлу</title>
-
-      <para>Здесь вы можете указать узлы, которым будет предоставлен доступ к папке
-совместного использования.</para>
-
-      <para>Клиенты NFS можно указать несколькими способами:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>отдельный узел</emphasis>: указать узел в формате аббревиатуры
-названия, которое может быть распознано инструментом определения адресов или
-в формате полноценного доменного названия, или в формате IP-адреса</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>сетевые группы</emphasis>: сетевые группы NIS, можно указывать как
-@группа.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>шаблоны замены</emphasis>: названия компьютеров могут содержать
-шаблонные символы замены * и ?. Пример: *.cs.foo.edu отвечает всем узлам
-домена cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP-сети</emphasis>: кроме того, вы можете одновременно
-экспортировать каталоги на все папки IP-(под-)сети. Пример: «/255.255.252.0»
-или «/22, добавленные к базовому адресу сети.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Сопоставление ID пользователей </title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>сопоставление пользователя root как анонимного</emphasis>:
-перенаправить запросы с uid/gid 0 на анонимный uid/gid
-(root_squash). Пользователь-администратор клиентской системы не сможет
-читать файлы или выполнять запись в файлы на сервере, которые были созданы
-администратором сервера или самим сервером.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>действительно позволить удалённый доступ для root</emphasis>:
-отключить подавление root'а. Эта опция в основном используется для
-бездисковых клиентов (no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>сопоставить всех пользователей анонимными</emphasis>: сопоставить
-все uids и gids анонимными (all_squash). Полезно для экспортированных с
-помощью NFS общих каталогов FTP, каталогов новостей и т.д. Параметр с
-противоположным значением, без сопоставления UID пользователей
-(no_all_squash), используется по умолчанию.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid и anongid</emphasis>: явным образом определить uid и gid
-анонимного аккаунта.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Дополнительные параметры</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Безопасное соединение</emphasis>: этот параметр требует, чтобы
-запросы поступали с интернет-порта с номером, меньшим по IPPORT_RESERVED
-(1024). Этот параметр по умолчанию включен.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Общий ресурс только для чтения</emphasis>: разрешает выполнение
-запросов только для чтения, либо для чтения и записи в NFS раздел. По
-умолчанию стоит запрет любых запросов на изменение файловой системы. Такой
-запрет также можно сделать явным образом с помощью этой опции.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Синхронный доступ</emphasis>: запрещает серверу NFS нарушать
-протокол NFS и отвечать на запросы, прежде чем любые изменения, которые
-являются следствием этих запросов, будут отправлены в стабильное хранилище
-(например, диск).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Проверка поддеревьев</emphasis>: включает проверку поддеревьев,
-что в некоторых случаях может улучшить параметры безопасности, но снизить
-надежность работы. Чтобы узнать больше, прочитайте страницу справки
-exports(5).</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Пункты меню</title>
-
-    <para>В списке должен быть хотя бы один пункт.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Файл|Записать настройки</title>
-
-      <para>Сохранить текущие настройки сети.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Сервер NFS|Перезапустить</title>
-
-      <para>Приостановить работу сервера и перезапустить его с использованием текущих
-файлов настройки.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Сервер NFS|Перезагрузить</title>
-
-      <para>Отображённая конфигурация загружается из текущих конфигурационных файлов.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a918497..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Прокси</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Если для доступа к интернету вам следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы
-можете воспользоваться этой утилитой<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote>
-для настройки доступа. Необходимые для настройки данные можно узнать у
-администратора сети. Вы также можете определить службы, доступ к которым
-следует осуществлять в обход прокси-сервера.</para>
-
-  <para>Из Википедии (4 сентября 2012 года), статья «Прокси-сервер»: «В компьютерных
-сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или
-программа), который работает промежуточным звеном для запросов от клиентов,
-которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система
-соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос относительно определенной
-службы, в частности данных файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса
-на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и
-управления сложностью запроса.»</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2724dac9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Настроить Источник</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Сразу после установки системы следует добавить записи источников
-программного обеспечения (их также называют репозиториями, носителями
-данных, зеркалами). Это означает, что вам следует выбрать источники
-программного обеспечения, которые будут использованы для установки и
-обновления пакетов и программ (см. кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>,
-описанную ниже).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Если вы устанавливаете (или обновляете) Mageia с помощью оптического
-носителя данных (DVD или компакт-диска) или устройства хранения данных USB,
-автоматически настроено запись источника пакетов с программным обеспечением
-на использованном носители данных. Чтобы избежать просьб по вставке этого
-носителя при установке новых пакетов, вам следует выключить (или удалить)
-соответствующую запись в списке. (Запись принадлежит к типу носителя
-CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Ваша система может работать на 32-битной аппаратной архитектуре, так
-называемый дистрибутив i586 или 64-битной архитектуре, так называемый
-дистрибутив x86_64. Вам следует выбрать репозитории, которые соответствуют
-вашей системе и репозитории для пакетов, которые не зависят от архитектуры
-(их еще называют noarch). Такие пакеты не имеют собственных каталогов noarch
-в репозиториях, они хранятся в каталогах обеих архитектур, i586 и x86_64.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт
-<emphasis role="bold">Управление программами</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Столбцы</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Столбец «Включён»:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Обозначенные источники будут использованы для установки новых
-пакетов. Специальные источники, в частности Testing и Debug, выбирать не
-стоит, поскольку их использование может привести к неработоспособности
-системы.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Столбец «Обновления»:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Если источник будет использован для обновления пакетов, его следует
-обозначить в этом столбце. Должны быть обозначены лишь источники со словом
-«Update» (обновление) в названии. Из соображений безопасности значение в
-этом столбце нельзя изменять с помощью этой программы. Вам придётся открыть
-консоль и от имени администратора (root) выполнить команду <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Столбец «Источник»:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Здесь будет показано название источника. Официальные репозитории Mageia для
-окончательных выпусков содержат по крайней мере следующие элементы:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> (основной) - репозиторий, содержащий
-большинство программ, которые поддерживаются сообществом Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> (несвободное ПО) - репозиторий,
-содержащий некоторые из программ, доступ к коду которых ограничен правилами
-лицензирования.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> (свободный) - репозиторий со
-свободным программным обеспечением, в отношении использования которого, в
-некоторых странах могут применяться патентные ограничения.</para>
-
-        <para>Каждая запись источников содержит 4 подраздела:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> (выпуск) - репозиторий пакетов на
-день выпуска вашей версии Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> (обновления) - пакеты, обновлённые
-со времени выпуска из соображений безопасности или устранения
-недостатков. Этот источник стоит включить всем, даже если соединение с
-интернетом является очень медленным.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> (обратное портирование) - для
-некоторых пакетов новые версии поступают из репозитория Cauldron
-(репозиторий следующей версии дистрибутива, разработка которой ещё не
-завершена).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> (тестирование) - репозиторий,
-который используется для промежуточного тестирования обновлений, чтобы дать
-возможность тем, кто отчитывается о недостатках и участникам команды по
-обеспечению качества, проверить работоспособность исправленных пакетов.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Кнопки на панели справа</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Удалить:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Чтобы удалить источник, наведите на его пункт указатель мыши и щелкните
-левой кнопкой мыши, затем нажмите эту кнопку. Иногда стоит удалить пункт
-носителя, который был использован для установки системы (компакт-диск или
-DVD), поскольку все пакеты с этого носителя можно установить из официального
-источника основных пакетов (Core), соответствующего выпуска.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Редактировать:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Позволяет изменить параметры выбранного носителя, (URL-адрес, загрузчик и
-параметры прокси-сервера).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Добавить:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Кнопка для добавления официальных репозиториев из интернета. В официальных
-репозиториях содержатся только надёжные и хорошо проверенные пакеты. После
-нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> программа откроет контекстное
-окно, с помощью которого вы сможете выбрать набор источников для
-установки. Если вы отдаёте предпочтение определенному зеркалу, добавьте его
-при помощи пункта «Добавить указанное зеркало источников» из меню «Файл».</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Кнопки со стрелками вверх и вниз:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Эти кнопки предназначены для упорядочивания списка. Во время поисков пакетов
-программой Drakrpm выполняется загрузка списка репозиториев в указанном
-порядке, пакет устанавливается из репозитория, который будет стоять выше в
-списке (если номер выпуска пакета является одинаковым во всех репозиториях;
-если номер будет разным, программа установит пакет с самого свежего
-выпуска). Итак, если можно, располагайте репозиторий с самым быстрым
-доступом в начале списка.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Меню программы</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Файл -> Обновить:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>В ответ на выбор этого пункта будет открыто окно со списком
-источников. Выберите те из них, данные которых требуется обновить и нажмите
-кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Файл -> Добавить указанное зеркало источников:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Предположим, что вам чем-то не нравится текущее зеркало основного
-репозитория. Причиной, например, может быть то, что репозиторий работает
-слишком медленно или часто недоступен. Тогда вы можете выбрать другое
-зеркало. Отметьте пункты всех текущих источников пакетов и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы убрать их. Далее, выберите пункт меню
-<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить особое зеркало источников</guimenu>, сделайте
-выбор только между обновлениями и полным набором (если не уверены, выберите
-<guibutton>Полный набор источников</guibutton>) и подтвердите возможность
-соединения нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Да</guibutton>. В ответ будет показано
-следующее окно:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Слева будет показан список стран. Выберите вашу страну или близкую к ней
-нажатием кнопки >. В ответ будет развернут список зеркал, расположенных в
-этой стране. Отметьте одно из них и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Файл -> Добавить собственный источник:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Вы можете выполнить установку нового источника (например, из стороннего
-репозитория сообщества), который не поддерживается официальным сообществом
-Mageia. В ответ на выбор этого пункта меню будет показано новое окно:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Выберите тип источника, укажите
-краткое название, которое хорошо описывает соответствующий репозиторий и
-добавьте URL-адрес (или путь к источнику, в зависимости от его типа).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Настройки -> Общие настройки:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>С помощью этого пункта меню вы можете определить, когда следует
-<guilabel>Проверять пакеты, которые устанавливаются</guilabel> (всегда или
-никогда), определить программу для загрузки пакетов (curl, wget или aria2) и
-указать правила получения данных о пакетах на запрос (вариант по умолчанию,
-только обновления, всегда или никогда).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Настройки -> Управление ключами:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>С целью обеспечения лучшей безопасности для распознавания источника
-используются цифровые ключи. Для каждого из источников можно разрешить или
-запретить использование ключа. В окне, которое будет открыто, выберите
-нужный источник и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, чтобы
-сделать возможным использование нового ключа, или отметьте пункт ключа и
-нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы запретить его
-использование.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Будьте осторожны, как и со всеми другими вопросами, связанными с
-безопасностью.</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Настройки -> Прокси:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Если для доступа к интернету с вашего компьютера следует пользоваться
-прокси-сервером, вы можете указать параметры его работы. Вам следует указать
-<guibutton>Название прокси</guibutton> и если нужно, указать
-<guilabel>Логин</guilabel> и <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Подробнее о настройке репозиториев пакетов, ознакомьтесь с <link ns2:href
-="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management"> с соответствующей
-страницей в вики Mageia </link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ae58a18d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Совместное использование каталогов и дисков с использованием Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Введение</title>
-
-    <para>Samba - протокол, используемый в различных операционных системах для
-совместного доступа к некоторым ресурсам, к таким как каталоги или
-принтеры. С помощью этого модуля вы можете настроить компьютер на работу в
-режиме сервера Samba с использованием протокола SMB/CIFS. Этот протокол
-используется Windows®, рабочие станции под управлением этой операционной
-системы могут получать доступ к ресурсам на сервере Samba.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Подготовка</title>
-
-    <para>Чтобы пользователи могли получать доступ к вашим ресурсам, сервер должен
-иметь постоянный IP-адрес. Определить этот URL-адрес можно непосредственно
-на вашем сервере, например с помощью <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/> или на
-сервере DHCP, который идентифицирует рабочую станцию по MAC-адресу и всегда
-придаёт ей тот же адрес в сети. Также файервол вашего компьютера должен
-разрешать входящие соединения с сервера Samba.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Мастер - Автономный сервер</title>
-
-    <para>После первого запуска, программа <footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-      </footnote>
-проверит, установлены ли необходимые пакеты и предложит установить их, если
-пакеты не будут обнаружены в системе. После этого будет запущена
-программа-мастер настройки сервера Samba.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>На следующей странице вариант настройки автономного сервера уже будет
-обозначен.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Укажите название рабочей группы. Это название должно совпадать с названием
-группы, которая будет получать доступ к ресурсам общего пользования.</para>
-
-    <para>Название Netbios - это название, которое будет использовано для обозначения
-сервера сети.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Выберите режим защиты:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>пользователь</guilabel>: клиент должен пройти аутентификацию,
-чтобы получить доступ к ресурсу.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>общий ресурс</guilabel>: клиент предоставляет данные для
-распознавания, отдельно для каждого общего ресурса.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Здесь вы можете указать IP-адреса или названия узлов, которым будет
-предоставлен доступ к ресурсам.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Укажите баннер сервера. Баннер - это способ, которым сервер будет
-представлен на рабочих станциях Windows.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>На следующем шаге можно указать место, где Samba сможет хранить журналы
-своей работы.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Прежде чем вами будут подтверждены выбранные значения параметров,
-программа-мастер покажет список этих параметров. Если параметры будут
-подтверждены, соответствующие данные будут записаны в файл
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Мастер: Основной контроллер домена</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Если будет отмечен пункт «Основной
-контроллер домена», мастер попросит вас указать, следует ли поддерживать
-Wins, и определить имена пользователей-администраторов. Следующие шаги
-являются теми же самыми, что и при настройке отдельного сервера, кроме того,
-что вам придётся указать режим защиты:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>домен</guilabel>: предоставляется механизм для хранения всех
-учётных записей пользователей и групп в централизованном общем репозитории
-учётных записей. Централизованный репозиторий учётных записей
-предоставляется в использование контролерами безопасности домена.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Назначение каталога, доступ к которому будет открыт</title>
-
-    <para>Если нажать кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, будет показано следующее
-окно:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Таким образом будет добавлена новая запись. Внести изменения в существующую
-запись можно с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Вы
-можете изменить, будет ли каталог видимым для всех пользователей, пригодным
-к записи или чтению. Менять имя общего ресурса нельзя.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Пункты меню</title>
-
-    <para>Если в списке будет хоть одна запись, можно будет воспользоваться пунктами
-меню.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Файл|Записать настройки</title>
-
-      <para>Сохранить текущие настройки в файле <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Сервер Samba|Настройка</title>
-
-      <para>С помощью этой команды можно снова запустить мастер.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Сервер Samba|Перезапустить</title>
-
-      <para>Приостановить работу сервера и перезапустить его с использованием текущих
-файлов настройки.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Сервер Samba|Перезагрузить</title>
-
-      <para>Отображённая конфигурация загружается из текущих конфигурационных файлов.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Совместный доступ к принтерам</title>
-
-    <para>С помощью Samba можно также предоставлять общий доступ к принтерам.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Пользователи Samba</title>
-
-    <para>С помощью этой вкладки вы можете добавлять пользователей, которым будет
-разрешен доступ к общим ресурсам, если включено распознавание
-пользователей. Можно добавить пользователей из раздела <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d0500a0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Настройка аутентификации для инструментов Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Это окно <footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно получить из Центра
-управления Mageia страница <emphasis role="bold">Безопасность</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой программы можно предоставлять обычным пользователям права,
-необходимые для выполнения задач, которые обычно выполняются под учётной
-записью администратора.</para>
-
-  <para>Нажмите небольшую стрелочку перед пунктом в списке, к которому вы хотите
-внести изменения:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Список большинства инструментов, которыми можно воспользоваться с помощью
-Центра управления Mageia, будет приведен в левой части окна (см. Снимок
-выше). Для каждого из инструментов предусмотрен выпадающий список с такими
-вариантами:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Стандартный: режим запуска зависит от выбранного уровня защиты. Смотрите
-инструмент «Настроить правила безопасности, права доступа и проверку» на той
-же странице.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Пароль пользователя: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль
-пользователя.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Пароль администратора: Для запуска инструмента, следует ввести пароль
-администратора.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Без пароля: инструмент запускается без необходимости ввода пароля.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cc461b6f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Резервные копии</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этому инструменту<footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para></footnote> можно
-получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Система», раздел
-«Инструменты администрирования».</para>
-  <para>После первого запуска этой программы из Центра управления Mageia вы увидите
-сообщение об установке draksnapshot. Нажмите на кнопку
-<guibutton>Установить</guibutton>. После этого будет установлен draksnapshot
-и другие нужные для работы этой программы пакеты.</para>
-
- <para>Еще раз выберите <guilabel>Резервные копии</guilabel>, и вы увидите окно
-<guilabel>Параметры</guilabel>. Выберите <guilabel>Включить резервное
-копирование</guilabel>, если хотите создать резервную копию всей системы,
-пункт <guilabel>Резервное копирование всей системы</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Если вы хотите создать резервную копию только части каталогов, нажмите
-кнопку <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. В ответ будет открыто небольшое
-всплывающее окно. Воспользуйтесь кнопками <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> и
-<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, расположенными рядом со списком
-<guilabel>Перечень резервных копий</guilabel>, чтобы добавить каталоги и
-файлы в список резервного копирования или удалить их. Воспользуйтесь такими
-же кнопками рядом со <guilabel>Списком исключений</guilabel>, чтобы
-определить список подкаталогов и/или файлов, которые не следует добавлять к
-резервной копии. Файлы из этого списка <emphasis role="bold">не
-будут</emphasis> включены в резервную копию. Нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Закрыть</guibutton>, когда списки будут готовы.</para>
-	  <para>Далее укажите каталог в поле <guilabel>Куда сохранять копии</guilabel> или
-нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обзор</guibutton>, чтобы указать соответствующий
-каталог. Все смонтированные флеш-носители USB и внешние диски можно найти в
-каталоге <emphasis role="bold">/run/media/имя пользователя/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>, чтобы создать резервную
-копию.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4474694b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Настройка звука</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Доступ к этой программе<footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para></footnote> можно получить
-из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis
-role="bold">Оборудование</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound предназначен для настройки звуковой подсистемы, в частности
-определения параметров PulseAudio и решения проблем с работой
-звука. Программа поможет вам устранить проблемы со звуковой подсистемой или
-изменить звуковую карту для вывода звуковых данных.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> - звуковой сервер. Этот сервер получает все
-входящие звуковые данные, выполняет микширование этих данных, согласно
-указанных пользователем параметров и отправляет результаты на устройства
-вывода звуковых данных. Настроить параметры микширования можно с помощью
-пункта меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук и видео -> Управление
-громкостью</guimenu>.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio является звуковым сервером по умолчанию. Рекомендуем вам не
-выключать его.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Использовать режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> - улучшает работу
-PulseAudio с некоторыми программами. Мы не рекомендуем снимать отметку с
-этого пункта.</para>
-  <para>Кнопка <guibutton>Решение проблем</guibutton> может помочь с решением
-проблем, возникающих со звуком. Попробуйте нажать её до того, как начнёте
-искать помощи у сообщества дистрибутива.</para>
-  <para>С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно открыть ещё одно
-окно с кнопкой, назначение которой очевидно по метке на ней.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 69585925..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Настройка ИБП (UPS) для контроля за питанием</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы
-считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь
-с <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командой по
-документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakups</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e9f9874..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Настройка соединения VPN для безопасного доступа к сети</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Введение</title>
-
-    <para>С помощью этого инструмента<footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote> можно
-настроить безопасный доступ к удаленной сети с использованием туннелирования
-данных между локальной рабочей станцией и удаленной сетью. В этом разделе мы
-обсудим только настройки на стороне рабочей станции. Предполагается, что
-удалённая сеть работает надежно, и что вам известны данные относительно
-установленного соединения, которые можно получить от администратора сети,
-например в формате файла настроек .pcf.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Настройки</title>
-
-    <para>Сначала следует выбрать концентратор Cisco VPN или OpenVPN, в зависимости от
-того, какой протокол использован для вашей виртуальной частной сети.</para>
-
-    <para>Дайте вашему соединению название.</para>
-
-    <para>С помощью следующего окна укажите параметры вашего VPN соединения.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Openvpn. После первого запуска инструмента будет установлен пакет openvpn и
-его зависимости.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Выберите файлы, которые были
-получены от администратора сети.</para>
-
-        <para>Дополнительные параметры:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>В следующем окне программа попросит вас указать IP-адрес шлюза.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>После определения параметров программа предложит вам установить
-VPN-соединение.</para>
-
-    <para>Вы можете указать системе устанавливать это VPN-соединение в автоматическом
-режиме во время ее запуска. Для этого необходимо изменить настройки сетевого
-соединения так, чтобы оно всегда устанавливалось с этим VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 551c0730..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Настройка веб-сервера</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Эта утилита <footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para></footnote> может помочь вам настроить
-веб-сервер.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Что такое веб-сервер?</title>
-    <para>
-      Веб-сервер представляет собой программное обеспечение, которое помогает
-поставить веб содержимое, которое может быть доступно через
-Интернет. (Материал из Википедии)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Настройка веб-сервера с drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Добро пожаловать в мастер веб-сервера.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Введение</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Выбор вида сервера: локальная сеть и/или мир</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Предоставление доступа к данным веб-сервера из Интернета является
-рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите
-предоставить такой доступ.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Модуль пользователя сервера</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Позволяет пользователям создавать свои собственные сайты.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Название веб-каталога пользователя</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Пользователю необходимо создать и заполнить этот каталог, затем сервер будет
-отображать его.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Корень документации сервера</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Позволяет настроить путь к дефолтным документам веб-сервера.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Сводка</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Финиш</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Завершено! Нажмите <guibutton>Финиш</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 853c00a4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Настройка DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы
-считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь
-с <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командой по
-документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 05dc0a13..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Настройка DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Этот инструмент не способен работать в Mageia 4, поскольку схему именования
-интерфейсов сети изменили.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Эта утилита <footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> может помочь вам настроить
-<acronym>DHCP</acronym> сервер. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить
-до того, как вы сможете им воспользоваться.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Что такое DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>Протокол динамической конфигурации хоста (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>)
-представляет собой стандартизированный сетевой протокол, используемый на IP
-сетях, который динамически настраивает IP-адреса и другую информацию,
-необходимую для интернет-общения. (Материал из Википедии)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Настройка DHCP сервера с drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Добро пожаловать в мастер DHCP сервера.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Введение</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Выбор адаптера</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Выберите сетевой интерфейс, соединённый с подсетью, в которой будет
-происходить назначение IP-адресов, и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Выберите диапазон IP</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Выберите начальные и конечные IP-адреса из диапазона адресов, которые должен
-предоставлять сервер, а также IP-адрес шлюза, компьютера, который будет
-соединяться с внешними компьютерами вне локальной сети, желательно
-непосредственно с компьютерами в интернете. Нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Сводка</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Подождите...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>С этой проблемой можно справиться. Нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Назад</guibutton> несколько раз и внесите какие-либо изменения.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Позже...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Действия, которые выполняет инструмент</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Установка пакета dhcp-server, если он не установлен;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Сохранение <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> в <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Создание нового <code>dhcpd.conf</code>, взятого из
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>, и
-добавление новых параметров:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Также изменение конфигурационного файла Webmin
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Перезапуск <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index df14ab1d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Настройка времени</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этого инструмента<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> вы сможете
-настроить сервер так, чтобы время в нём синхронизировалось с внешним
-сервером. По умолчанию, этот инструмент не устанавливается. Чтобы получить к
-нему доступ, вам следует установить пакеты drakwizard и drakwizard-base.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Настройка сервера NTP с помощью drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>После приветственного окна (см. выше), программа попросит вас выбрать три
-сервера времени с помощью раскрывающихся списков и дважды предложит
-воспользоваться pool.ntp.org, поскольку этот сервер всегда привязывается к
-доступным серверам времени.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>С помощью следующих страниц мастера вы сможете выбрать регион и город, после
-чего вам будет показано резюме настроек. Если вами будут обнаружены ошибки в
-настройках, вы можете внести изменения, нажав кнопку
-<guibutton>Назад</guibutton>. Если всё в порядке, нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы приказать программе выполнить
-тестирование. Если всё будет хорошо, то вы увидите окно, подобное
-приведённому ниже:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Нажмите на кнопку <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, чтобы закрыть утилиту</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Действия, которые выполняет инструмент</title>
-
-    <para>Эта утилита выполняет следующие шаги:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Установка пакета <code>ntp</code> если необходимо</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Сохранение файлов <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> в
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> и <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>
-в <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Запись нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> со списком серверов;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Изменение файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> путём вставки первого имени
-сервера;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Остановка и запуск сервисов <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> и
-<code>ntpd</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Установка для аппаратных часов текущего времени системы с привязкой к UTC.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ce2f8f38..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Настройка FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Эта утилита <footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para></footnote> может помочь вам настроить
-<acronym>FTP</acronym> сервер.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Что такое <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Протокол передачи файлов (File Transfer Protocol или <acronym>FTP</acronym>)
-- стандартный протокол работы в сети, которая используется для передачи
-файлов с одного компьютера на другой в сети, основанной на
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>, в частности, в Интернете (из Википедии).
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Настройка сервера FTP с помощью drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки FTP.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Введение</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Выбор вида сервера: локальная сеть и/или мир</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Предоставление доступа к данным сервера FTP из Интернета является
-рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите
-предоставить такой доступ.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Информация о сервере</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Укажите название, которое сервер будет использовать для собственной
-идентификации, адрес электронной почты для направления жалоб и будет ли
-предоставлен доступ к входу в систему от имени администратора (пользователя
-root).
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Параметры сервера</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Укажите порт для ожидания данных, параметры ограниченной записи пользователя
-и то, следует ли  разрешать возобновления получения данных и/или
-<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol).
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Сводка</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Финиш</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Завершено! Нажмите <guibutton>Финиш</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c01b1e66..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Настройка прокси-сервера</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Эта утилита <footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> может помочь вам в
-настройке прокси-сервера. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить
-отдельно, прежде чем вы сможете им воспользоваться.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Что такое прокси сервер?</title>
-
-    <para>Из Википедии: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер
-(компьютерная система или программа), который работает в качестве
-промежуточных звеньев для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски
-ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с
-прокси-сервером, посылает запрос по определённой службе, в том числе данные
-файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом
-сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления
-сложностью запроса. »</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Настройка прокси-сервера с помощью drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки прокси-сервера.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Введение</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Выбор порта прокси</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Выберите порт, с которым будут устанавливать соединение клиенты
-прокси-сервера, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Использование памяти и диска</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Установите пределы памяти и дискового кэша, затем нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Выбор параметров управления доступом к сети</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Определите диапазон доступа: локальная сеть или интернет, затем нажмите
-кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Предоставление доступа к сети</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Предоставьте доступ локальным сетям и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Следует ли использовать прокси-сервер высшего уровня?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Есть ли каскадный доступ к интернету через другой прокси-сервер? Если нет,
-пропустите следующий шаг.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Адрес и порт прокси-сервера более высокого уровня</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Укажите имя компьютера и порт прокси высшего уровня и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Сводка</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Запустить при загрузке?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Укажите, следует ли запускать прокси при загрузке операционной системы, и
-нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Финиш</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Завершено! Нажмите <guibutton>Финиш</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Действия, которые выполняет инструмент</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Установка пакета squid если необходимо;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Сохрание <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> в
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Создание нового <code>squid.conf</code>, взятого из
-<code>squid.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 или 3 и <code>http_access</code> в соответствии с
-уровнем</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Перезапуск <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c757b72c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Настройка демона OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Эта утилита <footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para></footnote> может помочь вам в
-настройке сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Что такое <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Безопасная оболочка (Secure Shell или SSH) - криптографический протокол
-обмена данными в сети, предназначенный для защиты обмена данными от
-постороннего вмешательства, удалённого управления системой с помощью
-командной строки, удалённого выполнения команд и управления другими сетевыми
-службами. При использовании этого протокола два соединённых сетью компьютера
-используют защищённый канал обмена данными в незащищённой сети. Эти
-компьютеры называются сервер и клиент, на них запущены серверные и
-клиентские программы <acronym>SSH</acronym>, соответственно (из Википедии).
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Настройка фоновой службы <acronym>SSH</acronym> с помощью drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки Open SSH.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Выберите тип параметров настройки</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Выберите <guilabel>Эксперт</guilabel> для получения доступа ко всем
-настройкам или <guilabel>Начинающий</guilabel>, чтобы пропустить шаги 3-7,
-нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Общие Параметры</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Настройте видимость службы и параметры административного
-доступа. Стандартным портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> является порт 22.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Методы авторизации</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Укажите один из способов распознавания при подключении и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Журналирование</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Выберите нужные вам возможности по ведению журнала и уровень детализации
-сообщений, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Параметры входа</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Настройте отдельные параметры входа для учётных записей и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Параметры регистрации пользователя</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Настройте параметры доступа пользователей, затем нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Сжатие и перенаправление</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Выберите параметры перенаправления графического сервера и сжатия при
-передаче, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Сводка</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Финиш</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Завершено! Нажмите <guibutton>Финиш</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 632f3bff..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Настройка служб системы</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы
-считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь
-с <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командой по
-документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>   
-
-  <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 286af8b4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Настройка оборудования</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой программы<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> вы сможете
-осуществить общий обзор оборудования вашего компьютера. После запуска
-программа выполняет автоматический поиск всех компонентов оборудования. С
-этой целью она использует программу <code>ldetect</code>, которая в своей
-работе использует список оборудования из пакета <code>ldetect-lst</code>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Окно программы</title>
-
-    <para>Окно разделено на две колонки.</para>
-
-    <para>В левом столбце отображается список обнаруженного оборудования. Устройства
-группируются по категориям. Нажмите кнопку >, чтобы развернуть список
-категории. С помощью этого столбца можно выбрать устройство из списка.</para>
-
-    <para>В правом столбце будут показаны данные выбранного устройства. С помощью
-пункта меню <guimenu>Справка -> Описание полей</guimenu> можно получить
-более подробное описание отображаемых полей.</para>
-
-    <para>Согласно выбранного типа устройства, в нижней части правой панели окна будет
-показано одна или две кнопки:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Установить параметры текущего драйвера</guibutton>: с помощью
-этой кнопки можно изменить параметры работы модуля системы, связанного с
-работой устройства. Этой кнопкой следует пользоваться только опытным
-пользователям.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Запустить инструмент настройки</guibutton>: получить доступ к
-средству настройки устройства. Обычно, доступ к этому инструменту можно
-получить непосредственно из Центра управления Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Меню программы</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Параметры</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>С помощью пунктов меню <guimenu>Параметры</guimenu> вы можете включить
-автоматическое обнаружение некоторых типов устройств:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>модем</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>устройства Jaz</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip параллельные устройства</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>По умолчанию такое обнаружение не выполняется, поскольку оно является
-достаточно длительным. Отметьте соответствующие пункты, если на вашем
-компьютере установлено соответствующее оборудование. Обнаружение будет
-выполнено при следующем запуске этой утилиты.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 31eafb08..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Настройка раскладки клавиатуры</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Введение</title>
-
-    <para>Программа keyboarddrake<footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-      </footnote> поможет вам
-настроить базовую раскладку вашей клавиатуры в операционной системе
-Mageia. Результаты настройки будут использованы для всех пользователей
-системы. Доступ к программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Оборудование»
-из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе: «Настроить мышь и клавиатуру».</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Раскладка клавиатуры</title>
-
-    <para>С помощью этого окна вы можете выбрать раскладку клавиатуры, которую следует
-использовать. В названиях раскладок указаны по алфавиту язык, страна и
-этническая принадлежность раскладки.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Тип клавиатуры</title>
-
-    <para>С помощью этого меню вы можете указать тип клавиатуры, которой
-пользуетесь. Если вы не уверены относительно своего выбора, лучше не менять
-вариант по умолчанию.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 82593ea3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Настройка локализации системы</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Этим модулем<footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно также с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести
-команду <emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).
-  </para></footnote> можно воспользоваться с
-помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе «Настройка
-локализации системы». В случае его выбора будет открыто окно, с помощью
-которого вы можете выбрать язык. По умолчанию будет подобран список языков,
-которые были выбраны во время установки системы.</para>
-
-  <para>С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно задействовать
-режим совместимости с устаревшими кодировками (не UTF-8).</para>
-
-  <para>Во втором окне будет показан список стран, в которых может использоваться
-указанный язык. Доступ к спискам стран, которых нет в списке, можно получить
-с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Другие страны</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>Чтобы внесённые вами изменения вступили в силу, вам следует выйти из вашей
-учётной записи в системе и снова войти в неё.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Метод ввода</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>С помощью пункта <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы также можете выбрать
-метод ввода (в раскрывающемся меню под списком). С помощью способов ввода
-можно вводить символы языков, в которых запись осуществляется не с помощью
-букв (китайской, японской, корейской и т.д.).</para>
-  <para> Для азиатских и африканских языков способом ввода по умолчанию будет выбран
-IBus, следовательно, потребности в настройке этого способа ввода вручную
-нет.</para>
-  <para>Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME и т.п.) также предоставляют подобные
-функциональные возможности. Установить пакеты этих способов, если их нет в
-контекстном меню, можно с помощью другого модуля из Центра управления
-Mageia. См. <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 824479cb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Просмотр системных журналов</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этому инструменту<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно
-получить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел
-<guilabel>Просмотр системных журналов</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Поиск в журналах</title>
-
-    <para>Сначала вам следует указать строку поиска в поле <emphasis
-role="bold">Совпадает с</emphasis> и/или строку, <emphasis>которой не должно
-быть в результатах</emphasis> в поле <emphasis role="bold">Не
-совпадает</emphasis>. После этого выберите файл(ы), в которых будет
-выполняться поиск, в поле <guilabel>Выбор файла</guilabel>. Вы также можете
-ограничить поиск определённым днём. Выберите его на панели <emphasis
-role="bold">Календарь</emphasis> с помощью нажатия маленьких стрелочек с
-каждой стороны от полей месяца и года, после чего отметьте пункт
-<guibutton>Показывать только для выбранного дня</guibutton>. Наконец,
-нажмите кнопку <guibutton>поиск</guibutton>, чтобы просмотреть результаты в
-окне с названием <guilabel>Содержимое файла</guilabel>. Предусмотрена
-возможность сохранить результаты в файле формата txt, - для этого следует
-нажать кнопку <emphasis role="bold">Сохранить</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>В <guibutton>Журнале инструментов Mageia</guibutton> содержатся данные,
-записанные в журнал средствами настройки Mageia, в частности инструментами
-из Центра управления Mageia. Эти журналы обновляются каждый раз, когда вы
-меняете какие-либо настройки.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Настройка оповещения по электронной почте</title>
-
-    <para>С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Почтовое напоминание</guibutton> можно приказать
-системе выполнять проверку нагрузки на систему и службы каждый час, и если
-это нужно, отправлять сообщения по электронной почте на указанный адрес.</para>
-
-    <para>Чтобы выполнить настройки этой утилиты, нажмите кнопку <emphasis
-role="bold">Почтовое напоминание</emphasis> и выберите в следующем окне,
-которое будет показано, вариант <guibutton>Настроить систему почтового
-напоминания</guibutton>. В окне, которое будет показано после нажатия кнопки
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, вы сможете указать службы, за которыми следует
-вести наблюдение (см. приведенный выше снимок экрана).</para>
-
-    <para>Наблюдать за следующими службами:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Служба Webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Почтовый сервер Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Сервер FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Сервер World Wide Web Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Сервер SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Сервер Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Служба xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Распознаватель доменных имен BIND</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>На следующей странице выберите значение <guilabel>Нагрузка</guilabel>,
-превышение которой вы считаете неприемлемым. Нагрузка определяется как
-уровень требовательности процесса к ресурсам компьютера, большая нагрузка
-замедляет работу остальной системы, а очень высокая нагрузка может
-свидетельствовать о том, что процесс вышел из-под контроля. По умолчанию
-используется значение 3. Мы рекомендуем определить значение предельной
-нагрузки как количество процессов, умноженное на 3.</para>
-
-    <para>С помощью последней страницы введите <guilabel>Адрес электронной
-почты</guilabel> лица, которое следует предупредить и <guilabel>Сервер
-электронной почты</guilabel>, которым следует воспользоваться (локальный или
-интернет-сервер).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fdfd71ed..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Отображение доступных общих ресурсов NFS и SMB</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Эту программу <footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> можно запустить только
-из командной строки.</para>
-
-  <para>Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы
-считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь
-с <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командой по
-документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 04f7c42b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Отображение данных об устройствах PCI, USB и PCMCIA вашей системы</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Эту программу <footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> можно запустить только
-из командной строки. Она выводит определённое описание оборудования в
-системе, если ее запускать от имени администратора (root).</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake выводит список всех соединённых с компьютером устройств (USB, PCI
-и PCMCIA) и задействованных драйверов. Для работы программы требуются пакеты
-ldetect и ldetect-lst.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Если добавить параметр «-v», lspcidrake покажет данные относительно
-производителя и идентификации устройства.</para>
-
-  <para>Часто список, выведенный lspcidrake, довольно длинный, поэтому для его
-фильтрации приходится использовать программу grep. Примеры:</para>
-
-  <para>Информация о графической видеокарте;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Информация о сети</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>Параметр -i предназначен для игнорирования регистра символов.</para>
-
-  <para>На приведённом ниже скриншоте показана работа параметра «-v» для lspcidrake
-и «-i» для grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Предусмотрено и другое средство получения данных по оборудованию. Эта
-программа называется <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis>, запускать
-от имени администратора (root).</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b0a35756..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Загрузка</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам
-настройки загрузки системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы
-узнать больше.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Настройка последовательности загрузки</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4847d8d0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Оборудование</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам
-настройкаи оборудования. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать
-больше.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Настройка оборудования</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Поиск и настройка
-оборудования</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Настройка графики</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Настройка эффектов трёхмерного рабочего
-стола</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Настройка клавиатуры и мыши</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Настройка печати и сканирования</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Настройка принтеров,
-очередей печати, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Другие</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fd4b6ea..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Руководство по Центру управления Mageia</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>В Центре управления Mageia (MCC) предусмотрено восемь пунктов, выбрать
-которые можно в левой колонке окна программы. Если установлен пакет
-drakwizard, таких пунктов будет десять. Каждый из этих пунктов предлагает
-набор инструментов, которые можно выбрать в правой стороне окна программы.</para>
-
-	<para>Следующие десять глав посвящены этим десяти пунктам и связанными с ними
-инструментами.</para>
-
-<para>Последняя глава посвящена другим инструментам Mageia, которые не могут быть
-выбраны с помощью страниц Центра управления Mageia (MCC).</para>
-
-	<para>Названия пунктов на этих страницах иногда совпадают с заголовками окон
-соответствующих инструментов.</para>
-
-        <para>Кроме того, можно воспользоваться кнопкой «Поиск» этого руководства, которая
-находится справа от кнопки «Содержание».</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f18c825..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Локальные диски</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам
-управления дисками системы и предоставления общего доступа к локальным
-дискам. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Локальные диски</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fadcb91..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Сеть и Интернет</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам
-управления доступа к сети. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы
-узнать больше.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Управление сетевыми службами</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Обеспечение безопасности сети</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Другие</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a3133eb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Сетевые службы</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Это окно и окно <emphasis>Общий доступ</emphasis> можно будет увидеть,
-только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих
-окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на
-ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>,чтобы
-узнать больше.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Сетевые службы</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3443c3d8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Общий доступ</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой страницы можно выбрать инструменты управления общего доступа
-к дискам и каталогам системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы
-узнать больше.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Настройка ресурсов Windows®</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Доступ к общим файлам и
-каталогам на системах Windows (SMB)</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Управление ресурсами NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Настройка ресурсов WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e810bba7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Безопасность</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам
-управления защитой системы от внешнего вмешательства. Нажмите на ссылку,
-расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Безопасность</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и
-аудита системы</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 09155fb6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Совместное пользование</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Это окно и окно <emphasis>Сетевые службы</emphasis> можно будет увидеть,
-только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих
-окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на
-ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref
-linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>,чтобы узнать больше.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Совместное пользование</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a0e844ed..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Система</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам
-управления и администрирования системой. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную
-ниже, чтобы узнать больше.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Управление системными службами</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Локализация</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Инструменты администрирования</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Управление пользователями</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7df3c324..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Настройка частоты проверки обновлений</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этому модулю<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно получить с
-помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role="bold">Управление
-программами</emphasis>. Также окно этой программы открывается с помощью
-щелчка правой кнопки мыши на красном значке в системном трее <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> с последующим выбором пункта
-<guimenu>Настройка обновлений</guimenu>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>С помощью первого ползунка вы можете изменить частоту, с которой Mageia
-будет проверять наличие обновлений, а с помощью второго - промежуток между
-завершением загрузки и первой проверкой наличия обновлений. С помощью
-обозначения или снятия отметки с соответствующего пункта вы можете приказать
-системе предупреждать вас о новых выпусках Mageia.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bd5e2900..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Настройка указывающего устройства (мыши, сенсорной панели)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этой программе<footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para></footnote> можно получить
-из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis
-role="bold">Оборудование</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Для установки Mageia, к компьютеру должен быть подключен
-манипулятор-мышь. Настройка этого оборудования выполняется во время
-установки системы. С помощью этого модуля вы сможете изменить параметры
-работы мыши или настроить работу с другой мышью.</para>
-
-  <para>Список упорядочен по модели мыши и по её типу соединения. Отметьте пункт с
-вашей мышью и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. В основном новейшие
-мыши хорошо работают, если выбран пункт «Любая мышь PS/2 или USB». Выбранный
-вариант мыши будет задействован немедленно.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c61ceb92..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: безопасность и аудит системы</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вступление</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> - графический интерфейс к msec,
-с помощью которого можно настроить защиту системы следующим образом:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Установить системное поведение; msec вносит в систему изменения с целью ее
-страхования.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Выполнять периодические автоматические проверки системы с целью предупредить
-вас о потенциально опасных изменениях.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>В msec использована концепция «уровней безопасности». Уровни предназначены
-для настройки целого набора прав доступа в системе, за которыми будет
-наблюдать и принудительно изменять программа. В Mageia вам будет предложено
-несколько типовых уровней, но вы можете определить собственные нетипичные
-уровни безопасности.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вкладка обзора</title>
-
-    <para>Смотрите приведённый выше скриншот</para>
-
-    <para>На первой вкладке будет показан список различных инструментов защиты с
-расположенной справа кнопкой для настройки этих инструментов:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>К файерволу можно получить доступ с помощью Центра управления Mageia -
-страница «Безопасность», пункт «Настройка персонального файервола».</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Доступ к обновлениям можно получить в Центре управления Mageia - страница
-«Управление программами», пункт «Обновление системы».</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Сам msec с некоторой информацией:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>включен или нет</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>настроен базовый уровень безопасности</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>даты последних периодических проверок, кнопки просмотра подробного отчёта и
-кнопки для немедленного выполнения проверки.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вкладка «Параметры безопасности»</title>
-
-    <para>Нажав левой кнопкой мыши на второй вкладке или кнопку
-<guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, будет показана страница, подобная
-приведённой на снимке ниже.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Общая безопасность»</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Уровни безопасности:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>После выбора пункта <guilabel>Включить инструмент MSEC</guilabel>, с помощью
-этой вкладки вы можете двойным щелчком кнопки мыши выбрать уровень
-безопасности. Если этот пункт не будет отмечен, правила обеспечения
-безопасности не будут применяться. По умолчанию можно воспользоваться такими
-уровнями безопасности:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Уровень <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. Этот уровень предназначен для
-ситуаций, когда вы не хотите, чтобы msec руководил безопасностью системы, и
-хотите настроить средства защиты самостоятельно. Если будет выбран этот
-уровень, все проверки безопасности будут отключены, программа не будет
-применять никаких ограничений на настройки и параметры системы. Пожалуйста,
-пользуйтесь этим уровнем только если полностью осознаёте последствия,
-поскольку его использование оставит вашу систему уязвимой к нападениям
-злоумышленников.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Уровень <emphasis role="bold">стандартный</emphasis>. Этот уровень является
-дефолтным после установки, он предназначен для обычных пользователей. Права
-доступа в системе будут несколько ограничены, будут выполняться ежедневные
-проверки защиты для выявления изменений в системных файлах, учётных записях
-и уязвимостей в правах доступа к каталогам (этот уровень подобен уровням 2 и
-3 в старых версиях msec).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Уровень <emphasis role="bold">безопасный</emphasis>. Этот уровень будет
-полезным, если вам нужна защищённая система с определённой свободой в
-действиях. Права доступа в системе ограничены, выполняются периодические
-проверки. Кроме того, будет ограничен доступ к системе (этот уровень подобен
-уровням 4 (высокий) и 5 (параноидальный) в старых версиях msec).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Кроме этих уровней, предусмотрены различные ориентированные на задачи наборы
-настроек защиты, в частности уровень <emphasis role="bold">файловый сервер
-</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">веб-сервер</emphasis> и <emphasis
-role="bold">нетбук</emphasis>. Если вы воспользуетесь этими уровнями, то
-защита системы будет предварительно настроена на выполнение большинства
-типовых задач.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>Последние два уровня называются <emphasis role="bold">ежедневные проверки
-</emphasis> и <emphasis role="bold">еженедельные проверки</emphasis>. На
-самом деле, это не совсем уровни безопасности, скорее инструменты,
-предназначенные только для выполнения периодических проверок.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Записи этих уровней хранятся в файлах
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;Название уровня&gt;</filename>. Вы
-можете определить собственные нетипичные уровни безопасности и сохранить их
-в специфических файлах с названиями <filename>level.&lt;Название
-уровня&gt;</filename>, которые будут храниться в папке
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Создание уровней является
-прерогативой опытных пользователей, которым требуется гибкая система
-настроек и защищённая система.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Помните, что изменённые пользователем параметры превосходят дефолтные
-параметры уровня.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Уведомления безопасности:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Если вы выбрали пункт <guibutton>Присылать уведомления безопасности по
-электронной почте по адресу:</guibutton>, то отчёты по безопасности ,
-созданные msec, будут отправляться по локальной электронной почте
-администратору безопасности , указанному в соседнем поле. Вы можете либо
-указать имя учётной записи локального пользователя , либо указать адрес
-электронной почты полностью (чтобы это сработало, необходимо настроить
-локальные средства работы с электронной почтой и средства управления ею
-соответствующим образом). Наконец, вы можете получать уведомления по
-безопасности непосредственно с помощью рабочего стола . Просто отметьте
-соответствующий пункт, чтобы включить эти уведомления.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Настоятельно рекомендуем вам включить оповещения о безопасности для
-администратора безопасности, чтобы немедленно получать информацию о
-возможных проблемах с безопасностью. Если вы этого не сделаете,
-администратору придётся регулярно знакомиться с файлами журнала, хранящимися
-в каталоге <filename>/var/log/security</filename>.</para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Опции безопасности:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Создание нетипичного уровня безопасности не является единственным способом
-настройки защиты компьютера. Вы также можете воспользоваться вкладками для
-изменения любого из нужных вам параметров. Текущие настройки msec хранятся в
-файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. В этом файле
-содержатся данные о названии текущего уровня безопасности и список
-изменений, которые были внесены в его параметры.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Безопасность системы»</title>
-
-      <para>На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты в левом столбце, их
-описания в центральном столбце и текущие значения в правом столбце.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Чтобы изменить параметр, дважды щёлкните на соответствующем пункте. В ответ
-будет открыто новое окно (см. приведённый ниже снимок). В окне будет
-показано название параметра, краткое описание, текущее и дефолтное значение,
-а также выпадающий список, с помощью которого можно выбрать это
-значение. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>, чтобы сделать ваш выбор.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Не забудьте перед завершением работы msecgui сохранить ваши настройки с
-помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если
-вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам
-возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут
-сохранены.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Безопасность сети</title>
-
-      <para>На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты работы в сети. Она
-работает подобно работе предыдущей вкладки.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Периодические проверки»</title>
-
-      <para>Периодические проверки предназначены для информирования администратора
-безопасности с помощью уведомлений по всем проблемам, которые msec считает
-потенциально опасными.</para>
-
-      <para>На этой вкладке отображаются все выполненные msec периодические проверки и
-их частота, если установлен флажок <guibutton>Включить периодические
-проверки безопасности</guibutton>. Изменения можно вносить аналогично
-внесению изменений на предыдущих вкладках.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Исключения»</title>
-
-      <para>Иногда оповещения создаются по хорошо известным и безопасным «проблемам». В
-таких случаях оповещения являются лишними и только тратят время
-администратора. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете создать любое количество
-исключений для устранения лишних уведомлений. При первом запуске msec список
-на этой вкладке, конечно же, будет пустым. На следующем снимке показаны
-исключения.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Чтобы создать запись исключения, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить
-правило</guibutton>.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Выберите желаемые периодические проверки с помощью выпадающего списка
-<guilabel>Проверка</guilabel>, введите <guilabel>Исключение</guilabel> в
-соответствующее поле. Конечно же, добавление исключения не является
-окончательным. Вы можете либо удалить его с помощью нажатия кнопки
-<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton> на вкладке <guilabel>Исключения</guilabel>,
-или изменить созданную запись исключения двойным щелчком левой кнопкой мыши
-на соответствующем пункте.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Права доступа</title>
-    <para>Эту вкладка предназначена для настройки проверок прав доступа к файлам и
-каталогам и принудительного установления соответствующих прав.</para>
-    <para>Подобно уровням защиты, в msec предусмотрены различные уровни прав доступа
-(стандартный, безопасный, ..), которые включаются в соответствии с заданным
-уровнем безопасности . Вы можете создавать собственные нетипичные уровни
-прав доступа, сохранять их в соответствующих файлах с названиями
-<filename>perm.&lt;Название уровня></filename>в каталог
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Конечно же , этим стоит
-пользоваться имея определенный опыт и причину для создания нетипичного
-уровня. Кроме того, можно воспользоваться вкладкой окна настроек для
-внесения изменений в уже созданные права доступа. Текущие настройки
-сохраняются в файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Этот
-файл содержит список изменений, которые были внесены для прав доступа.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Типичные права доступа отображаются в виде списка правил (одно правило на
-строку). В левом столбце показаны файл или папка, которых касаются правила,
-в следующем столбце показан владелец, дальше группа, а затем столбик прав
-доступа, предоставляемый этим. Если для предоставленного правила:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> не обозначен, msec выполняет только
-проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и
-посылает текстовые оповещения, если они не выполнятся, но никакие изменения
-не вносятся.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> обозначен, msec выполняет проверку:
-выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и исправляет
-права доступа.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Для того, чтобы это сработало, следует соответствующим образом настроить
-параметр CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role="bold">вкладке «Периодические
-проверки»</emphasis>.</para></important><para>Чтобы создать новое правило, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить
-правило</guibutton> и заполните поля так, как это показано в следующем
-примере. В поле <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можно использовать заменитель
-*. "Текущий" означает "не вносить изменения".</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton> для подтверждения, и не забудьте
-перед закрытием окна сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню
-<guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены
-изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть
-список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены. </para>
-    <note><para>Кроме того, можно создавать или вносить изменения в правила с помощью
-редактирования файла настроек
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Изменения на <emphasis role="bold">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> (или
-непосредственно с помощью файла настроек) учитываются при выполнении первой
-же периодической проверки (см. пункт CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis
-role="bold">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>). Если вы хотите,
-чтобы изменения были применены немедленно, то воспользуйтесь командой
-msecperms в консоли. Команду следует вводить от имени пользователя
-root. Чтобы ознакомиться со списком прав доступа, которые будут изменены
-программой msecperms, воспользуйтесь командой msecperms -p.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Не забывайте, что если вы внесёте изменения в условиях доступа к
-определенному файлу с помощью консольной команды или программы для
-управления файлами, и пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> на <emphasis
-role="bold">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> для этого файла будет
-обозначен, то msecgui через некоторое время вернёт предыдущие права доступа,
-в соответствии с настройками параметров CHECK_PERMS и CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на
-<emphasis role="bold">вкладке «Периодические проверки» </emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 30c5dab7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Другие инструменты Mageia</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>В Mageia предусмотрено больше инструментов, чем перечень инструментов из
-Центра управления Mageia. Нажмите ссылку внизу, чтобы узнать больше или
-продолжите чтение последующих страниц руководства.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>ЕЩЁ НЕ НАПИСАНО</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Дополнительные инструменты?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 69caa809..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Управление программами (Установка и удаление программ)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Введение в rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>С помощью этого инструмента<footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote>, также
-известного под названием drakrpm, можно устанавливать, удалять и обновлять
-пакеты с программным обеспечением. Программа является графическим
-интерфейсом к URPMI. Во время каждого запуска она будет проверять списки
-пакетов в интернете (которые называются «источниками» пакетов), полученные
-непосредственно с официальных серверов Mageia и будет показывать список
-самых свежих пакетов с программным обеспечением для вашей системы. Система
-фильтрации предоставляет вам возможность просматривать списки пакетов только
-определенного типа: вы можете просмотреть список установленных пакетов
-(фильтрация по умолчанию) или только доступные обновления. Также можно
-ознакомиться со списком неустановленных пакетов. Вы можете найти пакет по
-названию или слову в резюме описания пакета, а также по названиям файлов,
-которые являются частью пакета.</para>
-
-    <para>Для надлежащей работы rpmdrake следует настроить параметры репозиториев с
-помощью <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>При установке настроенным репозиторием является носитель, с которого
-происходит установка, например DVD или компакт-диск. Если вы ничего не
-будете менять, то rpmdrake будет просить вас вставить носитель каждый раз,
-когда вам нужно будет установить пакет с помощью такого контекстного окна:
-<mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>. Если приведённое выше сообщение
-раздражает вас и у вас есть хорошие условия соединения с интернетом без
-ограничений по получению данных, стоит изъять запись начального носителя и
-заменить его репозиториями в сети с помощью <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-      <para>Кроме того, репозитории в сети всегда содержат свежие пакеты, широкий их
-диапазон и предоставляют возможность обновлять уже установленные пакеты.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Основные части окна</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Фильтрация по типу пакета:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Этот фильтр позволяет сузить список пакетов до определенного типа. Во время
-первого запуска программы для управления пакетами в списке будут только
-программы с графическим интерфейсом. Вы можете предписать программе
-отображать все пакеты и все зависимости этих пакетов вместе с библиотеками
-или предписать показывать только группы пакетов (цельные программные
-комплексы), только обновления или только пакеты из более новых версий
-Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Режим фильтрации по умолчанию предназначен для пользователей, не имеющих
-значительного опыта использования Linux или Mageia, то есть для тех, кому не
-нужны программы, которые руководствуются командной строкой, программы для
-специалистов. Поскольку вы читаете это руководство, вы очевидно
-заинтересованы в расширении ваших знаний по Mageia, следовательно, лучше
-выбрать вариант «Все».</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Фильтрация по состоянию пакета:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>При помощи этого фильтра вы можете приказать программе показывать только
-установленные пакеты, пакеты которые еще не установлены или все пакеты,
-установленные и неустановленные.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Режим поиска:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Нажмите этот значок, чтобы выбрать данные, в которых будет выполняться
-поиск: названия пакетов, резюме, полные описания или списки файлов,
-содержащихся в пакетах.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Поле «Найти»:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>В этом поле можно указать одно или несколько ключевых слов. Если для поиска
-вы хотите использовать несколько ключевых слов, отделите их символом
-«|». Например, если вы хотите найти пакеты для mplayer или xine, укажите:
-«mplayer | xine» (без кавычек).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Стереть все:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Нажав на этот значок, можно удалить все ключевые слова в поле «Найти».</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Список категорий:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>На этой панели приведён список всех программ и пакетов, распределённых по
-категориям и подкатегориям.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Панель описания:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Эта панель отображает имя пакета, его краткое и полное описание. Здесь много
-полезных данных о выбранном пакете, а также точные данные относительно
-пакета, включенных в него файлов и список изменений, созданный
-сопровождающим пакета.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Столбец состояния</title>
-
-    <para>После определения параметров фильтрации вы сможете искать программное
-обеспечение либо по категориям (в области 6 на рисунке), либо по
-названию/резюме/описанию в области 4. Список пакетов, которые соответствуют
-вашему запросу на указанных вами носителях пакетов, будет показан с
-пометками состояния установлено/не установлено/обновление. Чтобы изменить
-это положение, просто отметьте или снимите отметку с пункта перед названием
-пакета в списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Иконка</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Условные обозначения</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Этот пакет уже установлен</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Этот пакет будет установлен</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Состояние этого пакета изменять нельзя</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Этот пакет является обновлением</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Этот пакет будет удалён</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Примеры на приведенном скриншоте:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Если снять отметку с пункта digikam (зелёная стрелка вниз означает, что
-пакет установлен), значок состояния станет красным с изображением стрелки
-вверх. Пакет будет удален сразу после нажатия кнопки
-<guibutton>Применить</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Если отметить пункт qdigidoc (пакет не установлен, как видно из колонки
-статуса), в колонке статуса появится оранжевая пиктограмма состояния со
-стрелкой вниз. Пакет будет установлен сразу после нажатия кнопки
-<guibutton>Применить</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Зависимости</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Для правильной работы некоторых пакетов придётся установить другие пакеты,
-которые называют зависимостями. Эти пакеты содержат библиотеки или
-дополнительные инструменты. Если вам попадётся такой пакет, rpmdrake покажет
-информационное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете согласиться с установкой
-зависимостей, отменить установку или получить дополнительные данные
-(см. выше). Также вы сможете выбрать нужный вам пакет, если зависимости
-можно удовлетворить в несколько способов, то rpmdrake просто покажет вам
-окно со списком вариантов удовлетворения зависимостей и кнопками получения
-дополнительных данных и выбора пакета, который следует установить.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 86fd5573..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,272 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Настройка сканера</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Установка</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>С помощью этого модуля <footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-      </footnote> вы можете
-настроить сканер или многофункциональное устройство, в котором предусмотрена
-возможность сканирования. Кроме того, с помощью модуля можно предоставить в
-совместное использование устройства, соединённые с вашим компьютером в
-пределах локальной сети или получить доступ к сканерам, соединённых с
-удаленными компьютерами.</para>
-
-    <para>После первого запуска этой программы вы можете увидеть такое сообщение:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Для использования сканера должны быть установлены пакеты
-SANE.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Вы хотите установить пакеты SANE?</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Да</emphasis>, чтобы установить нужные пакеты. Если
-этого еще не было сделано ранее, будут установлены пакеты
-<code>scanner-gui</code> и <code>task-scanning</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Если сканер был идентифицирован правильно, то в окне, отображённом на
-скриншоте выше, вы увидите имя вашего сканера, сканер готов к работе,
-например, в <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>, <emphasis>Skanlite</emphasis> или
-<emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Итак, после этого вы можете настроить <emphasis>совместное использование
-сканера</emphasis>. Соответствующие сведения см. в разделе <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Впрочем, если программе не удалось должным образом идентифицировать ваш
-сканер, проверка кабеля и электропитания показала, что все работает, а после
-нажатия кнопки <emphasis>Искать новые сканеры</emphasis> сканеров не было
-найдено, вам придётся нажать кнопку <emphasis>Добавить сканер
-вручную</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Выберите производителя сканеров в списке, а затем выберите марку сканера и
-нажмите кнопку <emphasis>OK</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Если вашего сканера в списке нет, то нажмите кнопку
-<emphasis>Отменить</emphasis>.</para>
-
-      <para>Пожалуйста, проверьте, предусмотрена ли поддержка вашего сканера с помощью
-страницы <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">Поддерживаемые
-сканеры SANE</link> и попросите о помощи на <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">форуме</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Выбор порта</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Вы можете оставить вариант по умолчанию, <emphasis>Автоматически определять
-доступные порты</emphasis>, если ваш сканер подключен к компьютеру не с
-помощью параллельного порта. Если сканер все же соединён с помощью
-параллельного порта, выберите <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (если
-сканер только один).</para>
-
-    <para>После нажатия кнопки <emphasis>OK</emphasis> в подавляющем большинстве
-случаев вы увидите окно, подобное приведенному на снимке ниже.</para>
-<para>Если подобное окно не было показано, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с содержанием
-раздела <xref linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Совместное использование сканеров</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Здесь вы можете указать, могут ли присоединённые к вашей машине сканеры быть
-доступны всем остальным компьютерам и каким именно. Вы также можете
-разрешить, можно ли будет пользоваться с вашей машины сканерами,
-соединёнными с другими компьютерами.</para>
-
-    <para>Сканер общего доступа: можно добавить или удалить имена или IP-адреса
-хостов, которым предоставлен доступ к локальным устройствам на вашем
-компьютере.</para>
-
-    <para>Использование удалённых сканеров: можете добавить новые или удалить старые
-из списка хостов, имена или IP-адреса хостов, которые дают доступ к
-удаленному сканеру.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Сканер общего доступа: с помощью этого пункта можно запустить инструмент
-добавления узлов.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Сканер общего доступа: укажите хосты, которые следует добавить в список
-хостов с доступом или предоставьте доступ всем удалённым компьютерам.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>«Все удалённые машины» - предоставить доступ к вашему локальному сканеру
-пользователям всех удаленных компьютеров в локальной сети.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Если еще не установлен пакет <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, программа-мастер
-предложит его установить.</para>
-
-    <para>Наконец, программа внесёт изменения в эти файлы:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (добавление и комментирование
-директивы «net»)</para>
-
-    <para>Также фоновые службы <emphasis>saned</emphasis> и
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> будут настроены на запуск во время загрузки
-системы.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Специфические советы</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Работа с большинством сканеров, а также принтеров HP обеспечивается
-программой <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Если вы имеете дело со
-сканером именно этой фирмы, вам будет предложено воспользоваться для
-настройки <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">этой
-страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала
-установить пакет «iscan-data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком
-порядке). Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано
-сообщение о конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета
-сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно смело игнорировать.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Дополнительные шаги по установке</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Возможно, после обозначения порта вашего сканера на странице <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> вам придется выполнить еще один или несколько
-шагов настройки сканера.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Работа с некоторыми сканерами требует загрузки микропрограммы в сканер при
-каждом его запуске. С помощью модуля настройки сканера можно приказать
-системе загружать эту прошивку в устройство после соединения его с
-компьютером. С помощью этого окна вы можете установить микропрограмму с
-компакт-диска или установленной системы Windows, или установить
-микропрограмму, полученную с сайта производителя устройства в интернете.</para><para>
-    Если для работы с вашим сканером требуется загрузить микропрограмму, первая
-попытка воспользоваться устройством может быть довольно длинной, вероятно
-более одной минуты. Будьте терпеливы.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Кроме того, может быть показан совет относительно внесения изменений в файл
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/название_соответствующего_модуля_SANE.conf</emphasis>. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Тщательно ознакомьтесь с этими и другими установками. Если они вам не
-помогут, не сомневайтесь и попросите о помощи на <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">форуме</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d9303295..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Управление программами</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам
-управления пакетами с программным обеспечением. Нажмите на ссылке,
-расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Управление программами</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Обновить систему</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Настроить источники
-установки и обновления</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e5ebb3a7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,366 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Установка и настройка принтера</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Введение</title>
-
-    <para>Задачами печати в Mageia управляет сервер, который называется CUPS. У
-сервера есть собственный <link ns2:title="CUPS"
-ns2:href="http://localhost:631">интерфейс настройки</link>, доступ к
-которому осуществляется с помощью программы для просмотра страниц в
-интернете (браузера). Впрочем, в Mageia предусмотрен и собственный
-инструмент для установки и настройки драйверов принтеров, который называется
-system-config-printer и используется также в других дистрибутивах, в
-частности Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu и openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>Вам стоит включить доступ к репозиториям пакетов, которые не являются
-свободными (non-free) до того, как вы продолжите установку, поскольку пакеты
-некоторых из драйверов хранятся только в этом репозитории.</para>
-
-    <para>Управлять установкой драйверов принтеров можно с помощью раздела
-<guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> из Центра управления Mageia. Вам просто
-нужно выбрать пункт <guilabel>Настройка печати и
-сканирования</guilabel><footnote>
-        <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для работы с программой придётся
-указать пароль администратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>Центр управления Mageia (MCC) попросит вас разрешить установку двух пакетов:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Вам следует согласиться на установку этих пакетов, чтобы продолжить работу с
-программой. Вместе с зависимостями может быть установлено до 230 МБ данных.</para>
-
-    <para>Чтобы добавить принтер, нажмите кнопку
-<guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>. Система попытается обнаружить все доступные
-принтеры и порты. На снимке показан пункт принтера, соединенного посредством
-USB. Если принтер будет обнаружен, он будет указан в первой строке списка. С
-помощью этого же окна можно настроить сетевой принтер.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Принтер обнаружен автоматически</title>
-
-    <para>Обычно, это касается принтеров, соединенных с компьютером с помощью кабеля
-USB. Программа автоматически определяет название принтера и показывает
-его. Выберите принтер и нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Далее</guilabel>. Если с
-принтером связан известный системе драйвер, он будет установлен
-автоматически. Если можно воспользоваться одним из нескольких драйверов или
-системе не удастся определить лучший драйвер, будет показано окно с просьбой
-выбрать драйвер, руководство приведено в следующем разделе. Продолжите
-чтение раздела <xref linkend="terminate"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Принтер не удалось обнаружить автоматически</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>После выбора порта система загрузит список драйверов и покажет окно выбора
-драйвера. Вы сможете выбрать один из приведённых ниже вариантов.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Выбрать принтер из базы данных</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>предоставить PPD-файл</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>поиск драйвера для загрузки</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Если будет выбран вариант с поиском в базе данных, программа сначала
-предложит вам выбрать название компании-производителя принтера, а затем
-название устройства и драйвер, связанный с работой этого устройства. Если
-можно будет воспользоваться несколькими драйверами, следует выбрать
-рекомендованные из них. Если у вас возникнут какие-либо проблемы с работой
-рекомендованного драйвера, выберите тот из драйверов, который работает лучше
-всего.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Завершение процедуры установки</title>
-
-    <para>После выбора драйвера будет открыто окно ввода данных, которые помогут
-системе обозначить и распознать принтер. В первой строке следует ввести
-название устройства, которое будет показано программой в списке доступных
-принтеров. После ввода данных, средство установки драйвера предложит
-напечатать тестовую страницу. После тестовой печати, принтер будет добавлен
-в список доступных принтеров, им можно будет пользоваться.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Сетевой принтер</title>
-
-    <para>Сетевые принтеры - это принтеры, которые непосредственно соединены с
-проводной или беспроводной сетью, сервером печати или другой рабочей
-станцией, которая работает в режиме сервера печати.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Часто, стоит настроить DHCP-сервер на автоматическую привязку IP-адреса к
-MAC-адресу принтера. Конечно же, если этот адрес является фиксированным, он
-должен совпадать с IP-адресом принтера, на который настроен сервер печати.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>MAC-адрес принтера - это серийный номер, который предоставляется принтеру,
-серверу печати или компьютеру, к которому подключен принтер и который можно
-определить с помощью тестовой страницы, напечатанной самим принтером или на
-наклейке на принтере или сервере печати. Если ваш принтер общего пользования
-соединен с системой Mageia, вы можете выполнить от имени администратора
-(root) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, чтобы определить
-этот MAC-адрес. MAC-адрес есть последовательность цифр и букв после слова
-«HWaddr».</para>
-
-    <para>Добавить ваш сетевой принтер можно так: выберите протокол, используемый
-принтером для обмена данными с сетью вашим компьютером. Если вы не знаете,
-какой протокол следует выбрать, вы можете попробовать воспользоваться
-пунктом <guilabel>Сетевой принтер</guilabel> - <guilabel>Найти сетевой
-принтер</guilabel> в меню <guilabel>Устройства</guilabel> и указать IP-адрес
-принтера в поле справа, где указано «host».</para>
-
-    <para>Если программе удастся обнаружить ваш принтер или сервер печати, она
-предложит вам определённые параметры протокола и очереди печати. Впрочем, вы
-можете выбрать нужный вам вариант из списка, расположенного ниже или указать
-соответствующее название очереди печати, если соответствующего пункта нет в
-списке.</para>
-
-    <para>Посмотрите в документации, поставляемой с принтером или с сервером принтера,
-чтобы выяснить, какие протоколы он поддерживает и по возможности, конкретные
-имена очередей.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Протоколы сетевой печати</title>
-
-    <para>Одной из современных методик работы с принтерами является разработанная
-Hewlett-Packard технология под названием JetDirect. С ее помощью можно
-осуществлять доступ к принтеру, напрямую соединенного с сетью с помощью
-порта Ethernet. Вам необходимо будет указать IP-адрес, используемый
-принтером в сети. Эта технология используется также в некоторых
-ADSL-маршрутизаторах, в которых предусмотрен порт USB для подключения
-принтера. Если вы пользуетесь таким маршрутизатором, следует указать его
-IP-адрес. Заметьте, что программа «Hp Device manager» может работать с
-динамически определяемым IP-адресом, настройками URI записывающего
-устройства <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;название_принтера&gt;</emphasis> . В этом
-случае фиксированный IP-адрес не требуется.</para>
-
-    <para>Выберите <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> в списке протоколов и
-укажите адрес в поле <guilabel>Узел:</guilabel>. Не изменяйте содержимое
-поля <guilabel>Номер порта</guilabel>, если не уверены, что это следует
-делать. После выбора протокола выполните выбор драйвера, как уже было
-описано выше.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Другие протоколы:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к
-которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP с помощью протокола IPP. Например,
-принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, где используется CUPS. Этот
-протокол может также использоваться некоторыми ADSL-маршрутизаторами.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (https)</emphasis>: то же, что и
-ipp, но с использованием передачи данных HTTP с защитой TLS. Следует указать
-порт. По умолчанию это 631 порт.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipps)</emphasis>: то же, что и
-ipp, но с защитой TLS.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Узел или принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому
-осуществляется по сети TCP/IP по протоколу LPD. Например принтер,
-соединенный с рабочей станцией, на которой используется LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер в совместном
-пользовании, соединенный с рабочей станцией под управлением Windows или
-сервером SMB.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>URI также могут быть добавлены непосредственно. Вот несколько примеров
-форматирования URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-адрес-или-имя-узла:порт</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Протокол печати через интернет (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-адрес-или-имя-узла:номер-порта/ресурс</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-адрес-или-имя-узла:номер-порта/ресурс</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Протокол демона линейного принтера (LPD)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://пользователь@ip-адрес-или-имя-узла/очередь</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Дополнительные сведения можно найти в <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">документации
-к CUPS</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Свойства устройства</title>
-
-    <para>Вы можете просмотреть и изменить параметры работы устройства. С помощью меню
-можно получить доступ к панели настройки сервера CUPS. По умолчанию сервер
-CUPS запускается вашей операционной системой, но вы можете выбрать другой
-вариант с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Соединиться...</guimenuitem>. Другое окно настройки параметров
-сервера можно открыть с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Параметры</guimenuitem>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Диагностика проблем</title>
-
-    <para>Данные об ошибках, которые могли случиться при печати, можно найти в файле
-<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>Кроме того, вы можете воспользоваться инструментом для диагностики и решения
-проблем. Доступ к нему можно получить с помощью пункта меню
-<guimenu>Справка</guimenu> | <guilabel>Устранение проблем с
-печатью</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Специфические советы</title>
-
-    <para>Вполне возможно, что в репозиториях Mageia нет некоторых драйверов,
-необходимых для работы определенных принтеров, из-за лицензионных проблем
-или эти драйверы оказались неработоспособными. Если вы не можете найти
-нужного драйвера воспользуйтесь страницей системы <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link>, чтобы
-убедиться, существует ли драйвер вообще. Если окажется, что драйвер
-существует, проверьте, есть ли пакет с этим драйвером в репозиториях
-Mageia. Если такой пакет будет обнаружен, установите его вручную. После
-установки драйвера повторите процедуру установки и настройки принтера. О
-проблемах сообщайте с помощью системы слежения за ошибками дистрибутива или
-через форум. Также можно сообщать о пожеланиях относительно работы программ
-для настройки и о том, работает ли принтер после установки. Ниже приведены
-несколько адресов, по которым можно найти последние версии драйверов или
-драйверы к новым устройствам.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Принтеры Brother</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>На <link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">этой
-странице</link> можно найти список драйверов,  предоставляемые
-Brother. Найдите драйвер устройства, загрузите пакеты rpm с ним и установите
-эти пакеты.</para>
-
-    <para>Драйвера Brother следует установить до запуска программы настройки системы
-печати.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Принтеры и многофункциональные устройства
-Hewlett-Packard</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Для этих устройств используются программы из комплекта hplip. Этот комплект
-программ будет автоматически установлен после выбора
-принтера. Дополнительные сведения о комплектах программ можно найти <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">здесь</link>.
-Программу «HP Device Manager (Управление устройствами HP) можно будет найти
-в меню системы. Справку по настройкам принтера можно найти <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">здесь</link>.</para>
-
-    <para>Многофункциональные устройства HP требуют установки драйвера принтера, чтобы
-работать и в режиме сканера. Обратите внимание, что иногда в интерфейсе
-программы для сканирования не предусмотрено возможностей по сканированию
-пленок или слайдов (не работает модуль для слайдов). В этом случае можно
-воспользоваться для сканирования автономным режимом с сохранением
-изображения на карту памяти или флэш-устройство USB, вставленный в USB
-порт. После сканирования полученные изображения можно перенести с носителя
-данных в хранилище вашего любимого программного обеспечения для работы с
-изображениями.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Цветные принтеры Samsung</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Драйверы для отдельных цветных принтеров Samsung и Xerox, работающих по
-протоколу QPDL, можно найти <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">здесь</link>.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Принтеры и сканеры Epson</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">этой
-страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала
-установить пакет «iscan-data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком
-порядке). Кроме того, может возникнуть необходимость в установке пакета
-iscan-plugin. Выберите пакеты <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>, архитектура которых
-соответствует установленной на компьютере системе. </para>
-
-    <para> Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о
-конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие
-предупреждения можно смело игнорировать.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Принтеры Canon</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Если вы работаете с принтерами Canon, вам может пригодиться программа
-turboprint. Соответствующий (тестовый) пакет можно получить <link
-ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">здесь</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ed9bb661..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Импорт документов и параметров Windows™</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этому инструменту<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно
-получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role="bold">Система</emphasis> из Центра
-управления Mageia, подпункт <guilabel>Импорт документов и настроек
-Windows(TM)™</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para>С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может импортировать
-документы и настройки учётных записей пользователей с установленной системы
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP или <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> на том
-же компьютере, на котором установлена Mageia.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Пожалуйста, обратите внимание, что все изменения вступят в силу немедленно
-после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>После запуска transfugdrake вы увидите первую страницу мастера с пояснениями
-о назначении программы и вариантами импорта данных.</para>
-
-  <para>Как только вы прочтёте и поймёте установки, нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. В ответ программа выполнит обнаружение
-соответствующих данных в установленной операционной системе <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>.</para>
-
-  <para>После завершения процедуры выявления данных вы увидите страницу, с помощью
-которой сможете выбрать учётные записи в <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> и Mageia для выполнения процедуры
-импорта. Вы можете выбрать не только свою учётную запись.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Пожалуйста, обратите внимание на то, что из-за ограничения migrate-assistant
-(основного компонента transfugdrake) названия учётных записей <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>, которые содержат специальные символы
-(кириллицу), могут отображаться некорректно.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Продолжительность переноса данных будет зависеть от размера папок с
-документами.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Некоторые программы <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> (в
-частности драйверы) могут создавать учётные записи для реализации
-специальных возможностей. Например, драйверы NVidia <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> обновляются с помощью учётной записи
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Пожалуйста, не используйте такие учётные
-записи для импорта данных.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>После завершения выбора способа импорта учётных записей нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа
-импортирования документов:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake разработан для импорта данных <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> из <emphasis>Мои
-документы</emphasis>, <emphasis>Моя музыка</emphasis> и <emphasis>Мои
-рисунки</emphasis>. Вы можете не выполнять импорт определённых данных, сняв
-галочку c соответствующего пункта в этом окне.</para>
-
-  <para>После завершения выбора способа импортирования документов нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа
-импортирования закладок:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake может импортировать закладки <emphasis>Internet
-Explorer</emphasis> и <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> в закладки
-программы <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>, установленную в Mageia.</para>
-
-  <para>Выберите желаемый вариант импорта и нажмите кнопку
-<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>С помощью следующей страницы вы сможете импортировать изображения фона
-рабочего стола:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Выберите желаемый вариант и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>На последней странице мастера будет показано сообщение с
-приветствием. Просто нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Завершить</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e931748..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Пользователи и группы</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ к этому инструменту<footnote>
-      <para>Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можно
-получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role="bold">Система</emphasis> из Центра
-управления Mageia, пункт «Управление пользователями».</para>
-
-  <para>С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может управлять
-пользователями и группами пользователей, то есть добавлять или удалять
-пользователя или группу и вносить изменения в параметры записи пользователя
-или группы (идентификатора, командной оболочки и т.п.).</para>
-
-  <para>В открытом окне userdrake будет показан список всех пользователей системы на
-вкладке <guibutton>Пользователи</guibutton>, а список всех групп - на
-вкладке <guibutton>Группы</guibutton>. Принцип работы с двумя вкладками
-является одинаковым.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1. Добавить пользователя</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>С помощью этой кнопки можно открыть новое окно с незаполненными полями:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Поле <emphasis role="bold">Имя полностью</emphasis> предназначено для ввода
-фамилии и имени, но вы можете ввести в него любые данные!</para>
-
-  <para>Поле <emphasis role="bold">Пользователь</emphasis> является единственным
-обязательным для заполнения.</para>
-
-  <para>Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам установить <emphasis
-role="bold">Пароль</emphasis> к учётной записи пользователя. Справа от поля
-пароля вы увидите небольшое изображение щита. Если цвет этого щита будет
-красным, то указанный пароль является слишком простым, слишком коротким или
-слишком похожим на название учётной записи. В пароле вам следует
-использовать цифры, строчные и прописные буквы, знаки препинания и т.д. С
-повышением сложности пароля цвет щита изменится на желтый, а потом на
-зелёный.</para>
-
-  <para>В поле <emphasis role="bold">Подтвердите пароль</emphasis> вам следует
-повторно ввести пароль, чтобы обеспечить соответствие символов вашим
-намерениям.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Командная оболочка</emphasis>: с помощью этого
-выпадающего списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет
-использоваться для работы пользователя, учётную запись которого вы
-добавляете. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh.</para>
-
-  <para>Если будет выбрана опция <emphasis role="bold">Создать личную группу для
-пользователя</emphasis>, userdrake автоматически создаст группу с тем же
-названием, что и название учётной записи нового пользователя, и единственным
-участником (позже параметры группы можно изменить).</para>
-
-  <para>Назначение других пунктов диалогового окна понятно из надписей. Запись
-нового пользователя будет создана сразу после нажатия кнопки
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2. Добавить группу</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Вам следует лишь указать название новой группы и если это нужно,
-специфический номер-идентификатор группы.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3. Редактировать</emphasis> (выбранного пользователя)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Данные Пользователя</guibutton>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете
-изменить все данные, указанные в учётной записи пользователя во время её
-создания (но идентификатор записи пользователя ID изменять нельзя).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Информация об аккаунте</emphasis></para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Первый пункт предназначен для установления предельного срока действия
-учётной записи. По завершению срока действия вход в аккаунт станет
-невозможным. Этим пунктом можно воспользоваться для создания временных
-учётных записей.</para>
-
-  <para>Второй пункт предназначен для блокировки учётной записи. Вход в
-заблокированные учётные записи невозможен.</para>
-
-  <para>Также можно изменить значок пользователя.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Информация о пароле</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки
-вы можете установить срок действия пароля. Установление срока действия
-побуждает пользователя к периодической смене пароля, с целью обеспечения
-лучшей защиты системы от несанкционированного вмешательства.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете
-выбрать группы, участником которых будет пользователь.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Если изменения будут внесены в учётную запись пользователя, который уже
-работает в системе, то эти изменения вступят в силу только после
-перезагрузки системы.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4. Редактировать</emphasis> (обозначенную группу)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Данные группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки можно
-изменить название группы.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Группы пользователей</emphasis>: с помощью этой
-вкладки вы можете выбрать пользователей, которые будут участниками группы.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5. Удалить</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Чтобы удалить учётную запись пользователя или группу, выберите запись в
-списке и нажмите кнопку <emphasis role="bold">Удалить</emphasis>. Если был
-указан пункт учётной записи пользователя, будет показано окно с вопросом,
-следует ли удалить также домашний каталог и каталог почтового ящика
-пользователя. Если для учётной записи пользователя была создана личная
-группа, то эта группа будет также удалена вместе с учётной записью
-пользователя.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Можно удалить группу, которая не является пустой.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6. Восстановить</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>База данных учётных записей пользователей может быть изменена за пределами
-Userdrake. Нажмите эту кнопку, чтобы обновить данные в списке.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Гостевой аккаунт</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> является особой учётной записью. Она
-предназначена для предоставления кому-либо временного доступа к системе с
-максимальными мерами безопасности. Именем пользователя такой записи является
-xguest, пароль пустой. Внесение каких-либо изменений в систему с этой
-учётной записи невозможно. Личные каталоги пользователя учётной записи будут
-удалятся сразу по завершению сеанса работы в аккаунте. По умолчанию учётная
-запись включена. Чтобы отключить её, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню
-<guimenu>Действия -> Удалить аккаунт для гостя</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl.po b/docs/mcc-help/sl.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 713eb5ab..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9561 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Aljaž <aljaz.sulcic@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Aljaž <aljaz.sulcic@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Filip Komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2014,2016-2017
-# Rok Kepa <rokkepa@gmail.com>, 2014
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-07-27 23:30+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Filip Komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
-"language/sl/)\n"
-"Language: sl\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n"
-"%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Dostopajte do diskov in map, ki so v skupni rabi prek WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> kot koren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> je mogoče najti v "
-"Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkov Delitev omrežja, ki je označen "
-"<guilabel>Konfiguriraj WebDAV delnice</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Predstavitev"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> je "
-"protokol, ki omogoča lokalno vzpostaviti imenik spletnega strežnika tako, da "
-"je viden samo kot lokalni imenik. Nujno je, da je daljinsko upravljalen "
-"stroj zadolžen za zagon WebDAV strežnika. Ni pa namen tega orodja, da "
-"omogoča konfiguracijo WebDAV strežnika. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Ustvarjanje novega vnosa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Prvi prikaz tega orodja nam razkrije že vnaprej nastavljene konfigurirane "
-"vnose, če so vnešene, ter <guibutton>Nov</guibutton> gumb. Uporabi ga za "
-"ustvariti nov vnos. Vstavi strežnikov URL v polje novega prikaza."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Nato boste prejeli prikaz z okroglim gumbom za izbiro dejanj. Nadaljuj z "
-"dejanjem <guibutton>Vzpostavi točko</guibutton> s klikom na <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton> potem, ko ste označili okrogli gumb, saj je tako "
-"<guibutton>Strežnik</guibutton> že nastavljen. To lahko kasneje popravite, "
-"če potrebujete."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Vsebina daljinske upravljalnega imenika bo dosegljiv preko vzpostavljene "
-"točke. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"V naslednjem korak vas prosimo za vaše ime in geslo. Če potrebujete ostale "
-"možnosti, to lahko storite na <guibutton>naprednem</guibutton> prikazu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"Opcija <guibutton>Vzpostavi</guibutton> omogoča takojšnjo vzpostavitev "
-"dostopa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Dajte v skupno rabo razdelke na trdem disku"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> kot koren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Enostavno orodje<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> omogoča vam kot "
-"administratorju, da omogočite ostalim uporabnikom deljenje dele njihovih /"
-"domov pod-imenikov z ostalimi pod istim omrežjem, ki uporabljajo ali Linux, "
-"ali Windows operacijski sistem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Mogoče ga je najti v Nadzornem centru Mageje pod zavihkom Lokalni disk, "
-"označen \"Deli vaše particije trdega diska\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Najprej odgovorite na vprašanje : \"<guilabel>Ali želite omogočiti ostalim "
-"uporabnikom, da lahko delijo nekaj njihovih imenikov ?</guilabel>\", "
-"kliknite na <guibutton>Brez deljenja</guibutton> če je odgovor ne za vse "
-"uporabnike, kliknite na <guibutton>Omogočite vse uporabnike</guibutton> za "
-"vse uporabnike in kliknite na <guibutton>Po meri</guibutton> če je vaš "
-"odgovor ne za nekatere uporabnike in da za druge. Pri zadnji opciji morajo "
-"uporabniki, ki so zadolženi za deljenje imenikov pripadati skupini za "
-"deljenje datotek, ki je avtomatično ustvarjeno s strani sistema. Za to "
-"opcijo boste izprašani kasneje."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
-#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "sl"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Dostopajte do diskov in map, ki so v skupni rabi prek NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Procedura"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Zapisovalnik CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Njegov namen je določiti način priklopa odstranljivih diskov."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Priklopna točka"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Označi oznako za spremembo priključne mape. Privzeta mapa je /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Možnosti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "uporabnik/neuporabnik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr ""
-"Dostopajte do diskov in map, ki so v skupni rabi prek SMB (računalniki z "
-"Windows)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "3D učinki namizja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drak3d</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Za začetek"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Odpravljanje napak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Po prijavi namizje ni vidno"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Overjanje"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakauth</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Nastavite samodejno prijavo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakautologin</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Gumbi vmesnika so dokaj nazorni sami po sebi:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Nastavite zagonski sistem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakboot</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "Gumb <guibutton>Napredno</guibutton> omogoča nekaj dodatnih zmožnosti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Omogoči ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Omogoči SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Omogoči APIC:</guibutton> in <guibutton>Omogoči krajevni APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug_report</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "razdelki"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "mageia version"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Orodje distribucije Mageia za poročanje o napakah"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Nastavite datum in čas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakclock</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Je zelo preprosto orodje."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Odstranite povezavo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Nastavite nov omrežni vmesnik (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, …)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakconnect</emphasis>kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Nova žična povezava (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "Samodejni IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Z naprednim gumbom lahko izberete:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "odjemalec DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "Čakanje na uspešnost povezave z DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "Pridobi strežnike NTPD prek DHCP (sinhronizacija ure)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Ročna nastavitev"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Naslednji koraki so bolje razloženi v <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Nova satelitska povezava (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Nova kabelska povezava"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Določiti morate način overjanja:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Brez"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Nova povezava DSL"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Izberite enega izmed protokolov, ki so na voljo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protokol za dinamično dodeljevanje naslova IP napravi (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Ročne nastavitve TCP/IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "Protokol med točkama prek ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "Protokol med točkama prek eterneta (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Tunelski protokol od točke do točke (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Nastavitve dostopa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Uporabniško ime za prijavo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Geslo uporabniškega računa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Napredna) navidezna pot do identitete (VPI):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "Identiteta (Naprednega) navideznega vezja  (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Nova povezava ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Čarovnik sprašuje po napravah za nastavitev:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Ročna izbira (notranja kartica ISDN)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Zunanji modem ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protokol za preostali svet razen Evrope (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Evropski protokol (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Ime povezave"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Telefonska številka"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Identiteta za prijavo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Način overjanja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Ime domene"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Prvi in drugi strežnik DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Nova brezžična povezava (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Način delovanja:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Upravljano"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Omrežno ime (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Šifrirni ključ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Nova povezava GPRS/Edge/3G"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "Številka PIN? Če ni potrebna, pustite prazno."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Podajte nastavitve dostopa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Ime dostopne točke"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Nova klicna omrežna povezava Bluetooth"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Nova povezava prek analognega telefonskega modema (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Ročna izbira"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Zaznana strojna oprema."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Predlagan je seznam vrat. Izberite jih."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ime povezave</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>telefonska številka</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>ime za prijavo</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Geslo</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "Izberite <emphasis>Overitev</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Na osnovi ukazne datoteke"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Na osnovi terminala"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Zaključevanje nastavitev"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "V naslednjem koraku lahko izberete:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Omogoči uporabnikom upravljanje s povezavo</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Omogoči povezavo ob zagonu sistema</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Omogoči spremljanje prometa</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Dovoli Nadzornemu središču nadzor nad tem vmesnikom</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Z naprednim gumbom lahko izberete:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metrični sistem (privzeto 10)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Samodejna vključitev omrežja (hotplugging)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Omogoči tunel med IPv6 in IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Odprite konzolo kot skrbnik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakconsole</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Upravljajte z razdelki na disk(-ih)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk ali diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-" 81% matchTo orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Nastavite upravitelja zaslona"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakedm</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Nastavite osebni požarni zid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakfirewall</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : odpri vrata 80 za protokol tcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Navedena vrata morajo biti ločena s presledki."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Upravljajte, dodajte in odstranite pisave. Uvozite pisave iz Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakfont</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> je mogoče najti v "
-"Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</"
-"emphasis>. Omogoča upravljanje nameščenih pisav. Zaslon zgoraj prikazuje:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "predogled izbrane pisave."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "nekateri gumbi so kasneje razloženi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pridobi pisave Windows: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Možnosti:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Odstranitev:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uvoz:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Starševski nadzor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakguard</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Predstavitev"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Nastavljanje starševskega nadzora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Blokiraj zavihek s programi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr ""
-"Nastavite skupno rabo internetne povezave skupaj z drugimi krajevnimi "
-"računalniki"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Načela"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Čarovnik za privzeti prehod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakgw</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Nastavljanje odjemalca"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Prenehaj s skupno rabo povezave"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Definicije gostiteljev"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakhosts</emphasis> kot skrbnik. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Dodaj</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Spremeni</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Napredne nastavitve za omrežne vmesnike in požarni zid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakinvictus</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Omrežno središče"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draknetcenter</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> je mogoče najti v "
-"Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkom Omrežje in Internet z imenom \"Omrežni "
-"center\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Gumb za nastavitev"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Za žično omrežje</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dovoli Nadzornemu središču nadzor nad tem vmesnikom:"
-"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Gumb Napredno:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Za brezžično omrežje</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delujoč način:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Gumb za napredne nastavitve"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Upravljajte omrežne profile"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draknetprofile</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Dajte diske in mape v skupno rabo prek NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Predpogoji"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draknfs</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "Potrebno je namestiti paket nfs-utils. Naj ga namestim?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Glavno okno"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Sprememba vnosa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Mapa NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Dostop gostiteljev"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Preslikava uporabnikov"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Napredne možnosti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Vnosi menija"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Datoteka|Zapiši nastavitve"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Shranjevanje trenutnih nastavitev."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "Strežnik NFS|Ponovni zagon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Strežnik NFS|Ponovno nalaganje"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Posredniški strežnik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakproxy</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Nastavi vire"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje je mogoče najti v Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Upravljanje programov</emphasis>.<placeholder type=\"footnote"
-"\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Stolpci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Omogočanje stolpcev"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Posodabljanje stolpcev:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Gumbi na desni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Odstrani:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Uredi:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Dodaj:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Puščice Navzgor in Navzdol:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Meni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Datoteka -> Posodobi:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guimenu>Datoteka -> dodajanje določenega zrcalnega strežnika:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Datoteka -> dodajanje zrcalnega strežnika po meri:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Možnosti -> Splošne možnosti:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Možnosti -> Upravljanje ključev:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Možnosti -> Posredniški strežnik:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Dajte diske in mape v skupno rabo prek Sambe"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Priprava"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Čarovnik - samostojni strežnik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom<emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
-"draksambashare</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Izberite varnostni način:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Uporabnik</guilabel>: za dostop do vira se mora odjemalec overiti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Deljenje</guilabel>: za vsak vir v skupni rabi se odjemalec overi "
-"posebej"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Čarovnik - glavni nadzornik domene"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Določite mapo za skupno rabo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Z gumbom <guibutton>Dodaj</guibutton> dobimo:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Strežnik Samba|Ponovni zagon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Strežnik Samba|Ponovno nalaganje"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Tiskalniki za skupno rabo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Uporabniki Sambe"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Nastavite overjanje za Magejina orodja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draksec</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> je mogoče najti v "
-"Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Varnost</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Posnetki"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "Klikni <guibutton>Uporabi</guibutton> za posnetek."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Nastavitve zvoka"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draksound</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> je mogoče najti v "
-"Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strojna oprema</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr "Gumb <guibutton>Napredno</guibutton> omogoča nekaj dodatnih zmožnosti."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Nastavite UPS za nadzor porabe energije"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakups</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Nastavite povezavo VPN za zavarovanje dostopa do omrežja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakvpn</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Nastavitev"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Za Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Napredne možnosti:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Nastavitev spletnega strežnika"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Kaj je spletni strežnik?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Dobrodošli v čarovniku za nastavitev spletnega strežnika"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Prva stran je samo predstavitev, kliknite <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Koren strežniških dokumentov"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Povzetek"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vzemite si trenutek za preverjanje teh možnosti, nato kliknite "
-"<guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Zaključi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Zaključeno! Kliknite <guibutton>Končano</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Nastavite DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Nastavite DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Kaj je DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Dobrodošli v čarovniku za nastavitev strežnika DHCP"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Počakajte ..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Nekaj ur kasneje ..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Kaj je narejenega?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Ponovni zagon <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Nastavite čas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Kliknite gumb <guibutton>Končano</guibutton> za zapiranje orodja."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Nastavite FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Kaj je <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Dobrodošli v čarovniku za nastavitev strežnika FTP. Pripravite se."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Podatki strežnika"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Možnosti strežnika"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Nastavite posredniški strežnik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Kaj je posredniški strežnik?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Dobrodošli v čarovniku za nastavitev posredniškega strežnika."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Izbor vrat posredniškega strežnika:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Uporaba zgornje stopnje posredniškega strežnika?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Vrata in povezava URL zgornje stopnje posredniškega strežnika"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Vključeno ob zagonu?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Ponovni zagon <code>squid.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Nastavitev ozadnjega programa OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Kaj je <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Dobrodošli v čarovniku za nastavitev Open SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Splošne možnosti"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Metode overitve"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Možnosti prijave"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Možnosti prijave uporabnika"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Upravljajte sistemske storitve"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakxservices</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Nastavitev strojne opreme"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">harddrake2</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Okno"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "Modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Naprave Jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Določite razpored tipk na tipkovnici"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Razpored tipkovnice"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Vrsta tipkovnice"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Upravljajte prevode in področne nastavitve"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">localedrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Način vnosa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Preglejte sistemske dnevnike in iščite po njih"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">logdrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Za pregled sistemskih dnevnikov in iskanje po njih"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Za nastavitev sistema e-poštnih opozoril"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Storitev webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Poštni strežnik Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Strežnik FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Spletni strežnik Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Strežnik SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Strežnik Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Storitev Xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "Razreševalnik imen domen BIND"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "  -i spreglej razlike malih/velikih črk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Posodabljanje programskih paketov"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ali <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> je mogoče najti v "
-"Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Upravljanje "
-"programov</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Zagon"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Nastavite zagon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Nadzorno središče Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="
-"\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons."
-"org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ta navodila so bila ustvarjena s pomočjo orodja <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ki ga je razvila firma <link ns6:href="
-"\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Napisali smo jih prostovoljci v svojem prostem času. Obrnite se na <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">ekipo za "
-"dokumentiranje</link>, če jih želite izboljšati."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Strojna oprema"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Upravljajte s strojno opremo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Nastavite grafiko"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Nastavite miško in tipkovnico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Nastavite tiskanje in optično branje"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Nastavite tiskalnik(-"
-"e), čakalne vrste za tiskanje …</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Ostalo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Krajevni diski"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Omrežne storitve"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Skupna raba prek omrežja"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Skupna raba z uporabniki Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Dajte v skupno rabo "
-"diske in mape prek SMB (za računalnike z Windows)</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Skupna raba prek NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Skupna raba prek WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Omrežje in internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Upravljajte omrežne naprave"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Nastavite in zavarujte omrežje"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Varnost"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Nastavite varovanje sistema, "
-"dovoljenja in preverjanja</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Skupna raba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Sistem"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Upravljajte s sistemskimi storitvami"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Področne nastavitve"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Orodja za upravljanje"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Nastavite frekvenco posodabljanja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> je mogoče najti v "
-"Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Upravljanje "
-"programov</emphasis>. Na voljo je tudi z <guimenu>desnim klikom / nastavitev "
-"posodobitev</guimenu> na rdečo ikono <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> v sistemski vrstici."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Nastavite kazalno napravo (miška, sledilna ploščica)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">mousedrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: sistemska varnost in nadzor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">msecgui</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Zavihek pregleda"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Zavihek osnovne varnosti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Omrežna varnost"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Zavihek rednih preverjanj"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Dovoljenja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Predstavitev orodja rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">rpmdrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Ikona"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Legenda"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Ta paket je že nameščen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Odvisnosti"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Nastavite optični bralnik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Namestitev"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis>scannerdrake</"
-"emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-"Optični bralniki v skupni rabi so na voljo gostiteljem (lahko jih dodajate): "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Posebnosti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Upravitelj virov programske opreme "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Nameščanje in nastavitev tiskalnika"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis>system-config-"
-"printer</emphasis>. Potrebno bo geslo skrbnika."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Omrežni tiskalnik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Odpravljanje napak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">tiskalniki Brother</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">tiskalniki Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Uvozite dokumente in nastavitve iz Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">transfugdrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Uporabniki in skupine"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">userdrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> je mogoče najti v "
-"Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</"
-"emphasis> z imenom \"Upravljanje z uporabniškimi računi\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Dodaj uporabnika</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Nastavite grafični strežnik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> kot navaden (nepriviligiran) uporabnik ali <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis> kot skrbnik. Pazljivo z malimi in velikimi črkami."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"To orodje je mogoče najti v Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Strojna oprema</emphasis>. "
-"Izberite<emphasis><guilabel>Nastavitev grafičnega strežnika</guilabel></"
-"emphasis>.<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Zaslon:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ločljivost:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Možnosti:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e75f73c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Nadzorno središče Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">The tools to configure the Mageia system</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Ta navodila so bila ustvarjena s pomočjo orodja <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ki ga je razvila firma
-<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Napisali smo jih prostovoljci v svojem prostem času. Obrnite se na <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ekipo za
-dokumentiranje</link>, če jih želite izboljšati.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b5ecbfbb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Nadzorno središče Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Ta navodila so bila ustvarjena s pomočjo orodja <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ki ga je razvila firma
-<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Napisali smo jih prostovoljci v svojem prostem času. Obrnite se na <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ekipo za
-dokumentiranje</link>, če jih želite izboljšati.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e6bce1c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Posodabljanje programskih paketov</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>To orodje<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ali <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> je mogoče najti v Nadzorni
-plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role="bold">Upravljanje
-programov</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
-drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
-are prompted to do so.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
-those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
-default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
-<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process.</para>
-
-  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
-the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
-means you can click to drop down a text.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
-displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>
-. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c03bc4b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Nastavite grafični strežnik</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>To orodje je mogoče najti v Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis
-role="bold">Strojna
-oprema</emphasis>. Izberite<emphasis><guilabel>Nastavitev grafičnega
-strežnika</guilabel></emphasis>.<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> kot navaden (nepriviligiran) uporabnik ali
-<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> kot skrbnik. Pazljivo z malimi in velikimi
-črkami.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphic card</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
-configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
-one with a proprietary driver.</para>
-
-  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
-manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
-order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
-Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
-graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
-in your Desktop Environment.</para>
-
-      <para>If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
-Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
-    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
-use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
-example).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Zaslon:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
-you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
-isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
-<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Ločljivost:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
-colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>When you change the color depth, a
-multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview
-of what the selected color depth looks like.</para>
-
-  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
-one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
-and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
-set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
-select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
-
-  <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for
-another one.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and
-restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking
-on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the
-graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
-text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
-XFdrake's text version.</para>
-    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
-to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
-right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Možnosti:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
-restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
-three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
-<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
-booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
-may be unchecked for a server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
-you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
-previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
-and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b6529337..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Dostopajte do diskov in map, ki so v skupni rabi prek WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>To orodje<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> kot koren.</para>
-  </footnote> je mogoče najti v Nadzorni
-plošči Mageje pod zavihkov Delitev omrežja, ki je označen
-<guilabel>Konfiguriraj WebDAV delnice</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> je
-protokol, ki omogoča lokalno vzpostaviti imenik spletnega strežnika tako, da
-je viden samo kot lokalni imenik. Nujno je, da je daljinsko upravljalen
-stroj zadolžen za zagon WebDAV strežnika. Ni pa namen tega orodja, da
-omogoča konfiguracijo WebDAV strežnika. </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ustvarjanje novega vnosa</title>
-
-    <para>Prvi prikaz tega orodja nam razkrije že vnaprej nastavljene konfigurirane
-vnose, če so vnešene, ter <guibutton>Nov</guibutton> gumb. Uporabi ga za
-ustvariti nov vnos. Vstavi strežnikov URL v polje novega prikaza.</para>
-
-    <para>Nato boste prejeli prikaz z okroglim gumbom za izbiro dejanj. Nadaljuj z
-dejanjem <guibutton>Vzpostavi točko</guibutton> s klikom na
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> potem, ko ste označili okrogli gumb, saj je tako
-<guibutton>Strežnik</guibutton> že nastavljen. To lahko kasneje popravite,
-če potrebujete.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Vsebina daljinske upravljalnega imenika bo dosegljiv preko vzpostavljene
-točke. </para>
-
-    <para>V naslednjem korak vas prosimo za vaše ime in geslo. Če potrebujete ostale
-možnosti, to lahko storite na <guibutton>naprednem</guibutton> prikazu.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Opcija <guibutton>Vzpostavi</guibutton> omogoča takojšnjo vzpostavitev
-dostopa.</para>
-
-    <para>After you accepted the configuration with the radio button
-<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your
-new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you
-are asked whether or not to save the modifications in
-<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the
-remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for
-one-time usage, do not save it.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c2a87a2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Dajte v skupno rabo razdelke na trdem disku</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Enostavno orodje<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> kot koren.</para></footnote> omogoča vam kot
-administratorju, da omogočite ostalim uporabnikom deljenje dele njihovih
-/domov pod-imenikov z ostalimi pod istim omrežjem, ki uporabljajo ali Linux,
-ali Windows operacijski sistem.</para>
-
-  <para>Mogoče ga je najti v Nadzornem centru Mageje pod zavihkom Lokalni disk,
-označen "Deli vaše particije trdega diska".</para>
-
-  <para>Najprej odgovorite na vprašanje : "<guilabel>Ali želite omogočiti ostalim
-uporabnikom, da lahko delijo nekaj njihovih imenikov ?</guilabel>", kliknite
-na <guibutton>Brez deljenja</guibutton> če je odgovor ne za vse uporabnike,
-kliknite na <guibutton>Omogočite vse uporabnike</guibutton> za vse
-uporabnike in kliknite na <guibutton>Po meri</guibutton> če je vaš odgovor
-ne za nekatere uporabnike in da za druge. Pri zadnji opciji morajo
-uporabniki, ki so zadolženi za deljenje imenikov pripadati skupini za
-deljenje datotek, ki je avtomatično ustvarjeno s strani sistema. Za to
-opcijo boste izprašani kasneje.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you
-choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.
-Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on
-the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both
-Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any
-required packages will be installed if necessary.</para>
-
-  <para>The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In
-this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows
-you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare
-group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group,
-then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the
-fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information
-about Userdrake, see <xref linkend="userdrake">this page</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and
-reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her
-file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers
-have this facility.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 17c7f4df..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Dostopajte do diskov in map, ki so v skupni rabi prek NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare some
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix
-systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at
-boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session
-for a user with tools such as file browsers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedura</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers
-which share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the
-shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have
-to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and
-change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After
-mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button,
-a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab
-modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the
-network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file
-browser, for example in Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a283e062..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Zapisovalnik CD/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote>is found under the tab Local
-disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable
-hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only). </para>
-
-  <para>Njegov namen je določiti način priklopa odstranljivih diskov. </para>
-
-  <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and
-the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change
-them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-button. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Priklopna točka</title>
-
-    <para>Označi oznako za spremembo priključne mape. Privzeta mapa je /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Možnosti</title>
-
-    <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>uporabnik/neuporabnik</title>
-
-      <para>user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this
-option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is
-the only one who can umount it. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 52fffa78..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Dostopajte do diskov in map, ki so v skupni rabi prek SMB (računalniki z
-Windows)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare which
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R)
-systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared
-directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with
-tools such as file browsers.</para>
-
-    <para>Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of
-available servers, for example with <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedura</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who
-share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the
-list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you
-have to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount
-button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the
-<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to
-connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it
-with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask
-"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will allow
-directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The
-new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in
-dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8dac654a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D učinki namizja</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote> lets you manage the 3D
-desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by
-default.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Za začetek</title>
-
-    <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the
-package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can
-start.</para>
-
-    <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you
-can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a
-composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special
-effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn
-it on.</para>
-
-    <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of
-Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be
-installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz
-Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in
-for the changes to take effect.</para>
-
-    <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz
-Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Odpravljanje napak</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Po prijavi namizje ni vidno</title>
-
-      <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop
-but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in
-screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be
-prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login
-with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the
-log in problem.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 20affcd2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Overjanje</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the
-manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para>
-
-  <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your
-computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so
-and give information about that.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7325b970..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Nastavite samodejno prijavo</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to automatically
-login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any
-password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good idea when there
-is only one user like to be using the machine.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the
-Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para>
-
-  <para>Gumbi vmesnika so dokaj nazorni sami po sebi:</para>
-
-  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
-starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
-boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
-possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
-launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
-<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
-continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check
-<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if
-needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default
-username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c2ab52b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Nastavite zagonski sistem</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
-slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
-(ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to configure the
-boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot,
-etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled "Set up
-boot system".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing
-some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if
-using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub,
-Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question
-of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the
-<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you
-are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any
-modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para>
-
-  <para>In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is
-installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common
-to all operating systems installed.</para>
-
-  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
-the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
-seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available
-operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is
-made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
-possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
-
-  <para>Gumb <guibutton>Napredno</guibutton> omogoča nekaj dodatnih zmožnosti.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Omogoči ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the
-power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was
-the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI
-compatible.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Omogoči SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for
-multicore processors.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual
-processor and enable SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Omogoči APIC:</guibutton> in <guibutton>Omogoči krajevni
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two
-components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
-APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses
-to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
-for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
-system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
-"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
-APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
-loader you chose.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot
-time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu
-entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you
-click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>
-buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or
-to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be
-able to use these tools.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want
-to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command "title". For
-example: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches
-the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the
-kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this
-entry by default.</para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
-file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, in the drop-down lists.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in
-Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
-one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
-to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
-<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
-Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
-touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable
-unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 84fb367e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Orodje distribucije Mageia za poročanje o napakah</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically
-when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing
-a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the
-information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para>
-
-  <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that,
-then please read <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
-report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para>
-
-  <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message
-that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to
-that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b58ca8b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para></footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by
-doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>,
-but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be
-several GBs large.</para>
-<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing
-the unneeded parts.</para></note>
-  <para>This command collects the following information on your system:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> razdelki</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of this command's
-output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch
-to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as
-root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If
-you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000
-lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail
--n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 44b46a14..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Nastavite datum in čas</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the tab System
-in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and
-time"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a
-right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para>Je zelo preprosto orodje.</para>
-
-  <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On
-the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on
-the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month
-(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or
-2012). Select the day by clicking on its number.</para>
-
-  <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time
-Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on
-time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time
-Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para>
-
-  <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's
-useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours,
-minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows
-to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see
-your desktop environment settings for that.</para>
-
-  <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the
-<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the
-nearest town.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they
-will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation
-settings.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 30f08dc6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Odstranite povezavo</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then
-click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted
-successfully.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e9752aa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,808 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Nastavite nov omrežni vmesnik (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, …)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis>kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure much of
-local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from
-your access provider or your network administrator.</para>
-
-    <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware
-and provider you have.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nova žična povezava (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samodejni IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Z naprednim gumbom lahko izberete:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>odjemalec DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Čakanje na uspešnost povezave z DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Pridobi strežnike NTPD prek DHCP (sinhronizacija ure)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ročna nastavitev</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS
-servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no
-HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Naslednji koraki so bolje razloženi v <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nova satelitska povezava (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nova kabelska povezava</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Določiti morate način overjanja:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Brez</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name
-and password.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samodejni IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Z naprednim gumbom lahko izberete:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>odjemalec DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Čakanje na uspešnost povezave z DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Pridobi strežnike NTPD prek DHCP (sinhronizacija ure)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ročna nastavitev</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers
-to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME
-is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic connection would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Naslednji koraki so bolje razloženi v <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nova povezava DSL</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Izberite enega izmed protokolov, ki so na voljo:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokol za dinamično dodeljevanje naslova IP napravi (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Ročne nastavitve TCP/IP</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokol med točkama prek ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokol med točkama prek eterneta (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Tunelski protokol od točke do točke (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nastavitve dostopa</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Uporabniško ime za prijavo</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Geslo uporabniškega računa</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Napredna) navidezna pot do identitete (VPI):</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Identiteta (Naprednega) navideznega vezja  (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Naslednji koraki so bolje razloženi v <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nova povezava ISDN</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Čarovnik sprašuje po napravah za nastavitev:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Ročna izbira (notranja kartica ISDN)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Zunanji modem ISDN</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and
-manufacturer. Select your card.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Izberite enega izmed protokolov, ki so na voljo:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokol za preostali svet razen Evrope (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Evropski protokol (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave
-you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Ime povezave</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Telefonska številka</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Identiteta za prijavo</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Geslo uporabniškega računa</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Način overjanja</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or
-manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by
-automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to
-put:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Ime domene</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Prvi in drugi strežnik DNS</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you
-are sure that your provider is configured to accept it.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic
-or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the
-IP address.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Naslednji koraki so bolje razloženi v <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nova brezžična povezava (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
-Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper
-only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that
-the card has detected.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Način delovanja:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Upravljano</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To access to an existing access point (the most frequent).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To configure direct connection between computers.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Omrežno ime (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Some old hardware deals only this encryption method.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Šifrirni ključ</para>
-
-            <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a
-manual IP address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samodejni IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
-declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is
-specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
-Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Z naprednim gumbom lahko izberete:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>odjemalec DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Čakanje na uspešnost povezave z DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Pridobi strežnike NTPD prek DHCP (sinhronizacija ure)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
-connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ročna nastavitev</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
-before the period.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Naslednji koraki so bolje razloženi v <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nova povezava GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Številka PIN? Če ni potrebna, pustite prazno.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Podajte nastavitve dostopa</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Ime dostopne točke</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Uporabniško ime za prijavo</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Geslo uporabniškega računa</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Naslednji koraki so bolje razloženi v <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nova klicna omrežna povezava Bluetooth</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nova povezava prek analognega telefonskega modema (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Čarovnik sprašuje po napravah za nastavitev:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ročna izbira</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Zaznana strojna oprema.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Predlagan je seznam vrat. Izberite jih.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
-gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ime povezave</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>telefonska številka</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>ime za prijavo</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Geslo</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Izberite <emphasis>Overitev</emphasis>:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Na osnovi ukazne datoteke</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Na osnovi terminala</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Naslednji koraki so bolje razloženi v <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Zaključevanje nastavitev</title>
-
-    <para>V naslednjem koraku lahko izberete:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Omogoči uporabnikom upravljanje s povezavo</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Omogoči povezavo ob zagonu sistema</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Omogoči spremljanje prometa</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Dovoli Nadzornemu središču nadzor nad tem vmesnikom</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
-access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
-automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Z naprednim gumbom lahko izberete:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metrični sistem (privzeto 10)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samodejna vključitev omrežja (hotplugging)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Omogoči tunel med IPv6 in IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start
-immediately or not.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e40f2c0f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Odprite konzolo kot skrbnik</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> gives you access to a console
-which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more
-information about that.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bdc622ce..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Upravljajte z razdelki na disk(-ih)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk ali diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para> 81% matchTo orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
-error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
-partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
-see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
-<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
-want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
-preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
-resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
-partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
-all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
-disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
-partition.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called "EFI System
-Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it contains
-all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot
-choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition
-must be unmounted first.</para>
-
-  <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para>
-
-  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
-delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
-<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
-selected</para>
-
-  <para>You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
-gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be
-seen in the screenshot below.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f564a7aa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Nastavite upravitelja zaslona</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Here<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para></footnote> you can choose which display
-manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
-on your system will be shown.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
-different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
-is a lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c0fa9a3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Nastavite osebni požarni zid</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Security
-tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
-firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
-security, permissions and audit".</para>
-
-  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
-connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
-first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
-attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
-<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
-the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
-
-  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
-<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
-<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
-examples :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : odpri vrata 80 za protokol tcp</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol</para>
-
-  <para>Navedena vrata morajo biti ločena s presledki.</para>
-
-  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
-checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
-it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
-recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
-allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
-<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
-box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
-somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
-corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
-below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
-warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
-
-  <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the
-Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary
-packages are downloaded.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
-Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index abd608d3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Upravljajte, dodajte in odstranite pisave. Uvozite pisave iz Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>To orodje<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> je mogoče najti v Nadzorni
-plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role="bold">Sistem</emphasis>. Omogoča
-upravljanje nameščenih pisav. Zaslon zgoraj prikazuje:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>predogled izbrane pisave.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>nekateri gumbi so kasneje razloženi.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Pridobi pisave Windows: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You
-must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Možnosti:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able
-to use the fonts.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Odstranitev:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be
-careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the
-documents that use them.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Uvoz:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
-supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
-<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
-role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
-fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
-done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
-main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a9fdbee..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Starševski nadzor</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
-Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
-drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
-restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
-useful capabilities:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
-controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
-only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
-blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
-website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
-control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nastavljanje starševskega nadzora</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
-Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
-your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
-feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
-users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
-an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
-prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
-then suggest you reboot.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
-control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
-is opened.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the
-websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all
-the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
-their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
-right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
-not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an
-user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
-remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
-with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
-<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
-window.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title>
-
-      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blokiraj zavihek s programi</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to
-restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the
-applications you wish to block.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand
-side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 96bfd0ff..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Nastavite skupno rabo internetne povezave skupaj z drugimi krajevnimi
-računalniki</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Načela</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
-computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
-network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
-other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
-gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
-must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
-the Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
-set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Čarovnik za privzeti prehod</title>
-
-    <para>The wizard<footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote> offers successive steps
-which are shown below:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this
-and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard
-automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that
-what is proposed is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes
-one, check that this is correct.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask
-and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual
-configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to
-specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
-it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
-with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
-proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
-printers and to share them.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Nastavljanje odjemalca</title>
-
-    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
-specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
-automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
-to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
-using.</para>
-
-    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
-specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
-gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Prenehaj s skupno rabo povezave</title>
-
-    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
-the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
-sharing.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fdd9e32..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Definicije gostiteljev</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
-IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> kot skrbnik. </para>
-    </footnote> allows to
-specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
-instead of the IP-address.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Dodaj</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window
-to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an
-alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Spremeni</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the
-same window.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8180800b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Napredne nastavitve za omrežne vmesnike in požarni zid</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c7927bd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Omrežno središče</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>To orodje<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> je mogoče najti v Nadzorni
-plošči Mageje pod zavihkom Omrežje in Internet z imenom "Omrežni center"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
-configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
-etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
-on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
-settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
-network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
-ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
-
-    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
-first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
-networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
-the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
-connected.</para>
-
-    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
-networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
-strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
-the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
-either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
-or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
-to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
-window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
-key in particular).</para>
-
-    <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Monitor button</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
-PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
-available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
--> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
-local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
-gives details about connection status.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
-accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Gumb za nastavitev</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Za žično omrežje</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
-creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
-configuration may give better results.</para>
-
-    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
-like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
-<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
-the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
-the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
-have to reconnect to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Dovoli Nadzornemu središču nadzor nad tem
-vmesnikom:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Gumb Napredno:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Za brezžično omrežje</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Delujoč način:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
-point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
-<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
-access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
-passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
-personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
-in private networks.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
-point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Gumb Napredno:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Gumb za napredne nastavitve</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 376b3653..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Upravljajte omrežne profile</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a9106642..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Dajte diske in mape v skupno rabo prek NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predpogoji</title>
-
-    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote> is launched for the
-first time, it may display the following message:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Potrebno je namestiti paket nfs-utils. Naj ga namestim?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Glavno okno</title>
-
-    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list
-is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
-configuration tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sprememba vnosa</title>
-
-    <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
-with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
-available.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Mapa NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The
-<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose
-it.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Dostop gostiteljev</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
-directory.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name
-recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
-characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
-domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
-hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
-`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Preslikava uporabnikov</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
-0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
-cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
-the server itself.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
-squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
-(no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
-to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
-directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
-mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
-the anonymous account.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Napredne možnosti</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
-originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
-is on by default.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
-and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
-request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
-using this option.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
-violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
-by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
-help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
-exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vnosi menija</title>
-
-    <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Datoteka|Zapiši nastavitve</title>
-
-      <para>Shranjevanje trenutnih nastavitev.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Strežnik NFS|Ponovni zagon</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Strežnik NFS|Ponovno nalaganje</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 23afcbfa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Posredniški strežnik</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
-this tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
-administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
-some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
-
-  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
-proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
-an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control their complexity.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cd5657c2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Nastavi vire</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
-repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
-to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
-below).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
-USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
-used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
-packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
-media type CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
-i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
-your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
-don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
-the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>To orodje je mogoče najti v Nadzorni plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis
-role="bold">Upravljanje programov</emphasis>.<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Stolpci</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Omogočanje stolpcev</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
-some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Posodabljanje stolpcev:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
-media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
-this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
-and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
-versions contain at least:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
-supported by Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
-are not free</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
-be patent claims in some countries.</para>
-
-        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
-version of Mageia was released.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
-due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
-even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
-backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
-of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
-corrections.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Gumbi na desni</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Odstrani:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
-remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since
-all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Uredi:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
-proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Dodaj:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
-contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
-adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
-you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
-specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
-the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Puščice Navzgor in Navzdol:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
-in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
-release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
-be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Meni</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Datoteka -> Posodobi:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
-click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Datoteka -> dodajanje določenega zrcalnega strežnika:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
-too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
-actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
-out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
-between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
-<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
-clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
-close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
-mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Datoteka -> dodajanje zrcalnega strežnika po meri:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that
-isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
-name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
-the medium type)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Možnosti -> Splošne možnosti:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
-or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
-download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
-update only, always or never).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Možnosti -> Upravljanje ključev:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
-the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
-window that appear, select a medium and then click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
-on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Možnosti -> Posredniški strežnik:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
-here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
-necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
-page</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cf4d140e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Dajte diske in mape v skupno rabo prek Sambe</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-    <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
-resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
-the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is
-also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the
-resources of the Samba server.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Priprava</title>
-
-    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
-address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
-<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the
-station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
-firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Čarovnik - samostojni strežnik</title>
-
-    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom<emphasis role="bold">
-draksambashare</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote> checks if
-needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
-yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already
-selected.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
-access to the shared resources.</para>
-
-    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
-the network.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Izberite varnostni način:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>Uporabnik</guilabel>: za dostop do vira se mora odjemalec overiti</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>Deljenje</guilabel>: za vsak vir v skupni rabi se odjemalec overi
-posebej</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
-address or host name.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
-described in the Windows workstations.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
-configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Čarovnik - glavni nadzornik domene</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
-option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
-not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
-as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
-group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
-account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Določite mapo za skupno rabo.</title>
-
-    <para>Z gumbom <guibutton>Dodaj</guibutton> dobimo:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
-<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
-the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
-name can not be modified.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vnosi menija</title>
-
-    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Datoteka|Zapiši nastavitve</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
-
-      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Strežnik Samba|Ponovni zagon</title>
-
-      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Strežnik Samba|Ponovno nalaganje</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tiskalniki za skupno rabo</title>
-
-    <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Uporabniki Sambe</title>
-
-    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
-resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 986e5bae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Nastavite overjanje za Magejina orodja</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>To orodje<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> je mogoče najti v Nadzorni
-plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role="bold">Varnost</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
-usually done by the administrator.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
-the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
-drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the
-same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7482ecd4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Posnetki</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
-<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
-tools</guilabel> section.</para>
-  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
-about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
-proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
-
- <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
-<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
-Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
-<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
-the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
-files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
-<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
-the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
-included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
-done.</para>
-	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
-<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
-USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Klikni <guibutton>Uporabi</guibutton> za posnetek.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 12090855..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Nastavitve zvoka</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>To orodje<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para></footnote> je mogoče najti v Nadzorni
-plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role="bold">Strojna oprema</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and
-troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you
-change the sound card.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
-inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
-sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
-volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
-enabled.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
-is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
-fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>Gumb <guibutton>Napredno</guibutton> omogoča nekaj dodatnih zmožnosti.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 922038f0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Nastavite UPS za nadzor porabe energije</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 694f6c6a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Nastavite povezavo VPN za zavarovanje dostopa do omrežja</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure secure
-access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
-workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
-configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
-already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
-network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Nastavitev</title>
-
-    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
-protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
-
-    <para>Then give your connection a name.</para>
-
-    <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Za Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
-first time the tool is used.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
-from the network administrator.</para>
-
-        <para>Napredne možnosti:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
-connection.</para>
-
-    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
-connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
-to this VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ee12cdb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Nastavitev spletnega strežnika</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
-server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Kaj je spletni strežnik?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
-accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Dobrodošli v čarovniku za nastavitev spletnega strežnika
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Predstavitev</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Prva stran je samo predstavitev, kliknite <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server User Module</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows users to create their own sites.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User web directory name</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
-display it.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Koren strežniških dokumentov</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Povzetek</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Vzemite si trenutek za preverjanje teh možnosti, nato kliknite
-<guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Zaključi</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Zaključeno! Kliknite <guibutton>Končano</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 92cce467..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Nastavite DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f77d227e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Nastavite DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
-interfaces</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
-be installed before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kaj je DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
-standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
-configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
-communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Dobrodošli v čarovniku za nastavitev strežnika DHCP</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Prva stran je samo predstavitev, kliknite <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
-which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select IP range</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
-the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
-some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Povzetek</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Vzemite si trenutek za preverjanje teh možnosti, nato kliknite
-<guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Počakajte ...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
-change things around.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Nekaj ur kasneje ...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kaj je narejenega?</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
-adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ponovni zagon <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 792439ec..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Nastavite čas</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
-your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
-default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
-packages.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
-time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
-because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
-arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
-click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
-may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Kliknite gumb <guibutton>Končano</guibutton> za zapiranje orodja.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kaj je narejenega?</title>
-
-    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
-servers;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
-name;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
-<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4be4e504..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Nastavite FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Kaj je <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
-protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Dobrodošli v čarovniku za nastavitev strežnika FTP. Pripravite se.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Predstavitev</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Prva stran je samo predstavitev, kliknite <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Podatki strežnika</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
-complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Možnosti strežnika</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
-(File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Povzetek</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Vzemite si trenutek za preverjanje teh možnosti, nato kliknite
-<guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Zaključi</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Zaključeno! Kliknite <guibutton>Končano</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 21a67626..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Nastavite posredniški strežnik</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
-before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kaj je posredniški strežnik?</title>
-
-    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
-as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Dobrodošli v čarovniku za nastavitev posredniškega strežnika.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Prva stran je samo predstavitev, kliknite <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Izbor vrat posredniškega strežnika:</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Uporaba zgornje stopnje posredniškega strežnika?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Vrata in povezava URL zgornje stopnje posredniškega strežnika</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Povzetek</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Vzemite si trenutek za preverjanje teh možnosti, nato kliknite
-<guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Vključeno ob zagonu?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Zaključi</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Zaključeno! Kliknite <guibutton>Končano</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kaj je narejenega?</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ponovni zagon <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c78d96d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Nastavitev ozadnjega programa OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Kaj je <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
-communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
-other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
-via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
-(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
-respectively). (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Dobrodošli v čarovniku za nastavitev Open SSH
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
-<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Splošne možnosti</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Metode overitve</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
-then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Možnosti prijave</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Možnosti prijave uporabnika</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Povzetek</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Vzemite si trenutek za preverjanje teh možnosti, nato kliknite
-<guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Zaključi</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Zaključeno! Kliknite <guibutton>Končano</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 13f85420..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Upravljajte sistemske storitve</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-  <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f4c2ca38..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Nastavitev strojne opreme</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> gives a general view of the
-hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
-look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
-<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
-<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Okno</title>
-
-    <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para>
-
-    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
-grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
-category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
-
-    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
-<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
-about the content of the fields.</para>
-
-    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
-available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
-parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
-used by experts only.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
-configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Meni</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Možnosti</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
-enable automatic detection:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Naprave Jaz</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
-the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
-be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4aa07f9d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Določite razpored tipk na tipkovnici</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote> helps you
-configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
-Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
-be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
-"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Razpored tipkovnice</title>
-
-    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
-in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
-layout should be used for.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vrsta tipkovnice</title>
-
-    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
-unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f3d41d48..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Upravljajte prevode in področne nastavitve</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik.
-  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
-section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
-your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
-language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
-compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
-language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
-countries not listed.</para>
-
-  <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Način vnosa</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
-input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
-methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
-Korean, etc).</para>
-  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
-users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
-  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
-and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
-part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ada5c091..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Preglejte sistemske dnevnike in iščite po njih</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
-logs</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Za pregled sistemskih dnevnikov in iskanje po njih</title>
-
-    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
-<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
-<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
-to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
-possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
-month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
-day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
-to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
-file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
-clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
-configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
-updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Za nastavitev sistema e-poštnih opozoril</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
-the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
-address.</para>
-
-    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
-Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
-Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
-running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
-look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
-
-    <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Storitev webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Poštni strežnik Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Strežnik FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Spletni strežnik Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Strežnik SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Strežnik Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Storitev Xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Razreševalnik imen domen BIND</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
-unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
-the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
-out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
-to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
-
-    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
-person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
-or on the Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 35b6f258..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bdba4dc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
-PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
-packages to work.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
-is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
-
-  <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Information about the network</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>  -i spreglej razlike malih/velikih črk.</para>
-
-  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
-lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
-called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e6ea11f0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Zagon</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
-steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Nastavite zagon</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 247350cb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Strojna oprema</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your
-hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Upravljajte s strojno opremo</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
-hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Nastavite grafiko</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Nastavite miško in tipkovnico</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Nastavite tiskanje in optično branje</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Nastavite tiskalnik(-e),
-čakalne vrste za tiskanje …</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Ostalo</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ac97b322..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
-choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
-installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
-selected in the big right panel.</para>
-
-	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
-tools.</para>
-
-<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
-any of the MCC tabs.</para>
-
-	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
-screens.</para>
-
-        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
-the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 63157004..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Krajevni diski</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
-local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Krajevni diski</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cedcb3ca..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Omrežje in internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link
-below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Upravljajte omrežne naprave</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Nastavite in zavarujte omrežje</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Ostalo</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7db6469a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Omrežne storitve</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
-the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
-between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
-on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Omrežne storitve</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 80112913..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Skupna raba prek omrežja</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and
-directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Skupna raba z uporabniki Windows(R)</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Dajte v skupno rabo diske
-in mape prek SMB (za računalnike z Windows)</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Skupna raba prek NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Skupna raba prek WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f4f448a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Varnost</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
-link below to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Varnost</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Nastavite varovanje sistema,
-dovoljenja in preverjanja</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bc9f3ae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Skupna raba</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
-visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
-choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
-below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Skupna raba</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ab3261b6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistem</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration
-tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Upravljajte s sistemskimi storitvami</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Področne nastavitve</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Orodja za upravljanje</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index edd96617..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Nastavite frekvenco posodabljanja</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>To orodje<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> je mogoče najti v Nadzorni
-plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role="bold">Upravljanje
-programov</emphasis>. Na voljo je tudi z <guimenu>desnim klikom / nastavitev
-posodobitev</guimenu> na rdečo ikono <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> v sistemski vrstici.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
-updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
-check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
-out.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2880e591..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Nastavite kazalno napravo (miška, sledilna ploščica)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>To orodje<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para></footnote> je mogoče najti v Nadzorni
-plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role="bold">Strojna oprema</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
-Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
-
-  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
-and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
-PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
-immediately taken into account.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 88fbcc71..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: sistemska varnost in nadzor</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Predstavitev</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
-msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
-approaches:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
-make it more secure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
-you if something seems dangerous.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
-set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
-enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
-own customised security levels.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Zavihek pregleda</title>
-
-    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
-
-    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
-button on the right side to configure them:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>enabled or not</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
-and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Security settings tab</title>
-
-    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
-<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
-below.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Zavihek osnovne varnosti</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
-allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
-in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
-following levels are available:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
-do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
-your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
-constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
-if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
-vulnerable to attack.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
-configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
-constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
-detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
-permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
-versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
-you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
-system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
-the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
-5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
-such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
-system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
-but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>These levels are saved in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
-your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for
-power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
-level settings.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
-to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
-by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
-can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
-and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
-the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
-enable it.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
-immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
-problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
-files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
-security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
-any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
-the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
-to the options.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>System security tab</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
-description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
-column.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
-screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
-actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
-selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
-choice.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
-using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
-have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
-saving them.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Omrežna varnost</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Zavihek rednih preverjanj</title>
-
-      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
-security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
-if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
-checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
-
-      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
-these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
-allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
-messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
-below shows four exceptions.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
-button</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
-<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
-<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
-obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
-<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
-tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Dovoljenja</title>
-    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
-enforcement.</para>
-    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
-secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
-level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
-into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
-into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
-intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
-also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
-you want. Current configuration is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
-list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
-can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
-owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
-given rule:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
-defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
-if not, but does not change anything.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
-permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
-permissions.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
-and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
-the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
-not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
-menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
-the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
-    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
-configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
-in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
-check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
-checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
-account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
-use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
-changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
-manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
-in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
-the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
-the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b4a34e8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Other Mageia Tools</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
-Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
-next pages.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>And more tools?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d52e7364..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Predstavitev orodja rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
-program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
-graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
-package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
-servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
-available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
-certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
-default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
-packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
-of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
-included in the packages.</para>
-
-    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
-the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
-will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
-: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
-and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
-it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
-thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
-packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The main parts of the screen</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
-time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
-interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
-dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
-updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
-probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
-this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
-of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
-packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
-not installed.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
-summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
-in the packages.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
-for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
-"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
-.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
-sub categories.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
-description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
-can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
-package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The status column</title>
-
-    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
-category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
-list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
-is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
-installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
-uncheck the box before the package name and click on
-<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Ikona</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legenda</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Ta paket je že nameščen</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be installed</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is an update</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">This package will be uninstalled</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
-icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
-on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
-with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when
-clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Odvisnosti</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
-are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
-information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
-dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
-may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
-library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
-button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
-install.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a124fb1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Nastavite optični bralnik</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Namestitev</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>This tool <footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to configure a
-single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
-also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
-remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
-
-    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
-message:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
-<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
-installed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
-the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
-sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
-cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
-scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
-scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
-list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
-<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Choose port</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
-ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
-case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
-
-    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
-similar to the one below.</para>
-<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
-accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
-decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
-this machine.</para>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
-deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
-this computer.</para>
-
-    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
-from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Optični bralniki v skupni rabi so na voljo gostiteljem (lahko jih dodajate): </para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
-machines.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
-offers to do it.</para>
-
-    <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
-"net"</para>
-
-    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Posebnosti</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
-(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
-you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivers are available from <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
-with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
-ignored.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
-steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
-each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
-after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
-firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
-downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
-    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
-each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
-what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f4c3b3c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Upravitelj virov programske opreme </title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
-management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Upravitelj virov programske opreme </title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your
-system</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
-sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d8c27922..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Nameščanje in nastavitev tiskalnika</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Predstavitev</title>
-
-    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
-ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
-interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
-offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
-which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
-and openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
-installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
-
-    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
-section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
-printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
-        <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Potrebno bo geslo skrbnika.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of
-dependencies are needed.</para>
-
-    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
-detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
-printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
-printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
-will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
-name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
-"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
-automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
-drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
-next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
-to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
-options.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Select printer from database</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>provide PPD file</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>search for a driver to download</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
-first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
-driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
-encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
-which know to work.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Complete the installation process</title>
-
-    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
-allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
-the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
-available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
-this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
-printers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Omrežni tiskalnik</title>
-
-    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
-wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
-another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
-IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
-as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
-one.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
-printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
-configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
-on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
-Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
-as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
-after "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
-your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
-you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
-Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
-and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
-says "host".</para>
-
-    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
-protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
-list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
-
-    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
-which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Network printing protocols</title>
-
-    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
-JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
-via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
-known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
-which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
-IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
-manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
-IP-adress is not required.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
-protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
-the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
-changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
-the same as above.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The other protocols are:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
-be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
-some ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
-but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
-defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
-with TLS secured protocol.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
-accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
-station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
-the URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-documentation.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Device Properties</title>
-
-    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
-parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
-system, but you can specify a different one with the
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
-another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
-of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Odpravljanje napak</title>
-
-    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
-inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
-<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Posebnosti</title>
-
-    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
-Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
-check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
-is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
-redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
-the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
-tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
-works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
-up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">tiskalniki Brother</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
-page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
-for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
-
-    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
-devices</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
-detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
-<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
-tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
-menu. Also view <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
-for the management of the printer.</para>
-
-    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
-features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
-allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
-case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
-picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
-open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
-card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
-the QPDL protocol.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
-package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
-be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
-according to your architecture. </para>
-
-    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
-conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">tiskalniki Canon</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
-<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 280a600f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Uvozite dokumente in nastavitve iz Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled
-<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
-from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
-immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
-explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
-
-  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
-
-  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
-choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
-Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
-than yours own.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
-transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
-(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
-example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
-import purposes.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import documents:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
-appropriate item in this window.</para>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import bookmarks:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
-<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index aab7dcfa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sl" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Uporabniki in skupine</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>To orodje<footnote>
-      <para>To orodje lahko zaženete v ukazni vrstici z ukazom <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> kot skrbnik.</para>
-    </footnote> je mogoče najti v Nadzorni
-plošči Mageje pod zavihkom <emphasis role="bold">Sistem</emphasis> z imenom
-"Upravljanje z uporabniškimi računi"</para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
-means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
-(ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
-the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
-<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Dodaj uporabnika</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
-entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
-or nothing as well!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
-
-  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
-recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
-password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
-use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
-shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
-you entered what you intended to.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
-you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
-Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
-checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
-user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
-
-  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
-after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
-group ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
-for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
-Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
-accounts.</para>
-
-  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
-as the account is locked.</para>
-
-  <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
-expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
-password periodically.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
-the user is a member of.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
-effective until his/her next login.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
-name.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
-who are members of the group</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
-role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
-ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
-has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
-refresh the display.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
-to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
-is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
-to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
-end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
-in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq.po b/docs/mcc-help/sq.po
deleted file mode 100644
index b897bd24..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9552 +0,0 @@
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014-2017.
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017.
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-07 19:59+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
-"Language: sq\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"language/sq/)\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Hyrje në shpërndarjen e drejtuesve dhe skedarëve WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Paraqitje"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> është "
-"një protokoll që lejon për të montuar skedarin e një web serveri në nivel "
-"lokal, në mënyrë që të duket si një skedarë lokale. Është e nevojshme që "
-"kompjuteri në distance të fillojnjë server WebDAV. Ky nuk është qëllimi i "
-"kësaj vegle për të konfiguruar server WebDAV."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Krijimi një hyrjes të re"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Ekran i parë i mjetit tregon shënimet hyrëse të konfiguruara tashmë, nëse "
-"ka, dhe një <guibutton>E Re</guibutton> buton. Përdorini për të krijuar një "
-"hyrje të re. Vendos server URL në fushën e ekranit të ri."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Pastaj ju merrni një ekran me butonat e radios për të zgjedhur disa veprime. "
-"Vazhdo me veprimin <guibutton>Pikë montuese</guibutton> duke klikuar "
-"<guibutton>Dakord</guibutton> pas zgjedhjes butonit radio, si "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> është konfiguruar tashmë. Ju mund megjithatë "
-"të korrigjoni atë, nëse është e nevojshme."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Përmbajtja e skedarit në distancë do të jetë i mundshëm përmes kësaj pike "
-"montimi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Në hapin e ardhshëm, jepni emrin tuaj të përdoruesit dhe fjalëkalimin. Nëse "
-"keni nevojë për disa opsione të tjera, ju mund të jepni atyre në ekranin "
-"<guibutton>avancuar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Shpërndaj ndarjet e hardiskut tuaj"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Ju mund të filloni këtë mjet nga vija e komandës, duke shtypur <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --shpërndaj-dokument</emphasis> si root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "sq"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Hyrje e shpërndarjes drejtuese dhe skedarëve të NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Procedurë"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Gdhendësi CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --lëvizshëm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--lëvizshëm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Qëllimi i saj është të përcaktojë mënyrën diskun tuaj të lëvizshëm është "
-"ngritur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Pikë montuese"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Opsione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "përdorues/jopërdorues"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Hyrje në shpërndarjen e drejtuesve dhe skedarëve Windows (SMB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Si T'ia Fillojmë"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Pasi paketat e duhura janë instaluar, ju do të vini re se Compiz Fusion "
-"është zgjedhur në menynë drak3d, por ju duhet të dilni dhe të hyni përsëri "
-"në të qër ndryshimet të hyjnë në fuqi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Zgjidhjeproblemi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Vërtetimi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Konfiguro hyrje automatike për të hyrë automatikisht"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Butonat ndërfaqes janë mjaft të dukshme:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Ndërto ndezjen e sistemit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Mundëso ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Mundëso SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Mundëso APIC</guibutton> dhe <guibutton>Mundëso APIC lokal:</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "Ndarjet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "version mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Menaxho datën dhe kohën"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Hiq një Lidhje"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Ndërto një ndërfaqe rrjeti (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "IP Automatike"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "Klienti DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurimi manual"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Një lidhje e re Satelitore (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Një lidhje e re me Kabull modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Asnjë"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurimi manual TCP/IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP mbi ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP mbi Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Protokolli tunel Pikë për Pikë (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Cilësime hyrëse"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Hyrje Llogarie (emri përdoruesit)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Fjalëkalimi llogarisë"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Avancuar) Shtegu Virtual ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Avancuar) Qarku Virtual ID (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Lidhja e re ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Udhëzuesi pyet cilën pajisje të konfiguroj:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Zgjedhje manuale (kartë e brendshme ISDN)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Modemi i jashtëm ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Një listë e pjesëve-elektronike propozohet, klasifikuar sipas kategorisë dhe "
-"prodhues. Zgjidhni kartën tuaj."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protokolli për pjesën tjetër të botës, me përjashtim të Evropës (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protokolli për Evropën (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Emri i lidhjes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Numri i telefonit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "ID Hyrëse"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Metodë vërtetimi "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Pas kësaj, ju duhet të zgjidhni nëse ju merrni adresën IP nga metoda "
-"automatike apo manuale. Në rastin e fundit, specifikoni adresën IP dhe "
-"subnet mask."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Hapi i ardhshëm është që të zgjidhni se si adresa DNS serverët janë të "
-"marra, me metodën automatike apo manuale. Në rastin e konfigurimit manual, "
-"ju duhet të vini:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Emri pronës"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Menaxhuar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Për të konfiguruar lidhje të drejtpërdrejtë ndërmjet kompjuterëve."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Çelës enkriptues"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Zgjedhja manuale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Emri lidhjes</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Numri telefonit</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>ID Hyrëse</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Fjalëkalimi</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Vërtetimi</emphasis>, zgjedhin midis:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Skript-bazë"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Terminali-bazuar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Përfundimi i konfigurimit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Në hapin tjetër, ju mund të specifikoni:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Lejo përdoruesit për të menaxhuar lidhjen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Fillo lidhjen në ndezje</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Mundëso llogaritjen trafikut</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Lejo ndërfaqen të kontrollohet nga Menaxheri Rrjetit</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metrit (10 nga parazgjedhja)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Rrjet i Prizuar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Mundëso tunelin IPv6 në IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Hap panel komandimi si administrator"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Menaxho ndarjet e hardiskut"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Nëse ndarja e zgjedhur është montuar, si në shembullin e mëposhtëm, ju nuk "
-"mund të ndryshoni përmasat , formatoni ose fshini. Për të qenë në gjendje të "
-"bëni atë ndarja duhet të jetë e pa-montuara së pari."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Ju mund të zgjidhni një pikë montimi që nuk ekziston, ajo do të krijohet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Ndërto menaxhuesin e ekranit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Ndërto murin-mbrojtës tuaj personal"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : hap portin 80 tcp protokoll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : hap të gjithë portat nga 24000 në 24010 udp protokoll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Portet e listuara duhet të jenë të ndara nga një hapësirë​​."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Në ekran e fundit, zgjidh cilat ndërfaqe rrjeti janë të lidhur në internet "
-"dhe duhet të mbrohen. Pasi butonin Dakord është klikuar, paketat e nevojshme "
-"janë shkarkuar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Menaxho, shto dhe hiq fontet. Importo fontet Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Ju mund të filloni këtë mjet nga vija e komandës, duke shtypur <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfontë</emphasis> si root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "disa butona shpjegohen këtu më vonë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Ky buton automatikisht shton fontet gjetur në ndarjen Windows. Ju duhet të "
-"keni të instaluar Microsoft Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opsione:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Kjo ju lejon të specifikoni aplikacionet aso pajisjet (printerë kryesisht) "
-"të aftë për të përdorur fonte."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ç'instaloi:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Kontrolli Prindëror"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Prezantim"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Ndaj linjën e internetit me kompjuterët e tjerë vendas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Parimet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Nëse udhëzuesi nuk ka zbuluar të paktën dy ndërfaqe, ai paralajmëron për "
-"këtë dhe kërkon për të ndaluar rrjetin dhe konfiguro pajisjet-elektronike."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"specifiko ndërfaqen përdorur për lidhjen e internetit. Udhëzuesi "
-"automatikisht sugjeron një nga ndërfaqet, por ju duhet të verifikoni se ajo "
-"që është propozuar është e saktë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"përcakto se cila ndërfaqe është përdorur për hyrjen Lan. Udhëzuesi "
-"gjithashtu propozon një, kontrolloni se kjo është e saktë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Udhëzuesi propozon parametrat për rrjetin Lan, të tilla si adresa IP, maskë "
-"dhe emrin e domain. Kontrolloni se këto parametra janë në përputhje me "
-"konfigurimin aktual. Është e rekomanduar që ju të pranoni këto vlera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Ju do të paralajmëroheni në lidhje me nevojën për të kontrolluar nëse muri-"
-"mbrojtës është aktiv."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Konfiguro klientin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Përcaktimi i pritësit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Shto</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Me këtë buton, ju shtoni emrin për një sistem të ri. Ju do të merrni një "
-"dritare për të specifikuar IP-adresën, emrin pritës për sistemin, dhe "
-"opsionalisht një pseudonim që mund të përdoret në të njëjtën mënyrë që emri "
-"është."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Modifiko</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Ju mund të hyni në parametrat e një hyrje të përcaktuar më parë. Ju merrni "
-"të njëjtën dritare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Ndërtim i avancuar për ndërfaqen e rrjetit dhe muri-mbrojtës"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Qendra Rrjetit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Butoni i konfigurimit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Për një rrjet përcjellës</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lejo ndërfaqen të kontrollohet nga Menaxheri Rrjetit:"
-"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Butoni Avancimeve:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Për një rrjeti Wireless</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Vetëm sendet që nuk shihen më lart janë shpjeguar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mënyra operative:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Në është një rrjet privat, ju duhet të dini këto cilësime."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Menaxho profile të ndryshme rrjetit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Shpërndaj drejtuesit dhe skedat duke përdorur NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Parakushtet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"Pas përfundimit të instalimit, një dritare me një listë të zbrazët shfaqet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Dritarja kryesore"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Modifiko hyrjen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Mjeti konfigurimit është emërtuar \"Modifiko hyrjen\". Ajo mund të jetë "
-"nisur edhe me butonin <guibutton>Modifiko</guibutton>. Parametrat e "
-"mëposhtme janë të disponueshme."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Skedari NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Këtu ju mund të specifikoni cili skedarë është që të ndahet. Butoni "
-"<guibutton>Skedari</guibutton> jep hyrje në një shfletues për të zgjedhur "
-"atë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Opsione avancuara"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Hyrja menysë"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Deri tani lista ka të paktën një hyrje."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "Server është ndalur dhe rifilluar me skedarët aktuale konfigurimit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "kolonat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Mundëso Kolonat:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Përditësime Kolonat:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Jofalas</emphasis> e cila përmban disa programe të "
-"cilët nuk janë falas"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Hiq:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Për të hequr një mjete, klikoni mbi të dhe pastaj në këtë buton. Kjo është e "
-"mençur për të hequr mjete që përdoren për instalim (CD ose DVD për shembull) "
-"që të gjitha paketat që ai përmban janë në mjetin zyrtarë të lëshimit "
-"Bërthamë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Redakto:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Menyja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opsione -> Opsione Globale:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opsione -> Menaxho çelësat:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opsione -> Proxi:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Përgatitje"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba server|Konfiguro"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba server|Rifillo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba Server|Ngarko"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Përdoruesit samba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Konfiguro vërtetimin për veglat Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Foto-çasti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurimi zërit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Vendos një UPS për monitorimin e energjisë"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurimi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Së pari, zgjidhni ose Cisco VPN flotacion ose OpenVPN, në varësi protokollit "
-"që është përdorur për rrjetin tuaj privat virtual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Pastaj jepni lidhjen tuaj një emër."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Në ekran tjetër, jepni të dhënat për lidhjen tuaj VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Për Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Parametrat avancuara:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Përmbledhje"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Përfundo"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Konfiguro DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Konfiguro DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Konfiguro orën"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Kliko në butonin <guibutton>Fund</guibutton> për të mbyllur mjetin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Konfiguro FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Çfarë është <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Server Informacion"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Server Opsione"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Konfiguro proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurimi demonin OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Menaxho shërbimet e sistemit duke mundësuar ose gjymtuar ato"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Dritarja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Dritarja është e ndarë në dy kolona."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolonën e majtë përmban një listë të pajisjeve-elektronike të zbuluara. "
-"Pajisjet janë të grupuara sipas kategorive. Kliko në&gt; për të zgjeruar "
-"përmbajtjen e një kategorie. Çdo pajisje mund të përzgjidhet në këtë kolonë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modemi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Pajisje jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "tastieradrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Menaxho lokalizimin për sistemin tuaj"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Metodë hyrëse"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Shiko dhe kërko shënimet e sistemit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Shërbimi Webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Server i letrave Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Server FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Server SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Server Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Shërbime Xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Informacion në lidhje me rrjetin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Ndezje"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Konfiguro hapat ndezës"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia Control Center"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
-"\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
-"\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Është shkruar nga vullnetarë në kohën e tyre të lirë. Ju lutem kontaktoni "
-"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Ekipi "
-"Dokumentaciont</link>, nëse dëshironi të përmirësoni këtë manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Pjesë-elektronike"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni midis disa mjeteve për konfigurimin pjesët-"
-"elektronike tuaja. Klikoni mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më shumë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Menaxho pjesët-elektronike tuaja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Konfiguro grafiken"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Konfiguro miun dhe tastierën"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Konfiguro printim dhe skanim"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Të tjerët"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Rreth Manualit për Qendrën e Kontrollit Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Qendra e Kontrollit Mageia (MCC) ka tetë opsionet e ndryshme ose tabs për të "
-"zgjedhur në kolonën e majtë, dhe madje edhe dhjetë nëse paketa drakwizard "
-"është e instaluar. Secila prej këtyre skedave jep një grup të ndryshme të "
-"mjeteve që mund të zgjidhen në panelin e madh të djathtë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Dhjetë Kapitujt në vijim janë për ato dhjetë opsionet dhe mjetet ne lidhje "
-"me to."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Kapitulli i fundit ka të bëjë me disa mjete të tjera Mageia, që nuk mund të "
-"zgjidhen në ndonjë nga MCC-tabs."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr "Titujt e faqeve shpesh do të jenë të njëjtë si titujt e mjet në ekran."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Ka edhe një tabelë kërkimi në dispozicion, e cila ju mund të hyni duke "
-"klikuar mbi tabelën \"Kërko\" në kolonën e majtë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Hard Disqet Vendor"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Shërbimet e Rrjetit"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Shpërndarës Rrjeti"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni midis disa mjete për ndarjen drejtuesve "
-"dhe skedarëve. Klikoni mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më shumë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Konfiguro shpërndarësin Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Konfigurimi shpërndarësve NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Konfigurimi shpërndarësin WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Rrjeti dhe Interneti"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të disa mjeteve të rrjetit. Klikoni "
-"mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më shumë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Menaxhoni pajisjet e rrjetit tuaj"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Personalizoni dhe Siguroni rrjetin tuaj"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Siguria"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të disa mjeteve të sigurisë. "
-"Klikoni mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më shumë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Shpërndaj"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Sistemi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të disa sistemeve dhe mjeteve të "
-"administrimit. Klikoni mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më shumë."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Menaxho shërbimet e sistemit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Vendndodhja"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Mjetet e administrimit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Konfiguro frekuencën e përditësimeve"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Ndërto pajisjen tregues (miu, pjesë-prekës)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec vetë me disa informacione:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Nivele sigurie:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alarme sigurie:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Siguria rrjetit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Autorizimet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Të tjera mjete Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Ka më shumë mjete Mageia se ato që mund të fillojnë në Qendrën e Kontrollit "
-"Mageia. Klikoni mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më shumë, ose të "
-"vazhdo leximin faqeve të ardhshme."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>PËR TË SHKRUAR </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Dhe më shumë mjete?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Pjesët kryesore të ekranit"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gjendja filtrimit paketave:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Ky filtër ju lejon të shikoni vetëm paketat e instaluar, vetëm paketa që nuk "
-"janë instaluar apo të gjitha nga paketat, të instaluara dhe jo të instaluara."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mënyrë kërkimi:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Kliko mbi këtë ikonë për të kërkuar përmes emrave të paketës, me "
-"përmbledhjet e tyre, nëpërmjet përshkrimit të tyre të plotë, ose përmes "
-"dokumenteve të përfshira në paketa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kuti \"Zbulo\":</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fshi të gjitha:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Kjo ikonë mund të fshih në një klikim të gjitha fjalët kyçe hyrëse në kutin "
-"\"Zbulo\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lista kategoritë:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Panel përshkrimi:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Ky panel tregon emrin e paketës, përmbledhjen e saj dhe përshkrimin e plotë. "
-"Ajo tregon shumë elemente të dobishme në lidhje me paketën e përzgjedhur. "
-"Ajo gjithashtu mund të tregojnë detaje të sakta në lidhje me paketën, "
-"dokumente të përfshira në paketë, si dhe një listë e ndryshimeve të fundit "
-"të bëra nga mirëmbajtësit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Kolona e statusit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Ikona"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Legjendë"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Kjo paketë është instaluar tashmë"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Kjo paketë do të instalohet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Kjo pako nuk mund të ndryshohet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Kjo paketë është një përditësim"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Kjo paketë do të ç'instalohet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Konfiguro skanerin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instalimi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Zgjidhni portin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>për të shtuar apo komentuar "
-"direktivën \"net\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Specifikat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Hapa shtesë instalimi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Menaxhuesi Programeve"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Përditësoni sistemin "
-"tuaj</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Instalo dhe konfiguro një printer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC do të kërkojë për instalimin e dy paketave:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Është e nevojshme që të pranojnë këtë për të vazhduar instalimin. Deri në "
-"230MB e varësit janë të nevojshme."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Për të shtuar një printer, zgjidhni butonin \"Shto\" printer. Sistemi do të "
-"përpiqet për të zbuluar ndonjë printer dhe portet në dispozicion. Pamja "
-"tregon një printer të lidhur me një port paralel. Nëse një printer është "
-"zbuluar, të tillë si një printer në një port USB, ajo do të shfaqet në "
-"rreshtin e parë. Dritarja do të bëjë të pamundurën për të konfiguruar një "
-"printer rrjeti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Printer zbuluar Automatikisht"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Kur ju zgjidhni një port, sistemi ngarkon një listë drejtuesish dhe tregon "
-"një dritare për të zgjedhur një drejtues. Zgjedhja mund të bëhet përmes një "
-"nga mundësitë e mëposhtme."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Zgjidhni printer nga baza e të dhënave"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Përfundo procesin e instalimit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Printer rrjeti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Protokollet printimi rrjeti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Protokollet e tjera janë:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Informacione shtesë mund të gjenden në <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/"
-"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">dokumentacionin CUPS.</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Karakteristikat Pajisjes"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printerat vëlla</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer me ngjyra Samsung</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Për stampues me ngjyra Samsung dhe Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl."
-"rkkda.com/\">kjo faqe ofron drejtues</link> për protokoll QPDL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson stampues dhe skaner</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printerat Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importo Windows(TM) dokumente dhe konfigurime"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Mjeti i lejon një administratori të importoj dokumentet e përdoruesit dhe "
-"parametrat nga një <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP ose <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> instalimit "
-"në të njëjtin kompjuter si instalimit Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Pas fillimit transfugdrake ju do të shihni faqen e parë magjistar me një "
-"shpjegim për mjet dhe opsionet e importit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Përdoruesit dhe grupet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Ky mjet<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gjendet nën <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">System</emphasis> tabelë në Qendrën e Kontrollit Mageia emërtuar "
-"\"Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Shto Përdorues</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Ky buton hap një dritare të re me të gjitha fushat e treguara bosh:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hyrja</emphasis> është e vetmja fushë e kërkuar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Konfirmo Fjalëkalimin</emphasis> fushë është atje "
-"për të siguruar që ju të fusni atë që ju  keni qëllim për."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Opsionet e tjera duhen të jenë të qarta. Ky përdorues i ri është krijuar "
-"menjëherë pasi ju klikoni mbi <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Shto Grup</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Ju duhet vetëm të shkruani emrin e ri të grupit, dhe nëse kërkohet, ID "
-"specifike grupi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Redakto</emphasis> (një përdorues i zgjedhur)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Info llogari</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Është gjithashtu e mundur për të ndryshuar ikonën."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Info Fjalëkalimi</emphasis>: Ju lejon të vendosni "
-"një datë skadimi për fjalëkalim, ky detyron përdoruesin të ndryshoj "
-"fjalëkalimin e tij në mënyrë periodike."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të zgjidhni grupet që "
-"përdoruesi është anëtar i."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Nëse jeni duke modifikuar një llogari përdoruesi të lidhur, modifikimet nuk "
-"do të jenë në fuqi deri në hyrje të tij/saj të ardhshëm."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Redakto</emphasis> (me një grup të zgjedhur)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Përdoruesit e grupit</emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të "
-"zgjidhni përdoruesit të cilët janë anëtarë të grupit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Fshi</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Është e mundur për të fshirë një grup që nuk është bosh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Rifresko</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Llogaria Vizitor</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Ndërto grafikën e serverit"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Butonat ju lejojnë për të ndryshuar konfigurimin grafik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Karta grafike</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Karta grafike zbuluar aktualisht shfaqet dhe përputhet me serverin e "
-"konfiguruar. Kliko në këtë buton për të ndryshuar në një tjetër server, për "
-"shembull një me një drejtues të pronarit."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rezolucion:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ky buton mundëson zgjedhjen e rezolucionit (numrin e pixels) dhe thellësinë "
-"ngjyra (numri i ngjyrave). Ajo tregon këtë në ekran:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Butoni i parë tregon aktualisht rezolucionin, klikoni për të ndryshuar për "
-"një tjetër. Lista jep të gjitha zgjedhjet e mundshme në bazë të kartës "
-"grafike dhe monitorit, është e mundur për të klikoni mbi <guilabel>Tjerë</"
-"guilabel> për të vendosur rezolucione të tjera, por të keni parasysh se ju "
-"mund të dëmtoni monitoruar tuaj ose të zgjidhni një mjedis të pakëndshme."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Butoni i dytë tregon thellësinë aktuale të ngjyrave, klikoni për të "
-"ndryshuar këtë për një tjetër."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Në varësi të rezolucionet së zgjedhur, ajo mund të jetë e nevojshme për të "
-"dal dhe rifilluar mjedisin grafik për cilësimet të hyjnë në fuqi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Pasi konfigurimi është bërë, ajo është e rekomanduar për të bërë një test "
-"para se të klikoni mbi DAKORD sepse është më e lehtë të modifikon cilësimet "
-"tani sesa më vonë në qoftë se mjedisi grafik nuk punon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Nëse testi dështon, thjesht prisni deri në fund, nëse punon por nuk "
-"deshironi të ndryshoni, kliko në <guibutton>Jo</guibutton>, nëse gjithçka "
-"është mirë, kliko në <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Opsione:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Pasi të klikoni në butonin <guibutton>Dil</guibutton>, sistemi do ju kërkoj "
-"ta konfirmoni. Ka ende kohë për të anuluar çdo gjë dhe për të mbajtur "
-"konfigurimin e mëparshëm, ose për të pranuar. Në këtë rast, ju duhet të "
-"shkëputeni dhe rilidheni për të aktivizuar konfigurimin e ri."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f7caa6b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Control Center</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">The tools to configure the Mageia system</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
-3.0 license <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Është shkruar nga vullnetarë në kohën e tyre të lirë. Ju lutem kontaktoni
-<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ekipi
-Dokumentaciont</link>, nëse dëshironi të përmirësoni këtë manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 15ba21f6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Control Center</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
-3.0 license <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Është shkruar nga vullnetarë në kohën e tyre të lirë. Ju lutem kontaktoni
-<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ekipi
-Dokumentaciont</link>, nëse dëshironi të përmirësoni këtë manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 13bf172b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Software Packages Update</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management.</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
-drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
-are prompted to do so.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
-those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
-default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
-<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process.</para>
-
-  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
-the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
-means you can click to drop down a text.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
-displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>
-. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 261e6d32..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Ndërto grafikën e serverit</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
-graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
-as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Butonat ju lejojnë për të ndryshuar konfigurimin grafik.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Karta grafike</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>Karta grafike zbuluar aktualisht shfaqet dhe përputhet me serverin e
-konfiguruar. Kliko në këtë buton për të ndryshuar në një tjetër server, për
-shembull një me një drejtues të pronarit.</para>
-
-  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
-manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
-order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
-Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
-graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
-in your Desktop Environment.</para>
-
-      <para>If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
-Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
-    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
-use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
-example).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
-you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
-isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
-<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Rezolucion:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Ky buton mundëson zgjedhjen e rezolucionit (numrin e pixels) dhe thellësinë
-ngjyra (numri i ngjyrave). Ajo tregon këtë në ekran:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>When you change the color depth, a
-multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview
-of what the selected color depth looks like.</para>
-
-  <para>Butoni i parë tregon aktualisht rezolucionin, klikoni për të ndryshuar për
-një tjetër. Lista jep të gjitha zgjedhjet e mundshme në bazë të kartës
-grafike dhe monitorit, është e mundur për të klikoni mbi
-<guilabel>Tjerë</guilabel> për të vendosur rezolucione të tjera, por të keni
-parasysh se ju mund të dëmtoni monitoruar tuaj ose të zgjidhni një mjedis të
-pakëndshme.</para>
-
-  <para>Butoni i dytë tregon thellësinë aktuale të ngjyrave, klikoni për të
-ndryshuar këtë për një tjetër.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Në varësi të rezolucionet së zgjedhur, ajo mund të jetë e nevojshme për të
-dal dhe rifilluar mjedisin grafik për cilësimet të hyjnë në fuqi.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Pasi konfigurimi është bërë, ajo është e rekomanduar për të bërë një test
-para se të klikoni mbi DAKORD sepse është më e lehtë të modifikon cilësimet
-tani sesa më vonë në qoftë se mjedisi grafik nuk punon.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
-text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
-XFdrake's text version.</para>
-    </note>Nëse testi dështon, thjesht prisni deri në fund, nëse punon por nuk
-deshironi të ndryshoni, kliko në <guibutton>Jo</guibutton>, nëse gjithçka
-është mirë, kliko në <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Opsione:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
-restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
-three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
-<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
-booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
-may be unchecked for a server.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>Pasi të klikoni në butonin <guibutton>Dil</guibutton>, sistemi do ju kërkoj
-ta konfirmoni. Ka ende kohë për të anuluar çdo gjë dhe për të mbajtur
-konfigurimin e mëparshëm, ose për të pranuar. Në këtë rast, ju duhet të
-shkëputeni dhe rilidheni për të aktivizuar konfigurimin e ri.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a07468b7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Hyrje në shpërndarjen e drejtuesve dhe skedarëve WebDAV</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root.</para>
-  </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure
-WebDAV shares</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paraqitje</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> është
-një protokoll që lejon për të montuar skedarin e një web serveri në nivel
-lokal, në mënyrë që të duket si një skedarë lokale. Është e nevojshme që
-kompjuteri në distance të fillojnjë server WebDAV. Ky nuk është qëllimi i
-kësaj vegle për të konfiguruar server WebDAV.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Krijimi një hyrjes të re</title>
-
-    <para>Ekran i parë i mjetit tregon shënimet hyrëse të konfiguruara tashmë, nëse
-ka, dhe një <guibutton>E Re</guibutton> buton. Përdorini për të krijuar një
-hyrje të re. Vendos server URL në fushën e ekranit të ri.</para>
-
-    <para>Pastaj ju merrni një ekran me butonat e radios për të zgjedhur disa
-veprime. Vazhdo me veprimin <guibutton>Pikë montuese</guibutton> duke
-klikuar <guibutton>Dakord</guibutton> pas zgjedhjes butonit radio, si
-<guibutton>Server</guibutton> është konfiguruar tashmë. Ju mund megjithatë
-të korrigjoni atë, nëse është e nevojshme.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Përmbajtja e skedarit në distancë do të jetë i mundshëm përmes kësaj pike
-montimi.</para>
-
-    <para>Në hapin e ardhshëm, jepni emrin tuaj të përdoruesit dhe fjalëkalimin. Nëse
-keni nevojë për disa opsione të tjera, ju mund të jepni atyre në ekranin
-<guibutton>avancuar</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the
-access.</para>
-
-    <para>After you accepted the configuration with the radio button
-<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your
-new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you
-are asked whether or not to save the modifications in
-<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the
-remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for
-one-time usage, do not save it.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3daeb7c5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Shpërndaj ndarjet e hardiskut tuaj</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This simple tool<footnote><para>Ju mund të filloni këtë mjet nga vija e komandës, duke shtypur <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --shpërndaj-dokument</emphasis> si root.</para></footnote> allows you, the
-administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home
-subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have
-computers running either Linux or Windows operating system.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled
-"Share your hard disk partitions".</para>
-
-  <para>First, answer the question : "<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to
-share some of their directories ?</guilabel>", click on <guibutton>No
-sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on
-<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on
-<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for
-the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their
-directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically
-created by the system. You will be asked about this later.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you
-choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.
-Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on
-the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both
-Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any
-required packages will be installed if necessary.</para>
-
-  <para>The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In
-this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows
-you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare
-group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group,
-then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the
-fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information
-about Userdrake, see <xref linkend="userdrake">this page</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and
-reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her
-file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers
-have this facility.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a4acb5c1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Hyrje e shpërndarjes drejtuese dhe skedarëve të NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paraqitje</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare some
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix
-systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at
-boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session
-for a user with tools such as file browsers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedurë</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers
-which share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the
-shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have
-to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and
-change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After
-mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button,
-a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab
-modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the
-network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file
-browser, for example in Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c0fe50de..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Gdhendësi CD/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --lëvizshëm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--lëvizshëm.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is found under the tab Local
-disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable
-hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only). </para>
-
-  <para>Qëllimi i saj është të përcaktojë mënyrën diskun tuaj të lëvizshëm është
-ngritur. </para>
-
-  <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and
-the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change
-them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-button. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pikë montuese</title>
-
-    <para>Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Opsione</title>
-
-    <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>përdorues/jopërdorues</title>
-
-      <para>user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this
-option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is
-the only one who can umount it. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d0b841b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Hyrje në shpërndarjen e drejtuesve dhe skedarëve Windows (SMB)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paraqitje</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare which
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R)
-systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared
-directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with
-tools such as file browsers.</para>
-
-    <para>Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of
-available servers, for example with <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedurë</title>
-
-    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who
-share directories.</para>
-
-    <para>Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the
-list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
-
-    <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you
-have to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount
-button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the
-<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to
-connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it
-with the same button.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask
-"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will allow
-directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The
-new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in
-dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index de2788fb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D Desktop Effects</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paraqitje</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> lets you manage the 3D
-desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by
-default.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Si T'ia Fillojmë</title>
-
-    <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the
-package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can
-start.</para>
-
-    <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you
-can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or
-<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a
-composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special
-effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn
-it on.</para>
-
-    <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of
-Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be
-installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Pasi paketat e duhura janë instaluar, ju do të vini re se Compiz Fusion
-është zgjedhur në menynë drak3d, por ju duhet të dilni dhe të hyni përsëri
-në të qër ndryshimet të hyjnë në fuqi.</para>
-
-    <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz
-Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Zgjidhjeproblemi</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Can't See Desktop after Logging in</title>
-
-      <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop
-but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in
-screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be
-prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login
-with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the
-log in problem.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 78b1980c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Vërtetimi</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the
-manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para>
-
-  <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your
-computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so
-and give information about that.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c9f4364a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Konfiguro hyrje automatike për të hyrë automatikisht</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to automatically
-login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any
-password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good idea when there
-is only one user like to be using the machine.</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the
-Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para>
-
-  <para>Butonat ndërfaqes janë mjaft të dukshme:</para>
-
-  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
-starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
-boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
-possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
-launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
-<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
-continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check
-<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if
-needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default
-username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fc826e37..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Ndërto ndezjen e sistemit</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is
-slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition
-(ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows you to configure the
-boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot,
-etc.)</para>
-
-  <para>It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled "Set up
-boot system".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing
-some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if
-using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub,
-Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question
-of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the
-<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you
-are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any
-modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para>
-
-  <para>In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is
-installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common
-to all operating systems installed.</para>
-
-  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
-the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
-seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available
-operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is
-made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
-possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Mundëso ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the
-power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was
-the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI
-compatible.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Mundëso SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for
-multicore processors.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual
-processor and enable SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Mundëso APIC</guibutton> dhe <guibutton>Mundëso APIC
-lokal:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two
-components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
-APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses
-to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
-for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
-system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
-"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
-APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot
-loader you chose.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot
-time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu
-entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you
-click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>
-buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or
-to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be
-able to use these tools.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want
-to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command "title". For
-example: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches
-the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the
-kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this
-entry by default.</para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
-file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>, in the drop-down lists.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in
-Legacy mode and UEFI mode):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
-one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
-the kernel at boot time.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
-to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
-<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
-Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
-touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable
-unless chain loaded from another OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72687cf8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia Bug Report Tool</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically
-when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing
-a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the
-information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para>
-
-  <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that,
-then please read <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
-report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para>
-
-  <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message
-that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to
-that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d29a8dd1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by
-doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>,
-but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be
-several GBs large.</para>
-<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing
-the unneeded parts.</para></note>
-  <para>This command collects the following information on your system:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Ndarjet</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> version mageia</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of this command's
-output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch
-to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as
-root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If
-you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000
-lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail
--n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bfed5c83..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Menaxho datën dhe kohën</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the tab System
-in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and
-time"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a
-right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para>It's a very simple tool.</para>
-
-  <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On
-the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on
-the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month
-(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or
-2012). Select the day by clicking on its number.</para>
-
-  <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time
-Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on
-time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time
-Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para>
-
-  <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's
-useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours,
-minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows
-to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see
-your desktop environment settings for that.</para>
-
-  <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the
-<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the
-nearest town.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they
-will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation
-settings.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a6a602ed..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Hiq një Lidhje</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then
-click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted
-successfully.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 78a7cfd3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,809 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Ndërto një ndërfaqe rrjeti (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paraqitje</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure much of
-local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from
-your access provider or your network administrator.</para>
-
-    <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware
-and provider you have.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Wired connection (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP Automatike</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Klienti DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Konfigurimi manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS
-servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no
-HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Një lidhje e re Satelitore (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Një lidhje e re me Kabull modem</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
-to configure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
-address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>You have to specify a authentication method:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Asnjë</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name
-and password.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP Automatike</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
-are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
-The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
-have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
-from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Klienti DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
-configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Konfigurimi manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers
-to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME
-is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
-attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your service provider's website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
-computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
-"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
-you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
-domestic connection would not need this setting.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new DSL connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>DHCP</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konfigurimi manual TCP/IP</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP mbi ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP mbi Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokolli tunel Pikë për Pikë (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Cilësime hyrëse</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Hyrje Llogarie (emri përdoruesit)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Fjalëkalimi llogarisë</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avancuar) Shtegu Virtual ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avancuar) Qarku Virtual ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Lidhja e re ISDN</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Udhëzuesi pyet cilën pajisje të konfiguroj:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Zgjedhje manuale (kartë e brendshme ISDN)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Modemi i jashtëm ISDN</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Një listë e pjesëve-elektronike propozohet, klasifikuar sipas kategorisë dhe
-prodhues. Zgjidhni kartën tuaj.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokolli për pjesën tjetër të botës, me përjashtim të Evropës (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokolli për Evropën (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave
-you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Emri i lidhjes</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Numri i telefonit</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ID Hyrëse</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Fjalëkalimi llogarisë</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Metodë vërtetimi </para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Pas kësaj, ju duhet të zgjidhni nëse ju merrni adresën IP nga metoda
-automatike apo manuale. Në rastin e fundit, specifikoni adresën IP dhe
-subnet mask.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Hapi i ardhshëm është që të zgjidhni se si adresa DNS serverët janë të
-marra, me metodën automatike apo manuale. Në rastin e konfigurimit manual,
-ju duhet të vini:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Emri pronës</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>First and second DNS Server</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you
-are sure that your provider is configured to accept it.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic
-or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the
-IP address.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Wireless connection (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
-Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper
-only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that
-the card has detected.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Operating mode:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Menaxhuar</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>To access to an existing access point (the most frequent).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Për të konfiguruar lidhje të drejtpërdrejtë ndërmjet kompjuterëve.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Network Name (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Some old hardware deals only this encryption method.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Çelës enkriptues</para>
-
-            <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a
-manual IP address.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IP Automatike</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
-declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
-below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is
-specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
-Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
-<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Klienti DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
-requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
-address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
-connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Konfigurimi manual</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
-HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
-the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
-
-            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
-domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
-before the period.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to
-configure it.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Provide access settings</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Access Point Name</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Hyrje Llogarie (emri përdoruesit)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Fjalëkalimi llogarisë</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Udhëzuesi pyet cilën pajisje të konfiguroj:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Zgjedhja manuale</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Detected hardware, if any.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of ports is proposed. Select your port.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
-provider. If it is not listed, select the option
-<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
-gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Emri lidhjes</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Numri telefonit</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>ID Hyrëse</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Fjalëkalimi</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Vërtetimi</emphasis>, zgjedhin midis:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Skript-bazë</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Terminali-bazuar</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Përfundimi i konfigurimit</title>
-
-    <para>Në hapin tjetër, ju mund të specifikoni:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Lejo përdoruesit për të menaxhuar lidhjen</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Fillo lidhjen në ndezje</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Mundëso llogaritjen trafikut</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Lejo ndërfaqen të kontrollohet nga Menaxheri Rrjetit</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
-access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
-automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>With the advanced button, you can specify:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metrit (10 nga parazgjedhja)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Rrjet i Prizuar</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Mundëso tunelin IPv6 në IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start
-immediately or not.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f42e93fb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Hap panel komandimi si administrator</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives you access to a console
-which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more
-information about that.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 23e3d6b9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Menaxho ndarjet e hardiskut</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk or diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
-error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
-partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
-see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
-<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
-want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
-preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
-resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
-partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
-all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
-disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
-partition.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called "EFI System
-Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it contains
-all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Nëse ndarja e zgjedhur është montuar, si në shembullin e mëposhtëm, ju nuk
-mund të ndryshoni përmasat , formatoni ose fshini. Për të qenë në gjendje të
-bëni atë ndarja duhet të jetë e pa-montuara së pari.</para>
-
-  <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para>
-
-  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
-delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
-<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
-selected</para>
-
-  <para>Ju mund të zgjidhni një pikë montimi që nuk ekziston, ajo do të krijohet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
-gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be
-seen in the screenshot below.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f1678983..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Ndërto menaxhuesin e ekranit</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Here<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> you can choose which display
-manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
-on your system will be shown.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
-different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
-is a lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 778795df..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Ndërto murin-mbrojtës tuaj personal</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Security
-tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
-firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
-security, permissions and audit".</para>
-
-  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
-connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
-first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
-attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
-<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
-the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
-
-  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
-<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
-<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
-examples :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : hap portin 80 tcp protokoll</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : hap të gjithë portat nga 24000 në 24010 udp protokoll</para>
-
-  <para>Portet e listuara duhet të jenë të ndara nga një hapësirë​​.</para>
-
-  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
-checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
-it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
-recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
-allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
-<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
-box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
-somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
-corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
-below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
-warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
-
-  <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Në ekran e fundit, zgjidh cilat ndërfaqe rrjeti janë të lidhur në internet
-dhe duhet të mbrohen. Pasi butonin Dakord është klikuar, paketat e nevojshme
-janë shkarkuar.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
-Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1476a28b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Menaxho, shto dhe hiq fontet. Importo fontet Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>Ju mund të filloni këtë mjet nga vija e komandës, duke shtypur <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfontë</emphasis> si root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It
-allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen
-above shows:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>a preview of the selected font.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>disa butona shpjegohen këtu më vonë.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Ky buton automatikisht shton fontet gjetur në ndarjen Windows. Ju duhet të
-keni të instaluar Microsoft Windows.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Opsione:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Kjo ju lejon të specifikoni aplikacionet aso pajisjet (printerë kryesisht)
-të aftë për të përdorur fonte.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Ç'instaloi:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be
-careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the
-documents that use them.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Import:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
-supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
-<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
-role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
-fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
-done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
-main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 49427283..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Kontrolli Prindëror</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
-Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
-drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prezantim</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
-restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
-useful capabilities:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
-controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
-only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
-blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
-website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
-control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Configuring Parental controls</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
-Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
-your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
-feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
-users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
-an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
-prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
-then suggest you reboot.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
-control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
-is opened.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the
-websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all
-the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
-their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
-right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
-not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an
-user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
-remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
-with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
-<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
-window.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title>
-
-      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Block Programs Tab</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to
-restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the
-applications you wish to block.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand
-side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dee7cd31..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Ndaj linjën e internetit me kompjuterët e tjerë vendas</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Parimet</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
-computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
-network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
-other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
-gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
-must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
-the Internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
-set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Gateway wizard</title>
-
-    <para>The wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> offers successive steps
-which are shown below:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nëse udhëzuesi nuk ka zbuluar të paktën dy ndërfaqe, ai paralajmëron për
-këtë dhe kërkon për të ndaluar rrjetin dhe konfiguro pajisjet-elektronike.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specifiko ndërfaqen përdorur për lidhjen e internetit. Udhëzuesi
-automatikisht sugjeron një nga ndërfaqet, por ju duhet të verifikoni se ajo
-që është propozuar është e saktë.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>përcakto se cila ndërfaqe është përdorur për hyrjen Lan. Udhëzuesi
-gjithashtu propozon një, kontrolloni se kjo është e saktë.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Udhëzuesi propozon parametrat për rrjetin Lan, të tilla si adresa IP, maskë
-dhe emrin e domain. Kontrolloni se këto parametra janë në përputhje me
-konfigurimin aktual. Është e rekomanduar që ju të pranoni këto vlera.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to
-specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
-it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
-will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
-with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
-proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
-printers and to share them.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Ju do të paralajmëroheni në lidhje me nevojën për të kontrolluar nëse
-muri-mbrojtës është aktiv.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Konfiguro klientin</title>
-
-    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
-specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
-automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
-to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
-using.</para>
-
-    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
-specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
-gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Stop connection sharing</title>
-
-    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
-the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
-sharing.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 25b3828c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Përcaktimi i pritësit</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
-IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> allows to
-specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
-instead of the IP-address.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Shto</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Me këtë buton, ju shtoni emrin për një sistem të ri. Ju do të merrni një
-dritare për të specifikuar IP-adresën, emrin pritës për sistemin, dhe
-opsionalisht një pseudonim që mund të përdoret në të njëjtën mënyrë që emri
-është.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Modifiko</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Ju mund të hyni në parametrat e një hyrje të përcaktuar më parë. Ju merrni
-të njëjtën dritare.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 98b034f6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Ndërtim i avancuar për ndërfaqen e rrjetit dhe muri-mbrojtës</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a9f12f86..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Qendra Rrjetit</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the Network
-&amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paraqitje</title>
-
-    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
-configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
-etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
-on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
-settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
-network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
-ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
-
-    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
-first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
-networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
-the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
-connected.</para>
-
-    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
-networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
-strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
-the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
-either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
-or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
-to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
-window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
-key in particular).</para>
-
-    <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Monitor button</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
-PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
-available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
--> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
-local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
-gives details about connection status.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
-accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Butoni i konfigurimit</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Për një rrjet përcjellës</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
-creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
-configuration may give better results.</para>
-
-    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
-like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
-<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
-available from your providers website.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
-the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
-the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
-have to reconnect to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Lejo ndërfaqen të kontrollohet nga Menaxheri
-Rrjetit:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Butoni Avancimeve:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Për një rrjeti Wireless</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Vetëm sendet që nuk shihen më lart janë shpjeguar.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Mënyra operative:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
-point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
-<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
-access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Në është një rrjet privat, ju duhet të dini këto cilësime.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
-passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
-personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
-in private networks.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
-point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Butoni Avancimeve:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The Advanced Settings button</title>
-
-    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ce875f1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Menaxho profile të ndryshme rrjetit</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c54b7c63..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Shpërndaj drejtuesit dhe skedat duke përdorur NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Parakushtet</title>
-
-    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> is launched for the
-first time, it may display the following message:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Pas përfundimit të instalimit, një dritare me një listë të zbrazët shfaqet.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Dritarja kryesore</title>
-
-    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list
-is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
-configuration tool.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Modifiko hyrjen</title>
-
-    <para>Mjeti konfigurimit është emërtuar "Modifiko hyrjen". Ajo mund të jetë nisur
-edhe me butonin <guibutton>Modifiko</guibutton>. Parametrat e mëposhtme janë
-të disponueshme.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Skedari NFS</title>
-
-      <para>Këtu ju mund të specifikoni cili skedarë është që të ndahet. Butoni
-<guibutton>Skedari</guibutton> jep hyrje në një shfletues për të zgjedhur
-atë.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Host access</title>
-
-      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
-directory.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name
-recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
-characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
-domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
-hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
-`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>User ID Mapping</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
-0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
-cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
-the server itself.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
-squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
-(no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
-to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
-directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
-mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
-the anonymous account.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Opsione avancuara</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
-originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
-is on by default.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
-and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
-request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
-using this option.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
-violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
-by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
-help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
-exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hyrja menysë</title>
-
-    <para>Deri tani lista ka të paktën një hyrje.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>Server është ndalur dhe rifilluar me skedarët aktuale konfigurimit.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e9c30d20..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
-this tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
-administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
-some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
-
-  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
-proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
-an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control their complexity.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 14124421..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configure Media</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
-repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
-to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
-below).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
-USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
-used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
-packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
-media type CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
-i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
-your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
-don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
-the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">kolonat</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Mundëso Kolonat:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
-some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Përditësime Kolonat:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
-media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
-this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
-and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
-versions contain at least:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
-supported by Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Jofalas</emphasis> e cila përmban disa programe të
-cilët nuk janë falas</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
-be patent claims in some countries.</para>
-
-        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
-version of Mageia was released.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
-due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
-even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
-backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
-of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
-corrections.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">The buttons on the right</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Hiq:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Për të hequr një mjete, klikoni mbi të dhe pastaj në këtë buton. Kjo është e
-mençur për të hequr mjete që përdoren për instalim (CD ose DVD për shembull)
-që të gjitha paketat që ai përmban janë në mjetin zyrtarë të lëshimit
-Bërthamë.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Redakto:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
-proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
-contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
-adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
-you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
-specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
-the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
-in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
-release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
-be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Menyja</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
-click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
-too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
-actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
-out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
-between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
-<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
-clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
-close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
-mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that
-isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
-name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
-the medium type)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opsione -> Opsione Globale:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
-or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
-download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
-update only, always or never).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Opsione -> Menaxho çelësat:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
-the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
-window that appear, select a medium and then click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
-on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Opsione -> Proxi:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
-here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
-necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
-page</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 26ce37a8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Share directories and drives with Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paraqitje</title>
-
-    <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
-resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
-the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is
-also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the
-resources of the Samba server.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Përgatitje</title>
-
-    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
-address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
-<xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the
-station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
-firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title>
-
-    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis
-role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> checks if
-needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
-yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already
-selected.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
-access to the shared resources.</para>
-
-    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
-the network.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Choose the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
-resource</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
-each share</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
-address or host name.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
-described in the Windows workstations.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
-configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
-option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
-not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
-as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
-group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
-account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Declare a directory to share</title>
-
-    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
-<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
-the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
-name can not be modified.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hyrja menysë</title>
-
-    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>File|Write conf</title>
-
-      <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Konfiguro</title>
-
-      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Rifillo</title>
-
-      <para>Server është ndalur dhe rifilluar me skedarët aktuale konfigurimit.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Server|Ngarko</title>
-
-      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
-files.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Printers share</title>
-
-    <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Përdoruesit samba</title>
-
-    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
-resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2abcc051..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Konfiguro vërtetimin për veglat Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote>is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
-usually done by the administrator.</para>
-
-  <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
-the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
-drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the
-same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ea9bfa6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Foto-çasti</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
-<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
-tools</guilabel> section.</para>
-  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
-about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
-proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
-
- <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
-<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
-Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
-<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
-the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
-files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
-<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
-the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
-included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
-done.</para>
-	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
-<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
-USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d3f9452d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Konfigurimi zërit</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and
-troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you
-change the sound card.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
-inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
-sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
-volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
-enabled.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
-is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
-fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an
-obvious button.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 933798b2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Vendos një UPS për monitorimin e energjisë</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6333d011..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network access</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paraqitje</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows to configure secure
-access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
-workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
-configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
-already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
-network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfigurimi</title>
-
-    <para>Së pari, zgjidhni ose Cisco VPN flotacion ose OpenVPN, në varësi protokollit
-që është përdorur për rrjetin tuaj privat virtual.</para>
-
-    <para>Pastaj jepni lidhjen tuaj një emër.</para>
-
-    <para>Në ekran tjetër, jepni të dhënat për lidhjen tuaj VPN.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Për Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
-first time the tool is used.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
-from the network administrator.</para>
-
-        <para>Parametrat avancuara:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
-connection.</para>
-
-    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
-connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
-to this VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 60a46f41..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configure webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
-server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a web server?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
-accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the web server wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Paraqitje</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server User Module</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows users to create their own sites.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User web directory name</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
-display it.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Përmbledhje</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Përfundo</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 22bef84d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Konfiguro DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 09d2190e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Konfiguro DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
-interfaces</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
-be installed before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
-standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
-configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
-communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Paraqitje</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
-which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select IP range</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
-the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
-some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Përmbledhje</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hold on...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
-change things around.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Hours later...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
-adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 63ce919c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Konfiguro orën</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
-your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
-default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
-packages.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
-time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
-because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
-arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
-click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
-may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Kliko në butonin <guibutton>Fund</guibutton> për të mbyllur mjetin</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
-servers;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
-name;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
-<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 80aee716..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Konfiguro FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Çfarë është <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
-protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Paraqitje</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
-things.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Informacion</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
-complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Server Opsione</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
-(File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Përmbledhje</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Përfundo</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a925fdfa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Konfiguro proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> can help you to set up a
-proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
-before you can access to it.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
-
-    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
-as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
-servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
-such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
-different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
-simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Paraqitje</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Përmbledhje</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Start during boot?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
-click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Përfundo</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>What is done</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 92474e4f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Konfigurimi demonin OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
-communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
-other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
-via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
-(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
-respectively). (From Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
-<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>General Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
-<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
-then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Logging</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>User Login Options</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Përmbledhje</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Take a second to check these options, then click
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Përfundo</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f03061f8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Menaxho shërbimet e sistemit duke mundësuar ose gjymtuar ato</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a3915c0d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Hardware configuration</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gives a general view of the
-hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
-look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
-<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
-<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Dritarja</title>
-
-    <para>Dritarja është e ndarë në dy kolona.</para>
-
-    <para>Kolonën e majtë përmban një listë të pajisjeve-elektronike të
-zbuluara. Pajisjet janë të grupuara sipas kategorive. Kliko në&gt; për të
-zgjeruar përmbajtjen e një kategorie. Çdo pajisje mund të përzgjidhet në
-këtë kolonë.</para>
-
-    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
-<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
-about the content of the fields.</para>
-
-    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
-available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
-parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
-used by experts only.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
-configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menyja</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Opsione</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
-enable automatic detection:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modemi</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Pajisje jaz</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
-the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
-be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 58dddddb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>tastieradrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paraqitje</title>
-
-    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> helps you
-configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
-Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
-be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
-"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Keyboard Layout</title>
-
-    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
-in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
-layout should be used for.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Keyboard Type</title>
-
-    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
-unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ba76caa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Menaxho lokalizimin për sistemin tuaj</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root.
-  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
-section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
-your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
-language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
-
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
-compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
-language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
-countries not listed.</para>
-
-  <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Metodë hyrëse</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
-input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
-methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
-Korean, etc).</para>
-  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
-users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
-  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
-and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
-part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ebd4db8c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Shiko dhe kërko shënimet e sistemit</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
-Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
-logs</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To do a search in the logs</title>
-
-    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
-<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
-<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
-to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
-possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
-month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
-day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
-to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
-file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
-clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
-configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
-updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
-the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
-address.</para>
-
-    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
-Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
-Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
-running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
-look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
-
-    <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Shërbimi Webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server i letrave Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache World Wide Web Server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Server Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Shërbime Xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
-unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
-the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
-out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
-to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
-
-    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
-person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
-or on the Internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0df0a636..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
-
-  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b2d7f48..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
-PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
-packages to work.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
-is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
-
-  <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Informacion në lidhje me rrjetin</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
-
-  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
-lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
-called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 79b45259..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Ndezje</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
-steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguro hapat ndezës</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f3ccb5e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Pjesë-elektronike</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni midis disa mjeteve për konfigurimin
-pjesët-elektronike tuaja. Klikoni mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më
-shumë.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Menaxho pjesët-elektronike tuaja</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
-hardware</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguro grafiken</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguro miun dhe tastierën</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguro printim dhe skanim</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
-the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Të tjerët</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 824ff238..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Rreth Manualit për Qendrën e Kontrollit Mageia</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Qendra e Kontrollit Mageia (MCC) ka tetë opsionet e ndryshme ose tabs për të
-zgjedhur në kolonën e majtë, dhe madje edhe dhjetë nëse paketa drakwizard
-është e instaluar. Secila prej këtyre skedave jep një grup të ndryshme të
-mjeteve që mund të zgjidhen në panelin e madh të djathtë.</para>
-
-	<para>Dhjetë Kapitujt në vijim janë për ato dhjetë opsionet dhe mjetet ne lidhje
-me to.</para>
-
-<para>Kapitulli i fundit ka të bëjë me disa mjete të tjera Mageia, që nuk mund të
-zgjidhen në ndonjë nga MCC-tabs.</para>
-
-	<para>Titujt e faqeve shpesh do të jenë të njëjtë si titujt e mjet në ekran.</para>
-
-        <para>Ka edhe një tabelë kërkimi në dispozicion, e cila ju mund të hyni duke
-klikuar mbi tabelën "Kërko" në kolonën e majtë.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 76a40e55..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Hard Disqet Vendor</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
-local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Hard Disqet Vendor</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a4d04e4e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Rrjeti dhe Interneti</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të disa mjeteve të rrjetit. Klikoni
-mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më shumë.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Menaxhoni pajisjet e rrjetit tuaj</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personalizoni dhe Siguroni rrjetin tuaj</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Të tjerët</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c4f1f09d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Shërbimet e Rrjetit</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
-the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
-between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
-on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Shërbimet e Rrjetit</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index acd60ae1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Shpërndarës Rrjeti</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni midis disa mjete për ndarjen drejtuesve
-dhe skedarëve. Klikoni mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më shumë.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfiguro shpërndarësin Windows(R)</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
-directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurimi shpërndarësve NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurimi shpërndarësin WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a5f612af..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Siguria</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të disa mjeteve të
-sigurisë. Klikoni mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më shumë.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Siguria</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
-and audit</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ef836ae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Shpërndaj</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
-visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
-choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
-below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Shpërndaj</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 13700263..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistemi</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të disa sistemeve dhe mjeteve të
-administrimit. Klikoni mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më shumë.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Menaxho shërbimet e sistemit</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Vendndodhja</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Mjetet e administrimit</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Menaxho përdoruesit në
-sistem</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 80277ed0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Konfiguro frekuencën e përditësimeve</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
-Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
-updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
-check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
-out.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9771840f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Ndërto pajisjen tregues (miu, pjesë-prekës)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
-Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
-
-  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
-and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
-PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
-immediately taken into account.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1155dc83..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: System Security and Audit</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Prezantim</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
-msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
-approaches:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
-make it more secure.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
-you if something seems dangerous.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
-set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
-enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
-own customised security levels.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Overview tab</title>
-
-    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
-
-    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
-button on the right side to configure them:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec vetë me disa informacione:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>enabled or not</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
-and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Security settings tab</title>
-
-    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
-<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
-below.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Basic security tab</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Nivele sigurie:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
-allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
-in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
-following levels are available:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
-do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
-your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
-constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
-if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
-vulnerable to attack.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
-configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
-constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
-detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
-permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
-versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
-you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
-system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
-the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
-5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
-such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
-system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
-but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>These levels are saved in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
-your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for
-power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
-level settings.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Alarme sigurie:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
-to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
-by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
-can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
-and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
-the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
-enable it.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
-immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
-problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
-files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
-security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
-any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
-the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
-to the options.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>System security tab</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
-description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
-column.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
-screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
-actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
-selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
-choice.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
-using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
-have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
-saving them.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Siguria rrjetit</title>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
-
-      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
-security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
-
-      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
-if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
-checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
-
-      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
-these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
-allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
-messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
-below shows four exceptions.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
-button</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
-<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
-<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
-obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
-<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
-tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Autorizimet</title>
-    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
-enforcement.</para>
-    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
-secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
-level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
-into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
-into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
-intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
-also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
-you want. Current configuration is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
-list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
-can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
-owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
-given rule:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
-defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
-if not, but does not change anything.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
-permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
-permissions.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
-and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
-the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
-not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
-menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
-the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
-    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
-configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
-in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
-check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
-checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
-account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
-use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
-changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
-manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
-in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
-the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
-the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 17ab6bf5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Të tjera mjete Mageia</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Ka më shumë mjete Mageia se ato që mund të fillojnë në Qendrën e Kontrollit
-Mageia. Klikoni mbi një lidhje më poshtë për të mësuar më shumë, ose të
-vazhdo leximin faqeve të ardhshme.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>PËR TË SHKRUAR </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Dhe më shumë mjete?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 14c00d0d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduction to rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
-program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
-graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
-package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
-servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
-available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
-certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
-default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
-packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
-of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
-included in the packages.</para>
-
-    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
-the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
-will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
-: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
-and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
-it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
-thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
-packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pjesët kryesore të ekranit</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
-time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
-interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
-dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
-updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
-probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
-this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
-of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Gjendja filtrimit paketave:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Ky filtër ju lejon të shikoni vetëm paketat e instaluar, vetëm paketa që nuk
-janë instaluar apo të gjitha nga paketat, të instaluara dhe jo të
-instaluara.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Mënyrë kërkimi:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Kliko mbi këtë ikonë për të kërkuar përmes emrave të paketës, me
-përmbledhjet e tyre, nëpërmjet përshkrimit të tyre të plotë, ose përmes
-dokumenteve të përfshira në paketa.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kuti "Zbulo":</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
-for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
-"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Fshi të gjitha:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Kjo ikonë mund të fshih në një klikim të gjitha fjalët kyçe hyrëse në kutin
-"Zbulo".</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Lista kategoritë:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
-sub categories.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Panel përshkrimi:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Ky panel tregon emrin e paketës, përmbledhjen e saj dhe përshkrimin e
-plotë. Ajo tregon shumë elemente të dobishme në lidhje me paketën e
-përzgjedhur. Ajo gjithashtu mund të tregojnë detaje të sakta në lidhje me
-paketën, dokumente të përfshira në paketë, si dhe një listë e ndryshimeve të
-fundit të bëra nga mirëmbajtësit.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Kolona e statusit</title>
-
-    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
-category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
-list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
-is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
-installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
-uncheck the box before the package name and click on
-<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Ikona</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legjendë</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Kjo paketë është instaluar tashmë</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Kjo paketë do të instalohet</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Kjo pako nuk mund të ndryshohet</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Kjo paketë është një përditësim</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Kjo paketë do të ç'instalohet</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
-icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
-on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
-with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when
-clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>The dependencies</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
-are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
-information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
-dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
-may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
-library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
-button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
-install.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 63b6ac26..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Konfiguro skanerin</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instalimi</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>This tool <footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to configure a
-single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
-also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
-remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
-
-    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
-message:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
-<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
-installed.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
-the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
-sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
-cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
-scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
-scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
-list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
-<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Zgjidhni portin</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
-ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
-case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
-
-    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
-similar to the one below.</para>
-<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
-linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
-accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
-decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
-this machine.</para>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
-deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
-this computer.</para>
-
-    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
-from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
-machines.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
-offers to do it.</para>
-
-    <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>për të shtuar apo komentuar
-direktivën "net"</para>
-
-    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifikat</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
-(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
-you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivers are available from <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
-with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
-ignored.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Hapa shtesë instalimi</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
-steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
-each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
-after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
-firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
-downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
-    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
-each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
-what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c5d47ba..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Menaxhuesi Programeve</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
-management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Menaxhuesi Programeve</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Përditësoni sistemin
-tuaj</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
-sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e9518bd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,342 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Instalo dhe konfiguro një printer</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Paraqitje</title>
-
-    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
-ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
-interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
-offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
-which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
-and openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
-installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
-
-    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
-section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
-printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
-        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
-for.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC do të kërkojë për instalimin e dy paketave:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Është e nevojshme që të pranojnë këtë për të vazhduar instalimin. Deri në
-230MB e varësit janë të nevojshme.</para>
-
-    <para>Për të shtuar një printer, zgjidhni butonin "Shto" printer. Sistemi do të
-përpiqet për të zbuluar ndonjë printer dhe portet në dispozicion. Pamja
-tregon një printer të lidhur me një port paralel. Nëse një printer është
-zbuluar, të tillë si një printer në një port USB, ajo do të shfaqet në
-rreshtin e parë. Dritarja do të bëjë të pamundurën për të konfiguruar një
-printer rrjeti.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Printer zbuluar Automatikisht</title>
-
-    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
-name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
-"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
-automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
-drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
-next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Kur ju zgjidhni një port, sistemi ngarkon një listë drejtuesish dhe tregon
-një dritare për të zgjedhur një drejtues. Zgjedhja mund të bëhet përmes një
-nga mundësitë e mëposhtme.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Zgjidhni printer nga baza e të dhënave</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>provide PPD file</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>search for a driver to download</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
-first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
-driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
-encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
-which know to work.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Përfundo procesin e instalimit</title>
-
-    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
-allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
-the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
-available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
-this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
-printers.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Printer rrjeti</title>
-
-    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
-wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
-another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
-IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
-as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
-one.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
-printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
-configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
-on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
-Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
-as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
-after "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
-your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
-you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
-Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
-and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
-says "host".</para>
-
-    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
-protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
-list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
-
-    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
-which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Protokollet printimi rrjeti</title>
-
-    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
-JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
-via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
-known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
-which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
-IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
-manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
-IP-adress is not required.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
-protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
-the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
-changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
-the same as above.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Protokollet e tjera janë:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
-be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
-some ADSL-routers.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
-but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
-defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
-with TLS secured protocol.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
-accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
-station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
-the URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Informacione shtesë mund të gjenden në <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">dokumentacionin
-CUPS.</link></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Karakteristikat Pajisjes</title>
-
-    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
-parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
-system, but you can specify a different one with the
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
-another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
-of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Troubleshoot</title>
-
-    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
-inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
-<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Specifikat</title>
-
-    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
-Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
-check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
-is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
-redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
-the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
-tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
-works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
-up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Printerat vëlla</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
-page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
-for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
-
-    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
-devices</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
-detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
-<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
-tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
-menu. Also view <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
-for the management of the printer.</para>
-
-    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
-features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
-allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
-case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
-picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
-open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
-card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Printer me ngjyra Samsung</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Për stampues me ngjyra Samsung dhe Xerox, <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">kjo faqe ofron drejtues</link> për
-protokoll QPDL.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson stampues dhe skaner</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
-package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
-be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
-according to your architecture. </para>
-
-    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
-conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Printerat Canon</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
-<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2566b29f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importo Windows(TM) dokumente dhe konfigurime</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled
-<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>Mjeti i lejon një administratori të importoj dokumentet e përdoruesit dhe
-parametrat nga një <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000,
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP ose <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-instalimit në të njëjtin kompjuter si instalimit Mageia.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
-immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Pas fillimit transfugdrake ju do të shihni faqen e parë magjistar me një
-shpjegim për mjet dhe opsionet e importit.</para>
-
-  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
-
-  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
-choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
-Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
-than yours own.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
-transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
-(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
-example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
-import purposes.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import documents:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
-appropriate item in this window.</para>
-
-  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import bookmarks:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
-
-  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
-<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sq/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sq/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 46e2de7d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sq/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Përdoruesit dhe grupet</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Ky mjet<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-    </footnote> gjendet nën <emphasis
-role="bold">System</emphasis> tabelë në Qendrën e Kontrollit Mageia emërtuar
-"Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem"</para>
-
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
-means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
-(ID, shell, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
-the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
-<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Shto Përdorues</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Ky buton hap një dritare të re me të gjitha fushat e treguara bosh:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
-entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
-or nothing as well!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Hyrja</emphasis> është e vetmja fushë e kërkuar.</para>
-
-  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
-recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
-password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
-use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
-shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Konfirmo Fjalëkalimin</emphasis> fushë është atje për
-të siguruar që ju të fusni atë që ju  keni qëllim për.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
-you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
-Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
-checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
-user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
-
-  <para>Opsionet e tjera duhen të jenë të qarta. Ky përdorues i ri është krijuar
-menjëherë pasi ju klikoni mbi <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Shto Grup</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Ju duhet vetëm të shkruani emrin e ri të grupit, dhe nëse kërkohet, ID
-specifike grupi.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Redakto</emphasis> (një përdorues i zgjedhur)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
-for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Info llogari</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
-Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
-accounts.</para>
-
-  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
-as the account is locked.</para>
-
-  <para>Është gjithashtu e mundur për të ndryshuar ikonën.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Info Fjalëkalimi</emphasis>: Ju lejon të vendosni një
-datë skadimi për fjalëkalim, ky detyron përdoruesin të ndryshoj fjalëkalimin
-e tij në mënyrë periodike.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grup</emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të zgjidhni grupet që
-përdoruesi është anëtar i.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Nëse jeni duke modifikuar një llogari përdoruesi të lidhur, modifikimet nuk
-do të jenë në fuqi deri në hyrje të tij/saj të ardhshëm.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Redakto</emphasis> (me një grup të zgjedhur)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
-name.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Përdoruesit e grupit</emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të
-zgjidhni përdoruesit të cilët janë anëtarë të grupit</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Fshi</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
-role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
-ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
-has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Është e mundur për të fshirë një grup që nuk është bosh.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Rifresko</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
-refresh the display.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Llogaria Vizitor</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
-to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
-is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
-to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
-end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
-in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv.po b/docs/mcc-help/sv.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 494990f5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11253 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013
-# Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013-2014,2016
-# Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>, 2014-2017
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-27 18:37+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"sv/)\n"
-"Language: sv\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Kom åt WebDAV-delade enheter och mappar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittas i Mageia's "
-"kontrollcentral, under fliken för Nätverksdelning, märkt "
-"<guilabel>Konfigurera WebDAV-delningar</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Presentation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> är "
-"ett protokoll som låter dig montera en webbservers katalog lokalt (förutsatt "
-"att den fjärrstyrda datorn kör en WebDAV-server), så att den dyker upp som "
-"en lokal katalog i filsystemet. Syftet med detta verktyg är inte att "
-"konfigurera en WebDAV-server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Skapar en ny post"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Den första skärmen visar de redan konfigurerade inläggen om det finns några, "
-"och en <guibutton>Ny</guibutton>-knapp.Använd den för att skapa ett nytt "
-"inlägg. Ange serverns URL i fältet i på nya skärmen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Sedan kommer du till en skärm med alternativknappar där du kan välja några "
-"åtgärder. Välj <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> genom att klicka på "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> efter att du valt alternativsknappen eftersom "
-"<guibutton>servern</guibutton> redan är konfigurerad. Du kan emellertid "
-"rätta till det om det behövs."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Innehållet av den fjärrstyrda mappen kommer att vara tillgängligt via denna "
-"monteringspunkt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"I nästa steg ska du ange ditt användarnamn och lösenord. Om du behöver några "
-"andra val så kan du ange dessa i <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-fönstret."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"Valet <guibutton>Montera</guibutton> tillåter dig att omedelbart montera för "
-"åtkomst."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Efter att du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</"
-"guibutton> så visas första skärmen igen och din nya monteringspunkt finns "
-"med i listan. När du trycker på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> blir du bli "
-"tillfrågad om du vill spara ändringarna i <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. "
-"Välj detta om du vill att fjärrkatalogen ska vara tillgänglig vid varje "
-"uppstart. Om det bara är en en-gångs grej så spara inte konfigurationen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Detta enkla verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger dig som "
-"systemadministratör möjlighet att tillåta användare att dela undermappar i "
-"sin egen /home-katalog med andra användare som befinner sig på samma lokala "
-"nätverk, och som har datorer som kör antingen Linux eller Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Det hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Lokal disk kallad "
-"\"Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Svara först på frågan: \"<guilabel>Skulle du vilja tillåta användare att "
-"dela några av sina mappar ?</guilabel>, klicka på <guibutton>Ingen delning</"
-"guibutton> om svaret är nej för alla användare, klicka på <guibutton>Tillåt "
-"alla användare</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på <guilabel>Ok</guilabel>, på nästa skärm får du välja mellan "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Kryssa i "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> om Linux är det enda operativsystemet i "
-"nätverket, eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> om nätverket har både Linux och "
-"Windows-datorer. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Alla nödvändiga "
-"paket kommer att installeras automatiskt om det behövs."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"När en ny användare läggs till i fildelningsgruppen så behöver du koppla ner "
-"och ansluta igen för att ändringarna som gjorts ska börja gälla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Från och med nu så kan varje användare som tillhör fildelningsgruppen välja "
-"i sin filhanterare de mappar som ska delas även om inte alla filhanterare "
-"har denna möjlighet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "sv"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Kom åt NFS-delade enheter och kataloger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange "
-"några kataloger som ska vara tillgängliga för alla användare på datorn. "
-"Protokollet som används är NFS och är tillgängligt på de flesta Linux och "
-"UNIX-system. Den utdelade katalogen kommer därför att vara tillgänglig vid "
-"uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för "
-"användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Procedur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över "
-"servrar som delar mappar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på >-symbolen före namnet på servern för a visa listan av delade "
-"mappar och välj den mapp du vill komma åt."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> kommer att finnas tillgänglig "
-"och du kommer behöva ange var du ska montera mappen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Efter att du har valt monteringspunkt så kan du montera den. Du kan också "
-"verifiera och ändra några val med <guibutton>Val</guibutton>-knappen. Efter "
-"att mappen är monterad så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"När du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> "
-"så visas ett meddelande som frågar om du vill spara dina ändringar i /etc/"
-"fstab. Det medför att katalogen finns tillgänglig vid varje uppstart om "
-"nätverket är åtkomligt. Den nya katalogen är då tillgänglig i din "
-"filhanterare, som t. ex. Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "CD/DVD-brännare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>hittas under fliken "
-"Lokala diskar i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt i enlighet med med din "
-"flyttbara hårdvara (Endast CD/DVD-spelare, brännare och diskettstation)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Dess mål är att definera hur din flyttbara enhet är monterad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Längst upp i fönstret finns en kort beskrivning av din hårdvara och de valda "
-"alternativen att montera den. Använd menyn längst ner för att ändra dem. "
-"Kryssa i vilket objekt som ska ändras och sedan på knappen <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Monteringspunkt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Kryssa i denna ruta för att ändra monteringspunkt. Standard är /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Val"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Många monteringspunkter kan välja antingen här direkt i listan eller via "
-"undermenyn <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. De huvudsakliga är:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "användare/ingenanvändare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"användaren tillåter en vanlig användare (inte root) att montera en flyttbar "
-"disk, detta alternativ involverar noexec, nosuid och nodev. Användaren som "
-"monterade disken är den enda som kan avmontera den."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Kom åt Windows (SMB)-delade diskar och mappar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange "
-"vilka katalogen som ska vara tillgängliga för användare på datorn. "
-"Protokollet som används är SMB som är populärt på Windows(R)-system. Den "
-"utdelade katalogen är tillgänglig  direkt vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger "
-"kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en "
-"filhanterare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Innan du startar verktyget så är det en bra idé att deklarera namnen på "
-"servrarna som är tillgängliga, till exempel med <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över "
-"servrar som delar kataloger."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på servernamnet och &gt; före servernamnet för att visa upp listan av "
-"delade mappar och välj den mapp som du vill få tillgång till."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"För att knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ska bli tillgänglig "
-"så behöver du ange var mappen ska monteras."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Efter val av monteringspunkt så kan det monteras med knappen "
-"<guimenu>Montera</guimenu>. Du kan också bekräfta och ändra några alternativ "
-"med knappen <guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"I alternativ så kan du ange användarnamnet och lösenordet till de som ska "
-"kunna ansluta till SMB-servern. Efter att mappen har monterats så kan du "
-"avmontera den med samma knapp."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Efter att konfigurationen accepterats med Klar-knappen kommer ett meddelande "
-"upp om du vill spara inställningarna i /etc/fstab. Sparas inställningarna så "
-"är katalogen åtkomlig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är igång. Den nya "
-"katalogen finns då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, t. ex. Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "3D-skrivbordseffekter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> låter dig hantera "
-"skrivbordets 3D-effekter i ditt operativsystem. 3D-effekter är som standard "
-"avstängt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Komma igång"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"För att använda det här verktyget så behöver du ha glxinfo-paketet "
-"installerat. Om paketet inte är installerat så kommer du att bli tillfrågad "
-"med en popup-ruta om att göra så innan drak3d kan startas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Efter att du startat drak3d kommer en meny att visas. Här kan du välja "
-"antingen <guilabel>Inga skrivbordseffekter</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Compiz "
-"Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion är en del av en sammansatt fönsterhanterare "
-"som bland annant innehåller hårdvaruaccelererade specialeffekter för ditt "
-"skrivbord. Välj <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> för att starta den."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Om detta är första gången du startar programmet efter en ren installation av "
-"Mageia kommer ett varningsmeddelande att visas om vilka paket som måste "
-"installeras för att kunna använda Compiz Fusion. Klicka på knappen "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att fortsätta."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"När de lämpliga paketen slutligen är installerade så kommer du att märka att "
-"Compiz Fusion är valt i drak3d-menyn, men att du måste logga ut och logga in "
-"igen för att ändringarna ska få effekt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Efter att du har loggat in igen så kommer Compiz Fusion att vara aktiverat. "
-"För att ställa in Compiz Fusion så kollar du in sidan för ccsm (CompizConfig "
-"Settings Manager)-verktyget."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Felsökning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Kan inte se skrivbordet efter inloggning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du efter att ha aktiverat Compiz Fusion och loggar in på skrivbordsmiljön "
-"igen och inte kan se någonting, starta om datorn för att komma tillbaka till "
-"inloggningsskärmen. Klicka sedan på skrivbordsikonen och välj drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Om ditt konto är ett administratörskonto kommer du att bli ombedd att ange "
-"ditt lösenord igen när du loggar in. Använd annars ett administratörskonto. "
-"Därefter kan du återställa de ändringar som kan ha orsakat "
-"inloggningsproblemet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Verifiering"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> möjliggör att du "
-"kan ändra på vilket sätt som du blir erkänd som användare av maskinen eller "
-"på nätet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Som standard så lagras informationen om din autentisering i en fil på din "
-"dator. Modifiera den enbart om din nätverksadministratör bjuder in dig att "
-"göra det och ger dig information om det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Konfigurera autologin för automatisk inloggning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ställa in "
-"automatisk inloggning för en användare utan att ange lösenord. Det kallas "
-"automatisk inloggning och kan vara användbart när det bara finns en "
-"användare som använder datorn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Det finns under <emphasis role=\"bold\">Start</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias "
-"kontrollcenter och är märkt \"Ställ in automatisk inloggning\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Gränssnittets knappar är ganska uppenbara:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Kryssa i <guibutton>Starta det grafiska gränssnittet automatiskt när datorn "
-"startar</guibutton> om du vill att X-fönstersystem ska startas efter "
-"uppstarten. Annars kommer systemet att starta i textbaserad läge. Oavsett "
-"vad så är det möjligt att starta det grafiska gränssnittet manuellt, genom "
-"att t. ex. att köra kommandot 'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Om första rutan är ikryssad kommer två nya alternativ att vara tillgängliga, "
-"antingen väljer du <guibutton>Nej, jag vill inte använda autologin</"
-"guibutton> om du vill att systemet ska fortsätta att fråga om användarnamn "
-"och lösenord, eller kryssa i <guibutton>Ja, jag vill använda autologin för "
-"denna (användare, skrivbord)</guibutton> om nödvändigt. I så fall måste du "
-"även ange <guilabel>standardanvändare</guilabel> och <guilabel>standard "
-"skrivbordsmiljö</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Ställ in uppstartssystemet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du använder ett UEFI-system istället för BIOS så är gränssnittet lite "
-"annorlunda eftersom startenheten uppenbarligen är EFI-systempartition (ESP)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> tillåter dig att "
-"ställa in uppstartsalternativen (val av uppstartshanterare, ställa in ett "
-"lösenord, standarduppstart, osv.)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Det kan hittas under fliken Uppstart i Mageia's kontrollcentral som \"Ställ "
-"in uppstartssystem\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Använd inte det här verktyget om du inte exakt vet vad du håller på med. Att "
-"ändra några inställningar kan förhindra att din maskin startar upp igen !"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"På UEFI-system så är starthanteraren <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> och "
-"installeras på /boot/EFI-partitionen. Denna FAT32-partitionen är vanlig på "
-"alla installerade operativsystem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger några extra val."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Avancerad konfiguration och strömgränssnitt) är en standard för "
-"strömhanteringen. Det kan spara ström genom att stoppa oanvända enheter, det "
-"här var metoden som användes före APM. Bocka i den här rutan om din hårdvara "
-"är ACPI-kompatibel."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP står för Symetriska Multiprocessorer, det är en arkitektur för "
-"processorer med flera kärnor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du har en processor med HyperThreading så kommer Mageia att se den som en "
-"dubbelkärnig processor och aktivera SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Aktivera APIC</guibutton> och <guibutton>Aktivera lokal APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC står för Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Det finns två "
-"komponenter i Intels APIC-system, den lokala APIC (LAPIC) och I/O APIC. "
-"Denna omdirigerar avbrotten som erhålls via kringutrustning till en eller "
-"flera lokala APICs som finns i processorn. Det är speciellt användbart i "
-"system med mer än en processor. Vissa datorer har problem med APIC-systemet "
-"som kan orsaka hängningar eller inkorrekt enhetsidentifiering (felmeddelande "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7). Om så är fallet så avaktivera APIC och/"
-"eller lokal APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> skärm varierar beroende på vilken "
-"starthanterare du väljer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "Du har Grub Legacy eller Lilo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Etikettfältet</guilabel> är valfritt, ange vad som ska visas i "
-"menyn. Det matchar Grubs titel-kommando. T. ex: Mageia3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"Fältet <guilabel>Avbild</guilabel> innehåller namnet på kärnan. Det matchar "
-"Grub-kommandot \"kernel\". Till exempel /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"Fältet <guilabel>Root</guilabel> innehåller enhetsnamnet där kärnan lagras. "
-"Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"root\". Till exempel (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"Fältet <guilabel>Bifoga</guilabel> innehåller valen som ska anges till "
-"kärnan vid tid för uppstart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Om rutan <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> är förvalt så kommer Grub att ladda "
-"den här posten som standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"I rutan för <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel> är det möjligt att välja "
-"<guilabel>videoläge</guilabel>, en <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>-fil och en "
-"<guilabel>nätverksprofil</guilabel>. Titta i <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile"
-"\"/> i rullgardinsmenyerna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"Du använder Grub2 eller Grub2-efi (starthanterare som används som standard i "
-"Legacy och UEFI-läge):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"Att inte installera på en ESP eller MBR betyder att installationen inte kan "
-"startas om den inte kedjeladdas från ett annat OS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Samla loggar och systeminformation för felrapporter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och "
-"användas från en konsol."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Det rekommenderas att skriva utdatan av detta kommando till en fil, till "
-"exempel genom  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
-"emphasis>, men se till att du har tillräckligt med diskutrymme först. Filen "
-"kan lätt bli flera gigabyte stor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Utdatan är alldeles för stor för att bifogas till en felrapport utan att "
-"först ta bort obehövliga delar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Detta kommando samlar följande information från ditt system:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "ispci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partitioner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i81n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "magiea-version"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"När denna hjälptext skrevs så var delar av utdatan från \"syslog\" tom, "
-"detta för att verktyget inte är anpassat till vår övergång till systemd. Om "
-"den fortfarande är tom kan du återfå \"syslog\" skriva (som root): <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Om du har dåligt "
-"med diskutrymme kan du exempelvis ta de sista 5000 raderna av loggfilen "
-"istället: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > "
-"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Mageia's felrapporteringsverktyg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Vanligtvis så startas detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"automatiskt när ett av Mageias verktyg slutar att fungera. Det är emellertid "
-"möjligt att efter att du fyllt i en felrapport så kan du bli tillfrågad att "
-"starta verktyget igen för att kontrollera informationen som ges, och sedan "
-"ange den i en existerande felrapport."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Om en ny felrapport måste lämnas in och du inte är van vid att göra det, "
-"vänligen läs <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Hur man rapporterar ett programfel på rätt "
-"sätt</link> innan du klickar på knappen Rapportera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Om felet redan har rapporterats av någon annan (felmeddelandet som dragbug "
-"ger kommer i så fall vara samma) är det bra om man skriver en kommentar till "
-"den rapporten också."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Hantera datum och tid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under "
-"systemfliken i Mageias kontrollcentral och kallas <guilabel>Hantera datum "
-"och tid</guilabel>. I vissa skrivbordsmiljöer är den även tillgänglig genom "
-"att högerklicka på klockan i systembrickan och välja ändra datum och tid."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Det är ett väldigt enkelt verktyg."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"I övre vänstra hörnet finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendern</emphasis>. I "
-"skärmdumpen ovan är datumet september (uppe till vänster), 2012 (uppe till "
-"höger), den andra (i blått) och det är en söndag. Välj månad (eller år) "
-"genom att klicka på de små pilarna på vardera sida om september (eller "
-"2012). Välj dag genom att klicka på numret."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"Längst ner till vänster finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nätverk tidsprotokoll</"
-"emphasis>-synkronisering där det finns möjlighet att alltid ha klockan "
-"synkroniserad genom en server. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera nätverkstids-"
-"protokoll</guilabel> och välj närmsta server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"På högra delen finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">klockan</emphasis>. Det är inte "
-"nödvändigt att ställa in klockan om NTP är aktiverat. Tre rutor visar "
-"timmar, minuter och sekunder (15, 28 och 22) i skärmdumpen). Använd de små "
-"pilarna för att ställa in klockan korrekt. Tidsformatet kan inte ändras här. "
-"Läs dokumentationen för din skrivbordsmiljö för detta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj åtminstonde din tidszon längst ner till höger genom att klicka på "
-"knappen <guibutton>Ändra tidszon</guibutton> och välj närmaste stad i listan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Även om det inte är möjligt att välja ett datum eller tidsformat i detta "
-"verktyg så kommer de att visas på ditt skrivbord i enlighet med dina "
-"lokaliseringsinställningar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Ta bort en anslutning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan även köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Här kan du ta bort ett nätverksgränssnitt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välj vilken du vill ta bort, klicka sedan på "
-"<emphasis>nästa</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kommer att få ett meddelande om att nätverksgränssnittet har tagits bort."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Konfigurera ett nytt nätverksgränssnitt (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ....)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du "
-"konfigurera mycket av det lokala nätverket och Internet. Du behöver "
-"information från din internetleverantör eller nätverksadministratör."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj vilken uppkoppling du vill konfigurera, i enlighet med den hårdvara och "
-"leverantör du har."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "En ny trådbunden anslutning (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det "
-"som du ska ställa in."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "Automatisk IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange om DNS-"
-"servrarna tillhandahålls via DHCP, eller om du manuellt måste ställa in dem "
-"vilket förklaras nedan. I det senare fallet måste IP-adressen ställas in. "
-"Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget värdnamn ställs in kommer "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard. "
-"Värdnamnet kan även förses av DHCP-servern med växeln <emphasis>Tilldela "
-"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Många DHCP-servrar har inte den "
-"funktionaliteten, och om du konfigurerar din PC till att automatiskt få en "
-"IP-adress genom en lokal ADSL-router är det osannolikt."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Avancerade-knappen ger dig möjligheten att specificera:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Sök domän (inte tillgänglig, som angiven av DHCP-servern)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "DHCP-klienten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP-timeout"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "Få YP-server av DHCP (markerad som standard): Ange NIS-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "Få NTPD-server av DHCP (tidssynkronisering av klockor)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att "
-"klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en IP-adress. "
-"Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla "
-"nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Manuell inställning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du behöver deklarera vilka "
-"DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inte "
-"VÄRDNAMN anges så ställs <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> in som "
-"standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är tillgängligt från din "
-"internetleverantörs hemsida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</"
-"emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för "
-"\"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så "
-"är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det "
-"ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala ADSL-leverantörerna använder "
-"inte den inställningen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "En ny satellit-anslutning (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du "
-"kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet.</link> Tack på förhand."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "En ny kabel-modemsanslutning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Du måste välja en autentiseringsmetod:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Ingen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (nödvändig för Telstra). I detta fall måste du ange användarnamn "
-"och lösenord."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar "
-"deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras "
-"nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen anges, datorns VÄRDNAMN kan "
-"också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också "
-"tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela "
-"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Alla DHCP-servrar har inte den "
-"funktionen, och om du konfigurerar din dator att tilldelas en IP-adress från "
-"en ADSL-router är det osannolikt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange vilka DNS-servrar "
-"som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget "
-"VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som "
-"standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</"
-"emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för "
-"\"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så "
-"är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det "
-"ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala nätverken behöver inte den "
-"inställningen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "En ny DSL-anslutning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Om verktyget hittar ett nätverkskort erbjuder det att välja ett och "
-"konfigurera det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. "
-"Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och "
-"fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Välj en av de tillgängliga protokollen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Dynamiskt konfigurationsprotokoll för värd (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Manuell TCP/IP-konfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP över ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP över Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Tunnelprotokoll från punkt till punkt (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Åtkomstinställningar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Konto-inloggning (användarnamn)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Konto-lösenord"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Avancerat) virtuellt genvägs-ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Avancerad) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "En ny ISDN-anslutning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Guiden frågar vilken enhet som ska ställas in:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Manuellt val (Internt ISDN-kort)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Externt ISDN-modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"En lista med hårdvara visas, sorterad per kategori och tillverkare. Välj "
-"ditt kort."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protokoll för resten av världen, förutom Europa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protokoll för Europa (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. "
-"Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och "
-"fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter. Sedan tillfrågas parametrar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Namn på anslutning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Telefonnummer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Inloggnings-ID"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Identifieringsmetod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Efter det måste du välja om du får din IP-adress automatiskt eller måste "
-"ange den manuellt. I sista fallet så skriv in din IP-adress och nätmask."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Nästa steg är att välja hur adresserna till DNS-servrar erhålls. Antingen "
-"automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ställa in:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Namn på domän"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Första och andra DNS-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj om värdnamnet ställs in från IP. Välja bara detta om du är säker på att "
-"din leverantör är konfigurerad att acceptera det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Nästa steg är att ställa in hur gateway-adressen erhålls. Antingen "
-"automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ange IP-"
-"adressen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "En ny trådlös anslutning (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Den första skärmen visar en lista över vilka gränssnitt som är tillgängliga "
-"och en post för varje Windows-drivrutin (ndiswrapper). Välj den som ska "
-"konfigureras. Använd bara ndiswrapper om de andra konfigurationsalternativen "
-"inte fungerade."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"I det här steget får man välja mellan de olika accesspunkterna som kortet "
-"har hittat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Det trådlösa kortets specifika parametrar är att ange:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Arbetsläge:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Hanterad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "För att få tillgång till en befintlig accesspunkt (den vanligaste)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "För att ställa in direktanslutning mellan datorer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Namn på nätverk (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr "Krypteringsläge: Det beror på hur åtkomstpunkten är inställd."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "Detta krypteringsläge är att föredra om din hårdvara tillåter det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Viss äldre hårdvara kan bara hantera denna krypteringsmetod."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Det ges i regel av hårdvaran som tillhandahåller accesspunkten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar "
-"deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras "
-"nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen till DNS-servrarna anges. "
-"Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet "
-"kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela "
-"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr "Få YP-server från DHCP (valt som standard): Ange NIS-servrar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Efter att konfigurationen godkänts så kommer nästa steg, som är gemensamt "
-"för alla nätverkskonfigurationer att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-"
-"end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange DNS-servrar. Datorns "
-"VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> att användas som standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"För ett hemmanätverk brukar IP-adressen i regel likna <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
-"emphasis>, nätmask är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gateway och DNS-"
-"servrar är tillgängliga på din leverantörs hemsida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du ange en <emphasis>sökdomän</"
-"emphasis>. Det syns i ditt värdnamn, utan det första namnet och innan "
-"punkten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "En ny GPRS/Edge/3G-anslutning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Om verktyget hittar några trådlösa nätverkskort låter det dig välja ett och "
-"konfigurera det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "PIN-koden efterfrågas. Lämna tomt om det inte behövs."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Guiden frågar efter ett nätverk om det inte hittas, välj alternativet "
-"<guilabel>Olistat</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Ange åtkomstinställningar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Namn på åtkomstpunkt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "En ny uppringd nätverksanslutning via Bluetooth"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "En ny analog telefon-modemsanslutning (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Manuellt val"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Upptäckt hårdvara, om någon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "En lista av portar är föreslaget. Välj din port."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Om det inte är installerat så är det rekommenderat att du installerar "
-"paketet <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"En lista visas med olika leverantörer, sorterade efter land. Välj din "
-"leverantör. Om den inte finns med i listan så väljer du alternativet "
-"<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och anger sedan de inställningar du fått av "
-"leverantören. Sedan tillfrågas uppringningsalternativ:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Namn på anslutning</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Telefonnummer</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Inloggnings-ID</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Lösenord</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Identifiering</emphasis>, välj mellan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Skript-baserad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Terminal-baserad"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Avslutar konfigurationen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "I nästa steg så kan du specificera:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Tillåt användare att hantera anslutningen</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Starta anslutningen vid uppstart</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Aktivera trafikloggning</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Tillåt gränssnittet att kontrolleras av Network Manager</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"När det gäller trådlösa anslutningar kommer finns en kompletterande "
-"kryssruta <emphasis>Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkter</emphasis> som gör det "
-"möjligt att automatiskt byta mellan anslutningspunkter beroende på "
-"signalstyrka."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Med den avancerade knappen kan du specificera:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metrisk (10 som standard)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Nätverks \"hotplugging\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Aktivera IPv6 till IPv4-tunnel"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Det sista steget tillåter dig att specificera om anslutningen ska starta "
-"omedelbart eller inte."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Öppna en konsoll som en administratör"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget ger dig tillgång till en konsol som körs som root. Vi tror "
-"inte du behöver mer information än så."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Hantera hårddisk-partitioner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk eller diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
-"emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är väldigt "
-"kraftfullt, ett minsta fel eller att katten hoppar upp på tangentbordet kan "
-"resultera i att all data på partitionen, även hela hårddisken kan raderas. "
-"Därför ser du fönstret ovanpå verktygsfönstret. Klicka på <emphasis>Avsluta</"
-"emphasis> om du är osäker på om du vill fortsätta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du har mer än en hårddisk så kan du byta till hårddisken som du vill "
-"jobba på genom att välja den korrekta fliken (sda, sdb, sdc osv)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan välja bland många olika åtgärder för att anpassa din hårddisk efter "
-"dina önskemål. Radera en hel hårddisk, dela eller slå ihop partitioner, "
-"ändra storlek eller filsystem, formatera eller visa vad som finns på en "
-"partition. Knappen <emphasis><guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"längst ner används för att radera hela disken, de andra knapparna blir "
-"synliga och visas till höger när du klickat på en partition."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du har ett UEFI-system så kan du då se en liten partition som kallas för "
-"\"System-partition för EFI\" som är monterad på /boot/EFI. Ta aldrig bort "
-"den eftersom att den innehåller alla dina olika uppstartshanterare för dina "
-"operativsystem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Om den valda partitionen är monterad som i nedanstående exempel så kan du "
-"inte välja att ändra storlek, formatera eller att ta bort den. För att göra "
-"det så måste partitionen avmonteras först."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "Det är endast möjligt att skala partitionen på dess högra sida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"För att ändra partitionstyp (t. ex. ändra från ext3 till ext4) måste du "
-"först ta bort partitionen och sedan återskapa den med det nya filsystemet. "
-"Knappen <guibutton role=\"bold\">Skapa</guibutton> visas du klickar på "
-"oanvänt diskutrymme."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan välja en monteringspunkt som inte existerar, den kommer då att bli "
-"skapad."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Ställ in en skärmhanterare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Här<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du välja vilken "
-"fönsterhanterare som ska användas för att logga in på ditt skrivbord. Enbart "
-"de som finns tillgängliga på din dator visas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"De flesta användarna kommer bara att märka att loginskärmen ser annorlunda "
-"ut. Det finns dock skillnader i de funktioner som stöds. LXDM är en lätt "
-"fönsterhanterare, SDDM och GDM har fler möjligheter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Ställ in din personliga brandvägg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under "
-"säkerhetsfliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och kallas \"Konfigurera din "
-"personliga brandvägg\". Det är samma verktyg som finns på första fliken i "
-"\"Konfigurera säkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"En grundläggande brandvägg installeras som standard med Mageia. All "
-"inkommande trafik utifrån blockeras om de inte är godkända. På första "
-"skärmen ovan kan du välja vilka tjänster som ska accepteras utifrån. Av "
-"säkerhetsskäl, bocka av första rutan <guilabel>Allt (ingen brandvägg)</"
-"guilabel> om du inte vill avaktivera brandväggen, och bara välja nödvändiga "
-"tjänster."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Det är möjligt att manuellt ange vilka portar som ska vara öppna. Klicka på "
-"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> så öppnas ett nytt fönster. I fältet "
-"<guilabel>Andra portar</guilabel>, ange vilka portar som behövs genom att "
-"följa dessa exempel :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp: öppna porten 80's TCP-protokoll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : öppna alla portar från 24000 till 24010 UDP-protokollet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "De listade portarna bör skiljas åt med ett mellanslag"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Om kryssrutan <guilabel>Logga brandvägssmeddelanden i systemloggen</"
-"guilabel> är markerad kommer alla meddelanden från brandväggen att sparas i "
-"systemloggen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du inte kör vissa tjänster (webb, mail eller fildelning, ...) behöver du "
-"inte ha något ikryssat, det är t.o.m. rekommenderat. Det kommer inte att "
-"hindra dig från att ansluta till internet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Nästa skärm visar den interaktiva brandväggens olika alternativ. Med dem kan "
-"du bli varnad vid inkommande anslutningsförsök om åtminstone den första "
-"kryssrutan <guilabel>Använd interativ brandvägg</guilabel> är markerad. "
-"Markera den andra kryssrutan för att bli varnad om portar blir skannade (för "
-"att fösröka hitta fel någonstans som kan leda till att någon kan ta sig in i "
-"din dator). Varje kryssruta från den tredje och framåt motsvarar en port du "
-"öppnat i de två första fönstren. I skärmdumpen nedan finns två sådana "
-"alternativ: SSH-server och 80:150/tcp. Markera dem för att bli varnad om "
-"några anslutningsförsök sker på dessa portar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr "De här varningsmeddelanden visas som en popup genom nätverksappleten."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj på sista skärmen vilket nätverkskort som är kopplat mot internet och "
-"som måste skyddas. När du klickat på knappen Ok så kommer de nödvändiga "
-"paketen att laddas ner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja, ta en titt i MCC under fliken Nätverk &amp; "
-"Internet, och Skapa nytt nätverksinterface."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Hantera, lägg till och ta bort typsnitt. Importera Windows® typsnitt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
-"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis>. Med "
-"det kan du hantera olika typsnitt som finns på datorn. Huvudfönstret ovan "
-"visar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "installerade typsnitt, stilar och storlekar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "en förhandsgranskning av valt typsnitt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "några knappar som förklaras här senare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hämta Windows-typsnitt: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Den här knappen lägger automatiskt till typsnitt som hittas på Windows-"
-"partitionen. Du måste ha Microsoft Windows installerat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Alternativ:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Det gör att du kan ange vilka program och enheter (mestadels skrivare) som "
-"kan använda typsnitten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avinstallera:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Den här knappen är till för att ta bort installerade typsnitt, i regel för "
-"att spara ututrymme. Var försiktig när du tar bort typsnitt då det kan få "
-"allvarliga konsekvenser för dokument som använder dem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Gör så att du kan lägga till typsnitt från en tredje-part (CD, "
-"internet, ...). Filformat som stöds är ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm och gsf. "
-"Klicka på knappen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera</emphasis> och sedan på "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lägg till</emphasis>, en filhanterare dyker upp där "
-"du kan välja vilka typsnitt som ska installeras. Klicka på <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Installera</emphasis> när du är klar. De installeras i katalogen /"
-"usr/share/fonts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Om det nyinstallerade (eller borttagna) typsnittet inte dyker upp i "
-"drakfonts huvudfönster, stäng programmet och öppna det igen för att se "
-"ändringarna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Föräldrakontroll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
-"kontrollcentral under fliken säkerhet och heter <guilabel>Föräldrakontroll</"
-"guilabel>. Om du inte hittar den måste du installera drakguard-paketet "
-"(installeras inte som standard)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Presentation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard är ett lätt sätt att ställa in föräldrakontroll på din dator och "
-"begränsa vem som kan göra vad, och på vilka tider. Drakguard har tre "
-"användbara egenskaper:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Den begränsar webbåtkomst för namngivna användare till satta tider på "
-"dygnet. Den gör det genom att använda shorewall, den inbyggda brandväggen i "
-"Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Den blockerar körning av olika kommandon för namngivna användare så att de "
-"bara kan köra det du tillåter dem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Den begränsar åtkomst till webbsidor, både genom att manuellt definiera "
-"svart/vitlistor men även dynamisk baserat på webbsidans innehåll. För att "
-"uppnå detta använder Drakguard DansGuardian, den ledande föräldrakontroll-"
-"blockeraren inom öppen källkod."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Konfigurera föräldrakontroll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Om din dator har en hårddisk med partitioner i Ext2, Ext3 eller Reiser-"
-"filsystem kommer ett pop upp-fönster att låta dig konfigurera ACL på dessa "
-"partitioner. ACL står för Access Control List och är en funktion i Linux "
-"kärna som tillåter åtkomst till individuella filer som är begränsade till "
-"namngivna användare. ACL är inbyggt i Ext4 och Btrfs-filsystem men måste "
-"aktiveras i Ext2, Ext3 och Reiser-partitioner. Om du väljer ja när du blir "
-"tillfrågad kommer drakguard att konfigurera alla dina partitioner med ACL-"
-"stöd och föreslår sedan att du startar om."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Aktivera föräldrakontroll</guibutton>: Om markerad kommer "
-"föräldrakontroll att aktiveras och fliken <guilabel>Blockera program</"
-"guilabel> öppnas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blockera all nätverkstrafik</guibutton>: Om markerad så kommer "
-"alla webbsidor att blockeras utom de som finns med på fliken vitlista. "
-"Annars tillåts alla webbsidor, utom de som finns med på fliken svartlista."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Användaråtkomst</guibutton>: Användare till vänster kommer att ha "
-"restriktioner enligt dina regler. Användare till höger har obegränsad "
-"åtkomst så att vuxna användare inte blir besvärade. Välj en användare till "
-"vänster och klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till "
-"honom/henne som en tillåten användare. Välj en användare till höger och "
-"klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort honom/henne från "
-"tillåtna användare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Tidkontroll:</guibutton> Om markerad kommer internetåtkomst att "
-"tillåtas med begränsningar mellan <guilabel>Start</guilabel> och "
-"<guilabel>Slut</guilabel>-tid. Den är helt blockerad utanför dessa tidsramar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Fliken svart/vitlista"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv in webbsidans URL i första fältet längt upp, klicka sedan på knappen "
-"<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Fliken blockera program"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blockera definierade program</guibutton>: Möjliggör användning av "
-"ACL för att begränsa åtkomst till särskilda program. Ange sökväg till de "
-"program du vill blockera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Avblockera användare</guibutton>: Användare till höger kommer "
-"inte att påverkas av ACL-blockeringar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Dela internetanslutning med andra lokala datorer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Principer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Detta är användbart när du har "
-"en dator (3) som har internetåtkomst (2) och även är kopplad till ett lokalt "
-"nätverk (1). Du kan använda datorn (3) som en gateway och dela den åtkomsten "
-"till andra arbetsstationer (5) och (6) i det lokala nätverket (1). För detta "
-"måste gatewayn ha två gränssnitt. T. ex. ett nätverkskort för det lokala "
-"nätverket  och den andra (4) som är kopplad till internet (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Första steget är att verifiera att nätverk och internetåtkomst är inställt "
-"som är dokumenterat i <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Gatewayguide"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan köra det här programmet från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erbjuder följande steg som "
-"visas nedan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Om guiden inte hittar minst två enheter kommer den att varna om detta och "
-"fråga om att stänga ner nätverket och konfigurera hårdvaran."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"ange enheten som används för internetåtkomst. Guiden kommer automatiskt att "
-"föreslå en av enheterna men du bör kontrollera att det som föreslås är "
-"korrekt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"ange vilken enhet som används för lan-åtkomst. Guiden föreslår också en "
-"sådan, kontrollera att den är korrekt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Guiden föreslår parametrar för det lokala nätverket., så som IP-adress, "
-"nätmask och domännamn. Kontrollera att parametrarna är kompatibla med den "
-"faktiska konfigurationen. Det rekommenderas att du accepterar dessa värden."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"ange om datorn måste användas som en DNS-server. Om så är fallet kommer "
-"guiden att kontrollera att <code>bind</code> är installerat. I annat fall "
-"måste du specificera adressen till DNS-servern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"ange om datorn måste användas som en DHCP-server. Om så är fallet kommer "
-"guiden att kontrollera att <code>dhcp-server</code> är installerat och du "
-"erbjuds att konfigurera den med ett adressområde för IP-adresser."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"ange om datorn ska användas som en Proxy-server. Om ja kommer guiden att "
-"kontrollera så att <code>squid</code> är installerat och erbjuda att "
-"konfigurera den, med administratörens adress (admin@mydomain.com), proxyns "
-"namn (myfirewall@mydomain.com), porten (3128) och cachestorlek (100mb)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"I sista steget kan du kontrollera om gateway-datorn är kopplad till "
-"skrivarna och att dela ut dem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kommer att bli varnad om behovet av att kontrollera brandväggen om den är "
-"aktiv."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Konfigurera klienten"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du har konfigurerat gateway-datorn med DHCP behöver du bara ange att du "
-"får en adress automatiskt (genom DHCP) i nätverksverktyget. Parametrarna "
-"kommer att erhållas vid anslutning till nätverket. Denna metod är giltig "
-"oavsett vilket operativsystem klienten använder."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du behöver ange nätverksparametrarna manuellt är det viktigt att du "
-"specificerar en gateway genom att skriva in IP-adressen till datorn som "
-"agerar gateway."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Sluta dela förbindelser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du vill sluta dela förbindelsen på datorn som kör Mageia så kan du starta "
-"verktyget. Det kommer att erbjuda att omkonfigurera förbindelsen eller "
-"stoppa delningen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Maskindefinitioner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Om vissa system i ditt nätverk ger dig olika tjänster och har fasta IP-"
-"adresser så kan du med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> specificera ett namn för att komma åt dem lättare. Du kan då använda det "
-"namnet istället för en IP-adress."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Med den här knappen anger du ett namn för ett nytt system. Du kommer att få "
-"ett fönster där du anger IP-adress, systemets värdnamn och eventuellt ett "
-"alias som kan användas på samma sätt som namnet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan komma åt parametrarna för en post som tidigare definierats. Samma "
-"fönster används."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Avancerad konfiguration av nätverk och brandvägg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig "
-"kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</"
-"link>. Tack på förhand."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Nätverkscenter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
-"kontrollcenter under fliken Nätverk och Internet, Nätverkscenter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"När det här verktyget startas öppnas ett fönster som visar alla nätverk som "
-"är konfigurerade på datorn oavsett typ (trådburet, trådlöst, satellit osv.). "
-"När du klickar på en av dem så dyker tre eller fyra nya knappar upp beroende "
-"på vilken nätverkstyp det är. Sedan kan du kan söka efter nätverk, ändra "
-"inställningar eller koppla upp/ifrån. Detta verktyg är inte till för att "
-"skapa ett nätverk. För detta kan du titta på <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt "
-"nätverksinterface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> på samma flik i MCC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"I skärmdumpen nedan som är ett exempel kan vi se två nätverk, det första är "
-"trådburet och uppkopplat vilket vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (den här är inte "
-"uppkopplad<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), och den "
-"andra sektionen visar ett trådlöst nätverk som inte är uppkopplat som vi kan "
-"se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> och "
-"den här <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> om det är "
-"uppkopplat. Färgkoden för de andra nätverken är alltid densamma, grön för "
-"uppkopplad och röd för nerkopplad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"I den trådlösa delen av skärmen ser du också alla hittade nätverk med dess "
-"<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, om de är krypterade (i rött) eller okrypterade (i "
-"grönt) och <guibutton>Driftläge</guibutton>. Klicka på ett av dem och sedan "
-"på antingen <guibutton>Övervaka</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurera</"
-"guibutton> eller <guibutton>Anslut</guibutton>. Det är också möjligt att "
-"byta till ett annat nätverk här. Om ett privat nätverk väljs kommer "
-"nätverksinställningarna (se nedan) att fråga efter fler inställningar "
-"(särskilt en krypteringsnyckel)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att uppdatera skärmen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Bildskärmsknappen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Med den här knappen kan du övervaka nätverkets aktivitet, hämtning till "
-"datorn (i rött) och skickat från datorn (ut mot internet, i grönt). Detta "
-"fönster är också tillgängligt genom att högerklicka på "
-"<guimenu>internetikonen i systemfältet och välja Övervaka nätverk</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Det finns en flik för varje nätverk (här ser vi  eth0 som trådburet, lo som "
-"lokalt och wlan0 som trådlöst) och en anslutningsflik som visar detaljer om "
-"anslutningens status."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Längst ner i fönstret står det <guilabel>Trafikloggning</guilabel>. Vi "
-"kommer att titta på det i nästa avsnitt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Konfigureringsknappen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - För ett trådburet nätverk</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Det är möjligt att ändra alla inställningar som anges när nätverket skapas. "
-"För det mesta så räcker det med att kryssa i <guibutton>Automatisk IP</"
-"guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> men om det uppstår problem "
-"kan manuell konfiguration ge bättre resultat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"För ett hemmanätverk brukar <guilabel>IP-adress</guilabel> alltid likna "
-"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nätmask</guilabel> är 255.255.255.0."
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> och <guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel> är "
-"tillgängliga från din leverantörs hemsida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Om <guibutton>Aktivera trafikloggning</guibutton> är markerad kommer "
-"trafiken att beräknas på en basis per timme, dag eller månad. Resultaten är "
-"tillgängliga i nätverksövervakaren från förra sektionen. När den har "
-"aktiverats kan du behöva starta om nätverket."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt att gränsnittet hanteras av nätverkscenter:</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Knappen avancerat:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - För ett trådlöst nätverk</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Endast de objekt som inte redan visas ovan förklaras"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Drifläge:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj <guilabel>Hanterat</guilabel> om anslutningen är via en åtkomstpunkt, "
-"en <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> har hittats. Välj <guilabel>Ad-"
-"hoc</guilabel> om det är ett peer to peer-nätverk. Välj <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Master</emphasis> om ditt nätverk används som åtkomstpunkt, ditt "
-"nätverkskort måste ha stöd för detta läget."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Krypteringsläge och krypteringsnyckel:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Om detta är ett privat nätverk så behöver du veta dessa inställningar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> använder ett lösenord och är svagare än WPA som "
-"använder en passfras. <guilabel>WPA fördefinierad nyckel</guilabel> kallas "
-"även för WPA Personal eller WPA Home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> "
-"används sällan i privata nätverk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkt</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Roaming är en teknik som gör att datorn kan ändra sin åtkomstpunkt samtidigt "
-"som den är ansluten till nätverket."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Knapp för avancerade inställningar"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Hantera olika nätverksprofiler"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Dela ut enheter och kataloger via NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Förutsättningar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"När guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> körs för första gången "
-"kan den visa följande meddelande:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "Paketet nfs-utils behöver installeras. Vill du installera det?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"När installationen är slutförd visas ett nytt fönster med en tom lista."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Huvudfönster"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"En lista visas med delade kataloger och i det här steget är listan tom. "
-"Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger tillgång till ett "
-"konfigureringsverktyg."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Ändra post"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här konfigurationsverktyget är märkt \"Ändra post\". Det kan också "
-"startas med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Följande parametrar är "
-"tillgängliga."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "NFS-katalog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Här kan du ange vilken katalog som ska delas ut. Knappen <guibutton>Katalog</"
-"guibutton> öppnar en bläddrare där du får välja vilken."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Maskin åtkomst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Här kan du ange vilka värdar som har tillstånd att komma åt den delade "
-"katalogen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "NFS-klienter kan specificeras på en rad olika sätt:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>en värd</emphasis>: en värd som med ett förkortat namn känns igen "
-"av namnupplösaren, fullständigt domännamn eller en IP-adress."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr "<emphasis>nätgrupper</emphasis>: NIS-nätgrupper kan anges som @grupp."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>asterisk</emphasis>: datornamn får innehålla asterisker * och ? T. "
-"ex: *.cs.foo.edu matchar alla värdar i domänen cs.foo.edu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-nätverk</emphasis>: du kan även exportera kataloger till alla "
-"värdar på ett IP(under)-nätverk samtidigt. T. ex. antingen med "
-"`/255.255.252.0' eller `/22' tillagt i nätverkets basadress."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Användar ID Mappning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>mappa root användare som anonyma</emphasis>: mappar förfrågningar "
-"från uid/gid 0 till de anonyma uid/gid (root_squash). Root-användarna fr "
-"klienten kan inte läsa eller skriva till filer på servern som är skapat av "
-"den faktiska root-användaren på servern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>tillåt verklig fjärråtkomst som root</emphasis>: stäng av root "
-"squashing. Det här alternativer är användbart för disklösa klienter "
-"(no_root_squash)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>mappa alla användare till anonym användare</emphasis>: mappa alla "
-"uid och gid till den anonyma användaren (all_squash). Användbart för NFS-"
-"exporterade kataloger på publika FTP-servrar, nyhetskataloger etc. Det "
-"motsatta alternativet är ingen UID-mappning (no_squash_all) som är standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid och anongid</emphasis>: ange uttryckligen uid och gid för "
-"det anonyma kontot."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Avancerade alternativ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Säker anslutning</emphasis>: det här alternativet kräver "
-"förfrågningar inkommer på en internet port under IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). "
-"Detta alternativ är påslaget som standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Skrivskyddad utdelning</emphasis>: Tillåt antingen enbart läs "
-"eller både läs och skriv-rättigheter på denna NFS-volym. Standard är att "
-"inte tillåta något som gör ändringar i filsystemet. Det här kan också göras "
-"tydligt med detta alternativ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Synkroniserad åtkomst</emphasis>: förhindrar NFS-servern från att "
-"bryta mot NFS-protokollet genom att svara på förfrågningar innan några "
-"ändringar har gjorts som svar på dessa förfrågningar lagrats på en stabil "
-"lagringsmedia (t. ex. hårddisk)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Underträdskontroll</emphasis>: aktivera underträdskontroll vilket "
-"kan hjälpa till att öka säkerheten men i vissa fall minsa "
-"tillförlitligheten. Se exports(5) man för mer detaljer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Menyposter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Än så länge har listan minst en post."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Arkiv|Skriv konf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Spara aktuell konfiguration."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS Server|Restart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "Servern startas om med de aktuella konfigurationsfilerna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS-server|Ladda om"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du måste använda en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du "
-"använda det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> för att "
-"konfigurera den. Din nätverksadministratör ger dig den information som du "
-"behöver. Du kan även ange vissa tjänster som med undantag går att komma åt "
-"utan proxy."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Från Wikipedia den 24:e september 2012, artikel Proxy-server: I ett "
-"datornätverk betecknas vanligen en proxyserver en som agerar mellanhand för "
-"förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En klient "
-"ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en fil, "
-"anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan server. "
-"Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och "
-"kontrollera dess komplexitet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Ställ in media"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-exit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Det första som behöver göras efter en installation är att lägga till "
-"mjukvarumedier (också kända som filförråd, medier, speglar). Det betyder att "
-"du måste välja mediakällorna som ska användas för att installera och "
-"uppdatera paket och applikationer. (se Lägg till-knapp nedan)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du installerar (eller uppgraderar) Mageia genom ett optiskt media (DVD "
-"eller CD) eller ett USB-minne så finns det en källa för program att användas "
-"med använt media. För att undvika att bli ombedd att sätta i mediet varje "
-"gång du vill installera nya paket bör du avaktivera (eller ta bort) det. Det "
-"kommer att ha CD-rom som media typ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Ditt system körs i en arkitektur som kan vara 32-bitars (så kallad i586) "
-"eller 64-bitars (kallad x86_64). Vissa paket är oberoende av om systemet är "
-"32-bitars eller 64-bitars, dessa kallas noarch paket. De har inte sin egen "
-"noarch-katalog utan finns i både i586 och x86_64 medier."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Installera &amp; ta bort program</emphasis><placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Kollumner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Aktivera kolumn:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Det markerade mediat kommer att användas för att installera nya paket. Var "
-"försiktig med viss media som t. ex testning och debug, de kan göra ditt "
-"system oanvändbart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Uppdatera kolumn:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Det markerade mediet kommer att användas för att uppdatera paket och måste "
-"vara aktiverat. Enbart media med Uppdateringar i namnet bör väljas. Av "
-"säkerhetsskäl är den här kolumnen inte redigerbar i detta verktyg. Du måste "
-"öppna en konsol som root och skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-"
-"media --expert</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Mediakolumn:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Visa mediets namn. Mageias officiella förvaringsplatser för slutgiltig "
-"version innehåller minst:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> som innehåller de flesta "
-"tillgängliga program som stöds av Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> som innehåller vissa program som "
-"inte är gratis"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> gratis mjukvara men som kan vara "
-"patentskyddade i vissa länder."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Varje media har fyra undersektioner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket som är tillgängliga den dag "
-"när den här versionen av Mageia släpptes."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> paket som är uppdaterade sedan "
-"släppet pga. säkerhet eller felrättningar. Alla bör ha detta media aktiverat "
-"även om man har en långsam internetuppkoppling."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> vissa paket av nya versioner "
-"portat från Cauldron (nästa version under utveckling)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> som används temporärt för att "
-"testa nya uppdateringar, så att felrapporterare och QA-teamet kan validera "
-"korrigeringar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Knapparna till höger"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ta bort:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"För att ta bort ett media, klicka på det och sedan på den här knappen. Det "
-"är bra att ta bort det media som användes vid installationen (t. ex. CD "
-"eller DVD) eftersom alla paket där finns i det officiella Core-mediet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Redigera:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tillåter dig att ändra inställningar för det valda mediet (URL, hämtare och "
-"proxy)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Lägg till:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Lägg till de officiella förvaringsplatserna på internet. Dessa platser "
-"innehåller endast säkra och väl testade program. Genom att klicka på knappen "
-"Lägg till så läggs spegellistan till i konfigurationen. Den är utformad för "
-"att se till att du installerar uppdateringar från en spegel som är nära dig. "
-"Om du hellre vill ange en specifik spegel kan du göra det genom att välja "
-"Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel från arkivmenyn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Pil upp och pil ner:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Ändra listans ordning. När Drakrpm letar efter ett paket så läser den listan "
-"i den visade ordningen och kommer att installera det första paketet som "
-"hittas för samma versionsnummer. Om versionen inte matchar så installeras "
-"den senaste. Om möjligt, lägg de snabbaste förvaringsplatserna längst upp."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Menyn"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Uppdatera:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Ett fönster visas med medialistan. Välj vilka du vill uppdatera och klicka "
-"på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Anta att du inte är nöjd med de aktuella speglarna, de är kanske för "
-"långsamma eller ofta otillgängliga, då kan du ange nya speglar. Välj alla "
-"aktuella medier och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att radera "
-"dem. Klicka på <guimenu>Arkiv -> Läggtill ett anpassat media</guimenu> och "
-"välj mellan uppdateringar eller för en hela distributionen (om du är osäker, "
-"välj <guibutton>Media för hela distributionen</guibutton>) och acceptera "
-"kontakten genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Två nya fönster "
-"öppnas:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Till vänster ser du en lista över land, välj ditt eller ett närliggande "
-"genom att klicka på symbolen > Detta kommer att visa alla tillgängliga "
-"speglar i det landet. Välj en och klicka på knappen <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till ett anpassat media:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Det är möjligt att installera ett nytt media (t. ex. från en tredjepart) som "
-"inte stöds av Mageia. Ett nytt fönster visas:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj mediatyp, ett bra namn som "
-"beskriver mediat väl och ange en URL (eller sökväg, beroende på mediatyp)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Globala alternativ:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Med det här alternativet kan du välja när paketen ska verifieras (alltid "
-"eller aldrig), nerladdningsprogram (curl, wget eller aria2) och att "
-"definiera en nerladdningspolicy för information angående paketen (på "
-"begäran, standard, enbart uppdateringar, alltid eller aldrig)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Hantera nycklar:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"För att garantera en hög säkerhetsnivå används digitala nycklar för att "
-"autentisera mediet. Det är möjligt för varje media att tillåta nyckel eller "
-"inte. Välj ett media i fönstret som visas och klicka sedan på "
-"<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att tillåta en ny nyckel, eller "
-"<guibutton>Radera</guibutton> för att ta bort den nyckeln."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "Gör detta med omsorg, som med alla säkerhetsrelaterade frågor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du behöver en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du "
-"konfigurera den här. Du behöver bara ange <guibutton>Proxyns värdnamn</"
-"guibutton> och om nödvändigt ett <guilabel>användarnamn</guilabel> och "
-"<guilabel>lösenord</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du hittar mer information om hur du konfigurerar ett media på <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Dela kataloger och enheter med Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba är ett protokoll som används i olika operativsystem för att dela "
-"resurser som t. ex kataloger eller skrivare. Med det här verktyget kan du "
-"konfigurera datorn som en sambaserver genom att använda protokollet SMB/"
-"CIFS. Detta protokoll används även av Windows(R) och arbetsstationer med det "
-"operativsystemet kan komma åt resurserna på sambaservern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Förberedning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"För att vara åtkomlig från andra arbetsstationer behöver servern ha en fast "
-"IP-adress. Det kan anges direkt på servern med t. ex. <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetcenter\"/>, eller på DHCP-servern som identifierar datorn via "
-"sin MAC-adress och alltid ger den samma adress. Branväggen måste också "
-"tillåta inkommande förfrågningar till sambaservern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Guide - Fristående server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Vid första körningen kommer verktygen <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/> att kontrollera att nödvändiga paket är installerade och föreslår "
-"att de installeras om de inte redan finns. Sedan kör guiden igång "
-"Sambakonfigurationen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr "I nästa fönster är konfigurationen för fristående server redan vald."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Ange sedan ett namn för arbetsgruppen. Det här namnet bör vara samma som för "
-"att komma åt utdelningar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-" Netbiosnamnet är det namn som används för att beteckna servern på nätverket."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Välj säkerhetsläget:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>användare</guilabel>: klienten måste vara auktoriserad för att ha "
-"åtkomst till resursen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>delad</guilabel>: klienten auktoriserar sig själv separat för "
-"varje utdelning."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan ange vilka värdar som tillåts åtkomst till resurserna, med IP-adress "
-"eller värdnamn."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Ange serverns banderoll. Banderollen är hur den här servern beskrivs för "
-"arbetsstationer med Windows."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr "Platsen där Samba kan logga sin information kan anges i nästa steg."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Guiden visar en lista med de valda parametrarna innan du kan acceptera "
-"konfigurationen. När den accepteras skrivs den till <code>/etc/samba/smb."
-"conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Guide - Primär domänkontrollant"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Om alternativet Primär "
-"domänkontrollant är valt så frågar guiden om den ska ha Wins-stöd eller "
-"inte, och att förse med administratörskonto. De nästföljande stegen är sedan "
-"samma som för en fristående server förutom att du även kan välja "
-"säkerhetsläge:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domän</guilabel>: tillhandahåller ett funktionssätt för att lagra "
-"alla användarkonto och gruppkonto i ett centraliserat och delat kontoförråd. "
-"Den centraliserade förvaringsplatsen för konton är sedan delad mellan "
-"(säkerhets) kontrollanter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Ange en katalog att dela"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger oss:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"En ny post är därmed tillagd. Den kan justeras med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</"
-"guibutton>. Alternativen kan redigeras som t. ex. om en katalog ska vara "
-"synlig publikt, skrivbar eller läsbar. Utdelningsnamnet kan inte ändras."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr "När listan har minst en post så kan man lägga till menyposter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Spara den aktuella konfigurationen i <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba server|Configure"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "Guiden kan köras igen med det här kommandot."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba server|Restart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba Server|Reload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Skrivarutdelning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba tillåter dig också att dela ut skrivare."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Samba-användare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"På den här fliken kan du lägga till användare som har åtkomst till den "
-"delade resursen när autentisering krävs. Du kan lägga till användare från "
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Konfigurera autentikering för Mageia verktyg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finns i Mageias "
-"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Säkerhet</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Det gör det möjligt att ge vanliga användare nödvändiga rättigheter för att "
-"utföra uppgifter som i regel utförs av administratören."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr "Klicka på den lilla pilen framför objektet som du vill expandera:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"De flesta verktygen som är tillgängliga i Mageias kontrollcentral visas till "
-"vänster i fönstret (se skärmdumpen ovan), och en rullgardinslista ger dig "
-"följande val:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Standard: Uppstartsläget bestäms av vald säkerhetsnivå. Läs avsnittet "
-"\"Konfigurera systemsäkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner\" på samma flik."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Användarlösenord: Användarens lösenord efterfrågas innan verktyget startas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Administratörens lösenord: Lösenordet för root efterfrågas innan verktyget "
-"startar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Inget lösenord: Verktyget startas utan att fråga efter lösenord."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i "
-"MCC under <guilabel>Administrationsverktyg</guilabel> på fliken "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"När du startar det här verktyget i MCC för första gången kommer du att se "
-"ett meddelande om att installera draksnapshot. Klicka på "
-"<guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att fortsätta. Draksnapshot och några "
-"andra nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> igen så ser du en skärm "
-"med <guilabel>Inställningar</guilabel>. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera "
-"säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> och <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera hela systemet</"
-"guilabel> om du vill säkerhetskopiera hela systemet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du enbart vill säkerhetskopiera delar av dina kataloger ska du välja "
-"<guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. Du kommer att se ett nytt litet fönster. "
-"Använd knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> och <guibutton>Ta bort</"
-"guibutton> sidan om <guilabel>Säkerhetskopieringslista</guilabel> för att "
-"inkludera eller exkludera kataloger och filer från säkerhetskopieringen. "
-"Använd samma knappar sidan om <guilabel>Exkluderingslista</guilabel> för att "
-"ta bort underkataloger och eller filer från de valda katalogerna som "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">inte</emphasis> ska inkluderas i "
-"säkerhetskopieringen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> när du "
-"är klar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ange nu sökvägen till <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera till</guilabel> eller tryck "
-"på <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton>-knappen för att välja korrekt sökväg. De "
-"USB-minnen eller externa hårddiskar som är monterade finns i <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">/run/media/ditt_användarnamn/</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton> för att göra ett snapshot."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
-"kontrollcenter under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound hanterar ljudkonfigurationen alternativ för PulseAudio och "
-"felsökning. Det hjälper dig om du har ljudproblem eller vill ändra ljudkort."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> är en ljudserver. Den tar emot alla "
-"ljudingångar, mixar dem enligt användarens inställningar och skickar "
-"resultatet till ljudutgången. Dessa inställningar finns i <guimenu>Meny -> "
-"Ljud och video -> PulseAudio volymkontroll</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio är den förinställda ljudservern och det rekommenderas att låta "
-"den vara aktiverad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Störningsfri</guilabel> förbättrar PulseAudio med vissa program. "
-"Det är även rekommenderat att den är aktiverad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Konfigurera en UPS för strömövervakning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Konfigurera VPN-anslutning för säker nätverksåtkomst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gör det möjligt "
-"att konfigurera säker åtkomst till ett fjärrnätverk genom en tunnel från den "
-"lokala arbetsstationen och fjärrnätverket. Vi kommer enbart att ta upp "
-"konfigureringen av arbetsstationen här. Vi antar att fjärrnätverket redan är "
-"i drift, och att du har anslutningsinformation från nätverksadministratören, "
-"som t. ex. en konfigurationsfil i .pcf-format."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguration"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj först antingen Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN beroende på vilket "
-"protokoll som ska användas för ditt privata nätverk."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Namnge sedan din anslutning."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Ange detaljerna för din VPN-anslutning på nästa skärm."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "För Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"För openvpn måste paketet och dess beroende installeras första gången "
-"verkyget används."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj de filer du fick av "
-"nätverkets administratör."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Avancerade parametrar:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "Nästa skärm frågar efter IP-adressen till gatewayn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr "När parametrarna är inställda kan du starta VPN-anslutningen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Den här VPN-anslutningen kan ställas in att startas automatiskt med en "
-"nätverksanslutning. För att göra åstadkomma detta, konfigurera om "
-"nätverksanslutningen att alltid koppla upp till den här VPN-anslutningen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Konfigurera webbserver"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig "
-"att ställa in en webbserver."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Vad är en webbserver?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"En webbserver är ett program som hjälper till att leverera webbinnehåll som "
-"är åtkomligt genom internet (från Wikipedia)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Ställa in en webbserver med drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Välkommen till guiden webbserver."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Första sidan är bara en introduktion, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> "
-"för att fortsätta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Välj servertjänst: Lokal och/eller världen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Att exponera webbservern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga "
-"saker."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Användarmodul"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Tillåter användare att skapa sina egna sajter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Användarens webbkatalog"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Användaren måste skapa och lägga till innehåll i denna katalog, därefter "
-"kommer servern att visa den."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Serverns dokumentkatalog"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr "Gör så att du kan ställa in webbserverns standardkatalog för dokument."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Sammanfattning"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på "
-"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Slutför"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Du är klar! <guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Anpassa DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Anpassa DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget fungerar inte i Mageia 4 på grund av nytt namnschema för "
-"nätverksgränssnitt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig "
-"att ställa in en <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Det är en komponent i "
-"drakwizard som bör installeras innan du använder det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Vad är DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) är ett "
-"standardiserat protokoll som används i IP-nätverk som dynamiskt konfigurerar "
-"IP-adresser och annan information som behövs för internetkommunikation (från "
-"Wikipedia)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Ställa in en DHCP-server med drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för DHCP-server."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Väljer adapter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj det nätverksgränssnitt som är kopplat till undernätet och som vilket "
-"DHCP ska tilldela IP-adresser. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Välj IP-område"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj start och slut på IP-området som du vill att servern ska erbjuda, "
-"tillsammans med IP-adressen till den gateway som ansluter någonstans utanför "
-"ditt lokala nätverk, förhoppningsvis nära internet. Klicka sedan på "
-"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Vänta..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här kan fixas. Klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> några gånger "
-"och ändra runt lite."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Flera timmar senare..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Vad är gjort"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Installerar paketet dhcp-server om det behövs;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sparar <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> i <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Skapar en ny <code>dhcpd.conf</code> med början av <code>/usr/share/wizards/"
-"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> och lägger till de nya "
-"parametrarna:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ändrar också i Webmins konfigurationsfil <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Startar om <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Anpassa tid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktygets<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ändamål är att "
-"ställa in korrekt tid på din server genom att synkronisera med en extern "
-"server. Den är inte installerad som standard och du måste även installera "
-"paketen drakwizard och drakwizard-base."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Ställ in en NTP-server med drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Efter en välkomstskärm (se ovan) kommer den andra att be dig välja tre "
-"tidservrar i rullgardinslistan och föreslår att du använder pool.ntp.org två "
-"gånger eftersom den servern alltid pekar på tillgängliga servrar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"På nästkommande skärm får du välja region och stad, sedan visas en översikt. "
-"Om något är fel kan du så klart ändra det med knappen <guibutton>Föregående</"
-"guibutton>. Om allt är korrekt så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> "
-"för att göra en test. Det kan ta lite tid och du kommer till sist att se "
-"följande skärm nedan:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> för att avsluta"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Detta verktyg verkställer följande steg:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "Installerar <code>ntp</code>-paketet om det behövs"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Sparar filerna <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> till <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> och <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> till <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Skriver en ny fil <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> med en serverlista;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Ändrar filen <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> genom att infoga det första "
-"servernamnet;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Stoppar och startar tjänsterna <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> och "
-"<code>ntpd</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "Ställer in hårdvaruklockan till systemtid med UTC som referens."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Anpassa FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att "
-"ställa in en <acronym>FTP</acronym>-server."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Vad är <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) är ett standardiserat "
-"nätverksprotokoll för att överföra filer från en värd till en annan genom "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-baserade nätverk, som t. ex internet (från Wikipedia)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Ställ in en FTP-server med drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Välkommen till FTP-guiden. Sätt på dig säkerhetsbältet."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Att exponera FTP-servern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga "
-"saker."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Serverinformation"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Ange det namn som servern ska presentera sig som, någon att e-posta klagomål "
-"till och om du vill tillåta root att logga in."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Serveralternativ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Ställ in lyssningsport, fångad användare, tillåta återupptagning och/eller  "
-"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Anpassa proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att "
-"ställa in en proxyserver. Det är en komponent i drakwizard som ska "
-"installeras innan du kan få tillgång till det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Vad är en proxyserver?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"En proxyserver är en server (dator eller applikation) som agerar mellanhand "
-"för förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En "
-"klient ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en "
-"fil, anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan "
-"server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och "
-"kontrollera dess komplexitet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Ställ in en proxyserver med drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för proxyserver."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Välja proxyport"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj den proxyport som webbläsare kommer att ansluta genom, klicka sedan på "
-"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Ställ in minne och diskanvändning"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ställ in minne och diskbegränsningar, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Välj kontroll för nätverksåtkomst"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ställ in synlighet till lokalt nätverk eller världen, klicka sedan på "
-"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Bevilja nätverksåtkomst"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bevilja åtkomst för lokala nätverk, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Använda en proxyserver på högnivå?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr "Flöda igenom en annan proxyserver? Om inte, hoppa över nästa steg."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "URL och port till en proxy på högnivå"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ange namn och port för högnivå-proxyn, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Starta under uppstart?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj om proxyservern ska starta när datorn startas upp, klicka sedan på "
-"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Installerar paketet squid om det behövs;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sparar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> i <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;"
-"</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Skapar en ny <code>squid.conf</code> med start från <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> och lägger till de nya parametrarna:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>nivå</code> 1, 2 eller 3 och <code>http_access</code> enligt nivå"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Startar om <code>squid.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "OpenSSH demonens inställningar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att "
-"ställa in en <acronym>SSH</acronym>-daemon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Vad är <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) är ett kryptografiskt nätverksprotokoll för säker "
-"nätverkskommunikation. Login via konsol, exekvering av kommando och andra "
-"säkra nätverkstjänster mellan två datorer som är sammankopplade genom en "
-"säkrad tunnel över ett osäkert nätverk. En server och en klient (som kör SSH-"
-"server och <acronym>SSH</acronym>-klienter respektive). (Från Wikipedia)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Ställa in en <acronym>SSH</acronym>-daemon med drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för Open SSH."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Välj konfigurationstyp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> för alla alternativ eller "
-"<guilabel>Nybörjare</guilabel> för att hoppa över steg 3-7. Klicka på "
-"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Allmänna alternativ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Ställer in synlighet och åtkomstmöjligheter för root. Port 22 är "
-"standardport för <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoder"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tillåt en rad autentiseringsmetoder för användare som ansluter, klicka sedan "
-"på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Loggning"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr "Välj loggningsnivå och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Inloggningsalternativ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurera individuella inloggningsalternativ, klicka sedan på "
-"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Inloggningsalternativ för användare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurera användarnas åtkomstmöjligheter, klicka sedan på "
-"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Komprimering och vidarebefordring"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurera vidarebefordring och komprimering av X11 under överföringen, "
-"klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Hantera systemtjänster genom att aktivera eller inaktivera dem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguration av hårdvara"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger en överblick "
-"av hårdvaran i din dator. När det körs så startas ett jobb som letar efter "
-"all hårdvara. Det använder kommandot <code>ldetect</code> som refererar till "
-"en lista överhårdvara som finns i paketet <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Fönstret"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Fönstret är uppdelat i två kolumner."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Den vänstra kolumnen innehåller en lista över hittad hårdvara. Enheterna är "
-"grupperade i kategorier. Klicka på &gt; för att expandera innehållet i en "
-"kategori. Varje enhet kan väljas i denna kolumn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Den högra kolumnen visar information om den valda enheten. <guimenu>Hjälp "
-"och &gt; informationsfälten</guimenu> ger lite information om innehållet i "
-"fälten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Beroende på vilken typ av enhet som är vald så är visas en eller två knappar "
-"längst ner i högra kolumnen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ställ in alternativ för aktuell drivrutin</guibutton>: Denna kan "
-"användas för att ställa in parametrar som används i relation till enheten. "
-"Enbart experter bör använda detta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kör konfigurationsverktyg</guibutton>: åtkomst till verktyget som "
-"kan konfigurera enheten. Verktyget kan oftast köras direkt i MCC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Med <guimenu>alternativ</guimenu>-menyn kan du markera kryssrutor så att "
-"automatisk identifiering sker:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Jaz-enheter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Parallella zip-enheter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Som standard är inte dessa identifieringar aktiverade för att de är "
-"långsamma. Kryssa i de lämpliga boxar om du har denna hårdvara ansluten. "
-"Identifiering fungerar nästa gång detta verktyg startas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Ställ in tangentbodslayout"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Verktyget keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig "
-"att konfigurera den grundläggande tangentbordsuppsättningen som du kan "
-"använda i Mageia. Den påverkar tangentbordsuppsättningen för alla användare "
-"på systemet. Du hittar det i hårdvarusektionen i Mageias kontrollcentral "
-"(MCC) och är märkt Konfigurera mus och tangentbord."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Tangentbordslayout"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Här kan du välja vilken tangentbordsuppsättning du vill använda. Namnen "
-"(listas i alfabetisk ordning) beskriver språk, land och eller etnicitet som "
-"varje uppsättning ska användas till."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Typ av tangentbord"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Denna menyn låter dig välja vilket tangentbord du använder. Om du är osäker "
-"på vad du ska välja så låt det vara inställt som standardtyp."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Hantera lokalisering av ditt system"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan också starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittar du under "
-"System i MAgeias kontrollcenter (MCC) märkt Hantera lokalisering av ditt "
-"system. Det öppnar ett fönster där du kan välja ditt språk. Valet är "
-"anpassat efter vad som valts under installationen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger tillgång att aktivera "
-"kompatibilitet med gammal teckenuppsättning (icke-UTF8)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Det andra fönstret visar en lista över länder enligt det valda språket. "
-"Knappen <guibutton>Andra språk</guibutton> ger tillgång till andra land som "
-"inte är listade."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Du måste starta om sessionen när ändringar har utförts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Inmatningsmetod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"På skärmen <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> kan du även välja en "
-"inmatningsmetod (från rullgardinsmenyn längst ner i listan). "
-"Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att skriva flerspråkiga tecken "
-"(kinesiska, japanska, koreanska, etc)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"För asiatiska och afrikanska platser kommer IBus att ställas som standard så "
-"att användarna inte behöver konfigurera det manuellt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) ger även liknande "
-"funktioner. De kan också (om otillgängliga i rullgardinsmenyn) installeras i "
-"en annan del av Mageias kontrollcentral. Se <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></"
-"xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Visa och sök i systemloggar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
-"kontrollcentral under fliken \"<guilabel>Visa och sök i systemloggarna</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "För att söka i loggarna"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv först det sökord du vill söka efter i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matchar</emphasis> och/eller det sökord som <emphasis>du inte</emphasis> "
-"vill ska matcha i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">matchar inte</emphasis>. "
-"Välj sedan fil att söka igenom i fältet <guilabel>Välj fil</guilabel>. Du "
-"kan även välja att bara söka på en dag. Välj detta i <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Kalendern</emphasis> genom att använda de små pilarna vid sidan om månad "
-"och år och markera <guibutton>Visa enbart för den valda dagen</guibutton>. "
-"Klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>sök</guibutton> för att se resultaten i "
-"rutan <guilabel>Innehållet i filen</guilabel>. Du kan spara resultatet i en "
-"textfil genom att klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Spara</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Mageias loggverktyg</guibutton> innehåller loggar från Mageias "
-"konfigurationsverktyg som ingår i kontrollcentralen. Dessa loggar uppdateras "
-"varje gång en konfiguration ändras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "För att konfigurera en e-postnotifiering"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>E-postvarning</guibutton> kontrollerar automatiskt systemets "
-"belastning och tjänster varje timme och skickar en e-postvarning till de "
-"inställda adresserna om nödvändigt ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-postvarningar</emphasis> för att "
-"konfigurera det här verktyget och sedan <guibutton>Konfigurera E-"
-"postvarningar</guibutton> i rullgardinsmenyn på nästa skärm. Här visas alla "
-"tjänster som körs och du kan välja vilka du vill övervaka (se skärmdumpen "
-"ovan)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Följande tjänster kan övervakas :"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Webmin-tjänst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "E-postservern Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Webbservern Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd-tjänst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "BIND Uppslag av domännamn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"På nästa skärm väljer du vilket <guilabel>Belastning</guilabel>värde du "
-"tycker är oacceptabelt. Belastningen representerar kraven på en process.  "
-"Ett högt värde saktar ner systemet och ett väldigt högt kan indikera att en "
-"process har gått utom kontroll. Standardvärde är tre. Vi rekommenderar att "
-"ställa belastningsvärdet till tre gånger antalet processer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Ange <guilabel>e-postadress</guilabel> till den person som ska varnas på "
-"sista skärmen, samt e-postserver (lokal eller internet)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Visa alla tillgängliga NFS och SMB-utdelningar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas "
-"från en konsol."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig "
-"kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</"
-"link>. Tack på förhand."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Visa information om PCI, USB och PCMCIA"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas "
-"och användas från en konsol. Det ger mer information om det körs som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake visar alla anslutna enheter i datorn (USB, PCI och PCMCIA) och "
-"vilka drivrutiner som används. Den behöver paketen ldetect och ldetect-lst "
-"för att fungera."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Med växeln -e lägger lspdrake till tillverkare och enhetsidentifikationer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake genererar ofta väldigt långa listor. För att få fram information "
-"används den ofta i en pipeline med kommandot grep, som i de här exemplen:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Information om grafikkortet;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Information om nätverket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i för att ignorera gemener/versaler."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"I skärmdumpen nedan ser du resultatet från växlarna -v för lspcidrake och -i "
-"för grep."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Det finns ett annat verktyg som ger information om hårdvaran, det kallas "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (som root)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Uppdatera Paket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate eller drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
-"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"MageiaUpdate behöver konfigurera förråden med drakrpm-editmedia för att "
-"fungera, där vissa media är valda som uppdateringar. Om det inte redan är "
-"gjort blir du ombedd att göra det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Direkt när verktyget startas så söker det efter installerade paket och visar "
-"de med tillgängliga uppdateringar i förråden. De är alla markerade som "
-"standard för att automatiskt laddas ner och installeras. Klicka på knappen "
-"<guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att starta processen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Genom att markera ett paket så visas mer information om det i nedre halvan "
-"av fönstret. Tecknet<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> framför rubriken "
-"ger dig mer information."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"En applet i system systemfältet varnar dig när uppdateringar finns "
-"tillgängliga genom att visa den här röda ikonen <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicka på den och ange lösenord för att "
-"uppdatera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Uppstart"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera "
-"dina uppstartsalternativ. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Konfigurera start-steg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia Kontrollcentral"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Verktyg för att konfigurera Mageia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen "
-"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
-"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
-"\">NeoDoc</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, "
-"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hårdvara"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera din "
-"hårdvara. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Hantera din hårdvara"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Bläddra i och konfigurera "
-"hårdvara</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Konfigurera Grafik"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera skrivbordseffekter i 3D</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Konfigurera mus och tangentbord"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Konfigurera utskrift och skanning"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Ställ in skrivare och "
-"utskriftsjobb, ...</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Andra"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Om manualen för Mageias kontrollcenter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageias kontrollcentral (MCC) har åtta olika flikar att välja mellan i den "
-"vänstra kolumnen, tio om drakwizard är installerat. Var och en av dessa "
-"flikar visar en ny uppsättning med verktyg som kan väljas i den högra "
-"panelen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"De följande tio kapitlen handlar om just de tio alternativen och dess "
-"relaterade verktyg."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Det sista kapitlet handlar om några andra verktyg från Mageia som inte kan "
-"väljas i någon av flikarna i MCC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr "Sidornas rubriker är ofta desamma som i verktygens fönster."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Det finns även ett sökfält tillgängligt som du kan använda genom att klicka "
-"på fliken sök, i vänstra kolumnen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Lokala diskar"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att hantera och "
-"dela ut dina lokala hårddiskar. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Nätverkstjänster"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Dela ut</emphasis> är bara synlig om "
-"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan välja mellan "
-"ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. Klicka på en länk "
-"nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> för att läsa mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Nätverksdelning"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att dela ut "
-"hårddiskar och kataloger. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Konfigurera Windows (R) utdelningar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Dela hårddiskar och "
-"kataloger med Windows (SMB)-system</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Konfigurera NFS utdelningar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Konfigurera WebDAV utdelningar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Nätverk och Internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika nätverksverktyg. Klicka på en "
-"länk nedan för att läsa mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Hantera dina nätverksenheter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Personifiera och Säkra ditt nätverk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Säkerhet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika säkerhetsverktyg. Klicka på en "
-"länk nedan för att läsa mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera systemsäkerhet, "
-"rättigheter och revisioner</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Filutdelning"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Nätverkstjänster</emphasis> är bara "
-"synlig om <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan "
-"välja mellan ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. "
-"Klicka på en länk nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> för "
-"att läsa mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "System"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika system och "
-"administrationsverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Hantera systemtjänster"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Lokalisering"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Administrations-verktyg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Hantera användare i systemet</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Konfigurera uppdateringsfrekvens"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta  det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
-"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</"
-"emphasis>. Det är även tillgängligt genom att <guimenu>högerklicka / "
-"konfigurera uppdateringar</guimenu> på den röda ikonen <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> i systemfältet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Med det första reglaget kan du ändra hur ofta Mageia ska kontrollera efter "
-"uppdateringar, och det andra hur lång tid efter uppstart som kontrollen ska "
-"göras. Kryssrutan gör att du blir meddelad när en ny version av Mageia finns "
-"tillgänglig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Anpassa pekdon (mus, ritbord)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Eftersom du måste ha en mus för att installera Mageia så är den redan "
-"installerad av Drakinstall. Med det här verktyget kan du installera en annan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Pekdonen är sorterade efter anslutningstyp och modell. Välj ett pekdon och "
-"klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. I de flesta fall så är \"Universal / "
-"PS2 &amp; USB\" lämplig för en nyare modell. Det nya pekdonet kan användas "
-"direkt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Systemsäkerhet och kontroll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är ett grafiskt gränssnitt "
-"för msec där du kan konfigurera sitt systems säkerhet enligt två "
-"tillvägagångssätt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Den ställer in systemets beteende, msec tvingar ändringar för systemet för "
-"att göra det mer säkert."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Det utför periodiska kontroller automatisk i systemet för att varna dig om "
-"något verkar vara farligt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"msec använder begreppet säkerhetsnivåer som är till för att konfigurera en "
-"rad tillstånd i systemet som kan övervakas för ändringar eller "
-"genomdrivande. Många av dem föreslås av Mageia men du kan ange dina egna "
-"anpassade säkerhetsnivåer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Fliken översikt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Se skärmdumpen ovan"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Första fliken visa olika säkerhetsverktyg och en knapp till höger för att "
-"konfigurera dem:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Brandvägg. Finns även i MCC / Säkerhet / Konfigurera din personliga "
-"brandvägg."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Uppdateringar. Finns även i MCC / Programhantering / Uppdatera ditt system"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec själv med lite information:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "aktiverad eller inte"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "den konfigurerade säkerheten för basnivå"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"datum för senaste periodiska kontrollen och en knapp för att visa en "
-"detaljerad rapport och ytterligare en knapp för att utföra kontrollen nu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Fliken Säkerhetsalternativ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Att klicka på den andra fliken eller på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</"
-"guibutton> under Säkerhet leder till samma skärm som visas nedan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Fliken Bassäkerhet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsnivåer:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"När du har kryssat i rutan <guilabel>Aktivera MSEC-verktyg</guilabel> så kan "
-"du på den här fliken dubbelklicka för att välja en säkerhetsnivå som sedan "
-"visas i fetstil. Om kryssrytan inte är markerad så tillämpas nivån « Ingen » "
-"Följande nivåer är tillgängliga:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">ingen</emphasis>. Den här nivån är om du inte "
-"vill använda msec för att kontrollera systemets säkerhet utan istället vill "
-"justera den själv. Den inaktiverar alla säkerhetskontroller och lägger inga "
-"restriktioner eller begränsningar för systemkonfiguration och inställningar. "
-"Använd enbart den här nivån om du vet vad du gör eftersom det gör ditt "
-"system sårbart mot attacker."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Den här är standard efter "
-"installation och är avsedd för vanliga användare. Den begränsar flera "
-"systeminställningar och kör dagliga säkerhetskontroller som upptäcker "
-"ändringar i systemfiler, konton och sårbara katalogrättigheter. (Den här "
-"nivån liknar Nivå 2 och Nivå 3 från tidigare versioner av msec)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">säker</emphasis>. Den här nivån är till för om "
-"du vill garantera att ditt system är säkert men ändå användbart. Det "
-"begränsar systemrättigheter ännu mer och kör fler periodiska kontroller. "
-"Dessutom är åtkomst till systemet mer begränsad (Den här nivån liknar nivå 4 "
-"(Hög) och Nivå 5 (Paranoid) från tidigare msec-versioner)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Förutom dessa nivåer är olika uppgiftsorienterade säkerhetsnivåer också "
-"tillgängliga, t. ex <emphasis role=\"bold\">filserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">webbserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</"
-"emphasis>-nivåer. De försöker förkonfigurera  systemets säkerhet i enlighet "
-"med de vanligaste användningsområdena."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"De två sista nivåerna är <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> och "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> är egentligen inga "
-"säkerhetsnivåer utan enbart verktyg som utför periodiska kontroller."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Nivåerna sparas i <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;nivånamn></"
-"filename>. Du kan definiera dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer och spara "
-"dem i särskilda filer som heter <filename>nivå.&lt;nivånamn></filename> och "
-"placera dem i katalogen <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> Den här "
-"funktionen är till för avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad och mer "
-"säker systemkonfiguration."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Tänk på att användardefinierade parametrar har företräde över standard "
-"nivåinställningar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsvarningar:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du markerar kryssrutan <guibutton>Skicka säkerhetsvarningar med e-post "
-"till:</guibutton> så skickas säkerhetsvarningarna som msec genererar lokalt "
-"till en e-postadress för säkerhetsansvarig som anges i fältet sidan om. Du "
-"kan ange en lokal användare eller en fullständig e-postadress (den lokala e-"
-"posthanteraren måste vara inställd). Till sist kan du få säkerhetsvarningar "
-"direkt till skrivbordet. Markera kryssrutan för att aktivera det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Det rekommenderas starkt att du aktiverar alternativet systemvarningar för "
-"att omedelbart informera systemansvarig om potentiella säkerhetsproblem. "
-"Annars måste administratören regelbundet kontrollera loggarna som finns i "
-"<filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsalternativ:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Att skapa en anpassad nivå är inte det enda sättet att anpassa datorns "
-"säkerhet. Du kan också använda flikarna som visas här efteråt för att ändra "
-"vilken inställning du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration för msec är sparad i "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Filen innehåller "
-"namnet på den aktuella säkerhetsnivån och en lista gjorda med alla ändringar "
-"för inställningarna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Fliken Systemsäkerhet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Den här fliken visar alla säkerhetsalternativ i den vänstra kolumnen, en "
-"beskrivning i mitten och deras nuvarande värden till höger."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"För att ändra ett alternativ så dubbelklickar du på det, därefter visas ett "
-"nytt fönster (se skärmdumpen nedan). Det visar namn, en kort beskrivning, "
-"det faktiska värdet och en rullgardinsmeny där ett nytt värde kan väljas. "
-"Klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att spara."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Glöm inte att spara dina inställningar innan du avslutar helt genom menyn "
-"<guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så "
-"kan du förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Nätverks-säkerhet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Den här fliken visar alla nätverksalternativ och fungerar på samma sätt som "
-"föregående flik."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Fliken Periodiska kontroller"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Periodiska kontroller är till för att informera säkerhetsansvarig genom "
-"säkerhetsvarningar för alla situationer som msec tror kan vara farliga."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Om kryssrutan <guibutton>Aktivera periodiska säkerhetskontroller</guibutton> "
-"är markerad så visar den här fliken alla periodiska kontroller som msec "
-"utför och hur ofta. Ändringar görs som i föregående flikar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Fliken Undantag"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Ibland är varningsmeddelanden genererade av välkända och önskade "
-"situationer. I de fallen är de värdelösa och slöseri med tid för "
-"administratören. På den här fliken kan du skapa hur många undantag du vill "
-"för att förhindra oönskade varningsmeddelanden. Den är uppenbarligen tom "
-"första gången msec startar. Skärmdumpen nedan visar fyra undantag."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa ett "
-"undantag."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj ett önskat värde för periodisk kontroll i <guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel>-"
-"listan och skriv in <guilabel>undantaget</guilabel> i textfältet. Att lägga "
-"till ett undantag är naturligtvis inte definitivt. De kan radera det med "
-"knappen <guibutton>Radera</guibutton> i fliken <guilabel>Undantag</guilabel> "
-"eller dubbelklicka för att ändra."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Behörigheter"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Den här fliken är avsedd för kontroll och påtvingande av rättigheter för "
-"filer och kataloger."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Som med säkerhet så har msec olika rättighetsnivåer (standard, säker, ...) "
-"de är aktiverade enligt vald säkerhetsnivå. Du kan skapa dina egna anpassade "
-"säkerhetsnivåer och kan spara dem i specifika filer med namnet "
-"<filename>perm.&lt;nivånamn> </filename> i katalogen <filename>/etc/security/"
-"msec/</filename>. Den här funktionen är till för avancerade användare som "
-"kräver en anpassad konfiguration. Du kan också använda fliken som visas här "
-"vid ett senare tillfälle för att ändra vilka rättigheter du vill. Nuvarande "
-"konfiguration lagras i <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. "
-"Denna fil innehåller alla ändringar som är gjorda för rättigheterna."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Standard rättigheter visas som en lista med regler (en regel per rad). Du "
-"ser till vänster vilken fil eller katalog som berörs av regeln. Därefter "
-"ägare, grupp och slutligen vilka rättigheter som ges av regeln. Om, för en "
-"angiven regel:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> inte är markerad kommer msec bara att "
-"kontrollera om de definierade rättigheterna för den här regeln respekteras "
-"och skickar ett varningsmeddelande om de inte är det, men ingenting ändras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad kommer msec inte att "
-"respektera rättigheterna vid första periodiska kontrollen utan skriva över "
-"dem."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"För att det här ska fungera måste alternativet CHECK_PERMS i <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Fliken periodiska kontroller</emphasis> vara markerat och "
-"konfigurerat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på<guibutton> Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa en ny "
-"regel och fyll i fälten som visas i exemplet nedan. En asterisk * är "
-"tillåtet i fältet <guilabel>Fil</guilabel>. “nuvaranade” menas ingen ändring."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att bekräfta valet och glöm "
-"inte att spara din konfiguration innan du avslutar helt genom menyn "
-"<guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så "
-"ger msecgui dig möjlighet att förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan också ändra reglerna genom att redigera filen <filename>/etc/security/"
-"msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Ändringar gjorda på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken rättigheter</emphasis> "
-"(eller manuellt i konfigurationsfilen) beaktas vid den första periodiska "
-"kontrollen (se alternativet CHECK_PERMS på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken "
-"Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>). Om du vill att de ska verkställas "
-"omedelbart så använder du kommandot msecperms i en konsoll med root-"
-"rättigheter. Där kan du i förväg kontrollera vilka rättigheter som kommer "
-"att ändras genom att skriva msecperms -p"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kom ihåg att om du ändrar rättigheterna i en konsol eller filhanterare för "
-"en fil där <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad i <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Fliken rättigheter </emphasis> så kommer msecgui att ändra tillbaka de "
-"gamla rättigheterna efter ett tag i enlighet med konfigurationen av "
-"alternativen CHECK_PERMS och CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE från <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Fliken Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Andra verktyg från Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Det finns fler verktyg från Mageia än de som kan köras från "
-"kontrollcentralen. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer eller fortsätt "
-"läsa de nästkommande sidorna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>SOM SKA SKRIVAS </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Fler verktyg?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Programhantering (installera och ta bort program)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Introduktion till rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> som root"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, även kallat "
-"drakrpm är ett program för att installera, avinstallera och uppdatera paket. "
-"Det är det grafiska gränssnittet för URPMI. Vid varje uppstart kontrollerar "
-"paketlistorna online (s.k. \"Media\") som hämtas direkt från Mageias "
-"officiella servrar, och visar alltid de senaste programmen och "
-"uppdateringarna som finns tillgängliga för din dator. Ett filtersystem gör "
-"att du kan välja att bara visa vissa typer av paket: Du kan visa enbart "
-"installerade program (standard) eller enbart tillgängliga uppdateringar, "
-"eller att visa ej installerade program. Du kan även söka efter namn, "
-"beskrivning eller filnamn som finns med i ett paket."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"För att fungera behöver rpmdrake konfigureras med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-"
-"edit-media\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Vid installation så är det förkonfigurerade mediaförrådet oftast det som "
-"används för att installera, i regel en CD/DVD. Om du behåller detta media "
-"kommer rpmdrake att be dig om det varje gång du vill installera något med "
-"den här dialogrutan : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Om du "
-"störs av det meddelandet och du har en bra internetförbindelse utan "
-"nerladdningsrestriktioner kan du ta bort detta media och ersätta det med ett "
-"som är tillgängligt online med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Dessutom är förrådsplatserna alltid uppdaterade, innehåller fler paket och "
-"ger dig möjlighet att uppdatera redan installerade paket."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "De viktigaste delarna av skärmen"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtrera pakettyp:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här filtret ger dig möjlighet att enbart visa en viss typ av paket. "
-"Första gången du startar hanteraren så visar den enbart program med grafiska "
-"gränssnitt. Du kan visa antingen alla paket och dess beroenden och bibliotek "
-"eller i grupper som t. ex. endast program, uppdateringar eller bakåtportade "
-"paket från nyare versioner av Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Standard filetinställningar är för nya användare av Linux och Mageia som "
-"förmodligen inte vill ha kommandorad eller specialistverktyg. Eftersom du "
-"läser den här dokumentationen är du uppenbarligen intresserad av att "
-"förbättra dina kunskaper om Mageia, därför för du ställa in filtret till "
-"\"alla\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtrera efter paketstatus:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Det här filtret gör att du kan visa paket som antingen är installerade, ej "
-"installerade eller både och."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sökläge:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på den här ikonen för att söka igenom paketnamn. Antingen genom dess "
-"översikt, detaljerad information eller vilka filer som följer med paketet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sökfält:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv ett eller flera sökord. Om du vill använda mer än ett sökord, separera "
-"dem med '|'. T. ex. för att söka efter \"mplayer\" och \"xine\" samtidigt, "
-"skriv: 'mplayer | xine'."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Radera allt:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr "Den här ikonen raderar alla sökord som är inskrivna i sökfältet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategorilista:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Den här kolumnen grupperar alla program och paket i tydliga kategorier och "
-"underkategorier."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beskrivningspanel:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Den här panelen visar paketets namn, översikt och fullständig beskrivning. "
-"Den visar många användbara delar om det markerade paketet. Den visar även "
-"exakta detaljer om paketet, vilka filer som är inkluderade och en lista över "
-"ändringar från författaren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Statuskolumnen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"När du ställt in filtrena korrekt hittar du programvaran antingen genom "
-"kategori (i område 6 ovan) eller genom namn/översikt/beskrivning (i område "
-"4). En lista med paket som uppfyller din sökning. Glöm inte att valt program "
-"visas i olika statusmarkeringar beroende på om de är installerade/ej "
-"installerade/eller uppdatering... Markera eller avmarkera kryssrutan för att "
-"ändra status och klicka på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Ikon"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Legend"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Det här paketet är redan installerat"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Det här paketet kommer att installeras"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Det här paketet kan inte ändras"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Det här paketet är en uppdatering"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Det här paketet kommer att avinstalleras"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Exempel i skärmdumpen ovan:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Om jag avmarkerar digikam (den gröna pilen talar om för oss att den är "
-"installerad) kommer statusikonen att bli röd med en pil upp och kommer att "
-"avinstalleras när jag trycker på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Om jag markerar qdigidoc (som inte är installerat, se status) så visas "
-"ikonen med en pil ner och kommer att installeras när jag trycker på "
-"<guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Beroenden"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Vissa paket behöver andra paket för att fungera, det kan vara ett bibliotek "
-"eller verktyg. I så fall visar Rpmdrake ett informationsfönster där du får "
-"välja att antingen acceptera beroenden, avbryta installationen eller läsa "
-"mer (se ovan). Ibland kan även vissa paket förse dig med det nödvändiga "
-"biblioteket och då visar Rpmdrake en lista över alternativ, samt en knapp "
-"med information och en där du får välja vilka paket som ska installeras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Konfigurera bildläsare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installation"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"De kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Med det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du "
-"konfigurera en bildläsare eller multifunktionsenhet som även inkluderar "
-"skanner. Du kan även dela ut lokala enheter som är inkopplade till datorn "
-"till en fjärrdator eller för att komma åt fjärrskanners."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"När du kör det här verktyget för första gången kan du få följande meddelande:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE-paketen behöver installeras för att använda bildläsare</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Vill du installera SANE-paketen?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> för att fortsätta. <code>scanner-gui</code> och "
-"<code>task-scanning</code> kommer att installeras om de inte redan är det."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Om din bildläsare identifieras korrekt och du ser den i fönstret så är den "
-"redo att användas med t. ex. <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> eller "
-"<emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"I så fall vill du kanske konfigurera <emphasis>Skannerdelning</emphasis>. Du "
-"kan läsa mer om det i <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Om din skanner däremot inte har identifierats korrekt (du har kontrollerat "
-"kablar och ström) och tryckt på <emphasis>Sök efter nya skanners</emphasis> "
-"inte hjälper så måste du trycka på <emphasis>Lägg till skanner manuellt</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Välj skanners tillverkare och modell i listan och klicka på <emphasis>Ok</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på <emphasis>Avbryt</emphasis> om du inte hittar din skanner i "
-"listan ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kontrollera att din skanner stöds på <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-"
-"project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Enheter som stöds</link> och "
-"fråga om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumen</"
-"link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Välj port"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan lämna den här inställningen på <emphasis>Upptäck lediga portar "
-"automatiskt</emphasis> så vidare inte din skanner har en parallellport. Välj "
-"i så fall <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> om du bara har en."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"I de flesta fall kommer du att se en skärm som liknar den nedan efter att du "
-"tryckt på <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr "Om du inte ser den, läs <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Scannersharing"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Här kan du välja om inkopplade skannrar ska vara tillgängliga för "
-"fjärrdatorer och i så fall vilka. Du kan också ange om skannrar från andra "
-"datorer ska vara tillgängliga på den här datorn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Skannerdelning till värdar: Namn eller IP-adress till värdar kan läggas till "
-"eller tas bort från listan över tillåtna datorer som har åtkomst till lokala "
-"enheter på den här datorn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Fjärranvändning av skanners: Namn eller IP-adress över datorer kan läggas "
-"till eller tas bort från listan över datorer som ger fjärråtkomst till en "
-"skanner."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Skannerutdelning till värdar: Du kan lägga till en värd."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Skannerutdelning till värdar: Ange värdar att lägga till, eller tillåt alla "
-"fjärrdatorer."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr "\"Alla fjärrmaskiner\" tillåts åtkomst till den lokala skannern."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Om paketet <emphasis>saned</emphasis> inte är installerat kommer verktyget "
-"att erbjuda att göra det."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "I slutet kommer verktyget att ändra följande filer:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> för att lägga till eller "
-"kommentera \"net\"-direktivet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Det kommer även att konfiguera <emphasis>saned</emphasis> och "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> att startas vid uppstart."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Detaljer"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"De flesta HP-skannrar hanteras av <emphasis>HPs enhetshanterare</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) som även hanterar skrivare. I det här fallet kan detta verktyg inte "
-"användas för konfiguration utan erbjuder dig att använda <emphasis>HPs "
-"enhetshanterare</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Drivrutiner är tillgängliga från <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz."
-"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här sidan</link>. Vid "
-"indikation måste du installera <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>-paketet "
-"först, sedan <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (i den ordningen). Det är möjligt "
-"att <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt "
-"med <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Användare har rapporterat att denna varning "
-"kan ignoreras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Ytterligare installationssteg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Efter att du har valt en port för din skanner i <xref linkend="
-"\"choosescannerport\"/> kan du behöva utföra ytterligare steg för att "
-"konfigurera din skanner korrekt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"I vissa fall måste din skanners firmware laddas upp till enheten varje gång "
-"den startas. Det här verktyget ger dig möjlighet att göra det efter att du "
-"installerat det i ditt system. På den här skärmen kan du installera firmware "
-"från en CD eller Windowsinstallation, eller installera från en fil som "
-"laddats ner från tillverkarens hemsida."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"När din enhets firmware måste laddas in kan det ta en stund vid första "
-"användningen, möjligen mer än en minut. Så ha tålamod."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Du kanske också får en ruta som ber dig justera filen <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"namnet_på_din_SANE_backend\".conf</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Läs dem eller de andra instruktionerna du får noggrant och om du inte vet "
-"vad du ska göra så fråga gärna om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forumen</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Mjukvaruhantering"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"I det här fönstret kan du välja mellan flera olika verktyg för "
-"programhantering. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Uppdatera ditt system</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurera "
-"mediakällor för installation och uppdateringar</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Installera och konfigurera skrivare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Utskrifter i Mageia hanteras av en CUPS-server. Den har sitt eget <link ns2:"
-"title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">konfigurationsgränssnitt</"
-"link> som är tillgängligt från en webbläsare, men Mageia har sitt eget "
-"verktyg för att installera skrivare som heter system-config-printer som "
-"delas med andra distributioner så som Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu och openSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Du bör aktivera förrådet non-free innan du fortsätter med installationen "
-"eftersom vissa drivrutiner kanske bara finns tillgängliga där."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Lösenordet för root kommer att "
-"frågas efter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Installation av skrivare utförs i sektionen <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> i "
-"Mageias  kontrollcentral. Välj verktyget <guilabel>Konfigurera skrivare och "
-"bildläsare</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC kommer att fråga om att installera två paket:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Det är nödvändigt att godkänna den här installationen för att fortsätta. Upp "
-"till 230MB beroenden behövs."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicka på Lägg till skrivare för att lägga till en skrivare. Systemet kommer "
-"att försöka hitta tillgängliga skrivare och vilka portar de använder. "
-"Skärmdumpen visar en skrivare som är ansluten via en parallellport. Om en "
-"skrivare hittas som t. ex. en USB-skrivare så visas den på första raden. "
-"Fönstret kommer även att försöka konfigurera en nätverksskrivare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Skrivare som hittats automatiskt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Detta hänvisar oftast till USB-skrivare. Verktyget hittar automatiskt "
-"skrivaren och visar den. Välj skrivaren och klicka på \"Nästa\" för att "
-"fortsätta. Om det finns en känd drivrutin för skrivaren så kommer den att "
-"installeras automatiskt. Om det finns fler än en drivrutin eller om ingen "
-"känd hittas så ber en dialogruta dig att välja eller förse en som förklaras "
-"i nästa paragraf. Fortsätt med <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Ingen skrivare hittades automatiskt "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"När du väljer en port kommer systemet att visa en lista med drivrutiner där "
-"du sedan får välja. Valet kan göras genom ett av följande alternativ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Välj skrivare från databasen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "ange PDD-fil"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "sök efter nerladdningsbar drivrutin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Genom att välja från databasen föreslås först en skrivartillverkare och "
-"sedan en enhet med en tillhörande drivrutin. Om mer än drivrutin föreslås så "
-"välj den som rekommenderas så vidare du inte stött på problem med den "
-"tidigare, välj annars den som är känd för att fungera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Slutför installationen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Efter val av drivrutin så efterfrågas lite information som gör att systemet "
-"kan beteckna och upptäcka skrivaren. Första raden är namnet som skrivaren "
-"kommer att betecknas i olika programs utskriftsalternativ. Sedan föreslås "
-"att du skriver ut en testsida, och efter detta steget läggs skrivare till "
-"och visas i listan över tillgängliga skrivare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Nätverksskrivare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Nätverksskrivare är skrivare som är anslutna direkt till ett trådburet eller "
-"trådlöst nätverk, eller en ansluten printerserver eller till en dator som "
-"agerar printerserver."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Det är oftast bättre att konfigurera DHCP-servern att alltid associera en "
-"fast IP-adress med skrivarens MAC-adress. Naturligtvis bör det vara samma "
-"som IP-adressen till skrivaren som skrivarservern är inställd på, om den har "
-"en fast IP-adress."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Skrivarens MAC-adress är ett serienummer som skrivaren, skrivarservern eller "
-"datorn som skrivaren är ansluten till har fått. Den kan erhållas från en "
-"konfigurationssida som är utskriven av skrivaren eller som är klistrad på en "
-"etikett på skrivaren eller skrivarservern. Om din delade skrivare är "
-"ansluten till ett Mageiasystem så kan du köra <emphasis><code>ifconfig</"
-"code></emphasis> på den som root för att hitta MAC-adressen. Det är en "
-"sekvensen med siffror och bokstäver efter \"HWaddr\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan lägga till en nätverksskrivare genom att ange vilket protokoll den "
-"använder för att kommunicera med din dator över nätverket. Om du inte vet "
-"vilket protokoll du ska använda så prova med alternativet "
-"<guilabel>Nätverksskrivare</guilabel> - <guilabel>Hitta nätverksskrivare</"
-"guilabel> i menyn <guilabel>Enheter</guilabel>, och ange skrivarens IP-"
-"adress i fältet till höger där det står \"värd\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Om verktyget känner igen din skrivare eller skrivarserver kommer det att "
-"föreslå ett protokoll och kö, men du kan välja ett mer lämpligt från listan "
-"nedan eller ange korrekt könamn om det inte visas i listan."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Läs dokumentationen som följde med din skrivare eller skrivarserver över "
-"vilka protokoll som stöds och möjliga könamn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Protokoll för nätverksutskrift"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"En aktuell teknik är en som utvecklats av Hewlett-Packard och känd som "
-"JetDirect. Den ger tillgång till en skrivare som är direktansluten till "
-"nätverket via en ethernet-port. Du måste veta IP-adressen som skrivaren "
-"använder i nätverket. Samma teknik används i vissa ADSL-routrar som har en "
-"USB-port för att ansluta skrivaren. I det fallet är IP-adressen samma som "
-"routern. Observera att \"HPs enhetshanterare\" kan hantera dynamiska IP-"
-"adresser genom en URI lik <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;skrivarens-namn></emphasis>. "
-"I så fall är en fast IP-adress inte nödvändig."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj alternativet <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> som protokoll "
-"och ange adressen i fältet <guilabel>Värd:</guilabel>, ändra inte "
-"<guilabel>Portnummer</guilabel> om du inte vet att det måste ändras. Efter "
-"protokollval är valet av drivrutin samma som ovan."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "De andra protokollen är:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: En skrivare som är "
-"tillgänglig i ett TCP/IP-nätverk via IPP-protokollet, som t. ex. en skrivare "
-"som är ansluten till en dator som använder CUPS. Detta protokoll kan även "
-"användas av vissa ADSL-routrar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp men "
-"som använder http för transport och med TLS-säkrat protokoll. Porten måste "
-"anges och brukar vara 631 som standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp, men "
-"med säkrat TLS-protokoll."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR värd eller skrivare</emphasis>: En skrivare som åtkomstbar "
-"på ett TCP/IP-nätverk via LPP-protokollet. T. ex. en skrivare ansluten till "
-"en dator som använder LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Windowsskrivare via Samba</emphasis>: En skrivare som är ansluten "
-"till en datorn som kör Windows eller en SMB-server som är utdelad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"En URI kan även läggas till manuellt. Här följer några exempel på hur man "
-"utformar en URI:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-adress-eller-värdnamn:port-nummer/resurs</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-adress-eller-värdnamn:port-nummer/resurs</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Line Printer Daemon (LPD)-protokoll"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://ip-adress-eller-värdnamn:port-nummer/resurs</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ytterligare information finns tillgänglig i <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS dokumentation</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Enhetsegenskaper"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan komma åt enhetens egenskaper. Menyn ger tillgång till parametrar för "
-"CUPS-servern. Som standard startar en CUPS-server på din dator men du kan "
-"ange en annan med menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Anslut...</"
-"guimenuitem> och i nästa fönster kan du finjustera andra specifika "
-"parametrar i menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Inställningar</"
-"guimenuitem>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Felsök"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Du hittar information om förekommande fel vid utskrift genom att granska "
-"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Du har även tillgång till ett diagnostikverktyg för felsökning i menyn "
-"<guimenu>Hjälp</guimenu> | <guilabel>Felsökning</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Det är möjligt att vissa drivrutiner inte är tillgängliga i Mageia eller att "
-"de inte fungerar. Ta då en titt webbsidan för <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> för att se om en drivrutin "
-"är tillgänglig för din enhet. Om den finns så kontrollera om den inte redan "
-"finns i Mageia och installera den i så fall manuellt. Gör sedan om "
-"installationsprocessen för att konfigurera skrivaren. Oavsett vad så "
-"rapportera problemet till bugzilla eller forumen om du är bekväm i det "
-"verktyget och förse information om modell och drivrutin, och om skrivaren "
-"fungerar eller inte efter installation. Här är lite fler resurser för att "
-"hitta aktuella drivrutiner för nyare enheter."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother-skrivare</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://support.brother.com/g/b/productsearch.aspx?c=se"
-"%26lang=sv%26content=dl\">Den här sidan</link> har en lista med drivrutiner "
-"från Brother. Sök efter din enhet och ladda ner rpm-drivrutinen och "
-"installera den."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Du borde installera drivrutinerna från Brother innan du kör "
-"konfigurationsverktyget."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard skrivare och multifunktionella "
-"enheter</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"De här enheterna använder verktyget hplip. Det installeras automatiskt efter "
-"en skrivare har hittats eller blivit vald. Du hitta mer information <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">här</link>. HPs "
-"enhetshanterare är tillgänglig i <guilabel>System</guilabel>-menyn. Läs även "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/"
-"hp_setup.html\">konfiguration</link> för hantering av skrivaren."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"En HP multifunktionell enhet måste installeras som en skrivare först och "
-"därefter läggs skannerfunktionerna till. Observera att ibland tillåter inte "
-"gränssnittet i Xsane att skanna negativ eller diabilder. I detta fall är det "
-"möjligt att skanna i fristående läge och spara bilden på ett minneskort "
-"eller ett anslutet USB-minne. Efteråt kan du starta ett bildprogram och "
-"öppna bilden från minneskortet som dykt upp i /media-katalogen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung färgskrivare</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"För vissa färgskrivare från Samsung och Xerox <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\"> så har den här sidan drivrutiner</link> för QPDL-"
-"protokollet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson skrivare och skanners</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Drivrutiner för Epsonskrivare är tillgängliga på <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här söksidan</"
-"link>. För skannerdelen måste du installera \"iscan-data\"-paketet först, "
-"sedan \"iscan\" (i den ordningen). Ett iscan-plugin-paket kan också vara "
-"tillgängligt och ska installeras. Välj det <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>-paket "
-"som passar din arkitektur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Det är möjligt att iscan-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med "
-"Sane. Användare har rapporterat att den varningen kan ignoreras."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon-skrivare</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"För Canonskrivare kan det vara klokt att installera verktyget turboprint, "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">som finns tillgängligt här</"
-"link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importera Windows(tm) dokument och inställningar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Du hittar det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> under "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias kontrollcentral, "
-"den heter <guilabel>Importera Windows(TM) dokument and inställningar</"
-"guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Med det här verktyget kan en administratör importera användardokument och "
-"inställningar från en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP eller "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</"
-"trademark>-installation på samma dator där Mageia är installerat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Observera att alla ändringa värkställs direkt i transfugdrake när du trycker "
-"på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"När transfugdrake startas visas första sidan i guiden lite information som "
-"förklarar verktyget och importalternativ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"När du har läst och förstått instruktionerna, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</"
-"guibutton>. Detta startar en sökning efter en <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark>-installation."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"När sökningen är klar visas en sida där du kan välja konton i <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> och Mageia för importproceduren. "
-"Det är möjligt att välja ett annat användarkonto än ditt eget."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Vänligen ta hänsyn till att på grund av migreringsassistentens "
-"(transfugdrakes backend)begränsningar så kan användarkonton i <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> med speciella tecken visas "
-"inkorrekt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"Migreringen kan ta en stund beroende på storleken av dokumentkatalogerna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Vissa <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-program (speciellt "
-"drivrutiner) kan skapa användarkonton för olika ändamål. NVidias "
-"drivruntiner i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"uppdateras genom <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Använd inte sådana konton "
-"för importering."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"När du har valt klart användarkonton klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. "
-"På nästa sida får du välja vilken metod som ska användas för att importera "
-"dokumenten."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake är utformat för att importera <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark>-data från katalogerna <emphasis>Mina Dokument</"
-"emphasis>, <emphasis>Min Musik</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mina Bilder</"
-"emphasis>. Det är möjligt att skippa importering genom att välja lämpligt "
-"objekt i det här fönstret."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"När du har valt hur du vill importera dokumenten, tryck på <guibutton>Nästa</"
-"guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja hur du vill importera bokmärken."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake kan importera bokmärken från <emphasis>Internet Explorer</"
-"emphasis> och <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> till Mageias instans av "
-"bokmärken för <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj önskvärda importalternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "På nästa sida kan du importera skrivbordsbakgrunder:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Välj önskvärt alternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Sista sidan i guiden visar ett grattis-meddelande. Tryck på "
-"<guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Användare och Grupper"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> som root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under "
-"fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral "
-"och är märkt \"Hantera systemanvändare\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Med det här verktyget kan administratörer hantera användare och grupper, som "
-"t. ex. lägga till eller radera samt att redigera deras inställningar (ID, "
-"skal, ...)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"När userdrake startas så visas alla befintliga användare i fliken "
-"<guibutton>Användare</guibutton> och grupperna i fliken <guibutton>Grupper</"
-"guibutton>. Båda fungerar på samma sätt."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Lägg till användare</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Denna knapp öppnar ett nytt fönster med fält tomma:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Fältet för <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fullständigt namn</emphasis> är avsett "
-"för att ange förnamn och efternamn, men man kan skriva vad som helt eller "
-"inget alls."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Logga in</emphasis> är det enda obligatoriska fältet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Att ställa in ett <emphasis role=\"bold\">lösenord</emphasis> rekommenderas "
-"skarpt. Det finns en lite sköld till höger som visar hur starkt lösenordet "
-"är. Om den är röd är lösenordet svagt, för kort eller liknar användarnamnet. "
-"Du bör använda specialtecken, små och stora bokstäver kombinerat med siffror "
-"eller liknande. Skölden blir orange och sedan grön allteftersom lösenordet "
-"ökar i styrka."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"Fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Bekräfta lösenord</emphasis> finns för att "
-"säkerställa att du skrivit vad menade."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loginskal </emphasis> är en rullgardinsmeny där du "
-"kan ändra vilket skal användaren ska använda. Alternativen är Bash, Dash och "
-"Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"Om <emphasis role=\"bold\">Skapa en privat grupp för användaren</emphasis> "
-"är markerad skapas automatiskt en grupp med samma namn och där den nya "
-"användaren är den enda medlemmen (det kan ändras)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"De andra alternativen är självklara. Den nya användaren skapas direkt när du "
-"klickar på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Lägg till grupp</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Du behöver bara ange det nya gruppnamnet och om nödvändigt ett specifikt "
-"grupp-ID."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Redigera</emphasis> (en markerad användare)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Användardata</guibutton>: Här kan du redigera all användardata "
-"som angavs vid skapandet (ID kan inte ändras)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kontoinformation</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Först alternativet är till för att ställa in utgångsdatum för kontot.  "
-"Anslutning är inte möjlig efter detta datum. Det är användbart för "
-"tillfälliga konton."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"Det andra alternativet är till för att låsa kontot, anslutning är inte "
-"möjlig så länge kontot är låst."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Det är även möjligt att ändra ikon."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lösenordsinformation</emphasis>: Ger dig möjlighet "
-"att ställa in ett utgångsdatum för lösenordet. Det tvingar användaren att "
-"ändra sitt lösenord periodiskt."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupp</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka grupper som "
-"användaren är medlem i."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du ändrar ett anslutet användarkonto så kommer ändringarna inte att "
-"verkställas förrän denna loggar in igen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Redigera</emphasis> (med en markerad grupp)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppdata</emphasis>: Gör så att du kan ändra "
-"gruppnamnet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppanvändare</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka "
-"användare som tillhör gruppen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Radera</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj en användare och klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ta bort</emphasis> "
-"för att radera den. För användare frågar en dialogruta om hemkatalogen och "
-"brevlådan också ska raderas. Om en privat grupp har skapats för användaren "
-"kommer den också att raderas."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Det är möjligt att radera en grupp som inte är tom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Uppdatera</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Användardatabasen kan ändras utanför Userdrake. Klicka på den här ikonen för "
-"att uppdatera skärmen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Gästkonto</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gäst</emphasis> är ett specialkonto. Det är avsett "
-"att ge någon tillfällig åtkomst till systemet med högsta säkerhet. Om någon "
-"loggar in som xguest utan lösenord är det omöjligt att göra några ändringar "
-"i systemet från det här kontot. De personliga katalogerna raderas när "
-"sessionen avslutas. Kontot är aktiverat som standard och för att avaktivera "
-"det väljer du <guimenu>Åtgärder -> Avinstallera gästkonto</guimenu> i menyn."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Anpassa den grafiska servern"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> som vanlig användare, eller <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis> som root. Observera de stora bokstäverna."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>. Välj <emphasis><guilabel>Konfigurera den "
-"grafiska servern</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Knapparna ger dig möjlighet att ändra grafikkonfigurationen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafikkort</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Det aktuella grafikkortet visas med matchande konfigurerad server. Klicka på "
-"den här knappen för att ändra till en annan drivrutin, t. ex. en som är "
-"patentskyddad."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"De tillgängliga servrarna är sorterade efter <guilabel>Tillverkare</"
-"guilabel> i alfabetisk ordning och sedan efter modell, också i alfabetisk "
-"ordning. De fria drivrutinerna är sorterade i alfabetisk ordning under "
-"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Om problem uppstår så fungerar <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> med de "
-"flesta grafikkorten så att du kan hitta och installera en korrekt drivrutin "
-"när du är i skrivbordsmiljö."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Om ej heller Vesa fungerar, välj <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> som används för att installera Mageia, "
-"men du kan inte ändra upplösning eller uppdateringsfrekvens."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Om du har valt en fri drivrutin kan du bli tillfrågad om du vill använda en "
-"kommersiell drivrutin istället med fler funktioner (t. ex. 3D-effekter)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bildskärm:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"På samma sätt som ovan visas den bildskärm som hittats och du kan klicka på "
-"knappen för att väja en annan. Om din bildskärm inte finns med i listan "
-"under <guilabel>tillverkare</guilabel>, välj då istället en i listan "
-"<guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel> med samma egenskaper."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upplösning:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Med den här knappen kan du ställa in upplösning (i pixlar) och färgdjup "
-"(antal färger). Den visar den här skärmen:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>När du väljer färgdjup så visas "
-"en flerfärgad bar sidan om den andra knappen och en förhandsvisning om hur "
-"det kommer se ut."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Första knappen visar aktuell upplösning, klicka på den för att ändra. "
-"Rullgardinslistan visar de upplösningar som är tillgängliga enligt "
-"grafikkortet och bildskärmen. Du kan klicka på <guilabel>Annan</guilabel> "
-"för att ställa in andra upplösningar men tänk på att det kan skada din "
-"bildskärm eller välja en obehaglig inställning."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Den andra knappen visar de aktuella färgdjupet, klicka för att ändra till "
-"ett annat."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Beroende på vilken upplösning du valt behöver du kanske logga ut och starta "
-"om den grafiska miljön innan ändringarna verkställs."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testa:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"När konfigurationen är klar är det rekommenderat att testa den innan du "
-"klickar på Ok därför att det är lättare att ändra inställningarna nu än "
-"senare ifall den grafiska miljön inte skulle fungera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Om den grafiska miljön inte fungerar, tryck ner Alt+Ctrl+F2 för att öppna "
-"ett textläge. Logga in som root och skriv XFdrake (med de stora bokstäverna) "
-"för att starta XFdrake i textbaserat läge."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Om testet misslyckas vänta tills slutet, om det fungerar men du vill ändå "
-"inte ändra klickar du på <guibutton>Nej</guibutton>. Om allt fungerar som "
-"det ska klickar du på <guibutton role=\"bold\">Ok</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Alternativ:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Globala alternativ</guilabel>: Om <emphasis>Inaktivera Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> är markerat är det inte längre möjligt att starta om X-"
-"servern med tangenterna Ctrl+Alt-Backspace."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Grafikkortsalternativ</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller "
-"inaktivera tre särskila inställningar beroende på grafikkortet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Grafiskt gränsnitt vid start</guilabel>: I de flesta fall är "
-"<emphasis>Starta det grafiska gränsnittet (Xorg) när datorn startar</"
-"emphasis> markerat som standard. Den kan avmarkeras för servern."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"När du klickar på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> ber systemet dig att "
-"bekräfta ändringarna. Du kan fortfaranade avbryta och behålla de tidigare "
-"inställningarna, eller acceptera. I det här fallet måste du koppla ner och "
-"sedan koppla upp igen för att den nya konfigurationen ska gälla."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ccbb9ea9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Kontrollcentral</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Verktyg för att konfigurera Mageia</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen
-<link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
-	    </para>
-            <para>Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e9900a5c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Kontrollcentral</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen
-<link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
-	    </para>
-            <para>Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d6f8ba87..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Uppdatera Paket</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate eller drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finns i Mageias
-kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis
-role="bold">Programhantering</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>MageiaUpdate behöver konfigurera förråden med drakrpm-editmedia för att
-fungera, där vissa media är valda som uppdateringar. Om det inte redan är
-gjort blir du ombedd att göra det.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Direkt när verktyget startas så söker det efter installerade paket och visar
-de med tillgängliga uppdateringar i förråden. De är alla markerade som
-standard för att automatiskt laddas ner och installeras. Klicka på knappen
-<guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att starta processen.</para>
-
-  <para>Genom att markera ett paket så visas mer information om det i nedre halvan
-av fönstret. Tecknet<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> framför rubriken ger
-dig mer information.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>En applet i system systemfältet varnar dig när uppdateringar finns
-tillgängliga genom att visa den här röda ikonen <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>. Klicka på den och ange lösenord för att
-uppdatera.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index af7d514e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Anpassa den grafiska servern</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis
-role="bold">Hårdvara</emphasis>. Välj <emphasis><guilabel>Konfigurera den
-grafiska servern</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva
-<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> som vanlig användare, eller
-<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> som root. Observera de stora bokstäverna.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Knapparna ger dig möjlighet att ändra grafikkonfigurationen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grafikkort</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>Det aktuella grafikkortet visas med matchande konfigurerad server. Klicka på
-den här knappen för att ändra till en annan drivrutin, t. ex. en som är
-patentskyddad.</para>
-
-  <para>De tillgängliga servrarna är sorterade efter
-<guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> i alfabetisk ordning och sedan efter
-modell, också i alfabetisk ordning. De fria drivrutinerna är sorterade i
-alfabetisk ordning under <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Om problem uppstår så fungerar <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> med de
-flesta grafikkorten så att du kan hitta och installera en korrekt drivrutin
-när du är i skrivbordsmiljö.</para>
-
-      <para>Om ej heller Vesa fungerar, välj <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> som används för att installera Mageia,
-men du kan inte ändra upplösning eller uppdateringsfrekvens.</para>
-    </note>Om du har valt en fri drivrutin kan du bli tillfrågad om du vill använda en
-kommersiell drivrutin istället med fler funktioner (t. ex. 3D-effekter).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Bildskärm:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>På samma sätt som ovan visas den bildskärm som hittats och du kan klicka på
-knappen för att väja en annan. Om din bildskärm inte finns med i listan
-under <guilabel>tillverkare</guilabel>, välj då istället en i listan
-<guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel> med samma egenskaper.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Upplösning:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Med den här knappen kan du ställa in upplösning (i pixlar) och färgdjup
-(antal färger). Den visar den här skärmen:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>När du väljer färgdjup så visas en
-flerfärgad bar sidan om den andra knappen och en förhandsvisning om hur det
-kommer se ut.</para>
-
-  <para>Första knappen visar aktuell upplösning, klicka på den för att
-ändra. Rullgardinslistan visar de upplösningar som är tillgängliga enligt
-grafikkortet och bildskärmen. Du kan klicka på <guilabel>Annan</guilabel>
-för att ställa in andra upplösningar men tänk på att det kan skada din
-bildskärm eller välja en obehaglig inställning.</para>
-
-  <para>Den andra knappen visar de aktuella färgdjupet, klicka för att ändra till
-ett annat.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Beroende på vilken upplösning du valt behöver du kanske logga ut och starta
-om den grafiska miljön innan ändringarna verkställs.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Testa:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>När konfigurationen är klar är det rekommenderat att testa den innan du
-klickar på Ok därför att det är lättare att ändra inställningarna nu än
-senare ifall den grafiska miljön inte skulle fungera.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Om den grafiska miljön inte fungerar, tryck ner Alt+Ctrl+F2 för att öppna
-ett textläge. Logga in som root och skriv XFdrake (med de stora bokstäverna)
-för att starta XFdrake i textbaserat läge.</para>
-    </note>Om testet misslyckas vänta tills slutet, om det fungerar men du vill ändå
-inte ändra klickar du på <guibutton>Nej</guibutton>. Om allt fungerar som
-det ska klickar du på <guibutton role="bold">Ok</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Alternativ:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Globala alternativ</guilabel>: Om <emphasis>Inaktivera
-Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> är markerat är det inte längre möjligt att
-starta om X-servern med tangenterna Ctrl+Alt-Backspace.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Grafikkortsalternativ</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller
-inaktivera tre särskila inställningar beroende på grafikkortet.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Grafiskt gränsnitt vid start</guilabel>: I de flesta fall är
-<emphasis>Starta det grafiska gränsnittet (Xorg) när datorn
-startar</emphasis> markerat som standard. Den kan avmarkeras för servern.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>När du klickar på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> ber systemet dig att
-bekräfta ändringarna. Du kan fortfaranade avbryta och behålla de tidigare
-inställningarna, eller acceptera. I det här fallet måste du koppla ner och
-sedan koppla upp igen för att den nya konfigurationen ska gälla.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dfc58649..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Kom åt WebDAV-delade enheter och mappar</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Detta verktyg<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root.</para>
-  </footnote> hittas i Mageia's
-kontrollcentral, under fliken för Nätverksdelning, märkt
-<guilabel>Konfigurera WebDAV-delningar</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> är ett
-protokoll som låter dig montera en webbservers katalog lokalt (förutsatt att
-den fjärrstyrda datorn kör en WebDAV-server), så att den dyker upp som en
-lokal katalog i filsystemet. Syftet med detta verktyg är inte att
-konfigurera en WebDAV-server.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Skapar en ny post</title>
-
-    <para>Den första skärmen visar de redan konfigurerade inläggen om det finns några,
-och en <guibutton>Ny</guibutton>-knapp.Använd den för att skapa ett nytt
-inlägg. Ange serverns URL i fältet i på nya skärmen.</para>
-
-    <para>Sedan kommer du till en skärm med alternativknappar där du kan välja några
-åtgärder. Välj <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> genom att klicka på
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> efter att du valt alternativsknappen eftersom
-<guibutton>servern</guibutton> redan är konfigurerad. Du kan emellertid
-rätta till det om det behövs.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Innehållet av den fjärrstyrda mappen kommer att vara tillgängligt via denna
-monteringspunkt.</para>
-
-    <para>I nästa steg ska du ange ditt användarnamn och lösenord. Om du behöver några
-andra val så kan du ange dessa i <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-fönstret.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Valet <guibutton>Montera</guibutton> tillåter dig att omedelbart montera för
-åtkomst.</para>
-
-    <para>Efter att du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen
-<guibutton>Klar</guibutton> så visas första skärmen igen och din nya
-monteringspunkt finns med i listan. När du trycker på
-<guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> blir du bli tillfrågad om du vill spara
-ändringarna i <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Välj detta om du vill att
-fjärrkatalogen ska vara tillgänglig vid varje uppstart. Om det bara är en
-en-gångs grej så spara inte konfigurationen.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 80edfc8e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Detta enkla verktyg<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> ger dig som
-systemadministratör möjlighet att tillåta användare att dela undermappar i
-sin egen /home-katalog med andra användare som befinner sig på samma lokala
-nätverk, och som har datorer som kör antingen Linux eller Windows.</para>
-
-  <para>Det hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Lokal disk kallad
-"Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner".</para>
-
-  <para>Svara först på frågan: "<guilabel>Skulle du vilja tillåta användare att dela
-några av sina mappar ?</guilabel>, klicka på <guibutton>Ingen
-delning</guibutton> om svaret är nej för alla användare, klicka på
-<guibutton>Tillåt alla användare</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Klicka på <guilabel>Ok</guilabel>, på nästa skärm får du välja mellan
-<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Kryssa i
-<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> om Linux är det enda operativsystemet i
-nätverket, eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> om nätverket har både Linux och
-Windows-datorer. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Alla nödvändiga
-paket kommer att installeras automatiskt om det behövs.</para>
-
-  <para>The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In
-this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows
-you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare
-group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group,
-then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the
-fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information
-about Userdrake, see <xref linkend="userdrake">this page</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>När en ny användare läggs till i fildelningsgruppen så behöver du koppla ner
-och ansluta igen för att ändringarna som gjorts ska börja gälla.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Från och med nu så kan varje användare som tillhör fildelningsgruppen välja
-i sin filhanterare de mappar som ska delas även om inte alla filhanterare
-har denna möjlighet.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6033ab42..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Kom åt NFS-delade enheter och kataloger</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Med detta verktyg <footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> kan du ange några
-kataloger som ska vara tillgängliga för alla användare på
-datorn. Protokollet som används är NFS och är tillgängligt på de flesta
-Linux och UNIX-system. Den utdelade katalogen kommer därför att vara
-tillgänglig vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under
-en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedur</title>
-
-    <para>Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över
-servrar som delar mappar.</para>
-
-    <para>Klicka på >-symbolen före namnet på servern för a visa listan av delade
-mappar och välj den mapp du vill komma åt.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> kommer att finnas tillgänglig
-och du kommer behöva ange var du ska montera mappen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Efter att du har valt monteringspunkt så kan du montera den. Du kan också
-verifiera och ändra några val med <guibutton>Val</guibutton>-knappen. Efter
-att mappen är monterad så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>När du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton>
-så visas ett meddelande som frågar om du vill spara dina ändringar i
-/etc/fstab. Det medför att katalogen finns tillgänglig vid varje uppstart om
-nätverket är åtkomligt. Den nya katalogen är då tillgänglig i din
-filhanterare, som t. ex. Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cf164f7c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD-brännare</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Detta verktyg <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>hittas under fliken
-Lokala diskar i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt i enlighet med med din
-flyttbara hårdvara (Endast CD/DVD-spelare, brännare och diskettstation). </para>
-
-  <para>Dess mål är att definera hur din flyttbara enhet är monterad. </para>
-
-  <para>Längst upp i fönstret finns en kort beskrivning av din hårdvara och de valda
-alternativen att montera den. Använd menyn längst ner för att ändra
-dem. Kryssa i vilket objekt som ska ändras och sedan på knappen
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Monteringspunkt</title>
-
-    <para>Kryssa i denna ruta för att ändra monteringspunkt. Standard är /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Val</title>
-
-    <para>Många monteringspunkter kan välja antingen här direkt i listan eller via
-undermenyn <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. De huvudsakliga är:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>användare/ingenanvändare</title>
-
-      <para>användaren tillåter en vanlig användare (inte root) att montera en flyttbar
-disk, detta alternativ involverar noexec, nosuid och nodev. Användaren som
-monterade disken är den enda som kan avmontera den. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ff7881db..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Kom åt Windows (SMB)-delade diskar och mappar</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Med detta verktyg <footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> kan du ange vilka
-katalogen som ska vara tillgängliga för användare på datorn. Protokollet som
-används är SMB som är populärt på Windows(R)-system. Den utdelade katalogen
-är tillgänglig  direkt vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara
-åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare.</para>
-
-    <para>Innan du startar verktyget så är det en bra idé att deklarera namnen på
-servrarna som är tillgängliga, till exempel med <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Procedur</title>
-
-    <para>Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över
-servrar som delar kataloger.</para>
-
-    <para>Klicka på servernamnet och &gt; före servernamnet för att visa upp listan av
-delade mappar och välj den mapp som du vill få tillgång till.</para>
-
-    <para>För att knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ska bli tillgänglig
-så behöver du ange var mappen ska monteras.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Efter val av monteringspunkt så kan det monteras med knappen
-<guimenu>Montera</guimenu>. Du kan också bekräfta och ändra några alternativ
-med knappen <guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para>I alternativ så kan du ange användarnamnet och lösenordet till de som ska
-kunna ansluta till SMB-servern. Efter att mappen har monterats så kan du
-avmontera den med samma knapp.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Efter att konfigurationen accepterats med Klar-knappen kommer ett meddelande
-upp om du vill spara inställningarna i /etc/fstab. Sparas inställningarna så
-är katalogen åtkomlig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är igång. Den nya
-katalogen finns då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, t. ex. Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 791f8dcf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D-skrivbordseffekter</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Detta verktyg<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> låter dig hantera
-skrivbordets 3D-effekter i ditt operativsystem. 3D-effekter är som standard
-avstängt.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Komma igång</title>
-
-    <para>För att använda det här verktyget så behöver du ha glxinfo-paketet
-installerat. Om paketet inte är installerat så kommer du att bli tillfrågad
-med en popup-ruta om att göra så innan drak3d kan startas.</para>
-
-    <para>Efter att du startat drak3d kommer en meny att visas. Här kan du välja
-antingen <guilabel>Inga skrivbordseffekter</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Compiz
-Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion är en del av en sammansatt fönsterhanterare
-som bland annant innehåller hårdvaruaccelererade specialeffekter för ditt
-skrivbord. Välj <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> för att starta den.</para>
-
-    <para>Om detta är första gången du startar programmet efter en ren installation av
-Mageia kommer ett varningsmeddelande att visas om vilka paket som måste
-installeras för att kunna använda Compiz Fusion. Klicka på knappen
-<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att fortsätta.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>När de lämpliga paketen slutligen är installerade så kommer du att märka att
-Compiz Fusion är valt i drak3d-menyn, men att du måste logga ut och logga in
-igen för att ändringarna ska få effekt.</para>
-
-    <para>Efter att du har loggat in igen så kommer Compiz Fusion att vara
-aktiverat. För att ställa in Compiz Fusion så kollar du in sidan för ccsm
-(CompizConfig Settings Manager)-verktyget.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Felsökning</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Kan inte se skrivbordet efter inloggning</title>
-
-      <para>Om du efter att ha aktiverat Compiz Fusion och loggar in på skrivbordsmiljön
-igen och inte kan se någonting, starta om datorn för att komma tillbaka till
-inloggningsskärmen. Klicka sedan på skrivbordsikonen och välj drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Om ditt konto är ett administratörskonto kommer du att bli ombedd att ange
-ditt lösenord igen när du loggar in. Använd annars ett
-administratörskonto. Därefter kan du återställa de ändringar som kan ha
-orsakat inloggningsproblemet.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 34409177..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Verifiering</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva
-<emphasis role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> möjliggör att du kan
-ändra på vilket sätt som du blir erkänd som användare av maskinen eller på
-nätet.</para>
-
-  <para>Som standard så lagras informationen om din autentisering i en fil på din
-dator. Modifiera den enbart om din nätverksadministratör bjuder in dig att
-göra det och ger dig information om det.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 15d459af..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Konfigurera autologin för automatisk inloggning</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Med detta verktyg<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva
-<emphasis role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> kan du ställa in
-automatisk inloggning för en användare utan att ange lösenord. Det kallas
-automatisk inloggning och kan vara användbart när det bara finns en
-användare som använder datorn.</para>
-
-  <para>Det finns under <emphasis role="bold">Start</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias
-kontrollcenter och är märkt "Ställ in automatisk inloggning".</para>
-
-  <para>Gränssnittets knappar är ganska uppenbara:</para>
-
-  <para>Kryssa i <guibutton>Starta det grafiska gränssnittet automatiskt när datorn
-startar</guibutton> om du vill att X-fönstersystem ska startas efter
-uppstarten. Annars kommer systemet att starta i textbaserad läge. Oavsett
-vad så är det möjligt att starta det grafiska gränssnittet manuellt, genom
-att t. ex. att köra kommandot 'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
-
-  <para>Om första rutan är ikryssad kommer två nya alternativ att vara tillgängliga,
-antingen väljer du <guibutton>Nej, jag vill inte använda
-autologin</guibutton> om du vill att systemet ska fortsätta att fråga om
-användarnamn och lösenord, eller kryssa i <guibutton>Ja, jag vill använda
-autologin för denna (användare, skrivbord)</guibutton> om nödvändigt. I så
-fall måste du även ange <guilabel>standardanvändare</guilabel> och
-<guilabel>standard skrivbordsmiljö</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 84528021..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Ställ in uppstartssystemet</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Om du använder ett UEFI-system istället för BIOS så är gränssnittet lite
-annorlunda eftersom startenheten uppenbarligen är EFI-systempartition (ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från </para>
-    </footnote> tillåter dig att
-ställa in uppstartsalternativen (val av uppstartshanterare, ställa in ett
-lösenord, standarduppstart, osv.)</para>
-
-  <para>Det kan hittas under fliken Uppstart i Mageia's kontrollcentral som "Ställ
-in uppstartssystem".</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Använd inte det här verktyget om du inte exakt vet vad du håller på med. Att
-ändra några inställningar kan förhindra att din maskin startar upp igen !</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if
-using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub,
-Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question
-of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the
-<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you
-are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any
-modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para>
-
-  <para>På UEFI-system så är starthanteraren <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> och
-installeras på /boot/EFI-partitionen. Denna FAT32-partitionen är vanlig på
-alla installerade operativsystem.</para>
-
-  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
-the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
-seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available
-operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is
-made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
-
-  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
-possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and
-password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change
-settings. The username is "root" and the password is the one chosen here.</para>
-
-  <para>Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger några extra val.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Aktivera ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Avancerad konfiguration och strömgränssnitt) är en standard för
-strömhanteringen. Det kan spara ström genom att stoppa oanvända enheter, det
-här var metoden som användes före APM. Bocka i den här rutan om din hårdvara
-är ACPI-kompatibel.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Aktivera SMP:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP står för Symetriska Multiprocessorer, det är en arkitektur för
-processorer med flera kärnor.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Om du har en processor med HyperThreading så kommer Mageia att se den som en
-dubbelkärnig processor och aktivera SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Aktivera APIC</guibutton> och <guibutton>Aktivera lokal
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC står för Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Det finns två
-komponenter i Intels APIC-system, den lokala APIC (LAPIC) och I/O
-APIC. Denna omdirigerar avbrotten som erhålls via kringutrustning till en
-eller flera lokala APICs som finns i processorn. Det är speciellt användbart
-i system med mer än en processor. Vissa datorer har problem med
-APIC-systemet som kan orsaka hängningar eller inkorrekt enhetsidentifiering
-(felmeddelande "spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7). Om så är fallet så
-avaktivera APIC och/eller lokal APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> skärm varierar beroende på vilken
-starthanterare du väljer.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Du har Grub Legacy eller Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot
-time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu
-entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you
-click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton>
-buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or
-to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be
-able to use these tools.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Etikettfältet</guilabel> är valfritt, ange vad som ska visas i
-menyn. Det matchar Grubs titel-kommando. T. ex: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>Fältet <guilabel>Avbild</guilabel> innehåller namnet på kärnan. Det matchar
-Grub-kommandot "kernel". Till exempel /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>Fältet <guilabel>Root</guilabel> innehåller enhetsnamnet där kärnan
-lagras. Det matchar Grub-kommandot "root". Till exempel (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>Fältet <guilabel>Bifoga</guilabel> innehåller valen som ska anges till
-kärnan vid tid för uppstart.</para>
-
-      <para>Om rutan <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> är förvalt så kommer Grub att ladda
-den här posten som standard.</para>
-
-      <para>I rutan för <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel> är det möjligt att välja
-<guilabel>videoläge</guilabel>, en <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>-fil och en
-<guilabel>nätverksprofil</guilabel>. Titta i <xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/> i rullgardinsmenyerna.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Du använder Grub2 eller Grub2-efi (starthanterare som används som standard i
-Legacy och UEFI-läge):</para>
-
-      <para>In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default
-one.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Fältet <guilabel>Bifoga</guilabel> innehåller valen som ska anges till
-kärnan vid tid för uppstart.</para>
-
-      <para>If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them
-to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box
-<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
-choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable
-Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not
-touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Att inte installera på en ESP eller MBR betyder att installationen inte kan
-startas om den inte kedjeladdas från ett annat OS.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub
-Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d16a04e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia's felrapporteringsverktyg</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Vanligtvis så startas detta verktyg<footnote><para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote>
-automatiskt när ett av Mageias verktyg slutar att fungera. Det är emellertid
-möjligt att efter att du fyllt i en felrapport så kan du bli tillfrågad att
-starta verktyget igen för att kontrollera informationen som ges, och sedan
-ange den i en existerande felrapport.</para>
-
-  <para>Om en ny felrapport måste lämnas in och du inte är van vid att göra det,
-vänligen läs <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Hur man
-rapporterar ett programfel på rätt sätt</link> innan du klickar på knappen
-Rapportera.</para>
-
-  <para>Om felet redan har rapporterats av någon annan (felmeddelandet som dragbug
-ger kommer i så fall vara samma) är det bra om man skriver en kommentar till
-den rapporten också.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 184f88e2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Samla loggar och systeminformation för felrapporter</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Detta verktyg<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> kan bara startas och
-användas från en konsol.</para>
-
-<para>Det rekommenderas att skriva utdatan av detta kommando till en fil, till
-exempel genom  <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, men se till att du har tillräckligt med
-diskutrymme först. Filen kan lätt bli flera gigabyte stor.</para>
-<note><para>Utdatan är alldeles för stor för att bifogas till en felrapport utan att
-först ta bort obehövliga delar.</para></note>
-  <para>Detta kommando samlar följande information från ditt system:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> ispci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitioner</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i81n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> magiea-version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>När denna hjälptext skrevs så var delar av utdatan från "syslog" tom, detta
-för att verktyget inte är anpassat till vår övergång till systemd. Om den
-fortfarande är tom kan du återfå "syslog" skriva (som root): <emphasis
-role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Om du har dåligt med
-diskutrymme kan du exempelvis ta de sista 5000 raderna av loggfilen
-istället: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b5ad049..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Hantera datum och tid</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Detta verktyg <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finns under systemfliken
-i Mageias kontrollcentral och kallas <guilabel>Hantera datum och
-tid</guilabel>. I vissa skrivbordsmiljöer är den även tillgänglig genom att
-högerklicka på klockan i systembrickan och välja ändra datum och tid.</para>
-
-  <para>Det är ett väldigt enkelt verktyg.</para>
-
-  <para>I övre vänstra hörnet finns <emphasis role="bold">kalendern</emphasis>. I
-skärmdumpen ovan är datumet september (uppe till vänster), 2012 (uppe till
-höger), den andra (i blått) och det är en söndag. Välj månad (eller år)
-genom att klicka på de små pilarna på vardera sida om september (eller
-2012). Välj dag genom att klicka på numret.</para>
-
-  <para>Längst ner till vänster finns <emphasis role="bold">Nätverk
-tidsprotokoll</emphasis>-synkronisering där det finns möjlighet att alltid
-ha klockan synkroniserad genom en server. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera
-nätverkstids-protokoll</guilabel> och välj närmsta server.</para>
-
-  <para>På högra delen finns <emphasis role="bold">klockan</emphasis>. Det är inte
-nödvändigt att ställa in klockan om NTP är aktiverat. Tre rutor visar
-timmar, minuter och sekunder (15, 28 och 22) i skärmdumpen). Använd de små
-pilarna för att ställa in klockan korrekt. Tidsformatet kan inte ändras
-här. Läs dokumentationen för din skrivbordsmiljö för detta.</para>
-
-  <para>Välj åtminstonde din tidszon längst ner till höger genom att klicka på
-knappen <guibutton>Ändra tidszon</guibutton> och välj närmaste stad i
-listan.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Även om det inte är möjligt att välja ett datum eller tidsformat i detta
-verktyg så kommer de att visas på ditt skrivbord i enlighet med dina
-lokaliseringsinställningar.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bb0d9488..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Ta bort en anslutning</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Här kan du ta bort ett nätverksgränssnitt<footnote><para>Du kan även köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välj vilken du vill ta bort, klicka sedan på
-<emphasis>nästa</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Du kommer att få ett meddelande om att nätverksgränssnittet har tagits bort.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 74e6531d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,808 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Konfigurera ett nytt nätverksgränssnitt (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ....)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Med detta verktyg<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> kan du konfigurera
-mycket av det lokala nätverket och Internet. Du behöver information från din
-internetleverantör eller nätverksadministratör.</para>
-
-    <para>Välj vilken uppkoppling du vill konfigurera, i enlighet med den hårdvara och
-leverantör du har.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny trådbunden anslutning (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det
-som du ska ställa in.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatisk IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange om
-DNS-servrarna tillhandahålls via DHCP, eller om du manuellt måste ställa in
-dem vilket förklaras nedan. I det senare fallet måste IP-adressen ställas
-in. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget värdnamn ställs in kommer
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som
-standard. Värdnamnet kan även förses av DHCP-servern med växeln
-<emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Många
-DHCP-servrar har inte den funktionaliteten, och om du konfigurerar din PC
-till att automatiskt få en IP-adress genom en lokal ADSL-router är det
-osannolikt.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Avancerade-knappen ger dig möjligheten att specificera:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Sök domän (inte tillgänglig, som angiven av DHCP-servern)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-klienten</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få YP-server av DHCP (markerad som standard): Ange NIS-server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få NTPD-server av DHCP (tidssynkronisering av klockor)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att
-klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en
-IP-adress. Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla
-nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuell inställning</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du behöver deklarera vilka
-DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inte
-VÄRDNAMN anges så ställs <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> in som
-standard.</para>
-
-            <para>För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är
-tillgängligt från din internetleverantörs hemsida.</para>
-
-            <para>I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en
-<emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator
-t. ex. kallas för "splash" och det fullständiga domännamnet är
-"splash.boatanchor.net" så är sökdomänen "boatanchor.net". Om du inte
-specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala
-ADSL-leverantörerna använder inte den inställningen.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny satellit-anslutning (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du
-kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet.</link>
-Tack på förhand.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny kabel-modemsanslutning</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det
-som du ska ställa in.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Du måste välja en autentiseringsmetod:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ingen</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (nödvändig för Telstra). I detta fall måste du ange användarnamn
-och lösenord.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatisk IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar
-deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras
-nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen anges, datorns VÄRDNAMN kan
-också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet
-kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela
-värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Alla DHCP-servrar har inte den
-funktionen, och om du konfigurerar din dator att tilldelas en IP-adress från
-en ADSL-router är det osannolikt.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Avancerade-knappen ger dig möjligheten att specificera:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Sök domän (inte tillgänglig, som angiven av DHCP-servern)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-klienten</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få YP-server av DHCP (markerad som standard): Ange NIS-server</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få NTPD-server av DHCP (tidssynkronisering av klockor)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att
-klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en
-IP-adress. Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla
-nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuell inställning</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange vilka DNS-servrar
-som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget
-VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som
-standard.</para>
-
-            <para>För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är
-tillgängligt från din internetleverantörs hemsida.</para>
-
-            <para>I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en
-<emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator
-t. ex. kallas för "splash" och det fullständiga domännamnet är
-"splash.boatanchor.net" så är sökdomänen "boatanchor.net". Om du inte
-specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala
-nätverken behöver inte den inställningen.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny DSL-anslutning</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Om verktyget hittar ett nätverkskort erbjuder det att välja ett och
-konfigurera det.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din
-leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet
-<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Välj en av de tillgängliga protokollen:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamiskt konfigurationsprotokoll för värd (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manuell TCP/IP-konfiguration</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP över ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP över Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Tunnelprotokoll från punkt till punkt (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Åtkomstinställningar</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto-inloggning (användarnamn)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto-lösenord</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avancerat) virtuellt genvägs-ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Avancerad) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny ISDN-anslutning</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Guiden frågar vilken enhet som ska ställas in:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Manuellt val (Internt ISDN-kort)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Externt ISDN-modem</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>En lista med hårdvara visas, sorterad per kategori och tillverkare. Välj
-ditt kort.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Välj en av de tillgängliga protokollen:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokoll för resten av världen, förutom Europa (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Protokoll för Europa (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din
-leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet
-<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter. Sedan
-tillfrågas parametrar:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Namn på anslutning</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Telefonnummer</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Inloggnings-ID</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto-lösenord</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Identifieringsmetod</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Efter det måste du välja om du får din IP-adress automatiskt eller måste
-ange den manuellt. I sista fallet så skriv in din IP-adress och nätmask.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nästa steg är att välja hur adresserna till DNS-servrar erhålls. Antingen
-automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ställa in:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Namn på domän</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Första och andra DNS-server</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Välj om värdnamnet ställs in från IP. Välja bara detta om du är säker på att
-din leverantör är konfigurerad att acceptera det.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nästa steg är att ställa in hur gateway-adressen erhålls. Antingen
-automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ange
-IP-adressen.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny trådlös anslutning (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Den första skärmen visar en lista över vilka gränssnitt som är tillgängliga
-och en post för varje Windows-drivrutin (ndiswrapper). Välj den som ska
-konfigureras. Använd bara ndiswrapper om de andra konfigurationsalternativen
-inte fungerade.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>I det här steget får man välja mellan de olika accesspunkterna som kortet
-har hittat.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Det trådlösa kortets specifika parametrar är att ange:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Arbetsläge:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Hanterad</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>För att få tillgång till en befintlig accesspunkt (den vanligaste).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>För att ställa in direktanslutning mellan datorer.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Namn på nätverk (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Krypteringsläge: Det beror på hur åtkomstpunkten är inställd.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Detta krypteringsläge är att föredra om din hårdvara tillåter det.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Viss äldre hårdvara kan bara hantera denna krypteringsmetod.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Krypteringsnyckel</para>
-
-            <para>Det ges i regel av hårdvaran som tillhandahåller accesspunkten.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Automatisk IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar
-deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras
-nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen till DNS-servrarna
-anges. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges
-kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som
-standard. Värdnamnet kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att
-välja <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Avancerade-knappen ger dig möjligheten att specificera:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Sök domän (inte tillgänglig, som angiven av DHCP-servern)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-klienten</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP-timeout</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få YP-server från DHCP (valt som standard): Ange NIS-servrar</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Få NTPD-server av DHCP (tidssynkronisering av klockor)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att
-klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en
-IP-adress. Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Efter att konfigurationen godkänts så kommer nästa steg, som är gemensamt
-för alla nätverkskonfigurationer att förklaras: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Manuell inställning</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange DNS-servrar. Datorns
-VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard.</para>
-
-            <para>För ett hemmanätverk brukar IP-adressen i regel likna
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, nätmask är
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gateway och DNS-servrar är tillgängliga
-på din leverantörs hemsida.</para>
-
-            <para>I de avancerade inställningarna kan du ange en
-<emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Det syns i ditt värdnamn, utan det första
-namnet och innan punkten.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny GPRS/Edge/3G-anslutning</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Om verktyget hittar några trådlösa nätverkskort låter det dig välja ett och
-konfigurera det.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>PIN-koden efterfrågas. Lämna tomt om det inte behövs.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Guiden frågar efter ett nätverk om det inte hittas, välj alternativet
-<guilabel>Olistat</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din
-leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet
-<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ange åtkomstinställningar</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Namn på åtkomstpunkt</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto-inloggning (användarnamn)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Konto-lösenord</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny uppringd nätverksanslutning via Bluetooth</title>
-
-    <para>Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du
-kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet.</link>
-Tack på förhand.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>En ny analog telefon-modemsanslutning (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Guiden frågar vilken enhet som ska ställas in:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Manuellt val</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Upptäckt hårdvara, om någon.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>En lista av portar är föreslaget. Välj din port.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Om det inte är installerat så är det rekommenderat att du installerar
-paketet <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>En lista visas med olika leverantörer, sorterade efter land. Välj din
-leverantör. Om den inte finns med i listan så väljer du alternativet
-<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och anger sedan de inställningar du fått av
-leverantören. Sedan tillfrågas uppringningsalternativ:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Namn på anslutning</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Telefonnummer</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Inloggnings-ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Lösenord</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Identifiering</emphasis>, välj mellan:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Skript-baserad</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Terminal-baserad</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Avslutar konfigurationen</title>
-
-    <para>I nästa steg så kan du specificera:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Tillåt användare att hantera anslutningen</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Starta anslutningen vid uppstart</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Aktivera trafikloggning</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Tillåt gränssnittet att kontrolleras av Network Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>När det gäller trådlösa anslutningar kommer finns en kompletterande
-kryssruta <emphasis>Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkter</emphasis> som gör det
-möjligt att automatiskt byta mellan anslutningspunkter beroende på
-signalstyrka.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Med den avancerade knappen kan du specificera:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metrisk (10 som standard)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Nätverks "hotplugging"</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Aktivera IPv6 till IPv4-tunnel</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Det sista steget tillåter dig att specificera om anslutningen ska starta
-omedelbart eller inte.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 31e19c7b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Öppna en konsoll som en administratör</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget ger dig tillgång till en konsol som körs som root. Vi tror
-inte du behöver mer information än så.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 84f9c737..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Hantera hårddisk-partitioner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk eller diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> eller <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> är väldigt
-kraftfullt, ett minsta fel eller att katten hoppar upp på tangentbordet kan
-resultera i att all data på partitionen, även hela hårddisken kan
-raderas. Därför ser du fönstret ovanpå verktygsfönstret. Klicka på
-<emphasis>Avsluta</emphasis> om du är osäker på om du vill fortsätta.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Om du har mer än en hårddisk så kan du byta till hårddisken som du vill
-jobba på genom att välja den korrekta fliken (sda, sdb, sdc osv).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Du kan välja bland många olika åtgärder för att anpassa din hårddisk efter
-dina önskemål. Radera en hel hårddisk, dela eller slå ihop partitioner,
-ändra storlek eller filsystem, formatera eller visa vad som finns på en
-partition. Knappen <emphasis><guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton></emphasis>
-längst ner används för att radera hela disken, de andra knapparna blir
-synliga och visas till höger när du klickat på en partition.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Om du har ett UEFI-system så kan du då se en liten partition som kallas för
-"System-partition för EFI" som är monterad på /boot/EFI. Ta aldrig bort den
-eftersom att den innehåller alla dina olika uppstartshanterare för dina
-operativsystem.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Om den valda partitionen är monterad som i nedanstående exempel så kan du
-inte välja att ändra storlek, formatera eller att ta bort den. För att göra
-det så måste partitionen avmonteras först.</para>
-
-  <para>Det är endast möjligt att skala partitionen på dess högra sida.</para>
-
-  <para>För att ändra partitionstyp (t. ex. ändra från ext3 till ext4) måste du
-först ta bort partitionen och sedan återskapa den med det nya
-filsystemet. Knappen <guibutton role="bold">Skapa</guibutton> visas du
-klickar på oanvänt diskutrymme.</para>
-
-  <para>Du kan välja en monteringspunkt som inte existerar, den kommer då att bli
-skapad.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
-gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be
-seen in the screenshot below.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8696754f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Ställ in en skärmhanterare</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Här<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> kan du välja vilken
-fönsterhanterare som ska användas för att logga in på ditt skrivbord. Enbart
-de som finns tillgängliga på din dator visas.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">De flesta användarna kommer bara att märka att loginskärmen ser annorlunda
-ut. Det finns dock skillnader i de funktioner som stöds. LXDM är en lätt
-fönsterhanterare, SDDM och GDM har fler möjligheter.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dcf98df4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Ställ in din personliga brandvägg</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Detta verktyg<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finns under
-säkerhetsfliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och kallas "Konfigurera din
-personliga brandvägg". Det är samma verktyg som finns på första fliken i
-"Konfigurera säkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner".</para>
-
-  <para>En grundläggande brandvägg installeras som standard med Mageia. All
-inkommande trafik utifrån blockeras om de inte är godkända. På första
-skärmen ovan kan du välja vilka tjänster som ska accepteras utifrån. Av
-säkerhetsskäl, bocka av första rutan <guilabel>Allt (ingen
-brandvägg)</guilabel> om du inte vill avaktivera brandväggen, och bara välja
-nödvändiga tjänster.</para>
-
-  <para>Det är möjligt att manuellt ange vilka portar som ska vara öppna. Klicka på
-<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> så öppnas ett nytt fönster. I fältet
-<guilabel>Andra portar</guilabel>, ange vilka portar som behövs genom att
-följa dessa exempel :</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp: öppna porten 80's TCP-protokoll</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : öppna alla portar från 24000 till 24010 UDP-protokollet</para>
-
-  <para>De listade portarna bör skiljas åt med ett mellanslag</para>
-
-  <para>Om kryssrutan <guilabel>Logga brandvägssmeddelanden i
-systemloggen</guilabel> är markerad kommer alla meddelanden från brandväggen
-att sparas i systemloggen.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Om du inte kör vissa tjänster (webb, mail eller fildelning, ...) behöver du
-inte ha något ikryssat, det är t.o.m. rekommenderat. Det kommer inte att
-hindra dig från att ansluta till internet.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Nästa skärm visar den interaktiva brandväggens olika alternativ. Med dem kan
-du bli varnad vid inkommande anslutningsförsök om åtminstone den första
-kryssrutan <guilabel>Använd interativ brandvägg</guilabel> är
-markerad. Markera den andra kryssrutan för att bli varnad om portar blir
-skannade (för att fösröka hitta fel någonstans som kan leda till att någon
-kan ta sig in i din dator). Varje kryssruta från den tredje och framåt
-motsvarar en port du öppnat i de två första fönstren. I skärmdumpen nedan
-finns två sådana alternativ: SSH-server och 80:150/tcp. Markera dem för att
-bli varnad om några anslutningsförsök sker på dessa portar.</para>
-
-  <para>De här varningsmeddelanden visas som en popup genom nätverksappleten.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Välj på sista skärmen vilket nätverkskort som är kopplat mot internet och
-som måste skyddas. När du klickat på knappen Ok så kommer de nödvändiga
-paketen att laddas ner.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Om du inte vet vad du ska välja, ta en titt i MCC under fliken Nätverk &amp;
-Internet, och Skapa nytt nätverksinterface.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 22700645..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Hantera, lägg till och ta bort typsnitt. Importera Windows® typsnitt.</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finns i Mageias
-kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis>. Med
-det kan du hantera olika typsnitt som finns på datorn. Huvudfönstret ovan
-visar:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>installerade typsnitt, stilar och storlekar.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>en förhandsgranskning av valt typsnitt.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>några knappar som förklaras här senare.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Hämta Windows-typsnitt: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Den här knappen lägger automatiskt till typsnitt som hittas på
-Windows-partitionen. Du måste ha Microsoft Windows installerat.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Alternativ:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Det gör att du kan ange vilka program och enheter (mestadels skrivare) som
-kan använda typsnitten.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Avinstallera:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Den här knappen är till för att ta bort installerade typsnitt, i regel för
-att spara ututrymme. Var försiktig när du tar bort typsnitt då det kan få
-allvarliga konsekvenser för dokument som använder dem.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importera:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Gör så att du kan lägga till typsnitt från en tredje-part (CD, internet,
-...). Filformat som stöds är ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm och gsf. Klicka på
-knappen <emphasis role="bold">Importera</emphasis> och sedan på <emphasis
-role="bold">Lägg till</emphasis>, en filhanterare dyker upp där du kan välja
-vilka typsnitt som ska installeras. Klicka på <emphasis
-role="bold">Installera</emphasis> när du är klar. De installeras i katalogen
-/usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>Om det nyinstallerade (eller borttagna) typsnittet inte dyker upp i
-drakfonts huvudfönster, stäng programmet och öppna det igen för att se
-ändringarna.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 492fc518..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Föräldrakontroll</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finns i Mageias
-kontrollcentral under fliken säkerhet och heter
-<guilabel>Föräldrakontroll</guilabel>. Om du inte hittar den måste du
-installera drakguard-paketet (installeras inte som standard).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard är ett lätt sätt att ställa in föräldrakontroll på din dator och
-begränsa vem som kan göra vad, och på vilka tider. Drakguard har tre
-användbara egenskaper:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Den begränsar webbåtkomst för namngivna användare till satta tider på
-dygnet. Den gör det genom att använda shorewall, den inbyggda brandväggen i
-Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Den blockerar körning av olika kommandon för namngivna användare så att de
-bara kan köra det du tillåter dem.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Den begränsar åtkomst till webbsidor, både genom att manuellt definiera
-svart/vitlistor men även dynamisk baserat på webbsidans innehåll. För att
-uppnå detta använder Drakguard DansGuardian, den ledande
-föräldrakontroll-blockeraren inom öppen källkod.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfigurera föräldrakontroll</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Om din dator har en hårddisk med partitioner i Ext2, Ext3 eller
-Reiser-filsystem kommer ett pop upp-fönster att låta dig konfigurera ACL på
-dessa partitioner. ACL står för Access Control List och är en funktion i
-Linux kärna som tillåter åtkomst till individuella filer som är begränsade
-till namngivna användare. ACL är inbyggt i Ext4 och Btrfs-filsystem men
-måste aktiveras i Ext2, Ext3 och Reiser-partitioner. Om du väljer ja när du
-blir tillfrågad kommer drakguard att konfigurera alla dina partitioner med
-ACL-stöd och föreslår sedan att du startar om.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Aktivera föräldrakontroll</guibutton>: Om markerad kommer
-föräldrakontroll att aktiveras och fliken <guilabel>Blockera
-program</guilabel> öppnas.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Blockera all nätverkstrafik</guibutton>: Om markerad så kommer
-alla webbsidor att blockeras utom de som finns med på fliken
-vitlista. Annars tillåts alla webbsidor, utom de som finns med på fliken
-svartlista.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Användaråtkomst</guibutton>: Användare till vänster kommer att ha
-restriktioner enligt dina regler. Användare till höger har obegränsad
-åtkomst så att vuxna användare inte blir besvärade. Välj en användare till
-vänster och klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till
-honom/henne som en tillåten användare. Välj en användare till höger och
-klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort honom/henne från
-tillåtna användare.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Tidkontroll:</guibutton> Om markerad kommer internetåtkomst att
-tillåtas med begränsningar mellan <guilabel>Start</guilabel> och
-<guilabel>Slut</guilabel>-tid. Den är helt blockerad utanför dessa
-tidsramar.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fliken svart/vitlista</title>
-
-      <para>Skriv in webbsidans URL i första fältet längt upp, klicka sedan på knappen
-<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fliken blockera program</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Blockera definierade program</guibutton>: Möjliggör användning av
-ACL för att begränsa åtkomst till särskilda program. Ange sökväg till de
-program du vill blockera.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Avblockera användare</guibutton>: Användare till höger kommer
-inte att påverkas av ACL-blockeringar.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bfea3fc1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Dela internetanslutning med andra lokala datorer</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Principer</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Detta är användbart när du har en
-dator (3) som har internetåtkomst (2) och även är kopplad till ett lokalt
-nätverk (1). Du kan använda datorn (3) som en gateway och dela den åtkomsten
-till andra arbetsstationer (5) och (6) i det lokala nätverket (1). För detta
-måste gatewayn ha två gränssnitt. T. ex. ett nätverkskort för det lokala
-nätverket  och den andra (4) som är kopplad till internet (2).</para>
-
-    <para>Första steget är att verifiera att nätverk och internetåtkomst är inställt
-som är dokumenterat i <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Gatewayguide</title>
-
-    <para>Guiden<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan köra det här programmet från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> erbjuder följande steg som visas
-nedan:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Om guiden inte hittar minst två enheter kommer den att varna om detta och
-fråga om att stänga ner nätverket och konfigurera hårdvaran.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ange enheten som används för internetåtkomst. Guiden kommer automatiskt att
-föreslå en av enheterna men du bör kontrollera att det som föreslås är
-korrekt.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ange vilken enhet som används för lan-åtkomst. Guiden föreslår också en
-sådan, kontrollera att den är korrekt.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Guiden föreslår parametrar för det lokala nätverket., så som IP-adress,
-nätmask och domännamn. Kontrollera att parametrarna är kompatibla med den
-faktiska konfigurationen. Det rekommenderas att du accepterar dessa värden.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ange om datorn måste användas som en DNS-server. Om så är fallet kommer
-guiden att kontrollera att <code>bind</code> är installerat. I annat fall
-måste du specificera adressen till DNS-servern.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ange om datorn måste användas som en DHCP-server. Om så är fallet kommer
-guiden att kontrollera att <code>dhcp-server</code> är installerat och du
-erbjuds att konfigurera den med ett adressområde för IP-adresser.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>ange om datorn ska användas som en Proxy-server. Om ja kommer guiden att
-kontrollera så att <code>squid</code> är installerat och erbjuda att
-konfigurera den, med administratörens adress (admin@mydomain.com), proxyns
-namn (myfirewall@mydomain.com), porten (3128) och cachestorlek (100mb).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>I sista steget kan du kontrollera om gateway-datorn är kopplad till
-skrivarna och att dela ut dem.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Du kommer att bli varnad om behovet av att kontrollera brandväggen om den är
-aktiv.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Konfigurera klienten</title>
-
-    <para>Om du har konfigurerat gateway-datorn med DHCP behöver du bara ange att du
-får en adress automatiskt (genom DHCP) i nätverksverktyget. Parametrarna
-kommer att erhållas vid anslutning till nätverket. Denna metod är giltig
-oavsett vilket operativsystem klienten använder.</para>
-
-    <para>Om du behöver ange nätverksparametrarna manuellt är det viktigt att du
-specificerar en gateway genom att skriva in IP-adressen till datorn som
-agerar gateway.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Sluta dela förbindelser</title>
-
-    <para>Om du vill sluta dela förbindelsen på datorn som kör Mageia så kan du starta
-verktyget. Det kommer att erbjuda att omkonfigurera förbindelsen eller
-stoppa delningen.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f8b4107e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Maskindefinitioner</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Om vissa system i ditt nätverk ger dig olika tjänster och har fasta
-IP-adresser så kan du med detta verktyg<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>
-specificera ett namn för att komma åt dem lättare. Du kan då använda det
-namnet istället för en IP-adress.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Med den här knappen anger du ett namn för ett nytt system. Du kommer att få
-ett fönster där du anger IP-adress, systemets värdnamn och eventuellt ett
-alias som kan användas på samma sätt som namnet.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Ändra</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Du kan komma åt parametrarna för en post som tidigare definierats. Samma
-fönster används.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f649518..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Avancerad konfiguration av nätverk och brandvägg</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
-kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>
-
-  <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 94a8985d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Nätverkscenter</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finns i Mageias
-kontrollcenter under fliken Nätverk och Internet, Nätverkscenter.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>När det här verktyget startas öppnas ett fönster som visar alla nätverk som
-är konfigurerade på datorn oavsett typ (trådburet, trådlöst, satellit
-osv.). När du klickar på en av dem så dyker tre eller fyra nya knappar upp
-beroende på vilken nätverkstyp det är. Sedan kan du kan söka efter nätverk,
-ändra inställningar eller koppla upp/ifrån. Detta verktyg är inte till för
-att skapa ett nätverk. För detta kan du titta på <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt
-nätverksinterface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> på samma flik i MCC.</para>
-
-    <para>I skärmdumpen nedan som är ett exempel kan vi se två nätverk, det första är
-trådburet och uppkopplat vilket vi kan se med den här ikonen <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (den här är inte uppkopplad<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ), och den andra sektionen visar ett
-trådlöst nätverk som inte är uppkopplat som vi kan se med den här ikonen
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> och den här <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> om det är uppkopplat. Färgkoden för de
-andra nätverken är alltid densamma, grön för uppkopplad och röd för
-nerkopplad.</para>
-
-    <para>I den trådlösa delen av skärmen ser du också alla hittade nätverk med dess
-<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, om de är krypterade (i rött) eller okrypterade (i
-grönt) och <guibutton>Driftläge</guibutton>. Klicka på ett av dem och sedan
-på antingen <guibutton>Övervaka</guibutton>,
-<guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Anslut</guibutton>. Det
-är också möjligt att byta till ett annat nätverk här. Om ett privat nätverk
-väljs kommer nätverksinställningarna (se nedan) att fråga efter fler
-inställningar (särskilt en krypteringsnyckel).</para>
-
-    <para>Klicka på <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att uppdatera skärmen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bildskärmsknappen</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Med den här knappen kan du övervaka nätverkets aktivitet, hämtning till
-datorn (i rött) och skickat från datorn (ut mot internet, i grönt). Detta
-fönster är också tillgängligt genom att högerklicka på
-<guimenu>internetikonen i systemfältet och välja Övervaka nätverk</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Det finns en flik för varje nätverk (här ser vi  eth0 som trådburet, lo som
-lokalt och wlan0 som trådlöst) och en anslutningsflik som visar detaljer om
-anslutningens status.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Längst ner i fönstret står det <guilabel>Trafikloggning</guilabel>. Vi
-kommer att titta på det i nästa avsnitt.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfigureringsknappen</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - För ett trådburet nätverk</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Det är möjligt att ändra alla inställningar som anges när nätverket
-skapas. För det mesta så räcker det med att kryssa i <guibutton>Automatisk
-IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> men om det uppstår
-problem kan manuell konfiguration ge bättre resultat.</para>
-
-    <para>För ett hemmanätverk brukar <guilabel>IP-adress</guilabel> alltid likna
-192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nätmask</guilabel> är
-255.255.255.0.<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> och
-<guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel> är tillgängliga från din leverantörs
-hemsida.</para>
-
-    <para>Om <guibutton>Aktivera trafikloggning</guibutton> är markerad kommer
-trafiken att beräknas på en basis per timme, dag eller månad. Resultaten är
-tillgängliga i nätverksövervakaren från förra sektionen. När den har
-aktiverats kan du behöva starta om nätverket.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Tillåt att gränsnittet hanteras av
-nätverkscenter:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du
-kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet.</link>
-Tack på förhand.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Knappen avancerat:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du
-kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet.</link>
-Tack på förhand.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - För ett trådlöst nätverk</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Endast de objekt som inte redan visas ovan förklaras</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Drifläge:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Välj <guilabel>Hanterat</guilabel> om anslutningen är via en åtkomstpunkt,
-en <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> har hittats. Välj
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> om det är ett peer to peer-nätverk. Välj
-<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> om ditt nätverk används som
-åtkomstpunkt, ditt nätverkskort måste ha stöd för detta läget.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Krypteringsläge och krypteringsnyckel:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Om detta är ett privat nätverk så behöver du veta dessa inställningar.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> använder ett lösenord och är svagare än WPA som
-använder en passfras. <guilabel>WPA fördefinierad nyckel</guilabel> kallas
-även för WPA Personal eller WPA Home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel>
-används sällan i privata nätverk.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkt</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Roaming är en teknik som gör att datorn kan ändra sin åtkomstpunkt samtidigt
-som den är ansluten till nätverket.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Knappen avancerat:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
-kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Knapp för avancerade inställningar</title>
-
-    <para>Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du
-kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet.</link>
-Tack på förhand.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 04650d67..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Hantera olika nätverksprofiler</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
-kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>
-
-  <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> som root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 38ee8dcf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Dela ut enheter och kataloger via NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Förutsättningar</title>
-
-    <para>När guiden<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> körs för första gången kan
-den visa följande meddelande:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Paketet nfs-utils behöver installeras. Vill du installera det?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>När installationen är slutförd visas ett nytt fönster med en tom lista.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Huvudfönster</title>
-
-    <para>En lista visas med delade kataloger och i det här steget är listan
-tom. Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger tillgång till ett
-konfigureringsverktyg.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ändra post</title>
-
-    <para>Det här konfigurationsverktyget är märkt "Ändra post". Det kan också startas
-med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Följande parametrar är
-tillgängliga.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-katalog</title>
-
-      <para>Här kan du ange vilken katalog som ska delas ut. Knappen
-<guibutton>Katalog</guibutton> öppnar en bläddrare där du får välja vilken.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Maskin åtkomst</title>
-
-      <para>Här kan du ange vilka värdar som har tillstånd att komma åt den delade
-katalogen.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS-klienter kan specificeras på en rad olika sätt:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>en värd</emphasis>: en värd som med ett förkortat namn känns igen
-av namnupplösaren, fullständigt domännamn eller en IP-adress.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>nätgrupper</emphasis>: NIS-nätgrupper kan anges som @grupp.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>asterisk</emphasis>: datornamn får innehålla asterisker * och ?
-T. ex: *.cs.foo.edu matchar alla värdar i domänen cs.foo.edu</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP-nätverk</emphasis>: du kan även exportera kataloger till alla
-värdar på ett IP(under)-nätverk samtidigt. T. ex. antingen med
-`/255.255.252.0' eller `/22' tillagt i nätverkets basadress.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Användar ID Mappning</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>mappa root användare som anonyma</emphasis>: mappar förfrågningar
-från uid/gid 0 till de anonyma uid/gid (root_squash). Root-användarna fr
-klienten kan inte läsa eller skriva till filer på servern som är skapat av
-den faktiska root-användaren på servern.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>tillåt verklig fjärråtkomst som root</emphasis>: stäng av root
-squashing. Det här alternativer är användbart för disklösa klienter
-(no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>mappa alla användare till anonym användare</emphasis>: mappa alla
-uid och gid till den anonyma användaren (all_squash). Användbart för
-NFS-exporterade kataloger på publika FTP-servrar, nyhetskataloger etc. Det
-motsatta alternativet är ingen UID-mappning (no_squash_all) som är standard.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid och anongid</emphasis>: ange uttryckligen uid och gid för
-det anonyma kontot.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Avancerade alternativ</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Säker anslutning</emphasis>: det här alternativet kräver
-förfrågningar inkommer på en internet port under IPPORT_RESERVED
-(1024). Detta alternativ är påslaget som standard.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Skrivskyddad utdelning</emphasis>: Tillåt antingen enbart läs
-eller både läs och skriv-rättigheter på denna NFS-volym. Standard är att
-inte tillåta något som gör ändringar i filsystemet. Det här kan också göras
-tydligt med detta alternativ.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Synkroniserad åtkomst</emphasis>: förhindrar NFS-servern från att
-bryta mot NFS-protokollet genom att svara på förfrågningar innan några
-ändringar har gjorts som svar på dessa förfrågningar lagrats på en stabil
-lagringsmedia (t. ex. hårddisk).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Underträdskontroll</emphasis>: aktivera underträdskontroll vilket
-kan hjälpa till att öka säkerheten men i vissa fall minsa
-tillförlitligheten. Se exports(5) man för mer detaljer.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menyposter</title>
-
-    <para>Än så länge har listan minst en post.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Arkiv|Skriv konf</title>
-
-      <para>Spara aktuell konfiguration.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>Servern startas om med de aktuella konfigurationsfilerna.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS-server|Ladda om</title>
-
-      <para>Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 43f4d51f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Om du måste använda en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du
-använda det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> för att
-konfigurera den. Din nätverksadministratör ger dig den information som du
-behöver. Du kan även ange vissa tjänster som med undantag går att komma åt
-utan proxy.</para>
-
-  <para>Från Wikipedia den 24:e september 2012, artikel Proxy-server: I ett
-datornätverk betecknas vanligen en proxyserver en som agerar mellanhand för
-förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En klient
-ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en fil,
-anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan
-server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och
-kontrollera dess komplexitet.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a2403705..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,214 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Ställ in media</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-exit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Det första som behöver göras efter en installation är att lägga till
-mjukvarumedier (också kända som filförråd, medier, speglar). Det betyder att
-du måste välja mediakällorna som ska användas för att installera och
-uppdatera paket och applikationer. (se Lägg till-knapp nedan).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Om du installerar (eller uppgraderar) Mageia genom ett optiskt media (DVD
-eller CD) eller ett USB-minne så finns det en källa för program att användas
-med använt media. För att undvika att bli ombedd att sätta i mediet varje
-gång du vill installera nya paket bör du avaktivera (eller ta bort) det. Det
-kommer att ha CD-rom som media typ.</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Ditt system körs i en arkitektur som kan vara 32-bitars (så kallad i586)
-eller 64-bitars (kallad x86_64). Vissa paket är oberoende av om systemet är
-32-bitars eller 64-bitars, dessa kallas noarch paket. De har inte sin egen
-noarch-katalog utan finns i både i586 och x86_64 medier.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis
-role="bold">Installera &amp; ta bort program</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva
-<emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Kollumner</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Aktivera kolumn:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Det markerade mediat kommer att användas för att installera nya paket. Var
-försiktig med viss media som t. ex testning och debug, de kan göra ditt
-system oanvändbart.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Uppdatera kolumn:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Det markerade mediet kommer att användas för att uppdatera paket och måste
-vara aktiverat. Enbart media med Uppdateringar i namnet bör väljas. Av
-säkerhetsskäl är den här kolumnen inte redigerbar i detta verktyg. Du måste
-öppna en konsol som root och skriva <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media
---expert</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Mediakolumn:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Visa mediets namn. Mageias officiella förvaringsplatser för slutgiltig
-version innehåller minst:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> som innehåller de flesta tillgängliga
-program som stöds av Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> som innehåller vissa program som
-inte är gratis</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> gratis mjukvara men som kan vara
-patentskyddade i vissa länder.</para>
-
-        <para>Varje media har fyra undersektioner.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> paket som är tillgängliga den dag
-när den här versionen av Mageia släpptes.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> paket som är uppdaterade sedan
-släppet pga. säkerhet eller felrättningar. Alla bör ha detta media aktiverat
-även om man har en långsam internetuppkoppling.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> vissa paket av nya versioner
-portat från Cauldron (nästa version under utveckling).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> som används temporärt för att testa
-nya uppdateringar, så att felrapporterare och QA-teamet kan validera
-korrigeringar.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Knapparna till höger</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Ta bort:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>För att ta bort ett media, klicka på det och sedan på den här knappen. Det
-är bra att ta bort det media som användes vid installationen (t. ex. CD
-eller DVD) eftersom alla paket där finns i det officiella Core-mediet.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Redigera:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Tillåter dig att ändra inställningar för det valda mediet (URL, hämtare och
-proxy).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Lägg till:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Lägg till de officiella förvaringsplatserna på internet. Dessa platser
-innehåller endast säkra och väl testade program. Genom att klicka på knappen
-Lägg till så läggs spegellistan till i konfigurationen. Den är utformad för
-att se till att du installerar uppdateringar från en spegel som är nära
-dig. Om du hellre vill ange en specifik spegel kan du göra det genom att
-välja Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel från arkivmenyn.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Pil upp och pil ner:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Ändra listans ordning. När Drakrpm letar efter ett paket så läser den listan
-i den visade ordningen och kommer att installera det första paketet som
-hittas för samma versionsnummer. Om versionen inte matchar så installeras
-den senaste. Om möjligt, lägg de snabbaste förvaringsplatserna längst upp.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Menyn</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Arkiv -> Uppdatera:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Ett fönster visas med medialistan. Välj vilka du vill uppdatera och klicka
-på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Anta att du inte är nöjd med de aktuella speglarna, de är kanske för
-långsamma eller ofta otillgängliga, då kan du ange nya speglar. Välj alla
-aktuella medier och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att radera
-dem. Klicka på <guimenu>Arkiv -> Läggtill ett anpassat media</guimenu> och
-välj mellan uppdateringar eller för en hela distributionen (om du är osäker,
-välj <guibutton>Media för hela distributionen</guibutton>) och acceptera
-kontakten genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Två nya fönster
-öppnas:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Till vänster ser du en lista över land, välj ditt eller ett närliggande
-genom att klicka på symbolen > Detta kommer att visa alla tillgängliga
-speglar i det landet. Välj en och klicka på knappen
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till ett anpassat media:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Det är möjligt att installera ett nytt media (t. ex. från en tredjepart) som
-inte stöds av Mageia. Ett nytt fönster visas:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Välj mediatyp, ett bra namn som
-beskriver mediat väl och ange en URL (eller sökväg, beroende på mediatyp)</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Alternativ -> Globala alternativ:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Med det här alternativet kan du välja när paketen ska verifieras (alltid
-eller aldrig), nerladdningsprogram (curl, wget eller aria2) och att
-definiera en nerladdningspolicy för information angående paketen (på
-begäran, standard, enbart uppdateringar, alltid eller aldrig).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Alternativ -> Hantera nycklar:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>För att garantera en hög säkerhetsnivå används digitala nycklar för att
-autentisera mediet. Det är möjligt för varje media att tillåta nyckel eller
-inte. Välj ett media i fönstret som visas och klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att tillåta en ny nyckel, eller
-<guibutton>Radera</guibutton> för att ta bort den nyckeln.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Gör detta med omsorg, som med alla säkerhetsrelaterade frågor</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Alternativ -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Om du behöver en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du
-konfigurera den här. Du behöver bara ange <guibutton>Proxyns
-värdnamn</guibutton> och om nödvändigt ett <guilabel>användarnamn</guilabel>
-och <guilabel>lösenord</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Du hittar mer information om hur du konfigurerar ett media på <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">Mageias
-Wiki</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 20e898f9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Dela kataloger och enheter med Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Samba är ett protokoll som används i olika operativsystem för att dela
-resurser som t. ex kataloger eller skrivare. Med det här verktyget kan du
-konfigurera datorn som en sambaserver genom att använda protokollet
-SMB/CIFS. Detta protokoll används även av Windows(R) och arbetsstationer med
-det operativsystemet kan komma åt resurserna på sambaservern.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Förberedning</title>
-
-    <para>För att vara åtkomlig från andra arbetsstationer behöver servern ha en fast
-IP-adress. Det kan anges direkt på servern med t. ex. <xref
-linkend="draknetcenter"/>, eller på DHCP-servern som identifierar datorn via
-sin MAC-adress och alltid ger den samma adress. Branväggen måste också
-tillåta inkommande förfrågningar till sambaservern.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Guide - Fristående server</title>
-
-    <para>Vid första körningen kommer verktygen <footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote>
-att kontrollera att nödvändiga paket är installerade och föreslår att de
-installeras om de inte redan finns. Sedan kör guiden igång
-Sambakonfigurationen.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>I nästa fönster är konfigurationen för fristående server redan vald.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ange sedan ett namn för arbetsgruppen. Det här namnet bör vara samma som för
-att komma åt utdelningar.</para>
-
-    <para> Netbiosnamnet är det namn som används för att beteckna servern på
-nätverket.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Välj säkerhetsläget:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>användare</guilabel>: klienten måste vara auktoriserad för att ha
-åtkomst till resursen.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>delad</guilabel>: klienten auktoriserar sig själv separat för
-varje utdelning.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Du kan ange vilka värdar som tillåts åtkomst till resurserna, med IP-adress
-eller värdnamn.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ange serverns banderoll. Banderollen är hur den här servern beskrivs för
-arbetsstationer med Windows.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Platsen där Samba kan logga sin information kan anges i nästa steg.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Guiden visar en lista med de valda parametrarna innan du kan acceptera
-konfigurationen. När den accepteras skrivs den till
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Guide - Primär domänkontrollant</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject> Om alternativet Primär
-domänkontrollant är valt så frågar guiden om den ska ha Wins-stöd eller
-inte, och att förse med administratörskonto. De nästföljande stegen är sedan
-samma som för en fristående server förutom att du även kan välja
-säkerhetsläge:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domän</guilabel>: tillhandahåller ett funktionssätt för att lagra
-alla användarkonto och gruppkonto i ett centraliserat och delat
-kontoförråd. Den centraliserade förvaringsplatsen för konton är sedan delad
-mellan (säkerhets) kontrollanter</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ange en katalog att dela</title>
-
-    <para>Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger oss:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>En ny post är därmed tillagd. Den kan justeras med knappen
-<guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Alternativen kan redigeras som t. ex. om en
-katalog ska vara synlig publikt, skrivbar eller läsbar. Utdelningsnamnet kan
-inte ändras.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menyposter</title>
-
-    <para>När listan har minst en post så kan man lägga till menyposter.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Arkiv|Skriv konf</title>
-
-      <para>Spara den aktuella konfigurationen i <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
-
-      <para>Guiden kan köras igen med det här kommandot.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba server|Restart</title>
-
-      <para>Servern startas om med de aktuella konfigurationsfilerna.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Server|Reload</title>
-
-      <para>Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Skrivarutdelning</title>
-
-    <para>Samba tillåter dig också att dela ut skrivare.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba-användare</title>
-
-    <para>På den här fliken kan du lägga till användare som har åtkomst till den
-delade resursen när autentisering krävs. Du kan lägga till användare från
-<xref linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 629bc47e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Konfigurera autentikering för Mageia verktyg</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote>finns i Mageias
-kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role="bold">Säkerhet</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Det gör det möjligt att ge vanliga användare nödvändiga rättigheter för att
-utföra uppgifter som i regel utförs av administratören.</para>
-
-  <para>Klicka på den lilla pilen framför objektet som du vill expandera:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>De flesta verktygen som är tillgängliga i Mageias kontrollcentral visas till
-vänster i fönstret (se skärmdumpen ovan), och en rullgardinslista ger dig
-följande val:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Standard: Uppstartsläget bestäms av vald säkerhetsnivå. Läs avsnittet
-"Konfigurera systemsäkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner" på samma flik.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Användarlösenord: Användarens lösenord efterfrågas innan verktyget startas.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Administratörens lösenord: Lösenordet för root efterfrågas innan verktyget
-startar.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Inget lösenord: Verktyget startas utan att fråga efter lösenord.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 650871ba..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Säkerhetskopiering</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote><para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> är tillgängligt i MCC
-under <guilabel>Administrationsverktyg</guilabel> på fliken
-<guilabel>System</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>När du startar det här verktyget i MCC för första gången kommer du att se
-ett meddelande om att installera draksnapshot. Klicka på
-<guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att fortsätta. Draksnapshot och några
-andra nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras.</para>
-
- <para>Klicka på <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> igen så ser du en skärm
-med <guilabel>Inställningar</guilabel>. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera
-säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> och <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera hela
-systemet</guilabel> om du vill säkerhetskopiera hela systemet.</para>
-  <para>Om du enbart vill säkerhetskopiera delar av dina kataloger ska du välja
-<guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. Du kommer att se ett nytt litet
-fönster. Använd knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> och <guibutton>Ta
-bort</guibutton> sidan om <guilabel>Säkerhetskopieringslista</guilabel> för
-att inkludera eller exkludera kataloger och filer från
-säkerhetskopieringen. Använd samma knappar sidan om
-<guilabel>Exkluderingslista</guilabel> för att ta bort underkataloger och
-eller filer från de valda katalogerna som <emphasis
-role="bold">inte</emphasis> ska inkluderas i säkerhetskopieringen. Klicka på
-knappen <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> när du är klar.</para>
-	  <para>Ange nu sökvägen till <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera till</guilabel> eller tryck
-på <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton>-knappen för att välja korrekt sökväg. De
-USB-minnen eller externa hårddiskar som är monterade finns i <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/ditt_användarnamn/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton> för att göra ett
-snapshot.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 37842f19..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Ljudkonfiguration</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> finns i Mageias
-kontrollcenter under fliken <emphasis role="bold">Hårdvara</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound hanterar ljudkonfigurationen alternativ för PulseAudio och
-felsökning. Det hjälper dig om du har ljudproblem eller vill ändra ljudkort.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> är en ljudserver. Den tar emot alla
-ljudingångar, mixar dem enligt användarens inställningar och skickar
-resultatet till ljudutgången. Dessa inställningar finns i <guimenu>Meny ->
-Ljud och video -> PulseAudio volymkontroll</guimenu>.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio är den förinställda ljudservern och det rekommenderas att låta
-den vara aktiverad.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Störningsfri</guilabel> förbättrar PulseAudio med vissa
-program. Det är även rekommenderat att den är aktiverad.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with
-fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this
-before asking the community for help.</para>
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an
-obvious button.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a927e6e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Konfigurera en UPS för strömövervakning</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
-kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> som root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c2d200d6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Konfigurera VPN-anslutning för säker nätverksåtkomst</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> gör det möjligt att
-konfigurera säker åtkomst till ett fjärrnätverk genom en tunnel från den
-lokala arbetsstationen och fjärrnätverket. Vi kommer enbart att ta upp
-konfigureringen av arbetsstationen här. Vi antar att fjärrnätverket redan är
-i drift, och att du har anslutningsinformation från nätverksadministratören,
-som t. ex. en konfigurationsfil i .pcf-format.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Konfiguration</title>
-
-    <para>Välj först antingen Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN beroende på vilket
-protokoll som ska användas för ditt privata nätverk.</para>
-
-    <para>Namnge sedan din anslutning.</para>
-
-    <para>Ange detaljerna för din VPN-anslutning på nästa skärm.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>För Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>För openvpn måste paketet och dess beroende installeras första gången
-verkyget används.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Välj de filer du fick av nätverkets
-administratör.</para>
-
-        <para>Avancerade parametrar:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Nästa skärm frågar efter IP-adressen till gatewayn.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>När parametrarna är inställda kan du starta VPN-anslutningen.</para>
-
-    <para>Den här VPN-anslutningen kan ställas in att startas automatiskt med en
-nätverksanslutning. För att göra åstadkomma detta, konfigurera om
-nätverksanslutningen att alltid koppla upp till den här VPN-anslutningen.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a0b0637..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Konfigurera webbserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote><para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> kan hjälpa dig att
-ställa in en webbserver.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Vad är en webbserver?</title>
-    <para>
-      En webbserver är ett program som hjälper till att leverera webbinnehåll som
-är åtkomligt genom internet (från Wikipedia).
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Ställa in en webbserver med drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Välkommen till guiden webbserver.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Presentation</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Första sidan är bara en introduktion, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>
-för att fortsätta.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Välj servertjänst: Lokal och/eller världen</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Att exponera webbservern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga
-saker.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Användarmodul</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Tillåter användare att skapa sina egna sajter.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Användarens webbkatalog</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Användaren måste skapa och lägga till innehåll i denna katalog, därefter
-kommer servern att visa den.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serverns dokumentkatalog</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Gör så att du kan ställa in webbserverns standardkatalog för dokument.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sammanfattning</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Slutför</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Du är klar! <guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 61d02e52..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Anpassa DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
-kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c2fa5211..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Anpassa DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Det här verktyget fungerar inte i Mageia 4 på grund av nytt namnschema för
-nätverksgränssnitt</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> kan hjälpa dig att
-ställa in en <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Det är en komponent i
-drakwizard som bör installeras innan du använder det.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vad är DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) är ett
-standardiserat protokoll som används i IP-nätverk som dynamiskt konfigurerar
-IP-adresser och annan information som behövs för internetkommunikation (från
-Wikipedia).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ställa in en DHCP-server med drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Välkommen till guiden för DHCP-server.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Presentation</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Första sidan är bara en introduktion, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>
-för att fortsätta.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Väljer adapter</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Välj det nätverksgränssnitt som är kopplat till undernätet och som vilket
-DHCP ska tilldela IP-adresser. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Välj IP-område</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Välj start och slut på IP-området som du vill att servern ska erbjuda,
-tillsammans med IP-adressen till den gateway som ansluter någonstans utanför
-ditt lokala nätverk, förhoppningsvis nära internet. Klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Sammanfattning</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Vänta...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Det här kan fixas. Klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> några gånger
-och ändra runt lite.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Flera timmar senare...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vad är gjort</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installerar paketet dhcp-server om det behövs;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sparar <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> i <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Skapar en ny <code>dhcpd.conf</code> med början av
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> och
-lägger till de nya parametrarna:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ändrar också i Webmins konfigurationsfil
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Startar om <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c13eebe5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Anpassa tid</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktygets<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> ändamål är att
-ställa in korrekt tid på din server genom att synkronisera med en extern
-server. Den är inte installerad som standard och du måste även installera
-paketen drakwizard och drakwizard-base.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ställ in en NTP-server med drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Efter en välkomstskärm (se ovan) kommer den andra att be dig välja tre
-tidservrar i rullgardinslistan och föreslår att du använder pool.ntp.org två
-gånger eftersom den servern alltid pekar på tillgängliga servrar.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>På nästkommande skärm får du välja region och stad, sedan visas en
-översikt. Om något är fel kan du så klart ändra det med knappen
-<guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>. Om allt är korrekt så klickar du på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att göra en test. Det kan ta lite tid och
-du kommer till sist att se följande skärm nedan:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> för att avsluta</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vad är gjort</title>
-
-    <para>Detta verktyg verkställer följande steg:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installerar <code>ntp</code>-paketet om det behövs</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sparar filerna <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> till
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> och
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> till
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Skriver en ny fil <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> med en serverlista;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ändrar filen <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> genom att infoga det första
-servernamnet;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Stoppar och startar tjänsterna <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> och
-<code>ntpd</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ställer in hårdvaruklockan till systemtid med UTC som referens.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 98352f12..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Anpassa FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> hjälper dig att
-ställa in en <acronym>FTP</acronym>-server.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Vad är <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) är ett standardiserat
-nätverksprotokoll för att överföra filer från en värd till en annan genom
-<acronym>TCP</acronym>-baserade nätverk, som t. ex internet (från
-Wikipedia).
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Ställ in en FTP-server med drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Välkommen till FTP-guiden. Sätt på dig säkerhetsbältet.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Presentation</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Första sidan är bara en introduktion, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>
-för att fortsätta.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Välj servertjänst: Lokal och/eller världen</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Att exponera FTP-servern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga
-saker.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serverinformation</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ange det namn som servern ska presentera sig som, någon att e-posta klagomål
-till och om du vill tillåta root att logga in.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Serveralternativ</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ställ in lyssningsport, fångad användare, tillåta återupptagning och/eller
-<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sammanfattning</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Slutför</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Du är klar! <guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fd605cf4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Anpassa proxy</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> hjälper dig att
-ställa in en proxyserver. Det är en komponent i drakwizard som ska
-installeras innan du kan få tillgång till det.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vad är en proxyserver?</title>
-
-    <para>En proxyserver är en server (dator eller applikation) som agerar mellanhand
-för förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En
-klient ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en
-fil, anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan
-server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och
-kontrollera dess komplexitet.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ställ in en proxyserver med drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Välkommen till guiden för proxyserver.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Presentation</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Första sidan är bara en introduktion, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>
-för att fortsätta.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Välja proxyport</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Välj den proxyport som webbläsare kommer att ansluta genom, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ställ in minne och diskanvändning</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ställ in minne och diskbegränsningar, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Välj kontroll för nätverksåtkomst</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ställ in synlighet till lokalt nätverk eller världen, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Bevilja nätverksåtkomst</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Bevilja åtkomst för lokala nätverk, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Använda en proxyserver på högnivå?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Flöda igenom en annan proxyserver? Om inte, hoppa över nästa steg.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>URL och port till en proxy på högnivå</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ange namn och port för högnivå-proxyn, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Sammanfattning</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Starta under uppstart?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Välj om proxyservern ska starta när datorn startas upp, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Slutför</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Du är klar! <guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Vad är gjort</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Installerar paketet squid om det behövs;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sparar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> i
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Skapar en ny <code>squid.conf</code> med start från
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> och lägger till de nya parametrarna:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>nivå</code> 1, 2 eller 3 och <code>http_access</code> enligt nivå</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Startar om <code>squid.</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cbc1cda7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH demonens inställningar</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Detta verktyg<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> hjälper dig att ställa in
-en <acronym>SSH</acronym>-daemon.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Vad är <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Secure Shell (SSH) är ett kryptografiskt nätverksprotokoll för säker
-nätverkskommunikation. Login via konsol, exekvering av kommando och andra
-säkra nätverkstjänster mellan två datorer som är sammankopplade genom en
-säkrad tunnel över ett osäkert nätverk. En server och en klient (som kör
-SSH-server och <acronym>SSH</acronym>-klienter respektive). (Från
-Wikipedia).
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Ställa in en <acronym>SSH</acronym>-daemon med drakwizard sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Välkommen till guiden för Open SSH.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Välj konfigurationstyp</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Välj <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> för alla alternativ eller
-<guilabel>Nybörjare</guilabel> för att hoppa över steg 3-7. Klicka på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Allmänna alternativ</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ställer in synlighet och åtkomstmöjligheter för root. Port 22 är
-standardport för <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Autentiseringsmetoder</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Tillåt en rad autentiseringsmetoder för användare som ansluter, klicka sedan
-på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Loggning</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Välj loggningsnivå och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Inloggningsalternativ</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfigurera individuella inloggningsalternativ, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Inloggningsalternativ för användare</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfigurera användarnas åtkomstmöjligheter, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Komprimering och vidarebefordring</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Konfigurera vidarebefordring och komprimering av X11 under överföringen,
-klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sammanfattning</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Slutför</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Du är klar! <guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e1ff2f82..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Hantera systemtjänster genom att aktivera eller inaktivera dem</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
-kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>   
-
-  <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> som root.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 37a8ff80..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Konfiguration av hårdvara</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> ger en överblick av
-hårdvaran i din dator. När det körs så startas ett jobb som letar efter all
-hårdvara. Det använder kommandot <code>ldetect</code> som refererar till en
-lista överhårdvara som finns i paketet <code>ldetect-lst</code>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Fönstret</title>
-
-    <para>Fönstret är uppdelat i två kolumner.</para>
-
-    <para>Den vänstra kolumnen innehåller en lista över hittad hårdvara. Enheterna är
-grupperade i kategorier. Klicka på &gt; för att expandera innehållet i en
-kategori. Varje enhet kan väljas i denna kolumn.</para>
-
-    <para>Den högra kolumnen visar information om den valda enheten. <guimenu>Hjälp
-och &gt; informationsfälten</guimenu> ger lite information om innehållet i
-fälten.</para>
-
-    <para>Beroende på vilken typ av enhet som är vald så är visas en eller två knappar
-längst ner i högra kolumnen:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Ställ in alternativ för aktuell drivrutin</guibutton>: Denna kan
-användas för att ställa in parametrar som används i relation till
-enheten. Enbart experter bör använda detta.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Kör konfigurationsverktyg</guibutton>: åtkomst till verktyget som
-kan konfigurera enheten. Verktyget kan oftast köras direkt i MCC.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menyn</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Val</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>Med <guimenu>alternativ</guimenu>-menyn kan du markera kryssrutor så att
-automatisk identifiering sker:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz-enheter</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Parallella zip-enheter</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Som standard är inte dessa identifieringar aktiverade för att de är
-långsamma. Kryssa i de lämpliga boxar om du har denna hårdvara
-ansluten. Identifiering fungerar nästa gång detta verktyg startas.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 69b03089..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Ställ in tangentbodslayout</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Verktyget keyboarddrake<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> hjälper dig att
-konfigurera den grundläggande tangentbordsuppsättningen som du kan använda i
-Mageia. Den påverkar tangentbordsuppsättningen för alla användare på
-systemet. Du hittar det i hårdvarusektionen i Mageias kontrollcentral (MCC)
-och är märkt Konfigurera mus och tangentbord.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Tangentbordslayout</title>
-
-    <para>Här kan du välja vilken tangentbordsuppsättning du vill använda. Namnen
-(listas i alfabetisk ordning) beskriver språk, land och eller etnicitet som
-varje uppsättning ska användas till.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Typ av tangentbord</title>
-
-    <para>Denna menyn låter dig välja vilket tangentbord du använder. Om du är osäker
-på vad du ska välja så låt det vara inställt som standardtyp.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f6813033..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Hantera lokalisering av ditt system</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote><para>Du kan också starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva
-<emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> som root.
-  </para></footnote> hittar du under
-System i MAgeias kontrollcenter (MCC) märkt Hantera lokalisering av ditt
-system. Det öppnar ett fönster där du kan välja ditt språk. Valet är
-anpassat efter vad som valts under installationen.</para>
-
-  <para>Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger tillgång att aktivera
-kompatibilitet med gammal teckenuppsättning (icke-UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>Det andra fönstret visar en lista över länder enligt det valda
-språket. Knappen <guibutton>Andra språk</guibutton> ger tillgång till andra
-land som inte är listade.</para>
-
-  <para>Du måste starta om sessionen när ändringar har utförts.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Inmatningsmetod</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>På skärmen <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> kan du även välja en
-inmatningsmetod (från rullgardinsmenyn längst ner i
-listan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att skriva flerspråkiga tecken
-(kinesiska, japanska, koreanska, etc).</para>
-  <para> För asiatiska och afrikanska platser kommer IBus att ställas som standard så
-att användarna inte behöver konfigurera det manuellt.</para>
-  <para>Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) ger även liknande
-funktioner. De kan också (om otillgängliga i rullgardinsmenyn) installeras i
-en annan del av Mageias kontrollcentral. Se <xref
-linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 67e8e610..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Visa och sök i systemloggar</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finns i Mageias
-kontrollcentral under fliken "<guilabel>Visa och sök i
-systemloggarna</guilabel>".</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>För att söka i loggarna</title>
-
-    <para>Skriv först det sökord du vill söka efter i fältet <emphasis
-role="bold">Matchar</emphasis> och/eller det sökord som <emphasis>du
-inte</emphasis> vill ska matcha i fältet <emphasis role="bold">matchar
-inte</emphasis>. Välj sedan fil att söka igenom i fältet <guilabel>Välj
-fil</guilabel>. Du kan även välja att bara söka på en dag. Välj detta i
-<emphasis role="bold">Kalendern</emphasis> genom att använda de små pilarna
-vid sidan om månad och år och markera <guibutton>Visa enbart för den valda
-dagen</guibutton>. Klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>sök</guibutton> för
-att se resultaten i rutan <guilabel>Innehållet i filen</guilabel>. Du kan
-spara resultatet i en textfil genom att klicka på <emphasis
-role="bold">Spara</emphasis></para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para><guibutton>Mageias loggverktyg</guibutton> innehåller loggar från Mageias
-konfigurationsverktyg som ingår i kontrollcentralen. Dessa loggar uppdateras
-varje gång en konfiguration ändras.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>För att konfigurera en e-postnotifiering</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>E-postvarning</guibutton> kontrollerar automatiskt systemets
-belastning och tjänster varje timme och skickar en e-postvarning till de
-inställda adresserna om nödvändigt .</para>
-
-    <para>Klicka på <emphasis role="bold">E-postvarningar</emphasis> för att
-konfigurera det här verktyget och sedan <guibutton>Konfigurera
-E-postvarningar</guibutton> i rullgardinsmenyn på nästa skärm. Här visas
-alla tjänster som körs och du kan välja vilka du vill övervaka (se
-skärmdumpen ovan).</para>
-
-    <para>Följande tjänster kan övervakas :</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin-tjänst</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>E-postservern Postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webbservern Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba-server</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd-tjänst</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Uppslag av domännamn</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>På nästa skärm väljer du vilket <guilabel>Belastning</guilabel>värde du
-tycker är oacceptabelt. Belastningen representerar kraven på en process.
-Ett högt värde saktar ner systemet och ett väldigt högt kan indikera att en
-process har gått utom kontroll. Standardvärde är tre. Vi rekommenderar att
-ställa belastningsvärdet till tre gånger antalet processer.</para>
-
-    <para>Ange <guilabel>e-postadress</guilabel> till den person som ska varnas på
-sista skärmen, samt e-postserver (lokal eller internet).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e0e2603..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Visa alla tillgängliga NFS och SMB-utdelningar</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis> som root.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> kan bara startas
-från en konsol.</para>
-
-  <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
-kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 87c5cb37..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Visa information om PCI, USB och PCMCIA</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget <footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> kan bara startas och
-användas från en konsol. Det ger mer information om det körs som root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake visar alla anslutna enheter i datorn (USB, PCI och PCMCIA) och
-vilka drivrutiner som används. Den behöver paketen ldetect och ldetect-lst
-för att fungera.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Med växeln -e lägger lspdrake till tillverkare och enhetsidentifikationer.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake genererar ofta väldigt långa listor. För att få fram information
-används den ofta i en pipeline med kommandot grep, som i de här exemplen:</para>
-
-  <para>Information om grafikkortet;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Information om nätverket</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i för att ignorera gemener/versaler.</para>
-
-  <para>I skärmdumpen nedan ser du resultatet från växlarna -v för lspcidrake och -i
-för grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det finns ett annat verktyg som ger information om hårdvaran, det kallas
-<emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (som root)</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f7aa487..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Uppstart</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera
-dina uppstartsalternativ. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera start-steg</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bdc45509..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hårdvara</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera din
-hårdvara. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Hantera din hårdvara</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Bläddra i och konfigurera
-hårdvara</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera Grafik</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera skrivbordseffekter i
-3D</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera mus och tangentbord</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera utskrift och skanning</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Ställ in skrivare och
-utskriftsjobb, ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Andra</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c030f4cf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Om manualen för Mageias kontrollcenter</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Mageias kontrollcentral (MCC) har åtta olika flikar att välja mellan i den
-vänstra kolumnen, tio om drakwizard är installerat. Var och en av dessa
-flikar visar en ny uppsättning med verktyg som kan väljas i den högra
-panelen.</para>
-
-	<para>De följande tio kapitlen handlar om just de tio alternativen och dess
-relaterade verktyg.</para>
-
-<para>Det sista kapitlet handlar om några andra verktyg från Mageia som inte kan
-väljas i någon av flikarna i MCC.</para>
-
-	<para>Sidornas rubriker är ofta desamma som i verktygens fönster.</para>
-
-        <para>Det finns även ett sökfält tillgängligt som du kan använda genom att klicka
-på fliken sök, i vänstra kolumnen.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3192c035..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Lokala diskar</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att hantera och
-dela ut dina lokala hårddiskar. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Lokala diskar</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e578abe..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Nätverk och Internet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika nätverksverktyg. Klicka på en
-länk nedan för att läsa mer.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Hantera dina nätverksenheter</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personifiera och Säkra ditt nätverk</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Andra</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e3014b49..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Nätverkstjänster</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Dela ut</emphasis> är bara synlig om
-<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan välja mellan
-ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. Klicka på en länk
-nedan eller på <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/> för att läsa mer.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Nätverkstjänster</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 911ae7b4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Nätverksdelning</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att dela ut
-hårddiskar och kataloger. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera Windows (R) utdelningar</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Dela hårddiskar och
-kataloger med Windows (SMB)-system</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera NFS utdelningar</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera WebDAV utdelningar</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5984314a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Säkerhet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika säkerhetsverktyg. Klicka på en
-länk nedan för att läsa mer.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Säkerhet</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera systemsäkerhet,
-rättigheter och revisioner</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 934dabbe..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Filutdelning</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Nätverkstjänster</emphasis> är bara
-synlig om <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan
-välja mellan ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika
-servrar. Klicka på en länk nedan eller på <xref
-linkend="mcc-networkservices"/> för att läsa mer.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Filutdelning</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d2476b1c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">System</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika system och
-administrationsverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Hantera systemtjänster</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Lokalisering</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Administrations-verktyg</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Hantera användare i
-systemet</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f973a7c7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Konfigurera uppdateringsfrekvens</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta  det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finns i Mageias
-kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis
-role="bold">Programhantering</emphasis>. Det är även tillgängligt genom att
-<guimenu>högerklicka / konfigurera uppdateringar</guimenu> på den röda
-ikonen <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> i systemfältet.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Med det första reglaget kan du ändra hur ofta Mageia ska kontrollera efter
-uppdateringar, och det andra hur lång tid efter uppstart som kontrollen ska
-göras. Kryssrutan gör att du blir meddelad när en ny version av Mageia finns
-tillgänglig.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 04b429a9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Anpassa pekdon (mus, ritbord)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> finns i Mageias
-kontrollcenter under fliken <emphasis role="bold">Hårdvara</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Eftersom du måste ha en mus för att installera Mageia så är den redan
-installerad av Drakinstall. Med det här verktyget kan du installera en
-annan.</para>
-
-  <para>Pekdonen är sorterade efter anslutningstyp och modell. Välj ett pekdon och
-klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. I de flesta fall så är "Universal / PS2
-&amp; USB" lämplig för en nyare modell. Det nya pekdonet kan användas
-direkt.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 89b02e0b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Systemsäkerhet och kontroll</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> är ett grafiskt gränssnitt för
-msec där du kan konfigurera sitt systems säkerhet enligt två
-tillvägagångssätt.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Den ställer in systemets beteende, msec tvingar ändringar för systemet för
-att göra det mer säkert.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Det utför periodiska kontroller automatisk i systemet för att varna dig om
-något verkar vara farligt.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec använder begreppet säkerhetsnivåer som är till för att konfigurera en
-rad tillstånd i systemet som kan övervakas för ändringar eller
-genomdrivande. Många av dem föreslås av Mageia men du kan ange dina egna
-anpassade säkerhetsnivåer.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Fliken översikt</title>
-
-    <para>Se skärmdumpen ovan</para>
-
-    <para>Första fliken visa olika säkerhetsverktyg och en knapp till höger för att
-konfigurera dem:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Brandvägg. Finns även i MCC / Säkerhet / Konfigurera din personliga
-brandvägg.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Uppdateringar. Finns även i MCC / Programhantering / Uppdatera ditt system</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec själv med lite information:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>aktiverad eller inte</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>den konfigurerade säkerheten för basnivå</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>datum för senaste periodiska kontrollen och en knapp för att visa en
-detaljerad rapport och ytterligare en knapp för att utföra kontrollen nu.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Fliken Säkerhetsalternativ</title>
-
-    <para>Att klicka på den andra fliken eller på knappen
-<guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> under Säkerhet leder till samma skärm som
-visas nedan.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fliken Bassäkerhet</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Säkerhetsnivåer:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>När du har kryssat i rutan <guilabel>Aktivera MSEC-verktyg</guilabel> så kan
-du på den här fliken dubbelklicka för att välja en säkerhetsnivå som sedan
-visas i fetstil. Om kryssrytan inte är markerad så tillämpas nivån « Ingen »
-Följande nivåer är tillgängliga:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nivå <emphasis role="bold">ingen</emphasis>. Den här nivån är om du inte
-vill använda msec för att kontrollera systemets säkerhet utan istället vill
-justera den själv. Den inaktiverar alla säkerhetskontroller och lägger inga
-restriktioner eller begränsningar för systemkonfiguration och
-inställningar. Använd enbart den här nivån om du vet vad du gör eftersom det
-gör ditt system sårbart mot attacker.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Nivå <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. Den här är standard efter
-installation och är avsedd för vanliga användare. Den begränsar flera
-systeminställningar och kör dagliga säkerhetskontroller som upptäcker
-ändringar i systemfiler, konton och sårbara katalogrättigheter. (Den här
-nivån liknar Nivå 2 och Nivå 3 från tidigare versioner av msec).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Nivå <emphasis role="bold">säker</emphasis>. Den här nivån är till för om du
-vill garantera att ditt system är säkert men ändå användbart. Det begränsar
-systemrättigheter ännu mer och kör fler periodiska kontroller. Dessutom är
-åtkomst till systemet mer begränsad (Den här nivån liknar nivå 4 (Hög) och
-Nivå 5 (Paranoid) från tidigare msec-versioner).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Förutom dessa nivåer är olika uppgiftsorienterade säkerhetsnivåer också
-tillgängliga, t. ex <emphasis role="bold">filserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webbserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis>-nivåer. De försöker förkonfigurera  systemets
-säkerhet i enlighet med de vanligaste användningsområdena.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>De två sista nivåerna är <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> och
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> är egentligen inga
-säkerhetsnivåer utan enbart verktyg som utför periodiska kontroller.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Nivåerna sparas i
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;nivånamn></filename>. Du kan
-definiera dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer och spara dem i särskilda
-filer som heter <filename>nivå.&lt;nivånamn></filename> och placera dem i
-katalogen <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> Den här funktionen är
-till för avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad och mer säker
-systemkonfiguration.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Tänk på att användardefinierade parametrar har företräde över standard
-nivåinställningar.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Säkerhetsvarningar:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Om du markerar kryssrutan <guibutton>Skicka säkerhetsvarningar med e-post
-till:</guibutton> så skickas säkerhetsvarningarna som msec genererar lokalt
-till en e-postadress för säkerhetsansvarig som anges i fältet sidan om. Du
-kan ange en lokal användare eller en fullständig e-postadress (den lokala
-e-posthanteraren måste vara inställd). Till sist kan du få
-säkerhetsvarningar direkt till skrivbordet. Markera kryssrutan för att
-aktivera det.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Det rekommenderas starkt att du aktiverar alternativet systemvarningar för
-att omedelbart informera systemansvarig om potentiella
-säkerhetsproblem. Annars måste administratören regelbundet kontrollera
-loggarna som finns i <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Säkerhetsalternativ:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Att skapa en anpassad nivå är inte det enda sättet att anpassa datorns
-säkerhet. Du kan också använda flikarna som visas här efteråt för att ändra
-vilken inställning du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration för msec är sparad i
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Filen innehåller
-namnet på den aktuella säkerhetsnivån och en lista gjorda med alla ändringar
-för inställningarna.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fliken Systemsäkerhet</title>
-
-      <para>Den här fliken visar alla säkerhetsalternativ i den vänstra kolumnen, en
-beskrivning i mitten och deras nuvarande värden till höger.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>För att ändra ett alternativ så dubbelklickar du på det, därefter visas ett
-nytt fönster (se skärmdumpen nedan). Det visar namn, en kort beskrivning,
-det faktiska värdet och en rullgardinsmeny där ett nytt värde kan
-väljas. Klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att spara.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Glöm inte att spara dina inställningar innan du avslutar helt genom menyn
-<guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så
-kan du förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Nätverks-säkerhet</title>
-
-      <para>Den här fliken visar alla nätverksalternativ och fungerar på samma sätt som
-föregående flik.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fliken Periodiska kontroller</title>
-
-      <para>Periodiska kontroller är till för att informera säkerhetsansvarig genom
-säkerhetsvarningar för alla situationer som msec tror kan vara farliga.</para>
-
-      <para>Om kryssrutan <guibutton>Aktivera periodiska säkerhetskontroller</guibutton>
-är markerad så visar den här fliken alla periodiska kontroller som msec
-utför och hur ofta. Ändringar görs som i föregående flikar.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Fliken Undantag</title>
-
-      <para>Ibland är varningsmeddelanden genererade av välkända och önskade
-situationer. I de fallen är de värdelösa och slöseri med tid för
-administratören. På den här fliken kan du skapa hur många undantag du vill
-för att förhindra oönskade varningsmeddelanden. Den är uppenbarligen tom
-första gången msec startar. Skärmdumpen nedan visar fyra undantag.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa ett
-undantag.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Välj ett önskat värde för periodisk kontroll i
-<guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel>-listan och skriv in
-<guilabel>undantaget</guilabel> i textfältet. Att lägga till ett undantag är
-naturligtvis inte definitivt. De kan radera det med knappen
-<guibutton>Radera</guibutton> i fliken <guilabel>Undantag</guilabel> eller
-dubbelklicka för att ändra.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Behörigheter</title>
-    <para>Den här fliken är avsedd för kontroll och påtvingande av rättigheter för
-filer och kataloger.</para>
-    <para>Som med säkerhet så har msec olika rättighetsnivåer (standard, säker, ...)
-de är aktiverade enligt vald säkerhetsnivå. Du kan skapa dina egna anpassade
-säkerhetsnivåer och kan spara dem i specifika filer med namnet
-<filename>perm.&lt;nivånamn> </filename> i katalogen
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Den här funktionen är till för
-avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad konfiguration. Du kan också
-använda fliken som visas här vid ett senare tillfälle för att ändra vilka
-rättigheter du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration lagras i
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. Denna fil innehåller
-alla ändringar som är gjorda för rättigheterna.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Standard rättigheter visas som en lista med regler (en regel per rad). Du
-ser till vänster vilken fil eller katalog som berörs av regeln. Därefter
-ägare, grupp och slutligen vilka rättigheter som ges av regeln. Om, för en
-angiven regel:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> inte är markerad kommer msec bara att
-kontrollera om de definierade rättigheterna för den här regeln respekteras
-och skickar ett varningsmeddelande om de inte är det, men ingenting ändras.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad kommer msec inte att
-respektera rättigheterna vid första periodiska kontrollen utan skriva över
-dem.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>För att det här ska fungera måste alternativet CHECK_PERMS i <emphasis
-role="bold">Fliken periodiska kontroller</emphasis> vara markerat och
-konfigurerat</para></important><para>Klicka på<guibutton> Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa en ny
-regel och fyll i fälten som visas i exemplet nedan. En asterisk * är
-tillåtet i fältet <guilabel>Fil</guilabel>. “nuvaranade” menas ingen
-ändring.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att bekräfta valet och glöm
-inte att spara din konfiguration innan du avslutar helt genom menyn
-<guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så
-ger msecgui dig möjlighet att förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar. </para>
-    <note><para>Du kan också ändra reglerna genom att redigera filen
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Ändringar gjorda på <emphasis role="bold">Fliken rättigheter</emphasis>
-(eller manuellt i konfigurationsfilen) beaktas vid den första periodiska
-kontrollen (se alternativet CHECK_PERMS på <emphasis role="bold">Fliken
-Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>). Om du vill att de ska verkställas
-omedelbart så använder du kommandot msecperms i en konsoll med
-root-rättigheter. Där kan du i förväg kontrollera vilka rättigheter som
-kommer att ändras genom att skriva msecperms -p</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Kom ihåg att om du ändrar rättigheterna i en konsol eller filhanterare för
-en fil där <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad i <emphasis
-role="bold">Fliken rättigheter </emphasis> så kommer msecgui att ändra
-tillbaka de gamla rättigheterna efter ett tag i enlighet med konfigurationen
-av alternativen CHECK_PERMS och CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE från <emphasis
-role="bold">Fliken Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 65dbc21d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Andra verktyg från Mageia</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Det finns fler verktyg från Mageia än de som kan köras från
-kontrollcentralen. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer eller fortsätt
-läsa de nästkommande sidorna.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>SOM SKA SKRIVAS </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Fler verktyg?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b08bba57..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Programhantering (installera och ta bort program)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduktion till rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> som root</para>
-      </footnote>, även kallat drakrpm
-är ett program för att installera, avinstallera och uppdatera paket. Det är
-det grafiska gränssnittet för URPMI. Vid varje uppstart kontrollerar
-paketlistorna online (s.k. "Media") som hämtas direkt från Mageias
-officiella servrar, och visar alltid de senaste programmen och
-uppdateringarna som finns tillgängliga för din dator. Ett filtersystem gör
-att du kan välja att bara visa vissa typer av paket: Du kan visa enbart
-installerade program (standard) eller enbart tillgängliga uppdateringar,
-eller att visa ej installerade program. Du kan även söka efter namn,
-beskrivning eller filnamn som finns med i ett paket.</para>
-
-    <para>För att fungera behöver rpmdrake konfigureras med <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Vid installation så är det förkonfigurerade mediaförrådet oftast det som
-används för att installera, i regel en CD/DVD. Om du behåller detta media
-kommer rpmdrake att be dig om det varje gång du vill installera något med
-den här dialogrutan : <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>Om du störs av
-det meddelandet och du har en bra internetförbindelse utan
-nerladdningsrestriktioner kan du ta bort detta media och ersätta det med ett
-som är tillgängligt online med <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-      <para>Dessutom är förrådsplatserna alltid uppdaterade, innehåller fler paket och
-ger dig möjlighet att uppdatera redan installerade paket.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>De viktigaste delarna av skärmen</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Filtrera pakettyp:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Det här filtret ger dig möjlighet att enbart visa en viss typ av
-paket. Första gången du startar hanteraren så visar den enbart program med
-grafiska gränssnitt. Du kan visa antingen alla paket och dess beroenden och
-bibliotek eller i grupper som t. ex. endast program, uppdateringar eller
-bakåtportade paket från nyare versioner av Mageia.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Standard filetinställningar är för nya användare av Linux och Mageia som
-förmodligen inte vill ha kommandorad eller specialistverktyg. Eftersom du
-läser den här dokumentationen är du uppenbarligen intresserad av att
-förbättra dina kunskaper om Mageia, därför för du ställa in filtret till
-"alla".</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Filtrera efter paketstatus:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Det här filtret gör att du kan visa paket som antingen är installerade, ej
-installerade eller både och.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Sökläge:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Klicka på den här ikonen för att söka igenom paketnamn. Antingen genom dess
-översikt, detaljerad information eller vilka filer som följer med paketet.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Sökfält:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Skriv ett eller flera sökord. Om du vill använda mer än ett sökord, separera
-dem med '|'. T. ex. för att söka efter "mplayer" och "xine" samtidigt,
-skriv: 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Radera allt:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Den här ikonen raderar alla sökord som är inskrivna i sökfältet.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kategorilista:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Den här kolumnen grupperar alla program och paket i tydliga kategorier och
-underkategorier.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Beskrivningspanel:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Den här panelen visar paketets namn, översikt och fullständig
-beskrivning. Den visar många användbara delar om det markerade paketet. Den
-visar även exakta detaljer om paketet, vilka filer som är inkluderade och en
-lista över ändringar från författaren.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Statuskolumnen</title>
-
-    <para>När du ställt in filtrena korrekt hittar du programvaran antingen genom
-kategori (i område 6 ovan) eller genom namn/översikt/beskrivning (i område
-4). En lista med paket som uppfyller din sökning. Glöm inte att valt program
-visas i olika statusmarkeringar beroende på om de är installerade/ej
-installerade/eller uppdatering... Markera eller avmarkera kryssrutan för att
-ändra status och klicka på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Ikon</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legend</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Det här paketet är redan installerat</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Det här paketet kommer att installeras</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Det här paketet kan inte ändras</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Det här paketet är en uppdatering</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Det här paketet kommer att avinstalleras</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Exempel i skärmdumpen ovan:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Om jag avmarkerar digikam (den gröna pilen talar om för oss att den är
-installerad) kommer statusikonen att bli röd med en pil upp och kommer att
-avinstalleras när jag trycker på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Om jag markerar qdigidoc (som inte är installerat, se status) så visas
-ikonen med en pil ner och kommer att installeras när jag trycker på
-<guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Beroenden</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Vissa paket behöver andra paket för att fungera, det kan vara ett bibliotek
-eller verktyg. I så fall visar Rpmdrake ett informationsfönster där du får
-välja att antingen acceptera beroenden, avbryta installationen eller läsa
-mer (se ovan). Ibland kan även vissa paket förse dig med det nödvändiga
-biblioteket och då visar Rpmdrake en lista över alternativ, samt en knapp
-med information och en där du får välja vilka paket som ska installeras.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 47f4d1fd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Konfigurera bildläsare</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installation</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Med det här verktyget <footnote>
-        <para>De kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva
-<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-      </footnote> kan du
-konfigurera en bildläsare eller multifunktionsenhet som även inkluderar
-skanner. Du kan även dela ut lokala enheter som är inkopplade till datorn
-till en fjärrdator eller för att komma åt fjärrskanners.</para>
-
-    <para>När du kör det här verktyget för första gången kan du få följande
-meddelande:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE-paketen behöver installeras för att använda
-bildläsare</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Vill du installera SANE-paketen?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Välj <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> för att fortsätta. <code>scanner-gui</code> och
-<code>task-scanning</code> kommer att installeras om de inte redan är det.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Om din bildläsare identifieras korrekt och du ser den i fönstret så är den
-redo att användas med t. ex. <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> eller
-<emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>I så fall vill du kanske konfigurera <emphasis>Skannerdelning</emphasis>. Du
-kan läsa mer om det i <xref linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Om din skanner däremot inte har identifierats korrekt (du har kontrollerat
-kablar och ström) och tryckt på <emphasis>Sök efter nya skanners</emphasis>
-inte hjälper så måste du trycka på <emphasis>Lägg till skanner
-manuellt</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Välj skanners tillverkare och modell i listan och klicka på
-<emphasis>Ok</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Klicka på <emphasis>Avbryt</emphasis> om du inte hittar din skanner i listan
-.</para>
-
-      <para>Kontrollera att din skanner stöds på <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Enheter som stöds</link> och fråga om hjälp på <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forumen</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Välj port</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Du kan lämna den här inställningen på <emphasis>Upptäck lediga portar
-automatiskt</emphasis> så vidare inte din skanner har en parallellport. Välj
-i så fall <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> om du bara har en.</para>
-
-    <para>I de flesta fall kommer du att se en skärm som liknar den nedan efter att du
-tryckt på <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>.</para>
-<para>Om du inte ser den, läs <xref linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Här kan du välja om inkopplade skannrar ska vara tillgängliga för
-fjärrdatorer och i så fall vilka. Du kan också ange om skannrar från andra
-datorer ska vara tillgängliga på den här datorn.</para>
-
-    <para>Skannerdelning till värdar: Namn eller IP-adress till värdar kan läggas till
-eller tas bort från listan över tillåtna datorer som har åtkomst till lokala
-enheter på den här datorn.</para>
-
-    <para>Fjärranvändning av skanners: Namn eller IP-adress över datorer kan läggas
-till eller tas bort från listan över datorer som ger fjärråtkomst till en
-skanner.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Skannerutdelning till värdar: Du kan lägga till en värd.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Skannerutdelning till värdar: Ange värdar att lägga till, eller tillåt alla
-fjärrdatorer.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"Alla fjärrmaskiner" tillåts åtkomst till den lokala skannern.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Om paketet <emphasis>saned</emphasis> inte är installerat kommer verktyget
-att erbjuda att göra det.</para>
-
-    <para>I slutet kommer verktyget att ändra följande filer:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> för att lägga till eller
-kommentera "net"-direktivet.</para>
-
-    <para>Det kommer även att konfiguera <emphasis>saned</emphasis> och
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> att startas vid uppstart.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Detaljer</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>De flesta HP-skannrar hanteras av <emphasis>HPs enhetshanterare</emphasis>
-(hplip) som även hanterar skrivare. I det här fallet kan detta verktyg inte
-användas för konfiguration utan erbjuder dig att använda <emphasis>HPs
-enhetshanterare</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Drivrutiner är tillgängliga från <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">den
-här sidan</link>. Vid indikation måste du installera
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>-paketet först, sedan
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (i den ordningen). Det är möjligt att
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis>-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med
-<emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Användare har rapporterat att denna varning kan
-ignoreras.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Ytterligare installationssteg</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Efter att du har valt en port för din skanner i <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> kan du behöva utföra ytterligare steg för att
-konfigurera din skanner korrekt.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>I vissa fall måste din skanners firmware laddas upp till enheten varje gång
-den startas. Det här verktyget ger dig möjlighet att göra det efter att du
-installerat det i ditt system. På den här skärmen kan du installera firmware
-från en CD eller Windowsinstallation, eller installera från en fil som
-laddats ner från tillverkarens hemsida.</para><para>
-    När din enhets firmware måste laddas in kan det ta en stund vid första
-användningen, möjligen mer än en minut. Så ha tålamod.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Du kanske också får en ruta som ber dig justera filen
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"namnet_på_din_SANE_backend".conf</emphasis>. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Läs dem eller de andra instruktionerna du får noggrant och om du inte vet
-vad du ska göra så fråga gärna om hjälp på <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forumen</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cef761d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Mjukvaruhantering</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>I det här fönstret kan du välja mellan flera olika verktyg för
-programhantering. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Mjukvaruhantering</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Uppdatera ditt
-system</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurera
-mediakällor för installation och uppdateringar</emphasis>.</para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b288ad61..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,337 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Installera och konfigurera skrivare</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Presentation</title>
-
-    <para>Utskrifter i Mageia hanteras av en CUPS-server. Den har sitt eget <link
-ns2:title="CUPS"
-ns2:href="http://localhost:631">konfigurationsgränssnitt</link> som är
-tillgängligt från en webbläsare, men Mageia har sitt eget verktyg för att
-installera skrivare som heter system-config-printer som delas med andra
-distributioner så som Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu och openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>Du bör aktivera förrådet non-free innan du fortsätter med installationen
-eftersom vissa drivrutiner kanske bara finns tillgängliga där.</para>
-
-    <para>Installation av skrivare utförs i sektionen <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> i
-Mageias  kontrollcentral. Välj verktyget <guilabel>Konfigurera skrivare och
-bildläsare</guilabel><footnote>
-        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Lösenordet för root kommer att
-frågas efter.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC kommer att fråga om att installera två paket:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Det är nödvändigt att godkänna den här installationen för att fortsätta. Upp
-till 230MB beroenden behövs.</para>
-
-    <para>Klicka på Lägg till skrivare för att lägga till en skrivare. Systemet kommer
-att försöka hitta tillgängliga skrivare och vilka portar de
-använder. Skärmdumpen visar en skrivare som är ansluten via en
-parallellport. Om en skrivare hittas som t. ex. en USB-skrivare så visas den
-på första raden. Fönstret kommer även att försöka konfigurera en
-nätverksskrivare.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Skrivare som hittats automatiskt</title>
-
-    <para>Detta hänvisar oftast till USB-skrivare. Verktyget hittar automatiskt
-skrivaren och visar den. Välj skrivaren och klicka på "Nästa" för att
-fortsätta. Om det finns en känd drivrutin för skrivaren så kommer den att
-installeras automatiskt. Om det finns fler än en drivrutin eller om ingen
-känd hittas så ber en dialogruta dig att välja eller förse en som förklaras
-i nästa paragraf. Fortsätt med <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Ingen skrivare hittades automatiskt </title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>När du väljer en port kommer systemet att visa en lista med drivrutiner där
-du sedan får välja. Valet kan göras genom ett av följande alternativ.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Välj skrivare från databasen</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>ange PDD-fil</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>sök efter nerladdningsbar drivrutin</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Genom att välja från databasen föreslås först en skrivartillverkare och
-sedan en enhet med en tillhörande drivrutin. Om mer än drivrutin föreslås så
-välj den som rekommenderas så vidare du inte stött på problem med den
-tidigare, välj annars den som är känd för att fungera.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Slutför installationen</title>
-
-    <para>Efter val av drivrutin så efterfrågas lite information som gör att systemet
-kan beteckna och upptäcka skrivaren. Första raden är namnet som skrivaren
-kommer att betecknas i olika programs utskriftsalternativ. Sedan föreslås
-att du skriver ut en testsida, och efter detta steget läggs skrivare till
-och visas i listan över tillgängliga skrivare.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Nätverksskrivare</title>
-
-    <para>Nätverksskrivare är skrivare som är anslutna direkt till ett trådburet eller
-trådlöst nätverk, eller en ansluten printerserver eller till en dator som
-agerar printerserver.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Det är oftast bättre att konfigurera DHCP-servern att alltid associera en
-fast IP-adress med skrivarens MAC-adress. Naturligtvis bör det vara samma
-som IP-adressen till skrivaren som skrivarservern är inställd på, om den har
-en fast IP-adress.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>Skrivarens MAC-adress är ett serienummer som skrivaren, skrivarservern eller
-datorn som skrivaren är ansluten till har fått. Den kan erhållas från en
-konfigurationssida som är utskriven av skrivaren eller som är klistrad på en
-etikett på skrivaren eller skrivarservern. Om din delade skrivare är
-ansluten till ett Mageiasystem så kan du köra
-<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> på den som root för att hitta
-MAC-adressen. Det är en sekvensen med siffror och bokstäver efter "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>Du kan lägga till en nätverksskrivare genom att ange vilket protokoll den
-använder för att kommunicera med din dator över nätverket. Om du inte vet
-vilket protokoll du ska använda så prova med alternativet
-<guilabel>Nätverksskrivare</guilabel> - <guilabel>Hitta
-nätverksskrivare</guilabel> i menyn <guilabel>Enheter</guilabel>, och ange
-skrivarens IP-adress i fältet till höger där det står "värd".</para>
-
-    <para>Om verktyget känner igen din skrivare eller skrivarserver kommer det att
-föreslå ett protokoll och kö, men du kan välja ett mer lämpligt från listan
-nedan eller ange korrekt könamn om det inte visas i listan.</para>
-
-    <para>Läs dokumentationen som följde med din skrivare eller skrivarserver över
-vilka protokoll som stöds och möjliga könamn.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Protokoll för nätverksutskrift</title>
-
-    <para>En aktuell teknik är en som utvecklats av Hewlett-Packard och känd som
-JetDirect. Den ger tillgång till en skrivare som är direktansluten till
-nätverket via en ethernet-port. Du måste veta IP-adressen som skrivaren
-använder i nätverket. Samma teknik används i vissa ADSL-routrar som har en
-USB-port för att ansluta skrivaren. I det fallet är IP-adressen samma som
-routern. Observera att "HPs enhetshanterare" kan hantera dynamiska
-IP-adresser genom en URI lik
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;skrivarens-namn></emphasis>. I så fall är en fast
-IP-adress inte nödvändig.</para>
-
-    <para>Välj alternativet <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> som protokoll
-och ange adressen i fältet <guilabel>Värd:</guilabel>, ändra inte
-<guilabel>Portnummer</guilabel> om du inte vet att det måste ändras. Efter
-protokollval är valet av drivrutin samma som ovan.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>De andra protokollen är:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: En skrivare som är
-tillgänglig i ett TCP/IP-nätverk via IPP-protokollet, som t. ex. en skrivare
-som är ansluten till en dator som använder CUPS. Detta protokoll kan även
-användas av vissa ADSL-routrar.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp men
-som använder http för transport och med TLS-säkrat protokoll. Porten måste
-anges och brukar vara 631 som standard.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp, men
-med säkrat TLS-protokoll.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR värd eller skrivare</emphasis>: En skrivare som åtkomstbar
-på ett TCP/IP-nätverk via LPP-protokollet. T. ex. en skrivare ansluten till
-en dator som använder LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windowsskrivare via Samba</emphasis>: En skrivare som är ansluten
-till en datorn som kör Windows eller en SMB-server som är utdelad.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>En URI kan även läggas till manuellt. Här följer några exempel på hur man
-utformar en URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-adress-eller-värdnamn:port-nummer/resurs</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-adress-eller-värdnamn:port-nummer/resurs</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD)-protokoll</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://ip-adress-eller-värdnamn:port-nummer/resurs</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Ytterligare information finns tillgänglig i <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-dokumentation</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Enhetsegenskaper</title>
-
-    <para>Du kan komma åt enhetens egenskaper. Menyn ger tillgång till parametrar för
-CUPS-servern. Som standard startar en CUPS-server på din dator men du kan
-ange en annan med menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Anslut...</guimenuitem> och i nästa fönster kan du finjustera
-andra specifika parametrar i menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Felsök</title>
-
-    <para>Du hittar information om förekommande fel vid utskrift genom att granska
-<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
-
-    <para>Du har även tillgång till ett diagnostikverktyg för felsökning i menyn
-<guimenu>Hjälp</guimenu> | <guilabel>Felsökning</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Detaljer</title>
-
-    <para>Det är möjligt att vissa drivrutiner inte är tillgängliga i Mageia eller att
-de inte fungerar. Ta då en titt webbsidan för <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> för att se
-om en drivrutin är tillgänglig för din enhet. Om den finns så kontrollera om
-den inte redan finns i Mageia och installera den i så fall manuellt. Gör
-sedan om installationsprocessen för att konfigurera skrivaren. Oavsett vad
-så rapportera problemet till bugzilla eller forumen om du är bekväm i det
-verktyget och förse information om modell och drivrutin, och om skrivaren
-fungerar eller inte efter installation. Här är lite fler resurser för att
-hitta aktuella drivrutiner för nyare enheter.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother-skrivare</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://support.brother.com/g/b/productsearch.aspx?c=se%26lang=sv%26content=dl">Den
-här sidan</link> har en lista med drivrutiner från Brother. Sök efter din
-enhet och ladda ner rpm-drivrutinen och installera den.</para>
-
-    <para>Du borde installera drivrutinerna från Brother innan du kör
-konfigurationsverktyget.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard skrivare och multifunktionella
-enheter</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>De här enheterna använder verktyget hplip. Det installeras automatiskt efter
-en skrivare har hittats eller blivit vald. Du hitta mer information <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">här</link>. HPs
-enhetshanterare är tillgänglig i <guilabel>System</guilabel>-menyn. Läs även
-<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">konfiguration</link>
-för hantering av skrivaren.</para>
-
-    <para>En HP multifunktionell enhet måste installeras som en skrivare först och
-därefter läggs skannerfunktionerna till. Observera att ibland tillåter inte
-gränssnittet i Xsane att skanna negativ eller diabilder. I detta fall är det
-möjligt att skanna i fristående läge och spara bilden på ett minneskort
-eller ett anslutet USB-minne. Efteråt kan du starta ett bildprogram och
-öppna bilden från minneskortet som dykt upp i /media-katalogen.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung färgskrivare</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>För vissa färgskrivare från Samsung och Xerox <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/"> så har den här sidan
-drivrutiner</link> för QPDL-protokollet.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson skrivare och skanners</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Drivrutiner för Epsonskrivare är tillgängliga på <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">den
-här söksidan</link>. För skannerdelen måste du installera
-"iscan-data"-paketet först, sedan "iscan" (i den ordningen). Ett
-iscan-plugin-paket kan också vara tillgängligt och ska installeras. Välj det
-<emphasis>rpm</emphasis>-paket som passar din arkitektur. </para>
-
-    <para> Det är möjligt att iscan-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med
-Sane. Användare har rapporterat att den varningen kan ignoreras.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon-skrivare</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>För Canonskrivare kan det vara klokt att installera verktyget turboprint,
-<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">som finns tillgängligt
-här</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f91c55ef..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importera Windows(tm) dokument och inställningar</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Du hittar det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> under
-<emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias kontrollcentral,
-den heter <guilabel>Importera Windows(TM) dokument and
-inställningar</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>Med det här verktyget kan en administratör importera användardokument och
-inställningar från en <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-2000, <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP eller <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-<trademark>Vista</trademark>-installation på samma dator där Mageia är
-installerat.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Observera att alla ändringa värkställs direkt i transfugdrake när du trycker
-på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>När transfugdrake startas visas första sidan i guiden lite information som
-förklarar verktyget och importalternativ.</para>
-
-  <para>När du har läst och förstått instruktionerna, klicka på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. Detta startar en sökning efter en <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>-installation.</para>
-
-  <para>När sökningen är klar visas en sida där du kan välja konton i <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> och Mageia för importproceduren. Det
-är möjligt att välja ett annat användarkonto än ditt eget.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Vänligen ta hänsyn till att på grund av migreringsassistentens
-(transfugdrakes backend)begränsningar så kan användarkonton i <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> med speciella tecken visas inkorrekt.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Migreringen kan ta en stund beroende på storleken av dokumentkatalogerna.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Vissa <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>-program (speciellt
-drivrutiner) kan skapa användarkonton för olika ändamål. NVidias
-drivruntiner i <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> uppdateras
-genom <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Använd inte sådana konton för
-importering.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>När du har valt klart användarkonton klicka på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja vilken metod som
-ska användas för att importera dokumenten.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake är utformat för att importera <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>-data från katalogerna <emphasis>Mina
-Dokument</emphasis>, <emphasis>Min Musik</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mina
-Bilder</emphasis>. Det är möjligt att skippa importering genom att välja
-lämpligt objekt i det här fönstret.</para>
-
-  <para>När du har valt hur du vill importera dokumenten, tryck på
-<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja hur du vill
-importera bokmärken.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake kan importera bokmärken från <emphasis>Internet
-Explorer</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> till Mageias
-instans av bokmärken för <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Välj önskvärda importalternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>På nästa sida kan du importera skrivbordsbakgrunder:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Välj önskvärt alternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>Sista sidan i guiden visar ett grattis-meddelande. Tryck på
-<guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 24f104ec..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Användare och Grupper</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
-      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
-    </footnote> finns under fliken
-<emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral och är
-märkt "Hantera systemanvändare".</para>
-
-  <para>Med det här verktyget kan administratörer hantera användare och grupper, som
-t. ex. lägga till eller radera samt att redigera deras inställningar (ID,
-skal, ...).</para>
-
-  <para>När userdrake startas så visas alla befintliga användare i fliken
-<guibutton>Användare</guibutton> och grupperna i fliken
-<guibutton>Grupper</guibutton>. Båda fungerar på samma sätt.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Lägg till användare</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Denna knapp öppnar ett nytt fönster med fält tomma:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Fältet för <emphasis role="bold">Fullständigt namn</emphasis> är avsett för
-att ange förnamn och efternamn, men man kan skriva vad som helt eller inget
-alls.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Logga in</emphasis> är det enda obligatoriska fältet.</para>
-
-  <para>Att ställa in ett <emphasis role="bold">lösenord</emphasis> rekommenderas
-skarpt. Det finns en lite sköld till höger som visar hur starkt lösenordet
-är. Om den är röd är lösenordet svagt, för kort eller liknar
-användarnamnet. Du bör använda specialtecken, små och stora bokstäver
-kombinerat med siffror eller liknande. Skölden blir orange och sedan grön
-allteftersom lösenordet ökar i styrka.</para>
-
-  <para>Fältet <emphasis role="bold">Bekräfta lösenord</emphasis> finns för att
-säkerställa att du skrivit vad menade.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Loginskal </emphasis> är en rullgardinsmeny där du kan
-ändra vilket skal användaren ska använda. Alternativen är Bash, Dash och Sh.</para>
-
-  <para>Om <emphasis role="bold">Skapa en privat grupp för användaren</emphasis> är
-markerad skapas automatiskt en grupp med samma namn och där den nya
-användaren är den enda medlemmen (det kan ändras).</para>
-
-  <para>De andra alternativen är självklara. Den nya användaren skapas direkt när du
-klickar på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Lägg till grupp</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Du behöver bara ange det nya gruppnamnet och om nödvändigt ett specifikt
-grupp-ID.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Redigera</emphasis> (en markerad användare)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Användardata</guibutton>: Här kan du redigera all användardata
-som angavs vid skapandet (ID kan inte ändras).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Kontoinformation</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Först alternativet är till för att ställa in utgångsdatum för kontot.
-Anslutning är inte möjlig efter detta datum. Det är användbart för
-tillfälliga konton.</para>
-
-  <para>Det andra alternativet är till för att låsa kontot, anslutning är inte
-möjlig så länge kontot är låst.</para>
-
-  <para>Det är även möjligt att ändra ikon.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Lösenordsinformation</emphasis>: Ger dig möjlighet att
-ställa in ett utgångsdatum för lösenordet. Det tvingar användaren att ändra
-sitt lösenord periodiskt.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grupp</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka grupper som
-användaren är medlem i.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Om du ändrar ett anslutet användarkonto så kommer ändringarna inte att
-verkställas förrän denna loggar in igen.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Redigera</emphasis> (med en markerad grupp)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Gruppdata</emphasis>: Gör så att du kan ändra
-gruppnamnet.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Gruppanvändare</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka
-användare som tillhör gruppen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Radera</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Välj en användare och klicka på <emphasis role="bold">Ta bort</emphasis> för
-att radera den. För användare frågar en dialogruta om hemkatalogen och
-brevlådan också ska raderas. Om en privat grupp har skapats för användaren
-kommer den också att raderas.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Det är möjligt att radera en grupp som inte är tom.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Uppdatera</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Användardatabasen kan ändras utanför Userdrake. Klicka på den här ikonen för
-att uppdatera skärmen.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Gästkonto</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">gäst</emphasis> är ett specialkonto. Det är avsett att
-ge någon tillfällig åtkomst till systemet med högsta säkerhet. Om någon
-loggar in som xguest utan lösenord är det omöjligt att göra några ändringar
-i systemet från det här kontot. De personliga katalogerna raderas när
-sessionen avslutas. Kontot är aktiverat som standard och för att avaktivera
-det väljer du <guimenu>Åtgärder -> Avinstallera gästkonto</guimenu> i menyn.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e160ffc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11354 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Atilla ÖNTAŞ . <Atilla ÖNTAŞ@gmail.com>, 2013
-# tarakbumba <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
-# tarakbumba <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013-2016
-# tarakbumba <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
-# Fırat Kutlu <firatkutlu@yandex.com>, 2013-2014
-# kemalokmen <kemal@comu.edu.tr>, 2013-2014
-# kemalokmen <kemal@comu.edu.tr>, 2013-2014
-# kemalokmen <kemal@comu.edu.tr>, 2013
-# Murat Bişkin <murat@muratbiskin.com>, 2013
-# Fırat Kutlu <firatkutlu@yandex.com>, 2013-2014
-# tarakbumba <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2017
-# tarakbumba <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 18:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-28 23:30+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: tarakbumba <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/"
-"tr/)\n"
-"Language: tr\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "WebDAV paylaşımlı sürücü ve dizinlere erişim"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Ağ Paylaşımı sekmesi "
-"altında, <guilabel>WebDAV paylaşımlarını yapılandır</guilabel> etiketi ile "
-"Mageia Denetim Merkezi' nde bulunabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Giriş"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link>bir "
-"web sunucusu dizinini yerel olarak bağlamanıza, böylece o dizinin bir yerel "
-"dizin olarak kullanılabilmesine izin veren bir protokoldür. Uzak sunucunun "
-"bir WebDAV sunucusu çalıştırması zorunludur. Bu aracın maksadı WebDAV "
-"sunucusunu yapılandırmak değildir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Yeni bir girdi oluşturmak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Aracın ilk ekranı varsa önceden yapılandırılmış girdileri ve bir "
-"<guibutton>Yeni</guibutton> düğmesi görüntüler. Yeni bir girdi oluşturmak "
-"için bunu kullanın. Yeni ekranın boş alanına sunucu URL bağlantısını girin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Sonra, bazı eylemleri seçebileceğiniz işaretleme düğmeleri olan bir ekran "
-"gelir. İşaretleme düğmesini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> "
-"düğmesine tıklayarak <guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> eylemi ile devam "
-"edin; çünkü <guibutton>Sunucu</guibutton> önceden yapılandırılmıştır. Ancak "
-"gerekirse bunu düzeltebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr "Uzak dizin içeriğine bu bağlama noktasından ulaşılabilecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Sonraki adımda kullanıcı adınızı ve parolanızı verin. Başka seçenekler "
-"gerekiyorsa, bunları <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> ekranında "
-"verebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Bağla</guibutton> seçeneği derhal erişim için bağlamanızı sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"İşaretleme düğmesi <guibutton>Tamamlandı</guibutton> kullanarak "
-"yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra ilk ekran yeniden gösterilir ve yeni "
-"bağlama noktası listelenir. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesini seçtikten "
-"sonra, <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> içindeki değişiklikleri kaydetmek "
-"isteyip istemediğiniz sorulur. Uzak dizin her önyüklemede erişilebilir olsun "
-"istiyorsanız bunu seçin. Yapılandırmanız tek seferlik kullanım içinse "
-"kaydetmeyin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Sabit disk bölümlerini paylaşın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
-"fileshare</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu basit araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> size, yani "
-"yöneticiye, kullanıcıların kendi /home alt dizinlerinin kısımlarını aynı "
-"yerel ağda Linux veya Windows işletim sistemi kullanan diğer kullanıcılarla "
-"paylaşmalarına izin verme yetkisi verir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezinde, Yerel Disk sekmesi altında, \"Sabit disk "
-"bölümlerinizi paylaşın\" etiketinde bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"İlk olarak  \"<guilabel>Kullanıcıların kendi dizinlerinden bazılarını "
-"paylaşmasına izin vermek ister misiniz?</guilabel>\" sorusuna cevap verin, "
-"eğer cevap tüm kullanıcılar için Hayır ise <guibutton>Paylaşım Yok</"
-"guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, tüm kullanıcılara izin vermek için "
-"<guibutton>Tüm kullanıcılara izin ver</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, eğer "
-"cevap bazı kullanıcılar için evet bazı kullanıcılar için hayır ise "
-"<guibutton>Özel</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın. Sonuncusu durumunda, kendi "
-"dizinlerini paylaşmak için yetkilendirilecek kullanıcılar sistem tarafından "
-"otomatik olarak oluştrurulan fileshare grubuna dahil olmalı. Bu daha sonra "
-"sizden istenecek. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>OK</guilabel> butonuna tıklayın,  <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ya da "
-"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> den birini seçmenizi isteyen ikinci bir ekran "
-"görünecek. Ağdaki tek işletim sistemi Linux ise <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> "
-"işaretleyin, ağ hem Linux hem de Windows makineleri içeriyor ise "
-"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> işaretleyin ve sonra  <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"tıklayın.  Eğer gerekliyse tüm ihtiyaç duyulan paketler kurulacaktır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Yapılandırma, Özel seçeneği seçilmediyse, tamalanmış durumdadır. Bu durumda "
-"ek bir pencere Userdrake'i açmanızı ister. Bu araç kullanıcıları kendi "
-"dizinlerini paylaşma yetkisi olan fileshare grubuna eklemenizi sağlar. "
-"Kullanıcı sekmesinde fileshare grubuna eklemek istediğiniz kullanıcıya "
-"tıklayın, sonra Gruplar sekmesinde <guimenuitem>Düzenle</guimenuitem> "
-"tıklayın. fileshare grubunu işaretleyin  <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> "
-"butonuna tıklayın. Userdrake ile ilgili daha fazla bilgi için  <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\">bu sayfaya</xref> bakınız"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"fileshare grubuna yeni bir kullanıcı eklediğinizde değişikliklerin etkili "
-"olabilmesi için ağ bağlantısını kesmeniz ve yeniden bağlanmanız gerekir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Şu andan itibaren fileshare grubuna ait tüm kullanıcılar, bu özelliği tüm "
-"dosya yöneticileri desteklemese de, dosya yöneticisinden paylaştırılacak "
-"dizinlerini seçebilir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "tr"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "NFS paylaşımları ve dizinlerine erişim"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bazı paylaşılan dizinlere "
-"bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için "
-"kullanılan protokol bir çok Linux ve Unix sistemde bulanan NFS protokolüdür. "
-"Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir olacaktır. "
-"Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile bir kullanıcı "
-"için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Yöntem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için "
-"<guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adı önündeki > "
-"işaretine tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir olacaktır. "
-"Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı "
-"seçenekleri <guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir "
-"ve değiştirebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra aynı düğme ile "
-"ayırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Bitti</guibutton> düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildiğinde \"/"
-"etc/fstab değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?\" diye sorulur. Ağ "
-"erişilebilir durumdaysa bu, dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni "
-"dizine bundan sonra Dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "CD/DVD yazıcı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
-"removable</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim "
-"Merkezindeki Yerel diskler sekmesinde çıkartılabilir donanımınızla (sadece "
-"CD/DVD oynatıcılar/yazıcılar ve disket sürücüleri) eş olarak etiketlenmiştir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Hedefi çıkartılabilir diskinizin bağlanma şeklini tanımlamaktır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Pencerenin en üstünde donanımınızın kısa açıklaması ve bağlamak için "
-"kullanılan seçenekler yer alır. Bunları değiştirmek için en alttaki düğmeyi "
-"kullanın. Değişecek ögeyi işaretleyin ve <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> "
-"düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Bağlama noktası"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Bağlama noktasını değiştirmek için bu kutuyu işaretleyin. Öntanımlı olan /"
-"media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Seçenekler"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Buradaki bir çok bağlama seçenekleri ya listeden doğrudan ya da "
-"<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> alt menüsü aracılığıyla seçilebilir. "
-"Başlıcaları:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"user, (kök olmayan) normal bir kullanıcının çıkartılabilir diski bağlamasını "
-"sağlar. Bu seçenek noexec, nosuid ve nodev seçeneklerini içerir. Diski, "
-"sadece onu bağlayan kullanıcı ayırabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Windows (SMB) paylaşımları ve dizinlerine erişim"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> paylaşılan dizinleri "
-"bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için "
-"kullanılan protokol Windows(R) sistemlerinde popüler olan SMB protokolüdür. "
-"Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir olacaktır. "
-"Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile bir kullanıcı "
-"için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Aracı başlatmadan önce, erişilebilir sunucuların isimlerini mesela <xref "
-"linkend=\"drakhosts\"/> ile bildirmek, iyi bir fikirdir"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için "
-"<guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adına ve sunucu adı "
-"önündeki &gt; tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir olacaktır. "
-"Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu <guimenu>Bağlama düğmesi</guimenu> "
-"ile bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı ayarları <guibutton>Seçenekler</"
-"guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Seçeneklerde, SMB sunucusuna bağlanabilecek kullanıcı adını ve parolasını "
-"belirtebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra yine aynı düğme ile "
-"ayırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Bitti düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildikten sonra \"/etc/fstab "
-"değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?\" diye sorulur. Kaydetmek, ağ "
-"erişilebilir durumdaysa dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni "
-"dizine bundan sonra dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "3B Masaüstü Efektleri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> işletim sisteminizdeki 3B "
-"efektlerini yönetmenizi sağlar. Öntanımlı olarak 3B efektleri devre dışı "
-"bırakılmıştır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Başlarken"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı kullanmak için glxinfo paketi kurulmuş olmalıdır. Paket kurulu "
-"değilse, drak3d başlamadan önce kurmanız için uyarılırsınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Drak3d başladıktan sonra bir menü penceresi ile karşılaşacaksınız. Burada ya "
-"<guilabel>3B Masaüstü Efektleri Yok</guilabel> veya <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
-"guilabel> seçeneklerinden birini seçebilirsiniz. Compiz Fusion bir bileşik "
-"pencere yöneticisi olup donanım hızlandırmalı özel efektleri içerir. "
-"Etkinleştirmek için <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> seçin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Temiz bir Mageia kurulumundan sonra bu uygulamayı ilk kez kullanıyorsanız "
-"Compiz Fusion' un kullanılabilmesi için hangi ek paketlerin kurulması "
-"gerektiğini bildiren bir ileti görüntülenecektir. Devam etmek için "
-"<guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Uygun paketler kurulduktan sonra drak3d menüsünde Compiz Fusion' un seçili "
-"olduğunu fark edeceksiniz. Fakat değişikliklerin etkili olması için "
-"oturumdan çıkıp yeniden giriş yapmalısınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Yeniden giriş yaptığınızda Compiz Fusion devreye girecektir. Compiz Fusion' "
-"u yapılandırmak içinccsm (CompizConfig Ayarlar Yöneticisi) aracı için "
-"sayfasına bakın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Sorun çözme"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Giriş yaptıktan sonra masaüstünü göremiyorum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Compiz Fusion' u etkinleştirikten sonra masaüstüne giriş yapmaya "
-"çalıştığınızda hiç bir şey göremiyorsanız, yeniden giriş ekranına dönebilmek "
-"için bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatın. Giriş ekranına eriştiğinizde Masaüstü "
-"simgesine tıklayın ve drak3d' yi seçin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Giriş yaptığınızda hesabınız yönetici olarak listelenmişse, parolanızı "
-"yeniden girmeniz istenecektir. Aksi halde yönetici hesabını kullanarak giriş "
-"yapmalısınız. Yöneticiler giriş sorununa neden olabilecek her türlü "
-"değişikliği geri alabilirler."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Kimlik doğrulama"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> makinenin kullanıcısı veya "
-"internetteki kullanıcı olaak nasıl algılanacağınızı değiştirmenize olanak "
-"sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Ön tanımlı olarak, kimlik doğrulama bilgileriniz bilgisayarınızdaki bir "
-"dosyaya depolanır. Bunu sadece ağ yöneticiniz değiştirmenizi istediğinde "
-"değiştirin ve hakkında ona bilgi verin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Otomatik oturum açmayı ayarlayın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakautologin</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aygıt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>parola sormadan aynı "
-"kullanıcının kendi masaüstü ortamına kendiliğinden giriş yapmasını sağlar. "
-"Otomatik giriş olarak adlandırılır.   Makineyi kullanacak tek bir kullanıcı "
-"varsa bu genellikle iyi bir fikirdir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Önyükleme</emphasis> "
-"sekmesi altında \"Otomatik oturum açmayı ayarlayın\" etiketi altında bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Arayüz düğmeleri oldukça açıktır:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer X Window System önyükleme sonrası çalıştırılacaksa <guibutton>Grafiksel "
-"ortam açılışta çalıştırılsın</guibutton> kutusunu işaretleyin. Aksi durumda "
-"sistem metin kipinde başlatılacaktır. Yine de grafik arayüzü elle başlatmak "
-"mümkün olacaktır. Bu ise 'startx' veya 'systemctl start dm' komutunu "
-"çalıştırarak yapılabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer ilk kutu işaretlenmiş ise, diğer iki seçeneğe erişilebilir, eğer "
-"sistemin hangi kullanıcının oturum açacağını (ve parola) sormaya devam "
-"etmesini istiyorsanız <guibutton>Hayır, otomatik oturum açma istemiyorum</"
-"guibutton> ya da  gerekliyse <guibutton>Evet, şununla (kullanıcı, masaüstü) "
-"otomatik oturum açmak istiyorum</guibutton> işaretleyin. Bu durumda ayrıca  "
-"<guilabel>Varsayılan kullanıcı adı</guilabel>nı ve <guilabel>Varsayılan "
-"masaüstü</guilabel>nü girmeniz gerekir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Önyükleme sistemini ayarlayın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"BIOS yerine bir UEFI sistem kullanıyorsanız kullanıcı arayüzü biraz "
-"farklıdır; çünkü önyükleme aygıtı EFI Sistem Bölümü (ESP)' dir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> önyükleme seçeneklerini "
-"(önyükleyici seçimi, parola konulması, öntanımlı önyükleme v.b.) "
-"ayarlamanızı sağlar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia Denetim Merkezi' ndeki Önyükleme sekmesinde \"Önyükleme sistemini "
-"ayarlayın\" etiketi altında bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer tam olarak ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bu aracı kullanmayın.Bazı "
-"ayarlarını değiştirerek makinenizin tekrar başlamasına engel olabilir!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Önyükleyici</guilabel> denilen ilk bölümde; BIOS kullanılıyorsa, "
-"Grub, Grub2 veya Lilo ve grafiksel veya metin tabanlı menü şeklinde hangi "
-"<guibutton>Önyükleyicinin kullanılacağı</guibutton>nı seçmek mümkündür. Bu "
-"sadece bir zevk meselesidir ve bir bedeli yoktur. Ayrıca, "
-"<guibutton>Önyükleme aygıtı</guibutton>nı da ayarlayabilirsiniz ancak bir "
-"uzman değilseniz burada hiç bir şeyi değiştirmeyin. Önyükleme aygıtı, "
-"önyükleyicinin kurulacağı sabit disk olup burada yapılacak herhangi bir "
-"değişikliğin makinenizin önyükleme yapmasını engelleyebileceğini unutmayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"UEFI sistemde, önyükleyici <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel>dir ve /boot/EFI "
-"disk bölümüne kuruludur. Bu FAT32 olarak biçimlendirilmiş disk bölümü kurulu "
-"tüm işletim sistemleri için ortaktır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Ana seçenekler</guilabel> olarak adlandırılan ikinci bölümde, "
-"saniye bazında <guibutton>Öntanımlı görüntünün yüklenmesinden önceki "
-"gecikme</guibutton>yi  ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu gecikme sırasında grub veya "
-"Lilo erişilebilir işletim sistemlerini listeleyecek ve bir seçim yapmanızı "
-"isteyecektir. Herhangi bir seçim yapılmamışsa gecikme sonlandığında ön "
-"tanımlı olanı yükleyecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Güvenlik</guibutton> olarak adlandırılan üçüncü ve son kısımda, "
-"önyükleyici için bir parola ayarlamak mümkündür. Böylece önyükleme sırasında "
-"önyükleme girdisini seçmek veya ayarları değiştirmek için bir kullanıcı adı "
-"ile parolası sorulur. Kullanıcı adı \"root\" ve parola da burada seçilendir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi ise bazı ek seçenekler sunar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI özelliğini etkinleştir:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) bir güç yönetimi standardıdır. "
-"Kullanılmayan aygıtları durdurarak, ki bu APM öncesinde kullanılan "
-"yöntemdir, enerji tasarrufu sağlayabilir. Donanımınız ACPI ile uyumlu ise bu "
-"seçeneği işaretleyin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>SMP özelliğini etkinleştir:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP, Simetrik Çoklu İşlemci teriminin kısaltmasıdır, çok çekirdekli "
-"işlemciler için bir mimaridir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"HyperThreading kullanan bir işlemciniz varsa, Mageia bunu bir çift işlemci "
-"olarak algılayacak ve SMP etkinleştirilecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>APIC etkinleştir</guibutton> ve <guibutton>Yerel APIC etkinleştir:"
-"</guibutton>Bu \"Kur önyükleme sistemi\" etiketli Mageia Kontrol Merkezi'nde "
-"Boot sekmesi altında bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi' nin kısaltmasıdır. Intel "
-"APIC sisteminde iki bileşen vardır, yerel APIC (LAPIC) ve I/O APIC. Bu "
-"sonuncusu, işlemcideki bir veya birden fazla yerel APIC'lerin çevre "
-"yollarından aldığı kesmeleri yönlendirir. Bu, çok çekirdekli işlemciler için "
-"oldukça yararlıdır. Bazı bilgisayarların APIC sistemi ile donmaların meydana "
-"gelmesi veya hatalı aygıt algılama (hata iletisi \"spurious 8259A interrupt: "
-"IRQ7\") gibi sorunları vardır. Bu durumda APIC ve/veya Yerel APIC devre dışı "
-"bırakılmalıdır."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> ekran seçtiğiniz önyükleyiciye göre farklı "
-"olacaktır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "Eski Grub veya Lilo kurulu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu durumda, önyükleme sırasında kullanılabilir durumdaki tüm girdilerin bir "
-"listesini görebilirsiniz. Öntanımlı olan yıldız ile işaretlidir. Menü "
-"girdilerinin sırasını değiştirmek için yukarı veya aşağı oklara tıklayarak "
-"seçili ögeyi kaydırabilirsiniz.<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> veya "
-"<guibutton>Düzenle</guibutton> düğmelerine tıklarsanız, yeni bir girdi "
-"eklemek veya mevcut olan bir tanesini değiştirmek için yeni bir pencere "
-"açılacaktır. Bu araçları kullanabilmek için Lilo veya Grub' a aşina olmanız "
-"gerekir. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Etiket</guilabel> alanı serbest biçimdedir. Buraya menüde "
-"görüntülenmesini istediğiniz şekilde yazın. Grub komutlarından \"title\" ile "
-"aynıdır. Örneğin: Mageia3"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Görüntü</guilabel> alanı çekirdek adını içerir. Grub komutu "
-"\"kernel\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Kök</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğin depolandığı aygıt adını içerir. "
-"Grub komutu \"root\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin (hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Sonuna ekle</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğe önyükleme anında verilen "
-"seçenekleri içerir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Öntanımlı</guilabel> kutucuğu işaretliyse, Grub öntanımlı olarak "
-"bu girdi ile önyükleme yapacaktır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> ekranında; açılır menüler yardımıyla "
-"<guilabel>Ekran kipi</guilabel>ni, bir <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dosyasını "
-"ve bir <guilabel>ağ profili</guilabel>ni seçmek mümkündür. Açılır menü "
-"listesinden <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>e bakın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"Grub2 veya Grub2-efi (önyükleyiciler, öntanımlı olarak Eski kipte ve UEFI "
-"kipinde kullanılırlar) kurulu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu durumda, <guibutton>Öntanımlı</guibutton> olarak etiketlenmiş açılır menü "
-"listesi tüm erişilebilir girdileri görüntüleyecektir. Öntanımlı olmasını "
-"istediğinizi tıklayarak seçin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Zaten bir işletim sistemi kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme "
-"menünüze eklemeyi dener. Bu davranışı istemiyorsanız <guilabel>Yabancı "
-"İşletim Sistemini Sorgula</guilabel> kutucuğundaki işareti kaldırın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> ekranında; açılır menüler yardımıyla "
-"<guilabel>Ekran kipi</guilabel>ni seçmek mümkündür. Önyüklenebilir Mageia "
-"istemiyor fakat bir başka İşletim Sistemi'nden zincirleme yüklemek "
-"istiyorsanız <guibutton>ESP veya MBR' ye Dokunma</guibutton> kutucuğunu "
-"işaretleyin ve çıkacak uyarıyı kabul edin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"ESP veya MBR üzerine yüklememek bir başka işletim sisteminden zincirleme "
-"yükleme yapılmadıkça kurulumun önyükleme yapamayacağı anlamına gelmektedir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Diğer bir çok parametreyi ayarlamak için Mageia depolarında bulunan "
-"<emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis> aracını kullanabilirsiniz (aşağıya "
-"bakın)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Hata raporları için günlükleri ve sistem bilgileri topla"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</"
-"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından "
-"başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu komutun çıktısını bir dosyaya yazdırmanız tavsiye edilir, örneğin "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis> komutu "
-"ile yapabilirsiniz. Fakat yeterli disk boşluğunuzun bulunduğundan emin olun: "
-"bu dosya kolaylıkla birkaç GB boyutunda olabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Çıktı, gereksiz bölümleri silmeden hata raporuna eklemek için çok çok fazla "
-"büyük."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Bu komut sisteminizden şu bilgileri toplar:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "disk bölümleri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "mageia sürümü"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu yardım sayfası yazıldığı sıralarda, bu komutun \"syslog\" bölümü boştu, "
-"çünkü bu araç systemd geçişine göre düzeltilmemişti. Eğer hala boşsa, "
-"\"syslog\" u (kök olarak) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis> komutuyla alabilirsiniz. Yeterince boş alanınız "
-"yoksa, bunun yerine örneğin son 5000 satır kaydı şu komutla alabilirsiniz: "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Mageia Hata Bildirme Aracı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Genellikle bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir Mageia aracı "
-"çöktüğünde otomatik olarak başlar. Bununla birlikte, bir hata raporunu "
-"doldurduktan sonra sizden bu aracı çalıştırmanız ve böylece bazı bilgileri "
-"sağlamanız istenebilir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer yeni bir hata raporunun dosyalanması gerekiyorsa ve buna alışkın "
-"değilseniz, \"Raporla\" düğmesine tıklamadan önce lütfen <link xlink:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Bir hata raporu "
-"Nasıl uygun bir şekilde raporlanır</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Hatanın başka bir kullanıcı tarafından daha önce raporlanması durumunda "
-"(öyleyse drakbug'ın verdiği hata mesajı aynıdır), ayrıca gördüğünüz hata "
-"raporuna ek yorumlar yapmanız faydalı olur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Tarih ve saati yönet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</"
-"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Merkezi "
-"Sistem sekmesinde  <guilabel>\"Tarih ve saati yönet\"</guilabel> etiketi ile "
-"bulunur. Bazı masaüstü ortamlarında görev çubuğundaki saatin üstüne sağ "
-"tıklayıp / Tarih ve saati ayarla ... ile ayarlamak mümkündür."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Bu çok kolay bir araçtır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"Sol üst bölümde <emphasis role=\"bold\">takvim</emphasis> bulunur. "
-"Yukarıdaki ekran görüntüsünde Eylül (sol üstte),  (sağ üstte), 2 (mavi) ve "
-"Pazar. Ayı (ya da yılı) Eylül'ün (ya da 2012'nin) iki tarafında da bulunan "
-"küçük oka tıklayarak seçiniz. Günü rakamına tıklayarak seçiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"Sol altta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ağ zaman Protokolü</emphasis> "
-"eşzamanlanıyor, bit sunucu ile eşzamanlanarak daima dakik bir saate sahip "
-"olmak mümkündür. <guilabel>Ağ Zaman Protokolünü Etkinleştir</guilabel>i "
-"işaretleyin ve en yakın sunucuyu seçin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Sağ tarafta <emphasis role=\"bold\">saat</emphasis> bulunur. Eğer NTP "
-"etkinleştirilmişse saati ayarlamak faydasızdır. Üç kutu saati, dakikayı ve "
-"saniyeyi (ekran görüntüsünde 15, 28 ve 22) gösterir. Saati doğru olarak "
-"ayarlamak için küçük okları kullanın. Burada biçim değiştirilemez, bunun "
-"için masaüstü ortamınızın ayarlarına bakınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"En azından, sağ altta, <guibutton>Saat Dilimini Değiştir</guibutton> "
-"düğmesine tıklayarak ve listeden en yakın yerleşim yerini seçerek zaman "
-"diliminizi seçin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araçtan bir tarih ve saat biçimi seçemek mümkün olmasa bile, "
-"masaüstünüzde yerelleştirme ayarlarınızla uyumlu olarak gösterilecektir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Bir bağlantıyı kaldır"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --"
-"del</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Burada, bir ağ arabirimini silebilirsiniz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aşağı açılır menüye tıklayın, kaldırmak istediğinizi seçin ve "
-"<emphasis>sonraki</emphasis>ye tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Ağ arayüzünün başarılı bir şekilde silindiğini söyleyen bir mesaj "
-"göreceksiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Yeni bir ağ arayüzü kur (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</"
-"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> yerel ağın ve İnternet "
-"erişiminin büyük kısmını yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Erişim sağlayıcınızdan "
-"veya ağ yöneticinizden bazı bilgileri almak zorundasınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Ayarlamak istediğiniz bağlantı türünü, hangi donanıma ve sağlayıcıya sahip "
-"olduğunuza bağlı olarak, seçiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Yeni bir kablolu bağlantı (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi "
-"seçiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere "
-"verilir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "Otomatik IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu "
-"tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz "
-"gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. "
-"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME "
-"belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
-"ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini "
-"DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP "
-"sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL "
-"yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Gelişmiş düğmesi, şunları belirtme fırsatı verir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Alan tara (DHCP sunucu tarafından sağlandığından erişilebilir değil)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "DHCP istemci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP zamanaşımı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işaretli): NIS sunucuyu belirt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "DHCP'den NTPD sunucuyu getir (saat eşzamanlaması)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP taraından istenen HOSTNAME . Bu seçeneği sadece DHCP sunucunun "
-"istemcinin IP adresi almasından önce alanadına gereksinim duyması durumunda "
-"kullanınız. Bu seçenek bazı DHCP sunucular tarafından yerine getirilmez."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantı yapaılandırmaları için ortak olan son "
-"adım açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Elle yapılandırma"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek "
-"zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer "
-"hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
-"ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ "
-"maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS "
-"sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu "
-"genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız \"splash\" olarak "
-"isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı \"splash.boatanchor.net\" ise, Arama "
-"Alanı \"boatanchor.net\" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı "
-"tanımlamamak normaldir. Yine evdeki ADSLiniz bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Bir sonraki adımlar <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>'da açıklanır"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Yeni bir Uydu bağlantısı (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına "
-"yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile "
-"iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Yeni bir kablolu modem bağlantısı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Kimlik kontrolü metodunu belirtmek zorundasınız:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Hiçbiri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (Telstra için gerekli). Bu durumda Kullanıcı adını ve parolayı "
-"sağlamalısınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kablolu/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu "
-"tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz "
-"gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. "
-"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME "
-"belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
-"ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini "
-"DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP "
-"sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL "
-"yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kablo/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek zorundasınız. "
-"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME "
-"belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan "
-"olarak verilecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu "
-"genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız \"splash\" olarak "
-"isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı \"splash.boatanchor.net\" ise, Arama "
-"Alanı \"boatanchor.net\" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı "
-"tanımlamamak normaldir. Yine evdeki bağlantınız bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Yeni bir DSL bağlantısı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer araç ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu "
-"yapılandırmanızı önerir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. "
-"Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</"
-"guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Mümkün olan protokollerden birini seçiniz:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Değişen Makine Yapılandırma Protokolü (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Elle TCP/IP yapılandırması"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "ADSL üzerinden PPP (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "Ethernet üzerinden PPP (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Noktadan Noktaya Borulama Protokolü (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Erişim ayarları"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Oturum Hesabı (kullanıcı adı)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Hesap parolası"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Gelişmiş) Sanal Yol Kimliği (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Gelişmiş) Sanal Şebeke Kimliği (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Yeni bir ISDN bağlantısı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Sihirbaz hangi cihazı yapılandıracağını sorar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Elle seçim (dahili ISDN kartı)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Harici ISDN modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir donanım listesi sunulmuş, kategori ve üreticisine göre sınıflandırılmış. "
-"Kartınızı seçiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Avrupa hariç, dünyanın geri kalanı için protokol  (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Avrupa için protokol (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Sonra ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. "
-"Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</"
-"guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. "
-"Sonra parametreler için sorulcaktır:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Bağlanrı ismi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Telefon numarası"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "Oturum ID"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Kimlik Denetimi yöntemi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Bundan sonra IP adresinizi otomatik mi yoksa elle mi elde ettiğinizi "
-"seçmeniz gerekir. Eğer ikincisiyse IP adresi ve Altağ maskesini belirtin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Sonraki metod DNS sunucu adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya "
-"elle, seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda şunları girmelisiniz:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Alanadı ismi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Birinci ve ikinci DNS Sunucu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer makineadı IP ile ayarlanıp ayarlanmadığını seçiniz. Bunu sadece "
-"sağlayıcınızın bunu kabul edecek şekilde yapılandırıldığından eminseniz "
-"seçin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Sonraki metod ağgeçidi adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya elle, "
-"seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda IP adresini girmelisiniz:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Yeni bir kablosuz bağlantı (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri ve Windows sürücüleri için bir girdi "
-"(ndiswrapper) listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi seçiniz. ndiswrapper'ı "
-"sadece diğer yapılandırma metodları işe yaramadığında kullanın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu adımda kartın algıladığı farklı erişim noktaları arasında seçim verilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Kablosuz kart için sağlanacak belirli parametreler:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "İşlem modu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Yönetildi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Varolan bir erişim noktasına erişmek için (çoğunlukla)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Bilgisayarlar arasındaki doğrudan bağlantıyı yapılandırmak için."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Ağ İsmi (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr "Şifreleme modu: Erişim noktasının nasıl yapılandırıldığına bağlıdır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "Eğer donanımınız izin veriyor ise şifreleme modu tercih edilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Bazı eski donanımlar sadece bu şifreleme metodunu kullanır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Şifreleme anahtarı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Bu genellikle erişim noktasına verilen donanım ile sağlanır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere "
-"verilir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu tarafından mı "
-"yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz gerekir. "
-"İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın "
-"HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse "
-"varsayılan olarak localhost.localdomain ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP "
-"sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> "
-"seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işareli): NIS sunucuları belirt"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantılar için ortak olan adım "
-"açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu açıklamak zorundasınız. "
-"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME "
-"belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan "
-"olarak verilecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ "
-"maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS "
-"sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Gelişmiş ayarlarda <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirsiniz. Bu, "
-"makineadınıza ilk isim olmadan görünmelidir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Yeni bir  GPRS/Edge/3G bağlantısı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer araç kablosuz ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu "
-"yapılandırmanızı önerir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "PIN numarası isteniyor. PIN numarası gerekmiyorsa boş bırakın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sihirbaz ağı soruyor. Eğer bulunmamışsa <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> "
-"seçeneğini seçin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Erişim ayarlarını sağlayın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Erişim Noktası İsmi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Yeni bir Blurtooth Çevirmeli Ağ bağlantısı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Yeni bir Analog telefon modem bağlantısı (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Elle seçim"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Donanım bulundu, eğer varsa."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Bir port listesi sunuldu. Portunuzu seçiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer hala kurulmadıysa,  <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> paketini "
-"kurmanız önerilir"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. "
-"Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</"
-"guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. "
-"Sonra Çevirmeli seçenekleri sorulcaktır:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Bağlantı ismi</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Telefon numarası</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Oturum ID</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Parola</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kimlik Denetimi</emphasis>, seçiniz:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Betik Tabanlı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Uçbirim-tabanlı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Yapılandırma sonlandırılıyor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Bir sonraki adımda belirtebilecekleriniz:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kullanıcının yapılandırmayı yönetmesine izin ver</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Bağlantıyı önyükleme sırasında başlat</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Trafik muhasebesini etkinleştir</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin ver</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"Kablosuz bağlantı durumunda, tamamlayıcı bir kutu, sinyal gücüne göre "
-"otomatik olarak erişim noktasını değiştiren <emphasis>Erişim noktası "
-"dolaşımına izin ver</emphasis> bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Gelişmiş düğmesiyle, şunları belirtebilirsiniz:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Metrik (varsayılan 10)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Çalışırken tak-çıkar Ağ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "IPv6' dan IPv4 tünellemeyi etkinleştir"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Son adım bağlantının hemen başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını belirtmenizi sağlar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Yönetici olarak bir komut satırı açın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</"
-"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> doğrudan root olarak bir uç "
-"birim açmanızı sağlar. Bununla ilgili daha fazla bilgiye ihtiyacınız "
-"olmadığını düşünüyoruz. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Disk bölümlerini yönet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk veya diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında ve root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</"
-"emphasis> veya <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> yazarak "
-"başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> çok kuvvetlidir, küçücük "
-"bir hata veya bir kedinin klavyenizin üzerinde dolaşması bir bölmümdeki tüm "
-"verileri kaybatmenize veya hatta tüm sabit diskin silinmesine yol açabilir. "
-"Bu yüzden araç ekranının en üstünde yukarıdaki ekranı göreceksiniz. Devam "
-"etmek istediğinize emin değilseniz <emphasis>Çıkış</emphasis>a tıklayınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer birden fazla sabit diskiniz varsa, doğru sekmeyi seçerek (sda, sdb, sdc "
-"vb.) üzerinde çalışmak istediğiniz sabit diske geçebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Sabit diskinizi tercihlerinize göre ayarlamak için bir çok işlem arasından "
-"seçim yapabilirsiniz. Tüm sabit diski silme, bölme ya da birleştirme, "
-"yeniden boyutlandırma ya da dosya sistemini değiştirme, biçimlendirme ya da "
-"bir bölümde ne olduğunu görüntüleme: hepsi mümkün. En alttaki "
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Tümünü temizle</guibutton></emphasis> düğmesi tüm diski "
-"silmek içindir, sağ taraftaki diğer düğmeler bir bölüme tıkladığınızda "
-"görünür olur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir UEFI sisteminiz varsa, \"EFI Sistem Disk Bölümü\" olarak adlandırılan "
-"ve /boot/EFI altına bağlanan ufak bir disk bölümü görürsünüz. Bunu hiçbir "
-"koşulda silmeyin; çünkü tüm işletim sistemlerinizin önyükleyicilerini "
-"içermektedir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer seçilen bölüm bağlanmışsa, aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi, yeniden "
-"boyutlandırmayı, biçimlendirmeyi veya silmeyi seçemezsiniz. Bunun için önce "
-"bölümün ayırılması gerekir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "Bir bölümün sadece sağ tarafını yeniden boyutlandırmak mümkündür."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Bölüm türünü değiştirmek için (örneğin ext3'den ext4'e) bölümü silmeli ve "
-"yeniden oluşturmalısınız. Boş bir bölüm seçildiğinde <guibutton role=\"bold"
-"\">Oluştur</guibutton> düğmesi görünecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "Varolmayan bir bağlama noktaı seçebilirsiniz, oluşturulacaktır."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Uzman moduna geç</guibutton></emphasis> seçilerek, "
-"aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsünde görüldüğü gibi, bölümü etiketleme gibi bazı ek "
-"işlemler gelir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Görüntü yöneticisini ayarla"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Burada<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> masaüstü ortamınızda oturum "
-"açmak için hangi görüntü yöneticisini kullanacağınızı seçebilirsiniz. Sadece "
-"sisteminize uygun olanlar gösterilecektir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Çoğu kullanıcı sadece sağlanan oturum açma ekranının farklı olduğuna dikkat "
-"eder. Bununla birlikte, sağlanan özelliklerde de farklılıklar bulunur. LXDM "
-"düşük yoğunluklu bir görüntü yöneticisidir, SDDM ve GDM daha fazla ek "
-"özelliğe sahiptir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı ayarlayın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim "
-"Merkezindeki Güvenlik sekmesinde \"Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı ayarlayın\" "
-"etiketiyle bulunur. \"Sistem güvenliğini, yetkileri ve denetimi yapılandır\" "
-"kısmının ilk sekmesindekiyle aynı araçtır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Temel bir güvenlik duvarı Mageia tarafından kurulmuştur. Dışarıdan gelen tüm "
-"bağlantılar eğer yetkilendirilmemişse bloklanır. Yukarıdaki ilk ekranda dış "
-"bağlantı girişimlerinin kabul edildiği servisleri seçebilirsiniz. "
-"Güvenliğiniz için, eğer güvenlik duvarını devre dışı bırakmak "
-"istemiyorsanız, ilk kutunun - <guilabel>Herşey (güvenlik duvarı yok)</"
-"guilabel> - işaretini kaldırın, ve gerekli servisleri işaretleyin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Açılacak port numaralarını elle girmek mümkündür. <guibutton>Gelişmiş</"
-"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınca yeni bir pencere açılır. <guilabel>Diğer "
-"portlar</guilabel> alanında gerekli portları aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi "
-"giriniz:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp : port 80 tcp protokolünü aç"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : 24000'den 24010'e kadar tüm udp protokolü portlarını aç"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Listelenen portlar boşlukla ayırılmış olmalı."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer <guilabel>Güvenlik duvarı mesajlarını sistem günlüklerine kaydet</"
-"guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmişse, güvenlik duvar mesajı sistem günlüklerine "
-"kaydedilir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Konağa özel servisleriniz yoksa (web veya e-posta, sunucu, dosya "
-"paylaşımı, ...) hiçbirini işaretlememiz mümkündür, hatta tavsiye edilir. Bu "
-"sizin İnternete bağlanmanızı engellemez."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir sonraki ekran Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı seçeneklerini halleder. Bu "
-"özellik, eğer en azından ilk kutu<guilabel>Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı "
-"kullan </guilabel> işaretlenmişse, bağlantı girişimleri ile ilgili uyarı "
-"almanızı sağlar. Eğer portlar taranacaksa (bazı yerlerdeki hataları bulmak "
-"için ve makineyi girmek için) ikinci kutuyu işaretleyin. Üçüncüden itibaren "
-"her kutu ilk ekranda açtığınız bir porta karşılık gelir; aşağıdaki ekran "
-"görüntüsünde, böyle iki kutu bulunur: SSH sunucu ve 80:150/tcp. Bu portlara "
-"her bağlantı girişimide uyarı almak için bunları işaretleyin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr "Bu uyarılar ağ applet'i tarafından açılan pencere ile verilir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Son ekranda, hangi ağ arayüzlerinin İnternete bağlanacağını ve korumalı "
-"olması gerektiğini. Bir kez TAMAM düğmesi tıklandığında gerekli paketler "
-"indirilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Hangisini seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, MCC sekmesinde Ağ &amp; İnternet "
-"bakınız, Yeni bir Ağ arayüzü kur'u seçiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Yazıtiplerini ekleyin, silin ve yönetin. Windows (TM) yazıtiplerini içe "
-"aktarın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</"
-"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur. "
-"Bilgisayarınızda bulunan yazıtiplerini yönetmenize izin verir. Yukarıdaki "
-"ana ekranda şunlar gösterilmektedir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "kurulu yazıtipi isimleri, biçemleri ve boyutları."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "seçilen yazıtipinin önizlemesi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "buradaki bazı düğmeler daha sonra açıklanmıştır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows Yazı Tiplerini Al: </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu düğme otomatik olarak Windows disk bölümünde bulunan yazıtiplerini ekler."
-"Microsoft Windows bilgisayarınızda kurulu olmalıdır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Seçenekler:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu, hangi uygulamaların veya aygıtların (çoğunlukla yazıcılar) yazıtiplerini "
-"kullanabileceklerini belirlemenizi sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kaldır:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu düğme kurulu yazıtiplerinin kaldırılması ve muhtemelen yer kazanılması "
-"içindir. Yazıtiplerini kaldırırken dikkatli olun; çünkü onları kullanan "
-"belgelere ciddi sonuçlar doğurabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Al:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Üçüncü şahıs kaynaklarından (CD, internet, ...) yazıtiplerini eklemenizi "
-"sağlar. Desteklenen biçimler ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ve gsf'dir. <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Al</emphasis> düğmesine ve sonra <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekle</"
-"emphasis>ye tıklayın. Kurulacak yazıtiplerini seçebileceğiniz bir dosya "
-"yöneticisi açılır. Yazıtiplerini seçtiğinizde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kur</"
-"emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın. Seçilen yazıtipleri /usr/share/fonts dizinine "
-"kurulurlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer yeni kurulmuş (ya da kaldırılmış) yazıtileri Drakfont ana ekranında "
-"görünmüyorsa, değişiklikleri görmek için Drakfont aracını kapatıp yeniden "
-"açın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Ebeveyn Denetimi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</"
-"emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
-"<guilabel>Ebeveyn Denetimi</guilabel> sekmesinde bulunur. Bu etiketi "
-"görmüyor iseniz drakguard paketini kurmalısınız (varsayılan olarak kurulmaz)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Sunum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard bilgisayarınızda kimin neyi günün hangi saatinde yapabileceğini "
-"sınırlandıran ebeveyn denetimini yapılandırmak için kolay bir yoldur. "
-"Drakguard'ın üç kullanışlı özelliği vardır:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Web erişimini belirli kullanıcılar için günün belirli zamanlarında sınırlar. "
-"Bunu Mageia içinde kurulu shorewall güvenlik duvarını kontrol ederek yapar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Belirli komutların belirli kullanıcılar tarafından çalıştırılmasını "
-"engeller, bu sayede sadece izin verdiklerinizi çalıştırabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Web sayfalarına erişimi hem elle tanımlanmış karaliste/beyazliste yoluyla, "
-"hem de web site içerğine dayalı bir şekilde dinamik olarak sınırlar. "
-"Drakkguard bunu yapmak için lider açık kaynaklı ebeveyn denetimi engelleyici "
-"DansGuardian kullanır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Ebeveyn Denetimi Yapılandırılıyor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer bilgisayarınızda Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS biçiminde biçimlendirilmiş "
-"bir sabit disk bölümü varsa, bölünleriniz üzerinde ACL'i yapılandırmayı "
-"öneren bir açılır pencere göreceksiniz. ACL'in açılımı Erişim Kontrol "
-"Listeleridir, ve Linux çekirdeğinin tekil dosyaların erişimini belirli "
-"kullanıcılarla sınırlandıran bir özelliidir. ACL Ext4 ve Btrfs içine inşa "
-"edilmiştir fakat Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS'de bir seçenek ile "
-"etkinleştirilmelidir. Eğer 'Evet'i seçerseniz drakguard tüm bölümleri ACL "
-"destekli yapılandıracaktır ve size yeniden başlatmayı önerecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ebeveyn kontrolünü etkinleştir</guibutton>: İşaretlenmişse, "
-"ebeveyn kontrolü etkiinleştirilir ve <guilabel>Programları engelle</"
-"guilabel> sekmesi açılır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Tüm ağ trafiğini engelle</guibutton>: Eğer işaretlenmişse, tüm "
-"web sayfaları engellenir. Aksi durumda karalistede sekmesindekiler hariç tüm "
-"web sayfalarına izin verilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kullanıcı erişimi</guibutton>: Sol taraftaki kullanıcılar "
-"tanımladığınız kurallara bağlı olarak erişim sınırlandırmalarına sahip "
-"olacaktır. Sağ taraftaki kullanıcılar sınırlandırılmamış erişime sahip "
-"olacaktır, böylece yetişkin kullanıcılar güçlük yaşamayacaktır. Sol taraftan "
-"bir kullanıcı seçiniz ve onu izin verilen kullanıcılara eklemek için  "
-"<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. Sağ taraftan bir kullanıcı "
-"seçiniz ve onu izin verilmiş kullanıcılardan çıkartmak için "
-"<guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Zaman denetimi:</guibutton> Eğer işaretlenmişse, internet "
-"erişimine  <guilabel>Başlangıç</guilabel> zamanı ve <guilabel>Bitiş</"
-"guilabel> zamanı arasında izin verilir. It is totally blocked outside these "
-"time window. Bu zamandilimi dışında tamamen engellenir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Karaliste/Beyazliste sekmesi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"En üstte ilk alanda web sayfası URL'sini girin ve  <guibutton>Ekle</"
-"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Programları Engelle Sekmesi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Tanımlanan Uygulamaları Engelle</guibutton>: Belirli "
-"uygulamaların erişimini sınırlandırmak için ACL kullanımını etkinleştirir. "
-"Engellemek istediğiniz uygulamaların yolunu ekleyin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Engelsiz Kullanıcılar listesi</guibutton>: Sağ tarafta listelenen "
-"kullanıcılar acl engellemesine tabi değildir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "İnternet bağlantısını diğer yerel makinelerle paylaşın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Prensipler"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Bu Internet (2) erişimi olan ve "
-"ayrıca yerel bir ağa (1)  bağlı bir bilgisayarınız (3) olduğunda "
-"kullanışlıdır. Bilgisayarı (3) erişimi yerel ağdaki (1) diğer iş "
-"istasyonlarına (5) ve (6) vermek için ağ geçidi olarak kullanabilirsiniz. "
-"Bunun için, ağ geçidinin iki arayüzü olmalıdır; birincisi ethernet kartı "
-"gibi, yerel ağa bağlı olmalı, ve ikincisi (4) İnternete (2) bağlı olmalı."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"İlk adım ağ ve İnternete erişimin <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> "
-"belgesinde anlatıldığı gibi ayarlandığını doğrulamaktır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Ağ geçidi sihirbazı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Sihirbaz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aşağıda gösterilen ardıl "
-"adımları önerir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer sihirbaz en azında iki arayüz algılamazsa, bunun hakkında uyarır ve ağ "
-"ve donanım yapılandırmasını durdurmayı ister."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"İnternet bağlantısı için kullanılan arayüzü belirtin. Sihirbaz otomatik "
-"olarak arayüzlerden birini önerir, fakat önerilenin doğru olduğunu kontrol "
-"etmeniz gerekir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Lan erişimi için hangi arayüzün kullanılacağını belirtin. Sihirbaz ayrıca "
-"bir tane önerir, doğru olduğunu kontrol edin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Sihirbaz, IP adresi, ağ maskesi ve alan adı gibi, yerel ağ için parametreler "
-"önerir. Bu parametrenin yapılandırmanızla uygun olduğunu kontrol edin. Bu "
-"değerleri kabul etmeniz tavsiye edilir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"bilgisayarın bir DNS sunucu olarak kullanılmak zorunda olup olmadığını "
-"belirtin. Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>bind</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu kontrol "
-"eder. Aksi durumda, DNS sunucunun adresini belirtmeniz gerekir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"bilgisayarın bir DHCP sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını belirtin. "
-"Evet ise, sihirbaz <code>dhcp-server</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder "
-"ve DHCP aralığındaki başlangıç ve bitiş adresleri ile yapılandırmayı önerir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"bilgisayarın vekil sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını belirtin. "
-"Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>squid</code>in kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder ve, "
-"yönetici adresi (admin@mydomain.com), vekil sunucu ismi  "
-"(myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) ve önbellek boyutu (100 Mb) ile "
-"yapılandırmayı önerir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Son adım ağ geçidi olan makinanın yazıcılara bağlı olup olmadığını ve onları "
-"paylaşıp paylaşmayacağını işaretlemenizi sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Güvenlik duvarının aktif olup olmadığını kontrol etmeniz gerektiği hakkında "
-"uyarılacaksınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "İstemciyi yapılandır"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Ağ geçidi makinasını DHCP ile yapılandırdıysanız, tek gerekli olan ağ "
-"yapılandırma aracında adresi otomatik olarak aldığınızı (DHCP kullanarak) "
-"belirtmenizdir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer ağ parametrelerini elle belirtmeliyseniz, özellikle ağ geçidi olarak "
-"görev yapan makinanın IĞ-adresini ağ geçidi olarak girmelisiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Bağlantıyı paylaşmayı durdur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia bilgisayarında paylaşımı durdurmak isterseniz, aracı çalıştırın. "
-"Bağlantıyı yeniden yapılandırmanızı veya ppaylaşımı durdurmayı önerecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Konakların tanımlaması"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</"
-"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer ağınızdaki bazı sistemlerde size hizmet veriyorsa, ve sabit IP-"
-"adresleri varsa, bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> onlara "
-"kolaylıkla ulaşmak için isim vermenizi sağlar. Sonra IP-adresleri yerine "
-"isimleri kullanabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu düğme ile, sisteminiz için bir isim eklersiniz. IP-adresini, sistem için "
-"makina adını, ve seçimlik olarak makina adı ile benzer şekilde kullanılan "
-"bir mahlas belirteceğiniz bir pencere çıkacak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Daha önce tanımlanan bir girdinin parametrelerine erişebilirsiniz. Aynı "
-"pencere karşınıza çıkacak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Ağ arayüzleri ve güvenlik duvarı için gelişmiş kurulum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına "
-"yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile "
-"iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</"
-"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Ağ Merkezi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</"
-"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
-"Ağ &amp; İnternet sekmesinde bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç çalıştırıldığında bir pencere açılır, bilgisayardaki yapılandırılmış "
-"tüm ağları türlerine bağlı olmaksızın (kablolu, kablosuz, uydu, vb.) "
-"listeler.Birine tıkladığınızda, ağ türüne bağlı olarak, ağı gözlemek, "
-"ayarlarını değiştirmek, bağlanmak/bağlantıyı kesmek için üç ya da dört düğme "
-"ortaya çıkar.Bu araç ağ oluşturmak için değildir, bunun için aynı MDM "
-"sekmesinde <guilabel>Yeni bir ağ arayüzü kur (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</"
-"guilabel> e bakınız."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"Aşağıda örnek olarak verilen ekran görüntüsünde, iki ağ görüyoruz, ilki "
-"kablolu ve bağlı, <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"simgesinden anlaşılabilir ( bu bağlanmamış <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) ve ikinci bölüm kablosuz ağı gösterir, "
-"bağlanmamış olduğu <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> "
-"simgesinden anlaşılabilir ve eğer bağlanmışsa bu <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Diğer ağ türleri için, renk kodu daima "
-"aynıdır, bağlıysa yeşil, bağlı değilse kırmızı."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"Ekranın kablosuz tarafında, tüm algılanan aygıtları, <guilabel>SSID</"
-"guilabel>, <guilabel>Sinyal gücü</guilabel>, şifrelenmişlerse (kırmızı) veya "
-"değilse (yeşil), ve <guilabel>İşlem modu</guilabel> ile görebileceksiniz. "
-"Seçilmiş olana tıklayın ve sonra ya <guibutton>Ekran</guibutton>, ya "
-"<guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> veya <guibutton>Bağlan</guibutton>a "
-"tıklayın. Burada bir ağdan diğerine gitmek mümkündür. Eğer özel bir ağ "
-"seçilmişse, Ağ Ayarları penceresi (aşağıya bakınız) açılacak ve ek ayarları "
-"soracaktır ( özellikle bir şifreleme anahtarı)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Ekranı yenilemek için <guibutton>Yenileye</guibutton> tıklayınız."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "İzleme düğmesi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu düğme ağ etkinliğini, indirmeleri (PC'ye gelen, kırmızı ile) ve "
-"yüklemeleri (İnternet'e doğru, yeşille) izlemenizi sağlar. Aynı ekrana "
-"<guimenu>Görev çubuğu İnternet simgesi -> Ağı Görüntüle</guimenu> ile de "
-"erişilebilir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Her bir ağ (burada eth0 kablolu ağ, lo yerel loopback ve wlan0 kablosuz "
-"ağdır) için bir sekme ve bağlantı durumunun detaylarını veren bir sekme "
-"bulunur. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Pencerenin altında <guilabel>Trafik muhasebesi</guilabel> başlığı var, buna "
-"bir sonraki bölümde bakacağız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Yapılandırma düğmesi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Kablolu bir bağlantı için</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Ağ oluşturma sürecinde verilen tüm ayarları değiştirmek mümkündür. Çoğu "
-"zaman, <guibutton>Otomatik IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</"
-"guibutton>yi işaretlemek bunu yapar, fakat problem durumunda, elle "
-"yapılandırma daha iyi sonuçlar verir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir ev ağı için <guilabel>IP adresi</guilabel> genellikle 92.168.0.x, "
-"<guilabel>Ağ maskesi</guilabel> 255.255.255.0, ve <guilabel>Ağ Geçidi</"
-"guilabel> gibidir ve  <guilabel>DNS sunucular</guilabel> sağlayıcınızın web "
-"sayfasından elde edilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Trafik muhasebesini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretlenmiş ise bu "
-"trafiği saatlik, günlük ve aylık olarak tutar. Sonuç önceki bölümde "
-"anlatılan Ağ ekranında görünür. Etkinleştirildiğinde ağa tekrar bağlanmanız "
-"gerekir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin "
-"ver:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Gelişmiş Düğmesi:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Kablosuz bir bağlantı için</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Sadece henüz yukarıda görünmeyen öğeler açıklanmıştır."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">İşlem modu:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer bağlantı erişim noktası vasıtası ileyse <guilabel>Yönetilmiş</"
-"guilabel>i eçiniz, algılanmış bir <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> "
-"bulunur. Eğer eşler arası bir ağ ise <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel>u seçiniz. "
-"Eğer ağ kartınız erişim noktası olarak kullanılıyorsa <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Asıl</emphasis>ı seçiniz, ağ kartınızın bu modu desteklemesi "
-"gerekmektedir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Şifreleme modu ve Şifreleme anahtarı</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Bu özel bir ağ ise, bu ayarları bilmelisiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> parola kullanır ve parola-cümleciği kullanan "
-"WPA'dan daha zayıftır. <guilabel>WPA Ön-paylaşımlı anahtar</guilabel> ayrıca "
-"kişisel WPA ya da WPA ev olarak adlandırılır. <guilabel>WPA Kurum</guilabel> "
-"özel ağlarda genellikle kullanılmaz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erişim noktası dolaşımına izin ver</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Dolaşım, bilgisayarın İnternet bağlantısı devam ederken erişim noktasını "
-"değiştirmesini sağlayan bir teknolojidir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Gelişmiş Ayarlar düğmesi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Farklı Ağ profillerini yönet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">draknetprofile</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Sürücü ve dizinleri NFS kullanarak paylaşın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Ön gereksinimler"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</"
-"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Sihirbaz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ilk kez çalıştırıldığında "
-"şu mesajı gösterir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "nfs-utils paketinin kurulması gerekiyor. Kurulmasını ister misiniz?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"Kurulum tamamlandıktan sonra boş bir liste içeren bir pencere gösterilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Ana pencere"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Paylaşılan dizinler listesi gösterilir. Bu adımda, liste boştur. "
-"<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesi bir yapılandırma aracına erişim verir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Girdiyi değiştir"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Yapılandırma aracı \"Girdiyi değiştir\" ile etiketlenmiştir. Bu ayrıca "
-"<guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton> düğmesiyle de çalıştırılabilir. Takip eden "
-"parametreler kullanılabilir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "NFS Dizini"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Burada hangi dizinin paylaşılacağını belirtebilirsiniz. <guibutton>Dizin</"
-"guibutton> düğmesi gözatmanızı ve seçmenizi sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Konak erişimi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Burada paylaşılan dizinlere erişim yetkisine sahip konakları "
-"belirtebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "NFS istemciler çeşitli şekillerde belirtilebilir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>tekil makina</emphasis>: ya çözücü tarafından algılanan bir "
-"kısaltılmış isim ya da tam sınıflandırılmış alan adı veya bir IP adresi olan "
-"bir makinadır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>netgrupları</emphasis>: NIS netgrupları @group olarak verilebilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>joker karakterler</emphasis>: makina ismi * ve ? joker "
-"karakterleri içerebilir. Örnek: *.cs.foo.edu cs.foo.edu alanındaki tüm "
-"makinalarla eşleşir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP ağları</emphasis>: ayrıca dizinleri tüm makinalara IP "
-"(alt-)ağları üzerinden sırasıyla dışa aktarabilirsiniz. Örneğin, ya "
-"`/255.255.252.0' ya da `/22' ağ temel adresine eklenir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Kullanıcı Kimlik Haritalaması"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>root kullanıcısını anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: uid/gid "
-"0'dan gelen istekleri  anonymous uid/gid (root_squash)'e haritalar. "
-"istemciden root kullanıcısı sunucudaki root tarafından oluştuulmuş dosyalara "
-"yazamaz ve okuyamaz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>uzaktan gerçek root erişimine izin ver</emphasis>: kök "
-"sıkıştırmayı kaldırır. Bu seçenek temel olarak disksiz istemcilerde "
-"(no_root_squash) uygundur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>tüm kullanıcıları anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: tüm uidleri "
-"ve gidleri anonim kullanıcı (all_squash) olarak haritalar. NFS-dışa "
-"aktarılmış umumi FTP dizinleri, haber spool dizinleri, vb. için "
-"kullanışlıdır. Karşıt seçenek, hiçbir UID haritalama (no_all_squash) "
-"varsayılan ayardır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid ve anongid</emphasis>: anonim hesabın uid ve gid'sini "
-"kesin bir şekilde aayrlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Gelişmiş seçenekler"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Güvenli Bağlantı</emphasis>: bu seçenek IPPORT_RESERVED (1024)'den "
-"daha düşük bir internet portu kökenli istekleri gerektirir. Bu seçenek ön "
-"tanımlı olarak etkindir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Sadece-okunabilir paylaşım</emphasis>: Bu NFS bölümünde ya sadece "
-"okuma veya hem okuma hem de yazma isteklerine izin ver. Ön tanımlı davranış, "
-"dosya sisteminde değişiklik yapan istekleri engellemektir. Bu ayrıac bu "
-"seçenek kullanılarak kesinleştirilebilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Eşzamanlı erişim</emphasis>:  NFS sunucunun NFS protokolü "
-"tarafından zarar görmesini, ve istekleri bu istekler tarafından yapılan "
-"herhangi bir değişikliğin kalıcı depoya (örn. disk sürücüleri) yapılmasından "
-"önce engeller."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Alt ağaç denetimi</emphasis>: güvenliği arttıran ama işlevselliği "
-"azaltan alt ağaç denetlemesini etkinleştir. Ayrıntılı bilgi için exports(5) "
-"el kitabına bakın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Menü girdileri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "Şu ana kadar listede en azından bir girdi var"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Dosya|Yaz conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Aktif yapılandırmayı kaydet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS Sunucu|Yeniden başlat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Sunucu aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile durduruldu ve yeniden başlatıldı."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS Sunucu|Yeniden yükle"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Gösterilen yapılandırma aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile yeniden yüklendi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Vekil"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</"
-"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Internete erişim için vekil sunucu kullanmak zorundaysanız, bunu "
-"yapılandırmak için bu aracı <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"kullanabilirsiniz. Ağ yöneticiniz ihtiyacınız olan bilgiyi verecektir. "
-"Ayrıca istinai olarak vekil olmadan erişebilen servisleri de "
-"belirtebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Wikipedia'dan, 24.09.2012'de Vekil sunucu makalesi: Vekil sunucu, bilgisayar "
-"ağlarında,istemcilerden gelen ve diğer sunuculardan kaynak arayan istekler "
-"için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur (bir bilgisayar sistemi ya da "
-"uygulama). Bir istemci vekil  sunucuya dosya bağlantısı, web sayfası ya da "
-"farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet "
-"istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını "
-"kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Ortamı Yapılandır"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir kurulumdan sonra yapılması gereken ilk şey, yazılım kaynakları "
-"eklemektir (depo, ortam ya da yansı olarak da bilinir). Bu, kurulumda ve "
-"paket ve uygulamaların güncellenmesinde kullanılacak yazılım kaynağını "
-"seçemeniz gerektiği anlamına gelir. (aşağıdaki Ekle düğmesine bakınız)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer bir optik ortam (DVD, CD) veya USB aygıt kullanarak kurulum (veya "
-"yükseltme) yaptıysanız, yazılım kaynakları optik ortam içindeki kaynağa göre "
-"yapılandırılacaktır. Yeni paketleri optik ortam dışından yani internet "
-"kaynaklarından kurmak istiyorsanız bu kaynağı devredışı bırakmanız (veya "
-"kaldırmanız) gerekmektedir. (devredışı bırakacağınız kaynak adı CD-Rom'dur)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Sisteminiz 32-bit (i586 denen) veya 64-bit (x86_64 denen) bir mimari "
-"üzerinde çalışıyor olabilir. Bazı paketler ki bunlar noarch olarak "
-"isimlendirilir- sisteminizin 32-bit mi yoksa 64-bit mi olduğundan "
-"bağımsızdır. Yansılarda kendi noarch dizinlerine sahip değildirler, fakat "
-"hem i586 hem de x86_64 ortamları bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-"
-"media</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım "
-"Yönetimi</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sekmesinde "
-"bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Sütunlar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Sütun Etkinleştir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"İşaretlenmiş yazılım kaynağı yeni paketlerin kurulmasında kullanılacaktır. "
-"Testing ve Debug gibi bazı yazılım kaynaklarında dikkatli olun çünkü "
-"sisteminizi kullanılmaz yapabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Sütun Güncelle:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"İşaretlenmiş ortam paketleri güncellemede kullanılır, bu "
-"etkinleştirilmelidir. Sadece ismi içinde \"Update\" olan ortamlar "
-"seçilmelidir. Güvenlik sebeplerinden, bu sütun bu araç içinden "
-"değiştirilebilir değildir, root olarak uç birim açıp <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> yazmalısınız. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Ortam sütunu:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ortam ismini göster. Mageia son yayımı sürümlerinin  resmi depoları en "
-"azından şunları içerir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> Mageia tarafından sağlanan çoğu "
-"programı içerir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> bazı özgür olmayan programları "
-"içerir"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> bazı ülkelerde patent hakları "
-"olabilecek özgür yazılımlar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Her ortam 4 alt-dizine sahiptir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yayım</emphasis> Mageia'nın bu sürümü yayımlandığı "
-"tarihteki paketlerdir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Güncellemeler</emphasis> yayımdan beri güvenlik ve "
-"hata ile ilgili güncellemelerdir. Herkes bu yazılım kaynağını çok yavaş bir "
-"İnternet bağlantısı olsa bile etkinleştirmelidir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> yeni sürümün bazı paketleri "
-"Cauldron'dan alınmıştır (yeni sürümü geliştirme aşamasındadır)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> yeni güncellemelerin hata "
-"raporlamasını ve QA takımının düzeltmeleri onaylamasını sağlayan geçici "
-"testler için kullanılır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Sağdaki düğmeler"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Kaldır:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Önce çıkarmak istediğiniz ortamın üzerine sonra bu düğmeye tıklayın. Kurulum "
-"için kullanılan ortamı (örneğin CD veya DVD) çıkarmayı, içerdiği tüm "
-"paketlerin resmi Core yayım ortamında bulunduğu için bilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Düzenle:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Seçilen ortam ayarlarını değiştirmenizi sağlar (URL, indirici ve vekil)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ekle:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"İnternet üzerindeki resmi depoları ekleyin. Bu depolar sadece güvenli ve "
-"iyice test edilmiş yazılımları içerir. \"Ekle\" düğmesine tıklayarak "
-"yapılandırmanıza yansı listesi eklersiniz, bu size yakın bir yansıdan "
-"kurulum ve güncelleme yaptığınızdan emin olmak için tasarlanmıştır. Belirli "
-"bir yansıyı seçmek isterseniz, \"Dosya\" açılır menüsünden \"Belirli bir "
-"ortam yansısı ekle\"yi seçerek eklersiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Yukarı ve aşağı oklar:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Liste sırasını değiştir. Drakrpm bir paket aradığında, listeyi gösterilen "
-"sırada okur ve aynı sürüm numarası ile bulduğu ilk paketi kurar -sürüm "
-"eşleşmemesinde son yayım kurulur. Bu yüzden eğer mümkünse, en hızlı depoyu "
-"en üste koyun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Menü"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Dosya -> Güncelle:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Ortam listesi penceresi ortaya çıkar. Güncellemek istediklerinizi seçin ve "
-"<guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Dosya -> Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Farzedelim şu anki yansıdan memnun değilsiniz, çünkü örneğin çok yavaş ya da "
-"çoğu zaman erişilebilir değil, başka bir yansı seçebilirsiniz. Aktif tüm "
-"ortamları seçiniz ve devre dışı bırakmak için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> "
-"düğmesine tıklayın, <guimenu>Dosya-> Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle</"
-"guimenu>ye tıklayın, sadece güncelleyi veya tam seti (bilmiyorsanız "
-"<guibutton>Kaynakları tam kümesi</guibutton>ni seçiniz) seçiniz ve  "
-"<guibutton>Evet</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak iletişimi kabul edin. Bu "
-"pencere açılır:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sol tarafta ülkeler listesini görebilirsiniz, kendinizinkini veya > "
-"düğmesine tıklayarak bu ülkedeki en yakını yansıyı seçin. Birini seçin ve "
-"<guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Dosya -> Özel bir ortam ekle:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia tarafından desteklenmeyen yeni bir ortam kurmak mümkündür (örneğin "
-"üçüncü parti). Yeni bir pencere çıkar:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ortam türünü seçin, ortamı iyi "
-"bir şekilde tanımlayan akıllıca bir isim bulun ve URL (veya ortam türüne "
-"göre yol) girin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Seçenekler -> Genel seçenekler:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu öğe \"Kurulacak RPMleri doğrulayın\" (daima veya asla) zamanını, indirme "
-"programını (curl, wget veya aria2) ve paketler hakkındaki bilgiler için "
-"indirme politikasını (instendiğinde -varsayılan-; sadece güncelle veya asla) "
-"seçmenizi sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Seçenekler -> Anahtarları yönet:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Yüksek düzeyde güvenliği garanti etmek için, ortam kimlik denetiminde "
-"sayısal anahtarlar kullanılır. Her bir ortam için anahtarı kabul etmek veya "
-"reddetmek mümkündür. Çıkan pencerede, bir ortam seçin ve yeni bir anahtarı "
-"kabul etmek için <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine veya anahtarı "
-"reddetmek için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "Bunu, güvenlikle-ilgili tüm sorularda olduğu gibi, dikkalice yapın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Seçenekler -> Vekil:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"İnternet erişimi için vekil sunucu kullanmanız gerekiyorsa, bunu burada "
-"yapılandırabilirsiniz. Gerekli olan sadece <guibutton>Vekil sunucuadı</"
-"guibutton>nı ve gerekliyse <guilabel>Kullanıcı adı</guilabel> ve "
-"<guilabel>Parolayı</guilabel> girmenizdir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kaynak yapılandırması hakkında daha fazla bilgi için  <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageia wiki sayfamıza "
-"bakınız</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Sürücü ve dizinleri Samba ile paylaşın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba farklı işletim sistemlerinde dizinler veya yazıcılar gibi bazı "
-"kaynakları paylaşmak için kullanılan bir protokoldür. Bu araç makinayı SMB/"
-"CIFS protokolü kullanarak Samba sunucu olarak yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Bu "
-"protokol ayrıca Windows(R) ve işistasyonları tarafından, bu işletim "
-"sisteminin Samba sunucudaki kaynaklara erişebilmesi için kullanılır. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Hazırlık"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"Diğer iş istasyonlarından erişilebilmesi için, sunucunun sabit IP adresi "
-"olmalıdır. Bu doğrudan sunucu üzerinde yapılabilir, örneğin <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetcenter\"/> ile, veya DHCP sunucuda istasyonu MAC-adresi ile "
-"belirterek ve daima aynı adresi vererek yapılabilir. Güvenlik duvarı da "
-"ayrıca Samba sunucuya gelen isteklere izin vermelidir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Sihirbaz - Tekbaşına sunucu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
-"draksambashare</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"İlk çalıştırmada, araçlar <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gerekli "
-"paketlerin kurulu olup olmadığını denetler ve yoklarsa onları kurmayı "
-"önerir. Sonra Samba sunucuyu yapılandıran sihirbaz başlatılır. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr "Bir sonraki pencerede Tekbaşına sunucu yapılandırması zaten seçili."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Sonra çalışmagrubunun ismini belirtin. Bu isim paylaşılan kaynaklara erişim "
-"için olanla aynı olmalı."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr "netbios ismi ağdaki sunucuyu tasarlamada kullanılan bir isimdir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Güvenlik modunu seçiniz:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>kullanıcı</guilabel>: istemci kaynağa erişim için yetkilendirilmiş "
-"olamlı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>paylaş</guilabel>: istemci kendini her bir paylaşım için ayrı ayrı "
-"yetkilendirir"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Burada, hangi konakların kaynaklara erişim izni olduğunu, IP adresi veya "
-"konak ismi ile belirtebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Sunucu afişini belirtin. Afiş bu sunucunun Windows iş istasyonlarında "
-"tanımlanacağı biçimdir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba'nın bilgileri kaydedeceği yer bir sonraki bölümde belirtilebilir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sihirbaz, yapılandırmayı kabul etmenizden önce seçilen parametlerin bir "
-"listesini gösterir. Kabul edildiğinde yapılandırma <code>/etc/samba/smb."
-"conf</code> dosyasına yazılır."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Sihirbaz - birincil alan denetleyicisi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Eğer \"Birincil alan denetcisi\" "
-"seçeneği seçilmişse, sihirbaz, Wins'in desteklenip desteklenmeyeceğini ve "
-"yönetici isimlerinin sağlanıp sağlanmayacağını sorar. Takip eden adımlar, "
-"tek başına sunucu için olanla -ayrıca güvenlik modunu seçebilmeniz dışında- "
-"aynıdır:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: tüm kullanıcı ve grup hesaplarının merkezi ve "
-"paylaşılan bir hesap deposunda depolanmasını sağlayan bir mekanizma sunar. "
-"Merkezi hesap deposu, alan (güvenlik) denetleyiceleri arasında paylaştırılır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Paylaşılacak dizini belirtin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesiyle şu gelir:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Yeni bir girdi böylece eklendi. Bu <guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton> "
-"düğmesiyle değiştirilebilir. Dizinin görünebilir, yazılabilir, "
-"görüntülenebilir olup olmayacağı gibi seçenekler düzenlenebilir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr "Liste en azından bir girdi içerdiğinde, menü girdileri kullanılabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aktif yapılandırmayı <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> dosyasına kaydet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba sunucu|Yapılandır"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "Sihirbaz yine bu komutla çalıştırılabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba sunucu|Yeniden Başlat"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba Sunucu|Yeniden Yükle"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Yazıcıların paylaşımı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba ayrıca yazıcıları paylaştırmanızı sağlar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Samba Kullanıcıları"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Bu sekmede, kimlik denetimi gerektiğinde paylaşılan kaynaklara erişmeye izin "
-"verilen kullanıcılar eklenebilir. <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/"
-"><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>'dan kullanıcıları "
-"ekleyebilirsiniz. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Mageia araçları için kimlik denetimini yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Güvenlik</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu sıradan kullanıcılara genellikle yönetici tarafından yapılan görevleri "
-"yapabilme için gerekli hakları verir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr "Açılmasını istediğiniz öğenin önündeki küçük ok üzerine tıklayın:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki çoğu araç pencerenin solunda gösterilir "
-"(yukarıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakın) ve sağ tarafta her bir araç için bir "
-"açılır liste şöyle seçenekler verir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Öntanımlı:  Başlatma modu seçilen güvenlik seviyesine bağlıdır. Aynı MDM "
-"sekmesinde \"Sistem güvenliğini, izinleri ve yetkileri yönetin\" aracına "
-"bakınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Kullanıcı parolası: Araça çalıştırılmadan önce kullanıcı parolası sorulur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr "Yönetici parolası: Araç çalıştırılmadan önce root parolası sorulur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Parola yok: Araç parola sormadan çalıştırılır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Anlık Durum Yedekleri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-"
-"config </emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde  "
-"<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> sekmesinde <guilabel>Yönetimsel araçlar</"
-"guilabel> bölümünde bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı MDM'de ilk kez başlattığınızda, draksnapshot kurulumu hakkında bir "
-"mesaj göreceksiniz. Devam etmek için <guibutton>Kur</guibutton> düğmesine "
-"tıklayın. Draksnapshot ve ihtiyaç duyduğu bazı diğer paketler kurulacaktır. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Yeniden <guilabel>Anlıkyedekler</guilabel>a tıklayın, <guilabel>Ayarlar</"
-"guilabel> ekranını göreceksiniz. <guilabel>Yedekleri Etkinleştir</"
-"guilabel>i  ve, tüm sistemin yedeğini almak isterseniz <guilabel>Tüm sistemi "
-"yedekle</guilabel> işaretleyin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Dizinlerin sadece bazı bölümlerini yedekleyecekseniz <guilabel>Gelişmiş</"
-"guilabel>i seçiniz. Küçük bir açılır pencere göreceksiniz. Dizinleri "
-"yedeklemeye eklemek veya yedeklemeden çıkartmak için <guilabel>Yedekleme "
-"listesi</guilabel> yanındaki <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> ve "
-"<guibutton>Çıkar</guibutton> düğmelerini kullanınız. Seçilen dizinler içinde "
-"yedeklemeye <emphasis role=\"bold\">eklenmemesi</emphasis> gereken "
-"altdizinleri ve/veya dosyaları kaldırmak için <guilabel>Hariç</guilabel> "
-"listesinin yanındaki aynı düğmeleri kullanınız. Bitirdiğinizde "
-"<guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Şimdi <guilabel>Yedekleme yeri</guilabel> için yolu girin, veya "
-"<guibutton>Gözat</guibutton> düğmesiyle doğru yolu seçin.  Herhangi bağlı "
-"USB-anahtarı veya harici HD <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"kullanıcı_adınız/</emphasis> içinde bulunabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-" Anlık yedekleme için <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Ses Yapılandırması"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</"
-"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound ses yapılandırmasını, PulseAudio seçeneklerini ve hata gidermeyi "
-"halleder. Ses problemi yaşadığınızda veya ses kartını değiştirdiğinizde size "
-"yardım edecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> bir ses sunucudur. Tüm ses girişlerini "
-"karşılar, onları kullanıcı tercihlerine bağlı olarak karıştırır ve sonuçta "
-"oluşan sesi çıktıya gönderir. Bu özellikleri ayarlamak için <guimenu>Menü -"
-">Ses ve Video -> PulseAudio ses denetimi</guimenu> ne bakınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio varsayılan ses sunucusudur ve bunu etkinleştirilmiş olarak "
-"bırakmanız önerilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> PulseAudio'yu bazı programlarla "
-"zenginleştirir. Bunu da etkinleştirilmiş olarak bırakmanız önerilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Sorun çözme</guibutton> karşılaşabileceğiniz problemleri çözmede "
-"yardım sağlar. Topluluğa sormadan önce bunu denemeyi faydalı bulacaksınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi bir başka düğme olan yeni bir "
-"pencere görüntüler."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Güç görüntüleme için bir UPS ayarlayın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Ağ erişimi güvenliği için VPN Bağlantısı yapılandır"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</"
-"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> uzak bir ağa yerel iş "
-"istasyonu ve uzak ağ arasında tünel oluşturarak güvenli erişimi "
-"yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Burada sadece iş istasyonu tarafındaki "
-"yapılandırmadan bahsedeceğiz. Uzak ağın halihazırda çalışmakta olduğunu  ve "
-"ağ yöneticisinden .pcf yapılandırma dosyası gibi bilgilere ulaştıınızı "
-"varsayıyoruz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Yapılandırma"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Önce sanal özel ağınız için hangi protokolün kullanıldığına bağlı olarak "
-"Cisco VPN Concentrator'u veya OpenVPN'i seçiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Sonra bağlantı isminizi belirtiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Sonraki ekranda, VPN bağlantınızın detaylarını sağlayınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Cisco VPN için"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"openvpn için. openvpn ve bağımlı olduğu paketler araç ilk kez "
-"kullanıldığında kurulacaktır."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ağ yöneticinizden aldığınız "
-"dosyaları seçin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Gelişmiş parametreler:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "Sonraki ekran ağ geçidinin IP-adresini sorar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Parametreler ayarlandığında VPN bağlantısını başlatma imkanına sahip "
-"olursunuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu VPN bağlantısı ağ bağlantısı ile otomatik olarak başlayacak şekilde "
-"ayarlanabilir. Bunu yapmak için, ağ bağlantısını daima bu VPN'e bağlanmak "
-"için yeniden yapılandırın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Web sunucu yapılandır"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"apache2</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir web sunucusu kurmanız "
-"için yardımcı olabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Bir web sunucusu nedir?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Web sunucusu, İnternet üzerinden erişilebilen web içeriğini ulaştırmaya "
-"yardımcı olan bir yazılımdır. (Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Bir web sunucusunu drakwizard apache2 ile kurmak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Web sunucusu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"İlk sayfa sadece bir sunumdur, <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Sunucu Açılımcısı seçiliyor: Yerel Ağ ve/veya Dünya"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Web sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır.  Kötü şeyler için "
-"şimdiden hazır olun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Sunucu Kullanıcı Modülü"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Kullanıcıların kendi sitelerini oluşturmalarına izin verir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Kullanıcı web dizini adı"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kullanıcı bu dizini oluşturmalı ve içini doldurmalıdır, daha sonra sunucu "
-"bunu gösterecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Sunucu Belge Kökü"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Web sunucusunun öntanımlı belgelerinin konumunu ayarlamanıza olanak sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Özet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve <guibutton>İleri</"
-"guibutton> düğmesine basın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Son"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Bu kadar! <guibutton>Son</guibutton>'u tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "DNS yapılandır"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"bind</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "DHCP yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç, Mageia 4'te ağ arabiriminin yeni isimlendirme düzeninden dolayı "
-"çöktü. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"dhcp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>bir <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
-"sunucusu kurmanıza yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni "
-"olup önceden kurulmuş olmalıdır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "DHCP nedir?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Değişken Makine Yapılandırma Protokolü (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>),  basit "
-"olarak sistemdeki bilgisayarlara IP adreslerini ve buna ek olarak değişik "
-"parametreleri atamak için kullanılan servistir. (Wikipedia' dan)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Bir DHCP sunucusunu drakwizard dhcp ile kurmak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "DHCP sunucusu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Adaptörü seçerek"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alt ağa bağlı olan ve DHCP'nin IP adresi atayacağı ağ arabirimini seçerek "
-"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "IP aralığı seçin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ağ geçidi makinenin yerel ağ dışında, belki de İnternet, bağlandığı yerin IP "
-"adresi ile birlikte; sunucunun önermesini istediğiniz IP aralığının "
-"başlangıç ve bitiş IP adreslerini seçin ve sonra <guibutton>İleri</"
-"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Bekleyin..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu düzeltilebilir. <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine bir kaç kez "
-"tıklayın ve seçenekleri değiştirin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Saatler sonra..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Ne yapıldı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Gerekiyorsa dhcp-server paketi kuruluyor;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code> "
-"olarak kaydediliyor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Yeni bir <code>dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası <code>/usr/share/wizards/"
-"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve "
-"yeni parametreler ekleniyor:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "ağ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>maske</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ayrıca Webmin yapılandırma dosyası <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> da "
-"değiştiriliyor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd</code> yeniden başlatılıyor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Zamanı yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"ntp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracın<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> amacı sisteminizin "
-"saatini harici bir sunucu ile eşzamanlamaktır. Varsayılan olarak kurulu "
-"değildir ve ayrıca drakwizard vedrakwizard-base paketlerini de kurmanız "
-"gerekir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Bir NTP sunucusunu drakwizard ntp ile kurmak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Hoşgeldiniz ekranından sonra (yukarıya bakınız), ikincisi açılır listelerden "
-"üç zaman sunucu seçmenizi ister ve pool.ntp.org'u iki kez önerir çünkü bu "
-"sunucu daima müsait zaman sunucuları gösterir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"İlerleyen ekranlar bölge ve şehri seçmenizi sağlar ve sonra bir özet "
-"ekranına ulaşırsınız. Bir şey yanlış ise <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> "
-"düğmesini kullanarak düzeltebilirsiniz. Her şey doğruysa <guibutton>İleri</"
-"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak denemeye başlayabilirsiniz. Bu, biraz zaman "
-"alır ve sonunda aşağıdaki ekran ile karşılaşırsınız:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Aracı kapatmak için <guibutton>Bitir</guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Bu araç aşağıdaki adımları yürütür:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "<code>ntp</code> paketi gerekiyorsa kurulur"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> dosyası <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</"
-"code> olarak ve <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code> olarak kaydediliyor;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Sunucuların listesi ile <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası yazılıyor;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"İlk sunucu adı eklenerek <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> dosyası değiştiriliyor;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> ve <code>ntpd</code> hizmetleri "
-"durduruluyor ve başlatılıyor;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "Donanım saati UTC biçiminde şu anki sistem zamanı ile ayarlanıyor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "FTP yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"proftpd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
-"sunucusu kurmanız için yardımcı olabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "<acronym>FTP</acronym> nedir?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dosya Aktarım Protokolü (<acronym>FTP</acronym>), İntenet gibi <acronym>TCP</"
-"acronym> temelli bir ağ üzerinde bir makineden diğer bir makineye dosya "
-"aktarımında kullanılan bir standart ağ protokolüdür. (Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Bir FTP sunucusunu drakwizard proftpd ile kurmak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "FTP sihirbazına hoş geldiniz. Kemerinizi bağlayın."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"FTP sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır.  Kötü şeyler için "
-"şimdiden hazır olun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Sunucu Bilgisi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Sunucunun kendisini tanıtacağı bir isim girin, email uyumlu bir kullanıcı ve "
-"kök oturum açma erişimi verilip verilmeyeceğini girin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Sunucu Seçenekleri"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dinleme bağlantı noktasını ayarla, hapsedilmiş kullanıcı, sürdürmeye ve/veya "
-"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (Dosya Alışverişi Protokolü)ne izin ver"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Vekil sunucu yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"squid</emphasis>  yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>bir vekil sunucu kurmanıza "
-"yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni olup önceden kurulmuş "
-"olmalıdır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Bir vekil sunucu nedir?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bilgisayar ağlarında, bir vekil sunucu istemcilerden gelen ve diğer "
-"sunuculardan kaynak arayan istekler için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur "
-"(bir bilgisayar sistemi ya da uygulama). Bir istemci vekil  sunucuya dosya "
-"bağlantısı, web sayfası ya da farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir "
-"kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği "
-"basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir.  "
-"(Wikipedia)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Bir vekil sunucuyu drakwizard squid ile kurmak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Vekil sunucu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Bir ağ vekili bağlantı noktasını seçme"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tarayıcıların üzerinden bağlanacağı vekil sunucu bağlantı noktasını seçin, "
-"sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Bellek ve Disk Kullanımını Ayarla"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bellek ve disk önbelleği sınırlarını ayarlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</"
-"guibutton>yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Ağ Erişim Denetimi' ni seçin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Yerel ağ veya dünya görünürlüğünü ayarlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</"
-"guibutton>yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Ağ Erişimine İzin Ver"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Yerel ağlara erişime izin verin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi "
-"tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Üst Düzey Vekil Sunucu Kullanılsın Mı?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir başka vekil sunucu üzerinden kademelendirmek mi istiyorsunuz? Cevabınız "
-"hayır ise sonraki adımı atlayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Üst Seviye Ağ Vekili URLsi ve Bağlantı Noktası"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Üst seviye ağ vekili makine adı ve bağlantı noktasını sağlayın, sonra "
-"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Önyükleme sırasında başlatılsın mı?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vekil sunucunun önyüklemede başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını seçin, sonra "
-"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "squid şu gerekiyorsa kuruluyor;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> dosyası <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;"
-"</code> olarak kaydediliyor"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Yeni bir <code>squid.conf</code> dosyası <code>squid.conf.default</code> "
-"dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve yeni parametreler ekleniyor:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"seviyesine göre <code>seviye</code> 1, 2 veya 3 ve <code>http_access</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "<code>squid</code> yeniden başlatılıyor."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "OpenSSH art süreç yapılandırması"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
-"sshd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
-"arkaucu ayarlamanız için yardımcı olabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "<acronym>SSH</acronym>nedir?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Güvenli Kabuk (Secure Shell SSH), güvensiz bir ağ, bir sunucu ve bir istemci "
-"üzerinden (SSH sunucusu ve <acronym>SSH</acronym> istemci uygulamalarını "
-"çalıştıran) birbirine bağlı iki ağ bilgisayarı arasında güvenli veri "
-"iletimi, uzaktan komut satırı girişleri, uzaktan komut yürütülmesi ve diğer "
-"güvenli ağ hizmetlerini sağlayan şifreli bir ağ protokolüdür . (Wikipedia' "
-"dan)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Bir <acronym>SSH</acronym> arkaucunu drakwizard sshd ile ayarlamak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Open SSH sihirbazına hoş geldiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Yapılandırma Seçeneklerini Seçin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tüm seçenekler için <guilabel>Uzman</guilabel> veya 3-7 arası adımları "
-"atlamak için <guilabel>Yeni başlayan</guilabel> seçin, sonra "
-"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Genel Seçenekler"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Görünürlüğü ve kök erişimi seçeneklerini ayarlar. Bağlantı noktası 22 "
-"standart <acronym>SSH</acronym> bağlantı noktasıdır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Kimlik Doğrulama Yöntemi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bağlantı sırasında kullanıcıların kullanabilecekleri farklı kimlik doğrulama "
-"yöntemlerini seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Kayıt Tutma"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Günlük kaydı tutma aracını ve çıktı düzeyini seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</"
-"guibutton>yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Giriş Seçenekleri"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Giriş ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Kullanıcı Giriş Seçenekleri"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kullanıcı erişim ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</"
-"guibutton>yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Sıkıştırma ve İletme"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"İletim sırasında X11 iletme ve sıkıştırmayı yapılandırın, sonra "
-"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr ""
-"Sistem hizmetlerini etkinleştirmek veya devre dışı bırakmak suretiyle yönetin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Donanım Yapılandırması"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bilgisayarınızın donanımı "
-"ile ilgili genel bir görünüm verir. Araç çalıştırıldığında donanımın her bir "
-"öğesi için arama başlatır. Bunun için <code>ldetect-lst</code> içindeki bir "
-"donanım listesine başvuran <code>ldetect </code>komutunu kullanır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Pencere"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Pencere iki sütuna bölünmüştür."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Sol sütun algılanan donanımların bir listesini içerir. Aygıtlar "
-"kategorilerine göre gruplandırılmıştır. Bu sütunda her araç seçilebilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Sağ sütun seçilen aygıt ile ilgili bilgileri gösterir. <guimenu>Yardım -&gt; "
-"Alanların tanımlamaları</guimenu> alanların içerikleri ile ilgili bilgiler "
-"verir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Hangi tür aygıtın seçildiğine bağlı olarak, sağ altta bir ya da iki düğmeye "
-"ulaşılabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Aktif sürücü seçeneklerini ayarla</guibutton>: aygıtla ilgili "
-"olarak kullanılan modül parametrelerini değiştirmek için kullanılabilir. Bu "
-"sadece uzmanlar tarafından kullanılmalıdır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Yapılandırma aracı çalıştır</guibutton>: aygıtı yapılandıran "
-"araca erişim. Araç sıklıkla MDM'den erişilebilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"<guimenu>seçenekler</guimenu> menüsü otomatik algılamayı etkinleştirmek onay "
-"kutuları imkanını verir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Jaz aygıtları"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "Zip parallel aygıtları"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Varsayılan olarak bu tespit edilenler etkinleştirilmemiştir, çünkü "
-"yavaştırlar. Eğer bu donanım bağlanmış ise uygun kutuları işaretleyin. "
-"Tespit etme bu aracın çalıştırıldığı bir sonraki zamanda gerçekleştirilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Kılavye düzenini ayarlayın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"keyboarddrake aracı<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia üzerinde "
-"kullanmak istediğiniz klavye için temel düzeni yapılandırmada size yardımcı "
-"olur. Klavye düzenini sistemdeki tüm kullanıcılar için etkiler. Mageia "
-"Denetim Merkezinde (MDM) Donanım bölümünde \"Fareyi ve klavyeyi yapılandır\" "
-"etiketiyle bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Klavye Düzeni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Burada hangi klavye düzenini kullanmak istediinizi seçebilirsiniz. İsimler "
-"(alfabetik olarak sıralanmıştır) her düzen için kullanılması gereken dili, "
-"ülkeyi, ve/veya etnik kökeni tanımlar. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Klavye Türü"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu menü kullandığınız klavye türünü seçmenizi sağlar. Hangisini seçmeniz "
-"gerektiğinden emin değilseniz en iyisi varsayılan tür olarak bırakmaktır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı ayrıca komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">localedrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinin "
-"(MDM) Sistem bölümünde \"Sisteminiz için yerelleştirmeyi yönetin\" "
-"etiketiyle bulunur. Dilinizi seçebileceğiniz bir pencere açar. Seçim kurulum "
-"sırasında seçilen dile uyarlanır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi eski kodlama (UTF8 olmayan) ile "
-"uyumluluğu etkinleştirmeye erişimi sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"İkinci ekran seçilen dile bağlı olarak ülkeler listesini gösterir. "
-"<guibutton>Diğer Ülkeler</guibutton> düğmesi listelenmemiş ülkelere erişimi "
-"verir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Herhangi bir değişiklikten sonra oturumunuzu yeniden başlatmak zorundasınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Girdi yöntemi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca girdi yöntemini "
-"seçebilirsiniz (listenin altındaki aşağı-açılır menüden). Girdi yöntemleri "
-"kullanıcının çokdilli karakterlkeri girmesini sağlar (Çince, Japonca, "
-"Korece, vb.)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Asya ve Afrika yerelleştirmeleri için, IBus, kullanııların elle "
-"yapılandırması gerekmesin diye varsayılan giriş yöntemi olarak "
-"ayarlanacaktır. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, vb.) ayrıca benzer işlevleri "
-"sağlar ve eğer aşağı-açılır menüde yoksa Mageia Denetim Merkezinin başka bir "
-"yerinden kurulmasını sağlar. Bakınız <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Sistem günlük kayıtlarını görüntüleyin ve arama yapın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezi "
-"Sistem sekmesinde  \"<guilabel>Sistem günlüklerini gör ve ara</guilabel>\" "
-"etiketiyle bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Sistem günlüklerinde arama yapmak için"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"İlk olarak aramak istediğiniz anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Eşleşen</emphasis> alanı içine ve/veya cevaplar arasında görmek "
-"<emphasis>istemediğiniz</emphasis> anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">fakat eşleşmeyen</emphasis> alanına giriniz. Sonra <guilabel>Dosya "
-"seçininiz</guilabel> alanından aramak istediğiniz dosya(lar)ı seçiniz. "
-"Seçimlik olarak, aramayı sadece bir günlük olarak sınırlandırmak mümkündür. "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Takvim</emphasis> içinden ay ve yılın her iki "
-"yanındaki küçük okları kullanarak seçiniz, ve \"<guibutton>Sadece seçilen "
-"günler için göster</guibutton>\"i işaretleyiniz. En sonunda sonucu "
-"<guilabel>Dosyanın içeriği</guilabel> isimli pencerede görmek için "
-"<guibutton>ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Kaydet</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayıp sonucu .txt biçiminde kaydetmek "
-"mümkündür."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Mageia Günlükleme Araçları</guibutton> Mageia Denetim Merkezi "
-"araçları gibi Mageia yapılandırma araçlarına evsahipliği yapar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "E-posta ikazlarını yapılandırmak için"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>E-posta ikazı</guibutton> otomatik olarak her saat sistetem "
-"yükünü kontrol eder ve gerekliyse ayarlanmış adrese e-posta gönderir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı yapılandırmak için, <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-posta İkazı</"
-"emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın ve sonra, sonraki ekranda, <guibutton> E-posta "
-"ikaz sistemini yapılandır</guibutton> açılır dümesine tıklayın. Burada, tüm "
-"çalışan servisler gösterilir ve hangisini izleyeceğinizi seçebilirsiniz. "
-"(Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Şu servisler izlenebilir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Webmin Servisi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Postfix Post Sunucu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP sunucusu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Apache WWW Sunucusu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH Sunucu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba Sunucu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd Servisi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "BIND Alan Adı Çözücüsü"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Sonrakiekranda,  kabul edilebilir olarak düşündüğünüz <guilabel>Yük</"
-"guilabel> değerini giriniz. Yük, süreç talebini temsil eder, yüksek bir yük "
-"sistemi yavaşlatır ve çok yüksek yük bir sürecin kontrolden çıkmasına işaret "
-"edebilir. Varsayılan değer 3tür. Yük değerinin işlemci sayısının 3 katı "
-"olmasını tavsiye ediyoruz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Son ekranda, uyarılacak olan kişinin <guilabel>E-posta addresi</guilabel>ni "
-"ve kullanılacak <guilabel>E-posta sunucusu</guilabel>nu girin (yerel veya "
-"İnternet üzerinde)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Müsait NFS ve SMB Paylaşımlarını göster"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> "
-"yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından "
-"başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına "
-"yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile "
-"iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "PCI, USB ve PCMCIA Bilgilerinizi göster"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından "
-"başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir. root kullanıcısı ile kullanıldığında daha "
-"fazla bilgi verecektir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake bilgisayara bağlı (USB, PCI ve PCMCIA) tüm aygıtların ve "
-"sürücülerin listesini verir. Çalışmak için ldetect ve ldetect-lst "
-"paketlerine ihtiyaç duyar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr "-v seçeneği ile lspcidrake üretici ve aygıt tanımlamalarını ekler."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake genellikle çok uzun listeler üretir, bu yüzden, sıklıkla bir boru "
-"ile grep komutu -bu örnekte olduğu gibi- kullanılır:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Ekran kartı hakkında bilgi;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Ağ hakkında bilgi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i büyük-küçük harf farklılığını göz ardı etmek için."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"Aşağıdaki bu ekran görüntüsünde, lspcidrake için -v seçeneğinin etkisini ve "
-"grep için -i seçeneği etkisini görebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Donanım hakkında bilgi veren<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> "
-"adında başka bir araç daha vardır (root altında)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Yazılım Paketleri Güncelleme"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate veya drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</"
-"emphasis> veya <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> yazarak "
-"çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Çalışması için, MageiaUpdate drakrpm-editmedia ile yapılandırılacak bazı "
-"ortamların güncelleme için işaretlendiği depolara ihtiyaç duyar. Eğer öyle "
-"değilse, bu şekilde bilgilendirilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç başlatılır başlatılmaz, kurulu paketleri tarar ve depolarda "
-"güncelleme olanlarını listeler. Tümü varsayılan olarak otomatik olarak "
-"indirilecek şekilde seçilmiştir ve kurulur. İşlemin başlaması için "
-"<guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir pakete tıklayarak, daha fazla bilgi pencerenin alt yarısında "
-"görüntülenir. Bir başlıktan önceki <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> "
-"işareti tıkladığınızda açılan bir metin anlamına gelir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Güncellemeler müsait olduğunda, bir applet görev çubuğunda kırmızı bir simge "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> göstererek sizi uyarır. "
-"Sistemi güncellemek için sadece tıklayın ve kullanıcı parolasını girin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Önyükleme"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ekranda önyükleme aşamalarında yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından "
-"seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya "
-"tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Önyükleme aşamalarını yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Mageia sistemi yapılandırmak için gerekli araçlar"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu belge <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> "
-"yardımlarıyla üretilmiş <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</"
-"link> tarafından geliştirilmiştir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Gönüllüler tarafından onların boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu rehberin "
-"geliştirilmesine yardım etmek için lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Takımı</link> ile iletişime "
-"geçin. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Donanım"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ekranda donanımınızı yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından seçim "
-"yapabilirsiniz.  Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Donanımınızı yönetin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Donanım gözat ve yapılandır</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Ekran kartı yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = 3D Masaüstü etkilerini yapılandır</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Fare ve klavye yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Yazdırma ve tarama yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Yazıcı(lar)ı ve "
-"yazdırma iş kuyruğunu ayarlayın ...</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Diğerleri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezi için Rehber hakkında"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia Denetim Merkezi (MDM) soldaki sütundan seçilebilecek sekiz değişik "
-"seçenek veya sekmeye sahiptir. drakwizard paketi kurulu ise on tane daha "
-"seçenek ve/veya sekme bulunur. Bu sekmelerin her biri büyük sağ panelden "
-"seçilebilecek farklı araç kümeleri verir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr "Takip eden on bölüm on seçenek ve onlarla ilgili araçlar hakkındadır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Son bölüm MDM sekmelerinden seçilebilmesi mümkün olmayan bazı diğer Mageia "
-"araçları hakkındadır, "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Sayfaların başlıkları çoğunlukla araç ekranının başlıkları ile aynı "
-"olacaktır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Ayrıca, sol tarafta \"Ara\" sekmesine tıklayarak erişebileceğiniz arama "
-"çubuğu vardır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Yerel diskler"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ekranda yerel diskinizi yönetmeniz veya paylaşmanız için bir çok araç "
-"arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki "
-"bağlantıya tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Ağ Hizmetleri"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Paylaşım</emphasis> için olanı sadece "
-"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı "
-"sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha "
-"fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing"
-"\"/> tıklayınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Ağ Paylaşımı"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ekranda sürücüleri ve dizinleri paylaşmak için bir çok araç arasından "
-"seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya "
-"tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Windows(R) paylaşımlarını yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Windows (SMB) "
-"sistemleri ile sürücü ve dizinleri paylaşın</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "NFS paylaşımlarını yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "WebDAV paylaşımlarını yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Ağ ve İnternet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ekranda bir çok ağ aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını "
-"öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Ağ aygıtlarınızı yönetin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Ağınızı Kişiselleştirin ve Güvenli hale getirin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Güvenlik"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ekranda bir çok güvenlik aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha "
-"fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Sistem güvenliğini, izinleri ve "
-"yetkileri yapılandır</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Paylaşım"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Ağ Hizmetleri</emphasis> için olanı sadece "
-"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı "
-"sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha "
-"fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref linkend=\"mcc-"
-"networkservices\"/> tıklayınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Sistem"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ekranda bir çok sistem ve yönetim araçları arasından seçim "
-"yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Sistem hizmetlerini yönetin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Yerelleştirme"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Yönetim araçları"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Sistemdeki kullanıcıları "
-"yönetin</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Güncelleme sıklığını yapılandırın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-"
-"config</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezi "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesi altında bulunur. "
-"Ayrıca görev çubuğunda kırmızı simge üstünde <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> <guimenu>sağ tık / Yapılandırmayı güncelle</"
-"guimenu>  ile erişilebilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"İlk kayan ekran Mageia'nın güncellemeleri ne sıklıkta denetleyeceğini "
-"değiştirmenizi sağlar ve ikincisi ilk denetimden sonra önyükleme gecikmesi "
-"içindir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "İşaretleme aracı (fare, touchpad) yapılandır"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia'yı kurmak için fareniz olması gerektiğinden, bu halihazırda "
-"Drakinstall tarafından kurulmuştur. Bu araç başka bir farenin kurulumunu "
-"sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Fareler bağlantı türüne göre ve sonra modeline göre sıralıdırlar. Farenizi "
-"seçin ve <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton>a tıklayın. Çoğu zaman \"Universal / "
-"Any PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" yeni fareler için uygundur. Yeni fare hemen "
-"devreye girer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Sistem Güvenliği ve Denetimi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</"
-"emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> msec için, sistem "
-"güvenliğini iki yaklaşıma göre yapılandırmaya izin veren bir grafik "
-"kullanıcı arayüzüdür:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu, sistem davranışını ayarlar, msec sistemi daha güvenli olması için "
-"değişiklik yapmaya zorlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu, bir şeylerin tehlikeli görünmesi durumunda sizi uyarmak için, periyodik "
-"denetimleri sürdürür."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"msec, bir dizi sistem izinlerini yapılandırma amacıyla, değşiklikler veya "
-"zorlamalar için denetim olabilecek \"güvenlik seviyeleri\" kavramını "
-"kullanır. Bunların bikaçı Mageia tarafından önerilir, fakat kendi "
-"özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi tanımlayabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Genel bakış sekmesi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"İlk sekme farklı güvenlik araçları listesini sağ tarafta onları "
-"yapılandırmak için bir düğmeyle alır:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Güvenlik duvarı ayrıca MDM / Güvenlik / Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı kurun "
-"içinde bulunabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Güncellemeler, ayrıca MDM / Yazılım Yönetimi / Sisteminizi güncelleyin "
-"içinde bulunabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "bazı bilgilerle msec'in kendisi:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "etkinleştir ya da etknleştirme"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "Yapılandırılmış Temel güvenlik seviyesi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"Son periyodik denetimin tarihi ve detaylı rapor için bir düğme ve "
-"denetimleri hemen gerçekleştiren bir başka düğme bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Güvenlik ayarları sekmesi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"İkinci sekmede veya Güvenlik <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine "
-"tıklama aşağıda gösterilen aynı ekrana götürür."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Temel güvenlik sekmesi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Güvenlik seviyeleri:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>MSEC aracını etkinleştir</guilabel> kutusunu işaretledikten sonra, "
-"bu sekme güvenlik seviyesini çift tıklayarak ve sonra kalın olarak "
-"göstererek seçmenizi sağlar. Eğer kutu işaretlenmiş değilse, « hiçbir » "
-"seviyesi uygulanır. Aşağıdaki seviyeler uygulanabilir:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">hiçbir</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu seviye eğer sistem "
-"güvenliğini denetlemek için msec kullanmak istemiyorsanız, ve bunu kendi "
-"başınıza ayrlamak istiyorsanız kullanılır. Bütün güvenlik denetimlerini "
-"kaldırır ve sistem yapılandırması ve ayarları üzerinde hiçbir sınırlandırma "
-"ve baskı uygulamaz. Lütfen bu seviyeyi, sisteminizi zarar verici saldırılara "
-"karşı açık bırakacağında, ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız kullanınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu kurulduğunda "
-"varsıyılan yapılandırmadır ve genel kullanıcılar içindir. Pek çok sistem "
-"ayarlarını sınırlar ve dosya sisteminde, sistem hesaplarında ve savunmasız "
-"dizin izinlerindeki değişimleri algılayan günlük güvenlik denetimleri "
-"gerçekleştirir. (Bu seviye önceki msec sürümündeki seviye 2 ve 3 ile "
-"benzerdir)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">güvenli</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu seviye sistemin "
-"güvenli olduğundan emin ve hala kullanılabilir olmasını istediğiniz "
-"durumlarda kullanılır. Sistem sınırlandırmalarını destekler ve daha çok "
-"periyodik denetimler yapar. Dahası, sisteme erişim daha çok "
-"sınırlandırılmıştır. (Bu seviye eski msec sürümlerindeki seviye 4 (Yüksek) "
-"ve seviye 5 (Paronoid) ile benzerdir)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu güvenlik seviyelerinin yanında, <emphasis role=\"bold\">dosyasunucu </"
-"emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">websunucu</emphasis> ve <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> seviyeleri gibi farklı görev-odaklı güvenlik "
-"ayrıca sağlanır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">günlük_denetim </emphasis> ve <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">aylık_denetim</emphasis> denen son iki seviye aslında gerçek güvenlik "
-"seviyelerinden ziyade sadece periyodik denetim için araçlardır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu seviyeler <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename> "
-"içine kaydedilirler. Kendi özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi "
-"tanımlayabilir, onları <filename>seviye.&lt;seviyeismi></filename> içine "
-"kaydedip, <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> içine "
-"yerleştirebilirsiniz. Bu işlem özelleştirilmiş ve daha güvenli sistem "
-"yapılandırması isteyen güçlü kullanıcılar içindir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"kullanıcı tarafından değiştirilen parametrelerin varsayılan seviye üzerinde "
-"bulunduğunu aklınızdan çıkarmayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Güvenlik ikazları:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer <guibutton>Güvenlik ikazlarını e-posta ile gönder :</guibutton> "
-"kutusunu işaretlerseniz, msec tarafından oluşturulan güvenlik ikazları "
-"alanın yanındaki güvenlik yöneticisi yerel e-posta adresine gönderilir. "
-"Yerel bir kullanıcı ya da tam e-posta adresi (yerel e-posta adresi ve e-"
-"posta yöneticisi uygun bir şekilde ayarlanmalıdır) girebilirsiniz. En "
-"azından, güvenlik ikazlarını doğrudan masaüstünde alabilirsiniz. Bunu "
-"etkinleştirmek için ilgili kutuyu işaretleyin. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Güvenlik ikazları seçeneğinin işaretlenmesi muhtemel güvenlik sorunlarının "
-"güvenlik yöneticisine hemen gönderilmesi için şiddetle tavsiye edilir. Eğer "
-"öyle değilse, yönetici <filename>/var/log/security.</filename> içinden "
-"erişilebilen günlük dosyalarını düzenli olarak denetlemek zorundadır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Güvenlik seçenekleri:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Özelleştirilmiş bir güvenlik seviyesi oluşturmak bilgisayar güvenliğini "
-"özelleştirmek için tek yol değildir, burada bulunan sekmelerive istediğiniz "
-"seçenekleri değiştirmek de ayrıca mümkündür. msec için aktif yapılandırma "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename> içinde saklanır. Bu "
-"dosya aktif güvenlik seviyesi ismini ve seçeneklerde yapılan tüm "
-"değişiklerin bir listesini içerir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Sistem güvenlik sekmesi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu sekme tüm güvenlik seçeneklerini sol taraftaki sütunda, tanımı merkez "
-"sütunda ve aktif değerini sağ sütunda gösterir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir seçeneği değiştirmek için, üzerine çift tıklanır ve yeni bir pencere "
-"açılır (aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız). Bu, seçenek ismini, kısa bir "
-"tanımını, aktif ve varsayılan değerleri, ve yeni değerin seçilebileceği "
-"açılır bir listeyi görüntüler. Seçimleri doğrulamak için <guibutton>TAMAM</"
-"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui'den çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu> "
-"yolulya yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik "
-"yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı "
-"sağlar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Ağ güvenliği"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr "Bu sekme tüm ağ seçeneklerini gösterir ve önceki sekme gibi çalışır"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Periyodik kontroller sekmesi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Periyodik denetimler güvenlik yöneticisini msec'in potansiyel olarak "
-"tehlikeli olduğunu düşündüğü güvenlik ikazları için bilgilendirmesini "
-"amaçlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu sekme msec tarafından gerçekleştirilen ve eğer <guibutton>Periyodik "
-"güvenlik denetimlerini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretli ise bunların "
-"sıklığını gösterir. Değişiklikler önceki sekmede olduğu gibi yapılır."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "İstisnalar sekmesi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Bazen ikaz mesajları iyi bilinen ve istenen durumlardan kaynaklanır. Bu "
-"durumlarda bunlar kullanışsızdırlar ve sistem yöneticisinin zamanını "
-"harcarlar. Bu sekme istenmeyen mesajlardan kurtulmak için pek çok istisna "
-"oluşturmanıza izin verir. Açıktır ki msec ilk çalıştırıldığında boştur. "
-"Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsü dört istina gösterir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Bir istisna oluşturmak için <guibutton>Bir kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine "
-"tıklayınız"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"İstenen periyodik denetimi <guilabel>Denetle</guilabel> ismindeki aşağı "
-"açılır listeden seçin ve sonra metin alanında <guilabel>İstisna</guilabel>yı "
-"giriniz. Bir istisna eklemek açıktır ki değiştirilmez değildir, bunu "
-"<guilabel>İstisnalar</guilabel> sekmesinin <guibutton>Sil</guibutton> "
-"düğmesini kullanarak veya çift tıklamayla düzenleyerek silebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "İzinler"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr "Bu sekme dosya ve dizin izinleri denetimi ve zorlamaları içindir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Pek çok güvenlik için olduğu gibi, msec farklı izin seviyelerine (standard, "
-"güvenli, ...) sahiptir, bunlar seçilen güvenlik seviyelerine bağlı olarak "
-"etkinleştirilir. Kendi özelleştirilmiş izin seviyelerinizi, onları "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> dizini içinde bulunan <filename>izin."
-"&lt;seviyeismi> </filename> ismindeki dosyaya yazarak oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu "
-"fonksiyon özelleştirilmiş yapılandırmaya ihtiyacı olan güçlü kullanıcılar "
-"içindir. Burada gösterilen sekmeyi istediğiniz herhangi bir izini "
-"değiştirmek için kullanmanız da mümkündür. Aktif yapılandırma <filename>/etc/"
-"security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> içinde saklanır. Bu dosya izinlerde "
-"yapılan  tüm değişikliklerin listesini içerir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Varsayılan izinler bir kurallar listesi olarak (satır başına bir kural) "
-"gösterilir. Sol tarafta kural ile ilgili dosya veya dizini, ayrıca sahibi, "
-"ayrıca grubu ve kural tarafından verilen izini görebilirsiniz. Eğer, "
-"verilmiş bir kural için:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmiş değilse, msec sadece bu kural "
-"için tanımlı izinlerin itibarlı olup olmadığını denetler ve değilse ikaz "
-"mesajı gönderir, fakat herhangi bir şeyi deiştirmez."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> düğmesi işaretli, öyleyse msec ilk periyodik "
-"denetimde izinleri yönetecek ve izinlerin üzerine yazacaktır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Bunun çalışması için <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik denetim sekmesi</"
-"emphasis> içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği uygun bir şekilde yapılandırılmalı."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Yeni bir kural oluşturmak için, <guibutton> Kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine "
-"tıklayın ve aşağıdaki örnekte gösterildiği gibi alanları doldurun. "
-"<guilabel>Dosya</guilabel> alanında * joker karakterine izin verilir. \"aktif"
-"\" hiç değişiklik olmaması anlamında gelir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Seçimi doğrulamak için <guibutton>OK</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın ve "
-"çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu> yolulya "
-"yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik "
-"yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı "
-"sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> dosyasını düzenleyerek de "
-"kural oluşturmak veya değiştirmek mümkündür."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">İzin sekmesi</emphasis>ndeki değişiklikler (veya "
-"doğrudan yapılandırma dosyasındaki) ilk periyodik denetimde hesaba katılır  "
-"(bakınız <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik denetimler sekmesi</emphasis> "
-"içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği). Bunların hemen hesaba katılmasını "
-"istiyorsanız, root hakları ile uç birimde msecperms komutunu kullanınız. "
-"Öncesinde  msecperms tarafından değiştirilecek izinleri öğrenmek için "
-"msecperms -p komutunu kullanabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Unutmayın, bir izini uç birimden veya bir dosya yöneticisi ile "
-"değiştirirseniz, <emphasis role=\"bold\">İzinler sekmesi </emphasis> içinde "
-"<guilabel>Zorla </guilabel> kutusu işaretli bir dosya için, msecgui bir süre "
-"sonra <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik Denetimler Sekmesi </emphasis> "
-"içindeki CHECK_PERMS ve CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE seçeneklerinin yapılandırmasına "
-"bağlı olarak eski izinleri geri yazacktır, "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Diğer Mageia Araçları"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia Denetim Merkezinden başlatılabilen araçlardan daha fazla Mageia aracı "
-"bulunur. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın ya da "
-"sonraki sayfayı okumaya devam edin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>YAZILACAK </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Ve daha fazla araçlar?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "Yazılım Yönetimi (Yazılım Kurun veya Kaldırın)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake'e giriş"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, ayrıca drakrpm olarak "
-"bilinir, paketleri kurmak, kaldırmak ve güncellemek için kullanılan bir "
-"programdır. URPMI'nin grafik kullanıcı arayüzüdür. Her açılışta, Mageia'nın "
-"resmi sunucularından indirilen çevrimiçi paket listesini ('ortam' denir) "
-"kontrol edecektir, ve bilgisayarınız için uygun en son paket ve uygulamaları "
-"gösterecektir. Bir filtreleme sistemi sadece belirli türdeki paketleri "
-"görüntülemenizi sağlar: sadece kurulu olan paketleri (varsayılan), veya "
-"sadece uygun güncellemeleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca sadece kurulu "
-"olmayan paketleri de görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca, bir paketin ismi ile, "
-"veya tanımlamaların özetinde veya paketlerin tam tanımlamaları içinde ya da "
-"pakete dahil dosyaların içinde arama yapabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Çalışması için, rpmdrake <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ile "
-"yapılandırılacak depolara ihtiyaç duyar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Kurulum sırasında, yapılandırılmış veri kaynağı kurulumda kullanılan, "
-"genellikle DVD veya CD veri kaynağıdır. Bu veri kaynağını tutmaya devam "
-"ederseniz, rpmdrake her paket kurulumunda bunu soracaktır: <placeholder type="
-"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Yukarıdaki ileti sizi rahatsız ediyorsa ve çok "
-"kısıtlı indirme sınırları olmayan iyi bir internet bağlantınız varsa, bu "
-"veri kaynağını <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> kullanarak çevrimiçi "
-"depolar ile değiştirmek daha uygun olacaktır ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Ayrıca, çevrimiçi depolar her zaman güncel olup çok daha fazla paket "
-"içerirler ve kurulu paketlerinizin güncelenmesini sağlarlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Ekranın ana bölümleri"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paket türü filtresi:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu filtre sadece belirli türdeki paketleri görüntülemenizi sağlar. "
-"Yöneticiyi ilk kez çalıştırdığınızda, sadece grafik arayüzlü uygulamaları "
-"gösterir. Tüm paketleri veya, onların tüm bağımlılıklarını ve "
-"kütüphanelerini ya da sadece uygulamalar, sadece güncellemeler veya "
-"Mageianın daha yeni sürümünden düzeltilmiş paketler gibi grupları "
-"görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Varsayılan filtre ayarı Linux veya Mageia ile yeni tanışanlar içindir, ki "
-"bunlar komut satırı ve uzman araçları istemezler. Bu belgeyi okuduğunuza "
-"göre açıkça Mageia bilginizi geliştirmek istiyorsunuz, bu yüzden bu filtreyi "
-"\"Tümü\" yapmak en iyisidir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paket durumu filtresi:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu filtre sadece kurulu olan paketleri, kurulu olmayan paketleri veya kurulu "
-"veya kurulu olmayan tüm paketleri görmenizi sağlar, "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arama modu:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Paket isimleri, özetleri, tam tanımlamaları veya paketin içerdiği dosyalar "
-"arasında arama yapmak için bu simgeye tıklayın. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Ara\" kutusu:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Buraya bir ya da daha fazla anahtar kelime girin. Arama için birden fazla "
-"anahtar kelime girmek istiyorsanız anahtar kelimeler arasında '|' kullanın, "
-"örn. Aynı anda \"mplayer\" ve \"xine\" aramak için 'mplayer | xine' yazın. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tümünü sil:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu simge \"Ara\" kutusuna girilmiş anahtar kelimeleri tek tıklamayla "
-"temizleyebilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategori listesi:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu kenar çubuğu tüm uygulamaları ve paketleri net bir şekilde kategoriler ve "
-"alt kategoriler halinde gruplandırır. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Açıklama paneli:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu panel paketin ismini, özetini ve tam tanımlamalarını gösterir. Seçilen "
-"paketle ilgili bir çok kullanışlı öğeler gösterir. Ayrıca paket ile ilgili "
-"tam detayları, pakete dahil edilmiş dosyalarla birlikte bakımcının yaptığı "
-"son değişikliği de gösterir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Durum sütunu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Süzgeçleri doğru şekilde ayarladığınızda yazılımları ya kategorilerine "
-"(yukarıdaki 6. alan) ya da yukarıdaki 4 numaralı alanı kullanarak isim/özet/"
-"açıklama yoluyla bulabilirsiniz. Sorgunuzu karşılayan bir paket listesi ile "
-"seçilen kurulum ortamı; her paketin kurulu olduğuna, kurulu olmadığına veya "
-"bir güncelleme olduğuna göre değişen farklı durum işaretçileri ile "
-"gösterilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Simge"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Gösterge"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Bu paket zaten kurulu"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Bu paket kurulacak"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Bu paket değiştirilemez"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Bu paket bir güncelleştirme"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Bu paket kaldırılacak"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Yukarıdaki ekran görüntüsündeki örnekler:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer digikam  seçimini kaldırırsam (yeşil ok bize kurulu olduğunu söyler), "
-"durum simgesi kırmızı yukarı ok olur ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> "
-"düğmesine tıkladığımızda kaldırılır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer qdigidoc seçersem (kurulu değildir, duruma bakınız),turuncu  aşağı ok "
-"simgesi gözükür ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığımızda "
-"kurulur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Bağımlılıklar"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Bazı paketler çalışabilmeleri için bağımlılıklar denen paketlere ihtiyaç "
-"duyarlar. Örneğin bunlar kütüphanelerdir ya da araçlardır. Bu durumda, "
-"Rpmdrake seçilen bağımlılıkları kabul edip etmediğinizi soran, işlemi iptal "
-"etmenizi veya daha fazla bilgi almanızı sağlayan bir pencere gösterir "
-"(yukarıya bakınız). Bu ayrıca çeşitli paketler gerekli kütüphaneleri "
-"sağlayabilecekleri zaman meydana gelebilir, bu durumda rpmdrake alternatif "
-"listesini daha fazla bilgi veren bir düğme ve hangi paketlerin kurulacağını "
-"seçtiren bir düğme ile gösterir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Tarayıcı kurun"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Kurulum"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> "
-"yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir tekil tarayıcıyı veya "
-"taramayı da içeren çok fonksiyonlu bir aygıtı yapılandırmanızı sağlar. "
-"Ayrıca bu bilgisayara uzaktan bağlı veya uzak tarayıcıya erişim için yerel "
-"aygıtları paylaşıma izin verir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr "Bu aracı ilk kez çalıştırdığınızda şu mesajı alabilirsiniz:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"Tarayıcıların kullanılabilmesi için SANE paketlerinin kurulması "
-"gerekiyor</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>SANE paketlerini kurmak istiyor musunuz?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Devam etmek için <emphasis>Evet</emphasis>i seçiniz. Bu kurulu değillerse "
-"<code>scanner-gui</code>yi ve <code>task-scanning</code>i kuracaktır."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlandıysa, ve böylece yukarıdaki "
-"ekranda tarayıcınızın ismini görüyorsanız, tarayıcı, örneğin, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> veya <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis> ile "
-"kullanıma hazırdır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"O durumda, <emphasis>Tarayıcı paylaşımı</emphasis> seçeneğini yapılandırmak "
-"isteyebilirsiniz. Bunun hakkında <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ı "
-"okuyabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Diğer taraftan, tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlanmamışsa, ve "
-"kablo(lar)ını, güç düğmesini kontrol etmek ve <emphasis>Yeni bir tarayıcı "
-"ara</emphasis> işe yaramadıysa, <emphasis>Elle bir tarayıcı ekle</emphasis> "
-"düğmesine basmanız gerekir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Gördüğünüz listede tarayıcınızın markasınız seçiniz, sonra o marka için "
-"türünü seçiniz ve <emphasis>Tamam</emphasis>a tıklayınız"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Tarayıcınızı listede göremiyorsanız <emphasis>İptal</emphasis> düğmesini "
-"tıklayın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lütfen tarayıcınızın <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/"
-"sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Desteklenen Cihazlar</link> sayfasında destekli "
-"olduğunu kontrol ediniz ve yardım için  <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forumlar</link>ı kullanınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Port seçin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ayarı tarayıcınızın arayüzü paralel port değilse <emphasis>Uygun portları "
-"otomatik olarak algıla</emphasis> şeklinde bırakabilirsiniz. Diğer durumda, "
-"eğer sadece bir tane varsa <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> seçiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Tamam</emphasis> düğmesini tıkladıktan sonra, pek çok durumda, "
-"aşağıdakine benzer bir ekran göreceksiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer o ekran gelmediyse lütfen <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/> "
-"belgesini okuyun."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Ekranpaylaşımı"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Burada, bu makineye bağlanan tarayıcılara uzak makinelerden erişilip "
-"erişilemeyeceğini ve hangi uzak makinelerden erişilebileceğini "
-"ayarlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca uzaktaki makinedeki tarayıcıların bu makineden "
-"erişilebilir olup olmadığına karar verebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Makineleretarayıcı paylaşımı : mekinelerin isim veya IP adresi bu "
-"bilgisayardaki yerel cihaz(lar)a erişim izni verilen mekineler listesine "
-"eklenebilir veya buradan silinebilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Uzak tarayıcıların kullanımı : makinelerinisim veya IP adresi uzaktaki "
-"tarayıcılara erişim izni verilen mekinelerlistesine eklenebilir veya buradan "
-"silinebilir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Makinelere tarayıcı paylaşımı: makine ekleyebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Makinelere tarayıcı paylaşımı: eklenecek makineleri veya tüm makinelere izin "
-"verileceğini belirtin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr "\"Tüm uzak makinelerin\" yerel tarayıcıya erişmesine izin verilmiştir"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer <emphasis>saned</emphasis> paketi kurulu değilse araç bunu yapmanızı "
-"önerir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Sonunda araç şu dosyaları değiştirecek:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> \"net\" yönergesini eklemek veya "
-"kaldırmak için "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ayrıca <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ve <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> i "
-"önyüklemede başlatılacak şekilde yapılandıracak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Özeller"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir çok HP tarayıcı ayrıca yazıcıları da yönetmeyi sağlayan <emphasis>HP "
-"Aygıt Yöneticisi</emphasis>nden (hplip)  yönetilir. Bu durumda, bu araç bunu "
-"onu yapılandırmanıza izin vermez ve sizi <emphasis>HP Aygıt Yöneticisi</"
-"emphasis> kullanmaya davet eder. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Sürücüler <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/"
-"search/?OSC=LX\">bu sayfadan</link> edinilebilir. Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk "
-"olarak <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> , sonra <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> "
-"paketini kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> paketi "
-"<emphasis>sane</emphasis> paketi ile çakıştığı hakkında bir uyarı "
-"üretebilir. Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğini bildirmişlerdir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Ek kurulum adımları"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> ekranında tarayıcınız için port "
-"seçiminden sonra,tarayıcınızı doğru bir şekilde yapılandırmak için bir ya da "
-"iki ek adım olması mümkündür."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Bazı durumlarda, tarayıcının her çalıştırıldığında kendi gömülü yazılımının "
-"yüklenmesinin gerektiğini biliyorsunuz. Bu araç, siteminize kurduktan sonra "
-"bunu aygıtın içine yüklemenizi sağlar. Bu ekranda gömülü yazılımı  CD'den "
-"veya Windows kurulumundankurabilirsiniz ya da üreticinin İnternet sitesinden "
-"indirerek kurabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Cihazınızın gömülü yazılımı yüklenmesi gerektiğinde, her ilk kullanımda çok "
-"zaman alabilir, muhtemelen bir dakikadan fazla. Bu yüzden sabırlı olun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ayrıca <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"SANE_arkaucunuzun_ismi\".conf file.</"
-"emphasis> dosyasını ayarlamanızı söyleyen bir ekranla karşılaşabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"O ya da diğer yönergeleri dikkatlice okuyun ve ne yapacağınızı bilmiyorsanız "
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumlar</link>a sormaya "
-"çekinmeyin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Yazılım Yönetimi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu ekranda çeşitli yazılım yönetim araçları arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. "
-"Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Sisteminizi güncelleyin</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Kurulum ve "
-"güncelleme için ortam kaynaklarını yapılandırın</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Bir yazıcı kur veya yapılandır"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia'da yazdırma CUPS isminde bir sunucu ile yönetilir. Web tarayıcı ile "
-"ulaşılabilen kendi <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://"
-"localhost:631\">yapılandırma arayüzü</link> ne sahiptir, fakat Mageia "
-"yazıcıları kurmak için system-config-printer isminde, Fedora, Mandriva, "
-"Ubuntu ve openSUSE ile paylaşılan kendi aracını önerir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Kuruluma devam etmek için non-free depoları etkinleştirmelisiniz, çünkü bazı "
-"sürücüler sadece bu şekilde erişilebilir olabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis> yazarak "
-"çalıştırabilirsiniz. Bunun için size root parolası sorulacak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Yazıcı kurulumu Mageia Denetim Merkezinin <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> "
-"bölümünde halledilir.  <guilabel>Yazdırma ve taramayı yapılandır</guilabel> "
-"aracını seçiniz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MDM iki paketin kurulumunu isteyecek:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Devam etmek için bu kurulumu kabul etmeniz gerekiyor. 230MBa kadar "
-"bağımlılıklar gerekli."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir yazıcı ekleme için, yazıcı \"Ekle\" düğmesini seçin. Sistem herhangi bir "
-"yazıcı algılamayı mümkün portu bulmayı deneyecek. Ekran görüntüsü bir "
-"paralel porta bağlı bir yazıcıyı gösterir. Eğer bir yazıcı algılanırsa, USB "
-"portundaki bir yazıcı gibi, bu ilk satırda gösterilir. Pencere ayrıca bir ağ "
-"yazıcısını yapılandırmaya çalışır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Otomatik olarak algılanan yazıcılar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Bu genellikle USB yazıcıyı içerir. Araç otomatik olarak yazıcının ismini "
-"bulur ve bunu görüntüler. Yazıcıyı seçin ve \"Sonraki\" ye tıklayın. Yazıcı "
-"için bilinen bir sürücü varsa otomatik olarak kurulacaktır. Eğer birden "
-"fazla sürücü varsa ya da hiç sürücü yoksa, bir sonraki paragrafta "
-"açıklandığı gibi, bir pencere sizden seçmenizi ya da tedarik etmenizi ister. "
-"<xref linkend=\"terminate\"/> ile devam ediniz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Otomatik olarak algılanan yazıcı yok"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir port seçtiğinizde, sistem bir sürücü listesi yükler ve bir sürücü "
-"seçmeniz biçin bir pencere gösterir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Veritabanından yazıcı seç"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "PPD dosyasını sağla"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "indirilecek bir sürücü için arama yapın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Veritabanından seçerek, pencere ilk olarak bir yazıcı üreticisi önerir, ve "
-"sonra bir aygıt ve bir sürücü onunla ilişkilendirilir. Eğer birden fazla "
-"sürücü önerilirse, eğer daha önce onunla sorun yaşamadıysanız tavsiye "
-"edileni seçiniz, bu durumda çalışıtığını bilineni seçiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Kurulum işlemini bitir"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Sürücü eçiminden sonra, bir pencere sistemin yazıcıyı tasarlaması ve "
-"tanıması için bazı bilgiler ister. İlk satır aygıtın uygulamaların içinde "
-"erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde gözüken ismidir. Kurulum programı sonra "
-"bir test sayfası yazdırmayı önerir.  Bu adımdan sonra, yazıcı eklenmiştir ve "
-"erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde görünür. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Ağ yazıcısı"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Ağ yazıcıları doğrudan kablolu ya da kablosuz ağlara bağlanmış yazıcılardır, "
-"ki bunlar bir yazma sunucusuna veya yazma sunucusu hizmeti veren bir iş "
-"istasyonuna bağlanmıştır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Genellikle, DHCP sunucuyu yazıcının MAC-adresi ile daima ayrılmış bir IP "
-"adresi ile eşleştirme şeklinde yapılandırmak daha iyidir. Tabii ki bu "
-"yazdırmasunucunun yazıcısının IP adresi ile aynı olmalıdır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Yazıcının MAC adresi, yazıcıya, yazdırma sunucusuna ya da bağlandığı "
-"bilgisayara verilen bir rakam dizisidir. Yazıcı tarafından yazdırılan "
-"yapılandırma sayfasından veya yazıcı veya yazdırma sunucusu üzerindeki "
-"etiketten elde edilebilir. Eğer paylaşılan yazıcınız Mageia sistemine "
-"bağlıysa, üzerinde root olarak <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> "
-"yazarak Mac-adresini bulabilirsiniz. Bu \"HWaddr\" ardından gelen rakamlar "
-"ve harfler dizisidir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Ağ yazıcınızı bilgisayarınızla ağ üzerinden konuşmak için kullandığı "
-"protokolü seçerek ekleyebilirsiniz. Eğer hangi protokolü seçeceğinizi "
-"bilmiyorsanız, <guilabel>Aygıtlar</guilabel> menüsünden <guilabel>Ağ "
-"yazıcısı</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ağ Yazıcısı Bul</guilabel> seçeneğini "
-"deneyebilirsiniz ve sağ tarafta, \"makineler\" denen yerde yazıcının IP "
-"adresini veriniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer araç yazıcınızı veya yazıcı sunucunuzu algılarsa, bir protokol ve bir "
-"kuyruk önerir, fakat aşağıdaki listeden daha uygun birini seçebilirsiniz ya "
-"da listede değilse doğru kuyruk ismini girebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Yazıcınız veya yazıcı sunucunuz' un hangi protokolleri desteklediğini ve "
-"belirli muhtemel kuyruk adları için kullanım rehberina bakın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Ağ yazdırma protokolü"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir teknik  Hewlett-Packard tarafından geliştirilmiştir ve JetDirect olarak "
-"bilinir. Bu bir yazıcıya doğrudan ağa bağlı bir ethernet portu yolula "
-"erişimi sağlar. Yazıcının ağdaki IP adresini bilmelisiniz. Bu teknik ayrıca "
-"bazı yazıcı bağlanabilen USB portları olan ADSL-yönelticileri içinde "
-"kullanılır. Bu durumda, IP-adresi yönelticininkidir. \"Hp Device manager\"in "
-"dinamik olarak yapılandırılmış IP-areslerini <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-"
-"the-printer></emphasis> şeklinde bir URI ayarı ile yönetebileceğine dikkat "
-"edin. Bu durumda sabit IP-adresi gerekli değildir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Protokol olarak <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> seçiniz ve "
-"<guilabel>Makine:</guilabel> içindeki adresi giriniz, değiştirlecek olduğunu "
-"bilmiyorsanız <guilabel>Port Numarası</guilabel>nı değiştirmeyiniz. "
-"Protokolün seçiminden sonra, sürücünün seçimi yukarıdakiyle aynıdır."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Diğer protokoller şunlardır:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipp)</emphasis>: TCP/IP üzerinden IPP "
-"yoluyla erişilebilen bir yazıcıdır, örneğin CUPS kullanılarak bir istasyona "
-"bağlanmış bir yazıcı. Bu protokol ayrıca bazı ADSL-yönelticiler tarafından "
-"kullanılabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (https): </emphasis> ipp ile aynı, "
-"fakat TLS güvenli protokol ile http iletimi kullanılır. Port tanımlanmış "
-"olmalıdır. Varsayılan olarak, 631 portu kullanılır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipps): </emphasis>ippile aynı, fakat "
-"TLS güvenlikli protokol."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR konağı veya Yazıcı</emphasis>: LPD protokolü yoluyla TCP/"
-"IP üzerinden erişilebilen bir yazıcı, örneğin LPD kullanılarak bir istasyona "
-"bağlanmış bir yazıcı."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>SAMBA yoluyla Windows yazıcı</emphasis>: bir Windows ya da SMB "
-"sunucu çalışan ve paylaşılmış bir istasyona bağlanmış bir yazıcı. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ayrıca URI doğrudan eklenebilir. Burada URI in nasıl biçimlendirildiğine "
-"dair bir örnek var:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-addresi-veya-konakismi:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ek bilgiler <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/"
-"network.html\">CUPS belgelendirmesi</link>nde bulunabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Aygıt Özellikleri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Aygıtın özelliklerine erişebilirsiniz. Menü CUPS sunucu için olan "
-"parametrelere erişmenizi sağlar. Varsayılan olarak CUPS sunucu sisteminizden "
-"başlatılır, fakat <guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Bağlan...</"
-"guimenuitem> ile farklı bir tane belirtebilirsiniz, sunucunun özel "
-"parametrelerini ayarlamak için başka bir pencere <guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Ayarlar</guimenuitem> ile açılır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Sorun giderme"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> dosyasını inceleyerek yazdırma "
-"sırasında oluşan hatalarla ilgili bilgiler bulabilirsiniz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"<guimenu>Yardım</guimenu> | <guilabel>Hata Giderme</guilabel> menülerinden "
-"ayrıca problemleri teşhis eden bir araca erişebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Belirli yazıcılar için bazı sürücülerin Mageia'da bulunmaması ya da işler "
-"olmaması mümkündür. Bu durumda aygıtınız için bir sürücü bulunup "
-"bulunmadığını kntrol etmek için <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/"
-"printers/\">openprinting</link> sitesine göz atınız. Eğer varsa, paketin "
-"Mageia'da bulunup bulunmadığını kontrol ediniz ve elle kurunuz. Sonra "
-"yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için kurulum işlemini tekrar yapınız. Her durumda "
-"hatayı bugzilla'da veya forumda, bu araca alışkınsanız ve modeli ve sürücü "
-"bilgisini sağlayabiliyorsanız ve kurulumdan sonra yazıcının çalışıp "
-"çalışmadığını raporlayınız. Burada diğer güncel sürücüler ya da daha yeni "
-"aygıtlar için bazı kaynaklar var."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kardeş yazıcılar</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Bu sayfa</link> Brother tarafından sağlanan bir "
-"sürücü listesini verir. Aygıtınız için bir sürücü arayın, rpm(ler)i aratın "
-"ve kurun."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Yapılandırma aracını çalıştırmadan önce Kardeş sürücüleri kurmalısınız. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard yaıcılar ve hepsi birarada cihazlar</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aygıtlar hplip aracını kullanırlar. Bu yazıcının algılanması ya da "
-"seçilmesinden sonra otomatik olarak kurulur.  Diğer bilgileri <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">burada</link>  "
-"bulabilirsiniz. \"HP Device Manager\" aracı <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> "
-"menüsünden ulaşılabilir. Yazıcıların yönetimi için ayrıca <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
-"\">yapılandırma</link> ya bakınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir HP çok fonksiyonlu aygıtı bir yazıcı olarak eklenmeli ve tarayıcı "
-"özellikleri eklenmeli. Bazen dikkat edin, Xsane arayüzü filmleri veya "
-"slaytları (parlayan slayt işlemez) taramaya izin vermez. Bu durumda tek "
-"başına modu kullanarak taramak mümkündür, ve resim cihaza bağlı hafıza kartı "
-"veya USB belleğe kaydedilir. Sonra gözde resim düzenleme yazılımınızı açın "
-"ve /media dizini içindeki hafıza kartında bulunan resminizi yükleyin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung renkli yazıcı</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Belirli Samsung ve Zerox renkli yazıcılar için QPDL protokolü için <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">bu site sürücüler sağlar</link> "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson  yazıcılar ve tarayıcılar </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Epson yazıcılar için sürücüler <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson."
-"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">bu arama sayfasından</link> edinilebilir. "
-"Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk olarak \"iscan-data\" , sonra \"iscan\" paketini "
-"kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). Bir iscan-plugin paketi ayrıca bulunur ve "
-"kurulur. Mimarinize uygun olan <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> paketlerini seçiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"iscan paketinin sane ile çakışma hakkında bir uyarı üretmesi muhtemeldir. "
-"Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğine dair bilgilendirilirler."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon yazıcılar</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Canon yazıcılar için, turboprint isminde bir aracın -<link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"www.turboprint.info/\">burada bulunabilir</link>- kurulması önerilebilir. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Windows (TM) belge ve ayarlarını aktar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde <guilabel>Windows(TM) "
-"belgelerini ve ayarlarını içe aktar</guilabel> etiketiyle bulunabilir"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Araç yöneticiye Mageia kurulumu ile aynı bilgisayarda olan <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> XP veya <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> kurulumlarından kullanıcı "
-"belgelerinin ve ayarların içe aktarılmasına izin verir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lütfen <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basar basmaz transfugdrake "
-"tarafından yapılan değişikliklerin uygulanacağına dikkat edin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"transfugdrake'i başlattıktan sonra araç ve içe aktarma seçenekleri hakkında "
-"bazı açıklamaların bulunduğu ilk sihirbaz sayfasını göreceksiniz. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Yönergeleri okuduğunuzda ve anladığınızda, <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> "
-"düğmesine tıklayın. Bu <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"kurulumu tespitini çalıştıracaktır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Tespit işlemi tamamlandığında <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>dan Mageia'ya aktaracağınız hesapları seçebileceğiniz bir sayfa "
-"göreceksiniz. Kendi hesabınızdan farklı hesapları da seçmeniz münkün."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-" <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kullanıcı hesapları "
-"ismi  özel karakterler içerip yanlış gösterilebileceği şeklindeki migrate-"
-"assistant (transfugdrake'in arka ucu) sınırlandırmaları olabilceğini hesaba "
-"katın. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr "Belgeler dizinine bağlı olarak içe aktarma biraz zaman alabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Bazı <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> uygulamaları, "
-"(özellikle sürücüler) deişik amaçlarla kullanıcı oluşturabilirler. Örneğin "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>daki NVidia sürücüleri "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> ile güncellenir. Lütfen içe aktarma "
-"amacıyla için böyle hesapları kullanmayınız. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Hesap seçimlerini bitirdiğinizde <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine "
-"basın. Sonraki sayfa belgeleri içe aktarmada yöntem seçimi için kullanılır:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake   <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"verilerini <emphasis>Belgelerim</emphasis>, <emphasis>Müziklerim</emphasis> "
-"ve <emphasis>Resimlerim</emphasis> dizinlerinden içe aktarmak için "
-"tasarlanmıştır. Bu pencerede uygun öğeleri seçerek içe aktarmayı atamak "
-"mümkündür."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Belge içe aktarma yöntemini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> "
-"düğmesine basınız. Sonraki sayfa sık kullanılanların içe aktarılması "
-"yöntemini seçemk içindir:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> ve <emphasis>Mozilla "
-"Firefox</emphasis> sık kullanılanlarını Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</"
-"emphasis> a aktarabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Tercih edilen içe aktarma yöntemini seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> "
-"düğmesine basın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "Sonraki ekran masaüstü arkaplanını içe aktarmanızı sağlar:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Tercih edilen seçenekleri seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine "
-"basın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Sihirbazın son sayfası bazı tebrik mesajlarını gösterir. <guibutton>Bitir</"
-"guibutton> düğmesine basmanız yeterli."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Kullanıcılar ve Gruplar"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</"
-"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde \"Sistemdeki "
-"kullanıcıları yönet\" etiketiyle bulunur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Araç yöneticilerin kullanıcıları ve grupları yönetmesini sağlar, bu "
-"kullanıcı ve grupların eklenmesi ve kullanıcı ve grup ayarlarının "
-"değiştirilmesi anlamına gelir (ID, kabuk, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"userdrake açıldığı zaman, sistemde bulunan tüm kullanıcılar "
-"<guibutton>Kullanıcılar sekmesinde ve </guibutton> tüm gruplar "
-"<guibutton>Grouplar</guibutton> sekmesinde listelenir. Her iki sekme de "
-"benzer şekilde çalışır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Kullanıcı Ekle</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "Bu düğme tüm alanlar boş olarak gösterilen bir pencere açar:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tam İsim</emphasis> alanı soyisim ve isim girdisi "
-"içindir, fakat herhangi bir şey yazılabilir ya da hiçbir şey yazılmayabilir!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Oturum</emphasis> gerekli olan tek alandır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parola</emphasis> girmek şiddetle tavsiye "
-"edilir. Sağda küçük bir muhafaza bulunur, eğer kırmızı ise parola zayıf, çok "
-"kısa ya da oturum ismine çok benzerdir. Simgeleri, küçük ve büyük harflari, "
-"noktalama işaretlerini vb. kullanmalısınız. Muhafaza parola güçlülüğü "
-"yükseldikçe turuncu ve sonra da yeşil olacaktır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parolayı onayla</emphasis> alanı girdiğiniz doğru "
-"bir şekilde yaptığınızdan emin olmak içindir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Oturum Kabuğu </emphasis> eklediğiniz kullanıcının "
-"kullandığı kabuğu değiştirdiğiniz, seçenekleri Bash, Dash ve Sh olan bir "
-"aşağı açılır listedir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kullanıcı için özel grup oluştur</emphasis>, eğer "
-"işaretlenmişse otomatik olarak aynı isimde bir grup oluşturulur ve sadece bu "
-"kullanıcı bu gruba üye olur ( bu düzenlenebilir)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Diğer seçenekler anlaşılır olmalı. <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine "
-"tıklar tıklamaz yeni kullanıcı oluşturulur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Grup Ekle</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Sadece yeni grup ismi ve gerekliyse belirli grup IDsi girmeniz gerekir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Düzenle</emphasis> (seçili bir kullanıcıyı)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kullanıcı Verisi</guibutton>: oluşturma sırasında kullanıcıya "
-"verilen tüm verileri değiştirmenizi sağlar (ID değiştirilemez)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hesap Bilgisi</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"İlk seçenek hesap için son kullanma tarihi için ayardır. Bu tarihten sonra "
-"bağlantı mümkün değildir. Bu geçici hesaplar için uygundur."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"İkinci seçenek hesabı klitlemedir, hesap kilitli kaldığı sürece bağlantı "
-"mümkün değildir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Bu simgeyi değiştirmek  mümkündür."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parola Bilgisi</emphasis>: Parola için son kullanma "
-"tarihi ayarlamanızı sağlar, bu kullanıcıyı periyodik olarak parolasını "
-"değiştirmeye zorlar."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Burada kullanıcının üyesi olacağı "
-"grubu seçebilirsiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Bağlı bir kullanıcıda değişiklik yaparsanız, değişiklikler bir sonraki "
-"oturumuna kadar geçerli olmaz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Düzenle</emphasis> (seçili bir grupla)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup Verisi</emphasis>: Grup ismini değiştirmenizi "
-"sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup Kullanıcıları</emphasis>: Burada grubun üyesi "
-"olacak kullanıcıları seçebilirsiniz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Sil</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Bir kullanıcı ya da grubu seçin ve kaldırmak için <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Sil</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın. Bir kullanıcı için, ev dizininin ve "
-"posta kurusunun silinip silinmeyeceğini soran bir pencere çıkar. Kullanıcı "
-"için oluşturulmuş özel bir grup varsa bu da silinir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Bu boş olmayan bir grubu silmek mümkün müdür."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Yenile</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Kullanıcı veritabanı Userdrake dışından değiştirilebilir. Görüntüyü "
-"yenilemek için bu simgeye tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Misafir Hesabı</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> özel bir hesaptır. Herhangi bir "
-"kişiye geçici olarak tam güvenlik ile sisteme eriişm verilmesi içindir. "
-"Oturum açma xguestdir, parola yoktur, ve bu hesapla sistemde değişiklik "
-"yapmak mümkün değildir. Oturum sonunda kişisel dizinler silinir. Bu hesap "
-"varsayılan olarak etkindir, devre dışı bırakmak için menüde, <guimenu> "
-"Eylemler-> Misafir hesabını kaldr</guimenu>a tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Grafiksel sunucu ayarlayın"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Bu aracı komut satırındanormal kullanıcı ile <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> "
-"yazarak ya da root ile <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> yazarak "
-"çalıştırabilirsiniz. Büyük harflere dikkat edin."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</"
-"emphasis>sekmesinde bulunur. <emphasis><guilabel>Grafik sunucuları kur</"
-"guilabel></emphasis> seçiniz. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Düğmele grafik yapılandırmasını değiştirmek için izin verir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafik kartı</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Şu anda tespit edilen grafik kartı gösterilirdi ve uygun sunucu "
-"yapılandırıldı.  Başka bir sunucuya değiştirmek için bu düğmeye tıklayın, "
-"örneğin özel bir sürücü ile."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Mümkün sunucular <guilabel>Satıcı</guilabel> altında üreticilerine göre "
-"alfabetik sırada ve sonra ayrıca modeline göre alfabetik sıralı olarak "
-"bulunur. Özgür sürücüler <guilabel> Xorg</guilabel> altında alfabetik olarak "
-"sıralıdır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Problem olması durumunda <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> bir çok ekran "
-"kartı ile çalışacaktır ve size Masaüstü Ortamını kullanırken doğru sürücüyü "
-"bulup kurmanız için zaman kazandıracaktır. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer Vesa çalışmasa bile, Mageia'yı kurarken kullanılan fakat çözünürlüğü ve "
-"tazeleme oranını değiştirmeye izin vermeyen <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</"
-"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> i seçiniz. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer özgür bir sürücü seçimi yaptıysanız, daha fazla özellikli (3D etkiler "
-"örneğin) sahipli bir sürücü kullanmak isteyip istemediğiniz sorulabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekran:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Yukarıdaki ile aynı şekilde, aktif olarak algılanan ekran gösterilir ve bir "
-"başkasıyla değiştirmek için düğmeye tıklayabilirsiniz. Eğer istenen ekran "
-"<guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> listesinde bulunmuyorsa, <guilabel>Genel</"
-"guilabel> listesinden aynı özelliklerde bir ekran seçiniz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Çözünürlük:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Bu düğme çöznünürlük (benek sayısı) ve renk derinliği (renk sayısı) "
-"seçeneğini sağlar. Şu ekranı görüntüler:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Renk derinliğini "
-"değiştirdiğinizde, bir çok-renkli çubuk ikinci düğmenin yanında belirir ve "
-"renk derinliğinin neye benzediğini görüntüler."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"İlk düğme aktif çözünürlüğü gösterir, bir diğeriyle değiştirmek için "
-"tıklayın. Liste ekran kartınıza ve ekranınıza bağlı olarak mümkün "
-"seçenekleri verir, <guilabel>Diğer</guilabel> e tıklayarak başka bir "
-"çözünürlük ayarlamak mümkündür, fakat ekranınıza zarar verebileceğinizi ve "
-"uygun olmayan bir ayar seçebileceğinizi aklınızdan çıkarmayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"İkinci düğme aktif renk derinliğini gösterir, bunu bir başkasıyla "
-"değiştirmek için tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Seçilen çözünürlüğe bağlı olarak, ayarların etkili olabilmesi için grafik "
-"ortamdan çıkıp yeniden başlatmanız gerekebilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Yapılandırma tamamlandığında, TAMAM düğmesine tıklamadan önce test etmeniz "
-"önerilir çünkü grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumuna göre bunu burada "
-"değiştirmeniz daha kolaydır."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumunda, metin ortamı açmak için Alt+Ctrl+F2 "
-"tuşlayınız, root olarak XFdrake'in metin sürümünü kullanmak için XFdrake "
-"(büyük harfli) yazınız."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Eğer test başarısız olursa, sona kadar bekleyin, eğer başarılı olursa fakat "
-"sonra değişiklik yapmak istemezseniz <guibutton>Hayır</guibutton> düğmesine "
-"tıklayın, eğer herşey doğruysa <guibutton role=\"bold\">TAMAM</guibutton> "
-"düğmesine tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Seçenekler:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Global seçenekler</guilabel>: Eğer <emphasis>Ctrl-Alt-Backspace'i "
-"devre dışı bırak</emphasis> işaretlenmiş ise, Ctrl+Alt+Backspace tuşlarını X "
-"sunucuyu yeniden başlatmak için kullanmak artık mümkün olmayacak."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Ekran kartı seçenekleri</guilabel>: ekran kartına bağlı olarak üç "
-"belirli özelliği etkinleştirmeyi veya devre dışında bırakmayı sağlar."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Açılışta Grafik arayüz </guilabel>: Çoğu zaman <emphasis>Önyükleme "
-"ardından otomatik olarak grafik arayüzünü (Xorg) başlat</emphasis>, "
-"önyüklemenin grafik moduna geçmesi için  işaretlidir, sunucu için "
-"işaretlenmemiş olabilir."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra, sistem "
-"onaylamanızı isteyecektir. Hala herşeyi iptaledip önceki yapılandırmayı "
-"koruma veya kabul etme fırsatı vardır. Bu durumda, yeni yapılandırmanın "
-"etkili olabilmesi için bağlantıyı kapatıp yeniden bağlanmalısınız."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 55bce033..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Mageia sistemi yapılandırmak için gerekli araçlar</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
-3.0 license <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Bu belge <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>
-yardımlarıyla üretilmiş <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
-tarafından geliştirilmiştir.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Gönüllüler tarafından onların boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu rehberin
-geliştirilmesine yardım etmek için lütfen <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Belgelendirme
-Takımı</link> ile iletişime geçin. </para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 68524208..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
-3.0 license <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Bu belge <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>
-yardımlarıyla üretilmiş <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
-tarafından geliştirilmiştir.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Gönüllüler tarafından onların boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu rehberin
-geliştirilmesine yardım etmek için lütfen <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Belgelendirme
-Takımı</link> ile iletişime geçin. </para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ec5b8a62..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Yazılım Paketleri Güncelleme</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate veya drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> veya <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde
-<emphasis role="bold">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Çalışması için, MageiaUpdate drakrpm-editmedia ile yapılandırılacak bazı
-ortamların güncelleme için işaretlendiği depolara ihtiyaç duyar. Eğer öyle
-değilse, bu şekilde bilgilendirilirsiniz.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Bu araç başlatılır başlatılmaz, kurulu paketleri tarar ve depolarda
-güncelleme olanlarını listeler. Tümü varsayılan olarak otomatik olarak
-indirilecek şekilde seçilmiştir ve kurulur. İşlemin başlaması için
-<guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. </para>
-
-  <para>Bir pakete tıklayarak, daha fazla bilgi pencerenin alt yarısında
-görüntülenir. Bir başlıktan önceki <emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis>
-işareti tıkladığınızda açılan bir metin anlamına gelir.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Güncellemeler müsait olduğunda, bir applet görev çubuğunda kırmızı bir simge
-<inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject> göstererek sizi
-uyarır. Sistemi güncellemek için sadece tıklayın ve kullanıcı parolasını
-girin.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 678d916a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Grafiksel sunucu ayarlayın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis
-role="bold">Donanım</emphasis>sekmesinde bulunur. <emphasis><guilabel>Grafik
-sunucuları kur</guilabel></emphasis> seçiniz. <footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırındanormal kullanıcı ile <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis>
-yazarak ya da root ile <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> yazarak
-çalıştırabilirsiniz. Büyük harflere dikkat edin.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>Düğmele grafik yapılandırmasını değiştirmek için izin verir.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grafik kartı</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <para>Şu anda tespit edilen grafik kartı gösterilirdi ve uygun sunucu
-yapılandırıldı.  Başka bir sunucuya değiştirmek için bu düğmeye tıklayın,
-örneğin özel bir sürücü ile.</para>
-
-  <para>Mümkün sunucular <guilabel>Satıcı</guilabel> altında üreticilerine göre
-alfabetik sırada ve sonra ayrıca modeline göre alfabetik sıralı olarak
-bulunur. Özgür sürücüler <guilabel> Xorg</guilabel> altında alfabetik olarak
-sıralıdır.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Problem olması durumunda <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> bir çok ekran
-kartı ile çalışacaktır ve size Masaüstü Ortamını kullanırken doğru sürücüyü
-bulup kurmanız için zaman kazandıracaktır. </para>
-
-      <para>Eğer Vesa çalışmasa bile, Mageia'yı kurarken kullanılan fakat çözünürlüğü ve
-tazeleme oranını değiştirmeye izin vermeyen
-<emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>
-i seçiniz. </para>
-    </note>Eğer özgür bir sürücü seçimi yaptıysanız, daha fazla özellikli (3D etkiler
-örneğin) sahipli bir sürücü kullanmak isteyip istemediğiniz sorulabilir.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Ekran:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Yukarıdaki ile aynı şekilde, aktif olarak algılanan ekran gösterilir ve bir
-başkasıyla değiştirmek için düğmeye tıklayabilirsiniz. Eğer istenen ekran
-<guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> listesinde bulunmuyorsa,
-<guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden aynı özelliklerde bir ekran seçiniz.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Çözünürlük:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Bu düğme çöznünürlük (benek sayısı) ve renk derinliği (renk sayısı)
-seçeneğini sağlar. Şu ekranı görüntüler:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Renk derinliğini değiştirdiğinizde,
-bir çok-renkli çubuk ikinci düğmenin yanında belirir ve renk derinliğinin
-neye benzediğini görüntüler.</para>
-
-  <para>İlk düğme aktif çözünürlüğü gösterir, bir diğeriyle değiştirmek için
-tıklayın. Liste ekran kartınıza ve ekranınıza bağlı olarak mümkün
-seçenekleri verir, <guilabel>Diğer</guilabel> e tıklayarak başka bir
-çözünürlük ayarlamak mümkündür, fakat ekranınıza zarar verebileceğinizi ve
-uygun olmayan bir ayar seçebileceğinizi aklınızdan çıkarmayın.</para>
-
-  <para>İkinci düğme aktif renk derinliğini gösterir, bunu bir başkasıyla
-değiştirmek için tıklayın.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Seçilen çözünürlüğe bağlı olarak, ayarların etkili olabilmesi için grafik
-ortamdan çıkıp yeniden başlatmanız gerekebilir.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Yapılandırma tamamlandığında, TAMAM düğmesine tıklamadan önce test etmeniz
-önerilir çünkü grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumuna göre bunu burada
-değiştirmeniz daha kolaydır.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumunda, metin ortamı açmak için Alt+Ctrl+F2
-tuşlayınız, root olarak XFdrake'in metin sürümünü kullanmak için XFdrake
-(büyük harfli) yazınız.</para>
-    </note>Eğer test başarısız olursa, sona kadar bekleyin, eğer başarılı olursa fakat
-sonra değişiklik yapmak istemezseniz <guibutton>Hayır</guibutton> düğmesine
-tıklayın, eğer herşey doğruysa <guibutton role="bold">TAMAM</guibutton>
-düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Seçenekler:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Global seçenekler</guilabel>: Eğer <emphasis>Ctrl-Alt-Backspace'i
-devre dışı bırak</emphasis> işaretlenmiş ise, Ctrl+Alt+Backspace tuşlarını X
-sunucuyu yeniden başlatmak için kullanmak artık mümkün olmayacak.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Ekran kartı seçenekleri</guilabel>: ekran kartına bağlı olarak üç
-belirli özelliği etkinleştirmeyi veya devre dışında bırakmayı sağlar.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Açılışta Grafik arayüz </guilabel>: Çoğu zaman <emphasis>Önyükleme
-ardından otomatik olarak grafik arayüzünü (Xorg) başlat</emphasis>,
-önyüklemenin grafik moduna geçmesi için  işaretlidir, sunucu için
-işaretlenmemiş olabilir.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra, sistem
-onaylamanızı isteyecektir. Hala herşeyi iptaledip önceki yapılandırmayı
-koruma veya kabul etme fırsatı vardır. Bu durumda, yeni yapılandırmanın
-etkili olabilmesi için bağlantıyı kapatıp yeniden bağlanmalısınız.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 964073ac..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">WebDAV paylaşımlı sürücü ve dizinlere erişim</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake
---dav</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-  </footnote> Ağ Paylaşımı sekmesi altında,
-<guilabel>WebDAV paylaşımlarını yapılandır</guilabel> etiketi ile Mageia
-Denetim Merkezi' nde bulunabilir.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Giriş</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link>bir web
-sunucusu dizinini yerel olarak bağlamanıza, böylece o dizinin bir yerel
-dizin olarak kullanılabilmesine izin veren bir protokoldür. Uzak sunucunun
-bir WebDAV sunucusu çalıştırması zorunludur. Bu aracın maksadı WebDAV
-sunucusunu yapılandırmak değildir.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yeni bir girdi oluşturmak</title>
-
-    <para>Aracın ilk ekranı varsa önceden yapılandırılmış girdileri ve bir
-<guibutton>Yeni</guibutton> düğmesi görüntüler. Yeni bir girdi oluşturmak
-için bunu kullanın. Yeni ekranın boş alanına sunucu URL bağlantısını girin.</para>
-
-    <para>Sonra, bazı eylemleri seçebileceğiniz işaretleme düğmeleri olan bir ekran
-gelir. İşaretleme düğmesini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton>
-düğmesine tıklayarak <guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> eylemi ile devam
-edin; çünkü <guibutton>Sunucu</guibutton> önceden yapılandırılmıştır. Ancak
-gerekirse bunu düzeltebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Uzak dizin içeriğine bu bağlama noktasından ulaşılabilecektir.</para>
-
-    <para>Sonraki adımda kullanıcı adınızı ve parolanızı verin. Başka seçenekler
-gerekiyorsa, bunları <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> ekranında
-verebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Bağla</guibutton> seçeneği derhal erişim için bağlamanızı sağlar.</para>
-
-    <para>İşaretleme düğmesi <guibutton>Tamamlandı</guibutton> kullanarak
-yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra ilk ekran yeniden gösterilir ve yeni
-bağlama noktası listelenir. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesini seçtikten
-sonra, <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> içindeki değişiklikleri kaydetmek
-isteyip istemediğiniz sorulur. Uzak dizin her önyüklemede erişilebilir olsun
-istiyorsanız bunu seçin. Yapılandırmanız tek seferlik kullanım içinse
-kaydetmeyin.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 89b1d8dc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Sabit disk bölümlerini paylaşın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu basit araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake
---fileshare</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para></footnote> size, yani yöneticiye,
-kullanıcıların kendi /home alt dizinlerinin kısımlarını aynı yerel ağda
-Linux veya Windows işletim sistemi kullanan diğer kullanıcılarla
-paylaşmalarına izin verme yetkisi verir.</para>
-
-  <para>Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezinde, Yerel Disk sekmesi altında, "Sabit disk
-bölümlerinizi paylaşın" etiketinde bulunur.</para>
-
-  <para>İlk olarak  "<guilabel>Kullanıcıların kendi dizinlerinden bazılarını
-paylaşmasına izin vermek ister misiniz?</guilabel>" sorusuna cevap verin,
-eğer cevap tüm kullanıcılar için Hayır ise <guibutton>Paylaşım
-Yok</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, tüm kullanıcılara izin vermek için
-<guibutton>Tüm kullanıcılara izin ver</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, eğer
-cevap bazı kullanıcılar için evet bazı kullanıcılar için hayır ise
-<guibutton>Özel</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın. Sonuncusu durumunda, kendi
-dizinlerini paylaşmak için yetkilendirilecek kullanıcılar sistem tarafından
-otomatik olarak oluştrurulan fileshare grubuna dahil olmalı. Bu daha sonra
-sizden istenecek. </para>
-
-  <para><guilabel>OK</guilabel> butonuna tıklayın,  <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ya da
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> den birini seçmenizi isteyen ikinci bir ekran
-görünecek. Ağdaki tek işletim sistemi Linux ise <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>
-işaretleyin, ağ hem Linux hem de Windows makineleri içeriyor ise
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> işaretleyin ve sonra  <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
-tıklayın.  Eğer gerekliyse tüm ihtiyaç duyulan paketler kurulacaktır.</para>
-
-  <para>Yapılandırma, Özel seçeneği seçilmediyse, tamalanmış durumdadır. Bu durumda
-ek bir pencere Userdrake'i açmanızı ister. Bu araç kullanıcıları kendi
-dizinlerini paylaşma yetkisi olan fileshare grubuna eklemenizi
-sağlar. Kullanıcı sekmesinde fileshare grubuna eklemek istediğiniz
-kullanıcıya tıklayın, sonra Gruplar sekmesinde
-<guimenuitem>Düzenle</guimenuitem> tıklayın. fileshare grubunu işaretleyin
-<guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın. Userdrake ile ilgili daha
-fazla bilgi için  <xref linkend="userdrake">bu sayfaya</xref> bakınız</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>fileshare grubuna yeni bir kullanıcı eklediğinizde değişikliklerin etkili
-olabilmesi için ağ bağlantısını kesmeniz ve yeniden bağlanmanız gerekir.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Şu andan itibaren fileshare grubuna ait tüm kullanıcılar, bu özelliği tüm
-dosya yöneticileri desteklemese de, dosya yöneticisinden paylaştırılacak
-dizinlerini seçebilir.</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7309a74d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">NFS paylaşımları ve dizinlerine erişim</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Giriş</title>
-
-    <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake
---nfs</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote> bazı paylaşılan dizinlere
-bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için
-kullanılan protokol bir çok Linux ve Unix sistemde bulanan NFS
-protokolüdür. Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir
-olacaktır. Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile
-bir kullanıcı için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yöntem</title>
-
-    <para>Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için
-<guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
-
-    <para>Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adı önündeki >
-işaretine tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir
-olacaktır. Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı
-seçenekleri <guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir
-ve değiştirebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra aynı düğme ile
-ayırabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Bitti</guibutton> düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildiğinde
-"/etc/fstab değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?" diye sorulur. Ağ
-erişilebilir durumdaysa bu, dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni
-dizine bundan sonra Dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ec8bf368..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD yazıcı</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç <footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake
---removable</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki
-Yerel diskler sekmesinde çıkartılabilir donanımınızla (sadece CD/DVD
-oynatıcılar/yazıcılar ve disket sürücüleri) eş olarak etiketlenmiştir. </para>
-
-  <para>Hedefi çıkartılabilir diskinizin bağlanma şeklini tanımlamaktır. </para>
-
-  <para>Pencerenin en üstünde donanımınızın kısa açıklaması ve bağlamak için
-kullanılan seçenekler yer alır. Bunları değiştirmek için en alttaki düğmeyi
-kullanın. Değişecek ögeyi işaretleyin ve <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton>
-düğmesine tıklayın. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bağlama noktası</title>
-
-    <para>Bağlama noktasını değiştirmek için bu kutuyu işaretleyin. Öntanımlı olan
-/media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Seçenekler</title>
-
-    <para>Buradaki bir çok bağlama seçenekleri ya listeden doğrudan ya da
-<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> alt menüsü aracılığıyla
-seçilebilir. Başlıcaları:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user/nouser</title>
-
-      <para>user, (kök olmayan) normal bir kullanıcının çıkartılabilir diski bağlamasını
-sağlar. Bu seçenek noexec, nosuid ve nodev seçeneklerini içerir. Diski,
-sadece onu bağlayan kullanıcı ayırabilir. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3518e753..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Windows (SMB) paylaşımları ve dizinlerine erişim</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Giriş</title>
-
-    <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake
---smb</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote> paylaşılan dizinleri
-bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için
-kullanılan protokol Windows(R) sistemlerinde popüler olan SMB
-protokolüdür. Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir
-olacaktır. Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile
-bir kullanıcı için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir.</para>
-
-    <para>Aracı başlatmadan önce, erişilebilir sunucuların isimlerini mesela <xref
-linkend="drakhosts"/> ile bildirmek, iyi bir fikirdir</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yöntem</title>
-
-    <para>Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için
-<guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
-
-    <para>Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adına ve sunucu adı
-önündeki &gt; tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir
-olacaktır. Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu <guimenu>Bağlama düğmesi</guimenu>
-ile bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı ayarları
-<guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir ve
-değiştirebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <para>Seçeneklerde, SMB sunucusuna bağlanabilecek kullanıcı adını ve parolasını
-belirtebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra yine aynı düğme ile
-ayırabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Bitti düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildikten sonra "/etc/fstab
-değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?" diye sorulur. Kaydetmek, ağ
-erişilebilir durumdaysa dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni
-dizine bundan sonra dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5acd7004..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3B Masaüstü Efektleri</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Giriş</title>
-
-    <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis>
-yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote> işletim sisteminizdeki 3B
-efektlerini yönetmenizi sağlar. Öntanımlı olarak 3B efektleri devre dışı
-bırakılmıştır.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Başlarken</title>
-
-    <para>Bu aracı kullanmak için glxinfo paketi kurulmuş olmalıdır. Paket kurulu
-değilse, drak3d başlamadan önce kurmanız için uyarılırsınız.</para>
-
-    <para>Drak3d başladıktan sonra bir menü penceresi ile karşılaşacaksınız. Burada ya
-<guilabel>3B Masaüstü Efektleri Yok</guilabel> veya <guilabel>Compiz
-Fusion</guilabel> seçeneklerinden birini seçebilirsiniz. Compiz Fusion bir
-bileşik pencere yöneticisi olup donanım hızlandırmalı özel efektleri
-içerir. Etkinleştirmek için <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> seçin.</para>
-
-    <para>Temiz bir Mageia kurulumundan sonra bu uygulamayı ilk kez kullanıyorsanız
-Compiz Fusion' un kullanılabilmesi için hangi ek paketlerin kurulması
-gerektiğini bildiren bir ileti görüntülenecektir. Devam etmek için
-<guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Uygun paketler kurulduktan sonra drak3d menüsünde Compiz Fusion' un seçili
-olduğunu fark edeceksiniz. Fakat değişikliklerin etkili olması için
-oturumdan çıkıp yeniden giriş yapmalısınız.</para>
-
-    <para>Yeniden giriş yaptığınızda Compiz Fusion devreye girecektir. Compiz Fusion'
-u yapılandırmak içinccsm (CompizConfig Ayarlar Yöneticisi) aracı için
-sayfasına bakın.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sorun çözme</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Giriş yaptıktan sonra masaüstünü göremiyorum</title>
-
-      <para>Compiz Fusion' u etkinleştirikten sonra masaüstüne giriş yapmaya
-çalıştığınızda hiç bir şey göremiyorsanız, yeniden giriş ekranına dönebilmek
-için bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatın. Giriş ekranına eriştiğinizde Masaüstü
-simgesine tıklayın ve drak3d' yi seçin.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Giriş yaptığınızda hesabınız yönetici olarak listelenmişse, parolanızı
-yeniden girmeniz istenecektir. Aksi halde yönetici hesabını kullanarak giriş
-yapmalısınız. Yöneticiler giriş sorununa neden olabilecek her türlü
-değişikliği geri alabilirler.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 94124f38..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Kimlik doğrulama</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para></footnote> makinenin kullanıcısı veya
-internetteki kullanıcı olaak nasıl algılanacağınızı değiştirmenize olanak
-sağlar.</para>
-
-  <para>Ön tanımlı olarak, kimlik doğrulama bilgileriniz bilgisayarınızdaki bir
-dosyaya depolanır. Bunu sadece ağ yöneticiniz değiştirmenizi istediğinde
-değiştirin ve hakkında ona bilgi verin.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 43cd7014..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Otomatik oturum açmayı ayarlayın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu aygıt<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote>parola sormadan aynı
-kullanıcının kendi masaüstü ortamına kendiliğinden giriş yapmasını
-sağlar. Otomatik giriş olarak adlandırılır.   Makineyi kullanacak tek bir
-kullanıcı varsa bu genellikle iyi bir fikirdir.</para>
-
-  <para>Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role="bold">Önyükleme</emphasis> sekmesi
-altında "Otomatik oturum açmayı ayarlayın" etiketi altında bulunur.</para>
-
-  <para>Arayüz düğmeleri oldukça açıktır:</para>
-
-  <para>Eğer X Window System önyükleme sonrası çalıştırılacaksa <guibutton>Grafiksel
-ortam açılışta çalıştırılsın</guibutton> kutusunu işaretleyin. Aksi durumda
-sistem metin kipinde başlatılacaktır. Yine de grafik arayüzü elle başlatmak
-mümkün olacaktır. Bu ise 'startx' veya 'systemctl start dm' komutunu
-çalıştırarak yapılabilir.</para>
-
-  <para>Eğer ilk kutu işaretlenmiş ise, diğer iki seçeneğe erişilebilir, eğer
-sistemin hangi kullanıcının oturum açacağını (ve parola) sormaya devam
-etmesini istiyorsanız <guibutton>Hayır, otomatik oturum açma
-istemiyorum</guibutton> ya da  gerekliyse <guibutton>Evet, şununla
-(kullanıcı, masaüstü) otomatik oturum açmak istiyorum</guibutton>
-işaretleyin. Bu durumda ayrıca  <guilabel>Varsayılan kullanıcı
-adı</guilabel>nı ve <guilabel>Varsayılan masaüstü</guilabel>nü girmeniz
-gerekir. </para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index da8953d8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Önyükleme sistemini ayarlayın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>BIOS yerine bir UEFI sistem kullanıyorsanız kullanıcı arayüzü biraz
-farklıdır; çünkü önyükleme aygıtı EFI Sistem Bölümü (ESP)' dir.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> önyükleme seçeneklerini
-(önyükleyici seçimi, parola konulması, öntanımlı önyükleme v.b.)
-ayarlamanızı sağlar</para>
-
-  <para>Mageia Denetim Merkezi' ndeki Önyükleme sekmesinde "Önyükleme sistemini
-ayarlayın" etiketi altında bulunur.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Eğer tam olarak ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bu aracı kullanmayın.Bazı
-ayarlarını değiştirerek makinenizin tekrar başlamasına engel olabilir!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><guilabel>Önyükleyici</guilabel> denilen ilk bölümde; BIOS kullanılıyorsa,
-Grub, Grub2 veya Lilo ve grafiksel veya metin tabanlı menü şeklinde hangi
-<guibutton>Önyükleyicinin kullanılacağı</guibutton>nı seçmek mümkündür. Bu
-sadece bir zevk meselesidir ve bir bedeli yoktur. Ayrıca,
-<guibutton>Önyükleme aygıtı</guibutton>nı da ayarlayabilirsiniz ancak bir
-uzman değilseniz burada hiç bir şeyi değiştirmeyin. Önyükleme aygıtı,
-önyükleyicinin kurulacağı sabit disk olup burada yapılacak herhangi bir
-değişikliğin makinenizin önyükleme yapmasını engelleyebileceğini unutmayın.</para>
-
-  <para>UEFI sistemde, önyükleyici <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel>dir ve /boot/EFI
-disk bölümüne kuruludur. Bu FAT32 olarak biçimlendirilmiş disk bölümü kurulu
-tüm işletim sistemleri için ortaktır.</para>
-
-  <para><guilabel>Ana seçenekler</guilabel> olarak adlandırılan ikinci bölümde,
-saniye bazında <guibutton>Öntanımlı görüntünün yüklenmesinden önceki
-gecikme</guibutton>yi  ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu gecikme sırasında grub veya
-Lilo erişilebilir işletim sistemlerini listeleyecek ve bir seçim yapmanızı
-isteyecektir. Herhangi bir seçim yapılmamışsa gecikme sonlandığında ön
-tanımlı olanı yükleyecektir.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Güvenlik</guibutton> olarak adlandırılan üçüncü ve son kısımda,
-önyükleyici için bir parola ayarlamak mümkündür. Böylece önyükleme sırasında
-önyükleme girdisini seçmek veya ayarları değiştirmek için bir kullanıcı adı
-ile parolası sorulur. Kullanıcı adı "root" ve parola da burada seçilendir.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi ise bazı ek seçenekler sunar.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>ACPI özelliğini etkinleştir:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) bir güç yönetimi
-standardıdır. Kullanılmayan aygıtları durdurarak, ki bu APM öncesinde
-kullanılan yöntemdir, enerji tasarrufu sağlayabilir. Donanımınız ACPI ile
-uyumlu ise bu seçeneği işaretleyin.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>SMP özelliğini etkinleştir:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP, Simetrik Çoklu İşlemci teriminin kısaltmasıdır, çok çekirdekli
-işlemciler için bir mimaridir.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>HyperThreading kullanan bir işlemciniz varsa, Mageia bunu bir çift işlemci
-olarak algılayacak ve SMP etkinleştirilecektir.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>APIC etkinleştir</guibutton> ve <guibutton>Yerel APIC
-etkinleştir:</guibutton>Bu "Kur önyükleme sistemi" etiketli Mageia Kontrol
-Merkezi'nde Boot sekmesi altında bulunur.</para>
-
-  <para>APIC Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi' nin kısaltmasıdır. Intel
-APIC sisteminde iki bileşen vardır, yerel APIC (LAPIC) ve I/O APIC. Bu
-sonuncusu, işlemcideki bir veya birden fazla yerel APIC'lerin çevre
-yollarından aldığı kesmeleri yönlendirir. Bu, çok çekirdekli işlemciler için
-oldukça yararlıdır. Bazı bilgisayarların APIC sistemi ile donmaların meydana
-gelmesi veya hatalı aygıt algılama (hata iletisi "spurious 8259A interrupt:
-IRQ7") gibi sorunları vardır. Bu durumda APIC ve/veya Yerel APIC devre dışı
-bırakılmalıdır.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><guibutton>İleri</guibutton> ekran seçtiğiniz önyükleyiciye göre farklı
-olacaktır.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Eski Grub veya Lilo kurulu:</para>
-
-      <para>Bu durumda, önyükleme sırasında kullanılabilir durumdaki tüm girdilerin bir
-listesini görebilirsiniz. Öntanımlı olan yıldız ile işaretlidir. Menü
-girdilerinin sırasını değiştirmek için yukarı veya aşağı oklara tıklayarak
-seçili ögeyi kaydırabilirsiniz.<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> veya
-<guibutton>Düzenle</guibutton> düğmelerine tıklarsanız, yeni bir girdi
-eklemek veya mevcut olan bir tanesini değiştirmek için yeni bir pencere
-açılacaktır. Bu araçları kullanabilmek için Lilo veya Grub' a aşina olmanız
-gerekir. </para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Etiket</guilabel> alanı serbest biçimdedir. Buraya menüde
-görüntülenmesini istediğiniz şekilde yazın. Grub komutlarından "title" ile
-aynıdır. Örneğin: Mageia3</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Görüntü</guilabel> alanı çekirdek adını içerir. Grub komutu
-"kernel" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Kök</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğin depolandığı aygıt adını
-içerir. Grub komutu "root" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin (hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Sonuna ekle</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğe önyükleme anında verilen
-seçenekleri içerir.</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Öntanımlı</guilabel> kutucuğu işaretliyse, Grub öntanımlı olarak
-bu girdi ile önyükleme yapacaktır.</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> ekranında; açılır menüler yardımıyla
-<guilabel>Ekran kipi</guilabel>ni, bir <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dosyasını
-ve bir <guilabel>ağ profili</guilabel>ni seçmek mümkündür. Açılır menü
-listesinden <xref linkend="draknetprofile"/>e bakın.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Grub2 veya Grub2-efi (önyükleyiciler, öntanımlı olarak Eski kipte ve UEFI
-kipinde kullanılırlar) kurulu:</para>
-
-      <para>Bu durumda, <guibutton>Öntanımlı</guibutton> olarak etiketlenmiş açılır menü
-listesi tüm erişilebilir girdileri görüntüleyecektir. Öntanımlı olmasını
-istediğinizi tıklayarak seçin.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Sonuna ekle</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğe önyükleme anında verilen
-seçenekleri içerir.</para>
-
-      <para>Zaten bir işletim sistemi kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme
-menünüze eklemeyi dener. Bu davranışı istemiyorsanız <guilabel>Yabancı
-İşletim Sistemini Sorgula</guilabel> kutucuğundaki işareti kaldırın.</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> ekranında; açılır menüler yardımıyla
-<guilabel>Ekran kipi</guilabel>ni seçmek mümkündür. Önyüklenebilir Mageia
-istemiyor fakat bir başka İşletim Sistemi'nden zincirleme yüklemek
-istiyorsanız <guibutton>ESP veya MBR' ye Dokunma</guibutton> kutucuğunu
-işaretleyin ve çıkacak uyarıyı kabul edin.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>ESP veya MBR üzerine yüklememek bir başka işletim sisteminden zincirleme
-yükleme yapılmadıkça kurulumun önyükleme yapamayacağı anlamına gelmektedir.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>Diğer bir çok parametreyi ayarlamak için Mageia depolarında bulunan
-<emphasis>Grub Customizer</emphasis> aracını kullanabilirsiniz (aşağıya
-bakın).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 578127a2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia Hata Bildirme Aracı</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Genellikle bu araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>
-yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para></footnote> bir Mageia aracı
-çöktüğünde otomatik olarak başlar. Bununla birlikte, bir hata raporunu
-doldurduktan sonra sizden bu aracı çalıştırmanız ve böylece bazı bilgileri
-sağlamanız istenebilir. </para>
-
-  <para>Eğer yeni bir hata raporunun dosyalanması gerekiyorsa ve buna alışkın
-değilseniz, "Raporla" düğmesine tıklamadan önce lütfen <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly"> Bir
-hata raporu Nasıl uygun bir şekilde raporlanır</link>.</para>
-
-  <para>Hatanın başka bir kullanıcı tarafından daha önce raporlanması durumunda
-(öyleyse drakbug'ın verdiği hata mesajı aynıdır), ayrıca gördüğünüz hata
-raporuna ek yorumlar yapmanız faydalı olur.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d2532608..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Hata raporları için günlükleri ve sistem bilgileri topla</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırından kök olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para></footnote> sadece komut satırından
-başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir.</para>
-
-<para>Bu komutun çıktısını bir dosyaya yazdırmanız tavsiye edilir, örneğin
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis> komutu
-ile yapabilirsiniz. Fakat yeterli disk boşluğunuzun bulunduğundan emin olun:
-bu dosya kolaylıkla birkaç GB boyutunda olabilir.</para>
-<note><para>Çıktı, gereksiz bölümleri silmeden hata raporuna eklemek için çok çok fazla
-büyük.</para></note>
-  <para>Bu komut sisteminizden şu bilgileri toplar:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> disk bölümleri</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia sürümü</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>Bu yardım sayfası yazıldığı sıralarda, bu komutun "syslog" bölümü boştu,
-çünkü bu araç systemd geçişine göre düzeltilmemişti. Eğer hala boşsa,
-"syslog" u (kök olarak) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a >
-journalctl.txt</emphasis> komutuyla alabilirsiniz. Yeterince boş alanınız
-yoksa, bunun yerine örneğin son 5000 satır kaydı şu komutla alabilirsiniz:
-<emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f28f3f1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Tarih ve saati yönet</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Kontrol Merkezi Sistem
-sekmesinde  <guilabel>"Tarih ve saati yönet"</guilabel> etiketi ile
-bulunur. Bazı masaüstü ortamlarında görev çubuğundaki saatin üstüne sağ
-tıklayıp / Tarih ve saati ayarla ... ile ayarlamak mümkündür.</para>
-
-  <para>Bu çok kolay bir araçtır.</para>
-
-  <para>Sol üst bölümde <emphasis role="bold">takvim</emphasis> bulunur. Yukarıdaki
-ekran görüntüsünde Eylül (sol üstte),  (sağ üstte), 2 (mavi) ve Pazar. Ayı
-(ya da yılı) Eylül'ün (ya da 2012'nin) iki tarafında da bulunan küçük oka
-tıklayarak seçiniz. Günü rakamına tıklayarak seçiniz.</para>
-
-  <para>Sol altta <emphasis role="bold">Ağ zaman Protokolü</emphasis>
-eşzamanlanıyor, bit sunucu ile eşzamanlanarak daima dakik bir saate sahip
-olmak mümkündür. <guilabel>Ağ Zaman Protokolünü Etkinleştir</guilabel>i
-işaretleyin ve en yakın sunucuyu seçin.</para>
-
-  <para>Sağ tarafta <emphasis role="bold">saat</emphasis> bulunur. Eğer NTP
-etkinleştirilmişse saati ayarlamak faydasızdır. Üç kutu saati, dakikayı ve
-saniyeyi (ekran görüntüsünde 15, 28 ve 22) gösterir. Saati doğru olarak
-ayarlamak için küçük okları kullanın. Burada biçim değiştirilemez, bunun
-için masaüstü ortamınızın ayarlarına bakınız.</para>
-
-  <para>En azından, sağ altta, <guibutton>Saat Dilimini Değiştir</guibutton>
-düğmesine tıklayarak ve listeden en yakın yerleşim yerini seçerek zaman
-diliminizi seçin.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Bu araçtan bir tarih ve saat biçimi seçemek mümkün olmasa bile,
-masaüstünüzde yerelleştirme ayarlarınızla uyumlu olarak gösterilecektir. </para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 10f96ee7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Bir bağlantıyı kaldır</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Burada, bir ağ arabirimini silebilirsiniz<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role="bold">drakconnect
---del</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Aşağı açılır menüye tıklayın, kaldırmak istediğinizi seçin ve
-<emphasis>sonraki</emphasis>ye tıklayın.</para> 
-    <para>Ağ arayüzünün başarılı bir şekilde silindiğini söyleyen bir mesaj
-göreceksiniz.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dea17309..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,807 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Yeni bir ağ arayüzü kur (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Giriş</title>
-
-    <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote> yerel ağın ve İnternet
-erişiminin büyük kısmını yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Erişim sağlayıcınızdan
-veya ağ yöneticinizden bazı bilgileri almak zorundasınız.</para>
-
-    <para>Ayarlamak istediğiniz bağlantı türünü, hangi donanıma ve sağlayıcıya sahip
-olduğunuza bağlı olarak, seçiniz.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yeni bir kablolu bağlantı (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi
-seçiniz.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere
-verilir. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Otomatik IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu
-tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz
-gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi
-ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir
-HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca
-DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis>
-seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur
-ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde
-ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Gelişmiş düğmesi, şunları belirtme fırsatı verir:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Alan tara (DHCP sunucu tarafından sağlandığından erişilebilir değil)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP istemci</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP zamanaşımı</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işaretli): NIS sunucuyu belirt</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP'den NTPD sunucuyu getir (saat eşzamanlaması)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP taraından istenen HOSTNAME . Bu seçeneği sadece DHCP sunucunun
-istemcinin IP adresi almasından önce alanadına gereksinim duyması durumunda
-kullanınız. Bu seçenek bazı DHCP sunucular tarafından yerine getirilmez.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantı yapaılandırmaları için ortak olan son
-adım açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Elle yapılandırma</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek
-zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer
-hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>
-ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir.</para>
-
-            <para>Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ
-maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS
-sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir.</para>
-
-            <para>Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu
-genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız "splash" olarak
-isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı "splash.boatanchor.net" ise, Arama Alanı
-"boatanchor.net" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı tanımlamamak
-normaldir. Yine evdeki ADSLiniz bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bir sonraki adımlar <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>'da açıklanır</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yeni bir Uydu bağlantısı (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yeni bir kablolu modem bağlantısı</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi
-seçiniz.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere
-verilir. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Kimlik kontrolü metodunu belirtmek zorundasınız:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Hiçbiri</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (Telstra için gerekli). Bu durumda Kullanıcı adını ve parolayı
-sağlamalısınız.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Otomatik IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kablolu/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu
-tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz
-gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi
-ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir
-HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca
-DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis>
-seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur
-ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde
-ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Gelişmiş düğmesi, şunları belirtme fırsatı verir:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Alan tara (DHCP sunucu tarafından sağlandığından erişilebilir değil)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP istemci</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP zamanaşımı</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işaretli): NIS sunucuyu belirt</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP'den NTPD sunucuyu getir (saat eşzamanlaması)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP taraından istenen HOSTNAME . Bu seçeneği sadece DHCP sunucunun
-istemcinin IP adresi almasından önce alanadına gereksinim duyması durumunda
-kullanınız. Bu seçenek bazı DHCP sunucular tarafından yerine getirilmez.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantı yapaılandırmaları için ortak olan son
-adım açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Elle yapılandırma</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kablo/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek
-zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer
-hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>
-ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir.</para>
-
-            <para>Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ
-maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS
-sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir.</para>
-
-            <para>Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu
-genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız "splash" olarak
-isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı "splash.boatanchor.net" ise, Arama Alanı
-"boatanchor.net" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı tanımlamamak
-normaldir. Yine evdeki bağlantınız bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bir sonraki adımlar <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>'da açıklanır</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yeni bir DSL bağlantısı</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Eğer araç ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu
-yapılandırmanızı önerir.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi
-önerilmiştir. Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise
-<guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın
-verdiği seçenekleri giriniz.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Mümkün olan protokollerden birini seçiniz:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Değişen Makine Yapılandırma Protokolü (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Elle TCP/IP yapılandırması</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ADSL üzerinden PPP (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Ethernet üzerinden PPP (PPPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Noktadan Noktaya Borulama Protokolü (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Erişim ayarları</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Oturum Hesabı (kullanıcı adı)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Hesap parolası</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Gelişmiş) Sanal Yol Kimliği (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Gelişmiş) Sanal Şebeke Kimliği (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Bir sonraki adımlar <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>'da açıklanır</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yeni bir ISDN bağlantısı</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sihirbaz hangi cihazı yapılandıracağını sorar</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Elle seçim (dahili ISDN kartı)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Harici ISDN modem</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Bir donanım listesi sunulmuş, kategori ve üreticisine göre
-sınıflandırılmış. Kartınızı seçiniz.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Mümkün olan protokollerden birini seçiniz:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Avrupa hariç, dünyanın geri kalanı için protokol  (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Avrupa için protokol (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sonra ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi
-önerilmiştir. Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise
-<guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın
-verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. Sonra parametreler için sorulcaktır:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Bağlanrı ismi</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Telefon numarası</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Oturum ID</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Hesap parolası</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Kimlik Denetimi yöntemi</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Bundan sonra IP adresinizi otomatik mi yoksa elle mi elde ettiğinizi
-seçmeniz gerekir. Eğer ikincisiyse IP adresi ve Altağ maskesini belirtin.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sonraki metod DNS sunucu adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya
-elle, seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda şunları girmelisiniz:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Alanadı ismi</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Birinci ve ikinci DNS Sunucu</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Eğer makineadı IP ile ayarlanıp ayarlanmadığını seçiniz. Bunu sadece
-sağlayıcınızın bunu kabul edecek şekilde yapılandırıldığından eminseniz
-seçin.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sonraki metod ağgeçidi adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya elle,
-seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda IP adresini girmelisiniz:</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Bir sonraki adımlar <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>'da açıklanır</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yeni bir kablosuz bağlantı (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri ve Windows sürücüleri için bir girdi
-(ndiswrapper) listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi seçiniz. ndiswrapper'ı
-sadece diğer yapılandırma metodları işe yaramadığında kullanın.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Bu adımda kartın algıladığı farklı erişim noktaları arasında seçim verilir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Kablosuz kart için sağlanacak belirli parametreler:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>İşlem modu:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Yönetildi</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Varolan bir erişim noktasına erişmek için (çoğunlukla)</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Bilgisayarlar arasındaki doğrudan bağlantıyı yapılandırmak için.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ağ İsmi (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Şifreleme modu: Erişim noktasının nasıl yapılandırıldığına bağlıdır.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Eğer donanımınız izin veriyor ise şifreleme modu tercih edilir.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Bazı eski donanımlar sadece bu şifreleme metodunu kullanır.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Şifreleme anahtarı</para>
-
-            <para>Bu genellikle erişim noktasına verilen donanım ile sağlanır.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere
-verilir. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Otomatik IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu tarafından mı
-yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz
-gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi
-ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir
-HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak localhost.localdomain ismi
-verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP
-sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. </para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Gelişmiş düğmesi, şunları belirtme fırsatı verir:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Alan tara (DHCP sunucu tarafından sağlandığından erişilebilir değil)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP istemci</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP zamanaşımı</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işareli): NIS sunucuları
-belirt</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP'den NTPD sunucuyu getir (saat eşzamanlaması)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP taraından istenen HOSTNAME . Bu seçeneği sadece DHCP sunucunun
-istemcinin IP adresi almasından önce alanadına gereksinim duyması durumunda
-kullanınız. Bu seçenek bazı DHCP sunucular tarafından yerine getirilmez.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantılar için ortak olan adım
-açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Elle yapılandırma</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu açıklamak
-zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer
-hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>
-ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir.</para>
-
-            <para>Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ
-maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS
-sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir.</para>
-
-            <para>Gelişmiş ayarlarda <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirsiniz. Bu,
-makineadınıza ilk isim olmadan görünmelidir.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Bir sonraki adımlar <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>'da açıklanır</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yeni bir  GPRS/Edge/3G bağlantısı</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Eğer araç kablosuz ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu
-yapılandırmanızı önerir.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>PIN numarası isteniyor. PIN numarası gerekmiyorsa boş bırakın.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sihirbaz ağı soruyor. Eğer bulunmamışsa <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel>
-seçeneğini seçin.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi
-önerilmiştir. Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise
-<guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın
-verdiği seçenekleri giriniz.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Erişim ayarlarını sağlayın</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Erişim Noktası İsmi</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Oturum Hesabı (kullanıcı adı)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Hesap parolası</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Bir sonraki adımlar <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>'da açıklanır</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yeni bir Blurtooth Çevirmeli Ağ bağlantısı</title>
-
-    <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yeni bir Analog telefon modem bağlantısı (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Sihirbaz hangi cihazı yapılandıracağını sorar</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Elle seçim</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Donanım bulundu, eğer varsa.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Bir port listesi sunuldu. Portunuzu seçiniz.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Eğer hala kurulmadıysa,  <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> paketini
-kurmanız önerilir</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi
-önerilmiştir. Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise
-<guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın
-verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. Sonra Çevirmeli seçenekleri sorulcaktır:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Bağlantı ismi</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Telefon numarası</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Oturum ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Parola</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Kimlik Denetimi</emphasis>, seçiniz:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Betik Tabanlı</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Uçbirim-tabanlı</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Bir sonraki adımlar <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>'da açıklanır</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Yapılandırma sonlandırılıyor</title>
-
-    <para>Bir sonraki adımda belirtebilecekleriniz:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Kullanıcının yapılandırmayı yönetmesine izin ver</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Bağlantıyı önyükleme sırasında başlat</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Trafik muhasebesini etkinleştir</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin
-ver</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Kablosuz bağlantı durumunda, tamamlayıcı bir kutu, sinyal gücüne göre
-otomatik olarak erişim noktasını değiştiren <emphasis>Erişim noktası
-dolaşımına izin ver</emphasis> bulunur.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Gelişmiş düğmesiyle, şunları belirtebilirsiniz:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Metrik (varsayılan 10)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Çalışırken tak-çıkar Ağ</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>IPv6' dan IPv4 tünellemeyi etkinleştir</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Son adım bağlantının hemen başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını belirtmenizi
-sağlar.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d3bf6d2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Yönetici olarak bir komut satırı açın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> doğrudan root olarak bir uç
-birim açmanızı sağlar. Bununla ilgili daha fazla bilgiye ihtiyacınız
-olmadığını düşünüyoruz. </para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d75004a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Disk bölümlerini yönet</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk veya diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırında ve root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> veya <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote> çok kuvvetlidir, küçücük bir
-hata veya bir kedinin klavyenizin üzerinde dolaşması bir bölmümdeki tüm
-verileri kaybatmenize veya hatta tüm sabit diskin silinmesine yol
-açabilir. Bu yüzden araç ekranının en üstünde yukarıdaki ekranı
-göreceksiniz. Devam etmek istediğinize emin değilseniz
-<emphasis>Çıkış</emphasis>a tıklayınız.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Eğer birden fazla sabit diskiniz varsa, doğru sekmeyi seçerek (sda, sdb, sdc
-vb.) üzerinde çalışmak istediğiniz sabit diske geçebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Sabit diskinizi tercihlerinize göre ayarlamak için bir çok işlem arasından
-seçim yapabilirsiniz. Tüm sabit diski silme, bölme ya da birleştirme,
-yeniden boyutlandırma ya da dosya sistemini değiştirme, biçimlendirme ya da
-bir bölümde ne olduğunu görüntüleme: hepsi mümkün. En alttaki
-<emphasis><guibutton>Tümünü temizle</guibutton></emphasis> düğmesi tüm diski
-silmek içindir, sağ taraftaki diğer düğmeler bir bölüme tıkladığınızda
-görünür olur.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Bir UEFI sisteminiz varsa, "EFI Sistem Disk Bölümü" olarak adlandırılan ve
-/boot/EFI altına bağlanan ufak bir disk bölümü görürsünüz. Bunu hiçbir
-koşulda silmeyin; çünkü tüm işletim sistemlerinizin önyükleyicilerini
-içermektedir.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Eğer seçilen bölüm bağlanmışsa, aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi, yeniden
-boyutlandırmayı, biçimlendirmeyi veya silmeyi seçemezsiniz. Bunun için önce
-bölümün ayırılması gerekir.</para>
-
-  <para>Bir bölümün sadece sağ tarafını yeniden boyutlandırmak mümkündür.</para>
-
-  <para>Bölüm türünü değiştirmek için (örneğin ext3'den ext4'e) bölümü silmeli ve
-yeniden oluşturmalısınız. Boş bir bölüm seçildiğinde <guibutton
-role="bold">Oluştur</guibutton> düğmesi görünecektir.</para>
-
-  <para>Varolmayan bir bağlama noktaı seçebilirsiniz, oluşturulacaktır.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis><guibutton>Uzman moduna geç</guibutton></emphasis> seçilerek,
-aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsünde görüldüğü gibi, bölümü etiketleme gibi bazı ek
-işlemler gelir.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fee62cc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Görüntü yöneticisini ayarla</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">Burada<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para></footnote> masaüstü ortamınızda oturum
-açmak için hangi görüntü yöneticisini kullanacağınızı seçebilirsiniz. Sadece
-sisteminize uygun olanlar gösterilecektir. </para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Çoğu kullanıcı sadece sağlanan oturum açma ekranının farklı olduğuna dikkat
-eder. Bununla birlikte, sağlanan özelliklerde de farklılıklar bulunur. LXDM
-düşük yoğunluklu bir görüntü yöneticisidir, SDDM ve GDM daha fazla ek
-özelliğe sahiptir.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e13b216..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı ayarlayın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç <footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki
-Güvenlik sekmesinde "Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı ayarlayın" etiketiyle
-bulunur. "Sistem güvenliğini, yetkileri ve denetimi yapılandır" kısmının ilk
-sekmesindekiyle aynı araçtır.</para>
-
-  <para>Temel bir güvenlik duvarı Mageia tarafından kurulmuştur. Dışarıdan gelen tüm
-bağlantılar eğer yetkilendirilmemişse bloklanır. Yukarıdaki ilk ekranda dış
-bağlantı girişimlerinin kabul edildiği servisleri
-seçebilirsiniz. Güvenliğiniz için, eğer güvenlik duvarını devre dışı
-bırakmak istemiyorsanız, ilk kutunun - <guilabel>Herşey (güvenlik duvarı
-yok)</guilabel> - işaretini kaldırın, ve gerekli servisleri işaretleyin.</para>
-
-  <para>Açılacak port numaralarını elle girmek
-mümkündür. <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınca yeni bir
-pencere açılır. <guilabel>Diğer portlar</guilabel> alanında gerekli portları
-aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi giriniz:</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp : port 80 tcp protokolünü aç</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : 24000'den 24010'e kadar tüm udp protokolü portlarını aç</para>
-
-  <para>Listelenen portlar boşlukla ayırılmış olmalı.</para>
-
-  <para>Eğer <guilabel>Güvenlik duvarı mesajlarını sistem günlüklerine
-kaydet</guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmişse, güvenlik duvar mesajı sistem
-günlüklerine kaydedilir.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Konağa özel servisleriniz yoksa (web veya e-posta, sunucu, dosya paylaşımı,
-...) hiçbirini işaretlememiz mümkündür, hatta tavsiye edilir. Bu sizin
-İnternete bağlanmanızı engellemez.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Bir sonraki ekran Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı seçeneklerini halleder. Bu
-özellik, eğer en azından ilk kutu<guilabel>Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı
-kullan </guilabel> işaretlenmişse, bağlantı girişimleri ile ilgili uyarı
-almanızı sağlar. Eğer portlar taranacaksa (bazı yerlerdeki hataları bulmak
-için ve makineyi girmek için) ikinci kutuyu işaretleyin. Üçüncüden itibaren
-her kutu ilk ekranda açtığınız bir porta karşılık gelir; aşağıdaki ekran
-görüntüsünde, böyle iki kutu bulunur: SSH sunucu ve 80:150/tcp. Bu portlara
-her bağlantı girişimide uyarı almak için bunları işaretleyin.</para>
-
-  <para>Bu uyarılar ağ applet'i tarafından açılan pencere ile verilir.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Son ekranda, hangi ağ arayüzlerinin İnternete bağlanacağını ve korumalı
-olması gerektiğini. Bir kez TAMAM düğmesi tıklandığında gerekli paketler
-indirilir.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Hangisini seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, MCC sekmesinde Ağ &amp; İnternet
-bakınız, Yeni bir Ağ arayüzü kur'u seçiniz.</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e063314..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Yazıtiplerini ekleyin, silin ve yönetin. Windows (TM) yazıtiplerini içe
-aktarın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde
-<emphasis role="bold">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur. Bilgisayarınızda
-bulunan yazıtiplerini yönetmenize izin verir. Yukarıdaki ana ekranda şunlar
-gösterilmektedir:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>kurulu yazıtipi isimleri, biçemleri ve boyutları.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>seçilen yazıtipinin önizlemesi.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>buradaki bazı düğmeler daha sonra açıklanmıştır.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Windows Yazı Tiplerini Al: </emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Bu düğme otomatik olarak Windows disk bölümünde bulunan yazıtiplerini
-ekler.Microsoft Windows bilgisayarınızda kurulu olmalıdır.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Seçenekler:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Bu, hangi uygulamaların veya aygıtların (çoğunlukla yazıcılar) yazıtiplerini
-kullanabileceklerini belirlemenizi sağlar.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Kaldır:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Bu düğme kurulu yazıtiplerinin kaldırılması ve muhtemelen yer kazanılması
-içindir. Yazıtiplerini kaldırırken dikkatli olun; çünkü onları kullanan
-belgelere ciddi sonuçlar doğurabilir.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Al:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Üçüncü şahıs kaynaklarından (CD, internet, ...) yazıtiplerini eklemenizi
-sağlar. Desteklenen biçimler ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ve gsf'dir. <emphasis
-role="bold">Al</emphasis> düğmesine ve sonra <emphasis
-role="bold">Ekle</emphasis>ye tıklayın. Kurulacak yazıtiplerini
-seçebileceğiniz bir dosya yöneticisi açılır. Yazıtiplerini seçtiğinizde
-<emphasis role="bold">Kur</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın. Seçilen yazıtipleri
-/usr/share/fonts dizinine kurulurlar.</para>
-
-  <para>Eğer yeni kurulmuş (ya da kaldırılmış) yazıtileri Drakfont ana ekranında
-görünmüyorsa, değişiklikleri görmek için Drakfont aracını kapatıp yeniden
-açın.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index afb6efff..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Ebeveyn Denetimi</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis
-role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde
-<guilabel>Ebeveyn Denetimi</guilabel> sekmesinde bulunur. Bu etiketi
-görmüyor iseniz drakguard paketini kurmalısınız (varsayılan olarak
-kurulmaz).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sunum</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard bilgisayarınızda kimin neyi günün hangi saatinde yapabileceğini
-sınırlandıran ebeveyn denetimini yapılandırmak için kolay bir
-yoldur. Drakguard'ın üç kullanışlı özelliği vardır:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Web erişimini belirli kullanıcılar için günün belirli zamanlarında
-sınırlar. Bunu Mageia içinde kurulu shorewall güvenlik duvarını kontrol
-ederek yapar.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Belirli komutların belirli kullanıcılar tarafından çalıştırılmasını
-engeller, bu sayede sadece izin verdiklerinizi çalıştırabilir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Web sayfalarına erişimi hem elle tanımlanmış karaliste/beyazliste yoluyla,
-hem de web site içerğine dayalı bir şekilde dinamik olarak
-sınırlar. Drakkguard bunu yapmak için lider açık kaynaklı ebeveyn denetimi
-engelleyici DansGuardian kullanır.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ebeveyn Denetimi Yapılandırılıyor</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Eğer bilgisayarınızda Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS biçiminde biçimlendirilmiş
-bir sabit disk bölümü varsa, bölünleriniz üzerinde ACL'i yapılandırmayı
-öneren bir açılır pencere göreceksiniz. ACL'in açılımı Erişim Kontrol
-Listeleridir, ve Linux çekirdeğinin tekil dosyaların erişimini belirli
-kullanıcılarla sınırlandıran bir özelliidir. ACL Ext4 ve Btrfs içine inşa
-edilmiştir fakat Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS'de bir seçenek ile
-etkinleştirilmelidir. Eğer 'Evet'i seçerseniz drakguard tüm bölümleri ACL
-destekli yapılandıracaktır ve size yeniden başlatmayı önerecektir.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Ebeveyn kontrolünü etkinleştir</guibutton>: İşaretlenmişse,
-ebeveyn kontrolü etkiinleştirilir ve <guilabel>Programları
-engelle</guilabel> sekmesi açılır.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Tüm ağ trafiğini engelle</guibutton>: Eğer işaretlenmişse, tüm
-web sayfaları engellenir. Aksi durumda karalistede sekmesindekiler hariç tüm
-web sayfalarına izin verilir.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Kullanıcı erişimi</guibutton>: Sol taraftaki kullanıcılar
-tanımladığınız kurallara bağlı olarak erişim sınırlandırmalarına sahip
-olacaktır. Sağ taraftaki kullanıcılar sınırlandırılmamış erişime sahip
-olacaktır, böylece yetişkin kullanıcılar güçlük yaşamayacaktır. Sol taraftan
-bir kullanıcı seçiniz ve onu izin verilen kullanıcılara eklemek için
-<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. Sağ taraftan bir kullanıcı
-seçiniz ve onu izin verilmiş kullanıcılardan çıkartmak için
-<guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Zaman denetimi:</guibutton> Eğer işaretlenmişse, internet
-erişimine  <guilabel>Başlangıç</guilabel> zamanı ve
-<guilabel>Bitiş</guilabel> zamanı arasında izin verilir. It is totally
-blocked outside these time window. Bu zamandilimi dışında tamamen
-engellenir.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Karaliste/Beyazliste sekmesi</title>
-
-      <para>En üstte ilk alanda web sayfası URL'sini girin ve
-<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Programları Engelle Sekmesi</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Tanımlanan Uygulamaları Engelle</guibutton>: Belirli
-uygulamaların erişimini sınırlandırmak için ACL kullanımını
-etkinleştirir. Engellemek istediğiniz uygulamaların yolunu ekleyin.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Engelsiz Kullanıcılar listesi</guibutton>: Sağ tarafta listelenen
-kullanıcılar acl engellemesine tabi değildir.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c8bdecd1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">İnternet bağlantısını diğer yerel makinelerle paylaşın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Prensipler</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Bu Internet (2) erişimi olan ve
-ayrıca yerel bir ağa (1)  bağlı bir bilgisayarınız (3) olduğunda
-kullanışlıdır. Bilgisayarı (3) erişimi yerel ağdaki (1) diğer iş
-istasyonlarına (5) ve (6) vermek için ağ geçidi olarak
-kullanabilirsiniz. Bunun için, ağ geçidinin iki arayüzü olmalıdır; birincisi
-ethernet kartı gibi, yerel ağa bağlı olmalı, ve ikincisi (4) İnternete (2)
-bağlı olmalı.</para>
-
-    <para>İlk adım ağ ve İnternete erişimin <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/> belgesinde
-anlatıldığı gibi ayarlandığını doğrulamaktır.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Ağ geçidi sihirbazı</title>
-
-    <para>Sihirbaz<footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role="bold">drakgw</emphasis>
-yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote> aşağıda gösterilen ardıl
-adımları önerir:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Eğer sihirbaz en azında iki arayüz algılamazsa, bunun hakkında uyarır ve ağ
-ve donanım yapılandırmasını durdurmayı ister.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>İnternet bağlantısı için kullanılan arayüzü belirtin. Sihirbaz otomatik
-olarak arayüzlerden birini önerir, fakat önerilenin doğru olduğunu kontrol
-etmeniz gerekir.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Lan erişimi için hangi arayüzün kullanılacağını belirtin. Sihirbaz ayrıca
-bir tane önerir, doğru olduğunu kontrol edin.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sihirbaz, IP adresi, ağ maskesi ve alan adı gibi, yerel ağ için parametreler
-önerir. Bu parametrenin yapılandırmanızla uygun olduğunu kontrol edin. Bu
-değerleri kabul etmeniz tavsiye edilir:</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>bilgisayarın bir DNS sunucu olarak kullanılmak zorunda olup olmadığını
-belirtin. Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>bind</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu kontrol
-eder. Aksi durumda, DNS sunucunun adresini belirtmeniz gerekir.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>bilgisayarın bir DHCP sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını
-belirtin. Evet ise, sihirbaz <code>dhcp-server</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu
-kontrol eder ve DHCP aralığındaki başlangıç ve bitiş adresleri ile
-yapılandırmayı önerir.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>bilgisayarın vekil sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını
-belirtin. Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>squid</code>in kurulu olduğunu kontrol
-eder ve, yönetici adresi (admin@mydomain.com), vekil sunucu ismi
-(myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) ve önbellek boyutu (100 Mb) ile
-yapılandırmayı önerir. </para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Son adım ağ geçidi olan makinanın yazıcılara bağlı olup olmadığını ve onları
-paylaşıp paylaşmayacağını işaretlemenizi sağlar.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Güvenlik duvarının aktif olup olmadığını kontrol etmeniz gerektiği hakkında
-uyarılacaksınız.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>İstemciyi yapılandır</title>
-
-    <para>Ağ geçidi makinasını DHCP ile yapılandırdıysanız, tek gerekli olan ağ
-yapılandırma aracında adresi otomatik olarak aldığınızı (DHCP kullanarak)
-belirtmenizdir. </para>
-
-    <para>Eğer ağ parametrelerini elle belirtmeliyseniz, özellikle ağ geçidi olarak
-görev yapan makinanın IĞ-adresini ağ geçidi olarak girmelisiniz.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Bağlantıyı paylaşmayı durdur</title>
-
-    <para>Mageia bilgisayarında paylaşımı durdurmak isterseniz, aracı
-çalıştırın. Bağlantıyı yeniden yapılandırmanızı veya ppaylaşımı durdurmayı
-önerecektir.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b53bcd0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Konakların tanımlaması</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Eğer ağınızdaki bazı sistemlerde size hizmet veriyorsa, ve sabit
-IP-adresleri varsa, bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> onlara
-kolaylıkla ulaşmak için isim vermenizi sağlar. Sonra IP-adresleri yerine
-isimleri kullanabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Ekle</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Bu düğme ile, sisteminiz için bir isim eklersiniz. IP-adresini, sistem için
-makina adını, ve seçimlik olarak makina adı ile benzer şekilde kullanılan
-bir mahlas belirteceğiniz bir pencere çıkacak.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Daha önce tanımlanan bir girdinin parametrelerine erişebilirsiniz. Aynı
-pencere karşınıza çıkacak.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index da6f05ae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Ağ arayüzleri ve güvenlik duvarı için gelişmiş kurulum</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>
-
-  <para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ac7ff33f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Ağ Merkezi</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde Ağ
-&amp; İnternet sekmesinde bulunur.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Giriş</title>
-
-    <para>Bu araç çalıştırıldığında bir pencere açılır, bilgisayardaki yapılandırılmış
-tüm ağları türlerine bağlı olmaksızın (kablolu, kablosuz, uydu, vb.)
-listeler.Birine tıkladığınızda, ağ türüne bağlı olarak, ağı gözlemek,
-ayarlarını değiştirmek, bağlanmak/bağlantıyı kesmek için üç ya da dört düğme
-ortaya çıkar.Bu araç ağ oluşturmak için değildir, bunun için aynı MDM
-sekmesinde <guilabel>Yeni bir ağ arayüzü kur (LAN, ISDN, ADSL,
-...)</guilabel> e bakınız.</para>
-
-    <para>Aşağıda örnek olarak verilen ekran görüntüsünde, iki ağ görüyoruz, ilki
-kablolu ve bağlı, <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> simgesinden
-anlaşılabilir ( bu bağlanmamış <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>) ve ikinci bölüm kablosuz ağı gösterir, bağlanmamış olduğu
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> simgesinden anlaşılabilir ve
-eğer bağlanmışsa bu <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>. Diğer ağ
-türleri için, renk kodu daima aynıdır, bağlıysa yeşil, bağlı değilse
-kırmızı.</para>
-
-    <para>Ekranın kablosuz tarafında, tüm algılanan aygıtları,
-<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Sinyal gücü</guilabel>,
-şifrelenmişlerse (kırmızı) veya değilse (yeşil), ve <guilabel>İşlem
-modu</guilabel> ile görebileceksiniz. Seçilmiş olana tıklayın ve sonra ya
-<guibutton>Ekran</guibutton>, ya <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> veya
-<guibutton>Bağlan</guibutton>a tıklayın. Burada bir ağdan diğerine gitmek
-mümkündür. Eğer özel bir ağ seçilmişse, Ağ Ayarları penceresi (aşağıya
-bakınız) açılacak ve ek ayarları soracaktır ( özellikle bir şifreleme
-anahtarı).</para>
-
-    <para>Ekranı yenilemek için <guibutton>Yenileye</guibutton> tıklayınız.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>İzleme düğmesi</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Bu düğme ağ etkinliğini, indirmeleri (PC'ye gelen, kırmızı ile) ve
-yüklemeleri (İnternet'e doğru, yeşille) izlemenizi sağlar. Aynı ekrana
-<guimenu>Görev çubuğu İnternet simgesi -> Ağı Görüntüle</guimenu> ile de
-erişilebilir. </para>
-
-    <para>Her bir ağ (burada eth0 kablolu ağ, lo yerel loopback ve wlan0 kablosuz
-ağdır) için bir sekme ve bağlantı durumunun detaylarını veren bir sekme
-bulunur. </para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Pencerenin altında <guilabel>Trafik muhasebesi</guilabel> başlığı var, buna
-bir sonraki bölümde bakacağız.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yapılandırma düğmesi</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Kablolu bir bağlantı için</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ağ oluşturma sürecinde verilen tüm ayarları değiştirmek mümkündür. Çoğu
-zaman, <guibutton>Otomatik IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>yi işaretlemek bunu yapar, fakat problem
-durumunda, elle yapılandırma daha iyi sonuçlar verir.</para>
-
-    <para>Bir ev ağı için <guilabel>IP adresi</guilabel> genellikle 92.168.0.x,
-<guilabel>Ağ maskesi</guilabel> 255.255.255.0, ve <guilabel>Ağ
-Geçidi</guilabel> gibidir ve  <guilabel>DNS sunucular</guilabel>
-sağlayıcınızın web sayfasından elde edilir.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Trafik muhasebesini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretlenmiş ise bu
-trafiği saatlik, günlük ve aylık olarak tutar. Sonuç önceki bölümde
-anlatılan Ağ ekranında görünür. Etkinleştirildiğinde ağa tekrar bağlanmanız
-gerekir.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin
-ver:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Gelişmiş Düğmesi:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Kablosuz bir bağlantı için</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Sadece henüz yukarıda görünmeyen öğeler açıklanmıştır.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">İşlem modu:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Eğer bağlantı erişim noktası vasıtası ileyse
-<guilabel>Yönetilmiş</guilabel>i eçiniz, algılanmış bir <emphasis
-role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> bulunur. Eğer eşler arası bir ağ ise
-<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel>u seçiniz. Eğer ağ kartınız erişim noktası olarak
-kullanılıyorsa <emphasis role="bold">Asıl</emphasis>ı seçiniz, ağ kartınızın
-bu modu desteklemesi gerekmektedir.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Şifreleme modu ve Şifreleme anahtarı</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Bu özel bir ağ ise, bu ayarları bilmelisiniz.</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> parola kullanır ve parola-cümleciği kullanan
-WPA'dan daha zayıftır. <guilabel>WPA Ön-paylaşımlı anahtar</guilabel> ayrıca
-kişisel WPA ya da WPA ev olarak adlandırılır. <guilabel>WPA Kurum</guilabel>
-özel ağlarda genellikle kullanılmaz.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Erişim noktası dolaşımına izin ver</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>Dolaşım, bilgisayarın İnternet bağlantısı devam ederken erişim noktasını
-değiştirmesini sağlayan bir teknolojidir.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Gelişmiş Düğmesi:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Gelişmiş Ayarlar düğmesi</title>
-
-    <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 617cd859..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Farklı Ağ profillerini yönet.</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>
-
-  <para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d84ab3a6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Sürücü ve dizinleri NFS kullanarak paylaşın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ön gereksinimler</title>
-
-    <para>Sihirbaz<footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote> ilk kez çalıştırıldığında şu
-mesajı gösterir:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>nfs-utils paketinin kurulması gerekiyor. Kurulmasını ister misiniz?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Kurulum tamamlandıktan sonra boş bir liste içeren bir pencere gösterilir.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ana pencere</title>
-
-    <para>Paylaşılan dizinler listesi gösterilir. Bu adımda, liste
-boştur. <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesi bir yapılandırma aracına erişim
-verir.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Girdiyi değiştir</title>
-
-    <para>Yapılandırma aracı "Girdiyi değiştir" ile etiketlenmiştir. Bu ayrıca
-<guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton> düğmesiyle de çalıştırılabilir. Takip eden
-parametreler kullanılabilir.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Dizini</title>
-
-      <para>Burada hangi dizinin paylaşılacağını
-belirtebilirsiniz. <guibutton>Dizin</guibutton> düğmesi gözatmanızı ve
-seçmenizi sağlar.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Konak erişimi</title>
-
-      <para>Burada paylaşılan dizinlere erişim yetkisine sahip konakları
-belirtebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-      <para>NFS istemciler çeşitli şekillerde belirtilebilir:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>tekil makina</emphasis>: ya çözücü tarafından algılanan bir
-kısaltılmış isim ya da tam sınıflandırılmış alan adı veya bir IP adresi olan
-bir makinadır.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>netgrupları</emphasis>: NIS netgrupları @group olarak verilebilir.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>joker karakterler</emphasis>: makina ismi * ve ? joker
-karakterleri içerebilir. Örnek: *.cs.foo.edu cs.foo.edu alanındaki tüm
-makinalarla eşleşir.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP ağları</emphasis>: ayrıca dizinleri tüm makinalara IP
-(alt-)ağları üzerinden sırasıyla dışa aktarabilirsiniz. Örneğin, ya
-`/255.255.252.0' ya da `/22' ağ temel adresine eklenir.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Kullanıcı Kimlik Haritalaması</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>root kullanıcısını anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: uid/gid
-0'dan gelen istekleri  anonymous uid/gid (root_squash)'e
-haritalar. istemciden root kullanıcısı sunucudaki root tarafından
-oluştuulmuş dosyalara yazamaz ve okuyamaz.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>uzaktan gerçek root erişimine izin ver</emphasis>: kök
-sıkıştırmayı kaldırır. Bu seçenek temel olarak disksiz istemcilerde
-(no_root_squash) uygundur.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>tüm kullanıcıları anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: tüm uidleri
-ve gidleri anonim kullanıcı (all_squash) olarak haritalar. NFS-dışa
-aktarılmış umumi FTP dizinleri, haber spool dizinleri, vb. için
-kullanışlıdır. Karşıt seçenek, hiçbir UID haritalama (no_all_squash)
-varsayılan ayardır.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid ve anongid</emphasis>: anonim hesabın uid ve gid'sini
-kesin bir şekilde aayrlar.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Gelişmiş seçenekler</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Güvenli Bağlantı</emphasis>: bu seçenek IPPORT_RESERVED (1024)'den
-daha düşük bir internet portu kökenli istekleri gerektirir. Bu seçenek ön
-tanımlı olarak etkindir.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Sadece-okunabilir paylaşım</emphasis>: Bu NFS bölümünde ya sadece
-okuma veya hem okuma hem de yazma isteklerine izin ver. Ön tanımlı davranış,
-dosya sisteminde değişiklik yapan istekleri engellemektir. Bu ayrıac bu
-seçenek kullanılarak kesinleştirilebilir.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Eşzamanlı erişim</emphasis>:  NFS sunucunun NFS protokolü
-tarafından zarar görmesini, ve istekleri bu istekler tarafından yapılan
-herhangi bir değişikliğin kalıcı depoya (örn. disk sürücüleri) yapılmasından
-önce engeller.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Alt ağaç denetimi</emphasis>: güvenliği arttıran ama işlevselliği
-azaltan alt ağaç denetlemesini etkinleştir. Ayrıntılı bilgi için exports(5)
-el kitabına bakın.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menü girdileri</title>
-
-    <para>Şu ana kadar listede en azından bir girdi var</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Dosya|Yaz conf</title>
-
-      <para>Aktif yapılandırmayı kaydet.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Sunucu|Yeniden başlat</title>
-
-      <para>Sunucu aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile durduruldu ve yeniden başlatıldı.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS Sunucu|Yeniden yükle</title>
-
-      <para>Gösterilen yapılandırma aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile yeniden yüklendi.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cdf52c9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Vekil</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Internete erişim için vekil sunucu kullanmak zorundaysanız, bunu
-yapılandırmak için bu aracı <footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote>
-kullanabilirsiniz. Ağ yöneticiniz ihtiyacınız olan bilgiyi
-verecektir. Ayrıca istinai olarak vekil olmadan erişebilen servisleri de
-belirtebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-  <para>Wikipedia'dan, 24.09.2012'de Vekil sunucu makalesi: Vekil sunucu, bilgisayar
-ağlarında,istemcilerden gelen ve diğer sunuculardan kaynak arayan istekler
-için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur (bir bilgisayar sistemi ya da
-uygulama). Bir istemci vekil  sunucuya dosya bağlantısı, web sayfası ya da
-farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet
-istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını
-kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir. </para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index afdc9204..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,214 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Ortamı Yapılandır</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Bir kurulumdan sonra yapılması gereken ilk şey, yazılım kaynakları
-eklemektir (depo, ortam ya da yansı olarak da bilinir). Bu, kurulumda ve
-paket ve uygulamaların güncellenmesinde kullanılacak yazılım kaynağını
-seçemeniz gerektiği anlamına gelir. (aşağıdaki Ekle düğmesine bakınız).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Eğer bir optik ortam (DVD, CD) veya USB aygıt kullanarak kurulum (veya
-yükseltme) yaptıysanız, yazılım kaynakları optik ortam içindeki kaynağa göre
-yapılandırılacaktır. Yeni paketleri optik ortam dışından yani internet
-kaynaklarından kurmak istiyorsanız bu kaynağı devredışı bırakmanız (veya
-kaldırmanız) gerekmektedir. (devredışı bırakacağınız kaynak adı CD-Rom'dur).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Sisteminiz 32-bit (i586 denen) veya 64-bit (x86_64 denen) bir mimari
-üzerinde çalışıyor olabilir. Bazı paketler ki bunlar noarch olarak
-isimlendirilir- sisteminizin 32-bit mi yoksa 64-bit mi olduğundan
-bağımsızdır. Yansılarda kendi noarch dizinlerine sahip değildirler, fakat
-hem i586 hem de x86_64 ortamları bulunur.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role="bold">Yazılım
-Yönetimi</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> sekmesinde bulunur.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Sütunlar</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Sütun Etkinleştir:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>İşaretlenmiş yazılım kaynağı yeni paketlerin kurulmasında
-kullanılacaktır. Testing ve Debug gibi bazı yazılım kaynaklarında dikkatli
-olun çünkü sisteminizi kullanılmaz yapabilir.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Sütun Güncelle:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>İşaretlenmiş ortam paketleri güncellemede kullanılır, bu
-etkinleştirilmelidir. Sadece ismi içinde "Update" olan ortamlar
-seçilmelidir. Güvenlik sebeplerinden, bu sütun bu araç içinden
-değiştirilebilir değildir, root olarak uç birim açıp <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> yazmalısınız. </para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Ortam sütunu:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Ortam ismini göster. Mageia son yayımı sürümlerinin  resmi depoları en
-azından şunları içerir:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> Mageia tarafından sağlanan çoğu
-programı içerir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> bazı özgür olmayan programları
-içerir</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> bazı ülkelerde patent hakları
-olabilecek özgür yazılımlar</para>
-
-        <para>Her ortam 4 alt-dizine sahiptir:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Yayım</emphasis> Mageia'nın bu sürümü yayımlandığı
-tarihteki paketlerdir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Güncellemeler</emphasis> yayımdan beri güvenlik ve
-hata ile ilgili güncellemelerdir. Herkes bu yazılım kaynağını çok yavaş bir
-İnternet bağlantısı olsa bile etkinleştirmelidir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> yeni sürümün bazı paketleri
-Cauldron'dan alınmıştır (yeni sürümü geliştirme aşamasındadır).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> yeni güncellemelerin hata
-raporlamasını ve QA takımının düzeltmeleri onaylamasını sağlayan geçici
-testler için kullanılır.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Sağdaki düğmeler</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Kaldır:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Önce çıkarmak istediğiniz ortamın üzerine sonra bu düğmeye tıklayın. Kurulum
-için kullanılan ortamı (örneğin CD veya DVD) çıkarmayı, içerdiği tüm
-paketlerin resmi Core yayım ortamında bulunduğu için bilir.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Düzenle:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Seçilen ortam ayarlarını değiştirmenizi sağlar (URL, indirici ve vekil).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Ekle:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>İnternet üzerindeki resmi depoları ekleyin. Bu depolar sadece güvenli ve
-iyice test edilmiş yazılımları içerir. "Ekle" düğmesine tıklayarak
-yapılandırmanıza yansı listesi eklersiniz, bu size yakın bir yansıdan
-kurulum ve güncelleme yaptığınızdan emin olmak için tasarlanmıştır. Belirli
-bir yansıyı seçmek isterseniz, "Dosya" açılır menüsünden "Belirli bir ortam
-yansısı ekle"yi seçerek eklersiniz.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Yukarı ve aşağı oklar:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Liste sırasını değiştir. Drakrpm bir paket aradığında, listeyi gösterilen
-sırada okur ve aynı sürüm numarası ile bulduğu ilk paketi kurar -sürüm
-eşleşmemesinde son yayım kurulur. Bu yüzden eğer mümkünse, en hızlı depoyu
-en üste koyun.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Menü</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Dosya -> Güncelle:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Ortam listesi penceresi ortaya çıkar. Güncellemek istediklerinizi seçin ve
-<guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Dosya -> Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Farzedelim şu anki yansıdan memnun değilsiniz, çünkü örneğin çok yavaş ya da
-çoğu zaman erişilebilir değil, başka bir yansı seçebilirsiniz. Aktif tüm
-ortamları seçiniz ve devre dışı bırakmak için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton>
-düğmesine tıklayın, <guimenu>Dosya-> Belirli bir ortam yansısı
-ekle</guimenu>ye tıklayın, sadece güncelleyi veya tam seti (bilmiyorsanız
-<guibutton>Kaynakları tam kümesi</guibutton>ni seçiniz) seçiniz ve
-<guibutton>Evet</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak iletişimi kabul edin. Bu
-pencere açılır:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Sol tarafta ülkeler listesini görebilirsiniz, kendinizinkini veya >
-düğmesine tıklayarak bu ülkedeki en yakını yansıyı seçin. Birini seçin ve
-<guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Dosya -> Özel bir ortam ekle:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Mageia tarafından desteklenmeyen yeni bir ortam kurmak mümkündür (örneğin
-üçüncü parti). Yeni bir pencere çıkar:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Ortam türünü seçin, ortamı iyi bir
-şekilde tanımlayan akıllıca bir isim bulun ve URL (veya ortam türüne göre
-yol) girin</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Seçenekler -> Genel seçenekler:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Bu öğe "Kurulacak RPMleri doğrulayın" (daima veya asla) zamanını, indirme
-programını (curl, wget veya aria2) ve paketler hakkındaki bilgiler için
-indirme politikasını (instendiğinde -varsayılan-; sadece güncelle veya asla)
-seçmenizi sağlar.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Seçenekler -> Anahtarları yönet:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Yüksek düzeyde güvenliği garanti etmek için, ortam kimlik denetiminde
-sayısal anahtarlar kullanılır. Her bir ortam için anahtarı kabul etmek veya
-reddetmek mümkündür. Çıkan pencerede, bir ortam seçin ve yeni bir anahtarı
-kabul etmek için <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine veya anahtarı
-reddetmek için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın. </para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Bunu, güvenlikle-ilgili tüm sorularda olduğu gibi, dikkalice yapın</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Seçenekler -> Vekil:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>İnternet erişimi için vekil sunucu kullanmanız gerekiyorsa, bunu burada
-yapılandırabilirsiniz. Gerekli olan sadece <guibutton>Vekil
-sunucuadı</guibutton>nı ve gerekliyse <guilabel>Kullanıcı adı</guilabel> ve
-<guilabel>Parolayı</guilabel> girmenizdir.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Kaynak yapılandırması hakkında daha fazla bilgi için  <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">Mageia wiki
-sayfamıza bakınız</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 399c80f2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Sürücü ve dizinleri Samba ile paylaşın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Giriş</title>
-
-    <para>Samba farklı işletim sistemlerinde dizinler veya yazıcılar gibi bazı
-kaynakları paylaşmak için kullanılan bir protokoldür. Bu araç makinayı
-SMB/CIFS protokolü kullanarak Samba sunucu olarak yapılandırmanızı
-sağlar. Bu protokol ayrıca Windows(R) ve işistasyonları tarafından, bu
-işletim sisteminin Samba sunucudaki kaynaklara erişebilmesi için
-kullanılır. </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Hazırlık</title>
-
-    <para>Diğer iş istasyonlarından erişilebilmesi için, sunucunun sabit IP adresi
-olmalıdır. Bu doğrudan sunucu üzerinde yapılabilir, örneğin <xref
-linkend="draknetcenter"/> ile, veya DHCP sunucuda istasyonu MAC-adresi ile
-belirterek ve daima aynı adresi vererek yapılabilir. Güvenlik duvarı da
-ayrıca Samba sunucuya gelen isteklere izin vermelidir.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sihirbaz - Tekbaşına sunucu</title>
-
-    <para>İlk çalıştırmada, araçlar <footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role="bold">
-draksambashare</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote> gerekli
-paketlerin kurulu olup olmadığını denetler ve yoklarsa onları kurmayı
-önerir. Sonra Samba sunucuyu yapılandıran sihirbaz başlatılır. </para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Bir sonraki pencerede Tekbaşına sunucu yapılandırması zaten seçili.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Sonra çalışmagrubunun ismini belirtin. Bu isim paylaşılan kaynaklara erişim
-için olanla aynı olmalı.</para>
-
-    <para>netbios ismi ağdaki sunucuyu tasarlamada kullanılan bir isimdir.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Güvenlik modunu seçiniz:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>kullanıcı</guilabel>: istemci kaynağa erişim için yetkilendirilmiş
-olamlı</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>paylaş</guilabel>: istemci kendini her bir paylaşım için ayrı ayrı
-yetkilendirir</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Burada, hangi konakların kaynaklara erişim izni olduğunu, IP adresi veya
-konak ismi ile belirtebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Sunucu afişini belirtin. Afiş bu sunucunun Windows iş istasyonlarında
-tanımlanacağı biçimdir.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Samba'nın bilgileri kaydedeceği yer bir sonraki bölümde belirtilebilir.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Sihirbaz, yapılandırmayı kabul etmenizden önce seçilen parametlerin bir
-listesini gösterir. Kabul edildiğinde yapılandırma
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> dosyasına yazılır.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sihirbaz - birincil alan denetleyicisi</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Eğer "Birincil alan denetcisi"
-seçeneği seçilmişse, sihirbaz, Wins'in desteklenip desteklenmeyeceğini ve
-yönetici isimlerinin sağlanıp sağlanmayacağını sorar. Takip eden adımlar,
-tek başına sunucu için olanla -ayrıca güvenlik modunu seçebilmeniz dışında-
-aynıdır:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: tüm kullanıcı ve grup hesaplarının merkezi ve
-paylaşılan bir hesap deposunda depolanmasını sağlayan bir mekanizma
-sunar. Merkezi hesap deposu, alan (güvenlik) denetleyiceleri arasında
-paylaştırılır.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Paylaşılacak dizini belirtin</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesiyle şu gelir:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Yeni bir girdi böylece eklendi. Bu <guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton>
-düğmesiyle değiştirilebilir. Dizinin görünebilir, yazılabilir,
-görüntülenebilir olup olmayacağı gibi seçenekler düzenlenebilir.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menü girdileri</title>
-
-    <para>Liste en azından bir girdi içerdiğinde, menü girdileri kullanılabilir.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Dosya|Yaz conf</title>
-
-      <para>Aktif yapılandırmayı <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> dosyasına kaydet.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba sunucu|Yapılandır</title>
-
-      <para>Sihirbaz yine bu komutla çalıştırılabilir.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba sunucu|Yeniden Başlat</title>
-
-      <para>Sunucu aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile durduruldu ve yeniden başlatıldı.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba Sunucu|Yeniden Yükle</title>
-
-      <para>Gösterilen yapılandırma aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile yeniden yüklendi.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yazıcıların paylaşımı</title>
-
-    <para>Samba ayrıca yazıcıları paylaştırmanızı sağlar.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba Kullanıcıları</title>
-
-    <para>Bu sekmede, kimlik denetimi gerektiğinde paylaşılan kaynaklara erişmeye izin
-verilen kullanıcılar eklenebilir. <xref linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>'dan kullanıcıları ekleyebilirsiniz. </para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 29d984e2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Mageia araçları için kimlik denetimini yapılandırın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis
-role="bold">draksec</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde
-<emphasis role="bold">Güvenlik</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur</para>
-
-  <para>Bu sıradan kullanıcılara genellikle yönetici tarafından yapılan görevleri
-yapabilme için gerekli hakları verir.</para>
-
-  <para>Açılmasını istediğiniz öğenin önündeki küçük ok üzerine tıklayın:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki çoğu araç pencerenin solunda gösterilir
-(yukarıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakın) ve sağ tarafta her bir araç için bir
-açılır liste şöyle seçenekler verir:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Öntanımlı:  Başlatma modu seçilen güvenlik seviyesine bağlıdır. Aynı MDM
-sekmesinde "Sistem güvenliğini, izinleri ve yetkileri yönetin" aracına
-bakınız.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Kullanıcı parolası: Araça çalıştırılmadan önce kullanıcı parolası sorulur.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Yönetici parolası: Araç çalıştırılmadan önce root parolası sorulur</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Parola yok: Araç parola sormadan çalıştırılır.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index aa314a7b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Anlık Durum Yedekleri</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis
-role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para></footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde
-<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> sekmesinde <guilabel>Yönetimsel
-araçlar</guilabel> bölümünde bulunur.</para>
-  <para>Bu aracı MDM'de ilk kez başlattığınızda, draksnapshot kurulumu hakkında bir
-mesaj göreceksiniz. Devam etmek için <guibutton>Kur</guibutton> düğmesine
-tıklayın. Draksnapshot ve ihtiyaç duyduğu bazı diğer paketler kurulacaktır. </para>
-
- <para>Yeniden <guilabel>Anlıkyedekler</guilabel>a tıklayın,
-<guilabel>Ayarlar</guilabel> ekranını göreceksiniz. <guilabel>Yedekleri
-Etkinleştir</guilabel>i  ve, tüm sistemin yedeğini almak isterseniz
-<guilabel>Tüm sistemi yedekle</guilabel> işaretleyin.</para>
-  <para>Dizinlerin sadece bazı bölümlerini yedekleyecekseniz
-<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel>i seçiniz. Küçük bir açılır pencere
-göreceksiniz. Dizinleri yedeklemeye eklemek veya yedeklemeden çıkartmak için
-<guilabel>Yedekleme listesi</guilabel> yanındaki <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton>
-ve <guibutton>Çıkar</guibutton> düğmelerini kullanınız. Seçilen dizinler
-içinde yedeklemeye <emphasis role="bold">eklenmemesi</emphasis> gereken
-altdizinleri ve/veya dosyaları kaldırmak için <guilabel>Hariç</guilabel>
-listesinin yanındaki aynı düğmeleri kullanınız. Bitirdiğinizde
-<guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız.</para>
-	  <para>Şimdi <guilabel>Yedekleme yeri</guilabel> için yolu girin, veya
-<guibutton>Gözat</guibutton> düğmesiyle doğru yolu seçin.  Herhangi bağlı
-USB-anahtarı veya harici HD <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/kullanıcı_adınız/</emphasis> içinde bulunabilir.
-  </para>
-  <para> Anlık yedekleme için <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d302685..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Ses Yapılandırması</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">draksound</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para></footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde
-<emphasis role="bold">Donanım</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur.</para>
-  <para>Draksound ses yapılandırmasını, PulseAudio seçeneklerini ve hata gidermeyi
-halleder. Ses problemi yaşadığınızda veya ses kartını değiştirdiğinizde size
-yardım edecektir.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> bir ses sunucudur. Tüm ses girişlerini
-karşılar, onları kullanıcı tercihlerine bağlı olarak karıştırır ve sonuçta
-oluşan sesi çıktıya gönderir. Bu özellikleri ayarlamak için <guimenu>Menü
-->Ses ve Video -> PulseAudio ses denetimi</guimenu> ne bakınız.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio varsayılan ses sunucusudur ve bunu etkinleştirilmiş olarak
-bırakmanız önerilir.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> PulseAudio'yu bazı programlarla
-zenginleştirir. Bunu da etkinleştirilmiş olarak bırakmanız önerilir.</para>
-  <para><guibutton>Sorun çözme</guibutton> karşılaşabileceğiniz problemleri çözmede
-yardım sağlar. Topluluğa sormadan önce bunu denemeyi faydalı bulacaksınız.</para>
-  <para><guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi bir başka düğme olan yeni bir
-pencere görüntüler.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 57d4e38c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Güç görüntüleme için bir UPS ayarlayın</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakups</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index eec19f4c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Ağ erişimi güvenliği için VPN Bağlantısı yapılandır</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Giriş</title>
-
-    <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis
-role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote> uzak bir ağa yerel iş istasyonu
-ve uzak ağ arasında tünel oluşturarak güvenli erişimi yapılandırmanızı
-sağlar. Burada sadece iş istasyonu tarafındaki yapılandırmadan
-bahsedeceğiz. Uzak ağın halihazırda çalışmakta olduğunu  ve ağ
-yöneticisinden .pcf yapılandırma dosyası gibi bilgilere ulaştıınızı
-varsayıyoruz.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Yapılandırma</title>
-
-    <para>Önce sanal özel ağınız için hangi protokolün kullanıldığına bağlı olarak
-Cisco VPN Concentrator'u veya OpenVPN'i seçiniz.</para>
-
-    <para>Sonra bağlantı isminizi belirtiniz.</para>
-
-    <para>Sonraki ekranda, VPN bağlantınızın detaylarını sağlayınız.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Cisco VPN için</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>openvpn için. openvpn ve bağımlı olduğu paketler araç ilk kez
-kullanıldığında kurulacaktır.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Ağ yöneticinizden aldığınız
-dosyaları seçin.</para>
-
-        <para>Gelişmiş parametreler:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Sonraki ekran ağ geçidinin IP-adresini sorar.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Parametreler ayarlandığında VPN bağlantısını başlatma imkanına sahip
-olursunuz.</para>
-
-    <para>Bu VPN bağlantısı ağ bağlantısı ile otomatik olarak başlayacak şekilde
-ayarlanabilir. Bunu yapmak için, ağ bağlantısını daima bu VPN'e bağlanmak
-için yeniden yapılandırın.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0eb2e7bc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Web sunucu yapılandır</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard
-apache2</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para></footnote> bir web sunucusu kurmanız için
-yardımcı olabilir.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Bir web sunucusu nedir?</title>
-    <para>
-      Web sunucusu, İnternet üzerinden erişilebilen web içeriğini ulaştırmaya
-yardımcı olan bir yazılımdır. (Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Bir web sunucusunu drakwizard apache2 ile kurmak</title>
-      <para>
-	Web sunucusu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Giriş</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    İlk sayfa sadece bir sunumdur, <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sunucu Açılımcısı seçiliyor: Yerel Ağ ve/veya Dünya</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Web sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır.  Kötü şeyler için
-şimdiden hazır olun.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sunucu Kullanıcı Modülü</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Kullanıcıların kendi sitelerini oluşturmalarına izin verir.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kullanıcı web dizini adı</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Kullanıcı bu dizini oluşturmalı ve içini doldurmalıdır, daha sonra sunucu
-bunu gösterecektir.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sunucu Belge Kökü</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Web sunucusunun öntanımlı belgelerinin konumunu ayarlamanıza olanak sağlar.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Özet</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Son</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bu kadar! <guibutton>Son</guibutton>'u tıklayın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 88a3e86e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">DNS yapılandır</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard
-bind</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ff13d1c9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP yapılandırın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Bu araç, Mageia 4'te ağ arabiriminin yeni isimlendirme düzeninden dolayı
-çöktü. </para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard
-dhcp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote>bir <acronym>DHCP</acronym>
-sunucusu kurmanıza yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni
-olup önceden kurulmuş olmalıdır.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>DHCP nedir?</title>
-
-    <para>Değişken Makine Yapılandırma Protokolü (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>),  basit
-olarak sistemdeki bilgisayarlara IP adreslerini ve buna ek olarak değişik
-parametreleri atamak için kullanılan servistir. (Wikipedia' dan)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bir DHCP sunucusunu drakwizard dhcp ile kurmak</title>
-
-    <para>DHCP sunucusu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Giriş</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>İlk sayfa sadece bir sunumdur, <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Adaptörü seçerek</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Alt ağa bağlı olan ve DHCP'nin IP adresi atayacağı ağ arabirimini seçerek
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>IP aralığı seçin</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ağ geçidi makinenin yerel ağ dışında, belki de İnternet, bağlandığı yerin IP
-adresi ile birlikte; sunucunun önermesini istediğiniz IP aralığının
-başlangıç ve bitiş IP adreslerini seçin ve sonra
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Özet</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Bekleyin...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Bu düzeltilebilir. <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine bir kaç kez
-tıklayın ve seçenekleri değiştirin.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Saatler sonra...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ne yapıldı</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Gerekiyorsa dhcp-server paketi kuruluyor;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>
-olarak kaydediliyor</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Yeni bir <code>dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>
-dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve yeni parametreler ekleniyor:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ağ</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>maske</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Ayrıca Webmin yapılandırma dosyası <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> da
-değiştiriliyor</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>dhcpd</code> yeniden başlatılıyor.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ac75de2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Zamanı yapılandırın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu aracın<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard
-ntp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> amacı sisteminizin saatini
-harici bir sunucu ile eşzamanlamaktır. Varsayılan olarak kurulu değildir ve
-ayrıca drakwizard vedrakwizard-base paketlerini de kurmanız gerekir.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bir NTP sunucusunu drakwizard ntp ile kurmak</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Hoşgeldiniz ekranından sonra (yukarıya bakınız), ikincisi açılır listelerden
-üç zaman sunucu seçmenizi ister ve pool.ntp.org'u iki kez önerir çünkü bu
-sunucu daima müsait zaman sunucuları gösterir.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>İlerleyen ekranlar bölge ve şehri seçmenizi sağlar ve sonra bir özet
-ekranına ulaşırsınız. Bir şey yanlış ise <guibutton>Geri</guibutton>
-düğmesini kullanarak düzeltebilirsiniz. Her şey doğruysa
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak denemeye
-başlayabilirsiniz. Bu, biraz zaman alır ve sonunda aşağıdaki ekran ile
-karşılaşırsınız:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Aracı kapatmak için <guibutton>Bitir</guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ne yapıldı</title>
-
-    <para>Bu araç aşağıdaki adımları yürütür:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>ntp</code> paketi gerekiyorsa kurulur</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> dosyası
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> olarak ve
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code> olarak kaydediliyor;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Sunucuların listesi ile <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası
-yazılıyor;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>İlk sunucu adı eklenerek <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> dosyası değiştiriliyor;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> ve <code>ntpd</code> hizmetleri
-durduruluyor ve başlatılıyor;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Donanım saati UTC biçiminde şu anki sistem zamanı ile ayarlanıyor.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e69491fb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">FTP yapılandırın</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard
-proftpd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para></footnote> bir <acronym>FTP</acronym>
-sunucusu kurmanız için yardımcı olabilir.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title><acronym>FTP</acronym> nedir?</title>
-    <para>
-      Dosya Aktarım Protokolü (<acronym>FTP</acronym>), İntenet gibi
-<acronym>TCP</acronym> temelli bir ağ üzerinde bir makineden diğer bir
-makineye dosya aktarımında kullanılan bir standart ağ
-protokolüdür. (Wikipedia)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Bir FTP sunucusunu drakwizard proftpd ile kurmak</title>
-      <para>
-	FTP sihirbazına hoş geldiniz. Kemerinizi bağlayın.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Giriş</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    İlk sayfa sadece bir sunumdur, <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sunucu Açılımcısı seçiliyor: Yerel Ağ ve/veya Dünya</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    FTP sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır.  Kötü şeyler için
-şimdiden hazır olun.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sunucu Bilgisi</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Sunucunun kendisini tanıtacağı bir isim girin, email uyumlu bir kullanıcı ve
-kök oturum açma erişimi verilip verilmeyeceğini girin.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sunucu Seçenekleri</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Dinleme bağlantı noktasını ayarla, hapsedilmiş kullanıcı, sürdürmeye ve/veya
-<acronym>FXP</acronym> (Dosya Alışverişi Protokolü)ne izin ver
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Özet</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Son</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bu kadar! <guibutton>Son</guibutton>'u tıklayın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 86d361c5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Vekil sunucu yapılandırın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard
-squid</emphasis>  yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote>bir vekil sunucu kurmanıza
-yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni olup önceden kurulmuş
-olmalıdır.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bir vekil sunucu nedir?</title>
-
-    <para>Bilgisayar ağlarında, bir vekil sunucu istemcilerden gelen ve diğer
-sunuculardan kaynak arayan istekler için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur
-(bir bilgisayar sistemi ya da uygulama). Bir istemci vekil  sunucuya dosya
-bağlantısı, web sayfası ya da farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir
-kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği
-basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir.
-(Wikipedia)</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bir vekil sunucuyu drakwizard squid ile kurmak</title>
-
-    <para>Vekil sunucu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Giriş</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>İlk sayfa sadece bir sunumdur, <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Bir ağ vekili bağlantı noktasını seçme</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Tarayıcıların üzerinden bağlanacağı vekil sunucu bağlantı noktasını seçin,
-sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Bellek ve Disk Kullanımını Ayarla</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Bellek ve disk önbelleği sınırlarını ayarlayın, sonra
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ağ Erişim Denetimi' ni seçin</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Yerel ağ veya dünya görünürlüğünü ayarlayın, sonra
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Ağ Erişimine İzin Ver</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Yerel ağlara erişime izin verin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi
-tıklayın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Üst Düzey Vekil Sunucu Kullanılsın Mı?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Bir başka vekil sunucu üzerinden kademelendirmek mi istiyorsunuz? Cevabınız
-hayır ise sonraki adımı atlayın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Üst Seviye Ağ Vekili URLsi ve Bağlantı Noktası</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Üst seviye ağ vekili makine adı ve bağlantı noktasını sağlayın, sonra
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Özet</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Önyükleme sırasında başlatılsın mı?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Vekil sunucunun önyüklemede başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını seçin, sonra
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Son</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Bu kadar! <guibutton>Son</guibutton>'u tıklayın.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ne yapıldı</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>squid şu gerekiyorsa kuruluyor;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> dosyası
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code> olarak kaydediliyor</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Yeni bir <code>squid.conf</code> dosyası <code>squid.conf.default</code>
-dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve yeni parametreler ekleniyor:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>seviyesine göre <code>seviye</code> 1, 2 veya 3 ve <code>http_access</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><code>squid</code> yeniden başlatılıyor.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f3b20a1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH art süreç yapılandırması</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard
-sshd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para></footnote> bir <acronym>SSH</acronym>
-arkaucu ayarlamanız için yardımcı olabilir.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title><acronym>SSH</acronym>nedir?</title>
-    <para>
-      Güvenli Kabuk (Secure Shell SSH), güvensiz bir ağ, bir sunucu ve bir istemci
-üzerinden (SSH sunucusu ve <acronym>SSH</acronym> istemci uygulamalarını
-çalıştıran) birbirine bağlı iki ağ bilgisayarı arasında güvenli veri
-iletimi, uzaktan komut satırı girişleri, uzaktan komut yürütülmesi ve diğer
-güvenli ağ hizmetlerini sağlayan şifreli bir ağ protokolüdür . (Wikipedia'
-dan)
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Bir <acronym>SSH</acronym> arkaucunu drakwizard sshd ile ayarlamak</title>
-      <para>
-	Open SSH sihirbazına hoş geldiniz.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Yapılandırma Seçeneklerini Seçin</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Tüm seçenekler için <guilabel>Uzman</guilabel> veya 3-7 arası adımları
-atlamak için <guilabel>Yeni başlayan</guilabel> seçin, sonra
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Genel Seçenekler</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Görünürlüğü ve kök erişimi seçeneklerini ayarlar. Bağlantı noktası 22
-standart <acronym>SSH</acronym> bağlantı noktasıdır.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kimlik Doğrulama Yöntemi</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bağlantı sırasında kullanıcıların kullanabilecekleri farklı kimlik doğrulama
-yöntemlerini seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kayıt Tutma</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Günlük kaydı tutma aracını ve çıktı düzeyini seçin, sonra
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Giriş Seçenekleri</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Giriş ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi
-tıklayın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Kullanıcı Giriş Seçenekleri</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Kullanıcı erişim ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Sıkıştırma ve İletme</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    İletim sırasında X11 iletme ve sıkıştırmayı yapılandırın, sonra
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Özet</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve
-<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Son</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Bu kadar! <guibutton>Son</guibutton>'u tıklayın.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 221c2ef3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Sistem hizmetlerini etkinleştirmek veya devre dışı bırakmak suretiyle
-yönetin</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>   
-
-  <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 38145ed6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Donanım Yapılandırması</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> bilgisayarınızın donanımı ile
-ilgili genel bir görünüm verir. Araç çalıştırıldığında donanımın her bir
-öğesi için arama başlatır. Bunun için <code>ldetect-lst</code> içindeki bir
-donanım listesine başvuran <code>ldetect </code>komutunu kullanır.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Pencere</title>
-
-    <para>Pencere iki sütuna bölünmüştür.</para>
-
-    <para>Sol sütun algılanan donanımların bir listesini içerir. Aygıtlar
-kategorilerine göre gruplandırılmıştır. Bu sütunda her araç seçilebilir.</para>
-
-    <para>Sağ sütun seçilen aygıt ile ilgili bilgileri gösterir. <guimenu>Yardım -&gt;
-Alanların tanımlamaları</guimenu> alanların içerikleri ile ilgili bilgiler
-verir.</para>
-
-    <para>Hangi tür aygıtın seçildiğine bağlı olarak, sağ altta bir ya da iki düğmeye
-ulaşılabilir.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Aktif sürücü seçeneklerini ayarla</guibutton>: aygıtla ilgili
-olarak kullanılan modül parametrelerini değiştirmek için kullanılabilir. Bu
-sadece uzmanlar tarafından kullanılmalıdır.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Yapılandırma aracı çalıştır</guibutton>: aygıtı yapılandıran
-araca erişim. Araç sıklıkla MDM'den erişilebilir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Menü</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Seçenekler</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>seçenekler</guimenu> menüsü otomatik algılamayı etkinleştirmek onay
-kutuları imkanını verir:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>modem</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz aygıtları</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Zip parallel aygıtları</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Varsayılan olarak bu tespit edilenler etkinleştirilmemiştir, çünkü
-yavaştırlar. Eğer bu donanım bağlanmış ise uygun kutuları
-işaretleyin. Tespit etme bu aracın çalıştırıldığı bir sonraki zamanda
-gerçekleştirilir.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ef62b4a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Kılavye düzenini ayarlayın</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Giriş</title>
-
-    <para>keyboarddrake aracı<footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote> Mageia üzerinde
-kullanmak istediğiniz klavye için temel düzeni yapılandırmada size yardımcı
-olur. Klavye düzenini sistemdeki tüm kullanıcılar için etkiler. Mageia
-Denetim Merkezinde (MDM) Donanım bölümünde "Fareyi ve klavyeyi yapılandır"
-etiketiyle bulunur.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Klavye Düzeni</title>
-
-    <para>Burada hangi klavye düzenini kullanmak istediinizi seçebilirsiniz. İsimler
-(alfabetik olarak sıralanmıştır) her düzen için kullanılması gereken dili,
-ülkeyi, ve/veya etnik kökeni tanımlar. </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Klavye Türü</title>
-
-    <para>Bu menü kullandığınız klavye türünü seçmenizi sağlar. Hangisini seçmeniz
-gerektiğinden emin değilseniz en iyisi varsayılan tür olarak bırakmaktır.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 07b3e574..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı ayrıca komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.
-  </para></footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezinin (MDM)
-Sistem bölümünde "Sisteminiz için yerelleştirmeyi yönetin" etiketiyle
-bulunur. Dilinizi seçebileceğiniz bir pencere açar. Seçim kurulum sırasında
-seçilen dile uyarlanır.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi eski kodlama (UTF8 olmayan) ile
-uyumluluğu etkinleştirmeye erişimi sağlar.</para>
-
-  <para>İkinci ekran seçilen dile bağlı olarak ülkeler listesini
-gösterir. <guibutton>Diğer Ülkeler</guibutton> düğmesi listelenmemiş
-ülkelere erişimi verir.</para>
-
-  <para>Herhangi bir değişiklikten sonra oturumunuzu yeniden başlatmak zorundasınız.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Girdi yöntemi</title>
-      </info>
-  <para><guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca girdi yöntemini
-seçebilirsiniz (listenin altındaki aşağı-açılır menüden). Girdi yöntemleri
-kullanıcının çokdilli karakterlkeri girmesini sağlar (Çince, Japonca,
-Korece, vb.).</para>
-  <para> Asya ve Afrika yerelleştirmeleri için, IBus, kullanııların elle
-yapılandırması gerekmesin diye varsayılan giriş yöntemi olarak
-ayarlanacaktır. </para>
-  <para>Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, vb.) ayrıca benzer işlevleri
-sağlar ve eğer aşağı-açılır menüde yoksa Mageia Denetim Merkezinin başka bir
-yerinden kurulmasını sağlar. Bakınız <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f28ff2fd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Sistem günlük kayıtlarını görüntüleyin ve arama yapın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezi Sistem
-sekmesinde  "<guilabel>Sistem günlüklerini gör ve ara</guilabel>" etiketiyle
-bulunur.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sistem günlüklerinde arama yapmak için</title>
-
-    <para>İlk olarak aramak istediğiniz anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis
-role="bold">Eşleşen</emphasis> alanı içine ve/veya cevaplar arasında görmek
-<emphasis>istemediğiniz</emphasis> anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis
-role="bold">fakat eşleşmeyen</emphasis> alanına giriniz. Sonra
-<guilabel>Dosya seçininiz</guilabel> alanından aramak istediğiniz
-dosya(lar)ı seçiniz. Seçimlik olarak, aramayı sadece bir günlük olarak
-sınırlandırmak mümkündür. <emphasis role="bold">Takvim</emphasis> içinden ay
-ve yılın her iki yanındaki küçük okları kullanarak seçiniz, ve
-"<guibutton>Sadece seçilen günler için göster</guibutton>"i
-işaretleyiniz. En sonunda sonucu <guilabel>Dosyanın içeriği</guilabel>
-isimli pencerede görmek için <guibutton>ara</guibutton> düğmesine
-tıklayınız. <emphasis role="bold">Kaydet</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayıp
-sonucu .txt biçiminde kaydetmek mümkündür.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para><guibutton>Mageia Günlükleme Araçları</guibutton> Mageia Denetim Merkezi
-araçları gibi Mageia yapılandırma araçlarına evsahipliği yapar.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>E-posta ikazlarını yapılandırmak için</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>E-posta ikazı</guibutton> otomatik olarak her saat sistetem
-yükünü kontrol eder ve gerekliyse ayarlanmış adrese e-posta gönderir.</para>
-
-    <para>Bu aracı yapılandırmak için, <emphasis role="bold">E-posta İkazı</emphasis>
-düğmesine tıklayın ve sonra, sonraki ekranda, <guibutton> E-posta ikaz
-sistemini yapılandır</guibutton> açılır dümesine tıklayın. Burada, tüm
-çalışan servisler gösterilir ve hangisini izleyeceğinizi
-seçebilirsiniz. (Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız).</para>
-
-    <para>Şu servisler izlenebilir:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin Servisi</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix Post Sunucu</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP sunucusu</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache WWW Sunucusu</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH Sunucu</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba Sunucu</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd Servisi</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND Alan Adı Çözücüsü</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Sonrakiekranda,  kabul edilebilir olarak düşündüğünüz
-<guilabel>Yük</guilabel> değerini giriniz. Yük, süreç talebini temsil eder,
-yüksek bir yük sistemi yavaşlatır ve çok yüksek yük bir sürecin kontrolden
-çıkmasına işaret edebilir. Varsayılan değer 3tür. Yük değerinin işlemci
-sayısının 3 katı olmasını tavsiye ediyoruz.</para>
-
-    <para>Son ekranda, uyarılacak olan kişinin <guilabel>E-posta addresi</guilabel>ni
-ve kullanılacak <guilabel>E-posta sunucusu</guilabel>nu girin (yerel veya
-İnternet üzerinde).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c54d8aa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Müsait NFS ve SMB Paylaşımlarını göster</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis> yazarak
-çalıştırabilirsiniz.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> sadece komut satırından
-başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir.</para>
-
-  <para>Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına
-yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Belgelendirme
-takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3918318c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">PCI, USB ve PCMCIA Bilgilerinizi göster</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> sadece komut satırından
-başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir. root kullanıcısı ile kullanıldığında daha
-fazla bilgi verecektir.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake bilgisayara bağlı (USB, PCI ve PCMCIA) tüm aygıtların ve
-sürücülerin listesini verir. Çalışmak için ldetect ve ldetect-lst
-paketlerine ihtiyaç duyar.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>-v seçeneği ile lspcidrake üretici ve aygıt tanımlamalarını ekler.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake genellikle çok uzun listeler üretir, bu yüzden, sıklıkla bir boru
-ile grep komutu -bu örnekte olduğu gibi- kullanılır:</para>
-
-  <para>Ekran kartı hakkında bilgi;</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Ağ hakkında bilgi</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i büyük-küçük harf farklılığını göz ardı etmek için.</para>
-
-  <para>Aşağıdaki bu ekran görüntüsünde, lspcidrake için -v seçeneğinin etkisini ve
-grep için -i seçeneği etkisini görebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Donanım hakkında bilgi veren<emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis>
-adında başka bir araç daha vardır (root altında).</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3100e204..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Önyükleme</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>Bu ekranda önyükleme aşamalarında yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından
-seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya
-tıklayın.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Önyükleme aşamalarını yapılandırın</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 82a60aa9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Donanım</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu ekranda donanımınızı yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından seçim
-yapabilirsiniz.  Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Donanımınızı yönetin</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Donanım gözat ve
-yapılandır</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Ekran kartı yapılandırın</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = 3D Masaüstü etkilerini
-yapılandır</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Fare ve klavye yapılandırın</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Yazdırma ve tarama yapılandırın</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Yazıcı(lar)ı ve yazdırma
-iş kuyruğunu ayarlayın ...</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Diğerleri</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 03313e5d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Mageia Denetim Merkezi için Rehber hakkında</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Mageia Denetim Merkezi (MDM) soldaki sütundan seçilebilecek sekiz değişik
-seçenek veya sekmeye sahiptir. drakwizard paketi kurulu ise on tane daha
-seçenek ve/veya sekme bulunur. Bu sekmelerin her biri büyük sağ panelden
-seçilebilecek farklı araç kümeleri verir.</para>
-
-	<para>Takip eden on bölüm on seçenek ve onlarla ilgili araçlar hakkındadır.</para>
-
-<para>Son bölüm MDM sekmelerinden seçilebilmesi mümkün olmayan bazı diğer Mageia
-araçları hakkındadır, </para>
-
-	<para>Sayfaların başlıkları çoğunlukla araç ekranının başlıkları ile aynı
-olacaktır.</para>
-
-        <para>Ayrıca, sol tarafta "Ara" sekmesine tıklayarak erişebileceğiniz arama çubuğu
-vardır.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a402b8f9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Yerel diskler</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu ekranda yerel diskinizi yönetmeniz veya paylaşmanız için bir çok araç
-arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki
-bağlantıya tıklayın.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Yerel diskler</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e7e369cd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Ağ ve İnternet</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu ekranda bir çok ağ aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını
-öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Ağ aygıtlarınızı yönetin</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Ağınızı Kişiselleştirin ve Güvenli hale getirin</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Diğerleri</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index adbe63ce..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Ağ Hizmetleri</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Paylaşım</emphasis> için olanı sadece
-<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı
-sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha
-fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref
-linkend="mcc-sharing"/> tıklayınız.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Ağ Hizmetleri</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2adcfbfe..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Ağ Paylaşımı</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu ekranda sürücüleri ve dizinleri paylaşmak için bir çok araç arasından
-seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya
-tıklayın.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Windows(R) paylaşımlarını yapılandırın</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Windows (SMB) sistemleri
-ile sürücü ve dizinleri paylaşın</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>NFS paylaşımlarını yapılandırın</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>WebDAV paylaşımlarını yapılandırın</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 735c471f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Güvenlik</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu ekranda bir çok güvenlik aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha
-fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Güvenlik</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Sistem güvenliğini, izinleri ve
-yetkileri yapılandır</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 91a0bc7b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Paylaşım</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Ağ Hizmetleri</emphasis> için olanı sadece
-<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı
-sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha
-fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref
-linkend="mcc-networkservices"/> tıklayınız.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Paylaşım</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ac4a003..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistem</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Bu ekranda bir çok sistem ve yönetim araçları arasından seçim
-yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Sistem hizmetlerini yönetin</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Yerelleştirme</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Yönetim araçları</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Sistemdeki kullanıcıları
-yönetin</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cb549213..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Güncelleme sıklığını yapılandırın</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezi
-<emphasis role="bold">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesi altında
-bulunur. Ayrıca görev çubuğunda kırmızı simge üstünde <inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> <guimenu>sağ tık / Yapılandırmayı
-güncelle</guimenu>  ile erişilebilir.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>İlk kayan ekran Mageia'nın güncellemeleri ne sıklıkta denetleyeceğini
-değiştirmenizi sağlar ve ikincisi ilk denetimden sonra önyükleme gecikmesi
-içindir.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a52636a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">İşaretleme aracı (fare, touchpad) yapılandır</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para></footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde
-<emphasis role="bold">Donanım</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur.</para>
-
-  <para>Mageia'yı kurmak için fareniz olması gerektiğinden, bu halihazırda
-Drakinstall tarafından kurulmuştur. Bu araç başka bir farenin kurulumunu
-sağlar.</para>
-
-  <para>Fareler bağlantı türüne göre ve sonra modeline göre sıralıdırlar. Farenizi
-seçin ve <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton>a tıklayın. Çoğu zaman "Universal / Any
-PS/2 &amp; USB mice" yeni fareler için uygundur. Yeni fare hemen devreye
-girer.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c0da504d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Sistem Güvenliği ve Denetimi</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Sunum</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis
-role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> msec için, sistem güvenliğini
-iki yaklaşıma göre yapılandırmaya izin veren bir grafik kullanıcı
-arayüzüdür:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Bu, sistem davranışını ayarlar, msec sistemi daha güvenli olması için
-değişiklik yapmaya zorlar.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Bu, bir şeylerin tehlikeli görünmesi durumunda sizi uyarmak için, periyodik
-denetimleri sürdürür.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec, bir dizi sistem izinlerini yapılandırma amacıyla, değşiklikler veya
-zorlamalar için denetim olabilecek "güvenlik seviyeleri" kavramını
-kullanır. Bunların bikaçı Mageia tarafından önerilir, fakat kendi
-özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi tanımlayabilirsiniz.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Genel bakış sekmesi</title>
-
-    <para>Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız</para>
-
-    <para>İlk sekme farklı güvenlik araçları listesini sağ tarafta onları
-yapılandırmak için bir düğmeyle alır:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Güvenlik duvarı ayrıca MDM / Güvenlik / Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı kurun
-içinde bulunabilir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Güncellemeler, ayrıca MDM / Yazılım Yönetimi / Sisteminizi güncelleyin
-içinde bulunabilir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>bazı bilgilerle msec'in kendisi:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>etkinleştir ya da etknleştirme</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Yapılandırılmış Temel güvenlik seviyesi</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Son periyodik denetimin tarihi ve detaylı rapor için bir düğme ve
-denetimleri hemen gerçekleştiren bir başka düğme bulunur.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Güvenlik ayarları sekmesi</title>
-
-    <para>İkinci sekmede veya Güvenlik <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine
-tıklama aşağıda gösterilen aynı ekrana götürür.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Temel güvenlik sekmesi</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Güvenlik seviyeleri:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>MSEC aracını etkinleştir</guilabel> kutusunu işaretledikten sonra,
-bu sekme güvenlik seviyesini çift tıklayarak ve sonra kalın olarak
-göstererek seçmenizi sağlar. Eğer kutu işaretlenmiş değilse, « hiçbir »
-seviyesi uygulanır. Aşağıdaki seviyeler uygulanabilir:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para><emphasis role="bold">hiçbir</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu seviye eğer sistem
-güvenliğini denetlemek için msec kullanmak istemiyorsanız, ve bunu kendi
-başınıza ayrlamak istiyorsanız kullanılır. Bütün güvenlik denetimlerini
-kaldırır ve sistem yapılandırması ve ayarları üzerinde hiçbir sınırlandırma
-ve baskı uygulamaz. Lütfen bu seviyeyi, sisteminizi zarar verici saldırılara
-karşı açık bırakacağında, ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız kullanınız.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para><emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu kurulduğunda
-varsıyılan yapılandırmadır ve genel kullanıcılar içindir. Pek çok sistem
-ayarlarını sınırlar ve dosya sisteminde, sistem hesaplarında ve savunmasız
-dizin izinlerindeki değişimleri algılayan günlük güvenlik denetimleri
-gerçekleştirir. (Bu seviye önceki msec sürümündeki seviye 2 ve 3 ile
-benzerdir).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><emphasis role="bold">güvenli</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu seviye sistemin
-güvenli olduğundan emin ve hala kullanılabilir olmasını istediğiniz
-durumlarda kullanılır. Sistem sınırlandırmalarını destekler ve daha çok
-periyodik denetimler yapar. Dahası, sisteme erişim daha çok
-sınırlandırılmıştır. (Bu seviye eski msec sürümlerindeki seviye 4 (Yüksek)
-ve seviye 5 (Paronoid) ile benzerdir).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Bu güvenlik seviyelerinin yanında, <emphasis role="bold">dosyasunucu
-</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">websunucu</emphasis> ve <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> seviyeleri gibi farklı görev-odaklı güvenlik
-ayrıca sağlanır.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para><emphasis role="bold">günlük_denetim </emphasis> ve <emphasis
-role="bold">aylık_denetim</emphasis> denen son iki seviye aslında gerçek
-güvenlik seviyelerinden ziyade sadece periyodik denetim için araçlardır.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Bu seviyeler <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>
-içine kaydedilirler. Kendi özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi
-tanımlayabilir, onları <filename>seviye.&lt;seviyeismi></filename> içine
-kaydedip, <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> içine
-yerleştirebilirsiniz. Bu işlem özelleştirilmiş ve daha güvenli sistem
-yapılandırması isteyen güçlü kullanıcılar içindir. </para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>kullanıcı tarafından değiştirilen parametrelerin varsayılan seviye üzerinde
-bulunduğunu aklınızdan çıkarmayın.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Güvenlik ikazları:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Eğer <guibutton>Güvenlik ikazlarını e-posta ile gönder :</guibutton>
-kutusunu işaretlerseniz, msec tarafından oluşturulan güvenlik ikazları
-alanın yanındaki güvenlik yöneticisi yerel e-posta adresine
-gönderilir. Yerel bir kullanıcı ya da tam e-posta adresi (yerel e-posta
-adresi ve e-posta yöneticisi uygun bir şekilde ayarlanmalıdır)
-girebilirsiniz. En azından, güvenlik ikazlarını doğrudan masaüstünde
-alabilirsiniz. Bunu etkinleştirmek için ilgili kutuyu işaretleyin. </para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Güvenlik ikazları seçeneğinin işaretlenmesi muhtemel güvenlik sorunlarının
-güvenlik yöneticisine hemen gönderilmesi için şiddetle tavsiye edilir. Eğer
-öyle değilse, yönetici <filename>/var/log/security.</filename> içinden
-erişilebilen günlük dosyalarını düzenli olarak denetlemek zorundadır.</para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Güvenlik seçenekleri:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Özelleştirilmiş bir güvenlik seviyesi oluşturmak bilgisayar güvenliğini
-özelleştirmek için tek yol değildir, burada bulunan sekmelerive istediğiniz
-seçenekleri değiştirmek de ayrıca mümkündür. msec için aktif yapılandırma
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename> içinde saklanır. Bu
-dosya aktif güvenlik seviyesi ismini ve seçeneklerde yapılan tüm
-değişiklerin bir listesini içerir. </para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Sistem güvenlik sekmesi</title>
-
-      <para>Bu sekme tüm güvenlik seçeneklerini sol taraftaki sütunda, tanımı merkez
-sütunda ve aktif değerini sağ sütunda gösterir.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Bir seçeneği değiştirmek için, üzerine çift tıklanır ve yeni bir pencere
-açılır (aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız). Bu, seçenek ismini, kısa bir
-tanımını, aktif ve varsayılan değerleri, ve yeni değerin seçilebileceği
-açılır bir listeyi görüntüler. Seçimleri doğrulamak için
-<guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>msecgui'den çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu>
-yolulya yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik
-yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı
-sağlar.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Ağ güvenliği</title>
-
-      <para>Bu sekme tüm ağ seçeneklerini gösterir ve önceki sekme gibi çalışır</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Periyodik kontroller sekmesi</title>
-
-      <para>Periyodik denetimler güvenlik yöneticisini msec'in potansiyel olarak
-tehlikeli olduğunu düşündüğü güvenlik ikazları için bilgilendirmesini
-amaçlar.</para>
-
-      <para>Bu sekme msec tarafından gerçekleştirilen ve eğer <guibutton>Periyodik
-güvenlik denetimlerini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretli ise bunların
-sıklığını gösterir. Değişiklikler önceki sekmede olduğu gibi yapılır.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>İstisnalar sekmesi</title>
-
-      <para>Bazen ikaz mesajları iyi bilinen ve istenen durumlardan kaynaklanır. Bu
-durumlarda bunlar kullanışsızdırlar ve sistem yöneticisinin zamanını
-harcarlar. Bu sekme istenmeyen mesajlardan kurtulmak için pek çok istisna
-oluşturmanıza izin verir. Açıktır ki msec ilk çalıştırıldığında
-boştur. Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsü dört istina gösterir.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Bir istisna oluşturmak için <guibutton>Bir kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine
-tıklayınız</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>İstenen periyodik denetimi <guilabel>Denetle</guilabel> ismindeki aşağı
-açılır listeden seçin ve sonra metin alanında <guilabel>İstisna</guilabel>yı
-giriniz. Bir istisna eklemek açıktır ki değiştirilmez değildir, bunu
-<guilabel>İstisnalar</guilabel> sekmesinin <guibutton>Sil</guibutton>
-düğmesini kullanarak veya çift tıklamayla düzenleyerek silebilirsiniz.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>İzinler</title>
-    <para>Bu sekme dosya ve dizin izinleri denetimi ve zorlamaları içindir.</para>
-    <para>Pek çok güvenlik için olduğu gibi, msec farklı izin seviyelerine (standard,
-güvenli, ...) sahiptir, bunlar seçilen güvenlik seviyelerine bağlı olarak
-etkinleştirilir. Kendi özelleştirilmiş izin seviyelerinizi, onları
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> dizini içinde bulunan
-<filename>izin.&lt;seviyeismi> </filename> ismindeki dosyaya yazarak
-oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu fonksiyon özelleştirilmiş yapılandırmaya ihtiyacı
-olan güçlü kullanıcılar içindir. Burada gösterilen sekmeyi istediğiniz
-herhangi bir izini değiştirmek için kullanmanız da mümkündür. Aktif
-yapılandırma <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> içinde
-saklanır. Bu dosya izinlerde yapılan  tüm değişikliklerin listesini içerir.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Varsayılan izinler bir kurallar listesi olarak (satır başına bir kural)
-gösterilir. Sol tarafta kural ile ilgili dosya veya dizini, ayrıca sahibi,
-ayrıca grubu ve kural tarafından verilen izini görebilirsiniz. Eğer,
-verilmiş bir kural için:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmiş değilse, msec sadece bu kural
-için tanımlı izinlerin itibarlı olup olmadığını denetler ve değilse ikaz
-mesajı gönderir, fakat herhangi bir şeyi deiştirmez.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para><guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> düğmesi işaretli, öyleyse msec ilk periyodik
-denetimde izinleri yönetecek ve izinlerin üzerine yazacaktır.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Bunun çalışması için <emphasis role="bold">Periyodik denetim
-sekmesi</emphasis> içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği uygun bir şekilde
-yapılandırılmalı.</para></important><para>Yeni bir kural oluşturmak için, <guibutton> Kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine
-tıklayın ve aşağıdaki örnekte gösterildiği gibi alanları
-doldurun. <guilabel>Dosya</guilabel> alanında * joker karakterine izin
-verilir. "aktif" hiç değişiklik olmaması anlamında gelir.</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Seçimi doğrulamak için <guibutton>OK</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın ve
-çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu> yolulya
-yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik
-yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı
-sağlar. </para>
-    <note><para><filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> dosyasını düzenleyerek de
-kural oluşturmak veya değiştirmek mümkündür.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para><emphasis role="bold">İzin sekmesi</emphasis>ndeki değişiklikler (veya
-doğrudan yapılandırma dosyasındaki) ilk periyodik denetimde hesaba katılır
-(bakınız <emphasis role="bold">Periyodik denetimler sekmesi</emphasis>
-içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği). Bunların hemen hesaba katılmasını
-istiyorsanız, root hakları ile uç birimde msecperms komutunu
-kullanınız. Öncesinde  msecperms tarafından değiştirilecek izinleri öğrenmek
-için msecperms -p komutunu kullanabilirsiniz.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Unutmayın, bir izini uç birimden veya bir dosya yöneticisi ile
-değiştirirseniz, <emphasis role="bold">İzinler sekmesi </emphasis> içinde
-<guilabel>Zorla </guilabel> kutusu işaretli bir dosya için, msecgui bir süre
-sonra <emphasis role="bold">Periyodik Denetimler Sekmesi </emphasis>
-içindeki CHECK_PERMS ve CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE seçeneklerinin yapılandırmasına
-bağlı olarak eski izinleri geri yazacktır, </para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 26efcdc9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Diğer Mageia Araçları</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Mageia Denetim Merkezinden başlatılabilen araçlardan daha fazla Mageia aracı
-bulunur. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın ya da
-sonraki sayfayı okumaya devam edin.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>YAZILACAK </emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Ve daha fazla araçlar?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ed789a3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,248 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Yazılım Yönetimi (Yazılım Kurun veya Kaldırın)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">rpmdrake'e giriş</title>
-
-    <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote>, ayrıca drakrpm olarak bilinir,
-paketleri kurmak, kaldırmak ve güncellemek için kullanılan bir
-programdır. URPMI'nin grafik kullanıcı arayüzüdür. Her açılışta, Mageia'nın
-resmi sunucularından indirilen çevrimiçi paket listesini ('ortam' denir)
-kontrol edecektir, ve bilgisayarınız için uygun en son paket ve uygulamaları
-gösterecektir. Bir filtreleme sistemi sadece belirli türdeki paketleri
-görüntülemenizi sağlar: sadece kurulu olan paketleri (varsayılan), veya
-sadece uygun güncellemeleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca sadece kurulu
-olmayan paketleri de görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca, bir paketin ismi ile,
-veya tanımlamaların özetinde veya paketlerin tam tanımlamaları içinde ya da
-pakete dahil dosyaların içinde arama yapabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <para>Çalışması için, rpmdrake <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> ile
-yapılandırılacak depolara ihtiyaç duyar.</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Kurulum sırasında, yapılandırılmış veri kaynağı kurulumda kullanılan,
-genellikle DVD veya CD veri kaynağıdır. Bu veri kaynağını tutmaya devam
-ederseniz, rpmdrake her paket kurulumunda bunu soracaktır: <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>Yukarıdaki ileti sizi rahatsız ediyorsa ve çok
-kısıtlı indirme sınırları olmayan iyi bir internet bağlantınız varsa, bu
-veri kaynağını <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> kullanarak çevrimiçi
-depolar ile değiştirmek daha uygun olacaktır .</para>
-
-      <para>Ayrıca, çevrimiçi depolar her zaman güncel olup çok daha fazla paket
-içerirler ve kurulu paketlerinizin güncelenmesini sağlarlar.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Ekranın ana bölümleri</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Paket türü filtresi:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Bu filtre sadece belirli türdeki paketleri görüntülemenizi
-sağlar. Yöneticiyi ilk kez çalıştırdığınızda, sadece grafik arayüzlü
-uygulamaları gösterir. Tüm paketleri veya, onların tüm bağımlılıklarını ve
-kütüphanelerini ya da sadece uygulamalar, sadece güncellemeler veya
-Mageianın daha yeni sürümünden düzeltilmiş paketler gibi grupları
-görüntüleyebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Varsayılan filtre ayarı Linux veya Mageia ile yeni tanışanlar içindir, ki
-bunlar komut satırı ve uzman araçları istemezler. Bu belgeyi okuduğunuza
-göre açıkça Mageia bilginizi geliştirmek istiyorsunuz, bu yüzden bu filtreyi
-"Tümü" yapmak en iyisidir.</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Paket durumu filtresi:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>Bu filtre sadece kurulu olan paketleri, kurulu olmayan paketleri veya kurulu
-veya kurulu olmayan tüm paketleri görmenizi sağlar, </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Arama modu:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Paket isimleri, özetleri, tam tanımlamaları veya paketin içerdiği dosyalar
-arasında arama yapmak için bu simgeye tıklayın. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Ara" kutusu:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Buraya bir ya da daha fazla anahtar kelime girin. Arama için birden fazla
-anahtar kelime girmek istiyorsanız anahtar kelimeler arasında '|' kullanın,
-örn. Aynı anda "mplayer" ve "xine" aramak için 'mplayer | xine' yazın. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tümünü sil:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Bu simge "Ara" kutusuna girilmiş anahtar kelimeleri tek tıklamayla
-temizleyebilir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Kategori listesi:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Bu kenar çubuğu tüm uygulamaları ve paketleri net bir şekilde kategoriler ve
-alt kategoriler halinde gruplandırır. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Açıklama paneli:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Bu panel paketin ismini, özetini ve tam tanımlamalarını gösterir. Seçilen
-paketle ilgili bir çok kullanışlı öğeler gösterir. Ayrıca paket ile ilgili
-tam detayları, pakete dahil edilmiş dosyalarla birlikte bakımcının yaptığı
-son değişikliği de gösterir. </para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Durum sütunu</title>
-
-    <para>Süzgeçleri doğru şekilde ayarladığınızda yazılımları ya kategorilerine
-(yukarıdaki 6. alan) ya da yukarıdaki 4 numaralı alanı kullanarak
-isim/özet/açıklama yoluyla bulabilirsiniz. Sorgunuzu karşılayan bir paket
-listesi ile seçilen kurulum ortamı; her paketin kurulu olduğuna, kurulu
-olmadığına veya bir güncelleme olduğuna göre değişen farklı durum
-işaretçileri ile gösterilir.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Simge</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Gösterge</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Bu paket zaten kurulu</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Bu paket kurulacak</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Bu paket değiştirilemez</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Bu paket bir güncelleştirme</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Bu paket kaldırılacak</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Yukarıdaki ekran görüntüsündeki örnekler:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Eğer digikam  seçimini kaldırırsam (yeşil ok bize kurulu olduğunu söyler),
-durum simgesi kırmızı yukarı ok olur ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton>
-düğmesine tıkladığımızda kaldırılır.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Eğer qdigidoc seçersem (kurulu değildir, duruma bakınız),turuncu  aşağı ok
-simgesi gözükür ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığımızda
-kurulur.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Bağımlılıklar</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Bazı paketler çalışabilmeleri için bağımlılıklar denen paketlere ihtiyaç
-duyarlar. Örneğin bunlar kütüphanelerdir ya da araçlardır. Bu durumda,
-Rpmdrake seçilen bağımlılıkları kabul edip etmediğinizi soran, işlemi iptal
-etmenizi veya daha fazla bilgi almanızı sağlayan bir pencere gösterir
-(yukarıya bakınız). Bu ayrıca çeşitli paketler gerekli kütüphaneleri
-sağlayabilecekleri zaman meydana gelebilir, bu durumda rpmdrake alternatif
-listesini daha fazla bilgi veren bir düğme ve hangi paketlerin kurulacağını
-seçtiren bir düğme ile gösterir.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f708063..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Tarayıcı kurun</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Kurulum</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>Bu araç <footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis>
-yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-      </footnote> bir tekil tarayıcıyı veya
-taramayı da içeren çok fonksiyonlu bir aygıtı yapılandırmanızı
-sağlar. Ayrıca bu bilgisayara uzaktan bağlı veya uzak tarayıcıya erişim için
-yerel aygıtları paylaşıma izin verir.</para>
-
-    <para>Bu aracı ilk kez çalıştırdığınızda şu mesajı alabilirsiniz:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>"Tarayıcıların kullanılabilmesi için SANE paketlerinin kurulması
-gerekiyor</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>SANE paketlerini kurmak istiyor musunuz?"</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Devam etmek için <emphasis>Evet</emphasis>i seçiniz. Bu kurulu değillerse
-<code>scanner-gui</code>yi ve <code>task-scanning</code>i kuracaktır.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Eğer tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlandıysa, ve böylece yukarıdaki
-ekranda tarayıcınızın ismini görüyorsanız, tarayıcı, örneğin,
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> veya <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis> ile
-kullanıma hazırdır.</para>
-
-    <para>O durumda, <emphasis>Tarayıcı paylaşımı</emphasis> seçeneğini yapılandırmak
-isteyebilirsiniz. Bunun hakkında <xref linkend="scannersharing"/> ı
-okuyabilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Diğer taraftan, tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlanmamışsa, ve
-kablo(lar)ını, güç düğmesini kontrol etmek ve <emphasis>Yeni bir tarayıcı
-ara</emphasis> işe yaramadıysa, <emphasis>Elle bir tarayıcı ekle</emphasis>
-düğmesine basmanız gerekir.</para>
-
-    <para>Gördüğünüz listede tarayıcınızın markasınız seçiniz, sonra o marka için
-türünü seçiniz ve <emphasis>Tamam</emphasis>a tıklayınız</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Tarayıcınızı listede göremiyorsanız <emphasis>İptal</emphasis> düğmesini
-tıklayın</para>
-
-      <para>Lütfen tarayıcınızın <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Desteklenen Cihazlar</link> sayfasında destekli olduğunu kontrol ediniz ve
-yardım için  <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forumlar</link>ı kullanınız.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Port seçin</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Bu ayarı tarayıcınızın arayüzü paralel port değilse <emphasis>Uygun portları
-otomatik olarak algıla</emphasis> şeklinde bırakabilirsiniz. Diğer durumda,
-eğer sadece bir tane varsa <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> seçiniz.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Tamam</emphasis> düğmesini tıkladıktan sonra, pek çok durumda,
-aşağıdakine benzer bir ekran göreceksiniz.</para>
-<para>Eğer o ekran gelmediyse lütfen <xref linkend="scannerextrasteps"/> belgesini
-okuyun.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Ekranpaylaşımı</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Burada, bu makineye bağlanan tarayıcılara uzak makinelerden erişilip
-erişilemeyeceğini ve hangi uzak makinelerden erişilebileceğini
-ayarlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca uzaktaki makinedeki tarayıcıların bu makineden
-erişilebilir olup olmadığına karar verebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <para>Makineleretarayıcı paylaşımı : mekinelerin isim veya IP adresi bu
-bilgisayardaki yerel cihaz(lar)a erişim izni verilen mekineler listesine
-eklenebilir veya buradan silinebilir.</para>
-
-    <para>Uzak tarayıcıların kullanımı : makinelerinisim veya IP adresi uzaktaki
-tarayıcılara erişim izni verilen mekinelerlistesine eklenebilir veya buradan
-silinebilir.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Makinelere tarayıcı paylaşımı: makine ekleyebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Makinelere tarayıcı paylaşımı: eklenecek makineleri veya tüm makinelere izin
-verileceğini belirtin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>"Tüm uzak makinelerin" yerel tarayıcıya erişmesine izin verilmiştir</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Eğer <emphasis>saned</emphasis> paketi kurulu değilse araç bunu yapmanızı
-önerir.</para>
-
-    <para>Sonunda araç şu dosyaları değiştirecek:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> "net" yönergesini eklemek veya
-kaldırmak için </para>
-
-    <para>Bu ayrıca <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ve <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> i
-önyüklemede başlatılacak şekilde yapılandıracak.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Özeller</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Bir çok HP tarayıcı ayrıca yazıcıları da yönetmeyi sağlayan <emphasis>HP
-Aygıt Yöneticisi</emphasis>nden (hplip)  yönetilir. Bu durumda, bu araç bunu
-onu yapılandırmanıza izin vermez ve sizi <emphasis>HP Aygıt
-Yöneticisi</emphasis> kullanmaya davet eder. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Sürücüler <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">bu
-sayfadan</link> edinilebilir. Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk olarak
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> , sonra <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> paketini
-kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> paketi
-<emphasis>sane</emphasis> paketi ile çakıştığı hakkında bir uyarı
-üretebilir. Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğini
-bildirmişlerdir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Ek kurulum adımları</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para><xref linkend="choosescannerport"/> ekranında tarayıcınız için port
-seçiminden sonra,tarayıcınızı doğru bir şekilde yapılandırmak için bir ya da
-iki ek adım olması mümkündür.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Bazı durumlarda, tarayıcının her çalıştırıldığında kendi gömülü yazılımının
-yüklenmesinin gerektiğini biliyorsunuz. Bu araç, siteminize kurduktan sonra
-bunu aygıtın içine yüklemenizi sağlar. Bu ekranda gömülü yazılımı  CD'den
-veya Windows kurulumundankurabilirsiniz ya da üreticinin İnternet sitesinden
-indirerek kurabilirsiniz.</para><para>
-    Cihazınızın gömülü yazılımı yüklenmesi gerektiğinde, her ilk kullanımda çok
-zaman alabilir, muhtemelen bir dakikadan fazla. Bu yüzden sabırlı olun.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Ayrıca <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"SANE_arkaucunuzun_ismi".conf file.</emphasis>
-dosyasını ayarlamanızı söyleyen bir ekranla karşılaşabilirsiniz. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>O ya da diğer yönergeleri dikkatlice okuyun ve ne yapacağınızı bilmiyorsanız
-<link xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forumlar</link>a sormaya
-çekinmeyin.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f7991f82..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Yazılım Yönetimi</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu ekranda çeşitli yazılım yönetim araçları arasından seçim
-yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Yazılım Yönetimi</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Sisteminizi
-güncelleyin</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Kurulum ve güncelleme
-için ortam kaynaklarını yapılandırın</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bf48200..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,333 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Bir yazıcı kur veya yapılandır</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Giriş</title>
-
-    <para>Mageia'da yazdırma CUPS isminde bir sunucu ile yönetilir. Web tarayıcı ile
-ulaşılabilen kendi <link ns2:title="CUPS"
-ns2:href="http://localhost:631">yapılandırma arayüzü</link> ne sahiptir,
-fakat Mageia yazıcıları kurmak için system-config-printer isminde, Fedora,
-Mandriva, Ubuntu ve openSUSE ile paylaşılan kendi aracını önerir.</para>
-
-    <para>Kuruluma devam etmek için non-free depoları etkinleştirmelisiniz, çünkü bazı
-sürücüler sadece bu şekilde erişilebilir olabilir.</para>
-
-    <para>Yazıcı kurulumu Mageia Denetim Merkezinin <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel>
-bölümünde halledilir.  <guilabel>Yazdırma ve taramayı yapılandır</guilabel>
-aracını seçiniz<footnote>
-        <para>Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis> yazarak
-çalıştırabilirsiniz. Bunun için size root parolası sorulacak.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MDM iki paketin kurulumunu isteyecek:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Devam etmek için bu kurulumu kabul etmeniz gerekiyor. 230MBa kadar
-bağımlılıklar gerekli.</para>
-
-    <para>Bir yazıcı ekleme için, yazıcı "Ekle" düğmesini seçin. Sistem herhangi bir
-yazıcı algılamayı mümkün portu bulmayı deneyecek. Ekran görüntüsü bir
-paralel porta bağlı bir yazıcıyı gösterir. Eğer bir yazıcı algılanırsa, USB
-portundaki bir yazıcı gibi, bu ilk satırda gösterilir. Pencere ayrıca bir ağ
-yazıcısını yapılandırmaya çalışır.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Otomatik olarak algılanan yazıcılar</title>
-
-    <para>Bu genellikle USB yazıcıyı içerir. Araç otomatik olarak yazıcının ismini
-bulur ve bunu görüntüler. Yazıcıyı seçin ve "Sonraki" ye tıklayın. Yazıcı
-için bilinen bir sürücü varsa otomatik olarak kurulacaktır. Eğer birden
-fazla sürücü varsa ya da hiç sürücü yoksa, bir sonraki paragrafta
-açıklandığı gibi, bir pencere sizden seçmenizi ya da tedarik etmenizi
-ister. <xref linkend="terminate"/> ile devam ediniz</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Otomatik olarak algılanan yazıcı yok</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Bir port seçtiğinizde, sistem bir sürücü listesi yükler ve bir sürücü
-seçmeniz biçin bir pencere gösterir.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Veritabanından yazıcı seç</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>PPD dosyasını sağla</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>indirilecek bir sürücü için arama yapın</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Veritabanından seçerek, pencere ilk olarak bir yazıcı üreticisi önerir, ve
-sonra bir aygıt ve bir sürücü onunla ilişkilendirilir. Eğer birden fazla
-sürücü önerilirse, eğer daha önce onunla sorun yaşamadıysanız tavsiye
-edileni seçiniz, bu durumda çalışıtığını bilineni seçiniz.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Kurulum işlemini bitir</title>
-
-    <para>Sürücü eçiminden sonra, bir pencere sistemin yazıcıyı tasarlaması ve
-tanıması için bazı bilgiler ister. İlk satır aygıtın uygulamaların içinde
-erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde gözüken ismidir. Kurulum programı sonra
-bir test sayfası yazdırmayı önerir.  Bu adımdan sonra, yazıcı eklenmiştir ve
-erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde görünür. </para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Ağ yazıcısı</title>
-
-    <para>Ağ yazıcıları doğrudan kablolu ya da kablosuz ağlara bağlanmış yazıcılardır,
-ki bunlar bir yazma sunucusuna veya yazma sunucusu hizmeti veren bir iş
-istasyonuna bağlanmıştır.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Genellikle, DHCP sunucuyu yazıcının MAC-adresi ile daima ayrılmış bir IP
-adresi ile eşleştirme şeklinde yapılandırmak daha iyidir. Tabii ki bu
-yazdırmasunucunun yazıcısının IP adresi ile aynı olmalıdır.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>Yazıcının MAC adresi, yazıcıya, yazdırma sunucusuna ya da bağlandığı
-bilgisayara verilen bir rakam dizisidir. Yazıcı tarafından yazdırılan
-yapılandırma sayfasından veya yazıcı veya yazdırma sunucusu üzerindeki
-etiketten elde edilebilir. Eğer paylaşılan yazıcınız Mageia sistemine
-bağlıysa, üzerinde root olarak <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>
-yazarak Mac-adresini bulabilirsiniz. Bu "HWaddr" ardından gelen rakamlar ve
-harfler dizisidir.</para>
-
-    <para>Ağ yazıcınızı bilgisayarınızla ağ üzerinden konuşmak için kullandığı
-protokolü seçerek ekleyebilirsiniz. Eğer hangi protokolü seçeceğinizi
-bilmiyorsanız, <guilabel>Aygıtlar</guilabel> menüsünden <guilabel>Ağ
-yazıcısı</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ağ Yazıcısı Bul</guilabel> seçeneğini
-deneyebilirsiniz ve sağ tarafta, "makineler" denen yerde yazıcının IP
-adresini veriniz.</para>
-
-    <para>Eğer araç yazıcınızı veya yazıcı sunucunuzu algılarsa, bir protokol ve bir
-kuyruk önerir, fakat aşağıdaki listeden daha uygun birini seçebilirsiniz ya
-da listede değilse doğru kuyruk ismini girebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-    <para>Yazıcınız veya yazıcı sunucunuz' un hangi protokolleri desteklediğini ve
-belirli muhtemel kuyruk adları için kullanım rehberina bakın.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Ağ yazdırma protokolü</title>
-
-    <para>Bir teknik  Hewlett-Packard tarafından geliştirilmiştir ve JetDirect olarak
-bilinir. Bu bir yazıcıya doğrudan ağa bağlı bir ethernet portu yolula
-erişimi sağlar. Yazıcının ağdaki IP adresini bilmelisiniz. Bu teknik ayrıca
-bazı yazıcı bağlanabilen USB portları olan ADSL-yönelticileri içinde
-kullanılır. Bu durumda, IP-adresi yönelticininkidir. "Hp Device manager"in
-dinamik olarak yapılandırılmış IP-areslerini
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> şeklinde bir URI ayarı
-ile yönetebileceğine dikkat edin. Bu durumda sabit IP-adresi gerekli
-değildir.</para>
-
-    <para>Protokol olarak <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> seçiniz ve
-<guilabel>Makine:</guilabel> içindeki adresi giriniz, değiştirlecek olduğunu
-bilmiyorsanız <guilabel>Port Numarası</guilabel>nı
-değiştirmeyiniz. Protokolün seçiminden sonra, sürücünün seçimi yukarıdakiyle
-aynıdır.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Diğer protokoller şunlardır:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipp)</emphasis>: TCP/IP üzerinden IPP
-yoluyla erişilebilen bir yazıcıdır, örneğin CUPS kullanılarak bir istasyona
-bağlanmış bir yazıcı. Bu protokol ayrıca bazı ADSL-yönelticiler tarafından
-kullanılabilir.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (https): </emphasis> ipp ile aynı,
-fakat TLS güvenli protokol ile http iletimi kullanılır. Port tanımlanmış
-olmalıdır. Varsayılan olarak, 631 portu kullanılır.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipps): </emphasis>ippile aynı, fakat
-TLS güvenlikli protokol.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR konağı veya Yazıcı</emphasis>: LPD protokolü yoluyla
-TCP/IP üzerinden erişilebilen bir yazıcı, örneğin LPD kullanılarak bir
-istasyona bağlanmış bir yazıcı.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>SAMBA yoluyla Windows yazıcı</emphasis>: bir Windows ya da SMB
-sunucu çalışan ve paylaşılmış bir istasyona bağlanmış bir yazıcı. </para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Ayrıca URI doğrudan eklenebilir. Burada URI in nasıl biçimlendirildiğine
-dair bir örnek var:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-addresi-veya-konakismi:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Ek bilgiler <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-belgelendirmesi</link>nde bulunabilir.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Aygıt Özellikleri</title>
-
-    <para>Aygıtın özelliklerine erişebilirsiniz. Menü CUPS sunucu için olan
-parametrelere erişmenizi sağlar. Varsayılan olarak CUPS sunucu sisteminizden
-başlatılır, fakat <guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Bağlan...</guimenuitem> ile farklı bir tane belirtebilirsiniz,
-sunucunun özel parametrelerini ayarlamak için başka bir pencere
-<guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Ayarlar</guimenuitem> ile açılır.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Sorun giderme</title>
-
-    <para><filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> dosyasını inceleyerek yazdırma
-sırasında oluşan hatalarla ilgili bilgiler bulabilirsiniz</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Yardım</guimenu> | <guilabel>Hata Giderme</guilabel> menülerinden
-ayrıca problemleri teşhis eden bir araca erişebilirsiniz.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Özeller</title>
-
-    <para>Belirli yazıcılar için bazı sürücülerin Mageia'da bulunmaması ya da işler
-olmaması mümkündür. Bu durumda aygıtınız için bir sürücü bulunup
-bulunmadığını kntrol etmek için <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> sitesine
-göz atınız. Eğer varsa, paketin Mageia'da bulunup bulunmadığını kontrol
-ediniz ve elle kurunuz. Sonra yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için kurulum işlemini
-tekrar yapınız. Her durumda hatayı bugzilla'da veya forumda, bu araca
-alışkınsanız ve modeli ve sürücü bilgisini sağlayabiliyorsanız ve kurulumdan
-sonra yazıcının çalışıp çalışmadığını raporlayınız. Burada diğer güncel
-sürücüler ya da daha yeni aygıtlar için bazı kaynaklar var.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Kardeş yazıcılar</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Bu
-sayfa</link> Brother tarafından sağlanan bir sürücü listesini
-verir. Aygıtınız için bir sürücü arayın, rpm(ler)i aratın ve kurun.</para>
-
-    <para>Yapılandırma aracını çalıştırmadan önce Kardeş sürücüleri kurmalısınız. </para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard yaıcılar ve hepsi birarada
-cihazlar</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Bu aygıtlar hplip aracını kullanırlar. Bu yazıcının algılanması ya da
-seçilmesinden sonra otomatik olarak kurulur.  Diğer bilgileri <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">burada</link>
-bulabilirsiniz. "HP Device Manager" aracı <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>
-menüsünden ulaşılabilir. Yazıcıların yönetimi için ayrıca <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">yapılandırma</link>
-ya bakınız.</para>
-
-    <para>Bir HP çok fonksiyonlu aygıtı bir yazıcı olarak eklenmeli ve tarayıcı
-özellikleri eklenmeli. Bazen dikkat edin, Xsane arayüzü filmleri veya
-slaytları (parlayan slayt işlemez) taramaya izin vermez. Bu durumda tek
-başına modu kullanarak taramak mümkündür, ve resim cihaza bağlı hafıza kartı
-veya USB belleğe kaydedilir. Sonra gözde resim düzenleme yazılımınızı açın
-ve /media dizini içindeki hafıza kartında bulunan resminizi yükleyin.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung renkli yazıcı</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Belirli Samsung ve Zerox renkli yazıcılar için QPDL protokolü için <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">bu site sürücüler sağlar</link> </para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson  yazıcılar ve tarayıcılar </emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Epson yazıcılar için sürücüler <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">bu
-arama sayfasından</link> edinilebilir. Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk olarak
-"iscan-data" , sonra "iscan" paketini kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). Bir
-iscan-plugin paketi ayrıca bulunur ve kurulur. Mimarinize uygun olan
-<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> paketlerini seçiniz. </para>
-
-    <para> iscan paketinin sane ile çakışma hakkında bir uyarı üretmesi
-muhtemeldir. Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğine dair
-bilgilendirilirler.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon yazıcılar</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Canon yazıcılar için, turboprint isminde bir aracın -<link
-ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">burada bulunabilir</link>- kurulması
-önerilebilir. </para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index df53f445..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Windows (TM) belge ve ayarlarını aktar</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde
-<emphasis role="bold">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde <guilabel>Windows(TM)
-belgelerini ve ayarlarını içe aktar</guilabel> etiketiyle bulunabilir</para>
-
-  <para>Araç yöneticiye Mageia kurulumu ile aynı bilgisayarda olan <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP veya <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-kurulumlarından kullanıcı belgelerinin ve ayarların içe aktarılmasına izin
-verir.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Lütfen <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basar basmaz transfugdrake
-tarafından yapılan değişikliklerin uygulanacağına dikkat edin.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>transfugdrake'i başlattıktan sonra araç ve içe aktarma seçenekleri hakkında
-bazı açıklamaların bulunduğu ilk sihirbaz sayfasını göreceksiniz. </para>
-
-  <para>Yönergeleri okuduğunuzda ve anladığınızda, <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton>
-düğmesine tıklayın. Bu <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-kurulumu tespitini çalıştıracaktır.</para>
-
-  <para>Tespit işlemi tamamlandığında <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>dan Mageia'ya aktaracağınız hesapları
-seçebileceğiniz bir sayfa göreceksiniz. Kendi hesabınızdan farklı hesapları
-da seçmeniz münkün.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para> <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> kullanıcı hesapları ismi
-özel karakterler içerip yanlış gösterilebileceği şeklindeki
-migrate-assistant (transfugdrake'in arka ucu) sınırlandırmaları olabilceğini
-hesaba katın. </para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Belgeler dizinine bağlı olarak içe aktarma biraz zaman alabilir.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Bazı <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> uygulamaları,
-(özellikle sürücüler) deişik amaçlarla kullanıcı oluşturabilirler. Örneğin
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>daki NVidia sürücüleri
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> ile güncellenir. Lütfen içe aktarma
-amacıyla için böyle hesapları kullanmayınız. </para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Hesap seçimlerini bitirdiğinizde <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine
-basın. Sonraki sayfa belgeleri içe aktarmada yöntem seçimi için kullanılır:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake   <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> verilerini
-<emphasis>Belgelerim</emphasis>, <emphasis>Müziklerim</emphasis> ve
-<emphasis>Resimlerim</emphasis> dizinlerinden içe aktarmak için
-tasarlanmıştır. Bu pencerede uygun öğeleri seçerek içe aktarmayı atamak
-mümkündür.</para>
-
-  <para>Belge içe aktarma yöntemini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton>
-düğmesine basınız. Sonraki sayfa sık kullanılanların içe aktarılması
-yöntemini seçemk içindir:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> ve <emphasis>Mozilla
-Firefox</emphasis> sık kullanılanlarını Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla
-Firefox</emphasis> a aktarabilir.</para>
-
-  <para>Tercih edilen içe aktarma yöntemini seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton>
-düğmesine basın.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>Sonraki ekran masaüstü arkaplanını içe aktarmanızı sağlar:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Tercih edilen seçenekleri seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine
-basın.</para>
-
-  <para>Sihirbazın son sayfası bazı tebrik mesajlarını
-gösterir. <guibutton>Bitir</guibutton> düğmesine basmanız yeterli.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5448d835..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Kullanıcılar ve Gruplar</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Bu araç<footnote>
-      <para>Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis
-role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz.</para>
-    </footnote> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde
-<emphasis role="bold">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde "Sistemdeki kullanıcıları
-yönet" etiketiyle bulunur.</para>
-
-  <para>Araç yöneticilerin kullanıcıları ve grupları yönetmesini sağlar, bu
-kullanıcı ve grupların eklenmesi ve kullanıcı ve grup ayarlarının
-değiştirilmesi anlamına gelir (ID, kabuk, ...)</para>
-
-  <para>userdrake açıldığı zaman, sistemde bulunan tüm kullanıcılar
-<guibutton>Kullanıcılar sekmesinde ve </guibutton> tüm gruplar
-<guibutton>Grouplar</guibutton> sekmesinde listelenir. Her iki sekme de
-benzer şekilde çalışır.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 Kullanıcı Ekle</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>Bu düğme tüm alanlar boş olarak gösterilen bir pencere açar:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Tam İsim</emphasis> alanı soyisim ve isim girdisi
-içindir, fakat herhangi bir şey yazılabilir ya da hiçbir şey yazılmayabilir!</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Oturum</emphasis> gerekli olan tek alandır.</para>
-
-  <para>Bir <emphasis role="bold">Parola</emphasis> girmek şiddetle tavsiye
-edilir. Sağda küçük bir muhafaza bulunur, eğer kırmızı ise parola zayıf, çok
-kısa ya da oturum ismine çok benzerdir. Simgeleri, küçük ve büyük harflari,
-noktalama işaretlerini vb. kullanmalısınız. Muhafaza parola güçlülüğü
-yükseldikçe turuncu ve sonra da yeşil olacaktır.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Parolayı onayla</emphasis> alanı girdiğiniz doğru bir
-şekilde yaptığınızdan emin olmak içindir.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Oturum Kabuğu </emphasis> eklediğiniz kullanıcının
-kullandığı kabuğu değiştirdiğiniz, seçenekleri Bash, Dash ve Sh olan bir
-aşağı açılır listedir.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Kullanıcı için özel grup oluştur</emphasis>, eğer
-işaretlenmişse otomatik olarak aynı isimde bir grup oluşturulur ve sadece bu
-kullanıcı bu gruba üye olur ( bu düzenlenebilir).</para>
-
-  <para>Diğer seçenekler anlaşılır olmalı. <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine
-tıklar tıklamaz yeni kullanıcı oluşturulur.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Grup Ekle</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Sadece yeni grup ismi ve gerekliyse belirli grup IDsi girmeniz gerekir.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Düzenle</emphasis> (seçili bir kullanıcıyı)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Kullanıcı Verisi</guibutton>: oluşturma sırasında kullanıcıya
-verilen tüm verileri değiştirmenizi sağlar (ID değiştirilemez).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Hesap Bilgisi</emphasis>:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>İlk seçenek hesap için son kullanma tarihi için ayardır. Bu tarihten sonra
-bağlantı mümkün değildir. Bu geçici hesaplar için uygundur.</para>
-
-  <para>İkinci seçenek hesabı klitlemedir, hesap kilitli kaldığı sürece bağlantı
-mümkün değildir.</para>
-
-  <para>Bu simgeyi değiştirmek  mümkündür.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Parola Bilgisi</emphasis>: Parola için son kullanma
-tarihi ayarlamanızı sağlar, bu kullanıcıyı periyodik olarak parolasını
-değiştirmeye zorlar.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grup</emphasis>: Burada kullanıcının üyesi olacağı
-grubu seçebilirsiniz.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Bağlı bir kullanıcıda değişiklik yaparsanız, değişiklikler bir sonraki
-oturumuna kadar geçerli olmaz.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Düzenle</emphasis> (seçili bir grupla)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grup Verisi</emphasis>: Grup ismini değiştirmenizi
-sağlar.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grup Kullanıcıları</emphasis>: Burada grubun üyesi
-olacak kullanıcıları seçebilirsiniz</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Sil</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Bir kullanıcı ya da grubu seçin ve kaldırmak için <emphasis
-role="bold">Sil</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın. Bir kullanıcı için, ev
-dizininin ve posta kurusunun silinip silinmeyeceğini soran bir pencere
-çıkar. Kullanıcı için oluşturulmuş özel bir grup varsa bu da silinir.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Bu boş olmayan bir grubu silmek mümkün müdür.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Yenile</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Kullanıcı veritabanı Userdrake dışından değiştirilebilir. Görüntüyü
-yenilemek için bu simgeye tıklayın.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Misafir Hesabı</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> özel bir hesaptır. Herhangi bir
-kişiye geçici olarak tam güvenlik ile sisteme eriişm verilmesi
-içindir. Oturum açma xguestdir, parola yoktur, ve bu hesapla sistemde
-değişiklik yapmak mümkün değildir. Oturum sonunda kişisel dizinler
-silinir. Bu hesap varsayılan olarak etkindir, devre dışı bırakmak için
-menüde, <guimenu> Eylemler-> Misafir hesabını kaldr</guimenu>a tıklayın.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cd2b5c3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11824 +0,0 @@
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2012-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017.
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 18:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-07 18:59+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
-"Language: uk\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"language/uk/)\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
-"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Доступ до дисків і каталогів WebDAV спільного використання"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка «Спільний доступ», позначка "
-"<guilabel>Налаштування доступу до WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Вступ"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://uk.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> — "
-"протокол, за допомогою якого можна монтувати каталоги з сервера локально, "
-"так, що у системі відповідний каталог буде показано як локальний. На "
-"комп’ютері-сервері має бути запущено сервер WebDAV. Цей інструмент не "
-"призначено для налаштовування сервера WebDAV."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Створення власного пункту"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"На першій сторінці програми буде показано вже налаштовані запис, якщо такі "
-"вже було створено, та кнопку <guibutton>Нова</guibutton>. За допомогою "
-"натискання цієї кнопки можна створити новий запис. Вкажіть адресу сервера у "
-"поле сторінки, яку буде відкрито у відповідь на натискання кнопки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Після цього буде показано вікно з пунктами-перемикачами для вибору наступних "
-"дій. Продовжіть з натискання кнопки <guibutton>Точка монтування</guibutton>. "
-"Після вибору пункту натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>, оскільки "
-"<guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> вже налаштовано. Втім, ви можете скористатися "
-"цим пунктом, якщо слід внести якісь зміни."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до віддаленого каталогу можна буде здійснювати за допомогою вказаної "
-"точки монтування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"На наступному кроці вам слід вказати ваше ім’я користувача та пароль. Якщо "
-"потрібні якісь інші налаштування, доступ до них можна отримати натиснувши "
-"кнопку <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Змонтувати</guibutton> можна змонтувати "
-"каталог для негайного використання."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Після підтвердження налаштування за допомогою пункту <guibutton>Виконано</"
-"guibutton> буде знову показано перше вікно з визначеною вами точкою "
-"монтування. Після вибору пункту <guibutton>Вийти</guibutton> програма спитає "
-"вас, чи слід записати внесені зміни до <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. "
-"Виберіть бажаний варіант. Внесені до відповідного файла каталоги будуть "
-"доступними для користування одразу після завантаження системи. Якщо ви "
-"монтуєте каталог для одноразового користування, не зберігайте зміни до "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Налаштування доступу до розділів жорсткого диска"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> від імені "
-"адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї простої програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"ви, як адміністратор, зможете надати користувачам змогу надавати підкаталоги "
-"з каталогу користувача у /home у спільне користування іншим користувачам у "
-"локальній мережі. Комп’ютери цих інших користувачів можуть працювати під "
-"керуванням операційних систем Linux або Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цього модуля можна отримати з Центру керування Mageia, вкладка "
-"«Локальні диски», пункт «Налаштувати доступ до розділів жорсткого диска»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Спочатку вам слід дати відповідь на питання: «<guilabel>Чи хотіли б ви "
-"дозволити користувачам надавати доступ до деяких з їхніх тек?</guilabel>» "
-"Позначте пункт <guibutton>Без спільного доступу</guibutton>, якщо доступ "
-"слід заборонити всім користувачам, пункт <guibutton>Дозволити всім "
-"користувачам</guibutton>, якщо доступ слід дозволити всім, і "
-"<guibutton>Спеціальний</guibutton>, якщо слід деяким користувачам заборонити "
-"доступ, а деяким надати. У останньому випадку, користувачі, які матимуть "
-"доступ до надання каталогів у спільне користування, мають належати до групи "
-"fileshare, яку буде автоматично створено системою. Додаткове питання щодо "
-"цього буде задано програмою на наступних кроках налаштовування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Після натискання кнопки <guilabel>Гаразд</guilabel> з’явиться друга сторінка "
-"налаштувань, за допомогою якої ви зможете вибрати тип спільних ресурсів, "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> або <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Виберіть варіант "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, якщо єдиною операційною системою у локальній "
-"мережі є Linux. Якщо ж у мережі є комп’ютери під керуванням  Windows, "
-"виберіть пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Щойно вибір буде зроблено, "
-"натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>. Якщо це потрібно, система "
-"виконає встановлення необхідних для роботи з новими налаштуваннями пакунків."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо не було вибрано варіант «Спеціальний», на цьому налаштовування буде "
-"завершено. Якщо ж ви вибрали варіант «Спеціальний», з’явиться додаткова "
-"сторінка, на якій програма попросить вас відкрити вікно програми Userdrake. "
-"За допомогою Userdrake ви зможете додати користувачів, яким буде дозволено "
-"надавати каталоги у спільне користування, до групи fileshare. На вкладці "
-"«Користувачі» натисніть пункт користувача, якого слід додати до цієї групи, "
-"потім натисніть кнопку <guimenuitem>Виправити</guimenuitem>, на вкладці "
-"«Групи». Позначте пункт групи fileshare і натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>. Докладніший опис програми Userdrake можна "
-"знайти у розділі <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб внесені вами зміни набули чинності, після додавання нового користувача "
-"до групи fileshare, слід від’єднати комп’ютер від локальної мережі, а потім "
-"встановити з’єднання повторно."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Після цієї операції кожен з учасників групи fileshare зможе просто позначити "
-"у програмі для керування файлами свого графічного середовища пункт каталогу, "
-"дані з якого слід надати у спільне користування, і скористатися можливостями "
-"з надання спільного доступу цієї програми (такі можливості передбачено не у "
-"всіх програмах)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "uk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Налаштування спільного доступу до дисків і тек NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви "
-"можете оголосити деякі з каталогів спільного користування доступними всім "
-"користувачам комп’ютера. Використаний для цього протокол — NFS, протокол, що "
-"використовується у більшості систем Linux або Unix. Такі спільні каталоги "
-"стануть доступними для користувачів одразу після завантаження системи. "
-"Доступ до спільних каталогів можна здійснювати безпосередньо з робочого "
-"сеансу користувача за допомогою програм для керування файлами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Процедура"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Пошук серверів</guibutton>, щоб отримати список "
-"серверів, які надають каталоги у спільне користування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть пункт з назвою сервера, а потім кнопку «&gt;» перед цією назвою, "
-"щоб переглянути список спільних каталогів. Позначте пункт каталогу, до якого "
-"ви хочете отримати доступ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Стане доступною кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтування</guibutton>, за допомогою "
-"якої ви зможете вказати точку монтування для каталогу."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Після вибору точки монтування ви можете наказати системі змонтувати каталог. "
-"Ви також можете перевірити або змінити параметри монтування за допомогою "
-"кнопки <guibutton>Параметри</guibutton>. Після монтування каталогу його "
-"можна демонтувати за допомогою тієї самої кнопки."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Після підтвердження налаштувань натисканням кнопки <guibutton>Зроблено</"
-"guibutton> система попросить вас відповісти на питання щодо того, чи бажаєте "
-"ви зберегти внесені зміни до /etc/fstab. Внесення змін до цього файла "
-"зробить каталог доступним одразу після завантаження системи, якщо локальна "
-"мережа є доступною. Після цього доступ до нового каталогу можна буде "
-"здійснювати за допомогою програми для керування файлами вашої системи, "
-"наприклад Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Програма для запису КД/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> від імені "
-"адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цього модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати за допомогою вкладки «Локальні диски» Центру керування Mageia. "
-"Пункт модуля буде підписано відповідно до назви портативного носія даних "
-"(лише для програвачів компакт-дисків та DVD та зчитувачів дискет0."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Модуль призначено для визначення способу монтування портативних дисків."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"У верхній частині вікна буде показано короткий опис обладнання та параметрів "
-"його монтування. За допомогою меню, показаного у нижній частині вікна, ви "
-"зможете змінити параметри монтування. Позначте у меню пункт і натисніть "
-"кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Точка монтування"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Позначте цей пункт, якщо хочете змінити точку монтування. Типовою точкою "
-"монтування є /media/cdrom."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Параметри"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Змінити параметри монтування можна або безпосередньо за допомогою списку, "
-"або після натискання кнопки <guilabel>Додатково</guilabel>. Основними "
-"параметрами є:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"Позначенням пункту «user» можна дозволити звичайному користувачеві (не root) "
-"монтувати портативні диски. Позначення пункту призведе до позначення пунктів "
-"noexec, nosuid та nodev. Демонтувати змонтований диск може лише користувач, "
-"який його змонтував."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Налаштування спільного доступу до дисків і тек Windows (SMB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви "
-"можете вказати каталоги, доступ до яких зможуть отримувати всі користувачі "
-"комп’ютера. Для доступу буде використано протокол SMB, який набув "
-"популярності разом з операційними системами Windows®. Доступ до каталогу "
-"спільного користування можна буде отримати одразу після завантаження "
-"системи. Доступ до каталогів спільного користування можна також отримати в "
-"межах окремого сеансу за допомогою програм для керування файлами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"До запуску цієї програми варто визначити назви доступних серверів, наприклад "
-"за допомогою <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Пошук серверів</guibutton>, щоб отримати список "
-"серверів, які надають каталоги у спільне користування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть пункт з назвою сервера, а потім кнопку «&gt;» перед цією назвою, "
-"щоб переглянути список спільних каталогів. Позначте пункт каталогу, до якого "
-"ви хочете отримати доступ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Стане доступною кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтування</guibutton>, за допомогою "
-"якої ви зможете вказати точку монтування для каталогу."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Після вибору точки монтування ви можете наказати системі змонтувати каталог "
-"за допомогою кнопки <guimenu>Монтувати</guimenu>. Ви також можете перевірити "
-"або змінити параметри монтування за допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Параметри</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою вікна параметрів ви можете вказати ім’я користувача і пароль, "
-"яким мають користуватися ті, хто хоче з’єднатися з сервером SMB. Після "
-"монтування каталогу його можна демонтувати за допомогою тієї самої кнопки."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Після підтвердження налаштувань натисканням кнопки <guibutton>Зроблено</"
-"guibutton> система попросить вас відповісти на питання щодо того, чи бажаєте "
-"ви зберегти внесені зміни до /etc/fstab. Внесення змін до цього файла "
-"зробить каталог доступним одразу після завантаження системи, якщо локальна "
-"мережа є доступною. Після цього доступ до нового каталогу можна буде "
-"здійснювати за допомогою програми для керування файлами вашої системи, "
-"наприклад Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Ефекти 3D-стільниці"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви "
-"можете керувати ефектами просторового відтворення у вашій операційній "
-"системі. Типово такі ефекти вимкнено."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Початкові зауваження"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб скористатися цим інструментом, вам слід встановити пакунок glxinfo. Якщо "
-"цей пакунок ще не було встановлено, система попросить вас встановити його до "
-"того, як запустить drak3d."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Після запуску drak3d буде показано вікно меню. За допомогою цього вікна ви "
-"зможете вибрати варіант роботи: <guilabel>Без ефектів 3D-стільниці</"
-"guilabel> або <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion є частиною "
-"композитної системи керування вікнами, яка уможливлює використання "
-"спеціальних ефектів з апаратним прискоренням на вашій стільниці. Виберіть "
-"варіант <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, щоб увімкнути таку композитну "
-"систему керування вікнами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви вперше користуєтеся цією програмою після початкового встановлення "
-"Mageia, система покаже повідомлення з попередженням щодо того, що для роботи "
-"Compiz Fusion слід встановити деякі пакунки. Натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Щойно буде встановлено відповідні пакунки, ви побачите позначений пункт "
-"Compiz Fusion у меню drak3d. Втім, для користування новими ефектами слід "
-"вийти з облікового запису користувача і знову увійти до нього."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Після повторного входу до системи буде задіяно Compiz Fusion. Налаштувати "
-"Compiz Fusion можна за допомогою програми ccsm (CompizConfig Settings "
-"Manager)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Вирішення проблем"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Після входу до системи не видно стільниці"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо після вмикання Compiz Fusion і спроби увійти до облікового запису, ви "
-"нічого не побачите, перезавантажте операційну систему, щоб повернутися до "
-"вікна входу до системи. У цьому вікні натисніть кнопку «Стільниця» і "
-"виберіть drak3d."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Після входу до системи, якщо ваш обліковий запис є адміністративним, система "
-"попросить вас ввести пароль до вашого облікового запису. Якщо ж ваш "
-"обліковий запис не є адміністративним, скористайтеся обліковим записом "
-"адміністратора. Після входу до адміністративного облікового запису ви "
-"зможете скасувати зміни у системі, які призвели до її непрацездатності."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Розпізнавання"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви "
-"можете змінити спосіб, у який виконуватиметься вас як користувача системи "
-"або мережі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Типово, дані для вашого розпізнавання зберігаються у файлі на вашому "
-"комп’ютері. Вносьте до нього зміни, лише якщо вас про це попросить "
-"адміністратор мережі. Відповідні дані для внесення змін має бути надано саме "
-"адміністратором мережі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Налаштовування автореєстрації"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"наказати системі завантажуватися до облікового запису того самого "
-"користувача та до того самого стільничного середовища без потреби у введенні "
-"пароля. Така можливість називається автореєстрацією. Зазвичай, такий спосіб "
-"завантаження є зручним, якщо комп’ютером буде користуватися лише один "
-"користувач."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цієї програми можна отримати за допомогою сторінки <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">«Завантаження»</emphasis> Центру керування Mageia. Пункт підписано "
-"«Налаштувати автореєстрацію»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "Призначення кнопок інтерфейсу є доволі очевидним:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Позначте пункт <guibutton>Запускати графічну оболонку при завантаженні</"
-"guibutton>, якщо ви хочете запускати систему X Window під час завантаження. "
-"Якщо пункт позначено не буде, система запускатиметься у текстовому режимі. "
-"Втім, графічний інтерфейс можна буде запустити з текстового. Зробити це "
-"можна за допомогою команди «startx» або «systemctl start dm»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо буде позначено перший пункт, ви отримаєте доступу до двох інших "
-"пунктів. Ви можете вибрати пункт <guibutton>Ні, мені не потрібна автоматична "
-"реєстрація</guibutton>, якщо ви хочете, щоб система продовжувала запитувати "
-"вас про те, до якого з облікових записів користувачів слід увійти, і просити "
-"ввести пароль. Іншим варіантом є позначення пункту <guibutton>Так, я хочу "
-"реєструватися в системі з цим (іменем, стільницею)</guibutton>, у цьому "
-"випадку вам слід вказати значення для пунктів <guilabel>Типовий користувач</"
-"guilabel> і <guilabel>Типова стільниця</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Налаштовування способу завантаження системи"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви користуєтеся системою з UEFI замість BIOS, інтерфейс користувача "
-"трохи відрізнятиметься, оскільки завантажувальний пристрій, очевидно, є "
-"розділом системи EFI (ESP)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"налаштувати варіанти завантаження комп’ютера (вибрати завантажувач, "
-"встановити пароль, визначити типовий варіант завантаження тощо)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цієї програми можна отримати за допомогою сторінки «Завантаження» "
-"Центру керування Mageia. Пункт підписано «Налаштувати спосіб завантаження "
-"системи»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Не користуйтеся цією програмою, якщо ви не впевнені щодо наслідків свої дій. "
-"Внесення змін до певних параметрів завантаження може завадити штатному "
-"завантаженню вашої системи!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою першої групи з назвою <guilabel>Завантажувач</guilabel>, якщо "
-"використовується BIOS, можна вибрати завантажувач, який слід "
-"використовувати, Grub, Grub2 або Lilo, та визначити яким буде меню, "
-"графічним або текстовим. Вибір типу меню є лише питанням смаку, ніяких інших "
-"наслідків для роботи комп’ютера він не матиме. Крім того, ви можете "
-"встановити <guibutton>Пристрій завантаження</guibutton>. Не змінюйте його, "
-"якщо ви не є знавцем у питаннях завантаження. Пристрій завантаження — це "
-"пристрій, на якому буде встановлено завантажувач, будь-які зміни можуть "
-"завадити завантаженню системи."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"У системах UEFI завантажувачем є <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel>, "
-"встановлений на розділі /boot/EFI. Цей розділ у форматі FAT32 є спільним для "
-"усіх встановлених операційних систем."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою другої групи, <guilabel>Основні параметри</guilabel>, ви можете "
-"встановити <guibutton>Паузу перед завантаженням основної системи</guibutton> "
-"у секундах. Під час цієї паузи grub або Lilo показуватиме список операційних "
-"систем і проситиме вас вибрати бажану систему. Якщо протягом паузи вибір не "
-"буде здійснено, завантажувачем буде завантажено типову систему."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"Третя і остання частина має назву <guibutton>Безпека</guibutton>. Тут можна "
-"налаштувати пароль до завантажувача. Визначення пароля означатиме, що під "
-"час завантаження системи для вибору запису для завантаження або зміни "
-"параметрів завантаження доведеться вводити пароль. Іменем користувача буде "
-"«root», а пароль слід буде ввести саме такий, який ви тут визначите."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна отримати доступ "
-"до додаткових параметрів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Увімкнути ACPI:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface або інтерфейс додаткового "
-"налаштовування та живлення) — стандарт керування живленням. За його "
-"допомогою можна заощаджувати енергію призупиненням роботи пристроїв, що не "
-"використовуються. Цей спосіб використовувався до APM. Позначте цей пункт, "
-"якщо ваше обладнання є сумісним з ACPI."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Увімкнути SMP</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP — скорочення від Symmetric Multi Processors (симетрична "
-"багатпроцесорність), так називається архітектура багатопроцесорних систем."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо у вашому комп’ютері встановлено процесор з підтримкою технології "
-"HyperThreading, Mageia визначить його як подвійний процесор і увімкне SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Увімкнути APIC</guibutton> і <guibutton>Увімкнути локальний APIC:"
-"</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC — абревіатура від Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller "
-"(покращений програмований контролер переривань). У системах APIC Intel є два "
-"компоненти: локальний APIC (LAPIC) та APIC введення-виведення. Цей контролер "
-"переспрямовує переривання, які він отримує з периферійних каналів на один "
-"або декілька APIC у процесорі. Такі контролери є доволі корисними у "
-"багатопроцесорних системах. Деякі комп’ютери можуть мати проблеми з системою "
-"APIC, що призводять до заморожування роботи або помилкового виявлення "
-"пристроїв (повідомлення про помилку «spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Якщо "
-"з вашим комп’ютером трапляються такі негаразди, вимкніть APIC і/або "
-"локальний APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"Вміст <guibutton>наступної</guibutton> сторінки залежатиме від того, який "
-"завантажувач було вибрано."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "У вас встановлено застарілу версію Grub або Lilo:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"У цьому випадку ви побачите список усіх доступних пунктів меню завантаження. "
-"Типовий пункт позначено зірочкою. Щоб змінити порядок пунктів меню, позначте "
-"якийсь з пунктів і натисніть кнопку зі стрілкою вгору або вниз, щоб "
-"пересунути його. У відповідь на натискання кнопки <guibutton>Додати</"
-"guibutton> або <guibutton>Змінити</guibutton> буде показано нове вікно, за "
-"допомогою якого ви зможете додати новий пункт меню завантажувача або змінити "
-"вже наявний пункт меню. Не використовуйте ці кнопки, якщо ви не знайомі з "
-"синтаксисом команд Lilo або Grub."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Вміст поля <guilabel>Мітка</guilabel> може бути довільним. Сюди ви можете "
-"вписати будь-що, що хочете бачити у меню. Цей пункт відповідає команді Grub "
-"«title». Приклад: Mageia3."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"У полі <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> має бути вказано назву ядра. Цей пункт "
-"відповідає команді Grub «kernel». Приклад: /boot/vmlinuz."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"У полі <guilabel>Root</guilabel> має бути вказано назву пристрою, на якому "
-"зберігається ядро. Цей пункт відповідає команді Grub «root». Приклад: "
-"(hd0,1)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"У полі <guilabel>Приєднати</guilabel> має бути вказано параметри, які "
-"передаються ядру під час завантаження."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо буде позначено пункт <guilabel>Основна</guilabel>, Grub завантажуватиме "
-"відповідну систему як основну."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою додаткового вікна, відкрити яке можна натисканням кнопки "
-"<guilabel>Додатково</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим відео</guilabel>, "
-"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> та <guilabel>Мережевий профіль</guilabel>, див. "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>, зі спадних списків."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-"У вас встановлено Grub2 або Grub2-efi (завантажувачі, які типово "
-"використовуються у режимі сумісності і режимі UEFI, відповідно):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"У цьому випадку у спадному списку <guilabel>Типовий</guilabel> буде показано "
-"усі доступні пункти. Натисніть на тому з них, який ви хочете зробити типовим."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо на комп’ютері встановлено інші операційні системи, Mageia спробує "
-"додати ці системи до вашого меню завантаження Mageia. Якщо вам це не "
-"потрібно, зніміть позначку з пункту <guilabel>Зондування сторонньої ОС</"
-"guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою додаткового вікна, відкрити яке можна натисканням кнопки "
-"<guilabel>Додатково</guilabel>, можна вибрати <guilabel>Режим відео</"
-"guilabel>. Якщо ви не хочете завантажувати Mageia безпосередньо, передавши "
-"це завдання ланцюжковому завантажувачу іншої операційної системи, позначте "
-"пункт <guilabel>Не чіпати ESP або MBR</guilabel> і підтвердьте дію після "
-"прочитання попередження."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо не буде встановлено завантажувач на ESP або MBR, вашу нову систему не "
-"можна буде завантажити без ланцюжкового завантажувача з іншої операційної "
-"системи."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Для налаштовування інших параметрів ви можете скористатися програмою "
-"<emphasis>Налаштовувач Grub</emphasis>, пакунок якої можна знайти у сховищах "
-"Mageia (див. нижче)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Збирання даних з журналів та системи для створення звітів щодо вад"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Цю програму<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна запустити лише з "
-"командного рядка."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Вам варто вивести дані, отримані за допомогою цієї програми, до файла, "
-"наприклад так: <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
-"emphasis>. Втім, спершу слід переконатися, що у системі є достатньо вільного "
-"місця на диску: об’єм файла може досягти значення у декілька гігабайтів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Виведені дані є надто об’ємним, щоб долучати до звіту щодо вади без "
-"попереднього вилучення непотрібних частин."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Ця програма збере такі дані щодо вашої системи:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partitions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "mageia version"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"На час написання цієї сторінки довідки частина «syslog» виведених цією "
-"програмою даних була порожньою, оскільки програму ще не пристосовано до "
-"нової системи ведення журналу, systemd. Якщо у вашій системі ця частина є "
-"порожньою, отримати відповідні дані можна за допомогою такої команди "
-"(команду слід віддавати від імені користувача root): <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Якщо на диску не дуже багато "
-"місця, ви можете, наприклад, вивести лише останні 5000 рядків журналу: "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Засіб звітування про вади у Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Зазвичай, цей інструмент<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"запускається автоматично після аварійного завершення якогось з інструментів "
-"Mageia. Втім, може так статися, що після створення звіту щодо вади вас "
-"попросять запустити цей інструмент для перевірки наданих ним даних з "
-"наступним наданням їх у вже створеному звіті щодо вади."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо виникне потреба у створенні звіту щодо вади, а ви цього ще ніколи не "
-"робили, будь ласка, ознайомтеся зі сторінкою <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Як створити належний звіт щодо "
-"вади?</link>, перш ніж натискати кнопку «Звіт»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо звіт щодо цієї вади вже оформлено кимось іншим (у цьому випадку "
-"повідомлення щодо помилки, створене drakbug, буде тим самим), варто додати "
-"коментар до цього звіту, щоб розробники побачили, що вада зустрічається не "
-"лише у одній системі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Керування параметрами дати і часу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Цю програму<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна запустити за "
-"допомогою сторінки «Система» Центру керування Mageia. Відповідний пункт "
-"підписано <guilabel>Налаштувати дату і час</guilabel>. У деяких стільничних "
-"середовищах програму можна запустити за допомогою клацання правою кнопкою "
-"миші на віджеті годинника у системному лотку з наступним вибором пункту "
-"«Скоригувати дату і час...»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "Це дуже проста програма."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"У верхній лівій частині розташовано панель <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">календаря</emphasis>. На наведеному вище знімку вікна показано дату: "
-"«квітень» (у верхньому лівому куті), 2013 (у верхньому правому куті), 6 "
-"число (синім кольором), неділя. Вибрати місяць (або рік) можна натисканням "
-"маленьких стрілочок з боків від напису «квітень» (або «2013»). День можна "
-"вибрати натисканням відповідного пункту у календарі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"У нижній лівій частині вікна розташовано панель синхронізації <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Протокол Network Time</emphasis>. Ви можете підтримувати завжди "
-"точні покази годинника за допомогою синхронізації часу з сервером. Позначте "
-"пункт <guilabel>Увімкнути протокол Network Time</guilabel> і виберіть "
-"найближчий до вашого розташування сервер."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"У правій частині вікна розташовано панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">годинника</"
-"emphasis>. Якщо увімкнено NTP, зміна показаний на ній даних не має сенсу. У "
-"трьох полях годинника показано значення годин, хвилин та секунд (17, 8 і 13 "
-"на знімку вікна). Скористайтеся невеличкими стрілочками, щоб встановити на "
-"годиннику належне значення часу. Формат показу часу змінити не можна. Для "
-"зміни формату показу скористайтеся відповідною програмою з вашого "
-"стільничного середовища."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Нарешті, у правій нижній частині вікна можна вибрати часовий пояс. Для цього "
-"слід натиснути кнопку <guibutton>Змінити часовий пояс</guibutton> і вибрати "
-"відповідний пункт з наданого списку."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Незважаючи на те, що вибрати формат дати і часу за допомогою цієї програми "
-"неможливо, ці дані буде показано на вашій стільниці у відповідності з "
-"вказаними вами параметрами локалізації."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Вилучити з'єднання"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> від імені "
-"адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою вікна програми ви можете вилучити мережевий "
-"інтерфейс<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть пункт спадного меню, виберіть пункт, який слід вилучити, а потім "
-"натисніть кнопку <emphasis>Далі</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Програма покаже повідомлення, що інтерфейс мережі було успішно вилучено."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Налаштовування нового мережевого інтерфейсу (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви можете "
-"налаштувати доступ вашого комп’ютера до локальної мережі або інтернету. Вам "
-"знадобляться деякі дані від вашої компанії-надавача послуг або "
-"адміністратора вашої мережі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть тип з’єднання, яке слід налаштувати. Тип визначається використаним "
-"вами обладнанням та параметрами роботи компанії-надавача послуг."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Нове дротове з’єднання (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"У першому вікні буде показано список доступних інтерфейсів. Виберіть той з "
-"них, який слід налаштувати."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"На цьому кроці можна визначитися зі способом отримання комп’ютером IP-"
-"адреси: автоматично або вручну."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "Автоматична IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід визначити, отримуватиме "
-"комп’ютер дані щодо серверів DNS з сервера DHCP чи ці дані буде вказано "
-"вручну, у спосіб описаний нижче. У другому випадку вам слід буде вказати "
-"адреси серверів DNS. Тут також можна вказати назву вузла комп’ютера. Якщо "
-"назву вузла вказано не буде, буде призначено типову назву, "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Назву вузла може бути надано "
-"сервером DHCP, якщо буде позначено пункт <emphasis>Визначити назву вузла з "
-"адреси DHCP</emphasis>. Можливість визначення назви вузла передбачено не на "
-"всіх серверах DHCP. Якщо ви налаштовуєте ваш комп’ютер на отримання IP-"
-"адреси з домашнього маршрутизатора ADSL, навряд чи слід позначати цей пункт."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна додатково вказати "
-"такі параметри:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Домен пошуку (не можна вказати, якщо адреса надається сервером DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "Клієнт DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "Затримку DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "Отримати сервери YP з DHCP (типово позначено): вкажіть сервер NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "Отримати сервери NTPD з DHCP (визначає сервер синхронізації часу)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP потрібна назва вузла. Позначайте цей пункт, лише якщо сервер DHCP "
-"вимагає від своїх клієнтів вказувати назву вузла до призначення IP-адреси. "
-"Цей пункт може не працювати на деяких серверах DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Після підтвердження внесених змін наступні кроки налаштовування може бути "
-"виконано у загальний для всіх типів з’єднання спосіб: <xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Налаштування вручну"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід визначити, отримуватиме "
-"комп’ютер дані щодо серверів DNS з сервера DHCP чи ці дані буде вказано "
-"вручну, у спосіб описаний нижче. У другому випадку вам слід буде вказати "
-"адреси серверів DNS. Тут також можна вказати назву вузла комп’ютера. Якщо "
-"назву вузла вказано не буде, буде призначено типову назву, "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"У будинкових мережах IP-адреси завжди мають такий формат: <emphasis>192.168."
-"x.x</emphasis>. Маскою мережі є <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А дані "
-"щодо шлюзу та серверів DNS можна отримати з сайта вашого постачальника "
-"послуг."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою додаткових параметрів ви можете вказати <emphasis>Домен пошуку</"
-"emphasis>. Він має збігатися з назвою вашого вузла без першої частини, до "
-"крапки. Наприклад, якщо ваш комп’ютер має назву «comp1», а його повна назва "
-"у домені — «comp1.domivka.net», доменом пошуку має бути «domivka.net». Якщо "
-"вам точно не відомо, чи слід вказувати якийсь домен пошуку, його можна "
-"просто не вказувати. Знову ж таки, цей пункт не потрібен для налаштування "
-"домашнього ADSL."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Наступні кроки описано у розділі <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "Нове супутникове з’єднання (DVB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Цей розділ ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте, "
-"що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link ns2:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командою з "
-"документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "Нове кабельне з’єднання за допомогою модема"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "Вам слід вказати спосіб розпізнавання (автентифікації):"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Немає"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (потрібен для Telstra). У цьому випадку вам слід вказати ім’я "
-"користувача і пароль."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Кабельний/Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід визначити, "
-"отримуватиме комп’ютер дані щодо серверів DNS з сервера DHCP чи ці дані буде "
-"вказано вручну, у спосіб описаний нижче. У другому випадку вам слід буде "
-"вказати адреси серверів DNS. Тут також можна вказати назву вузла комп’ютера. "
-"Якщо назву вузла вказано не буде, буде призначено типову назву, "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Назву вузла може бути надано "
-"сервером DHCP, якщо буде позначено пункт <emphasis>Визначити назву вузла з "
-"адреси DHCP</emphasis>. Можливість визначення назви вузла передбачено не на "
-"всіх серверах DHCP. Якщо ви налаштовуєте ваш комп’ютер на отримання IP-"
-"адреси з домашнього маршрутизатора ADSL, навряд чи слід позначати цей пункт."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Кабельний/Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід визначити, "
-"отримуватиме комп’ютер дані щодо серверів DNS з сервера DHCP чи ці дані буде "
-"вказано вручну, у спосіб описаний нижче. У другому випадку вам слід буде "
-"вказати адреси серверів DNS. Тут також можна вказати назву вузла комп’ютера. "
-"Якщо назву вузла вказано не буде, буде призначено типову назву, "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою додаткових параметрів ви можете вказати <emphasis>Домен пошуку</"
-"emphasis>. Він має збігатися з назвою вашого вузла без першої частини, до "
-"крапки. Наприклад, якщо ваш комп’ютер має назву «comp1», а його повна назва "
-"у домені — «comp1.domivka.net», доменом пошуку має бути «domivka.net». Якщо "
-"вам точно не відомо, чи слід вказувати якийсь домен пошуку, його можна "
-"просто не вказувати. Знову ж таки, цей пункт не потрібен для налаштування "
-"домашнього з’єднання."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Нове DSL-з’єднання"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо програмою буде виявлено інтерфейси мережі, вона запропонує вибрати один "
-"з них і налаштувати його."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Програма запропонує список компаній, які буде розподілено за країнами. "
-"Виберіть вашу компанію. Якщо її пункту немає у списку, виберіть пункт "
-"<guilabel>Не показано</guilabel>, а потім вкажіть параметри, надані вам "
-"постачальником послуг."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Виберіть один з доступних протоколів:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Протокол динамічної конфігурації клієнта (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Налаштування TCP/IP вручну"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP через ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP через Ethernet (PPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Протокол тунелю точка-до-точки (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Параметри доступу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Рахунок користувача (ім'я користувача)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Пароль рахунка"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "(Додатково) Віртуальний шлях ID (VPI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "(Додатково) Віртуальний коловий ID (VCI)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Нове ISDN-з’єднання"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "Програма-майстер попросить вас вказати пристрій для налаштовування:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Вибір вручну (Внутрішня плата ISDN)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Зовнішній модем ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Програма запропонує вам список обладнання, розподіленого за категоріями та "
-"виробниками. Виберіть вашу картку."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Протокол для всього іншого світу, окрім Європи (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Європейський протокол (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Програма запропонує список компаній, які буде розподілено за країнами. "
-"Виберіть вашу компанію. Якщо її пункту немає у списку, виберіть пункт "
-"<guilabel>Не показано</guilabel>, а потім вкажіть параметри, надані вам "
-"постачальником послуг. Після цього програма попросить вас вказати такі дані:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Назва зв'язку"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Номер телефону"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "ID користувача"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Метод автентифікації"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Після цього виберіть спосіб отримання IP-адреси: автоматично чи вручну. У "
-"другому випадку вкажіть IP-адресу і маску підмережі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"На наступному кроці слід вибрати спосіб отримання адрес серверів DNS: "
-"автоматично чи вручну. У випадку визначення вручну вам слід вказати такі "
-"дані:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Назва домену"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Перший і другий сервер DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть, чи слід визначати назву вузла на основі IP-адреси. Цей пункт слід "
-"позначати, лише якщо вам відомо, що постачальником послуг передбачено таке "
-"визначення."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"На наступному кроці слід вибрати спосіб, у який комп’ютер отримуватиме "
-"адресу шлюзу, автоматично чи вручну. Якщо ви виберете спосіб отримання "
-"вручну, вам доведеться вказати IP-адресу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Нове бездротове з’єднання (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"На першій сторінці буде показано список доступних інтерфейсів та пункт для "
-"драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Виберіть інтерфейс, який ви хочете "
-"налаштувати. Скористайтеся пунктом ndiswrapper, лише якщо інші способи "
-"налаштовування не призведуть до бажаних результатів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"На цьому кроці ви зможете вибрати потрібну вам точку доступу зі списку "
-"точок, які було виявлено карткою."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "Специфічний параметр для карток бездротового зв’язку:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "Режим роботи:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Керується"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Для отримання доступу до точки доступу (найпоширеніший випадок)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Для налаштовування безпосереднього з’єднання між комп’ютерами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Мережне ім'я (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Режим шифрування, залежить від параметрів налаштування вашої точки доступу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-"Варто використовувати саме цей режим шифрування, якщо його підтримку "
-"передбачено з боку вашого обладнання."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-"На застарілому обладнанні можливе використання лише цього способу шифрування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Ключ шифрування"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Зазвичай надається разом з обладнанням, яке працює як точка доступу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"На цьому кроці можна вибрати між автоматичним призначенням IP-адреси та "
-"визначенням її вручну."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід визначити, отримуватиме "
-"комп’ютер дані щодо серверів DNS з сервера DHCP чи ці дані буде вказано "
-"вручну, у спосіб описаний нижче. У другому випадку вам слід буде вказати "
-"адреси серверів DNS. Тут також можна вказати назву вузла комп’ютера. Якщо "
-"назву вузла вказано не буде, буде призначено типову назву, "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Назву вузла може бути надано "
-"сервером DHCP, якщо буде позначено пункт <emphasis>Визначити назву вузла з "
-"адреси DHCP</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr "Отримати сервери YP з DHCP (типово позначено): вкажіть сервери NIS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Після підтвердження налаштувань, визначених цим кроком, програма перейде до "
-"кроку, який є спільним для всіх налаштовувань з’єднань: <xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід вказати сервери DNS. Тут також "
-"можна вказати назву вузла комп’ютера. Якщо назву вузла не буде вказано, "
-"типово буде призначено назву <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"У будинкових мережах IP-адреси завжди мають такий формат: <emphasis>192.168."
-"x.x</emphasis>. Маскою мережі є <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А дані "
-"щодо шлюзу та серверів DNS можна отримати з сайта вашого постачальника "
-"послуг."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою додаткових параметрів ви можете вказати <emphasis>Домен пошуку</"
-"emphasis>. Він має збігатися з назвою вашого вузла без першої частини, до "
-"крапки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Нове з’єднання GPRS/Edge/3G"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо програмою буде виявлено інтерфейси бездротової мережі, вона запропонує "
-"вибрати один з них і налаштувати його."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Програма попросить вас вказати PIN-код. Не вказуйте, якщо PIN не потрібен."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Програма-майстер попросить вас вказати мережу. Якщо мережу не буде виявлено "
-"автоматично, виберіть варіант <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Вкажіть параметри доступу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Назва точки доступу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Нове з’єднання комутованого доступу до мережі з Bluetooth"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "Нове аналогове телефонне з’єднання за допомогою модема (POTS)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Вибір вручну"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Виявлене обладнання, якщо обладнання вдасться виявити."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Список запропонованих портів. Виберіть потрібний вам порт."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо цей пакунок ще не встановлено, програма запропонує встановити пакунок "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Вам буде запропоновано список постачальників послуг, поділений за країнами. "
-"Виберіть у ньому пункт вашого постачальника. Якщо відповідного пункту у "
-"списку не виявиться, виберіть пункт <guilabel>Не показано</guilabel>, а "
-"потім вкажіть значення параметрів, надані вашим постачальником послуг. Після "
-"цього програма попросить вас вказати параметри додзвону:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Назва з’єднання</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Номер телефону</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ідентифікатор користувача</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Пароль</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Розпізнавання</emphasis>, виберіть один з таких варіантів:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "На основі скрипту"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "На основі термінала"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Завершення налаштовування"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "На наступному кроці ви можете вказати такі параметри:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Дозволити користувачам керувати з’єднанням</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>З’єднуватися під час завантаження</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Увімкнути облік потоку даних</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Дозволити керування інтерфейсом за допомогою Network Manager</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"У випадку бездротового з’єднання буде показано додатковий пункт "
-"<emphasis>Дозволити роумінг точки доступу</emphasis>. За допомогою цього "
-"пункту можна надати комп’ютеру змогу автоматично перемикатися між точками "
-"доступу відповідно до потужності сигналу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> ви можете вказати:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "Метрику (типово 10)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Увімкнення мережі «вгарячу»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Увімкнути тунелювання з IPv6 до IPv4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"На останньому кроці можна визначити, чи буде виконано спробу з’єднатися "
-"негайно."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Відкриття консолі від імені адміністратора"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви "
-"можете отримати доступ до консолі, відкритої від імені адміністратора "
-"системи (користувача root). Думаємо, цього опису достатньо, щоб зрозуміти, "
-"про що йдеться."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Керування розділами диска"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk або diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> або <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Ця програма<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> є дуже потужною — "
-"найменша помилка або випадкове натискання клавіш може призвести до втрати "
-"всіх даних на розділі або навіть витирання всього жорсткого диска. З цієї "
-"причини вам буде показано наведене вище вікно над вікном програми. Натисніть "
-"кнопку <emphasis>Вийти</emphasis>, якщо ви не впевнені, чи бажаєте "
-"продовжувати роботу з програмою."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо у вашій системі декілька жорстких дисків, ви можете перемкнутися на "
-"потрібний вам жорсткий диск вибором відповідної вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc тощо)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Ви можете вибрати одну з багатьох дій, за допомогою яких ви можете "
-"скоригувати розподіл вашого диска відповідно до ваших потреб. Витирання "
-"всього жорсткого диска, поділ та об’єднання розділів, зміна розмірів "
-"розділів або файлової системи розділів, форматування або перегляд вмісту "
-"розділу: все це можна зробити за допомогою цієї програми. Кнопку "
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Очистити все</guibutton></emphasis> у нижній частині "
-"вікна призначено для витирання всього диска. Доступ до інших кнопок дій, "
-"розташованих праворуч, можна отримати після натискання розділу на картинці "
-"диска."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви користуєтеся системою UEFI, ви побачите невеличкий розділ із назвою "
-"«Системний розділ EFI», змонтований як /boot/EFI. Не вилучайте його, "
-"оскільки на ньому містяться засоби завантаження усіх встановлених вами "
-"операційних систем."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо позначений вами розділ змонтовано, як у наведеному нижче прикладі, ви "
-"не зможете скористатися діями зі зміни розміру, форматування або вилучення "
-"розділу. Щоб отримати доступ до цих дій, вам слід спочатку демонтувати "
-"розділ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-"Зміну розмірів розділу можна виконувати лише за рахунок правої межі розділу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб змінити тип розділу (наприклад, з ext3 на ext4), вам слід вилучити "
-"розділ, а потім повторно створити його з новим значенням типу. Якщо буде "
-"позначено порожню частину диска, у вікні програми з’явиться кнопка "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Створити</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Ви можете вибрати точку монтування, якої не існує. Якщо буде здійснено такий "
-"вибір, відповідну точку монтування буде створено."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Натискання кнопки <emphasis><guibutton>Перемкнути в режим експерта</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> надасть вам доступ до додаткових дій, зокрема "
-"визначення мітки розділу, як це показано на наведеному нижче знімку."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Налаштування програми для керування сеансами"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви "
-"можете вибрати засіб керування сеансами (менеджер реєстрації), який буде "
-"використано для входу до вашого стільничного середовища. У списку буде "
-"показано лише ті стільничні середовища, які встановлено у вашій системі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Більшість користувачів помітять лише те, що зміниться вікно входу до "
-"системи. Втім, різні менеджери реєстрації мають також і різні можливості. "
-"LXDM є найневибагливішим і найпростішим, SDDM і GDM мають значно ширші "
-"можливості."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Налаштовування особистого захисного шлюзу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати за допомогою сторінки «Безпека» Центру керування Mageia, пункт "
-"«Встановити особистий захисний шлюз». Доступ до цього самого інструмента "
-"можна отримати і за допомогою першої вкладки пункту «Налаштувати правила "
-"безпеки системи, права доступу і перевірку»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Захисний шлюз з базовими можливостями типово встановлюється разом з Mageia. "
-"Усі вхідні з’єднання ззовні блокуються, якщо їх не було явним чином "
-"уповноважено. За допомогою вікна, знімок якого показано вище, ви можете "
-"вибрати служби, для яких прийматимуться зовнішні з’єднання. Якщо ви цінуєте "
-"вашу безпеку, зніміть позначку з першого пункту, <guilabel>Все (захисного "
-"шлюзу немає)</guilabel>, (вам же потрібен хоч якийсь захисний шлюз?) і "
-"позначте лише служби, потрібні для роботи."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Номери портів, які слід відкрити, можна вказати вручну. Натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Додатково</guibutton>, щоб відкрити нове вікно. У полі "
-"<guilabel>Інші порти</guilabel>, введіть бажані номери портів. Приклади:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp: відкрити порт 80, протокол tcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000:24010/udp: відкрити усі порти від 24000 до 24010, протокол udp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "Порти у списку слід відокремлювати пробілами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо буде позначено пункт <guilabel>Записувати повідомлення захисного шлюзу "
-"до системних журналів</guilabel>, повідомлення захисного шлюзу "
-"записуватимуться до загальносистемних журналів."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо на вашому комп’ютері не працюють специфічні служби (інтернет-сервер, "
-"поштовий сервер, сервер надання файлів у спільне користування тощо), дуже "
-"ймовірно, що вам не слід позначати жодного пункту. Це навіть рекомендується, "
-"оскільки непозначені пункти не заважатимуть з’єднанню з інтернетом."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою наступної сторінки налаштовування можна змінити параметри "
-"роботи діалогового захисного шлюзу. За допомогою цієї можливості ви можете "
-"наказати шлюзу попереджати вас про спроби з’єднання, якщо позначено лише "
-"перший пункт, <guilabel>Використовувати діалоговий захисний шлюз</guilabel>. "
-"Позначте другий пункт, якщо ви хочете, щоб програма попереджала вас, якщо "
-"виконується сканування портів (з метою пошуку вразливостей і входу до вашої "
-"системи). Усі інші пункти відповідають портам, які було відкрито за "
-"допомогою попередніх вікон. На наведеному нижче знімку два таких пункти: "
-"«сервер SSH» та «80:150/tcp». Позначте ці пункти, якщо ви хочете, щоб "
-"програма попереджала вас про кожну спробу встановлення з’єднання з цими "
-"портами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Ці попередження надаються контекстними панелями повідомлень мережевого "
-"аплету."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою останньої сторінки програми можна вибрати, які з інтерфейсів "
-"мережі з’єднано з інтернетом, отже, які з них слід захищати. Щойно буде "
-"натиснуто кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>, система встановить потрібні "
-"для роботи пакунки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви не знаєте, який з варіантів слід вибрати, зазирніть на сторінку MCC "
-"«Мережа та Інтернет», пункт «Встановити новий мережевий інтерфейс»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Вилучення та встановлення шрифтів. Імпорт шрифтів Windows™"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Система</emphasis>. За його допомогою цієї програми ви зможете керувати "
-"шрифтами у операційній системі. На знімку основного вікна інструмента "
-"показано:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "назви, стилі і розміри встановлених шрифтів;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "попередній перегляд зразка позначеного шрифту;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "кнопки, призначення яких пояснено нижче."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Отримати шрифти з Windows:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї кнопки можна автоматично додати шрифти, які буде знайдено "
-"на розділі з Windows. Щоб цією кнопкою можна було скористатися, на вашому "
-"комп’ютері має бути встановлено Microsoft Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Параметри:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього пункту ви можете вказати програми або пристрої "
-"(здебільшого принтери), які зможуть використовувати шрифти."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Вилучити:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Цю кнопку призначено для вилучення встановлених шрифтів для економії місця "
-"на диску. Будьте обережні з вилученням шрифтів, оскільки воно може зашкодити "
-"перегляду документів, у яких ці шрифти використано."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Імпортувати:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї кнопки ви можете додавати сторонні шрифти (з компакт-"
-"дисків, інтернету тощо). Серед підтримуваних форматів ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, "
-"pfm і gsf. Натисніть кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Імпортувати</emphasis>, "
-"а потім кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Додати</emphasis>. У відповідь буде "
-"відкрито вікно вибору файлів, за допомогою якого ви можете вибрати файли "
-"шрифтів для встановлення. Щойно вибір буде здійснено, ви зможете натиснути "
-"кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Встановити</emphasis>. Шрифти буде "
-"встановлено до теки /usr/share/fonts."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо у списку шрифтів Drakfont ви не побачите змін у результаті встановлення "
-"або вилучення шрифтів, закрийте вікно програмі і повторно його відкрийте. "
-"Після цього внесені зміни має бути показано."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Батьківський контроль"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Цю програму<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна запустити за "
-"допомогою Центру керування Mageia, сторінка «Безпека», пункт "
-"<guilabel>Батьківський контроль</guilabel>. Якщо цього пункту на сторінці не "
-"буде, вам слід встановити пакунок drakguard (цей пакунок типово не "
-"встановлено)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Презентація"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard — це простий спосіб забезпечити роботу батьківського контролю на "
-"вашому комп’ютері, щоб обмежити дій користувачів та визначити часові межі "
-"використання певних програм протягом дня. У drakguard передбачено такі "
-"корисні можливості:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Обмеження доступу до інтернету вказаним користувачам вказаними часовими "
-"межами протягом дня. Це завдання виконується за допомогою захисного шлюзу "
-"shorewall, вбудованого до Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Заборона виконання певних команд вказаним користувачам. Такі користувачі "
-"зможуть виконувати вказані вами команди."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Обмеження доступу до сторінок інтернету на основі визначених вручну «чорних» "
-"і «білих» списків або динамічного блокування на основі вмісту сайтів. Для "
-"виконання цього завдання Drakguard використовує провідне рішення з відкритим "
-"кодом для батьківського контролю, DansGuardian."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Налаштовування батьківського контролю"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо на вашому комп’ютері є розділи жорсткого диска з файловими системами "
-"Ext2, Ext3 або ReiserFS, ви побачите контекстне вікно з пропозицією "
-"налаштувати списки керування доступом, ACL, до цих розділів. ACL є "
-"можливістю ядра Linux, за допомогою якої можна блокувати доступ до окремих "
-"файлів вказаним користувачам. ACL вбудовано до файлових систем Ext4 і Btrfs. "
-"Для розділів з файловими системами Ext2, Ext3 або Reiserfs ці списки "
-"керування доступом слід вмикати окремо. Якщо ви погодитеся з вмиканням ACL, "
-"drakguard налаштує усі розділи, якими керує операційна система, на підтримку "
-"ACL і запропонує вам перезавантажити комп’ютер."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Увімкнути батьківський контроль</guibutton>: якщо буде позначено "
-"цей пункт, батьківський контроль буде увімкнено. Після цього програма "
-"відкриє доступ до вкладки <guilabel>Заблоковані програми</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Заблокувати весь обмін даними мережею</guibutton>: якщо буде "
-"позначено цей пункт, усі сайти буде заблоковано, окрім сайтів, вказаний на "
-"вкладці «Білий список». Якщо пункт не буде позначено, доступ до всіх сайтів "
-"буде відкрито, окрім сайтів, вказаних на вкладці «Чорний список»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Доступ користувачів</guibutton>: доступ користувачів з лівого "
-"списку буде обмежено відповідно до визначених вами правил. Доступ "
-"користувачів з правого списку не буде обмежено, отже дорослі користувачі не "
-"матимуть проблем. Позначте пункт користувача у лівому списку і натисніть "
-"кнопку <guibutton>Додати</guibutton>, щоб додати користувача до дозволеного "
-"списку. Виберіть пункт користувача у правому списку і натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton>, щоб вилучити користувача зі списку "
-"користувачів без обмеження у доступі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Контроль часу:</guibutton> якщо буде позначено цей пункт, доступ "
-"до інтернету буде дозволено з обмеженнями у проміжку часу від часу "
-"<guilabel>Початок</guilabel> до часу <guilabel>Кінець</guilabel>. Доступ "
-"буде повністю заблоковано поза цим проміжком часу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Чорний»/«Білий» список"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть адресу сайта у першому полі у верхній частині вікна і натисніть "
-"кнопку <guibutton>Додати</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Заблоковані програми»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Заблокувати визначені програми</guibutton>: за допомогою цього "
-"пункту можна увімкнути використання ACL для обмеження доступу до певних "
-"програм. Вкажіть шлях до програм, доступ до яких ви хочете заблокувати."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Розблокувати користувачів</guibutton>: доступ користувачів з "
-"правого списку не підлягатиме блокуванню на основі ACL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Спільний доступ до Інтернету з іншими користувачами"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Принципи"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ця програма буде корисно, якщо "
-"ваш комп’ютер (3) з доступом до інтернету (2) з’єднано також з локальною "
-"мережею (1). Ви можете скористатися комп’ютером (3) як шлюзом, щоб надати "
-"доступ іншим робочим станціям, (5) і (6), у локальній мережі (1). Для цього "
-"у шлюзу має бути два інтерфейси; перший, наприклад картка Ethernet, має бути "
-"з’єднано з локальною мережею, а другий (4) — з’єднано з інтернетом (2)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"На першому кроці слід перевірити, чи налаштовано мережу і доступ до "
-"інтернету, як це задокументовано у розділі <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "Майстер налаштовування шлюзу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Під час роботи майстра<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> буде "
-"послідовно показано сторінки кроків, опис яких наведено нижче:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо майстру не вдасться виявити принаймні два інтерфейси, він попередить "
-"про це і попросить вас припинити роботу мережі і налаштувати обладнання."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть інтерфейс, який буде використано для з’єднання з інтернетом. Майстер "
-"налаштовування автоматично запропонує один з таких інтерфейсів, але вам слід "
-"перевірити коректність його пропозиції."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть інтерфейс, який буде використано для з’єднань з локальною мережею. "
-"Майстер знову запропонує свій варіант. Перевірте, чи є він коректним."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Майстер запропонує параметри для локальної мережі, зокрема IP-адресу. маску "
-"мережі та назву домену. Перевірте, чи сумісні ці параметри з поточною "
-"конфігурацією. Рекомендуємо вам скористатися запропонованими значеннями."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть, чи слід використовувати комп’ютер як сервер DNS. Якщо ви відповісте "
-"ствердно, майстер перевірить, чи встановлено у системі <code>bind</code>. "
-"Якщо ви не маєте наміру використовувати комп’ютер як сервер DNS, вкажіть "
-"адресу сервера DNS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть, чи слід використовувати комп’ютер як сервер DHCP server. Якщо ви "
-"відповісте ствердно, майстер перевірить, чи встановлено пакунок <code>dhcp-"
-"server</code> і запропонує вам його налаштувати, вказавши початкову та "
-"кінцеву адреси у діапазоні DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть, чи слід використовувати комп’ютер як проксі-сервер. Якщо ви "
-"відповісте ствердно, майстер перевірить, чи встановлено пакунок <code>squid</"
-"code> і запропонує вам налаштувати проксі-сервер, вказавши адресу "
-"адміністратора сервера (типово admin@mydomain.com), назву проксі-сервера "
-"(типово myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (типово 3128) та розмір кешу (типово "
-"100 МБ)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"На останньому кроці ви можете вказати, чи з’єднано шлюз з принтерами і чи "
-"слід надавати ці принтери у спільне користування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Програма попередить вас про потребу у перевірці параметрів захисного шлюзу, "
-"якщо його задіяно."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Налаштовування клієнта"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо вами було налаштовано комп’ютер-шлюз з DHCP, достатньо буде вказати за "
-"допомогою засобу налаштовування мережі, що адресу буде отримано автоматично "
-"(за допомогою DHCP). Параметри буде отримано під час встановлення з’єднання "
-"з мережею. Цей спосіб працюватиме незалежно від операційної системи, "
-"встановленої на клієнтських комп’ютерах."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо параметри мережі не будуть визначатися автоматично, вам слід зокрема "
-"вказати шлюз мережі, ввівши IP-адресу комп’ютера, який працюватиме шлюзом."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Припинення спільного використання мережі"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо вам потрібно буде припинити спільне використання з’єднання з комп’ютера "
-"під керуванням Mageia, запустіть цю саму програму. У програмі передбачено "
-"можливість переналаштовування з’єднання або припинення надання з’єднання у "
-"спільне користування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Клієнти мережі"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо деякі з комп’ютерів у вашій мережі надають доступ до власних служб і IP-"
-"адреси цих комп’ютерів є фіксованими, за допомогою цієї програми<placeholder "
-"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви зможете вказати назву служби, щоб спростити "
-"доступ до неї. Після визначення назви ви зможете використовувати її замість "
-"IP-адреси."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Додати</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї кнопки ви можете додавати назви нових систем. Після її "
-"натискання буде відкрито вікно для визначення IP-адреси, назви вузла системи "
-"та, якщо потрібно, альтернативної назви, яку буде використано у той самий "
-"спосіб, що і основну."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Змінити</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї кнопки можна отримати доступ до зміни параметрів раніше "
-"визначеного запису. Вікно, яке буде відкрито у відповідь на натискання цієї "
-"кнопки, є тим самим, що і вікно, яке можна відкрити за допомогою попередньої "
-"кнопки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Додаткові налаштування мережевого інтерфейсу і захисного шлюзу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Цю сторінку ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте, "
-"що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link ns2:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командою з "
-"документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Мережевий центр"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цього модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати за допомогою вкладки «Мережа та Інтернет» Центру керування Mageia. "
-"Пункт підписано «Мережевий центр»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Після запуску модуля буде відкрито вікно зі списком усіх мереж, налаштованих "
-"на комп’ютері, незалежно від типу (дротова, бездротова, супутникова тощо). У "
-"відповідь на натискання пункту мережі буде показано три або чотири кнопки, "
-"залежно від типу мережі. За допомогою цих кнопок ви зможете спостерігати за "
-"мережею змінювати параметри роботи мережі, встановлювати або розривати "
-"з’єднання. Цей модуль не призначено для створення запису з’єднання. Створити "
-"запис з’єднання можна за допомогою пункту <guilabel>Встановити новий "
-"мережевий інтерфейс (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на тій самій сторінці "
-"Центру керування Mageia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"На наведеному нижче знімку вікна показано приклад з двома пунктами мережі. "
-"Перша з мереж є дротовою, з нею встановлено з’єднання, про що можна "
-"дізнатися з відповідної піктограми <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" "
-"id=\"0\"/> (пункти мереж, з якими не встановлено з’єднання, позначаються "
-"так: <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). Другий же пункт "
-"відповідає бездротовій мережі, з якою не встановлено з’єднання, що позначено "
-"такою піктограмою6 <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>. Якби "
-"з’єднання було встановлено, було б показано таку піктограму: <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Позначення кольорами стану з’єднання "
-"для інших мереж є тим самим: зелений колір позначає встановлене з’єднання, а "
-"червоний — невстановлене."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"У розділі бездротової мережі показано список виявлених мереж з даними щодо "
-"<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Потужності сигналу</guilabel>, "
-"використання шифрування у мережі (червоний — використовується шифрування, "
-"зелений — шифрування не використовується) та <guilabel>Режиму роботи</"
-"guilabel>. Клацніть на бажаному пункті, а потім натисніть одну з цих кнопок: "
-"<guibutton>Спостерігати</guibutton>, <guibutton>Налаштувати</guibutton> або "
-"<guibutton>З’єднатися</guibutton>. Так можна перемикати систему з "
-"використання однієї мережі на використання іншої. Якщо вибрано приватну "
-"мережу, буде відкрито вікно параметрів мережі (див. нижче), за допомогою "
-"якого програма спробує дізнатися у вас значення додаткових параметрів "
-"(зокрема ключа шифрування)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Оновити</guibutton>, щоб оновити дані на екрані."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "Кнопка «Спостерігати»"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"З допомогою цієї кнопки ви зможете спостерігати за обміном даними у мережі, "
-"отриманням комп’ютером даних («Отримання», червона лінія) та вивантаженням "
-"даних («Вивантаження», зелена лінія). Доступ до цього інструмента можна "
-"також отримати навівши вказівник миші на позначку засобу керування "
-"інтернетом у лотку системи, клацнувши правою кнопкою миші і вибравши пункт "
-"<guimenu>Спостерігати за мережею</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Для кожного з інтерфейсів мережі передбачено власну вкладку (у нашому "
-"прикладі eth0 — дротова мережа, lo — локальний петльовий інтерфейс, а wlan0 "
-"— бездротова мережа). Крім того, буде показано вкладку «з’єднання», за "
-"допомогою якої можна спостерігати за станом з’єднань."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"У нижній частині списку пунктів ви побачите пункт <guilabel>Увімкнути облік "
-"потоку даних</guilabel>, докладний опис якого наведено у наступному розділі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Кнопка «Налаштувати»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A — Дротова мережа</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Можна змінити усіх параметри, визначені під час створення запису мережі. У "
-"переважній більшості випадків варто позначити пункт <guibutton>Автоматична "
-"IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, але якщо виникають "
-"проблеми, визначення адреси вручну може бути кращим варіантом."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"У будинкових мережах <guilabel>IP-адреси</guilabel> завжди мають такий "
-"формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маскою мережі</guilabel> "
-"є <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А дані щодо <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel> "
-"та <guilabel>серверів DNS</guilabel> можна отримати з сайта вашого "
-"постачальника послуг."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Увімкнути облік потоку даних</guibutton>: якщо буде позначено цей "
-"пункт, програма виконуватиме погодинний, щоденний та щомісячний облік обміну "
-"даними. Результати можна буде переглянути за допомогою засобу спостереження "
-"за мережею, докладно описаного у попередньому розділі. Після вмикання обліку "
-"вам слід перез’єднатися з мережею, щоб облік було розпочато."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Дозволити керування інтерфейсом за допомогою Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопка «Додатково»:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B — Бездротова мережа</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Наведено опис лише пунктів, які не було описано вище."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим роботи:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть пункт <guilabel>Кероване</guilabel>, якщо з’єднання здійснюється за "
-"допомогою точки доступу, <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> буде "
-"виявлено програмою. Виберіть пункт <guilabel>Спеціальна</guilabel>, якщо це "
-"мережа PTP. Позначте пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Основна</emphasis>, якщо "
-"ваша мережева картка використовується як точка доступу. У вашій мережевій "
-"картці має бути передбачено підтримку такого режиму."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим шифрування та ключ шифрування:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "Якщо це приватна мережа, ви маєте знати ці параметри."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"У <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> використовується менш стійкий варіант захисту "
-"паролем ніж у WPA, де використовується ключ. <guilabel>Попередньо поширений "
-"ключ WPA</guilabel> ще називається особистим ключем WPA або домашнім ключем "
-"WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> є доволі рідкісним варіантом у "
-"приватних мережах."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Дозволити роумінг точки доступу</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Роумінґ — це технологія, за допомогою якої комп’ютер може змінювати точку "
-"доступу без розірвання з’єднання з мережею."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "Кнопка додаткових параметрів"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Керування різними мережевими профілями"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Надання спільного доступу до файлів і тек з використанням NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Передумови"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Під час першого запуску майстра<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"програма може показати вікно з таким повідомленням:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "Потрібно встановити пакунок nfs-utils. Ви хочете його встановити?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "Після завершення встановлення буде показано вікно з порожнім списком."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Головне вікно"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Тут буде показано список каталогів, які надано у спільне користування. Під "
-"час першого запуску цей список, звичайно ж, буде порожнім. За допомогою "
-"кнопки <guibutton>Додати</guibutton> можна відкрити вікно засобу визначення "
-"параметрів запису каталогу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Змінити запис"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Вікно засобу налаштовування записів має підпис «Змінити запис». Його також "
-"можна відкрити за допомогою натискання кнопки <guibutton>Змінити</"
-"guibutton>. Внести зміни можна до вказаних нижче параметрів."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Каталог NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього пункту ви можете вказати каталог, який буде надано у "
-"спільне користування. За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton> "
-"можна відкрити вікно інструмента вибору каталогу за допомогою графічного "
-"інтерфейсу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Доступ до вузла"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Тут ви можете вказати вузли, яким буде надано доступ до каталогу спільного "
-"використання."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "Клієнти NFS можна вказати у декілька способів:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>окремий вузол</emphasis>: вказати вузол або у форматі абревіатури "
-"назви, яку може бути розпізнано інструментом визначення адрес, або у форматі "
-"повноцінної доменної назви, або у форматі IP-адреси"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>мережеві групи</emphasis>: мережеві групи NIS, можна вказувати як "
-"@група."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>шаблони заміни</emphasis>: назви комп’ютерів можуть містити "
-"символи шаблонів заміни, літери * і ?. Приклад: *.cs.foo.edu відповідає всім "
-"вузлам домену cs.foo.edu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-мережі</emphasis>: крім того, ви можете одночасно експортувати "
-"каталоги на всі теки IP-(під-)мережі. Приклад: «/255.255.252.0» або «/22», "
-"додані до базової адреси мережі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Відображення ід. користувача"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>відображення користувача root як анонімного</emphasis>: "
-"переспрямовувати запити з uid/gid 0 на анонімний uid/gid (root_squash). "
-"Користувач-адміністратор клієнтської системи не зможе читати файли або "
-"виконувати запис до файлів на сервері, які було створено адміністратором "
-"сервера або самим сервером."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>дозволити справжній віддалений доступ root)</emphasis>: за "
-"допомогою цього пункту можна вимкнути заміну прав доступу root до створених "
-"файлів на неіменованого користувача. Цим параметром здебільшого користується "
-"на бездискових клієнтах (no_root_squash)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>відображення всіх користувачів як анонімних</emphasis>: "
-"переспрямовувати всі запити до uid і gid користувачів до анонімного "
-"користувача (all_squash). Корисно для експортованих за допомогою NFS "
-"спільних каталогів FTP, каталогів новин, тощо. Параметр з протилежним "
-"значенням, без відображення користувачів (no_all_squash), є типовим."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid і anongid</emphasis>: явним чином визначити uid та gid "
-"анонімного облікового запису."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Додаткові параметри"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Безпечне з’єднання</emphasis>: цей параметр потребує, щоб запити "
-"надходили з інтернет-порту з номером, меншим за IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Цей "
-"параметр типово увімкнено."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Спільний ресурс лише для читання</emphasis>: надає змогу виконання "
-"запитів або лише на читання, або на читання і запис до цього тому NFS. "
-"Типовою є заборона будь-яких запитів, які змінюють файлову систему. Таку "
-"заборону також можна зробити явним чином за допомогою цього параметра."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Синхронний доступ</emphasis>: забороняє серверу NFS порушувати "
-"протокол NFS і відповідати на запити, перш ніж будь-які зміни, які є "
-"наслідком цих запитів, буде надіслано до стабільного сховища (наприклад, "
-"диска)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Перевірка піддерев</emphasis>: вмикає перевірку піддерев, що у "
-"деяких випадках може покращити параметри безпеки, але знизити надійність "
-"роботи. Щоб дізнатися більше, прочитайте сторінку довідки exports(5)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Пункти меню"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "У списку має бути принаймні один пункт."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "Файл|Записати налаштування"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Зберегти налаштування мережі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезапустити"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Призупинити роботу сервера і перезапустити його з використанням поточних "
-"файлів налаштування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезавантажити"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Показані налаштування перезавантажуються з поточних файлів налаштування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Проксі"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо для доступу до інтернету вам слід користуватися проксі-сервером, ви "
-"можете скористатися цим інструментом<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> для налаштовування доступу. Потрібні для налаштовування дані можна "
-"дізнатися у адміністратора мережі. Ви також можете визначити служби, доступ "
-"до яких слід здійснювати в обхід проксі-сервера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"З Вікіпедії (4 вересня 2012 року), стаття «Проксі-сервер»: «У комп’ютерних "
-"мережах проксі-сервером називається сервер (комп’ютерна система або "
-"програма), який працює проміжною ланкою для запитів від клієнтів, які "
-"виконують пошуки ресурсів на інших серверах. Клієнтська система з’єднується "
-"з проксі-сервером, надсилає запит щодо певної служби, зокрема даних файла, "
-"з’єднання, сторінки або іншого ресурсу на іншому сервері. Проксі-сервер "
-"обробляє запит з метою спрощення та керування складністю запиту.»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "Налаштувати джерело"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Одразу після встановлення системи слід додати записи джерел програмного "
-"забезпечення (їх також називають сховищами, носіями даних, дзеркалами). Це "
-"означає, що вам слід вибрати джерела програмного забезпечення, які буде "
-"використано для встановлення і оновлення пакунків та програм (див. кнопку "
-"<guilabel>Додати</guilabel>, описану нижче)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви встановлюєте (або оновлюєте) Mageia за допомогою оптичного носія "
-"даних (DVD або компакт-диска) чи пристрою зберігання даних USB, буде "
-"автоматично налаштовано запис джерела пакунків із програмним забезпеченням "
-"на використаному носії даних. Щоб уникнути прохань щодо вставлення цього "
-"носія під час встановлення нових пакунків, вам слід вимкнути (або вилучити) "
-"відповідний запис у списку. (Запис належатиме до типу носія CD-Rom)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Ваша система може працювати на 32-бітовій апаратній архітектурі, яка "
-"називається у дистрибутиві i586, або 64-бітовій архітектурі, яка має назву "
-"x86_64. Вам слід вибрати сховища, які відповідають вашій системі та сховища "
-"для пакунків, які не залежать від архітектури (їх ще називають noarch). Такі "
-"пакунки не мають власних каталогів noarch у сховищах, вони зберігаються у "
-"каталогах обох архітектур, i586 та x86_64."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> від імені "
-"адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цієї програми можна отримати з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Менеджер програм</emphasis><placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Стовпчики"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "Стовпчик «Доступний»:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Позначені джерела буде використано для встановлення нових пакунків. "
-"Спеціальні джерела, зокрема Testing і debug, вибирати не варто, оскільки їх "
-"використання може призвести до непрацездатності системи."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "Стовпчик «Поновлення»:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо джерело буде використано для оновлення пакунків, його слід позначити у "
-"цьому стовпчику. Має бути позначено лише джерела зі словом "
-"«Update» (оновлення) у назві. З міркувань безпеки значення у цьому стовпчику "
-"не можна змінювати за допомогою цієї програми. Вам доведеться відкрити "
-"консоль і від імені адміністратора (root) віддати команду <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "Стовпчик «Джерело»:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Тут буде показано назву джерела. Офіційні сховища Mageia для остаточних "
-"випусків містять принаймні такі елементи:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> (основа) — сховище, що містить "
-"більшість програм, які підтримуються спільнотою Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> (невільне) — сховище, що містить "
-"деякі з програм, доступ до коду яких обмежено правилами ліцензування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> (нечисте) — сховища з вільним "
-"програмним забезпеченням, щодо використання якого у певних країнах можуть "
-"застосовуватися патентні обмеження."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "Кожен запис джерела містить 4 підрозділи:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> (випуск) — сховище пакунків на "
-"день випуску вашої версії Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> (оновлення) — пакунки, оновлені з "
-"часу випуску з міркувань безпеки або усування вад. Це джерело варто "
-"увімкнути всім, навіть якщо з’єднання з інтернетом є дуже повільним."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> (зворотне портування) — для "
-"деяких з пакунків нові версії портуються зі сховища Cauldron (сховища "
-"наступної версії дистрибутива, розробку якої ще не завершено)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> (тестування) — сховище, яке "
-"використовується для проміжного тестування оновлень, щоб дати змогу тим, хто "
-"звітує про вади, та учасникам команди із забезпечення якості перевірити "
-"працездатність виправлених пакунків."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Кнопки на панелі праворуч"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Вилучити:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб вилучити джерело, наведіть на його пункт вказівник миші і клацніть лівою "
-"кнопкою, потім натисніть цю кнопку. Іноді варто вилучити пункт носія, який "
-"було використано для встановлення системи (компакт-диск або DVD) оскільки "
-"всі пакунки з цього носія можна встановити з офіційного джерела основних "
-"пакунків (Core) відповідного випуску."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Виправити:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Надає вам змогу вносити зміни до параметрів позначеного запису джерела "
-"(адресу, програму для звантаження і параметри проксі-сервера)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Додати:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Кнопка для додавання офіційних сховищ з інтернету. У офіційних сховищах "
-"містяться лише надійні і добре перевірені пакунки. Після натискання кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Додати</guibutton> програма відкриє контекстне вікно, за "
-"допомогою якого ви зможете вибрати набір джерел для встановлення. Якщо ви "
-"надаєте перевагу певному дзеркалу, додайте його за допомогою пункту «Додати "
-"вказане дзеркало джерел» з меню «Файл»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопки зі стрілками вгору і вниз:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Ці кнопки призначено для впорядковування списку. Під час пошуків пакунків "
-"програмою Drakrpm виконується завантаження списку сховищ у показаному "
-"порядку, пакунок встановлюється зі сховища, яке стоятиме вище у списку (якщо "
-"номер випуску пакунка є однаковим в усіх сховищах; якщо номер буде різним, "
-"програма встановить пакунок з найсвіжішого випуску). Отже, якщо можна, "
-"розташовуйте сховища з найшвидшим доступом на початку списку."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Меню програми"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -&gt; Оновити:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"У відповідь на вибір цього пункту буде відкрито вікно зі списком джерел. "
-"Виберіть ті з них, дані яких слід оновити, і натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Оновити</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Додати вказане дзеркало джерел:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Припустімо, що вам чимось не подобається поточне дзеркало основного сховища. "
-"Причиною, наприклад, може бути те, що сховище працює надто повільно чи часто "
-"є недоступним. Тоді ви можете вибрати інше дзеркало. Позначте пункти всіх "
-"поточних джерел пакунків і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton>, "
-"щоб прибрати їх. Далі, скористайтеся пунктом меню <guimenu>Файл -> Додати "
-"вказане дзеркало джерел</guimenu>, зробіть вибір між лише оновленнями і "
-"повним набором (якщо не певні, виберіть <guibutton>Повний набір джерел</"
-"guibutton>) і підтвердіть можливість з’єднання натисканням кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Так</guibutton>. У відповідь буде показано таке вікно:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ліворуч буде показано список країн. Виберіть вашу країну чи близьку до неї "
-"країну натисканням кнопки «&gt;». У відповідь буде розгорнуто список "
-"дзеркал, розташованих у цій країні. Позначте одне з них і натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -&gt; Додати власне джерело:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ви можете виконати встановлення з нового джерела (наприклад, зі стороннього "
-"сховища спільноти), яке не підтримується офіційно спільнотою Mageia. У "
-"відповідь на вибір цього пункту меню буде показано нове вікно:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Виберіть тип джерела, вкажіть "
-"коротку назву, яка добре описує відповідне сховище, і додайте адресу (або "
-"шлях до джерела, залежно від його типу)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Параметри -&gt; Загальні налаштування:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього пункту меню ви можете визначити, коли слід "
-"<guilabel>Перевіряти пакунки, які встановлюються</guilabel> (завжди або "
-"ніколи), визначити програму для отримання пакунків (curl, wget або aria2) і "
-"вказати правила отримання даних щодо пакунків (на запит (типовий варіант), "
-"тільки поновлення, завжди або ніколи)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Параметри -&gt; Керування ключами:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"З метою забезпечення кращої безпеки для розпізнавання джерела "
-"використовуються цифрові ключі. Для кожного з джерел можна дозволити або "
-"заборонити використання ключа. У вікні, яке буде відкрито, виберіть джерело "
-"і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Додати</guibutton>, щоб уможливити "
-"використання нового ключа, або позначте пункт ключа і натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton>, щоб заборонити його використання."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Будьте обережними, як і з усіма іншими питаннями, пов’язаними з безпекою."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Параметри -&gt; Проксі:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо для доступу до інтернету з вашого комп’ютера слід користуватися проксі-"
-"сервером, ви можете вказати параметри його роботи. Вам слід вказати "
-"<guibutton>Назву проксі</guibutton> і, якщо потрібно, вказати "
-"<guilabel>Користувача</guilabel> і <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб дізнатися більше про налаштовування сховищ пакунків, ознайомтеся із "
-"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management"
-"\">відповідною сторінкою у вікі Mageia</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "Спільне використання каталогів та дисків з використанням Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba — протокол, що використовується у різних операційних системах для "
-"надання спільного доступу до деяких ресурсів, зокрема каталогів або "
-"принтерів. За допомогою цього модуля ви можете налаштувати комп’ютер на "
-"роботу у режимі сервера Samba з використанням протоколу SMB/CIFS. Цей "
-"протокол використовується Windows®, робочі станції під керуванням цієї "
-"операційної системи можуть отримувати доступ до ресурсів на сервері Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Приготування"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб користувачі могли отримувати доступ до ваших ресурсів, сервер повинен "
-"мати сталу IP-адресу. Визначити цю адресу можна безпосередньо на вашому "
-"сервері, наприклад за допомогою <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, або "
-"на сервері DHCP, який ідентифікує робочу станцію за MAC-адресою і завжди "
-"надає їй ту саму адресу у мережі. Також захисний екран вашого комп’ютера має "
-"дозволяти вхідні з’єднання з сервером Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Майстер — самодостатній сервер"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Після першого запуску програма<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"перевірить, чи встановлено потрібні пакунки і запропонує встановити їх, якщо "
-"пакунки не буде виявлено у системі. Після цього буде запущено програму-"
-"майстер налаштовування сервера Samba."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"На наступній сторінці варіант налаштовування окремого сервера вже буде "
-"позначено."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть назву робочої групи. Ця назва має збігатися з назвою групи, яка "
-"отримуватиме доступ до ресурсів спільного користування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Назва Netbios — це назва, яку буде використано для позначення сервера мережі."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Виберіть режим захисту:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>користувач</guilabel>: клієнт має пройти розпізнавання, щоб "
-"отримати доступ до ресурсу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>спільний ресурс</guilabel>: клієнт надає дані для розпізнавання "
-"окремо для кожного спільного ресурсу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Тут ви можете вказати за IP-адресою чи назвою вузли, яким буде надано доступ "
-"до ресурсів."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть банер сервера. Банер — це спосіб, у який сервер буде представлено на "
-"робочих станціях Windows."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"На наступному кроці можна вказати місце, де Samba зможе зберігати дані "
-"журналу своєї роботи."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Перш ніж вами буде підтверджено вибрані значення параметрів, програма-"
-"майстер покаже список цих параметрів. Якщо параметри буде підтверджено, "
-"відповідні дані буде записано до файла <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "Майстер: Основний контролер домену"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Якщо буде позначено пункт "
-"«Основний контролер домену», майстер попросить вас вказати, чи слід "
-"підтримувати Wins, і визначити імена користувачів-адміністраторів. Наступні "
-"кроки є тими самими, що і під час налаштовування окремого сервера, окрім "
-"того, що вам доведеться вказати режим захисту:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>домен</guilabel>: надається механізм для зберігання всіх облікових "
-"записів користувачів і груп у централізованому, спільному сховищі облікових "
-"записів. Централізоване сховище облікових записів надається у використання "
-"контролерами безпеки домену."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Оголошення каталогу, доступ до якого буде відкрито"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо натиснути кнопку <guibutton>Додати</guibutton>, буде показано таке "
-"вікно:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Таким чином буде додано новий запис. Внести зміни до наявного запису можна "
-"за допомогою натискання кнопки <guibutton>Змінити</guibutton>. Ви можете "
-"змінити те, чи буде каталог видимим для усіх користувачів, придатним до "
-"запису та до навігації. Змінювати назву спільного ресурсу не можна."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо у списку буде хоч один запис, можна буде скористатися пунктами меню."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Зберегти поточні налаштування до файла <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Сервер Samba|Налаштувати"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "За допомогою цієї команди можна знову запустити сервер."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Сервер Samba|Перезапустити"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Сервер Samba|Перезавантажити"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Спільний доступ до принтерів"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "За допомогою Samba можна також надавати спільний доступ до принтерів."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Користувачі Samba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї вкладки ви можете додавати користувачів, яким буде "
-"дозволено доступ до спільних ресурсів, якщо увімкнено розпізнавання "
-"користувачів. Можна додати користувачів з розділу <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Налаштування розпізнавання для інструментів Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Безпека</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї програми можна надавати звичайним користувачам права, "
-"потрібні для виконання завдань, які зазвичай виконуються з облікового запису "
-"адміністратора."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть невеличку стрілочку перед пунктом у списку, до якого ви хочете "
-"внести зміни:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Список більшості інструментів, якими можна скористатися за допомогою Центру "
-"керування Mageia, буде наведено у лівій частині вікна (див. знімок вище). "
-"Для кожного з інструментів передбачено спадний список з такими варіантами:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Типовий: режим запуску залежить від вибраного рівня захисту. Див. інструмент "
-"«Налаштувати правила безпеки, права доступу і перевірку» на тій самій "
-"сторінці."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Пароль користувача: для запуску інструмента слід буде ввести пароль "
-"користувача."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Пароль адміністратора: для запуску інструмента слід буде ввести пароль "
-"адміністратора (root)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Без пароля: інструмент запускатиметься без потреби у введення пароля."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Знімки"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> від імені "
-"адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цього інструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати за допомогою сторінки «Система» Центру керування Mageia, розділ "
-"«Інструменти адміністрування»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Після першого запуску цієї програми з MCC ви побачити повідомлення щодо "
-"становлення draksnapshot. Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Встановити</"
-"guibutton>. Після цього буде встановлено draksnapshot та інші потрібні для "
-"роботи цієї програми пакунки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ще раз натисніть пункт <guilabel>Резервні копії</guilabel>, і ви побачите "
-"вікно <guilabel>Параметри</guilabel>. Позначте пункт <guilabel>Увімкнути "
-"резервне копіювання</guilabel> і, якщо хочете створити резервну копію усієї "
-"системи, пункт <guilabel>Резервне копіювання всієї системи</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви хочете створити резервну копію лише частини каталогів, натисніть "
-"кнопку <guilabel>Додатково</guilabel>. У відповідь буде відкрито невеличке "
-"контекстне вікно. Скористайтеся кнопками <guibutton>Додати</guibutton> і "
-"<guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton>, розташованими поряд зі списком "
-"<guilabel>Перелік резервних копій</guilabel>, щоб додати каталоги і файли до "
-"списку резервного копіювання або вилучити їх. Скористайтеся такими самими "
-"кнопками поряд зі <guilabel>Списком виключень</guilabel>, щоб визначити "
-"список підкаталогів і/або файлів, які не слід додавати до резервної копії. "
-"Файли з цього списку <emphasis role=\"bold\">не буде</emphasis> включено до "
-"резервної копії. Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Закрити</guibutton>, щойно "
-"списки буде визначено."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Далі, вкажіть каталог у полі <guilabel>Куди зберігати копії</guilabel> або "
-"натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Огляд</guibutton>, щоб вказати відповідний "
-"каталог. Усі змонтовані флеш-носії USB та зовнішні диски можна знайти у "
-"каталозі <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/ім’я вашого користувача/</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Застосувати</guibutton>, щоб створити знімок."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Налаштовування звуку"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Обладнання</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound призначено для налаштовування звукової підсистеми, зокрема "
-"визначення параметрів PulseAudio та вирішення проблем з роботою звуку. "
-"Програма допоможе вам усунути проблеми зі звуковою підсистемою або змінити "
-"картку для виведення звукових даних."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> — звуковий сервер. Цей сервер отримує усі "
-"вхідні звукові дані, виконує мікшування цих даних, відповідно до вказаних "
-"користувачем параметрів, і надсилає результати до пристроїв виведення "
-"звукових даних. Налаштувати параметри мікшування можна за допомогою пункту "
-"меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук та відео -> Керування гучністю</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio є типовим звуковим сервером. Рекомендуємо вам не вимикати його."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Використовувати режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> — покращує роботу "
-"PulseAudio з деякими програмами. Ми не рекомендуємо знімати позначку з цього "
-"пункту."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Кнопка <guibutton>Вирішення проблем</guibutton> може допомогти з вирішенням "
-"проблем, які виникають зі звуком. Спробуйте натиснути її до того, як почнете "
-"шукати допомоги у спільноти дистрибутива."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна відкрити ще одне "
-"вікно із кнопкою, призначення якої очевидне з мітки на ній."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Встановлення UPS для контролю за живленням"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Налаштування з'єднання VPN для безпеки доступу до мережі"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього інструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"можна налаштувати безпечний доступ до віддаленої мережі з використанням "
-"тунелювання даних між локальною робочою станцією та віддаленою мережею. У "
-"цьому розділі довідки ми обговоримо лише налаштування на боці робочої "
-"станції. Ми припускатимемо, що віддалена мережа працює надійно і що вам "
-"відомі дані щодо встановлення з’єднання, які можна отримати від "
-"адміністратора мережі, наприклад у форматі файла налаштувань .pcf."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Налаштування"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Спочатку слід вибрати концентратор VPN Cisco або OpenVPN, залежно від того, "
-"який протокол використано для вашої віртуальної приватної мережі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "Надайте вашому з’єднанню назву."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "За допомогою наступного вікна вкажіть параметри вашого з’єднання VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "VPN Cisco"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Openvpn. Після першого запуску інструмента буде встановлено пакунок openvpn "
-"та його залежності."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Виберіть файли, які було "
-"отримано від адміністратора мережі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Додаткові параметри:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "У наступному вікні програма попросить вас вказати IP-адресу шлюзу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Після визначення параметрів програма запропонує вам встановити з’єднання з "
-"VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Ви можете наказати системі встановлювати це з’єднання VPN у автоматичному "
-"режимі під час її запуску. Для цього слід змінити налаштування мережевого "
-"з’єднання так, щоб воно завжди встановлювалося з цим VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Налаштовування вебсервера"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> від імені "
-"адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Ця програма<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> може допомогти вам у "
-"налаштовуванні інтернет-сервера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Що таке інтернет-сервер?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Інтернет-сервер — це програмне забезпечення, яке допомагає оприлюднювати "
-"дані для доступу до них з інтернету (з Вікіпедії)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Налаштовування інтернет-сервера за допомогою drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "Ласкаво просимо до майстра налаштовування інтернет-сервера."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Перша сторінка є просто вступом до програми-майстра. Перегляньте її і "
-"натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "Вибір області надання даних сервера: локальна мережа і/або інтернет"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Надання доступу до даних сервера з інтернету є ризикованою справою. Вам слід "
-"подбати про захист, якщо ви вирішите надати такий доступ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "Модуль користувачів сервера"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Тут можна надати користувачам змогу створювати власні сайти."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "Назва інтернет-каталогу користувача."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Користувачеві слід створити і заповнити даними цей каталог, тоді сервер "
-"зможе показувати його вміст."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "Коренева тека документів сервера"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Тут можна налаштувати шлях до теки типових документів інтернет-сервера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Резюме"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ознайомтеся з резюме щодо зміни параметрів і натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Завершення"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Ну ось і все! Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Завершити</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Налаштовування DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Налаштовування DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Цей інструмент не здатен працювати у Mageia 4, оскільки схему іменування "
-"інтерфейсів мережі змінено."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Ця програма<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> може допомогти вам у "
-"налаштовуванні сервера <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Цей компонент drakwizard "
-"слід встановити до того, як ви зможете ним скористатися."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Що таке DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Протокол динамічного налаштовування вузлів (Dynamic Host Configuration "
-"Protocol або <acronym>DHCP</acronym>) — це стандартизований протокол роботи "
-"у мережі, що використовується у IP-мережах для динамічного визначення IP-"
-"адрес та інших даних, які потрібні для обміну даними у інтернеті (з "
-"Вікіпедії)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Налаштовування сервера DHCP за допомогою drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "Ласкаво просимо до майстра налаштовування сервера DHCP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "Вибір адаптора"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть інтерфейс мережі, з’єднаний з підмережею, у якій відбуватиметься "
-"призначення IP-адрес, і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "Вибір діапазону IP-адрес"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть початкову і кінцеву IP-адреси діапазону адрес, які має надавати "
-"сервер, а також IP-адресу шлюзу, комп’ютера, який з’єднуватиметься із "
-"зовнішніми комп’ютерами поза локальною мережею, бажано безпосередньо з "
-"комп’ютерами у інтернеті. Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "Чекайте..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"З цією проблемою можна впоратися. Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Назад</"
-"guibutton> декілька разів і внесіть якісь зміни."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Згодом..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Дії, які виконує інструмент"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "встановлення пакунка dhcp-server, якщо його ще не встановлено;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"збереження <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> під назвою <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf."
-"orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"створення нового файла <code>dhcpd.conf</code> на основі <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> і додавання до нього "
-"нових параметрів:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Також буде внесено зміни до файла налаштувань Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/"
-"config</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "Перезапуск <code>dhcpd</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Налаштовування часу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього засобу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви "
-"зможете налаштувати сервер так, щоб час на ньому синхронізувався з зовнішнім "
-"сервером. Типово, цей засіб не встановлюється. Щоб отримати доступ до нього, "
-"вам слід встановити пакунки drakwizard та drakwizard-base."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "Налаштовування сервера NTP за допомогою drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Після вітального вікна (див. вище) програма попросить вас вибрати три "
-"сервери часу за допомогою спадних списків і двічі запропонує скористатися "
-"pool.ntp.org, оскільки цей сервер завжди прив’язується до доступних серверів "
-"часу."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою наступних сторінок майстра ви зможете вибрати регіон і місто, "
-"після чого вам буде показано резюме налаштувань. Якщо вами буде виявлено "
-"помилки у налаштуваннях, ви можете внести зміни, натиснувши кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Назад</guibutton>. Якщо усе гаразд, натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, щоб наказати програмі виконати тестування. Якщо "
-"все буде гаразд, ви побачите вікно, подібне до наведеного нижче:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Завершити</guibutton>, щоб завершити роботу "
-"інструмента."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "Ця програма виконає такі кроки:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "встановлення пакунка <code>ntp</code>, якщо його ще не встановлено;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"збереження файла <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> з назвою <code>/etc/"
-"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> та файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> з "
-"назвою <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"запис нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> зі списком серверів;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-"внесення змін до файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> шляхом додавання назви "
-"першого сервера;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"зупинення роботи і повторний запуск служб <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</"
-"code> та <code>ntpd</code>;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"встановлення для апаратного годинника поточного часу системи з прив’язкою до "
-"UTC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Налаштовування FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> від імені "
-"адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви "
-"зможете налаштувати сервер <acronym>FTP</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Що таке <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Протокол передавання файлів (File Transfer Protocol або <acronym>FTP</"
-"acronym>) — стандартний протокол роботи у мережі, що використовується для "
-"передавання файлів з одного комп’ютера на інший у заснованій на "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym> мережі, зокрема у інтернеті (з Вікіпедії)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Налаштовування сервера FTP за допомогою drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "Ласкаво просимо до майстра налаштовування FTP."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-"Надання доступу до даних сервера FTP з інтернету є ризикованою справою. Вам "
-"слід подбати про захист, якщо ви вирішите надати такий доступ."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Інформація щодо сервера"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть назву, яку сервер використовуватиме для власної ідентифікації, "
-"адресу електронної пошти для надсилання скарг та те, чи буде надано доступ "
-"до входу до системи від імені адміністратора (користувача root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Параметри сервера"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть порт для очікування даних, параметри обмеженого запису користувача і "
-"те, чи слід дозволяти відновлення отримання даних і/або <acronym>FXP</"
-"acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Налаштовування проксі-сервера"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Ця програма<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> може допомогти вам у "
-"налаштовуванні проксі-сервера. Цей компонент drakwizard слід встановити "
-"окремо, перш ніж ви зможете ним скористатися."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Що таке проксі-сервер?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"З Вікіпедії : «У комп’ютерних мережах проксі-сервером називається сервер "
-"(комп’ютерна система або програма), який працює проміжною ланкою для запитів "
-"від клієнтів, які виконують пошуки ресурсів на інших серверах. Клієнтська "
-"система з’єднується з проксі-сервером, надсилає запит щодо певної служби, "
-"зокрема даних файла, з’єднання, сторінки або іншого ресурсу на іншому "
-"сервері. Проксі-сервер обробляє запит з метою спрощення та керування "
-"складністю запиту.»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "Налаштовування проксі-сервера за допомогою drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "Ласкаво просимо до майстра налаштовування проксі-сервера."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Вибір порту проксі"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть порт, з яким встановлюватимуть з’єднання клієнти проксі-сервера, і "
-"натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Використання пам’яті та диска"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть параметри обмежень на використання пам’яті та кешу на диску і "
-"натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "Вибір параметрів керування доступом до мережі"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Визначте, чи діапазон доступу: локальна мережа чи інтернет, — потім "
-"натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "Надання доступу до мережі"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Надайте доступ локальним мережам і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "Чи слід використовувати проксі-сервер вищого рівня?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Маєте каскадний доступ до інтернету крізь інший проксі-сервер? Якщо ні, "
-"пропустіть наступний крок."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "Адреса і порт проксі-сервера вищого рівня"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть назву вузла і порт проксі вищого рівня і натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Чи слід запускати під час завантаження?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть, чи слід запускати проксі-сервер під час завантаження операційної "
-"системи, і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "встановлення пакунка squid, якщо його ще не встановлено;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"збереження <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> з назвою <code>/etc/squid/"
-"squid.conf.orig</code>№"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"створення нового файла <code>squid.conf</code> на основі <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> і додавання до нього нових параметрів:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 або 3 та <code>http_access</code>, відповідно до "
-"рівня"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "перезапуск <code>squid</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Налаштовування фонової служби OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Ця програма<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> може допомогти вам у "
-"налаштовуванні сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Що таке <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Безпечна оболонка (Secure Shell або SSH) — криптографічний протокол обміну "
-"даними у мережі, призначений для захисту обміну даними від стороннього "
-"втручання, віддаленого керування системою за допомогою командного рядка, "
-"віддаленого виконання команд та керування іншими мережевими службами. За "
-"використання цього протоколу два з’єднаних мережею комп’ютери використовують "
-"захищений канал обміну даними у незахищеній мережі. Ці комп’ютери "
-"називаються сервер та клієнт, на них запущено серверні та клієнтські "
-"програми <acronym>SSH</acronym>, відповідно (з Вікіпедії)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-"Налаштовування фонової служби <acronym>SSH</acronym> за допомогою drakwizard "
-"sshd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Ласкаво просимо до майстра налаштовування Open SSH."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "Виберіть тип параметрів налаштовування"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть <guilabel>Експерт</guilabel> для отримання доступу до усіх "
-"параметрів або <guilabel>Початківець</guilabel>, щоб пропустити кроки 3-7, "
-"натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Загальні параметри"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Визначте видимість служби та параметри адміністративного доступу. "
-"Стандартним портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> є порт 22."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Методи розпізнавання"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Вкажіть один зі способів розпізнавання під час з’єднання і натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Журналювання"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть потрібні вам можливості з ведення журналу та рівень докладності "
-"повідомлень і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Параметри входу"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Налаштуйте окремі параметри входу для облікових записів і натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Параметри реєстрації користувача"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Налаштуйте параметри доступу користувачів і натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "Стискання і переспрямовування"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть параметри переспрямовування графічного сервера та стискання даних "
-"під час передавання і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Налаштування служб системи"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Налаштування обладнання"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви "
-"зможете здійснити загальний огляд обладнання вашого комп’ютера. Після "
-"запуску програма виконує автоматичний пошук всіх компонентів обладнання. З "
-"цією метою вона використовує програму <code>ldetect</code>, яка у своїй "
-"роботі покладається на список обладнання з пакунка <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "Вікно програми"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "Вікно поділено на два стовпчики."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"У лівому стовпчику буде показано список виявленого обладнання. Пристрої буде "
-"згруповано за категоріями. Натисніть кнопочку &gt;, щоб розгорнути список "
-"категорії. За допомогою цього стовпчика можна вибирати пристрій зі списку."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"У правому стовпчику буде показано дані щодо позначеного пристрою. За "
-"допомогою пункту меню <guimenu>Довідка -&gt; Опис полів</guimenu> можна "
-"отримати докладніший опис показаних полів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Відповідно до вибраного типу пристрою, у нижній частині правої панелі вікна "
-"буде показано одну або дві кнопки:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Встановити параметри поточного драйвера</guibutton>: за допомогою "
-"цієї кнопки можна змінити параметри роботи модуля системи, пов’язаного з "
-"роботою пристрою. Цією кнопкою варто користуватися лише досвідченим "
-"користувачам."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Запустити інструмент налаштування</guibutton>: отримати доступ до "
-"засобу налаштовування пристрою. Зазвичай, доступ до цього засобу можна "
-"отримати безпосередньо з Центру керування Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою пунктів меню <guimenu>Параметри</guimenu> ви можете увімкнути "
-"автоматичне виявлення деяких типів пристроїв:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "модемів"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "пристроїв Jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "паралельних пристроїв Zip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Типово, таке виявлення не виконується, оскільки воно є доволі тривалим. "
-"Позначте відповідні пункти, якщо на вашому комп’ютері встановлено відповідне "
-"обладнання. Виявлення буде виконано під час наступного запуску програми."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Налаштовування розкладки клавіатури"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Програма keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> допоможе вам "
-"налаштувати базову розкладку для вашої клавіатури у операційній системі "
-"Mageia. Результати налаштовування буде використано для усіх користувачів "
-"системи. Доступ до програми можна отримати за допомогою розділу «Обладнання» "
-"Центру керування Mageia. Відповідні пункти підписано так: «Налаштувати мишу "
-"і клавіатуру»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Розкладка клавіатури"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього вікна ви можете вибрати розкладку клавіатури, яку слід "
-"використовувати. У назвах розкладок (показано за абеткою) вказано мову, "
-"країну та етнічну належність розкладки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Тип клавіатури"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього меню ви можете вказати тип клавіатури, якою користуєтеся. "
-"Якщо ви не певні щодо свого вибору, краще не змінювати типового варіанта."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Налаштовування локалізації системи"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна також за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести "
-"команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> від імені "
-"адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Цим модулем<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна скористатися за "
-"допомогою розділу «Система» Центру керування Mageia. Пункт модуля підписано "
-"«Налаштувати локалізацію системи». У разі його вибору буде відкрито вікно, "
-"за допомогою якого ви можете вибрати мову. Типовий список буде підібрано за "
-"мовами, які було вибрано під час встановлення системи."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна задіяти режим "
-"сумісності з застарілими кодуваннями (не-UTF8)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"У другому вікні буде показано список країн, у яких може використовуватися "
-"вказана мова. Доступ до пунктів країн, яких немає у списку, можна отримати "
-"за допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Інші країни</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб внесені вами зміни набули чинності, вам слід вийти з вашого облікового "
-"запису у системі і знову увійти до нього."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Метод вводу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою сторінки <guilabel>Інші країни</guilabel> ви також можете "
-"вибрати метод вводу або спосіб введення (зі спадного меню під списком). За "
-"допомогою способів введення можна вводити символи мов, у яких запис "
-"здійснюється не за допомогою літер (китайської, японської, корейської тощо)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Для азійських і африканських мов типовим способом введення буде вибрано "
-"IBus, отже потреби у налаштовуванні цього способу введення вручну немає."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Інші способи введення (SCIM, GCIN, HIME тощо) також надають подібні "
-"функціональні можливості. Встановити пакунки цих способів, якщо їх немає у "
-"контекстному меню, можна за допомогою іншого модуля Центру керування Mageia. "
-"Див. <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Перегляд системного журналу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цього інструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати за допомогою сторінки «Система» Центру керування Mageia, пункт "
-"<guilabel>Переглянути системний журнал</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Пошук у журналах"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Спершу вам слід вказати рядок пошуку у полі <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Збігається з</emphasis> і/або рядок <emphasis>якого не повинно бути у "
-"результатах</emphasis> у полі <emphasis role=\"bold\">але не відповідає</"
-"emphasis>. Після цього виберіть файл або файли, у яких виконуватиметься "
-"пошук на панелі <guilabel>Виберіть файл</guilabel>. Ви також можете обмежити "
-"пошук певним днем. Виберіть його на панелі <emphasis role=\"bold\">Календар</"
-"emphasis> за допомогою натискання маленьких стрілочок з кожного боку від "
-"полів місяця і року, після чого позначте пункт <guibutton>Показувати лише "
-"для виділеного дня</guibutton>. Нарешті, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>пошук</"
-"guibutton>, щоб переглянути результати на панелі з назвою <guilabel>Вміст "
-"файла</guilabel>. Передбачено можливість зберегти результати у файлів "
-"формату .txt, — для цього слід натиснути кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Зберегти</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"У <guibutton>Журналі інструментів Mageia</guibutton> містяться дані, "
-"записані до журналу засобами налаштовування Mageia, зокрема інструментами "
-"Центру керування Mageia. Ці журнали оновлюються кожного разу, коли ви "
-"змінюєте якісь налаштування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "Налаштовування сповіщення електронною поштою"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Поштове повідомлення</guibutton> можна "
-"наказати системі виконувати перевірку навантаження на систему і служби "
-"кожної години і, якщо це потрібно, надсилати повідомлення електронною поштою "
-"за вказаною адресою."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб виконати налаштовування цього засобу, натисніть кнопку <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Поштове повідомлення</emphasis> і виберіть у вікні, яке буде "
-"показано, варіант <guibutton>Налаштувати систему поштового нагадування</"
-"guibutton>. У вікні, яке буде показано після натискання кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, ви зможете вказати служби, за якими слід вести "
-"спостереження (див. наведений вище знімок вікна)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "Спостерігати можна за такими службами:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Служба Webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Поштовий сервер postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Сервер FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Сервер World Wide Web Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Сервер SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Сервер Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Служба xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "Розпізнавач назв домену BIND"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"На наступній сторінці виберіть значення <guilabel>Навантаження</guilabel>, "
-"перевищення якого ви вважаєте неприйнятним. Навантаження визначається як "
-"рівень вибагливості процесу до ресурсів комп’ютера, велике навантаження "
-"уповільнює роботу решти системи, а дуже високе навантаження може свідчити "
-"про те, що процес вийшов з-під контролю. Типовим є значення 3. Ми "
-"рекомендуємо визначити значення граничного навантаження як добуток 3 на "
-"кількість процесів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою останньої сторінки введіть <guilabel>Адресу електронної пошти</"
-"guilabel> особи, яку слід попередити, та <guilabel>Сервер електронної пошти</"
-"guilabel>, яким слід скористатися (локальний або інтернет-сервер)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "Показ доступних спільних ресурсів NFS і SMB"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Цю програму<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна запустити лише з "
-"командного рядка."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Цю сторінку ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте, "
-"що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link ns2:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командою з "
-"документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Показ даних щодо пристроїв PCI, USB та PCMCIA вашої системи"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"Цю програму<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна запустити лише з "
-"командного рядка. Вона виводить певний опис обладнання у системі, якщо її "
-"запускати від імені користувача root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake виводити список усіх з’єднаних з комп’ютером пристроїв (USB, PCI "
-"та PCMCIA) та використаних драйверів. Для роботи програми потрібні пакунки "
-"ldetect та ldetect-lst."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо додати параметр «-v», lspcidrake покаже дані щодо виробника та "
-"ідентифікації пристрою."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"Часто список, виведений lspcidrake, є доволі довгим, тому для його "
-"фільтрування доводиться використовувати програму grep. Приклади:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Дані щодо графічної картки"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Дані щодо мережі"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "Параметр -i призначено для визначення ігнорування регістру символів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"На наведеному нижче знімку показано роботу параметра «-v» lspcidrake та "
-"параметра «-i» grep."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Передбачено і інший засіб отримання даних щодо обладнання. Ця програма "
-"називається <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (запускати від "
-"імені root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Поновлення пакунків з програмами"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate або drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> або <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Менеджер програм</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Для забезпечення працездатності MageiaUpdate слід належним чином налаштувати "
-"сховища, скориставшись drakrpm-editmedia та вказавши певні джерела пакунків "
-"як джерела для оновлення. Якщо ви ще цього не зробили, програма попросить "
-"вас виконати відповідне налаштовування."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Після запуску цього інструмента програма виконує сканування встановлених "
-"пакунків і показує список пакунків, оновлення яких з’явилися у сховищах "
-"дистрибутива. Типово, усі пункти пакунків буде позначено для автоматичного "
-"отримання та встановлення. Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Оновити</guibutton>, "
-"щоб розпочати цю процедуру."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви натиснете пункт пакунка, у нижній частині вікна буде показано "
-"додаткові дані щодо пакунка. Символ <emphasis role=\"bold\">></emphasis> "
-"перед заголовком у списку даних означає, що після натискання цієї стрілочки "
-"можна переглянути додатковий інформаційний блок."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Коли у сховищах дистрибутива з’являтимуться оновлення, аплет системного "
-"лотка попереджатиме вас, показуючи піктограму <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Наведіть вказівник миші на цю піктограму і "
-"клацніть лівою кнопкою миші, введіть пароль вашого користувача, щоб оновити "
-"пакунки системи."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Завантаження"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів "
-"налаштовування кроків завантаження системи. Натисніть на посиланні, "
-"розташованому нижче, щоб дізнатися більше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Налаштовування послідовності завантаження"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Центр керування Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Інструменти для налаштовування системи Mageia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов "
-"ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
-"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
-"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від "
-"основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команди документування</link>, якщо "
-"хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Обладнання"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів "
-"налаштовування обладнання. Натисніть на посиланні, розташованому нижче, щоб "
-"дізнатися більше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Налаштовування обладнання"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis>Переглянути і налаштувати "
-"обладнання</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Налаштовування графіки"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Налаштувати ефекти 3D-стільниці</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Налаштування миші і клавіатури"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Налаштування друку і сканування"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Налаштувати друкарки, "
-"черги друку, …</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Інше"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Про підручник з Центру керування Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"У Центрі керування Mageia (MCC) передбачено вісім пунктів або сторінок, "
-"вибрати які можна за допомогою лівої панелі вікна програми. Якщо встановлено "
-"пакунок drakwizard, таких сторінок буде десять. На кожній з цих сторінок "
-"буде наведено набір інструментів, вибрати які можна буде за допомогою правої "
-"панелі сторінок у вікні програми."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Наступні десять глав присвячено цим десяти сторінкам та пов’язаним з ними "
-"інструментам."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Останню главу присвячено іншим інструментам Mageia, доступ до яких не можна "
-"отримати за допомогою сторінок Центру керування Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Підписи під пунктами на цих сторінках часто збігаються з заголовками вікон "
-"відповідних інструментів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Крім того, можна скористатися рядком пошуку, доступ до якого можна отримати "
-"натисканням заголовка вкладки «Пошук» у лівому стовпчику."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Локальні диски"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів "
-"керування дисками системи та надання спільного доступу до локальних дисків. "
-"Натисніть на посиланні, розташованому нижче, щоб дізнатися більше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Мережеві служби"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Це вікно та вікно <emphasis>Спільний доступ</emphasis> можна буде побачити, "
-"лише якщо встановлено пакунок <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. За допомогою "
-"цих вікон можна вибрати інструмент налаштовування різних серверів. Натисніть "
-"на посиланні, наведеному нижче або на посиланні <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing"
-"\"/>, щоб дізнатися більше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Спільний доступ"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів "
-"керування спільним доступом до дисків та каталогів системи. Натисніть на "
-"посиланні, розташованому нижче, щоб дізнатися більше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Налаштовування доступу до ресурсів Windows"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis>= Налаштувати доступ до "
-"дисків і тек Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Налаштування доступу до ресурсів NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Налаштування доступу до WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Мережа та інтернет"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів "
-"керування доступом до мережі. Натисніть на посиланні, розташованому нижче, "
-"щоб дізнатися більше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Налаштування мережевих пристроїв"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Налаштування особистих параметрів і безпеку мережі"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Безпека"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів "
-"керування захистом системи від зовнішнього втручання. Натисніть на "
-"посиланні, розташованому нижче, щоб дізнатися більше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Налаштувати політику безпеки "
-"системи, права доступу і перевірку</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Спільне користування"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Це вікно та вікно <emphasis>Мережеві служби</emphasis> можна буде побачити, "
-"лише якщо встановлено пакунок <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. За допомогою "
-"цих вікон можна вибрати інструмент налаштовування різних серверів. Натисніть "
-"на посиланні, наведеному нижче або на посиланні <xref linkend=\"mcc-"
-"networkservices\"/>, щоб дізнатися більше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Система"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів "
-"керування та адміністрування системою. Натисніть на посиланні, розташованому "
-"нижче, щоб дізнатися більше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Керування системними службами"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Локалізація"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Інструменти адміністрування"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Керувати користувачами "
-"системи</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Налаштовування частоти оновлення"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цього модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати за допомогою Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Менеджер програм</emphasis>. Також відкрити вікно цієї програми можна за "
-"допомогою клацання правою кнопкою миші на червоній піктограмі <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> з наступним вибором пункту "
-"<guimenu>Налаштування оновлень</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою першого повзунка ви можете змінити частоту, з якою Mageia "
-"перевірятиме наявність оновлень, а за допомогою другого — проміжок між "
-"завершенням завантаження і першою перевіркою наявності оновлень. За "
-"допомогою позначення чи зняття позначки з відповідного пункту ви можете "
-"наказати системі попереджати вас про нові випуски Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Налаштовування пристрою введення (миша, сенсорна панель)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Для встановлення Mageia з комп’ютером має бути з’єднано маніпулятор-мишу. "
-"Налаштовування цього обладнання вже мало бути виконано під час встановлення "
-"системи. За допомогою цього модуля ви зможете змінити параметри роботи миші "
-"або налаштувати роботу з іншою мишею."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Пункти мишей у списку впорядковано за типом з’єднання та моделлю. Позначте "
-"пункт вашої миші і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>. "
-"Здебільшого, новітні миші добре працюють, якщо вибрано пункт «Будь-яка миша "
-"PS/2 чи USB». Вибраний варіант миші буде задіяно негайно."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Контроль безпеки системи"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> — графічний інтерфейс "
-"користувача до msec, за допомогою якого можна налаштувати захист системи у "
-"такий спосіб:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Встановити загальносистемну поведінку, msec вносить до системи зміни з метою "
-"її убезпечення."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Виконувати періодичні автоматичні перевірки системи з метою попередити вас "
-"про потенційно небезпечні зміни."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"У msec використано концепцію «рівнів безпеки». Рівні призначено для "
-"налаштовування цілого набору прав доступу у системі, за якими спостерігатиме "
-"і які примусово встановлюватиме програма. У Mageia вам буде запропоновано "
-"декілька типових рівнів, але ви можете визначити власні нетипові рівні "
-"безпеки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка огляду"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Див. наведений вище знімок вікна"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"На першій вкладці буде показано список різноманітних інструментів захисту з "
-"розташованою праворуч кнопкою для налаштовування цих інструментів:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Брандмауер, також можна отримати доступ за допомогою Центру керування "
-"Mageia, сторінка «Безпека», пункт «Налаштовування особистого захисного "
-"шлюзу»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Оновлення, доступ також можна отримати за допомогою Центру керування Mageia, "
-"сторінка «Менеджер програм», пункт «Поновити систему»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "Сам msec з деякою інформацією:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "увімкнено чи ні"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "налаштований базовий рівень безпеки"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"дати останніх періодичних перевірок, кнопки перегляду докладного звіту та "
-"кнопки для негайного виконання перевірки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Параметри безпеки»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви клацнете лівою кнопкою миші на другій вкладці або на кнопці "
-"<guibutton>Налаштувати</guibutton>, буде показано сторінку, подібну до "
-"наведеної на знімку нижче."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Загальна безпека»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Рівні безпеки:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Після позначення пункту <guilabel>Увімкнути інструмент MSEC</guilabel> за "
-"допомогою цієї вкладки ви можете подвійним клацанням кнопкою миші вибрати "
-"рівень безпеки. Якщо цей пункт не буде позначено, правила забезпечення "
-"безпеки не застосовуватимуться. Типово, можна скористатися такими рівнями "
-"безпеки:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Рівень <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. Цей рівень призначено для "
-"ситуацій, коли ви не хочете, щоб msec керував безпекою системи, і хочете "
-"налаштувати засоби захисту власноруч. Якщо буде вибрано цей рівень, усі "
-"перевірки безпеки буде вимкнено, програма не застосовуватиме жодних обмежень "
-"на налаштування та параметри системи. Будь ласка, користуйтеся цим рівнем, "
-"лише якщо повністю усвідомлюєте наслідки, оскільки його використання "
-"залишить вашу систему вразливою до нападів зловмисників."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Рівень <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Цей рівень є типовим "
-"після встановлення системи, його призначено для звичайних користувачів. "
-"Права доступу у системі буде дещо обмежено, виконуватимуться щоденні "
-"перевірки захисту для виявлення змін у системних файлах, облікових записах "
-"та вразливостей у правах доступу до каталогів (цей рівень подібний до рівнів "
-"2 і 3 у старих версіях msec)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Рівень <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. Цей рівень буде корисним, "
-"якщо вам потрібна захищена система з певною свободою у діях. Права доступу у "
-"системі буде обмежено, виконуватимуться періодичні перевірки. Крім того, "
-"буде обмежено доступ до системи (цей рівень подібний до рівнів 4 (високий) "
-"та 5 (параноїдальний) у старих версіях msec)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Окрім цих рівнів, передбачено різні зорієнтовані на завдання набори "
-"налаштувань захисту, зокрема рівні <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</"
-"emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> та <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Якщо ви скористаєтеся цими рівнями, захист "
-"системи буде попередньо налаштовано на виконання більшості типових завдань."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Останні два рівні мають назву <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> "
-"і <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis>. Насправді, це не зовсім "
-"рівні безпеки, скоріше інструменти, призначені лише для виконання "
-"періодичних перевірок."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Записи цих рівнів зберігаються у файлах <filename>/etc/security/msec/level."
-"&lt;назва рівня></filename>. Ви можете визначити власні нетипові рівні "
-"безпеки і зберігати їх до специфічних файлів з назвами <filename>level.&lt;"
-"назва рівня></filename>, які зберігатимуться до теки <filename>/etc/security/"
-"msec/</filename>. Створення рівнів є прерогативою досвідчених користувачів, "
-"яким потрібна гнучкіша система налаштувань та захищеніша система."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Пам’ятайте, що змінені користувачем параметри мають перевагу над типовими "
-"параметрами рівня."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Сповіщення безпеки:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви позначите пункт <guibutton>Надсилати сповіщення безпеки електронною "
-"поштою на адресу:</guibutton>, звіти щодо безпеки, створені msec, "
-"надсилатимуться локальною електронною поштою адміністратору безпеки, "
-"вказаному у сусідньому полі. Ви можете або вказати назву облікового запису "
-"локального користувача, або вказати адресу електронної пошти повністю (щоб "
-"це спрацювало, слід налаштувати локальні засоби роботи з електронною поштою "
-"та засоби керування нею відповідним чином). Нарешті, ви можете отримувати "
-"сповіщення щодо безпеки безпосередньо за допомогою вашої стільниці. Просто "
-"позначте відповідний пункт, щоб увімкнути ці сповіщення."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Наполегливо рекомендуємо вам увімкнути сповіщення безпеки забезпечення для "
-"адміністратора безпеки отримання негайної інформації щодо можливих проблем з "
-"безпекою. Якщо ви цього не зробите, адміністратору доведеться регулярно "
-"ознайомлюватися з файлами журналу, що зберігаються у каталозі <filename>/var/"
-"log/security</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Параметри безпеки:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Створення нетипового рівня безпеки не є єдиним способом налаштовування "
-"захисту комп’ютера. Ви також можете скористатися вкладками для зміни будь-"
-"якого з потрібних вам параметрів. Поточні налаштування msec зберігаються у "
-"файлі <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. У цьому файлі "
-"містяться дані щодо назви поточного рівня безпеки та список усіх змін, які "
-"було внесено до його параметрів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Безпека системи»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"На цій вкладці буде показано усіх параметри захисту у лівому стовпчику, їхні "
-"описи у центральному стовпчику та поточні значення у правому стовпчику."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб внести зміни до параметра, двічі клацніть на відповідному пункті. У "
-"відповідь буде відкрито нове вікно (див. наведений нижче знімок). У вікні "
-"буде показано назву параметра, короткий опис, поточне і типове значення, а "
-"також спадний список, за допомогою якого можна вибрати це значення. "
-"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>, щоб підтвердити ваш вибір."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Не забудьте перед завершенням роботи msecgui зберегти ваші налаштування за "
-"допомогою пункту меню <guimenu>Файл -> Зберегти налаштування</guimenu>. Якщо "
-"вами було внесено зміни до параметрів, msecgui надасть вам змогу попередньо "
-"переглянути список змін, перш ніж ці зміни буде збережено."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Мережева безпека"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"На цій вкладці буде показано усіх параметри захисту роботи у мережі. Вона "
-"працює у спосіб, подібний до способу роботи попередньої вкладки."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Періодичні перевірки»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Періодичні перевірки призначено для інформування адміністратора безпеки за "
-"допомогою сповіщень щодо усіх проблем, які msec вважає потенційно "
-"небезпечними."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"На цій вкладці буде показано усіх виконані msec періодичні перевірки та їхню "
-"частоту, якщо позначено пункт <guibutton>Увімкнути періодичні перевірки "
-"безпеки</guibutton>. Зміни можна вносити у спосіб, подібний до способу "
-"внесення змін на попередніх вкладках."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Вкладка «Винятки»"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Іноді сповіщення створюються щодо добре відомих і безпечних «проблем». У "
-"таких випадках сповіщення є зайвими і лише витрачатимуть час адміністратора. "
-"За допомогою цієї вкладки ви можете створити довільну кількість винятків для "
-"усування зайвих сповіщень. Під час першого запуску msec список на цій "
-"вкладці, звичайно ж, буде порожнім. На наведеному нижче знімку не показано "
-"жодного винятку."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб створити запис винятку, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Додати правило</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть бажані періодичні перевірки за допомогою спадного списку "
-"<guilabel>Перевірка</guilabel>, а потім введіть <guilabel>Виняток</guilabel> "
-"до відповідного поля. Звичайно ж, додавання виключення не є остаточним. Ви "
-"можете або вилучити його за допомогою натискання кнопки <guibutton>Вилучити</"
-"guibutton> на вкладці <guilabel>Винятки</guilabel>, або змінити створений "
-"запис винятку подвійним клацанням лівою кнопкою миші на відповідному пункті."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Права доступу"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Цю вкладку призначено для налаштовування перевірок прав доступу до файлів і "
-"каталогів та примусового встановлення відповідних прав."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Подібно до рівнів захисту, у msec передбачено різні рівні прав доступу "
-"(standard, secure, ..), які вмикаються відповідно до вибраного рівня "
-"безпеки. Ви можете створювати власні нетипові рівні прав доступу, зберігати "
-"їх до відповідних файлів з назвами <filename>perm.&lt;назва рівня></"
-"filename> до теки <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Звичайно ж, цим "
-"варто користуватися маючи певний досвід і причину для створення нетипового "
-"рівня. Крім того, можна скористатися вкладкою вікна налаштувань для внесення "
-"змін до вже створених прав доступу. Поточні налаштування зберігаються у "
-"файлі <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Цей файл містить "
-"список усіх змін, які було внесено до прав доступу."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Типові права доступу буде показано у форматі списку правил (одне правило на "
-"рядок). У лівому стовпчику буде показано файл або теку, якого стосуються "
-"правила, у наступному стовпчику буде показано власника, далі групу, а потім "
-"стовпчик прав доступу, який надається цим правилом. Якщо для наданого "
-"правила:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"пункт <guilabel>Примусити</guilabel> не позначено, msec виконуватиме лише "
-"перевірку, чи виконуються обмеження прав доступу, визначені правилом, і "
-"надсилатиме сповіщення, якщо вони не виконуватимуться, але не вноситиме "
-"ніяких змін."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"пункт <guilabel>Примусити</guilabel> позначено, msec виконуватиме перевірку, "
-"чи виконуються обмеження прав доступу, визначені правилом, і виправлятиме "
-"права доступу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Для того, щоб це спрацювало, слід відповідним чином налаштувати параметр "
-"CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладці «Періодичні перевірки»</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб створити нове правило, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Додати правило</"
-"guibutton> і заповніть поля так, як це показано у наведеному нижче прикладі. "
-"У полі <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можна використовувати замінник *. «current» "
-"означає «не вносити зміни»."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>, щоб підтвердити вибір і не "
-"забудьте перед закриттям вікна зберегти ваші налаштування за допомогою "
-"пункту меню <guimenu>Файл -> Зберегти налаштування</guimenu>. Якщо вами було "
-"внесено зміни до параметрів, msecgui надасть вам змогу попередньо "
-"переглянути список змін, перш ніж ці зміни буде збережено."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Крім того, можна створювати або вносити зміни до правил за допомогою "
-"редагування файла налаштувань <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</"
-"filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Зміни на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладці «Права доступу»</emphasis> (або "
-"безпосередньо за допомогою файла налаштувань) беруться до уваги під час "
-"виконання першої ж періодичної перевірки (див. пункт CHECK_PERMS на "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладці «Періодичні перевірки»</emphasis>). Якщо ви "
-"хочете, щоб зміни було застосовано негайно, скористайтеся командою msecperms "
-"з консолі. Команду слід віддавати від імені користувача root. Щоб "
-"ознайомитися зі списком прав доступу, які буде змінено програмою msecperms, "
-"скористайтеся командою msecperms -p."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Не забувайте, що якщо ви внесете зміни щодо прав доступу до певного файла за "
-"допомогою консольної команди або програми для керування файлами, і пункт "
-"<guilabel>Примусити</guilabel> на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладці «Права "
-"доступу»</emphasis> для цього файла буде позначено, msecgui за деякий час "
-"поверне попередні права доступу, відповідно до налаштувань параметрів "
-"CHECK_PERMS та CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладці "
-"«Періодичні перевірки»</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Інші інструменти Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"У Mageia передбачено більше інструментів, ніж перелік інструментів з Центру "
-"керування Mageia. Натисніть наведене нижче посилання, щоб дізнатися більше, "
-"або продовжіть читання наступних сторінок підручника."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>ЩЕ НЕ НАПИСАНО</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "Додаткові інструменти?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
-"Керування програмним забезпеченням (Встановлення або вилучення програм)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Вступ до rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього інструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, "
-"також відомого за назвою drakrpm, можна встановлювати, вилучати і оновлювати "
-"пакунки з програмним забезпеченням. Програма є графічним інтерфейсом до "
-"URPMI. Під час кожного запуску вона перевірятиме списки пакунків у інтернеті "
-"(які називаються «носіями» пакунків), отримані безпосередньо з офіційних "
-"серверів Mageia, і показуватиме список найсвіжіших пакунків з програмним "
-"забезпеченням для вашої системи. Система фільтрування надає вам змогу "
-"переглядати списки пакунків лише певного типу: ви можете переглянути список "
-"встановлених пакунків (типове фільтрування) або лише доступні оновлення. "
-"Також можна ознайомитися зі списком невстановлених пакунків. Ви можете "
-"знайти пакунок за назвою або словом у резюме опису пакунка, а також на "
-"назвами файлів, які є частиною пакунка."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Для належної роботи rpmdrake слід налаштувати параметри сховищ пакунків за "
-"допомогою <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Під час встановлення налаштованим сховищем є носій, з якого відбувається "
-"встановлення, наприклад DVD або компакт-диск. Якщо ви нічого не будете "
-"змінювати, rpmdrake проситиме вас вставити цей носій кожного разу, коли вам "
-"потрібно буде встановити пакунок за допомогою такого контекстного вікна: "
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Якщо наведене вище повідомлення "
-"дратує вас і у вас є добрі умови з’єднання з інтернетом без обмежень щодо "
-"отримання даних, варто вилучити запис початкового носія і замінити його "
-"сховищами у мережі за допомогою <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Крім того, сховища у мережі завжди містять найсвіжіші пакунки, ширший їхній "
-"діапазон та надають змогу оновлювати вже встановлені пакунки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "Основні частини вікна"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Фільтрування за типом пакунка:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього фільтра ви можете звузити список пакунків до певного "
-"типу. Під час першого запуску програми для керування пакунками у списку "
-"будуть лише програми з графічним інтерфейсом. Ви можете наказати програмі "
-"показувати всі пакунки і всі залежності цих пакунків разом з бібліотеками "
-"або наказати показувати лише групи пакунків (цілісні програмні комплекси), "
-"лише оновлення або лише пакунки, портовані з новіших версій Mageia Linux."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Типовий режим фільтрування призначено для користувачів, які не мають "
-"значного досвіду користування Linux або Mageia, тобто тих, кому не потрібні "
-"програми, які керуються командним рядком, чи програми для спеціалістів. "
-"Оскільки ви читаєте цю документацію, ви очевидно зацікавлені у розширенні "
-"ваших знань щодо Mageia, отже, краще вибрати варіант «Всі»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Фільтрування за станом пакунка:</"
-"emphasis> </firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього фільтрування ви можете наказати програмі показати лише "
-"встановлені пакунки, пакунки, які ще не встановлено, або всі пакунки, "
-"встановлені і невстановлені."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим пошуку:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть цю піктограму, щоб вибрати дані, у яких виконуватиметься пошук: "
-"назви пакунків, резюме, повні описи або списки файлів, що містяться у "
-"пакунках."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Поле «Знайти»:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"У цьому полі можна вказати одне або декілька ключових слів. Якщо для пошук "
-"ви хочете використати декілька ключових слів, відокремте їх символом «|». "
-"Наприклад, якщо ви хочете знайти пакунки для mplayer або xine, вкажіть: "
-"«mplayer | xine» (без лапок)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Витерти все:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою натискання цієї піктограми можна вилучити всі ключові слова у "
-"полі «Знайти»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Список категорій:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"На цій панелі наведено список всіх програм і пакунків, розподілених за "
-"категоріями та підкатегоріями."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Панель опису:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"На цій панелі буде показано назву пакунка, резюме та короткий опис. Тут ви "
-"зможете знайти багато корисних даних щодо позначеного пакунка, а також точні "
-"дані щодо пакунка, включених до нього файлів та список змін у пакунку, "
-"створений супровідниками пакунка."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "Стовпчик стану"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Після належного визначення параметрів фільтрування ви можете шукати "
-"програмне забезпечення або за категоріями (у області 6 на рисунку) або за "
-"назвою, резюме, описом тощо, за допомогою області 4. Список пакунків, які "
-"відповідають вашому запиту на вказаних вами носіях пакунків, буде показано з "
-"позначками стану (встановлено, не встановлено, оновлення). Щоб змінити цей "
-"стан, просто позначте або зніміть позначку з пункту перед назвою пакунка у "
-"списку і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Застосувати</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Піктограма"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Умовне позначення"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Цей пакунок вже встановлено"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Цей пакунок буде встановлено"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Стан цього пакунка змінювати не можна"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Цей пакунок є оновленням"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Цей пакунок буде вилучено"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Приклади на наведеному вище знімку:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо зняти позначку з пункту digikam (значок з зеленою стрілкою означає, що "
-"цей пакунок встановлено), піктограма стану стане червоною із зображенням "
-"стрілки вгору. Пакунок буде вилучено одразу після натискання кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Застосувати</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо позначити пункт qdigidoc (пакунок не встановлено, як можна бачити зі "
-"стовпчика стану), у стовпчику стану з’явиться помаранчева піктограма стану "
-"зі стрілкою вниз. Пакунок буде встановлено одразу після натискання кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Застосувати</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Залежності"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Для належної роботи деяких пакунків доведеться встановити інші пакунки, які "
-"називають залежностями. Ці пакунки містять бібліотеки або додаткові "
-"інструменти. Якщо вам трапиться такий пакунок, rpmdrake покаже інформаційне "
-"вікно, за допомогою якого ви зможете погодитися зі встановленням "
-"залежностей, скасувати встановлення або отримати додаткові дані (див. вище). "
-"Також ви зможете вибрати потрібний вам пакунок, якщо залежності можна "
-"вдовольнити у декілька способів. rpmdrake просто покаже вам вікно зі списком "
-"варіантів задоволення залежностей і кнопками отримання додаткових даних та "
-"вибору пакунка, який слід встановити."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Налаштовування сканера"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Встановлення"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ви можете "
-"налаштувати пристрій сканера або багатофункціональний пристрій, у якому "
-"передбачено можливість сканування. Крім того, за допомогою модуля можна "
-"надати у спільне користування у межах локальної мережі пристрої, з’єднання з "
-"вашим комп’ютером, або отримати доступ до сканерів, з’єднаних з віддаленими "
-"комп’ютерами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Після першого запуску цієї програми ви можете побачити таке повідомлення:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Для використання сканера повинні бути встановлені пакунки SANE.</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ви хочете встановити пакунки SANE?</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Натисніть кнопку <emphasis>Так</emphasis>, щоб встановити потрібні пакунки. "
-"Якщо цього ще не було зроблено раніше, буде встановлено пакунки "
-"<code>scanner-gui</code> та <code>task-scanning</code>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо сканер було ідентифіковано належним чином, отже, у вікні, подібному до "
-"наведеного на знімку вище, показано назву вашого сканера, сканером можна "
-"користуватися, наприклад, у <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>, <emphasis>Skanlite</"
-"emphasis> або <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Отже, після цього ви можете налаштувати можливість <emphasis>спільного "
-"використання сканера</emphasis>. Відповідні відомості наведено у розділі "
-"<xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Втім, якщо програмі не вдалося належним чином ідентифікувати ваш сканер, "
-"перевірка кабелю та перемикача живлення показала, що все працює, а після "
-"натискання кнопки <emphasis>Шукати нові сканери</emphasis> сканерів не було "
-"знайдено, вам доведеться натиснути кнопку <emphasis>Додати сканер вручну</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть пункт виробника сканерів у списку, а потім виберіть марку сканера і "
-"натисніть кнопку <emphasis>Гаразд</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо вашого сканера у списку немає, натисніть кнопку <emphasis>Скасувати</"
-"emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Будь ласка, перевірте, чи передбачено підтримку вашого сканера за допомогою "
-"сторінки <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs."
-"html\">Підтримувані сканери SANE</link> і попросіть про допомогу на <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форумі</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Вибір порту"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Ви можете залишити незмінним типовий варіант, <emphasis>Автоматично "
-"визначити наявні порти</emphasis>, якщо ваш сканер з’єднано з комп’ютером не "
-"за допомогою паралельного порту. Якщо сканер все ж з’єднано за допомогою "
-"паралельного порту, виберіть <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (якщо сканер "
-"лише один)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Після натискання кнопки <emphasis>Гаразд</emphasis> у переважній більшості "
-"випадків ви побачите вікно, подібне до наведеного на знімку нижче."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо подібне вікно не було показано, будь ласка, ознайомтеся з вмістом "
-"розділу <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "Спільне використання сканерів"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Тут ви можете вказати, чи приєднані до цієї машини сканери можуть бути "
-"доступними для інших комп’ютерів, і для яких саме. Ви також можете "
-"визначитися з тим, чи можна буде користуватися сканерами, з’єднаними з "
-"іншими комп’ютерами з вашого комп’ютера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Сканер є доступним для машин: можна додати або вилучити назви або IP-адреси "
-"вузлів, яким надано доступ до локальних пристроїв на цьому комп’ютері."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Використання віддалених сканерів: можна додати до списку вузлів, яким надано "
-"доступ до віддаленого сканера, назву або IP-адресу нового вузла або вилучити "
-"зі списку наявний запис вузла."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-"Сканер є доступним для машин: за допомогою цього пункту можна запустити "
-"інструмент додавання вузла."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Сканер є доступним для машин: вкажіть вузли, які слід додати до списку "
-"вузлів з доступом або надайте доступ усіх віддаленим вузлам."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"«Всі віддалені машини» — надати доступ до вашого локального сканера "
-"користувачам усіх віддалених комп’ютерів у локальній мережі."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ще не встановлено пакунок <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, програма-майстер "
-"запропонує його встановити."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Нарешті, програма внесе зміни до цих файлів:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (додавання або коментування "
-"директиви «net»)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Також буде налаштовано на запуск під час завантаження системи фонові служби "
-"<emphasis>saned</emphasis> та <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Специфічні поради"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Робота з більшістю сканерів, а також принтерів HP забезпечується програмою "
-"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Якщо ви маєте справу зі сканером "
-"саме цієї фірми, вам буде запропоновано скористатися для налаштовування "
-"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Драйвери можна отримати за допомогою <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz."
-"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">цієї сторінки пошуку</link>. Щоб "
-"скористатися сканером, вам доведеться спочатку встановити пакунок «iscan-"
-"data», а потім пакунок «iscan» (саме у такому порядку). Іноді під час "
-"встановлення пакунка iscan може бути показано повідомлення про конфлікт з "
-"пакунком sane. Користувачами цього пакунка повідомлялося, що такі "
-"попередження можна сміливо ігнорувати."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Додаткові кроки зі встановлення"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Можливо, що після позначення порту для вашого сканера на сторінці <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> вам доведеться виконати ще один або декілька "
-"кроків налаштовування вашого сканера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Робота з деякими сканерами вимагає вивантаження мікропрограми на сканер під "
-"час кожного його запуску. За допомогою модуля налаштовування сканера можна "
-"наказати системі завантажувати цю мікропрограму на пристрій після з’єднання "
-"його з комп’ютером. За допомогою цього вікна ви можете встановити "
-"мікропрограму з компакт-диска або встановленої системи Windows чи встановити "
-"мікропрограму отриману з сайта виробника пристрою у інтернеті."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо для роботи з вашим сканером потрібно завантажити мікропрограму, перша "
-"спроба скористатися пристроєм може бути доволі довгою, ймовірно, тривалішою "
-"за одну хвилину. Будьте терплячими."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Крім того, може бути показано пораду щодо внесення змін до файла <emphasis>/"
-"etc/sane.d/«назва_відповідного_модуля_SANE_».conf</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ретельно ознайомтеся з цими та іншими настановами. Якщо вони вам не "
-"допоможуть, не вагайтеся і попросіть про допомогу на <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форумі</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Керування програмами"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів "
-"керування пакунками з програмним забезпеченням. Натисніть на посиланні, "
-"розташованому нижче, щоб дізнатися більше."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis>= Поновити систему</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Налаштувати джерела "
-"встановлення і поновлення</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Встановлення і налаштовування принтера"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Завданнями з друку у Mageia керує сервер, який називається CUPS. У сервера є "
-"власний <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">інтерфейс "
-"налаштовування</link>, доступ до якого здійснюється за допомогою програми "
-"для перегляду сторінок інтернету. Втім, у Mageia передбачено і власний "
-"інструмент для встановлення і налаштовування драйверів принтерів, який "
-"називається system-config-printer і використовується також у інших "
-"дистрибутивах, зокрема Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu та openSUSE."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Вам варто увімкнути доступ до сховищ пакунків, які не є вільними, (non-free) "
-"до того, як ви продовжите встановлення, оскільки пакунки деяких з драйверів "
-"зберігаються лише у цьому сховищі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для роботи з програмою "
-"доведеться вказати пароль адміністративного користувача (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Керувати встановленням драйверів до принтерів можна за допомогою розділу "
-"<guilabel>Обладнання</guilabel> Центру керування Mageia. Вам просто слід "
-"вибрати пункт <guilabel>Налаштувати друк і сканування</guilabel><placeholder "
-"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC попросить у вас дозволу щодо встановлення двох пакунків:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Вам слід погодитися на встановлення цих пакунків, щоб продовжити роботу з "
-"програмою. За залежностями може бути встановлено до 230 МБ даних."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб додати принтер, натисніть кнопку <guilabel>Додати</guilabel>. Система "
-"спробує виявити всі доступні принтери і порти. На знімку показано пункт "
-"принтера, з’єднаного за допомогою USB. Якщо принтер буде виявлено, його буде "
-"показано у першому рядку списку. За допомогою цього ж вікна можна "
-"налаштувати мережевий принтер."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Принтер було виявлено автоматично"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Зазвичай, це стосується принтерів, з’єднаних з комп’ютером за допомогою "
-"кабелю USB. Програма автоматично визначає назву принтера і показує її. "
-"Виберіть принтер і натисніть кнопку <guilabel>Далі</guilabel>. Якщо з "
-"принтером пов’язано відомий системі драйвер, його буде встановлено "
-"автоматично. Якщо можна скористатися одним з декількох драйверів або або "
-"системі не вдасться визначити найкращий драйвер, буде показано вікно з "
-"проханням вибрати драйвер, пояснення до якого наведено у наступному розділі. "
-"Продовжіть читання з розділу <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Принтер не вдалося виявити автоматично"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Після вибору порту система завантажить список драйверів і покаже вікно для "
-"вибору драйвера. Ви зможете вибрати один з наведених нижче варіантів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "вибрати принтер з бази даних"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "надати PPD-файл"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "пошукати драйвер для звантаження"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо буде вибрано варіант з пошуком у базі даних, програма спочатку "
-"запропонує вам вибрати назви компанії-виробника принтера, а потім назву "
-"пристрою та драйвер, пов’язаний з роботою цього пристрою. Якщо можна буде "
-"скористатися декількома драйверами, варто вибрати з них рекомендований. Якщо "
-"у вас виникають якісь проблеми з роботою рекомендованого драйвера, виберіть "
-"той з драйверів, який працює найкраще."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Завершення процедури встановлення"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Після вибору драйвера буде відкрито вікно введення даних, які допоможуть "
-"системі позначити і розпізнати принтер. У першому рядку слід ввести назву "
-"пристрою, яку буде показано у програмах у списку доступних принтерів. Після "
-"введення даних засіб встановлення драйвера запропонує надрукувати тестову "
-"сторінку. Щойно буде закрито сторінку тестового друку, запис принтера буде "
-"додано до списку доступних принтерів, ним можна буде користуватися."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Мережний принтер"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Мережні принтери — це принтери, які безпосередньо з’єднано з дротовою або "
-"бездротовою мережею, сервером друку або іншою робочою станцією, яка працює у "
-"режимі сервера друку."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Часто, варто налаштувати сервер DHCP на автоматичну прив’язку IP-адреси до "
-"MAC-принтера. Звичайно ж, якщо ця адреса є фіксованою, вона має збігатися з "
-"IP-адресою принтера, на яку налаштовано сервер друку."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"MAC-адреса принтера — це серійний номер, який надається принтеру, серверу "
-"друку або комп’ютеру, з яким з’єднано принтер, і яку можна визначити за "
-"допомогою тестової сторінки, надрукованої самим принтером або наклейки на "
-"принтері або сервері друку. Якщо ваш принтер спільного користування з’єднано "
-"з системою Mageia, ви можете виконати від імені користувача root "
-"(адміністратора) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, щоб "
-"визначити цю MAC-адресу. MAC-адресою є послідовність цифр і літер після "
-"слова «HWaddr»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Додати ваш мережний принтер можна так: виберіть протокол, який "
-"використовується принтером для обміну даними мережею з вашим комп’ютером. "
-"Якщо ви не знаєте, який протокол слід вибрати, ви можете спробувати "
-"скористатися пунктом <guilabel>Мережний принтер</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>Знайти мережний принтер</guilabel> у меню <guilabel>Пристрої</"
-"guilabel> і вказати IP-адресу принтера у полі праворуч, де вказано «вузол»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо програмі вдасться виявити ваш принтер або сервер друку, вона запропонує "
-"вам визначені параметри протоколу та черги друку. Втім, ви можете вибрати "
-"потрібний вам варіант зі списку, розташованого нижче, або вказати належну "
-"назву черги друку, якщо відповідного пункту немає у списку."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Для визначення переліку протоколів, підтримку яких передбачено у сервері "
-"друку, та відповідних назв черг друку зверніться до документації з сервера "
-"друку, яким ви користуєтеся."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "Протоколи друку мережею"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Однією з сучасних методик роботи з принтерами є розроблена Hewlett-Packard "
-"технологія під назвою JetDirect. За її допомогою можна здійснювати доступ до "
-"принтера, безпосередньо з’єднаного з мережею за допомогою порту Ethernet. "
-"Вам слід буде вказати IP-адресу, яка використовується принтером у мережі. Ця "
-"технологія використовується також у деяких ADSL-маршрутизаторах, у яких "
-"передбачено порт USB для під’єднання принтера. Якщо ви користуєтеся таким "
-"маршрутизатором, слід вказати його IP-адресу. Зауважте, що програма «Hp "
-"Device manager» може працювати з динамічно визначеною IP-адресою, визначаючи "
-"адресу файла пристрою як <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;назва_принтера&gt;</"
-"emphasis> . Для такого динамічного визначення фіксована IP-адреса не "
-"потрібна."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть пункт <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> у списку "
-"протоколів і вкажіть адресу у полі <guilabel>Вузол:</guilabel>. Не змінюйте "
-"вміст поля <guilabel>Номер порту</guilabel>, якщо не певні, що це слід "
-"зробити. Після вибору протоколу виконайте вибір драйвера відповідно до вже "
-"описаної процедури."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Серед інших можливих протоколів такі:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Протокол друку інтернетом (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ до "
-"якого здійснюється у мережі TCP/IP за допомогою протоколу IPP. Наприклад, "
-"принтер, з’єднаний з робочою станцією, де використовується CUPS. Цей "
-"протокол може також використовуватися деякими маршрутизаторами ADSL."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Протокол друку інтернетом (https)</emphasis>: те саме, що і ipp, "
-"але з використанням передавання даних HTTP з захистом TLS. Слід вказати "
-"порт. Типовим номером порту є 631."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Протокол друку інтернетом (ipps)</emphasis>: те саме, що і ipp, "
-"але із захистом TLS."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Вузол або принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ до якого "
-"здійснюється у мережі TCP/IP за допомогою протоколу LPD. Наприклад, принтер, "
-"з’єднаний з робочою станцією, на якій використовується LPD."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер у спільному "
-"користуванні, з’єднаний з робочою станцією під керуванням Windows або "
-"сервером SMB."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"Крім того, адресу URI можна додати безпосередньо. Ось декілька прикладів "
-"форматування адреси URI:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-адреса-або-назва-вузла:порт</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Протокол друку Інтернетом (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-адреса-або-назва-вузла:номер-порту/ресурс</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-адреса-або-назва-вузла:номер-порту/ресурс</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "Протокол фонової служби лінійного принтера (LPD)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://користувач@ip-адреса-або-назва-вузла/черга</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Додаткові відомості можна знайти у <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/"
-"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">документації до CUPS</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Властивості пристрою"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ви можете переглянути і змінити параметри роботи пристрою. За допомогою меню "
-"можна отримати доступ до панелі налаштовування сервера CUPS. Типово, сервер "
-"CUPS запускається вашою операційною системою, але ви можете вибрати інший "
-"варіант за допомогою пункту меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> → "
-"<guimenuitem>З’єднатись...</guimenuitem>. Інше вікно налаштовування "
-"параметрів сервера можна відкрити за допомогою пункту меню <guimenu>Сервер</"
-"guimenu> → <guimenuitem>Параметри</guimenuitem>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Діагностика проблем"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Дані щодо помилок, які могли трапитися під час друку, можна знайти у файлі "
-"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Крім того, ви можете скористатися інструментом для діагностування і "
-"вирішення проблем. Доступ до нього можна отримати за допомогою пункту меню "
-"<guimenu>Довідка</guimenu> → <guilabel>Усунення проблем з друком</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Драйверів, потрібних для роботи певних принтерів, немає у сховищах пакунків "
-"Mageia через ліцензійні проблеми або ці драйвери є непрацездатними. Якщо ви "
-"не можете знайти потрібного драйвера скористайтеся сторінкою системи <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link>, щоб "
-"переконатися, чи існує драйвер взагалі. Якщо виявиться, що драйвер існує, "
-"перевірте, чи немає пакунка з цим драйвером у сховищах Mageia. Якщо такий "
-"пакунок буде виявлено, встановіть його вручну. Після встановлення драйвера "
-"повторіть процедуру встановлення і налаштовування принтера. Про проблеми "
-"повідомляйте за допомогою системи стеження за вадами дистрибутива або "
-"форуму. Також можна повідомляти про побажання щодо роботи програм "
-"налаштовування та про те, чи працює принтер після встановлення. Нижче "
-"наведено декілька адрес, за якими можна знайти найновіші версії драйверів "
-"або драйвери до найновіших пристроїв."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтери Brother</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"На <link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/"
-"linux/en/download_prn.html\">цій сторінці</link> можна знайти список "
-"драйверів, які надаються Brother. Знайдіть драйвер до вашого пристрою, "
-"звантажте пакунки rpm з ним і встановіть ці пакунки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Драйвери Brother слід встановити до запуску програми для налаштовування "
-"системи друку."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтери та багатофункціональні пристрої Hewlett-"
-"Packard</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Для цих пристроїв використовуються програми з комплекту hplip. Цей комплект "
-"програм буде автоматично встановлено після вибору принтера. Докладніші "
-"відомості щодо комплекту програм можна знайти <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">тут</link>. Програму «HP Device "
-"Manager» (Керування пристроями HP) можна буде знайти у меню системи. Довідку "
-"щодо налаштовування принтера можна знайти <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">тут</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Багатофункціональні пристрої HP потребують встановлення драйвера принтера, "
-"щоб працювати і у режимі сканера. Зауважте, що іноді у інтерфейсі програми "
-"для сканування не передбачено можливостей зі сканування плівок або слайдів "
-"(не працює модуль для слайдів). У цьому випадку можна скористатися для "
-"сканування автономним режимом зі збереженням зображення на картку пам’яті "
-"або на флеш-пристрій USB, вставлений до багатофункціонального пристрою. "
-"Після сканування отримані зображення можна перенести з носія даних до "
-"сховища вашого улюбленого програмного забезпечення для роботи з зображеннями."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Кольорові принтери Samsung</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Драйвери для окремих кольорових принтерів Samsung і Xerox, що працюють за "
-"допомогою протоколу QPDL, можна <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/"
-"\">знайти тут</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтери і сканери Epson</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Драйвери можна отримати за допомогою <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz."
-"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">цієї сторінки пошуку</link>. Щоб "
-"скористатися сканером, вам доведеться спочатку встановити пакунок «iscan-"
-"data», а потім пакунок «iscan» (саме у такому порядку). Крім того, може "
-"виникнути потреба у встановленні пакунка iscan-plugin. Виберіть пакунки "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis>, архітектура яких відповідає встановленій на вашому "
-"комп’ютері системі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Іноді під час встановлення пакунка iscan може бути показано повідомлення про "
-"конфлікт з пакунком sane. Користувачами цього пакунка повідомлялося, що такі "
-"попередження можна сміливо ігнорувати."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтери Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви працюєте з принтерами Canon, вам може стати у пригоді програма, яка "
-"називається turboprint. Відповідний (тестовий) пакунок можна отримати <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">тут</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Імпортування документів і параметрів Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора "
-"(root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цього інструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати за допомогою сторінки <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> "
-"Центру керування Mageia, пункт <guilabel>Імпортувати документи і "
-"налаштування Windows™</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього інструмента адміністратор системи може імпортувати "
-"документи і налаштування облікових записів користувачів зі встановленої "
-"системи <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP або <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> на тому самому "
-"комп’ютері, на якому встановлено Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Будь ласка, зауважте, що усі зміни буде застосовано негайно після натискання "
-"кнопки <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Після запуску transfugdrake ви побачите першу сторінку майстра з поясненнями "
-"щодо призначення програми та варіантами імпортування даних."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Щойно ви прочитаєте і зрозумієте настанови, натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>. У відповідь програма виконає виявлення "
-"відповідних даних у встановленій операційній системі <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Після завершення процедури виявлення даних ви побачите сторінку, за "
-"допомогою якої зможете вибрати облікові записи у <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> та Mageia для виконання процедури з "
-"імпортування. Ви можете вибрати не лише свій обліковий запис."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Будь ласка, зверніть увагу на те, що через обмеження migrate-assistant "
-"(основного компонента transfugdrake) назви облікових записів <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, які містять спеціальні символи "
-"(кирилицю), може бути показано некоректно."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr "Тривалість перенесення даних залежатиме від розміру тек з документами."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Деякі програми <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (зокрема "
-"драйвери) можуть створювати облікові записи для реалізації спеціальних "
-"можливостей. Наприклад, драйвери NVidia у <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> оновлюються за допомогою облікового запису "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Будь ласка, не використовуйте такі "
-"облікові записи для імпортування даних."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Після завершення вибору способу імпортування облікових записів натисніть "
-"кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>. Наступне вікно використовується для "
-"вибору способу імпортування документів:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake розроблено для імпортування даних <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> з тек <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My "
-"Music</emphasis> та <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Ви можете наказати "
-"системі не виконувати імпортування певних даних, знявши позначення з "
-"відповідного пункту у цьому вікні."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Після завершення вибору способу імпортування документів натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>. Наступне вікно використовується для вибору "
-"способу імпортування закладок:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake може імпортувати дані закладок <emphasis>Internet Explorer</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> до закладок програми "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>, яку встановлено у Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть бажаний варіант імпортування і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою наступної сторінки ви зможете імпортувати зображення тла "
-"стільниці:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть бажаний варіант і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"На останній сторінці майстра буде показано повідомлення з вітанням. Просто "
-"натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Завершити</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Користувачі і групи"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цього інструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-"отримати за допомогою сторінки <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> "
-"Центру керування Mageia, пункт «Керувати користувачами системи»."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цього інструмента адміністратор системи може керувати "
-"користувачами і групами користувачів, тобто може додавати або вилучати "
-"користувача або групу та вносити зміни до параметрів запису користувача і "
-"групи (ідентифікатора, командної оболонки тощо)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"У відкритому вікні userdrake список усіх користувачів системи буде показано "
-"на вкладці <guibutton>Користувачі</guibutton>, а список усіх груп — на "
-"вкладці <guibutton>Групи</guibutton>. Принципи роботи з обома вкладками є "
-"однаковими."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1. Додати користувача</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї кнопки можна відкрити нове вікно з незаповненими полями:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ім’я повністю</emphasis> призначено для "
-"введення прізвища та імені, але ви можете ввести до нього будь-які дані!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Користувач</emphasis> є єдиним обов’язковим до "
-"заповнення полем."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Ми наполегливо рекомендуємо вам встановити <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пароль</"
-"emphasis> до облікового запису користувача. Праворуч від поля пароля ви "
-"побачите невеличке зображення щита. Якщо колір цього щита буде червоним, "
-"вказаний пароль є надто простим, надто коротким або надто подібним до назви "
-"облікового запису. У паролі вам слід використовувати цифри, малі і великі "
-"літери, знаки пунктуації тощо. З підвищенням складності пароля колір щита "
-"зміниться на жовтий, а потім на зелений."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"У полі <emphasis role=\"bold\">Підтвердіть пароль</emphasis> вам слід "
-"повторно ввести пароль, щоб забезпечити його відповідність вашим намірам "
-"щодо його символів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Командна оболонка</emphasis>: за допомогою цього "
-"спадного списку ви можете змінити командну оболонку, яка "
-"використовуватиметься для роботи користувача, обліковий запис якого ви "
-"додаєте. Можливі такі варіанти: Bash, Dash та Sh."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо буде позначено пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Створити особисту групу "
-"для користувача</emphasis>, userdrake автоматично створить групу з тією ж "
-"назвою, що і назва облікового запису нового користувача, і єдиним учасником "
-"(пізніше параметри групи можна змінити)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Призначення інших пунктів діалогового вікна має бути зрозумілим з написів. "
-"Запис нового користувача буде створено одразу після натискання кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2. Додати групу</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Вам слід вказати лише назву нової групи і, якщо це потрібно, специфічний "
-"номер-ідентифікатор групи."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3. Виправити</emphasis> (позначений запис "
-"користувача)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Дані користувача</guibutton>: за допомогою цієї вкладки ви можете "
-"змінити усі дані, вказані для облікового запису користувача під час його "
-"створення (втім, ідентифікатор запису користувача змінювати не можна)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Інформація про користувачів</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Перший пункт призначено для встановлення граничного строку дії облікового "
-"запису. По завершенню строку дії вхід до облікового запису стане неможливим. "
-"Цим пунктом можна скористатися для створення тимчасових облікових записів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"Другий пункт призначено для блокування облікового запису. Вхід до "
-"заблокованих облікових записів є неможливим."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "Також можна змінити піктограму користувача."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Інформація про пароль</emphasis>: за допомогою цієї "
-"вкладки ви можете встановити строк дії пароля. Встановлення строку дії "
-"примушує користувача до періодичної зміни пароля з метою забезпечення "
-"кращого захисту системи від несанкційованого втручання."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Групи</emphasis>: за допомогою цієї вкладки ви "
-"можете вибрати групи, учасником яких буде користувач."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо зміни буде внесено до облікового запису користувача, який уже працює у "
-"системі, ці зміни не набудуть чинності, доки користувач не вийде з системи і "
-"не увійде до неї знову."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4. Виправити</emphasis> (позначену групу)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Дані групи</emphasis>: за допомогою цієї вкладки "
-"можна змінити назву групи."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Згрупувати користувачів</emphasis>: за допомогою "
-"цієї вкладки ви можете вибрати користувачів, які будуть учасниками групи."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5. Вилучити</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб вилучити обліковий запис користувача або групи, позначте цей запис у "
-"списку і натисніть кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Вилучити</emphasis>. Якщо "
-"було позначено пункт облікового запису користувача, буде показано вікно з "
-"питанням, чи слід вилучати також домашній каталог та каталог поштової "
-"скриньки користувача. Якщо для облікового запису користувача було створено "
-"особисту групу, цю групу буде вилучено разом з обліковим записом користувача."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "Можна вилучити групу, яка не є порожньою."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6. Поновити</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Базу даних облікових записів користувачів може бути змінено з-поза меж "
-"Userdrake. Натисніть цю кнопку, щоб оновити дані у списку."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7. Обліковий запис для гостей</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> є особливим обліковим записом. Його "
-"призначено для надання комусь тимчасового доступу до системи з максимальними "
-"заходами безпеки. Ім’ям користувача такого запису є xguest, пароль є "
-"порожнім. Внесення будь-яких змін до системи з цього облікового запису є "
-"неможливим. Особисті каталоги користувача цього облікового запису "
-"вилучатимуться одразу по завершенню сеансу роботи у обліковому записі. "
-"Типово, цей обліковий запис увімкнено. Щоб вимкнути його, скористайтеся "
-"пунктом меню <guimenu>Дії -> Вилучити обліковий запис для гостей</guimenu>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Налаштовування графічного сервера"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">XFdrake</emphasis> від імені звичайного користувача "
-"або команду <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root). "
-"Зверніть увагу на регістр використаних у командах літер."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ до цієї програми можна отримати з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Обладнання</emphasis>. Достатньо вибрати на цій "
-"сторінці пункт <emphasis><guilabel>Налаштувати графічний сервер</guilabel></"
-"emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цих кнопок можна налаштувати параметри графічної підсистеми."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Графічна карта</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Тут показано виявлений програмою тип графічної картки та відповідний "
-"драйвер. Натисніть кнопку, щоб змінити драйвер на інший, наприклад драйвер з "
-"закритим кодом від виробника."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступні драйвери впорядковано у списку <guilabel>Виробник</guilabel> за "
-"виробником за абеткою, а потім за моделлю за абеткою. Вільні драйвери "
-"впорядковано за абеткою у списку <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо у вас виникнуть проблеми, ви можете скористатися варіантом "
-"<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>, який працює для більшості карток і надасть "
-"вам змогу знайти і встановити належний драйвер, працюючи у вашому "
-"стільничному середовищі."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо навіть Vesa не працюватиме, виберіть варіант <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</"
-"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, який використовується під "
-"час встановлення Mageia, але не надає змоги змінювати роздільну здатність "
-"або частоту оновлення зображення."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви раніше вибрали вільний драйвер, система може запропонувати вам "
-"скористатися замість нього закритим драйвером, який має ширші можливості "
-"(наприклад, може використовувати можливості апаратного прискорення під час "
-"показу просторових об’єктів)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Монітор:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Поряд з цим пунктом буде показано визначений системою монітор. Натисніть "
-"кнопку, щоб змінити визначену назву на іншу. Якщо потрібного вам пункту "
-"немає у списку <guilabel>Виробник</guilabel>, ви можете вибрати аналогічний "
-"монітор у списку <guilabel>Загальний</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Роздільна здатність:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою цієї кнопки можна вибрати роздільну здатність (кількість "
-"пікселів) та глибину кольорів (кількість кольорів у показаному зображенні). "
-"У відповідь на її натискання буде показано таке вікно:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Якщо ви зміните глибину "
-"кольорів, поряд із другою кнопкою буде показано панель спектра з попереднім "
-"переглядом спектра для вибраної вами глибини кольорів."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"На цій кнопці буде показано поточну роздільну здатність. Натисніть її, щоб "
-"змінити роздільну здатність. У списку буде показано можливі варіанти, що "
-"відповідають можливостям графічної картки та монітора. Ви можете вибрати "
-"пункт <guilabel>Інші</guilabel>, щоб вказати іншу роздільну здатність, але "
-"варто зважати на те, що довільне визначення параметрів роздільної здатності "
-"може призвести до пошкодження монітора або порушення комфортності роботи."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"На другій кнопці буде показано поточну глибину кольорів. Натисніть кнопку, "
-"щоб змінити глибину кольорів на іншу."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Залежно від вибраної роздільної здатності, може знадобитися вихід з "
-"графічного середовища і наступний вхід до нього для того, щоб змінені "
-"налаштовування набули чинності."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Перевірити:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Щойно налаштовування буде завершено, рекомендуємо вам перевірити їх до "
-"натискання кнопки <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>, оскільки простіше негайно "
-"змінити значення параметрів, ніж отримати непрацездатне графічне середовище."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо після налаштовування працездатність графічного середовище буде "
-"порушено, натисніть комбінацію клавіш Alt+Ctrl+F2, щоб відкрити текстову "
-"консоль, увійдіть до системи від імені адміністратора (root) і віддайте "
-"команду XFdrake (перші дві літери мають бути великими), щоб скористатися "
-"текстовою версією XFdrake."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо визначені параметри не спрацюють, просто дочекайтеся завершення "
-"перевірки, щоб повернутися до працездатних значень параметрів. Якщо значення "
-"спрацюють, але ви все одно хочете їх змінити, натисніть кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Ні</guibutton>. Якщо ж отримані результати вас задовольнять, "
-"натисніть кнопку <guibutton role=\"bold\">Гаразд</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Параметри:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"У розділі <guilabel>Загальні параметри</guilabel> ви можете налаштувати "
-"систему на перезапуск графічного сервера за допомогою комбінації клавіш Ctrl"
-"+Alt+Backspace."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою розділу <guilabel>Параметри графічної картки</guilabel> можна "
-"увімкнути або вимкнути три специфічних можливості, що залежать від типу "
-"графічної картки."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Графічний інтерфейс при завантаженні</guilabel>: здебільшого варто "
-"залишити варіант <emphasis>Автоматично стартувати графічну оболонку (Xorg) "
-"при завантаженні</emphasis>, щоб система завантажувалася у графічному "
-"режимі. Втім, ви можете зняти позначку, якщо завантаження має бути виконано "
-"без використання графічного сервера."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"У відповідь на натискання кнопки <guibutton>Вийти</guibutton> програма "
-"запропонує вам підтвердити вихід. Ви можете скасувати внесені зміни і "
-"зберегти попередні налаштування або підтвердити їх внесення. Якщо зміни буде "
-"підтверджено, вам доведеться вийти з облікового запису і знову увійти до "
-"нього, щоб задіяти внесені зміни."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-#~ "possible to set a password."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "За допомогою третьої і останньої частини, яка називається "
-#~ "<guibutton>Безпека</guibutton>, можна встановити пароль до завантажувача."
-
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "У вас система <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis>:"
-
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "У вас система <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis>:"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible "
-#~ "to choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "За допомогою додаткового вікна, відкрити яке можна натисканням кнопки "
-#~ "<guilabel>Додатково</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим відео</guilabel>."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to "
-#~ "select a driver from all the ones available on the computer that match "
-#~ "the sound card."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "За допомогою спадного списку <guilabel>Драйвер</guilabel> ви можете "
-#~ "вибрати потрібний для роботи звукової картки вашого комп’ютера драйвер зі "
-#~ "списку встановлених драйверів."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
-#~ "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
-#~ "possible for its enhanced features."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Здебільшого, для визначення драйвера достатньо можливостей програмного "
-#~ "інтерфейсу OSS або ALSA. Інтерфейс OSS є найстарішим, він надає доволі "
-#~ "базові можливості. Ми рекомендуємо вибрати ALSA, оскільки цей інтерфейс "
-#~ "надає значно ширші можливості."
-
-#~ msgid "Draksound1.png"
-#~ msgstr "Draksound1.png"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
-#~ "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a "
-#~ "driver for your device."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "За допомогою першої кнопки ви можете вибрати будь-який драйвер. При цьому "
-#~ "не завадять певні знання з того, який драйвер слід вибрати. Цією кнопкою "
-#~ "не можна буде скористатися, якщо системою не буде виявлено драйвера до "
-#~ "вашого пристрою."
-
-#~ msgid "drakboot --boot"
-#~ msgstr "drakboot --boot"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-#~ "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести "
-#~ "команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> від імені "
-#~ "адміністратора (root)."
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the "
-#~ "Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</"
-#~ "emphasis>.¶"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Доступ до цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
-#~ "отримати з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis role=\"bold"
-#~ "\">Обладнання</emphasis>."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in "
-#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>На зображенні монітора "
-#~ "посередині вікна буде показано попередній перегляд поточних налаштувань."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 78522ea9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Центр керування Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">Інструменти для налаштовування системи Mageia</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов
-ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією
-<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від
-основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команди
-документування</link>, якщо хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 83e61d2b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Центр керування Mageia</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов
-ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю
-	    </para>
-	    <para>Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією
-<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
-	    </para>
-            <para>Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від
-основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команди
-документування</link>, якщо хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника.</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d77cb923..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Поновлення пакунків з програмами</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate або drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цієї програми<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> або <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна отримати
-з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis role="bold">Менеджер
-програм</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Для забезпечення працездатності MageiaUpdate слід належним чином налаштувати
-сховища, скориставшись drakrpm-editmedia та вказавши певні джерела пакунків
-як джерела для оновлення. Якщо ви ще цього не зробили, програма попросить
-вас виконати відповідне налаштовування.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Після запуску цього інструмента програма виконує сканування встановлених
-пакунків і показує список пакунків, оновлення яких з’явилися у сховищах
-дистрибутива. Типово, усі пункти пакунків буде позначено для автоматичного
-отримання та встановлення. Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Оновити</guibutton>,
-щоб розпочати цю процедуру.</para>
-
-  <para>Якщо ви натиснете пункт пакунка, у нижній частині вікна буде показано
-додаткові дані щодо пакунка. Символ <emphasis role="bold">></emphasis> перед
-заголовком у списку даних означає, що після натискання цієї стрілочки можна
-переглянути додатковий інформаційний блок.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Коли у сховищах дистрибутива з’являтимуться оновлення, аплет системного
-лотка попереджатиме вас, показуючи піктограму <inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>. Наведіть вказівник миші на цю піктограму
-і клацніть лівою кнопкою миші, введіть пароль вашого користувача, щоб
-оновити пакунки системи.</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 64fedad9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Налаштовування графічного сервера</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цієї програми можна отримати з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка
-<emphasis role="bold">Обладнання</emphasis>. Достатньо вибрати на цій
-сторінці пункт <emphasis><guilabel>Налаштувати графічний
-сервер</guilabel></emphasis>.  <footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">XFdrake</emphasis> від імені звичайного користувача
-або команду <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root). Зверніть увагу на регістр використаних у командах літер.</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цих кнопок можна налаштувати параметри графічної підсистеми.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Графічна карта</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Тут показано виявлений програмою тип графічної картки та відповідний
-драйвер. Натисніть кнопку, щоб змінити драйвер на інший, наприклад драйвер з
-закритим кодом від виробника.</para>
-
-  <para>Доступні драйвери впорядковано у списку <guilabel>Виробник</guilabel> за
-виробником за абеткою, а потім за моделлю за абеткою. Вільні драйвери
-впорядковано за абеткою у списку <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Якщо у вас виникнуть проблеми, ви можете скористатися варіантом
-<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>, який працює для більшості карток і надасть
-вам змогу знайти і встановити належний драйвер, працюючи у вашому
-стільничному середовищі.</para>
-
-      <para>Якщо навіть Vesa не працюватиме, виберіть варіант
-<emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>,
-який використовується під час встановлення Mageia, але не надає змоги
-змінювати роздільну здатність або частоту оновлення зображення.</para>
-    </note>Якщо ви раніше вибрали вільний драйвер, система може запропонувати вам
-скористатися замість нього закритим драйвером, який має ширші можливості
-(наприклад, може використовувати можливості апаратного прискорення під час
-показу просторових об’єктів).</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Монітор:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Поряд з цим пунктом буде показано визначений системою монітор. Натисніть
-кнопку, щоб змінити визначену назву на іншу. Якщо потрібного вам пункту
-немає у списку <guilabel>Виробник</guilabel>, ви можете вибрати аналогічний
-монітор у списку <guilabel>Загальний</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Роздільна здатність:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї кнопки можна вибрати роздільну здатність (кількість
-пікселів) та глибину кольорів (кількість кольорів у показаному
-зображенні). У відповідь на її натискання буде показано таке вікно:</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>Якщо ви зміните глибину кольорів,
-поряд із другою кнопкою буде показано панель спектра з попереднім переглядом
-спектра для вибраної вами глибини кольорів.</para>
-
-  <para>На цій кнопці буде показано поточну роздільну здатність. Натисніть її, щоб
-змінити роздільну здатність. У списку буде показано можливі варіанти, що
-відповідають можливостям графічної картки та монітора. Ви можете вибрати
-пункт <guilabel>Інші</guilabel>, щоб вказати іншу роздільну здатність, але
-варто зважати на те, що довільне визначення параметрів роздільної здатності
-може призвести до пошкодження монітора або порушення комфортності роботи.</para>
-
-  <para>На другій кнопці буде показано поточну глибину кольорів. Натисніть кнопку,
-щоб змінити глибину кольорів на іншу.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Залежно від вибраної роздільної здатності, може знадобитися вихід з
-графічного середовища і наступний вхід до нього для того, щоб змінені
-налаштовування набули чинності.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Перевірити:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Щойно налаштовування буде завершено, рекомендуємо вам перевірити їх до
-натискання кнопки <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>, оскільки простіше негайно
-змінити значення параметрів, ніж отримати непрацездатне графічне середовище.</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Якщо після налаштовування працездатність графічного середовище буде
-порушено, натисніть комбінацію клавіш Alt+Ctrl+F2, щоб відкрити текстову
-консоль, увійдіть до системи від імені адміністратора (root) і віддайте
-команду XFdrake (перші дві літери мають бути великими), щоб скористатися
-текстовою версією XFdrake.</para>
-    </note>Якщо визначені параметри не спрацюють, просто дочекайтеся завершення
-перевірки, щоб повернутися до працездатних значень параметрів. Якщо значення
-спрацюють, але ви все одно хочете їх змінити, натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Ні</guibutton>. Якщо ж отримані результати вас задовольнять,
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton role="bold">Гаразд</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>Параметри:</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>У розділі <guilabel>Загальні параметри</guilabel> ви можете налаштувати
-систему на перезапуск графічного сервера за допомогою комбінації клавіш
-Ctrl+Alt+Backspace.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>За допомогою розділу <guilabel>Параметри графічної картки</guilabel> можна
-увімкнути або вимкнути три специфічних можливості, що залежать від типу
-графічної картки.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>Графічний інтерфейс при завантаженні</guilabel>: здебільшого варто
-залишити варіант <emphasis>Автоматично стартувати графічну оболонку (Xorg)
-при завантаженні</emphasis>, щоб система завантажувалася у графічному
-режимі. Втім, ви можете зняти позначку, якщо завантаження має бути виконано
-без використання графічного сервера.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>У відповідь на натискання кнопки <guibutton>Вийти</guibutton> програма
-запропонує вам підтвердити вихід. Ви можете скасувати внесені зміни і
-зберегти попередні налаштування або підтвердити їх внесення. Якщо зміни буде
-підтверджено, вам доведеться вийти з облікового запису і знову увійти до
-нього, щоб задіяти внесені зміни.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f67e273..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Доступ до дисків і каталогів WebDAV спільного використання</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цієї програми<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-  </footnote> можна отримати
-з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка «Спільний доступ», позначка
-<guilabel>Налаштування доступу до WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вступ</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://uk.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> —
-протокол, за допомогою якого можна монтувати каталоги з сервера локально,
-так, що у системі відповідний каталог буде показано як локальний. На
-комп’ютері-сервері має бути запущено сервер WebDAV. Цей інструмент не
-призначено для налаштовування сервера WebDAV.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Створення власного пункту</title>
-
-    <para>На першій сторінці програми буде показано вже налаштовані запис, якщо такі
-вже було створено, та кнопку <guibutton>Нова</guibutton>. За допомогою
-натискання цієї кнопки можна створити новий запис. Вкажіть адресу сервера у
-поле сторінки, яку буде відкрито у відповідь на натискання кнопки.</para>
-
-    <para>Після цього буде показано вікно з пунктами-перемикачами для вибору наступних
-дій. Продовжіть з натискання кнопки <guibutton>Точка
-монтування</guibutton>. Після вибору пункту натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>, оскільки <guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> вже
-налаштовано. Втім, ви можете скористатися цим пунктом, якщо слід внести
-якісь зміни.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Доступ до віддаленого каталогу можна буде здійснювати за допомогою вказаної
-точки монтування.</para>
-
-    <para>На наступному кроці вам слід вказати ваше ім’я користувача та пароль. Якщо
-потрібні якісь інші налаштування, доступ до них можна отримати натиснувши
-кнопку <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Змонтувати</guibutton> можна змонтувати
-каталог для негайного використання.</para>
-
-    <para>Після підтвердження налаштування за допомогою пункту
-<guibutton>Виконано</guibutton> буде знову показано перше вікно з визначеною
-вами точкою монтування. Після вибору пункту <guibutton>Вийти</guibutton>
-програма спитає вас, чи слід записати внесені зміни до
-<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Виберіть бажаний варіант. Внесені до
-відповідного файла каталоги будуть доступними для користування одразу після
-завантаження системи. Якщо ви монтуєте каталог для одноразового
-користування, не зберігайте зміни до <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f56f0da..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Налаштування доступу до розділів жорсткого диска</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї простої програми<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> від імені
-адміністратора (root).</para></footnote> ви,
-як адміністратор, зможете надати користувачам змогу надавати підкаталоги з
-каталогу користувача у /home у спільне користування іншим користувачам у
-локальній мережі. Комп’ютери цих інших користувачів можуть працювати під
-керуванням операційних систем Linux або Windows.</para>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цього модуля можна отримати з Центру керування Mageia, вкладка
-«Локальні диски», пункт «Налаштувати доступ до розділів жорсткого диска».</para>
-
-  <para>Спочатку вам слід дати відповідь на питання: «<guilabel>Чи хотіли б ви
-дозволити користувачам надавати доступ до деяких з їхніх тек?</guilabel>»
-Позначте пункт <guibutton>Без спільного доступу</guibutton>, якщо доступ
-слід заборонити всім користувачам, пункт <guibutton>Дозволити всім
-користувачам</guibutton>, якщо доступ слід дозволити всім, і
-<guibutton>Спеціальний</guibutton>, якщо слід деяким користувачам заборонити
-доступ, а деяким надати. У останньому випадку, користувачі, які матимуть
-доступ до надання каталогів у спільне користування, мають належати до групи
-fileshare, яку буде автоматично створено системою. Додаткове питання щодо
-цього буде задано програмою на наступних кроках налаштовування.</para>
-
-  <para>Після натискання кнопки <guilabel>Гаразд</guilabel> з’явиться друга сторінка
-налаштувань, за допомогою якої ви зможете вибрати тип спільних ресурсів,
-<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> або <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Виберіть варіант
-<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, якщо єдиною операційною системою у локальній
-мережі є Linux. Якщо ж у мережі є комп’ютери під керуванням  Windows,
-виберіть пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Щойно вибір буде зроблено,
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>. Якщо це потрібно, система
-виконає встановлення необхідних для роботи з новими налаштуваннями пакунків.</para>
-
-  <para>Якщо не було вибрано варіант «Спеціальний», на цьому налаштовування буде
-завершено. Якщо ж ви вибрали варіант «Спеціальний», з’явиться додаткова
-сторінка, на якій програма попросить вас відкрити вікно програми
-Userdrake. За допомогою Userdrake ви зможете додати користувачів, яким буде
-дозволено надавати каталоги у спільне користування, до групи fileshare. На
-вкладці «Користувачі» натисніть пункт користувача, якого слід додати до цієї
-групи, потім натисніть кнопку <guimenuitem>Виправити</guimenuitem>, на
-вкладці «Групи». Позначте пункт групи fileshare і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>. Докладніший опис програми Userdrake можна
-знайти у розділі <xref linkend="userdrake"/>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Щоб внесені вами зміни набули чинності, після додавання нового користувача
-до групи fileshare, слід від’єднати комп’ютер від локальної мережі, а потім
-встановити з’єднання повторно.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Після цієї операції кожен з учасників групи fileshare зможе просто позначити
-у програмі для керування файлами свого графічного середовища пункт каталогу,
-дані з якого слід надати у спільне користування, і скористатися можливостями
-з надання спільного доступу цієї програми (такі можливості передбачено не у
-всіх програмах).</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b5551c26..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Налаштування спільного доступу до дисків і тек NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вступ</title>
-
-    <para>За допомогою цієї програми<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-      </footnote> ви можете
-оголосити деякі з каталогів спільного користування доступними всім
-користувачам комп’ютера. Використаний для цього протокол — NFS, протокол, що
-використовується у більшості систем Linux або Unix. Такі спільні каталоги
-стануть доступними для користувачів одразу після завантаження
-системи. Доступ до спільних каталогів можна здійснювати безпосередньо з
-робочого сеансу користувача за допомогою програм для керування файлами.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Процедура</title>
-
-    <para>Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Пошук серверів</guibutton>, щоб отримати список
-серверів, які надають каталоги у спільне користування.</para>
-
-    <para>Натисніть пункт з назвою сервера, а потім кнопку «&gt;» перед цією назвою,
-щоб переглянути список спільних каталогів. Позначте пункт каталогу, до якого
-ви хочете отримати доступ.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Стане доступною кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтування</guibutton>, за допомогою
-якої ви зможете вказати точку монтування для каталогу.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Після вибору точки монтування ви можете наказати системі змонтувати
-каталог. Ви також можете перевірити або змінити параметри монтування за
-допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Параметри</guibutton>. Після монтування каталогу
-його можна демонтувати за допомогою тієї самої кнопки.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Після підтвердження налаштувань натисканням кнопки
-<guibutton>Зроблено</guibutton> система попросить вас відповісти на питання
-щодо того, чи бажаєте ви зберегти внесені зміни до /etc/fstab. Внесення змін
-до цього файла зробить каталог доступним одразу після завантаження системи,
-якщо локальна мережа є доступною. Після цього доступ до нового каталогу
-можна буде здійснювати за допомогою програми для керування файлами вашої
-системи, наприклад Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0993dc95..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Програма для запису КД/DVD</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цього модуля<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> від імені
-адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна отримати
-за допомогою вкладки «Локальні диски» Центру керування Mageia. Пункт модуля
-буде підписано відповідно до назви портативного носія даних (лише для
-програвачів компакт-дисків та DVD та зчитувачів дискет0. </para>
-
-  <para>Модуль призначено для визначення способу монтування портативних дисків. </para>
-
-  <para>У верхній частині вікна буде показано короткий опис обладнання та параметрів
-його монтування. За допомогою меню, показаного у нижній частині вікна, ви
-зможете змінити параметри монтування. Позначте у меню пункт і натисніть
-кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>. </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Точка монтування</title>
-
-    <para>Позначте цей пункт, якщо хочете змінити точку монтування. Типовою точкою
-монтування є /media/cdrom.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Параметри</title>
-
-    <para>Змінити параметри монтування можна або безпосередньо за допомогою списку,
-або після натискання кнопки <guilabel>Додатково</guilabel>. Основними
-параметрами є:</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>user</title>
-
-      <para>Позначенням пункту «user» можна дозволити звичайному користувачеві (не root)
-монтувати портативні диски. Позначення пункту призведе до позначення пунктів
-noexec, nosuid та nodev. Демонтувати змонтований диск може лише користувач,
-який його змонтував. </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d6508820..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Налаштування спільного доступу до дисків і тек Windows (SMB)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вступ</title>
-
-    <para>За допомогою цієї програми<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-      </footnote> ви можете
-вказати каталоги, доступ до яких зможуть отримувати всі користувачі
-комп’ютера. Для доступу буде використано протокол SMB, який набув
-популярності разом з операційними системами Windows®. Доступ до каталогу
-спільного користування можна буде отримати одразу після завантаження
-системи. Доступ до каталогів спільного користування можна також отримати в
-межах окремого сеансу за допомогою програм для керування файлами.</para>
-
-    <para>До запуску цієї програми варто визначити назви доступних серверів, наприклад
-за допомогою <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Процедура</title>
-
-    <para>Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Пошук серверів</guibutton>, щоб отримати список
-серверів, які надають каталоги у спільне користування.</para>
-
-    <para>Натисніть пункт з назвою сервера, а потім кнопку «&gt;» перед цією назвою,
-щоб переглянути список спільних каталогів. Позначте пункт каталогу, до якого
-ви хочете отримати доступ.</para>
-
-    <para>Стане доступною кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтування</guibutton>, за допомогою
-якої ви зможете вказати точку монтування для каталогу.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Після вибору точки монтування ви можете наказати системі змонтувати каталог
-за допомогою кнопки <guimenu>Монтувати</guimenu>. Ви також можете перевірити
-або змінити параметри монтування за допомогою кнопки
-<guibutton>Параметри</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para>За допомогою вікна параметрів ви можете вказати ім’я користувача і пароль,
-яким мають користуватися ті, хто хоче з’єднатися з сервером SMB. Після
-монтування каталогу його можна демонтувати за допомогою тієї самої кнопки.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Після підтвердження налаштувань натисканням кнопки
-<guibutton>Зроблено</guibutton> система попросить вас відповісти на питання
-щодо того, чи бажаєте ви зберегти внесені зміни до /etc/fstab. Внесення змін
-до цього файла зробить каталог доступним одразу після завантаження системи,
-якщо локальна мережа є доступною. Після цього доступ до нового каталогу
-можна буде здійснювати за допомогою програми для керування файлами вашої
-системи, наприклад Dolphin.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index be87056a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Ефекти 3D-стільниці</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вступ</title>
-
-    <para>За допомогою цієї програми<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote> ви можете
-керувати ефектами просторового відтворення у вашій операційній
-системі. Типово такі ефекти вимкнено.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>Початкові зауваження</title>
-
-    <para>Щоб скористатися цим інструментом, вам слід встановити пакунок glxinfo. Якщо
-цей пакунок ще не було встановлено, система попросить вас встановити його до
-того, як запустить drak3d.</para>
-
-    <para>Після запуску drak3d буде показано вікно меню. За допомогою цього вікна ви
-зможете вибрати варіант роботи: <guilabel>Без ефектів
-3D-стільниці</guilabel> або <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz
-Fusion є частиною композитної системи керування вікнами, яка уможливлює
-використання спеціальних ефектів з апаратним прискоренням на вашій
-стільниці. Виберіть варіант <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, щоб
-увімкнути таку композитну систему керування вікнами.</para>
-
-    <para>Якщо ви вперше користуєтеся цією програмою після початкового встановлення
-Mageia, система покаже повідомлення з попередженням щодо того, що для роботи
-Compiz Fusion слід встановити деякі пакунки. Натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Щойно буде встановлено відповідні пакунки, ви побачите позначений пункт
-Compiz Fusion у меню drak3d. Втім, для користування новими ефектами слід
-вийти з облікового запису користувача і знову увійти до нього.</para>
-
-    <para>Після повторного входу до системи буде задіяно Compiz Fusion. Налаштувати
-Compiz Fusion можна за допомогою програми ccsm (CompizConfig Settings
-Manager).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вирішення проблем</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Після входу до системи не видно стільниці</title>
-
-      <para>Якщо після вмикання Compiz Fusion і спроби увійти до облікового запису, ви
-нічого не побачите, перезавантажте операційну систему, щоб повернутися до
-вікна входу до системи. У цьому вікні натисніть кнопку «Стільниця» і
-виберіть drak3d.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Після входу до системи, якщо ваш обліковий запис є адміністративним, система
-попросить вас ввести пароль до вашого облікового запису. Якщо ж ваш
-обліковий запис не є адміністративним, скористайтеся обліковим записом
-адміністратора. Після входу до адміністративного облікового запису ви
-зможете скасувати зміни у системі, які призвели до її непрацездатності.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72d793c9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Розпізнавання</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї програми<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para></footnote> ви можете
-змінити спосіб, у який виконуватиметься вас як користувача системи або
-мережі.</para>
-
-  <para>Типово, дані для вашого розпізнавання зберігаються у файлі на вашому
-комп’ютері. Вносьте до нього зміни, лише якщо вас про це попросить
-адміністратор мережі. Відповідні дані для внесення змін має бути надано саме
-адміністратором мережі.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 92ff1832..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">Налаштовування автореєстрації</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї програми<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна
-наказати системі завантажуватися до облікового запису того самого
-користувача та до того самого стільничного середовища без потреби у введенні
-пароля. Така можливість називається автореєстрацією. Зазвичай, такий спосіб
-завантаження є зручним, якщо комп’ютером буде користуватися лише один
-користувач.</para>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цієї програми можна отримати за допомогою сторінки <emphasis
-role="bold">«Завантаження»</emphasis> Центру керування Mageia. Пункт
-підписано «Налаштувати автореєстрацію».</para>
-
-  <para>Призначення кнопок інтерфейсу є доволі очевидним:</para>
-
-  <para>Позначте пункт <guibutton>Запускати графічну оболонку при
-завантаженні</guibutton>, якщо ви хочете запускати систему X Window під час
-завантаження. Якщо пункт позначено не буде, система запускатиметься у
-текстовому режимі. Втім, графічний інтерфейс можна буде запустити з
-текстового. Зробити це можна за допомогою команди «startx» або «systemctl
-start dm».</para>
-
-  <para>Якщо буде позначено перший пункт, ви отримаєте доступу до двох інших
-пунктів. Ви можете вибрати пункт <guibutton>Ні, мені не потрібна автоматична
-реєстрація</guibutton>, якщо ви хочете, щоб система продовжувала запитувати
-вас про те, до якого з облікових записів користувачів слід увійти, і просити
-ввести пароль. Іншим варіантом є позначення пункту <guibutton>Так, я хочу
-реєструватися в системі з цим (іменем, стільницею)</guibutton>, у цьому
-випадку вам слід вказати значення для пунктів <guilabel>Типовий
-користувач</guilabel> і <guilabel>Типова стільниця</guilabel>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 12822409..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Налаштовування способу завантаження системи</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Якщо ви користуєтеся системою з UEFI замість BIOS, інтерфейс користувача
-трохи відрізнятиметься, оскільки завантажувальний пристрій, очевидно, є
-розділом системи EFI (ESP).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї програми<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна
-налаштувати варіанти завантаження комп’ютера (вибрати завантажувач,
-встановити пароль, визначити типовий варіант завантаження тощо).</para>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цієї програми можна отримати за допомогою сторінки «Завантаження»
-Центру керування Mageia. Пункт підписано «Налаштувати спосіб завантаження
-системи».</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Не користуйтеся цією програмою, якщо ви не впевнені щодо наслідків свої
-дій. Внесення змін до певних параметрів завантаження може завадити штатному
-завантаженню вашої системи!</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>За допомогою першої групи з назвою <guilabel>Завантажувач</guilabel>, якщо
-використовується BIOS, можна вибрати завантажувач, який слід
-використовувати, Grub, Grub2 або Lilo, та визначити яким буде меню,
-графічним або текстовим. Вибір типу меню є лише питанням смаку, ніяких інших
-наслідків для роботи комп’ютера він не матиме. Крім того, ви можете
-встановити <guibutton>Пристрій завантаження</guibutton>. Не змінюйте його,
-якщо ви не є знавцем у питаннях завантаження. Пристрій завантаження — це
-пристрій, на якому буде встановлено завантажувач, будь-які зміни можуть
-завадити завантаженню системи.</para>
-
-  <para>У системах UEFI завантажувачем є <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel>,
-встановлений на розділі /boot/EFI. Цей розділ у форматі FAT32 є спільним для
-усіх встановлених операційних систем.</para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою другої групи, <guilabel>Основні параметри</guilabel>, ви можете
-встановити <guibutton>Паузу перед завантаженням основної системи</guibutton>
-у секундах. Під час цієї паузи grub або Lilo показуватиме список операційних
-систем і проситиме вас вибрати бажану систему. Якщо протягом паузи вибір не
-буде здійснено, завантажувачем буде завантажено типову систему.</para>
-
-  <para>Третя і остання частина має назву <guibutton>Безпека</guibutton>. Тут можна
-налаштувати пароль до завантажувача. Визначення пароля означатиме, що під
-час завантаження системи для вибору запису для завантаження або зміни
-параметрів завантаження доведеться вводити пароль. Іменем користувача буде
-«root», а пароль слід буде ввести саме такий, який ви тут визначите.</para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна отримати доступ
-до додаткових параметрів.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Увімкнути ACPI:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface або інтерфейс додаткового
-налаштовування та живлення) — стандарт керування живленням. За його
-допомогою можна заощаджувати енергію призупиненням роботи пристроїв, що не
-використовуються. Цей спосіб використовувався до APM. Позначте цей пункт,
-якщо ваше обладнання є сумісним з ACPI.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Увімкнути SMP</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP — скорочення від Symmetric Multi Processors (симетрична
-багатпроцесорність), так називається архітектура багатопроцесорних систем.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Якщо у вашому комп’ютері встановлено процесор з підтримкою технології
-HyperThreading, Mageia визначить його як подвійний процесор і увімкне SMP.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Увімкнути APIC</guibutton> і <guibutton>Увімкнути локальний
-APIC:</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC — абревіатура від Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller
-(покращений програмований контролер переривань). У системах APIC Intel є два
-компоненти: локальний APIC (LAPIC) та APIC введення-виведення. Цей контролер
-переспрямовує переривання, які він отримує з периферійних каналів на один
-або декілька APIC у процесорі. Такі контролери є доволі корисними у
-багатопроцесорних системах. Деякі комп’ютери можуть мати проблеми з системою
-APIC, що призводять до заморожування роботи або помилкового виявлення
-пристроїв (повідомлення про помилку «spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Якщо
-з вашим комп’ютером трапляються такі негаразди, вимкніть APIC і/або
-локальний APIC.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Вміст <guibutton>наступної</guibutton> сторінки залежатиме від того, який
-завантажувач було вибрано.</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>У вас встановлено застарілу версію Grub або Lilo:</para>
-
-      <para>У цьому випадку ви побачите список усіх доступних пунктів меню
-завантаження. Типовий пункт позначено зірочкою. Щоб змінити порядок пунктів
-меню, позначте якийсь з пунктів і натисніть кнопку зі стрілкою вгору або
-вниз, щоб пересунути його. У відповідь на натискання кнопки
-<guibutton>Додати</guibutton> або <guibutton>Змінити</guibutton> буде
-показано нове вікно, за допомогою якого ви зможете додати новий пункт меню
-завантажувача або змінити вже наявний пункт меню. Не використовуйте ці
-кнопки, якщо ви не знайомі з синтаксисом команд Lilo або Grub.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Вміст поля <guilabel>Мітка</guilabel> може бути довільним. Сюди ви можете
-вписати будь-що, що хочете бачити у меню. Цей пункт відповідає команді Grub
-«title». Приклад: Mageia3.</para>
-
-      <para>У полі <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> має бути вказано назву ядра. Цей пункт
-відповідає команді Grub «kernel». Приклад: /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
-
-      <para>У полі <guilabel>Root</guilabel> має бути вказано назву пристрою, на якому
-зберігається ядро. Цей пункт відповідає команді Grub «root». Приклад:
-(hd0,1).</para>
-
-      <para>У полі <guilabel>Приєднати</guilabel> має бути вказано параметри, які
-передаються ядру під час завантаження.</para>
-
-      <para>Якщо буде позначено пункт <guilabel>Основна</guilabel>, Grub завантажуватиме
-відповідну систему як основну.</para>
-
-      <para>За допомогою додаткового вікна, відкрити яке можна натисканням кнопки
-<guilabel>Додатково</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим відео</guilabel>,
-<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> та <guilabel>Мережевий профіль</guilabel>,
-див. <xref linkend="draknetprofile"/>, зі спадних списків.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>У вас встановлено Grub2 або Grub2-efi (завантажувачі, які типово
-використовуються у режимі сумісності і режимі UEFI, відповідно):</para>
-
-      <para>У цьому випадку у спадному списку <guilabel>Типовий</guilabel> буде показано
-усі доступні пункти. Натисніть на тому з них, який ви хочете зробити
-типовим.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>У полі <guilabel>Приєднати</guilabel> має бути вказано параметри, які
-передаються ядру під час завантаження.</para>
-
-      <para>Якщо на комп’ютері встановлено інші операційні системи, Mageia спробує
-додати ці системи до вашого меню завантаження Mageia. Якщо вам це не
-потрібно, зніміть позначку з пункту <guilabel>Зондування сторонньої
-ОС</guilabel>.</para>
-
-      <para>За допомогою додаткового вікна, відкрити яке можна натисканням кнопки
-<guilabel>Додатково</guilabel>, можна вибрати <guilabel>Режим
-відео</guilabel>. Якщо ви не хочете завантажувати Mageia безпосередньо,
-передавши це завдання ланцюжковому завантажувачу іншої операційної системи,
-позначте пункт <guilabel>Не чіпати ESP або MBR</guilabel> і підтвердьте дію
-після прочитання попередження.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>Якщо не буде встановлено завантажувач на ESP або MBR, вашу нову систему не
-можна буде завантажити без ланцюжкового завантажувача з іншої операційної
-системи.</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>Для налаштовування інших параметрів ви можете скористатися програмою
-<emphasis>Налаштовувач Grub</emphasis>, пакунок якої можна знайти у сховищах
-Mageia (див. нижче).</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dbd4a4de..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Засіб звітування про вади у Mageia</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Зазвичай, цей інструмент<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> запускається
-автоматично після аварійного завершення якогось з інструментів Mageia. Втім,
-може так статися, що після створення звіту щодо вади вас попросять запустити
-цей інструмент для перевірки наданих ним даних з наступним наданням їх у вже
-створеному звіті щодо вади.</para>
-
-  <para>Якщо виникне потреба у створенні звіту щодо вади, а ви цього ще ніколи не
-робили, будь ласка, ознайомтеся зі сторінкою <link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Як
-створити належний звіт щодо вади?</link>, перш ніж натискати кнопку «Звіт».</para>
-
-  <para>Якщо звіт щодо цієї вади вже оформлено кимось іншим (у цьому випадку
-повідомлення щодо помилки, створене drakbug, буде тим самим), варто додати
-коментар до цього звіту, щоб розробники побачили, що вада зустрічається не
-лише у одній системі.</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 361fa598..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Збирання даних з журналів та системи для створення звітів щодо вад</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Цю програму<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para></footnote> можна запустити лише з
-командного рядка.</para>
-
-<para>Вам варто вивести дані, отримані за допомогою цієї програми, до файла,
-наприклад так: <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>. Втім, спершу слід переконатися, що у системі є
-достатньо вільного місця на диску: об’єм файла може досягти значення у
-декілька гігабайтів.</para>
-<note><para>Виведені дані є надто об’ємним, щоб долучати до звіту щодо вади без
-попереднього вилучення непотрібних частин.</para></note>
-  <para>Ця програма збере такі дані щодо вашої системи:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>На час написання цієї сторінки довідки частина «syslog» виведених цією
-програмою даних була порожньою, оскільки програму ще не пристосовано до
-нової системи ведення журналу, systemd. Якщо у вашій системі ця частина є
-порожньою, отримати відповідні дані можна за допомогою такої команди
-(команду слід віддавати від імені користувача root): <emphasis role="bold">
-journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Якщо на диску не дуже багато
-місця, ви можете, наприклад, вивести лише останні 5000 рядків журналу:
-<emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
-journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fcc447f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Керування параметрами дати і часу</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Цю програму<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна запустити за
-допомогою сторінки «Система» Центру керування Mageia. Відповідний пункт
-підписано <guilabel>Налаштувати дату і час</guilabel>. У деяких стільничних
-середовищах програму можна запустити за допомогою клацання правою кнопкою
-миші на віджеті годинника у системному лотку з наступним вибором пункту
-«Скоригувати дату і час...».</para>
-
-  <para>Це дуже проста програма.</para>
-
-  <para>У верхній лівій частині розташовано панель <emphasis
-role="bold">календаря</emphasis>. На наведеному вище знімку вікна показано
-дату: «квітень» (у верхньому лівому куті), 2013 (у верхньому правому куті),
-6 число (синім кольором), неділя. Вибрати місяць (або рік) можна натисканням
-маленьких стрілочок з боків від напису «квітень» (або «2013»). День можна
-вибрати натисканням відповідного пункту у календарі.</para>
-
-  <para>У нижній лівій частині вікна розташовано панель синхронізації <emphasis
-role="bold">Протокол Network Time</emphasis>. Ви можете підтримувати завжди
-точні покази годинника за допомогою синхронізації часу з сервером. Позначте
-пункт <guilabel>Увімкнути протокол Network Time</guilabel> і виберіть
-найближчий до вашого розташування сервер.</para>
-
-  <para>У правій частині вікна розташовано панель <emphasis
-role="bold">годинника</emphasis>. Якщо увімкнено NTP, зміна показаний на ній
-даних не має сенсу. У трьох полях годинника показано значення годин, хвилин
-та секунд (17, 8 і 13 на знімку вікна). Скористайтеся невеличкими
-стрілочками, щоб встановити на годиннику належне значення часу. Формат
-показу часу змінити не можна. Для зміни формату показу скористайтеся
-відповідною програмою з вашого стільничного середовища.</para>
-
-  <para>Нарешті, у правій нижній частині вікна можна вибрати часовий пояс. Для цього
-слід натиснути кнопку <guibutton>Змінити часовий пояс</guibutton> і вибрати
-відповідний пункт з наданого списку.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Незважаючи на те, що вибрати формат дати і часу за допомогою цієї програми
-неможливо, ці дані буде показано на вашій стільниці у відповідності з
-вказаними вами параметрами локалізації.</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b73ce04f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Вилучити з'єднання</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>За допомогою вікна програми ви можете вилучити мережевий
-інтерфейс<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para></footnote>.</para> 
-    <para>Натисніть пункт спадного меню, виберіть пункт, який слід вилучити, а потім
-натисніть кнопку <emphasis>Далі</emphasis>.</para> 
-    <para>Програма покаже повідомлення, що інтерфейс мережі було успішно вилучено.</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f776ae2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,838 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Налаштовування нового мережевого інтерфейсу (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вступ</title>
-
-    <para>За допомогою цього модуля<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-      </footnote> ви можете
-налаштувати доступ вашого комп’ютера до локальної мережі або інтернету. Вам
-знадобляться деякі дані від вашої компанії-надавача послуг або
-адміністратора вашої мережі.</para>
-
-    <para>Виберіть тип з’єднання, яке слід налаштувати. Тип визначається використаним
-вами обладнанням та параметрами роботи компанії-надавача послуг.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Нове дротове з’єднання (Ethernet)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>У першому вікні буде показано список доступних інтерфейсів. Виберіть той з
-них, який слід налаштувати.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>На цьому кроці можна визначитися зі способом отримання комп’ютером
-IP-адреси: автоматично або вручну.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Автоматична IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід визначити, отримуватиме
-комп’ютер дані щодо серверів DNS з сервера DHCP чи ці дані буде вказано
-вручну, у спосіб описаний нижче. У другому випадку вам слід буде вказати
-адреси серверів DNS. Тут також можна вказати назву вузла комп’ютера. Якщо
-назву вузла вказано не буде, буде призначено типову назву,
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Назву вузла може бути надано
-сервером DHCP, якщо буде позначено пункт <emphasis>Визначити назву вузла з
-адреси DHCP</emphasis>. Можливість визначення назви вузла передбачено не на
-всіх серверах DHCP. Якщо ви налаштовуєте ваш комп’ютер на отримання
-IP-адреси з домашнього маршрутизатора ADSL, навряд чи слід позначати цей
-пункт.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна додатково вказати
-такі параметри:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Домен пошуку (не можна вказати, якщо адреса надається сервером DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Клієнт DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Затримку DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Отримати сервери YP з DHCP (типово позначено): вкажіть сервер NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Отримати сервери NTPD з DHCP (визначає сервер синхронізації часу)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP потрібна назва вузла. Позначайте цей пункт, лише якщо сервер DHCP
-вимагає від своїх клієнтів вказувати назву вузла до призначення
-IP-адреси. Цей пункт може не працювати на деяких серверах DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Після підтвердження внесених змін наступні кроки налаштовування може бути
-виконано у загальний для всіх типів з’єднання спосіб: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Налаштування вручну</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід визначити, отримуватиме
-комп’ютер дані щодо серверів DNS з сервера DHCP чи ці дані буде вказано
-вручну, у спосіб описаний нижче. У другому випадку вам слід буде вказати
-адреси серверів DNS. Тут також можна вказати назву вузла комп’ютера. Якщо
-назву вузла вказано не буде, буде призначено типову назву,
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>У будинкових мережах IP-адреси завжди мають такий формат:
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маскою мережі є
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А дані щодо шлюзу та серверів DNS можна
-отримати з сайта вашого постачальника послуг.</para>
-
-            <para>За допомогою додаткових параметрів ви можете вказати <emphasis>Домен
-пошуку</emphasis>. Він має збігатися з назвою вашого вузла без першої
-частини, до крапки. Наприклад, якщо ваш комп’ютер має назву «comp1», а його
-повна назва у домені — «comp1.domivka.net», доменом пошуку має бути
-«domivka.net». Якщо вам точно не відомо, чи слід вказувати якийсь домен
-пошуку, його можна просто не вказувати. Знову ж таки, цей пункт не потрібен
-для налаштування домашнього ADSL.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Наступні кроки описано у розділі <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Нове супутникове з’єднання (DVB)</title>
-
-    <para>Цей розділ ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Нове кабельне з’єднання за допомогою модема</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>У першому вікні буде показано список доступних інтерфейсів. Виберіть той з
-них, який слід налаштувати.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>На цьому кроці можна визначитися зі способом отримання комп’ютером
-IP-адреси: автоматично або вручну.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Вам слід вказати спосіб розпізнавання (автентифікації):</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Немає</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin (потрібен для Telstra). У цьому випадку вам слід вказати ім’я
-користувача і пароль.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Автоматична IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Кабельний/Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід визначити,
-отримуватиме комп’ютер дані щодо серверів DNS з сервера DHCP чи ці дані буде
-вказано вручну, у спосіб описаний нижче. У другому випадку вам слід буде
-вказати адреси серверів DNS. Тут також можна вказати назву вузла
-комп’ютера. Якщо назву вузла вказано не буде, буде призначено типову назву,
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Назву вузла може бути надано
-сервером DHCP, якщо буде позначено пункт <emphasis>Визначити назву вузла з
-адреси DHCP</emphasis>. Можливість визначення назви вузла передбачено не на
-всіх серверах DHCP. Якщо ви налаштовуєте ваш комп’ютер на отримання
-IP-адреси з домашнього маршрутизатора ADSL, навряд чи слід позначати цей
-пункт.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна додатково вказати
-такі параметри:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Домен пошуку (не можна вказати, якщо адреса надається сервером DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Клієнт DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Затримку DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Отримати сервери YP з DHCP (типово позначено): вкажіть сервер NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Отримати сервери NTPD з DHCP (визначає сервер синхронізації часу)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP потрібна назва вузла. Позначайте цей пункт, лише якщо сервер DHCP
-вимагає від своїх клієнтів вказувати назву вузла до призначення
-IP-адреси. Цей пункт може не працювати на деяких серверах DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Після підтвердження внесених змін наступні кроки налаштовування може бути
-виконано у загальний для всіх типів з’єднання спосіб: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Налаштування вручну</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Кабельний/Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід визначити,
-отримуватиме комп’ютер дані щодо серверів DNS з сервера DHCP чи ці дані буде
-вказано вручну, у спосіб описаний нижче. У другому випадку вам слід буде
-вказати адреси серверів DNS. Тут також можна вказати назву вузла
-комп’ютера. Якщо назву вузла вказано не буде, буде призначено типову назву,
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>У будинкових мережах IP-адреси завжди мають такий формат:
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маскою мережі є
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А дані щодо шлюзу та серверів DNS можна
-отримати з сайта вашого постачальника послуг.</para>
-
-            <para>За допомогою додаткових параметрів ви можете вказати <emphasis>Домен
-пошуку</emphasis>. Він має збігатися з назвою вашого вузла без першої
-частини, до крапки. Наприклад, якщо ваш комп’ютер має назву «comp1», а його
-повна назва у домені — «comp1.domivka.net», доменом пошуку має бути
-«domivka.net». Якщо вам точно не відомо, чи слід вказувати якийсь домен
-пошуку, його можна просто не вказувати. Знову ж таки, цей пункт не потрібен
-для налаштування домашнього з’єднання.</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Наступні кроки описано у розділі <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Нове DSL-з’єднання</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Якщо програмою буде виявлено інтерфейси мережі, вона запропонує вибрати один
-з них і налаштувати його.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Програма запропонує список компаній, які буде розподілено за
-країнами. Виберіть вашу компанію. Якщо її пункту немає у списку, виберіть
-пункт <guilabel>Не показано</guilabel>, а потім вкажіть параметри, надані
-вам постачальником послуг.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Виберіть один з доступних протоколів:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Протокол динамічної конфігурації клієнта (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Налаштування TCP/IP вручну</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP через ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>PPP через Ethernet (PPoE)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Протокол тунелю точка-до-точки (PPTP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Параметри доступу</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Рахунок користувача (ім'я користувача)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Пароль рахунка</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Додатково) Віртуальний шлях ID (VPI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>(Додатково) Віртуальний коловий ID (VCI)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Наступні кроки описано у розділі <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Нове ISDN-з’єднання</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Програма-майстер попросить вас вказати пристрій для налаштовування:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Вибір вручну (Внутрішня плата ISDN)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Зовнішній модем ISDN</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Програма запропонує вам список обладнання, розподіленого за категоріями та
-виробниками. Виберіть вашу картку.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Виберіть один з доступних протоколів:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Протокол для всього іншого світу, окрім Європи (DHCP)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Європейський протокол (EDSS1)</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Програма запропонує список компаній, які буде розподілено за
-країнами. Виберіть вашу компанію. Якщо її пункту немає у списку, виберіть
-пункт <guilabel>Не показано</guilabel>, а потім вкажіть параметри, надані
-вам постачальником послуг. Після цього програма попросить вас вказати такі
-дані:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Назва зв'язку</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Номер телефону</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ID користувача</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Пароль рахунка</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Метод автентифікації</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Після цього виберіть спосіб отримання IP-адреси: автоматично чи вручну. У
-другому випадку вкажіть IP-адресу і маску підмережі.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>На наступному кроці слід вибрати спосіб отримання адрес серверів DNS:
-автоматично чи вручну. У випадку визначення вручну вам слід вказати такі
-дані:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Назва домену</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Перший і другий сервер DNS</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Вкажіть, чи слід визначати назву вузла на основі IP-адреси. Цей пункт слід
-позначати, лише якщо вам відомо, що постачальником послуг передбачено таке
-визначення.</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>На наступному кроці слід вибрати спосіб, у який комп’ютер отримуватиме
-адресу шлюзу, автоматично чи вручну. Якщо ви виберете спосіб отримання
-вручну, вам доведеться вказати IP-адресу.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Наступні кроки описано у розділі <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Нове бездротове з’єднання (WiFi)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>На першій сторінці буде показано список доступних інтерфейсів та пункт для
-драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Виберіть інтерфейс, який ви хочете
-налаштувати. Скористайтеся пунктом ndiswrapper, лише якщо інші способи
-налаштовування не призведуть до бажаних результатів.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>На цьому кроці ви зможете вибрати потрібну вам точку доступу зі списку
-точок, які було виявлено карткою.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Специфічний параметр для карток бездротового зв’язку:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Режим роботи:</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Керується</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Для отримання доступу до точки доступу (найпоширеніший випадок).</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Для налаштовування безпосереднього з’єднання між комп’ютерами.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Мережне ім'я (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Режим шифрування, залежить від параметрів налаштування вашої точки доступу.</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>Варто використовувати саме цей режим шифрування, якщо його підтримку
-передбачено з боку вашого обладнання.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>На застарілому обладнанні можливе використання лише цього способу
-шифрування.</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Ключ шифрування</para>
-
-            <para>Зазвичай надається разом з обладнанням, яке працює як точка доступу.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>На цьому кроці можна вибрати між автоматичним призначенням IP-адреси та
-визначенням її вручну.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Автоматична IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід визначити, отримуватиме
-комп’ютер дані щодо серверів DNS з сервера DHCP чи ці дані буде вказано
-вручну, у спосіб описаний нижче. У другому випадку вам слід буде вказати
-адреси серверів DNS. Тут також можна вказати назву вузла комп’ютера. Якщо
-назву вузла вказано не буде, буде призначено типову назву,
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Назву вузла може бути надано
-сервером DHCP, якщо буде позначено пункт <emphasis>Визначити назву вузла з
-адреси DHCP</emphasis>.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна додатково вказати
-такі параметри:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Домен пошуку (не можна вказати, якщо адреса надається сервером DHCP)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Клієнт DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Затримку DHCP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Отримати сервери YP з DHCP (типово позначено): вкажіть сервери NIS</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>Отримати сервери NTPD з DHCP (визначає сервер синхронізації часу)</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP потрібна назва вузла. Позначайте цей пункт, лише якщо сервер DHCP
-вимагає від своїх клієнтів вказувати назву вузла до призначення
-IP-адреси. Цей пункт може не працювати на деяких серверах DHCP.</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Після підтвердження налаштувань, визначених цим кроком, програма перейде до
-кроку, який є спільним для всіх налаштовувань з’єднань: <xref
-linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Налаштування вручну</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Параметри IP</emphasis>: вам слід вказати сервери DNS. Тут також
-можна вказати назву вузла комп’ютера. Якщо назву вузла не буде вказано,
-типово буде призначено назву <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
-
-            <para>У будинкових мережах IP-адреси завжди мають такий формат:
-<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маскою мережі є
-<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А дані щодо шлюзу та серверів DNS можна
-отримати з сайта вашого постачальника послуг.</para>
-
-            <para>За допомогою додаткових параметрів ви можете вказати <emphasis>Домен
-пошуку</emphasis>. Він має збігатися з назвою вашого вузла без першої
-частини, до крапки.</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Наступні кроки описано у розділі <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Нове з’єднання GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Якщо програмою буде виявлено інтерфейси бездротової мережі, вона запропонує
-вибрати один з них і налаштувати його.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Програма попросить вас вказати PIN-код. Не вказуйте, якщо PIN не потрібен.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Програма-майстер попросить вас вказати мережу. Якщо мережу не буде виявлено
-автоматично, виберіть варіант <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Програма запропонує список компаній, які буде розподілено за
-країнами. Виберіть вашу компанію. Якщо її пункту немає у списку, виберіть
-пункт <guilabel>Не показано</guilabel>, а потім вкажіть параметри, надані
-вам постачальником послуг.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Вкажіть параметри доступу</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Назва точки доступу</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Рахунок користувача (ім'я користувача)</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>Пароль рахунка</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Наступні кроки описано у розділі <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Нове з’єднання комутованого доступу до мережі з Bluetooth</title>
-
-    <para>Цей розділ ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Нове аналогове телефонне з’єднання за допомогою модема (POTS)</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Програма-майстер попросить вас вказати пристрій для налаштовування:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Вибір вручну</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>Виявлене обладнання, якщо обладнання вдасться виявити.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Список запропонованих портів. Виберіть потрібний вам порт.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Якщо цей пакунок ще не встановлено, програма запропонує встановити пакунок
-<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Вам буде запропоновано список постачальників послуг, поділений за
-країнами. Виберіть у ньому пункт вашого постачальника. Якщо відповідного
-пункту у списку не виявиться, виберіть пункт <guilabel>Не
-показано</guilabel>, а потім вкажіть значення параметрів, надані вашим
-постачальником послуг. Після цього програма попросить вас вказати параметри
-додзвону:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Назва з’єднання</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Номер телефону</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Ідентифікатор користувача</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Пароль</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>Розпізнавання</emphasis>, виберіть один з таких варіантів:</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>На основі скрипту</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>На основі термінала</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Наступні кроки описано у розділі <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>Завершення налаштовування</title>
-
-    <para>На наступному кроці ви можете вказати такі параметри:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Дозволити користувачам керувати з’єднанням</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>З’єднуватися під час завантаження</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Увімкнути облік потоку даних</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Дозволити керування інтерфейсом за допомогою Network
-Manager</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>У випадку бездротового з’єднання буде показано додатковий пункт
-<emphasis>Дозволити роумінг точки доступу</emphasis>. За допомогою цього
-пункту можна надати комп’ютеру змогу автоматично перемикатися між точками
-доступу відповідно до потужності сигналу.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> ви можете вказати:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Метрику (типово 10)</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Увімкнення мережі «вгарячу»</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Увімкнути тунелювання з IPv6 до IPv4</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>На останньому кроці можна визначити, чи буде виконано спробу з’єднатися
-негайно.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 01bc48aa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Відкриття консолі від імені адміністратора</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї програми<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> ви можете
-отримати доступ до консолі, відкритої від імені адміністратора системи
-(користувача root). Думаємо, цього опису достатньо, щоб зрозуміти, про що
-йдеться.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c8ac261..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Керування розділами диска</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk або diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Ця програма<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> або <emphasis
-role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote> є дуже потужною — найменша
-помилка або випадкове натискання клавіш може призвести до втрати всіх даних
-на розділі або навіть витирання всього жорсткого диска. З цієї причини вам
-буде показано наведене вище вікно над вікном програми. Натисніть кнопку
-<emphasis>Вийти</emphasis>, якщо ви не впевнені, чи бажаєте продовжувати
-роботу з програмою.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Якщо у вашій системі декілька жорстких дисків, ви можете перемкнутися на
-потрібний вам жорсткий диск вибором відповідної вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc
-тощо).</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Ви можете вибрати одну з багатьох дій, за допомогою яких ви можете
-скоригувати розподіл вашого диска відповідно до ваших потреб. Витирання
-всього жорсткого диска, поділ та об’єднання розділів, зміна розмірів
-розділів або файлової системи розділів, форматування або перегляд вмісту
-розділу: все це можна зробити за допомогою цієї програми. Кнопку
-<emphasis><guibutton>Очистити все</guibutton></emphasis> у нижній частині
-вікна призначено для витирання всього диска. Доступ до інших кнопок дій,
-розташованих праворуч, можна отримати після натискання розділу на картинці
-диска.</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>Якщо ви користуєтеся системою UEFI, ви побачите невеличкий розділ із назвою
-«Системний розділ EFI», змонтований як /boot/EFI. Не вилучайте його,
-оскільки на ньому містяться засоби завантаження усіх встановлених вами
-операційних систем.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Якщо позначений вами розділ змонтовано, як у наведеному нижче прикладі, ви
-не зможете скористатися діями зі зміни розміру, форматування або вилучення
-розділу. Щоб отримати доступ до цих дій, вам слід спочатку демонтувати
-розділ.</para>
-
-  <para>Зміну розмірів розділу можна виконувати лише за рахунок правої межі розділу.</para>
-
-  <para>Щоб змінити тип розділу (наприклад, з ext3 на ext4), вам слід вилучити
-розділ, а потім повторно створити його з новим значенням типу. Якщо буде
-позначено порожню частину диска, у вікні програми з’явиться кнопка
-<guibutton role="bold">Створити</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>Ви можете вибрати точку монтування, якої не існує. Якщо буде здійснено такий
-вибір, відповідну точку монтування буде створено.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Натискання кнопки <emphasis><guibutton>Перемкнути в режим
-експерта</guibutton></emphasis> надасть вам доступ до додаткових дій,
-зокрема визначення мітки розділу, як це показано на наведеному нижче знімку.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 809fcf30..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Налаштування програми для керування сеансами</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">За допомогою цієї програми<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para></footnote> ви можете
-вибрати засіб керування сеансами (менеджер реєстрації), який буде
-використано для входу до вашого стільничного середовища. У списку буде
-показано лише ті стільничні середовища, які встановлено у вашій системі.</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">Більшість користувачів помітять лише те, що зміниться вікно входу до
-системи. Втім, різні менеджери реєстрації мають також і різні
-можливості. LXDM є найневибагливішим і найпростішим, SDDM і GDM мають значно
-ширші можливості.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ea8943d0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Налаштовування особистого захисного шлюзу</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цієї програми<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна отримати
-за допомогою сторінки «Безпека» Центру керування Mageia, пункт «Встановити
-особистий захисний шлюз». Доступ до цього самого інструмента можна отримати
-і за допомогою першої вкладки пункту «Налаштувати правила безпеки системи,
-права доступу і перевірку».</para>
-
-  <para>Захисний шлюз з базовими можливостями типово встановлюється разом з
-Mageia. Усі вхідні з’єднання ззовні блокуються, якщо їх не було явним чином
-уповноважено. За допомогою вікна, знімок якого показано вище, ви можете
-вибрати служби, для яких прийматимуться зовнішні з’єднання. Якщо ви цінуєте
-вашу безпеку, зніміть позначку з першого пункту, <guilabel>Все (захисного
-шлюзу немає)</guilabel>, (вам же потрібен хоч якийсь захисний шлюз?) і
-позначте лише служби, потрібні для роботи.</para>
-
-  <para>Номери портів, які слід відкрити, можна вказати вручну. Натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Додатково</guibutton>, щоб відкрити нове вікно. У полі
-<guilabel>Інші порти</guilabel>, введіть бажані номери портів. Приклади:</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp: відкрити порт 80, протокол tcp</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp: відкрити усі порти від 24000 до 24010, протокол udp</para>
-
-  <para>Порти у списку слід відокремлювати пробілами.</para>
-
-  <para>Якщо буде позначено пункт <guilabel>Записувати повідомлення захисного шлюзу
-до системних журналів</guilabel>, повідомлення захисного шлюзу
-записуватимуться до загальносистемних журналів.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Якщо на вашому комп’ютері не працюють специфічні служби (інтернет-сервер,
-поштовий сервер, сервер надання файлів у спільне користування тощо), дуже
-ймовірно, що вам не слід позначати жодного пункту. Це навіть рекомендується,
-оскільки непозначені пункти не заважатимуть з’єднанню з інтернетом.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>За допомогою наступної сторінки налаштовування можна змінити параметри
-роботи діалогового захисного шлюзу. За допомогою цієї можливості ви можете
-наказати шлюзу попереджати вас про спроби з’єднання, якщо позначено лише
-перший пункт, <guilabel>Використовувати діалоговий захисний
-шлюз</guilabel>. Позначте другий пункт, якщо ви хочете, щоб програма
-попереджала вас, якщо виконується сканування портів (з метою пошуку
-вразливостей і входу до вашої системи). Усі інші пункти відповідають портам,
-які було відкрито за допомогою попередніх вікон. На наведеному нижче знімку
-два таких пункти: «сервер SSH» та «80:150/tcp». Позначте ці пункти, якщо ви
-хочете, щоб програма попереджала вас про кожну спробу встановлення з’єднання
-з цими портами.</para>
-
-  <para>Ці попередження надаються контекстними панелями повідомлень мережевого
-аплету.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою останньої сторінки програми можна вибрати, які з інтерфейсів
-мережі з’єднано з інтернетом, отже, які з них слід захищати. Щойно буде
-натиснуто кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>, система встановить потрібні
-для роботи пакунки.</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>Якщо ви не знаєте, який з варіантів слід вибрати, зазирніть на сторінку MCC
-«Мережа та Інтернет», пункт «Встановити новий мережевий інтерфейс».</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 06ababbc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Вилучення та встановлення шрифтів. Імпорт шрифтів Windows™</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цієї програми<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна отримати
-з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis
-role="bold">Система</emphasis>. За його допомогою цієї програми ви зможете
-керувати шрифтами у операційній системі. На знімку основного вікна
-інструмента показано:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>назви, стилі і розміри встановлених шрифтів;</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>попередній перегляд зразка позначеного шрифту;</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>кнопки, призначення яких пояснено нижче.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Отримати шрифти з Windows:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї кнопки можна автоматично додати шрифти, які буде знайдено
-на розділі з Windows. Щоб цією кнопкою можна було скористатися, на вашому
-комп’ютері має бути встановлено Microsoft Windows.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Параметри:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цього пункту ви можете вказати програми або пристрої
-(здебільшого принтери), які зможуть використовувати шрифти.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Вилучити:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Цю кнопку призначено для вилучення встановлених шрифтів для економії місця
-на диску. Будьте обережні з вилученням шрифтів, оскільки воно може зашкодити
-перегляду документів, у яких ці шрифти використано.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Імпортувати:</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї кнопки ви можете додавати сторонні шрифти (з
-компакт-дисків, інтернету тощо). Серед підтримуваних форматів ttf, pfa, pfb,
-pcf, pfm і gsf. Натисніть кнопку <emphasis
-role="bold">Імпортувати</emphasis>, а потім кнопку <emphasis
-role="bold">Додати</emphasis>. У відповідь буде відкрито вікно вибору
-файлів, за допомогою якого ви можете вибрати файли шрифтів для
-встановлення. Щойно вибір буде здійснено, ви зможете натиснути кнопку
-<emphasis role="bold">Встановити</emphasis>. Шрифти буде встановлено до теки
-/usr/share/fonts.</para>
-
-  <para>Якщо у списку шрифтів Drakfont ви не побачите змін у результаті встановлення
-або вилучення шрифтів, закрийте вікно програмі і повторно його
-відкрийте. Після цього внесені зміни має бути показано.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 32b1ea9a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Батьківський контроль</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Цю програму<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна запустити за
-допомогою Центру керування Mageia, сторінка «Безпека», пункт
-<guilabel>Батьківський контроль</guilabel>. Якщо цього пункту на сторінці не
-буде, вам слід встановити пакунок drakguard (цей пакунок типово не
-встановлено).</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Презентація</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard — це простий спосіб забезпечити роботу батьківського контролю на
-вашому комп’ютері, щоб обмежити дій користувачів та визначити часові межі
-використання певних програм протягом дня. У drakguard передбачено такі
-корисні можливості:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Обмеження доступу до інтернету вказаним користувачам вказаними часовими
-межами протягом дня. Це завдання виконується за допомогою захисного шлюзу
-shorewall, вбудованого до Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Заборона виконання певних команд вказаним користувачам. Такі користувачі
-зможуть виконувати вказані вами команди.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Обмеження доступу до сторінок інтернету на основі визначених вручну «чорних»
-і «білих» списків або динамічного блокування на основі вмісту сайтів. Для
-виконання цього завдання Drakguard використовує провідне рішення з відкритим
-кодом для батьківського контролю, DansGuardian.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Налаштовування батьківського контролю</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Якщо на вашому комп’ютері є розділи жорсткого диска з файловими системами
-Ext2, Ext3 або ReiserFS, ви побачите контекстне вікно з пропозицією
-налаштувати списки керування доступом, ACL, до цих розділів. ACL є
-можливістю ядра Linux, за допомогою якої можна блокувати доступ до окремих
-файлів вказаним користувачам. ACL вбудовано до файлових систем Ext4 і
-Btrfs. Для розділів з файловими системами Ext2, Ext3 або Reiserfs ці списки
-керування доступом слід вмикати окремо. Якщо ви погодитеся з вмиканням ACL,
-drakguard налаштує усі розділи, якими керує операційна система, на підтримку
-ACL і запропонує вам перезавантажити комп’ютер.</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>Увімкнути батьківський контроль</guibutton>: якщо буде позначено
-цей пункт, батьківський контроль буде увімкнено. Після цього програма
-відкриє доступ до вкладки <guilabel>Заблоковані програми</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Заблокувати весь обмін даними мережею</guibutton>: якщо буде
-позначено цей пункт, усі сайти буде заблоковано, окрім сайтів, вказаний на
-вкладці «Білий список». Якщо пункт не буде позначено, доступ до всіх сайтів
-буде відкрито, окрім сайтів, вказаних на вкладці «Чорний список».</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Доступ користувачів</guibutton>: доступ користувачів з лівого
-списку буде обмежено відповідно до визначених вами правил. Доступ
-користувачів з правого списку не буде обмежено, отже дорослі користувачі не
-матимуть проблем. Позначте пункт користувача у лівому списку і натисніть
-кнопку <guibutton>Додати</guibutton>, щоб додати користувача до дозволеного
-списку. Виберіть пункт користувача у правому списку і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton>, щоб вилучити користувача зі списку
-користувачів без обмеження у доступі.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Контроль часу:</guibutton> якщо буде позначено цей пункт, доступ
-до інтернету буде дозволено з обмеженнями у проміжку часу від часу
-<guilabel>Початок</guilabel> до часу <guilabel>Кінець</guilabel>. Доступ
-буде повністю заблоковано поза цим проміжком часу.</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Чорний»/«Білий» список</title>
-
-      <para>Вкажіть адресу сайта у першому полі у верхній частині вікна і натисніть
-кнопку <guibutton>Додати</guibutton>.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Заблоковані програми»</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Заблокувати визначені програми</guibutton>: за допомогою цього
-пункту можна увімкнути використання ACL для обмеження доступу до певних
-програм. Вкажіть шлях до програм, доступ до яких ви хочете заблокувати.</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>Розблокувати користувачів</guibutton>: доступ користувачів з
-правого списку не підлягатиме блокуванню на основі ACL.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 192db74c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Спільний доступ до Інтернету з іншими користувачами</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>Принципи</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Ця програма буде корисно, якщо ваш
-комп’ютер (3) з доступом до інтернету (2) з’єднано також з локальною мережею
-(1). Ви можете скористатися комп’ютером (3) як шлюзом, щоб надати доступ
-іншим робочим станціям, (5) і (6), у локальній мережі (1). Для цього у шлюзу
-має бути два інтерфейси; перший, наприклад картка Ethernet, має бути
-з’єднано з локальною мережею, а другий (4) — з’єднано з інтернетом (2).</para>
-
-    <para>На першому кроці слід перевірити, чи налаштовано мережу і доступ до
-інтернету, як це задокументовано у розділі <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>Майстер налаштовування шлюзу</title>
-
-    <para>Під час роботи майстра<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote> буде послідовно
-показано сторінки кроків, опис яких наведено нижче:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Якщо майстру не вдасться виявити принаймні два інтерфейси, він попередить
-про це і попросить вас припинити роботу мережі і налаштувати обладнання.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Вкажіть інтерфейс, який буде використано для з’єднання з інтернетом. Майстер
-налаштовування автоматично запропонує один з таких інтерфейсів, але вам слід
-перевірити коректність його пропозиції.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Вкажіть інтерфейс, який буде використано для з’єднань з локальною
-мережею. Майстер знову запропонує свій варіант. Перевірте, чи є він
-коректним.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Майстер запропонує параметри для локальної мережі, зокрема IP-адресу. маску
-мережі та назву домену. Перевірте, чи сумісні ці параметри з поточною
-конфігурацією. Рекомендуємо вам скористатися запропонованими значеннями.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Вкажіть, чи слід використовувати комп’ютер як сервер DNS. Якщо ви відповісте
-ствердно, майстер перевірить, чи встановлено у системі
-<code>bind</code>. Якщо ви не маєте наміру використовувати комп’ютер як
-сервер DNS, вкажіть адресу сервера DNS.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Вкажіть, чи слід використовувати комп’ютер як сервер DHCP server. Якщо ви
-відповісте ствердно, майстер перевірить, чи встановлено пакунок
-<code>dhcp-server</code> і запропонує вам його налаштувати, вказавши
-початкову та кінцеву адреси у діапазоні DHCP.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Вкажіть, чи слід використовувати комп’ютер як проксі-сервер. Якщо ви
-відповісте ствердно, майстер перевірить, чи встановлено пакунок
-<code>squid</code> і запропонує вам налаштувати проксі-сервер, вказавши
-адресу адміністратора сервера (типово admin@mydomain.com), назву
-проксі-сервера (типово myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (типово 3128) та розмір
-кешу (типово 100 МБ).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>На останньому кроці ви можете вказати, чи з’єднано шлюз з принтерами і чи
-слід надавати ці принтери у спільне користування.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>Програма попередить вас про потребу у перевірці параметрів захисного шлюзу,
-якщо його задіяно.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>Налаштовування клієнта</title>
-
-    <para>Якщо вами було налаштовано комп’ютер-шлюз з DHCP, достатньо буде вказати за
-допомогою засобу налаштовування мережі, що адресу буде отримано автоматично
-(за допомогою DHCP). Параметри буде отримано під час встановлення з’єднання
-з мережею. Цей спосіб працюватиме незалежно від операційної системи,
-встановленої на клієнтських комп’ютерах.</para>
-
-    <para>Якщо параметри мережі не будуть визначатися автоматично, вам слід зокрема
-вказати шлюз мережі, ввівши IP-адресу комп’ютера, який працюватиме шлюзом.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>Припинення спільного використання мережі</title>
-
-    <para>Якщо вам потрібно буде припинити спільне використання з’єднання з комп’ютера
-під керуванням Mageia, запустіть цю саму програму. У програмі передбачено
-можливість переналаштовування з’єднання або припинення надання з’єднання у
-спільне користування.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e34011e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Клієнти мережі</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Якщо деякі з комп’ютерів у вашій мережі надають доступ до власних служб і
-IP-адреси цих комп’ютерів є фіксованими, за допомогою цієї
-програми<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> ви зможете вказати назву
-служби, щоб спростити доступ до неї. Після визначення назви ви зможете
-використовувати її замість IP-адреси.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Додати</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї кнопки ви можете додавати назви нових систем. Після її
-натискання буде відкрито вікно для визначення IP-адреси, назви вузла системи
-та, якщо потрібно, альтернативної назви, яку буде використано у той самий
-спосіб, що і основну.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Змінити</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї кнопки можна отримати доступ до зміни параметрів раніше
-визначеного запису. Вікно, яке буде відкрито у відповідь на натискання цієї
-кнопки, є тим самим, що і вікно, яке можна відкрити за допомогою попередньої
-кнопки.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c03f4f10..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Додаткові налаштування мережевого інтерфейсу і захисного шлюзу</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Цю сторінку ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>
-
-  <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d370786..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Мережевий центр</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цього модуля<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна отримати
-за допомогою вкладки «Мережа та Інтернет» Центру керування Mageia. Пункт
-підписано «Мережевий центр».</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вступ</title>
-
-    <para>Після запуску модуля буде відкрито вікно зі списком усіх мереж, налаштованих
-на комп’ютері, незалежно від типу (дротова, бездротова, супутникова тощо). У
-відповідь на натискання пункту мережі буде показано три або чотири кнопки,
-залежно від типу мережі. За допомогою цих кнопок ви зможете спостерігати за
-мережею змінювати параметри роботи мережі, встановлювати або розривати
-з’єднання. Цей модуль не призначено для створення запису з’єднання. Створити
-запис з’єднання можна за допомогою пункту <guilabel>Встановити новий
-мережевий інтерфейс (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на тій самій сторінці
-Центру керування Mageia.</para>
-
-    <para>На наведеному нижче знімку вікна показано приклад з двома пунктами
-мережі. Перша з мереж є дротовою, з нею встановлено з’єднання, про що можна
-дізнатися з відповідної піктограми <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> (пункти мереж, з якими не встановлено з’єднання, позначаються так:
-<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject> ). Другий же пункт відповідає
-бездротовій мережі, з якою не встановлено з’єднання, що позначено такою
-піктограмою6 <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>. Якби з’єднання
-було встановлено, було б показано таку піктограму: <inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>. Позначення кольорами стану з’єднання для
-інших мереж є тим самим: зелений колір позначає встановлене з’єднання, а
-червоний — невстановлене.</para>
-
-    <para>У розділі бездротової мережі показано список виявлених мереж з даними щодо
-<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Потужності сигналу</guilabel>,
-використання шифрування у мережі (червоний — використовується шифрування,
-зелений — шифрування не використовується) та <guilabel>Режиму
-роботи</guilabel>. Клацніть на бажаному пункті, а потім натисніть одну з цих
-кнопок: <guibutton>Спостерігати</guibutton>,
-<guibutton>Налаштувати</guibutton> або
-<guibutton>З’єднатися</guibutton>. Так можна перемикати систему з
-використання однієї мережі на використання іншої. Якщо вибрано приватну
-мережу, буде відкрито вікно параметрів мережі (див. нижче), за допомогою
-якого програма спробує дізнатися у вас значення додаткових параметрів
-(зокрема ключа шифрування).</para>
-
-    <para>Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Оновити</guibutton>, щоб оновити дані на екрані.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Кнопка «Спостерігати»</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>З допомогою цієї кнопки ви зможете спостерігати за обміном даними у мережі,
-отриманням комп’ютером даних («Отримання», червона лінія) та вивантаженням
-даних («Вивантаження», зелена лінія). Доступ до цього інструмента можна
-також отримати навівши вказівник миші на позначку засобу керування
-інтернетом у лотку системи, клацнувши правою кнопкою миші і вибравши пункт
-<guimenu>Спостерігати за мережею</guimenu>.</para>
-
-    <para>Для кожного з інтерфейсів мережі передбачено власну вкладку (у нашому
-прикладі eth0 — дротова мережа, lo — локальний петльовий інтерфейс, а wlan0
-— бездротова мережа). Крім того, буде показано вкладку «з’єднання», за
-допомогою якої можна спостерігати за станом з’єднань.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>У нижній частині списку пунктів ви побачите пункт <guilabel>Увімкнути облік
-потоку даних</guilabel>, докладний опис якого наведено у наступному розділі.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Кнопка «Налаштувати»</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A — Дротова мережа</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Можна змінити усіх параметри, визначені під час створення запису мережі. У
-переважній більшості випадків варто позначити пункт <guibutton>Автоматична
-IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, але якщо виникають
-проблеми, визначення адреси вручну може бути кращим варіантом.</para>
-
-    <para>У будинкових мережах <guilabel>IP-адреси</guilabel> завжди мають такий
-формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маскою мережі</guilabel>
-є <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А дані щодо <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel>
-та <guilabel>серверів DNS</guilabel> можна отримати з сайта вашого
-постачальника послуг.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Увімкнути облік потоку даних</guibutton>: якщо буде позначено цей
-пункт, програма виконуватиме погодинний, щоденний та щомісячний облік обміну
-даними. Результати можна буде переглянути за допомогою засобу спостереження
-за мережею, докладно описаного у попередньому розділі. Після вмикання обліку
-вам слід перез’єднатися з мережею, щоб облік було розпочато.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Дозволити керування інтерфейсом за допомогою Network
-Manager:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Цей розділ ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Кнопка «Додатково»:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Цей розділ ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B — Бездротова мережа</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Наведено опис лише пунктів, які не було описано вище.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Режим роботи:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Виберіть пункт <guilabel>Кероване</guilabel>, якщо з’єднання здійснюється за
-допомогою точки доступу, <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> буде
-виявлено програмою. Виберіть пункт <guilabel>Спеціальна</guilabel>, якщо це
-мережа PTP. Позначте пункт <emphasis role="bold">Основна</emphasis>, якщо
-ваша мережева картка використовується як точка доступу. У вашій мережевій
-картці має бути передбачено підтримку такого режиму.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Режим шифрування та ключ шифрування:</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Якщо це приватна мережа, ви маєте знати ці параметри.</para>
-
-    <para>У <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> використовується менш стійкий варіант захисту
-паролем ніж у WPA, де використовується ключ. <guilabel>Попередньо поширений
-ключ WPA</guilabel> ще називається особистим ключем WPA або домашнім ключем
-WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> є доволі рідкісним варіантом у
-приватних мережах.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Дозволити роумінг точки доступу</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Роумінґ — це технологія, за допомогою якої комп’ютер може змінювати точку
-доступу без розірвання з’єднання з мережею.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Кнопка «Додатково»:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Цю сторінку ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Кнопка додаткових параметрів</title>
-
-    <para>Цей розділ ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cd5f755d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Керування різними мережевими профілями</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>Цю сторінку ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>
-
-  <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c087bd2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Надання спільного доступу до файлів і тек з використанням NFS</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Передумови</title>
-
-    <para>Під час першого запуску майстра<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote>
-програма може показати вікно з таким повідомленням:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Потрібно встановити пакунок nfs-utils. Ви хочете його встановити?</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Після завершення встановлення буде показано вікно з порожнім списком.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Головне вікно</title>
-
-    <para>Тут буде показано список каталогів, які надано у спільне користування. Під
-час першого запуску цей список, звичайно ж, буде порожнім. За допомогою
-кнопки <guibutton>Додати</guibutton> можна відкрити вікно засобу визначення
-параметрів запису каталогу.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Змінити запис</title>
-
-    <para>Вікно засобу налаштовування записів має підпис «Змінити запис». Його також
-можна відкрити за допомогою натискання кнопки
-<guibutton>Змінити</guibutton>. Внести зміни можна до вказаних нижче
-параметрів.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Каталог NFS</title>
-
-      <para>За допомогою цього пункту ви можете вказати каталог, який буде надано у
-спільне користування. За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton>
-можна відкрити вікно інструмента вибору каталогу за допомогою графічного
-інтерфейсу.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Доступ до вузла</title>
-
-      <para>Тут ви можете вказати вузли, яким буде надано доступ до каталогу спільного
-використання.</para>
-
-      <para>Клієнти NFS можна вказати у декілька способів:</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>окремий вузол</emphasis>: вказати вузол або у форматі абревіатури
-назви, яку може бути розпізнано інструментом визначення адрес, або у форматі
-повноцінної доменної назви, або у форматі IP-адреси</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>мережеві групи</emphasis>: мережеві групи NIS, можна вказувати як
-@група.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>шаблони заміни</emphasis>: назви комп’ютерів можуть містити
-символи шаблонів заміни, літери * і ?. Приклад: *.cs.foo.edu відповідає всім
-вузлам домену cs.foo.edu.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP-мережі</emphasis>: крім того, ви можете одночасно експортувати
-каталоги на всі теки IP-(під-)мережі. Приклад: «/255.255.252.0» або «/22»,
-додані до базової адреси мережі.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Відображення ід. користувача</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>відображення користувача root як анонімного</emphasis>:
-переспрямовувати запити з uid/gid 0 на анонімний uid/gid
-(root_squash). Користувач-адміністратор клієнтської системи не зможе читати
-файли або виконувати запис до файлів на сервері, які було створено
-адміністратором сервера або самим сервером.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>дозволити справжній віддалений доступ root)</emphasis>: за
-допомогою цього пункту можна вимкнути заміну прав доступу root до створених
-файлів на неіменованого користувача. Цим параметром здебільшого користується
-на бездискових клієнтах (no_root_squash).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>відображення всіх користувачів як анонімних</emphasis>:
-переспрямовувати всі запити до uid і gid користувачів до анонімного
-користувача (all_squash). Корисно для експортованих за допомогою NFS
-спільних каталогів FTP, каталогів новин, тощо. Параметр з протилежним
-значенням, без відображення користувачів (no_all_squash), є типовим.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>anonuid і anongid</emphasis>: явним чином визначити uid та gid
-анонімного облікового запису.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Додаткові параметри</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Безпечне з’єднання</emphasis>: цей параметр потребує, щоб запити
-надходили з інтернет-порту з номером, меншим за IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Цей
-параметр типово увімкнено.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Спільний ресурс лише для читання</emphasis>: надає змогу виконання
-запитів або лише на читання, або на читання і запис до цього тому
-NFS. Типовою є заборона будь-яких запитів, які змінюють файлову
-систему. Таку заборону також можна зробити явним чином за допомогою цього
-параметра.</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Синхронний доступ</emphasis>: забороняє серверу NFS порушувати
-протокол NFS і відповідати на запити, перш ніж будь-які зміни, які є
-наслідком цих запитів, буде надіслано до стабільного сховища (наприклад,
-диска).</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>Перевірка піддерев</emphasis>: вмикає перевірку піддерев, що у
-деяких випадках може покращити параметри безпеки, але знизити надійність
-роботи. Щоб дізнатися більше, прочитайте сторінку довідки exports(5).</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Пункти меню</title>
-
-    <para>У списку має бути принаймні один пункт.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Файл|Записати налаштування</title>
-
-      <para>Зберегти налаштування мережі.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Сервер NFS|Перезапустити</title>
-
-      <para>Призупинити роботу сервера і перезапустити його з використанням поточних
-файлів налаштування.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Сервер NFS|Перезавантажити</title>
-
-      <para>Показані налаштування перезавантажуються з поточних файлів налаштування.</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f0e0307..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Проксі</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Якщо для доступу до інтернету вам слід користуватися проксі-сервером, ви
-можете скористатися цим інструментом<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote>
-для налаштовування доступу. Потрібні для налаштовування дані можна дізнатися
-у адміністратора мережі. Ви також можете визначити служби, доступ до яких
-слід здійснювати в обхід проксі-сервера.</para>
-
-  <para>З Вікіпедії (4 вересня 2012 року), стаття «Проксі-сервер»: «У комп’ютерних
-мережах проксі-сервером називається сервер (комп’ютерна система або
-програма), який працює проміжною ланкою для запитів від клієнтів, які
-виконують пошуки ресурсів на інших серверах. Клієнтська система з’єднується
-з проксі-сервером, надсилає запит щодо певної служби, зокрема даних файла,
-з’єднання, сторінки або іншого ресурсу на іншому сервері. Проксі-сервер
-обробляє запит з метою спрощення та керування складністю запиту.»</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f14ce38e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Налаштувати джерело</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>Одразу після встановлення системи слід додати записи джерел програмного
-забезпечення (їх також називають сховищами, носіями даних, дзеркалами). Це
-означає, що вам слід вибрати джерела програмного забезпечення, які буде
-використано для встановлення і оновлення пакунків та програм (див. кнопку
-<guilabel>Додати</guilabel>, описану нижче).</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>Якщо ви встановлюєте (або оновлюєте) Mageia за допомогою оптичного носія
-даних (DVD або компакт-диска) чи пристрою зберігання даних USB, буде
-автоматично налаштовано запис джерела пакунків із програмним забезпеченням
-на використаному носії даних. Щоб уникнути прохань щодо вставлення цього
-носія під час встановлення нових пакунків, вам слід вимкнути (або вилучити)
-відповідний запис у списку. (Запис належатиме до типу носія CD-Rom).</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>Ваша система може працювати на 32-бітовій апаратній архітектурі, яка
-називається у дистрибутиві i586, або 64-бітовій архітектурі, яка має назву
-x86_64. Вам слід вибрати сховища, які відповідають вашій системі та сховища
-для пакунків, які не залежать від архітектури (їх ще називають noarch). Такі
-пакунки не мають власних каталогів noarch у сховищах, вони зберігаються у
-каталогах обох архітектур, i586 та x86_64.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цієї програми можна отримати з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка
-<emphasis role="bold">Менеджер програм</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Стовпчики</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>Стовпчик «Доступний»:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Позначені джерела буде використано для встановлення нових
-пакунків. Спеціальні джерела, зокрема Testing і debug, вибирати не варто,
-оскільки їх використання може призвести до непрацездатності системи.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Стовпчик «Поновлення»:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Якщо джерело буде використано для оновлення пакунків, його слід позначити у
-цьому стовпчику. Має бути позначено лише джерела зі словом «Update»
-(оновлення) у назві. З міркувань безпеки значення у цьому стовпчику не можна
-змінювати за допомогою цієї програми. Вам доведеться відкрити консоль і від
-імені адміністратора (root) віддати команду <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>Стовпчик «Джерело»:</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>Тут буде показано назву джерела. Офіційні сховища Mageia для остаточних
-випусків містять принаймні такі елементи:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> (основа) — сховище, що містить
-більшість програм, які підтримуються спільнотою Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> (невільне) — сховище, що містить
-деякі з програм, доступ до коду яких обмежено правилами ліцензування.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> (нечисте) — сховища з вільним
-програмним забезпеченням, щодо використання якого у певних країнах можуть
-застосовуватися патентні обмеження.</para>
-
-        <para>Кожен запис джерела містить 4 підрозділи:</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> (випуск) — сховище пакунків на день
-випуску вашої версії Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> (оновлення) — пакунки, оновлені з
-часу випуску з міркувань безпеки або усування вад. Це джерело варто
-увімкнути всім, навіть якщо з’єднання з інтернетом є дуже повільним.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> (зворотне портування) — для
-деяких з пакунків нові версії портуються зі сховища Cauldron (сховища
-наступної версії дистрибутива, розробку якої ще не завершено).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> (тестування) — сховище, яке
-використовується для проміжного тестування оновлень, щоб дати змогу тим, хто
-звітує про вади, та учасникам команди із забезпечення якості перевірити
-працездатність виправлених пакунків.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Кнопки на панелі праворуч</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Вилучити:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Щоб вилучити джерело, наведіть на його пункт вказівник миші і клацніть лівою
-кнопкою, потім натисніть цю кнопку. Іноді варто вилучити пункт носія, який
-було використано для встановлення системи (компакт-диск або DVD) оскільки
-всі пакунки з цього носія можна встановити з офіційного джерела основних
-пакунків (Core) відповідного випуску.</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Виправити:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Надає вам змогу вносити зміни до параметрів позначеного запису джерела
-(адресу, програму для звантаження і параметри проксі-сервера).</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Додати:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Кнопка для додавання офіційних сховищ з інтернету. У офіційних сховищах
-містяться лише надійні і добре перевірені пакунки. Після натискання кнопки
-<guibutton>Додати</guibutton> програма відкриє контекстне вікно, за
-допомогою якого ви зможете вибрати набір джерел для встановлення. Якщо ви
-надаєте перевагу певному дзеркалу, додайте його за допомогою пункту «Додати
-вказане дзеркало джерел» з меню «Файл».</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Кнопки зі стрілками вгору і вниз:</guibutton></para>
-
-    <para>Ці кнопки призначено для впорядковування списку. Під час пошуків пакунків
-програмою Drakrpm виконується завантаження списку сховищ у показаному
-порядку, пакунок встановлюється зі сховища, яке стоятиме вище у списку (якщо
-номер випуску пакунка є однаковим в усіх сховищах; якщо номер буде різним,
-програма встановить пакунок з найсвіжішого випуску). Отже, якщо можна,
-розташовуйте сховища з найшвидшим доступом на початку списку.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Меню програми</title>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Файл -&gt; Оновити:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>У відповідь на вибір цього пункту буде відкрито вікно зі списком
-джерел. Виберіть ті з них, дані яких слід оновити, і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Оновити</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Файл -> Додати вказане дзеркало джерел:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Припустімо, що вам чимось не подобається поточне дзеркало основного
-сховища. Причиною, наприклад, може бути те, що сховище працює надто повільно
-чи часто є недоступним. Тоді ви можете вибрати інше дзеркало. Позначте
-пункти всіх поточних джерел пакунків і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton>, щоб прибрати їх. Далі, скористайтеся
-пунктом меню <guimenu>Файл -> Додати вказане дзеркало джерел</guimenu>,
-зробіть вибір між лише оновленнями і повним набором (якщо не певні, виберіть
-<guibutton>Повний набір джерел</guibutton>) і підтвердіть можливість
-з’єднання натисканням кнопки <guibutton>Так</guibutton>. У відповідь буде
-показано таке вікно:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Ліворуч буде показано список країн. Виберіть вашу країну чи близьку до неї
-країну натисканням кнопки «&gt;». У відповідь буде розгорнуто список
-дзеркал, розташованих у цій країні. Позначте одне з них і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Файл -&gt; Додати власне джерело:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Ви можете виконати встановлення з нового джерела (наприклад, зі стороннього
-сховища спільноти), яке не підтримується офіційно спільнотою Mageia. У
-відповідь на вибір цього пункту меню буде показано нове вікно:</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Виберіть тип джерела, вкажіть
-коротку назву, яка добре описує відповідне сховище, і додайте адресу (або
-шлях до джерела, залежно від його типу).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Параметри -&gt; Загальні налаштування:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>За допомогою цього пункту меню ви можете визначити, коли слід
-<guilabel>Перевіряти пакунки, які встановлюються</guilabel> (завжди або
-ніколи), визначити програму для отримання пакунків (curl, wget або aria2) і
-вказати правила отримання даних щодо пакунків (на запит (типовий варіант),
-тільки поновлення, завжди або ніколи).</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>Параметри -&gt; Керування ключами:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>З метою забезпечення кращої безпеки для розпізнавання джерела
-використовуються цифрові ключі. Для кожного з джерел можна дозволити або
-заборонити використання ключа. У вікні, яке буде відкрито, виберіть джерело
-і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Додати</guibutton>, щоб уможливити
-використання нового ключа, або позначте пункт ключа і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton>, щоб заборонити його використання.</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>Будьте обережними, як і з усіма іншими питаннями, пов’язаними з безпекою.</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Параметри -&gt; Проксі:</guimenu></para>
-
-    <para>Якщо для доступу до інтернету з вашого комп’ютера слід користуватися
-проксі-сервером, ви можете вказати параметри його роботи. Вам слід вказати
-<guibutton>Назву проксі</guibutton> і, якщо потрібно, вказати
-<guilabel>Користувача</guilabel> і <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>Щоб дізнатися більше про налаштовування сховищ пакунків, ознайомтеся із
-<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">відповідною
-сторінкою у вікі Mageia</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakrpm-update.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakrpm-update.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fe4fcd4d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakrpm-update.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakrpm-update" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-update-ti1">Оновлення пакунків програмного забезпечення (застаріле)</title><subtitle>drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-    <para>НЕ КОРИСТУЙТЕСЯ ЦИМ ФАЙЛОМ, ЗАМІСТЬ НЬОГО СЛІД КОРИСТУВАТИСЯ
-MageiaUpdate.xml!</para> 
-
-  
-    
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 82a1a29d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Спільне використання каталогів та дисків з використанням Samba</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вступ</title>
-
-    <para>Samba — протокол, що використовується у різних операційних системах для
-надання спільного доступу до деяких ресурсів, зокрема каталогів або
-принтерів. За допомогою цього модуля ви можете налаштувати комп’ютер на
-роботу у режимі сервера Samba з використанням протоколу SMB/CIFS. Цей
-протокол використовується Windows®, робочі станції під керуванням цієї
-операційної системи можуть отримувати доступ до ресурсів на сервері Samba.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Приготування</title>
-
-    <para>Щоб користувачі могли отримувати доступ до ваших ресурсів, сервер повинен
-мати сталу IP-адресу. Визначити цю адресу можна безпосередньо на вашому
-сервері, наприклад за допомогою <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>, або на
-сервері DHCP, який ідентифікує робочу станцію за MAC-адресою і завжди надає
-їй ту саму адресу у мережі. Також захисний екран вашого комп’ютера має
-дозволяти вхідні з’єднання з сервером Samba.</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Майстер — самодостатній сервер</title>
-
-    <para>Після першого запуску програма<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-      </footnote>
-перевірить, чи встановлено потрібні пакунки і запропонує встановити їх, якщо
-пакунки не буде виявлено у системі. Після цього буде запущено
-програму-майстер налаштовування сервера Samba.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>На наступній сторінці варіант налаштовування окремого сервера вже буде
-позначено.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Вкажіть назву робочої групи. Ця назва має збігатися з назвою групи, яка
-отримуватиме доступ до ресурсів спільного користування.</para>
-
-    <para>Назва Netbios — це назва, яку буде використано для позначення сервера
-мережі.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Виберіть режим захисту:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>користувач</guilabel>: клієнт має пройти розпізнавання, щоб
-отримати доступ до ресурсу.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>спільний ресурс</guilabel>: клієнт надає дані для розпізнавання
-окремо для кожного спільного ресурсу.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Тут ви можете вказати за IP-адресою чи назвою вузли, яким буде надано доступ
-до ресурсів.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Вкажіть банер сервера. Банер — це спосіб, у який сервер буде представлено на
-робочих станціях Windows.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>На наступному кроці можна вказати місце, де Samba зможе зберігати дані
-журналу своєї роботи.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Перш ніж вами буде підтверджено вибрані значення параметрів,
-програма-майстер покаже список цих параметрів. Якщо параметри буде
-підтверджено, відповідні дані буде записано до файла
-<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Майстер: Основний контролер домену</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>Якщо буде позначено пункт «Основний
-контролер домену», майстер попросить вас вказати, чи слід підтримувати Wins,
-і визначити імена користувачів-адміністраторів. Наступні кроки є тими
-самими, що і під час налаштовування окремого сервера, окрім того, що вам
-доведеться вказати режим захисту:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>домен</guilabel>: надається механізм для зберігання всіх облікових
-записів користувачів і груп у централізованому, спільному сховищі облікових
-записів. Централізоване сховище облікових записів надається у використання
-контролерами безпеки домену.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Оголошення каталогу, доступ до якого буде відкрито</title>
-
-    <para>Якщо натиснути кнопку <guibutton>Додати</guibutton>, буде показано таке
-вікно:</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Таким чином буде додано новий запис. Внести зміни до наявного запису можна
-за допомогою натискання кнопки <guibutton>Змінити</guibutton>. Ви можете
-змінити те, чи буде каталог видимим для усіх користувачів, придатним до
-запису та до навігації. Змінювати назву спільного ресурсу не можна.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Пункти меню</title>
-
-    <para>Якщо у списку буде хоч один запис, можна буде скористатися пунктами меню.</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Файл|Записати налаштування</title>
-
-      <para>Зберегти поточні налаштування до файла <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Сервер Samba|Налаштувати</title>
-
-      <para>За допомогою цієї команди можна знову запустити сервер.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Сервер Samba|Перезапустити</title>
-
-      <para>Призупинити роботу сервера і перезапустити його з використанням поточних
-файлів налаштування.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Сервер Samba|Перезавантажити</title>
-
-      <para>Показані налаштування перезавантажуються з поточних файлів налаштування.</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Спільний доступ до принтерів</title>
-
-    <para>За допомогою Samba можна також надавати спільний доступ до принтерів.</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Користувачі Samba</title>
-
-    <para>За допомогою цієї вкладки ви можете додавати користувачів, яким буде
-дозволено доступ до спільних ресурсів, якщо увімкнено розпізнавання
-користувачів. Можна додати користувачів з розділу <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d0835fb0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Налаштування розпізнавання для інструментів Mageia</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цієї програми<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна отримати
-з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis role="bold">Безпека</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї програми можна надавати звичайним користувачам права,
-потрібні для виконання завдань, які зазвичай виконуються з облікового запису
-адміністратора.</para>
-
-  <para>Натисніть невеличку стрілочку перед пунктом у списку, до якого ви хочете
-внести зміни:
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Список більшості інструментів, якими можна скористатися за допомогою Центру
-керування Mageia, буде наведено у лівій частині вікна (див. знімок
-вище). Для кожного з інструментів передбачено спадний список з такими
-варіантами:</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Типовий: режим запуску залежить від вибраного рівня захисту. Див. інструмент
-«Налаштувати правила безпеки, права доступу і перевірку» на тій самій
-сторінці.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Пароль користувача: для запуску інструмента слід буде ввести пароль
-користувача.</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Пароль адміністратора: для запуску інструмента слід буде ввести пароль
-адміністратора (root)</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>Без пароля: інструмент запускатиметься без потреби у введення пароля.</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a1666488..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Знімки</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цього інструмента<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> від імені
-адміністратора (root).</para></footnote> можна
-отримати за допомогою сторінки «Система» Центру керування Mageia, розділ
-«Інструменти адміністрування».</para>
-  <para>Після першого запуску цієї програми з MCC ви побачити повідомлення щодо
-становлення draksnapshot. Натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Встановити</guibutton>. Після цього буде встановлено draksnapshot
-та інші потрібні для роботи цієї програми пакунки.</para>
-
- <para>Ще раз натисніть пункт <guilabel>Резервні копії</guilabel>, і ви побачите
-вікно <guilabel>Параметри</guilabel>. Позначте пункт <guilabel>Увімкнути
-резервне копіювання</guilabel> і, якщо хочете створити резервну копію усієї
-системи, пункт <guilabel>Резервне копіювання всієї системи</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>Якщо ви хочете створити резервну копію лише частини каталогів, натисніть
-кнопку <guilabel>Додатково</guilabel>. У відповідь буде відкрито невеличке
-контекстне вікно. Скористайтеся кнопками <guibutton>Додати</guibutton> і
-<guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton>, розташованими поряд зі списком
-<guilabel>Перелік резервних копій</guilabel>, щоб додати каталоги і файли до
-списку резервного копіювання або вилучити їх. Скористайтеся такими самими
-кнопками поряд зі <guilabel>Списком виключень</guilabel>, щоб визначити
-список підкаталогів і/або файлів, які не слід додавати до резервної
-копії. Файли з цього списку <emphasis role="bold">не буде</emphasis>
-включено до резервної копії. Натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Закрити</guibutton>, щойно списки буде визначено.</para>
-	  <para>Далі, вкажіть каталог у полі <guilabel>Куди зберігати копії</guilabel> або
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Огляд</guibutton>, щоб вказати відповідний
-каталог. Усі змонтовані флеш-носії USB та зовнішні диски можна знайти у
-каталозі <emphasis role="bold">/run/media/ім’я вашого
-користувача/</emphasis>.
-  </para>
-  <para>Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Застосувати</guibutton>, щоб створити знімок.</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a4e1400..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Налаштовування звуку</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>Доступ до цієї програми<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para></footnote> можна отримати
-з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis
-role="bold">Обладнання</emphasis>.</para>
-  <para>Draksound призначено для налаштовування звукової підсистеми, зокрема
-визначення параметрів PulseAudio та вирішення проблем з роботою
-звуку. Програма допоможе вам усунути проблеми зі звуковою підсистемою або
-змінити картку для виведення звукових даних.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> — звуковий сервер. Цей сервер отримує усі
-вхідні звукові дані, виконує мікшування цих даних, відповідно до вказаних
-користувачем параметрів, і надсилає результати до пристроїв виведення
-звукових даних. Налаштувати параметри мікшування можна за допомогою пункту
-меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук та відео -> Керування гучністю</guimenu>.</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio є типовим звуковим сервером. Рекомендуємо вам не вимикати його.</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Використовувати режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> — покращує роботу
-PulseAudio з деякими програмами. Ми не рекомендуємо знімати позначку з цього
-пункту.</para>
-  <para>Кнопка <guibutton>Вирішення проблем</guibutton> може допомогти з вирішенням
-проблем, які виникають зі звуком. Спробуйте натиснути її до того, як почнете
-шукати допомоги у спільноти дистрибутива.</para>
-  <para>За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна відкрити ще одне
-вікно із кнопкою, призначення якої очевидне з мітки на ній.</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2424df45..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Встановлення UPS для контролю за живленням</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Цю сторінку ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakups</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6af399f0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Налаштування з'єднання VPN для безпеки доступу до мережі</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вступ</title>
-
-    <para>За допомогою цього інструмента<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote> можна
-налаштувати безпечний доступ до віддаленої мережі з використанням
-тунелювання даних між локальною робочою станцією та віддаленою мережею. У
-цьому розділі довідки ми обговоримо лише налаштування на боці робочої
-станції. Ми припускатимемо, що віддалена мережа працює надійно і що вам
-відомі дані щодо встановлення з’єднання, які можна отримати від
-адміністратора мережі, наприклад у форматі файла налаштувань .pcf.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Налаштування</title>
-
-    <para>Спочатку слід вибрати концентратор VPN Cisco або OpenVPN, залежно від того,
-який протокол використано для вашої віртуальної приватної мережі.</para>
-
-    <para>Надайте вашому з’єднанню назву.</para>
-
-    <para>За допомогою наступного вікна вкажіть параметри вашого з’єднання VPN.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>VPN Cisco</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Openvpn. Після першого запуску інструмента буде встановлено пакунок openvpn
-та його залежності.</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Виберіть файли, які було отримано
-від адміністратора мережі.</para>
-
-        <para>Додаткові параметри:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>У наступному вікні програма попросить вас вказати IP-адресу шлюзу.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Після визначення параметрів програма запропонує вам встановити з’єднання з
-VPN.</para>
-
-    <para>Ви можете наказати системі встановлювати це з’єднання VPN у автоматичному
-режимі під час її запуску. Для цього слід змінити налаштування мережевого
-з’єднання так, щоб воно завжди встановлювалося з цим VPN.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a93abd93..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Налаштовування вебсервера</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Ця програма<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para></footnote> може допомогти вам у
-налаштовуванні інтернет-сервера.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Що таке інтернет-сервер?</title>
-    <para>
-      Інтернет-сервер — це програмне забезпечення, яке допомагає оприлюднювати
-дані для доступу до них з інтернету (з Вікіпедії).
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Налаштовування інтернет-сервера за допомогою drakwizard apache2</title>
-      <para>
-	Ласкаво просимо до майстра налаштовування інтернет-сервера.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Вступ</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Перша сторінка є просто вступом до програми-майстра. Перегляньте її і
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Вибір області надання даних сервера: локальна мережа і/або інтернет</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Надання доступу до даних сервера з інтернету є ризикованою справою. Вам слід
-подбати про захист, якщо ви вирішите надати такий доступ.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Модуль користувачів сервера</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Тут можна надати користувачам змогу створювати власні сайти.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Назва інтернет-каталогу користувача.</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Користувачеві слід створити і заповнити даними цей каталог, тоді сервер
-зможе показувати його вміст.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Коренева тека документів сервера</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Тут можна налаштувати шлях до теки типових документів інтернет-сервера.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Резюме</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ознайомтеся з резюме щодо зміни параметрів і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Завершення</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ну ось і все! Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Завершити</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a15d010b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Налаштовування DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Цю сторінку ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7dd83318..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Налаштовування DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>Цей інструмент не здатен працювати у Mageia 4, оскільки схему іменування
-інтерфейсів мережі змінено.</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>Ця програма<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> може допомогти вам у
-налаштовуванні сервера <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Цей компонент drakwizard
-слід встановити до того, як ви зможете ним скористатися.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Що таке DHCP?</title>
-
-    <para>Протокол динамічного налаштовування вузлів (Dynamic Host Configuration
-Protocol або <acronym>DHCP</acronym>) — це стандартизований протокол роботи
-у мережі, що використовується у IP-мережах для динамічного визначення
-IP-адрес та інших даних, які потрібні для обміну даними у інтернеті (з
-Вікіпедії).</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Налаштовування сервера DHCP за допомогою drakwizard dhcp</title>
-
-    <para>Ласкаво просимо до майстра налаштовування сервера DHCP.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Вступ</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Перша сторінка є просто вступом до програми-майстра. Перегляньте її і
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Вибір адаптора</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Виберіть інтерфейс мережі, з’єднаний з підмережею, у якій відбуватиметься
-призначення IP-адрес, і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Вибір діапазону IP-адрес</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Виберіть початкову і кінцеву IP-адреси діапазону адрес, які має надавати
-сервер, а також IP-адресу шлюзу, комп’ютера, який з’єднуватиметься із
-зовнішніми комп’ютерами поза локальною мережею, бажано безпосередньо з
-комп’ютерами у інтернеті. Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Резюме</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ознайомтеся з резюме щодо зміни параметрів і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Чекайте...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>З цією проблемою можна впоратися. Натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Назад</guibutton> декілька разів і внесіть якісь зміни.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Згодом...</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Дії, які виконує інструмент</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>встановлення пакунка dhcp-server, якщо його ще не встановлено;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>збереження <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> під назвою
-<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>створення нового файла <code>dhcpd.conf</code> на основі
-<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> і
-додавання до нього нових параметрів:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Також буде внесено зміни до файла налаштувань Webmin
-<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Перезапуск <code>dhcpd</code>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f6df3c1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Налаштовування часу</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цього засобу<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> ви зможете
-налаштувати сервер так, щоб час на ньому синхронізувався з зовнішнім
-сервером. Типово, цей засіб не встановлюється. Щоб отримати доступ до нього,
-вам слід встановити пакунки drakwizard та drakwizard-base.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Налаштовування сервера NTP за допомогою drakwizard ntp</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>Після вітального вікна (див. вище) програма попросить вас вибрати три
-сервери часу за допомогою спадних списків і двічі запропонує скористатися
-pool.ntp.org, оскільки цей сервер завжди прив’язується до доступних серверів
-часу.</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>За допомогою наступних сторінок майстра ви зможете вибрати регіон і місто,
-після чого вам буде показано резюме налаштувань. Якщо вами буде виявлено
-помилки у налаштуваннях, ви можете внести зміни, натиснувши кнопку
-<guibutton>Назад</guibutton>. Якщо усе гаразд, натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, щоб наказати програмі виконати тестування. Якщо
-все буде гаразд, ви побачите вікно, подібне до наведеного нижче:</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Завершити</guibutton>, щоб завершити роботу
-інструмента.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Дії, які виконує інструмент</title>
-
-    <para>Ця програма виконає такі кроки:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>встановлення пакунка <code>ntp</code>, якщо його ще не встановлено;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>збереження файла <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> з назвою
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> та файла
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> з назвою
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>запис нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> зі списком серверів;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>внесення змін до файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> шляхом додавання назви
-першого сервера;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>зупинення роботи і повторний запуск служб <code>crond</code>,
-<code>atd</code> та <code>ntpd</code>;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>встановлення для апаратного годинника поточного часу системи з прив’язкою до
-UTC.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bdf896a9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Налаштовування FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї програми<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para></footnote> ви зможете
-налаштувати сервер <acronym>FTP</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Що таке <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Протокол передавання файлів (File Transfer Protocol або
-<acronym>FTP</acronym>) — стандартний протокол роботи у мережі, що
-використовується для передавання файлів з одного комп’ютера на інший у
-заснованій на <acronym>TCP</acronym> мережі, зокрема у інтернеті (з
-Вікіпедії).
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Налаштовування сервера FTP за допомогою drakwizard proftpd</title>
-      <para>
-	Ласкаво просимо до майстра налаштовування FTP.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Вступ</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Перша сторінка є просто вступом до програми-майстра. Перегляньте її і
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Вибір області надання даних сервера: локальна мережа і/або інтернет</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Надання доступу до даних сервера FTP з інтернету є ризикованою справою. Вам
-слід подбати про захист, якщо ви вирішите надати такий доступ.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Інформація щодо сервера</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Вкажіть назву, яку сервер використовуватиме для власної ідентифікації,
-адресу електронної пошти для надсилання скарг та те, чи буде надано доступ
-до входу до системи від імені адміністратора (користувача root).
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Параметри сервера</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Вкажіть порт для очікування даних, параметри обмеженого запису користувача і
-те, чи слід дозволяти відновлення отримання даних і/або
-<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol).
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Резюме</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ознайомтеся з резюме щодо зміни параметрів і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Завершення</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ну ось і все! Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Завершити</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 58058bc8..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Налаштовування проксі-сервера</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Ця програма<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> може допомогти вам у
-налаштовуванні проксі-сервера. Цей компонент drakwizard слід встановити
-окремо, перш ніж ви зможете ним скористатися.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Що таке проксі-сервер?</title>
-
-    <para>З Вікіпедії : «У комп’ютерних мережах проксі-сервером називається сервер
-(комп’ютерна система або програма), який працює проміжною ланкою для запитів
-від клієнтів, які виконують пошуки ресурсів на інших серверах. Клієнтська
-система з’єднується з проксі-сервером, надсилає запит щодо певної служби,
-зокрема даних файла, з’єднання, сторінки або іншого ресурсу на іншому
-сервері. Проксі-сервер обробляє запит з метою спрощення та керування
-складністю запиту.»</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Налаштовування проксі-сервера за допомогою drakwizard squid</title>
-
-    <para>Ласкаво просимо до майстра налаштовування проксі-сервера.</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>Вступ</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Перша сторінка є просто вступом до програми-майстра. Перегляньте її і
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Вибір порту проксі</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Виберіть порт, з яким встановлюватимуть з’єднання клієнти проксі-сервера, і
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Використання пам’яті та диска</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Виберіть параметри обмежень на використання пам’яті та кешу на диску і
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Вибір параметрів керування доступом до мережі</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Визначте, чи діапазон доступу: локальна мережа чи інтернет, — потім
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Надання доступу до мережі</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Надайте доступ локальним мережам і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Чи слід використовувати проксі-сервер вищого рівня?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Маєте каскадний доступ до інтернету крізь інший проксі-сервер? Якщо ні,
-пропустіть наступний крок.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Адреса і порт проксі-сервера вищого рівня</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Вкажіть назву вузла і порт проксі вищого рівня і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Резюме</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ознайомтеся з резюме щодо зміни параметрів і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Чи слід запускати під час завантаження?</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Вкажіть, чи слід запускати проксі-сервер під час завантаження операційної
-системи, і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>Завершення</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>Ну ось і все! Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Завершити</guibutton>.</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Дії, які виконує інструмент</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>встановлення пакунка squid, якщо його ще не встановлено;</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>збереження <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> з назвою
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code>№</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>створення нового файла <code>squid.conf</code> на основі
-<code>squid.conf.default</code> і додавання до нього нових параметрів:</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 або 3 та <code>http_access</code>, відповідно до
-рівня</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>перезапуск <code>squid</code>.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ae3bf264..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Налаштовування фонової служби OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>Ця програма<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para></footnote> може допомогти вам у
-налаштовуванні сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>Що таке <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
-    <para>
-      Безпечна оболонка (Secure Shell або SSH) — криптографічний протокол обміну
-даними у мережі, призначений для захисту обміну даними від стороннього
-втручання, віддаленого керування системою за допомогою командного рядка,
-віддаленого виконання команд та керування іншими мережевими службами. За
-використання цього протоколу два з’єднаних мережею комп’ютери використовують
-захищений канал обміну даними у незахищеній мережі. Ці комп’ютери
-називаються сервер та клієнт, на них запущено серверні та клієнтські
-програми <acronym>SSH</acronym>, відповідно (з Вікіпедії).
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>Налаштовування фонової служби <acronym>SSH</acronym> за допомогою drakwizard
-sshd</title>
-      <para>
-	Ласкаво просимо до майстра налаштовування Open SSH.
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Виберіть тип параметрів налаштовування</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Виберіть <guilabel>Експерт</guilabel> для отримання доступу до усіх
-параметрів або <guilabel>Початківець</guilabel>, щоб пропустити кроки 3-7,
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Загальні параметри</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Визначте видимість служби та параметри адміністративного
-доступу. Стандартним портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> є порт 22.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Методи розпізнавання</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Вкажіть один зі способів розпізнавання під час з’єднання і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Журналювання</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Виберіть потрібні вам можливості з ведення журналу та рівень докладності
-повідомлень і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Параметри входу</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Налаштуйте окремі параметри входу для облікових записів і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Параметри реєстрації користувача</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Налаштуйте параметри доступу користувачів і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Стискання і переспрямовування</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Виберіть параметри переспрямовування графічного сервера та стискання даних
-під час передавання і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Резюме</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ознайомтеся з резюме щодо зміни параметрів і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>Завершення</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    Ну ось і все! Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Завершити</guibutton>.
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakx-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakx-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 98134924..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakx-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="drakx-intro" role="titlepage">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakx-intro-ti1">Про довідку до засобу для встановлення</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Всі сторінки, описані у цьому підручнику побачити одразу неможливо. Набір
-сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та
-вибраного вами варіанта встановлення.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов
-ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link
-xlink:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю</para>
-
-  <para>Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link
-xlink:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої
-компанією <link xlink:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b5e8a65d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Налаштування служб системи</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>Цю сторінку ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>   
-
-  <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d68a34e7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Налаштування обладнання</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї програми<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> ви зможете
-здійснити загальний огляд обладнання вашого комп’ютера. Після запуску
-програма виконує автоматичний пошук всіх компонентів обладнання. З цією
-метою вона використовує програму <code>ldetect</code>, яка у своїй роботі
-покладається на список обладнання з пакунка <code>ldetect-lst</code>.</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вікно програми</title>
-
-    <para>Вікно поділено на два стовпчики.</para>
-
-    <para>У лівому стовпчику буде показано список виявленого обладнання. Пристрої буде
-згруповано за категоріями. Натисніть кнопочку &gt;, щоб розгорнути список
-категорії. За допомогою цього стовпчика можна вибирати пристрій зі списку.</para>
-
-    <para>У правому стовпчику буде показано дані щодо позначеного пристрою. За
-допомогою пункту меню <guimenu>Довідка -&gt; Опис полів</guimenu> можна
-отримати докладніший опис показаних полів.</para>
-
-    <para>Відповідно до вибраного типу пристрою, у нижній частині правої панелі вікна
-буде показано одну або дві кнопки:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Встановити параметри поточного драйвера</guibutton>: за допомогою
-цієї кнопки можна змінити параметри роботи модуля системи, пов’язаного з
-роботою пристрою. Цією кнопкою варто користуватися лише досвідченим
-користувачам.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>Запустити інструмент налаштування</guibutton>: отримати доступ до
-засобу налаштовування пристрою. Зазвичай, доступ до цього засобу можна
-отримати безпосередньо з Центру керування Mageia.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Меню програми</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>Параметри</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>За допомогою пунктів меню <guimenu>Параметри</guimenu> ви можете увімкнути
-автоматичне виявлення деяких типів пристроїв:</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>модемів</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>пристроїв Jaz</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>паралельних пристроїв Zip</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>Типово, таке виявлення не виконується, оскільки воно є доволі
-тривалим. Позначте відповідні пункти, якщо на вашому комп’ютері встановлено
-відповідне обладнання. Виявлення буде виконано під час наступного запуску
-програми.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 292ddb0d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Налаштовування розкладки клавіатури</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вступ</title>
-
-    <para>Програма keyboarddrake<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-      </footnote> допоможе вам
-налаштувати базову розкладку для вашої клавіатури у операційній системі
-Mageia. Результати налаштовування буде використано для усіх користувачів
-системи. Доступ до програми можна отримати за допомогою розділу «Обладнання»
-Центру керування Mageia. Відповідні пункти підписано так: «Налаштувати мишу
-і клавіатуру».</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Розкладка клавіатури</title>
-
-    <para>За допомогою цього вікна ви можете вибрати розкладку клавіатури, яку слід
-використовувати. У назвах розкладок (показано за абеткою) вказано мову,
-країну та етнічну належність розкладки.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Тип клавіатури</title>
-
-    <para>За допомогою цього меню ви можете вказати тип клавіатури, якою
-користуєтеся. Якщо ви не певні щодо свого вибору, краще не змінювати
-типового варіанта.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e3ddce3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Налаштовування локалізації системи</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Цим модулем<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна також за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести
-команду <emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> від імені
-адміністратора (root).
-  </para></footnote> можна скористатися за
-допомогою розділу «Система» Центру керування Mageia. Пункт модуля підписано
-«Налаштувати локалізацію системи». У разі його вибору буде відкрито вікно,
-за допомогою якого ви можете вибрати мову. Типовий список буде підібрано за
-мовами, які було вибрано під час встановлення системи.</para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна задіяти режим
-сумісності з застарілими кодуваннями (не-UTF8).</para>
-
-  <para>У другому вікні буде показано список країн, у яких може використовуватися
-вказана мова. Доступ до пунктів країн, яких немає у списку, можна отримати
-за допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Інші країни</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>Щоб внесені вами зміни набули чинності, вам слід вийти з вашого облікового
-запису у системі і знову увійти до нього.</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Метод вводу</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>За допомогою сторінки <guilabel>Інші країни</guilabel> ви також можете
-вибрати метод вводу або спосіб введення (зі спадного меню під списком). За
-допомогою способів введення можна вводити символи мов, у яких запис
-здійснюється не за допомогою літер (китайської, японської, корейської тощо).</para>
-  <para> Для азійських і африканських мов типовим способом введення буде вибрано
-IBus, отже потреби у налаштовуванні цього способу введення вручну немає.</para>
-  <para>Інші способи введення (SCIM, GCIN, HIME тощо) також надають подібні
-функціональні можливості. Встановити пакунки цих способів, якщо їх немає у
-контекстному меню, можна за допомогою іншого модуля Центру керування
-Mageia. Див. <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9624fe76..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Перегляд системного журналу</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цього інструмента<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна
-отримати за допомогою сторінки «Система» Центру керування Mageia, пункт
-<guilabel>Переглянути системний журнал</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Пошук у журналах</title>
-
-    <para>Спершу вам слід вказати рядок пошуку у полі <emphasis role="bold">Збігається
-з</emphasis> і/або рядок <emphasis>якого не повинно бути у
-результатах</emphasis> у полі <emphasis role="bold">але не
-відповідає</emphasis>. Після цього виберіть файл або файли, у яких
-виконуватиметься пошук на панелі <guilabel>Виберіть файл</guilabel>. Ви
-також можете обмежити пошук певним днем. Виберіть його на панелі <emphasis
-role="bold">Календар</emphasis> за допомогою натискання маленьких стрілочок
-з кожного боку від полів місяця і року, після чого позначте пункт
-<guibutton>Показувати лише для виділеного дня</guibutton>. Нарешті,
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>пошук</guibutton>, щоб переглянути результати на
-панелі з назвою <guilabel>Вміст файла</guilabel>. Передбачено можливість
-зберегти результати у файлів формату .txt, — для цього слід натиснути кнопку
-<emphasis role="bold">Зберегти</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>У <guibutton>Журналі інструментів Mageia</guibutton> містяться дані,
-записані до журналу засобами налаштовування Mageia, зокрема інструментами
-Центру керування Mageia. Ці журнали оновлюються кожного разу, коли ви
-змінюєте якісь налаштування.</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Налаштовування сповіщення електронною поштою</title>
-
-    <para>За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Поштове повідомлення</guibutton> можна
-наказати системі виконувати перевірку навантаження на систему і служби
-кожної години і, якщо це потрібно, надсилати повідомлення електронною поштою
-за вказаною адресою.</para>
-
-    <para>Щоб виконати налаштовування цього засобу, натисніть кнопку <emphasis
-role="bold">Поштове повідомлення</emphasis> і виберіть у вікні, яке буде
-показано, варіант <guibutton>Налаштувати систему поштового
-нагадування</guibutton>. У вікні, яке буде показано після натискання кнопки
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, ви зможете вказати служби, за якими слід вести
-спостереження (див. наведений вище знімок вікна).</para>
-
-    <para>Спостерігати можна за такими службами:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Служба Webmin</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Поштовий сервер postfix</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Сервер FTP</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Сервер World Wide Web Apache</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Сервер SSH</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Сервер Samba</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Служба xinetd</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Розпізнавач назв домену BIND</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>На наступній сторінці виберіть значення <guilabel>Навантаження</guilabel>,
-перевищення якого ви вважаєте неприйнятним. Навантаження визначається як
-рівень вибагливості процесу до ресурсів комп’ютера, велике навантаження
-уповільнює роботу решти системи, а дуже високе навантаження може свідчити
-про те, що процес вийшов з-під контролю. Типовим є значення 3. Ми
-рекомендуємо визначити значення граничного навантаження як добуток 3 на
-кількість процесів.</para>
-
-    <para>За допомогою останньої сторінки введіть <guilabel>Адресу електронної
-пошти</guilabel> особи, яку слід попередити, та <guilabel>Сервер електронної
-пошти</guilabel>, яким слід скористатися (локальний або інтернет-сервер).</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a1010eba..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Показ доступних спільних ресурсів NFS і SMB</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Цю програму<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
-      </para>
-    </footnote> можна запустити лише з
-командного рядка.</para>
-
-  <para>Цю сторінку ще не написано через брак ресурсів у команди. Якщо ви вважаєте,
-що можете написати цю довідкову сторінку, будь ласка, зв’яжіться з <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">командою з
-документування</link>. Наперед вдячні вам за допомогу.</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b96d6e9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Показ даних щодо пристроїв PCI, USB та PCMCIA вашої системи</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>Цю програму<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> можна запустити лише з
-командного рядка. Вона виводить певний опис обладнання у системі, якщо її
-запускати від імені користувача root.</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake виводити список усіх з’єднаних з комп’ютером пристроїв (USB, PCI
-та PCMCIA) та використаних драйверів. Для роботи програми потрібні пакунки
-ldetect та ldetect-lst.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Якщо додати параметр «-v», lspcidrake покаже дані щодо виробника та
-ідентифікації пристрою.</para>
-
-  <para>Часто список, виведений lspcidrake, є доволі довгим, тому для його
-фільтрування доводиться використовувати програму grep. Приклади:</para>
-
-  <para>Дані щодо графічної картки</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>Дані щодо мережі</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>Параметр -i призначено для визначення ігнорування регістру символів.</para>
-
-  <para>На наведеному нижче знімку показано роботу параметра «-v» lspcidrake та
-параметра «-i» grep.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Передбачено і інший засіб отримання даних щодо обладнання. Ця програма
-називається <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (запускати від імені
-root).</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f77aeb48..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Завантаження</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів
-налаштовування кроків завантаження системи. Натисніть на посиланні,
-розташованому нижче, щоб дізнатися більше.</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Налаштовування послідовності завантаження</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d9aebf74..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Обладнання</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів
-налаштовування обладнання. Натисніть на посиланні, розташованому нижче, щоб
-дізнатися більше.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Налаштовування обладнання</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis>Переглянути і налаштувати
-обладнання</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Налаштовування графіки</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Налаштувати ефекти
-3D-стільниці</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Налаштування миші і клавіатури</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Налаштування друку і сканування</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Налаштувати друкарки,
-черги друку, …</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Інше</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d3eec7b3..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Про підручник з Центру керування Mageia</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>У Центрі керування Mageia (MCC) передбачено вісім пунктів або сторінок,
-вибрати які можна за допомогою лівої панелі вікна програми. Якщо встановлено
-пакунок drakwizard, таких сторінок буде десять. На кожній з цих сторінок
-буде наведено набір інструментів, вибрати які можна буде за допомогою правої
-панелі сторінок у вікні програми.</para>
-
-	<para>Наступні десять глав присвячено цим десяти сторінкам та пов’язаним з ними
-інструментам.</para>
-
-<para>Останню главу присвячено іншим інструментам Mageia, доступ до яких не можна
-отримати за допомогою сторінок Центру керування Mageia.</para>
-
-	<para>Підписи під пунктами на цих сторінках часто збігаються з заголовками вікон
-відповідних інструментів.</para>
-
-        <para>Крім того, можна скористатися рядком пошуку, доступ до якого можна отримати
-натисканням заголовка вкладки «Пошук» у лівому стовпчику.</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index beaaadaa..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Локальні диски</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів
-керування дисками системи та надання спільного доступу до локальних
-дисків. Натисніть на посиланні, розташованому нижче, щоб дізнатися більше.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>Локальні диски</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fd0f146..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Мережа та інтернет</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів
-керування доступом до мережі. Натисніть на посиланні, розташованому нижче,
-щоб дізнатися більше.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Налаштування мережевих пристроїв</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Налаштування особистих параметрів і безпеку мережі</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Інше</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bb7ceaf..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Мережеві служби</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Це вікно та вікно <emphasis>Спільний доступ</emphasis> можна буде побачити,
-лише якщо встановлено пакунок <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. За допомогою
-цих вікон можна вибрати інструмент налаштовування різних серверів. Натисніть
-на посиланні, наведеному нижче або на посиланні <xref
-linkend="mcc-sharing"/>, щоб дізнатися більше.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Мережеві служби</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2981a6c9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Спільний доступ</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів
-керування спільним доступом до дисків та каталогів системи. Натисніть на
-посиланні, розташованому нижче, щоб дізнатися більше.</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Налаштовування доступу до ресурсів Windows</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis>= Налаштувати доступ до
-дисків і тек Windows (SMB)</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Налаштування доступу до ресурсів NFS</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Налаштування доступу до WebDAV</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index aed2ae0c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Безпека</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів
-керування захистом системи від зовнішнього втручання. Натисніть на
-посиланні, розташованому нижче, щоб дізнатися більше.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Безпека</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Налаштувати політику безпеки системи,
-права доступу і перевірку</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e327238..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Спільне користування</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Це вікно та вікно <emphasis>Мережеві служби</emphasis> можна буде побачити,
-лише якщо встановлено пакунок <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. За допомогою
-цих вікон можна вибрати інструмент налаштовування різних серверів. Натисніть
-на посиланні, наведеному нижче або на посиланні <xref
-linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>, щоб дізнатися більше.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>Спільне користування</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 017782d9..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Система</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів
-керування та адміністрування системою. Натисніть на посиланні, розташованому
-нижче, щоб дізнатися більше.</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Керування системними службами</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Локалізація</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>Інструменти адміністрування</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = Керувати користувачами
-системи</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cb7bfa49..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Налаштовування частоти оновлення</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цього модуля<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна отримати
-за допомогою Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis
-role="bold">Менеджер програм</emphasis>. Також відкрити вікно цієї програми
-можна за допомогою клацання правою кнопкою миші на червоній піктограмі
-<inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject> з наступним вибором пункту
-<guimenu>Налаштування оновлень</guimenu>.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>За допомогою першого повзунка ви можете змінити частоту, з якою Mageia
-перевірятиме наявність оновлень, а за допомогою другого — проміжок між
-завершенням завантаження і першою перевіркою наявності оновлень. За
-допомогою позначення чи зняття позначки з відповідного пункту ви можете
-наказати системі попереджати вас про нові випуски Mageia.</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 49f0e9ea..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Налаштовування пристрою введення (миша, сенсорна панель)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цієї програми<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para></footnote> можна отримати
-з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка <emphasis
-role="bold">Обладнання</emphasis>.</para>
-
-  <para>Для встановлення Mageia з комп’ютером має бути з’єднано
-маніпулятор-мишу. Налаштовування цього обладнання вже мало бути виконано під
-час встановлення системи. За допомогою цього модуля ви зможете змінити
-параметри роботи миші або налаштувати роботу з іншою мишею.</para>
-
-  <para>Пункти мишей у списку впорядковано за типом з’єднання та моделлю. Позначте
-пункт вашої миші і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>. Здебільшого, новітні миші добре працюють,
-якщо вибрано пункт «Будь-яка миша PS/2 чи USB». Вибраний варіант миші буде
-задіяно негайно.</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c739aff4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Контроль безпеки системи</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Презентація</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> — графічний інтерфейс
-користувача до msec, за допомогою якого можна налаштувати захист системи у
-такий спосіб:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Встановити загальносистемну поведінку, msec вносить до системи зміни з метою
-її убезпечення.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>Виконувати періодичні автоматичні перевірки системи з метою попередити вас
-про потенційно небезпечні зміни.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>У msec використано концепцію «рівнів безпеки». Рівні призначено для
-налаштовування цілого набору прав доступу у системі, за якими спостерігатиме
-і які примусово встановлюватиме програма. У Mageia вам буде запропоновано
-декілька типових рівнів, але ви можете визначити власні нетипові рівні
-безпеки.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вкладка огляду</title>
-
-    <para>Див. наведений вище знімок вікна</para>
-
-    <para>На першій вкладці буде показано список різноманітних інструментів захисту з
-розташованою праворуч кнопкою для налаштовування цих інструментів:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Брандмауер, також можна отримати доступ за допомогою Центру керування
-Mageia, сторінка «Безпека», пункт «Налаштовування особистого захисного
-шлюзу».</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Оновлення, доступ також можна отримати за допомогою Центру керування Mageia,
-сторінка «Менеджер програм», пункт «Поновити систему».</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Сам msec з деякою інформацією:</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>увімкнено чи ні</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>налаштований базовий рівень безпеки</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>дати останніх періодичних перевірок, кнопки перегляду докладного звіту та
-кнопки для негайного виконання перевірки.</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Вкладка «Параметри безпеки»</title>
-
-    <para>Якщо ви клацнете лівою кнопкою миші на другій вкладці або на кнопці
-<guibutton>Налаштувати</guibutton>, буде показано сторінку, подібну до
-наведеної на знімку нижче.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Загальна безпека»</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Рівні безпеки:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Після позначення пункту <guilabel>Увімкнути інструмент MSEC</guilabel> за
-допомогою цієї вкладки ви можете подвійним клацанням кнопкою миші вибрати
-рівень безпеки. Якщо цей пункт не буде позначено, правила забезпечення
-безпеки не застосовуватимуться. Типово, можна скористатися такими рівнями
-безпеки:</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Рівень <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. Цей рівень призначено для
-ситуацій, коли ви не хочете, щоб msec керував безпекою системи, і хочете
-налаштувати засоби захисту власноруч. Якщо буде вибрано цей рівень, усі
-перевірки безпеки буде вимкнено, програма не застосовуватиме жодних обмежень
-на налаштування та параметри системи. Будь ласка, користуйтеся цим рівнем,
-лише якщо повністю усвідомлюєте наслідки, оскільки його використання
-залишить вашу систему вразливою до нападів зловмисників.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Рівень <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. Цей рівень є типовим після
-встановлення системи, його призначено для звичайних користувачів. Права
-доступу у системі буде дещо обмежено, виконуватимуться щоденні перевірки
-захисту для виявлення змін у системних файлах, облікових записах та
-вразливостей у правах доступу до каталогів (цей рівень подібний до рівнів 2
-і 3 у старих версіях msec).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Рівень <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. Цей рівень буде корисним,
-якщо вам потрібна захищена система з певною свободою у діях. Права доступу у
-системі буде обмежено, виконуватимуться періодичні перевірки. Крім того,
-буде обмежено доступ до системи (цей рівень подібний до рівнів 4 (високий)
-та 5 (параноїдальний) у старих версіях msec).</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>Окрім цих рівнів, передбачено різні зорієнтовані на завдання набори
-налаштувань захисту, зокрема рівні <emphasis
-role="bold">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> та <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis>. Якщо ви скористаєтеся цими рівнями, захист
-системи буде попередньо налаштовано на виконання більшості типових завдань.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>Останні два рівні мають назву <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily</emphasis> і
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis>. Насправді, це не зовсім рівні
-безпеки, скоріше інструменти, призначені лише для виконання періодичних
-перевірок.</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>Записи цих рівнів зберігаються у файлах
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;назва рівня></filename>. Ви можете
-визначити власні нетипові рівні безпеки і зберігати їх до специфічних файлів
-з назвами <filename>level.&lt;назва рівня></filename>, які зберігатимуться
-до теки <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Створення рівнів є
-прерогативою досвідчених користувачів, яким потрібна гнучкіша система
-налаштувань та захищеніша система.</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>Пам’ятайте, що змінені користувачем параметри мають перевагу над типовими
-параметрами рівня.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Сповіщення безпеки:</emphasis>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>Якщо ви позначите пункт <guibutton>Надсилати сповіщення безпеки електронною
-поштою на адресу:</guibutton>, звіти щодо безпеки, створені msec,
-надсилатимуться локальною електронною поштою адміністратору безпеки,
-вказаному у сусідньому полі. Ви можете або вказати назву облікового запису
-локального користувача, або вказати адресу електронної пошти повністю (щоб
-це спрацювало, слід налаштувати локальні засоби роботи з електронною поштою
-та засоби керування нею відповідним чином). Нарешті, ви можете отримувати
-сповіщення щодо безпеки безпосередньо за допомогою вашої стільниці. Просто
-позначте відповідний пункт, щоб увімкнути ці сповіщення.</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>Наполегливо рекомендуємо вам увімкнути сповіщення безпеки забезпечення для
-адміністратора безпеки отримання негайної інформації щодо можливих проблем з
-безпекою. Якщо ви цього не зробите, адміністратору доведеться регулярно
-ознайомлюватися з файлами журналу, що зберігаються у каталозі
-<filename>/var/log/security</filename>.</para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">Параметри безпеки:</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>Створення нетипового рівня безпеки не є єдиним способом налаштовування
-захисту комп’ютера. Ви також можете скористатися вкладками для зміни
-будь-якого з потрібних вам параметрів. Поточні налаштування msec
-зберігаються у файлі
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. У цьому файлі
-містяться дані щодо назви поточного рівня безпеки та список усіх змін, які
-було внесено до його параметрів.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Безпека системи»</title>
-
-      <para>На цій вкладці буде показано усіх параметри захисту у лівому стовпчику, їхні
-описи у центральному стовпчику та поточні значення у правому стовпчику.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Щоб внести зміни до параметра, двічі клацніть на відповідному пункті. У
-відповідь буде відкрито нове вікно (див. наведений нижче знімок). У вікні
-буде показано назву параметра, короткий опис, поточне і типове значення, а
-також спадний список, за допомогою якого можна вибрати це
-значення. Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>, щоб підтвердити
-ваш вибір.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>Не забудьте перед завершенням роботи msecgui зберегти ваші налаштування за
-допомогою пункту меню <guimenu>Файл -> Зберегти налаштування</guimenu>. Якщо
-вами було внесено зміни до параметрів, msecgui надасть вам змогу попередньо
-переглянути список змін, перш ніж ці зміни буде збережено.</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Мережева безпека</title>
-
-      <para>На цій вкладці буде показано усіх параметри захисту роботи у мережі. Вона
-працює у спосіб, подібний до способу роботи попередньої вкладки.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Періодичні перевірки»</title>
-
-      <para>Періодичні перевірки призначено для інформування адміністратора безпеки за
-допомогою сповіщень щодо усіх проблем, які msec вважає потенційно
-небезпечними.</para>
-
-      <para>На цій вкладці буде показано усіх виконані msec періодичні перевірки та їхню
-частоту, якщо позначено пункт <guibutton>Увімкнути періодичні перевірки
-безпеки</guibutton>. Зміни можна вносити у спосіб, подібний до способу
-внесення змін на попередніх вкладках.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>Вкладка «Винятки»</title>
-
-      <para>Іноді сповіщення створюються щодо добре відомих і безпечних «проблем». У
-таких випадках сповіщення є зайвими і лише витрачатимуть час
-адміністратора. За допомогою цієї вкладки ви можете створити довільну
-кількість винятків для усування зайвих сповіщень. Під час першого запуску
-msec список на цій вкладці, звичайно ж, буде порожнім. На наведеному нижче
-знімку не показано жодного винятку.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Щоб створити запис винятку, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Додати
-правило</guibutton>.</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>Виберіть бажані періодичні перевірки за допомогою спадного списку
-<guilabel>Перевірка</guilabel>, а потім введіть <guilabel>Виняток</guilabel>
-до відповідного поля. Звичайно ж, додавання виключення не є остаточним. Ви
-можете або вилучити його за допомогою натискання кнопки
-<guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton> на вкладці <guilabel>Винятки</guilabel>, або
-змінити створений запис винятку подвійним клацанням лівою кнопкою миші на
-відповідному пункті.</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>Права доступу</title>
-    <para>Цю вкладку призначено для налаштовування перевірок прав доступу до файлів і
-каталогів та примусового встановлення відповідних прав.</para>
-    <para>Подібно до рівнів захисту, у msec передбачено різні рівні прав доступу
-(standard, secure, ..), які вмикаються відповідно до вибраного рівня
-безпеки. Ви можете створювати власні нетипові рівні прав доступу, зберігати
-їх до відповідних файлів з назвами <filename>perm.&lt;назва
-рівня></filename> до теки <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>. Звичайно
-ж, цим варто користуватися маючи певний досвід і причину для створення
-нетипового рівня. Крім того, можна скористатися вкладкою вікна налаштувань
-для внесення змін до вже створених прав доступу. Поточні налаштування
-зберігаються у файлі <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Цей
-файл містить список усіх змін, які було внесено до прав доступу.</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Типові права доступу буде показано у форматі списку правил (одне правило на
-рядок). У лівому стовпчику буде показано файл або теку, якого стосуються
-правила, у наступному стовпчику буде показано власника, далі групу, а потім
-стовпчик прав доступу, який надається цим правилом. Якщо для наданого
-правила:</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>пункт <guilabel>Примусити</guilabel> не позначено, msec виконуватиме лише
-перевірку, чи виконуються обмеження прав доступу, визначені правилом, і
-надсилатиме сповіщення, якщо вони не виконуватимуться, але не вноситиме
-ніяких змін.</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>пункт <guilabel>Примусити</guilabel> позначено, msec виконуватиме перевірку,
-чи виконуються обмеження прав доступу, визначені правилом, і виправлятиме
-права доступу.</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>Для того, щоб це спрацювало, слід відповідним чином налаштувати параметр
-CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role="bold">вкладці «Періодичні
-перевірки»</emphasis>.</para></important><para>Щоб створити нове правило, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Додати
-правило</guibutton> і заповніть поля так, як це показано у наведеному нижче
-прикладі. У полі <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можна використовувати замінник
-*. «current» означає «не вносити зміни».</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>, щоб підтвердити вибір і не
-забудьте перед закриттям вікна зберегти ваші налаштування за допомогою
-пункту меню <guimenu>Файл -> Зберегти налаштування</guimenu>. Якщо вами було
-внесено зміни до параметрів, msecgui надасть вам змогу попередньо
-переглянути список змін, перш ніж ці зміни буде збережено. </para>
-    <note><para>Крім того, можна створювати або вносити зміни до правил за допомогою
-редагування файла налаштувань
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Зміни на <emphasis role="bold">вкладці «Права доступу»</emphasis> (або
-безпосередньо за допомогою файла налаштувань) беруться до уваги під час
-виконання першої ж періодичної перевірки (див. пункт CHECK_PERMS на
-<emphasis role="bold">вкладці «Періодичні перевірки»</emphasis>). Якщо ви
-хочете, щоб зміни було застосовано негайно, скористайтеся командою msecperms
-з консолі. Команду слід віддавати від імені користувача root. Щоб
-ознайомитися зі списком прав доступу, які буде змінено програмою msecperms,
-скористайтеся командою msecperms -p.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Не забувайте, що якщо ви внесете зміни щодо прав доступу до певного файла за
-допомогою консольної команди або програми для керування файлами, і пункт
-<guilabel>Примусити</guilabel> на <emphasis role="bold">вкладці «Права
-доступу»</emphasis> для цього файла буде позначено, msecgui за деякий час
-поверне попередні права доступу, відповідно до налаштувань параметрів
-CHECK_PERMS та CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на <emphasis role="bold">вкладці
-«Періодичні перевірки»</emphasis>.</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d6f123c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Інші інструменти Mageia</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>У Mageia передбачено більше інструментів, ніж перелік інструментів з Центру
-керування Mageia. Натисніть наведене нижче посилання, щоб дізнатися більше,
-або продовжіть читання наступних сторінок підручника.</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>ЩЕ НЕ НАПИСАНО</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>Додаткові інструменти?</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index afa1043c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Керування програмним забезпеченням (Встановлення або вилучення програм)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Вступ до rpmdrake</title>
-
-    <para>За допомогою цього інструмента<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-      </footnote>, також
-відомого за назвою drakrpm, можна встановлювати, вилучати і оновлювати
-пакунки з програмним забезпеченням. Програма є графічним інтерфейсом до
-URPMI. Під час кожного запуску вона перевірятиме списки пакунків у інтернеті
-(які називаються «носіями» пакунків), отримані безпосередньо з офіційних
-серверів Mageia, і показуватиме список найсвіжіших пакунків з програмним
-забезпеченням для вашої системи. Система фільтрування надає вам змогу
-переглядати списки пакунків лише певного типу: ви можете переглянути список
-встановлених пакунків (типове фільтрування) або лише доступні
-оновлення. Також можна ознайомитися зі списком невстановлених пакунків. Ви
-можете знайти пакунок за назвою або словом у резюме опису пакунка, а також
-на назвами файлів, які є частиною пакунка.</para>
-
-    <para>Для належної роботи rpmdrake слід налаштувати параметри сховищ пакунків за
-допомогою <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>Під час встановлення налаштованим сховищем є носій, з якого відбувається
-встановлення, наприклад DVD або компакт-диск. Якщо ви нічого не будете
-змінювати, rpmdrake проситиме вас вставити цей носій кожного разу, коли вам
-потрібно буде встановити пакунок за допомогою такого контекстного вікна:
-<mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>Якщо наведене вище повідомлення
-дратує вас і у вас є добрі умови з’єднання з інтернетом без обмежень щодо
-отримання даних, варто вилучити запис початкового носія і замінити його
-сховищами у мережі за допомогою <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
-
-      <para>Крім того, сховища у мережі завжди містять найсвіжіші пакунки, ширший їхній
-діапазон та надають змогу оновлювати вже встановлені пакунки.</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Основні частини вікна</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Фільтрування за типом пакунка:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>За допомогою цього фільтра ви можете звузити список пакунків до певного
-типу. Під час першого запуску програми для керування пакунками у списку
-будуть лише програми з графічним інтерфейсом. Ви можете наказати програмі
-показувати всі пакунки і всі залежності цих пакунків разом з бібліотеками
-або наказати показувати лише групи пакунків (цілісні програмні комплекси),
-лише оновлення або лише пакунки, портовані з новіших версій Mageia Linux.</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>Типовий режим фільтрування призначено для користувачів, які не мають
-значного досвіду користування Linux або Mageia, тобто тих, кому не потрібні
-програми, які керуються командним рядком, чи програми для
-спеціалістів. Оскільки ви читаєте цю документацію, ви очевидно зацікавлені у
-розширенні ваших знань щодо Mageia, отже, краще вибрати варіант «Всі».</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Фільтрування за станом пакунка:</emphasis>
-</firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>За допомогою цього фільтрування ви можете наказати програмі показати лише
-встановлені пакунки, пакунки, які ще не встановлено, або всі пакунки,
-встановлені і невстановлені.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Режим пошуку:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>Натисніть цю піктограму, щоб вибрати дані, у яких виконуватиметься пошук:
-назви пакунків, резюме, повні описи або списки файлів, що містяться у
-пакунках.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Поле «Знайти»:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>У цьому полі можна вказати одне або декілька ключових слів. Якщо для пошук
-ви хочете використати декілька ключових слів, відокремте їх символом
-«|». Наприклад, якщо ви хочете знайти пакунки для mplayer або xine, вкажіть:
-«mplayer | xine» (без лапок).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Витерти все:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>За допомогою натискання цієї піктограми можна вилучити всі ключові слова у
-полі «Знайти».</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Список категорій:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>На цій панелі наведено список всіх програм і пакунків, розподілених за
-категоріями та підкатегоріями.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Панель опису:</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>На цій панелі буде показано назву пакунка, резюме та короткий опис. Тут ви
-зможете знайти багато корисних даних щодо позначеного пакунка, а також точні
-дані щодо пакунка, включених до нього файлів та список змін у пакунку,
-створений супровідниками пакунка.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Стовпчик стану</title>
-
-    <para>Після належного визначення параметрів фільтрування ви можете шукати
-програмне забезпечення або за категоріями (у області 6 на рисунку) або за
-назвою, резюме, описом тощо, за допомогою області 4. Список пакунків, які
-відповідають вашому запиту на вказаних вами носіях пакунків, буде показано з
-позначками стану (встановлено, не встановлено, оновлення). Щоб змінити цей
-стан, просто позначте або зніміть позначку з пункту перед назвою пакунка у
-списку і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Застосувати</guibutton>.</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">Піктограма</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Умовне позначення</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Цей пакунок вже встановлено</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Цей пакунок буде встановлено</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Стан цього пакунка змінювати не можна</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Цей пакунок є оновленням</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">Цей пакунок буде вилучено</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>Приклади на наведеному вище знімку:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Якщо зняти позначку з пункту digikam (значок з зеленою стрілкою означає, що
-цей пакунок встановлено), піктограма стану стане червоною із зображенням
-стрілки вгору. Пакунок буде вилучено одразу після натискання кнопки
-<guibutton>Застосувати</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Якщо позначити пункт qdigidoc (пакунок не встановлено, як можна бачити зі
-стовпчика стану), у стовпчику стану з’явиться помаранчева піктограма стану
-зі стрілкою вниз. Пакунок буде встановлено одразу після натискання кнопки
-<guibutton>Застосувати</guibutton>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Залежності</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>Для належної роботи деяких пакунків доведеться встановити інші пакунки, які
-називають залежностями. Ці пакунки містять бібліотеки або додаткові
-інструменти. Якщо вам трапиться такий пакунок, rpmdrake покаже інформаційне
-вікно, за допомогою якого ви зможете погодитися зі встановленням
-залежностей, скасувати встановлення або отримати додаткові дані
-(див. вище). Також ви зможете вибрати потрібний вам пакунок, якщо залежності
-можна вдовольнити у декілька способів. rpmdrake просто покаже вам вікно зі
-списком варіантів задоволення залежностей і кнопками отримання додаткових
-даних та вибору пакунка, який слід встановити.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 294b1c2c..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,270 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Налаштовування сканера</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Встановлення</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>За допомогою цього модуля<footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-      </footnote> ви можете
-налаштувати пристрій сканера або багатофункціональний пристрій, у якому
-передбачено можливість сканування. Крім того, за допомогою модуля можна
-надати у спільне користування у межах локальної мережі пристрої, з’єднання з
-вашим комп’ютером, або отримати доступ до сканерів, з’єднаних з віддаленими
-комп’ютерами.</para>
-
-    <para>Після першого запуску цієї програми ви можете побачити таке повідомлення:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Для використання сканера повинні бути встановлені пакунки
-SANE.</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>Ви хочете встановити пакунки SANE?</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Натисніть кнопку <emphasis>Так</emphasis>, щоб встановити потрібні
-пакунки. Якщо цього ще не було зроблено раніше, буде встановлено пакунки
-<code>scanner-gui</code> та <code>task-scanning</code>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Якщо сканер було ідентифіковано належним чином, отже, у вікні, подібному до
-наведеного на знімку вище, показано назву вашого сканера, сканером можна
-користуватися, наприклад, у <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>,
-<emphasis>Skanlite</emphasis> або <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Отже, після цього ви можете налаштувати можливість <emphasis>спільного
-використання сканера</emphasis>. Відповідні відомості наведено у розділі
-<xref linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
-
-    
-    <para>Втім, якщо програмі не вдалося належним чином ідентифікувати ваш сканер,
-перевірка кабелю та перемикача живлення показала, що все працює, а після
-натискання кнопки <emphasis>Шукати нові сканери</emphasis> сканерів не було
-знайдено, вам доведеться натиснути кнопку <emphasis>Додати сканер
-вручну</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <para>Виберіть пункт виробника сканерів у списку, а потім виберіть марку сканера і
-натисніть кнопку <emphasis>Гаразд</emphasis>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Якщо вашого сканера у списку немає, натисніть кнопку
-<emphasis>Скасувати</emphasis>.</para>
-
-      <para>Будь ласка, перевірте, чи передбачено підтримку вашого сканера за допомогою
-сторінки <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">Підтримувані
-сканери SANE</link> і попросіть про допомогу на <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">форумі</link>.</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Вибір порту</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>Ви можете залишити незмінним типовий варіант, <emphasis>Автоматично
-визначити наявні порти</emphasis>, якщо ваш сканер з’єднано з комп’ютером не
-за допомогою паралельного порту. Якщо сканер все ж з’єднано за допомогою
-паралельного порту, виберіть <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (якщо сканер
-лише один).</para>
-
-    <para>Після натискання кнопки <emphasis>Гаразд</emphasis> у переважній більшості
-випадків ви побачите вікно, подібне до наведеного на знімку нижче.</para>
-<para>Якщо подібне вікно не було показано, будь ласка, ознайомтеся з вмістом
-розділу <xref linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Спільне використання сканерів</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Тут ви можете вказати, чи приєднані до цієї машини сканери можуть бути
-доступними для інших комп’ютерів, і для яких саме. Ви також можете
-визначитися з тим, чи можна буде користуватися сканерами, з’єднаними з
-іншими комп’ютерами з вашого комп’ютера.</para>
-
-    <para>Сканер є доступним для машин: можна додати або вилучити назви або IP-адреси
-вузлів, яким надано доступ до локальних пристроїв на цьому комп’ютері.</para>
-
-    <para>Використання віддалених сканерів: можна додати до списку вузлів, яким надано
-доступ до віддаленого сканера, назву або IP-адресу нового вузла або вилучити
-зі списку наявний запис вузла.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Сканер є доступним для машин: за допомогою цього пункту можна запустити
-інструмент додавання вузла.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Сканер є доступним для машин: вкажіть вузли, які слід додати до списку
-вузлів з доступом або надайте доступ усіх віддаленим вузлам.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>«Всі віддалені машини» — надати доступ до вашого локального сканера
-користувачам усіх віддалених комп’ютерів у локальній мережі.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Якщо ще не встановлено пакунок <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, програма-майстер
-запропонує його встановити.</para>
-
-    <para>Нарешті, програма внесе зміни до цих файлів:</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (додавання або коментування
-директиви «net»)</para>
-
-    <para>Також буде налаштовано на запуск під час завантаження системи фонові служби
-<emphasis>saned</emphasis> та <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Специфічні поради</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
-
-        <para>Робота з більшістю сканерів, а також принтерів HP забезпечується програмою
-<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Якщо ви маєте справу зі сканером
-саме цієї фірми, вам буде запропоновано скористатися для налаштовування
-<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Epson</para>
-
-        <para>Драйвери можна отримати за допомогою <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">цієї
-сторінки пошуку</link>. Щоб скористатися сканером, вам доведеться спочатку
-встановити пакунок «iscan-data», а потім пакунок «iscan» (саме у такому
-порядку). Іноді під час встановлення пакунка iscan може бути показано
-повідомлення про конфлікт з пакунком sane. Користувачами цього пакунка
-повідомлялося, що такі попередження можна сміливо ігнорувати.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Додаткові кроки зі встановлення</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>Можливо, що після позначення порту для вашого сканера на сторінці <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> вам доведеться виконати ще один або декілька
-кроків налаштовування вашого сканера.</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Робота з деякими сканерами вимагає вивантаження мікропрограми на сканер під
-час кожного його запуску. За допомогою модуля налаштовування сканера можна
-наказати системі завантажувати цю мікропрограму на пристрій після з’єднання
-його з комп’ютером. За допомогою цього вікна ви можете встановити
-мікропрограму з компакт-диска або встановленої системи Windows чи встановити
-мікропрограму отриману з сайта виробника пристрою у інтернеті.</para><para>
-    Якщо для роботи з вашим сканером потрібно завантажити мікропрограму, перша
-спроба скористатися пристроєм може бути доволі довгою, ймовірно, тривалішою
-за одну хвилину. Будьте терплячими.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>Крім того, може бути показано пораду щодо внесення змін до файла
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/«назва_відповідного_модуля_SANE_».conf</emphasis>. </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>Ретельно ознайомтеся з цими та іншими настановами. Якщо вони вам не
-допоможуть, не вагайтеся і попросіть про допомогу на <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">форумі</link>.</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 44121b36..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Керування програмами</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї сторінки можна отримати доступ до декількох інструментів
-керування пакунками з програмним забезпеченням. Натисніть на посиланні,
-розташованому нижче, щоб дізнатися більше.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Керування програмами</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis>= Поновити систему</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Налаштувати джерела
-встановлення і поновлення</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 573a6006..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,361 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Встановлення і налаштовування принтера</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Вступ</title>
-
-    <para>Завданнями з друку у Mageia керує сервер, який називається CUPS. У сервера є
-власний <link ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">інтерфейс
-налаштовування</link>, доступ до якого здійснюється за допомогою програми
-для перегляду сторінок інтернету. Втім, у Mageia передбачено і власний
-інструмент для встановлення і налаштовування драйверів принтерів, який
-називається system-config-printer і використовується також у інших
-дистрибутивах, зокрема Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu та openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>Вам варто увімкнути доступ до сховищ пакунків, які не є вільними, (non-free)
-до того, як ви продовжите встановлення, оскільки пакунки деяких з драйверів
-зберігаються лише у цьому сховищі.</para>
-
-    <para>Керувати встановленням драйверів до принтерів можна за допомогою розділу
-<guilabel>Обладнання</guilabel> Центру керування Mageia. Вам просто слід
-вибрати пункт <guilabel>Налаштувати друк і сканування</guilabel><footnote>
-        <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для роботи з програмою
-доведеться вказати пароль адміністративного користувача (root).</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
-
-    <para>MCC попросить у вас дозволу щодо встановлення двох пакунків:</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>Вам слід погодитися на встановлення цих пакунків, щоб продовжити роботу з
-програмою. За залежностями може бути встановлено до 230 МБ даних.</para>
-
-    <para>Щоб додати принтер, натисніть кнопку <guilabel>Додати</guilabel>. Система
-спробує виявити всі доступні принтери і порти. На знімку показано пункт
-принтера, з’єднаного за допомогою USB. Якщо принтер буде виявлено, його буде
-показано у першому рядку списку. За допомогою цього ж вікна можна
-налаштувати мережевий принтер.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>Принтер було виявлено автоматично</title>
-
-    <para>Зазвичай, це стосується принтерів, з’єднаних з комп’ютером за допомогою
-кабелю USB. Програма автоматично визначає назву принтера і показує
-її. Виберіть принтер і натисніть кнопку <guilabel>Далі</guilabel>. Якщо з
-принтером пов’язано відомий системі драйвер, його буде встановлено
-автоматично. Якщо можна скористатися одним з декількох драйверів або або
-системі не вдасться визначити найкращий драйвер, буде показано вікно з
-проханням вибрати драйвер, пояснення до якого наведено у наступному
-розділі. Продовжіть читання з розділу <xref linkend="terminate"/>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>Принтер не вдалося виявити автоматично</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Після вибору порту система завантажить список драйверів і покаже вікно для
-вибору драйвера. Ви зможете вибрати один з наведених нижче варіантів.</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>вибрати принтер з бази даних</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>надати PPD-файл</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>пошукати драйвер для звантаження</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Якщо буде вибрано варіант з пошуком у базі даних, програма спочатку
-запропонує вам вибрати назви компанії-виробника принтера, а потім назву
-пристрою та драйвер, пов’язаний з роботою цього пристрою. Якщо можна буде
-скористатися декількома драйверами, варто вибрати з них рекомендований. Якщо
-у вас виникають якісь проблеми з роботою рекомендованого драйвера, виберіть
-той з драйверів, який працює найкраще.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>Завершення процедури встановлення</title>
-
-    <para>Після вибору драйвера буде відкрито вікно введення даних, які допоможуть
-системі позначити і розпізнати принтер. У першому рядку слід ввести назву
-пристрою, яку буде показано у програмах у списку доступних принтерів. Після
-введення даних засіб встановлення драйвера запропонує надрукувати тестову
-сторінку. Щойно буде закрито сторінку тестового друку, запис принтера буде
-додано до списку доступних принтерів, ним можна буде користуватися.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Мережний принтер</title>
-
-    <para>Мережні принтери — це принтери, які безпосередньо з’єднано з дротовою або
-бездротовою мережею, сервером друку або іншою робочою станцією, яка працює у
-режимі сервера друку.</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>Часто, варто налаштувати сервер DHCP на автоматичну прив’язку IP-адреси до
-MAC-принтера. Звичайно ж, якщо ця адреса є фіксованою, вона має збігатися з
-IP-адресою принтера, на яку налаштовано сервер друку.</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>MAC-адреса принтера — це серійний номер, який надається принтеру, серверу
-друку або комп’ютеру, з яким з’єднано принтер, і яку можна визначити за
-допомогою тестової сторінки, надрукованої самим принтером або наклейки на
-принтері або сервері друку. Якщо ваш принтер спільного користування з’єднано
-з системою Mageia, ви можете виконати від імені користувача root
-(адміністратора) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, щоб
-визначити цю MAC-адресу. MAC-адресою є послідовність цифр і літер після
-слова «HWaddr».</para>
-
-    <para>Додати ваш мережний принтер можна так: виберіть протокол, який
-використовується принтером для обміну даними мережею з вашим
-комп’ютером. Якщо ви не знаєте, який протокол слід вибрати, ви можете
-спробувати скористатися пунктом <guilabel>Мережний принтер</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>Знайти мережний принтер</guilabel> у меню
-<guilabel>Пристрої</guilabel> і вказати IP-адресу принтера у полі праворуч,
-де вказано «вузол».</para>
-
-    <para>Якщо програмі вдасться виявити ваш принтер або сервер друку, вона запропонує
-вам визначені параметри протоколу та черги друку. Втім, ви можете вибрати
-потрібний вам варіант зі списку, розташованого нижче, або вказати належну
-назву черги друку, якщо відповідного пункту немає у списку.</para>
-
-    <para>Для визначення переліку протоколів, підтримку яких передбачено у сервері
-друку, та відповідних назв черг друку зверніться до документації з сервера
-друку, яким ви користуєтеся.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>Протоколи друку мережею</title>
-
-    <para>Однією з сучасних методик роботи з принтерами є розроблена Hewlett-Packard
-технологія під назвою JetDirect. За її допомогою можна здійснювати доступ до
-принтера, безпосередньо з’єднаного з мережею за допомогою порту
-Ethernet. Вам слід буде вказати IP-адресу, яка використовується принтером у
-мережі. Ця технологія використовується також у деяких ADSL-маршрутизаторах,
-у яких передбачено порт USB для під’єднання принтера. Якщо ви користуєтеся
-таким маршрутизатором, слід вказати його IP-адресу. Зауважте, що програма
-«Hp Device manager» може працювати з динамічно визначеною IP-адресою,
-визначаючи адресу файла пристрою як
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;назва_принтера&gt;</emphasis> . Для такого динамічного
-визначення фіксована IP-адреса не потрібна.</para>
-
-    <para>Виберіть пункт <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> у списку
-протоколів і вкажіть адресу у полі <guilabel>Вузол:</guilabel>. Не змінюйте
-вміст поля <guilabel>Номер порту</guilabel>, якщо не певні, що це слід
-зробити. Після вибору протоколу виконайте вибір драйвера відповідно до вже
-описаної процедури.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>Серед інших можливих протоколів такі:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Протокол друку інтернетом (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ до
-якого здійснюється у мережі TCP/IP за допомогою протоколу IPP. Наприклад,
-принтер, з’єднаний з робочою станцією, де використовується CUPS. Цей
-протокол може також використовуватися деякими маршрутизаторами ADSL.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Протокол друку інтернетом (https)</emphasis>: те саме, що і ipp,
-але з використанням передавання даних HTTP з захистом TLS. Слід вказати
-порт. Типовим номером порту є 631.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Протокол друку інтернетом (ipps)</emphasis>: те саме, що і ipp,
-але із захистом TLS.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Вузол або принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ до якого
-здійснюється у мережі TCP/IP за допомогою протоколу LPD. Наприклад, принтер,
-з’єднаний з робочою станцією, на якій використовується LPD.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер у спільному
-користуванні, з’єднаний з робочою станцією під керуванням Windows або
-сервером SMB.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Крім того, адресу URI можна додати безпосередньо. Ось декілька прикладів
-форматування адреси URI:</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-адреса-або-назва-вузла:порт</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Протокол друку Інтернетом (IPP)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-адреса-або-назва-вузла:номер-порту/ресурс</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-адреса-або-назва-вузла:номер-порту/ресурс</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Протокол фонової служби лінійного принтера (LPD)</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://користувач@ip-адреса-або-назва-вузла/черга</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>Додаткові відомості можна знайти у <link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">документації
-до CUPS</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Властивості пристрою</title>
-
-    <para>Ви можете переглянути і змінити параметри роботи пристрою. За допомогою меню
-можна отримати доступ до панелі налаштовування сервера CUPS. Типово, сервер
-CUPS запускається вашою операційною системою, але ви можете вибрати інший
-варіант за допомогою пункту меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> →
-<guimenuitem>З’єднатись...</guimenuitem>. Інше вікно налаштовування
-параметрів сервера можна відкрити за допомогою пункту меню
-<guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> → <guimenuitem>Параметри</guimenuitem>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Діагностика проблем</title>
-
-    <para>Дані щодо помилок, які могли трапитися під час друку, можна знайти у файлі
-<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>.</para>
-
-    <para>Крім того, ви можете скористатися інструментом для діагностування і
-вирішення проблем. Доступ до нього можна отримати за допомогою пункту меню
-<guimenu>Довідка</guimenu> → <guilabel>Усунення проблем з друком</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>Специфічні поради</title>
-
-    <para>Драйверів, потрібних для роботи певних принтерів, немає у сховищах пакунків
-Mageia через ліцензійні проблеми або ці драйвери є непрацездатними. Якщо ви
-не можете знайти потрібного драйвера скористайтеся сторінкою системи <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link>, щоб
-переконатися, чи існує драйвер взагалі. Якщо виявиться, що драйвер існує,
-перевірте, чи немає пакунка з цим драйвером у сховищах Mageia. Якщо такий
-пакунок буде виявлено, встановіть його вручну. Після встановлення драйвера
-повторіть процедуру встановлення і налаштовування принтера. Про проблеми
-повідомляйте за допомогою системи стеження за вадами дистрибутива або
-форуму. Також можна повідомляти про побажання щодо роботи програм
-налаштовування та про те, чи працює принтер після встановлення. Нижче
-наведено декілька адрес, за якими можна знайти найновіші версії драйверів
-або драйвери до найновіших пристроїв.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Принтери Brother</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>На <link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">цій
-сторінці</link> можна знайти список драйверів, які надаються
-Brother. Знайдіть драйвер до вашого пристрою, звантажте пакунки rpm з ним і
-встановіть ці пакунки.</para>
-
-    <para>Драйвери Brother слід встановити до запуску програми для налаштовування
-системи друку.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Принтери та багатофункціональні пристрої
-Hewlett-Packard</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Для цих пристроїв використовуються програми з комплекту hplip. Цей комплект
-програм буде автоматично встановлено після вибору принтера. Докладніші
-відомості щодо комплекту програм можна знайти <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">тут</link>.
-Програму «HP Device Manager» (Керування пристроями HP) можна буде знайти у
-меню системи. Довідку щодо налаштовування принтера можна знайти <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">тут</link>.</para>
-
-    <para>Багатофункціональні пристрої HP потребують встановлення драйвера принтера,
-щоб працювати і у режимі сканера. Зауважте, що іноді у інтерфейсі програми
-для сканування не передбачено можливостей зі сканування плівок або слайдів
-(не працює модуль для слайдів). У цьому випадку можна скористатися для
-сканування автономним режимом зі збереженням зображення на картку пам’яті
-або на флеш-пристрій USB, вставлений до багатофункціонального
-пристрою. Після сканування отримані зображення можна перенести з носія даних
-до сховища вашого улюбленого програмного забезпечення для роботи з
-зображеннями.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Кольорові принтери Samsung</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Драйвери для окремих кольорових принтерів Samsung і Xerox, що працюють за
-допомогою протоколу QPDL, можна <link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">знайти тут</link>.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Принтери і сканери Epson</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Драйвери можна отримати за допомогою <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">цієї
-сторінки пошуку</link>. Щоб скористатися сканером, вам доведеться спочатку
-встановити пакунок «iscan-data», а потім пакунок «iscan» (саме у такому
-порядку). Крім того, може виникнути потреба у встановленні пакунка
-iscan-plugin. Виберіть пакунки <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>, архітектура яких
-відповідає встановленій на вашому комп’ютері системі. </para>
-
-    <para> Іноді під час встановлення пакунка iscan може бути показано повідомлення про
-конфлікт з пакунком sane. Користувачами цього пакунка повідомлялося, що такі
-попередження можна сміливо ігнорувати.</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Принтери Canon</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>Якщо ви працюєте з принтерами Canon, вам може стати у пригоді програма, яка
-називається turboprint. Відповідний (тестовий) пакунок можна отримати <link
-ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">тут</link>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 356c2a1b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Імпортування документів і параметрів Windows(TM)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цього інструмента<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора
-(root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна
-отримати за допомогою сторінки <emphasis role="bold">Система</emphasis>
-Центру керування Mageia, пункт <guilabel>Імпортувати документи і
-налаштування Windows™</guilabel>.</para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цього інструмента адміністратор системи може імпортувати
-документи і налаштування облікових записів користувачів зі встановленої
-системи <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP або <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> на тому
-самому комп’ютері, на якому встановлено Mageia.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Будь ласка, зауважте, що усі зміни буде застосовано негайно після натискання
-кнопки <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Після запуску transfugdrake ви побачите першу сторінку майстра з поясненнями
-щодо призначення програми та варіантами імпортування даних.</para>
-
-  <para>Щойно ви прочитаєте і зрозумієте настанови, натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>. У відповідь програма виконає виявлення
-відповідних даних у встановленій операційній системі <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>.</para>
-
-  <para>Після завершення процедури виявлення даних ви побачите сторінку, за
-допомогою якої зможете вибрати облікові записи у <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> та Mageia для виконання процедури з
-імпортування. Ви можете вибрати не лише свій обліковий запис.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Будь ласка, зверніть увагу на те, що через обмеження migrate-assistant
-(основного компонента transfugdrake) назви облікових записів <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>, які містять спеціальні символи
-(кирилицю), може бути показано некоректно.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Тривалість перенесення даних залежатиме від розміру тек з документами.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Деякі програми <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> (зокрема
-драйвери) можуть створювати облікові записи для реалізації спеціальних
-можливостей. Наприклад, драйвери NVidia у <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> оновлюються за допомогою облікового
-запису <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Будь ласка, не використовуйте такі
-облікові записи для імпортування даних.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>Після завершення вибору способу імпортування облікових записів натисніть
-кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>. Наступне вікно використовується для
-вибору способу імпортування документів:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake розроблено для імпортування даних <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> з тек <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> та <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis>. Ви можете наказати системі не виконувати імпортування
-певних даних, знявши позначення з відповідного пункту у цьому вікні.</para>
-
-  <para>Після завершення вибору способу імпортування документів натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>. Наступне вікно використовується для вибору
-способу імпортування закладок:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake може імпортувати дані закладок <emphasis>Internet
-Explorer</emphasis> and <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> до закладок
-програми <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>, яку встановлено у Mageia.</para>
-
-  <para>Виберіть бажаний варіант імпортування і натисніть кнопку
-<guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>За допомогою наступної сторінки ви зможете імпортувати зображення тла
-стільниці:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Виберіть бажаний варіант і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para>На останній сторінці майстра буде показано повідомлення з вітанням. Просто
-натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Завершити</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index df7d9cc6..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Користувачі і групи</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Доступ до цього інструмента<footnote>
-      <para>Запустити цю програму можна за допомогою термінала: достатньо ввести команду
-<emphasis role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> від імені адміністратора (root).</para>
-    </footnote> можна
-отримати за допомогою сторінки <emphasis role="bold">Система</emphasis>
-Центру керування Mageia, пункт «Керувати користувачами системи».</para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цього інструмента адміністратор системи може керувати
-користувачами і групами користувачів, тобто може додавати або вилучати
-користувача або групу та вносити зміни до параметрів запису користувача і
-групи (ідентифікатора, командної оболонки тощо).</para>
-
-  <para>У відкритому вікні userdrake список усіх користувачів системи буде показано
-на вкладці <guibutton>Користувачі</guibutton>, а список усіх груп — на
-вкладці <guibutton>Групи</guibutton>. Принципи роботи з обома вкладками є
-однаковими.</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1. Додати користувача</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>За допомогою цієї кнопки можна відкрити нове вікно з незаповненими полями:</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Поле <emphasis role="bold">Ім’я повністю</emphasis> призначено для введення
-прізвища та імені, але ви можете ввести до нього будь-які дані!</para>
-
-  <para>Поле <emphasis role="bold">Користувач</emphasis> є єдиним обов’язковим до
-заповнення полем.</para>
-
-  <para>Ми наполегливо рекомендуємо вам встановити <emphasis
-role="bold">Пароль</emphasis> до облікового запису користувача. Праворуч від
-поля пароля ви побачите невеличке зображення щита. Якщо колір цього щита
-буде червоним, вказаний пароль є надто простим, надто коротким або надто
-подібним до назви облікового запису. У паролі вам слід використовувати
-цифри, малі і великі літери, знаки пунктуації тощо. З підвищенням складності
-пароля колір щита зміниться на жовтий, а потім на зелений.</para>
-
-  <para>У полі <emphasis role="bold">Підтвердіть пароль</emphasis> вам слід повторно
-ввести пароль, щоб забезпечити його відповідність вашим намірам щодо його
-символів.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Командна оболонка</emphasis>: за допомогою цього
-спадного списку ви можете змінити командну оболонку, яка
-використовуватиметься для роботи користувача, обліковий запис якого ви
-додаєте. Можливі такі варіанти: Bash, Dash та Sh.</para>
-
-  <para>Якщо буде позначено пункт <emphasis role="bold">Створити особисту групу для
-користувача</emphasis>, userdrake автоматично створить групу з тією ж
-назвою, що і назва облікового запису нового користувача, і єдиним учасником
-(пізніше параметри групи можна змінити).</para>
-
-  <para>Призначення інших пунктів діалогового вікна має бути зрозумілим з
-написів. Запис нового користувача буде створено одразу після натискання
-кнопки <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2. Додати групу</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Вам слід вказати лише назву нової групи і, якщо це потрібно, специфічний
-номер-ідентифікатор групи.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3. Виправити</emphasis> (позначений запис користувача)</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>Дані користувача</guibutton>: за допомогою цієї вкладки ви можете
-змінити усі дані, вказані для облікового запису користувача під час його
-створення (втім, ідентифікатор запису користувача змінювати не можна).</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Інформація про користувачів</emphasis></para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Перший пункт призначено для встановлення граничного строку дії облікового
-запису. По завершенню строку дії вхід до облікового запису стане
-неможливим. Цим пунктом можна скористатися для створення тимчасових
-облікових записів.</para>
-
-  <para>Другий пункт призначено для блокування облікового запису. Вхід до
-заблокованих облікових записів є неможливим.</para>
-
-  <para>Також можна змінити піктограму користувача.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Інформація про пароль</emphasis>: за допомогою цієї
-вкладки ви можете встановити строк дії пароля. Встановлення строку дії
-примушує користувача до періодичної зміни пароля з метою забезпечення
-кращого захисту системи від несанкційованого втручання.</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Групи</emphasis>: за допомогою цієї вкладки ви можете
-вибрати групи, учасником яких буде користувач.</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>Якщо зміни буде внесено до облікового запису користувача, який уже працює у
-системі, ці зміни не набудуть чинності, доки користувач не вийде з системи і
-не увійде до неї знову.</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4. Виправити</emphasis> (позначену групу)</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Дані групи</emphasis>: за допомогою цієї вкладки можна
-змінити назву групи.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Згрупувати користувачів</emphasis>: за допомогою цієї
-вкладки ви можете вибрати користувачів, які будуть учасниками групи.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5. Вилучити</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Щоб вилучити обліковий запис користувача або групи, позначте цей запис у
-списку і натисніть кнопку <emphasis role="bold">Вилучити</emphasis>. Якщо
-було позначено пункт облікового запису користувача, буде показано вікно з
-питанням, чи слід вилучати також домашній каталог та каталог поштової
-скриньки користувача. Якщо для облікового запису користувача було створено
-особисту групу, цю групу буде вилучено разом з обліковим записом
-користувача.</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>Можна вилучити групу, яка не є порожньою.</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6. Поновити</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>Базу даних облікових записів користувачів може бути змінено з-поза меж
-Userdrake. Натисніть цю кнопку, щоб оновити дані у списку.</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7. Обліковий запис для гостей</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> є особливим обліковим записом. Його
-призначено для надання комусь тимчасового доступу до системи з максимальними
-заходами безпеки. Ім’ям користувача такого запису є xguest, пароль є
-порожнім. Внесення будь-яких змін до системи з цього облікового запису є
-неможливим. Особисті каталоги користувача цього облікового запису
-вилучатимуться одразу по завершенню сеансу роботи у обліковому
-записі. Типово, цей обліковий запис увімкнено. Щоб вимкнути його,
-скористайтеся пунктом меню <guimenu>Дії -> Вилучити обліковий запис для
-гостей</guimenu>.</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/update.sh b/docs/mcc-help/update.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index ef7b60f7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/update.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-POFILE=$1
-
-if [[ $POFILE == "" ]]; then
-  for i in *.po
-  do
-    echo -n $i": "
-    msgmerge --backup=none --update $i mcc-help.pot && \
-    msgfmt -o /dev/null --statistics --check $i
-  done
-else
-  echo -n $1".po: "
-  msgmerge --backup=none --update $1.po mcc-help.pot && \
-  msgfmt -o /dev/null --statistics --check $1.po
-fi
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN.po b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 828374fe..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10617 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# 7rack <vimxiang@gmail.com>, 2014
-# zwpwjwtz <zwpwjwtz@126.com>, 2017
-# 7rack <vimxiang@gmail.com>, 2014
-# xiao wenming <xwm-citcc5@hotmail.com>, 2015
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017
-# zwpwjwtz <zwpwjwtz@126.com>, 2017
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-22 13:56+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: zwpwjwtz <zwpwjwtz@126.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
-"language/zh_CN/)\n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "访问 WebDAV 共享的驱动器和目录"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"这个工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> 在 Mageia Control Center "
-"的 Network Sharing 选项卡下，标记为 <guilabel>配置 WebDAV 分享</guilabel>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "简介"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> 是一个"
-"允许在本地挂载 web 服务目录，使它表现为本地目录。远程机器运行一个 WebDAV 服务"
-"是必须的。配置 WebDAV 服务这不是本工具的目的。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "创建新条目"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"如果有的话，该工具的第一屏显示已经配置的条目，和 <guibutton>新建</guibutton> "
-"按钮。用它创建新条目。在新界面插入服务器的 URL。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"然后进入带有单选框的界面，选择一些操作。选择 <guibutton>挂载点</guibutton> 选"
-"项，点击 <guibutton>OK</guibutton> 按钮，需 <guibutton>Server</guibutton>已经"
-"配置，如果需要你也可以更正它。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr "远程目录将可通过该挂载点访问。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"下一步中，提供你的用户名和密码。如果你需要其他选项，可以在 "
-"<guibutton>advanced</guibutton> 界面添加。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Mount</guibutton> 选项允许你挂载立即访问。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"在接受配置，选择 <guibutton>Done</guibutton> 后，首界面再次出现，新建的挂载点"
-"会列出。在选择 <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> 后，会要求选择是否保存修改 到 "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>。如果想每次重新启动该远程目录可用，选择该选"
-"项。如果你的配置是一次性使用，就不用保存。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "共享硬盘分区"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"你可以从命令行启动该工具，以 root 用户输入<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake "
-"--fileshare</emphasis> 。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"这个简单的工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> 允许你，即管理员，让"
-"用户与局域网运行 Linux 或者 Windows 操作系统的其他用户共享他们的 /home 子目"
-"录。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"在 Mageia Control Center 可以发现，本地磁盘标签下，带有共享你的磁盘分区的标"
-"志。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"首先，请确定：“<guilabel>您是否希望用户共享他们的目录？</guilabel>”，若不希望"
-"所有用户都能共享，请点击<guibutton>不共享</guibutton>；如果允许所有用户开启共"
-"享功能，请点击<guibutton>允许所有用户</guibutton>；如果要为部分用户开启共享功"
-"能，请点击<guibutton>自定义</guibutton>。在自定义的情况下，必须将允许使用共享"
-"功能的用户添加到 fileshare 组，该组由系统自动创建。您稍后需要对此进行设置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"点击<guilabel>确定</guilabel>后，会出现第二个对话框以询问您需要使用"
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> 还是 <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>类型的共享网络。如"
-"果共享网络中只有 Linux 操作系统，请点击<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>；如果既有 "
-"Linux 又有 Windows 系统，请点击<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>。之后，请点击"
-"<guilabel>确定</guilabel>，系统将会安装所需的软件包。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"如果您没有使用自定义功能，那么到此为止配置已经完成了，系统将会弹出另一个对话"
-"框来提示您启动 Userdrake。该工具允许您指定可以哦嗯下目录的用户至 fileshare "
-"组：在用户选项卡中，先点击要添加到 fileshare 组的用户，然后点击用户组选项卡中"
-"的<guimenuitem>编辑</guimenuitem>，勾选 fileshare 组并点击<guibutton>确定</"
-"guibutton>。有关 Userdrake 的更多信息，请见<xref linkend=\"userdrake\">此页</"
-"xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr "当添加新用户至 fileshare 组后时，您需要重新连接网络以使更改生效。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"之后，所有属于 fileshare 组的用户都可以在文件管理器中选择需要共享的文件夹。该"
-"功能仅被部分文件管理器支持。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
-#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "zh_CN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "访问 NFS 共享的驱动器和目录"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您定义可以被系统中其他用户"
-"访问的共享文件夹。大多数 Linux 或 Unix 系统均支持此 NFS 网络协议。共享文件夹"
-"在系统启动后即可访问，也可以在单一会话中通过文件管理器来访问。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "步骤"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr "选择<guibutton>搜索服务器</guibutton>来获取含有共享文件夹的服务器。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "点击服务器前的 > 标记来显示和选择要访问的共享文件夹。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "<guibutton>挂载点</guibutton>用于将该共享文件夹挂载到指定目录。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"在选择了挂载点之后，您就可以将其挂载并访问了。您也可以点击<guibutton>选项</"
-"guibutton>按钮来检查和更改设置。在挂载目录之后，再次点击挂载按钮可以将此目录"
-"卸载。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"在点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮之后，系统将会提示“您是否希望将更改保存"
-"到 /etc/fstab”。如果选择保存，那么下次启动后如果网络链接可用，系统将会自动挂"
-"载该目录到指定位置。您可以在文件管理器，如 Dolphin 中访问该目录。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "CD/DVD 刻录机"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"你可以从命令行启动该工具，以 root 用户输入<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake "
-"--removable</emphasis> 。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您插入了可移动存储介质（CD/DVD 播放机和刻录机、软盘），则可以在 Mageia 控"
-"制中心中的本地磁盘选项卡中找到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "它用于设定您的可移动存储介质的挂载方式。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"窗口上方显示了您的硬件的简短描述和挂载选项，您可以用底部的菜单来更改它们：先"
-"点击要更改的项目，然后点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "挂载点"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "选中这个复选框改变挂载点。默认是 /media/cdrom。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "选项"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"多数挂载选项可以直接从列表中选择，或者在<guilabel>高级</guilabel>子菜单中选"
-"择。主要选项包括："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "用户模式/无用户模式"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"用户模式下，普通用户（非 root）可以挂载可移动磁盘，挂载选项包括 noexec、"
-"nosuid 和 nodev。只有挂载该磁盘的用户可以卸载该磁盘。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "访问 Windows (SMB) 共享的驱动器和目录"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"你可以从命令行启动该工具，通过以 root 用户输入 <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> 。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您定义可以被系统中其他用户"
-"访问的共享文件夹。大多数 Windows 系统均支持此 SMB 网络协议。共享文件夹在系统"
-"启动后即可访问，也可以在单一会话中通过文件管理器来访问。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"运行工具以前，声明可用服务器的名字是个好主意，如<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr "选择 <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> 获得共享目录的服务器列表。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "点击服务器前的 &gt; 标记来显示和选择要访问的共享文件夹。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "<guibutton>挂载点</guibutton>用于将该共享文件夹挂载到指定目录。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"在选择了挂载点之后，您就可以点击<guimenu>挂载</guimenu>按钮将其挂载并访问了。"
-"您也可以点击<guibutton>选项</guibutton>按钮来检查和更改设置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"在选项中，您可以指定用于连接 SMB 服务器的用户名和密码。在挂载之后，您可以再次"
-"点击挂载按钮来将其卸载。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"在点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮之后，系统将会提示“您是否希望将更改保存"
-"到 /etc/fstab”。如果选择保存，那么下次启动后如果网络链接可用，系统将会自动挂"
-"载该目录到指定位置。您可以在文件管理器，如 Dolphin 中访问该目录。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "3D 桌面特效"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> 启动"
-"该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>用于管理系统中的 3D 桌面特效。"
-"默认情况下，该特效是关闭的。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "开始"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-"要使用该工具，您需要先安装 glxinfo 软件包。若尚未安装软件包，系统将提示您先安"
-"装它，然后再启动 drak3d。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"在启动 drak3d 后，您将会进入一个菜单窗口。这里您可以选择<guilabel>无 3D 桌面"
-"特效</guilabel> 或 <guilabel>Compiz 合成器</guilabel>。COmpiz 合成器是组件/窗"
-"口管理器的一部分，它包含了硬件加速的桌面特效。若需开启特效，请选择"
-"<guilabel>Compiz 合成器</guilabel>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"若您在安装 Mageia 后第一次运行该程序，系统将提示您需要安装特定软件包来运行 "
-"Compiz 合成器。请点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮以继续。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"在安装特定软件包后，drak3d 菜单中的 Compiz 合成器一项将被自动选中，但您需要注"
-"销并重新登录来使更改生效。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"在重新登录后，Compiz 合成器将会被启用。若要配置 COmpiz 合成器，请见 cssm "
-"（Compiz 配置管理器）工具的说明页。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "疑难解答"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "登录后无法显示桌面"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"若启用 Compiz 合成器后您无法看到桌面，请重启计算机，然后在登录界面中点击“桌"
-"面”图标并选择 drak3d。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"在登录后，如果您的账户具有管理员权限，请在弹出的对话框中输入密码；否则，请以"
-"管理员身份登录，然后撤销导致桌面问题的改动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "认证"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakauth</emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> 允许您修改用户在本机器和网络"
-"上的认证方式。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"默认情况下，用于认证的信息储存在您的计算机上。只有当您的网络管理员需要您提供"
-"相关信息时，才需要修改认证方式。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "设置自动登录以便以特定用户的身份自动登录"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakautologin</emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您以同一用户的身份自动登录"
-"至桌面环境，而无需输入密码。若只有一位用户使用该机器，则可以启动自动登录功"
-"能。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的<emphasis role=\"bold\">引导</emphasis>选项卡中找"
-"到，选项的名称为“设置自动登录”。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "程序界面的按钮非常明确："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"若您希望在启动后载入 X 窗口系统，请选定<guibutton>系统启动后自动载入图形化界"
-"面</guibutton>。此外，您也可以手动启动图形化界面：在命令行中运"
-"行“startx”或“systemctl start dm”即可。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"若您选定了第一项，则会有另外两个选项可供选择：若您希望手动选择登录用户名，请"
-"选择<guibutton>不，我不希望自动登录</guibutton>；如果您希望自动登录，请选择"
-"<guibutton>是，我希望自动登录（至此用户和桌面环境）</guibutton>。在后一种情况"
-"下，您还需要指定用于登录的<guilabel>默认用户名</guilabel>和<guilabel>默认桌面"
-"</guilabel>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "设置启动系统"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-"若您使用 UEFI 硬件而非 BIOS 硬件，那么程序界面会有所不同，因为引导设备只能为 "
-"EFI 系统分区（ESP）。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> 启"
-"动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您配置引导选项（选择引导"
-"器、设置密码、设置默认引导项等）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的“引导”选项卡中找到它，选项名称是“设置系统引导”。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"只有当您清楚您需要做的事情时才使用此工具！修改引导选项有可能导致您的机器无法"
-"启动！"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"第一个区域是 <guilabel>引导器</guilabel>设置，如果您使用 BIOS 硬件，则可以点"
-"击<guibutton>要使用的引导器</guibutton>并选择 GRUB、GRUB2 或 LILO，使用图形或"
-"文本界面。这些选项提供的功能基本一致，您可以根据个人喜好进行虚啊俺则。您也可"
-"以设置<guibutton>引导设备</guibutton>，如果您对此不甚了解，请不要改动此项。引"
-"导设备是指引导器所安装的位置，修改此项有可能导致机器无法启动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-"对于 UEFI 硬件，引导器只能是 GRUB2-efi，它被安装至 /boot/EFI 分区。通常情况下"
-"此分区的格式是 FAT32。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"第二个区域是<guilabel>主要选项</guilabel>，您可以设置<guibutton>自动引导之前"
-"等待</guibutton>，时间的单位是秒。在倒计时时，GRUB 或 LILO 将显示可用的操作系"
-"统，提示您进行选择。若您没有做出选择，引导器将会自动引导默认操作系统。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-"在第三个（也是最后一个）名为<guibutton>安全</guibutton>的区域中，您可以为引导"
-"器设置密码。之后，在系统引导时就必须输入用户名和密码才能调整引导参数：用户名"
-"默认为“root”，密码即为您在此处设置的密码。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮用于设置额外参数。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>启用ACPI：</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI（高级配置与电源接口）是标准的电源管理协议。它可以关闭未使用的设备以节"
-"能，用于取代 APM。如果您的硬件兼容 ACPI，则可以勾选它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>启用 SMP：</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr "SMP 指对称多处理器，是多核处理器的架构之一。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr "如果您的处理器支持超线程，Mageia 将会视其为双核处理器并启用 SMP。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>启用 APIC</guibutton> 和 <guibutton>启用本地 APIC：</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC 指高级可编程中断控制器。Intel 的 APIC 系统包括两个组件：本地 "
-"APIC（LAPIC）和输入/输出 APIC（I/O APIC）。后者将它从外围总线收到的中断转发给"
-"处理器内的一个或多个本地 APIC。这通常用于多处理器系统。部分硬件对 APIC 的支持"
-"有问题，可能导致死机或设备检测错误（出现“spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”之类"
-"的消息）。在这种情况下，请禁用 APIC 和/或本地 APIC。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>中显示的内容将因您选择的引导器类型而有所不同。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr "使用传统 GRUB 或 LILO："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"在这种情况下，您将在引导时看到可用的操作系统列表，默认操作系统以星号标注。要"
-"改变列表中操作系统的顺序，请点击上下箭头来移动它们。若您点击<guibutton>添加</"
-"guibutton>或<guibutton>修改</guibutton>按钮，将会弹出新窗口以便您添加或修改引"
-"导器菜单。在使用此工具前，您需要对 GRUB 或 LILO 的引导有所了解。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在<guilabel>标题</guilabel>一栏中随意填写您希望在菜单中显示的文字，它"
-"与 GRUB 的“title”命令作用相同。例如：Mageia 3。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>镜像</guilabel>一栏用于指定内核文件名。它与 GRUB 命令“kernel”的作用"
-"相同。例如：/boot/vmlinuz。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>根</guilabel>一栏用于指定内核文件储存的位置。它与 GRUB 命令“root”作"
-"用相同。例如：(hd0,1)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr "<guilabel>附加</guilabel>一栏中包含了传递给内核的引导参数。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr "如果勾选了<guilabel>La默认bel</guilabel>，GRUB 将会默认引导该系统。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"在<guilabel>高级</guilabel>选项中，您可以在下拉列表中设定<guilabel>图像模式</"
-"guilabel>、<guilabel>initrd</guilabel>文件和<guilabel>网络配置</guilabel>，请"
-"参考<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr "使用 GRUB2 或 GRUB2-EFI（分别用于传统模式和 UEFI 模式）："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"在这种情况下，<guilabel>默认</guilabel>下拉列表中显示了所有可用的操作系统；请"
-"选择您希望默认引导的操作系统。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"若您已安装了其他操作系统，Mageia 会尝试将它们也添加到 Mageia 的引导菜单。如果"
-"您不希望 Mageia 这么做，请取消勾选<guilabel>检测其他操作系统</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-"在<guilabel>高级</guilabel>选项中，您可以在下拉列表中设定<guilabel>图像模式</"
-"guilabel>。如果您不希望用 Mageia 来引导，而是从其他系统来加载  Mageia，请勾"
-"选 <guilabel>不修改 ESP 或 MBR</guilabel> 并确认弹出的警告。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-"不配置 ESP 或 MBR 意味着安装后可能无法引导系统，除非您使用其他操作系统来引导 "
-"Mageia！"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-"若要自定义其他参数，您可以使用 <emphasis>Grub 自定义工具</emphasis>，可以从 "
-"Mageia 仓库中安装它（见下）。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "收集日志和系统信息以便反馈软件缺陷"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug_report</emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>只能从命令行启动和使用。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"我们建议您将此命令的输出内容写入到文件，例如您可以 <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>，但请确保您的磁盘有足够的空"
-"间：输出的内容可能会有数 GB 大。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr "输出内容太多，无法直接附加到错误报告中，您必须先移除其中不必要的部分。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "此命令用于收集系统的信息："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partitions"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "Mageia 版本"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"在编写此帮助文档之时，“syslog”相关的输出并不完整，因为该工具尚未移植到 "
-"systemd。如果它的输出为空，您可以通过（以 root 身份）运行 <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>。如果您的磁盘空间不足，您"
-"可以摘取日志的后 5000 行：<emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -"
-"n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Mageia 错误报告工具"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug</emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"一般情况下，此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>会在 Mageia 工具崩"
-"溃后自动启动。当您在填写错误报告后，您也可能需要启动此工具来查看它所提供的信"
-"息，并将其反馈到您所填写的错误报告中。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"若您需要创建新的错误报告，但对此工具并不熟悉，请在点击“报告”按钮前先阅读"
-"<link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">"
-"如何妥善报告错误</link> 。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"如果其他人已经报告过该错误（在这种情况下，drakbug 显示的错误信息也会相同），"
-"那么您可以向现有报告中添加一条评论，说明您也遇到了相同的问题。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "管理日期和时间"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> "
-"启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的系统选"
-"项卡中找到，选项名称是“管理日期和时间”。在部分桌面环境中，您也可以通过右键单"
-"击系统托盘中的时钟来调整日期和时间。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "此工具非常简单。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"左上角显示了 <emphasis role=\"bold\">日历</emphasis>。在上面的截图中，当前日"
-"期是 2012 年 9 月 2 日，星期日。点击年、月旁边的小箭头可以改变年和月；直接选"
-"择日历中的数字可以选中指定的一天。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"左下角是<emphasis role=\"bold\">网络时间协议</emphasis>同步。您可以将本地时间"
-"与服务器提供的时间同步，以便保持时间准确。点击<guilabel>启用网络时间协议</"
-"guilabel>来选择距离最近的服务器。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"右边是<emphasis role=\"bold\">时钟</emphasis>部分。如果启用了网络时间协议同"
-"步，则无需手动设置此时钟。其中的三个方框分别显示了时、分、秒（截图中是 15 时 "
-"28 分 22 秒），使用小箭头可以调整时钟。您无法在此处修改时钟格式——请在您的桌面"
-"环境设置中更改它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"在右下角，您可以点击<guibutton>改变时区</guibutton>按钮来设置您所在的时区。请"
-"选择距离您最近的城市。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"虽然您无法用此工具设置时间或日期格式，但桌面上的时钟会根据您的本地化设置来显"
-"示时间和日期。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "移除连接"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "您可以用它来删除网络接口<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"点击下拉菜单，并选择您要移除的网络接口，然后点击<emphasis>下一步</emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr "您将会看到网络接口移除成功的提示。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "设置新的网络连接(局域网、ISDN、ADSL 拨号……)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您配置本地网络或互联网访问"
-"方式。您需要从您的运营商或网络管理员那里获得相关配置信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr "请选择您要设置的链接类型，它应当与您的硬件和运营商一致。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "有线链接（以太网）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr "第一个对话框中列出了可用的接口，请选择一个接口进行配置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr "在这里，您可以选择手动或自动设置 IP 地址。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "自动 IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>以太网 IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS 服务器地址是由您的 DHCP "
-"服务器提供，还是由您手工设置。在后一种情况下，您需要填写 DNS 服务器的 IP。可"
-"以在这里设置计算机的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用"
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。如果选择了<emphasis>从 DHCP 服务器"
-"获取主机名</emphasis>，主机名也可以由 DHCP 服务器指定。并非所有 DHCP 服务器都"
-"有该功能，例如当您通过家用 ADSL 路由器接入网络。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "高级按钮用于指定："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "查找域名（由 DHCP 服务器提供，不可修改）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "DHCP 客户端"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP 超时值"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "从 DHCP 获取 YP 服务器（默认选中）：指定 NIS 服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "从 DHCP 获取 NTPD 服务器（用于同步时钟）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP 所需的主机名。只有当 DHCP 服务器在分配 IP 地址前需要客户端提供主机名时，"
-"您才需要使用此选项。部分 DHCP 服务器会忽略此选项。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"在完成以上设置后，最后一步对所有链接配置进行了说明：<xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "手工配置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>以太网/IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定使用的 DNS 服务器。可以在这里"
-"指定计算机主机名。如果没有指定主机名，将会使用默认值 <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"对于家用网络环境，IP 地址的形式一般为<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>，网络掩"
-"码一般为<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>，网关和 DNS 服务器可以从网络运营商"
-"的网站上获得。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"在高级设置中，您可以指定<emphasis>查找域名</emphasis>。它通常是您的家庭域名，"
-"例如：如果您的计算机名为“pc”，完整的域名为“pc.baidu.com”，那么查找域名就"
-"是“baidu.com”。除非您确实需要此功能，否则最好使用默认设置。一般的家用 ADSL 无"
-"需此项设置。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "此处<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>对下一步的操作进行了展示"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr "卫星连接（DVB）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支"
-"持。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr "新调制解调器连接"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr "您需要指定认证模式："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "无"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr "BPALogin（用于 Telstra）。您需要提供用户名和密码。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>有线/IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS 服务器地址是由您的 DHCP 服"
-"务器提供，还是由您手工设置。在后一种情况下，您需要填写 DNS 服务器的 IP。可以"
-"在这里设置计算机的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用"
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。如果选择了<emphasis>从 DHCP 服务器"
-"获取主机名</emphasis>，主机名也可以由 DHCP 服务器指定。并非所有 DHCP 服务器都"
-"有该功能，例如当您通过家用 ADSL 路由器接入网络。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>有线/IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定使用的 DNS 服务器。可以在这里指"
-"定计算机主机名。如果没有指定主机名，将会使用默认值 <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"在高级设置中，您可以指定<emphasis>查找域名</emphasis>。它通常是您的家庭域名，"
-"例如：如果您的计算机名为“pc”，完整的域名为“pc.baidu.com”，那么查找域名就"
-"是“baidu.com”。除非您确实需要此功能，否则最好使用默认设置。一般的家用连接无需"
-"此项设置。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "新 DSL 连接"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr "如果工具检测到了网络接口，将会提示您进行选择并配置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"列表中包含了一系列运营商，并按国家和地区归类，请在其中选择您的运营商。如果这"
-"里没有列出您的运营商，请选择<guilabel>未列出</guilabel>，并输入运营商所提供的"
-"选项参数。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "选择可用的协议："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "动态主机配置协议（DHCP）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "手工配置 TCP/IP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "ADSL 上的 PPP 协议（PPPoA）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "以太网上的点对点协议（PPPoE）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "点对点隧道协议（PPTP）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "访问设置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "账户登录名（用户名）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "账户密码"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr "（高级）虚拟路径 ID（VPI）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr "（高级）虚拟环路 ID（VCI）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "新 ISDN 连接"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr "向导将询问需要配置的设备："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "手动选择（内部 ISDN 卡）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "外置 ISDN 调制解调器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr "列表中包含了一系列硬件，并按类型和制造商归类。请选择您的 IDSN 卡。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "除欧洲外其他地区的协议（DHCP）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "欧洲地区的协议（EDSS1）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"列表中包含了一系列运营商，并按国家和地区归类，请在其中选择您的运营商。如果这"
-"里没有列出您的运营商，请选择<guilabel>未列出</guilabel>，并输入相关参数："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "连接名称"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "电话号码"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "登录 ID"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "身份验证方式"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"之后，您需要选择自动或手动获取 IP 地址。若手动获取，请指定 IP 地址和子网掩"
-"码。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"下一步是选择如何获取 DNS 服务器地址：使用自动或手动模式。如果是手动模式，您需"
-"要输入："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "域名"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "第一和第二 DNS 服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"是否根据 IP 来设置主机名。仅当您的运营商需要此功能时，您才需要进行设置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"下一步是选择如何获取 DNS 服务器地址：使用自动或手动模式。如果是手动模式，您需"
-"要输入 IP 地址。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "新无线连接（WiFi）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"第一个窗口中列出了可用的接口，以及 Windows 兼容驱动（ndiswrapper）。请选择一"
-"个来进行配置。只有当其他配置方法都不管用的情况下，您才需要尝试 Windows 兼容驱"
-"动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr "在这一步中，请在网卡检测到的接入点中选择一个进行连接。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr "无线网卡的特定参数包括："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr "工作模式："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "受控的"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "访问现有的接入点（最常用）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "计算机之间直接连接。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "网络名 (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr "加密模式：取决于接入点的配置方式。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "如果您的硬件支持此模式，请使用它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "一些老旧的硬件仅支持此加密模式。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "加密密钥"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "该模式一般由接入点设备决定。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr "在这里，您可以选择手动或自动设置 IP 地址。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS 服务器地址是由您的 DHCP 服务器提"
-"供，还是由您手工设置。在后一种情况下，您需要填写 DNS 服务器的 IP。可以在这里"
-"设置计算机的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用"
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。如果选择了<emphasis>从 DHCP 服务器"
-"获取主机名</emphasis>，主机名也可以由 DHCP 服务器指定。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr "从 DHCP 获取 YP 服务器（默认选中）：指定 NIS 服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"在完成以上设置后，最后一步对所有链接配置进行了说明：<xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS 服务器地址。可以在这里设置计算机"
-"的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用<literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"对于家用网络环境，IP 地址的形式一般为<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>，网络掩"
-"码一般为<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>，网关和 DNS 服务器可以从网络运营商"
-"的网站上获得。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"在高级设置中，您可以指定<emphasis>查找域名</emphasis>。它必须和主机名的后半部"
-"分一致。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "新 GPRS/Edge/3G 连接"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr "如果工具检测到了无线网卡，将会提示您进行选择并配置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "系统会提示您输入 PIN。如果不需要 PIN，请将其留空。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"向导需要网络连接。如果系统没有检测到网络，请选择 <guilabel>未列出</"
-"guilabel>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "访问设置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "访问点名称"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "新蓝牙拨号连接"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr "新模拟调制解调器连接（POTS）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "手动选择"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "检测可能存在的硬件"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "列表中包含了一系列端口，请在其中选择您的端口。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"如果尚未安装软件包 <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>，系统将提示您安装。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"列表中包含了一系列运营商，并按国家和地区归类，请在其中选择您的运营商。如果这"
-"里没有列出您的运营商，请选择<guilabel>未列出</guilabel>，并输入拨号连接所需的"
-"参数："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>连接名</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>电话号码</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>登录 ID</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>密码</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>认证方式</emphasis>，请在以下几种方式中选择："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "基于脚本登录"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "基于终端"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "完成配置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "在下一步中，您可以指定："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>允许用户控制连接</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>系统启动时自动连接</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>启用流量计费</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>允许 Network Manager 管理接口</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"对于无线连接，<emphasis>允许接入点漫游</emphasis>选项可以让您根据信号强度自动"
-"选择接入点。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "高级按钮用于指定："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr "跃点数（Metric，默认为 10）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "网络热插拔"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "启用 IPv6 到 IPv4 的隧道"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr "在最后一步中，您可以指定是否在系统启动时启用该连接。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "以管理员身份打开控制台"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakconsole</emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以让您以 root 身份直接访问终"
-"端。请慎重使用该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "管理磁盘分区"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk 或 diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> "
-"来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>非常强大，如果您在操作时稍不留"
-"神就可能导致分区或整个硬盘上的数据丢失。因此，您在启动该工具时会看到以上警"
-"示。如果您不希望继续操作，请点击<emphasis>退出</emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您有多个磁盘，则可以在选项卡中选择当前所操作的磁盘（sda、sdb、sdc 等）。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以使用诸多操作来调整磁盘分区，如：擦除整个硬盘、分割或合并分区、改变分区"
-"大小、更改文件系统、格式化或查看分区内容。底部的<emphasis><guibutton>清除所有"
-"数据</guibutton></emphasis>按钮用于擦除整个硬盘；在点击特定分区后，您还可以使"
-"用其他按钮所对应的功能。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您使用 UEFI 硬件，您将看到一个名为“EFI 系统分区”的小分区，它被挂载至 /"
-"boot/EFI。请不要删除它。因为它包含了系统启动所必须的引导器。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"如果所选分区已被挂载，如下例所示，您将无法更改其大小、格式化或删除它。若要对"
-"此分区进行操作，请先将其卸载。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "调整分区大小时，只能更改其右侧边界"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"若要改变分区类型（如从 ext3 改为 ext4），您需要先删除分区，然后创建一个新分"
-"区。若您选择了空白区域，<guibutton role=\"bold\">创建</guibutton>按钮将会出"
-"现。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "您可以将挂载点设为不存在的路径，系统将自动创建它。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"选择<emphasis><guibutton>切换专家模式</guibutton></emphasis>后，程序将显示额"
-"外的可用操作，如设置分区标签，如以下截图所示。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "设置显示管理器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> "
-"来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在这里<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>选择需要使用的显示管理"
-"器，以便登录到桌面环境。系统只显示可用的显示管理器。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"多数用户对于登录界面的风格不会过多关注。不过，它们之间确实有一些特性上的差"
-"异，如：LXDM 是轻量级的显示管理器，而 SDDM 和 GDM 则包含了诸多附加功能。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "设置个人防火墙"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的系统选"
-"项卡中找到，选项名称是“设置个人防火墙”。它与第一个选项卡中的“配置系统安全、权"
-"限和审计”是同一个工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia 默认安装了基本的防火墙。所有未经授权的外部连接都会被拒绝。在以上第一个"
-"窗口，您可以选择要接受的外部连接所对应的服务。除非您希望禁用防火墙，否则为了"
-"安全起见，请不要勾选第一个方框<guilabel>所有（无防火墙）</guilabel>，而只勾选"
-"所需的服务。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"可以手动输入您希望开放的端口号。请点击<guibutton>高级</guibutton>，然后在弹出"
-"的新窗口中的<guilabel>其他端口</guilabel>中输入所需端口，如下例所示："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr "80/tcp：开放 80 端口的 TCP 协议"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000:24010/udp : 开放 4000 至 24010 端口的 UDP 协议"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr "不同的端口号间使用空格分隔。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"若勾选了<guilabel>将防火墙消息记录到系统日志</guilabel>，防火墙的相关消息将会"
-"保存至系统日志"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您不打算用计算机提供特定服务（网页、邮件服务器、文件共享等），我们建议您"
-"不要勾选任何项目，而且这并不会影响到您的互联网连接。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"下一个窗口用于配置交互式防火墙选项。当勾选了第一项<guilabel>使用交互式防火墙"
-"</guilabel>，系统将会在连接发起时弹出警告。若勾选了第二项，则系统在检测到端口"
-"扫描（常被用于扫描漏洞并入侵系统）时弹出警告。第三项及其之后的方框用于设置您"
-"在前两个窗口中开启的端口；在下面的截图中，系统中启用了 SSH 服务和 80:150/tcp "
-"端口。请选择要在哪些端口被连接时弹出警告。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr "此警告将由网络应用程序以警示弹窗的形式发出。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"在最后一个窗口中，请选择需要连接到互联网并且需要保护的网络接口。点击确定按钮"
-"后，将会自动下载所需软件包。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您不清楚如何选择，请参考 Mageia 控制中心的“网络和互联网”选项卡中的“设置新"
-"的网络接口”。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "管理、添加及删除字体。导入 Windows™ 字体"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> "
-"来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的"
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">系统</emphasis>选项卡中找到。它允许您管理系统中的可用"
-"字体。主窗口如下所示："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr "已安装字体的名称、样式和大小。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "所选字体的预览。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr "部分按钮将会在后面解释。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">获取 Windows 字体</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"若检测到了 Windows 分区，则会自动显示此按钮。您需要安装 Microsoft Windows 才"
-"能使用此功能。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">选项</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr "它允许您指定应用程序或设备（打印机等）使用的字体。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">选项</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"此按钮用于移除字体以便节省空间。在移除字体前请小心，因为这可能导致依赖于该字"
-"体的文档无法正确显示。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">导入</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以从第三方途径（CD、互联网等）添加字体。支持的字体格式有 TTF、PFA、PFB、"
-"PCF、PFM 和 GSF。请点击<emphasis role=\"bold\">导入</emphasis>按钮，然后点击"
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">添加</emphasis>，在弹出的文件管理器中选择要安装的字"
-"体，再点击<emphasis role=\"bold\">按钮</emphasis>进行安装。它们将被安装至/"
-"usr/share/fonts。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"如果新安装（或移除）的字体没有出现在 Drakfont 主窗口中，请将其关闭后重新打开 "
-"Drakfont。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "家长控制"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的安全选"
-"项卡中找到，选项名称是“家长控制”。如果您找不到该选项，请安装 drakguard 软件包"
-"（默认情况下未安装）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "介绍"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard 是一款用于家长控制的便捷软件，可以限制计算机用户的行为和使用时间。"
-"Drakguard 有以下三个特性："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"通过控制 Mageia 内置的 shorewall 防火墙，它可以限制指定用户访问网络的时间。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr "它可以阻止指定用户执行特定命令，使得用户只能执行您所允许执行的命令。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"它可以限制访问的网站，您可以手动设置网站黑名单/白名单，也可以根据网站内容进行"
-"判断。Drakguard 使用著名且开源的家长控制软件 DansGuardian 来实现这一功能。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "配置家长控制"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您的计算机硬盘中有 Ext2、Ext3 或 ReiserFS 格式的分区，您将会看到一个用于"
-"配置 ACL 的弹出窗口。ACL 即访问控制列表，该功能由 Linux 内核提供，用于指定每"
-"个文件能被哪些用户访问。Ext4 和 Btrfs 格式的分区内建了 ACL；对于 Ext2、Ext3 "
-"或 ReiserFS 格式的分区，则必须通过特定选项来开启。如果您回答了“是”，"
-"drakguard 将会对您的所有分区启用 ACL，并建议您重新启动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>启用分区控制</guibutton>：如果勾选，将会启用家长控制，并显示"
-"<guilabel>阻止程序</guilabel>选项卡。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>阻止所有网络连接</guibutton>：如果勾选，将会拦截所有网站访问（白名"
-"单选项卡中的网站除外）。否则，将允许访问所有网站（黑名单选项卡中的网站除"
-"外）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>用户访问</guibutton>：根据您设定的规则，左侧用户的访问将会受到限"
-"制。右侧用户的访问不会受限，以便成人用户能够方便地使用计算机。您可以从左侧的"
-"列表中选择一个用户，然后点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>将其添加到不受限的用户"
-"列表中；或者从右侧的列表中选择一个用户，然后点击<guibutton>移除</guibutton>将"
-"其从不受限的用户列表中排除。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>时间控制</guibutton>：若勾选，互联网访问的时间将会被限制在"
-"<guilabel>开始</guilabel>时间和<guilabel>结束</guilabel>时间之间，此外的时段"
-"将禁止用户访问互联网。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr "白名单/黑名单选项卡"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"请在顶部的第一栏中输入网站 URL，然后点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>按钮。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr "阻止程序选项卡"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>阻止自定义程序</guibutton>：启用 ACL 来限制访问指定程序。请插入您"
-"希望阻止启动的应用程序路径。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>不受限的用户列表</guibutton>：右侧列表中的用户将不受 ACL 访问控"
-"制。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "与其它计算机共享网络连接"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "原则"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>当您的计算机 (3) 同时连接到互联"
-"网 (2) 和 局域网 (1) 时，可以使用此工具。您可以将计算机 (3) 作为网关，以便为"
-"局域网 (1) 中的其他工作站 (5) 和 (6) 提供互联网访问。因此，作为网关的计算机必"
-"须有两个网络接口：一个可以是以太网卡，连接到局域网；另一个 (4) 连接到互联网 "
-"(2)。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"第一步是检查互联网连接和访问是否正确，如文档 <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/"
-"> 所示。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr "网关向导"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> 来"
-"启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"此向导<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>提供了如下所示的配置步骤："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"如果向导没有检测到两个以上的网卡，将会发出警告并请您终止硬件的网络配置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"检查用于互联网的接口。向导将会推荐一个用于互联网连接的接口，但您也应当检查该"
-"接口是否合适。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"检测用于局域网的接口。向导将会推荐一个用于局域网连接的接口，请检测它是否合"
-"适。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"向导将会提供局域网连接的推荐参数，如 IP 地址、子网掩码和域名。请检查这些参数"
-"是否适合于当前配置。一般情况下，可以直接使用这些参数。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"指定计算机是否用作 DNS 服务器。如果是，向导将会检查 <code>bind</code> 是否已"
-"安装；否则，您需要手动指定 DNS 服务器。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"指定计算机是否用作 DHCP 服务器。如果是，向导将会检查 <code>dhcp-server</"
-"code> 是否已安装，并提示您配置它：您需要手动指定 DHCP 地址池的开始和结束 IP。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"指定计算机是否用作代理服务器。如果是，向导将会检查 <code>squid</code> 是否已"
-"安装，并提示您配置它：您需要手动指定管理员地址（admin@mydomain.com）、代理名"
-"称（myfirewall@mydomaincom）、端口号（3128）和缓存大小（100 Mb）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr "最后一步是检查网关服务器是否连接到打印机，以及是否将其共享。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr "如果启用了防火墙，系统将提示您检查防火墙。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "配置客户端"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您在网关服务器上启用了 DHCP 服务，您只需要在客户端的网络配置工具中设置“自"
-"动获取地址（使用DHCP）”即可，相关参数将在连接到网络时自动获取。此方法对于使用"
-"各类操作系统的客户端均适用。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr "如果您设置了“手动指定网络参数”，您必须手动输入网关服务器的 IP 地址。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "停止共享连接"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您希望停止共享 Mageia 系统中的连接，请启动此工具。它允许您重新配置连接或"
-"停止共享连接。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "主机定义"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您的设备有固定 IP，并且为网络上的其他系统提供服务，此工具<placeholder "
-"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以为您的设备指定一个网络名称，以便您可以直接用"
-"这个名称来访问它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>添加</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以用此按钮来为系统添加新的名称。请在弹出的窗口中指定 IP 地址、主机名，以"
-"及可选的别名（和主机名用法相同）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>修改</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr "您可以在相同的窗口中查看和修嘎之前定义的参数项。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "网口和防火墙高级设置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支"
-"持。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "网络中心"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的网络与"
-"互联网选项卡中找到，选项名称是“网络中心”。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"启动该工具后，您可以在窗口中看到此计算机上所有类型（有线、无线、卫星等）的连"
-"接。点击任意一项后，将会出现三或四个按钮用于连接/断开连接，或者更改连接配置。"
-"此工具无法用于创建网络，如果需要创建网络，请转到 Mageia 控制中心的 <guilabel>"
-"设置网络接口（LAN、ISDN、ADSL……）</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"在下面的截图示例中，您可以看到两个网络连接，第一个是已连接的有线网络，由"
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>图标标注（未连接的连接由"
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>标注）；第二个是未连接的无"
-"线网络，由<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>（已连接的连接由"
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>标注）。对于其他类型的网"
-"络，绿色表示已连接，红色表示未连接。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"在无线连接的窗口中，您还可以看到所有检测到的网络，包括<guilabel>SSID</"
-"guilabel>、<guilabel>信号强度</guilabel>、加密方式（红色表示已加密，绿色表示"
-"未加密）和<guilabel>工作模式</guilabel>等信息。请选择一个网络，然后点击"
-"<guibutton>监视</guibutton>、<guibutton>配置</guibutton>或<guibutton>连接</"
-"guibutton>。您可以在不同网络之间切换。若选择了私有网络，将会弹出网络设置窗口"
-"（见下），您需要进行一些额外设置（如加密密钥）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "点击<guibutton>刷新</guibutton>可以更新窗口内容。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr "监视按钮"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"此按钮用于监视网络活动，包括下载（从外部至本机，以红色表示）和上传（从本机至"
-"外部，以绿色表示）。也可以右键单击<guimenu>系统托盘中的互联网图标 -> 监视网络"
-"</guimenu>来显示本窗口。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"每个选项卡对应一个网络连接（此处 eth0 是有线网络，lo 是本地环回，wlan0 是无线"
-"网络），以及一个用于显示连接详情的连接选项卡。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"窗口的底部为<guilabel>流量统计</guilabel>区域，我们在下一章中对此有详细解释。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "配置按钮"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - 有线网络</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在创建网络连接时更改各个设置。大多数情况下，可以直接选择<guibutton>自"
-"动 IP</guibutton> <guibutton>（BOOTP/DHCP）</guibutton>；如果不管用，您也可以"
-"手动配置 IP。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"对于家用网络环境，<guilabel>IP 地址</guilabel>的形式一般为192.168.x.x，"
-"<guilabel>网络掩码</guilabel>一般为，<guilabel>网关</guilabel>和 "
-"<guilabel>DNS 服务器</guilabel>可以从网络运营商的网站上获得。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"如果勾选了<guibutton>启用流量统计</guibutton>，将会对每小时、每天或每月的网络"
-"流量进行统计。统计结果将在前一章中提到的网络监视器中展示。如果启用该功能，您"
-"需要重新连接到网络。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>允许 Network Manager 管理接口</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - 无线网络</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "这里仅对以上没有出现的选项进行解释。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">工作模式</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"如果连接到某个接入点，请选择<guilabel>管理</guilabel>，系统将显示检测到的 "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>。如果使用点对点网络，请选择"
-"<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel>。如果您将网卡用作接入点，请选择<emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Master</emphasis>，该功能需要网卡支持。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">加密模式和密钥</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr "如果使用私有网络，您需要知道相关配置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel>使用密码加密，且强度弱于使用密码短语的 WPA。 "
-"<guilabel>WPA 预共享密钥</guilabel>模式也被称为 WPA 个人模式 or WPA 家庭模"
-"式；<guilabel>WPA 企业</guilabel>模式在私有网络中并不多见。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">允许接入点漫游</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr "漫游是一项用于在不同接入点间切换、同时保持网络连接的技术。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr "高级设置按钮"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "管理不同的网络配置文件"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "使用 NFS 共享驱动器和目录"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "要求"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> "
-"启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"第一次启动此向导<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>时，程序将显示如下信"
-"息："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr "需要安装软件包nfs-utils。您确定要安装它吗？"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "完成安装后，将会出现一个含有空列表的窗口。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "主窗口"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"此处列出了共享的文件夹。当前的列表为空。点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>按钮可"
-"以对其进行配置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "修改项"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"配置对话框的标题是“修改项”，您也可以点击<guibutton>修改</guibutton>按钮来打开"
-"此对话框。可用的参数如下图所示。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "NFS 目录"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在这里指定要分享的文件夹。点击<guibutton>目录</guibutton>按钮将弹出文件"
-"选择对话框。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "主机访问"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr "您可以在这里指定允许访问共享文件夹的主机。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr "可以用以下方式指定 NFS 客户端："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>单一主机</emphasis>：使用域名解析器能够理解的别名、完整域名或 IP 地"
-"址来指定单个主机"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr "<emphasis>网络组</emphasis>：以 @group 的形式指定 NIS 网络组。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>通配符</emphasis>：机器的名称中可以包含通配符 * 和 ?。例如：*.cs."
-"foo.edu 可以匹配以 cs.foo.edu 结尾的所有主机。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP 网络</emphasis>：您也可以向某个 IP 网络（或子网）中的主机开放访"
-"问权限。例如，可以在某个网络 IP 后添加“/255.255.252.0”或“/22”，这将匹配由掩码"
-"所指定的子网中的所有主机。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "用户 ID 映射"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>将 root 用户映射为匿名用户</emphasis>：将来自 UID/GID 为 0  的请求"
-"映射为匿名 UID/GID （root_squash）请求。这样，从客户端登录的 root 用户就无法"
-"读写自己在服务器上创建的文件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>允许 root 远程真实访问</emphasis>：关闭 root squahsing 功能。此选项"
-"可用于无盘客户端（指定了 no_root_squash 参数）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr "no_root_squash"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>将所有用户映射为匿名用户</emphasis>：将所有用户映射为匿名用户。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "高级选项"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>安全连接</emphasis>：此选项要求请求的源端口的端口号必须小于 "
-"IPPORT_RESERVED（1024）。此选项默认开启。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>只读共享</emphasis>：指定 NFS 卷为只读模式还是可读写模式。默认情况"
-"下使用只读模式，任何请求都无法修改文件系统。您也可以使用此选项来显式指定为只"
-"读模式。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>同步访问</emphasis>：在更改尚未写入到稳定存储设备（如硬盘驱动器）"
-"前，阻止 NFS 服务器响应导致数据变更的请求，以便符合 NFS 协议中的规定。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>检查子树</emphasis>：启用子树检查，这有助于在某些情况下提高安全性，"
-"但会降低可靠性。请参考 exports(5) 的 man 手册页以了解更多细节。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "菜单项"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr "此时，列表中至少有一项。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr "文件|写入配置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "保存当前配置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr "NFS 服务器|重启"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "停止服务器，然后使用当前配置文件重新启动它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr "NFS 服务器|重新加载"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr "重新载入当前配置文件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "代理服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您使用代理服务器访问互联网，您可以使用此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote"
-"\" id=\"0\"/>来配置连接。您需要从您的网络管理员那里获取所需信息。您也可以指定"
-"不经过代理、直接访问互联网的服务。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"根据维基百科上有关代理服务器的页面（2012-09-24）：在计算机网络中，代理服务器"
-"是为客户端访问其他服务器上的资源提供中介服务的服务器（可以是一台计算机或一个"
-"程序）。客户端可以连接到代理服务器，并使用它提供的服务来获取其他服务器上的文"
-"件、连接、网页等可用资源。代理服务器将分析客户端的请求，以简化和控制处理过程"
-"的复杂程度。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr "配置媒体"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"安装后的第一步是添加软件源（也叫仓库、媒体或镜像）。也就是说，您需要选择用于"
-"安装和更新软件包/应用程序的媒体资源（参见下面对添加按钮的说明）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您使用光盘（DVD 或 CD）或 USB 设备来安装或升级 Mageia，系统会默认添加一项"
-"使用光盘媒体的软件源。为了避免您在安装新软件包时需要插入光盘，您应当将该软件"
-"源（媒体类型为 CD-Rom）禁用。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"您的系统可能是 32 位（即 i586）或 64 位（即 x86_64）架构的，但部分软件包与架"
-"构无关，它们叫做 noarch 软件包。这些软件包在镜像中不属于独立的文件夹，而同时"
-"存在于 i586 和 x86_64 媒体中。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">软件管理</emphasis>选项卡"
-"中找到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "软件源选择列表"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr "已启用："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"被勾选的媒体将用于安装软件包。在使用“测试”和“调试”类型的媒体时请小心，它们可"
-"能会使得系统运行不稳定。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr "用于更新："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"被勾选的媒体将用于更新软件包，必须将它们启用。请只选择名称中包含“Update”的媒"
-"体。出于安全考虑，您无法使用此工具修改这一列，而必须以 root 身份打开终端并输"
-"入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr "媒体："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr "显示媒体名称。Mageia 官方仓库中的最终发行版的软件源至少有三个："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>，包含大多数由 Mageia 支持的程序。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis>，包含非自由软件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis>，包含在部分国家受专利保护的自由软"
-"件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr "每个媒体中都有四个子类："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">发行</emphasis>，包含了此版本的 Mageia 发行时所提供的"
-"软件包。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">更新</emphasis>，此版本的 Mageia 发行后软件更新，一般"
-"包含了安全和漏洞修复。即便您的网络速度可能很慢，也请务必启用该媒体。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">后向移植</emphasis>，包含了从新版 Mageia （Cauldron）"
-"移植过来的软件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">测试</emphasis>，用于临时测试软件更新，使得错误报告者"
-"和 QA 团队能确定软件缺陷已被修复。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "右侧按钮"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>移除</guibutton>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"要移除一个媒体，请点击它，然后点击移除按钮。我们建议您移除用于安装（例如：CD "
-"或 DVD）的媒体，因为它已被包含在 Core 媒体中。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>编辑</guibutton>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr "对所选选媒体进行设置（URL、下载器和代理）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>添加</guibutton>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"添加网络上可用的官方仓库，这些仓库仅包含安全且经过测试的软件。点击“添加”按钮"
-"可以将镜像列表添加到您的配置中，系统会自动选择距离您最近的服务器并用于安装和"
-"升级。如果您需要使用某个特定的镜像，请从“文件”下拉菜单中选择“添加特定媒体镜"
-"像”。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>上下箭头</guibutton>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"改变列表顺序。当 Drakrpm 查找软件包时，会根据列表中的顺序依次进行搜索，并选择"
-"第一个符合发行编号的软件包进行安装；当版本号不匹配时，将使用最新版本的软件"
-"包。因此，如果可能的话，请将最快的软件仓库移动到列表顶部。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "菜单"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>文件 -> 更新</guibutton>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"将会弹出媒体列表对话框。请选择您希望更新的媒体，然后点击<guibutton>更新</"
-"guibutton>按钮。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>文件 -> 添加特定媒体镜像</guimenu>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"如果您对当前的镜像不满意，如该镜像太慢或不可用，您可以选择其他镜像。请点击所"
-"有当前的媒体，然后点击<guibutton>移除</guibutton>来将它们删除。然后点击"
-"<guimenu>文件 -> 添加特定媒体镜像</guimenu>，并选择“仅更新”或“完整集合”（如果"
-"您不了解，请选择<guibutton>完整资源集合</guibutton>）并点击<guibutton>是</"
-"guibutton>来接受更改。之后将会弹出此窗口："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在左侧看到一个国家及地区列表，请从中选择距离您最近的地点并点击 > 符号，"
-"然后选择可用的镜像。之后，点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>文件 -> 添加自定义媒体</guimenu>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"您也可以添加一个不被 Mageia 支持的媒体（如第三方媒体）。将会弹出一个新窗口："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>请选择媒体类型，然后设置媒体名称"
-"（可以为任意内容）以及 URL（或路径）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>选项 -> 全局选项</guimenu>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"此选项允许您选择何时“检验要安装的 RPM”（一直或从不）、下载器（curl、wget 或 "
-"aria2）和用于软件包信息的下载策略（按需（默认）、仅升级、一直或从不）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>选项 -> 管理密钥</guimenu>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"为了确保高度的安全，系统使用数字密钥来认证媒体。您可以对每个媒体启用或禁用密"
-"钥。在弹出的窗口中，您可以选择一个媒体，然后点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>来"
-"启用一个新密钥；或选择一个密钥，然后点击<guibutton>移除</guibutton>来禁用该密"
-"钥。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "请小心操作，因为它涉及到系统安全问题"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>选项 -> 代理</guimenu>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您需要使用代理服务器来访问互联网，您可以在这里进行配置。您只需要设置"
-"<guibutton>代理主机名</guibutton>；如果需要的话，也可以设置<guilabel>用户名</"
-"guilabel>和<guilabel>密码</guilabel>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"有关配置媒体的更多信息，请见<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</link>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr "使用 Samba 共享驱动器和目录"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba 是用于在不同操作系统间共享目录或打印机等资源的协议。此工具允许您将计算"
-"机配置为使用 SMB/CIFS 协议的 Samba 服务器。此协议也被用于 Windows(R)，因此装"
-"有 Windows(R) 的工作站可以访问 Samba 服务器上的资源。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "准备工作"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"为了其他工作站能够访问，此服务器必须有固定 IP。您可以直接在服务器上指定它，如"
-"使用 <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>，或者在 DHCP 服务器上为该 MAC 地址"
-"分配相同的地址。您也需要让防火墙允许连接到 Samba 服务器的传入请求。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "向导 - 独立服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"第一次运行时，此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>将检查是否已安装"
-"所需的软件包，如果没有安装则会提示安装。之后，向导会启动。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr "在下一个窗口中，已经选中了独立服务器的配置选项。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"请指定工作组的名称。之后，您需要在客户端上填写相同的名称才能访问共享资源。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr "netbios 是用于指定网络上的服务器的名称。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "选择安全模式："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr "<guilabel>用户</guilabel>：客户端必须经过授权才能访问资源"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr "<guilabel>共享</guilabel>：客户端访问各个共享内容时必须分别进行验证"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr "您可以通过 IP 地址和主机名来指定哪些主机能访问哪些资源。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr "设置服务器标语。此标语将作为对该服务器的描述 Windows 工作站上。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr "下一步中可以指定 Samba 记录日志的位置。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"在您接受配置前，向导将显示已选择的参数列表。接受配置后，向导会将其写入到 "
-"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr "向导 - 主域控制器"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>如果选择了“主域控制器”选项，向导"
-"将会询问是否需要支持 Windows，并要求提供管理员用户的名称。之后的配置与独立服"
-"务器配置相同，此外您还可以选择安全的模式有："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>域</guilabel>：提供将所有用户和组账户储存于共享的中心账户仓库的机"
-"制。此中心账户仓库可被不同（安全）控制器所共享。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "设置共享目录"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>按钮后，将显示："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"这样便添加了一个新的项目。您可以使用<guibutton>修改</guibutton>按钮来修改它。"
-"可以修改的选项有：目录对公众是否可见，是否可写或可浏览；不可修改的选项是共享"
-"名称。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr "当列表中至少有一项时，您可以使用菜单项来编辑它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "将当前配置保存到 <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr "Samba 服务器|配置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr "您可以使用此命令再次启动向导。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Samba 服务器|重新启动"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Samba 服务器|重新加载"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "打印机共享"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba 允许您共享打印机。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Samba 用户"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"在这一选项卡中，您可以添加允许访问共享文件夹的用户（访问前需要验证身份）。您"
-"可以从 <xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"0\"/> 添加用户。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "配置 Mageia 工具授权"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> "
-"启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">安全</emphasis>选项卡中找"
-"到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr "它可以将所需权限赋予普通用户，以便完成通常由管理员完成的任务。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr "点击项目前的箭头符号来显示下拉列表："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia 控制中心里的大部分工具都显示在窗口的左侧（见上述截图），并且每个工具都"
-"在右侧的下拉列表中有对应选项："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"默认：根据所选安全等级来决定启动模式。参见此选项卡中的“配置系统安全、权限和审"
-"计”工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr "用户密码：启动工具前，需要输入用户密码。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr "用户密码：启动工具前，需要输入 root 密码。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "无密码：启动工具前不需要输入密码。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "快照"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-"
-"config</emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">系统</emphasis>选项卡中的"
-"<guilabel>管理工具</guilabel>一栏找到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"当您首次从 Mageia 控制中心启动该工具时，您将会收到安装 draksnapshot 的提示，"
-"请点击<guibutton>安装</guibutton>以继续。系统将安装 Draksnapshot 及其他所需软"
-"件包。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"请再次点击<guilabel>快照</guilabel>，您将会看到<guilabel>设置</guilabel>窗"
-"口。如果需要启用快照功能，请勾选<guilabel>启用备份</guilabel>；如果要备份整个"
-"系统，请勾选<guilabel>备份整个系统</guilabel>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您只希望备份目录中的部分内容，请选择<guilabel>高级</guilabel>。在弹出的窗"
-"口中，点击<guilabel>备份列表</guilabel>一旁的<guibutton>添加</guibutton>或"
-"<guibutton>移除</guibutton>按钮来选择需要进行备份的目录和文件。也可以点击"
-"<guilabel>排除</guilabel>列表一旁的添加和移除按钮来选择备份时需要<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">排除</emphasis>的文件和子目录。完成之后，点击<guibutton>关闭</"
-"guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"然后，设置<guilabel>备份至何处</guilabel>，或者点击<guibutton>浏览</"
-"guibutton>按钮来选择正确的路径。您可以在<emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/用"
-"户名/</emphasis>目录下找到已挂载的 U 盘或外接硬盘。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "点击<guibutton>应用</guibutton>来创建快照。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "声音配置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">硬件</emphasis>选项卡中找"
-"到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound 可以管理声音配置、PulseAudio 配置和进行错误排查。如果您遇到了音频问"
-"题或更换了声卡，它或许可以帮到您。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel>是声音服务器。它接受所有音频输入并根据用户界面"
-"进行混成，然后输出最终音效。参见<guimenu>菜单 -> 音频和视频 -> PulseAudio 音"
-"量控制</guimenu>以配置 PulseAudio。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr "PulseAudio 是默认的声音服务器，我们建议您启用它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel>用于改善 PulseAudio 对部分程序的支持。我们建"
-"议您启用它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>错误排查</guibutton>按钮用于修复可能出现的错误。在向社区寻求帮助"
-"前，您可以尝试使用这一功能。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr "<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮用于打开新的设置窗口。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "设置监视电源的 UPS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> "
-"启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "配置到安全网络的 VPN 连接"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您配置到远端网络的安全连"
-"接，该连接将在本地工作站和远端网络间建立隧道。此处只讨论本地工作站的配置方"
-"法。远端网络必须已经过配置，并且您需要从网络管理员那里得到有关的连接信息，"
-"如 .pcf 配置文件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "配置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr "首先，根据您的 VPN 协议选择 Cisco VPN 集中器或 OpenVPN。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "设置连接名称。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "在下一步中，设置 VPN 连接的详细参数。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "关于 Cisco VPN"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr "关于 openvpn：第一次使用该工具时，将会安装 openvpn 软件包及其依赖。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>选择您从网络管理员那里得到的配置"
-"文件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "高级参数："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "下一步中，您需要设置网关 IP 地址。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr "参数设置完毕后，您可以选择启用 VPN 连接。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以让此 VPN 连接在有网络连接时自动启用：只需勾选“总是连接到此 VPN”即可。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "配置网络服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您设置网络服务器。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "什么是服务器？"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "网络服务器是用于在互联网上发布网络内容的软件（摘自 Wikipedia）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "使用 drakwizard apache2 架设网络服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr "欢迎来到网络服务器向导。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "第一个窗口为说明窗口，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr "选择服务器范围：本地网络和/或全球网络"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr "允许服务器接受互联网连接有一定风险。请三思而后行。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr "服务器用户模块"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "允许用户创建自己的站点。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr "用户的网络目录名"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr "用户需要创建此目录，并在其中放置文件，之后服务器将会显示它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr "服务器的文档根目录（Document Root）"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr "配置网络服务器的默认文档目录。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "小结"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "请再次检查这些选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "完成"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr "一切就绪！请点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "配置 DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "配置 DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr "由于使用了新的网络接口命名规则，此工具在 Mageia 4 中无法使用"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您架设一个 DHCP 服务"
-"器。它是 drakwizard 的一部分，因此您必须安装 drakwizard 后才能使用它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "什么是 DHCP？"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"动态主机配置协议（<acronym>DHCP</acronym>）是 IP 网络使用的标准网络协议，它可"
-"以动态配置 IP 地址及其他用于互联网通讯的信息（摘自 Wikipedia）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "使用 drakwizard dhcp 架设 DHCP 服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr "欢迎来到 DHCP 服务器向导。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr "选择适配器"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"选择连接到子网、并且使用 DHCP 进行 IP 分配的网络接口，然后点击<guibutton>下一"
-"步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr "选择 IP 范围"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"根据您希望服务器分配的 IP 范围，选择起始和结束 IP 地址，并指定连接到本地网络"
-"的网关（可能与互联网相连）的 IP，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr "请稍后……"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以将其修复。请点击<guibutton>上一步</guibutton>数次，然后改变设置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "几小时后……"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "已完成的内容"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "如果需要，安装dhcp-server 软件包"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"备份 <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> 至 <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>；"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"根据 <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> "
-"创建新的 <code>dhcpd.conf</code>，然后添加新的参数："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr "同时更改 Webmin 配置文件 <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr "重启 <code>dhcpd</code>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "配置时间"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>用于将您的服务器时间与外部服务"
-"器同步。默认情况下未安装此软件，您需要手动安装 drakwizard 和 drakwizard-base "
-"软件包。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "使用 drakwizard ntp 配置 NTP 服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"在欢迎界面（见上）之后，您需要从下拉列表中选择三个时间服务器，并且建议您将其"
-"中的两个设为 pool.ntp.org，因为该域名通常指向多个可用的时间服务器。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"下一步中，您可以选择地区和城市，然后您可以看到现有配置的概要。如果需要修改配"
-"置，请点击<guibutton>上一步</guibutton>来返回到之前的界面。如果您确认配置无"
-"误，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>来进行测试。这可能需要花费一点时间，之"
-"后会显示如下窗口："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "点击 <guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮来关闭程序"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr "此工具将执行下列操作："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr "根据需要，安装 ntp 软件包"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"备份文件 <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> 至 <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock."
-"orig</code>、<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> 至 <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers.orig</code>；"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr "将服务器列表写入到新文件 <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>；"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr "将第一个服务器名添加到文件 <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>；"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr "重启 <code>crond</code>、<code>atd</code> 和 <code>ntpd</code> 服务；"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "将硬件时钟设为 UTC 模式下当前的系统时间。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "配置 FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您架设一个 "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> 服务器。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr "什么是 <acronym>FTP</acronym>？"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"文件传输协议（<acronym>FTP</acronym>）是用于在主机间传输文件的标准网络协议，"
-"可以用在基于<acronym>TCP</acronym> 的网络（如互联网）上（摘自 Wikipedia）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "使用 drakwizard proftpd 架设 FTP 服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr "欢迎使用 FTP 向导。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr "允许 FTP 服务器接受互联网连接有一定风险。请三思而后行。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "服务器信息"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr "输入此服务器的名称、用于反馈问题的邮件地址，并设置是否允许 root 登录。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "服务器选项"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"设置监听端口、主目录被锁定的用户、是否允许断点续传和 <acronym>FXP</"
-"acronym>（文件交换协议）"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "配置代理服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您架设一个代理服务器。"
-"它是 drakwizard 的一部分，因此您必须安装 drakwizard 后才能使用它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "什么是代理服务器？"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"代理服务器是为客户端访问其他服务器上的资源提供中介服务的服务器（可以是一台计"
-"算机或一个程序）。客户端可以连接到代理服务器，并使用它提供的服务来获取其他服"
-"务器上的文件、连接、网页等可用资源。代理服务器将分析客户端的请求，以简化和控"
-"制处理过程的复杂程度（摘自 Wikipedia）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "使用 drakwizard squid 架设网络服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr "欢迎来到代理服务器向导。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "设置代理端口"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"设置用于接受浏览器连接的端口号，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "设置内存和磁盘限额"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "设置内存和磁盘缓存的使用上限，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr "选择网络访问控制"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"设置服务器对本地网络或整个互联网可见，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr "授予网络访问权限"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "设置本地网络访问权限，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr "是否使用上级代理服务器？"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr "是否连接到其他的代理服务器？如果不是，请跳过这一步。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr "上级代理 URL 和端口"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"请输入上级代理服务器的主机名和端口，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "在系统启动时自动开启吗？"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"设置是否在系统启动时自动开启代理服务器，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</"
-"guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "安装所需软件包 squid；"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"备份 <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> 至 <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</"
-"code>；"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"根据 <code>squid.conf.default</code> 创建新的 <code>squid.conf</code>，然后添"
-"加新参数："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>level</code> 1、2 或 3，以及根据该等级设置 <code>http_access</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "重启<code>squid</code>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "OpenSSH 守护程序配置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您架设一个 "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> 服务器。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "什么是 <acronym>SSH</acronym>？"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"安全 Shell（SSH）是用于安全传输数据、远程命令行登录、远程执行命令和安全处理其"
-"他计算机间的网络服务的加密网络协议，它通过在不安全的网络上的服务器和客户端"
-"（需要分别运行 SSH 服务器和 <acronym>SSH</acronym> 客户端程序）之间建立一个安"
-"全的通道来实现安全通讯功能（摘自 Wikipedia）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "使用 drakwizard sshd 建立 <acronym>SSH</acronym> 守护进程"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "欢迎来到 Open SSH 服务器向导。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr "选择配置类型"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"如果要显示所有选项，请点击 <guilabel>专家模式</guilabel>，否则请点击"
-"<guilabel>新手模式</guilabel>来跳过第 3～7步，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</"
-"guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "常规选项"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"设置服务器可见性和 root 登录选项。22 是标准的 <acronym>SSH</acronym> 端口号。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "认证方式"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"选择用户在连接时可以用于认证的方式，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "日志"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr "选择日志工具和日志输出级别，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "登录选项"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "配置用于单次登录的设置，然后点击<guibutton>Next</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "用户登录选项"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "配置用户访问设置，然后点击<guibutton>Next</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr "压缩和转发"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"配置 X11 转发和传输时压缩的功能，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "启用或禁用系统服务"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "硬件配置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>用于展示计算机的硬件概括。当工"
-"具启动时，将执行 <code>ldetect </code> 命令，并结合 <code>ldetect-lst</code> "
-"软件包中的硬件列表来获取硬件的信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "窗口"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "窗口中有两列内容。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"左侧列表包含了检测到的硬件，按类别分组显示。点击 &gt; 可以展开某个类别下的内"
-"容。可以选中各个设备来查看详细信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"右侧列表包含了所选设备的信息。<guimenu>帮助 -&gt; 字段描述</guimenu> 中提供了"
-"列表中相关属性的说明。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr "根据所选设备的类型，右侧列表底部会出现一个或两个按钮。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>设置当前驱动选项</guibutton>：可用于设定此设备所使用的模块的参数。"
-"如果您对此不了解，请勿修改它们。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>运行配置工具</guibutton>：运行用于配置设备的工具。此工具通常也可直"
-"接从 Mageia 控制中心启动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr "在<guimenu>选项</guimenu>菜单中，您可以设置是否允许自动检测硬件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "调制解调器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Jaz 硬盘"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr "并行极碟"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"默认情况下，程序不会检测这些设备，因为检测过程需要花费很长时间。如果您连接了"
-"这些设备，则可以勾选相应的复选框。下一次启动该工具时，将会自动检测这些设备。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "设置键盘布局"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</"
-"emphasis> 启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"keyboarddrake 工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以帮助您配置用"
-"于 Mageia 的基本键盘布局。该配置将影响系统中所有用户的键盘布局。您可以在 "
-"Mageia 控制中心（MCC）的硬件选项卡中找到它，配置名称是“配置鼠标和键盘”。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "键盘布局"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在这里选择希望使用的键盘布局。布局的名称（按字母顺序排列）描述了适用的"
-"语言、国家/地区和变种。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "键盘类型"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr "此菜单可用于选择键盘类型。如果您不确定如何选择，最好保持默认设置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "系统本地化管理"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心（MCC）"
-"的系统选项卡中找到，选项名称是“管理系统本地化”。您可以使用此工具来选择系统语"
-"言，也可以在安装时选择系统语言。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr "<guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮用于启用对旧式编码（非 UTF8）的兼容。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"第二个窗口中列出了使用所选语言的国家和地区。<guibutton>其他国家</guibutton>按"
-"钮可用于选择其他不在列表中的国家。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "在修改后，您需要注销后重新登录来使更改生效。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "输入法"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"在<guilabel>其他国家</guilabel>窗口中，您也可以从列表底部的下拉菜单中选择输入"
-"法。输入法用于输入多语言字符（中文、日文、韩文等）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr "对于亚洲和非洲区域，默认使用 IBus 作为输入法，用户无需进行手动配置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"其他输入法（SCIM、GCIN、HIME 等）也可以提供相似功能，如果下拉列表中没有列出，"
-"您也可以使用 Mageia 控制中心的另一个工具来安装它们。参见 <xref linkend="
-"\"rpmdrake\"></xref>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "查看并搜索系统日志"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> 启"
-"动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的系统选"
-"项卡中找到，选项名称是“<guilabel>查看和搜索系统日志</guilabel>”。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "搜索日志内容"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"首先，请在<emphasis role=\"bold\">匹配</emphasis>字段中输入要查找的关键字，在"
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">但不匹配</emphasis>字段中输入不希望包含的关键字。然后"
-"在<guilabel>选择文件</guilabel>字段中选择要搜索的文件。此外，也可以将搜索范围"
-"限制在最近一段时间以内的日志：请在<emphasis role=\"bold\">日历</emphasis>中使"
-"用小箭头切换年月、选择相应的日期，然后点击“<guibutton>仅显示所选日期</"
-"guibutton>”。最后，点击<guibutton>搜索</guibutton>按钮，在<guilabel>文件内容"
-"</guilabel>窗口中会显示匹配的结果。您可以将搜索结果以 .txt 格式保存：只需点击"
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">保存</emphasis>按钮即可。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Mageia 工具日志</guibutton>中可以查看 Mageia 配置工具的日志，如 "
-"Mageia 控制中心的操作记录。每当您修改了配置，系统会自动更新这些日志。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr "配置邮件警告"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>邮件警告</guibutton>会每小时自动检查系统负载和服务状态，如果需要的"
-"话还会发送电子邮件至预先设定的地址。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"若要配置此工具，请点击<emphasis role=\"bold\">邮件警告</emphasis>按钮，然后在"
-"下一个窗口中点击<guibutton>配置邮件警告系统</guibutton>下拉按钮。在这里，您可"
-"以选择希望监视的系统服务（见上述截图）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "可以监视下列服务："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Webmin 服务"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Postfix 邮件服务"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "FTP 服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Apache WWW 服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "SSH 服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Samba 服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Xinetd 服务"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr "BIND 域名解析"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"在下一个窗口中，选择您认为异常的<guilabel>负载</guilabel>值。负载值表示某个进"
-"程对系统资源的需求，负载高会导致系统运行缓慢，而过高的负载往往是进程运行失控"
-"的表现。默认的异常负载值是 3。我们建议您将此值设置为 3 × 处理器个数。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"在最后一个窗口中，输入您希望将监控警报发送到哪个<guilabel>电子邮件地址</"
-"guilabel>，并指定使用的<guilabel>邮件服务器</guilabel>（位于本地或互联网"
-"上）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr "显示可用的 NFS 和 SMB 共享"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>只能从命令行启动和使用。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">文档团度</link>。感谢您的支"
-"持。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "显示您的 PCI、USB 和 PCMCIA 设备信息"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> "
-"来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>只能从命令行启动和使用。如果"
-"以 root 用户执行，它将显示更多可用的信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake 列出了所有连接到计算机的设备（USB、PCI 和 PCMCIA）及其使用的驱动。"
-"需要安装 lspcidrake 和 lspcidrake-lst 软件包来使用此工具。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr "若使用 -v 选项启动，lspcidrake 将会显示供应商和设备标识符。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake 通常会显示很长的内容，因此若要查找特定的内容，您可以使用管道将其重"
-"定向到 grep 命令，如下例所示："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "有关显卡的信息；"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "有关网络的信息"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i 选项可以忽略大小写。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"在如下截图中，您可以看到 -v 选项在 lspcidrake 中的应用，以及 -i 选项在 grep "
-"中的应用。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"除此之外，还有一个名为 <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> 的工具可"
-"以显示硬件信息（须以 root 用户执行）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "软件包更新"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate 或 drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</"
-"emphasis> 或 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">软件管理</emphasis>选项卡"
-"中找到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"若要使用 MageiaUpdate，您需要将仓库配置为 drakrpm-editmedia 并将部分媒体选定"
-"为更新媒体。如果您尚未进行设置，程序会提示您进行设置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"启动该工具后，它将会扫描已安装的软件包，并列出仓库中可以更新的软件包。默认情"
-"况下，会自动选择所有可更新的软件包以便自动下载和安装。请点击<guibutton>更新</"
-"guibutton>按钮进行更新。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"点击某个软件包后，您可以在窗口底部看到更多的信息。标题前的<emphasis role="
-"\"bold\"> ></emphasis> 表示您可以点击它来展开更多内容。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"当有可用的更新时，系统托盘中将会通过红色的图标<placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>来提示您。只需点击它并输入用户密码就可以更新"
-"系统。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "引导"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于配置引导步骤的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更"
-"多信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "配置启动步骤"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Mageia 控制中心"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "用于配置 Mageia 系统的工具"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link ns6:href=\"http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/"
-"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"此手册由 <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">文档团队</link>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "硬件"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于配置硬件的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信"
-"息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "管理硬件"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = 浏览和配置硬件</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "配置图形"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = 配置 3D 桌面特效</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "配置鼠标和键盘"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "配置打印和扫描"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = 设置打印机、打印任务队"
-"列…….</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "其它"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "关于 Mageia 控制中心的手册"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia 控制中心（MCC）的左侧有 8 个不同的选项卡；若您安装了 drakwizard 软件"
-"包，则会有 10 个选项卡。每个选项卡中对应右侧窗格中的一系列可用工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr "后续的十个章节中将介绍这十个选项卡及相关工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr "最后一章中介绍了其他无法通过 MCC 选项卡启动的 Mageia 工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr "页面的标题通常与这些工具的窗口标题一致。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr "您可以点击窗口左侧的“搜索”选项卡来搜索特定的工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "本地磁盘"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于管理或共享本地磁盘的工具。点击下面的链接来了"
-"解更多信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "网络服务"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"仅当安装了 <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> 软件包，才会显示此窗口和<emphasis>"
-"共享</emphasis>窗口。您可以选择各种用于设置服务器的工具。点击下面的链接或"
-"<xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>来了解更多信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "网络共享"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于共享驱动器和目录的工具。请点击下面的链接来了"
-"解更多。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "配置 Windows(R) 共享"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = 使用 Windows（SMB）共享"
-"驱动器和目录</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "配置 NFS 共享"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "配置 WebDAV 共享"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "网络和互联网"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于配置网络的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信"
-"息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "管理网络设备"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "个性化与网络安全"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "安全"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于系统安全配置的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更"
-"多信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = 配置系统安全、权限和审计</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "共享"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"仅当安装了 <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> 软件包，才会显示此窗口和<emphasis>"
-"网络服务</emphasis>窗口。您可以选择各种用于设置服务器的工具。点击下面的链接或"
-"<xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>来了解更多信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "系统"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于系统管理的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信"
-"息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "管理系统服务"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "本地化"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "管理工具"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = 管理系统中的用户</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "配置更新频率"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的"
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">软件管理</emphasis>选项卡中找到。您也可以通过右键单击"
-"系统托盘中的红色图标<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>并选择"
-"<guimenu>更新配置</guimenu>来启动它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"第一个滑块可以设置 Mageia 检查更新的频率；第二个滑块可以设置在系统启动后延迟"
-"多长时间再检查更新。复选框用于设置当 Mageia 发布新版本时，是否提示您更新。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "设置指点设备(鼠标、触摸板)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"由于安装 Mageia 时必须使用鼠标，因此 Drakinstall 已将您当前的鼠标配置好。此工"
-"具用于安装其他的鼠标。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"此处根据连接类型和功能分类列出了鼠标。请选择您的鼠标，然后点击<guibutton>确定"
-"</guibutton>。大多数情况下，“通用 / 任意 PS/2 &amp; USB 鼠标”可以匹配目前市场"
-"上的各类鼠标。新安装的鼠标将会立即生效。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: 系统安全审计"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> "
-"来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>是用于配置系统安全的 msec 图"
-"形化界面，可用的操作有："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr "设置系统行为，使用 msec 来调整系统以便系统更安全。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr "周期性检查系统，以便在发生危险时及时通知您。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"msec 使用“安全等级”的概念来管理系统权限，您可以对权限的变更或加固进行审计。"
-"Mageia 提供了推荐的配置，但您也可以自己定制安全等级。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr "预览选项卡"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "参见上述截图"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr "第一个选项卡中包活了各类安全工具，右侧的按钮可以配置这些工具："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "防火墙，它也可以通过 MCC / 安全 /设置您的个人防火墙 来启动"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr "更新，它也可以通过 MCC / 软件管理 /更新您的系统 来启动"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec 私有的配置："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "是否启用"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "预设的基础安全等级"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"最近一次周期检查的时间、用于查看详细报告的按钮和用于立即执行检查的按钮。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "安全设置选项卡"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"点击第二个选项卡，或者点击安全<guibutton>配置</guibutton> 按钮也会打开上述窗"
-"口。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "基本安全选项卡"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">安全等级</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"在勾选了<guilabel>启用 MSEC 工具</guilabel>后，您可以在此选项卡中双击选择所需"
-"的安全等级（以粗体字表示）。如果您没有勾选任何等级，将会使用等级“无”。您可以"
-"使用的等级有："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">无</emphasis>等级。如果您不希望使用 msec 来控制系统安"
-"全，而希望自己进行配置，请选择此等级。系统将禁用所有安全检查，并且不会对系统"
-"配置做任何限制。仅当您清楚自己的目的时才使用此等级，因为这样做可能导致系统容"
-"易遭受攻击。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">标准</emphasis>等级。这是安装时默认使用的配置，可以用"
-"于普通用户。系统将限制部分系统设置，并且每天检查系统文件、系统账户和危险目录"
-"的权限的变更情况。（此等级与之前版本的 msec 使用的等级 2 和 3 类似）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">安全</emphasis>等级。当您想确保系统安全，同时保证系统"
-"可用性时，请使用此等级。系统将进一步收紧系统权限，并提高周期性检查的频率。此"
-"外，也会限制系统的访问。（此等级与之前版本的 msec 使用的等级 4（高） 和 5（严"
-"格） 类似）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"除了这些等级之外，msec 也提供了用于不同任务的安全设置，如 <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">fileserver（文件服务器） </emphasis>、<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">webserver（网络服务器）</emphasis> 和 <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook（上"
-"网本）</emphasis> 等级。这些等级适用于在大多数情况下对系统安全进行配置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"最后两个等级叫做<emphasis role=\"bold\">每日审计 </emphasis> 和 <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">每周审计</emphasis>，它们并非真正的安全等级，而是用于进行周期性"
-"检查的工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"这些等级保存于 <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>。"
-"您可以自定义安全等级，并将其保存至特定的文件中，文件名的格式为 "
-"<filename>level.&lt;等级名称></filename>，并将其放到 <filename>/etc/security/"
-"msec/</filename>。此功能适用于对系统配置有特殊需求的超级用户。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr "请记住，用户自定义的参数将会覆盖预设的默认等级。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">安全警报</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您勾选了<guibutton>用邮件发送安全警报至</guibutton>，msec 生成的安全警报"
-"将通过本地邮件服务发送至预先设定的安全管理员。您可以在收件人地址一栏填写一个"
-"本地用户名，或完整的电子邮件地址（同时应当设置本地邮件和邮件管理器）。最后，"
-"您将可以直接在桌面读取 msec 发送的安全警报。请勾选相应的复选框来启用这一功"
-"能。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"我们强烈建议您启用安全警报功能，以便在系统出现可能的安全问题时能及时反馈给安"
-"全管理员。否则，管理员需要定期手动检查 <filename>/var/log/security</"
-"filename> 下的日志文件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">安全选项</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"自定义计算机安全的方法不仅限于创建自定义安全等级，您也可以使用此处介绍的选项"
-"卡来修改任意选项。当前的 msec 配置存储在 <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"security.conf</filename>，此文件包含了当前的安全等级名，以及一系列针对默认参"
-"数进行的修改。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "系统安全选项卡"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"此选项卡的左侧显示了所有安全选项，中间显示了相关的描述，右侧显示了选项当前的"
-"值。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-"若要修改某个选项，请双击它，然后在弹出的窗口（见下面的截图）中进行修改。窗口"
-"中将显示选项的名词、简短描述、当前值和默认值，以及包含可选值的下拉列表。请点"
-"击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮来确认修改。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"在退出 msecgui 时，请不要忘记点击菜单 <guimenu>文件 -> 保存配置</guimenu> 来"
-"应用您的配置。如果您做了更改，msecgui 在保存前会提示您预览这些更改。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "网络安全"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr "此选项卡中显示了所有的网络选项，操作方式与上一个选项卡类似"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "周期检查选项卡"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr "周期检查用于通过安全警告将 msec 认为可能危险的情形发送给系统管理员。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"此选项卡中显示了所有 msec 完成的周期检查，如果勾选了<guibutton>启用周期性安全"
-"检查</guibutton>，还将显示检查的频率。请参考上一个选项卡的介绍进行操作。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "例外选项卡"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"部分警报信息可能并非源于系统风险，您可能有意让它们发生。在这种情况下，安全警"
-"报就显得不必要了。您可以在此选项卡中创建任意数量的例外，以避免不需要的安全警"
-"报。当 msec 首次启动时，列表中是空的。下面的截图中包含了四个例外。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr "若要创建例外，请点击 <guibutton>添加规则</guibutton> 按钮"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"请在<guilabel>检查</guilabel>下拉列表中选择需要的周期检查，然后在文本区域输"
-"入 <guilabel>例外</guilabel>。您也可以在  <guilabel>例外</guilabel> 选项卡中"
-"使用 <guibutton>删除</guibutton>按钮将现有的例外删除，或者双击某个例外来更改"
-"它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "权限"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr "此选项卡用于进行文件/目录权限检查和加固。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"与安全选项卡类似，msec 提供了不同的权限等级（标准、安全……），分别根据您的选择"
-"予以启用。您也可以创建自己的权限等级，并将其保存在特定的文件中，文件名为"
-"<filename>perm.&lt;等级名> </filename>，且放置于 <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"</filename> 文件夹中。此功能适用于需要自定义配置的超级用户。您也可以使用此选"
-"项卡来改变所需的权限。当前的配置存储在 <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms."
-"conf</filename>。此文件包含一系列针对默认参数进行的修改。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"默认权限以规则列表的形式显示，每行显示一条规则。您可以在左侧看到与某个规则相"
-"关的文件或文件夹、文件所有者、文件所有组以及此规则授予的权限。例如，对于给定"
-"的规则："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>加固</guilabel> 未被勾选，则 msec 将只检查此规则定义的权限是否有"
-"效，如果无效则发送安全警报，但不做任何更改。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>加固</guilabel>被勾选，则 msec 将根据第一次周期检查时得到的权限信息"
-"改写当前权限。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"若要使用此功能，您必须正确配置<emphasis role=\"bold\">周期性检查</emphasis>选"
-"项卡中的 CHECK_PERMS 选项。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"若要创建新规则，请点击<guibutton>添加规则</guibutton>按钮，并参考以下示例填写"
-"相应字段。<guilabel>文件</guilabel>字段中可以使用通配符 *。“current”表示尚未"
-"被更改。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮来确认更改。不要忘记点击菜单 <guimenu>文"
-"件 -> 保存配置</guimenu>来应用您的配置。如果您做了更改，msecgui 在保存前会提"
-"示您预览这些更改。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"您也可以手动创建或修改配置文件 <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</"
-"filename>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">权限选项卡</emphasis>（或配置文件）中的更改将在首次周"
-"期性检查时生效（参见<emphasis role=\"bold\">周期检查选项卡</emphasis>中的 "
-"CHECK_PERMS 选项）。如果您希望它们立即生效，请以 root 权限在命令行执行 "
-"msecperms。在此之前，您可以使用“msecperms -p”命令来了解 msecperms 将要更改的"
-"权限。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"请记住，如果您通过终端或文件管理器修改了被 <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> 文件"
-"的权限，msecgui 随后将会根据<emphasis role=\"bold\">权限选项卡</emphasis>中"
-"的 CHECK_PERMS 和 CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE 选项将其恢复到之前的值。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "其他 Mageia 工具"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"部分 Mageia 工具无法直接从 Mageia 控制中心启动。请点击下列链接来了解更多信"
-"息，或者继续阅读后面的页面。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>待编写</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "需要更多工具？"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr "软件管理（安装和移除软件）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake 介绍"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> "
-"来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>也叫 drakrpm，是用于安装、卸载"
-"和升级软件包的程序，也是 URPMI 的图形化用户界面。每次启动时，它都会从 Mageia "
-"官方服务器上下载在线软件包列表（即“媒体”），并在有可用更新时提示您。您可以使"
-"用筛选功能来显示特定类型的软件包，如仅显示已安装的软件（默认设置），或者仅显"
-"示可用更新。除了查看已安装的软件包，您也可以用名称、摘要或完整描述中的内容，"
-"以及软件包中的文件名来搜索您想要的软件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"若要使用此功能，您需要使用 <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>  来配置仓"
-"库。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"在安装系统时，系统使用预设的仓库（通常是 DVD 或 CD）作为安装的媒体。如果您保"
-"留这一媒体，每当您需要安装软件包时都会看到如下通知：<placeholder type="
-"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>。为了避免此类情形的发生，在您可以方便地连接到互联"
-"网的情况下，最好将这一媒体移除，并用在线仓库来取代它：<xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"此外，在线仓库的优势还有：仓库总是保持最新状态。包含更多软件包，并且可以用于"
-"更新部分软件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "界面的主要内容"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">软件包类型筛选</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"此筛选器用于显示特定类型的软件包。您首次启动管理器时，将只显示含有图形化界面"
-"的应用程序。您可以将其设置为显示所有软件包及其库和依赖；或者只显示软件包组，"
-"如应用程序、更新或来自新版 Mageia 的后向移植软件包。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"默认的筛选条件适用于 Linux 或 Mageia 新手，即不希望使用命令行或特别专业的工"
-"具。不过既然您读到了此内容，说明您有兴趣进一步了解 Mageia，所以我们建议您将筛"
-"选条件设为“所有”。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">软件包状态筛选：</emphasis> </firstterm>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr "此筛选器可用于控制显示已安装的软件包、未安装的软件包或所有软件包。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">搜索模式：</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr "点击此图标，可以在软件包名称、摘要、完整描述或文件名中进行搜索。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">“查找”框：</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"在这里输入一个或多个关键词。如果您希望使用一个以上的关键词，请用“|”将它们分隔"
-"开来。例如，要搜索“mplayer”和“xine”，您可以输入“mplayer | xine”。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">清除所有：</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr "此图标用于清空“查找”框中的关键词。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">分类列表</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr "此侧边栏将所有应用和软件包分组排列显示。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">描述窗格</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"此窗格中显示了软件包名称、概要和完整描述，其中包括了所选软件包的有用信息。有"
-"关软件包的详细情况、软件包中的文件和维护者对软件包所作更改也会显示在这里。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "状态栏"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"当您设置了筛选条件后，您可以从分类列表（区域 6 所示）或根据名称/摘要/描述（区"
-"域 4 所示）来查找所需软件。系统将根据软件包的安装/升级状态来显示您所查询的软"
-"件包列表和所选媒体，以及相应的状态标记。若要改变软件状态，请勾选或取消勾选软"
-"件名掐案的复选框，然后点击<guibutton>应用</guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "图标"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "图例"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "此软件包已安装"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "此软件包将被安装"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "此软件包无法被更改"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "此软件包是一个更新包"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "此软件包将被卸载"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "上述截图中的示例："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"当您取消勾选 digikam（绿色箭头标记说明它目前已被安装），状态图标将会变为红色"
-"箭头；当您点击<guibutton>应用</guibutton>后系统会将 digikam 卸载。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"当您勾选了 qdigidoc（尚未安装），状态图标会变为橙色的向下箭头；当您点击"
-"<guibutton>应用</guibutton>后系统会安装 qdigidoc。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "依赖关系"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"部分软件包需要其他软件包（如工具或库，它们被称为“依赖”）来工作。在这种情况"
-"下，Rpmdrake 将显示一个通知窗口，提示您是否允许或阻止安装所选依赖，或者显示更"
-"多信息（见上）。当所需库可以由多个软件包提供时，rpmdrake 也会显示可用的候选软"
-"件包，并允许您查看更多细节和选择要安装的软件包。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "设置扫描仪"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "安装"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>用于配置简易扫描设备或带有扫描"
-"功能的多功能设备。它也可用于在远程计算机间共享连接到此计算机的本地设备，或者"
-"远程访问扫描仪。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr "当您首次启动此工具时，将会显示如下信息："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>“需要安装 SANE 软件包来使用扫描仪</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>是否希望安装 SANE 软件包？”</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"请点击<emphasis>是</emphasis>以继续。系统将会安装<code>scanner-gui</code> 和 "
-"<code>task-scanning</code>。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"如果系统可以正确识别您的扫描仪，如上一界面中您可以看到扫描仪的名称，那么它现"
-"在已经就绪了：您可以使用 <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> 或 <emphasis>Simple "
-"Scan</emphasis> 来操作它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"在这种情况下，您还可以使用 <emphasis>共享扫描仪</emphasis> 选项来做进一步的配"
-"置：<xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> 对此做了进一步的说明。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"如果系统没有正确识别您的扫描仪，请检查电缆、电源开关，然后点击<emphasis>搜索"
-"新扫描仪</emphasis>。如果问题仍然存在，您可能需要 <emphasis>手动添加扫描仪</"
-"emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"请在列表中选择扫描仪的品牌，然后选择类别，并点击<emphasis>确定</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr "如果您无法在列表中找到扫描仪，请点击<emphasis>取消</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"请转到 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs."
-"html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> 页面，查看您的扫描仪是否被支持，并在"
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">论坛</link>上寻求帮助。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "选择端口"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您的扫描仪使用的不是并行端口，您可以将它设置为<emphasis>自动检测可用端口"
-"</emphasis>；否则，请选择 <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis>（如果您仅有一个"
-"扫描仪的话）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr "在点击<emphasis>确定</emphasis>后，您将会看到一个如下的界面。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr "如果您没有看到此界面，请阅读<xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr "扫描仪共享"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在此处设置是否允许远程访问连接到这台机器上的扫描仪，以及允许何者访问。"
-"您也可以在这里设定这台机器上能访问的远程扫描仪。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"与其他主机共享扫描仪：您可以使用主机名或 IP 地址来添加或删除列表中的主机，以"
-"便它们能远程访问此计算机上的本地设备。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"使用远程扫描仪：您可以使用主机名或 IP 地址来添加或删除列表中的主机，以便访问"
-"远程扫描仪。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "与其他主机共享扫描仪：您可以在此处添加主机。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr "与其他主机共享扫描仪：添加允许共享的主机，或者允许所有远程机器访问。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr "“所有远程机器”表示本地扫描仪对所有远程访问开放。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr "如果您尚未安装 <emphasis>saned</emphasis>，此工具将提示您安装。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "最后，此工具将会修改以下文件："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>，在其中添加或注释指令行 \"net\""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"它也会将 <emphasis>saned</emphasis> 和 <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis>设为开机启"
-"动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "细节"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "惠普"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"大部分惠普扫描仪可由<emphasis>HP 设备管理器</emphasis>（hplip）管理，它也可以"
-"管理打印机。在这种情况下，此工具不提供配置功能，请您改用<emphasis>HP 设备管理"
-"器</emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "爱普生"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"可以在<link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?"
-"OSC=LX\">此页面</link>下载驱动。注意，您必须先安装 <emphasis>iscan-data</"
-"emphasis> 软件包，然后安装 <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>。在安装时，系统可能会提"
-"示 <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> 软件包与 <emphasis>sane</emphasis> 有冲突，不过"
-"您可以忽略这一问题。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "额外的安装步骤"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"在 <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> 界面中选择扫描仪端口后，您可能需要进"
-"行额外的操作来配置扫描仪。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"在某些情况下，您每次启动扫描仪时需要上传固件。在安装好扫描仪后，您可以使用此"
-"工具将固件加载到设备。在这一界面中，您可以使用 CD、Windows 安装包或供应商网站"
-"上下载的文件来安装固件。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"每次使用时，为设备加载固件的操作比较费时，有的需要一分钟甚至更长，请耐心等"
-"待。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"系统也可能提示您需要调整<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/&lt;SANE_后端&gt;.conf 文件</"
-"emphasis>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"请认真阅读此处及其他相关的说明。如果您不知道如何操作，请转到<link xlink:href="
-"\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">论坛</link>寻求帮助。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "软件管理"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于管理软件的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信"
-"息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = 更新系统</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = 配置用于安装和更新的"
-"媒体源</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "安装和配置打印机"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia 使用名为 CUPS 服务来管理打印工作。您可以通过网络浏览器来访问它专有的"
-"<link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">配置界面</link>，"
-"但 Mageia 也提供了用于安装打印机的工具：system-config-printer，此工具在 "
-"Fedora、Mandriva、Ubuntu 和 openSUSE 等发行版中也有提供。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr "在安装前，您应当启用 non-free 仓库，因为部分驱动只能在此仓库中找到。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">system-config-"
-"printer</emphasis> 来启动该工具。程序会提示您输入 root 密码。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia 控制中心的<guilabel>硬件</guilabel>选项卡中包含了安装打印机的功能。请"
-"选择<guilabel>配置打印和扫描</guilabel>工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "MCC 将会提示您安装两个软件包："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"如果要继续安装硬件，请接受这一请求。系统需要安装的依赖最多会占用 230MB 空间。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"若要添加打印机，请点击“添加”打印机按钮。系统将尝试检测打印机和可用的端口。截"
-"图中展示了一个并行端口连接的打印机。如果系统检测到了打印机，如使用 USB 连接的"
-"打印机，将会在第一行显示它们。程序也会尝试配置检测到的网络打印机。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "自动检测打印机"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"该功能通常用于 USB 连接的打印机。程序会自动查找并显示打印机名称。请选择该打印"
-"机然后点击“下一步”。如果有已知适用的驱动系统会自动安装它；否则，将会弹出窗"
-"口，请您选择或提供一个驱动（如下图所示）。请使用<xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-"以继续。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "无法自动检测到打印机"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"当您选择了端口后，系统会在新的窗口中显示驱动程序列表并请您选择。您可以根据下"
-"列选项来选择合适的驱动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "从数据库中选择打印机"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "提供 PPD 文件"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "搜索并下载驱动"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您从数据库中选择驱动，程序将显示可能与打印机相关的生产商、设备及其驱动。"
-"如果有多个驱动可供选择，请选择推荐的一项；如果推荐的驱动有问题，您也可以选择"
-"其他可用驱动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "完成安装过程"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"在选择驱动后，您需要指定一些参数以便系统指派和区分打印机。请在第一行中填写该"
-"设备在可用打印机列表中的名称。之后，向导会建议您打印测试页，然后您就可以在可"
-"用打印机列表中看到新添加的打印机了。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "网络打印机"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"网络打印机是使用有线或无线网络连接直接连接的打印机，这类打印机通常连接到打印"
-"服务器，或其他作为打印服务器的工作站。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"一般而言，您最好在 DHCP 服务器中为打印机对应的 MAC 地址分配固定 IP。此 IP 也"
-"应与连接到打印服务器的打印机中的 IP 一致。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"打印机的 MAC 地址是用于指派给打印机、打印服务器或相关计算机的一串数字，该地址"
-"可以在打印机的配置页面中找到，也可能在打印机或打印服务器的标签上找到。如果您"
-"共享了连接到 Mageia 的打印机，则可以以 root 用户运行"
-"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> 来查看它的 MAC 地址：该地址就"
-"是“HWaddr”后的一串数字。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"在添加网络打印机时，您可以选择用于网络通讯的协议。如果您不知道应当使用哪种协"
-"议，请尝试<guilabel>设备</guilabel>菜单中的 <guilabel>网络打印机</guilabel> "
-"- <guilabel>查找网络打印机</guilabel>并在右侧的输入框（“主机”一栏）中指定打印"
-"机的 IP 地址"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"如果此工具能识别您的打印机或打印服务器，将会推荐一个协议和队列，不过您也可以"
-"从下面的列表中选择更合适的类型，或者指定一个列表中没有列出的正确队列名。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"请查看您的打印机或打印服务器的文档，以便确定它们支持和使用的特定队列名。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr "网络打印协议"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"目前的技术之一是惠普研发的 JetDirect。该协议可以使打印机直接用以太网端口连接"
-"到网络，不过您必须知道打印机在网络中的 IP 地址。这一技术也被用于部分 ADSL 路"
-"由，它们使用 USB 端口来连接到打印机。在这种情况下，IP 地址就是路由器的地址。"
-"请注意，“HP 设备管理器”可以管理动态 IP 地址、设置形如 <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;"
-"name-of-the-printer></emphasis> 的 URI，因此不需要指定固定 IP。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"请选择协议 <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel>，并在<guilabel>主机</"
-"guilabel>中设置地址。请勿更改<guilabel>端口号</guilabel>，除非您必须这么做。"
-"在选择了协议类型后，请按照前面介绍的步骤来选择打印机驱动。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "其他的协议有："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>互联网打印协议（IPP）</emphasis>：使用 IPP 协议通过 TCP/IP 网络访问"
-"打印机，例如使用 CUPS 工作站的打印机。此协议也在部分 ADSL 路由上得到应用。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>互联网打印协议（HTTPS）</emphasis>：与 IPP 相同，但使用 HTTP 传输数"
-"据且使用 TLS 协议加密。您需要指定端口。默认使用 631 端口。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>互联网打印协议（ipps）</emphasis>：与 IPP 相同，但使用 TLS 协议加"
-"密。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR 主机或打印机</emphasis>：使用 LPD 协议通过 TCP/IP 网络访问"
-"打印机，例如使用 LPD 工作站的打印机。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>通过 SAMBA 连接 Windows 打印机</emphasis>：访问连接到 Windows 工作"
-"站或 SMB 服务器的共享打印机。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr "您也可以直接添加 URI。此处提供了一些 URI 的示例："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "互联网打印协议（IPP）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "行式打印机守护（LPD）协议"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在<link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/"
-"network.html\">CUPS 文档</link>中找到更多有关信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "设备属性"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在此处访问设备属性。菜单中列出了  CUPS 服务器的参数。默认情况下，您的系"
-"统中启动了 CUPS 服务，但您也可以在<guimenu>服务器</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>连"
-"接...</guimenuitem>菜单中指定另一个服务。若您点击 <guimenu>服务器</guimenu> "
-"| <guimenuitem>设置</guimenuitem> 菜单，则会弹出另一个窗口，可以用于调整其他"
-"特定的服务器参数。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "错误排查"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"如果打印过程中出错，您可以查看 <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> "
-"来获取有关信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"您也可以点击 <guimenu>帮助</guimenu> | <guilabel>错误排查</guilabel> 菜单来启"
-"动诊断问题的工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"部分打印机的驱动在 Mageia 下可能不可用或工作异常。在这种情况下，请参考<link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> 网站以确定"
-"设备的驱动是否可用。如果可用，请检查打印相关的软件包是否已经安装，如果没有请"
-"手动安装。然后，重新执行安装打印机并正确配置它。如果您对此工具满意，并希望提"
-"供打印机的类型和驱动信息，或者报告打印机安装后能（或不能）工作，请将意见或建"
-"议反馈至 Bugzilla 或论坛。以下是一些用于查找最新驱动的资源："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother 打印机</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">此页面</link>中列出了 Brother 提供的打印机驱动。请搜索"
-"您的设备，然后下载相应的 rpm 并安装。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr "您应当在运行配置工具前安装 Brother 驱动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">惠普打印机及多合一设备</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"这类设备使用 hplip 工具进行管理。系统会检测到或您选择这类打印机后自动安装它。"
-"您可以在<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">这"
-"里</link>找到其他信息。“HP 设备管理器”工具可以从<guilabel>系统</guilabel>菜单"
-"中higdon。您也可以查看有关管理打印机的<link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">配置</link>页。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"惠普多合一设备必须作为打印机安装，之后扫描仪功能会被附加到其中。注意，有时候"
-"您无法使用 Xsane 界面来扫描胶卷或幻灯片（照明滑杆不工作）。在这种情况下，您仍"
-"然可以使用独立模式来扫描，并将图片保存至存储卡或 U 盘，而非扫描仪中。之后，请"
-"使用您的图像处理软件从存储卡（位于 /media 文件夹下）中载入该图片。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">三星彩色打印机</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"有关特定的三星和 Xerox 彩色打印机，<link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda."
-"com/\">此网站</link>提供了使用 QPDL 协议的驱动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">爱普生打印机和扫描仪</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在<link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?"
-"OSC=LX\">此搜索页</link>中找到爱普生（Epson）打印机驱动。至于扫描仪的端口，您"
-"必须先安装“iscan-data”软件包然后安装“iscan”软件包。您也可以安装“iscan-"
-"plugin”软件包。请根据您的架构选择 <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> 类型的软件包。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "安装 iscan 软件包可能会与 sane 有冲突，不过您可以忽略这个问题。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">佳能打印机</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"对于佳能打印机，您最好安装一个名为 turboprint 的工具，它可以在<link ns2:href="
-"\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">这里</link>下载到。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "导入 Windows™ 文档和设置"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">系统</emphasis>选项卡中找到，选项的名称是<guilabel>导"
-"入 Windows™ 文档和设置</guilabel>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"此工具允许管理员从同一台机器上的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> 2000、<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP 或 "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</"
-"trademark> 系统中导入用户文档和设置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"请注意，在您按下<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>后，transfugdrake 所作更改将会立"
-"即生效。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"在启动 transfugdrake 后，您会看到向导页的首页，其中包括了有关工具和导入选项的"
-"说明。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"在您阅读并理解了这些说明后，请点击 <guibutton>下一步</guibutton> 按钮。程序将"
-"会检测现有的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 系统。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"检测完成后，您将会看到一个用于选择 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> 和 Mageia 账户的界面。您可以选择您自己或其他用户的账户。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"请注意，由于 migrate-assistant（transfugdrake 所使用的后端）的缺陷，包含特殊"
-"符号的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 用户账户名可能无法"
-"被正确显示。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr "导入过程所需的时间取决于文档目录的大小。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"部分 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 应用（尤其是驱动）可"
-"能会创建特定用途的用户账户。例如，<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> 下的 NVidia 驱动会使用 <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> 来更新软"
-"件。请不要使用这类有特殊用途的账户。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"当您选择好账户之后，请点击 <guibutton>下一步</guibutton> 按钮。您需要在下一页"
-"中选择导入文档的方法："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake 用于从 <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>、<emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> 和 <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> 目录中导入 <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 数据。您可以在这里取消选定部分项目来略过导"
-"入它们。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"当您选择好导入方式后，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>按钮。您需要在下一页"
-"中选择导入书签的方式："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake 可以将 <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> 和 "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> 中的书签导入至 Mageia 下的 "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> 中。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr "请选择您所需的导入选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>按钮。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "您可以在下一页中导入桌面壁纸："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "请选择您所需的导入选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>按钮。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"向导的最后一页是显示祝贺信息。只需点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮即可。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "用户和组"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</"
-"emphasis> 来启动该工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">系统</emphasis> 选项卡中找到，选项的名称是“管理系统用"
-"户”。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"此工具可以帮助管理员管理用户和组，包括添加或删除用户/组，以及更改用户/组设置"
-"（ID、shell……）等功能。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"当您打开 userdrake 时，<guibutton>用户</guibutton>选项卡中会列出系统中现存的"
-"所有用户，<guibutton>组</guibutton>选项卡中则列此处了所有现存的组。这两个选项"
-"卡的操作方式相同。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 添加用户</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "点击按钮后，将打开一个空设置的窗口："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">全名</emphasis>一栏中填写用户的姓和名，但您也可以将其"
-"留空。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">登录名</emphasis>是唯一的必填项。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"我们强烈建议您设置一个<emphasis role=\"bold\">密码</emphasis>。右侧的盾形图标"
-"指示了当前密码的强度，如果密码强度太差，盾会变成红色；当密码强度增加时，盾会"
-"变成橙色或绿色。您应当使用数字、大小写字母、标点符号组合成的密码。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">确认密码</emphasis>一栏用于确保您两次输入的密码一致。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">登录 Shell</emphasis>是一个用于改变该用户所使用的 "
-"shell 的下拉列表，您可以在 Bash、Dash 和 Sh 中选择。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">为该用户创建一个私有组</emphasis>如果被勾选，系统将创"
-"建一个与该用户同名的组，并将该用户作为唯一的用户添加到该组中（您可以稍后编辑"
-"该组）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"其他的选项非常明显。在您点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>后，将会立即创建新用"
-"户。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 添加组</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr "您只需要输入新组的名称，以及特定的组 ID（可选）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 编辑</emphasis>（所选用户）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>用户数据</guibutton>：用于修改您在创建该用户时输入的各项信息（用"
-"户 ID 除外）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">账户信息</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"第一个选项用于设置账户的过期日期。在此日期之后，该用户将无法登录。这一功能可"
-"用于临时账户。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr "第二个选项用于锁定账户。被锁定的账户将无法登录。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "您也可以修改图标。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">密码信息</emphasis>：用于设置密码的过期日期，这将强制"
-"用户定期更改登录密码。"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">组</emphasis>：您可以在这里选择用户所属的组。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr "如果您修改了一个已登录的用户的账户，更改将会在他/她下次登录时生效。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 编辑</emphasis>（所选组）"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">组数据</emphasis>：用于修改组名称。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">组用户</emphasis>：您可以在这里选择该组包含的成员。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 删除</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"选择一个用户或组，然后点击<emphasis role=\"bold\">删除</emphasis>可以将其删"
-"除。若您删除的是一个用户，将会提示您是否同时删除该用户的主目录和邮箱。如果在"
-"创建该用户时同时创建了一个私有组，系统也会将其删除。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr "您也可以删除一个非空的组。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 刷新</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"若您使用 Userdrake 之外的工具修改了用户数据库，则可以点击此图标来刷新信息。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 来宾账户</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">来宾</emphasis>是一个特殊的账户，用于赋予用户临时、安"
-"全访问系统的权限。该账户的登录名是 xguest，且没有密码，该账户无法对系统做出更"
-"改。在会话结束后，该账户的个人目录将被删除。默认情况下，系统启用了来宾账户；"
-"若要禁用它，请点击菜单<guimenu> 操作 -> 卸载来宾账户</guimenu>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "设置图形服务器"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"您可通过以普通用户身份在命令行输入 XFdrake，或以 root 用户输入 <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakx11</emphasis> 来启动该工具。请注意命令的大小写。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"此工具可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role=\"bold\">硬件</emphasis> 选项卡"
-"中找到，选项名称是<emphasis><guilabel>设置图形服务器</guilabel>。</"
-"emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "此按钮用于改变图形配置。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">显卡</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"该工具将显示当前检测到的显卡，并配置匹配的服务器。点击此按钮可以切换至其他显"
-"示服务器，如使用私有驱动的服务器。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>供应商</guilabel>列表中列出了可用的服务器，供应商名称和型号按字母顺"
-"序排列。Xorg 下面列出了按字母顺序排列的自由驱动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"如果有问题，<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>可以提供对大多数显卡的兼容性，允"
-"许您使用桌面环境来查找和下载合适的显卡驱动。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"如果 Vesa 也不管用，请选择<emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>，该驱动在您安装  Mageia 时使用，但您将"
-"无法更改分辨率或刷新率。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您选择了自由驱动，系统将提示您是否需要使用私有驱动以支持更多特性（如 3D "
-"特效）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">显示器</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"同上，将会显示当前检测到的显示器，您可以点击按钮来切换到另一个显示器。如果"
-"<guilabel>供应商</guilabel>列表中没有列出了您想要的显示器，请从<guilabel>通用"
-"</guilabel>列表中选择一个具有相同功能的显示器。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">分辨率</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"此按钮用于选择分辨率（像素个数），以及色彩深度（色彩个数）。点击后将显示如下"
-"界面："
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>当您更改色彩深度时，第二个按钮旁"
-"将会出现一个色阶栏，用于预览所选的色彩深度。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"第一个按钮用于显示当前分辨率，点击它可以修改分辨率。此列表中列出了与显卡和显"
-"示器相关的所有可用分辨率。您也可以点击<guilabel>其他</guilabel>来设置分辨率，"
-"但请牢记，如果您选择了不合适的分辨率，显示器可能因此损坏。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr "第二个按钮用于显示当前色彩深度，点击它可以修改色彩深度。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr "根据所选分辨率的不同，您可能需要注销并重新登录至桌面环境来使更改生效。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">测试</emphasis>："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"在完成配置后，我们建议您在点击“确定”前先进行一个测试，以避免该设置出现问题时"
-"无法方便地修改它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您无法使用图形界面，请按 Alt + Ctrl +F2 进入命令行，以 root 用户登录，然"
-"后输入 XFdrake（注意大小写）来使用 XFdrake 工具。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"如果测试失败，只需等待它自动退出即可。如果测试成功，但您不希望使用该配置，请"
-"点击<guibutton>否</guibutton>；否则请，点击<guibutton role=\"bold\">确定</"
-"guibutton>。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "选项："
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>全局选项</guilabel>：如果勾选了<emphasis>禁用 Ctrl + Alt + "
-"Backspace</emphasis>，您将无法使用 Ctrl + Alt + Backspace 来重启 X 服务。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>显卡选项</guilabel>：可用于启用或禁用三个特性（针对部分显卡）。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>启动时加载图形化界面</guilabel>：大多数情况下，<emphasis>系统启动时"
-"自动加载图形化界面（Xorg）</emphasis>已被勾选，以便系统引导后可以进入图形化界"
-"面。对于服务器而言，您可以取消勾选它。"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"在点击<guibutton>退出</guibutton>按钮后，系统会要求您确认。在此之前，您仍然有"
-"机会取消更改、保留之前的配置。如果您接受新配置，您必须注销后重新登录来应用新"
-"配置。"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC-cover.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 75433989..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC-cover.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" 
-      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
-      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
-      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" 
-      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" 
-      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" 
-      version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia 控制中心</title>
-    <cover>
-      <para role="tagline">用于配置 Mageia 系统的工具</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-	    <para>此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。
-	    </para>
-	    <para>此手册由 <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。
-	    </para>
-            <para>内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-  <article>
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
-</book>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cadaac4a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
-<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="MCC">
-
-  <info>
-    <title>Mageia 控制中心</title>
-    <cover>
-	    <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。
-	    </para>
-	    <para>此手册由 <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。
-	    </para>
-            <para>内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。</para>
-    </cover>
-  </info>
-
-  
-<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MageiaUpdate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ef0c53b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">软件包更新</title>
-
-    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate 或 drakrpm-update</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role="bold">软件管理</emphasis>选项卡中找到此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> 或
-<emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>。</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>若要使用 MageiaUpdate，您需要将仓库配置为 drakrpm-editmedia
-并将部分媒体选定为更新媒体。如果您尚未进行设置，程序会提示您进行设置。</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>启动该工具后，它将会扫描已安装的软件包，并列出仓库中可以更新的软件包。默认情况下，会自动选择所有可更新的软件包以便自动下载和安装。请点击<guibutton>更新</guibutton>按钮进行更新。</para>
-
-  <para>点击某个软件包后，您可以在窗口底部看到更多的信息。标题前的<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis>
-表示您可以点击它来展开更多内容。</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>当有可用的更新时，系统托盘中将会通过红色的图标<inlinemediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>来提示您。只需点击它并输入用户密码就可以更新系统。</para>
-    </note></para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/XFdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b689b45..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/XFdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">设置图形服务器</title>
-
-    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role="bold">硬件</emphasis>
-选项卡中找到，选项名称是<emphasis><guilabel>设置图形服务器</guilabel>。</emphasis><footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以普通用户身份在命令行输入 XFdrake，或以 root 用户输入 <emphasis
-role="bold">drakx11</emphasis> 来启动该工具。请注意命令的大小写。</para>
-    </footnote></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>此按钮用于改变图形配置。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">显卡</emphasis>：</para>
-
-  <para>该工具将显示当前检测到的显卡，并配置匹配的服务器。点击此按钮可以切换至其他显示服务器，如使用私有驱动的服务器。</para>
-
-  <para><guilabel>供应商</guilabel>列表中列出了可用的服务器，供应商名称和型号按字母顺序排列。Xorg 下面列出了按字母顺序排列的自由驱动。</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>如果有问题，<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>可以提供对大多数显卡的兼容性，允许您使用桌面环境来查找和下载合适的显卡驱动。</para>
-
-      <para>如果 Vesa 也不管用，请选择<emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>，该驱动在您安装  Mageia 时使用，但您将无法更改分辨率或刷新率。</para>
-    </note>如果您选择了自由驱动，系统将提示您是否需要使用私有驱动以支持更多特性（如 3D 特效）。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">显示器</emphasis>：</para>
-
-  <para>同上，将会显示当前检测到的显示器，您可以点击按钮来切换到另一个显示器。如果<guilabel>供应商</guilabel>列表中没有列出了您想要的显示器，请从<guilabel>通用</guilabel>列表中选择一个具有相同功能的显示器。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">分辨率</emphasis>：</para>
-
-  <para>此按钮用于选择分辨率（像素个数），以及色彩深度（色彩个数）。点击后将显示如下界面：</para>
-
-  <para><mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>当您更改色彩深度时，第二个按钮旁将会出现一个色阶栏，用于预览所选的色彩深度。</para>
-
-  <para>第一个按钮用于显示当前分辨率，点击它可以修改分辨率。此列表中列出了与显卡和显示器相关的所有可用分辨率。您也可以点击<guilabel>其他</guilabel>来设置分辨率，但请牢记，如果您选择了不合适的分辨率，显示器可能因此损坏。</para>
-
-  <para>第二个按钮用于显示当前色彩深度，点击它可以修改色彩深度。</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>根据所选分辨率的不同，您可能需要注销并重新登录至桌面环境来使更改生效。</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">测试</emphasis>：</para>
-
-  <para>在完成配置后，我们建议您在点击“确定”前先进行一个测试，以避免该设置出现问题时无法方便地修改它。</para>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>如果您无法使用图形界面，请按 Alt + Ctrl +F2 进入命令行，以 root 用户登录，然后输入 XFdrake（注意大小写）来使用
-XFdrake 工具。</para>
-    </note>如果测试失败，只需等待它自动退出即可。如果测试成功，但您不希望使用该配置，请点击<guibutton>否</guibutton>；否则请，点击<guibutton
-role="bold">确定</guibutton>。</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <title>选项：</title>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>全局选项</guilabel>：如果勾选了<emphasis>禁用 Ctrl + Alt +
-Backspace</emphasis>，您将无法使用 Ctrl + Alt + Backspace 来重启 X 服务。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>显卡选项</guilabel>：可用于启用或禁用三个特性（针对部分显卡）。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para><guilabel>启动时加载图形化界面</guilabel>：大多数情况下，<emphasis>系统启动时自动加载图形化界面（Xorg）</emphasis>已被勾选，以便系统引导后可以进入图形化界面。对于服务器而言，您可以取消勾选它。</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <para>在点击<guibutton>退出</guibutton>按钮后，系统会要求您确认。在此之前，您仍然有机会取消更改、保留之前的配置。如果您接受新配置，您必须注销后重新登录来应用新配置。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--dav.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 30418a98..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">访问 WebDAV 共享的驱动器和目录</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>这个工具<footnote><para>你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-  </footnote> 在 Mageia Control Center 的 Network
-Sharing 选项卡下，标记为 <guilabel>配置 WebDAV 分享</guilabel>。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>简介</title>
-
- <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link>
-是一个允许在本地挂载 web 服务目录，使它表现为本地目录。远程机器运行一个 WebDAV 服务是必须的。配置 WebDAV 服务这不是本工具的目的。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>创建新条目</title>
-
-    <para>如果有的话，该工具的第一屏显示已经配置的条目，和 <guibutton>新建</guibutton> 按钮。用它创建新条目。在新界面插入服务器的
-URL。</para>
-
-    <para>然后进入带有单选框的界面，选择一些操作。选择 <guibutton>挂载点</guibutton> 选项，点击
-<guibutton>OK</guibutton> 按钮，需
-<guibutton>Server</guibutton>已经配置，如果需要你也可以更正它。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>远程目录将可通过该挂载点访问。</para>
-
-    <para>下一步中，提供你的用户名和密码。如果你需要其他选项，可以在 <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> 界面添加。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><guibutton>Mount</guibutton> 选项允许你挂载立即访问。</para>
-
-    <para>在接受配置，选择 <guibutton>Done</guibutton> 后，首界面再次出现，新建的挂载点会列出。在选择
-<guibutton>Quit</guibutton> 后，会要求选择是否保存修改 到
-<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>。如果想每次重新启动该远程目录可用，选择该选项。如果你的配置是一次性使用，就不用保存。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b685e46a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">共享硬盘分区</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>这个简单的工具<footnote><para>你可以从命令行启动该工具，以 root 用户输入<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake
---fileshare</emphasis> 。</para></footnote> 允许你，即管理员，让用户与局域网运行 Linux 或者
-Windows 操作系统的其他用户共享他们的 /home 子目录。</para>
-
-  <para>在 Mageia Control Center 可以发现，本地磁盘标签下，带有共享你的磁盘分区的标志。</para>
-
-  <para>首先，请确定：“<guilabel>您是否希望用户共享他们的目录？</guilabel>”，若不希望所有用户都能共享，请点击<guibutton>不共享</guibutton>；如果允许所有用户开启共享功能，请点击<guibutton>允许所有用户</guibutton>；如果要为部分用户开启共享功能，请点击<guibutton>自定义</guibutton>。在自定义的情况下，必须将允许使用共享功能的用户添加到
-fileshare 组，该组由系统自动创建。您稍后需要对此进行设置。</para>
-
-  <para>点击<guilabel>确定</guilabel>后，会出现第二个对话框以询问您需要使用<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> 还是
-<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>类型的共享网络。如果共享网络中只有 Linux
-操作系统，请点击<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>；如果既有 Linux 又有 Windows
-系统，请点击<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>。之后，请点击<guilabel>确定</guilabel>，系统将会安装所需的软件包。</para>
-
-  <para>如果您没有使用自定义功能，那么到此为止配置已经完成了，系统将会弹出另一个对话框来提示您启动 Userdrake。该工具允许您指定可以哦嗯下目录的用户至
-fileshare 组：在用户选项卡中，先点击要添加到 fileshare
-组的用户，然后点击用户组选项卡中的<guimenuitem>编辑</guimenuitem>，勾选 fileshare
-组并点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>。有关 Userdrake 的更多信息，请见<xref
-linkend="userdrake">此页</xref></para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>当添加新用户至 fileshare 组后时，您需要重新连接网络以使更改生效。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>之后，所有属于 fileshare 组的用户都可以在文件管理器中选择需要共享的文件夹。该功能仅被部分文件管理器支持。</para>
-
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--nfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f103a55..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">访问 NFS 共享的驱动器和目录</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>简介</title>
-
-    <para>此工具<footnote>
-        <para>您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>。</para>
-      </footnote>允许您定义可以被系统中其他用户访问的共享文件夹。大多数 Linux 或
-Unix 系统均支持此 NFS 网络协议。共享文件夹在系统启动后即可访问，也可以在单一会话中通过文件管理器来访问。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>步骤</title>
-
-    <para>选择<guibutton>搜索服务器</guibutton>来获取含有共享文件夹的服务器。</para>
-
-    <para>点击服务器前的 > 标记来显示和选择要访问的共享文件夹。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><guibutton>挂载点</guibutton>用于将该共享文件夹挂载到指定目录。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>在选择了挂载点之后，您就可以将其挂载并访问了。您也可以点击<guibutton>选项</guibutton>按钮来检查和更改设置。在挂载目录之后，再次点击挂载按钮可以将此目录卸载。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>在点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮之后，系统将会提示“您是否希望将更改保存到
-/etc/fstab”。如果选择保存，那么下次启动后如果网络链接可用，系统将会自动挂载该目录到指定位置。您可以在文件管理器，如 Dolphin
-中访问该目录。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--removable.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 135312e2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD 刻录机</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>如果您插入了可移动存储介质（CD/DVD 播放机和刻录机、软盘），则可以在 Mageia 控制中心中的本地磁盘选项卡中找到此工具<footnote>
-      <para>你可以从命令行启动该工具，以 root 用户输入<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake
---removable</emphasis> 。</para>
-    </footnote>。 </para>
-
-  <para>它用于设定您的可移动存储介质的挂载方式。 </para>
-
-  <para>窗口上方显示了您的硬件的简短描述和挂载选项，您可以用底部的菜单来更改它们：先点击要更改的项目，然后点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮。 </para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>挂载点</title>
-
-    <para>选中这个复选框改变挂载点。默认是 /media/cdrom。</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>选项</title>
-
-    <para>多数挂载选项可以直接从列表中选择，或者在<guilabel>高级</guilabel>子菜单中选择。主要选项包括：</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>用户模式/无用户模式</title>
-
-      <para>用户模式下，普通用户（非 root）可以挂载可移动磁盘，挂载选项包括 noexec、nosuid 和 nodev。只有挂载该磁盘的用户可以卸载该磁盘。 </para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--smb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d92f2b96..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">访问 Windows (SMB) 共享的驱动器和目录</title>
-
-    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
-
-  </info>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>简介</title>
-
-    <para>此工具<footnote>
-        <para>你可以从命令行启动该工具，通过以 root 用户输入 <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>
-。</para>
-      </footnote>允许您定义可以被系统中其他用户访问的共享文件夹。大多数 Windows
-系统均支持此 SMB 网络协议。共享文件夹在系统启动后即可访问，也可以在单一会话中通过文件管理器来访问。</para>
-
-    <para>运行工具以前，声明可用服务器的名字是个好主意，如<xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>步骤</title>
-
-    <para>选择 <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> 获得共享目录的服务器列表。</para>
-
-    <para>点击服务器前的 &gt; 标记来显示和选择要访问的共享文件夹。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>挂载点</guibutton>用于将该共享文件夹挂载到指定目录。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>在选择了挂载点之后，您就可以点击<guimenu>挂载</guimenu>按钮将其挂载并访问了。您也可以点击<guibutton>选项</guibutton>按钮来检查和更改设置。</para>
-
-    <para>在选项中，您可以指定用于连接 SMB 服务器的用户名和密码。在挂载之后，您可以再次点击挂载按钮来将其卸载。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>在点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮之后，系统将会提示“您是否希望将更改保存到
-/etc/fstab”。如果选择保存，那么下次启动后如果网络链接可用，系统将会自动挂载该目录到指定位置。您可以在文件管理器，如 Dolphin
-中访问该目录。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drak3d.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ea909bc0..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drak3d.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D 桌面特效</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>简介</title>
-
-    <para>此工具<footnote>
-        <para>你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-      </footnote>用于管理系统中的 3D 桌面特效。默认情况下，该特效是关闭的。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section annotations="center">
-    <title>开始</title>
-
-    <para>要使用该工具，您需要先安装 glxinfo 软件包。若尚未安装软件包，系统将提示您先安装它，然后再启动 drak3d。</para>
-
-    <para>在启动 drak3d 后，您将会进入一个菜单窗口。这里您可以选择<guilabel>无 3D 桌面特效</guilabel> 或
-<guilabel>Compiz 合成器</guilabel>。COmpiz
-合成器是组件/窗口管理器的一部分，它包含了硬件加速的桌面特效。若需开启特效，请选择<guilabel>Compiz 合成器</guilabel>。</para>
-
-    <para>若您在安装 Mageia 后第一次运行该程序，系统将提示您需要安装特定软件包来运行 Compiz
-合成器。请点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮以继续。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>在安装特定软件包后，drak3d 菜单中的 Compiz 合成器一项将被自动选中，但您需要注销并重新登录来使更改生效。</para>
-
-    <para>在重新登录后，Compiz 合成器将会被启用。若要配置 COmpiz 合成器，请见 cssm （Compiz 配置管理器）工具的说明页。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>疑难解答</title>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>登录后无法显示桌面</title>
-
-      <para>若启用 Compiz 合成器后您无法看到桌面，请重启计算机，然后在登录界面中点击“桌面”图标并选择 drak3d。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>在登录后，如果您的账户具有管理员权限，请在弹出的对话框中输入密码；否则，请以管理员身份登录，然后撤销导致桌面问题的改动。</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakauth.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 213b5f30..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakauth.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">认证</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote><para>您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行<emphasis role="bold">drakauth</emphasis>。</para></footnote> 允许您修改用户在本机器和网络上的认证方式。</para>
-
-  <para>默认情况下，用于认证的信息储存在您的计算机上。只有当您的网络管理员需要您提供相关信息时，才需要修改认证方式。</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakautologin.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e4c47d27..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakautologin.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakautologin">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">设置自动登录以便以特定用户的身份自动登录</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis>。</para>
-    </footnote>允许您以同一用户的身份自动登录至桌面环境，而无需输入密码。若只有一位用户使用该机器，则可以启动自动登录功能。</para>
-
-  <para>您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的<emphasis role="bold">引导</emphasis>选项卡中找到，选项的名称为“设置自动登录”。</para>
-
-  <para>程序界面的按钮非常明确：</para>
-
-  <para>若您希望在启动后载入 X
-窗口系统，请选定<guibutton>系统启动后自动载入图形化界面</guibutton>。此外，您也可以手动启动图形化界面：在命令行中运行“startx”或“systemctl
-start dm”即可。</para>
-
-  <para>若您选定了第一项，则会有另外两个选项可供选择：若您希望手动选择登录用户名，请选择<guibutton>不，我不希望自动登录</guibutton>；如果您希望自动登录，请选择<guibutton>是，我希望自动登录（至此用户和桌面环境）</guibutton>。在后一种情况下，您还需要指定用于登录的<guilabel>默认用户名</guilabel>和<guilabel>默认桌面</guilabel>。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakboot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 45ac2467..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakboot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">设置启动系统</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>若您使用 UEFI 硬件而非 BIOS 硬件，那么程序界面会有所不同，因为引导设备只能为 EFI 系统分区（ESP）。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>允许您配置引导选项（选择引导器、设置密码、设置默认引导项等）</para>
-
-  <para>您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的“引导”选项卡中找到它，选项名称是“设置系统引导”。</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>只有当您清楚您需要做的事情时才使用此工具！修改引导选项有可能导致您的机器无法启动！</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>第一个区域是 <guilabel>引导器</guilabel>设置，如果您使用 BIOS
-硬件，则可以点击<guibutton>要使用的引导器</guibutton>并选择 GRUB、GRUB2 或
-LILO，使用图形或文本界面。这些选项提供的功能基本一致，您可以根据个人喜好进行虚啊俺则。您也可以设置<guibutton>引导设备</guibutton>，如果您对此不甚了解，请不要改动此项。引导设备是指引导器所安装的位置，修改此项有可能导致机器无法启动。</para>
-
-  <para>对于 UEFI 硬件，引导器只能是 GRUB2-efi，它被安装至 /boot/EFI 分区。通常情况下此分区的格式是 FAT32。</para>
-
-  <para>第二个区域是<guilabel>主要选项</guilabel>，您可以设置<guibutton>自动引导之前等待</guibutton>，时间的单位是秒。在倒计时时，GRUB
-或 LILO 将显示可用的操作系统，提示您进行选择。若您没有做出选择，引导器将会自动引导默认操作系统。</para>
-
-  <para>在第三个（也是最后一个）名为<guibutton>安全</guibutton>的区域中，您可以为引导器设置密码。之后，在系统引导时就必须输入用户名和密码才能调整引导参数：用户名默认为“root”，密码即为您在此处设置的密码。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮用于设置额外参数。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>启用ACPI：</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>ACPI（高级配置与电源接口）是标准的电源管理协议。它可以关闭未使用的设备以节能，用于取代 APM。如果您的硬件兼容 ACPI，则可以勾选它。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>启用 SMP：</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>SMP 指对称多处理器，是多核处理器的架构之一。</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>如果您的处理器支持超线程，Mageia 将会视其为双核处理器并启用 SMP。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><guibutton>启用 APIC</guibutton> 和 <guibutton>启用本地 APIC：</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>APIC 指高级可编程中断控制器。Intel 的 APIC 系统包括两个组件：本地 APIC（LAPIC）和输入/输出 APIC（I/O
-APIC）。后者将它从外围总线收到的中断转发给处理器内的一个或多个本地 APIC。这通常用于多处理器系统。部分硬件对 APIC
-的支持有问题，可能导致死机或设备检测错误（出现“spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”之类的消息）。在这种情况下，请禁用
-APIC 和/或本地 APIC。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><guibutton>下一步</guibutton>中显示的内容将因您选择的引导器类型而有所不同。</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>使用传统 GRUB 或 LILO：</para>
-
-      <para>在这种情况下，您将在引导时看到可用的操作系统列表，默认操作系统以星号标注。要改变列表中操作系统的顺序，请点击上下箭头来移动它们。若您点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>或<guibutton>修改</guibutton>按钮，将会弹出新窗口以便您添加或修改引导器菜单。在使用此工具前，您需要对
-GRUB 或 LILO 的引导有所了解。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>您可以在<guilabel>标题</guilabel>一栏中随意填写您希望在菜单中显示的文字，它与 GRUB
-的“title”命令作用相同。例如：Mageia 3。</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>镜像</guilabel>一栏用于指定内核文件名。它与 GRUB 命令“kernel”的作用相同。例如：/boot/vmlinuz。</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>根</guilabel>一栏用于指定内核文件储存的位置。它与 GRUB 命令“root”作用相同。例如：(hd0,1)。</para>
-
-      <para><guilabel>附加</guilabel>一栏中包含了传递给内核的引导参数。</para>
-
-      <para>如果勾选了<guilabel>La默认bel</guilabel>，GRUB 将会默认引导该系统。</para>
-
-      <para>在<guilabel>高级</guilabel>选项中，您可以在下拉列表中设定<guilabel>图像模式</guilabel>、<guilabel>initrd</guilabel>文件和<guilabel>网络配置</guilabel>，请参考<xref
-linkend="draknetprofile"/>。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>使用 GRUB2 或 GRUB2-EFI（分别用于传统模式和 UEFI 模式）：</para>
-
-      <para>在这种情况下，<guilabel>默认</guilabel>下拉列表中显示了所有可用的操作系统；请选择您希望默认引导的操作系统。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para><guilabel>附加</guilabel>一栏中包含了传递给内核的引导参数。</para>
-
-      <para>若您已安装了其他操作系统，Mageia 会尝试将它们也添加到 Mageia 的引导菜单。如果您不希望 Mageia
-这么做，请取消勾选<guilabel>检测其他操作系统</guilabel></para>
-
-      <para>在<guilabel>高级</guilabel>选项中，您可以在下拉列表中设定<guilabel>图像模式</guilabel>。如果您不希望用
-Mageia 来引导，而是从其他系统来加载  Mageia，请勾选 <guilabel>不修改 ESP 或 MBR</guilabel>
-并确认弹出的警告。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <warning>
-        <para>不配置 ESP 或 MBR 意味着安装后可能无法引导系统，除非您使用其他操作系统来引导 Mageia！</para>
-      </warning>
-
-      <para>若要自定义其他参数，您可以使用 <emphasis>Grub 自定义工具</emphasis>，可以从 Mageia 仓库中安装它（见下）。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakboot4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b19b080e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia 错误报告工具</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
- fileref="drakbug.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>一般情况下，此工具<footnote><para>您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>。</para></footnote>会在 Mageia
-工具崩溃后自动启动。当您在填写错误报告后，您也可能需要启动此工具来查看它所提供的信息，并将其反馈到您所填写的错误报告中。</para>
-
-  <para>若您需要创建新的错误报告，但对此工具并不熟悉，请在点击“报告”按钮前先阅读<link
-xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">如何妥善报告错误</link>
-。</para>
-
-  <para>如果其他人已经报告过该错误（在这种情况下，drakbug 显示的错误信息也会相同），那么您可以向现有报告中添加一条评论，说明您也遇到了相同的问题。</para>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug_report.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 76a51fa4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug_report.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">收集日志和系统信息以便反馈软件缺陷</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote><para>您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis>。</para></footnote>只能从命令行启动和使用。</para>
-
-<para>我们建议您将此命令的输出内容写入到文件，例如您可以 <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
-drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>，但请确保您的磁盘有足够的空间：输出的内容可能会有数 GB 大。</para>
-<note><para>输出内容太多，无法直接附加到错误报告中，您必须先移除其中不必要的部分。</para></note>
-  <para>此命令用于收集系统的信息：</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> Mageia 版本</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-
-  <note><para>在编写此帮助文档之时，“syslog”相关的输出并不完整，因为该工具尚未移植到 systemd。如果它的输出为空，您可以通过（以 root 身份）运行
-<emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a >
-journalctl.txt</emphasis>。如果您的磁盘空间不足，您可以摘取日志的后 5000 行：<emphasis
-role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>。</para></note>
-  
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakclock.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index df33835f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakclock.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakclock">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">管理日期和时间</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以在 Mageia
-控制中心的系统选项卡中找到，选项名称是“管理日期和时间”。在部分桌面环境中，您也可以通过右键单击系统托盘中的时钟来调整日期和时间。</para>
-
-  <para>此工具非常简单。</para>
-
-  <para>左上角显示了 <emphasis role="bold">日历</emphasis>。在上面的截图中，当前日期是 2012 年 9 月 2
-日，星期日。点击年、月旁边的小箭头可以改变年和月；直接选择日历中的数字可以选中指定的一天。</para>
-
-  <para>左下角是<emphasis
-role="bold">网络时间协议</emphasis>同步。您可以将本地时间与服务器提供的时间同步，以便保持时间准确。点击<guilabel>启用网络时间协议</guilabel>来选择距离最近的服务器。</para>
-
-  <para>右边是<emphasis
-role="bold">时钟</emphasis>部分。如果启用了网络时间协议同步，则无需手动设置此时钟。其中的三个方框分别显示了时、分、秒（截图中是
-15 时 28 分 22 秒），使用小箭头可以调整时钟。您无法在此处修改时钟格式——请在您的桌面环境设置中更改它。</para>
-
-  <para>在右下角，您可以点击<guibutton>改变时区</guibutton>按钮来设置您所在的时区。请选择距离您最近的城市。</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>虽然您无法用此工具设置时间或日期格式，但桌面上的时钟会根据您的本地化设置来显示时间和日期。</para>
-  </note>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect--del.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d873d11..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">移除连接</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>您可以用它来删除网络接口<footnote><para>你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para></footnote>。</para> 
-    <para>点击下拉菜单，并选择您要移除的网络接口，然后点击<emphasis>下一步</emphasis>。</para> 
-    <para>您将会看到网络接口移除成功的提示。</para> 
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 58ccb5bb..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,731 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakconnect">
-  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">设置新的网络连接(局域网、ISDN、ADSL 拨号……)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>简介</title>
-
-    <para>此工具<footnote>
-        <para>你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-      </footnote>允许您配置本地网络或互联网访问方式。您需要从您的运营商或网络管理员那里获得相关配置信息。</para>
-
-    <para>请选择您要设置的链接类型，它应当与您的硬件和运营商一致。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>有线链接（以太网）</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>第一个对话框中列出了可用的接口，请选择一个接口进行配置。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>在这里，您可以选择手动或自动设置 IP 地址。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>自动 IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>以太网 IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS 服务器地址是由您的 DHCP
-服务器提供，还是由您手工设置。在后一种情况下，您需要填写 DNS 服务器的
-IP。可以在这里设置计算机的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。如果选择了<emphasis>从
-DHCP 服务器获取主机名</emphasis>，主机名也可以由 DHCP 服务器指定。并非所有 DHCP 服务器都有该功能，例如当您通过家用 ADSL
-路由器接入网络。</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>高级按钮用于指定：</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>查找域名（由 DHCP 服务器提供，不可修改）</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP 客户端</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP 超时值</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>从 DHCP 获取 YP 服务器（默认选中）：指定 NIS 服务器</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>从 DHCP 获取 NTPD 服务器（用于同步时钟）</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP 所需的主机名。只有当 DHCP 服务器在分配 IP 地址前需要客户端提供主机名时，您才需要使用此选项。部分 DHCP 服务器会忽略此选项。</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>在完成以上设置后，最后一步对所有链接配置进行了说明：<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>手工配置</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>以太网/IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定使用的 DNS
-服务器。可以在这里指定计算机主机名。如果没有指定主机名，将会使用默认值
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。</para>
-
-            <para>对于家用网络环境，IP
-地址的形式一般为<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>，网络掩码一般为<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>，网关和
-DNS 服务器可以从网络运营商的网站上获得。</para>
-
-            <para>在高级设置中，您可以指定<emphasis>查找域名</emphasis>。它通常是您的家庭域名，例如：如果您的计算机名为“pc”，完整的域名为“pc.baidu.com”，那么查找域名就是“baidu.com”。除非您确实需要此功能，否则最好使用默认设置。一般的家用
-ADSL 无需此项设置。</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>此处<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>对下一步的操作进行了展示</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>卫星连接（DVB）</title>
-
-    <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新调制解调器连接</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>第一个对话框中列出了可用的接口，请选择一个接口进行配置。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>在这里，您可以选择手动或自动设置 IP 地址。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>您需要指定认证模式：</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>无</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>BPALogin（用于 Telstra）。您需要提供用户名和密码。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>自动 IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>有线/IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS 服务器地址是由您的 DHCP
-服务器提供，还是由您手工设置。在后一种情况下，您需要填写 DNS 服务器的
-IP。可以在这里设置计算机的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。如果选择了<emphasis>从
-DHCP 服务器获取主机名</emphasis>，主机名也可以由 DHCP 服务器指定。并非所有 DHCP 服务器都有该功能，例如当您通过家用 ADSL
-路由器接入网络。</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>高级按钮用于指定：</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>查找域名（由 DHCP 服务器提供，不可修改）</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP 客户端</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP 超时值</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>从 DHCP 获取 YP 服务器（默认选中）：指定 NIS 服务器</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>从 DHCP 获取 NTPD 服务器（用于同步时钟）</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP 所需的主机名。只有当 DHCP 服务器在分配 IP 地址前需要客户端提供主机名时，您才需要使用此选项。部分 DHCP 服务器会忽略此选项。</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>在完成以上设置后，最后一步对所有链接配置进行了说明：<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>手工配置</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>有线/IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定使用的 DNS
-服务器。可以在这里指定计算机主机名。如果没有指定主机名，将会使用默认值
-<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。</para>
-
-            <para>对于家用网络环境，IP
-地址的形式一般为<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>，网络掩码一般为<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>，网关和
-DNS 服务器可以从网络运营商的网站上获得。</para>
-
-            <para>在高级设置中，您可以指定<emphasis>查找域名</emphasis>。它通常是您的家庭域名，例如：如果您的计算机名为“pc”，完整的域名为“pc.baidu.com”，那么查找域名就是“baidu.com”。除非您确实需要此功能，否则最好使用默认设置。一般的家用连接无需此项设置。</para>
-
-            <mediaobject>
-              <imageobject>
-                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
-              </imageobject>
-            </mediaobject>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>此处<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>对下一步的操作进行了展示</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新 DSL 连接</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>如果工具检测到了网络接口，将会提示您进行选择并配置。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>列表中包含了一系列运营商，并按国家和地区归类，请在其中选择您的运营商。如果这里没有列出您的运营商，请选择<guilabel>未列出</guilabel>，并输入运营商所提供的选项参数。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>选择可用的协议：</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>动态主机配置协议（DHCP）</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>手工配置 TCP/IP</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ADSL 上的 PPP 协议（PPPoA）</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>以太网上的点对点协议（PPPoE）</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>点对点隧道协议（PPTP）</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>访问设置</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>账户登录名（用户名）</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>账户密码</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>（高级）虚拟路径 ID（VPI）</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>（高级）虚拟环路 ID（VCI）</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>此处<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>对下一步的操作进行了展示</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新 ISDN 连接</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>向导将询问需要配置的设备：</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>手动选择（内部 ISDN 卡）</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>外置 ISDN 调制解调器</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>列表中包含了一系列硬件，并按类型和制造商归类。请选择您的 IDSN 卡。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>选择可用的协议：</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>除欧洲外其他地区的协议（DHCP）</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>欧洲地区的协议（EDSS1）</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>列表中包含了一系列运营商，并按国家和地区归类，请在其中选择您的运营商。如果这里没有列出您的运营商，请选择<guilabel>未列出</guilabel>，并输入相关参数：</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>连接名称</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>电话号码</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>登录 ID</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>账户密码</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>身份验证方式</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>之后，您需要选择自动或手动获取 IP 地址。若手动获取，请指定 IP 地址和子网掩码。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>下一步是选择如何获取 DNS 服务器地址：使用自动或手动模式。如果是手动模式，您需要输入：</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>域名</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>第一和第二 DNS 服务器</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>是否根据 IP 来设置主机名。仅当您的运营商需要此功能时，您才需要进行设置。</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>下一步是选择如何获取 DNS 服务器地址：使用自动或手动模式。如果是手动模式，您需要输入 IP 地址。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>此处<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>对下一步的操作进行了展示</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新无线连接（WiFi）</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>第一个窗口中列出了可用的接口，以及 Windows
-兼容驱动（ndiswrapper）。请选择一个来进行配置。只有当其他配置方法都不管用的情况下，您才需要尝试 Windows 兼容驱动。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>在这一步中，请在网卡检测到的接入点中选择一个进行连接。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>无线网卡的特定参数包括：</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>工作模式：</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>受控的</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>访问现有的接入点（最常用）。</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>计算机之间直接连接。</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>网络名 (ESSID)</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>加密模式：取决于接入点的配置方式。</para>
-
-            <variablelist>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>如果您的硬件支持此模式，请使用它。</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>WEP</term>
-
-                <listitem>
-                  <para>一些老旧的硬件仅支持此加密模式。</para>
-                </listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-            </variablelist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>加密密钥</para>
-
-            <para>该模式一般由接入点设备决定。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>在这里，您可以选择手动或自动设置 IP 地址。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>自动 IP</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS 服务器地址是由您的 DHCP
-服务器提供，还是由您手工设置。在后一种情况下，您需要填写 DNS 服务器的
-IP。可以在这里设置计算机的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。如果选择了<emphasis>从
-DHCP 服务器获取主机名</emphasis>，主机名也可以由 DHCP 服务器指定。</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>高级按钮用于指定：</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>查找域名（由 DHCP 服务器提供，不可修改）</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP 客户端</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP 超时值</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>从 DHCP 获取 YP 服务器（默认选中）：指定 NIS 服务器</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>从 DHCP 获取 NTPD 服务器（用于同步时钟）</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>DHCP 所需的主机名。只有当 DHCP 服务器在分配 IP 地址前需要客户端提供主机名时，您才需要使用此选项。部分 DHCP 服务器会忽略此选项。</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>在完成以上设置后，最后一步对所有链接配置进行了说明：<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>手工配置</para>
-
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>IP 设置</emphasis>：您需要指定 DNS
-服务器地址。可以在这里设置计算机的主机名（HOSTNAME）。如果没有设置主机名，系统默认使用<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>。</para>
-
-            <para>对于家用网络环境，IP
-地址的形式一般为<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>，网络掩码一般为<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>，网关和
-DNS 服务器可以从网络运营商的网站上获得。</para>
-
-            <para>在高级设置中，您可以指定<emphasis>查找域名</emphasis>。它必须和主机名的后半部分一致。</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>此处<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>对下一步的操作进行了展示</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </orderedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新 GPRS/Edge/3G 连接</title>
-
-    <para><orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>如果工具检测到了无线网卡，将会提示您进行选择并配置。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>系统会提示您输入 PIN。如果不需要 PIN，请将其留空。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>向导需要网络连接。如果系统没有检测到网络，请选择 <guilabel>未列出</guilabel>。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>列表中包含了一系列运营商，并按国家和地区归类，请在其中选择您的运营商。如果这里没有列出您的运营商，请选择<guilabel>未列出</guilabel>，并输入运营商所提供的选项参数。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>访问设置</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para>访问点名称</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>账户登录名（用户名）</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>账户密码</para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>此处<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>对下一步的操作进行了展示</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新蓝牙拨号连接</title>
-
-    <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>新模拟调制解调器连接（POTS）</title>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>向导将询问需要配置的设备：</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>手动选择</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>检测可能存在的硬件</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>列表中包含了一系列端口，请在其中选择您的端口。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>如果尚未安装软件包 <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>，系统将提示您安装。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>列表中包含了一系列运营商，并按国家和地区归类，请在其中选择您的运营商。如果这里没有列出您的运营商，请选择<guilabel>未列出</guilabel>，并输入拨号连接所需的参数：</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>连接名</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>电话号码</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>登录 ID</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>密码</emphasis></para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para><emphasis>认证方式</emphasis>，请在以下几种方式中选择：</para>
-
-            <itemizedlist>
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>基于脚本登录</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>PAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>基于终端</para>
-              </listitem>
-
-              <listitem>
-                <para>CHAP</para>
-              </listitem>
-            </itemizedlist>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>此处<xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/>对下一步的操作进行了展示</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
-    <title>完成配置</title>
-
-    <para>在下一步中，您可以指定：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>允许用户控制连接</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>系统启动时自动连接</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>启用流量计费</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>允许 Network Manager 管理接口</emphasis></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>对于无线连接，<emphasis>允许接入点漫游</emphasis>选项可以让您根据信号强度自动选择接入点。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>高级按钮用于指定：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>跃点数（Metric，默认为 10）</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>MTU</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>网络热插拔</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>启用 IPv6 到 IPv4 的隧道</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>在最后一步中，您可以指定是否在系统启动时启用该连接。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconsole.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 790ed3ab..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconsole.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakconsole">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">以管理员身份打开控制台</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis>。</para>
-    </footnote>可以让您以 root 身份直接访问终端。请慎重使用该工具。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakdisk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 94f3e65a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakdisk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakdisk">
- 
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">管理磁盘分区</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakdisk 或 diskdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>此工具<footnote>
-        <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-      </footnote>非常强大，如果您在操作时稍不留神就可能导致分区或整个硬盘上的数据丢失。因此，您在启动该工具时会看到以上警示。如果您不希望继续操作，请点击<emphasis>退出</emphasis>。</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>如果您有多个磁盘，则可以在选项卡中选择当前所操作的磁盘（sda、sdb、sdc 等）。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>您可以使用诸多操作来调整磁盘分区，如：擦除整个硬盘、分割或合并分区、改变分区大小、更改文件系统、格式化或查看分区内容。底部的<emphasis><guibutton>清除所有数据</guibutton></emphasis>按钮用于擦除整个硬盘；在点击特定分区后，您还可以使用其他按钮所对应的功能。</para>
-
- 
-
-  <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon -->
-<note>
-    <para>如果您使用 UEFI 硬件，您将看到一个名为“EFI 系统分区”的小分区，它被挂载至
-/boot/EFI。请不要删除它。因为它包含了系统启动所必须的引导器。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>如果所选分区已被挂载，如下例所示，您将无法更改其大小、格式化或删除它。若要对此分区进行操作，请先将其卸载。</para>
-
-  <para>调整分区大小时，只能更改其右侧边界</para>
-
-  <para>若要改变分区类型（如从 ext3 改为 ext4），您需要先删除分区，然后创建一个新分区。若您选择了空白区域，<guibutton
-role="bold">创建</guibutton>按钮将会出现。</para>
-
-  <para>您可以将挂载点设为不存在的路径，系统将自动创建它。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>选择<emphasis><guibutton>切换专家模式</guibutton></emphasis>后，程序将显示额外的可用操作，如设置分区标签，如以下截图所示。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakedm.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5111616b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakedm.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakedm">
-  <info>
-    
-    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC .  2017-04-10 simonnzg has looked and seems OK-->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">设置显示管理器</title>
-    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png" align="center" xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa1" revision="1">您可以在这里<footnote><para xml:id="drakedm-pa3" revision="1">您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para></footnote>选择需要使用的显示管理器，以便登录到桌面环境。系统只显示可用的显示管理器。</para>
-  <para xml:id="drakedm-pa2" revision="1">多数用户对于登录界面的风格不会过多关注。不过，它们之间确实有一些特性上的差异，如：LXDM 是轻量级的显示管理器，而 SDDM 和 GDM
-则包含了诸多附加功能。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfirewall.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9441fe3a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfirewall.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">设置个人防火墙</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以在 Mageia
-控制中心的系统选项卡中找到，选项名称是“设置个人防火墙”。它与第一个选项卡中的“配置系统安全、权限和审计”是同一个工具。</para>
-
-  <para>Mageia
-默认安装了基本的防火墙。所有未经授权的外部连接都会被拒绝。在以上第一个窗口，您可以选择要接受的外部连接所对应的服务。除非您希望禁用防火墙，否则为了安全起见，请不要勾选第一个方框<guilabel>所有（无防火墙）</guilabel>，而只勾选所需的服务。</para>
-
-  <para>可以手动输入您希望开放的端口号。请点击<guibutton>高级</guibutton>，然后在弹出的新窗口中的<guilabel>其他端口</guilabel>中输入所需端口，如下例所示：</para>
-
-  <para>80/tcp：开放 80 端口的 TCP 协议</para>
-
-  <para>24000:24010/udp : 开放 4000 至 24010 端口的 UDP 协议</para>
-
-  <para>不同的端口号间使用空格分隔。</para>
-
-  <para>若勾选了<guilabel>将防火墙消息记录到系统日志</guilabel>，防火墙的相关消息将会保存至系统日志</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>如果您不打算用计算机提供特定服务（网页、邮件服务器、文件共享等），我们建议您不要勾选任何项目，而且这并不会影响到您的互联网连接。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para>下一个窗口用于配置交互式防火墙选项。当勾选了第一项<guilabel>使用交互式防火墙</guilabel>，系统将会在连接发起时弹出警告。若勾选了第二项，则系统在检测到端口扫描（常被用于扫描漏洞并入侵系统）时弹出警告。第三项及其之后的方框用于设置您在前两个窗口中开启的端口；在下面的截图中，系统中启用了
-SSH 服务和 80:150/tcp 端口。请选择要在哪些端口被连接时弹出警告。</para>
-
-  <para>此警告将由网络应用程序以警示弹窗的形式发出。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>在最后一个窗口中，请选择需要连接到互联网并且需要保护的网络接口。点击确定按钮后，将会自动下载所需软件包。</para>
-
-  <tip>
-    <para>如果您不清楚如何选择，请参考 Mageia 控制中心的“网络和互联网”选项卡中的“设置新的网络接口”。</para>
-  </tip>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfont.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 36ea1bae..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfont.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakfont">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">管理、添加及删除字体。导入 Windows™ 字体</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的<emphasis
-role="bold">系统</emphasis>选项卡中找到。它允许您管理系统中的可用字体。主窗口如下所示：</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>已安装字体的名称、样式和大小。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>所选字体的预览。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>部分按钮将会在后面解释。</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">获取 Windows 字体</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>若检测到了 Windows 分区，则会自动显示此按钮。您需要安装 Microsoft Windows 才能使用此功能。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">选项</emphasis>：</para>
-
-  <para>它允许您指定应用程序或设备（打印机等）使用的字体。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">选项</emphasis>：</para>
-
-  <para>此按钮用于移除字体以便节省空间。在移除字体前请小心，因为这可能导致依赖于该字体的文档无法正确显示。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">导入</emphasis>：</para>
-
-  <para>您可以从第三方途径（CD、互联网等）添加字体。支持的字体格式有 TTF、PFA、PFB、PCF、PFM 和 GSF。请点击<emphasis
-role="bold">导入</emphasis>按钮，然后点击<emphasis
-role="bold">添加</emphasis>，在弹出的文件管理器中选择要安装的字体，再点击<emphasis
-role="bold">按钮</emphasis>进行安装。它们将被安装至/usr/share/fonts。</para>
-
-  <para>如果新安装（或移除）的字体没有出现在 Drakfont 主窗口中，请将其关闭后重新打开 Drakfont。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakguard.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 71798110..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakguard.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakguard">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">家长控制</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以在 Mageia
-控制中心的安全选项卡中找到，选项名称是“家长控制”。如果您找不到该选项，请安装 drakguard 软件包（默认情况下未安装）。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>介绍</title>
-
-    <para>Drakguard 是一款用于家长控制的便捷软件，可以限制计算机用户的行为和使用时间。Drakguard 有以下三个特性：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>通过控制 Mageia 内置的 shorewall 防火墙，它可以限制指定用户访问网络的时间。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>它可以阻止指定用户执行特定命令，使得用户只能执行您所允许执行的命令。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>它可以限制访问的网站，您可以手动设置网站黑名单/白名单，也可以根据网站内容进行判断。Drakguard 使用著名且开源的家长控制软件
-DansGuardian 来实现这一功能。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>配置家长控制</title>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>如果您的计算机硬盘中有 Ext2、Ext3 或 ReiserFS 格式的分区，您将会看到一个用于配置 ACL 的弹出窗口。ACL
-即访问控制列表，该功能由 Linux 内核提供，用于指定每个文件能被哪些用户访问。Ext4 和 Btrfs 格式的分区内建了 ACL；对于
-Ext2、Ext3 或 ReiserFS 格式的分区，则必须通过特定选项来开启。如果您回答了“是”，drakguard 将会对您的所有分区启用
-ACL，并建议您重新启动。</para>
-      </warning><guibutton>启用分区控制</guibutton>：如果勾选，将会启用家长控制，并显示<guilabel>阻止程序</guilabel>选项卡。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>阻止所有网络连接</guibutton>：如果勾选，将会拦截所有网站访问（白名单选项卡中的网站除外）。否则，将允许访问所有网站（黑名单选项卡中的网站除外）。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>用户访问</guibutton>：根据您设定的规则，左侧用户的访问将会受到限制。右侧用户的访问不会受限，以便成人用户能够方便地使用计算机。您可以从左侧的列表中选择一个用户，然后点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>将其添加到不受限的用户列表中；或者从右侧的列表中选择一个用户，然后点击<guibutton>移除</guibutton>将其从不受限的用户列表中排除。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>时间控制</guibutton>：若勾选，互联网访问的时间将会被限制在<guilabel>开始</guilabel>时间和<guilabel>结束</guilabel>时间之间，此外的时段将禁止用户访问互联网。</para>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>白名单/黑名单选项卡</title>
-
-      <para>请在顶部的第一栏中输入网站 URL，然后点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>按钮。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>阻止程序选项卡</title>
-
-      <para><guibutton>阻止自定义程序</guibutton>：启用 ACL 来限制访问指定程序。请插入您希望阻止启动的应用程序路径。</para>
-
-      <para><guibutton>不受限的用户列表</guibutton>：右侧列表中的用户将不受 ACL 访问控制。</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakgw.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a8c21a2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakgw.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">与其它计算机共享网络连接</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
-                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
-    <title>原则</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>当您的计算机 (3) 同时连接到互联网 (2) 和 局域网 (1)
-时，可以使用此工具。您可以将计算机 (3) 作为网关，以便为局域网 (1) 中的其他工作站 (5) 和 (6)
-提供互联网访问。因此，作为网关的计算机必须有两个网络接口：一个可以是以太网卡，连接到局域网；另一个 (4) 连接到互联网 (2)。</para>
-
-    <para>第一步是检查互联网连接和访问是否正确，如文档 <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/> 所示。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
-    <title>网关向导</title>
-
-    <para>此向导<footnote>
-        <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-      </footnote>提供了如下所示的配置步骤：</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>如果向导没有检测到两个以上的网卡，将会发出警告并请您终止硬件的网络配置。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>检查用于互联网的接口。向导将会推荐一个用于互联网连接的接口，但您也应当检查该接口是否合适。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>检测用于局域网的接口。向导将会推荐一个用于局域网连接的接口，请检测它是否合适。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>向导将会提供局域网连接的推荐参数，如 IP 地址、子网掩码和域名。请检查这些参数是否适合于当前配置。一般情况下，可以直接使用这些参数。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>指定计算机是否用作 DNS 服务器。如果是，向导将会检查 <code>bind</code> 是否已安装；否则，您需要手动指定 DNS 服务器。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>指定计算机是否用作 DHCP 服务器。如果是，向导将会检查 <code>dhcp-server</code> 是否已安装，并提示您配置它：您需要手动指定
-DHCP 地址池的开始和结束 IP。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>指定计算机是否用作代理服务器。如果是，向导将会检查 <code>squid</code>
-是否已安装，并提示您配置它：您需要手动指定管理员地址（admin@mydomain.com）、代理名称（myfirewall@mydomaincom）、端口号（3128）和缓存大小（100
-Mb）。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>最后一步是检查网关服务器是否连接到打印机，以及是否将其共享。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-
-    <para>如果启用了防火墙，系统将提示您检查防火墙。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
-    <title>配置客户端</title>
-
-    <para>如果您在网关服务器上启用了 DHCP
-服务，您只需要在客户端的网络配置工具中设置“自动获取地址（使用DHCP）”即可，相关参数将在连接到网络时自动获取。此方法对于使用各类操作系统的客户端均适用。</para>
-
-    <para>如果您设置了“手动指定网络参数”，您必须手动输入网关服务器的 IP 地址。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
-    <title>停止共享连接</title>
-
-    <para>如果您希望停止共享 Mageia 系统中的连接，请启动此工具。它允许您重新配置连接或停止共享连接。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakhosts.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c7061ed..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakhosts.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">主机定义</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>如果您的设备有固定 IP，并且为网络上的其他系统提供服务，此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以为您的设备指定一个网络名称，以便您可以直接用这个名称来访问它。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>添加</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>您可以用此按钮来为系统添加新的名称。请在弹出的窗口中指定 IP 地址、主机名，以及可选的别名（和主机名用法相同）。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>修改</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>您可以在相同的窗口中查看和修嘎之前定义的参数项。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakinvictus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cc67b192..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakinvictus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">网口和防火墙高级设置</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>
-
-  <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetcenter.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 022430a2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetcenter.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
-Write some text means i can't do it :(
-What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
--->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">网络中心</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以在 Mageia
-控制中心的网络与互联网选项卡中找到，选项名称是“网络中心”。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>简介</title>
-
-    <para>启动该工具后，您可以在窗口中看到此计算机上所有类型（有线、无线、卫星等）的连接。点击任意一项后，将会出现三或四个按钮用于连接/断开连接，或者更改连接配置。此工具无法用于创建网络，如果需要创建网络，请转到
-Mageia 控制中心的 <guilabel>设置网络接口（LAN、ISDN、ADSL……）</guilabel></para>
-
-    <para>在下面的截图示例中，您可以看到两个网络连接，第一个是已连接的有线网络，由<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>图标标注（未连接的连接由<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>标注）；第二个是未连接的无线网络，由<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>（已连接的连接由<inlinemediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </inlinemediaobject>标注）。对于其他类型的网络，绿色表示已连接，红色表示未连接。</para>
-
-    <para>在无线连接的窗口中，您还可以看到所有检测到的网络，包括<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>、<guilabel>信号强度</guilabel>、加密方式（红色表示已加密，绿色表示未加密）和<guilabel>工作模式</guilabel>等信息。请选择一个网络，然后点击<guibutton>监视</guibutton>、<guibutton>配置</guibutton>或<guibutton>连接</guibutton>。您可以在不同网络之间切换。若选择了私有网络，将会弹出网络设置窗口（见下），您需要进行一些额外设置（如加密密钥）。</para>
-
-    <para>点击<guibutton>刷新</guibutton>可以更新窗口内容。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>监视按钮</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>此按钮用于监视网络活动，包括下载（从外部至本机，以红色表示）和上传（从本机至外部，以绿色表示）。也可以右键单击<guimenu>系统托盘中的互联网图标
--> 监视网络</guimenu>来显示本窗口。</para>
-
-    <para>每个选项卡对应一个网络连接（此处 eth0 是有线网络，lo 是本地环回，wlan0 是无线网络），以及一个用于显示连接详情的连接选项卡。</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>窗口的底部为<guilabel>流量统计</guilabel>区域，我们在下一章中对此有详细解释。</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>配置按钮</title>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - 有线网络</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>您可以在创建网络连接时更改各个设置。大多数情况下，可以直接选择<guibutton>自动 IP</guibutton>
-<guibutton>（BOOTP/DHCP）</guibutton>；如果不管用，您也可以手动配置 IP。</para>
-
-    <para>对于家用网络环境，<guilabel>IP
-地址</guilabel>的形式一般为192.168.x.x，<guilabel>网络掩码</guilabel>一般为，<guilabel>网关</guilabel>和
-<guilabel>DNS 服务器</guilabel>可以从网络运营商的网站上获得。</para>
-
-    <para>如果勾选了<guibutton>启用流量统计</guibutton>，将会对每小时、每天或每月的网络流量进行统计。统计结果将在前一章中提到的网络监视器中展示。如果启用该功能，您需要重新连接到网络。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>允许 Network Manager 管理接口</emphasis>：</para>
-
-    <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮：</para>
-
-    <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - 无线网络</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>这里仅对以上没有出现的选项进行解释。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">工作模式</emphasis>：</para>
-
-    <para>如果连接到某个接入点，请选择<guilabel>管理</guilabel>，系统将显示检测到的 <emphasis
-role="bold">ESSID</emphasis>。如果使用点对点网络，请选择<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel>。如果您将网卡用作接入点，请选择<emphasis
-role="bold">Master</emphasis>，该功能需要网卡支持。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">加密模式和密钥</emphasis>：</para>
-
-    <para>如果使用私有网络，您需要知道相关配置。</para>
-
-    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel>使用密码加密，且强度弱于使用密码短语的 WPA。 <guilabel>WPA
-预共享密钥</guilabel>模式也被称为 WPA 个人模式 or WPA 家庭模式；<guilabel>WPA
-企业</guilabel>模式在私有网络中并不多见。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">允许接入点漫游</emphasis>:</para>
-
-    <para>漫游是一项用于在不同接入点间切换、同时保持网络连接的技术。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮：</para>
-
-    <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>高级设置按钮</title>
-
-    <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetprofile.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1eac404f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetprofile.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">管理不同的网络配置文件</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-   <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>
-
-  <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknfs.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b4d1516..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknfs.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">使用 NFS 共享驱动器和目录</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>要求</title>
-
-    <para>第一次启动此向导<footnote>
-        <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-      </footnote>时，程序将显示如下信息：</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>需要安装软件包nfs-utils。您确定要安装它吗？</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>完成安装后，将会出现一个含有空列表的窗口。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>主窗口</title>
-
-    <para>此处列出了共享的文件夹。当前的列表为空。点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>按钮可以对其进行配置。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>修改项</title>
-
-    <para>配置对话框的标题是“修改项”，您也可以点击<guibutton>修改</guibutton>按钮来打开此对话框。可用的参数如下图所示。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS 目录</title>
-
-      <para>您可以在这里指定要分享的文件夹。点击<guibutton>目录</guibutton>按钮将弹出文件选择对话框。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>主机访问</title>
-
-      <para>您可以在这里指定允许访问共享文件夹的主机。</para>
-
-      <para>可以用以下方式指定 NFS 客户端：</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>单一主机</emphasis>：使用域名解析器能够理解的别名、完整域名或 IP 地址来指定单个主机</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>网络组</emphasis>：以 @group 的形式指定 NIS 网络组。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>通配符</emphasis>：机器的名称中可以包含通配符 * 和 ?。例如：*.cs.foo.edu 可以匹配以
-cs.foo.edu 结尾的所有主机。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>IP 网络</emphasis>：您也可以向某个 IP 网络（或子网）中的主机开放访问权限。例如，可以在某个网络 IP
-后添加“/255.255.252.0”或“/22”，这将匹配由掩码所指定的子网中的所有主机。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>用户 ID 映射</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>将 root 用户映射为匿名用户</emphasis>：将来自 UID/GID 为 0  的请求映射为匿名 UID/GID
-（root_squash）请求。这样，从客户端登录的 root 用户就无法读写自己在服务器上创建的文件。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>允许 root 远程真实访问</emphasis>：关闭 root squahsing 功能。此选项可用于无盘客户端（指定了
-no_root_squash 参数）。</para>
-
-      <para>no_root_squash</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>将所有用户映射为匿名用户</emphasis>：将所有用户映射为匿名用户。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>高级选项</title>
-
-      <para><emphasis>安全连接</emphasis>：此选项要求请求的源端口的端口号必须小于 IPPORT_RESERVED（1024）。此选项默认开启。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>只读共享</emphasis>：指定 NFS
-卷为只读模式还是可读写模式。默认情况下使用只读模式，任何请求都无法修改文件系统。您也可以使用此选项来显式指定为只读模式。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>同步访问</emphasis>：在更改尚未写入到稳定存储设备（如硬盘驱动器）前，阻止 NFS 服务器响应导致数据变更的请求，以便符合
-NFS 协议中的规定。</para>
-
-      <para><emphasis>检查子树</emphasis>：启用子树检查，这有助于在某些情况下提高安全性，但会降低可靠性。请参考 exports(5) 的
-man 手册页以了解更多细节。</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>菜单项</title>
-
-    <para>此时，列表中至少有一项。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>文件|写入配置</title>
-
-      <para>保存当前配置。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS 服务器|重启</title>
-
-      <para>停止服务器，然后使用当前配置文件重新启动它。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>NFS 服务器|重新加载</title>
-
-      <para>重新载入当前配置文件。</para>
-    </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakproxy.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bae8bce2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakproxy.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakproxy"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">代理服务器</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>如果您使用代理服务器访问互联网，您可以使用此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>来配置连接。您需要从您的网络管理员那里获取所需信息。您也可以指定不经过代理、直接访问互联网的服务。</para>
-
-  <para>根据维基百科上有关代理服务器的页面（2012-09-24）：在计算机网络中，代理服务器是为客户端访问其他服务器上的资源提供中介服务的服务器（可以是一台计算机或一个程序）。客户端可以连接到代理服务器，并使用它提供的服务来获取其他服务器上的文件、连接、网页等可用资源。代理服务器将分析客户端的请求，以简化和控制处理过程的复杂程度。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1aba40ee..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">配置媒体</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
-<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
-                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
-		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
-		       given) -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><important>
-      <para>安装后的第一步是添加软件源（也叫仓库、媒体或镜像）。也就是说，您需要选择用于安装和更新软件包/应用程序的媒体资源（参见下面对添加按钮的说明）。</para>
-    </important> <note>
-      <para>如果您使用光盘（DVD 或 CD）或 USB 设备来安装或升级
-Mageia，系统会默认添加一项使用光盘媒体的软件源。为了避免您在安装新软件包时需要插入光盘，您应当将该软件源（媒体类型为 CD-Rom）禁用。</para>
-    </note> <note>
-      <para>您的系统可能是 32 位（即 i586）或 64 位（即 x86_64）架构的，但部分软件包与架构无关，它们叫做 noarch
-软件包。这些软件包在镜像中不属于独立的文件夹，而同时存在于 i586 和 x86_64 媒体中。</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role="bold">软件管理</emphasis>选项卡中找到此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>
-启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">软件源选择列表</title>
-
-    <bridgehead>已启用：</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>被勾选的媒体将用于安装软件包。在使用“测试”和“调试”类型的媒体时请小心，它们可能会使得系统运行不稳定。</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>用于更新：</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>被勾选的媒体将用于更新软件包，必须将它们启用。请只选择名称中包含“Update”的媒体。出于安全考虑，您无法使用此工具修改这一列，而必须以 root
-身份打开终端并输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>。</para>
-
-    <bridgehead>媒体：</bridgehead>
-
-    <para>显示媒体名称。Mageia 官方仓库中的最终发行版的软件源至少有三个：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis>，包含大多数由 Mageia 支持的程序。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis>，包含非自由软件。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis>，包含在部分国家受专利保护的自由软件。</para>
-
-        <para>每个媒体中都有四个子类：</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">发行</emphasis>，包含了此版本的 Mageia 发行时所提供的软件包。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">更新</emphasis>，此版本的 Mageia
-发行后软件更新，一般包含了安全和漏洞修复。即便您的网络速度可能很慢，也请务必启用该媒体。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">后向移植</emphasis>，包含了从新版 Mageia （Cauldron）移植过来的软件。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">测试</emphasis>，用于临时测试软件更新，使得错误报告者和 QA 团队能确定软件缺陷已被修复。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">右侧按钮</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>移除</guibutton>：</para>
-
-    <para>要移除一个媒体，请点击它，然后点击移除按钮。我们建议您移除用于安装（例如：CD 或 DVD）的媒体，因为它已被包含在 Core 媒体中。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>编辑</guibutton>：</para>
-
-    <para>对所选选媒体进行设置（URL、下载器和代理）。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>添加</guibutton>：</para>
-
-    <para>添加网络上可用的官方仓库，这些仓库仅包含安全且经过测试的软件。点击“添加”按钮可以将镜像列表添加到您的配置中，系统会自动选择距离您最近的服务器并用于安装和升级。如果您需要使用某个特定的镜像，请从“文件”下拉菜单中选择“添加特定媒体镜像”。</para>
-
-    <para><guibutton>上下箭头</guibutton>：</para>
-
-    <para>改变列表顺序。当 Drakrpm
-查找软件包时，会根据列表中的顺序依次进行搜索，并选择第一个符合发行编号的软件包进行安装；当版本号不匹配时，将使用最新版本的软件包。因此，如果可能的话，请将最快的软件仓库移动到列表顶部。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">菜单</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>文件 -> 更新</guibutton>：</para>
-
-    <para>将会弹出媒体列表对话框。请选择您希望更新的媒体，然后点击<guibutton>更新</guibutton>按钮。</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>文件 -> 添加特定媒体镜像</guimenu>：</para>
-
-    <para>如果您对当前的镜像不满意，如该镜像太慢或不可用，您可以选择其他镜像。请点击所有当前的媒体，然后点击<guibutton>移除</guibutton>来将它们删除。然后点击<guimenu>文件
-->
-添加特定媒体镜像</guimenu>，并选择“仅更新”或“完整集合”（如果您不了解，请选择<guibutton>完整资源集合</guibutton>）并点击<guibutton>是</guibutton>来接受更改。之后将会弹出此窗口：</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>您可以在左侧看到一个国家及地区列表，请从中选择距离您最近的地点并点击 >
-符号，然后选择可用的镜像。之后，点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>。</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>文件 -> 添加自定义媒体</guimenu>：</para>
-
-    <para>您也可以添加一个不被 Mageia 支持的媒体（如第三方媒体）。将会弹出一个新窗口：</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>请选择媒体类型，然后设置媒体名称（可以为任意内容）以及
-URL（或路径）。</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>选项 -> 全局选项</guimenu>：</para>
-
-    <para>此选项允许您选择何时“检验要安装的 RPM”（一直或从不）、下载器（curl、wget 或
-aria2）和用于软件包信息的下载策略（按需（默认）、仅升级、一直或从不）。</para>
-
-    <para><guimenu>选项 -> 管理密钥</guimenu>：</para>
-
-    <para>为了确保高度的安全，系统使用数字密钥来认证媒体。您可以对每个媒体启用或禁用密钥。在弹出的窗口中，您可以选择一个媒体，然后点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>来启用一个新密钥；或选择一个密钥，然后点击<guibutton>移除</guibutton>来禁用该密钥。</para>
-
-    <para><warning>
-        <para>请小心操作，因为它涉及到系统安全问题</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>选项 -> 代理</guimenu>：</para>
-
-    <para>如果您需要使用代理服务器来访问互联网，您可以在这里进行配置。您只需要设置<guibutton>代理主机名</guibutton>；如果需要的话，也可以设置<guilabel>用户名</guilabel>和<guilabel>密码</guilabel>。</para>
-
-    <para/>
-
-    <para>有关配置媒体的更多信息，请见<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
-page</link>。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksambashare.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 93f1a16b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksambashare.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,225 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="draksambashare"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">使用 Samba 共享驱动器和目录</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>简介</title>
-
-    <para>Samba 是用于在不同操作系统间共享目录或打印机等资源的协议。此工具允许您将计算机配置为使用 SMB/CIFS 协议的 Samba
-服务器。此协议也被用于 Windows(R)，因此装有 Windows(R) 的工作站可以访问 Samba 服务器上的资源。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>准备工作</title>
-
-    <para>为了其他工作站能够访问，此服务器必须有固定 IP。您可以直接在服务器上指定它，如使用 <xref
-linkend="draknetcenter"/>，或者在 DHCP 服务器上为该 MAC 地址分配相同的地址。您也需要让防火墙允许连接到 Samba
-服务器的传入请求。</para>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>向导 - 独立服务器</title>
-
-    <para>第一次运行时，此工具<footnote>
-        <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-      </footnote>将检查是否已安装所需的软件包，如果没有安装则会提示安装。之后，向导会启动。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>在下一个窗口中，已经选中了独立服务器的配置选项。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>请指定工作组的名称。之后，您需要在客户端上填写相同的名称才能访问共享资源。</para>
-
-    <para>netbios 是用于指定网络上的服务器的名称。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>选择安全模式：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>用户</guilabel>：客户端必须经过授权才能访问资源</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>共享</guilabel>：客户端访问各个共享内容时必须分别进行验证</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>您可以通过 IP 地址和主机名来指定哪些主机能访问哪些资源。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>设置服务器标语。此标语将作为对该服务器的描述 Windows 工作站上。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>下一步中可以指定 Samba 记录日志的位置。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>在您接受配置前，向导将显示已选择的参数列表。接受配置后，向导会将其写入到 <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>向导 - 主域控制器</title>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>如果选择了“主域控制器”选项，向导将会询问是否需要支持
-Windows，并要求提供管理员用户的名称。之后的配置与独立服务器配置相同，此外您还可以选择安全的模式有：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>域</guilabel>：提供将所有用户和组账户储存于共享的中心账户仓库的机制。此中心账户仓库可被不同（安全）控制器所共享。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>设置共享目录</title>
-
-    <para>点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>按钮后，将显示：</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
-                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>这样便添加了一个新的项目。您可以使用<guibutton>修改</guibutton>按钮来修改它。可以修改的选项有：目录对公众是否可见，是否可写或可浏览；不可修改的选项是共享名称。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>菜单项</title>
-
-    <para>当列表中至少有一项时，您可以使用菜单项来编辑它。</para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>文件|写入配置</title>
-
-      <para>将当前配置保存到 <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>。</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba 服务器|配置</title>
-
-      <para>您可以使用此命令再次启动向导。</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba 服务器|重新启动</title>
-
-      <para>停止服务器，然后使用当前配置文件重新启动它。</para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Samba 服务器|重新加载</title>
-
-      <para>重新载入当前配置文件。</para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>打印机共享</title>
-
-    <para>Samba 允许您共享打印机。</para>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Samba 用户</title>
-
-    <para>在这一选项卡中，您可以添加允许访问共享文件夹的用户（访问前需要验证身份）。您可以从 <xref
-linkend="userdrake"/><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject> 添加用户。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksec.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a94925ee..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksec.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="draksec">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">配置 Mageia 工具授权</title>
-
-    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role="bold">安全</emphasis>选项卡中找到此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>。</para>
-
-  <para>它可以将所需权限赋予普通用户，以便完成通常由管理员完成的任务。</para>
-
-  <para>点击项目前的箭头符号来显示下拉列表：
-  </para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Mageia 控制中心里的大部分工具都显示在窗口的左侧（见上述截图），并且每个工具都在右侧的下拉列表中有对应选项：</para>
-
-  <itemizedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <para>默认：根据所选安全等级来决定启动模式。参见此选项卡中的“配置系统安全、权限和审计”工具。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>用户密码：启动工具前，需要输入用户密码。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>用户密码：启动工具前，需要输入 root 密码。</para>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <para>无密码：启动工具前不需要输入密码。</para>
-    </listitem>
-  </itemizedlist>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksnapshot-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e42eb2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">快照</title>
-	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
-		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis
-role="bold">系统</emphasis>选项卡中的<guilabel>管理工具</guilabel>一栏找到此工具<footnote><para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>
-启动该工具。</para></footnote>。</para>
-  <para>当您首次从 Mageia 控制中心启动该工具时，您将会收到安装 draksnapshot
-的提示，请点击<guibutton>安装</guibutton>以继续。系统将安装 Draksnapshot 及其他所需软件包。</para>
-
- <para>请再次点击<guilabel>快照</guilabel>，您将会看到<guilabel>设置</guilabel>窗口。如果需要启用快照功能，请勾选<guilabel>启用备份</guilabel>；如果要备份整个系统，请勾选<guilabel>备份整个系统</guilabel>。</para>
-  <para>如果您只希望备份目录中的部分内容，请选择<guilabel>高级</guilabel>。在弹出的窗口中，点击<guilabel>备份列表</guilabel>一旁的<guibutton>添加</guibutton>或<guibutton>移除</guibutton>按钮来选择需要进行备份的目录和文件。也可以点击<guilabel>排除</guilabel>列表一旁的添加和移除按钮来选择备份时需要<emphasis
-role="bold">排除</emphasis>的文件和子目录。完成之后，点击<guibutton>关闭</guibutton>。</para>
-	  <para>然后，设置<guilabel>备份至何处</guilabel>，或者点击<guibutton>浏览</guibutton>按钮来选择正确的路径。您可以在<emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/用户名/</emphasis>目录下找到已挂载的 U 盘或外接硬盘。
-  </para>
-  <para>点击<guibutton>应用</guibutton>来创建快照。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksound.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index eaa38872..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksound.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">声音配置</title>
-    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role="bold">硬件</emphasis>选项卡中找到此工具<footnote><para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para></footnote>。</para>
-  <para>Draksound 可以管理声音配置、PulseAudio 配置和进行错误排查。如果您遇到了音频问题或更换了声卡，它或许可以帮到您。</para>
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel>是声音服务器。它接受所有音频输入并根据用户界面进行混成，然后输出最终音效。参见<guimenu>菜单
--> 音频和视频 -> PulseAudio 音量控制</guimenu>以配置 PulseAudio。</para>
-  <para>PulseAudio 是默认的声音服务器，我们建议您启用它。</para>
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel>用于改善 PulseAudio 对部分程序的支持。我们建议您启用它。</para>
-  <para><guibutton>错误排查</guibutton>按钮用于修复可能出现的错误。在向社区寻求帮助前，您可以尝试使用这一功能。</para>
-  <para><guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮用于打开新的设置窗口。</para>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="draksound1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakups.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c89790d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakups.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">设置监视电源的 UPS</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>   
-
-
-  <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakups</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakvpn.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 327b1893..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakvpn.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakvpn">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">配置到安全网络的 VPN 连接</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>简介</title>
-
-    <para>此工具<footnote>
-        <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-      </footnote>允许您配置到远端网络的安全连接，该连接将在本地工作站和远端网络间建立隧道。此处只讨论本地工作站的配置方法。远端网络必须已经过配置，并且您需要从网络管理员那里得到有关的连接信息，如
-.pcf 配置文件。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>配置</title>
-
-    <para>首先，根据您的 VPN 协议选择 Cisco VPN 集中器或 OpenVPN。</para>
-
-    <para>设置连接名称。</para>
-
-    <para>在下一步中，设置 VPN 连接的详细参数。</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>关于 Cisco VPN</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para><mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>关于 openvpn：第一次使用该工具时，将会安装 openvpn 软件包及其依赖。</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>选择您从网络管理员那里得到的配置文件。</para>
-
-        <para>高级参数：</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>下一步中，您需要设置网关 IP 地址。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>参数设置完毕后，您可以选择启用 VPN 连接。</para>
-
-    <para>您可以让此 VPN 连接在有网络连接时自动启用：只需勾选“总是连接到此 VPN”即可。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_apache2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4bc7c132..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">配置网络服务器</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote><para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>
-来启动该工具。</para></footnote>可以帮助您设置网络服务器。
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>什么是服务器？</title>
-    <para>
-      网络服务器是用于在互联网上发布网络内容的软件（摘自 Wikipedia）。
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>使用 drakwizard apache2 架设网络服务器</title>
-      <para>
-	欢迎来到网络服务器向导。
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>简介</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    第一个窗口为说明窗口，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>选择服务器范围：本地网络和/或全球网络</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    允许服务器接受互联网连接有一定风险。请三思而后行。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>服务器用户模块</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    允许用户创建自己的站点。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>用户的网络目录名</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    用户需要创建此目录，并在其中放置文件，之后服务器将会显示它。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>服务器的文档根目录（Document Root）</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    配置网络服务器的默认文档目录。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>小结</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    请再次检查这些选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>完成</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    一切就绪！请点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_bind.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bc12bf88..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">配置 DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>   
-
-
-  <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c37fafd..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">配置 DHCP</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><note>
-      <para>由于使用了新的网络接口命名规则，此工具在 Mageia 4 中无法使用</para>
-    </note></para>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以帮助您架设一个 DHCP 服务器。它是 drakwizard
-的一部分，因此您必须安装 drakwizard 后才能使用它。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>什么是 DHCP？</title>
-
-    <para>动态主机配置协议（<acronym>DHCP</acronym>）是 IP 网络使用的标准网络协议，它可以动态配置 IP
-地址及其他用于互联网通讯的信息（摘自 Wikipedia）。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>使用 drakwizard dhcp 架设 DHCP 服务器</title>
-
-    <para>欢迎来到 DHCP 服务器向导。</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>简介</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>第一个窗口为说明窗口，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>选择适配器</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>选择连接到子网、并且使用 DHCP 进行 IP 分配的网络接口，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>选择 IP 范围</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>根据您希望服务器分配的 IP 范围，选择起始和结束 IP 地址，并指定连接到本地网络的网关（可能与互联网相连）的
-IP，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>小结</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>请再次检查这些选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>请稍后……</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>您可以将其修复。请点击<guibutton>上一步</guibutton>数次，然后改变设置。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>几小时后……</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>已完成的内容</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>如果需要，安装dhcp-server 软件包</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>备份 <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> 至 <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>；</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>根据 <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>
-创建新的 <code>dhcpd.conf</code>，然后添加新的参数：</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>hname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dns</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>net</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>ip</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>mask</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>同时更改 Webmin 配置文件 <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>重启 <code>dhcpd</code>。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_ntp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ca91b43..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">配置时间</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>用于将您的服务器时间与外部服务器同步。默认情况下未安装此软件，您需要手动安装 drakwizard 和 drakwizard-base
-软件包。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>使用 drakwizard ntp 配置 NTP 服务器</title>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <para>在欢迎界面（见上）之后，您需要从下拉列表中选择三个时间服务器，并且建议您将其中的两个设为
-pool.ntp.org，因为该域名通常指向多个可用的时间服务器。</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-              <info>
-<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-            </imagedata>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>下一步中，您可以选择地区和城市，然后您可以看到现有配置的概要。如果需要修改配置，请点击<guibutton>上一步</guibutton>来返回到之前的界面。如果您确认配置无误，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>来进行测试。这可能需要花费一点时间，之后会显示如下窗口：</para>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <para>点击 <guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮来关闭程序</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>已完成的内容</title>
-
-    <para>此工具将执行下列操作：</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>根据需要，安装 ntp 软件包</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>备份文件 <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> 至
-<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code>、<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> 至
-<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>；</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>将服务器列表写入到新文件 <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>；</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>将第一个服务器名添加到文件 <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>；</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>重启 <code>crond</code>、<code>atd</code> 和 <code>ntpd</code> 服务；</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>将硬件时钟设为 UTC 模式下当前的系统时间。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b3b24ac2..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">配置 FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote><para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>
-来启动该工具。</para></footnote>可以帮助您架设一个 <acronym>FTP</acronym>
-服务器。
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>什么是 <acronym>FTP</acronym>？</title>
-    <para>
-      文件传输协议（<acronym>FTP</acronym>）是用于在主机间传输文件的标准网络协议，可以用在基于<acronym>TCP</acronym>
-的网络（如互联网）上（摘自 Wikipedia）。
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>使用 drakwizard proftpd 架设 FTP 服务器</title>
-      <para>
-	欢迎使用 FTP 向导。
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>简介</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    第一个窗口为说明窗口，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>选择服务器范围：本地网络和/或全球网络</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    允许 FTP 服务器接受互联网连接有一定风险。请三思而后行。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>服务器信息</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    输入此服务器的名称、用于反馈问题的邮件地址，并设置是否允许 root 登录。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>服务器选项</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    设置监听端口、主目录被锁定的用户、是否允许断点续传和 <acronym>FXP</acronym>（文件交换协议）
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>小结</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    请再次检查这些选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>完成</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    一切就绪！请点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_squid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6edb7299..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">配置代理服务器</title>
-
-    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis>
-来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以帮助您架设一个代理服务器。它是 drakwizard
-的一部分，因此您必须安装 drakwizard 后才能使用它。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>什么是代理服务器？</title>
-
-    <para>代理服务器是为客户端访问其他服务器上的资源提供中介服务的服务器（可以是一台计算机或一个程序）。客户端可以连接到代理服务器，并使用它提供的服务来获取其他服务器上的文件、连接、网页等可用资源。代理服务器将分析客户端的请求，以简化和控制处理过程的复杂程度（摘自
-Wikipedia）。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>使用 drakwizard squid 架设网络服务器</title>
-
-    <para>欢迎来到代理服务器向导。</para>
-
-    <procedure>
-      <step>
-        <title>简介</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>第一个窗口为说明窗口，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>设置代理端口</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>设置用于接受浏览器连接的端口号，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>设置内存和磁盘限额</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>设置内存和磁盘缓存的使用上限，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>选择网络访问控制</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>设置服务器对本地网络或整个互联网可见，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>授予网络访问权限</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>设置本地网络访问权限，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>是否使用上级代理服务器？</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>是否连接到其他的代理服务器？如果不是，请跳过这一步。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>上级代理 URL 和端口</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>请输入上级代理服务器的主机名和端口，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>小结</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>请再次检查这些选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>在系统启动时自动开启吗？</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>设置是否在系统启动时自动开启代理服务器，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-
-      <step>
-        <title>完成</title>
-
-        <mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1"
-                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>
-
-        <para>一切就绪！请点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>。</para>
-      </step>
-    </procedure>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>已完成的内容</title>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>安装所需软件包 squid；</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>备份 <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> 至
-<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code>；</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>根据 <code>squid.conf.default</code> 创建新的 <code>squid.conf</code>，然后添加新参数：</para>
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>cache_mem</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para>http_port</para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>level</code> 1、2 或 3，以及根据该等级设置 <code>http_access</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-
-            <listitem>
-              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
-            </listitem>
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>重启<code>squid</code>。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist></para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_sshd.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3852a692..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH 守护程序配置</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- 
-  <para>此工具<footnote><para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para></footnote>可以帮助您架设一个 <acronym>SSH</acronym>
-服务器。
-  </para>
-  <section>
-    <title>什么是 <acronym>SSH</acronym>？</title>
-    <para>
-      安全
-Shell（SSH）是用于安全传输数据、远程命令行登录、远程执行命令和安全处理其他计算机间的网络服务的加密网络协议，它通过在不安全的网络上的服务器和客户端（需要分别运行
-SSH 服务器和 <acronym>SSH</acronym> 客户端程序）之间建立一个安全的通道来实现安全通讯功能（摘自 Wikipedia）。
-    </para>
-  </section>
-    <section>
-      <title>使用 drakwizard sshd 建立 <acronym>SSH</acronym> 守护进程</title>
-      <para>
-	欢迎来到 Open SSH 服务器向导。
-      </para>
-      <procedure>
-	<step>
-	  <title>选择配置类型</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    如果要显示所有选项，请点击 <guilabel>专家模式</guilabel>，否则请点击<guilabel>新手模式</guilabel>来跳过第
-3～7步，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>常规选项</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    设置服务器可见性和 root 登录选项。22 是标准的 <acronym>SSH</acronym> 端口号。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>认证方式</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    选择用户在连接时可以用于认证的方式，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>日志</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    选择日志工具和日志输出级别，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>登录选项</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    配置用于单次登录的设置，然后点击<guibutton>Next</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>用户登录选项</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    配置用户访问设置，然后点击<guibutton>Next</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>压缩和转发</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    配置 X11 转发和传输时压缩的功能，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>小结</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    请再次检查这些选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-	<step>
-	  <title>完成</title>
-	  <mediaobject>
-	    <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
-	    </imageobject>
-	  </mediaobject>
-	  <para>
-	    一切就绪！请点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>。
-	  </para>
-	</step>
-      </procedure>
-    </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakxservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fc1a895f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakxservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">启用或禁用系统服务</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
- <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>   
-
-  <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/harddrake2.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bc8548b..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/harddrake2.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="harddrake2"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">硬件配置</title>
-
-    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>用于展示计算机的硬件概括。当工具启动时，将执行
-<code>ldetect </code> 命令，并结合 <code>ldetect-lst</code> 软件包中的硬件列表来获取硬件的信息。</para>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>窗口</title>
-
-    <para>窗口中有两列内容。</para>
-
-    <para>左侧列表包含了检测到的硬件，按类别分组显示。点击 &gt; 可以展开某个类别下的内容。可以选中各个设备来查看详细信息。</para>
-
-    <para>右侧列表包含了所选设备的信息。<guimenu>帮助 -&gt; 字段描述</guimenu> 中提供了列表中相关属性的说明。</para>
-
-    <para>根据所选设备的类型，右侧列表底部会出现一个或两个按钮。</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>设置当前驱动选项</guibutton>：可用于设定此设备所使用的模块的参数。如果您对此不了解，请勿修改它们。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><guibutton>运行配置工具</guibutton>：运行用于配置设备的工具。此工具通常也可直接从 Mageia 控制中心启动。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para/>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>菜单</title>
-
-    <para><bridgehead>选项</bridgehead></para>
-
-    <para>在<guimenu>选项</guimenu>菜单中，您可以设置是否允许自动检测硬件。</para>
-
-    <para><itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para>调制解调器</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>Jaz 硬盘</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para>并行极碟</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>默认情况下，程序不会检测这些设备，因为检测过程需要花费很长时间。如果您连接了这些设备，则可以勾选相应的复选框。下一次启动该工具时，将会自动检测这些设备。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/keyboarddrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e0e3e18d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">设置键盘布局</title>
-
-    
-
-    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
-<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>简介</title>
-
-    <para>keyboarddrake 工具<footnote>
-        <para>您可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-      </footnote>可以帮助您配置用于 Mageia
-的基本键盘布局。该配置将影响系统中所有用户的键盘布局。您可以在 Mageia 控制中心（MCC）的硬件选项卡中找到它，配置名称是“配置鼠标和键盘”。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>键盘布局</title>
-
-    <para>您可以在这里选择希望使用的键盘布局。布局的名称（按字母顺序排列）描述了适用的语言、国家/地区和变种。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>键盘类型</title>
-
-    <para>此菜单可用于选择键盘类型。如果您不确定如何选择，最好保持默认设置。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/localedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ecec2e84..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/localedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="localedrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">系统本地化管理</title>
-
-    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote><para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> 来启动该工具。
-  </para></footnote>可以在 Mageia
-控制中心（MCC）的系统选项卡中找到，选项名称是“管理系统本地化”。您可以使用此工具来选择系统语言，也可以在安装时选择系统语言。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>高级</guibutton>按钮用于启用对旧式编码（非 UTF8）的兼容。</para>
-
-  <para>第二个窗口中列出了使用所选语言的国家和地区。<guibutton>其他国家</guibutton>按钮可用于选择其他不在列表中的国家。</para>
-
-  <para>在修改后，您需要注销后重新登录来使更改生效。</para>
-  
-<section xml:id="input_method">
-      <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">输入法</title>
-      </info>
-  <para>在<guilabel>其他国家</guilabel>窗口中，您也可以从列表底部的下拉菜单中选择输入法。输入法用于输入多语言字符（中文、日文、韩文等）。</para>
-  <para> 对于亚洲和非洲区域，默认使用 IBus 作为输入法，用户无需进行手动配置。</para>
-  <para>其他输入法（SCIM、GCIN、HIME 等）也可以提供相似功能，如果下拉列表中没有列出，您也可以使用 Mageia
-控制中心的另一个工具来安装它们。参见 <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>。</para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
-
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/logdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bd6d1a8e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/logdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">查看并搜索系统日志</title>
-
-    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以在 Mageia
-控制中心的系统选项卡中找到，选项名称是“<guilabel>查看和搜索系统日志</guilabel>”。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>搜索日志内容</title>
-
-    <para>首先，请在<emphasis role="bold">匹配</emphasis>字段中输入要查找的关键字，在<emphasis
-role="bold">但不匹配</emphasis>字段中输入不希望包含的关键字。然后在<guilabel>选择文件</guilabel>字段中选择要搜索的文件。此外，也可以将搜索范围限制在最近一段时间以内的日志：请在<emphasis
-role="bold">日历</emphasis>中使用小箭头切换年月、选择相应的日期，然后点击“<guibutton>仅显示所选日期</guibutton>”。最后，点击<guibutton>搜索</guibutton>按钮，在<guilabel>文件内容</guilabel>窗口中会显示匹配的结果。您可以将搜索结果以
-.txt 格式保存：只需点击<emphasis role="bold">保存</emphasis>按钮即可。</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para><guibutton>Mageia 工具日志</guibutton>中可以查看 Mageia 配置工具的日志，如 Mageia
-控制中心的操作记录。每当您修改了配置，系统会自动更新这些日志。</para>
-    </note>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>配置邮件警告</title>
-
-    <para><guibutton>邮件警告</guibutton>会每小时自动检查系统负载和服务状态，如果需要的话还会发送电子邮件至预先设定的地址。</para>
-
-    <para>若要配置此工具，请点击<emphasis
-role="bold">邮件警告</emphasis>按钮，然后在下一个窗口中点击<guibutton>配置邮件警告系统</guibutton>下拉按钮。在这里，您可以选择希望监视的系统服务（见上述截图）。</para>
-
-    <para>可以监视下列服务：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin 服务</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix 邮件服务</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>FTP 服务器</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Apache WWW 服务器</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>SSH 服务器</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Samba 服务器</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd 服务</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>BIND 域名解析</para>
-
-        <para><mediaobject>
-            <imageobject>
-              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
-            </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>在下一个窗口中，选择您认为异常的<guilabel>负载</guilabel>值。负载值表示某个进程对系统资源的需求，负载高会导致系统运行缓慢，而过高的负载往往是进程运行失控的表现。默认的异常负载值是
-3。我们建议您将此值设置为 3 × 处理器个数。</para>
-
-    <para>在最后一个窗口中，输入您希望将监控警报发送到哪个<guilabel>电子邮件地址</guilabel>，并指定使用的<guilabel>邮件服务器</guilabel>（位于本地或互联网上）。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lsnetdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 55af1872..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
-xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">显示可用的 NFS 和 SMB 共享</title>
-	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis> 来启动该工具。
-      </para>
-    </footnote>只能从命令行启动和使用。</para>
-
-  <para>由于缺少资源，此部分内容尚未编写。如果您希望编写此帮助，请联系<link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团度</link>。感谢您的支持。</para>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lspcidrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e697fc05..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lspcidrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="lspcidrake">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">显示您的 PCI、USB 和 PCMCIA 设备信息</title>
-
-    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>只能从命令行启动和使用。如果以 root
-用户执行，它将显示更多可用的信息。</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake 列出了所有连接到计算机的设备（USB、PCI 和 PCMCIA）及其使用的驱动。需要安装 lspcidrake 和
-lspcidrake-lst 软件包来使用此工具。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>若使用 -v 选项启动，lspcidrake 将会显示供应商和设备标识符。</para>
-
-  <para>lspcidrake 通常会显示很长的内容，因此若要查找特定的内容，您可以使用管道将其重定向到 grep 命令，如下例所示：</para>
-
-  <para>有关显卡的信息；</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
-
-  <para>有关网络的信息</para>
-
-  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
-
-  <para>-i 选项可以忽略大小写。</para>
-
-  <para>在如下截图中，您可以看到 -v 选项在 lspcidrake 中的应用，以及 -i 选项在 grep 中的应用。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>除此之外，还有一个名为 <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> 的工具可以显示硬件信息（须以 root
-用户执行）</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-boot.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d149b90..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-boot.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="mcc-boot">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">引导</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <para>在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于配置引导步骤的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信息。</para>
-
-
-      <orderedlist><title>配置启动步骤</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
-
-    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-hardware.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ebe634d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">硬件</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于配置硬件的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信息。</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>管理硬件</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = 浏览和配置硬件</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>配置图形</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = 配置 3D 桌面特效</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>配置鼠标和键盘</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>配置打印和扫描</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> =
-设置打印机、打印任务队列…….</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>其它</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-intro.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a96121e..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-intro.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">关于 Mageia 控制中心的手册</title></info>
-
- 
-	<para>Mageia 控制中心（MCC）的左侧有 8 个不同的选项卡；若您安装了 drakwizard 软件包，则会有 10
-个选项卡。每个选项卡中对应右侧窗格中的一系列可用工具。</para>
-
-	<para>后续的十个章节中将介绍这十个选项卡及相关工具。</para>
-
-<para>最后一章中介绍了其他无法通过 MCC 选项卡启动的 Mageia 工具。</para>
-
-	<para>页面的标题通常与这些工具的窗口标题一致。</para>
-
-        <para>您可以点击窗口左侧的“搜索”选项卡来搜索特定的工具。</para>
-  
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-localdisks.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d50622d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">本地磁盘</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于管理或共享本地磁盘的工具。点击下面的链接来了解更多信息。</para>
-
-  <orderedlist><title>本地磁盘</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
-  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
-	          </orderedlist>
-
- <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
-
- <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-network.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6abebc99..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-network.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">网络和互联网</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于配置网络的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信息。</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>管理网络设备</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>个性化与网络安全</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>其它</title>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networkservices.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ff191b33..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">网络服务</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>仅当安装了 <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>
-软件包，才会显示此窗口和<emphasis>共享</emphasis>窗口。您可以选择各种用于设置服务器的工具。点击下面的链接或<xref
-linkend="mcc-sharing"/>来了解更多信息。</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>网络服务</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
-  </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-  </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networksharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ed77b914..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">网络共享</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于共享驱动器和目录的工具。请点击下面的链接来了解更多。</para>
-
-  <orderedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>配置 Windows(R) 共享</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = 使用
-Windows（SMB）共享驱动器和目录</emphasis></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>配置 NFS 共享</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>配置 WebDAV 共享</title>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
-	  </orderedlist></listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-security.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 87e6a82f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-security.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="mcc-security">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">安全</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于系统安全配置的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信息。</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>安全</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = 配置系统安全、权限和审计</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
-  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
-
-  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
-  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-sharing.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 76d050f1..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">共享</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
-                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>仅当安装了 <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>
-软件包，才会显示此窗口和<emphasis>网络服务</emphasis>窗口。您可以选择各种用于设置服务器的工具。点击下面的链接或<xref
-linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>来了解更多信息。</para>
-
-      <orderedlist><title>共享</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-system.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b931023f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-system.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xml:id="mcc-system" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">系统</title>
-  </info>
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" fileref="mcc-system.png" align="center" revision="1"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-  <para>在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于系统管理的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信息。</para>
-  <orderedlist>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>管理系统服务</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"/> </para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakfont"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>本地化</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakclock"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="localedrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-    <listitem>
-      <orderedlist>
-        <title>管理工具</title>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="logdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="userdrake"/><emphasis> = 管理系统中的用户</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </listitem>
-  </orderedlist>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"/>
-  
-  <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mgaapplet-config.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f6f42a4..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">配置更新频率</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>
-来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的<emphasis
-role="bold">软件管理</emphasis>选项卡中找到。您也可以通过右键单击系统托盘中的红色图标<inlinemediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </inlinemediaobject>并选择<guimenu>更新配置</guimenu>来启动它。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-
-  <para>第一个滑块可以设置 Mageia 检查更新的频率；第二个滑块可以设置在系统启动后延迟多长时间再检查更新。复选框用于设置当 Mageia
-发布新版本时，是否提示您更新。</para>
-
-  <para/>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mousedrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c71de4d..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mousedrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">设置指点设备(鼠标、触摸板)</title>
-
-    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>您可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis role="bold">硬件</emphasis>选项卡中找到此工具<footnote><para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para></footnote>。</para>
-
-  <para>由于安装 Mageia 时必须使用鼠标，因此 Drakinstall 已将您当前的鼠标配置好。此工具用于安装其他的鼠标。</para>
-
-  <para>此处根据连接类型和功能分类列出了鼠标。请选择您的鼠标，然后点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>。大多数情况下，“通用 / 任意
-PS/2 &amp; USB 鼠标”可以匹配目前市场上的各类鼠标。新安装的鼠标将会立即生效。</para>
-
-  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/msecgui.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 34a18b40..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/msecgui.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="msecgui">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: 系统安全审计</title>
-
-    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  
-
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
-<imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-
-  <section>
-    <title>介绍</title>
-
-    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>是用于配置系统安全的 msec 图形化界面，可用的操作有：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>设置系统行为，使用 msec 来调整系统以便系统更安全。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-	 <para>周期性检查系统，以便在发生危险时及时通知您。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>msec 使用“安全等级”的概念来管理系统权限，您可以对权限的变更或加固进行审计。Mageia 提供了推荐的配置，但您也可以自己定制安全等级。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>预览选项卡</title>
-
-    <para>参见上述截图</para>
-
-    <para>第一个选项卡中包活了各类安全工具，右侧的按钮可以配置这些工具：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>防火墙，它也可以通过 MCC / 安全 /设置您的个人防火墙 来启动</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>更新，它也可以通过 MCC / 软件管理 /更新您的系统 来启动</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>msec 私有的配置：</para>
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>是否启用</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>预设的基础安全等级</para>
-          </listitem>
-
-          <listitem>
-            <para>最近一次周期检查的时间、用于查看详细报告的按钮和用于立即执行检查的按钮。</para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>安全设置选项卡</title>
-
-    <para>点击第二个选项卡，或者点击安全<guibutton>配置</guibutton> 按钮也会打开上述窗口。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-
-    <section>
-      <title>基本安全选项卡</title>
-
-      <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">安全等级</emphasis>：
-      </para>
-
-      <para>在勾选了<guilabel>启用 MSEC
-工具</guilabel>后，您可以在此选项卡中双击选择所需的安全等级（以粗体字表示）。如果您没有勾选任何等级，将会使用等级“无”。您可以使用的等级有：</para>
-
-      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-        <listitem>
-          <para><emphasis role="bold">无</emphasis>等级。如果您不希望使用 msec
-来控制系统安全，而希望自己进行配置，请选择此等级。系统将禁用所有安全检查，并且不会对系统配置做任何限制。仅当您清楚自己的目的时才使用此等级，因为这样做可能导致系统容易遭受攻击。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para><emphasis
-role="bold">标准</emphasis>等级。这是安装时默认使用的配置，可以用于普通用户。系统将限制部分系统设置，并且每天检查系统文件、系统账户和危险目录的权限的变更情况。（此等级与之前版本的
-msec 使用的等级 2 和 3 类似）</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-          <para><emphasis
-role="bold">安全</emphasis>等级。当您想确保系统安全，同时保证系统可用性时，请使用此等级。系统将进一步收紧系统权限，并提高周期性检查的频率。此外，也会限制系统的访问。（此等级与之前版本的
-msec 使用的等级 4（高） 和 5（严格） 类似）</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>除了这些等级之外，msec 也提供了用于不同任务的安全设置，如 <emphasis role="bold">fileserver（文件服务器）
-</emphasis>、<emphasis role="bold">webserver（网络服务器）</emphasis> 和 <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook（上网本）</emphasis> 等级。这些等级适用于在大多数情况下对系统安全进行配置。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-          <para>最后两个等级叫做<emphasis role="bold">每日审计 </emphasis> 和 <emphasis
-role="bold">每周审计</emphasis>，它们并非真正的安全等级，而是用于进行周期性检查的工具。</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-      <para>这些等级保存于
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>。您可以自定义安全等级，并将其保存至特定的文件中，文件名的格式为
-<filename>level.&lt;等级名称></filename>，并将其放到
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>。此功能适用于对系统配置有特殊需求的超级用户。</para>
-
-      <caution>
-	<para>请记住，用户自定义的参数将会覆盖预设的默认等级。</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">安全警报</emphasis>：
-      </para>
-
-      <para>如果您勾选了<guibutton>用邮件发送安全警报至</guibutton>，msec
-生成的安全警报将通过本地邮件服务发送至预先设定的安全管理员。您可以在收件人地址一栏填写一个本地用户名，或完整的电子邮件地址（同时应当设置本地邮件和邮件管理器）。最后，您将可以直接在桌面读取
-msec 发送的安全警报。请勾选相应的复选框来启用这一功能。</para>
-
-      <important>
-	<para>我们强烈建议您启用安全警报功能，以便在系统出现可能的安全问题时能及时反馈给安全管理员。否则，管理员需要定期手动检查
-<filename>/var/log/security</filename> 下的日志文件。</para></important>
-
-      <para><emphasis role="underline">安全选项</emphasis>：</para>
-
-      <para>自定义计算机安全的方法不仅限于创建自定义安全等级，您也可以使用此处介绍的选项卡来修改任意选项。当前的 msec 配置存储在
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>，此文件包含了当前的安全等级名，以及一系列针对默认参数进行的修改。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>系统安全选项卡</title>
-
-      <para>此选项卡的左侧显示了所有安全选项，中间显示了相关的描述，右侧显示了选项当前的值。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>若要修改某个选项，请双击它，然后在弹出的窗口（见下面的截图）中进行修改。窗口中将显示选项的名词、简短描述、当前值和默认值，以及包含可选值的下拉列表。请点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮来确认修改。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <caution>
-      <para>在退出 msecgui 时，请不要忘记点击菜单 <guimenu>文件 -> 保存配置</guimenu>
-来应用您的配置。如果您做了更改，msecgui 在保存前会提示您预览这些更改。</para>
-      </caution>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>网络安全</title>
-
-      <para>此选项卡中显示了所有的网络选项，操作方式与上一个选项卡类似</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>周期检查选项卡</title>
-
-      <para>周期检查用于通过安全警告将 msec 认为可能危险的情形发送给系统管理员。</para>
-
-      <para>此选项卡中显示了所有 msec
-完成的周期检查，如果勾选了<guibutton>启用周期性安全检查</guibutton>，还将显示检查的频率。请参考上一个选项卡的介绍进行操作。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>例外选项卡</title>
-
-      <para>部分警报信息可能并非源于系统风险，您可能有意让它们发生。在这种情况下，安全警报就显得不必要了。您可以在此选项卡中创建任意数量的例外，以避免不需要的安全警报。当
-msec 首次启动时，列表中是空的。下面的截图中包含了四个例外。</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>若要创建例外，请点击 <guibutton>添加规则</guibutton> 按钮</para>
-
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>
-
-      <para>请在<guilabel>检查</guilabel>下拉列表中选择需要的周期检查，然后在文本区域输入
-<guilabel>例外</guilabel>。您也可以在  <guilabel>例外</guilabel> 选项卡中使用
-<guibutton>删除</guibutton>按钮将现有的例外删除，或者双击某个例外来更改它。</para>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-    <title>权限</title>
-    <para>此选项卡用于进行文件/目录权限检查和加固。</para>
-    <para>与安全选项卡类似，msec
-提供了不同的权限等级（标准、安全……），分别根据您的选择予以启用。您也可以创建自己的权限等级，并将其保存在特定的文件中，文件名为<filename>perm.&lt;等级名>
-</filename>，且放置于 <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename>
-文件夹中。此功能适用于需要自定义配置的超级用户。您也可以使用此选项卡来改变所需的权限。当前的配置存储在
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>。此文件包含一系列针对默认参数进行的修改。</para>
-      <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>默认权限以规则列表的形式显示，每行显示一条规则。您可以在左侧看到与某个规则相关的文件或文件夹、文件所有者、文件所有组以及此规则授予的权限。例如，对于给定的规则：</para>
-   <itemizedlist>
-        <listitem>
-          <para><guilabel>加固</guilabel> 未被勾选，则 msec 将只检查此规则定义的权限是否有效，如果无效则发送安全警报，但不做任何更改。</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-	  <para><guilabel>加固</guilabel>被勾选，则 msec 将根据第一次周期检查时得到的权限信息改写当前权限。</para></listitem>
-   </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>若要使用此功能，您必须正确配置<emphasis role="bold">周期性检查</emphasis>选项卡中的 CHECK_PERMS 选项。</para></important><para>若要创建新规则，请点击<guibutton>添加规则</guibutton>按钮，并参考以下示例填写相应字段。<guilabel>文件</guilabel>字段中可以使用通配符
-*。“current”表示尚未被更改。</para>
-     <mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-	</mediaobject>
-    <para>点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮来确认更改。不要忘记点击菜单 <guimenu>文件 ->
-保存配置</guimenu>来应用您的配置。如果您做了更改，msecgui 在保存前会提示您预览这些更改。 </para>
-    <note><para>您也可以手动创建或修改配置文件 <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>。
-    </para></note>
-    <caution><para><emphasis role="bold">权限选项卡</emphasis>（或配置文件）中的更改将在首次周期性检查时生效（参见<emphasis
-role="bold">周期检查选项卡</emphasis>中的 CHECK_PERMS 选项）。如果您希望它们立即生效，请以 root
-权限在命令行执行 msecperms。在此之前，您可以使用“msecperms -p”命令来了解 msecperms 将要更改的权限。</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>请记住，如果您通过终端或文件管理器修改了被 <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> 文件的权限，msecgui
-随后将会根据<emphasis role="bold">权限选项卡</emphasis>中的 CHECK_PERMS 和
-CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE 选项将其恢复到之前的值。</para></caution>
-   </section>
-  </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/otherMageiaTools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 762b391a..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">其他 Mageia 工具</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <para>部分 Mageia 工具无法直接从 Mageia 控制中心启动。请点击下列链接来了解更多信息，或者继续阅读后面的页面。</para>
-
-      <orderedlist>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
-		</para>
-        </listitem>
-
-	<listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
-	</listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>待编写</emphasis></para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
-        </listitem>
-
-        <listitem>
-        	<para>需要更多工具？</para>
-        </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
-
-	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/rpmdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 311cc37f..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/rpmdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
-<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">软件管理（安装和移除软件）</title>
-
-    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  
-
-  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
-    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">rpmdrake 介绍</title>
-
-    <para>此工具<footnote>
-        <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-      </footnote>也叫 drakrpm，是用于安装、卸载和升级软件包的程序，也是
-URPMI 的图形化用户界面。每次启动时，它都会从 Mageia
-官方服务器上下载在线软件包列表（即“媒体”），并在有可用更新时提示您。您可以使用筛选功能来显示特定类型的软件包，如仅显示已安装的软件（默认设置），或者仅显示可用更新。除了查看已安装的软件包，您也可以用名称、摘要或完整描述中的内容，以及软件包中的文件名来搜索您想要的软件。</para>
-
-    <para>若要使用此功能，您需要使用 <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>  来配置仓库。</para>
-
-    <important>
-      <para>在安装系统时，系统使用预设的仓库（通常是 DVD 或
-CD）作为安装的媒体。如果您保留这一媒体，每当您需要安装软件包时都会看到如下通知：<mediaobject>
-          <imageobject>
-            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
-          </imageobject>
-        </mediaobject>。为了避免此类情形的发生，在您可以方便地连接到互联网的情况下，最好将这一媒体移除，并用在线仓库来取代它：<xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>。</para>
-
-      <para>此外，在线仓库的优势还有：仓库总是保持最新状态。包含更多软件包，并且可以用于更新部分软件。</para>
-    </important>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>界面的主要内容</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <orderedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">软件包类型筛选</emphasis>：</para>
-
-        <para>此筛选器用于显示特定类型的软件包。您首次启动管理器时，将只显示含有图形化界面的应用程序。您可以将其设置为显示所有软件包及其库和依赖；或者只显示软件包组，如应用程序、更新或来自新版
-Mageia 的后向移植软件包。</para>
-
-        <warning>
-          <para>默认的筛选条件适用于 Linux 或 Mageia 新手，即不希望使用命令行或特别专业的工具。不过既然您读到了此内容，说明您有兴趣进一步了解
-Mageia，所以我们建议您将筛选条件设为“所有”。</para>
-        </warning>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">软件包状态筛选：</emphasis> </firstterm></para>
-
-        <para>此筛选器可用于控制显示已安装的软件包、未安装的软件包或所有软件包。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">搜索模式：</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>点击此图标，可以在软件包名称、摘要、完整描述或文件名中进行搜索。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">“查找”框：</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>在这里输入一个或多个关键词。如果您希望使用一个以上的关键词，请用“|”将它们分隔开来。例如，要搜索“mplayer”和“xine”，您可以输入“mplayer
-| xine”。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">清除所有：</emphasis></para>
-
-        <para>此图标用于清空“查找”框中的关键词。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">分类列表</emphasis>：</para>
-
-        <para>此侧边栏将所有应用和软件包分组排列显示。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">描述窗格</emphasis>：</para>
-
-        <para>此窗格中显示了软件包名称、概要和完整描述，其中包括了所选软件包的有用信息。有关软件包的详细情况、软件包中的文件和维护者对软件包所作更改也会显示在这里。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>状态栏</title>
-
-    <para>当您设置了筛选条件后，您可以从分类列表（区域 6 所示）或根据名称/摘要/描述（区域 4
-所示）来查找所需软件。系统将根据软件包的安装/升级状态来显示您所查询的软件包列表和所选媒体，以及相应的状态标记。若要改变软件状态，请勾选或取消勾选软件名掐案的复选框，然后点击<guibutton>应用</guibutton>。</para>
-
-    <para><table>
-        <title/>
-
-        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
-          <colspec align="center"/>
-
-          <thead>
-            <row>
-              <entry align="center">图标</entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle" align="center">图例</entry>
-            </row>
-          </thead>
-
-          <tbody>
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">此软件包已安装</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">此软件包将被安装</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">此软件包无法被更改</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">此软件包是一个更新包</entry>
-            </row>
-
-            <row>
-              <entry><mediaobject>
-                  <imageobject>
-                    <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/>
-                  </imageobject>
-                </mediaobject></entry>
-
-              <entry valign="middle">此软件包将被卸载</entry>
-            </row>
-          </tbody>
-        </tgroup>
-      </table></para>
-
-    <para>上述截图中的示例：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>当您取消勾选
-digikam（绿色箭头标记说明它目前已被安装），状态图标将会变为红色箭头；当您点击<guibutton>应用</guibutton>后系统会将
-digikam 卸载。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>当您勾选了 qdigidoc（尚未安装），状态图标会变为橙色的向下箭头；当您点击<guibutton>应用</guibutton>后系统会安装
-qdigidoc。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>依赖关系</title>
-
-    <screenshot>
-<mediaobject>
-        <imageobject>
-          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
-        </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject></screenshot>
-
-    <para>部分软件包需要其他软件包（如工具或库，它们被称为“依赖”）来工作。在这种情况下，Rpmdrake
-将显示一个通知窗口，提示您是否允许或阻止安装所选依赖，或者显示更多信息（见上）。当所需库可以由多个软件包提供时，rpmdrake
-也会显示可用的候选软件包，并允许您查看更多细节和选择要安装的软件包。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/scannerdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c8a1ab95..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/scannerdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="scannerdrake"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">设置扫描仪</title>
-    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-
-
-  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">安装</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <para>此工具<footnote>
-        <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-      </footnote>用于配置简易扫描设备或带有扫描功能的多功能设备。它也可用于在远程计算机间共享连接到此计算机的本地设备，或者远程访问扫描仪。</para>
-
-    <para>当您首次启动此工具时，将会显示如下信息：</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>“需要安装 SANE 软件包来使用扫描仪</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>是否希望安装 SANE 软件包？”</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>请点击<emphasis>是</emphasis>以继续。系统将会安装<code>scanner-gui</code> 和
-<code>task-scanning</code>。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>如果系统可以正确识别您的扫描仪，如上一界面中您可以看到扫描仪的名称，那么它现在已经就绪了：您可以使用
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> 或 <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis> 来操作它。</para>
-
-    <para>在这种情况下，您还可以使用 <emphasis>共享扫描仪</emphasis> 选项来做进一步的配置：<xref
-linkend="scannersharing"/> 对此做了进一步的说明。</para>
-
-    
-    <para>如果系统没有正确识别您的扫描仪，请检查电缆、电源开关，然后点击<emphasis>搜索新扫描仪</emphasis>。如果问题仍然存在，您可能需要
-<emphasis>手动添加扫描仪</emphasis>。</para>
-
-    <para>请在列表中选择扫描仪的品牌，然后选择类别，并点击<emphasis>确定</emphasis></para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>如果您无法在列表中找到扫描仪，请点击<emphasis>取消</emphasis></para>
-
-      <para>请转到 <link
-xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> 页面，查看您的扫描仪是否被支持，并在<link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">论坛</link>上寻求帮助。</para>
-    </note>
-
-<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
-<info>
-      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">选择端口</title>
-    </info> <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject></figure>
-
-    <para>如果您的扫描仪使用的不是并行端口，您可以将它设置为<emphasis>自动检测可用端口</emphasis>；否则，请选择
-<emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis>（如果您仅有一个扫描仪的话）。</para>
-
-    <para>在点击<emphasis>确定</emphasis>后，您将会看到一个如下的界面。</para>
-<para>如果您没有看到此界面，请阅读<xref linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">扫描仪共享</title>
-    </info>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>您可以在此处设置是否允许远程访问连接到这台机器上的扫描仪，以及允许何者访问。您也可以在这里设定这台机器上能访问的远程扫描仪。</para>
-
-    <para>与其他主机共享扫描仪：您可以使用主机名或 IP 地址来添加或删除列表中的主机，以便它们能远程访问此计算机上的本地设备。</para>
-
-    <para>使用远程扫描仪：您可以使用主机名或 IP 地址来添加或删除列表中的主机，以便访问远程扫描仪。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>与其他主机共享扫描仪：您可以在此处添加主机。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>与其他主机共享扫描仪：添加允许共享的主机，或者允许所有远程机器访问。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>“所有远程机器”表示本地扫描仪对所有远程访问开放。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
-                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
-                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>如果您尚未安装 <emphasis>saned</emphasis>，此工具将提示您安装。</para>
-
-    <para>最后，此工具将会修改以下文件：</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>，在其中添加或注释指令行 "net"</para>
-
-    <para>它也会将 <emphasis>saned</emphasis> 和 <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis>设为开机启动。</para>
-  </section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">细节</title>
-    </info>  
-
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>惠普</para>
-
-        <para>大部分惠普扫描仪可由<emphasis>HP
-设备管理器</emphasis>（hplip）管理，它也可以管理打印机。在这种情况下，此工具不提供配置功能，请您改用<emphasis>HP
-设备管理器</emphasis>。</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>爱普生</para>
-
-        <para>可以在<link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">此页面</link>下载驱动。注意，您必须先安装
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> 软件包，然后安装
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis>。在安装时，系统可能会提示 <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> 软件包与
-<emphasis>sane</emphasis> 有冲突，不过您可以忽略这一问题。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-</section>
-
-<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
-    <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">额外的安装步骤</title>
-    </info>  
-
-    <para>在 <xref linkend="choosescannerport"/> 界面中选择扫描仪端口后，您可能需要进行额外的操作来配置扫描仪。</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>在某些情况下，您每次启动扫描仪时需要上传固件。在安装好扫描仪后，您可以使用此工具将固件加载到设备。在这一界面中，您可以使用 CD、Windows
-安装包或供应商网站上下载的文件来安装固件。</para><para>
-    每次使用时，为设备加载固件的操作比较费时，有的需要一分钟甚至更长，请耐心等待。</para>
-</listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-<para>系统也可能提示您需要调整<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/&lt;SANE_后端&gt;.conf 文件</emphasis>。 </para>
-      </listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>请认真阅读此处及其他相关的说明。如果您不知道如何操作，请转到<link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">论坛</link>寻求帮助。</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-      
- </section>
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/software-management.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c15384ee..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/software-management.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"
-xml:id="software-management">
-  <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">软件管理</title>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>在这一窗口中，您可以选择各种用于管理软件的工具。请点击下方的链接来了解更多信息。</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>软件管理</title>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = 更新系统</emphasis></para>
-  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
-    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> =
-配置用于安装和更新的媒体源</emphasis></para>
-    </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-
-    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
-    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
-     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
-
-
-</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/system-config-printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index aea2edd5..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/system-config-printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="system-config-printer">
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
-<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
- Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
-<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">安装和配置打印机</title>
-
-    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">简介</title>
-
-    <para>Mageia 使用名为 CUPS 服务来管理打印工作。您可以通过网络浏览器来访问它专有的<link ns2:title="CUPS"
-ns2:href="http://localhost:631">配置界面</link>，但 Mageia
-也提供了用于安装打印机的工具：system-config-printer，此工具在 Fedora、Mandriva、Ubuntu 和 openSUSE
-等发行版中也有提供。</para>
-
-    <para>在安装前，您应当启用 non-free 仓库，因为部分驱动只能在此仓库中找到。</para>
-
-    <para>Mageia
-控制中心的<guilabel>硬件</guilabel>选项卡中包含了安装打印机的功能。请选择<guilabel>配置打印和扫描</guilabel>工具<footnote>
-        <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">system-config-printer</emphasis>
-来启动该工具。程序会提示您输入 root 密码。</para>
-      </footnote>。</para>
-
-    <para>MCC 将会提示您安装两个软件包：</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>task-printing-server</para>
-
-      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
-    </blockquote>
-
-    <para>如果要继续安装硬件，请接受这一请求。系统需要安装的依赖最多会占用 230MB 空间。</para>
-
-    <para>若要添加打印机，请点击“添加”打印机按钮。系统将尝试检测打印机和可用的端口。截图中展示了一个并行端口连接的打印机。如果系统检测到了打印机，如使用 USB
-连接的打印机，将会在第一行显示它们。程序也会尝试配置检测到的网络打印机。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="automatic">
-    <title>自动检测打印机</title>
-
-    <para>该功能通常用于 USB
-连接的打印机。程序会自动查找并显示打印机名称。请选择该打印机然后点击“下一步”。如果有已知适用的驱动系统会自动安装它；否则，将会弹出窗口，请您选择或提供一个驱动（如下图所示）。请使用<xref
-linkend="terminate"/>以继续。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
-    <title>无法自动检测到打印机</title>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>当您选择了端口后，系统会在新的窗口中显示驱动程序列表并请您选择。您可以根据下列选项来选择合适的驱动。</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>从数据库中选择打印机</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>提供 PPD 文件</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>搜索并下载驱动</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>如果您从数据库中选择驱动，程序将显示可能与打印机相关的生产商、设备及其驱动。如果有多个驱动可供选择，请选择推荐的一项；如果推荐的驱动有问题，您也可以选择其他可用驱动。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="terminate">
-    <title>完成安装过程</title>
-
-    <para>在选择驱动后，您需要指定一些参数以便系统指派和区分打印机。请在第一行中填写该设备在可用打印机列表中的名称。之后，向导会建议您打印测试页，然后您就可以在可用打印机列表中看到新添加的打印机了。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>网络打印机</title>
-
-    <para>网络打印机是使用有线或无线网络连接直接连接的打印机，这类打印机通常连接到打印服务器，或其他作为打印服务器的工作站。</para>
-
-    <note>
-      <para>一般而言，您最好在 DHCP 服务器中为打印机对应的 MAC 地址分配固定 IP。此 IP 也应与连接到打印服务器的打印机中的 IP 一致。</para>
-    </note>
-
-    <para>打印机的 MAC
-地址是用于指派给打印机、打印服务器或相关计算机的一串数字，该地址可以在打印机的配置页面中找到，也可能在打印机或打印服务器的标签上找到。如果您共享了连接到
-Mageia 的打印机，则可以以 root 用户运行<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> 来查看它的
-MAC 地址：该地址就是“HWaddr”后的一串数字。</para>
-
-    <para>在添加网络打印机时，您可以选择用于网络通讯的协议。如果您不知道应当使用哪种协议，请尝试<guilabel>设备</guilabel>菜单中的
-<guilabel>网络打印机</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>查找网络打印机</guilabel>并在右侧的输入框（“主机”一栏）中指定打印机的 IP 地址</para>
-
-    <para>如果此工具能识别您的打印机或打印服务器，将会推荐一个协议和队列，不过您也可以从下面的列表中选择更合适的类型，或者指定一个列表中没有列出的正确队列名。</para>
-
-    <para>请查看您的打印机或打印服务器的文档，以便确定它们支持和使用的特定队列名。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
-    <title>网络打印协议</title>
-
-    <para>目前的技术之一是惠普研发的 JetDirect。该协议可以使打印机直接用以太网端口连接到网络，不过您必须知道打印机在网络中的 IP
-地址。这一技术也被用于部分 ADSL 路由，它们使用 USB 端口来连接到打印机。在这种情况下，IP 地址就是路由器的地址。请注意，“HP
-设备管理器”可以管理动态 IP 地址、设置形如
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> 的 URI，因此不需要指定固定 IP。</para>
-
-    <para>请选择协议 <guilabel>AppSocket/HP
-JetDirect</guilabel>，并在<guilabel>主机</guilabel>中设置地址。请勿更改<guilabel>端口号</guilabel>，除非您必须这么做。在选择了协议类型后，请按照前面介绍的步骤来选择打印机驱动。</para>
-
-    <mediaobject>
-      <imageobject>
-        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
-      </imageobject>
-    </mediaobject>
-
-    <para>其他的协议有：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>互联网打印协议（IPP）</emphasis>：使用 IPP 协议通过 TCP/IP 网络访问打印机，例如使用 CUPS
-工作站的打印机。此协议也在部分 ADSL 路由上得到应用。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>互联网打印协议（HTTPS）</emphasis>：与 IPP 相同，但使用 HTTP 传输数据且使用 TLS
-协议加密。您需要指定端口。默认使用 631 端口。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>互联网打印协议（ipps）</emphasis>：与 IPP 相同，但使用 TLS 协议加密。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR 主机或打印机</emphasis>：使用 LPD 协议通过 TCP/IP 网络访问打印机，例如使用 LPD
-工作站的打印机。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>通过 SAMBA 连接 Windows 打印机</emphasis>：访问连接到 Windows 工作站或 SMB
-服务器的共享打印机。</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>您也可以直接添加 URI。此处提供了一些 URI 的示例：</para>
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>Appsocket</para>
-
-        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>互联网打印协议（IPP）</para>
-
-        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-
-        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>行式打印机守护（LPD）协议</para>
-
-        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>您可以在<link
-ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
-文档</link>中找到更多有关信息。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>设备属性</title>
-
-    <para>您可以在此处访问设备属性。菜单中列出了  CUPS 服务器的参数。默认情况下，您的系统中启动了 CUPS
-服务，但您也可以在<guimenu>服务器</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>连接...</guimenuitem>菜单中指定另一个服务。若您点击 <guimenu>服务器</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>设置</guimenuitem> 菜单，则会弹出另一个窗口，可以用于调整其他特定的服务器参数。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">错误排查</title>
-
-    <para>如果打印过程中出错，您可以查看 <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> 来获取有关信息。</para>
-
-    <para>您也可以点击 <guimenu>帮助</guimenu> | <guilabel>错误排查</guilabel> 菜单来启动诊断问题的工具。</para>
-  </section>
-
-  <section xml:id="specificities">
-    <title>细节</title>
-
-    <para>部分打印机的驱动在 Mageia 下可能不可用或工作异常。在这种情况下，请参考<link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link>
-网站以确定设备的驱动是否可用。如果可用，请检查打印相关的软件包是否已经安装，如果没有请手动安装。然后，重新执行安装打印机并正确配置它。如果您对此工具满意，并希望提供打印机的类型和驱动信息，或者报告打印机安装后能（或不能）工作，请将意见或建议反馈至
-Bugzilla 或论坛。以下是一些用于查找最新驱动的资源：</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother 打印机</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">此页面</link>中列出了
-Brother 提供的打印机驱动。请搜索您的设备，然后下载相应的 rpm 并安装。</para>
-
-    <para>您应当在运行配置工具前安装 Brother 驱动。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">惠普打印机及多合一设备</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>这类设备使用 hplip 工具进行管理。系统会检测到或您选择这类打印机后自动安装它。您可以在<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">这里</link>找到其他信息。“HP
-设备管理器”工具可以从<guilabel>系统</guilabel>菜单中higdon。您也可以查看有关管理打印机的<link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">配置</link>页。</para>
-
-    <para>惠普多合一设备必须作为打印机安装，之后扫描仪功能会被附加到其中。注意，有时候您无法使用 Xsane
-界面来扫描胶卷或幻灯片（照明滑杆不工作）。在这种情况下，您仍然可以使用独立模式来扫描，并将图片保存至存储卡或 U
-盘，而非扫描仪中。之后，请使用您的图像处理软件从存储卡（位于 /media 文件夹下）中载入该图片。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">三星彩色打印机</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>有关特定的三星和 Xerox 彩色打印机，<link
-ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">此网站</link>提供了使用 QPDL 协议的驱动。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">爱普生打印机和扫描仪</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>您可以在<link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">此搜索页</link>中找到爱普生（Epson）打印机驱动。至于扫描仪的端口，您必须先安装“iscan-data”软件包然后安装“iscan”软件包。您也可以安装“iscan-plugin”软件包。请根据您的架构选择
-<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> 类型的软件包。 </para>
-
-    <para> 安装 iscan 软件包可能会与 sane 有冲突，不过您可以忽略这个问题。</para>
-
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">佳能打印机</emphasis></para>
-
-    <para>对于佳能打印机，您最好安装一个名为 turboprint 的工具，它可以在<link
-ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">这里</link>下载到。</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/transfugdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 357b0cd7..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/transfugdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">导入 Windows™ 文档和设置</title>
-
-    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis
-role="bold">系统</emphasis>选项卡中找到，选项的名称是<guilabel>导入 Windows™ 文档和设置</guilabel></para>
-
-  <para>此工具允许管理员从同一台机器上的 <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-2000、<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP 或 <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-系统中导入用户文档和设置。</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>请注意，在您按下<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>后，transfugdrake 所作更改将会立即生效。</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>在启动 transfugdrake 后，您会看到向导页的首页，其中包括了有关工具和导入选项的说明。</para>
-
-  <para>在您阅读并理解了这些说明后，请点击 <guibutton>下一步</guibutton> 按钮。程序将会检测现有的 <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> 系统。</para>
-
-  <para>检测完成后，您将会看到一个用于选择 <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 和 Mageia
-账户的界面。您可以选择您自己或其他用户的账户。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>请注意，由于 migrate-assistant（transfugdrake 所使用的后端）的缺陷，包含特殊符号的 <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> 用户账户名可能无法被正确显示。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>导入过程所需的时间取决于文档目录的大小。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>部分 <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-应用（尤其是驱动）可能会创建特定用途的用户账户。例如，<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-下的 NVidia 驱动会使用 <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> 来更新软件。请不要使用这类有特殊用途的账户。</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para>当您选择好账户之后，请点击 <guibutton>下一步</guibutton> 按钮。您需要在下一页中选择导入文档的方法：</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake 用于从 <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>、<emphasis>My
-Music</emphasis> 和 <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> 目录中导入 <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> 数据。您可以在这里取消选定部分项目来略过导入它们。</para>
-
-  <para>当您选择好导入方式后，请点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>按钮。您需要在下一页中选择导入书签的方式：</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>Transfugdrake 可以将 <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> 和 <emphasis>Mozilla
-Firefox</emphasis> 中的书签导入至 Mageia 下的 <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> 中。</para>
-
-  <para>请选择您所需的导入选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>按钮。</para>
-
-  
-
-  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
-   <para>
-With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
-
-   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
--->
-<para>您可以在下一页中导入桌面壁纸：</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>请选择您所需的导入选项，然后点击<guibutton>下一步</guibutton>按钮。</para>
-
-  <para>向导的最后一页是显示祝贺信息。只需点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮即可。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/userdrake.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 04d0b027..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/userdrake.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="userdrake">
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-
-  <info>
-    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
-<!-- Tproof  -->
-<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
-<!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">用户和组</title>
-
-    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
-  </info>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>此工具<footnote>
-      <para>您可通过以 root 用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> 来启动该工具。</para>
-    </footnote>可以在 Mageia 控制中心的 <emphasis
-role="bold">系统</emphasis> 选项卡中找到，选项的名称是“管理系统用户”。</para>
-
-  <para>此工具可以帮助管理员管理用户和组，包括添加或删除用户/组，以及更改用户/组设置（ID、shell……）等功能。</para>
-
-  <para>当您打开 userdrake
-时，<guibutton>用户</guibutton>选项卡中会列出系统中现存的所有用户，<guibutton>组</guibutton>选项卡中则列此处了所有现存的组。这两个选项卡的操作方式相同。</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>1 添加用户</guibutton></para>
-
-  <para>点击按钮后，将打开一个空设置的窗口：</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">全名</emphasis>一栏中填写用户的姓和名，但您也可以将其留空。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">登录名</emphasis>是唯一的必填项。</para>
-
-  <para>我们强烈建议您设置一个<emphasis
-role="bold">密码</emphasis>。右侧的盾形图标指示了当前密码的强度，如果密码强度太差，盾会变成红色；当密码强度增加时，盾会变成橙色或绿色。您应当使用数字、大小写字母、标点符号组合成的密码。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">确认密码</emphasis>一栏用于确保您两次输入的密码一致。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">登录 Shell</emphasis>是一个用于改变该用户所使用的 shell 的下拉列表，您可以在
-Bash、Dash 和 Sh 中选择。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis
-role="bold">为该用户创建一个私有组</emphasis>如果被勾选，系统将创建一个与该用户同名的组，并将该用户作为唯一的用户添加到该组中（您可以稍后编辑该组）。</para>
-
-  <para>其他的选项非常明显。在您点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>后，将会立即创建新用户。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 添加组</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>您只需要输入新组的名称，以及特定的组 ID（可选）。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 编辑</emphasis>（所选用户）</para>
-
-  <para><guibutton>用户数据</guibutton>：用于修改您在创建该用户时输入的各项信息（用户 ID 除外）。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">账户信息</emphasis>：</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para>第一个选项用于设置账户的过期日期。在此日期之后，该用户将无法登录。这一功能可用于临时账户。</para>
-
-  <para>第二个选项用于锁定账户。被锁定的账户将无法登录。</para>
-
-  <para>您也可以修改图标。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">密码信息</emphasis>：用于设置密码的过期日期，这将强制用户定期更改登录密码。</para>
-
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">组</emphasis>：您可以在这里选择用户所属的组。</para>
-
-  <note>
-    <para>如果您修改了一个已登录的用户的账户，更改将会在他/她下次登录时生效。</para>
-  </note>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 编辑</emphasis>（所选组）</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">组数据</emphasis>：用于修改组名称。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">组用户</emphasis>：您可以在这里选择该组包含的成员。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 删除</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>选择一个用户或组，然后点击<emphasis
-role="bold">删除</emphasis>可以将其删除。若您删除的是一个用户，将会提示您是否同时删除该用户的主目录和邮箱。如果在创建该用户时同时创建了一个私有组，系统也会将其删除。</para>
-
-  <warning>
-    <para>您也可以删除一个非空的组。</para>
-  </warning>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 刷新</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para>若您使用 Userdrake 之外的工具修改了用户数据库，则可以点击此图标来刷新信息。</para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 来宾账户</emphasis></para>
-
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">来宾</emphasis>是一个特殊的账户，用于赋予用户临时、安全访问系统的权限。该账户的登录名是
-xguest，且没有密码，该账户无法对系统做出更改。在会话结束后，该账户的个人目录将被删除。默认情况下，系统启用了来宾账户；若要禁用它，请点击菜单<guimenu>
-操作 -> 卸载来宾账户</guimenu>。</para>
-</section>
\ No newline at end of file